(9-355.) 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 


X^-^^-O .    \M^^ 

( )    * — ^ 

\j  v. 


, 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION-BUREAU  OF  ETHNOLOGY 

J.   W.   POWELL    DIRECTOR 


PROOF-SHEETS 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


OP 


THE    LANGUAGES 


OF   THE 


NORTH  AMERICAN  INDIANS 


BY 


JAMES    CONSTANTINE   PILLING 


(DISTRIBUTED  ONLY  TO  COLLABORATORS) 


GOVERNMENT     PRINTING     OFFICE 

«  i  .s  a  5 


yvvwyiA 


J\  o  .    o 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION, 

BUREAU  OF  ETHNOLOGY, 

December  7, 1884. 

While  engaged  in  tbe  exploration  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  I  was 
urgently  requested  by  the  late  Professor  Henry,  Secretary  of  the  Smith 
sonian  Institution,  to  study  t-he  Indian  tribes  of  the  region,  and  espe 
cially  to  collect  vocabularies.  In  compliance  with  this  request  I  culti 
vated  an  acquaintance  with  the  various  Indian  tribes  met  in  that  region, 
and  usually  a  number  of  Indians  traveled  with  me.  I  eventually  became 
deeply  interested  in  the  study  of  the  Indian  languages  of  the  United 
States,  which  interest  increased  as  comparative  studies  were  subse 
quently  made. 

From  these  rude  beginnings  I  was  led  to  explore  a  much  wider  field, 
and  at  last  formed  the  plan  of  completing  the  classification  of  these 
languages,  and  especially  of  extricating  the  subject  from  much  biblio 
graphic  confusion.  During  this  time  Mr.  Pilling  assisted  me  in  collect 
ing  the  literature  of  the  subject,  and  at  my  request  he  undertook  to 
prepare  a  bibliography  of  the  materials  I  was  then  using.  But  from 
year  to  year  his  work  grew  on  his  hands,  until  at  last,  at  my  earnest 
solicitation,  he  commenced  the  preparation  of  a  bibliography  of  North 
American  languages.  To  this  task  he  has  given  the  patient  labor  of 
years,  and  developed  a  genius  for  the  work  to  which  the  present  vol 
ume  is  a  monument. 

J.  W.  POWELL. 

iii 


\  s  A  s  t: ;     i  : 


PREFACE. 


The  compilation  of  the  following  matter  was  begun  some  years  since 
as  a  card-catalogue  for  the  use  of  the  members  of  the  Bureau  of  Eth 
nology,  and  as  a  basis  for  a  projected  work  by  the  Director  on  the 
classification  of  North  American  tribes  by  language.  Although  prose 
cuted  only  during  such  times  as  could  be  spared  from  other  and  more 
pressing  official  duties,  and  at  first  with  no  thought  of  making  it  compre 
hensive,  material  accumulated  in  sufficient  quantity  to  justify  the  belief 
that  a  somewhat  complete  monograph  of  the  subject  might  be  compiled. 
To  accomplish  this  the  co-operation  of  many  persons  interested  in  this 
branch  of  research  is  necessary;  and  that  this  co-operation  may  be 
given  to  the  best  advantage  it  is  essential  they  should  know  what  has 
already  been  done.  Hence  the  following  proof-sheets — a  preliminary, 
tentative,  and  incomplete  catalogue,  embodying  the  information  gath 
ered  by  the  compiler  from  printed  and  manuscript  authorities,  by  per 
sonal  visits  to  public  and  private  libraries  throughout  the  United  States 
and  Canada,  and  by  an  extensive  correspondence.  The  amount  of  ma 
terial  already  obtained  through  outside  sources  duriug  the  type-setting 
and  proof-reading,  and  which  partly  appears  in  the  appended  "Addi 
tions  and  Corrections,"  strengthens  the  belief  that,  with  the  assistance 
of  those  in  a  position  to  furnish  information,  it  will  be  possible  to  make 
the  final  issue  a  fairly  complete  record  of  the  books,  pamphlets,  papers 
in  serial  journals,  and  manuscripts,  in  or  relating  to  the  Indian  languages 
of  North  A  merica. 

It  is  desired  that  those  into  whose  hands  these  sheets  may  fall  will 
consider  them  in  no  sense  as  finished  or  complete;  only  a  few  copies 
are  struck  off,  and  these  have  been  prepared  especially  for  distribution 
to  collaborators  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  marginal  corrections  and 
insertions. 

When  finally  issued  the  work  will  form  Volume  X  of  the  series  enti 
tled  "Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology." 

Nowhere  else,  perhaps,  is  there  such  opportunity  for  error  as  between 
the  two  covers  of  a  catalogue,  and  no  one  can  be  more  fully  aware  of  the 
many  defects  and  inconsistencies  in  this  one  than  the  compiler.  Nor 
can  they  be  excused  except  on  the  general  plea  that  it  was  thought 
preferable  to  insert  imperfect  titles,  and  to  insert  them  out  of  order, 
than  not  to  have  them  appear  at  all.  Bad  titles  may  be  the  means  of 
procuring  good  ones,  and  consistency  ot  arrangement  can  be  secured 
in  the  final  sheets,  or  the  defect  partly  atoned  for  by  a  cross-reference. 
The  aim  of  the  compiler  has  been  to  record  everything  pertaining  to 
the  subject  which  has  come  under  his  notice. 

Y 


VI  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

In  the  preparation  of  these  sheets,  I  have  placed  myself  under  obli 
gations  in  a  greater  or  less  degree  to  many  persons,  and  it  affords  me 
pleasure  to  acknowledge  these  courtesies.  Perhaps  in  the  greatest 
measure  I  am  indebted  to  the  Director  of  the  Bureau,  to  whose  sug 
gestion  the  work  owes  its  origin,  and  who  throughout  its  progress  has 
encouraged  me  by  his  advice  and  aided  me  by  his  criticism.  Every 
facility  at  his  command,  personal  and  official,  has  been  given  me,  and 
his  private  library  and  the  Bureau  records  have  been  placed  freely  at 
my  disposal. 

By  Seuor  Don  Joaquin  Garcia  Icazbalceta,  of  the  City  of  Mexico,  I 
have  been  treated  with  a  generosity  as  complete  as  it  is  rare,  and  to 
this  eminent  bibliographer  and  his  published  works  is  due  the  credit  for 
whatever  of  value  is  contained  in  these  sheets  concerning  the  literature 
of  Mexican  languages.  Besides  correcting  with  his  own  pen  my  copy 
of  his  "Apuntes  para  un  Catalogo,"  he  has  permitted  me  to  make  ex 
tracts  from  the  sheets,  so  far  as  printed,  of  his  still  unpublished  "Bibli- 
ografia  Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVI,"  has  furnished  me  with  many  new 
titles,  has  read  and  corrected  my  own  proof-sheets,  and  has  aided  me 
in  my  work  in  every  possible  way.  Such  of  his  corrections  as  were  re 
ceived  in  time  have  been  incorporated  into  the  "Additions  and  Correc 
tions";  the  others  will  appear  in  the  final  sheets.  It  Is  a  matter  of 
regret  that  the  whole  of  his  last  great  work,  the  "Bibliografia,"  is  not 
in  type,  that  1  might  have  availed  myself  still  further  of  this  admirable 
example  of  bibliographic  art  and  research. 

,In  equal  degree  am  I  under  obligations  to  Mr.  Wilberforce  Eames,  of 
New  York  City.  Almost  from  the  beginning  of  the  type-setting  the 
catalogue  has  had  the  benefit  of  his  aid  and  advice.  His  thorough 
knowledge  of  the  class  of  books  treated,  his  interest  in  the  subject  it 
self,  his  fine  library,  rich  in  bibliographic  authorities,  his  scrupulous 
care  and  accuracy  with  the  minutiae  which  compose  so  large  a  part  of 
a  work  like  this,  and  his  judgment  in  matters  of  arrangement,  have  all 
contributed  to  the  improvement  of  these  pages,  and  have  combined  to 
render  his  co-operation  invaluable.  The  frequent  mention  of  his  name 
throughout  shows  but  imperfectly  the  extent  of  my  obligations  to  him. 

It  has  been  impossible  in  every  instance  to  acknowledge  the  many 
important  facts  communicated  to  me  by  Drs.  D.  G.  Brinton,  J.  G.  Shea, 
and  J.  H.  Trumbull.  These  gentlemen,  each  of  whom  is  an  authority  on 
the  linguistic  literature  of  this  continent,  have  not  only  given  me  access 
to  their  richly  laden  library  shelves,  but  have  promptly  and  cordially 
responded  to  my  oft-repeated  inquiries.  I  have  appealed  to  them,  on 
numerous  occasions,  with  perfect  freedom,  and  have  invariably  been 
treated  with  a  cordiality  calculated  to  awaken  feelings  of  the  profound- 
est  gratitude;  the  final  pages  will  show  many  changes  suggested  by 
them. 

To  the  Hon.  John  R.  Bartlett,  of  Providence,  through  whose  kindness 
I  have  a  number  of  times  been  permitted  to  avail  myself  of  the  facilities 


PREFACE.  VII 

afforded  by  the  Carter  Brown  library,  perhaps  the  finest  private  col 
lection  of  Americana  on  this  continent,  I  am  indebted  for  many  and 
varied  favors. 

Through  the  efforts  of  Mrs.  Enninnie  A.  Smith,  of  Jersey  City,  1  have 
been  able  to  add  the  titles  of  a  uumbei  of  manuscripts  retained  in  the 
archives  of  the  Canadian  Catholic  Missions  which  otherwise  I  would 
have  obtained,  if  at  all,  with  great  difficulty. 

My  immediate  assistants,  Mr.  P.  C.  Warman  and  Miss  J.  L.  McCord, 
are  so  thoroughly  identified  with  the  work  in  its  every  stage  that  I  can 
only  extend  to  them,  in  a  general  way,  my  appreciation  of  the  aid  they 
have  rendered  me. 

Among  the  owners  of  private  libraries  who  have  done  much  to  assist 
me,  I  must  mention  the  Rev.  Isaac  Barefoot,  Point  Edward,  Canada; 
Messrs.  W.  W.  Beach,  Yonkers,  N.  Y.;  John  B.  Dunbar,  Bloomfield, 
N.  J.;  Lewis  S.  Hayden  and  J.  Edmond  Mallet,  Washington,  D.  C.; 
Kev.  Silas  T.  Band,  Hantsport,  Nova  Scotia ;  and  the  Abb6  Verreau, 
Montreal,  Canada. 

Nor  must  I  neglect  to  add  my  obligations  to  the  following  persons 
throughout  the  country,  upon  whose  time  I  have  frequently  intruded: 
Rev.  J.  A.  Anderson,  Waterbury,  Conn.;  Mr.  Marcus  Baker,  Washing 
ton,  D.  C.;  Rev.  Alouzo  Barnard,  Ouiena,  Mich.;  Rev.  J.  B.  Z.  Boldnc, 
Quebec,  Canada;  Mr.  John  Nicholas  Brown,  Providence,  R.  I.;-  Rev. 
N.  V.  Burtin,  Caughnawaga,  Canada;  the  late  Professor  Buschmanu, 
Berlin,  Germany ;  Mrs.  Cyrus  Byingtou,  Belpre,  Ohio ;  Rev.  J.  W.  Cook, 
Santee  Agency,  Nebr. ;  Lieut.  Heber  M.  Creel,  U.  S.  A. ;  Rev.  J.  A.  Cuoq, 
Montreal,  Canada;  W.  H.  Ball,  C.  C.  Darwin,  and  Rev.  J.  Owen  Dorsey, 
Washington,  D.  C. ;  Rev.  Myron  Eells,  Skokomish,  Wash.;  Joseph  Elk- 
inton,  Philadelphia,  Pa.;  Rev.  Martin  Perrard,  Sault  au  Recollet,  Can 
ada;  Mr.  Albert  S.  Gatschet,  Washington,  D.  C.;  Rev.  J.  A.  Gilfillan, 
White  Earth,  Minn. ;  Rev.  J.  Giorda,  St.  Ignatius  Mission,  Mont. ;  Mr.  Ho 
ratio  Hale,  Clinton,  Ontario,  Canada;  Rev.  S.  D.  Hinman,  of  the  Dakota 
Missions;  Dr.  W.  J.  Hoffman,  Washington,  D.  C.;  Rt.  Rev.  Edward 
Jacker,  Point  Saint  Ignace,  Mich.;  Rev.  Francis  Jacker,  Hough  ton,  Mich. ; 
Rev.  Leclair,  Oka,  Canada;  A.  J.  Knowles,  Boston,  Mass.;  Rev.  R.  M. 
Loughridge,  of  the  Muscogee  Mission;  Rev.  F.  X.  Marcoux,  St.  Regis, 
Canada;  Prof.  Otis  T.  Mason,  Washington,  D.  C.;  Chief  H.  L.  Masta,  of 
the  Abnaquis,  Pierreville,  Quebec,  Canada;  Dr.  Washington  Matthews, 
U.  S.  A.;  Rev.  John  Menaul,  Laguna,  N.  Mex.;  Paul  Neuhaus,  Wash 
ington,  D.  C.;  M.  Alph.  Pinart,  San  Francisco,  Cal.;  J.  W.  Powell,  Su 
perintendent  of  Indian  Affairs,  Victoria,  B.  C. ;  Revs.  A.  L.  and  S.  R. 
Riggs,  of  the  Dakota  Mission;  Prof.  Heinrich  Rink,  Copenhagen,  Den 
mark;  Mrs.  A.  E.  W.  Robertson  and  Rev.  W.  S.  Robertson,  of  the  Mus 
cogee  Missions,  Tullahassee,  Ind.  T.;  Prof.  E.  Uricoechea,  Brussels,  Bel 
gium;  Rev.  L.  Van  Gorp,  St.  Ignatius  Mission,  Mont.;  the  late  Rev. 
Eugene  Vetromile,  Oldtown,  Me.;  Mr.  E.  P.  Vining,  Omaha,  Nebr.;  Rev. 
J.  P.  Williamson,  of  the  Dakota  Mission ;  Rev.  E.  F.  Wilson,  Sault  Ste. 
Marie,  Ontario,  Canada;  Mrs.  Ashur  Wright,  Versailles,  N.  Y. 


VIII  NORTH   AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

I  trust  that  the  information  contained  in  this  Bibliography,  when 
pubished,  may  prove,  in  some  slight  measure,  a  return  for  the  many 
kindnesses  and  courtesies  received  at  the  hands  of  the  officers  of  the 
following  libraries,  without  whose  aid,  so  generously  extended,  even  the 
present  preliminary  catalogue  would  not  have  been  possible :  A.  K. 
Spofford,  Library  of  Congress;  Justin  Wiusor,  Harvard  University; 
C.  A.  Cutter,  Boston  Athenaeum;  A.  Van  Name,  Yale  College;  H.  L. 
Oak^,  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco;  F.  Sauuders,  Astor  Library,  New 
York;  Geo.  H.  Moore,  Lenox  Library,  New  York;  Samuel  A.  Green, 
Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Boston;  L.  C.  Draper  and  I).  S.  Dur- 
rie,  of  the  Wisconsin  Historical  Society,  Madison;  J.  Fletcher  Williams, 
Minnesota  Historical  Society,  St.  Paul;  Stephen  Salisbury,  jr.,  and  E. 
M.  Barton,  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society,  Worcester,  Mass. ;  the 
librarians  of  the  Quebec  Historical  Society,  New  York  Historical  So 
ciety,  Cincinnati  Public  Library,  and  McGill  College,  Montreal;  the 
officers  of  the  American  Bible  Society,  New  York  and  Boston,  Ameri 
can  Tract  Society,  New  York  and  Boston,  American  Board  of  Commis 
sioners  for  Foreign  Missions,  Boston,  American  Congregational  Asso 
ciation,  Boston,  and  Jacques  Cartier  School,  Montreal. 

J.  C.  P. 

NOVEMBER  4, 1884. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  primary  purpose  sought  to  be  carried  out  in  the  following  pages 
is  an  alphabetic  list  of  persons  who  have  written  in  or  upon  the  Indian 
languages  of  North  America,  with  full  and  accurate  titles  of  all  editions 
of  their  writings,  collations  of  the  same,  and  a  descriptive  table  of  lin 
guistic  contents. 

But  few  departures  from  the  ordinary  rules  of  cataloguing  have  been 
made,  the  principal  one  being  that  translators  of  matter  into  the  Indian 
tongues  have  been  treated  as  authors.  Anonymous  works,  both  printed 
and  manuscript,  have  been  entered  under  the  full  name  of  the  author 
when  known,  with  a  cross-reference  in  the  case  of  printed  works  from 
the  first  word  of  the  title.  When  the  author  is  unknown,  printed 
works,  and  manuscripts  with  authentic  titles,  appear  under  the  first 
word  of  the  title;  manuscripts  without  titles,  or  with  factitious  titles, 
under  the  name  of  the  Indian  language  to  which  they  pertain.  Societies 
have  been  treated  as  authors  of  the  journals,  transactions,  proceedings, 
etc.,  issued  by  them,  the  chartered  name  being  given  whenever  possible. 
Titles  of  works  containing  linguistics  by  others  than  the  author  of  the 
work  appear  in  full  under  the  name  of  the  latter,  followed  by  brief  sub- 
entry  of  the  linguistic  authors;  the  full  titles  of  the  linguistic  portions 
appearing  in  full  under  their  respective  authors,  followed  by  brief  sub- 
entry  of  the  author  of  the  work  itself.  In  these  sub  entries  the  name 
of  the  author,  or  other  controlling  word  in  the  primary  alphabetic  ar 
rangement,  is  printed  in  black-face  type.  This  use  of  antique  type  as 
a  cross-reference  device  is  observed  throughout  the  descriptive  and 
commentative  matter  following  the  title. 

While  in  gener.il  a  uniform  system  of  entering  titles,  collating  books, 
and  describing  contents  has  been  followed,  a  number  of  tentative  de 
partures  have  been  made  from  time  to  time,  as  experience  suggested,  for 
guidance  in  the  preparation  of  the  final  monograph.  These  changes 
are  all  slight,  and  it  is  thought  none  of  them  call  for  comment,  except, 
perhaps,  one — that  of  translating  or  not  translating  extracts  from 
authors  who  have  written  in  languages  other  than  English.  In  the 
opinion  of  the  compiler  the  advantages  of  translating  these  notes  into 
English — the  language  of  the  future — more  than  outweigh  those  sup 
posed  to  be  gained  from  quoting  the  original  verbatim;  upon  this  point, 
however,  he  is  open  to  conviction.  These  remarks  do  not  apply,  of 
course,  to  the  transcription  of  titles,  the  spelling  of  Indian  names,  and 
the  quotation  of  linguistic  contents  of  a  work,  but  only  to  descriptive 
extracts  and  biographies  from  catalogues  and  bibliographies. 

IX 


X  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Much  of  the  advantage  of  knowing  that  a  certain  work  exists  consists 
in  knowing  where  it  may  be  found.  For  this  reason  the  initials  of  the 
libraries  in  which  the  copy  or  copies  described  were  seen  are  given  at 
the  end  of  primary  titles.  In  no  case  have  initials  been  given  unless 
the  compiler  has  seen  at  least  one  of  the  copies  indicated;  in  most 
cases  he  has  seen  them  all,  and  in  every  case  thotse  not  handled  by  him 
have  been  seen  either  by  one  of  his  immediate  assistants  or  by  one  of 
the  gentlemen  who  have  aided  him  in  his  work.  These  library  initials 
will  sometimes  be  found  in  the  body  of  a  note,  accompanying  mention 
of  a  work. 

An  asterisk  is  inserted  opposite  all  titles,  both  primary  and  second 
ary,  of  works  not  seen  by  the  compiler.  This  is  true  also  in  the  case 
of  all  articles  or  editions  mentioned  in  the  notes,  except  in  those  cases 
where  the  source  of  the  entry  is  distinctly  given. 

In  order  that  due  credit  may  be  given,  and  responsibility  fixed,  Ihe 
source  of  each  borrowed  title  is  indicated.  By  this  means  the  reader 
may  judge  for  himself  of  the  reliance  to  be  placed  upon  descriptions 
and  collations. 

In  the  index,  which  has  been  confined  to  languages  and  dialects,  all 
the  spellings  of  Indian  tribal  names  occurring  herein  are  given,  the 
entries  being  made  under  what  has  been  considered  the  most  common 
spelling. 

Below  is  a  list  of  the  authorities  referred  to  in  these  pages : 


LIST    OF   AUTHORITIES. 

Adelung  (Johann  Christoph)  and  Vater  (Dr.  Johann  Severin).    Mithr>- 
dates  oder  allgemeine  Sprachenkunde  init  dem  Vater  Unser,  etc. 
Berlin,  in  der  Vossischeu  Buchhaudlung,  180C  f-1817].  B.  c. 

For  full  title,  collation,  etc.,  see  No.  28  of  this  catalogue. 

Alcedo  (D.  Autonio  de).     Bibliotheca  Americana.  |  Catalogo  |  de  los 
Autores  que  liau  escrito  de  la  |  America  en  diferentes  idiomas.  |  Y  | 
noticia  de  su  vida  y  patria,  aiios  en  que  |  vivieron  y  obras  que  escri- 
beron.  |  Compuesto  |  por  |  el  Mariscal  de  Campo  D.  Antonio  |  de 
Alcedo,  Gobernador  de  |  la  Plaza  de  la  Coruna.  | 

Ano  de  1807.  |  JOB. 

Maunscript.  2  vols. :  Prologue  11.  i-vi,  text  488  leaves;  11.489-1028.  folio.  Vol.2 
has  no  title-page.     This  copy  is  from  the  library  of  the  late  Lord  Kingsborough. 
There  is,  I  understand,  a  copy  of  this  manuscript,  dated  1807,  <n  the  Sparks  Collec 
tion  at  Cornell  University,  made  in   1843  from  an  original  found  in  Madrid  by 
Obadiah  Rich.     Another  copy  as  follows : 

Biblioteca  Americana  |  Catalogo  de  los  Autores  |  que  ban  escri 
to  |  de  la  America  |  en  diferentes  idiomas  |  y  noticias  |  de  su  vida,  y 
patria,  afios  en  que  vivieron  y  obras  que  escribieron  |  Compuesto  por 
el  Mariscal  de  Campo  |  D.  Antonio  de  Alcedo  |  Gobernador  de  la 
Plaza  de  la  Coruna  |  Anode  1807  |  Manuscritolnedito  |  Tomo  Priraero 
[-Segundo] 

Mexico  |  Copia  remitida  de  Boston  por  el  Senor  William  H.  Pres- 
cott  |  1854  |  B. 

2  vols.  folio.     Printed  title  pages,  remainder  in  manuscript. 

Allibone  (Samuel  Austin).  See  Moore  (George  H.)  and  Allibone  (Samuel 
Austin). 

American  Philosophical  Society.  Catalogue  of  Manuscript  Works  on 
the  Indians  and  their  languages,  presented  to  the  American  Philo 
sophical  Society,  or  deposited  in  their  Library. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Trans,  of  the  Hist,  and  Lit.  Committee,  vol.  1,  pp. 
xlvii-1.  Phila.,1819.  8°. 

Reprinted  in  Buchanan  (James).  Sketches  of  the  History,  Manners,  aud  Cus 
toms  of  the  North  American  Indians,  pp.  307-310.  London,  1824.  8°.  Also  on  pp. 
79-  82  of  vol.  2  of  the  reprint  of  the  same.  New  York,  1824.  16°. 

Andrade  (I).  Jose"  Maria).  Catalogue  |  de  la  |  riche  Bibliotbeque  |  de  | 
D.  Jose  Maria  Andrade.  |  Livres  Mamiscrits  et  Imprimis  |  Litte"ra- 
ture  Francaise  et  Espagnole.  |  Histoire  de  1'Afrique,  de  1'Asie  et  de 
l'Ame"rique.  |  7000  pieces  et  volumes  ayant  rapport  an  Mexique  ou 
im primes  dans  ce  pays.  |  Dont  la  vente  se  fera  Lundi  18  Janvier 
1869  |  et  jours  suivauts  |  A  Leipzig,  dans  la  salle  de  veiites  de  |  MM. 

XI 


XII  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Andrade  (D.  Jose'  Maria) — continued. 

List  &  Francke,  15,  Rue  de  1'Universite',  |  par  le  miuistere  de  |  M. 
Hermann  Francke,  Commissaire  priseur.  | 

1869.  |  Leipzig  |  List  &  Fraucke  |  15,  Eue  de  1'Universite'.  |  Paris  | 
Librairie  Tross  |  5,  Rue  NTe  des  Petits  Champs.  |  o.  JCP. 

Pp.  i-ix,  1  1.,  pp.  1-368.  8°.    Langues  indigenes  ( List  of  liooks  in],  pp.  362-368. 

Antonio  (D.  Nicolas).  Bibliotheca  |  Hispana  |  sive  |  Hispanorvm,  |  qvi 
vsqvam  vnqvatnve  |  sive  Latina  sive  popular!  sive  alia  qnavis  lingua  | 
scripto  aliquid  consignaverunt  |  notitia,  |  his  qvje  prsecesservnt  locv- 
pletior  et  certior  |  brevia  elogia,  editorum  atque  ineditornin  |  opeium 
catalogum  |  dvabvs  par  tibvs  contiueus,  |  qvarvm  lnu-c  online  qvidein 
rei  |  posterior,  conceptu  vero  prior  duobus  tomis  de  his  agit,  |  qvi  post 
aim  VIM  secvlareni  MD,  |  usque  ad  presentem  diem  floruere.  |  Tomvs 
Primvs  [-SecvndvsJ.  |  Avthore  |  D.  Nicolao  Antonio  |  Hispalensi,  I. 

C.  |  Ordinis  S.  lacobi  Eqvite,  |  patriaj  ecclesia?  caiionico,  |  Regiorum 
nogotiorum  in  Vrbe  &  Romana  Curia  |  Procuratore  general!.  | 

Romse  ex  Offlcina  Nicola!  Angel!  Tiuassii.     MDCLXXII  [1672].  | 
Svperiorvin  permissv.  |  c. 

2  vols. :  41  p.  11.,  pp.  1-633;  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-690.  folio.  The  second  volume  has  no 
date.  This  is  the  original  edition  of  the  Bibliotheca  Hispana  Nova,  which,  although 
published  first,  is  but  a  sequel  of  the  Vetus.  I  have  not  seen  a  copy  of  the  first 
edition  of  the  latter,  but  have  taken  the  following  title  from  the  Catalogue  of 
Printed  Books  in  the  Library  of  the  Faculty  of  Advocates: 

Bibliotheca  Hispana  Vetus;  sive,  Hispanorum,  qui  usquam,  un- 

quamve  scripto  aliquid  consignaverunt,  notitia.     Complectens  scrijt- 
tores  omnes,  qui,  ab  Octaviani  August!  imperio,  usque  ad  annum  M. 

floruerunt.    Tomus  primus  [ . . . .  ab  anno  M.  usque  ad  MD Tomus 

secuudus.]     Opus  posthumuui:  nunc  priinuni  prodit  jussu  et  expeusis 

D.  Joseph!  Saenz,  Cardinalis  de  Aguirre. 

Romse,  1696.  * 

2  vols.   folio.     According  to  Lndewig,  the  Cardinal  de  Aguirre  entrusted  the 

editorship  of  this  to  Emmanuel  Mars,  a  learned  Valentian.    A  second  edition  of  this 

work,  much  superior  to  the  first,  was  published  as  folows: 

Bibliotheca  |  Hispana  Nova  |  sive  |  Hispanorum  Scriptorum 


qni  ab  anno  MD.  ad  MDCLXXXIV.  floruere  |  notitia.  |  Auctore  |  D. 
Nicolao  Antonio  Hispalensi  I.  C.  |  Ordinis  S.  lacobi  equite,  patrise 
Ecclesise  canonico,  Regiorum  negotiornm  |  in  Urbe  &  Romana  curia 
procuratore  general!,  consiliatio  Regio.  |  Nuuc  primum  prodit  |  recog- 
nita  emeudata  aucta  |  ab  ipso  auctore.  |  Tomus  Primus  [-Secundusj.  | 

Matriti  |  Apud  Joachimum   de   Ibarra  Typographnm   regium  | 
MDCCLXXXIII  [-MDCCLXXXVIII]  [178JWL788],  |  c.  JOB. 

2  vols. :  2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xxiii,  1-830;  title  1  1.,  pp.  1-669.  folio.  The  date  1783  on 
this  first  volume  is  said  to  be  erroneous,  the  whole  four  volumes  of  the  work  having 
appeared  in  1788. 

"This  excellent  work,  which  was  first  published  at  Rome  in  four  volumes,  folio, 
1672-1696,  had   become  very  scarce  when  this  edition   was  printed.     *     *     * 
Antonio,  agreeable  to  the  custom  prevalent  at  that  time,  arranged  the  names  of  the 
authors  according  to  the  alphabetical  order  of  their  Christian  names." — Bartlett. 


LIST    OF   AUTHORITIES.  XIII 

Antonio  (D.  Nicolao) — continued. 

-  Bibliotheca  |  Hispana  Vet  us,  |  give  |  Hispani  Scriptores  qui  ab 
Octaviani  August!  JEvo  |  ad  annum  Christi  MD.  floruerunt.  |  Auc- 
tore  |  D.  Nicolao  Antonio  Hispalensi  I.  C.  |  Ordinis  S.  lacobi  equite, 
patriffi  Ecclesiiu  canouioo,  liegiorum  negotiorum  |  in  Urbe  &  Komana 
curia  Procuratore  geuerali,  |  Consiliario  regio.  |  Curante  |  Francisco 
Perezio  Bayerio,  |  Valentino,  Sereniss.  Hisp.  Infantum  Caroli  III. 
Regis  filiorum  Institutore  |  priinario,  Eegia?  Bibliotheca3  Palatino- 
Matritensis  Prsefecto,  |  qui  |  Et  prologum,  &  Auctoris  vitae  epitomen, 
&  notulas  adiecit.  |  Tomus  Primus  f-SecundusJ  |  Complectens  Millia- 
rium  Sseculum  [-Ab  Auno  M.  Ad  MD].  | 

Matriti  |  Apud  viduam  et  heredes  D.  loacbimi  Ibarrse  Regii  quon 
dam  typographi.  |  MDCCLXXXVIII  [1788].  |  c.  JOB. 

2  volt!. :  8  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xxvii,  1  l.,pp.  1-556,  i-viii ;  2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xxii,  23-467.  folio. 
These  two  volumes  are  arranged  chronologically — not  by  the  Christian  names  of 
the  authors,  as  in  the  case  of  the  two  volumes  of  the  Nova. 

Arochena  (Fr.  Antonio).  Gatalogo  y  noticia  de  los  escritores  del  Orden 
de  San  Francisco  de  la  Provincia  de  Guatemala:  con  tres  indices:  I 
de  los  que  escribieron  en  latin.  2  de  los  que  escribieron  en  castellano. 
3  de  los  que  escribieron  en  lengua  de  los  Indios.  * 

Manuscript.  Title  from  Beristain's  Biblioteca  Hispano-Americana  Septentrional, 
vol.1, p.  114.  Beristaiu  theresays:  "The  illustrious  Eguiara  availed  himself  of  this 
book  for  his  catalogue;  it  was  sent  to  him  by  the  Eev.  P.  Fr.  Marcos  Linares,  Pro 
vincial  of  that  diocese.  It  did  not  reach  my  hands  until  the  year  815  [1815],  this 
catalogue  being  then  concluded ;  though  it  served  me  to  s5me  extent." 

Asher  (G.  M.)  A  |  Bibliographical  |  and  |  Historical  Essay  |  on  the  | 
Dutch  Books  and  Pamphlets  |  relating  to  |  New-Netherland,  |  and  to 
the  |  Dutch  West-India  Company  and  to  its  |  possessions  in  Brazil, 
Angola,  etc.,  |  as  also  on  the  |  Maps,  Charts,  etc.  of  New-Nether- 
laud,  |  with  facsimiles  of  the  map  of  New-Netherland  by  N.  I.  Vis- 
scher  j  and  of  the  three  existing  views  of  New- Amsterdam.  |  Compiled 
from  the  Dutch  Public  and  Private  Libraries,  and  from  |  the  collec 
tion  of  Mr.  Frederik  Muller  in  Amsterdam,  |  by  |  G.  M.  Asher. 
L.  L.  D.  |  Privat-Docent  of  Unman  law  in  the  University  of  Heidel 
berg.  | 

Amsterdam,  |  Fiederik  Muller.  |  1854-67.  |  C. 

Cover  1  1.,  pp.  i-lii,  1-234 ;  additions  and  corrections,  2  II. ;  a  list  of  maps  and 
charts,  pp.  1-22 ;  1  blank  1. ;  list  of  names,  pp.  1-23.  4°.  Map. 

Aubin  (J.M.A.)    Notice  |  surune  j  Collection  d'Antiquite"s  Mexicaines  | 
(peintures  et  manuscrits),  |  Par  J.-M.-A.  Aubin,  |  Ancien  Profes- 
seur  de  PUniversite".  |  (Ecole  Normale.)  |  (Extrait  d'un  Me"rnoire  sur 
la  Peinture  didactique  et  1'Ecriture  |  figurative  des  anciens  Mexi- 
cains).  | 

Paris,  |  Imprimerie  Administrative  de  Paul  Dupont,  |  Eue  de  Gre- 
nelle  Saint-Honor^,  N°  45.  |  1851  |  DGB. 

Pp.  1-27.  8°.    A  notice  of  Mexican  manuscripts,  mostly  of  those  listed  in  Boturini. 


XIV  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Auer  (Alois).    Sprachenballe.    Das  Vater  Unser,  &c. 

[Wien:  1844-1847.]  A.  c.  HU. 

For  full  title,  collatiou,  etc.,  see  No.  185o. 

Backer  (Augustin  de)  and  Backer  (Alois  de).  Bibliotheque  |  des  ecri- 
vains  |  de  la  Compaguie  de  Jesus,  |  ou  |  Notices  bibliographiques  |  1° 
De  tous  les  ouvrages  public's  par  les  meinbres  de  la  Corupagnie  de 
Je"sus,  |  depuis  lafoudation  de  1'ordre  jusqu'a  nos  jours;  |  2°  Des  apo 
logies,  des  coutroverses  religieuses,  des  critiques  litteraires  |  et  scien- 
tifiques  suscite'es  a  leur  sujet.  |  Par  Augustiu  et  Alois  de  Backer,  | 
de  la  meme  Compagnie  |  Premiere  f-SeptieineJ  Serie.  | 

Lie"ge,  |  Imprimerie  de  L.  Grandmont  Donders,  Libraire,  |  Eue  Vi- 
nave-d'Ile,  20-608.  |  1853  [-1S61.J  c. 

7  vols.  large  8°. 

and  Sommervogel  (Charles).    Bibliotheque  des  e'crivains  | 

dela  Compagnie  deJe'sus  |  ou  |  Notices  Bibliographiques  |  l°Detous 
les  ouvrages  publics  par  les  meinbres  de  la  Compagjie  de  Jesus  | 
depuis  la  fondation  de  1'ordre  jusqu'a  nos  jours  |  2°  Des  apologies,  des 
controverses  rdigienses,  des  critiques  litte~rairesetscientifiques  |  sus- 
citees  a  leur  sujet  |  par  Augnstiu  de  Backer  |  de  la  Gompaguie  de 
Je"sus  |  avec  la  collaboration  |  d'Alois  de  Backer  et  de  Charles  Som- 
uiervogel  |  dela  meme Coinpaguie.  |  Non  velle  Edition  refoudue  et  con- 
siderablement  augment^e.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Troisieme]  |  A-G[-R-Z- 
Supplemeut]  | 

Lie"ge  |  Chez  1'auteur  A.  de  Backer  |  College  S.  Servais  |  Paris  | 
Chez  1'auteur  C.  Sommervogel  |  Institution  Sante  Geuevieve  |  Rue 
Lhomond  |  MDCCCLXIX  [-MDCCCLXXVI]  [1869-1876].  |  o. 

3  vols.  folio. 

[Bagster  (Samuel),  editor.]  The  Bible  of  Every  Land.  A  History  of 
the  Sacred  Scriptures  in  every  Language  and  Dialect,  etc. 

London:   Samuel  Bagster  and  Sons,  [1848-1851.]  BA.  ABS. 

For  full  titles,  collations,  etc.,  of  the  various  editions,  see  Nos.  208, 208a,  and<!09 
iu  Additions  and  Corrections. 

Baker  (Marcus).     See  Ball  (William  Healey)  and  Baker  (Marcus). 

Bartlett  (John   Russell).     Bibliotheca  Americana.  |  A  |  Catalogue  of 
Books  I  relating  to  |  North  and  South  America  |  in  the  Library  of 
John  Carter  Brown  |  of  Providence,  R.  I.  |  Part  I.— 1482  to  1601  | 
With  Notes  |  by  John  Russell  Bartlett  | 

Providence  |  1865.  |  JOB. 

Pp.  i-ix,  1-79.  Royal  8°.  Contains  302  titles.  Fifty  copies  printed.  Reprinted, 
with  large  additions  and  more  copious  notes,  as  follows: 

Bibliotheca  Americana  |  A  |  Catalogue  of  Books  |  relating  to  | 

North  and  South  America  |  in  the  Library  of  the  late  |  John  Carter 
Brown  |  of  Providence,  R.  I.  |  Part  I.— 1 482  to  1601  |  With  Notes  | 
by  |  John  Russell  Bartlett  |  [Coat  of  Arms.] 
Providence  I  1875  I  o.  WE.  JOB. 


LIST    OF   AUTHORITIES.  XV 

Bartlett  (John  Russell) — continued. 

Pp.  i-ix,  1  1.,  pp.  1-526.  Royal  8°.  Contains  600  titles,  68  fac-similes  of  title- 
pages,  maps,  and  portraits,  and  50  wood-cuts  of  vignettes  and  printers'  devices. 
One  hundred  copies  printed.  Issued  also  with  the  following  title-page : 

Bibliographical  Notices  |  of  rare  and  curious  books  relating  to  | 

America  |  printed  in  the  XVth  and  XVI th  centuries  |  (1482-1601)  | 
in  the   library  of  the  late  |  John  Garter  Brown  |  of  Providence,  R. 
I.  |  by  |  John  Russell  Bartlett  |  [Family  Arms  emblazoned.] 

Providence  |  Printed  for  Private  Distribution  |  1875  |      JOB.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-ix,  1  1.,  pp.  1-526.     Seventy  copies  printed :  50  imp.  8° ;  20  small  folio. 


Bibliotheca  Americana  |  A  |  Catalogue  of  Books  |  relating  to  | 

North  and  South  America  |  in  the  Library  of  |  John  Carter  Brown  j 
of  Providence,  R.  I.  |  Part  II.— 1601  to  1700  |  With  Notes  by  |  John 
Russell  Bartlett  |  [Arms.] 
Providence  |  1866  |  c.  JOB. 

Pp.  1-261.     Royal  8°.     Contains  1,160  titles.     Second  edition,  as  follows : 

Bibliotheca  Americana  |  A  |  Catalogue  of  Books  |  relating  to  | 

North  and  South  America  |  in  the  library  of  the  late  |  John  Carter 
Brown  |  of  Providence,  R.  I.  |  Part  II.— 1600  to  1700  |  Second  Edi 
tion  |  With  Notes  |  by  |  John  Russell  Bartlett  |  [Arms.] 

Providence  |  1882  |  c.  'WE.  JOB. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1  1.,  pp.  1-647.  Royal  8°.  Contains  1,642  titles,  74  fac-similes  of  title- 
pages,  and  39  portraits,  vignettes,  and  printers'  devices.  One  hundred  copies 
printed.  Issued  also  with  the  following  title-page: 

Bibliographical  Notices  |  of  rare  and  curious  books  relating  to  | 

America  |  printed  in  the  Seventeenth  Century  |  (1600-1700)  |  in  the 
Library  of  the  late  |  John  Carter  Brown  |  of  Providence,  R.  I.  |  by 
John  Russell  Bartlett  |  [Arms.] 

Providence  |  Printed  for  Private  Distribution  |  1882.  |      JOB.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1  1.,  pp.  1-647.     Royal  8°.    Twenty-five  copies  printed. 

Bibliotheca  Americana  |  A  |  Catalogue  of  Books  |  relating  to  | 

North  and  South  America  |  in  the  Library  of  |  John  Carter  Brown  | 
of  Providence,  R.  I.  |  Part  III— 1701  to  1800  |  Vol.  I  [-11].  |  With 
Notes  |  by  |  John  Russell  Bartlett  |  [Arms.] 

Providence  |  1870  [-1871]  |  c.  WE.  JCB. 

2  vols. :  pp.  i-iv,  1-446 ;  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-554.  Royal  8°.  These  two  volumes  con 
tain  4,173  titles,  but  no  illustrations.  Fifty  copies  printed. 

[Berendt  (Dr.  Carl  Hermann).]     Los  Trabajos  Lingiiisticos  |  de  Don 
Juan  Pio  Perez  |  DOB. 

Colophon:  Merida.  Febrero  10  de  1871.  Signed  Dr.  C.  Hermann 
Berendt. 

No  title-page.     Pp.  1-16.     8°. 

See  Fischer  (Augustiu)  and  Berendt  (Dr.  Carl  Hermann). 


XVI  NORTH    AMKRICAN   LINGUISTICS 

Beristain  y  Martin  de  Souza  (D.  Jos£  Mariano).  Biblioteca  j  Hispano- 
Americana  |  Septentrional  |  6  |  Catalogo  y  Noticia  de  los  Literates,  | 
que  6  nacidos,  6  educados,  6  florecientes  en  la  |  America  septentrional 
espsmola,  ban  dado  a  Inz  |  algun  escrito,  6  lo  ban  dexado  preparado 
para  |  la  prensa.  |  La  escribia  |  El  Doctor  D.  Jose  Mariano  Beristain 
de  Souza,  |  del  claustro  de  las  universidades  de  Valencia  y  Va-  |  lla- 
dolid,  Caballero  de  la  orden  Espanola  de  Carlos  III.  |  Y  Commen- 
dador  de  la  Real  Americana  de  Isabel  la  Ca-  |  tolica,  y  dean  de  la 
Metropolitana  de  Mexico.  | 

En  Mexico :  |  Oalle  de  Santo  Domingo  y  Esquina  de  Tacuba.  Aflo 
de  1816  f-1819-1821].  |  c.  L. 

3  vols.  folio.     The  title-pages  of  vols.  2  and  3  of  the  copy  in  the  Library  of  Con 
gress  are  in  manuscript,  and  are  dated  respectively  1819  and  1821.     After  the  words 
"  Metropolitaua  de  .Mexico,"  they  have  these  words :  "  Y  la  publica  D.  Jose'  Rafael 
Enriquez  Trespalacios  Beristain  sobrino  del  Autor."      Their  imprints  are:  "En 
Mexico.     Oficina  de  Don  Alejandro  Valdez  calle  de  Santo  Domingo  auo  de  1819 
[-1821]." 

"The  Biblioteca  of  Beristain  is  the  rarest  and  most  valuable  of  all  bibliograph 
ical  works.  The  author  died  while  the  work  was  in  progress,  and  it  was  then  con 
tinued  by  his  nephew,  who  limited  the  number  issued  to  that  of  the  persons  who 
had  already  subscribed  for  copies.  It  is  to  be  found  in  few  public  libraries,  and 
the  sum  required  for  the  last  copy  known  to  us  was  £60.  The  present  copy  [now 
in  the  Lenox  Library]  is  much  increased  in  value  by  the  manuscript  additions, 
which  contain  notices  of  upwards  of  600  works  relating  to  America,  chiefly  anony 
mous,  and  an  Appendix  of  'Certamenes  publicos  literarios  que  se  hau  celebrado  en 
la  Nueva  Espaiia.'  The  volumes  also  contain  many  corrections  and  additions  in  the 
hand  of  Mr.  Ramirez."—  Ramirez  Bib.  Mex.,  No.  102. 

Bibliotheca  Mexicaua  |  Catalogue  |  d'une  |  Collection  de  Livres  Rares  | 
(Priucipaleinent  sur  1'Histoire  et  la  Linguistique,  |  Re"unie  au  Mexi- 
que  |  ParM.***  |  Attache  &  la  courde  1'Empereur  Maximilien  |  Dont 
la  Vente  so  fera  j  Le  Mardi  3  Noveuibre  1868  et  le  jour  suivaut  &  7 
henres  du  soir  |  Maisou  Silvestre  |  Rue  des  Bons-Enfants,  No  28,  salle 
'  du  premier  |  Par  le  ministerede  M.  Delbergue-Cormont,  commissaire- 
priseur  |  rue  de  Provence,  no  8  |  Prix :  1  Franc  | 

Paris  |  Librairie  Tross  |  5,  Rue  Neuve-Des-Petits-Champs,   5  | 
1868|  c.  JCP. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-47.     8°. 

Boturini  Benaduci  (Lorenzo).  Idea  |  de  una  nueva  |  historia  general  | 
de  la  |  America  Septentrional.  |  Fundada  |  sobre  material  copioso 
de  figures,  |  Symbolos,  Caracteres,  y  Geroglificos,  Cantares,  y  Maim- 
scritos  de  Antores  Indios,  |  ultimamente  descubiertos.  |  Dedicala  |  al 
Uey  N.tro  Senor  |  en  su  Real,  y  Supremo  Consejo  |  de  las  Indias  |  el 
Cavallero  Lorenzo  Boturini  Benaduci,  |  Senor  de  la  Torre,  y  de 
Hono.  |  Cou  Licencia.  | 

En  Madrid :  |  En  la  Imprenta  de  Juan  de  Zufiiga.  |  Auo  M.  D.  CO. 
XL VI  [1740].  | 

Engraved  frontispiece  1 1.,  title,  reverse  blank,  1 1.,  20  other  p.  11.,  pp.  1-167.  sm.  4°. 
Appended  is : 


LIST    OF   AUTHORITIES.  XVII 

Boturini  Benaduci  (Lorenzo) — continued. 

Catalogo    del    Museo  Historico  Indiano    del  |  Cavallero  Lorenzo  | 
Botui  iui  Benaduci,  |  Seilor  de  la  Torre,  |  y  de  Hono,  |  quien  llego  a  la 
Nueva  Espaiia  |  por  Febrero  del  aflo  1736.  y  &  porfia-  |  das  diligen- 
cias,  e  imuiensos  gastos  de  |   su  bolsa  junto,  en  diferentes  Provin  | 
cias,  el  siguiente  Tesoro  Literario,  que  |  v&  especificado,  y  dividido 
segun  los  |  varies  assuntos  de  las  Naciones,  e  Im-  |  perios  antignos  de 
los  Indies,  y  puede  |  servir  para  ordenar,  y  escribir  la  Histo-  |  ria 
General  de  aquel  NuevoMundo,  |  fundada  en  Monumentos  indispu-  | 
tables  de  los  mismos  Indios.  |  B.  o. 

4  11.,  pp.  1-96. 

"The  Catalogue  of  his  Indian  Historical  Collection  of  MSS.,  Maps,  and  Diction 
aries,  and  Grammars  of  the  Mexican  languages,  occupies  four  leaves  after  p.  167  of 
the  '  Idea,'  and  the  succeeding  pp.  1  to  96.  Most  of  these  valuable  relics  of  the 
golden  age  of  the  American  Aborigines  disappeared  during  the  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  years  which  have  elapsed.  This  wonderful  collection  included  historic 
material  relating  to  each  of  the  six  great  Mexican  nations.  Although  so  great  a 
length  of  time  has  elapsed  since  its  dispersal,  M.  Aubin,  an  amateur  collector  at 
Paris,  has  had  the  good  fortune  to  recover  many  of  them. 

"This  great  museum  of  Mexican  antiquities  and  MSS.,  copies  of  the  equally 
wonderful  histories  of  the  Indian  nations,  written  by  learned  Indians,  was  seized 
by  the  jealous  and  vindictive  authorities  of  Mexico  ;  and  although  for  many  years 
preserved  among  the  archives  of  the  Viceroy,  yet  the  learned  and  industrious  an 
tiquarian  was  most  wantonly  deprived  of  the  results  of  his  labors.  Clavigero  saw 
some  of  this  precious  store  before  1770,  in  which  year  was  printed  a  work  in  Mex 
ico,  containing  copies  of  thirty-two  of  the  paintings. 

"The  author  resided  eight  years  in  Mexico,  and  not  only  studied  and  copied 
the  ancient  MSS.  and  paintings,  preserved  in  monasteries,  churches,  and  colleges, 
but  he  formed  an  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  customs  and  habits  of  the  living 
Indians." — Field. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  ( Abbe"  Charles  fitienne).  Bibliotheque  |  Mexico- 
Guate"inalienne  |  prece'de'e  d'un  |  coup  d'oeil  sur  les  etudes  Ame"ri- 
caines  |  dans  leurs  rapports  avec  les  etudes  classiques  |  et  suivie  du 
tableau  par  ordre  alphabetiquedes  ouvrages  |  de  linguistique  Aine"ri- 
caine  contenus  dans  |  le  meine  volume,  re'dige'e  et  mise  en  ordre 
d'apres  |  les  documents  de  sa  collection  Aruericaine  |  par  |  M.  Bras 
seur  de  Bourbourg  |  Ancieu  Administrates  [&c.,  eight  lines]. 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  &  (3ie,  Libraire  fiditeur  |  15,  Quai  Vol 
taire  |  1871  |  B.  0.  JCP. 

Half  title  1 1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  i— xlvii,  1-183. 

Tableau  par  ordre  alphab^tiqne  des  ouvrages  de  linguistique  Ame"ricaine  con 
tenus  dans  la  Bibliotheque  Mexico-Guat<$malienne.  pp.  159-183. 

Most  if  not  all  the  works  mentioned  in  this  catalogue  were  purchased  by  M.  Alph. 
Pinart,  who  has  since  disposed  of  them  at  public  sale.  See  Finart  (Alph.  L.) 

"The  Mexico-Guatemalan  Library,  the  catalogue  of  which  appears  further  on, 
contains  the  greater  part  of  the  documents  of  any  importance  which  have  been 
useful  to  me  in  the  course  of  my  historic  and  philologic  researches  during 
twenty-five  years.  It  is  insignificant  as  to  number  of  volumes  ;  it  is  of  great  value 
if  their  rarity  be  considered,  especially  as  to  that  which  concerns  the  linguistics  of 
southern  Mexico  and  Centra]  America.  In  this  respect  I  may  say  that  it  is  unique. 
More  than  eighty  manuscript  volumes  or  treatises  in  languages  of  which  the  names 

II  Bib 


XVIII  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (Abbe  Charles  fitienne) — continued. 

are  little  known  to  bibliographers  ;  more  than  sixty  grammars,  vocabularies,  pro 
fane  and  religious  treatises,  in  print,  some  of  which  have  never  been  catalogued 
and  of  which  I  possess  the  only  copies,  others  which  are  yet  known  only  by  vague 
indications — there,  in  few  words,  is  what  my  library  presents,  concerning  American 
philology." — Preface. 

Brinley  (George).    Catalogue  |  of  the  |  American  Library  |  of  the  late  | 
Mr.  George  Brinley,  |  of  Hartford,  Conn.  |  Part  I.  |  America  in  gene 
ral  |  Xew  France  Canada  etc.  |  the  British  Colonies  to  1776  |  New 
England  [-Part  III.  |  The  South  and  the  West  |  the  United  States  | 
general  and  political  history  |  military  and  naval  history  |  biogra 
phy  |  Mexico  the  West  Indies  |  Central  and   South  America  |  the 
American  Indians  |  bibles  catechisms  and  primers  |  music  and  psal 
mody]  | 

Hartford  |  Press  of  the  Case  Lockwood  &  Brainard  Company  | 
1878  [-1881]  |  JCP. 

3  parts.  8°  Compiled  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Trumbull.  In  the  Preface  to  Part  III,  dated 
March  1,  1881,  it  is  stated :  "The  general  arrangement  of  the  Fourth  (and  last) 
Part  is  completed,  and  a  portion  of  the  copy  is  already  in  the  hands  of  the  printers." 
It  has  not  been  published  at  this  writing  (January ,  1885). 

"  The  Catalogue  of  the  First  Part  of  this  collection  is  now  submitted  to  the  pub 
lic.  Few  of  those  into  whose  hands  it  is  likely  to  fall  need  be  informed  that,  within 
the  field  it  covers,  it  comprises  a  greater  number  of  volumes  remarkable  for  their 
rarity,  valne,  and  interest  to  special  collectors  and  to  book-lovers  in  general,  than 
were  ever  before  brought  together  in  an  American  sale-room.  The  titles  of  the 
books  and  tracts,  thongh  rarely  given  without  abbreviation,  will  be  found  suffi 
ciently  full  to  distinguish  the  edition  or  impression,  and  accuracy  of  description  as 
regards  binding  and  general  condition  has  been  aimed  at  throughout.  »  »  • 

"The  general  plan  of  the  catalogue  is  indicated,  as  regards  the  first  part,  by  the 
table  of  contents  prefixed.  The  arrangement — it  can  hardly  be  called  a  classifica 
tion — is  substantially  that  which  was  adopted  by  Mr.  Brinley  himself  for  his  book 
shelves.  A  strictly  alphabetical  arrangement,  by  author's  names  or  titles,  would 
perhaps  have  been  more  acceptable  to  bibliographers,  but  the  extent  of  the  library 
rendered  such  an  arrangement  impracticable,  and  it  seemed  inappropriate  to  the 
sale-catalogne  of  a  library  which  is  not  less  remarkable  for  the  completeness  of  its 
collections  in  special  departments  than  by  the  number  of  its  titles." — Preface. 

Brinton  (Dr.  Daniel  Garrison).  Aboriginal  |  American  Authors  |  and 
their  productions;  |  especially  those  in  the  native  languages.  |  A 
Chapter  in  the  History  of  Literature.  |  By  |  Daniel  G.  Brinton,  A.  M., 
M.  D.,  |  Member  of  [&c.,  six  Hues,  device,  one  line].  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Xo.  115  South  Seventh  Street.  |  1883.  |  JCP. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  preface,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  pp.  vii-viii,  9-63.  8°. 

A  Notice  of  some  Manuscripts  in  Central  American  Languages; 


by  Daniel  G.  Brinton,  A.  M.,  M.  D. 

In  Am  Jour,  of  Science  and  Arts,  vol.  47,  second  series,  pp.  222-230.  New  Haven, 
1869.  8°.  Reprinted  in  Hist.  Mag.,  vol.  5,  second  series,  pp.  306-309.  Morrisania, 
1869.  sm.  4°. 

An  account  of  some  manuscripts  in  the  library  of  the  American  Philosophical 
Society  at  Philadelphia,  presented  by  Mariano  Galvez,  Governor  of  Guatemala,  in 
1836,  which  seem  to  have  escaped  the  notice  of  scholars. 


LIST   OF   AUTHORITIES.  XIX 

Brinton  (Dr.  Daniel  Garrison) — continued. 

Literature  of  the  Cakchiquel  Language. 

In  Brinton  (Dr.  D.  G.)  Grammar  of  the  Cakchiquel  Language  of  Guatemala,  pp. 
10-17.     Philadelphia,  1884.  8°. 

The  Cakchiquel  grammar  origiually  appeared  in  the  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.  Proc. 
vol.  21,  (No.  115,)  pp.  345-412.     Philadelphia,  1884.     8°.  JCP. 

Catalogue  |  of  the  |  Berendt  Linguistic  Collection  |  by  |  Daniel 

Garrison  Brintou,  M.  D.  | 

Media,  Pa.  |  1884  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.     1  blank  p.,  index  1  p.,  1  blank  p.,  text  11.  1-79,  written  on  recto 
only.  4°. 

Brunet  (G.)     See  Deschamps  (P.)  and  Brunet  (G.) 

Briinet  (Jacques  Charles).  Manuel  |  du  Libraire  |  et  |  de  1'amateur  de 
livres  |  contenaut  |  1°  Uu  nouveau  dictionnaire  bibliographique  | 
Dans  lequel  sont  decrits  les  Livres  rares,  pre"cieux,  singuliers,  et 
aussi  les  ouvrages  les  plus  estimes  en  tout  genre,  qui  out  paru  tant 
dans  les  langues  ancienues  que  dans  les  principales  langues  mo- 
denies,  depuis  1'origiue  de  |  1'iinprimerie  jusqu'a  nos  jours ;  avec  1'his- 
toire  des  differentes  editions  qui  en  ont  e"te  faites;  des  renseigne- 
ments  |  ne"cessaires  pour  reconnaitre  les  contrefa^ons,  et  collationuer 
les  auciens  livres.  On  y  a  joint  me  concordance  |  des  prix  auquels 
une  partie  de  ces  objets  ont  etc  ported  dans  les  ventes  publiques  faites 
en  France,  en  Angleterre  |  etailleurs,  depuis  presd'un  siecle,  ainsi  que 
1'appreciation  approximative  des  livres  anciens  qui  se  rencoutrent  | 
frequemnient  dans  le  commerce ;  |  2°  Une  table  en  forme  de  cata 
logue  raisonue  |  Ou  sont  classes,  selon  1'ordre  des  matieres,  tous  les 
ouvrages  portes  dans  le  Dictionuaire,  et  un  grand  uombre  |  d'autres 
ouvrages  utiles,  mais  d'un  prix  ordinaire,  qui  n'ont  pas  du  etre  place's 
au  rang  des  livres  ou  rares  |  ou  pre~cieux;  |  Par  Jacques-Charles 
Brunet  |  Chevalier  de  la  Legion  d'houueur  |  Cinquieme  edition  ori- 
ginale  entierement  refondue  et  augmentee  d'uu  tiers  |  par  1'auteur  | 
Tome  Premier  |  [-Sixieme]  [Device.] 

Paris  |  Librairie  de  Firmin  Didot  Freres,  Fils  et  Cie  |  Iinprimeurs 
de  Plnstitut,  Eue  Jacob,  56  |  1860  [-18G5J.  |  B.  c.  JWP. 

6  vols.  8°.     For  continuation  see  Deschamps  (P.)  and  Brunet  (G.). 

Byington  (Rev.  Cyius).  Choctaw  Bibliography.  |  A  list  of  the  books 
prepared  and  published  in  the  Choctaw  |  language  by  the  Missiona 
ries  of  the  American  |  Board  of  Com.  for  Foreign  Missions  *  *.  | 

In  Byington  (Rer.  Cyrus).  Grammar  of  the  Choctaw  language,  No.  561  of  this 
Catalogue.  Manuscript.  The  Choctaw  Bibliography  occupies  four  leaves  of  the 
Grammar,  paged  in  pern  il  43-50,  being  written  mostly  on  the  rectos  of  the  leaves. 
It  is  divided  iuto  eight  parts:  I.  Spelling  Books.  II.  Choctaw  Definer.  III. 
Hymn  Books.  IV.  Portions  of  the  Scripture.  V.  Catechism.  VI.  Other  Books. 
VII.  Tracts.  VIII.  Tractsof  American  Tract  Society.  A  concluding  note  is  as  fol 
lows: 

"The  name  of  the  author  or  translator  of  any  one  of  the  preceding  works  is  not 
published  on  the  title-page,  except  in  a  very  few  instances.  The  principal  authors 
and  translators  were  members  of  the  Choctaw  Mission  as  conducted  by  the  Ameri- 


XX  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Byington  (Rev.  Cyrus) — continued, 

can  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Missions.  In  translating  they  were  aided 
by  the  most  skillful  interpreters  they  conld  find  among  the  educated  Choctaws. 
The  missionaries  who  have  devoted  themselves  to  the  labor  of  preparing  books  in 
the  Choctaw  language,  more  than  any  of  their  associates,  are  Rev.  Alfred  Wright, 
Loring  S.  Williams,  and  Cyrus  Byington.  Mr.  Williams  is  not  now  a  member  of 
the  mission.  Several  hymns  in  the  hymn-book  were  composed  by  native  Choctaws, 
as  well  as  by  the  mixed  blooded  whites." 

Carrillo  y  Ancona  (D.  Cresceucio).  Estudios  Bibliograflcos.  Diserta- 
cion  sobre  la  Historia  de  la  Lengua  Maya  o  Yucateca,  por  D.  Cres 
cendo  Carrillo,  Presbitero. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  vol.  4,  second  series,  pp.  134-195.  Mexico,  1872.  8°. 
Gives  works  of  various  persons  in  Maya.  Separately  issued  as  follows : 

Estudios  Bibliograticos.  |  Disertacion  |  sobre   la  Historia  de  la 

Lengua  Maya  o  Yucateca,  |  por  |  D. Crescendo  Carrillo,Presbitero.  |  B. 

No  title-page  ;  heading  only.     Pp.  1-63.  8°. 

Manual  |  de  |  Historia  y  Geografia  |  de  la  |  Peninsula  de  Yuca 
tan  |  Por  |  D.  Crescendo  Carrillo  |  Presbitero  |  Catedratico  [&c.,  two 
lines]  | 

Merida  de  Yucatan  |   Imprenta  de  J.   D.   Espinosa  e  Hijos  | 
1868  |  JIGB. 

Pp.  i-xxvii,  1 1.,  pp.  1-162.  sq.  16°.    -I  have  seen  but  one  copy,  which  is  incomplete. 

Capitulo  iv.  El  idioma  y  el  nombre  de  Yncatan,  pp.  88-113,  contains  a  general 
discussion  of  the  language  and  the  writers  thereon,  with  a  brief  list  of  their  works. 

Chavero  (Alfredo).  Sahagun  |  Estudio  |  por  Alfredo  Chavero  |  Secre- 
tario  perpetuo  |  de  la  Sociedad  de  Geografia  y  Estadistica  j  de  Mexico.  | 

Mexico  |  Imprenta  de  Jose  Maria  Sandoval  |  Hospicio  San  Nicolas, 
18  |  1877  |  JOP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-109,  1  1.  sq.  16°.  A  notice  of  Sahaguu  and  his  writ 
ings.  100  copies  printed  for  private  distribution.  See  Llanos  (Adolpho)  for  ab 
stract  of  above. 

Civezza  (Fr.  Marcellino  da).  Saggio  |  Di  Bibliografia  |  geografica  storica 
etuografica  |  Sanfrancescana  |  per  |  Fr.  Marcellino  da  Civezza  M.  O.  | 
[3  lines  quotation.] 

In  Prato  |  Per  Ranieri  Guasti  |  editore-libraio  |  1879.  | 
Pp.i-xiv,  1  I.,  pp.  1-698.  8°.     The  only  copy  I  have  seen  of  this  work  is  in  pos 
session  of  Dr.  Gustave  Brtihl,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Clarke  (Robert)  &  Co.     Bibliotheca  Americana.  |  Catalogue  |  of  a  valu 
able  collection  of  |  Books  and  Pamphlets  |  relating  to  |  America.  | 
The  United  States,  colonial  and  revolutionary;  |  [&c.,  seven  lines]  | 
with  a  descriptive  list  of  the  |  Ohio  Valley  Historical  Series.  | 
For  sale  by  |  Robert  Clarke  &  Co.  |  Cincinnati.  |  1875.  |  GS. 

Title  1  l.,pp.  i-viii,  1-130, 1  ].,  pp.  131-180.  8°.  Publications  relating  to  the  In 
dians  are  not  assigned  a  separate  department  in  the  above  work,  but  I  have  seen 
copies  of  the  catalogue  for  1876,  1878,  1879,  and  1883  (GS. ),  wherein  works  relating 
to  Indian  languages  are  usually  grouped  under  the  heading  "Indians  and  Amer 
ican  Antiquities."  I  have  also  seen  a  copy  of  the  catalogue  for  1873  (GS.),  with 
title-page  missing,  and  understand  that  copies  were  also  issued  for  1H69,  1871,  and 
1877. 


LIST    OF   AUTHORITIES.  XXI 

Clavigero  (D.  Francesco  Saverio).  Catologo  d'  alcuni  autori  Europei  e 
Oreogli,  che  hanuo  scritto  della  dottrina  e  morale  Christiana  nelle 
lingue  della  Nnova  Spagna. 

In  Clavigero  (D.  Francesco  Saverio).  Storia  Antica  del  Messico,  vol.  4, pp. 262- 
263.  Cesena,  1781,  4°.  Followed  by: 

Autori  di  grainmatiche  e  dizionari  delle  suddette  lingue. 

Iu  Clavigero  (I).  Francesco  Saverio).  Storia  Antica  del  Messico,  vol.  4,  p.  264. 
Cesena,  1781.  4°.  For  other  editions  of  Clavigero,  see  Nos.  817-824  of  this  cata 
logue. 

Authors'  names  arranged  according  to  the  alphabetic  order  of  their  Christian 
names. 

Cogolludo  (Fr.  Diego  Lopez).  Historia  |  de  Yucathan.  |  Compuesta  | 
por  el  M.  K.  P.  Fr.  Diego  Lopez  Cogollvdo,  |  Lector  Jvbilado,  y  Padre 
Perpetvo  |  de  dicha  Provincia.  |  Consagrada,  y  dedicada  |  al  Exce- 
lentissimo  Sefior  |  Don  Fernando  loacbin  Faxardo  |  de  Resquesens  y 
Zufiiga,  Marques  de  los  Velez,  Molina  y  Martorel,  |  Sefior  de  las  Va- 
ronias  de  castelvi,  de  Rosanes,  Molius  de  Key  |  y  otras  en  el  Princi- 
pado  de  Catahina,  Sefior  de  las  Vllas  de  Mula,  |  Albama  y  Librilta, 
y  de  las  siete  del  Rio  de  Almanzor  a  las  Oueuas,  |  y  Portilla  Alcayde 
perpetuo  de  los  Reales  Alcagares,  de  las  Ciudades  |  de  Murcia,  y  Lo- 
rea,  Adelautado,  y  Gapitau  Mayor  del  Eeyno  de  |  Murcia,  Marque 
sado  de  Villena,  Arcedianato  de  |  Alcarez,  Campo  de  |  Moutill,  Sierra 
de  Segura,  y  sus  Partidos,  Coininendador  de  la  Enco-  |  mienda  de  los 
Bastimentos  de  Castilla,  del  Orden  de  Santiago,  Gen-  |  tilhombre  de 
Camur  a  de  su  Mages'tad,  de  sus  Cousejos  de  Estado,  |  y  Guerra, 
Presidente  en  el  de  Indias,  y  Superintendente  |  General  de  la  Real 
Hazienda,  &c.  |  Sacala  a  Ivz  |  el  M.  R.  P.  Fr.  Francisco  de  Ayeta, 
Predicador,  |  ex-custodio  del  Xueuo  Mexico  Comisiario  General  del 
Santo  |  Oficia,  Custodio  actual  de  la  Prouincia  del  Santo  Euangelio  en 
el  |  Reyno  de  la  Nueua  Espaua,  y  Procurador  General  en  esta  |  coste 
todas  las  Prouincias  de  la  Religion  |  Seraflca  del  dicho  Reyno.  |  Con 
Privilegio.  | 

En  Madrid :  Por  Jvan  Garcia  Infanzon,  ano  1688.  |  B.  c.  JCB. 

Engraved  title,  11.,  followed  by  printed  title  as  above  1 1.,  12  other  p.  11.,  760pp., 
16  11.  4°.  Contains  much  bibliographic  matter. 

Los  tres  siglos  de  la  dominacion  espanola  en  Yucatan,  6  sea 

Historia  de  esta  provincia  desde  la  conquista  hasta  la  independeucia. 
Escribiola  Fr.  Diego  Lopez  de  Cogolludo,  provincial  que  fiie"  de  la 
orden  f  ranciscana ;  y  la  continua  un  Yucateco. 

Campeche:  Iinprenta  de  Jose"  Maria  Peralta,  1842. 

2  vols.  4°.  Imprint  of  vol.  2 :  "  Merida,  Imprenta  de  Castillo  y  C°,  1845."  Sec 
ond  edition  of  the  History  of  Yucatan,  by  Cogolludo.  Title  from  Brasseur  de 
Bonrbourg. 

Historia  j  de  |  Yucatan  |  escrita  en  el  siglo  xvii  |  por  el  |  R.  P. 


Fr.  Diego  Lopez  Cogolludo.  |  Provincial  que  fue  de  la  Orden  francis- 
cana.  |  [Four  lines  quotation.]  |  Tercera  Edicion.  |  Toino  I  [-II].  | 

Merida  |  Iniprenta  de  Manuel  Aldana  Rivas  |  1867  [-1868]  |     DGB. 

2  vols.:  pp.i-vi,7-615;  1-<J63.     4°. 


XXII  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Ball  (William  Healey)  and  Baker  (Marcus).  Partial  list  of  Books,  Pam 
phlets,  Papers  in  Serial  Journals,  and  other  Publications  on  Alaska 
and  adjacent  Begions.  By  W.  H.  Ball  and  Marcus  Baker. 

In  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  Pacific  Coast  Pilot.   *    *    Second  series,  pp.  225- 
375.     Washington,  1879.    4°. 

Deschamps  (P.)  and  Brunei  (G.)  Manuel  |  du  libraire  |  et  |  de  1'amateur 
delivres  |  —  |  Supplement  |  contenant  |  l°Un  complement  dudiction- 
naire  bibliographique  |  de  M.  J.-Ch.  Brunet  |  Avec  renvoi  de  chaque 
article,  dej&  cit6  dans  le  dictionnaire,  aux  nume'ros  de  la  table  raison- 
n6e;  |  la  description  minutieusement  detaill^e,  d'apres  les  origiuaux, 
d'un  grand  nouibre  d'ouvrages  fran-  |  cais  et  etraugers,  incounus  de 
M.  Brunet,  ou  negliges  par  lui  com  me  ayant  peu  de  valeur,  alors  | 
qu'il  r^digeait  son  Manuel,  ouvrages  fort  recherches  et  fort  appr^cies 
aujourd'hui.  On  y  a  joint  une  |  concordance  des  prix  auxquels  une 
partie  de  ces  ouvrages  ont  e"te  ported  dans  les  principales  veiites  | 
publiques  de  France  et  de  1'Etranger,  depuis  quinze  aus,  ainsi  que 
1'evaluation  approximative  des  |  livres  dont  il  n'a  pas  e"te"  possible  de 
citer  d'adjudication.  |  2°  La  table  raisouu^e  des  articles  |  an  noinbre 
d'environ  10,000,  d^crits  au  present  supplement.  |  Par  MM.  P.  Des 
champs  et  G.  Brunet  |  Tome  Premier  |  A — M  |  f-Deuxieme  | 
N— Z  |  ]  *  *  *  | 

Paris  |  Librairie  de  Firmin-Didot  et  Cle  |  Imprimeurs  de  L'lustitut. 
Eue  Jacob,  56  |  1878  [-1880]  |  c. 

2  vols.  8°.  1,220  columns;  2  columns  to  the  page.     (See  Erunet(j.  c.). 

Dnfosse"   (E.)     E.  Dufoss4  |  Libraire,  21,  qnai   Malaquais,  |  A  Paris  | 
Americana  |  Catalogue  de  Livres  anciens  et  modernes,  '  de  Cartes, 
de  Portraits  &  d'Autographes  |  relatifs  a  l'Ame~rique  &  aux  colonies.  | 
Afrique,  Asie,  Japon,  Oceanic,  Australie.  |  Antiquite"s,  Biographic, 
Bibliographic,  [&c.,  10  lines.]  | 

[Paris,]  1878-79  |  JCp. 

Pp.  1-132.  8°.     This  series  of  catalogues  was  begun,  I  believe,  in  1876. 

Eguiara  et  Eguren  (D.  Joannes  Josephus  de).  Bibliotbeca  |  Mexicana  | 
sive  |  eruditorum  historia  virorum,  |  qui  in  America  Boreali  nati,  vel 
alibi  geuiti,  in  ipsam  |  Domicilio  aut  studijs  asciti,  quavis  lingua 
scripto  |  aliquid  tradiderunt:  |  Eorum  prsesertim  qui  pro  Fide  Catho- 
lica  &  Pietate  amplianda,  |  fovendaque,  egregie  factis  &  quibusvis 
scriptis  floruere  editis  |  aut  iueditis.  |  Ferdinando  VI  |  Hispaniarum 
Eegi  Catholico  |  nuncupata.  Authore  |  D.  Joanne  Josepho  de  Eguiara 
et  Egureu,  |  Mexicano,  electo  Episcopo  Jucatenensi,  Metropol.  Ec- 
clesia?  patrise  |  Canonico  Magistral!,  Uegiaj  et  PontiflciseUniversitatis 
Mexicanensis  |  Primario  et  Emerito  Theologiae  Antecessore,  quon- 
damque  Eectore,  |  apud  Sanctse  Inquisitionis  Omcium  Censore,  lllmi. 
Archiepiscopi  |  Mexicani  Cousultore,  et  Diaecesis  Examinatore  Syno- 
dali,  |  CapuciuaruinVirginumaConfessiouibusetalijssacris.  |  Tomus 
Primus.  I  Exhibens  Litteras  A.  B.  C.  I 


LIST   OF   AUTHORITIES.  XXIII 

Eguiara  et  Eguren  (D.  Joannes  Josephus  de) — continued. 

Mexici:  |  Ex   nova   Typographia   in   ^Edibus  Authoris   editioni  | 
ejusdem  Bibliothecse  destinata.    Anno  Domini  |  MDCCLV  [1755].  |  c. 

80  p .11.,  pp.  1-544.  4°. 

"The  ouly  volume  published  of  this  rare  and  valuable  work.  It  contains  the 
most  authentic  notes  on  the  literature  and  literary  men  of  Mexico,  and  became 
the  basis  of  Beristain's  celebrated  'Bibl.  Hisp.  Amer.',  which  appeared  sixty  years 
later.  Eguiara  was  one  of  the  most  talented  members  of  the  Academy  of  Mexico." — 
Sabin'K  Dictionary,  Xo.  22060. 

"It  is  unfortunate  that  no  more  of  this  important  work  was  published.  It  is 
probable  that  not  many  copies  were  printed  of  this  volume,  as  it  is  not  often  met 
with."— Rich,  1, 115. 

"  Kgtii[a]ra  was  a  native  of  Mexico  and  occupied  the  Chair  of  Theology  in  the 
University  of  that  city.  Beristain  confesses  that  he  should  never  have  undertaken 
his  own  Biblioteca  if  Egui[a]ra  bad  not  'opened  the  door  and  showed  him  the 
way.'"— Ramirez  Bib.  Afoc.,  No. 298. 

Erslew  (Thomas  Hansen).    Almindeligt  |  Forfatter-Lexicon  |  for  |  Kon- 
geriget  Danmark  ined  tilherende  Bilaude,  |  fra  1814  til  1840,  |  eller  | 
Fortegnelse  over ,  de  sammesteds  f^dte  Forfattere  og  Forfatterinder, 
som  levede  ved  Be-  |  gyndel>en  af  Aaret  1814,  eller  siden  ere  fmlte, 
med  Anforelse  af  deres  |  vigtigste  Levnets-Omstaendigbeder  og  af 
deres  trykte  Arbejder;  |  saint  over  |  de  i  Hertugdpinmerne  og  i  Ud- 
landet  fedte  Forfattere,  som  i  bemeldte  |  Tidsrum  bave  opboldt  sig  i 
Daumark  og  der  udgivet  Skrifter.  |  Ved  |  Tbomas  Hansen  Erslew.  | 
F^rste  [-Tredie]  Bind.  |  A  —  J  [-S  —  0].  | 

Kj0benbavn.  |  Forhigsforeningens  Ferlag.  j  Trykt  i  Bianco  Lnnos 
Bogtrykkeri.  |  1843  [-1853J.  |  c. 

3  vols.  8°.  General  author's  dictionary  for  the  kingdom  of  Denmark  and  adja 
cent  countries  from  1814  to  1840. 

Field^  (Thomas  Warren).  An  Essay  |  towards  an  |  Indian  Bibliogra 
phy.  |  Being  a  |  Catalogue  of  Books,  |  relating  to  the  |  history,  an 
tiquities,  languages,  customs,  religion,  |  wars,  literature,  and  origin 
of  the  |  American  Indians,  |  in  the  library  of  |  Thomas  W.  Field.  | 
With  bibliographical  and  historical  notes,  and  |  synopses  of  the  con 
tents  of  some  of  |  the  works  least  known.  | 

New  York :  |  Scribner,  Armstrong,  and  Co.  |  1873.  |       c.  JCP.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-430.  8°. 

"A  general  catalogue  of  works  illustrative  of  the  history,  literature,  and  archae 
ology  of  the  aborigines  of  both  Americas  had  been  in  progress  of  composition  for 
several  years,  as  a  guide  to  the  author's  collection  of  that  class  of  books.  As  it 
grew  in  proportions,  by  the  slow  accretions  which  duty  and  experience  furnished, 
the  author's  vanity  was  easily  flattered  into  the  design  of  producing  a  work  of 
more  general  utility.  The  material  collected  at  length  covered  so  wide  a  range 
that  it  embraced  not  only  transcripts  of  the  titles  of  such  printed  works  as  were 
personally  examined,  or  were  to  be  found  in  catalogues  of  public  and  private  libra 
ries,  with  a  collation  of  their  pages  and  synopses  of  their  contents,  but  also  the 
titles  of  articles  upon  the  same  subjects,  printed  in  reviews,  historical  collections, 
magazines,  and  other  ephemera.  More  than  two  thousand  five  hundred  separate 
works  and  twelve  hundred  essays  had  been  catalogued,  with  their  topical  range 
noted,  before  the  vast  extent  of  the  unexplored  territory  to  b»  examined  began  to 


XXIV  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Field  (Thomas  Warren) — continued. 

exhibit  some  of  its  formidable  proportions.  It  was  plainly  demonstrated  that  the 
projected  task  must  be  either  abandoned  or  greatly  abridged.  That  portion  of  the 
task  which  could  be  most  readily  detached  and  wrought  into  unity  was  the  cata 
logue  of  works  on  the  American  aborigines,  in  the  author's  possession.  To  deter 
mine  the  selection  of  works  which  should  be  included  in  that  category,  they  have 
been  subjected  to  a  few  simple  rules  of  classification. 

"All  works  which  purported  in  their  titles  to  contain  historic,  narrative,  or  lite 
rary  material  relating  to  the  American  Indians. 

"  Books  in  which  any  distinct  portion,  chapter,  or  appendix  claimed  by  its  head 
ing  or  table  of  contents  to  be  devoted  to  that  subject. 

"Works  containing  engravings  illustrative  of  the  manner  and  peculiarities  of 
the  aborigines,  when  derived  from  actual  observation. 

"All  treatises  or  essays  npon  their  origin,  or  the  pre-Columbian  discovery  of 
America,  as  affecting  the  source  of  its  population. 

"Those  works  of  fiction  or  poetry  founded  on  Indian  life,  to  which  were  ap 
pended  historical  notes,  incidents  of  personal  experience,  or  traditions  and  legends 
of  the  Indians. 

"All  works  containing  grammatical  analyses,  or  vocabularies  of  their  language, 
as  well  as  translations  into  or  from  them,  would  of  course  form  a  part  of  the  col 
lection.  "—Preface. 

Catalogue  |  of  the  |  Library  |  belonging  to  |  Mr.  Thomas  W. 

Field.  |  To  be  sold  at  auction,  |  by  |  Bangs,  Merwin  &  Co.,  |  May 
24th,  1875,  |  and  following  days.  | 

New  York.  |  1875.  |  c.  LSH. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-376.  8°.  Compiled  by  Joseph  Sabin.  "The  collection  of  books 
described  in  the  following  pages  is,  beyond  all  question,  the  most  extensive  in  its 
special  department  ever  offered  for  sale.  Its  acquisition  has  been  the  unwearied 
occupation  of  Mr.  Field  for  many  years,  and  the  result  is  an  unusually  com 
plete  series  of  books  on  a  subject  which  is  daily  increasing  in  interest — the  Ameri 
can  Indians.  It  is  scarcely  necessary  for  me  to  say  that  it  is  simply  impossible  to 
study  the  history  of  this  continent  without  referring  to  this  topic.  An  entirely 
complete  collection  of  books  relative  to  the  Indians  includes  a  large  proportion  of 
the  works  which  compose  American  history.  *  *  * 

"Mr.  Field's  'Essay  on  Indian  Bibliography'  has  formed  the  basis  of  the  present 
catalogue.  We  have  added  to  it  the  titles  of  such  books  as  have  been  purchased 
since  the  publication  of  that  work  in  1873.  To  the  works  thus  added  the  notes 
appended  are  sometimes  by  Mr.  Field.  Many  works  of  importance,  which  were  in 
his  possession  at  the  time  of  its  publication,  had  accidentally  dropped  out  of  his 
list.  *  *  * 

"The  titles  in  Mr.  Field's  essay  have  sometimes  been  abridged,  sometimes  given 
in  full;  his  elaborate  and  elegant  notes  have  in  many  instances  been  shorn  of  their 
chief  features,  but  the  reader  can  supply  that  want  by  procuring  a  copy  of  Mr. 
Field's  essay. 

"The  reader  of  the  essay  will  not  fail  to  notice  the  strong  humanitarian  views 
which  are  held  by  Mr.  Field.  It  would  be  difficult  for  any  one  to  add  to  the  ener 
getic  adjectives  which  distinguish  some  of  his  denunciations  of  the  perpetrators  of 
cruelties  on  the  Indians." — Preface. 

Finotti  (Rev.  Joseph  M.)    Catalogue  |  of  the  |  Library  |  of  the  late  | 
Eev.  Joseph  M.  Finotti,  |   Member  of  the  New  England  Historic- 
Genealogical  |  Society,  American  Numismatic  Society,  &c.  |  To  be 


LIST    OF    AUTHORITIES.  XXV 

Finotti  (Rev.  Joseph  M.) — continued. 

sold  at  auction  |  On  Thursday,  October  16th,  1879,  |  and  following 
days,  |  by  Bangs  &  Co.,  |  739  &  741  Broadway  New  York.  | 

New  York :  |  1879.  |  JCP. 

Printed  cover,  "Executor's  Sale,"  &c.,  1  1. ;  title  as  above,  1  1. ;  Preface,  pp.  iii- 
iv;  Catalogue,  pp. ! 5-114  ;  Addenda,  1  1. 

[Fischer  (Augustin)  and  Berendt  ( Dr.  C.  H.)]     Bibliotheca  Mejicana.  |  A 
.     Catalogue  of  an  extraordinary  Collec-  |  tion  of  Books  &  Manuscripts, 
almost  |  wholly  relating  to  the  History  |  and  Literature  of  North  | 
and  South  America,  |  particularly  |  Mexico.  |  To  be  sold  by  auction,  | 
by  Messrs.  Puttick  &  Simpson,  |  at  their  house,  47,  Leicester  Square, 
London,  |  on  Tuesday,  June  1st,  1869,  and  7  following  days.  |    B.  JCP. 
2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-312.  8°.     Father  Fischer  was  chaplain  to  the  Emperor  Maximilian. 
The  catalogue  of  Dr.  Berendt's  books  occupies  pp.  229-312. 

Gibbs  (George).    Bibliography  [of  the  Chinook  Language]. 

In  Gibbs  (George).  Alphabetical  Vocabulary  of  the  Chinook  Language,  pp.vii- 
viii.  New  York,  1863.  8°. 

Bibliography  of  the  Chinook  Jargon. 

In  Gibbs  (George).  A  Dictionary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon,  pp.  xiii-xiv.  New 
York,  1863.  8°. 

[Harrisse  (Henry)].    Bibliotheca  Americana  Vetustissima  |  A  |  Descrip 
tion  of  Works  |  relating  to  |  America  |  published  between  the  years  | 
1492  and  1551  |  [8  lines  quotation.] 

New-York  |  Geo.  P.  Philes,  Publisher  |  MDCCCLXVI[1866]  |  C.GS.     ,->'. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  i-iv,  1  1.,  pp.  1-519.  large  8°.  Four  hundred  copies  printed  in  royal 
8°,  99  in  4°,  and  10  in  4°  on  Holland  paper  for  private  distribution.  Continued  as 
follows: 

Bibliotheca  Americana  Vetustissiina  |  A:  Description  of  Works  | 


relating  to  |  America  |  published  between  the  years  |  1492  and  1551  | 
Additious  [  [Device] 

Paris  |  Librairie  Tross  |  5  rue  Neuve-des-Petits-Champs  5  |  M. 
DCCC.  LXXII  [1872].  | 

Colophon :  Imprime  |  Par  W.  Drugulin  A  Leipzig  |  [Device]  |  Pour 
la  |  Librairie  Tross  A  Paris  |  M.  DCCC.  LXXII  [1872J.  |  GS. 

Outside  title  as  above  1  1.,  1  p.  1.,  inside  title  as  above  1  1.,  pp.  i-xl,  1-199,  colo 
phon  as  above  1  1.,  advertisement  1  1. 

Notes  I  pour  servir  |  A  L'Histoire,  A  La  Bibliographic  |  et  a  la  | 

Cartographic  [  de  la  |  Nouvelle-Frauce  |  et  des  |  Pays  Adjaceuts  | 
1545-1700.  |  Par  1'Auteur  de  la  |  Bibliotheca  Americana  Vetustis 
sima  |  [3  lines  quotation.]  |  |  Device.] 

Paris  [  Librairie  Tross  |  5  rue  Neuve-des-Petits  Champs  5  |  1872.  | 
Colophon:  Imprime  |  Par  W.  Druguliu  A  Leipzig  |  [Device.]  |  Pour 
la  |  Librairio  Tross,  A  Paris  |  M.  DCCC.  LXXII  [1872J.  |  L.  GS. 

Outside  title  as  above,  1  p.  1.,  inside  tiile  as  above,  1  other  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xxxiii,  1 1., 
pp.  1-367,  colophon  1  1.,  advertisement  1  1. 


XXVI  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Icazbalceta  (Joaquin  Garcia).  Apuntes  |  para  un  |  Catalogo  de  Escri- 
tores  |  en  |  Leuguas  Indigenas  de  America.  |  For  |  Joaquin  Garcia 
Icazbalceta.  |  [Design.] 

Mexico.  |  Se  ban  impreso  60  ejemplares  |  enlalmprenta  Particular 
del  Autor.  |  1866  |  JOB.  JCP. 

Printed  cover,  1  1. ;  half-title,  1  1. ;  title,  1  1. ;  advertencia,  pp.  v-xiii ;  pp.  1-157. 
24°.  My  copy  of  this  work,  which  is  "Ejemplar  No.  47,"  has  been  corrected  in 
manuscript  by  the  author,  and  a  number  of  titles  added. 

Titles  of  works  in  the  Cahita,  Cora,  Cumanagota,  Chuchona,  Heve,  Huasteca, 
Mame,  Matlalzinga,  Maya,  Mazahua,  Mexicaua,  Mijo,  Mision  de  San  Antonio,  Mix- 
teca,  Mutsuu,  Opata,  Otoini,  Pima,  Quiche',  Quichua,  Tarahumara,  Tarasca,  Tejas, 
Tepehuana,  Tiinuqnana  6  Floridiana,  Totonaca,  Yunga,  and  Zapoteca. 

"Some  lime  since  I  was  invited  by  the  estimable  Iitt6rateur,  Dr.  D.  G.  Bcrendt, 
to  contribute  some  notes  for  a  new  edition  of  the  work  of  Dr.  Ludewig  entitled 
The  Literature  of  American  Aboriginal  Languages,  and  this  has  given  origin  to  the 
present  catalogue.  *  *  * 

"Desirous  on  the  one  hand  of  obliging  Dr.  Bcrendt,  and  on  the  other  impelled 
by  my  own  inclination  to  contribute  something  to  the  advancement  of  science, 
though  it  be  ever  so  little,  I  have  endeavored  to  increase  as  far  as  I  was  able  the 
stock  of  knowledge  concerning  the  writers  in  the  indigenous  tongues  of  Mexico. 
Ludewig,  with  few  exceptions,  limited  himself  to  grammars  and  vocabularies,  with 
out  including  other  works  written  in  American  languages,  as  catechisms,  etc. 
Perhaps  he  did  well  considering  the  extent  of  his  plan ;  but  mine  beiug  less  ambi 
tious,  I  thought  it  necessary  to  include  whatever  might  bo  found  written  in  the 
Mexican  languages,  so  that  no  author  or  book  of  importance  might  be  omitted. 
Books  composed  in  Mexican  languages  are  almost  all  rare  and  little  known ;  even 
those  more  recently  printed  are  not  easily  found,  either  by  reason  of  the  small 
number  of  copies  printed  or  because  the  demand  for  them  has  ceased. 

"Some  time  ago  I  resolved  to  gather  all  the  books  of  this  description  which  I 
could  get,  and  I  deem  myself  lucky  in  securing  more  than  eighty.  These  form  the 
basis  of  my  catalogue.  The  first  addition  to  it  was  to  be  a  list  of  works  which  I  had 
seen  elsewhere  and  of  which  I  had  taken  notes.  Here  terminated  that  portion  of 
my  work  on  whiuh  reliance  could  be  placed;  this  portion  was  certainly  small 
enough,  and  a  large  field  of  uncertainty  was  left;  this  was  filled  with  the  largo 
number  of  works  quoted  by  other  authors,  which  I  have  not  seen.  I  encountered 
the  problem  which  Lndewig  attempted  to  solve,  and  I  was  loath  to  pass  the  confines 
of  certainty  to  lose  myself  in  a  labyrinth  of  inquiries  and  conjectures  with  little 
probability  of  a  safe  issue. 

"Unfortunately,  owing  to  the  iucredible  indifference  which  till  recently  pre 
vailed  in  regard  to  these  important  studies,  there  is  no  hope  of  completing  this 
catalogue  by  personal  inspection  of  the  works  concerned.  But  all  possible  means 
must  be  resorted  to  for  widening  the  limits  of  the  known  at  thef  expense  of  what 
is  doubtful.  I  have  decided  to  print  these  Apuntes  with  no  other  object  than  to 
place  them  in  the  hands  of  inquiring  persons  who  may  be  able  to  add  to  them. 
With  every  book  that  is  examined  and  described  with  accuracy  there  disappears 
at  least  one  probability  of  error.  This  decision  was  all  the  more  necessary  as  the 
larger  portion  of  these  works  have  been  taken  from  our  country  to  enrich  the 
libraries  of  Europe  and  the  United  States,  whence  we  must  at  some  time  expect  the 
favor  of  getting  the  description  of  some  of  them.  Herein  lies  the  reason  for  con 
verting  these  notes  into  book  form,  though  they  were  intended  to  figure  only  as  a 
manuscript  to  be  sent  to  a  friend. 

"Still  they  have  preserved  their  original  character.  The  60  copies,  which  I  have 
printed  with  my  own  hands,  are  nothing  more  than  so  many  copies  of  the  manu 
script.  Rough  drafts  should  not  be  exposed  for  sale,  and  these  will  be  distributed 
to  those  who  can  improve  the  work  by  adding  to  it. 


LIST    OF    AUTHORITIES.  XXVII 

Icazbalceta  (Joaquin  Garcia) — continued. 

"This  catalogue  is  divided  into  two  parts.  The  first  comprises  the  books  of  my 
own  collection,  the  second  the  books  seen  by  me  in  various  libraries,  public  and 
private,  save  three  or  four  of  which  I  have  obtained  descriptions  which  seem  trust 
worthy.  There  is  no  good  reason  for  making  this  division,  and  it  will  be  an  ad 
vantage  to  unite  the  two  parts  in  one  alphabetic  list;  but  as  the  printing  went  on 
slowly,  being  done  by  myself  at  odd  moments,  I  began  with  my  own  books,  and 
thus  gained  time  to  augment  the  second  part.  *  *  * 

"I  have  made  it  a  rule  to  copy  the  whole  of  the  title-pages.  Though  it  seems 
at  first  unnecessary  to  give  in  their  entirety  the  titles  of  honor  and  position  of  the 
authors  and  of  those  to  whom  the  books  were  dedicated,  I  did  not  want  to  omit 
them,  because  they  are  usually  the  only  data  which  we  have  for  the  biography  of 
these  persons.  In  the  books  of  the  Kith  century  I  have  also  copied  the  colophon, 
which  usually  tells  us  more  than  the  title.  The  merit  of  this  sort  of  work  lying 
especially  in  accuracy,  I  have  preserved  with  extreme  rigor  the  orthography  of  the 
originals,  and  even  abbreviations  not  now  in  use;  for  this  purpose  I  have  had 
special  types  cast.  *  *  * 

"This  catalogue,  though  so  incomplete,  will,  I  hope,  be  of  some  use  in  bringing 
into  notice  some  books  hitherto  unknown,  and  in  confirming  or  correcting  the 
descriptions  of  others.  Looking  at  its  small  compass  we  feel  great  regret  in  con 
sidering  how  small  are  the  remains  of  the  immense  work  done  by  the  missionaries. 
Whatsoever  may  yet  be  discovered,  it  will  be  but  a  mite  in  comparison  to  what 
has  been  lost.  There  is  hardly  one  language  of  America  that  did  not  have  its 
grammar  and  its  dictionary,  and  of  some  there  were  many  dictionaries  as  well  as  a 
large  number  of  primers,  catechisms,  explanations  of  Christian  doctrine,  confession- 
books,  collections  of  sermons,  ascetic  and  moral  treatises,  and  translations  of  script 
ure.  I  do  not  even  speak  of  the  historic  accounts  written  by  natives  in  their  own 
languages,  of  which  only  a  few  sad  fragments  remain.  What  was  written  in  Aztec 
would  alone  form  a  small  library. 

"I  pursue  my  researches,  and  if  I  am  not  mistaken  in  iny  expectations  of  the 
help  of  lovers  of  science,  I  hope  we  shall  one  day  possess  a  'Library  of  writers  in 
the  vernacular  tongues  of  Mexico,'  the  first  contribution  to  which  these  Apuntei 
will  have  been." — Preface. 

The  list  of  books  given  in  the  above  work  was  partially  reprinted  (134  titles),  with 
titles  considerably  abridged,  on  pp.  424-431  of:  Pole'mica  entre  el  Diario  Oficial  y  la 
Colonia  Espanola,  &C.  Mexico,  1875.  8°.  (JWP.) 

Don  Fray  |  Juan  de  Ziunarraga  |  Primer  Obispo  y  Arzobispo  de 

Mex'co  |  Estudio  Biografico  y  Bibliogra6co  |  por  |  Joaquiu  Garcia 
Icazbalceta  |  Secretario  [&c.,  4  lines]  |  Con  un  Ape"ndice  de  Docu- 
mentos  |  iueditos  6  raros.  |  Tomo  Priraero  [-Segundo]  |  [Device] 

Mexico  |  Antigua  Libreria  de  Andrade  y  Morales,  |  Portal  de  Agus- 
tinos  N°.  3.  |  1881  |  JWP. 

2  vols. :  1  p.  1.,  title  1  1.,  advertencia  1  1.,  pp.  1-371 ;  1  p.  1.,  title  1  1.,  1  other  p. 
1.,  pp.  1-270,  i-viii.  8°. 

Bibliografia  Mexicana  |  del  Siglo  XVI.  |  Parte  Primera.  |    JCP. 

Royal  8°.  In  press.  Of  this  work,  the  title-page  and  preliminary  leaves  of 
which  have  not  yet  been  printed,  the  author  has  sent  me  advance  sheets  of  pp.  1- 
240;  these  contain  an  account  of  all  works  published  in  Mexico  from  1539  to  1582, 
with  biographic  and  bibliographic  notes.  Manyfac  similes  of  title-pages  and  colo 
phons  are  given,  and  a  number  of  the  former  by  permission  of  the  author  have 
been  reproduced  for  this  catalogue  and  appear  herein. 

Julg  (B.)     See  Vater  (Johann  Severin). 


XXVIII  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Leclerc   (Charles).     Bibliotheca  |  Americana  |  Catalogue  Raisonne  | 
d'uiie  tres  pre"cieuse  |  collection  de  livres  ancieus  |  et  modernes  |  sur 
l'Am6rique  et  les  Philippines  |  Classes  par  ordre   alphabe'tique  de 
iioins  d'Auteurs.  |  Re'dige'  par  Ch.  Leclerc.  |  [Device.] 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  &  Cic  |  15,  Quai  Voltaire  |  M.  D.CCC.  LXVII 
[1867J  |  C.JOP. 

Pp.  i-vii,  1-407.  8°. 

Bibliotheca  |  Americana  |  Histoire,  Geographic,  |  Voyages,  Ar- 

ch^ologieet  Linguistique  |  des  |  deuxAmeriques  |  et  |  des  lies  Philip 
pines  |  Be'dige'e  |  Par  Ch.  Leclerc  |  [Device] 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  et  Cle,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  25,  Quai  Voltaire, 
25.  |  1878  |  BA.  JOP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xx,  1-737,  1  1.  8°.  The  linguistic  part  of  this  volume  occupies  pp. 
537-643,  and  is  arranged  under  families.  Continued  as  follows: 

Bibliotheca  |  Americana  |  Histoire,  Gdographie,  |  Voyages,  Ar- 

ch^ologie  et  Liuguistique  |  des  |  Deux  Am^riques  |  Supplement  | 
N°  I.  Novembre  1881  |  [Device] 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  &  Cie,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  25,  Quai  Voltaire, 
25  |  1881  |  C.  JCP. 

Printed  cover,  1  1. ;  title,  1. ;  advertisement,  1  1.     Pp.  1-102,  1  1.  8°. 

Leon  Pinelo  (Antonio  de).  Epitome  |  de  la  |  Biblioteca  |  Oriental  i  Oc 
cidental,  Nautica  |  i  Geografica.  |  Al  Excelentiss.  Sefior  D.  Ramiro 
Nufiez  |  Perez  Felipe  de  Guzman,  Senor  de  la  Casa  |  de  Guzman, 
Duque  de  Medina  de  las  Tor-  |  res,  Marques  de  Toral  i  Monasterio, 
Conde  |  de  Parmacoello  i  Valdorce,  Comendador  |  de  Valdepenas, 
Gran  Conciller  de  las  In-  |  dias,  Tesorero  General  de  la  Corona  de 
Ara-  )  gon,  i  Consejo  de  Italia,  Capitan  de  los  cien  |  Hijosdalgo  de  la 
guarda  de  la  Real  per-  |  sona  i  Sumiller  de  Corps.  |  Por  el  Liceuciado 
Antonio  de  Leon  |  Relator  del  Supremo  i  Real  |  Cousejo  de  las  In- 
dias.  |  Con  Priuilegio  | 

En  Madrid,  Por  luan  Gonzalez.  |  Ano  de  M.  DCXXIX  [1G29].  | 
Colophon:  Siut  Mecsenates,  non  de-erunt,  Flacce,  Marones,  |  Vir- 
giliumq';  tibi,  vel  tuaruradabunt.  |  Marcial.  lib.  8.  Epigr.  |  ConPrivi- 
legio,  |  En  Madrid,  Por  luau  Gonzalez.  |  Afio  M.  DC.  XXIX  [1629].  | 
44  p.  11. ;  pp.  1-186,  i-xii,  colophon  I  1.  c.  JCB. 

Epitome  |  de  la  |  Bibliotheca  |  Oriental,  y  Occidental,  Nautica, 

y  Geograflca:  j  De  Don  Antonio  de  Leon  Pinelo,  |  del  Consejo  de  su 
Mag.  en  la  Casa  de  la  Contratacion  de  Sevilla,  |  y  Corouista  Maior  de 
las  Indias,  |  aiiadido,  y  enmendado  nuevamente,  |  en  que  se  contie- 
nen  |  los  escritores  de  las  Indias  |  Orientales,  y  Occidentales,  y  reinos 
convecinos  |  <  !hiua,  Tartaria,  Japon,  Persia,  Armenia,  Etiopia,  y  otrus 
partes.  |  Al  Key  Nuestro  Sefior.  |  Por  rnano  del  Marques  de  Torre- 
Nueva,  su  |  Secretario  del  Despacho  Universal  de  Hacienda,  Indias, 
i  Marina.  |  Tomo  Primero  |  [-Tercero].  |  [Design.] 


LIST    OF    AUTHORITIES  XXIX 

Icon  Pinelo  (Autoiiio  de) — continued. 

Con  Privilegio.  |  En  Madrid:  En  la  Oficina  de  Francisco  Martinez 
A  had,  en  |  la  Calle  del  Olivo  Baxo.  Aiio  de  M.  D.  CC.  XXXVII 
[-M.  D.  CC.  XXXVIII]  [1737-1738].  |  B.  C.  JOB. 

3  vols.  folio. 

Leroux  (Ernest).     Librairie  Orientale  et  Americaine  |  Ernest  Leroux  | 
Catalogue  |  de  |  Livres  de  fonds  |  et  en  nombre  |  [Device] 

Paris  |  Ernest  Leroux,  Editeur  |  Libraire  de  la  Socie'te'  Asiatique  | 
[&c.,  seven  lines]  28,  Hue  Bonaparte,  28  |  Mars  1879  |  WE. 

Pp.  1-56.  8°.  "Supplement.  Ouvrages  publics  du  uiois  d'Octobre  1879  au  uiois 
de  Juillet  1880,"  without  title-page,  pp.  1-16.  8°.  (WE.) 

Llanos  (Adolf'o).     Sahagun  y  su  Historia  de  Mexico. 

In  Museo  Nacional  de  Mexico,  Anales,  vol.  3,  part  3,  pp.  71-76.  Mexico,  1883.  folio. 
A  list  of  Sahagun's  works,  based  principally  on  Chaveio  (Alfredo).  Sahaguu. 
Estudio  por  Alfredo  Chavero.  Mexico,  1877.  16°. 

ludewig  (Hermann  E.)     The  |  Literature  |  of  |  American  Aboriginal 
Languages.  |  By  |  Hermann  E.  Ludewig.  |  With  additions  and  correc 
tions  |  by  Professor  Wm.  W.  Turner.  |  Edited  by  Nicholas  Triibner.  | 
London :  |  Triibner  and  Co.,  60,  Paternoster  Eow.  |  MDCCCLVIII 

[1858].  | 

Pp.  i-viii,  11.,  pp.  ix-xxi  v,  1-260.  8°.  Arranged  alphabetically  by  families.  Ad 
denda  by  Wm.  W.  Turner  and  Nicholas  Triibner,  pp.  210-258.  c.  JCP. 

Marsden  (William).  A  Catalogue  of  Dictionaries,  Grammars,  and  Alpha 
bets,  in  two  parts.  I.  Alphabetical  Catalogue  of  Authors.  II.  Chro 
nological  Catalogue  of  Works  in  each  Class  of  Language. 

London.  1796.  * 

Pp.  vi,  156.  4°.  Privately  printed,  and  scarce;  contains  but  little  about  American 
languages. — Sabin'n  Dictionary,  No.  44718. 

Bibliotheca  Marsdeniana  |  Philologica  et  Orientalis.  |  A  |  Cata 
logue  |  of  |  Books  and  Manuscripts  |  collected  with  a  view  to  |  the 
General  Comparison  of  Languages,  and  to  the  study  j  of  Oriental 
Literature,  |  by  |  William  Marsden,  F.  E.  S.  &c.  | 

London:  |  Printed  by,  J.  L.  Cox,  Great  Queen  Street,  |  Lincoln's- 
Inn  Fields.  |  1827.  |  c.  BA. 

1  p.)., pp.  1-310.  4°.  Catalogue  of  works,  American  (general),  America  (North) 
and  American  (Central),  pp.  143-145. 

[Moore  (George  H.)  and  Allibone  (Samuel  Austin).]  Contributions  |  to 
a  |  Catalogue  |  of  |  The  Lenox  Library.  |  No.  I.  |  Voyages  of  Hulsius, 
Etc.  [-No.  VI.  Works  of  Milton,  Etc.]  |  [Device.] 

New  York:  |  Printed  for  the  Trustees.  |  MDCCCLXXVII  [-MD- 
CCCLXXXI]  [1877-1881].  |  JOB.  JCP. 

6  parts,  sm.  4°.  Issued  in  parts,  each  part  relating  to  a  particular  subject.  Part 
II  relates  to  "The  Jesuit  Relations,  Etc."  Pp.  1-19.  sm. 4°. 

Muller  (Frederik).  Catalogue  |  of  |  Books  relating  to  America ;  |  in 
cluding  |  a  large  number  |  of  |  rare  works  |  printed  before  1700.  | 


XXX  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Muller  (Frederik) — continued. 

Amongst  which  |  a  nearly  complete  collection  |  of  the  |  Dutch  publi 
cations  on  New-Netherland,  |  from  1612  to  1820.  |  —  |  On  sale,  at 
the  prices  affixed,  j  at  |  Frederik  Muller's  Heereugracht,  Amster 
dam.  |  —  |  Orders  received  [&c.,  eight  lines].  |  [1850.]  GS. 
Printed  cover  witb  tille  as  above,  reverse  containing  advertisement,  1  1.,  pp. 
1-104.  12°. 

-  Catalogue  |  of  |  Books,  Maps,  Plates  |  on  |  America,  |  and  of  a 
remarkable  collection   ot  |  Early  Voyages,  |  offered  for  sale  by  | 
Frederik  Muller,  at  Amsterdam,   |   Literary  Agent  of  the   Smith 
sonian  Institution  at  Washington.  )  Including  a  large  number  of 
books  in  all  languages  |  with  Bibliographical  and  Historical  Notes  | 
and  presenting  an  essay  towards  a  |  Dutch-American  Bibliography.  | 
Part  I. — Books  [-Part  III. — Portraits. — Autographs. — Plates.— At 
lases  and  Maps].  |  With  3  fac-similes.  | 

Amsterdam,  |  Frederik  Muller,  |  Heerengracht,  KK  130.   1872.  |  c. 

3  vols.  8°. 

Murphy  (Henry  C.)  Catalogue  |  of  the  |  Magnificent  Library  |  of  the 
late  |  Hon.  Henry  C.  Murphy,  |  of  |  Brooklyn,  Long  Island,  |  consist 
ing  almost  wholly  of  |  Americana  or  books  relating  to  America.  |  The 
whole  to  be  sold  by  auction  |  at  the  |  Clinton  Hall  Sales  Rooms,  |  ou  | 
Monday,  March  3d,  1884,  and  the  following  days.  |  Two  sessions  daily, 
at  2.30  o'clock,  and  7.30  p.  m.  | 

Geo.  A.  Leavitt  &  Co.,  Auctioneers.  (  New  York,  1884.  |  Orders  to 
Purchase  executed  by  the  Auctioneers,  Free  of  Charge.  |  C.AVE.  JCP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  i-viii,  1-434.  8°.     Compiled  by  the  Hon.  John  R.  Bartlett. 

[Nyerup  (Rasmus)].  Dansk-norsk  Litteratnrlexicon.  |  Fj^rste  [-Anden] 
Halvdel.  |  A— L  [-M— 0].  | 

Kj</tbeuhavn.  |  Trykt.  paa  den  Gyldendalske  Boghandlings  Forlag, 
i  det  Schultziske  Officin.  |  1818  [-1819].  |  c. 

<i  vols.  sm.  4°.     Arranged  alphabetically  by  authors. 

Pick  (R>v.  B.)  The  Bible  in  the  Languages  of  America.  By  Eev.  B. 
Pick,  Ph.  D.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  JCP. 

In  The  New- York  Evangelist,  No.  2518.     New  York,  June  27,  1878. 
An  article  on  twenty-four  different  versions  of  portions  of  the  Bible  extant  in 
the  languages  of  America. 

Pilling  (James  Constantino).  Catalogue  of  Linguistic  Manuscripts  in 
the  Library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  By  James  C.  Pilling. 

In  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  First  Annual  Report,  pp.  553-577.  Washington,  1881. 
Royal  8°.  Issued  separately,  also,  as  follows : 

Catalogue  |  of  |  Linguistic  Manuscripts  |  in  the  |  Library  of  the 

Bureau  of  Ethnology  |  by  j  James  C.  Pilling  |  (Extracted  from  the 
First  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  |  of  Ethnology)  |  [Design] 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1881  |          C.AVE.  JWP. 

Printed  cover  as  above  1  1.,  pp.  553-577.  Royal  8°. 


LIST    OF    AUTHORITIES.  XXXI 

Pimentel  (Francisco).    Cuadro  Descriptive  y  Comparative  de  las  Len- 
guas  ludi'genas  de  Mexico,  etc. 

Mexico  Imprentadc  Andradey  Escalante  1862 [-1865].    B.C.BA.WE. 
For  full  titles,  collations,  etc.,  see  Nos.  2998  and  2999  of  this  catalogue. 

Pinart  (Alph.-L.)    Catalogue  de  Livres  Eares  |  et  Pr6cieux  manuscrits 
et  itnprimes  |  principalement  sur  I'Ame'rique  |  et  sur  les  langues  du 
mondu  eutier  |  coinposaut  la  bibliotheque  de  |  M.  Alph.-L.  Pinart  |  et 
compreuant  en  totalitg  la  bibliotbeque  Mexico-Guateinalienne  de  | 
M.  L'Abbe  Brasseur  de  FJonrbourg  | 

Paris  |  Vve  Adolpbe  Labitte  |  Libraire  de  la  Bibliotheque  Ratio 
nale  |  4,  Hue  de  Lille,  4  |  1883  |  c.  WE.  JCP. 

Outside  title  1  1.,  pp.  i-viii,  1-248.  8C.     See  Brasaeur  de  Bourbourg  ( Abbe  C.  E.) 

Flatzmann  (Julius).     Verzeichniss  |  einer  Auswahl  |  Amerikanischer  | 
Graminatiken,  |  Worterbucher,  |  Katecbismen  |  U.  S.    W.  |  gesam- 
ruelt  |  von  |  Julius  Platzmaun.  | 

Leipzig,   1876.    |   K.    F.   Kohler's    Antiquarium,   |   Post    Strasse 
17.  |  c.  T.  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  ].,  3  11.,  pp.  1-38.  8°.     Relates  principally  to  South  America. 

Quaritch  (Bernard).     American  languages.  JCP. 

In  Qiiiiritch  (Bernard).     General  Catalogue,  III,  America,  &c.,  pp.  1261-1269. 

Kamirez  (Don  Jos6  Fernando).  Bibliotbeca  Mexicana  |  or  ACatalogue 
of  tbe  |  Library  of  Rare  Books  and  |  Important  Manuscripts  |  relat 
ing  to  Mexico  and  otber  |  parts  of  |  Spanish  America  |  formed  by  the 
late  |  Seuor  Don  Jose  Fernando  Ramirez  |  President  of  tbe  late  Em 
peror  Maximilian's  First  Ministry,  |  comprising :  |  Fine  Specimens  of 
tbe  Presses  of  tbe  Early  Mexican  Typograpbers,  |  Juan  Cromberger, 
Juan  Pablos,  Antonio  Espiuosa,  Pedro  Ocharte,  |  Pedro  Balli,  An 
tonio  Ricardo,  Melcbior  Ocharte  ;  a  large  number  of  |  Works,  both 
printed  and  MS.,  on  the  Mexican  Indian  Languages  and  |  Dialects ; 
the  Civil  and  Ecclesiastical  History  of  Mexico  and  its  |  Provinces  ; 
Collections  of  Laws  and  Ordinances  relating  to  the  |  Indies.  Valu 
able  unpublished  Manuscripts  relating  to  the  Jesuit  |  Missions  in 
Texas,  California,  China,  Peru,  Chili,  Brazil,  etc.;  |  Collections  of  docu 
ments;  Sermons  preached  in  Mexico;  etc.  etc.  |  Days  of  Sale:  | 
Wednesday,  July  7,  Lots  1  to  233,  Friday,  July  9,  Lots  469  to  701,  | 
Thursday,  July  8,  Lots  234  to  468,  Monday,  July  12,  Lots  701  to  934,  j 
Tuesday,  July  13,  Lots  935  to  1290.  | 

To  be   Sold  by  Auction,  |  by  Messrs.   Puttick  and    Simpson,  | 
Auctioneers  of  Literary  Property  and  Works  of  Art,  |  at  their  gal 
lery,  |  No.  47,  Leicester  Square,  London,  W.  C.,  |  (Formerly  the  Man 
sion  of  Sir  Joshua  Reynolds,  P.  R.  A.)  |  MDCCCLXXX  [1880].  |    JCP. 
2  p.  11.  Pp.  1-165.  8°.     The  following  remarks  are  from  the  "  Introduction" : 
"The  extraordinary  collection  of  books  here  offered  to  public  competition  well 
merits  a  passing  notice.     The  catalogue  of  it  made  by  Messrs.  Puttick  and  Simpson, 
it  will  readily  be  perceived,  is  not  a  mere  auction  catalogue,  but  as  far  as  the  col 
lection  goes,  a  bibliography  of  this  important  department  of  literature — a  book  for 
future  reference. 


XXXII  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Ramirez  (Don  Jos6  Fernando) — continued. 

"  The  library  was  formed  by  the  late  Don  Jose'  Fernando  Ramirez,  of  the  city  of 
Durango,  in  Mexico,  where  he  was  born  towards  the  end  of  the  last  century.  "*  *  * 

"  From  his  early  youth  Seiior  Ramirez  showed  a  decided  predilection  for  the  his 
tory  and  archaeology  of  his  native  country,  united  to  a  strong  love  of  books.  When 
transferred  from  the  supreme  court  of  Durango  to  that  of  the  National  Government 
in  1850,  he  sold  (he  greater  portion  of  the  library  which  he  had  formed  there,  which 
became  the  foundation  of  the  present  State  library  in  that  city.  He  resirved, 
however,  from  this  sale  the  rarest  works  relating  to  the  archa>ology,  history,  and 
philology  of  Mexico,  which  he  brought  with  him  to  the  Capital,  where  he  com 
menced  the  formation  of  this  his  second  library.  The  suppression  of  the  monastic 
orders  gave  him  extraordinary  facilities  for  acquiring  rare  books  and  manuscripts, 
which  he  seized  upon  with  avidity,  and  gained  from  many  of  the  converts  the  most 
precious  of  their  literary  treasures.  The  high  posts  which  Sr.  Ramirez  occupied 
during  his  long  public  life,  and  his  eminent  reputation  as  a  collector,  bibliographer, 
and  scholar,  enabled  him  to  procure  copies  of  unpublished  documents  inaccessible  to 
others.  After  the  death  of  Sr.  Ramirez  his  heir  allowed  Don  A.  Chavero  to  select  from 
his  library  all  the  works  relating  to  Mexico.  From  that  gentleman  this  collection 
passed  into  the  hands  of  its  present  owner  [Fernandez  del  CastilloJ."  »  »  « 

Rich  (Obadiah).  Bibliotheca  Americana  Nova.  |  A  |  Catalogue  |  of  | 
Books  relating  to  America,  |  in  various  languages,  |  including  |  Voy 
ages  to  the  Pacific  |  and  |  Round  the  World,  |  and  |  Collections  of 
Voyages  and  Travels  |  Printed  since  the  Year  1700.  |  Compiled  prin 
cipally  from  the  works  tht  mselves,  |  by  U.  Rich,  |  Member  of  the  Mas 
sachusetts  and  Georgia  Historical  Societies,  of  the  |  American  Na 
tional  Institute,  the  Albany  Institute,  |  the  American  Antiquarian 
Society,  |  &c.  &c.  &c.  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  |  1701-1800  [1801-1844].  |  c.  I 

London  :  |  Rich  and  Sons,  12,  Red  Lion  Square.  |  1846.  | 

2  vols. :  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-517  ;  2  p  11.,  pp.  1-412.  8°. 

Riggs  (Rev.  Stephen  Return).    Dakota  Bibliography. 

In  Riggs  (liev.  8.  R.),  editor.  Grammar  and  Dictionary  of  the  Dakota  Language, 
p.  xx,  which  forms  part  of  Smithsonian  Institution,  Contributions  to  Knowledge, 
vol.4.  Washington,  1853.  4°.  Consists  of  a  list  of  18  Dakota  works.  Issued  also 
with  a  slight  change  of  title ;  see  No.  3294  of  this  catalogue.  See  Williams  ( J. 
Fletcher). 

The  Translation  of  the  Scriptures  into  the  Dakota  Language. 

By  the  Rev.  S.  R.  Riggs,  D.D.,  LL.D.  JWP. 

In  Bible  Society  Record,  vol.  21,  No.  4,  New  York,  April  20, 1876. 
An  account  of  the  translation,  by  Joseph  Renville,  T.  S.  Williamson,  G.  H.  Pond, 
and  the  author,  of  various  portions  of  the  Bible  into  the  Dakota  language. 

Russian-American  Colonies.     4oK.iaji  |  KOMmera  «<Si  ycrpoacTBt  |  PVCCKHXI  AMepHKaec- 

KllVb  1,'O.IO.liii.   | 

C.  n  TcpBypn.  |  B1'  innorpa*iH  aeiiapTajieiiTa  Biitmiieii  TopimiH.  |  1863.  |  B. 

Translation.— Report  |  of  Committee  on  Organization  |  of  the  Russian  American 
Colonies.  |  Part  I.  |  St.  Petersburg.  |  In  the  Printing  Office  of  the  Department  of 
Foreign  Trade.  |  1863.  | 

2  p.  11.,  p.  1-43.  8°.  Outside  title  missing ;  inside  title  as  above.  Continued  as 
follows: 


LIST    OF    AUTHORITIES.  XXXIII 

Russian-American  Colonies — contiuued. 

HpiuoiKeHin   |    «t   \  joKjajjy  ROMmeia   |   ofii  ycrpoflTrt   |  Pvwram,  AjtepaKaacRHn 

KOIDIlill    | 

C.  U-Tepcypn.  |  Bb  Tiinorpa*iH  AenapiajieiiTa  BHtuincii  roprouH.  |  1863.  |  B. 

Ti'anslation. — Additions  |  to  Report  of  Committee  |  on  Organization  of  Russian 
American  Colonies.  |  St.  Petersburg.  |  In  the  Printing  Office  of  the  Department  of 
Foreign  Trade.  |  1863.  | 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  i-vi,  1-613  and  about  50 11;  tables  &c.,  appendix  pp.  i-xx.  8°.  Nearly 
the  whole  report  was  compiled  by  State  Counsellor  Kostlivtzoff  and  Captain  Gk>- 
lovnin. 

Appendix  Y,  list  of  books  and  pamphlets  written  in  or  translated  into  the 
Kolosh  language. 

Sabin  (Joseph).  A  |  Dictiouary  |  of  |  Books  relating  to  America,  |  from 
its  discovery  to  the  present  time.  |  By  Joseph  Sabin.  |  Volume  I 
[-XIIIJ.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.]  c.  JWP. 

New  "York:  |  Joseph  Sabin,  84  Nassau  Street.  |  1868  [-1881].  | 

13  vols.  8°.  Four  parts  of  vol.  14  also  have  beeu  published,  bringing  the  work 
down  to  "Pennsylvania."  The  work  was  published  first  in  parts,  of  which  No.  \ 
appeared  in  January,  1867.  The  following  extracts  are  from  the  preliminary 
remarks : 

"After  nearly  four  years'  labor  in  arranging  and  classifying  the  material  which 
had  accumulated  on  my  hands  in  the  course  of  some  fifteen  years  of  research,  I  am 
at  last  able  to  publish  the  following  specimen  of  my  projected  '  Dictionary  of  Books 
relating  to  America.' 

"  Had  the  magnitude  and  extreme  difficulty  of  the  undertaking  been  presented 
to  my  mind  in  full  proportions  at  the  outset,  I  should  never  have  attempted  it ; 
and,  indeed,  I  may  remark,  that  I  have  more  than,  once  almost  determined  upon  its 
abandonment ;  but  a  deep  sense  of  its  importance,  however  imperfectly  it  may  be 
executed,  and  a  strong  partiality  for  bibliographical  pursuits,  have  stimulated  me 
to  continue  my  labor.  *  *  * 

"  I  conclude  this  preliminary  notice  with  the  remark,  that,  whenever  possible,  I 
have  examined  the  books  for  myself,  and  have  described  them  with  all  necessary 
minuteness." 

Mr.  Sabin  died  June  5,  Ib81,  when  the  work  had  entered  its  fourteenth  volume. 
This  has  caused  a  delay  in  the  issue  of  the  later  parts,  the  preparation  of  which 
has  been  begun,  and  the  editorial  management  of  which  has  been  placed  in  the 
hands  of  Mr.  Wilberforce  Kami's. 

Scherzer  (Dr.  Karl).  Uber  die  handschriftlichen  Werke  des  Padre  Fran 
cisco  Ximenez  in  der  Universitats-Bibliotbek  zu  Guatemala.  Von 
Dr.  Kail  Scherzer. 

In  Kaiserlichen  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Wien,  Sitzungsberiehte  der 
Philosophisch-Historischen  Classe,  vol.  19,  pp.  166-186.  Wien,  1856.  8°. 

List  of  six  works  by  P.  Xiuaenez,  p.  172. 

[Sohoolcraft  (Henry  Howe)].    A  |  Bibliographical  Catalogue  |  of  |  Books, 
Translations  of  the  Scriptures,  |  and  other  publications  in  the  |  Indian 
Tongues  |  of  the  |  United  States,  |  with  |  brief  critical  notices.  | 
Washington :  |  C.  Alexander,  Printer.  |  1849.  |       c.  JCP.  JWP.  LSH. 
Pp.  1-28.    8°.    Reprinted  with  a  preliminary  note,  synopsis,  and  additions,  a/» 
follows : 

in  Bib 


XXXIV  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  Howe) — continued. 

Literature  of  the  Indian  Languages.  A  bibliographical  Cata 
logue  of  Books,  translations  of  the  Scriptures,  and  other  publications 
in  the  Indian  Tongues  of  the  United  States,  with  brief  critical  no 
tices. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  4,  pp.  523-551.  Philadelphia,  1854. 
4°. 

Sobron  (Felix  C.  y).  Los  idiomas  \  de  la  |  America  Latina  |  estu- 
dios  biografico-bibliograficos  |  por  |  D.  Felix  C.  Y  Sobrou  |  M6dico- 
cirujano  e"  individuo  de  varias  Sociedades  cientificas  | 

Madrid  |  Imprenta  a  Cargo  de  Victor  Saiz  |  Calle  de  la  Colegiata, 
num.  6  |  JCP. 

Pp.  1-137,  1  1.  12°.  Brief  account  of  works  in  the  languages  of  Mexico  and 
South  America  and  biographies  of  some  of  their  authors. 

Souza  ( D.  Jose"  Mariano  Beristain  y  Martin  de).  See  Beristain  y  Martin 
de  Souza  (D.  Jose"  Mariano). 

Squier  (Ephraim  George).     Monograph  |  of  |  Authors  |  who  have  writ 
ten  on  the  |  Languages  of  Central  America,  |  and  collected  |  Vocab 
ularies  |  or  |  composed  works  in  the  native  dialects  |  of  that  country.  | 
By  E.  G.  Squier,  M.  A.,  F.  S.  A.,  |  Member  of  [&c.,  four  lines]. 

New  York :  |  C.  B.  Eichardsou  &  Co.,  14  Bible  House.  |  M.  D.  CCC. 
LXI  [1861].  |  C. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-70.  urn.  4°. 

Monograph  |  of  |  Authors  j  who  have  written  on  the  |  Languages 

of  Central  America.  |  and  collected  |  Vocabularies  |  or  |  composed 
works  in  the  native  dialects  |  of  that  country.  |  By  E.  G.  Squier,  M. 
A.,  F.  S.  A.,  |  Member  of  [&c.,  four  Hues]  | 

London :  |  Triibner  &  Co.,  60  Paternoster  Eow.  |  M.  D.  CCC.  LXI 
[1861].  |  B.  C.  BA. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-70.  sin.  4°. 

Catalogue  |  of  the  |  Library  of  E.  G.  Squier.  |  Edited  by  Joseph 

Sabin.  |  [Device.]  |  To  be  Sold  by  Auction,  |  On  Monday,  April  24th, 
1876,  and  following  days,  |  By  Bangs,  Merwin  &  Co.  |  No.  656  Broad 
way,  New  York.  | 

New  York :  |  Charles  C.  Shelley,  Printer,  68  Barclay  and  227  Green 
wich  Streets  |  1876.  |  JCP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-277.  12°. 

Stargardt  (J.  A.)     No.  135.  |  Amerika  und  Orient.  |  Enthalt  auch  | 
Original  Manuscripte  und  Werke  |  von  |  Professor  J.  C.  E.  Busch- 
inauu,  |  (konigl.   Bibliothekar,   Mitglied   der  Akademie)  |  Wilh.  v. 
Humboldt  u.  Alex.  v.  Huuiboldt.  |  Zu  verkaufen  j  durch  |  J.  A.  Star 
gardt  |  in  Berlin  W.,  Jagerstrasse  53.  j 

Berlin  1881.  |  JOP. 

Title  )  1.,  pp.  1-38.  8°. 


LIST   OF    AUTHORITIES.  XXXV 

Steiger  (E.)     Steiger's  |  Bibliotheca  Glottica,  |  Part  first.  |  A  Catalogue 
of  |  Dictionaries,  Grammars,  Readers,  Expositors,  etc.  |  of  mostly  | 
Modern  Languages  |  spoken  in  all  parts  of  the  earth,  |  except  of  j 
English,  French,  German,  and  Spanish.  |  First  division:  |  Abenaki 
to  Hebrew.  | 
E.  Steiger,  |  22  &  24  Frankfort  Street,  |  New  York.  |  [N.  d.] 

Stevens  (Henry).     Historical  Nuggets  |  Bibliotheca  Americana  or  a  | 
descriptive  account  of  my  |  collection  of  rare  |  books  relating  |  to 
America  |  [Device.]  |  Henry  Stevens  GMBFS  A  |  [One  line  quotation] 

London  |  Printed  by   Whittiugham  and  Wilkins  |  Tooks  Court 
Chancery  Lane  |  MDCCCLXII  [18C2]  |  0.  JCP.     /?, 

2  vols.  :  pp.  i-xxii,  1-436;  1  p.  ].,  title  1  1.,  pp.  437-805.  12°. 

Taylor  (Alexander  S.)    Bibliografiii  Californica;  or  Notes  and  Materials 

to  aid  in  forming  a  more  Perfect  Bibliography  of  those  countries 

anciently  called  "California,"  and  lying  within  the  Limits  of  the  Gulf 

of  Cortez  to  the  Arctic  ;'Seas,  and  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  the 

OWlT  Pacific  Ocean.     Compiled  by  Alex.  S.  Taylor.  BA.'  ft, 

In  Sacramento  Daily  Union,  San  Francisco  California:  June  25.  1863. 
I  have  seen  a  continuation  of  this  article  in  a  later  issue  of  the  same  periodical  — 
a  clipping  without  date—  headed  Bibliografl^a  Californica  No.  2.     By  Alex.  S.  Tay- 
lor.     (AA8.) 

.#      ' 

Ternaux-Compans  (Henri).    Bibliotheque  Ame>icaine  |  ou  |  Catalogue 

des  ouvrages  relatifs  a  1'Amerique  |  qui  ont  paru  |  depuis  sa  decou- 
verte  jusqu'a  Fan  1700.  |  Par  H.  Ternaux.  | 
Paris,  |  Arthus-Bertrand,  Libraire-Editeur,  |  Libraire  de  la  Soci6t6 


de  Geographic,  |  Rue  Hautefeuille,  23.  M.  DCCC.  XXXVII  [1837].  |  0.    73 
Pp.  i-viii,  1-191.    8°. 


Tross'  Bibliotheca  Mexicana.     See  Bibliotheca  Mexicana. 
Triibner  (Nicholas),  editor.    See  Ludewig  (Hermann  E.) 

Trumbull  (Dr.  J.  Hammond).  Books  and  Tracts  in  the  Indian  Lan 
guage  or  Designed  for  the  use  of  the  Indians,  printed  at  Cambridge 
and  Boston,  1653-1721. 

In  Am.  Antiq.  Soc.,  Proc.,  No.  61,  pp.  45-62.  Worcester,  1874.  8°.  Preceded 
by  a  discussion  of  the  same,  pp.  14-43.  Issued  separately  also,  as  follows: 

Origin  and  Early  Progress  |  of  |  Indian  Missions  in  New  Eng 
land  |  with  a  list  of  |  Books  in  the  Indian  Language  |  printed  at 
Cambridge  and  Boston  |  1653-1721  |  From  the  Report  of  the  Council 
of  the  American  Antiquarian  |  Society  .presented  afc  the  Annual 
Meeting  held  in  |  "Worcester  October  22  1873  |  By  J.  Hammond 
Trumbull  | 

Worcester,  Mass.  For  private  distribution.  MDCCCLXXIV 
[1874J.  |  T. 

50pp.  8°. 


XXXVI  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Trumboll  (Dr.  J.  Hammond) — continued. 

The  Indian  tongue  and  its  literature  as  fashioned  by  Eliot  and 

others. 

In  Winsor  (Justin),  editor.  The  memorial  History  of  Boston,  vol.  1,  pp.  465-480. 
Boston,  1880.  8°. 

An  account  of  the  works  of  Rosier,  Wood,  Williams,  Eliot,  Mather,  &c. 

Turner  (Prof.  William  W.)     See  Ludewig  (Hermann  E.). 

Vater  (Johaiin  Severin).  Linguarum  totius  orbis  Index  Alphabeticus, 
quaruin  Grammatics,  Lexica,  Collectiones  Vocabularum  recenseutur, 
patria  signiflcatur  Historia  adumbratur. 

Berlin,  Nicolai,  1815.  * 

10,  259pp.  8°.     "Text  in  German  and  Latin.     Embraces  all  the  known  languages 
of  the  world,  and  gives  the  bibliographical  notices  contained  in  the  first  two  vol 
umes,  and  the  first  part  of  Volume  III  of  the  Mithridates." — Ludewig. 
A  later  edition  in  German,  as  follows: 

Litteratur  |  der  |  Grammatiken,Lexika  |  und  Wb'rtersammlun- 

gen  |  aller  Sprachen  der  Ertle  |  von  |  Johann  Severin  Vater.  |  Zweite, 
vollig  umgearbeitete  Ausgabe  |  von  |  B.  Jiilg.  | 

Berlin,  1847.  |  In  der  Nicolaischen  Buchhandlung.  |  c.  Htr. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-592, 2  11.  8°.     Arranged  alphabetically  by  authors. 

See  Adelung  (Johann  Christoph)  and  Vater  (Dr.  Johann  Severin). 

Watt  (Dr.  Robert).     Bibliotheca  Britannica;  |  or  |  a  General  Index  | 
to  |  British  and  Foreign  Literature.  |  By  Robert  Watt,  M.  D.  |  -In 
Two  Parts: — Authors  and  Subjects.  |  Volume  I  [-II]. — Authors  [-Vol 
ume  III-IV.— Subjects].  | 

Edinburgh :  |  Printed  for  Archibald  Constable  and  Company,  Edin 
burgh;  |  and  Longman,  Hurst,  Rees,  Orme,  Brown,  &  Green;  and  | 
Hurst,  Robinson  &  Co.,  London.  |  1824.  |  * 

4  vols.  4°.     Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copy  in  the  Astor  Library. 

[Williams  (J.  Fletcher).]  Bibliography  of  Minnesota.  Prepared  by  the 
Librarian  of  the  Society. 

In  Minn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  3,  part  1,  pp.  13-75.  St.  Paul,  1870.  8°.  Includes 
a  "Dakota  Bibliography,"  pp.  37-42,  consisting  of  a  list  of  Dakota  works  in  the 
library  of  the  society;  in  its  preparation  Mr.  Williams  was  assisted  by  the  Rev.  S. 
R.  Riggs.  Issued  separately,  as  follows: 

Bibliography  of  Minnesota.  |  From  the  |  Minnesota  Historical 

Collections — Vol.  Ill,  Part  I.  |  By  J.  Fletcher  Williams:  |  Secretary 
of  the  Minnesota  Historical  Society;  Corresponding  |  Member  of  the 
Historical  Societies  of  Pennsylvania  |  and  Virginia.  |  Fifty  copies 
separately  printed.  | 

St.  Paul :  |  Office  of  the  Press  Printing  Company.  |  1870.  |    c.  JCP. 

65  pp.  8°.     Dakota  Bibliography,  pp.  27-33. 


LIST     OF     LIBRARIES     REFERRED     TO     BY 

INITIALS. 


*  Not  seen. 

A.  Astor  Library,  New  York  City. 

AAS.  American  Antiquarian  Society,  Worcester,  Mass. 
ABC.  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Missions,  Bos 
ton,  Mass. 
ABS.  American  Bible  Society,  New  York  City. 

AP.  M  Alph.  Pinart,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
APS.  American  Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
ASG.  Mr.  A.  S.  Gatschet,  Washington,  D.  C. 
ATS.  American  Tract  Society,  New  York  City. 

B.  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
BA.  Boston  Athenaeum,  Boston,  Mass. 

BE.  Bureau  of  Education,  Washington,  D.  C. 
BL.  Brooklyn  Library,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
BP.  Boston  Public  Library,  Boston,  Mass. 
BY.  Mr.  Stephen  Buynitzky,  Washington,  D.  C. 

C.  Library  of  Congress,  Washington,  D.  C. 
CCA.  Captain  C.  C.  Adams,  Washington,  D.  C. 

CONG.  American  Congregational  Association,  Boston,  Mass. 
CP.  Cincinnati  Public  Library,  Cincinnati,  O. 
CT.  Prof.  Cyrns  Thomas,  Washington,  D.  C. 
CV.  Roman  Catholic  Church  at  Caughnawaga  Village,  Canada. 

D.  Dr.  William  H.  Ball,  Washington,  D.  C. 
DGB.  Dr.  Daniel  G.  Brinton,  Media,  Pa. 

DI.  Department  of  the  Interior,  Washington,  D.  C. 
EAS.  Mrs.  Erminnie  A.  Smith,  Jersey  City,  N.  J. 
EB.  Dr.  Emil  Bessels,  Washington,  D.  C. 

F.  Abb6  Ferrard,  Sault  an  Recollet,  Montreal  Island,  Canada. 
GB.  Sale  of  the  library  of  the  late  Mr.  George  Brinley,  of  Hart 
ford,  Conn. 
GHM.  Dr.  George  H.  Moore,  New  York  City. 

GS.  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C. 
HCM.  Sale  of  the  library  of  the  late  Hon.  Henry  C.  Murphy,  Brook 
lyn,  N.  Y. 

HU.  Harvard  University. 

IB.  Et.  Rev.  Isaac  Barefoot,  Point  Edward,  Canada. 
JAG.  Rev.  J.  A.  Cuoq,  Montreal,  Canada. 
JBD.  Mr.  John  B.  Dunbar,  Bloomfield,  N.  J. 


XXXVIH  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

JOB.  John  Carter  Brown  Library,  Providence,  R.  I. 
JCP.  Mr.  James  C.  Pilling,  Washington,  D.  C. 
JCS.  Jacques  Cartier  School,  Montreal,  Canada. 

JE.  Mr.  Joseph  EuthofiFer,  Washington,  D.  C. 
JEM.  Mr.  J.  Edmond  Mallet,  Washington,  D.  C. 
JWP.  Major  J.  W.  Powell,  Washington,  D.  C. 
JZB.  Rev.  J.  Z.  Bolduc,  Quebec,  Canada. 
J.  &  M.  Jansen  &  McClurg,  booksellers,  Chicago,  HI. 

L.  Lenox  Library,  New  York  City. 
LDM.  Lac  des  Deux  Montagnes,  Canada. 
LSH.  Mr.  Lewis  S.  Hayden,  Washington.  D.  C. 

M.  McGill  College,  Montreal,  Canada. 
MHS.  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  Boston,  Mass. 

NM.  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C. 
NYHS.  New  York  Historical  Society,  New  York. 

O.  Sale  of  the  library  of  the  late  E.  B.  O'Callaghan,  New  York. 
P.  Prince  Library,  Boston,  Mass. 
QHS.  Quebec  Historical  Society,  Quebec,  Canada. 
R.  Dr.  Charles  Rau,  Washington,  D.  C. 
S.  Dr.  John  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 
SD.  State  Department.  Washington,  D.  C. 
SG.  Surgeon-General's  Office,  Washington,  D,  C. 
SI.  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.  C. 
STR.  Rev.  Silas  T.  Rand,  Hantsport,  Nova  Scotia. 
T.  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull,  Hartford,  Conn. 
V.  Abb<5  Verreau,  Montreal,  Canada. 
W.  Watkiuson  Library,  Hartford,  Conn. 
WE.  Mr.  Wilberforce  Eames,  New  York  City. 
WHS.  Wisconsin  Historical  Society,  Madison,  Wis. 
WJH.  Dr.  Walter  J.  Hoffman,  Washington,  D.  0. 
WWB.  Mr.  W.  W.  Beach,  Yonkers,  N.  Y. 
YC.  Yale  College,  New  Haven,  Conn. 


LIST    OF   FAC-SIMILES. 


No.  245;  title-page;  from  fac-simile  in  Icazbalceta's  "Bibliografia  Mexi- 

caua  del  Siglo  XVI." 

No.  77G;  Cherokee  alphabet;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.W.Powell. 
No.  860;  title  page;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
No.  1050;    title-page;    from  fac-simile  in  Icazbalceta's  " Bibliografia 

Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVI." 
No.  1194;  recto  leaf  2;  from  Winsoi°8  "Memorial  History  of  Boston," 

vol.  1 ;  electrotype  furnished  by  the  publishers,  Messrs.  J.  R.  Osgood 

&Co. 
No.  1400;    title-page;    from  fac-simile  in  Icazbalceta's  "Bibliografia 

Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVI." 

No.  1412;  title-page;  from  copy  iu  the  Library  of  Congress. 
No.  1543  in  Additions  and  Corrections;  title-page;  from  fac-simile  in 

Icazbalceta's  "  Bibliografia  Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVI." 
No.  1545;    title-page;    from  fac-simile  in  Icazbalceta's  "Bibliografia 

Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVI." 
No.  1546;    title-page;    from  fac-simile  in  Icazbalceta's  "Bibliografia 

Mcxicana  del  Siglo  XVI." 

No.  2057;  title-page;  from  copy  belonging  to  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea. 
No.  2157 ;  title-page;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
No.  2159;  Cree  calendar;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
No.  2237;    Lord's  Prayer  in  Micmac  hieroglyphs;    from   Shea's  Le 

Clercq's  "  First  Estabb'shment  of  the  Faith." 
No.  2493;  title-page;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
No.  2494;  title-page;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
No.  2527;  title-pages;  from  Winsor's  "Memorial  History  of  Boston," 

vol.  1 ;  electrotype  furnished  by  the  publishers,  Messrs.  J.  R.  Osgood 

&Co. 
No.  2600;  center-piece  of  title-page;  from  Bartlett's  Catalogue  of  the 

Brown  Library. 
No.  2600:  re  verse  of  title-page;  from  Bartlett's  Catalogue  of  the  Brown 

Library. 
No.  2609;   title-page;  from  fac-simile   in   Icazbalceta's   "Bibliografia 

Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVI." 

No.  31810  in  Additions  and  Corrections;  title-page;  from  copy  belong 
ing  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
No.  3363;    title-page;   from  fac-simile  in   Icazbalceta's  "Bibliografia 

Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVI." 


XL  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

No.  3866;  title-page;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
No.  3868;  title-page;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
No.  3992;  title-page;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
No.  3995;  title-page;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
No.  3998;  title-page;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
No.  3999;  Cyrillic  title-page;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.W.Powell. 
No.  3999 ;  Russian  title-pn  ge ;  from  copy  belonging  to  Major  J.  W.  Powell. 
A  number  of  these  fac-similes  have  come  into  my  possession  since  the 
titles  of  the  volumes  to  which  they  refer  were  put  in  type. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


LANGUAGES  OF  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  INDIANS. 


BY  JAMES  C.  PILLING. 


1  Abbott  (G.  H.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Coquillc. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Collected 
in  1858  at  the  Siletz  Indian  Agency. 

2  Abert  (Lieut.  James  William).    30tli  Congress  1st  Session.    (Senate.) 
Executive,  No.  23.  |  Report  |  of  |  the  Secretary  of  War,  |  communi 
cating  |  in  |  Answer  to  a  resolution  of  the  Senate,  a  report  and  map 

of  the  ex-  |  amination  of  New- Mexico,  made  by  Lieutenant  J.  W.    ^-~ 
Abert,  of  |  the  topographical  corps.  |  BA.  LSH. 

[No  title  page.  Letter  of  the  Secretary  of  War  dated  Feb.  4,  1848.  Lieut. 
Abert's  letter  same  date.  ] 

Pp.  1-132.  8°.  map. 

Numerals  (1-100)  of  the  Cheyenne,  p.  11.    Vocabulary  of  the  Cheyenne,  pp.  12-14. 

This  report  reprinted  as  follows: 

3  -         -  Report  of  Lieut.  J.  W.  Abert,  of  his  examination  of  New 
Mexico,  in  the  years  1846-'47. 

In  Emory  (W.  H.)  Notes  of  a  Military  Keconnoissance,  pp.  417 -548.  Washing 
ton,  1848.  8°. 

Numerals  and  vocabulary  of  the  Cheyenne,  pp.  427,  428-430. 

The  vocabulary  reprinted  in  Gallatin  (A.)  Kale's  Indians  of  N.  W.  America, 
in  Am.  Eth.  Soc.  Trans.,  vol.  2,  p.  cxiv. 

4  Abinodjiiag  |  Omasinaigauiwan.  | 

Buffalo:  |  Press  of  Oliver  G.  Steele.  |  1837.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-8.  18°.     First  lessons  in  the  Ottawa  language.     Reprinted  as  follows : 

5  Abinodjiiag  |  Omassinaigauiwan.  | 

Detroit :  |  Bogg  &  Harmon,  Printers.  |  1845.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-8.  18°. 

6  Abinoji  |  aki  tibajimouin.  |  In  the  Ojibwa  language.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1840.  |  ABC.  BA.  nu. 

Pp.  1-139.  12°.  Geography  for  beginners;  taken  principally  from  the  Petor 
Parley  series. 

1 


2  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

7  Academic  Natlonale  ties  Sciences,  Arts  et  Belles-Lettres  de  Caen. 
Mdmoires  |  de  |  I'Academie  Boyale  |  des  |  Sciences,  Arts  et  Belles- 
Lettres  |  de  |  Caen.  | 

Caen,  |  Chez  A.  Hardel,  Iinprimeur-Libraire,  |  Eue  Froide,  2.  | 

[1822-1877.]  °- 

31  vols.  8°.     Above  title  from  volume  for  1847,  the  earliest  I  have  seen. 
Charencey  (H.  de).     Des  affinitds  de  la  langue  Basque  avec  les  idioraes  de 

Nouveau  Monde.  1868,  pp.  204-238. 

Essai  d'aualyso  grammaticale  d'un  texte  en  langue  Maya.  1874,  pp. 

142-161. 

8  Account  |  (Au)  |  of  the  |  Customs  and  Manners  |  of  the  |  Micmakis 
and  Maricheets  |  Savage  Nations,  |  Now  Dependent  on  the  |  Gov 
ernment  of  Cape- Breton.  |  From  |  An  Original  French  Manuscript- 
Letter,  |  Never  Published,  |  Written  by  a  French  Abbot,  |  Who 
resided  many  Years,  in  quality  of  Missionary,  amongst  them.  |  To 
which  are  annexed,  |   Several  Pieces,  relative  to  the  Savages,  to 
Nova-  |  Scotia,  and  to  North  America  in  general.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  S.  Hooper  and  A.  Morley  at  Gay's-Head,  | 
near  Beaufort-Buildings  in  the  Strand.  MDCCLVIII.   [1758.]  |  JOB. 
1  p.  1.  pp.  i-viii.  1-138.  8°. 
A  few  Mikmak  terms  scattering. 

9  Acevedo  (Fr.  Juan).    Arte  de  la  lengua  de  los  Yucatecos. 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Beristaiu,  who  gives  it  on  the  authority  of  Cogolludo, 
Lizana,  and  Leon  Pinelo. 

10  Acevedo  (Fr.  Martin).    Autos  sacramentales  en  lengua  Misteca.       * 

11  Dramas  alegoricos  en  lengua  Chocha. 

These  two  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  convent  of  Oaxaca.— Berislain. 

12  Acosta  (Fr.  Francisco).    Arte  de  la  lengua  Pirinda. 

13  Varios  tomos  de  Sermones. 

14  Notas  3  los  Salmos  de  David. 

These  three  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  convent  of  Charo. — litriitain. 

15  Acosta  (Jose  Antonio).    Oraciones  devotas  que  corapreuden  los  actos 
de  fe,  esperanza,  caridad,  y  afectos  para  uu  cristiano,  en  Idioma 
Yncateco,  con  inclusion  del  Santo  Dios,  a  devociou  del  pbro.  D.  Jos<§ 
Antonio  Acosta. 

Merida  de  Yucatan,  imprenta  &  cargo  de  Mariano  Guzman,  1851.    * 
16  po.  4°.     In  the  Maya  language,  with  the  Spanish  opposite.—  Brasseur  de 
flourboitrg. 

10  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  |  (The)  |  translated  into  the  |  Choctaw  Lan 
guage.  |  Chisus  Kilaist  |  im  auumpeshi  vhliha  vmmona  kvt  nana 
akauiohmi  |  tok  puta  isht  annoa,  Chahta  anunipa  |  isht  atashoa 
hoke.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1839.  |  BA.  ABC. 

Pp.  1-165.   12°. 


ACADEMIE    NATIONALS — ADAM.  3 

17  Acts  (The)  of  the  Apostles,  translated  into  the  Language  of  the 
Esquimaux  Indians  on  the  Coast  of  Labrador,  by  the  Missionaries 
of  the  United  Brethren.  * 

London,  1876. 

lt>0  pp.  12°.     Title  from  Triibner's  Catalogue.     Bagster's   "Bibles  of  Every 
Land"  says  an  edition  was  issued  in  1819,  and  another,  revised,  in  1839. 

18  Adair  (James).    The  |  History  |  of  the  |  American  Indians;  |  Par 
ticularly  |  Those  Nations  adjoining  to  the  Mississippi,  East  and  | 
West  Florida,  Georgia,  South  and  |  North  Carolina,  and  Virginia:  | 
containing  |  An  Account  of  their  Origin,  Language,  Manners,  Reli 
gious  and  |  Civil  Customs,  Laws,  Form  of  Government,  Punist 
meuts,  Conduct  in  |  War  and  Domestic  Life,  their  Habits,  Diet, 
Agriculture,  Manu-  |  factures,  Diseases  and  Method  of  Cure,  and 
other  Particulars,  sum-  |  cient  to  render  it  |  A  |  Complete  Indian 
System.  |  With  |  Observations  on  former  Historians,  the  Conduct  of 
our  Colony  |  Governors,  Superintendents,  Missionaries,  &c.  |  Also  | 
An  Appendix,  |  containing  |  A  Description  of  the  Floridas,  and  the 
Mississippi  Lands,  with  their  Produc-  |  tions — The  Benefits  of  colo 
nizing  Georgiana,  and  civilizing  the  Indians —  |  And  the  way  to 
make  all  the  Colonies  more  valuable  to  the  Mother  Country.  |  With 
a  new  Map  of  the  Country  referred  to  in  the  History.  |  By  James 
Adair,  Esquire,  |  A  Trader  with  the  Indians,  and  Resident  in  their 
Country  for  Forty  Years.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Edward  and  Charles  Dilly,  in  the  Poultry.  | 
MDCCLXXV.     [1775.]  |  BA.  JOB. 

5  p.  11.  pp.  1-464.  4°.  map. 

Argument  v,  "Their  language  and  dialects,"  pp.  37-74;  Argument  vi,  "Their 
manner  of  counting  time,"  pp.  74-80;  and  Argument  xxii,  "Their  choice  of  names 
adapted  to  their  circumstance,"  pp.  191-194,  contain  terms  in  Cheerokee,  Chok- 
tah,  Chikkasah,  and  Muskohge. 

I  have  seen  a  German  translation,  Breslau,  1782,  8°,  which  contains  no  lin 
guistics. 

19  History  of  the  North  American  Indians,  their  customs,  &c. 

By  James  Adair. 

In  King  (E.)    Antiquities  of  Mexico,  vol.  8,  pp.  273-375.     London,  1848.  folio. 

Contains  Arguments  i-xxiii  qf  Adair"s  work,  followed  by  "Notes  and  Illustra 
tions  to  Adair's  History  of  the  North  Amer  can  Indians,"  by  Lord  Kingsborough, 
which  occupy  pp.  375-400 ;  Argunv  lit  v,  pp.  294-:ill ;  Argument  vi,  pp.  311-314. 

20  Adam  (Lucien).    Etudes  |  sur  |  Six  Langues  Ame"ricaines  |  Dakota, 
Chibcha,  Nahuatl,  Kechua,  Quiche',   Maya  |  par  |  Lucien  Adam  | 
conseiller  &  la  Cour  de  Nancy  | 

Paris  |  Maisouneuve  et  Cie,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  25  Quai  Voltaire, 
25  |  1878  |  A.  c.  T. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1—165.  8°. 

21  Esquisse  d'une  grammaire  compared  de  langue  des  Chippe- 

ways  et  de  langue  des  Crees. 

In  Congrea  Int.  des  Amdricanistes,  Compte-Rendu,  premiere  session,  tome  2, 
pp.  8S-148.     Nancy  &  Paris,  1875.  8°. 
Separately  printed  as  follows : 


4  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Adam  (Lucien) — continued. 

22 Esquisse  d'une  grammaire  comparee  des  dialectes  Cree  el 

Chippeway. 

Paris,  Maisonueuve  et  Cle,  1876.  * 

60  pp.  8°.   Extract  from  the  Memoirs  of  the  Congrbsdes  American istes. — Leclcrc. 

23  Examen    grammatical  compart    de    seize    langues    aincri- 

caines. 

Io  Congres  lut.  des  AnxSricanistes,  Compte-Rendu,  seconde  session,  tomu  '2, 
pp.  161-244.  Luxembourg  &  Paris,  1878.  8°. 

Five  folding  shevts  at  end  contain  vocabularies  as  follows:  Montaguais,  Cliip- 
peway,  Cri,  Iroquois,  Hidatsa,  Dakota,  Chacta,  Nahualt,  Maya,  Qnich<5,  Carui':», 
Chebchi  (S.  A.),  Kiriri  (S.  A.),  and  Guarani  (S.A.)  Separately  issued  as  follows: 

24 Examen  Grammatical  Compare"  de  Seize  Laugues  Ameiicaines 

par  Lucieu  Adam,  Coiiseiller  &  la  Cour  de  Nancy. 
Paris:  Maisonneave  et  Cle,  1878.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-88  and  five  folding  sheets.  8°. 

25  Du  parler  des  hommes  et  du  parler  des  femmes  dans  la  langue 

caraibe.  * 

In  Revue  de  Lingnistiqne,  tome  douzieme,  pp.  275-305?    Paris,  Maisonneuvc, 

1875.  8°. 

Not  seen;  title  from  "Contents  of  vol.  xii,"  in  part  4  of  same  vol. 

26  Du  polysynthe"tisme,  etc.,  dans  les  langues  Nahuatl,  Quiche  et 

Maya.  * 

In  Revue  Linguistique,  ix,  3.     Paris,  Maisouneuve  et  Cie,  1877. 
Not  seen;  title  from  Kohler^  Cat.  No.  317. 

27  Adams  (William).    Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Delaware  (Opuh- 
narke),  collected  by  Lewis  H.  Morgan  from  William  Adams,  a  Dela 
ware. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°. 

28  Adelung  (Johann  Christoph)  and  Vater  (Dr.  Johanu  Severin).    Mith- 
ridates  |  oder  |  allgemeiue  |   Sprachenkunde  |  mit  |  dem  Vater 
Unser  als  Sprachprobe  |  in  bey  nahe  |  fiiiifliundert  Spracheu  und 
Muudarten,  |  von  |  Johann  Christoph  Adelung,  |  churfurstl.  Siich- 
sischen  Hofnith  und  Ober-Bibliothekar.  |  [One  line  quotation.]  | 
Erster  [-Vierter]  Thiel.  | 

Berlin,  |  in  der  Vossischeu  Buchhandlung,  |  1806[-1817j.  |  c. 

4  vols.  8°. 

Contains  vocabularies,  grammatic  comments,  &c.,  of  the  following  dialects: 
Abenaki,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  389. 

Achastlier,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  204, 205  (from  De  Lamauou). 
Adaizc,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  277. 

Aleut,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  pp.  340, 341, 377 ;  vol.  4,  pp.  251-253. 

Algoukin,  vol.  3,  p'.  2,  pp.  330,  349;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  3415-346,  404-413,  416-417 
(from  La  Hontau,  Barton,  Long,  aud  Mackenzie). 
Alicho,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  277. 
Apache,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  177. 


ADAM — ADELUNG.  5 

Adelung  ( Jobann  Christoph)  and  Vater  ( Dr.  Jokaim  Severin) — continued. 

Arkansas,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  269. 

Attiikapa,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  277. 

Atmih-Fitz  Hugh-Sand,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  215-218. 

Aztekeu,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  G5. 

Blut-Imliauer,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  251. 

Caddo,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  277-280. 

Cauiauches,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  173. 

Cayuga,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  312, 318,  334-335  (from  Barton). 

Cheerake,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  288, 292, 302, 304-305. 

Chepewyan,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  419-424  (from  Mackenzie). 

Chikkasab,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  288, 292, 295-302,  304-305. 

Cbippcway,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  pp.  350,  378 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-346,  410,  414  (from 
Long);  415,415-416  (from  Carver,  Baudry  de  Loziere,  and  Long). 

Cboktah,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  288, 292, 295-302, 304-305. 

Cicimechen,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  86. 

Cochimi,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  378 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  182, 192-199  (from  Hervas  Sagg). 

Cochimi-Laymon,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  198-199. 

Cochnewagoes,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  315, 318, 332-333  (from  Barton). 

Cora,  vol.  3,  pt.-3,  pp.  87-88, 131-138, 153-154. 

Creek.     See  Muskohge. 

Delaware,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  348 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-346,  366-376  (from  Barton  and 
Buttlar). 

Ecclemachs,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  205  (from  De  Lamanon). 

Eskimo,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  pp.  340-341,  378;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  236,  238,  425-455  (from 
Dobbs  and  Long);  46t  (from  Cook);  vol.  4, pp. 251-253. 

Eslenes,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  202, 205  (from  Bourgoing). 

Estechemines,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  392. 

Eudeve,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  158, 165-166  (from  Hervas  Sagg). 

Fall-Indianer,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  251, 254  (from  Umfreville). 

Gronliind.,  vol.3,  pt. 2, pp.  336,340-341,  348,377;  vol.  3,  pt.3,  pp.  430-455  (from 
Egede  and  Anderson),  461 ;  vol.  4,  pp.  251-253. 

Hochelaga,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  335-337  (from  De  Laet). 

Huasteca,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  15, 106-113, 123-124. 

Hudson's  Bay,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  418-419, 422  (from  Dobbs),  424  (from  Dobbs). 

Huron,  vol.  3,  pt.V.p.  377;  vol.3,  pt.  3,  pp.  318,  323-329,  331,  335-337  (from  Sa- 
gard). 

letans,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  174. 

Illinois,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  348 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  341, 363-364. 

Iroquois,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  312, 318, 335-337  (from  Long  and  Loskiel). 

Jakntat,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  465. 

Kadjak,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  pp.  340-341,  378 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  458-459, 46f>  (from  Robeck 
and  Saner);  4C7-468  (from  Resanoff);  vol. 4, pp. 251-253. 

Kalifornische  Volker,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  182-207. 

Kanzea,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  269. 

Katahba,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  pp.  349, 377 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  306, 308  (from  Barton). 

Keres,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  173. 

Kiaway,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  173. 

Kikkapoo,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  345, 350, 363-364  (from  Barton). 

Kinaizi,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  228,  230-231  (from  Dawidoff,  Resanoff,  and  Lisiansky), 
232-235, 238. 

Knistenaux,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-346, 406, 418-419  (from  Mackenzie). 

Koluscben,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  377 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  212-213,  218-223,  224  (from  Dawi 
doff  and  Resanoff),  225-226,  226-228  (from  Dawidoff,  Lisiansky,  Rnss.-Amerik. 
Compagnie,  and  Resanoff),  235,237;  vol.  4,  pp.  241-253. 

Konaegeu,  voL  3,  pt.  3,  p.  450. 


6  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Adelung  (Johann  Ckristoph)  and  Vater  (Dr.  Johann  Severin) — continued. 

Konig-George-Sund,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  215. 

Labrador,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  430. 

Layinonen,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  182, 194-199. 

Mahas,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  269. 

Menomeiies,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  269. 

Messisaugers,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-344,  406, 415-416  (from  Bartoii). 

Mexican,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  pp.  350, 377;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  85-106, 212-213. 

Miami,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  377 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-346, 350-354,  363-364  (from  Volney 
and  Barton). 

Micmak,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  345,  392-394,  401,  402-404  (from  Hist.  Soc.  of  Mass., 
yol.  vi). 

Minsi,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-345, 374-376  (from  Barton). 

Missuris,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  269. 

Mixteca,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  31-40, 41  (from  Hervas  Sagg),  41-44, 60. 

Mobiles,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  280. 

Mohawk,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  309-323, 330-331  (from  Hervas  Sagg  and  Smith's  Hist, 
of  New  York),  332-333  (from  Barton). 

Mohegan,  vol.  3,pt.  2,  p.  349;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-346,  389,394-400  (from  Ed 
wards),  402-404  (from  Barton  and  Long). 

Moqui,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  181. 

Mountainees,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  344-345,  418-419. 

Muskohge,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  378;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  288-295,  304-305. 

Mynckussar,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  334-335  (from  Campanins). 

Nacogdoches,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  277. 

Nagalier,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  424. 

Narragansets,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  348 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-346,  376-381,  387-389  (from 
Williams). 

Natchez,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  285. 

Natchitoches,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  277. 

Naticks,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-346, 379-385, 385-389  (from  Eliot). 

Nehethawa,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  408, 418-419  (from  Umfreville). 

Neu  Schweden,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  350;  pt.  3,  pp.  343-346,  369,  374-376  (from  Campa 
nins). 

New  England ,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  349 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-344, 387-389  (from  Wood). 

Norton-Sund,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  456-461  (from  Cook). 

Nutka-Sund,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  213-215  (from  Cook,  Dixon,  and  Humboldt). 

Oneida,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  313, 318, 332-333  (from  Barton). 

Onondago,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  313, 318, 332-333  (from  Barton). 

Opata,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  161, 166  (from  Hervas  Sagg). 

Osage,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  269-276. 

Othomi,vol.3,pt.2,p.377;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  15, 113-117, 118  (from  Hervas  Sagg), 
119-123, 123-124  (from  Neve  and  Hervas). 

Oto,  vol.3,pt.  3,  p.  269. 

Ottogamis,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  266. 

Paegan-Indianer,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  251. 

Pampticongh,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  345, 348, 360-362  (from  Lawson  and  Brickel). 

Panis,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  174, 269, 274. 

Peuobscot,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  348 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-344, 392, 402-404 (from  Barton). 

Peusylvanien,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  387-389. 

Pericu,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  182. 

Piankashaw,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  344, 351, 360-362  (from  Barton). 

Phna,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  158, 162-165  (from  Hervas  Sagg),  169. 

Pirinda,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  126-128  (from  Hervas  Sagg). 

Port  de  Francois,  vol.  3,  pf.  3,  p.  224. 

Pottawatameh,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  377 ;  vol.  3,  pt. 3,  pp.  343-345, 360-362 (from  Barton). 


ADELUNG.  7 

Adelung  (Jobann  Ghristopli)  and  Vater  (Dr.  Johann  Severin) — continued. 

Prin/.  Wil'lnm's-Suml,  vol.3,  pt.  3,  p. 207. 
Kiinisen,  vol.  :',  pt.  3,  pp.  202, 205  (from  Bourgoing). 

Sakis,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  266". 

Sankikani,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-344, 368, 374-376  (from  De  Laet). 

Santa  Barbara,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  201, 202, 205. 

.Srlilungen-Inclianer,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  251. 

Sch  warzfUssige-Indianer,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  251, 254  (from  Umfreville). 

Senekati,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  378;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  314, 318, 334-335  (from  Barton). 

Sliawauuo,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343-346, 349, 354-362  (from  Cbamberlayue,  Amerikan, 
Museum,  Generals  Gibson  ami  Buttlar). 

Sioux,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  256-265  (from  Carver,  Baudry  de  Loziere,  and  Umfreville). 

Skoffie,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  344-345, 409, 418-419. 

Snake,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  251. 

Sonriqnois.  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  343, 389, 402-404  (from  Lescarbot). 

Sovaipure,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  161. 

Susaee,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  251, 254  (from  Umfreville). 

Tarahnmara,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  pp.  349,  378;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  87-88,  141-149,  149-154 
(from  Stettel  and  Hervas  Sagg). 

Tarasca,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  126  (from  Hervas  Sagg),  129. 

Ti-pelinaiia,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  138. 

Timnacana,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  284-285. 

Topia,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  138. 

Totonaea,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  44-60. 

Tscbinkitani,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  224, 227-228  (from  Chanal  and  Robelet). 

Tscbngazzi,vol.3,pt.2,pp.340-341;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  456, 458-459, 466  (from  Res- 
anott');  vol.  4,  pp.  251-253. 

Tschuktsclieu,vol.3,pt.2,  pp.  340-341;   vol.3,  pt.  3,  pp.  462-465,  467-468  (from 
Robek,  Merk,  and  Koschaleff );  vol.  4,  pp.  242, 251-253. 

Tnbar,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  139-141  (from  Hervas  Sagg). 

Tuscarora,  vol.  3,pt.  2, pp.  348,377;  vol.  3,pt.3,pp.  312, 318, 334-335 (from Barton). 

Ugaljacbmutzi,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  21-2-213,  228,  230-231  (from  Resanoff  ),  235,  237- 
238. 

Unalaschka,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  458-459. 

Virginien,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  346, 387-388  (from  Barton). 

Waieureu,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  pp.  351, 379;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  182, 188-192, 198-199. 

Wiunebager,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  271. 

\Vi  coons,  vol.  3,  pt.  2,  p.  377 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  306, 308  (from  Lawson). 

Wyandots,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  318, 3:!5-IOT  (from  Barton). 

Yaqni,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  154, 157-158  (from  Hervas  Sagg). 

Yuta,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  176. 

Zuaque,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  154. 

29  African  (The)  Servant.  • 

24pp.  24°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  Forty  ninth  Rept.  Am.  Bd.  Com.  For.  Mis.,  1858. 
Possibly  came  -work  as  Negro  (The)  Servant,  q.  v. 

30  Aguado  (Fr.  Marcos).    Catecismo  en  lengua  de  los  Indies.  * 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Beris'ain. 

31  Aguero  (Fr.  Christoual  de).    Miscelaneo  espiritval,  en  el  idioma  Za- 
poteco,  (jve  administra  la  provincia  de  Oaxac,  de  la  orden  de  Predi- 
cadores.     En  qve  se  coutienen  los  qviii/,e  misterios  del  Santissimo  •  *-• 
Kosario;  con  sus  ofrecimientos  en  cnda  vno.     Las  mas  principales"1 
Indvlgencias,  que  ganan  sus  Cofrades.    Con  diez  y  seis  Exemplos 


8  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Aguero  (Fr.  Christoual  de) — continued. 

de  lo  mismo.    Alguuas  Oraciones  deuotas,  para  la  Uida,  y  para  la 
Muerte.     El  Cathecismo  de  toda  la  Doctrina  Christiana.     Con  vn 
1'CTIONS,    Confessionario  para  los  que  empie9an  a  aprender  el  dicho  Idioina. 
Mexico,  viuda  de  Bernardo  Calderon,  1666. 

14  p.  11.  "Exemplos,"  71  11.,  numbered "GS;  "Catecismo,"  232  pp.,  numbered 
233;  "Confessiouario,"  127  pp.  Not  seen;  title  from  Leclerc. 

32  Diccionario  de  la  lengua  Zapoteca. 

Not  seen;  title  from  Beristain. 

33  Los  Evangelios  quadragesimales  en  lengua  Zapoteca  con 

estampas. 

Manuscript;  in  the  library  of  the  Convent  of  Antequera.— Herwtain. 

Aguero  was  born  in  1600,  in  San  Luis  de  la  Paz,  in  Michoacan;  became  a 
Dominican  monk  in  Oaxaca,  in  1618,  and,  according  to  Beristain,  was  so  proficient 
in  the  language  of  the  Zapotecas  that  he  taught  it  publicly  to  his  ecclesiastical 
brethren.  He  gave  the  Diccionario  to  the  Bishop  of  Mouterroso  for  publication. 

34  Aguila  (P.  Vicente).    Varios  Artes  y  vocabularies  de  diversos  idio- 
mas  de  los  Indios. 

35  Sermones  en  dichas  lenguas. 

Titles  from  Beristain. 

36  Aguilar  (Illmo.  D.  Pedro  Sanchez).    Doctrina  cristiana  en  lengua  de 
Yucatan. 

This  work,  approved  by  the  Bishop,  D.  Fr.  Gonzalo  de  Salazar,  was  sent  to  Spain 
to  be  printed;  but  being  lost  at  sea,  there  remained  only  a  copy  in  the  possession 
of  the  Jesuits,  as  the  author  assures  us. — Beristain. 

37  Aguirre  (Manuel).    Doctrina  Christiana,  y  Platicas  doctrinales,  tra- 
ducidas  eu  leugua  Opata  por  el  P.  Rector  Manuel  Aguirre,  de  la 

VH  Compania  de  Jesus.  Quien  las  dedica  al  Illmo.  Senor  Doctor  D. 
Pedro  Tamaron  del  Cousejo  de  S.  M.,  dignissimo  obispo  de  Durango. 
Con  las  licencias  necessarias. 

Impressas  en  la  Imprenta  del  Keal,  y  mas  antiguo  Colegio  de  San 
Ildefonso  de  Mexico,  ano  de  1765. 

3  p.  11.  pp.  1-16-2,  index  1  1.  4°.     Not  seen;  title  from  Icazbalceta. 

"  Extremely  rare.  The  Opata  is  the  dialect  spoken  by  the  Indians  of  Bacade- 
gnachi,  Mochopa  and  Nacori,  in  the  province  of  Sonora.  The  author,  who  was  a 
Jesuir,  laboured  zealously  for  a  number  of  years  in  the  Sonora  Missions,  and  died 
in  1768."— Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

38  L.  J.  C.  et  M.  I.  |  Aiamie  |  Kushkushkut  |  Mishinaigan.  |  [Design.] 

Ka  lakonigants,  nte  opishtokoiats :  iite  etat  William  Neilson 

1847.  |  S. 

Pp.  1-67.  12°.  Introit,  Kyrie,  Agnus  Dei,  Creed,  etc.,  set  to  music.  Probably 
by  the  Pere  Durocher. 

39  Aiame-nabowewinan  |  nahinawemagakin.  |  [PictureoftheCruciflxionj. 

Monfaug,  [Montreal]  |  takkwabikichkote  L.  Perrault  |  endatch.  | 
1844.  |  S. 

Pp.  1-7.  16°.     Prayers  in  Algonkin. 


AGUERO — AJOK^ERSUTIT.  9 

40  L.  J.  0.  et  M.  J.    Aiamieu  Kukuetshimitnn  Misiuaigan. 

Kaiakonigants  ute  opisti  koiats.  Nte  etat  Augustin  Cote'  et  Cie. 

1848.  BA. 

Pp.  1-53,  1  1.  12°.  Roman  Catholic  Catechism  in  Montagnais.  Probably  by 
the  Pere  Dnrocher. 

41  Ainslie  (Rev.  George).     Catechism  |  for  |  Young  Children.  |  Trans 
lated  into  the  |  Xez  Perces  Language.  |  By  the  |  Rev.  George  Ains 
lie.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Presbyterian  Board  of  Publication,  |  1334  Chestnut 
Street.  |  [No  date.]  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  3-33.  16°. 

42  Johnnim  Taaiskt.  |  Gospel  according  to  John.  |  Translated 

into  the  Nez  Percys  Language  |  by  |  Eev.  George  Ainslie.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Presbyterian  Board  of  Publication.  |  1876.  |      ABS. 
Pp.  1-116.  12°. 

43  Uyitpa  Johnnim  Timas.  |  First  Epistle  General  |  of  |  John.  | 

TrauslatedintotheNezPercesLangnage  |  by  |  Rev.  George  Ainslie.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Presbyterian  Board  of  Publication.  |  1876.  |     ABS. 
Pp.  1-17.  12°. 

44  Notes  on  the  Grammar  of  the  Nez  Percys  Language.    By  Rev. 

George  Ainslie. 

In  Hayden  (F.  V.)    Bulletin,  vol.  2,  pp.  271-277.   Washington,  1876.  8°. 
Contains  also  the  Lord's  Prayer  and  hymn  "Jnst  as  I  am"  with  interlinear 
translations. 

45  Ai-yimmika  Na  Kaniohmi.  BA. 

[Ho  imprint:  Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation:  Mission  Press,  John 
Candy  and  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printers.  1845.] 

Pp.  1-13.  12°.     Salvation  by  Faith:  in  the  Choctaw  language. 

Appended:  How  do  we  know  there  is  a  Godf  Chihowa  hvt  asha  ka  katiohmit 
il  okostoniuchi  Chatnk  oh  cho.  Pp.  13-20. 

40  Ajokaersoutit  oppersartuit  Gudimik  pekkosssenigdlo,  tamaessa  Luterij 
katekismnsingvsetta  ok'ause. 

Havniame,  1849.  « 

125  pp.  8°.    Explanation  ,if  Luther's  Catechism,  in  Eskimo. — Rink. 
See  Katerkismus  Lnterim. 

47  Ajoksersutit  illuartut  gndimik  Pekkorsejniglo  Innnngimt,  Koi'siniar- 
sudlo  Ko'isituksaedlo  Iliniaegeksejt  Nalengniaegeksejdlo,  Pidluarsin- 
uaungorkudlugit. 

Kiobenhavnime,  J.  R.  Thielimir,  1797.  * 

159 11.  8°.  Catechism  and  Religions  Exercises  in  Greenlandish.  Prepared 
probably  by  Fabricius. — Leclerc. 

48  Ajokaersutit  |  illuartut  Gudmik  |  Pekkorsejniglo  Innmignnt;  |  KoYsi- 
marsudlo  Koisituksredlo  |  Ilinia^geksejt  Nalengnia'geksejdlo,  |  Pid- 
luarsinuaungorkudlugit.  | 

KiiJbenhavnime,  |  Pingajueksanik  nakkittarsimarsut  j  1818.  |  llli- 
arsui'n  iglotviinc  C.  F.  Skubartimit.  0. 

P!>.  1-158.  16°.     Catechism  in  the  Eskimo  language. 


10  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

49  Alarcon  (Fr.  Baltasar  de).     Sermones  en  lengua  Cakchiquel,  escritos 
por  varios  padres  de  la  orden  de  San-Francisco,  y  recogidos  por  el 
M.  R.  M.  Padre  Fray  Baltasar  de  Alarcon,  procnrador  general  de  la 
misma  orden  en  la  prov.  del  Dulce  Nombre  de  Jesus  de  Guatemala.   * 

Manuscript.  53  11.  4°.  This  manuscript  comprises  23  sermons  in  the  Cakchiquel 
language,  written  by  different  authors  at  different  times.  No  signature  is  affixed 
to  any  one  of  them,  and  it  is  from  a  paper  included  with  one  of  them  and  placed  at 
the  end  of  the  volume  that  I  have  concluded  they  were  collected  by  Father  Alar 
con.  Many  of  these  sermons  are  very  carefully  written,  and  belong  to  the  end  of 
the  XVIth  Century. 

The  Cakchiquel  language,  which  Flores  calls  the  metropolitan  language  of 
Guatemala,  was  especially  that  of  the  capital  city  of  this  province,  which,  after 
the  conquest  by  Alvarado,  gave  its  name  to  the  town.  The  capital  of  the  Cak- 
chiquels,  called  by  them  Iximche,  was  known  in  the  Mexican  language  under  the 
name  of  Tecpan-Quauhtemalan.  *  *  The  natives  speaking  the  Cakchiquel 
language  occupy  the  surrounding  country  as  far  as  the  villages  situated  north  and 
west  of  the  great  volcanos  of  Fuego  and  Agua,  and  from  these  localities  north  as 
far  as  the  right  bank  of  the  Moutagua,  and  northwest  as  far  as  the  base  of  the  vol 
cano  of  Atitau.  The  Quiche  and  the  Tzutuhil  are  the  dialects  of  the  Cakchiquel 
tongue. — Brasseur  tic  Bourbourg. 

50  Albornoz  (Fr.  Juan  de)  and  Barrientos  (Fr.  Luis).     Arte  |  de  la  | 
Lengua  Chiapaneca  |  compuesto  por  El  M.  K.  Padre  |  Fray  Juan  de 
Albornoz  |  y  Doctrina  Cristiana  |  en  la  misma  leugua  |  escrita  por  | 
El  Padre  Mtro  Fray  Luis  Barrientos.  | 

Paris  |  Ernest  Leroux,  Editeur  |  28,  Rue  Bonaparte,  28  |  San- 
Francisco,  A.  L.  Bancroft  and  Co  |  1875  |  o.  JWP.  "3 
Pp.  1-72.  4°. 

Forms  vol.  1  of  Pinart  (A.  L.)     Bibliotheqne  de  Linguistiqne  et  d'Ethno- 
j      *  j*       graphie  Americaines  publiee  par  Alph.-L.  Piuart. 

The  "Arte"  occupies  pp.  1-52  of  this  volume,  and  the  "Doctrina"  pp.  53-72, 
the  latter  with  its  own  title-page,  for  which  see  Barrientos  (Fr.  Luis). 


51  [Alcala  Galiano  (1).  Diouisio)].     Relation  |  del  Viage  hecho  por  las 
goletas  |  Sutil  y  Mexicaua  j  en  el  afio  de,  1792  |  para  reconcer  el 
J^      S   '  ^JLtfl '  Estrecho  de  Fuca;  |  con  una  introduction  |  en  que  se  da  noticia  de 

/"     las  expediciones  execu-  |  tadas  auteriormeute  por  los  Espaiioles  en 
+r    Jfaf  busca  |  del  paso  del  uoroeste  de  la  America. 


Jtff 
yff         H 
j  "T 


<jf*      A^  De  orden  del  liey.  |  Madrid  en  la  imprenta  real  |  Anode  1802.  |    o. 

,  •j  { 

\'*r 

(J  r 


H  p.  11.  pp.  i-clxviii,  1-185.  8°.  Atlas  folio. 

Varias  palabras  del  idioma  que  se  habla  en  la  Boca  S.  del  Canal  de  Fuca  y  sns 
eqnivalentes  en  castellauo,  pp.  41-42.  Vocabulary  of  the  Esleu  and  Runsien 
(31  words),  pp.  172-173.  Vocabnlario  de]  idioma  de  los  habitautes  de  Nutka, 
pp.  178-184. 

The  Fischer  Sale  Cat.  gives  to  this  volume  the  date  of  1812. 
uf 

52  Alcantara  (Pedro).     Vocabulary  of  the  Costanos. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  494-505.  Philadelphia,  1852. 
4°.  Reprinted  in  Powell  (J.  W.)  Cont.  to  N  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  535-548. 
Washington,  1877.  4°. 

53  Alcocer  (P.  Martin).    Tradados  doctrinales  en  Lengua  megicaua.     * 

Manuscript.  80811.  4°.  The  original  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Col- 
legi)  of  S.  Gregorio  de  Mexico. — Beristam. 


ALARCON  —  ALLEN.  ]  1 

54  Aldama  (Joseph  Augustin  de).     Arte  |  de  la  lengna  |  Mexicana  | 
dispuesto  |  por  D.  Joseph  Augiistin  |  de  Aldama,  y  Guevara,  |  Pres- 
bytero  de  el  Arzo   |  bispado  de  Mexico.  | 

Eu  la  imprenta  |  nueva  de  la  Bibliotheca  Me-  |  xicana.    Ea  frente 
de  el  Con-  |  vento  de  San  Augustin.  |  Afio  de  1754.  |  c. 

81  unnumbered  11.    am.  4°. 

55  Alden  (Per.  Timothy).    An  |  Account]  of  |  Sundry  Missions  |  per 
formed  among  the  |  Senecas  and  Munsees;  |  in  a  series  of  letters.  | 
With  |  an  Appendix.  |  By  Eev.  Timothy  Alden,  |  President  of  Alle- 
ghauy  College.  | 

New  York:  |  Printed  by  J.  Seymour.  |  1827.  |  BA,  c. 

Pp.  1-1~0.  16°. 

Appelative  words  in  Seneca,  pp.  158-164. 

56  [Alejandro  (Marcelo)].    Xoticia  de  Lengna  Huasteca,  cnantos  y  c<5mo 
seau  los  modos  de  la  pronunciacion  hnasteca,  y  de  sus  letras  y  dip- 
tongos. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mez.  Bol.,  seguuda  epoca,  torn.  2,  pp.  7:53-790.     Mexico, 
1870.  8°. 

Vocabularies,  pp.  761-790. 

57  Aleutian  Abecedarium. 

St.  Petersburg,  1839  or  1840. 
8°.    Title  from  Ludewig. 


58  A.lEiTCKIU  |  EVKim.  |  JVTP. 

Mor»4.  |  Bi  ryBoj.ui.BoA  TBDorp4*in.  I  1846. 

Translation:  Aleutian  |  Primer.  |  Moscow.  |  Synod  Press.  |  1846. 

Title.  1  1.  ;  pp.  1-30.  8°.    Partly  in  Cyrillic  type,  partly  in  Russian. 

59  Alexander  (Sir  James  Edward).    LlAuadie;  |  or,  |  Seven  Years'  Ex 
plorations  |  in  |  British  America.  |  By  |  Sir  James  E.  Alexander,  K. 
L.  S.,  &  K.  St.  J.,  |  on  the  Staff  of  H.  E.  the  Commander  of  the  forces 
in  Canada.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I.  [II].  | 

London:    |    Henry  Colbnrn,    Publisher:    |    Great    Marlborough 
Street.  |  1849.  |  c.  BA. 

•2  vols.  12°. 

The  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Micniac  Language,  vol.  2,  app.  3,  p.  325.    The  Lord's 
Prayer  in  the  Millicete  Language,  vol.  2,  app.  3,  p.  326. 

Reissued,  according  to  Sabin,  London,  1853.    2  vols.  post  8°. 

60  Alexander  (John   Henry).    A  Dictionary  of  the  Language  of  the 
Lenni  Lenape,  or  Delaware  Indians.  * 

Manuscript.     4°.     I  find  mention  of  the  above  in:  Memoir  of  John  H.  Alex 
ander,  by  William  Pinkney,  read  before  the  Maryland  Society,  May  2,  1867. 

61  Algora  (  Fr.  Juan).    Arte  y  Diccionario  de  la  Lengua  Tarasca,  por 
Illmo.  D.  Fr.  Juan  Algora.  * 

Mentioned  by  Nicholas  Antonio  and  quoted  by  De  Sonza.—  Lxdneig.  ADD! 

62  Allen  (Mins  A.  J.)    Ten  Years  |  in  |  Oregon.  |  Travels  and  Adven 
tures  |  of  |  Doctor  E.  White  and  Lady,  |  West  of  the  Bocky  Moon- 


12  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Allen  (Miss  A.  J.) — continued. 

tains;  |  with  |  Incidents  of  two  Sea  Voyages  via  Sandwich  |  Islands 
around  Cape  Horn;  |  containing,  also,  a  |  brief  History  of  the  Mis 
sions  and  Settlement  of  the  country  —  Origin  of  the  Provisional 
Government— dumber  and  Customs  of  |  the  Indians — Incidents  wit 
nessed  while  traversing  |  and  residing  in  the  Territory — Description 
of  |  the  soil,  Production  and  Climate.  |  Compiled  by  Miss  A.  J.  Al 
len.  | 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.:  |  Press  of  Andrus,  Gauntlett  &  Co.  |  1850.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-430.  12°. 

A  few  Oregon  Sentences,  pp.  395-396;  (from  Lee  &  Frost's  "Ten  Years  in  Ore 
gon"). 

63  Allen  (William).    Wunnissoo,  |  or  the  |  Vale  of  Hoosatunuuk,  |  a 
poem,  with  notes.  |  By  William  Allen,  D.  D.,  |  A  member  [&c.,  &c., 
four  lines].  | 

Boston:  |  Published  by  John  P.  Jewett  and  Company,  |  Cleve 
land,  Ohio:  Jewett,  Proctor  &  Worthiugton.  |  New  York:  Sheldon, 
Blakeman  &  Company.  |  M.  DCCC.  LVI.  [1856.]  |  c. 

Pp.  1-237.  12°. 

Account  of  the  Indian  languages,  pp.  175-192,  contains  short  vocabularies  of 
several  eastern  tribes.  "Of  the  Mohegan  Language,"  pp.  232-236,  contains  a 
vocabulary  of  the  principal  Mohegan  words  as  used  in  the  Hoosatunnuk  Valley. 

64  Almeida  (P.  Teodoro  de).     Piadoso  |  Devocionario  |  en  honor  | 
del  |  Sagrado  Corazon  de  Jesus.  |  Contiene  del  Devoto  egercicio  que 

imipvrn  la  Pia  |  Union  de  la  Ciudad  de  la  Puebla  confer-  |  me  ii  la  gen*fil 
1  de  Eoma,  practica  todos  |  los  Domingos  del  ano  en  la  Iglesia  del 
es-  |  piritu  Santo;  y  la  Novena  para  la  Fiesia  |  del  Santisimo  Cora 
zon,  que  compreso  el  |  P.  D.  Teodoro  de  Almeida.  |  Traducido  al 
Idioma  Mexicano,  para  utili-  |  dad  de  los  devotos  congregantes  de  | 
la  pia  union  de  |  Santiago  Tlilipan  |  por  el  Presbitero  D.  Pedro  J. 
Gambino,  |  quien  lo  dedica  |  &  su  Prelado,  el  Escmo.  6  Illuio.  Sr.  Dr. 
D.  |  Francisco  Pablo  Vasquez.  | 

Orizava  |  Imprenta  de  Felis  |  Mendarte  |  1839.  f  c. 

4  p.  11.  128  pp.  16°. 

65  Alonso  (Fr.  Juan).   Varios  Oposculos  doctrinales  en  Lengua  Zendal. 

Title  from  Beristain.     Squier,  who  quotes  from  Vasquez,  adds : 

66  -        -  Diccionario  de  la  Lengua  Kachiquel.  • 

Manuscript. 

67  Alphabet  |  Mikmaque.  |  [Picture.] 

Quebec:    |   Imprim6  par  C.  Le  Francois,  |  Rue  Laval,  No.  9,  | 

1817.  |  BA.  S. 

Pp.  1-39.  24°.     Primer  in  Mikmak. 

68  Alsop  (George).    A  |  Character  |  Of  the  Province  of  |  Mary-Land,  | 
Wherein  is  Described  in  four  distinct  |  Parts,  (Viz.)  |  I.  The  Scitua- 
tiou,  and  plenty  of  the  Province.  |  II.  The  Laws,  Customs,  and  nat- 


ALLEX — ALVA.  13 

Alsop  (George) — COD  tinned. 

ural  Demea  |  DOT  of  the  Inhabitant*  |  III.  The  worst  and  best  Vsage 
of  a  Mary-  |  Land  Servant,  opened  in  view.  |  IV.  The  Traffique,  and 
Vendable  Commodities  |  of  the  Conntrey.  |  Also  |  A  small  Treatise 
on  the  Wilde  and  |  Naked  Indians  (or  Susquehanokes)  |  of  Mary-Land, 
their  Customs,  Man-  |  ners,  Absurdities,  &  Eeligion.  |  Together  with 
a  Collection  of  Histo-  |  rical  Letters.  |  By  George  Alsop.  | 

London,  Printed  by  T.  J.  for  Peter  Bring,  |  at  the  sign  of  the  Sun 
in  thePoultrey;  1666.  |  * 

Title  of  the  original  edition ;  not  seen ;  taken  from  reprint  of  1869,  as  below : 

69  A  I  Character  of  the  Province  |  of  |  Maryland.  |  Described  in 

four  distinct  parts.  |  Also  |  a  small  treatise  on  the  wild  and  naked 
Indians  (or  |  Susquehanokes)  of  Maryland,  their  customs,  |  manners, 
absurdities,  and  religion.  |  Together  with  |  a  collection  of  historical 
letters.  |  By  |  George  Alsop.  |  A  new  edition  with  an  introduction 
and  copious  |  historical  notes.  |  By  John  Gilmary  Shea,  LL.D.,  | 
Member  of  the  New  York  Historical  Society.  |  [18  lines  quotation.] 

New  Yoik:  |  William  Gowans.  |  1869.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-125.  8°.  Forms  vol.  5  of  Gowan's  Bibliotheca  Americana.  Title-page  of 
series,  1  1.;  Title  of  1869  ed.,  1  1.;  Dedication,  1  1.;  Advertisement,  1  1.;  Intro 
duction,  pp.  9-15;  Title  of  original  edition,  1  1.,  verso  blank  (pp.  17-lb);  Dedica 
tion  to  Lord  Baltimore,  1  1.  (pp.  19-20);  Epistle  Dedicatory,  1  1.  (pp. 21-22);  "To 
all  the  Merchant  Adventurers  for  Mary-Land,"  1  1.  (pp.  23-24);  Preface  to  the 
Reader,  1  1.  (pp.  25-26);  Poem  "The  Author  to  his  Book," 2  11.,  verso  of  2d  1.  blank 
(pp. 27-30);  Poem  by  William  Bogherst,  "To  my  Friend  Mr.  George  Alsop,"  1  1. 
(pp.  31-32);  POC.TI  by  H.  W.  "To  my  Friend  Mr.  George  Alsop,"  1  1.  (pp.  33-34); 
"A  Character  of  the  Province,"  &c.,  pp.  35-1C8;  Notes,  109-125. 

Numerals  (1-10)  of  the  Susquehanna,  or  Minqua,  Hochelaga,  Huron,  Mohawk, 
and  Onoudaga.p.  121. 

70  Alva  (Bartholome  de).    Confessionario  Mayor,  y  Menor  en  lengua  Me- 
xicana.    Y  platicas,  contra  las  Supresticiones  [sic]  de  idolatria,  que 
el  dia  de  oy  an  quedado  a  los  Naturales  desta  Nueua  Espafia,  6  in-  - 
strucion  de  los  Santos  Sacramentos,  &c.    Al  Illustrissimo  Sefior  D. 
Eraucisco  [sic]  Manso  y  Zuiiiga,  Arcobispo  de  Mexico,  del  Consejo 
de  su  Magestad,  y  del  Keal  de  las  Indias,  &c.  Mi  Seuor.    Nueva- 
mente  compuesto  por  el  Bachiller  don  Bartholome  de  Alua,  Beuefl- 
ciado  del  Partido  de  Chiapa  de  Mota.    Ano  de  1634. 

11  Con  licencia.  Impresso  en  Mexico,  por  Francisco  Salbago,  im- 
pressor  del  Secreto  del  Saucto  Offlcio.  Por  Pedro  deQuifiones. 

4  p.  11.  4°.  LI.  1-52,  the  last  unnumbered,  contain  the  Confessional  in  Spanish 
and  Mexican,  in  two  columns,  and  the  Credo,  Pater  Noster,  Ave  Maria,  and  Salve 
in  Mexican  only.  On  verso  of  the  last  page  is: 

En  Mexico  En  la  Imprenta  de  Francisco  Salbago  librero,  Impressor 
del  Secreto  del  Sancto  Offlcio.  En  la  Calle  de  San  Francisco.  Ano 
M.DC.XXXIIII.  * 

Not  seen ;  title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes. 

"The  questions  contain  some  curious  references  to  the  still  existing  cult  of  idols, 
and  will  be  found  useful  to  fill  up  some  lacunae  in  our  knowledge  of  the  Mexican 


14  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Alva  (Bartholome  de) — continued. 

Mythology.  They  relate  chiefly,  however,  to  sexual  ami  kindred  matters,  aud  in 
this  respect  form  a  strange  picture  of  the  prurient  morality  of  Spanish  priests. 
*  *  *  It  is  not  likely  that  many  copies  were  allowed  to  bo  print  d,  eveu  under 
such  an  administration  as  that  of  the  Spaniards  in  Mexico.  The  author  was  con 
sidered  an  accomplished  master  of  the  native  tong.ii-." — Quaritch, 

"The  author  was  a  native  Mexican,  descended  from  the  Ancient  Kings  of  Tez- 
cnco.  He  was  perfectly  familiar  with  his  native  toiigue,  iu  which  ho  wrote  sev 
eral  other  works,  besides  translating  three  of  Lope  de  Vega's  comedies  into  Na- 
huatl,  the  manuscripts  of  which  are  in  the  present  collection." — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

71  -     —  Platicas  en  lengua  Mexicana,  contra  las  supersticions,  que 
ban  quedada  entre  los  Indies. 

Mexico,  1634.  » 

Not  seen ;  title  from  Beristain. 

72  Comedias  in  Mexican,  translated  from  Lope  de  Vega.  * 

Manuscript  of  the  17th  century.    4°. 

I.  Comedia  del  gran.teatro  del  mnndo,  traducida  en  la  lengua  Mexicana.     Di- 
rigida  al  P.  Jacome  Bacilio,  por  el  Br.  D.  Barto.  D'Alva.  1511. 

II.  Comedia  famosa  de  Lope  do  Vega  Carpio  del  Aminal  Propheta  y  dichoso 
patricida  traducida  en  lengua  Mexna.  proprio  y  natural  \dioma,  por  el  Br.  D.  Barto. 
de  Alba  el  aiio  de  1640.  39  11. 

III.  Comedia  de  Lope  de  Vega  Carpio  intitulada  la  Madro  de  la  Mejor.     Tradu- 
cida  en  lengua  Mexna.  y  dirigida  al  P.  Oracio  Caroc'.ii  de  la  Compa.  de  Jesus.  15  11. 

All  three  iu  a  uniform,  neat  and  clear  handwriting  — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

73  Alvarado  (P.  F.  Francisco).    Vocabulario  en  Lengua  Misteca,  hecho 
por  los  Padres  de  la  Orden  de  Predicadores,  que  residen  en  ella,  y 
vltimamente  recopilado,  y  acabado  por  el  Padre  Fray  Francisco  de 
Alvarado,  Vicario  de  Tarnayulapa,  de  la  misma  Orden. 

En  Mexico.    Con  licencia,  En  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.  1593. 

Colophon : 

fl  Acabose  este  presente  Vocabulario,  en  Tamagulapa,  a  6  de  Sep- 
tiebre  de  1592  afios.    El  qual  con  su  auctor,  se  somete  y  subiecta  a 
la  correction  de  la  Sancta  madre  Yglesia  Romana. 
Eu  Mexico.    En  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.    Afio  de  1593.  * 

6  p.  11.,  pp.  1-204.  4°.     Title  from  Icazbalcota's  Apuntes. 

74  Alvis  (William).    Teyeriwakowata,  L.  M.  [a  Hymn]  |  In  the  Mohawk 
Tongue.  |  By  William  Alvis.  |  GB. 

1  p.  16°.     Caption  only;  n.  p.,  n.  d. 

75  Amaro  (Juan  Romualdo).     Doctrina  extractada  de  los  Catecismos 
Mexicanos  de  los  Padres  Paredes,  Carochi  y  Castano,  antores  muy 
selectos:  traducida  al  castellano  para  mejor  iustruccion  de  los  Indies, 
en  las  Oraciones  y  Misterios  principales  de  la  Doctrina  cristiana,  por 
el  Presbitero  capellan  D.  Juan  Romualdo  Amaro,  Catedratico  que  fu6 
en  dicho  idioma  en  el  Colegio  Seminario  de  Tepotzotlan,  antes  Vica 
rio  operario  veinte  y  nueve  afios  en  varios  parroquias  de  esta  Sagrada 
Mitra,  y  Opositor  a  Curatos.    Va  auadido  en  este  catecismo  el  Pream- 
bulo  de  la  Confesion  para  la  mejor  disposicion  de  los  Indies  en  el 


ALVA AMERICAN    ANTIQUARIAN.  15 

Amaro  (Juan  lioinualdo) — continued. 

Santo  Sacramento  de  la  Penitencia,  y  para  las  personas  curiosas  que 
fucren  aficionadas  al  idioina,  con  un  Modo  Practice  de  contar,  segun 
fuere  el  numero  de  la  materia,  para  el  inisino  fin. 

Mexico:  1S40.  Imprenta  de  Luis  Abadiano  y  Valdes,  calle  de  las 
Escalerillas  num.  13.  » 

4  p.  11.,  79  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apunti  s. 

70  American  Academy  Arts  and  Sciences.  Memoirs  |  of  the  |  American 
Academy  |  of  |  Arts  |  and  |  Sciences:  |  To  the  End  of  the  Year 
M,D(JC,XXXIII.  |  Volume  I.[-IVJ.  J 

Boston:  [Charlestown  and  Cambridge.]  |  Printed  by  Adams  and 
Nourse,  in  Court  Street.  |  M,DCC,LXXXV.  [-1821].  |  o.  BA. 

4  vols.  4°. 

Parsons  (S.  H.)  Discoveries  made  in  the  Western  country.  Vol.  2,  pt.  2,  pp. 
119-127. 

Pickering  (J. )  On  the  adoption  of  a  uniform  orthography  for  the  Indian 
Languages.  Vol.  4,  pt.  2,  pp.  319-360. 

77  -  —  Memoirs  |  of  the  |  American  Academy  |  of  |  Arts  and  Sci 
ences.  |  New  Series.  |  Vol.  I.[-X,  Part  I].  | 

Cambridge:  [and  Boston.]  |  Charles  Folsom,  |  Printer  to  the  Uni 
versity.  |  1833.[-1873].  |  C.  BA. 

9  vols.,  and  vol.  10,  pt.  1.  4°. 

Rasles  (S.)    A  Dictionary  of  the  Abnaki  Language.     Vol.  1,  pp.  370-574. 

78 Proceedings  |  of  the  |  American  Academy  |  of  |  Aits  and 

Sciences.  |  Vol.  I.[-XIII.]  |  From  May,  1846,  to  May,  1848  [-1878.]  | 
Selected  from  the  records.  | 

Boston  and  Cambridge:  |  Metcalf  and  Company.  |  1848.[-1878.]  | 
13  vols.     8°.  C.  HU. 

Morgan  (L.  H. )  A  conjectural  solution  of  the  Origin  of  the  classificatory  system 
of  Relationships.  Vol.  7,  pp.  436-477. 

79  American  Annals.    American  Annals  |  of  the  |  Deaf  and  Dumb,  | 
conducted  by  |  the  Instructors  of  the  American  Asylum.  |  Vol.  I. 
[-XXIV].  I 

Hartford:  [and  Washington.]  |  Brown  and  Parsons,  No.  182  Main 
Street.  |  1848.  [-1879].  |  JWP. 

24  vols.  8°.     Have  also  seen  vol.  25,  pt.  1,  Jan.,  1880. 
Mallery (G.)  Thosign-languageoftheNorthAmericanlndians.  Vol. 25, pp.  1-20. 

80  American  Antiquarian.     The  |  American  Antiquarian  [and  Oriental 
Journal].  |  A  Quarterly  Journal  devoted  to  |  Early  American  History, 
Ethnology  |  and  Archaeology.  |  Edited  by  j  Rev.  Stephen  D.  Peet,  | 
Comprising  seventy  [&c.,  &c.,  three  lines].  |  [Vols.  I-III.] 

Published  by  Brooks,  Schinkel  &  Co.,  |  Cleveland,  Ohio.  |  1878. 
[Vol.  Ill,  Chicago,  1881.]  |  JWP. 

Dorsey  (J.  O.)  How  the  Rabbit  killed  the  Hun  er.  An  Omaha  Fable.  Vol.2, 
pp.  128-132. 

The  Rabbit  and  the  Grasshopper.     An  Otoo  Myth.     Vol.  3,  pp.  24-27. 


16  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

American  Antiquarian — continued. 

Eels(M.)    Indian  Music.     Vol.  1, pp. 249-253. 

The  Twaua  Language.     Vol.  3,  pp.  296-303. 

Gatschet  (A.  S. )    Sketch  of  the  Klamath  Language  of  Southern  Oregon.     Vol. 

1,  pp.  81-84. 

Mythologic  Text  in  the  Klamath  Language.     Vol.  1,  pp.  161-166. 

The  Numeral  Adjective  in  the  Klamath  Language.     Vol.  2,  pp.  210-217. 

Mallery  (G. )    The  Sign  Language  of  the  Indians  of  the  Upper  Missouri.     Vol. 

2,  pp.  218-SJ28. 

Rlggs  (S.  R.)    The  Theogony  of  the  Sioux.     Vol.  2,  pp.  265-270. 

81  American  Antiquarian  Society.    Archaeologia  Americana.  |  Transac 
tions  |  and  |  Collections  |  of 'the  |  American  Antiquarian  Society.  | 
Published  by  direction  of  the  Society.  |  Vol.  L[-VI].  | 

Worcester,  Massachusetts;  |  Printed  for  the  American  Antiquarian 
Society  |  By  William  Manning:  |  MDCCCXX.f-MDCCCLXXlV]. 

[1820-1874.]  | 

C.  JWP. 

6  vols.  8°. 

Gallatin  (A.)  A  synopsis  of  the  Indian  Tribes  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in 
North  America.  Vol.  2,  pp.  1-422. 

Johnston  (J.)  Account  of  the  Present  State  of  the  Indian  Tribes  inhabiting 
Oliio.  Vol.  1,269-299. 

Mitchill  (S.  L.)  Letter  to  Samuel  M.  Burnside,  Esq.,  Corresponding  Secretary 
of  the  American  Antiquarian  Soc.  Vol.  1,  pp.  313-317. 

82  Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society  at  their 

Fifty -second  Semi-Annual  Meeting,  held  at  Boston,  May  31,  1843. 

Worcester:  Printed  by  Joseph  B.  Eipley.     1843. [-1880].  C. 

75  pts.  8°.  The  above,  the  thirteenth  "minor  publication,"  is  the  first  10  bear 
the  title  of  "  Proceedings,"  the  twelve  preceding  issues  consisting  of  addresses,  etc., 
beginning  in  1813.  The  numbering  of  these  Proceedings  began  with  No.  49. 

Le  Plongeon  (A.)    Letter  to  Bishop  Courtenay.     No. 73,  pp.  113-117. 

Valentin!  (P.  J.  .1.)    The  Mexican  Calendar  Stone.     No.  71,  pp.  91-108. 

Mexican  Copper  Tools.     No.  73,  pp.  81-112. 

—  The  Katunes  of  Maya  History.     No.  74,  pp.  71-117. 
—  The  Landa  Alphabet.     No.  75,  pp.  59-91. 

83  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science.    Proceedings  | 
of  |  the  American  Association  |  for  the  |  Advancement  of  Science.  | 
First  Meeting,  |  Held  at  Philadelphia,  |  September,  1848.[-1880J.  | 

Philadelphia:  [Washington:  Cambridge:  Salem:]  |  Printed  by 
John  C.  Clark,  GO  Dock  Street.  |  1849.[-1881J.  |  0.  BA. 

29  vols.  8°. 

Dall  ( W.  H. )  On  the  Distribution  of  the  Native  Tribes  of  Alaska.  Vol.  18,  pp. 
263-273. 

—  On  some  Peculiarities  of  the  Eskimo  Dialect.     Vol.  19,  pp.  332-349. 
Morgan  (L.  H.)    Laws  of  Descent  of  the  Iroquois.     Vol.  11,  pp.  132-148. 
Mallery  (G. )    The  Sign  Language  of  the  N.  A.  Indians.    Vol.  28,  pp.  493-519. 
Powell  ( J.  W. )    Wyandot  Government.     Vol.  29,  pp.  675-688. 

84  American  Bible  Society.     Specimen  Verses  |  from  versions  in  differ 
ent  |  Languages  and  Dialects  |  in  which  the  |  Holy  Scriptures  |  have 
been  printed  and  circulated  by  the  |  American  Bible  Society  |  and 


AMERICAN  ANTIQUARIAN — AMERICAN   MUSEUM.  17 

American  Bible  Society — continued. 

the  |  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  |  [Picture  of  Bible  and  one 
line  quotation.] 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Seciety,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  187G.  |  ABS. 

Pp.  1-48.  10°. 

John  iii.  1C,  in  the  following  languages: — Greenland,  Esquimaux,  Cree,  and 
Tinne,  p.  36.  Maliseet,  Mohawk,  Choctaw  and  Seneca,  p.  37.  Dakota,  Ojibwa, 
Muski  kee,  Cherokee,  and  Delaware,  p.  38.  Nez  Perces,  and  Mayan,  p.  39. 

Another  edition,  similar  except  in  date,  appeared  in  1879. 

80  American  Ethnological  Society.     Transactions  |  of  the  |  American  | 
Ethnological  Society.  |  Vol.  I.[-Vol.  Ill,  Pt.  I].  | 

New  York:  Bartlett  &  Welford.  |  London:  Wiley  &  Putnam.  | 
MDCCCXLV.[-MDCCCLIII.]  [1845-1853.]  |  c.  BA.  ft 

2  vols.  &  vol.  3,  pt.  i.     8°.  map. 

Bartram  (W.)  Observations  on  the  Creek  and  Cherokee  Indians.  Vol.  3, 
pp.  1-81. 

Cotheal  (A.  I. )  A  Grammatical  Sketch  of  the  Language  of  the  Mosquito  Shore. 
Vol.  2,  pp.  2J55-264. 

Gallatiii  (A.)  I.  Notes  on  the  Semi-civilized  Nations  of  Mexico,  Yucatan,  and 
Central  America.  Vol.  1,  pp.  1-352. 

Hale's  Indians  of    North-west  America,  and  Vocabularies  of  North 

America.    Vol.  2,  pp.  xxiii-clxxxviii,  1-130. 

Seeman  (Berthold).  The  Aborigines  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama.  Vol.  It, 
pp.  175-182. 

Squier  (E.  G.)  Observations  on  Archaeology  and  Ethnology  of  Nicaragua. 
Vol.  3,  pp.  83-158. 

86  American  Historical  Record.    The  American  |  Historical  Record,  |  and 
repertory  of  |  Notes  and  Queries.  |  Concerning  the  history  and  an 
tiquities  of  America  |  and  biography  of  Americans.  |  Edited  by  Ben-    , 
son  J.  Lossing,  LL.  D.  |  Vol.  I.[-tJ  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Chase  &  Town,  Publishers,  |  142  South  Fourth 
Street,  |  1872.  |  c. 

8°.     I  have  seen  only  the  first  volume  of  this  publication. 

"Old  Records  from  New  Jersey,"  vol.  1,  pp.  308-311,  contains  a  vocabulary  of 
267  words  and  phrases  copied  from  "The  Indian  Interpreter,  Salem  Town  Record, 
Liber  B,  in  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of  State  at  Trenton,  New  Jersey,  1684." 

87  American  Museum.    The  |  American  Museum  |  or  |  Repository  |  of 
Ancient  and  Modern  fugitive  pieces,  |  prose  and  poetical.  |  For 
January,  1787.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.]    Volume  I.  |  Number  I.  | 

Philadelphia :  |  Printed  by  Mathew  Carey.  |  M.  DCC.  LXXXVII. 
[-M.  DCC.  XLIL]  [1787-1792.]  |  c. 

12  vols.  8°.     Edited  by  Mathew  Carey. 

Edwards  (J.)  Observations  on  the  language  of  the  Mulihekaneew  Indians. 
Vol.  5,  pp.  21-25, 141-144. 

Johnson  (Sir  W.)  Extracts  of  letters  on  the  language  of  the  Northern  In 
dians.  Vol.  5,  pp.  19-21. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Shawanese  language.     Vol.  6,  p.  318. 

This  magazine  was  commenced  by  Mathew  Carey,  and  continued  with  marked 
ability  for  six  years.  The  twelve  volumes  contain  a  greater  mass  of  interesting 
~2  Bib. 


18  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

American  Museum — continued. 

and  valuable  literary  and  historical  matter  than  is  to  be  fonud  in  any  of  our  early 
American  magazines.  Many  pieces,  though  fugitive  when  written,  are  now  of  a 
permanent  value  as  documentary  history,  and  might  bo  sought  in  vain  elsewhere. 
Among  the  contributors  were  many  of  the  most  eminent  writers  of  the  time.  The 
original  lists  of  subscribers  accompany  the  work. — Bartlett. 

88  American  Naturalist.    The  |  American  Naturalist,  |  a  |  popular  illus 
trated  magazine  |  of  |  Natural  History.  |  Edited  by  |  A.  S.  Packard, 
Jr.,  E.  S.  Morse,  A.  Hyatt,  and  F.  W.  Putnam.  |  Volume  I.  [-XV, 
No.  9.]  | 

Salem,  Mass.  |  Published  by  the  Essex  Institute,  1868.[-1881.]  |    c. 

14  vols.  8°,  and  nos.  1-9  of  vol.  15.  8°. 

Chever  (E.  E. )    The  Indians  of  California.     Vol.  4,  pp.  129-148. 

89  American  Philological  Association.    Transactions  |  of  the  |  American  | 
Philological  Association.  |  1869-1870.  [-1878.]  | 

Published  by  the  Association.  |  Printed  by  Case,  Lockwood  & 
Brainard,  |  Hartford,  |  1871.  [-1879.]  |  JWP. 

9  vols.  8°. 

Lull  (E.  P.)  Vocabulary  of  Indians  of  San  Bias  and  Caledonia  Bay,  Darien. 
1873,  pp.  103-109. 

Trumbull  (J.  H.)  On  the  best  methods  of  studying  the  North  American  Lan 
guages.  1869-70,  pp.  55-79. 

On  some  mistaken  notions  of  Algoukin  Grammar.    1869-70,  pp.  105-123. 

On  Algonkin  names  for  man.     1871,  pp.  128-159. 

Words  derived  from  Indian  languages.     1872,  pp.  19-32. 

Notes  on  Forty  Versions  of  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Algonkin.     1872,  pp. 

113-218. 

Numerals  in  American  Indian  Languages.     1874,  pp.  41-76. 

—  On  the  Algonkin  Verb.     1876,  pp.  146-171. 

90  — • —  Proceedings  |  of  the  |  First  [-Eleventh]  Annual  Session  | 
of  the  |  American  Philological  Association,  |  held  at  |  Poughkeep- 
sie,  N.  Y.,  July,  1869.  [-Newport,  R.  I.,  July,  1879.]  | 

New- York :  |  S.  W.  Green,  Printer,  16  and  18  Jacob  Street.  | 
1870.  [-Hartford,  1879.]  |  JWP. 

11  vols.  8°.  Usually  bound  with  the  Transactions,  but  also  issued  separately 
with  title-page  as  above. 

The  papers  in  the  Proceedings  are  extracts  only,  and  are  usually  quite  short, 
some  of  them  being  printed  in  full  in  the  "Transactions." 

Anderson  (Rei:  J.)  The  newly  discovered  relationship  of  the  Tuteloes  to  the 
Dakota  Stock.  Third  sess.,  pp.  15-16. 

The  Huron  Language  and  some  of  the  Huron-Iroquois  Traditions.    Fifth 

sess.,  pp.  23-25. 

Ellis  (Rer.  R.)  Observations  on  Dr.  Trumbull's  "Numerals  in  North  American 
Languages."  Eighth  sess.,  pp.  8-10. 

Gatschet  (A.  8.)  Syllabic  reduplication  as  observed  in  Indian  Languages,  and 
in  the  Klamath  Language  of  South-western  Oregon  in  particular.  Eleventh  sess., 
pp.  35-06. 

Gibbs  (George).  The  mode  of  expressing  Number  in  certain  Indian  Languages. 
Third  sess.,  pp.  25-26. 

Hoffman  (Dr.  W.  J.)  Notes  on  the  migrations  of  the  Dakotas.  Ninth  sess., 
pp.  15-17. 


AMERICAN    MUSEUM AMERICAN    PHILOSOPHICAL    SOCIETY.     19 

American  Philological  Association — continued. 

Hurlburt  (Her.  T.)  On  the  structure  of  the  Indian  languages.  First  sess., 
pp.2';-'J7. 

Matthews  (Di:  W.)  [The  best  way  of  studying  the  aboriginal  tongues.] 
Thiril  sess.,  pp. 26-27. 

Riggs  (S.  R.)     Concerning  Dakota  Beliefs.     Third  sess.,  pp.  5-<3. 

Trumbull  (J.H.)  True  method  of  studying  the  North  American  Languages. 
First  sess.,  pp.  25-26. 

—  Some  mistakes  concerning  the  Grammar,  and  in  Vocabularies  of  the  Al- 
gonkin  Language.     Sec.  sess.,  pp.  13-14. 

On  Algoukin  names  of  the  Dog  and  the  Horse.    Sec.  sess.,  pp.  16-17. 

—  A  mode  of  Counting,  said  to  have  been  used  by  the  Wawemoc  Indians 
of  Maine.     Third  sess.,  pp.  13-15. 

Algonkiu  Names  of  Man.     Third  sess.,  p. 23. 

Contributions  to  the  Comparative  Grammar  of  the  Algonkiii  languages. 

Third  sess.,  pp.  28-29. 

English  words  derived  from  Indian  languages  of  North  America.    Fourth 

sess.,  pp.  12-13. 

Indian  local  names  in  Rhode  Island.     Fourth  sess.,  pp.  19-20. 

-  Numerals  in  American  Indian  Languages,  and  the  Indian  mode  of  count 
ing.     Sixth  sess.,  pp.  17-19. 

Names  for  Heart,  Liver,  and  Lungs.     Sixth  sess.,  pp.  31-32. 

Annual  Address  of  the  President.    Seventh  sess.,  pp.  5-8. 

-  The  Algonkin  Verb.     Eighth  sess.,  pp.  28-29. 

Names  of  the  Sun  and  of  Water,  in  some  American  Languages.     Eighth 

sess.,  p.  45. 

91  American  Philosophical  Society.    Transactions  |  of  the  |  American  | 
Philosophical  Society,  |  held  at  |  Philadelphia,  |  for  promoting  | 
Useful  Knowledge.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  by  K.  Aitken  &  Son,  at  Pope's  Head  |  in 
Market  Street.  |  M.DOCLXXIX.  [-1809.]  |  c.  BA. 

6  vols.  4°. 

Barton  (B.  S.)  Hints  on  the  Etymology  of  certain  English  words,  and  on  their 
affinity  to  words  in  the  language  of  the  Indian  Nations.  Vol.  6,  pp.  145-158. 

Collin  (Tier.  N.)  Philological  view  of  some  very  Ancient  Words  in  .several 
Languages.  Vol  4,  pp.  476-509. 

Dunbar  (W.)  On  the  Language  of  Signs  among  certain  North  American  In 
dians.  Vol.  (i,  pp.  1-8. 

92  -        -  Transactions  |  of  the  |  American  Philosophical  Society,  | 
held  |  at  Philadelphia,  |  for  |  promoting  Useful  Knowledge.  |  Vol. 
I.— New  Series.     [-XV,  Parts  I  &  II.]  | 

Philadelphia:  Printed  and  Published  by  A.  Small,  |  No.  112, 
Chestnut  Street,  |  (Two  doors  below  the  Post  Office).  |  1818. 
[-1875.]  |  C.  BA. 

15  vols.  4°. 

Hayden  (F.  V.)  On  the  Ethnography  and* Philology  of  the  Indian  Tribes  of 
the  Missouri  Valley.  Vol.  12,  pp.  231-461. 

Heckewelder  (Rn.  J.)  Names  which  the  Leimi  Lenape  or  Delaware  Indians 
had  given  to  Rivers.  Streams,  etc.  Vol.  4,  pp.  351-396. 

Naxera  (E.)    De  Lingua  Othomitorum  Dissertatio.     Vol.  5,  pp.  249-296. 

Zeisberger  (Her.  D.)  A  Grammar  of  the  Language  of  the  Lenni  Lenape,  or 
Delaware  Indians.  Vol.  3,  pp.  65-250. 


20  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

American  Philosophical  Society — continued. 

93  Proceedings  |  of  the  |  American  Philosophical  Society,  |  held 

at    Philadelphia,  |  for  |  promoting  Useful  Knowledge.     Vol.  I. 
[-XVIL]  |  For  the  years  1838, 1839  &  1840.  [-1878.]  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  for  the  Society,  |  by  John  C.Clark, 60  Dock 
Street.  1840.  [-1879].  |  c.  BA. 

17  vols.,  and  pts.  102  and  103  of  vol.  18.     8°. 

Brinton  (Dr.  D.  G.)    Nature  of  the  Maya  group  of  Languages.   Vol.  11,  pp.  4-6. 

Contributions  to  a  Grammar  of  the  Muskokee  Language.  Vol.  11,  pp. 

301-309. 

On  the  Language  of  the  Natchez.     Vol.  13,  pp.  483-499. 

Byington  (Rev.  C.)  Grammar  of  the  Choctaw  Language.  Prepared  by  the 
Rev.  Cyrus  Byington  and  Edited  by  Dr.  Brinton.  Vol.  11,  pp.  317-367. 

Chase  (— ).  On  certain  Primitive  Names  of  the  Supreme  Being.  Vol.  9, 
pp.  420-424. 

On  the  radical  Significance  of  Numerals.     Vol.  10,  pp.  18-23. 

Gabb  (Dr.  W.  B.)  On  the  Indian  Tribes  and  Languages  of  Costa  Rica. 
Vol.  14,  pp.  483-602. 

Gatscbet  (A.  S.)   Remarks  upon  the  Tonkawa  Language.   Vol.  16,  pp.  318-327. 

The  Timucua  Language.    Vol.  16,  pp.  626-642. 

The  Timucua  Language.     [2d  paper.]    Vol.  17,  pp.  490-504. 

= —  The  Timucua  Language.     [3d  paper.]    Vol.  18,  465-502. 

Hayden  (F.  V.)  Brief  Notes  on  the  Pawnee,  Winnebago,  and  Omaha  Lan 
guages.  Vol.  10,  pp.  389-421. 

94  Transactions  |  of  the  |  Historical  &  Literary  Committee  |  of 

the  |  American  Philosophical  Society,  |  held  at  Philadelphia,  for 
promoting  |  useful  knowledge.  |  Vol.  I.  [-III.  Part  I.  |  Two  lines 
quotation.] 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  and  Published  by  Abraham  Small,  No. 
112,  Chestnut  Street,  |  1819.  [-1843.]  |  C.  BA. 

Vols.  1,  2,  and  3,  part  1.  8°. 

Catalogue  of  Manuscript  Works  on  the  Indians  and  their  Languages  in  the 
Library  of  the  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  Vol.  1,  pp.  xlvii-1. 

Duponceau  (P.  S.)  Report  of  the  Corresponding  Secretary  to  the  Committee 
of  his  Progress  in  the  Investigation  of  the  Language  of  the  American  Indians. 
Vol.  1,  pp.  xvii-xlvi. 

Heckewelder  (Rev.  J.)  An  account  of  the  History  of  the  Indian  Natives  who 
once  inhabited  Pennsylvania.  Vol.  1,  pp.  1-347. 

— Words,  Phrases,  and  Short  Dialogues  in  the  Language  of  the  Lenni  Le- 

nape  or  Delaware  Indians.  Vol.  1,  pp.  451-464. 

and  Duponceau  (P.  S.)  A  Correspondence  respecting  the  Language  of 

the  American  Indians.  Vol.  1,  pp.  351-448. 

95  American  Society.    The  |  First  Annual  Report  |  of  the  |  American 
Society  |  for  promoting  the  Civilization  and  General  Improvement 
of  the  |  Indian  Tribes  in  the  United  States.  |  Communicated  to  the 
Society,  in  the  City  of  Washington,  with  the  |  Documents  in  the  Ap 
pendix,  at  their  Meeting,  Feb.  0,  1824.  | 

Few  Haven:  |  Printed  for  the  Society,  by  S.  Con  verse.  |  1824.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-74.  8°. 

This  pamphlet  contains,  pp.  47-65,  an  article  entitled  "Indian  Languages," 
being  a  communication  from  the  Rev.  Jedediah  Morse,  Corresponding  Secretary, 
to  the  American  Society,  which  includes  the  following  papers: 


AMERICAN   PHILOSOPHICAL    SOCIETY — ANALES.  21 

American  Society — continued. 

"Evesral  [Several?]  American  Indian  Nations.     Copied  from  an  ancient  work 
by  Joanna  Chamberlains. — Printed  at  Amsterdam  1615."    A  list  of  four  words  in : 
Algonkine,  Guaranice,  Chiltawice, 

Caraibaice,  S.  Brasillice,  Apalachice, 

Chilice,  Poconchine,  Virginiane, 

Mohigice,  Mexicane,  Keuebekice, 

Savanahico,  Sluice  Provincia,         Pequo  Moheganice,  ) 

Crickice,  Chinches,  Nor  Arglice,  J    P.  55. 

Extracts  from  a  "  Cherokee  Spelling  book  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Buttric  [Butterick] 
and  David  Brown."  Pp.  59-62. 

Greenleaf  (M.)  Indian  Names  of  some  of  the  Streams,  Islands,  &c.,  on  the 
Penobscot  and  St.  John  Rivers  in  Maine.  Pp.  49-53. 

Lord's  Prayer  (The)  in  the  language  of  the  Eastern  Indians  of  New  England. 
Pp.  5:i-54. 

Madison  (Dr.)    A  few  words  in  the ?  language.     P.  57. 

Reaume  ( — ).     Further  specimens  of  the  Chippewa  Dialect.     Pp.  56-57. 
Remarks  on  the  Seneca  language;  with  a  vocabulary.     Pp. 62-65. 
Roberts  ( — ).     Remarks  on  the  Cherokee  Language.     Pp.  58-59. 
Saltonstall  (Got:)    The  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Mohegan  and 
Pequot  Indians.     P.  54. 

Specimens  of  the  Chippewa  language:  from  Dr.  McCulluck's  Indian  Origin. 
Pp.  55-56. 

90  American  Statistical  Association.    Collections  |  of  the  |  American  Sta 
tistical  Association.  |  Vol.  I.  [-II,  Part  1.]  |  c.  BA. 
Boston :  |  printed  for  the  Association,  by  T.  K.  Marvin.  |  1847.  | 
Felt  (J.  B.)     Statistics  of  towns  in  Massachusetts.     Vol.  1,  pp.  7-99. 

97  American  Sunday  School  Union.     History  |  of  |  the  Delaware  |  and  | 
Iroquois  Indians  j  formerly  inhabiting  the  Middle  States.  |  With  j 
various  anecdotes  |  illustrating  their  manners  and  customs.  |  Embel 
lished  with  a  variety  of  original  cuts.  |  Written  for  the  American 
Sunday  School  Union,  and  |  revised  by  the  Committee  of  Publica 
tion.  | 

American  Sunday  School  Union.  |  Philadelphia: — No.  146  Chest 
nut  Street.  |  1832.  |  LSH. 

Pp.  1-153.  24°. 

Some  general  remarks  on  Indian  Languages,  principally  the  Delaware,  occur 
on  pp.  44-58. 

98  Anales  antiguos  de  Mexico  y  sus  conrornos.  * 

Not  seen;  title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  where  the  work  is  described  as  fol 
lows: 

Under  this  title  we  find  in  the  library  of  Sr.  D.  J.  F.  Ramirez  two  volumes  in  folio 
containing  in  1022  pages  modern  copies  of  26  ancient  fragments  in  the  Mexican 
language.  Of  some  of  these  fragments  there  is  only  a  translation  into  Spanish  by 
the  Lie:  D.  Faustino  Galicia;  and  others  have  the  Mexican  text  in  the  margin. 
He  copied  the  index  of  the  two  volumes  in  segments,  annotating  his  pages  in  order 
to  mark  the  extent  of  each  fragment. 

VOLUME  I. 

1.  Anales  de  Cnauhtitlan. 

Translation  of  an  ancient  Mexican  manuscript  which  notices  the  migration  of 
all  the  tribes,  beginning  with  the  Toltecas  and  concluding  with  a  notice  of  the 


22  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Anales  autiguos  de  Mexico  y  sus  contornos — continued. 

arrival  of  the  Spanish  conquerors  in  1519.  The  original  manuscript  belonged  to 
the  College  of  St.  Gregory,  and  thr.mgh  the  neglect  of  the  translator  the  oiiginal 
text  is  not  transcribed.  This  manuscript  was  lost  at  the  time  of  the  final  extinc 
tion  of  the  Jesuits.  P.  1. 

2.  Anales  toltecas. 

This  is  an  extract  made  by  M.  Aubin  from  a  Mexicau  manuscript  in  the  time  of 
8r.  Gondra,  conservador  of  the  National  Museum.  The  original  remained  in  his 
possession.  P.  231. 

:!.  Historia  del  seuorio  de  Teotihuacan. 

Extract  by  M.  Aubin.     P.  255. 

4.  Lista  de  los  pueblos  principales  que  pertenecian  antiguamente  d  Tezcoco. 
P.  265. 

5.  Anales  Tolteca-Chichimecas. 

They  begin  with  the  departure  of  the  tribe  from  the  high  land  of  CnUinacan 
and  conclude  with  its  arrival  at  Tollan  and  incorporation  with  the  Nonoalcas. 
Translation  from  an  original,  lithographed  at  Paris  from  the  manuscript  of  M. 
Aubin.  Commences  with  the  departure  of  the  tribe  and  terminates  in  the  y< -ar 
1526,  saying,  in  conclusion,  that  it  is  the  history  of  the  people  of  Cuauhtliuchau. 
P.  277. 

6.  Anales  Tepanecas. 

Mexican  text  and  translation  from  an  anonymous  Mexican  manuscript  belong 
ing  to  the  Lici'n  iate  Galicia.  It  begins  in  the  year  1426,  and  concludes  in  1589. 
P.  305. 

7.  Anales  mexicanos.     No.  1. 

Mexican  text  with  Spanish  translation.  They  begin  with  the  departure  of  the 
Mexicans  from  Axtlan,  and  conclude  on  July  8th,  1605.  P.  387. 

8.  Anales  mexicano*.     No.  2. 

In  both  texts.  They  commence  in  1168  and  end  in  1546.  The  original  is  in  the 
Mut-eum  and  is  No.  16,  catalogue  5  of  the  Museum  of  Boturiui.  P.  511. 

9.  Anales  mexicanos.     No.  3. 

They  commence  in  1196  and  end  in  1396.     Extract  by  M.  Aubin.     P.  519. 

10.  A'  ales  injcxicanos.     No.  4. 

In  both  texts  and  with  figures.  They  commence  in  1589  and  terminate  in  1595V 
It  is  No.  13,  catalogue  5  of  the  Museum  of  Boturini.  The  original  is  preserved  in 
the  Museum.  P.  533. 

VOLUME  II. 

11.  Anales  de  Mexico  y  Tlaltelolco. 

lu  both  texts,  with  figures.  They  commence  in  the  year  1473,  and  end  in  the 
time  of  Cnanhtemotzin,  during  the  siege  of  the  city  by  the  Spaniards.  It  is  No.  15 
of  catalogue  5  of  Bottiriui.  The  original  exists  in  the  Museum.  P.  587. 

12.  Anales  de  Tlaltelolco  y  Mexico.     No.  1. 

In  both  texts.  They  begin  in  1519  and  terminate  in  1633.  They  belong  to 
Boturini's  Museum,  and  a  e  marked  Catalogue  6.  P.  605. 

13.  Anales  de  Tlalteh  Ico  y  Mexico.     No.  2. 

In  both  texts.  They  commence  in  1519  and  terminate  in  1663.  In  this  number 
there  are  different  parts,  as  the  title-page  shows.  P.  033. 

14.  Anales  do  Mexico  y  sus  alrededores.     No.  1. 

In  both  texts.  They  begin  in  1564  and  terminate  in  1711.  They  contain  the 
succession  of  Mexicatziuco,  Tlaltelolco,  &c.  It  is  numbered  24,  Catalogue  5  of 
the  Boturini  Museum.  The  original  is  pn  served  in  the  National  Museum.  P.  667. 

15.  Anales  de  Mexico  y  sus  alrededores.    No.  2. 

In  both  texts.  They  begin  in  154(i  and  terminate  in  1625.  They  contain  the 
successions  of  Tecamachalco,  Tacnba,  &c.  P.  685. 


ANALES — ANAYA.  23 

Anales  antiguos  de  Mexico  y  sus  contornos — continued. 
l(i.  Anales  clu  Tlaxcala.     No.  1. 
In  both  texts.     They  commence  in  1543  and  terminate  in  1603.     P. 711. 

17.  Anales  <le  Tlaxcala.    No.  2. 

In  both  texts,  and  with  figures.  They  begin  in  1519  and  terminate  in  1692. 
P.  7^3. 

18.  Anales  de  Pnebla  y  de  Tlaxcala.     No.  1. 

In  both  texts.  They  begin  with  the  foundation  of  the  Mexican  monarchy  and 
terminate  in  1739.  Copied  from  a  manuscript  in  the  Cathedral.  P.  733. 

19.  Anales  de  Puebla  y  de  Tlaxcala.     No.  2. 

In  both  texts,  and  with  figures.  They  begin  with  the  epoch  of  the  Conquest 
and  end  in  1674.  It  is  No.  12  of  catalogue  4  of  the  Museum  of  Boturini.  The 
original  is  preserved  in  the  Museum.  P.  801. 

20.  Anales  do  Puebla  y  de  Tlaxcala.     No.  3. 

In  both  texts.     They  commence  in  1664  and  terminate  in  1686.    P.  833. 

21.  Anales  de  Tepeaca. 

They  begin  in  1528  and  end  in  1624.  Translation  from  a  Mexican  manuscript 
with  figures,  which  is  preserved  in  the  Museum,  and  whose  text  is  intercalated 
with  them.  P.  903. 

22.  Anales  de  Tecamachalco  y  Quecholac. 

•    In  both  texts.    They  begin  in  1520  and  end  in  1558.     Copied  from  a  manuscript 
,  lent  by  an  inhabitant  of  Tlaltelolco.     P.  911. 

23.  Anales  de  Quecholac. 

In  both  texts.  They  begin  in  1519  and  end  in  1642.  They  have  the  peculiarity 
of  having  the  designation  in  the  Mexican  language  together  with  other  irregulari 
ties.  It  is  No.  11,  Catalogue  5  of  Boturini.  The  original  is  preserved  in  the  Mu 
seum.  P.  945. 

24.  Anales  de  Diego  Garcia. 

In  both  texts  and  with  figures.  They  begin  in  1502  and  end  in  1601.  They 
mention  the  succession  of  many  different  peoples.  The  title  is  given  by  one  Diego 
Garcia,  the  same  who  wrote  the  last  notice  in  terms  which  make  it  appear  that 
he  was  the  annalist.  It  is  No.  14,  Catalogue  5  of  the  Museum  of  Boturini.  The 
original  is  preserved  in  the  National  Museum.  P.  979. 

25.  Titulos  de  tierras  dc  los  indios  de  Cuitlahuac. 
In  both  texts.     P.  991. 

26.  Amojonamiento  del  pueblo  de  Techialoyan. 

In  both  texts.     It  places  the  foundation  in  the  time  of  King  Axayacatl.     P.  1009. 

99  Analysis  (An)  of  Pronominal  and  Verbal  Forms  of  the  Indian  Lan 
guages  in  the  Exhibition  of  "Words  and  Forms  of  Speech,  prepared 
with  a  view  to  obtain  their  Equivalents  in  various  Indian  Dialects." 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  407-411.  Philadelphia, 
1853.  4°. 

100  Analysis  |  of  the  |  Seneca  Language.  |  Na  na  none  do  wau  gau  |  Ne 
u  wen  noo  d;i.  | 

Buffalo:  |  H.  A.  Salisbury,  Printer.  |  1827.  |  ABC. 

Pp.  1-36.  16°. 

101  Anaya  (D.  Cristobal  Diaz).  Arte  para  aprender  el  idioma  Potonaco.* 

102 •  Vocabulario  Potouaco-Castellano. 

This  author  is  the  same  whom  Eguiara  twice  mentions  in  his  Bibliography  by 
the  name  of  Don  Cristobal  Diaz  Santa  Ana. — Berittain. 


24  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

103  A  N-D  de  Lorette.  |  S. 

1  p.  16°.     Hymn  in  Iroquois  and  Algonkin. 

104  Anderson  (A.)     [Vocabularies  of  tbe  Northwest  Coast.] 

In  Cook  (J.)  and  King  (J.)  Voyage  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  London,  1784. 
3  vols.  4°.  and  atlas. 

A  few  words  of  the  Nootka  Language,  vol.  2,  p.  335 ;  numerals  1-10,  p.  336. 
Vocabulary  (25  words)  of  the  Language  of  Prince  William's  Sound,  pp.  375-376. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Language  of  Nootka  or  King  George's  Sound.  Vol.  3,  app.  4, 
pp.  540-546. 

These  vocabularies  appear  in  both  the  English  editions  of  1784 ;  in  the  Dublin 
edition,  1784,  3  vols.,  8°.;  and  in  the  extract  in  Ker  (B.)  General  History  and 
Coll.  Voyages  and  Travels,  vol.  16,  pp.  255,  257,  285-286,  and  vol.  17,  pp.  300-309. 
Edinburgh,  1811-1817,  17  vols. 

105  Vocabulary  of  the  Tahkali  (Carrier),  and  of  the  Hailtsa. 

In  Hale  (H.)  Ethnography  and  Philology,  U.  S.  Ex.  Ex.,  vol.  6,  pp. 570-626. 
634.  Philadelphia,  1846.  4°.  Reprinted  in  Am.  Eth.  Soc.  Trans.,  vol.  2,  p.  103, 
New  York,  1848.  8°. 

106  Anderson  (Alexander  Caulfleld).     Notes  on  the  Indian  Tribes  of 
British  North  America,  and  the  Northwest  Coast.    Communicated 
to  Geo.  Gibbs,  Esq.    By  Alex.  C.  Anderson,  Esq.,  late  of  the  Hon. 
H.  B.  Co.  and  read  before  the  New  York  Historical  Society,  No 
vember,  1862. 

In  Hist  Mag.,  first  series,  vol.  vii,  pp.  73-81.  New  York  &  London,  1863. 
sm.  4°. 

A  few  proper  names  with  English  signification. 

107  Concordance  of  the  Athabascan  Languages,  with  notes. 

Manuscript.  12  II.  folio. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  180  words  of  the  following  dialects:  Chipwyan, 
Tacully,  Klatskanai,  Willopah,  Upper  Umpqna,  Tootooten,  Applegate  Creek,  Ho- 
pah,  Haynarger. 

108  Notes  on  the  Indians  of  the  Northwest  Coast. 

Mannscript.  1*2  11.  folio. 

109  Vocabulary  of  the  Klatskanai  Dialect  of  the  Tahculli,  Atha 
basca. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  180  words,  folio. 

These  three  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

110  Anderson  (Johaun).    Herrn  Johann  Anderson,  |  I.  V.  D.  |  uud  wey- 
hind  ersten  Biirgermeisters  der  freyen  Kayserlichen  |  Tteichstadt 
Hamburg,  |  Nachrichten  |  von  Island,  |  Grouland  uud  der  Strasse 
Davis,  |  zum  wahren  Nutzen  der  Wissenschaften  |  und  der  Hand- 
lung.  |  Mit  Kupfern,  und  einer  nach  den  neuesten  und  in  diesetn 
Werke  ange-  |  gebenen  Entdeckungen,  genau  eingerichteten  Land- 
charte.  |  Nebst  einem  Vorberichte  |  von  den  Lebensumstanden  des 
Herrn  Verfassers.  | 

Hamburg,   |  verlegts  Georg  Christian  Grund,  Buchdr.    1746.  | 
Title  and  14  p.  11.,  text  328  pp.  and  Register,  3  11.  8°.  map.  C.  JCB. 

Dictionarioluin,  pp.  285-299.    Formularum  loqnendi  usitatissimarum,  pp.  300- 

303.    Formvla  conivqiiaudi  verborum,  pp.  304-314.   Ten  Commandments,  Prayers, 

&c.,  pp.  314-325. 


A    N-D ANDERSON.  25 

Anderson  (Johaim) — continued. 

Ill  Herrn  Johann  Anderson.  |  I.  V.  D.  |  und  wieland  ersteu 

Biirgenneisters  der  freyeu  Kayserl.  |  Reichstadt  Hamburg,  |  Nacb- 
richten  |  von  |  Island,  Gronland  |  und  der  |  Strasse  Davis,  |  zum 
wahren  Niitzen  der  Wissenschafteu  |  und  der  Handlung.  |  Mit  Kup- 
fern,und  einernachden  neuesten  und  indiesemWerke  |  angegebenen 
Entdeckungen,  genau  eingerichteten  Landcharte.  |  Nebst  eiueui  Vor- 
bericlite  |  von  den  |  Lebensumstiinden  des  Herru  Verfassers.  | 

Frankfurt  nud  Leipzig  1747.  |  JOB. 

15 p.  11.,  text  388  pp.  and  Register,  4  11.  12°. 

Linguistics  as  in  1746  ed.,  pp.  321-337;  337-341;  342-353;  353-368. 

I  have  secu  an  edition,  Kiobenhavu,  1748, 12°,  with  no  linguistics. 

1 1-i  Beschryving  j  van   Ysland,  |  Greenland  |  en  de  |  Strait 

Davis.  |  Tot  nut  der  wetenschappen  en  den  |  koo[)handel.  |  Door  den 
Heer  |  Johan  Anderson,  |  Doctor  der  beide  Rechten,  en  in  leven 
eerthe  Burgermeester  der  |  vrye  keizerlyke  Rykstad  Hamburg.  | 
Verrykt  met  Platen  en  een  nieuwe  naauwkeurige  Landkaart  der 
ontdek-  |  kingen,  waar  van  in  dit  werk  gesprokeu  word.  |  Beuevens 
een  voorbericht,  bevattende  de  levensbyzonderheden  |  van  den  geleer- 
den  scbryver.  |  Uit  het  hoogduitsch  vertaalt.  |  Door  |  J.  D.  J.  | 

Te  Amsterdam,  |  By  Steven  van  Esveldt,  Bockverkoper  |  in  de 
Beurs-Steeg,  1750.  |  JCB. 

9  p.  1.,  pp.  1-289.  sni.4°.  map. 

Greenland  Dictionary,  Grammar,  Prayers,  &c.,  pp.  244-258;  258-262;  262-273; 
274-28C. 

113  Histoire  |  Naturelle  |  de  L'Islande,  |  du  Groenland,  |  du  De"- 

troit  de  Davis,  |  et  d'autres  Pays  situes  sous  le  Nord,  |  Traduite  de 
1'Allemand  |  de  M.  Anderson,  de  1'Academie  |  Imperiale,  Bourg- 
mestre  en  Chef  |  de  la  ville  de  Hambourg.  |  Par  M**,  [J.  P.  Rousse- 
lot  de  Surgy]  de  FAcade'mie  Impe"riale,  &  |  de  la  Socie"te  Royale  de 
Londres.  |  Tome  Premier.  [Second.]  |  [Design.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Sebastian  Jorry,  Iinprimeur-  |  Libraire,  Quai  des 
Augustins,  pres  |  le  Pont  S.  Michel,  aux  Cigvgues.  |  M.  DCC.  L.  | 
Avec  Approbation  &  Privilege  du  Roi.  |  .         c.  JOB. 

2  vols.  16°. 

"Supplement  contenant  Un  petit  Dictionnaire  &  qnelques  Principes  de  la 
Grammaire  Groeulandoise,"  vol.  2,  pp. 295-386. 

Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  1408,  mentions  an  edition:  Paris,  Jorry,  1754. 

114  -    Beschryving  |  van  |  Ysland,  |  Groenlaud  |  en  de  Straat 

Davis.  |  Bevattende  zo  wel  eue  bestipte  bepaling  van  de  ligging  en  | 
grote  van  die  Eilanden,  als  een  volledige  ontvouwing  van  hunne  | 
inwendige  gesteltenis,  vuurbrakende  Bergen,  heete  en  war-  |  me 
Bronnen  enz.  een  omstandig  Bericht  van  de  Vruchten  |  en  Kraiden 
des  Lands ;  van  de  wilde  en  tamine  Landdie-  |  ren,  Vogelen  en  Vis- 
schen,  de  Visvangst  der  Yslanders  |  en  hunne  onderscheidc  behande- 
ling,  toebereiding  en  |  drogen  der  Visschen,  voorts  het  getal  der 
Inwoon-  |  ders,  hunnen  Aart,  Levenswyze  en  Bezigheden,  |  Wonin- 


26  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Anderson  (Johann) — continued. 

gen,  Klediiigen,  Handteering,  Arbeid,  |  Veehoedery,  |  Koophaudel, 
Maten  en  Ge-  |  wichten,  Huwelyks  Plechtigheden,  Opvoe-  |  ding 
hnnncr  Kinderen,  Godsdieust,  Ker-  |  ken  en  Kerkenbestunr,  Burger- 
lyke  Rege-  |  ring,  Wetten,  Strafocft'eningen  en  wat  |  wyders  tot  do 
kermis  van  een  Land  |  vereiscbt  word.  |  Door  den  Heer  |  Joban  An 
derson,  |  Doctor  der  Beide  Rechten,  eu  in  Leven  eerste  Burgermees- 
ter  j  der  vrye  Keizerlyke  Ryksstad  Hamburg.  |  Verrykt  met  Platen 
en  een  nieuwe  naauwkeurige  Landkaart  der  |  ontdekkinge,  waar  van 
in  dit  Werk  gesproken  word.  |  Dit  het  Hoogduits  vertaalt.  |  Door  | 
J.  D.  J.  |  Waar  by  gevoegt  zyn  de  Verbeteringen  |  Door  den  Heer 
Niels  Horrebow,  |  Opgetnaakt  in  zyn  tweejarig  verblyf  op  Yslaud.  | 
[Designs.]  | 

Te  Amsterdam,  |  By  Jan  van  Dalen,  Boekverkoper  op  de  Golve- 
niersburgwal  |  by  de  Staalstraat.  1756.  c.  JCB. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  7  1.,  286  pp.,  index  31.  sin.  4°.  map.  Linguistics  occupy 
pp.  244-286. 

115  Anderson  (.Rev.  Joseph).    The  Newly  Discovered  Relationship  of  the 
Tuteloes  to  the  Dakotan  Stock.    By  Rev.  Joseph  Anderson. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.     Proc.  third  ann.  sess.,  1871,  pp.  15-16.     New  York, 

1872.  8°. 

Tutelo  and  Dakota  examples. 

116  The  Huron  Language  and  some  of  the  Hurou-Iroquois  Tra 
ditions. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.  Proc.  fifth  ann.  sess.,  1873,  pp. 23-24.  Hartford,  1874.  8°. 

117  Andrews  (William),  Barclay  (Henry),  andOgilvie( John).  The  Order  | 
For  Morning  and  Evening  Prayer,  |  And  Administration  of  the  | 
Sacraments,  |  and  some  other  |  Offices  of  the  Church,  |  Together 
with  |  A  Collection  of  Prayers,  and  some  Sentences  of  |  the  Holy 
Scriptures,  necessary  for  Knowledge  |  Practice.  | 

Ne  |  Yagawagh  Niyadewighniserage  Yonderaenayendagh  |  kwa 
orghoongene  neoui  Yogaraskha  yoghse-  |  ragwegongli.  Neoni  Ya 
gawagh  Sakra-  |  menthogoonneonioyaAddereanai-  |  yentneOuogh- 
sadogeaghtige.  |  Oni  |  Ne  Watkeanissaghtough  Odd'yage  Adderea- 
naiyent,  |  neoni  Siniyoghthare  ne  Kaghyadoghseradogeagbti,  |  ne 
Wahooni  Ayagoderieanderagge  neoni  Ayon-  |  dadderighhoenie.  | 

Collected  and  translated  into  the  Mohawk  |  Language  under  the 
Direction  of  the  late  Rev.  |  Mr.  William  Andrews,  the  late  Rev.  Dr. 
Henry  |  Barclay,  and  the  Rev.  Mr.  John  Oglivie  [sic]:  Formerly  Mis 
sionaries  from  the  venerable  Society  |  for  the  Propagation  of  the 
Gospel  in  Foreign  |  Parts,  to  the  Mohawk  Indians.  | 

[New  York:  W.  Weyman  and  Hugh  Gaine.]  Printed  in  the  Year 
M.DCC.LXIX.  [1769.]  |  GB. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  3-204.   12°. 

Less  than  400  copies  were  printed,  and  "very  few  remained  among  the  Mohawks 
when  they  retired  to  Canada  in  1777." — O'CaUaghan,  in  Hist.  Mag. 


ANDERSON       ANNUNCIACION.  27 

Andrews  (William),  Barclay  (Henry),  and  Ogilvie  (John) — continued. 

"The  edition  consisting  of  a  small  number  were  soon  delivered  out  to  the  In 
dians,  except  a  few  which  wore,  with  the  late  Sir  Win.  Johnson's  Library,  seized 
and  made  away  with  by  the  rebels,  in  177(i." — Adcert'utemenl  to  Quebec  edition  0/1780. 

Pages  1-74  (sigs.  A  to  I)  were  printed  by  Weyman,  17G3-C8;  the  remainder  by 
Hvigh  Gaiuo,  who  finished  his  work  in  December,  1768.— Trumbull. 

For  other  editions  of  the  Mohawk  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  see  Claesse  (L.), 
1715. 

118  Angel  (P.  Fr.)     Arte  de  lengua  Cakchiquel,  complicate  por  el  Padre 
fray  Augel.  » 

Manuscript  94  11.  4°.  In  writing  which  appears  to  belong  to  the  end  of  the 
18th  century.  This  work  bears  no  author's  name.  See  the  notice  which  accom 
panies  the  following. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

1 19  Vocabulario  de  la  lengua  Cakchiquel,  compuesto  por  el  Padre 

fray  Angel.  • 

Manuscript  225  11.,  4°,  in  the  same  hand  as  the  preceding.  This  work,  like  the 
above,  is  without  the  author's  name;  only  we  find  at  the  end  this  note:  "El  P. 
Fr.  Angel  suplica  a  los  qne  lean  este  vocabulario  borren  aquellas  palabras  quo 
puden  Causar  ruina  espiritnal  y  el  uso  las  impime  en  la  meinoria." 

Although  this  note  is  not  in  the  same  writing  as  the  vocabulary,  it  is  presumable 
the  work  is  by  him.  It  is  important  to  observe  in  this  connection  that  a  large 
number  of  manuscripts  composed  by  the  monks  of  different  orders  in  Mexico,  or 
in  Central  America,  are  rarely  written  in  their  own  hand:  most  of  them  dictated 
their  works  to  young  native  disciples.  This  explains  the  strange  mistakes  we 
often  find  in  their  orthography. — Brasteur  de  Bourbourg. 

Anghiera  Martyr  (Peter). 
See  Martyr  (Peter). 

120  Angulo  (Illnw.  I).  Fr.  Pedro).  Treatises  in  the  Zacapula  Language.  * 

In  order  that  the  neophytes  should  become  fond  of  learning  anil  imbued  with 
Christian  doctrine  the  following  treatises  were  composed  in  the  Zacapula  language: 
De  la  creaciou  del  Mundo. — De  la  caida  de  Adan. — Del  destierro  de  los  primeros 
Padres. — Del  Decrelo  de  la  Redencion. — Vida,  milagros  y  pasion  de  Jesucristo. — 
De  la  Resurreccion  y  Ascencion  del  Salvador. — Del  Juicio  final. — De  la  Gloria  y 
del  Infierno. — Rertstain. 

121  Anleo  (Fr.  Bartolome").    Arte  de  Lengua  Quiche".  * 

" Manuscript ;  copy  in  Bib.  Imp.  of  Paris;  another  in  possession  of  the  author 
of  this  Monograph."  Title  and  note  from  Squier,  who  in  his  Monograph  of  Authors 
makes  the  following  announcement: 

"Arte  de  Lengna  :)uic-hr.  6  Utlateca ;  Compuesto  por  N.  M.  R.  P.  Fray  Bartolome' 
Anl«5o,  Eeligioso  Menor  de  N.  S.  Pe.  San  Francisco.  Edited,  With  an  Essay  on 
the  Quiches,  By  E.  G.  Squier,  M.  A.,  F.  S.  A.,  etc. 

"This  important  grammar,  composed  about  1600,  and  copied  in  the  year  1744 
from  the  original  in  the  possession  of  the  Fray  Antonio  M.  Betancur,  by  the  Fray 
Antonio  Raminez  Utrilla,  has  never  been  published.  It  is  now  in  press,  and  wil 
be  issued  to  subscribers  on  the  1st  of  October  next." 

I  have  seen  no  notice  of  the  publication  of  this  work,  and  presume  it  has  not 
been  issued. 

Annunciation  (Fr.  Domingo  de  la). 
See  Anunciacion  (Fr.  Domingo  de  la). 

122  Annunciation  (Fr.  luau  de  la).    Doctrina  Christiana  mny  cumplida, 
donde  se  contiene  la  exposicion  de  todo  lo  necessario  para  Doctrinar 
a  los  Indios,  y  adiuiuistralles  los  Sanctos  Sacramentos.    Compuesta 


,IBRAR 


28  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Annunciation  ( Fr.  luan  de  la) — continued. 

vr  eu  lengua  Castellana  y  Mexicana  por  el  inuy  Reuerendo  padre  Fr. 

luan  de  la  Anunciacion,  Religioso  de  la  orden  del  glorioso  Doctor 
de  la  Yglesia  sant  Augustin.  Dirigida  al  limy  Excellente  Principe 
don  Martin  Enriquez  Visorrey  gouernador  y  capitan  general  en  esta 
nueva  Espafia,  y  presidente  del  Audiencia  real  que  en  ella  reside. 

En  Mexico  en  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.     1575. 

6  p.  11.,  pp.  1-275;  in  two  columns,  the  Mexican  in  Roman,  the  Spanish  iu 
italics.  4°. 

Colophon : 

A  gloria  y  honra  de  Dios  nuestro  seQor  y  de  la  siempre  virgen 
Sancta  Maria  su  madre  y  sefiora  nuestra,  fenesce  la  Doctrina  Christi 
ana  muy  digna  de  ser  sabida  que  compuso  en  lengua  Mexicaua  y 
Castellana  el  mny  Eeuerendo  Padre  Fray  luan  de  la  Anunciacion 
subprior  de  sant  Augustin  desta  ciudad.  En  Mexico  en  casa  de 
Pedro  Balli.  1575.  * 

Concludes  with  7  11.,  tables  and  errata.    Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes. 

123  Sermonario  |  en  Lengva  |  Mexicana,  donde  se  con-  |  tiene 

(por  el  orden  del  Missal  |  Nvevo  Romano,)  dos  Sermones  |  en  todas 
las  Dominicas  y  Festiuidades  principales  de  todo  el  aiio:  |  y  otro  en 
las  Fiestas  de  los  Sanctos,  con  sus  vidas,  y  Commies.  |  Con  vn 
Catbecismo  en  Lengva  Mexicana  |  y  Espanola,  con  el  Calendario. 
Compuesto  por  el  reuereudo  padre  |  Fray  luan  de  la  Annunciaeion, 
Subprior  del  monaste-  |  rio  de  sant  Augustin  de  Mexico.  |  [Picture 
of  Saiut  Augustin  with  a  church  in  right  hand  and  book  in  left.]  | 
Dirigido  al  Mvy  reverendo  Padre  Mae-  |  stro  fray  Alonso  de  la  vera 
cruz,  Prouincial  de  la  orden  de  los  |  Hermitanos  de  saut  Augustin, 
en  esta  nueua  Espaiia.  | 

En  Mexico,  por  Antonio  Eicardo.  M.D.LXXVII.  [1577.]  |  Esta- 
tassado  en  papel  en  pesos.  | 

8  p.  11.,  11. 1-230.  Above  from  fac-simile  of  title-page  sent  me  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta. 
It  is  to  appear  in  his  forthcoming  work :  Bibliograria  Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVL 
Description  from  his  Apuntes,  No.  5,  where  title  is  also  given,  which  is  followed 
by  Cathecismo,  etc.,  by  the  same  author,  q.  v.  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  describes 
the  above  work  in  his  Bib.  Mex.  Guat.,  from  a  defective  copy. 

"The  Author,  a  native  of  Granada  in  Andalucia,  took  the  habit  of  an  Augus- 
tinian  in  Mexico,  devoted  himself  to  the  conversion  of  the  Indians,  became  gov 
ernor  of  the  Convents  in  Puebla  de  los  Angeles,  and  died  in  1594,  aged  80  years. 
There  is  a  particular  Memoir  of  him  and  his  works  in  Grijalva's  Chronicle. — Ra 
mirez  Sale  Cat. 

124  Cathecismo  en  lengua  Mexicana  y  Espafiola,  breue  y  muy 

compendioso,  para  saber  la  Doctrina  Christiana  y  ensefiarla.    Com 
puesto  por  el  Muy  Reverendo  Padre  Fray  luan  de  la  Annunciaeion 
Supprior  del  Monasterio  de  Sant  Augustin  de  Mexico.     [Engraving 
of  St.  Augustin  different  from  the  foregoing.]     Con  licencia. 

En  Mexico,  Por  Antonio  Ricardo.    M.  D.  LXXVII.     [1577.] 

10  p.  11.    From  1.  231  to  1.  207  is  the  Catechism  in  two  columns — one  in  Mexican, 

the  other  in  Spanish:  the  former  in  closer  lines  and  much  smaller  letters.     On 

1.  267  is  the  following : 


ANNUNCIACION — ANOTHER  TONGUE.  29 

Aununciacion  (Fr.  luan  de  la) — continued. 

A  gloria  y  honra  de  Dios  nuestro  seiior,  y  de  la  gloriosa  virgen 
sancta  Maria  sefiora  nuestra,  en  el  vltimo  dia  del  mes  de  Septiembre 
se  acabo  la  impression  de  aquesta  obra,  de  Sermonario  y  Catbecismo. 
Copuesta  por  el  inuy  reuereudo  padre  Fray  luan  de  la  Annficiacion, 
Subprior  del  monasterio  de  Sant  Augustin  de  aquesta  ciudad  de 
Mexico.  En  Mexico.  Por  Antonio  Eicardo  Impressor  de  libros. 
Aiio  de.  M.  D.  LXXVII.  f  1577.]  • 

125  -     —  Aq  Seco  tiene  uu  Sermon  para  publicar  la  Sancta  Bulla,  q 
por  Mandamiento  del  ylluserissimo  Seiior  D.  Pedro  Moya  de  Cou- 
treras,  Arcobispo  de  Mexico.    En  Lengua  Mexicana  y  Castellana. 

[Mexico:  1577.]  * 

9  11.  4°.    Excessively  rare  tract. — Fischer  Sale  Cat. 

126  Another  Tongue  brought  in,  to  Confess  |  the  Great  Saviour  of  the 
World.  |  Or,  |  Some  Communications  |  of  |  Christianity,  |  Put  into  a 
Tongue  used  among  the  |  Iroquois  Indians,  |  in  America  |  And,  Put 
into  the  Hands  of  the  English  |  and  the  Dutch  Traders :  |  Toaccomo- 
date  the  Great  Intention  of  |  Communicating  the  Christian  |  Reli 
gion,  unto  the  Salvages,  |  among  whom  they  may  find  any  thing  | 
of  this  Language  to  be  intelligible.  |  Ezek.  iii  6  |  People  of  a  Strange 
Speech,  and  a  Hard  Language  |  whose  words  thou  .canst  not  under 
stand,  Surely  had  I  sent  |  thee  unto  them,  they  would  have  heark 
ened  unto  thee.  | 

Boston:  Printed  by  B.  Green.  |  1707.  |  JOB. 

Pp.  1-16.  16°.  The  only  perfect  copy  of  the  above  known  is  in  the  library  of 
the  late  J.  Carter  Brown,  Providence,  R.  I.,  where  it  was  shown  me  by  the-  Hon. 
John  R.  Bartlytt.  There  is  a  copy,  minus  the  title-page,  in  the  library  of  the  N.  Y. 
Hist.  Society.  Mr.  Trumbull,  who  copied  the  title  from  Mr.  Bartlett's  catalogue 
of  the  Brown  library,  speaks  of  the  work  as  follows: 

This  book  is  named  in  the  list  of  Cotton  Mather's  publications,  which  is  ap 
pended  to  his  Life  by  Samuel  Mather.  It  contains  "sentences  in  relation  to  God, 
Jesns  Christ,  and  the  Trinity,  in  the  Iroquois,  Latin,  English  and  Dutch  lan 
guages." 

Why  this,  the  first  book  in  the  language  of  the  Five  Nations,  was  printed  at 
Boston  instead  of  New  York — or  by  whom  the  translation  was  made — Mather  does 
not  inform  us.  It  may,  with  much  probability,  be  conjectured  that  the  copy 
was  furnished  by  the  Rev.  Thorowgood  Moor,  who  was  sent  out  by  the  Society 
for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel,  in  1704,  to  labor  for  the  conversion  of  the 
Mohawks.  He  remained  nearly  a  year  at  Albany,  and  visited  the  Mohawks 
at  their  "Castle,"  but  could  not  obtain  their  consent  to  his  establishment  of  a 
mission  among  them.  Before  November,  1705,  he  returned  to  New  York,  and 
shortly  afterwards  went  to  Burlington,  N.  J.,  to  supply  the  place  of  the  Rev. 
John  Talbot  (another  missionary  of  the  Society).  Here,  Mr.  Moor  gave  offence 
by  refusing  to  admit  the  Lieutenant  Governor  (Ingoldsby)  to  the  Lord's  Supper, 
and  was  punished  by  imprisonment.  Having  contrived  to  escape,  he  fled  to  Bos 
ton,  and  in  November,  1707,  took  passage  for  England,  from  Marblehead.  The 
vessel,  with  all  on  board,  was  lost  at  sea  (O'Callaghau's  Note,  in  N.  Y.  Documents, 
iv.  1077).  Mr.  Talbot  on  his  return  from  England  had  met  Mr.  Moor  in  Boston 
and  tried  to  induce  him  to  go  back  to  New  York,  but  "poor  Thorowgood  said  he 
had  rather  be  taken  into  France  than  into  the  Fort  at  New  York." 


30  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTiCS. 

Another  Tongue  brought  in,  etc. — continued. 

While  at  Albany,  Mr.  Moor  must  have  had  opportunity  to  learn  something  of 
the  Mohawk  language,  from  Laurence  Claesse,  the  provincial  Interpreter,  who 
had  been  a  prisoner  among  the  Iroqnois,  "and  understood  their  language  suffi 
ciently,"  and  from  the  Rev.  Beruardns  Freeman,  minister  of  the  Dutch  Reformed 
Church  at  Schenectady,  who  "had  been  employed  by  the  Earl  of  Bellamont  in 
the,  year  1700,  to  convert  the  Indians,"  and  "had  a  good  knowledge  of  the  dialect 
of  the  Mohawks"  (Humphrey's  Hist.  Account,  299,  302).  When  the  Rev.  William 
Andrews  began  his  mission  work  among  the  Five  Nations  in  1710,  Mr.  Claesse 
served  as  his  interpreter;  and  Mr.  Freeman  (who  meanwhile  had  removed  to 
Brooklyn)  gave  the  Society  copies  of  the  translations  he  had  made  of  the  English 
liturgy  and  select  portions  of  Scripture — from  which  a  Mohawk  prayer-book  was 
printed  at  New  York  (Id.,  299,  302).  This  "very  worthy  Calvinist  minister"  (as 
Humphreys  characterizes  him)  may  have  previously  given  Mr.  Moor  a  copy  of — 
or  assisted  him  to  translate — this  little  manual.  Mather  would  be  glad  to  pro 
mote  its  publication,  and  not  disinclined  to  receive  whatever  credit  he  was  enti 
tled  to  for  the  work.  And  as  Moor,  while  in  Boston  in  1707,  was  a  fugitive  from 
Lord  Cornbury's  jurisdiction,  there  was  reason  enough — the  relation  of  Massachu- 

.  .     setts  to  New  York,  considered, — for  omitting  to  mention  the  author's  name  on  the 
title  page  or  in  connection  with  the  work. 

127  Anthropological  Institute  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.     The  |  Jour 
nal  |  of  the  |  Anthropological  Institute  |  of  |  Great  Britain  and  Ire 
land.  |  Vol.  I.  [-VIII?]  | 

London :  |  Published  for  |  the  Anthropological  Institute  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland,  |  by  |  Triibner  &  Co.  57  &  59,  Ludgate  Hill.  | 
All  rights  reserved.  |  1872  [-1879?]  |  c. 

7  vols.,  and  vol.  8,  pts.  1  &  2,  are  all  I  have  seen  of  this  publication.  8°.  The 
Institute  was  formed  by  the  amalgamation  of  the  Anthropological  Society  of  Lon 
don,  and  the  Ethnological  Society  of  London. 

Lloyd  (T.  G.  B.)  On  the  Beothucs,  a  Tribe  which  formerly  inhabited  New 
foundland.  Vol.  4,  pp.  21-39;  vol.  5,  pp.  222-230. 

128  Anthropological  Society  of  London.    Memoirs  |  read  before  the  |  An 
thropological  Society  |  of  London.  |  1863-4.  [-1807-8-9.]  |  Vol.  I. 

London :  |  Published  for  the  Anthropological  Society,  by  |  Triib 
ner  &  Co.  |  1865.  [-1870.]  |  C.  HTJ. 

3  vols.  8°.  This  society  was  merged  with  the  Ethnological  Society  of  London, 
into  the  Anthropological  Institute  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

Bollaert  (W.)  Examination  of  Central  American  Hieroglyphics.  Vol.  3,  pp. 
288-314. 

Collinson  (J.)    The  Indians  of  the  Mosquito  Country.    Vol.  3,  pp.  148-156. 

129  Anthropological  Society  of  Washington.    Abstract  of  Transactions  | 
of  the  |  Anthropological  Society  |  of  |  Washington,  D.  C.,  |  with 
the  |  Annual  Address  of  the  President,  |  For  the  First  Year,  ending 
January  20,  1880,  and  for  |  the  Second  Year,  ending  January  18, 
1881.  |  Prepared  by  J.  W.  Powell.  | 

Washington,  D.  C.:   |  National  Republican  Printing   House,  | 
1881.  | 

Pp.  1-150.  8°.  JWP- 

Mallery  (Garrick).  The  Sign  Language  of  the  N.  A.  Indians.     Pp.  19-21. 


ANOTHER  TONGUE ANUNCUCION.  31 

Anthropological  Society  of  Washington — continued. 

Powell  (J.  W. )     On  the  Evolution  of  Language,  from  a  study  of  Indian  lan 
guages.     Pp.  35-54. 

Wyandot  Government.     Pp.  76-92. 

Ward  (L.  F.)     Savugr  and  Civilized  Orthoepy.     Pp.  106-111. 

130  Antonio  (Caspar).    Vocabulario  de  la  lengua  de  Yucatan.  * 

This  composition  is  named  by  Cogolludo  in  his  Historic  and"  by  Pindo  in  his 
Bibliotheca. — Beristain. 

Quite  a  lengthy  notice  is  given  of  this  author  and  his  work  by  Carjllo  in  the 
Bulletin  of  the  Mex.  Geog.  Soc.,  vol.  4. 

131  Antrim  (Bcnajah  J.)     Pantographia,  |  or  |  Universal  Drawings,  | 
in  the  comparison  of  their  natural  and  arbitrary  laws,  |  with  the 
nature  and  importance  of  |   Pasigraphy,  |  as  |  The    Science   of 
Letters;  |  being  particularly  adapted  to  the  orthoepic  accuracy  | 
requisite  in  international  correspondences,  and  j  the  study  of  foreign 
languages.  |  With  Specimens  of  more  than  Fifty  Different  Alpha 
bets,  including  a  concise  description  |  of  almost  all  others  known 
generally  throughout  the  World.  |  By  Benajah  J.  Antrim.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Published  by  the  author,  and  for  sale  by  |  Thomas, 
Cowperthwait  &  Co.  |  1843.  |  WE. 

Pp.  i-vi,  7-102.  12°. 

Cherokee  alphabet  with  explanation  of  sounds,  pp.  103-104.  Numerals,  1-10, 
of  the  Eclemanch,  Esquimaux,  and  Greenland,  p.  153. 

132  Anunciacion(.FV. Domingodela).  DoctrinaXpianabreueycopendio  | 
sa  por  via  de  dialogo  entre  vn  maestro  y  vu  disci-  |  pulo,  sacada  en 
legna  castellana  y  tnexicana  y  |  copuesta  por  el  muy  reuerendo  padre 
fray  |  domingo  de  la  anunciacion,  vicario  q  |  al  presente  es  de  cuyo- 
acan,  de  |  la  orden  del  bien  auen  |  turado  padre  set'o  |  Domingo.  | 

En  Mexico  en  casa  de  pedro  ocharte.  |  1565.  | 

Title  with  wood-cut  of  8.  Domingo;  verso  the  arms  of  Alonso  de  Montufar,  to 
whom  the  work  is  dedicated;  dedication  2  pp.  in  round  letters.  Text,  in  Gothic 
characters,  two  columns,  11.  3-84.  The  verso  of  1.  83  is  occupied  by  a  wood-cut 
of  the  Virgin  and  child  with  six  other  figures.  Below  we  read : 

A  gloria  y  alaba^a  de  firo  redeptor  jesu  xpo  y  de  su  ben-  |  dita 
madre  y  pa  vtilidad  y  proueclio  de  las  aias,  aq  se  aca  |  ba  la  decla- 
racion  breue  y  copediosa  de  la  doctrina  xpiana  |  6  legna  espanola  y 
mexicana,  senteucia  por  sentecia,  Fue  |  ympressa  en  esta  muy  leal 
ciudad  d  inexico  en  casa  d  pedro  |  ocharte  por  madado  dl  yllustrissimo 
y  reueredissimo  se-  |  fior  do  fray  aloso  d  motufar,  Arcobispo  d  la 
dicha  ciudad  |  meritissimo  acabose  a  15.  dias  dl  mes  d  marco.  1565 
anus.  | 

L.  84  contains  the  license  to  print  the  volume,  signed  by  the  President  and 
four  auditors  of  the  Andienrin  of  New  Spain  (Doctor  G'aynos,  Doctor  Villalobos, 
Doctor  Horoxco,  Doctor  Vasco  de  Pnga,  Antonio  de  Turcios),  and  dated  at 
Mexico,  October  25th,  15»i4.  The  reverse  of  this  page  is  occupied  by  a  beautiful 
engraving,  representing  tin-  arms  of  Castile,  beneath  which  we  read:  "Philipus 
dci  gt-a  Hyspaniarnm  et  in-  |  diariim  Rex." 

This  precious  book,  which  is  very  rare,  perhaps  the  only  copy  known,  comes 
from  the  college  of  St.  Gregory  at  Valladolid.  It  is  perhaps  the  best  preserved 


32  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Anunciacion  (Fr.  Domingo  de  la) — continued. 

volume  among  the  rare  typographical  productions  of  the  New  World.  The  four 
engravings  on  wood,  which  we  have  mentioned,  are  very  remarkable  for  their 
artistic  execution. 

P.  Domingo  de  la  Anunciacion  was  born  at  Fuentevejuna  in  1510,  and  came  to 
Mexico  in  1528;  three  years  after  ho  entered  the  convent  of  the  order  of  brother 
preachers,  devoted  himself  to  the  conversion  of  the  Indians,  became  very  learned 
in  the  Mexican  language,  and  died  in  Mexico  in  1591. 

Quetif,  Eckard,  and  Davila  give  to  this  work  the  date  of  1545. — Leclerc. 

Beristain  also  gives  1545  as  the  date. 

Annnciacion  ( Fr.  luan  de  la). 
See  Annunciacion  (Fr.  luan  de  la). 

133  Aperssfltit  okalugtuarissanut  tastamantitorkamigdlo  tastamanttta- 
migdlo  agcllagsimassunut.  * 

68  pp.  8°.  Queries  and  replies  in  the  Eskimo  language  to  Testamantitorka- 
mik,  q.  v. 

134  Apersutit  kigutsillo  unipkautsinut  agdlangne  hailiginetumit  apos- 
telillo  kingorngane  pijokalaurtunut  illingajat.  * 

99  pp.  8°.  Queries  and  replies  of  biblical  and  ecclesiastical  history,  and 
explanations  of  foreign  terms,  in  the  Eskimo  language.  These  two  titles  from  a 
Greenland  missionary,  through  Prof.  Rink. 

135  Apuntes  en  lengua  Quekchi,  y  pequeflo  confesionario  en  la  misma 
lengua.  * 

Manuscript,  18  11.  8°.  Without  author's  name.  The  words  are  in  a  sort  of  small 
vocabulary  and  are  not  complete  in  Spanish. 

The  Quekchi,  also  called  Cacchi,  is  the  language  of  Coban  in  Verapaz,  Guate 
mala,  as  well  as  of  many  neighboring  localities. — Brasaeur  de  Bourbourg. 

136  Ara  (Fr.  Domingo  de).    Bocabulario  de  lengua  Tzeldal  segun  el 
orden  de  Copanabaztla.  * 

Manuscript,  150 11.  4°.  T/endal  and  Spanish.  Opposite  the  title-page  are  these 
words:  "  De  consensu  snperioris  habet  ad  ejus  ussum  fray  Alonso  de  Guzman,"  and 
on  the  verso  of  1. 128,  the  last  of  the  vocabulary,  "  Auo  de  1616  afios  se  translado  este 
bocabulario."  The  4  11.  which  follow  give  the  beginning  of  the  Arte  of  P.  Do 
mingo  de  Ara  under  the  title:  "Ars  Tzeldaica  facta  a  R°  p.  Fr.  Dominico  de  Ara 
ordinis  Prfedicatorum,"  in  perfectly  barbarous  Latin.  7  11.  additional  follow,  four 
having  connection  with  the  devotion  to  the  Rosary,  in  Spanish. 

Although  written  by  different  hands  and  loaded  with  names  and  additions, 
this  work  is  still  the  original  vocabulary  of  Fr.  Domingo  de  Ara,  called  else 
where  de  Hara  and  de  I  .urn.  who  is  referred  to  in  Remesal.  When  the  original 
was  found  to  be  worn,  it  was  copied  by  direction  and  probably  replaced  the  an 
cient  copy  in  the  library  of  the  convent  of  Copanahuaztla,  whence  it  passed, 
when  this  city  was  abandoned,  to  the  Dominican  monastery  of  Cindad  Real 
(San  Cristobal).  It  was  there  presented  to  me,  with  many  other  precious  manu 
scripts,  by  Paniagua,  last  provincial  of  the  order,  at  the  time  of  its  suppression 
by  Juares  in  1859. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

137 Vocabulario  en  lengua  Tzeldal  juxta  ussu  oppidii  De  Copan- 

abastla.  * 

Manuscript,  220 11.  4°.  This  is  the  second  part  of  the  vocabulary  of  Fr.  Domingo 
deAra.  On  the  first  sheet  are  these  words:  "Delicenciasui  prielati  ad  usum  habet 


ANUNCIACION — ARA.  33 

Ara  (Fr.  Domingo  de) — continued. 

Fray  Alonso  de  Guzman — traslado  este  bocabulario  el  sobre  dicho  Pe  el  aBo  de 
1620.  aiios  en  la  provincia  de  Tzeldales  en  el  pueblo  de  Taquin  Vitz."  Below: 
"Espana,  seis  pesos."  L.  221,  the  last  of  the  vocabulary,  has  on  the  verso :  "  Unus 
Deus  una  fides  unuz  baptisma,"  and  beneath :  "  Soli  Deo  honor  et  gloria." — Bras- 
tew  de  Bourbourg. 

Beristain  mentions  one  of  these:  Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  de  loa  Indies  de 
Chiapa. 

138  Doctrina  Christiana  y  explicacion  de  los  principales  misterios 

de  la  fe  catholica,  espuestos  en  lengua  Tzeldal  por  el  Ilmo  senor  D. 
Fray  Domingo  de  Ara,  obispo  electo  de  Gliiapa,  aiio  de  1560;  obra 
trasladada  de  su  original  por  el  padre  Fray  Jacinto  del  Castillo, 
ano  de  1621.  » 

Manuscript,  128  11.  fol.  In  very  fine  and  clear  writing,  and  the  best  preserved 
of  the  manuscripts  by  this  author. 

The  work  is  written  entirely  in  Tzeldal,  and  is  divided  into  chapters  or  homilies 
without  number  or  sequence.  From  the  beginning  to  leaf  73,  inclusive,  they  all 
commence  with  the  same  verse  taken  from  the  Gospel:  "Qui  crediderit  et  bapti- 
zatus  fuerit,  salvas  erit."  From  verso  of  1.  73  to  verso  of  1.  106  the  commands  of 
God  and  of  the  church  are  treated  of.  Thence  to  the  end,  the  works  of  mercy, 
of  capital  sins,  the  unity  of  the  church,  and  the  creation  of  man.  On  the  reverse 
of  1.  117  the  author  calls  himself  "hoon  atatomi  Fray  Domingo  de  Ara."  I,  your 
father,  etc.,  words  which  decide  the  question  of  the  orthography  of  his  name. 
Further  on  in  the  same  closing  paragraph  is  given  the  date — September,  1560 — 
that  is  to  say,  twelve  years  before  his  death. 

Below  follows  separately  the  declaration  of  the  transcriber,  Fray  Jacinto  del 
Costillo,  who  appears  to  have  finished  this  copy  in  the  month  of  September,  1621. 
He  signs  himself  with  the  title  of  "Visiteur"  to  the  town  of  San  Juan  Cancuc. — 
Srasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

139  Egregium  opus  Fratris  Dominici  de  Hara.    De  comparationi- 

bus  et  similitudinibus.  * 

Manuscript.  140  11.  sm.  4°  In  the  Tzendal  language.  This  is  the  work  par 
excellence  of  this  author  whose  writings  have  been  almost  as  much  of  a  mystery 
to  bibliographers  as  the  spelling  of  his  name.  The  writing,  which  is  very  fine  and 
slender,  if  not  his  own,  is  certainly  that  of  his  amanuensis  or  copyist,  for  it  belongs 
to  his  epoch,  and  it  is  well  known  that  the  Spanish  monks  in  America  usually 
dictated  the  works  of  which  they  were  the  authors.  The  copyist  also  was  ordi 
narily  a  young  native  disciple ;  hence  the  errors  and  the  mistakes  in  spelling  which 
we  sometimes  find  in  this  class  of  works.  The  title-page  bears  a  signature  in  a 
different  handwriting,  that  of  "Lanreca  de  Ximena,"  which  we  find  at  the  end 
of  the  religious  treatises  which  follow  this  work,  as  well  as  many  others.  These 
treatises,  in  the  Tzendal  language,  are : 

140 In  festo  sanctissimi  sacramenti.  * 

411. 

141  Modus  administrandi  sacrainentnm  matrimouii,  en  tzendal.  * 

511. 

142  Sermo  pro  disponendis  nubentibus,  en  tzendal.  * 

Gil. 

143  Ztitzo  ghibal  hatezcau  zpaz  Confession  zghoyoc  zcan  ych 

Communion  Ecuctac. 

15  11.  The  volume  terminates  with  the  Tzendal  Grammar  of  Domingo  de  Ara, 
entitled: 

3  Bib. 


34  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Ara  (Fr.  Domingo  de) — coutinued. 

144  Incipit  ars  tzeldaica  J.  K.  P.  F.  Dominici  de  Hara,  ad  laudem 

Domini  nostri  iuveuta  et  illustrata.  * 

Complete  work  in  28  leaves,  of  which  half  the  last  is  lost.  A  sort  of  index  ends 
the  volume,  which  is  a  genuine  bibliographic  gem. 

Thus,  as  we  have  seen,  the  author's  name  is  spelled  alternately  de  or  del  Hara, 
and  de  Ara.  Remesal  writes  de  Ara,  but  in  the  Teatro  eclesiastico  de  la  primitiva 
Iglesia  de  las  Indias  Occidentales  of  Gil  Gonzalez  Davila,  as  well  as  in  Pinelo  and 
Beristain,  we  find  de  Lara. — Braaseur  de  Bourbourg. 

•  145  Arana  Xahila  (I).  Francisco  Ernantez).  Manuscrit  Cakchiquel. 

Memorial  de  Tecpan-Atitlau  (Solola),  histoire  des  deux  families  ro- 
yales  du  royaume  des  Cakchiquels  d'lximche"  ou  Guatemala,  rddige 
en  langue  Cakchiquele  par  le  prince  Don  Francisco  Eruautez  Araiia- 
Xahila,  des  rois  Ahpozotziles.  * 

Manuscript.  68  11.  fol.  Cachiquel  text  and  an  attempted  French  translation 
opposite.  Copy  of  the  original  made  by  me  with  the  translation  during  my  stay 
at  Rabinal. 

It  is  a  document  of  the  greatest  interest.  It  comprises  the  primitive  symbolic 
history  analogous  to  that  of  Popal  Fuh,  but  with  numerous  remarkable  differences. 
Then  comes  the  history  proper  of  the  Cakchiquel  Kingdom  established  at  Iximche' 
whose  ruins  are  found  at  about  a  league  of  the  town  of  Tepan  Guatemala. 

The  style  of  the  work  is  varied  and  picturesque,  and  contains  very  animated 
passages. — Srasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

146  Araujo  (Martinez  de).    Manval  |  De  los  Santos  Sacramentos  en  el  | 
Idioma  de  Michuacan.  |  Dedicalo  |  Al  list™0,  y  Kevmo.  Seiior  Doctor 
D.  Jvan  |  Ortega  Montafies  mi  Senor  del  Consejo  |  de  su  Magestad, 
Obispo  que  fue  de  Durango,  |  Guatemala,  y  oy  dignissimo  Obispo 
de  |  Michuacan.  |  El  Bachiller  Ivan  Martinez  de  |  Aravjo,  primer 
Colegial  de  el  Colegio  de  S.  |  Ramon  Nonuato,  Abogado  de  la  Heal 
Audiencia  |  de  Mexico,  Comissario  del  Santo  Officio  de  la  |  Inquisi- 
cion  de  esta  Nueva-Espaiia,  Yisitador  que  |  fue  de  las  Cordilleras  de 
tierra  caliente  de  dicho  |  Obispado,  y  Cura  proprietario  treinta  auos 
en  los  |  partidos  de  Punguarehuato,  e  Iglesia  Parrochial  |  de  el 
Archangel  S.  Miguel  de  Tlazazalca,  y  su  |  Inez  Eclesiastico.  | 

Con  licencia  de  los  Svperiores.  |  En  Mwcico:  por  Dona  Maria  de 
Benavides,  Viudad  de  Juan  de  Eibera  |  en  el  Empedradillo.  Aiio 
de  1690.  |  c. 

7  p.  11.     Leaves  1-93  &  Indice  1  1.  sm.  4°. 

"This  is  one  of  the  rarest  works  on  the  Mexican  Indian  dialects.  It  is  not 
cited  by  Antonio  or  Pinelo,  but  a  copy  occurs  in  the  Fischer  catalogue.  The  author 
was  Advocate  of  the  Royal  Audience  of  Mexico,  Commissioner  of  the  Inquisition, 
and  Curtf  for  thirty  years  in  the  districts  of  Panguarehuato,  and  S.  Michael  of 
Tlascala." — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

147  Archives  litte"raires  de  1'Europe;  ou,  Melanges  de  litte"rature,  d'his- 
toire,  et  de  philosophie.   Tome  I. 

8°.     Continued,  4  vols.  a  year.     Contains  some  Indian  vocabularies.— Sabin. 


ARA — ARENAS.  35 

148  Arctic  Expedition.  |  Further  |  Correspondence  and  Proceedings  | 
connected  with  |  the  Arctic  Expedition.  |  Presented  to  both  Houses 
of  Parliament   by  Command  of  Her  Majesty.  |  [Coat  of  arms  of 
Great  Eritaiu.] 

London :  Prinfed  by  George  Edward  Eyre  and  William  Spottis- 
woode,  |  Printers  to  the  Queen's  most  excellent  Majesty.  |  For  Her 
Majesty's  Stationery  Office.  |  1852. 

Pp.  1-216.  folio. 

Hooper  (W.  H.)    List  of  Esquimaux  words.     Pp.  179-186. 

149  Arenas  (Pedro  de).    Vocabulario  Manual  de  las  dos  lenguas  Cas- 
tellana,  y  Mexicana,  su  Autor  Pedro  de  Arenas. 

En  Mexico  el  aiio  de  1583.  * 

Title  from  Boturiui's  Catalogue.  "Boturiui  mentions  an  edition  of  1583;  I 
think  it  should  read  1683."— Icazbalceta. 

150  Yocabvlario  |  de  las  Leugvas  |  Castellana  y  Mexicana  |  en 

qve  se  contienen  |  las  palabras,  preguntas,  y  respuestas  mas  co  | 
inunes,  y  ordiiiarias  que  se  suelen  oftre  |  cer  en  el  trato,  y  comuiuni- 
cacion  |  eutre  Espauoles,  e  Indies.  |  Compuesto  por  Pedro  |  de  Are 
nas.  |  Iiupresso  con  licencia,  y  approbacion.  | 

En  Mexico.  |  En  la  emprenta  |  de  Heurico  Martinez.     [1G11.]       * 

8  p.  11.,  namely,  Title,  1  1.,  License,  1  1.,  Prologo,  1  1.,  Tabla,  5  11.;  pp.  1-luO. 
sin.  4°. 

The  date  of  the  Petition  is  found  at  the  end  of  the  Privilege.  The  note  to  the 
title  of  this  edition  in  Sabin's  Dictionary,  says,  "A  volume  of  great  rarity.  A 
complete  copy  is  scarcely  known."  Ternaux,  "A  small  and  very  rare  volume." 

Boturiui,  in  his  Catalo^o  del  Museo  Indio,  places  the  Vocabulario  under  the 
date  of  1583;  but  as  i  I  is  not  uncommon  to  antedate  works  priuted  without  the 
year  being  named,  I  am  inclined  to  believe  the  edition  of  1611  to  be  the  first. — 
Fields. 

151  Vocabulario  manual  de  las  lenguas  castellana  y  Mexicaua. 

En  que  se  coutieneu  palabras,  preguntas,  y  respuestas  mas  comuues 
y  ordinarias  que  se  suelen  ot'recer,  etc.,  el  trato  y  coumnicaciou  entre 
Espauoles  e  Indies.    Compuesto  por  Pedro  de  Arenas. 

En  Mexico,  por  la  Viuda  de  Francisco  Lupercio,  y  por  su  original, 
en  la  Puebla,  por  la  Viuda  de  Miguel  de  Ortega  y  Bouilla.  [1611  ? |  * 

In  8C.  Though  without  date  it  is  known  to  be  of  the  year  1611,  as  indicated 
by  the  Privilege. — Brasseur  de  Hourboiirg. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  in  the  titles,  t-ach  without  date,  given  by  Fields  and  by 
Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  the  imprints  differ.  I  have  seen  two  copies  of  still  another 
without  date,  and  with  :i  different  imprint  from  either  of  those  given  above:  one 
of  these  is  in  the  library  of  J.  Carter  Brown,  the  other  in  that  of  Harvard  Uni 
versity;  to  the  latter  has  been  added  in  pencil  I  he  date  of  1011.  The  title  is  as 
follows : 

152  Vocabulario  |  Manual  |  de  las  Lenguas  |  Castellana,  y  Mexi 
cana.  |  En  que  se  contienen  |  las  palabras,  preguntas,  y  respuestas 
mas  |  commies,  y  ordinarias,  que  se  suelen  |  offrecer  en  el  trato  y 
comunicaciou  |  eutre  Espaiioles,  e  Indios.  |  Corapoeete,  por  |  Pedro 
de  Arenas.  |  Impresso  con  liceucia,  y  aprobacion.  | 


36  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Arenas  (Pedro  de) — continued. 

EU  Mexico.  |  En  la  impreuta  de  Fran-  |  cisco  de  Rivera  Calderon: 
en  la  calle  |  de  S.  Augustin.  |  [1611?]  HU.  JOB. 

5  p.  11.  ,140  pp.  24". 

153  Vocabvlario  |  Mauual  |  de  las  Leugvas  |  Castellaua,  y  Mexi 
cana.  |  En  qve  se  coutieuen  las  |  palabras,  preguntas,  y  respuestas 
mas  comunes,  |  y  ordinarias  quo  se  suelen  ofrecer  en  el  |  trato,  y 
comunicacion  entre  |  Espauoles  |  e  Indies.  |  Emmendado  en  esta 
vltima  impression  |  Compuesto  por  Pe-  |  dro  de  Arenas.  |  Impresso 
con  licencia,  y  Aprobacion.  | 

En  Mexico.  |  En  la  impreuta  de  la  viuda  de  |  Bernardo  Calderou 
Ano  de  M.  DO.  LXXXIII.  [1083.]  |  JOB. 

4  p.  11.,  118  11.,  1 1.  n.  11.  1(5°.  Icazhalceta's  Ajiuiites  says  there  are  two  distinct 
cdilions  of  this  date. 

154  Vocabvlario  |  Manval  |  de  las  Lengvas  |  Castellana,  y  Me- 

xicana.  |  Eu  que  se  contienen  las  |  palabras,  preguutas  y  respuestas 
mas  comu-  |  ues  y  ordinarias  que  se  suelen  ofrecer  en  el  |  trato  y 
comunicacion  entre  |  Espanoles,  e  Indios.  |  Cornpuesto  por  Pedro  | 
de  Arenas.  |  Con  Liceucia.  | 

En  Mexico.  |  Por  la  Viuda  de  Francisco  Rodriguez  Lu-  |  percio, 
en  la  pneute  de  Palacio.  |  Auo  de  1690.  |  JOB. 

4  p.  11.,  120  pp.  16°. 

155  Vocabulario  Manual  de  las  Lenguas  Castellana  y  Mexicana, 

en  que  se  contienen  las  palabras,  preguntas  y  respuestas  mas  com 
munes,  y  ordinarias,  que  se  seulen  ofi'recer  en  el  trato,  y  commnni- 
cacion  entre  Espauoles,  e  Indios,  cotnpuesto  por  Pedro  de  Arenas. 

Mexico,  1700.  * 

12°.     Not  seeii ;  title  from  Sahin's  Dictionary. 

156 Vocabulario  manual  de  las  lenguas  castellana  y  mexicana, 

en  que  se  coutienen  las  palabras,  preguntas  y  respuestas  mas  comu 
nes  y  ordinarias,  que  se  suelen  offrecer  en  el  trato  y  commuuicacion 
entre  Espanoles  e  Indios. 

Mexico,  F.  de  Kivera  Calderon,  1728.  * 

6  p.  11.,  140  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Tross'  Bib.-Mex. 

157  Vocabulario  Manual  de  las  Lenguas  Castellana  y  Mexicana, 

en  que  se  contieneu  las  palabras  mas  comunes  en  communicaciou 
entre  Espanoles  e  Indios. 

Mexico,  Herederos  de  la  Viuda  de  B.  Calderon,  [cir.  1730].  * 

12°.     Not  seen;  title  from  Quaritch. 

158  iii  Vocabulario  |  Manual  |  de  las  Lenguas  |  Castellana,  y 

Mexicana,  |  en  que  se  contienen  |  las  palabras,  preguntas,  y  respu 
estas  |  mas  comunes,  y  ordinarias  que  se  sue  |  leu  ofrecer  en  el  trato, 
y  comu-  |  nicacion  entre  Espafioles,  6  |  Indies.  |  Compuesto  |  por 
Pedro  de  Arenas.  |  [Figure.] 


ARENAS ARROYO  DE  LA  CUESTA. 


37 


Arenas  (Pedro  de)  —  continued. 

Eeimpreso  con  Liseucia  y  approbacion.  |  En  la  Puebla  de  |  Los 
Angeles  |  En  la  Oflcina  de  Don  Pedro  de  la  |  Eosa  en  el  Portal  de 
las  Flores  |  Aiio  de  1793.  |  %*  |  GB. 

6  p.  11.,  pp.  1-145.  16°. 

Spanish-Mexican,  pp.  1-101,  Mexican-Spanish,  pp.  102-145. 

159  —    -  Vocabulario  |  Manual  |  de  las  Lenguas  |  Castellana,  y  Me- 
xicaua  |  en  que  se  contienen  |  laspalabras,  preguntas,  yres-  |  puestas 
uias  comunes,  y  ordinarias  |  que  se  suelen  ofrecer  en  el  trato,  y  | 
couiunicaciou  entre  Espauoles,  e  |  Indies.  |  Compuesta  |  por  Pedro 
de  Arenas.  | 

Eeimpreso  en  Puebla  en  la  Imprenta  del  |  hospital  de  S.  Pedro,  £ 
cargo  del  C.  |  Manuel  Bueii  Abad  Aiio  de  1831.  |  GB. 

11  pp.  n.  n.,pp.  1-132.  16°.     The  paging  of  this  volume  is  the  reverse  of  ordinary, 
the  odd  numbers  being  on  the  left-hand  page  and  the  even  on  the  right  hand. 
Spanish-Mexican,  pp.  1-93;  Mexican-Spanish,  pp.  94-132. 

ICO  -  Guide  de  la  Conversation  en  trois  langues  Franc,ais,  Espa- 
gnol  et  Mexicaiu  conteuautuu  petit  abrege"  dela  GrammaireMexicaiue, 
un  Vocabulaire  des  inots  les  plus  usuels  et  des  Dialogues  Familiers, 
par  Pedro  de  Arenas.  Eevu  et  Traduit  en  Frangais  par  M.  Charles 
Bomey. 
Paris  :  Maisonneuve  et  Cle,  1862.  BA. 

Pp.  1-72.  12°. 

161  Arny  (Gov.  W.  F.  M.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Navajo  Indians. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Collected 
in  1874.  Governor  Arny  was  assisted  by  Prof.  Valentine  Friese  and  Rev.  W.  B. 
Forrey. 

162  Arroyo  de  la  Cuesta  (P.  F.  Felipe).    Grammar  |  of  the  |  Mutsun 
Language,  |  spoken  at  the  Mission  of  San  Juan  Bautista,  |  Alta 
California.  |  By  |  Father  Felipe  Arroyo  de  la  Cuesta,  |  of  the  Order 
of  St.  Francis.  | 

New  York  :  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1861.  | 
Second  title  : 

Extracto  |  de  la  |  Gramatica  Mutsun,  |  6  de  la  lengua  de  los  Natu- 
rales  de  la  |  Mision  de  San  Juan  Bautista,  |  compuesta  |  por  el  Eev. 
Padre  Fray  Felipe  Arroyo  |  de  la  Cuesta,  |  del  orden  serafico  de  N.  P. 
Sail  Francisco,  Ministro  |  de  dicha  Mision  en  1816.  | 

Nueva-York.  |  1861.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-48.  8°.    English  title  recto  of  1.  2  ;  Spanish  title  recto  of  1.  3. 

Shea's  Library  of  American  Linguistics,  vol.  iv. 

163  -  A  |  Vocabulary  or  Phrase  Book  |  of  the  |  Mutsun  Lan 
guage  1  of  Alta  California.  |  By  the  Eev.  F.  Felipe  Arroyo  de  la 
Cuesta,  |  of  the  order  of  St.  Francis.  | 

New  York:  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1862.  | 
Second  title  : 

Jesus,  Maria  et  Josp.  |  Alphab".  Eivulus  Obeundus,  |  exprimatio- 
nnm  causa  |  Horum  Indorum  Mutsun  |  missionis  sanct.  Joann.  Bap- 


OVED  TITLE  IN 


JORRECTIONS. 


/3  , 


38  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Arroyo  de  la  Cuesta  (P.  F.  Felipe) — continued. 

tistae,  |  exquisitarum  |  a  Fr.  Philipp.  Ab.  Ar.  yo.  de  la  Cuesta,  | 
Supradictse  missionis  Indiou.  minist.  |  Opus  pitillum,  et  renanscens 
elaboratum  meatim  |  in  tempore  attrepidationis  ineae.  | 

Afio  de  1815,  |  con  privilegio  de |  Conveniunt  rebus  nomina 

saepe  suis.  |  BA.  JWP.  ft, 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-96.  8°.    English  title  recto  of  1. 2 ;  Spanish  title  recto  of  1. 3. 

Shea's  Library  of  American  Linguistics,  vol.  viii. 

164  Vocabulary  of  the  Mutsun. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  535-549. 
Washington,  1877.  4°. 

165  Idiomas  Californios. 

Manuscript.  32  pp.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

This  manuscript,  copied  from  the  original  in  Santa  Barbara,  Cal.,  by  Mr.  E.  ^ " 
Murray,  contains  the  following  vocabularies:  Esseleu,  or  Huelel — Mutsun;  San 
Antonio  y  San'Miguel;  San  Luis  Obispo;  Nopthrinthres  of  San  Juan  Bajittsta — 
Yokuts;  Canal  de  Santa  Barbara;  San  Luis  Rey;  Karkin — Mutsuu;  Tuichuu — 
Mutsun  (?);  Saclan;  Suisun — Wintun;  Hluimen,  or  Uhimen — Mutsun;  Lathruu- 
nun — Yokuts. 

166  Arte  de  la  Lengua  Cahita  conforme  a  las  Eeglas  de  muchos  Peritoa 
en  ella.    Compuesto  por  vn  Padre  de  la  Compauia  de  Jesus,  Missio- 
nero  de  mas  de  treinta  aiios  en  la  Proviucia  de  Cynaloa.    Esta  lo 
saca  a  luz,  y  humilde  lo  consagra  al  grande  Apostol  de  la  India  Ori 
ental,  y  primer  Apostol  del  Japon  San  Francisco  Xavier. 

Ano  de  1737.  Con  licencia  de  los  superiores.  En  Mexico  en  la 
Imprenta  de  D.  Francisco  Xavier  Sanchez,  en  el  pueute  de  Palacio.  * 

5  p.  11.  and  some  additional  leaves  containing  list  of  errors ;  118  pp.  A  Spanish- 
Cahita  vocabulary  occupies  26  unnumbered  11.  Not  seen ;  title  from  Icazbalceta's 
Apuntes. 

"This  is  the  only  printed  Grammar  mentioned  by  Piuentel  as  having  been  used 
by  him  in  composing  his  Notice  of  the  Cahita  Language.  It  is  the  language 
spoken  chiefly  in  the  provinces  of  Sonora  .and  Sinaloa,  and  is  divided  by  Pimeutel 
into  three  dialects — Yaqui,  Mayo,  and  Tehueco." — Ramirez  Bib.  Mac. 

167  Arte  de  la  Lengua  Vulgar  Mexicana  de  Guatemala,  qual  se  habla  en 
Ezcuintla  y  otros  pueblos  del  Eeyno.  * 

Manuscript.  30  11.  4°.  Very  well  written,  but  worm-eaten  throughout,  and  not 
complete.  This,  with  a  copy  equally  worm-eaten,  is  all  that  remains  of  the  Mexi 
can  vernacular  of  Central  America.  I  have  reason  to  believe  that  this  vernacular 
is  the  same  that  Mr.  Squier  calls,  following  Juarras,  the  language  of  Nahuat.  It 
differs  especially  from  pure  Mexican,  in  having  the  consonant  I  omitted  after  t  in 
the  middle  and  end  of  the  words. — Brasseur  de  Bourtourg. 

168  Arte  de  lengua  Otorni,  Vocabulario,  Uoctrina  &c.  * 

Manuscript.  56  11.  4°.     Without  title.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes. 

169  Arte  de  Lengua  Qiche  yllustrado  cou  algimas  notas  que  estan  pues. 
tas  al  fin    *     *     *    por  un  aficionado  a  este  ydioma.    1793.  * 

Manuscript,  am.  4°.  Evidently  written  by  some  Spanish  monk  in  Mexico  or 
Guatemala,  and  intended  for  publication.  It  is  a  work  which  evidences  the  labour 
of  many  years,  and  must  be  extremely  valuable  even  now. — Quaritch  Cat. 

170  Arte  Mexicano.  * 

Manuscript.  13  11.  4°.    Title  from  Icazbalceta'a  Apuntes. 


ARROYO    DE   LA    CUESTA — ASSIKINACK. 


39 


171  Arte  y  Cartilla  del  Idioma  Othomi.  * 

Manuscript.  Cent,  xviii.  4°.     Contains  grammar,  vocabulary  and  catechism. — 

Fischer  Sale  Cat. 

172  Asbury  (Daniel  B.)     Muskokvlke  Enakcokv  Esyvbiketv.  |  The  Mus- 
cogee  Hymn  Book.  |  Collected  and  Revised  |  by  order  of  the  |  Meth 
odist  Cornniittf[e]e,  on  Translation.  |  By  Daniel  B.  Asbury.  |  [3  lines 
quotation.]  | 

Baptist  Mission  Press,  C.  X. :  |  J.  Candy,  Printer.  |  1855.  |     JWP. 
Pp.  1-82. ,  1 1.  24°.    See  Fleming  ( J . )  and  Loughridge  (R.  M. )  for  other  editions. 

Aspberry  (D.  P.) 
Sec  Harrison  (P.)  and  Aspberry  (D.  P.) 

173  Assail  (Friedrich  Wilhelm).    Nachrichten  iiber  die  friiheren  Ein- 
wohner  von  Nordamerika  und  ihre  Denkmiiler,  gesammelt  von  Frie 
drich  Wilhelm  Assail,  Berghauptmann  des  Staates  Pennsylvanien. 
Herausgegeben  mit  einem  Vorberichte  von  Franz  Jos.  Mone. 

Heidelberg,  A.  Oswald,  1827.  * 

152  pp.  8°.  Atlas.  "Almost  a  literal  translation  of  Vol.  I  of  the  Archaeologia 
Americana." — Sabin. 

174  Assembly's  |  (The)  |  Catechism.  | 

Printed  at  Stockbridge,  Massachusetts,  |  by  Loring  Andrews.  | 
1795.  |  MHS.  GB. 

Pp.  1-31.  12°.  Colophon:  The  foregoing  is  printed  in  the  |  Moheakannuk,  or 
Stockbridge  Indian  Language. 

The  Assembly's  Shorter  Catechism,  pp.  3-27.  "Dr.  Watts'  Shorter  Catechism 
for  Children,"  pp.  27-31. 

175  Assembly's  (The)  Shorter  Catechism.  BA. 

No  title-page.  34  pp.  24°.  Colophon:  "The  foregoing  is  printed  in  the  Mohea 
kannuk  or  Stockbridge  Indian  Language." 

"Assembly's  Shorter  Catechism,"  pp.  1-22;  "Dr.  Watt's  Shorter  Catechism  for 
Children,"  pp.  22-25;  Extracts  from  the  Gospels,  pp.  26-31;  "Select  Psalms,"  pp. 
32-34. 

A  manuscript  note  on  this  pamphlet  says:  This  translation  was  made  by  John 
Quincey,  and  Capt.  Hendrick  who  received  his  commission  from  General  Washing 
ton.  Little  else  has  ever  been  published  into  the  Stockbridge  language  besides 
this. 

"  This  is  one  of  the  earliest  translations  made  into  our  Indian  languages,  and  is 
understood  to  have  been  done  prior  to  the  American  Revolution,  while  this  tribe 
dwelt  at  Stockbridge,  Mass.,  on  the  Housatonic  River." — Schoolcraft. 

176  Assikinack  (F.)    The  Odahwah  Indian  Language.    By  F.  Assiki- 
nack,  a  warrior  of  the  Odahwahs. 

In  Canadian  Institute  Proc.,  vol.  3,  new  series,  pp.  481-485.   Toronto,  1858.    8°. 

177  Remarks  on  the  paper  headed  "The  Odowah  Indian  Lan 
guage"  published  in  the  Canadian  Journal  for  November,  1858.    By 
F.  Assikinack.    Read  before  the  Canadian  Institute,  14th  January, 
1860.  0. 

In  Canadian  Institute  Proc.,  new  series,  vol.  5,  pp.  182-186.  Toronto,  1860.  8°. 
Supplementary  to  paper  by  the  same  author  in  vol.  iii. 


'  OVED  TITLE  IN 

RRECTIQKS. 


40  NOETH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

178  Attend  the  House  of  God.  C. 

2  pp.  12°.    Tract  in  the  Chippewa  language. 

179  Atuagagdliutit.  |  Nalinginarnik  |  tuscaruminasassunik  univkat.  | 
No.  1-45  [1-12].  | 

Nungme  Nunap  Nalagata  |  Nakiteriviane  Nakitat.  |  L.  Moller- 
mit.  |  1861-1865.  [1879-1880.]  c.  JWP. 

An  illustrated  eight-page  quarto  paper,  two  columns  to  the  page,  printed  in 
Eskimo  at  Godthaab,  Greenland.  First  issued  Jan.,  1861,  and  contimied  to  the 
present.  It  is  not  issued  at  stated  intervals.  Up  to  and  including  the  issue  of 
April,  1874  (No.  193),  the  columns  were  numbered  consecutively  to  3,081.  This 
is  followed  by  24  columns  index.  Since  that  time  there  has  been  six  volumes 
issued  (to  Ap.  15, 1880),  each  containing  192  columns,  making  in  all  4,257  columns. 

180  Atwater  (Caleb).    Eemarks  made  on  a  Tour  to  Prairie  du  Chien ; 
thence  to  Washington  City,  in  1829.    By  Caleb  Atwater,  late  Com 
missioner  employed  by  the  United  States  to  negotiate  with  the  In 
dians  of  the  upper  Mississippi,  for  the  purchase  of  mineral  country; 
and  author  of  Western  Antiquities. 

Published  by  Israel  N.  Whiting  Columbus,  (O.):  1831.  BA. 

Pp.  i-vii,  i-iv,  1-296.  12°. 

Remarks  on  Indian  Languages,  pp.  75-84.  Rudiments  of  the  Grammar  of  the 
Sioux  Language,  pp.  149-151.  A  vocabulary  of  the  Sioux  Language,  pp.  152-172. 

181  The  |  Writings  |  of  |  Caleb  Atwater.  | 

Columbus.  |  Published  by  the  Author.  |  Printed  by  Scott  and 
Wright.  |  1833.  |  0. 

Pp.  1-8.  1  1.  pp.  9-408.  8°.  This  work  is  made  up  of  two  articles:  "A  Descrip 
tion  of  the  Antiquities  discovered  in  the  Western  Country:  originally  communi 
cated  to  the  American  Antiquarian  Society,  by  Caleb  Atwater"  (pp.  9-165),  and: 
"Remarks  made  on  a  Tour  to  Prairie  du  Chien;  thence  to  Washington  City,  in 
1829"  (pp.  167-408).  The  latter  contains  remarks  upon  and  a  few  examples  of  the 
Ojibeway,  Winnebagog,  Sioux,  and  Osage. 

182  The  |  Indians  of  the  Northwest,  |  their  |  Manners,  Cus 
toms  |  &c.  &c.  |  or  |  Eemarks  |  made  on  a  tour  to  Prairie  du  Chien 
and  |  thence  to  Washington  City  in  1829,  |  by  Caleb  Atwater,  |  Com 
missioner  employed  by  the  United  States,  to  ne-  |  gotiate  with  the  In 
dians  of  the  upper  |  Mississippi,  for  the  purchase  of  the  |  mineral 
country,  &c.  | 

Columbus:  |  1850.  |  0. 

Pp.  i-vii,  1-296.  12°. 

Remarks  on  Indian  Languages,  pp.  75-84.  Rudiments  of  the  Grammar  of  the 
Sioux  Language,  pp.  149-151.  A  vocabulary  of  the  Sioux  Language,  pp.  152-172. 

183  Aubin  ( — ).    Etude  sur  la  langue  Otomi.  * 

In  Soc.  Americaine  Archives,  2d  series,  vol.  1,  p.  333. 
Not  seen;  picked-up  title. 

184  Aubin  (M.  A.)    Essai  sur  la  Langue  Mexicaine  et  la  Philologie 
Ame'ricaine.    Par  M.  A.  Aubin.  c. 

In  Soc.  Americaine  Archives,  nouvelle  serie,  tome  premier,  pp.  334-353.  Paris, 
1875.  8°. 


ATTEND AVILA.  41 

Anbin  (M.  A.) — continued. 

185  Langue  Ame'ricaine;  Langue  Literature  et  Ecriture  Mexi- 

caines.  * 

In  Encyclopedia  du  xixm"  Siecle,  tome  xxvi,  supplement,  pp.  500-507. 
Title  from  Triibner's  Cat. 

186  Avendafio  (Fr.  Andres).    Diccionario  de  la  lengua  de  Yucatan.       * 

187  Diccionario  abreviado  de  los  adverbios  de  tiempo  y  lugar  de 

la  lengua  de  Yucatan.  * 

188  Diccionario  de  nombres  de  personas,  idolos,  danzas  y  otras 

antigiiedades  de  los  Indies  de  Yucatan.  * 

189  Arte  para  apreuder  la  lengua  de  Yucatan.  * 

Four  titles  above  from  Beristain. 

190  Avila  (Fr.  Augustin).    Libro  de  la  explication  de  la  Doctrina  Chris 
tiana  en  leugua  Kiche. 

Written  and  preserved  in  the  library  of  the  principal  convent  of  Guatemala. — 
JBeristaln. 

191  Avila  (Fr.  Francisco).    Arte  y  Platicas  en  lengua  Mexicana. 

Mexico  169C.  * 

Title  from  Pimentel. 

192  Avila  (Fr.  Francisco  de).    Espejo  de  Doctrina  Xptiana  para  los 
naturales.     Compuesto  en  su  idioma  Mexicano  por  el  Rdo.  Pe.  Fr. 
Francisco  de  Auila  P.  Lector  del  dicho  idioma,  y  Cura  mfo  de  la 
Doctrina,  en  el  Conuento  de  Nra.  Sra.  de  la  Assumption  de  la  Milpan 
y  Electo  en  GD.  de  dho.  Conuto.  el  aiio  de  1713.  * 

Manuscript.  23  11.  4°.    Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes. 

193  Arte  |  de  la  Lengua  Mexicana,  |  y  breves  Platicas  de  los 

Mysteries  |  de  N".  Santa  Fee  Catholica,  y  otras  para  exortacion  de  | 
su  obligacion  a  los  Indios.  |  Compuesto  |  Por  el  P.  F.  Francisco  de 
Avila,  |  Predicador,  Cura  Ministro  por  su  Magestad  |  del  Pueblo 
de  la  Milpan,  y  Lector  del  Idio-  |  ma  Mexicano,  del  Orden  de  los 
Meno-  |  res  de  N".  P.  San  Francisco.  |  Dedicalo  |  al  M.  E  P.  F.  Joseph 
Pedrasa,  |  Predicador  General  lubilado,  Qualificador  |  del  Santo 
Officio  de  la  Inquisition,  Padre  de  |  las  Provincias  de  San  Pedro,  y 
San  Pablo  de  |  Michoacan,  y  Zacatecas,  Ex-Ministro  Pro-  |  viucial, 
y  Padre  mas  diguo  de  la  de  Xalisco;  |  y  Vice  Comissario  General 
de  todas  las  |  Provincias  de  ^Tueva-Espafia,  |  e  Islas  Philipinas  &c.  | 

Con  Licencia  delos  Superiores:  |  En  Mexico,  por  los  Herederos  de 
la  Viuda  de  Miguel  |  de  Ribera  Caldero  en  el  Empedradillo.  Aiio 
de  1717.  |  c.  JOB. 

12  p.  11.  3711.  129. 

194  Avila  (Jose  Antonio  Magos  Garcia  de).    Diccionario  en  Castellana 
y  Otomi,  por  Rev.  Padre  Jose  Antonio  Magos  Garcia  de  Avila.       * 

Manuscript.  338  pp.  4°.  Cent,  xviii.    Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Catalogue. 


42  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

195  Ayala  (D.  Gabriel).    Apuntes  hist6riocps  de  la  nacion  megicana  en 
leugua  Nahuatl,  que  es  la  lengua  antigua  y  sabia  dc  los  megicanos.  * 

Manuscript  iu  the  Museum  of  Boturiui.     Begins  in  1243  and  concludes  in 
N««         1562.— Beristain. 

196  Ayora  (Fr.  Juan).    Arte  y  Diccionario  de  la  lengua  Tarasea.          * 

Title  from  Beristain,  who  copied  it  from  Antonio. 

197  Arte  y  Diccionario  de  la  lengiia  megicana. 

Ho  was  very  skillful  in  all  three  idioms  [including  the  Illoca  of  the  Philippine 
Islands],  and  could  have  written  in  them  all.—  Beristain. 

198  Tratado  del  Santisimo  Sacramento  en  lengua  megicana.      * 

Printed,  according  to  the  testimony  of  Torquemada,  Betancur,  and  Larrea. — 

Beristain. 

199  Arte,  Diccionario  y  Tratado  sobre  el  Santisimo  Sacramento 

[en  lengua  Mexicanaj. 

Title  from  Pimentel. 

200  Azpell  (Dr.  Thomas  F.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Klamath  language. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)     Contributions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  400-471. 
Washington,  1877.  4°.. 

201  Vocabulary  of  the  Hoopa,  and  of  the  Klamath. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.     Collected 
in  California  in  1870. 


202  Bacon  (Olmer  IS.)    A  |  History  of  Fatick,  |  from  its  |  first  Settel- 
merit  in  1651  |  to  the  |  present  time;  |  with  |  notices  of  the  first 
white  families,  |  and  also  an  account  of  the  Centennial  Celebration, 
Oct.  16,  |  1851,  Eev.  Mr.  Hurt's  address  at  the  consecration  |  of  Dell 
Park  Cemetery,  &c.,  &c.,  &c.  |  By  Olmer  N.  Brown,  |  Attorney  at 
Law.  | 

Boston:  |  Damrell  &  Moore,  Printers,  |  16  Devonshire  Street.  | 
1856.  |  c. 

lp.1.,  pp.  1-261.  8°. 
Lord's  Prayer  in  Natick,  from  Eliot's  Bible,  p.  56. 

203  [Baegert  (Jacob).]     Nachrichten  |  von  der  |  Amerikanischen  Halb- 
insel  |  Califoruien:  |  mit  einem  |  zweyfachen  |  Anhang  falscher 
Nachrichten.  |  Geschrieben  |  von  einem  |  Priester  der  Gesellschaft 
Jesu,  |  welcher  lang.  dariim  diese  let^ztere  Jahr  |  gelebet  hat.  |  Mit 
Erlaubnuss  der  Oberen.  | 

Mannheim,  |  gedruckt  in  der  Churfurstl.  Hof-  und  Academic-  | 
Buchdruckerey,  17727  |  JOB. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-385.  12°.   map. 

Zwoyter  Theil,  Chapter  10,  Von  der  Sprache  der  Californier  (pp.  175-194)  con 
tains,  pp.  186-189,  the  Lord's  Prayer,  the  twelve  articles  of  the  creed,  and  thecon- 
jugatiou  of  the  verb  "Amukri,  To  play,"  in  the  language  of  the  Waicuri. 

Translated  and  reprinted,  in  part,  as  follows : 


AYALA — BAEZO.  43 

[Baegert  (Jacob)] — continued. 

204 Au  account  of  the  Aboriginal  Inhabitants  of  the  California 

Peninsula,  as  given  by  Jacob  Baegert,  a  German  Jesuit  Missionary, 
who  lived  there  seventeen  years  during  the  second  half  of  the  last 
century.  Translated  and  arranged  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
by  Charles  Kau,  of  New  York  City. 

Iu  Smithsonian  Inst.,  Ann.  Rep.,  1863,  pp.  352-369.  Washington,  1864,  8°; 
and  in  Ibid.,  1864,  pp.  378-399.  Washington,  1865,  8°. 

Chapter  x,  Their  languages  (1864,  pp.  393-398),  contains,  pp.  397,  398,  the 
Lord's  Prayer,  the  twelve  Articles  of  the  Creed,  and  the  conjugation  of  the  verb 
Amukri,  to  play,  in  the  language  of  the  Waicuri;  and  Appendix,  p.  399,  "Note 
on  the  Cora  and  Waicuri  languages  by  Francisco  Piemeutal"  contains  a  short 
comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Cora  and  Vaicura,  from  Soc.  Geog.,  Bol.,  Tom.  8, 
p.  603.  Mexico,  1862,  8°. 

205  Baer  (Karl  Ernst  von).  Statistische  und  ethnographische  Nachrich- 
ten  |  iiber  |  die  Russischen  Besitzungen  |  an  der  |  Nordwestkiiste 
von  Amerika.  |  Gesammelt  |  von  dem  ehemaligeu  Oberverwalter 
dieser  Besitzungen,  |  Contre-Admiral  v.  Wrangell.  |  Auf  Kosteu  der 
Kaiserl.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  |  herausgegeben  |  und  init 
den  Berechuungen  aus  Wraugell's  Witterungsbeobachtungen  |  und 

andern  Zusatzen  vermehrt  |  von  |  K.  E.  v.  Baer.  |  C^n^,^  t     ' 

St.  Petersburg,  1839.  |  Buchdruckerei  der  Kaiserlichen  Akademie 
der  Wissenschaften.  |  0.  73 

Forms  vol.  1  of  Baer  (K.  E.  von)  and  Helmersen  (G.  von).  Beitriige  znr  Kent- 
niss  des  Russischen  Reiches.  St.  Petersburg,  1839.  8°. 

War  song  of  the  Bodegas  with  German  translation,  p.  21 ;  short  comparative 
vocabulary  of  the  Atua,  Ugalenzen,  and  Koloschen,  p.  99;  short  vocabulary  of 
the  Inkiiluchluaten,  pp.  119-120;  a  few  words  and  numerals  (1-5)  of  the  Eskimo 
of  Behring  Strait,  the  Kadiak,  Eskimo  of  Igloolik,  and  Unalaschker,  p.  123; 
names  of  planets  and  months  in  Kuskokwimer,  pp.  134-135.  Chapter  ix :  Sprach- 
probeu,  contains  a  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Chwachamaju  and  Olamentke, 
pp.  234-235;  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Aleuten  (of  Fox  Island),  Kadjack, 
Tschugatschen,  Ugalenzen,  Kenaier,  Atnaer  (of  Copper  River),  Koltschanen  (of 
Copper  River),  and  Koloschen  (of  Sitka),  p.  259  (folding  sheet) ;  vocabulary  of 
the  Kuskokwimer,  pp.  259-270;  vocabulary  of  the  Koloschen,  pp.  271-274. 

206  -        -  and  Helmersen  (Gregor  von).    Beitrage  |  zur  Kentniss  |  des 
Russiscuen   Reiches  |  und  der  |  angranzenden    Lander  Asiens.  | 
Auf  kosteii  der  Kaiserl.  Akadamie  der  Wissenschaften  |  herausge 
geben  |  von  |  K.  E.  von  Baer  und  Gr.  von  Helmersen.  |  Erster 
fSechsundzwanzigstesJ  Biindchen.  |   Wrangell's  Nachrichten  iiber 
die  Bussischeu  Besitzungen  |  an  der  Nordwestkiiste  von  America.  | 

St.  Petersburg,  1839.  |  [-1871.]   Im  Verlage  der  Kaiserlichen  Aka 
demie  der  Wisseuschafteu.  |  C. 
26  vols.  8°. 

Baer  (K.  E.  von).    Statistische  und  Ethnographische  Nachrichten.  Vol.  1. 

I 

207  Baezo  (Perfeoto).     Vocabnlario  de  las  Lenguas  Castellaua  y  Maya. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Bull.,  first  series,  vol.  18,  pp.  215-217.     Paris,  1832.  8°. 


44  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

208  [Bagster  (Samuel)]  editor  and  publisher.  The  Bible  of  Every  Land. 
A  History  of  the  Sacred  Scriptures  in  every  Language  and  Dialect 
into  which  translations  have  been  made :  illustrated  with  specimen 
portions  in  native  characters.  Series  of  Alphabets;  coloured  Ethno 
graphical  maps,  tables,  indexes,  etc. 

London:   Samuel  Bagster  and  Sons.     [n.  d.]  ABS. 

Pp.  i-xxviii,  1-3,  1-406,  1-12.  4°.  Dedication,  dated  1848,  signed  by  Samuel 
Bagster. 

Extracts  from  the  scriptures  in  the  following  languages  and  dialects:  Esqui 
maux  of  Labrador,  John,  chap,  i,  v.  1-14,  p.  359;  Esquimaux  of  Greenland,  ibid., 
pp.  362, 363;  Virginia,  ibid.,  p.  365;  Massachusetts,  ibid.,  p.  366;  Delaware,  John, 
chap,  i,  v.  1-10,  p.  368;  Cree,  Matthew,  chap,  lii,  v.  13-17,  p.  369;  Ojibway,  John, 
chap,  i,  v.  1-14,  p.  370;  Chippewas,  ibid.,  p.  371;  Mohawk,  ibid.,  p.  375;  Chocktaw, 
ibid.,  p.  379;  Dacota,  or  Sioux,  ibid.,  p.  381;  Mexican,  or  Aztec,  Luke,  chap,  vi, 
v.  27-38,  p.  383 ;  Otomi,  Lord's  prayer,  p.  385 ;  Mayan,  St.  Luke,  chap,  vi,  v.  27-38, 
p.  386 ;  Mosquito,  Lord's  prayer,  p.  387. 

209 The  Bible  in  Every  Land.  A  History  of  the  Sacred  Scrip 
tures  in  every  Language  and  Dialect  into  which  translations  have 
been  made;  illustrated  by  specimen  portions  in  native  characters; 
Series  of  Alphabets;  coloured  Ethnographical  Maps,  Tables,  In 
dexes,  etc.  New  edition,  enlarged  and  enriched.  [One  line  quota 
tion.] 

London:  Samuel  Bagster  and  Sons:  At  the  warehouse  for  Bibles, 
New  Testaments,  Church  Services,  Prayer  Books,  Lexicons,  Gram 
mars,  Concordances,  and  Psalters,  in  ancient  and  modern  languages; 
15  Paternoster  Row.  [n.  d.]  C. 

16  p.  11.,  pp.  1-36, 1-480.  4°.  maps. 

Extracts  from  the  Scriptures  in  the  following  languages  and  dialects:  Esqui 
maux,  John,  chap,  i,  v.  1-14,  p.  438;  Greenlandish,  John,  chap,  i,  v.  1-14  (1799 
version),  p.  441;  Greenlandish,  John,  chap,  i,  v.  1-14  (1822  version),  p.  443;  Vir 
ginia,  John,  chap,  i,  v.  1-14,  p.  444;  Massachusetts,  ibid.,  p.  445;  Delaware,  John, 
chap,  i,  v.  1-10,  p.  447 ;  Cree,  St.  Matthew,  chap,  iii,  v.  13-17,  p.  448 ;  Cree,  St.  John, 
chap,  i,  v.  1-10,  p.  449;  Cree,  St.  John,  chap,  i,  v.  1-10  (syllabic  characters),  p.  449 ; 
Chippeway,  St.  John,  chap,  i,  v.  1-14,  p.  450;  Ojibway,  ibid.,  453;  Micmac,  St.  John, 
chap,  i,  v.  1-14  (phonetic  characters),  p.  454;  Mohawk,  St.  John,  chap,  i,  v.  1-14, 
p.  456 ;  Chocktaw,  ibid.,  p.  461 ;  Dacota,  or  Sioux,  ibid.,  p.  463;  Mexican,  or  Aztec, 
St.  Luke,  chap,  vi,  v.  27-38,  p.  465 ;  Otomi,  Lord's  prayer,  p.  467 ;  Mayan,  St.  Luke, 
chap,  vi,  v.  27-34,  p.  468;  Mosquito,  Lord's  prayer,  p.  469;  Karif,  or  Carib,  St. 
Matthew,  chap,  v,  v.  1-12,  p.  473. 

210  Baird  (Henry  S.)    Indian  Tribes,  Chiefs  and  Treaties.    Hon.  Henry 
S.  Baird. 

In  Hist.  Mag.,  first  series,  vol.  8,  pp.  178, 179.     New  York,  1864.  sm.  4°. 
Remarks  on  language  and  names  of  Menomonee  and  Wiunehago  chiefs,  with 
English  synonyms. 

211  Baird  (Spencer  F.)    United  States  Commission  of  Fish  and  Fish 
eries.  |  Part  I.  [-HI.]  |  Report  |  on  the  |  Condition  of  the  Sea  Fish 
eries  |  of  the  |  South  Coast  of  New  England  |  in  |  1871  and  1872 
[1874-1875]  |  by  |  Spencer  F.  Baird,  |  Commissioner.  |  With  supple 
mentary  papers.  | 


BAGSTER BALBI.  45 

Baird  (Spencer  F.) — continued. 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1873.  [-1876. J  |  JWP. 
3  vols.,  8°,  each  vol.  with  different  title-page. 

Stone  (L. )     Report  of  operations  on  the  McCloud  River.     Part  2,  pp.  168-200. 
Supplementary  list  of  McCloud  Indian  words.     Part  3,  pp.  428,  429. 

212  Balbi  (Adrien).  Atlas  |  Ethnographique  du  Globe,  |  ou  |  Classifi 
cation  des  Peuples  |  anciens  et  modernes  |  d'apres  lewrs  Langues,  | 
precede  d'un  discours  sur  1'utilite  et  1'iinportance  de  Petude  des  lan- 
gues  appliquee  a  plusieurs  branches  des  connaissances  humaines; 
d'un  aper§u  |  sur  les  moyens  graphiques  employes  par  les  differens 
peuples  de  la  terre;  d'un  coup-d'oeil  sur  1'histoire  |  de  la  langue  slave, 
et  sur  la  inarche  progressive  de  la  civilisation  |  et  de  la  litte"rature 
en  Kussie,  |  avec  environ  sept  cents  vocabulaires  des  principaux 
idiomes  connus,  |  et  suivi  |  du  Tableau  Physique,  Moral  et  Poli- 
tique  |  des  cinq  parties -du  monde,  |  Dedie  a  S.  M.  1'Empereur  Ale- 
xandre,  |  par  Adrien  Balbi,  |  Ancien  Professeur  de  Geographic,  de 
Physique  et  de  Matheinatiques,  |  Membre  Correspondant  de  FAthe"- 
ne"e  de  Trevise,  etc.,  etc.  |  [Design.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Key  et  Gravier,  Libraires,  Quai  des  Augustins, 
No.  55.  |  M.DCCC.XXVI.  [1826]  |  Imprime"  chez  Paul  Kenouard,  Eue 
Garenciere,  No.  5,  P.  S.  G.  |  JWP. 

78  uunumbered  11.  folio. 

Division  Ethnographique  de  1'Ame'riqne  et  Tableau  Ge'n&al  des  Langnes  Ame'- 
ricaines,  sheet  44 ;  Laugnes  de  la  Region  de  Guatemala,  sheet  51 ;  Langnes  de 
Plateau  d'Anahuac  ou  du  Mexique,  sheet  53;  Langues  du  Plateau  Central  de 
I'Ame'rique  du  Nord  et  des  pays  limitrophes  a  Test  et  a  1'ouest,  sheet  54;  Region 
Missouri-Colombienne,  sheets  55, 56;  Langues  de  la  Region  Alle^hanique  et  des 
Lacs,  sheets  57,  58;  Langues  de  la  Cdte  Occidentale  de  PAnxSrique  du  Nord, 
sheet  58;  Langues  de  la  Region  Bore'ale  de  1'Ame'riqne  du  Nord,  formant  la 
faraille  dos  idiomes  Eskimaux,  sheet  60.  Tableau  Polyglotte  des  Langues  Ame'ri- 
caines,  sheets  69, 70,  contains  a  vocabulary  of  twenty-six  words  in  the  following 
languages  : 

Maya-Quiche.  Timuacana, 

Totonaca,  Muskohge, 

Azteque  ou  Mexicaine,  Chikkasah, 

Cora,  Choktah  ou  Chaktaw, 

Huasteca,  Cheerake,  Cherokee  ou  Cheleki, 

Othomi,  Woccons, 

Tarahnmara,  Katahba, 

Panta,  Mohawk, 

Attacapas,  Oneidas  ou  Onnoiout, 

Chetimachas,  Onondagoa, 

Sussee,  Senecas  ou  Maechachtini, 

Paegan,  Pieds-Noirs,  Black  Feet,  Cayugas  ou  Quengnes, 

Sioux  ou  Dacota,  Yancton,  Tnscaroras, 

Winebago  ou  Puants,  Wandot, 

Ottoes  ou  Uahtoktato,  Hurone, 

Kanzes  ou  Konza,  Hochelaga, 

Omahaw  ou  Mahas,  Sawanon  on  Shawanoese, 

Minetare  on  Gros-Ventre,  Sakis-Ottogamis,  Sakis  ou  Sdkewi, 

Osage,  .  Miumis-Illinois,  Miami  Propre, 


46  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Balbi  (Adrien) — continued. 

Pampticough,  lies  de  la  Rcine  Charlotte, 

Lennappe  ou  Delaware,  Delaware,  Kolouche  de  Sitka  Sound, 

"                     "           Minn,  "         autre  dialecte, 

Sankitani,  Tchinkitane  ou  Bale-Norfolk, 

Narraganset,  Ougaljakhrnoutzi, 

Massachusett  ou  Natick,  Kinai  ou  Kinaitze, 

Mohegan,  Mohegan  Propre,  Groenlandais  Propre, 

"        Abenaki,  "           Bossoude  la  Baiedu  Prince 

Etechemine,  Regent, 

Gaspe'sien  ou  Micmao,  Dobb, 

Algonquino  -  Chippeways,    Chippeways  "           Parry  oude  lie  d'Siver,  etc., 

Pr.  ou  Ochippewag,  Tchougatche-Konega,  Tchougatche  Pro- 

Algonquino-Chippeways,  Algonquin  Pr.  pre, 

Knisteneaux,  Enisteneaux  Propre,  "                   "        Konega    de    Vile 

"           Cree,  Kadjak, 

Cheppewyan,  Cheppfwyan  Propre,  Aleutien  de  Vile  Ounalaska, 

Tacoullies  ou  Carrier,  Tchouktche-Ame'ricou  Aglemoute,  .^jfe- 
Cochirai  Propre,  dialecte  de  San  Xaverio,     moute  Propre, 

Santa-Barbara,  Tchouktche-Americ    ou   Aglemoute   de 

Rurasen,  Vile  NuniwoTc, 

Eslene,  Tchouktche-Ame'ric    ou  Aglemoute    de 

Noutka  ou  Wakash,  Vile  Saint- Laurent, 

213  Balitz  (Antoine).    Vocabulary  of  the  Aleuts. 

Manuscript,  10 11.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Collected  in 
the  Aleutian  Islands  in  1869. 

214  Ballard  (Rev.  Edward).    Indian  mode  of  applying  names.    By  Eev. 
Edward  Ballard,  A.  M.,  Rector  of  St.  Paul's  Church,  Brunswick, 
Maine. 

In  New  Hampshire  Hist.  Soo.,  Coll.,  vol.  8,  pp.  440-452.   Concord,  1866.  8°. 
Indian  names  connected  with  the  valley  of  tbe  Merrimack,  pp.  451,  452. 

215  Geographical  Names  on  the  Coast  of  Maine.    By  Eev.  Ed 
ward  Ballard,  Sect,  of  the  State  Hist.  Soc'y. 

In  Coast  Survey,  Ann.  Rept.,  1868,  pp.  243-259.    Washington,  1871.  4°. 

"An  attempt  at  an  examination  of  the  geographical  nomenclature  of  the  coast 
of  Maine,  for  the  purpose  of  furnishing  a  list  of  the  names  of  Indian  origin,  with 
their  proper  authority." 

216  Ballon  (E.)    Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  the  Shoshone  Lan 
guage. 

Manuscript,  162  pp.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  In  Intro 
duction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  2d  ed.  Collected  at  the  Shoshone  and 
Bannock  Agency,  Wyoming  Territory,  1880-1881.  None  of  the  schedules  are 
neglected,  aiid  many  are  filled  and  additions  made.  Mr.  Ballou  has  added  much 
to  the  value  of  his  manuscript  by  copious  ethnologic  notes. 

217  Bancroft  (Hubert  Howe).    The  |  Native  Eaces  |  of  |  the  Pacific 
States  of  North  America.  |  By  |  Hubert  Howe  Bancroft.  |  Volume  I. 
[-V.]  |  Wild  Tribes.  | 

New  York :  |  D.  Appleton  and  Company.  |  1874.  [-1876.] 
5  vols.  8°.  maps.     Vol.  I.  Wild  Tribes. ;  II.  Civilized  Nations ;  III.  Myths  and 
Languages;  IV.  Antiquities;  V.  Primitive  History. 


BALBI — BANCROFT.  47 

Bancroft  (Hubert  Howe) — continued. 

About  one-third  of  volume  3  of  Mr.  Bancroft's  work  is  devoted  to  "Languages," 
there  being  twelve  chapters,  pp.  551-79:5.  In  chapter  i  ue  he  gives  a  "Classifica 
tion  of  the  Aboriginal  Languages  of  the  Pacific  States."  The  following  are  the 
chapter-headings : 

Chapter  I.  GENERAL  REMARKS.  Native  languages  in  advance  of  social  cus 
toms — Characteristic  individuality  of  American  tongues— Frequent  occurrence  cf 
long  words— Reduplications,  frequentativos  and  duals — Intertribal  languages — 
Gesture-language— Slav6  and  Chinook  jargons— Pacific  States  languages— The 
Tinneh,  Aizetec,  and  Maya  tongues — The  larger  families  inland — Language  as  a 
test  of  origin— Similarities  in  unrelated  languages— Plan  of  this  investigation. 

Chapter  II.  HYPERBOREAN  LANGUAGES.  Distinction  between  Eskimo  and 
American — Eskimo  pronu  elation  and  declension — Dialects  of  the  Kouiagas  and 
Aleuts— Language  of  the  Thlinkeets— Hypothetical  affinities— The  Tinneh  family 
and  its  dialects — Eastern,  western,  central  and  southern  divisions—  Chepewyan 
declension — Oratorical  display  in  the  speech  of  the  Kutchins — Dialects  of  the 
Atnalu  and  Ugalonzes  compared— Specimen  of  the  Koltshane  tongue— Tacully 
gutturals— Hoopah  vocabulary— Apache  dialects— Lipan  Lord's  Prayer— Navajo 
words — Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Tinneh  family. 

Chapter  III.  COLUMBIAN  LANGUAGES.  The  Haidah,  its  construction  and 
conjugation— The  Nass  language  and  its  dialects— Bellacoola  and  Chimsyan 
comparisons — The  Nootka  languages  of  Vancouver  Island — Nanaimo  Ten  Com 
mandments  and  Lord's  Prayer — Aztec  analogies— Fraser  and  Thompson  River  lan 
guages—The  Neetlakapamuck  grammar  and  Lord's  Prayer— Sound  languages— 
The  Salish  family— Flathead  grammar  and  Lord's  Prayer— The  Kootenai— The 
Sahaptin  family— Nez  Perc<5  grammar— Yakima  Lord's  Prayer— Sahaptin  State 
and  Slave  languages — The  Chinook  family — Grammar  of  the  Chinook  language — 
Aztec  affinities — The  Chinook  jargon. 

Chapter  IV.  CALIFORNIAN  LANGUAGES.  Multiplicity  of  tongues— Yakon, 
Klamath  and  Palaik  comparisons — Pitt  River  and  Wiutoon  vocabularies— Weeyot, 
Wishosk,  Weitspek  and  Ehnek  comparisons — Languages  of  Humboldt  Bay — 
Potter  Valley,  Russian  and  Eel  River  languages— Porno  languages— Gallinomero 
grammar — Trans-Pacific  comparisons — Chocuyem  Lord's  Prayer — Languages  of 
the  Sacramento,  San  Joaquin,  Napa  and  Sonoma  Valleys — The  Olhonc  and  other 
languages  of  San  Francisco  Bay— Rnnsien  and  Esleue  of  Monterey— Sauta  Clara 
Lord's  Prayer— Mutsun  grammar— Languages  of  the  Missions  Santa  Cruz,  San 
Antonio  do  Padua,  Soledad,  and  San  Miguel — Tatche'  grammar — The  dialects  of 
Santa  Cruz  and  other  islands. 

Chapter  V.  SHOSHONE  LANGUAGES.  Aztec-Sonora  connections  with  the  Sho- 
shone  family— The  Utah,  Coinanclie.  Moqui,  Kizh,  Netela,  Kechi,  Cahuillo  and 
Chcniehuevi— Eastern  and  western  Shoshone,  or  Wihinasht, — The  Bannack  and 
Digger  or  Shoshokee— The  Utah  and  its  dialects— The  Goshute,  Washoc,  Paiulee, 
Piute,  Sampitcho  and  Mono — Popular  belief  as  to  the  Aztec  element  in  the 
North — Grimm's  law — Shoshone,  Comanche,  and  Moqui  comparative  table — Ne 
tela  stanza — Kizh  grammar — The  Lord's  Prayer  in  two  dialects  of  the  Kizh — 
Chemehuevi  and  Cahuillo  grammar — Comparative  vocabulary. 

Chapter  VI.  THE  PUEBLO,  COLORADO  RIVER  AND  LOWER  CALIFORNIA  LAN 
GUAGES.  Traces  of  the  Aztec  not  found  among  the  Pueblos  of  Ne\V  Mexico  and 
Arizona — The  five  languages  of  the  Pueblos,  the  Queres.  the  Togua,  the  Picoris, 
Jemez  and  Zufii — Pueblo  comparative  vocabulary — The  Viinia  and  its  dialects, 
the  Maricopa,  Cuchau,  Mojave,  Diegeno,  Yampais  and  Yavipais — The  Cochimf, 
Guaicuri  and  Pericu  with  their  dialects  of  Lower  California — Guaicuri  gram 
mar — Paternoster  in  three  Cochimi  dialects — The  languages  of  Lower  California 
wholly  isolated. 


48  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Bancroft  (Hubert  Howe) — continued. 

Chapter  VII.  THE  PIMA,  OP  ATA  AND  CERI  LANGUAGES.  Pima  Alto  and 
Bajo — Papago — Piiua  grammar — Formation  of  plurals — Personal  pronoun — Con 
jugation — Classification  of  verbs — Adverbs,  prepositions,  conjunctions,  ami  in 
terjections — Syntax  of  the  Pima — Prayers  in  different  dialects — The  Opata  and 
Eudeve — Eudeve  grammar — Conjugation  of  aciive  and  passive  verbs — Lord's 
Prayer — Opata  grammar — Declension  —  Possessive  Pronoun— Conjugation — Ceri 
language  with  its  dialects,  Guaymi  and  Tepoca — Ceri  vocabulary. 

Chapter  VIII.  NORTH  MEXICAN  LANGUAGES.  The  Cahita  and  its  dialects— 
Cahita  grammar — Dialectic  differences  of  the  Mayo,  Yaqui,  and  Tehueco — Com 
parative  vocabulary— Cahita  Lord's  Prayer — The  Tarahuuiara  and  its  dialects — 
The  Tarahuuiara  grammar — Tarahumara  Lord's  Prayer  in  two  dialects — The 
Concho,  the  Toboso,  the  Julime,  the  Piro,  the  Suma,  the  Chinarra,  the  Tubar,  the 
Irritila — Tejauo — Tejano  grammar— Specimen  of  the  Tejano — The  Tcpehuana — 
Tepehuana  grammar  and  Lord's  Prayer — Acaxde  and  its  dialects,  the  Topia, 
Sabaibo  and  Xixime— The  Zacatec,  Cazcane,  Mazapile,  Hnitcole,  Guachichile, 
Colotlan,  Tlaxomultec,  Tecuexe,  and  Tepecano— The  Cora  and  its  dialects,  the 
Muutzicat,  Teacuaeitzica,  and  Ateacari — Cora  grammar. 

Chapter  IX.  THK  AZTEC  AND  OTOMf  LANGUAGES.  Nahua  or  Aztec,  Chichiraec 
and  Toltec  languages  identical — An£huac  the  aboriginal  seat  of  the  Aztec 
tongue — The  Aztec  the  oldest  language  in  Anlihuac — Beauty  and  richness  of  the 
Aztec — Testimony  of  the  missionaries  and  early  writers  in  its  favor — Specimen 
from  Parades'  Manual — Grammar  of  the  Aztec  language — Aztec  Lord's  Prayer — 
The  Otomf  a  monosyllabic  language  of  Anahuac — Relationship  claimed  with  the 
Chinese  and  Cherokee — Otomf  grammar — Otomf  Lord's  Prayer  in  different  dia 
lects. 

Chapter  X.  LANGUAGES  OF  CENTRAL  AND  SOUTHERN  MEXICO.  The  Paine  and 
its  dialects — The  Meco  of  Guanajuato  and  the  Sierra  Gorda— The  Tarasco  of 
Michoacan  and  its  grammar — The  Matlaltzinca  and  its  grammar — The  Ocniltec — 
The  Mixtec  and  its  dialects — Mixtec  grammar — The  Amusgo,  Chocho,  Mazatec, 
Cuicatec,  Chatino,  Tlapanec,  Chiuantec,  and  Popoluca — The  Zapotec  and  its  gram 
mar — The  Mije — Mije  grammar  and  Lord's  Prayer — The  Huave  of  the  Isthmus  of 
Tehuantepec — Huavo  numerals. 

Chapter  XI.  THE  MAYA-QUICHE  LANGUAGES.  The  Maya-Quiche^,  the  lan 
guages  of  the  civilized  nations  of  Central  America — Enumeration  of  the  mem 
bers  of  this  family — Hypothetical  analogies  with  languages  of  the  Old  World — 
Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Chanabal,  Chiapanec,  Choi,  Tzendal,  Zoque  and  Zotzil — 
Pokonchi  grammar — The  Mame  or  Zaklopahkap — Quiche"  grammar — Cakchiquel 
Lord's  Prayer — Maya  grammar — Totonac  grammar — Totouac  dialects — Huastec 
grammar. 

Chapter  XII.  LANGUAGES  OF  HONDURAS,  NICARAGUA,  COSTA  RICA  AND 
THE  ISTHMUS  OP  DARIEN.  The  Carib  an  imported  language— The  Mosquito 
language — The  Poya,  Towka,  Seco,  Valiente,  Rama,  Cookra,  Woolwa,  and  other 
languages  in  Honduras — The  Chontal — Mosquito  grammar — Love-song  in  the 
Mosquito  language — Comparative  vocabulary  of  Honduras  tongues — The  Cori- 
bici,  Chorotega,  Chontal  and  Orotina  in  Nicaragua— Grammar  of  the  Orotifia  or 
Nagradan — Comparison  between  the  Orotina  and  Chorotega — The  Chiriqui,  Gua- 
tuso,  Tiribi,  and  others  in  Costa  Rica — Talamanca  vocabulary — Diversity  of  speech 
on  the  Isthmus  of  Darien — Enumeration  of  languages — Comparative  vocabulary. 

218  Bandelier  (Adolph  Francois).     On  the  Art  of  War  and  Mode  of 
Warfare  of  the  Ancient  Mexicans. 

In  Peabody  Museum  Repts.,  vol.  2,  pp.  95-161.     Cambridge,  1880.  8°. 
Mexican  terms  passim. 


BANCROFT — BAPTISTA.  49 

Bandelier  (Adolpli  Francois) — continued. 

219  —     -On  the  Distribution  and  Tenure  of  Lands,  and  the  Customs 
with  respect  to  Inheritance,  among  the  Ancient  Mexicans. 

In  Peabody  Museum  Repts.,  vol.  2,  pp.  385-448.     Cambridge,  1880.  8°. 
Mexican  terms  passim, 

220  -       -  On  the  Social  Organization  and  Mode  of  Government  of  the 
Ancient  Mexicans. 

In  Peabody  Museum  Repts.,  vol.  2,  pp.  557-699.     Cambridge,  1880.     8°. 

List  of  relationships  in  Nahuatl,  pp.  567-569 ;  days  of  the  month  in  Nahuatl, 
Maya,  and  Tzendal,  p.  57-2;  days  of  the  month  in  Mexican,  Quiche",  Maya,  and 
Chiapaneca,  p.  573;  other  linguistic  material  passim. 

221  Bannister  (Henry  M.)     Vocabulary  of   the    Malimoot,    Kotzebue 
Sound. 

Manuscript,  10  11.  4°.  200  words.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

222  Baptista  (P.  Fr.  Elias  de  S.  Juan).    Compendio  |  de  las  Exce  | 
lencias  de  la  Bulla  de  |  la  Sancta  Cruzada,  en  lengua  Mexica  |  na 
compuesto  por  el  P.  Fray  Elias  de  |  S.  luan  Baptista,  Keligioso  de 
la  orden  de  |  Nfu.  Seuora  del  Carmen  de  log  des-  |  calgos  de  esta 
Nueua  Espafia  |  En  S.  Sebastian.     [Escutcheon.] 

«j  Con  licencia  y  Privilegio.  |  En  Mexico,  a  costa  de  Christoual  de 
la  |  Paz  Alguazil  de  la  Saucta  Cruzada.  |  11  En  la  Emprenta  de  En 
rico  Martinez  |  Interprete  del  Sancto  Officio  de  |  la  Inquisicion.  | 
Ano  1599.  |  * 

24  11.,  last  4  unnumbered.  8°.  Roman  letter.  Title  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbal- 
ceta.  Beristain,  who  quotes  from  Pinelo,  gives  the  date  of  1001. 

223  Dialogos  en  lengua  Megicana. 

Mexico,  1598.  * 

I  have  seen  only  one  copy  of  this  work,  that  in  the  college  of  St.  Gregory  of 
Mexico.  The  dialogues  treat  of  the  examination  of  the  conscience. — Beristaln. 

224  Catecismo  megicano.  * 

Printed,  according  to  Eguiara. — Beristain. 

225  Baptista  (Fr.  Hieronimo).     Sermones  en  Lengua  Matlanzinga.        * 

Manuscript.  4°.  Circa  1562.  The  author  was  a  Monk  of  the  Franciscan  Order 
and  one  of  the  earliest  missionaries  amongst  the  Indians,  vide  date  of  the  present 
volume,  which  appears  to  bo  in  the  author's  own  handwriting.  De  Souza  says 
that  a  volume  of  Sermons,  in  the  Matlazinga,  was  composed  by  Fr.  Geronimo  Bau- 
tista,  Franciscan,  in  the  year  IMid,  in  the  College  of  Tlateluco,  in  Mexico.  He 
adds  "This  language  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  of  New  Spain,"  and  also  states 
that  the  volume  referred  to  (no  doubt  the  present)  exists  in  the  Library  of  the 
College  mentioned. — Fischer  Sale  Cat. 

226  Baptista  (Fr.  Juan),    iff  Confessionario  tft  \  en  Lengva  Mexi-  |  caua 
y  Caste  |  llano.  |  fl  Con  imichas  aduerteucias  rnuy  necessarias  para 
los  Confessores.  |  ff  Copuesta  por  el  Padre  Fray  loan  Baptista  |  de 
la  orden  del  Seraphico  Padre  Sancti  Francis-  |  co,  lector  de  Theologia 
en  esta  prouincia  del  san  |  cto  Enangelio  y  guardian  del  conuento  de 
Sane  \  tiago  Tlatilulco.  | 

4  Bib. 


50  NOETII    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Baptista  (Fr.  Juan) — continued. 

Con  Privilegio  |  fl  En  Sanctiago  Tlatilulco  For  Melchior  |  Ocharte. 
Auo.  1599.  |  JOB. 

Title;  reverse  woodcut.  1  1.  and  15  other  p.  11.  Text  112  11.  12°.  "This  work," 
the  Ramirez  Sale  Catalogue  says,  "has  caused  much  diversity  of  opinion  among 
Mexican  Bibliographers  as  to  whether  there  were  more  than  one  edition  issued. 
The  present  copy  contains  two  distinct  lists  of  erratas,  each  occupying  2  11.,  the 
heading  of  the  one  being  printed  in  roman  letters,  that  of  the  other  in  italics. 
Senor  Ramirez  has  inserted  a  note  in  which  he  argues  that  both  lists  of  errata 
pertain  to  the  one  edition,  and  asserts  in  consequence  that  this  was  fhe  only  edi 
tion  published.  Baptista,  or  Bautista,  was  a  native  Mexican.  He  became  a 
Franciscan  of  the  province  of  Santa  Evangelic  de  Mejico.  He  taught  philosophy 
and  theology,  and  had  for  his  pupil  F.  Torquemada,  the  author  of  'Mouarquia 
Indiana.'  He  was  esteemed  the  most  learned  of  his  time  in  the  Mexican  language, 
which  he  spoke  and  wrote  with  purity  and  elegance." 

Tross  gives  this  the  date  of  1599-1600. 

227  Confesonario  en  Megicano  y  Castellano,  con  la  preparacion 

para  recibir  la  Eucharista,  y  de  los  admirables  efectos  de  esta. 

Mexico,  1604.  * 

8°.  Title  from  Beristain." 

228  Platicas  antiquas  que  en  la  excellentissima  lengua  Nahuatl, 

enmendo  y  crecento  el ...  P.  Juan  Bautista,  Franciscano. 

Mexico,  1599.  * 

8°.  Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

229  -        -  Hvehvetlahtolli.  JOB. 

Title  wanting ;  incomplete  copy.  sm.  8°.  The  following  description  is  taken 
from  Bartlett's  catalogue  of  the  Brown  library: 

"Begins  with  signature  A  in  the  midst  of  the  introduction  signed  by  Fr.  J.  B. 
on  verso  of  the  eighth  (unnumbered)  leaf  of  the  signature.  Text,  signatures 
B  to  N.  The  first  and  last  leaves  wanting;  the  remaining  numbered  2  to  9.">  (the 
3d,  5th,  and  7th  not  numbered,  and  the  74th  misnumbered  34).  On  the  reverse  of 
95th  leaf  begins  a  table  of  errata. 

"Bought  at  the  sale  of  Puttick  &  Simpson,  1869,  whose  catalogue  ascribes  to 
the  book  the  date,  Mexico,  1599,  which  is  also  printed  on  the  back.  The  title, 
" Hvekvetlahtolli"  (which  means  "old  words"  or  "ancient  sayings")  runs  through 
the  whole  book  on  the  top  of  each  page,  misprinted  " Hvehretlatholli"  on  right  of 
38th,  48th,  and  56th  leaves.  The  work  contains  a  number  of  those  allocutions, 
in  the  Mexican  or  Nahuatl  language,  which  Indian  parents  or  civil  authorities 
used  to  deliver  at  certain  solemn  occasions  (cf.  Sahaguu,  Book  vi.,  Chapter  19). 
These  are  divided  in  paragraphs,  numbered  only  in  the  first  allocution,  where  a 
misprint  gives  to  the  25th  (on  reverse  of  12th  leaf)  the  number  32.  In  continua 
tion  are  given  some  doctrinal  allocutions  of  Catholic  priests  to  the  Indians  in  the 
same  language.  They  conclude  on  the  reverse  of  the  76th  leaf,  and  are  followed 
by  other  Indian  allocutions  of  fathers,  mothers,  etc.,  translated  from  the  Mexican 
into  Spanish,  by  the  Franciscan  monk  Fr.  Andres  de  Olmos.  They  are  said  to  be 
copied  from  the  223d  chapter  of  the  first  part  of  Las  Casas'  "  Apologetical  His 
tory,"  where  it  is  stated  that  Las  Casas  received  them,  being  in  Spain,  from 
Father  Olmos,  in  Mexico.  They  conclude  ou  the  right  of  the  95th  leaf." 

Ternaux  mentions  this  as  follows: 

230  Platicas  Morales  de  los  Indies  para  la  Doctrina  de  sus  hijos, 


BAPTIST  A.  51 

Baptista  (Fr.  Juan) — continued. 

en  lengua  Mexicana  intitulado  liuehuetlatolli.    Por  Fr.  Juan  Bap 
tista  frauciscano. 

Mexico,  1601.  » 

Collection  of  moral  laws  for  the  Indians  for  the  instruction  of  their  children, 
called  in  the  Mexican  huehuetlatolli. — Ternaux. 
Beristaiu  also  gives  to  this  the  date  of  1601. 

231  -     —  Aduertencias  |  para  los  confessores  |  de  los  Naturales.  | 
Compvestas  por  el  padre  |  Fray  loan  Baptista,  de  la  Orden  del  Se- 
raphico  |  Padre  Sanct  Francisco,  Lector  de  Theologia,  y  |  Guardian      ^ 
del  Couueuto  de  Sanctiago  Tla-  |  tilulco:  de  la  Prouincia  del  Sancto 
Euangelio.  |  Primera  Parte.  |  Con  Priulegio.  | 

En  Mexico,  En  el  Conuento  de  Sanctiago  |  Tlatilulco,  Por  M. 
Ocbarte.  ano  1600.  |  JOB. 

7  p.  11.,  text  112  11.  Errata  2  11.,  and  table  56  unnumbered  11.,  12°.  Alternate 
columns  Spanish  and  Mexican. 

The  only  copy  I  have  seen  of  this  work,  that  in  the  library  of  John  Carter 
Brown,  was  unaccompanied  by  the  second  part.  Icazbalceta's  Apnntes  describes 
the  latter  as  follows : 

232  -        -  Segunda  Parte.  » 

The  same  title,  imprint  and  date;  16  p.  11. ;  11. 13-143;  11. 1-104  with  the  Index 
Lucorum  Communium  hujus  Secundse  Partis. 
Colophon  : 

"  Excudebat  Ludonicus  Ocharte  Figueron  Mexici,  santi  Jacobi  de 
Tlatilulco.  Anno  Domini  1601." 

In  a  letter  received  from  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  he  says: 

"These  counsels  contain  much  in  the  Mexican  language.  I  have  seen  three 
different  title  pages  of  the  second  part.  There  are  copies  which  contain  the 
same  title  page  as  the  first,  even  with  the  words  Primera  Parte ;  others  have  the 
same,  but  with  the  title  Segunda  Parte.  I  have  seen  moreover  one  loose  one 
totally  different  from  the  others  in  regard  to  characters  and  escutcheons.  The 
strangest  part  is  that  in  the  other  title  pages  the  license  of  the  Viceroy  com 
mences  on  the  verso  of  the  title,  and  in  the  loose  one  the  reverse  side  is  blank, 
so  that  I  do  not  know  how  it  could  belong  to  the  copies.  In  the  First  Part  the 
fold  C  consists  of  9  leaves;  one  page  was  left  out  in  the  first  impressions,  and  two 
were  substituted  for  it;  for  this  reason  page  14  is  duplicated." 

233  Libro  de  la  Miseria  y  breuedad  de  la  vida  del  hombre:   y  de 

sus  quatro  postrimerias,  en  lengua  Mexicana.     Compuesto  por  el 
Padre  fray  loa  Baptista  de  la  orden  del  Saraphico  Padre  S.  Fran 
cisco,  Lector  de  Tbeologio,  y  Diffinidor  de  la  Prouiiicia  del  Sancto 
Euangelio.    Dedicado  el  Doctor  Sauctiago  del  Riego,  del  Consejo 
del  Key  N.  S.  y  su  Oydor  en  esta  Real  Audiencia  de  Mexico. 

En  Mexico.    En  la  emprenta  de  Diego  Lopez  Daualos,  y  a  su 

costa.    Ano  de  1604.  * 

8  p.  11. ;  11. 1-152  and  table  22  unnumbered  11.   Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apnntes. 

234  Vida.  |  Y  milagros  del  bien-  |  auenturado  Sauct  Antonio 

de  |  Padua :  primer  Predicador  general  de  la  |  Orden  del  Seraphico 
P.  S.  Fracisco :  a  |  quien  el  Papa  Grego.  I.  por  la  alte  |  za  de  su  sa- 


52  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Baptista  (Fr.  Juan) — continued.- 

bicluria,  y  exceleute  |  Doctrina,  llamo  Arclia  Testa-  |  menti.  |  1]  Com- 
puesta  en  lengua  Mexicana  por  ej  Pa-  |  dre  Fray  loan  Baptista 
Lector  de  Theo   |  logia,  y  Guardian  de  Tlacupan.  |  fl  Dirigida  a 
Aluaro  Rodriguez  de  Aze-  |  uedo,  'Sindico  de  la  orde  de  S.  Fraco.  | 
[Picture.] 
En  Mexico.  |  Con  licencia,  en  casa  de  Diego  Lopez  Daualos.  |  Auo 

de  1605. 

9  p.  11. ;  11.  1-95;  reverse  of  95  and  following  leaf  Table  of  headings,  which  is 
not  finished,  owing  to  some  missing  leaves,  upon  which  was  also  the  beginning 
of  another  alphabetic  table,  of  which  there  are  4  11.  remaining,  followed  by  1 1. 
corrections.  8°.  Roman  letter. 

Colophon  : 

1J  Acabose  este  libro  en  la  iniiy  noble  y  may  leal  cmdad  de  Me 
xico  Tenochtitlau,  Vispera  de  la  Inuencion  de  la  Cruz.  Afio  de  1605. 
En  casa  de  Diego  Lopez  Daualos. 

Title  communicated  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta.  The  work  is  in  possession  of  Sr.  D.  J. 
M.  de  Agreda. 

235  A  lesn  Christo  S.  N.  ofrece  este  Sernionario  en  lengua  Mexi 
cana.    T  Su  indigno  sieruo  Fr.  loan  Baptista  de  la  Orden  del  Seraphico 

rr^«a  Padre  sanct  Francisco,  de  la  Provincia  del  Sancto  Euangelio.  Pri- 
*  mera  Parte.  [An  engraving,  with  a  vignette  of  the  Savior,  and  on 
the  margin  tins  legend:  Ego  svn  veritas.]  Dico  ego  opera  mea  Eegi. 
Psalm  44. 

En  Mexico,  con  licencia.  f  Eu  casa  de  Diego  Lopez  Daualos:  y  a 
su  costa.  Afio  1606.  Vendese  en  la  tienda  de  Pedro  Arias  Librero, 
en  frente  de  la  puerta  del  Perdon  de  la  Yglesia  Mayor  de  Mexico. 

26  p.  11. ;  pp.  1-710.  On  the  latter  a  picture  of  St.  Anthony,  with  this  inscrip 
tion  : 

Acabose  de  imprimir  esta  Primera  Parte,  en  la  muy  insigne  y  muy 
leal  ciudad  de  Mexico  Tenochtitlan,  a  treize  dias  del  mes  de  luuio, 
deste  afio,  dia  del  bieuaventnrado,  y  glorioso  Sanct  Antonio  de  Pa 
dua,  de  la  Orden  del  Seraphico  Padre  Sanct  Francisco. 

1"  En  casa  de  Diego  Lopez  Daualos,  y  a  su  costa.  1606. 

Concludes  with  24  11.,  tables,  not  numbered,  and  at  the  end: 

Acabaronse  de  irnpimiir  estas  tres  Tablas,  it  nueue  dias  del  mes 
de  Febrero,  de  1607.  * 

Only  the  first  part  of  this  collection  of  Sermons  was  published.  In  the  preface 
is  to  be  found  some  interesting  notices  principally  concerning  the  early  writers 
in  the  Mexican  language. — Icazbalceta's  Apuntes. 

The  author  gives  an  interesting  list  of  sixteen  works  which  he  had  published, 
only  two  or  three  of  which  are  now  known  to  exist.  He  also  refers  to  a  second 
part  of  these  sermons,  of  which  he  had  already  printed  "gran  pedaco,"  but  which 
was  probably  never  completed. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

236  Sermones  para  todo  el  afio  en  Lengua  Mexicano.    Pero  Solo 

se  imprimio  el  primero  en  Mexico,  Afio  1609.  * 

3  vols.  4°.  This  work,  according  to  the  testimony  of  P.  Jesuita  Tobar,  grand 
master  of  the  Mexican  Idiom,  has  no  equal  either  in  purity  of  style  or  substance 
of  Doctrine. — Btristain. 


_ 


54  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Baptista  de  Lagunas  (Fr.  Juan) — continued. 

Impresso  e  la  Ynsigne  ciudad  de  Mexico :  En  casa  d  Pedro  Balli. 
1574. 

This  is  followed  by  6  unnumbered  11.,  with  the: 

5  Tabla  y  resolution  de  las  Preposiciones  verbales  o  primeras 
posicioiies  de  los  mas  principales  Verbos,  que  en  este  Dictionarito  y 
Arte  se  contieuen,  para  que  de  cada  qual  dellas,  sepau  sacar  mnclios 
verbos  &c. 

On  the  reverse  of  1.  6  there  commences  a  new  pagination,  which  reaches  to 
p.  107,  and  contains: 

Instruction  para  poderse  Men  confessar  en  la  lengua  de  Mechua- 
can.  En  la  qual  se  contieiie.  la  preparacion  compeudiosa  Declarau- 
dola  tambien  por  los  Diez  mandamietos  de  la  ley,  y  por  los  Articulos 
de  la  Fee.  Y  de  auditione  verbi  Dei.  Psaluio  de  Miserere  mei,  y 
las  Letauias,  y  preparacion  para  bie  morir,  por  via  de  construction, 
con  otras  cosas  y  deuociones:  por  el  inuy.  K.  P.  Fray  loan  Baptista 
de  lagunas,  Diffinidor  de  la  Prouincia  de  Mechuaca,  d  la  orde  del 
seraphieo.  P.  Sant  Fracisco. 

Concludes  with  1 1.  unnumbered,  containing  a  table  in  Tarasca,  and  at  the  end : 

5  Imprimiose  esta  obra,  que  en  si  contiene  Tres  libros,  En  la 
ynsigne  Cindad  de  Mexico  En  casa  de  Pedro  Balli  Impressor.  A 
costa  de  Costantino  Brauo  de  lagunas,  Alcalde  mayor  de  Tlaxcala, 
Aiio  de.  1574.  * 

The  printing  is  very  bad  throughout.  The  book  is  very  rare,  and  I  have  seen 
no  more  complete  copy  than  my  own,  formed  of  two  incomplete  copies  obtained 
in  the  course  of  fourteen  years. — Icazbalceta's  Apuntts. 

The  above  title  taken  from  a  photolithographic  fac-uim\le  furnished  by  Sr.  Icaz- 
balceta. 

246  Baraga  (Rev.  Frederic).    A  |  Theoretical  and  Practical  |  Gram 
mar  |  of  the  |  Otchipwe  Language,  |  the  Language  spoken  by  the 
Chippewa  Indians;  which  is  |  also  spoken  by  the  Algonquin,  Otawa 
and  Potawatamie  Indians,  |  with  little  difference.  |  For  the  use  of 
Missionaries  |  and  other  persons  living  among  the  Indians  |  of  the 
above  named  tribes.  |  By  the  Rev.  Frederick  Baraga,  ^  Missionary 
at  L'Anse,  Lake  Superior.  | 

Detroit:  |  Jabez  Fox,  Printer.  |  1850.  |  BA. MHS. 

Pp.  1-576.  sq.  16°.  Sabin,  No.  3248,  gives  an  edition  of  1851.  Shea's  Cath. 
Missions  gives  1844  as  date. 

247  A  |  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Otchipwe  Language,  |  explained  in 

English.  |  This  language  is  spoken  by  |  the  Chippewa  Indians,  |  as 
also  by  |  the  Otawas,  Potawatamis  aud  Algonqnins,  |  with  little 
difference.  |  For  the  use  of  |  Missionaries,  |  and  other  persons  living 
among  the  above  mentioned  |  Indians.  |  By  the  Rev.  Frederic  Ba 
raga,  |  Roman  Catholic  Missionary  among  the  Otchipwe  Indians.  | 

Cincinnati,  1853.  |  Printed  for  Jos.  A.  Hemann,  |  Publisher  of 
the  "  Wahrheitsfreund."  |  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-vii,  1-662.  16°.     Shea's  Cath.  Missions  gives  1852  as  date. 
Pt.  I.  Otchipwe-English,  pp.  3-420.     Pt.  II.  English-Otchipwe,  pp.  423-659. 


BAPTISTA  DE  LACUNAS — BARAGA.  55 

Baraga  (Her.  Frederic) — continued. 

248 A  Grammar  |  and  |  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Otehipwe  Lan 
guage,  |  By  K.  11.  Bishop  Baraga.  |  A  new  edition,  by  a  missionary 
of  the  Oblates.  |  [4  lines  quotation.] 

Montreal:  |  Beauchemin  &  Valois,  Publishers,  |  256  and  258,  St. 
Paul  Street,  |  1879.  |  c.  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xi,  1-4-2-2;  and  3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-301.     12°. 

This  is  composed  of  the  two  following  works,  each  with  its  own  title-page  and 
pagination: 

24!)  —  -  A  Theoretical  and  Practical  |  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Otehipwe 
Language  |  for  the  use  of  Missionaries  and  other  persons  living 
among  the  Indians  |  By  R.  E.  Bishop  Baraga.  |  A  second  edition, 
by  a  missionary  of  the  Oblates.  | 

Montreal:  |  Beanchemin  &  Valois,  Booksellers  and  Printers,  |  250 
and  258,  St.  Paul  Street,  |  1878  |  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-4-22.  12°. 

250  -        -  A  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Otehipwe  Language,  |  Explained  in 
English.  |  Part  I.  |  Euglish-Otchipwe.  |  By  R.  R.  Bishop  Baraga.  | 
A  new  edition,  by  a  missionary  of  the  Oblates.  |  [Four  lines  quota 
tion.]  | 

Montreal:  |  Beanchemin  &  Valois,  Publishers,  |  256  and  258,  St. 
Paul  Street.  |  1878  |  c.  JWP. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-301.  12°. 

251  -    A  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Otehipwe  Language,  |  Explained  in 

English.  |  Part  II.  |  Otchipwe-English.  |  By  R.  R.  Bishop  Baraga,  | 

'    A  new  edition,  by  a  missionary  of  the  Oblates.  |  [Four  lines  quota 
tion.]  | 

Montreal :  |  Beauchemin  &  Valois,  Publishers,  |  256  and  258,  St. 
Paul  Street.  |  1880  |  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-422.  12°. 

252  -       —  Otawa  |  Anamie-Misinaigan.  |  [One  line  quotation.] 

Wawiyatauoug:  |  Geo.  L.  Whitney,  Ogimisinakisan  Manda  Misi- 
naigan.  |  1832.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-207.  sq.  24°.     Roman  Catholic  prayer  book  in  the  Ottawa  language. 

253  Otawa   |    Anamie-Masinaigan   |  Gwaiakossing  anamiewin 

Ejitwadjig,  |  mi  sa  |  Catholique-Euamiadjig  |  Gewabaudangig.  | 

Paris,  |  (France,  Europe)  E.-J.  Bailly  Ogimisiuakisan  Manda  Misi- 
naigan.  |  1837.  |  s. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-300.    24°. 

254  Otawa  |  Anainie-Misiuaigan,  |  Gwaiakossing  auamiewin  | 

Ejitwadjig,  |  mi  sa  |  Catholique-Enamjadjig  |  Gewabandangig. 

Detroit,  |  Eugene  T.  Smith,  |  Ogimisinakisan  Manda  Misinai- 
gan.  |  1842.  |  BA. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-293.  18°. 


56  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Baraga  (Rev.  Frederic) — continued. 

255  —  Otchipwe  Anaimie-Masinaigan    gwaiakossing   anamiewin 

ejitwadgig,  ini  sa  catholique-enamiadjig  gewabandangig. 

Paris,  (France,  Europe),  E.  J.  Bailly,  1837.  » 

2  p.  11.,  300  pp.  18°.  Book  of  prayers  and  songs,  followed  by  a  catechism  trans 
lated  in  the  Chippewa  language. — LecJerc. 

256  Jesus  |  Obimadisiwin  |  ajonda  aking,  |  gwaiakossing  aua- 

miewin  ejitwadjig,  |  mi  sa  |  Catholique-Enamiadjig  |  gewabandan 
gig-  I 

Paris,  (France,  Europe.)  |  E.-.T.  Bailly  ogimisinakisan  manda  nii- 
sinaigan.  j  1837.  |  BA.  s. 

4  p.  11.,  one  folding  sheet,  pp.  1-211.  24°.  Life  of  Jesns  while  on  earth;  in  the 
Ottawa  language. 

257  Gete  Dibadjimowin,  Gaie  Jesus,  Obimadisiwin  oma  Aking. 

Laibach  1837.    Detroit  1837.  * 

Bible  Extracts,  Life  of  Chris',  Epistles  and  Gospels.     Second  edition,  1846. — 

Shea's  Catholic  Missions. 

258  Katolik  |  Anamie-Misinaigan.  |  Avec  Approbation  de  Mon- 

seigneur  1'Eveque  j  Pierre  Paul  Lefevre.  |  Troisieme-edition,  cor- 
rige"e  et  augineutee.  | 

Detroit,  |  Wawiiatanoug :  |  Bagg  &  Harmon,  Ogi-Missinakisana- 
wa  |  Mandan  Masinaigau.  |  1846.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-250.  18°.     Iu  the  Ottawa  language. 

259  Katolik  |  Euamiad  |  O  Nanagatawendamowiuan.  |  Avec 

approbation  de  Monseigueur  1'Eveque  |  Pierre  Paul  Lefevre.  | 

Wawhatanvng,   |  (Detroit.)   |   Jabex  Fox.     O  Gi-masinakisan  | 
Mandan  Masinaigan.  j  1850.  |  BA. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-712,  index  1 1.  24°.  Catholic  Christian's  Meditations,  in  the  Chip- 
powa  language.  Shea's  Catholic  Missions  gives  an  edition  of  the  date  of  1849. 

260  Katolik  |  Anamie  Masinaigan  |  wetchipwewissing.  | 

New  York,  Cincinnati,  and  St.  Louis:  |  Benziger  Brothers,  |  Print 
ers  to  the  Holy  Apostolic  See.  |  [n.  d.]  JWP. 
Pp.  1-322.  16°.     Roman  Catholic  prayer  book;  in  the  Chippewa  language. 

261 Katolik  |  Gagikwe-masinaigan.  |  Avec  approbation  de  Mon- 

seigneur  1'Eveque  |  Pierre  Paul  Lefevre.  | 

Detroit,  |  Wawiiatanong:  |  M.  Geiger,  Ogi-masinakasin  |  Mandan 
Masinaigan.  |  1846.  |  s. 

Pp.  1-270.  24°. 

262  Katolik  Gagikwe-Masinaigan. 

Cincinnati,  1858.  * 

Title  from  the  Finotti  Sale  Cat. 

263  Kagigc  |  Debwcwinan,  |  kaginig  ge-takwendang  |  Katolik 

euaniiad.  j 

Cincinnati,  1855.  |  Joseph  A.  Hemann  o  gi-masinakisan  mandan  | 
masinaigan.  |  8. 

Pp.  1-334,  index  2  11.  sm.  4°  (sq.  16°).  "Eternal  Truths"  in  the  Chippewa 
language. 


BARAGA — BARKER.  57 

Baraga  (Rev.  Frederic) — continued. 

264  Otchipwe  Kikimoamadi-Masinaigins.  • 

8pp.  sq.  16°.  No  title-page.    Ojibwa  School-Little  book.     Reprint  ordered  by 

Rev.  Ignatius  Tomazin,  St.  Paul,  Minn.  Original  by  Baraga,  1853. — A.  S.  Gatschet. 

265  and  Weikamp  (John  B.)    Katolik  |  Anamie  Masinaigau.  | 

A  |  Catholic  Prayer  Book  and  Catechism  |  iu  the  |  Otchipwe-Indian 
Language.  |  By  |  lit.  Eev.  Bishop  F.  Baraga,  D.  D.  |  with  |  An 
Appendix  of  the  Mass  and  Vespers  in  |  Latin ;  and  Prayers  in  the 
Ottawa-  |  Indian  Language.  |  By  Rev.  John  B.  Weikamp,  |  Tert. 
O.  S.  F.  | 

New  York  &  Cincinnati:  |  Beuziger  Brothers,  |  Printers  to  the 
Holy  Apostolic  See.  |  [1874.  J  s. 

Pp.  1-346.  16°.  Father  Weikamp's  Appendix  occupies  pp.  323-346 ;  the  Ottawa 
prayers,  pp.  337-340. 

266  Barber  (Edwin  A.)    Language  and  Utensils  of  the  modern  Utes. 

In  Hay  den  (F.  V.)    Bulletin,  vol.  2,  pp.  71-76.    Washington,  1876.  8°. 

267  Comparative  Vocabulary  of  Utah  Dialects.    By  Edwin  A. 

Barber. 

In  Hayden  (F.  V.)    Bulletin,  vol.  3.  pp.  533-545.   Washington,  1877.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Yampa  [English  and  scientific  notation],  pp.  535, 536;  Com 
parative  vocabulary  of  the  Yampa  and  Weminuche  words,  pp.  53(5-537 ;  Sentences 
in  Weminuche,  p.  538 ;  Yampa  vocabulary,  pp.  538-541 ;  Wemimiche  vocabulary, 
p.  542;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Comauche,  Chemehuevi,  and  Yampa, 
pp.  542,543;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Yampa,  Uiuta,  and  WemiuucUe, 
pp.  543,544;  Cardinal  numbers  [11-1000]  of  the  Yampa,  p.  544;  A  few  words  of 
Moqui,  and  Seminole,  p.  545. 

Barclay  (Rep.  Henry). 
See  Andrews  (\V.),  Barclay  (Henry),  and  Ogilvie  (John). 

Bard  (Samuel  A.) 
See  Squier(E.  G.) 

268  Barefoot  (Isaac).     Ne  Karorouh  |  ne  Teyerihwahkwathaokouh  | 
Shonagarowaue  |  Tehaweanadennyouh.  |  Skakanyadaradih  |  T'kea- 
tyohkwayea  |  Tehodirisdohrarakouh.  | 

Toronto:  |  Printed  by  the  Church  Printing  and  |  Publishing  Com 
pany.  |  1871.  | 

Second  title: 

A  Collection  |  of  |  Psalms  and  Hymns  |  in  the  |  Mohawk  Lan 
guage,  |  for  the  |  use  of  the  Six  Nation  Indians.  |  Translated  by 
Isaac  Barefoot.  |  Published  by  |  the  New  England  Company.  | 

Toronto:  |  Printed  by  the  Church  Printing  and  |  Publishing  Com 
pany.  |  1871.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  3-93,  3-93,  double  numbers,  alternate  pages  Mohawk  and  English;  index, 
in  English,  pp.  95-99.  18°.  Indian  title  verso  1. 1  (p.  3) ;  English  title  recto  1.  2 
(P.  3) 

Barker  (Francis). 
See  Meeker  (Jotham)  and  Barker  (Francis). 


58  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

269  Barker  ( J.  C.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  Santa  Tomas  Mission, 
Lower  California. 

Manuscript,  150  words.  10  11.  4Q.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

270  Earnhardt  (W.  H.)    Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the   Languages 
spoken  by  the  Unipqua,  Lower  Eogue  River,  and  Calapooa  Indians. 

Manuscript,  160  words.   4  11.  folio. 

271  Vocabulary  of  the  Kalapuya. 

Manuscript,  211  words.  6  11.  folio. 

272  Vocabulary  of  the  Lower  Eogue  Eiver  Indians. 

Manuscript,  211  words.  6  11.  folio. 

These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

273  Barratt  (Joseph,  M.  D.)    Key  |  to  the  |  Indian  Language  |  of  |  New- 
England,  |  in  the  |  Etchemin,  or  Passamaquoddy  Language,  |  Spo 
ken  in  Maine  and  St.  Johns  New-Brunswick.  |  Derived  and  written 
from  the  Indian  (Nicola  Tenesles.)  |  By  |  Joseph  Barratt,  M.  D.  | 
Member  of  several  Learned  Societies.  |  No.  1.  | 

Middletowu,  Conn.  |  1850.  |  MHS.  c. 

Pp.  1-8.  8°.     No.  1  is  all  that  was  published. 

274  The  Indian  |  of  |  New-England,  |  and  the  |  North-eastern 

Provinces;  |  A  Sketch  of  the  Life  of  an  Indian  Hunter,  Ancient 
Traditions  re-  |  lating  to  the  |  Etchemin  Tribe,  |  their  modes  of  life, 
fishing,  hunting,  &c. :  |  with  |  Vocabularies  |  in  the  |  Indian  and 
English,  |  giving  the  names  of  the  |  animals,  birds,  and  fish :  |  The 
most  complete  that  has  been  given  for  New-England,  in  the  |  Lan 
guages  of  the  |  Etchemin  and  Micmacs.  |  These  are  now  the  only 
Indian  Tribes  to  the  North-east,  the  former  inhabitants  |  of  New- 
England,  that  have  preserved  their  language  entire,  being   the 
oldest  |  and  purest  Indian  spoken  in  the  Eastern  States.  |  Derived 
from  the  Indian  (Nicola  Tenesles,)  |  By  Joseph  Barratt  M.  I).,  | 
Member  of  several  Learned  Societies.  |  This  Book  is  the  only  work  of 
its  kind  to  be  had.   It  contains  |  the  Elements  of  the  Indian  Tongue, 
and  much  that  is  new  to  the  |  reading  public ;  especially  the  names 
by  which  the  Bed  Men  of  |  the  forest,  designated  the  natural  objects 
before  them.  | 

Middletown,  Connecticut:  |  Charles  H.  Pelton,  Printer.  |  1851.  | 
Price  25  Cents.  |  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-24.  12°. 

Names  for  the  Animals  in  Indian  [Etchemin  and  Micmac],  pp.  11-15. 

Key  to  the  Indian  language  of  New  England,  pp.  15-23,  includes:  Vocabulary  of 
the  Etchemin,  pp.  15-17 ;  Parts  of  the  human  body  [Etchemin  and  Micmac],  p.  18; 
Compendium  of  Indian  Grammar,  pp.  20-23. 

"To  the  reader,"  reverse  of  title,  is  dated  Sept.  18,  1851.  A  third  edition,  with 
slightly  different  title,  is  as  follows: 

275  The  Indian  |  of  |  New  England,  |  and  the  |  North-eastern 

Provinces;  |  A  Sketch  of  the  Life  of  an  Indian  Hunter,  Ancient 


BARKER—  BARR1ENTOS.  59 

Barratt  (Joseph,  M.  D.) — continued. 

Traditions,  re-  |  lating  to  the  |  Etcberaiu  Tribe,  |  their  modes  of  life, 
fishing,  hunting,  &c.:  |  with  |  Vocabularies  |  in  the  Indian  and  Eng 
lish,  |  giving  the  names  of  the  animals,  birds,  and  fish.  |  The  most 
complete  that  has  been  given  for  New-England,  in  the  |  Languages 
of  the  |  Etchemin  and  Micmacs.  |  These  are  now  the  only  Indian 
Tribes  to  the  North-east,  the  former  inhabitants  |  of  New-England, 
that  have  preserved  their  language  entire,  being  the  oldest  |  and 
purest  Indian  spoken  in  the  Eastern  States.  |  Derived  from  the 
Indian  (Nicola  Tenesles,)  |  By  Joseph  Barratt,  M.  D.,  |  Member  of 
several  Learned  Societies.  |  This  book  is  the  only  work  of  its  kind 
to  be  had.  It  contains  |  the  Elements  of  th»  Indian  Tongue,  and 
much  that  is  new  to  the  |  reading  public;  especially  the  names  by 
which  the  Bed  Men  of  |  the  forest,  designated  the  natural  objects 
before  them.  | 

Middletown,  Connecticut:  |  Charles  H.  Pelton,  Printer.  |  1851.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-24.  12°.     Contents  same  as  2d  ed. 

"To  the  reader,"  reverse  of  title,  dated  October  8th,  1851,  gives  "Notes  to  the 
third  Edition";  in  it  he  says  the  key  has  been  reprinted  in  Copway's  American 
Indians,  No.  12.  . 

276 Indian  Proprietors  |  of  |  Mattebeseck,  |  and  their  descend 
ants,  |  whose  names  appear  in  the  town  records,  |  from  1673  to 
1749.  |  By  Joseph  Barratt,  M.  D.  | 

Colophon:  Middletown,  (Connecticut.)  1850.  c. 

Pp.  1-4.  8°.  No  title  page;  heading  only.  English  signification  of  some  tribal 
and  proper  names  and  "Note  on  the  word  Manitoese  [God]." 

277  Barreda  (Nicolas  de  la).    Doctriua  |  Christiana  |  en  lengva  Chinan- 
teca  |  afiadida  la  explicacion  |  de  los  principales  mysterios  de  la 
Fee.  |  Modo  de  baptizar  en  caso  de  uecessidad,  y  de  ay  |  undar  a  bieu 
morir,  y  methodo  de  administracion  |  de  Sacramentos,  |  Por  el  Br. 
D.  Nicolas  de  la  Barreda,  |  Cura  Beneficiado,  Juez  Ecclesiastico  del 
Beueficio  |  de  S.  Pedro  de  Yolos  |  de  el  Obispado  do  Oaxaca.  | 
Dedicalo  |  Al  Muy  Illre  y  Vene  Cabildo  de  la  Santa  Igle-  |  sia  de  la 
Ciudad  de  Antequera.  |  Con  licencia  de  los  Superiores  | 

En  Mexico.    Por  los  Herederos  de  la  Viuda  de  Francisco  Rodri 
guez  Lupercio,  en  la  Fuente  de  Palacio.    Ailo  de  1730.  |  JOB. 
8  p.  H.,  pp.  1-85.  4°. 

278  Barrientos  (Fr.  Luis).     Doctrina  Cristiana  |  en  |  Lengua  Chiapa- 
neca  |  compuesta  |  por  El  Muy  Eeverendo  Padre  |  Fray  Luis  Barri 
entos  |  de  la  ordeu  |  de  los  predicadores  de  San  Vicente  de  Chiapa  y 
Guatemala.  | 

Auo  de  1690.  |  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  53-72.  4°.  Forms  part  of:  Piiiart  (A.  L.)  Bibliotheque  de  Lingnistique  et 
d'Ethnoijraphie  Ame"ricaines  publide  par  Alph.-L.  Piiiart.  Vol.  I.  ^"aris,  1875. 
Pp.  1-52  contain  Alboruoz  (Fr.  Jnan  de).  Arto  de  la  Lengua  Chiapaueca. 


60  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

279  Barringer  (G-.)     La  langue  ame'ricaine.    Etude  sur  1'anglais  par!6 
aux  fitats-Unis. 

Paris,  Maisonnenve  et  Cie.  1873.  * 

16  pp.  8°.    Forms  No.  6  of  Vol.  '3  of  the  acts  of  the  Socie^  de  Philologie.— 
Leclerc. 

280  Earth  (Johannes  August).    Pacis  |  annis  MDCCCXIV  et  MDCCC- 
XV  |  foedessatis  arniis  restitutae  |  Monumentum  |  orbis  terraruin  | 
de  |  ibrtuna  redua  gaudia  |  gentium  linguis  interpretaus  |  prineipi- 
bus  piis  felicibus  augustis  |  populisque  |  victoribus  liberatoribus 
liberatis  |  dicatum.  |  Curante  |  Johanne  Augusto  Bartb.  | 

Vratislaviae,  |  Typis  Grassii  Bartbii  et  Comp.  |  [n.  d.]  C. 

Title  aud  49  unnumbered  11.  folio.  An  ode  in  the  language  of  Greenland,  leaf  49. 

281  Bartlett  (John  Eussell).    Vocabulary  of  the  Kechi,  and  of  the 
Apache. 

Iu  Whipple  (A.  W.)  Report  upon  the  Indian  Tribes,  in  Pac.  R.  R.  Reports, 
vol.3,  pt.3,  pp. 77-85.  Washington,  1856.  4°. 

282 Vocabulary  of  the  Yuki,  and  of  the  H'hana. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)   Contributions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  483-488,  504- 
508.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

283  Vocabulary  of  the  Maricopa,  of  the  Diegueno  and  of  the 

Cocbiini  languages. 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S.)  Yuma  Sprachstanim,  in  Zeitschrift  fiir  Ethnologic,  pp. 
390-407.  Berlin,  1877.  8°. 

284  -      —  Vocabularies  of  the  Cahita,  of  the  Opate,  and  of  the  Tara- 
huuiara. 

Manuscript,  200  words  each.  7  11.  folio. 

285  Vocabulary  of  the  Ceris.  .    n 

Manuscript,  180  words,  (i  11.  folio. 

Taken  by  Mr.  Bartlett  from  Hermosilla,  a  native,  January,  1852.  k 

286 Vocabulary  of  the  Cochiuii. 

Manuscript,  180  words.  6  11.  folio. 

287  Vocabulary  of  the  Coco  Maricopa. 

Manuscript,  180  words.  6  11.  folio. 

288  Vocabulary  of  the  Coppermine  Apaches. 

Manuscript,  150  words.  C  11.  folio. 

Obtained  by  Mr.  Bartlett  from  Mancus  Colorado,  a  chief  of  the  Coppermine 
Apaches,  July,  1851. 

289 Vocabulary  of  the  Diegeno. 

Manuscript,  150  words.  6  11.  folio.      ' 

290  Vocabulary  of  the  Dieguina. 

Manuscript,  180  words.  6  11.  folio. 

"These  Indians  resided  for  20  miles  along  the  coast  in  the  neighborhood  of  San 
Diego." 

291  Vocabulary  of  the  Hum-mock-a-ha-vi. 

Manuscript,  180  words.  6  11.  folio. 


UARRINGER — BARTON. 


61 


Bartlett  (John  Eussell) — continued. 

292  Vocabulary  of  the  Kioway. 

Manuscript,  200  words.  6  11.  folio.     Collected  from  Esteban,  a  Mexican  in  the 

service  of  the  Mexican  Boundary  Commission,  who  had  been  a  captive  seven  years 

among  the  Comanches  and  Kioways  in  Texas. 


293 


Vocabulary  of  the  Piro. 


Manuscript,  6  11.  folio.     Collected  from  two  of  the  principal  men  of  the  pueblo 
of  Sineca,  a  few  miles  below  El  Paso  del  Norte. 

294  Vocabulary  of  the  Tigua. 

Manuscript,  6  11.  folio.    Collected  from  Santiago  Ortiz  (Ahebatu),  head  chief 
of  Sineca,  Isleta,  &c. 


295 


296 


Vocabulary  of  the  Yaqui  of  Sonora. 


Manuscript,  6  11.  folio. 


Vocabulary  of  the  Yuma  or  Cuchan. 


Manuscript,  180  words.  6  11.  folio. 

Tho  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.     Collected 
by  Mr.  Bartlett  while  on  the  Mexican  Boundary  Commission. 

297  Barton  (Benjamin  Smith).    New  Views  |  of  the  |  Origin  |  of  the  | 
Tribes  and  Nations  |  of  |  America.  |  By  Benjamin  Smith  Barton, 
M.  D.  |  Correspondent-Member  [&c.,  &c.,  10  lines]. 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed,   for  the  Author,  |   by  John   Bioren.  | 
1797.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  i-xii,  i-cix,  1-83.  8°. 
Preliminary  Discourse,  i-cix, 
Comparative   Vocabulary    [54  words, 
pp.  1-80]  of  the  Leuni-Lennape,  or 
Delawares    (Zeisberger's    Essay    & 
Heckewelder), 

Carver, 


Chippewas      (Heckewelder, 

Long), 

Minsi  (Heckewelder), 
Acadians, 
Mahicanni, 

Shawnees  (Gen.  Gibsou), 
Pottawatameh, 
Hurons, 

Miamis  (Sam.  Coleworthy), 
Messisauge^s, 

Kikkapoos  (Judge  Turner), 
Piankashaws  (Judge  Turner), 
Algonkins  (La  Hontan), 
Indians  of   Peuobscot  and   St.  Johns 

(Re-.  Mr.  Little), 
Narragansetts  (Roger  Williams), 


Mohawks, 

Onondagos  (Zeisberger), 

Cayugas, 

Oneidas  (Griffith  Evans), 

Tuscaroras  (Lawson), 

Indians  of  New  England, 

Cochnewagoes, 

Wyandots, 

Naudowessies  (Carver), 

Cheerakee  (Adair), 

Muskohge  (Adair), 

Chikkasah  (Adair), 

Choktah  (Adair), 

Eatahba, 

Natchez  (Du  Pratz), 

Mexicans  (De  Laet,  Clavgero,  Gage, 

Forster), 

Darien  Indians  (Lionel  Wafer), 
Woccons  (Lawson), 
Sankikani, 

Pampticoughs  (Lawson), 
Hochelagenses. 


298 


Senecas, 

Reviewed  in  the  Portfolio,  vol.  7,  pp.  507-526,  and  extracts  given,  pp.  518-522. 
The  article  is  signed  "C."    Reprinted  as  follows  : 

New  Views  |  of  the  |  Origiu  |  of  the  |  Tribes  and  Nations  | 
of  |  America.  |  By  Benjamin  Smith  Barton,  M.  D.  |  Correspondent- 


Member  [&c.,  &c.,  10  lines]. 


62  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Barton  (Benjamin  Smith) — continued. 

Philadelphia:    |    Printed  for  the  Author,  |  by  John  Bioren.  | 
1798.  |  C. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-cix,  1-133,  1-32.  8°. 

In  addition  to  the  vocabularies  given  in  the  first  edition  there  are  as  follows: 

Natick  (from  Eliot),  Erigas, 

Canadians  (from  Breboeuf),  Conchaes, 

Arkanzas  (from  Bossu),  Mobiliens, 

Indians  of  Virginia  (Capt.  Smith),  Canestogas, 

Moutagnais  (Masse'  &  Breboeuf),  Esquimaux  (Kalm), 

Greeulandere  (Crantz),  Poconchini  (Gage), 

Indians  of  Pennsylvania  (Win.  Penn),  Caraibes  (Rochefort). 
Illinois  (Hennepin), 

299  Hints  on  the  Etymology  of  certain  English  words,  and  on 

their  affinity  to  words  in  the  languages  of  different  European  and 
American  (Indian)  Nations,  in  a  letter  from  Dr.  Barton  to  Dr. 
Thomas  Beddoes. 

In  Am.  FhiloBOph.  Soc.  Trans.,  vol.  6,  pp.  145-158.  Philadelphia,  1804.  4°. 
Issued  separately  as  follows: 

300  Hints  on  the  Etymology  of  Certain  English  Words,  and  on 

their  Affinity  to  Words  in  the  Language  of  different  European, 
Asiatic  and  American  [Indian]  Nations,  in  a  letter  from  Dr.  Barton 
to  Dr.  Thomas  Beddoes. 

[Philadelphia,  1803.]  * 

14  pp.  4°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

301  Bartram  (William).    Travels  |  through  |  North  and   South  Caro 
lina,  |  Georgia,  |  East  &  West  Florida,  |  the  Cherokee  Country,  the 
extensive  |  Teriitories  of  the  Muscogulges,  |  or  Creek  Confederacy, 
and  the  Country  of  the  Chactaws;  |  containing  an  account  of  the 
soil  and  natural  |  productions  of  those  regions,  toge-  |  ther  with 
observations  on  the  |  manners  of  the  Indians.  |  Embellished  with 
copper- plates.  |  By  William  Bartram.  | 

Philadelphia:    |   Printed  by  James  &  Johnson.   |  M,DCC,XCI. 
[1791.]  |  C. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xxxiv,  1-522.  8°. 

Appended : 

An  |  Account  |  of  the  |  persons,  manners,  customs  |  and  |  govern 
ment  |  of  the  |  Muscogulges  or  Creeks,  |  Cherokees,  Chactaws,  &c.  | 
Aborigines  of  the  Continent  of  |  North  America.  |  By  William  Bar- 
tram.  | 

Philadelphia:    |   Printed  by  James  &  Johnson.   |  M,DCC,XCI. 
[1791.]  | 

Pp.  481-522.  8°. 

Chapter  vi.   Language  and  Manners  [of  the  Mnscogulges  and  Cherokees], 
pp.  519-522. 

302  Travels  |  through  |  North  and  South  Carolina,  |  Georgia,  | 

East  and  West  Florida,  |  the  Cherokee  Country,  |  the  extensive 


BARTOX BARTRAM.  63 

Bartram  (William) — continued. 

Territories  of  the  .Muscogulges  |  or  Creek  Confederacy,  |  and  the 
Country  of  the  Chactaws.  |  Containing  |  an  Account  of  the  Soil  and 
Natural  produc-  |  tions  of  those  regions;  |  together  with  observa 
tions  on  the  manners  of  the  Indians.  |  Embellished  with  copper 
plates.  |  By  William  Bartram.  | 

Philadelphia:  Printed  by  James  and  Johnson.  1791.  |  London:  | 
Reprinted  for  J.  Johnson,  in  St.  Paul's  Church-yard.  |  1792.  |  JOB. 

Pp.  i-xxiv,  520,  6  11.,  map.  8°. 

Language  ami  manners  [Creeks  and  Muscogulges],  pp.  517-520. 

303  -        -  Travels  through  North  and  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  East 
and  West  Florida,  the  Cherokee  Country,  the  Extensive  Territories 

of  the  Muscogulges  or  Creek  Confederacy,  and  the  Country  of  the  MJ 
Choctaws.    Containing  an  Account  of  the  soil  and  natural  produc 
tions  of  those  Regions;  together  with  observations  on  the  manners 
of  the  Indians.    Embellished  with  Copper-plates.    By  William  Bar- 
tram. 

Dublin:  For  J.  Moore,  W.  Jones,  E.  M'Allister,  and  J.  Kice. 
1793.  * 

12  p.  11.,  520,  11  pp.  8°.  Map  and  7  pll.     Title  from  Stevens'  Nuggets. 

304  -      —  Willam  Bartram's  |  Eeisen  |  durch  |  Nord-  und  Sud-Karo- 
lina,  |  Georgien,  Ost-  und  West- Florida,  |  das  Gebiet  |  der  Tschero- 
kesen,  Krihks  und  Tschaktalis,  |  nebst  umstiindlichen  Nachrich- 
ten  |  von  den  Eiuwohuern,  dem  Boden  und  den  Naturprodukten  I 
dieser  wenig  bekannten  grossen  Lander.  |  Aus  dem  Englischen.  | 
Mit  erlauteruden  Anmerkungen  |  von  |  E.  A.  W.  Zimmermann,  | 
Hofrath  und  Professor  in  Braunschweig.  c. 

Pp.  i-xxvi,  1  ].,  pp.  1-469.  sm.  8°. 

The  above  forms  pp.  1-469  of:  Magazin  |  von  |  merkwiirdigen  neuen  |  Reise- 
beschreibnngen,  |  ans  fremden  Sprachen  iibersetzt  |  nnd  mit  |  erlauternden 
Anmerkungen  begleitet.  |  Mit  Knpferu.  |  Zehnter  Band.  |  Berlin,  1793.  |  In  der 
Vossischeu  Buchhandlung.  | 

Sprache  und  Denkmiibler,  pp.  491-494. 

305  -    Travels  |  through  |  North  and  South  Carolina,  |  Georgia,  | 

East  and  West  Florida,  |  the  Cherokee  Country,  |  the  extensive 
Territories  of  the  Muscogulges  |  or  Creek  Confederacy,  |  and  the 
Country  of  the  Chactaws.  |  Containing  |  An  Account  of  the  Soil 
and  Natural  Produc-  |  tions  of  those  Kegious;  |  Together  with  | ' 
Observations  on  the  Manners  of  the  Indians.  |  Embellished  with 
Copper  Plates.  |  By  William  Bartram.  |  The   Second  Edition  in 
London.  | 

Philadelphia:  Printed  by  James  and  Johnson.  1791.  |  London:  | 
Reprinted  for  J.  Johnson,  in  St.  Paul's  Church-yard.  |  1794.  |  JCB.C. 
Pp.  1-520,  4  11.  8°. 
Chap.  vl.  Language  and  Manners,  pp.  517-520. 

30G  -  Reizen  door  Noord-  en   Zuid-Carolina,  Georgie,  Oost-  en 

West-Florida;  de  Landen  der  Cuerokees,  des  Muscogulges,  of  bet 


64  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Bartram  (William) — continued. 

Creek  bondgenootschap  en  het  land  der  Chactaws.    Uit  het  En- 
gelsch  vertaald,  door  J.  D.  Pasteur. 

Haarlem,  1794-97.  * 

8°.  Map.  J.  de  Jong's  "  Alphabetische  Naamlijst"  gives  the  imprint,  Amster 
dam,  H,  Moolmeizer,  1797.  3  parts.  8°.  Plate  and  map.— Sabin. 

307  Voyage  |  dans  les  parties  sud  |  de  1'Ame'rique  |  septentrio 
nale;  |  Savoir:  les  Carolines  septentrionale  et  me"ridio-  |  nale,  la 
Georgie,  les  Florides  orientale  et  |  occidentale,  le  pays  des  Chero- 
ke"es,  le  vaste  |  territoire  des  Muscogulges  ou  de  la  confede'-  |  ration 
Creek,  et  le  pays  des  Chactaws;  |  Conteuant  des  details  sur  le  sol  et 
les  productions  natu-  |  relies  de  ces  contre"es,  et  des  observations  sur 
les  |  mo3urs  des  Sauvages  qui  les  habitent.  |  Par  Williams  [sic]  Bar- 
tram.  |  Imprime"  a  Philadelphie,  en  1791,  et  a  Londres,  |  en  17'i2,  et 
trad,  de  1'angl.  par  P.  V.  Benoist.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Carteret  et  Brosson,  libraires,  rue  Pierre-  |  Sar- 
rasin,  Nos.  13  et  7:  |  Dugour  et  Durand,  rue  et  maison  Serpente. 
An  VII  [1799].  |  C.JCB. 

2  vols.  8°.  Map. 

Chapter  vi.  Langage,  moeurs,  etc.  [Muscogulge  et  Cherokee],  pp.  419-424. 

308  Voyage  |  dans  les  Parties  Sud  |  de  1'Amerique  |  Septentrio 
nale;  |  Savoir:  les  Carolines  septentrionale  et  meridio-  |  nale,  la 
Georgie,  les  Florides  orientale  et  |  occideutale,  le  pays  des  Chero- 
ke"es,  le  vaste  |  territoire  des  Muscogulges  ou  de  la  confede"-  |  ration 
Creek,  et  le  pays  des  Chactaws;  |  Contenant  des  details  sur  le  sol  et 
les  productions  |  naturelles  de  ces  contre"es,  et  des  observations  sur 
les  |  mo?,nrs  des  Sauvages  qui  les  habitent.  |  Par  William  Bartram.  | 
Imprime"  a  Philadelphie,  eu  1791,  et  a  Londres,  |  en  1792,  et  trad,  de 
1'angl.  par  P.  V.  Benoist.  |  Tome  Premier.  |  [Second.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Maradan,  Libraire,  rue  Pare"e  Saint- Andre"-  |  des- 
Arcs,  No.  16.  |  An  IX  [1801].  |  JCB. 

2  vols.  8°. 
Chap.  vi.  Langage,  mocnrs,  etc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  419-424. 

309  Observations  on  the  Creek  and  Cherokee  Indians.  By  Wil 
liam  Bartram.   1789.    With  Prefatory  and  Supplementary  Notes. 
By  E.  G.  Squier. 

In  Am.  Eth.  Soc.  Trans.,  vol.  3,  pt.  1,  pp.  1-81.  New  York,  1853.  8°. 
The  article  by  Mr.  Bartram  occupies  pp.  11-58,  the  remaining  pages  being 
taken  up  with  Mr.  Senior's  notes. 

There  are  a  few  Creek  and  Cherokee  terms  scattered  through. 

310  fiasac  or  Basacio  (Fr.  Arnaldo).     Sermones  en  Lengua  Megicana 
para  los  Domingos  y  Fiestas  del  ano.    Y  se  conservan  en  varias 
Bibliotecas  * 

311 Los  Evangelios  y  Epistolas  de  las  Misas  de  todo  el  ano  tra- 

ducidos  a  la  Lengua  Megicana.  * 

Manuscripts.     Titles  from  Beristain. 


BARTRAM — BASSETA.  65 

312  Basalenque   (Fr.  Diego).     Arte  de  la    Lengua  Matlaltzinga  mui 
copioso  y  assimismo  una  suma  y  arte  abreviado.    Compuesto  todo 
por  el  Padre  Maestio  fr.  Diego  Basalenque  De  la  ordeii  de  nuestro 
Padre  Sau  Augustin  de  la  Prouincia  de  Michoacan  aimi  1.6.4.0. 

Manuscript,  4°,  apparently  original.  It  commences,  without  preliminaries, 
•with  the  declension  of  nouns.  Sixteen  pages  farther  on  is  found  the  preface, 
which  occupies  pp.  17-18.  The  Arte  follows  to  page  121,  the  122d  missing.  On 
page  123  begins  a : 

Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Maltlatzinga.  buelto  eu  la  castellana. 
Por  el  Pe.  Maestro  fr.  Diego  Basaleuque  de  la  orden  de  N.  P.  8. 
Agustin  De  la  Prouincia  de  Michoacan.  anno  1642. 

This  terminates  on  leaf  24'2.     One  leaf  follows  with  this  title : 

Vocabulario  de  la  Leiigua  Castellana:  buelta  en  la  Maltlatzinga 
[sic]:  Por  el  Pe.  Maestro  fr.  Diego  Basalenque  de  la  orden  De  N.  P. 
S.  Augustin  De  la  Prouin9ia  de  Michoacan.  anflo  de  1642. 

LI.  1-40  numbered,  and  178  unnumbered. 

Colophon : 

Finis  Dictionary  Maltlalzingo  quod  absolutum  est  18.  de  febrero 
anni  1646.  » 

Titles  from  Icazbalceta's  Apnutes. 

313  Arte  de  la  Lengua  Tarasca,  dispuesto  con  nuevo  estilo,  y 

claridad,  por  el  E.  P.  M.  Fr.  Diego  Basalenque,  del  Ordeu  de  N.  P. 
S.  Augustin,  Provincial  que  fue  de  la  Provincia  do  Michoacau,  y  su 
Chronista.     Sacalo  a  luz  el  E.  P.  M.  Fr.  Nicolas  de  Quixas,  Provin- 
vincial  [sic]  de  dicha  Provincia.    Y  la  dedica  a  la  Serenissima  Maria 
Sautissima,  Eeyna  de  los  Angeles. 

Con  licencia:  En  Mexico,  por  Francisco  de  Eivera  Calderon. 
Auo  de  1714.  » 

16  p.  11.,  no  pp.  8°. 

Another  edition  in  8°,  minus  title-page.  Six  preliminary  leaves  remain.  The 
work  contains  102  pp.  It  is  evidently  a  Mexican  edition  of  the  end  of  the  last 
century  or  beginning  of  the  present. — Icazbalceta's  Apuntes. 

314 Sermones  de  la  lengna  Matlacinga.  * 

315  Catecisuio  en  la  misma  [Matlaciuga]  y  Manual  de  Parrocos.  * 

Manuscripts  preserved  in  the  Library  of  Charo  and  removed  to  Valladolid. — 
Beristain. 

Fr.  Diego  Basaleuqne  was  born  at  Salamanca  25th  July,  1577,  went  to  America 
when  9  ye;irs  of  age,  became  an  Augnstin  4th  February,  1593,  elected  provincial 
1623,  and  died  12th  December,  1651. 

316  Basseta  (Fr.  Domingo  de).    Vocabnlario  Quiche"-Espanol.  * 

Finished  on  the  29th  of  January,  1690. 

317  Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Quiche1.  * 

Accompanied  by  an  excellent  Vocabulario  Qniche'-Espanol  in  the  dialect,  of 

Rabina!,  with  a  brief  grammar  of  the  same,  and  a  defective  Vocabulario  Espanol- 
Quiche'.     Collectively  they  form  a  manuscript  volume  of  500  pages,  and  are  re 
garded  by  the  Abbe  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  as  constituting  the  most  complete 
work  in  existence  on  the  Quiche'  language. — Squier. 
5  Bib. 


66  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

318  Bates    (II.   W.)      Stanford's   |    Compendium    of    Geography  and 
Travel  |  Based  on  Hellwald's  Die  Erde  uud  ihre  Viilker  |  Central 
America  |  the  West  Indies  |  and  |  South  America  |  Edited  and 
Extended  |    By  H.  W.  Bates,  |  Assistant-Secretary  of  the  Royal 
Geographical  Society;  |  Author  of  'The  Naturalist  on  the  River 
Amazons  |  With  |  Ethnological  Appendix  by  A.  H.  Keane,  B.  A.  | 
Maps  and  Illustrations  | 

London  |  Edward  Stanford,  55,  Charing  Cross,  S.  W.  |  1878  |  WE. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-571.  8°.  Maps. 

Keane  (A.  H.)  Appendix.  Ethnography  and  Philology  of  America,  pp.  443-561. 

319  Bfaudry]  D[e  Lozieres]  (Louis  Narcisse).    Voyage  |  a  la  Louisiane,  | 
et  sur  le  Continent  |  de  l'Ame>ique  |  septentriouale,  |  fait  dans  les 
anodes  1794  a  1798;  |  Contenant  un  Tableau  historique  de  la  Loui 
siane,  |  des  observations  sur  sou  climat,  ses  riches  productions,  |  le 
caractere  et  le  nom  des  Sauvages;  des  reinarques  |  im])ortantes  sur 
la  navigation;  des  principes  d'adminis-  |  tration,  de  legislation  etde 
gouveruemeut  propres  a  cette  |  Colonie,  etc.,  etc.  |  Par  B***  D***.  | 
Orne  d'une  belle  carte.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

Paris,  |  Dentu,  Imprimeur-Libraire,  Palais  du  Tribimat,  |  galeries 
de  bois,  no.  240.  |  An  XI.— 1802.  |  c.  HU. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-382.  8°.  Map. 

List  of  [145]  Indian  tribes,  pp.  241-245.  Vocabulary  of  the  Naoudoouessis, 
pp.  348-353.  Vocabulary  of  the  Chipouais,  pp.  353-362. 

Bautista  (Fr.  loan). 
See  Baptista  (Fr.  Jnau). 

320  Baxter  (Rev.  Joseph).    Journal  of  the  Rev.  Joseph  Baxter,  of  Med- 
lield,  Missionary  to  the  Eastern  Indians  in  1717.     (Communicated 
by  the  Rev.  Elias  Nason.) 

In  New  England  Hist,  and  Geneological  Register,  pp.  45-60.  Boston,  1807.  8°. 
"Brief  vocabulary  of  the   Indian  Language"   (a  few  words,  and  numerals 
1-1000),  pp.  59-60. 

Issued  also  as  follows : 

N  321  Journal  of  Several  Visits  to  the  Indians  on  the  Kennebec 

inHO  River,  By  the  Rev.  Joseph  Baxter,  of  Medfleld,  Mass.  1717.  With 
"»•  Notes,  by  the  Rev.  Elias  Nason. 

Boston :  David  Clapp  &  Son,  Printers.  1867.  0. 

Pp.  1-16.  8°. 

"A  brief  vocabulary  of  the  Indian  language,"  pp.  17-18. 

322  Beach  (W.  W.)    The  |  Indian  Miscellany;  |  containing  |  Papers  on 
the  History,  Antiquities,  Arts,  Languages,  |  Religions,  Traditions 
and  Superstitions  |  of  |  the  American  Aborigines;  |  with  |  Descrip 
tions  of  their  Domestic  Life,  Manners,  Customs,  |  Traits,  Amuse 
ments  and  Exploits;  |  Travels  and  Adventures  in  the  Indian  Coun 
try;  |  Incidents  of  Border  Warfare;   Missionary  Relations,  etc.  | 
Edited  by  W.  W.  Beach.  | 
Albany:  |  J.  Munsell,  82  State  Street.  |  1877.  |  o. 

Pp.  1-490.  8°. 


BATES — BEECHEY.  67 

Beach  (W.  W.) — continued. 

Gatschet  (A.  S.)  Indian  Languages  of  the  Pacific  States  and  Territories, 
pp. 416-447. 

Smith  (B.)  Comparative  Vocabularies  of  the  Semiuole  and  Miloisuke  [and 
Hitchitee]  Tongues,  pp.  120-126. 

Squier  (E.  G.)  Historical  and  Mythological  Traditions  of  the  Algonqnins 
[read  before  the  N.  Y.  Hist.  Soc.,  June,  1848],  pp.  9-42. 

323  Beamish  (North  Ludlow).    The  |  Discovery  of  America  |  by  the 
Northmen,  |  In  the  Tenth  Century,  |  with  |  notices  of  the  early  set 
tlements  of  the  Irish  |  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  |  By  |  North 
Ludlow  Beamish,  |  Fellow  [etc.,  three  lines].     [One  line  quotation.] 

London:  |  T.  aud  W.  Boone,  New  Bond  Street.  |  1841.  |  c. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xliv,  45-240,  6  unnumbered  11.  8°.  maps. 

A  short  vocabulary,  showing  affinities  between  the  American-Indian  and  Celtic, 
pp.  214-215. 

324  Beatty  (Charles).    The  |  Journal  |  of  a  |  Two  Months  Tour;  |  with 
a  view  of  |  Promoting  Eeligion  among  the  |  Frontier  Inhabitants  of 
Pennsylvania,  -|  and  of  |  Introducing  Christianity  among  the  |  In 
dians  to  the  Westward  of  the  Alegh-geuy  |  Mountains.  |  To  which 
are  added,  |  Remarks  on  the  Language  and  Customs  of  |  some  par 
ticular  Tribes  among  the  Indians,  with  a  |  brief  Account  of  the 
various  Attempts  that  have  been  |  made  to  civilize  and  convert 
them,  from  the  first  Settle-  |  rnent  of  New  England  to  this  day;  | 
By  Charles  Beatty,  A.  M.  |  [One  line  quotation.] 

London :  |  Printed  for  William  Davenhill,  No.  8  in  Coruhill ;  |  and 
George  Pearch,  No.  12  in  Cheapside.  |  MDCCLXVIII.  [1768.]  |  c. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-110.  12°. 

Notwithstanding  the  statement  on  the  title-page,  the  work  contains  no  "re 
marks  on  language." 

Field  gives  the  title  of  an  edition,  Edinburgh,  1798,  8°,  and  Triibner's  Cat.  one, 
Frankfort,  1771. 

325  Beauchamp  (Rev.  W.  M.)    The  Indian  Prayer  Book. 

In  Church  Eclectic  (The),  vol.  9,  no.  5,  pp.  415-422.    Utica,  1881.  8°. 
An  interesting  account  of  the  different  editions  of  the  Mohawk  Book  of  Com 
mon  Prayer.     Several  examples  in  the  Mohawk  language  are  given. 

326  Beaver  Indian  Primer. 

[No  title-page.     Colophon :  London :  Gilbert  &  Rivington,  White- 
friars  Street,  and  St.  John's  Square.]  JWP. 
Pp.  1-36.  12°. 
Prayers,  hytnns,  and  (pp.  31-36)  vocabulary  of  the  Beaver  dialect. 

327  Beechey  (Capt.  Frederic  William).    Narrative  |  of  a  |  Voyage  to  the 
Pacific  |  and  |  Beering's  Strait,  |  to  co-operate  with  |  the  Polar  Ex 
peditions  :  |  performed  in  |  His  Majesty's  Ship  Blossom,  |  under  the 
command  of  |  Captain  F.  W.  Beechey,  R.  N.  |  F.  R.  S.,  F.  R.  A.  S.,  and 
F.  R.  G.  S.  |  In  the  years  1825,  26,  27,  28.  |  Published  by  authority 
of  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty.  |  In  two  parts.  | 
Part  I  [II].  | 


68  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Beechey  (Capt.  Frederic  William) — continued. 

London:  |  Henry  Colburn  iind  Richard  Beutley,  |  New  Burlington 
Street.  |  MDCCCXXXI.  [1831.]  |  BA.O. 

2  vols.  4°.  map. 

Esquimaux  names  of  animals,  vol.  1,  p.  299.  Vocabulary  of  words  of  the  West 
ern  Esquimaux,  vol.  2,  pp.  619-627. 

328  Narrative  |  of  a  |  Voyage  to  the  Pacific  |  and  Beering's 

Strait  |  to  co-operate  with  |  the  Polar  Expeditions:  |  performed  in 
His  Majesty's  Ship  Blossom,  |  under  the  command  of  |  Captain  F. 
W.  Beechey,  E.  N.  |  F.  E.  8.,  &c.  |  in  the  years  1825,  20,  27,  28.  | 
Published  by  authority  of  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  |  the  Admi 
ralty.  |  A  new  edition.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Henry  Colburu  and  Eichard  Bentley,  |  New  Burlington 
Street.  |  1831.  |  B. 

2  vols.  8°.  maps. 

Vocabulary  of  words  of  the  Western  Esquimaux,  pp.  366-383. 

The  introductory  remarks  say:  "This  vocabulary  coutairs  a  collection  of  words 
made  by  Mr.  Collie,  Mr.  Osmer,  and  myself." 

Sabin's  Diet,  gives  an  edition,  London,  John  Murray,  1831,  2  vols.,  8°. 

329  Narrative  of  a  Voyage  to  the  Pacific  and  Beering's  Strait, 

to  cooperate  with  the  Polar  Expeditions;  performed  in  his  Majesty's 
Ship  Blossom,  under  the  command  of  Captain  F.  B.  Beechey,  E.  N., 

mwo      in  the  years  1825,  1826,  1827,  1828.    Published  by  authority  of  the 
Lords'  Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty. 
Philadelphia,  Carey  and  Lee,  1832.  * 

Pp.  1-493.  large  8°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  Fields. 

330  Eeise  nach  dem  Stillen  Ocean  und  der  Beeringstrasse ...  in 

den  Jahreu  1825-28.     Aus  dem  Englischen  iibersetzt. 

Weimar.  1832.  * 

2  vols.  8°.  map  and  plate.     Title  from  Sabin. 

331  Bejarano  (Fr.  Fernando).     Sermones  en  Lengua  Mije  y  en  Castel- 
lano. 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Beristain. 

332  Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Mije. 

Idiom  very  difficult  to  pronounce  and  also  to  write,  with  only  the  Spanish 
alphabet.  Copy  preserved  in  the  convent  of  Tnquila. — Berislain. 

333  [Belcourt  (Rev.  G.  A.)]     Principes  |  de  la  laugue  des  sauvages  | 
appeles  Sauteux.  |  [By  Eev.  G.  A.  Belcourt.] 

Quebec:  |  de  1'impriinerie  de  |  Frechette  &  Cie.,  |  Impritneurs- 
Libraires,  No.  8,  Eue  Lamontagne.  |  1839.  |  BA.  MHS.  0. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1-146.  16°. 

334  —     -  Anamihe-Masinahigan.  |  Jesus  Ot  Ijittawin  |  gaye  |  Ana- 
milie-Nakamunan  |  Takobihikatewun.    Mih'  Ejittwawad  |  Ketolik 
Aiiamihadjik.  | 


BEECHEY BELTRAMI. 


69 


[Belcourt  (Rev  G.  A.)] — continued. 

Kebekong  [Quebec]  Otenang:  |  Frechette  Masinahiganikkewinini 
endad.    Ihiw  Pipon — 1839 — Ka  Akko  nikit  Jesus.  |  BA. 

Pp.  i-v,  1-209.  12°. 

Catholic   prayer  book  in  the  Ojibwa  language.     Morning  Prayers,  pp.f>-19; 
Catechism,  pp.  19-106;  Prayers  for  Mass,  pp.107-131;  Hymns,  133-209. 
See  Baraga  (F.)  for  other  editions. 

335  Department  of  Hudson's  Bay.    By  Bev.  G.  A.  Belcourt. 

[Translated  from  the  French  by  Mrs.  Letitia  May.J 

In  Minn.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  vol.  1,  pp.  207-244.    St.  Paul,  1872.   8°. 
Scatteied  throughout  this  article  are  a  number  of  aboriginal  terms. 

336  Belden  (Lieut.  George  P.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon. 

Manuscript.  27  11.  12°.    Alphabetically  arranged. 

337  Dictionary  of  the  Snake,  Crow,  and  Sioux. 

Manuscript.  182  pp.  8°..   Alphabetically  arranged.     These  manuscripts  are  in 
the  library  of  the  Burran  of  Ethnology. 

338  Belden,  the  White  Chief; 


or,  |  twelve  years  |  among  the 


wild  Indians  of  the  Plains.  |  From  the  diaries  and  manuscripts  |  of  | 
George  P.  Belden,  |  The  Adveimirons  White  Chief,  Soldier,  Hunter, 
Trapper,  and  Guide.  |  Edited  by  |  Gen.  James  S.  Brisbiu,  U.  S.  A.  | 

Cincinnati  and  New  York:  |  C.  F.  Vent.  |  Chicago:  J.  S.  Goodman 
&  Co.  Philadelphia:  A.  II.  Hubbard.  |  St.  Louis:  F.  A.  Hutchin- 
son  &  Co.  |  San  Francisco:  A.  L.  Bancroft  &  Co.  |  1871.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-513.  8°. 

Ojibwa  war  song  (from  Schoolcraft),  p.  43 ;  Medicine  song  of  the  Dakota*, 
p.  280 ;  Names  of  months  in  Indian,  pp.  289, 290. 

Bellenger  (Joseph  M.)  Editor. 
See  Maillard  (Abbe). 

339  Beltrami  (Giacomo  Costantino).    La  De"couverte  |  des  |  Sources  | 
du  |  Mississippi  |  et  de  |  La  Biviere  Sanglante.  |  Description  |  Du 
Cours  entier  du  Mississippi,  |  Qui  n'etait  connu,  que  partiellement, 
et  d'une  grande  partie  de  |  celui  de  la  Eiviere  Sanglante,  presque  | 
entierernent  incouuue;  ainsi  que  du  |  Cours  Entier  de  1'Ohio.  |  Aper- 
£us  Historiques,  des  Endroits  les  plus  iute~ressaus,  |  qu'on  y  recon- 
tre.  |  Observations  Critico-Philosophiques,  |  Sur  les  Mceurs,  la  Eeli- 
gion,  les  Superstitions,  les  Costumes,  les  Armes,  |  les  Chasses,  la 
Guerre,  la  Paix,  le  Denombreinent,  1'Origiue,  &c.  &c.  |  De  plusieurs 
Nations  Indiennes.  |  Parallele  |  De  ces  Peuples  avec  ceux  de  1'Anti- 
qnite,  du  Moyeu  Age,  et  du  |  Moderue.  |  Coup-D'CEil,  sur  les  Com 
pagnies  Nord-ouest,  et  de  la  Baie  d'Hudson,  |  ainsi  que  sur  la  Colo- 
nie  Selkirk.  |  Preuves  Evidentes,  |  Que  le  Mississippi  est  la  premiere 
Eiviere  du  Monde.  |  Par  J.  C.  Beltrami,  |  Menibre  de  plusieurs  Aca- 
d^mies.  | 

Nouvelle-Orleans :  |  Imprim6  par  Benj.  Levy,  No.  86,  Eue  Eoyale.  | 
1824.  |  BA.  HU.  c. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-328.  8°. 

"Les  mois,  on  les  Lunes  des  Sionx,"  pp.  149,150;  "Les  mois  des  Cypawais," 
p.  150. 


IMPROVED  TITLE  IN 

ADDITION  CORREi, 


70  NORTH    AMERIACN    LINGUISTICS. 

Beltrami  (Giacomo  Constantino) — continued. 

340  A  |  Pilgrimage  |  in  |  Europe  and  America,  |  leading  to  |  the 

Discovery  |  of  |  the  Sources  of  the  Mississippi  |  and  Bloody  River;  | 
with  a  description  of  |  the  whole  course  of  the  former,  |  and  of  |  the 
Ohio.  |  By  J.  C.  Beltrami,  Esq.  |  Formerly  Judge  of  a  Royal  Court 
iu  the  Ex-Kingdom  of  Italy.  |  In  two  volumes.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Hunt  and  Clarke:  |  York  Street,  Covent    - 
Garden.  |  1828.  |  HU.O.  V 

2  vols.  8°. 

The  months  or  moons  of  the  Sioux,  vol.  2,  p.  274;  the  Chippewa  months,  pp. 
274,275. 

341  Beltran  de  Santa  Rosa  Maria  (Fr.  Pedro).     Grarnatica,  Diccionario, 
Catecismo  y  Sermones  de  la  Lengua  Maya. 

Printed  in  1739  and  1749.— Bmstain. 

342  Arte  |  de  el  |  Idioma  Maya  |  reducido  |  a  succintas  reglas,  | 

y  Semilexicon  |  Yucateco  |  por  el  R.  P.  F.  Pedro  Beltran  |  de  Santa 
Rosa  Maria,  Ex-Custodia,  Lee-tor,  que  fue  de  Philosophia,  y  Theolo- 
gia,  |  Revisor  del  Sto.  Oficio,  e  hijo  de  esta  Sta.  |  Recolecion  Fran 
ciscana  de  Merida.  |  Formolo,  y  dictolo,  |  siendo  Maestro  de  Lengua 
Maya,  en  el  Conven-  |  to  Capitular  de  N.  S.  P.  S.  FraTicisco,  de  dicha  | 
Ciudad.    Auo  de  1742.  |  Y  lo  dedica  |  a  la  Gloriosa  Indiana  |  Santa 
Rosa  Maria  |  de  Lima.  | 

Con  licencia:  En  Mexico,  por  la  |  Viuda  de  D.  Joseph  Bernardo 
de  Hogal.  |  Ano  de  1746.  |  C. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-188.  sm.  4°. 

343 Arte  |  del  |  Idioma  Maya  |  reducido  |  a  sucintas  reglas,  | 

y  |  Semilexicou  Yucateco  [  Por  el  R.  P.  Fr.  Pedro  Beltran  de  Santa  | 
Rosa  Maria,  Ex-Custodio,  Lector,  |  que  sue  de  Filosofla  y  Teologica, 
Revisor  del  Santo  oflcio,  6  hijo  de  esta  San-  |  ta  Recoleccion  fraucis- 
cana  de  Merida.  |  Form61o  y  Dictolo,  siendo  Maestro  de  Lengua  Maya 
en  el  Conveuto  Capi-  |  tular  de  N.  S.  P.  S.  Francisco  de  dicha  Ciudad. 
Afio  de  1742.  [  Y  lo  dedica  a  la  Glorioso,  Indiana  Santa  Rosa  Maria 
de  Lima.  |  Segunda  edicion.  | 
Merida  de  Yucatan:  |  Imprenta  de  J.  D.  Espinosa.  |  Julio  1859.  | 

9  p.  11.,  pp.  1-242.  sm.  4°.  C.  HU.  JCB.    ' 

344 No  vena  de  Christo  cruciflcado,  sus  siete  caidas,  explana- 

cion  (?)  de  la  Eucharistia,  Loa  y  demas  metros  y  naciones,  coinpues- 
tos  en  el  idioina  Maya,  por  el  P.  Fr.  Pedro  Beltrau  de  Santa  Rosa. 

Colophon  : 

H  Con  licencia  de  los  Superiores  en  Mexico  en  la  imprenta  de 
Francisco  Xavier  Sanchez,  en  la  Calle  de  San  Francisco,  pasada  la 
Casa  Profesa.  Ano  de  1740.  * 

Ll.  1-27.  8°.  The  recto  of  1.  17  is  of  no  value,  according  to  an  autograph  note 
of  the  author  at  the  end  of  1.  l(i.  It  is  reproduced  on  the  verso  of  1. 17. 

"The  ouly  copy  of  this  work  I  know  of  is  that  in  the  library  of  D.  Pedro  Regil 
y  Peon,  Merida,  and  is  incomplete.  The  title  page  being  missing  I  havo  composed 
a  title  from  what  appears  in  the  approbation."  Title  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbal- 
ceta,  who  received  it  from  Dr.  Berendt. 


BELTRAMI BENSOX.  71 

Beltran  de  Santa  Rosa  Maria  (Fr.  Pedro) — continued. 

345 Det'laracioji  de  la  Doctrina  Cristiana  en  el  idioma  Yucateco, 

uuevainente  corregida  en  algunos  vocables  y  periodos,  con  la  licen- 
ci;i  del  Ylhno.  Sr.  Dr.  1).  Francisco  Pablo  Matos  Coronado,  Obispo 
de  Yucatan,  del  Consejo  de  S.  M.  &c.  For  el  E.  P.  Fr.  Pedro  Beltran 
de  Santa  Rosa,  Lector  quo  fue  de  Tbeologia,  Ex-Custodio  de  la  Pro- 
vincia  de  Sor.  S.  Josepb  de  Yucatan,  Kevisor  de  Libros  de  el  Tribu 
nal  de  el  Santo  Oficio  de  la  Ynquisicion,  Comissario  del  venerable 
Orden  Tercero  de  Penitencia,  Eegente  de  Estudios,  Guardian  e  bijo 
de  la  Santa  Eecolleccion  cle  Merida.  Mandada  reimpriinir  por  el 
Ylnio.  Sr.  Dr.  y  Maestro  D.  Fr.  Ygnaciode  Padilla,  Arzobispo  Obispo 
de  dicha  Provincia.  Con  licencia. 

En  Mexico,  en  la  Iinprenta  del  Colegio  Realy  inas  antiguo  de  San 
Yldefonso,  ano  de  1757.  * 

Pp.  1-36.  8°.  Title,  p.l;  pp.  2-22,  "Advertencias;"  p.  18  wrongly  numbered  81. 
The  first  edition  of  this  work  was,  perhaps,  printed  in  1740. 

340  Declaracion  de  la  Doctrina  Christiana  en  el  idioma  Yuca 
teco,  por  el  E.  P.  Fr.  Pedro  Beltran  de  Santa  Eosa.  Auadie"ndole  el 
acto  de  contriciou  en  verso.  Con  liceucia. 

Eeiuipresa  en  Merida  de  Yucatan,  en  la  Imprenta  del  Gobierno, 
por  D.  M.  Isac  Rodriguez.  Aiio  de  1816.  * 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  pp.  3-20.  12°. 

The  two  titles  above  were  communicated  by  Sr.  Icazlialceta,  who  procured  them, 
I  think,  from  Dr.  Berendt.  Ac  py  of  each  of  the  editions  is  in  the  library  of  D. 
Pedro  Kegil  y  Peon,  Merida. 

347  Declaration  de  la  Doctrina  cristiana  en  el  idioina  Yucateco. 
Por  el  Eeverendo  padre  Fr.  Pedro  Beltran  de  Santa-Rosa.  Auadien- 
dole  el  acto  de  contrition  en  verso  y  en  prosa. 

M6rida.    Reimpresa  por  J.  D.  Espinosa.    Marzo,  1860.  * 

Pp.  1-23.  8°.     Title  from  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

348  •  Declaracion  de  la  Doctrina  Christiana  en  el  Idioma  Yucateco. 

Merida,  1866. 

Pp.  1-24.  12°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  Triibner's  Cat. 

Beltran  was  a  native  of  Merida  in  Yucatan,  and  taught  the  Maya  language  in 
the  principal  Monastery  of  San-Benito,  in  his  native  town. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

349  Benito  or  Beneito  (Fr.  Marcos).    Arte  de  la  Lengua  Mije  y  Devocio- 
nario  Manual  de  los  Misterios  del  Rosario  en  la  misma  Lengua.       * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

350  Bennett  (Lieut.  Col.  Clarence  E.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Yuma. 

Manuscript,  211  words.  10  11.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Collected  at  Fort  Yuma,  1864. 

351  Benson  (Egbert).    Memoir,  read  before  the  Historical  Society  of  the 
State  of  New  York,  31st  December,  1816;  by  Egbert  Benson. 

New  York:  Printed  by  William  A.  Merceiu.  1817.  * 

Pp.  1-72.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin. 


,  LOSS, 


72  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Benson  (Egbert) — continued. 

352  —     —  Memoir  |  read  before  |  the  Historical  Society  |  of  the  |  State 
of  New  York,  |  31st  December,  181G;  |  by  Egbert  Benson.  |  [Two 

T~,   lines  quotation.]  | 

New-York :  |  Printed  by  T.  &  W.  Mercein,  |  No.  93  Gold-Street,  | 
1817.  |  BA. 

353  Memoir,  |  read  before  |  the  Historical  Society  |  of  the  | 

State  of  New  York,  |   December  31,  1816.  |  By  Egbert  Benson,  j 
[Two  lines  quotation.]  |  Second  Edition — with  Notes.  | 

Jamaica:  |  Henry  C.  Sleight,  Printer.  |  1825.  |  0. 

Pp.  1-127.  12°. 

Indian  names,  pp.  7-20. 

354  Memoir,  |  read  before  |  the  Historical  Society  |  of  the  | 

State  of  New  York,  |  December  31,  1810.  |  By  Egbert  Benson.  | 
[Two  lines  quotation.]  |  (Reprinted  from  a  copy,  with  the  Author's 
last  corrections.) 

New  York :  |  Bartlett  and  Welford,  |  No.  7  Astor  House.  |  1848.  | 
Pp.  1-72.  8°. 

355  Berardo  ( D.  Juan).  Varias  versiones  del  Latin  y  Castellano  al  Me- 
xicano.  * 

Manuscript.    Title  from  Beristain. 

356  [Berendt  (Carlos  Herman).]     Cartilla  |  en  Lengu  Maya  |  para  la 
ensefizana  |  de  los  niiios  Indigenes  |  por  |  C.  H.  B.  | 

Merida,  |  Imprentade  J.  D.  Espinosa  6  Hijos.  |  1871.  |       C.  JOB. 

Pp.  1-14.  sq.  24°. 

357  —     -  Analyctic  Alphabet  |  for  the  |  Mexican  &  Central  American 
Languages.  |  By  |  C.  Hermann  Berendt,  M.  D.  |  Published  by  the  | 
American  Ethnological  Society.  | 

New  York:  |  Reproduced  in  fac-simile  by  the  |  American  Photo- 
Lithographic  Company,  |  (Osborne's  Process.)  |  1869.  |  o. 

Pp.  1-8.  8°. 

The  Lord's  Prayer  in  Maya  in  above  alphabet,  p.  8. 

I  have  seen  mention  of  a  private  edition  with  addition  of  portrait  of  author 
and  constitution  of  the  Ethnological  Society. 

358 •  Geographical  Distribution  of  the  Ancient  Central  American 

Civilization. 

In  Am.  Geogr.  Soc.  Jour.,  vol.  8,  pp.  132-145.     [Albany?],  1878.  8°. 
General  remarks  on  the  languages  of  the  Maya  family,  pp.  136-140. 

359  On  a  Grammar  and  Dictionary  of  the  Carib  or  Karif  Lan 

guage,  with  some  account  of  the  people  by  whom  it  is  spoken.    By 
Dr.C .  H.  Berendt. 

In  Smithsonian  Ann.  Kept.,  1873,  pp.363,  364.  Washington,  1874.  8°. 

360  The  Darien  Language.  * 

In  Am.  Hist.  Record,  vol.  3,  no.  26,  pp.  54-59.    Philadelphia,  1876.  4°. 
Paper  read  before  the  Am.  Eth.  Soc.,  Nov.  12,  1873.    Contains  a  list  of  Darien 

vocabularies,  printed  and  in  manuscript. 
Not  seen;  title  furnished  by  A.  S.  Gatschet. 


BENSON — BETANZOS.  73 

Berendt  (Carlos  Herman) — continued. 

3d  Classification  of  Nicaraguan  Languages.  * 

In  Berliner  Gesellschaft  (fur  Enlkunde  ?),  vol.  10. 

Au  extract  from  this  is  printed  in  the  Ansland  (a  weekly  paper  published  in 
Stuttgart),  1875,  p.  722. 

Title  furnished  by  A.  S.  Gatschet. 

362  Vocabulary  of  the  Maya. 

llauuscript,  200  words.  6  11.  folio. 

363  Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Mexican  or  Nahuatl  and 

Maya  Languages. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°. 

These  manuscripts  are  in  the  Library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

364  Berghaus  (Dr.  Heiurich).   Uber  die  Verwamltschaft  der  Schoshoneu, 
Kouiantschen  und  Apatscheu.   Voin  Herausgeber.  C. 

In  Berghaus  (H.)  Physikalischer  Atlas.  Geographisches  Jahrbuch,  1851,  no.  3, 
pp.  48-62.  I  M.I  ha.  4°. 

Worter-Verzeichniss  der  Komantschen-Sprache,  pp.  51-53;  Vergleichendes 
Worter-Verzeichniss  der  Schoshonen-  nnd  der  Komantschen-Sprache,  p.  54. 

365  Berglaiid  (Lieut.  Eric).   Vocabulary  of  the  Kechi  of  San  Luis  Rey, 
and  of  the  Yuma  or  Kertehan. 

In  'Wheeler  (G.  M.)  Report  upon  U.  S.  Geog.  Surveys,  vol.  7,  pp.  424-165, 475, 
481.  Washington,  1879.  4°. 

366  Bericht  |  liber  die  |  im  hochsten   Auftrage  |  seiner  koniglichen 
Hoheit  dej  Priuzen  Carl  vou  Preussen  |  und  Sr.  Durchlauclit  des 
Herni  Fiirsten  v.  Schoenburg-  |  Waldenburg  |  bewirkte  Untersu- 
chung  |  einiger  Theile  |  des  |  Mosquitolandes,  |  erstattet  |  von  der 
dazu  ernaunten  Commission.  |  [Printer's  device.]  |  Mit  zwei  Karten 
nnd  drei  Abbilduugen.  | 

Berlin.  |  Verlag  von  Alexander  Duncker,  |  koniglichen  Hof  buch- 
hiindler.  |  1845.  |  BA. 

274  pp.  The  work  contains  a  valuable  chapter  on  the  language  and  a  vocabu 
lary  of  the  inhabitants. 

Berlin  Academy. 
Sec  Konigliche-preuBsische  Akademle  der  Wisseiischaften  zn  Berlin. 

367  Berson  (F.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Clear  Lake  Indians,  California. 

Manuscript.  8  11.  sm.  4°. 

368  Yuki-English  and  English- Yuki  Dictionary. 

Manuscript.  45pp.  sm.  4°.  These  vocabularies  were  collected  in  1851,  tlie  latter 
from  a  band  of  Indians  fifty  miles  south  of  Clear  Lake,  California.  The  original 
manuscripts  are  in  possession  of  the  author,  who  resides  in  San  Francisco,  nnd 
copies  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

369  Betancur  (Fr.  Alonso).    Arte  y  Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  de  Gua 
temala. 

Title  from  Beristain. 

370  Betanzos  (Fr.  Pedro).    Arte,  Vocabulario,  y  Doctrina  Christiana  en 
Lengua  de  Guatemala. 

Printed  in  Mexico.— Beristai*. 


74  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

371  Beteta  or  Bitela  (Fr.  Gregorio).     Doctrina  Cristiana  en   Lengua 
Zapoteca.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

372  [Beverly  (Robert).]     The  |  History  |  and  |  Present  State  |  of  |  Vir 
ginia,  |  in  Four  Parts.  |  I.  The  History  of  the  First  Settlement  |  of 
Virginia,  and  the  Government  there-  |  of,  to  the  present  Time.  | 
II.  The  Natural  Productions  and  Conveni-  |  encies  of  the  Country, 
suited  to  Trade  |  and  Improvements.  |   III.  The  Native  Indians, 
their  Religion,  Laws,  |  and  Customs,  in  War  and  Peace.  |  IV.  The 
Present  State  of  the  Country,  as  to  |  the  policy  of  the  Government, 
and  the  |  Improvements  of  the  Land.  |  By  a  Native  and  Inhabitant 
of  the  Place.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  R.  Parker,  at  the  Unicorn,  under  the  Piaz 
za's  |  of  the  Eoyal  Exchange.  MDCCV.  [1705.]  |  BA.C. 

6  p.  11.,  pp.  1-104,  1-40,  1-64,  1-83.  12°. 

Of  the  Learning  and  Languages  of  the  Indians,  pp.  23, 24 ;  and  a  few  aboriginal 
terms  passim. 

373  Histoire  |  de  la  |  Virginie;  |  contenant,  |  I.  L'Histoire  dn 

premier  Establissement  dans  'a  Vir-  |  ginie,  &  de  son  Gouvernement 
jusques-a-present.  |  II.  Les  Productions  naturelles  &  les  Commodi- 
te~s  |  dn  Pai's,  avant  que  les  Anglois  y  negociassent,  &  |  1'amelioras- 
sent.     III.  La  Religion,  les  Loix,  &  |  les  Coutumes  des  Indiens  Na- 
turels,  tant  dans  la  |  Guerre,  que  dans  la  Paix.    IV.  L'Etat  present 
du  |  Pa'is,  tant  a  1'egard  de  la  Police,  que  de  1'Ame"-  |  lioration  du 
Pa'is.  |  Par  un  Auteur  natif  &  habitant  du  Pai's.  |  Traduite  de  1'An- 
glois.  |  Enrichie  de  Figures.  | 

Imprime  a  Orleans,'  &  se  vend  |  A  Paris,  |  chez  Pierre  Ribou, 
proche  les  An-  |  gustins,  a  la  descente  du  Pont-neuf,  |  a  1'Iinage 
Saint  Loiiis.  |  M.DCCVII.  [1707.]  |  Avec  Aprobation,  &  Privilege 
du  Roy.  |  BA.C. 

Engraved  title  1  1.,  printed  title  1  1.,  3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-417,  table  9  11.  16°. 
Du  Savoir,  &  du  Langage  des  Indiens,  pp.  250-252. 

374  Histoire  |  de  la  |  Virginie,  |  contenant  |  I.  L'Histoire  du 

premier  Establissement  dans  la  Vir-  |  ginie,  &  de  son  Gouvernement 
jusques  ;\  present.  |  II.  Les  productions  uaturelles  &  les  Commodi- 
tez  |  du  Pa'is,  avant  que  les  Anglois  y  negociassent,  &  |  1'amelioras- 
sent.    III.  La  Religion,  les  Loix,  &  \  les  Coutumes  des  Indiens  Na- 
turels,  tant  dans  la  |  Guerre,  que  daiis  la  Paix.    IV.  L'Etat  present 
du  |  Pai's,  tant  &  1'egard  de  la  Police,  que  de  1'Ame-  |  lioration  du 
Pa'is.  |  Par  uu  Auteur  natif  &  habitant  du  Pais.  |  Traduite  de  1'An- 
glois.    Enrichie  de  Figures.  | 

A  Amsterdam,  |  Chez  Thomas  Lombrail,  Marchand  |.  Libraire 
dans  le  Beurs-straat,  |  MDCCVII.  [1707.]  |  o. 

Engraved  title  1  1.,  printed  title  1  1.,  2  p.ll.,  pp.  1-432,  table  8  11.  16°. 
Du  Savoir.  &  du  Langage  des  Indiens,  pp.  208-260. 


BETETA — BIBELIB.  75 

[Beverly  (Kobert)] — continued. 

375  Histoire  |  de  la  |  Virginie,  |  coutenant  [  L'Histoire  de  son 

Establissement  de  son  Gou-  |  verneuient  d'apresent,  les  Productions, 
la  |  Religion,  les  Loix  &  les  Coutumes  des  In-  |  diens  Naturels,  tant 
dans  la  Guerre  que  dans  |  la  Paix,  &  I'gtat  present  du  Pays  & 
1'egard  |  de  la  Police  &  de  1'Agriculture.  |  Par  D.  S.  natif  &  habitant 
du  Pays.  |  Traduit  de  1'Auglois  &  enrichie  de  figures.  | 

A  Amsterdam,  |  Chez  Claude  Jordan,  Libraire.  vis-a-vis  du  |  Lom- 
bart,  proche  la  Ville  de  Lion.  |  M.DCC.XII.  [1712.]  |  c. 

Engraved  title  1  1.,  printed  title  1  L,  2  11.,  pp.  1-434,  table  8  11.  16°. 
Du  Savoir,  &  du  Langage  des  Indiens,  pp.  258-260. 

376  Relation  Historique  de  la  Virginie,  par  D.  S.  natif  et  habi 
tant  du  pais. 

Amsterdam,  1718.  *  filw 

12°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  booksellers'  catalogue. 

377  -        -  The   |   History  |  of  |  Virginia,  |  In  Four  Parts.  |  I.  The 
History  of  the  First  Settlement  |  of  Virginia  and  the  Government 
there-  |  of,  to  the  Year  1706.  |  II.  The  natural  Productions  and  Con- 
venien-  |  ties  of  the  Country,  suited  to  Trade  and  |  Improvement.  | 

III.  The  Native  Indians,  their  Religion,  Laws,  |  and  Customs,  iu 
War  and  Peace.  |  IV.  The  present  State  of  the  Country,  as  to  |  the 
Polity  of  the  Government,  and  the  |  Improvements  of  the  Land,  the 
10th  of  |  June  1720.  |  By  a  Native  and  Inhabitant  of  the  Place.  | 
The  Second  Edition  revis'd  and  enlarg'd  by  the  Author.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  B.  and  S.  Tookein  Fleetstreet;  F.  Fayram  | 
and  J.  Clarke  at  the  Royal-Exchange,  and  T.  Bicker-  |  ton  in  Pater- 
Noster  Row,  1722.  |  0. 

Engraved  title  1  1.,  printed  title  1  1.,  3  other  11.,  pp.  1-284,  table  12  11.  12°. 

Of  the  Learning  and  Languages  of  the  Indians,  pp.  160, 161. 

378 The  |  History  of  Virginia,  |  In  Four  Parts.  |  I.  The  history 

of  the  first  settlement  of  Virginia,  and  the  Gov-  |  ernment  thereof, 
to  the  year  1706.  |  II.  The  natural  productions  and  conveniences  of 
the  country,  suited  |  to  trade  and  improvement.  |  III.  The  native 
Indians,  their  re'igion,  laws  and  customs,  iu  war  and  peace.  | 

IV.  The  present  state  of  the  country,  as  to  the  polity  of  the  gov  | 
ernment  and  the  improvements  of  the  land  the  10th  of  June  |  1720.  |' 
By  Robert  Beverley.  |  A  native  and  inhabitant  of  the  place.  |  Re. 
printed  from  the  author's  second  revised  edition,  London,  1722.  | 
With  an  introduction  |  By  Charles  Campbell,  |  Author  of  the  Colo 
nial  History  of  Virginia.  | 

J.  W.  Randolph,  |  121  Main  Street,  Richmond,  Virginia.  |  1855.  | 
Engraved  title  1  1.,  printed  title  1  1.,  pp.  i-xx,  1-264.  8°.  BA. 

379  Bitelib  |  pivianarninga,  saimanarningalo.  |  [Picture  of  Bible.] 

[Druct  von  J.  B.  Steinkopf  in  Stuttgart.]  |  1851.  |  ATS. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  16°.     Tract  in  the  language  of  the  Eskimo  of  Labrador. 


76  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Bible  Society. 
Sec  American  Bible  Society. 

See  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society. 

380  Bible  Stories  |  with  |  Practical  Illustrations  and  Eemarks  |  on  |  the 
Fall.  |  Baibil  Nan  Aianowa,  |  Kev.  T.  H.  Gallaudet  vt  hollissochi  tok 
a,  |  Chahta  im  anumpa  atoshowa.  |  Second  edition  revised.  | 

Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation:  |  Mission  Press:  John  Candy  and 
John  F.  Wheeler,  Printers.  |  1845.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-24.  12°.  In  the  Choctaw  language.  First  edition,  according  to  Bying- 
ton's  manuscript  dictionary,  1839,  23  pp. 

381  Bible  Stories,  |  with  |  Practical  Illustrations  |  and  |  Eemarks  on  the 
Fall.  |  Baibil  nan  Aianowa,  |  Rev.  T.  Gallaudet  tit  Hollissochi  | 
tok  a,  |  Chahta  im  anumpa  atoshowa.  | 

American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau  Street,  New  York.  |  [1872.] 
Pp.  1-64.  24°.     In  Choctaw.  .    JWP. 

Hymns,  pp.  61-64. 

382  Bierstadt  (Albert).   Vocabulary  of  the  Sioux. 

Manuscript.  6  pp.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

383  Biet  (Antoiue).   Voyage  |  de  la  France  |  Eqvinoxiale  |  en  FIsle  de 
Cayenne,  |  entrepris  par  les  Francois  |  en  1'anuee  M.DC.LII.  |  Diuis6 
en  trois  livres.  |  Le  Premier,  coutient  I'etablissement  de  la  Colonie,  | 
sou  embarquement,  &  sa  route  iusques  a  son  arriu^e  |  en  Tlsle  de 
Cayenne.  |  Le  second,  ce  qui  s'est  pass<3  pendant  quinze  mois  qne  |* 
1'on  a  demeur6  dans  le  pa'is.  |  Le  troisiesme,  traitte  du  temperament 
du  pa'is,  de  |  la  fertilite  de  sa  terre,  &  des  mosurs  &  facous  de  faire  | 
des  Sauuages  de  cette  contr6e.  |  Avec  vu  Dictiounaire  de  la  Langue 
du  mesme  Pa'is.  |  Par  Me  Antoine  Biet,  Prestre,  Cure'  de  Ste  Geue- 
vieve  |  de  Seulis,  Superieur  des  Prestres  qui  out  pass<J  dans  le  PaYs.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Francois  Clovzier,  dans  la  Cour  du  Palais,  |  proche 
1'Hostel  du  Premier  President.  |  M.DC.LXIV.  [1GG4.]  |  Avec  Privi 
lege  dv  Eoy.  |  BA.C. 

11  p.  11.,  pp.  1-432.  4°. 

Remarques  generates  sur  la  Langue  des  Galibis,  &  presqne  do  tonte  la  Coste, 
depuis  les  Amasones  iusr[u'  an  dixiferae  ou  douzieme  degre',  anec  vn  Dictionnuire 
des  mots  priucipaux,  pp.  394-398.  Petit  Dictionnaire  de  la  Langue  des  Sa  images 
Galibis,  en  la  partie  de  1'Amerique  Meridionale,  appellee  Cap  de  Nord,  reduit  en 
pratique,  pp.  399-432. 

Billings  (Commodore  Joseph). 
See  CAPHMEBI  (r.  A.) 


See  Sauer  (Martin). 

384  Bingham  (A.)     Ojibwa  Spelling-Book;  according  to  the  Improved 
Orthography  of  Edwin  Janes.    By  A.  Bingham. 
Albany,  1825.  » 

8°.     Not  seen  ;  title  from  Ludewig.     Sabin  gives  it  the  date  1825  or  1829. 


BIBLE    SOCIKTY  —  BLACKMORE.  77 

385  Biondelli  (Bernardino).     Sull'  antica  lingua  Azteca  o  Nahuatl. 

Milano,  Bernardoni,  I860.  •  \f 

Pp.  1-20.  4°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  Lcclerc. 

386  —     —  Glossarium  Azteco-Latinum  ct  Latino- Aztecuin. 

Mediolaui,  Bernardoni,  1809.  * 

Pp.  1-256,  in  2  columns.  4°.    Extract  from  the  Evangelarium  of  P.  Sahagun. — 
Leclerc. 

Editor. 

See  Sahagun  (Bernardino  do). 

387  Bird  (J.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Stone  Indians. 

In    House   (J.)     Vocabularies  of   certain    North  American    Languages;    in 
Philolog.  Soc.  (Loudon)  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  114-121.     London,  1850.  8°. 

388  Bissell  (George  P.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Coos,  or  Kusa,  Oregon. 

Manuscript.  46  pp.  4°.     In  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages, 
1st  ed. 

389  Vocabulary  of  the  Umpqua. 

Manuscript.  5  11.  4°.     These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology.  . 

390  Words,  phrases  and  sentences  in  the  Umpkwa  Language. 

Manuscript.  104  pp.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of   Ethnology.     Col 
lected,  September,  1881,  by  Mr.  Bissell,  "from  the  Indians  on  the  Umpqua  Kiver, 
from  20  to  30  miles  above  its  mouth."  The  material  is  recorded  in  Introduction  to 
the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  2d  ed.,  and  is  made  more  valuable  by  the  addi 
tion  of  many  explanatory  notes,  a  myth  with  interlinear  translation,  etc. 

• 

391  Black  Hawk.     Life  |  of  |   Ma-ka-tai-me-she-kia-kiak  |  or  |   Black 
Hawk,  |  embracing  the  |  tradition  of  his  nation — Indian  wars  in 
which  he  has  |  been  engaged — cause  of  joining  the  British  in  their  | 
late  war  with  America,  and  its  history — de-  |  scriptiou  of  the  Kock- 
Kiver  Village — man-  |  ners  and  customs — encroachments  by  |  the 
whites,  contrary  to  trea-  |  ty — removal  from  his  |  village  in  1831.  | 
With  an  |  Account  of  the  cause  and  general  history  |  of  the  |  Late 
War,  |  his  |  surrender  and  confinement  at  Jefterson  Barracks,  | 
and  |  travels  through  the  United  States.  |  Dictated  by  himself.  | 
J.  B.  Patterson,  of  Eock  Island,  111.  Editor  and  Proprietor.  | 

Boston :  |  Published  by  Theodore  Abbott.  |  1834.  |  c. 

Pp  1-155.  16°. 

"Ne-ka-na-wen.  Ma-ne-se-no  oke-maut  wap-pi  ma-quai"  ["Dedication.  To 
Brigadier  General  H.  Atkinson"],  in  the  Sac(f)  language,  with  English  transla 
tion,  pp.  5-6,  7-8. 

Issued  also  with  title  as  above  and  imprint  as  follows:  B-ston,  |  Russell, 
Odiorue  &  Met  calf.  |  New  York:  Monson  Bancroft. — Philadelphia:  Marshall, 
Clark  &  Co. —  |  Baltimore:  Jos.  Jewett.— Mobile :  Sidney  Smith.  |  1834.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-155.  12°. 

There  is  also  an  edition  with  title  as  above  and  imprint :  Boston :  |  Published 
by  Theodore  Abbott.  |  1845.  | 

392  Blackmore  (William).    The  North  American  Indians:  a  Sketch  of 
some  of  the  Hostile  Tribes,  together  with  a  brief  account  of  General 


78  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Blackmore  (William) — continued. 

Sheridan's  campaign  of  1868  against  the  Sioux,  Cheyenne,  Arapahoe, 
Kiowa,  and  Comanche  Indians!    By  William  Blackmore. 

In  Bth.  Soc.  of  Lond.,  Jour.,  new  series,  vol.  1,  pp.  287-320.  London,  1869.  8°. 
Names  of  Sioux  villages,  with  English  translation,  p.  302;  Number  of  Chey- 
eniie  chiefs,  pp.  309-310 ;  Number  of  Arapahoe  chiefs,  p.  312. 

393  Blanchard  (I.  D.)     The  History  |  of  |  our  Lord  and  Saviour  |  Jesus 
Christ;  |  comprehending  all  that  the  |  Four  Evangelists  |  have  re 
corded  concerning  him;  |  All  their  relations  being  brought  together 
in  one  |  narrative,  so  that  no  circumstance  is  omitted,  but  |  that  in 
estimable  history  is  continued  in  one  series,  |  in  the  very  words  of 
Scripture,  by  the  Rev.  Samuel  |  Leiberkuhn,  M.  A.  |  Translated  into 
the  |  Delaware  Language,  in  180(5,  |  by  Rev.  David  Zeisberger,  | 
Missionary  of  the  United  Brethren.  |  Re-translated,  so  as  to  conform 
to  the  present  |  idiom  of  the  Language,  |  by  I.  D.  Blauchard.  | 

J.  Meeker,  Printer,  Shawanoe  Baptist  Mission.  |  1837.  | 

Second  title: 

Rlathemwakunek  |  Wtclawswakun  |  niylalkwf   krthwvalkwf  | 
Nhesus  Klyst;  |  cntu  |  jijwanukif  wuntunasw  |  cutu  |  linexsif  telex- 
twnrw  |  mplcnhes.  |  Nhime  tcli  wehwmat.  | 

Jawanouf,  |  Tali  kejetwn.  |  1837.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-221.  12°.  English  title  recto  1.  1 ;  Delaware  title  recto  1.  2.  For  earlier 
edition  see  Zeisberger  (David). 

Blanchet  (F.  N.) 
See  Demers  (M.),  Blanchet  (F.  N.),  and  St.  Onge  (L.  N.) 

394  [Blatchford  (Rev.  Henry).]     In  |  Otoshki-kikindiuin  |  an.  |  kitogima- 
ininaii  gaie  bemajiiuvng  |  Jesus  Krist:  |  ima  |  Ojibue  Iniienining 
Giizhitong.  |  The  |  New  Testament  |  of  |  Our  Lord  and  Saviour  | 
Jesus  Christ:  |  Translated  into  the  Language  |  of  the  |  Ojibwa  In 
dians.  | 

New  York:  |  Printed  by  the  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted 
in  the  year  MDCCCXVI.  |  1844.  |  BA.  ABS. 

Pp.  1-643.  12°. 

"Translated  by  a  native  Ojibwa,  Rev.  Henry  Blatchford,  and  is  one  of  the  best 
specimens  of  the  language  extant."— Rev.  J.  A.  Gilfillan,  See  James  (E.)  for 
edition  of  1833. 

395  In  I  Otoshki-kikindiuiu  |  au  |  Tebeniminvng  gaie  bemajii- 

nvng  |  Jesus  Christ:  |  ima  |  Ojibue  Inueuining  Giizhitong.  |  The 
New  Testament  |  of  |  Our  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ:  |  Trans 
lated  into  the  Language  |  of  the  |  Ojibwa  Indians.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1856.  |  c.  ABS. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-717.  16°. 

396  In  |  Otoshki-kikindiuin  |  au  |  Tebeniminvng  gaie  bemajii- 

nyng  |  Jesus  Christ:  |  ima  |  Ojibue  Inueuining  Giizhitoug.  |  The  | 


BLACKMORE — BOMPAS.  79 

[Blatchford  (Rev.  Henry)] — continued. 

New  Testament  |  of  |  Our  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ:  |  Trans 
lated  into  the  Language  |  of  the  |  Ojibwa  Indians.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1875.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-717.  16°. 

397  Bob  the  Sailor  Boy.    By  Eev.  G.  C.  Smith,  Penzance.     [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.] 

Park  Hill:  Mission  Press,  J.  Candy  &  E.  Archer,  Printers.  [One 
line  Cherokee  characters]  1847.  BA. 

Pp.  57-67.  24°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  Appended  to  the  Dairyman's 
Daughter. 

398  Boggild  (O.)     Simonimik  Syrenimiumik  .  .  .  O.  Boggild.  * 

Nungme,  1876. 

48  pp.  8°.     A  tale  in  Eskimo. — Sink. 

399  Bolduc  (Rev.  Jean  B.  Z.)    Mission  de  la  Colombie. 

Quebec,  1843.  « 

8°.  Contains  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Chinook  jargon,  "et  quelques  mots 
Tchinoucs  et  Sueomus."  The  Snohomish  is  a  tribe  of  Puget  Sound.  The  Chinook 
words  are  merely  jargon. — G-ibbs.  UTinTfT 

400  Bollaert  (William).    Observations  on  the  Indian  Tribes  of  Texas. 
By  William  Bollaert,  F.  E.  G.  S. 

In  Eth.  Soc.  of  London,  Jour.,  vol.2,  pp. 262-283.  London,  n.  d.     8°. 

List  of  36  Indian  Tribes  in  Texas,  p.  265;  Names  of  some  Coraanche  chiefs 
[with  English  signification],  pp.  273-274;  Comauche  numerals,  1-20,  p.  274; 
A  few  words  of  Lipan,  pp.  278-279;  A  few  proper  names  in  Kiowa,  Pawnee- Pict, 
Pawnee-Mo-haw,  Shawnee,  Delaware,  Kickapoo,  Choctaw,  and  Muscogee,  pp.  279, 
280,281,282,283. 

401  Examination  of  Central  American  Hieroglyphs  :  Of  Yuca 
tan — including  the  Dresden  Codex,  the  Guatemalien  of  Paris,  and 
the  Troano  of  Madrid:  the  Hieroglyphs  of  I?alenqu6,  Copan,  Nica 
ragua,  Veraguas,  and  New  Granada;   by  the  recently  discovered 
Maya  Alphabet.    By  William  Bollaert,  F.  A.  S.  L.,  F.  E.  G.  S.,  Hon. 
Sec.  A.  S.  L.,  Corr.  Mem.  University  of  Chile,  of  the  Ethnological 
Societies  of  London  and  New  York,  etc. 

In  Anthrop.  Soc.  London,  Mem.,  vol.  3,  pp.  288-314.  London,  1870.  8°. 
Maya  terms  passim. 

402  [Bompas  (Rt.  Rev.  William  Carpenter).]     Chipewyau  Primer. 

Colophon:  London:  Gilbert  &  Eivington,  Whitefriars  Street,  and 
St.  John's  Square.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-36.  12°.     Bible  lessons,  hymns,  etc. 

403  •  Cree  Primer. 

Colophon:  London:  Gilbert  &  Eivington,  Whitefriars  Street,  and 
St.  John's  Square.  JWP. 

No  titlc-pago,  pp.  1-36.  12°.     Prayers,  hymns,  etc. 


80  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

[Bompas  (Et.  Rev.  William  Carpenter)] — continued. 

404  Dog  Rib  Primer. 

Colophon:  London:  Gilbert  &  Eivington,  Whitefriars  Street,  and 
St.  John's  Square.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-22.  12°.     Prayers  and  hymns. 

405  Manual  of  Devotion,  |  in  the  |  Beaver  Indian  Dialect.  | 

Compiled  from  the  Manuals  of  the  Venerable  |  Archdeacon  Kirby,  j 
by  the  |  Bishop  of  Athabasca.  |  For  the  use  of  the  Indians  |  in  the  j 
Athabasca  Diocese.  | 

London:  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  North 
umberland  Avenue,  Charing  Cross;  |  43,  Queen  Victoria  Street ;  and 
48,  Piccadilly.  |  [1880.]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-48.  16°.     In  syllabic  characters. 

Hymns,  pp.  3-24 ;  Prayers,  pp.  25-33 ;  Creed,  p.  34;  Commandments,  pp.  35-37 ; 
Catechism,  pp.  37-43 ;  Lessons,  pp.  43-48. 

406  Tinne  Primer. 

Colophon :  London :  Gilbert  &  Eivington,  Whitefriars  Street,  and 
St.  John's  Square.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-76.  12°.     Bible  lessons  in  Tinne. 

407  —     -  Tukudh  Primer. 

Colophon:  London:  Gilbert  &  Eivington,  Whitefriars  Street,  and 
St.  John's  Squara  JWP. 

Pp.  1-55.  12°.     Bible  lessons,  prayers,  etc. 

408  Western  Esquimaux  Primer. 

Colophon :  London :  Gilbert  &  Eivington,  Whitefriars  Street,  and 
St.  John's  Square.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-23.  12°.  Grammar  lessons,  prayers,  hymns,  and  (pp.  16-23)  "Vocabu 
lary." 

See  Kirby  (W.  W.)  &  Bompas  (W.  C.) 

Bonaventura  (Gabriel  de  San). 
See  Buenaventura  (Gabriel  de  San). 

409  Bonduel  (F.  L.  J.)    Souvenir  Eeligieux  |  d'une  |  Mission  Indienne  | 
ou  |  Recueil  de  Prieres,  |  Le  premier  qui  fut  jainais  4crit  dans  cette 
langue,  |  pour  1'usage  des  ne'ophytes,  |  de  la  mission  des  Indiens  | 
Mennomoiiies  de  St.  Michel-Archange,  fondle  le  15  Decembre  1852,  j 
au  nord  du  lac  Shawanow,  Etat  du  Wisconsin,  diocese  de  Milwau- 
kie,  |  par  le  Ee've'rend  Pere  F.-L.-J.  Bonduel,  |  Missionnaire,  |  [&c., 
&c.,  three  lines.] 

Tournai  |  Imprimerie  de  Malo  et  Levasseur.  |  1855.  |  s. 

Pp.  1-16.  16°.     Prayers,  hymns,  and  primer  lesson. 

410  Bonifaz  (P.  Luis).    Arte  de  la  Lengua  principal  de  Cinaloa.  * 

Bonifaz  was  a  missionary  to  the  Indians  of  Cinaloa,  between  the  years  1602  and 
1644.  He  died  in  the  latter  year  at  Valladolid,  in  Michoacan,  but  probably  left 
his  manuscript  in  some  of  the  religious  establishments  of  the  City  of  Mexico. — 
Beristain. 


BOMPAS — BOOK.  81 

Bonillo  (D.  Joseph  Zambrano). 
See  Zambrano  Bonillo  (D.  Joseph). 

411  Bonner  (T.  D.)     The  |  Life  and  Adventures  |  of  |  James  P.  Beck- 
wourth,  |  Mountaineer,  Scout,  and  Pioneer,  |  and  |  Chief  of  the 
Crow  Nation  of  Indians.  |  With  Illustrations.  |  Written  from  his 
own  Dictation,  |  By  T.  D.  Bonner.  | 

New  York :  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers,  |  Franklin  -Square.  I 
1856.  |  C. 

Pp.i-xii,  13-537.  12°. 
Many  terms  and  proper  names  with  English  signification. 

412  Bonneville  (B.  L.  E.)    Etymology  of  the  word  Oregon. 

In   Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  5,  pp.  708-709.     Philadelphia. 

1855.  4°. 

413  Book.    The  Book  of  |  Common  Prayer,  |  and  Administration  of 
the  |  Sacraments,  |  and   other  |  Eites  and  Ceremonies  |  of  the  | 
Church,  |  according  to  the  use  of  the  |  Church  of  England :  j  together 
with  |  A  Collection  of  Occasional  Prayers,  and  |  divers  Sentences 
of  |  Holy  Scripture,   |  Necessary  for  Knowledge  and  Practice.  | 
Formerly  collected,  and  translated  into  the  Mohawk  Language  j 
under  the  direction  of  the  Missionaries  of  that  Society  for  the  |  Propa 
gation  of  the  Gospel  in  Foreign  Parts,  to  the  Mohawk  |  Indians.  | 
A  new  edition:  |  to  which  is  added  |  The  Gospel  according  to  St. 
Mark,  (Translated  into  the  Mohawk  Language,  |  By  Captn.  Joseph 
Brant,  |  An  Indian  of  the  Mobawk  Nation.  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  C.  Buckton,  Great  Pultney  Street,  |  Golden 
Square.  1787.  | 

Second  title : 

Ne  Takawea    |    Yondereanayeudaghkwa    |    Oghseragwegonh,  | 
neoni  Yakawea  |   ne  Orighwadogeaghty  |  Yondatnekosseraghs  j 
neoni  |  Tekarighwagehhadont,  |  oya  oni  |  Adereanayent,  |  ne  teas 
nikariwake  |  Raditsihuhstatsygowa  |  Rouaderighwissoh  |  goragh- 
gowa  a-onea  rodanhaouh.  |  oni,  |   Watkanissa-aghtoh  |  Oddyake 
Adereanayent,    |    neoni   tsiniyoglK-hare    ne   |    Kaghyadoghserado- 
geaghty,  |  Newahoeny  Akoyendarake  neoni  Ahhondatterihlionny.  | 
A-ouea  wadirorogbkwe,  neoni  Tekaweauadennyoh  Kanyen-  |  kehaga 
Tsikaweanoudaghko,  ue  neane  Eaditsihuhstatsy  ne  |  Radirighwa- 
wakoughkgbwa  ronadanha-oiih,  Kanyenke  waon-  |  dye  tsi-radina- 
keronuyo  Ongwe-oewe.  |  Keagaye  ase  Yondereanayendaghkwa.  | 
Oni  tahoghsonderoh  |  St.  Mark  Raorighwadogeaghty,  |  Tekaweaua 
dennyoh  Kanyenkehaga  Rakowanea  |   T'hayendauegea,  |  Roewa- 
yats.  | 

London:    |    Karistodarho  C.  Buckton,  Great  Pultney  Street,  | 
Golden  Square.  1787.  |  JWP.  JCB. 

English  title  verso  of  1. 1 ;  Indian  title  recto  of  1.  2,  verso  blank ;  preface,  pp. 
i-iii;  contents,  p.  1 ;  text,  pp.  2-505.  12°.   Alternate  pages  English  and  Mohawk. 
6  Bib. 


82  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Book — continued. 

Verso  of  505,  Observations  concerning  the  reading  and  pronunciation  of  the  Mo 
hawk  tongue.     St.  Mark  occupies  pp.  176-341. 
For  other  editions  see  note  to  Claesse  (L. ) 

The  Rev.  W.  M.  Beauchamp,  in  the  Church  Eclectic,  vol.  9,  uo.  5,  Utica,  1881, 
8°,  p.  432,  says  this  was  in  the  main  prepared  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Stuart. 

414 The  |  Book  of  Exoclns  |  in  |  Micmac.  | 

Halifax,  Nova  Scotia,  |  1870.  |  '     s. 

Pp.  1-166,  1  1.  16°. 

415  Book  of  Prayers,  etc.,  in  the  Mareschit  (or  Maliseet)  and 

Caniba  dialects. 

Manuscript.  82pp.  32°.  Seen  at  the  Brinley  sale,  from  the  catalogue  of  which 
(Part  3)  the  following  note  is  taken : 

"Written  by  some  French  missionary  to  the  Abnakis.  It  is  complete  and  well- 
preserved,  though  its  pages  bear  traces  of  long  and  frequent  use.  It  formerly 
belonged  to  Dr.  John  Pickering,  to  whom  it  was  presented  by  Bishop  (and  Car 
dinal)  Cheverus. 

"It  contains  'Priere  du  Matin,  en  Marichit,'  'Cantique,'  'Priere  du  Soir,  en 
Caniba,'  'Priere  avant  la  Confession,'  'Interrogation  pour  la  Confession,'  'Prieres 
avant  [et  apres]  la  Communion,'  'Catechisme,'  'Maniere  de  Baptiser,'  etc. 

"The  mission  for  which  this  manual  was  compiled  included  Indians  of  at  least 
two  tribes,  the  Canibas,  of  whose  principal  dialect  Rasles  has  given  us  a  vocabu 
lary,  and  the  Etchemins  and  Mareschites,  on  and  near  tho  St.  John's  River.  'We 
read  in  the  relations  of  the  Jesuits,  that  the  Canibas,  the  Etchemins,  and  other 
Indians  of  different  tribes  lived  together  in  one  village,'  under  the  instruction  of 
the  missionary  Fathers  ( Maurault,  Hist,  des  Abenakis,  9) ;  and  it  is  not  improbable 
that  this  manual  contains  translations  made  early  in  the  17th  century,  and  pre 
served  in  manuscript  copies  by  successive  missionaries." 

416  Book  of  Revelations  in  Eskimo. 

British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  1839.  * 

Not  seen;  title  from  Bagster's  "Bible  of  every  Land." 

417  Books.   The  Books  |  of  |  Genesis,  Exodus,  Leviticus,  Numbers,  |  and 
Deuteronomy,  |  translated  into  |  the  Choctaw  Language.  |  Chcnesis, 
Eksotos,  Lentikra,  Nwnbas,  |  Micha  Tutelonomi  Holisso  |  aiena  k#t 
toshow»t  |  Chahta  anumpa  toba  hoke.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society.  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1867.  |  ABC.  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-564.  U°. 

Cbeoesis,  pp.  5-146;  Eskotvs,  pp.  147-260;  Lefitikvs,  pp.  261-343;  Numbas, 
pp.  345-461 ;  Teuti'lononi,  pp.  461-564. 

418  -        -  The  Books  |  of  |  Joshua,  Judges,  and  Euth,  |  translated 
into  |  the  Choctaw  Language.  |  Choshua,  nan  Apesa  Fhleha  Ho 
lisso,  |  Micha  Lulh  Holisso  |  aiena  kvt  toshow^t  |  Chahta  anumpa 
toba  hoke.  | 

New  York :  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1852.  |  ABS.  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-151.  12°. 

419  The  Books  |  of  |  Joshua,  Judges,  and  Ruth,  |  translated 

into  |  the  Choctaw  Language.  |  Choshua,  nan  Apesa  Fhleha  Ho- 


BOOK — BOUDINOT.  83 

Books — <x>ntiiiued. 

lisso,  |  Micha  Lulh  Holisso  |  aiena  kct  toshowrt  |  Chahta  anumpa 
toba  hoke.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCGCXVr.  |  1871.  |  JTVT. 

Pp.  1-151.  16°. 

420  Boscana  (Rev.  Gerouimo).  Chinigchinich;  |  a  |  Historical  Account  | 
of  the  |  Origin,  Customs,  and  Traditions  |  of  the  Indians  at  the 
Missionary  Establishment  |  of  St.  Juan  Capistrano,  Alta  Califor 
nia;  |  called  |  the  Acagchemem  Nation;  |  collected  with  the  greatest 
care,  from  the  most  intelligent  |  and  best  instructed  in  the  matter.  | 
By  the  |  Reverend  Father  Friar  Geroniino  Boscana,  |  of  the  Order 
of  Saint  Francisco,  |  Apostolic  Missionary  at  said  Mission.  |  Trans 
lated  from  |  the  Original  Spanish  Manuscript,  |  by  one  who  was 
many  years  a  resident  |  of  Alta  California.  |  [A.  Robinson.) 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Wiley  &  Putnam,  |  No.  161  Broad 
way.  |  1846.  |  BA.C. 

Pp.  227-341.  12°. 

Appended  to  [Robinson  (A.)]     Life  in  California.   New  York,  1846.  12°. 

There  are  a  few  aboriginal  terms  scattered  through  the  text;  on  p.  282,  a  few 
lines  of  "  Verses  sung  to  the  Betrothed" ;  and  the  names  of  the  months,  pp.  303. 304. 

421  Boudinot  (Elias).     A  |  Star  in  the  West;  |  or,  |  a  Humble  Attempt 
to  Discover  |  the  Long  Lost  |  Ten  Tribes  of  Israel,  |  Preparatory  to 
their  return  to  their  Beloved  City,  |  Jerusalem.  |  By  Elias  Boudinot, 
L.  L.  D.  j  [Seven  lines  quotation.]  j 

Trenton,  N.  J.  |  Published  by  D.  Fen  ton,  S.  Hutchinson,  and  | 
J.  Dunham.  |  George  Sherman,  Printer.  |  1816.  |  BA.  HIT.  c. 

Pp.  i-iv,  i-xxi,  23-312.  8°. 

"  Chapter  III.  An  enquiry  into  the  language  of  the  American  Indians"  (pp.  89- 
107),  contains  a  vocabulary  of  the  Charibbee,  Creeks,  Mohegan  and  Northern 
Languages,  and  Hebrew,  pp.  102-103. 

422  -      —  Poor  Sarah;  |  or  |  The  Indian  Woman.  |  Translated  by  E. 
Boudinot.   |   [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.      Picture;   one  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  | 

New  Echota:  |  Published  by  the  United  Brethren's  Missionary  | 
Society  at  the  expense  of  the  American  |  Tract  Society.  |  J.  F. 
Wheeler  and  J.  Candy,  Printers.  |  [One  line  Cherokee  characters.]  | 
1833.  |  BA.  ABC.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-12.  16°. 

423  Poor  Sarah.     [One  line  Cherokee  characters.] 

[Park  Hill:    Mission  Press.]   [One  line  Cherokee  characters.]  | 
184:?.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-18.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

424  Editor.    [One  line  Cherokee  characters;  picture  of  Eagle.] 

Cherokee  Phoanix.  |  Vol.  1.    New  Echota,  Thursday,  February  21, 
1828.    No.  1.  |  BA. 


84  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Boudinot  (Elias) — continued. 

A  four-page,  super-royal  weekly  newspaper,  partly  in  Cherokee,  partly  in  Eng 
lish,  Elias  Boudinot,  editor;  Isaac  N.  Harris,  printer. 

In  No.  48,  Vol.  1,  Feb.  11,  1829,  the  heading  was  slightly  changed,  the  eagle 
removed  and  to  Cherokee  Phoenix  was  added  "and  Indian  Advocate." 

Though  claiming  to  be  "  weekly,"  it  was  issued  irregularly,  sometimes  two 
weeks,  and  in  one  case  nearly  a  month,  intervening  between  issues. 

The  last  I  have  seen  was  Aug.  11,  1832,  Vol.  4,  No.  52,  but  Professor  Turner,  in 
Ludewig,  says  it  continued  until  May  31,  1834,  Vol.  5,  No.  52,  when  it  was  sus 
pended  for  want  of  funds  and  perhaps  not  resumed. 


See  Worcester  (S.  A.)  and  Boudinot  (Elias).  . 

425  and  Worcester  (S.  A.)    Cherokee  Hymns  |  Compiled  |  from 

several  authors  |  and  revised.  |  By  E.  Boudinot  &  S.  A.  Worcester.  [ 
[Four  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board 
of  |  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Missions.  | 

New  Echota:  |  Jno.  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  [One  line  Cherokee 
characters.]  |  1829.  |  GB. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1.;  introduction,  pp.  iii-v;  pp.  7-50;  index,  1  1.  24°. 

The  first  printing  in  the  syllabic  characters  invented  by  Seqnoyah  (George 
Guess)  was  for  the  "Cherokee  Phrenix,"  in  February,  1828.  The  "Cherokee 
Hymns"  was  the  first  tract  printed  in  those  characters. 

For  later  editions  of  this  work  see  "Worcester  (S.  A.)  and  Boudinot  (E.) 

426  [Boulet  (Rev.  J.  B.)]    Prayer  Book  |  and  |  Catechism  |  in  the  |  Sno- 
homish  Language.  |  [Picture  of  the  Crucifixion.] 

Tulalip,  W.  T.  |  1879.  |  JWP.  S. 

Pp.  1-32.  16°.     Outside  title  has  the  imprint:  Tulalip  Mission  Press.  1879. 

427  Bourgoing  (Jean  Francois)    Relation  d'un  Voyage  recent  des  Es- 
paguolssurles  Cotes  Nord-ouestdel'Amerique  septentrionale!792.  | 

In  Archives  Litteraires  de  1'Europe,  1804,  No.  4.  * 

Vocabulary  of  the  Eskelen,  Nutka,  and  Rumsien,  pp.  78,79, 87. 
Not  seen ;  title  and  note  from  Mithridates.  Ludewig  gives  the  above  title  and 
says:  Paris,  1789,  3  vols.  8°.  He  also  gives  other  editions  as  follows:  Second  edi 
tion,  1792;  third  edition,  Paris.  1803;  German  translation,  Jena,  1789;  and  these 
dates  have  been  copied  by  Sabin. .  I  am  under  the  impression  that  the  Relation 
of  Bourgoiug  is  an  extract  from  or  review  of  Alcala-G.iliano's  Relacion  del  Viage 
.  .  Sutil  y  Mexicana  en  el  aiio  1792,  in  which  case  an  edition  of  1789  would  be  im 
possible.  As  Bourgoiug's  best  known  work,  Nouveanx  Voyage  en  Espagne,  was 
published  in  3  vols.,  8°,  at  Paris,  1789,  3d  ed.,  1803,  Jena,  1789,  it  is  probable 
Ludewig  has  mixed  the  two  works. 

428  Bowrey  (Thomas)    A  Dictionary  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Indian  Lan 
guage. 

London,  1701.  * 

Folio.     Title  from  Watt's  Biblioth.  Britanica. 

429  Boyer  (Paul).    Veritable  |  Kelation  |  de  tovt  ce  qvi  |  s'est  fait  et 
passe  |  au  voyage  que Monsieur  de  |  Bretiguy  fital'Amerique  |  Occi- 
deutale.  |  Auec  vne  Description  ties  Mosurs,  &  des  |  Prouuiuces  de 
tous  les  Sauuages  de  cette  |  grande  partie  du  Cap  de  Nord:  vn  Dic 
tion-  |  uaire  de  la  Langue,  &  vn  aduis  tres-neces-  |  saire  A  tous  ceux 


BOUDINOT — BRADBURY.  85 

Boyer  (Paul) — continued. 

qui  veulent  habiter  ou  faire  |  babiter  ce  Pai's-la,  ou  qui  desirent  d'y 
esta-  |  blirdes  Colonies.  |  Le  tout  fait  surleslieux,  par  Pavl  Boyer,  | 
Escuyer,  Sieur  de  Petit-Puy.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Pierre  Rocolet,  Impr.  &  Lib.  |  Ordiu.  du  Roy  &  de 
la  Maisou  de  Ville,  |  au  Palais.  |  M.DC.LIV  [1654.]  |  Auec  Priuilege 
de  Sa  Majeste.  |  BA.  JOB. 

15  p.  11.,  pp.  1-463.  12°. 

Dictionnaire  de  la  langue  Galibienne,  pp.  393—433. 

430  Bozman  (Jobn  Leeds).  A  |  Sketch  |  of  the  |  History  of  Maryland,  | 
during  the  |  Three  First  Years  After  its  Settlement:  |  to  which  is 
prefixed,  |  a  |  Copious  Introduction.  |  By  John  Leeds  Bozman.  | 

Baltimore :  |  Published  by  Edward  J.  Coale,  |  Jfo.  176,  Baltimore- 
street.  |  1811.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  i-viii,  iii-iv,  9-388.  8°. 

This  edition  contains  no  linguistic  material. 

431 The  |  History  of  Maryland,  |  from  |  its  first  Settlement, 

in  1633,  |  to  |  the  Restoration,  in  1660,  |  with  |  a  Copious  Introduc 
tion,  |  and  ]  Notes  and  Illustrations.  |  By  John  Leeds  Bozman.  | 
Vol.  I  [1IJ.  | 

Baltimore:  |  James  Lucas  &  E.  K.  Deaver.  |  1837.  |  BA.  c. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Vol.  1,  Section  vii,  pp.  103-193,  contains  a  general  sketch  of  the  tribes  of 
Indians  inhabiting  Virginia,  which  includes  extracts  from  and  comments  upon 
Hecke welder's  "Historical  Account  of  the  Indians  who  once  inhabited  Pennsyl 
vania  and  the  neighbouring  states";  the  "Powhatan  numerals,"  1  to  10,  from 
Smith's  History  of  Virginia;  the  "Delaware  (or  Lenape)  numerals,'.'  1  to  10,  from 
Thomas;  and  copious  notes  on  the  geographic  names  of  rivers,  etc.,  given  in 
Smith's  History  of  Virginia. 

432  Brackett  (Col.  A.  G.)    Vocabulary  of  Ae  Absaraka,  or  Crow. 

Manuscript.  11  pp.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Col 
lected  at  Fort  Wyoming,  1879. 

433  Bradbury  (John).    Travels  |  in  |  the  interior  of  America,  |  in  the  | 
Years  1809,  1810,  and  1811;  |  including  |  a  description  of  Upper 
Louisiana,  |  together  with  |  the  States  of  Ohio,  Kentucky,  Indiana, 
and  |  Tennessee,  |  with  the  |  Illinois  and  Western  Territories,  |  and 
containing  |  Remarks  and  Observations  |  useful  to  |  persons  emi 
grating  to  those  countries.  |  By  John  Bradbury,  F.  L.  S.  London,  | 
Corresponding  Member  [&c.,  two  lines]. 

Liverpool:  |  printed  for  the  author,  |  By  Smith  and  Oalway,  |  and 
published  by  Sherwood,  Neely,  and  Jones,  London.  |  1817.  |     BA.C. 
Pp.  i-xii,  9-364.  8°. 
Vocabulary  of  some  words  in  the  Osage  Language,  pp.  213-219. 

434  -       -  Travels  |  in  |  the  Interior  of  America,  |  in  the  |  Years  1809, 
1810,  and  1811,  |  including  |  a  description  of  Upper  Louisiana,  | 
together  with  |  the  States  of  Ohio,  Kentucky,  Indiana,  and  |  Ten- 


86  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Bradbury  (Jobn) — continued. 

nessee,  |  with  the  |  Illinois  and  Western  Territories,  |  and  contain 
ing  |  Remarks  and  Observations  |  useful  to  |  persons  emigrating  to 
those  countries.  |  Second  Edition.  |  By  John  Bradbury,  F.  L.  S.  Lon 
don,  |  Corresponding  Member  [&c.,  two  lines]. 

London :  Published  by  Sherwood,  Neely,  and  Jones.  |  1819.  |      c. 

Pp.  i-xiv,  17-346.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  some  words  in  the  Osage  Language,  pp.  221-227. 

435  Bradford  (Alexander  Warfleld).    American  Antiquities  |  and  |  Re 
searches  |  into  the  |  Origin  and  History  of  the  Bed  Eace.  |  By  | 
Alexander  W.  Bradford.  | 

New  York:  |  Dayton  and  Saxton,  |  Corner  of  Fulton  and  Nas 
sau  |  streets.  |  Boston :  Saxton  and  Pierce.  |  1841.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  1-435.  8°. 

Chapter  VII.  Origin  of  the  Aborigines — Language,  pp.  309-314.  Chapter  VIII. 
Origin  of  the  Aborigines — Astronomy,  pp.  315-338,  gives  names  of  the  mouths  in 
the  Mexican  language. 

Sabin  gives  an  edition,  same  date,  but  with  different  publishers,  as  follows : 

436  American  Antiquities,  andj Researches  into  the  Origin  and 

History  of  the  Red  Eace.    By  Alexander  W.  Bradford. 

New  York:  Wiley  &  Putnam.  1841.  * 

435pp.  8°. 

437  American  Antiquities  |  and  |  Researches  into  the  |  Origin 

and  History  of  the  Red  Race.  |  By  |  Alexander  W.  Bradford.  | 

New- York:  |  Wiley  &  Putnam,  161  Broadway.  |  1843.  |  c. 

1  p.l.,  pp.  1-435.  8°. 
Linguistics  as  in  edition  of  1841. 

438  Brant  (Joseph).    The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Mark.    Translated 
into  the  Mohawk  Tongue,  by  Captain  Brant. 

Second  heading : 

Ne  orighwadogeahti  Gospel  Royadadogeaghti  Mark  roghyatouh 
tekaweanadennyoh  Teyandanega,  kanyenkehaga  kaweanondagh- 
kouh. 

In  Book  of  Common  Prayer  in  Mohawk,  pp.  176-341.  London,  1787.  12°. 

Above  are  headings  to  pp.  176  and  177,  respectively. 

439  The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Mark,  translated  into  the 

Mohawk  Tongue,  by  Captain  Brant.    As  also  several  portions  of  the 
Sacred  Scriptures,  translated  into  the  same  language. 

New  York:  Published  by  the  New  York  District  Bible  Society: 
McElrath  &  Bangs,  Printers;  1829. 

Second  title : 

Ne    Royadado    Kengh    Ty   |    orighwadokenghty    |    Roghyadon 
S.  Mark,    |   dekawennadenyonk    |    Kanyenkehhaka   Kawennou-  | 
daghkonh,    |    Thayentaueken    Tehhaweu-    |    natenyonh.   |    Otyake 
skaro  rouh  no  righwadokengh  ty  |  Skaghyadon  Owenna,  |  kanyen- 
kehhaka.  I 


BEADBURY — BRASSEUR  DE  BOURBOURG.          87 

Brant  (Joseph) — continued. 

New  York:  |  Published  by  the  New  York  District  Bible  Society,  | 
McElrath  &  Bangs,  Printers.  |  1829.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-239,  alternate  English  and  Mobawk.  12°. 

Some  chapters  in  Genesis,  pp.  6-21 ;  some  chapters  in  the  Gospel  of  St.  Matthew, 
pp.  20-37;  the  Gospel  according  to  St.  Mark,  pp.  38-177;  a  collection  of  Sentences 
of  the  Holy  Scriptures,  pp.  178-239. 

440 Ne  Eaorihwadogenti  ne  Shonwayauer  Yesus  Keristus  Jen- 

thorihoten  ue  Royatadogenti  Mark,  &c. 

New  York :  Printed  by  McElrath  and  Bangs  for  the  New  York 
District  Bible  Society.  1829.  * 

239  pp.    12°.     Title  from  O'Callaghan's  American  Bibles,  No.  201. 

441  Brantz  (Lewis).     Some  words  from  the  Language  of  the  Choctaws. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)   Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  p.  347.  Philadelphia,  1853.  4°. 

442  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (AbM  Charles  Etienne).    Histoire  |  des  Na 
tions  civilisees  |  du  Mexique  |  et  de  1'Amerique-Centraie,  |  diiraut 
les  siecles  ant£rieurs  a  Christophe  Colomb,  |  6crite  sur  des  docu 
ments  originaux  et  entierement  |  inedits,  puises  aux  anciennes  | 
archives  dea  indigenes,  |  par  |  M.  L'Abbe"  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  | 
ancieu  aunionier  de  la  legation  de  France  an  Mexique,  |  et  adminis- 
trateur  ecclesiastique  des  Indiens  de  liabinal  |  (Guatemala).  |  Tome 
premier,  |  coinprenant  les  temps  heroi'ques  et  1'histoire  |  de  1'empire 
des  Tolteques.  |  [-Tome  Quatrieme.] 

Paris,  |  Arthus  Bertraud,  editeur,  |  libraire  de  la  Soci^td  de  G6o- 
graphie,  |  rue  Hautefeuille,  21.  |  1857  [-1859].  |  BA.  c.  /3. 

4  vols.  large  6°. 

Besides  many  Mexican  terms  passim  and  quotations  from  other  authors,  this 
work  contains,  vol.  1,  pp.  xlv-lix,  the  picture  writing  of  the  Mexicans,  with 
explanations;  pp. Ixii-lxvii,  "Liste  des  gens  de  Teocaltitlan " ;  pp. 425-427,  "Ex- 
traits  du  Codex  Chimalpopoca,"  with  French  translation;  pp. 428, 429,  "Manu- 
scrit  Cakcbiquel  ou  Memorial  de  Tecpan-Atitlan,  avec  la  formation  des  premiers 
homines";  "  Prophe'ties  encore  ceMfebres  dans  1'Yncalan,  trouve"es  dans  Lizana, 
texte  maya  et  espagnol,"  vol.  2,  pp.  603-606. 

443  Collection  |  de  Documents  dans  les  Langues  Indigenes  | 

pour  servir  a  1'etude  de  1'histoire  et  de  la  philologie  |  de  FAin^rique 
aucieune.  |  Volume  Premier.  [-Quatrieme.]  | 

[Paris  and  London:  1861-1808.]  c. 

4  vols.  8°.  Each  volume  has  a  general  half  title,  as  above,  and  it«  own  full 
title;  these  are  as  follows  : 

444  Popol  Vuh.  |  Le  |  Livre  Sacre"  |  et  les  mythes  |  de  1'anti- 

quite  Ame"ricaine,  |  avec  les  livres  hero'iques  et  historiques  des 
Quiche's.  |  Ouvrage  original  des  iudigenes  de  Guatemala,  |  texte 
quich6  et  trail  uction  fran^aise  en  regard,  accompaguee  de  notes  | 
philologiques  et  d'uu  comtuentaire  |  sur  la  inythologie  et  les  migra 
tions  des  peuples  anciens  de  I'Ameriqun  etc.,  |  compose  sur  des 
documents  originaux  et  iuedits,  |  par  |  1'Abbd  Brasseur  de  Bour 
bourg,  |  Auteur  [&c.,  5  Hues].  |  [Printer's  device.] 


NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (Abbe  Charles  Etienne)— continued. 

Paris,  |  Arthus  Bertrand,  Editeur,  |  21,  Eue  Hautefeuille.  |  Lon 
don,  Triibner  and  Co.,  60  Paternoster- Row.  |  1861.  |  BA.  0. 

1  p.l.,  pp.  i-cclxxix,  1-368.  8°.    Vol.  1.  Collection  de  Documents. 

445  Grammatica  de  la  Lengua  Quiche".  |  Grammaire  |  de  la  | 

Langue  Qniche'e  |  Espagnole-Fra^aise  |  mise  en  parallele  avec  ses 
deux  dialectes,  Cakchiquel  et  Tzutuhil,  |  Tire's  des  manuscrits  des 
meilleurs  auteurs  guatemaliens.  |  Ouvrage  accompagne  de  notes 
philologiques  |  avec  un  Vocabulaire  |  comprenant  les  sources  prin- 
cipales  du  Quiche"  comparers  aux  langues  germaniques  |  et  suivi 
d'un  essai  sur  la  poe"sie,  la  musique,  la  danse  et  Part  dramatique  | 
chez  les  Mexicains  et  les  Guatemalteques  avant  la  conquete;  |  ser 
vant  d'iutroduction  au  |  Kabinal-Achi  |  drame  indigene  avec  sa  mu 
sique  originate,  texte  quiche"  et  traduction  fra^aise  en  regard.  | 
Eecueilli  par  |  1'Abbe  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  |  Auteur  de  1'Histoire 
[&c.,  &c.,  5  lines].  | 

Paris,  |  Arthus  Bertrand,  Editeur,  |  21,  Eue  Hautefeuille.  |  Lon 
don,  Triibner  and  Co.,  60  Paternoster-Row.  |  1862.  |  o. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xvii,  1-246.  8°.    Vol.  2.  Collection  do  Documents. 
Appended : 

Eabinal-Achi  |  vepu  |  xahoh-tun  |  u  bi  xahoh  rech  vae  tinamit 
rabinal  |  x-u  tzibam  nabe  |  Bartolo  Ziz,  inama  ah  rabinal,  |  ri 
x-elezah-vi  quxtubal-ta  re  c'al  qui  qahol.  |  X-e  xahon  rech  mamaib 
Ah-Babiualeb  chi  nima-gih  ri  san  Pablo,  chi  25  gih  ri  iq  enero  |  chi 
hunab  1856  |  rumal  qui  cahau  ri  cura  mamaxel,  |  ahau  Brasseur  de 
Bourbourg,  |  ri  x-u-tzolcomih-vi  ronohel  tzih  vae  xahol  rumal  Qui 
che  chabal  chi  pranzez.  | 

Paris,  |  Arthus  Bertrand,  ahvuh,  |  21,  chi  amag  Hautefeuille  u 
bi.  |  1862.  | 

Second  title: 

Rabiual-Achi  |  on  |  le  drame-ballet  du  tun  |  piece  sce"nique  de  la 
ville  de  Eabinal  |  transcrite  pour  la  premiere  fois  par  |  Bartolo  Ziz, 
aucien  de  la  meme  ville,  |  pour  la  laisser  comine  un  souvenir  a  ses 
enfants.  |  Les  anciens  de  Eabinal  la  repre"senterent  le  jourde  la  fete 
de  la  Conversion  de  Saint  Paul  |  le  25  Janvier  de  1'aimee  1856,  |  pour 
la  satisfaction  de  leur  pere,  administrateur  et  ancicn,  |  M.  Brasseur 
de  Bourbourg,  |  qui  la  traduit  en  entier  de  la  langue  Quichee  en 
Fran§ais.  | 

Paris,  |  Arthus  Bertrand,  Editeur,  |  21  Rue  Hautefeuille.  |  1862  | 

Pp.  1-122,  16  11.    Quich<5e  title  verso  of  1. 1  (p.  2) ;  French  title  recto  of  1. 2  (p.  3). 

Some  copies  have  the  imprint:  Paiis,  |  Auguste  Durand,  Libraire,  |  7,  Rue  dea 
Ore's.  |  Madrid,  Builly-Bailliere,  Libraire.  |  1862.  | 

446  -        -  Eelation  |  des  Choses  |  de  Yucatan  |  de  Diego  de  Landa  | 
Texte  Espaguol  et  Traduction  Francaise  en  regard  |  compreuant  les 
Sigues  du  Caleudrier  |  et  de  PAlphabet  Hierogl.vphique  de  la  Langue 


BRASSEUR    DE    BOURI50URG. 


Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (Abbe  Charles  Etienne) — continued. 

Maya  |  aceo:npagnu  cle  documents  divers  historiques  et  chrouolo- 
giques,  |  avec  une  Grammaire  et  un  Vocabulaire  Abieges  Fran^uis- 
Maya  |  precedes  d'un  essai  sur  les  sources  de  1'histoire  primitive  | 
du  Mexique,  et  de  1'Amerique  Centrale,  etc.,  d'apres  les  moinunents 
Egyptiens  |  et  de  1'Histoire  primitive  de  1'Egypte  d'apres  les  monu 
ments  Americaius,  |  par  |  I'Abbe'  Brasseur  de. Bourbourg,  Ancieu 
Admiuistrateur  ecclesiastique  des  ludiens  de  Rabinal  (Guate"- 
mala),  |  Membre  de  la  Commission  scieutifiqtie  dn  Mexique,  etc.  | 

Paris,  |  Anguste  Durand,  Editeur,  |  5,  Eue  des  Gres  |  Bailly- 
Bailliere,  A  Madrid.  |  1864.  |  c. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-cxii,  l-51(i.  8°.    Vol.  3.  Collection  do  Documents. 

Es:iuisse  cl'uue  grammaire  dc  la  langue  Maya  d'apres  celles  de  Beltran  et  de 
Cruz,  pp.  459-479;  Vocabulairo  Maya-Francais  d'aprfcs  di  vers  anteurs  cnciens  et 
modemes,  pp.  480-512. 

447  Quatre  Lettres  |  sur  |  le  Mexique  |  exposition  absolue  du 

systeine  hieroglyphique  Mexicain  |  la  flu  de  Page  de  pierre.   Epoque 
glaciaire  temporaire  |  commencement  de  1'age  de  bronze.   Origines 
de  la  civilisation  |  et  des  religions  de  I'autiquite  |  d'apres  le  Teo- 
Aiuoxtli  |  et  autres  documents  Mexicains,  etc.  |  Par  |  M.  Brasseur 
de  Bourbourg  |  Ancien  administrateur  eccldsiastique  des  Indiens  de 
Rabinal  (Guatemala),  etc.  | 

Paris  |  Maissoneuve  et  C'°,  Libraires  |  15,  Qnai  Voltaire.  |  Lon 
don,  Triibner  and  C°,  60,  Paternoster-Row.  |  18^8  |  Tous  droits 
reserve's  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xx,  l-4(>3.  8°.    Vol.4.  Collection  de  Documents. 

Some  copies  have  the  imprint :  Paris,  |  Auguste  Durand  et  Pedore,  Editeurs,  | 
5,  Rue  Cujas,  |  Bailly-Baillifere,  Librairc  a  Madrid,  |  1868.  |  Tous  droits  reserves.  | 

448  Monuments  Auciens  du  Mexique  |  Palenque  |  et  autres 

mines  |  de  1'ancienne  civilisation  |  du  Mexique  |  Collection  de  Vues, 
Bas-lleliefs  |  Morceaux  d'architecture,  Coupes,  Vases,  Terres  cuites, 
Cartes  et  Plans  |  dessines  d'apres  nature  et  releves  |  par  M.  de  Wai- 
deck  |  Texte  redige"  par  M.  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  |  Membre  de  la 
Commission  scientifique  du  Mexique,  etc.  |  Ouvrage  public"  |  sons 
les  auspices  de  S.  E.  M.  le  Ministre  de  1'Instruction  Publique.  | 

Paris  |  Arthus  Bertrand,  fiditeur  |  Librairc  de  la  Societe  de  Geo 
graphic  |  21,  Rue  Hautefeuille  |  1866.  | 

Second  title : 

Eecherches  |  sur  les  |  RuinesdePalenqu4  |  et  surlesorigiuesdela 
civilisation  |  du  Mexique  |  par  |  M.  1'Abbe  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (' 
Membre  de  la  Commission  scieiitifiquc  du  Mexique  |  Texte  publi^  | 
avec  les  dessins  de  M.  de  Waldeck  |  snr  les  auspices  de  |  S.  E.  M.  le 
Ministre  de  1'Instructioii  Publique.  | 

Paris  |  Arthus  Bertraud,  Editeur  |  Libraire  de  la  Socie'te'  de  G6o- 
graphii-  |  21  Rue  Hautefeuille  |  1866.  |  BA.  c. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xxiii,  l-84,i-viii.  folio.     Mauy  nborigiual  terms  passim. 

r 


/3. 


IS. 


90 


NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 


Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (Abbe  Charles  Etienne) — continued. 
449  -        -  MamiMcrit  Troano.  |  Etudes  |  sur  |  le  Systeme  Graphique  et 
la  Langue  |  des  Mayas,  |  par  |  M.  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  |  Ancien 
NS.     Administrateur    Ecclesiastique   des    Indiens  de    liabinal   (Guate 
mala),  |  Membre  de  la  Commission  scientiflque  du  Mexique,  etc.  | 
Tome  Premier  [-Second].  | 

Paris.  |  Imprimerie  Imperiale.  |  M  DCCC  LXIX  [-M  DCCC- 
LXX].  [18G9-1870.]  |  BA.  C. 

2  vols.  folio.  Vol.  1,  2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-viii,  1-244,  aud  Table  des  Mati6res,  221-224, 
69  pis. ;  vol.  2,  2  p.  II.,  pp.  i-xlix,  1-464. 

Premiere  Partie.  Manuscrit  Troano.  Monographic  ct  Exposition  du  Systerno 
graphique,  vol.  1,  pp.  1-220;  Supplement,  vol.  1,  pp.  221-224;  Introduction  aux 
elements  de  la  Languo  Maya,  vol.  2,  pp.  i-xlix. 

Deuxieme  Partie.  Grammaire  (reprint  of  that  of  Antoine-Gabriel  do  Saiut- 
Bnenaventur;!,  Mexico,  1684)  et  Chrestomathie,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-122. 

Troisieme  Partie.  Vocabulaire  ge'ne'ral  Maya-Francais  et  Espaguol,  vol.  2,  pp. 
123-462. 

This  work  was  reprinted,  minus  the  plates,  as  follows: 

-  Dictiounaire,  Grammaire  et  Chrestomathie  |  de  |  la  langue 
pre'ce'de's  d'une  |  Etude  sur  le  Systeme  Graphique  |  des  In- 

par  |  M.  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  | 


450 


Maya 

digenes  du  Yucatan,  (Mexique) 

Aucien  Missionnaire,  [etc.,  3  lines]. 

Paris,   |   Maisonneuve  &  Cie,   Libraires   fiditeurs,  15-Quai  Vol- 
tairc-15  |  M  DCCC  LXXII  [1872].  |  s. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-vii,  1-244,  221-224,  i-xlix,  1-464.  folio. 

A  portion  of  this  volume  was  issued  separately,  as  follows : 

—  Catalogue  des  caracteres  Mayas. 

Paris,  Imprimerie  Imp6riale,  18G9.  * 

23  pp.  4°.  Cast  at  the  Imprimerie  Irnpe'riale  for  the  publication  of  the  Manu- 

scrit  Troauo,  Etudes  snr  le  systeme  graphique  et  la  laugue  des  Mayas. — Bratseur 

de  Hourlourg. 


453 


—  Sommaire  des j voyages  scientiflques  et  des  travauxlde  g«5o- 
graphie,  d'histoire,  d'arch^ologiefet  de  philologie  americainesJ,^ 
Saint-Cloud,  veuve  Belin,  1862.  * 

15  pp.  8°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  Catalogue  of  books  in  Library  of  Congress. 

Lettre  a  M.  Le"on  de  Eosny  sur  la  de"couverte  de  documents 

relatifs  a  la  haute  anfiquite  americaine,  et  sur  le  dechiffreuient  de 
l'<jcriture  phon^tique  et  figurative  de  la  laugue  juaya. 

Paris,  Amyot,  18C9.  * 

Extract  from  the  M6moires  de  la  Soci<St<5  d'Ethuographie  de  Paris. — Brasseur 
de  Bourbourg. 

454  -  Antiquit^s  Mexicaines.  A  propos  d'un  m^moire  sur  la  pein- 

ture  didactique  et  1'ficriture  figurative  des  ancieus  Mexicains,  par 
M.  J.  M.  A.  Aubin.  » 

In  Revue  Archeologique,  Paris,  1852. 

Not  seen  ;  title  from  Sabin's  Diet. 


BRASSEUR    DE    BOURBOURG. 


91 


Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (A bbc  Charles  Etienne) — continued. 

455  -        -  Essai  historique  sur  les  sources  de  la  philologie  mexicaine 
et  sur  1'etkuographie  de  1'Amerique  Centrale.  * 

In  Revue  Orientale  et  Americaine,  vol.  1,  pp.  341-380;  vol.  2,  pp.  64-75. 
Paris,  1859.  8C. 

Contains  bibliography  of  works  in  the  languages  of  Central  America. 

Title  furnished  by  Mr.  Kami's.  Also,  according  to  Sabin's  Diet.,  printed  sepa 
rately. 

456  -     —  Coup  d'ceil  SOT  la  Nation  et  la  Langue  des  Wabi  population 
maritime  de  la  cote  de  Tehuantapec  (Mexique).    Par  Brasseur  de 
Bourbourg. 

Iu  Revue  Orientale  et  Americaine,  vol.  5,  pp.  261-271.  Paris,  1861.  8°. 
Reprinted  in  Societe  Americaine  de  France,  Archives,  nouvelle  sene.  toine  1, 
pp.  131-142.  Paris,  1875.  8°. 

457  -    Quelques  traces  d'une  Emigration  de  1'Europe  Septentrio- 

nale  en  Amerique  dans  les  traditions  et  les  langues  de  1'Amerique 
Ceutrale.     Lettre  adresse"e  il  M.  C.  C.  Kafn,  Secretaire  de  la  Societe" 
Royale  des  Antiquaires  du  Nord  a  Copenhague,  par  M.  I'AbW  Bras 
seur  de  Bourbourg. 

In  Nouvelles  Anr.ales  des  Voyages,  vol.4,  1858,  pp. 261-292  (vol.  160  of  the 
the  collection).  Paris,  n.  d.  8°. 

Vocabulary,  pp.  281-289.  "The  greater  number  of  these  words  belong  equally 
to  the  three  sister  languages,  Quiche'e,  Cakchiquele,  and  Tzntohile.  I  will  indi 
cate  in  a  special  manner  those  which  belong  to  another  language." — Braaeur  de 
Bourbourg. 

458 Notes  d'un  Voyage  dans  l'Ame~rique  Centrale.    Lettres 

M.  Alfred  Maury,  Bibliothe'caire  de  1'Institut. 

In  Nouvelles  Annales  des  Voyages,  vol.  3,  1855,  pp.  129-158  (vol.  147  of  the 
collection).  Paris,  n.  d.  8°. 

General  remarks  on  the  languages  of  Central  America. 

This  was  replied  to  by  Mr.  E.  G.  Squier  (q.  r.)  in  the  succeeding  volume  of  the 
above  series. 

459  — 


4(>0 


—  Esquisses   d'Histoire,  d'Arche~ologie,  d'Ethnographie,  etc. 
[Paris,  1864.J  » 

Not  seen  ;  litle  from  Bancroft's  Native  Races. 

—  Codex  Chinialpopoca  contenant  les  I3poqu.es,  dites  Histoire 
des  Soleils  et  1'Histoire  des  Eoyaumes  de  Colhuacau  et  de  Mexico.  * 

Manuscript.  93  11.  4°.  Mexican  tex  .  (corrected  after  that  of  M.  Aubiu),  with 
an  attempt  i«t  a  French  translation  in  juxtaposition.  Copied  and  translated  by 
the  undersigned.  This  is  the  copy  of  the  document  marked  at  No.  13,  $  viii  of  the 
catalogue  of  Boturini,  under  the  title  of  "Historia  de  los  Reynos  de  Colhuacan 
y  Mexico,  etc." 

This  docnmi  nt,  in  which  for  the  first  time  I  have  lifted  the  mysterious  veil  that 
covered  the  symbols  of  the  religion  and  history  of  Mexico,  is  the  most  important 
of  all  those  which  remain  to  us  of  ancient  Mexican  annals.  It  embraces,  chro 
nologically  arranged,  the  geological  history  of  the  world,  by  periods  of  13  years, 
commencing  more  than  10,000  years  before  the  Christian  era,  according  to  Mexi 
can  calculations.— Hrasneur  dc  Bourbourg. 

Possibly  this  has  been  printed,  as  I  find  the  following  in  a  book  catalogue,  the- 
date  of  which  1  do  not  know : 


ipxj  ^ 
°^h  \  4   i 

*....**  :: 


92  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  ( Abbe  Charles  fitieune) — continued. 

401  Codex  Cliimalpopoca.  Manuscrit  en  langue  nahuatl  de 

Pancienne  collection  de  Boturini  sous  le  litre  de  Historia  de  los 
reynos  de  Col  human  y  Mexico.  » 

"  Iu  press.  M.  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  is  making  a  duplicate  translation  of  the 
first  part  of  this  work,  which  will  soon  appear.  Under  the  notions  of  mythologic 
story  and  under  those  of  Qnetzalcoatl  and  of  the  kings  of  Tollan,  is  veiled 
the  history  of  that  ancient  cataclysm  occasioned  by  the  termination  of  the  glacial 
epoch  in  America;  it  confines  itself  chiefly  to  the  glaciers  of  the  Amazon, 
described  with  minutest  details,  the  volcanic  eruptions  which  fixed  the  present 
continent,  the  age  and  epoch  of  sandstone  which  covers  so  great  a  part  of  these 
regions,  and  that  of  all  the  deposits  which  cover  the  Amazonian  valleys.  The 
whole  of  these  revelations  given  by  the  Mexican  geologists  through  ten  thousand 
years  agree  in  the  closest  possible  manner  even  to  the  present  time  with  the  work 
of  M.  Agassiz.  It  explains  fully  what  that  savant  so  long  sought,  the  origin  and 
extent  of  the  ancient  Amazonian  barriers,  and  reveals  even  to  the  smallest  par 
ticulars  those  mysterious  deposits  of  gold,  silver,  sapphire,  emerald,  and  jade  of 
whoso  discovery  the  Spaniards,  in  their  search  for  the  Eldorado,  vainly  dreamed."— 
Maisonneuve  Hook  Cat. 

See  Galicia  (F.  C.),  Men'doza  (G.),  and  Soils  (F.  S.) 

46a  Bravo  (Fr.  Juan).  Arte  de  la  Leugua  de  Michoacan.— Confeso- 
nario. — Preparacion  para  bien  morir. — Explicacion  del  Salmo: 
Miserere.— Explicaciou  del  Salmo:  Beati  qui  audiunt. — Explicaciou 
de  las  Letanias.  * 

Three  works  in  the  Tarascan  Language,  printed  in  Mexico  by  Pedro  Balli,  in 
1574.  8°. — Beristain. 

463  [Brebceuf  (R.  P.  Jean).]    Doctrine  |  Chrestienne,  dv  E.  P.  Ledesme 
de  la  |  Compagnie  de  lesvs.  |  Traduite  eu  Laugage  Canadois,  pour 
la  Con-  |  uersion  des  habitans  du  dit  pays.  |  Par  vn  pere  de  la  meme 
Compagnie.  | 

A  Eoveu,"  I  Chez  Richard  PAllemant,  |  pres  le  College.  |  1630.  | 
Pp.  1-26.    1C°.  JCB. 

Ludowig' erroneously  states  that  Breboeuf's  translation  was  printed  at  Rouen, 
1(110.  8°. 

464  Doctrine  Chrestienne,  dv  E.  P.  Ledesme  de  la  Compagnie  de 

lesvs.    Traduicte  en  Langage  Canadois,  autre  que  celuy  des  Mon- 
tagnars,  pour  la  conuercion  des  habitans  du  dit  pays.    Par  le  E.  P. 
Brebceuf  de  la  mesme  Compagnie. 

In  Champlain  (S.  de).  Les  Voyages  de  la  Novvelle  France,  pp.  1-15.  Pans, 
'Claude  Collet,  1632.  4°. 

465 Doctrine  Chrestienne,  Dv  E.  P.  Ledesme  do  la  Compagnie 

de  lesvs.  Traduicte  en  Langage  Canadois,  autre  qne  celuy  des 
Montagnars,  pour  la  conuersion  des  habitans  du  dit  pays.  Par  le 
E.  P.  Brebceuf  de  la  meme  Compagnie. 

In  Champlain  (S.  de).  Les  Voyages  de  la  Novvelle  France,  pp.  1-15.  Paris, 
Louis  Sevestre,  1632.  4°.  . 

Ludewig,  quoting  from  Vater,  states  that  the  edition — Paris,  Collet,  1627,  8° — 
contains  the  linguistic  pieces  by  Brebceuf  and  Masse'.  This  is  not  correct. 


BRAS8EUR    DE    BOURBOURG — BRETON.  93 

[Breboeuf  (R.  P.  Jean)] — continued. 

466 Doctrine  Chrestienne,  dv  R.  P.  Ledesme,  de  la  Compagnie 

de  lesvs.    Traduicte  en   Laugage  Canadois,  antre  que  celuy  des 

Montaguars,  pour  la  conuersion  des  habitans  du  dit  pays.    Par  le 

R.  P.  Breboeuf  de  la  mesine  Compagnie. 

In  Champlain  (S.  de).    Les  Voyages  de  la  Novvelle  France,  pp.  1-15.    Paris, 

Claude  Collet,  1040.  4°. 

467 Doctrine  Chrestienne,  dv  R.  P.  Ledesme  de  la  Compagnie 

de  lesvs.    Traduicte  en   Langage  Canadois,  autre  que  celuy  des 

_    Moiitagnars,  pour  la  conuersion  des  babitaus  du  dit  pays.    Par  le 
R.  P.  Brebceuf  de  la  mesme  Compagnie. 

In  Champlain,  CEuvres  de,  vol.  5,  pt.  2,  pp.  1-15  (pp.  1*03-1407  of  the  series). 
Quebec,  1870.  8°. 

468  Relation  |  de  ce  qvi  s'est  passe"  |  en  la  |  jSbwelle  France  | 

en  1'annee  1636.  |  Enuoyee  an  |  R.  Pere  Provincial  |  de  la  Compagnie 
de  lesvs  |  en  la  Prouiuce  de  France.  |  Par  le  P.  Paul  le  leune  de  la 
mesme  Compaguie,  |  Superieur  de  la  Residence  de  Kebec.  | 

A  Paris,  |  cliez  Sebastien  Cramoisy  Imprimeur  |  ordinaire  du 
Roy,  |  M.  DC.  XXXVII  [1637].  |  Avec  Privilege  dv  Roy.  |  » 

4  p.  11.,  172  pp.     Relation  .  .  .  des  Humus  .  .  .  [par  Jean  de  BnSbnif],  pp.  2-23. 
Not  seen ;  title  from  Sabin's  Diet. 

469  Relation  de  ce  qvi  s'est  passe  dans  le  pays  des  Hvrons. 

En  1'annee  1636.    Enuoye*e  a  Kebec  au  R.  P.  Paul  le  leime,  Supe 
rieur  de  la  Mission  de  la  Compaguie  de  lesvs,  en  la  Nounelle  France. 
(D'apres  1'edition  de  S6bastien  Cramoisy,  publi^e  a  Paris  en  1'annde 
1637.) 

In  Relations  des  Jesuites,  vol.  1,  pp.  76-139.    Qn6be«,  CoteM858.   8°. 

Oraisou  [in  Huron,  with  interlinear  French  translation],  pp.  89,90.  Chapi- 
tre  iv.  De  la  langne  dts  Hurons,  pp.  91-100. 

Jean  do  Brebceuf  was  one  of  the  first  five  Jesuit  missionaries  who  came  to 
Canada  with  Champlain  in  1625.  After  having  passed  tlie  winter  following 
among  the  Montagnais,  he  was  sent  in  162S  among  the  Hurous,  to  whom  he  was 
the  first  Jesuit  missionary.  The  conquest  of  the  country  by  the  English  inter 
rupted  his  mission,  but  Canada  having  been  restored  to  Franco  he  in  1634  entered 
a  second  time  into  his  work.  In  the  spring  of  1649,  the  Iroquois  having  taken 
St.  Lonis,  where  he  worked  with  Pere  Gabriel  Lalemant,  made  prisoners  of  the 
two  missionaries,  and  subjected  them  to  the  most  cruel  martyrdom. — Jesuit  Rela 
tions. 

470  -  Huron  Grammar.  * 

Manuscript.     Referred  to  by  Chanmonot  in  his  life,  but  now  lost. — Hist.  Mag. 

471  Breton  (R.  P.  Raymond).     Petit  |  Cat^chisme  |  ov  |  Sommaire  des 
Trois  Pre-  |  mieres  parties  de  la  Doctrine  |  Chrestienne.  |  Traduit 
du  Francois,  en  la  langue  des  Ca-  |  raibes  Insulaires,  par  le  R.  P. 
Raymond  |  Breton  Sous-Prieux  du  Conuent  des  |  Freres  Prescbeurs 
de  Blainuille.  | 

A  Avxerre.  |  Par  Gilles  Bovqvet,  Imprimeur  or-  |  diuaire  du 
Roy.  |  MD.C.LXIV  [1664].  |  JOB. 

Pp.  1-70.  16C. 


94  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Breton  (R.  P.  Raymond) — continued. 

472  -         -  Dictionuaire  |  Caraibe- Francois,   |   Mesl6  de  quautitd  do 
Remarques  |  historiques  pour  I'eclaircissement  |  de  la  Langue.  | 
Compost  par  le  E.  P.  Eaymoud  Breton,  |  Eeligieux  de  1'ordre  des 
Freres  Prescheurs,  |  &  1'vn  des  premiers  Missionaires  Apo-  |  sto- 
liqnes  en  1'Isle  de  la  Gardeloupe  &  au-  |  tres  circonuoisines  de 
1'Amerique.  | 

A  Avxerre.  |  Par  Gilles  Bovqvet,  Imprimeur  |  ordinaire  du  Eoy.  | 
M.D.O.LXV  [1665].  |  C.  JOB. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-480.  1C0. 

473  Dictionnaire  |  Frangois-Caraibe,  |  Compose"  par  le  E.  P. 

Eaymoud  Bieton,  |  Keligieux  de  1'ordre  des  Freres  Preschenrs,  |  & 
1'vu  des  quatre  premiers  Fran£ois  |  Missionaires  A]>ostoliqnes  en 
PIsle  de  la  |  Gardeloupe,  &  autres  circonuoisines  de  |  I'Ame'rique.  | 

A  Avxerre.  |  Par  Gilles  Bovqvet,  Imprimeur  |  ordinaire  du  Roy.  | 
M.D.C.LXVI  [1666].  |  C.  JOB. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  ].,  4  other  p.  11.,  pp.  3-415.  16°. 

474 Grammaire  |  Caraibe.  |  Composee  par  le  R.  P.  Raymond 

Breton  |  Religieux  de  POrdre  des  Freres  Prescheurs,  |  &  1'vn  des 
quatre  premiers  Missionnaires  |  Apostoliques  eii  I'Isle  de  la  Garde- 
loupe,  |  &  autre  circonuoisines  de  1'Amerique.  | 

A  Avxerre.  |  Par  Gilles  Bovqvet,  Imprimeur  |  ordinaire  du  Roy.  | 
M.D.C.LXVII  [1667].  |  JCB. 

Pp.  1-136.  l(j°.     Ludewig  mentions  an  edition  of  1668,  8°. 

475  Grammaire  carai'be,  suivie  du  Cat^chisme  caraibe.  par  le 

P.  Raymond  Breton.     Nouvelle  edition  conforme  &  1'originale,  pu- 

.„_  bliee  par  L.  Adam  et  Ch.  Leclerc. 

Paris,  1878.  * 

xxxii,  80  and  56  pp.  8°.  Forms  vol.  3  of  Ihe  collection  of  American  linguistics 
published  by  Maisonneuve  &  Co.,  Paris. — Leclerc. 

476  Bretton  (Baron  de).     Origines  des  Peuples  de  I'Ame'rique. 

In  Cong.  Int.  des  Americanistes,  Compte-Rendn,  premiere  session,  tome  1, 
pp.  438-449.  Nancy  and  Paris,  1875.  8°. 

Comparative  vocabulary  "Indien"  and  "Danois,"  p.  448. 

477  Breve  y  m&s  compendiosa  Doctrina  Christiana  en  lengua  Mexicana 
y  Castellana,  que  contiene  las  cosas  in  as  necessarias  de  uuestra 
saucta  fe"  catholica,  para  aprovechamiento  destos  indios  naturales 
y  salvaciou  de  sus  animus.     Con  licencia  y  privilegio. 

Colophon : 

A  honra  y  gloria  de  Nuest.ro  Sefior  Jesu-christo,  y  de  la  Virgen 
Santissima  su  madre,  fu4  impressa  esta  Doctrina  Christiana,  por 
mandado  del  seuor  don  Fray  Juan  de  Zumarraga,  primer  obispo 
desta  grau  ciudad  de  Tenuchtitlan,  Mexico  desta  Nueva  Espaiia  y 
4  su  costa,  en  casa  de  Juan  Cromberger,  auo  de  mill  y  quinieutos  y 
treinta  y  nueve.  [1539.]  * 

10  11.  4°.     Title  from  Cartas  de  Indias,  Madrid,  1877,  p.  787. 


BRETON BRINTON.  95 

Breve  y  m&s  coinpcndiosa  Doctrina  Christiaua,  etc. — continued. 

In  his  work  on  the  life  and  writings  of  Bishop  Zutmtrraga,  Sr.  Icazbalceta 
gives  this  title  and  says:  "I  copy  literally  this  title  which  I  find  in  the  Cartasde 
Indias.  The  notice  of  a  book  printed  in  Mexico  prior  to  all  others  deserves  a 
more  exact  and  wider  notice.  Notwithstanding  my  relations  with  some  of  the 
editors  of  that  publication  and  the  interest  that  my  friend  Sr.  Tamayo  y  Bans 
took  in  the  subject,  it  has  been  impossible  for  me  to  obtain  further  information 
respecting  this  precious  work — even  whence  the  title  was  obtained. 

£ 

478  Brice  (Wallace  A.)    History  |  of  |  Fort  Wayne,  |  from  |  the  eailiest 
known  accounts  |  of  |  this  point,  |  to  the  present  period.  |  Embra 
cing  an  extended  view  of  the  Aboriginal  Tribes  |  of  the  Northwest, 
including,  more  especially,  |  the  Miamies,  of  this  locality — their 
habits,  |  customs,  etc. — Together  with  a  compreheu-  |  sive  summary 
of  the  General  Relations  |  of  the  Northwest,  from  the  latter  |  part 
of  the  seventeenth  ceu-  |  tury,  to  the  struggles  of  1812-14;  |  with  a 
sketch  of  the  |  Life  of  General  Anthony  Wayne;  |  including  also  a 
lengthy  |  Biography  of  the  late  Hon.  Samuel  Hanna,  |  together 
with  short  |  Sketches  of  several  of  the  early  pioneer  |  settlers  of 
Fort  Wayne.  |  Also  an  account  of  the  |  Manufacturing,  Mercantile, 
and  Railroad  Interests  |  of  Fort  Wayne  and  Vicinity.  |  By  Wallace 
A.  Brice.  |  With  illustrations.  | 

Fort  Wayne,  Ind:  |  D.  W.  Jones  &  Son,  Steam  Book  and  Job 
Printers.  |  1868.  |  BA.  C. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-324,  i-33.  8°. 
A  few  tribal  names  with  English  signification,  p.  17. 

479  Brickell  (John).    The  Natural  |  History  |  of  |  North-Carolina.  | 
With  an  |  Account  |  of  the  |  Trade,  Manners,  and  Customs  of  the  j 
Christian   and   Indian   Inhabitants.     II-  |  lustrated  with  Copper- 
Plates,  whereon  are  |  curiously  Engraved  the  Map  of  the  Country,  | 
several  strange  Beasts,  Birds,  Fishes,  Snakes,  |  Insects,  Trees,  and 
Plants,  &c.  |  By  John  Brickell,  M.  D.  |  [One  line  quotation.]  | 

Dublin:  |  Printed  by  James  Carson,  in  Coghill's-Court,  Dame-  | 
street,  opposite  to  the  Castle  Market.  |  For  the  Author,  |  1737.  | 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-408.  8°.  map.  BA.  C.  JOB. 

The  material  for  this  work  was  stolen  from  Lawson. — Field. 

Short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Tuskeruro  Indians,  Pamticoe  Indians, 
and  Woccon  Indians,  p.  407. 

480  The  Natural  History  of  North  Carolina.    With  an  account 

of  the  Trades,  Manners  and  Customs  of  the  Christian  and  Indian 
Inhabitants.    Illustrated  with  Copper-Plates,  whereon  are  curiously 
Engraved  the  Map  of  the  Country,  several  strange  Beasts,  Birds, 
Fishes,  Snakes,  Insects,  Trees  and  Plants,  etc. 

Dublin:  1743.  * 

408  pp.  8°.    The  same  as  the  edition  of  1737  with  a  new  title-page.— BartleU. 

481  Brinton  (Dr.  Daniel  Garrison).    Notes  |  on  the  |  Floridian  Penin 
sula,  |  its  |   Literary  History,  |  Indian  Tribes  and  Antiquities.  | 
By  |  Daniel  G.  Brinton,  A.  B.  | 


96  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Brinton  (Dr.  Daniel  Garrison) — continued. 

Philadelphia:  |  Published  by  Joseph  Sabin,  |  No.  27  South  Sixth 
Street,  above  Chestnut.  |  1859.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  i-viii,  13-202.  12°. 
Remarks  on  the  Timuqnana  language,  with  a  few  examples,  pp.  134-138. 

482  The  |  Myths  of  the  New  World:  |  a  treatise  |  on  the  |  Sym 
bolism  and  Mythology  |  of  the  |  Red  Race  of  America.  |  By  |  Daniel 
G.  Brinton,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  |  Member  of  [&c.,  &c.,  three  lines.]  | 

New  York:  |  Leypoldt  &  Holt.  |  1868.  |  BA.  o.    ft 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-307.  8°. 

A  few  remarks  on  American  languages,  pp.  7-10,  and,  scattered  throughout, 
many  aboriginal  words. 

483 The  |  Myths  of  the  New  World  |  A  treatise  |  in  the  Symbol 
ism  and  Mythology  |  of  the  |  Red  Race  of  America  |  By  |  Daniel 
G.  Brinton,  A.  M.,  M.  D.  |  Member  of  [&c.,_&c.,  six  liuesj.  |  Second 
edition,  revised.  | 

New  York  |  Henry  Holt  and  Company  |  1876  |  * 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-viii,  1-331.  12°.     Not  seen ;  title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

484  The  (Ancient  Phonetic  Alphabet  |  of  |  Yucatan.  |  ByD.  G. 

Briuton,  M.  D.  |  [Printer's  device.] 

New  York :  |  J.  Sabin  &  Sons,  No.  84  Nassau  Street.  |  1870.  | 

Pp.  1-8.  large  8°.  BA.  WE. 

485  [Remarks  on  the  Nature  of  the  Maya  Group  of  Languages.] 

In  A™  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  11,  pp.  4-6.   Philadelphia,  1871.  8°. 

486  Contributions  to  a  Grammar  of  the  Muskokee  Language. 

By  D.  G.  Brinton,  M.  D. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  11,  pp.  301-309.   Philadelphia,  1871.  8°. 

Historical  notes  on  the  language,  its  dialects,  affinities  and  literature,  pp.  301- 
304;  the  Alphabet,  pp.  304-305;  Remarks  on  Buckner's  Maskokee  Grammar, 
pp.  305-30G ;  the  Muskokee  Verb,  pp.  307-308 ;  Specimen  Sentence,  pp.  308-309. 

Separately  issued  as  follows: 

487  Contributions  |  to  a  |  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Muskokee  Lan 
guage,  |  by  |  D.  G.  Brinton,  M.  D.,  |  Member  of  the  American 
Philosophical  Society;  the  Pennsylvania  |  Historical  Society;  Cor 
responding  Member  of  the  |  American  Ethnological  Society,  etc.  | 
(From  the  Proceedings  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society.) 

Philadelphia:  |  McCalla  &  Stavely,  Printers,  237-9  Dock  Street,  | 
1870.  |  A.  T.  WE.  JBD.  wns. 

Printed  cover,  pp.  301-309.  8°. 

488  On  the  Language  of  the  Natchez. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  13,  pp.  483-499.   Philadelphia,  1873.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Natchez,  procured  by  Mrs.  A.  E.  W.  Robertson,  and  including 
Gallatin's  vocabulary,  pp.  486-491 ;  Numerals  (1-1,000,000),  p.  491 ;  Verbal  forms, 
p.  492;  Indicative  forms,  pp.  492-494;  Comparison  of  Natchez  terms  with  those 
of  the  Maskoki,  Seminole,  Choctaw,  Koosatis,  and  Mikasuki,  pp.  495-497  ;  Words 
from  early  French  authors,  pp.  497-498. 


BRINTON — BBISBIN.  97 

Brinton  (Dr.  Daniel  Garrison) — continued. 

489  -        -  The  Names  of  the   Gods  in  the  Kiche  Myths,  Central 
America.    By  Daniel  G.  Brinton,  M.  D.    Bead  before  the  American 
Philosophical  Society,  November  4,  1881. 

In  Am.  Philos.  Soc.,  Proceedings,  vol.  19,  pp.  613-647.    Philadelphia,  1881.  8°. 
Contains  specimens  of  the  Kiche  names,  prayers,  &c. 
Issued  separately  as  follows : 

490  The  |  Names  of  the  Gods  |  in  the  |  Kiche  Myths,  Central 

America.  |  By  Daniel  G.  Brinton,  M.  D.,  |  Secretary  [&c.,  &c.,  five 
lines].  |  (Read  before  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  Novem 
ber  4,  1881.)  | 

Philadelphia:  |  McCalla  &  Stavely,  Prs.,  237-9  Dock  St.  |  1881.  | 

Pp.  1-37.  8°.  JWP. 

491 The  Natchez  of  Louisiana,  an  offshoot  of  the  Civilized  Na 
tions  of  Central  America.  By  D.  G.  Brinton,  M.  D. 

In  Hist.  Mag.,  second  series,  vol.  1,  pp.  16-18.    Morrisania,  N.  Y.,  1867.  sm.  4C. 

A  few  words  of  Natchez  and  Choctaw  compared  and  a  "  Comparative  Vocabu 
lary  of  the  Natchez,  Huasteca,  and  Maya  tongues." 

492  The  National  Legend  of  the  Chahta-Muskokee  Tribes.  By 

D.  G.  Brinton,  M.  D. 

In  Hist.  Mag.,  second  series,  vol.  vii,  pp.  118-126.  Morrisania,  N.  Y.,  1870. 
sm.  4°. 

Contains  a  few  native  terms  with  English  signification,  and  the  Tribal  divi 
sions  of  the  Muskokees  according  to  several  authors. 

Separately  issued  as  follows : 

493 The  |  National  Legend  |  of  the  |  Chata-Muskokee  Tribes.  | 

By  |  D.  G.  Brinton,  M.  D.  |  Morrisania,  N.  Y. :  |  1870.  |  A.  s.  T. 

Printed  title  on  cover,  title  1  1.,  "prefatory  note"  1  1.,  pp. 5-13.  large  8°. 

494 The  Books  of  Chilan  Balam,  |  The  Prophetic  and  Historic 

Records  |  of  the  Mayas  of  Yucatan.  |  By  Daniel  G.  Briuton,  M.  D.  | 
Vice- President  [&c.,  six  lines].    [Seal.] 

Edward  Stern  &  Co.,  |  Philadelphia.  |  [1882.]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-19.  8°. 

Reprinted  from  the  Penn  Monthly,  March,  1882. 

495 Notes  on  the  Codex  Troano  and  the  chronology  of  the 

Mayas. 

In  American  Naturalist,  vol.  15,  pp.  719-724.  Philadelphia,  1881.  8°. 

Editor. 

See  Byington  (Cyrus). 

496  Brisbin  (Genl.  James  S.)  The  Language  of  Signs,  universally 
known  aud  used  by  all  American  Tribes  of  Indians.  By  Genl.  Jas. 
S.  Brisbin.  U.  S.  Army. 

Manuscript,  36  pp.,  4°,  in  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
Contains  many  Crow,  Sioux,  and  Snake  terms. 

7  Bib 


98  NORTH   AMERICAN  .LINGUISTICS. 

497  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.    St.  John  III.  16  |  in  some  of  the  | 
Languages  and  Dialects  |  in  which  the  |  British  and  Foreign  |  Bible 
Society  |  has  printed  and  circulated  |  the  Holy  Scriptures.  | 

London:  |  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  Queen  Victoria 
Street.  |  Philadelphia  Bible  Society,  cor.  Walnut  and  Seventh  Sts.,  | 
Philadelphia.  |  WE.  JWP. 

No  imprint.    Printed  title  on  cover,  pp.  3-30.  12°. 
Contains  St.  John  III.  16  in  the  following  American  languages: 
Greenland,  p.  29,  Cree,  p.  29,  Mohawk,  p.  30. 

Esquimaux,  p.  29,  Ojibwa,  p.  29,  Mayan,  p.  30. 

Tinne,  p.  29,  Maliseet,  p.  30, 

498 St.  John  iii,  16,  in  most  of  the  Languages  and  Dialects  in 

which  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  has  printed  or  circu 
lated  the  Holy  Scriptures.    Enlarged  Edition. 
London:    Printed  for  the  British  and   Foreign  Bible   Society. 

[MS,   1878-  ***• 

Ip.l.,  pp.  1-50.  16°. 

St.  John  iii,  16,  in  the  following  American  languages : 

Eskimo,  p.  26,  Chippewyan  or  Tinne  (syllabic  char- 

Greenland,  p.  26.  acters),  p.  27. 

Tukudh  (Louchenx)  Indians,  p.  26          Ojibwa,  p.  27. 
Cree  (Eastern),  in  syllabic  characters,    Maliseet,  p.  27. 

p.  26.  Micmac,  p.  28. 

Cree    (Western),   Roman    characters,    Mohawk,  p.  28. 

p.  27.  Mexican  or  Aztec,  p.  28. 

Mayan,  p.  28. 
Brown  (D.) 
See  Butrick  (D.  S.)  and  Brown  (D.) 

499  Brown  (H.  B.)    [Vocabularies  of  the  Tribes  of  California.] 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  3.  Washington, 
1877.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Colouse  and  Teharra,  pp.  518-529;  Of  the  Digger  [Maidn], 
pp.  586-597. 

500  Brown  (Theodore  V.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Pa-Uta. 

In  Wheeler  (G.  M.)  Report  upon  U.  8.  Geog.  Surveys,  vol.  7,  pp.  424-465, 471. 
Washington,  1879.  4°. 

501  Bruce  (W.  H.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Menomonee. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  470-481.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

502  Bruhl  (Dr.  Gustav).    Aztlan — Chiromoztok.  |  Eine  ethnologische 
Studie.  |  Von  Dr.  Gustav  Bruhl.  | 

New  York,  Cincinnati  und  St.  Louis.  |  Druck  und  Verlag  von 
Benziger  Brothers.  |  1879.  |  ASG. 

Pp.  1-1G.  8°.     A  few  Azte^  words  scattered  through. 

503  Brun  or  Bruun  (Rasmus).     Gronland    Psalmbog    Kiobenhavnime 
1761.  * 

Not  seen     title  from  Nyerup. 


BRITISH   AND   FOREIGN    BIBLE    SOCIETY  —  BRYANT.  99 

504  Brunson  (Alfred).    Wisconsin    Geographical    Names.    By  Alfred 
Brunson. 

In  Wisconsin  Hist,  Soc.  Coll.,  vol.  1,  pp.  110-115.  Madison,  1855.  8°. 
A  few  aboriginal  terms,  with  English  signification. 

505  Bruyas  (Rev.  James).    Eadices  |  Verborum  Iroquaeorum.  |  Auc- 
tore  |  R.  P.  Jacobo  Bruyas,  |  Societatis  Jesu.  | 

Neo-Eboraci:  |  Typis  J.  M.  Shea.  |  18C3.  | 
Second  title  : 

Eadical  Words  |  of  the  |  Mohawk  Language,  |  with  their  deriva 
tives.  |  By  Rev.  James  Bruyas  S.  J.  |  Missionary  on  the  Mohawk.  | 
New  -York:  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1862.  |  BA.  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-123.  8°.  Latin  title  recto  1.  2  ;  English  title  recto  1.  3. 
Shea's  Library  of  American  Linguistics,  vol.  x.     Reprinted  as  follows: 

506  -  (E.)  I  Eadical  Words  |  of  the  |  Mohawk  Language,  |  with 
their  derivatives.  |  By  Eev.  James  Bruyas,  S.  J.,  |  Missionary  on  the 
Mohawk.  |  Published  from  the  Original  Manuscript.  |  * 

Title  1  1.,  pp.  3-123.  8°. 

In  Sixteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Regents  of  the  University  of  the  Slate  of 
New  York,  on  the  condition  of  the  State  Cabinet  of  Natural  History.     Albany 
1863,  8°,  but  with  the  heading:  "Fifteenth  Report  on  the  Cabinet  of  Nat.  His 
tory." 

Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

507  Bryant  (  —  ).    Table  to  shew  the  Affinity  between  the  Languages 
spoken  at  Ooiialashka  and  Norton  Sound,  and  those  of  the  Green- 
landers  and  Esquimaux. 

In  Cook  (J.)  and  King  (J.)  Voyage  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  vol.  3,  pp.  552-553. 
London,  1784.  4°. 

Contains  vocabularies  of  Oonalashka,  Norton  Sound,  Greenland  (from  Crantz), 
and  Esquimaux. 

These  vocabularies  appear  in  both  the  English  editions  of  1784  (q.  v.  under 
Cook  and  Dixon);  in  the  Dublin  ed.,  1784,  3  vols.  8°.  (vol.  3,  pp.  554-555)  ;  in  the 
extract  of  Cook  and  Dixon's  voyage  inKerr  (R.)Gen.  Hist,  and  Coll.  Voyages  and 
Travels,  Edinburgh,  1811-1817,  17  vols.  (Vols.  17,  pp.  310-311);  and,  according 
to  Ludewig,  p.  70,  in  Pallas  (Peter  Simon).  Nene  Nordische  Beitraegc  zur 
physikalischen  und  geographischen  Erd-  und.  Voelkerbeschreibuug,  Naturge- 
schichte  und  Oekouomie,  vol.  1,  p.  308.  St.  Petersburg,  1781-1796;  7  vols.  8°. 

508  Bryant  (Edwin).     What  I  saw  in  California  |  Being  the  |  Journal 
of  a  Tour,  |  by  the  Emigrant  Eoute  and  South  Pass  of  the  Eocky 
Moun-  |  tains,  across  the  Continent  of  North  America,  the  |  Great 
Desert  Basin,  and  through  California,  |  in  the  years  1846,  1847.  | 
[One  line  quotation.]  |  By  Edwin  Bryant,  |  late  Alcade  of  St.  Fran 
cisco.  | 

New  York:  |  D.  Appleton  &  Company,  200  Broadway.  |  Phila 
delphia:  |  Geo.  S.  Appleton,  148  Chestnut  Street.  |  MDCCCXL- 
VIII.  |  BA-  °- 

Pp.  1-455.  8°. 

Short  Utah  vocabulary,  p.  165. 

Another  edition,  London,  1849,  12°,  vi,  137  pp.,  minus  the  linguistics. 


j 


100  NORTH    AMERICAN  'LINGUISTICS. 

Bryant  (Edwin) — continued. 

509  What  I  saw  in  California:  |  being  the  |  Journal  of  a  Tour,  | 

by  the  Emigrant  Eoute  and  South  Pass  of  the  Rocky  |  Mountains, 
across  the  Continent  of  North  |  America,  the  Great  Desert  Basin,  | 
and  through  California,  |  in  the  Years  1846,  1847.  |  "All  which  I 
saw,  and  part  of  which  I  was."    Dryden.  |  By  |  Edwin  Bryant,  | 
late  Alcalde  of  St.  Francisco.   |    Seventh   Edition.   |  With   |  An 
Appendix,  |  containing  |  Accounts  of  the  Gold  Mines,  Various 
Eoutes,  |  Outfit,  etc.,  etc.  | 

New -York:  |  D.  Appleton  &  Company,  200  Broadway,  |  Phila 
delphia:  |  Geo.  S.  Appleton,  164  Chestnut  Street.  |  MDCCCX- 
LIX.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1^80.  12°. 

Short  vocabulary  of  the  Utah,  p.  165. 

510  Buchanan  (James),  H.  B.  M.  Consul.    Sketches  |  of  the  |  History, 
Manners  and  Customs  |  of  the  |  North  American  Indians,  |  with  |  a 
plan  for  their  melioration.  |  By  James  Buchanan,  Esq.  |  His  Brit- 
tanic  Majesty's  Consul  for  the  State  of  New  York.  |  In  two  vol 
umes.  |  Vol.  I.  [-II.]  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  William  Borredaile.  |  No.  130  Fulton- 
street,  |  1824.  |  HU.  0. 

2  vols.  16°. 

Chapter  x.  Language  of  the  Indians.    By  Peter  S.  Duponceau.   Vol.  2,  pp.  48-77. 

Catalogue  of  Manuscript  Works  on  the  Indians  and  their  Languages,  presented 
to  the  American  Philosophical  Society  or  deposited  in  their  Library.  Vol.  2,  pp. 
79-S2. 

These  two  articles  reprinted  from  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  Trans.,  Hist,  and  Lit.  Com., 
vol.  1.  Phila.,  1819.  8°. 

511  Sketches  |  of  the  |  History,  Manners,  and  Customs  |  of 

the  |  North  American  Indians.  |  By  James  Buchanan,  Esq.  |  His 
Majesty's  Consul  for  the  |  State  of  New  York.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Black,  Young,  and  Young,  |  Tavistock- 
Street,  |  MUCCCXXIV.  [1824.]  |  BA.  LSH. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-371.  8°.     Contents  as  in  American  edition. 

512  Buckner  (H.  F.)    The  Lord's  Prayer  in  Comauche.  JWP. 

In  Texas  Baptist. 

I  have  seen  only  the  scrap  cut  from  the  Texas  Baptist,  and  am  unable  to  give 
the  date.  It  was  copied  into  The  Standard  July  12,  1877. 

513  Buckner  (H.  F.)  and  Herrod  (G.)    A  |  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Maskoke. 
or  Creek  Language.  |  To  which  are  prefixed  |  Lessons  in  Spelling, 
Reading,  and  Defining.  |  By  |  H.  F.  Buckner,  |  a  Missionary,  under 
the  patronage  of  the  Domestic  and  Indian  |  Mission  Board  of  the 
Southern   Baptist   Convention;  |  assisted  by  his  interpreter,  |  G. 
Herrod,  |  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  etc.,  |  Micco  Creek 
Nation.  | 

Marion,  Ala. :  |  Published  by  |  the  Domestic  and  Indian  Mission 
Board  |  of  the  Southern  Baptist  Convention.  |  1860.  |        BA.C.  JWP. 
Pp.  1-139.  12°. 


BRYANT — BUREAU   OF   ETHNOLOGY.  101 

Buckner  (H.  F.)  and  Herrod  (G.) — continued. 

514  The  Gospel  |  according  to  John.  |  Oponvkv  hera  chanicho- 
yvten,  |  oksumkvlki  irkinvkv,  |  H.  F.  Buckner  |  (ichohonvnwv),  | 
inyvtikv  G.   Herrod  itipake  Masoke   |   inioponvk  tohidhoechvtet 
omis.  |  Pohesayechv  Chesuo  hechkvte  atekat  ohrolope  |  chokpi  rok- 
kohvmkin,  chokpi  chinv-  |  pakin,  pali-epakvtis.  | 

Marion,  Ala.:  |  Published  by  the  Domestic  and  Indian  |  Mission 
Board  of  the  Southern  |  Baptist  Convention :  |  1860.  |    ABS.  c.  JWP. 
Pp.  1-186,  2 11.  16°. 
See  Davis  (John)  and  Lykins  (J.)  for  earlier  edition. 

515  Maskoke  Hymns.  |  Original,  collected,  and  revised.  |  By  | 

H.  F.  Buckuer,  |  A  Baptist  missionary,  |  and  |  G.  Herrod,  |  Inter 
preter.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.]  | 

Marion,  Ala:  |  Published  by  the  |  Domestic  and  Indian  Mission 
Board  |  of  the  Southern  Baptist  Convention.  |  1860.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  1-140.    24°. 

A  printed  note  says  many  of  the  hymns  were  revised  and  corrected  from  an  old 
manuscript  collection,  composed  or  translated  by  Elder  James  Prettynian,  a  native 
Baptist  preacher.  For  an  earlier  edition  see  Fleming  (John). 

516  Buenaventura  (Gabriel  de  San).    Arte  |  de  |  la  Lengva  |  Maya,  | 
Compuesto  por  el  R.  P.  Fr.  |  Gabriel  de  San  Buenaventura  a  |  Pre- 
dicador,  y  deflnidor  habitual  de  la  Provincia  de  San  Joseph  |  de 
Yucatan  del  Orden  de  N.  P.  S.  |  Francisco.    [Design.] 

Auo  de  1684.  |  En  Mexico,  por  la  Viuda  de  Bernardo  Calde- 
ron.  |  JOB. 

8  p.  11.,  41  11.  sm.  4°.  Ludewig  erroneously  quotes  an  edition  of  1560;  there  is 
no  such  edition. 

517  Diccionario  Mayo-Hispano  6  Hispano-Mayo.  * 

Manuscript  in  3  vols.,  in  the  library  of  the  Franciscan  Fathers  of  Yucatan.     It 

consists  of  500  11.,  and  is  at  the  same  time  a  work  on  the  medical  and  botanical 
products  of  the  country. — Beristain. 

518  Buk.    The  [  Buk  ov  Djenesis.  |  In  Mikmak. 

Printed  for  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  by  |  Isaac  Pit 
man,  Bath.  |  1857.  |  c. 
Pp.  1-213.  16°.     In  phonetic  characters. 

519  -      —  The  I  Buk  of  Samz.  |  In  Mikmak.  | 

Printed  for  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  by  |  Isaac  Pit 
man,  |  Bath.  1859.  |  s. 
Pp.  1-282.  16°.     In  phonetic  characters. 

520  Bureau  of  Ethnology.     First  Annual   Report  |  of  the  |  Bureau  of 
Ethnology  |  to  the  |  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian   Institution  | 
1879-'80  |  by  J.  W.  Powell  |  Director  |  [Design]  | 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1881  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xxxv,  1-603.  royal  8°.  map. 

Dorsey  (J.  O.),  Gatschet  (A.  S.),  and  Riggs  (S.  R.)  Illustration  of  the  method 
of  recording  Indian  languages,  pp.  579-589. 


102  NORTH   AMEKICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Bureau  of  Ethnology — continued. 

Hoffman  (W.  J.)  Sentences  with  interlinear  translation,  p.  483,  et  al. 
Mallery  (Garrick).    Sign  language  among  the  North  American  Indians,  pp. 
263-652. 

Powell  (J.  W.)  On  the  evolution  of  language,  pp.  1-16. 
Wyandott  government,  pp.  57-69. 

521  Burton  (Richard  F.)    The  City  of  the  Saints  and  across  the  Eocky 
Mountains  to  California.    By  Richard  F.  Burton. 

London:  Longman  [etc.]  1861.  |  * 

Pp.  x,  2,  707.  8°.  maps.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

522  The  City  of  the  Saints,  |  and  Across  the  Rocky  Mountains 

to  California.  |  By  |  Richard  F.  Burton,  |  author  of  |   "The  Lake 
Regions  of  Central  Africa,"  etc.  |  With  Illustrations.  | 

New  York :  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers,  |  Franklin  Square.  | 
1862.  |  JWP.   Q , 

Pp.  v-xii,  2  11.,  pp.  1-574.  .8°.  Map. 

Remarks  on  the  Sioux  or  Dakotah  language,  pp.  120-122. 
Sabiu's  Dictionary  adds:  Second  edition.    London,  Longman,  1862.  8°. 

523  Buschmann  ( Johann  Carl  Bduard).    tiber  den  Naturlaut.    Von  Hrn. 
Buschmann. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhandlnngen,  aus  dem  Jahre  1852. 
Pr.  3,  pp.  391-423.  Berlin,  1853.  4°. 

Contains  a  few  words  of  Dahcota,  Monnitarri,  Kadjak,  Yankton,  Eskimo,  Gron- 
landiscli,  Cherokee,  Chwachamajul,  Pawui,  Konza,  Oto,  Cahita,  Maya,  Wyandot, 
Caynga,  Seneca.  Pottawatameh,  Blackfoot,  Tarrahumara,  Katahba,  Chippeway, 
Shawans,  Cochimi,  Omaha,  Quappa,  Nez  Perce',  Koloschien,  Tepeguana,  Kinai, 
Klicatat,  Inilik,  and  Olamentke. 

Issued  separately  as  follows : 

524  tiber  |  den  Naturlaut,  |  von  |  Joh.  Carl  Ed.  Buschmann.  | 

Berlin,  |  In  Ferd.  Dummler's  Verlags-Buchliaudlung.  |   1853.  j 

Gedruckt  in  der  Druckerei  der  koniglichen  Akademie  |  der  Wisseii- 
schaften.  | 

1  p.  1  ,  pp.  1-34.  4°.     Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

525  tiber  die  Aztekischen  Ortsnamen.    Von  Hrn.  Buschmann. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhandlungeu,  aus  dem  Jahre  1*52. 

pt.  3,  pp.  607-811.  Berlin,  1853.  4°. 
Separately  issued  as  follows : 

526  tiber  die  |  Aztekischen  Ortsnamen,  |  von  |  Joh.  Carl  Ed. 

Buschmann.  |  Erste  Abtheilung.  | 

Berlin,  |  In  Ferd.  Duminler's  Verlags-Buchhanclluug.  |  1853.  |  Ge 
druckt  in  der  Druckerei  der  Koniglichen  Akademie  |  der  Wissen- 
schaften.  |  ASO.  # . 

lp.  1.,  pp.  1-206.  4°. 

527  Die  Spuren  der  aztekischen  Sprache  im  nordlichen  Mexico 

und  hb'heren  Amerikauischen  Norden.    Zugleich  cine  Mustering  der 
Volker  und  Sprachen  des  nb'rdlicheu  Mexico's  und  der  Westseite 


BUREAU  OF  ETHNOLOGY — BUSCHMANN.         103 

f 

Buschmann  (Johann  Carl  Eduard) — continued. 

Nordamerika's  von  Guadalaxara  an  bis  zum  Eismeer.     Von  Job. 
Carl  Ed.  Buscbmauu. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhandlungen,  aus  dein  Jahre   1854, 
Zweiter  Supp.-Band,  pp.  1-819.     Forms  the  whole  volume.     Berlin,  1859.  4°. 
Erster  Theil.  Die  Spureii  der  aztekischeu  Sprache  im  nordlichen  Mexico :  etc. 

CONTENTS. 

Pima-Cepata  local  names,  p.  19. 

Tarahuinara  local  names,  pp.  20-23. 

Tepeguara  local  names,  pp.  23-25. 

Remarks  on  Cahita  and  Tarahumara  words  in  Ternaux  Compans  (Nouvelles 
Annales),  pp.  32-34. 

Cora,  Cabita,  and  Tepeguara  polysynthetic  words,  pp.  36-39. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Cora,  Cahita,  Tarahumara,  and  Tepeguara,  pp.  68-110. 

Grammatic  comments  on  the  preceding  list,  pp.  110-147. 

Zweiter  Theil.  Musterung  der  Volker  und  Sprachen  Mexico's  nnd  der  Westseite 
Nordamerika's  von  Gnadalaxara,  etc. 

CONTENTS. 

Lord's  prayer  in  Tubas;  and  same  analyzed,  pp.  164-170. 

Affinities  of  the  Tubas  with  other  languages,  pp.  120-172. 

Lord's  prayer  in  Hiaqui ;  and  comments,  pp.  212-218. 

Lord's  prayer  in  Eudeve ;  and  comments,  pp.  223-227. 

Affinities  of  the  Eudeve  and  other  languages,  pp.  227-229. 

Lord's  prayer  in  Opata ;  and  comments,  pp.  230-236. 

Numerals  (1-10)  and  a  few  words  of  Coco  Maricopa  (from  Emory  in  Am.  Eth. 
Soc.  vol.  2),  p.  266. 

A  few  words  of  Coco,  Maricopa,  and  Yuma  compared,  p.  267. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Yuma  (from  Whipple),  pp.  271-274. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Moqui  (from  Simpson),  p.  289. 

Affinities  of  the  Moqui  with  other  languages,  pp.  291-293. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Navajo  and  Jicorilla  (from  Simpson),  p.  320. 

Short  vocabulary  of  the  Yutah  (from  Simpson),  p.  349. 

Comparison  of  Yutah  with  kindred  languages,  pp.  352-357. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Comauchen  (from  Kriwitz),  pp.  371-375. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Comanchen  (from  Neighbors  in  Schoolcraft,  vol.  2),  pp.  375- 
377. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Comanchen  (from  Marcy),  pp.  377-378. 

Comancbe  words,  pp.  378-379. 

Analysis  of  Comanche  words,  pp.  383-386,  389-391. 

Affinities  of  Comanche  with  kindred  tribes,  pp.  392-403. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Caddo  (from  Gray),  Caddo  (from  Marcy),  and 
Wichita  (from  Marcy),  pp.  445-448. 

Comments  on  the  Caddo  and  Wichita,  pp.  448-450. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Kiaway  (from  Whipple),  pp.  450-451. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Waco  and  Kichai  (from  Whipple),  pp.  452-453. 

Lord's  prayer  in  Waicuri,  p.  484. 

Twelve  Articles  of  Faith  in  Waicuri,  pp.  484,  485. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Waicuri,  pp.  485-487. 

Grammatic  sketch  of  the  Waicuri,  pp.  489-492. 

Affinities  of  the  Waicuri  with  other  languages,  pp.  493-495. 

Lord's  prayer  in  Cochimi  (five  versions,  from  Hervas  and  Duflot  de  Mofras), 
pp.  496, 497. 

Short  Christian  doctrine  of  the  Cochimi  (from  Hervas),  pp.  498, 499. 

Short  catechism  in  Cochimi  (from  Hervas),  pp.  499, 500. 


104  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Buschmaan  (Johann  Carl  Eduard) — confirmed. 

Short  sentences  in  Laymonische  (Dncrne,  in  Mull's  Spanish  Amerika),  pp.  500, 
501. 

List  of  words  in  Cochimi,  with  grammatic  remarks,  pp.  £02-511. 

Vocabnlary  of  the  language  of  S.  Diego,  S.  Barbara,  S.  Luis  Obispo,  and  S. 
Antonio  (from  Coulter),  pp.  536, 537. 

List  of  words  of  the  Diegnnos  (from  Whipple,  in  Schoolcraft,  vol.  2),  p.  537. 

Lord's  prayer  in  San  Diego  (from  Dnflot  de  Mofras),  p.  537. 

Gramma  tic  remarks  on  the  San  Diego,  pp.  538-539. 

List  of  words  of  the  Cocomarieopa  (from  Whipple  and  Emory),  pp.  542,543. 

List  of  words  of  the  Mohave  (from  Whipple),  p.  543. 

List  of  words  of  the  Yuma,  pp.  544—546. 

Names  and  words  of  Netela  (from  Padre  Boscana),  pp.  546-549. 

Lord's  prayer  and  numerals  of  the  Mission  of  San  Lois  Rey  (from  Dnflot  de 
Mofras),  pp.  549,550. 

List  of  words  of  the  Mission  of  San  Luis  Key  (from  Bartlett,  in  Whipple),  p.  551. 

List  of  words  of  the  Chemehnevi  and  Cahnillo  (from  Whipple),  pp.  551, 552. 

Gramma t  ic  remarks  on  the  Schoschouen  languages  of  California,  pp.  556-559. 

Lord's  prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  San  Fernando  (from  Dnflot  de 
Mofras),  p.  560. 

Lord's  prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  San  Luis  Obispo  (from  Dnflot 
de  Mofras),  p.  560. 

Lord's  prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  Santa  Ines  (from  Dnflot  de  Mo 
fras),  p.  560. 

Lord's  prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  San  Antonio  (from  Dnflot  de 
Mofras),  p.  561. 

Numerals  (1-10)  of  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  Del  Carmelo  (from  Dnflot  de 
Mofras),  p.  561. 

Numerals  (1-10),  and  a  few  words  in  Achastlien  (from  La  Peronse),  p.  562. 

Numerals  (1-10),  and  a  few  words  in  Ecclemach  (from  La  Peronse),  p.  563. 

Vocabnlary  of  the  Eslen  (from  Relacion  del  Viage),  p.  563. 

Numerals  and  a  few  words  of  the  Rnnsieu  (from  Relacion  del  Viage),  p.  563. 

Lord's  prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  Santa  Clara  (from  Dnflot  de 
Mofras),  pp.  564, 565. 

Lord's  prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  San  Raphael  (from  Dnflot  de 
Mofras),  p.  566. 

Lord's  prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  Solano  (from  Dnflot  de  Mofras), 
p.  566. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Olamentke  (from  Kostromitonow),  pp.  568, 569. 

Vocabnlary  of  the  Chwachamajnl  (from  Kostromitonow),  pp.  568,569. 

Numerals  (1-10)  of  Cushna  (from  Schoolcraft,  vol.  2),  p.  571. 

Lord's  prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Choeonyem  (from  Dnflot  de  Mofras),  p.  572. 

Remarks  on  Bale's  vocabulary  of  the  Shasta,  p.  572. 

Grammar  ic  remarks  on  the  langnage  of  the  Hoopah,  pp.  575,576. 

Comparison  of  the  Seheyenne  vocabularies  of  Abert,  in  Trans.  Eth.  Soc.,  vol.  2, 
Smith,  in  Schoolcraft,  vol.  3,  and  Prinz  Maximilian  zn  Wied,  pp.  610, 611. 

Comparison  of  Blackfoot  and  Arapahce,  with  other  Algonkin  languages,  p.  611. 

List  of  words  of  Ihe  Waiilatpu,  Molele,  Watlala,  two  dialects  of  Chinnk,  and 
Calapnya,  pp.  620-625. 

Supplementary  vocabulary  of  the  Chinuk  and  Calapnya  (from  Parker,  Scouler, 
Rafmesqne,  and  Arch:eolog.  Amer. ),  pp.  (525, 626. 

Lord's  praye  r  in  Chinuk  (from  Dnflot  de  Mofras),  p.  626. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Yamkallie^from  Tolmie  in  Sconler),  pp.  626-627. 

Grammatio  remarks  on  the  proceeding  vocabularies,  pp.  627-631. 

Vocabnlary  of  the  Schoachonen  and  Wihinasht  (from  Hale),  pp.  641, 642. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Schoschonen  (from  Say),  p.  643. 


BUSCHMAXX.  105 

Buschmann  ( Johaiin  Carl  Eduartl) — continued. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Snake  (from  Prinz  Max.  zn  \Vied).  p.  643. 

Vocabolarj-  of  the  Snake  (from  Wyeth  in  Schoolcraft,  TO!.  1),  p.  643. 

Grammatic  remarks  on  the  Sebosehonen,  pp.  646-632. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Kaigani  (from  Badloff),  p.  679. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tun  Ghasse  (from  Tolmie  in  Sconler),  pp.  679, 680. 

Comparison  of  the  language  of  Portlock  Harbor,  Trith  the  Koloachen  (from 
Kmaenstern),  p.  681. 

Numerals  (1-100)  of  the  language  of  Porte  de  Francais,  p.  682. 

Comparison  of  terms  of  the  Jakntat  and  Ugalenzen,  p.  683. 

Comparison  of  terms  of  the  Ugaljachmnui  and  Aztek,  pp.  684-685. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Ugalenzen  (from  Resanow  and  Wrangell),  pp.  688-689. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Atnah  (from  Wrangell),  pp.  691,692. 

Comparison  of  language  of  Prince  William  Sound  (from  Portlock),  with  the 
Tsehngat<$cben  (from  Wrangell),  p.  693. 

Comparison  of  the  Tsehngatschen  (from  Wrangell),  with  the  Kadjak  (from 
Wrangell),  and  the  Innnit  of  Kotzebue  Sound,  pp.  693.694. 

Coniparatire  vocabulary  of  the  Unalaschkisch,  (from  Billings,  Lasiansky,  Wen- 
jaminovr,  and  Wrangell),  pp.  TOO,  701. 

Comparison  of  the  dialects  of  Stuart,  Xuniwok,  and  Tschnakak  Islands,  with 
Eskimo  dialects,  pp.  703,704. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Inkilik  (from  Sagoskin  and  Wassiljew),  pp.  707,706. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Inkalit-Jng-eljnnt  (from  Sagoskin),  p.  70S. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Koltachanen  (from  Wrangell),  pp.  709, 710. 

Separately  issued  as  follows: 

528  Die  |  Spnren  der  aztekischen  Sprache  |  im  nordlichen  Mex 
ico  |  and  hoheren  amerikanischea  Xorden.  |  Zugleich  |  eine  Mnste- 
rung  der  Volker  and  Spracheii  |  des  nordlichen  Mexico's  |  nnd  der 
Westseite  Xordamerika's  |  von  Guadalaxara  an  bis  zum  Eismeer.  | 
Yon  Job.  Carl  Ed.  Bnschmann.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedrnckt  in  der  Bnchdrackerei  der  Konigl.  Akademie  |        ,-, 
der  Wissenschaften.  |  1859.  |  * 

1  p.  L,  pp.  vii-xii,  1-819.  4°.    Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

"This  work  consists  of  two  volumes;  for  the  portions  taken  from  it  and  pub 
lished  as  separate  treatises  will  hare  to  be  added  to  it  as  a  second  or  supplement 
ary  volume,  according  to  the  author's  explanation  on  pp.  119  and  IvO.  Their  sepa 
ration  from  the  main  work  has  been  owing  to  practical  reasons;  and  they  form, 
as  shown  by  the  continuous  pagination,  essential  parts  of  the  work.  In  fact, 
without  their  embodiment  into  the  work,  the  use  of  the  copious  geographical  in 
dex,  which  also  refers  to  them,  would  be  made  nugatory.  These  treatises,  or 
chapters,  should  be  added  to  the  second  volume  in  the  following  order:  I.  Die 
Lantverandernng  aztekischer  Worter  in  den  sonorischen  Sprachen.  II.  Die  Pima 
Sprache.  III.  Der  Athapaskiscbe  Sprachstamm.  IV.  Die  Volker  niid  Spracben 
Nenmexicos.  V.  Die  Volker  und  Spracben  des  britiscben  Ostlandes  (contained  in 
the  October  part  of  1858  of  "Monatsberichte  der  Berliner  Akademie,"  pp.  465  to 
486).  VI.  Die  Sprachen  Kizh  und  Xetela  von  Xeu-Califomien."— SaUm't  Dictionary . 

529  Der   athapaskische    Spracbstamm,  dargestellt  von  Hrn. 

Buschmann. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss,  zu  Berlin,  Abhandlnngen,  ans  dem  Jahre  185o. 
pp.  144-319.  Berlin,  1856.  4°. 

Numerals  (1-16)  of  the  Chepewy an  and  Kulchin.  p.  163. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chepewayan  (from  Richardson),  pp.  174-177. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tacollies  (from  Harmon),  177-179. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Entchin  and  Dog  Bib  (from  Richardson),  pp.  179, 180. 


106  NOETH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Buschmann  (Johann  Carl  Eduard) — continued. 

A  few  Urnpqua  words  (from  Tolmie),  p.  180. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chepewyan  (from  Mackenzie),  p.  180, 181. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chepewyan  (from  Dobbs),  pp.  181, 182. 

A  few  works  of  the  Chepewyan  (from  Arch.  Am.),  p.  182. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chepewyan  (from  Richardson),  pp.  182, 183. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Dog  Rib  (from  Richardson),  p.  183. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Chepewyan  (from  Dobbs,  Mackenzie,  and  Rich 
ardson),  p.  183. 

Short  comparative  vocabularies  of  the  Chepewyan  (from  the  above)  and  Tahkoli 
(from  Harmon),  p.  184. 

Comparative  vocabularies  of  the  Chepewyan  and  Kutchin,  p.  185. 

Comparative  vocabularies  of  the  Chepewyan  and  Dog  Rib,  p.  186. 

Comparisons  between  words  of  the  Chepewyan  and  Umpqna;  Tahkoli  and 
Kutchin;  Tahkoli  and  Dogrib ;  Tahkoli  and  Umpqua ;  Kutchiu  andDogrib;  Sus 
see  and  Umpqna;  Dogrib  and  Umpqua;  and  Tlatskanai  and  Umpqua,  pp.  186-188. 

Comparative  lists  of  words  from  the  Chepewyau,  Tahkolli  (of  Harmon),  Tah- 
kolli  (of  Hale),  Kutchiu,  Dogrib,  Umpqua,  Tlatskanai,  and  Sussee,  pp.  188-209. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Kinai  (from  Dawydow,  Resanow,  Krusenstern,  Wrangell, 
and  Lisiansky),  pp.  233-245. 

Comparative  vocabularies  of  the  Chepewyan,  Tahkoli,  Kutchin,  Sussee,  Dogrib, 
Tlatskanai,  Umpqua,  Navajo,  Jicorilla,  Kiwai,  Atnah,  Ugalenzen,  Inkalik,  Inka- 
lit,  Kaltschanen,  and  Koloschisch,  pp.  242-313. 

Separately  issued  as  follows: 

530  Der  |  athapaskische  Sprachstamm  |  dargestellt   |   von  | 

Job.  Carl  Ed.  Buschmann.  |  Aus  den  Abhandlungen  der  Kbnigl. 
Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  |  zu  Berlin  1855.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Druckerei  der  kouigl.  Akademie  |  der 
Wissenscbaften  |  1856.  |  In  commission  bei  F.  Diiuimler's  Verlags- 
Buchbandlung.  ASG. 

1  p.  1., pp.  149-320.  4°. 

531  Die  Sprachen  Kizh  und  Netela  von  Neu-Californien,  darge 
stellt  von  Hrii.  Buschmann. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhandlungen  aus  dem  Jahre  1855. 
Pp.  501-531.  Berlin,  1R56.  4°. 

.   Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Kizh  (San  Gabriel)  and  Netela  (San  Juan 
Capistrano),  pp.  504-509. 

Published  also  as  a  separate  paper,  as  follows : 

532  Die  Spracheu  |  Kizh  und  Netela  |  von  |  Neu-Californien  | 

dargestellt  |  von  |  Job.  Carl  Ed.  Buschmann.  |  Aus  den  Abband- 
lungen  der  Konig].  Akademie  der  Wissenscbaften  |  zu  Berlin  1855.  | 

Berlin  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Druckerei  der  Konigl.  Akademie  |  der 
Wissenschaften  |  1856.  |  In  Commission  bei  F.  Diimmler's  Verlags- 
Bucbhandlung.  |  * 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  501-531.  4°.     Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

533  Die  Pima-Sprache  und  die  Spracbe  der  Koloschen,  darge 
stellt  von  Hrn.  Buschmann. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhandlungen,  aus  dem  Jahre  1856. 
Pt.  3,  pp.  321-432.  Berlin,  1857.  4°. 
Pima  vocabulary,  pp.  367-375. 
Short  comparative  vocabulary  Mexican  and  Koloschen,  p.  384. 


BUSCHMANN.  107 

Buschmann  (Johann  Carl  Eduard) — continued. 

Short  comparative  vocabulary  Kolosclieu  and  Eskimo,  p.  389. 
Comparative  list  of  Koloschen  from  Dawydow,  Resanow,  Krusenstern,  Wran 
gell,  Lisiansky,  Marchand,  and  Weujaminow,  pp.  390-427. 
Separately  issued  as  follows: 

634  -          -  Die  Piuia  -  Sprache  |  uud  |  die  Sprache  der  Koloschen  | 
dargestellt  |  von  |  Job.  Carl  Ed.  Buschmann.  |  Aus  den  Abhand- 
lungen  der  Konigl.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  |  zu  Berlin  aus 
dem  Jahre  1856.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Druckerei  der  Konigl.  Akademie  |  der 
Wissenschafteu  |  1857.  |  In  Commission  bei  F.  Diimmler's  Verlags- 
Buchhandlung.  |  » 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  3-21-432.     Title  communicated  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

535  Die  Lautveriiuderung  aztekischer  Worter   in   den  sono- 

rischen  Sprachen  und  die  sonorische  Endung  ame,  dargestellt  von 
Hrn.  Buscliuianu. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abliandlungen,  aus  dem  Jabre  1866, 
pp.  433-557.  Berlin,  1857.  4°. 

Issued  also  as  a  separate  pamphlet  as  follows : 

536  Die  |  Lautveriinderung    aztekischer    Worter  |  in  |  den   so- 

norischeu   Sprachen  |  und  |  die  sonorische  Endung  AME  \  darge 
stellt  |  von  |  Joh.  Carl  Ed.  Buschmann.  |  Aus  den  Abhandlungeu 
der  Konigl.  Akademie  der  Wisseiischaften  zu  Berlin  aus  |  dem 
Jahre  1856.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Buchdruckerei  der  Kouigl.  Akademie  | 
der  Wissenschaften.  |  1857.  |  In  Commission  bei  F.  Diiinmler's  Ver- 
lags  Buchhandlung.  j  * 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  433-557.  4°.    Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

537  Die  Volker  und  Sprachen  Neu-Mexiko's  und  der  Westseite 

des  britischeu  Xordamerika's,  dargestellt  von  Hrn.  Buschmann. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhaudlungeii,  aus  dem  Jahre  1857, 
pp.  209-414.  Berlin,  taw.  4°. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Pueblo  Indians  (from  Simpson),  as  follows  (pp.  280-282): 
1.  S.  Domingo,  S.  Felipe,  S.  Ana,  Sella,  Inquna,  Pojuate,  Acoma,  Cochiti.  2. 
S.  Juan,  S.  Clara,  S.  Ildefoiiso,  Pojuaque,  Nambe,  Tesuqne.  3.  Taos,  Picoris, 
Sandia,  Iselta.  4.  Jenez  (alt  Pecos;  uach  Davis;  Taquo  oder  Taiio).  5.  Znni. 

Vocabulary  of  Tcsuque  (Whiting),  and  Zuni  (Eaton),  pp.  283-295. 

A  few  Zuni  phrases  (Whipple),  p.  295. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Kinomi,  Cochitimi  and  Acoma  (Whipple),  pp.  299-301. 

Numerals  and  a  few  phrases  of  Pah-Yutah  (Carvalho),  p.  307. 

Vocabulary  of  thePima  (Whipple),  p.  308. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Comanche  (Whipple),  pp.  309-312. 

Vocabulary  of  Fuca  Straits  and  Nntka,  p.  324. 

Numerals  of  Prince  William's  Sound  and  Cook's  Eiver,  Norfolk  Sound,  and  King 
George's  Sound,  p.  326. 

Vocabularies  of  Nutka  Sound  (Hale,  Cook,  Jewett,  and  Relacion  del  Viage),  pp. 
343-349. 

The  above  compared,  pp.  355-357. 

The  above  compared  with  the  Tlnoqnatsh  (Sconler),  pp.  365-366. 

A  few  words  of  Nutka,  Halltzuk  (Tolmie),  and  Hailtsa  (Hale),  p.  366. 

A  few  words  of  Nutka  and  Eskimo,  p.  367. 


108  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Buschmann  (Johaim  Carl  Eduard) — continued. 

A  few  words  of  Nutka  compared  with  Sonora  languages,  p.  368. 

A  few  words  of  Nutka  compared  with  Aztec  languages,  pp.  369-370. 

A  few  words  of  Chinuk  and  Cathlascon  (Scouler),  p.  374. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tlaoquatch,  Kawitchen,  Noosdalum,  Squallyomish,  and 
pseudo-Chinuk  (Cathlascon?)  (Scouler),  pp.  375-378. 

Numerals  (1—10)  of  the  Hailtsa  (Hale)  and  Fitzhugh  Sound,  p.  381. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Hailtzuk  (Tolmie),  Hailtsa  (Hale),  and  Bellechoolo 
(Tolmie),  pp.  385-390. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Haitian  (Tolmie)  and  Skiltageet,  pp.  395, 396. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Haidah  (Tolmie)  and  Skiltageet  and  Queen  Charlotte  Island 
(Marchand),  pp.  396,397. 

A  few  words  of  Haidah  and  Tun  Ghasse,  pp.  397. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chimesyan  (Tolmie),  402, 403. 

Issued  also  as  follows : 

538  —     -  Die  Volker  und  Sprachen  |  Neu-Mexico's  |  und  |  der  West- 
seite  |  des  |  Britischeu  Nordamerika's  |  dargestellt  |  von  Job.  Carl 
Ed.  Buschrnaun.  |  Aus  den  Abhaudlungen  der  Konigl.  Akademie 
der  Wissenschaften  |  zu  Berlin  1857.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Buchdruckerei  der  Konigl.  Akademie  | 
der  Wissenschaften  |  1858.  |  In  Commission  bei  P.  Diimmler's  Ver- 
lags-Bucbhandlung.  |  » 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  209-414.  4°.     Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

539  —     -  Systcmatische  Worttafel  des  atbapaskischen  Sprachstamms, 
aufgestellt  und  erlautert  von  Hrn.  Buscbmann.    (Dritte  Abtheilung 
des  Apacbe.) 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhandlungen  aus  dem  Jahre  1859. 
Pt.  3,  pp.  501-586.  Berlin,  1860.  4°. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Chepewyan,  Biber,  and  Sicanni  (from  Howse), 
pp.  520-527. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Chepewyan  and  Biber  (from  McLean),  pp. 
529-531. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Apache,  Apachen  der  Kupfergruben,  Atnah, 
Biber-Indianer,  Chepewyan,  Dogrib,  Hoopah,  Inkilik,  Inkalit-Kinai,  Koltschaner, 
Kntchin,  Kivalhioqua,  Loucheux,  Navajo,  Northern  Indians,  Piualeno,  Sussee, 
Sicani,  Tahkoli  oder  Tacullies,  Tlatskanai,  Ugalenzen  oder  Ugalachmjut,  Ump- 
qiia,  and  Xicarilla,  pp.  546-586. 

Issued  also  as  follows : 

540  Systematische   Worttafel  |  des    athapaskischen    Spracb- 

stamms,  |  aufgestellt  und  erlautert  |  von  Joh.CarlEd.Buschmami.  | 
Dritte  Abtheilung  des  Apache  |  Aus  den  Abhandlungen  der  Konigl. 
Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Berlin  1859.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Druckerei  der  Konigl.  Akademie  |  der 
Wissenscbafteu.  |  1860.  |  In  Commission  von  F.  Diimmler's  Verlags- 
Buchhaudlung.  |  # 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  501-586.     Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

541 Das  Apache  als  eine  athapaskische  Sprache  erwiesen  von 

Hrn.  Buscbmann;  in  Verbinduug  mit  einer  systematischen  Wortta 
fel  des  atbapaskischen  Spracbstamm.     Erste  Abtheilung. 

In  Kiinig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhandlungeu,  aus  dem  Jahre  1860, 
pp.  187-282.  Berlin,  1861.  4°. 


BUS'.'HMANN.  109 

Buschmann  (Johann  Carl  Eduard) — continued. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Apache  (Henry),  Navajo  (Eaton),  Navajo 
(Whipplo),  Piualefio  (Whipple),  and  Hoopah  (Gibbs),  pp.  250-261. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Apache  (Henry),  Navajo  (Eaton),  and  Pinalefio 
(Whipple),  pp.  262-269. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Navajo  (Eaton),  and  Pinaleuo  (Whipple),  pp. 
269-272. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Coppermine  Apache  (Bartlett),  p.  272. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Xicarilla  (Simpson),  p.  27:5. 

Issued  also  as  follows: 

542  Das  Apache  als  eine  atbapaskische  Sprache  erwiesen;  in 

Verbindung  mit  einer  systematischen  Worttafel  des  athapaskischeu 
Sprachstammes,  von  Job.  Carl  Ed.  Buschmann.    Erste  Abtheiluug.     ADI 
Aus  den  Abhandluugen  der  Konigl.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften 

zu  Berlin  1860. 

Berlin :  Diimrnler.  1860.  » 

94  pp.  4C.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

543  Die  Verwandtschafts-Verhaltnisse  der  athapaskischen  Spra- 

chen  dargestellt  von  Hrn.  Buschmann.     (Zweite  Abtheiluug  dcs 
Apache. ) 

In  Koiiig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhandluugen  aus  dem  Jahre  1862, 
pp.  195-252.     Berlin,  1863.  4°. 
Issued  also  as  follows : 

544  Die  Verwandtschafts-verhaltnisse  der  athapaskischen  Spra- 

chen  dargestellt.   Zweite  Abtheilung  des  Apache.  Aus  den  Abhand- 
lungeu  der  Konigl.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Berlin  1862. 

Berlin:  Diimmler.  1863.  •* 

Pp.  1-60.  4°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

545  Das  Lautsystem  der  sonorischeh  Sprachen  dargestellt  von 

Hru.  Buschmann.     (Erste  Abtheilung  der  Grammatik  der  vier  souo- 
rischen  Hauptsprachen.) 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhandlnngen  aus  dem  Jahre  1863, 
pp.  309-453.     Berlin,  1864.  4°. 
Separately  issued  as  follows: 

546  Grammatik  der  souorischen  Sprachen,  vorziiglich  der  Tara- 

humara,  Tepeguama,  Cora,  uud  Cahita,  als  ix.  Abschuitt  der  Spu- 
ren    der    aztekischen"  Sprache    ausgearbeitet.    Erste  Abtheiluug. 
Das  Lautsystem.    Ans  den  Abhandlungen  der  Konigl.  Akademie 
der  Wisseuschaften  zu  Berlin  1863. 

Berlin:  Dummler.  1864.  * 

Pp.  1-85.  4°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

547  Das  Zahlwort  der  sonorischen  Sprachen  dargestellt  von 

Hrn.  Buschmanu.    Dritte  Abtheilung  der  sonorischeu  Grammatik. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin  Abhaudlungeu  aus  dem  Jahre  1867, 
pp.  23-215.  Berlin,  1838.  4°. 

Numerals  1-10  and  20  of  the  Tarahumara,  Tepeguara,  Cora,  Cahita,  Eudeve, 
Piina,  Piede,  Kizh,  Netela,  Cherehuen,  Cahuillo,  Kechi,  Comanche,  Schoshonen, 
and  Wihinasht,  face  p.  24. 

Numerals  (decimal  and  sigesimal  system)  of  above  dialects,  face  p.  70. 

Numerals  10-19  of  above  dialects,  face  p.  82. 


110  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Buschmann  (Johann  Carl  Eduard) — continued. 

548  -        -  Der  sonorischen  Gramiuatik  zweite  Abtheilung :  dcr  Arti- 
kel,  das  Substantivum  und  Adjectivum;  dargestellt  voii  Hrn.Busck- 
manii. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhandlungeu  aus  dcni  Jahre  I860, 
pp.  67-268.  Berlin,  1870.  4°. 

549  Die  Ordinal-Zahlen  der  njexicanischen  Spracke.  * 

[Aus  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin.     Berlin,  1880.] 

Gi  pp.  4°.     Title  from  bookseller's  catalogue. 

550  Die  Volker  und  Sprachen  im  Innern  des  britischen  Nord- 

amerika's. 

Iu  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Monatsberichte,  aus  clem  Jabre  1856, 
pp.  465-486.  Berlin,  1859.  8°. 

551  Verwandtschaft  der  Kinai,  Idiome  des  russischer  Nord- 

amerika's  mit  dem  grossen  athapaskischen  Sprachstamme. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Bericht  aus  dem  Jahre  1854,  pp.  231- 
236.  Berlin,  n.  cl.  8°. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Kenai  Sprachen  (Kenai,  Atnah,  Koltschanen, 
Inkilek,  Inkalit,  and  Ugalenzen),  with  the  Athapaskische  Spraeheu  (Chepewyau 
Tahkoli,  Kutcbin,  Sussee,  Dogrib,  Tlatskarai,  and  Umpqua,  face  p.  236. 

552.  Butcher  (Dr.  H.  B.)  and  Leyendecher  (John).    Vocabulary  of  the 
(Jouaanche  Indians. 

Manuscript,  200  words.  6  11.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Butel-Dumont  (M.) 
See  Dumont  (M.)  . 

553  Butler  (William).    Numerals  of  the  Cherokees. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  E.)  Indian  tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  209-211.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

Numerals  one  to  three  hundred  millions. 

554  Butrick  (D.  S.)  and  Brown  (D.)    Tsvlvki  Sqclvclv.  |  A  |  Cheroke  | 
Spelling  Book.  |  By  |  D.  S.  Butrick  &  D.  Brown.  |  For  the  Mission 
Establishment  at  Brainerd.  | 

Knoxville:  Printed  by  |  F.  S.  Heiskell  &  H.  Brown.  |  1819.  |  AAS. 
Pp.   1-62.    16°.     Cherokee  and  English.     Printed  prior  to  the  invention  of 
Cherokee  characters. 

555  Buynitzky  (Stephen  Nestor).     English-Aleutian  |  vocabulary  |  pre 
pared  by  |  Stephen  N.  Buynitzky.  | 

Published  by  the  Alaska  Commercial  Company.  |  San  Francisco. 
"  Alta  California"  book  and  job  printing  house.  No.  521)  California 
St.  1871.  * 

13  pp.  8°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  Marcus  Baker,  from  copy  in  possession  of  the 
author. 

55G  Byington.  (Rev.  Cyrus).    Holisso  Anumpa  Tosholi.  |  An  |  English 
and  Choctaw  Deflner;  |  for  the  Choctaw  Academies  and  Schools.  | 
By  Cyrus  Byington.  |  First  Edition,  1500  copies. 

New  York :  |  S.  W.  Benedict,  16  Spruce  Street.  |  1852.  |        HU.  c. 

Pp.  1-252.  16°. 


BUSCHMANN — DYINGTON.  Ill 

Byington  (Rev.  Cyrus) — continued. 

Tables  43, 44,  parts  of  Matthew  and  Lnke  (pp.  199-207)  are  given  as  "literal 
translations  into  Choctaw." 

Tables  45-51,  parts  of  Matthew,  Luke,  etc.,  are  "literal  translations  of  Choctaw 
into  English." 

557  Vocabulary  of  the  Choctaw. 

In  Whipple  (Lieut.  A.  W.)  Report  upon  the  Indian  tribes,  in  Pac.  R.  R.  Repts., 
vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  62-64.  Washington,  1856.  4°. 

558  Grammar  of  the  Choctaw  Language.  Prepared  by  the  Rev 
erend  Cyrus  Byington,  and  Edited  by  Dr.  Brinton. 

In  Am.  Fhilosoph.  Soc.  Proc.  vol.  11,  pp.  317-367.    Philadelphia,  1871.  8°. 
Introduction  by  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton,  pp.  317-320.     Part  1.  Orthography,  pp.  320- 
324.     Part  2.  Grammatical  forms  and  inflections,  pp.  324-367. 
Issued  also  as  follows : 

551)  Grammar  |  of   the  |  Choctaw    Language,  |  by  the  |  Rev. 

Cyrus  Byington.  |  Edited  from  the  original  M3S.  in  the  Library  of 
the  American  |  Philosophical  Society,  |  by  D.  G.  Briutou,  M.  D.,  | 
Member  of  [&c.,  three  lines.]  | 

Philadelphia:  |  McCalla  &  Stavely,  Printers,  237-9  Dock  Street.  | 
1870.  |  BP.  0. 

Pp.  1-56.  8°. 

Introduction,  pp.  1-6;  Grammar,  pp.  7-56. 

560  Chata  Dictionary :  Chata-English  and  English-Chata. 

Manuscript,  5  vols.  folio  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

This  manuscript  prepared  by  the  late  Rev.  Cyrus  Byington,  for  many  years 
missionary  to  the  Choctaws,  contains  about  16,000  words  with  English  definitions. 
The  material  has  been  placed  in  the  hands  of  Prof.  O.  T.  Mason,  of  Columbian  Col 
lege,  to  be  edited  and  prepared  for  publication  as  one  of  the  series  of  "Contribu 
tions  to  North  American  Ethnology,"  He  has  compiled  from  it  an  English-Chata 
dictionary  of  10,000  words  to  accompany  the  original  work. 

561  Grammar  of  the  Choctaw  language. 

Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

This  material  also  has  been  placed  in  the  hands  of  Prof.  O.  T.  Mason,  of  Colum 
bian  College,  who  is  preparing  it  for  publication  by  the  bureau,  as  one  of  the  series 
of  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology. 

As  left  by  Mr.  Byiugton  it  consists  of  several  parts.  The  first  is  dated  Stock- 
bridge,  Choctaw  Nation,  June  23d,  1865,  and  contains  85  pages  of  an  old  journal 
sewed  together,  in  which  a  first  attempt  is  made  at  systematizing  the  principles 
of  the  language.  The  remainder  appears  to  be  subsequent  revisions  of  the  chap 
ters  in  the  first  edition.  It  is  in  the  form  of  two  or  more  foolscap  sheets  pinned 
or  stitched  together.  Of  some  of  the  least  understood  portions  of  the  language 
there  are  four  or  five  copies,  and  it  is  not  always  possible  to  select  the  latest. 

Dr.  Daniel  Brinton  examined  this  manuscript  and  published  an  epitome  which 
has  been  compared  by  Mr.  Mason  with  the  original  with  great  care.  It  is  a  very 
careful  piece  of  work  considering  the  state  of  the  manuscript. 

The  grammar  evidently  was  designed  to  consist  of  nine  chapters: 

1.  Introduction  and  alphabet. 

2.  Article-pronouns.     [Post-positives,  quantitives,  and  determinatives.] 

3.  Pronouns. 

4.  Verbs. 


112  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Byington  (Rev.  Cyrus) — continued. 

5.  Prepositions. 

6.  Nouns. 

7.  Adjectives. 

8.  Adverbs. 

9.  Conjunctions  and  interjections. 

Mr.  Mason  has  made  copies  of  all  these  chapters  in  the  various  editions,  and  is 
now  collating  them. 

Mr.  Byingtou's  material  was  left  in  an  unfinished  condition;  it  needs  but 
a  casual  glance  at  his  manuscript,  however,  to  flnd  that  he  looked  forward  to  the 
wauts  even  of  onr  most  advanced  philology. 

It  is  probable  that  Mr.  Byington  translated  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles  in  Choctaw ; 
see  No.  16  of  this  catalogue. 


See  Edwards  (J.)  and  Byington  (C.) 


562  Cabrera  (Br.  Cayetano).    Arte  en  lengua  Mexicana.  * 

Title  from  Pimentel. 

563  [Cabrera  (Jose"   Maria),  Galicia  (Faustino  Chiunalpopoca),  Romero 
(Jose"  Guadalnpe),  and  Pimentel  (Francisco).]     Sobre  el  Origin  de  la 
Palabra  Mexico. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.  Bol.,  torn.  8,  pp.  405-417.  Mexico,  1860.  8°. 
Etymologia  y  motivo  del  nombre  de  Mexico.   J.  M.  Cabrera. 
El  primer  rey  de  Mexico  Acamapitzin  y  la  Chinanipa.  J.  M.  Cabrera. 
Apuntes  sobre  el  origin  de  las  palabras  "Mexica"  y  Mexico.    F.  C.  Galicia. 
Otra  vez  el  nombre  de  Mexico.   J.  G.  Romero,  F.  Pimentel. 

564  Cabrera  (Fr.  Juan  de).    Alabado  dispuesto  por  el  E.  P.  Fr.  Antonio 
Margil  de  Jesus,  Missionero  Apostolico,  y  traducido  del  Castellano 
al  Idioraa  Mexicano  por  el  If.  P.  Fr.  Juan  de  Cabrera,  de  la  Eegular 
Observancia  de  N.  S.  P.  San  Francisco,  Predicador  y  Ministro  Coad 
jutor  en  San  Matheo  Atenco. 

Con  licencia  en  Mexico:  en  la  Imprenta  del  Nuevo  Eezado  de 
Dona  Maria  de  Eibera,  en  el  Empedradillo. 

1  1.,  folio,  printed  on  one  side  only.  The  Spanish  text  is  in  verse,  so  bad  as 
not  to  bo  verse. — Icazbaiceta's  Apuntes,  No.  174. 

565  [Calendar  for  the  year  1880,  in  Eskimo.] 

Nungme  mikitigkat,  L.  Mailer.  C. 

1  sheet,   folio. 

566  Calkins  (Hiram).     Indian  Nomenclature  of  Northern  Wisconsin, 
with  a  sketch  of  the  manners  and  customs  of  the  Chippewas.    By 
Hiratn  Calkins,  Esq.,  of  Wausau. 

In  -Wisconsin  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  vol.  1,  pp.  119-126.   Madison,  1855.  8°. 

567  Calzado  (Jose).     Parts  of  Catechism  "Mos  Antiguos",  in  the  lan 
guage  of  the  Indians  of  Santa  Inez,  Cal.    By  Jose  Cal/ado. 

Manuscript  sent  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  by  Alex.  S.  Taylor. 


BYINGTON — CAMPANIUS.  113 

5G8  Camacho  (Fr.  Alonso).    Tratado  de  los  siete  Sacramentos,  y  un 
discurso  sobre  la  palabra  divina.  * 

In  the  Zapoteca  language.     Title  from  Pimentel. 

569  Camargo  (Domingo  Mufioz).    Histoire  de  la  R6publique  de  Tlax- 
callati,  par  Domingo  Munoz  Camargo,  Indien,  natif  de  cette  ville; 
Traduite  de  1'espagnol  sur  le  manuscrit  intsdit  de  la  bibliotheque  de 
M.  Teruaux-Compans. 

In  Nouvelles  Aunales  ties  Voyages,  vol.  2,  1843  (vol.  98  of  the  collection), 
pp.  129-204;  and  vol.  3,  1843  (vol.  99),  pp.  129-197.  Paris,  n.  d.  8°. 
Many  aboriginal  terms  and  proper  names. 

570  Camino  del  Cielo.  * 

Manuscript  of  the  17th  century.  4°.     [In  the  Mexican  language.] 

Although  this  manuscript  has  the  title  of  "Camino  del  Cielo,"  after  a  most 

diligent  comparison  with  the  printed  book  of  Father  Leon  which  has  that  title, 

we  have  been  unable  to  discover  any  relation  between  the  one  and  the  other. 

The  contents  of  this  volume  can  easily  be  recognized,  and  may  be  divided  into 

two  parts. 

I.  An   extensive  Confesionario  occupies  the  first  part,  consisting  of  thirty 
leaves,  including  six  blank  leaves. 

II.  A  collection  of  sermons  and  religious  instructions  on  different  subjects, 
occupying  one  hundred  and  ninety  leaves,  of  which  sixteen  are  blank  leaves. 

On  one  of  the  blank  leaves  we  read  "Al  Pe.  Oracio  Carochi,"  which  seems  to 
intimate  that  the  manuscript  belonged  to  him. 

The  greater  portion  of  it  is  written  in  an  almost  microscopic  handwriting, 
although  very  clear  and  legible. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

571  [Campanius  (Johan).]     Catechismvs  Lutheri   |   Lingva  |    Svecico- 
Americana.  | 

Second  title: 

Lutheri  |  Catechismus/  |  6fwersatt  |  pa  |  Americau-Virginiske  | 
Spraket.  | 

Stockholm/  |  Tryckt  vthi  thet  af  Konigl.  |  may*'1  privilege.  | 
Burchardi  Tryckeri,  af  J.  J.  Geiiath/f.  |  Anno  M  DO  XG  VI  [1G96].  j 

Engraved  title  1  1.,  printed  title  1  1.,  7  other  p.  11.,  pp.  1-160.  12°.  JOB.  8. 

At  p.  133  is  the  following  title  : 

Vocabularium  |  Barbaro-  |  Virgineo-  |  rum.  |  Additis  passim  locu- 
tioui-  |  bus  &  observationibus  Histo-  |  ricis  brevioi.bus  ad  lingua 
pleuia  |  rein  notitiam.  |  Anno  MDGXOVI  [1G96].  |  JCB.  s. 

Pp.  155-1(50  contain:  Vocabula  Mahakuassica. 

572  Campanius  Holm  (Thomas).  Novae  SvecisB  |  Seu  |  Pennsylvania  |  in 
America  |  descriptivo.  | 

Second  title : 

Kort  Beskrifuing  |  Om  |  Provincien  |  Nya  Swerige  |  uti  |  Ame 
rica,  |  Som  uu  fortjdeu  af  the  Engelske  kallas  |  Pensylvania.  |  Af 
larde  och  trowiirdige  Mft-ns  skrifter  och  berattelser  ihopale-  |  tad 
och  sammanstrefweii/  samt  med  athskillige  Figurer  |  utzirad  af  | 
Thomas  Campanius  Holm.  |  [Figure.] 

Stockholm/  Tryckt  uti  Kongl.  Boktr.  hos  Sal.  Wankijfs  |  Ankia- 
ined  egeu  bekostnad/  af  J.  H.  Werner.  Ahr  MDCC1I  [1702].  |  JCB.  c. 

Engraved  title  1  1.,  printed  title  11,7  other  p.  11.,  pp.  1-190.  sm.  4°.  maps. 
8  Bib. 


114  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Campanius  Holm  (Thomas) — continued. 

En  Orde-  ocb  Samtals-Bok  pade  Americaners  Sprak  wid  Nya  Swerige  eller  som 
det  nu  kallas  Pensylvania,  pp.  153-179. 

Om  the  Myucqueser  eller  Mynckussar  och  theras  Sprak,  pp.  180-184. 

573  A  short  description  of  the  Province  of  New  Sweden  now 

called  by  the  English,  Pennsylvania,  in  America.    Compiled  from 
the  relations  and  writings  of  persons  worthy  of  credit,  and  adorned 
with  maps  and  plates.    By  Thomas  Campanius  Holm.    Translated 
from  the   Swedish,  for  the  Historical    Society  of   Pennsylvania. 
With  Notes.    By  Peter  S.  Du  Ponceau,  LL.D.,  President  of  the 
American  Philosophical  Society,  Member  of  the  Royal  Academy  of 
History  and  Belles  Lettres  of  Stockholm,  and  one  of  the  Council  of 
the  Historical  Society  of  Pennsylvania. 

Iu  Penn.  Hist.  Soc.  Memoirs,  vol.  3,  pt.  1,  pp.  1-166.  Philadelphia,  1834.  8°. 

Book  III.  Chap.  i.  Of  the  origin  and  language  of  the  Indians  in  Virginia  and 
New  Sweden,  pp.  112-115. 

Book  IV.  Chaps,  i-xi.  Vocabulary  and  phrases  in  the  American  language  of 
New  Sweden,  otherwise  called  Pennsylvania,  pp.  144-156. 

Addenda.  Chap.  i.  Of  the  Minques,  or  Minckus,  and  their  language  [including 
vocabulary],  pp.  157-159. 

Issued  also  as  follows : 

574  A  |  Short  Description  |  of  the  |  Province  of  New  Sweden.  | 

Now  Called,  by  the  English,  |  Pennsylvania,  in  America.  |  Com 
piled  |  from  the  relations  and  writings  of  persons  worthy  of  credit,  | 
and  adorned  with  maps  and  plates.  |  By  Thomas  Campanius  Holm.  | 
Translated  from  the  Swedish,  |  for  the  Historical  Society  of  Penn 
sylvania.  |  With  Notes.  |  By  Peter  S.  Du  Ponceau,  LL.D.  |  Presi 
dent  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  Member  of  the  Eoyal 
Academy  of  |  History  and  Belles  Lettres  of  Stockholm,  and  oue  of 
the  Council  of  |  the  Historical  Society  of  Pennsylvania.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  M'Carty  &  Davis,  No.  171,  Market  Street.  | 
1834.  |  BA- 

Pp.  1-166.  8°. 

575  Campbell  (John).    Origin  |  of  the  |  Aborigines  of  Canada.  |  A 
Paper  read  before  the  Literary  and  Historical  Society,  |  Quebec,  | 
by  |  Prof.  J.  Campbell,  M.  A.,  |  (of  Montreal,)  |  Del6gue  General  de 
1'Institution  Ethnographique  de  Paris.  | 

Quebec:  |  Printed  at  the  "Morning  Chronicle"  Office.  |  1881.  | 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-33,  and  appendix  i-xxxiv.  8°.  JWP. 

The  first  part  of  this  paper  is  an  endeavor  to  show  a  resemblance  between 
various  families  of  the  New  World  and  between  these  and  various  peoples  of  the 
Old  World.  The  appendix  contains : 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Wj  andot-Iroquois  and  Japanese-Koriak  lan 
guages,  pp.  i-v. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Dacotah  and  Japanese-Koriak  languages,  pp. 

vi-xi. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Tiuneh  and  Tungus  languages,  pp.  xii-xiv. 


CAMPANIUS — CAMPBELL.  115 

Campbell  (John) — continued. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Algonquin  and  Malay-Polynesian  languages, 
pp.  xv-xix. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Haidah  and  Malay-Polynesian  languages,  pp. 
xx-xxii. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Chimsyan  and  Malay-Polynesian  languages, 
pp.  xxiii-xxv. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Hailtzukh  and  Malay-Polynesian  languages, 
pp.  xxvi-xxviii. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Nootkan  and  Malay-Polynesian  languages,  pp. 
xxix-xxxi. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Niskwalli  and  Malay-Polynesian  languages, 
pp.  xxxii-xxxiv. 

576  On  the  origin  of  some  American  Indian  Tribes.    By  John 

Campbell.     [First  article.] 

In  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  of  Montreal,  Proc.,  vol.  9,  new  series,  pp.  65-80.  Montreal, 
1879.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  Algonquin  dialects,  and  of  the  Maya-Quiche,  showing  similarities 
with  the  Malay-Polynesian,  pp.  72—73. 

577  On  the  origin  of  some  American  Indian  Tribes.    By  John 

Campbell.    [Second  article.] 

Iu  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  of  Montreal,  Proc.,  vol.  9,  pp.  193-212.  Montreal,  1879.  8°. 

Wyandot-Iroquois  vocabulary,  pp.  199-200;  Dacotah  vocabulary,  p.  202;  Te- 
huktchi  numerals,  1-10,  compared  with  those  of  various  northwest  tribes,  p.  204 ; 
Aleutian,  Kadiak,  and  Unalashka  words  compared  with  those  of  the  peninsula, 
pp.  204-205;  Kadiak  and  Aleutian  words  compared  with  Dacotah,  205-206;  Ka 
diak  and  Aleutian  words  compared  with  Wyaudot-Iroqnois,  p.  20<>;  Kadiak  and 
Aleutian  words  compared  with  Cherokee-Choctaw,  p.  207. 

578  Hittites  in  America.    By  John  Campbell,  M.  A.    [First 

article.] 

In  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  of  Montreal,  Proc.,  voL  9,  pp.  296-318.  Montreal,  1879.  8°. 
The  first  of  two  articles,  the  second  of  which  (q.  ».)  contains  linguistics. 

579  Hittites  in  America.    By  John  Campbell,  M.  A.     [Second 

article.] 

In  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  of  Montreal,  Proc.,  vol.  9,  pp.  345-367.  Montreal,  1879.  8°. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Basque  and  Iroquois,  pp.  345-346;  the  same  of 
the  Circassian  ami  Dacotah,  pp.  347-348;  the  same  showing  analogies  between 
the  Barbara  and  various  American  dialects,  pp.  355-358;  Table  of  numerals,  1-10, 
showing  analogies  between  the  Peruvian  and  various  North  American  dialects, 
pp.360-3Gl. 

580  The  Affiliation  of   the  Algonquin  Languages.    By  John 

Campbell,  M.  A. 

In  Canadian  Institute,  Proc.,  new  series,  vol.  1,  pt.  1,  pp.  15-53.  Toronto, 
1879.  8°. 

Comparative  vocabulary  [of  the  Algonquin  (various  dialects),  Malay-Polyne 
sian,  Ural-Altais,  Asiatic- Hyperborean,  and  Peninsular],  pp.  2<>-44. 

Comparison  of  characteristic  forms  in  Algonquin  with  the  same  in  the  neigh 
boring  families  [Athabascan,  Iroquois,  Dacotah,  and  Choctaw],  pp.  45-50. 

Comparison  of  pronouns  [Algonquin  and  Malay-Polynesian],  p.  50. 

Vocabulary  of  miscellaneous  terms  [Algonquin  and  Malay-Polynesian],  pp. 
50-53. 

Issued  also  as  follows : 


116  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Campbell  (John) — continued. 

581  The  Affiliation  of   the  Algonquin   Languages.     By  John 

Cambell,  M.  A.,  Professor  of  Church  History,  Presbyterian  College, 
Montreal.  s. 

Pp.  1-41.  8°. 

582  Asiatic  Tribes  in  North  America.  By  John  Campbell,  M.  A. 

Professor  in  the  Presbyterian  College,  Montreal.  JWP. 

No  title-page,  pp.  l-:!8.  8°.  Extract  from  the  Proceedings  of  the  Canadian 
Institute.  I  have  not  seen  the  volume  in  which  it  originally  appeared. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Tinneh  and  Tiingus  languages,  pp.  22-23 ; 
Numerals,  1-9,  of  the  Tinneh  and  Peninsular  languages  compared,  p.  24 ;  Com 
parative  vocabulary  of  the  Cherokee-Choctaw  and  Peninsular  languages,  pp.  24- 
26;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Wyaudot-Iroquois  and  Peninsular  languages, 
pp.  26-29;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Dacotah  and  Peninsular  languages, 
pp.  34-38. 

583 Proposed  reading  of  the  Davenport  Tablet. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian  and  Oriental  Journal,  vol.  iv,  pp.  145-153.    Chicago, 

1882.  8°. 

Short  vocabulary  showing  "  verbal  connection  of  the  languages  of  the  Aztec 
Sonora  family  -with  that  of  the  Yukahiri  of  Siberia,"  p.  152;  Vocabulary  of  the 
cremation  scene,  pp.  152, 153. 

584  Campbell  (Judge).    Vocabulary  of  the  Cherokee. 

Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society ;  presented  by 
Mr.  Jefferson. 

585  Camposeca  (Marcial).    Confesionario  para  confesar  a  los  ludios  por 
su  idioma,  sacado  en  Lengua  Chanabal  por  Marcial  Camposeca  para 
el  uso  del  M.  B.  P.  Fray  Benito  Correa,  en  Cotnitau,  a  10  de  julio 
del  aflo  de  1813.  * 

Manuscript,  7  11.,  4°,  only,  but  with  that  of  Father  Paz  the  only  monument 
known  of  the  Chanabal  language.  This  language,  from  what  the  people  of  Comi- 
tan  say  of  it,  is  called  thus  only  because  it  issued  from  and  is  composed  of  the  four 
neighboring  languages,  spoken  around  the  district  of  Comitan :  the  Tzendal  on 
the  east,  the  Tzotzil  on  the  north,  the  Mam  of  Soconusco  on  the  west,  and  the 
Pokoman  of  Jacaltenango  ou  the  south.  The  Chanabal  language  then  is  limited 
to  a  very  small  number  of  localities,  around  Comitan  and  in  a  radius  of  about 
twelve  leagues  in  diameter,  stretching  especially  toward  the  frontier  of  Guate 
mala  on  the  south. — Srassettr  de  Bourbourg. 

» 

586  Canadian  Institute.    The  |  Canadian  Journal:  |  a  repertory  of  |  In 
dustry,  Science,  and  Art,  |  and  a  record  of  the  |  Proceedings  of  tbe 
Canadian  Institute.  |  Edited  by  |  Henry  Youle  Hind,  M.  A.,  |  Pro 
fessor  of  Chemistry  in  the  University  of  Trinity  College;  |  assisted 
by  |  the  Publishing  Committee  of  the  Canadian  Institute.  |  Vol.  1 

[-3J-I 

Published  by  Hugh  Scobie,  |  for  the  |  Council  of  the  Canadian 

Institute.  |  Toronto,  1853  [-1855].  |  c. 

Svols.  4°. 
Continued  as  follows : 


CAMPBELL CANTARES.  117 

Canadian  Institute — continued. 

587  —     -  The  [  Canadian  Journal  |  of  |  Industry,  Science,  and  Art:  | 
Conducted  by  |  the  Editing  Committee  of  the  Canadian  Institute.  | 
New  Series.  |  Vol.  I  [-XIJ.  | 

Toronto:  |  Printed  for  the  Canadian  Institute,  |  by  Lorell  and 
Gibson,  Yonge  Street.  |  MDCCCLVI  [-1868].  |  c. 

11  vols.  8°. 
Assikinack  (F.)  The  Odahwah  Indian  Lauguage,  vol.  3,  pp.  481-485. 

Remarks  on  above  paper,  vol.  S,  pp.  182-186. 

O'M[eara].  (F.  A.)  Review  of  Schoolcraft's  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  437-451. 
Oroiiuyatekha.  The  Mohawk  Language,  vol.  10,  pp.  182-194. 
Vol.  12  issued  with  change  of  title  as  follows : 

588  —  —  The  |  Canadian  Journal  |  of  Science,  Literature,  and  His 
tory:  |  conducted  by  |  the  Editing  Committee  of  the  Canadian  In 
stitute.  |  New  Series.  |  Vol.  XII  [-XV].  | 

Toronto:  |  Printed  for  the  Canadian  Institute  |  by  Copp,  Clark  & 
Co.,  King  Street  East,  |  MDCCCLXX  [-1878].  |  o. 

VoJs.  12-15.  8°. 

Oronhyatekha.  The  Mohawk  L:-ngnage,  vol.  15,  pp.  1-12. 
This  article  appeared  originally  in  vol.  10. 

589  The  Canadian  Journal :  |  Proceedings  of  the  Canadian  In 
stitute.  |  New  Series.  Vol.  I.   Part  I.  |  ' 

Toronto:  |  Copp,  Clark  &  Co.  |  1879.  |  c. 

149  pp.  8°. 

Campbell  (J.)  The  affiliation  of  the  Algonquin  Languages,  pp.  15-53. 

590  Cancer  ( Fr.  Luis).    Varias  coplas,  versos  e  himnos  en  Lengua  de 
Coban  Verapaz,  sobre  los  misterios  de  la  religion  para  uso  de  los 
Neofltos  de  la  dicha  provincia,  compuestos  por  el  Ven.  Padre  Fray 
Luis  Cancer,  de  la  orden  de  Santo  Doiningo.  * 

Manuscript,  33  11.  4°. 

This  document  comes  from  the  ancient  archives  of  the  bishopric  of  Coban,  in 
Verapaz.  When  I  arrived  at  RaMnal  it  was  in  the  possession  of  Ignacio  Colochd, 
then  secretary  of  the  native  municipality,  and  who  presented  me  with  it,  together 
with  many  other  documents  of  the  same  kind.  He  also  assured  me  that  it  was 
attributed  traditionally  to  the  Venerable  Luis  Cancer,  one  of  the  first  apostles  of 
Verapaz.  Fray  Luis  Cancer,  born  at  Balbastro,  in  Arragon,  was  the  companion 
of  Las  Casas  and  Angulo,  and  it  is  known  with  what  holy  ardor  he  defended  the 
liberty  of  the  natives,  in  the  leunion  of  the  bishops  and  theologians  held  at 
Mexico  in  1546.  He,  with  Las  Casas,  composed  the  first  Christian  hymns,  which 
were  destined  to  gain  the  natives  of  Verapaz,  among  whom  they  were  introduced 
by  gome  merchants,  to  the  new  faith.  These  hymns  were  written  first  in  the 
Quich<5  idiom  of  Zacapulas,  then  in  the  Cacchi  of  Coban,  etc.  Having  returned 
to  Spain  in  the  interest  of  the  Indians,  he  was  sent  from  there  to  Florida,  wheie 
he  was  put  to  death  by  the  savages,  in  1549. 

This  manuscript  is  the  only  one  of  the  sort  at  present  extant.  The  airs  to 
which  the  canticles  were  sung  are  found  noted. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

591  Cantares  Mexicanos. 

Manuscript,  179  11.  4°. 

Modern  transcript  from  the  original  manuscript  formerly  existing  in  the  library 
of  the  University  of  Mexico.  On  the  first  page  is  the  following: 


118  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Cantares  Mexicanos — continued. 

"  Advertencia." 

Esta  copia  se  saco  de  un  volumen,  4  to.  MS.  que  se  conserva  en  la  Biblioteca 
de  la  Universidad  intitulada,  por  la  parte  de  afuera,  Cantares  de  los  Mexicanos 
y  otros  opuscules,  para  mas  asegriarmi  de  la  fideUdad  de  la  copia  la  cucoinieiuld 
al  Lie.  D.  Faustino  Galicia.  Este  opusculo  es  el  primero  en  la  coleccion  y  los 
otros  tienen  los  siguientes  titulos. 

2.  Kalendario  Mexicano.  3.  Arte  divinatorio  de  los  Mexicanos.  4.  Ejeinplos 
de  la  SS.  Eucharistia  en  Mexicano.  5.  Un  sermon  sobre  aquello  de  "Estote 
sancti."  6.  Memoria  de  la  Muerte.  7.  Vida  de  San  Bartolome.  8.  Fabulas  de 
Esopo.  9.  Historia  de  la  Pasion. 

Todos  ellos,  con  exepcion  del  2°  y  3°  estan  escritos  por  diversas  personas,  y  algu- 
nas  de  sus  formas  pueden  pertenecer  al  siglo  XVI.  Los  demas  parecen  del  sigu- 
ente.  Mexico,  Mayo,  12  de  1859.  D.  Jose'  F.  Ramirez. 

The  entire  volume  of  this  precious  collection  is  in  the  clear  and  distinct  hand 
writing  of  Don  Faustino  Chimalpopoca,  whose  name  is  a  sufficient  guarantee  for 
the  faithfulness  of  the  copy.  The  original  manuscript  having  disappeared,  ac 
cording  to  Sefior  Icazbalceta  (Cat.  de  Escri  tores,  p.  146),  this  is,  in  all  probability, 
the  only  complete  copy  existing  of  these  remnants  of  ancient  Mexican  poesy. — 
Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

592  Cantos  en  Lengua  Mexicana.  * 

Manuscript,  18  11.  sm.  folio. 

One  original,  the  others  translated  from  the  Othomi.  Copied  by  me  at  the  li 
brary  of  the  University  of  Mexico,  in  the  month  of  February,  1865.  It  bore  neither 
name  nor  date;  from  the  writing  it  appears  to  belong  to  the  XVIIth  century,  but 
the  hymns  contained  in  it  date  back  for  the  most  part  to  a  time  anterior  to  the 
conquest.  At  the  hea  I  of  each  of  these  hymns  is  an  indication  of  the  air  and  the 
intonation  to  be  given  it,  and  also  in  some  cases  the  instrument  which  should 
accompany  it,  according  to  musical  measure  of  the  Mexican  rhythm. — Brasseur 
de  Bourbourg. 

593  Carceres  (Fr.  De).    }  En  el  nombre  del  S.  Comie^a  una  Artezilla 
de  la  lengua  Otoini  cogida  de  las  migajas  de  los  padres  benemeritos 
della  y  del  cornadillo  offrecido  por  el  inenor  de  los  meiiores  a  gloria 
y  alabanga  de  nfo  senor  Jhu.  xpo  y  de  la  sagrada  virgeii  su  saiic- 
tissima  madre  y  vtilidad  desta  pobre  gente.    Eecopilado  por  el  p6. 
F.  p°.  de  Carceres.  g.  de  queretaro.  * 

Manuscript,  57  II.  4°.  Gothic  letters  of  the  sixteenth  century,  small  and  so 
well  formed  that  at  first  sight  it  appears  to  be  printed. — Icazbalceta's  Aptintes,  No.  95. 

It  is  undoubtedly,  if  not  the  first,  one  of  the  first  grammars  written  on  the 
Otomi. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

594  Cardenas  (Br.  Carlos).    Confesionario  en  leugua  Mexicana.  * 

Title  from  Piuientel. 

595  Cardenas  (Fr.  Pedro).    Varies  Libros  doctrinales  eu  Lenguas  de  los 
Indies,  y  muchos  sermones,  y  Dracmas.  * 

Title  from  Beristain,  who  quotes  from  Vasquez. 

596  Cardenas  (Fr.  Thomas  de).   Arte  de  la  Lengua  Cacchi,  de  Coban  en 
la  Verapaz,  coinpuesto  por  el  llluio  Sr.  Don  fray  Thomas  de  Carde 
nas,  de  la  Ordeu  de  Predicadores,  quarto  obispo  de  Coban.  * 

Manuscript  of  75  II.,  one  of  which  is  missing.  4°.  This  document  comes  from 
the  ancient  episcopal  archives  of  Coban  and  was  given  to  me  at  Rabinal  by 
Ignacio  Coloche',  then  secretary  of  the  native  municipality.  He  assured  me  that 
tradition  attributed  it  to  the  fourth  bishop  of  Verapaz. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 


CANTAKES-- CARLI  119 

Cardenas  (Fr.  Thomas  de) — continued. 

597  Doctrina  cristiaua  y  documentos  morales  y  politicos  en 

Lengua  Zacapula.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

Cardenas  y  Leon  (Carlos  Caledonio  Velasquez  de). 

See  Velasquez  de  Cardenas  y  Leon  (Carlos  Caledonio). 
Carey  (Mathew). 

See  American  Museum. 

598  Carheil  (Rev.  Stephen  de).    Eacines  Huronnes,  or  Kadical  Words 
of  the  Huron  Language,  by  Eev.  Stephen  de  Carheil,  of  the  Society 
of  Jesus.  * 

Manuscript,  260  and  302  pp. 

This  manuscript  forms  two  small  duodecimo  volumes.  The  radical  words  are 
arranged  under  five  conjugations,  and  the  derivatives  with  examples  in  many 
cases  given  after  each  root  or  primitive. 

The  work  is  properly  in  Latin,  but  as  definitions  and  the  translation  of  the 
examples  are  given  in  French,  the  whole  is  a  curious  mosaic  of  the  three  lan 
guages.  The  copy  here  described  was  made,  as  appears  by  a  date  at  the  end, 
in  1744.—  Hist.  Mag. 

599  Carillo  (D.  Crescendo).    Apuntes  para  un  Catalogo  de  las  palabras 
Mexicanas  iutroducidas  al  Castellauo.     II.  Catalogo  de  las  prinei- 
pales  Mayas  usadas  en  el  Castellano  que  se  habla  en  el  Estado  de 
Yucatan,  por  el  Presbitero  D.  Crescencio  Carillo.  c. 

Appended  to  Mendoza  (E.)  Apuntes  para  un  Catalogo,  pp.  57-75.  Mexico 
1872.  8°. 

GOO  [Carli  (Giau  Einaldi).]  Delle  |  Lettere  |  Americano  |  Parte  Prirna 
[-Seconda]  |  [Vignette.]  | 

Cosmopoli  |  MDCCLXXX  [1780].  * 

2  vols.  12°.  map. 

Numerals  1-100,  1000  in  Mexican,  vol.  1,  pp.  235-236  divisions;  of  the  year,  pp. 
238-240.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

Sabin  adds:  Nuova  edizione  corretta  ed  ampliata  colla  aggiunta  della  Parte 
III,  ora  per  la  prima  volta  impresa.  Cremona,  1781-83.  3  vols.  8°.  map. 

This  edition  was  published  by  Isidore  Biauchi,  dedicated  by  him  to  Franklin, 
and  is  sometimes  erroneously  attributed  to  Bianchi. 

001  Lettres  |  America ines,  |  Dans    lesquelles    on    examine 

1'Origine,  1'fitat  |  Civil,  Politique,  Militaire  &  Eeligieux,  les  |  Arts, 
I'lndustrie,  les  Sciences,  les  Mceurs,  les  |  Usages  des  auciens  Habi- 
taus  de  FAme'rique,  |  les  grandes  ElpoqndS  de  la  Nature,  1'ancienne  | 
Communication  des  deux  Hemispheres,  &  la  |  derniere  Bevolution 
qui  a  fait  disparoitre  |  1'Atlantide:  pour  servir  de  suite  aux  M£- 
inoires  |  de  D.  Ulloa.  |  Par  M.  le  Comte  J.  E.  Carli,  |  President 
e'me'rite  du  Conseil  Supreme  d'Economie  |  Publique,  &  Conseiller 
prive  d'Etat  de  Sa  M.  Irnpe'riale  |  &  Eoyale.  |  Avec  des  Observa 
tions  &  Additions  du  Tradncteur.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Tome  IIJ.  | 

A  Boston,  |  Et  se  trouve  A  Paris,  |  Chez  Buissou,  Libraire,  rue 
Haute-Feuille,  |  Hotel  de  Coetlosquet,  N°  20.  |  M.DCC.LXXX- 
VIII  [1788].  |  0. 

Pp.  i-xxij,  1-520.  2  vols.  8°.  map. 


120  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Carli  (Gisui  Kinaldi) — continued. 

Numerals  1-100,  and  1000,  and  a  few  terms  in  Mexican  (from  De  Laet)  and  the 
divisions  of  the  year,  vol.  1,  pp.  387-388,  393-395. 
To  the  above,  Sabin  adds  :-f  Paris,  1792.  2  vols.  8°. 

602  -      — .  Briefe  iiber  Amerika,  nach  der  neuesten,  verbesserten,  und 
rait  dem  dritteu  Theile  vercaehrten  Ausgabe,  aus  dem  Italiauischen 
des  Grafen  Carls  Carli  iibersetzt,  und  mit  einigeu  Anmerkungeu 
versehen  von  Christian  Gottfried  Hennig. 

Gera:  Beckmann.    1785.  * 

3  vols.  sm.  8°.    Not  seen ;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

603  -        -  Las  Cartas  Araericanas.  j  Nueva  edicionlcorregida  y  aumen- 
tadajcon  la  agregacion  de  la  parte  tercerafque  ahora  por  priinera  vez  / 
se  da  iinpresa.  I  Traduccion  del  Italiano  por  Agustin  Pomposo  Fer- 
nandez. 

Mexico.     1821-1822.  * 

3  vols.  4°.     Not  seen  ;  title  from  Sabiu's  Dictionary. 

The  original  work  is  also  contained  in  Tomo  xi-xiv,  "Delia  opere  del  Don 
Gian-inaldo  Conte  Carli.  Milano,  MDCCLXXXIV-XCIX.  19  vols.  8°.— Sabin's 
Dictionary. 

604  [Carnegie  (Sir  James).]    Saskatchewan  |  and  |  the  Kocky  Mount 
ains.  |  A  Diary  and  Narrative  of  Travel,  Sport,  |  and  Adventure, 
during  a  Journey  through  the  |  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  Territo 
ries,  |  in  J859  and  1860.  |  By  |  the  Earl  of  Southesk,  |  K.  T.,  F.  B. 
G.  S.  |  [Sir  James  Carnegie].  [Seven  lines  quotation.]  |  With  maps 
and  illustrations.  | 

Edinburgh:  |  Edmonston  and  Douglas.  |  1875.  |  HIT.  c. 

Pp.  i-xxx,  1-448.  8C.  maps. 

Letter  from  the  Mountain  Assiuiboiues  [syllabic  characters],  face  p.  250 ;  Crce 
syllabic  characters,  terminations,  etc.,  4  sheets  following  p.  422. 

605  Carochi  (P.  Horacio).    Arte  |  de  |  la  Lengua  |  Mexicana  |  con   la 
declaration    de  los  |  adverbios  della.  |  Al  Illustriss.0    y  Beneren- 
diss."  |  Sefior  Don  Juan   de  Mauozca  Aryobispo   de  |  Mexico,  del 
Consejo  de  su  Magestad,  &c.  \  Por  el  Padre  Horacio  Carochi  j  ifec- 
tor  del  Colegio  de  la  Coinpaflia  de  Jesus  de  San  |  Pedro,  y  san  Pablo 
de  Mexico.  |  Aiio  de  1645.  |  Impresso  con  licencia.  | 

En  Mexico:  por  luau  Buyz.    Auo  de  1645.  |  * 

6  p.  11.,  11.  1-132  4°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  16. 

First  edition  of  the  cerebra'ed  grammar  of  Father  Carochi.  It  is  excessively 
rare,  and  was  so  even  200  years  ago,  as  is  learned  from  the  preface  of  the  edition 
prepared  by  Father  Paredes,  the  title  of  which  is  given  below. 

Ludewig  makes  mention  of  a  Grammalica  y  Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Othomi, 
Mexico,  1645,  4°,  by  Carochi,  which  is  probably  meant  for  the  above. 

"Father  Carochi  was  a  Milanese  Jesuit  who  laboured  for  30 years  in  the  Mexi 
can  Missions  and  died  in  Mexico  in  1666." — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

606  -        -  Compendio  |  del  Arte  |  de  la  Lengua  Mexicana  |  del  P. 
Horacio  Carochi  |  de  la  Conipailia  de  Jesvs ;  |  Dispuesto  con  breve- 
dad,  claridad,  y  propriedad,  |  Por  el  P.  Iguacio  de  Paredes  |  de  la 


CAELT — CARRIEDO.  121 

Carochi  (P.  lloracio) — continued. 

misma  Compania,  y  inorador  del  Colegio  |  destinado  salamente  para 
Indies,  do  S.  Gregario  |  de  la  Compauia  de  Jesvs  de  Mexico:  |  Y 
dividido  en  tres  partes:  En  la  primera  se  trata  de  |  todo  lo  pertene- 
cieute  a  Reglas  del  Arte,  con  toda  su  |  variedad,  excepcioues,  y 
anomalias;  en  que  uada  se  |  podra  desear,  qiie  no  se  balle.  En  la 
segunda  se  |  ensena  la  foriuacion  de  unos  vocables,  de  ostros. 
Y  |  assi  con  sola  una  voz,  que  se  sepa,  se  podran  |  con  facilidad  deri- 
varotras  muchas:  En  la  tercera  |  se  poueu  los  Adverbios  mas  neces 
saries  de  la  Lengua.  |  Con  todo  lo  qnal  qnalquiera  a  poco  trabajo,  y 
en  |  breve  tieinpo  podra  con  facilidad,  propriedad,  y  |  expededicion 
hablar  el  Idioiiia.  |  Y  el  inisino  no  menos  afectuoso,  que  rendido,  |  y 
revereute  lo  dedica,  y  cousagra  |  al  Gloriosissimo  Patriarcba  |  San 
Ignacio  de  Loyola,  |  Autor,  y  Fundador  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus.  | 
Con  las  licencias  necessarias,  |  En  Mexico  en  la  Iinprenta  de  la 
Bibliotheca  Mexicana  en  |  freute  de  S.  Augustin.  Aiio  de  1759.  | 

12  p.  11.,  pp.  1-202.  sm.  4°.  JCB. 

All  abridgment  of  tbo  Arte  of  1645,  by  Father  Paredes.  Brasseur  <le  Bourbourg 
gives  it  the  date  of  1750;  Piraentel  gives  it  1751.  I  have  also  seen  mention  of 
an  edition  of  1749. 

007  Vocabulario  copioso  de  la  lengua  Mexicana.  * 

008  Gramatica  de  la  leugua  Otomi.  * 

009  Vocabulario  Otomi.  * 

In  the  library  of  Tepozotlan. 

010 Sermones  en  lengua  Mexicana.  * 

1  vol.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  College  of  S.  Gregorio,  Mexico. 
The  four  titles  above  from  Brristaiu. 

(ill  Carranza   (Fr.  Diego).     Doctrina  cristiana.  —  Exercicios  espiritu- 
ales. — Sermones. 

All  in  the  Chontal  language.  Author  referred  to  by  Burgoa,  Davila,  Nicolas 
Antonio,  and  the  Franciscans  Qnetif  and  Echard. — Beristain. 

012  Carranza  (Joseph  de).    Arte  donde  se  contiene  aquellos  rudimentos 
y  principles  preceptivos  que  condncen  a  la  legua  Mexicana.    Divi- 
dese  en  siete  libros.    Por  el  Mui  Reverendo  Padre  Presentado  Frai 
Joseph  de  Carranza  del  orden  de  Predicadores. 

Manuscript,  233  pp.  4°.     Not  seen;  title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  96. 

013  Carriedo  (Juan  Bautista).     Estudios,  |  Historicos  y  Estadfsticos,  | 
del  |  Departamento  de  Oaxaca.  |  Escritos  per  |  Juan  B  Carriedo,  j 
y  |  comenzac  os  a  publicar  eu  perio-  |  dice  titulado  el  "  Pasateinpo" 
en  el  |  ano  pasado  de  1840.  | 

Oaxaca.  Iinprenta  del  Autor.    1847.  | 

3  p.  11.,  p|>.  1-141,  2  II,  pp.  1-54  4°.  (imperfect;  p.  54  breaks  off  the  middle  of 
a  sentence.) 


122  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Carriedo  (Juan  Bautista) — continued. 

Contains  explanation  of  several  Mexican  and  Zapotec  names  of  places,  p.  29. 
Capitulo  23.  Eeligiosos  que  escribieron  en  las  lenguas  Indian. — Naturates  [sic] 
qne  tambien  lo  hisieron. — Idiomas  que  se  kablaii  en  el  Departamento,  pp.  103-107, 
containing  on  page  107  specimens  of  six  words  in  Zapoteco. 

The  following  is  perhaps  the  second  edition: 

614  Estudios  bistoricos,  y  estadisticos  del  estado  Oaxaqueno. 

Oaxaca.    1850.  » 

2  vols.  8°. 

Not  seen;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  which  does  not  mention  any  other 
edition^ 

The  author  prepared  a  third  edition  for  press  (perhaps  never  printed)  under 
the  following  title : 

615  •  Oajaca  Historica  estadistica  y  monumental,  o  scan  Estudios 

del  estado  Oaxaqueno.     Escritos  por  Juan  B.  Carriedo,  Socio  corre- 
sponsal  de  la  Sociedad  de  Geografia  y  Estadistica  de  Mexico.     Ter- 
cera  ediccion  corregida  y  auotada.  A. 

Manuscript ;  title,  additions  and  corrections  made  in  a  copy  of  the  first  edition 
(the  copy  described  above),  which  is  preserved  in  the  Aster  Library,  New  York. 
The  manuscript  introduction  entitled  "  Advertencia.  Motives  q.  se  han  tenida 
para  hacer  estatercera  ediccion"  3  leaves  manuscript  is  signed  "Oaxaca  Sept"  8. 
an  1856  J.  B.  Carriedo."  This  and  the  numerous  manuscript  annotations  are 
evidently  in  the  handwriting  of  Carriedo. 

616  Cartier  (Jacques).     Brief  Eecit,  &  |  succincte  narration,  de  la 
nauiga-  |  tion  faicte  es  ysles  de  Canada,  Ho-  |  chelage  &  Saguenay 
&  autres,  auec  |  particulieres  incurs,  langaige,  &  ce-  |  reinonies  des 
habitans  d'icelles :  fort  |  delectable  a  veoir  |  [Figure],  | 

Avec  priuilege  |  On  les  ueud  a  Paris  au  second  pillier  en  la 
grand  |  salle  du  Palais,  &  en  la  rue  neufue  Nostredame  a  |  1'eu- 
seigne  de  lescu  de  fra§e,  par  Ponce  Eoft'et  diet  |  Foucheur,  &  An- 
thoine  le  Clerc  freres.  |  1545.  |  * 

48  pp.  sm.  8°.     Title  and  collation  from  Tross'  reprint,  1863,  q.  v. 

"The  first  edition  of  Carder's  Relations,  printed  at  Paris  in  1545,  has  proved 
hitherto  to  be  of  such  extreme  rarity  that  but  a  single  copy  has  been  known 
to  exist  for  nearly  three  hundred  years.  The  editor  of  the  third,  printed  at  Rouen 
in  1598,  announces  that  he  had  translated  it  from  a  foreign  language,  which  wa", 
doubtless,  the  Italian  of  the  second  edition  of  Ramusio,  a  fact  which  proves  that 
even  at  a  date  so  early  as  only  fifty  years  after  its  publication,  the  first  edition 
was  unknown.  Cartier's  Relations  attbrd  us  the  first  positive  information  regard 
ing  the  Indians  of  Canada,  and  contain  the  first  vocabularies  ever  printed  of  the 
languages  of  any  nation  of  American  aborigines." — Field. 

617  Pritna  Eelatione  di  lacqves  |  Cartbier  della  Terra  Nvova  | 

detta  la  nuova  Francia,  trouata  nell'anno  |  M.D.XXX1III.  | 

In  Ramusio  (G.  B.)  Terzo  Volume  della  Navigatioui  et  Viaggi ,  11. 435-440.  In 
Venetia,  1556.  folio. 

Liuguaggio  della  terra  nuouamente  scoperta  chiamata  la  nuoua  Francia,  verso 
1.  440. 


CARKIEDO — C  ARTIER.  123 

Cartier  (Jacques) — continued. 

618 Breve  et  svccinta  narratione  del  la  |  nauigation  fatta  per 

ordine  del  la  Maesta  Christianissima  all'  Isole  di  Cana-  |  da,  Hoche- 
laga,  Saguenai,  &  altre,  al  presente  dette  la  nuoua  Francia  |  con 
particolari  costumi,  &  cerimouie  de  gli  habitant!.  | 

In  Ramusio  (G.  B.)  Terzo  Volume  della  Navigation!  et  Viaggi,  II.  441^56.  In 
Venetia,  1556.  folio. 

"Segnifca  il  linguaggio  de  paesi  &  Reami  di  Hochelaga  &  Cauada  da  noi  chia- 
mati  la  nuoua  Francia  &  prirno  li  nomi  de  numeri"  [1-10];  "  Seguitano  li  voca- 
boli  delle  parti  dell'  huomo",  recto  and  verso  1. 453. 

For  other  editions  of  this  volume  see  Ramusio  (G.  B.) 

619  1"  A  shorte  and  |  briefe  narration  of  the  two  |  Nauigations 

and  Discoueries  |  to  the  north-weast  portes  called  |  NeweFravnce:  | 
First  translated  out  of  French  into  Italian  by  that  famous  |  learned 
man  Gio:  Bapt:  Eamutius,  and  now  turned  |  into  English  by  lohn 
Florio:    Worthy  the  read-  |  ing  of  all  Venturers,  Trauellers,  and 
Discouerers. 

Imprinted  at  Lon-  |  don,  by  H.  Bynneman,  dwelling  in  Thames 
Streate,  neere  vnto  |  Baynardes  Castell.  |  Anno  Domini  |  1580.  | 

4  p.  11.,  80  pp.  sm.  4°.  JOB. 

First  Relation,  pp.  1-27;  A  short  and  briefe  narration,  etc.  (second  relation), 
pp.  28-78;  Hochelaga  Vocabulary,  pp.  78-80. 

620  Disco vrs  |  dv  |  Voyage  |  fait  [en  1534]  par  le  Capi-  |  taiue 

laqves  Cartier  |  aux  Terres-neufues  de  Canadas,  No-  |  rembergue, 
Hochelage,  Labrador,  et  |  pays  adjaceus,  dite  Nouuelle  France,  | 
auec  particulieres  moeurs,  langage,  et  |  ceremonies  des  habitans 
d'icelle. 

A  Eoven,  |  de  I'iinprinierie  |  De  Eaphael  du  Petit  Val,  Libraire 
et  Imprimeur  |  du  Roy,  a  1'Ange  Eaphael.  |  M.  D.  XC  VIII  [1598].  | 
Avec  permission.  |  * 

Title  from  fac-simile  in  the  Tross'  reprint  of  1865,  q.  v. 

621  The  first  relation  of  Jacques  Carthier,  of  St.  Malo,  of  the 

new  land  called  New  France,  newly  discouered  in  the  yere  of  our 
Lord  1534. 

In  Hakluyt  (R.)  Principal  Navigations,  &c.,  vol.  3,  pp.  201-212.  London,  1600. 
folio. 

The  language  that  is  spoken  in  the  Land  that  is  newly  discouered  called  New 
France,  pp.  211,212. 

622  The  third  voyage  of  discouery  made  by  Captain  laques  Car 
thier,  into  the  countries  of  Canada,  Hochelaga  and  Saguenay. 

In  Hakluyt  (R.)  Principal  Navigations,  vol.  3,  pp.  213-232.  London,  1600. 
folio. 

Vocabularies,  pp.  231-232. 

623  -       -  The  first  relation  of  laques  Carthier  of  S.  Malo,  of  the  new 
land  called  New  France,  newly  discouered  in  the  yere  of  our  Lord 
1534. 


124  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Cartier  (Jacques) — continued. 

In  Hakluyt  (R.)  Collection  of  the  early  voyages,  vol.  3,  pp. 250-262.  London, 
1810.  folio. 

The  language  that  is  spoken  in  the  Land  newly  discouered,  called  New  Franco 
[vocabulary],  pp.  261-262. 

624  A  shorte  and  briefe  narration  of  the  Nauigation  made  by  the 

commandement  of  the  King  of  France,  to  the  Islands  of  Canada, 
Hochelaga,  Saguenay,  and  divers  others  which  now  are  called  New 
France,  with  the  particular  custoines  and  manners  of  the  inhabi 
tants  therein. 

In  Hakluyt  (R.)  Early  collection  of  voyages,  vol.  3,  pp.  262-285.  London,  1810. 
folio. 

"Here  followeth  the  language  of  the  countrey  and  kingdomes  of  Hochelaga 
and  Canada,  of  vs  called  New  France:  But  first  the  names  of  their  numbers" 
[1-10].  "Here  follow  the  names  of  the  chiefest  partes  of  man,  and  other  words 
necessary  to  be  knowen",  pp.  284-285. 

625  The  Voyage  of  Jacques  Cartier  from  St.  Maloes  to  New 
foundland  and  Canada,  in  the  years  1534  and  1535.     [First  and  sec 
ond  voyages.] 

In  Ken:  (R.)  A  General  History  and  Collection  of  Voyages  and  Travels,  vol.  6, 
pp.  15-68.  Edinburgh  and  London,  1824  8°. 

Specimen  of  the  language  of  Newfoundland,  pp.  32-33;  Specimen  of  the  lan 
guage  of  Hochelaga  and  Canada,  pp.  676-8. 

626 Disco vrs  de  Voyage  fait  par  le  Capitaine  Jaques  Cartier 

aux  terres  neufues  de  Canadas,  Norembergne,  Hochelage,  Labrador, 
et  pays  adjacens,  dites  nouuelle  France,  auec  particulieres  mceurs, 
laugage,  et  ceremonies  des  habitants  d'icelle.  A  Rouen,  de  1'iin- 
primerie  de  Raphael  du  Petit  Val,  libraire  et  imprimeur  du  Roy,  a 
1'ange  Raphael.  M.  D.  XCVIII. — Avec  permission. 

In  Temaux-Compaiis  (H.)  Archives  des  Voyages,  vol.  1,  pp.  117-153.  Paris, 
[1840].  8°. 

Laogage  des  pays  et  Royannies  de  Hochelage  et  Cauadas,  pp.  120-124. 

Above  title  (caption)  is  a  reprint  from  the  1598  edition.  Ternaux,  in  a  foot 
note,  says :  ' '  The  first  edition  of  the  Relation  is  of  very  great  rarity ;  I  ha ve  not 
been  able  to  discover  a  single  copy." 

627  Les  Trois  Voyages  de  Jacques  Cartier  au  Canada,  en  1534, 

1535,  et  1540. 

In  Quebec  Socie'te  Litteraire  et  Historique,  Voyages,  pp.  1-77.  Quebec, 
1843.  8°. 

Le  Langage  de  la  Terre  Nouvellement  descouverte,  appellee  Nouvelle  France, 
p.  23;  Ensnit  le  Langage  de  Hochelaga  et  Canada,  67-69. 

628  Voyages  de  D6couverte  en  Canada  entre  les  ^knnees  1534  et 

1542;  par  Jacques  Quartier,  le  Sieur  de  Roberval,  Jean  Alphonse  de 
Xauctoigne,  .  .  .  re"-imprimes  sur  d'anciennes  relations,  et  publics 
sous  la  direction  de  la  Socie'te  litte"raire  et  historique  de  Quebec, 
avec  preface  et  notes. 

Quebec:  W.  Cowan.     1843.  » 

6,  130,  pp.  8°    Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 


CARTIER — CARVALHO.  125 

Cartier  (Jacques) — continued. 

629  -  Bref  Recit  et  Succincte  Narration  |  de  la  |  Navigation  | 

faite  en  MDXXXV  etMDXXXVI  |  par  le  Capitaine  |  Jacques  Car- 
tier  |  aux  iles  de  |  Canada  |  Hochelaga,  Saguenay  |  et  autres  |  Re- 
impression  Figured  |  de  I'editiou  originale  rarissime  de  MDXLV  | 
avec  les  variantes  des  mauuscrits  |  de  la  Bibliotheque  Imperiale  | 
Pr£ce"dee  |  d'une  breve  et  succincte  |  Introduction  |  Historique  |  par 
M.  D'Avezac  | 

Paris  |  Librairie  Tross  |  Passage  des  deux  Pavilions  (Palais 
Royal),  N«.  8  |  1863  |  c. 

Reprint  of  the  1545  edition.  Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  Introduction,  11.  i-xvi ; 
Fac-simile  of  original  title,  reverse  dedication,  11.;  Av  Roy,  11. 1-5.  The  Narra 
tion  occupies  11.  (i-48;  Notts,  variantes,  etc.,  11.49-68. 

"Ensuyt  le  Ifyage  des  pays  &  Royaulmes  de  Hochelaga  &  Canada,  aultrement 
appellee  nous  la  uounelle  France",  verso  1.46  &  11.47-48. 

630  -        -  Voyage  |  de  |  Jaques  Cartier  |  av  Canada  |  en  1534  |  Nou- 
velle  edition,  publics  d'apres  1'edition  de  1398  |  et  d'apres  Ramusio  | 
Par  M.  H.  Michelant  |  avec  deux  cartes  |  Documents  inedits  |  sur 
Jaques  Cartier  et  le  Canada  |  communiques  |  Par  M.Alfred  Raine"  | 

Paris  |  Librairie  Tross  |  5,  Rue  Neuve  des-petits-champs,  5  j 
18G5  |  c.  JOB. 

Reprint  of  1598  edition.  Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  Fac-simile  of  original  title- 
page,  reverse  blank,  1  I. ;  "L'imprimevr  aux  Lecteurs",  pp.  3-4;  "Svr  le  voyago 
de  Canadas"  (poein),  pp. 5-8;  Ensvjt  le  Laugage  Hochelage  et  Canadas,  p.  9; 
Ensvyt  les  noms  dea  parties  du  corps  de  I'homiue,  pp.  10-14;  Extrait  du  Privilege, 
1  1.  unnumbered,  recto  blank,  verso  Extrait,  etc. ;  Introduction,  pp.  i-vii,  reverse 
of  vii  blank ;  Discovrs,  etc.,  pp.  17-68 ;  Le  Laugage  des  payes  et  Rtfyaumes  Hoche 
lage  et  Canada,  d'apres  Ramusio,  pp.  69-71. 

Carder's  Voyages  are  reprinted  in  Pinkerton's  Voyages,  vol.  12,  without  the 
vocabularies. 

631  Cartilla  mayor  en  Lengua  Castellana,  Latina,  y  Mexicana.    Nueva- 
meute  Corregida,  y  Enmendada,  y  Reformada  en  esta  vltima  Im 
pression. 

8  11.,  and  4  11.  with  a  Catechism.  4°.  On  the  title-page  is  a  hideous  engraving 
of  the  two  arms  on  the  cross  with  a  Latin  verse  half  effaced  and  almost  illegible. 
Below  .is  the  alphabet. 

Colophon : 

Oquitno  nahuatlatolcuipili  Padre  F.  Balthazar  del  Castillo,  temach- 
tiani,  yhuan  Ministro  nican  Altepetl  S.  Luis  Obispo  Vexotlau  inani- 
meztli  16  de  lulio  de  1683  afios.  M.  S.  S.  C.  S.  R.  E. 

5  Con  Liceucia.  En  Mexico:  por  la  Viuda  de  Bernardo  Calderon 
en  la  calle  <fc  S.  Augustin. 

Not  seen,;  title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  97. 

632  Carvalho  (S.  N.)    Incidents  |  of  |  Travel  and  Adventure  |  in  the  | 
Far  West;  |  with   |   Col.  Fremont's  last   Expedition  |  across  the 
Rocky  Mountains:  including  three  months'  residence  in  |  Utah,  and 
a  perilous  trip  across  the  |  Great  American  Desert,  |  to  the  Pacific.  | 
By  S.  N.  Carvalho,  |  Artist  to  the  Expedition.  | 


126 


NOETH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 


Carvalho  (S.  N.) — continued. 

New  York:  |  Derby  &  Jackson,  119  Nassau  St.  |  Cincinnati: — H. 
W.  Derby  &  Co.  |  1857.  |  0. 

Pp.i-xv,  17-380.  8°. 
A  few  sentences  and  numerals  (1-100)  of  the  Piede  dialect,  pp.  224-225. 


633 


—  Incidents  |  of  |  Travel  and  Adventure  |  in  the  |  Far  West;/ 
with  |  Col.   Fremont's   last  Expedition  |  across  the  Rocky  Mount 
ains  :    including  three  months'  residence  in  |  Utah,  |  and  a  peril 
ous  trip  across  the  |  Great  American  Desert,  |  to  the  Pacific.  |  By 
S.  N.  Carvalho,  |  Artist  to  the  Expedition.  | 

New  York:  I  Derby  and  Jackson.  1860.  |  BA. 

Pp.  i-xv,  17-250;  appendix,  1-130. 


(  ( 


SI.  ,  ] 


634  Carver  (Jonathan).     Travels  |  through  the  |  interior  parts  |  of  | 
North  America,  |  in  the  |  Years  17C6,  1767,  and  1768.  |  By  J.  Carver, 
Esq.  |  Captain   of  a  company  of  provincial  |  troops  during  the 
late  |  war  with  France.  |  Illustrated  with  copper  plates.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  the  Author;  |  And  sold  by  J.  Walter,  at 
Charing-cross,  and  |  S.  Crowder,  in  Paternoster  Row.  |  MDCCL- 
XXVIII  [1778].  |  HU.  c.  JOB.  &, 

10  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xvi,  17-543.  8°.  maps. 

Chapter  xvii.  "Of  their  Language,  Hieroglyphicks,  &c.",  pp.  414-441,  con 
tains:  A  short  vocabulary  of  the  Chipe'way  language,  pp.  420-432;  the  numerical 
terms  [1-1000]  of  the  Chipe'ways,  pp.  432-433;  a  short  vocabulary  of  the  Naudo- 
•wessie  language,  pp.  433-438;  the  numerical  terms  [1-1000]  of  the  Naudowessies, 
pp.  439-440. 

Besides  appearing  in  the  various  editions  given  below,  these  vocabularies  have 
been  reprinted  many  times. 

635  -  Travels  |  through  the  |  interior  parts  |  of  |  North  America,  | 
in  the  |  Years  1766,  1767,  and  1768.  |  By  J.  Carver,  Esq.  |  Captain 
of  a  company  of  provincial  |  troops  during  the  late  |  war  with 
France.  |  Illustrated  with  copper  plates.  |  The  second  edition.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  the  Author,  |  By  William  Richardson  in  the 
Strand;  |  and  sold  by  J.  Dodsley,  in  Pallmall;  J.  Robson  in  New  | 
Bond-street;  J.  Walter  at  Charing  cross;  J.  Bew,  |  in  Pater-Noster 
Row;   and  Mess.  Richardson  and  |  Urquhart,  at  the  Royal  Ex 
change.  |  MDCCLXXIX  [1779].  |  c.  JOB. 

12  p.  1).,  pp.  i-xvi,  17-543.  8°.  map.     Linguistics  as  in  first  edition. 

636  -  Travels  |  through  the  |  Interior  Parts  |  oft  |  North-  Amer 
ica,  |  in  the  |  Years  1766,  1767,  and  1768.  |  By  J.  Carver,  Esq.  | 
Captain  of  a  Company  of  Provincial  |  Troops  during  the  late  |  War 
with  France.  |  Illustrated  with  copper  plates.  | 

Dublin:  |  Printed  for  S.  Price,  R.  Cross,  W.  Watson,  W.  and  H.  | 
Whitestone,  J.  Potts,  J.  Williams,  W.  Colles,  |  W.  Wilson,  R.  Mon- 
criefl'e,  C.  Jeukin,  G.  |  Burnet,  T.  Walker,  W.  Gilbert,  L.  L.  |  Flin, 


CARVALHO — CARVER.  127 

Carver  (Jonathan) — continued. 

J.  Exshaw,  L.  White,  J.  Beatty,  |  and  B.  Watson.  |  MDCCLXXIX 
[1779].  |  JCB. 

10  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xiii,  15-508.  8°.  map. 
Of  their  language  and  hieroglyphicks,  pp.  387-412. 

637  Johann  Carvers  |  Reisen  |  durch  |  die  iunern  Gegenden  | 

von  |  Nord-Amerika  |  in  den  Jahreu  1766, 1767  und  1768,  |  mit  einer 
Laudkarte.  |  Aus  dem  Englischen.  | 

Hamburg,  |  bey  Carl  Ernst  Bohn.    1780  |  JCB. 

xxiv,  456  pp.  12°.  map. 

Ein  kurzes  Verzeichnisz  von  Wortern  ans  der  Tschipiwaischen  Sprache,  pp. 
350-359. 

C38  Travels  |  through  the  |  interior  parts  |  of  |  North  Amer 
ica,  |  in  the  |  Years  1766,  1767,  and  1768.  |  By  J.  Carver,  Esq.  | 
Captain  of  a  company  of  provincial  |  troops  during  the  late  j  war 
with  France.  |  Illustrated  with  Copper  plates,  |  coloured.  |  The  third 
edition.  |  To  which  is  added,  Some  Account  of  the  |  Author,  and  a 
Copious  Index.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  C.  Dilly,  in  the  Poultry;  H.  Payne,  in  | 
Pall  mall;  and  J.  Phillips,  in  George- Yard,  |  Lombard- Street.  |  MD- 
CCLXXXI  [1781].  |  BA.  c.  JCB. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-22,  11  11.,  pp.  i-xvi,  17-543;  index,  10  11.  8°. 

Same  as  original  edition,  except  addition  of  preliminary  pages,,  which-contain 
"Some  account  of  Captain  J.  Carver",  and  index  at  end. 

639  Three  years  |   travels,  |  through  the  |  Interior  Parts  of 

North  America,  |  for  more  than   |  five  thousand,  miles,  |  contain 
ing,  |  An  Account  of  the  great  Lakes,  and  all  the  Lakes,  |  Islands, 
and  Rivers,  Cataracts,  Mountains,  Minerals,  |  Soil  and  Vegetable 
Productions  of  the  North  West  |  Regions  of  that  vast  Continent;  | 
with  a  |  Description  of  the  Birds,  1  leasts,  Reptiles,  |  Insects,  and 
Fishes  peculiar  to  the  Country.  |  Together  with  a  concise  |  History 
of  the  Genius,  Manners,  and  |  Customs  of  the  Indians  |  Inhabiting 
the  Lands  that  lie  adjacent  to  the  Heads  and  to  the  |  Westward  of 
the  great  River  Mississippi;  |  and  an  |  Appendix,  |  Describing  the 
uncultivated  Parts  of  America  that  are  the  |  most  proper  for  forming 
Settlements.  |  By  Captain  Jonathan  Carver,  |  of  the  Provincial 
Troops  in  America.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  and  sold  by  Joseph  Crukshank  in  Mar 
ket  Street  |  and  Robert  Bell,  in  Third  Street.  |  MDCCL  XXXIV 
[1784].  |  JCB. 

xxi,217pp.  8°. 

Of  their  language,  hieroglyphicks,  &c.,  pp.  170-179. 

640  Voyage  |  dans  |  les  Parties  Interieurs  |  de  |  L'Arnerique 

Septentrionale,  |  Pendant  les  anne"es  1766,  1767  &  1768.  |  Par  Jona 
than  Carver,  |  Ecuyer,  Capitaine  d'une  coinpagnie  de  troupes  |  pro- 
vinciales  pendant  la  guerre  du  Canada  |  entre  Id  France  &  1'Angle- 


1'28  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Carver  (Jonathan) — continued. 

terre.  |  Ouvrage  traduit  sur  la  troisieme  Edition  |  Angloi.se,  par  M. 
de  C. ...  avec  des  remar-  |  ques  &  quelques  additions  du  traduc- 
teur.  | 

Yverdon.  |  M.DCC.LXXXIV  [1784J.  |  JOB. 

xxvi,  436  pp.  12°. 

DCS  langues  ties  Indieus,  pp.  304-322. 

641  -        -  Voyage  |  dans  |  les  parties  inte"rieurs  |  de  |  I'Amerique 
Sei)tentriouale,  |  Pendant  les  anne"es  17G6,  1767  &  1768.  |  Par  Jona 
than  Carver,  |  Ecuyer,  Capitaine  d'uue  Compagnie  de  Troupes  | 
Provinciales  pendant  la  guerre  du  Canada  entre  la  |  France  &  I'An- 
gleterre.  |  Ouvrage  traduit  sur  la  troisieme  Edition  |  Angloise,  par 
M.  de  G —  avec  des  remarques  &  |  quelques  additions  du  Traduc- 
teur.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Pissot,  Libraire,  quai  des  Augustins.  |  M.  DCC. 
LXXXIV  [1784].  |  Avec  Approbation  &  Privilege  du  Eoi.  |  C.  JOB. 

24,  xxviii,  451  pp.  8°.  map. 

Des  langues  des  Indieiia,  &  des  signes  hieroglyphiques  qui  leur  tienuent  lieu 
d'dcriture,  pp.  315-334. 

642  Three  Years  |  Travels  |  through  the  |  Interior  Parts  |  of  | 

North  America,  |  for  more  than  |  Five  Thousand  Miles,  |  contain 
ing  |  An  Account  of  the  great  Lakes,  and  all  the  |  Lakes,  Islands, 
and  Rivers,  Cataracts,  |  Mountains,  Minerals,  Soil  and  Vcgeta-  |  ble 
Productions  of  the  North- West  Ee-  |  gions  of  that  vast  Continent;  | 
with  a  |  Description  of  the  Birds,  Beasts,  Eep-  |  tiles,  Insects,  and 
Fishes  peculiar  |  to  the  Country.  |  Together  with  a  concise  |  History 
of  the  Genius,  Manners,  and  |  Customs  of  the  Indians  |  Inhabiting 
the  Lands  that  lie  adjacent  to  the  Heads  and  |  to  the  Westward  of 
the  great  Eiver  Mississippi,  |  and  an  |  Appendix,  |  Describing  the 
uncultivated  Parts  of  America  that  are  |  the  most  proper  for  form 
ing  Settlements.  |  By  Captain  Jonathan  Carver,  |  of  the  Provincial 
Troops  in  America.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  by  Joseph  Crukshank,  in  Market  Street,  | 
between  Second  and  Third-Streets.  |  MDCCLXXXIX  [1789].  |  JOB. 
Pp.  i-xvi,i-viii,  9-282.  12°. 
Of  their  language,  hieroglyphics,  &c.,  pp.  211-228. 

643  -        -  Three  Years  |  Travels  |  throughout  the  |  Interior  Parts  | 
of  |  North -America,  |  for  more  than  |  Five  Thousand  Miles  |  con 
taining  |  An  Account  of  the  great  Lakes,  and  all  the  Lakes,  | 
Islands,  and  Eivers,  Cataracts,  Mountains,  |  Minerals,  Soil  and 
Vegetable  Productions  |  of  the  North-west  Eegions  of  that  Vast  | 
Continent;  |  with  a  |  Description  of  the  Birds,  Beasts,  Rep-  |  tiles, 
Insects,  and  Fishes  peculiar  |  to  the  Country.  |  Together  with  a 
concise  |  History  of  the  Genius,  Manners,  and  |  Customs  of  the  In 
dians  |  Inhabiting  the  Lands  that  lie  adjacent  to  the  Heads  and  | 
to  the  Westward  of  the  Great  River  Mississippi;  |  and  an  |  Appen- 


CARVER.  1'29 

Carver  (Jonathan) — continued. 

dix,  |  Describing  the  uncultivated  parts  of  America,  that  are  |  the 
most  proper  for  forming  Settlements.  |  By  Captain  Jonathan  Car 
ver,  |  of  the  Provincial  Troops  in  America.  | 

Printed  at  Portsmouth,  New  Hampshire,  |  by  Charles  Peirce,  for 
David  West,  |  No.  36,  Marlborough-Street,  Boston.  |  M,DCC,XCIV 
[1794].  |  JCB. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  i-viii,  9-282.  12°. 

Of  their  language,  hieroglyphics,  &c.,  pp. 212-228. 

644  Three  years  |  Travels  |  through  the  |  interior  parts  |  of  | 

North-America,  |  for  more  than  |  five  thousand  miles;  |  contain 
ing  |  An  Account  of  the  great  Lakes,  and  all  the  Lakes,  Islands,  | 
and  Rivers,  Cataracts,  Mountains,  Minerals,  |  Soil  and  Vegetable 
Productions  of  the  North-  |  West  Regions  of  that  vast  Continent;  | 
with  a  |  Description  of  the  Birds,  Beasts,  |  Reptiles,  Insects,  and 
Fishes  |  peculiar  to  the  Country,  j  Together  with  a  concise  |  History 
of  the  Genius,  Manners,  and  customs  |  of  the  Indians  inhabiting 
the  lands  that  lie  |  adjacent  to  the  heads  and  to  the  westward  |  of 
the  great  river  Mississippi;  |  and  an  |  appendix,  |  Describing  the 
uncultivated  parts  of  America  that  |  are  the  most  proper  for  form 
ing  settlements.  |  By  Captain  Jonathan  "Carver,  |  of  the  provincial 
troops  in  America.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Published  by  Key  &  Simpson.  |  179G.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xx,  i-x,  11-360.  List  of  subscribers,  pp.  1-20,  1-8.  8°. 
Of  the  language,  hieroglyphics,  &c.,  pp.  273-293. 

645  Reize  |  door  de  |  Binnenlanden  |  van  |  Noord-Amerika,  | 

door  |  Jonathan  Carver,  Schildkn.  |  Kapitein  van  eene  Compagnie 
Provintiaale  |  Troepen  Geduurende  den  Oorlog  |  met  Frankrijk.  | 
Naar  den  derden  Druk  uit  het  Engelsch  vertaald  |  door  |  J.  D.  Pas 
teur  |  met  Plaaten.  |  Eerste  [-Tweede]  Deel.  |  [Portrait  of  Carver.] 

Te  Ley  den,  |  bij  A.  en  J.  Houkoop,  1796.  |  JCB. 

2  vols.  8°.  Title  of  vol.  2  has  no  portrait. 
Linguistics,  vol.  2,  pp.  150-172. 

646  Three  Years  |  Travels  |  throughout  the  |  Interior  Parts  | 

of  |  North- America,    |    for  more  then    |   Five  Thousand   Miles,  j 
containing  |  An  Account  of  the  Great  Lakes,  and  all  the  Lakes, 
Islands,  |  and  Rivers,  Cataracts,  Mountains,    Minerals,  Soil  and 
Ve-  |  getable  Productions  of  the  North-west  Regions  of  that  |  vast 
Continent;  |  with  a  |  Description  of  the  Birds,  Beasts,  Reptiles,  In   | 
sects,  and  Fishes  peculiar  to  the  Country.  |  Together  with  a  con 
cise  |  History  of  the  Genius,  Manners,  and  Customs  |  of  the  In-. 
dians  |  inhabiting  the  Lands  that  lie  adjacent  to  the  heads  and  |  to 
the  westward  of  the  great  river  Mississippi ;  |  and  an  |  Appendix,  | 
describing  the  uncultivated  parts  of  America,  |  that  are  the  most 
proper  for  forming  |  Settlements.  |  By  Captain  Jonathan  Carver,  | 
of  the  Provincial  Troops  in  America.  | 

9  Bib 


130  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Carver  (Jonathan) — continued. 

Printed  |  by  John  Russell,  for  David  West,  |  No.  50,  Cornhill, 
Boston.  |  1797.  |  BA.  JOB. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  5-312.  12°. 

Of  their  Language,  hieroglyphics,  &c.,  pp.  237-254. 

647  Carver's  Travels  |  in  |  Wisconsin.  |  From  the  Third  London 

Edition.  | 

New- York:  |  Printed  by  Harper  &  Brothers,  |  82  Cliff-Street.  | 
1838.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xxxii,  33-376.  8°.  maps. 

Of  their  language,  hieroglyphicks,  &c.,  pp.  255-272. 

648 A  ventures  |  de  Carver  |  chez  les  Sauvages  |  de  |  I'Ame'rique 

Septentrionale.  | 
Tours  |  Ad  Mame  &  Cle  |  Editeurs.  | 

Second  title : 

Aventures  |  de  Carver  |  chez  les  Sauvages  de  l'Ame"rique  Septen 
trionale  |  Cinquieme  Edition.  | 

Tours  |  A*  Mame  et  Cie,  Imprimeurs-Libraires  |  1852  |  c. 

Engraved  title  1 1.,  printed  title  1 1.,  pp.  1-236.  12°. 

Du  langage  et  des  hiiSroglyphes  des  Indiens  [no  vocabulary],  pp.  214-217. 

Besides  the  editions  of  Carver  given  above,  there  are,  according  to  the  cata 
logue  of  the  Brown  Library,  editions  in  English  as  follows:  Philadelphia,  Joseph 
Cruiksbank,  1792,  12°;  Philadelphia,  1795,  8° ;  Edinburgh,  1798,  8C ;  Charlestown, 
1802,  12°;  Edinburgh,  1807,  8°;  Walpole,  N.  H.,  Isaiah  Thomas  &  Co.,  1813,  12°; 
ibid.,  1838,  12°.  Sabin's  Dictionary  adds  to  the  above:  Edinburgh,  1808.  8=". 

649  Casey  (Capt.  J.  C.)    Hitchittee  or  Chell-o-kee  dialect  numeration. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  220-221.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

650  Vocabulary  of  the  Muskogee  or  Creek. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  4,  pp.  416-429.  Philadelphia, 
1834.  4°. 

651  [Cass  (Lewis).]     Inquiries  respecting  the  History,  Traditions,  Lan 
guages,  Manners,  Customs,  Religion,  &c.,  of  the  Indians  living  in 
the  United  States. 

Detroit:  Sheldon  and  Reed.     1823.  * 

64  pp.  8°.  Not  seen  ;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary.  Reviewed  by  Schoolcraft 
(H.  R.),  in  North  American  Review,  vol.  45,  p.  34. 

652  Additional  Inquiries  respecting  the  Indian  Languages.   BA. 

No  title-page.  32  pp.  16°. 

Contains  several  examples  in  the  Delaware,  Chippewa,  and  Wyandot  languages. 

653  [Review  of]  Manners  and  Customs  of  several  Indian  Tribes, 

located  west  of  the  Mississippi.     By  John  Hunter. 

In  North  American  Review,  vol.  22,  pp.  53-119.  Boston,  1826.  8°. 

The  greater  part  of  this  review  is  taken  up  with  a  criticism  upon  and  extracts 
from  Heckewelder's  papers  in  the  Am.  Phil.  Soc.  Trans.  Hist,  and  Lit.  Comm. 
It  was  answered  byRawle  (W.)in  Penn.  Hist.  Soc.  Mem.,  vol.  1,  pt.  3,  pp.  238-275. 


CARVER — CASTIGLIONI.  131 

[Cass  (Lewis)j — continued. 

Philadelphia,  1823.  8?.    Mr.  Rawle's  article  was  answered  by  Mr.  Cass  (g. ».)  in 
the  North  American  Review,  vol.  26. 
Issued  also  as  follows : 

654  Remarks  |  on  the  |  Condition,  Character,  and  Languages,  | 

of  the  |  North  American  Indians.  |   From  the  |  North  American 
Review,  |  No.  L,  for  January,  182G.  | 

Boston:  |  Ctunmiugs,  Milliard  and  Company..)  1826.  |  AAS. 

Pp.  1-70.  8\ 

655  1.  [Review  of]  Travels  in  the  Central  Portion  of  the  Mis 
sissippi  Valley  [&c.,  &c.J     By  Henry  R.  Schoolcraft.     [&c.] 

2.  [Review  of]  A  Vindication  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Heckcwelder's  His 
tory  of  the  Indian  Nations.    By  William  Rawle.     [&c.J 
In  North  American  Review,  vol.  '26,  pp.  :J57-403.  Boston.  1828.  8°. 
Criticisms  upon  anil  extracts  from  Heckewelder,  pp.  370— 401!. 

656  Cassell   (Johann   Philipp).      Dissertatio  Philologico-IIistorica,  do 
Navigatiouibus  Fortuitis  in  American!,  ante  Chr.  Columbum  factis. 

Magdeburgi.  1742.  * 

1511.  4°.     Not  seen;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

657  Castano  (Bartholomew).    Catecismo  breue  de  lo  quo  pre-  |  cisamente 
ha  de  saber  el  Christiano.  |  Sacado  a  luz  por  el  R.  I'.  Bartholome 
Castano,  de  la  Compafiia  de  Jesus.  | 

Reiirtpresso  en  Mexico  por  la  Vidua  de  D.  Joseph  Bernardo  do 
Hogal,  Calle  de  las  Capuchiuas.  |  Ano  de  1744.  |  * 

One  large  fold,  printed  only  on  one  side.  On  the  left  is  the  Spanish  text,  the 
title  of  which  I  have  copied,  and  on  the  right  the  translation  into  the  Mexican. 
Each  language  is  in  a  square  and  may  he  separated.  I  have  loose  copies  of  the, 
middle  fold  in  which  is  the  Mexican  part. — Icazbalcfta's  Apuntes,  Xo.  18. 

G58 Catecismo  Breve,  con  el  Acto  de  Coutrieion  y  el  Credo, 

Mexicano  y  Kspafiol,  por  Castano. 

[Mexico]  Calle  de  Kspiritu  Santo,  1817.  * 

211.  folio.     Not  seen;  title  from  Quuritch'a  Cat. 

659  Methodo  breve  para  confessar  a  un  Indio,  en  Idioma  Othonii ; 

Catecismo  y  breve  explicacion  de  la  Doctrina,  en  Idioma  Othoiui. 
Lo  que  precisainonte  debe  saber  el  Christiano:  ])orel  Padre  Bartho- 
lome'  Castauo,  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus.  * 

12°.     Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat.     Leclerc  gives  the  collation  as  (!  11. 

660  Catechismo,  y  breve  explicacion  de  la  doctrina  Christiana 

en  idioma  othouii.  * 

811.  4°.  Manuscript,  unedited,  of  the  last  century.  On  11.  f>-H  \VP  find  "Lo 
quo  precissamento  del*  saber  el  christiauo:  Por  el  Padre  IJartholoine  Castano  de 
la  compafiia  de  .Jesus",  in  two  columns,  Spanish  and  Ot\iomi.--Lcclerc. 

601  Castiglioni  (Luigi).  Viaggio  |  negli  |  Stali  Uuiti  |  dell'  j  America 
Bettentriouale  |  fat  to  negli  anui  1785,  1T86,  e  1787  |  da  |  Luigi  Cas- 
tiglioui  |  Patri/io  Milanese  [&c.,  three  lines].  Con  alciiue  Osserva- 


132  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Castiglioni  (Luigi) — continued. 

zioni  sui  Vegetabili  |  pin  utili  di  qui-1  Paese.  |  Torao  Piiino  [-Se- 
cundo]. 

Milauo.  |  Nella  Stamperia  di  Giuseppe  Marelli  |  Con  Permis- 
sione.  |  1790.  |  BA.  c. 

2  vols.  8°.     Vocabulary  of  the  Chactaw  aud  Cerocliese,  vol.  1,  pp.  259-;20(). 

662  .  .  .  Keise  durch  die  Vereinigten  Staaten  von  Nord- America 

in  den  Jahren  1785,  1786  nnd  1787.    .  .  .  Aus  dem  Italienisclien  von 
Magnus  Peterseu.    Erster  Theil.    Mit  Kupfern. 

iLjjU  llUliiJI  ,1-1  -I  -r  i>  •  # 

Memmingen:  bey  Andreas  Seigler.  1<9J. 

Title,  7  II.,  495  pp.  8°.  maps  and  plates.  Not  seen;  title  from  Sabin's  Dic 
tionary. 

663  Castillo  (F.  Balthasar  del).    Luz,  y  |  Guia  de  los  Ministros  |  K van- 
gel  icos.  |  Para  uavegar  por  el  mar  proceloso  deste  inundo  |  hasta 
llegaral  puertod.-lasalvacion, ygozar  |  eternanientede  los  tbcsoros 
de  la  gloria,  |  y  bienaventuranza.  |  Dedicala  el  P.  Fr.  Balthasar  del 
Castillo,  |  Predicador,  y  Ministro,  qne  iuedeelConventodc  |  S.  Luis 
Obispo,  y  pueblo  de  Ucxotlan,  a  sus  devotes.  |  Al  Patriarca  S.  Jo 
seph,  |  y  ft  la  gloriosa  Santa  Theresa  de  Jesus.  | 

Con  liceucia.  |  En  Mexico:  por  Juan  Joseph  Guillena,  Carras- 
coso,  |  Impressor,  y  Mercader  de  Libros,  en  el  Euipedradillo,  |  junto 
las  casas  del  Marques,  Aiio  de  1694.  | 

5  p.  11.,  11.1-11;  2  11.  not  numbered;  3  11.  follow,  id.  and  then  tho  leav.  s  ar>< 
numbered  from  (I  to  16.  These  17  last  leaves  are  in  tho  Mexican  language  and 
appear  to  be  in  part  a  translation  from  the  Spanish.— iMtbalceta's  Apitntes,  .Vo.  08. 

664  Castillo  (Fr.  Pedro).    Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Otomi. 

Title  from  Benstain. 

665  Castro  (Fr.  Andres).     Arte  y   Diccionario  de  la   Lengua   Matla 
zinga. 

66(5  Seruiones  y  Catecismo  en  dicho  idioma. 

These  manuscripts,  with  a  treatise  on  "Miitrimonio,"  well  .written  and  boiind, 
exist  in  the  Kiblioteca  de  Santiago  Tlatelnlco,  where  I  have  seen  t  ]ieu\.—HcrMain. 

667 Sermones  en  lengua  Matlazinga.  1542. 

Muniiscript.  4°. 

These  sermons  in  the  Matlazinga  Language  are  the  originals  by  Fr.  Andres  de 
Castro,  the  first  Spaniard  who  spoke  and  wrote  the  said  language.— Fiscliei  Sale 
Cat. 

Whether  this  is  the  same  manuscript  as  the  Sermones  mentioned  above  I  do 
not  know. 

(>C8  Castro  (P.  Juan  de  Dios).    Arte  6  gramatica  de  la  Lengua  Otomi.  * 

Manuscript.  4°. 

069  Vocabulario  do  la  Lengua  Otomi. 

Manuscript.  4°.  Bot.'i  books  sire  preserved  in  manuscript  in  the  library  «if  I  In: 
College  of  Tepo/.otltiu.— licrMain. 


CASTIGLIONI — CATECISMO.  133 

670  Catalogue  |  of  |  one  hundred  and  seventeen  |  Indian  Portraits,  | 
representing  |  eighteen  different  tribes,  |  accompanied  by  |  a  few- 
remarks  |  on  the  |  character,  &c.  of  most  of  them.  |  Price  12J 
cents.  |  LSH. 

No  imprint.     Pp.  1-24.  8°. 

This  little  pamphlet  is  a  list  of  prominent  persons  belonging  to  tribes  named 
below,  whose  portraits  were  painted  by  King,  of  Washington,  and  copied  by 
Inmau.  The  names  of  most  of  them,  with  English  signification,  are  given.  The 
following  tribes  are  represented  in  the  collection: 

Semi  noles,  Otta,  Choctaw, 

Museogee  or  Creek,  Pawnee,  Chippewa, 

Cherokee,  Winnebago,  Sioux, 

Osage,  Kansas,  Menomine, 

Sank,  Fox,  Ottawa. 

Shawuee,  loway, 

071  Catechism.  |  [In  the  Cherokee  language.]  BA.  s. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-4.  32°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  Appended  to  Chero 
kee  Primer,  q.  v. 

C72 Catechism  of  the  Christian  Doctrine,  by  Lucas  M  ateo.        * 

24  11.,  double  columns,  Mexican  and  Spanish.  Dated  August  19th,  1714.  A 
modern  trauscript  in  the  handwriting  of  Professor  Galicia  Chimalpopoca.  Not 
seen;  title  from  the  Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

673  -    Catechism  Iroquois. 

Poissy.  1842.  » 

8J.     Not  seen;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

674  Catecismo.    Catecismo  Breve  en  Lengua  Mexicana  con  el  Acto  de 
Coutricion,  en  Idioma  Mexicana.  •  * 

No  date.  1  1.  folio.     Not  seen;  title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  347. 

675  —    -  Catecismo  Breve  que  precisamente  de  saber  el  Cristano. 

Puebla,  1854.  * 

12°.  In  the  Mexican  language.     Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  1939. 

676  Catecismo  |  en  |  Idioma  Mixteco,  |  segun  se  habla  en  los 

curatos  |  de   la  |  Misteca  baja,  |  que    pertenecen  al   obispado  |  de 
Puebla,  |  formado  nuevamente  |  de  oren  [sic  pro  orden]  del  Exrno. 
6  Illmo.  Sr.  Obispo  |  Dr.  D.  Francisco  Pablo  Vasquez.  |  E  impresso 
a  sus  espensas.  |  Por  una  Comision  de  curas.  | 

Pnebla.  |  Imprenta  del  Hospital  de  San  Pedro.  |  1837.  |  u. 

7  p.  11.,  pp.  1-21,  in  2  col.  4°. 

677  — -    -  Catecismo  |  en  el  Idioma  Mixteco  |  Montanez,  |  para  el  nso 
de  los  Curatos  |  que  van  senalados  en  la  lista  que  se  |  inserta.  |  For- 
raado  |  de  oren  [sic]  del  Exmo.  6  Illmo.  Sr.  Obispo  |  de  la  |  Puebla 

|  Dr.  D.  Francisco  Pablo  Vasquez.  |  Traducido  al  castellano,  por 
una  Comision  |  unida  de  Curas  de  la  Misteca  baja  y  Montaiiez.  | 

Puebla.  |  Imprenta  del  Hospital  de  San  Pedro.  |  1837.  |  B. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-20,  in  2  col.  4°. 

"These  three  works  [including  Manual  en  Leugua  Mixteca,  q.  ».],  although 
printed  separately,  form  iu  reality  bnt  one,  as  is  shown  by  the  prologue  of  the 


*'  ?  N    * 
fr  3    * 


134 


NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 


Catecismo — continued. 

first,  and  from  the  table  of  errata  which  is  common  to  the  three.  The  authors 
promise  an  Arte  and  Vocabulario  which  I  think  has  not  been  published.  Mention 
is  made  in  this  work  of  another  Catecismo  Mixteco  printed  in  1834  by  order  of 
the  same  bishop.  I  have  not  seen  it." — Icazbalcela. 

678 Catecismo  del  Quarto  Concilio  Mexicano.  * 

126  11.  4°.  Anonymous  manuscript  of  the  18th  century.  It  was  ordered  to  be 
printed  by  the  fourth  Provincial  Council  of  Mexico.  Originally  it  was  composed 
by  the  Fathers  of  the  third  Mexican  Council  in  1585.  It  was  printed  in  the  second 
half  of  last  century,  but  the  Catechism  of  Father  Ripalda,  which  had  been  in  gen 
eral  use  since  the  beginning  of  the  17th  century,  held  its  place  and  this  never 
came  into  use.  The  book  has  become  scarce.  This  manuscript  is  a  beautiful  speci 
men  of  Mexican  handwriting,  and  is  preceded  by  a  long  description  by  the  late 
Mr.  Ramirez. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

679  Cathecismo  de  la  Doctrina  Christiana  traducido  en  Lengua  Cahita. 
Compuesto  por  vn  Padre  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus,  Missionero  en 
la  Provincia  de  Cyiialoa.     La  qual  dedica  al  Patriarcha  Seiior  Sail 
Joseph.    Con  licencia  de  los  superiores. 

En  Mexico:  por  Francisco  Xavier  Sanchez,  en  el  puente  de  Pala- 
cio.  Ano  de  1737. 

10  11.  8°.  Not  seen;  title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  86. 

680  Catlin  (George).    Letters  and  Notes  \  on  the  \  Manners,  Customs, 
and  Condition  \  of  the  \  North   American  Indians.  \  By  Geo.  Cat 
lin.  \  Written  during  eight  years'  travel  among  the  Wildest  Tribes 
of  \  Indians  in  North  America.  \  In  1832,  33,  34,  35,  30,  37,  38  and 
39.  \  In  two  volumes,  \  with  four  hundred  illustrations,  carefully  en 
graved  from  his  original  paintings.  \  Vol.  I  [-II].  \ 

New  York :  \  Wiley  and  Putnam,  161  Broadway.  \  1841.  \          BA. 
\,       2  vols.  royal  8°.   Pp.  viii,  264;  viii,  266,  312  plates  and  maps. 

681  Illustrations  of  the  Manners  and  Customs  and  Condition  of 

the  North  American  Indians,  with  Letters  and  Notes  written  during 
eight  years  of  Travel  and  Adventure  among  the  wildest  and  most 
remarkable  Tribes  now  existing.    With  three  hundred  and  sixty  en 
gravings  from  the  Author's  original  Paintings,  by  Geo.  Catlin. 

"  London:  1841.  * 

2  vols.  large  8°.  Pp.  264+266+179  colored  plates. 

A  number  of  copies  (often  announced  to  have  been  but  twelve)  have  the 
etchings  colored. — Field,  No.  260. 

"  Second  edition,  iliid.,  1842,  2  vols.,8°;  third  editi on,  ibid.,  1842;  fourth  edition, 
1843 ;  sixth  edition,  1846. 

"Some  cdpies  have  the  imprint,  "London:  Wiley  and  Putnam";  others,  "Lon 
don:  Published  by  the  Author.  1841."  The  plates  to  this  work  were  afterwards 
sold  to  Mr.  H.  G.  Bohn,  who  issued  the  work  with  the  title:  Illustrations  of  the 
Manners,  Customs,  &c."—SaMn's  Dictionary. 

682 Letters  and  Notes  \  on  the  \  Manners,  Customs,  and  Condi 
tion  \  of  the  \  North  American  Indians,  \  By  George  Catlin.  \  Writ 
ten  during  eight  years'  travel  among  the  wildest  tribes  of  j  Indians 
in  North  America.  \  In  1832,  33,  34,  35,  36,  37,  38  and  39.  \  In  two 


CATECISMO CATLIN.  13f) 

Catlin  (George) — continued. 

volumes,  |  with  four  hundred  illustrations,  carefully  engraved  from 
his  original  paintings.  |  Third  Edition.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

New  York:  |  Wiley  and  Putnam,  161  Broadway.  |  1844.  |     c.  JTVP. 
2vols.  8°. 

A  few  words  of  Mandan  compared  with  the  Welsh,  vol.  2,  p.  261 ;  Vocabulary 
of  the  Mnndau,  Blackfoot,  Riccareo,  Sioux,  and  Tuskarora,  vol.  2,  pp.  262-265. 

683  Illustrations  |  of  the  |  Manners,  Customs,  and  Condition  | 

of   the  |  North   American  Indians:  |  in  a  series  of  |  Letters  and 
Notes  |  written  during  eight  years  of  travel  and  adventure  among 
the  |  wildest  and  most  remarkable  tribes  now  existing.  |  With  three 
hundred  and  sixty  engravings,  |  from  the  |  Author's  Original  Paint 
ings.  |  By  Geo.  Catlin.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  |  Fifth  Edi 
tion.  | 

London:  |  Henry  G.  Bohn,  York  Street,  Covent  Garden.  |  MDCCC- 
XLV  [1845].  |  c. 

2  vols.  largo  8°. 

A  few  words  of  Maudan  and  Welsh  compared,  vol.  2,  p.  161 ;  Vocabulary  of  the 
Mandan,  Blackfoot,  Riccaree,  Sioux,  and  Tuscarora,  vol.  2,  pp.  262-265. 

684  Die  Indianer  Nord  Amerika's  und  die  wahrend  eiues  acht- 

jahrigen  Aufenthalts  unter  den  wildesteii  ihrer  Stiimme  erlebten 
Abentheuer  uud  Schicksale,  von  G.  Catlin.     Nach  der  fiinfteu  engli- 
schen  Origiual-Ausgabe  deutsch  herausgegeben  von  Dr.  Heinrich 
Berghaus. 

Briissel  und  Leipzig.  [184G-]  48.  * 

Pp.  xii,  382.  8°.  20  colored  plates.    Not  seen  ;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

685  Illustrations  |  of  the  |  Manners,  Customs,  and  Condition  |  of 

the  |  North  American  Indians :  |  in  a  series  of  |  Letters  and  Notes  | 
written  during  eight  years  of  Travel  and  Adventure  among  the  | 
wildest  and  most  remarkable  Tribes  now  existing.  |  With  three  hun 
dred  and  sixty  engra\Tings  |  from  the  Author's  Original  Paintings.  | 
By  Geo.  Catlin.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  |  Seventh  edition.  | 

London:  |  Henry  G.  Bohn,  York  street,  Coveut  Garden.  | 
MDCCCXLVIII  [1848].  |  A. 

2  vols.  8°.  Maps. 

A  few  words  of  Mandan  compared  with  the  Welsh,  vol.  2,  p.  261 ;  Vocabulary 
of  the  Maudan,  Blackfoot,  Riccaree,  Sioux,  and  Tnscarora,  vol.  2,  pp.  262-265. 

Sabin,  No.  11537,  mentions:  Eighth  edition,  London,  H.  G.  Bohu,  1H57; 
Ninth,  ibid.;  Tenth,  ibid.,  1866. 

686  Die  Indianer  Nord  Amerika's  und  die  wahrend  elites  acht- 

jtihrigen  Ant'enthalts  unter  den  wildesten  ihrer  Stiimme  erlebten 
Abentheuer  uud  Schicksale  von  G.  Catlin.    Nach  der  funften  engli- 
scheu  Ausgabe  dentsch  herausgegeben  von  Dr.  Heinrich  Kergliaus. 
Mit  24  vom   Verfasser  nach   der   Natur  entworf'enen  Gemalden. 
Z\\  eite  Ausgabe. 

Briissel,  Muquardt,  1851.  * 

382pp.  8°.  Not  semi;  title  from  Triibncr  in  Ludewig,  who  says  the  vocabu 
laries  are  on  pp.  248-252. 


136  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Catlin  (George) — continued. 

687 Letters  and  Notes  on  the  Manners,  Customs,  and  Condi 

tion  of  the  North  American  Indians,  by  George  Catlin.  Written 
during  eight  years'  travel,  from  1832  to  1839,  amongst  the  Wildest 
Tribes  of  Indians  in  North  America.  With  One  hundred  and  fifty 
illustrations,  on  steel  and  wood. 

Philadelphia:  Willis  P.  Hazard.  1857.  » 

2  vols.  8°.  pp.  729;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

688  Illustrations  |  of  the  |  Manners,  Customs,  and  Condition  | 

of  the  |  North  American  Indians  |  with  |  Letters  and  Notes  |  written 
during  eight  years  of  travel  and  adventure  among  the  |  wildest  and 
most  remarkable  tribes  now  existing.  |  With  three  hundred  and 
sixty  engravings,  |  from  the  |  Author's  Original  Paintings.  |  By  Geo. 
Catlin.  |  In  two  volumes.    Vol.  I  [-II].  |  Tenth  edition.  | 

London:  |  Henry  G.  Bohn,  York  Street,  Coveiit  Garden.  |  1806.  | 
2  vols.  large  8°.  ISA. 

689  Illustrations  of  the  Manners,  Customs  and  Condition  of  the 

North  American  Indians.     With  Letters  and  Notes  written  during 
Eight  Years  of  Travel  and  Adventure  among  the  Wildest  and  most 
Eemarkable  Tribes  now  Existing.    With  360  colored  engravings 
from  the  author's  original  paintings. 

London,  1876.  * 

2  vols.  8°.     Title  from  Woodward's  Trade  Cat. 

690  -   Catliu's  Notes  |  of  |  Eight  Years'  Travels  and  Eesidence  | 

In   Europe,  |  with  his  |  North  American  Indian  Collection:  |  with 
anecdotes  and  incidents  of  the  travels  and  adventures  of  three  |  dif 
ferent  parties  of  American  Indians  whom  he  introduced  |  to  the 
Courts  of  |  England,  France  and  Belgium.  |  In  two  volumes  oc 
tavo.  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  |  With  numerous  illustrations.  | 

New  York:  |  Burgess,  Stringer  &  Co.,  22  Broadway.  |  1848.  |  JWP. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Vol.  1,  pp.  253-277,  contains  a  list  of  Mr.  Catlin's  collection  of  Indian  portraits, 
with  names  of  personages,  the  English  signification  of  which  is  usually  given. 
For  this  list  see,  infra,  Descriptive  catalogue,  1848,  92  pp.  8°.  The  same  volume 
has,  pp.  293-295,  a  list  of  names  of  Ojibbeway  and  loway  persons;  and  vol.  2,  p. 
13,  a  list  of  names  of  loways,  with  English  signification. 

691  Adventures  |  of  the  |  Ojibbeway  and  loway  Indians  |  in  | 

England,  France  and  Belgium;  |  being  notes  of  |  eight  years  travel 
and  residence  in  Europe  |  with  his  |  North  American  Indian  Collec 
tion,  |  by  Geo.  Catlin.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  |  With  numer 
ous  Engravings.  |  Third  edition.  | 

London  :  |  Published  by  the  author  |  at  his  Indian  collection,  No. 
6,  Waterloo  Place,  |  1852.  |  BA. 

2  vols.  8°. 

An  English  reprint  of  Notes  of  Eight  years'  travel  in  Europe.  Catalogue,  vol. 
1,  pp.  253-277. 


CATLIN.  137 

Catlin  (George) — continued. 

692  O-kee-pa:  |  A  Eeligious  Ceremony;  |  and  |  other  customs  of 

the  Mandans.  |  By  George  Catlin.  |  With  Thirteen  Coloured  Illus 
trations.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  and  Co.  |  1867.  |  c.      ft, 

3  p.  11..  52  pp.  large  8°. 

Short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Ma  ml  an  and  Welsh,  p.  45. 

693  O-kee-pa:  |  A  Eeligious  Ceremony;  |  and  other  |  customs  of 

the  Maudans.  |  By  |  George  Catlin.  |  With  Thirteen  Coloured  Illus 
trations.  | 

London:  |  Triibner  and  Co.,  60  Paternoster  Eow.  |  1867.  |  All 
rights  reserved.  |  BA. 

52  pp.  large  8°. 
A  few  words  of  Mandan  compared  with  the  Welsh,  p.  45. 

694  Life  amongst  the  Indians.    A  Book  for  Youth.    By  George 

Catlin. 

London:  S.  Low,  Son  &  Co.    1861.  • 

8  11.,  pp.  xii,  339.  16°.     Not  seen;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

695  Life  |  amongst  |  the  Indians.  |  A   Book    for    Youth.  |  By 

George  Catliu,  |  Author  of  "Notes  of  Travels  amongst  the  North 
American  Indians,"  ete.  | 

London:  Sampson  Low,  Son,  &  Marston,  |  Milton  House,  Ludgate 
Hill.  |  1867.  |  (The  right  of  translation  is  reserved.)  |  A. 

Pp.  xii,  1-339.  16°. 

696  Life  |  amongst  |  the    Indians.  |  A    Book    for    Youth.  |  By 

George  Catlin,  |  Author  of  "Notes  of  Travels  amongst  the  North 
American  Indians",  etc.  | 

New  York:  |  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  443  &  445  Broadway.  |  1«67.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-339.  sni.4°. 

Mandau  and  Iowa  proper  names  with  English  signification. 

697  -         -  La  Vie  chez  les  Indiens;    scenes  et  aventures  de  voyage 
panni  les  tribus  des  deux  Ame'riques.    Ouvrage  6crit  pour  la  jennesse. 
Traduit  et  annot6  par  F.  de  Lanoye  et  illustrd  de  25  grav.  sur  bois. 

Paris:  L.  Hachette  et  C'6.    1863.  » 

12°.  +  secon'de  Edition.  Paris :  L.  Hachette  et  C'«.  1866.    396  pp.    18°.     Title 
and  note  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

698  -         -  Catalogue  |  of  |  Catlin's  Indian  Gallery  |  of  |  Portrait, 
Landscapes,  |  Manners  and  Customs,  |  Costumes  &c.  &c.,  |  collecled 
during  seven  years'  travel  amongst  tbirty-eight  dif-  |  fereut  tribes, 
speaking  different  languages.  | 

New  York :  |  Piercy  &  Eeed,  Printers,  7  Theatre  Alley.  |  1837.  | 
36  PI'-  12°.  HIT.  LSH. 

A  list  of  prominent  personages  of  different  tiibes,  giving  their  names  with 
English  meaning. 

699  -       -Catalogue  |  of  |  Catlin's  Indian  Gallery  |  of  |  Portraits, 
Landscapes.  |  Manners  and  Customs,  |  Costumes,  &c.  &c.  |  Collected 


138  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Catlin  (George) — continued. 

during  seven  years'  travel  amongst  thirty-eight  |  different  tribes, 
speaking  different  languages.  | 

New  York:  |  Piercy  &  Keed,  Printers,?  Theatre  Alley.  |  1838.  |  nu. 

36  pp.  16° 

Names  of  personages  of  the  following  tribes,  most  of  them  with  English  sig 
nification  : 

Osage  (Wa-Sa-See),  Po-to-wa-to-mie, 

Sacs  (Sau-Kie),  Pi-an-ke-shaw, 

Foxes,  Mns-ko-gee  (Creek), 

Pawnee  Picts  (Tow-e-ahge),  Win-ne-ha-go, 

Konza,  I-o-wa, 

Comanchee  (Ko-manche),  Sen-e-ca, 

Ki-o-wa,  O-nei-da, 

Wee-co,  Qua-paw, 

Sioux  (Dah-co-ta),  Ot-ta-wa, 

Puncah,  Pe-o-ri-a, 

Crows  (Bel-ant-se-a),  Sho-sho-nie, 

Mandans  (Se-pohs-ka-nn-ma-kah-kee),  O-ma-haw, 

Black  Foot,  O-toe, 

Me-nom-o-nie,  Mis-son-ries, 

Shawnee  (Sha-wa-no),  Kick-a-poo, 

Grosventres  (Min-a-tar-rees),  We-ah, 

Chippeway  (O-jib-be-way),  Kas-kas-ki-a, 

I-ro-qnois,  Cree  (K'nis-te-neux), 

Ric-ca-ree,  Choc-taw, 

Flat  Heads,  Del-a-ware, 

As-sin-ne-boin  (Stone  Boilers),  Pawnees  of  the  Platte, 

Shi-enne,  Sem-i-noles, 

Cher-o-kee,  Euchees. 

Field,  No. —  gives  the  title  of  an  edition  of  1838.     40  pp.     12°. 

700  A  |  Descriptive  Catalogue  |  of  |  Catlin's  Indian  Gallery  | 

containing  |  Portraits,  |  Landscapes,  Costumes,  &c.,  |  and  |  repre 
sentation  of  the  Manners  and  Customs  |  of  the  |  North  American 
Indians.  |  Collected  and  printed  entirely  by  Mr.  Catlin,  |  during 
seven  years  travel  amongst  48  tribes,  mostly  speaking  different  lan 
guages.  |  Exhibited  for  nearly  three  years,  with  great  success,  in 
the,  |  Egyptian  Hall,  Piccadilly,  London.  |  Admittance  One  Shil 
ling.  | 

Colophon:  C.  and  J.  Adlard,  Printers,  Bartholomew  Close,  Lon 
don.  [1840.]  BA. 

48pp.  4°. 

701 Catalogue  Eaisonne  |  de  |  La  Galerie  Indienne  de  Mr  C.it- 

lin,  |  renfennant  |  des  Portraits,  |  des  Paysages,  des  Costumes, 
etc.,  |  et  |  des  Scenes  de  Mcenrs  et  Continues  |  des  |  Indiens  de 
I'Ame'riqne  du  Nord.  |  Collection  eutierement  faite  et  peinte  par  Mr 
Catlin  |  pendant  un  sejour  de  8  ans  parmi  48  tribus  sauvages.  Prix: 
50  centimes.  | 

[No  place.]  Imprimerie  de  Wittersheiin,  Rue  Montmorency,  8. 
1845.  |  HU. 

47pp.  8°. 


CATLIN.  139 

Catlin  (George) — continued. 

702  A  Descriptive  Catalogue  |  of  |  Catliu's  Indian  Collection,  | 

containing  |  Portraits,  Landscapes,  Costumes,  &c.,  |  and  |  represen 
tations  of  the  Maniiers  and  Customs  |  of  the  |  North  American  In 
dians.  |  Collected  arid  painted  entirely  by  Mr.  Catlin,  during  eight 
years'  travel  amongst  |  forty-eight  tribes,  mostly  speaking  different 
languages.  |  Also  |  opinions  of  the  press  in  England,  France,  and 
the  United  States.  | 

London :  |  Published  by  the  Author,  |  at  his  Indian  Collection, 

No.  6,  Waterloo  Place.  |  1848.  |  HXI.  LSH. 

92  pp.  8°. 

A  repriut  of  the  list  whicli  appears  in  Catalogue  Raisonne'.  It  is  also  printed 

in  Notes  of  Eight  Years'  Travel  "  *  in  Europe,  New  York,  1848,  vol.  1,  pp.  253-277; 
and  in :  Adventures  of  the  Ojibbeway  and  loway  Indians,  London,  1852,  vol.  1, 
pp.  253-277.  The  lut  of  tribes  represented  is  as  follows: 

Sacs  (Siiukies),  Chippeways  (Ojibbeways), 

Foxes,  Iroqnois, 

Konzas,  Ottawas, 

Osage  or  Wasawsee,  Winnebagoes, 

Cainanchees,  Meuomouies, 

Pawnee  Picts  (Toweeahge),  Potowatomie,         * 

Kiowa,        .  Kickapoo, 

Weeco,  Kaskaskia, 

Sioux  (Dahcota),  Weeah, 

Puncab,  Peoria, 

Pawnees,  Piaukeshaw, 

Omahas,  loway, 

Otetoes,  Seuecas, 

Missouries,                  .  Oneida, 

Riccarees,  Tuskarora, 

Mandans,  Moheeconntu  or  Mohegau, 

Shieune,  Delawares, 

Flat  Heads  or  Nez  Percys,  Shawano  (Shawnee), 

Chinook,  Cherokees, 

Black  Feet,  Muskogee  (Creek), 

Crows  (Belantsea),  Choctaw, 

Grog  Venires  (Minatarrees),  Seminole, 

Crees  (Kuisteneux),  Uchee. 

Assineboins, 

703  North  and  South  American  Indians.  |  Catalogue  |  Descrip 
tive   and   Instructive  |  of  |  Catlin's  |  Indian  Cartoons.  |  Portraits, 
Types,  and  Customs.  |  (.00  paintings  in  oil.  |  With  |  20,00  •  full  length 
figures  |  illustrating  their  various  games,  religious  ceremonies,  and 

|  other  customs,  |  and  |  27  canvas  pointings  |  of  |  Lasalle's  Discov 
eries.  | 

New  York  :  |  Baker  and  Godwin,  Printers,  Printing-House 
Square,  |  1871.  |  C.  LSH. 

99  pp.  d°. 

This  catalogue  is  a  reprint,  with  some  additions,  of  that  published  in  1848. 
The  following  tribes  which  are  not  named  iu  the  earlier  publications  are  repre 
sented  in  the  later  one : 


140  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 

Catlin  (George) — continued. 

Arapaho,  Wallawalla,  Chippewyan, 

Micmac,  Yutah,  Esquimaux, 

Navaho,  Stone,  Aleutian, 

Shoshonee,  Copper,  Coeliimtee, 

Nayaa,  Spokan,  Mohave, 

Hyda,  Athapasca,  Yuma, 

Klahoquaht,  Dogrib,  Yumaya, 

Klatsop,  Selish,  Maya. 

704  Fourteen  \  loway  Indians.  \  Key  |  To  their  various  Dances, 

Games,    Ceremonies,    Songs.  |  Religion,    Superstitions,   Costumes, 
Weapons,  &c.  &c.  |  By  Geo.  Catlin.  | 

Second  title: 

Unparalleled  Exhibition.  |  The  |  fourteen  |  loway  Indians  |  and 
their  |  Interpreter,  |  just  arrived  from  the  Upper  Missouri,  near  |  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  North  America,  j  "White  Cloud,"  |  the  head  chief 
of  the  tribe,  is  with  this  interesting  |  party,  giving  them  that  pecu 
liar  interest,  which  |  no  other  party  of  American  Indians  have  had 
in  a  |  foreign  country;  and  they  are  under  the  immediate  |  charge 
of  |  G.  H.  C.  Melody,  |  who  accompanied  them  from  their  country,  | 
with  their  favorite  Interpreter,  |  Jeffrey  Doraway.  |  Price  Six 
pence.  | 

London:  |  W.  S.  Johnson,  "Nassau  Steam  Press",  Nassau-Street  | 
Soho.  |  MDCCCXLIV  [1844].  |  C. 

Outside  title  and  28  pp.  16°. 

Proper  names  with  English  signification. 

705  Cepeda  (Fr.  Francisco).     Artes  de  las  Lenguas  Chiapa,  Zoque,  Cel- 
dales  y  Ciuacanteca. 

Mexico,  1560.  * 

4°.  Title  from  Beristain.     Leclerc  says  no  copy  of  the  above  is  known  to  exist. 

706  Chacon  (P.  Tomas).    Arte  de  la  Lengua  Tarasca,  y  Sermones  en  la 
misma.  * 

Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  College  of  S.  Gregorio,  in  Mexico. — Beristain. 

707  Chahta.    CbahtaAlmanak  |  Hvpin  Chitokaka  yvt  vtta  tokaafvmmi 
holhtena  |  1843.   |  [Three  lines  English ;   three  lines  Choctaw.J  | 
Chalaki  yakni  ak  o  aivlhta  ha  tok.  | 

Park  Hill :  |  Mission  Press,  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [n.  d.]       ABO. 

44  pp.    16°. 

For  Choctaw  almanac  of  previous  years  see  Holisso  Hvshi. 

708  -       —  Chahta  Almanak  |  Hvpiu  Chitokaka  yvt  vtta  tok  a  afvmmi 
holhtina.   |  1844.  |   [Three  lines  English,   three  lines   Choctaw.]  | 
Chalaki  yakni  ak  o  aivlhta  ha  tok.  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press,  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  1843.  |       ABO. 
24pp.    16°. 

709  -        -  Chahta  |  Holisso.  | 

.Boston :  |  Printed  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1830.  |  BA.  ABO. 

108pp.  18°.  Choctaw  Spelling  Book. 
First  edition,  1827,  65  pp. — liyington's  Mss.  Diet. 


CATLIN— CHAHTA.  141 

Chahta — continued. 

710 —  Chahta  Holisso  |  Ai  isht  ia  vmmona.  |  Third  edition,  |  lie- 
vised.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  lor  | 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  and  Brewster;  |  1835.  |  BA.  AAS. 

Pp.  1-72.  12°. 
Fourth  edition,  1846,  108  pp. — Byington's  Mas.  Diet. 

711  — —  Chahta  Holisso  |  ai  isht  ia  vminona.  |  The  |  Choctaw  Spell 
ing  Book.  |  Fifth  Edition,  |  revised  and  enlarged.  | 

Boston:  |  Press  of  T.  B.  Marvin.  |  1849.  |  c. 

107  pp.  16°. 

712  Chahta  Holisso  |  ai  isht  ia  vmmona.  |  The  |  Choctaw  Spell 
ing  Book.  |  Sixth  Edition,  revised.  | 

Boston:  |  Press  of  T.  B.  Marvin.  |  1852.  |  BP.  ABO. 

107  pp.  16° 

713  -        -  Chahta  Holisso   |   it   irn    anumpuli.   |   Or  (he   |   Choctaw 

Header.  |  For  the  use  of  |  Native  Schools.  | 

Union :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  For 
eign  Missions.  |  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  1836.  |       JWP.  LSH.  BA. 
Pp.  1-123.,  2  11.,  couteuts.    1C0 

714  -        -  ATukla,  |  or  |  the  Second  Chahta  Book:  |  containing  trans 
lations  |  of  |  Portions  of  the  Scriptures,  |  Biographical  Notices  |  of  | 
Henry  Obokiah  and  Catharine  Brown,  |  a  Catechism,  |  and  Disserta 
tions  on  |  Religious  Subjects.  | 

Cincinnati:  |  Printed  by  Morgan,  Lodge,  and  Fisher.  |  1827.  |   BA. 
Pp.  1-144.  18°. 

715  Chahta  I  Kana  |  or  the  |  Choctaw  Friend.  |  Being  a  Collec 
tion  of  |  Moral  and  Beligious  Tracts,  original  and  selected  |  in  the  | 
Choctaw  Language.  | 

Union:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for 
Foreign  Missions.  |  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  1836.  |  ABC.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-187  pp.  10°. 

This  little  volume  contains  a  number  of  tracts  each  paged  separately,  but  in 
cluding  a  continuous  pagination  on  the  inner  edge  of  the  page.  The  following 
arc  the  titles : 

II iiii'i  Ubokaia,  pp.  1-20. 

Keti  Bilaun,  pp.  21-35. 

Poor  Sarah,  the  Indian  Woman,  pp.  37-52. 

Am  I  a  Christian  T     Vuo  trt  rba  auuuipuli  sia  hoh  chot  pp.  52-57. 

The  Bible.     Holisso  holitopa  isht  anuiupa,  pp.  58-59. 

Explanation  of  the  Teu  Commandments,  pp.  61-98. 

A  Poison  Tree  and  Sin,  pp.  98-100. 

Trauslat  ion  of  the  Book  of  Jonah,  pp.  101-110. 

Story  of  Naaman  and  Gehazi,  pp.  110-116. 

Patient  Joe,  pp.  116-119. 

Psalm  116.     Amiuipa  holisso  holitopa  a  kucha,  pp.  119-120. 

The  Worth  of  a  Dollar,  pp.  121-130. 

Providence  Acknowledged,  pp.  130-132. 


142  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Chahta — continued. 

The  Incorrigible  Sinner  forewarned  of  his  doom,  pp.  133-144. 

He  that  toucheth  yon  toucheth  the  apple  of  his  eye,  pp.  145-150. 

Do  as  you  would  be  done  by,  pp.  150-155. 

Irreverence  in  the  house  of  God,  pp.  157-165. 

Pray  for  them  which  persecute  you,  pp.  165-168. 

The  Troublesome  Garden,  pp.  169-18(5. 

Parents'  neglect  of  their  children,  pp.  186-187. 

Some  of  these  tracts  were  issued  at  an  earlier  date  than  the  above.  Byington's 
Manuscript  Choctaw  Diet,  mentions  "Henry  Obakiah,  .abridged,  1827;  Catherine 
Brown,  abridged,  1827  ;  Book  of  Jonah,  1835."  See  No.  714  of  this  catalogue. 

716  Chahta  Naholhtina:  |  or  |  Choctaw  Arithmetic.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  | 

Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster;  |  1835.  |  ABC.  c.  BA. 

72  pp.  12°. 
Second  edition,  1845,  72  pp. — Byington's  Mss.  Diet, 

717  Chamberlain  (Montague).    Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  the 
Melicite  (Malisit)  Language,  River  St.  John,  New  Brunswick.          * 

Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Collected  December, 
18^0.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  the  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages, 
first  edition. 

718  Chamberlayn  (John),  Editor.    Oratio  |  Dominica  |  in  Diversas  Om 
nium  fere  |  Gentium  Linguas  |  versa  |  et  |  Propriis  cvjvsqve  Liu- 
gvae  |  characteribvs  expressa,  |  Una  cum  Uissertationibus  nonuul- 
lis   de  Linguarum  |  Origine,  variisque  ipsarum  perm utationi bus.  | 
Editore  |  Joanne   Chamberlaynio  |  Anglo-Britanno,    Eegiae   Socie- 
tatis  Londinensis  &  |  Beroliuensis  Socio.  | 

Amsteledajmi,  |  Typis  Guilielmi  &  Davidis  Goerei.  |  MDCCXV 
[1715].  | 

24  p.  11.,  pp.  1-94,  3  11.  4°. 

Contains  the  Lord's  Prayer  in:  Mohogice  and  Savanahice,  p.  89;  Virginice 
and  Karirice,  p.  90 ;  Mexicane,  p.  91 ;  Poconchine,  p.  92. 

Followed  by:  "Appendix  contiuens  quatuor  precipuas  voces  in  Orationi  bus 
Doininicis  occurrentes  .  ...  ex  Americanis"  viz:  Pater,  Coelum,  Terra,  Panis 
in  Algonkine,  Caraibice,  Chilice,  Mohogice,  Savanahice,  Crickice,  Chackta- 
wice,  Apalachice,  Virginiane,  Guarinice  s.  Brasilice,  Mexicaue,  Poconchiue. 

Title  and  note  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eameg. 

719  Champlain  (Samuel  de).     Les  |  Voyages  |  dela  |  Novvelle  France  | 
occidentale,  dicte  |  Canada,  |  faits  par  le  Sr  de  Champlaiu  |  Xainc- 
tongeois,  Capitaine  pour  le  Koy  en  la  Marine  du  |  Pouant,  &  toutes 
les  Descouuertes  qu'il  a  faites  en  |  ce  pai's  depuis  Pan  1603.  iusques 
eu  1'an  1629.  |  On  se  voit  comme  ce  pays  a  est6  premierement  descou- 
uert  par  les  Francois,  |  sous  1'authorite  de  nos  Boys  tres-Chrestiens, 
iusques  au  regne  |  de  sa  Majeste  a  present  regnante  Lovis  XIII.  | 
Roy  de  France  &  de  Nauarre.  |  Avec  vn  traitte  des  qualitez  &  condi 
tions  requises  a  vn  bon  &  parfaict  Nauigateur  |  pour  coguoistre  la 
diuersit6  des  Estimes  qui  se  sout  en  la  Nauigatiou;  Les  |  Marques 
&  enseignements  que  la  prouideuce  de  Dieu  ;'i  mises  dans  les  Mers  | 


CHAHTA — CIIAMPLAIN.  143 

Champlain  (Samuel  de) — continued. 

pour  redressor  les  Mariuiers  on  leur  routte,  sans  lesquelles  ils  tom- 
beroiont  en  |  de  grands  dangers.  Et  la  maniere  de  bieu  dresser 
Cartes  marines  auec  leurs  |  Ports,  Rade.s,  Isles,  Sondes,  &  autre 
chose  necessaire  a  la  Xaiiigation.  |  Ensemble  vne  Carte  geueralle  de 
la  description  dndit  pays  t'aicte  en  sou  Meridien  selon  |  la  declinaison 
de  la  guide  Aymant,  &  vn  Catechisme  ou  Instruction  traduicte  |  du 
Francois  au  langage  des  peuples  Sauuages  de  quelque  contree,  auec  | 
ce  qui  sVst  passe  on  ladite  Nonnelle  France  on  Pannde  1631  |  A 
Monseiguevr  le  Cardinal  Uvc  de  Richeliev.  | 

A  Paris.  |  Chez  Clavde  Collet  au  Palais,  en  la  Gallerie  des  Prison- 
niers,  |  a  1'Estoille  d'Or.  |  M.DC.XXXII  [1632].  |  Auec  Priuilego  du 
Roy  |  JCB. 

8,  308,  16,  310,  20,  54,  8  pp.  4°.  maps. 

Brebceuf  (J.)     Doctrine  Chrestienne      *     "     en  Langage  Canadois,  pp.  1-15. 

Masse  (£.)  L'Oraison  Dominicale  tradvite  en  Langage  des  Montagnara,  pp. 
16-20. 

According  to  Brnnet  a  portion  of  the  edition  of  1632  bears  the  imprint  of  Pierre 
Le  Mur;  another  that  of  Louis  Sevestre;  the  former  1  have  not  seen,  the  title  to 
the  latter  is  as  follows: 

720  Les  |  Voyages  |  de  la  |  Novvelle  France  |  Occidontale, 

dicte  |  Canada,  |  Faits  par  le  Srde  Champlain  |  Xainctongeois,  Capi- 
taine  pour  le  Roy  en  la  Marine  du  |  Ponaut,  &  toutcs  les  Descou- 
nertes  qn'il  a  faites  en  |  .ce  pai's  depuis  Pan  1603.  iusques  on  Pan 
1629.  |  Oil  se  voit  com  me  ce  pays  a  este  preuiierement  doscouuert 
par  les  Francois,  |  sous  Pauthorit<5  de  nos  Roys  tres-Chrestieus,  ius 
ques  au  regne  |  de  sa  Majeste'  ;Y  present  regnante  Lovis  XIII.  |  Roy 
de  France  &  de  Nauarre.  |  Auec  vn  traitte  des  qualitez  &  conditions 
requires  a  vn  bon  &  parfaict  Naaigatour  |  pour  cognoistre  la  diuer- 
site"  des  Estimes  qui  se  font  en  la  Nauigation.    Les  |  Marques  & 
enseigneineuts  que  la  prouideuce  de  Dieu  a  mises  dans  les  Mers  | 
pour  redresser  les  Mariniers  en  leur  routte,  sans  lesquelles  ils  torn 
beroient  en  |  de  grands  dangers,  Et  la  mauiere  de  bieu  dresser 
Cartes  marines  auec  leurs  |  Ports,  Rades,  Isles,  Sondes,  &  autre 
chose  uecessaire  a  la  Xauigation.  |  Ensemble  vne  Carte  generalle  de 
la  description  duditpays  faicte  en  son  Meridieu  selou  |  la  decliuaison 
de  la  guide  Aymant  &  vn  Catechisme  ou  Instruction  traduicte  |  du 
Francois  au  laiigue  des  j>en])les  Sauuages  de  quelque  contre'e,  auec  | 
ce  qui  s'est  passe  en  ladite  Nouuelle  France  en  1'aimde  16,'U.  |  A 
Monseignevr  le  Cardinal  Dvc  de  Richeliev.  | 

A  Paris.  |  Chez  Lovis  Sevestre  Imprimeur-Libraire  rue  du  Menrier 
pres  la  Porte  |  S.  Victor  &  en  sa  Boutique  dans  la  cour  du  Palais.  | 
M.DC.XXXII  [1032].  |  Auec  Priuilege  du  Roy.  |  BA.  JCB. 

10,  308,  :!10,  S,  :>i  and  20  pp.  4^.  map. 

Linguistics  as  in  previous  iit.li-. 

721  Les  |  Voyages  |  dela  |  Novvelle  France  |  occidentals,  dite  | 

Canada:  |  t'aits  par  le  Sr  «le  Champlain  j  Xainctougeois,  Capitaine 


144  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Champlain  (Samuel  de) — continued. 

pour  le  Roy  en  la  Marine  du  |  Ponant,  &  tontes  les  Descouuertes 
qn'il  a  faites  en  |  ce  Pa'is  depuis  1'an  1603.  iusques  en  1'an  1<>29.  | 
On  se  voit  comme  ce  Pays  a  est<5  premierement  descouuert  par  les 
Francois,  |  souz  1'authorite"  de  DOS  Roys  tres-Chrestiens,  ius(]ues  an 
regne  |  de  sa  Majeste  a  present  regnante  Lovis  XIII.  |  Roy  de 
France  &  de  Nauarre.  |  Auec  vn  Traict6  de  qualitez  &  conditions 
requises  a  vn  bon  &  parfait  Naui-  |  gateur  pour  coguoistre  la  diuer- 
site"  des  Estiraes  qui  se  sont  en  la  Navigation:  |  Les  mafques  &  en- 
seignements  que  la  protiidence  de  Dieu  a  tuises  dans  les  |  Mers  pour 
redresser  les  Mariniers  en  leur  routte,  sans  lesquelles  ils  toinbe-  | 
roiet  en  de  grands  dangers:  Et  la  maniere  de  bien  dresser  cartes 
marines,  auec  |  leurs  Ports,  Rades,  Isles,  Sondes,  &  autres  cboses 
necessaires  &  la  Navigation.  |  Ensemble  vne  Carte  generale  de  la 
description  diulit  Pays  faite  en  son  Meridien.  selon  |  la  declinaison 
de  la  Guide-Aymant;  &  vn  Catecbisme  ou  Instruction  traidaite  | 
du  Fran§ois  an  langage  des  Peuples  Sauuages  de  quelque  contre'e: 
Auec  |  ce  qui  s'est  passe  en  ladite  Nouuelle  France  en  1'annee  1631.  | 
A  Monseignevr  le  Cardinal  Dvc  de  Richeliev.  | 

A  Paris.  |  Chez  Clavde  Collet,  an  mont  sainct  Hilaire.  pre's  le 
Puits  Certain.  |  M.DC.XL  [1640].  |  Avec  privilege  dv  Roy.  |  JCB. 

16, 308, 310,8,54,  20  pp.  4°.  map. 

Breboeuf  (J.)  Doctrine  Chrestienne  en  Langage  Canadois,  pp.  1-15. 

Masse  (fi.)  L'Oraison  Dominicale  tradvlte  eD  Langage  des  Montagnars, 
pp.  1<>-20. 

722  QSuvres  |  de  |  Champlain  |  publi^es  |  sous  le  patronage  |  de 

1'Universite  Laval  |  Par  1'Abbe  C.-H.  Laverdiere,  M.  A.  |  Professenr 
d'Histoire  a  la  Faculte  des  Arts  |  et  Bibliothecaire  de  I'lTum-rsife  | 
Seconde  Edition  |  Tome  I  [-V].  | 

Quebec  |  Imprime  an  S^minaire  par  Geo.-E.  Desbarats  |  1870  | 

2  p.  11.,  Ixxvi,  1478  pp.  royal  8°.  5  vols. ;  vol.  5  in  2  parts.  BA.  JCB.  ('. 

Paged  at  top  with  original  pagination,  at  bottom  consecutively. 

Vol.  f>  (in  a  parts)  is  a  reprint  in  fac-simile,  as  to  arrangement,  of  Les  Voyages 
de  la  Novvelle  France.  Paris,  Sevestre,  1632. 

Breboeuf  (J.)  Doctrine  Chrestienne,  vol.  5,  pt.  2,  pp.  1-15  (pp.  139:!-140?  of  the 
series). 

Masse"  (ti.)  L'Oraisou  Dominieale,  vol.5,  pt.  2,  pp.  16-20  (pp.  140S-1412  of  the 
series). 

The  edition  of  Paris,  1830,  2  vols.,  8°,  does  not  contain  the  above  articles. 

723  Chanal  (Capt.  Prosper).    Vocabulaire  de  Tchinldtane  Cote  Nord- 
Ouest  de  1'Ame'rique  a  57  degr^s  de  latitude  iNbrd. 

In  Fleurieu  (C.  P.  C.)  Voyage  autonr  du  Monde,  vol.  1,  pp. 585-591.  Paris  An. 
vi-viii.  4C.  On  pp.  284-286  of  the  same  volume  are:  Numerals  (1-40)  of  the 
TchinkHftne',  and  of  Queen  Charlotte's  Island,  and  a  few  remarks  on  the  Tchinki- 
tan<5  language. 

Reprinted  in  vol.  1,  pp. 380-384,  and  vol.2,  pp. 258-267,  of  the  English  edition. 
London,  1801.  2  vols.  8°. 


CHAMPLAIN CHARENCEY.  145 

724  Chapin(/?ei'.  AlouzoB.)   Glasteubury  |  for  |  Two  Hundred  Years:  | 
a  |  Centennial  Discourse,  |  May  18th.  A.  D.  1853.  |  With  an  Appen 
dix,  |  containing  |  Historical  and  Statistical  Papers  of  Interest.  | 
By  Rev.  Alonzo  B.  Chapin,  D.  D.  |  Eector  of  St.  Luke's  Church, 
[&c.,  3  lines].  |  [Quotation,  3  lines.]  |  C.  T. 

Hartford:  |  Press  of  Case,  Tifiany  and  Company.  |  1853.  | 
252pp.  8°. 

"Indian  History  and  Sale,"  pp.  9-25,  giving  the  etymology  and  signification 
of  Indian  names  of  places. 

725  Chapin  (Col.  G.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Sierra  Blanco  Apaches. 

Manuscript.  1011.  4°.  In  the  Library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Collected 
in  18<>7,  at  Camp  Goodwin,  Arizona. 

726  Chappell  (Lieut.  Edward).    Narrative  |  of  a  |  Voyage  |  to  |  Hud- 
sou's  Bay  |  in  |  His  Majesty's  Ship  Rosamond  |  containing  some 
account  of  |  the  North-eastern  Coast  of  America  |  and  |  of  the 
Trib3s  |  inhabiting  |   that  remote  region.  |  By  |  Lieut.  Edward 
Chappell,  li.  N.  |  [One  line  quotation.]  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  J.  Mawman,  Ludgate  Street:  |  By  R.  Watts, 
Crown  Court,  Temple  Bar.  |  1817.  |  BA.  c. 

«  p.  11.,  279  pp.  8°.  map. 

A  short  Esquimaux  vocabulary  (21  words)  ,p.  116.  Appendix'F.  "  A  vocabulary 
of  the  language  of  the  Crec  or  Knisteneaux  Indians  inhabiting  the  western  shores 
of  Hudson's  Bay.  Presented  to  the  Author  by  a  Trader  who  had  resided  Thirty 
Years  in  that  country,"  pp.  256-279.  . 

727  Charencey  (Hyacinthe  de).    De  la  pareute"  de  la  laugue  japonaise 
avec  les  idiomes  tartares  et  am^ricains. 

Paris:  Challamel.  1858.  » 

8°.  Republished  from  the  Annales  de  philosophic  chre'tienue. — Sabin's  Dic 
tionary. 

728  Notice  snr  un  Ancien  Manuscrit  Mexicain  dit  Codex  Telle 

riano-Remensis.  [Signed  H.  de  Charencey.]  » 

In  Revue  Orientale  et  Amencaine,  tome  ii,  pp.  215-219.  Paris,  1859.  8°. 
Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eamcs.     Issuud  separately  as  follows: 

729  Notice  sur  un  ancieu  manuscrit  mexicain,  dit  Codex  Telle- 

riano-Remensis. 

Paris,  Challamel,  1859.  « 

7  pp.  8°.  1  pi.     Extract  from  the  Revue  Orientale  et  Ame'ricaine. — Leclerc. 

730   Elements  |  de  la  |  Grammaire  Othomi  |  traduit  de  1'Es- 

pagnol  |  accompagnes  d'une  Notice  d'Adelung  sur  cette  langue  | 
traduite  de  1'Allemand  |  et  suivie  d'une  |  vocabulaire  compare^ 
Othouii-Chinois.  | 

Paris  |  Maisouneuve  et  C6,  |  Libraires-Editeurs  |  a  la  Tour  de 
Babel.  |  1803.  |  s. 

Pp.  1-39.  8°. 

731  -     —  Recherches  sur  la  famille  de  langues  Tapijualapane-Mixo 
(Mexiquo.) 

Havre,  Lepelletier,  1867. 
15pp.  8°.     Title  from  Leclerc. 
10  Bib 


14G  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 

Charencey  (Hyacinthe  de) — continued. 

732  Recherches  sur  la  famille  de  langues  Am^ricaines  Pirinda 

Othomi. 

Paris,  1867.  * 

10  pp.  8°.     Extract  from  the  Annales  de  philosophic  chre'tienne. — Leclerc. 

733 Des  affinite's  de  la  langue  Basque  avec  les  idiomes  du  Nou- 

veau-Monde,  Par  M.  H.  De  Chareneey,  Membre  correspondant.  c. 

In  Academic  Nationale  (les  Sciences,  Artset  Belles-Lettres  de  Caen,  M<Smoires, 
pp.  204-238.  Caen,  1868.  8°. 

Issued  separately  as  follows : 

734  Des  afflnites  de  la  langue  basque  avec  les  idiomes  du  Nou- 

veau  Monde.  * 

Caen,  1867. 

37  pp.  8°.     Not  seen;  title  from  the  Dufosse'  Catalogue. 

735  Le  Pronom  Personnel  |  dans  les  Idiomes  |  de  la  Famille  Ta- 

pachulane-Huasteque  |  par  |  M.  H.  De  Charencey  |  Membre  Corre 
spondant  de  I'Acade'inie  impe"riale  des  Sciences,  Arts  |  et  Be'.les- 
Lettres  de  Caen  |  [Vignette.] 

Caen  Imprimerie  de  F.  Le  Blanc-Hardel  |  Rue  Froide,  2 1 1868 1  ASG. 

1  p.  1.,  22  pp.  8°.  Extr  ict  from  the  M6moires  do  I'Acade'mie  impcriale  des 
Sciences,  Arts  et  Belles-Lettres  de  Caen,  for  1868. 

736  Essai  de  d^chiffrement  d'un  fragment  d'inscription  palen- 

qudenne.  * 

In  Soc.  Philologique,  actes,  tome  i.  1869-72. 

Notseeu;  title  from  list  of  contents  of  "Actes,"  etc.   Separately  issued  as  folio  ws : 

737  Essai  de  d^chiffrement  d'un  fragment  d'inscription  palen- 

que"enne. 

Paris,  1870.  * 

15  pp.  8°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  Maisonneuve  Catalogue. 

738  Notice  |  -«ur  |  quelques  Families  |  de  |  Laugues  du  Mexique 

|  Par  H.  De  Charencey  | 

Havre  |  Imprimerie  Lepelletier  |  1870  |  ASG. 

39  pp.  8°. 

Grammatic  notes  on  the  Chichimftque,  pp.  1-23;  Pirinda-Othomi,  pp.  23-29; 
Zoque-Mixe,  pp.  29-3'J;  Mam-Huasteque,  pp.  33-3!>;  Californiennes,  pp.  36-39. 

739  Le  Mythe  |  de  Votan  |  Etude  sur  les  origiues  asiatiques  |  de 

la  civilisation  Ame"ricaine  |  par  |  H.  de  Charencey.  | 

Alencon  |  Imprimerie  de  E.  de  Broise  |  Place  d'armes.  |  1871  |   A. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  7-144.  8°. 

Explanation  of  Maya  and  Quiche'  terms  scattered  through. 

740  H.  de  Charencey.  |  Eecherches  |  sur  les  |  LoisPhonetiques  | 

dans  les  |  Idiomes  de  la  |  Famille  Maine-Huastique.  | 

Paris,  j  Maisouneuve  et  Cie.  |  Libraires-Editeurs,  15  Quai  Vol 
taire.  |  s. 
1  p.  1., pp.  1-39.  8°.     Extract  from  Revue  de  Lingnistique.    [1872.] 

741  Essai  d'analyse  grammatical  d'un  texte  en  laugue  Maya, 

Par  M.  H.  De  Charencey,  Membre  correspondaut. 

In  Academic  Nationale  des  Sciences,  Arts  et  Belles-Lettres  de  Caen.  Me"moires, 
pp.  142-161.  Caen,  1874.  8°. 


CHARENCEY.  147 

Charencey  (Hyacintbe  de) — continued. 

742  Essai  d'analyse  grauiinaticale  d'uu  texte  en  laugue  maya. 

Caen,  Le  Blauc-Hardel,  1873.  * 

22  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Leclerc's  Supplement. 

743  Essai  d' Analyse  Grammaticale  |  d'un  |  Texte  en  Langue 

Maya  |  Par  II.  De  Charencey  |  Membra  Correspoudant  de  la  Socie"te" 
Havraise  |  d'Etudes  diverges  | 

Havre  |  Iniprimerie  Lepelletier  |  1875  |  ASG. 

9  pp.  8°. 

744  Essai  de  decliiffrement  d'un  fragment  du  inanuscrit  troano. 

Paris,  1875.  * 

8°.    Not  seen;  title  from  L^roux's  Catalogue,  1879. 

745  Fragment  de  Chrestomathie  |  de  la  langue  |  Maya  antique  | 

par  |  H.  de  Charencey  | 

Paris,  Ernest  Leroux,  Editeur  |  [etc.,  four  lines]  |  1875  |  A. 

Printed  cover,  title  1  1.,  pp.  3-8.  8°. 

746  -        -  Etude  sur  la  prophetic  en  langue  Maya  d'Ahkuilchel. 

Paris,  1876.  » 

8°.    Not  seen  ;  title  from  Leronx's  Catalogue. 

747 Hecherches  sur  le  codex  Troano.  * 

Paris,  1876. 

8°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  Dufosse'  Catalogue. 

748  -        -  Melanges  |  sur  |  Difte"rents  Idiouies  |  de  la  |  Nouvelle  Es- 
pagne  |  par  H.  de  Charencey  | 

Paris  |  Ernest  Leroux,  Editeur  |  [etc.,  four  lines]  |  1876  |    A.  DGB. 

Printed  cover,  half-title  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  5-31.  8°. 

Fragment  de  vocabulaire  Chiapaneque-Francais,  pp.  6-11;  Se'rie  des  noms  de 
uombre  dans  les  idiomes  Tzendale,  Zapoteque,  Mixteqtie,  pp.  11-12;  Fragment  de 
grauiinairc  de  la  langue Qn<51ene,  pp.  12-24 ;  Melanges  surla  laugue  Cakgi,  pp.  24-31. 

749  -        -  Des  Couleurs  |  considere'es  comme  |  Symboles  des  Points  de 
1'Horizon  |  chez  les  Peuples  du  Nouveau-Monde  |  par  |  II.  De  Cha 
rencey  | 

Paris  |  Ernest  Leroux,  Editeur  |  Libraire[&c.,51ines]  |  1877  |  ASG. 
2  p.  11.,  pp.  149-212,  1  1.  8°.     From  Actes  de  la  Socie'te'  Philologique,  tomo  vi, 
no.  3,  octobre  1876. 

750 Les  couleurs  symboliques  upplique>,s  aux  points  de  1'espace 

chez  les  Americaines. 

Paris.  1877.  * 

8C.     Title  from  Leroux  Catalogue,  1879. 

751  Chronologic  |  des  |  Ages  ou  Soleils  |  d'apres  la  Mythologie 

Mexicaine  |  par  |  M.   De  Charencey  |  Membre  Correspoudant  de 
1' Academic  Nationale  des  Sciences  |  Arts  et  Belles-Lettres  de  Caen 
|  [Vignette.] 

Caen  |  Iniprimerie  de  F.  Le  Blauc-Uardel  |  Kue  Froide,  2  et  4  | 
1878  |  ASG. 

29  pp.  8°.     Extract  from  Mdmoires  de  I'Acad^niie  de  Caeii. 


148  XOKTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Charencey  (Uyacinthe  de) — eoutinued. 

752 Des  |  Animaux  S.ymboliques  |  daus  leur  relation   avec  les 

points  de  1'espace  |  cbez  les  Americains  |  par  |  H.  De  Charencey  | 

Paris  |  EruestLeroiiXjEcliteur  |  Libraire  [&c.,  4  lines]  |  1878  |  ASG. 

19pp.  b°. 

753  Etudes   de   paleographie  arnericaine.     Dc'chiffrcinent    des 

Ventures  calculiformes  ou  Mayas.    Le  bas-relief  de  la  croix  de  Paleu- 
que  et  le  MSS.  Troano. 

Alenfon,  De  Broise,  1879.  » 

32  pp.  8°.     Not  seen;  title  from  Leclerc's  Supplement,  1881. 

754  Des  Expletives  Numerates  dans  les  Dialectes  de  la  Famille 

Maya-Quiche.  ASG. 

No  title-page.  48  pp.  8°.  Extract  from  the  Kevuede  Linguislique.  [Paris,  18bO.] 

755  Des  signes  de  numeration  en  maya.  * 

Alencon,  De  Broise,  1881. 

7  pp.  8°.     Title  from  the  Leclerc  Supplement. 

Set-  Cuoq(J.  A.) 

756  Charlevoix  (Pierre  Fran£ois  Xavier  de).     Histoire  |  et  Description 
Generate  |  de  la  |  Nouvelle  France,  |  avec  |  le  Journal  Historique  | 
d'un  Voyage  fait  par  ordredti  Hoi  dans  |  l'Am<§riq  tie  Septentrionale.  | 
Par  le  P.  De  Charlevoix,  de  la  Compaguie  do  Jesus.  |  Tome  Premier 
[-TroisiemeJ.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Nyou  Fils,  Libraire,  Quai  des  Angiistius,  A  1'Occasion.  j 
M.DCC.XLIV  [1744].  Avec  approbation  et  privilege  dn  Roi.  C.JCB. 

:i  vols.  4°.  iimps.     The  third  volume  has  a  different  title-page,  as  follows: 
Journal    |    d'un   |   Voyage    |  fait  par  ordre  du   Hoi   \   dans   | 
L'Ameriqne  Septentrionale;  |  Adresse  a  Madame  la  Duchesso  j  De 
Lesdiguieres.  |  Par  le  P.  De  Charlevoix,  de  la  Compngnie  de  Jdsus.  | 
Tome  Iroisieme.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Nyon  Fils,  Libraire,  Quai  des  August! us,  a  1'Oc- 
casion.  |  M.DCC.XLIV  [1744].  |  Avec  approbation  et  privilege  dn 
Roi.  |  c.  JCB. 

"Onzieme  Lettro"  contains,  p.  189,  a  few  remarks  on  the  Huron  language. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  adds  the  following  imprints: 

-f  A  Paris,  chez  Pierre  Francois  Gifi'art,  rue  Suint  Jacques  a  Sainte  Theresc. 
M.  DCC.  XLIV.  3  vols.  4°. 

+  A  Paris,  chez  la  Veuve  Ganean,  Libraire,  rue  S.  Jacques,  pres  la  rue  du 
PlAtre,  aux  Amies  de  Dombes.  M.  DCC.  XLIV.  Avec  approbation  et  i>rivilege 
du  Roi.  3  vols.  4°. 

+AParis:  chez  Rolin  Fils,  Libraire.  Quai  des  Augustins.  MDCCXLIV.  3vols.4°. 

757  Histoire  |  ct  |  Description  Generale  |  de    la  |  Nouvelle 

France,  |  avec  |  le  Journal  Histoiique  |  d'un  Voyage  fait  par  ordre 
du  Koi  |  dans  1'Amerique  Septentrionale.  |  Parle  P.  De  Cbarlevoix. 
de  la  Compagnie  |  de  Jesus.  |  Tome  [&c.  ]  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Pierre  Francois  Gifl'art,  |  rue  Saint  Jacques,  ii 
Saiute  Therese.  |  M  DCC  XLIV  [1744].  |  Avec  Approbation  &privi 
du  Hoy.  |  BA.  JCB. 

6  vols.  12°.    Vols.  5  and  C  have  title-page  as  follows: 


CHAREXCEY :  HARLEVOIX.  149 

Charlevoix  (Pierre  Francois  Xavier  de) — continued. 

Journal  |  d'un  |  Voyage  |  fait  par  ordre  du  Eoi  |  dans  |  1'Aine" 
rique  |  Septentrio.male;  |  address;'-  a  Madame  la  Duchesse  |  de  Les- 
digniercs.  |  Par  le  P.  De  Charlevoix,  de  la  Corapaguie  |  de  Jesus.  | 
Tome  [&c.]  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Picrre-Fra^ois  Giffart,  |  rue  Saint  Jacques,  a. 
Sainte  Tlierese.  |  MDCCXLIV  [1744].  |  Avec  Approbation  &  privi 
lege  du  Roy.  |  BA.  JCB. 

Vol.  v,  Letter  xii,  contains,  pp.  289-392,  remarks  on  the  Huron  language. 

Sabin't*  Dictionary,  and  Lcelerc's  Bib.  Am.  add  the  following: 

+  Paris:  Nyon.     MDCCXLIV.  6  vols.  12°. 

-f  Paris:  Ganeau.   MDCCXLIV.  6  vols.  12°. 

+  Paris:  Didot.   MDCCXLIV.  6  vols.  129. 

+  Paris:  Didot.  MDCCXLIX.  f>  vols.  12°. 

+  Paris:  Rolin  Ills.  MDOCXLIX.  6  vols.  12°. 

The  "Journal  <l'un  Voyage"  h.is  been  reprinted  in  English,  as  follows: 

753  Journal  |  of  a  |  Voyage  |  to  |  North- America.  |  Undertaken 

by  Order  of  the  |  French  King.  |  Containing  j  The  Geographical  De 
scription  and  Natural  |  History  of  that  Country,  particularly  |  Can 
ada.  |  Together  with  |  An  Account  of  the  Customs,  Characters,  | 
Religion,  Manners  and  Traditions  |  of  the  original  Inhabitants.  |  In 
a  Series  of  Letters  to  the  Duchess  of  Lesdiguieres.  |  Translated 
from  the  French  of  P.  De  Charlevoix.  |  In  Two  Volumes.  |  Vol.  I 

Hi]- 1 

London:  |  Printed    for    R.    and    J.  Dodsley,   in    Pall    Mall.  | 
MDCCLXI  [1701].  |  BA. 

•J  vols.  8°. 

Remarks  on  the  Huron  language,  vol.  1,  pp.  299-303. 

759  Letters  |  to  the  |  Dutchess  of  Lesdiguieres;  |  giving  an  Ac 
count  of  a  |  Voyage  to  Canada,  |  and  |  Travels  through  that  vast 
Coui.try,  |  and  |  Louisiana,  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  |  Undertaken  |  P>y 
Order  of  the  present  King  of  France  |  By  Father  Charlevoix.  | 
Being  a  more  full  and  accurate  De-  |  scription  of  Canada,  and  the 
ncigh-  |  bouring  Countries  than  has  been  |  before  published ;  the 
Character  of  |  every  Nation  or  Tribe  in  that  vast  |  Tract  being  given ; 
their  Religion,  |  Customs,  Manners,  Traditions,  Go-  |  vernme.Jt, 
Languages,  and  Towns;  |  the  Trade  carried  on  with  tbeui,  |  and  at 
what  places;  the  Posts  or  |  Forts,  and  Settlements, established  |  by 
the  French;  the  great  Lakes,  |  Water  Falls  and  Rivers,  with  the  | 
manner  of  navigating  them;  the  |  Mines,  Fisheries,  Plants,  and 
Ani-  |  mals  of  these  Countries.  |  With  reflections  on  the  Mistakes 
the  |  French  have  committed  in  carrying  |  on  their  Trade  and  Settle 
ments  ;  |  and  the  most  proper  method  of  |  proceeding  pointed  out.  | 
Including  also  an  Account  of  the  An-  |  thor's  Shipwreck  in  the  Chan 
nel  of  |  Bahama,  and  Return  in  a  Boat  to  |  the  Mississippi,  along 
the  Coast  of  |  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  with  his  Voy-  |  age  from  theuce  to 
St.  Domingo,  |  and  back  to  France.  | 


150  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Charlevoix  (Pierre  Fran§ois  Xavier  de) — continued. 

Printed  for  R.  Goadby,  and  Sold  by  K.  Baldwin  in  Pater-  |  Noster- 
Ro\v,  London,  17G3.  |  BA.  c.  JOB. 

xvi,  384  pp.  8n.  map.     Sabin's  Dictionary  says  some  copies  have  the  date  1764. 
Remarks  ou  the  Huron  ami  Algonkin  Languages,  pp.  120-124. 

760  A  |  Voyage  |  to  |  North-America :  |  Undertaken   by  Com 
mand  of  the  present  |  King  of  France.  |  Containing  |  the  Geographi 
cal  Description  and  Natural  History  |  of  |  Canada  and  Louisiana.  | 
With  |  The  Customs,  Manners,  Trade  and  Religion  |  of  the  Inhabi 
tants  ;  a  Description  of  the  Lakes  and  |  Rivers,  with  their  Naviga 
tion   and   Manner  of  passing  |  the  Great  Cataracts.  |  By  Father 
Charlovoix.  |  Also,  |  A    Description  and  Natural  History  of  the 
Islands  in  the  |  West  Indies  belonging  to  the  different  Powers  of  | 
Europe.    Illustrated  with  a  number  of  curious  Prints  |  and  Maps 
not  in  any  other  Edition.  |  In  two  volumes.  | 

Dublin:  |  Printed  for  Johu  Exshaw,  and  James  Potts,  in  |  Dame- 
Street.  |  MDCCLXVI  [1766].  |  c.  JOB. 
2  vols.  8°.  maps. 
Brief  remarks  ou  the  Huron  Language,  vol.  1,  pp.  163-166. 

1  have  seen  several  partial  reprints  of  Charlevoix  which  do  not  contain  the 
linguistic  matter. 

761  Chase  (Pliny  Earle).    On  Certain  Primitive  Names  of  the  Supreme 

Being. 

In  Am.  Fhilosoph.  Soc.  Proc.,  vol.  9,  pp.  420-424.     Philadelphia,  1869.  8°. 

Terms  used  by  the  Algoukin,  Cheyenne,  Blackfeet,  Cushna,  Arapaho,  Pawnee, 
Crow,  Iowa,  and  Assiiiiboin. 

762 On  the  Radical  Significance  of  Numerals. 

In  Am.  Philosop'j.  Soc.  Proc.,  vol.  10,  pp.  18-23.    Philadelphia,  1869.  8°. 
Examples  in  several  Indian  languages  from  Riggs'  Dakota  Diet. ;  Haydeu's 
Ethnology  Missouri  Tribes  ;  Gibbs'  Chinook  Jargon;  Rasle  Abnaki  Diet. 

763  Chateaubriand  ( Viscount  Francois  Auguste  de).     Atala,  |  Rene",  | 
Les  Abence"rage-s  |  suivis  du  |  Voyage  en  Anierique,  |  par  M.  le  Vi- 
comte  |  de  Chateaubriand.  | 

Paris,  |  LibrairedeFiriniuDidotFreres,  Filset  Cie.,  |  Imprimeurs 
de  1'Institut  de  France,  |  Rue  Jacob,  56.  |  1857.  |  s. 

2  p.  11.  pp.  1-525,  1  1.  12°. 

Langne<  Indieuuc>s  (Algonkin  and  Huron),  by  Father  Marcoux,  pp.  400-409. 
This  article  does  not  appear  in  other  editions  of  the,  above  work  examined. 

764  Chaumonot  (Pierre  Joseph  Marie).    La  Vie  |  du  |  R.  P.  Pierre  Joseph 
Marie  |  Chaumouot,  |  De  la  Compagnie  de  Jesiis,  |  Missionuaire  dans 
la  Nouvelle  France,  |  ecrite  par  lui-meme  par  ordre  de  son  Su- 
perieur,  |  1'au  1688. 

Nouvelle  York,  )  Isle  de  Manate,  |  a  la  Presse  Cramoisy  de  Jean 
Marie  Shea,  |  M.  DCCC.  LVIII  [1858].  |  BA.  s. 

Pp.  1-108.  16°. 

Voeu  a  la  Saiute  Vierge  de  la  nation  des  Hurous  en  langue  Huronne,  euvoye'  an 
chapitre  de  Chartres  en  1678. 


CHARLEVOIX CHEROKEE.  151 

Chaumonot  (Pierre  Joseph  Marie)— continued. 

The  above  work  was  translated  by  Mr.  Shea  and  printed  by  Munsoll,  of  Albany, 
from  a  manuscript  in  the  Hotel  Dieu,  Quebec.  The  original  of  the  Huron  letter 
belongs  to  M.  Doublet  de  Borsthibanlt,  and  a  French  translation  of  it  is  given  in 
his  "Les  Voenx  des  Hnrons  et  des  Abnaquis  a  Notre  Dame  de  Chartres." 

765  Grammar  of  the  Huron  Language,  by  a  Missionary  of  the 

Village  of  Huron  Indians  at  Lorette,  near  Quebec,  found  amongst 
the  papers  of  the  Mission,  and  Translated  from  the  Latin,  by  Mr. 
John  Wilkie. 

In  Quebec  Lit.  and  Hist.  Soc.  Trans.,  vol.  2,  pp.  94-198.  Quebec,  1831.  8°. 

He  hivs  written  a  grammar,  a  dictionary,  and  a  catechism  in  the  Huron  lan 
guage.  These  three  works  still  exist  in  manuscript,  the  first  has  been  translaled 
into  English  by  John  Wilkie  and  printed. — Ltderc. 

766  Chavero  (Alfredo).     La  Piedra  del  Sol. 

In  Museo  Nacional  do  Mexico,  Anales,  tomo  1,  pp.  353-386.  Mexico,  1877; 
and  in  tomo  2,  pp.  3-4G,  128-130.  Mexico,  1880.  4°. 

767  L.  J.  C.  &  M.  J.  |  Chemin  de  la  Croix  |  et  autres  Prieres  |  a  1'usage 
des  sauvages  des  postes  d'Alba-  |  ny,$avern,  Martin's  Falls,  (Baie  | 
d'Hudson).     [3  lines  syllabic  characters.] 

Montreal :  |  Impritnerie  de  Louis  Perrault.  |  1856.  |  s. 

Pp.  1-63.  32°. 

768  Cherokee.     [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  1836.  |  Cherokee  Al 
manac  |  For  the  year  of  our  Lord  |  1836.  |  Calculations  copied  from 
the  Temperance  Almanac  as  adapted  |  to  the  latitude  of  Charles 
ton.  |  [Design.]  [Eight  lines  Cherokee ;  double  column.] 

Union :  |  Mission  Press :  |  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  [n.  d.]  [One 
line  in  Cherokee  characters.]  BA.  ABC. 

Pp.  1-16.  16°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 
The  issue  of  1854  mentions  one  of  1837;   I  have  seen  no  copy  of  it. 

769  [Two  lines  Cherok'ee  characters.]  |  Cherokee  Almanac  |  For 

the  year  of  our  Lord  |  1838.  |  Fitted  to  the  Meridian  of  Fort  Gibson.  | 
[Eight  lines  Cherokee  characters ;  four  lines  English  verse.] 

Park  Hill :  |  Mission  Press,  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1S37.  |  ABC. 

Pp.  1-24.  16°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

770  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]     Cherokee  almanac  |  For 

the  year  of  our  Lord  |  1839.  |  [Three  lines  Gen.  8, 22,  and  three  lines 
Cherokee  characters.] 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press,  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  [n.  d.]  ABC. 

Pp.  1-31.  10°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

I  have  seen  the  Cherokee  Almanac,  with  but  slight  change  of  title,  for  the 
years  1840,  1842,  1»44,  1846,  1847,  1848,  1849,  1850,  1851,  aud  1852. 

771  -  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  1853.  |  Cherokee  Alma 
nac  |  For  the  year  of  our  Lord  |  1853.  |  [Three  lines  Cherokee  charac 
ters,  and  two  lines  English,  Gen.  8,  22.] 


152  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Cherokee — con  tinned. 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press,  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  [n.  d.]  ABC. 

Pp.  1-36.  16°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

772  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  j  1854.  |  Cherokee  Almu- 

iiac  |  1854.  |  Calculated  for  the  Cherokee  Nation,  Lat.  38°  50'  N.  Lon. 
95°  7'  W.  |  [Three  lines  Cherokee  characters,  and  two  lines  English, 
Gen.  8,  22.]     For  a  part  of  the  calculations  in  this  Almanac  we  arc 
indebted  to  the  |  kindness  of  Benjamin  GreeuTeaf,  A.  M.,  author  of 
"National  |  Arithmetic",  "Practical  Algebra",  &c.  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press,  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters. ]  [n.  d.]  ABO. 

Pp.  1-36.  16°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

773  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  1855.  |  Cherokee  Almanac 

1855.  |  [Three  lines  Cherokee  characters,  and  two  lines  English,  Gen. 
8,  22.]    Calculated  by  Benjamin  Greenleaf,  A.  M.,  Author  of  "Na 
tional  |  Arithmetic",  "  Practical  Algebra",  &c.,  for  the  Latitude  | 
and  Longitude  of  Tallequah,  Cherokee  Nation.  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press,  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  [u.  d.]  ABC. 

Pp.  1-36.  16°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  For  the  years  1856,  1857,  1858,  1H59, 
1860, 1801  the  almanac  appears  with  no  change  of  title  except  in  the  date. 

Cherokee  Advocate. 

See  Ross  (W.  P.),  Editor. 

774 Cherokee  Alphabet.    Cherokee  Baptist  Mission  Press:  H. 

Upham,  Printer.  * 

1  sheet  folio.    Title  from  Ludewig,  p.  38. 

775 Cherokee  Alphabet.  |  ABC. 

No  imprint.  1  p.  4°. 

Includes,  also,  Lord's  Prayer  in  Cherokee  characters  and  "  Interpretation,  with, 
pronunciation  according  to  the  alphabet." 

776  -    Cherokee  Alphabet.  | 

Peudleton's  Lithography,  Boston.  |  JWP. 

1 1.  large  4°.     Lithographed  for  the  Am.  Board  of  Com.  for  Foreign  Missions. 

777  Cherokee  Alphabet.  |  Characters  as  arranged  by  the  inven 
tor.  |  BA. 

No  title-page.  One  sheet.  4°. 

778  [Cherokee  Alphabet,  characters,  sounds,  systematic  arrange 
ment,  &c.]  LSH. 

In  Missionary  Herald,  vol.  24,  pp.  162-163.     Boston,  n.  d.  8°. 

Cherokee  Messenger. 


See  Jones  (lies.  Evan),  Editor. 
Cherokee  Phoenix. 


See  Boudinot  (Elias),  Editor. 


D 


ma. 


^b    me 
\Jiia,       \JKtna, 
qiui, 


VC/H 


d 

J\ 

£>. 


me 


n* 


,,,,, 


rn^ 


^} 


I, 

T£ 


X 
X 


H 
K 


qui 


.1 

r 

V/&" 


0 


mo 


IV 

A* 


]%.« 

1!) 
^t_>» 

Ml 


cx 


Ifc 

M* 

^JL 

\j  miju 

3L 

^^r  gnu. 


o 

^-/  nv 


R 

<r, 


€ 
B 


,-: 


a  w   a  in  Jtither  cr  short  as  a  m  rival 
A  (is    a   if  i   //ale     or  shirt  (U  e  m  -me 
i  as    i  in.   jnque  or  sltcrt  as  i  in  pit 


Sounds  represented  by  vor/els. 


v  as  </;*  in  law  or  short  as  o  unwt 
u   as  M  in,jwlors7wrt.a<iii  in  pull 
v    as  u,    in.    tut,  nasalised, 


Consonant  Sounds. 


y  m-arfy  as  inEnglish,  but  apprcacfiing  to  k.  .  d  nt'orly  as  in  English  tut  appTvaching  ib  t._  \  A  Im.Ti.  i/.s.  l.tr.r,  asvi  £ngUsh. 
SrUafiks  bririnnwy  irithy.  except  S  huff,  sometimes  ffie  power  (f  k<  A.s.<n  are  sometimes  soiauled-to,  tu,  tr;  caiA  syllables  written  irithtt, 

except  a.  ffmetimcs  •ray  'to  ctt 


770 — FAC-SIMIT.E   OF   CHEROKEE  ALPnABET;   REDUCED  ONE-HALF. 


CHEROKEE CHILD'S.  153 

Cherokee — con  tinned . 

779  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  Cherokee,  Primer.  | 

Park   Hill:  |  Mission  Press,  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line 

Cherokee  characters.]  |  1840.  |  c. 

24  pp.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

780  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  Cherokee  Primer.  | 

Park    Hill:  |  Mission    Press,  John    Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line 

Cherokee  characters.]  |  184C.  |  BA. 

24  pp.  24°.     Iii  Cherokee  characters. 

781  [One  line  Cherokee  characters.]  |  The  Cherokee  Singing 

Book.  | 

Printed  for  the  j  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign 
Missions,  |  by  Alonzo  P.  Keurick,  |  at  C.  Hickling's  office,  20  Dev 
onshire  Street,  Boston,  Mass.  |  1846.  |  BA.  GB. 

Pp.  1-8C,  11.,  index,  oblong  8°. 

An  ordinary  school  sinking-book',  the  first  sixteen  pages  containing  instruc 
tions  in  music,  the  remainder  hymns  set  to  music,  the  words  in  Cherokee. 

782  Cherokee  or  Tseloge  Vocabulary. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

783  Chever  (Edward  E.)    Vocabulary  of  familiar  words  used  by  the  In 
dians  of  California.     By  Edward  E.  Chever. 

In  Essex  Inst.  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  65-66.     Salem,  Mass.,  1871.  8°. 

784  -  The  Indians  of  California.    By  Edward  E.  Chever. 

In  Am.  Naturalist,  vol.  4,  pp.  129-148.     Salem,  Mass.,  1871.  8°. 
Numerals,  1-12,  of  the  California  Indians,  p.  144. 

785  Chew  (William).      Vocabulary  of  the  Tuscarora,  from  William 
Chew,  written  out  and  transmitted  by  the  Eev.  Gilbert  Rockwood. 

In  Schoolciaft  (H.  E.)  Report  to  the  Secretary  of  State,  pp.  251-258.  New 
York,  1846.  8°.  This  work  issued  also  under  the  title  "Notes  on  the  Iroquois." 
New  York,  184G.  8°.  Vocabulary,  pp.  251-218.  Reissued,  enlarged,  "Notes  on 
the  Iroquois."  New  York,  1847.  8°.  Vocabulary,  pp.  393-400. 

78C  Child's.    The  |  Child's  Book  |  on  |  the  creation.  |  Flla  I  Holisso  | 
Nana  Moma  Toba  Tok  A  Nan  Anoli  Ka,  |  Kev.  C.  A.  Goodrich  vt 
holissochi  tok  a,  |  Yuskololit  Chahta  im  auumpa  a  toshowrct  fohka 
hoke.  |  Second  Edition  revised.  | 

Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation:  |  Mission  Press,  John  Candy  and  John 
F.  Wheeler,  Printers.  |  1845.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-14.  12 

First  ed.,  1839,  14  pp. — Kyington'a  Manuscript  Dictionary. 

787 The  Child's  Book  on  the  Creation,  [and  other  stories.] 

Park  Hill,  Cherokee  nation:  Mission  Press:  John  Candy  and 
John  F.  Wheeler,  Printers  1845.  BA. 

Pp.  1-159,  1  1.,  contents.   12°. 

This  little  volume  is  made  up  of  fourteen  separate  articles  in  Choctaw,  most  of 
them  with  separate  pagination,  but  only  a  few  of  them  with  title-pages.  The 


154  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Child's — continued. 

following  are  the  titles,  the  English  translation  having  been  taken  from  the 
"  Contents  "  when  not  given  in  the  heading  of  the  article: 

I.  The  Child's  Book  of  Creation,  2d  ed.,  pp.  1-14. 

II.  Bible  Stories,  2d  ed.,  pp.  1-24. 

III.  The  New  Birth,  Atuklant  Vita,  (no  title-page),  pp.  1-16. 

IV.  Hatak  Yoshnba,  Sinners  iu  the  hands  of  an  angry  God,  pp.  1-25. 

V.  Chihowa  [God],  (uo  title-page),  pp.  26-28. 

VI.  I  will  give  Liberally,  Na  Ynkpa,  (half  title),  pp.  1-16. 

VII.  Chitokaka  I  Ntak  [The  Lord's  Day],  (uo  title-page),  pp.  1-4. 

VIII.  Salvation  by  Jesus  Christ,  C'hisvs  Kilurst,  (no  title-page),  pp.  1-6. 

IX.  Representation  by  the  Holy  Spirit,  Hiinona  Vita,  (no  title-page),  pp.  7-13. 

X.  Repentance  necessary  to  Salvation,  Ilekostiuichi,  (no  title-page),  pp.  13-18. 

XI.  The  Resurrection,  Hatak  illi,  (no  title-page),  pp.  18-28. 

XII.  Ai-yimmika  [Salvation  by  Faith],  (no  title-page),  pp.  1-13. 

XIII.  How  do  we  know  there  is  a  God  ?    Chahowa  hvt  asha  ka,  (DO  title-page), 
pp.  13-20. 

XIV.  Haksichika,  Fraud  exposed  and  detected,  (uo  title-page),  pp.  1-9. 

788  Child's  Book  on  the  Soul;  in  the  Choctaw  Language. 

1840.  * 

16  pp.     Not  seen  ;  title  from  Byington's  Manuscript  Dictionary. 

789  Chimalpain  (D.  Domingo).    Cronica  de  Me"gico  desde  el  ano  IOCS 
hasta  el  de  1597  de  la  Era  vulgar. 

790  Apuntamientos  de  sucesos  desde  1064  hasta  1621.  * 

791  Relaciones  originates  de  los  Reynos  de  Acolhuacan,  Megico 

y  otras  Provincias  desde  muy  reraotos  tiempos. 

792  Relacion  de  la  Conquista  de  Megico  par  los  Espauoles.       * 

These  manuscripts  and  original  works  in  the  Nahuatl  or  Mexican  language  were 

in  the  possession  of  D.  Ciirlos  Siguenza  y  G6ngora,  who  lent  them  to  th'3  P.  Fr. 
Augnstin  Betancur  as  the  latter  admitsjn  his  Teatro  megicano.  Sigiienza  placed 
them  with  other  very  valuable  manuscripts  in  the  College  of  S.  Pedro  y  S.  Pablo 
de  los  Jesuitas  de  Mexico  where  they  were  copied  by  Boturini.  I  have  seen  in  the 
College  of  S.  Gregorio  of  the  sa*l  capital  various  loose  quaderuos  of  Chimalpaiu. — 
Beristain. 

793  Compendio  de  la  Historia  Mexicana.     Escrito  por  D.  Do 
mingo  de  S.  Anton.  Muuoz  Chimalpain,  Qtianhatchnarritzin  Indio 
Cacique  Msstro  qui  fue  de  Estudios,  en  Lengua  Mexicano. 

Manuscript  XVII.  cent.  4°.  This  curious  manuscript  contains  a  compendious 
History  of  Mexico,  from  1064  to  1526,  in  the  Mexican  language.  The  author  was 
a  descendant  of  the  Ancient  Kings  of  Mexico. — b'isvher. 

Chimalpopoca  Galicia  (Faustino). 
See  Galicia  (Faustino  Chimalpopoca). 

794  Chinook.    The  Chinook  Jargon  and  English  and  French  Equiva 
lent  Forms. 

In  Steamer  Bulletin,  San  Francisco,  June  21,  1858. 
Unarranged  vocabulary  of  354  words  and  phrases. 

Title  from  Gibbs's  Chinook  Jargou  Bibliography.  For  other  editions  see  Com 
plete;  and  Dictionary. 


CHILD'S — CISNEUOS.  155 

795  Chippeway  Vocabulary.  * 

M.iuuscript  of  the  last  century,  important  and  unpublished.     It  comprises  75 
pp.  in  2  columns  4°. — Leclerc. 

796  Chitokaka  I  Nitak  Holitopa  Isht  Anumpa. 

[No  imprint.     Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation:  Mission  Press,  John 
Candy  and  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printers.  1845.]  BA. 

4pp.  12°.     The  Lord's  Day ;  in  the  Choctaw  language. 

797  Choctaw.    The  Choctaw  Girl.    Written  for  the  American  Sunday- 
School  Union. 

Philadelphia,  [n.  d.]  * 

16  pp.  18°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

Chromtschenko  (V.  S.) 
See  Khromchenko  CV.  S.I 

798  Chronicles  of  the  North  American  Savages.    May,  1835-Sep.,  1835.  c. 

No  title-page,  pp.  1-80.  6°. 

A  periodical  of  sixteen  pages,  the  collation  of  which  I  have  taken  from  Field. 
I  have  seen  four  numbers,  June,  1835-Sept.,  1835  (pp.  17-80),  in  the  Library  of  Jj.ii1 
Congress,  but  am  unable  to  say  whether  its  publication  ceased  with  the  latter 
number.     The  linguistic  contents  of  these  numbers  are  as  follows: 

James  (E.)  Essay  on  the  Cbippewa  Language,  pp.  73-80. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Saw-kee    and  Mns-quaw-ke  Indian  Tongue;    continued 
from  page  12,  pp.  46-48. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Saw-kee  and  Mus-quaw-ke  Indian  Tongue;  continued  from 
page  48,  p.  80. 

799  Church  Litany  of  the  United  Brethren,  in  the  Cherokee  language. 
1830.  » 

12  pp.     Not  seen  ;  title  from  the  Missionary  Herald,  1833. 

800  Chute  (James  Andrew).    Vocabulary  of  the  Delawares  of  Missouri. 
.     In  Maine  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  vol.  4,  pp.  115-117.  Portland,  1856.  8°.    Included  in 
an  article  by  'Willis  (W. )    Language  of  the  Abnaquis. 


See  Lykins  (J.)  and  Chute  (J.  A.) 

801  Cipriano  (Fr.  Salvador).     Libro  de  los  Idolos  de  la  Provincia  de 
Zacapula.  * 

Written  in  the  language  of  that  country.  The  author  sent  it  to  Fr.  Antonio 
Remcsal  and  then  to  Fr.  Juau  Aillon  in  order  to  have  it  translated  into  Spanish. — 
litristain. 

802  Historia  de  la  entrada  de  los  Espauoles  en  Zacapula.          * 

Manuscript. 

803 Hechos  de  los  PP.  Fr.  Luis  Cancer,  Fr.  Bartolome"  de  las 

Casas,  y  Fr.  Pedro  Angulo  en  la  predicacion  del  Evangelic.  * 

Manuscript.  Although  these  two  works  were  united  to  the  first  book,  Libro 
delos  Idolon,  it  is  doubtful  whether  they  wore  written  in  the  Zacapula  language. 
It  is  also  doubtful  whether  the  title  is  dc  los  Idolos  or  de,  los  Indios,  since  Leon 
Pinc'lo  in  one  place  says  the  one  and  in  another,  the  other. — Bfrislain. 

804  Cisneros  (Fr.  Garcia).     Sermones  compuestos  en  Lengua  Megicana. 

Torquemada,  Betancur,  Pinelo,  D.  Nicolas  Antonio,  Wadiugo,  and  the  Biblio- 

teca  Franciscana  mention  this. — lieristaln.  * 


156  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

805  Ciudad  Real  (D.  Antonio).     Sermones  de  Santos  en  Lengua  Maya. 

Manuscript.  4°.     Title  from  Beristain.  * 

806  Gran  Diccionario,  6  Calepino  de  la  Leugua  Maya  de  Yucatan. 

Manuscript,  6  vols.  folio. 

It  existed,  according  to  Dr.  Nicolas  Antonio,  in  the  Libreria  del  Duque  del  In- 
fantado;  part  of  the  original  is  also  preserved  in  the  Con  vent  of  Yucatan.  It  cost 
the  author,  says  Cogolludo,  twenty  years  of  labor. — Beristaiii. 

Celebrated  for  his  learning,  the  Maya  language  found  in  Fr.  Antonio  de  Cindud- 
Real  its  greatest  ornament.  He  dedicated  himself  to  the  study,  cultivated  litera 
ture  in  this  language,  and  wrote  a  largo  Maya-Spanish  or  Spanish-Maya  Diction 
ary,  and  the  Calepino  de  la  lengua  Maya,  in  six  volumes,  more  than  a  thousand 
two  hundred  folds  in  substance,  in  which  laborious  and  delicate  undertaking  he 
spent  many  years  of  continuous  toil  and  study.  He  wrote  in  the  same  language 
a  Cureo  practico  de  oratoria  sayrada  de  los  sail  tax  y  felliradadex  de  todo  el  ano,  and 
besides  these  works  in  the  Yucatec  idiom,  ho  wrote  in  Spanish,  while  secretary 
to  the  fifteenth  comissario-general  of  New  Spain,  a  work  entitled  Tratado  dc  Ian 
grandezas  de  la  Nuera  Espana, 

The  historian  of  Yucatan,  Lopez  Cogolludo,  lias  immortalized,  as  it  deserves, 
the  name  of  Fr.  Antonio  de  Ciudad-Real,  by  simply  stating  his  learned  labors  in 
the  Maya  language.  Hi'  says  of  him:  "He  knew  the  language  of  these  Indians 
[of  Yucatan]  so  thoroughly  as  to  be  the  greatest  master  of  it  which  this  country 
has  ever  known.  As  such  he  preached,  taught,  and  wrote,  with  great  eloquence, 
sermons  for  the  Saints'  days  and  for  the  whole  year.  He  not  only  made  Vocabu 
laries,  one  of  which  begins  with  Spanish  and  the  other  with  the  native  language, 
but  ho  composed  a  work,  so  remarkable  for  its  extent,  as  to  be  designated  Calc- 
pino  dc  la  lengua  Maya.  It  is  in  six  volumes,  of  two  hundred  folds  of  writing  each, 
and  by  means  of  it  many  difficulties  which  present  themselves  in  the  native  lan 
guage  are  explained.  It  contains  all  that  can  be  desired  on  the  subject  of  the 
different  modes  of  speech,  which  are  almost  innumerable,  and  it  is  so  copious  that 
not  one  word  will  be  found  wanting.  It  was  an  occupation  that  cost  more  than 
forty  years  of  labor,  and  as  the  idiom,  though  peculiar  to  this  province,  is  general 
in  others,  the  work  was,  without  doubt,  one  of  the  most  celebrated  given  to  the 
world  in  these  realms." — Carillo. 

807  Claesse  (Lawrence).    The  |  Morning  and  Evening  Prayer,  |  The  | 
Litany,  |  Church  Catechism,  |  Family  Prayers,  |  And  |   Several 
Chapters  of  the  Old  and  New-Testament,  |  Translated  into  the  Ma 
haque  Indian   Language,  |  By  Lawrence    Claesse,   Interpreter  to 
William  |  Andrews,  Missionary  to  the  Indians,  from  the  |  Honoura 
ble  and  Reverend  (he  Society  for  the  Propogation  |  of  the  Gospel  in 
Foreign  Parts.  |  Ask  of  me,  and  I  will  give  thee  the  Heathen  for 
thine  Inheritance  |  and  the  Utmost  Parts  of  the  Earth  for  thy  Pos 
session,  Psalm  |  2.  8.  | 

Printed  by  William  Bradford  in  New  York,  1715.  | 

Second  title  : 

Ne  |  Ornoengene  neoni  Yogaraskhagh  |  Yondereanayen- 
daghkwa,  |  Ne  |  Ene  Niyoh  Raodeweyena,  |  Onoghsadogeaghtige 
Yondadderighwanon-  |  doentha,  |  Siyagonnoghsode,  Enyondereana- 
yendngh-  |  kwagge,  |  Yotkade  Kapitelhogongh  ne  Karighwadagh- 
kwe-  |  agh  Agayea  neoni  Ase  Testament,  neoni  Niyadegari-  |  wagge, 
ne  Kauninggahoga-Siuiye  wenoteagh.  |  Tchoeuwenadenyough  Law- 
ranee  Claesse;  Roweuagaradatsk  |  William  Andrews,  Rouwanha- 


CIUDAD    REAL — CLARK.  157 

Claesse  ( Lawrence) — continued. 

ugh   Ongwehoenwiglme.  |  Rodirighhoeui  Raddiyadanorough   neoni- 
Ahoenwadi-  |  gonuyo.sthagge  Thoderighwawaakhogk  ne  Waliooni  | 
Agarighhowanha  Niyoh  Raodeweyena  Niyadegogh-  |  whenjage.  j 
Eghtseraggwas  Eghtjeeagh  ne  ong-wehoonwe,  neoni  lie  |  siyodogh- 
whenjooktannighhoegh  etho  abadyeandougb.  |  NYHS. 

English  title,  verso  blank,  1  1;  Mohawk  title,  verso  blank,  1  1.,  pp.  1-115,  verso 
of  p.  115  blank,  sm.  4°.  The  Church  Catechism,  a  Morning  Prayer  for  Masters  and 
Scholars,  Evening  Prayers,  etc.,  etc.,  pp.  1-21. 

The  only  copy  I  have  seen,  that  in  the  library  of  theN.  Y.  Historical  Society, 
is  minus  the  English  title,  which  I  have  supplied  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  and 
also  his  note,  as  follows : 

"This  interesting  volume  is  a  fino  specimen  of  Bradford's  printing;  and  the 
impressions  having  been  chiefly  distributed  among  the  Indians,  and  by  them  de 
stroyed,  it  has  become  a  book  of  almost  matchless  rarity.  It  is  the  earliest  Book 
of  Common  Prayer  in  any  tongue  in  this  country.  Mr.  Claesse  is  said  to  be  the 
translator,  but  the  greater  portion  of  it  was  prepared,  some  years  previously,  by 
a  Mr.  Freeman,  a  Calvinist  minister  at  Schenectady,  N.  Y.  In  the  'Hist.  Mag.,' 
i,  14,  it  is  said  to  be  without  date  or  imprint,  which  is  an  error,  the  copy  de 
scribed  being  imperfect.  Some  interesting  particulars  concerning  this  work  will 
be  found  in  Humphrey's  'Historical  Account  of  the  Soc.  for  Prop,  the  Gospel,' 
c.  xi;  Hawkiu's  'Notes';  O'Callaghan's  'List  of  Bibles,'  &c." 

For  other  editions  see  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  1787 ;  Morning  and  Evening 
Prayer,  1763;  Andrews,  Barclay  and  Ogilvie,  1769;  Clause  (D.),  1780;  Nelles  and 
Hill,  1842;  Williams  (Eleazer),  1853,  1867,  and  1875. 

808  Clara  y  sucinta  exposicion  |  del  |  Pequeuo  Catecisino  |  impreso  eii 
el  idioma  Mexicano  |  siguiendo  el  orden  mis  mo  pregtmtas  y  respu- 
esta.s  |  Para  la  inejor  instruccion  de  los  feligreses  |  Indies,  y  de  los 
que  co:nienzan  a  aprender  |  dicbo  idioina.  |  For  un  Sacredote  devoto 
de  la  Madre  San-  |  tisiina  de  la  Luz,  bajo  cuyo  ainparo  la  pone,  j  y  & 
cuya  bonra  la  dedica.  |  Y  a  beneflcio  de  la  gente  pobre  se  expeuder 
it  |  dos  reales  cada  exemplar.  |  Con  las  licencias  necessarias.  | 

Puebla.  j  Oficina  del  Oratorio  de  S.  Felipe  Xeri.  |  1819.  |          JCB. 
3  p.  11.,  11. 1-67.  16°. 

809  Clare  (James  R.)    Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Eskimo,  West  of 
Hudson's  Bay,  collected  by  James  R.  Clare,  York  Factory,  Hudson's 
Bay  Ty. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  consanguinity  and  affinity,  pp.  293-382.  Wash 
ington,  1871.  4°. 

810  Clark  (Joshua  V.  H.)    Ouondaga;  |  or  |  Reminiscences  |  of  |  Earlier 
and  Later  Times;  |  being  a  series  of  historical  sketches  relative  to 
Onoudaga;  with  |  notes  on  the  several  towns  in  the  county,  |  and  | 
Oswego.  |  By  Joshua  V.  U.  Clark,  A.  M.  |  Corresponding  Member  of 
the  New  York  Historical  Society.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol  I  [II].  | 

Syracuse:  |  Stoddard  and  Babcock.  |  1849.  |  BA.  c. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Vol.  1,  Chapter  10,  Reminiscences,  pp.  322-326,  gives  a  list  of  aboriginal  names 
of  lakes,  streams,  and  localities  in  Ououdaga  County,  N.  Y.,  and  vicinity,  with 
English  signification. 


358  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

811  Clark  ( W.  0.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Modoc  of  Southern  Oregon. 

Manuscript.  12  pp.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Itwascol 
lected  iu  1878  at  Yaneks,  and  is  recorded  in  a  copy  of  the  first  edition  of  the  Intro 
duction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages. 

812  Clarke  (Hyde).    Researches  |  in  |  Prehistoric  and  Protohistoric  | 
Comparative  Philology,  |  Mythology  and  Archeology,  |  in  connec 
tion  with  the  |  Origin  of  Culture  iu  America  |  and  the  j  Accad  or 
Sumerian  Families,  |  by  |  Hyde  Clarke,  |  Member  of  [&c.,   three 
lines].  | 

London :  |  Published  by  N.  Triibner  &  Co.,  |   57  &  59,  Ludgate 
Hill,  B.  C.  |  1875.  |  (Copyright  reserved.)  |  HU.  c. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-74.  8°. 

813  The  |  Khita  and  Khita- Peruvian  |  Epoch :  |  Khita,  Hamath, 

Hittite,  Canaanite,  |  Etruscan,  Peruvian,  Mexican,  etc.  |  By  |  Hyde 
Clarke,  |  F.  E.  Hist,  Soc.;  [&c.,  eight  lines].  | 

London :  |  N.  Trubner  &  Co.,  57  and  59  Ludgate  Hill,  E.  C.  | 
1877.  |  WJH. 

Pp.  i-vii,  1-88.  8°. 

Mexican,  Maya,  Othomi,  Misteca,  Huastec,  Pocouchi,  Tarahuniara,  and  Cora 
words,  names  of  towns,  rivers,  lakes,  &c. 

814  Les  origines  des  langues,  de  la  mythologie  et  de  la  civilisa 
tion  de  1'Amerique,  dans  1'Ancien  Monde. 

In  Coogres  Int.  des  Americanistes.     Compte-rendn,  seconde  session,  tome  1, 
pp.  158-169.     Luxembourg  and  Paris,  1878.  8°. 

815  Clarkson  (Matthew).     Words  in  the  Osage  Language. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  4,  p.  275.     Philadelphia,  1854.  4°. 

81G  Clans  (Daniel).  The  Order  |  For  Morning  and  Evening  Prayer,  | 
And  Administration  of  the  |  Sacraments,  |  and  some  other  |  Offices 
of  the  Church  |  Of  England,  |  Together  with  |  A  Collection  of 
Prayers,  and  some  Sentences  of  the  Holy  |  Scriptures,  necessary  for 
Knowledge  and  Practice.  |  Ne  Yakawea.  |  Niyadewighniserage  Yon- 
dereanayendakhkwa  Orhoenkdne  |  neoui  Yogarask-ha  Oghscrag- 
wegonh;  |  Ne  oui  Yakawea,  |  Orighwadogeaghti  Yondatnekos- 
seraghs,  |  Tekarighwageahhadont,  |  Neoni  oya  Adereanayent  ne 
Onoghsadogeaghtige,  |  Oni  |  Ne  Watkeanissa-aglitouh  odd'yako 
Adereanaiyent  neoni  tsi  niyoght-hare  ne  Kaghyadoghseradogeaghti 
ne  wahoeni  |  Ayakoderie"ndarake  neoni  Ahondatterihhoninie.  |  The 
Third  edition,  Formerly  collected  and  translated  into  the  Mohawk 
or  Iroquois  Lan-  |  guage,  under  the  direction  of  the  Missionaries 
.  from  the  Venerable  |  Society  lor  the  Propagation  of  the  Gosp<  1  in 
foreign  Parts,  to  the  |  Mohawk  Indians.  |  Published  |  By  Order  of 
His  Excellency  Frederick  Haldimand,  |  Captain  general  and  Com 
mander  in  Chief  of  all  His  Majesty's  |  Forces  in  the  Province  of  Que 
bec,  and  its  Dependencies,  and  |  Governor  of  the  same,  &c.,  &c., 
&c.  [  Revised  with  Corrections  and  Additions  by  |  Daniel  Claus, 


CLARK CLAVIGERO.  159 

Esq.,  P.  T.  Agent,  |  For  the  Six  Nation  Indians  in  the  Province  of 
Quebec.  | 

[Quebec.]     Printed  in  the  Year,  M.  DCC.  LXXX  [1780].  |          GB. 

Title,  1  1.  Advertisement  and  Contents,  2  11.,  verso  of  second  blank.  Text,  pp. 
1-208.  12°. 

"As  the  number  then  printed  was  sjnall,  and  some  of  the  copies  were  unfor 
tunately  lost,  another  impression  becaino  necessary." — Preface  to  London  edition  of 
1787. 

For  other  editions  of  the  Mohawk  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  see  Claesse  (L.), 
1715,  and  note  thereto. 

817  Clavigero  (D.  Francesco  Saverio).     Sfcoria  Antica  |  del  Messico  | 
cavata  da'  migliori  Storici  spagnuoli,  |  e  da'  manoscritti,  e  dalle  pit- 
ture  antiche  degl'  Indiaui:  |  divisa  in  dieci  libri,  |  e  corredata  di 
carte  geografiche,  |  e  di  varie  figure:  |  e  |  dissertazioni  |  Sulla  Terra, 
sugli  Animal i,  e  sugli  abitatori.del  Messico.  |  Opera  |  dell'  Abate  | 
D.  Francesco  Saverio  |  Clavigero  |  Tomo  I  [-IV].  |  [Design.] 

In  Cesena  M  DCCL  XXX  [1780].  |  Per  Gregorio  Biasini  all'  In- 
segna  di  Pallade  |  Con  Licenza  He'  Superiori.  |  BA.  c.  JOB.  f?> , 

4  vole.  4°.  maps. 
Su  la  lengua  Messicana,  vol.  iv,  pp.  240-247. 

818  The  |  History  |  of  |  Mexico.  |  Collected  from  |  Spanish  and 

Mexican  Historians,  |  from  |  Manuscripts,  and  Ancient  Paintings  of 
the  Indians.  |  Illustrated  by  |  Charts,  and  other  Copper  Plates.  |  To 
which  are  added,  |  Critical  Dissertations  |  on  the  |  Land,  |  the  Ani 
mals,  and  Inhabitants  of  Mexico.  |  By  Abbe"  D.  Francesco  Saverio 
Clavigero.  |  Translated  from  the  Original  Italian,  |  By  Charles  Cul- 
len,  Esq.  |  In  Two  Volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  G.  G.  J.  and  J.  Eobinson,  No.  25,  Pater-nos- 
ter  How.  |  M  DCC  L  XXXVII  [1787].  |  C.  BA.  J3 

2  vols.  4°.  maps. 
Of  the  languages  of  the  Americans,  vol.  2,  pp.  394-400. 

819  Geschichte  |  von  |  Mexico  |  aus  |  spanischen  und  mexicani- 

schen  Geschicht-  |  schreiben,  Handschriften  und  Ge-  |  maiden  der 
Indianer  |  zusammengctragen  |  und  durch  Charten  uud  Kupferstiche 
erliiutert  |  nebst  einigen  critischen  Abhandlungen  |  iiber  die  |  Be- 
schaftenheit  des  Landes,  der  Thiere  und  Bin-  |  wohner  von  Mexico.  | 
Aus  dem  Italienischeii  |  des  Abts  D.  Franz  Xaver  Clavigero  | 
durch  |  den  Kitter  Carl  Cullen  ins  Englische,- 1  und  aus  diesem  ins 
Teutsche  iibersetzt.  | 

Leipzig,  |  im  Schwickertschen  Verlage.  |  1789  [-1790].  |         JCB. 
2  vols.  8°.  map.     Linguistics,  vol.  1,  pp.  269-273. 

820  The  |  History  |  of  |  Mexico.  |  Collected  from  |  Spanish  and 

Mexican  historians,  |  from  |  manuscripts  and  ancient  paintings  of 
the  Indians.  |  Illustrated  by  |  charts,  and  other  copper  plates.  |  To 
which  are  added,  |  critical  dissertations  |  on  the  |  land,  the  animals, 
and  inhabitants  of  Mexico.  |  By  Abbe  D.  Francesco  Saverio  Clavi- 


160  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Clavigero  (D.  Francesco  Saverio) — continued. 

gero.  |  Translated  from  the  original  Italian,  |  By  Charles  Cullen, 
Esq.  |  The  second  edition.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  printed  for  J.  Johnson,  St.  Paul's  Churchyard,  |  by 
Joyce  Gold,  Shoe  Lane.  |  1807.  |  C.  6 

2  vote.  4°.  . 
Of  the  languages  of  tbc  Americans,  vol.  2,  pp.  39-4-400. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  mentions  an  edition:  Richmond,  1806,  3  vols.  8°. 

821    The  |  History  |  of  |  Mexico.  |  Collected  from  |  Spanish  and 

Mexican  Historians,  |  from  manuscripts,  and  |  ancient  paintings  of 
the  Indians:  |  Together  with  the  |  Conquest  of  Mexico  |  by  |  the 
Spaniards,  |  illustrated  by  engravings.  |  With  critical  disserta 
tions  |  on  the  |  land,  animals,  and  inhabitants  of  Mexico.  |  By  Abbe 
D.  Francesco  Saverio  Clavigero.  |  Translated  from  the  Original  Ital 
ian,  |  by  CharL  s  Cullen,  Esq.  |  In  three  volumes.  |  Vol.1  [-IIIJ-  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Published  by  Thomas  Dobson,  at  the  Stone  House, 
No.  41,  South  Second  Street.  |  1817.  |  C. 

3  vols.  8°.  maps. 

Of  the  language  of  the  Mexicans,  vol.  3,  pp.  346-354. 

822 Historia  Antigua  |  de  |  Mtgico:  |  sacada  de  |  los  mejores 

historiadores  Espaiioles  y  de  los  manuscritos  |  y  de  |  las  pinturas 
Autiguas  de  los  Indios;  |  dividida  en  diez  libros;  |  Adornada  con 
Mapas  y  Estampas,  |  E  Illustrada  con  Disst  rtaciones  sobre  la  tierra, 
los  animales  y  los  habitautes  |  de  Megico  |  escrita  por  |  D.  Francisco 
Saverio  Clavigero;  |  y  traducida  del  Italiano  |  por  Jose  Joaquin  de 
Mora.  |  Tomo  I  [-II].  | 

Londres:  |  Lo  Publica  R.  Ackermann,  Strand,  |  y  en  su  estableci- 
miento  en  Mexico:  |  asimismo  |  en  Colombia,  en  Buenos  Ayres,  Chile, 
Pe  u,  y  Guatemala.  |  1826.  |  c. 

2  vols.  large  8°.  maps. 

Lengna  Mexicana,  vol.  2,  pp.  375-383. 

823  Historia  antigua  de  Mexico  y  de  su  conquista,  sacada  de  los 

mejores  historiadores  espaiioles,  y  de  los  mss.  y  piuturas  autiquas 
de  los  Indios.     Traducido  por  Joaquin  de  Mora. 

Mexico,  Lara,  1844.  * 

•2  vols.  am.  4°.  pp.  ix,  285 ;  32t,  2  11.  Not  seen  ;  title  from  Leclerc's  Supplement, 
UML 

824  Historia  aritigua  de  Mejico.    Obra  escrita  en  italiano,  tradu 
cida  por  F.  P.  Vasquez.    Con  inuchas  latninas. 

Mejico.    1853.  * 

4°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

825  —  Storia  |  della  |  California  |  opera  postuma  |  del  nob.  Sig. 

Abate  )  D.  Francesco  Saverio  |  Clavigero.  |  Tomo  I  [II  |.  | 

In  Venezia,  |  M  DCC  L  XXXIX  [1789].  |  Appresso  Modesto 
Fenzo.  |  Con  Licenza  de'  Superiori,  e  Privilegio.  |  c.  ft 

2  vols.  12°. 


CLAVIGEKO — CODICE. 


161 


Clavigero  (T).  Francesco  Saverio) — continued. 

Comments  on  the  Cochimi  Language,  vol.  1,  pp.  110-111.  Paternoster  in  va 
rious  dialects  of  the  Cochimi ;  of  the  Missions  of  S.  Francesco  Saverio  and  S. 
Giuseppe  di  Comoncln,  pp.  264-265;  of  the  Missions  of  S.  Francesco  Borgia,  Santa 
Gertrude  and  Santa  Maria,  p.  265 ;  of  the  Mission  of  S.  Ignacio,  pp.  265-266. 

826  Historia  |  de  la  |  Antigua  6  Baja  California.  |  Obra  postu- 

ma  |  del  Padre  Francisco  Javier  Clavijero,  |  dela  Compaiiia  de 
Jesus.  |  Traducida  del  Italiauo  |  For  el  presbitero  don  Nicolas  Gar 
cia  de  San- Vicente.  | 

Mexico.  |  luiprenta  de  Juan  R.  Navarro,  Editor.  |  1852.  |  c. 

4  p.  II.,  v,  252pp.,  Indice  311.,  large  8°. 

Habitautes,  su  lengua,  arithinetica  y  aflo,  pp.  21-22;  Lord's  prayer  in  Cochimi 
"en  el  dialecta  de  las  misiones  de  San  Francisco  Javier  y  San  Jose'  Comondu," 
p.  110;  ibid.,  de  Borja,  Santa  Gertrudis  y  Santa  Maria,  p.  116;  ifrui.,  San  Igna 
cio,  p.  116. 

Clerke  (Captain). 
See  Cook  (Captain  James)  and  King  (Captain  James). 

Cleveland  (Rev.  William  Joshua). 
See  Cook  (J.  W.),  Cleveland  (W.  J.),  and  Selwyn  (W.  T.) 

827  Coast  Survey.     Report  |  of  |  the  Superintendent  |  of  the  |  Coast  [and 
Geodetic]  Survey,  |  showing  the  progress  of  the  Survey  |  during  | 
the  year  1852  [-1877].  |  JWP. 

Washington:  |  Robert  Armstrong,  Public  Printer.  |  1853  [-1880].  | 
26  vols.  4°. 

Ballard  (Rer.  Edward).  Geographical  names  on  the  coast  of  Maine,  1868,  pp. 
243-259. 

Davidson  (George).    Report  relative  to  Alaska  Territory,  1867,  pp.  187-329. 

828  Coats  (Captain  W.)     The  |  Geography  |  of  |  Hudson's  Bay:  |  be 
ing  the  |  remarks  of  Captain  W.  Coats,  |  in  many  voyages  to  that 
locality,  |  between  the  years  1727  and  1751.  |  With  an  Appendix,  | 
containing  |  extracts  from  the  log  of  Captain   Middletou  on  his 
voyage  for  |  the  discovery  of  the  North  west  Passage,  in  |  H.  M.  S. 
"Furnace",  in  1741-2.  |  Edited  by  John   Barrow,  Esq.,  F.  R.  S., 
F.  S.  A.  |  [7  lines  quotation.]  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  the  Hakluyt  Society.  |  M.  DCCC.  LII 
[1852].  |  BA.  C. 

3  p.  11.,  x,  147pp.  8°. 
Contains,  scattered  throughout,  many  native  names  of  geographic  features. 

829  Codice.     Codice  Anouimo. 

Manuscript.    52 11.  4°. 

The  estimable  parish  priest  of  Tizimin,  D.  Manuel  Lucian  Perez,  has  greatly 
surprised  us  by  sending  us  an  ancient  original  Maya  manuscript,  accompanied  by 
a  letter  of  the  date  of  March  23rd  of  the  present  year  (1870),  in  which  he  says 
among  other  things: 

"I  have  the  pleasure  of  sending  with  this  a  manuscript  book  which  I  have  pre 
served  fur  many  years  as  a  great  treasure,  since  it  treats  of  some  important 
events  with  respect  to  the  conquest  of  our  country  and  especially  of  certain  oc 
currences  belonging  to  the  history  proper  of  the  natives  and  various  other  mat 
11  Bib 


162  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Codice — continued. 

ters.  It  has  the  great  merit  of  antiquity  anil  of  bein'g  written  throughout  in 
pure  Yncatec  of  the  same  epoch  and  undoubtedly  by  the  hand  of  a  native.  The  in 
teresting  literary  periodical  entitled  Revista  de  Merida,  and  its  dissertation  on 
the  history  of  the  Yucatecor  Maya  language,  having  just  come  under  my  observa 
tion,  I  have  seen  the  deserved  euthusiasm  with  which  you  speak  of  the  Perez  Co 
dex,  and  the  reading  of  it  has  convinced  me  that  the  book  which  I  have  the 
pleasure  to  remit  to  you,  contains  much  of  the  first  part  of  the  said  Codex  and  also 
many  other  things  which  the  Codex  does  not  contain." 

This  book,  with  which  the  kindnessof  the  parish  priest  of  Tizimin  has  enriched  our 
cabinet  is  in  pure  Yucatec,  End  is  another  document  agreeing  with  those  which  we 
have  described,  lacking  only  the  delineation  of  ancient  signs  and  characters.  Not 
having  the  signature  of  the  author  we  classify  it  under  the  name  of  Codice  Anonimo. 

The  presbyter,  D.  Eusebio  Barcelo,  now  curate  ad  interim  of  Oxkutzcab,  has  also 
certified  to  the  existence,  to  within  the  last  few  months,  of  a  Maya  manuscript  in 
the  possession  of  a  native  family  bearing  the  name  of  Xiu.  This  manuscript  is 
of  considerable  size,  with  a  variety  of  drawings.  It  would  greatly  gratify  us  if 
the  person  who  now  has  this  book  or  can  give  any  notice  of  it,  would  communicate 
with  us.  In  consequence  of  the  said  book  having  belonged  to  the  family  of  Xiu 
at  Oxkutzcab  and  the  short  distance  of  that  place  from  Ticul,  we  insert  the  fol 
lowing  note  from  a  celebrated  periodical  of  the  year  1845,  which  says: 

"Among  the  curious  notices  which  are  the  result  of  our  incessant  investiga 
tions,  one  of  the  most  interesting  is  on  the  existence  of  an  anc  ient  manuscript, 
the  work  of  one  of  the  most  notable  members  of  the  family  of  Tutul  Xiu,  which 
became  very  illustrious  after  the  arrival  of  the  Spaniards.  And  as  from  the 
powerof  his  family,  its  antiquity  and  traditions,  be  was  perfectly  informed  in  the 
history  of  his  ancestors,  ho  drew  up  a  history  which  began  with  the  first  appear 
ance  of  the  native  tribes  and  reached  to  the  conquest.  The  book  is  in  folio, 
covered  with  parchment ;  it  has  been  transmitted  in  order  of  succession  to  the 
heirs  of  the  family  name. 

"A  few  rears  ago  this  book  was  found  at  Ticul,  and  in  consideration  of  a  real, 
could  be  read  by  any  one  who  desired  to  do  so.  If  onr  illustrious  fellow  laborer, 
Fr.  Estanislao  Cafillo,  could  have  visited  the  town  at  that  time  and  could  have  se 
cured  the  book,  it  is  certain  that  we  would  have  at  least  a  copy  of  that  produc 
tion,  which  in  its  way  would  be  of  great  interest  and  would  render  clear  certain 
matters  which  are  now  the  subject  of  doubt  and  conjecture. 

"Sr.  D.  Juan  Pio  Perez  made  great  efforts  to  obtain  it.  He  spoke  with  many 
persons  who  had  read  it,  but  when  he  endeavored  to  secure  it,  offering  much  more 
than  others  were  accustomed  to  give,  this  precious  manuscript  disappeared. 

"  It  is  very  desirable  that  the  lovers  of  their  country,  her  history  and  past  glories, 
should  devote  themselves  to  discovering  the  hiding  place  of  this  book,  which  re 
mains  hidden  doubtless  because  many  persons  have  given  it  its  due  importance, 
which  is  unknown  to  its  possessors,  and  these  latter,  fearful  of  losing  it,  or  else 
being  imbecile  egotists,  make  a  mystery  of  what  is  so  worthy  of  being  made 
known  and  published. 

"  We  being  very  desirous  to  find  a  book  so  important  from  every  point  of  view, 
charge  all  who  are  interested  in  their  country  to  be  active  in  the  search  for  this 
book,  which  certainly  exists,  if  not  in  Ticul,  in  some  neighboring  town.  If  it  can  be 
discovered,  and  if  the  work  is  such  as  it  hss  been  described  to  us  by  several  persons 
who  have  seen  it.  the  editor  of  this  periodical  will  suitably  reward  the  discoverer." 

We  will  say  in  conclusion,  that  a  manuscript  work  of  the  Chilan  Balam  order, 
which  we  had  seen  and  handled  in  company  with  the  Sr.  Dr.  Berendt,  was  on  the 
way  from  the  town  of  Hocaba"  to  this  city  [Mexico]  where  it  was  destined  for  our 
cabinet.  Through  an  error  the  person  who  had  it  in  charge  consigned  it  to  the 
mercantile  house  of  D.  Pedro  Leal,  the  result  being  the  loss  of  the  manuscript 
and  great  injury  to  the  cause  of  historical  research. — Canllo. 


CODICE GOLDEN.  163 

Codice — continued. 

830  Codice  Chumayel  in  the  Maya  Language.  * 

Manuscript.     1 12  pp.  4°. 

As  Sr.  D.  Juan  Pio  Perez  found  the  TJbro  Divino,  or  "Chilan  Balam"  of  Mam, 
and  other  works  in  various  places  in  the  Peninsula,  so  we  had  the  good  fortnt  e 
to  find  that  of  Chumayel,  a  town  in  the  district  of  Tekax,  or  Surest*  del  Estado; 
hence  the  name  Codice  Chumayel.  It  is  evident  that  in  consequence  of  its  an 
tiquity  and  the  neglect  into  which  it  has  fallen  there  are  some  leaves  missing 
at  the  beginning.  It  is  subscribed  on  page  44  under  date  of  January  20,  1780, 
by  the  noble  Indian  D.  Juan  Joti  Hoil,  who,  to  judge  from  the  character  of  the 
writing,  wrote  the  whole  text,  with  the  exception  of  some  insignificant  intercal- 

ations  in  another  hand. — CariUo. 
A 

831  Golden  (Cadwallader).    The  |  History  |  of  the  |  Five  Indian  Na 
tions  |  Depending  011  the  Province  |  of  |  New  York  |  In  America.  | 
By  Cadwallader  Golden.  | 

Printed  and  sold  by  William  Bradford  in  New  York,  |  1727.  |     JOB. 

Title,  1  p.  1.,  xviii,  119  pp.  12°. 

A  short  vocabulary  of  some  words  and  names  used  by  the  French  authors, 
which  are  not  generally  understood  by  the  English  that  unders-tand  the  JFreuch 
language,  and  may  therefore  be  useful  to  those  that  intend  to  road  the  French  ac 
counts,  or  compare  them  with  the  accounts  now  published,  pp.  xi-xiii. 

832  The  |  History  |  of  the  |  Five  Indian  Nations  |  of  |  Canada,  | 

which  are  dependent  |  on  the  Province  of  New-York  in  America,  | 
and  |  are  the  barrier  between  the  English  and  French  |  in  that  part 
of  the  World.  |  With  |  accounts  of  their  Keligion,  Manners,   Cus 
toms,  Laws  and  Forms  of  |  Government;  their  several  Battles  Mid 
Treaties  with  the  European  Na-  |  tions;  particular  Relations  of  their 
several  Wars  with  the  other  Indians ;  |  and  a  true  Account  of  the  pres 
ent  State  of  our  trade  with  them.  |  In  which  are  shewn  |  The  great 
Advantage  of  their  Trade  and  Alliance  to  the  British  Nation,  |  and 
the  Intrigues.and  Attempts  of  the  French  to  engage  them  from  us;  | 
a  subject  nearly  concerning  all  our  American  Plantations,   and 
highly  |  meriting  the  Consideration  of  the  British   Nation  at  this 
Juncture.  |  By  the  Honourable  Cadwallader  Golden,  Esq;  |  One  of 
his  Majesty's  Counsel,   and   Surveyor-general  of  New-York.  |  To 
which  are  added  |  Accounts  of  the  several  other  Nations  of  Indians 
in  North-America,  their  j  Numbers,  Strength,  etc.,  and  the  Treaties 
which  have  been  lately  |  made  with  them.    A  work  highly  enter 
taining  to  all,  and  particular-  |  ly  useful  to  the  Persons  who  have 
any  Trade  or  Concern  in  that  Part  of  |  of  [sic]  the  World.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  T.  Osborne,  in  Gray's-Iun  MD  CC  XLVII 
[1747].  |  BA.  J('B. 

xx,  204,  283  pp.  8°.  map. 
A  vocabulary  of  some  words,  etc.,  pp.  xv-xvi. 

833  The  |  History  |  of  the  |  Five  Indian  Nations  |  of  |  Canada,  | 

which  are  |  the  Barrier  between  the  English  and  |  Fiench  in  that 
part  of  the  World.  |  With  |  Particular  Accounts  of  their  IMigion, 
Manners,  Customs,  Laws,  |  and  Government;  their  several  Battles 


164  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Golden  (Cadwallader) — continued. 

and  Treaties  with  tlie  |  European  Nations;  |  their  Wars  with  the  other 
Indians;  |  and  |  A  true  Account  of  the  present  State  of  our  Trade 
with  them.  |  In  which  are  shewn,  |  The  great  Advantage  of  their 
Trade  and  Alliance  to  the  British  Nation;  |  and  the  Intrigues  and 
Attempts  of  the  French  to  engage  them  from  us;  |  a  subject  nearly 
concerning  all  our  America!)  Plantations,  and  highly  |  meriting  the 
Consideration  of  the  British  Nation.  |  By  the  Honourable  Cadwal 
lader  Coklen  Esq ;  |  One  of  his  Majesty's  Counsel,  and  Surveyor- 
General  of  New-York.  |  To  which  are  added,  |  .Accounts  of  the  sev 
eral  other  Nations  of  Indians  in  North  America,  their  |  Numbers,. 
Strength,  &c  and  the  Treaties  which  have  been  lately  |  made  with 
them.  |  The  Second  Edition.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  John  Winston  at  Mr.  Boyle's  Head,  and  | 
Lockyer  Davis  at  Lord  Bacon's  Head,  both  in  Fleet-  |  street,  and 
John  Ward  opposite  the  Royal  Exchange.  |  MDCCL  [1750].  |      JOB. 

xvi,  2rt3  pp.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  some  words,  &e.,p.  xvi. 

Vocabulary  reprinted  iu:  Gentleman's  Magazine,  vol.  26.     London,  u.  d.     8°. 
.      p.  403. 

I  have  seen  an  edition,  London,  1755,  which  does  not  contain  the  vocabulary. 

834  The  History  |  of  the  Five  Indian  Nations  |  depending  on 

the  Province  of  New  York.  |  By  |  Cadwallader  Colden.    Reprinted 
exactly  from  Bradford's  New  York  edition  (1727)  |  With  an  Intro 
duction  and  Notes  |  by  John  Gilrnary  Shea.  | 

New  York  :    |  T.  H.  Morrell,  134  Fulton  Street.  |  1866.  |  JOB. 

Pp.  i-xl,  1  1.,  pp.  i-xvii,  1-141.  8°. 
Vocabulary,  p|i.  xi-xiii,  and  125-l~;7  of  notes. 

835  Collection.     Colleccion  polidiomica  mexicana  qui  coutiene  la  oracion 
dominical,  vertida  en  52  idiomas  indigenes  de  aquella  republica. 

Mexico  185!).  * 

Folio.     Not  seen ;  (itle  from  the  Andradc  Sale  Cat.     A  later  edition  as  follows: 

836  -  Colleccion  Polidiomica  Mexicana  |  que  contiene  |  la  Oracion 

Dominical  |  vertida  en  cincuentay  dos  idiomas  indigenes  |  deaqnella 
Republica,  |  Dedicada  |  a  N.  S.  P.  el  Sefior  Pio  IX,  Pont,  Max.  |  por 
la.  Sociedad  Mexicana  de  Geografla  y  Estadistica.  | 

Mexico.    Libreria  de  Eugenic  Maillefcrt  y  Comp.,  |  esquiua  del  Re- 

fugio  v  Pte.  del  Et-piritu  Santo.  |  [Imprenta  de  Andrade  y  Esca- 

lante.]     I860.  |  * 

vii,  52  pp.  fol.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  21.    Leclerc  also  gives 

this  title,  in  brief,  and  adds  contents  as  follows: 

The  seven  preliminary  pages  contain  a  dissertation  on  the  Othomi  language, 
and  upon  several  translations  of  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  that  language  at  different 
epochs.     The  C2  idioms  in  which  the  prayer  is  translated  are  as  follows: 
Californio,  Maxahua,  Serrano, 

Chanabal,  Mazateco  (2  dialects),        Tarasco, 

Chiapaneco,  Mexicano,  Taramnaro  (4  dialects), 

Chihunhefio,  Mixe,  Tepehuano, 


GOLDEN COLLINS.  165 

Colleccion — continued. 

Choi,  Mixteco  (3  versions),          Totonaco  (2  dialects), 

Cuieateco  (2  dialects),  Opata,  Tubano, 

Hnaxteco  (3  dialects),  Otomi  (G  dialects)  Tzapoteco, 

Joba,  Fame  (3  dialects),  Yaqui  (2  dialects), 

Li  pane,  Papagol,  Zoque, 

Mutlatzinca,  Pimo,  Zozil. 

Maya,  Piros, 

Mayo,  Sendal, 

837  Collection.     Collection  |  of  |  Hymns  |  for  |  the  use  of  Native  Christ 
ians  |  of  |  the  Iroquois.  j  Tahkoopehahtawun  kuya  nahmindt  |  Ahni- 
shenapa   Nahkahuioohwenun    |   kabahnekahnootahpeahkiu    |    owh 
Kahkewagwennaby.  | 

New- York:  |  Printed  at  the  Conference  Office,  |  by  A.  Hoyt.  | 
1827.  | 

Second  title  : 

Collection  |  of  |  Hymns  |  for  |  the  use  of  Native  Christians  |  of  | 
the  Iroquois.  |  To  which  are  added  a  few  Hymns  j  in  the  |  Chippe- 
way  tongue:  |  translated  by  Peter  Jones.  | 

New  York:  |  Printed  at  the  Conference  Office,  |  by  A.  Hoyt.  | 
1827.  |  S. 

Pp.  1-45,  1-45,  alternate  Indian  and  English;  pp.  46-54,  English  Hymns.  In 
dian  title  verso  1.  1.,  English  title  recto  1.  2. 

Jones  (P. )  Hymns  for  the  nse  of  Native  Christians  of  the  Chippeway  Nation ; 
also,  several  Hymns  for  Sabbath  Schools  of  Native  Children,  pp.  37-45,  37-45. 

838  -        -  A  Collection  of  Passages  from  the  Holy  Scriptures  in  Latin, 
with  their  corresponding  meanings  in  Mexican  by  an  anonymous 
author  of  the  17th  Cent.  * 

39  11.  4°.     Not  seen;  title  from  Eamirez  Sale  Cat. 

839  Collin  (Rev.  Nicholas).      Philological  view  of  some  very  Ancient 
Words  in  several  Languages.    By  the  Eev.  Nicholas  Colliu,  D.  D. 

In  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  Trans.,  vol.  4,  pp.  47G-509.     Philadelphia,  1799.     4°. 

840  Collins  (Lieut.  C.  R.)     Report  on  the  Languages  of  the  different 
tribes  of  Indians  inhabiting  the  Territory  of  Utah.    By  Lieut.  C.  11. 
Collins,  Topographical  Engineer. 

In  Simpson  (J.  H.)   Report  of  explorations,  pp.  415-474.  Washington,  187(>.  4°. 

Tiie  following  vocabularies  were  collected  by  Capt.  Simpson  and  placed  in 
Lieut.  Collins'  hands  for  examination:  Ute,  or  Utah;  Shoshonee,  or  Snake;  Pi 
Ute,  and  Washo ;  also,  a  few  sentences  in  Ute  and  the  numerals,  1-10  in  I-at. 

841  Collins  (Lieut.  Frederick).    Report  of  a  Survey  of  the  Proposed 
Route  for    an   Interoceanic    Ship-canal   by    way    of   the   Atrato, 
Xapipi  and  Doguado  Rivers,  in  the  Canton  of  Choco,  State  of  Cauda, 
United   States  of  Colombia,  by  the  United  States  Expedition  of 
1S75,  Lieutenant  Frederick  Collins,  U.  S.  N.,  Commanding. 

In  Lull  (E.  P.)  and  Collins  (F.)  Reports  of  explorations,  pp.  55-124.  Wash 
ington,  1879.  4°. 

"Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  the  Canton  of  Choco,  State  of 
Cauca,  United  States  of  Colombia,  obtained  by  Lieut.  Frederick  Collins,"  pp. 
118-121. 


166  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 

842  Collinson   (John).    The  Indians  of  the  Mosquito  Territory.    By 
John  Collinson,  C.  E.,  F.  R.  G.  S.,  F.  A.  S.  L.,  etc.,  etc. 

In  Anth.  Soc.  London,  Mem.,  vol.  3,  pp.  148-156.     London,  1870.     8°. 
Woolua  vocabulary,  pp.  155-156.     Mosquito  vocabulary,  p.  156. 

843  Collinson  (Rev.)     [Table  of  Belationships  in  the  Masset  dialect  of 
the  Haida  Indians.] 

In  Dawson  (G.  M.)    Report  on  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  p.  177.    Montreal, 

1880.    8°. 

844  Coloquios  de  la  paz  y  tranquilidad  Christiana.    Interlocadores  vn 
Religioso  y  vn  Colegial. 

Colophon  : 

Yninamatlomix,  Itla  pan  ytech  colloquies  qui  osmi  pani  xi  huisl  y 
herani  paui  metztl  i  deno  bienbre  Anos  bien  bre  AEinos  D.  1683  Ne- 
huatl  Lorenzo. 

Manuscript  of  the  seventeenth  century,  in  the  Nahuatl  language,  132  11.  8°,  in 
a  very  distinct  hand. — Andrade  Sale  Cat. 

845  Come.    Coine  for  Eternity  urges  you.  0. 

2  pp.  12°.     Tract  in  the  Chippewa  language. 

846  Come  for  Jesus  loves  Sinners.  c. 

2  pp.  12°.     Tract  in  the  Chippewa  language. 

847  Cornelias  (Rev.  Padre  Juan).      Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  living 
near  Santa  Cruz  Mission,  in  Santa  Cruz  County,  taken  by  Rev.  Padre 
Juan  Cornelias,  September,  1856. 

In  Taylor  (A.  S  )  Indianology  of  California;  in  California  Fanner,  vol.  13,  no. 
8.  San  Francisco,  Apr.  5,  1860. 

Reprinted  in  Hist.  Mag.,  first  series,  vol.  8,  pp.  68-69.  New  York,  1864,  sin. 
4° ;  and  in  Powell  (J.  W.)  Cont.  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  535-549.  Wash 
ington,  1877.  4°. 

848  [Commuck  (Thomas).]     Sketch  "of  the  Brothertown  Indians. 

In  Wisconsin  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  vol.  4,  pp.  291-298.     Madison,  1859.  8°. 
Indian  words  [six]  of  the  Narrngansett  tribe,  p.  297. 

849  Compendio  |  del  confessiouario  |  en  |  Mexicauo  y  Castellano  |  para  | 
quo  los  que  ignoren  el  primero  puedaii  a  los  menos  |  en  los  casos  de 
necesidad  administrar  a  los   |  iudigenas  el  Sacramento  de  la  Peni 
tencia.  |  Por  |  un  Sacerdote  del  Obispado  |  de  Puebla.  | 

[Puebla:]     Impreuta  antigna  en  el  Portal  de  las  Flores.  ]  1840.  |  c. 
Pp.  1-43.  8°.    The  Fischer  Sale  Cat.  gives  [Madrid]  as  place  of  publication, 
as  does  also  Sabin's  Dictionary.     Lcclerc  j;ives  Puebla. 

850  Complete.    A  Complete  Dictionary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon ;  to  which 
is  added,  Numerous  Conversations,  thereby  enabliug  any  person  to 
speak  the  Chinook  correctly.    Third  edition. 

Portland,  O..T.    1856.  » 

•24  pp.  24°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 


COLL1NSON — CONGEES.  167 

Complete — continued. 

851  A  Complete  Dictionary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon.    English- 

Chinook  and  Chincok -English.     To  which  is  added  numerous  conver 
sations,  &c.    Third  Edition. 

Portland,  Oregon:  S.  J.  McCorinick :  18G2.  * 

Title  from  Gibbs'  Chinook  Jargon  Bibliography.  For  other  editions  see 
Chinook;  and  Dictionary. 

852  Comstock  (Theodore  B.)     Geological  Report.     By  Prof.  Theo.  B. 
Comstock. 

In  Jones  ( W.  A. )  Report  npon  the  reconnoissanco  of  Northwestern  Wyoming, 
pp.  85-291.  Washington,  1875.  8°. 

Chapter  XV  of  this  report  is  entitled  "Philological  Notes  on  the  Eastern 
Shoshone  Dialect."  It  includes  a  "  Vocabulary  of  two  hundred  and  twenty  words 
of  the  dialect  of  Washakie's  Band  of  Eastern  Shoshones  (located  on  the  Wind 
River  Reservation,  Wyoming)."  To  this  has  been  added  for  comparative  purposes 
a  similar  list  of  the  Comauche  and  Chemehuevi,  from  Whipple  (Pac.  R.  R., 
vol.  3,  pt.  3).  The  vocabularies  occupy  pp.  282-280.  These  are  followed  by 
"Some  Remarks  on  the  Shoshone  Grammar,"  "Table  of  Shoshone  Numerals' 
[1-19]  and  twenty-live  sentences  in  Shoshone,  with  English  translation. 

The  first  edition  of  Jones'  report  (Washington,  1873)  contains  only  chapters 
i-viii  of  Prof.  Comstock's  paper;  these  do  not  include  the  philologic  chapter. 

853  Confesionario  en  lengua  Kahchi,  en  metodo  breve.  * 

Manuscript,  10  11.  4°.  Written  by  a  father  of  the  Order  of  Santo  Domingo,  of 
the  pueblo  of  Taktic,  in  1812.  This  work  was  given  to  me  by  a  priest  of  Taktic, 
a  village  in  which  the  Pocomchi  language  is  spoken  and  which  is  situated  not  far 
from  Cohan.  He  told  me  that  it  had  been  written  by  one  of  his  predecessors,  a 
Dominican  monk  of  Verapaz.  On  verso  of  the  7th  leaf  begins:  Para  administrar 
el  Sacramento  del  matrinionio,  followed,  on  recto  of  8th,  by  numerals  in  the 
Cacchi  language,  and  off  verso  of  8th,  by:  Modo  de  administrar  el  Sact10  del 
Viatico. — Brasseur  He  Sonrbourg. 

854  Confessionario.    Coufessionario  en  el  Idioma  Tarasco,  segun  le  ha- 
blan  el  dia  de  oy  los  Naturales  de  esta  Provincia  de  Michoacan,  y 
un  vocabulario. 

Manuscript  of  1765.     28  pp.  12°.  Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat. 

855  Coufessionario  en  la  lengua  de  San  Miguel  Chicah,  dialecto 

"de  la  lengua  Quiche  de  Rabinal.  * 

Manuscript.    11  11.     Title  from  Brasseur  de  Bonrbourg. 

856  Confessionario  (Fragmentos  de  un)  en  Lengua  Othotni.       * 

Manuscript  of  the  19th  century.  4°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat. 

857  Congres  International  des  AmSricanistes.    Congres  |  International  | 
des  |  Americauistes  |  Compte-Rendu  |  de  la  |  Premiere  Session  | 
Nancy — 1875.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Second].  | 

Nancy  |  G.   Crepin-Leblond  |  Imprimenr  |  14,  Grand'  Rue  Ville- 
Vieille  |  Paris  |  Maisonneuve  et  Cle  |  Editeurs  |  15,  Quai  Voltaire  | 
1875  |  c. 

2vols.  8°. 

Adam  (L.)  Esquisse  d'une  gratumaire  *  *  Chippeways  et  *  *  Crees, 
vol.  2,  pp.  88-148. 


168         .  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Congres  International  des  Americanistes — continued. 

Bretton  (M.  le  baron  de).  Origine  des  penples  do  1'Ame'rique,  vol.  1,  pp.  438- 
449. 

Mallet  ( J. )    Les  Caraibes,  vol.  1,  pp.  394-438. 
Petitot  (Le  B.  P.)    Les  Esquimaux,  vol.  1,  pp.  329-339. 

—    De"ne~  Dindjie"s,  vol.  2,  pp.  13-37. 
Vinson  (J.)    La  langne  basque  et  les  langues  anKSricaines,  vol.  2,  pp.  46-80. 

858  Congres  |  International  |  des  |  Americanistes  |  Compte- 

Eeudu  |  de  la  |  Seconde  Session  |  Luxembourg — 1877  |  Tome  Pre 
mier  |  [Second]  [Design  inclosing :  Luxembourg  |  1877  |  ] 

Luxembourg  |  Victor  Biick  |  Libraire  |  Hue  du  Cure\  |  Paris  | 
Maisonueuve  et  Cle  |  Editeurs  |  25,  Quai  Voltaire  |  1878  |  SD. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Adam  (L.)  Exanien  grammatical  compart  de  seize  langues  ame'ricaines,  vol. 
2,  pp.  161-244. 

Clark  (H.)  Les  origines  des  langnes  de  I'AmeYiqne,  dans  1'ancien  Monde, 
vol.  l,,pp.  158-169. 

Malte-Bnm  (V.  A.)  Tableau  de  la  distribution  des  langues  an  Mexique,  vol. 
2,  pp.  10-44. 

Pipart(J.)  filaments  phone'tiques  dans  les  Ecritures  figuratives  des  anciens 
Mexioains,  vol.  2,  pp.  346-368. 

Remas  (R.  P.)    Prinoipes  de  la  langue  crise,  vol.  2,  pp.  244-253. 

859  Connecticut  Historical  Society.    Collections  |  of   the  |  Connecticut 
Historical  Society.  |  Volume  I  [II].  | 

Hartford:  |  Published  for  the  Society.  |  I860  [-1870].  |  HU.  c. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Trumbull  (J.  H.)    Composition  of  Indian  geographical  names,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-50. 

860  [Constitution.     Constitution  |  and  |  Laws  |  of  the  |  Cherokee  Na 
tion.  |  Published  by  authority  of  the  national  council.  |  [Seal  of  the 
Cherokee  Nation.]  | 

St.  Louis:  |  E.  &  T.  A.  Ennis,  stationers,  printers  and  bookbind 
ers,  |  118  Olive  street.  |  1875.]  |  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-233,  i-vi.  8°.  The  above  is  the  translation  of  the  title  which,  us  is  also 
(he  work,  is  in  Cherokee  characters. 

861  Constitution  |  of  the  |  Cherokee  Nation,  |  formed  by  a  Con 
vention  of  Delegates  from  the  |  Several  Districts,  at  |  New  Echota, 
July  1827.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  BA.  AAS. 

No  imprint.  28  pp.  parallel  columns,  English,  and  Cherokee,  in  Cherokee  char 
acters. 

862  The  |  Constitution  |  and  |  Laws  |  of  the  |  Choctaw  Nation.  | 

Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation  :  |  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  1840.  |    BA. 
Pp.  1-34,  1  1.,  pp.  1-40.  16°. 

Appended: 

ChahtaYakni  |  nan  vlhpisanishkoboka,  |  micha  |  anumpa  vlhpisa 
aiena  Jonathan  Cogswell  vt  |  Chahta  anumpa  atosholi  tok.  | 

Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation :  |  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  1840.  |  BA. 
Pp.  1-40.  16°.    In  the  Choctaw  language. 


S-J&CFJ, 


H.  Dtf  T.  A.  Ki5,  AJSf  DhZWOitBy,  J.bfVJ.aty,  W  JtiMfV  IMDnOA 
118  <6fS  SWOIPT. 
1S7& 

860.—  KAC-SIMILE  OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF  CHEROKEE  CONSTITUTION  AND  LAWS. 


CONGR^S — COOK. 

863  Contreras  (Fr.  Pedro  de).  Manval  |  de  Ad  minis-  |  trar  los  Sane- 
tos  |  Sacramentos  a  los  Espa-  |  fioles,  y  naturak's  'desta  nueiia 
Espafia  |  conforms  a  la  reforma  de  Paulo  |  V.  Pont.  Max.  |  Orde- 
nado  |  porel  Padre  |  Fray  Pedro  de  Contre-  |  ras  Gallardo,  Predioa- 
dor,  y  Guardian  del  Conueuto  |  de  la  Coucepciou  de  Nra  Sefiora  de 
Theoacan,  |  hijo  desta  sancta  Prouincia  del  sancto  |  Euangelio  de 
Mexico.  | 

fl  Irnpresso  con  liceucia,  y  priuilegio.  |  En  Mexico.  |  En  la  Iinprenta 
de  loan  Euyz.  Auo  de  |  1638.  |  JCB. 

LI.  1-147,  3  11.,  unnumbered.  16°.    In  the  Mexican  language. 

An  exceedingly  rare  work,  of  which  ouly  a  very  imperfect  copy  appeared  in  the 
Abb<5  Fischer's  Catalogue.  A  former  edition,  in  Latin  and  Mexican,  was  published 
in  1G'!7. — Ramirez  Sale'Cal. 

804  Conversaciones,  etc.,  in  Lengua  Mexicana ;  and  otber  papers  on  the 
same  language.  * 

27  11.    Not  seen ;  title  from  the  Ramirefc  Sale  Cat. 

865  [Cook  (C.  H.)]     Parts  of  the  |  Holy  Bible,  |  in  the  Pima  Indian 
Language,  for  the  use  |  of  Missionaries  and  Sunday  Schools.  | 

Pima  Agency,  Arizona  Territory.  |  Press  and  Type  donated  by 
James  G.  Baldwin  |  of  Middletown,  Conn.  |  1875.  |  JWP. 

1  p.  1.  pp.,  1-21.  16°. 

The  Lord's  Prayer,  p.  1 ;  the  Ten  Commandments,  pp.  2-3 ;  the  First  and  Great 
Commandment,  p.  4 ;  the  Parable  of  the  Lost  Sheep,  of  the  Piece  of  Silver,  and  of 
the  Prodigal  Son,  pp.  4-8;  the  New  Birth,  the  Great  Love  of  God,  Condemnation 
for  Unbelief,  pp.  8-11;  the  Transfiguration  of  Christ,  pp.  11-12;  the  Rulers  con 
spire  agaiust  Christ,  pp.  13-20. 

Translated  by  C.  H.  Cook,  missionary,  aided  by  Antonitto,  Huau,  and  Huan 
Emanol,  scholars  of  the  Pima  day-school. 

866  [Cook  (Joseph  Winfleld).]    Form  |  for  making  Catechists  |  in  the  | 
Missionary  Jurisdiction  |  of  |  Niobrara.  |  Niobrara  |  Yewicasipi  Ma- 
koce  Obaspe  |  kin  en,  |  Catechist  wicakagapi  woecon  kin.  | 

Yaukton  Agency:  |  St.  Paul's  School  Press.  |  1878.  |  JWP. 

Title,  pp.  2-5  and  2-5,  alternate  English  and  Dakota.  16°.  In  the  Santee  dia 
lect  of  i  he  Dakota. 

867  -        -  [Paul's  Epistles  to  Timothy  and  Titus;  in  the  Santee  dialect 
of  the  Dakotan  language.     By  Eev.  Joseph  W.  Cook. 

Yauktou  Agency,  Dakota:  1878.]  JWP. 

No  title-page.     Pp.  1-26,  printed  on  one  side  only.  8°. 

Prepared  by  Mr.  Cook  and  sent  to  his  fellow  missionaries  among  the  Dakotans 
for  correction.  The  work  has  not  been  published. 

868  -        -  [An  Analysis  of  the  Bible ;  in  the  Yank  toil  dialect  of  the  Da 
kotan  language.    By  Rev.  Joseph  W.  Cook. 

Yankton  Agency,  Dakota:  1879.]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-48.   12°. 

Concerning  the  above  fragment  the  author,  in  a  letter  to  me,  says  that  he  had 
"compiled  the  Analysis  to  the  end  of  the  Old  Testament,  but  the  printing  wa*  cut 
short  at  the  Book  of  Psalms  on  account  of  the  burning  of  the  mission  printing 
office."  No  title-page  was  composed,  and  but  a  few  copies  were  printed. 


170  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Cook  (Joseph  Wintield) — coiitiiraed. 

869 Okna  Hayake  Wakan  Kicunpi  kin  en  |  wocekiye  kin.  |  JWP. 

No  title-page.  1  p.  16°. 

Literal  translation  :  In  vestments  sacred  they  put  on  the  in  |  Prayers  the.  |  t.  e. 
Prayers  in  the  vestry.     In  the  Yankton  dialect  of  the  Dakotan. 


See  Hinman  (S.  D.)  and  Cook  (J.  W.) 


See  Hinman  (S.  D.),  Cook  (J.  W.),  Hemans  (D.  W.),  and  Walker  (L.  C.) 

870  -      — ,  Cleveland  (William  Joshua),  and  Selwyn  (William  T.),  Editors, 
Aupao.  |  The  Day  Break.  |  Published  by  the  Niobrara  Mission. 
"  Wankantanhan   Anpao  kin   hiyounhipi."     Price,   Fifty  Cents  a 
Tear.  |  Vol.  I,  No.  1.     January,  1878.     Address  Anpao,  Yanktou 
Agency,  Dakota.  |  JWP. 

A  four-page  paper,  issued  weekly,  three  pages  of  which  are  in  the  Yankton  dia 
lect  of  the  Dakotan,  and  one  in  English.  It  is  still  in  course  of  publication;  the 
last  number  I  have  seen  is  that  of  Dec.,  1881. 

871  Cook  (Captain  Jam^s)  and  King  (Captain  James).    A  |  Voyage  |  to 
the  |  Pacific  Ocean.  |  Undertaken,  |  by  the  Command  of  His   Ma 
jesty,  |  for  making  |  Discoveries  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere.  |  Per 
formed  under  the  Direction  of  Captains  Cook,  Clerke,  and  Gore,  |  in 
His  Majesty's  Ships  the  Resolution  and  Discovery ;  in  the  Years  1770, 
1777,  1778,  1779,  and  1780.  |  In  three  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  and  II  writ 
ten  by  Captain  James  Cook,  F.  R.  S.  |  Vol.  Ill  by  Captain  James 
King,  LL.  D.  and  F.  R.  S.  |  Published  by  Order  of  the  Lords  Com 
missioners  of  the  Admiralty.  |  Vol.  I  [-III].  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  G.  Nicol,  Bookseller  to  His  Majesty,  in  the  | 
Strand;  and  T.  Cadell,  in  the  Strand.  |  M.DCC.  LXXXIV  [1784].  |  c. 

3  vols,  4°.  atlas  folio. 

Anderson  (A.)  Nootka  words  and  numerals,  vol.  5i,  pp.  335-336;  Vocabulary 
of  Prince  William's  Laud,  pp.  375-376;  and  Vocabulary  of  the  Nootka,  vol.  3,  pp. 
540-546. 

Bryant  (Mr.)  Vocabularies  of  Oonalashka,  Norton  Sound,  Greenland,  and 
Esquimaux,  vol.  3,  pp.  552-553. 

I  have  seen  in  the  library  of  Harvard  University  an  edition  of  the  same  date, 
differing  in  title-page  from  the  above  as  follows: 

872  A  |  Voyage  |  to  the  |  Pacific  Ocean.  |  Undertaken,  |  by  the 

Command  of  his  Majesty,  |  for  making  |  Discoveries  in  the  North - 

.       ern  Hemisphere.  |  To  determine  |  the  Position  and  Extent  of  the 
•  ljHu<~r         \yest  gi(ie  ot-  North  America;  |  its  distance  from  Asia;  and  the  Prac 
ticability  of  a  |  Northern  Passage  to  Europe.  |  Performed  under  the 
direction  of  |  Captains  Cook,  Clerke,  and  Gore,  |  in  his  Majesty's 
Ships  the  Resolution  and  Discovery.  |  In  the  Years  1776,  1777,  1778, 

1  V(f  f  -  1779,  and  1780.  |  In  three  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  and  II  written  by  Cap 

tain  James  Cook,  F.  B.  S.  |  Vol.  Ill  by  Captain  James  King,  LL.  D. 
and  F.  R.  S.  |  Illustrated  with  maps  and  charts,  from  the  Original 
Drawings  made  by  Lieut.  Henry  Roberts,  |  under  the  direction  of 


COOK.  171 

Cook  (Captain  James)  and  King  (Captain  James) — continued. 

Captain  Cook ;  and  with  a  great  variety  of  Portraits  of  Persons, 
Views  |  of  Places,  and  Historical  Representations  of  Remarkable 
Incidents,  drawn  by  Mr.  |  Webber  during  the  Voyage,  and  engraved 
by  the  most  eminent  Artists.  |  Published  by  Order  of  the  Lords 
Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty.  |  Vol.  I  [-III].  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  W.  and  A.  Strahan:  |  for  G.  Nicol,  Book 
seller  to  His  Majesty,  in  the  Strand;  |  and  T.  Cadell,  in  the  Strand:  | 
M  DCC  LXXXIV  [1784].  |  HTJ* 

3  vols.  4°,  and  atlas  folio. 

Linguistics  as  in  edition  above,  vol.  2,  pp.  335-336,  375-376;  vol.  3,  pp.  542- 
548,  554-555. 

Reprinted  as  follows : 

873 A  |  Voyage  |  to  the  |  Pacific  Ocean.  |  Undertaken,  |  by 

the  Command  of  His  Majesty,  for  |  making  |  Discoveries  in  the 
Northern  Hemisphere.  |  To  determine  |  the  Position  and  Extent  of 
the  West  Side  of  North  America;  |  its  Distance  from  Asia;  and  the       ,. 
Practicability  of  a  |  Northern  Passage  to  Europe.  |  Performed  under      5*v  8.    cJbo  t*-^^. 
the  direction  of  |  Captains  Cook,  Clerke,  and  Gore,  |  In  his  Majesty's        ri 
Ships  the  Resolution  and  Discovery.  |  In  the  Years  1776, 1777, 1778, 
1779,  and  1780.  |  In  three  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  and  II  written  by  Captain 
James  Cook,  F.  R.  S.  |  Vol.  Ill  by  Captain  James  King,  LL.  D.  and 
F.  R.  S.  |  Illustrated  with  Maps  and  Charts,  from  the  Original  Draw 
ings  made  by  Lieut.  |  Henry  Roberts,  under  the  Direction  of  Captain  $0. 
Cook.  |  Published  by  Order  of  the  Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Ad 
miralty.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

Dublin:  Printed  for  H.  Chamberlaine,  W.  Watson,  Potts,  [&c.,  7 
lines].  |  M,  DCC,  LXXXIV  [1784J.  |  c.  BA. 

3  vols.  8°.  maps. 

Linguistics  as  in  4°  edition,  in  vol  2,  pp.  335-336,  375-376 ;  vol.  3,  pp.  542-548, 
554-555. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  says:  2d  edition,  London,  1785,  3  vols.  4°,  and  ail  us  folio. 

Mr.  Marcus  Baker  has  furnished  ine  with  the  following  title  from  SokolofFs 
Bibliography  iu  3aniicKii,  etc.,  Journal  of  the  Russian  Navy  Department,  vol.  8, 
p. 411,  St.  Petersburg,  1850,  8°,  and  translation  of  the  same: 

874  nyieuiecTBic  HI  ctsepnuli  THxiii  oueain.,  no  noBi'.rMiim  Kopam  FeopriH  III  npe^RpiflToe, 

,1.111  onpc,]t.icnia  no.io/Kcnin  :aii;uiiuvii  BcperoBT>  CtBepaoH  AxcpiiKii.  pascTOflRifl  minii  mi,  Aain. 
n  B03MOH!iiociD  ckBC|iiiiirn  npovu'i  icn,  lii\arn  El  Ar.iaii  rii'ir.'Fcjii  oiirain,,  0041  na'KuWTBOMi 
KamiraiioBi,  KyK.i,  RiepKa  H  I'opa.  iia  ri.iavi,  lv>unuin  n  .(m-KOBcpii,  BI,  npojoiaieflie  1776, 
77,  78,  79  n  1780  rojoBi.  C>  AHP.I.  r.  .lorrniii  ro.ieiiameBi-KyTyMBi. 

CanKTnerepOypn.  1805  n  1810.  * 

300,  209  pp.  4°.  10  charts. 

Translation. — Voyage  to  the  North  Pacific  Ocean,  undertaken  by  direction  of 
King  George  III,  to  determine  the  situation  of  the  western  shores  of  North 
America,  their  distances  from  Asia  and  the  possibility  of  a  northern  passage  from 
the  Pacific  to  the  Atlantic  ocean,  under  the  direction  of  captains  Cook,  Clerke 
anil  Gore  iu  the  ships  Resolution  and  Discovery  during  the  years  1776,  77,  78,  79 
and  1780.  (Translated)  from  the  English  by  Mons.  Loggiu  Golenitshoft'-Kutuzoff. 

St.  Petersburg.  1805  and  1810. 


172  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Cook  (Captain  James)  and  King  (Captain  James) — continued. 

875 A  voyage  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  undertaken  by  the  command 

of  His  Majesty,  for  making  discoveries  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere; 
to  determine  the  position  and  extent  of  the  west  side  of  North 
America,  its  distance  from  Asia,  and  the  practicability  of  a  north 
ern  passage  to  Europe.  Performed  under  the  direction  of  Captains 
Cook,  Clerke,  and  Gore,  in  His  Majesty's  Ships  the  Resolution  and 
Discovery,  in  the  years  1770,  1777,  1778,  1779,  &  1780. 

Iu  Kerr  (R.)  A  general  history  and  collection  of  voyages  anil  travels,  vol.  15, 
pp.  114-514;  vol.  16  and  vol.  17,  pp.  1-311.     Ediuburg,  1811-16,  17  vols. 
Linguistics,  vol.  16,  pp.  255-257,  285-286;  vol   17,  pp.  300-309,  310-311. 
Extractsfrom  this  work  are  printed  in  Pinkertou,  and  Pelham,  but  they  contain 
no  linguistics. 

876  Cooper  (Dr.  J.  G.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Gros  Ventres  and  Blackfoot. 

Manuscript.    6  pp.  folio. 

877  Vocabulary  of  the  Siksikhoa,  or  Blackfoot. 

Manuscript.    7  pp.  folio.  180  words. 

878  Vocabulary  of  the  Tshihalish. 

Manuscript.    6  11.  folio.  180  words. 

These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

879  Copeland  (Reii.  Charles  C.)     Come  to  Jesus.  |  Chisvs  A  Ho  I  in  Ai 
Vlah.  |  Chahta  anumpa  atoshowa  hoke.  |  By  Rev.  C.  C.  Copeland,  | 
Missionary  to  the  Choctaws,  18C8.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society :  |  New  York.  |     ABC. 
Pp.  1-102.  16°.     In  the  Choctaw  language. 

8  0  Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Chocta  and  Chickasa,  col 
lected  by  the  Rev.  Charles  C.  Copeland,  Missionary,  Bennington, 
Cboctaw  Nation. 

In    Morgan    (L.   H.)    Systems  of   consanguinity  and  affinity,  pp.   293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4C. 

881  Copway  (George).    The  |  Life,  History,  and  Travels,  |  of  |  Kah-ge- 
ga-gah-bowh  |  (George Copway),  |  ayounglndianChu-foftheOjebwa 
Nation,  |  a  convert  to  the  Christian  Faith,  and  a  Missionary  |  to  his 
people  for  twelve  years ;  |  with  a  |  Sketch  of  the  Present  State  of  the 
Ojebwa  Nation,  |  in  regard  to  |  Christianity  and  their  future  pros 
pects.  |  Also  an  Appeal ;  |  with  all  the  names  of  the  chief's  now  liv 
ing,  who  have  |  been  christianized,  and  the  missionaries  now  |  labor 
ing  among  them.  |  Written  by  himself.  | 

Albany :  |  Printed  by  Weed  and  Parsons.  |  1847.  |  C. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  i-vii,  5-224.  8°. 

Hymns  in  English  and  Ojebwa,  p.  11.  3-4;  Songs  with  translations,  pp.  63,  77. 

882  The  |  Life,  History,  and  Travels  |  of  |  Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh,  | 

(George  Copway)  |  a  young  Indian  Chief  of  the  Ojebwa  Nation,  |  a 
convert  to  the  Christian  faith,  and  a  Mis-  |  sionary  to  his  people  for 
twelve  years;  |  with  a  |  Sketch  of  the  Present  State  of  the  Ojebwa 
Nation,  |  in  regard  to  |  Christianity  and  their  future  prospects.  | 


COOK — C6RDOBA.  1  73 

Copway  (George) — continued. 

Also  aii  appeal;  |  with  all  the  names  of  the  chiefs  now  living,  who 
have  |  been    christianized,   and    the    missionaries    now  |  laboring 
among  them.  |  Written  by  himself.  |  Second  edition.  | 
Philadelphia :  |  James  Harmstead,  No.  40  N.  Fourth  St.  |  1847.  | 
Pp.  i-x,  11-158.  8°.    Songs,  pp.  29,  43,  57.  BA. 

883  -  The  Life,  Letters  and  Speeches  of  Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh,  or, 

G.  Copway,  Chief  Ojibway  Nation. 

New  York :  S.  W.  Benedict  1850.  * 

224  pp.  120. 

884 Eecollections  of  a  Forest  life:  or  the  Life  and  Travels  of 

Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh,   or   George  Copway,  Chief  of  the  Ojibway 
Nation. 
London:  H.  Lea,  1850.  * 

256pp.  12°.+London,  1854.  256pp.  12°.     Two  titles  above  from  Sabin's  Dic 
tionary. 

885  —  The  Traditional  History  and  Characteristic  Sketches  of 

the  Ojibway  Nation.    By  G.  Copway,  or  Ka-ge-ga-gah-bouh,  Chief 
of  the  Ojibway  Nation. 

London:  C.  Gilpin.     1850.  »    • 

xii,  298  pp.  8°.    Not  seen ;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

886  -        -The  |  Traditionary  History  |  and  |  Characteristic  Sketches  | 
of  the  |  Ojibway  Nation.  |  By  G.  Copway,  |  or,  Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, 
Chief  of  the  Ojibway  Nation.  |  Illustrated  by  Darly.  | 

Boston :  |  Benjamin  B.  Mussey  &  Co.  |  29  Cornhill.  |  1851.  |  HU.  C. 

Pp.  1-26G.  8°. 

Chapter  x,  their  language  and  writings,  pp.  122-136. 

887  Hymn  in  Chippeway. 

In  Tupper  (M.  F.)     A  Hymn  for  all  Nations  in  thirty  languages,  p.  48.    Lon 
don,  1851.  8°. 


See  Hall  (S.)  and  Copway  (G.) 

888  Corbusier  (Dr.  William  H.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Apache-Mojave,  or 
Yavape;  and  of  the  Apache-Yuma,  or  Tulkepa. 

Manuscript.  54pp.  4C.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  The  ma 
terial  was  collected  at  the  Rio  Verde  Agency,  Arizona,  in  the  years  1873,  74,  75. 
It  is  recorded  in  a  copy  of  the  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  first 
edition,  and  is  enriched  by  many  ethnologic  notes. 

889  [Cordoba  (Fr.  Juan).]     Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Zapoteca,  6  Diccio- 
nario  Hispano-Zapoteco.  * 

Mexico,  Ocharte,  1571. 

4°.  The  Dominicans,  authors  of  the  work,  "Scriptores  OrdinisPrajdicatonun," 
agree  that  the  author  of  this  vocabulario  was  Fr.  Pedro  Feria,  Provincial  of  St. 
Dominic  of  Mexico,  confounding  this  book  with  the  Confesouario  Zapoteca,  which 
was  really  written  by  Feria.  And  D.  Nicholas  Antonio  was  near  falling  info  the 
same  error,  when  speaking  of  the  Confesonario  of  Father  Feria,  he  called  it  Voca 
bulario.—  lieristain. 


174  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Cordoba  (Fr.  Juan) — continued. 

Concerning  this  work,  Sr.  Icazbalceta  writes  me  as  follows: 

I  have  not  seen  this  book,  nor  do  I  know  whether  any  copy  exists.  Of  the 
authors  who  mention  it,  Beristaiu  is  the  only  one  who  gives  the  date  ot  the 
edition  and  the  name  of  the  printer,  Pedro  Ocharte,  1571,  in  4°.  It  appears  that 
Beristaiu  saw  it;  but,  notwithstanding  this,  I  believe  the  date  to  be  an  error,  and 
that  it  should  be  1578. 

Father  Burgoa  (Geogr.  Descrip.,  fol.  255)  declares  that  Father  Cordoba  fin 
ished  the  Vocabulario  after  he  was  relieved  of  the  office  of  Provim-.ial.  This  is 
proved  to  have  been  on  the  7th  of  October,  1570,  and  between  this  event  and  his 
retirement  to  the  Convent  of  Hamechahtiya,  where  he  finished  the  work,  there 
would  not  have  been  time  for  all  that  Father  C6rdoba  accomplished,  much  less 
for  the  printing  of  the  work. 

In  the  license  given  by  the  bishop  of  Oajaca  for  the  printing  of  the  Arte,  dated 
June  8th,  1578,  it  says  of  the  Vocabulario,  "That  it  is  now  printed  in  the  said 
language."  The  license  also  speaks  of  a  Confesonario  breve  which  does  not  appear. 

890  Arte  en  Len  |  gva  Zapoteca,  com  |  puesto  por  el  muy  reu- 

eremlo  padre  |  Fray  luan  de  Cordoua,  de  la  |  orden  de  los  Pre- 
dica-  |  dores  desta  nue  |  ua  Espana.  |  [A  large  cross.] 

En  Mexico.  |  f  En  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.  |  Afio  de  1578.  | 

7  p.  11.  8°.     L.  7  is  a  print  of  Our  Lady  of  the  Rosary.     The  Arte  follows  in  125 

11.,  with  curious  notices  on  the  calendar,  omens,  superstitions,  etc.,  of  the  Zapo- 

tecas;  1  1.  errata  and  1  1.  with  the  following: 

A  gloria  y  honra  de  Dios  |  uuestro  Seflor,  y  de  la  gloriosa 
virgen  Saucta  |  Maria  su  bendita  madre,  seacabo  de  |  Imprimer  este 
Arte  Zapoteca,  |  a  ocho  dias  del  mes  de  Agosto.  |  En  Mexico,  en 
casa  de  |  Pedro  Balli.  Ano  de  1578.  |  * 

Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  99. 

891  Corliss  (Capt.  A.  W.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Lacotah,  or  Sioux,  Brule 
band. 

Manuscript.    50  pp.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

"Notes  made  while  at  Spotted  Tail's  Agency  of  Brule'  Sioux  Indians  on  the 
White  River,  in  Dakota  and  Nebraska,  in  1874. ''  Copied  from  the  original  manu 
script  owned  by  Captain  Corliss. 

892  Coronel  (Fr.  loan).    Doctrina  |  Christiana,  en  Len-  |  guadeMaya.  | 
Kecopilada,  y  eumendada  por  el  P.  F.  loan  |  Coronel,  de  la  Orden 
de  K.  S.  P.  8.  Francisco,  Guardian  del  |  Conuento  de  Ti  Kax,  inuy 
vtil  para  los  Indies.  |  Dirigida  al  Illv8tmo.  S.  Don  |  Fray  Goncalo  de 
Salazar,  del  Consejo  |  de  su  Magestad,  Obispo  dc  Yucathan. 

En  la  Empren  a  de  Diego  Garrido.  |  Por  Cornelio  Cesar. 
[Mexico.]  M.DC.XX  [1020].  |  * 

8°.  Roman  letter.  Title,  reverse  blank.  Between  the  title  and  the  imprint 
is  the  design  I  H  S ;  at  the  left  and  reading  from  below  upward  is:  Con  Licencia; 
and  at  the  right,  from  above  downward,  is:  De  los  Svperiores.  2211.  not  num 
bered,  and  one  appears  to  be  missing,  since,  on  the  title-page,  the  signature  a  i  i  j 
follows.  These  22  11.  contain  the  Doctrina  and  the  Exposiciou.  4  11.  follow  with 
the  "Tabla  de  los  discur-  |  discnrsos  [sic]  y  materias  qne  so  contie-  |  nen  en  este 
libro,  acerca  de  los  Articulos  de  la  Fe."  Dedicatoria,  3  11.  unnumbered.  It  sets 
forth  that  by  command  of  the  bishop  the  following  has  been  clearly  transcribed 
for  printing:  "Unas  platicas  espirituales,  con  la  exposicion  del  Pater  noster  y  de 


CORDOBA-- CORTES.  175 

Coronel  (Fr.  loan) — continued. 

los  articulos  do  la  fo.  La  Doctrina  cristiana  con  su  declaracion;  nnos  ejemplos 
do  hi  Sagrada  Escritura,  y  sobre  los  siete  sacramentos,  con  un  Confesionario  breve 
y  Artc";  tbat  he  had  preached  27  years  in  that  territory,  and  had  taught  the 
language  to  the  priests.  Dated  at  Merida,  January  16th,  1620. 

3  11.,  not  numbered.  Commission  of  the  bishop  for  the  examination  of  the 
said  wi  kings,  17th  of  January,  1620.  Approval  of  Fr.  Francisco  Torralva,  25th 
of  January,  1620.  Approval  of  the  clergyman  loan  Gomez  Pacheco,  27th  of  Jan 
uary,  1620.  License  of  the  bishop,  29th  of  February,  1620.  License  of  the  order, 
9th  of  March,  16:20.  Preface,  which  says  that  he  availed  himself  of  the  works  of 
the  ancient  fathers. 

Maya  text,  11.  1-240  (from  72  there  is  a  break  till  83,  and  from  93  it  returns 
to  81).  Contains:  Spiritual  Discourses  and  predicables;  Exposition  of  the  Pater 
Noster;  Examples  from  the  Holy  Scriptures;  Discourse  on  the  Seven  Sacraments; 
Discourse  for  the  baptized;  Discourse  for  after  marriage;  Devotions,  etc.,  for 
confession  and  communion;  Short  Confesonario,  Spanish  and  Maya;  The  names 
of  kindred  among  the  Indians;  End;  Laus  Deo. 

Title,  notes,  &c.,  communicated  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  who  was  furnished  them 
by  M.  A£.  L.  Pinart. 

Beristaiu  gives  this  title  in  brief,  and  adds: 

Fr.  Juan  de  S.  Antonio,  in  his  Biblioteca  Franciscana,  asserts  that  in  the  library 
of  the  College  of  S.  Buenaventura  of  Seville,  Letter  M,  number  165,  there  exists, 
in  manuscript,  a  Doctrina  Christiana  in  the  language  of  Yucatan,  by  our  Coronel, 
more  diffuse  than  the  printed  copy. 

Fray  Juan  Coronel,  Franciscan,  graduated  at  the  University  of  Alcala  in  Spain, 
went  to  Yucatan  in  the  year  1590,  where  he  learned  and  publicly  taught  the  lan 
guage  of  the  Indians.  He  was  one  of  the  disciples  of  the  Chronicler  Cogolludo. 
He  was  guardian  of  the  Recollect  Convent  of  Mejorada,  and  died  in  one  of  the 
Convents  of  Merida,  in  the  year  1651,  aged  82  years. 

893 Arte  para  aprender  la  lengua  Maya.  * 

Printed  in  Mexico,  according  to  Cogolludo. 

894 Discursos  predicates  y  tratados  espirituales  en  lengua  Maya. 

Mexico,  1G20.  ' 

Printed  by  Garredo  at  the  expense  of  Pedro  Gutierrez. — Beristain. 

895 Catecismo  do  doctrina  cristiana,  en  lengua  Maya. 

896  Confesiouario  6  instrucciones  para  los  nuevos  ministros,  en 

lenguu  Maya. 

The  two  foregoing  titles  from  Carillo,  who  says  they  were  printed  in  Mexico. 

897  Corral  (D.  Felipe  Ruiz).    Arte  y  Vocabulario  para  uso  de  los  Curas 
de  Guatemala. 

According  to  Beristain  this  work  is  preserved  in  the  archives  of  the  Church  in 
Guatemala.  According  to  other  authorities,  Corral  wrote  a  work,  Arte  y  Vo 
cabulario  de  la  Lengua  de  Guatemala,  which  was  printed.  Whether  the  same 
as  that  mentioned  above,  is  unknown. — Squier. 

898  Cortes  (Ileruan).     Historia  |  de  Nueva-Espana.  |  Bscrita  por  su 
esclarecido  conquistador  |  Hernan  Cortes,  |  aumentada  |  con  otros 
documcntos,  y  uotas,  |  por  el  illustrisshno  Sefior  |  Don  Francisco 
Antonio  |  Lorenzana,  |  Arzobispo  de  Mexico.  |  [One  line  quota 
tion.]  |  [Design.]  |  Con  las  licencias  necesarias.  | 


176  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Cortes  (Hernan) — continued. 

En  Mexico  en  la  Imprenta  del  Superior  Gobierno,  del  Br.  D.  Joseph    -L.' 
Antonio  de  Hogal  |  en  la  Calle  de  Tiburcio.  |  Anno  de  1770.  |      BA. 

Frontispiece  engraved  by  Navarro;  preface  9  11.  Viage  de  Hernan  Cortes, 
xvi  pp.  Map  of  New  Spain,  drawn  by  J.  A.  de  Alzate  y  Ramirez,  Mexico,  17(i9; 
plan  of  tile  grand  temple  of  Mexico ;  picture  representing  the  ancient  Mexican 
calendar.  Text  400  pages,  index  9  11.  folio.  The  map  of  California,  which  is 
found  between  pages  3i8  and  329,  was  drawn  in  Mexico,  in  1541,  by  the  pilot 
Domingo  del  Castillo. 

"An  extremely  important  work,  containing  valuable  documents  on  the  history 
of  the  conquest  of  Mexico.  It  suffices  to  say  that  the  three  celebrated  letters 
(the  second,  third,  and  fourth)  of  Feruand  Cortes  are  reproduced  in  this  volume 
in  order  that  one  may  judge  of  its  historical  value,  which  the  notes  of  the  learned 
Archbishop  of  Mexico  further  enhance.  Between  pages  176  and  177,  under  the 
title  "Cordillera  de  los  pueblos  que  antes  de  la  conquista  pagabau  tribute  a  el 
Emperador  Mucteznma,  y  en  que  especie  y  cautidad,"  are  31  pp.  (numbered  32) 
giving  the  fac-simile  of  a  Mexican  book  in  hieroglyphic  characters,  with  the 
transcript- in  Latin  letters,  and  Spanish  translation. 

"This  important  document  makes  part  of  the  celebrated  collection  of  Boturini. 
As  the  title  indicates,  it  contains  the  list  of  the  different  cities  which,  before  the 
conquest,  paid  tribute  to  the  Emperor  Montezuma." — Leclerc. 

Imperfectly  reprinted  as  follows : 

899  Historia  de  Mejico,  escrita  por  su  esclarecido  conquistador 

Hernan  Cortes :    aumentada  con  otros  documeutos  y  notas,  por  D. 
Francisco  Antonio  Loreuzana,  Antiguo  Arzobispo  de  Mejico.     Revi- 

'.},     sada  y  adaptada  a  la  ortografia  moderna,  por  D.  Manuel  del  Mar. 
Nueva  York:  Sres.  White,  Gallagher  y  White.  1828.  * 

Pp.  110, 614.  large  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

900  Cortes  y  Zedeno  (Geronyino  Thomas  de  Aquino).     Arte,  |  Vocabu- 
lario,  |  y  Confessionario  |  en  el  |  Idioma  Mexicano,  |  como  se  usa  en 
el  Obispado  de  Guadalaxara.  |  Compuestos  |  porelBr.  D.  Geronymo 
Thomas  de  Aquino,  |  Cortes,  y  Zedeiio,  Clerigo  Presbytero,  y  Domi- 
ciliario  de  el  Obis-  |  pado  de  Guadalaxara,  Descendiente  de  los  Con- 
quistadores  de  la  |  Kueva  Espalia,  Cathedratico  Interino,  que  fue 
del  Real,  y  Ponti-  |  flcio  Colegio  dc  Sr.  S.  Joseph  de  la  misina  Ciudad 
de  Guadalaxara,  |  y  actual  Substitute  de  dicha  Cathedra,  y  Exami- 
nador  Synodal  de  |  dicho  Idioma  en  el  mismo  Obispado.  |  Quien 
afectuoso  los  dedica  |  al  Sefior  Mayorazgo  |  D.  Buenaventura  Guada- 
lupe  |  Villa-Senor,  Ortega,  Solorzano,  |  y  Arriola,  de  la  Ilustre  Casa 
de  Aragon,  y  Descendiente  de  los  |  Conquistadores  de  Jaen,  y 
Murcia,  |  a  cuyas  expensas  se  imprime.  | 

Con  las  licencias  necessarias :  |  En  la  Imprenta  del  Colegio  Real 
de  San  Ignacio  de  la  Puebla  de  los  Angeles.  |  Afio  de  1765.  | 

7  p.  11., pp.  1-184  (numbered  incorrectly  984),  1  1.  index.  4°.  Not  seen;  title 
from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  23. 

• 

901  Cornna  y  Colludo  (Antonio  de).    Zoque — the  language  spoken  at 
Santa  Maria  de  Chimalapa,  and  at  San  Miguel  and  Tierra  Blanca,  in 


CORTES COTHREN.  177 

Coruna  y  Culludo  (Antonio  de) — continued. 

the  State  of  Chiapas,  Mexico.     By  An  ton 'o  de  Coruna  y  Colludo. 
(Translated  from  the  author's  manuscript  by  J.  A.  Daeno.) 

In  St.  Louis  Academy  of  Science  Trans.,  vol.  4,  pt.  1,  pp.  36-42.  St.  Louis 
1880.  8C. 

Pat?r  Noster  in  Zoque,  p.  37 ;  Vocabulary,  pp.  37-39 ;  A  brief  essay  on  the 
southern  Mexican  and  Central  American  languages,  pp.  39-42. 

902  [Costanso  (Miguel).]     Diario  Historico  delos  Viages  de  mar  y  tierra 
hechos  al  norte  de  California,  de  orden  del  Virrey  de  Nueva  Espana 
Marques  De  Croix  y  por  direccion  de  D.  Jose  Galvaz.    Executados 
por  la  tropa  destinada  a  dicho  objeto  al  mando  de  Gaspar  de  Por- 
tola,  y  por  los  Paquebotes  S.  Carlos  y  S.  Antonio  de  orden  del 
Exc.  Sr.  Virrey. 

Mexico :  En  la  imprenta  del  Gobierno.     1776.  * 

56  pp.  folio.  Signed  D.  Miguel  Costanso.     Printed  for  private  distribution. — 

Sabin's  Dictionary. 

I  have  seen  vocabularies,  printed  in  various  works,  taken  from  the  above,  one 

of  which,  the  Santa  Barbara,  from  a  manuscript  by  Geo.  Gibbs,  is  in  Powell 

(J.  W.)  Contributions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vo'.  3,  pp.  560-565.     Washington,  1877. 

4°.     There  are  also  a  few  San  Antonio  words  in  Mithridates,  vol.  3,  pp.  201, 202, 

205,  taken  from  the  above  work. 

903  An  Historical  Journal  of  the  Expeditions  by  Sea  and  Land 

to  the  North  of  California:  in  1768,  1769,  and  1770;  when  Spanish 
Establishments  were  first  made  at  San  Diego  and  Monte  Rey.    From 
a  Spanish  MS.,  translated  by  William  Kevely,  Esq.    Published  by 
A.  Dairy  mple. 

London:  George  Bigg.     1790.  » 

76  pp.  4°.  2  maps.  Not  seen ;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  which  says  it  is 
probably  a  translation  of  Diario  Historico. 

904  Cotheal  (Alexander  I.)    A  Grammatical  Sketch  of  the  Language 
spoken  by  the  Indians  of  the  Mosquito  Shore.  By  Alexander  I.  Cotheal. 

In  Am.  Bth.  Soc.  Trans.,  vol.  2,  pp.  235-264.  New  York,  1848.  8°. 

Grammar  of  the  Mosquito  Indians,  pp.  237-256;  Lord's  Prayer  and  Introduction 
to  the  Ten  Commandments,  with  interlinear  translation,  p.  257  ;  Vocabulary,  pp. 
257-264. 

Probably  issued  separately  ;  see  next  title. 

905  A  Grammatical  Sketch  of  the  Language  spoken  by  the  In 
dians  of  the  Mosquito  Shore.  * 

N.  p.,n.  d.  8°.     Not  seen  ;  title  from  Sabiu's  Dictionary. 

906  Cothren  (William).     History  |  of  |  Ancient  Woodbury,  |  Connecti 
cut,  |  from  |  the  First  Indian  Deed  in  1659  to  1854,  |  including  the  | 
Present  Towns  of  Washington,  Southbury,  Bethlem,  Eoxbury,  |  and 
a  part  of  Oxford  and  Middlebury.  |  By  William  Cothren.  |  Volume 
I  [-HI].  |  [Quotation,  8  lines.]  |  Waterbury,  Conn.:  |  Published  by 
Bronson  Brothers.  |  1854  [-1879].  |  A.  c.  T.  w. 

3  vols.  8°. 

List  of  principal  Pootatucks,  vol.  1,  pp.  94-96;  Names  of  places  and  significa 
tions,  vol.  2,  pp.  877. 
12  Bib 


178  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

907  Goto  (Pe.  F.  Thomas).     Vocabulario  |  De  la  Leugua  cakehiquel,  v, 
Guatimalteca  |  .Nueuameute  hecho  y  recopilado  con  suinmo  estu- 
dio  |  trauajo  y  erudiciou  por  el  P.e  P.  Thomas  Goto,  Pre  |  dicador  y 
Padre  de  esta  Prouj.8  de  el  S.  S.mo  Nobre  |  de  Jesus  de  Guatimala. 
En  que  se  contieuen  |  todos  los  inodos  y  frases  elegantes  conqne 
los  |  Naturales  la  hablan  y  d.  q.  se  puedeii  valer  |  los  Ministros  estu- 
diossos  para  su  mejor  |  educacion  y  ensenanza.  * 

Manuscript,  476  11.  folio,  iu  the  library  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society, 
Philadelphia. 

Title  taken  from  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton's  article  in  the  American  Journal  Science 
and  Arts,  v.  7,  pp.  2^2-230,  where  he  describes  it  as  follows: 

This  dictionary  is  a  splendid  testimonial  to  the  zeal  and  scholarship  of  the 
Franciscan  missionaries.  The  pages  are  large,  with  double  columns,  37  lines  to 
a  page,  written  quite  distinctly,  though  here  and  there  the  ink  has  faded  so  that 
it  is  difficult  to  read.  The  first  15  pages  are  handsomely  written  in  imitation  of 
printed  letters.  The  characters  of  Parra  are  adopted  for  the  five  peculiar  sounds. 
Unfortunately,  the  copy  is  incomplete,  ending  with  the  word  vendible.  As  it  is 
exclusively  Spanish  and  Cakchiquel,  it  complements  the  Cakchiquel  and  Spanish 
Calepino  of  Varea. 

It  should  be  observed  that  the  letter  C  is  wrongly  bound  so  that  the  latter  part 
of  it  comes  first,  and  several  other  letters  do  not  seem  to  have  been  finished. 
This  copy  appears  to  date  from  early  iu  the  last  century,  and  is  unique  so  far  as  I 
know.  Coto  was  a  native  of  Guatemala  and  lived  in  the  latter  part  of  the  17th 
century.  Mr.  Squier  gives  under  his  name  only  one  title  "Thesaurus  Verborum; 
6  Frases  y  Elegancias  de  la  Lengua  de  Guatemala;"  which,  probably,  is  the  same 
work  as  the  above.  It  is  peculiarly  valuable,  not  only  for  the  linguistic  material 
it  contains,  but  for  the  light  it  throws  on  numerous  customs  of  the  natives,  on  the 
botany  and  zoology  of  the  country,  and  for  its  quotations  of  manuscript  works  iu 
Cakchiquel.  Coto's  principal  authorities  are  Father  Francisco  Maldonado's  ser 
mons  in  that  tongue,  those  of  Father  Antonio  Saz  (de  san  Joachim,  de  la  visita- 
cion,  de  la  asuneiou,  de  la  concepcion,  manual  en  la  lengua,  and  others,  none  of 
them  mentioned  by  Mr.  Squier  or  Pimentel),  Father  Domingo  Vico,  bishop  of 
Chiapas,  and  the  "  calepino  "  of  Varea. 

908  Thesaurus  Verborum:  6  Frases  y  elegancias  de  la  Lengua 

de  Guatemala.  * 

Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  principal  convent. — Beristain. 

909  Cotton  (Josiah).      Vocabulary  of  the  Massachusetts  (or  Natick) 
Indian  Language.    By  Josiah  Cotton.     [Edited  by  John  Pickering.] 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  third  series,  vol.  2,  pp.  147-257.  Cambridge, 
1830.  8°. 

"  Advertisement "  (which  includes  "  Notice  of  the  Manuscript ;  with  remarks  on 
the  Author's  Orthography  and  the  Pronunciation  of  the  Language",  signed  J.  P.), 
pp.  147-149;  Vocabulary,  155-243;  Appendix,  244-257. 

The  words  of  the  vocabulary  are  grouped  or  classified,  having  such  headings 
as  "Of  Arts,"  "Of  Beasts,"  "Of  Rational  Creatures,"  &c.;  "Adjectives,' 
"Verbs,"  "Imperative  Mood,"  "Participles,"  "The  Creed,"  "A  talk  between 
two,"  "Adverbs,"  "Pronouns,"  "Sentences,"  and  "A  Dialogue";  it  also  contains 
a  letter,  the  Natick  version  being  signed  Jno.  Nemumiu. 

The  Appendix  contains  "Examples  from  the  Indian  Primer"  (Eliot's),  words 
of  from  one  to  fifteen  syllables;  two  versions  of  the  Lord's  Prayer  from  Eliot's 
Bible,  and  two  from  the  Indian  Primer;  the  Ten  Commandments,  from  the 
Primer;  "A  Sermon  preached  by  Josiah  Cotton  to  the  Massachusetts  Indians  in 


GOTO — COUET   DE    GEBELIN.  17i) 

Cotton  (Josiah) — continued. 

1710" ;  and  "  Extracts  from  a  Sermon  in  English  and  Indian,  the  English  part  be 
ing  in  the  band- writing  of  Josiah  Cotton,  and  the  Indian  in  that  of  his  father, 
John  Cotton." 

The  above  vocabulary  though  written,  according  to  the  statement  of  the  edi 
tor,  in  1707-'8,  was  printed  here  for  the  first  time.  It  was  issued  also  separately, 
with  title-page  as  follows: 

910  Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Massachusetts  ( or  Natick )  |  Indian 

Language.  |  By  Josiah  Cotton.  | 

Cambridge:  |  Printed  by  B.  W.  Metcalf  and  Company.  |  1829.  |  c. 
Pp.  1-112.  8°.    Contents  as  above.    Some  copies  with  same  title  are  paged  147- 
257. 

911  Coulter  (Dr.  John).     [Vocabularies  of  California  Indians.] 

In  Scouler  (J.)  Observations  of  the  Indian  Tribes  of  the  N.  W.  Coast;  in 
Royal  Geog.  Soc.  Jonr.,  vol.  ii,  pp.  215-251. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Pima;  San  Diego;  San  Juan  Capistrauo;  San  Gabriel; 
San  Luis  Obispo;  San  Antonio. 

912  Court  de  Gebelin  (Antoine  de).     Monde  Primitif,  |  analyse"  et  com 
pare"  |  avec  le  Monde  Moderne,  |  considere  |  dans  son  genie  allego- 
riqne  |  et  dans  les  allegories  |  auxquelles  conduisit  ce  genie ;  |  pre 
cede  |  du  plan  general  |  des  diverses  parties  qui  composeront  |  ce 
monde  primitif:  |  Avec  des  Figures  en  Taille-douce.  |  Par  M.  Court 
de  Gebelin,  |  De  la  Societe  Econom.  de  Berne,  des  Academies  Ro- 
yales  de  la  Rochelle  |  &  de  Dijon,  de  la  Societe"  Libre  d'fimulation  de 
France.  |  Nonvelle  Edition.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  L'Auteur,  rue  Poupe"e,  Maison  de  M.  Boucher, 
Secretaire  du  Roi.  |  Boudet,  Imprimeur-Libraire,  rue  Saint  Jac 
ques.  |  Valleyre  1'aine,  Imprimeur-Libraire,  rue  de  la  vieille  Bou- 
clerie.  |  Veuve  Duchesne,  Libraire,  rue  Saint  Jacques.  |  Saugrain, 
Libraire,  quai  des  Augustins.  |  Ruault,  Libraire,  rue  de  la  Harpe.  | 
M.DCC.LXXVI1  [-M.  DCC.LXXXIl]  [1777-1782].  |  Avec  Appro 
bation  et  privilege  du  Roi.  | 

9  vols.  8°. 

The  above  is  the  title  of  vol.  1,  Monde  Primitif.  Each  of  the  9  vols.  has  its  own 
title,  that  of  vol.  8,  the  only  one  containing  North  American  linguistics,  being  as 
follows: 

913  Monde   Primitif,  |  analyse    et   compare  |  avec   le  Monde 

Moderne,  |  considere  |  Dans  divers  Objects  concernant  1'Histoire,  le 
Blason,  les  Mon-  |  noies,  les  Jeux,  les  Voyages  des  Pheuicieus  autour 
du  |  Monde,  les  Langues  Ame"ricaines,  &c.  |  ou  |  Dissertations  Me- 
le"es.  |  Tome  Premier,  |  1'emplies  de  Decouvertes  interessantes ;  | 
Avec  une  Carte,  des  Planches,  &  un  Monument  d'Ame>ique.  |  Par 
M.  Court  de  Gebelin,  |  de  diverses  Academies,  Ceuseur  Royal.  | 
[Design.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  L'Auteur,  rue  Poupde,  Maison  de  M.  Boucher, 
Secretaire  du  Roi.  |  Valeyre  Paine,  Imprimeur-Libraire,  rue  de 


180  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Court  de  Gebelin  (Autoine  de) — continued. 

la    vieille    Bouclerie.   |  Sorin,    Libraire,    rue    Saint    Jacques.   | 
M.   DCC.   LXXXI   [1781].    |    Avec    approbation    et    privilege  du 
Koi.  |  c. 

Essai  surles  rapports  des  mots,  eutre  leslangues  du  Nouveau  Moude  et  celles  de 
l'Aneien,pp.  489-560,  contains: 

Langue  des  Esquimaux  et  des  Groenlandois  (with  vocabulary),  pp.  493-498. 

Langue  du  Canada  (including  vocabularies  from  Vincent,  Lafitau,  Sagard, 
and  Lahontau),  pp.  499-504. 

Langues  des  Caraibes  &  de  Galibis  (with  vocabularies),  pp.  504-514. 

Laugue  des  Abenaquis,  pp.  514-515. 

Langue  des  Virginiens,  pp.  515-520. 

Laugue  des  Chipeway  et  des  Naudowessies,  pp.  520-523. 

Langue  de  Ppnsylvanie,  p.  523. 

Langue  Mexicaine,  pp.  523-525. 

Langue  de  Californie,  pp.  553-555. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  gives  first  edition:  Paris,  Boudet,  1775,  9  vols.  4°. 

914  Cox  (Ross).    Adventures  |  on  the  |  Columbia  Eiver,  |  including  | 
the  Narrative  of  a  Residence  |  of  Six  Years  on  the  Western  side  of  j 
the  Rocky  Mountains,  |  among  |  Various  Tribes  of  Indians  |  hitherto 
unknown :  |  together  with  |  a  Journey  across  the  American  Conti 
nent.  |  By  Ross  Cox.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Ilenry  Colburu  and  Richard  Bentley,  |  New  Burling 
ton  Street.  |  1831.  |  BA. 

a  vols.  8°. 

Numerals,  1-"0,  and  a  few  words  and  phrases  of  the  "natives  who  reside  about 
the  mouth  of  the  Columbia,"  vol.  2,  p.  134. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  gives  second  edition  :  London,  1832. 

915  -     —  Adventures  |  on  the  |  Columbia  River,  |  including  |  the  Nar 
rative  of  a  Residence  |  of  Six  Years  on  the  Western  Side  of  |  the 
Rocky   Mountains,  |  among  |  Various  Tribes  of  Indians  |  hitherto 
unknown:  |  together  with  |  a  Journey  Across  the  American  Couti- 
tent.  |  By  Ross  Cox.  [ 

New  York:  |  Printed  and  published  by  J.  &  J.  Harper,  82  Cliff, 
Street.  |  And  sold  by  the  Principal  Booksellers  throughout  the 
United  States.  |  1832.  \  HU.  c. 

Pp.  i-xv,  25-:!35.  8°. 

Numerals  (1-20)  and  a  few  words  and  phrases  of  "the  natives  who  live  about 
i he  mouth  of  the  Columbia,"  pp.  225-226. 

910  Coxe  (William).    Account  |  of  the  Russian  Discoveries  |  between  | 
Asia  and  America.  |  To  which  are  added  |  The  Conquest  of  Siberia,  | 
and  |  the   History  of  the  Transactions  and  |  Commerce  between 
Russia  and  China.    By  William  Coxe,  A.  M.,  Fi-llow  of  King's  College- 
Caiiibridge,  and  Chaplain  to  his  Grace  the  |  Dukeot'Marlborough.  | 
London,  |  Printed  by  J.  Nichols,  |  for  T.  Caddell,  in  the  Strand,  j 
M  DCC  L  XXX  [1780].  BA. 

Pp.  i-xxiii,  1-344,  and  index,  13  pp.  unnumbered.  4C.  maps. 


COURT   DE   GEBELIN — CRANZ.  181 

Coxe  (William) — continued. 

Specimen  of  the  Aleutian  Language  (12  words,  and  numerals  1-10),  appendix, 
p.  303. 

I  have  seen  in  tbe  Boston  Atlieineum  an  edition  of  this  work  with  title-page 
similar  in  all  respects  to  the  above,  with  the  addition  of:  The  second  edition, 
revised  and  enlarged. 

917  Account  |  of  the  |  Russian  Discoveries  |  between  |  Asia  and 

America.  |  To  which  are  added,  |  the  Conquest  of  Siberia,  |  and  | 
The  History  of  the  Transactions  |  and  Commerce  between  Russia 
and  China.  |  By  William  Coxe,  A.  M.    F.  R.  S.  |  Oue  of  the  Senior 
Fellows  of  King's  College,  Cambridge;  |  Member  of  the  Imperial 
(Economical  Society  at  St.  Peters-  |  burg,  of  the  Royal  Academy  of 
Sciences  at  Copenhagen ;  and  |  Chaplain  to  his  Grace  the  Duke  of 
Maryborough.  |  The  third  edition,  revised  and  corrected.  | 

London,  |  Printed  by  J.  Nichols,  |  for  T.  Cadell,  in  the  Strand  | 
MDCCLXXXVII  [1787J.  C.     /3, 

1  p.  ].,  xxviii,  454  pp.,  1 1.  8°.  maps. 

"Specimen  of  the  Aleutian  Language"  (12  words,  numerals  1-10),  appendix, 
p.  386. 

I  have  seen  the  following  editions  which  contain  no  linguistics.  Nenchatel, 
1781.  8°.  Frankfurt  nnd  Leipzig,  1783.  8°.  London,  1803.  8°,  and  4°.  London, 
1804.  8°. 

918  Craig  (R.  O.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Skaget  and  of  the  Snohomish. 

Manuscript.  4  11.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

919  [Crane  (Eer.  J.  C.)]     [Spelling  Book  in  the  Tuscarora  Dialect ;  by 
the  Rev.  Mr.  Crane,  Missionary  to  the  Tuscarora  Tribe.]  AAS. 

No  title-page.   15  pp.  18°. 

This  little  work  is  really  a  vocabulary,  pp.  3-15  being  occupied  with  Tuscarora 
words  arranged  alphabetically,  with  English  signification.  On  pp.  14-15  is  the 
Lord's  Prayer  in  Tuscarora  and  English. 

"He  [Mr.  Crane]  accordingly  prepared,  and  has  had  printed,  500  copies  of 
Brown's  Catechism,  and  400  copies  of  a  Spelling  Book,  both  in  the  Tuscarora  lan 
guage,  of  which  he  has  sent  copies  to  the  Board  for  their  inspection.  Nothing 
before  this  was  ever  published  in  their  language." — Report  of  the  New  York  Mis 
sionary  Society — April,  1820,  pp.  43-44. 

920  Cranz  (David).     David  Cranz  |  Historic  |  von  |  Gronland  |  enthal- 
teud  |  Die  Beschreibuug  des  Landes  und  der  |  Einwohner  &c.  |  ins- 
besondere  |  die  |  Geschichte  |  der  dortigeu  |  Mission  |  der  |  Evau- 
gelischen  |  B ruder  |  zu  |  Neu-Herruhut  |  uud  |  Lichtenfels.  |  Mit 
acht  Kupfertafeln  und  eiuein  Register.  | 

Barby  bey  Heinrich  Detlef  Ebers,  uud  in  Leipzig  |  in  Commission 
bey  Weidmanns  Erbeu  und  Reich.  |  1765.  |  c. 

17  p.  11.,  pp.  1-1132, 13  11.  12°.  maps. 

VI.  Abschnitt.  Von  den  Wisseuschaften  der  Gronliinder,  pp.  277-304,  contains 
remarks  on  the  gramiuatic  construction  of  the  language  of  Greenland,  with  exam 
ples,  and  the  Creed. 

A  Greenland  song,  pp.  939-972;  Letters  written  by  the  Natives,  pp.  1090-1100. 

921  -         -  The  |  History  |  of  |  Greenland  |  containing  |  a  Descrip 
tion  |  of  |  the  Country,  |  and  |  its  Inhabitants:  |  and  particularly,  | 


182  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Cranz  (David) — continued. 

A  Relation  of  the  Mission,  carried  on  for  above  |  these  Thirty  Years 
by  the  Unitas  Fratrum,  |  at  |  New  Herruhuth  and  Lichtenfels,  in 
that  Country  |  by  David  Crantz.  |  Translated  from  the  High-Dutch, 
and  illustrated  with  |  Maps  and  other  Copper-plates.  |  In  two  Vol 
umes  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  the  Brethren's  Society  for  the  Furtherance 
of  the  |  Gospel  among  the  Heathen:  |  And  sold  by  J.  Dodsley,  in 
Pall  Mall ;  T.  Becket  and  |  P.  A.  de  Houdt;  and  T.  Cadell,  Successor 
to  |  A.  Millar,  in  the  Strand;  W.  Saudby,  hi  |  Fleet-street;  S.  Bla- 
don,  in  Pater-noster-row ;  |  B.  and  C.  Dilley,  in  the  Poultry ;  and  at  | 
all  the  Brethren's  Chapels.  |  MDCCLXV1I  [1767].  JOB. 

2vols.  8°. 

Linguistics,  vol.  1,  pp.  217-229;  vol.  2,  pp.  350-352,  and  446-451. 

922  Historic  |  van  |  Greenland  |  Behel/ende  |  Eene  nauwkeu- 

rige  Beschrijvinge  |  van  |  's  Lands  Jigging,  gesteldheid,  en  natuur- 
lijkeZeldzaamheden;  |  Den  Aart,  Zeden  en  Gewoouteu  |  Der  Inwoo- 
neren  aan  de  West-Zijde  bij  de  |  Straate  Davis;  |  's  Lands  aloude  en 
nieuwe  Geschiedenisse ;  |  en  in't  bijzonder  |  de  Verrichtingen   der 
Mission  arissen  |  van  de  |  Broeder-Kerk,  |  door  welken  |  Twee  Ge- 
meenten  van  bekeerde  Heidenen  aldaar  gesticht  zijn.  |  Alles  in  eigen 
Perzoon  onderzocht  en  opgesteld  |  door  |  David  Cranz.  |  Met  Plaa- 
ten  versierd,  in  III  Deelen  |  uit  het  Hoogduitsch  vertaald.  | 

Te  Haarleem  bij  C.  H.  Bohn  Amsterdam  bij  H.  de  Wit  Boek- 
verkoopers.  |  1767.  |  JCB. 

Svols.  8-\ 
Linguistics,  vol.  1,  pp.  243-256;  vol.  3,  pp.  23G-238,  352-357. 

923  Historia  |  om  |  Gr6nland,  |  deruti  |  Landet  och  desz  Inbyg 

gare  &c.  |  I   synnerhet  |  Evangeliska  Brodra  Forsatulingens  j  der 
warands  |  Mission,  |  och  Desz  Fomittninger  |  I  |  Ny-Herruhut  och 
Lichtenfels,  |  beskrifwas ;  |  Af  |  David  Crantz  |  pa  Tyska  forfatted, 
Men  |  lor  desz  nuirkwardiga  Innehall  pii  Swensta  ofwersatt,  |  och  | 
med  fullst  iindigt  Register  forstedd.  |  Forra  Delen,  |  Om  |  Landet, 
Inbyggarne  och  Missionerue,  intil  Ar  1740.  | 

Stockholm,  |   Tryckd  och  uplagd   af  Johan  Georg  Lange,  |  Ar 
1769.  | 

Vol  2.  has  a  different  title,  as  follows: 

924  -         -  Gronlandsta  |  Historiens  |  Sednare    Del,  |  Om  |  Br6dra- 
Forsainlingens  |  Missioner  |  Ifran  1740  arsb&rjan  til  1762  |  arsslut.  | 
[Quotation,  2  lines.] 

Stockholm.  |  Tryckt   och    uplagd   af   Johan   Georg  Lange,  |  Ar 
1769.  |  JBC. 

2  vols. :  vol.  1,  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-526;  vol.  2,  pp.  529-1216.  12°. 
Linguistics,  vol.  1,  pp.  279-294;  vol.  2,  pp.  1011-1013,1142-1147. 

925  The  |  History  of  Greenland:  |  including  |  an  Account  of  the 

Mission  |  carried  on  by  the  |  United  Brethren  |  in  that  Country.  | 


CRANZ — CRONISE.  183 

Cranz  (David) — continued. 

From  the  German  of  David  Crantz.  |  With  |  a  Continuation  to  the 
present  time;  |  Illustrative  Notes;  |  and  an  Appendix,  containing  a 
Sketch  of  the  Mission  |  of  the  Brethren  in  Labrador.  |  [19  lines  quo 
tation.]  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  Longman,  Hurst,  Bees,  Orme,  and  Brown,  | 
Paternoster- Eow.  |  1820.  |  c.  BA.  JOB. 

2vols.  8°. 

Sketch  of  the  Greenland  Language,  vol.  1,  pp.  201-209;  Creed,  &o.,  pp  345- 
346;  Letters  by  Natives,  vol.  2,  pp.  225-239,  320;  remarks  on  the  language  of 
Labrador,  pp.  293-294. 

Reprinted,  according  to  Ludewig,  p.  72,  in :  Bibliothek  der  neuesten  Reisebe- 
schrcibuugeu,  vol.  xx.  Frankfurt  und  Leipzig,  1779-1797,  21  vols.  8°. 

I  have  seen  the  following  editions  of  this  work  which  contain  no  linguistics: 
Barby,  1770,  12°;  Frankfurt  und  Leipzig,  1779,  8°;  NUrnberg  nnd  Leipzig, 
1782,  12°. 

926  Cremony  (John  C.)     Life  |  among  the  Apaches:  |  By  |  John  0.  Cre- 
mouy,  |  Interpreter  [&c.,  four  lines].  | 

San  Francisco:  |  A.  Koman  &  Company,  Publishers.  |  New  York: 
27  Howard  Street.  |  1868.  |  JWP.  /3 , 

Pp.  1-322.  12C. 

Numerals,  1-1000,  in  Apache,  pp.  238-239 ;  a  few  Apache  words  and  sentences, 
pp.  239-243. 

927  Vocabulary  of  the  Mescalero  Apaches. 

Manuscript.  G  11.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Obtained 
by  Captain  Cremony  at  Fort  Sumuer,  Bosque  Redondo,  on  the  Pecos  River,  N. 
Mex.,  in  1863. 

928  Vocabulary  and  Grammar  of  the  Mescalero  Apache  lan 
guage.  * 

Manuscript.    Mentioned  in  Bancroft's  Native  Races,  vol.  3,  p.  596,  where  some 
examples  of  it  are  given.     He  says  it  is  "  the  only  Apache  grammar  known  to  ex-  t 
1st."    He  also  refers  to  an  article  by  Cremony  in  the  Overland  Monthly,  Sept., 
1868,  pp.  306-307. 

929  Cr6ve  Coeur  (St.  John  de).    The  Nantucket  Indians  described  by  St. 
John  Cre"ve  Coeuf. 

In  Mag.  of  Am.  Hist.,  vol.  2,  pp.  360-363.    New  York,  1878.  8°. 

930  Cronise  (Titus  Fey).    The  |  Natural  Wealth  |  of  |  California  |  com 
prising  |  Early   History;    Geography,   Topography,   and  .Scenery; 
Climate;  Agriculture  aud  Commercial  |  Products;  Geology,  Zoology, 
and  Botany;  Mineralogy,  Mines,  and  Mining  Pro-  |  cesses;  Manu 
factures;    Steamship  Lines,  Railroads,  and  Commerce;  |  Immigra 
tion,  Population  and  Society;  Educational  In-  |  stitutious  and  Litera 
ture;  together  with  |  a  Detailed  Description  of  each  County;  |  its  to 
pography,  scenery,  cities  and  towns,  Agricultural  |  advantages,  min 
eral  resources,  and  |  varied  productions.  |  By  |  Titus  Fey  Crouise.  | 

San  Francisco:  |  H.  H.  Bancroft  &  Company.  |  New  York:  113 
William  Street.  |  1868.  |  A.  B.  YO. 

xvi,  696  pp.  8°. 
Comparative  vocabulary  of  17  Indian,  Chinese  and  English  words,  p.  32. 


184  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

931  Crook  (Lieut.  George).     [Vocabularies  of  the  Tribes  of  California.] 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)    Contributions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  3.     Washington, 
1877.  4°. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Arra-arra,  pp.  447-459 ;  Alik  wa,  pp.  461-471 ;  Shasta,  pp.  (i07-(il3. 

932  Vocabulary  of  the  Hoopah  of  the  Lower  Trinity  Kiver,  Cal 
ifornia. 

Manuscript.  211.  4°.  180  words.    In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

933  Vocabulary  of  the  Tahluwah. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  folio.  180  words.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 


See  'Williamson  (Lieut.  R.  S.)  and  Crook  (Lieut.  George). 

934  Cruz  (Fr.  Juan).    Catecismo  de  la  Doctrina  cristiana  en  lengua 
Huaxteca.  * 

Printed  in  Mexico  in  1571;  reprinted  in  1689.  4°.—Beriitaiti.  See  No.  1050  of 
this  catalogue. 

935  Catecismo  en  leiigua  Maya  por  Fr.  Juan  Cruz. 

Mexico,  1571-1039.  » 

Title  from  Pimentel.     Possibly  an  error,  and  intended  for  above. 
93G  Cuartos  (Fr.  Julian  de).    Arte  Compeudiado  de  la  leugua  Maya.    * 
It  is  not  knowu  whether  the  Arto  by  P.  Cuartos  was  printed.     Neither  Pimen- 
tel  nor  Squier  cites  this  author. — Carlllo. 

937  Cueba  (Fr.  Pedro  de  la).    Parabolas  y  exemplos  sacados  de  los  cos- 
tumbres  del  Campo,  obra  escrita  en  lengua  Zapoteca  para  el  eou- 
suelo  e  instruccion  de  los  naturales  de  la  misma  lengua  por  el  K.  P.  M. 
Fray  Pedro  de  la  Cueba,  de  la  orden  de  Predicadores.  * 

Original  manuscript  of  123  leaves,  4°,  containing  the  names  of  different  degrees 
of  relationships  in  Zapoteque.  Lower  down,  after  an  illegible  word,  the  name  of 
the  aui  hor,  Pedro  de  la  Cueba^  with  paragraph,  It-af  3 :  "  De  lo  que  causa  el  agua- 
cero  llovedifo  sobre  la  tierra."  Title  followed  by  a  blank.  Two  blank  leaves 
wanting  in  the  order  of  numeration.  On  the  leaf  preceding  the  commencement 
of  the  work,  I  have  written  a  title  in  Spanish  according  to  the  data  furnished  by 
the  table  of  subjects,  as  well  as  the  history  of  the  author  according  to  Burgou. 
At  the  end,  table. 16  11.  The  entire  manuscript  is  in  the  same  handwriting  asthe 
signature. 

Beside  the  numerous  manuscripts  existing,  lately  in  the  library  of  his  monas 
tery,  we  have  from  him  the  following: 

938  Arte  de  la  Gramatica  de  la  leugua  Zapoteca,  confonne  a  la 

Grarnatica  Latiua  que  escribio  Antonio  Nebrija. 

Mexico,  1607.  » 

8°.     Title  from  Brasseur  de  Bonrbourg. 
Pimeutel  gives  this  the  date  of  1667. 

939  Cuellar  (Fr. Lope).  MuchosSermonesDoctrinaleseuLenguaMiste'ca. 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Beristain.  * 

940  Culbertson  (Thaddeus  A.)    Journal  of  an  Expedition  to  the  Mau. 
vaises  Terres  and  the  Upper  Missouri  in  1850:  By  Thaddeus  A- 
Culbertson. 

InSmiths'nlnst.  Ann.  Rep.  for  the  year  1850,  pp.  84-145.  Washington,  1851.  8°. 

A  Tubular  View  of  the  Sioux  Nation  on  the  Upper  Missouri,  A.  D.  1850  (giving 
tribal  names  with  English  signification),  pp.  141-142. 

Tabular  View  of  several  Indian  Nations  on  the  Upper  Missouri,  A.  D.  1850,  pp. 
143-144. 


CROOK CUOQ.  185 

941  Cull  (Richard).    A  Description  of  Three  Esquimaux  from  Kinnook- 
sook,  Hogarth  Sound,  Cumberland  Strait.     By  Richard  Cull. 

In  Eth.  Soc.  of  London,  Jour.,  vol.  4,  1856,  pp.  215-225.     London,  n.  il.  8°. 
Numerals  1-30  of  the  Esquimaux  of  Labrador,  and  of  Cumberland  Strait  (from 
Sutherland),  221. 

942  Cullen  (Dr.  Edward).    Isthmus  of  Darien  Ship  Caual;  with  a  full 


History  of  the  Scotch  Colony  of  Darieu,  several  Maps,  views  of  the 
country,  and  Original  Documents.  By  Dr.  Cullen,  F.  R.  G.  S. 
Second  Edition  much  enlarged. 

London:  Efflngham  Wilson,  1853.  HU. 

xii,  204  pp.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  words  in  the  language  of  the  Tule  or  Darien  Indians,  pp.  99-102. 

"First  edition  London:  Effingham  Wilson,  1852.  A  selection  from  this  work, 
called  'The  Darien  Indians,'  was  published  in  1863." — Satin's  Dictionary. 

943  Vocabulary  of  the  Language  of  the  Yule  [Tule?]  Indians, 

who  inhabit  the  Rivers  and  the  Coast  of  Darieu,  from  the  mouth  of 
the  Atrato  to  the  Coast  of  San  Bias.     By  Dr  Ed.  Cullen. 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soc.  Jour.,  vol.  21,  pp.  241-242.     London,  1851.  8°. 
"Reprinted,  with  corrections  and  additions  in  vols.  IV.  and  VI  of  the  transac 
tions  of  the  same  society." — Berendt  in  Am.  HM.  Record,  vol.  3,  p.  56. 

944  —      -  The  Darien  Indians.    By  Dr.  Cullen. 

In  Eth.  Soc.  of  London  Trans.,  vol.  5,  pp.  150-175.     London,  1868.  8°. 

Darien  sentences,  p.  Ki7;  Short  comparative  vocabulary — Darieu  and  Choc6, 
p.  167 ;  Vocabulary  of  words  in  the  language  of  the  Toole  or  Darieu  Indians,  pp. 
172-175. 

945  Cummings  (Richard  W.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Delaware  and  of  the 
Shawnee. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)     Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  470-481.     Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

940  [Caoq  (Rev.  Jean  Andre).]    Kaiatonsera  |  Ionte8eienstak8a.  |  [Cruci 
fix.] 

Tiohtiaki  [Montreal] :  |  Tehoristorarakon  John  Lovell.  |  1857.  | 
Pp.  1-24.  12°.     Primer  in  the  Iroquois  language.  GB. 

947 Aiamie  TipadjimoSiu   |  Masinaigan   |  ka  Ojitogobanen    | 

Kaiat    ka    XiinaSisi    |   Mekate8ikonaie8igobanen    kanactageug,    j 
8ak8i  enaSindibaneu.  | 

Oki  Mag8abikickoton  John  Lovell,  |  Moniang  [Montreal] :  |  ate 
Mekate.Sikonaie8ikamikong,  |  Kanactageng.  |  1859.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-iv,  ."-:$:«).  16°. 

History  of  the  Old  Testament  in  the  Algonkiu  language — Nipissing  dialect. 
948  —  —  Kaiatonserase.  |  TsioukSe,  hetsiseSamenton  ne  RaSenniis.  | 

Tiotiaki  [Montreal]:   |  Tehoristorarakon  John  Lovell.  |   1800.  j 

Printed  cover,  pp.  1-132.  12°.  JWP. 

Hymns,  prayers,  &c.,  in  Iroquois.     "  Introit  de  Noel,"  with  music,  pp-97-127. 

Title  on  cover  reads:     Kaiatonserase  |  on  |  Vade-mecum  |  du  |  Cliantre  Iro- 

quciis.   | 

949 Ka  Titc  |  Tebeniminang  Jezos,  |  oudaje  aking.  |  Oom  masi- 

naigan  |  ki  qjitogoban  ka  qjitogobanen  |  aiamie  tipadjimoSiu  masi- 
naigan,  |  8uk8i  enaSindibanen.  | 


186  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Cuoq  (Rev.  Jean  Andre") — continued. 

O  ki  magSabikickoton  John  Lovell,  |  Moniang  [Montreal]:  |  Ate 
mekateSikonaieSikamikong.  |  Kanactageug.  |  1861.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-iv,  5-396.  16°.  Life  of  Jesus,  in  the  Algonkin  language — Nipissing  dia 
lect, 

950  Catechisme  Algonquin  |  avec  |  Syllabaire  et  Cantiques.  | 

Niina  Aiamie  Kak8edjindi8inimasinaigan  |  ate  gaie  |  Kekinoainage- 
magak  |  Masinaigan  gaie  aiamie  nikamouan.  |  Kanactageng.  | 

Moniang  [Montreal]:   |  TakSabikickote  endatc  John   Lovell.  | 

1865.  |  GB. 
Pp.  1-52.  18°.     In  the  Nipissing  dialect  of  the  Algonkin  language. 

951  — : Tsiatak  NihononSentsiake  |  onkSe  on8e  |  Akoiatonsera,  | 

lonterennaientakSa,  teieri8ak8atha,  |  iontaterihonnien-  |  nitha,  iou- 
tateretsiaronkSa,  iakentasetatha,  |  iekaratonkSatokentisonha  oni.  | 
Kahiaton  oni  tokara  uikarennake  erontaksneha.  |  Kaneshatake  tia- 
koson.  |  Le  |  Livre  des  Sept  Nations  |  on  |  Paroissen  Iroquois.  | 
Auquel  on  a  ajoute',  pour  1'usage  de  la  mission  du  |  Lac  des  Deux- 
Moutagnes,  quelques  cantiques  |  en  langue  algonquiue.  | 

Tiohtiake  [Montreal.]  |  Tehoristorarakon  John  Lovell.  |  1865.  |    s. 

12  p.  11.,  pp.  1-460.  12°. 

In  addition  to  the  Processional,  Livre  de  Chant  for  mass,  vespers,  &c.,  in  Iro- 
quois,  the  volume  contains  the  mass  and  nearly  a  hundred  chunts  and  hymns  in 
the  Nipissing  dialect  of  the  Algonkin.  Many  of  the  hymns  in  hoth  dialects  are 
set  to  music.  Appended : 

Mnrcoux  (Bev.  J.)  Ionterrennaientak8a  sohua  ou  Formulaire  de  Prieres,  pp. 
275-410. 

952  Etudes  Philologiques  |  sur  quelques  |  Langues  Sauvages  | 

de  |  PAm^rique,  |  Par  N[ij-kwenatc-auibicj.  Ofrakwanentakon].  j 
Ancien  Missionnaire.  |  [Four  lines  quotation.]  | 

Montreal  |  Dawson   Brothers  |  55,   Grande  Rue   St.  Jacques.  | 

1866.  |  BA.  JWP. 
Pp.  1-160.  large  8°. 

Preface  and  Preliminary  Chapter,  pp.  5-10. 

First  Part.  Critical  Examination  of  some  of  the  works  of  H.  R.  Schoolcraft  and 
Peter  S.  Duponcean,  pp.  11-34. 

Second  Part.  Grammatical  System  of  the  Algonquin  and  Iroquois  Languages, 
pp.  35-122. 

Third  Part.  Comparative  vocabularies  of  the  Algonquin  and  Iroquois  (from 
McKenzie,  Dtiponceau,  Schoolcraft,  Catlin,  and  others),  pp.  123-157. 

The  initials  N.  O.  adopted  by  Father  Cuoq  are  the  first  letters  of  the  names, 
as  above,  given  him  by  the  Indians  among  whom  he  lived,  the  first  being  an  Al- 
goukin  name  meaning  the  beautiful  double  leaf,  the  second  an  Iroquois  name 
meaning  the  fixed  star. 

953 Cautique  en  langue  Algonquine. 

Paris:  Maisonneuve  et  Cie.    1869.  * 

4  pp.  8°.     No.  4,  vol.  1,  Actes  de  la  Soc.  Philologique. — Leclerc.    Accompanied 
by  notes  by  H.  do  Charencey. 

954  Jugement  errone'  |  de  |  M.  Ernest  Kenan  |  sur  les  |  Lan 
gues  Sauvages  |  par  |  1'auteur  des  Etudes  Philologiques.  |  Deuxieme 
Edition  entierement  refondue.  |  [Four  lines  quotation.]  | 


CUOQ.  187 

Cuoq  (Rev.  Jean  Andre) — contained. 

Montreal  |  Dawson  Brotbers,  |  55,  Grande  Rue  St.  Jacques,  55  | 
J.  B.  Roland  &  Fils,  |  12  &  14,  Rue  St.  Vincent,  12  &  14  |  1870.  | 

Pp.  1-113.  large  8°.  JWP. 

Chap.  I.  Linguistique  Americaine. — Son  Importance  au  point  de  vuo  ethno- 
graphique  commo  an  point  do  vuo  philologique,  pp.  5-9. 

Chap.  II.  Les  Langues  Am6ricaines  comparers  anx  Langues  Se'me'tiques  et  aui 
Langues  ludo-Enrope^ennes,  pp.  10-15. 

Chap.  III.  Richesse  des  Langues  Americaines,  pp.  16-20. 

Cliap.  IV.  Systeme  Phoniqno  et  Graphiqne  des  Langues  Ame'ricaines,  pp.  21-25. 

Chap.  V.  Curieuses  Analogies  eutre  Ie8  Langues  Americaines  ot  lea  Langues 
des  Races  CiviliseVs,  pp.  26-30. 

Chap.  VI.  Caractere  des  Langues  Aine'ricaines,  pp.  31-35. 

Chap.  VII.  Formation  des  Noms  des  Langues  Ame'ricaines  [Algonquin  and 
Iroquois],  pp.  33-44. 

Qhap.  VIII.  Des  Accidents  dans  certaines  especes  de  mots  de  la  Langue  Algon- 
quine,  pp.  45-51. 

Chap.  IX.  Des  Accidents  Verbaux  et  autres  Accidents  de  la  Langno  IroquoiBe, 
pp.  52-06. 

Chap.  X.  Diverses  Classifications  des  Verbes  Algonquins,  pp.  66-78. 

Chap.  XI.  Especes  Particulieres  de  Verbes  Algonquins,  pp.  79-88. 

Chap.  XII.  Mots  forme's  par  Onomatopee,  pp.  88-90. 

Chap.  XIII.  Tour  et  Construction  des  Phrases  [Prodigal  son  and  Lord's  Prayer 
in  Iroquois  and  Algonquin],  pp.  91-100. 

Chap.  XIV.  R<Sponso  a  diverses  questions,  pp.  101-112. 

First  edition,  Montreal,  1864,  not  seen. 

955  Kaiatonsera  |  lonteweienstakwa  |  Kaiatonserase.   |  Nou- 

veau  syllabaire  Iroquois.  |  [Picture  of  Indian.] 

Tiohtiake:  |  Tehoristorarakon  John  Lovell,  |  1873.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-69,  1  1.  contents.  8°.  Reading  lessons,  prayers,  hymns,  &c.,  in  Iroquois, 
some  with  Latin,  others  French  and  English  translations. 

956  Lexique  |  de  la  |  Langue  Iriquoise  |  avec  |  Notes  et  Ap 
pendices  |  par  |  J.  A.  Cuoq  |  Pretre  de  Saint-Sulpice.  |  [Six  lines 
quotation.] 

Montreal  |  J.  Chapleau  &  Fils,  Imprimeurs-Editeurs,  |  31  et  33 
rue  Cotte".  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-ix,  1-215.  8°. 

Racines  Iroquoises,  alphabetically  arranged,  pp.  1-73;  Derives  et  Composes, 
alphabetically  arranged,  pp.  75-151;  Notes  Supple"mentaires,  pp.  153-182;  Appen 
dices,  pp.  183-215. 

357  -       -  Actes  |  de  la  |  Soc<§t6  Philologigue  |  Tome  III.— No.  2,  Avril 
1873  |  Chrestomathie  Algonquine  | 

Paris  |  Maisouneuve  et  Cie,  |  Libraires-Editeurs  |  15,  Quai  Vol 
taire,  15  |  1873  |  A.  T. 

Printed  title  on  cover,  pp.  39-51.  8°.  Contains  "Les  huit  Beatitudes  (Saint 
Mathien,  oh.  v.)" 

958  -    L'Oraison    Dominicale    (Texte    Algonquin    avec   Glose) 

[signed]  N.  O.  * 

In  Soc.  Philol.,  Actcs,  tome  4,  pp.  199-205.    Paris,  1874.  8°. 


188  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Cuoq  (Rev.  Jean  Andre") — continued.         . 

959  -         -  La  Salutation  Angelique  (Texte  Algonquin  avec  Glose) 
[signed!  N.  O.  * 

In  Soc.  Philol.,  Actes,  tome  4,  pp.  207-209.     Paris,  1874.  8°. 
These  two  titles  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eanies.    Reprinted,  according  to  Leclerc, 
as  lollows: 

960  -        -  L'oraisou  dominicale  et  la  Salutation  Angelique,  texte  algon- 
quiiie,  avoc  gloses. 

Paris:  Maisonneuve  et  Cie.     1874.  * 

11  pp.  8°. 

961  -         -  Fragments  de  Chrestoinathie  Algonquin".     [Symbole  des 
Apostros.]  » 

In  Soc.  PhUol.,  Actes,  tome  4,  pp.  287-311. 

Title  from  W.  Eames.     Issued  separately  as  followb. 

962  Fragments    de  Chrestomathie    algonquine  ( Symbols  des 

Apotres.) 

Paris:  Maisonneuve  et  Cie.    1875.  » 

28pp.  8°. 

In  addition  to  the  above  works  the  author  informs  me  he  has  written :  Cate'- 
chisme  Ir,  quois,  and  :  Principes  de  la  Foi  Catholique,  in  Iroquois. 

963  Gushing  (Frank  Hamilton).    Catalogue  of  objects  collected  by  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology  at  the  pueblo  of  Zulu,  during  the  summer  of 
1S81. 

Manuscript.  279  pp.  folio.      After    the  English  names  of   these  articles  Mr. 
dishing  has  placed  the  Zufii  synonyms. 

964  -  A  Census  of  the  A-shi-wi  or  Zufii  Nation. 

Manuscript.  100  pp.  folio.     Includes  the  Gentes,  Phratries,  and  Societies;  and 
the  names,  with  English  signification, of  all  the  members  of  the  tribe. 

965 Collection  of  Zimi  songs  and  poetry. 

Manuscript.  30  pp.  folio. 

966  Collection  of  native  Zuiii  speeches. 

Manuscript.  CO  pp.  folio.     With  interlinear  and  free  translations;  illustrative 
of  Zuui  grammar  and  oratory. 

967  -         -  The  Exclamative  and  Imitative  Elements  in  the  Origin  of 
Human  Languages,  as  illustrated  by  studies  of  the  Etymology  of  tlio 
Zufli. 

Manuscript.  80  pp.  4C. 

968  —     -  Gramma-tic  forms  illustrating  the  parts  of  speech,  cases, 
moods,  tenses,  syntax,  and  orthoepy  of  the  Zufii  language. 

Manuscript.    40  pp.  folio.    With  copious  notes  and  text.     Introductory  to  a 
Grammar  of  the  A-shi-wi. 

969 Introductory  vocabularies  of  a  Dictionary  of  the  A-shi-wi, 

or  Zufii  language. 

Manuscript.  80pp.  folio;  contains  between  2, 000  and  3,000  words. 


CUOQ— CUSICK.  189 

Gushing  (Frank  Hamiltuu) — continued. 

970  Prayers,  Rituals  and  Directions  for  Ceremonials  in  the  Zuiii 

language. 

Manuscript.  CO  pp.  folio.  Collected  from  the  priesthood  and  sacred  societies  of 
theZuiiis.  Inth  <  original  language,  with  int'-rlinearaud  free  translations,  notes,  etc. 

971  Prayers,  Rituals  and  So:igs  of  tbe  A  pi-thlan  shi-wa -iii  or 

Zuili  "Priesthood  of  the.  Bow." 

Manuscript.  31  pp.  folio.  lu  tbe  original  language,  with  interlinear  and  free 
translations,  explanatory  texts,  etc. 

972  Translations  of  Zuni  Folk-lore,  including  twelve  stories  or 

te"-lap-na-we,  with  portions  of  original  text. 

Manuscript.  190  pp.  folio. 

973 Vocabulary  of  Archaic  words  in  the  Zuni  language. 

Manuscript.  24  pp.  folio.  Gathered  chielly  from  the  ritualistic,  mythic,  and 
folk-lore,  and  from  the  ancient  songs  of  the  Zufiis;  with  notes. 

974  -  Proverbs,  Idioms  and  Archaic  figures,  collected  from  the 

Zuiii  folk-lore. 

Manuscript.  20  pp.  folio 

These  manuscripts  were  prepared  by  Mr.  Cushing  during  his  stay  in  Zuni  in  the 
employ  of  the  Bureau  of  Bibliology.  Thrse  manuscripts  will  form  part  of  the 
volume  or  volumes  to  be  piepared  by  him  and  to  be  published  by  the  Bureau. 

975  Cusick  (David).    Sketches  of  the  Ancient  History  of  the  Six  Nations. 
By  David  Cusic. 

InSchoolcraft(H.  R.)  Indian  Tribrn,vol.  5,  pp.  631-646.  Washington,  1855.  4°. 
Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Moliawk  and  Tuscarora,  p.  645. 

976  David  Cusick's  |  Sketches  of  |  Ancient  History  |  of  the  | 

Six  Nations,  |  — comprising —  |  lirst — a  tale  of  the  Foundation  of 
the  |  Great   Island,   |   (now   North   America,)  |  the  Two   Infants 
Born,  |  and  the  |  Creation  of  the  Universe.  |  Second — a  Real  Account 
of  the  Early  Settlers  of  North  |  America,  and  their  dissensions.  | 
Third — Origin  of  the  Kingdom  of  the  Five  Nations,  which  |  was 
called  |  A  Long  House:  |  The  Wars,  Fierce,  Animals,  &c.  | 

Lockport,  N.  Y. :  |  Turner  &  McCollum,  Printers,  Democrat 
Office.  |  1848.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-35.  8°. 

Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Mohawk  and  of  the  Tuscarora,  p.  35. 
Accord!  g  to  Sabiu's  Dictionary  the  first  edition  was  published :  Tuscarora  Vil 
lage,  1825;  the  secou  I :  Tuscarora  Village  [Lewiston,  Niagara  Co.],  1828,  36  pp. 

977  Cusick  (James  N.)    The  |  Collection  |  of  |  Sacred  Songs,  |  for  the 
use  of  the  |  Baptist  Native  Christians  |  of  the  |  Six  Nations.  |  Re 
vised  by  |  James  N.  Cusick.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  American  Baptist  Publication  Society.  |  1846.  | 

Second  title: 

Ne  Kororou  |  ne  |  Teyerihwalikwatha  |  igen  |  ne  enyoutste  |  ne 
yondatteskosyagorilnviyoglistouh  |  rotiuensyouih  kaweauondahko  | 
ne  sokwatigwen,  |  James  N.  Cusick.  | 

Kanadayengowa:  |  Wasdonrohnon  yendatteskos  tehatiris-  |  tora- 
raks.  |  1840.  |  GB. 

Pp.  1-125.  32°.     English  title  recto  1.  1  (p.  1),  Indian  title  recto  1.  2  (p.  3). 


190  NOKTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

978  Daa  (LudwigKristensen).    On  the  Affinities  between  the  Languages 
of  the  Northern  Tribes  of  the  Old  and  New  Continents.     By  Lewis 
Kr.  Daa,  Esq.,  of  Christiana,  Norway. 

In  Philolog.  Soc.  of  London,  Tra  s.,  185(i,  pp.  251-294.     London,  n.  d.     8C. 
Comparative  table  allowing  affinities  between  Asiatic  and  American  languages, 
pp.  264-285. 

979  Dairyman.    The  |  Dairyman's  |  Daughter:  |  By  Rev.   Legh  Rich 
mond.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press,  J.  Candy  &  E.  Archer,  Printers.  | 
[One  line  Cherokee  characters.]  |  1847.  |  BA. 

57  pp.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 
Appended,  pp.  57-67,  is  Bob  the  Sailor  Boy,  q.  v. 

980  Dakota  Vocabulary.  * 

In  Soc.  Ethnologique,  Mdmoires,  vol.  2,  p.  26 1.     Paris,  1845.     8°. 
Title  from  Ludewig. 

981  Dall  (William  Healey).     Alaska  |  and  |  its  Resources.  |  By  |  Wil 
liam  EL  Dall,  |  Director  of  the  Scientific  Corps  of  the  late  Western 
Union  |  Telegraph  Expedition.  |  [Design.]  | 

Boston:  |  Lee  and  Shepard.  |  1870.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-628.  8°.  map. 

Glossary,  pp.  529-530,  contains  explanation  of  Alaskan  names  of  tribes,  etc. 
Appendix  F,  Vocabularies,  pp.  547-575,  contains  vocabularies  of  the  following: 
Unaliiskan  from  Saiir.  Sitkawan  from  Lisiansky. 

Atkan  from  Gibbs.  Stakhi'nkwan  from  Gibbs. 

Ugalaltuiut  from  Wrangell.  Yakutat  from  Gibbs. 

Chugatcbigmut  from  Wrangell.  Ugalentsi  from  Wrangell. 

Koniagmut  from  Sanr.  Ahtena  from  Wrangell. 

Nushergagmut  from  Gibbs.  Kenaitena  from  Wrangell, 

Kuskwogmut  from  Baer.  Tenitn-Untch'-in  from  Dall. 

Ek6gmut  from  Dall.  Kntchakutch'tn  from  Kennicotf. 

ITnaligmut  from  Dall.  KaiyuhUhatana  (Ulnkuk)  from  Dull. 

Malilemut  from  Dall.  Kaiyukhatanu  (Northeastern)  from  Dall. 

Kaviagmut  from  Dall.  Unakhatana  from  Dall. 

Greenlandic  from  Egede.  Nulrtto  (In'galik)  from  Dall. 

Chu'klukmut  from  Hall  (in  part).         UhTknk  (In'galik)  from  Dall. 
Kygaui  from  Gibbs.  Tananst  (In'galik)  from  Dall. 

982  On  the  distribution  of  the  Native  Tribes  of  Alaska  and  the 

adjacent  territory.     By  W.  II.  Dall. 

In  Am.  Ass.  Adv.  Sol,  Proc.,  vol.  18,  pp.  203-273,  and  2  folding  sheets.  Cam 
bridge,  1870.  8°. 

Contains  a  vocabulary  of  27  words,  and  the  numerals  1-10  of  the  tribes  of  which 
vocabularies  are  given  in  the  same  author's:  Alaska  and  its  Resources. 

983  On  some  peculiarities  of  the  Eskimo  Dialect.    By  William 

H.  Dall. 

In  Am.  Ass.  Adv.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  19,  pp.  332-349.     Cambridge,  1871.     8°. 
Conjugation  of  the  affirmative  form  of  the  indicative  nioiU>  of  the  verb  crmityiik, 
to  wash,  pp.  335-349. 

984  Tribes  of  the  Extreme  Northwest.    By  W.  H.  Dall. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contril.utions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  1,  pp.  1-10G.  Wash 
ington,  1877-.  4°. 


DAA — DANFORTH.  191 

Ball  (William  II  ealey)— continued. 

•'Appendix  to  Part  I.  Linguistics,"  pp.  107-156,  contains  linguistic  contribu. 
lions  from  several  authors,  a  full  list  of  which  is  given  under  Powell  (J.  W.)i  3-  «• 
Mr.  Dall's  is  as  follows: 

Terms  of  Relationship  used  by  the  Innuit,  pp.  117-119. 

985  Dalton  (Henry  G.)     The  |  History  of  British  Guiana.  |  Compris 
ing  |  a  General  Description  of  the  Colony;  |  a  Narrative  of  some  of 
the  Principal  Events  from  the  earliest  |  period  of  its  Discovery  to 
the  present  time;  |  together  with  |  an  Account  of  its  Climate,  Geol 
ogy,  Staple  Products,  |  and  Natural  History.  |  By  |  Henry  G.  Dal 
ton,  M.D.  |  Member  [&c.,  five  lines].  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  | 
London:  j  Longman,  Brown,  Green,  and  Longmans.  |  1855.  |        * 
2  vols.  pp.  i-xv,  1-518;  i-vii,  1-580.  8°.     Contains  vol.  1,  p.  74,  a  list  of  Carib 
terms  (from  Rochefort)  compared  with  similar  words  in  Oriental  dialects,  [He 
brew,  &c.],  (taken  from  Edwaids'  West  Indies,  vol.  1,  p.  117). 
Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

980  Dana  ( — ).  Vocabulary  of  the  Upper  Sacramento,  Talatui,  Piyuni, 
Lekumne,  and  Tsamak. 

In  Hale  (H.)  Ethnography  and  Philology  (U.  S.  Ex.  Ex.,  vol.  6),  pp.  630,  631, 
632,  633.  Philadelphia,  1846.  4°. 

Reprinted  in  Am.  Eth.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.2,  pp:  122,  123,  124,  125.  New  York, 
1848.  8°. 

Reprinted,  with  the  exception  of  the  Sacramento,  in  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contribu 
tions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  552-557,  599,  600.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

Also  reprinted,  in  whole  or  in  part,  in  many  other  places. 

987  Dfanforth]  (Sfamuelj).   Masukkenukeeg  |  Matcheseaenvog  |  Weque- 
toogkali  WuttooaiMtoog.  |  UppeyaonoutChristohkahne  |  Yeuyeu  | 
Teanuk  |  VVonk,  ahche  uuunukqtiodt  missinninnuh  uk-  |  quohqueu- 
aount  wutainskoianatamooouganoo-  |  Kah  Keketookaonk  papaume 
Wussittuin-  |  waekesukodtum:  kah  papaume  nawhutch  |  onkatogeh 
Wunnomwiiyeuongash.  |  Nashpe  Increase  Mather.  |  Kukkootomweh- 
teaenuh  ut  ooiuveuwehkomoug-  |  anit  ut  Bostonut,  ut  New  Eng 
land.  |  Eccles.  12. 13.   Nootaumttuh  pakodtittuuioonk  mamurse  ke-  | 
ketookaouk,  qush  God  kah  nauawehteaush  wutamooteamotougash,  | 
wutohe  yen  mamusse  wunueseouk  missanuinnnng.   |  Acts  20.  21. 
Noowauwohheuuneau  Jewsog  kah  Greeksog-)  aiuskoiauatamowonk 
nogque  en  Godut,  kah  oonamptamowonk  |  uogquein  kum  Manitoo- 
uiunonut  Jesus  Christ.  |  Yeush  kukkookootomwehteaongash  qush- 
kinnu-  |  munash  en  Indiane  unnontoowaonganit  nashpe  S.  D.  | 

Bostouut,  Printuoop  nashpe  Bartholomew  Green,  |  kah  John  Allen. 
1G9S.  |  AAS. 

Titlo;  reverse  blank;  pp.  3-6  wanting.     Text, pp.  7-161.  18°. 

Tho  copy  of  the  above  seen  by  me  in  the  library  of  the  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  was 
not  complete,  judging  from  the  description  of  the  copy  in  the  Brinley  Library, 
described  in  the  Catalogue  of  Books  and  Tracts,  in:  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Proc.,  No.  61, 
where  the  following  translation  and  description  is  given: 

Translation  :  Greatest  Sinners  called  and  encouraged  to  come  to  Christ,  and  that 
Now,  quickly.  Also,  that  it  is  very  dangerous  for  people  to  delay  their  repentance, 
And  a  Discourse  concerning  the  Judgment  Day ;  and  concerning  some  other  Truths. 


192  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Danforth  (Samuel) — continued. 

By  Increase  Mather,  Teacher  of  the  Church  iu  Boston These 

Discourses  are  translated  into  Indian  language  by  S.  D. 

Five  Sermons  of  Increase  Mather's,  translated  by  Samuel  Danforth,  who  sub 
scribes  "The  Epistle  Dedicatory"  to  the  Author,  from  Taunton,  14th,  8,  1698. 
The  last  sermon  ends  on  page  162.  A  "Postscript,"  pp.  163,  164,  certifies  to  the 
success  of  Experience  Mayhew's  labors  among  the  InJiuns  of  Martha's  Vineyard. 

The  first  Indian  book  known  to  have  been  printed  after  the  removal  of  the 
press  to  Boston. 

988  The  Woful  effects  of  Drunkenness.    A  sermon  at  Bristol, 

Oct.  12, 1709  when  two  Indians,  Josias  and  Joseph  were  Executed 

Tfl\ra    forMurther. 

Boston,  B.  Green,  1710.  * 

1  1.,  iv,  52  pp.  sm.  12°. 

At  the  end,  pp.  43-52,  are  "A  few  words  addressed  to  the  poor  condemned  mur 
derers"  in  the  Indian  language. — Brinley  Sale  Cat.,  pt.  1,  No.  765. 

989  Davalos  (Fr.  Luis).     Sermones  de  Quaresma  y  Festividades  en  Idi- 
oma  Kicue.  * 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Beristain. 

• 

990  Davidib  |  assingitalo  tuksiarutsiningit  nertordlerutingillo  |  imgem 
sertaggit.  |  The  Book  of  Psalms  [translated  into  the  |  Esquimaux 
Language,   |  by  |  the  Missionaries  |  of  the  |  Uuitas  Fratrum,  or 
United  Brethren.  |  Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Mission,  |  by  |  The 
British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  | 

London:  |  W.  M'Dowall  Printer,  j  1830.  |  ACS. 

Pp.  1-216.  12°. 

Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  22868,  gives  an  edition  of  1831,  .and  Bagster's  Bible  of 
Every  Land  mentions  one  of  1826,  and  another  of  1842,  the  latter  translated  by 
Rev.  Valentine  Mnller. 

See  Kustumiutut.     See  Tuksiautit. 

991  Davidoff  (Gavrila  Ivanovich).     [Two  Voyages  to  America  of  the 
Naval  Officers  Khwostoff  and  Davidoff,  described  by  the  latter.] 

St.  Petersburg,  Morskaia  typografta.     1810-1812.  * 

2  vols.  8°. 

In  Russian.  This  title  and  the  one  below  from  Dall  and  Baker's  Alaska  Bib 
liography.  According  to  Ludewig,  p.  93,  it  contains  a  Kenai  vocabulary,  vol.  2, 
pp.  xiii-xxviii,  and  a  Kolush  vocabulary,  vol.  2,  p.  I  el  «eq. 

9!)2  Reise  der  Russ.  kais.  Flott-Officiere  Chwostow  uud  Dawydow 

von  St.  Petersburg  durch  Siberien  nach  Amerika  und  zuriick,  in 
den  Jahren  1802-1804.  Beschreibt  von  Dawydow  uud  aus  dem 
Russ.  iibersetzt  von  Dr.  Carl  Schultz. 

Berlin,  1816.  » 

8°. 

993  Davidson  (George).    Report  of  Assistant  George  Davidson  relative 
to  the  resourct's  and  the  coast  features  of  Alaska  Territory. 

In  Coast  Survey  Ann.  Rept.,  1867,  pp.  187-329.     Washington,  1869,  4°. 


DANFORTH DAVIS.  193 

Davidson  (George) — continued. 

Vocabulary  of  the  languages  of  the  natives  of  Eadiak,  Uuarlaska,  Keuai,  and 
Sitka  (from  Lisiansky),  pp.  293-298. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Spuch'-ie-lotz  tribe  of  the  Tchim'-chse-an'  people  (David 
son),  pp.  325-329. 

994  Report  of  Assistant  George  Davidson  relative  to  the  coast, 

features,  and  resources  of  Alaska  Territory.  LSH. 

In  40th  Congress,  2d  Session.  House  of  Representatives.  Ex.  Doc.  No.  177.  | 
Russian  America.  |  Message  |  from  the  |  President  of  the  United  States,  |  in  an 
swer  to  |  A  resolution  of  the  House  of  19th  of  December  last,  transmitting  cor 
respondence  |  in  relation  to  Russian  America.  | 

No  imprint.  [Cincinnati,  Feb.  17,  1868.]  361  pp.;  and  Part  2,  19pp.   8°. 

Mr.  Davidson's  report  occupies  pp.  219-361,  and  contains,  pp.  328-333,  vocabu 
laries  of  the  Ooualashka,  Kadiak,  Kenay,  Sitka,  all  from  Lisiansky's  Voyage  round 
the  World. 

Davies  (John),  Translator. 
See  [Rochefort  (Louis  C^sar  de)]. 

995  Davila  Padilla  (Fr.  Antonio).    Arte  para  aprender  la  Lengua  Me- 
gicaiia.  * 

Title  fiom  Beristain. 

996  Davis  (Rev.  B.)     On  the  origin  of  the  name  'Canada.'    By  Eev.  B. 
Davis,  L.  L.  D.,  Member  of  the  Council  of  the  Philological  Society 
of  London. 

Iu  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  of  Montreal,  Proc.,  vol.  6,  first  sess.,  pp.  430-432.  Mont 
real,  1861.  8U. 

997  Davis  (John)  and  Lykins  (Johnston).    Heeat  Oponaka  Hera  Cane 
Coeatetest.    Momen  Mata  Oponakau  Cane  Tyfet  Cauetan  Liken, 
tepake  Maskoke  Ponaka  escoeatest. 

Shawanoe  Baptist  Mission,  Ind.  Ter.     1835.  ABS. 

Pp.  1-190.  24°. 

Literal  Irantlation  :  This  word  John  wrote.  And  that  word  John  Davis  Jona 
than  Lykens  together  Muskoki  Language  wrote  in. 

For  other  editions,  see  Buckner  (H.  F.)  and  Herrod  (G.);  Loughridge  (R.  M.) 
and  Robertson  (W.  S.) 

998  Davis  (Rev.  Solomon).    A  |  Prayer  Book,  |  in  the  Language  of  the 
Six  Nations  of  Indians  |  containing  |  the  Morning  and  Evening  Ser 
vice,  |   the   Litany,   Catechism,   some    of   the  Collects,  |  and  the 
Prayers  and  Thanksgivings  upon  |  several  occasions,  |  in  the  |  Book 
of  Common  Prayer  |  of  the  |  Protestant  Episcopal  Church :  |  to 
gether  with  |  forms   of  Family  and  Private  Devotion.  |  Compiled 
from  various  Translations,   and  prepared  for  publication  by  re 
quest  |  of  the  Domestic  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Missions  of  the 
Protestant  |  Episcopal  Church  in  the  United  States  of  America.  | 
By  the  Eev.  Solomon  Davis,  |  Missionary  to  the  Oueidas,  at  Duck- 
Creek,  Territory  of  Wisconsin.  | 

New- York :  |  Swords,  Stanford,  &  Co.  |  D.  Fanshaw,  Printer.  | 
1837.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-168.  12°. 
Hjmns,  pp.  166-168. 
13  Bib 


194  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

999  Davis  (W.  W.  H.)     El  Gringo;  |  or,  |  New  Mexico  aud  her  peo 
ple.  |  By  |  W.  W.  H.  Davis,  |  late  Uuited  States  Attorney.  | 

New  York :  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers,  |  Franklin  Square.  | 
1857.|  0. 

Pp.  i-xii,  13-432.  12°. 

"A  complete  vocabulary  of  words  in  the  languages  of  the  Pueblo  or  civilized 
Indians  of  New  Mexico"  (from  Simpson),  pp.  157-159,  as  follows: 
1.   Santo  Domingo.  2.   San  Juan.  Picoris. 

San  Felipe.  Santa  Clara.  Saudia. 

Santa  Ana.  S.  Ildefonso.  Isleta. 

Silla.  Pojuaque.  4.   Jemez. 

Lagnna.  Nambe.  Old  Pecos. 

Acoina.  Tezuzue.  5.   Zuni. 

Cochiti.  3.   Taos.  6.   Moqui. 

"Vocabulary  of  upward  of  sixty  Words  in  Nabajo  and  English,"  pp.  419-420. 

1000  Dawson  (George  M.)     Geological  Survey  of  Canada.  |  Alfred  E.  C. 
Selwyn,  F.  E.  S.,  F.  G.  S.,  Director.  |  Eeport  |  on  the  |  Queen  Char 
lotte  Islands  |  1878  |  by  |  George  M.  Dawson,  D.  S.,  A.  It.  S.  M.,  F. 
G.  S.  |  [Vignette.]  |  Published  by  authority  of  .Parliament.  | 

Montreal :  |  Dawson  Brothers.  |  1880.  |  JWP. 

In  Selwyn  (A.  R.  C.)  Geological  Survey  of  Canada.  Report  of  Progress  for 
1878-79.  2  11.,  pp.  1-239  B,  map.  Montreal,  1880.  8°. 

Appendix  A.  On  the  Haida  Indians  of  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  (containing 
Haida  terms  passim),  pp.  10:5-175. 

Appendix  B.  Vocabulary  of  the  Haida  Indians  of  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands 
(Skidegate  and  Masset  dialects),  pp.  177-189. 

The  vocabulary  contains  a  list  of  relationships  in  the  Masset  dialect  furnished 
by  Rev.  Mr.  Collison. 

This  report  is  also  issued  separately  with  its  own  Table  of  Contents,  making 
the  collation  1  p.  1., pp.  i-v,  1-239  B. 

1001  Dawson  (S.  J.)    Eeport  |  on  the  |  Exploration  of  the  Country  |  be 
tween  |  Lake  Superior  and  the  Bed  Eiver  Settlement,  |  and  j  be 
tween  the  latter  place  and  the  Assiuniboiue  and  |  Saskatchewan.  | 
By  S.  J.  Dawson,  Esquire,  C.  E.  |  Printed  by  Order  of  the  Legisla 
tive  Assembly.  |  [Vignette.] 

Toronto:  |  John  Lo veil,  Printer,  Corner  of  Yonge  and  Melinda 
Streets.  |  1859.  |  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  220  unnumbered  pp.,  maps  and  plates.  4°. 

Forms  apprndix  36  to  vol.  17,  Journals  of  the  Leg.  Ass.  of  Canada,  session  1859. 

Chapter  xiii,  Indian  Antiquities,  Numbers  and  Distribution,  pp.  117-125,  con 
tains,  p.  124,  a  list  of  months  in  the  Dakota,  with  English  signification,  aud  a  few 
sentences  of  the  Lord's  Prayer  with  interlinear  translation. 

100J  Dearborn  (Henry  Alexander  Scammell).    A  |  Sketch  of  the  Life  | 
of  the  |  Apostle  Eliot,  |  prefatory  to  a  subscription  |  for  |  Erecting 
a  Monument  |  to  his  memory.  |  [Quotation,  six  lines.]  |  By  Henry 
A.  S.  Dearborn.  | 

Eoxbury:  |  Norfolk  County  Journal  Press.  |  Over  Central 
Market.  |  1850.  |  WE. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  7-32.  8°.  plate.     The  two  leaves  following  the  title  contain  fac 
simile  title-page  of  Eliot's  Indian  Bible,  1663,  and  ten  verses  from  the  first  chap 
ter  of  Genesis  in  the  Natick  language. 


DAVIS — DEJEAN.  105 

1003  De  Brahm  (John  Gerar  William).    History  |  of  the  |  Province  of 
Georgia:  |  witb  |  Maps  of  Original  Surveys.  |  By  |  John  Gerar  Wil 
liam  De  Brahm.  |  His  Majesty's  Surveyor-General  |  for  the  South 
ern  District  of  |  North  America.  |  Now  First  Printed.  | 

Wormsloe.  |  MDCCCXLIX  [1849].  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-55, 1  1.  largo  4°. 

List  of  Cherokee  Indian  towns  in  the  Province  of  Georgia,  p.  54 ;  List  of  Creek 
Indian  towns  in  the  Province  of  Georgia,  pp.  54-55. 

Printed  privately  for  the  editor.  The  impression  was  limited  to  forty-nine 
copies. 

1004  De  Forest  (John  William).    History  |  of  the  |  Indians  of  Connecti 
cut  |  from  the  |  Earliest  known  Period  |  to  1850.  |  By  John  W.  De 
Forest.  |  Published  with  the  sanction  of  the  |  Connecticut  Historical 
Society.  |  [Four  lines  quotation.]  | 

Hartford :  |  Wm.  Jas.  Hamersley.  j  1851.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  i-xxvi,  1-509.  large  12°.  map. 

"Language,"  being  general  remarks  on  the  Massachusetts,  Narragansett,  and 
Pequot  languages,  and  containing  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Mohegan  (from  Gov.  Sal- 
tonstall)  and  in  the  Massachusetts  (from  Eliol's  Bible),  pp.  38-42. 

Appendix  I.  Short  vocabulary  of  the  Massachusetts,  Narragansett,  Mohican, 
Pequot,  and  Nangatuck,  p.  491. 

1005 History  |  of  the  |  Indians  of  Connecticut  |  from  the  | 

Earliest  known  Period  |  to  1850.  |  By  John  W.  De  Forest.  |  Pub 
lished  with  the  sanction  of  the  |  Connecticut  Historical  Society.  | 
[Quotation,  four  lines.]  | 
Hartford :  |  Wm.  Jas.  Haiaersley.  |  1852.  |  WE. 

Pp.  i-xxvi,  1-509.  8°.  map. 

JOOG  -  -History  |  of  the  |  Indiansof  Connecticut  |  from  the  |  Earliest 
known  Period  |  to  1850.  |  By  John  W.  De  Forest.  |  Published  with 
the  sanction  of  the  |  Connecticut  Historical  Society.  |  [Four  lines 
quotation.]  | 

Hartford :  |  Wm.  Jas.  Hamersley.  |  1853.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xxvi,  1-509.  8°.  map. 

Linguistics  as  in  previous  editions. 

1007  -        -History  |  of  the  |  Indiansof  Connecticut  |  from  j  the  Earliest 
known  Period  |  to  |  A.  D.  1850.  |  By  John  W.  De  Forest,  |  [Four 
lines  quotation.]  | 

Albany:  |  J.  Munsell,  82  State  Street.  |  1871.  |  LSH. 

Pp.  i-xxvi,  1-509.  8°.  map. 

A  part  of  the  earlier  edition  fell  into  Mr.  Muuscll's  hands,  who  issued  it  wilh 
above  title.  Linguistics  as  in  the  previous  edition^. 

1008  Dcjean  (Aug.)     Anichinabek  amisinahikaniwa,  kicheauameatchik, 
catonik,  Otawak  wakanakessi. 

Wyastenong  [Detroit],  G.  L.  Whitney,  1830.  * 

106  pp.  13°. 

Catechism  in  the  Ottawa  language,  followed  by  an  alphabet  and  phrases  in 
French  and  in  Ottawa.  Published  by  the  missionary  Dejean  and  printed  in  De 
troit.  Between  pages  10-11  is  found  a  cartoon  numbered  II,  printed  on  one  side 
only.—  Lee  lerc. 


196  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Dejean  (Aug.) — continued. 

1009  Lettre  de  M.Dcjcan,missionuaire  apostolique  [dated  "L'Ar- 

bre  Croche,  29  octobre  1829"]. 

In  Annales  do  la  Propagation  do  la  Foi,  vol.  iv,  pp.  491-496.     Contains,  on 
pp.  494-493,  a  few  Ottawa  words  and  phrases,  with  definitions. 
Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

1010  [De  Kay  (J.  E.j]     (Not  published.)    Note.  [Indian  Names  of  Places 
on  Long  Island.     By  J.  B.  De  Kay.]  WE. 

[Colophon :    Holman  &  Graj^  Book  and  Job  Printers,  90  Fulton  street,  N.  Y.] 

N.  p.,  n.  d.     Pp.  1-1-.'.  12°.    Dated  January  1st,  1851. 

List  sent  to  persons  in  the  hope  of  eliciting  further  information. 

1011  Delafleld  (John, jr.)  and  Lakey  (James).    An  Inquiry  |  into  the  ori 
gin  of  the  |  Antiquities  of  America.  |  By  |  John  Delafleld,   Jr.  | 
With  |  an  appendix,  |  containing  notes,  and  "A  view  of  the  causes 
of  the  superiority  of  the  men  of  |  the  Northern  over  those  of  the 
Southern  Hemisphere."  |  By  |  James  Lakey,  M.  D.  | 

New  York :  |  Published  for  subscribers,  by  |  Colt,  Burgess  &  Co.,  | 
London:  |  Longman,  Kees,  Orme,  Brown,  Green  &  Longman,  j 
Paris:  |  A.  &  W.  Galignani  &  Co.  |  1839.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-142,  and  folding  plate.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  words  in  various  American  dialects  compared  with  those  of  va 
rious  Asiatic  dialects  (from  Mithridates),  p.  25. 

Some  copies  have  a  slightly  different  title,  as  follows: 

1012 An  Inquiry  |  into  the  origin  of  the  |  Antiquities  of  Amer 
ica.  |  By  |  John  Delafield,  Jr.  |  With  |  an  appendix,  |  containing 
notes,  and  "  A  view  of  the  causes  of  the  superiority  of  the  men  |  of 
the  Northern  over  those  of  the  Southern  Hemisphere."  |  By  |  James 
Lakey,  M.  D.  | 

New-York :  |  Published  for  Subscribers,  by  |  J.  C.  Colt.  |  Lon 
don:  |  Longman,  Rees,  Orme,  Brown,  Green,  &  Longman.  |  Paris:  | 
A.  &  W.  Galignani  &  Co.  |  1839.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.    1-14.J,  and  folding  plate.    4°.      According  to  Sabin's  Dictionary,  some 
copies  have  the  imprint:  Cincinnati,  N.  G.  Burgess  &  Co. 

1013  Delano(A.)  Second  Thousand.  |  Life  on  the  Plains  |  and  |  amongthe 
Diggings;  |  being  |  scenes  and  ad  ventures  |  of  an  |  overland  journey 
to  California:  |  with  particular  |  incidents  of  the  route,  |  mistakse 
and  sufferings  of  the  emigrants,  |  the  Indian  tribes,  |  the  present 
and  the  future  of  the  great  West.  |  By  A.  Delano.  | 

Auburn  and  Buffalo:  |  Miller,  Orton  &  Mulligan.  |  1854.  |          c. 

Pp.  i-xi,  13-384.  8°. 

Short  Maidn  vocabulary,  p.  303. 

1014  Delgado  (Fr.  Damian).    Arte  y  Diccionario  de  dichas  Lenguas. 
[Quiche  y  Kachiquel.]  * 

1015  Sermones  para  los  Domingos  despues  de  Pentecostes  en  los 

mismos  Idiom  as.     [Quiche  y  Kachiquel.J  * 

2  vols.    These  works  have  been  of  much  use  to  the  missionaries  among  the 
people. — Ileristain. 


DEJEAN — DENCKE.  197 

Delgaclo  (Fr.  Damian) — continued. 

1016 Compendio  del  Arte  Quiche  del  P.  F.  Damian  Delgado,  Ord. 

Praed.  Sigtiese  la  Doctriiui  Christiana  en  lengua  quiclie  del  misino 
Autor,  con  sennoues  del  inisiuo  Padre  y  otros,  de  la  Orden  de  N.  P. 
Santo  Domingo.  » 

Manuscript.  35  II.  4°.  TheArte  occupies  the  first  9  11.;  thb  11  following  con 
tain  the  Doctriua  Christiana;  tbo  remainder,  various  subjects;  the  salutation  of 
the  native  aleades  in  transmitting  to  each  other  the  baton  of  office,  "Mundanca 
de  varas,"  andothersalutations  imitated  more  or  less  from  the  speeches  anciently 
made  by  the  native  lords  on  solemn  occasions.  The  last  important  portion  of 
this  manuscript  is  a  sermon  for  Good  Friday,  composed  and  preached  by  P. 
Damiau  Delgado,  to  the  title  of  which  the  copyist  has  added  these  words:  "Con 
este  solo  sermon  sabias  bieu  lengua." — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

1017  -  Sermones  varies,  predicados  en  leugna  Quiche  por  el  padre 
fray  Damian  Delgado,  y  trasladados,  para  el  nso  de  los  padres  de 
la  Santa  Orden  de  ntro  padre  Santo  Domingo  en  Kabinal  (por  el  padre 
fr.  Domingo  de  Basseta),  etc.  * 

Manuscript.  12311.  4°.  The  first  83  11.  comprise  homilies  and  sermons  on  Sun 
days  and  feast  days  by  P.  Damian  Delgado,  preceded  by  these  words:  "Qna- 
derno  de  Evangelios  en  la  lengua  quiche',  los  quales  saque  de  un  librito  viejo  qne 
no  tenia  principio,"  and  ending  with  these:  "Fin  de  los  Evangelios  qne  estaban 
escriptos  de  letra  do  Fr.  rJamiau  Delgado."  Signed  "Basseta." 

The  two  sermons  following  are  also  in  Ihe  handwriting  of  father  Domingo  de 
Basseta,  but  do  not  appear  to  be  by  him  :  they  were  written  or  re-copied  by  him, 
in  the  last  years  of  the  17th  century ;  his  vocabulary,  whi  h  I  have,  is  of  the 
year  169H.  The  three  following  are  subsequent,  and  according  to  the  note  which 
ends  them,  were  preached  in  the  villages  of  Zacualpa,  San  Antonio  and  Santa 
Cruz  del  Quich<S,  by  father  Joaqnin  Ramirez,  of  Agnilera,  in  1712.  These  have 
no  titles. 

P.  Fr.  Damian  Delg.ido  wrote,  besides  these  sermons,  "Arle  y  Vocabulario " 
of  the  languages  mentioned  by  Beristaiu.— Brasseiir  de  Bonrbourg. 

1018  Demers  (Modesto),  Blanchet  (Frances  Norbert),  and  St.  Onge  (L.  N.) 
J.  M.J.  |  Chinook  j  Dictionary,  Catechism,  |  Prayers  and  Hymns.  | 
Composed  in  1838  &  1839  by  |  Rt.  Rev.  Modeste  Demers.  |  Re 
vised,  corrected  and  completed,  |  in  1867  by  |  Most  Rev.  F.  N. 
Blanchet.  |  With  modifications  and  additions  by  |  Rev.  L.  N.  St. 
Onge  Missionary  |  among  the  Yakanias  and  other  Indian  Tribes.  | 

Montreal.  |  1871.  |  JWP.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-C8.  sq.  16°. 

Outside  title:  The  |  Missionary's  Companion  |  on  the  |  Pacific  Coast.  |  [Three 
lines  quotation.  ]  | 

1019  Demilier  (P.  Edmond).     Lettre  de  M.  Edmoud  Demilier  [dated 
"  Pleasant  Point,  le  20  avril  1834  "]. 

Iu  Annales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,  vol.  viii,  pp.  191-200.  Contains,  on 
pp.  196-198,  remarks  on  the  language,  the  "  Pater  noster,"  ''Ave  Maria,"  "Sancta 
Maria,"  and  definitions  of  about  a  dozen  words  in  the  Abnaki  language. 

Title  furnished  by  Mr.  Earues. 

1020  Dencke  (Christian  Frederick).    Xek  |  nechenenawachgissitschik  | 
Bainbilak  |  naga  |  Geschiechanclisitpanua  |  Johannessa  |  elekhau- 
gup.  |  Gischitak  elleniechsink,  |  uutschi  C:  F.  Dencke.  | 


198  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Dencke  (Christian  Frederick) — continued. 

New  York:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Bible  Society.  |  D.  Fan- 
shaw,  Printer.  |  1818.  | 

Second  title : 

The  |  Three  Epistles  |  of  the  |  Apostle  John.  |  Translated  into 
Delaware  Indian,  |  By  C.  F.  Dencke.  | 

New  York:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Bible  Society.  |  D.  Kan- 
shaw,  Printer.  |  1818.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-21,  1-21,  alternate  Delaware  and  English.  32°.  Delaware  title  verso  of 
1. 1.,  English  title  recto  of  1.  2. 

In  mentioning  the  above  work,  Bagster's  Bible  in  Every  Land,  adds:  "He 
afterwards  furnished  a  version  of  the  Gospels  of  St.  John  and  St.  Matthew,  and 
ail  edition  of  these  portions,  printed  in  parallel  columns,  with  English  version, 
was  published  by  that  society." 

1021  Essay  of  a  Chippeway  Indian  Spelling  Book. 

Easton,  1803.  » 

29  pp.  12°.  Title  from  catalogue  of  sale  of  Dr.  Gilbert's  library,  in  New 
York,  1873. 

1022  Denig  (E.  T.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Assiniboine. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  4,  pp.  416-431.  Philadelphia, 
1854.  4°. 

1023  Vocabulary  of  the  Gros  Ventres. 

In  Pallisser  (John).  Journal,  Detailed  Reports,  British  North  America,  pp. 
207-208.  London,  1863.  folio. 

1024  Vocabulary  of  the  Blackfoot,  by  E.  T.  Denig,  Indian  agent, 

Fort  Union. 

Manuscript.  6  pp.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1025  [Denis  (Ferdinand).]    Pale'ographieMexicaiue.    Documents  public's 
par  M.  Eainirez,  de  Mexico.     [Signed  "  Ferdinand  Deiiis."]  * 

In  Revue  Orientate  et  Ame'ricaine,  vol.  v,  pp.  70-73.     Paris.  1861.  8°. 
Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eaines. 

1026  Denny  (Major  Ebenezer).    Vocabulary  of  words  in  nse  with  the 
Delaware  (Fort  Mclntosh  January  1785)  and  Shawanee  (Fort  Fin- 
ney  January  1786)  Indians. 

In  Penn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Memoirs,  vol.  7,  pp.  478-4a">.     Philadelphia,  1860.  8°. 

1027  Denton  (Daniel).    A  |  Brief  Description  |  of  |  New  York,  |  former 
ly  called  |  New  Netherlands,  |  with  the  places  thereunto  adjoin 
ing.  |  Likewise  |  a  brief  relation  |  of  the  customs  of  the  Indians 
there.  |  By  Daniel  Dentou.  |  A  new  edition  with  an  introduction 
and  copious  historical  notes.  |  By  Gabriel  Fin  man,  |  Member  of  the 
New  York  Historical  Society.  |  [Quotations,  18  lines.]  | 

New  York :  |  William  Gowaus.  |  1845.  |  A.  C.  AV.  JBD. 

Pp.  1-17, 2  11.,  pp.  1-57,  catalogue.  1-20.  8°. 

Denton's  work  contains  no  linguistics,  but  the  notes,  by  Mr.  Furniuu,  contain 
"Indian  names  of  the  islands  and  bay  of  New  York,"  pp.  23-27. 


DENCKE— DICTIONARY.  199 

1028  [De  Puydt  (R.)]     Cuua  Vocabulary.  * 

Do  Puydt's  Cuua  Vocabulary,  taken  between  the  Atrato  and  the  headwaters 
of  the  Tuyra  River,  was  published  in  the  :!8th  volume  of  the  journal  of  the  same 
corporation  [Royal  Geographical  Society  Journal],  in  1869."—  Berendt  on  the  Da- 
rieii  Language;  in  Am.  Hint,  llt'coi'd,  p.  5(5. 

1029  Devocionario  |  en  |  Mcjicano.  | 

Eeimpreso  en  Orizaba.  |  Oticina  de  F.  Mendarte.  |  1842.  |          c. 
Pp.  1-14  pp.  1C.0. 

Diario  Historico. 

See  |  Costaiiso  (Miguel)]. 

1030  Diccionario.     Diccionario  de  la  lengua  Maya  de  Yucatan.    Maya  y 
Espauol.    Diccionario  de  la  lengua  Maya  de  Yucatan.    Espaiiol  y 
Maya.  JCB. 

Manuscript.  4°.  This  valuable  manuscript  is  in  the  library  of  the  late  Hon. 
J.  Carter  Brown,  Providence,  R.  I.  Mr.  Bartlett,  in  his  catalogue  of  that  library, 
thus  speaks  of  it : 

"This  dictionary  bears  internal  evidence  that  the  original  copy  was  composed 
between  the  years  1590  and  1GOO,  by  a  Franciscan  priest  long  resident  in  Yucatan, 
and  that  the  present  copy  is  a  transcript  made  during  the  following  century.  It 
is  beautifully  written,  and  from  the  large  number  of  words  and  full  definitions 
which  it  contains,  could  only  have  been  compiled  by  one  familiar  with  the  lan 
guage.  In  extent  the  dictionary  is  not  surpassed  by  that  of  any  aboriginal  lan 
guage  of  America,  and,  if  printed,  would  probably  make  a  volume  as  large  as  the 
well-known  dictionary  of  the  Mexican  language  by  Molina. 

"  The  Maya  language  is  spoken  by  the  native  tribes  of  Yucatan  and  parts  of  the 
adjacent  provinces;  and  what  adds  to  its  interest  is  the  belief  that  it  is  the  lan 
guage  of  the  people  who  erected  the  remarkable  monuments  of  Yucatan,  made 
known  to  the  world  through  the  works  of  Waldeck,  Stephens,  Catherwood,  and 
Norman.  This  dictionary  has  never  been  printed,  and  it  is  not  known  that  any 
other  manuscript  copy  exists." 

The  late  Dr.  C.  H.  Bereudt  made  a  copy  of  the  above  which  is  now  in  the 
hands  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton,  Philadelphia. 

1031  Diccionario  Selecto,  de  las  Voces  Mexicanos  mas  Usados  y 

Comuues  en  Lengua  Castellaua  y  Mexicana.  * 

Manuscript.  Cent,  xviii,  150  pp.  This  manuscript  contains  a  Dictionary  of  the 
Mexican  words  most  generally  in  use;  towards  the  end  will  be  found. "  Com- 
peudio  do  la  Gramatica  Mexicana." — f'Uchcr'i  Sale  Cat. 

1032  Dictionary.   A  |  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  Jargon,  |  or  |  Indian 
Trade  Language,  |  Of  the  North  Pacific  Coast.  |  [Design.] 

Published  by  T.  N.  Hibben  &  Co.,  |  Victoria,  B.  C.  |  [n.  d.]  JWP. 
Printed  cover  and  pp.  1-29.  8C. 

Chinook  English,  pp.  1-18;  English-Chinook,  pp.  19-29;  Lord's  Prayer  in 
Jargon,  p.  29. 

1033  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  Jargon  |  to  which  is  added  | 

Numerous  Conversations,  |  thereby  enabling  any  person  |  to  speak 
Chinook  correctly.  |  Seventh  edition.  | 

Portland,     Oregon.   |    F.  L.  McConnick,  Publisher,  91  Second 

street.  |  1879.  |  c.  JWP.  LSH. 

Printed  cover  and  pp.  1-26.  12°.  For  earlier  editions,  see  Complete  Dictionary. 


200  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1034  Dictionnaire.    Dictionna're  Cakchiquel.  * 

Manuscript  in  the  Bibliothequc  Imp^riale.  "  I  liavo  availi  d  myself  of  a  Cak- 
chiquel.  dictionary  in  manuscript  of  great  extent,  which  helongs  to  the  Imperial 
Library." — Ternaux-Conipana  in  Notivellcs  Annalcs,  vol.  4,  1840. 

1035  Dictionnaire  Fran§ais — Wallawalla — Kaliketat. 

Manuscript  of  34  11.   16°,  iu  the  possession  of  J.  G.  Shea,  Esq.,  the  last  live 

leaves  of  which  are  devoted  to  a  "  grutnmaire  indienne." 

1036  Dictionnaire  Galibis  Francois.  * 

Manuscript.  4111.  4°.     Title  from  Leclerc  (1878). 

1037  Dictionuaire  Iroquois-FranQois,  M.  S.  C.  N.  etc.  * 

Manuscript,  folio.   In  Mazarin  Library.  Paris. — Ludewig, 

1038  Diehl  (Israel).    Vocabulary  of  the  Nome  Lackee. 

Iu  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  S,  pp. 
519-529.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

1039  Diez  (P.  Fr.  Manuel).    Condones  in  lingua  Tzeldaica,  exiiratas  a 
Reveietido  Patre  Fr.  Manuel  Diez,  Ordiuis  Sli  Doininici,  de  Proviu- 
cia  Sancti  Vincentii,  dicta  de  Chiapa  et  Guatemala,     1675.  * 

Manuscript.  103  11.  4°.  It  comprises  123  sermons  in  the  Tzendale  language. 
The  name  of  the  author  is  signed  twice — first  on  the  recto  of  1.  1,  and,  second,  on 
the  verso  of  the  last  leaf  .but  one,  following  a  sort  of  allocution  to  the  alcades  of 
the  place  where  he  wrote.  This  place  seems  to  have  been  the  pueblo  of  Tzib;ie- 
ha,  otherwise  called  Ocotitan,  from  the  words  "Tzibac-ha  vinic  "  man,  or  inhab 
itant  of  Tzibac-ha,  which  are  found  under  the  last  signature,  unless  they  indicate 
the  place  of  his  birth.  These  sermons  were  preached  in  various  places  as  we  see 
from  the  titles  of  some,  which  have  the  date  of  1672  and  1675. — Brasseurde  Bour- 
bourg. 

1040  Diezman  (F.  J.)    Grammar  of  the  Mosquito  Indian  Language,  pre 
pared  by  F.  J.  Diezman,  of  San  Juan  del  Norte,  Nicaragua. 

Manuscript.  16  11.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1041  Discursos  Mexicanos.  » 

Manuscript  of  the  17th  century.  4°.     Thirteen  leaves,  in  a  small,  but  very  neat, 
and  legible  handwriting.     They  are  without  a  title,  but  we  suppose  them  to  be 
more  or  less,  the  same  as  those  published  by  Fr.  Juan  Bautista  under  the  title  of 
Huchuetlahtolli,  but  of  which,  unfortunately,  only  one  or  two  fragments  ha ve  been 
preserved. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat.,  No.  521. 

1042  Dixon  (Capt.  George).    A  |  Voyage  round  the  World;  |  but  more 
particularly  to  the  |  north-west  coast  of  America:  |  performed  in 
1785, 1786, 1787,  and  1788,  |  in  |  the  King  George  and  Queen  Char 
lotte,  |  Captains  Portlock  and  Dixon.  |  Dedicated  by  permission, 
to  |  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  Bart.  |  By  Captain  George  Dixon.  | 

London :  |  Published  by  Geo.  Goulding,  |  Haydn's  Head,  No.  6, 
James  Street,  Cov  ent  Garden,  |  1789.  |  BA.  HIT.  C.  f?>, 

Pp.  i-xxix,  1 1.,  pp.  1-352;  Appendix,  pp.  353-360;  Appendix  2,  pp.  1-47,  map. 
4°. 

Numerals,  1-10,  of  Prince  William's  Sound  and  Cook's  River,  Norfolk  Sound, 
and  King  George's  Sound,  p.  241.  Indian  song  as  generally  sung  by  the  natives 
of  Norfolk  Sound,  p.  243. 


DICTIONNAIRE — DOBBS.  201 

Dixon  (Capt.  George) — continued. 

1043  -        -  Voyage  autonr  dn  monde  et  principalement  a  la  cote  nord- 
ouest  de  I'Arae'rique,  fait  en  1785,  86,  87  et  88,  a  bord  du  King-  ^ 
George  et  de  la  Queen  Charlotte,  par  les  capitaiues  Portlock  et 
Dixon.    Traduit  de  1'anglois,  par  M.  Lebas. 

Paris,  Maradan,  1789.  * 

1  p.  1.,  499  pp.  4°.     "Appendix  No.  2,"  46  pp.,  1  p.  1.,  15  fig.,  5  maps.     Not 
seen;  title  from  Leclerc. 

1044  Der  |  Kapitaiue  Portlock's  und  Dixon's  |  Eeise  um  die 

Welt  |  besonders  nach  |  der  Nordwestlichen  Kuste  von  Amerika  | 
wahrends  der  Jahre  1785  bis  1788  |  in  den  Schiffen  King  George 
uud  Queen  Charlotte,  |  Herausgegeben  |  von  dein  |  Kapitain  Georg 
Dixou.  |  Aus  dein   Englischeu  iibersetzt  und  mit  Anmerkungen 
erliiutert  |  von  |  Johaun  Iteinhold  Forster,  |  der  Eechte,  Medicin 
und  Weltweisbeit  Doktor,  Professor  der  Naturgeschichte  und  Mine- 
ralogie  |  auf  der  Konigl.  Preusz.  Friedrichs-Universitat,  Mitgleid 
der  Kb'uigl.  Akademie  der  hohern  |  und  schonen  WisBenschaften 
zn  Berlin.  |  Mit  vielen  Kupferu  uud  einer  Laudkarte.  | 

Berlin,  1790.  |  Bei  Christian  Friedrich  Bosz  und  Sohu.  |        JOB. 
4  p.  11.,  xxii,  314  pp.  4°.  map.     Linguistics,  pp.  216-218. 
See  Portlock  (N.)    See  Portlock  (N.)  and  Dixon  (G.) 

1045  Dobbs  (Arthur).    An  |  Account  |  of  the  Countries  adjoining  to  | 
Hudson's  Bay,  |  in  the  |  North-west  Part  of  America:  |  containing  | 
aDescrip  ion  of  their  Lakes  and  Eivers,  the  Nature  of  the  |  Soil  and 
Climates,  and  their  Methods  of  Commerce,  &c.  |  Shewing  the  Bene 
fit  to  be  made  by  settling  Colonies,  and  |  opening  a  Trade  in  these 
Parts;  whereby  the  French  will  be  |  deprived  in  a  great  Measure  of 
their  Traffick  in  Furs,  and  |  the  Communication  between  Canada 
and  Mississippi  be  cut  oif.  |  With  |  An  Abstract  of  Captain  Middle- 
ton's  Journal,  and  Observations  upon  |  his  Behaviour  during  his 
Voyage,  and  since  his  Keturn.  |  To  which  are  added,  | 

I.  A  Letter  from  Bartholomew  de  Fonte,  |  Vice- Admiral  of  Peru 
and  Mexico;  |  giving  an  Account  of  his  Voyage  from  |  Lima  in 
Peru,  to  prevent,  or  seize  upon  j  any  Ships  that  should  attempt  to 
find  |  a  Northwest  Passage  to  the  South  Sea.  | 

II.  An  Abstract  of  all  the  Discoveries  |  which  have  been  publish'd 
ofthelslands  |  andCountriesinandadjoiningtothe  |  Great  Western 
Ocean,  between  Aine-  |  rica,  India, and  China,  &c.  pointing  |  out  the 
Advantages  that  may  be  made,  |  if  a  Short  Passage  should  be  found 
thro'  |  Hudson's  Streight  to  that  Ocean.  | 

III.  The  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  Charter.  | 

IV.  The  Standard  of  Trade  in  those  |  Parts  of  America;  with  an 
Account  |  of  the  Exports  and  Profits  made  an-  |  nually  by  the  Hud 
son's  Bay  Company.  | 

V.  Vocabularies  of  the  Languages  of  se-  |  veral  Indian  Nations 
adjoining  to  Uud-  |  sou's  Bay.  | 


202  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Dobbs  (Arthur) — continued. 

The  whole  intended  to  shew  the  great  Probability  of  a  North 
west  |  Passage,  so  long  desired ;  and  which  (if  discovered)  would  be 
of  the  |  highest  Advantage  to  these  Kingdoms.  |  By  Arthur  Dobbs, 
Esq;| 

London :  |  Printed  for  J.  Eobinson,  at  the  Golden  Lion  in  Ludgate- 
Street.  |  M  DCC  XLIV  [1744].  |  BA.  1 

Pp.  i-ii,  1-211,  with  map.  4°. 

Thompson  (Edward).  A  short  vocabulary  spoke  amongst  the  Indians  inhab 
iting  the  N.  W.  part  of  Hudson's  Bay,  pp.  206-211. 

Vocabulary  of  English  and  Eskimo  words,  pp.  203-205. 

1046  Doctrina.     [Doctrina  Christiana,  Arte,  etc.,  in  Oakchiquel.]          * 

Manuscript.  109  11.  am.  4°.  In  library  of  the  Philosophical  Society,  Philadel 
phia. 

Title  taken  from  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton's  article  in  the  American  Journal  of  Science 
and  Arts,  vol.  xlvii,  pp.  222-230,  where  he  describes  it  as  follows: 

Unfortunately  the  first  leaf,  with  the  general  title,  is  missing.  The  top  of  the 
second  leaf  commences  in  the  midst  of  a  sentence  in  a  Doctrina  Christiana  in 
CakchiquSl.  This  covers  ten  leaves,  and  is  followed  by  two  leaves  of  "Preguntas 
de  la  Doctrina,"  all  in  Cakchiquel.  Next  comes  a  "Confessionario  breve  en  len- 
gua  Cakchiquel."  The  Spanish  translation  of  each  question  and  answer  is  also 
given.  After  the  Confessionario  are  three  leaves,  unnumbered  and  blank,  except 
that  on  the  recto  of  the  second  is  a  Latin  prayer  to  the  Virgin,  difficult  to  de 
cipher.  On  the  recto  of  the  next  leaf  is  the  following : 

Arte  |  de  la  lengua  cak  |  chiquel. 

It  is  written  in  a  clear,  small  hand,  covers  fifty-four  pages,  with  30  lines,  on  an 
average,  to  the  page,  sometimes  with  one  column,  sometimes  with  two,  and  closes 
with  this  colophon — 

Martes  a  24  de  Junio  de  1692  afios  dia  del  Naciruiento  de  S.  Juan  Baptista  se 
acavo  el  traslado  de  oraciones  y  Arte  en  Kakchiquel. 

From  the  close  of  this  to  the  96th  leaf  there  is  another  series  of  doctrinal  ques 
tions  headed — 

Vae  JTutubal  Jl'habal  ti  |  ITut  ubex  richin  Christianos  |  cakchiquel  A'babal 
ri  |  chin  cakchiquel  vinak. 

(I  designate  the  peculiar  modification  of  the  consonants  by  italics.) 
"  Another  "Confessionario  breve  en  lengua  castellana  y  cakchiquel"  then  fol 
lows,  twelve  pages  in  Jength,  differing  considerably  from  the  previous  one.  The 
rest  of  the  volume  is  taken  up  with  "Platicas,"  short  discourses  on  religious  sub 
jects.  One  of  them  is  an  incident  from  the  life  of  Saint  Vincent  Ferrer,  related 
for  the  purpose  of  "  terrifying  the  natives,  and  dispelling  the  shame  they  usual  ly 
have  about  confessing."  There  is  an  index  to  the  book,  and  on  the  verso  of  the 
last  leaf  this  note  in  regard  to  the  binding,  "Este  qnaderno  es  de  Fr.  Albi  rto  Mi- 
guez";  said  "quaderuo"  being  in  dark  calf,  without  boards,  and  with  strings. 
The  characters  of  Parra  are  employed  in  all  the  divisions  of  the  work,  and  the 
writing  is  mostly  quite  legible* 

There  is  no  hint  throughout  where  this  work  was  written,  nor  by  whom.  The 
colophon  above  quoted  seems  to  show  that  it  is  the  original,  at  least  of  the  Arfo 
and  the  prayers.  From  the  mention  of  Saint  Vincent  Ferrer,  a  Dominican,  and 
fr.  m  the  known  rivalry  of  the  two  orders  at  that  time  in  Central  America,  I  am 
inclined  to  attribute  it  to  a  Dominican  rather  than  a  Franciscan.  None  of  the 
bibliographical  authorities  already  quoted  mention  any  writer  of  either  order 
who  prepared  works  of  this  kind  in  Cakchiquel  at  or  very  near  1692.  The  manu 
script  proceedings  of  the  Philosophical  Society  for  Sept.,  1836,  when  the  books 
were  received  throw  no  light  on  the  matter. 


cfriftiatta  ema  lengua 

ftellana^  Lctguaftecacorrcftondienteacai 
fapalabra:  de  gnafltcM  Segir.qje  pufotnicrar  enlaf ra/ts;  d.t  Iff 
ia&uafteca:  compuefta  forynduftrin  deyn 
fraylede  la  onfe»<fc/gloriofo  fact 


1050.— FAC-SIMTLE  OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF  DOCTRINA  OF  1571. 


DOBBS DOCTRINA.  203 

Doctrina — continued. 

The  linguistic  v  alue  of  the  Arte  is  considerable.  Only  two  grammatical  notice, 
of  the  language  seem  to  have  been  published,  one  about  1560  in  Mexico,  smother 
in  17C>3.  in  Guatemala.  Both  of  them  are  excessively  rare,  and  indeed  it  is 
doubtful  if  any  copy  of  the  first  is  in  existence.  The  Cakehiquel  is  peculiarly 
important  in  the  comparative  study  of  this  group  of  languages,  and  with  the  rich 
materials  here  at  hand  to  illustrate  all  its  constructions,  a  publication  of  this  short 
manuscript  with  notes  would  be  most  welcome  to  American  linguists. 

1047  Doctriua  Christiana  en  Lengua  Totonaca.  * 

Manuscript.  1780.  4°.     Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat. 

1048  Doctrina  Christiana  Totonaca.  * 

Manuscript.  Cent,  xviii.  4°.    Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat. 

1049  Doctrina  Christiana  etc.,  in  the  Otomi  Language.  * 

Manuscript.  57  11.  Its  contents  are  :  1.  Doctrina  Christiana,  in  Spanish  and 
Otomi,  13  11.  2.  Confessionario:  11.  14-29,  in  Spanish  and  Otomi.  3.  Manual 
do  Adrniuistrar  lo.s  Sacramentos,  11.  30-40,  Latin,  Spanish,  and  Otomi.  4.  Con 
versational  Phrases  in  Spanish  and  Otomi,  11.  41-57. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat.,  No,  637. 

1050  Doctriana  Cristiana  en  la  Lengua  Guasteca  con  la  Lengua 

Castellaua,  la  Guasteca  correspoudiente  a  cada  palabra  de  Guasteco 
[sic\  seguu  que  se  pudo  tolerar  en  la  frasis  de  la  lengua  guasteca, 
compuesta  por  industria  de  uu  fraile  de  la  orden  del  glorioso  Sant 
Augustin,  obispo  y  Doctor  del  a  Santa  Yglesia     [Au  engraving  of 
St.  Agustin.] 

En  Mexico,  en  casa  de  Pedro  Ocharte.    1571. 

Colophon  (1.  50) : 

Acabose  esta  Doctrina  Cristiana  err  el  mes  de  Septiembre  de 
1570  ailos  en  el  couveuto  de  fluexutla,  y  fue  vista  y  examinada  eii 
presencia  del  P.  Juan  de  Mesa,  lengua  guasteca,  y  de  Cristobal  de 

Frias,  y  Lope  Corzo &c.,  &c.  Concluyose  eii  Huexutla  a  30 

de  Junio  de  1571  aflos. 

En  Mexico,  en  casa  de  Pedro  Ocharte,  a  15  de  Septiembre  de  1571 
afios.  * 

50 11.  and  2 11.  at  end ;  gothic  letter.  4°.  Title  communicated  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta, 
•with  the  following  note :  "I  have  not  seen  this  work.  Of  its  existence  I  have  no 
doubt,  but  I  do  not  vouch  for  the  accuracy  of  the  description  taken  from  No.  1950 
of  "Ensayo  de  uua  Biblioteca  de  Libros  raros  y  curiosos,"  fonnado  con  los  A|  un- 
tamientos  de  D.  Bartholom6  Jos<S  Gallardo,  coordinados  y  aumenta'los  por  Zareo 
del  Valle  y  Rayon,"  and  from  the  original  annotation  of  Gallardo,  which,  strange 
to  say,  does  not  wholly  conform  to  the  printed  title.  This  Doctrina  was,  ac- 
cordiug  to  Beristaiu,  reprinted  in  1689,  and  this  statement  is  confirmed  by  a  pas 
sage  in  the  Noticia  de  la  lengua  huasteca,  of  Tapia  Centeno." 

I  presume  this  is  by  Fr.  Juan  Cruz,  though  Sr.  Icazbalceta  does  not  put  it 
under  his  name.  See  No.  934  of  this  catalogue. 

1051  Doctriana  cristiana  en  lengua  Opata. 

No  tiilc-page.  11  unnumbered  II.  8°.  Title  from  Icazbalceta'sApuntes,  No.  101. 

1052  -        -  1  Doctrina  xpiaua  en  legua  Mexicana.     ([Per  signu  crucis. 
Icamachiotl  Craz  %  ylmicpa  fjf,m  toyuohua  Xitechmomaquixtililjl 
Totecuiyoe  diose.     lea  inmotocatziu.    Tetatzl.  |J(.  yhua  Tep  .  .  . 
yhuan  spiritis  saucti.  ifl.    Ameu.    Jesu  .  . . 


204  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Doctrina — continued. 

Title  from  Sr.  Icazbalceta's  Life  and  Writings  of  Bishop  Zumarraga,  -where  it 
is  described  as  follows:  In  8°  Gothic  letter.  An  edition,  unknown,  communi 
cated  to  me  by  Sr.  D.  Jose'  M.  de  Agrcda.  The  text,  wholly  in  Mexican,  com 
mences  on  th«  verso  of  the  frontispiece  without  any  other  title  than  "Doctriua." 
The  alphabet  follows,  and  immediately  thereafter  "Nican  ompehua  in  doctrina 
xpiana  mexico  tlatolli  tiquitohua  i  nemach  tiliz  in  xpianome  ceca  mouequi  in- 
ixquich  tlacatl,"  &c.,  which  continues  to  fol.  ciij,  wanting  the  remaining  leaves, 
most  likely  one  only,  since  there  are  7  of  the  signature  N.  Neither  the  name  of 
the  author,  nor  the  date  of  the  edition  is  given,  though  it  is  without  doubt  a  pro 
duction  of  the  presses  of  Cromberger  or  Juan  Pablos,  corresponding  to  the  first 
years  of  our  typography.  The  types  and  typographic  ornaments  are  the  same 
which  were  employed  in  the  first  impressions  of  this  kouce.  There  is  likewise, 
on  the  frontispiece,  the  Episcopal  scutcheon  of  Sr.  Zumarraga,  which  shows  the 
edition  to  have  been  made  at  his  expense  and  during  his  life.  I  judge  it  to  be 
of  the  year  1547. 

Concerning  the  author  of  this  anonymous  Doctrina  there  appears  to  me  to  be 
sufficient  reason  to  attribute  it  to  Fr.  Pedro  do  Gante. 

1053  Doctrina  Cristiana  en  lengua  espailola  y  mexicana,  hecha 

por  los  religiosos  de  la  orden  de  Santo  Domingo.  * 

Title  from  Sr.  Icazbalceta's  Life  and  writings  of  Bishop  Zumarraga,  where  it  is 
described  as  follows: 

Signatures  A-T  of  8  11.,  and  V  of  4  11.,  156  numbered  11.  of  2  columns,  Spanish 
and  Mexican.  4°.  Gothic  letter. 

I  have  seen  but  one  copy  of  this  most  rare  work:  it  belonged  to  Sr.  D.  Jose"  F. 
Ramirez,  passing  afterwards  into  the  possession  of  Sr.  D.  Alfredo  Chavero,  and 
since  into  that  of  Sr.  D.  Manuel  Fernandez  del  Castillo,  who  bought  it  at  a  sale 
in  London  for  £59.  It  is  the  same  as  that  described  in  my  Apuutes,  No.  100. 
It  is  incomplete,  wanting  all  of  fold  A,  and  the  first  leaf  of  B,  or  the  first  9  11., 
beginning  with  the  tenth,  numbered  x.  It  lacks,  also,  the  upper  part  of  the  last . 
leaf  on  which  was  the  colophon;  but  these  faults  have  been  supplied  as  to  certain 
points  by  means  of  a  manuscript  copy  made  in  1775,  which  1  have  among  my 
books.  It  bears  a  frontispiece  which  pretends  to  be  a  fac-simile.  and  it  agrees 
with  that  of  the  edition  of  1550,  given  below.  Above  it  says:  "Verilas  doniiiii 
nianct  in  eternum,"  followed  by  a  scutcheon  of  S.  Domingo,  and  at  the  foot: 
DC  claracion  y  exposicion  de  la  Doctrina  Christiana  en  Leugua  Espaiiola  &  Mexi- 
cana:  echa  por  los  religiosos  de  la  orden  de  Sancto  Domingo.  Aflo  de  1548. 

On  the  verso  of  the  last  leaf  is  the  colophon,  which,  completed  by  means  of  the 
manuscript  copy,  reads  thus: 

Con  Primlcgio  Imperial.  A  gloria  y  alabanza  de  nucstro  Redemptor 
Jesu  Chriato  y  de  su  bendita  Madre,  aqui  ac  acaba  la  declaration  ilc  la 
Doctrina  Christiana  en  Lengua  eapanola  y  Mexicana,  y  una  columna 
corresponda  d  otra:  sentcncia  por  sentencia:  de  grandc  utilidad  y 
proveclio  para  la  tsalud  Ac  las  animas,  y  en  especial  para  los  natvrales 
dsta  tierra/  \  p  q  scan  fvmdadosy  roborados  en  las  cosas  d  nra  seta 
fe  cato-  |  lica:  y  animados  pa  la  guarda  d  los  uiandaniietos  diuiuos: 
y  pa  |  q  todos  sepan  los  grades  dones  y  reqzas  qne  nfo  clemetis- 
simo  |  redemptor  qso  comuuicar  mediante  sus  sactos  sacramentos 
con  |  el  exercicio  de  las  obras  d  mla:  assi  corporales  como  spuales: 
to  |  do  lo  ql  se  cotiene  e  los  qreta  sermocicos  aq  contenidos.  Ua 
saea  |  da  la  legnu  e  tata  claridad  como  a<]  parece:  assi  porq  mejor 
se  d  |  todo  a  euteder  a  estos  naturales/  coino,  table  porq  mejor  |  lo 


DOCTRINA.  205 

Doctrina — continued. 

toinen  ft  coro  los  q  lo  qsiere  tomar.  Fue  impssa  e  esta  |  muy  leal 
ciudad  rt  mexico  ecasa  rt  juilpablospor  ma  |  dado  rtl  reueredissimo 
sefidr  do  fray  Jua  c,nmarra  |  ga  primer  Obpo  de  Mexico,  y  porq  en 
la  co  |  gregacio  q  los  sefiores  obpos  tuuiero  se  or-  |  deno  q  se  hizies- 
sen  dos  doctrinas:  vna  bre  |  ue  y  otra  larga:  y  la  breue  es  la  q  el 
aiio  |  de.  M.  d.  xlvj.  se  emprimio.  Mada  |  su  sefioria  reueredissimaq 
la  otra  j  grande  puede  ser  esta :  pa  dcla  j  racion  de  la  otra  peqnefia. 

Acabose  de  imprimir  a.  |  xvij.  dias  del  ines  de  |  enero.  Aiio  d 
M.  |  d.  y  xlviij.  [1548].  Aiios.  |  }Soli  Deo  honor  &  gloria  in  secula 
seculoru.  Ame.  | 

It  begins  with  a  prologue,  which  is  followed  by  the  Tabla  of  the  sermons.  Fol. 
lowing  is  the  cartillaosilibario,  and  the  Doctrina  chiquita,  or  the  text  of  the  doc- 
trina  cristiaua  in  Spanish  and  Mexican,  except  the  Per  signura  crueis  and  the 
four  prayers,  Credo,  Padre  nuestro,  Ave  Maria,  and  Salve,  which  are  in  Latin 
and  Mexican; 

The  printing  was  done  by  order  of  the  Bishop  Zumarraga,  and  at  his  expense. 
It  belongs,  most  likely,  to  the  year  1547,  since  it  was  finished  the  17th  of  January, 
1548.  The  work  was  not  held  in  much  esteem,  since  in  the  following  year,  1549, 
that  of  the  death  of  Bishop  Zumarraga,  there  appeared  the  following  edition: 

1054  ([Ueritasdominimanet  iueternum.  |  [Engraving.]  |  %  Doc 
trina  Christiana  |  en  legua  Espauola  y  Mexicana:  becba  |  por  los  re- 
ligiosos  de  la  ordeu  de  scto  Domingo.  |  Agora  uueuamete  corregida 
y  enmedada.  Ano.  1550.  j 

9  unnumbered  11.,  11.  x-clvj  double  columus,  Spanish  and  Mexican.  4°. 

Colophon,  verso  1.  clvj  : 

Con  preuilegio  Imperial.  |  <[  A  gloria  y  alaban^a  de  nro  redemp- 
tor  Jesu  |  Xpo  y  de  su  bendita  madre  |  aqui  se  acaba  la  declaracio 
dehido  |  ctri naxpiana  en  legua  Espanolay  Mexicana:  y  vnacoluna 
cor  |  respode  a  otra:  sentecia  por  seutecia:  d  grade  vtilidad  y  pue- 
cho  |  pa  la  salud  rt  las  alas:  y  en  especial  pa  los  naturales  dsta 
tierra/  |  pa  q  sea  fundados  y  roborados  en  las  cosas  de  nra  seta  fe 
catho  |  lica:  y  animados  pa  la  guarda  de  los  madamietos  diuinos:  y 
pa  |  q  todos  sepan  los  grades  dones  y  riquezas  q  nro  clemeutissimo  | 
redemptorquisocomunicar  mediate  sus  sctos  sacrametos  con  el  |  ex- 
ercicio  de  las  obras  de  mia:  assi  corporales  como  spuales:  todo  |  lo 
Ql  se  c5tiene  en  los  JJrenta  sermoncicos  a^|  coteudos.  Ua  saca  | 
da  la  legua  e  tat  a  claridad  como  aq  |  parece:  assi  porq  mejor 
se  de  |  todo  a  enteder  a  estos  uaturales  |  coiuo  tabie  porq  iTiejor  |  lo 
tome  de  coro  los  q  le  qsiere  tomar.  Fue  impssa  e  esta  |  muy  leal 
ciudad  rt  mexico  e  casa  rt  jua  pablos  por  ma  |  dado  rte  reueredis 
simo  sefior  do  fray  Jua  ^-umarra  |  ga  primer  Obpo  de  Mexico.  Y 
porq  en  la  con  |  gregacio  q  los  seiiores  obpos  tuuiero  se  or-  | 
deno  q  se  hiziessen  dos  doctriuas:  vna  bre-  |  ue  y  otra  larga:  y  la 
breue  es  la  q  el  aiio  |  de  M.  d.  xlvj.  se  imprimio.  Manda  |  su  se 
fioria  rcnerendissima  q  la  otra  |  grande  puede  ser  esta:  pa  de- 
cla  |  raciou  de  la  otra  pequena.  |  Acabose  de  imprimir  a  |  xij.  dias 
del  mes  de  |  hebrero.  Ano  rt  |  M.  d.  1.  afios  |  1 1 1 1  |  1 1 1  |  t  |  La  ql 


206  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Doctrina — continued. 

ha  sido  agora  nueuamente  corregida  y  einedada.  |  ([  Soli  deo  honor 
y  gloria  in  secula  seculoru.  Amen.  |  * 

Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  24,  with  corrections  furnished  by  that 
gentleman.  The  title  and  colophon  of  an  edition,  dated  two  months  later,  a 
copy  of  which  is  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  are  as  follows: 

1055  C  Veritas  doruini  manet  in  eternuni.  |  [Design.  |  tft  Doc 
trina  Christiana  |  en  lengna  Espanola  y  Mxicana  [sic] :  hecha  por  | 
los  religiosos  de  la  orde  de  scto  Domingo.  |  Agora  nueuamete  cor 
regida  y  emedada.    Afio  d.  1550. 

156  11.,  first  9  not  numbered.  Two  columns,  Spanish  on  the  left,  Mexican  on 
the  right,  gothic  letter. 

Colophon,  verso  1.  156: 

Con  prinilegio  Imperial.  |  ([  A  gloria  y  alaba^a  de  nuestro  redep- 
tor  Jesu  |  xpo  y  de  su  bcndita  madre,  aqui  se  acaba  la  declaracio  de 
la  do  |  ctrina  xpiana  cu  legua  Espanola  y  Mexicana:  y  vna  colua 
cor  |  responde  a  otra:  sentecia  por  sentecia:  d'  grade  vtilidud  y 
proue  |  c.ho  pa  la  salad  d'  las  alas :  y  en  especial  para  los  naturales 
d'  sta  |  trra,  pa  q  sea  fundados  y  roborados  en  las  cosas  de  nfa  seta 
fee  |  catholica:  y  animadospa  laguarda  d'  los  madamietos  diuiuos  | 
y  pa  q  todos  sepa  los  grades  dones  y  riqzar  q  nfo  clemetissimo  |  re- 
demptor  quiso  comunicar  mediate  sus  sctos  sacrametos  co  el  |  exer- 
cicio  de  las  obras  de  mla:  assi  corporales  como  spuales:  to-  |  do  lo  ql 
se  contiene  en  los  qreuta  sermoncicos  aq  cotenidos.  Ua  |  sacada  la  le 
gua  en  tata  claridad  como  aoj  parece :  assi  porq  me-  |  jor  se'de  todo 
a  enteder  a  estos  naturales,  como  tabie  porq  me-  |  jor  lo  tome  de  coro 
los  q  lo  qsiere  tomar.  Fue  impssa  en  esta  |  muy  real  ciudad 
d'  mexico  e  casa  d'  Jua  pablos  por  ina  |  dado  d'l  reueredissimo  sefior 
do  fray  Jua  gumarra  |  ga  primer  Obpo  de  JNlexico.  Y  porq  en  la 
con-  |  gregacio  q  los  senores  obispos  tuuiero  se  or-  |  deno  q  se  hizies- 
sen  dos  doctrinas:  vna  bre-  |  ue  y  otra  larga:  y  la  breue  es  la 
q  el  afio  |  deM.  d.  xlvj.  se  imprimio.  Manda  |  su  seuoria  reuereudis- 
sima  q  la  otra  |  grande  puede  ser  esta:  pa  decla  |  racion  de  la  otra 
pequefia.  |  Acabose  de  impriinir  a  |  xvij  dias  del  mes  de  |  Abril. 
Auo  de  |  1550.  |  Afios.  |  ^1  |  ffa  fjf  \  j%  \  La  ql  ha  sido  agora  nueua- 
mete  corregida  y  enmendada.  |  ([  Soli  deo  honor  y  gloria  in  secula 
seculoru.  Amen.  |  c. 

10,5(5  Doctrina  pequeua  en  Mexicano.     Tejiiton  Teotlatolli. 

Colophon  : 

Mexico,  1831.    Imprenta  del  ciudadano  Alejandro  Valdes.  * 

15  pp.  t(i°.  No  title-page.  Not  seen ;  title  communicated  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta. 

1057  Doctrines  and  Discipline.  |  [Methodist  Episcopal  Church.]  [11  lines 
Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill.  Mission  Press:  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One line  Cher 
okee  characters.]  |  1842.  |  BA. 
45  pp.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 


DOCTRINA  -  DOMENECH.  207 

1058  Dodd  (Captain).    Vocabulary  of  the  Stakbin  kwan. 

Iu  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  1,  pp.  121-133. 
Washington,  1877.  4°. 

1059  Dodge  (J.  Kichards).    Eed  Men  of  the  Ohio  Valley:  |  an  |  Aborigi 
nal  History  |  of  the  |  Period  commencing  A.  D.  1650,  and  ending  at 
the  treaty  of  |  Greenville,  A.  D.  1795;    embracing  notable  facts 
and  |  Thrilling  Incidents  in  the  Settlement  by  the  |  Whites  of  the 
States    of   Kentucky,    Obio,  |  Indiana    and    Illinois.  |  By    J.    B. 
Dodge.  |  Editor  of  the  American  Buralist.  | 

Springfield,  O.:  |  Euralist  Publishing  Company.  |  I860.  |  A.C.JBD. 
1  p.  1.,  pp.  v-x,  13-435.  12°. 

Specimen  of  tbe  Shawuee  and  Wyandot  languages,  pp.  51-60,  both  from  Am. 
Antiq.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  1. 

1060  Dodge   (Col.  Eichard  Irving).    Our  Wild  Indians:  |  thirty-three' 
years'  personal  experience  |  among  the  |  Eed  Men  of  the  Great 
West.  |  A  popular  account  of  |  their  social  life,  religion,  habits, 
traits,  customs,  exploits,  etc.  |  with  |  Thrilling  Adventures  and  Ex 
periences  |  on  the  great  plains  and  in  the  mountains  |  of  our  wide 
frontier.  |  By  |  Colonel    Eichard    Irving    Dodge,  |  United    States 
Army.  |  Aid-de-Camp  to  General   Sherman.  |  With  an  introduc 
tion  |  By  General  Sherman,  |  Fully  Illustrated  with  Portraits  on 
Steel,  Full-page  Engravings  on  Wood,  |  and  Fine  Chromo-Litho- 
graph  Plates.  | 

Hartford,  Conn.:  |  A.  D.  Worthington  and  Company.  |  A.  G.  Net- 
tleton  &  Co.,  Chicago,  111.    N.  D.  Thompson  &  Co.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  | 
C.  C.  Wick  &  Co.,  Cleveland,  O.     W.  E.  Dibble  &  Co.,  Cincinnati, 
O.  |  A.  L.  Bancroft  &  Co.,  San  Francisco,  Cal.  |  1882.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xxxix,  29-650.  8°. 

Wonderful  diversity  of  the  Indian  languages,  pp.  44-48;  Indian  names,  their 
meaning  and  significance,  pp.  220-228;  Cheyenne  names  of  the  larger  streams  of 
the  Plains,  p.  231;  Cheyenne  songs,  with  English  translation,  pp.  352-353; 
Dance  songs  with  music,  pp.  354-355;  The  sign-language  with  vocabulary, 
pp.  379-394. 

1061  Domenecb.  (Abbe  Emmanuel).    Seven  Years'  Eesidence  |  in  the 
great  |  Deserts  of  North  America  |  by  the  |  Abbe"  Em.  Domenech  | 
Apostolical  Missionary :  Canon  of  Montpellier :  Member  of  the  Pon 
tifical  Academy  Tiberina,  |  and  of   the  Geographical  and  Ethno 
graphical  Societies  of   France,    &c.  |  Illustrated  with  fifty-eight 
woodcuts  by  A.   Joliet,  three  |  plates  of  ancient  Indian  Music, 
and  a  map  showing  the  actual  situation  of  |  the  Indian  tribes  and 
the  country  described    by  the  author.  |  In  two    volumes  |  Vol. 
I  [II].  | 

London  |  Longman,  Green,  Longman,  and  Eoberts  |  1860.  |  BA.  c. 
2vols.  8°. 

List  of  "Indian  Tribes  of  North  America,"  vol.  1,  pp.  440-445.  "Indian 
Languages"  (including  examples  of  the  Natchez,  Ojibbeways,  Dacotas,  Algon 


208  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Domeuech  (Abbe  Emmanuel) — continued. 

quiii  and  Mexican),  vol.  2,  pp.  109-163.  "  Vocabularies  [82  words]  of  North 
American  Languages,"  vol.  2,  pp.  164-189,  as  follows : 

Blackfeet,  Kioway,  Onondaga, 

Cahuilo,  Mandan,  Osage, 

Cayuga,  Menornonee,  Pima, 

Chactas,  Miami,  Queres, 

Cherokee,  Mojave,  Riccaree, 

Chinook,  Mohawk,  Shawnee, 

Comanche,  Navajo,  Sheyenne, 

Dacota,  Nez  Perces,  Tuscarora, 

Delaware,  Ojibbeway,  Yuma, 

Hueco,  Oneida,  Zufii. 

1062  Voyage  pittoresque  dans  les  grands  deserts  du  Nouveau 

Monde. 

Paris,  Morizot.    1862.  » 

608pp.  imp.  8°.     Not  seen.     Said  to  contain  texts  of  Aztec  and  Maya  songs. 

Domingo  de  la  Anuuciacion. 

See  Anuuciacion  (Domingo  de  la). 

1063  Dominguez    (D.   Francisco).     Catecismo  |  de    la  |  Doctrina    Cris- 
tiaua  j  puesto  |  en  el  idioma  Totouaco  |  de  la  cierra  [sic]  baja  de 
Naoliugo,  |  distinto  del  de  la  cierra  alta  de  Papantla.  |  For  |  el 
Lie.  D.  Francisco  Dominguez,  |  cura  interiuo  de  Xalpan.  | 

Eeimpresoen  Pueblaenlaimpreuta  |  del  hospital  de  San  Pedro.  | 
1837.  |  c. 

38  pp.,  1  p.  errata.  16°. 

Complete    vocabulary    of   the  dialects  of    Cierra   Alta,   and  Cierra    Baja, 
pp.  26-37. 

' '  The  first  edition  of  the  Christian  Doctrine  appeared  after  the  Arte,  of  the  same 
author  published  at  Puebla  in  1752."— Le  Clerc. 

1064  Dominguez  y  Argaiz  (Dr.  D.  Francisco  Eugenio).    Platicas  de  los 

principales  mysteries  de  nuestra  Ste  Fee,  Cou  una  breve  exort;icion 

-,  .  • 

al  fin,  del  modo  con  que  deben  exitarse  al  dolor  de  las  culpas.    He- 
j&D]  cbas  en  el  Idioma  Yucateco,  por  orden  del  lllmo.  y  Rmo.  Sr.  D'  y 

Mtro  D.  F.  Iguacio  de  Padilla,  Del  Sagrado  Ordeu  de  San  Augus- 
tin,  Dignissimo  Arzobispo  Obispo  de  estas  Provincias  de  Yucatan, 
de  el  Cousejo  de  su  Majestad,  Por  el  Doctor  D.  Francisco  Eugeuio 
Dominguez  y  Argaiz.  Curo  proprio  de  la  Parrochial  del  Santo 
Nombre  de  Jesus,  intramuros  de  la  Ciudad,  y  Examiuador  Synodal 
del  Obispado  de  Yacatau  \sic\.  Quien  las  dedica  al  dicho  lllmo.  y 
Ii'ino.  Sefior.  Contiene  seis  Platicas:  la  1.  la  Explication  de  N. 
Santa  Fee:  la  2.  el  Mysterio  de  la  SS.  Trinidad:  la  3.  el  dela  En- 
carnation  del  Verbo  Diviuo:  la  4.  el  de  la  Eucharistia:  la  5.  la  Ex 
plication  del  Fin  ultimo  para  que  fue  criado  el  hombre:  que  es  solo 
Dios :  la  6.  la  Explication  del  modo  con  que  deben  excitarse  al  do 
lor  de  las  culpas. 


DOMENECH — DONCK.  209 

Dominguez  y  Argaiz  (Dr.  D.  Francisco  Engenio) — continued. 

Impressas  en  Mexico  en  la  Imprenta  del  Iteal  y  inas  Antiguo 
Colegio  de  S.  Yldefonso.  Ano  de  1758.  * 

6  p.  11.,  pp.  1-24.  4°.  On  the  recto  of  the  last  leaf,  without  number,  is  the  Act 
of  Contrition  in  verse.  Not  seen ;  title  communicated  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  to  whom 
it  was  furnished  by  Dr.  Berendt,  who  owned  a  copy  of  the  work. 

Carillo,  who  has  a  copy  also,  says  6  p.  11.  and  text,  pp.  1-25.  4°. 

1065  Donck  ( Adriaen  van der).    Beschry  vinge  j  Van  |  Nieuvv-Nederlant,  | 
(Ghelijck  het  tegenwoordigh  in  Staet  is)  |  Begrijpende  de  Nature, 
Aert,  gel egen they t  en  vrucht-  |  baerheyt  van  het  selveLant;  mits- 
gadersde proffijtelijcke en-  |  de geweuste toevallen,die aldaer tot on- 
derhout  der  Menscben,  (soo  |  uyt  haer  selven  als  van  buyten  inge- 
braclit)  gevoiiden  worden.  |  Als  Mede  |  De  maniere  en  ongheineyne 
eygenschappen  |  vande  Wilden  ofte  Naturellen  van  den  Lande.  | 
Eude  |  Een  bysomler  verhael  vanden  wonderlijcken   Aert  |  ende 
het  Weesen  der  Bevers,  |  DaerNochByGevoeght  Is  |  EenUiscours 
over  de  gelegentheyt  van  Nieuw  Nederlandt,  |  tusschen  een  Neder- 
landts  Patriot,  ende  een  |  Nieuw  Nederlander.  |  Beschreveu  door  | 
Adriaen  vauder  Donck,  |  Beyder  Itechten  Doctoor,  die  teghen- 
woor-  |  digh  noch  in  Nieuw  Nederlant  is.  | 

t'  Aemsteldam,  |  By  Evert  Nieuwenhof,  Boeck-verkooper,  woon- 
ende  op  't  |  Euslandt  in  't  Schrijf-boeck.  Anno  1G55.  |  * 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  100,  Register,  3  pp.  4°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1066  Beschiyvinge  |  Van  |  Nieuvv-Nederlant,  |  (Gelijck  het  te 
genwoordigh  in  Staet  is)  |  Begrijpende  de  Nature,  Aert,  gelegent 
heyt  en  vruchtbaerlieyt  |  van  het  selve  Landt;  mitsgaders  de  prof 
fijtelijcke  ende  gewenste  toevallen,  die  |  aldaer  tot  onderhondt  der 
Menschen,  (soo  uyt  haer  selven  als  van  buyten  inge-  |  bracbt)  ge- 
vonden  worden.    Als  mede  de  maniere  en  ongemeyne  Eygenschap-  | 
pen  vande  Wilden  ofte  Naturellen  vanden  Lanue.    Ende  een  by- 
sonder  verhael  |  vanden  wonderlijcken  Aert  ende  het  Weeseu  der 
Bevers.  |  Daer  noch  by-gevoeght  is  |  Een  Discours  over  de  gelegeut- 
heyt  van  Nieuw-Nederlandt  |  tnsschen  een  Nederlandts  Patriot, 
ende  een  Nieuw    Nederlander.  |  Beschreven  door  |  Adriaen    van 
der  Donck,  |  Beyder  Kechten  Doctoor,  die  tegenwoordigh  |  noch  in 
Nieuw-Nederlandt  is.  |  En  hier  achter  by  gevoeght  |  Het  voordee- 
ligh  Reglement  vande  Ed :  Hoog.     Achtbare  |  Heereu  de  Heeren 
Burgermeesteren  deser  Stede,  |  betreffende  de  sakeu  van  Nieuw-Ne 
derlandt.  |  Den  tweeden  Druck.  |  Met  een  pertinent  Kaertje  van 
t'  zelve  Landt  ver§iert,  |  en  van  veel  druckfouten  gesnyvert. 

t'  Aemsteldam,  |  By  Evert  Nieuwenhof,  Boeck-verkooper,  woo- 
nende  op  |  't  Euslandt,  in't  Schrijf-boeck,  Anno  1656.  |  Met  Privi- 
legie  voor  15  Jaren. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  100,  Register,  4  pp.,  4  11.  map.     Title  from  Sabiu's  Dictionary. 

14  Bib 


210  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Donck  (Adriaen  van  der) — continued. 

1067  Description  of  the  New  Netherlands,  by  Adrian  Van  der 

Donck,  J.  U.  D.    Translated  from  the  original  Dutch,  by  Hon. 
Jeremiah  Johnson,  Of  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

In  New  York  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.     Second  series,  vol.  1,  pp.  125-242. 
"Of  the  different  Nations  and  Languages,"  pp.  205-206. 

Issued  separately  with  title-page  which  is  a  translation  of  that  of  the  1656 
edition. 

1068  [Dorsey  (Rev.  James  Owen).]     Ponka  [ABC  Wa-ba-ru.  |  Mis 
sionary  Jurisdiction  of  Niobrara.  | 

New  York,  |  1873.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-16.  sq.  16°. 

1069 How  the  Babbit  killed  the  (Male)  Winter.    An  Omaha 

Fable.    By  J.  O.  Dorsey. 

In  Am.  Ant.,  vol.  2,  pp.  128-132.     Chicago,  1878-79.  8°. 

In  the  Omaha  language  with  interlinear  translation  in  English. 

1070  The  Babbit  and  the  Grasshopper.     An  Otoe  Myth.    Trans 
lated  by  Bev.  J.  Owen  Dorsey. 

In  Am.  Ant.,  vol.  3,  pp.  24-27.     Chicago,  1881.  8°. 

In  the  Otoe  language  with  interlinear  translation  in  English. 

1071  Myths,  Stories,  and  Letters  in  the  (pegiha  Language. 

This  material  is  in  the  hands  of  the  printer  and  will  form  Part  I,  Vol.  VI,  Con 
tributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  to  be  published  by  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology.  It  comprises  72  stories  and  myths  and  48  letters,  each  with  inter 
linear  translation,  explanatory  notes,  and  free  translation;  544  pp.  4°  are  in  type 
and  stereotyped. 

1072  Letters  in  the  (pegiha  Language. 

Manuscript.  200  pp.  folio.  These  are  258  in  number  and  were  dictated  by 
Omaha  Indians.  It  was  intended  to  incorporate  them  in  Vol.  VI,  Part  I,  Contribu 
tions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  but  the  material  already  in  type  for  that 
volume  was  so  extensive  as  to  prevent. 

1073  Grammar  of  the  (pegiha  Language. 

Manuscript.  800  pp.  folio.  Will  form  Part  II  of  Vol.  VI,  Contributions  to 
North  American  Ethnology. 

1074  (pegiha  Dictionary — (pegiha-English  and  English-(pegiha. 

Manuscript.  22,000  slips.  Contains  20,000  words  alphabetically  arranged.    Will 

form  Part  III  of  Vol.  VI,  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology. 

1075  Linguistic  Material  of  the  lowas,  Otos,  and  Missouris. 

Manuscript.  1,000  pp.  folio.     Consists  of  myths,  stories,  and  letters  with  inter 
linear  translations,  explanatory  notes,  and  free  translations,  a  dictionary  of  9,000 
words,  and  a  grammar. 

1076  Linguistic  Material  of  the  Winnebago  Language. 

Manuscript.  75  pp.  folio,  and  2,100  slips.     Consists  of  a  letter  with  interlinear 

translation,  notes,  and  free  translation,  grammatic  notes,  and  a  dictionary  of 
2,000  words. 

1077  Kansas  and  Omaha  Words  and  Phrases. 

Manuscript.  5  pp.  folio.  These  manuscripts  are  in  the  Library  of  the  Bureau 
of  Ethnology. 


DONCK DOUGHERTY.  211 

Dorsey  (Rev.  James  Owen) — continued. 

1078  -    — ,  Gatschet  (Albert  Samuel),  and  Riggs  (Stephen  Return). 
Illustration  of  the  Method  of  recording  Indian  Languages.    From 
the  manuscripts  of  Messrs.  J.  O.  Dorsev,  A.  S.  Gatschet,  and  S.  R. 
Biggs. 

In  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  First  Ann.  Kept.,  pp.  579-589.  Washington,  1881. 
imp.  8°. 

Those  three  gentlemen  have  prepared  monographs  which  are  now  in  course  of 
publication  by  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology;  to  illustrate  the  manner  in  which  they 
will  appear,  the  following  extracts  were  given.  Each  is  accompanied  by  inter 
linear  translation  in  English,  with  notes: 

Dorsey  (J.  O.)  How  the  Rabbit  caught  the  sun  in  a  trap.  An  Omaha  myth, 
pp.  581-583. 

Gatschet  (A.  S.)  Details  of  a  Conjuror's  practice.  In  the  Klamath  Lake  dia 
lect,  pp.  583-584. 

—  The  Relapse.     In  the  Klamath  Lake  dialect,  pp.  585-586. 

Sweat  Lodges.     In  the  Klamath  Lake  dialect,  pp.  586-587. 

Riggs(S.  R.)     A  Dog's  Revenge.     A  Dakota  Fable,  pp.  587-589. 

1079  Dougherty  (Rev.  Peter).    The  First  |  Initiatory  Catechism,  |  By 
James  Gall ;  |  with  the  i  Ten    Commandments,  |  and  the  Lord's 
Prayer:  |  Translated  into  Ojibwa,  |  By  the  Kev.  P.  Dougherty.  | 
Printed  for  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  |  Presbyterian 
Church.  | 

New  York:  |  John  Westall,  Printer.  29,  Ann-Street.  |  1844.  |   BA. 

Pp.  1-24,  alternate  English  and  Ojibwa.  1-2°. 

For  later  edition  see  Dougherty  (P.)  and  Rodd  (D.) 

1080  -  A  |  Chippewa    Primer.  |  Compiled    by  the  |  Rev.    Peter 

Dougherty.  |  Printed  for  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  | 
Presbyterian  Church.  | 

Few-York:  |  John  Westall,  Printer,  29  Ann-Street.  |  1844.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  1-84.  12°. 

A  vocabulary  of  words,  phrases,  and  sentences. 

1081  -  A  |  Chippewa  Primer.  | 'Compiled    by  the  |  Eev.   Peter 
Dougherty.  |  Printed  for  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  | 
Presbyterian  Church.  |  Second  edition — enlarged.  | 

New -York:  |  John  Westall  &  Co.,  Printers,  11  Spruce  Street.  | 
1847.  |  BA.  MHS. 

Pp.  1-123.  12°. 

1082  Vocabulary  of  the  Ojibwa  of  Grand  Traverse  Bay. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  458-469.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

1083  Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Ojibwa  of  Lake  Michigan 

(Ojibwank)  collected  by  Rev.  P.  Dougherty,  Missionary,  Chippewa 
and  Ottawa  Mission,  Grand  Traverse  Bay,  Mich. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)    Systems  of  Consanguinity,  pp.  29:i-382.    Washington, 

1871.  4°. 

1084  and  Rodd  (D.)    Easy  Lessons  |  on  |  Scripture  History:  |  in 

the  |  Ojibwa  Language:  |  translated  by  |  Rev.  P.  Dougherty,  | 


212  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Dougherty  (Rev.  Peter)  and  Rodd  (D.) — continued. 

aided  by  |  D.  Eodd.  |  Printed  for  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of 
the  |  Presbyterian  Church.  | 

Grand  Traverse  Bay.  |  1847.  |  John  Westall  and  Co.,  Printers,  | 
11  Spruce  street,  New-York.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  1-69,  alternate  English  and  Ojibwa.  16°. 

1085  The  First  |  Initiatory  Catechism;  |  by  James  Gall;  |  with 

the  |  Ten  Commandments  |  and  the  |  Lord's  Prayer  |  in  the  |  Ojib 
wa  Language:  |  translated  by  |  Eev.  P.  Dougherty,  |  aided  by  |  D. 
Eodd.  |  Printed  for  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  |  Presby 
terian  Church.  | 

Grand  Traverse  Bay.  |  1847.  |  John  Westall  and  Co.,  Printers,  | 
11  Spruce  street,  New-York.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  3-69,  alternate  English  and  Ojibwa.  16°. 

1086  Short  Beading  Lessons  |  in  the  |  Ojibwa  Language;  | 

translated  by  |  Eev.  P.  Dougherty,  |  aided  by  |  D.  Eodd.  |  Printed 
for  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  |  Presbyterian  Church.  | 

Grand  Traverse  Bay.  |  1847.  |  John  Westall  and  Co.,  Printers,  | 
11  Spruce  street,  New  York.  |  BA.  GB. 

Pp.  1-95,  alternate  English  and  Ojibwa.  12°. 

1087  Drake  (Samuel  Gardner).     Indian    Biography,  |  containing    the 
lives  of  more  than  |  Two  Hundred  |  Indian   Chiefs:  |  Also  such 
others  of  that  race  as  have  rendered  their  names  |  conspicuous  in 
the  History  of  North    America  from  its  first  |  being   known    to 
Europeans  to  the  present  period.  |  Giving  at  large  their  most  |  cel 
ebrated  speeches,  memorable  sayings,  |  numerous  anecdotes ;  |  and 
a  |  History  of  their  wars.  |  Much  of  which  is  taken  from  Manu 
scripts  never  before  published.  |  By  Samuel  G.  Drake.  |  [Four  lines 
quotation  in  English  and  two  in  Indian.] 

Boston :  |  Published  by  J&siah  Drake,  at  the  Antiquarian  Book 
store,  |  56  Coruhill.  |  Clg.  IQ.  CCCXXXII  [1832].  |  BA. 

1  p.  1. ,  pp.  i-viii,  9-348.  12°. 

First  edition  of  the  work  afterwards  expanded  into  "  Biography  and  His 
tory,"  and  subsequently  titled  "Book  of  the  Indians."  This  edition  contains  no 
linguistics  and  is  given  simply  because  it  is  the  first. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  mentions:  Second  edition,  Boston,  1833.  8°. 

1088  Biography  and  History  |  of  the  |  Indians  of  North  Amer 
ica;  |  comprising  |  a  General  Account  of  them,  |  and  |  Details  in 
the  Lives  of  all  the  most  distinguished  chiefs,  and  |  others,  who 
have  been  noted,  among  the  various  |  Indian   Nations  upon  the 
Continent.  |  Also,  |  a  History  of  their  Wars;  |  their  Manners  and 
Customs;    and  the  most  celebrated  Speeches  |  of  their  Orators, 
from  their  first  being  known  to  |  Europeans  to  the  Present  Time.  | 
Likewise  |  exhibiting  an  Analysis  |  of  the  most  distinguished,  as 
well  as  absurd  authors,  who  |  have  written  upon  the  great  ques- 


DOUGHERTY DRAKE.  213 

Drake  (Samuel  Gardner) — continued. 

tion  of  the  |  First  Peopling  of  America.  |  [Picture  of  an  Indian; 
quotation,  six  lines.]  |  By  Samuel  G.  Drake,  |  Member  of  the  New 
Hampshire  Historical  Society.  |  Third  Edition,  |  with  large  addi 
tions  and  corrections,  and  numerous  Engravings.  | 

Boston:  |  O.  L.  Perkins,  56  Oornhill,  and  Hilliard,  Gray  &  Co.  | 
New  York :  G.  &  C.  &  N.  Oarvill.  |  Philadelphia :  Grigg  &  Elliot.  | 
1834.  |  A.  c.  WHS. 

Engraved  title,  pp.  viii,  28, 120, 132, 72, 158, 1  1., pp.  18,1  plain  leaf, pp.  12.  8°. 
plates. 

Short  vocabulary  of  the  Kamskadale  and  Aleoutean,  Book  1,  p.  15;  Lord's 
Prayer  in  the  Muhhekaneew  language,  Book  2,  p.  89 ;  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Wam- 
panoag,  Book  3,  p.  40 ;  Specimen  of  the  language  of  the  Tarratines,  Book  3,  p. 
129;  A  few  words  in  the  Mohawk  language,  Book  5,p  111. 

Fourth  edition,  Boston,  1835. 

1089  Biography  and  History  |  of  the  |  Indians  of  North  Amer 
ica.  |  From  its  first  discovery  to  the  present  time ;  |  comprising  | 
details  in  the  lives  of  all  the  most  distinguished  chiefs  and  |  coun 
sellors,  exploits  of  warriors,  and  the  celebrated  |  speeches  of  their 
orators;  |  also  |  a  history  of  their  wars,  |  massacres  and  depreda 
tions,  as  well  as  the  wrongs  and  |  sufferings  which  the  Europeans 
and  their  |  descendants  have  done  them;  |  with  an  account  of  their  | 
Antiquities,  Manners  and  Customs,  |  Eeligion  and  Laws;  |  likewise 
exhibiting  an  analysis  of  the  most  distinguished,  as  well  as  absurd  | 
authors,  who  have  written  upon  the  great  question  of  the  |  first 
peopling  of   America.   |   [  Monogram ;   six    lines  quotation.]     By 
Samuel  G.  Drake.  |  Fifth  Edition,  |  With  large  Additions  and  Cor 
rections,  and  numerous  Engravings.  | 

Boston :  |  Antiquarian  Institute,  56  Cornhill.  |  1836.  |  o. 

xii,  48, 120, 144, 96, 168  pp.  8°. 

Short  vocabulary  of  the  Kamskadale,  and  Ale"outean,  Book  1,  p.  16 ;  Lord's 
Prayer  in  the  Muhkekaneew  language  (from  Edwards),  Book  2,  p.  87;  Lord's 
Prayer  in  the  Wampanoag,  Book  3,  p.  45 ;  A  specimen  of  the  language  of  the 
Tarratines,  Book  3,  p.  137;  Numerals  (1-10)  in  Choctaw,  Book  4,  p.  24;  Lord's 
Prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Six  Nations,  Book  5,  p.  5;  Lord's  Prayer  in  the 
Shawnee  language,  Book  5,  p.  127 ;  A  few  words  of  Mohawk,  and  of  Mohawk 
and  Welsh  compared,  Book  5,  p.  132; 

According  toSabin's  Dictionary  there  appeared  the  following:  Sixth  Edition: 
Boston,  1836.  8°.  Seventh  Edition :  Boston  Antiquarian  Institute,  1837,  pp.  xiii, 
120,144,96,160,12.  8°. 

1090  The  |  Book  of  the  Indians;  |  or,  |  Biography  and  History  | 

of  the  |  Indians  of  North  America,  |  from  its  first  discovery  |  to  the 
year  1841.  |  [Eight  lines  quotations.]  |  By  Samuel  G.  Drake,  |  Fel 
low  [&c.,  two  lines.]  |  Eighth  Edition,  |  With  large  Addition  and 
and  Corrections.  | 

Boston:  |  Antiquarian  Book  Store,  56  Coruhill.  |  M.DCCC.XLI 
[1841],  |  BA.  c. 

xii,  48, 120, 156, 156, 200  and  Index,  16  pp.  8°. 


214  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Drake  (Samuel  Gardner) — continued. 
Linguistics  as  in  Fifth  Edition,  q.  v. 

According  to  Sabin's  Dictiop-jry:  Ninth  Edition:  Boston,  1845,  748  pp.  8°. 
Tenth  Edition:  Boston,  MDCCOXLIII.  8°.  [Should  bo  MDCCCXLVIII.] 

1091  -         -  Biography  and  History  of  the  Indians  of  North  America, 
i«n      from  its  first  Discovery.    By  Samuel  G.  Drake.     Eleventh  Edition. 

Boston:  Benjamin  B.  Mussey.     M.DCCC.LI  [1851].  » 

Pp.  1-720.  8°.     Linguistics  as  in  Fifth  Edition. 

Some  copies  of  this  edition  have  the  imprint :  Boston,  San  born,  Carter  & 
Bazin,  1857.  Another  edition  is  Boston,  1858. — Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1092  -        -  The  |  Aboriginal    Races  |  of  |  North    America;  |  compris 
ing  |  Biographical   Sketches  of  Eminent   Individuals,  |  and  |  an 
Historical  Account  of  the  Different  Tribes,  |  from  j  the  First  Discov 
ery  of  the  Continent  |  to  |  the  Present  Period  |  With  a  Disserta 
tion  on  their  |  Origin,  Antiquities,  Manners  and  Customs,  |  Illus 
trative  Narratives  and  Anecdotes,  |  and  a  |  copious  analytical  in 
dex  |  By  Samuel  G.  Drake.  |  Fifteenth  Edition,  |  revised,  with  val 
uable  additions,  |  by  J.  W.  O'Neill.  |  Illustrated  with  Numerous 
Co'ored  Steel-plate  Engravings.  |  [Quotation,  six  lines.]  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Charles  Desilver,  |  No.   714  Chestnut  Street.  | 
1860.  |  A.  B. 

Pp.  1-736.  8°.  Linguistics  as  in  Fifth  edition,  pp.  32, 151, 229-230,  321, 364, 501, 
623, 627-628. 

This  is  the  Biography  of  the  Indians,  with  a  new  title-page  and  some  additions. 

1093 The  |  Aboriginal  Races  |  of  |  North  America;  |  compris 
ing  |  Biographical  Sketches  of  Eminent  Individuals,  |  and  |  an  His 
torical  Account  of  the  Different  Tribes,  |  from  |  the  First  Discov 
ery  of  the  Continent  |  to  |  the  Present  Period  |  With  a  Dissertation 
on  their  |  Origin,  Antiquities,  Manners. and  Customs,  |  Illustrative 
Narratives  and  Anecdotes,  |  and  a  |  copious  analytical  index  |  By 
Samuel  G.  Drake.  |  Fifteenth  Edition,  |  revised,  with  valuable  ad 
ditions,  |  by  Prof.  H.  L.  Williams.  |  [Quotation,  six  lines.]  | 

New  York.  |  Hurst  &  Company,  Publishers.  |  122  Nassau 
Street.  |  [n.  d.,  copyright,  1880.]  WE. 

Pp.  1-787.  8°.  Linguistics  as  in  Fifth  edition,  pp.  32, 151, 229-230, 321, 364, 501, 
623, 627-628  ;  and  in  addition: 

Gatschet  (A.  S.)  Indian  Languages  of  the  Pacific  States  and  Territories,  pp. 
748-763. 

Smith  (B.)  Comparative  Vocabularies  of  the  Seminole  and  Mikasuke 
Tongues,,  pp.  763-767. 

Squier  (E.  G.)  Historical  and  Mythological  Traditions  of  the  Algonquins, 
pp.  718-736. 

Title  and  notes  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 
I 

1094  The  |  Old  Indian  |  Chronicle;  |  being  a  collection  of  ex 
ceeding  rare  tracts  |  written  and  published  in  the  time  of  King  | 
Philip's  war,  by  persons  residing  in  |  the  country;  to  which  are  j 
now  added  marginal  |  notes  and  |  Chronicles  of  the  Indians  |  From 


DKAKE — DUFLOT  DE  MOFRAS.  215 

Drake  (Samuel  Gardner) — continued. 

the  discovery  of  America  to  the  present  time.  |  By  S.  G.  Drake.  | 
[Monogram.]  | 

Boston :  |  Published  at  the  |  Antiquarian  Institute,  56  Cornhill.  | 
MDCCCXXXVI  [1836].  |  BA. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-208.    16°.  plates.     Contains,  pp.  1-38,  reprint  of  The  Present 
State  of  New  England,  q.  v. 

1095  The  |  Old  Indian  Chronicle;  |  being  a  collection  of  |  Exceed 
ing  Rare  Tracts,  |  written  and  published  in  the  |  Time  of  King 
Philip's  War,  |  by  persons  residing  in  the  country.  |  To  which  are 
now  added  an  |  Introduction  and  Notes,  |  By  Samuel  G.  Drake.  | 

Boston:  |  Samuel  A.  Drake,  151  Washington  St.  |  1867.  |       WE. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-333.  sm.  4°. 

Contains,  pp.  119-169,  reprint  of  The  Present  State  of  New-England. 

1096  Drennen  (John).    Numerals  of  the  Choctaw  Language. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  K.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  204-206.     Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

Numerals  1-1,000,000,000. 

1097  Dryasdust  (Dr.),  pseud.    Indian  Names,  Along  the  southern  border 
of  Washington  County  [New  York].  JWP. 

In  •Washington  County  [N.  Y.]  Post,  vol.  16,  No.  24.    August  22,  1850. 
Names  of  creeks,  towns,  &c.,  their  etymology  and  meaning. 

1098  Duchateau  (Julien).     Sur  Fe'criture  calculiforme  des  Mayas.  Par  M. 
Julien  Duchateau. 

In  Soc.  Americaine  de  France,  Ai chives,  nouvelle  se'rie,  tome  1,  pp.  31-34. 
Paris,  1875.  8°. 

Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

1099  Ducrue  (Franz  Beuno).     Speciinina  Lingvae  Californicae.    Briefen 
des  Ilerrn  P.  Franz  Benno  Ducrue. 

In  Murr  (C.  G.)  Journal  zur  Kunstgeschichte,  vol.  12,  pp.  268-274.     Niiren- 
berg,  1787.     16°. 

Short  sentences  with  interlinear  translations. 

1100  Dudley  (Paul).    English  Definitions  of  Indian  Terms  From  Paul 
Dudley's  Papers.    Furnished  by  J.  Wingate  Thornton. 

In  Maine  Hist.  Soo.  Coll.,  vol.  5,  pp.  425-429.     Portland,  1857.     8°. 
"The  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Indian  tongue,  viz:  the  Indians  of  Norridgewock 
and  Penobscot  in  New  England  and  Nova  Scotia,"  pp.  427-428. 

"Descriptions  of  Indian  Words  from  Paul  Dudley's  MSS.,"  pp.  428-429. 

1101  Duflot  de  Mofras  (Eugene).    Exploration  |  du  Territoire  |  de  1'Ore"- 
gon,  |  des  Californies  |  et  de  la  Mer  Vermeille,  |  exe'cute'e  pendant 
les  anne"es  1840,  1841  et  1842,  |  par  M.  Duflot  de  Mofras,  |  Attache" 

a  la  Legation  de  France  a  Mexico;  |  Ouvrage  public'  par  ordre  du     f*^  *~. 

Roi,  |  sous  les  auspices  de  M.  le  Mare"chal  Soult,  Due  de  Dalmatie,  |      -fa^,        A*->  <** 

President  du  Conseil,  |  et  de  M.  le  Miuistre  des  Affaires  Etran- 

geres.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  | 

Paris,  |  Arthus  Bertrand,  Editeur,  |  Libraire  de  la  Socie"te  de      A   ;Y?k       ^^' 
Ge"ographie,  |  Rue  Hautefeuille,  n°  23.  |  1844  |  /g      BA.  c.  c    ' 

2™i,,8°  6.  tb 


216  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Duflot  de  Mofras  (Eugene) — continued. 

Philologio. — Diversity's  dcs  langues. — Examcn  cnmparatif  des  idiomes  oc<Sa- 
niens  et  ameYicains. — Systerues  de  numeration  binaire  et  quaternaire. — *  *  *  * 
Table  ge"ne>ale  analytique  et  alphabe'tique  de  1'ouvrage  (Chapitre  xiii,  pp.  :587- 
484,  vol.  2)  contains  the  Pater  Noster  in  the  following  languages: 

Tchinouk  du  Rio  Colombia,  Guiluco  de  la  Mission  de  San  Francisco  Solano, 
pp.  390-391 ;  Chocouyem  du  Rio  del  Sacramento,  Joukiousine'  de  la  Mission  do 
San  Rafael,  de  la  Valle"e  de  los  Tulares,  de  la  Mission  de  Santa  Clara,  Tatche'  ou 
T^lami  de  la  Mission  de  San  Antonio  de  Padua,  pp.  391-392 ;  de  la  Mission  de  Santa 
In6s,  San  Fernando,  San  Gabriel,  p.  393;  de  la  Mission  de  San  Juan  Capistnuio, 
San  Luiz  Rey  de  Francia,  p.  394 ;  de  la  Mission  de  San  Diego,  San  Francisco  de 
Borgia,  Santa  Gejrtrudis,  p.  395;  de  la  Mission  de  San  Iguacio  de  Loyola,  des 
Azteqnes  du  Mexique,  p.  396. 

Numerals  1-10  of  the  following  languages,  p.  401 : 

Cote  Nord-ouest  de  I'Amerique.  Californie. 

Sitka.  Mission  del  Carmelo. 

lie  du  Roi  George.  N.  8.  de  la  Soledad. 

Indiens  Haidas.  San  Luiz. 

Atnas.  San  Jnan. 

Noutka.  San  Gabriel. 

Tchinouks.  Indien  Pima. 

Umpquas.  Indien  Azteque. 
Systemes  de  Numeration  des  Indiens,  p.  402. 

1102  [Dukes  (Joseph).]    The  |  History  |  of  |  Joseph  and  his  Brethren.  | 
In  the  Choctaw  Language.  | 

Utica:  |  Press  of  William  Williams.  |  1831.  |  BA.  ABC.  ATS. 

Pp.  1-48.  24°.  "This  little  tract  is  indebted  for  its  existence  to  Mr.  Joseph 
Dukes,  a  native. interpreter."  Reprinted  1836. 

1103  Dumont  (M.)    M6moires  |  Historiques  |  sur  |  la  Louisiane,  |  conte- 
nant  ce  qui  y  est  arrive"  de  plus  |  memorable  depuis  l'anne~e  1C87. 
jus-  |  qu'a  present;  avec  l'e"tablissenient  de  la  |  Colonie  Frau(;oise 
dans  cette  Province  |  de  I'Amerique  Septentrionale  sous  la  |  direc 
tion  de  la  Compagnie  des  Indies;  |  le  climat,  la  nature  &  les  pro 
ductions  |  de  ce  pays;  1'origine  &  la  Religion  des  |  Sauvages  qui 
1'habitent;  leurs  mceurs  |  &  leurs  coutumes,  &c.  |  Composes  sur  les 
M^moires  de  M.  Dumout,  |  par  M.  L.  L.  Mfascrier].  |  Ouvrage  en- 
richi  de  Cartes  &  de  Figures.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Cl.  J.  B.  Bauche,  Libraire,  Quai  |  des  Augustins, 
a  Pimage  Ste  Genevie"ve.  |  M.  DCC.  LIII  [1753].  |  Avec  approbation 
&  Privilege  du  Eoi.  |  c. 

2  vols.  16°.  maps. 

Du  Gouvernemenf  des  Sauvages,  de  leur  Noblesse  &  de  lenr  Langne,  vol.  1, 
pp.  175-182.  Also  a  few  aboriginal  terms  en  passant  in  the  same  volume. 

1104  [Dunbar  (John).]     Lawyrawkvlarits  |  Pany  Kwta.  | 

Fkytaru  rrkwryhu  tgskwrgt  kitsutyryhu.  |  1836.  |  AAS.ABS.  JWP. 
Pp.  1-24.  12°. 

Exercises  in  spelling,  reading,  numerals,  &c.,  in  Pawnee.  The  translation  of 
the  title  is:  Book  |  Pawnee  his.  |  City  very  great  near  water  great  [Boston] 
was  printed.  |  1836.  | 


DUFLOT    DE    MOFRAS DUPONCEAU.  217 

1105  [Dunbar  (John  B.)]     The  Pawnee  Indians,  their  History  and  Eth 
nology.     [By  John  B.  Dunbar.] 

In  Mag.  of  Am.  Hist.,  vol.  4,  pp.  241-281.     New  York,  1880.  4°. 
Pawnee  proper  names  passim,  and  list  of  relationships,  pp.  270-271. 

1106  Grammatical  Sketch  and  Vocabulary  of  the  Pawnee  lan 
guage.  * 

Manuscript  prepared  by  Mr.  Dnnbar  to  accompany  his  article  in  the  Maga-  -• 
zine  of  American  History  ;  it  is  not  yet  published. 

1107  Dunbar  (William).    On  the  Language  of  Signs  among  certain 
North  American  Indians.    By  William  Duubar,  Esq.,  of  the  Mis 
sissippi  Territory,  communicated  by  Thomas  Jefferson,  President 
of  the  Society. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  6,  pp.  1-8.     Philadelphia,  1804.  4°. 

1108  Dunn  (John).      History  |  of  |  the  Oregon  Territory  |  and  British 
North-American  |  Fur  Trade;  |  with  |  An  Account  |  of  the  Habits 
and  Customs  of  the  Principal  Native  |  Tribes  on  the  Northern  Con 
tinent.  |  By  John   Dunn,  |  late  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company; 
eight  years  a  resident  in  the  |  country.  | 

London:  |  Edwards  and  Hughes,  Ave  Maria  Lane.  |  1844.  |       c.    13  , 

Pp.  i-viii,  l-:559.  8°.  map. 

"A  few  specimens  of  the  Language  of  the  Millbank  and  Chinook  Tribes,"  pp. 
358-359. 

§econd  edition,  London,  1846,  viii,  359  pp.  8°.  map. 

The  edition:  Philadelphia,  Zeiber  &  Co.  1845,236  pp.  16°,  contains  no  lin 
guistics. 

1 109  Dunne  (John).    Notices  relative  to  some  of  the  Native  Tribes  of 
North  America.    By  John  Dunne,  Esq. 

In  Royal  Irish  Acai  Trans.,  vol.  9,  pp.  101-137.  Dublin,  1803.  4°. 
"Some  imperfect  strictures  on  [Algonkin]  Indian  Language,"  with  examples, 
pp.  130-137. 

1110  Duponceau  (Peter  Stephen).    Report  of  the  Corresponding  Secre 
tary  [of  the  Hist.  &  Lit.  Com.  of  the  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.]  to  the 
Committee  of  his  Progress  in  the  Investigation  committed  to  him 
of  the  General  Character  and  Forms  of  the  Languages  of  the 
American  Indians — Read,  12th  Jan.,  1819. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Trans.  Hist,  and  Lit.  Com.,  vol.  1,  pp.  xvii-xlvii. 
Philadelphia,  1819.  8°.  Reprinted  in 

Buchanan  (J.)  Sketches  of  the  History  of  the  North  American  Indians,  pp. 
269-306.  London,  1824.  8° ;  and  in  ibid. :  vol.  2,  pp.  48-77.  New  York,  1824,  2  vols. 
8°;  and  in  French  in 

Duponceau  (S.)  Me'moiresur  *  *  *  Laugues  de  quelques  Nations  Indienues, 
pp.  413-464.  Paris,  1838.  8°.  Original  article  reviewed  by 

Pickering  (J.)  In  North  American  Review,  vol.  9,  pp.  179-187.  Boston, 
1819.  8°. 

Separately  issued  as  follows : 

1111  Report  |  made  |  to  the  Historical  &  Literary  Committee  | 

of  the  |  American  Philosophical  Society,  |  held  at  Philadelphia, 
for  promoting  |  useful  knowledge,  |  By  their  Corresponding  Secre- 


218  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Duponceau  (Peter  Stephen) — continued. 

tary,  |  stating  |  His  Progress  in  the  Investigation  committed  to 
Him,  of  the  |  General  character  and  Forms  |  of  the  |  Languages 
of  the  American  Indians.  |  Bead  in  committee,  |  12th  January, 

1819-  I  BA. 

Pp.  1-34.  8°. 

1112  M6moire  a  1'efi'et  de  determiner  le  caractere  grammatical 

des  langues  de  I'Ame'rique  Septentrionale,  connues  sous  les  noms  de 
Lenni  Lenape",  Mohe~gan,  Chippeway,  qui  a  obtenu  le  prix  de  liu- 
guistique  a  1'Institut  de  Fran9e  fonde"  par  M.  de  Volney.    Par  M. 
Pierre  S.  Du  Ponceau. 

Paris.    1836.  * 

8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1113  : —  Me"rnoire  |  sur  |  le  Systeme  Grammatical  |  des  langues  | 

de  |  quelquesNationsIndiennesde  I'Ame'rique  |  dukord;  |  ouvrage 

"  qui,alas6anceptibliqueannuelle  |  de  |  1'Institut  Eoyal  de  France,  | 
le  2  Mai  1835,  |  a  remporte"  le  prix  fonde  par  M.  le  Gomte  de  Vol 
ney  :  |  par  M.  P.  -Et  Du  Ponceau,  LL.  D.  |  President  [&c.,  six  lines]. 

Paris,  |  A  la  librairie  d'A.  Pihan  de  la  Forest,  |  Eue  des  Nbyers, 
37  |  Gide,  Librairie,  |  Eue  de  Seine  S.  G.  6  bis.  j  Dentu,  Libraire, 
Au  Palais  Eoyal.  |  1838.  |  BA.'  HU.  c. 

xvi,464  pp.  8°. 

Memoir  on  the  grammatical  character  of  the  North  American  languages, 
chapters  v-xx  being  devoted  to  the  Algonkin,  pp.  75-256. 

Appendix  A.  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Algonkiu  (Lenapi,  from  Hecke- 
welder)  and  Iroquois  (Onondago  from  Zeisberger),  pp.  257-269. 

Appeudix  B.  Comparative  vocabulary,  with  notes,  of  the  Algonkin,  pp.  271- 
411. 

Report  on  the  general  character  and  forms  of  the  American  languages:  made 
to  the  Hist.  &  Lit.  Com.  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  by  the  Cor.  Sec.,  P.  S.  Dupouceau,  pp. 
413-464. 

1114  -         -  Notes  and  Observations  on  Eliot's  Indian  Grammar.    Ad 
dressed  to  John  Pickering  Esq.    By  Peter  S.  Du  Ponceau. 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.  Col.,  second  series,  vol.  9,  pp.  i-xlvii  [313-359].  Boston, 

1822.  8°. 

The  above  article  is  supplementary  to  the  reprint  of  Eliot's  Indian  Grammar, 
which  is  preceded  by  "  Introductory  Observations,"  by  John  Pickering,  q.  v. 

See  Heckewelder  (J.  G.  E.)  and  Duponceau  (P.  S.) 


See  Pickering  ( J. )  and  Duponceau  (P.  S. ) 

See  Zeisberger  (Htv.  David). 

lL15Dupont( — ).     Essai  sur  la  langue  des  Indiens  Galibis.  * 

In  Revue  de  Linguistique.  tome  douzieme,  pp.  148-164  ?  Paris,  Maisouneuve, 
1879.  8°. 

Not  seen;  title  from  contents  of  vol.  xii,  of  which  I  have  seen  only  part  4. 

1116  [Duralde  (Martin).]    Vocabulaire  de  la  Langue  d'Atacapa. 

In  Vater  (J.  S.)  Analekteu  der  Spracheukunde,  pp. 63-72.  Leipzig,  1821.  8°. 

1117  Vocabulaire  de  la  Laugue  des  Chetimachas. 

In  Vater  (J.  S.)  Analekten  der  Sprachenkunde,  pp.  73-84.  Leipzig,  1821.  8°. 


DUPONCEAU DU   TERTRE.  219 

1118  Duran  (Fr.  Diego).    Historia  |  de  las  |  Indias  de  Nueva-Espaiia  | 
y  Islas  de  Tierra  Firme,  |  por  |  el  Padre  Fray  Diego  Duran  |  Keli- 
gioso  de  la  Orden-  de  Predicadores  |  (Escritor  del  siglo  xvi)  |  La 
publica  con  nn  Atlas  de  estampas,  Notas  e"  Illustraciones,  |  Jos£  F. 

Ramirez  |  Individuo  de  varias  Sociedades  Literarias  |  Rationales  y  f     •  —-  -rrr 

Extranjeras.  |  Tomo  I.  |  Iff* ' 

Mexico  |  Imprenta  de  J.  M.  Andrade  y  F.  Escalente.  |  Bajos  de  ^JUU^Jk^ 

San  Agustin  num.  1.  |  1867.  |  A.  B. 

Pp.  1-xvl,  1-535.  4°. 

The  foot-notes  of  the  editor  contain  numerous  explanations  and  translations 
of  Mexican  words. 

1119  Duret  (Claude).    Thresor  de  1'histoire  des  Langues  de  cest  TJni- 
vers,  contenant  les  origines,  beautez,  perfections  .  .  .  .  et  autre 
mines  des  Langues  Hebraique  ....  des  anlmaux  et  oiseaux. 

Coin.     1613.  » 

4°.  Title  from  Auer  s  Sprachenhalle. 

1120 Thresor  de  |  1'Histoire  des  |  Langves  de  cest  |  Univers,  | 

Contenant  les  Origines,  Beautez,  Perfections,  De9adences,  Muta 
tions,  |  Changements,  Couuersions,  &  Euines  des  Langues  |  He 
braique,  Chananeenne,  *  *  *  *  Indienne  des  Terres  neufnes  *  *  *  .  | 
Par  M.  Clavde  Dvret  Bovrbonnois,  |  President  a  Movlins.  |  Fous 
auons  adiouste  Devx  Indices:  L'vn  des  Chapitres:  L'autre  des 
principales  |  matieres  de  tout  ce  Thresor.  |  Seconde  Edition.  | 

A  Yverdon,  |  De  1'Imprimerie  de  la  Societe"  Helvetiale  Caldo- 
resqvi.  |  M.  DC.  XIX  [1619].  |  c. 

16  p.  11.,  1030  pp.     4°. 

Numerals,  1-10,  of  Canada,  ancient  and  modern,  and  of  the  Souriquois  and 
Etchemius  (all  from  L'Escarbot),  p.  955. 

Durocher  (P.) 
See  Aiame,  No.  38,  and  Aiamieu,  No.  40,  of  this  catalogn 

1121  Du  Tertre  (R.  P.  lean  Baptiste).    Histoire  |  Gene"rale,  |  des  Isles  | 
deS.Christophe,  |  delaGvadelovpe,  |  delaMartiniqve,  |  etavtres  | 
dans  FAme'riqve.  |  Ou  1'on  verra  1'establissemeut  des  Colonies 
Fran-  |  goises,  dans  ces  Isles;  leurs  guerres  Ciuiles  &  |  Estrangeres, 
&  tout  ce.  qui  se  passe  dans  les  |  voyages  &  retours  des  Indes.  | 
Comme  aussi  plusieurs  belles  particularitez  des  Antisles  de  l'Am6- 
rique:  |  Vne  description  generale  de  1'Isle  de  la  Guadeloupe:  |  de 
tons  ses  |  Mineraux,  de  ses  Pierreries,  de  ses  Riuieres,  Fontaines 
&  |  Estaugs:  &  de  toutes  ses  Plantes.  |  De  plus,  la  description  de 
tous  les  Animaux  de  la  Mer,  de  1'Air  &  de  la  |  Terre:  &  un  Traite" 
fort  ample  des  Moeurs  des  Sanuages  du  pays,  de  1'Estat  |  de  la 
Colonie  Francoise,  &  des  Eclaues,  tant  Mores,  que  Sauuages.  |  Par  le 
R.  P.  lean  Baptiste  dv  Tertre,  Religieux  de  1'Ordre  des  F.  F.  Pre-  | 
scheurs,  du  Nouitiat  du  Faux-Bourg  Saiuct  Germain  de  Paris,  j 
Missionaire  Apostolique  clans  l'Ame"rique.  |  [Device.] 


220  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Du  Tertre  (R.  P.  lean  Baptiste)— continued. 

A  Paris,  |  Cliez  lacqves  Langlois,  Imprimeur  Ordinaire  du  Eoy,  | 
An  Mont  de  sainte  Geneuiefve,  vis  a  vis  la  Fontaine.  |  Et  Em- 
manvel  Langlois,  dans  la  grand'  Salle  du  Palais,  |  a  la  Keyne  de 
Paix.  |  M.  DC.  LIV  [1654].  |  Avec  Priuile'ge  du  Eoy,  &  Approba 
tion  des  Superieurs.  |  BA.  c. 

10  p.  11.,  481, 7  unnumbered  pp.  8°.  map. 

"Ad  vis  av  lectevr,"  p.  11.  5  &  6,  contains  the  following  prayers  in  Carib,  ex 
tracted  from  the  manuscript  of  Sr.  R.  P.  Raymond  Breton  : 

"L'Oraison  Dominicale,"  "La  Salutation  Angelique,"  "Symbole  des  Apos- 
tres,"  "La  benediction  auant  le  repas,"  "Action  de  graces  apres  le  repas,"  and 
"  Les  commandemens  de  Dieu." 

Leclerc,  No.  2133,  sa;\  s  there  are  two  editions  of  this  work  with  different  dedi 
cations,  one  beginning  "A  Monsieur  Achilles  de  Harlay;"  the  other  "A  Messire 
Achilles  de  Harlay."  The  latter  is  the  one  I  have  handled. 

1122  Eastman  (Mrs.  Mary  H.)    Dahcotah;  |  or,  |  Life  and  Legends  of 
the  Sioux  |  around   Fort  Snelling.  |  By    Mrs.   Mary  Eastman,  | 
with  |  Preface  by  Mrs.  C.  M.  Kirkland.  |  Illustrated  from  drawings 
by  Captain  Eastman.  | 

New  York:  |  John  Wiley,  161  Broadway.  |  1849.  |         ,       Hti.  C. 

Pp.  i-xxxi,  33-268.  8°. 

A  list  of  Sioux  Chiefs  with  English  signification,  p.  xxv;  Sioux  names  for 
children,  in  order  of  birth,  p.  xxv;  List  of  Gods  of  the  Dahcotahs  with  English 
signification,  p.  xxxi. 

1123  Eaton  (Capt.  J.  H.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  the  Pueblo  of 
Zuni,  New  Mexico,  and  of  the  Navajos  of  New  Mexico. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  4,  pp.  416-431.     Philadelphia, 

1854.  4°. 

1124  Edinburgh  Philosophical  Journal.    The  |  Edinburgh  |  Phi'osophical 
Journal,  |  Exhibiting  a  view  of  |  the  progress  of  discovery  in  Na 
tural    Philosophy,  |  Chemistry,   Natural  History,   Practical  Me 
chanics,  |  Geography,  Statistics,  and  the  Fine  and  Useful  |  Arts,  | 
for  |  June  ....  October  1819.  |  Conducted  by  |  Dr.  Brewster  and 
Professor  Jameson.  |  To  be  continued  quarterly.     Vol.  I  [-X1V], 

Edinburgh :  |  Printed  for  Archibald  Constable  and  Company.  | 
1819  [-1820J.  BA.  O. 

Couliuued  as  follows: 

1125  Edinburgh  New  "Philosophical  Journal.    The  |  Edinburgh  New  | 
Philosophical  Journal,  |  exhibiting  a  view  of  the  |  progressive  im 
provements  and  discoveries  |  in  the  |  Sciences  and  the  Arts.  |  Con 
ducted  by  |  Robert  Jameson,  |  Begins  Professor  [&c.,  15  lines].  | 
April .  .  .  October  1826.  |  To  be  continued  quarterly.  | 

Edinburgh:  |  Printed   for  Adam   Black,    North    Bridge,   Edin 
burgh  ;  |  and  Longman,  Bees,  Orme,  Brown,  &  Green,  |  London.  | 
1826  [-1854].  BA.  C. 

57  vols.  8°. 

Scouler  (John).  On  the  Indian  tribes  inhabiting  the  Northwest  coast  of 
America,  vol.  41,  pp.  108-192. 

Continued  as  follows: 


DU    TERTRE  —EDWARDS.  221 

Edinburgh  New  Philosophical  Journal — continued. 

1126  The  |  Edinburgh  New  |  Philosophical  Journal,  |  exhibiting 

a  view  of  the  |  progressive  discoveries  and  improvements  |  in  the 
Sciences  and  the  Arts.  |  Ijditors.  |  Thomas  Anderson,  M.  D.,  P.  R. 
S.  E.,  &c.,  |  Regius  Professor  [&c.]     Sir  William  Jardine,  Bart.,  F. 
R.  S.  E.,   &c.,  |  and  |  John  Hutton  Balfour,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.   E. 

&c.,  |  Professor  [&c.]  |  January April  1855.  |  Vol.  I  [-XIX]. 

New  Series.  | 

Edinburgh:  |  Adam  and  Chai'les  Black.  |  Lougmau,  Brown, 
Green,  &  Longmans,  London.  |  MDCCOLV  [-MDCCCLXIV] 
[1855-1864].  |  BA. 

19  vols.  8°. 

1127  Edwards  (Bryan).     The  |  History,  |  Civil  and  Commercial,  |  of  | 
The  British  Colonies  in  the  West  Indies:  |  In  two  volumes.  |  By 
Bryan   Edwards,  Esq.  |  of  the  Island  of  Jamaica.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  John  Stockdale,  Piccadilly.  |  M.  DCC.- 
XCIII  [1793].  |  c. 

•2  vo's. :  pp.  i-xxxvi,  1-494;  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-494,  folding  tables.  4°. 

Charaibe  terms  (from  Rocbefort)  compared  with  similar  terms  from  Oriental 
dialects  (Hebrew,  &c. ),  vol.  1,  p.  114. 

1128  -        -  The  |  History,  |  Civil  and  Commercial,  |  of  |  The  British 
Colonies  in  the  West   Indies:  |  In   two  volumes.  |  By  Bryan  Ed 
wards,  Esq.  |  of  the  Island  of  Jamaica;  |  F.  R.  S.  S.  A.  and  Mem 
ber  of  the  American  Philo   |  sophical  Society  of  Philadelphia.  | 
The  Second  Edition,  |  Illustrated  with  Maps.  |  Vol.  I  [-III].  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  John  Stockdale,  Piccadilly.  |  M.DCC.- 
XCIV  [-1801].  |  c. 

3  vols. :  pp.  liv,  1-494 ;  1  1.,  pp.  1-520, 1 1. ;  1  1.,  pp.  v-xx,  1^143.  4°. 

Cbaraibe  terms  (from  Rochefort)  compared  with  similar  terms  from  Oriental 
dialects  (HebreWj  &c.),  vol.  1,  p.  117. 

1129  -        -  The  I  History,  |  Civil  and  Commercial,  |  of  the  |  British 
Colonies  |  in  the  |  West  Indies.  |  By  Bryan  Edwards,  Esq,  F.  R.  S. 
S.  A.  |  In  three  volumes.  |  Third  edition,  |  with  considerable  addi 
tions.  |  Illustrated  with  Plates.  |  Vol.  I  [-III].  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  John  Stockdale,  Piccadilly.  |  1801.  |    A.  w. 

3  vols.:  pp.  i-xxiv,  i-xxiii,  1-576;  pp.  i-viii,  1-617  (1);  1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xxxii. 
1-477.  8°. 

Charaibe  terms,  etc.,  vol.  1,  p.  145. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  gives  t^e  following : 

+  Dublin:  Luke  White.    M.  DCC.  XCIII.  2  vols.  8°. 

-f  Fourth  edition.  Philadelphia :  James  Humphreys.  1805-6.  4  vols.  8°,  and 
atlas  4°. 

+  Fourth  edition,  with  considerable  additions.  Illustrated  with  plates.  Lon 
don  :  John  Stockdale,  1807.  3  vols.  8°. 


222  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Edwards  (Bryan) — continued. 

-f- With  a  continuation  to  the  present  time.     Fifth  edition.     London:  G.  and 
W.  B.  Whitaker.     1819.     5  vols.  8°  and  atlas  4°. 
+  Baltimore:  Coale  &  Thomas.     1810.    4  vols.  8°. 
+  Philadelphia :  Levis  &  Weaver.     181(f  4  vols.  8°. 
+  Charleston  :  E.  Morford,  Willington  &  Co.     1810.  4  vols.  8°. 

1130  Histoire  civile  et  coinmerciale  des  Indes  Occidentales  de- 

puis  leur  de'couverte ;  suivie  d'uu  tableau  historique  et  politique  de 
File  de  St.  Domingue.    Traduite  de  1'Anglaise.    2e  Edition  corrigee. 
Paris:  Dentu,  1804.  * 

8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  as  also  the  following: 

1131 Burgerlijke  en  handelkundige  geschiedenis  van  de  Engel- 

sche  volkplantingen  in  de  West  Indien,  door  B.  Edwards. 

Haarlem.  1794-1799.  * 

6  vols.  8°.  Abridgments  were  published:  London:  J.  Parsons.  1794.  2 
vols.  8°,  and  London :  J.  Crosby.  1798.  8°. 

1132  Edwards  (Rev.  John)  and  Byington  (Rev.  Cyrus).    Terms  of  Eela- 
tionsliip  of  the  Chocta,  (Chata)  collected  by  Rev.  Jolm  Edwards 
and  Rev.  Cyrus  Byington,  Missionaries,  Wbeelock,  Chocta  Nation. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  consangnity  and  affinity  of  the  Human  Fam 
ily,  pp.  293-382.  Washington,  1871.  4°. 

1133  Edwards  (Jonathan).    Observations  |  on  the  |  Language  |  of  the  | 
Muhhekaneew  Indians;  |  in  which  the  extent  of  that  language  in  j 
North-America  is  shewn;  |  its  Genius  is  |  Grammatically  traced: 
some  of  its  Peculiar!-  |  ties,  and  some  Instances  of  Analogy  be 
tween  |  that  and  the  Hebrew  are  pointed  out.  |  Communicated  to 
the  Connecticut  Society  of  |  Arts  and  Sciences,  and  published  at 
the  |  Request  of  the  Society.  |  By  Jonathan  Edwards,  U.  D.  |  Pas 
tor  of  a  Church  in  New-Haven,  and  |  Member  of  the  Connecticut 
Society  of  |  Arts  and  Sciences.  | 

New  Haven,  Printed  by  Josiah  Meigs,  |  M,  DCC,  LXXXVIII 
[1788].  |  HU.  c. 

Pp.  1-17  12?. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Mohegan,  and  Shawnee  (from  Gen.  Parsons), 
pp.  6-7  ;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Mohegan,  and  Cbippewa  (from  Carver), 
pp.  7-8 ;  Numerals,  1-10,  Mohegan,  and  Mohawk,  p.  9 ;  Pater  Noster  in  Mohe 
gan,  p.  9  ;  Pater  Noster  in  the  language  of  the  Six  Nations  (from  Smith's  New 
York),  p.  10 ;  Qi-ammatical  Notes,  pp.  10-17. 

Reprinted  as  follows: 

11.  !4  Observations  |  on  the  |  Language  |  of  the  |  Muhhekaneew 

Indians;  |  in  which  |  The  Extent  of  that  Language  in  North-Ame-  | 
rica  is  shewn;  its  Genius  is  grammatically  |  traced;  some  of  its 
Peculiarities,  and  some  |  Instances  of  Analogy  between  that  and 
the  |  Hebrew  are  pointed  out.  |  Communicated  to  the  |  Connecti 
cut  Society  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  |  And  published  at  the  Request 
of  the  Society.  |  By  Jonathan  Edwards,  D.  D.  |  Pastor  of  a  Church 
in  New-Haven  and  Member  of  the  |  Connecticut  Society  of  Arts 
and  Sciences.  I 


EDWARDS.  223 

Edwards  (Jonathan) — continued. 

New  Haven,  printed  by  Josiah  Meigs,  1787;  |  London  reprinted  by 
W.  Justins,  |  Shoemaker-Bow,  Blackfriars.  |  M,  DCG,  LXXXVIII 
[1788].  |  BA. 

Pp.  i-iv,  5-16.  8°.  Contents  as  in  American  edition.  Some  copies  differ  in 
date  as  follows:  New  Haven,  printed  by  Josiah  Meigs,  1788;  London,  reprinted 
by  W.  Justius,  Shoemaker  Row,  Blackfriars.  M,  DCC,  LXXXEX. 

1135 A  |  Sermon  |  at  the  Execution  of  |  Moses  Paul,  an  In 
dian  ;  |  Who  had  been  guilty  of  Murder,  |  Preached  at  New  Haven 
in  America.  |  By  Samson  Occom,  |  A  native  Indian,  and  Missionary 
to  the  Indians,  who  was  in  England  |  in  1766  and  1767,  collecting 
for  the  Indian  Charity  Schools.  |  To  which  is  added  |  a  Short  Ac 
count  of  the  |  late  Spread  of  the  Gospel,  |  among  the  Indians.  | 
Also  |  Observations  on  the  Language  of  the  |  Muhhekaneew  In 
dians;  |  communicated  to  the  |  Connecticut  Society  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  |  By  Jonathan  Edwards,  D.  D.  | 

New  Haven,  Connecticut:  Printed  1788.  |  London:  Printed,  1789, 
and  Sold  by  Buckland,  Pater-  |  noster-Eow;  Dilly,  Poultry; 
Otridge,  Strand;  J.  Lenard,  |  No.  91,  Newgate-street;  T.  Pitcher, 
No.  44  Barbican;  Brown,  |  on  the  Tolzey  Bristol;  Binns,  at  Leeds; 
and  Woolmer,  at  Exeter.  |  c.  JOB. 

Pp.  i-iv,  5-24,  1-16.  8°.  The  first  16  pp.  comprise  the  Observations,  &c.,  aa 
in  No.  1134. 

Reprinted  in  Carey  (Mathew),  editor.  American  Museum  or  Repository  of  *  *  * 
fugitive  pieces,  &c.,  vol.  5,  pp.  21-25,  141-144.  Philadelphia,  1789.  8°.  AJso 
(according  to  Lndewig)  New  York,  1801.  8°.  And  again  as  follows: 

1136  Observations  on  the  Language  of  the  Muhhekaueew  Indi 
ans;  |  In  which  the  Extent  of  that  Language  in  North  America  is 
shewn;  |  its  Genius  is  grammatically  traced;  some  of  its  Peculiari 
ties,  |  and  some  instances  of  Analogy  betweeu  that  and  the  Hebrew 
are  pointed  out.  Communicated  to  the  Connecticut  Society  of  Arts 
and  Sciences,  and  |  published  at  the  Bequest  of  the  Society.  |  By 
Jonathan  Edwards,  D.  D.,  Pastor  of  a  Church  in  New  Haven  |  and 
Member  of  the  Connecticut  Society  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  |  New 
Haven,  Printed  by  Josiah  Meigs,  M,  DCC,  LXXXVIII.  BA. 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  second  series,  vol.  10,  pp.  81-100.    Boston,  1823.  8°. 

This  reprint  is  preceded  by  an  "Advertisement"  signed  John  Pickering,  and 
dated  Salem,  Mass.,  May  15,  1822,  which  occupies  pp.  81-84. 

The  contents  of  the  Observations  are  the  same  as  the  original  and  occupy  pp. 
84-98. 

"Notes,  By  the  Editor,"  occupy  pp.  98-160,  the  contents  of  which,  in  addition 
to  comments  and  remarks  on  affinities,  grammatic  structure,  etc.,  are  as  follows: 

Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Minsi  and  Unami  (from  Heckewelder),  p.  101;  Numer 
als,  1-10,  from  the  Mohawk  Primer,  and  from  Edwards,  p.  101 ;  Pater  Noster, 
from  the  Mohawk  Primer  and  from  Edwards,  p.  102 ;  Cherokee  verbs  (from  Buth- 
rick),  p.  121. 

•'Comparative  Vocabulary  [45  words]  of  various  dialects  of  the  Lcnape  (or 
Delaware)  Stock  of  North  American  Languages,  together  with  a  Specimen  of 
the  Winnebago  (or  Nipegon)  Language,"  which  includes  the  following: 


224  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Edwards  (Jonathan) — continued. 

Mohegan  (from  Edwards),  p.  13G;  Mohegan  (from  Rev.  W.  Jenks),  p.  137; 
Lenape  or  Delaware  (from  Rev.  Mr.  Heckewelder),  p.  137  ;  Munsee,  or  Minsi  (from 
Dr.  Barton),  p.  138 ;  Shawanese  (from  Edwards),  p.  138 ;  Shawanese  (from  Ar- 
chaeologia  Americana),  p.  138;  Nanticoke  (from  Gen.  Murray  and  Mr.  Hecke- 
welder),  p  139;  Naraganset  (from  Roger  Williams),  p.  139 ;  Massachusetts  (from 
Eliot),  p.  140;  Penobscot  (from  French  Missionaries'  MS.),  p.  140;  Abnaki  (from 
Father  Rale's  MS.  dictionary),  p.  141 ;  St.  Franci  Indians  (from  Rev.  Dr.  Holmes 
and  Rev.  Mr.  Noyes),  p.  141 ;  Messisaugas  (from  Barton's  New  Views),  p.  142 ; 
Algoukiu  (from  La  Hontan),  p.  142 ;  Algoukiu  (from  McKenzie),  p.  143 ;  Chip- 
peway  (from  Edwards),  p.  143;  Chippeway  (from  Long's  Travels,  London  edi 
tion,  1791),  p.  144;  Knisteneaux  (from  McKenzie),  p.  144;  Knisteneaux  (from 
Harmon's  Journal,  1820),  p.  145 ;  Winnebago  or  Nippegon  (from  Professor  Say), 
p.  145. 

Comparative  table  of  the  Sioux  or  Naudowessie  Stock;  comprehending  the 
Winnebago,  communicated  by  Mr.  Du  Ponceau,  p.  151. 

Postscript.  Translation  of  the  19th  Psalm  into  the  Muh-he-con-uuk  language 
done  at  the  Cornwall  School  under  the  superintendence  of  Rev.  John  Sergeant, 
Missionary  (from  Rev.  Dr.  Morse's  Report  on  Indian  Affairs),  pp.  152-154. 

Index  of  Mohegan  and  other  Indian  words,  explained  in  Edwards' Observa 
tions,  pp.  155-157. 

Index  of  the  principal  matters  in  Edwards'  Observations  and  the  Editor's 
notes,  pp.  158-160. 

This  reprint  in  the  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.  was  also  published  as  a  separate 
paper  with  addition  of  title-page,  but  otherwise  unchanged,  as  follows : 

1137  Observations  |  on  the  |  Language  |  of  the  Muhheekaneew 

Indians.  |  By  Jonathan  Edwards,  D.  D.  |  A  new  edition:  |  with 
notes,  |  by  |  John  Pickering.  |  As  published  in  the  Massachusetts 
Historical  Collections.  | 

Boston  :  |  Printed  by  Phelps  and  Farnham.  |  1823.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-82.  8°.    Reprinted,  according  to  Sabin's  Dictionary,  as  follows: 

1138  Observations  on  the  Language  of  the  Muhhekaneew  In 
dians.    By  Jonathan  Edwards.    A  New  Edition,  with  Notes  by 
John  Pickering. 

Boston :  Little  and  Brown.     1843.  * 

8°. 

1139 The  Works  |  of  |  Jonathan  Edwards,  D.  D.  |  Late  Presi 
dent  of  Union  College.  |  With  a  |  Memoir  of  his  Life  and  Charac 
ter,  |  by  Tryon  Edwards,  j  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

Andover:  |  Printed  and  Published  by  Allen,  Morrill  &  Ward- 
well.  |  New  York:    Dayton  and  Newman.  |  Philadelphia:    Henry 
Perkins. — Boston:    Crocker  and  Brewster,  |  Gould,  Kendall  and 
Lincoln,  Tappan  and  Dennett.  |  Hartford:    Tyler  and  Porter.  | 
1842.  |  * 

2  vols.  8°.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Barnes. 

Observations  on  the  Language  of  the  Muhhekaneew  Indians,  vol.  1,  pp.  469-480. 

Another  edition :  Boston,  1850.  2  vols.  8°,  not  seen. 

1140  Eells  (Rev.  Myron).    Hymns  |  in  the  |  Chinook  Jargon  Language  | 
compiled  by  |  Rev.  M.  Eels,  [sic]  \  Missionary  of  the  American  Mis 
sionary  Association.  |  [Design.] 


EDWARDS — EELLS.  225 

Eells  (Rev.  Myron) — continued. 

Portland,   Oregon:  |  Publishing  House  of   Geo.   H.   Himes.  | 
1878.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-30.  sq.  16°. 
Hymns,  pp.  4-27;  Lord's  Prayer,  pp.  28-29;  Blessing  before  meals,  p.  30. 

1141  The  Twana  Indians  of  the  Skokomish  Eeservation  in  Wash 
ington  Territory.  By  Eev.  M.  Eells,  Missionary  among  these  Indians. 

In  Hayden  (F.  V.)  Bulletin,  vol.  3,  pp.  57-114.     Washington,  1877.  8°. 
Numerals  1-1000,  pp.  86-87;   Names  of  days,  months,   &c.,  87-88;  Chinook 
songs,  pp.  91-92;  Vocabulary,  211  words,  pp.  93-98. 

1142  Indian  Music. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian,  vol.  1,  pp.  249-253.     Cleveland,  1878;  Chicago,  1879.  8°. 
Short  songs  in  Clallam  and  Chemakum,  with  music,  p.  252. 

1143  The  Twana  Language  of  Washington  Territory.    By  Rev. 

M.  Eells. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian  and  Oriental  Journal,  vol.  3,  pp.  296-303.     Chicago, 

1881.  8°. 

Grammatic  forms  of  the  Twana  or  Skokomish,  pp.  296-298 ;  of  the  Skwaksin 
dialect  of  the  Niskwalli,  pp.  298-299 ;  of  the  Clallam,  pp.  299-301 ;  of  the  Che- 
inii  k  inn .  pp.  301-303 ;  of  the  Spokane,  pp.  302-303 ;  of  the  Chinook  Jargon,  p.  303. 

1144  The  Twana,  Chemakum,  and  Clallam  Indians  of  Washing 
ton  Territory.    By  Rev.  Myron  Eells,  Missionary  of  the  American 
Missionary  Association. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-435.  4°. 

Chapter  XIII.  Language  and  Literature,  pp.  219-268,  contains,  pp.  219-230, 
remarks  and  examples  of  the  languages  of  Washington  Territory. 

1145  Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  the  Chemakum  lan 
guage. 

Manuscript.  37  11.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  In 
dian  Languages,  1st  edition.  Collected  at  the  Skokomish  Reservation,  Wash 
ington  Territory,  1878. 

1146 Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  the  S'klallam  or  Sclal- 

lam  language. 

Manuscript.  52 11.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  In 
dian  Languages,.  1st  edition,  complete.  Collected  at  the  Skokomish  Reserva 
tion  in  1878.  Includes  plural  forms  and  possessive  cases  of  nouns  and  pronouns 
and  the  partial  conjugation  of  the  verb  "to  eat." 

1147  Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  the  Skwaksin  Dialect  of 

the  Niskwalli  Language. 

Manuscript.  5211.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  In 
dian  Languages,  1st  edition,  complete.  Collected  in  1878.  Includes  plural 
forms,  possessive  cases  and  diminutives  of  nouns,  comparison  of  adjectives, 
cases  of  pronouns,  and  partial  conjugation  of  the  verbs  "to  eat "  and  "  to  drink." 

1148 Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  the  Twana  Language. 

Manuscript.  52  11.  4°.    Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  In 
dian   Languages,    1st  edition,   complete.    Collected  in   1878.    Includes  plural 
forms,  possessive  cases  and  genders  of  nouns,  comparison  of  adjectives,  possessive 
case  of  pronouns,  and  partial  conjugation  of  the  verbs  "to  eat"  and  "to  drink." 
These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
15  Bib 


226  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1149  Egede  (Hans).    De  gamle  Gronlands  nye  perlustration,  eller  en 
kort  beskrivelse  om  de  gamle  Nordske  coloniers  begyndelse  og 
undergaug  etc.  forst  Anno  1724  forfattet  af  H.  Egede,  og  uu  Anno 
1729  efterseet .  .  .  af  een  der  paa  nog  en  tiid  bar  vaeret  i  Gronland. 

Kjobeuhavn,  H.  Chr.  Pauli,  1729. 

Title  and  58  pp.  sm.  8°. 

This  seems  to  be  the  first  essay  of  Egede's  celebrated  work  on  Greenland 
which  was  first  published  in  1741.  Both  are  ve»y  similar  in  the  division,  etc., 
but  the  latter  is  of  course  much  more  simple. — Mutter's  Cat. 

The  following  is,  I  presume,  a  translation  of  the  above: 

1150  Des  Alten  |  Gronlands  |  Neue  |  perlustration,  |  Oder— 

Eine  kurtze  Bescbreibung  |  Derer  |  Alten  Nordischen  Colonien  | 
Anfaiig  und  Untergang  in  Grouland,  |  wobey  desselbeu  Situation, 
Bescbaffenheit  |  der   Gewachsen,   Tbieren,  Vogeln    und  Fischen, 
Lufft  und  |  Temperament,  des  Himmels  Constitution,  der  jetzigen 
Eiu-  |  wohner  Verbalten  Wohnungen  Sprache  Gestalt  Ause-  |  ben, 
Kleider-Tracht  Nahrung  Gebrauche  Handthierung  |  Speisen  Hand- 
lung  Spracb  Eliestauds-Ceremonien  |  und  Kinderzucht;  |  Nebst 
ihrer  Eeligion  oder  Superstition  |  und  anderer  so  wobl  in  ihren 
Zusanimen  |  kiinfften,  als  auch  zu  Hausz  gebriiuchlicLen  Sitten.  | 
Erstlich  von  Hans  Egede,  |  Missionarius  bey  der  f&c.,  &c.,  five 
lines].  | 

Frankfurt,  bey  Stock  Erben  und  Schilling  Ad.  1730.  |  JOB. 

47  pp.  12°. 

Chapter  XI.  On  the  language  of  Greenland,  pp.  34-47. 

1151  .  Det  gamle  |  Gronlands  |  Nye  |  Perlustration,  |  Eller  |  Na- 

turel-Historie,  |  Og  |  Beskrivelse  over  det  gamle  Gr0ulands  Situa 
tion,  |  Luft,  Temperament  og  Beskaffenhed;  |  Ue  gamle  Norske 
Coloniers  Begyndelse  og  Undergang  der  |  Samme-Steds,  de  itzige 
Indbyggeres  Oprindelse,  Vaesen,  |  Leve-Maade  og  Handtseringer, 
samt  Hvad  ellers  Landet  |  Yder  og  giver  af  sig,  saasom  Dyer, 
Fiske  og  Fugle  &c.  med  |  hostyyet  nyt  Land-Caart  og  andre  Kaa- 
ber-Stykker  |  over  Landets  Naturalier  og  Indbjggernis  |  Handtse- 
ringer,  |  Forfattet  af  |  Hans  Egede,  |  Forben  Missionair  udi  Gr^n- 
land.  | 

Kj^benhavn,  1741.  |  Trykt  bos  Joban  Cbristopb  Groth,  boende 
paa  Ulfelds-platz.  |  o.  JOB. 

6  p.  11.,  131  pp.  sm.  4°.  map. 

Greenland  song,  with  interlinear  translation,  pp.  86-92. 

Chapter  XVII,  pp.  94-105,  is  on  language  and  customs;  besides  general  re 
marks  it  contains  a  vocabulary,  pp.  96-97 ;  grammatic  construction,  with  ex 
amples,  pp.  97-103,  and  the  creed  and  Lord's  prayer  translated  into  the  Greenland 
language,  pp.  104-105. 

There  are  also  scattered  throughout  many  native  terms. 

1152  Des  alten  Gronlands  Neue  Perlustration,  oder  Naturell- 

Historie  Und  Bescbreibung  Der  Situation,  Beschaffeuheit,  Lufft 
uud  des  Temperaments  dieses  Landes;  Wie  auch  vom  Anfange 


EGEDE.  227 

Egede  (Hans) — continued. 

mid  Untergange,  derer  alteu  Norwegischen  Colonien  daselbst; 
vom  Ursprunge,  der  Sitten,  Lebensarfc  und  den  Gebrauchen  derer 
jetzigeu  Binwohner,  uud  was  dieses  Land  an  Thieren,  Fischen, 
Vogeln  ec.  lieget  und  mittheilet;  deme  beygefiiget  Eine  neue 
Laud-Charte  und  andere  in  Knpfer  gestochene  Figuren  und  Abbil- 
dungeii  der  Naturalien  und  Handthieningen  derer  dasigen  Ein- 
wohner;  Verfasset  mid  bescbrieben  von  Hans  Egede  ....  Aus  deu 
Danischen  ins  Teutsche  libersetzt. 

Copeubagen :  gedruckt  bey  Johaim  Christoph  Grothen.  1742.  |  * 
Title,  12,  144  pp.  4°.  map.     Title  from  Sabiu's  Dictionary. 

1153  A  |  Description  |  of  |  Greenland.  |  Shewing  |  The  Natural 

History,  Situation,  Boundaries,  |  and  Face  of  the  Country;  the 
Nature  of  the  |  Soil;  the  Eise  and  Progress  of  the  old  Nor-  |  we- 
gian  Colonies;  the  ancient  and  modern  |  Inhabitants;  their  Genius 
and  Way  of  Life,  |  and  Produce  of  the  Soil;  their  Plants,  Beasts,  | 
Fishes,  &c.  |  with  |  A  new  Map  of  Greenland.  |  And  |  Several  Cop 
per  Plates  representing  different  Animals,  |  Birds  and  Fishes,  the 
Greenlaiiders  Way  of  Hunting  |  and  Fishing;  their  Habitations, 
Dress,  Sports  |  and  Diversions,  &c.  |  By  Mr.  Hans  Egede,  Mis 
sionary  in  that  Country  for  twenty  five  Years.  |  Translated  from 
the  Danish.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  C.  Hitch  in  Paternoster  Eow;  S.  Austen 
in  |  Newgate- Street;  and  J.  Jackson  near  St.  James's  Gate.  |  MDC- 
CXLV  [1745J.  |  JOB. 

xvipp.,  211.,  220pp.  12°.  » 

Linguistics  as  iu  1741  edition,  pp.  155-159,  163-174. 

1154  -  Beschryving  |  van  |  Oud-Groenland,  |  Of  eigentlyk  van  de 
zoogenaamde  |  Straat  Davis:  |  Behelzende  |  Deszelfs    Natuurlyke 
Historic,  Standsgelegenheid,  Gedaante,  |  Grenscbeidiugen,  Veld- 
Gewassen,    Dieren,   Vogeleu,    Visschen,   enz.  |  Mitsgaders  |  Deu 
Oirsprong  en  Voortgang  der  Aeloude  |  Noorweegsche  Volkplanti- 
gen  |  in  dat  Gewest;  |  Benevens  |  Deu  Aart,  Inborst,  Wooningen, 
Levenswyze,  Kleding,  Spraak,  |  Bygelovigheid,  Dichtkunst,  Uit- 
spanningen  en  Tydverdry  ven  der  |  Hederidaagsche  Inboorlingen.  | 
Eerst  in  de  Deensche  Taal  beschreven  door  |  Mr.  Hans  Egede,  | 
Van  den  jare  1721  tot  1736  Missionaris  of  Luitersch  Predikant  al- 
daar,  |  En  nn  in  't  Nederduitsch  overgebragt.  |  Met  |  Een  Nieuwe 
Kaart  van  dat  Landschap  en  |  Aardige  Priutverbeeldingen  ver- 
ciert.  | 

Te  Delft  |  By  Eeinier  Boitet,  1746.  |  JOB. 

12  p.  11.,  192  pp.  sm.  4°.  map. 
Linguistics,  pp.  131-134,  137-150. 

1155 Description  |  et  |  Histoire  Naturelle  |  du  |  Greenland,  | 

par  Mr.  Eggede,  [sic]  \  Missionnaire  &  Eveque  du  Gronland.  |  Tra- 
duite  en  Francois  |  par  Mr.  D.  E.  D.  P.  | 


228  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Egede  (Hans) — continued. 

a  Copeuhague  et  a  Geneve,  |  chez  les  Freres  C.  &  A.  Philibert.  | 
M  DCG  LXIII  [1763].  |  C.  JOB. 

Pp.  i-xxviii,  1-171.  12°.     Translated  by  Mr.  D[es]  R[oches]  D[e]  P[arthcnay  ]. 
Linguistics,  pp.  119-122,  124-135. 

1156  Herrn  Hans  Egede,  |  Missionars  und  Bischofes  in  Gron- 

laud,  |  Beschreitmng  |  und  j  Natur-Geschichte  |  von  |  Gronland,  | 
iibersetzet  |  von  |  D  Job.  Ge.  Krunitz  |  Mit  Kupfern.  | 

Berlin,  |  verlegts  August  Mylius.  |  1763.  |  C. 

xxii,  237  pp.  8°.  maps. 
Linguistics,  pp.  173-176,  180-192. 

1157  A  |  Description  of  Greenland.  |  By  Hans  Egede,  |  who 

was  a  missionary  in  that  country  |  for  |  twenty-five  years.  |  A  new 
edition.  |  With  an  |  Historical  Introduction  |  and  |  a  life  of  the 
author,  j  Illustrated  |  with  a  map  of  Greenland,  and  numerous 
engravings  on  wood.  |  [Picture.] 

London:  j  Printed  for  T.  and  J.  Allman,  |  Princes  Street.  Han 
over  Square;  |  W.  H.  Eeid,  Charing  Cross;  and  Baldwin,  Cradock, 
and  Joy,  |  Paternoster  Itow.  |  1818.  |  BA. 

cxviii,  225  pp.  8°.  map. 

Linguistics,  pp.  158-161,  165-178. 

1158 Elementa  fidei  Christianae,  in  qvibus  in  Gronlandorum 

vernacula  proponuntur.  1,  Ordo  Salutis,  2,  Catechismus  Lutheri, 
3,  Pratinuentae  qvsedam  et  Psalmi,  item  4,  Formula  baptizandi  In 
fantes  &  Adultos. 

Hafn.  1742.    *  * 

8°.  Not  seen  ;  title  from  Giessing's  Nye  Samling  af  Danske-  Norske-  og  Is- 
landske-  Jubel-  Laerere,  vol.  3.  Kiobenhavn,  1779. 

1159  Egede  (Paul).    Evangel ium  Okausek  tussarnersok  Gub  Niarnanik 
Innungortomik,  okausianiglo.  Usornartuleniglo,  tokomello  uman- 
nelo.    Killaliarmello ,  Innuin  auuauniartlugit,  aggerromartomiglo, 
tokorsut  tomasa  umartitsartortlugit.     Koralit  okausiet  attuattlugo 
aglekpaka  Paul  Egede. 

Kiobenhavnme.  1744.  * 

8°.    Tbe  Gospels,  in  the  Eskimo  language,  translated  by  Paul  Egede. — Sabin's 

Dictionary, 

Nyernp  gives  this  title  in  brief,  and  adds:  Subsequently  issued  in  1758,  adding 

the  "Wanderings  of  the  Apostles."     Bagster's  "Bible  of  Every  Land"  mentions 

this  latter  edition  also. 

1160  Dictiona-  |  rium  |  Gronlandico-  |  Danico-  |*Latinum,  | 

Coinplectens  |  Primitiva  cum  suis  |  Derivatis,  |  qvibus  |  interjectae 
sunt  voces  primariae  |  e  |  Kirendo  Angekkutorum.  |  adornatum  | 
a  |  Paulo  Egede.  | 

Hafluae,  |  Anno  MDCCL  [1750].     Sumptibus  &  typis  Orphan 
Eegii,  |  Excudit  Gotum  Frid  Kisel,  Orphanotroph,  Eeg.  Typogr.  | 
8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-312.  12°.  JOB. 


EGEDE.  229 

Egede  (Paul) — continued. 

1161  -        -  Catecbismus  |  Mingnek  |  D.  M.  Lutherim  |  Aglega  |  Innu- 
suiimut  Iniiungnullo  Gum  |  Okausianik  illisimangangitsnt,  |  suna 
ope-  |  rekullugo,  kauuorlo  innukullugit  Tokorsub  kingornnane  Kil- 
laug-  |  mut  pekkullugit.  |  [Design.] 

Kiobeuhavu,  |  llliarsuin  Igloenne  nakittet  |  Nakittairsomit  Gott- 
inan  Friderich  Kisel.  |  1756.  |  YO. 

Pp.  1-1(50.  12°. 

Luther's  Catechism,  with  a  selection  of  Hymns,  translated  into  the  language 
of  Greenland.  Introduction  signed  Panl  Egede.  Catechism,  pp.  5-56;  Hymns, 
pp.  57-148;  Register,  pp.  149-160.  See  Kateskismuse  Luterim. 

1162  -  Grainiuatica  |  Gronlandica  |  Danico-Latina,  Edita  |  a  | 

Paulo  Egede.  | 

HaviuiB  |  Snmptibus  &  typis  Orphantropbii  Regii  |  ExcuditGott- 
man,  Frid.  Kisel.  An.  1760.  |  JOB. 

8  p.  11.,  JJ36  pp.  12°. 

1163  -     —  Testamente  |  Nutak,  |  eller  |  Det  Nye  |  Testaraente,  | 
oversat  |  i  det  |  Groulandske  Sprog,  |  med  |  Forklaringer,  Paral- 
leler  |  og  udforlige  Summarier,  |  af  |  Paul  Egede,  |  Professor  Theol. 
Nat.  ved  Kiobeiihavus  |  Unjversitet,  Inspector  og  Proost  for  |  den 
Groul.  Mission,  og  Prsest  ved  det  |  Kongel.  Aim.  Hospital  |  i  Kio- 
beuhavn. | 

Kiobeuhavn,  |  Trykt  paa  Missionens  Bekostning,  |  af  Gerhard 
Giese  Salikath,  |  1766.  |  c. 

12  p.  11.,  1000  pp.,  4  11.  12°. 

New  Testament  translated  into  the  Greenlandish  language,  with  commenta 
ries,  parallels,  and  extensive  summaries. 

1164 Ajokoersoirsun  Atuagekseit  Nalegbingne  Grondlandme. 

Ritual  over  Kirke-Forretningeme  ved  den  Dauske  Mission  paa 

Gronland. 

Kiobenbavn,  H.  Ch.  Schroder.  1783.  » 

63  pp.  8°.     Groenland  and  Danish.     Ecclesiastical  Ritual  for  the  use  of  the 

Danish  Missions  in  Greenland,  translated  by  Egede T    It  is  a  volume  heretofore 

almost  unknown.     Printed  for  distribution  ifl  Greenland,  but  few  copies  were 

retained  in  Europe. — Leclerc. 

Nyerup  gives  this  title  in  brief  under  Paul  Egede.     For  later  edition,  see 

Fabricius(O.) 

1165  —     -  Thomas  a  Kempis  de  imitative  Christ,  overs,  paa  Gronl. 

Kiobenhavnime,  1787.  * 

Title  from  Nyerup. 

1166  -  Kristusimik  |  Mallingnaursut  |  pivdlugit  |  Thomasib  a 

Kempisib  Aglega.  |  Kaladlin  okauzeennut  nuktersimarsok  |  Pele- 
siunermit  |  Paviamit  Egedemit,  |  Illegeegnerublo  nssornartorsub 
"Det  DansUe  Mis-  |  sions  Selskabimik"  ta'iutiglub  ama  |  nakittar- 
komago,  |  narkingniarkiksaralloara  |  A.  F.  Honuib.  | 

Kjobenhavnime.  |  llliarsu'in  iglose'nne  nakittarsimarsok  |  1824.  | 
C.  F.  Skubartimit.  |  0. 

6  p.  11.,  pp.  1-168.  16°. 
Imitation  of  Christ,  in  the  Eskimo  language. 


'^0  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

1 167  Egercicio  Devoto  en  Honor  del  Sagrado  Corazon  de  Jesus  en  Idioma 
Mejicauo.  * 

127  pp.     No  title-page.     Not  seen ;  title  from  Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

See  Ejercicio. 

1168  Eichthal  (Gustav  D').     Etudes  sur  FHist.oire  primitive  des  Eaces 
Oc^aniennes  et  Ame"ricaines,  par  Gustav  D'Eichthal,  Secretaire- 
adjoint  de  la  Societd  Ethnologique. 

In  Soc.  Ethnologique,  Mdmoires,  tome  second,  pp.  151-3-20.    Paris,  184,">.  8°. 

"Hnitieme  Etude.  Rapport  des  langues  Caribe  et  Polyne'sienne"  [with  vocab 
ularies],  pp.  253-269. 

"  Nen  vieme  Etude.  Rapports  entre  quelques  langues  Am6ricaines  et  le  Copte," 
pp.  270-289. 

"  Dixieme  Etude.     Rapports  des  langnes  Caribe  et  Ouolofe,"  pp.  290-309. 

This  paper  with  half  title  (Etudes  sur  I'histoire,  &c. )  issued  also  as  a  separate 
pamphlet,  pp.  1-173.  8°. 

"Huitiemo  Etude,"  pp.  105-121;  " Neuvierae  Etude,"  pp.  122-141;  "Dixieme 
Etude,"  pp.  138-161. 

J 1169  Ejercicio.    El  Ejercicio  del  Santo  Viacrucis  puesto  en  lengua  maya 
y  copiado  de  un  antiguo  manuscrito.    Lo  da  a  la  preusa  con  supe- 

NSt  rior  permiso  el  Dr.  D.  J.  Vicente  S.olis  Resales,  quien  desea  se  pro- 
pagna  esta  devociou  entre  los  fleles,  principalmeute  de  la  claso 
indigena.  Va  corregida  por  el  B.  P.  Fr.  M.  Antonio  Peralta. — 
Merida. — Imprenta  de  J.  D.  Espinosa  e"  hijos. — 1869. 
32  pp.  8°.  Title  from  Carillo,  who  says  of  it:  "There  is  a  manuscript  whicU 
has  fora  literal  title  the  following:  'llauesscrito  de  estacion  de  Pixihi,  y  yo, 
Damiau  Chim,  maestro  de  oapilla.'  48  pp.  4°.  From  a  note  it  appears  that 
the  copy  was  concluded  by  the  Indian  Damian  Chim.  By  another  title  which 
appears  after  the  frontispiece  it  seems  that  the  author  of  this  work  was  Sr.  Dr. 
D.  Pedro  Nolasco  de  los  Reyes:  'A  devocion  del  Dr.  D.  Pedro  Nolasco  de  los 
Reyes,  cura  interino  de  la  parroquia  de  Santiago.  H61e  en  30  de  Enero  de  1826 
anos.'  The  work  was  finally  given  to  the  press  in  1869  with  the  above  title." 

Extracts,  in  Maya  only,  reprinted  as:  Textes  Mayas,  in  Archives  de  la  Socie'te' 
Ame'ricaine  de  France,  nouvelle  se'rie,  tome  1,  pp.  373-378.  * 

^  See  Egercicio.  « 

1170  Elder  (P.  E.)    Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Osage,  Collected  by 
P.  E.  Elder,  U.  S.  Indian  Agent  for  the  Osages,  Neosho  Agency, 
Fort  Scott,  Kansas. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity  of  the  Human 
Family,  pp.  293-382.  Washington,  1871.  4°. 

1171  [Elementary  Ojibway  Grammar.]  JWP. 

No  title-page ;  pp.  1-8.  24°.    Title  taken  from  running  heading  at  top  of  page. 
It  contains:  Pronouns,  pp.  1-3;  Adverbs,  pp.  3-5 ;  Nouns,  pp.  5-8. 

1172  Eliza  Marpicokawin,  |  raratonwan  oyate  en  wapiye  sa;  |  qa  Sara 
Warpanica  Qou,  |  lie  nakun  ikcewicaxta  oyate  wan  etanhan  | 

Boston:  |  Published  for  the  American  Tract  Society,  by  |  Crocker 
&  Brewster.  I  1842.  I  BA.  JWP. 


EGERCICIO — ELIOT.  231 

Eliza  Marpicokawin,  etc. — continued. 

Translation. — Eliza  Cloud  center  woman  [i.  e.,  in  the  midst  of  the  cloud]  |  falls 
village*  people  in  repairer  [medicine  man]  |  and  Sara  Poor  |  that  also  common 
man  [Indian]  people  one  from.  | 

Pp.  1-12.  12°.     In  the  Dakota  language. 

Eliza  Marpicokawiu,  raratonwan  oyate  en  wapiye  sa,  pp.  1-6.  Sara  Warpa- 
nica  Qon,  pp.  7-12. 

1173  [Eliot  (John).]  A  further  Accompt  |  of  the  Progresse  of  the  |  Gos 
pel  |  amongst  the  Indians  |  hi  |  New-England,  |  and  |  Of  the  means 

used  effectually  to  advance  the  same.  |  Set  forth  |  In  certaine  Let-  « jipT;, 
ters  sent  from  thence  declaring  a  |  purpose  of  Printiug  the  Script 
ures  in  the  |  Indian  Tongue  into  which  they  are  already  |  Trans 
lated.  |  With  which  Letters  are  likewise  sent  an  Epi-  |  tome  of  some 
Exhortations  delivered  by  the  In-  |  diaus  at  a  fast,  as  Testimonies 
of  their  Obedi-  |  euce  to  the  Gospell.  |  As  also  some  helps  direct 
ing  to  the  Indians  how  to  |  improve  naturall  reason  unto  the  knowl 
edge  |  of  the  true  God.  \ 

London,  Printed  by  M.  Simmons  for  the  Corpo-  |  ration  of  New- 
England,  1659.  |  * 

Title  and  4  p.  11.,  pp.  (1),  1-35  (1).  4°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

Peirson  (A.)    Some  helps  for  the  Indians,  pp.  22-35. 

A  reprint  of  the  first  sheet  of  Peirson's  Indian  Catechism  *  which  was 
then  in  press  at  Cambridge.  The  portion  reprinted  ends  in  the  middle  of  a  sen 
tence  (p.  35),  and  has  the  catch-word  of  the  following  sheet,  which  was  not  yet 
received  in  England. — Brinley  Sale  Cat.,  Part  1. 

1174  The  New  |  Testament  |  of  our  |  Lord  and  Saviour  |  Jesus 

Christ.  |  Translated  into  the  |  Indian  Language,  |  and  |  Ordered  to 
be  Printed  by  the  Commissioners  of  the  Vnited  Colonies  |  in  New- 
England,  |  At  the  Charge,  and  with  the  Consent  of  the  |  Corpora 
tion  in  England  |  For  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel  amongst  the 
Indians  |  in  New-England.  |  —  | 

Cainbridg:  [sic]  \  Printed  by  Samuel  Green  and  Marmaduke  John 
son.  |  MDULXI  [1GG1],  |  —  | 
Second  title: 

Wusku  |  Wuttestamentum  |  Nul-Lordumun  |  Jesus  Christ  | 
Nuppoquohwussuaeneumuu.  |  —  |  [Printer's device, 32 stars.]  |  —  j 

Cambridge:  |  Printed  by  Samuel  Green  and  Marmaduke  John 
son.  |  MDCLXI  [1661].  |  HU.BA. 

Translation. — New  |  his-Testanient  |  our  Lord  |  Jesus  Christ  |  our-deliverer.  | 

2  blank  11.;  English  title,  within  an  acorn  pattern  border,  verso  blank,  1  1. ; 
Dedication  of  New  Testament  (A3  and  A-1),  2  11. ;  Indian  title,  within  an  acorn 
pattern  border,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  Matthew  to  Revelation,  A2  to  L1,  Aa  to  Xx3  in 
fours ;  1  blank  leaf  (Xx<) :  =  4  p.  11.  and  126  11.  of  text.  sm.  4°. 

1175   Mamvsse  |  Wunueetupanatamwe  |  Up-Biblum  God  |  na- 

neeswe    |    Nukkone    Testament   |   kah    wonk   |   Wusku    Testa 
ment.  |  —  |  Ne  quoshkinnumuk  uashpe  Wuttinneumoh  Christ  | 
noh  asocwesit  |  John  Eliot.  |  —  | 

*  Dakotan  name  for  the  Ojibwas,  so  called  from  their  former  residence  at  Sault  Ste. 
Marie,  Michigan. 


232  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Eliot  (John) — continued. 

Cambridge:  |  Printeuoop  nashpe  Samuel  Green  kali  Marmaduke 
Johnson.  |  1603.  | 

Translation.— The- whole  |  Holy  |  his-Bil)le  God,  |  both  |  Old  Testament  |  and 
also  |  New  Testament.  |  This  turned  by  the-servant-of  Christ  |  who  is-called  | 
John  Eliot.  | 

2  blank  11. ;  Indian  title,  within  an  acorn  pattern  border,  verso  blank,  1  1. ; 
names  of  Books,  etc.,  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments  (in  English),  recto  blank, 
1  1.;  Genesis  to  Malachi,  A  to  Mmmmm2  in  fours  :  =  2  p.  11.  and  414  11.  of  text, 
sra.  4°. 

Appended  is  the  New  Testament  as  follows: 

Wusku  |  Wuttestamentum  |  Nul-Lordumun  |  Jesus  Christ  | 
Nuppoquohwussuaeneumun.  |  —  |  [Printer's device, 32  stars.]  |  —  j 

Cambridge:  |  Printed  by  Samuel  Green  and  Marmadnke  John 
son.  |  MDCLXI  [1661].  |  MHS.  HU. 

Indian  title,  within  an  acorn  pattern  border,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  Matthew  to 
Revelation,  A*  to  L<,  Aa  to  Xx3  in  fours;  1  blank  1.  [Xx<]  :  =  1  p.  1.  and  126  11.  of 
text.  sm.  4°.  Followed  by  the  Psalms  in  meter : 

Wame  |  Ketoohomae    Uketehomaongash  |  David.  | 

[Cambridge:  1663.] 

Translation. — All  the  singing-songs  of  David. 

A  to  verso  in  N2  in  fours :  =  50  11.  sm.  4°.     Followed  by  a  brief  catechism : 

Ncowomsc  Wuttinncewaouk  God,  Gen.  5,  22.    Enobh  weeche  | 
pomushau  God  nishwudt  pasukcce  kodtumwaeu.  Wonk  |  noowomoo, 
Prov.  23,  17:  Qush  leovah  neteagn:  uewaj  |  ken  atcctomoush.  | 

1  1.,  ending  on  verso  of  N3;  1  blank  1.  sm.  4°. 

This  is  the  whole  Bible  as  bound  for  the  use  of  the  Indians. 

1176  The  |  Holy  Bible :  |  containing  the  |  Old  Testament  |  and 

the  New.  |  —  |  Translated  into  the  |  Indian  Language,  |  and  |  Or 
dered  to  be  Printed  by  the  Commissioners  of  the  Vnited  Colonies  |  in 
New-England,  |  At  the  Charge,  and  with  the  Consent  of  the  |  Cor 
poration  in  England  |  For  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel  amongst 
the  Indians  |  in  New-England.  |  —  | 

Cambridge:  |  Printed  by  Samuel  Green  and  Marmaduke  John 
son.  |  MDCLXIII  [1663].  |  AAS.GB. 

1  blank  ].;  English  title,  within  an  acorn  pattern  border,  verso  blank,  1  1. ; 
Dedication  of  the  whole  bible  "To  the  High  and  mighty  Prince,  Charles  the 
Second,"  A3  and  A4,  2  11. ;  names  of  Books,  &c.,  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments 
(in  English),  recto  blank,  1  1.  (inserted  in  the  manner  of  maps);  Genesis  to 
Malachi,  A  to  Mmmmm2  in  fours :  =  4  p.  11.  and  414 11.  of  text.  sm.  4°,  followed  by 
the  New  Testament,  Psalms,  and  Catechism  as  in  preceding  number. 

Only  twenty  copies  of  this  description  were  sent  to  England,  by  order  of  the 
Corporation,  for  presentation  to  the  universities  and  to  such  persons  as  the  Gov 
ernor  of  the  Corporation  should  think  fit.  These  were  bound  in  England,  and 
probably  in  uniform  style. 

Of  this  edition  I  have  seen  two  copies — one  in  the  library  of  the  American 
Antiquarian  Society  a,nd  one  at  the  Briuley  sale — the  latter  the  copy  formerly 
belonging  to  Mr.  John  Allan. 

The  titles  to  an  edition,  with  English  title  to  the  Bible  and  Indian  title  to  the 
Testament,  without  the  printer's  marks,  are  given  in  O'Callaghan's  American 
Bibles,  as  follows: 


ELIOT.  233 

Eliot  (John) — continued. 

1177  The  |  Holy  Bible:  |  containing  the  |  Old  Testament  |  and 

the  New.  |  —  |  Translated  into  the  |  Indian  Language,  |  and  |  Or 
dered  to  be  Printed  by  the  Commissioners  of  the  Vnited  Colo- 
Dies  |  in  New-England,  |  At  the  Charge,  aud  with  the  Consent  of 
the  |  Corporation  in  England  |  For  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel 
amongst  the  Indians  |  in  New-England.  |  —  | 

Cambridge:  |  Printed  by  Samuel  Green  and  Mannaduke  John 
son.  |  MDCLXIII  [  16C3J.  | 

Title,  within  an  ornamental  border,  1  1.,  verso  blank.;  Dedication,  2  11.;  List 
of  books,  11.;  text,  Genesis  to  Malachi  as  in  other  editions,  sm.  4-. 

Title  to  \eiv  Testament: 

Wusku  |  Wuttestameutum  |  Nullordumvm  |  Jesus  Christ  |  Nup- 
poqtiohwussnaeneumun.  |  —  |  [1^  inch  space.]  |  —  | 

Cambridge:  |  Printed  by  Samuel  Green  and  Marmaduke  John 
son.  |  MDCLXI  [1661].  |  * 

Title,  1  1.,  verso  blank.  Text  as  in  New  Testament  already  described,  followed 
by  Psalms  in  Indian  meter  and  Catechism  as  in  previously  described  bible  of 
1663. 

With  the  exception  of  the  absence  of  the  "stars"  on  the  Indian  title  to  the 
New  Testament,  this  does  not  differ  from  the  Allan  copy  already  described. 

1178  Wvskv    |    Wuttestamentuin    |    Nul-Lordumun    |    lesus 

Christ  |  Nuppoquohwussuaeneumun.  |  —  |  [J  inch  space.]  |  —  | 

Cambridge,  |  Printed  for  the  Eight  Honourable  |  Corporation  in 
London,  for  the  |  propogation  [sic]  of  the  Gospel  among  the  In-  | 
dians  in  New-England.  1680.  | 

Indian  title,  within  an  acorn  pattern  border,  verso  blank,  1  1.;  Matthew  to 
Revelation,  A2  to  recto  of  Kk2  in  fours,  verso  of  Kk'2  blank  :=1  p.  1.  and  129  11. 

Bill.   4°. 

Followed  by  the  Psalms  in  meter: 
VV^me  Ketehomae  uketahomaongash  David. 
[Cambridge.  1682.  |  AAS.  MHS. 

Kk3  to  verso  of  Yy4  in  fours  :=53  11.  sm.  4°.  Followed  by  the  catechism ; 
title  as  in  edition  of  1663,  1  1.  sm.  4°. 

1179  Mamvsse  |  Wuuueetupanatamwe  |  TJp-Biblum  God  |  Na- 

neeswe   |    Nukkone    Testament   |   kah     wonk    |    Wusku    Testa 
ment.  |  —  |  Ne  quoshkinnumuk  uashpe  Wuttinueumoh  Christ  | 
noh    as*wesit  |   John    Eliot.    |   Nahohtdeu  ontchetoe   Piinteuoo- 

iniik.  |  —  | 

Cambridge.  |  Printeuoop  nashpe  Samuel  Green.  MDCLXXXV 
[1685].  |  HTJ.BA.  AAS. 

Indian  title,  within  an  acorn  pattern  border,  verso  blank,  11.;  Genesis  ot 
Malachi,  A  to  verso  of  Ppppp1  in  fours;  names  of  Books,  &c.,  of  the  Old  and 
New  Testaments  (in  English),  recto  blank,  1  !.:  =  !  p.  1.,  424  11.,  aud  1  1.  sm.  4°. 
Followed  bj  the  New  Testament  of  1680: 

Wvskv  |  Wuttestameutum   |  Nul-Lordumun   |  lesus  Christ  | 
Nuppoquohwussuaeueumun.  |  —  |  [J  inch  space.]  |  —  | 
Cambridge,  |  Printed  for  the  Eight  Honourable  |  Corporation  in 


NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Eliot  (Jobn) — continued. 

London,  for  the  |  propogation  [sic]  of  the  Gospel  among  the  In-  | 
dians  in  New-England.  1680.  |  AAS.  HV.  BA. 

Indian  title,  within  an  acorn  pattern  border,  verso  blank,  1 1. ;  Matthew  to 
Revelation,  A2  to  recto  of  Kk2  in  fours,  verso  of  Kk2  blank:  =  1  p.  1.  and  129  11. 
am.  4°.  Followed  by  the  Psalms  in  meter: 

Wame  Ketohomae  uketcoohniaongash  David. 
[Cambridge.    1682.J 

Kk3  to  verso  of  Yy4  in  fonrs:  =  53  11.  sm.  4°.  Followed  by  a  brief  catechism ; 
title  as  in  edition  of  1663,  1  1.  sm.  4C. 

John  Eliot,  bora  1604,  died  1690,  came  to  New  England  in  1631,  commenced 
the  study  of  the  Indian  language  about  1646,  and  from  that  time  on  devoted 
himself  to  the  teaching  of  the  Indians.  His  translation  of  the  Bible  was  com 
pleted  in  1658,  after  a  labor  of  eight  years.  Portions  had  already  been  printed — 
Genesis  in  1655,  Matthew,  and  a  few  Psalms  in  meter.  The  printing  of  the  New 
Testament  was  commenced  about  1659  and  completed  in  1661  in  an  edition  of 
about  1500  copies,  of  which  200  were  ordered  by  the  commissioners  to  be  bound 
in  leather  for  the  immediate  use  of  the  Indians.  Twenty  copies,  with  a  dedica 
tion  of  the  New  Testament  to  Charles  II.,  were  sent  to  England  for  presentation. 
The  Old  Testament  was  finished  in  1663  in  an  edition  of  about  1040  copies.  Most 
of  these  were  bound  with  the  New  Testament,  Psalms,  and  one  leaf  Catechism, 
as  occasion  required.  Those  intended  for  the  use  of  the  Indians  had  both  titles 
in  Indian  only.  A  dedication  of  the  whole  Bible  to  Charles  II.,  and  a  general 
title  in  English  in  place  of  the  Indian  one,  were  prefixed  to  a  few  copies,  twenty 
of  which  were  sent  to  England.  Two  of  these  dedication  copies,  one  of  which  is 
now  in  the  Library  of  Brown  University  at  Providence,  contain  the  general  title 
in  both  English  and  Indian.  Another,  formerly  in  the  possession  of  the  Rev. 
Thaddeus  M.  Harris,  contains  both  of  the  royal  dedications.*  In  some  of  the 
dedication  copies  the  New  Testament  title  is  without  the  printer's  device  of  32 
stars.  Some  copies  have  the  running  title  to  Luke  xxi  and  xxiv  incorrectly 
numbered  "10"  and  "15";  others  have  these  errors  corrected,  but  in  so  doing 
the  last  letter  of  the  catch-word  wadbeh  on  L2  has  been  pushed  into  the  margin, 
thus :  waabe  h. 

Fifteen  years  later,  at  the  close  of  the  Indian  war  of  1675-8,  this  edition  had 
been  exhausted.  Many  of  the  Bibles  had  been  carried  away  or  destroyed,  and 
those  in  use  were  mostly  imperfect.  After  a  thorough  revision  by  Mr.  Eliot  and 
the  Rev.  John  Cotton,  the  printing  of  the  new  edition  of  the  New  Testament  was 
commenced  in  1680,  but,  although  the  title  bears  the  date  of  Ihis  year,  it  was 
not  completed  until  1682.  The  edition  was  2,500,  of  which  500  were  bound  for  im 
mediate  use.t  No  copy  of  this  separate  edition  is  known  to  be  extant.  Late  in 
1685,  or  early  in  1686,  after  six  years'  labor,  the  printing  of  the  new  edition  of 
the  Old  Testament  was  completed  in  an  edition  of  2,000  copies,  most  of  which 
were  bound  with  the  remaining  New  Testaments.  The  title,  which  bears  date 
of  1685,  may  have  been  printed  in  both  Indian  and  English, t  but  no  copy  has 
yet  been  found  with  the  latter.  A  dedication  to  the  Hon.  Robert  Boyle,  dated 
October  23,  1685,  and  printed  on  the  recto  of  a  single  leaf,  was  prefixed  to  a  few 
copies,  only  three  of  which  are  now  known.  § 

•Thomas,  vol.  1,  p.  398,  2d  ed.;  1  Mass.  Hist.  Col.,  vii,  pp.  222-228;  Francis's 
Eliot,  p.  223. 

t  Thomas,  vol.  1,  pp.  58,  73. 

{Thomas,  vol.  1,  p.  73. 

JTrumbull  in  Brinley  Cat.,  No.  789. 


ELIOT.  23f> 

Eliot  (.John) — continued. 

Notwithstanding  the  comparatively  largo  number  printed  of  both  editions, 
but  few  copies  have  been  preserved  to  the  present  time.  Six  copies  of  the  New 
Testament  of  1G61  are  known  in  this  country.  Three  of  these  are  in  public  li 
braries,  one  of  which,  now  in  the  Lenox  Library,  was  purchased  at  the  Briuley 
sale  in  1879  for  $700.  Of  the  first  edition  of  the  Bible,  over  thirty  copies  are 
known,  and  nearly  as  many  of  the  second  edition.  Most  of  these  are  in  public 
libraries.  The  rarity  and  importance  of  this  remarkable  work,  the  first  Bible 
printed  in  America,  has  been  fully  recognized  only  within  the  last  twenty-five 
years.  Forty  yearn  ago  the  original  edition  was  priced  in  a  well-known  London 
bookseller's,  catalogue  at  12s.,  and  an  eminent  American  collector  purchased  a 
fine  copy  for  20s.  A  copy  of  tho  second  edition  was  sold  at  the  Furman 
sale  in  New  York  in  1846  for  $11.  But  since  the  sale  of  Corwin's  copy  of  the 
first  edition  in  1856  for  $200  the  price  has  rapidly  advanced,  and  good  copies 
of  this  edition  have  repeatedly  been  sold  for  upwards  of  $1,000. 

SeeO'Callagbau's  List  of  Am.  editions  of  Holy  Scriptures,  pp.  1-18;  Thomas'8 
History  of  Printing,  2d  ed.,  vol.  1,  pp.  53-58,  66,  67,  73,  74, 393-403 ;  Hist.  Mag.,  1st 
series,  vol.  2,  p.  277,  30(>-308,  vol.  3,  pp.  87,  88,  vol.  5,  p.  59;  Field's  Indian  Bib 
liography,  pp.  119,  120 ;  Sabin's  Dictionary,  vol.  6,  pp.  137-139 ;  Francis's  Life  of 
Eliot,  pp.  216-242 ;  Mass.  Hist.  Coll.,  vol.  vii,  pp.  222-228. 

1180  [The  Book  of  Genesis,  and  the  Gospel  of  Matthew,  trans 
lated  by  John  Eliot.    Cambridge,  1655].  * 

Eliot  wrote,  Aug.  16,  1655:  "Genesis  is  printed,  and  we  are  upon  Matthew." 
(Thorowgood's  Jewes  in  America,  pt.  ii,  p.  03.)  In  December,  1658,  he  mentions 
"those  pieces  that  were  printed,  viz.,  Genesis  and  Matthew,"  which  he  "had  sent 
to  such  as  he  thought  had  best  skill  in  the  language,  and  entreated  their  animad 
versions,  but  heard  not  of  any  faults  they  found."  (A  further  Accompt  of  thePro- 
gresse,  etc.,  pp.  2,  3). — Trumbull. 

1181  [Psalms  in  Metre.  1658?]  * 

In  a  postscript  to  the  "Epitomy  of  such  Exhortations  as  these  Indians  .  .  . 

....  did  deliver,"  etc.,  sent  by  Eliot  to  the  Corporation,  Dec.  28,  1658,  he  wrote : 
"  They  have  none  of  the  Scriptures  printed  in  their  own  language,  save  Genesis 
and  Matthew,  and  a  few  Psalmes  in  Meeter."  (A  further  Accompt  etc.)  The 
Treasurer's  account  presented  Sept.,  1659,  includes  a  payment  "To  Mr.  Green,  in 
part  for  printing  the  Psalmes." — Trumbull. 

1182 [The  Psalter.  1663.]  » 

The  Commissioners,  Sept.  10,  1664,  write  that  500  Psalters  have  been  printed 
(Rec.  U.  Cols.,  ii,  316),  and  the  same  year  there  is  an  item  in  the  Treasurer's  ac 
count  for  "printing  9  sheets  of  the  Psalter,  at  20  shillings  a  sheet."  This  charge 
is  too  small  to  include  composition,  and  it  is  probable  that  these  500  copies  of 
the  Psalms  were  worked  from  the  forms  used  in  printing  the  Old  Testament  and 
were  bound  up  separately. — Trumbull. 

1183 Wame  Ket  oohomae  uketoo  homaongash  David.  * 

[Cambridge.  1663.] 
50  11.  sin.  4°. 

-f  [Cambridge.  1682.  J  53  11.  am.  4°.  Poetical  translation  of  the  Psalms  into 
tho  Indian  language  of  Massachusetts.  Some  copies  of  the  Psalms  were  issued 
separately,  and  passed  through  several  editions.  Marvin  refers  to  one  dat  ed  Cam 
bridge,  1664.  8°.  pp.  50.— Sabin's  Dictionary. 


236  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Eliot  (John) — continued. 

1184  -        -  [A  Catechism,  by  John  Eliot.  1653-54.]  » 

Tbo  Commissioners  of  the  U.  Colonies  wrote,  Sept.  24,  1653:  "Mr.  Eliot  is 
preparing  to  print  a  Catechism  in  the  Indian  language,"  etc. ;  and  they  author 
ized  the  Commissioners  for  Massachusetts  to  order  the  printing  of  500  or  1,000 
copies.  ( Records  of  Cointn'rs,  II,  105,  10;i.)  The  next  year,  Sept.  25,  they  wrote: 
"  One  Catechism  is  already  printed,  and  Mr.  Peirson  is  preparing  another,"  etc. 
(III.,  120.)  Of  this  little  hook,  which,  so  far  as  is  known,  appears  to  have  heen  the 
first  printed  in  New  England  in  the  Indian  language,  no  copy  has  been  found. 
A  "new  impression"  was  made  in  1662. — Trumbull. 

1185  [A  Catechism,  by  John  Eliot.     Second  Impression.  1662.]  * 

This  "new  impression  of  a  Catechism"  is  mentioned  by  the  Commissioners  in 

161)1,  in  their  estimate  of  expenditure  for  the  ensuing  year.  Mr.  Usher  was  in 
structed  "  to  take  order  for  reprinting  of  1,000  copies  "(Rec.  U.  Cols.,  II,  260,  265). 
In  his  account,  presented  Sept.,  1662,  is  an  item  for  "printing  1,500  catechisms, 
£  15.00.00"  (ibid.,  278).  The  cost  of  printing,  at  this  period,  was  about  £2.10  per 
sheet,  for  1,000  copies  (exclusive  of  paper,  which  was  supplied  by  the  Corpora 
tion),  and  this  would  not  he  increased  more  than  twenty  per  cent,  (to  £3)  by  the 
press-work  on  500  additional  copies.  At  £3  per  sheet,  the  Catechism  must  have 
required  five  sheets  (80  pages,  sm.  8°),  to  bring  the  cost  of  the  edition  to  £  15.  This 
agrees  nearly  with  the  charge  of  paper  for  printing  the  first  edition  in  1654 ;  when 
"for  the  two  Catechisms,"  Eliot's  and  Peirson's,  Green  used  30  reams.  Not  more 
than  !•)£  reams  was  required  for  Peirson's  (4|  sheets  per  copy,  edition  of  1,500),  leav 
ing  at  least  U4  for  Eliot's,  or  sufficient  for  a  small  8°  of  70  to  75  pages. —  Trumbull. 

1186  [  Wehkomaonganoo  asquam  Peautogig  kah  asqnatn  Quin- 

nnppegig,  etc. 

Cambridge:  Printed  by  Marmaduke  Johnson,  1664.]  » 

Baxter's  Call  to  the  Unconverted,  translated  by  Eliot.     On  the  last  page  is 

"Finitur,  1363,  December  31."    It  was  "printed  and  dispersed"  in  an  edition  of 

1,000  copies,  before  Sept.,  1664.— Trumbull. 

1187  Welikomaouganoo   |    asquam    |    Peantogig  |  kah  asquam 

Quiunnp]iegig,  |  Tokonogque  mahche  woskeche  Pean-  |  tamwog. 
Ouk  \voh  sampwuttca-  |  hae  Peantamwog.  |  Wutauakausuonk  wun- 
ueetounoh  |  uohtompeantog.  |  —  |  UssowesuMr.  llichard Baxter.  | 
Kah  |  Yeuyeu   qushkimmuiuii   en   Indiane  |  Wnttinnontxwaonga- 
nit.  |  Wnssohsumoowontamuuat  ccwesuonk  |  God  ut  Christ  Jesns 
ut,  kah  |  ocneueheonat  Indiausog.  |  Ezek.  33.  11.  |  Qushkek,  qush- 
kek,  tohwhutch  woh  nuppok,  woi  Israeles  weh.  | 

Cambridge:  |  Printed  by  S.  G.  for  the  Corporation  in  London  | 
for  the  Indians  in  New  England  1688.  |  MHS.  P. 

188  pp.  18°.    Second  edition  of  Baxter's  Call. 

1188 Manitowompae  |  Pomantamoonk :  |  Sampwshanau  |  Chris- 

tianoh  |  Uttoh  woh  an  |  Pomantog  |  Wussikkitteahouat  |  God.  | 
I  Tim.  4.  8.  |  Manitooouk  ohtoxmcc  quoshoatuongash  yeuyeu  ut  po- 
insin-  |  tamcconganit  kah  ue  paoinxug.  | 

Cambridge:  |  Printed  in  the  Year  1665.  |  AAS. 

397  and  3  unnumbered  pp.  16°.     Eliot's  abridged  translation  of  The  Practice 
of  Piety,  by  Lewis  Bayly,  Bishop  of  Bangor. 

Translation. — Godly  Living:   Directs  a-Christian  how  he  may  live  to-please 
God. 


ELIOT.  237 

Eliot  (John) — continued. 

1189  Manitowompae  |  Pomantamoonk  |   Sampwahanau  |  Chris- 

tiauoh  |  Uttoh  woh  an  |  Pomantog  |  Wussikkitteahonat  |  God  | 
I  Tim.  4.8.  |  Manittooonk  olitooomoo  quoshoclitungasli  yeuyeu  ut 
poman-  |  tamooon gamut  kah  ne  paomooug.  | 

Cambridge.  |  Printed  for  the  right  Honorable  Corporation  in 
London  |  for    the    Gospelizing    the  Indians,  in    New-England.  | 
1685.  |  HTI.  P.  JOB. 

333  pp.  (=349  as  numbers  273-288,  inclusive,  are  duplicated).  16°.  Second 
ediiion,  Eliot's  version  Practice  of  Piety. 

1190 The  |  Indian  |  Grammar  |  Begun:  or,  |  An  Essay  to  bring 

the  Indian  Language  j  into  |  Rules,  |  For  the  Help  of  Such  as  de 
sire  to  Learn  the  same,  for  |  the  furtherance  of  the  Gospel  among 
them.  |  —  |  By  John  Eliot.  |  —  |  [Nine  lines  quotation :  Isa.  33. 19, 
I*a.  CO.  18,  Dan.  7.  14,  Psal.  19.  ,'5,  and  Mai.  3.  11.]  |  —  | 

Cambridge:  Printed  by  Marmaduke  Johnson:  |  1G6C.  |  JOB. 

Title,  verso  blank,  1  I. ;  Dedication,  To  the  Right  Honourable,  Robert  Boyle, 
Esq.,  1  1. ;  text  60  pp.  sm.  4°. 

At  the  close  of  the  book,  Mr.  Eliot  speaks  of  his  work  as  follows : 

'•I  have  now  finished  what  I  shall  do  at  present;  and  in  a  word  or  |  two  to 
satisfie  the  prudent  enquirer  how  I  found  out  these  new  wayes  |  of  Grammar, 
which  no  other  Learned  Language  (so  farre  as  Iknow)useth;  I  thus  inform 
him:  God  first  put  into  my  heart  a  compassion  |  over  their  poor  souls,  and  a 
desire  to -teach  them  to  know  Christ,  and  to  |  bring  them  into  his  kingdomo. 
Then  presently  I  found  out  (by  Gods  |  wise  providence)  a  pregnant  witted  young 
man,  who  had  been  a  ser-  |  vant  in  an  English  house,  who  pretty  well  understood 
our  Language,  |  better  that  he  could  speak  it,  and  well  understood  his  own  Lan 
guage:  |  Him  I  made  my  interpreter  '  *  *  *  *." 

1191  -          -  The  Indian  Grammar  Begun:  or  an  Essay  to  bring  the 
Indian  Language  into  Rules.    By  John  Eliot,    [Thirteen  lines  quo 
tation.]    Cambridge:  Printed  by  Marmaduke  Johnson.     1666. 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  second  series, -vol.  9>  PP-  223-312,  i-liv.  Cain- 
bridge,  1822.  8°. 

Repriut  of  Eliot's  Grammar,  preceded  by  "Introductory  Observations"  on 
the  Massachusetts  language,  by  John  Pickering,  which  occupies  pp.  223-242,  fol 
lowed  by  the  Grammar,  pp.  243-312.  This  is  followed  by  "Notes  and  Observa 
tions  by  Peter  S.  Duponceau,"  pp.  i-xxix.  "Supplementary  Observations. 
By  the  Editor,"  followed  by  an  "Index  of  Indian  Words  in  Eliot's  Gram 
mar:  including  select  Words  from  his  Translation  of  the  Bible,"  the  joint  work 
of  Messrs.  Pickering  and  Duponceau,  conclude  the  paper. 

Issued  also  as  a  separate  paper,  with  a  few  additions,  as  follows: 

1192  A  |  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Massachusetts  Indian  Language.  | 

By  John  Eliot.  |  A  New  Edition:  |  With  Notes  and  Observations,  | 
by  |  Peter  S.  Du  Ponceau,  L.  L.  D.  |  and  |  an  Introduction  and  Sup 
plementary  Observations,  |  by  |  John  Pickering.  |  As  published  in 
the  Massachusetts  Historical  Collections.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  by  Phelps  and  Faruham :  |  1822.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-28, 3-GG,  i-lvi.  8°. 


238  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Eliot  (John) — continued. 

Tl  e  contents  are  the  same  as  above,  except  that  two  pages  have  been  added 
from  Mr.  Dupoiiccau,  giving  the  numerals,  1-10,  of  the  True  Nanticoke,  the 
Nanticoke  according  to  Dr.  Barton,  and  the  Bambara  Africans. 

1193  The  |  Indian  Primer;  |  or,  |  The  way  of  training  up  of 

our  |  Indian  Youth   in   the  good  |  knowledge  of  God,  in  the  | 
knowledge  of  the  Scriptures  |  and  in  an  ability  to  Reade.  |  —  |  Com 
posed  by  J.  E.  |  —  |  2  Tim.  3. 14, 15.    Qut  ken  nag-  |  wutteansh  nish 
nahtuhtauanisli  |  kah  pohkontamauish,  waheadt  |  noh  nahtuhtau- 
onadt  |  15.  Kah  wutch  kummukkiesum-  |  neat  koowabteo  wunnee- 
tupana-  |  tamwe  wussukwhongash,  &c.  |  —  | 
Cambridge,  Printed  16G9.  |  « 

Gl  11.,  unnumbered.  24°.  Title  from  a  fac-simile  of  the  original  in  the  reprint 
of  1877,  given  below,  which  says  the  only  perfect  copy  of  the  original  known  to 
exist  is  in  the  library  of  the  University  of  Edinburgh. 

119i  -        -  [Indian  Primer.    By  John  Eliot.    168-.]  MHS. 

Title-page  missing.  13  unnumbered,  62  pp.,  2  11.  32°.    Indian  and  English. 

The  only  copy  of  this  edition  I  have  seen,  and  the  only  one  known,  is  in  the 
library  of  the  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.  Contains  the  Lord's  prayer,  "The  Ancient 
Creed,"  "The  Large  Catechism,"  "A  Short  Catechism,"  and  "The  Numeral 
Letters  and  Figures." 

For  edition  of  1720,  see  Eliot,  (J.)  and  Rawson  (G.) 

1195  The  |  Indian  Primer;  |  or,  |  The  way  of  training  up  of  our 

Indian  Youth  in  |  the  good  knowledge  of  God.  |  By  John  Eliot.  | 
Reprinted  from  the  original  edition  of  1669.  |  With  an  Introduction 
by  |  John  Small,  M.  A.,  |  Librarian,  University  of  Edinburgh.  | 

Edinburgh :  Andrew  Elliot.  |  1877.  |  JWP.  BA. 

Introduction,  pp.  1-xl;  Reprint  in  fac-simile,  61  unnumbered  11.  16°. 

•j  1 196  -  The  |  Indian  Primer;  |  or,  |  The  way  of  training  up  of  our 

Indian  Youth  in  |  the  good  knowledge  of  God.  1669.  |  By  John 
Eliot,  |  To  which  is  prefixed  |  The  Indian  Covenanting  Confes 
sion.  |  Reprinted  from  the  Originals  in  the  Library  of  |  the  Uni 
versity  of  Edinburgh.  |  With  an  Introduction  |  By  John  Small,  M. 
A.,  F.  S.  A.  Scot.  | 

Edinburgh:  Andrew  Elliot.  |  1880.  |  c. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1 1. ;  Introduction,  pp.  i-xl.  The  Indian  Covenanting  Con 
fession,  pp.  xli-liv,  and  fo'.diug-sheet  fac-simile  of  original  q.  v.  infra,  the  Intro 
duction  by  Mr.  S.nall  occupying  pp.  xli-xlvi ;  Indian  Primer  in  fac-simile,  61  un 
numbered  11.  16°. 

1197 Christiane  OOnowae  Sampeoowaonk.  |  The  same  in  Eng 
lish  :  |  A  Christian  Covenanting  Confession.  |  CONG. 

1  1.,  reverse  blank,  sra.  4°.     Two  columns,  Indian  and  English. 

Tl»s  only  copy  of  this  sheet  I  have  seen  is  in  the  Congregational  Library,  Bos 
ton  ;  this  is  damaged,  part  of  the  English  translation  having  been  destroyed,  but 
has  been  supplied  in  modern  handwriting. 

There  is  also  a  copy  in  the  library  of  the  University  of  Edinburgh,  a  fac 
simile  being  given  in  the  1880  reprint  of  Eliot's  Indian  Primer,  q.  v.  supra,  made 
from  the  original  in  that  institution. 


abcchdefg  h  i  j  klmo  5 
•pqrftttv  wxyzi      ?£•' 


2  NOPQ  R  JT  UV  W 
X  Y  2?,  S: 


j 


•* 


ft  c  i  «  o. 


^t 


ai  su  ci 


ou» 


1194.  —  FAC-8IMILE   OF  RECTO  OF  SECOND  LEAF   OF  ELIOT'S  PRIMER. 


ELIOT— ELLIOT.  239 

Eliot  (John) — continued. 

1 198  -        -  Psalm  C.  |  To  be  sung  at  the  Tea  Party  given  in  the  Town- 
Hall  at  Natick,  |  October  28,  1846,  |  for  the  purpose  of  raising 
means  to  purchase  a  copy  of  Eliot's  Indian  Bible,  |  to  be  preserved 
in  the  Archives  of  the  Town.  |  MHS.  BA. 

No  title-page.  1  i>.  folio.    Extract  from  Eliot's  translation  of  the  Psalms. 

1199  and  Rawson  (Grindal).     Sampwutteahae  |  Quinnuppekom- 

pauaenin  |  Wahuwomcok  oggussemesuog  Sampwutteahae  |  Wun- 
nainptamwaenuog,  |  Mache  wussukhumun  ut  English-Mane  Un- 
nontscwaouk    nashpe   |   Xe    muttae  -  wunne^euue    Wuttiuneumoh 
(Jhrist  |  Xoh  asxwesit  |  Thomas  Shephard.  |  Quiunuppenunmn  en 
Indiane  Uimontoowaonganit  uashpe  j  Ne  Quttianatamwe  wuttinueu- 
moh  Christ   |    Noh  aswwesit  |  John  Eliot.   |   Kah  nawhutche  ut 
aiyeuongash  oggnssemese  ontcheteauun  |  Nashpe  |  Grindal  Baw- 
son.  |  —  |  Matth.  24. 14.    Kahyeuassootamxorgauewunnaun-  |  che- 
mookaonk   pish    kuhkootamoadtiii    wame  nmttaohkit  ne-  |   watch 
acwauwaeimiinneate  wame  wutohtimoineash.   |    Kom.  10.  14,  15. 
Kah  toll  woh  \vuttiii  iiGotamunneau-  |  inatta  Kuhkcctamwohteae- 
nuunnccg?    Kah  toh  woh  ben  Kuh-  |  kcctamulikoii  inatta  anunit- 
tumuk.  |  Matth.  28.  19.    Towatche  moucheek,  kah  kuhkooamuh-  | 
teagk  wame  wutohtiinoueash.  | 

Cambridge.  |  Printed  by  Samuel  Green,  in  the  Year,  1C89.  | 

a  p.  11.,  161  pp.  18C.  A  AS.  JCB. 

Translation. — The-Sinoere  Convert  [literally,  "  man  who  stands  turned- 
about"].  Makiug-kuowu  tbey-are-few  sincerely  who-believe.  Having- been 
written  in  Englishman's  language  by  that  very-excellent  Servant-of  Christ  who 
is-named  Thomas  Sliepard,  is-tnrned  into  Indian  language  by  that  honoured 
Servant-of  Christ  who  is-named  John  Eliot,  and  in  some  places  a-little  amended 
by  Grindal  Rawson. 

1200  -        -  Indiane  |   Primer  |  Asuh  |  Negonneyeuuk.  |  Ne  nashpe 
Mukkiesog  |  Woh  |  tauog  wunnamuhkuttee  |  ogketainuunate  In- 
diane  |  Unnontoowaonk.  |  Kah  |  Menniuunk  wutch  |  Mukkiesog.  | 

Mushauwomuk:  |  Printeuun  |  nashpe  B.  Green.  |  1720.  | 

Second  title,: 

The  Indian  |  Primer  |  or  |  The  First  Book.  |  By  which  Children  | 
may  |  know  truely  |  to  read  the  Indian  |  Language.  |  And  |  Milk 
for  |  Babes.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  |  by  B.  Green.  |  1720.  |  P. 

Pp.  3-84,  3-84,  alternate  Indian  and  English.  Indian  title,  verso  1.  1.  Eng 
lish  title,  recto  1.  2.  16°. 

Cotton's  Milk  for  Babes,  with  Rawson's  translation,  occupy  pp.  30-46,  30-46. 

1201  Elliot  (Rev.  Adam).    Vocabulary  of   the  Mohawk,  and  of  the 

Caytiga. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Report  to  the  Secretary  of  the  State  of  New  York, 
pp.  264-270,  271-277.  New  York,  1845.  8°.  Reprinted  in  : 

Notes  on  the  Iroquois.     New  York,  1846.     8°.,  pp.  as  above.    Reprinted 

in  Ibid.,  pp.  393-400.    New  York,  1847.  8°.     Reprinted  in 

Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  482-493.   Philadelphia,  1852.  4°. 


240  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

1202  Ellis  (Rev.  Robert).     Observations  on  Dr.  Trumbull's  "Numerals 
hi  North  American  Languages." 

In  Am.  Fhilolog.  Ass.  Proc.,  Eighth  Ann.  Sess.,  1876,  8°,  pp.  8-10.        . 
The  paper  is  followed  by  a  few  remarks  by  Mr.  Trumbull. 

1203  Ellis  (W.)     An  Authentic  Narrative  of  a  voyage  performed  by 
Captain  Cook  and  Captain  Clerke,  in  his  Majesty's  Ships  Resolu 
tion  and  Discovery,  During  the  years  1776,  1777,  1778,  1779,  and 
1780;  in  search  of  a  North- West  Passage  Between  the  Continents 
of  Asia  and  America.     Including  A  faithful  Account  of  all  their 
Discoveries,  and  the  unfortunate  Death  of  Captain  Cook.     Illus 
trated  with  A  Chart  and  a  Variety  of  Cuts.    By  W.  Ellis,  Assist 
ant  Surgeon  to  both  vessels. 

London:  G.  Robinson.  MDCCLXXXII  [1782].  * 

2  vols. :  6  pp.  11.,  358  pp. ;  4  p.  11.,  347  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 
As  the  paging  of  this  and  the  second  edition  are  the  same,  the  vocabulary  is 
probably  to  be  found  on  the  same  page  in  this  edition,  vol.  1,  pp.  224-229. 

1204  An  Authentic  |  Narrative  |  of  a  |  Voyage  |  performed  by  | 

Captain  Cook  and  Captain  Clerke,  |  in  His  Majesty's  Ships  |  Reso 
lution  and  Discovery,  |  During  the  years  1776,  1777,  1778,  1779, 
and  1780;  |  in  Search  of  a  |  North- West  Passage  |  Between  the 
Continents  of  Asia  and  America.  |  Including  |  A  faithful  Account 
of  all  their  Discoveries7X>and  the  |  unfortunate  Death  of  Captain 
Cook.  \  Illustrated  with  |  A  Chart  and  a  Variety  of  Cuts.  |  By  W. 
Ellis,  |  Assistant  Surgeon  to  both  vessels.  |  The  Secoudj  Edition.  | 
Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  G.  Robinson,  Paternoster  Row;  J.  Sew- 
ell,  |   Cornhill;    and    J.    Debrett,   Piccadilly.   |  MDCCLXXXIII 

[1783].  |  * 

2  vols.:  6  p.  11.,  pp.  1-358, 1  1. ;  4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-347.  8°.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 
Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  King  George's  Sound,  vol.  1,  pp.  224-229. 

Sabiu's  Dictionary  gives:  Third  Edition.  London:  G.  Robinson,  MDCCLXXXIV. 

2  vols.  8°. 

1205  Zuverlassige  Nachricht  von  der  dritten  und  letzten  Reise 

der  Kap.  Cook  und  Clerke  in  den  koniglichen  Schifl'en,  die  Reso 
lution  und  Discovery,  in  den  Jahren  1776  bis  1780,  bfsonders  in 
der  Absicht,  eine  nordwestliche  Durchfarth   [sic]  zwischen  Asien 
and  Amerika  austindig  zu  machen.     Von  W.  Ellis,  Unterwundarzt 
auf  beyden  Schiffeu.    Aus  dem  Englischen  iibersetzt,  nebst  einer 
Charte. 

Frankfurt  und  Leipzig,  auf  Kosten  der  Verlagskasse.  1783.  * 
324  pp.  map.  8°.  Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1206  Emmons  (George  Falconer).    Vocabulary  of  the  Klatsop. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  223-224.      Philadelphia, 
1853.     4°. 


ELLIS EPISTLE.  241 

1207  Emory  (Lieut.  Col.  William  Helmsley).     Thirtieth  Congress — First 
Session.  |  Ex.  Doc.  No.  41.  |  Notes  of  a  Military  Recounoissance,  | 
from  |  Fort  Leaveuworth,  in  Missouri,  |  to  |  Sail  Diego,  in  Cali 
fornia,  |  including  part  of  the  |  Arkansas,  Del  Norte,  and  Gila 
Rivers.  |  By  Lieut.  Col.  W.  H.  -Emory.  |  Made  in  1846-7,  with  the 
Advanced  Guard  of  the  "Army  of  the  West."  |  February  9, 1848. — 
Ordered  to  be  printed.  |  [&c.,  four  lines.] 

Washington :  |  Wendell  and  Van  Benthuysen,  Printers.  |  1848.  | 
Pp.  1-614  8°.  JWP. 

Abert  (J.  W.)  Report  of  Exploration  of  New  Mexico,  pp.  417-548. 
An  edition  of  this  work,  30th  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  Senate  Executive,  No.  7,  pp. 
1-416,  does  not  contain  Abort's  article. 

1208  Vocabulary  of  the  Coco  Maricopa. 

In  G-allatin  (A.)  Bale's  Indians  of  N.  W.  America,  in  Am.  Bth.  Soc.  Trans., 
vol.  2,  Introductory,  p.  cix.     New  York,  1848.     8°. 

Encyclopedia  Americana. 
See  Lieber  ( Francis),  Editor. 

1209  Encyclopaedia  Britannica.    The  |   Encyclopaedia  Britannica  |  a  | 
Dictionary  |  of  |  Arts,  Sciences,  and  General  Literature  |  Ninth 
Edition  |  Volume  I  [-XII].  | 

New  York:  Charles  Scribner's  Sons  |  M  DCCC  LXXVIU  [-M  D- 
CCC  LXXX1]  [1878-1881J.  |  (All  rights  reserved.)  |  "    JWP. 

12vols.  4°. 
Keane  (A.  H.)    American  Indians,  vol.  12,  pp.  823-830. 

1210  English-Pottowatami  Dictionary  |  copied  from  a  manuscript  at  |  St. 
John's  College,  Fordham.  |  s. 

Manuscript.  44  11.  16°.  Preceded  by  a  brief  grammatic  notice.     In  possession 
of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

1211  Epistle.    The  |  Epistle  |  of  |  James  |  Translated  into  theChoctaw 
Language.  |  Chemis  i  Holisso  h»t  |  Chahta  anumpaisht  atoshowa- 
hoke.  | 

Park  Hill,  |  Mission  Press :  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  1843.  |       BA. 
Pp.  1-23.  24°. 

1212  Epistle  to  the  Corinthians,  and  a  part  of  Galatians.  * 

96  pp.  24°.     In  the  Cherokee  language.     Title  from  Forty-ninth  Rep.  Am.  Bd. 

Com.  for  For.  Mis.,  1858. 

1213  The  Epistle  of  Paul  to  the  Phillipians    [Colossians  and 

ThessaloniansJ.  |  [One  line  Cherokee  characters.]  |  0. 

No  title-page ;  43  pp.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

Phillipiaus,  pp.  1-14;  Colossians,  pp.  14-26;  Thessalonians,  pp.  26-43. 

1214  The  |  Epistle  |  of  |  Paul  to  Timothy.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee 

characters.]  |  0. 

No  title-page;  pp.  1-24.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

16  Bib 


242  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Epistle — contiiiued. 

1215 The  |  Epistle  of  Paul  |  to  Titus.  |  [Philemon  and  Hebrews.] 

[Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  C. 

No  title-page ;  49  pp.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 
Titus,  pp.  2-7;  Philemon,  pp.  7-10;  Hebrews,  pp.  10-49. 

1216  Epistles.    The  |  Epistles  |  of  |  John,  |  Translated  into  the  Chahta 
Language.  |  Chani  I  Holisso  Fhleha  |  Chahta  anumpa   isht  ato- 
showa  hoke.  | 

Park  Hill.  j  Mission  Press,  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  1841.  |       BA. 

Pp.  1-27.  24°. 

First  edition,  1840,  27  pp.— Byington's  Manuscript  Diet. 

1217  The  |  Epistles  |  of  |  John  |  translated  into  the  Cherokee 

Language.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1840.  |  BA.ABC.C. 

Pp.  1-20.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1218 The  [  Epistles  |  of  |  John  |  translated  into  the  Cherokee 

Language.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  Second  Edition.  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1843.  |  BA.  ABC. 

Pp.  1-20.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1219  The  |  Epistles  |  of  |  John.  |  Translated  into  the  Cherokee 

Language.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  Third  Edition.  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1848.  |  0. 

Pp.  1-20.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1220  The  |  Epistles  |  of  |  Paul  to  Timothy.  |  Translated  into  the 

Cherokee  Language.  |  [Two  lines  in  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line  in 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1844.  |  ABO.C. 

Pp.  1-28.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1221  The  |  Epistles  |  of  |  Peter.  |  0. 

No  title-page ;  24pp.  24°.    In  Cherokee  characters;  second  edition. 

1222  Epistolas.    Epistolas  y  Evangelios  en  Mexicano.  * 

Manuscript  beginning: 

f  Incipiunt  Epistole  et  euagelia  Que  in  Diebus  Domiuicis  per 
aui  totius  circulum  legutur  traducta  in  lingua  Mexicanam. 

This  first  page  bordered  with  red  and  black  with  a  large  initial  N  in  both 
colors. 

74  unnumbered  11.  4°.  Letters  of  the  16th  century ;  headings  in  red.  No  date. 
Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuutes,  No.  103. 

1223  Epistolas  y  Evangelios  en  Mexicano.  * 

Manuscript  of  the  sixteenth  century.  4°.    Begins  with  a  calendar,  11.  1-8. 

5  Incipiunt  Epistole  et  euangeli  a  feria  quarta  cinerum. 
Ll.  1-57. 


EPISTLE — ESCOBAR. 


243 


Epistolas  —  continued. 

5  lucipiunt  Epistole  et  Euagelia  Dominicalibus  officiis  cogruetias 
que  per  anni  totius  Discursu  leguuntur  traducta  in  lingua  Mexicana. 

Ll.  1-46.  2  blank  11.  follow,  on  one  of  which  in  more  modern  letters  we  read: 
Este  libro  pertese  [sic]  a  la  casa  de  novisios  de  Santo  Domingo  mi  p*. 

Incipiuntur  euangelia  quae  per  ani  totius  Tractum  leguuntur  in 
diebus  festis. 

Ll.  1-46;  at  the  end: 

f  Axcan  miercoles  a  xxj  dias  del  mes  de  Febrero  de  1596.  Anos 
otlan  y  micuillona  Sancto  Euaiig™. 

Small  letters  neat  and  clear,  with  titles  in  red.  —  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  102. 

1224  Erdmann  (Friedrich).     Eskimoisches  Worterbuch,  gesammelt  von 
den   Missioniireu  in  Labrador,   revidirt  und  herausgegeben  von 
Friedrich  Erdmann. 

Budissin,  E.  Moritz  Mouse.  1864.  * 

2  p.  11.,  360  pp.  4°.     Not  seen  ;  title  from  Platzmann  and  Leclerc. 

Prof.  Rink  has  furnished  me  the  collation  of  an  Eskimo-  Worterbuch,  doubt 

less  the  same  as  the  above,  as  follows:  1st  part,  Eskimo-German,  365  pp.  large 

8°;  2d  part,  German-Eskimo,  242  pp.  large  8°. 

1225  Eriniugkat  nutigdlit.  105  tamalanik  imagdlit,  iliniarflngne  igdlu- 
iiilo  atortugssat.  * 

160  pp.  8°.  Song-book  with  notes  for  school  and  private  use.  Title  from  a 
Greenland  missionary,  through  Prof.  Rink. 


|  fur  |  wissenschaftliche 
von    A.  Erman.    Erster 


1226  Erman  (Georg  Adolph),  Editor.    Archiv 
Kuude  '.  von  |  Russlaud.    Herausgegeben 
[-Fiinfundzwanzigster]  Baud.  |  1841  [-1867].  |  Mit  drei  Tafeln.  | 

Berlin,  |  gedruckt  und  verlegt  von  G.  Eeimer.  [n.  d.]  c. 

25  vols.  8° 

Lowe  (F.)  Weujaminow  iiber  die  Aleutischen,  vol.  2,  pp.  459-495. 
Romberg  (H.)  Eiu  Tschuktschischer  Worterverzeichniss,  vol.  19,  pp.  340-345. 
Schott  (W.)  Etwas  iiber  die  Sprache  der  Koloschen,  vol.  3,  pp.  439-445. 

-  Ueber  die  Sprachen  des  russischen  Amerika's,  nach  Wenjaminow,  vol. 
7,  pp.  12G-143. 

-  Ueber  ethuographische  Ergebnisse  der  Sagoskinschen  Reise,  vol.   7, 
pp.  480-512. 

1227  Escalona  (Fr.  Alonso).     Sermones  en  Lengua  Megicana,  que  tra- 
dujo  despues  a  la  Achi  Guatimalteca.  * 

1228  --  Comentario  sobre  los  diez  preceptos  del  Decalogo  en  Len 
gua  Megicaua. 

The  two  titles  above  from  Beristain,  who  says  that  D.  Nicolas  Antonio  attri 
butes  to  him  other  writings  which  are  certainly  by  Fr.  Alonso  do  Molina. 

1229  Escamilla  (J>.  Juau  Francisco).    Arte  6  Gramatica  de  la  Lengua 
Otomite. 

Escamilla  was  professor  of  Otomi  in  the  University  of  Mexico.  —  Beristain. 

1230  Escobar  (D.  Sebastian).  Cartas  en  Lengua  Otomi  a  varios  sugestos. 


IMPROVED  TITLE  IN 


IMPRcv;; 


IN 


Manuscript.  8°. 
Berislain. 


In  the   Biblioteca  del  Seminario  Tridentino  de  Megico.  — 


244  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1231  Eskimo.     Vocabularies  (60  words  each)  of  the  Asiagmut,  of  Norton 
Bay;  Kuskokvims,  of  Norton  Bay;  of  the  Indians  near  Mount  St. 
Elias;  of  Kadiak Island ;  and  of  the  Indians  of  Bristol  Bay. 

Manuscript.  5  11.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1232  Espinareda  (Fr.  Pedro).    Arte  y  vocabulario  del  Idioma  de  los 
Zacatecas. 

Manuscript  seen  by  P.  Arlequi  in  the  archives  of  the  convent  of  the  town  of 
Nombre  de  Dies. — Beristain. 

1233  Espinosa  (D.  Fr.  Juan).    Arte  y  Vocabulario  complete  del  Idioma 
Concho.  * 

Manuscript  seen  by  P.  Arlej|ui  and  referred  to  in  his  catalogue. — Beristain. 
The  Concho  is  a  dialect  of  the  Mexican  language. 


1234  Espinosa  de  los  Monte^os.    Interpretation  del  Escudo  y  Tau,  signos 
estampados  en  el  altissimo  picacho  del  ceno  Tianquiztepetl  en  la 
sierra  de  Metztitlan. 

Manuscript  of  the  nineteenth  century ;  42  leaves. 

Two  interesting  essays  to  decipher  some  hieroglyphics  found  in  one  of  the 
Mexican  mountains.  The  author,  a  canon  of  the  Church  of  Our  Lady  of  Gnada- 
lupe,  endeavours  to  explain  these  hieroglyphics  in  such  a  manner  as  to  bring 
them  in  connection  with  some  of  the  prophecies  of  the  Old  and  [New]  Testa 
ment. — Ramfriz  Sale  Cat. 

1235  Essex  Institute.     Bulletin  |  of  the  |  Essex  Institute,  |  Volume  I 
[-XIII].  1809  [-1881].  | 

Salem,  Mass.  |  Essex  Institute  Press.  |  1870  [-1882].  |  c. 

13  vols.  8°. 


u 


Chever  (E.  E.)  Vocabulary  of  familiar  words  used  by  the  Indians  of  Cali 
fornia,  vol.  2,  pp.  65-66. 

1236  Esta  explica  |  cion  de  la  Doctrina  Christiana  |  va  con  el  mismo 
testo  de  la  cartilla  impresa  el  Ano  |  de  mill  y  quinientas  y  9inquenta 
y  seys  por  explicar  los  |  terminos  que  los  Yndios  Saben  mal  en- 
tendidos,  por  tuvien  |  do  el  mismo  authorre  ffbrmado  la  dicha  Car 
tilla  por  man  |  dado  de  ill.mo  Senor  Don  fray  juan  gapata  y  Sancto- 
val  |  obispo  de  guatemala,  se  puso  aqui  en  la  misma  forma  |  que 
la  Conrregie  para  que  sirva  de  brevi.8Ba  exposicion  A  |  la  antigua 
sub  cen  Sura  Sanct  |  te  Eomane  eccle  |  ssie. 

Manuscript.  9  11.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Philadel 
phia. 

At  the  close  is  a  table  of  contents  followed  by  this  colophon  in  Cakchiquel: 

Chupam  6  de  Julio  Imna  1748  afio  mixgizvi  vugibaxic  vae  vutz 
libro  Ramillette  manual  tihobal  quichin  Yndios  chupam  vutzilz 
Dios  Doctrina  Christiana  yn  Seuastian  lopez  tzarin  vae  ueva  voch- 
Saucta  Maria  Asumpgion  tecpanatitan.de  tzolala. 

Then  follow  two  leaves  in  Cakchiquel  headed:  A  la  emperatrix  a  la  vergen 
Maria  Senora  Nra  su  humilde  esclavo. 

From  this  evidence  we  learn  that  this  is  a  copy  made  in  1748  by  Sebastian 
Lopez  at  Solola  on  Lake  Atitan  of  two  works,  the  older  printed  in  1556,  author 
not  given,  the  other  by  Francisco  Maldonado  [q.  ».].  The  former  must  be  the 


ESKIMO ETTWEIN.  245 

Esta,  etc. — continued. 

"  Doctrina  Cristiana  en  Lengua  Utlateca,"  or  Quiche,  published  at  Mexico  in 
that  year,  whose  author,  Fray  Francisco  Marroquin,  died  in  1563.  It.  is  true  that 
this  was  said  to  be  in  Quiche,*  and  that  Zapata  y  Sandoval  was  not  a  bishop  un 
til  I(il3.t  But  as  I  have  never  seen  a  copy  of  Marroquin's  Doctrina,  I  am  nuable 
to  reconcile  these  discrepancies. — Brinton. 

1237  Ethnological  Society  of  London.  Journal  |  of  the  |  Ethnological 
Society  |  of  |  London.  |  Vol.  I  [-IV].  |  1848  [-1856].  | 

Edinburgh  [and  London]:  Neill  and  Company,  Printers,  Old 
Fishmarket.  |  [n.  d.]  HIT.  c. 

4  vols.  6°. 

Bollaert  (W. )  Observations  on  the  Indian  Tribes  of  Texas,  vol.  2,  pp.  262-283. 

Cull  (R.)  A  Description  of  Three  Esquimaux  from  Kinnooksook,  vol.  4,  pp. 
215-225. 

Kennedy  (J.)  On  the  Probable  Origin  of  the  American  Indians,  vol.  4,  pp. 
226-267. 

Latham  (R.  G.)     On  the  Language  of  Oregon  Territory,  vol.  1,  pp.  154-166. 

On  the  Ethnography  of  Russian  America,  vol.  1,  pp.  182-191. 

Scouler  (John).  On  the  Indian  Tribes  inhabiting  the  Northwest  Coast  of 
America,  vol.  1,  pp.  228-252. 

Sutherland  <P.  C.)    On  the  Esquimaux,  vol.  4,  pp.  193-214. 

1238 The  |  Journal  |  of  the  |  Ethnological  Society  |  of  London.  | 

Edited  by  |  Professor  Huxley,  F.  B.  S.,  President  of  the  Society.  | 
George  Busk,  Esq.,  F.  E.  S.  |  Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bt.,  F.  E.  S.  | 
Col.  A.  Lane  Fox,  Hon.  Sec.  |  Sub-Editor  J.  H.  Lauprey,  Esq.  j 
New  Series.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  |  Session  1868-69  [1869-70].  | 

London:  |  Triibner  &  Co.,  60  Paternoster  Bow.  |  1869  [1871].  |  c. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Blackmore  (Win.)    The  North  American  Indians,  vol.  1,  pp.  287-320. 

1239 Transactions  |  of  the  |  Ethnological  Society  |  of  London.  | 

Vol.  I  [-VII].  New  Series.  | 

London:  |  Published  for  the  Ethnological  Society,  |  by  |  John 
Murray,  Albermarle  Street.  |  1861  [-1869].  |  o. 

7  vols.  8°. 

Cullen  (Dr.)    The  Darien  Indians,  vol.  5,  pp.  150-175. 

Markham  (C.  R.)    The  Arctic  Highlanders,  vol.  4,  pp.  125-137. 

Tylor  (E.  B.)  Remarks  on  Buschmann's  Researches  in  North  American 
Philology,  vol.  2,  pp.  130-136. 

Whymper  (F.)     Russian  America,  or  "Alaska,"  vol.  7,  pp.  167-185. 

The  Ethnological  Society  in  1871  was,  with  the  Anthropological  Society  of 
London,  merged  into  the  Anthropological  Institute  of  Great  Britain  and  Ire- 
laud,  q.  v. 

1240  Ettwein  (Rev.  John).  Ecmarks  upon  the  Traditions,  &c.,  of  the 
Indians  of  North  America.  By  Bev.  John  Ettwein. 

In  Penn.  Hist.  Soc.  Bulletin,  vol.  1,  pp.  29-44.     Philadelphia,  1848.  8°. 

"Of  their  Languages,"  pp.  39-44,  includes  "A  Collection  of  words"  of  the 
Maqna,  Delaware,  and  Mahikan,  pp.  41-44. 

*Fr.  Pedro  do  Betanzos,  who  died  in  1570,  published  a  "Doctrina  en  Lengua 
de  Guatemala,"  also  at  Mexico,  year  unknown.  If  this  should  prove  to  have  ap 
peared  in  1563  also,  one  of  the  difficulties  would  be  surmounted. 

tSquier,  Monograph,  p.  52. 


246  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1241  Euphrasia  (Sister  M.)    Exercises  in  the  Papago  Language,  by  Sis 
ter  M.  Eupbrasia,  St.  Xavier's  Convent,  Arizona. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Twenty-seven  exercises  and  phrases  and  sentences. 

1242  Evangelic.     El  |  Evangelic  |  de  S.  Lucas,  |  del  |  latin  al  Mexi- 
cano,  |  6  mejor  Nabuatl.  | 

Impresso  por  Samuel  Bagster,  |  en  Londres.  |  1833.  |  YC. 

Title  and  139  pp.  8a.     See  Kanzi  (Dr.  Puzos),  No.  2052. 

1243  Evans  (James).      The  Speller  and  Interpreter,  in  Indian  and  Eng 
lish,  for  the  Use  of  the  Mission  Schools,  and  such  as  may  desire  to 
obtain  a  Knowledge  of  the  Ojibway  Tongue.    By  James  Evans  .  .  . 

New- York:  D.  Fanshaw.  1831.  » 

195  pp.  12°.    Not  seen ;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1244  The  |  Speller  and  Interpreter,  |  in  |  Indian  and  English,  | 

for  the  use  of  |  The  Mission  Schools,  |  and  such  as  may  desire  to 
obtain  |  a  knowledge  of  the  |  Ojibway  Tongue.  |  By  James  Evans, 
Wesleyau  Missionary.  |  [Picture.] 

D.   Fanshaw,   Printer,  |  No.   150   Nassau-street,  |  New- York.  | 
1837.  |  BA.  MHS.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-195.  16°. 
Conjugation  of  the  verb  to  see,  pp.  180-195. 


See  [Jones  (Rev.  P.),  Evans  (Rev.  J.),  and  Henry  (G.)]. 

1245  [ and  Henry  (George).]     Nu-gu-mo-nun  |  O-je-boa  |  an-oad  | 

ge-e-se-uu-ne-gu-noo-du-be-iing  |   uoo  |  muun-gou-duuz  |   gu-ea  j 
moo-ge-gee-seg   |    ge-ge-noo-u-muu-ga-oe-ne-ne-oug.  |   [Tliree  lines 
Ojibwa  quotation,  Jaiuz,  5-13.]  | 

New-York :  |  Printed  by  D.   Fanshaw,  |   150    Nassau-street.  | 
1837.  |  BA.  MHS.  0. 

Pp.  1-393.  24°.  Hymns  in  Ojeboa.  Translator's  preface  signed  James  Evans 
and  George  Henry,  and  it  states  that  two  editions  had  already  been  printed.  For 
later  editions  see  Jones  (P.),  Evans  (J.),  aud  Henry  (G.) 

1246  Events  |  in  |  Indian  History,  |  beginning  with  an  account  of  the  | 
Origin  of  the  American  Indians,  |  and  Early  Settlements  in  North 
America,  |  and  embracing  |  Concise  Biographies  |  of  the  Principal 
Chiefs  and  Head-Sachems  |  of  the  Different  Indian  Tribes,  |  with  | 
Narratives  and  Captivities,  |  including  |  the  Destruction  of  Schen- 
ectady,  Murder  of  Miss  M'Crea,  |  Destruction  of  Wyoming,  Battle 
of   the   Thames  and  |  Tippecauoe,   Braddock's  Defeat,   General 
Wayne's  |  Victory  at  Miami,  Life  of  Logan,  Massacre  |  of  the  In 
dians  at  Lancaster,  Pa.,  &c.  |  also  |  an  appendix,  |  containing  the 
statistics  of  the  population  of  |  the  II.  States,  and  an  Indian  vocab 
ulary.  |  Illustrated  with  eight  fine  engravings.  | 

Lancaster :  |  Published  by  G.  Hills  &  Co.  |  Dryson,  Pearsol  and 
Wimer,  Printers.  |  1841.  |  C. 

Pp.  1-633.  8°. 


EUPHRASIA EXPLICACION.  247 

Events,  etc. — continued. 

Dictionary  of  [Knisttenaux]  words  and  phrases  (from  Mackenzie),  pp.  529-536. 
Have  seen  an  edition  of  1843  with  title-page  exactly  similar,  except  that  after 
"engravings"  conies:  (Copyright  secured.) 

1247  Everett  (William  B.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Sioux,  alphabetically  ar 
ranged;  by  Will.  E.  Everett,  Government  Scout. 

Manuscript.  91  pp.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau-  of  Ethnology. 

1248  Evil.     [Three  lines  Cherokee  characters.]    The  |  Evil  |  of  |  Intoxi 
cating  Liquor,  |  and  |  the  Remedy.  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1838.  |  ABC. 

Pp.  1-12.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1249  [Four  lines  Cherokee  characters.]    The  Evil  |  of  |  Intoxi 
cating  Liquor,  |  and  |  the  Remedy.  |  Second  Edition.  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1844.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-24.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

Ewbank  (Thomas). 
See  Whipple  (Lieut.  A.  W.) 

1250  I.  Examen  critico  de  la  Gramatica  Otomi  de  Neve  y  Molina.         * 

Manuscript  of  the  18th  century.  4°.  55  11.  in  a  very  clear  and  neat  hand 
writing. 

II.  Discursu  critico  de  la  Doctrina  Otomi.  * 

15  11.  in  the  same  condition. 

Both  works  from  the  same  anonymous  writer,  who  tells  us,  however,  that  he 
is  a  native  of  Otomi,  who  by  forty  years  of  continental  study  and  practice  con 
siders  himself  a  perfect  master  of  this,  the  most  difficult  and  intricate  of  all 
American  languages. 

The  first  of  the  two  treatises  is  one  of  the  bitterest  and  severest  critiques  that 
has  ever  been  written.  After  annihilating  the  grammatical  rules  which  Neve 
intended  to  apply  to  the  Otomi  language,  our  author  holds  him  up  to  ridicule 
and  contempt;  now  lashing  him  in  prose,  and  then  in  verse;  sometimes  in  pure 
Spanish,  at  others  calling  to  his  aid  his  native  Otomi.  We  suppose  that  the 
bitterness  which  characterizes  the  first  tract  prevented  its  publication,  but  both 
are  worthy  of  that  honour.  They  contain  not  only  valuable  information  on  the 
language  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  Mexican  Valley  before  the  immigration  of 
the  Toltecs  and  the  rise  of  the  Mexicans — still  largely  in  use  among  the  natives — 
but  also  interesting  historical  notices. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

1251  Explication  |  clara  y  sucinta  |  de  los  |  principales  Misterios  |  de  | 
nuestra  santa  Fe,  |  oracion  dominical,  |  Mandamientos  |  y  Sacra- 
mentos  |  en  el  idioma  |  Mexicano  |  a  beneflcio  de  los  Indies,  y  en 
el  Cas-  |  tellano  para  los  que  aspiran  al  minis-  |  terio  de  estos.  | 
Compuesta  por  uu  Cura  del  Obispado  |  de  la  Puebla,  puesta  al 
honor  y  am-  |  paro  de  la  Magestad  de  Ntro.  Sr.  Je-  |  sucristo  y  de  la 
Madre  Sma.  de  la  Luz.  |  Con  la  licencia  necesaria.  | 

Puebla.  Imprenta  del  Hospital  de  S.  Pedro.  1835.  0.  3 

266  pp.,  1 1.  errata.  16°. 


248  NORTH  •  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

1252  Fabricius  (Otho).    Favua  |  Groenlandica,  |  t>ystematice  sisteus  | 
Animalia  Groenlandiae  Occiden-  |  talis  Hactenvs  Indagata,  Qvoad 
Nomeu  |  speciflcvm,  triviale,  vernacvlvmqve;  synonyma  avcto   | 
rvm  plvrivm,  descriptionem,  locvm,  victvm,  genera-  |  tionem,  mores, 
vsvm,  captvramqve  singvli,  provt  |  detegeudi  occasio  fvit,  maxi- 
maqve  parte  secvn-  |  dvm  proprias  observationes.  |  Othonis  Fa- 
bricii  |  Ministri  Evangelii  [&c.,  four  lines].  |  [Device.] 

Hafniae  et  Lipsiae,  |  Impeusis  loannis  Gottlob  Eothe,  |  Avila 
atqve  vuivers.  reg.  bibliopolae.  |  M  DCG  LXXX  [1780].  |  BP. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-452.  12°. 
A  number  of  Eskimo  words  scattered  throughout. 

1253  -      —  Forsb'g  til  en  forbedret  Gronlandsk  Grammatica. 

KiSbenhavn,  C.  Friderich  Schubart,  1791.  * 

viii,  322  pp.  and  4  tables.  8°.     Title  from  Leclerc. 

1254  -         -  Fors0g  |   til  |  en  forbedret  |  Gronlandsk  Grammatica  | 
ved  |  Otho  Fabricius,  |  Sognepraest  ved  Vor  Frelseres  Kirke  paa 
Christiansliavn.  |  Andet  Oplag.  | 

Ki^benhavn,  1801.  |  Trykt  udi  det  Kongelige  Vaysenhuses  Bog- 
trykkprie,  |  af  G.  F.  Schubart,  |  C. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-388.  12°.     Grammar  in  the  Eskimo  language,  of  Greenland. 

1255  Testamente  |  Nutak  |  Kaladlinokanzeenmit  |  uuktersimar- 

sok,  nar'kintingoaen-  |  niglo  sukuiarsimarsok.  | 

Kiobenhavnime,  |  Illiarsu'in  igloaenne  piugajueksanik  nakittarsi 
inarsok  |  1799.  |  C.  F.  Shubartimit,  |  C.  w.  JOB. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-107^.  16°.  New  Testament  in  the  Eskimo  language.  Preface 
signed  Otho  Fabricius.  Erslew  mentions  an  edition  of  1794. 

VED  TITLE  IN       1256  Testameute  Nutak  kaladlin  okauzennut  nuktersimarsok, 

narkiutingoaeuniglosukuiarsiniarsok. 

Kiobenhavnime.  1827.  * 

Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1257  -        -  Ivngerutit  Tuksiutidlo,  Kaladliunut  Opertunnut.    Attuae- 
gekfaet. 

Kiobenhavnime,  Uliarsum  igloaenne  aipeksinik  nakittarsimarsut 
C.  F.  Skubartimit.  1801.  HU.  w. 

Pp.  1-528.  24°.    Psalms  in  meter.    Prayers,  pp.  386-528.    Preface  signed  Otho 
U-uUliUiUj,       Fabricius. 


Erslew  mentions  a  psalm  book  with  appendix  of  prayers,  in  the  Eskimo 
language,  Kjobenhavnime,  1788.  8°. 

1258  Den  |  Gr^nlandske  Ordbog,  |  forbedret  og  for^get,  |  udgi- 

vet  |  ved  |  Otho  Fabricius,  |  Sognepra;st  ved  vor  Frelsers  Kirke 
paa  Christianshavu.  | 

Kjobenhavn,  1804.  |  Trykt  i  det  Kongel.  Yaisenhuses  Bogtryk- 
kerie  |  af  Carl  Frid.  Schubart.  |  BA.  C. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-795.  12°. 

Greenlandish-Danish,  pp.  1-544 ;  Register,  pp.  545-795. 


FABRICIUS FAGES.  249 

Fabricius  (Otlio) — continued. 

1259  Arkiksutiksak  |  Pellesinnut  Ajoksersoirsunuudlo,  |  Kan- 

uong-illivdliitik  pirsaromarput  |  Nalegiartorbingne,  |  Kaladlit  Nu- 
usfeime.  |  Ritual  |  over  |  Kirke-Forretningcme  |  ved  |  den  Datiske 
Mission  i  Gr^nlaud.  | 

Oinarbeidet  og  forySget   |  ved  |  Otlio  Fabricius,  |  og  2den  gang 
trykt  i  det  Kongelige  Waysenhuses  Bog-  |  trykkerie  i  Kiyibenhavn  | 
1819  |  at'  Carl  Friedrich  Schubart.  |  HU. 

Pp.  1-W7.  16°.  Alternate  pp.,  Eskimo  and  Danish.  Ritual  prepared  for  the 
Danish  missions  in  Greenland.  For  earlier  edition,  see  Egede  (Paul). 

1260  Okalluktuaet  Opernartut  |  Tersauko  |  Bibeleiinit  |  Testa- 

mentitokamidlo  Testamentitamidlo    Ottob  Fabriciusib  |  Pellesiune- 
rublKennerej  attuaegeksaukudlugit  Inuungnut  koisimarsunnut.  | 

Kib'benhavnime  |  Illiarsuin  iglosenne  nakkittarsimarsut.  |  1820.  | 
C.  F.  Skubartimit.  |  c. 

Pp.  l-25(i.  16°.     True  narratives  from  the  Bible  in  Greeulandish-Eskimo. 

12G1  Testamentitokamit  |  Mosesisin  Aglegej  |  Siurdleet.  |  Ka- 

ladlin  okauzeennut  |  nuktersimarsut  |  narkiutingoa;nniglo  sukku'i- 
arsimarsut  |  Pellesiuuermit  |  Ottoniit  Fabriciusimit,  |  Attuaegek- 
saukudlugit  iununguut  koisimarsunnut.  | 

Kiobenhavnime,    |    Illiarsum    iglosenne    nakkittarsimarsut.    | 
1822.  |  C.  F.  Skubartimit.  |  c.  w.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-202.  16°.     In  the  Eskimo  language. 

12C2  Bibelingoak  |  Merdlaiunut  |  iinaloneet:  |  Gudim  Okauzee- 

saillejt  kenuikkset,    |   na'itsunnik  kajumiksarneruik  illakartut,   | 
merdlertunnut  iialektartunnut.   |   Kablunajn  okauzeenne  agleksi- 
magalloak,  |  inAna  kaladlin  okauzeenut  uuktersimarsok  |  Pellesiu- 
nermit  |  Ottomit  Fabriciusmit.  | 

Kiobenbavnime,  |  Illiarsiiin  igloaenne  nakki tarsi marsok  |  1V22.  | 
C.  F.  Skubartimit.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-68.  16°.     Bible  teachings  for  children  in  the  Eskimo  language. 

1263  Bibelingoak  |  irnaldnet:  |  Gudiin   okausessa  illaMt  keuer- 

simassut  |  naitunigdlo  okalikiksarultingoaiiik.  |  illakardluttik.  | 

Havniame  nakittarsimassok  |  1849.  |  J.  G.  Salomouimit.  |        HU. 
59  pp.,  1  1.  16°.     The  Small  Bible  in  the  Eskimo  language. 

1264  Fages  (I).  Pedro).     Voyage  en  Californie,  par  D.  Pedro  Fages; 
Traduit  de  1'espagnol  sur  le  manuscrit  in£dit  de  la  bibliotheque  de 
M.  Ternaux-Compans.  c. 

In  Nouvelles  Annales  des  voyages,  vol.  1,  1844  (vol.  101  of  the  collection), 
pp.  141-182,  311-347.  Paris,  n.  d.  8°. 

"Pour  terminer  cette  relation,  jeciterai  une  soixantaine  de  mots  indions,  de  la 
signification  desqncls  j'ai  pu  m'assurer.  Us  sont  de  la  langue  que  parlent  ceux 
qui  habiteut  dans  1111  rayon  d'unc  vingtaine  de  lienes  autour  des  missions  de  Saint 
Louis."  [Vocabulary,  66  words.]  Pp. 345-347. 


-Av 

^       C^^t^*-^^ 


250  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

12C5  Fairbanks  ( — ).    Numerals  of  the  Chippewa  (Ojibwa)  of  the  upper 
Mississippi. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.2,  pp. 216-218.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

1266  Falknern  (Daniel).    Curieuse  Nachricht  von  Pensylvanie  ....  Von 
Daniel  Falknern  .... 

:  JRHECTIONS,        Frankfurt  und  Leipzig.  1702. 

Pp.  iv,  58.  12°.  Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary.  Probably  a  translation  of 
Thomas's  Pensilvania,  q.  v. 

1267  Farmer.    The  |  Farmer's  Monthly  Visitor ;  |  intended  to  promote  | 
the  interest  of  the  Farmer;  |  to  defend  the  |  dignity  of  the  agri 
cultural  profession,  |  and  encourage  the  |  practice  of  domestic  econ 
omy.  |  By  Isaac  Hill.  |  Vol.  1,  for  1839.  | 

Concord,  1ST.  H.  |  Published  by  William  P.  Foster,  |  for  the 
editor.  |  [n.  d.]  HIT. 

Vols.  1-11,  4°,  edited  by  Isaac  Hill. 

1268  -        -  The  Farmer's  |  [Picture.]  |  Monthly  Visitor,  [Edited  by  0. 
E.  Potter.]  |  A  monthly  periodical,  devoted  to  |  agriculture,  horti- ' 
culture,  mechanic  arts  |  and  education.  |  Terms,  $1,00  per  Annum 
in  Advance.  |  Vol.  XII.    January,  1852.    No.  1.  | 

Manchester,  N.  H.  |  Eowell,  Prescott,  and  Company,  Proprie 
tors.  |  Office  ....  88  Elm  Street,  corner  of  Manchester 
Street.  |  [n.  d.]  HU. 

Vols.  12-13,  8°,  edited  by  C.  E.  Potter. 

Biography  of  Passaconnaway,  v.  12,  pp.  33-40,  contains  some  Indian  words 
with  English  meanings.  Language  and  Religion  of  the  Pennacooks,  v.  13,  pp. 
323-325,  includes  a  list  of  "  Primitive  nouns  used  in  forming  the  nomenclature  of 
the  Merrimack  Valley." 

1269  Farrar  (Rev.  Frederic  William).    Families  of  Speech :  |  Four  Lect 
ures  |  delivered  before  |  the  Eoyal  Institution  of  Great  Britain  |  In 
March  1869  |  By  the  |  Eev.  Frederic  W.  Farrar,  M.  A.,  F.  K.  S.  | 

Late  Fellow  of  Trinity  [&c.,  four  lines].  |  Published  by  request.  | 
London :  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  Co.  |  1870.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  i-xiv,  1-192.  12°.     A  few  polysynthetic  words  in  the  Mexican,  p.  177-179. 

1270  Fasting  (Ludvig).     Sendebrev  til  alle  Gronlcenderne  i  Norden  (Ag- 
lekkset  neksiutset  Kaladlinnut  tamanuut  auangnar  miunuut). 

Kjobenhavn,  Fabritius  de  Tenguagels,  1838.  * 

23  pp.,  2  11.  8°.  In  Danish  and  Greenlandish.  Title  from  Leclerc's  Supple 
ment,  No.  2763. 

1271  Fauvel-Gouraud  (Francis).     Practical    |   Cosmophouography;   |  a 
System  of  Writing  and  Printing  all  |  the  Principal  Languages,  with 
their  exact  Pronunciation,  |  by  means  of  an  original  |  Universal 
Phonetic  Alphabet,  |  Based  upon  Philological  Principles,  and  rep 
resenting  Analogically  all  the  Component  Elements  of  the  Human  | 
Voice,  as  they  occur  in  j  Different  Tongues  and  Dialects;  |  and  ap 
plicable  to  daily  use  in  all  the  branches  of  business  and  learning;  | 


FAIRBANKS — FERTA.  251 

Fauvel-Gouraud  (Francis) — continued. 

Illustrated  by  Numerous  Plates,  |  explanatory  of  the  |  Calligraphic, 
Steno-Phonographic,  and  Typo-Phonographic  |  Adaptations  of  the 
System;  |  with  specimens  of  |  The  Lord's  Prayer,  |  in  One  Hundred 
Languages :  |  to  which  is  prefixed,  |  a  General  Introduction,  |  eluci 
dating  the  origin  and  progress  of  language,  writing,  stenography, 
phonography,  |  etc.,  etc.,  etc.  |  By  |  Francis  Fauvel-Gouraud,  D. 
E.  S.  |  of  the  Boyal  University  of  France.  | 

New  York:  |  J.  S.  Eedfleld,  Clinton  Hall.  |  1850.  |  A. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-186,  1 1.,  plates  1-21,  A-T,  4.  8°. 

The  Lord's  Prayer  in  Cherokee  (New  Echota,  1832,  2<1  edition),  plate  8,  No.  30 ; 
Greeulandish  (London,  1822),  plate  14,  No.  57;  Esquimaux  (Coast  of  Labrador, 
London,  1813),  plate  14,  No.  58;  Choctaw  (New  Testament,  Am.  Bible  Society, 
1848),  plate  14,  No.  59;  Mexican,  plate  20,  No.  93;  Poconchian,  plate  20,  No.  94. 

1272  Featherstonhaugh  (George  William).    A  Canoe  Voyage  |  up  |  the 
Minnay  Sotor;  |  with  |  an  Account  of  the  Lead  and  Copper  Depos 
its  in  Wisconsin;  |  of  the  Gold  Region  in  the  Cherokee  Country;  | 
and    sketches   of   Popular  Manners;  |  &c.  &c.    &c.  |  By    G.   W. 
Featherstonhaugh,  F.  B.  S.,  F.  G.  S.    |    Author  of   "Excursion 
through  the  Slave  States."  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Eichard  Bentley,  New-Burlington  Street,  |  Publisher 
in  Ordinary  to  Her  Majesty.  |  1847.  |  C. 

2vols.  8°. 

Numerous  Sioux  names  of  places  and  chiefs,  &c.,  with  English  significations, 
scattered  through. 

1273  [Fellechner  (A.),  Muller  (Dr.),  and  Hesse  (C.  L.  C.)] 

See  Bericht  iiber  die,  &c. 

1274  Felt  (Joseph  Barlow).    Statistics  of  towns  in  Massachusetts.    Pre 
pared  by  Joseph  B.  Felt. 

In  Am.  Statistical  Asa.  Coll.,  vol.  1,  pp.  7-99.    Boston,  1847.  8°. 
Indian  names  of  many  of  the  towns  in  Massachusetts. 

1275  Feria  (Fr.  Pedro  de).     [Doctrina  Christiana  en  lengua  castellana 
y  cjapoteca ;  compuesta  por  el  Eev.  Padre  Fray  Pedro  de  Feria,  pro 
vincial  de  la  ordeu  de  Sancto  Domingo,  en  la  provincia  de  Sancti- 
ago  de  la  Nueva  Hespana. 

En  Mexico,  en  casa  de  Pedro  Ocharte  1567.] 

Colophon : 

fl  Al  gloria  y  alaban§a  de  nfo  Eedeptor  Jesu  Xpo,  y  de  |  su  ben- 
ditissima  madre  nra  sefiora,  y  de  nro  glorioso  y  san  |  ctissimo 
padre  saucto  Domingo :  y  pa  vtilidad  y  proue-  |  cho  de  las  alas, 
aquise  acaba  la  declaracio  breue  y  cope  |  diosa  d'  la  doctria  xpiana 
en  legua  Espanola  y  gapoteca,  |  sentecia  por  sentecia:  copuesta 
por  el  muy  E.  P.  Fray  |  Pedro  d'  Feria,  prior  prouincial  de  la  orde 
de  los  Frayles  |  Predicadores  de  Sancto  Domigo,  eusta  nueua 
Espafia.  |  Fue  iinpssa  eusta  muy  leal  y  insigne  ciudad  de  Mexico  | 
eu  casa  de  Pedro  Ocharte  Ipressor  de  libros,  co  licecia  |  d'  1  illus- 


252  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Feria  (Fr,  Pedro  de) — continued. 

trissimo  y  reveredissimo  senor  do  Pray  Aloso  de  |  Motufar,  aixjo- 
bispo  meritissimo  d'  la  dicha  ciudad :  aca  |  bose,  a  diez  y  ocho  dias 
d'l  mes  d'  Marco,  de,  1567  anos.  |  JOB. 

Title  and  7  p.  11.;  text,  11.  1-116.  8m.  4°.  The  Spanish  in  Gothic,  the  Zapotoca 
in  Roman  letters;  double  columns;  wood-cut  in  text.  Copy  seen  in  library  of 
John  Carter  Brown;  it  is  minns  the  title-page  which  is  taken  from  the  catalogue 
of  the  same  library. 

Feria  was  born  1524,  went  to  Mexico,  joined  the  Dominicans,  became  a  mis 
sionary  amongst  the  Zapotecas,  and  after  filling  many  posts  of  dignity  in  the 
church,  was  made  Bishop  of  Chiapas,  in  1575.  He  died  about  the  year  1586. 

1276 Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Zapoteca.  * 

E  IN    1277  -       -  Confesonario  en  la  misma  Lengua.  * 

ADDITIONS  &  CORRECTIONS,      Priuted>  accordlng  to  **™**-*«*«*- 

1278  Fernandez  (Benito).    Doctrina  Christiana  en  lengua  Mixteca. 

Mexico,  1550.  * 

4°.  An  elaborate  article  on  this  work,  which  is  noticed  by  Davila  Padilla, 
Alonso  Fernandez,  Fr.  Francisco  Burgoa,  Barcia,  and  others,  appears  in  Harrisse's 
Bibliotheca  Americana  Vetustissima,  New  York,  1866.  It  was  prepared  by  Sr. 
Icazbalceta,  who  says  no  copy  is  known  of  this  edition,  nor  is  he  entirely  satisfied 
that  it  was  printed. 

1279  Doctrina  Christiana  en  lengua  mixteca. 

Colophon  : 

5  A  gloria  y  ala  |  banga  de  Nuestro  Redep  |  tor  lesu  Christo,  y 
de  su  |  vendita  MadreSancta  |  Maria,  y  prouecho  de-  |  losproximos. 
Aqui  se  aca  |  ba  la  Doctrina  en  lengua  |  misteca:  compuesta  por 
el  |  muy  |  Reuerando  Padre  |  fray  Benito  Hernandez  |  Vicario  pro- 
uiucial  de  la  |  Misteca  de  la  Orden  de  |  los  Predicadores  en  esta 
nueua  Espaiia.  | 

Fue  im-  |  pressa  en  Mexico  en  casa  |  de  Pedro  Ocharte  |  impre- 
sor  de  libros  |  acabose.  a.  22.  de  |  Nouiembre.  |  de  1567.  |  afios.  | 
'  Lans  Deo.  ijl  * 

clxxxix  11.  4°.  Gothic  letter,  double  columns.  Title  from  Icazbalceta's 
Apuntes,  No.  106. 

1280  Doctrina  en  lengua  Mixteca.  * 

A  volume  lacking  the  first  leaf.      Begins  with  1.  ii,  signature  aij ;  as  the  text 

does  not  begin  on  this  leaf  it  may  be  inferred  that  it  commences  on  the  verso  of  the 
title.    At  present  the  copy  includes  from  1.  ii  to  the  following  subscription  : 

5  A  gloria  y  alabanga  de  nuestro  Re  |  deptor  |  lesu  xpo.  Aqui  se 
acaba  la  Doctrla  Xpia  |  na  en  lengua  Mixteca:  copuesta  por  el  muy 
R.  |  padre  fray  Benito  Hernadez.  Fue  impre  |  ssa  en  Mexico,  en 
casa  de  Pedro  O-  |  charte,  impressor  de  libros.  A-  |  cabose,  a  veynte 
y  quatro  |  dias  (11  mes  fl  Enero  <J  1568.  Anos.  | 

Then  follows  1  1.  unnumbered,  signature  BB,  lines  complete,  the  whole  in  Mix 
teca.  The  cud  of  the  book  is  lacking.  Gothic  letter,  in  two  columns,  4°,  the  whole 
in  Mixteca.  Many  coarse  wood  engravings  and  some  plain  chants;  the  notes  in 
red  and  black. 


FEKIA — FERRY.  253 

Fernandez  (Benito) — continued. 

Attrition  is  directed  to  the  fact  that  at  the  same  time  two  editions  were  made 

<  ILC 

of  the  Doctriua  of  Fr.  Benito  Fernandez,  the  printing  of  one  (see  the  preceding 
number)  was  completed  on  the  22d  of  November,  1567,  and  the  other  on  the  24th 
of  January,  1568.  Taking  the  time  into  account  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  print 
ing  of  this  last  alone  lasted  two  months,  and  consequently  it  began  to  be  printed 
before  the  completion  of  the  other.  But  the  whole  is  explained  by  this  single 
observation:  that  his  two  works  were  written  in  different  dialects  of  the  Mexi 
can  language.  It  is  enough  to  compare  the  two  volumes  to  prove  it.  According 
to  Sr.  Pimentel,  the  edition  of  1567  is  in  the  dialects  of  Tlachiaco  and  Chintla, 
and  that  of  1568,  in  that  of  Tepuzculula,  which  is  the  principal  language. 
Father  Hernandez  (or  Fernandez),  being  so  well  versed  in  the  languages  of  those 
provinces  aud  wishing,  without  doubt,  to  be  useful  to  the  missionaries,  labored 
at  the  two  Doctriuas  in  two  of  these  principal  dialects,  aud  published  them 
at  about  the  same  time.  In  the  library  of  the  Sociedad  de  Geografia  y  Estadis- 
tica  there  is  .1  manuscript  of  220  11.,  4°,  which  begins  thus:  "  Aqui  comienzan 
algunos  modos  de  bien  hablar  en  lengua  Cluchoua  (another  dialect  of  the  Mix- 
teco)  de  Cuextlahuaca."  Aud  near  the  end:  "Index  sen  tabula  oim  contentor 
in  hac  salubri  doctrina  f.  Benedict!  ferdinandii  bouse  meme  viri  apl'ici." 

There  is  also  another  manuscript  in  4°,  much  mnlitated,  which  contains,  ac 
cording  to  Sr.  Pimentel,  doctrine  and  orations  and  Christian  morals,  in  the 
Tepuzculula  language.  In  one  of  the  leaves  there  is  a  note  in  Mixteco,  in  which 
we  can  only  read  the  name  of  "  Fray  Benito."  Probably  this  manuscript  is  his 
also. — Icazbalceia's  Apunles,  No.  107. 

.  "El  R.  P.  Fr.  Benito  Fernandez  compnso  .  .  .  .  los  misterios  de  la  Santa  f6 
en  idioina  Misteco  y  escribio  un  arte  de  rudimtntos  gramalicales  del  mismo  idioma." — 
Carriedo. 

1281  Fernandez  (Fr.  Jose").    Arte  y  vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Tepeliu- 
ana,  gene"rica  en  la  Sierra  Madre.  * 

Title  from  Beristain  who' quotes  from  Arlequi. 

Ferrall  (Simon  Ansley). 
See  O'Perral  (S.  A.) 

1282  Ferry  (Hypolite).    Description  |  de  la  Nouvelle  |  Californie  |  Ge"o- 
graphique,  Politique  et  Morale  |  contenant  |  L'historique  de  la  de- 
couverte  de  cette  contre"e.  |  Un  precis  des  eve'nements  politiques 
qui  s'y  sont  accomplis.  |  Des  renseignements  de"tailles  sur  sa  topo 
graphic,  son  cliinat,  ses  produc-  |  tions  miue'rales,  ve"ge~tales  et  ani- 
males.  |  Des  notions  sur  la  mine'ralogie,  la  me"tallurgie  et  la  ge"o- 
logie.  |  Le  caractere,  les  mceurs,  usages,  coutumes  de  ses  habi 
tants.  |  La  description  de  ses  baies,  ports,   villes,  missions,  vil 
lages.  |  Des  instructions  nautiques  sur  ses  baies  et  ses  ports.  | 
Le  tarif  des  douanes  en  Californie.  |  Des  renseignements  g6n6raux 
concernant  les  routes  qui  condnisent  en  |  Californie,  les  lieux  de 
passage,  description  de  Chagres,  |  Panama,  du  Cap  Horn  et  de  la 
Terre-de-Feu,  etc.,  etc.  |  Par  Hypolite  Ferry,  |  Membre  de  la  So- 
cie"te"  de  geographic  de  Paris.  |  Avec  un  graude  carte  de  la  nou- 
velle  Californie.  |  Des  cartes  particulieres  des  baies  de  Monterey  et 
de  San-Francisco.  ]  De  1'Isthme  de  Panama.  |  Du  Cap  Horn  et  dn  D4- 
troit  de  Magellan.  Et  plusicurs  vues  inte"ressantes  de  la  Californie.| 

Paris.    1850.  * 


254  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Ferry  (Hy polite) — continued. 

2  p.  11.,  PP- 1-386.  1-2°.  maps  and  plates.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 
Short  comparative  vocabulary  of  American  Indian  and  Asiatic  Words,  p.  203; 
Specimens  of  the  Rumsen  language,  pp.  215-216  ;  Lord's  Prayer  in  language  of 
the  Indians  of  the  valley  of  Tulares,  p.  217. 

1283  Figueroa  (Fr.  Francisco  Antonio  de  la  Rosa).    Tesoro  Catequistico 
Indiano.     Espejo  de  Doctriua  cristiaua  y  politica  para  la  instruc- 
cion  de  los  Indies,  en  el  idioma  Castellauo  y  Mexicano,  por  Fr. 
Francisco  Antonio  de  la  Eosa  Figueroa.  * 

Original  manuscript  of  the  18th  century,  4  p.  11.  and  279  11.  of  text,  of  which 
a  few  are  blank. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

1284  Viudicias  de  la  Verdad  por  el  E.  Pe.  Fr.  Francisco  Anto 
nio  de  la  Eosa  Figueroa.  * 

Manuscript  of  the  18th  century.  149  pp. 

During  the  eighteenth  century  several  eiforts  were  made  by  Spaniards  of  high 
official  position  to  extinguish  the  native  languages  of  the  Indians.  Archbishop 
Lorenzaua  was  persuaded  to  enter  into  this  crusade,  and  to  give  along  "In- 
forme"  to  the  king  of  Spain,  in  which  he  indicates  the  ways  and  means  to  ac 
complish  the  proposed  extinction. 

Father  Figueroa,  an  enlightened  missionary  and  an  untiring  friend  of  the  In 
dian,  took  up  his  pen,  and,  in  rather  indignant  terms,  undertook  to  show,  not 
only  the  injustice,  but  also  the  impracticability  of  the  project.  Incidentally  he 
goes  into  the  question  of  the  mental  capacity  of  the  Indians,  and  gives  much  in 
formation  not  to  be  found  .elsewhere. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

1285  Figueroa  (P.  Geronimo).    Arte  y  copioso  vocabulario  de  las  Len- 

guas  Tepehuana,  y  Tarahumara.  * 

% 

1286  Catecismo  y  confesouario  en  dichas  lenguas. 

Of  these  books  he  left  four  copies  in  his  own  hand,  according  to  P.  Floreucia 
in  the  life  of  that  venerable  Jesuit  who  wrote  in  1689.  —  Beristain. 

1287  Filley  (William).  Life  and  Adventures  |  of  |  William  Filley,  |  who 
was  |  stolen  from  his  home  |  in  |  Jackson,  Michigan,  |  by  the  In 
dians,  |  August  3rd,  1837,  |  and  his  |  safe  return  from  captivity,  | 
October  19,  I860,  after  an  absence  of  |  29  years.  | 

Chicago:  |  George  H.  Fergus,  Book  and  Job  Printer,  |  12  and  14 
Clark  Street.  |  1867.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-96.  8°. 

Religious  chant  of  the  Carnanche  Indians  with  English  translation,  p.  66. 
Another  edition  as  follows: 

1288  Life  and  adventures  |  of  |  William  Filley,  |  who  was  | 

stolen  from  his  home  |  in  j  Jackson,  Mich.,  by  the  Indians,  |  Au 
gust  3d,  1837,  |  and  his  safe  return  from  captivity,  |  October  19, 
1866.  |  after  an  absence  of  29  years.  | 

Chicago:  |  Published  by  Filley  &  Ballard.  |  1867.  |  BA. 

Pp.  i-vi,  7-112.  8°. 
Religious  Chants,  &c.,  p.  82. 

The  author  signs  himself  "Chief  Medicine  Man,  Camanch  Tribe,  Rocky  Mount 
ains,  Oregon." 


FERRY FIRST.  255 

1289  Finley  (Rev.  James  B.)     History  |  of  |  the  Wyandott  Mission,  | 
at  |  Upper  Sandusky,  Ohio,  |  under  the  direction  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church.  |  By  Rev.  James  B.  Fiuley.  |  [Three  lines,  Isaiah 
ix,  2.]  I 

Cincinnati :  |  Published  by  J.  F.  Wright  &  L.  Swormstedt,  |  for 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  at  the  book  concern,  |  corner  of 
Main  and  Eighth-streets.  |  R.  P.  Thompson,  Printer.  |  1840.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-432.  12°. 

Hymu  in  the  Wyandott  Language,  p.  221. 

1290  -        -  Life  among  the  Indians;  |  or,  |  Personal  Reminiscences  | 
and  |  Historical  Incidents  |  illustrative  of  |  Indian  Life  and  Char 
acter.  |  By  |  Rev.  James  B.  Finley,  |  "the  Old  Chief,"  or  Ra-wah- 
wah.  |  Edited  by  Rev.  D.  W.  Clark,  D.  D.  | 

Cincinnati:  |  Printed  at  the  Methodist  Book  Concern,  |  for  the 
Author.  |  R.  P.  Thompson,  Printer.  |  1859.  |  * 

Pp.  1-548.  12°.  plates.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 
Wyandott  hymn,  p.  386. 
Other  editions:  -fCincinnati,  1857;  -f-  [J6«J.],  1860;  +  [Ibid.],  1868. 

1291  First.    The  |  First  and  Second  Books  of  Samuel,  |  and  the  |  First 
Book  of  Kings,  |  translated  into  |  the  Choctaw  Language.  |  Samuel 
I  Holisso  |  Finmona,  Atukla  Itatuklo,  |  micha  |  Miko    Fhleha,  | 
isht  anumpa  Fminona  |  aiena  krt  Toshowvt  |  Chahta  anumpa  toba 
hoke.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1852.  |  ABS.  0. 

Pp.  1-256.  12°. 
Samnel  I,  pp.  3-92 ;  Samuel  II,  pp.  93-167 ;  Kings,  pp.  169-256. 

1292  -       -  The  |  First  and  Second  Books  of  Samuel,  |  and  the  |  First 
Book  of  Kings,  |  translated  into  |  the  Choctaw  Language.  |  Samuel 
I  Holisso  |  Fmmona,  Atukla  Itatuklo,  |  micha  |  Miko   Fhleha,  | 
isht  anumpa  Fmmona  |  aiena  kvt  toshowat  |  Chahta  anumpa  toba 
hoke.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1871.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-339.  16°. 

1293  -       -  The  First  Epistle  of  Paul  the  Apostle  to  the  Thessalonians. 
[In  the  Cherokee  language.]  ABC. 

No  title-page.  12  pp.  12°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

Included  under  the  above  heading  are  the  following :  Second  epistle  of  Paul 
the  Apostle  to  the  Thessaloniaus ;  ibid.,  to  Titus;  ibid.,  to  Philemon;  the  general 
epistle  of  Jude. 

1294 The  |  First  three  Chapters  |  of  the  |  Revelation  |  of  | 

John  |  translated  into  the  Choctaw  Language.  |  Fbaiiumpeshi 
Chani  a  nan  im  oteni  |  tok  holisso  Chapta  tuchina  |  kvt  Chahta 
anumpa  ato-  |  showa  hoke.  | 

Park  Hill:  Mission  Press:  |  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  1844.  | 
Pp.  1-20.  24°.  BA.ABC. 


256  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1295  Fish  (Lucy  E.)    Words,  phrases,  and  sentences  in  the  language  of 
the  Gros  Veutres  of  the  Prairies. 

Manuscript.  151  pp.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Col 
lected  in  1881  at  Fort  Belknap,  Montana  Territory,  at  the  request  of  the  Bureau 
and  written  on  one  of  its  forms,  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  languages, 
2d  edition,  though  the  alphabet  there  recommended  is  not  used.  It  has  evi 
dently  been  prepared  with  care,  and  for  the  first  time  the  schedules  of  rela 
tionship  have  been  completely  filled. 

1296  Fish  (Paschal)  and  Harvey  (Simon  D.)    Terms  of  Eelationship  of 
the  Kickapoo,  collected  by  Paschal  Fish  and  Friend  Simon  D. 
Harvey. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity,  pp.  293-382.  Washington, 
1871.  4C. 

1297  Fisher  (William).    New  Travels  |  among  the  |  Indians  of  North 
America;  |  being  |  a  compilation,  taken  partly  from  the  commu 
nications  already  |  published,  of  |  Captains  Lewis  and  Clark,  | 
to   the  |  President  of   the   United    States;  |   and  |  partly    from 
other  authors  who  travelled  among  the  various  Tribes  of  Indians.  | 
Containing  |  a  variety  of  very  pleasant  anecdotes,  remarkably  cal 
culated  |  to  amuse  and  inform  the  mind  of  every  curious  reader;  | 
With  |  a  Dictionary  of  the  Indian  Tongue.  |  Compiled  |  by  William 
Fisher,  Esqr.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Published  by  James  Sharan.  |  J.  Maxwell, 
printer.  |  1812.  |  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xii,  13-300.  12°. 

List  of  m .  ons  in  Knisteneaux,  p.  132 ;  Examples  of  their  language,  pp.  135- 
141;  both  from  Mackenzie. 

1298  An  I  Interesting  Account  |  of  the  |  Voyages  and  Travels  | 

of  |  Captains  Lewis  and  Clark,  |  in  the  years  1804,  1805,  1806.  | 
Giving  a  faithful  description  of  the  River  Missouri  and  |  its  source 
— of  the  various  tribes  of  Indians  through  |  which  they  passed — 
manners  and  customs — soil — climate —  |  commerce — gold  and  silver 
mines — animal  and  vege-  |  table  productions;  interspersed  with 
very  enter-  |  taiuiug  anecdotes,  and  a  variety  of  other  useful  and  | 
pleasing  information  remarkably  calculated  to  de-  |  light  and  in 
struct  the  readers.    To  which  is  added  |  a  complete  dictionary  of 
the  Indian  tongue.  |  By  William  Fisher,  Esq.  | 

Baltimore :  |  Printed  by  Anthony  Milteuberger,  |  For  the  Pur 
chasers.  |  1812.  |  c. 

Pp.  v-xv,  16-326.  12°.  Vocabulary  of  the  Knisteneaux  (from  Mackenzie), 
pp.  148-155. 

11>99  An  |  Interesting  Account  |  of  the  |  Voyages  and  Trav 
els  |  of  |  Captains  Lewis  and  Clark,  |  in  the  years  1804-5,  &  6.  | 
Giving  a  faithful  description  of  the  Eiver  Missouri  and  |  its  source 
— of  the  various  tribes  of  Indians  through  |  which  they  passed — 
manners  and  customs — soil —  |  climate — commerce — gold  and  sil- 


FISH FLEMING.  257 

Fisher  (William) — continued. 

ver  |  mines  animal  and  vegetable  |  productions.  |  Interspersed  | 
With  very  entertaining  anecdotes,  and  a  variety  of  other  useful 
and  pleasing  information  re-  |  markably  calculated  to  delight  and  | 
instruct  the  readers.  |  To  which  is  added  |  A  Complete  Dictionary 
of  the  Indian  Tongue.  |  By  William  Fisher,  Esq.  | 

Baltimore:  |  Printed  and  Published  by  P.  Mauro,  |  No.  10,  North 
Howard  St.  |  1813.  |  c. 

Pp.  iii-xii,  13-262.  16°. 

"Examples  of  their  Language"  [Knisteneaux],  pp.  116-124. 
"William  Fisher,  esq.,  must  have  been  a  bold  man,  and  he  may  not  have  been 
a  bad  man  too.  Whereas  the  compiler,  or  editor,  or  whatever  he  may  have  been, 
of  the  editions  of  1809  [see  Lewis  (Copt.  Meriwother),  No.  2282]  retired  behind 
an  anonym,  William  Fisher  not  only  stole  his  |  reduction  bodily,  and  gave 
it 'another  name,  but  also  formally  announced  himself  as  the  author  of  the 
same ;  for  the  edition  of  1812  is  a  literal  reprint,  as  nearly  as  may  be,  of  that  of 
1809 — even  to  the  snake  story  and  Master  Neddy.  The  edition  of  1813  is  nearly 
another  reprint ;  the  title  reads  substantially  the  same,  though  the  typography 
of  the  title-page  is  entirely  different.  In  this  edition,  Master  Neddy  is  dropped. 
The  edition  is  notable  as  the  first  of  this  series  of  apocrypha  which  was  illus 
trated.  The  smiling  faces  of '  Captains  Lewis  and  Clarke,  returned'  greet  us; 
we  have  a  tragic  scene  of  an  Indian  '  destined  to  death '  by  the  flames ;  a  thrilliug 
view  of  a  man  with  a  bear  behind  and  a  precipice  in  front,  &c.  William  Fisher 
does  not  appear  to  have  possessed  the  copyright  of  this  production." — Coucs. 

1300  Flachenecker   (Rev.  George).    Notes  on   the  Shyenne  Language, 
by  Eev.  Geo.  Flachenecker,  Lutheran  Missionary,  Deer  Creek,  Ne 
braska,  September,  1862. 

Manuscript.  7  pp.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1301  [Fleming  (John).]    The  |  Mvskoki  Imvnaitsv.  |  Muskokee  (Creek) 
Assistant.  |  [Picture.] 

Boston:  |  Printed  by  Crocker  &  Brewster,  |  47  Washington 
Street.  |  1834.  |  ATS.  AAS. 

Pp.  1-101.  18°.     Alternate  pages  Muskoki  and  English. 

1302  A  Short  Sermon:  |  also  |  Hymns,  |  in  the  Muskokee  or 

Creek   Language.  |  By  Eev.   John   Fleming,  |  Missionary  of  the 
American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  |  Missions.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  Board,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster,  |  47 
Washington  Street.  |  1835.  |  BA.  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-35.  18°. 

Mvskoki  Alphabet,  pp.  3-4 ;  Sermon  (John  iii,  l(i),  pp.  5-11  ;  Hymns,  pp.  13-35. 

For  later  editions  of  the  Hymns,  see  Asbury  (D.  B.),  Buckner  (H.  F.), 
and  Herrod  (G.);  Harrison  (P.)  and  Aspberry  (D.  P.);  Lcughridge  (R.  M.); 
Loughridge  (R.  M.)  and  Winslett  (David) ;  Loughridge  (R.  M.),  Winslett 
(D.),  and  Robertson  (W.  S.) 

1303 Istutsi  in  Naktsokr.  |  Or  |  the  Child's  Book.  |  By  Eev.  John 

Fleming.  |  Missionary  of  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners 
for  |  Foreign  Missions.  |  [Picture.] 

Union :  i  Mission  Press:  John  F.  Wheeler,  |  Printer.  1835.  |  c.  JWP. 
Pp.  1-24.  18°.     In  the  Muskoki  language. 
17  bib 


258  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Fleming  (John) — continued. 

1304  The  |  Maskoke  Semahayeta,  |  or  J  Muskokee  Teacher.  | 

Cemo  Hayate.  | 

Union :  |  Mission  Press,  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  1836.  |       c. 
Pp.  1-54.  16°.   Primer  in  Muskoki. 

1305  Fletcher  (Jonathan  C.)    Magic  Song  in  the  Chippewa  Language. 

In  Schooloraft  (H.  R.)     Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  p.  223.     Philadelphia,  1852.  4°. 

1306  List  of  Moons  in  the  Wiunebago  Language. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  4,  pp.  239-240.  Philadelphia, 
1854.  4°. 

1307  [Fletcher  (Rev.  Richard).]    Breve  devocionario  |  para  |  todos  los 
dias  |  de  |  la  semana  |  Payalchioob  |  utial  |  tulacal  le  u  Kiniloob  | 
tile  |  Semana.  | 

Londres.  |  1865.  |  * 

37  pp.,  17  Spanish,  17  Yucatec.  8°. 

1308  Catecismo  |  de  los  metodistas  |  No.  1.  |  para  los  minos  de- 

tierna  edad.  |  Catecismo  |  ti  le  metodfstavol  |  No.  1  |  utial  mehen 

H3,      palaloob.  | 

Londres.  |  1865.  |  » 

37  pp.,  17  Spanish,  17  Yucatec  or  Maya.  8°. 

1309  Leti  u  Evanhelio  Hezu  Crizto  hebix  Huan. 

Londres. — 1869.  Cambridge. — Printed  for  the  British  and  fore- 
ing  [sic]  bible  society  by  C.  J.  Clay  M.  A.  at  the  university  press.  * 

ICO  pp.,  a  few  more  or  less.  8°. 

NJJ,  The  three  titles  above  are  from  Carrillo,  in  Bol.  Geog.  Soc.  Mex. ;  the  first 
two  have  since  been  furnished  me  in  extenao  by  that  gentleman.  The  first 
two  are  in  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  also,  but  are  ascribed  to  Henderson  (Alexan 
der),  and  the  collation  of  each  given  as  17  pp.,  8°,  adding  to  the  first  "in  Span 
ish-Maya."  The  collation  of  the  third,  Sabin  gives  as  83  pp. 

To  reconcile  these  differences  I  wrote  to  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  of  the  city  of  Mexico, 
for  an  explanation ;  he  kindly  forwarded  my  letter  to  Sr.  Carrillo  who  replied 
as  follows : 

"The  Catecismo  .  .  .  and  the  Devocionario  .  .  .  are  anonymous,  and  I  do 
not  know  what  reason  any  writer  has  had  to  attribute  them  to  Mr.  Henderson. 
I  have  attributed  them  to  Mr.  Fletcher  because  that  gentleman,  on  the  occasion 
of  a  visit  which  he  paid  me  in  the  year  1871,  told  me  that  they  were  his 
works,  our  deceased  friend,  Sr.  D.  Carlos  H.  Berendt,  being  witness.  (See  the 
note  which  he  appended  to  my  dissertation  on  the  History  of  the  Maya  language 
on  page  191  of  the  Boletiu  de  la  Soc.  Mex.,  vol.  4,  1872.)  I  have  in  my  possession 
a  copy  of  each  of  these  little  works  and  I  forward  copies  of  their  respective  title- 
pages  which  are  in  Maya  and  Spanish. 

"As  regards  the  'Leti  u  Evanhelio  Hezu  Cristo  hevix  Huan,'  I  have  110  copy; 
but  Mr.  Fletcher,  who  told  me  he  was  its  author,  showed  me  a  copy  and  re 
gretted  that  he  could  not  let  me  have  it,  for  it  was  the  only  one  he  hail.  He 
then  copied  the  title-page.  As  I  had  forgotten  to  count  the  pages  I  calculated 
afterwards  that  it  must  have  about  100  pages,  and  this  is  why  in  the  Boletin 
(p.  91)  I  say  '  100  pags.  poco  mas  6  menos,'  a  phrase  which  I  do  not  use  about 
other  books.  I  do  not  doubt  that  Sabiu  was  right  when  he  said  83  pages." 


FLEMING FLORES.  259 

1310  Fletcher  (Robert  H.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Nez  Perec's. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  fplio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Col 
lected  in  1873  in  Idaho. 

1311  Fleuri  (— ).     See  Euz  (Joaquiu),  No.  3416. 

1312  Fleurieu  (Charles  Pierre  Claret,  Comtc  de).    Voyage  |  autour  du  ~-f-r        >s  -fih 
monde,  |  pendant les anuees 1790,  1791,  et  1792,  |  Par  Etienne  Mar- 

chaud,  |  precede"  |  d'une   Introduction   Historique ;  |  auquel  on  a      /i*ft*»*«<i  < 
joint  |  des  recherches  sur  les  Terres  Australes  de  Drake,  |  et  |         &Jvfc~v{_   /Y  ?U. 
nn  examen  critique  du  voyage  de  Roggeweeu;  |  avec  cartes  et 
figures:  |  Par  C.  P.  Claret  Fleurieu,  |  De  1'Iustitut  national  des 
Sciences  et  des  Arts,  et  du  Bureau  |  des  Longitudes.  |  Tome  I. 
[II.  III.  Quatrieme.]  | 

A  Paris,  |  de  1'Imprimerie  de  la  Re"publique.  |  an  VI  [-V1II] 
[1798-1800]  |  c.  /3. 

4  vols.  4°. 

Numerals,  1-40,  of  the  language  of  Nootka  Sound,  from  Cook,  vol.  2,  and  Dix- 
on;  of  the  Tchiukitane',  according  to  Chanal  and  from  Dixon ;  and  of  Queen 
Charlotte's  Island,  according  to  Chanal,  vol.  1,  p.  284 ;  Remarks  on  the  Tchinki- 
tan6  Language,  vol.  1,  pp.  284-286;  A  few  words  in  the  language  of  Queen  Char 
lotte's  Island,  vol.  1,  p.  361 ;  Vocabulaire  do  Tchinkltane,  Cflfe  Nord-Ouest  do 
1'Aine'riquo,  a  57  degre*  de  latitude  Nord,  [by  Surgeon  Roblet  and  Captain 
Chanal],  vol.  1,  pp.  585-591. 

1313  A  |  Voyage  |  round  the  World,  |  performed  |  during  the 

years  1790, 1791,  and  1792,  |  by  |  Etienne  Marchand,  j  preceded  | 
by  a  Historical  Introduction,  |  and  |  Illustrated  by  Charts,  etc.  j 
Translated  from  the  French  |  of  |  O.  P.  Claret  Fleurieu  |  of  the 
National  Institute  of  Arts  and  Science,  |  and  of  the  Board  of  Longi 
tude  of  France.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  T.  N.  Longman  and  O.  Rees,  Pater-  |  Nos- 
ter-Row;  and  T.  Cadell,  Jun.  and  W.  Da  vies,  |  in  the  Strand.  | 
1801.  |  0. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Linguistics  as  in  the  French  edition,  vol.  1,  pp.  380,  381-382,  483,  and  vol.  2, 
pp.258-2«7. 

1314  Mores  (Fr.  Ildefonso  Joseph).    Arte  de  la  Lengua  Metropolitana 
del  Reyno  Cakchequel,  6  Guatemalico,  con  uu  Paralelo  de  las  Leu- 
guas  Metropolitanas  de  los  Reynos  Kiclie",  Cakchiquel,  y  Zutuhl, 
que  hoy  integran  el  Reyuo  de  Guatemala.    Compuesto  por  el  P.  F. 
Ildefonso  Joseph  Flores,  hijo  de  la  Santa  Provincia  del  Dulcissme 
Nombre  de  Jesus  de  Guatemala,  de  la  Regular  Observancia  de  N. 
Seraph  ico  P.  S.  Francisco,  Ex-lector  de  Phylosophia,  Predicador,  y 
Cura  Doctrinero  por  el  Real  Patronato  del  Pueblo  de  Santa  Maria 
de  Jesus. 

En  Guatemala,  por  Sebastian  de  Arebalo,  ano  de  1753.  * 

26  11.,  387  pp.  sm.  4°.     Title  from  Squier's  Monograph  of  Authors. 


260  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

1315  Focher  (Fr.  Juan).     Arte  de  la  lengua  Megicana.  * 

Title  from  Beristain,  who  quotes  from  Torquemada. 

1316  Fonte  (P.  Juan).    Arte  y  Vocahulario  de  la  Lengua  Tepehuana.   * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

1317  Forbes  (Alexander).    California:  |  A  History  |  of  |  Upper  and 
Lower  California  |  from  their  first  discovery  to  the  present  time,  | 
comprising  |  an  Account  of  j  the  climate,  soil,  natural  productions, 
agriculture,  commerce,  |  &c.  |  A  full  view  of  |  the  Missionary  Es 
tablishments  and  condition  |  of  the  free  and  domesticated  Indians.  | 
With  an  appendix  relating  to  |  steam  navigation  in  the  Pacific.  | 
Illustrated  with  a  new  map,  plans  of  the  harbours,  |  and  numerous 
Engravings.  |  By  Alexander  Forbes,  Esq.  | 

London:  |  Smith,  Elder,  &  Co.,  Cornhill.  |  1839.  |  0. 

xvi,  352pp.  8°.  map.     A  few  abori^  nal  terms  passim. 

1318  Forster  (Johann  Georg  Adam).    Geschichte  der  Reisen,  |  die  seit 
Cook  |  an  der  |  Nordwest-  und  Nordost-Kiiste  |  von  Amerika  | 
und  in  dem  |  nordlichsten  Amerika  selbst  |  von  |  Meares,  Dixou, 
Portlock,  Coxe,  Long  u.  a.  m.  |  unternommen  worden  siud.  |  Mit 
vielen  Karten  uud  Kupferu.  |  Aus  dem  Englischen,  |  mit  zuziehung 
aller   anderweitigen    Hiilfsquelleu,  ausgearbeitet   |   von   |   Georg 
Forster.  |  Erster  [-Dritter]  Band.  | 

Berlin,  1791.  |  In  der  Vossischen  Buchhandlung.  |  A- 

3vols.  4°.  pp.  i-ix  (1),  1-130, 1-302;  5  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xxii,  1-314;  i-xv,  i-iii,  1-74, 
1-380. 

Comparative  vocabulary,  numerals  1-10,  of  the  languages  of  Prince  William's 
Sound  and  Cook's  River,  Norfolk  Sound,  and  King  George's  Sound  (from  Port- 
lock  and  Dixon),  vol.  2,  pp.  216-217;  Song  in  the  language  of  Norfolk  Sound 
(from  Portlock  and  Dixon),  vol.  2,  p.  219;  Vocabulary  in  language  of  Prince 
William's  Sound  (from  Portlock),  vol.  3,  pp.  119-121 ;  Vocabulary  of  the  lan 
guage  of  the  Northwest  Coast  of  America  (from  Portlock),  vol.  3,  p.  145. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  says  there  was  an  8°  edition,  1791,  3  vols. 

1319  Foster  (John  Wells)  and  Whitney  (Joseph  Dwight).    Report  |  on 
the  |  Geology  and  Topography  |  of  a  portion  of  the  |  Lake  Supe 
rior  Land  District,  |  in  |  the  State  of  Michigan:  |  By  |  J.  W.  Foster 
and  J.  D.  Whitney,  |  United  States  Geologists.  |  In  two  parts.  | 
Part  1.  |  Copper  Lands.  |  [Part  II.  The  Iron  Region.] 

Washington:  |  Printed  for  the  House  of  Reps.  |  1850  [1851].  |  JWP. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Origin  and  Orthography  of  some  of  the  proper  names  in  the  Lake  Superior 
District  (in  which  are  a  few  Chippewa  terms  with  English  signification),  pt.  2, 
pp.  396-400. 

1320  Foster  (John  William).    Pre-historic  Races  |  of  the  |  United  States 
of  America.  |  By  J.  W.  Foster,  L.  L.  D.,  |  Author  of  [&c.,  six  lines]. 

Chicago:  |  S.  C.  Griggs  and  Company.  |  London:  Triibner  & 
Co.  |  1873.  |  BA.  C. 

Pp.  i-xv,  17-415.  8°. 

Remarks  on  American  languages  in  general,  from  Gallatin,  Bancroft,  etc.,  pp. 
318-322. 


FOCHER FRANKLIN.  261 

1321  Foster  (Dr.  Thomas),  Editor.    Vol.  I,  |  No.  1  [-3].    Foster's  Indian 
Record  and  Historical  Data.  |  JWP. 

A  four-page  paper,  of  which  only  three  numbers  were  issued,  the  first  Nov.  30, 
1876,  the  other  two  between  that  date  and  March  1st,  1877.  The  editor  was 
"Indian  Historiographer,"  and  his  sheet  partook  of  the  nature  of  a  semi-official 
publication  of  the  Indian  Bureau.  It  was  intended  as  a  vehicle  for  the  prelimi 
nary  publication  of  material  to  be  afterwards  embodied  in  a  series  of  monographs 
to  be  prepared  by  him  and  to  be  published  by  the  government.  There  are  many 
notes  of  value  and  interest  to  the  philologist  and  a  few  vocabularies,  as  follows: 

Vocabulary  of  the  Attacapas  (from  Duralde's  Manuscript  in  the  Library  of 
American  Philosophical  Society) ;  Names  of  loway  children  in  order  of  birth ; 
Proper  names  in  Winuebago,  with  translations;  Vocabulary  of  the  Winnebago. 

1322  Fragorri  (P.  Juan).    Vocabulario  y  Dialogos  [en  lengua  Mexi- 
cana].  * 

Title  from  Pimentel.     See  Iragorri  (I.  F.),  No.  1948. 

1323  Franchere  (Gabriel).    Eelation  |  d'un  |  Voyage  |  a  la  cote  du  | 
Nord-ouest  |   de  |  l'Ame"rique  Septentrionale,  |  dans  les  amu'-os  | 
1810,  11,  12,  13,  et  14.  |  Par  G.  Franchere,  fils.  | 

Montreal:  |  de  I'imprimerie  de  C.  B.  Pasteur.  |  1820.  |  JEM. 

Pp.  1-284.  8°. 

Quelques  mots  de  la  langue  Chinouque  on  Tchinoque,  pp.  204-205.  Also  native 
terms  passim. 

I  have  seen  an  English  translation  by  J.  V.  Huntington,  New  York,  1854, 
376  pp.,  12°,  which  contains  no  vocabulary. 

1324  Francis  (Convers).    Life  |  of  |  John  Eliot,  |  the  |  Apostle  to  the 
Indians.  |  By  Convers  Francis.  | 

Boston:  |  Hilliard,  Gray,  and  Co.  |  London:  |  Eichard  James 
Kennett.  |  1836.  |  A.  C.  T. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-357.  16°. 
Remarks  on  the  Indian  languages  in  Note  3,  pp.  352-354. 

1325  [Franco  (P.)]     Coleccion  |  de  |  Linguistica  y  Etnografla  Ameri. 
canas.  |  Publicada  por  |  A.  L.  Pinart.  |  Tomo  IV.  |  Noticias  de  los 
Indios  de  Departamento  de  Veragua,  y  |  Vocabularies  de  las  Len- 
guas  |  Guaymi,  Norteiio,  Sabanero  y  Dorasque.  | 

San  Francisco :  |  Imprenta  de  A.  L.  Bancroft  y  Ca.,  |  721  Calle 
'.  '  de  Market.  |  1882.  |  ASG. 

Pp.  1-73.  royal  8°.  Title,  1 1. ;  Dedication  to  Comte  de  Lesseps,  1  1. ;  Preface, 
by  Alph.  Piuart,  1  1. ;  Noticia  de  los  Indios  Guaymies  y  de  sus  Constumbres,  by 
Pere  Franco,  pp.  7-20. 

Vocabulario  Castellano,  Guaymi  y  Norteno,  pp.  21-49;  Vocabulario  de  las 
Li-nguas  Guaymi,  Sabanero  y  Dorasque,  pp.  50-73. 

1326  Franklin  (Capt.  John).    Narrative  of  a  Journey  |  to  the  Shores 
of  |  the  Polar  Sea,  |  in  the  Years  |  1819,  20,  21,  and  22.  |  By  John 
Franklin,  Captain  It.  N.,  F.  R.  S.,  |  and  Commander  of  the  Expe 
dition.  |  With  an  Appendix  on  various  subjects  relating  to  |  Science 
and  Natural  History.  |  Illustrated  by  numerous  Plates  and  Maps.  | 
Published  by  authority  of  the  Eight  Honourable  the  Earl  Bathurst.  | 


2(!2  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Franklin  (Capt.  John) — continued. 

London:  |  John  Murray,  Albetnarle-street.  |  M  DCCC  XXIII 
[1823].  |  A.  c. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  vii-xvl,  1-681.  4°.  Plates  and  maps. 

Names  of  animals,  fish,  plants,  etc.,  in  Eskimo,  with  English  significations, 
pp.  87-93;  Blackfoot  vocabulary,  18  words,  p.  109;  Names  of  the  various  parts 
of  an  Eskimo  house,  with  English  significations,  p.  267. 

1327  Narrative  of  a  Journey  |  to  tbe  Shores  of  the  |  Polar 

Sea,  |  in  |  the  Years  1819-20-21-i2.  |  By  |  John  Franklin,   Capt. 
R.  N.,  F.  E.  S.,  M.  W.  S.,  |  and  Commander  of  the  Expedition.  | 
Published  by  authority  of  the  Right  Honourable  |  the  Earl  Bath- 
urst.  |  Third  Edition.  |  Two  Vols.— Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  John  Murray,  Albemarle-street.  |  MDCCCXXIV 
[1824].  |  * 

2  vols.  8°.  pp.  i-xix,  1-370;  1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-iv,  1 1.,  pp.  134-145,  170. 

Linguistics  as  in  previous  edition,  vol.  1,  pp.  87-93,  109 ;  vol.  2,  p.  267. 

Sabiu's  Dictionary  gives :  +  Second  edition,  London :  John  Murray.  MDCCC 
XXIV,  pp.  370,  399,  2  vols.  8°. 

1328 Narrative  of  a  Journey  to  the  Shores  of  the  Polar  Sea,  in 

the  years  1819-20-21-22.    By  John  Franklin,  ....  With  an  Ap- 
VTC  '   Pen(lix  containing  Geognostical  Observations  and  Remarks  on  the 
™'     Aurora  Borealis. 

Philadelphia:  Carey  &  Lea.  1824  * 

482pp.  8°. 

1329  Narrative  of  a  Journey  to  the  Shores  of  the  Polar  Sea,  in 

the  years  1819-20-21-22 ;  with  a  brief  account  of  the  Second  Journey 
in  1825-2G-27.  By  John  Franklin,  Capt.  R.  N.,  F.  R.  S.,  and  Com 
mander  of  the  Exhibition.  \Vith  Plates. 

London:  John  Murray.  M  DCCU  XXIX  [1829].  * 

4  vols.  18°.     Titles  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

Freeman  (Rev.  Bernardus). 
See  Another  Tongue. 


See  Claesse  (Laurence). 

1330  Fremiot  (N.  M.)    Lettre  du  R.  P.  Fr4miot.  * 

In  Aimales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,  vol.  xxvi,  pp.  241-269. 
Contains  remarks  on  the  language  and  a  few  Indian  words  and  definitions  (in 
Ojibway?).     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

Friese  (Valentine). 
See  Amy  (W.  F.  M.) 

1331  [Fritz  (Johann  Friedrich).]     Orientalisch-  und  Occidentalischer  | 
Sprachmeister  |  Welcher  |  nicht  allein  huudert  Alphabete  |  nebst 
ihrer  Aussprache,  |  So  bey  deneu  meisten  |  Europiiisch-Asiatisch- 
Africanisch-  und  |  Ainericanischen  Volckeru  und  Nationeu   |  ge- 


FRANKLIN — FROST.  263 

[Fritz  (Johann  Friedrich)] — continued. 

brauchlich  sind,  |  Auch  eiuigen  Tabulis  Polyglottis  verschiedener  | 
Spraclien  and  Zahlen  vor  Aagen  leget,  |  Soiideru  auch  |  das  Ge- 
bet  des  H.  Errn,  |  In  200  Sprachen  und  Mund-Arten  |  init  dersel- 
ben  Cliaracteren  und  Lesung,  nach  einer  |  Geographischcn  Ordnung 
mittheilet.  |  Aus  glaubwiirdigen  Auctoribus  zusammen  getragen, 
uud  mit  |  darzu  nothigen  Kupfern  verseheii.  | 

Leipzig,    |    Zu    finden    bey    Christian    Friedrich    Gessnern.   | 
1748.  |  JB. 

10  p.  11.,  224, 128  pp. ;  Appendix,  7  11.  8°.  Title  from  copy  in  possession  of  Mr. 
Joseph  Enthoefter,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Pater  Noster,  Mexicana  and  Poconchica,  p.  124;  Carahaica  and  Savauahica, 
p.  125;  Virginiana  and  Mohogica,  p.  126. 

Short  vocabulary  (4  words)  of  Mexicane,  Poconchine,  Caraibice,  Apalachice, 
Algoukiue,  Chacktawice,  Savanahiee,  Crickice,  Virginiane,  Mohogice,  App.,  p. 
6  (unnumbered). 

The  first  clause  of  the  Lord's  Prayer,  "  Our  Father  which  art  in  Heaven,"  was, 
according  to  Auer's  Sprachenhalle,  reprinted  in  the  various  languages  in  Geo- 
graphisch-philologische  Karten  von  Hornauu's  Erbeu  in  Niirnberg,  4  sheets, 
small  folio. 

1332  Frbbel  (Julius).    Aus  Amerika.    Erfahrungen,  Reisen  und  Studien. 
Von  Julius  Frobel. 

Leipzig:  Weber.  [1857-58.]  * 

2  vols.  pp.  xvii,  550;  xvi,  616.  8°. 

Contains  vocabulary  of  the  Woolwa,  spoken  by  the  Indians  of  Chontales, 
Nicaragua,  vol.  1,  pp.  400-401. 

1333  Seven  Years'  Travel  in  Central  America,  Northern  Mexico, 

and  the  Far  West  of  the  United  States.     By  Julius  Frobel.    .    .    . 
With  Illustrations. 

London:  Richard  Bentley.    M.  DCCC.  LIX  [1859].  * 

xiv,  587  pp.  8°. 

1334  A  travers  PAmerique  par  Julius  Frcebel.    Traduction  de 

1'Allemand,  par  Emile  Taudel. 

Bruxelles:  Lacroix,  Van  Menen.  Paris:  E.  Jung-Treuttel. 
1861.  * 

3  vols.  12°.    Three  titles  above  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1335 Vocabulary  of  the  Woolwa  spoken  by  the  Indians  of  Chon 
tales,  Nicaragua.    Obtained  by  Mr.  Julius  Froebel. 

In  Squier  (E.  G.)    The  States  of  Central  America,  pp.  255-256.    New  York, 

1858.     8°. 

1336  Frost  (John).    The  |  Book  |  of  the  |  Aborigines.  |  [Picture.] 
New  York :  |  D.  Appleton  &  Company. 

Second  title : 

The  Book  |  of  the  ]  Indians  |  of  |  North  America:  |  illustrating  | 
their  manners,  customs  and  present  state.     [Picture.]  |  Edited  by 
John  Frost,  L.  L.  D.  |  Author  of  the  "Book  of  the  Navy,"  "Book  of 
the  Army,"  &c.,  &c.  | 


264  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Frost  (John) — continued. 

New  York:  |  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  200  Broadway.  |  Philadelphia:  | 
George  S.Appletou,  148  Chestnut  St.  |  M  DCCC  XLV  [1845].  |  HU.C. 

Engraved  title;  1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-x,  13-283.  12°. 

A  few  Camanchee  proper  names  with  English  signification,  p.  43;  ibid,  of  the 
Sioux,  p.  44;  ibid,  of  the  Sac,  pp.  44-45;  ibid,  of  the  Crow,  p.  46;  A  few  Sioux, 
Mandan,  Blackfoot,  Riccaree  and  Tuskarora  terms,  pp.  60-61 ;  Numerals,  1-10, 
of  the  Riccaree,  p.  62. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  gives:  +New  York:  M  DCCC  XL  VIII. 

Frost  ( J.  H.) 
See  Lee  (D.)  and  Frost  (J.  H.) 

1337  Fry  (Edmund),  Compiler.    Pantographia;  |  containing  |  accurate 
copies  of  all  the  known  |  Alphabets  in  the  World ;  |  together  with  | 
An  English  explanation  of  the  peculiar  |  force  or  power  of  each 
letter:  |  to  which  are  added,  |  Specimens  of  all  well-authenticated  | 
Oral  Languages;   |  forming  |   a  comprehensive  digest  of  |  Pho 
nology.  |  By  Edmund  Fry,  |  Letter-Founder,  Type  Street,  | 

London.  |  Printed  by  Cooper  and  Wilson,  |  For  John  and  Arthur 
Arch,  (iracechureh-Street;  |  John  White,  Fleet-Street;  John  Ed 
wards,  Pall-Mail;  and  |  John  Debrett,  Picadilly.  |  M  DCC  XC  IX 
[1799],  |  BA.  c. 

2  p.  ll.,xxxvi,320pp.  8°. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  the  language  of  New  England  (from  Wilkin's  Essay),  p.  58. 

Short  vocabulary  and  numerals  (1-10)  of  the  Ecclemach  (from  Perouse),p.  78; 
ibid,  of  the  Esquimaux  (from  Cook),  p.  80;  ibid,  of  the  language  of  Greenland 
(from  Cook),  p.  104;  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Mexican  language  (from  Orat.  Dom.), 
p.  200;  ibid,  in  the  Mohawk  language  (from  Orat.  Dom.),  p.  202;  Vocabulary  of 
the  language  of  Nootka  Sound  (from  Cook),  p.  210;  ibid,  of  Norton  Sound  (from 
Cook),  p.  212;  ibid,  of  Oonalashka  (from  Cook),  p.  214;  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Po- 
conchi  language  (from  Wilkin's  Essay),  p.  224 ;  Numerals,  1-100,  of  the  language 
of  Port  des  Fraucais  (from  Peronse),  p.  232;  Short  vocabulary  and  numerals  (1-8) 
of  the  language  of  Prince  William's  Sound  (from  Cook),  p.  240;  Lord's  Prayer  in 
the  Savanna  language  (from  Orat.  Dom.),  p.  258;  ibid,  in  the  Virginian  language 
(from  Orat.  Dom.),  p.  300;  Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Achastlien  language  (from 
Permise),  p.  303. 

1338  Fuensalida  (Fr.  Luis).     Sermones  en  Lengua  Mexicana. 

Manuscript  in  the  Biblioteca  de  Santiago  Tlatelulco  de  Mexico. — Beristain. 

Fuente  (D.  Jos6  Antonio  Perez  de  la). 
See  Perez  de  la  Fuente  (D.  J.  A.) 

1339  Fuente  de  los  verbos  Mexicauos,  seguida  de  la  fuente  de  los  nou>. 
bres  mexicanos. 

Manuscript.  28  11.  4°.  Short  vocabulary  —  Spanish-Mexican. —  Brasseur  de 
lioiirboitrg. 

1340  Fuentes  (D.  Manuel).    La  doctrina  Christiana  en  la  lengua  Mam, 
hallada  entre  los  papeles  que  quedaron  del  defunto  Sr.  presbitero 
Don  Manuel  Fueutes,  cura  que  fue  de  San  Miguel  Ixtlahuacan.     * 

Manuscript,  18  11.,  12°,  containing  two  distinct  parts,  and  in  different  hand 
writing.  Both  were  given  to  ma  us  having  beeu  composed  and  written  nearly 
thirty  years  before  my  sojourn  in  this  parish,  by  my  predecessor  Don  Manuel 


FROST FURUHELM.  265 

Fuentes  (I).  Manuel) — continued. 

Fuentes This  little  manuscript,  and  the  following,  with  the  vocabu 
lary  which  I  have  made,  are  all  that  remain  at  present  of  the  ancient  language 
of  the  Mames  of  Guatemala. — Brasseur  de  Bonrbourg. 

1341  Pregvmtas  pa  adininistrar  el  Santo  Sacram10  del  matrimo- 

uio  en  Mam  conformes  al  Manual  quo  usamos.     Siguen  las  varias 
partes  de  la  doctrina  cristiana  en  mam  y  eu  castellano,  etc.,  lo  todo 
ballado  entre  los  papeles  que  quedaron  del  defunto  Sr.  presbitero 
Don  Manuel  Fueutes,  cura  propio  que  file"  de  la  parroquia  de  San 
Miguel  Ixtlalmacan.  * 

Manuscript.  8  11.  4°.     Title  from  Brassenr  de  Bourbonrg. 

1342  Fuentes  y  Guzman  (D.  Francisco  Antonio).     1.  Recordacion  Flo 
rida;  Discnrso  historico,  natural,  material,  militar,  y  politico  del 
Keyno  de  Guatemala.  *    .rimr 

This  work  exists  in  manuscript  in  the  Archives  of  the  Cabildo  of  Guatemala, 
and  is  supposed  to  contain  much  information  bearing  on  the  history  and  lan 
guages  of  the  aborigines. — Squier's  Monograph  of  Authors. 

Beristain  gives  this  title  as  follows :  Recordacion  florida,  6  Historia  de  Guate 
mala.  Tres  Tomos.  He  adds :  Two  of  these  volumes  are  preserved  in  the  Archives 
of  the  city  of  Guatemala,  the  other  having  been  sent  to  Madrid  to  be  printed. 

1343  Fuertes  (E.  A.)    Vocabularies  of  the  Chimalapa  or  Zoque;  Gui- 
chiovian  or  Mixl ;  Zapoteco;  and  Maya. 

Manuscript.  17  11.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  They 
consist  of  200  words  each,  arranged  in  parallel  columns,  and  are  accompanied 
by  grammatic  notes. 

Further  Correspondence,  &c. 
See  Arctic  Expedition. 

1344  Further  Papers  |  relative  to  the  |  Recent  Arctic  Expeditions  |  in 
search  of  |  Sir  John  Franklin  |  and  the  crews  of  |  H.  M.  S.  "Erebus" 
and  "Terror."  |  Presented  to  both  Houses  of  Parliament  by  Com 
mand  of  Her  Majesty.  |  January  1855.  | 

London :  |  Printed  by  George  Edward  Eyre  and  William  Spottis- 
woode,  |  Printers  to  the  Queen's  Most  Excellent  Majesty.  |  For  Her 
Majesty's  Stationery  Office.  |  1855.  |  A. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-958.  folio.     • 

Simpson  (John).  Observations  on  the  Western  Esquimaux  and  the  Country 
they  inhabit,  pp.  917-94-2. 

Contains  the  names  of  the  seasons  and  months  in  Esquimaux,  pp.  933. 

1345  Furuhelm  (Gov.  Hjalmar).    Notes  on  the  Natives  of  Alaska.    (Com 
municated  to  the  late  George  Gibbs,  M.  D.,  in  18G2.)    By  his  Excel, 
lency  J.  Furuhelm,  late  Governor  of  the  Russian  American  Colonies- 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  1,  pp.  111-116, 
121-133.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

Vocabulary  and  grammatic  comments  on  the  Sitka,  pp.  111-114;  ibid.,  Aleut, 
pp.  115-116;  Vocabulary  of  the  Yakutat,  pp.  121-133. 


266  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Furuhelm  (Gov.  Iljalmar) — continued. 

1346  Vocabulary  of  the  Venambakaiia. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  504-508. 
Washington,  1877.  4°. 

1347  Gaii  nab.  shoh.     GaS  uah  shoh  |  Ne  |  De  o  Wafili'  s&  o'  nyoh  gwah  | 
Na'  w6n  iii'  yuh.  |  Honont'gahdeh  bodi'  yado'  nyoh.  | 

Do  syo  wil:  |  [Seneca  Mission  Press.]  |  1843.  |          BA.  MHS.  JWP. 
Pp.  i-vi,  7-136.  16°. 

Hymns  in  the  Seneca  language.  Prefaced  with  Wright  (A.)  Method  of  writ 
ing  Seneca. 

See  Young  (J.)  for  edition  of  1829. 

1348  —    —  GaS  nah  shoh  |  Neb  |  Deo  WaSh'  s5  o'  nyoh  gwah  |  Na' 
we'll  ni'  yuh.     Honont'gahdeh  hodi'yado'  nyob.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau  Street, 
New  York.  |  1852.  |  ABC.  MHS. 

Pp.  1-232.  16°. 

1349  Gajl  nah  shoh   |  Neb   |  Deo  WaSh'  s&  o'  nyoh-gwah  | 

Na'we'nui'yuh.  |  Honout'gahdeb  bodi'yado'uyoh.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau-Street, 
New- York.  |  ATS. 

No  date.  pp.  1-352.  16°.  Appended  to  this  work  is  "Songs  of  Zion,"  31  un 
numbered  11. ;  gongs  in  English,  with  music,  inserted  for  the  benefit  of  the 
Indians. 

1350  GaS,  nah  shah    |   Neh  |  Deo  |  Wailh'sSo'nyob  gwah  | 

Na'w6nni'yuh.  |  Honont'gahdeh  hodi'yado'nyoh.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau-Street, 
New- York.  |  c. 

No  date.  pp.  1-416.  12°. 

1351  Gabb  (Dr.  William  M.)     On  the  Indian  Tribes  and  Languages  of 
Costa  Eica. 

In  Am.  FhiloBOph.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  14,  pp.  483-C02.     Philadelphia,  187C.  8°. 

General  ethnologic  notes,  pp.  483-526;  The  Bri-bri  Language  (granmiatic 
and  miscellaneous  notes),  pp.  527-539;  Vocabulary  of  the  Language  of  the 
Bri-bri  Indians,  pp.  539-578;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Cabecar  of  Estella 
River,  Cabecar  of  Coen  River,  Tiribi,  Terraba,  and  Brunka  languages,  pp. 
579-602. 

Issued  also  as  a  separate  pamphlet,  as  follows : 

1352 On  the  |  Indian  |  Tribes  and  Languages  |  of  |  Costa  Rica.  | 

By  Wm.  M.  Gabb,  |  (Read  before  the  American  Philosophical  So 
ciety,  Aug.  20, 1875.)  | 

Philadelphia:  |  McCalla  and  Stavely,  Printers,  Nos.  237-9  Dock 
St.  |  1875.  |  si. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  483-002.  8°.     Contents  as  above. 

1353 Vocabulary  of  the  Trinity  Indians. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  518-529. 
Washington,  1877.  4°. 


FURUHELM GAGE.  267 

Oabb  (Dr.  William  M.) — continued. 

1354  Vocabulary  of  the  Kutchan,  H'taiiu,  Kiliwi,  and  Cocbimi. 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S.)    Yuma-Sprachstamm,  in  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethuoiogie,  pp. 

390-407.     Berlin,  1877.  8°. 

1355  Vocabularies  of  the  Cochimi  and  Kiliwee. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  211  words  each.  Collected  April,  18G7.  The  Cochimi 
vocabulary  was  collected  in  the  center  of  the  peninsula  of  Lower  California,  in 
the  vicinity  of  San  Borja  and  Santa  Gertrudfi;  the  Kiliwee  150  miles  farther 
north.  i  <. 

1356  Vocabulary  of  the  Klamath  of  Southern  Oregon. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  150  words.    Collected  in  1864. 

1357  Vocabulary  of  the  Yuma. 

Manuscript.  C  11.  folio.  186  words. 

1358  Vocabulary  of  the  Yuma  and  H'taiim. 

Manuscript.  1011.  4°.  Collected  in  1867.  These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library 
of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1359  Gabelentz  (Hans  Georg  Conon  von  der).  Beitriige  |  zur  |  Spracheu- 
kuride  |  von  |  H.  C.  von  der  Gabelentz.  |  Erstes  [-Drittes]  Heft.  | 

Leipzig:  |  F.  A.  Brockhaus.  |  1852.  |  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  48,  64,  64.  8°.  3  parts  in  1  vol.,  each  with  its  own  title.   That  of  part  2  is: 
Grammatik  |  der  |  Dakota-Sprache  |  von  |  H.  C.  von  der  Gabe 
lentz.  | 

Leipzig :  |  F.  A.  Brockhaus.  |  1852.  | 
Pp.  1-64.  8°. 

1360  Kurze  Grammatik  der  Tscherokesischen  Sprache.    Vom 

Staatsmiuister  Dr.  H.  0.  von  der  Gabelentz. 

In  Zeitschrift  liir  die  Wissenschaft  der  Sprache.  Herausgegeben  von  Dr. 
Albert  Hoefer.  Dritter  Band,  pp.  257-300.  Drittes  Heft,  Greifswald,  G.  A.  Koch, 
1852.  8°. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  says:  Issued  separately  as  follows: 

1361  Kiirze  Grammatik  der  Tscherokesischen  Sprache.  * 

42pp.  8°. 

1362  Gabriel.    Specimen  of  the  Mountaineer,  or  Sheshatapooshshoish, 
Skoffie,  and  Micmac  Languages. 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll..  first  series,  vol.  6,  pp.  16-33.     Boston,  1800.  8°. 

The  above  vocabularies  appear  without  authorship.  In  the  preliminary  re 
marks  the  writer  states:  "The  ensuing  vocabulary  I  transcribed  viva  voce  from 
Gabriel,  a  young  Mountaineer  Indian.  *  *  *  He  spoke  both  French  and  English 
tolerably,  and  was  well  acquainted  with  the  Skoffie,  Micmac,  and  Mountaineer." 

1363  Gage  (Thomas).    The  English- American  his  Travail  by  Sea  and 
Land:  |  or,  |  AiNewSvrvey  |  of  the  |  West-India's,  |  containing  |  A 
Journall  of  Three  thousand  and  Three  hundred  |  Miles  within  the 
main  Laud  of  America.  |  Wherein  is  set  forth  his  Voyage  from 
Spain  to  St.  John  de  Vlhua;  |  and  from  thence  to  Xalappa,  to 


268  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Gage  (Thomas) — continued. 

TIaxcalla,  the  City  of  Angeles,  and  |  forward  to  Mexico;  With  the 
description  of  that  great  City,  |  as  it  was  in  former  times,  and  also 
at  this  present.  |  Likewise  liis  Journey  from  Mexico  through  the 
Provinces  of  Guaxaca,  |  Chiapa,  Guatemala,  Vera  Paz,  Truxillo, 
Coinayagtia;  with  his  |  abode  Twelve  years  about  Guatemala,  and 
especially  in  the  |  Indian  towns  of  Mixco,  Pinola,  Petapa,  Amati- 
tlan.  |  As  also  his  strange  and  wonderf'ull  Conversion,  and  Calling 
from  those  |  remote  Parts  to  his  NativeCouutrey.  |  With  his  return 
through  the  Province  of  Nicaragua,  and  Costa  Rica,  |  to  Nicoya, 
Panama,  Portobelo,  Cartagena,  and  Havana,  with  divers  |  occur- 
reuts  and  dangers  that  did.  befal  in  the  said  Journey.  |  Also,  |  A 
New  and  exact  Discovery  of  the  Spanish  Navigation  to  |  those 
Parts;  And  of  their  Dominions,  Government,  Religion,  Forts,  | 
Castles,  Ports,  Havens,  Commodities,  fashions,  behaviour  of  | 
Spaniards,  Priests  and  Friers,  Blackmores,  Mulatto's,  Mestiso's,  | 
Indians;  and  of  their  Feasts  and  Solemnities.  |  With  a  Grammar, 
or  some  ft;w  Rudiments  of  the  Indian  Tongue,  |  called,  Poconchi,  or 
Pocomau.  |  By  the  true  and  painfull  endevonrs  of  Thomas  Gage, 
now  Preacher  of  |  the  Word  of  God  at  Acris,  in  the  County  of 
Kent,  Anno  Dom.  1648.  | 

London,  Printed  by  R.  Cotes,  and  are  to  be  sold  by  Humphrey 
Blunden  at  the  |  Castle  in  Coruhill,  and  by  Thomas  Williams  at  the 
Bible  in  Little  Britain,  1648.  |  JOB. 

5  p.  11., 220  pp., 6  11.  folio. 

Some  brief  and  short  rules  for  the  better  learning  of  the  Indian  tongue  called 
Poconchi,  or  Po-comau,  commonly  used  about  Guatemala  and  some  other  parts  of 
Honduras,  pp.  213-220. 

1364  -  -  A  New  Survey  |  of  the  |  West-India's:  |  or,  |  The  English 
American  his  Travail  by  Sea  and  Land:  |  containing  |  A  Journal  of 
Three  Thousand  and  Three  hundred  |  Miles  within  the  main  Land 
of  America.  |  Wherein  is  set  forth  his  Voyage  from  Spain  to  St. 
John  de  Vlhua:  |  and  from  thence  to  Xalappa,  to  TIaxcalla,  the 
City  of  Angels,  and  |  forward  to  Mexico;  WTith  the  description  of 
that  great  City,  |  as  it  was  in  former  times,  and  also  at  this  present.  | 
Likewise,  his  Journey  from  Mexico,  through  the  Provinces  of 
Guaxaca,  |  Chiapa,  Guatemala,  Vera  Paz,  Truxillo,  Comayagua; 
with  his  |  abode  Twelve  years  about  Guatemala  and  especially  in 
the  |  Indian-Towns  of  Mixco,  Pinola,  Petapa,  Amatitlan.  |  As  also 
his  strange  and  wonderfull  Conversion  and  Calling  from  those  |  re 
mote  Parts,  to  his  Native  Countrey.  |  With  his  return  through  the 
Province  of  Nicaragua,  and  Costa  Rica,  to  |  Nicoya,  Panama,  Porto 
belo,  Cartagena,  and  Havana,  with  divers  |  Occurrents  and  Dan 
gers  that  did  befal  in  the  said  Journey.  |  Also,  |  A  New  and  Exact 
Discovery  of  the  Spanish  Navigation  |  to  those  Parts:  And  of  their 
Dominions,  Government,  Religion,  Forts,  |  Castles,  Ports,  Havens, 


GAGE  269 

Gage  (Thomas) — continued. 

Commodities,  Fashions,  Behaviour  of  |  Spaniards,  Priests  and 
Friers,  Blackmores,  Mulatto's,  Mestiso's,  |  Indians;  and  of  their 
Feasts  and  Solemnities.  |  With  a  Grammar,  or  some  few  Rudiments 
of  the  Indian  Tongue,  |  called  Poconchi,  or  Pocoman.  |  The  Second 
Edition  enlarged  by  the  Author,  and  beautified  with  Maps.  |  By 
the  true  and  painful  eudevours  of  Thomas  Gage,  Preacher  of  the  | 
Word  of  God  at  Deal  in  the  County  of  Kent.  | 

London,  Printed  by  E.  Cotes,  and  sold  by  John  Sweeting  |  at  the 
Angel  in  Popes-head-alley  M.  UC.  LV  [1G55].  |  BA.  JCB. 

5  p.  11.,  220  pp.,  6  11.  contents,  folio,  map. 

Some  brief  and  short  rules,  &c.,  pp.  213-220. 

1365  A  New  Survey  of  the  |  West-Indies:  |  or,  |  The  English- 
American  his  Travel  by  Sea  and  Land:  |  containing  a  Journal  of 
Three  thousand  and  Three  hundred  Miles  |  within  the  main  Land 
of  |  America:  |  Wherein  is  set  forth  |  liis  voyage  from  Spain  to  S. 
John  de  Ulhua;  and  thence  |  to  Xalappa  to  Tlaxcalla,  the  City  of 
Angels,  and  forward  to  |  Mexico:  With  the  Description  of  that 
great  City,  as  it  |  was  in  former  times,  and  also  at  this  present.  | 
Likewise  His  Journey  from  Mexico,  through    the  Provinces  of 
Gua-  |  xaca,  Chiapa,  Guatemala,  Vera  Pax,  Truxillo,  Commaya- 
gua,  |  with  his  abode  xii.  years  about  Guatemala,  especially  in  | 
the  Indian  Towns  of  Mixco,  Pinola,  Petapa,  Amatitlan.  |  As  also  j 
His  strange  and  wonderful  Conversion  and  Calling  from  |  those  re 
mote  Parts  to  his  native  Countrey:  With  his  Return  |  through  the 
Province  of   Nicaragua  and  Costa  Rica,   to  Nicoya,  |  Panama, 
Porto  bello,  Cartagena  and  Havana,  with  divers  Occur-  |  rents  and 
Dangers  that  did  befal  in  the  said  journey.  |  Also  |  A  new  and  ex 
act  Discovery  of  the  Spanish  Navigation  |  to  those  Parts:  And  of 
their  Dominions,  Government,  Reli-  |  giou,  Forts,  Castles,  Ports, 
Havens,    Commodities,     Fa-  |  shions,     Behavior    of     Spaniards, 
Priests  and  Friers,  |  Black-moors,  Mulatto's,  Indians;  |  and  of  their 
Feasts  and  Solemnities.  |  With  aG.rammar,  or  some  few  Rudiments 
of  |  the  Indian  Tongne,  called  Poconchi  or  Pocoman.  |  The  third 
Edition  enlarged  by  the  Author,  with  a  new  and  accurate  map.  | 
By  Thomas  Gage.  | 

London:   Printed  by  A.  Clark,  and  are  to  be  sold   by]  John      )3  . 
Martyn,  Robert  Horn  and  Walter  Kettilby.  1677.  |  c. 

4  ]).  11.,  477  pp.,  9  11.  contents,  map.  sm.8°. 
Some  brief  and  short  rules,  &c.,  pp.  465-477. 

1366  Novvelle  |  Relation  |  dcs  |  Indes  Occideutales,  |  conte- 

naut  |  Les  Voyages  de  Thomas  Gage  dans  la  |  Nouvello  Espagne, 
ses  diverses  avantures.  |  Et  |  sou  retour  par  la  Province  de  Nicara 
gua,  jusques  |  &  la  Havane,  avec  la  description  de  la  Ville  de  | 
Mexique,  telle  qu'ellc  estoit  autresfois,  &  comme  |  elle  est  it  pre"- 
sent.  |  Ensemble  |  Vne  Relation  exacte  des  Terres  &  Provinces  que 


270  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Gage  (Thomas) — continued. 

possedent  |  les  Espagnolsen  1'Amerique,  de  la  forme  de  leurGou-  | 
vernement  Ecclesiastique,  &  Politique,  de  leur  Com-  |  inerce,  de 
leurs  niO3urs,  &  de  celles  des  Criolles,  des  Me-  |  tifs,  des  Mulatres, 
des  Indiens,  &  des  Negres.    Et  vn  |  Traitte  de  la  Laugue  Poconchi 
ouPocomaue.  |  Dedie"  a  Monseigneur  Colbert  Secretaire  |  d'Estat.  | 
Le  tout  traduit  de  1'Anglois,  par  le  sieur  De  |  Beavliev  lines  O 
Neil.  | 

a  Paris,  |  chez  Gervais  Clouzier,  au  Palais,  sur  les  degrez  |  en 
montant  pour  aller  a  la  Ste  Chappelle,  au  Voyageur.  |  M.  DC.- 
LXXVII  [1677].  |  Avec  Privilege  dv  Roy.  |  * 

4  vols.  1-2°.  The  date  of  the  other  vols.  is  MDCLXXVI.  Title  from  Mr.  W. 
Eames. 

Poconchi  dictionary,  TO].  4,  pp.  125-153. 

Sabin's  Dictionary,  in  a  note  to  the  above  edition,  quoting  from  Brunet,  says 
"  the  Poconchi  Grammar  is  sometimes  found  separately." 

Nine  other  editions  of  the  French  translation  of  Gage's  travels  appeared,  none 
of  which  contain  the  Poconchi  vocabulary.  They  are  as  follows :  Amsterdam, 
1680,  1685,  1687,  1694,  1695,  1699,  1720,  1721,  1722;  all  in  12°. 

1367  Nieuwe  ende  seer  naeuwkeurige  |  Reyse  |  Door  de  Spaen- 

sche  West-Indien  |  van  |  Thomas  Gage;  |  Met  seer  curieuse  soo 
Land-kaerten  als  Historische  Figue-  |  ren  verciert  ende  met  twee 
Registers  voorsien.  |  Overgeset  door  |  H.  V.  Q.  | 

Tot  Utrecht,  |  By  Johannes  Ribbius,  Boeckverkooper  in  de  | 
korte  St.  lans-straet.    M.  DC.  LXXXII  [1682].  |  JOB. 

9  p.  11.,  450  pp.,  33  11.  am..  4°. 

"  Korte  onderwysinge  Om  de  Indiaansche  Taale,  welke  men  Poconchi  orte 
Pocoman  noemt,  te  leeren,  werdende  desel ve  in  ende  omtrent  Guatimala  gesproo- 
cken,  gelijckook  in  eenige  gedeelten  van  de  Honduras,"  pp.  439-450. 

1368  Thomas  Gage  |  Neue  merckwiirdige  Reise-Beschreibung  | 

Nach  |  NeiiSpanien/  |  Wasihmdaselbstseltsamesbegeguet/nnd  | 
wie  er  durch  die  Provintz  Nicaragua  wider  zuruck  |  uach  der  Ha 
vana  gekehret:  |  In  welcher  zu  tiudeu  1st  |  Eiu  ausfiihrlicher  Be- 
richt  von  der  Stadt  Mexico,  |  wie  selbte  so  wol  vor  Alters  gewesen/ 
als  auch  wie  sie  ietzo  |  beschaflen  sey :  |  Ingleichen  |  Eiue  vollkom- 
mene  Beschreibuug  aller  Lan-  |  der  und  Proviuzen/  welche  die 
Spauier  in  ganz  Ame-  |  rica  besitzen ;  von  ihrem  Kirchen-  nnd  Poli- 
cien-Regiment ;  ihrem  |  Handel :  wie  auch  von  ihren  und  der  Criol- 
len,  Mestifen,  |  Mulateu,  Indianer  und  Schwartzen/  Sitteu  |  und 
Lebens-Art.  |  Deine  allem  zum  Beschlusz  noch  beygef liget  ist  |  Ein 
kurtzer  Unterricht  von  der  Poconchischen  |  oder  Pocomanischen 
Sprache,  |  Aus  dem  Frantzoschen  ins  Deutsche  iibersetzt.  | 

Leipzic/  |  Verlegts  Johann  Herbordt  Klosz/  Buchbandl.  |  Anno 
M.  DC.  XCIII  [1693].  |  JOB. 

3  p.  11.,  471  pp.  sm.  4°. 

Kurtzer  Unterricht  Die  Indianische  Sprr.che/  die  man  Poconchi  oder  Poco 
man  nennct/  und  in  der  Gegend  umb  Gvatimala,  nnd  an  etlichen  Ortheu  der 
Honduras  gebrauchlich  ist/  zuerlernen,  pp.  457-471. 


GAGE.  271 

Gage  (Thomas) — continued. 

13(59  A  New  Survey  of  the  |  West-Indies.  |  Being  |  a  Journal  of 

Three  thousand  and  Three  hundred  Miles  |  within  the  main  Laud 
of  |  America :  |  By  Tho.  Gage,  the  only  Protestant  that  was  |  ever 
known  to  have  travel'd  those  Parts.  |  Setting  forth  |  His  Voyage 
from  Spain  to  S.  John  de  Dlhna;  and  thence  |  to  Xalapa,  Tlax- 
calla,  the  City  of  Angels,  and  |  Mexico :  With  a  Description  of  that 
great  |  City,  as  in  former  times,  and  at  present.  |  Likewise  |  His 
Journey  thence  through  Guaxaca,  Chiapa,  Guate-  |  mala,  Vera 
Paz,  &c.  with  his  abode  XII.  years  about  |  Guatemala,  His  won 
derful  Conversion  and  Calling  to  |  his  Native  Country :  With  his 
Return  through  Nica-  |  ragua  and  Costa  Eica,  to  Nicoya,  Panama, 
Porto  bello,  |  Cartagena,  and  Havana.  |  With  |  An  Account  of  the 
Spanish  Navigation  thither;  their  |  Government,  Castles,  Ports, 
Commodities,  Religion,  |  Priests  and  Friers,  Negro's,  Mulatto's, 
Mestiso's,  Indians ;  |  and  of  their  Feasts  and  Solemnities.  |  With  a 
Grammar,  or  some  few  Rudiments  of  |  the  Indian  Tongue,  called 
Poconchi  or  Pocoman.  |  The  fourth  Edition  enlarged  by  the  Author, 
with  an  accurate  Map.  | 

London:  Printed  by  M.  Clark,  for  J.  Nicolson  at  |  the  Kings 
Arms  in  Little  Britain  and  T.  Newborough,  at  |  the  Golden-Ball  in 
S.  Pauls  Church  Yard.  1699.  |  BA. 

Title;  To  the  Reader,  5  pp.;  text,  477  pp.;  The  Contents,  18pp.  With  amap  of 
Mexico.  8°. 

Some  brief  and  short  roles,  &c.,  pp.  465-477. 

1370  Nienwe  ende  seer  naeuwkeurige  |  Reyse  |  Door  de  Spaen- 

sche  West  Indien  |  van  |  Thomas  Gage;  |  Met  seer  curieuse  soo 
Land-kaerten  als  Historische  Figue-  |  ren  verciert  ende  met  twee 
Registers  voorsien.  |  Overgeset  door  |  H.   V.   Q.  |  Den    Tweeden 
Druk.  | 

t'Amsterdam,  |  By  Willem  de  Coup,  Willem  Lamswelt,  Philip  | 
Verbeek  en  Johannes  Lamsvelt,  |  Boekverkoopers.  Anno  1700.  j 
9  p.  11.,  450  pp.,  32  11.  sm.  4°.  .    JCB. 

Korte  ondevoysinge,  &c.  (as  in  1682),  pp.  439-450. 

1371  -        —A  Survey  of  the  |  Spanish- West-Indies.  |  Being  |  A  Journal 
of  Three  thousand  and  Three  hundred  Miles  |  on  the  Continent  of  | 
America:  |  By  Tho.   Gage,   Gent.  |  Giving  |  An  Account  of   the 
Spanish  Navigation  thither;   their  | 'Government,  Castles,  Ports, 
Commodities,   Religion,  |  Priests  and  Friers,   Negro's,  Mulatto's, 
Mestiso's,  Indians;  |  and  of  their  Feasts  and  Solemnities.  |  Also  | 
His  own  Voyage  from  Spain  to  S.  John  de  TJlhua;  and  |  thence  to 
Xalapa,  Tlaxcalla,  Ciudad  de  los  Angelos,  |  and  Mexico:  With  a  de 
scription  of  that  |  great  City,  as  in  former  times,  and  at  present.  | 
Likewise  |  His  Journey  thence  through  Guaxaca,  Chiapa,  Guate-  | 
mala,  Vera  Paz  &c.  with  his  abode  XII.  years  about  |  Guatemala, 
and  an  Account  of  Return  into  |  his  Native  Country  England:  De- 


272  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Gage  (Thomas) — continued. 

scribing  Nicaragua  |  and  Costa  Ilica,  to  Nicoya,  Panama,  Porto 
bello,  Oarta-  |  gena  and  Havana.  |  With  a  Grammar,  or  some  few 
Rudiments  of  |  the  Indian  Tongue,  called  Poconchi  or  Pocoman. 
With  an  exact  Map  of  the  Country.  | 

London :  Printed  for  Thomas  Home,  at  the  |  South  Entrance  of 
the  Eoyal  Exchange.  1702.  |  JCB. 

4  p.  11.,  477  pp.,  9  11.,  table.  16°.  map. 

1372  -       —  A  New  Survey  of  the  |  West  Indies:  |  being,  |  a  Journal 
of  Three  thousand  and  Three  hundred   Miles  |  within  the  main 
Land  of  |  America.  |  By  Tho  Gage,  the  only  Protestant  that  was  | 
ever  known  to  have  travel'd  those  Parts.  |  Setting  forth  |  His  Voy 
age  from  Spain  to  S.  John  de  Ulhna:  and  thence  |  to  Xalapa, 
Tlaxcalla,  the  City  of  Angels,  and  |  Mexico:  With  a  Description  of 
that  great  |  City,  as  in  former  times,  and  at  present.  |  Likewise  | 
His  Journey  thence  through  Guaxaca,  Chiapa,  Guate-  |  mala,  Vera 
Paz,  &c.  with  his  abode  XII.  years  about  |  Guatemala.     His  won- 
derfull  Conversion  and  Calling  to  |  his  Native  Country:    With  his 
Return  through  Nica-  |  ragua  and  Costa  Rica,  to  Nicoya,  Panama, 
Porta  bello,  |  Cartegena,  and  Havana.  |  With  |  An  Account  of  the 
Spanish  Navigation,  thither ;  their  |  Government,  Castles,  Ports, 
Commodities,  Religion,  |  Priests  and  Friers,  Negro's,   Mulatto's, 
Mestiso's,  Indibus;  |  and  their  Feasts  and  Solemnities.  |  With  a 
Grammar,  or  some  few  Rudiments  of  |  the  Indian  Tongue,  called 
Paconchi  or  Pacornan.  |  The  4th  Edition  enlarg'd  by  the  Author, 
with  an  accurate  Map.  | 

London;  Printed  by  Benj.  Motte,  for  Tho.  Home,  |  at  the  South- 
Entrance  of  the  Royall-Exohange,  1711.  |  JOB. 

4  p.  11.,  477  pp.,  811.  16°.  map. 

1373  The  Traveller.     Part  I.     Containing,  A  Journal  of  Three 

Thousand  Three  Hundred  Miles,  through  the  Main  Land  of  South- 
America.     I '>y  Mr.  Thomas  Gage,  an  Englishman;  and  a  Mission 
ary  Friar  in  New-Spain,  twelve  Years.     In  which  is  set  forth,  His 
Journey  from  St.  John  de  Ulva  to  Mexico,  with  a  Description  of 
that  great  City  as  in  former  Times,  and  at  present;  as  also  his 
Travels  through  many  other  Parts  of  New-Spain ;  with  an  Account 
of  their  Government,  Castles,  Ports  and  Commodities ;  as  also  their 
ecclesiastical  State,  in  which  the  lascivious  Intrigues,  and  wicked 
Lives  of  the  Jesuits  and  Friars  in  those  Parts,  and  their  grand  Impo 
sitions  upon  the  poor  ignorant  Natives,  are  truly  delineated.    To 
which  is  added,  The  Policy,  Manners,  Behaviour,  Arts  and  Sciences, 
religious  Rites  and  Ceremonies,  Feasts  and  Solemnities  of  the  Na 
tive  Indians.     Concluding  with  The  Wonderful  Conversion  of  the 
Author  to  the  Protestant  Religion;  his  Escape  from  the  Spaniards, 
in  South- America ;  his  Return  to  England,  his  Native  Country ; 


GAGE GALICIA.  273 

Gage  (Thomas) — continued. 

and  the  reception  he  met  with  there  by  his  Relations,  after  an  ab 
sence  of  four-and-twenty  Years.  To  be  published  Monthly  in  the 
New  American  Magazine. 

Woodbridge,  in  New-Jersey :  Printed  and  Sold  by  James  Parker. 
1758.  » 

136pp.  8°.  Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary.  I  do  uot  know  whether  it  contains 
thj  Poconchi  Grammar. 

1374  Nueva  Relaciou  que  contiene  los  viages  de  Tomas  Gage  en 

la  Nueva  Espaua. 

Paris :  Rosa,  1838.  » 

2  vols.  12°.     Title  from  Ludewig. 

1375  Gailland  (Rev.  Maurice).     Potewatemi  |  Nemewiniu  |  ipi  |  Nemeni- 
gamowinin.  |  Rev'd  Maurice  Gaillaud,  S.  J.  |  Wespauiouag.  | 

St.  Louis,  Mo.  |  Francis  Saler,  Okimisiuakisan.  |  1866.  |  s. 

Pp.  1-119.  32°.  Roman  Catholic  prayer-hook,  hymns,  &c.,  in  the  Potewatemi 
language. 

1376  Potewatami  |  Nememiseniiikin  |  ipi  |  Nemenigamowinin.  | 

Rev.  Maurice  Gaillaud,  S.  J.  | 

Cincinuatinag :  |  Wewikaueitidjik  Benziger,  |  okimisinakisa- 
nawa.  |  1868.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-550.  l(i°. 
See  Fotewateme  for  other  editions. 

1377  Gaiwayaidahgoh  h6n4owayeeh  uaw6uniyL  s. 

4  pp.  8°.     Tract  in  the  Seneca  language. 

1378  Galbraith  (Frank  G.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  the  Pueblo  of 
Santa  Clara,  New  Mexico. 

Manuscript.  14  11.  folio.  In  the  lihrary  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Col 
lected  in  1880. 

1379  Galdo  Guzman  ( Fr.  Diego  de).    Arte  |  Mexicano  |  por  el  Padre  Fr. 
Diego  |  de  Galdo  Guzman,  Reli-  |  gioso,  y  Predicador  del  Ordeii 
de  |  N.  P.  S.  Augustin,  Cathedratico  Pro-  |  prietario  de  las  Leuguas 
Mexica-  |  na,  y  Otomi,  en  la  Real  Vniuei  -  |  sidad  de  Mexico.  |  Di- 
rigido  a  N.  Reverend1"0  |  P.  M.  Fr.  Francisco  de  Mendoca,  Prouin- 
cial  de  |  el  Orden  de  N.  P.  S.  Augustiu,  en  esta  Pronin-  |  cia  del  Saii- 
tissimo  Nouibre  de  lesus  |  desta  Nueua  Espafia.  |  Con  privilegio.  | 

En  Mexico,  por  la  Viuda  de  Bernardo  Caldero,  |  en  la  calle  de 
S.  Augustin.  Ano  1642.  |  * 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-206,  tahle  4  pp.  Title  from  Icazhalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  28.  Lude 
wig  gives  it  the  date  of  1643. 

1380  Galicia  (Faustino  Chimalpopoca).     Silabario  |  de  |  Idioma   Mexi 
cano.  |  Por  el  Lie.  D.  Faustino  Chimalpopocalt  [sic]  Galicia.  | 

Mexico:  1849.  |  Imprenta  de  las  Escalerillas  n.  7,  |  Dirigida  por 
M.  Castro.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-17    sin.  4°. 

1381  Silabario  |  de  |  Idioma  Mexicano,  |  dispuesto  por  el  |  Lie. 

Faustino  Chimalpopoca  Galicia,  |  Catedratico   propietario  |  del 

18  Bib 


274  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Galicia  (Faustiuo  Chimalpopoca) — coutinued. 

mismo  idioma  en  la  Nacional  y  Pontiflcia  Universidad  |  dc  esta 
capital.  | 

Mexico.  1859.  |  Tipografia  de  Manuel  Castro.  |  Escallerillas 
num.  10.  |  B. 

32  pp.  8°.     Much  more  copious  than  the  edition  of  1849. 

1382  Epitome  |  6  \  modo  facil  |  de  aprender  el  |  Idioma  Na- 

huatl  |  6  Lengua  Mexicaua,  |  por  el  lie.  |  Faustino  Chimalpopoca.  | 

Mexico. — 1869.  |  Tip.  de  la  V.  de  Murguia  6  kijos  Portal  del 
Aguila  de  Oro.  |  C. 

Pp.  1-124.  16°. 

1383  Disertacion  sobre  la  Riqueza,  etc.,  del  Idioma  Mexicano.    * 

Iu  Museo  Mexicaim,  tome  4.     Mexico,  1844.  8°.    Title  from  Bancroft's  Native 

Races. 

1384  Notas  en  la  parte  Mexicaua,  a  las  noticias  estadisticas 

sobre  el  Departamento  de  Tuxpan,  por  Eduardo  Fages. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  tomo  4,  pp.  325-338.     Mexico,  1854.  8°. 

1385  DevocionarioparaoirMisa(enlenguaMexicana).  Dedicado 

a  los  Indies  pr  el  Lie.  Faustino  Chimalpopocatl  Galicia.  * 

Manuscript.  33  pp.  32°.     Title  from  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

1386  Apuntes  para  una  Gramatica  Mexicana  6  Nahuatl,  por  el 

Lie.  Faustino  Chimalpopoca  Galicia,  ano  de  1852.  * 

Manuscript.  38  11.  4°.  The  author,  a  descendant  of  one  06  the  ancient  lords 
of  Mexico,  was  an  excellent  scholar  in  all  matters  relating  to  Mexican  history 
and  languages. — Bamirez  Sale  Cat. 


See  [Cabrera  (J.  M.),  and  others]. 

1387  ,  Mendoza  (Gumesindo),  and  S61is  (Felipe  Sanchez).    Anales 

de  Cuauhtitlan. 

In  Museo  Nacioiial  de  M  ex.,  Anales,  tomo  1,  no.  7.     Mexico,  1879.  4°. 

An  anonymous  manuscript  in  the  Nahuatl  language,  found  originally  in  the 
College  of  San  Gregorio  at  Mexico,  but  now  in  the  library  of  the  Museo  Na- 
cional.  A  copy  of  it  was  owned  by  Mr.  Anbin.  At  the  instance  of  the  Abbd  C. 
E.  Brassenr  de  Bourbourg,  who  calls  it  the  Codex  Chimalpopoca,  the  Licentiate 
Faustino  Chimalpopoca  Galicia  translated  it  into  Spanish,  and  the  Museo  Na- 
ciooal  is  now  publishing  the  original  text,  Galicia's  translation,  and  a  new 
translation  by  Mendoza  and  S6Hs,  in  parallel  columns.  Beginning  in  the  Anales 
as  above,  as  an  appendix  separately  paged,  it  has  run  through  to  vol.  4,  pt.  4. 
Mexico,  1881 — 40  pages  in  all. 

1388  Galindo  ( Col.  Don  Juan).    Description  of  the  Eiver  Usumasinta, 
in  Guatemala.     Communicated  by  Col.  Don  Juan  Galindo,  of  the 
Central  American  Service,  corresponding  Member  of  the  Eoyal 
Geographical  Society.     Dated  Flores,  on  Lake  Peten,  12th  March, 
1832.    Read  26th  Nov.  1832. 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soc.  of  London,  Jour.,  vol.  3,  pp.  59-64.     London,  1834.  8°. 
Short  Maya  and  Putunc  Vocabulary,  p.  63. 


GALIC1A GALLATIN. 


275 


Qalindo  (Co?.  Don  Juan) — continued. 

1389  Notice  of  the  Caribs  in  Central  America.    Communicated 

by  Colonel  Don  Juan  Galindo,  F.  R.  G.  S.    Dated  Government 


House,  Trugilio,  1833. 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soc.  of  London,  Jour.,  vol.  3,  pp.  290-291. 
Carib  Vocabulary,  28  words,  p.  291. 


London,  1834.  8°. 


1390  Galindo  (M.)    Me"moire  de  M.  Galiudo,  officier  supe>ieur  de  la  r6- 
publique  de  FAme'rique  Centrale,  adresse"  a  M.  le  secretaire  de  la 
Socie'td  de  geographic  de  Paris.  c. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.,  Bull.,  premiere  serie,  tome  18,  pp.  198-214.     Paris,  1832.  8°. 
L'oraison  dominicale  et  le  symbole  des  apfttres  en  maya,  p.  213;  Numerals, 
1-10,  in  Maya,  p.  213;  Numerals,  1-100,  in  Kakchiquel,p.214. 

1391  Gallatin  (Albert).     A  Synopsis  of  the  Indian  Tribes  within  the 
United  States  East  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  in  the  British  and 
Russian  Possessions  in  Xorth  America.    By  the  Hon.  Albert  Gal 
latin. 

In  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Trans.  (Archaeologia  Americana),  vol.  2,  pp.  1-422.     Cam 
bridge,  183C.  8°. 

Section  vi,  Indian  Languages,  pp.  160-422,  contains,  pp.  160-208,  a  general 
discussion  ou  the  construction  of  Indian  languages,  with  examples  in  various 
tongues;  the  contents  of  the  remainder  of  the  article,  as  follows: 
Grammatical  notices: 

ESKIMAUX  (from  "Mithridates"  and  Crantz), pp. 211-214. 
ATHAPASCAS  (from  Du  Ponceau),  pp.  215-216. 

ALGONKIN  LENAPE,  Massachusetts  (from  Eliot's  Indian  Grammar),  pp.  216- 
220;  Delaware  (from  Zeisberger's  Grammar,  translated  by  Mr.  Dn  Pon 
ceau),  pp.  220-224;  Chippeway  Nouns  (from  Schoolcraft's  Lectures),  pp. 
224-228 ;  Micmacs  (from  Father  Maynard),  pp.  228-232. 
IROQUOIS,  Onondago  (from  Zeisberger),  pp.  232-236 ;  Hurons  or  Wyaudots 

(from  Father  Brebeuf ),  pp.  236-238. 
CHEROKEE  (from  Pickering),  pp.  239-250. 
Sioux  (from  Gen.  Lewis  Cass),  pp.  251-252. 
CHOCTAW  or  CHAHTA  (from  Missionary  Spelling  Book  and  Alfred  Wright's 

notes),  pp.  252-256. 

MUSKOGHS  (from  Mr.  Compere),  pp.  256-258. 

Verbal  Forms.  Specimens  of  simple  conjugations  and  transitions,  pp.  267-300. 
Cherokee  Alphabet,  p.  301. 
Vocabularies  and  select  sentences,  pp.  303-422.    The  following  is  Mr.  Gallatin's 

GENERAL  TABLE   OF   THE  TRIBES,    OP   W-HICH   VOCABULARIES  ARE   ANNEXED. 


Names  of  Tribes. 

Authorities. 

I. 

1 

ESQUIMAUX  : 

Parry   [pp  305-367] 

2 
3 
a 

Kotzebue's  Sound  
Tshuktchi  (Asia)  

Beechy,  [pp.  305-367]. 
Koscheloff  (German),  [pp.  305-367]. 

b 

TTsuliivk 

rr.  4 

Ki\  u  .. 

m. 

5 

ATI  [  Al1  AsrAK  : 
Tacullies 

6 

M'Konzic   (pp  305-367] 

c 

Sussees... 

Umfreville.  fn.  3741. 

276  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Oallatin  (Albert) — continued. 


Names  of  Tribes. 

Authorities. 

rv. 

7 

ALOONKIN-LE!)  APE  : 

Harmon-  M'Kenzie,  [pp.  305-367]. 

g 

Schoolcraft  •  James;  Keating,  [pp.  305-367]. 

ft 
g 

Algonkins     (  M'Ken- 
zie's). 
Ottawas 

M'Kenzie,  [p.  368]. 
*Hamelin  (French)  j  James,  [pp.  305-367]. 

d 

*  War  Depai  tment  •  Barton,  [p.  375]. 

10 

La  Hontan   [pp.  305-367J. 

1 
f 

Chippeways  (eastern) 

John  Long,  [p.  369). 

11 

Sbeshatapoosh    (Lab 
rador). 

Gabriel,  [pp.  30S-367]. 
Gabriel   [p.  369]. 

12 

*  Father  Maynard  (French);  *  Bromley;  Gabriel,  [pp. 

ft 

305-367], 

FD  3691. 

13 

14 

Etchemins  (Paesama- 
quoddy). 

*  Kellogg;  *  Treat,  [pp.  305-367]. 
Father  Rasle   [pp  305-367]. 

A 

*  Mrs  Gardiner-  *  Treat  [p.  370]. 

15 

Eliot-  Cotton,  [pp  305-367]. 

0 

Wood,  [p.  370]. 

16 

Williams-  *  Treat,  [pp.  305-367]. 

17 

*  Jefferson  -    *  Heckeweldcr  ;    Edwards  ;    Jenks,    [pp. 

18 

305-567]. 
*  Jefferson-  Wood,  [305-367]. 

19 

*  Heckewelder  •  Zeiaberger,  [pp.  305-367]. 

A 

DeLaet   [p.  371]. 

y 

h 

New  Sweden  ... 
Minsi 

C.  Holm,  [p.  371]. 

rv  20 

*  Van  Murray-  *  Heckewolder  [pp.  305-367]. 

Smith-  Beverly   [p  376]. 

1 

Lawson-  Heriot;  Lane,  [p.  375]. 

21 

*  Thornton-  *  War  Department,  [pp.  305-367]. 

22 

*Anon.   Duponceau  Collection,  [pp.  305-367], 

23 

24 

Gibson;  Butler;  Parsons,  [pp.  305-367]. 
Keating   [pp  305-367). 

25 

*Doty-  *  War  Department-  James,  [pp.  305-367]. 

V. 
26 

IROQUOIS: 

Johnston-  Barton-  War  Department,  [pp.  305-367]. 

Sa^ard   [p.  372]. 

27 

*  Parish-  *Dwight   [pp.  305-367  and  383-397], 

• 

De  Laet   [p  376]. 

28 
29 

Onondagoes  

*Zeisberger,  [pp.  305-367]. 
*  War  Department-  Parish,  [pp.  305-367  and  383-397], 

30 

*  Jefferson-  Barton   [pp.  305-367], 

j 

Barton    [p  376] 

31 

*  Parish   [PP  305-367], 

32 

*I  Wood-  *  Trevezant   [pp.  305-367], 

VI. 
33 

SlOUX  : 

*  Boilvin;  *Cass;  *  WarDep.  ;  Maj.  Long,  [pp.  305-367]. 

34 

Keating;  Maj.  Long;  *Cass,  [pp.  305-367], 

35 

Yanktona  .  . 

Sav,  [pp.  305-367], 

GALLATIN. 


277 


Gallatin  (Albert) — continued. 


Names  of  Tribes. 


Authorities. 


VI. 


40 
o 
P 

q 

VII.  41 
VIII.  42 
IX. 

43 


Sioux— Continued. 

Assiniboius 

Quappas 

Osages 

Ottoes 

loways 

Omahas 

Minetares 

Crows 

Maudanes 

Shyennes 

CATAWBAS  

CHEUOKKES 

CBAHTAB: 

Cboctas... 


X. 


XI. 
XII. 


XIV. 

XV. 

XVI. 

XVII. 

xvni. 

XIX. 
XX, 

XXI. 

XXII. 
XXIII. 
XXIV. 

XXV. 
XXVI. 

XXVII. 

XXVIII. 

XXIX. 


41; 

47  I 

48  I 
49 
60  I 
61 

• 
H 

M 
65 

" 
67  I 

" 
69 

60 

a 


Cbicasas 

MUSKHOGEE: 

Muskhogee  

Hawkins'  Muskhogce 
Hitchitteea 

UTCHEES 

N'AM  HI-   

ADAIZE 

CHETIMACUAS 

ATTACAPAB 

CADDOES 

PAWNEES 

SAUSH 

WOCCONS 

FALL  INDIANS 

BLACK  FEET  

SHOS1IONER8 

ATNAHS 

STRAITS  OF  FUCA  

WAKASH 

SALMON  RIVBR  (Friendly 
Village). 

KOULISOIES 

CHINOOKS  ... 

QUEEN  CHARLOTTE'S  ISL. 


Umfreville,  [p.  374]. 

*  Gen.  Izard,  [pp.  305-367]. 

•Dr.  Murray  ;.*Cass;  Bradbury,  [pp.  305-367). 

Say,  [pp.  305-367]. 

*Cass,  [p.  377]. 

Say,  [pp.  305-367]. 

Say,  [pp.  305-367]. 

Say,  [p.  377). 

Indian  Treaties,  [p.  379]. 

Indian  Treaties  (doubtful),  [p.  379]. 

*  J.  L.  Miller;  Barton,  [pp.  305-367]. 
*Boudinot;  Worcester,  [pp.  305-367  and  398-404]. 

*A.  Wright;  Missionary  Spelling  Book,  [pp.  305-367; 
382-396,  and  405-40 J]. 

*  Gallatin,  from  a  Chicasa  boy,  (pp.  305-367]. 

.•Gallatin ;  'Compere,  [pp.  305-367;  382-396,and 405-408]. 

*  Hawkins,  [p.  372]. 
•Kidge  (a  Cherokee),  [p.  377.] 
•Kidge;  Ware,  [pp.  305-3K7). 

*  Gallatin,  [pp.  305-367). 
*Sibley,  [pp.  305-367]. 
Duralde,  [pp.  305-367). 
Bnralde,  [pp.  305-367]. 

*  G.  Gray,  [pp.  305-367  and  383-397). 
Say,  [pp.  305-367]. 

*Anon.,  Duponceau  Collection,  [pp.  305-367]. 

Lawson,  [p.  372). 

Umfreville,  [p.  373]. 

Umfrevffle,  [p.  373). 

Say,  [p.  378].    • 

M'Kenzie,  [p.  378]. 

Voyage  of  Sutil  y  Mexicana,  [p.  378). 

Jewitt. 

M'Kenzie,  [p.  378). 

Davidoff,  (p.  371]. 
'Franchere,  [p.  379]. 
"Stargis;  'Bryant,  [p.  380). 


Roman  numerals  indicate  families ;  Arabic  numbers,  and  letters  indicate  ar 
rangement. 

The  mark  *  denotes  manuscript  authorities.  The  Greek  letters  /}  and  y  are  du 
plicates  or  varieties. 

Select  sentences  in  Muskhogee,  Cbocta,  and  Caddo,  pp.  408-^113;  Select  sen 
tences  in  Ojibway,  or  Chippeway,  Cherokee,  and  Seneca,  pp.  414-418;  Supple 
mentary  Cherokee  Transitions,  pp.  418-420;  The  Lord's  Prayer  in  Cherokee, 
and  Muskhoghce,  p.  421 ;  The  Lord's  Prayer  in  C'hocta,  and  Dahcota,  422. 

This  volume  as  a  whole,  but  more  particularly  that  part  of  it  relating  to  AI- 
gonkin  languages,  was  reviewed  by  Sclioolcraft  (H.  R.)  in  North  American 
Review,  vol.45,  p. 34.  Boston.  8°. 


278  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Gallatin  (Albert) — continued. 

1392  Notes  on  the  Semi  civilized  Nations  of  Mexico,  Yucatan, 

and  Central  America.     By  Albert  Gallatin. 

In  Am.  Eth.  Soc.  Trans.,  vol.  1,  pp.  1-352.     New  York,  1845.  8°. 

Sec.  1.  Languages — Vocabularies,  grammar,  derived  and  compounded  words. 

Sec.  2.  Numeration — Vigintesimal.          0 

Sec.  3.  Calendars  and  astronomy. 

Sec.  4.  History  and  clironiology. 

Sec.  5.  Conjectures  on  origin  of  semi-civilization  in  America. 

No.  1.  Appendix.     Grammatical  notices  of  the 

Mexican  ;  from  Father  Carochi's  Grammar,  and  Curate  Carlo's  and  Tapia 
Zenteno's  Grammar. 

Tarasca,  or  Language  of  Michoacan;    from  Father  Diego  Basalenque's 
Grammar. 

Maya,  or  Language  of  Yucatan ;   from  Father  Beltram's  Grammar  and 
manuscript  notes  of  Pio.  Perez,  Giefe  Politico. 
Poconchi,  spoken  in  Guatemala  (including  Lord's  Prayer). 
Quiche  (Lord's  Prayer). 

Huasteca,  spoken  in  province  of  the  same;  from  Father  Tapia  Zenteno. 
Otomi  Grammar  and  Dictionary;  from  Licenciate  Louis  de  Neve  y  Molina 
and  Emanual  Naxera's  Dissertation ;  includes  comparative  vocabulary  of 
Otomi,  Mexican,  Huasteca,  and  Maya. 

1393  Hale's  Indians  of  North- West  America,   and   Vocabula 
ries  of  North  America;  with  an  Introduction.    By  Albert  Gallatin. 

In  Am.  Eth.  Soc.  Trans.,  vol.  2.  Introduction,  pp.  i-clxxxviii,  Hale's  Indians 
of  North  America,  pp.  1-130.  New  York,  1848.  8°. 

Article  III  of  the  Introduction,  entitled  "Philology,"  occupies  pp.  xcviii- 
exliv,  and  includes: 

Section  I.  Vocabularies,  which  contains :  A  short  vocabulary  of  the  Coco- 
Maricopa,  from  Emory,  p.  cix;  A  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Chocta  and 
Muskhogee,  p.  cxii ;  Affinities  of  the  Sastika  or  Blackfeet  Language,  with  those  of 
the  Algonkins,  pp.  cxiii-cxiv ;  Affinities  of  the  Shyenue,  with  Languages  of  the 
Algonkiu  Family,  pp.  cxiv-cxv ;  Affinities  of  the  Upsaroka,  or  Crow  Language, 
with  that  of  the  sedentary  Missouri  Miuetares,  and  those  of  the  Sioux,  pp.  cxv-cxvi ; 
Vocabularyof  the  Shyenne  Language,  with  some  notes;  fromAbert,  pp.  cxvi-cxviii. 

Section  II.  Grammar,  with  examples  of  grammatic  forms  in  several  lan 
guages,  pp.  cxix-cxliv. 

Part  First.  Hale's  Indians  of  North- West  America,  extracted  from  Hale's  Eth 
nology,  pp.  1-70,  coutains :  Names  of  the  months  in  Piskwaus  and  Selish,  p.  13  ; 
Grammatic  forms  of  the  Tsihaili-Selish,  pp.  26-34;  Grammatic  forms  of  the  Sa- 
haptin,  pp.  34-55 ;  Grammatic  forms  of  the  Tshinuk,  pp.  56-70;  Part  Second.  Vo 
cabularies  of  North  America,  pp.  71-130 ;  Below  is  given  a  copy  of  Mr.  Gallatin's 

INDEX  TO  THE   VOCABULARIES. 

Families.  Languages  or  Dialects. 

A I.  Eskimaux Hudson's  Bay,  pp.  78-82. 

III.  Athapascas Tahculi,  pp.  78-82. 

IV.  Algoukius Chippewa,  Delaware,  pp.  78-82. 

V.  Iroquois Mohawk,  Wyandot,  pp.  79-83. 

B IX.  Cherokees Cherokee,  pp.  82-88. 

X.  Chocta-Muskhog Chocta,  Muskhog,  pp.  82-88. 

VI.  Sioux Dacotah,  Osage,  Upsaroka,  pp.  83-89. 

C IV.  Algoukin Blackfeet,  pp.  88-94. 

XXXII.  Shoshonees East  Shoshouees,  pp.  88-94. 

XXIII.  Selish Flatheads,  pp.  88-84. 


GALLATIN.  279 

Gallatin  (Albert) — continued. 

Families.  Languages  or  Dialects. 

C  . . . XXI V.  Sahaptin Nez  Percys,  pp.  89-95. 

'  XXVI.  Chinook Lower  Tshinook,  pp.  89-95. 

XXI.  Wakash Newittee,  pp.  89-95. 

!>....  VIII.  Catawbas pp.94-96. 

XI.  Ucbees pp.94-96. 

XII.  Natchez pp.94-96. 

XIII.  Adaise pp.  95-97. 

XIV.  Chetemachas pp.  95-97. 

XV.  Attacapas pp.  95-97. 

E XVI.  Caddos Caddo,  pp.  96-98. 

XVII.  Pawnies Pa wnie,  pp.  96-98. 

VII.  Arrapahoes Arrapahoes,  pp.  96-98. 

XXII.  Kitunaha Flatbo  ws,  pp.  97-99. 

XXV.  Waiilatpu Cayuse,  pp.  97-99. 

XXVII.  Kalapuya Willamet,  pp.  97-99. 

.F...XXIX.  Lntuami pp. 98-100. 

XXX.  Saste pp.  98-100. 

XXXI.  Palaiks pp.  98-100. 

XXVIII.  Jacons..... pp. 99-101. 

II.  Kiuai pp.99-101. 

G  ...XVIII.  Koulischen Koulischen,  Sitka.p.  102. 

XIX.  Queen  Charlotte  Island.. Skittagete,  p.  102. 

H XX.  Naass Hailstla,  Haceltzuk,  Billechola,  Chimeysan, 

p.  103. 

'L I.  Eskimaux Greenland,  Kotzebue's  Sound,  Tshuktchi, 

Kadiac,  p.  104. 

M III.  Athapascas Cheppeyaus,  Tlatekani,  Umqwas,  p.  105. 

N IV.  Algonkins Knistinaux,  Old  Algonkin.  p.  106 ;  Eastern 

Chippewas,  Ottowas,  Potewotamies,  p. 
107. 

0 "        Sheshapootosh,  Scoffies,  p.  108 ;  Micmacs, 

Etchemins,  Abenakis,  p.  109. 

P " Massachusetts     Narragansets,    Mohicans, 

p.  110;  Long  Island,  Minsi,  Nanticokes, 

p.m. 

(.' "        Miamis,  Illinois,  p.  112;  Shawnoes,  Saukies, 

Mnemones,  p.  113. 

K V.  Iroqnoie Ouondagos,  Seuecas,  Oneidas,  p.  114;  Cayu- 

gas,  Tuscaroras,  Nottoways,  p.  115. 

S VI.  Sioux Yanktons,  Wiuebagos,  p.  116;Qnappas,  Ot- 

toes,  Omaha,  Minetares  of  Missouri,  p.  117. 

T... XXIII.  Seliah Atnahs,Skitsuish,Piskaw8,p.ll8;Skwale, 

Tsihailish,  Kowelitz,  p.  119. 

U.  ..XXIII.       "       Nsietshaw8,p.  120. 

XXIV.  Sahaptin Walawala,  p.  120. 

XXV.  Waiilatpu Molele,  p.  120. 

XXVI.  Tshinuk Watlala.p.  121. 

XXXII.  Shoshonee Wihinacht,  p.  121. 

XXI.  Wakash Nootka  Sonnd,  p.  121. 

V California San  Francisco,  Kij,  Netela,  p.  128. 

W "          Pima,  Sau  Diego,  Sta.  Barbara,   S.   Luis 

Obispo,  S.  Antonio,  p.  129. 

A' Not  in  America Onoolaska,  Aleut  an  Islands,  Kamchatka, 

p.  130. 


280  KORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS, 

Qallatin  (Albert) — continued. 

1394  Sur  1'ancienne  civilisation  du  Nouveau  Mexique,  des  bords 

da  Eio  Gila  et  des  contre"es  voisines.     Par  feu  M.  Albert  Gallatin, 
President. 

In  Nouvelles  Annales  des  Voyages,  vol.  3,  1851  (vol.  131  of  the  collec 
tion),  pp.  237-311.  Paris,  n.  d.  8°. 

Numerals,  1-10,  and  a  few  words  of  the  Maricopa  (from  Emory),  p.  294. 

1395 Table  of  Generic  Indian  Families  of  Languages. 

InSchoolcraft(H.R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  401-40-2.  Philadelphia,  1853.  4°. 

1396  Gallaudet's  |  Picture  denning  |  and  reading  book:  |  also,  |  New- 
Testament  Stories,  |  in  the  Ojibua  language.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1835.  |  BA.  AAS. 

Pp.  1-123.  12°. 

1397  Gambino  (D.  Pedro  J.)     Piadoso  |  Devocionario  |  en  honor  |  del  | 
Sagrado  Corazon  de  Jesus.  |  Contiene  el  Devoto  egercicio  que  la 
Pia  |  Union  de  la  Ciudad  de  la  Puebla  coufor-  |  uie  a  la  general  de 
Koma,  practica  todos  |  los  Domiugos  del  afio  en  la  Iglesia  del  Es-  | 
piritu  Santo;  y  la  Novena  para  la  Fiesta  |  del  Santisimo  Corazou, 
que  compuso  el  |  P.  D.  Teodoro  de  Almeida.  |  Traducido  al  idioma 
Mexicano,  para  utili-  |  dad  de  los  devotos  congregantes  de  j  la  Pia 
Union  de  |  Santiago  Tlilapan  |  por  el  Presbitero  D.  Pedro  J.  Gam- 
biuo,  |  quieu  lo  dedica  |  a  su  Prelado,  el  Escmo.  6  Illmo.  Sr.'Dr. 
D.  |  Francisco  Pablo  Vazquez.  | 

Orizava  |  Imprenta  de  Felis  |  Mendarte  |  1839.  |  c. 

4  p.  11.,  128  pp.  16°. 

•    1398  Gante  (Fr.  Pedro  de).  Doctrina  en  lengua  Mexicana. 

Ainbreres  1528  -4-  Mexico  1559.  * 

PMTIONS.          Title  from  PimenteT 

1399  Doctrina  cristiana  en  leugua  mexicana. 

Coloplion : 

5  A  honrra  y  gloria  de  nues-  |  tra  Senor  lesu  xpo  y  de  su  bedita 
ma-  |  dre  aqui  se  acaba  la  present*  do-  |  ctriua  xpiana  en  legua 
Mexica  |  na.     La  ql  fue  recopilada  por  |  el  li.  p.  fray  Pedro  de 
Ga  |  te  de  la  orde  de  sant  Fracisco. 

Fue  impressa  en  |  casa  de  lua  pablos  |  impressor  de  libros.  |  Ailo. 
de.  1553.  |  » 

172 11.  8°.  Gothic  letter.  Title-page  missing.  Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apnn- 
tcs,  No.  109. 


See  Doctrina  Cristiana  (1548). 

1400  [Gaona  (Fr.  Juan).]     Colloquios  de  |  la  paz  y  tranquilidad  Chri-  | 
stiana,  en  lengua  |  Mexicana.  |  [An  engraving  of  St.  Francisco.  ] 
Con  licencia,  y  |  priuilegio.  | 
En  Mexico,  e  casa  d  Pedro  Ocharte.  |  M.U.LXXXII  [1582].  | 

Colophon : 

A  honra,  y  gloria  |  de  nro  senor  lesu  Christo,  y  d  su  be  |  dita 
madre :  acabarose  de  impri-  |  mir  estos  colloqos,  co  licecia  |  y  priui- 


CO LLO  QV 1 0 S  D  E 
fa  paz,  y  cranquilidad  CKri- 
/Ua/ia,  cniengua 
Mexican  a. 


CON  LICENClA,Y 

Priiiilcgio. 

En  Mexico  ,e  cafa  d  Pedro  Ocharce. 
M.D.LXXXII. 


1400. — F AC-SIMILE  OP  TITLE-PAGE  OF  GAONA'S  COLLOQUIOS. 


GALLATIN — GARCIA.  281 

Gaona  (Fr.  Juan) — continued. 

legio :  en  Mexico,  en  |  casa  (1  Pedro  Ocbarte,  |  a.  xxviij  de  Octubre,  | 
de  M.  D.  Lxxxij  [1582].  |  Afios.  |  [Verse  in  Latin.]  * 

16  p.  11.,  11.  1-121.  8°. 

According  to  Beristain  this  edition  is  the  second;  but  he  does  not  indicate  the 
date  of  the  first.  Teruaux  comments  on  two  editions:  one  in  158:!,  the  other  in 
1593.  I  have  seen  only  that  of  1582,  and  I  do  not  believe  there  is  any  other. 
The  approvals  and  licenses  are  all  from  April  to  August,  1582. 

P.  Gaona  died  in  1560,  and  his  work  was  published  by  P.  Fr.  Miguel  de  Zarate. 
The  dedication  of  this  to  ihe  viceroy,  dated  May  26,  1582,  clearly  indicates  that 
it  treats  of  a  first  edition. 

The  copy  which  I  possess  is  intercalated,  in  alternate  leaves,  with  a  manu 
script  translation  of  the  same  wcrk  into  another  native  language,  which,  up  to 
the  present  time,  I  have  not  been  able  to  identify,  nor  have  I  found  any  one  who 
could  tell  me  what  it,  is.  The  lettering  is  of  the  sixteenth  century,  very  clear 
and  even,  and  with  the  titles  in  red  ink. — Icazbalceta' s  Apuntes,  No.  31. 

See  Coloquios,  No.  844,  of  this  catalogue. 

1401  Colloquies  de  la  paz  y  tranquilidad  Christiana.  * 

Manuscript.  8°.     Lettering  of  the  xvi.  century,  red  and  black. 

Anonymous  translation.  It  begins  in  the  same  way  as  that  mentioned  in  No. 
31,  and  is  ihe  same  lettering.  It  occupies  91  leaves.  I  believe  that  it  is  in 
Otomi,  because  there  follows  in  the  volume  a  treatise  of  13s  leaves  which  is  de 
clared  to  be  in  Otomi,  and  it  appears  to  be  the  same  language. — Icazbalceta's 
Apuntes,  No.  110. 

The  above-mentioned  manuscript  belonged  to  Sr.  Ramirez.  In  the  sale  cata 
logue  of  his  books  it  is  titled  and  described  as  follows: 

I.  Coloquios  de  la  paz  ytrauquilidad  Christiana.  Interlocu tores:  Tin  religiose 
y  un  colegial.  Manuscript  of  91  leaves.  (A  translation.)  II.  A  course  of  reli 
gious  instructions  by  an  anonymous  writer;  11.  138;  in  1  vol.  8vo. 

Both  these  works  are  in  tie  Othomi  language,  written  during  the  sixteenth 
century,  in  a  small,  clear,  and  beautiful  handwriting,  with  titles  and  initials  in 
red.  This  is  one  of  the  most  precious  gems  of  this  collection. 

In  Tross'  Bib.  Mex.,  a  manuscript  with  the  same  title  is  given  under  Gaona; 
the  collation  is  148  11.,  8°,  and  the  date  1683;  it  is  said  to  be  a  copy  of  the  printed 
edition  of  1582. 

1402  Garcia  (P.  Fr,  Bartliolome').    Manual  |  para  administrar  |  lossantos 
Sacramentos  |  de  Peuitencia,  |  Eucharistia,  Extrema-Uncion,  |  y 
Matrimonio:  |   Dar  Gracias  despues  de  Coiuulgar,  |  y  Ayudar  & 
bien  Morir  |  A  los  Indies  de  las  Xacioues:  Pajalates,  Orejones,  | 
Pacaos,  Pac6as,  Telijayas,  Alasapas,  Pausanes,  y  otras  |  innchas 
diferentes,  que  se  ballau  en  las  Missiones  del  |  Rio  de  San  Auto 
nio  y  Rio  Grande,  perteuecientes  |  A  el  Colegio  de  la  Santissiina 
Cruz  de  la  Ciudad  de  |  Queretaro,  como  son:  los  Pacuaches,  Me 
scales,  |  Pampopas,  Tacames,  Chayopines,  Veuados,  Paina-  |  ques, 
y  toda  la  Juventud  de  Pihuiques,  Borrados,  Sanipaos,  y  Manos  de 
Perro.  |  Conipuesto  |  por  el  P.  Fr.  Banholom<$  Garcia,  |  Predicador 
Apostolico,  y  actual  Missionero  de  la  |  Mission  de  N.  8.  P.  S.  Fran 
cisco  de  dicho  Colegio,  |  y  Rio  de  San  Antonio  en  la  Provincia  de  | 
Texas.    Impresso  con  las  Licencias  necessarias  en  la  Imprenta  de 
los  Herederos  de  |  Dona  Maria  de  Rivera,  en  la  Calle  de  S.  Ber 
nardo,  y  esquiua  de  la  Plazuela  |  de  el  Volador.    Afio  de  17GO.  | 


282  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Garcia  (P.  Fr.  Bartholom6)  —  continued. 

8  p.  11.,  88  pp.   4°.     Beristain  has  no  mention  of  this  work.  JWP. 

1403  Garcia  (Fr.  Gregorio).    Origen  de  los  Indies  de  el  Nuevo  Mundo,  e 
Indias  Occidentals.    Averiguado  con  discurso  de  opiniones,  por 


liECTIOHS*  e^  Padre  Presentado  Fr.  Gregorio  Garcia,  .....  Tratanse  en  este 
libro  varias  cosas  y  puntos  curiosos  tocantes  a  diversas  cieucias  y 
facultades  con  que  se  hace  varia  historia,  de  mucho  gusto  para  el 
ingenio  y  entendiTniento  de  hombres  agudos  y  curioses. 

Valencia:  Pedro  Patricio  Mey,  1607.  * 

14  p.,  11.,  pp.  535.  sin.  8°.     Not  seen;  title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1404  -  |f(  |  Origen  |  de  los  Indies  |  de  el  Nuevo  Mundo,  |  e  Indias 
Occidentals,  |  averiguado  con  discurso  de  opiniones  |  por  el  Padre 
Presentado  Fr.  Gregorio  Garcia,  |  de  la  orden  de  Predicadores.  | 
Tratanse  en  este  libro  varias  cosas,  y  puntos  |  curiosos,  tocantes  a 
diversas  Ciencias,  i  Facultades,  con  que  se  Lace  varia  |  Historia,  de 
mucho  gusto  para  el  Ingenio,  iEntendimientodeHouibres  |  agudos, 
i  curiosos.  |  Segunda  Impresion.  |  Enmendada,  y  Anadida  de  algu- 
nas  opiniones,  |  6  cosas  notables,  en  maior  pruebade  lo  quecontiene, 
con  tres  tablas  mui  |  puutuales  de  los  capitulos,  de  las  inalerias,  y 
autores,  |  que  las  tratan.  |  Dirigido  |  al  Augelico  Doct.  Sto.  Tomas  | 
de  Aquino.  |  [Engraving.]  |  Con  privilegio  real.  | 

En  Madrid  :  en  la  Imprenta  de  Francisco  Martinez  Abad.  Afio 
de!729.  |  BA.  8. 

14  p.  11.,  pp.  3-6,  l-336>  index,  40  11.  folio. 

Numerous  Mexican  words  scattered  through,  particularly  pp.  232-316,  where 
the  manners,  customs,  languages,  &c.,  of  various  nations  of  the  Old  World  aro 
compared  with  those  of  the  Mexicans  and  Peruvians. 

1405  Gardiner  (William  H.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Sisseton  Dakotas,  by 
W.  H.  Gardiner,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Collected 
in  1868. 

1406  Gardiner  (Bishop  —  ).     Some  forms  of  the  Chipewyan  verb. 

Manuscript.  5  11.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1407  Garin  (R.  P.)    L.  J.  C.  &  M.  J.  |  if)  |  Catechisme,  |  recueil  de  | 
Prieres  et  de  Cantiques  |  a  1'usage  des  |  Sauvages  d'Albany,  (Baie- 
d'Hudson).  |  [Three  lines  syllabic  characters.]  [Oblate  seal.] 

Montreal:  |  Imprimerie  de  Louis  Perrault,  |  No.  22  Kue  Saint- 
Vincent.  |  1854.  |  C.  s. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-94.  12°.  In  syllabic  characters.  Alphabet,  with  French  equiva 
lents,  reverse  of  title. 

1408  Gamier  (  —  ).    Huron  Grammar.  * 

Manuscript.  "Referred  to  by  Chaumonot  in  his  life,  but  now  lost."  —  Hisl. 
Mag. 


*** 


*  * 


*   * 


ARTE  li?B 

DE   LENG  VA    MEXICANA  «J 

»   COMPyESTOPORELBACHILLERD.  |j 

AfctonioVafquez  Gaflelu.el  Reyde  Figue-  «8p 

roa:  Cathedratico  de  dicba  lengu a  en  los  Rea •  ^ 

les  Collegios  de  San  Pedro,  y  San  Juan.  JJ 

Corrfgido  ffgunfu  origiual  pnr  el  Sr.  2).  ^| 
Ant  OHIO  de  Olmcdo,  y  Torre,  Cur  a  Theniente  «&j 


Marcos  de  lAdudad  4e  los  Angeles. 


9» 
§€» 


si*  5  i 

%1T 

.•i— •  'j^tjy 

««*  £  ^ 

*>«  *tfr  <«. 

-*  R9»     » 


lfl»  T 


§»    yporJuoriginileoUlmprcntide  FraocHco  X»vier  §    IS 
de  Morales,  j  Salazar,  Impreffor,  y  Merc»der  <Je  Li- 
el  Portal  dcBonXdon^cfe  vende. 


*** 


**« 

»- 


.§» 


1412.— FAC-SIMILE   OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF  GASTELU'S  ARTE  OF   1726. 


GARCIA — GASTELU.  283 

1409  Gastelu  (D.Antonio  Vasquez).    Arte  |  deLengva  Mexicana  |  Com 
pvesto  |  For  el  Bachiller  Don  Antonio  Vasquez  Gastelu  |  el  Key 
de  Figueroa :  Cathedratico  de  dicha  Len-  |  gua  en  los  Eeales  Col- 
legios  de  S.  Pedro,  y  S.  Juan  |  Sacalo  Alvz  |  For  orden  del  Illus- 
trissiino  SeSor  Doctor  Don  Manuel  Fernandez  de  Sancta  Cruz, 
Obispo  de  la  Puebla  de  los  |  Angeles:  Diego  Fernandez  de  Leon.  | 
Ylededica  |  AlosSenoresL^enciadosDonlvanximenezdeLeon,  j 
Cura  Beneflgiado,  Vicario,  y  Juez  Ecclesiastico  del  Partido  de  j 
Santiago  Tecalli,  por  su  Magestad :  que  antes  lo  fue  del  Castillo,  | 
y  Real  Fuerza  de  San  Juan  de  Vllula.  |  Y  |  A  Don  Alonso  Cordero 
Zapata,  Cura  Beneflgiado  |  por  su  Magestad,  de  dicho  Partido,  de 
Santiago  Tecalli,  avien-  |  dolo  sido  antes  de  el  de  Coscatlan,  y  Ori 
zaba,  de  este  dicho  |  Obispado.  | 

Con  Liceucia  en  la  Puebla  de  los  Angeles,  en  la  Iinprenta  nueva 
de  Diego  |  Fernandez  de  Leon,  auo  de  1689.  |  Impresso  a  la  costa: 
Hallarase  en  su  Libreria.  |  JCB. 

6  p.  1.,  11. 1^2.  sm.4°. 

1410  Arte  |  de  Lengua  Mexicana  |  Compvesto  |  Por  el  Bachiller 

D.  Autonio  Vasquez  Gastelu  |  el  Key  de  Figueroa :  Cathedratico 
de  dicha  |  Lengua  en  los  Keales  Collegios  de  S.  Pedro,  |  y  San 
Juan.  |  Dase  a  la  estampa  segvnda  vez.    De  orden  del  Illustrissimo 
Seuor  Doctor  D.  Manuel  |  Fernandez  de  Santa  Cruz,  Obispo  de  la 
Puebla  de  |  los  Angeles.  |  Va  afladido,  y  enmendado  en  esta  se- 
gunda  |  +Impression.+  |  [Engraving.] 

Con  licencia  en  la  Puebla  de  los  Angeles,  en  la  Tm-  |  preiita  de 
Diego  Fernandez  de  Leon,  auo  de  1693.  |  Impresso  a  su  costa:  hal- 
larase  eii  su  Libreria  en  el  |  portal  de  las  flores.  |  c. 

5011.  sm.4°. 

1411  Arte  de  Leugua  Mexicana  corregido  segun  su  original  por  el 

Br.  D.  Antonio  de  Olmedo  y  Torre,  cura  theniente  de  la  parrochia 
auxiliar  del  Evangelista  S.  Marcos  de  la  ciudad  de  los  Angeles. 

Con  liceucia  en  la  Puebla  por  D.  F.  de  Leon;  y  por  su  Original,  T,T,TIT .,, 
en  la  Iinprenta  de  F.  X.  de  Morales  y  Salazar,  1716. 

Title,  1  p.l.,  54  pp.  4°.  Third  edition;  so  rare  that  Leclerc  (1878,  p.  604) 
charges  Ludewig  with  an  error  in  mentioning  this  edition,  although  there  was  a 
copy  in  the  Fischer  catalogue  which  produced  £4.  4s.— Ramirez  Sale  Cat.,  No.  351. 

1412  Arte  |  de  Lengva  Mexicana  |  Compuesto  por  el  Bachiller 

D.  |  Antonio  Vasquez  Gastelu,  el  Eey  de  Figne-  |  roa:  Cathedra 
tico  de  dicha  lengua  en  los  Rea-  |  les  Collegios  de  San  Pedro,  y 
San  Juan.  |  Corregido  segun  su  original  por  el  Br.  D.  |  Antonio  de 
Olmedo,  y  Torre,  Cura  Theniente  |  de  la  Parrochia  Auxiliar  del, 
Evangelista  S.  |  Marcos  de  la  Cimlad  de  los  Angeles.  | 

Con  licecia  en  la  Puebla,  por  Diego  Feruadez  de  Le5,  |  y  por  su 
original  en  la  Impreuta  de  Francisco  Xavier  |  de  Morales,  y  Sala- 


284  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Gastelu  (D.  Antouio  Vasquez) — continued. 

zar,  Impressor,  y  Mercador  de  Li-  |  bros  eu  el  Portal  do  Borja, 
donde  se  vende.  |  Afio  de  1726.  |  c.  JOB. 

2  p.  11.,  11. 1-54.  4°. 

1413  Arte  de  lengua  Mexicaua  compuesto  por  el  Bachiller  D. 

Antonio  Vasquez  Gastelu,  el  Key  de  Figueroa :  Cathedratico  de 
dicha  leugua  en  los  Reales  collegios  de  San  Pedro,  y  San  Juan. 
Corregido  segun  su  original  por  el  Br.  D.  Antonio  de  Olrnedo  y 
Torre,  etc. 

En  la  Puebla,  imprenta  de  Francisco  Xavier  de  Morales  y  Sala- 
zar,  etc.  Auo  de  1756.  * 

1  unnumbered  1.,  34  11.  4°.     Followed  by: 

1414  Confesonario  breve  en  lengua  Mexicana  y  Castellana.        * 

LI.  34-54. 

Gastelu  was  a  native  of  the  diocese  of  Paebla.  He  was  a  secular  priest  and 
professor  of  the  Mexican  language  in  the  royal  colleges  of  San  Pedro  and  San 
Juan,  of  that  city. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

1415  Cathecismo  Breve,  que  precisamente  deve  saber  el  Christ! 

ano.    Dispuesto  en  Lengua  Mexicana  por  el  Licenciado  Don  Anto- 

-mnmrrnw  nio  Vasquez  Castelu  [sic]  el  Key  de  Figueroa,  Cathedratico  que 
fue,  de  dicha  Lengua,  en  los  Reales  Colegios  de  S.  Pedro  y  S.  Juan. 
Y  salio  a  luz  de  orden  de  el  111  mo  y  Exc.mo  Sr.  Doct.  D.  Manuel 
Fernandez  de  Santa  Cruz,  Obispo,  que  fue,  de  este  Obispado  de  la 
Puebla  de  los  Angeles,  del  Consejo  de  su  Magestad,  &c. 

Eeimpresso  en  la  Puebla:  Por  la  Viuda  de  Miguel  de  Ortega,  en 
el  Portal  de  las  Flores,  donde  se  vende.  Afio  de  1733.  * 

Title,  pp.  1-10.  4°.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  112. 

1416  Catecismo  breve  que  precisamente  debe  saber  e)  .Cristiano. 

Dispuesto  en  Leugua  Mexicaua  por  el  Lic.do  D.  Antonio  Vasquez 
Gastelu  el  Eey  de  Figueroa,  Catedratico  que  fue  de  dicha  Lengua 
en  los  Reales  y  Pontiflcios  Colegios  de  San  Pedro  y  San  Juan  de 
esta  Ciudad  de  la  Puebla  de  los  Angeles. 

Reimpresso  en  la  Imprenta  de  D.  Pedro  de  la  Rosa,  en  Portal  de 
las  Flores.  Afio  de  1792.  * 

8  unnumbered  11.  4°.  Title  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  from  copy  in  his 
possession. 

1417  Catecismo  Breve  |  que  precisamente  |  debe  saber  el  cristi- 

ano,  |  dispuesto  |  por  el  Liceuciado  |  D.   Antonio  Vasquez  Gas 
telu.  |  Lleva  auadidos  |  Los  actos  de  F<§,  Esperanza  y  Caridad,  y 
le  |  Confesion  general.  | 

Puebla.  |  Imprenta  del  hospital  de  San  Pedro.  |  1838.  |  c. 

30  pp.  16°.     In  the  Mexican  language. 

1418 Catecismo  |  Breve  |  que  precisamente  |  Debe  saber  el  cris- 

tiano,  |  dispuesto  |  en  el  Idioina  Mejicano  |  por  el  Licenciado  |  D. 
Antonio  Vasquez  Gastelu  |  el  Key  de  Figueroa,  |  catedratico  que 
fue  de  dicha  lengua  de  |  los  uacionales  y  pontifieios  colejios  de  | 


GASTELU— GATSCHET.  'J85 

Oasteln  (D.  Antonio  Vasquez) — continued. 

San  Pedro  y  San  Juan  de  la  ciudad  de  la  |  Puebla  de  los  Anje- 
les.  I 

Keimpreso  en  Orizaba.  |  Oflciua  de  Felis  Mendarte.  |  1842.  |     c. 
If.  pp.  16°. 

1419  Catecismo  |  breve  |  que  precisaraente  debe  saber  |  el  cris- 

tiauo,  |  dispuesto  en  el  idiorna  mejicano  por  el  Lie.  |  D.  Antonio 
Vasquez  Gasteln  |  el  Eey  de  Figueroa.  |  Oorregido  y  adicionado, 
por  un  Sacerdote  |  profesor  de  dicho  idimna  en  el  Obispado  de  | 
Puebla. 

Eeimpresso  en  Orizava.  |  Impr.  de  la  Caja  de  {ihorros,  dirigida 
por  |  J.  Kamon  Matos.  |  1846.  |  * 

10  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Icazbalcela's  Apuntes,  No.  34. 

1420  Catecismo  in  idioma  Mexicano  por  Ant.  Vasquez  Gastelu. 

lilt  f  Of    I 

Puebla.     18o4. 

8°.    Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1421  Breve  Catecismo  de  la  Doctrina  Cristiana,  traducido  al 

Mexicano. 

Orizaba :  B.  Aburto.     1865.  » 

19  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Tross'  Bib.  Mex.,  No.  127. 

1422  Gatschet  (Albert  Sattuel).    Zwolf  Sprachen  |  ausdem  |  Siidwesten 
Nordamerikas    |    (Pueblos-  und  Apache-Mundarten ;   Tonto,  Ton- 
kawa,   |    Digger,  Utah.)  |  Wortverzeichnisse  |   herausgegeben,  er- 
liiutertund  rniteinerEiuleitung  iiberBau,  |  Begriffsbildung  und  lo 
cale  Gruppirung  der  amerikanischen  |  Sprachen  versehen  |  von  | 
Albert  S.  Gatschet.  | 

Weimar  |  Hermann  Bohlau  |  1876.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-v,  1-150.  8°. 

Iii  addition  to  general  remarks,  grammatic  examples,  &c.,  pp.  87-115  of  this 
work  contain  vocabularies,  as  follows: 

Loew  (O.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Pueblo  of  Isleta,  Jemez,  Moqui,  Tehua  (I-II), 
Acoma,  and  Queres;  of  the  Apache,  Navajo,  Tonto,  Tonka wa,  Diggers  [Win- 
.tun],  and  Utah. 

"White  (J.  B.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Apache  [Coyotero]. 

Yarrow  (H.  C.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Pueblo  of  Taos. 

1423 The  Klamath  Indians  of  Oregon. 

4°.    In  press. 

This  paper  will  form  vol.  3,  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology. 
Purt  1  will  consist  of  texts,  with  interlinear  translations  and  explanatory  notes, 
and  of  the  grammar  of  the  language ;  197  pages  are  in  type.  Part  2  will  include 
the  Klamath-English  and  English-KIamath  dictionary;  305  pages  are  in  type. 

1424  Report  on  the  Pueblo  Languages  of  New  Mexico,  and  of 

the  Moquis  in  Arizona;  their  affinity  to  each  other  and  to  the  lan 
guages  of  the  other  Indian  Tribes :  By  Alb.  S.  Gatschet,  Philol 
ogist. 

In  'Wheeler  (Lieut.  G.M.)  Ann.  Kept.  1875,  pp.  180-187.  Washington,  1875.  8°. 

Based  on  vocabularies  collected  by  Dr.  Oscar  Loew  and  Dr.  H.  C.  Yarrow. 

Lieut.  Wheeler's  Report  also  forms  Appendix  LL  of  the  Annual  Report  of  the 
Chief  of  Engineers  for  1875.  Mv.  Gatschet's  paper  occupies  pp.  1100-1107. 


286  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Gatschet  (Albert  Samuel) — continued. 

1425  Analytical  Report  on  Eleven  Idioms  spoken  in  Southern 

California,  Nevada,  and  on  the  Lower  Colorado  River,  their  pho 
netic  elements,  grammatical  structure,  and  mutual  affinities.    By 
Alb.  S.  Gatschet. 

In  Wheeler  (Lieut.  G.  M.)  Ann.  Rep.  1876,  pp.  330-349.  Washington,  1876.  8°. 

The  tribes  treated  of  are  the  Kasna,  Kauvuya,  Takhtam,  Gaitchim,  Kizh, 
Southern  Payiites,  Chemehuevi,  Western  Payutes,  Mohave,  Hualapai,  and 
Diegueno. 

Lieut.  Wheeler's  Report  also  formed  Appendix  J.I  of  the  Annnal  Report  of  the 
Chief  of  Engineers  for  1876,  and  iu  that  connection  Mr.  Gatschet's  paper  occu 
pies  pp.  550-563.  It  was  also  issued  as  a  separate  pamphlet,  as  follows: 

1426  U.  S.  Geographical  Surveys  west  of  the  100th  Meridian.  | 

Analytical  Report  |  upon  |   Indian  Dialects  spoken  in  Southern 
California,  Ne-  |  vada,  and  on  the  lower  Colorado  River,  &c.  &c.,  | 
based  upon  vocabularies  collected   by  the  |  Expeditious  for  Geo 
graphical  Surveys  |  west  of  the  100th  Meridian,  Lieut.  |  Geo.  M. 
Wheeler,  Corps  of  En-  |  gineers,  TJ.  S.  Army,  |  in  charge,  |  by  | 
Alb.  S.  Gatschet;  |  being  |  extract  from  |  Appendix  JJ.  |  of  the  | 
Annual  Report  of  the  Chief  of  En-  |  gineers  for  1876.  | 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1876.  |  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  title  1  1.,  errata  1  1. ,  pp.  550-563.  8°. 

1427  Appendix.     Linguistics.    Prefaced  by  a  Classification  of 

Western  Indian  Languages.     By  Albert  S.  Gatschet. 

In  Wneeler  (Capt.  G.  M.)  Report  upon  U.  S.  Geographical  Surveys,  vol. 
7,  pp.  399-485.  Washington,  1879.  4°. 

Mr.  Gatschet's  prefatory  remarks  occupy  pp.  403-421.  For  contents  of  paper, 
see  Wheeler  (Capt.  Geo.  M.) 

1428  Die  Sprache  der  Tonkawas.     Von  Albert  S.  Gatschet. 

In  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologic,  pp.  64-73.     Berlin,  1877.  8°. 

1429  Volk  und  Sprache  der  Timucua.    Von  Albert  S.  Gatschet. 

[Fir*t  article.] 

In  Zeitschrift  liir  Ethnologie,  pp.  245-260.     Berlin,  1877.    8°. 

1430  Der  Yuma-Sprachstamm  nach  den  neuesten  handschrift- 

lichen  Quellen  dargestellt  von  Albert  S.  Gatschet. 

In  Zeitschrift  fUr  Ethnologie,  pp.  341-350,  365-418.     Berlin,  1877.  8°. 
Besides  his  own  remarks,  comparisons,  &c.,  Mr.  G.  gives  the  following  vocab 
ularies  : 

Tonto (Oscar  Loew  and  J.  B.  White).          Cocopa  (Major  Heintzleman). 
Mancopa  (Whipple  and  Bartlett).  Dieguefio  (Oscar  Loew). 

Hualapai  (Oscar  Loew).  Diegueuo  (J.  R.  Bartlett) 

Mohave  (Oscar  Loew).  H'taam  (Dr.  Wm.  M.  Gabb). 

Mohave  (George  Gibbs).  Kiliwi  (Dr.  Wm.  M.  Gabb). 

Kutcban  (Lieut.  Whipple).  Cochimi  (Dr.  Wm.'M.  Gabb). 

Kutchan  (Dr.  Wm.  M.  Gabb).  Cochimi  (J.  R.  Bartlett). 

1431  Farbenbenennungen    in     nordamerikanischen    Sprachen. 

Von  Albert  S.  Gatschet  in  Washington.  JWP- 

In  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologie,  pp.  293-302.     Berlin,  1879.  8°. 


GATSCHET.  287 

Gatschet  (Albert  Samuel)— continued. 

1432 Volk  und  Sprache  der  Timucua.     Von  Albert  S.  Gatschet 

in  Washington.     [Second  article.] 
Jn  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologic,  pp.  189-200.     Berlin,  1881.  8°. 

1433  Land  und  Volk  der  Timucua.    Von  A.  S.  Gatschet.  * 

In  Belletristisches  Journal  [a  weekly  periodical  published  in  New  York], 
4.  Mai  1877. 

Not  seen;  title  furnished  by  Mr.  Gatschet. 

1434 A  sketch  of  the  Klamath  Language.    By  Albert  S.  Gat 
schet,  U.  S.  Special  Agent  for  Linguistics,  Ethnology  and  Sta 
tistics.  JWP. 
In  The  Ashland  Tidings  [a  weekly  paper  published  at  Ashland,  Oregon],  Dec. 
28,  1877. 

1435  Indian  Languages  of  the  Pacific  States  and  Territories. 

In  Magazine  Am.  History,  vol.  1,  pp.  145-171.     New  York,  1877.  4°. 
Contains  comparative  vocabulary  Chocuyem  and  Mutsun,  p.  158. 
Issued  separately  as  1'ollows  : 

1430  Indian  Languages  |  of  the  |  Pacific  States  and  Territories  | 

by  |  Aloert  S.  Gatschet  |  Reprinted  from  March  Number  of  Tke 
Magazine  of  American  History  |  JWP. 

Half  title  1  1.,  pp.  14o-171.     Reprinted  in 

Beach  (W.  W.)    Indian  Miscellany,  pp.  416-447.     Albany,  1877.  8°;  and  in 

Drake  (S.  G.)    Aboriginal  Races  of  North  America,  pp.  748-763.    New  York, 
[1880].  8°. 

A  supplementary  paper  as  follows : 

1437  Indian  Languages  of  the  Pacific  States  and  Territories  and 

of  .the  Pueblos  of  New  Mexico. 

In  Magazine  Am.  History,  vol.  8,  pp.  254-263.     New  York,  1882. 
Issued  separately  as  follows : 

1438  Indian  Languages  |  of  the  |  Pacific  States  and  Territories  | 

and  of  |  The  Pueblos  of  New  Mexico.  |  By  Albert  S.  Gatschet.  j 
Reprinted  from  the  Magazine  of  American  History,  April,  1882.  j 

New  York:  |  A.  S.  Barnes  &  Co.  |  1882.  |  JWP. 

Printed  title  on  cover;  5  unnumbered  11.  4°. 

1439  Proper  Names  of  California  Indians. 

In  Magazine  Am.  History,  vol.  1,  pp.  758-759.    New  York,  1877.  4°. 
Wrongly  titled;  should  be:  Tribal  names  of  Oregon  Indians. 

1440  Vocabulary  of  the  Chumt^ya. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)    Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp. 
536-549.     Washington,  1877.  4°. 

1441  People  and  Language  of  the  Timucua.  JWP. 

In  Semi-Tropical  Magazine,  pp.  329-331.     Jacksonville,  Fla.,  1877. 

1442  Remarks  upon  the  Toukawa  Language.    By  Albert  S.  Gat 
schet. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.  Proc.,  vol.  16,  pp.  318-327.     Philadelphia,  1877.  8°. 
Also  separately  issued  without  title-page  but  repaged,  1-10. 


288  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Gatschet  (Albert  Samuel) — continued. 

1443  — The  Timucua  Language.     By  Albert  S.  Gatschet.     [First 

article.] 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.  Proc.,  vol.  16,  pp.  626-642.     Philadelphia,  1H77.  8C. 

Historical  and  Ethnological  Remarks,  pp.  626-629;  Phonetic  Elements,  pp. 
629-630;  Inflection,  pp.  630-G31;  Selected  Text  (from  Pareja),  pp.  G33-6:59; 
Words  and  Sentences,  pp.  639-642. 

Also  separately  issued  without  title-page,  but  repaged,  1-17. 

1444  The  Timucua  Language.     By  Albert  S.  Gatschet.    [Second 

article.] 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.  Proc.,  vol.  17,  pp.  490-504.     Philadelphia,  1878.  8°. 
Selected  words,  text,  and  sentences,  from  Pareja. 

1445  The  Timucua  Language.    By  Albert  S.  Gatschet.     [Thiid 

article.] 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.  Proc.,  vol.  18,  pp.  465-502.     Philadelphia,  1880.  8°. 

Timucua-Maskoki   Affinities;    Timueiia-Carib   Affinities;    Graminalic   Notes, 

Prefixes,  Suffixes,  &c.,  pp.  477-488;   Selected  Texts  (from  Pareja),  pp.  489-494; 

Address  sent  to  the  King  of  Spain  by  Timucua  chiefs  (from  Buckingham  Smith, 

with   corrected  text  and  English  translation,  by  Mr.   Gatschet),  pp.  495-497; 

.       Words  and  Sentences,  pp.  498-503. 

1446  Sketch  of  the  Klamath  Language  of  Southern  Oregon.  By 

Albert  S.  Gatschet. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian,  vol.  1,  pp.  81-84.     Cleveland,  1878,  and  Chicago,  1879. 8°. 

1447  Mythologic  Text  in  the  Klamath  Language  of  Southern 

Oregon.    Commented  by  Albert  S.  Gatschet. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian,  vol.  1,  pp.  161-166.  Cleveland,  1878,  and  Chicago, 
1879.  8°. 

1448 The  Numeral    Adjective  in    the  Klamath   Language  of 

Southern  Oregon.     By  Albert  S.  Gatschet. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian,  vol.  2,  pp.  210-217.     Chicago,  1879-80.  8°. 
Issued  separately  as  follows : 

1449  -  The  Numeral  Adjective  |   in  the  Klamath  Language  of 
Southern  Oregon.  |  By  Albert  S.  Gatschet  |  From  the  American 
Antiquarian,  vol.  II,  No.  III.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-3.  8°. 

1450  The  Test  of  Linguistic  Affinity.    By  Albert  S.  Gatschet. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian,  vol.2,  pp.  163-165.     Chicago,  1879-80.  8°. 

Issued  separately  as  follo'ws: 

1451  -     —  The  Test  of  Linguistic  Affinity.     By  Albert  S.  Gatschet. 
[Followed  by  "Linguistic  Notes."]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-7.  8°. 

1452  Linguistic  Notes.     Edited  by  Albert  S.  Gatschet,  Wash 
ington,  D.  C. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian,  vol.  1,  pp.  267-269.  Cleveland,  1878,  and  Chicago, 
1879.  8°.  Vol.  2,  pp.  70-79,  171-174,  236-2:!8,  318-319.  Vol.  3,  pp.  66,  249-252, 
337-a38.  Vol.  4,  pp.  73-77,  235-238.  Chicago,  1879-82.  8°. 

Brief  comments,  reviews,  &c. 


GATSCHET.  289 

Gatschet  (Albert  Samuel) — continued. 

1453  Oil   Syllabic  Reduplication  as  observed  in  Indian  Lan 
guages,  and  in  the  Klamath  Language  of  South-western  Oregon  in 
particular. 

In  Am.  Fhilolog.  Ass.  Proc.,  Eleventh  Ann.  Sess.,  pp.  35-37.  Hartford,  1879. 
8°. 

1454  Volk  und  Sprache  der  Maklaks  iin  sudwestlichen  Oregon. 

Von  Alb.  S.  Gatschet  in  Washington.     [Articles  I  and  II.]  * 

In  Globus  Illustrirte  Zeitschrift  fiir  Liinder-  und  Volkerkunde,  Band  35,  No. 
11,  pp.  167-171,  187-189.  Braunschweig,  1879. 

This  article  includes  a  vocabulary  of  31  words  of  the  following  Pacific  Coast 
tribes : 

Tak iltna.  by  Dr.  [Gen. ]  Hazen.  Yiikona,  from  Horatio  Hale. 

Takilma,  by  Dr.  Earnhardt.  AlsfSya,  by  Dr.  Milhau. 

Kusa,  by  Dr.  Milhau  (two  dialects).  Sayuskla,  by  Dr.  Milhan. 

Not  seen  ;  title  furnished  by  the  author. 

1455  Adjectives  of  color  in  Indian  Languages.    By  Albert  S. 

Gatschet. 

In  Am.  Naturalist,  vol.  13,  pp.  475-^*85. 

1456 Vocabulary  of  the  Achotnawi,  Pit  River  Valley,  Northeast 
ern  California. 

Manuscript.  11  pp.  folio.  Includes  the  dialects  of  Big  Valley  ;  Hot  Springs ; 
Goose  Lake. 

1457  Vocabulary  of  the  Ara  (Karok),  Klamath  River,  California, 

from  Red  Caps  to  Clear  Creek,  near  mouth  of  Scott  River. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  211  words. 

1458  Linguistic  material  of  the  Cha'hta  Language,  as  spoken  in 

the  parishes  north  of  Lake  Poutchartrain,  Louisiana. 

Manuscript.  82  II.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Powell's  Introduction  to  the 
Study  of  Indian  Languages,  2d  ed.  It  contains  over  1000  terras  and  sentences. 
Obtained  from  Indians  in  New  Orleans,  La.,  and  at  Manderville,  St.  Tammany 
Parish,  La.,  1881-82. 

1459  Cheroki  Linguistic  Material  obtained  from   Richard  M. 

•Wolfe,  Delegate  of  the  Cherokee  Nation  to  the  United  States  Gov 
ernment. 

Manuscript.  5  11.  folio.     Principally  phrases  and  sentences. 

1460  Linguistic  material  of  the  Tchalagi  or  Cheroki  Language : 

Mountain  Cheroki  dialect  of  North  Carolina. 

Manuscript.  Containing  about  350  words  alphabetically  arranged,  on  slips, 
and  some  phrases  ;  obtained  in  December,  1881,  from  Sampson  Owl,  a  Chernki, 
stopping  at  Katalia  Nation,  York  Co.,  S.  C.  The  alphabet  used  is  that  given  in 
Powell's  Introduction,  2d  ed. 

1461  Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  Clackama. 

Manuscript.     Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  Study  of  Indian  Lan 
guages,  1st  ed.     The  Clackamas  belong  to  the  Chinuk  family.     Material  col 
lected  at  Grande  Ronde  Reservation,  Yamhill  County,  Oregon,  December,  1877. 

19  Bib 


2'JO  NORTH   AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Gatschet  (Albert  Samuel) — continued. 

14G2  Creek  or  Maskoki  Linguistic  Material  obtained  from  Gen 
eral  Pleasant  Porter  and  Mr.  B.  Hodge,  Delegates  of  the  Creek 
Nation  to  the  United  States  Government,  1879-!80. 
Manuscript.  4  11.  folio.    Principally  phrases  and  sentences. 

1463 Kayowe  Linguistic  Material. 

Manuscript.  10  pp.  folio.  Composed  principally  of  sentences  with  translation. 
Collected  February  and  March,  1880,  from  It-all  Du"  moi,  or  "Hunting  Boy,"  a 
young  pupil  of  the  Hampton,  Va.,  school,  employed  at  the  Smithsonian  Institu 
tion,  and  afterwards  sent  to  the  Indian  School  at  Carlisle,  Pa.- 

1464  Linguistic  Material  of  the  Kalapuya  family,  Atfalati  dialect. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-399.  sm.  4°,  in  five  blank  books.  Consists  of  texts  with 
interlinear  translation,  grammatic  notes,  words,  phrases,  and  sentences.  Col 
lected  at  Grande  Ronde  Agency,  Oregon,  in  1877. 

1465  List  of  Suffixes  of  the  Kalapuya  family,  Tualati  or  Atfalati 

dialect. 

Manuscript.  Blank  book.  sm.  4°.     Arranged  in  1878. 

1466  Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  of  the  Kalapuya  family, 

Atfalati  or  Wapatu  Lake  Language. 

Manuscript.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Lan 
guages,  1st  ed.,  nearly  complete.  Collected  at  Grande  Ronde  Agency,  1877. 

1467  Vocabulary   of  the    Kalapuya   family,   Lukamiute   and 

Ahantchuyuk  dialects. 

Manuscript.  16  pp.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 
Indian  Languages,  1st  ed.,  incomplete.  Collected  at  Grande  Ronde  Indian 
Agency,  1877. 

1468  Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  of  the  Kalapuya  family, 

Yamhill  dialect. 

Manuscript.  9  pp.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 
Indian  Languages,  1st  ed.,  incomplete.  Collected  at  the  Grande  Ronde  Agency, 

1877. 

1469  Vocabulary  of  the  Kansas  or  Kaw. 

Manuscript.  12  pp.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 
Indian  Languages,  1st  ed.,  incomplete. 

1470 Linguistic  material  of  the  Kataba  Language,  spoken  on 

Kataba  Eiver,  York  Co.,  South  Carolina. 

Manuscript.  37  II.  folio.  It  contains  over  1200  words,  400  sentences,  and  a  few 
texts.  Obtained  in  December,  1881,  at  Kat:ilia  Nation,  York  Co.,  S.  C.  The 
alphabet  used  is  that  given  in  Powell's  Introduction,  2d  ed. 

1471  Linguistic  Material  collected  at  the  Chico  Eancheria  of  the 

Michopdo  Indians  (Maidu  family),  Sacramento  Valley,  California. 

Manuscript.  84  pp.  sin.  4°.  Blank  book.  Text  with  interlinear  translation, 
phrases,  and  sentences.  Collected  in  1877. 

1472  Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  the  Molale  Language. 

Manuscript.  3011.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  In 
dian  Languages,  1st  ed.  Collected  at  the  Grande  Ronde  Agency,  Oregon,  1877. 


GATSCHET.  21)1 

Gatschet  (Albert  Samuel) — continued. 

1473  Texts  in  the  Molale  Language  with  interlinear  Translation. 

Manuscript.  1211.  folio.     Consists  of  a  short  description  of  marriage  ceremo 
nies,  the  "  Myth  of  the  Coyote,"  and  a  "  Raid  of  the  Caynse  Indians."    Collected 
from  Stephen  Savage  at  the  Grande  Eonde  Reserve  in  1877. 

1474  Vocabulary  of  the  Mohawk. 

Manuscript.  7  11.  folio.  Collected  from  Charles  Carpenter,  an  Irocjuois  of 
Brantford,  in  1876. 

1475  Vocabulary  of  the  Nonstoki  or  Nestucca  dialect,  Selish 

family. 

Manuscript.  1011.  4°.  Collected  in  1877  from  an  Indian  called  "Jack,"  of 
Salmon  River,  Oregon  Coast. 

1476  Sasti-English  and  English-Sasti  Dictionary. 

Manuscript.  84  II.  sm.  4°  Alphabetically  arranged  from  materials  collected 
at  Dayton,  Polk  County,  Oregon,  in  November,  1877.  Tho  iuiormants  were  two 
young  men,  the  brothers  Leonard  and  Willie  Smith,  pure  blood  Shasti  (orSasti) 
Indians,  who  had  come  from  the  Grande  Rondo  Indian  Agency,  a  distance  of  25 
miles.  Their  old  home  is  the  Shasti  Valley,  near  Yreka,  Cal. 

1477  Shasti-Euglish  and  English-Shasti  Dictionary. 

Manuscript.    69  11.    sm.4°.     Obtained  from  "White  Cynthia",   a   Klamath 

woman  living  at  Klaniath  Lake  Reservation,  Williamson  River,  Lake  County, 
Oregon,  in  September,  1877.     Dialect  spoken  at  Crescent  City,  Cal. 

1478  Shawano  Linguistic  Material. 

Manuscript.  24pp.  folio.  Texts  with  interlinear  translation,  grammatic  forms, 
phrases,  and  sentences.  Collected  February  and  March,  18^0,  from  Charles  Blue 
jacket,  delegate  of  the  Shawano  tribe  to  the  United  States  Government. 

1479  Vocabulary  of  the  Sdwano  or  Shawnee. 

Manuscript.  7  pp.  folio.  Collected  in  1879  from  Bluejacket.  Includes  clans 
of  the  Shawnces  with  their  totems. 

1480  Texts  of  the  Shetimasha  Language. 

•Manuscript.  13  11.  folio.  Collected  in  December,  1881,  and  January,  1882,  at 
Charenton,  St.  Mary's  Parish,  La.  It  is  accompanied  by  an  interlinear  trans 
lation  in  English.  The  alphabet  used  is  that  given  in  Powell's  Introduction, 
2ded. 

1481  Dictionary  of  the  Shetimasha  Language. 

Manuscript,  containing  about  1,500  words  alphabetically  arranged,  on  slips, 
and  including  over  three  hundred  sentences,  partly  taken  from  the  texts  above. 
The  alphabet  used  is  that  given  in  Powell's  Introduction,  2d  ed. 

1482  Tonkawa-English  and  English-Tonkawa  Dictionary. 

Manuscript.  52  pp.  sm.  4C. 

1483  Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  the  Umpkwa  Language. 

Manuscript.  2211.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  In 
dian  Languages,  1st  ed.  Collected  at  Grande  Ronde  Agency,  1877. 

1484  Vocabulary  of  the  Warm  Spring  Indian  dialect,  Sahaptin 

family;  Des  Chutes  Eiver  Valley,  Oregon. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  200  words.     Collected  in  1875. 


292  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Qatschet  (Albert  Samuel) — continued. 

1485  Vocabulary  of  the  Wasco  and  Waccanessisi  dialects  of  the 

Chinuk  Family. 

Manuscript.  7  pp.  folio.     Taken  at  the  Klamath  Lake  Agency,  Oregon,  1877. 

1486  Vocabulary  of  the  Zufiian  Language,  with  grammatic  re 
marks. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  folio.     Obtained  from  a  Zuni  boy  about  10  years  old,  who 
was  attending  the  Indian  school  at  Carlisle,  Pa.,  in  IS.-iO. 

These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 


See  Dorsey  (J.  O.),  Gatschet  (A.  S.),  aud  Riggs  (S.  R.) 

Gebelin  (Antonio  de  Court  de). 
See  Court  de  Gebelin  (Antonio  de). 

1487  Gebow  (Joseph  A.)    A  Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Snake,  |  or,  |  Sho-sho- 
nay  Dialect  |  by  |  Joseph  A.  Gebow,  Interpreter.  |  Second  Edi 
tion,  |  Revised  and  Improved,  January  1st,  1864.  | 

Greeii  Kiver  City,  Wg.  Ter.:  |  Freeman  &  Bro.,  Book  and  Job 
Printers.  |  1868.  |  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-24.  8°. 

1488  Geisdorff  (Dr.  Francis).    Vocabulary  of  the  Mountain  Crows. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1489  General.     The  |  General  Epistle  |  of  |  James.  |  Translated  into  the 
Cherokee  Language.  |  [One  line  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill.  |  Mission  Press:  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1847.  |  ABC.  c. 

1(5  pp.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1490  The  |  General  Epistle  |  of  |  James.  |  Translated  into  the 

Cherokee  Language.  |  Second  Edition.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  char 
acters.]  | 

Park  Hill.  |  Mission  Press:  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1850.  |  ABC.  c. 

Iti  pp.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1491  The  General  Epistle  of  Jude.     [One  line  Cherokee  charac- ' 

ters.]  c. 

No  title-page.  66  pp.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1492  General  Eules  |  of  the  j  United  Societies  |  of  the  Metho 
dist  Episcopal  |  Church.  |  Translated  into  the  Chahta  Language.  | 
Mehlotist  Iksa  |  i  naua  vlhpisa  puta.  |  Chahta  anumpa  isht  ato- 
showa  hoke.  | 

Park  Hill.  |  Mission  Press,  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  1841.  | 

24  pp.  24°.  BA.  ABC. 

1493  Geografi  ubvdlo:  Nunaksfib  nunangita  okautigijauningit. 

84pp.  8°.     Description  of  the  countries  of  the  globe.    Title  from  a  Greenland 
missionary,  through  Prof.  Rink. 

Geographical  Society  of  London. 
See  Royal  Geographical  Society. 


GATSCHET — GIBBS.  29,'? 

1494  Georgia  Historical  Society.     Collections  |  of  the  |  Georgia  |  Histo 
rical  Society.  |  Vol.  I  [-IV].  |  [One  line  quotation]. 

Savannah:  Printed  for  the  Society.  |  M.  UCCC  X  L  [-1878].  |    c. 

4  vols.  8°. 

Hawkins  (B.)  A  Sketch  of  the  Creek  Country,  vol.  3,  pt.  1,  pp.  1-88. 

1495  Gibbs  (George).     Alphabetical  Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  Lan 
guage.  |  By  |  George  Gibbs.  |  [Design.] 

New  York :  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1863.  f  BA.  JWP.    ft  • 

1  p.  l.,pp.  i-viii,9-23.  8°.     "  Shea's  Library  of  American  Linguistics.  XIII." 
Preface,  pp.  iii-v;  Orthography,  p.  vi;  Bibliography,  pp.  vii-viii;  Vocabulary, 

pp.  9-20;  Local  Nomenclature,  pp.  21-23. 

1496  -    Alphabetical  Vocabularies  |  of  the  |  Clallam  and  Lummi.  | 

By  |  George  Gibbs.  |  [Design.] 

New  York:  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  18(53.  |  [Design.]  BA.  JWP.  '  6  , 

Pp.  i-vii,9-40.  8°.     "  Shea's  Library  of  American  Linguistics.  XI." 
Vocabulary  of  the  Clallam,  pp.  9-19;  Local  Nomenclature  of  the  Clallam  tribe, 

p.  20;  Vocabulary  of  the  Lummi,  pp.  21-36;  Local  Nomenclature  of  the  Lummi 

tribe,  pp.  37-39;  Names  of  Lummi  Chiefs,  p.  40. 

1497 A  |  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  Jargon,  |  or,  |  Trade  Lan 
guage  of  Oregon.  |  By  George  Gibbs.  |  [Design.] 
New  York :  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1863.  |  BA.  JWP.     /3 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-44.  K°.     "  Shea's  Library  of  American  Linguistics.  XII." 
Issued  also  as  follows: 

1498  -      —  Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections.  |   161  |  A  |  Dic 
tionary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  Jargon,  |  or  |  Trade  Language  of  Ore 
gon.  |  Prepared  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  |   By  |  George 
Gibbs.  |  [Seal  of  the  Institution.] 

Washington:  |  Smithsonian  Institution:  |  March,  1863.  |       JWP.    ft  , 
Pp.  i-xvi,  1-44.  8°.     Also  forms  part  of  vol.  7,  Smithsonian  Institution  Mis 
cellaneous  Collections.     Preface  (including  a  few   words  of  Tlaoquatch  and 
Nutka,  and  Columbian,  from  Scouler),  pp.  v-xi. 

Bibliography  of  the  Chinook  Jargon,  pp.  xiii-xiv;  Part  1,  Chinook-English, 
pp.  1-29 ;  Part  2,  English-Chinook,  pp.  33-43 ;  The  Lord's  Prayer  in  Jargon,  p.  44. 

1499  -         -  Smithsonian   Miscellaneous  Collections.  |   160  |   Instruc 
tions  |  for  research  relative  to  the  |  Ethnology  and  Philology  |  of  | 
America.  |  Prepared  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  |  By  |  George 
Gibbs.  |  [Seal  of  the  Institution.] 

Washington:  |  Smithsonian  Institution:  |  March,  1863.  |       JWP.    j^ 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-51.  8°.     Also  forms  part  of  vol.  7,  Smithsonian  Institution  Mis 
cellaneous  Collections.     Prepared  for  and  distributed  to  collectors,  resulting  in 
the  securing  of  many  manuscripts,  mostly  philologic,  which  are  now  in  the 
library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Mexican  (from  Molina),  and  Selish;  of  the  Niskwally ; 
of  the  Lenni  Lenape  (from  Zeisberger). 

A  portion  of  this  paper,  including  the  numerals,  reprinted  in  Hist.  Mag.,  first 
series,  vol.  9,  pp.  249-2:>2.  New  York,  1865.  4°. 

1500  Observations  on  some  of  the  Indian  Dialects  of  Northern 

California,     By  G.  Gibbs. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  420-423.  Philadelphia, 
1853.  4°. 


294  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Gibbs  (George) — continued. 

1501  Vocabularies  of  Indian  Languages  in  Northwest  California. 

By  George  Gibbs,  Esq. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  428-445.  Philadelphia, 
1853.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tchokoyem,  Copeh,  Kula-Napo,  and  Ynkai,  pp.  428-434. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Choweshak,  Batemdakaite,  Weeyot,  aud  Wishosk,  pp.  4:>4- 
440. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Weitspek,  Hoopah,  Tahlewah,  and  Elmek,  pp.  440-445. 

These  vocabularies,  with  the  exception  of  the  Hoopah  and  Tahlewah,  reprinted 
in  Powell  (J.W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  4:!9- 
613.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

1502  Notes  on  the  Dispersion  of  the  Tlatscalcas.    By  George 

Gibbs. 

In  Hist.  Mag.,  first  series,  vol.  7,  pp.  99-100.   New  York  and  London,  18C3.  4°. 
Includes  vocabulary  of  the  Tlatscalcas. 

1503  On  the  language  of  the  aboriginal  Indians  of  America. 

In  Smithsonian  Institution  Ann.  Rept.  1870,  pp.  364-307.  Washington, 
1871.  8°. 

1504  The  Mode  of  Expressing  Number  in  certain  Indian  Lan 
guages. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.  Proc.,  third  Ann.  Sess.,  pp.  25-26.     New  York,  1872.  8°. 

1505  Terms  of  Eelationship  of  the  Spokane  (Sinhu)  and  Yakoma, 

Steilacoom,  Washington  Ty.,  and  of  the  Kootenay. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°. 

1506  Vocabulary  of  the  Mohave. 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S.)  Yuma-S  rachstamui,  in  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologic,  pp. 
390-407.  Berlin,  1877.  8°. 

1507  [Vocabularies  of  Tribes  of  the  Extreme  Northwest.] 

In  Powell  (J.W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  1,  pp. 
107-156.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Skatkwan,  pp.  121-133 ;  Vocabulary  of  the  Tongas,  Kai- 
gani,  Chutsinui,  Skitaget,  and  Kaniagmut,  pp.  135-142;  Vocabulary  of  the  Naas, 
Hailtzukh,  and  Kwakiutl,  pp.  143-153;  Note  on  the  use  of  Numerals  among  the 
Tbimsian,  pp.  155-156. 

1508  [Vocabularies  of  the  Tribes  of  California.] 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  3. 
Washington,  1877.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Arra-arra  and  Ehnek  (from  Schoolcraft),  pp.  447-459 ;  of  the 
Alikwa  (1  and  2,  the  latter  from  Schoolcraft),  pp.  460-473;  of  the  Wishosk  and 
Wiyot  (from  Schoolcraft),  pp.  478-482 ;  of  the  Batemdakaii  (from  Schoolcraft), 
pp.  491-503 ;  of  the  Chainslek  and  Yukai  (from  Schoolcraft),  pp.  492-50;5 ;  of  the 
Kulanapo  (from  Schoolcraft),  pp.  504-508;  of  the  Kop6  (from  Schoolcraft),  pp. 
519-529;  of  the  Tchokoyem  (from  Schoolcraft),  pp.  535-549;  of  the  Lutuami,  pp. 
601-606. 

1509  Part  II.  Tribes  of  Western  Washington  and  Northwestern 

Oregon.     By  George  Gibbs. 

In  Powell  (J.W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  1,  pp. 
157-241.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 


GIBBS.  295 

Gibbs  (George) — continued. 

"Appendix  to  Part  II,  Linguistics"  (pp.  243-361),  contains  contributions  from 
various  authors.  Those  of  Mr.  Gibbs  are  as  follows: 

Vocabulary  of  the  Shihwapmukh,  Nikutemukh,  Okinakcn,  Shwoyelpi,  Spokan, 
and  Piskwaus,  pp.  247-265 ;  Vocabulary  of  the  'Kalispelin,  Belhoola,  Lilowat, 
Tait,  Komookhs,  and  Ku  walitsk,  pp.  267-283 ;  Dictionary  of  the  Niskwalli,  Nisk- 
walli-English,  pp.  285-307;  English-Niskwalli,  pp.  309-301. 

1510  Account  of  Indian  Tribes  upon  the  Northwest  Coast  of 

America. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  folio. 

1511  Comparisons  of  the  Languages  of  the  Indians  of  the  North 
west. 

Mannscript.  23  11.  8°  and  folio. 

1512  Miscellaneous  Notes  on  the  Eskimo,  Kinai,  and  Atna  Lan 
guages. 

Manuscript.  25  11.  4C  and  folio. 

1513  Notes  on  the  Language  of  the  Selish  Tribes. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  folio. 

1514  Notes  to  the  Vocabularies  of  the  Klamath  Languages. 

Manuscript.  7  11.  folio. 

1515  Indian  Nomenclature  of  Localities,  Washington  and  Oregon 

Territories. 

Manuscript.  7  11.  folio. 

1516  Observations  on  the  Indians  of  the  Klamath  River  and 

.    Humboldt  Bay,  accompanying  Vocabularies  of  their  Languages. 

Manuscript.  25  11.  folio. 

1517  Principles  of  Algonquin  Grammar. 

Manuscript.  5  pp.  4°. 

1518  Vocabulary  of  the  Cheinakurn  and  Mooksahk. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  folio.  180  words. 

1519  Vocabulary  of  the  Chikasaw. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  200  words.     Collected  in  1866. 

1520  Vocabulary  of  the  Clallam. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  folio.  180  words. 

1521  Vocabulary  of  the  Cowlitz. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  200  words. 

1522  -    —  Vocabulary  of  the  Creek. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  folio.  200  words.     Collected  in  1866. 

1523  Vocabulary  of  the  Eskimo  of  Davis  Strait. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  211  words. 

1524  Vocabulary  of  the  Hitchittie,  or  Mikasuki. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  200  words.    Collected  in  1866. 


296  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Gibbs  (George) — continued. 

1525  Vocabulary  of  the  Hoopab. 

Manuscript.   4  11.   folio.   180  words.     Collected  at  the  mouth  of  the  Trinity 
River,  in  1852. 

1526  Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  the  Pueblo  of  Ysletta. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.     Collected  in  1868. 

1527 Vocabulary  of  the  Klikatat. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  150  words.     Obtained  from  Yahtowet,  a  subchief,  in 
1854. 

1528  Vocabulary  of  the  Kwantlen  of  Eraser's  River. 

Manuscript.  5  11.  folio.  180  words.     Collected  in  1858. 

1529  Vocabulary  of  the  Makah. 

Manuscript.  4  11.  4°.  200  words. 

1530  Vocabulary  of  the  Makah. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  180  words. 

1531 Vocabulary  of  the  Molele,  Santiatn  Band. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  folio. 

1532  Vocabulary  of  the  Toanhootch  of  Port  Gambol. 

Manuscript.  311.  folio.  180  words. 

1533  Vocabulary  of  the  Willopah  Dialect  of  the  Tahcully,  Atha- 

pasca. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  100  words. 

1534  Observations  on  the  Indians  of  the  Colorado  River,  Cali 
fornia,  accompanying  Vocabularies  of  tbe  Yuma  and  Mohave  Tribes. 

Manuscript.  7  pp.  folio. 

1535  Vocabulary  of  the  Mohave. 

Manuscript.   6  11.   folio.   180  words.     Obtained  from  a  chief,  Iritaba,  in  New 
York,  1863. 

1536  Vocabulary  of  the  Sawanwan. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  211  words. 

1537 Vocabulary  of  the  Yamhill  Dialect  of  the  Kalapuya. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  211  words. 

These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 


See  Pandosy  (Rev.  Mie.  Clel.) 

1538  Gil  (D.  Hilarion  Romero).  Memoria  sobre  los  descubrimientos 
que  los  espaiioles  hicieron  en  el  siglo  XVI  en  la  region  occidental 
de  este  continente,  en  la  parte  a  que  se  le  dio  el  noinbre  de  Nneva 
Galicia,  Reinos  y  Cacicazgos  que  contenia,  su  poblacion,  religion, 
gobierno,  lenguas,  costumbres  y  origen.  Escrita  por  el  lie.  D.  Hi 
larion  Romero  Gil. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.  Bol.,  tome  8,  pp.  474-501.    Mexico,  1860.  8°. 


GIBBS— GILBERTI.  297 

1539  Gilbert  (Grove  Karl).    Vocabulary  of  the  Arivaipa. 

In  Wheeler  (G.  M.)  Report  upon  U.  S.  Geog.  Surveys,  vol.  7,  pp.  424-465. 
Washington,  1879.  4°. 

1540  Vocabulary  of  the  Hualapai  language  of  Arizona. 

Manuscript.  23  11.  4°.  411  words.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1541  Gilbert!  (F>:  Maturino).    Dialogo  tie  la  Doctrina  cristiana  en  Len- 
gua  Tarasca :  dedicalo  al  Virey  D.  Luis  de  Velasco. 

Mexico,  1555.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

1542  Arte  en  lengua  de  Michoacan. 

Colophon : 

5  A  honra  y  gloria  |  de  nuestro  Benor  lesu  Christo,  y  de  su  ben- 
dita   |  madre:  aqui  se  acaba  el  arte  en  la  lengua  Ca-  |  stellana,  y 
en  la  leugua  de  Mechuacan:  hecha   |    por  el  niuy.  R.  padre  Fr.    nln 
Maturiuo  Gyl-  |  berti  de  la  orde  del  Seraphico  padre  sant  Fra  | 
cisco:  con  la  qual  se  podran  aprouechar  della  |  todos  los  que  pre- 
tendieren  apreuder  la  |  lengua  de  Mechuacan :  y  tambien  |  podra 
seruir  para  los  indios  de  |  Mechuacan  para  apren-  |  der  la  leugua 
Castella-  |  na.    acabose  de  iinprimir  a  ocho  de  |  Octubre  de  1558.  | 

Anos.  |  * 

8°.  Italic  lettering.  The  whole  of  signature  A  is  missing,  including  the  title- 
page. 

Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  113.  The  Ramirez  Sale  Cat.,  describing 
the  same  copy,  gives  the  collation  as  171  numbeied  11.  ;  colophon  and  table  2 
11.  12°,  and  adds:  wants  title  and  about  20  11. 

1543  f  Thesoro  Spiritual  en  Lengua  |  de  Mechuaca,  en  el  ql  se 

contiene  la  doctriua  |  xpiana  y  ofones  pa  cada  dia,  y  el  exaine  d  la 
co  |  ciecia,  y  declaracio  ft  la  missa.    Copuesto  por  el  |  R.  p.  fray 
Maturino  Gilberti,  de  la  orde  del  se  |  raphico  padre  saut  Francisco. 
Afio  de  1558.  • 

This  title  is  under  the  Episcopal  seal  of  Sr.  Montnfar.     8°.     Roman  lettering. 

I  have  seen  no  mention  of  this  Thesoro  Espiritnal,  which  is  seventeen  years 
anterior  to  the  Thesoro  spiritual  de  pobres  (No.  116  of  the  Apuntes),  nor  do  I 
know  qf  any  other  copy  than  the  one  described,  which  belongs  to  Sr.  D.  J.  M.  de 
Agreda. 

Title  and  not*  communicated  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta. 

1544  Thesoro  spiritual  de  j  pobres  en  legua  de  Michuaca:  Diri- 

gida  |  al  niuy  Illustre  y.  R.  Sefior  Don  |  Fray  loan  de  Medina  Riii- 
con  Electo  dignissimo  Obispo  j  de  la  dicha  Prouincia.  |  Por  el  mny. 
R.  Padre  Fray  Maturino  |  Gilberti  de  la  orde  de  los  menores.  |  [A 
picture  of  Calvary.]' 

En  Mexico.  |  Con  liceucia,  por  Antonio  de  Spinosa.  |  1575.  |        » 

Ll.  1-302.  8°.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apnntes,  No.  116. 

"The  rarity  of  this  valuable  work  is  extreme.  It  is  not  less  important  from 
a  philological  point  of  view  than  from  a  bibliographical  oue,  for  it  must  ever 
remain,  with  the  author's  other  works  on  the  same  language,  authorities  for  the 
Tarasca  language,  in  relation  to  which  there  are  so  few  printed  works,  ancient 
or  modern. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 


298  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Gilbert!  (Fr.  Maturino) — continued. 

1545  5  Vocabulario  |  en  lengua  de  |  Mecbua  |  can.  |  Compvesto 

por  el  |  reuerendo  padre  Fray  |  Maturino  Gilbert!  |  de  la  orde  del 
sera  |  pliico  padre  |  saut  Fran  |  cisco.  |  Fue  visto  y  examinado  |  y 
con  licencia  impresso.  |  Dirigido  al  muy  |  Illustre  y  reueredissimo 
Se  |  nor  Do  Vasco  de  Quiro-  |  ga  Obispo  de  Medina  |  can.    Aiio  de. 
1559.  | 

4°.  Title.  LI.  2-79  contain  the  Taraaca-Spanish  part  In  two  columns;  11.80-87 
contain:  "unos  verbos  .  .  .  &  los  quales  algunos  han  querido  llainar  rayzes  .  .  . 
y  no  log  he  querido  poner  en  el  arte  porque  es  materia  muy  dificultosa."  One 
blank  leaf  follows,  and  then  the  title  of  the  second  part: 

<[  Aqui  comienga  el  Vocabulario  |  en  la  lengua  Castellana  y  | 
Mechuacana.    Compuesto  por  el  muy  Benerendo  |  padre  Fray  Ma 
turino  Gylberti  de  la  orden  del  Se  |  raphico  padre  Saut  Fran 
cisco.  |  * 

This  is  followed  by  an  engraving  of  St.  Francis,  and  around  it.  these  words: 
Signasti  domine  seruum  |  tuum  Franciscus  sig  |  nis  redemptionis  uostre.  [ 

Below  the  engraving  is  the  verse :  Indorum  nimia  te  fecit  prole  parentem,  &c. 

180  11.  Spanish-Tarasca.     At  the  end,  on  one  unnumbered  leaf: 

5  A  honrra  y  gloria  de  nuestro  Se-  |  nor  lesu  Christo,  y  de  su  ben- 
dita  madre  la  virgen  Maria,  |  aqui  sc  acaba  el  Vocabulario  en  len 
gua  de  Mecuuacau  |  y  Castellano:  becho  y  copilado  por  el  muy. 
B.  Pa-  |  dre  Fray  Maturino  Gylberti,  de  la  orden  del  Se-  |  raphico 
padre  Sant  Francisco.  Fue  impresso  6  |  casa  de  luan  Pablos  Bres- 
sano,  con  licencia  |  del  Illustrissimo  Senor  don  Luys  de  Ve  |  lasco, 
Visorrey  y  Capitan  general  en  |  esta  nueuaEspaua  ]>or  su  Mage  | 
stad.  Y  assimesmo  con  licficia  |  del  muy  yllnstre  y  Eeue-  |  rendis- 
simo  Senor  do  |  Alonso  de  Mou-  |  tufar  Ar§obis  |  po  desta  |  grande 
ynsigue  y  muy  leal  ciudad  A  \  Mexico.  Acabose  de  irnprimir  |  a 
siete  dias  del  mes  de  |  Setieuibre  de  |  1559.  |  Afios.  |  * 

On  the  reverse  we  read  some  Latin  lines:  in  laudum  authoris,  and  a  note  in 
Tarasco. 

Not  seen ;  title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  115,  with  corrections  furnished 
me  by  that  gentleman  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

1546  ^Dialogo  de  Doctrina  |  Christiana  en  la  lengua  ft  Mechu- 

aca.     Hecho  |  y  copilado  de  muchos  libros  de  sana  doctri-  |  na,  por 
el  muy  Eeuerendo  padre  Fray  Ma-  |  turino  Gylberti  de  la  orden 
del  seraphico  Pa  |  dre  sant  Fracisco.   Trata  de  lo  que  ha  de  saber  | 
creer,  hazer,  dessear,  y  aborrecer,  el  Christia-  |  no.    Va  pregun- 
taudo  el  discipulo  al  Maestro,  j 

Followed  by  a  title  in  Tarasco.  Folio;  Gothic  letters;  preliminaries  in  Ro 
man,  11.  i-ccxcv ;  1.  ccvi  is  duplicated,  and  11.  ccv-ccxii  are  repeated.  On  the 
reverse  of  1.  ccxliv  is  an  inscription  in  Tarasco,  and  another  on  the  reverse  of 
ccxcv.  Another  numbering  follows:  1-25 ;  on  the  reverse  of  1.  22  we  read  : 

1"  A  horra  y  gloria  it  nuestro  Senor  lesu  Xpo  |  y  de  su  bendita 
madre  la  virgen  Maria,  aqui  se  acaba  el  libro  llamado  dia  |  logo  de 
doctrina  Christiana  en  lengua  de  Mechuacan :  hecho  y  copila-  |  do 


AR.VM 


CQ^ocabuterio 

en  Jenguadc 

Alcchua 
can  jk 

COMPVESTOPOR.E&    * 
reucrendo  padre  Fray 
•Maturino  Gilbert! 
dejaprdcdelfera 
phico  Padre 
fant  Fran 
ctfco. 
j^^  Fue  vilto  y  examfnado 

y  con  Iicencfa  impreflTo. 

DIR'IG/DO  A7,    MVY 

Illuftre  y  reuerediJTitno  Se 

iiorDd  VafcodeQuiro- 

ga  Obifpode  Alechua 

can.Ano.de.f  555^, 


1545.— FAC-SLMILE  OF  TITLE-PAGE  OP   OILBERTl'S  VOCABULARIO. 


ITDIALOGO  DE  DOCTRINA 

Chrifiianajcnla  lengua  d*  Mcchuaca.Hecho 
ycopiladodc  muchoslibros  <Jelana  doftri 
ndjpordmuyReu<rendo  padre  Fray  Ma- 
nulnoGylberadeiaoraen  delferaphko  Pa 
dre  fant bridfco.  1  rata  ddo  quc ha  defabrr  ^ 
creer^hazer^defTear^y  aborrccer,  cl  Chnftia- 
oot  Va  prcguntando  d  dflcipuio  al  Macibo. 

tingahaca  Dialogo  anngani,ycbbbca bi- 
i  tata  the  co/irrq  fray 


ctfcotatat  Teparinenfo  an 
*yietitJVla  burtngt* 
rm  curamar'iban 
ttptri  bum- 

Aa  bureniabfeti  mdyc- 


l~J/k 
'Trffl 

'  *  tfS 

v>          rf    ^ 


154C. — FAC-S1MILR   OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF  GII.BERTl'8  DIALOGO. 


GILBERTI GILDER.  299 

Gilbert!  (Fr.  Maturino) — continued. 

de  muchos  libros  de  sana  doctriua  por  el  muy.  R.  P.  Fray  Ma-  |  tu- 
rino  Gylberti  de  la  orden  del  seraphico  padre  Saut  Francis  |  co :  el 
qual  fiie  visto  y  exauiinudo  por  el  muy  lleuerendo  |  padre  Fray 
Alonso  de  la  Veracruz,  maestro  en  sancta  |  Theologia  y  provincial 
de  la  orden  del  Sefior  Sant  |  August  in.  Fue  impresso  en  casa  de 
Juan  Pa-  |  bios  Bressano,  con  licencia  del  Illustrissi-  |  mo  Seiior 
Don  Luys  de  Velasco  Vi-  |  sorrey  y  Gapitan  general  en  esta  nu  | 
eua  Espafia  por  su  Magestad.  |  Y  assimesmo  con  licencia  |  del  muy 
lllustre  y  lie  |  uerendissimo  Se  |  fior  dou  A15  |  so  de  Mo  |  tufar.  | 
Ar§obispo  desta  grande  yusigue  y  |  muy  leal  ciudad  de  Mexico. 
A  |  cabose  de  imprimir  a  xv.  di  |  as  del  mes  de  lunio  de  |  1559. 
Afios.  j  ig<  |  * 

The  six  pages  remaining  are  occupied  with  the  table  of  subjects  and  notes  in 
Tarasco. 

Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  114. 

1547  Cartilla  para  los  Niuos  en  Lengua  Tarasca.  Imp.  en  Me"- 

gico  1559.  y  corregida  se  reimprimio  en  1575. 

It  begins  thus :  ,,Cheinendo  oasirequa  acha  hurendahperi,  care  noz  an"  andih- 
mapirini,  ysquire  naugatezan  cuiripeui  aripiringa  hurendaui  ,, Cartilla,  hinguix 
yamendo  Christianoecha  hiuibo  nndahaca  hurenquareni." — Beristain. 

"I  have  not  seen  the  edition  of  1559.  The  reprint  of  1575  must  be  that  which 
is  included  in  the  Thesoro  Espiritual  de  Pobres,  printed  in  the  same  year.  At 
least  the  Cartilla  begins  there  with  the  same  words  quoted  by  Beristain." — Icaz- 
balcfta. 

1548 Evangelios  en  Tarasco.  * 

Manuscript.  224  11.  8°. 

A  precious  manuscript  in  the  writing  of  the  very  learned  P.  Gilbert!.  It  con 
tains,  up  to  leaf  17,  a  series  of  Scripture  texts  in  Latin,  with  the  version  in  Ta 
rasco  following  each,  appropriate  to  the  title  of  each  Thema.  The  first  of  these 
is  entitled:  Para  que  so  oiga  la  voz  del  Sefior.  Beginning  with  the  3d,  they  all 
.  have  the  name  of  voices :  Voz  ail  credulos  et  iucredulos;  Voz  ad  iufructuosos; 
Voz  ad  charitatinos  et  incharitatiuos,  etc.,  and  there  are  ten  of  tljese  voices.  On 
the  reverse  of  page  17  begins  a  new  series  of  texts  in  alphabetic  order,  which 
extends  to  the  reverse  of  page  76,  and  these  are  preceded  only  by  the  word 
Thema.  The  five  following  leaves  are  blank.  On  the  81st  is  given  the  be 
ginning  of  the  Evangelios  de  los  Santos,  which  is  finished  on  the  118th  leaf. 
On  the  two  succeeding  leaves,  and  in  a  different  writing,  is  the  theme  appropri 
ate  to  the  Feast  of  St.  Francis,  and  from  the  121st  nearly  to  the  end,  which  is 
not  complete,  are  the  Evangelios  Dominicales  de  todo  el  afio,  preceded  by  a 
short  Auiso  to  preachers,  signed  by  the  author.  Excepting  this  Auiso  and  the 
Latin  texts,  the  whole  is  in  Tarasca,  in  very  clear  and  beautiful  lettering. 

Title  and  description  from  El  Museo  Mexicano,  vol.  3,  p.  436.     Mexico,  184-1. 8°. 

1549  Gilder  (William  H.)  Schwatka's  Search  |  Sledging  in  the  Arctic  in 
quest  of  |  the  Franklin  records  |  By  |  William  H.  Gilder  |  Second 
in  Command  |  With  maps  and  illustrations  | 

New  York  |  Charles  Scribner's  Sons  |  743  and  745  Broadway  | 
1881  |  BA.  WE. 

Pp.  iii-xvi,  1-316.  8°. 


300  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Gilder  (William  H.)— continued. 

Iniiuit  Philology,  pp.  299-316,  contains,  pp.  299-307,  general  remarks  on  Iho 
Esquimaux  language  and,  pp.  308-316,  a  glossary  which  "comprises  all  tho 
words  in  general  use  in  conversation  between  the  na'ives  and  traders  in  Hudson 
Bay  and  Cumberland  Sound,"  alphabetically  arranged. 

1550 Innuit  Philology.      How  Esquimaux  Talk  with   White 

Men.    The  Old  Language  and  the  New.     Useful  Glossary  of  a 
Strange  Tongue.  J\VP. 

In  New  York  Herald,  No.  16219,  Monday,  January  17,  1881. 
Vocabulary  of  about  450  words  of  the  Eskimo   of   Greenland  collected  by 
Mr.  Gilder  while  with  the  "  Schwatka  Expedition."    This  vocabulary  reprinted 
with  a  few  additions  in  Schwatka's  Search. 

1551  The  Chuckchees.    Some  Account  of  the  Strange  Customs 

of  a  Primitive  Tribe.     A  Eace  without  Religion.     Superstitious  and 
Medicine  Men.  .  .  .  How  Babies  are  Brought  Up.     Hot  ten  Walrus 
and  Fish.     Revolting  Viands  Which  Constitute  Their  Daily  Food. 
Peaceful  and  Kindly  Though  Filthy.  » 

In  New  York  Herald,  July  31,  1882.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 
Contains  vocabulary,  6(i  words,  of  Chuckchee  and  English. 

Gilfillan  (Joseph  Alexander). 

See  O'Meara  (Rev.  James  D.) 

1552  Gilg  (P.  Adamo.)     Vocabulario  de  las  Lenguas  Eudeve,  Piina  y 
Serls.  * 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Beristain. 

1553  Gilij  (Abate  Filippo  Salvadore).     Saggio  |  di  Storia  Americana  | 
o  sia  |  storia  naturale,  civile,  e  sacra  |  Ue  regni,  e  delle  provincie 
Spagnuole  di    Terra-ferma  |  nell'  America  meridionals  |  desciitta 
dall'  Abate  |  Filippo  Salvadore  Gilij  |  E  consecrata  alia  Santita  di 
N.  S.  |  Papa  Pio  Sesto  |  Felicemente  Regnante  |  Tomo  I  [-IV].  | 

Roma    MDCCLXXX    [-MDCCLXXXIV]    [1780-1 784 J.  |   Per 
Luigi  Perego  Erode  Salvioni  |  Stampator  Vaticano  nella  Sapien.'a  | 
Con  Licenza  de'  Superiori.  |  c. 

4' vols.  8°.     Each  of  the  four  volumes  has  a  special  title,  the  third  being  :is 
follows :     "  Delia  religioiie,  e  delle  liugue  degli  Orinochesi,  c  di  altri  Americani," 
-     xvi,  430  pp.  8°.     1783. 

Appendice  II,  Delle  piti  celebri  lingne  Americaue.  Delia  lingua  Aitina  [S. 
Domingo],  pp.  220-228;  Delia  lingua  Mcssicana,  pp.  228-233;  Delia  lingua  Al- 
gonchina,  ed  Hurona,  pp.  26T>-272 ;  Cataloghi  di  alcuue  lingue  Americano  per  fame 
il  confronto  tra  loro,  e  con  queste  del  nostro  emisero,  pp.  355-357;  Hurona,  ed 
Algonchina,  pp.  384-385. 

1554  [Giorda  (Rev.  J.),  8.  J.}    A  |  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Kalispel  or  Flat- 
head  Indian  Language,  |  compiled  by  the  |  Missionaries  of  the  So 
ciety  of  Jesus  |  Part  I  |  Kalispel-English.  | 

St.  Ignatius  Print.  Montana.  |  1877-8-9.  j  c.  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-C44  8°,  and  appendix  as  follows : 


GILDER — GOMEZ.  301 

Giorda  (Rev.  J.),  S.  J. — continued. 

1555  — Appendix  |  to  the  |  Kalispel -English  Dictionary.  |  Com 
piled  by  the  |  Missionaries  of  the  Society  of  Jesus  | 

St.  Ignatius  Print,  Montana.  |  — 1879 —  |  c.  JWP. 

2  p.  ll.,pp.  1-.J6.  8°. 

The  Appendix  is  composed  entirely  of  verbal  conjugations. 

The  work  is  copyrighted  by  Rev.  J.  Giorda,  S.  J.,  as  author  and  proprietor. 
But  fifty  copies,  I  think,  were  printed  and  but  few  have  found  their  way  into  the 
trade. 

1556  A  |  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Kalispel  or  Flat-head  Indian  Lan 
guage,  |  compiled  by  the  |  Missionaries  of  the  Society  of  Jesus  | 
Part  II.  |  English-Kalispel.  | 

St.  Ignatius  Print,  Montana.  |  1877-8-9.  |  JWP. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-456.  .8°. 

1557 Lu  |  tel  kaimintis  holinzuten  |  kuitlt  smii  mii.  |  Some  Nar 
ratives,  From  the  Holy  Bible,  in  Kalispel.  |  Compiled  by  the  |  Mis 
sionaries  of  the  Society  Of  Jesus.  | 

St.  Ignatius  Print,  Montana.  |  1879.  |  c.  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-140,  1-14.  8°. 

1558 Szmime"ie-s  Jesus  Christ.  |  [Cross.]  A  Catechism  |  — of 

the  —  |  Chrisitan  Doctrine  |  —  in  the  —  j  Flat-Head  or  Kalispel 
Language  |  composed  by  the  |  Missionaries  of  the  Society  of 
Jesus.  | 

St.  Ignatius  Print,  Montana.  |  1880  |.  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-4").  8°. 

Girard  (Just),  pseud. 
See  [Roy  (I.  J.)] 

Gladstone  (W.  S.),J>. 
See  L aiming  (C.  M.) 

1559  Gomara  (Francisco  Lopez  de).  Historia  |  de  las  Conquistas  |  de  | 
Hernaiido  Cortes,  |  escrita  en  Espauol  |  por  |  Francisco  Lopez  de 
Gomara,  |  traducida  al  Mexicano  y  aproba<la  por  vmladera  |  por 
D.  Juan  Bautista  de  San  Anton  Munou  |  Chimalpain  Quauhtle- 
huanitzin,  |  Indio  Mexicano.  |  Publicala  |  Para  instrnccion  de  la 
juveutud  |  nacional,  con  varias  notas  y  |  adiciones,  |  Carlos  Maria 
de  Biistaniante.  |  [Quotation,  six  lines.]  |  Tomo  I?  [-11°]  | 

Mexico:  Iroprenta  de  la  testamentaria  de  Ontiveros.  Afio  de 
1820.  |  A.C. 

2vols.:lp.l.,pp.i-xiii,l-315;  1  p.l.,pp.  1-187, 1  1.,  pp.  1-39,  Index  2 11.  sm.4°. 

De  las  letras  do  MfSxico,  tomo  1,  p.  165;  El  uiodo  de  eontar  [numerals  1-20 
in  Mexican],  tomo  1,  p.  165;  Names  of  the  mouths,  days,  years,  &c.,  in  Mexican, 
tomo  1,  pp.  166-169,  178-192;  Calendario  Indiauo  Tulteco,  tomo  1,  pp.  193-211. 

1500  Gomez  (Fr.  Francisco).  Vanos  Opusculos  sobre  la  inteligencia  de 
la  Lengua  Megicaua.  * 

Title  from  Beristaiu. 


302  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

1561  Gonzalez  (Fr.  Antonio).    Traduccion  de  el  Catbecismo  castellano 
del  P.  M.  Geronimo  de  Ripalda  de  la  Compafiia  de  Jesus,  en  el 
idioma  Mixteco.    Por  ej  R.  P.  Fr.  Antonio  Gonzales  del  Orden  de 
Predicadores,  Cura  de  la  Doctrina  de  Nocbistlan,  y  Prior  del  Con- 
vento  de  Cuilapa,  con  vn  resumen  curioso  de  los  principales  iniste- 
rios  de  nuestra  Catbolica  fee,  y  el  modo  de  administrar  el  Viatico  a 
los  Naturales  en  dicbo  idioma.  Dedicalo  a  su  querida  Madre  la 
Santa,  muy  docta,  y  exemplarissima  Provincia  de  Oaxac. 

Con  licencia  de  los  Superiores  en  la  Puebla  en  la  Imprenta  de  la    /i 
viuda  de  Miguel  de  Orttega.    Afio  de  1719  * 

56  unnumbered  II.  8°.    Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  118. 

1562  Cathecismo  y  explicacion  de  la  Doctrina  Cbristiana.   Com- 

puesto  por  el  P.  Geronymo  de  Ripalda,  de  la  Sagrada  Compafiia  de 
Jesus.     Y  traducido  en  Lengua  Mixteca.    Por  el  M.  R.  P.  Fr.  Anto 
nio  Gonzales,  del  Sagrado  Orden  de  Predicadores,  Miuistro  Mixteco, 
y  Cura  de  la  Casa  de  Nbcbistlan.    Tiene  afladido  los  Mysteries  ne- 
cessarios,  de  necessitate  medi  para  el  comun  de  los  Indies,  y  la 
forma  de  dar  el  viatico  a  los  Enferinos.     Dedicalo  a  su  querida 
Madre  la  Santa  Provincia  de  Oaxaca.  Orden  de  Predicadores. 

Reinipresso  en  la  Puebla,  en  la  Imprenta  de  la  Viuda  de  Miguel 
de  Ortega.  En  el  Portal  de  las  flores.  Aiio  de  1755.  * 

9  p.  11.,  pp  1-38.  4°. 

The  approvals  and  licenses  are  dated  1719:  this  and  the  word  "reimpreso" 
makes  me  believe  that  this  is  anew  edition  of  the  former  number  (118),  but  I  have 
not  been  able  to  compare  the  two  books  in  order  to  assure  myself  of  it. — Icazbal- 
ceta'a  Apvntes,  No.  119. 

1563  [Gonzalez  (P.  Diego  Pablo).]     Manual  |  para  administrar  |  a  los  In 
dies  |  del  idioma  Cabita  |  los  santos  |  Sacramentos,  |  segun  la  re- 

}  13    forma  de  NK.  SS.  PP.  |  Paulo  V.  y  Urbano  VIII.  |  Compuesto  | 
por  un  Sacerdote  de  la  Compafiia  de  Jesus,  |  Missionero  en  las  de 
la  Provincia  |  de  Zyualoa.  |  Sacalo  a  luz  |  la  piedad  del  Alferez  D. 
Sebastian  Lopez  |  de  Guzman,  y  Ayala.  |  Y  lo  dedica  |  al  Gloriosis- 
simo  Patriarca  Seller  |  S.  Josepb.  | 

Impresso  en  Mexico;  con  las  licencias  necessa-  |  rias,  en  la  Im 
prenta  Real  del  Superior  Gobierno  |  de  Dona  Maria  de  Ribera,  en 
el  Empedradillo.  |  Afio  de  1740.  |  * 

13  p.  11.,  pp.  1-164,  2  unnumbered  11.  8°.  Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No. 
42,  where  no  author  is  given.  Brassenr  do  Bourbourg  puts  it  under  Gonzalez, 
and  says:  "The  name  of  the  author  is  mentioned  only  on  the  last  leaf.  It  is 
strange  the  editor  omitted  it  from  the  title."  Beristain  also  puts  it  under  the 
same  author. 

1564  Gonzalez  (Fr.  Jaciuto).    Instituciones  gramaticales  para  aprender 
con  facilidad  y  perfeccion  la  Lengua  Megicana.  * 

Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  Conveuto  principal  de  la  Merced,  Mexico. — 
Beristain. 


GONZALEZ GOOD.  303 

15G5  Good  (Her.  John  Booth).     The  Homing  and  Evening  Prayer,  |  And 
•he  Litany,  |  With  Prayers  and  Thanksgivings,  |  translated  into 
the  |  Neklakapamuk  |  Tongue,  |  for  the  use  of  the  Indians  of  the  | 
St.  Paul's  Mission,  |  Lytton,  British  Columbia.  |  [By  Rev.  J.  B. 
Good,  S.  P.  G.  Missionary.] 

Victoria,   B.  C.  |  Printed  by  the  St.  Paul's  Mission  Press.  | 
1878.  |  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  1  1.,  pp.  1-48.     Outside  title,  printed  cover,  reads  as  follows: 
The  Morning  and  Evening  Prayer,  |  And  the  Litany,  |  Also  Prayers  and 
Thanksgivings,  |  with  |  Office  for  the  Holy  Communion,  and  |  Select  Hymns.  | 
Trani-lated  into  the  |  Xeklakapamuk  Tongue  |  for  the  use  of  the  Indians  of  the  | 
St.  Paul's  Mission,  |  Lytton,  British  Columbia.  | 

Victoria,  B.  C.  |  Printed  by  the  St.  Paul's  Mission  Press.  |  187&  | 
Morning  and  Evening  Prayer,  pp.  1-33 ;   Administration  of  the  Lord's  Supper, 
pp.  34-48. 
Pp.  34-48  of  this  work  are  also  issued  .as  a  separate  pamphlet  as  follows : 

1566  The  Office  for  the  Holy  Communion  |  translated  into  the  | 

Neklakapainuk  |  Tongue,  |  for  the  use  of  the  Indians  of  the  |  St. 
Paul's  Mission,  j  Lytton,  British  Columbia.  | 

Victoria,  B.  C.  |  Printed  by  the  St.   Paul's  Mission  Press.  | 
1878.  |  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  1 1.,  pp.  32-48.  8°.  Outside  title,  printed  cover,  reads  as  follows : 

The  |  Office  for  the  Holy  Communion,  and  |  Select  Hymns.  |  Translated  into 
the  |  Neklakapamnk  Toagne,  |  for  the  use  of  the  Indians  of  the  |  St.  Paul's  Mis 
sion,  |  Lytton,  British  Columbia.  | 

Victoria,  B.  C.  |  Printed  by  the  St.  Paul's  Mission  Press.  |  1878.  | 

1567  The  |  Office  for  Public  Baptism  |  and  the  Order  of  Con 
firmation,  |  with  |  Select  Hymns  and  Prayers  |  translated  into 
the  |  Neklakapanmk  |  or  |  Thompson  Tongue  |  for  the  use  of  the 
Indians  of  the  |  St.  Paul's  Mission,  |  Lytton,  British  Columbia.  | 

(  By  aid  of  the  Venerable  Society  for  Promoting  Christian   | 
Knowledge.)  | 

Victoria:  |  B.  C.,  |  Printed  by  the  8.  Paul's  Mission  Press  ( S.  P. 
C.  K.)  |  Collegiate  School.  |  1879.  |  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  pp.  1-32.  8°. 

1568  Offices  for  the  |  Solemnizat[i]on  of  Matrimony  |  the  |  Visi 
tation  of  the  Sick,  |  and  |  the  Burial  of  the  Dead.  |  Translated  into 
the  |  Xitlakapamuk  |  or  |  Thompson  Indian  Tongue,  j  By  J.  B. 
Good,  S.  P.  G.  Missionary,  Yale- Lytton.  |  By  aid  of  a  Grant  from 
the  Ven.  Society  for  Promoting  |  Christian  Knowledge.  | 

Victoria,  B.  C.  |  Printed  by  the  St.  Paul's  Mission  Press,  ( S.  P. 
C.  K.)  |  Collegiate  School,  1880.  |  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  pp.  1-15. 12°. 

1569  A  Vocabulary  |  and  |  Outlines  of  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Nit- 

lakapamuk  |  or  |  Thompson  Tongue,  |  (The  Indian  language  spoken 


304  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Good  (Eev.,,lohn  Booth) — continued. 

between  Yale,  Lillooet,  |  Cache  Creek  and  Nicola  Lake.)  |  Together 
with  a  |  Phonetic  Chinook  Dictionary,  |  Adapted  for  use  in  the 
Province  of  |  British  Columbia.  [  By  J.  B.  Good,  S.  P.  G.  Mission 
ary,  Yale-Lytton.  |  By  aid  of  a  Grant  from  the  Right  Hon.  Super 
intendent  of  Indian  |  Affairs,  Ottawa.  | 

Victoria,:  |  Printed  by  the  St.  Paul's  Mission  Press,  (S.  P.  C.  K.  |  ) 
0.  K.)  |  Collegiate  School,  1880.  |  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  pp.  3-46. 12°.     Outside  title  has  a  slightly  different  imprint,  as 
follows : 

Victoria,  B.  C. :  |  Printed  by  the  St.  Paul's  Mission  Press,  (S.  P.  C.  K.)  |  Col 
legiate  School,  1880.  | 

1570  [Goodrich  (Samuel  Griswold).]    The  Manners,   Customs,  |  and  | 
Antiquities  of  the  Indians  |  of  |  North  and  South  America:  |  by  the 
Author  of  |  Peter  Parley's  Tales.  | 

Boston:  |  J.  E.  Hickman.  |  12  School  Street.  |  [1844.]  * 

Pp.  1-336,  plates.  16°.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

The  23d  Psalm  in  the  Massachusetts  Indian  language  (from  Eliot),  pp.  261- 
262;  Chippewa  song,  with  translation,  pp.  263-264. 

1571  Gordon  (Thomas).     Indian  names,  with  their  signification. 

In  Barber  (J.  W.)  and  Howe  (H.)     Historical  Collections  of  the  State   of 
New  Jersey,  p.  512.     New  York,  1845.  8°. 

Gore  (Capt.) 

See  Cook  (Capl.  J.)  and  King  (Capt.  J.) 

1572  Gorman  (Rev.  Samuel  P.)     Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  people  of 
Laguna,  collected  by  Rev.  Samuel  P.  Gorman,  missionary,  Pueblo 
of  Laguna,  N.  M. 

In  Morgan  (L.   H.)     Systems  of  Consanguinity   and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°. 

1573  Gospel.    The  |  Gospel  according  to  John,  |  translated  into  the  | 
Choctaw  Language.   |  Vbanumpa.  |  Chani  vt  holissochi  tok,  | 
Chahta  auumpa  isht  a  toshowa  hoke.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  | 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster;  |  1845.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-95  8°. 

1574  Gospel  according  to  St.  John  in  the  Mikmak  Language. 

London:  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  1854.  * 

Title  from  Bagster's  Bible  of  Every  Land. 

1575  Gospel  according  to  St.  John  in  the  Cree  (of  Ruperf  s  Land) 

Language.  1855. 

12°.     Title  from  Qnaritch's  Cat.,  1879. 


GOOD GOSPEL.  305 

Gospel — continued. 

1576  The  |  Gospel  according  to  Luke,  |  translated  into  the  | 

Choctaw  Language.  |  Vbanuinpa.  |  Luk  vt  holissochi  tok,  |  Chahta 
auumpa  isht  a  toshowa  hoke.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  | 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1845.  |  BA. 

127  pp.  8°. 

1577  The  Gospel  |  according  to  |  Luke.  |  Translated  into  the 

Cherokee  Language.  |  [Two  lines  in  Cherokee  characters.] 

Park  Hill.  |  Mission  Press:  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1850.  |  ABS. 

134  pp.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1578  The  Gospel  according  to  |  Saint  Luke.  |  In  Mikmak.  | 

Printed  for  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  by  |  Isaac  Pit 
man,  Bath.  |  1850.  |  C. 

Pp.  1-148.  16°.     In  phonetic  characters. 

1579 The  Gospel  according  to  Mark.     [One  line  Cherokee  char 
acters.] 

Colophon : 

Cherokee  Nation,  Baptist  Mission  Press.  c. 

No  title-page.  28  pp.  12°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1580  : —  [The  Gospel  of  Mark,  in  the  Cherokee  Language.]  c. 

No  title-page.  56  pp.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1581  [The  Gospel  of  Mark,  in  the  Cherokee  Language.]        ABS. 

No  title-page.  70  pp.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1582  The  |  Gospel  according  to  Mark,  |  translated   into  the  | 

Choctaw  Language.  |  Fbanumpa.  |  Mak  vt  holissochi  tok,  |  Chahta 
anumpa  isht  a  toshowa  hoke.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  | 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1845.  |  BA.  ABC. 

Pp.  1-73.  8°. 

1583 The  |  Gospel  according  to  St.  Matthew.  |  LSH.  JWP. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  3-32.  8°.     Parallel  columns,  Chippewa  and  English. 
See  Mesah  oowh.     See  Minuajimoiiin. 

1584 The  |  Gospel  according  to  Matthew,  |  translated  into  the  | 

Choctaw  Language.  |  Fbanumpa  |  Mahhifltholissochitok.  Chahta 
auumpa  isht  atoshowa  hoke.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1842.  |         BA.  ABC.  c. 
Pp.  1-198.  12°. 

1585  The  |  Gospel  according  to  Matthew,  |  translated  in  to  the  | 

Choctaw  Language.  |  Fbanumpa  |  Mahlurtholissochitok,  |  Chahta 
anumpa  isht  a  toshowa  hoke.  |  Second  Edition.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Hoard  of  Commissioners  for  | 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1845.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-115.  8°. 

20  Bib 


306  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Gospel — continued. 

1586  Gospel  of  St.  Matthew  in  the  Cree  Language. 

Church  Missionary  Society  1852. 

Title  from  Bagster's  Bible  in  Every  Land. 

1587  The  Gospel  |  according  to  Saint  Matthew,  |  in  the  Mic- 

mac  Language.  |  Printed  |  for  the  Use  of  the  Micmac  Mission  |  by 
the  British  and  Foreign  |  Bible  Society.  | 

Charlottetown :  |  Printed  by  G.  F.  Hazard.  |  1853.  |  ABS. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-118.  16°. 

1588  Gospels.     The  |  Gospels  |  according  to  |  St.  Matthew,  St.  Mark,  St. 
Luke,  |  and  |  St.  John,  |  translated    into  the  Language  |  of  |  the 
Esquimaux  Indians,  |  ontheCoastof  |  Labrador;  |  by  the  |  Mission 
aries  |  of  the  |  Unitas  Fratrnin ;  or,  United  Brethren.  |  Residing  | 
at  Nain,  Okkak,  and  Hopedale.  |  Printed  |  for  the  use  of  the  Mis 
sion,  |  by  |  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  W.  M'Dowall,  Pemberton  Eow,  Gough 
Square.  |  1813.  |  JWP.  ABS.  c. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-416. 13°.  The  work  does  not  contain  the  Gospel  of  John.  The 
Report  of  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  vol.  1,  gives  the  title :  The 
Four  Gospels  in  Esquimaux.  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  1811  &  1813. 
Bagster's  Bible  of  Every  Land  says  John  was  published  in  1810,  the  remaining 
three  in  1813. 

See  Tamedsa  in  present  catalogue  for  the  former. 

1589  Gospels  and  Epistles  in  the  Greenland  language. 

Copenhagen.    1848. 

744  pp.  16°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary  ;  note  to  No.  22853. 

1590  Gospels  and  Epistles  in  the  Mixteca  language.  * 

"Two  versions  of  the  Gospels  and  of  the  Epistles  are,  however,  said  by  Le 

Long  to  have  been  made  in  Misteco,  a  language  likewise  spoken  in  the  State  of 
Oajaca.  The  first  version  was  made  by  Benedict  Ferdinand,  who  flourished  about 
A.  D.  1568 ;  and  the  second  version  by  Arnold  ;i  Bosaccio.  It  is  doubtful  whether 
either  of  these  versions  are  extant."— Bagster's  Bible  of  Ecery  Land. 

1591  Graah  (Wilhelm  August).    Undersogelses-Reise  |  til  |  Ostkysten 
af  Gronland.  |  Efter  kougelig  Befaling  udfyrt  |  i  Aarene  1828-31  | 
af  W.  A.  Graah,  |  Capitain-Lieutenant  i  Soe-Etaten.  | 

Kiobeuhavn.  |  Trykt  has  J.  D.  Qvist,  i  det  Christensenske  Offl- 
cin.  |  Ostergade  Nr.  53.  |  1832.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xviii,  1-216.  4°.  map. 

Botanisk  og  zoologiske  Gienstande.  Planter  Pattedyr,  Fugle  og  Fiske,  hvilke 
forlkomme  paa  0stkysten  af  Gr0nland,  App.  2,  pp.  191-105. 

1592 Narrative  of  an  Expedition  |  to  the  |  East  Coast  of  Green 
land,  |  sent  by  order  of  the  King  of  Denmark,  |  in  search  of  |  the 
lost  colonies,  |  under  the  command  of  |  Captn  W.  A.  Graah,  of  the 
Danish  Royal  Navy,  |  Knight  of  Daunebrog,  &c.  |  Translated  from 
the  Danish,  |  by  |  the  late  G.  Gordon  Macdougall,  F.  H.  S.  N.  A.,  | 
for  the  |  Royal  Geographical  Society  of  London.  |  With  the  |  origi 
nal  Danish  chart  completed  by  the  Expedition.  | 


GOSPEL — GRANT.  307 

Graah  (Wilhelm  August) — continued. 

London:  |  Johu  W.  Parker.  West  Strand.  |  M.  DCCC.  XXXVII 

[1837].  |  C. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-199.  8°.  map. 
Greenland  names  of  Mammalia,  Birds,  and  Fish,  Appendix  B,  pp.  178-180. 

1593  Gramatica.    Gramatica  Mexicana,  Modo  facil  y  breve  para  apren- 
der  el  Idioma  Mexicano.  * 

Manuscript.  Cent,  xviii.  12°.     Title  from  tbe  Fischer  Sale  Cat. 

1594  Gramatica  Mexicana,  Metodo  facil  y  Breve  en  Idioma 

Mexicano.     Modo  de  Escribialo  y  Pronunciato.  * 

Manuscript.  Cent,  xviii.  4°.     Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  1934. 

1595  Gramatica  y  Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Mexicana.  * 

Manuscript.  284  11.  12°.  Cent.  xvi. 

This  valuable  manuscript  is  undoubtedly  of  a  period  immediately  subsequent 
to  the  discovery  and  conquest  of  Mexico. — Fischer  Sale  Cat. 

1596  Grammar.     Grammar,  Catechism,  Sermons,  and  Religious  Poetry 
in  the  Zapoteca  Language. 

Manuscript.  Cent,  xvii,  167  pp.  4°.     Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  20.36. 

1597  Grammar  of  the  Mexican  Language,  to  which  is  added  a 

short  Catechism.  * 

Manuscript.  Cent,  xviii.  12°.     Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  1938. 

1598  Granados  y  Galvez  (Fr.  Joseph  Joaquin).    Tardes  |  Americanas:  | 
Gobierno  Geutil  y  Catolico :  |  breve  y  particular  noticia  |  de  toda 
la  Historia  Indiana:  |  Sucesos,  casos  notables,  y  cosas  ignoradas, 
desde  la  |  entrada  de  la  Gran  Nacion  Tulteca  a  esta  tierra  |  de 
Anahuac,  hasta  los  presentes  tiempos.  |  Trabajadas  |  por  un  Indio, 
y  un  Espauol.  |  Sacalas  a  Luz  |  El  M.  R.  P.  Fr.  Joseph  Joaquin 
Granados  |  y  Galvez,  Predicador  general  de  Jure,  ex-Deflni-  |  dor 
de  la  Provincia  de  Michoacan,  y  Guardian  que  ftie  |  de  los  Conveu- 
tos  de  Xiquilpan,  Valladolid,  Itio-  |  verde,  y  Custodio  de  todas  sus 
Missiones,  |  y  las  dedica  |  al  Excmo.  Sr.  D.  Joseph  de  Galvez,  | 
Caballero  de  la  Eeal  distinguida  Ordcn  de  Car-  |  los  III.,  del  Con- 
sejo  de  Estado,  Gobernador  del  |  Supremo  de  las  Indias,  y  Secre- 
tario  del  Des-  |  pacho  universal  de  ellas.  | 

Mexico:  En  la  uueva  Impreuta  Matritense  de  D.  Felipe  |  de 
Zufiiga  y  Ontiveros,  calle  de  la  Palma.  aiio  de  1778.  |  A.  0. 

36  p.  11.,  pp.  1-540.  4°. 

Names  of  mouths,  days  of  the  month,  Theogony,  etc.,  in  Mexican,  with  inter 
pretation,  pp.  57-69 ;  Ode  of  Netzahualcoyotl  in  Otoini,  pp.  90-91 ;  Otomi  numerals 
1-100,  p. 131. 

1599  Grant  (W.  Colquhoun).     Description  of  Vancouver  Island.    By  its 
first  Colonist,  W.  Colquhoun  Grant,  Esq.,  F.  R.  G.  8.,  of  the  2nd  Dra 
goon  Guards,  and  late  Lieut.-Col.  of  the  Cavalry  of  the  Turkish 

Contingent. 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  27,  pp.  268-320.     London,  n.  d.  8°. 
Numerals,  1-100,  of  the  Macaw  or  Nitteenat,  and  Tsclallum,  p.  295. 


308  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

1600  Gravier  (Rev.  James).    Dictionary  of  the  Illinois  Language.         * 

Manuscript.  Mentioned  by  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull,  in  his  Forty  Algonkiu 
Versions  of  the  Lord's  Prayer,  p.  99.  In  a  note  on  the  Illinois  version  of  the 
prayer,  printed  by  Bodoni,  1806,  "ex  MS.,"  Dr.  Trumbull  says:  "A  copy  of  this 
version,  evidently  from  the  same  original,  was  communicated  to  Dr.  John  Pick 
ering  in  1823  as  from  a  MS.  grammar  and  dictionary  of  the  Illinois  language. 
The  MS.  may  have  been  that  of  Father  Boulanger,  missionary  to  the  Illinois  in 
1721.  The  version  is  more  probably  that  of  Father  James  Gravier,  S.  J.,  mission 
ary  from  1687  to  1706,  who  'was  the  first  to  analyze  the  language  thoroughly 
and  compile  its  grammar,  which  subsequent  missionaries  brought  to  perfection.' 
I  have  recently  had  the  good  fortune  to  discover  the  long-lost  dictionary  of 
Gravier,  with  additions  and  corrections  by  his  successors  in  the  Illinois  Mission, 
and  by  its  aid  I  am  enabled  to  correct  some — though  not  all — of  the  errors  of 
Bodoni's  copy." 

Dr.  Shea  (History  of  Catholic  Missions,  1855,  p.  415,  note)  had  mentioned  the 
fact  that  "a  catechism  and  dictionary  [by  Gravier]  were  extant  some  years 
since,  but  seem  to  have  perished." 

Of  the  manuscript  dictionary  mentioned  by  Dr.  Trumbull,  he  gives  me  the 
following  description : 

"It  is  a  stout  volume  in  quarto  or  small  folio,  the  leaf  measuring  11£  by  8J 
inches.  It  has  been  bound,  but  is  now,  and  probably  for  many  years  has  been, 
without  its  covers.  It  has  lost  the  first  two  or  three  leaves  at  the  beginning, 
and  perhaps  as  many  at  the  end,  and  a  few  other  leaves  have  been  somewhat 
injured  by  mice.  There  remain  293  leaves  (586  pages),  which  average  about  38 
lines  to  the  page,  indicating  a  total  of  about  22,000  words.  The  arrangement  is 
Illinois-French  (not  French-Illinois).  The  dialect  is  that  of  the  Peorias  (Peoua- 
ria),  readily  distinguished  from  the  Miami-Illinois  by  the  use  of  r  for  Miami  I. 
Occasionally,  however,  words  and  phrases  are  introduced  which  are  marked  as 
'Miami.'  The  manuscript  is  very  neat  and  legible.  The  handwriting  and  the 
orthography,  in  my  opinion  and  in  that  of  French  scholars  who  have  inspected 
it,  show  that  it  was  written  before  or  not  many  years  after  the  beginning  of  the 
18th  century ;  certainly,  I  should  say,  not  later  than  1710.  If  so,  it  cannot  have 
been  the  work  of  the  Rev.  Jos.  I.  Le  Boulanger,  whose  connection  with  the  Illi 
nois  Mission  has  not  been  traced  before  1719.  On  nearly  every  page,  however, 
there  are  additions,  corrections,  or  explanations  in  at  least  two  later  and  distinct 
hands ;  but  these  are  not  more  frequent  than  two  or  three  to  the  page  on  the 
average. 

"Throughout  the  work  references  are  made  to  another  volume  or  volumes, 
which  contained  a  grammar,  lists  of  radicals,  names  of  animals,  plants,  medi 
cines,  etc. 

"I  conclude  that  this  dictionary  was  compiled  by  Gravier,  though  I  cannot 
positively  say  that  it  is  in  his  autograph,  and  that  the  additions  and  emenda 
tions  were  made  by  his  successors  in  the  mission,  some  of  them,  perhaps,  by  Le 
Boulanger. 

"The  French-Illinois  dictionary,  discovered  by  the  late  Hon.  Henry  Clay  Mur 
phy  (see  the  Historical  Magazine,  vol.  3,  pp.  227,  228;  New  York,  1859),  which 
Dr.  J.  G.  Shea  proposed  to  edit,  and  which  was  unfortunately  lost  about  1865, 
may  have  been  the  French-Illinois  counterpart  of  the  Illinois-French  dictionary 
,  of  Gravier,  or  may  have  been  a  transcript  of  that  counterpart  revised  and  com 
pleted  by  Le  Boulauger ;  but  from  the  article  above  cited  it  appears  that  Mr. 
Murphy's  manuscript  was  in  the  .Miami-Illinois  dialect,  while  the  earlier  work  I 
have  described  is  unquestionably  in  that  of  the  PeoMaria-Illiuois,  among  whom 
Gravier  labored.  Mr.  Murphy  (to  whom  I  showed  the  volume  here  described) 
believed  it  to  be  of  earlier  date  than  the  counterpart  (French-Illinois),  which 
disappeared  from  his  office-desk  about  1865,  after  the  first  form  of  it  had  been 
printed  by  Dr.  Shea.  (See  No.  2230.)" 


GRAVIER — GUADALAXARA.  309 

1601  Green  (J.  S.)  Extracts  from  the  report  of  an  exploring  tour  on 
the  north-west  coast  of  North  America  in  1829,  by  Eev.  J.  S. 
Green.  LgH. 

In  Missionary  Herald,  vol.  26,  pp.  34:5-345.     Boston,  n.d.  8°. 

Contains  remarks  on  the  languages  of  the  above  locality,  and  a  few  examples 
of  (he  language  of  the  Queeu  Charlotte  Island  language  compared  with  the  jar 
gon  of  the  traders. 

1G02  Greenleaf  (Moses).  Indian  Names  of  some  of  the  Streams,  Islands, 
&c.,  on  the  Penobscot  and  St.  John  Eivers  in  Maiue:  furnished  by 
Moses  Greenleaf,  Esq. 

In  Am.  Soc.,  First  Ann.  Kept. ,  pp.  49-53.     New  Haven,  1824.  8°. 

1603  Grijelmo  (Fr.  Domingo).    Sermones  en  Lengua  Zapoteca,  de  mucho 
uso  entre  los  Misioneres.  » 

The  P.  Fray  Domingo  Saenz  de  Miera,  Dominican  of  Oajaca,  possessed,  in  the 
year  1746,  a  manuscript  volume  by  Grijelmo,  entitled : 

1604  -        -  Sesenta  y  siete  Textos  de  la  Santa  Escritura  explicados 
moralmente  en  Leugua  Zapoteca.  * 

The  firnt  of  these  texts  is:  Quasi  &,  facfe  colnbri  fuge  peccatum;  and  the 
last :  Nemo  potest  venire  ad  me,  nisi  Pater  meus  traxerit  eum. — Berintain. 

1605  Groenlandsk  A  B  D  Bog. 

Kjobenhavn, 1760.  * 

8°.    Title  from  Ludewig.     For  reprint,  see  Kattitslomarsut. 

1606  Grossman  (Capt.  Frederick  E.)     Some  Words  of  the  Languages 
of  the  Pimo  and  Papago  Indians  of  Arizona  Territory. 

Manuscript.  80  pp.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

English-Pimo  and  Pimo-English,  alphabetically  arranged.  Accompanied  by  a 
few  grammatic  notes,  and  three  stories  with  interlinear  English  translation. 
Collected  at  the  Gila  River  Reservation,  during  1871. 

1607  Guadalaxara  (P.  Thomas  de).     Compendio  del  Arte  de  la  Lengna 
de  los  Tarahumares,  y  Guazapares.    Dedicado  a  la  Reyna  de  los 
Angeles  Maria  Santis8ma  Virgen  siempre  Madre  de  Dios,  Puris- 
sima,  y  Seiiora  Ntiestra.    Dirigido  al  Key  nuestro  Senor  Carlos  II 
Patron  Defensor,  y  Propagador  de  Nuestra  Santa  Pee  Catholica 
Eornana  en  este  Nuevo  Orbe,  y  agora  nuevameute  en  las  gentili- 
dades  de  la  Nueva  Vizcaya.     Compuesto  por  el  Padre  Thomas  de 
Guadalaxara  Missionero  de  la  Compania  de  lesus.    Contiene  cinco 
libros  de  la  Gramatica,  vn  Vocabulario,  que  comienza  en  Tarabu- 
mar,  y  otro  en  Castellano,  y  otro  de  nombres  de  parentesco. 

Con  Licenzia  en  la  Puebla  de  los  Angeles  por  Diego  Fernan 
dez  de  Leon.  Aiio  de  1683.  * 

11  p.  11.,  11. 1-35.  8°.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  ISO. 

The  copy  described  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  was  that  in  the  library  of  Sr.  Ramirez. 
The  sale  catalogue  of  that  gentleman's  books  describes  it  as  follows:  Title, 9 
p.  11.,  text,  folios  1-35  (wants  end) ;  2  woodcut  figures  ;  and  wood-cut  of  the  arms 
of  Spain,  coarsely  executed.  An  excessively  rare,  if  not  unique,  grammar  of  the 
Tarahumar  language,  apparently  quite  unknown  to  bibliographers. 


310  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Guadalaxara  (P.  Thomas  de.) — continued. 

1608  Arte  general  de  diferentes  Idiomas  de  los  Indies  bar- 

baros. 

P.  Oviedo  makes  mention  of  this  work  in  his  Menologio,  and  adds  that  P. 
Guadalajara  died  on  the  6th  of  January,  17-20,  at  the  Mission  of  San  Gerouimo 
Huexotilan,  in  ancient  Tarahumara. — Berintain. 

1609  Guen  (Hamon).    lontaterihonniennitakSa  |  ne  |  KariSiioston  Tei- 
eiasontha,  |  ne  Eoiatouserisou  aSennishete  keuha,  |  ou  |  Instruc 
tion  sur  la  Foi  Catholique,  |  par  M.  H.  Guen,  Ancien  Missionaire.  | 
[Three  lines  quotation.] 

Tiotiake-Moiitreal :  |  Tehoristorarakon  John  Lovell.  |  1870.  |    GB- 

Pp.  1-23.  1G°.    In  the  Iroquois  Language. 

M.  Hamon  Guen  died  at  the  Lake  of  the  Two  Mountains,  in  1761,  aged  74,  after 
passing  more  than  50  years  among  the  Indians,  now  at  the  Mission  Sault  and 
Re'collet,  now  at  that  of  the  Lake  of  the  Two  Mountains.  The  above  is  the  only 
work  by  this  venerable  missionary  which  has  been  printed.  I  have  changed 
such  terms  as  have  fallen  into  disuse,  and  modified  the  orthography. — Extract 
from  a  letter  from  Father  Cuoq. 

1610  Guerena  (Fr.  Marcos).    Via  Crucis;  6  modo  de  hacer  las  Estacio- 
nes;  en  Lengua  de  los  Indies  del  Norte.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

1611  Guerra  (Fr.  Joan).    Arte  |  de  la  Lengua  Mexicana  |  segun  la  acos- 
tumbran  hablar  los  Indies  en  todo  |  el  Obispado  de  Guadalaxara, 
parte  del  de  |  Guadiana,  y  del  de  Mechoacau.  |  Dispuesto  |  por 
orden  y  mandate  de  N.  M.  E.  P.  |  Fr.  loseph  de  Alcaras,  Pre-  | 
dicador,  Padre  de  la  Santa  Provincia  de  Zacate-  |  cas,  y  Ministro 
Provincial,  de  esta  Santa  Provin-  |  cia  de  Santiago  de  Xalisco,  y 
por  el  Eeverendo  |  y  Venerable  Difinitorio  de  ella  en  |  Capitulo 
Intermedio.  |   Dedicado  |  a  la  Santa  Provincia  de  Santiago  de 
Xalisco,  |  Por  el  E.  P.  Fr.  Joan  Guerra,  Predicador,  y  Difinidor 
actual  de  dicha  |  Provincia.  | 

Con  licencia,  en  Mexico,  por  la  Viuda  de  Fran-  |  cisco  Eodriguez 
Lupercio,  en  la  puente  |  de  Palacio,  afio  de  1692.  | 

8  p.  11.  Arte,  11.  1-27;  Vocabulario,  11.28-49;  Instruccion  para  administrar 
los  Sacramentos,  11.  49-C2;  Index,  1 1.  8°. 

Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  121. 

1612  Arte  de  la  Leugua  megicana  segun  el  Dialecto  de  los  Pue 
blos  de  la  Nueva  Galicia. 

M4gico  por  Lupercio,  1699.  * 

4°.  Title  from  Beristaiu.  Ludewig  quotes  it,  same  date.  Pimentel  gives  it 
the  date  of  1669. 

1613  Guerra  (Jos6  Maria).     Pastoral  del  Ilustrisimo  Senor  Obispo,  di- 
rigida  a  los  Indigenes  de  esta  diocesis. 

Merida  de  Yucatan,  impreso  por  Antonio  Petra,  1848.  * 

8  pp.  4°.  In  the  Maya  language.  A  pastoral  letter  addressed  by  this  bishop 
to  the  rebel  Indians. — lirasseur  de  liourbontrg. 

1614  Guevara  (P.  Jose").    Sermones  Megicanos.  * 

Manuscript.    Title  from  Beristain. 


GUADALAXARA — GUEVARA.  311 

1615  Guevara  (Fr.  Juan).     Doctrina  Cristiana  en  Leiigua  Huasteca.     * 

Printed  in  Mexico  as  is  affirmed  by  P.  Juan  Cruz  in  his  dedication  to  his  Cate- 
cismo  Iluasteco. 

Conceruing  this  work,  Sr.  Icazbalceta  writes  me  as  follows:  Beristain  mentions 
this  work,  but  omits  the  date  of  the  edition  which  is  given,  at  least  approximately, 
in  the  dedication  of  the  Doctrina  in  the  same  language,  printed  by  P.  Juan  de 
la  Cruz  in  1571.  I  say  approximately  as  the  expression  of  P.  Cruz  is  "se  impri- 
mi6  en  la  sede  vacante  del  afio  do  1548,"  that  is  to  say,  in  that  of  Sr.  Zumarraga 
which  began  in  that  year  and  lasted  to  the  year  1553. 

1616  Guevara  (Fr.  Miguel  de).     I  6  S.    Arte  Doctrinal  i  modo  G1.  para 
aprender  la  leugua  Matlaltzinga  Para  administration  de  los  saiietos 
sacramentos  asi  para  confessar  cassar  i  Pnedicarla  con  la  Diffinicion 
de  sacramentis  y  demas  cossas  necessarias  para  Ablarla  i  enteu- 
derla  For  el  modo  mas  ordinario  y  versado  comun  ig'.m*".  para  no 
ofuscarse  en  su  inteligencia.    Hecho  y  ordenado  For  el  Padre  Fray 
Miguel  de  Guevara  Ministro  Prsedicador  i  Operario  Euangelico  en 
las  tres  lengnas  <i  G'.mente  corren  Mexicana,  tkarasca  y  Matlalt 
zinga  en  esta  Prouiucia  de  Michbuacau.     Prior  actual  delconuento 
de  stiago  athatzithaquaro.    Afio  de  1638. 

Original  manuscript.  4°.  Title  and  dedication  "  a  los  Pcs  estudiantes  Matlal- 
zingos";  lines  by  the  author,  4  11. ;  Arte,  62  11. 

Declaracion  y  Modo  de  mostrar  el  Ministro  la  doctrina  Chris 
tiana  y  para  examinar  a  los  Naturales  la  Quaresma  y  quando  los 
prsescentan  para  coutraher  Matriinonio  como  esta  dispuesto  &c. 

1911. 

Suma  de  Sacramentis.  Edita  planse  et  distinctre  declarata.  Per 
patrem  Fratrem  Micha«lem  A  Guevara  Sacne  Ordinis  Heremitarum 
Diui  Aurelij  Augustini  &c. 

53  11.,  which  include  the  Confesonario. 

Declaracion  literar  conforme  a  la  letra  de  los  Euagelios  y  Epis- 
tolas  desde  la  primera  dofiica  del  Aduiento  y  Pasquas  .... 
Traduccido  cou  forme  al  dialogo  del  P.  Pe.  fr.  Maturino  Gilberti, 
buelto  en  la  lengua  Matlalzinga  For  Orden  del  Pe.  fr.  Miguel  de 
Gueuara  Ministro  Praedicador  en  las  Tres  lenguas  Mexicana  tha 
rasca  y  Matlaltzinga.  Afio  de  1634. 

131  11.,  table,  811. 

Para  el  Rosario  de  nra  seuora. 

1311. 

Apocalipse  del  Benerable  S".  Gregorio  Lopes  de  felis  recordacioa 
.  .  .  .  Traducidp  For  el  Pe.  F.  Miguel  de  Gueuara  Prior  de 
sHiago  Udameo. 

63  11.     The  last  part  is  in  Spanish. —Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  122. 

This  has  been  printed,  in  part,  as  follows: 

1617  Arte  Doctrinal  y  modo  general  para  aprender  la  lengua 

Matlaltzinga,  para  la  administration  de  los  Santos  Sacrameutos, 
asi  para  confesar,  casar  y  predicar  con  la  definicion  de  Sacraineutis 
y  deinas  cosas  uecesarias  para  hablarla  y  entenderla,  por  el  modo 


312  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Guevara  (Fr.  Miguel  D.) — continued. 

mas  ordinario  y  versado  comun  y  generalmente  para  no  ofuscarse 
en  sn  inteligencia.  Hecho  y  ordenado  por  el  padre  Fr.  Miguel  de 
Guevara,  Ministro  [&c.]  Ano  de  1638. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  tomo  9,  pp.  197-260.     Mexico,  1863.  8°. 

Grammar,  pp.  198-245;  Doctrina  Cristiana,  pp.  245-252;  Modos  y  Tiempos  del 
verbo,  pp.  253-260. 

This  last  is  from  the  manuscript  of  Father  Diego  de  Basalenqiie,  and  was 
inserted  to  supply  the  deficit  caused  by  the  loss  of  thirty-nine  pages  of  the  orig 
inal  manuscript  of  Guevara. 

This  article  was  probably  also  issued  separately,  as  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg 
gives  the  title  and  adds  the  imprint:  [Mexico,  imprenta  de  Vicente  Garcia  Tor 
res,  1862],  8  preliminary  pages,  and  64  pp.  Grammar. 

1618  Arte,  Vocabulario  y  Manual  de  la  Lengua  Piriuda.  * 

Manuscript  in  the  Convent  of  Charo. — Berletain. 

1619  Guide  to  the  Province  of  British  Columbia  for  1877-8,  compiled 
from  the  latest  and  most  authentic  sources  of  Information,  includ 
ing  the  various  Prize  Essays  on  the  Province,  Government  Eeports, 
etc.    Also  a  Dictionary  of  the  Chinnook  Jargon,  the  Indian  Trade 
Language  of  the  North  Pacific  Coast.    Part  1.  Chiunook  English. 
Part  2.  English  Chinnook. 

Victoria  (B.  C.)  1877.  » 

8°.     Title  from  bookseller's  catalogue. 

1620  Gutnrie  ( Rev.  H.  A.)     Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Otoe ;  collected 
by  Rev.  H.  A.  Guthrie,  at  the  Otoe  Mission,  Kansas. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity,  and  affinity  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°. 

1621  Gutip  okausisa  ilait.  » 

64  pp.  8°.  Bible  quotations  for  school  use  in  the  Eskimo  language.  Title 
from  a  Greenland  missionary,  through  Prof.  Rink. 

Guzman  (Fr.  Diego  de  Galdo). 

See  Galdo  Guzman  (Fr.  Diego  de). 

1622  Guzman  (Fr.  Pantaleon  de).     Compendio  de  nombres  en  Lengua 
Cakchiquel,  y  Significados  de  verbos  por  Imperativo  y  Acusativo 
recipricos:   En  doce  Tratados,  por  el  Pe.  Predicador  F.  Pantaleon 

ACTIONS.  de  Guzman,  Cnra  Doctrinero  por  el  Real  Patronato  desta  Doctrina, 
y  Curato  de  Santa  Maria  de  Jesus  Pache;  en  20  dias  del  mes  de  Oc- 
tubre,  de  1704aiios.  * 

Manuscript.  336  pp.  sm.  4°. 

1623  Doctriua  Christiana  y  dos  Romances  al  Nacimiento  de 

Christo,  etc.  * 

The  only  known  works  of  Guzman  are  the  above,  of  which  the  originals  are 
in  the  possession  of  the  author  of  this  Monograph. — Squier. 

Gylberti  (Fr.  Maturino). 
See  Gilbert!  (Fr.  Maturino). 


GUEVARA — HAKLUYT.  313 

1624  Haedo  (D.  Francisco).    Gramdtica  de  la  Lengua  Otoini,  y  m6todo 
para  coufesar  a  los  Indies  en  ella.  * 

Printed  for  the  second  time  in  Mexico,  1731.  8°. — lierislain. 

1625  Hagen  (Carl).     Naparsimassugdlid  |  atuartagagssait.  |  uugterdlu- 
git  kavdluuait  nakorsaisa  agdlagait,    |    maligtarineruvdlugit :    | 
"Thornams  Lasgebog,"  |  "Huslaegen  af  Raspai'l"  |  agdlagkat  Carl 
Hagen  uiit.  | 

Nungme.  |  Nunap  nalagata  nakiteriviane  nakitat,  |  L.  Moller 
mit.  |  1866.  I  JWP. 

Pp.  1-72.  8°.     Medical  manual  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Greenland. 

1626  Haikischika    |    ik   achukmo  otfninclii.  |  Fraud  exposed   and  de 
tected.  |  Abridged  from  Rev.  Edward  Payson,  D.  D.  | 

[Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation:  |  Mission  Press,  John  Candy  ami 
John  F.  Wheeler,  Printers.  |  1845.]  |  BA. 

No  imprint,  pp.  1-11.  12°.  In  the  Choctaw  language.  Byington,  in  his  manu 
script  dictionary,  says  it  contains  16  pp. 

1627  Hakluyt  (Richard).    The  |  principal  navi  |  gations.  voiages,  traf- 
fiqves  and  disco  |  veries  of  the  English  Nation,  made  by  Sea,  or 
ouer  land,  to  the  remote  and  farthest  di-  |  stant  quarters  of  the 
Earth  at  any  time  within  |  the  compasse  of  these  1500  yeeres.    De- 
uided  |  into  three  seuerall  Volumes,  according  to  the  |  positions  of 
the  Regions,  whereunto  |  they  were  directed.     This  first  volume 
containing  the  woorthy  Disconeries,  |  &c.  of  the  English  toward 
the  North  and  Northeast  by  sea,  |  as  of  Lapland,  Scrikfinin,  Core- 
lia,  the  Baie  of  S.  Nicolas,  the  Isles  of  Col-  |  goieuse,  Vaigatz,  and 
Noua  Zembla,  toward  the  great  riuer  Ob,  |  with  the  mighty  Empire 
of  Russia,  the  Caspian  Sea,  Geor  |  gia,  Armenia,  Media,  Persia,  Bo- 
ghar  in  Bactria,  |  and  diuers  kingdoms  of  Tartaria:  Together  with 
many  notable  monuments  and  testimo  |  nies  of  the  ancient  forreu 
trades,  and  of  the  warrelike  and  |  other  shipping  of  this  realme  of 
England  in  former  nges.  |  Whereunto  is  annexed  also  a  briefe  Com- 
mentarie  of  the  true  |  state  of  Island,  and  of  the  Northern  Seas  and  | 
lands  situate,  that  way.  |  And  lastly,  the  memorable  defeate  of  the 
Spanish  huge  |  Armada,  Anno  1588,  and  the  famous  victorie  |  at- 
chieved  at  the  citie  of  Cadiz,  1596,  |  are  described  by  Richard  Hak 
luyt,  Master  of  |  Artes,  and  sometimes  Student  of  Christ-  |  Church 
in  Oxford.  | 

Imprinted  at  London  by  George  |  Bishop,  Ralph  Newberie  |  and 
Robert  Barker.  |  1598.  |  JCB. 

3  vols.,  each  with  its  own  title-page,  folio,  maps. 

Cartier  (J.)     Voyages  of  Jaques  Cartliier,  vol.  3,  pp.  201-232. 

There  are  two  earlier  editions  of  Hakluyt's  voyages:  London,  1582,  and  ihiil., 
1580,  each  in  one  volume.  Neither  contains  Cartier's  voyages. 

1G28 Hakluyt's  |  Collection  of   the  Early  |  Voyages,  Travels, 

and  Discoveries,  |  of  the  |  English  Nation.  |  A  new  edition,  with 
additions.  |  Vol.  1  [-V  and  Supplement].  | 


314  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hakluyt  (Richard) — continued. 

London;  |  Printed  for  E.  H.  Evans,  26,  Pall  Mall;  J.  Mackinlay, 
Strand;  |  and  R.  Priestley,  Holborn.  |  1809  [-1812].  |  BA.  o. 

5  vols.  4°,  and  supplement. 
Cartier  (J.)     [Voyages  of  Jacques  Cartier],  vol.  3,  pp.  250-294. 

1629  Haldeman  (Samuel  Stehman).     Analytic  Orthography:  |  An  |  In 
vestigation  of  the  Sounds  of  the  voice,  |  and  their  |  alphabetic  nota 
tion;  |  including  |  the  mechanism  of  speech,    and  its  bearing  upon  | 
.Etymology.  |  By  |  S.  S.  Haldeman,  A.  M.,  |  Professor  in  Delaware 
College;  |  Member  [&c.,  six  lines]. 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippiucott  &  Co.  |  London:  Triibuer  &  Co. 

Paris:  Benjamin  Duprat.  |   Berlin:  Ferd.  Diimmler.  | 

I860.  |  BA.  JWP.  WE. 

Pp.  i-viii,  5-148.  4°. 

Lord's  Prayer,  with  interlinear  translation,  in  Cherokee  and  "Wyaudot,  and 
a  short  vocabulary  in  Kansa  and  Chippeway,  pp.  132-136. 

Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Cherokee,  Creek,  Choctaw,  Iroquois,  Wyandot,  Co- 
manche,  Waco,  Lenape  (two  versions),  Chippeway,  Penobscot,  Passamaquoddy, 
Potewatemi,  Shawanee,  Kansa,  Osage,  Eskimo,  Cape  Flattery,  Apache,  Yuuia, 
and  Chinook,  pp.  144-146. 

1630    On  the  Phonology  of  the  Wyandots. 

Iu  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  iv,  pp.  268-269.     Philadelphia,  1847.  8C. 
Wyandot  numerals,  1-10,  in  phonetic  characters,  p.  269. 

1631  On  some  Points  of  Linguistic  Ethnology :  with  Illustra 
tions,  chiefly  from  the  Aboriginal  Languages  of  America.     By  Prof. 
S.  S.  Haldeman,  A.  M. 

In  Am.  Ass.  Adv.  Science,  Proc.,  2d  meeting,  pp.  423-426.     Boston,  1850.  8°. 
Reprinted,  with  additions,  as  follows : 

1632  On  some  Points  in  Linguistic  Ethnology;  with  Illustrations, 

chiefly  from  the  Aboriginal  Languages  of  North  America.    By 
S.  S.  Haldeman,  A.  M. 

In  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sciences,  Proc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  165-178.  Boston  and 
Cambridge,  1852.  8°. 

1633  Hale  (Edward  Everett).    Kanzas  and  Nebraska:  |  The  |  History, 
geographical  and  physical  Characteristics,  |  and  political  position 
of   those  Territories;  |  an  account  of  the  |  Emigrant  Aid  Com 
panies,  |  and  |  directions  to  emigrants.  |  By  |  Edward  E.  Hale.  | 
With  an  |  original  map  from  the  latest  authorities.  | 

Boston:  |  Phillips,  Sampson  and  Company.  |  New  York:  J.  C. 
Derby.  |  1854.  |  BA.O. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-256.  12°. 
A  fow  Mamlan  and  Welsh  words  (from  Catlin)  compared,  p.  32. 

1634  Hfale]  (Horatio  E.)  Remarks  |  on  |  Some  Words  in  the  Language  | 
of  the  |  St.  John's  or  Wlastukweek  Indians.  |  By  H.  E.  H.  | 

[Cambridge,  1834.]  GB. 

Pp.  1-4.  16°. 


HAKLUYT HALE  315 

Hale  (Horatio  E.) — continued. 

1635  United  States  |  Exploring  Expedition.  |  During  theyears  | 

1838,  1839,  1840,  1841,   1842.  |  Under  the  Command  of  |  Charles 
Wilkes,  U.  S.  N.  |  Vol.  VI.  |  Ethnography  and  Philology.  |  By  | 
Horatio  Hale,  |  Philologist  of  the  Expedition.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  by  C.  Sherman.  |  1846.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xiii,  1-666.    4°.  map. 

Languages  of  Northwestern  America,  pp.  553-6T,0,  includes  general  remarks 
and  examples  of  the  lauguage  of  the: 

Tahkali-Umkwa  family,  pp.  534-535;  Kituuaha,  p.  535;  Tsihaili-Selish 
family,  pp.  535-542;  Sahaptin  family,  pp.  543-561;  Waiilatpn  family,  p.  561; 
Tshiuuk  family,  pp.  562-564 ;  S.  Kalapuya,  pp.  564-567 ;  Remarks  on  the  vocab- 
laries,  pp.  567-568. 

The  following  is  a  copy  of  Mr.  Hale's  list  of  vocabularies,  which  occupy  pp. 
569-629 : 


FAMILIES.  LANGUAGES.  DIALECTS. 

I  A.  Tahkali  (Ca 
1.  Tahkali-Umkwa IM.  Tlatskanai 


( A.  Tahkali  (Carriers). 

IB.  Tlatskanai  /«•  Tlatskanai. 

I  C.  Umkwa  (Umpqua).  '  ft'  Kwalhioqna. 


2.  Kitunaha D.  Kitunaha  (Coutanies  Flat- 
bows. 
( E.  Shushwapumsh   (Shush- 


3.  Tsihaili-Selisb 


waps,  Atnahs). 

Northern 
Branch    " 

1c.  Kullespelm  (F 
d.  Tsakaitsitlin 
„.  „„„„„..  w«,,.  u  ~™c;.      e'  Soai»«Pi  <Ket 

H.  Piskwaus  (Piscous). 

Middle 

[ 

Branch 

/.  Skwale  (Nasqually). 

i  /.  Tsihailiah. 

•  J.  Tsihailish  (C  h  i  c  k  a  i  1  i  s,  I  g.  Kwaiantl. 

Western 

Chilts). 

[k.  Kwenaiwitl. 

Branch    ' 

K.  Kawelitsk  (Couelits). 

Southern 

• 

/.-  Nsietshawus  (Killamnks)- 

Branch 

, 

ittle-falls,  ic.) 


4  Sahaptin  f-Jf.  Sahaptin  (Nez-Perces).       ,,-.  peias  (Pelooses). 

\tf.  Walawala  ( Wallawallas) . .  \  j.  Jaakema  (Takema). 

[k.  Tlakatat  (Klikatats). 
IO.  Waiilatpn  (Willetpoos, 

5.  Waiilatpn <         (Caynse). 

[p.  Molele. 

f(j.  Watlala  (Upper  Chinooks)  /'•  Watlala  (Cascade  Inds.). 
\m.  Kihaloitih  (EchelooU). 

6.  Tshinuk j  ,„  Tshinuk. 

I «.  Tshinuk  (Chinooks) j  o.  Tlatgap  (Clatsops). 

\p,  Wakaikam  (Wahkyecnms) 

7.  Kalapuya 8.  Kalapuya f  j.  Kalapyya. 

I  r.  Tnhwalati  (Follaties). 

8.  lakon T.  lakon  (Lower  Killamuks). 

9.  Lutuanii V.  Lntuami  (Tlamatl,  Clamets). 

10.  Saste V.  Saste  (Shasiies). 

11.  Palaibnih W.  Palaihnih  (Palaiks). 

f  X.  Shoshoni  (Shoshonees,  Snakes). 

12.  Shoshoni ^  y  Wihinasht  (Western  Shoshonees). 

13.  Satsikaa Z.  Satsikaa  (Blackfeet). 

14.  Kootka Kwoneatshatka. 

15. ! San  Raphael. 

IB.  Kizh San  Gabriel. 

17.  Netela San  Juan  Capestrano. 


316  NORTH   AMER  CAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hale  (Horatio  E.) — continued. 

Miscellaneous  vocabularies  as  follows: 

(1.)  Upper  Sacramento  (collected  by  Mr.  Dana),  p.  630;  (2.)  Talattii  (collected 
.      by  Mr.  Dana),  p.  631;  (3.)  Pnjuui,  (4.)  Sekumue,  (5)  Tsamak  (from  Dana),  pp. 
632-633;  (6.)  La  Soledad,  (7.)  San  Miguel,  pp.  633-634;   (8.)  Hailtsa  (from  Mr. 
A.  Anderson),  p.  634;  The  Jargon  or  Trade  Language  of  Oregon,  pp.  635-6,10. 

1636  Vocabulary  of  the  Tutelo,  with  remarks  on  the  same. 

Manuscript.  30  pp.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1637  Halftnoon  (Charles).    A  Collection  |  of  |  Muncey  and  English  | 
Hymns,    |   for  the  use  of  the  Native  Indians.  |  Translated  by 
Charles  Halftnoon,  |  Local  Preacher.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

Toronto:  |  Printed  for  the  Missionary  Society  of  the  Wesleyan  | 
Methodist  Church  in  Canada.  |  Conference  Office,  No.  9,  Welling 
ton  Buildings.  |  1842.  | 

Second  title: 

Minseeweh  |  Nuhkoomwawaukunul,  |  nuhkoomwaghtohteetij  | 
Neik  Linnaupawug.  |  Auueh  kowhwaujmoowhwaig  hungkeil  j 
Nun  Kashohweish,  |  local  preacher.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

Toronto :  |  Printed  for  the  Missionary  Society  of  the  Wesleyan  | 
Methodist  Church  in  Canada.  |  Conference  Office,  No.  9,  Welling 
ton  Buildings.  |  1842.  |  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-203,  alternate  pp.  English  and  Muncey.  24°  English  title  verso 
1.  1,  recto  blank ;  Muncey  title  recto  1.  2,  verso  blank. 

1638  A  |  Collection  of  Hymns,  |  in  |  Muncey  and  English,  |  for 

the  use  of  the  native  Indians.  |  Translated  |  By   Charles  Half- 
moon,  |  Assistant  Missionary.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

Toronto :  |  Printed  for  the  Wesleyan  Missionary  Society,  at  the  | 
Conference  Office,  80  King  Street  East.  |  1874.  | 

Second  title: 

Minseewee,  |  Loonzwaywaukunuul,  |  loonzwaghtohteedt  |  Neek, 
Linnaupaywug,  |  onnihkowhwoj  moowhwaig  hummohteedt.  |  Nun, 
Kaysholiweesh,  |  Weej  mod  Paimtoonhayleed.  |  [Two  lines  quota 
tion.] 

Toronto:  |  Printed  for  the  Wesleyan  Missionary  Society,  at  the  | 
Conference  Office,  80  King  Street  East.  |  1874.  |  jwr. 

Pp.  1-96,  1-96,  alternate  pp.  English  and  Muncey  ;  index  in  English,  pp.  97-102. 
16°.  English  title  verso  1.  1 ;  Muncey  title  recto  1.  2. 

1639  Hall  (Charles  Francis).     Arctic  Researches  |  and  |  Life  among  the 
Esquimaux:  |  being  the  |  narrative  of  an  Expedition  in  search  of  Sir 
John  |  Franklin,  |  in  the  years  1860, 1861,  and  1862.  |  By  |  Charles 
Francis  Hall.  |  With  maps  and  one  hundred  illustrations.  | 

New  York:  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers,  |  Franklin  Square.  | 
1865.  |  BA.  C. 

Engraved  title,  pp.  i-xxviii,  29-595.  8°.  map. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Esquimaux,  p.  69;  Innuit  numerals,  1-10,  p.  577. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  gives  a  title :  Life  with  the  Esquimaux :  A  Narative  of 
Arctic  Experience  in  Search  of  Survivors  of  Sir  Johu  Fraaklin's  Expedition, 


HALE HALY.  317 

Hall  (Charles  Francis) — continued.  . 

London :  S.  Low,  Son  &  Co.,  pp.  x-547.  8° ;  and  Field,  No.  640,  one :  Life  with 
the  Esquimaux:  The  Narrative  of  Captain  C.  F.  Hall,  *  •  »  discovering  some 
of  the  survivors  of  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedition  *  *  *  London:  Sampson 
Low  &  Co.  1804.  2  vols.  8°. 

Perhaps  they  are  the  same  as  the  above. 

1640  Narrative  |  of  the  |  Second  Arctic  Expedition  |  made  by  | 

Charles  F.  Hall:  |  His  Voyage  to  Repulse  Bay,  Sledge  Journeys  to 
the  Straits  of  Fury  |  and  Hecla  and  to  King  William's  Land,  | 
and  |  Residence  among  the  Eskimos  during  the  Years  1864-'69.  j 
Edited  under  the  Orders  of  the  Hon.  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  |  by  j 
Prof.  J.  E.  Nourse,  U.  S.  N.  |  U.  S.  Naval  Observatory,  |  1879.  | 

Washington :  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1879.  |  JWP. 

5  p.  11.,  pp.  i-1, 1-644.  4°.  maps. 

Besides  many  Eskimo  terms  passim,  there  are  also  in  this  work  four  lists  of 
names  of  geographic  features,  a  few  with  English  signification,  in  the  follow 
ing  localities: 

Northeast  coast  of  Fox  Channel  (50  names),  p.  354;  Too-noo-nee-noo-shuk,  or 
Admiralty  Inlet  (40  names),  pp.  355-356;  Pond's  Bay  (33  names),  p.  370;  King 
William's  Laud,  and  the  adjacent  country  (Hi  names),  p.  398. 

1641  [Hall  (Rev.  Sherman).]     Ojibwa  nugumoshang.  |  Ojibwa  Hymns.  | 

Published  by  the  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau-Street, 
New  York.  |  [n.  d.]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-7,  1-95,  alternate  pages  English  and  Chippewa.  16°.     Rev.  J.  A.  Gil-   ADI 
fillau,  an  Ojibwa  missionary,  says  these  hymns  are  not  original  translations,  but 
adapted  from  other  collections,  by  Mr.  Hall. 

1642  and  Copway  (George).    Minuajimouin  gainajimot  |  au  |  St. 

Luke.  |  Anishinabe  enuet  giizhianiktmotabim?g,  |  au  |  S.  Hall,  | 
mekfldeuikonaie;  |  gaie  au  |  George  Copway,  |  anishiuabe  gflgi- 
kueuinini.  1 

Boston  :  )  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1837.  |  BA.  MHS. 

Literal  translation. — The  good  tidings  as  he  told  it  |  that  |  St.  Luke.  |  The  In 
dian  as  he  speaks  they  have  translated  and  put  it  in  writing,  |  that  |  S.  Hall,  | 
the  one  clothed   in   black   [minister]   |  and   that  |  George   Copway,  |  Indian 
preacher  man.  | 

Pp.  1-112.  12°.     Gospel  of  Luke  in  the  Chippewa  language. 

1643 Odizhijigeuinua  |  ighi  |  Gaanoninjig.  |  Anishinabe  enuet 

anikpnotabiflng  |  au  |  Sherman  Hall  |  gaie  au  |  George  Copway.  | 
(Acts  of  the  Apostles  in  the  Ojibwa  Language.)  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1838.  |  BA.  ABC. 

Literal  translation. — Their  actions  |  those  |  who  were  hired.  |  The  Indian  as  he 
speaks  they  translate  and  put  it  in  writing  |  that  [  Sherman  Hall  |  and  that  | 
George  Copway.  | 

Pl>.  1-108.  12°. 

1644  Haly  ( — ).    A  Short  Vocabulary  in  the  language  of  the  San  Bias 
Indians. 

In  Berendt  (C.  H.)  The  Darien  Languages,  in  Am.  Hist.  Record,  vol.  3,  p. 
59.  1874.  4°. 


318  NORTH    AMERICAN     LINGUISTICS. 

Haly  ( — ) — continued. 

At  the  coast  of  San  Bias,  Mr.  Haly,  an  English  trader,  n  ho  lived  for  many 
years  in  Blewfields  (Mosquito  coast),  has  collected  in  1834  a  list  of  words  which 
has  not  yet  been  published.  I  obtained  it  from  the  Rev.  Alexander  Henderson, 
the  well-known  linguist  and  missionary  in  Belize,  who  made  his  first  entry  into 
the  mysteries  of  the  Mosquito  language  under  the  guidance  of  Mr.  Haly. — 
Berendt. 

1645  Hamilton  (A.  S.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Hayuarger  Dialect  of  the 
Tahcully,  Athapasca. 

Manuscript.  511.  folio.  180  words.    In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology . 

1646  Hamilton  (S.  M.)     Chippewa  Vocabulary. 

Manuscript.  20  pp.  folio.  1 80  words.    In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1647  [Hamilton  (Rev.  William).]     Translations  |  into  the  |  Omaha  Lan 
guage,  j  with  |  Portions  of  Scripture ;  |  also,  |  a  few  Hymns.  | 

New  York  :  |  Printed  by  Edward  O.  Jenkins,  |  20  North  William 
Street.  |  1868.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-30.   IG°. 

Scriptural  sentences  with  interlinear  translation,  pp.  7-14 ;  Exodus  xx,  pp. 
14-17 ;  Psalm  li,  pp.  12-19 ;  Lord's  Prayer,  p.  20 ;  Hymns,  pp.  20-30. 

1648  Remarks  on  the  Iowa  Language. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  4,  pp.  397-406.  Philadelphia, 
1854.  4°. 

1649  Vocabulary  of  the  Pawnee  Language. 

In  Hayden  (F.  V.)  Contributions  to  the  Ethnology  and  Philology  of  the 
Tribes  of  the  Missouri  Valley,  in  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Trans.,  new  series,  vol. 
12,  pp.  347-351.  Philadelphia,  1863.  4°. 

1650  Vocabulary  of  the  Iowa  and  Omaha. 

Manuscript.  12  11.  112  words,  oblong  folio. 

1651  Vocabulary  of  the  Omaha,  alphabetically  arranged. 

Manuscript.  3311.  4°.  These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology. 

1652  and  Irvin  (Rev.  S.  M.)      Wv-wv-kv-hse    |   e-ya  e-tu  u-na- 

ha  |  Pa-hu-cae  e-cae  |  ae-ta-was,  mv-he-hvn-yae  e-cae  |  ra  prae-tae-kae.  | 
Wv-kvn  fse — Frae-cae  j  Wv-kun-fse — Jweh-cae-ku  |  ae-wv-uu-ye  kae:  | 
wv-kxu-ta  wv-je-kae  a>ta-wa3,  |  Prae-spa-te  ra  a-na-a;-na  ha,  |  u-ke- 
cse  e-tan-ta  wv-ke-kun-foe-na-ba  |  wv  wa  ye  se-ta  wo>  o3-wcen-ye-ce  | 
pa-ce-fae-ig-ae  E.  ca3-prse-tae-kse  | 

Pa-hu-cas  Fv-kas-ku  Wv-kun-fae  ae-ta-woa  Wv-wv-kv-ho3-u-na-ha 
ae-ta-was-ta,  |  1843.  | 

Second  title : 

Aii   Elementary   Book  |  of  the  |  loway  Language,  |  with  au  | 
English  Translation.  |  By  |  Wm.  Hamilton,  and  |  S.  M.  Irviu.  j 
Under  the  direction  of   the  B.  F.  Miss,  of   the    |    Presbyterian 
Church.  |  J.  B.  Roy,  Interpreter.  | 

loway  and  Sac  Mission  Press,  |  Indian  Territory.  |  1843.  |       BA. 

101  pp.  8°. 


HALY HAMILTON.  319 

Hamilton  (Rev.  William)  and  Irvin  (Rev.  S.  M.) — continued. 

1G53  Ya-wse  |  pa-hu-cae  |  e-cae  avta-wae  |  e-tu-hce  wa-u-na-ha.  | 

Pa-hu  cae  fa-kae-ku  |  wv-kun-fae  ae-ta-wae  |  ae-wv-u-nye-kae.  |  W. 
W'kse.  L'nta.  wv'ha,  |  wv-wa-ye  ae-ta-wce  ae-wsen-ye-ce:  |  Prae- 
spa-te-ra-ya-ua-ae-na-ha.  j  "  Ya-wse  cse-kseh-ceye-ho-wvo-  ke-ya-wae- 
we-rae:  inv-ya-pro-kteye-ho- ;  wvo-ke-ya-wae-we-rae."|  W.  Y.xcvi-C.  | 

Pa-hu-cce  Fa-koe-ku  Wv-kun-fce  |  ce-ta-wce  Wv-wv-kv-hae-u-na- 
ha  |  ae-ta-wae-ta,  |  1843.  | 

Second  title  : 

Original  |  Hymns,  |  in  the  |  loway  Language.  |   By  |  the  Mis 
sionaries,  |  to  the  loway  &  Sac  Indians,  |  Under  the  direction  of 
the  |  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  |  Presbyterian  Church.  | 
[Two  lines  quotation.] 

loway  and  Sac  Mission  Press,  |  Indian  Territory,  |  1843.  | 

Pp.  1-62.  18°.     Indian  title  recto  1.  1;  English  title  recto  1.  2.  BA.  JWP. 

1654  An  |  loway  Grammar,  |  illustrating  |  the  principles  |  of 

the  |  Language  |  used  by  the  |  loway,   Otoe  and  Missouri  |  In 
dians.  |  Prepared  and  printed  |  by  |  Rev.  Wm.  Hamilton  |  and  | 
Rev.  S.  M.  Irvin.  |  Under  the  directiou  of  the  Presbyterian  B.  F.  M.  | 

loway  and  Sac  Mission  Press.  |  1848.  |  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xiv,  9-152.   16°. 

1055  The  |  loway  |  Primmer  |  composed  of  the  most  common  | 

words,  and  arranged  in  |  alphabetic  order.  |  Compileil  and  printed  | 
for  the  loway  School  |  by  |  Wm.  Hamilton  |  and  |  S.  M.  Irvin.  | 
Under  the  direction  of  the  Presbyterian  B.  F.  M  | 
loway  and  Sac  Mission  Press.  |  1849.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-8.  16°. 

1656  The  |  loway  Primmer  |  Second  Edition  |  Prepared  and 

printed  |  by  |  Wm.  Hamilton  |  and  |  S.  M.  Irvin.  |  Under  the  di 
rection  of  the  Presb'n.  B.  F.  Missions.  | 

loway  and  Sac  Mission  Press  |  1850.  |  JWP. 

1511.  16°. 

The  pagination  of  this  little  pamphlet  is  curiously  mixed.  I  have  seen  but 
one  copy  of  it,  that  in  the  library  of  Maj.  J.  W.  Powell,  and  but  infrequent  refer- 
'ences.  It  is  bound  with  the  first  edition  (q.  v.),  which  ends  with  p.  8.  The 
second  edition,  which  has  its  own  title-page,  as  above,  is  paged  12  on  reverse  of 
title,  followed  by  13  on  recto  of  1.  2,  the  verso  of  which  is  pagert  9,  followed  on 
recto  of  1. 3  by  p.  7,  verso  not  paged  ;  the  recto  of  1. 4  is  paged  9,  and  the  pagi 
nation  runs  consecutively  to  24;  the  recto  of  1. 12  is  numbered  17,  but  the  verso 
26  is  correct,  as  is  also  p.  27,  the  reverse  of  which  is  blank.  The  recto  of  the 
14th  leaf  is  numbered  21,  verso  30 ;  the  fifteenth,  recto  p.  31,  verso  p.  24. 

No  series  of  books  has  given  me  so  much  trouble  as  the  publications  in  the 
Iowa  language.  Usually  they  have  no  title-page,  nor  any  caption  in  English,  so 
that  without  a  knowledge  of  the  language  it  is  well  nigh  impossible  to  form  an 
idea  of  the  subject  matter.  They  are  sometimes  bound  with  one  work,  some 
times  with  another,  sometimes  in  whole,  sometimes  in  part. 

1657  Ce-sxs  |  wo-ra-kae-pe  ae-ta-wae,  |  Mat-fu  jE-wv-kv-hae-na- 

ha,  [  A-rae-kae.  |  BA.  JWP. 


320  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hamilton  (Rev.  William)  and  Irvin  (Rev.  S.  M.) — continued. 

No  imprint.  Pp.  1-32  (?).  16°.     The  copies  seen  were  incomplete,  coutaiuing 
but  six  chapters. 

Literal  translation. — Jesus  |  good  news  his  |  Matthew  he  who  wrote  it  |  that 
is  it.  |  Gospel  of  Matthew  in  the  Iowa  language. 

1658  We-wv-hse-kju.  JWP. 

No  imprint.  Pp.  1-29.  16°.     Catechism  in  the  Iowa  language.     The  transla 
tion  of  the  heading  is:  Some  questions. 

1659  Wv-ro-hae.  BA.JWP. 

No  imprint.  Pp.  1-24.  18°.     Prayers  in  the  Iowa  language. 

1660  Hammond  (Mrs.  L.  M.)     History  |  of  |  Madison  County,  |  State  of 
New  York.  |  By  Mrs.  L.  M.  Hammond.  | 

Syracuse:  |  Truair,   Smith  &   Co.,   Book    and   Job  Printers.  | 
1872.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-774,  1  1.  8°. 

Names  of  the  months,  and  numerals,  1-10,  in  Mohawk,  pp.  19-20;  Names  of 
the  several  degrees  of  relationship  in  the  Seneca  language,  p.  40. 

1661  Handy  (Charles  W.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Miami. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.   R.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  470-481.    Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

1662  Hanson  (John  W.)     History  |  of  |  Gardiner,  |  Pittston  and  West 
Gardiner,  |  with  a  sketch  of  the  |  Kennebec  Indians,  &  New  Ply- 
month  Purchase,  |  comprising  historical  matter  from  |  1602   to 
1852;  |  with  genealogical  sketches  of  many  families.  |  By  J.  W. 
Hanson.  |  Author  of  "History   of   Norridgewock  and   Canaan, 
Me.;"  |  "History  of  Danvers,  Mass.;"  &c.  &c.  | 

Gardiner:  |  Published  by  William  Palmer.  |  1852.  |         BA.BP.  c. 
Pp.  i-xii,  13-343.  12°. 

Various  aboriginal  names  of   places  in  Maine  and  their  significations,  pp. 
20-21. 

Hara  (Fr.  Domingo  de). 
See  Ara  (Fr.  Domingo  de). 

1663  Hardy  (Lieut.   Campbell).     Sporting  adventures  |  in  |  the  New 
World;  |  or,  |  days  and  nights  of  Moose-Hunting  |  in  |  the^ine 
forests  of  Acadia.  |  By  Lieut.  Campbell  Hardy,  |  Royal  Artillery.  | 
In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Hurst  and  Blackett,  Publishers,  |  Successors  to  Henry 
Colburn,  |  13,  Great  Marlborough  Street.  |  1855.  |  c. 

2  vols.  12°. 
A  few  terms  in  the  Micmac  dialect,  vol.  2,  p.  227,  et  seq. 

1664  Harmon  (Daniel  Williams).    A  |  Journal  |  of  |  Voyages  and  Trav 
els  |  in  the  |  Fnteriour  of  North  America,  |  between  the  47th  and 
58th  degree  of  north  latitude,  extend-  |  ing  from  Montreal  nearly 
to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  a  distance  |  of  about  5,000  miles,  including  an 
account  of  the  prin-  |  cipal  occurrences  during  a  residence  of  nine 
teen  |  years,  in  different  parts  of  the  country.  |  To  which  are  ad 


HAMILTON HARRIS.  321 

Harmon  (Daniel  "Williams) — continued. 

ded,  |  a  concise  description  of  the  face  of  the  country,  its  inhabi 
tants,  |  their  manners,  customs,  laws,  religion,  etc..  and  considera-  | 
ble  specimens  of  the  two  languages,  most  extensively  |  spoken; 
together  witli  an  account  of  the  priuci-  |  pal  animals,  to  be  found 
in  the  forests  and  |  prairies  of  this  extensive  region.  |  Illustrated, 
by  a  map  of  the  country.  |  By  Daniel  Williams  Harmon,  |  a  part 
ner  in  the  North  West  Company.  | 

Andover:  |  Printed  by  Flagg  and  Gould.  |  1820.  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  i-xxiii,  25-432.  83.  map. 

Names  of  the  seasons  in  the  Cree  tongue,  pp.  368-369;  Names  of  the  moons  in 
the  Cree  tongue,  pp.  369-370;  A  specimen  of  the  Cree  or  Knisteneux  tongue, 
which  is  spoken  by  at  least  three-fourths  of  the  Indians  of  the  northwest  coun 
try,  on  the  east  side  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  pp.  385-401;  Numerical  terms, 
1-1000,  of  the  Crees  or  Knisteneux,  pp.  402-40:! ;  A  specimen  of  the  Tacnlly  or  Car 
rier  Tongue,  pp.  403-412;  The  numerical  terms,  1-1000,  of  the  Tacullies,  p.  413! 

These  vocabularies  reprinted  many  times. 

1665  Harris  (Thompson  S.)    Ne  |  Hoiwiyosdosheh  Noyohdadogehdih  | 
ne  |  Saint  Luke,  |  neuonodowohga  uigawenohdah.  | 

New-York.  |  Printed  for  the  American  Bible  Society.  |  D.  Fan 
shaw,  Printer.  |  1829.  | 

Second  title  : 

The  Gospel  |  according  to  Saint  Luke,  |  translated  |  into  the 
Seneca  tongue,  |  by  T.  S.  Harris.  | 

New-York.  |  Printed  for  the  American  Bible  Society.  |  D.  Fau- 
shaw,  Printer.  |  1829.  |  BA.  ABS.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-149, 1-149,  double  numbers,  alternate  Seneca  and  English.  18°.  Seneca 
title  verso  of  1.  1 ;  English  title  recto  of  1.  2. 

1666  [Gospel  of  Matthew  in  the  Seneca  language.  About  1829.]  * 

The  gospel  of  Matthew,  translated  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Harris,  and  published  by 

the  American  Bible  Society. — Hist,  of  Am.  Missions. 

1667  [Collection  of  Hymns  in  the  Seneca  Language.]  * 

Two  small  collections  of  hymns  in  the  Seneca  language  have  recently  been 

published,  one  by  the  Rev.  T.  S.  Harris,  missionary  at  Seneca,  and  the  other  by 
Mr.  Thayer,  the  teacher  at  Cattaraugas,  aided  by  interpreters. — Missionary 
Herald,  1829. 

1668  and  Young   (J.)     Christ  |  Hagonthahninoh  |  Nonodaga- 

hyot.  | 

New- York.  |  Printed  for  the  American  Tract  Society,  |  By  D. 
Fanshaw.  |  1829.  | 

Second  title: 

Christ's  |  Sermon  on  the  Mountain.  |  Translated  |  into  the  Seneca 
Tongue,  |  by  T.  S.  Harris  and  J.  Young.  | 

New- York.  |  Printed  for  the  American  Tract  Society.  |  By  D. 
Fanshaw.  |  1829.  |  ATS. 

Pp.  1-16, 1-16,  double  numbers.  18°.     Indian  title   verso  1. 1 ;   English  title 
recto  1. 2 ;  alternate  pp.,  Seneca  and  English. 
21  Bib 


322  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1669  Harrison  (Rev.  P.)  and  Aspberry  (D.  P.)     The  |  Muskoke  Hymns.  | 
Prepared  and  Translated  by  |  Eev.  P.  Harrison  and  D.  P.  Asp- 
berry,  |  Native  Missionaries.  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  J.  Candy  and  E.  Archer,  Printers.  | 
1847.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-101.  24°. 

Includes  also  the  Ten  Commandments,  Lord's  Prayer,  and  Chief  Command 
ments. 

For  other  editions  of  Muskoki  Hymns,  see  note  to  Fleming  (J.),  No.  1:502. 

1670  The  |  Muskoke  Spelling  Book.  |  Prepared  by  |  Eev.  P.  Har 
rison  and  D.  P.  Aspberry,  |  Native  Missionaries.  |  Mvskokvlke  En 
Nakgvkvg.  | 

Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation:  |  Mission  Press:  Edwin  Archer, 
Printer.  |  1847.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-36.  24°. 

1671  [Hartgers  (Joost),  editor.]     Beschrijvinghe  |  Van  |  Virginia,  | 
Nieuw  Nederlandt,  |  Nieuw  Engelandt,  |  En  d'Eylanden  |  Bermu- 
des,  |  Barbadoes  en  S.  Christoffel.  |  Dienstelyck  voor  elck  een  der- 

^ONS,    waerts  handelende,  en  alle  voort-planten  |  van  nieuw  Colonien.  | 
Met  koperen  Piguren  verciert.  | 

't  Amsterdam,  |  By  Joost  Hartgers,  Boeck-verkooper  op  den 
Dam,  bezyden  't  Stadt-huys,  |  op  de  hoeck  vande  Kalver-straet, 
inde  Boeck-winckel,  Anno  1651.  |  * 

Pp.  1-88.  4°.  map  and  plates.  Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  5045;  Mailer's 
Catalogue,  1872,  Nos.  1069,  1089;  N.  Y.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  2d  ser.,  vol.  3,  p.  141. 

Megapolensis  (J.)  Korte  Ontwerp  van  de  Mahakuase  Indianen  in  Nieuw 
Nederlnndt,  pp.  42-49. 

1672  Harvey  (Henry).    History  |  of  the  |  Shawnee  Indians,  |  from  the 
year  1681  to  1854,  inclusive.  |  By  |  Henry  Harvey:  |  a  Member  of 
the  Religious  Society  of  Friends.  | 

Cincinnati :  |  Ephraim  Morgan  &  Sons.  |  1855.  |  A.  C. 

Pp.  i-x,  11-316.  16°. 

Penn(W.)  Letter  [etc.],  pp.  12-21. 

Contains  the  brief  vocabulary,  p.  13. 

1673  Harvey  (Simon  D.)    Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Shawnee  (Saw- 
anwakee),  collected  by  Friend  Simon  D.  Harvey,  Shawnee  Reser 
vation,  Kansas. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity,  pp.  293-382.  Washington, 
1871.  4°. 


See  Fish  (Pascal)  and  Harvey  (Simon  D.) 

1674  Hassey  (Oloardo),  translator.  De  la  Lengua  Waicura  de  la  Baja- 
California.  Traducido  del  aleinan,  de  una  obra  anonima  de  un 
Jesuita  Missionero  publicada  en  1773,  por  Oloardo  Hassey. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  segunda  epoca,  tomo  4,  pp.  31-40.    Mexico 
1872.  8°. 

El  Padre  Nuestre  en  Lengua  Waicnra,  p.  36;  El  Credo,  pp.  36-38 ;  Conjugocion 
complete  del  vcrbo  Amukisi,  Jugar,  pp.  39-40,  (from  Baegert). 


HARRISON — HAVEN.  323 

1675  Hatak  Yoslmba  |  0hlehah»t  |  Chibowa  AnukhobelaYalbbakFoy- 
uka.  |  Sinners  in  the  Hands  |  of  an  Angry  God.  |  A  Sermon  by  the 
Eev.  President  Edwards.  | 

Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation:  |  Mission  Press;  |  John  Candy  and 
John  F.  Wheeler,  Printers.  |  1845.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-25.  12°.     Appended,  pp.  26-28,  is  a  tract  entitled  "  Chihowa"  [God]. 

1676  Hatchets.    The  Hatchets,  to  hew  down  the  Tree  of  Sin,  which 
bears  the  Fruit  of  Death,  or,  The  Laws,  by  which  the  Magistrates 
are  to  punish  Offenders,  among  the  Indians,  as  well  as  among  the 
English.    Togkuukash,  tummethamunate  Matcheseongane  mehtug, 
ne  meechumuoo  Nuppooonk.     Asuh,  Wuunanmatuongash,   nish 
nashpe  Nananuacheeg  kusnunt  sasamatahamwog  inatcheseougash 
ut  keuugke  Imliausbg  netatuppe  onk  ut  keuugke  euglishmansog. 
(asuh  Chohkquog.)  * 

Colophon : 

Boston :  Printed  by  B.  Green.  1705. 

One  sheet  of  15  pp.  8m.  8°.  On  the  first  page,  the  double  title,  as  abov«,  and 
an  introduction  to  the  Laws,  beginning:  "The  Laws  are  now  to  be  declared, 
O  Indians,"  &c.  This  introduction  and  each  of  the  twenty  laws  are  followed, 
in  order,  by  the  Indian  translation.  At  the  end,  on  p.  15,  are  two  paragraphs  of 
admonition,  and  on  the  lower  half  of  the  page,  between  single  rules,  is  the  colo 
phon,  as  above.  In  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  Massachusetts. 

Title  and  note  from  Trumbull's  Books  and  Tracts  in  (he  Indian  Language, 
where  he  says  there  are  copies  in  the  libraries  of  George  Bi  iuley  and  the  Am.  Ant. 
Soc.  A  diligent  search  by  me  in  the  library  of  the  latter,  during  the  winter  of 
1878,  failed  to  bring  it  to  light. 

1677  Hathaway  (Joshua).    Indian  Names.    By  Joshua  Hathaway. 

In  Wisconsin  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  1,  pp.  116-118.     Madison,  1855.  8°. 
A  partial  list  of  aboriginal  names  of  rivers,  lakes,  &c.,  in  the  State  of  Wis 
consin. 

1678  Haumont  (J.  D.),  Parisot  (J.),  and  Adam  (Lucien).    Grammaire  et 
Vocabulaire  |  de  la  |  Langue  Taensa  |  avec  |  textes  traduits  et 
commente"s  |  par  |  J.-D.  Haumonte,  Parisot,  L.  Adam.  |  [Design.] 

Paris  |  Maisouueuve  et  Cie,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  25,  Quai  Voltaire, 
25  |  1882  |  ASG. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xix,  1-111,  and  table  1  1.  8°.  Forms  vol.  9  of  the  Bibliotheque 
Linguistiqne  Aui<$ricaine. 

Grammaire,  pp.  1-42 ;  Textes  avec  tradnction  et  commentaire  perpdtuel,  pp. 
43-54;  Caucioncro  Taensa,  pp.  55-77;  Prieres,  p.  78;  Vocabulaire  Taensa-Fran- 
cais,  pp.  79-111. 

1679  Haven  (Samuel  F.)     Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge.  | 
Archaeology  |  of  the  |  United  States.  |  Or  |  Sketches,  Historical 
and  Bibliographical,  of  the  Progress  of  |  Information  and  Opinion 
respecting  vestiges  of  |  Antiquity  in  the  United  States.  |  By  | 
Samuel  F.  Haven.  | 

Washington  City:  |  Published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  | 
July,  1856.  |  New  York:  G.  P.  Putnam  &  Co.  |  JWP. 

Printed  title  on  cover,  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-168.  4°.  Forms  portion  of  Smithsonian 
Contributions  to  Knowledge,  vol.  8. 

Languages  of  the  American  Indians,  pp.  53-72. 


324  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1680  Hawkins  (Benjamin).    A  |  Sketch  of  the  Creek  Country  |  in  1798 
and  '99.  |  By  |  Col.  Benjamin  Hawkins,  |  II.  S.  Agent  for  Indian 
Affairs.  |  With  an  introduction  and  historic  sketch  |  of  the  |  Creek 
Confederacy.  |  By  W.  B.  Hodgson,  of  Savannah,  Georgia.  | 

New  York:  |  Bartlett  &  Welford.  |  1848.  |  c. 

88  pp.  8°.     Forms  Vol.  3,  Ft.  1,  Georgia  Historical  Society  Collections. 
The  towns  on  Chat-to-ho-che,  p.  25;  The  towns  on  Coo-sau  and  Tal-la-poo-sa 
p.  25;  The  towns  of  the  Semiuoles,  p.  25;  Names  of  physic  plants. 

1681  A  Sketch  of  the  Creek  Country  with  a  Description  of  the 

Tribes,  Government,  and  Customs  of  the  Creek  Indians.    By  Colo 
nel  Benj.  Hawkins,  for  Twenty  Years  Eesident  Agent  of  that  Nation. 
Preceded  by  a  Memoir  of  the  Author  and  a  History  of  the  Creek 
Confederacy. 

Published  by  the  Georgia  Historical  Society.    Savannah.    1848.  * 
1  p.  1.,  88  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary  and  Field's  Ind.  Bib. 

1682  Vocabulary  of  the  Creek,  Chickasaw,  Cherokee  and  Choc- 
taw  languages.  * 

Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  presented  by 
Mr.  Thomas  Jefferson. 

Eight  volumes  of  manuscript  relating  to  the  Indians,  written  by  Col.  Benj. 
Hawkins,  are  in  the  possession  of  the  Georgia  Historical  Society.  Some  of  these 
contain  vocabularies. 

1683  Hawley  (Rev.)    Mohawk  Numbers,  By  Eev.  Mr.  Hawley,  of  Marsh- 
pee.    From  President  Stiles'  MSS. 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  first  series,  vol.  10,  p.  137.     Boston,  1809.  8°. 
Numerals,  1-1000,  of  the  Mohawk. 

1684  Hayden  (Ferdinand  Vande veer).    A  Sketch  of  the  Mandan  Indians, 
with  some  observations  illustrating  the  Grammatical  Structure  of 
their  Lauguage.     By  Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden. 

In  Am  Journal  Science  and  Arts,  vol.  34,  pp.  57-66.     New  York,  1862.  8°. 
Taken  in  part  from  Contributions  to  the  Ethnology  and  Philology  of  the  In 
dian  Tribes  of  the  Missouri  Valley,  q.  r.  infra. 

1685  Contributions  to  the  Ethnography  and  Philology  of  the  In 
dian  Tribes  of  the  Missouri  Valley.    By  F.  V.  Hayden,  M.  D. 

In  Am.  Fhilosoph.  Soc.,  Trans.,  new  series,  vol.  12,  pp.  231-461.  Philadel 
phia,  1863.  4°. 

Chapter  1,  Introduction,  pp.  231-234. 

Chapter  2,  Ethnographical  History,  Knisteueaux  or  Crees,  pp.  234-248. 

Chapter  3,  Blackfeet;  Ethnographical  History,  pp.  248-256. 

Chapter  4,  Remarks  on  the  Grammatical  Structure  of  the  Blackfoot  language, 
pp.  257-266. 

Chapter  5,  Vocabulary  of  the  Sik-si-k£  or  Blackfoot  language,  pp.  266-273. 

Chapter  6,  Shyennes;  Ethnographical  History,  pp.  274-283. 

Chapter  7,  Remarks  on  the  Grammatical  structure  of  the  Shyenne  language, 
pp.  283-293. 

Chapter  8,  Vocabulary  of  the  Shyeune  language,  pp.  294-320. 

Chapter  9,  Arapohos ;  Ethnographical  History  and  Remarks  on  the  Gram 
matical  Structure  of  their  language,  pp.  321-327. 


HAWKINS — HAYDEN.  325 

Hayden  (Ferdinand  Vaiideveer) — continued. 

Chapter  10,  Vocabulary  of  the  Arapoho  language,  pp.  328-339. 

Chapter  11,  Atsinas;  Ethnographical  History,  pp.  340-344;  Vocabulary  of  the 
Atsina  dialect  of  the  Arripoho  language,  pp.  344-345. 

Chapter  12,  Pawnees ;  Ethnographical  History,  pp.  345-347. 

Hamilton  (lice.  W. )    Vocabulary  of  the  Pawnee  language,  pp.  347-351. 

Chapter  13,  Aiikaras ;  Ethnographical  History,  pp.  351-356 ;  Phrases,  numerals, 
&c.,  pp.  356-358;  Vocabulary  of  the  Arfckara  dialect  of  the  Pawnee  language, 
pp.  358-363. 

Chapter  14,  Dakotas;  Ethnographical  History,  pp.  364-375;  Names  of  Dakota 
bands,  with  their  principal  chiefs,  pp.  375-376 ;  Names  of  months  or  moons,  riv 
ers,  animals,  &c.,  pp.  37G-377  ;  Vocabulary  of  the  Dakota  language,  pp.  377-378. 

Chapter  15,  Assiuiboins;  Ethnographical  History,  pp.  379-389;  Vocabulary  of 
the  Assiniboin  dialect  of  the  Dakota  language,  pp.  389-391. 

Chapter  16,  Aub-sa-ro-ke,  or  Crow  Indians;  Ethnographical  History,  pp.  391- 
395 ;  Remarks  on  the  Grammatical  Structure  of  the  Aub-si-ro-ke  or  Crow  lan 
guage,  pp.  395-401 ;  Phrases  and  sentences,  pp.  401-402. 

Chapter  17,  Vocabulary  of  the  Aub-sa'-ro-ke  or  Crow  language,  pp.  402-420. 

Chapter  18,  Minnitarces;  Ethnographical  History,  pp.  420-424;  Vocabulary 
of  the  Minnitaree  dialect  of  the  Aubsa>okee  or  Crow  language,  pp.  424-426. 

Chapter  19,  Maudans;  Ethnographical  History,  pp.  426-435. 

Chapter  20,  Observations  on  the  Grammatical  Structure  of  the  Mandan  lan 
guage,  pp.  435-439. 

Chapter  21,  Vocabulary  of  the  Mandan  language,  pp.  439-444. 

Chapter  22,  Omahas-Iowas,  or  Otos,  pp.  444-448 ;  Vocabulary  of  the  Omaha 
language,  pp.  448-452  ;  Vocabulary  of  the  Iowa  or  Oto  language,  pp.  452-456. 

This  work  was  also  issued  with  title  page,  as  follows : 

1686  Contributions  |  to  the  |  Ethnography  and  Philology  |  of 

the  |  Indian  Tribes  |  of  the  |  Missouri  Valley.  |  By  Dr.  F.  V.  Hay- 
den,  |  Member  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  of  the  Acad 
emy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  |  Philadelphia,  etc.  etc.  |  Prepared 
under  the  direction  of  Capt.  William  F.  Eaynolds,  T.  E.  U.  S.  A.,  | 
and  published  by  permission  of  the  War  Department.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  C.  Sherman  &  Son,  Printers.  |  1862.  |  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  231-461.  4°.  map. 

1687  Brief  Notes  on  the  Pawnee,  Winnebago,  and  Omaha  Lan 
guages.    By  F.  V.  Hayden,  M.  D. 

In  Am.  Fhilosoph.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  10,  pp.  389-421.     Philadelphia,  1869.  8°. 

Pawnee.  Grammatical  forms  and  phrases,  pp.  390-396;  The  Lord's  Prayer  in 
Pawnee,  pp.  396-397  ;  Vocabulary,  pp.  397-406. 

Omaha.  Grammatical  forms  and  phrases,  pp.  406-407 ;  Vocabulary,  pp.  407-411. 

Winnebago.  Grammatical  forms  and  phrases,  pp.  411-415;  Vocabulary,  pp. 
415-421. 

1688  ,  in  charge.    Department  of  the  luterior.  |  Bulletin  |  of  |  the 

United  States  |  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  |  the  Terri 
tories.  |  [F.  V.  Hayden,  in  charge.]    No.  1  [-Vol.  VI.   Number  2J.  | 

Washington :  j  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1874  [-1881J.  j  JWP. 

5  vols.  and  two  numbers  of  vol.  6.  8°.  It  was  not  the  intention  when  started 
to  make  these  Bulletins  into  volumes,  consequently  the  first  volume  is  irregularly 
paged  and  titled.  The  publication  will  be  discontinued  upon  the  completion  of 
the  sixth  volume. 


326  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hayden  (Ferdinand  Vandeveer) — continued. 

Ainslie  (Rev.  G.)    Notes  on  the  Grammar  of  the  Nez  Perec's,  vol.  2,  pp.  271-277. 
Barber  (E.  A.)    Language  of  the  modern  Utes,  vol.  2,  pp.  71-76. 

Comparative  Vocabulary  of  Utah  Dialects,  vol.  3,  pp.  533-545. 

Bells  (Rev.  M.)    The  Twana  Indians,  vol.  2,  pp.  57-114. 

1689  Hayes  (Dr.  Isaac  Israel).     The  Open  Polar  Sea ;  |  A  |  Narrative  of  a 
Voyage  of  Discovery  |  towards  the  North  Pole,  |  in  the  |  Schooner 
"  United  States".  |  By  |  Dr.  I.  I.  Hayes.  |  [Picture.] 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Hurd  and  Houghton.  |  459  Broome 
Street.  |  1867.  j  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xxiv,  1-454.     8°.  maps. 
Eskimo  names  with  meanings,  passim. 

1690  Haywood  (John).    The  |  Natural  and  Aboriginal  |  History  |  of  | 
Tennessee,  |  up  to  the  |  First  Settlements  therein  |  by  the  |  White 
People,  |  in  the  |  year  1768.  |  By  John  Haywood,  |  of  the  county  of 
Davidson,  in  the  State  of  Tennessee.  | 

Nashville :  |  Printed  by  George  Wilson.  |  1823.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-390,  i-liv.    8°. 

Lingual  Affinities  and  Hebraisms  of  the  Cherokees,  pp.  281-282;  Vocabulary 
of  the  Cherokee,  pp.  282-285. 

1691  Hazard  (Ebenezer).    Historical  Collections;  |  consisting  of  |  State 
Papers,  |  and  other  Authentic  Documents;  intended  as  materials 
for  |  an  History  of  the  |  United  States  of  America.  |  By  Ebenezer 
Hazard,  A.  M.  |  Member  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society, 
held  at  |  Philadelphia,  for  Promoting  Useful  Knowledge;  |  and  fel 
low  of  the  American  Academy  |  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  |  Volume  1 
[II].  |  [Quotation,  three  lines.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  by  T.  Dobson,  for  the  Author.  |  MDCC- 
XCII  [-M  DGO  XCIV]  [1792-1794],  |  A.  c.  T. 

2  vols. :  pp.  iv,  639,x ;  iv,654.  4°. 

Megapoleiisis  ( J. )  A  short  account  of  the  Maquaas  Indians,  in  New- 
Netherland,  vol.  1,  pp.  517-526. 

1692  Hazen  (Gen.  William  B.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Shasta. 

In  Powell  ( J.  W. )  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  607- 
613.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

1693  Vocabulary  of  the  Takilma. 

Manuscript.  6 11.  folio.    211  words. 

1694  Vocabularies  of  the  Upper  Eogue  River  Languages — Ap- 

plegate  (Umpkwa),  Takilma,  and  Shasta. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  folio.  180  words  each.     These  mnnuscripts  are  in  the  library 
of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1695  Hazlitt  (William  Carew).    The  |  Great  Gold  Fields  of  |  Cariboo;  | 
with  an  authentic  description,  brought  down  |  to  the  latest  period,  j 
of  |  British  Columbia  |  and  |  Vancouver  Island.  |  By  William  Carew 
flazlitt,  |  of  the  Inner  Temple,  Barrister-at-Law.  |  With  an  accurate 
map.  | 


HAYDEN — HECKEWELDER. 


327 


Hazlitt  (William  Carew) — continued. 

London:  |  Eoutledge,  Warne,  and  Eoutledge,  |  Farringdon 
Street.  |  New  York:  5G,  Walker  Street.  |  1862.  |  A.B. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-184.  16°.  map. 

Contains,  from  the  San  Francisco  Bulletin  of  4th  June  [n.  d.],  a  vocabulary 
of  the  Chinook  Jargon  ill  treble  columns,  pp.  177-180. 

It  is  possible  the  vocabulary  also  appears  in  the  same  author's:  British  Colum 
bia  and  Vancouver's  Island.     London,  1858.  12°. 

169G  Heaviside  (J.  T.  C.)  American  Antiquities,  or  the  New  World  the 
Old,  and  the  Old  World  the  New.  By  J.  T.  C.  Heaviside. 

London:  Triibner  &  Co.  1868.  * 

46pp.  8°.  Title  from  Sabiu's  Dictionary.  This  title,  in  one  of  Trubner's  cata 
logues,  is  put  among  the  works  on  the  Aboriginal  Languages  of  America. 

1697  Heckewelder  (John  Gottlieb  Ernestus).  An  Account  of  the  His 
tory,  Manners,  and  Customs,  of  the  Indian  Nations,  who  once  in 
habited  Pennsylvania  and  the  Neighbouring  States.  By  the  Eev. 
John  Heckewelder,  of  Bethlehem. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Trans,  of  the  Hist,  and  Lit.  Com.,  vol.  1,  pp.  1-347. 
Philadelphia,  1819.  8°. 

Chapter  ix,  Languages,  pp.  104-114,  contains  notices  of  the  Karalit,  the  Iro- 
quois,  the  Lenapi,  and  the  Floridian  languages. 

This  article  was  reviewed  by  Cass  (L.)  in  the  N.  A.  Review,  vol.  22.  pp. 
53-119.  Boston,  1826.  8°.  This  was  answered  by  Rawle  (W.)  in  Penn.  Hist. 
Soc.  Mem.,  vol.  1,  pt.  2,  pp.  238-275.  Philadelphia,  1826.  8°;  and  this  in  turn  by 
Cass  (L.)  in  the  N.  A.  Review,  vol.  26,  pp.  357-403.  Boston,  1828.  8°. 

Reprinted  as  follows: 

1693 Johann  Heckewelder's  |  evangelischen  Predigers  zu  Beth 
lehem.  |  Nachricht  |  von  der  |  Geschichte,  den  Sitten  und  Ge- 
brauchen  |  der  |  indiauischen  Volkerschaften,  |  welche  ehemals 
Pennsylvauien  und  die  benach-  |  barten  Staaten  bewohnten.  Aus 
dem  Englischen  iibersetzt  und  mit  den  Angaben  |  aiiderer  Schrift- 
steller  liber  eben  dieselben  Gegenstande  |  Carver,  Loskiel,  Long, 
Volney  vermehrt  |  von  |  Fr.  Hesse  |  evangelischen  Prediger  zu 
Nienburg.  |  Nebst  einem  die  Glaubwiirdigkeit  und  den  anthro- 
polo-  |  gischen  Werth  der  Nachrichten  Heckewelder's  |  betreffenden 
Zusatze  |  von  G.  E.  Schulze.  | 

Gottingen  |  bey  Vandenhoeck  und  Euprecht.  |  1821.  |  c. 

xlviii,  582pp.,  1  1.  8°. 

Linguistics,  pp.  158-199. 

1699 Histoire,  |  Moaurs  et  coutumes  |  des  |  Nations  Indiennes  | 

qui  habitaient  autrefois  la  Pensylvanie  |  et  les  etats  voisins;  |  par 
le  Ee"verend  |  Jean  Heckewelder,  |  Missionnaire  Morave,  |  Traduit 
de  1'Anglais  |  Par  le  Chevalier  Du  Ponceau.  | 
Paris,  |  ChezL.  DeBure,  LibrairerueGue'ne'gaud,no.27.  |  1822.  | 
Pp.  i-xii,  13-571.  8°.  C. 

Chapitre  ix.  Des  langnes.  Le  Karalit,  1'Iroqnois,  le  Lenape,  le  Floridien, 
pp.  170-188. 


IMPROVED  TITLE  IN 

AMTIOm  CORRECTIONS. 


328  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Heckewelder  (John  Gottlieb  Ernestus) — continued. 
1700 History,  |  Manners,  and  Customs  |  of  |  The  Indian  Na 
tions  |  who  once  inhabited  Pennsylvania  and  |  the  neighbouring 
states.  |  By  the  |  Kev.  John  Heckewelder,  |  of  Bethlehem,  Pa.  | 
Few  and  Revised  Edition.  |  With  an  |  Introduction  and  Notes  |  by 
the  |  Kev.  William  Reichel  |  of  Bethlehem,  Pa.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Publication  Fund  of  |  the  Historical  Society  of 
Pennsylvania,  |  No.  820  Spruce  Street.  |  1876.  | 

In  Perm.  Hist  Soc.  Memoirs,  vol.  xii,  pp.  15-348.     Philadelphia,  1876.     8°. 

Chapter  ix.  Languages,  pp.  118-127. 

1701  Words,  Phrases,  and  Short  Dialogues,  in  the  Language  of 

the  Lenni  Lenape,  or  Delaware  Indians.    By  the  Kev.  John  Hecke 
welder,  of  Bethlehem. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Trans,  of  the  Hist,  and  Lit.  Com.,  vol.  i,  pp.  450- 
464.  Philadelphia,  1819.  8°.  Reprinted  as  follows: 

1702  Words,  Phrases,  and  Short  Dialogues  in  the  Language  of 

the  Lenni  Lenape,  or  Delaware  Indians.    By  the  Rev.  John  Hecke 
welder,  of  Bethlehem. 

In  Perm.  Hist.  Soc.  Mem.,  vol.  xii,  pp.  435-442.    Philadelphia,  1876.  8°. 

1703  Names  which  the  Lenni  Lenapes  or  Delaware  Indians,  who 

once  inhabited  this  country,  had  given  to  Rivers,  Streams,  Places, 
&c.,  &c.,  within  the  now  States  of  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Mary 
land  and  Virginia;  and  also  Names  of  Chieftains  and  distinguished 
Men  of  that  Nation ;  with  the  Significance  of  those  Names  and  Bio 
graphical  Sketches  of  some  of  those  Men.     By  the  late  Rev.  John 
Heckewelder,  of  Bethlehem,  Pennsylvania.    Communicated  to  the 
American  Philosophical  Society  April  5th,  1822,  and  now  published 
by  their  order;  revised  and  prepared  for  the  press  by  Peter  S.  Du 
Ponceau. 

Iu  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Trans.,  new  series,  vol.  4,  pp.  351-396.  Philadelphia, 
1834.  4°. 

Letter  of  Peter  S.  Duponcean  to  Franklin  Bache,  M.  D.,  Chairman  Publishing 
Committee,  pp.  351-353 ;  Introductory  Remarks  by  the  Rev.  John  Heckewelder, 
p.  354;  Indian  Names  of  Rivers,  Streams,  and  other  Noted  Places  in  the  State  of 
Pennsylvania,  pp.  355-374;  Indian  Names  of  Rivers,  Creeks,  &c.,  in  New  Jersey, 
from  maps,  pp.  375-376;  Indian  Names  of  Rivers,  Creeks,  &c.,  in  Maryland,  pp. 
377-379;  Indian  Names  of  Rivers,  Persons,  &c.,  in  Virginia,  pp.  379-382;  Names 
of  Delaware  Chiefs  and  other  Noted  Characters  of  this  Nation,  since  the  arrival 
of  William  Penn,  together  with  the  Signification  of  some  of  the  Names  here  pre 
sented,  and  short  Biographical  Sketches,  pp.  383-396. 

This  article  was  also  issued  as  a  separate  pamphlet  with  addition  of  title-page, 
ai  follows: 

1704  Names  |  given  by  |  the  Lenni  Lenape  or  Delaware  Indians  to 

Rivers,  Streams,  |  Places,  &c.,  in  the  now  States  of  Pennsylvania,  | 
New  Jersey,  Maryland  and  Virginia;  |  and  also  |  Names  of  Chief 
tains  and  distinguished  men  of  that  Nation:  |  with  |  Their  Significa 
tions,  and  some  Biographical  Sketches.  |  By  the  late  |  Rev.  John 
Heckewelder,  |  of  Bethlehem,  Pennsylvania.  |  Communicated  to 


HECKEWELDER.  329 

Heckewelder  (John  Gottlieb  Ernestus) — continued. 

the  American  Philosophical  Society,  April  5,  1X22,  and  now  pub 
lished  by  |  their  order;  revised  and  prepared  for  the  press  by  Peter 
S.  Du  Ponceau.  | 

Printed  by  |  James  Kay,  Jun.  and  Co.,  Philadelphia,  |  Printers 
to  the  American  Philosophical  Society.  |  1833.  |  BA. 

Reprinted  as  follows : 

1705  Memorandum  of  the  Names  and  Significations  which  the 

"Lenni  Lenape"  otherwise  called  "the  Delawares"  had  given  to 
Bivers,  Streams,  Places,  &c.,  within  the  States  of  Pennsylvania, 
New  Jersey,  Maryland  and  Virginia,  together  with  the  names  of 
some  Chieftains  and  eminent  men  of  this  nation.    Taken  from  the 
papers  of  the  Rev.  John  Heckewelder,  during  his  mission  among 
the  Indians  of  Pennsylvania.    Presented  to  the  "  Historical  Society 
of  Pennsylvania"  by  Maurice  C.  Jones,  of  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

In  Penn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Bulletin,  vol.  1,  pp.  121-135,  139-154.  Philadelphia, 
1848.  8°. 

Reprinted  as  follows: 

1706  Names  which  the  Lenni  Lennape  or  Delaware  Indians  gave 

to  Rivers,  Streams  and  Localities  within  the  States  of  Pennsylvania, 
New  Jersey,  Maryland  and  Virginia,  with  their  significations,  by 
John  Heckewelder.  * 

In  Moravian  Hist.  Soc.,  Trans.,  pp. '227-282.     Nazareth,  1876.  8°. 
Title  from  r.  W.  Eames.     MIssued  separately  as  follows : 

1707  Names  |  which  the  |  Lenni  Leunape  or  Delaware  Indians  | 

gave  to  |  Rivers,  Streams,  and  Localities,  |  within  the  States  of  j 
Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Maryland  and  Virginia,  |  with  their  sig 
nifications.  |  Prepared  for  the  transactions  of  the  |  Moravian  His 
torical  Society,  from  |  a  MS.  by  John  Heckewelder,  |  by  |  William 
C.  Reichel.  | 

Nazareth.  |  1872.  |  WE. 

Title  1  1.,  pp.  227-282. 

In  preparing  this  edition  the  author  has  placed  the  names  in  alphabetic  order 
and  added  numerous  philologic  notes.  Field,  No.  948,  gives  a  title  similar  to 
above  with  the  imprint:  Bethlehem,  H.  T.  Clauder,  Printer,  1872.  58pp.  8°. 

1708  A  Vocabulary  of  the  Mahicanni,  taken  down  from  the 

mouth  of  one  of  that  nation,  born  in  Connecticut. 

Manuscript. 

1709  A  Vocabulary  of  the  Shawans;  taken  down  from  the  mouth 

of  a  white  woman,  who  had  been  twenty  years  a  prisoner  with  that 
nation. 

Manuscript. 

1710  A  Vocabulary  of  the  Nanticoke,  taken  from  the  mouth  of 

a  Nanticoke  chief,  in  1785. 

Manuscript. 


330  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Heckewelder  (John  Gottlieb  Ernestus) — continued. 

1711  A  Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Lenni  Lenape  and  Al 
gonquin.  » 

Manuscript. 

1712  A  Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Lenni  Lenape  proper, 

the  Miami  dialect,  the.  Mahicanni,  Jfatik  or  Nadik,  Chippeway, 
Shawans,  and  Nanticoke.  * 

Manuscript. 

1713  A  Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Lenni  Lenape  and 

Twightwee.  * 

Manuscript. 

1714  Names  of  various  trees,  shrubs  and  plants  in  the  Language 

of  the  Lenni  Lenape  or  Delaware,  distinguishing  the  dialects  of  the 
Ouamis  and  Minsi.  * 

Manuscript. 

The  above  manuscripts  are  in  the  possession  of  the  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc. ,  having 
been  presented  by  the  author. 

1715  -        -  and  Duponceau  (Peter  Stephen).     A  Correspondence  be- 
between  the  Kev.  John  Heckewelder,  of  Bethlehem,  and  Peter  S. 
Duponceau,  Esq.,  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  Historical  and 
Literary  Committee  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  respect 
ing  the  Languages  of  the  American  Indians. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Trans,  of  the  Hist,  and  Lit.  Com.,  vol.  1,  pp.  351- 
44ri.  Philadelphia,  1819.  8°.  Reprinted  as  follows: 

1716  A  Correspondence  between  the  Eev.  John  Heckewelder,  of 

,     Bethlehem,  and  Peter  S.  Duponceau,  Esq.,  Corresponding  Secre 
tary  of  the  Historical  and  Literary  Committee  of  the  American 
Philosophical  Society,  respecting  the  Languages  of  the  American 
Indians. 

In  Penn.  Hist.  Soc.  Memoirs,  vol.  xii,  pp.  349-433.     Philadelphia,  1876.  8°. 
Reviewed  by  Pickering  (J.)  in  N.  A.  Review,  vol.  9,  pp.  129-187.     Boston, 
ton,  1819.  8°. 

1717  Heintzelman  (Gen.  Samuel  P.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Cocopa. 

In  Oatschet  (A.  S.)  Yuma-Sprachstamm,  in  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologic,  pp. 
390-407.  Berlin,  1877.  8°. 

1718  Vocabulary  of  the  Cocopa. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  100  words. 

1719  Vocabulary  of  the  Hum-mock-a-ha-vi. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  180  words.  These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of 
the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  They  were  furnished  by  the  Hon.  John  R.  Bartlett, 
who  copied  them  from  the  originals  in  the  possession  of  Gen.  Heiutzelman. 

1720  Heller  (Carl  Bartholomaens).      Reisen  |  in  |  Mexiko  |  in  den 
Juhren   1845-1848.  |  von  Carl  Bartholomaeus  Heller.  |  Mit  zwei 
Karten,  sechs  Holzschnitten  und  einer  Lithographic.  | 

•«.;',   Leipzig,  |  Verlag  von  Wilhelm  Engelmann.  |  1853.  |  O. 

xxiv,  432  pp.  8°.  maps. 


HECKEWELDER HENDERSON.  331 

Heller  (Carl  Bartholomaeus) — continued. 

Betrachtungen  Uber  die  alien  Sprachen  Mexikos,  pp.  377-378,  inclndes  grara- 
matic  remarks  on  the  Maya,  pp.  380-381 ;  Numerals,  1-100,  of  the  Maya,  and 
1-400,  of  the  Azteca,  p.  386 ;  a  few  Maya  and  Aztek  words,  pp.  387-388. 

Helmersen  (Gregor  von). 

See  Baer  (K.  E.  von)  ami  Helmersen  (G.  von). 

1721  Helmsing  (J.  S.)     Vocabulary  of  the  M'mat  of  Southwest  Arizona 
and  Southeast  California. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  211  words.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1722  [Hemans  (Rev.  Daniel  Wright).]     Ihanktouwan  lapi.  |  Ikce  Wo- 
cekiye  Wowapi   Kin,  |  qa  Miuahanska  Makoce  |  kin  en  |  Token 
Wokduze,  |  qa  okodakiciye  wakan  en  |  tonakiya  woecon  kin,  |  hena 
de  he  wowapi  kin  ee.  | 

Yankton  Agency,  D.  T.  |  Mission  Press.  |  1870.  |  .rwp. 

Pp.  1-108.  16°. 

Literal  translation.— Yankton  speech  |  Crying  to  [Ordinary  Prayer]  Some 
thing-written  the,  |  and  knife- long  [American]  Land  |  the  in  |  How  thing-not-to- 
be-touched  [sacred  thing,  sacrament]  |  and  fellowship  sacred  in  |  how-many- 
ways  things-done  the,  |  those  this  that  something-written  the  that-is-it.  | 

Parts  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer  in  the  Yankton  dialect  of  the  Dakota, 
translated  by  Mr.  Hemans,  a  full-blood  Santee. 

1723  The  King's  Highway.  |  Wicastayatapi  Tacauku:  |  qais,  | 

Woahope  Wikcemna  |  Oyakapi  kin.  |  Rev.  Richard  Newton,  D. 
D.,  |  Kaga.  |  Rev.  Daniel  W.  Hetnaiis,  |  Dakota  lapi  en  |  Kaga.  | 

Yankton  Agency:  |  St.  Paul's  School  Press.  |  1879.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  3-427.  16°. 

Above  preceded  by  an  engraved  title-page  composed  of  chain  of  ten  links, 
each  link  representing  a  commandment,  inside  of  which  is  "The  King's  High 
way.  Illustrations  of  the  Ten  Commandments.  Rev.  R.  Newton,  DD."  The 
work  is  entirely  in  Dakota,  having  been  translated  by  Mr.  Hemans,  a  native  Da- 
kotan  (Santee),  educated  by  Rev.  Mr.  Hinman.  The  translation  was  revised  by 
the  Rev.  J.  W.  Cook. 


See  [Hinman  (S.  D.),  Cook  (J.  W.),  Hemans  (D.  W.),  and  'Walker  (L.  C.)]. 

1724  Henderson   (Alexander).    A  |  Grammar  |  of  |  the  Moskito  Lan 
guage,  |  by  |  Alexander  Henderson.  |  Belize,  Honduras.  | 

New  York:  |  Printed  by  John  Gray,  104  Beekman  St.  |  1846.  |  c. 
47  pp.  8°. 

1725  Araidatiu  Tumurau  segung  Madeju  karabagungte  Ian  Alex 
ander  Henderson  (The  Gospel  according  to  Mathew  in  the  Cha- 
ribbean  language  translated  by  A.  H.) 

Edinburg.     1847. 

88  pp.  8°.     Not  seen ;  title  from  Brassenr  de  Bourbourg. 

1726  The  Maya  Primer.     By  Alexander  Henderson,  Belize,  Hon 
duras. 

Birmingham:  Printed  by  J.  Showell.     fn.  d.] 
12  pp.  6°.    Title  from  Mr.  W.  Barnes. 


332  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Henderson  (Alexander) — continued. 

1727  Catecismo  de  los  Metodistas  [in  Maya].  * 

17  pp.  8°. 

1728  Breve  Devocionario  [in  Maya].  » 

17  pp.  8°.    Titles  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  31305. 

1729  Grammar  and  Dictionary  of  the  Karif  Language  of  Hon 
duras  (from  Belize  to  Little  Eock).     Belize,  1872. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-340.  12°,  in  eight  blank  books.  In  the  library  of  the  Bu 
reau  of  Ethnology. 

1730  Henderson  (Capt.  George).     An  |  Account  |  of  the  |  British  Settle 
ment  of  Honduras;  |  being  |  a  View  of  its  Commercial  and  Agri 
cultural  Resources,  Soil,  Climate,  Natural  History,  &c.  |  To  which 
are  added,  Sketches  |  of  the  |  Manners  and  Customs  |  of  the  | 
Mosquito  Indians,  |  preceded  by  the  Journal  of  a  Voyage  to  the  | 
Mosquito  shore.  |  Illustrated  by  a  Map.  |  By  Capt.  Henderson,  |  of 
his  Majesty's  5th  West  India  Regiment.  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  and  for  C.  and  R.  Baldwin,  |  New  Bridge 
Street,  |  1809.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-203.  8°.  map.  Signification  in  English  of  some  words  in  the 
Mosquito  tongue,  pp.  193-195. 

1731  —     -  An  |  Account  |  of  the  |  British  Settlement  |  of  |  Hondu 
ras;  |  being  |  a  view  of  its  commercial  and  agricultural  resources,  | 
soil,  climate,  natural  history,  &c.  |  To  which  are  added,  |  Sketches  | 
of  the  |  Manners  and  Customs  |  of  the  |  Mosquito  Indians,  |  pre 
ceded  by  the  Journal  of  a  Voyage  to  the  |  Mosquito  Shore.  |  Illus 
trated  by  a  map.  |  Second  Edition,  enlarged.  |  By  Capt.  Hender 
son,  44th  Reg*.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  R.  Baldwin,  Paternoster  Row.  1 1811.  |  A.  u. 
Pp.  i-xi,  1-237.  8°.  map. 
Mosquito  vocabulary,  pp.  2<J7-229. 

1732  Henley  (— ).     A  list  of  Words  in  the  Chinese  and  Indian  [of  Cali 
fornia]  Languages. 

In  Cronise  (T.  F.)    Natural  Wealth  of  California,  pp.  31-32.    San  Francisco. 
1868. 

1733  Henry  (Charles  A.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Apachee. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  5,  pp.  578-589.     Philadelphia, 
1855.  4°. 
Henry  (George). 

See- [Evans  (J.)  and  Henry  (G.)]. 

See  [Jones  (Rev.  P.),  Evans  (Rev.  J.),  and  Henry  (G.)]. 

1734  Henry  (Victor).    Esquisse  d'une  grammaire  de  la  langue  Innok 

DGB. 

38pp.  8°.     Extraitde  la  Revue  de  Linguistique. 

1735  Esquisse  d'uue  grammaire  raisonn£e  de  la  langue  ale"oute 

(suite  et  fin.)  » 

Iu  Revue  de  Linguistique,  vol.  12,  pp.  1-62.     Par.s,  1879.  8°. 
Title  from  contents  of  vol.  12  of  which  I  have  seen  only  Part  4.    Reprinted  as 
follows : 


HENDERSON — HERLEIN.  333 

Henry  (Victor) — continued. 

17,'JG  Esquisse  |  el'une  Grammaire  Raisonnee  |  de  la  |  Langue 

Aleoute  |  d'apres  la  grammaire  et  le  vocabulaire  do  Ivan  V6nia- 
minov  |  Par  V.  Henry.  | 

Paris  |  Maisonueuve  et  Cle,  Libraires  -  Editeurs  |  25,  Quai  Vol 
taire,  25  |  1879.  |  ASG. 
2  p.  11.,  73  pp.,  1  1. 

1737  Hequembourg  (C.  L.)    Pai-yu-te  Vocabulary.    By  C.  L.  Hequem- 
bourg,  Post  Chaplain,  U.  S.  A. 

Manuscript.  211  words,  and  many  phrases.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology. 

1738  Herdesty  (W.  L.)    Terms  of  Eelationsbip  of  the  Kutchin  or  Lou- 
chieux,  collected  by  W.  L.  Herdesty,  Fort  Liard,  Hudson's  Bay  Ty. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°. 

1739  Heriot  (George).    Travels  |  through  |  the  Canadas,  |  containing  | 
A  Description  of  the  Picturesque  Scenery  |  on  some  of  the  Kivers 
and  Lakes;  |  with  an  account  of  the  |  Productions,  Commerce,  and 
Inhabitants  |  of  those  Provinces.  |  To  which  is  subjoined  a  |  Com 
parative  View  of  the  Manners  and  Customs  |  of  several  of  the  |  In 
dian  Nations  of  North  and  South  America.  |  By  George  Heriot, 
Esq.  |  Deputy  Post  Master  General  of  British  North  America.  | 
Illustrated  with  |  a  map  and  numerous  Engravings,  from  drawings 
made  at  the  |  several  places  by  the  author.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Richard  Phillips,  |  No.  6,  Bridge-Street, 
Blackfriars.  |  1807.  |  By  T.  Gillet,  Wild-court.  |  BA.  0. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-G02.  4°.  maps. 

Chapter  xx.  Origin  of  language — Indian  languages  in  general  capable  of 
being  arranged  under  rules  of  grammar — Infinite  diversity  of  tongues  in  Amer 
ica—Examples  of  four  different  languages,  pp.  569-602,  contains:  O!  salutaris 
Hostia,  &c.  (from  Father  Rasles),  in  Abinaquis,  Algonquin,  Huron,  and  Illi 
nois,  pp.  578-579;  Vocabulary  of  the  Algonquin  Tongue,  pp.  579-599;  Indica 
tive  mode  of  the  verb  Sakia,  "to  love,"  in  Algonquin,  pp.  599-600;  Numeration, 
according  to  the  Algouquins  [1-1000],  pp.  601-602. 

Partly  reprinted,  minus  the  linguistics,  in  Phillips'  Voyages,  vol.  8.     ' 

1740  [Herlein  (J.  D.)]    Beschryvinge  |  van  de  |  Volk-Plantinge  |  Zuri- 
name :  |  vertoneude  |  De  Opkomst  dier  zelver  Colonie,  de  Aanbouw 
en  Be-  |  werkinge  der  Zuiker-Plautagien.    Nessens  den  aard  |  der 
eigene  natuurlijke  Inwoonders  of  Indianen;  |  als  ook  de  Slaafsche 
Afrikaansche  Mooren;  |  deze  beide  Natien  haar  Levens-manie- 1  ren, 
Afgoden-dienst,  Kegeriug,  |  Zeden,  Gewoonten  en  dage-  |  lijksche 
Bezigheden.  |  Mitsgaders  |  Een   vertoog    van    de    Bosch-groud, 
Water-  en  Pluim-Gedier-  |  tens;  de  veel  vuldige  heerlijke  Vrugten, 
Melk-artige  |  Zappen,  Gommeu,  Olyen,  en  de  gehele  ge-  |  steltheid 
van  de  Raraibaansche  Kust.  |  Door  |  J.  D.  HI.  |  Verrijkt  met  de 
Laud-Kaart  (daar  de  legginge  der  Plan-  |  tagie'n  worden  aangewe- 
zen)  en  Kopere  Platen.  |  Den  Twedeii  Druk.  | 


334  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Herlein  (J.  D.) — continued. 

Te  Leevwarden,  |  By  Meindert  Injema,  Bock-drukker  en  |  Ver- 
koper  voor  aan  in  de  St.  Jacobs-straat,  1718.  |  0. 

10  p.  11.,  pp.  1-262,  1  1.  am.  4°.  maps. 
Karaibaansch  Woorden-Boek  (from  Rochefort),  pp.  249-262. 

1741  Hermes  (P.)     Uber   die    Natur   der  amerikanischen    Indianer- 
sprachen.  C. 

In  Herrig's  Archiv  fur  das  Stndiiun  der  neuern  Sprachen,  Band  29,  pp.  231- 
254.  Braunschweig,  1861.  8°. 

Title  furnished  by  Mr.  A.  S.  Gatscliet. 

1742  Hernandez   ( Francisco ).      De  Materia  Medica  Nouse  Hispanise 
Pbilippi  Secnndi  Hispanearuin  ac  Indiarum  Regioinvictissimi  iussu 
collecla  a  Doctore  Francisco  Hernando  noui  Orbis  primario,  ac  in 
ordinem  digesta  a  Doctore  Nardo  Antonio  Kecio  eiusdem  Maiesta- 
tis  medico,  libris  quatuor.  * 

Manuscript  of  about  450  closely  written  pages.  4°. 

The  original  autograph  manuscript  of  Dr.  Nardo  Antonio  Reccio,  bound  in  old 
red  morocco,  with  the  arms  of  Cardinal  Zelanda,  from  whose  library  the  volume 
came.  It  is  not  the  work  as  finally  printed. — Stetena'a  Bit.  Hint.,  1870,  No.  891. 

1743  Quatro  Libros.    De  la  uaturaleza  y  virtudes  de  las  Plantas 

y  animates  que  estan  recividos  en  el  uso  de  Medicina  en  la  Nueva 

-„«  Espana,  y  la  methodo  y  coreccion  y  preparation  que  para  admini- 
strallas  se  requiere  con  lo  que  el  Doctor  Hernandez  escrivio  en 
lengua  latiua.  May  util  para  todo  genero  de  gente  que  vive  en 
estancias  y  Pueblos,  do  no  ay  Medicos  ni  Botica.  Traduzido  y 
aumentados  machos  simples  y  compnestos  y  otros  muchos  secretes 
curatives  por  Fr.  Francisco  Ximenez. 
Mexico,  en  casa  de  la  Viuda  de  Diego  Lopez  Davalos.  1615.  * 

Sni.  4°.     Title  and  note  from  Sabin's  Dictionary  and  Rich,  No.  140. 

Ximenes,  in  his  introduction,  remarks  that  the  work  of  Hernandez,  abridged 
by  the  Neapolitan  physician  Nardo  Antonio  Reecho,  by  strange  ways  reached 
the  Indies  and  fell  into  his  hands;  and  that  he  was  induced  to  publish  this  trans 
lation,  adding  such  examples  as  fell  into  his  way. 

1744  — Kerum  Medicarum  Novae  Hispaniae  Thesaurus,  sen  Planta- 

rurn  Animalium  Mineralium  Mexicanorum  historia  ex  Francisci 
Hernandi  Noui  orbis  inedici  Brimarij  relationibus  in  ipsa,  Mexicana 
vrbe  couscriptis  &  Nardo  Antonio  Heccho.    .    .    .    Collecta  ac  in 
ordinem  digesta  ^  Joanne  Terrentio  Lynceo  notis  illustrata;  cum 
Indice,  et  Historian  Animalium  et  Miueralium  libro.    Nunc  primum 
in  naturaliu  reru  studiosor  gratia  et  utilitatfi  studio  et  impensis 
Lynceorum  Publici  iuris  facta  Philippo  magno  dicata. 

Eomse.  M.DCXXVlII[lG28]ExT.ypographeioJa«obiMascardi.  » 
Folio.  Engraved  title,  pp.  950, 17  11.,  followed  by:  "  Historian  Animalium,"  pp. 
90, 3  11.  folio.     Title  and  note  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

This  edition  was  abridged,  and  edited  from  the  author's  manuscript  by  Dr. 
Reecho,  of  Naples ;  pp.  345-455  are  additions  by  Terrentins  de  Constance ;  pp.  460- 
840,  by  John  Faber;  pp.  841-899  are  annotations  by  Fabio  Colonuo;  the  tables 
by  Priuce  Cesi.  Leclerc,  No.  546,  describes :  Pabri  (Joannis  lyncei).  Animalia 


HERLEIN HERNANDEZ. 


335 


Hernandez  (Francisco) — continued. 

Mexicaua  Descriptiouiluis,  scholijsq.  exposita.  Romae,  1628,  folio,  which  is  merely 
an  extract,  pp.  460-840,  from  the  foregoing. 

Leon  Pinelo  says  an  edition  was  printed  in  Germany  previous  to  1629. 

1745  Eervm  medicarvm  |  Novae  Hispaniae  |  Thesavrvs  |  sev  | 

Plantarvm  Animalivm  |  Mineralivm  Mexicanorvm  [  Historia  |  ex 
Fiancisci  Hernandez  |  Noui  Orbis  Medici  Primary  relatiouibus  |  in 
ipsa  Mexicana  Vrbe  conscriptis  |  A  Nardo  Antonio  Keccho  |  Monte 
Coruinate  Cath.  Maiest.  Medico  |  Et  Neap.  Regni  Archiatro  Gene- 
rali  |  lussu  Pbilippi  II.  Hisp.  Ind.  etc.  regis  |  Collecta  ac  in  ordineni 
digesta  |  &  loanne  Terrentio  Lynceo  |  Constantiense  Germ0.  Pho 
ac  Medico  |  Notis  Illustrata  |  NuncprimuinNatnraliurerStudiosor 
gratia  |  lucubrationibus  Lyuceoru  publici  iuris  facta.  |  Quibus  Jam 
excussis  accessere  demum  alia  |  quof  omnium  Synopsis  sequenti 
pagiua  pouitur   |    Opus  duobus  voluminibus  diuisum    |   Philippo 
I  III.  Kegi  Catholico  Magno  |  Hispaniaf  vtriusqz  Sicilian  et  Indiaru 
etc.  Mouarchae  |  dicatum.  | 

Cum  Priuilegijs.  Romas  Superior  permissu,  Ex  Typographeio 
Vitalis  Mascardi.  M.  DC.  XXXXXI  [1051].  |  * 

4  p:  11.,  pp.  1-590,  1  1.,  index  7  11.  folio.  Engraved  title  in  center  of  a  hand 
some  frontispiece.  Followed  by: 

1746  Historiae  animalivm  et  mineralivm  novae  Hispaniae,  liber 

Vnicus.  * 

Pp.  1-90, 3  11.  folio.     Titles  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

Contains  the  Mexican  names  with  latin  equivalents,  and  wood-cut  engrav 
ings,  of  plants,  pp.  1-459;  animals,  pp.  460-840;  followed  by  Annotationes  & 
Additioues,  pp.  841-899.  Vocum  quorundam  Americanarum  explicatio,  on  the 
recto  of  the  12th  leaf  of  the  index.  •  The  Historiae  Animalium  et  Mineralium  also 
contains  the  Mexican  and  Latin  names. 

Some  copies  are  dated  1649,  and  others  have  a  printed  title  as  follows: 

1747  Nova  Plantarum,  animalium  et  mineralium  Mexicanorum 

Historia  a  Francisco  Hernandez  Medico  in  Indiis  praestantissimo 
primnin  compalita,  deim  &  Nardo  Recho  in  volumen  digesta,  a  Jo 
Terentio,  Jo  Fabro  et  Fabio  Columna  Lynceis  Notis  et  additionibus 
longe  doctissimus  illustrata.  Cui  demum  accessere  alliquot  ex  Prin- 
cipis  Federici  Caesii  Frontispiciis  Theatri  Naturalis  Phytospphicas 
Talmlae  Vna  cum  quam  plurimis  Iconibus,  ad  octingeutas,  quibus 
singula  contemplanda  graphice  exbibentur.     Cum  Priuilegiis. 

Romae,  Blasii  Deuersini  et  Zanobij  Masotti.  1651.  * 

Title  from  Rich,  No.  282,  and  Sabiu's  Dictionary,  No.  31516.  See  the  former 
for  other  variations  in  this  edition. 

1748  Francisci  Hernandi,  |  Medici  atque  Historic!  |  Philippi  II. 

Hisp.  et  Indiar.  Regis,  |  et  totius  Novi  Orbis  Archiatri,  |  Opera,  j 
cum  edita,  turn  inedita,  |  ad  autograph!  fldem  et  integritatem  ex- 
pressa,  |  impeusa  et  Jussu  Regio.  |  Volumen  Primum  [-Tertium].  | 

Matriti.  |  Ex  Typographia  Ibarrae  Heredum.  |  Anno  M.  DCC. 
LXXXX  [1790].  |  A.W. 

3  vols. :  1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xviii,  4  II.,  pp.  1-452;  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-562;  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-571 
(1).  4°. 


IMPROVED  TITLE  IN 


1MPHOVEO  TITLE  IN 


336  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Hernandez  (Francisco) — continued. 

This  is  Ihe  work  of  Hernandez  unabridged,  but  without  engravings.  It  is 
entirely  taken  up  with  the  Historia  Plantarum  Novae  Hispaniae,  containing 
the  Mexican  names  of  the  plants,  with  the  latin  equivalents. — Eames. 

This  edition  is  not  to  be  compared  with  the  work  of  Dr.  Ricci.  This  is  more 
of  Her^aud"  s  without  his  editors,  more  correct,  with  many  additions,  but  with 
out  any  illustrations.  Hernandes,  the  celebrated  naturalist,  was  sent  to  New 
Spain  by  Philip  the  Second  about  1595,  where  he  spent  seven  years  in  active 
research  into  the  natural  history  of  the  country,  and  returned  to  Europe  with  an 
herbarium,  the  very  richness  and  magnitude  of  which  overwhelmed  the  men  of 
science.  A  part  of  the  original  collection  was  burnt  with  the  library  of  the 
Escurial  in  1671.— Stevens' s  Bib.  Hist.,  1870,  pp.  76,  226. 

The  natural  history  of  Dr.  Hernandez  gives  evidence  [of  the  copiousness  of 
the  Aztec  language],  in  which  are  described  twelve  hundred  different  species  of 
Mexican  plants,  two  hundred  or  more  species  of  birds,  and  a  large  number  of 
quadiupeds,  reptiles,  insects,  and  metals,  each  of  which  is  given  its  proper  name 
in  the  Mexican  language. — Bancroft's  Native  Races,  vol.  3,  p.  728. 

1749  Hernandez  (D.  Vicente).     Apuntamiento  de  Idioma  Kicbe".    Junio 
de  1854.  * 

Manuscript.  16  11.  folio.  At  the  foot  of  the  title-page  these  words  are  added 
in  the  same  hand:  "Esdel  Padre  Presb.  Vincente  Hernandez  Spina,  cura  de 
Santa  Catarina  Ixtlanacau." 

I  received  this  document  from  my  friend  Dr.  Padilla,  deceased,  who  assured 
me  it  was  the  original  of  the  Vocabulary,  described  by  Dr.  Karl  Scherzer,  of 
Vienna,  since  printed  in  volume  15  of  the  Sitzungsberichte  der  philosophisch- 
historischi-n  Klasse  der  kaiserlichen  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften.  Wien,  1855, 
pp.  28-35. — Brasse>tr  de  Bourbourg. 

1750  Herrera  (Fr.  Alonso).     Sermones  Dominicales  y  de  Santos  en  Len- 
gua  Megicana.  * 

Printed,  according  to  Clavigero. 

1751  Diccionario-Mexicano.  * 

Title  from  Triibner  in  Ludewig,  p.  230. 

1752  [Herrera  y  Perez  (Manuel  Maria).]    Tlahuac  Cabecera,  Linderos, 
Pueblos  de  su  jurisdiccion,  Barrios  de  la  Cabecera,  Pescados,  Patos, 
Yerbas,  Arboles,  Seuorios,  y  varies  animales  de  la  Tierra. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  tercera  epoca,  tomo  1,  pp.  294-303.  Mexico, 
1873.  8°. 

Herrod  (G.) 

See  Buckner  (H.  F.)  and  Herrod  (G.) 

1753  Hervas  (D.  Lorenzo).    Idea  |  dell'  Universe  |  che  contiene  |  la 
storiadella  vita  dell' uomo,  |  element!  cosmografici  |  viaggioestatico 
al  niondo  planetario,  |  ae  |  Storia  della  Terra.  |  Opera  |  del  Signor 
Abate  |  Don  Lorenzo   Hervas.  |  Tomo  Primo   [-XVIII].  |  Conce- 
zione,  nascimente,  infanzia,  e  puerizia  dell'  Uomo.  |  [Figure.] 

In  Cesena  MDCCLXXVIII  [-MDCCLXXXV]  [1778-1785J.  |  Per 
Gregorio  Biasini all'Insegnadi  Pallade |  Con  Licenzade' Superiori.  | 

Vols.  1-18.  sm.  4°.  A. 

The  only  copy  of  the  above  work  I  have  seen  is  in  the  Astor  Library.  Lude 
wig  collates  it  as  follows:  Cesena,  1778-1781  [1787],  xxi  vols.  4°.  Vol.  xiii,  Fn- 
ligno,  1792,  4°,  and  names  the  later  volumes  as  follows : 


HERNANDEZ HEEVAS.  337 

Hervas  (D.  Lorenzo) — continued. 

Vol.  xvii  (1784),  Catalogo  delle  Lingue  conosciuti  e  notizia  della  loro  affinity 
o  diversity. 

Of  this  volume  an  enlarged  Spanish  edition  was  published  by  the  author: 
Madrid,  1800-1805.  6  vols.  4°.  See  below. 

Vol.  xviii  (1785),  Origine,  Formazione,  Mecanismo  ed  Armenia  degli  Idiomi. 

Vol.  xix  (178C),  Aritmetica  delle  Nazioni. 

Vol.  xx  (1787),  Vocabulario  Poliglotto  con  Prolegomeni  sopra  piu  di  CL  Lingue. 

Vol.  xxi  (1787),  Saggio  pratico  delle  Lingue  con  Prolegomeni  ed  una  raccolla 
di  orazioni  doiuinicali  in  piu  di  trecento  lingue  e  dialetti. 

It  is  probable  the  volumes  were  numbered  consecutively  to  vol.  22,  for  I  find 
vols.  17  and  18  each  with  two  different  title-pages,  one  with  the  volume  number, 
one  without:  i-he  Astor  Library  has  no  copy  of  the  volumes  above  18  with  the 
number  on  the  title-page — each  of  the  others  having  an  individual  title.  The 
titlrs  of  the  volumes  containing  North  American  Linguistics  are  as  follows: 

1754  Catalogo  |  delle  Lingue  conosciute  |  e  Notizia  |  della  loro 

affinitii,  e  diversita.  |  Opera  |  del  Signer  Abate  |  Don  Lorenzo  Her 
vas.  |  [Figure.] 

In  Oesena  MDCCLXXXIV  [1784].  |  Per  Gregorio  Biasini  all' 
Insegna  di  Pallade.  |  Cou  Licenza  de'  Superior!.  |  A.  c. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-260.  sm.  4°. 

Capitolo  i.   Lingue  Americane :  loronnmero:  "  *  *  p.  14. 

Articolo  5.  *  *  *  *  Nelle  province  di  Popayan,  Darien,  e  Veraguas  si  nosano 
52  nazioni  di  varj  linguaggj  poco  couosciuti,  e  24  villaggj  di  Darieni  rubelli. 
Forse  in  Darien,  e  Veraguas  si  parlano  dialetti  caribi,  p.  (59. 

Art.  6.  Liugue  del  Continente  della  Nuova-Spaj;na,  Messicana,  Otomita  (col 
sui  flialetto  Mazahui),  Tarasca,  Pirinda,  Cora,  Maya  (o  Yucatana),  Mizteca,  To- 
tanaca,  Hiaki,  Tarahuniara,  Tubar,  Opata,  Eudeve,  Pirne,  Guaima,  Tepehuana, 
Hnasteca,  Paine,  Matlazinga,  Mazahna,  Cuitlateca,  Zapoteca,  Chiuantoca,  Po- 
poluca,  Chontal,  Chocona,  Mazateca,  Mixe,  Chiapaneca,  Mame,  Lacandona, 
Zoke,  Celdala,  Kiche,  Cakchikel,  ed  Utlateca.  Si  aunoverano  altre  otto  lingue 
sconosciute  del  Nuovo  Messico,  p.  72. 

Catalogo  di  alcuni  uomi  Tolteki  e  Chichimeki,  co'  quali  si  prova,  cheparlarono 
il  Messicauo  queste  due  antichissime  nazioni,  p.  77. 

Art.  7.  Lingue  della  California,  e  de'  paesi  settentrionali  dell'  America.  Nella 
California  lingue  Pericu  estinta,  Guaicura  (co'  dialetti  Loretano.  Cora,  Uchitie, 
ed  Aripe)  e  Cochiin}  con  4  dialetti.  Colonia  Cinese  al  uord  della  California,  p.  81. 

Groenlandese,  ed  Eskimese  liugue  affini :  linguaggio  Lappouico-Teutonico 
nella  Groenlandia;  Hurone,  ed  Irokese  affini ;  Algonkino  con  43  dialetti,  che  vi 
si  nominano.  Si  notano  17  linguaggj  della  Florida  Spagnuola,  p.  85. 

This  volume  enlarged  and  reprinted  as  follows: 

1755  Catalogo  de  las  Lenguas  |  de  las  Naciones  Conocidas,  |  y 

numeracion,  division,  y  clases  de  estas  |  segun  la  diversidad  |  de 
sus  Idiomas  y  Dialectos.  |  Sn  Autor  |  el  Abate  Don  Lorenzo  Her 
vas,  |  Teologo  del  Eininentisitno  Senor  Cardenal  Juan  Francisco  | 
Albani  [&c.,  tbree  lines].  |  Voltimen  I  [-VI].  |  Lenguas  y  Naciones 
Aciericanas.  |  Con  licencia.  |  En  la  imprenta  de  la  aduiiuistracion 
del  real  arbitrio  de  beueflcencia.  | 

Madrid  Afio  1800  [-1805].  |  Se  hallara  eu  la  Libreria  de  Bamz 
calle  de  la  Cruz.  |  HU. 

6  vols.  sm.  4°. 
22  Bib 


338  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Hervas  (D.  Lorenzo) — continued. 

Capitulo  vi.  Lemjuas  qne  se  hablan  en  el  continente  de  la  Nueva-EspaEa. 

Capitnlo  vii.  Lenguas  que  se  hablan  en  la  California  en  su  costa  septen 
trional  hasta  el  estrecho  de  Anian,  y  en  la  vasta  extension  de  paises  que  hay 
entre  el  rio  Misisipi,  Florida  y  Groenlandia. 

1756  Origine  |  Formazione,  Meccanismo,  ed  Armenia  degl'  Idi- 

omi.  |  Opera  |  dell'  Abate  |  Don  Lorenzo  Hervas  |  Socio  della  Eeale 
Accademia  delle  Scienze,  ed  Autichita  |  di  Dublino.  |  [Figure.] 

In  Cesena  M  DCO  LXXXV  [1785].  |  Per  Gregorio  Biasini  all' 
Insegna  di  Pallade  |  Con  Licenza  de'  Superior!.  |  A. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-180.  sm.4°. 

The  Introductory  letter  in  this  issue  occupies  pp.  1-4  (the  title  being  the  p.  1.), 
and  is  much  longer  than  that  in  the  issue  with  "Tomo  xviii"  on  the  title-page, 
the  letter  in  the  latter  occupying  pp.  3-4,  the  title  being  pp.  1-2. 

Contains  words  in  many  American  languages  scattered  throughout. 

1757  Aritinetica  delle  Nazioni  |  e  Divisione  del  Tempo  |  fra 

P  Oriental!.  |  Operi  |  dell' Abate  |  Don  Lorenzo  Hervas  |  Socio  della 
Eeale  Accademia  delle  Scienze,  ed  Antichita  |  di  Dublino.  |  [Fig 
ure.] 

In  Cesena  M  DCC  LXXXVI  [178'J].  |  Per  Gregorio  Biasini  all' 
Insegua  di  Pallade.  |  Con  Licenza  de'  Superiori.  |  A. 

Pp.  1-201.  sm.4°. 

Darien-Itsmo  numerals  and  remarks,  p.  106 ;  Tarasca  numerals,  1-13,  and  re 
marks,  p.  107 ;  Messicana  numerals,  1-48000,  and  remarks,  pp.  107-109 ;  Otomita 
numerals,  1-1000,  and  remarks,  pp.  109-110 ;  Maya  numerals,  1-72000,  pp.  110-111 ; 
Cora  numerals,  1-400,  pp.  111-113;  Timnkuana  numerals,  1-10,  p.  113;  Cochimi 
numerals,  1-20, p.  113;  Tuskrura  numerals,  1-1000,  pp.  113-114;  Woccon  numer 
als,  1-20,  p.  114 ;  Pampticough  numerals,  1-10,  p.  114 ;  Algonkina  numerals,  1-1000, 
p.  114;  Comparison  of  numerals  of  the  Tuskrura,  Woccon,  Pampticough,  and 
Algonkina,  p.  115. 

1758  Vocabolario  Poligloto  |  con  prolegoinini  |  sopra  piu  di  CL. 

Lingue  |  Dove  sono  delle  scoperte  nuove,  ed  utili  all'  antica  |  storia 
dell'  uman  genere,  ed  alia  cognizione  del  |  meccanismo  delle  pa 
role.  |  Opera  dell'  Abate  |  Don  Lorenzo  Hervas  |  Socio  della  Eeale 
Accademia  delle  Scienze,  ed  An-  |  ticbita  di  Dubliuo,  e  dell'  Etrusca 
di  Cortona.  |  [Figure.] 

In  Cesena  M  DCC  LXXXVII  [1787].  |  Per  Gregorio  Biasini  all' 
Insegna  di  Callade.  |  Con  Licen/a  de'  Superiori.  |  A. 

Pp.  1-247.  sm.  4°.     Only  a  few  American  words. 

1759  Saggio  Pratico  |  delle  Lingue  |  con  prolegomeni,  e  una  rac- 

colta  di  orazioni  Dominicali  in  |  pin  di  trecento  lingue,  e  dialetti, 
con  cui  si  dimostra  |  1'infusioue  del  primo  idioma  dell'  uman  geuere, 
e  la  |  confusione  delle  liugue  in  esso  poi  sncceduta,  e  si  |  additauo 
la  diraraazione,  e  dispersioue  della  na-  |  zioni  con  molti  risultati 
utili  alia  storia.  |  Oflcia  |  dell'  Abate  |  Don  Lorenzo  Hervas  |  Socio 
della  Eeale  Accademia  delle  Scienze,  ed  Antichita  |  di  Dublino,  e 
dell'  Etrusca  di  Cortona.  |  [Figure.] 


HERVAS — HESS.  339 

Hervas  (Z).  Lorenzo) — continued. 

In  Cesena  M  DCC  LXXXVII  [1787].  |  Per  Gregorio  Biasini  all' 
Insegna  di  Pallade  |  Con  Licenza  de'  Superior!.  |  A. 

Pp.  1-256.  sm.4°. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Carib,  with  comments,  p.  112:  in  Poconchi,  with  comments, 
pp.  113-115;  in  Maya,  with  comments,  pp.  115-116;  in  Messicana,  with  comments, 
pp.  116-118;  in  Mixteca,  p.  118;  in  Totonaca,  pp.  118-119;  in  Otomita,  with  com 
ments,  pp.  119-120;  iu  Tarasca,  p.  120;  in  Pirinda,  p.  120;  in  Cora,  with  com 
ments,  p.  121 ;  in  Hiaki,  orHiaque.p.  121;  in  Tubar,  p.  122;  in Tarahnmara,  with 
comments,  pp.  122-123;  in  Eudeve,  pp.  123-124;  in  Opata.p.  124;  in  Puna,  pp, 
124-125;  iu  Cochimi  (Missione  di  S.  Saverio),p.  123;  in  Cochimi  (Missione  di  S. 
Borgia  e  di  S.  Maria),  p.  123 ;  in  Shavanna,  p.  126 ;  in  Virginese,  p.  126 ;  in  Groen- 
landese  (two  dialects),  with  comments,  pp.  126-127;  Orazione  in  Lingua  Hurona 
(with  interlinear  translation),  pp.  231-232;  Lingue  Abnakise,  Hurona,  Algon- 
kina,  ed  line  (from  Rasles),p.  233;  Instruzione  in  Cochimi  secondo  il  dialetto 
*  di  S.  Saverio,  e  S.  Giuseppe  Comniaudu  (with  interlinear  translation),  pp. 
234-230 ;  Catecismo  uel  dialetto  Cochimi  delle  Missione  di  S.  Geltrude,  S.  Borgia, 
e  Santa  Maria,  pp.  236-237. 

1760 Analisi  |  Filosoflco-Teologica  |  della  Natura  |  della  Ca- 

rita  |  ossia  dell'  |  Amor  di  Dio  |  opera  dell'  Abate  |  Don  Lorenzo 
Hervas.  |  [Figure.] 

In  Ftiligno  1792.  |  Per  Giovanni  Tomassini  Stampator  Vesco- 
vile.  |  Con  approvazione.  |  A. 

Pp.  1-323.  sm.4°. 

17G1  Herzog  (Wilhelm).  Ueber  die  Verwandtscbaft  des  Yumasprach- 
stammes  mit  der  Sprache  der  Aleuten  und  der  Eskimostamme. 
Von  WilU.  Herzog,  Pfarrer. 

In  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologic,  etc.,  Jahrgang  1878,  pp.  449-459. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  various  Yuma  dialects  with  the  Aleut,  pp.  450-452; 
Comparative  vocabulary  of  various  Yuma  dialects  with  the  Eskimo,  pp.  453-457. 

Hess  (William). 
See  Hill  (H.  A.),  Hess  (Wm.),  and  Wilkes  (J.  A..),  jr. 

1762  and  Wilkes  (J.  A.),  jr.    Ne  Yehohyaton  ne  Royatadogenhti 

Paul  jinonka  lie  Galatians. 

New- York :  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New- York,  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  1835.  * 

12°.     The  Epistle  to  the  Galatians,  translated  into  the  Mohawk  language, 
by  William  Hess,  with  corrections  by  J.  A.  Wilkes,  jr.    Title  from  O'Callaghan's 
American  Bibles,  p.  4. 
See  Hill  (H.  A.),  Hes»  (W.),  and  Wilkes  (J.  A..),  jr.,  for  edition  of  same  date. 

1763  Ne  tyotyerenhtonh  |  kahyatonhsera  |  ne  Paul  |  ne  royata- 

dogenhti  shagohyatonni   |  jinonka  ne   |   Corinthians,  |   William 
Hess,  |  tehaweanatennyon  oni  shogwatagwen  ne  |  J.  A.  Wilkes, 
Jr.  | 

New-York :  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  | 


340  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hess  (William)  and  Wilkes  (J.  A.),  jr. — continued. 

Second  title : 

The   [First]   Epistle  |  of  |  Paul  the  Apostle  |  to  the  |  Corinthi 
ans,  |  translated  into  the  Mohawk  language,  |  by  William  Hess,  | 
with  corrections  by  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New- York:  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New- York  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  2-55.  12°.  Entirely  iu  Mohawk.  Mohawk  title  verso  1. 1 ;  English  title 
recto  1. 2. 

See  Hill  (H.  A.)  and  Wilkes  (J.  A.),  Jr.,  for  edition  of  1834. 

1764  Ne  Yehohyaton  |  ne  Koyatadogcnhti  Paul  |  jinonka  ne  | 

Philippians,  |  William   Hess,  |  Tehaweauatennyou  oni  shogwata- 
gwen  ne  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New- York:  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New- York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  | 

Second  title : 

The  Epistle  |  of  |  Paul  the  Apostle  |  to  the  |  Philippians,  |  trans 
lated  into  the  Mohawk  language,  |  by  William  Hess,  |  with  correc 
tions  by  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New- York:  |  Published  by  Howe&  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  2-17.  12°.  Entirely  in  Mohawk.  Mohawk  title  verso  1. 1 ;  English  titlo 
recto  1. 2. 

1765  Ne  Yehohyaton  |  ne  Roj  atadogenhti  Paul  |  jinonka  ne  | 

Colossians,  |  William   Hess,  |  tehuweauatennyon   oni  shogwata- 
gwen  ue  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New-York:  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  | 

Second  title : 

The  Epistle  |  of  |  Paul  the  Apostle  |  to  the  |  Colossians,  |  trans 
lated  into  the  Mohawk  language,  |  by  William  Hess,  |  with  cor 
rections  by  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New- York :  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  2-16.  12°.  Entirely  in  Mohawk.  Mohawk  title  verso  1. 1 ;  English  title 
recto  1. 2.  . 

1766  Ne  Tyotyerenhton  |  ne  Eoyatadogeuhti  Paul  |  yehohyaton 

jinonka  ne  |  Thessalonians,  |  William   Hess,  |  tehaweanateuuyon 
oni  shogwatagwen  ne  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New-York:  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  | 


HESS.  341 

Hess  (William)  and  Wilkes  I J.  A.),  jr. — continued. 

Second  title : 

The  Epistlefs]  |  of  |  Paul  the  Apostle  |  to  the  |  Thessalouians,  | 
translated  into  the  Mohawk  language,  |  by  William  Hess,  |  with 
corrections  by  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

Xew-York :  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  2-22.  12°.  Entirely  in  Mohawk.  Mohawk  title  verso  1. 1 ;  English  title 
recto  1. 2. 

1st  Thessalonians,  pp.  5-15;  3d  Thessalonians,  pp.  16-22. 

1767  Ne  ne  Tyotyereuhton  |  ne  Koyatadogenhti  Paul  |  yehohya- 

tonni  ne  |  Timothy,  |  William  Hess,  |  tehaweanateunyon  oui  shog- 
watagwen  ne  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New  -York :  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New  -Y'ork,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  | 

Second  title: 

The  Epistlefs]  |  of  |  Paul  the  Apostle  |  to  |  Timothy,  |  translated 
into  the  Mohawk  language,  |  by  William  Hess,  |  with  corrections 
by  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New -York:  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New -York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  2-31.  12°.  Entirely  in  Mohawk.  Mohawk  titl  evereo  1.  1 ;  English  title 
recto  1.  2. 

1st  Timothy,  pp.  5-20;  2d  Timothy,  pp.  21-31. 

1768  Ne  Yehohyaton  |  ne  Koyatadogenhti  Paul  |  jinonka  |  ne 

Titus,  |  William  Hess,  |  tehaweanatennyon  oni  shogwatagwen  ne  | 
J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New -York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  | 

Second  title: 

The  Epistle  |  of  |  Paul  the  Apostle  |  to  |  Titus,  |  translated  into 
the  Mohawk  language,  |  by  William  Hess,  |  with  corrections  by  | 
J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New -York:  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New -York  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  2-11.  12°.  Entirely  in  Mohawk.  Mohawk  title  verso  1. 1 ;  English  title 
recto  1.  2. 

1769  Ne  Yehohyaton  |  ne  Royatadogenhti  Paul  |  jinonka  ne  | 

Philemon,  |  William  Hess,  |  tehaweanatennyou  oni  shogwatagwen 
ne  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New -York:  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New -York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  | 


342  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hess  (William)  and  Wilkes  (J.  A..),  jr. — continued. 

Second  title : 

The  Epistle  |  of  |  Paul  the  Apostle  |  to  |  Philemon,  |  translated 
into  the  Mohawk  language,  |  by  William  Hess,  |  with  corrections 
by  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New  -York :  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New  -York  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  2-7.  12°.  Entirely  in  Mohawk.  Mohawk  title  verso  1.  1 ;  English  title 
recto  1.  2. 

1770  Ne  Yehohyatou  |  Ne  Eoyatadogenhti  Paul  |  jiuonka  ne  | 

Hebrews,  |  William  Hess,  |  Tehaweanatenuyon  oni  shogwatagwen 
ne  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New -York:  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New  -York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  | 

Second  title: 

The  Epistle  j  of  |  Paul  the  Apostle  |  to  the  |  Hebrews,  |  trans 
lated  into  the  Mohawk  Language,  |  by  William  Hess,  |  with  cor 
rections  by  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New  -York :  |  Published  by  Howe  &  Bates,  |  for  the  Young  Men's 
Bible  Society  of  New  -York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  |  1836.  |  GB. 

P|>.  1-44.  16°.  Entirely  in  Mohawk.  Indian  title  verso  1. 1  (p.  2),  recto  blank  ; 
English  title  recto  1.  2  (p.  3),  verso  blank. 

1771  Hidalgo  (Presl).  D.  Manuel).    Libro  en  que  se  trata  de  la  lengua 
Tzotzil;  se  continua  con  el  Bocabulario  breve  de  algunos  brevos  y 
nombres,  etc.     La  Doctrina  Cristiana;  el  Fonnulario  para  admi- 
nistrar  los  Santos  Sacrameutos;   el  coufesionario  y  sermones  en  la 
misina  Lengua  Tzotzil.    Obra  (segun  parece)  del  Presbitero  Don 
Manuel  Hidalgo,  insigne  sierbo  de  Maria  Santisima.  * 

Manuscript.  66  pp.  fol.  I  have  inscribed  it  under  the  name  of  D.  Mannel 
Hidalgo,  who  is  given  ou  page  10  as  the  author  of  the  hymn  to  the  Holy  Virgin 
there  found.  The  document  has  no  indication  as  to  the  date,  except  these  words 
on  page  59:  "De  el  pueblo  de  San  Pablo  en  el  ano  [17]  35  20  qu.,  etc." 

The  Tzotzil,  Zotzil,  or  Tzotzlem  language  is  the  second  in  importance  in  the 
state  of  Chiapas.  Its  chief  seat  was  formerly  the  strong  city  of  Tzotzlem  (dwell 
ing  of  the  bat),  called  by  the  Mexicans,  who  garrisoned  H  in  the  time  of  Moute'- 
zurna,  Tzinacantlan,  or  Ciuacantlau,  whence  the  name  Cinacanteca,  given  also 
to  this  language.  The  present  most  considerable  place  of  the  Tzotziles  Indians  is 
Alanchen,  commonly  called  San  Bartolome"  de  los  Llanos. — Braeseur  de  Bourbourg. 

1772  Hierro  (D.  Diego  Fernandez  del).    Arte  [Mexicana].  * 

Title  from  Beristaiu,  who  quotes  from  the  author  of  "Allegaciones  del  Clero 
Angelopolitano." 

1773  Higgins  (N.  S.)     Notes  on  the  Apaches  of  Arizona. 

Manuscript.  30  pp.  folio.  lu  the  library  ( f  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  It 
includes  a  vocabulary  of  200  words,  names  of  tribes,  &c. 


HESS — HILL.  343 

1774  Hill  (A.  H.)     Ne  |  karoron  |   ne  |  Teyerighwaghkwatha  |  ne  ne 
enyontste   j   ne  yagorihwiyoghston    |    kanyengehaga    niyeweano- 
ten.  |  Ne  Tehaweanadenyon  |  kenweudeshon.  j 

New -York,  |  Conference  Office  tsi  iionwe  t'karistoh-  |  rarakon 
by  J.  Collord.  |  1829.  | 

Second  title: 

A  |  Collection  |  of  |  Hymns  |  for  |  the  use  of  native  Christians  | 
of  the  |  Mohawk  Language.  |  Translated  chiefly  by  A.  H.  Dill.  | 

New -York,  |  Printed  at  the  Conference  Office  |  by  J.  Collord.  | 
1829.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-39, 1-39,  alternate  Mohawk  and  English ;  pp.  40-69,  hymns  in  Mohawk ; 
pp.  70-106,  hymns  in  English ;  Index  in  Mohawk,  pp.  107-109 ;  Index  in  English, 
pp.  109-112.  16°. 

1775  Ne  I  Karoron  |  ne  |  Teyerihwahkwatha  |  igen  |  ne  enyont 
ste  |  ne  yagorihwiyoghstonh  |  Kanyengehaga  Kaweanondahkon.  | 
Oni  ohnagen  non  ka  kahyaton  yotkate  |  Teyerihwahkwatha  ne  ex- 
haogon  ah  |  enyonste  ji  yonaderihonnyeanitha.  | 

New -York:  |  M'Elrath  &  Bangs,  Teharistohrarayon,  |  No.  85 
Chatham -street.  |  1832.  | 

Second  title: 

A  |  Collection  |  of  |  Hymns  |  for  |  the  use  of  Native  Christians  | 
of  the  |  Mohawk  Language;  |  to  which  are  added,  |  a  number  of 
Hymns  for  Sabbath  Schools.  | 

New -York:  |  Printed  by  M'Elrath  &  Bangs,  |  No.  85  Chatham- 
Street.  |  1832.  |  ;  GB. 

Pp.  1-39,  1-39,  40-69,  70-106,  70-106,  107-146.  16°.  Indian  title  verso  1. 1  (p.  1) ; 
English  title  recto  1.  2  (p.  1);  alternate  pages  Mohawk  and  English,  except  pp. 
40-69  (Hymns,  Nos.  54-86),  which  are  not  translated  into  English,  and  pp.  107- 
146  (English  Hymns,  pp.  107-137;  and  Index,  pp.  138-146). 

1776  Ne  I  Karoron  |  ne  |  Teyerihwahkwatha  |  igen  |  ne  enyont 
ste  |  ne  yagorihwiyoghstonh  |  kanyengehaga  kaweanondahkoga  | 
Ni  ohnagen  non  ka  kahyaton  yotkate  |  Teyerihwahkwatha  ne  ex- 
haogon  ah  |  euyonste  ji  yondaderihonnyeanitha.  | 

New  -York :  |  D.  Fanshaw,  Teharistohraragon,  |  No.  150  Nassau- 
Street.  |  1835.  | 

Second  title : 

A  |  Collection  |  of  |  Hymns  |  for  |  the  use  of  Native  Christians  | 
of  the  |  Mohawk  Language;  |  to  which  are  added  |  a  number  of 
Hymns  for  Sabbath  |  Schools.  | 
•New  York:  |  Printed  by  D.  Fanshaw.    |  1835.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-39,  1-39,  alternate  Mohawk  and  English;  pp.  40-68  in  Mohawk;  p.  69 
blank;  pp.  70-106,  70-106,  alternate  Mohawk  and  English;  pp.  107-137  in  Eng 
lish;  pp.  139-142  index  in  Mohawk;  pp.  143-147,  same  in  English;  Mohawk  title 
verso  1.  1;  English  title  recto  1.  2.  24°. 

1777  Ne  |  Karoron  |  ne  |  Teyerihwahkwatha  |  kanyengehaga 

kaweanondahkon  |  yayak  ni  ononhwenjageh  raonawenk.  |  Kora- 
rahkowahne  Tkentyohkawyen  | 

Oghronwakon  [Hamilton]:  |  Printed  at  Euthven's  Book  &  Job 
Office,  &c.  |  King-street.  |  1^39.  | 


344  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 

Hill  (A.  H.)— continued. 

Second  title: 

A  |  Collection  |  of  |  Psalms  and  Hymns,  |  in  the  |  Mohawk  lan 
guage,  |  for  the  use  of  the  Six  Nation  Indians.  |  By  the  New-Eng 
land  Corporation.  | 

Hamilton:  |  Printed  at  Euthven's  Book  &  Job  Office,  &c.  | 
King-street.  |  1839.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-62, 1-62  (double  numbers),  alternate  pages  Mohawk  and  English ;  pp.  63- 
77  in  Mohawk ;  pp.  78-80,  index  in  Mohawk.  16°.     Mohawk  title  verso  1.  1  (p.  1)  ; 
English  title  recto  I.  2  (p.  1). 

Triibner's  Catalogue  gives  this  title,  same  date  and  place,  144  pp.  16°. 

1778  Ne  |  Karoron  |  ne  |  Teyerihwahkwatha  |  igen  |  ne  enyont- 

ste  |  lie  yagorihwiyoghstonh  |  kanyeucehaga  kaweanondahkoga  | 
ni  ohnagen  non  ka  kahyaton  yotkafe  |  Teyerihwahkwatha  ni  ex- 
haogon  ah  |  enyontste  ji  yondaderihonnyeanitha.  | 

New-York:  |  Published  by  Lane  &  Scott,  |  For  the  Missionary 
Society  of  the  Methodist  |  Episcopal  Church.  |  Joseph  Longking, 
Printer.  |  1850.  | 

Second  title: 

A  |  Collection  |  of  |  Hymns  |  for  |  the  use  of  Native  Christians  | 
of  the  |  Mohawk  language;  |  to  which  are  added  |  a  number  of 
Hymns  for  Sabbath  |  Schools.  | 

New-York:  |  Published  by  Lane  &  Scott,  |  for  the  Missionary 
Society  of  the  Methodist  |  Episcopal  Church.  |  Joseph  Longking. 
Printer.  |  1850.  |  GB.  JWP. 

Pp.  2-240.  16°.  Indian  title  verso  1.1  (p.  2),  recto  blank;  English  title  recto 
1.  2  (p.  3);  pp.  1-195  alternate  pages  Mohawk  and  English;  pp.  197-230,  "Hymns 
for  Children"  in  English;  Mohawk  index,  pp.  231-235;  English  index,  pp.  236- 
240.  Nearly  a  reprint  of  1832  ed. 

1779  Ne  |  Karoron  |  ue  Teyerihwahkwatha  |  igen  |  ne  enyontste 

ne  yagorihwiyoghstonh  |  Kanyengehaga  Kaweanondahkoga  |  ni  | 
ohuagen  nou  ka  kahyaton  yotkate  teyerihwahk-  |  watha  ne  ex- 
haogon  ah  enyontste  ji  |  yondaderihounyeauitba.  | 

New-York:  |  American  Tract  Society.  |  [1853?] 
Second  title: 

A  |  Collection  of  Hymns,  |  for  |  the  use  of  Native  Christians  | 
of  |  the  Mohawk  Language ;  |  to  |  which  are  added  a  number  of 
hyinns  |  for  |  Sabbath-Schools.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau-S.treet, 
New- York.  |  [1853?]  IB. 

Pp.  1-146,  1-146  (double  numbers),  alternate  pages  Mohawk  and  English;  pp. 
147-188,  Hymns  for  children,  in  English;  pp.  189-19.J,  index  in  Mohawk;  pp.  194- 
198,  index  in  English.  Reprint  of  edition  of  1850. 

1780  Ne  |  Tsiuibhoweyea-nenda-onh  |  orighwa  do  geaty,  |  Eog- 

hyadon  Royadado  Geaghty,  |  Saint  Luke.  | 

New  York,  |  Printed  for  the  American  Bible  Society.  |  A.  Hoyt, 
Printer.  1827. 


HILL.  345 

Hill  (A.  H.)— continued. 

Second  title : 

The  Gospel  |  according  to  Saint  Luke  |  translated  into  the  Mo 
hawk  tongue.  |  By  H.  A.  Hill.  | 

New  York :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Bible  Society.  |  A.  Hoyt, 
Printer.  |  1827.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-157,  1-157  (double  numbers),  alternate  Mohawk  and  English.  16°.  Mo 
hawk  title  verso  1.  1 ;  English  title  recto  1. 2. 

See  Hill  (H.  A.)  and  Wilkes  ( J.  A.),  jr.,  for  edition  of  1833. 

1781  and  Wilkes  (J.  A.),  jr.    Ne  Raorihwadogenhti  |  ne  |  Shong- 

wayaner    Yesus    Keristus,  |  jeiiihorihoten    ne  |  Royatadogenhti 
Luke,  |  kanyengehaga  kaweanondahkou  kenwendeshou  |  Tehawe- 
anatenyon  |  oni  shogwatagwen  |  ne  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.     Oshwegon 
Kaihonhatatye,  II.  C.  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Mens'  Bible  Society  of 
New  York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  |  Society  of  the  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  M'Elrath,  &  Bangs  Printers.  |  1833.  | 

Second  title: 

The  Gospel  |  of  our  |  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ,  |  according 
to  |  Saint  Luke,  |  translated  into  the  Mohawk  Language  |  by  [H.j 
A.  Hill,  |  and  corrected  by  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  Grand  River,  U.  C.  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Meus'  Bible  Society  of 
New  York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  M'Elrath,  &  Bangs  Printers.  |  1833.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-109,  1-109  { double  numbers),  alternate  Mohawk  and  English.  12°.  Mo 
hawk  title  verso  1.1;  English  title  recto  1.  2. 

See  Hill  (H.  A.)  for  edition  of  1827. 

1782  The  Gospel  |  of  our  |  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ,  |  ac 
cording  to  |  Saint  Matthew,  translated  into  the  Mohawk  Language,  | 
by  A.  Hill,  |  and  corrected  by  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.    Grand  River, 
U.  C.  | 

New  York :  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New  York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the  |" Methodist 
Episcopal  Church.  |  McElrath  &  Baugs,  Printers.  |  1831.  | 

Second  title: 

Ne  Raorihwadogenhti  |  ne  |  Shongwayaner  Yesus  Keristus,  | 
jinihorihoten  ne  |  Royatadogenhti  Matthew,  |  kanyengehaga  kawe- 
anondahkon   kenwendeshon  |  Tehaweanatenyon  |  oni    shotwatag- 
weu  |  ne  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.     Oshwegon  Kaihonhatatye,  U.  C.  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New  York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church.  |  McElrath  &  Bangs,  Priuters.  |  1831.  |  ABS. 

197  pp.,  alternate  Mohawk  and  English.  16°.  English  title  verso  1.  1 ;  Mo 
hawk  title  recto  1.  2. 

1783  Ne  Raorihwadogenhti  |  lie  |  Shongwayaner  Yesus  Keris 
tus,  |  jinihorihoten  ne  |  Royatadoge^phti  Matthew,  |  kanyengehaga 


346  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hill  (A.  H.)  and  Wilkes  (J.  A.),  jr.— continued. 

kaweanondahkon   kenwendeshon  |  Tebaweanatenyou  |  oni  shog- 
watagwen  |  ne  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.,  Osliwegon  Kaihonhatatye,  U.  G.  | 

New- York :  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New- York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church.  |  Howe  &  Bates,  Printers.  |  1836.  | 

Second  title: 

The  Gospel  |  of  our  |  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ  |  according 
to  |  Saint  Matthew,  |  translated  into  the  Mohawk  language  |  by  A. 
Hill,  |  and  corrected  by  |  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.,  Grand  River,  U.  C.  | 

New- York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  Howe  &  Bates,  Printers.  |  1836.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  2-99.  12°.  Entirely  in  Mohawk.  Mohawk  title  verso  1.  1;  English  title 
recto  1.  2. 

1784  Ne  tyotyerenhton  kahyatonhsera  |  ne  |  Royatadogenhti 

Paul  shagohyatonni  |  ne  |  Corinthians,  |  kanyengehaga  kaweanon 
dahkon  |  H.  A.  Hill,  |  ne  tehaweanatenyon  |  oni  shogwatagwen  | 
ne  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.,  Osliwegon  kaihonhatatye,  U.  C.  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  Society  of 
New  York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  McElrath,  Bangs  &  co.,  Printers.  |  1834.  | 

Second  title: 

The  First  Epistle  |  of  |  Paul  the  Apostle  |  to  the  |  Corinthians,  | 
translated  into  the  Mohawk  Language,  |  by  H.  A.  Hill,  |  and  cor 
rected  by  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  Society  of 
New  York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  |  Bible  Society  of  the  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  McElrath,  Bangs  &  co.,  Printers.  |  1834.  |  c. 

50  and  50  pp.,  alternate  Mohawk  and  English.  16°.  Mohawk  title  verso  of  1. 
1 ;  English  title  recto  of  1.  2. 

See  Hess  (W.)  and  Wilkes  (J.  A."),  jr.,  for  edition  of  1836. 

1785 Ne  Orighwadogenhty  |  ne  jinityawea-onh  ne  Royatado- 

genhty  ne  |  John.  | 

[New  York:  Young  Men's  Bible  Society.     1836.]  GB.  JWP 

No  title-page;  pp.  5-91.  12°.     Gospel  of  St.  John  in  the  Mohawk  language. 

1786  [Epistles  in  the  Mohawk  Language.]  GB. 

No  title-page,  pp.  1-57.  16°. 

Ne  Yehhonwaghyadonnuhhiie  |  James.  |  [General  Epistle  of  James.]  Pp.  1-18. 

NeTyutyereughdouk  |  yehhonwaghyadounyh  orighwakwekonh  ne  |  Kwiter.  | 
(Yayadakweniyii.)  [First  Epistle  of  Peter.]  Pp.  19-33. 

Ne  Teke-Nihhadond  |  yehhonwaghyadonnyh  rayaclakwe-niyu  |  Kwiter.  | 
[Second  Epistle  General  of  Peter.]  Pp.  35-44. 

Ne  Tyutyadonghseratyerenghdonh  |  Rayadakwe-niya  ne  |  Janyh.  |  [First 
Epistle  of  John.]  Pp.  45-57. 

1787  Ne  ne  Tekaghyadonghserakehhadont  ne  |  Janyh.  |    GB. 

No  title-page ;  pp.  5-6.  16°.     Second  Epistle  of  John  in  the  Mohawk  language. 


HILL.  347 

Hill  (A.  H.)  and  Wilkes  (J.  A.), jr. — continued. 

1788  Ne  Agsenhhadont  Nikaghyadougbserakeh  ne  ]  Janyh.  |  GB. 

No  title-page  ;  pp.  .">-!i.  16°.     Third  Epistle  of  John  in  the  Mohawk  language. 

1789  NeRayadakwe-niyu  |  Yehhonwaghyadonnyh  |  Jude.  |   GB. 

No  title-page  ;  pp.  5-8.  16°.     General  Epistle  of  Jude  in  the  Mohawk  language. 

1790  Ne  ne  |  Revelation  |  Konwayats.  |  GB. 

No  title-page;  pp.  5-64.  16°.     Revelation  of  John  in  the  Mohawk  language. 

1791 ,  Hess  (William),  and  Wilkes  (John  A.),  jr.  Ne  ne  jinihodi- 

yeren  |  ne  |  Rodiyatadogenhti,  |  kanyeugehaga  kaweanondah- 
kon  |  lie  Tehaweanatennyon  ne  kenwendeshon  |  nok  oni  shodigwa- 
tagwen  |  ne  William  Hess  and  John  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New- York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New- York,  |  auxiliary  to  the -Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  Howe  &  Bates,  Printers.  |  1835.  | 

Second  title: 

The  Acts  |  of  |  the  Apostles,  |  in  |  the  Mohawk  language,  | 
translated  by  |  H.  A.  Hill,  |  with  corrections  by  |  William  Hess  and 
John  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New- York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  Howe  &  Bates,  Printers.  |  1835.  |  c.  JWP. 

1  1.,  pp.  1-121.  12°.  Entirely  in  Mohawk.  Mohawk  title  verso  of  1.  1;  Eng 
lish  title  recto  of  1. 2. 

1792  Ne  ne  Shagohyatonni  |  Paul  ne  Royatadogenhti  |  jinonka- 

dih  ne  Romans,  |  kanyengehaga  kaweanondahkou  |  ne  Tehaweana- 
tenuyon  ne  kenweudeshon  |  nok  oni  shodigwatagwen  |  ne  William 
Hess  and  John  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New- York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist  Epis. 
copal  Church.  |  Howe  &  Bates,  Printers.  |  1835.  | 

Second  title : 

The  Epistle  |  of  |  Paul  the  Apostle,  |  to  the  |  Romans,  |  in  |  the 
Mohawk  language,  |  translated  by  |  H.  A.  Hill,  |  with  corrections 
by  |  William  Hess  and  John  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New-York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  1  Howe  &  Bates,  Printers.  |  1835.  |  BA.  c.  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-56.  12°.  Entirely  in  Mohawk.  Mohawk  title  verso  of  1. 1 ;  Eng 
lish  title  recto  of  1.2. 

1793  isfe  ne  Shagohyatouni  |  Paul  ue  Royatadogenhti  |  jinon- 

kadih  ne  |  Galatians,  |  kanyengehaga  kaweanondahkon,  |  ne  Teha- 
weauateuuyon  |  ue  kenwendeshou  nok  oni  shodigwatagwen  ne  | 
William  Hess  and  J.  A.  W'ilkes,  Jr.  | 

New-York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New  York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  Howe  &  Bates,  Printers.  |  1835.  | 


348  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hill  (A.  H.),  Hess  (William),  and  Wilkes  (John  A.),  jr. — continued. 

Second  title : 

The  Epistle  |  of  |  Paul,  the  Apostle,  \  to  the  |  Galatians,  |  in  the 
Mohawk  language,  |  translated  by  |  H.  A.  Hill,  |  with  corrections 
by  |  William  Hess  and  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New- York :  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  Howe  &  Bates,  Printers.  |  1835.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-17, 1-17  (double  numbers),  alternate  Mohawk  and  English.  12°.  Mo 
hawk  title  verso  1.1;  English  title  recto  1. 2. 

1794  Ne  ne  Shagohyatonni  |  Paul  ne  Royatadogenhti  |  jinonka- 

dih  ne  |  Ephesians,  |  kanyengehaga  kaweanondahkon,  |  ne  Teha- 
weanatennyon  |  ne  keuwendeshon  nok  oui  shodigwatagwen  ne  | 
William  Hess  and  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  |  • 

New- York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New- York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  Howe  &  Bates,  Printers.  |  1835.  | 

Second  title : 

The  Epistle  |  of  |  Paul,  the  Apostle,  |  to  the  |  Ephesians,  |  in 
the  Mohawk  language,  |  translated  by  |  H.  A.  Hill,  |  with  correc 
tions  by  |  William  Hess  and  J.  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New- York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  |  Society  of 
New- York,  |  auxiliary  to  the  Bible  Society  of  the  |  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  Howe  &  Bates,  Printers.  |  1835.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-18,  1-18,  alternate  Mohawk  and  English.  12°.  Mohawk  title  verso  1. 1; 
English  title  recto  1.  2. 

1795  Hill  (Ira).    Antiquities  |  of  |  America  |  Explained.  |  By  Ira  Hill, 
A.  M.  |  [Quotation,  three  lines.] 

Hagers-town:  |  Printed  by  William  D.  Bell.  |  1831.  |  A. 

131  pp.  12°. 

Comparative  vocabulary  English,  Indian,  and  Hebrew,  p.  84. 

1796  Hill  (John).     Yoedereanayeadagwha  |  ne  |  Akououhsakouh  |  or- 
hoekeue  nok  yokarasneha  |  kanyeakehaka  kaweanoetaghkouh.  | 
John  Hill,  |  Tehaweanateuyotih.  | 

Belleville,  |  Intelligencer  Office,  |  Canada  West.  |  1844.  |      JWP. 
Pp.  1-8.  12°.     Prayers  in  the  Mohawk  language. 

Hill  (John,)jr. 
See  Nelles  (Rer.  A.)  and  Hill  (John),  jr. 

1797  Hind  (Henry  Youle).     North- West  Territory.    Eeports  of  Prog 
ress;  together  with  a  Preliminary  and  General  Report  on  the  As- 
siniboine  and  Saskatchewan  Exploring  Expedition,  made  under  in 
structions  from   the  Provincial   Secretary,  Canada.      By  Henry 
Youle  Hind,  M.  A.,  Professor  of  [&c.]  In  charge  of  the  Expedi 
tion.     Printed  by  order  of  the  Legislative  Assembly. 

Toronto:  Printed  by  John  Lo veil:  1859.  HU. 

xi,205pp.  4°. 


HILL — HIND.  349 

Hind  (Henry  Youle) — continued. 

The  Sioux,  or  Dakotah  Indians,  pp.  115-116,  includes  remarks  on  language, 
list  of  moons;  a  sentence,  with  translation,  &c.,  from  Eiggs'  Grammar. 
Reprinted  as  follows: 

1798  Rapports  sur  l'Expe"dition  d'Exploration  de  1'Assiniboine 

et  de  la  Saskatchewan. 
Toronto,  1859.  * 

4°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1799 British  North  America.  |  Reports  of  Progress,  |  together 

with  |  A  Preliminary  and  General  Report  |  on  the  |  Assinniboine 
and  Saskatchewan  |  Exploring  Expedition ;  |  made  under  instruc 
tions  from  |  the  Provincial  Secretary,  Canada.  |  By  Henry  Youle 
Hind,  M.  A.,  |  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Geology  in  the  Univer 
sity  of  Trinity  College,  Toronto,  |  in  charge  of  the  Expedition.  | 
Presented  to  both  Houses  of  Parliament  by  Command  of  Her  Ma 
jesty,  |  August,  1860.  | 

London :  |  Printed  by  George  Edward  Eyre  and  William  Spottis- 
woode,  |  Printers  to  the  Queen's  Most  Excellent  Majesty.  |  For  her 
Majesty's  Stationery  Office.  |  1860.  |  c. 

220  pp.  folio,  maps. 

The  Sioux  or  Dakotah  Indians,  pp.  126-128. 

1800  Narrative  |  of  |  the  Canadian  Red  River  |  Exploring  Ex 
pedition  of  1857  |  and  of  the  |  Assinniboine  and  Saskatchewan  | 
Exploring  Expedition  of  1858  |  by  |  Henry  Youle  Hind,  M.  A.   P.  R. 
G.  S.  |  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Geology  in  the  University  of 
Trinity  College,  Toronto  |  In  Charge  of  the  Assinniboine  and  Sas 
katchewan  Expedition  |  In  Two  Volumes  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London  |  Longman,  Green,  Longman,  and  Roberts  |  1860.  |  The 
right  of  translation  is  reserved.  |  0.  C3; 

•The  Sioux  or  Dakotah  Indians,  vol.  2,  pp.  153-166,  contains  a  few  tribal 
names  with  English  signification,  list  of  moons  in  Dakotah,  a  sentence  with 
translation,  and  a  few  remarks  on  language. 

1801    Explorations  in  the  Interior  |  of  |  the  Labrador  Peninsula  | 

the  country  of  |  the  Montagnais  and  Nasquapee  Indians.  |  By  j 
Henry  Youle  Hind,  M.  A.    F.  R.  G.  S.  |  Professor  of  Chemistry  and 
Geology  in  the  University  of  Trinity  College,  Toronto:  Author  of  | 
'Narrative  of  the  Canadian  Red  River  Exploring  Expedition  of 
1857,  and  of  the  |  Assinniboine  and  Saskatchewan  Exploring  Ex 
pedition  of  1858.'  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:   |  Longman,    Green,  Longman,    Roberts,  &  Green.  | 
1863.  |  BA.  HIT.  JWP. 

A  few  words  in  Montagnais,  vol.  1,  p.  32. 

1802  A  |  Preliminary  Report  |  on  the  |  Geology  of  New  Bruns 
wick,  |  together  with  |  a  special  report  |  on  the  distribution  of  the  | 
"Quebec  Group"  |  in  the  Province.  |  By  |  Henry  Youle  Hind,  M.  A., 
F.  R.  G.  S.  |  (Late  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Geology  in  the  Uni- 


350  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hind  (Henry  Youle) — continued. 

versity  of  Trinity  College,  Toronto.)  |  Author  of  [&c.,  two  lines].  | 
[Seal.] 

Frederictou.  |  G.  B.  Fenety,  Printer  to  the  Queen's  Most  Excel 
lent  Majesty.  |  1865.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xviii,  19-2'J3    8°. 

Origiu  of  the  names  of  certain  rivers  and  places  in  New  Brunswick,  containing 
a  short  vocabulary  uf  the  Micmac  and  Milicete  languages,  pp.  257-259. 

Names  of  places  and  rivers  derived  from  the  Abenaquis  language,  pp.  260-261. 

1803  Hinman  (Rev.  Samuel  Button).      Calvary  |  Catechism,  |  in  the  | 
Dakota  Language.  |  Translated  for  the  Mission  of  St.  John.  |  [By 
Rev.  S.  D.  Hinmau.]  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

Fairbault,  Minn. :  |  Central  Republican  Book  and  Job  Office,  | 
O'Brien's  Block,  Main  Street.  |  1864.  |  » 

50  pp.  32°.    Title  furnished  by  Mr.  J.  F.  Williams,  librarian  Minn.  Hist.  Soc. 

1804  Calvary  Catechism,  |  in  |  Santee  Dakota.  |  Translated  by 

permission  |  for  the  |  Collegiate  Mission.  |  H.  |  [Two  lines  quota 
tion.] 

Mission  Press.  |  Archdeaconry  of  the  Niobrara.  |  1871.  |        JWP. 

Outside  title:  Calvary  Wiwicawaugapi  kiu.  |  Isanyati  Dakota  lyapi  en.  | 
[Cross  composed  of  eleven  stars.]  |  Yewicaxipi  okodakiciye.  |  [Two  lines  quota 
tion.] 

Niobrara  Taokiye  Itancan  makoce  en,  |  Wowapi  kaga  kin.  |  Santee  Agency, 
Neb.  |  1871.  | 

Pp.  1-28.  16°     "  Second  edition,  revised  and  corrected." — 8.  D.  Hinman. 

1805  Ikce  wocekiye  wowapi.  |  Qa  isantanka  makoce.  |  Kin  en  | 

token  wohduze,  |  qa  okodakiciye  wakau  en  |  tonakiya  woscon  kin,  | 
hena  de  he  wowapi  kin  ee.  |  Samuel  Dutton  Hinman,  |  Missionary 
to  Dakotas.  | 

Saint  Paul:  |  Pioneer  Printing  Company.  |  1865.  |  c. 

x,  321  pp.  8°. 

Literal  trannlation.— Common  Prayer  Book.  |  And  knife-large  [American]  Coun 
try.  |  The  in  |  how  sacrament,  |  and  fellowship  holy  in  |  how  many  doings  the,  | 
those  that  this  book  the  it  [is]  it.  |  Samuel  Dutton  Hinman,  &c. 

1800 Odowan.  |  XXII.  |  H.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  McCalla  &  Stavely,  prs.  |  1869.  |  * 

26pp.  32°. 

Hymns  in  the  Santee  dialect  of  the  Dakota.     Title  from  Mr.  J.  F.  Williams, 
librarian  of  the  Minn.  Hist.  Soc. 

1807  Exercises  in  Dictation,  in  English  and  Santee  Dakota,  for 

Collegiate  Mission.     H. 

Mission  Press:  Archdeaconry  of  the  Niobrara.    1871.  * 

"0  (?)  PP-  1-°.     Title  furnished,  by  the  author,  who  says  the  work  was  not 

completed,  about  fifty  pages  only  having  been  printed ;  it  was  printed  on  the 

mission  press  for  use  in  the  schools. 

1808  Uanranna    Qa    Rtayetu   |    Cekiyapi  en  Odowan  Kin.    | 

Psalms  and  Hymns  |  of  |  Morning  and  Evening  Prayer,  |  in  | 
Sautee  Dakota.  |  Pointed  for  Chanting.  | 


HIND HINMAN.  351 

Hinman  (Rev.  Samuel  Dutton) — continued. 

Mission  Press.  |  Archdeaconry  of  the  Niobrara.  |  Santee  Agency, 
Neb.  |  1871.  |  si. 

Pp.  1-17.  12°.    Secoud  edition,  revised  and  corrected,  by  S.  D.  Hinman. 

1809  Hymns  and  Psalms  |  in  |  Santee  Dakota.  |  For  the  |  Col 
legiate  Mission,  |  to  the  |  Dakota  Indians.  | 

Mission  Press:  |  Archdeaconry  of  the  Mobrara.  |  Santee  Agency, 
Neb.  |  1871.  |  si. 

Pp.  1-81.  12°.     Second  edition,  revised  and  corrected,  by  S.  D.  Hinman. 

1810 The  Mission  Service.  Wocekye  Wowapi.  Isantauka  qa 

Isanyati,  I.vapi  en.  Collegiate  Mission. 

Mission  Press:  Archdeaconry  of  the  Niobrara.    1871.  * 

Pp.  1-143.  12°.     Title  furnished  by  the  author. 

In  Euglish  and  Santee  Dakota.  It  is  published  also  in  Santee  alone  (see 
next  title),  and  there  was  also  a  translation  into  the  Yankton  dialect  by  Hemans 
(D.W.) 

1811   Wocekiye  Wowapi.    Isanyati  lyapi  en  Yewicaxipi  okoda- 

kiciye  Niobrara  Taokiye  Itancan  makoce  kin  en. 

Santee  Agency:  1871.  * 

Literal  translation. — Prayer  Book  Santee  speech  in.  They-sent-them  fellowship 
Niobrara  His-servant  chief  country  the  in. 

Sautoe  edition  of  the  mission  service.     Title  communicated  by  the  author. 

1812  Hymns  in  Dakota,  |  for  use  in  the  |  Missionary  Jurisdiction 

of  Niobrara.  | 

Published  |  by  the  |  Indian  Commission  |  of  the  |  Protestant 
Episcopal  Church,  j  1874.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-1*7.  16°. 

1813  Hymns  iu  Dakota,  |  for  use  in  the  |  Missionary  Jurisdiction 

of  Niobrara.  | 

Published  |  by  the  |  Indian  Commission  |  of  the  |  Protestant 
Episcopal  Church.  |  1879.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-127.  16°. 

1814  -        -  Prayer  for  Indian  Missions.  JWP. 

No  title-page;  1  p.  16°.     In  the  Dakota  language. 

1815 and  Cook  (Joseph  Wiufteld).  English  and  Dakota  |  Ser 
vice  Book:  |  being  parts  of  the  |  Book  of  Common  Prayer  |  set  forth 
for  use  in  the  |  Missionary  Jurisdiction  |  of  |  Niobrara.  | 

Published  by  |  the  Indian  Commission  |  of  the  |  Protestant  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  1875.  |  AAS.  ABS.  JWP. 

1  p.  ].,  pp.  2-135,  2-135  (double  numbers),  alternate  English  and  Dakota.  12°. 

1816  -  English  and  Dakota  |  Service  Book :  |  being  parts  of  the  | 

Book  of  Common  Prayer  |  set  forth  for  use  in  the  |  Missionary  Ju 
risdiction  |  of  |  Niobrara.  | 

Published  by  |  the  Indian  Commission  |  of  the  |  Protestant  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  1879.  |  JWP. 

1  p.l.,  pp.  2-135,  2-135,  alternate  English  and  Dakota.  12°. 


352  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hinman  (Rtr.  Samuel  Button) — continued. 

1817  [ — ,  Cook  (Joseph  W.),  Hemans  (Daniel  W.),  and  Walker  (Luke 

C.)]  Okodakiciye  |  Wocekiye  Wowapi  kin,  |  qa  |  okodakiciyapi 
token  wicaqupi  kin;  |  qa  |  okodakiciye  wakan  kin  en  woecon  qa 
wicohan  |  kin,  America  makoce  kin  en,  United  States  |  en,  Protest 
ant  Episcopal  Cburcli  |  unpikinobuayan:  |  qanakuu  |  Psalter,  Qais 
David  Tadowan  kin.  | 

[New  York :]  Publisbed  by  |  the  New  York  Bible  and  Common 
Prayer  Book  Society  |  for  |  the  Indian  Commission  of  the  Protest 
ant  Episcopal  Church.  |  1878.  |  ABS.  JWP. 
Pp.  i-xxii,  1-6G4.  12°. 

Literal  translation. — Church  |  Prayer  Book  the,  |  and  |  sacraments  how  them 
they  give  the;  |  and  |  Church  Holy  the  in  rites  and  ceremonies  |  the,  America 
country  the  in,  United  States  |  in,  Protestant  Episcopal  Church  |  use  the  ac 
cording  to:  |  and  also  |  Psalter,  or  David  his  song[s]  the.  | 

1818-        -  and  Welsh  (William).    Taopi  |  and  his  Friends,  |  or  the  | 
Indians'  |  Wrongs  and  Eights.  | 

Philadelphia.  |  Claxton  Bemsen  &  Haffelfiuger.  |  1869.  |         BE. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xviii,  1-125.  8°. 

Missionary  carol  in  Dakota,  with  English  translation  by  S.  D.  Hinman,  pp. 
45-4G. 

1819  and  WMpple  (Henry  Benjamin).    Journal  |  of  the  |  Eev. 

S.  D.  Hinman,  |  Missionary  |  to  the  |  Santee  Sioux  Indians.  |  And  | 
Taopi,  |  by  |  Bishop  Whipple.  |  [Three  lines  quotation.] 

Philadelphia:  |  McCalla  &  Stavely,  Printers.  |  1869.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xviii,  1-87.   12°. 

Mr.  Hiuman's  Journal  occupies  pp.  1-49.  On  pp.  45-46  is  a  missionary  carol 
in  Dakota,  with  English  translation. 

1820  Historical  Magazine.    The  |  Historical  Magazine,  |  and  |  Notes  and 
Queries  |  concerning  |  the  Antiquities,  History,  and  Biography  | 
of  |  America.  |  Vol.  I  [-X].  |  [First  Series.]  | 

Boston:  |  C.  Benjamin  Eichardson.  |  London:  |  John  Eussell 
Smith.  |  1857  [-1866].  |  HU.JWP. 

10  vols.  sm.  4°. 

Aiiderf  on  (A.  C.)    Notes  on  Indian  tribes  N.  W.  Coast,  vol.  7,  pp.  73-78. 

Baird  (H.  S.)    Indian  Tribes,  Chiefs  and  Treaties,  vol.  8,  pp.  178-179. 

Cornelias  (J.)    Dialects  of  the  Mutsun  of  California,  vol.  8,  pp.  68-69. 

Gibbs  (G.)    Notes  on  the  dispersion  of  the  Tlascaltecas,  vol.  7,  pp.  99-100. 

Indian  system  of  Numerals,  vol.  9,  pp.  249-252. 

History  of  the  translation  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer  into  the  Mohawk 
Language,  vol.  1,  pp.  14-16. 

Indian  Numerals,  vol.  9,  p.  252. 

Jimeno  (A.)     Vocabulary  of  Santa  Cruz,  vol.  7,  pp.  220-222. 

Le  Clerq  (C.)    Language  of  the  Gaspesiens,  vol.  5,  pp.  284-285. 

Macgowan  (D.  G.)     [Sign  Language],  vol.  10,  pp.  86-87. 

Pefferkorn  (Father).     Indian  Names  in  Sonora,  vol.  5,  p.  370. 

Ross  (Lieut.  E.)     Vocabularies  of  the  Yuba  and  Yukeh,  vol.  7,  pp.  123-125. 

Shea  (J.  G.)    The  Identity  of  the  Andastes,  &c.,  vol.  2,  pp.  294-296. 

Micmac  Hier&glyphics,  vol.  5,  pp.  289-292. 

Inhabitants  of  Stadacona  and  Hochelaga,  vol.  9,  pp.  144-145. 


HINMAN — HISTORICAL.  353 

Historical  Magazine — continued. 

Smith  (B.)     The  Tiuiuquana  Language,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-3. 

Specimens  of  the  Appalachian  Langnage,  vol.  4,  pp.  40-41. 

Mame  Vocabulary,  vol.  5,  pp.  117-118,  149. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Nevome,  vol.  5,  pp.  202-203. 

The  Opata  Language,  vol.  5,  p.  236. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Eudeve,  vol.  6,  pp.  18-19. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Seminole  and  Mikasuke,  vol.  10,  pp.  239-243. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Mikasuka,  vol.  10,  p.  288. 

Squier  (E.  G.)     Specimen  of  the  Montagnais  Language,  vol.  7,  pp.  268-269. 
Taylor  (A.  S.)    Santa  Ytez  Vocabulary,  vol.  9,  pp.  147-148. 
Turner  (W.  W.)    Mntsun  Manuscript,  vol.  1,  pp.  205-206. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Iroquois,  vol.  10,  p.  115. 

1821  The  |  Historical   Magazine,  |  and  |  Notes  and  Queries,  | 

concerning  tbe  |  Antiquities,  History  and  Biography  |  of  |  Atner- 
rica.  |  VoL  1  [-IX].  |  [Second  Series.] 

Morrisania,  X.  Y. :  |  Henry  B.  Dawson.  |  1867  [-1871].  |  HTJ.  JWP. 

Vols.  i-ix,  and  x,  Nos.  1  and  2,  sin.  4°. 

Brintoii  (D.  G.)    The  Natchez  of  Louisiana,  vol.  1,  pp.  16-18. 

National  Legend  of  the  Chahta-Muskokee  Tribes,  vol.  7,  pp.  118-126. 

Riley  (J.  H.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Kahweyah  and  Kahs<5way,  vol.  3,  pp. 
238-240. 

Rockwell  (E.  F.)  Analogy  between  Japan  proper  names  and  Indian  proper 
names,  vol.  3,  pp.  141-142. 

Sewall  (R.  K.)     Wawenoc  Numerals,  vol.  3,  pp.  1T9-180. 

Trumbull  (J.  H.)     Indian  Names  in  Virginia,  vol.  7,  pp.  47-48. 

Thevet's  specimens  of  the  Indian  Langnage  of  Norumbega,  vol.  7,  p.  239. 

But  two  numbers  of  vol.  x  (Nos.  1  and  2,  July  and  August,  1871)  were  printed. 
The  publication  of  the  remaining  numbers  was  postponed  on  account  of  the  ill 
ness  of  the  publisher,  he  intending  to  make  them  up  at  a  future  time;  this  was 
never  done. 

1822  The  )  Historical  Magazine,  |  and  I  Notes  and  Queries,  | 

concerning  |  the  Antiquities,  History  and  Biography  |  of  |  Amer 
ica.  |  Vol.  J  [II].    Third  Series.  | 

Morrisania,  X.  Y.  |  Henry  B.  Dawson.  |  1872  [-1875].  |      c.  JWP. 

Vols.  i-ii,and  iii.Nos.  1,  2,  3,  4. 

Simms  (J.  R.)    Indian  Names  [Mohawk  Valley],  vol.  1,  pp.  120-121. 

Of  vol.  iii  of  this  series  there  was  published  Nos.  1,  2  and  3,  January,  Feb 
ruary,  and  March,  1874.  There  was  then  no  number  issued  until  April,  1875.  The 
directions  "To  the  Binder,"  which  accompanies  this  part,  says:  "There  are  no 
numbers  beariugdate,  from  April,  1874,  to  March,  1875,  both  inclusive;  and  this 
number,  dated  April,  1875,  follows  that  dated  March,  1874,  iu  the  same  volume, 
as  it  would  were  it  dated  1874  instead  of  1875. 

"The  perfect  Volume  III,  therefore,  will  consist  of  numbers  dated  January, 
1874,  February,  1874,  March,  1874,  Extra  for  March,  1874,  Extra  No.  II,  Extra 
No.  Ill,  Extra  No.  IV,  April,  1875,  Extra,  No.  V,  May,  1875,  June,  1875,  Extra, 
No.  VI."  The  parts  for  May  and  June  and  Extra  No.  VI  were  never  published. 

Besides  the  linguistic  articles  given  above  there  have  appeared  in  this  maga 
zine  n  any  notes  and  queries  concerning  Indiau  languages,  lists  of  names  of 
places  by  E.  B.  O'C.,  H.  R.  S.,  and  others ;  etymology  of  many  Indian  words,  &c. 

23  Bib 


354  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1823  History.    History  of  the  Delaware  and  Iroquois  Indians. 

See  American  Sunday  School  Union. 

1824  The  History  of  the  Passion  of  our  Saviour,  in  the  Mexican 

Language. 

Manuscript.  Cent,  xvii,  39  11.  12°.  Bound  with  this  is  another  treatise  in  the 
Mexican  language.  Manuscript.  Cent,  xvii,  33  11.  12°.— Fischer  Sale  Cat. 

1825  History  of  the  Translation  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer 

into  the  Mohawk  Language. 

In  Hist.  Mag.,  first  series,  vol.  1,  pp.  14-16.     Boston  and  London,  l&r>7.  sm.  4°. 

In  addition  to  the  title  of  the  several  editions  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer 
this  article  includes  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Mohawk. 

The  Rev.  W.  M.  Beauchamp  (q.  v.)  has  also  given  an  interesting  account  of 
the  "History  of  the  Indian  Prayer  Book,"  in  the  Church  Eclectic,  vol.  9,  No.  5, 
pp.  415-422.  Utica,  1881.  8°. 

1826  Hitchcock  ( — ).     [Tracts  in  the  Cherokee  Language.]  * 

Six  cards  translated  and  written  in  the  characters  of  Guess,  hy  Mr.  Hitch 
cock,  of  Dwight,  have  heen  lithographed  in  Boston  *  *  *  embracing  the  Ten 
Commandments,  the  Fourth  Commandment,  and  the  Eighth,  each  separate; 
John  Preaching  in  the  Wilderness,  The  Star  in  the  East,  and  the  Prodigal  Son. — 
Missionary  Herald. 

Hodge  (David  M.) 
See  Loughridge  (R.  M.),  Winslett  (D.),  Ferryman  (L.),  and  Hodge  (D.  M.) 

See  Robertson  (A.  E.  W.),  Ferryman  (J.),  Ferryman  (T.  W.),  and  Hodge 
(D.  M.) 

1827  Hodgson  (Adam).   Letters  |  from  |  North  America,  |  written  |  Dur 
ing  a  Tour  |  in  the  |  United  States  and  Canada.  |  By  Adam  Hodg 
son.  |  Iii  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Hurst,  Eobinson.  &  Co,  |  and  |  A.  Con 
stable  &  Co.    Edinburgh.  |  1824.  |  A.  c. 
2  vols.  1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xv,  1-405;  1  p.l.,  pp.  1-iv,  1-473.  8°.   maps. 

Contains  translation  of  part  of  the  19th  Psalm  into  the  Muh-he-con-nnk 
language,  done  at  the  Cornwall  School,  under  the  superintendence  of  the  Rev. 
John  Serjeant,  Missionary,  in  double  columns,  Indian  and  English,  vol.  2,  p.  413. 

The  New  York  edition  of  1823  contains  no  linguistics. 

1828  Hoffman  (Charles  Fenno).    Wild  Scenes  |   in  the  |  Forest.  |  By 
C.  F.  Hoffman,  Esq.  |  Author  of  "A  Winter  in  the  Far  West."  | 
Two  Volumes  in  One.  | 

London:  |  Richard  Bentley,  New  Burlington  Street.  |  Publisher 
in  Ordinary  to  Her  Majesty.  |  [n.  d.]  A- 

1  p.l.,  pp.  1-292,1-284.  12°. 

Medicine  song  of  an  Indian  Hunter  [in  Ojibbwa  ?  with  translation],  vol.  1, 
pp.  173-181 ;  Medicine  song  of  an  Indian  lover  [in  Ojibbwa?  with  translation], 
vol.  1,  p.  208. 

1829  Wild  Scenes  in  the  Forest  and  Prairie.    By  C.  F.  Hoffman, 

Esq.    Author  of  "A  Winter  in  the  Far  West."    In  Two  Volumes. 

London:  Richard  Bentley,  New  Burlington  Strett.  1839.  * 

2  vols. :  vi,  292  pp. ;  (4),  284  pp.  12°.     Title  from  Field's  Indian  Bibliography, 
No.        No.  707. 


HISTORY HOIWIYOSDOSHlH.  355 

Hoffman  (Charles  Feimo) — continued. 

1830  Wild  Scenes  in  the  Forest  and  Prairie.    With  Sketches  of 

American  Life.     By  C.  F.  Hoffman,  Esq.    .    .     . 

New  York :  William  H.  Colyer.  1843.  » 

2  vols. :  viii,  13-207  pp. ;  (4),  13-210  pp.  12°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1831  Wilde  Sceneu  in  Wald  und  Prairie,  mit  Skizzeii  amerika- 

uischen  Lebeus.  1845.  » 

2  vols.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1832  Hoffman  (Dr.  Walter  James).    Notes  on  the  Migrations  of  the 
Dakotas. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  ABB.,  Proc.,  Ninth  Ann.  Sess.,  pp.  15-17.  Hartford,  1877.  8°. 
Various  comments  on  language,  with  examples  in  Dakota. 

1833  List  of  Mammals  found  in  the  Vicinity  of  Grand  River, 

D.  T.     By  W.  J.  Hoffman,  M.  D.,  Late  IT.  S.  Army. 

In  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Proc.,  vol.  19,  pp.  94-102.     Boston,  1878.  8°. 
Twenty  eight    names    of    animals    in    the    Dakota    Language  (Tetonoway 
dialect). 

1834  Vocabulary  of  the  Pa-Uta. 

In  Wheeler  (G.  M.)  Report  upon  U.  S.  Geog.  Surveys,  vol.  7,  pp.  424-465, 
471.  Washington,  1879.  4°. 

1835  Sentences  with  interlinear  translation. 

In  Mallery  (G.)  Sign  Language  among  North  American  Indians,  in  Bureau 
of  Ethnology,  First  Ann.  Rept.  Washington,  1881.  8°. 

Briile"  Dakota  sentences,  pp.  483,  492;  Ponka  sentence,  p.  484;  Pani  sen 
tence,  p  484 ;  Pirna  sentences,  p.  485 ;  Wichita,  p.  525. 

The  above  are  given  in  connection  with  and  as  explanatory  of  gesture  lan 
guage. 

1836 Vocabulary  of  the  Arikare  Language,  to  which  are  appen 
ded  phrases  with  translations,  and  remarks  concerning  the  origin 
and  definition  of  the  word  Arikare. 

Manuscript.  11  pp.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Collected 
at  Ft.  Berthold,  Dak.,  September,  1881. 

1837  Vocabulary  of  the  Mandan. 

Manuscript.  II 11.  200  words.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Collected  at  Ft.  Berthold,  Dak.,  September,  1881. 

1838  Hoiwiy6sdQshah.     Hoiwiyos'dQshah  |  neh  |  Cha  gdoheedvs,  |  geeifi- 
uigaya  doshagee  |  neh  |  naudowahgaah  heniadiw^noh  <h"ifih.  |  The 
Four  Gospels  |  in  the  |  Seneca  Language.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1874.  |  ABS. 

Pp.  1-445.  16°.  ' 

1839  Hoi'wiyos'doshSh  |  neh  |  Chaga'oheedvs,  |  geeih'niga'ya 

dos'  lift  gee,  |  neh  |  nan'do  wah'gaah  he'ni  a'di  wS/noh  dfiah.  j  The 
four  Gospels  |  in  the  |  Seneca  Language.  | 

New  York :  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1878.  |  0. 

Pp.  1-445. 16°. 


356  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1840  Holden  (A.  W.)    A  |  History  |  of  the  |  Town  of  Queensbury,  |  in 
the  |  State  of  New  York,  |  with  |  Biographical  Sketches  |  of  |  many 
of  its  Distinguished  Men,  |  and  |  some  account  of  the  Aborigines 
of  |  Northern  New  York,  |  By  A.  W.  Holden,  M.  D.  |  [Quotation,  six 
lines.] 

Albany,  N.  Y.:  |  Joel  Munsell.  |  1874.  |  A.  c. 

Pp.i-viii,  1  l.,pp.  1-519.  8°.  plates. 
Vocabulary  of  Indian  Names,  pp.  23-35. 

1841  Holisso.    Holisso   Holitopa,  |  Chitokaka  Chisus  Im  Anumpeshi 
Luk,  Chani  |  Itatuklo  kut  Holissochi  tok  Mak  O,  |  a  kashapa  kut  | 
Chahta  im  auumpa  isht  holisso  hoke.  | 

Utica:  |  Press  of  William  William  s,  Genesee  St.  |  1831.  |  BA.ATS. 

Pp.  1-152,  1  1.  16°.     Gospels  of  Luke  and  John  and  a  few  chapters  of  Matthew 
in  the  Choctaw  language. 

1842  Holisso  |  hvshi  holhtena  isht  anoli.  |  Chahta  Almanac  |  for 

the  year  of  our  Lord  |  1836:  |  Adapted  to  the  latitude  of  the  Choc- 
taw  Country.  |  [Five  lines  Choctaw.] 

Union:  |  Mission  Press,  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  1836.  |   ABC. 
Pp.  1-16.  16°. 

1843  Holisso  |  hvshi  holhteita  isht  anoli.  |  Chahta  Almanac  |  for 

the  year  of  our  Lord  |  1837 :  |  Calculations  copied  from  the  Louis 
iana  and  Mississippi  Almanac  —  adapted  to  the  latitude  and  merid 
ian  of  Natchez.  |  [Eight  lines  Choctaw.] 

Union:  \  Mission  Press,  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer,  |  1836.  |  ABC. 
Pp.  1-24.  16°. 

1844  Holisso  |  hvshi  holhtena  isht  anoli  afvmmi  1839.  |  Chahta 

Almanac  |  For  the  Year  of  our  Lord  |  1839.  |  [One  verse  Choctaw; 
one  verse  English.] 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press,  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  fn.d.] 

Pp.  1-24.  16°.  ABC.  ATS. 

For  editions  of  later  years,  see  Cliahtah  Almanac. 

Holm  (Thomas  Campanius). 
See  Campanius  Holm  (Thomas). 

1845  Holmberg  (Heinrich  Johanu).   Ethnographische  Ski/zen  |  iiber  die 
Volker  |  des  Eussischen  Amerika,  |  von  |  H.  J.  Holmberg.  |  Erste 
Abtheilung.  |  Nebst  einer  Karte.  |  (Aus  den  Atken  der  Finnl.  So 
ciet.  d.  Wissensch.  |  besonders  abgedruckt.)  | 

Helsingfors.  |  Gedruckt  bei  H.  C.  Friis.  |  1855.  |  JWP.  £>. 

1 1.,  pp.  1-142.  4°.  map.     Native  terms  passim. 

1846  [Holmes  (Abiel).]     [Memoir  of  the  Moheagan  Indians.] 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  first  series,  vol.  9,  pp.  75-99.  Boston,  1804.  8°. 

Contains,  pp.  90-99,  a  discussion  on  the  language  of  these  Indians,  wliich 
includes  Specimens  of  the  Chactaw  language,  pp.  94-95;  Comparative  vocabu^ 
lary  of  10  words  of  the  Chactaw  and  Moheagan,  p.  96;  Numerals,  1-10,  of  the 
Chactaw  and  Moheagan,  p.  97 ;  Specimen  of  the  Moheagan  language,  taken  at 
Cambridge,  1804,  by  Wm.  Jeuks,  pp.  98-99. 

Issued  separately  as  follows: 


HOLDEN — HORDEN.  357 

Holmes  (Abiel) — continued. 

1847  A  Memoir  of  the  Mohe[a]gan  Indians,  written  in  the  year 

1804. 

[Boston.  1804.]  * 

Half  title,  pp.  1-27.  8°.    Title  from  Field's  Indian  Bibliography. 

Hbnne  (Andreas  Fridsh). 
See  Egede  (Paul). 

1848  Hooper  (Lieut.  William  Hulme).    Ten  Months  |  among  |  the  Tents 
of  the  Tuski,  |  with  Incidents  of  an  |  Arctic  Boat  Expedition  in 
search  of  |  Sir  John  Franklin,  |  as  far  as  the  Mackenzie  River,  and 
Cape  Bathurst.  |  By  Lieut.  W.  H.  Hooper,  B.  N.  |  With  a  Map  and 
Illustrations.  | 

London :  |  John  Murray,  Albemarle  Street.  |  1853.  |  A.  0.    /3 . 

Pp.  xvi,  1-417.  map.  8°. 

Tuski  phrase,  with  translation,  p.  87 ;  Tuski  song  of  rejoicing,  with  translation, 
p.  181 ;  and  many  terms  scattered  through. 

1849 List  of  Esquimaux  Words  collected  between  Point  Barrow 

row  and  Cape  Bathwrsh,  1849-50,  by  Lieut.  W.  H.  Hooper,  E.  N. 

In  Arctic  Expeditions,  pp.  179-186.  London,  1852.  fol. 

Contains  vocabulary  of  the  Eastern  and  Western  Esquimaux,  and  of  the  Coast 
and  Inland  Tchouski,  pp.  179-184;  List  of  Esquimaux  persons,  p.  185. 

1850  Horden  (Rev.  John).  The  Book  |  of  |  Common  Prayer,  |  and  ad 
ministration  of  |  the  Sacraments,  |  and  other  rites  and  ceremonies 
of  the  Church,  |  according  to  the  use  of  the  |  United  Church  of 
England  and  Ireland.  |  Translated  into  the  language  of  the  |  Moose 
Indians  |  of  the  Diocese  of  Rupert's  Land,  North -West  America.  | 
("Rev.  J.  Horden's  Translation.")  | 

London :  |  Printed  by  W.  M.  Watts,  |  for  the  |  Church  Missionary 
Society,  |  14,  Salisbury  Square.  |  1859.  |  JWP.  JCB* 

Title,  1 1,  pp.  1-361.  12°.     In  syllabic  characters. 

1851 [Three  lines  syllabic  characters.]    The  New  Testament,  | 

translated  into  |  the  Cree  Language,  |  by  the  |  Right  Rev.  John 
Hordeu,  D.  D.,  |  Bishop  of  Moosonee.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  the  |  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  | 
Queen  Victoria  Street,  E.  C.  |  1876.  |  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-245.  12°.     In  syllabic  characters.     See  Mason  (W.)  No.  2494. 

1852  [Three  lines  syllabic  characters.]    Proper  Lessons  |  from  | 

The  Old  Testament,  |  for  the  |  Sundays  and  other  Holy  Days  j 
throughout  the  year.  |  In  the  Cree  Language.  |  By  the  Right  Rev. 
J.  Horden,  D.  D.  |  Bishop  of  Moosonee.  | 

Printed  for  the  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  | 
77,  Great  Queen  Street,  Lincoln's-Inn-Fields.  |  1878.  |  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-317.  12°.     In  syllabic  characters. 

1853  A  Grammar  of  the  Cree  Language  as  spoken  by  the  Cree 

Indians  of  North  America. 

London.  1881. 


358  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Horden  (Rev.  John) — continued. 

viii,  238  pp.  am.  8°.     Title  from  Triibner's  Catalogue  of  Dictionaries  and  Gram- 

"He  has  translated  into  the  Cree  language  the  Bible,  New  Testament,  Prayer- 
book,  Hymn-book,  Psalter,  Gospel  History,  and  all  the  lessons  appointed  by  the 
Church  for  Sundays  and  holy-days.  The  first  books  the  Bishop  printed  and 
bound  with  his  own  hands.  Into  Ojibbeway  he  has  translated  the  Bible,  the 
Book  of  St.  Matthew,  Gospel  History,  and  Hymn-book." — N.  Y.  Times. 

1854  and  Kirkby  (Rev.  W.  W.)     [One  line  syllabic  characters.]  | 

A  Collection  |  of  |  Psalms  and  Hymns,  |  in  the  language  |  of  the  j 
Cree  Indians  |  of  North  West  America.  |  Compiled  by  the  |  Eight 
Rev.  John  Hordeu,  D.  D.  |  Bishop  of  Moosonee.  |  Adapted  for  the 
use  of  the  Indians  of  the  York  Factory  |  District,  by  the  Rev. 
W.  W.  Kirkby.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  the  |  Church  Missionary  Society,  |  Salis 
bury  Square.  |  1876.  |  JWP. 
Pp.  1-128.  16°.     In  syllabic  characters. 

1855  and  Sanders  (Rev.  John).     The  |  Moosouee  Hymnal,  |  trans 
lated  into  the  |  Ojibbeway  Language  |  by  the  |  Right  Rev.  The 
Bishop  of  Moosonee,  |  and  the  |  Rev.  John  Sanders,  |  Native  Mis 
sionary  to  the  Ojibbeways  of  the  Diocese  |  of  Moosouee.  | 

London:  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  North 
umberland  Avenue,  Charing  Cross;  |  4,  Royal  Exchange;  and  48, 
Piccadilly.  |  1879.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-112.  16°.    In  syllabic  characters. 

1856  The  Book  of  Common  Prayer  |  and  |  Administration  of  the 

Sacraments,  and  other  |  Rites  and  Ceremonies  of  the  Church,  |  ac 
cording  to  the  use  of  |  the  Church  of  England.  |  Translated  into  the 
language  of  |  the  Ojibbeway  Indians  |  in  the  Diocese  of  Moosouee,  | 
by  |  the  Right  Rev.  the  Bishop  of  Moosonee  and  the  Rev.  J.  Sanders, 
of  Matawakumma.  |  (Some  of  the  Occasional  Offices  are  omitted.)  | 

Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  Northumberland 
Avenue,  Charing  Cross,  London.  |  1880.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-152.  16°.    In  syllabic  characters. 

1857 St.  Matthew's  Gospel.  ]  Translated  into  the  language  |  of 

the  |  Ojibbeway  Indians  |  in  the  |  Diocese  of  Moosonee,  |  by  |  the 
Right  Rev.  the  Bishop  of  Moosonee  |  and  the  |  Rev.  J.  Sanders,  of 
Matawakumma.  | 

Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  Northumberland 
Avenue,  Charing  Cross,  London.  |  1880  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-141.  12°. 

1858  HOssler  (— ).    Eskimos. 

InErBCh(J.  S.)andOruber  (J.  G.)  Allgemeine  Encyklopadie,  vol.  38,  pp.  108- 
130.  Leipzig,  1843.  4°. 

Two  versions  of  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Eskimo,  p.  111. 


HORDEN — HOWE.  359 

1859  Hough  (Franklin  B.)    A  |  History  |  of  |  St.  Lawrence  and  Frank 
lin  |  Counties,  New  York,  |  from  the  |  Earliest  Period  to  the  Pres 
ent  time.  |  By  |  Franklin  B.  Hougb,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  |  Corresponding 
Member  of  the  New  York  Historical  Society.  |  [County  seals.] 

Albany:  |  Little  &  Co.,  53  State  Street.  |  1853.  |  BA.  0. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-719, 1  1.  8°.  maps. 

Indian  names  of  places  of  the  St.  Regis  (Caughnawaga)  Indians,  pp.  178-181. 
Notes  on  the  language  of  the  Mohawk  dialect  of  the  Iroquois;  the  Mohawk 
numerals,  1-1000  (from  Dwight),  and  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Mohawk  (from  Davis), 
pp.  707-708. 

1860  House  (J.)    Vocabularies  of  certain  North  American  Languages. 
By  J.  House,  Esq. 

In  Fhilolog.  Soc.  [of  London],  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  102-122.    London,  1850.  8°. 

Vocabulary  (words  and  sentences)  of  the  Nipissing,  Shawnees,  Brunswick, 
Blackfoot  (1),  Blackfoot  (2),  pp.  104-112;  Vocabulary  (words  and  sentences)  of 
the  Iroquois,  Mohawks,  Hurons  (Amherstburg),  Stone  Indians  (from  J.  Bird), 
pp.  114-121. 

1861  Vocabularies  of  certain  North  American  Languages.    By 

T.  [J.?]  House,  Esq. 

In  Philolog.  Soc.  [of  London], Proc.,  vol.  4, pp.  191-206.     London,  1850.  8°. 

Vocabulary  [words,  phrases,  and  sentences]  of  the  Chipewyan  (1),  Chipe- 
wyan  (2),  Beaver  (1),  Beaver  (2),  Sikanni  (of  New  Caledonia),  pp  191-193;  Vo 
cabulary  of  the  Kutani,  Flat-head,  Okanagan,  Atna,  or  Shonshwhap,  pp.  199-206. 

1862  Howe  (Henry).    Historical  Collections  of  Ohio ;   containing  a  col 
lection  of   the    most    interesting    facts,   traditions,  biographical 
sketches,  anecdotes,  etc.  relating  to  its  General  and  Local  History : 
with  Descriptions  of  its  Counties,  Principal  Towns  and  Villages. 
Illustrated  by  177  engravings,  giving  views  of  the  Chief  Towns, 
Public  Buildings,  Eelics  of  Antiquity,  Historic  Localities,  Natural 
Scenery,  etc.     By  Henry  Howe. 

Cincinnati :  Published  for  the  Author  by  Derby,  Bradley  &  Co. 
Price  Three  Dollars.  1847.  * 

581  pp.  8°.  map.     Title  from  Thomson's  Bibliography  of  Ohio. 

1863  Historical  Collections  of  Ohio;  containing  a  collection  of 

the  most  interesting  facts,  traditions,  biographical  sketches,  anec 
dotes,  etc.  relating  to  its  General  and  Local  History:    with  De 
scriptions  of  its  Counties,  Principal  Towns  and  Villages.     Illus 
trated  by  177  engravings,  giving  views  of  the  Chief  Towns,  Pub 
lic  Buildings,  Eelics  of  Antiquity,  Historic  Localities,  Natural 
Scenery,  etc.    By  Henry  Howe. 

Cincinnati:  Bradley  &  Anthony.  1848.  * 

599  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Field's  Sale  Cat.,  No.  1033. 

Johnston,  (Col.  John).  Vocabularies  of  the  Shawanoese  and  Wyandott 
languages,  pp.  590-594. 

1864  Historical  Collections  |  of  |  Ohio ;  |  containing  |  a  collec 
tion  of  the  most  interesting  facts,  traditions,  |  biographical  sketches, 
anecdotes,  etc.  |  relating  to  its  |  General  and  Local  History :  |  with  | 
Descriptions  of  its  Counties,  Principal  Towns  and  |  Villages.  |  II- 


360  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Howe  (Henry) — continued. 

lustrated  by  |  180  Engravings,  |  giving  |  Views  of  the  chief  towns, 
—public  buildings,  — relics  of  anti-  |  quity,  — historic  localities,— 
natural  scenery,  etc.  |  By  Henry  Howe.  |  [Seal  of  the  State.] 

Cincinnati:  |  Published  for  the  Author  by  Bradley  &  Anthony.  I 
Price  Three  Dollars.  |  1850.  |  A. 

599  pp.   8°.  map  and  plates. 

Johnston  (Col.  John).  Vocabularies  of  the  Shawanoese  and  Wyandott  lan- 
gnages,  etc.,  pp.  590-594;  Names  of  rivers  by  the  Shawanese,  p.  594. 

Other  editions:  +  Cincinnati,  1849.  8°.  +  Eighteenth  thousand.  Cincin 
nati:  H.Howe.  1857.  pp.620.  8°. 

1865  Historical  Collections  |  of  |  Ohio ;  |  containing  |  a  collec 
tion  of  the  most  interestingfacts,  traditions,  |  biographical  sketches, 
anecdotes,  etc.  |  relating  to  its  |  General  and  Local  History :  |  with  | 
Descriptions  of  its  Counties,  Cities,  Towns,  and  Villages,  |  illustra 
ted  by  180  engravings,  |  giving  views  of  the  chief  towns,  public 
buildings,  relics  of  antiquity,  |  historic  localities,  natural  scenery, 
etc.  |  By  Henry  Howe.  | 

Cincinnati :  |  Kobert  Clarke  and  Company.  |  1869.  |  » 

599  pp.  8°. 

Vocabulary  as  in  other  editions,  pp.  590-594.  Another  edition:  Cincinnati, 
1875,  f  99  pp.  8°. 

1866  Howison  (Robert  R.)    A  |  History  of  Virginia,  |  from  its  |  Discov 
ery  and  Settlement  |  by  Europeans  |  to  |  the  present  time.  |  By  | 
Robert  R.  Howison.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  |  Containing  the  History  of  the 
Colony  to  the  |  Peace  of  Paris,  in  1763.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Carey  &  Hart.  |  1846  [-1848].  |  A.  c. 

2  vols. :  pp.  496 ;  5fi8.  8°. 

A  short  vocabulary  and  specimen  of  the  Indian  language  (from  Smith's  Vir 
ginia),  vol.  1,  p.  113. 

1867  Howse  (Joseph).     A  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Cree  Language;  |  with 
>  TITLE  IN             which  is  combined  |  An  Analysis  |  of  the  |  Chippeway  Dialect.  | 

By  Joseph  Howse,  Esq.  F.  R.  G.  S.  |  and  Resident  twenty  years  in 
Prince  Rupert's  Land,  in  the  |  Service  of  the  Hon.  Hudson's  Bay 
Co.  | 

London:  |  J.  G.  F.  and  J.  Rivington,  |  St.  Paul's  Church  Yard, 
and  Waterloo  Place,  Pall  Mall.  |  1844.  |  BP. 

Pp.  i-xx,  1-324  8°.  There  is  another  edition  with  change  of  title  only :  Lon 
don,  Triibner,  1865. 

1868  Hubbard  (Dr.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Lototen  or  Tutatamys  (from 
Dr.  Hubbard's  Notes,  1856.) 

In  Taylor  (A.  S.)  Indianology  of  California,  in  California  Farmer,  vol.  13 
No.  16,  June  8,  1860. 

1869  [Huggins  (Eliza)  and  Williamson  (Nancy  J.)]     Dakota  Text-Book.  | 
Waniyetu,  Modoketu  |  iyahna  |  anpetu  otoiyohi  on  |  oehde  wanji- 
dan  |  wowapi  wakau  etauhan.  |  Wakautunka  i  oie  kin  tewahinda 
woyute  |  mitawa  isanpa.    Job  23:  12.  | 


HOWE  —  HUMBOLDT.  361 

Huggins  (Eliza)  and  Williamson  (Nancy  J.)  —  continued. 

American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau  Street,  New  York.  | 
[1872.]  c.  BE. 

Pp.  1-108.  32°.  Reverse  of  title  "A  verse  for  each  clay  in  the  year.  Selected 
from  the  Holy  Scriptures  by  Eliza  W.  Hnggins  and  Nancy  J.  Williamson." 

1870  Humboldt  (Friedrich  Heinrich  Alexandra  Freiherr  von.    Voyage  | 
de  |  Humboldt  et  Boupland.  |  Premiere  Partie,  |  Relation  Histori- 
que.  |  Atlas  Pittoresque.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  F.  Schoell,  rue  des  Fos8e"s-Saint-Germain-l'Au- 
xerrois,  N.°  29.  1  1810.  | 
Second  title: 

Vues  |  des  Cordilleres,  |  et  Monumens  |  des  Peuples  Indigenes  | 
de  FAmerique.  |  Par  Al.  de  Humboldt.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  F.  Schoell,  rue  des  Fosse's-  Saint-Germain-1'Au- 
xerrois,  N.°  29.  |  1810.  |  A. 

,r>  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xvi,  1-350,  1  1.  ;  plates  1-69  on  68  sheets,  folio. 

Numerals,  1-13,  iu  Azteque  and  Noutka,  compared  with  Qquichua,  Muysca, 
Mautchou,  Mongole,  and  Oigour,  pp.  140-141.  Names  of  the  Aztec  months, 
cycles,  days,  signs  of  time,  and  calendar,  pp.  132-134,  140,  144-147,  152,  160,  162, 
178,  307.  Fac-simile  of  portion  of  a  Maya  manuscript,  plate,  45. 

Also,  according  to  Sabiii's  Dictionary  :  Paris.  1813.  folio. 

1871  -  Vues  des  Cordilleres,  et  Mouumens  des  Peuples  Indigenes 
de  1'Amerique.    Par  Al.  de  Humboldt. 

Paris:  Maze.  1815.  "i/ir.1 

2  vols.  8°.  +  A  Paris:  A  la  Libraire  grecque  .  .  .  1816.  2  vols.  8°.  Titles 
fiom  Sabin's  Dictionary.  Translated  into  English  under  the  following  title: 

1872  -  Eesearches,    |    concerning   |    the    Institutions  &  Monu 
ments  |  of  |  the  Ancient  Inhabitants  j  of  |  America,  |  with  Descrip 
tions  &  Views  |  of  some  of  the  most  |  striking  scenes  |  in  the  | 
Cordilleras!  |  Written  in  French  by  |  Alexander  de  Humboldt,  |  & 
Translated  into  English  by  |  Helen  Maria  Williams.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 
[Engraving.] 

London:  |  Published  by  Longman,  Hurst,  Eees,  Oraae  &  Brown, 
J.  Murray  &  H.  Colburn.  |  1814.  |  BA.C.  1^  , 

2  vols.  8°. 

Comments  on  language,  length  of  Aztec  words,  Aztec  names  of  days  of  months, 
&c.,  scattered  throughout. 

1873  -  Essai   Politique  |  sur    le    royaume  |  de  |  la    Nonvelle- 
Espagne;  |  par  Alexandre  de  Humboldt.  |  Avecun  atlas  |  Physique 
et  G£ographique,  fond6  sur  des  Observations  Astronomiques,  des 
Mesures  |  Trigonom6triques  et  des  Nivellemens  Barome'triques.  | 
Tome  Premier  [DeuxiemeJ.  | 

A  Paris,  |  chez  F.  Schoell,  Libraire,  Rue  des  Fosse"s-Saint-Ger- 
main-1'Anxerrois,  N".  29.  |  1811.  |  De  1'Inipriinerie,  de  J.  H.  Stone.  | 

2  vols.  folio.  BA.  C.    K^  , 

DiversiNS  des  langues,  vol.  1,  p.  81;  Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Mexican,  Escelen, 

Kiiinsrii.  and  Noutka,  vol.  1,  p.  322.    Repriuted,  according  to  Sabiu:  Paris,  Idll. 


/3,    eJt,       fc^i~   wii  ,  r- 


X 


362  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Humboldt  (Friedrich  Heinrich  Alexandre  Frelherr  yon) — continued. 

1874 Political  Essay  |  on  the  |  Kingdom  of  New  Spain.  |  Con 
taining  |  Researches  relative  to  the  Geo  |  graph  y  of  Mexico,  the 
Extent  |  of  its  Surface  and  its  political  |  Division  into  Inteudancies, 
the  |  physical  Aspect  of  the  Coun-  |  try,  the  Population,  the  State  | 
of  Agriculture  and  Mauufac-  |  turing  and  Commercial  In-  |  dustry, 
the  Canals  projected  |   between  the   South   Sea  and   |  Atlantic 
Ocean,  the  Crown  |  Revenues,  the   Quantity  of  the  |  precious 
Metals  which  have  |  flowed  from  Mexico  into  Eu-  |  rope  and  Asia, 
since  the  Dis-  |  covery  of  the  New  Continent,  |  and  the  Military 
Defence  of  |  New  Spain.  |  By  Alexander  de  Humboldt.  |  With  | 
Physical  Sections  and  Maps,  |  founded  on  Astronomical  Observa 
tions,  and  |  Trigonometrical  and  Barometrical  |  Measurements.  | 
Translated  from  the  original  French.   |  By  John  Black.  |  Vol.  I 

[-IV].  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  Longman,  Hurst,  Rees,  Orme,  and  Brown ; 
and  |  H.  Colburu:  and  W.  Blackwood,  and  Brown  and  Crombie,  | 
Edinburgh.  |  1811.  |  A. 

4  vols.  8°.  Linguistics,  vol.  1,  p.  138;  vol.  2, 
p.  346.      . 

According  to  Sabin's  Dictionary,  reprinted  as  follows: 

+  Second  edition.     London.  1814.     4  vols.  8°. -- 

-f  Third  edition.     London.  1822.     4  vols.  8°. 

+  New  York:  I.  Riley.  1811.    Vols.  1  and  2.  8°.  (All  published.) 

1875  Versuch  iiber  den  politischen   Zustand  des  Konigreichs 

Neu-Spanieu  .  .  .  Von  Friedrich  Alexander  von  Humboldt. 

Tubingen:  J.  G.  Cotta.  1811  [-1814].  * 

5  vols.  8~.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1876  Eusayo  Politico  |  sobre  el  Reino  |  de  |  la  Nueva-Espana,  | 

Por  Alej.  de  Humboldt;  |  Traducido  al  Espanol,  |  Por  Don  Vin- 
cente Gonzalez  Arnao,  |  coudosmapas.  |  TomoPrinierof-Cuarto].  | 

Paris,  |  en  casa  de  Rosa,  gran  patio  del  palacio  real,  |  y  calle  de 
Montpensier,  N°  5.  |  1822.  |  A. 

4  vols.  8°.  Linguistics,  vol.  1,  p.  151 ;  vol.  2, 

pp.  154-155. 

According  to  Sabin's  Dictionary,  reprinted  as  follows : 

+  Paris :  J.  Renouard.   1827.  5  vols.  8°. 

+  Tercia  edicion.     Paris.  1836.  5  vols.  8°. — 


Also  an  abridgement :  Madrid.  MDCCCXVIII.  2  vols.  8°. 

1877  Essai  Politique  |  sur  le  Royaume  |  de  la  |  Nouvelle-Es- 

pagne,  |  par  Alexandre  de  Humboldt.  |  Deuxieme  Edition.  |  Tome 
Premier  [-Quatrieme].  |  [Anchor.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Antoine-Augustin  Renouard.  |  M  DCCC  XXV 
[-M  DCCC  XX  VI I J  [1825-1827].  |  * 

4  vols.  83.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.  Linguistics,  vol.  1,  pp.  324-326,  352, 
353;  vol.  2,  p.  280. 


HUMBOLDT.  363 

1878  Humboldt  (Karl  Wilhelm  von),  tiber  |  die  Kawi-Sprache  auf  der 
Insel  Java,  |  nebst  |  eiuer  Einleituug  |  iiber  |  die  Verschiedenheit 
des  menscbliclien  Sprachbaues  |  uud  ihren  Einflussauf  die  geistige 
Entwickelnng  des  |  Menscheugescblechts.  |  Von  |  Wilhelm  von 
Humboldt.  |  Erster  f-Dritter]  Band.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Druckerei  der  koniglichen  Akademie  | 
der  Wissenschaften.  |  1836  [-1839].  |  In  commission  bei  F.  Dmnm- 
ler.  |  HU.C. 

3  vols.  4°.  Forms  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Berlin,  Abhandlungen,  aus  dem 
Jahre  1832.  Zweiter  Theil.  Berlin,  1836.  4°. 

Character  and  Origin  of  the  Delaware  Language,  pp.  cccxxxii-cccxxxviii. 

1879 Wilhelm  von  Humboldt's  |  gesaminelte  Werke.  |  Erster 

f-FiinfterJ  Band.  | 

Berlin,  |  gedruckt  uud  verlegt  bei  G.Reinier.i  1841  [-1846].  |   A.w. 

5  vols.  8°. 

Ueber  die  Meinung  der  nahen  Verwandtschaft  des  Vaskischen  mit  ameri- 
canischeii  Sprachen,  vol.  2,  pp.  189-194. 

Ueber  das  Entstehen  der  grammatischeD  Formen,  und  ihren  Einfluss  anf  die 
Ideenentwicklung,  vol.  3,  pp.  269-306,  containing  gtammatic  examples  in  Ka- 
raiben,  Lule,  Brasilianischen,  Slexikanischen,  Huasteca,  Tamanaca,  Mixteca,  &c. 

1880  [Grammars  of  the  Cora  and  Tarahumara  languages.]        * 

Manuscript.  Referred  to,  and  extracts  given  in,  Buschmann'g  Spuren  der 
aztek  Spracheu,  pp.  46-50,  and  in  Bancroft's  Native  Races,  vol.  3,  pp.  666,  713. 

1881 Otomitische  Grammatik.  * 

Manuscript.  66  pp.,  and  10  pp.  appended.  4°.  2  pp.  in  handwriting  of  Busch- 
mann. 

1882  Otomi  Grammatik.  • 

Manuscript.  41  11.,  and  22  11.  appended,  folio.     An  older  draft. 

1883  Otomi  Grammatik.  * 

Manuscript.  39  pp.  folio.    Followed  by  notes,  20  pp.    A  new  revision. 

1884  Maya  Grammatik.  * 

Manuscript.  36  pp.  folio.     In  Humboldt's  handwriting;  82  pp.  and  table  in 

handwriting  of  his  secretary.     To  this  are  appended  15  pp.  explanatory  notes 
ami  a  list  of  grainmatic  affixes  in  Humboldt's  handwriting. 

1885  Mixteca  Grammatik.  * 

Manuscript.  28  pp.  folio. 

1886  Totonaca  Grammatik.  * 

Manuscript.  56  pp.  folio,  and  appendix. 

1887  Huasteka  Grammatik.  * 

Manuscript.  55  pp.  in  -the  handwriting  of  Humboldt's  secretary,  and  46  pp.  in 

his  own.  folio. 

1888  Cora  Sprache.  * 

Manuscript.  15  pp.  folio.     In  the  handwriting  of  Hnmboldt's  secretary. 

1889  A  treatise  intended  to  form  an  introduction  to  a  general 

treatise  on  American  languages.  * 

Manuscript.  151  pp.  In  Humboldt's  handwriting.  Contains:  a.  Prefatory 
remarks  on  American  languages;  b.  Phonetic  system  of  the  languages  in  general; 
c.  On  the  grammar  of  the  languages  in  general. 


364  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Humboldt  (Karl  "Wilhelm  von)— continued. 

1890  Ouondago  Grammatik  von  W.  v.  Humboldt.  * 

Manuscript.  60  pp.  folio.     lu  Humboldt's  handwriting,  with  notes  by  Busch- 
mann. 

1891 W.  v.  Humboldt's  Massachusetts  Gramniatik.  * 

Manuscript.  57pp.  folio.     In  the  handwriting  of  Humboldt,  with  some  notes 
by  Buschmann. 

1892  Ueber  die  amerikanischen  Sprachen.  * 

Manuscript.  40  pp.  folio.     Auxiliary  papers  by  Humboldt  and  Bnschmann. 

1893  Allgerueine    amerikanische   Arbeiten.      Untersuchungen 

iiber  die  amerik-auischen  Sprachen,  angefangeu  den  18.  Mai  1826.     • 

Maunscript.  21  pp.  folio. 

1894  -        -  Sprachtabelleu.  * 

Manuscript.  38  11.  folio. 

1895  Ueber  das  Verbum  in  den  amerikanischen  Sprachen.         * 

Manuscript.    Wholly  in  Humboldt's  own  hand;  40pp.,  and  13  pp.  lead-pencil 

notes  by? 

189G  Ueber  die  amerikanischen  Sprachen.  * 

Manuscript.  19  pp.  folio.     Incidental  papers. 

1897  Ueber  die  amerikauischeu  Sprachen.     Introduction.          * 

Manuscript.  51  pp.  folio. 

1898  Muhhekaueew  Grammatik.  * 

Manuscript.  20  pp.  folio. 

Above  titles  from  Stargardt's  Cat.,  135,  Amerika  und  Orient. 

1899  Hunfalvy  (Paul).    A  |  Dakota  Nyelov  |  Huufalvy  Paltoil.  |  Kii- 
lonnyomat  a  in.  acad.  Ertesitobol. 

Pesten.  |  Nyomatott  Landerer  es  heckenastnal.  |  1856.  |  s. 

Pp.  1-68.  8°.     Extract  from  the  Bulletins  of  the  Hungarian  Academy. 

1900  [Hunter  (Rev.  James).]     Oo  Meyoo  Ahchemowin  |  S.  Matthew.  | 

London  :    |    Church   Missionary   House,   |    Salisbury   Square,  j 
1853.  |  JWP. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  ].,  pp.  1-148.  12°.     Gospel  of  St.  Matthew  in  the  Cree 
language. 

1901  Oo  |  Meyo  Achiuioowin  |  St.  Matthew.  |  The  Gospel  |  ac 
cording  to  |  St.  Matthew;  |  translated  into  the  language  of  the  | 
Cree  Indians,  |  of  the  Diocese  of  Rupert's  Land,  |   North-west 
America,  |  by  |  the  Venerable  James  Hunter.  D.  D.,  |  late  Arch 
deacon  of  Cumberland,  Rupert's  Land.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  |  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  | 
1877.  |  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-136  16°. 

1902  Oo  |  Meyo  Achimoowin  |  St.  Mark.  |  The  Gospel  |  accord 
ing  to  |  St.  Mark;  |  translated  into  the  language  of  the  |  Cree  In 
dians,  |  of  the  Diocese  of  Rupert's  Laud,  |  North-west  America.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  |  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  | 
1855.  |  C.JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-87.  16°. 


HUMBOLDT — HUNTEK,  365 

Hunter  (Rev.  James) — continued. 

1903  Go  |  Meyo  Achimoowiu  |  St.  Mark.  |  The  Gospel  |  accord 
ing  to  |  St.  Mark ;  |  translated  into  the  language  of  the  |  Cree  In- 
diails,  j  of  the  Diocese  of  Rupert's  Land,  |  North-west  America,  | 
by  |  the  Venerable  James  Hunter,  M.  A.,  |  late  Archdeacon  of 
Cumberland,  Rupert's  Land.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  |  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  | 
1876.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-90.  16°. 

1!>04  Oo  |  Meyo  Achimoowin  |  St.  John.  |  The  Gospel  |  accord 
ing  to  |  St.  John ;  |  translated  into  the  language  of  the  |  Cree  In 
dians,  |  of  the  Diocese  of  Rupert's  Land,  |  North-west  America.  | 
London :  |  Printed  for  |  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  j 
1855.  |  ABS.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-108.  16°. 

1905  Oo  |  Meyo  Achimoowin  |  St.  John.  |  The  Gospel  |  accord 
ing  4o  |  St.  John;  |  translated  into  the  language  of  the  |  Cree  In 
dians,  |  of  the  diocese  of  Rupert's  Land,  |  North-west  America,  | 
by  |  the  Venerable  James   Hunter,  D.  D.,  |  late  Archdeacon  of 
Cumberland,  Rupert's  Land.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  |  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  | 
1876.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-126.  16°. 

Hunter  (Mrs.)    Nistnm  oo  Mamowe  Mnssinahumakawin  John.     The  First 
Epistle  General  of  John,  pp.  111-121. 

1006  —        Liturgy  of  the  Church  of  England  in  the  Cree  Language. 
Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge.  1854.  * 

In  Roman  characters.     Title  from  Bagster's  Bible  of  Every  Land. 

1907  Oo  Tapwatumoowin  |  niena  |  Oo  Tipetotumoowin  |  Oota- 

yumehaw.  |  The  Faith  and  Duty  |  of  |  a  Christian,  |  translated  into 
the  language  of  the  |  Cree  Indians,  |  of  the  Diocese  of  Rupert's 
Land,  North  west  America.  | 

Printed  for  the  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  | 
Great  Queen  Street,  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields.  |  1855.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-iv,  5-54.  12°. 

1908  Ayumehawe  Mussinahikun.  |  The   Book  |  of  |   Common 

Prayer,   |  and   Administration  of  |  the  Sacraments,  |  and  other 
Rites  and  Ceremonies  of  the  Church,  |  according  to  the  use  of  the  | 
United  Church  of  England  and  Ireland.  |  Translated  into  the  lan 
guage  of  the  |  Cree  Indians,  |  of  the  Diocese  of  Rupert's  Land,  | 
North-west  America.  | 

Printed  for  the  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  | 
Great  Queen  Street,  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields.  |  1855.  |  JWP.  GB. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-274.  12°. 
A  selection  of  Hymns,  pp.  249-274. 


366  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hunter  (Rev.  James) — continued. 

1909  Portions  of  |  the  Book  |  of  |  Common  Prayer  |  according  to 

the  use  of  the  |  United  Church  of  England  and  Ireland  |  in  the 
Language  of  the  |  Cree  Indians,  |  of  the  Diocese  of  Rupert's 
Land.  |  (Transmuted  into  the  Phonetic  Syllabic  Symbols.)  |  Pub 
lished  under  the  Sanction  and  Superintendence  |  of  the  |  Eight 
Rev.  David.  Lord  Bishop  of  Rupert's  Land.  |  Specially  designed  as 
an  aid  to  the  |  Family  and  Private  Devotion  of  the  Indians,  while 
at  |  a  distance  from  the  Public  Means  of  Grace.  | 

London:  Church  Missionary  House,  |  Salisbury  Square.  |  I85C.  | 
Lithographed  .by  J.  J.  Netherclift,  Sen.,  100,  St.  Martin's  Lane.  | 

^  p.  II.,  pp.  i-viii,  1-52.  8°.  GrB. 

The  lutroiluctory  Observations  arid  appended  diagrams  supply  a  key  to  the 
"Phouetio  Syllabic  Symbols"  of  the  text. 

1910 [One  line  syllabic  characters.]     The  Book  |  of  |  Common 

Prayer,  |  and   Administration  of   |   the   Sacraments,  |  and  other 
Rites  and  Ceremonies  of  the  Church,  |  according  to  the  use  of  the  | 
United  Churcli  of  England  and  Ireland.  |  Translated  in  the  Lan 
guage  of  the  |  Creo  Indians   |  of  the  Diocese  of  Rupert's  Laud, 
North-west  America.  | 

London:  |  Printed   for   the  |  Society    for    Promoting    Christian 
Knowledge,  |  Great  Queen  Street,  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields.  |  I860.  |  GB 
"i  p.  11.,  pp.  1-190.  I;!0.     lu  syllabic  characters. 

1VH  L Ayumehawe  Mussm&hikuu,  |  ineiia  |  Ka  Isse  Makinane- 

wiikee  |  Kunache  Kfcche  Issetwawina,  |  mena  |  ateet  kotuka  isset- 
wawina  aynmehawinik,  |  ka  isse  aputchetanewukee  |  akayasewe 
ayuuiehawinik:  |  ussitche  |  David  oo  Nikumoona,  |  ka  isse  niku- 
liiiiCTIOHS*    nioonanewukee  Apo  ka  isse  ayumetanewukee  |  ayumehawekumi 
ko6k.  |  A  isse  Mussinahuk  naheyowe  isse  keeswa-  |  winik,  akaya 
sewe  mussinahikunik  oche,  |  the  Ven.  Archdeacon  Hunter,  I).  I).,  | 
(Late  Archdeacon  of  Cumberland,  Rupert's  Land),  |  Vicar  of  St. 
Matthew,  Bayswater,  London.  | 

Printed  for  the  j  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  | 
Great  Queen  Street,  Liucolu's-Inn  Fields.  |  1877.  |  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-739.  14°.  Book  of  Common  Prayer  in  the  Cree  language.  Psalms, 
pp.  469-739. 

Literal  translation. — The  prayer  book  |  and  |  for  the  administration  |  of  the 
holy  great  feasts  |  and  |  those  other  rites  of  prayer  |  which  are  therein  |  also  Da 
vid's  Psalms  |  which  are  to  be  sung  or  to  be  said  |  in  the  church.  | 

1912  A  Lecture  |  on  the  |  Grammatical  Construction  |  of  |  the 

Cree  Language,  |  delivered  by  |  the  Veu.  Archdeacon  Hunter, 
M.  A.  |  (Late  Archdeacon  of  Cumberland,  Rupert's  Land,  and 
now  |  Vicar  of  St.  Matthew's,  Bayswater,  W.),  |  before  the  |  Insti 
tute  of  Rupert's  Land,  |  at  the  |  Court  House,  Fort  Garry,  Red 
River  Settlement;  |  On  the  2nd  April,  1862.  |  The  Right  Revereud  | 
the  Lord  Bishop  of  Rupert's  Land,  |  President  of  the  Institute,  in 
the  Chair.  |  Also  |  Paradigms  of  the  Cree  Verb,  |  with  its  |  vari 
ous  Conjugations,  Moods,  Tenses,  Inflections,  &c.  | 


HUNTER.  367 

Hunter  (Rev.  James) — continued. 

London  :  |  Printed  for  the  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowl 
edge,  |  Great  Queen  Street,  Lincoln's-Iuu  Fields.  |  1875.  |  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-267.  royal  8°. 

Lecture,  pp.  1-14 ;  Paradigms  of  the  Cree  verb,  with  its  various  conjuga 
tions,  moods,  tenses,  inflections,  &c.,  pp.  15-267. 

1913  Hunter  (Mrs.  James).  Nistum  |  oo  Mamowe  Mussina-  Humakawin  | 
John.  |  The  First  Epistle  General  |  of  |  John ;  |  translated  into  the 
Language  of  the  |  Cree  Indians,  |  of   the  Diocese  of  Eupert's 
Land,  North-west  America.  |  By  Mrs.  Hunter.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  |  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  | 
1855.  |  JWP.  ABS. 

Pp.  1-18.  16°.     In  the  Cree  language. 

1914  [Three  lines  syllabic  characters.]  The  First  Epistle  General  | 

of  |  John,  |  Translated  by  |  Mrs.  Hunter  |  into  the  |  Language  of 
the  Crees.  |  Transmuted  into  the  Phonetic  Syllabic  Symbols  |  of 
the  |  Indians  of  Eupert's  Land,  North  West  America,  |  under  the  | 
Superintendence  of  the  |  Eight  Eev.  David  |  Lord  Bishop  of  Eu 
pert's  Land.  | 

[London:  Church  Missionary  House.  1856.]  GB. 

l  p.  1., pp.  1-13.  8°. 

1915  Nistuin  oo  Mamowe  Mussin&humakawin  John.    The  First 

Epistle  General  of  John.  [In  the  Cree  language.] 

In  Hunter  (Bee.  .1.)    Oo  Meyo  »  .  St.  John,  pp.  111-126.     London,  1876.  16°. 

1910  Kukwachetoowe  |  Mussinahikun.  |  A  Catechism  |  forthe  | 

Cree  Indians  of  Eupert's  Laud  |  (North-west.  America),  |  by  |  Mrs. 
Hunter.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  the  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian 
Knowledge,  |  Great  Queen  Street,  Lincoln's-Inn  Fields.  |  1874.  | 

Pp.  1-8.  12°.  JWP. 

1917  Hunter  (John  Dunn).    Manners  and  Customs  |  of  |  Several  Indian 
Tribes  |  Located  West  of  the  Mississippi;  |  Including  some  account 
of  the  Soil,  Climate  and  Vegetable  |  Productions,  and  the  Indian  Ma- 
teria  Medica :  to  which  is  |  prefixed  the  History  of  the  Author's 
Life  during  a  resi-  |  dence  of  several  years  among  them.  |  By  John 
D.  Hunter.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  and  Published  for  the  Author,  |  by  J. 
Maxwell,  |  S.  E.  Corner  of  Fourth  and  Walnut  Streets.  |  1823.  |  c.  /3, 

Pp.  i-ix,  11-402.  8°. 

List  of  remedies  used  by  the  Indians;  in  the  Osage  (f)  language,  with  Eng 
lish  signification,  pp.  369-394. 

1918  Memoirs  |  of  a  |  Captivity  |  among  |  the  Indians  |  of  | 

North  America,  |  from  childhood  to  the  age  of  nineteen:  |  with  | 
anecdotes  descriptive  of  |  their  Manners  and  Customs.  |  To  which 


368  KORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hunter  (John  Dunn) — continued. 

is  added,  |  some  account  of  the  |  Soil,  Climate,  and  Vegetable  Pro 
ductions  |  of  the  Territory  westward  of  the  Mississippi.  |  By  John 
D.  Hunter.  | 

London:    |   Printed   for   |   Longman,   Hurst,    Rees,  Orme,  and 
Browu,  |  Paternoster-Eow.  |  1823.  |  BA.  c.  LSH. 

Pp.  i-ix,  1-447.  8°.     List  of  remedies,  &c.,  pp.  402-427. 

1919 Memoirs  |  of  a  |  Captivity  |  among  |  the  Indians  |  of  | 

North  America,  |  from  cliildhood  to  the  age  of  nineteen:  |  with  j 
anecdotes  descriptive  of  |  their  Manners  and  Customs.  |  To  which 
is  added,  |  some  account  of  the  |  Soil,  Climate,  and  Vegetable  Pro 
ductions  |  of  the  Territory  westward  of  the  Mississippi.  |  By  John 
D.  Hunter.  |  A  new  edition,  with  portrait.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  |  Longman,  Hurst,  Rees,  Orme,  Brown, 
and  Green,  |  Paternoster-Eow.  |  1823.  |  T. 

Pp.  i-ix,  1-447.  b°. 

1920  Memoirs    of   a  captivity  among    the  Indians  of   North 

DVED  TITLE  IN     \]    America,  from  Childhood  to  the  Age  of  Nineteen;  with  Anecdotes 

ira     Descriptive  of  their  Manners  and  Customs.  ...  By  John  D.  Hunter. 
N>5.    The  Third  Edition,  with  Additions. 

London:  Longman  &  Co.     1824.  * 

xi,468pp.  6°.     Title  from  Meuzie's  Sale  Catalogue. 

1921  Der  |  Gefungene  unter  den  Wilden  |  in  |  Nord-Arnerika;  | 

uach  J.  D.  Hunter's  Deukwiirdigkeiten  |  seines  |  Aufenthalts  unter 
denselben  und  seiner  Schilderung  |  des  Charakters  nnd  der  Sitten 
der   westlich  |  vom    Mississippi  wohnen   Stiiinme,  |  herausgege- 
ben  |  von  |  W.  A.  Liudau.  |  Erster  [-DritterJ  Theil.  | 

Dresden,  bei  P.  G.  Hilscher.  |  1824.  |  c. 

3  vols.  16°.     List  of  medicines.  &c.,  vol.  3,  pp.  90-119. 

1922  Miunesteckuiugarrorandeau  faugenskap  bland  Indianerna 

i  Nord-Amerika,  ifran  barudomen  till  nittou  ars  alder. 

Mariefred,  Colliii  et  Comp.,  1826.  * 

320  pp.,  1 1.  8°.   Swedish  translation  of  Hunter's  interesting  narrative. — Leclerc, 
1878,  No.  2548. 

1923  Huntington  (Dimmick  B.)     A  few  words  |  in  the  |  Utah  and  Sho- 
sho-ne  |  dialects,  |  alphabetically  arranged:  |  Collected  by  D.  B. 
Huntington.  |  Second  edition — revised  and  enlarged.  | 

Printed  by  W.  Richards,  |  G.  S.  L.  City,  U.  T.,  |  1854.  |  YC. 

Pp.  1-36.  16°.     Utah,  1-25;  Shoshoue,  26-36. 

1924  Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Utah  and  Sho-sho-ne  |  or  Snake  | 

Dialects,  |  with  Indian  Legends  and  Traditions.  |  Including  a  Brief 
Account  of  |  the  Life  and  Death  of  Wahker,  |  the  Indian  Land 
Pirate,  |  By  |  D.  B.  Huntington,  |  Indian  Interpreter.  |  Third  Edi 
tion — Revised  and  Enlarged.  | 


HUNTER — HYDE.  369 

Huntington  (Dimraick  B.) — continued. 

Salt  Lake  City:  |  Printed  at  the  Salt  Lake  Herald  Office :  |  1872.  | 
Pp.  1-32.  16°.  JWP. 

Utah  Vocabulary,  pp.  5-16;  Shoshone  Vocabulary,  pp.  17-33. 

1925  Hurlburt  (Rev.  Thomas).    A  Memoir  on  the  Inflections  of  the  Chip- 
pewa  Tongue. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  4,  pp.  385-396.  Philadelphia, 
1854.  4°. 

1920  On  the  Structure  of  the  Indian  Languages.  •• 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  first  Ann.  Sess.,  pp.  26-27.    New  York,  1870.  8°. 

1927   ,  editor.     Petaubun.  |  Peep  of  Day.  |  Vol.  1.     Sarnia,  C. 

W.,  August,  1861.    No.  7.  |  [Vol.  2.  August,  1862,  No.  8.]  g. 

4°.  The  above  are  the  first  and  last  numbers  I  have  seen  of  this  paper.  It  is 
a  quarto  of  four  pages,  printed  three  pages  in  Chippewa,  the  fourth  in  English, 
and  issued  monthly.  I  presume  it  began  in  January,  1861,  but  whether  it  still 
continues  I  do  not  know. 

The  colophon  is:  "Printed  and  Published  by  Rev.  Thomas  Hurlburt,"  and 
he  is  frequently  addressed,  in  communications  by  contributors,  as  editor. 

See  lu  Pitabvn. 

1928  Huron.     Huron  Manuscript.  * 

"There  also  exists  a  small  volume,  comprising  extracts  from  the  Gospels,  in 
structions,  a  treatise  on  the  existence  of  God,  another  on  religion,  and  some 
addresses  to  deputations,  in  some  cases  with  a  French  or  Latin  version." — Hist. 
Mag.,  vol.  2,  p.  197. 

1929  Husband  (Bruce).    Vocabulary  of  the  Sioux. 

Manuscript.  611.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Collected  at 
Fort  Laramie,  1849. 

1930  Hatchings  (James  M.)     Scenes  |  of  |  Wonder  and  Curiosity  |  in  | 
California.  |  Illustrated    with  over  one  hundred  engravings.  |  A 
Tourist's  Guide  |  to  the  |  Yo-semite  Valley,  |  The  Big  Tree  Groves, 
[&c.,  six  lines].  |  By  J.  M.  Hutchings  |  (of  Yo-semite).  | 

New  York  and  San  Francisco :  |  A.  Roman  and  Company,  Pub 
lishers.  |  1870.  |  BA.  C. 

Pp.  1-292.  8°.  ft, 

Aboriginal  names  of  water-falls  and  mountains  in  the  Yo-semite  Valley,  with 
English  signification,  p.  169. 

There  are  earlier  editions,  one  dated  1861,  one  no  date,  and,  perhaps  others, 
none  of  which  I  think  contain  the  list  of  names  with  meanings. 

1931  Hyde  (Jabez  B.)     Kianasa,  |  uana  nonedowaga  |  Neuwenuda.  |  In 
dian  Hymns,  |  in  the  |  Seneca  Language;  |  By  Jabez  B.  Hyde.  | 

Buffalo:  |  Printed  by  H.  A.  Salisbury.  |  1818.  |  WE. 

Pp.  1-19,  alternate  Soneca  and  English.  16°. 

Hymns,  pp.  2-11;  John,  Chap,  iii,  pp.  10-17;  Lord's  Prayer,  pp.  18-19;  Al 
phabet,  p.  20. 

1932  Kianasa.  |  nana  nonedowaga  |  Neuweuuda.  |  Hymns,  |  in 

the  |  Seneca  Language;  |  By  Jabez  B.  Hyde.  | 

Buffalo:  |  Printed  by  H.  A.  Salisbury.  |  1819.  |  V.  AAS. 

Pp.  1-40,  alternate  Senoca  and  English.  16°. 
24  Bib 


370  NOKTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Hyde  (Jabez  B.) — continued. 

1933  Christ's  Sermon  on  the  Mount :  In  the  Seneca  Tongue. 

New  York:  American  Bible  Society.  1829.  * 

18°.     Not  seen  ;  title  from  O'Callaghan's  Bibles. 

Mr.  [  J.  B.  ]  Hyde  has  finished  a  new  edition  of  a  Spelling  Book  in  the 
Seneca  language,  and  is  about  publishing  in  the  same  language  Christ's  Sermon 
on  the  Mount,  and  the  first  six  chapters  of  the  Gospel  of  the  Evangelist  John. 
The  Seneca  Hymns  which  he  formerly  published  have  been  found  highly  useful 
in  the  tribe.  Indeed  the  great  test  of  renouncing  Paganism  and  becoming  a 
candidate  for  Christian  instruction  is  the  use  of  these  Hymns. — Ann.  Rep.  New 
York  Miss.  Soc.,  April,  1820,  p.  40. 

1934  Hymns.     Hymns  |  in  the  |  Ojibway  |  Language:  | 

Published  by  |  Alonzo  Barnard,  |  Omena,  Mich.  |  [n.  d.]       JWP. 

1  1.,  pp.  1-20,  1 1.  32°. 

1935  [Hymns  in  the  Abuaki  Language.]  JWP. 

4  unnumbered  11.  printed  on  one  side  only.  12°. 


1936  I  will  give  liberally.  |  By  the  Rev.  William  Nevins,  D.  D.  |  Na 
Yukpa  Hosh  Nana  Ka  Bohli  Lashke.  | 

[Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation:   Mission  Press,  John  Candy  and 
John  F.  Wheeler,  Printers.  1845.J  BA. 

Pp.  1-16.  12°. 

1937  Imgerutit.     Iingerutit   |    attorekset  |  illagektunnut   |   Labrador- 
emetnnnut.  | 

Lcebaume,  |  J.  A.  Duroldtib  Nenilauktangit.  |  [1840 !]  GB. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-340.  16°.     A  collection  of  hymns,  in  the  dialect  of  Labrador. 

1938  Imgerutit  attoraeksat  illagektunut  Labrador-emetunut.    * 

410  pp.  8°.     Hymn  book  for  the  Moravian  communities  of  Labrador.     Title 

from  a  Greenland  missionary,  through  Prof.  Rink. 

1939  Indian.     Indian  Prayer  Book,  compiled  and  arranged  for  the  bene 
fit  of  the  Penebscot  and  Passamaquoddy  Tribes.    Printed  by  order 
of  the  Rt.  Eev.  B.  Fenwick. 

Boston,  1834.  « 

18°.    Title  from  the  Finotti  Sale  Cat. 

1940  Indian  Treaties,  |  and  |  Laws  and  Regulations  |  relating 

to  Indian  Affairs:  |  to  which  is  added  |  an  Appendix,  |  containing 
the  Proceedings  of  the  Old  Congress,  and  other  |  important  State 
Papers,  in  relation  to  Indian  Affairs.  |  Compiled  and  Published 
under  Orders  of  the  Department  of  War  of  |  the  9th  February  and 
6th  October,  1825.  | 

Washington  City:  |  Way  &  Gideon,  Printers.  |  1826.  (  * 

xx,  529  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames,  from  copy  in  his  possession. 


HYDE — INSTITUTO. 


371 


Indian — continued. 

Contains  numerous  lists  of  names  of  the  Indian  chiefs,  many  of  which  are  ac 
companied  by  the  English  signification  in  full,  in  the  following  languages: 


Delaware,  p.  7, 

Six  Nations,  pp.  11-12, 

Seiieca,  pp.  39-40, 

Ottawa,  Chippewa,  Wyandot,  Shawa- 

nee,  pp.  6-2-63, 
Chippewa,  Ottawa,  Pattawatime,  Wy- 

audot,  Delaware,  Shawanee,  Seneka, 

Miami,  Kickapoo,  pp.  68-70,  76-81, 

94-96, 103-103, 
Wea  aud  Kickapoo,  p.  83, 
Peoria,  Kaskaskia,  Mifchigamia,  Ca- 

hokia,  Tamarois,  p.  105, 
Cherokee,  pp.  114-115,   119-1-20,   122, 

125-126, 130, 
Creek,  pp.  193-194, 
Piankeshaw,  p.  228, 
Sac  and  Fox,  pp.  234-237, 239, 242, 
Great  and  Little  Osage,  pp.  249-252, 

257, 

Wea,  pp.  261-262, 
Kickapoo,  p.  264, 
Teeton,  p.  277, 
Sioux,  pp.  278-281, 
Yauctou,  p.  282, 


Maha,  pp.  283-286, 

loway,  p.  287, 

Kanzas,  pp.  290, 294, 

Winnebago,  pp.  295-296, 

Menomenee,  p.  296, 

Ottoe,  pp.  298-299, 301, 

Poncara,  pp.  302, 305, 

Quapaw.p.  308, 

Pawnee,  pp.  317-320, 323, 

Yancton,  Teton,  pp.  338-339, 

Sioune  and  Ogallala,  pp.  341-342, 

Chayenne,  p.  345. 

Hunkpapa  (Sioux),  p.  348, 

Eicara.p.  350, 

Mandan,  pp.  353-354, 

Minnetaree,  pp.  356-357, 

Crow,  pp.  359-360, 

Sioux,  Winnebago,  Menominie,  Chip 
pewa,  Ottawa,  Pottawatomie,  Sac, 
Fox,  loway,  pp.  367-370, 

Great  and  Little  Osage,  pp.  418-419, 

Kanzas,  p.  J-J I . 

Cherokee  alphabet,  with  the  names  of 
the  letters,  p.  485. 


1941  Indrenius   (Andreus  Abraham).     Specimen  Academicum  |  De  | 
Esquimaux,  |  Geute  |  Americana,  |  Quod  |  In  Eegio  Fennorum 
Lyceo,  |  Consent.  Ampliss.   Facult.  Philos.  |  Sub   Umbone  |  Viri 
Ampliss.  atque  Celeberrimi  |  Dn.  Petri  Kalm,  |  Oeconom.  Profess. 
Reg.  &  Ord.  item  |  Reg.  Sclent.  Acad.  Holm.  Membri,  |  Placidae 
eruditonun  discussioni  subtnittitur  |  Ab  |  Andrea  Abrabami  Indre- 
uio,  |  Tavast.  |  ad  Dir m  XIX.  Jnnii,  Anni  currentis  MDCCLVI 
[1750].  |  Loco   horisque  consvetis.  | 

Aboae,  Irapressit  Direct.  &  Typogr.  Reg.  Magn.  Due.  |  Finland. 
Jacob  Merckell.  |  JOB. 

1  p.  l.,pp.  1-24.  sm.  4°. 
Vocabula  Esquimatiea,  100  words,  pp.  23-24. 

1942  Inin  |  tibajiinouinnn  |  gaozhibiumagouajin  |  igiu  abinojiug  |  inin  | 
kekinoamagenijin.  | 

Oberlin:  |  1849.  |  * 

Titles  for  children,  in  Ojibwa,  by  their  teacher.     For  the  above  title  I  am 

indebted  to  Rev.  J.  A.  Gilfillan,  a  missionary  to  the  Ojibwas,  who  eays  "It  is  a 

collection  of  tales  in  the  purest  and  most  idiomatic  Ojibway.     Translator  to  me 

unknown,  but,  I  think,  Mr.  Bhitchford." 

Institute   Nacional    de    Geografia   Estadistica    de   la   Republica 
Mexicana. 

See  Sociedad  de  Geografia  *  '  Mexicana. 


372  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 

1943  Instructions.    Instructions  |  en  |  Langue  Crise  |  sur  |  toute  la  Doc 
trine  Catholique  |  par  |  un  Missionuaire  Oblat  de  la  Saskatchewan  | 
[Two  lines  French  and  two  lines  Oree  quotation.] 

St.  Boniface:  |  Imprimerie  du  Journal  Le  Metis  |  Anno  Domini 
1875.  |  0. 

Pp.  1-505,  i-iv.  16°. 

1944 Instructions  on  religions  subjects  by  an  anonymous  author 

of  the  beginning  of  the  17th  century.  * 

Manuscript.  23  11.  4°.     In  the  Mexican  language. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

1945  Interpretation  of  Indian  Names  of  Places,  &c.    By  a  Missionary  to 
the  Odjibwas. 

In  Maryland  Hist.  Soc.,  Supp.to  Fund  Pub.,  No.  7,  pp.  40-44.  1877.  8°. 
An  attempt  to  give  the  signification  of  various  Indian  names  of  geographic 
features  in  Maryland. 

1946  Invention  of  the  Cherokee  Alphabet. 

In  Missionary  Herald,  vol.  24,  pp.  330-332.  Boston,  n.  d.  8°. 
Contains  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Cherokee,  with  literal  translation. 

1947  Ir  |  Mishiniigin.  |  Eku  omeru  |  tshe  apatstats  ishkuamishkornuts, 
uiapo-  |  konmts,  uashaornuts,  ekuandfornuts,  |  rnashkuarornuts, 
shikotinniornuts  |  kie  piokuakamiornuts.  |  [Cross.] 

Moniants  [Montreal] :  |  Akonikano  nte  etat  Louis  Perrault.  | 
1852.  |  V. 

Pp.  1-168.  12°.  Mass,  pp.  1-21 ;  Songs  for  Mass,  pp.  21-44 ;  Hymns,  pp.  44-150 ; 
Litanies,  pp.  If)  1-155 ;  Prayers,  pp.  155-163 ;  Table,  pp.  165-168.  Probably  by  Pere 
Flavien  Durocher.  In  Algonkin. 

1948  Iragorri  (P.  Juan  Francisco).     Vocabularies  y  Dialogos  megicanos. 

Manuscript.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  University  of  Mexico. — Beristain.        * 
See  Fragorri  (P.  Juan),  No.  1322. 

1949  Iriondo  (Fr.  Jose').     Exposition  del  Simbolo  de  S.  Atanasio  en 
Idioma  Kachiquel.  * 

Manuscript.    Title  from  Beristain. 

Irvin  (Rev.  S.  M.) 
See  Hamilton  (Rev.  W.)  and  Irvin  (Rev.  S.  M.) 

1950  Isbester  (J.  A.)    On  a  Short  Vocabulary  of  the  Loucheux  Language. 
By  J.  A.  Isbester. 

In  Fhilolog.  Soc.  [of  London],  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  184-185.  London,  iar>0.  8°. 
Vocabulary  (35  words)  of  the  Loucheux,  to  which  is  added  for  comparison  a 
few  words  (14)  of  the  Kenay,  p.  185. 

1951  luPitabt-n;  |  gemagaie  |  Okikinoamaguziuiniua  |  igiuabinojirg.  | 
The  Peep  of  Day ;  |  or  |  a  series  of  the  |  Earliest  Keligious  Instruc 
tion  |  the  infant  mind  |  is  capable  of  receiving.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  T.  E.  Marvin.  |  1844.  |  BA.  S. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-144.  12°.     In  the  Ojibwa  language. 
See  Hurlburt  (Rev.  T.) 

1952  tvangkiliunik  isumasiutit  sapatine  nagdliussivingnilo  atugagssat.  * 

•^  parts,  224  pp.  8°.  Sermons  for  Sundays  and  holy-days.  Title  from  a  Green 
land  missionary,  through  Prof.  Rink. 


INSTRUCTIONS — JAMES.  373 


1953  [Jacket  (Rev.  Edward).]    The  Bed  Man  gauged  by  his  speech. 

In  Am.  Catholic  Quarterly  Review,  April,  1877,  pp.  304-324.  8°. 

Review  of  Lacombe's  Dictionnaire  de  la  Langue  des  Cris,  and  the  same 
author's  Grammaire  de  laLangne  des  Cris.  Contains  many  Algonkin  terms,  ex 
amples,  Ac. 

1954  Jacker  (Francis).    Nawagijig's  Story;  in  the  Ojibwa  language. 

In  Mallery  (G.)  Sign  Language  among  the  North  American  Indians,  in 
Bureau  of  Ethnology,  First  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  518-520.  Washington,  1881.  8°. 

Mr.  Jacker  contributed  to  this  report  a  story  in  signs  and  appended  the  oral 
part  of  it  in  Ojibwa,  with  English  translation. 

1955  Jackson  (George  W.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Wintoon  Language.     B. 

Manuscript.  In  possession  of  Mr.  H.  H.  Bancroft,  of  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Partly  printed  in  Bancroft's  Native  Races,  vol.  3,  p.  641. 

Jacobs  (Rev.  Peter). 
See  O'Meara  (Rev.  James  D.)  and  Jacobs  (Rev.  P.) 

1956  Jacobs  (SarahS.)    Nonantum  and  Natick.  |  By  |  Sarah  S.Jacobs.  | 
Written  for  the  Massachusetts  Sabbath  School  Society  |  f&c.] 

Boston:  |  Massachusetts  Sabbath  School  Society.  |  Depository 
13  Cornhill.  |  1853.  |  0. 

Pp.  1-336.  12°. 

A  few  specimens  from  Eliot's  Indian  Bible,  pp.  177,  180.  A  list  of  names  of 
tribes,  persons,  places,  &c.,  many  of  them  with  English  signification,  pp.  333-336. 

Reissued  with  the  following  title: 

1957  The  |  White  Oak  and  its  ISTeighbors.  |  By  Sarah  S.Jacobs.  | 

[Engraving.]  |  Written  for  the  Massachusetts  Sabbath  School  So 
ciety,  and  revised  by  the  Committee  |  of  Publication.  | 

Boston:  |  Massachusetts  Sabbath  School  Society.  |  Depository, 
13  Cornhill.  |  [n.  d.]  • 

336  pp.  12°.    Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

1958  James  (Edwin).    Account  |  of  |  an  Expedition  |  from  |  Pittsburgh 
to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  |  performed  in  the  years  1819  and  '20,  | 
by  order  of  |  The  Hon.  J.  C.  Calhoun,  Sec'y  of  War:  |  under  the 
command  of  |  Major  Stephen  H.  Long.  |  From  the  notes  of  Major 
Long,  Mr.  T.  Say,  and  other  Gen-  |  tlemen  of  the  Exploring  Party.  | 
Compiled  |  by  Edwin  James,  |  Botanist  and  Geologist  for  the  Ex 
pedition.  |  In  two  vols. — With  an  atlas.  |  Vol.  1  [II].  | 

Philadelphia:  |  H.  C. Carey  and  I. Lea, Chestnut  St.  |  1823.  |  BA.O. 

2  vols.  8°.  atlas,  4°. 

Brief  references  to  the  languages  of  the  Otoes,  Missonries,  and  loways,  vol.  1, 
pp.  342-343;  Indian  language  of  signs,  pp.  378-394. 

Long  ( Maj.  8.  H. )  Vocabularies  of  various  Indian  languages,  vol.  2,  pp.  Ixxxvi- 
Ixxxviii. 

Say  (T. )  Vocabularies  of  Indian  languages,  vol.  2,  pp.  Ixix-lxxviii. 


374 


NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 


James  (Edwin) — continued. 

The  account  of  Major  Long's  Expedition  of  1819-'20  was  reprinted  with  title- 
page,  essentially  the  same  as  above:  London:  Longman,  Hurst,  Rees,  Orme,  and 
Brown:  1823,  3  vols.  8°;  the  Language  of  Signs  occupying  vol.  1,  pp.  271-288; 
the  remarks  on  language,  vol.  2,  pp.  65-C6;  the  vocabularies  are  not  given. 

1959  A  |  Narrative  |  of  |  the  Captivity  and  Adventures  |  of  | 

John  Tanner,  |  (U.  S.  Interpreter  at  the  Saut  de  Ste.  Marie,)  j 
during  |  thirty  years  residence  among  the  Indians  |  in  the  |  inte 
rior  of  North  America.  |  Prepared  for  the  press  |  by  Edwin  James, 
M.  D.  |  Editor  of  An  Account  of  Major  Long's  Expedition  from 
Pittsburgh  |  to  the  Eocky  Mountains.  | 

New  York:  |  G.  &  0.  &  H.  Carvill,  108  Broadway.  |  1830.  |      BA. 

Pp.  1-426.  8°.      ' 

"Catalogue  of  Plants  and  Animals  found  in  the  country  of  the  Ojibbeways, 
with  English  names  as  far  as  these  could  be  ascertained,"  pp.  294-312;  Minerals, 
p.  312. 

"Catalogue  of  totems  among  the  Ottawwaws  and  Ojibbeways,  with  the  name 
of  some  to  whom  they  belong,"  pp.  314-316;  List  of  moons  in  Ottawwaw  and 
Menomonee,  p.  321 ;  List  of  Stars,  pp.  321-322. 

Comparison  of  numerals,  1-10,  in  the  following  languages,  pp.  324-333: 


Oto  (from  Say), 

Konza, 

Omawhaw, 

Yauktong, 

Dahkotah  of  Upper  Mississippi, 

Minnetab.se, 

Pawnee, 

Choktaw, 

Ojibbeway, 

Muskwake, 

Minsi  (from  Heckewelder), 

Algonkin  (from  Heckewelder), 

Delaware  (from  Heckewelder), 

Mahnomonie, 

Cree  (from  Say), 

Winnebago, 

Adage  (from  Duponceau), 

Muskogee  (from  Adair), 

Choktah  and  Chickasah  (from  Adair), 

Cherokee  (from  Adair), 

Quaddies  (Maine)  (from  Duponceau), 

Quawpaw  (from  Duponceau  manu 
script), 

Penobscot  (from  Duponceau  manu 
script), 

Miami  (from  Duponcean  manuscript), 

Shawnese  (from  Dnponceau  manu 
script), 

Unachog  (from  Duponceau  manu 
script), 


Nousaghauset, 

Sourikwosiorum  (from  De  Laet), 

Canadenses  (from  Lescarbot), 

Saukikani  (from  De  Laet), 

Algonkin  (from  J.  Long), 

Chippeway  (from  J.  Long), 

New  Stockbridge  (from  Kao  no-mut,  a 
woman  who  had  been  living  on  Fox 
River,  1827), 

Mohegan, 

Monsee  (from  an  Indian  at  Buffaloe), 

Naudoway  (from  Tanner), 

Seneca  (from  an  Indian  at  Buffaloe, 
1827), 

Potiwattomie  (from  an  Indian  at  De 
troit,  1827), 

Ottawwaw  (from  Tanner), 

Chippewyau  (from  a  German  inter 
preter), 

Chippewyan  (from  M'Kenzie), 

Chippewyan  (from  a  woman,  a  native 
of  Churchill), 

Cree  (from  M'Kenzie), 

Algonkin  (from  M'Kenzie), 

Chippewyau  (from  a  Chippewyau), 

Winnebago  (from  a  Winnebago), 

Cree  (from  a  native), 

Mahuesheet  (Slow  Tongues,  residing 
on  the  St.  Johns,  N.  B.,  from  a  na. 
tive). 


Natick  (from  Eliot's  Bible), 

Chapter  3.  Music  and  poetry  of  the  Indians,  including  songs,  &c.,  pp.  334-381. 

Chapter  4.  Languages  of  the  North  American  Indians,  pp.  382-426,  includes 

"  Comparison  of  words  and  sentences  in  the  dialect  of  the  Ottawwaws,  and  Me- 


JAMES.  375 

James  (Edwin) — continued. 

nomonies,"  pp.  392-398 ;  "  Ojibbeway  words  and  phrases,"  pp.  399-411 ;  "Conju 
gation  of  a  verb"  [To  tie],  pp.  419-417;  "  Lord's  Prayer  in  Ojibbeway,"  p.  418; 
"Comparison  of  the  language  of  Eliot's  version  of  the  Bible,  with  some  of  the 
dialects  of  the  present  day,"  pp.  419-420;  "  Comparison  of  the  language  of  some 
versions  of  the  Bible  with  the  Ottawwaw  of  the  present  time,"  pp.  421-422; 
"Comparison  of  a  Greek  sentence  with  the  dialect  of  the  Ottawwaw,"  p.  423; 
"  First  chapter  of  Genesis  translated  into  the  Ojibbeway  language,"  pp.  424-426. 

1960  A  |  Narrative  |  of  |  the  Captivity  and  Adventures  |  of  | 

John  Tanner,  |  (U.  S.  Interpreter  at  the  Saut  de  Ste.  Marie,)  j 
during  |  thirty  years  residence  among  the  Indians  |  in  the  |  Interior 
of  North  America.  |  Prepared  for  the  Press  |  By  Edwin  James,  M. 
D.  |  Editor  of  an  Account  of  Major  Long's  Expedition  from  Pitts 
burgh  |  to  the  Rocky  Mountains.  | 

London:  |  Baldwin  &  Cradock,  Paternoster  Eow.  |  Thomas 
Ward,  84  High  Holborn.  |  1830.  |  A.  T. 

426  pp.  8°.  portrait.     The  American  edition  with  a  new  title-page  only. 

1961  John  Tanner's  Denkwiirdigkeiten  iiber  seinen  dreissigjahri- 

gen  Aufenthalt  uuter  den  Indianern  Nord-Amerika's.    Aus  dem 
Euglischeu  iibersetzt  von  Karl  Andre. 

Leipzig:  Engelmann.  1840.  * 

344  pp.  8°.    Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1962  Me"moires  de  John  Tanner,  ou  Trente  Anne'es  dans  les  de"- 

serts  de  1'Arne'rique  du  Nord. 

Paris:  1855.  * 

2  vols.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

1963  Chippewa  First  Lessons  |  in  |  Spelling  and  Beading.  |  By 

Edwin  James,  M.  D.  | 

Boston :  |  Published  by  the  Baptist  Board  of  Missions.  |  1832.  | 
Pp.  1-16.  12°.  ABC. 

Grammar,  pp.  12-16,  contains  Outlines  of  the  Paradigm  of  a  Chippewa 
verb — Nenodandum,  I  hear. 

For  an  earlier  edition,  see  Bingham  (A.) 

1964  Outlines  of  the  Paradigma  on  the  Chippewa  vocabulary. 

Albany,  [n.  d.]  » 

Folio.    Title  from  Ludewig. 

1965  Kekitchemanitomenahn     |    Gahbemahjeinnunk    |    Jesus 

Christ,  |  otoashke  |  Wawweendnmmahgawin.  | 

Albany :  |  Packard  and  Van  Benthuysen,  Printers.  |  1833.  [ 

Pp.  1^184.   12°  O.  MHS.  ABS. 

New  Testament  in  the  Chippewa  language.  This  is  the  first  Chippewa  ver 
sion  of  the  whole  of  the  New  Testament.  It  was  made  by  Dr.  James  with  the 
help  of  John  Tanner. 

See  Blatchford  (H.),  for  later  editions. 


376  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

James  (Edwin) — continued. 

1966 [Review  of]  A  Grammar  of  the  Language  of  the  Lenni 

Lenape  or  Delaware  Indians,  by  Zeisberger.  * 

In  American  Quarterly  Review,  vol.  3,  pp.  391-422.    Philadelphia,  1828.  8°. 
With  the  heading  "Indian  language  and  condition."    Contains  grammatic 
examples  of  the  Delaware,  &c. — Eames. 

1967  Essay  on  the  Chippewa  Language;  Read  before  the  Amer 
ican  Lyceum,  at  the  third  annual  meeting,  in  the  City  of  New  York, 
May  3rd,  1833. 

In  Chronicles  of  North  American  Savages,  No.  5,  pp.  73-80.    Sept.,  1835.  8°. 

1968  Janssen  (Carl  Einil).    Kalatdlit  Inuvdluar-Kugamigit  1857. 

Nungme.  1858.  * 

27  pp.  8°.  Printed  at  Godthaab  on  the  first  printing-press  sent  to  Greenland, 
in  the  summer  of  1857. — SaUn's  Dictionary. 

1969  Silamiut  ingerdlausianik,  .  .  .  C.  E.  Janssen. 

Copenhagen,  1861.  * 

136  pp.  8°.     History  of  the  world  in  Eskimo. — Rink. 

1970  Elementarbog  |  i  |  Eskimoernes  Sprog  |  til  Brug  for  |  Eu- 

ropseerne  ved  Colonierne  i  Gr^nlaud.  |  Ved  |  C.  E.  Janssen.  | 

Kj^benhavn.  |  Louis  Kleins  Bogtrykkeri.  |  1862.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-92,  1  1.,  index.  12°.     In  the  Eskimo  language  of  Greenland. 

1971  Elementarbog  i  Eskimoernes  sprog  til  brug  for  Europae- 

erne  ved  coloui#rue  i  Gronland. 

Kjobenhavn.  1869.  * 

Not  seen;  title  from  Steiger's  Bib.  Glot.,  I. 

1972  Jarvis  (Samuel  Farmar).    A  discourse  on  the  Religion  of  the  In 
dian  Tribes  of  North  America:  delivered  before  the  New  York  His 
torical  Society,  December  20,  1819.      By  Samuel  Farmar  Jarvis, 
D.  D.    A.  A.  S. 

In  New  York  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  vol.  3,  pp.  181-268.     New  York,  1821.  8°. 

A  few  Delaware  and  Iroquois  words  of  the  Onondago  dialect  (from  Zeisber 
ger),  p.  229;  Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Onondago  dialect  of  the  Iroquois  (from 
Zeisberger),  of  the  Lenap6  or  Delaware  (from  Zeisberger),  and  the  Cherokee, 
Chickesaw  and  Choctaw,  and  Creek  or  Muskoghee  (from  Adair),  p.  230 ;  Gram 
matical  forms  of  the  Onoudago  and  Leuape'  compared  with  the  Hebrew,  pp.  231- 
232;  Example  of  a  noun  in  the  Leuap<5  with  the  inseparable  pronouns  (from 
Heckewelder),  p. 233;  Example  of  the  verb  "To  love"  in  the  Lenape'  and  Iro 
quois  compared  with  the  Hebrew,  pp.  234-288;  Example  of  the  personal  forms 
in  Delaware  and  Hebrew,  pp.  239-245. 

Issued,  also,  as  follows: 

1973  A  |  Discourse  |  on  the  |  Religion  of  the  Indian  Tribes  | 

of  |  North  America.  |  Delivered  before  |  the  New-York  Historical 
Society,  |  December  20,  1819.  |  By  Samuel  Farmar  Jarvis,  |  D.  D. 
A.  A.  S.  |  [Four  lines  quotation.] 


JAMES — JEFFERYS.  377 

Jar  vis  (Samuel  Farmar) — continued. 

New- York:  (  Published  by  C.  Wiley  &  Co.  3  Wall  Street.  |  C. 
S.  Van  Winkle,  Printer.  |  1820.  |  WE.  BP.  c.  BA. 

Pp.  l-lil.  8°. 

Reviewed  by  Pickering  (J.),  in  the  North  American  Review,  vol.  11,  pp.  103- 
113.  Boston,  1820.  8°. 

1974  Jean  (Pere).    [Ale~oute  Catechism.]  « 

Father  Jean  has  joined  to  his  translation  of  the  Catechism  some  observations 
upon  the  language  of  the  Aleouts.— Lulke,  vol.  1,  p.  236. 

1975  Jefferson  (Thomas).    Fragments  of  a  Comparative  Vocabulary  of 
several  Indian  Languages.  * 

Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 

1976  Vocabulary  of  the  Unquachog.  * 

Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society. 

1977  Jefferys  (Thomas).   The  Natural  and  Civil  j  History   of  the  |  French 
Dominions  |  in  |  North  and  South  America.  |  Giving  a  particular 
Account  of  the  |  Climate,  |  Soil,  |  Minerals,  |  Animals,  |  Vegeta 
bles,  |  Manufactures,  |  Trade,  j  Commerce,  |  and  |  Languages,  |  to 
gether  with  |  the  Religion,  Government,  Genius,  Character,  Man 
ners  and  |  Customs  of  the  Indians  and  other  Inhabitants,  j  Illus 
trated  by  j  Maps  and  Plans  of  principal  Places.  |  Collected  from  the 
best  authorities,  and  engraved  by  |  T.  Jefferys,  Geographer  to  his 
Royal  Highness  the  Prince  of  Wales.  |  Part  I.  Containing  |  A  De 
scription  of  Canada  and  Louisiana.  |  [Part  II.  Containing  |  Part  of 
the  Islands  of  St.  Domingo  and  St.  Martin,  |  The  Islands  of  |  St. 
Bartholomew,  Guadalonpe,  Martinico,  La  Grenade,    |   and   |   The 
Island  and  Colony  of  Cayenne.]  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  Thomas  Jefferys  at  Charing  Cross.  |  MDC- 
CLX  [1760].  |  c. 

Part  1 :  4  p.  11.,  168  pp. ;  Part  2:  2  p.  11.,  246  pp.  folio,  maps. 

Of  the  origin,  languages  *  *  *  of  the  difterent  Indian  nations  inhabiting 
Canada  [Eskimaux,  Sioux,  Assiniboels,  Algonkins,  Roundheads,  Saltuers,  Mal- 
hommes,  Hurons],  part  1,  pp.  42-97. 

1978  —     -  The  Natural  and  Civil  |  History  |  of  the  |  French  Domin 
ions  |  in  |  North  and  South  America.  |  With  an  Historical  Detail 
of  the  Acquisitions  and  Conquests  made  by  the  |  British  Arms  in 
those  Parts.  |  Giving  a  particular  Account  of  the  |  Climate,  |  Soil,  | 
Minerals,  |  Animals,  |  Vegetables,  j  Manufactures,  |  Trade,  |  Com 
merce  |  and  |  Languages.  |  Together  with  |  the  Religion,  Govern 
ment,  Genius,  Character,  Manners  and  |  Customs  of  the  Indians 
and  other  Inhabitants.  |  Illustrated  by  |  Maps  and  Plans  of  the 
principal  Places,  |  Collected  from   the  best  Authorities,   and  en 
graved  by  |  T.  Jefferys,  Geographer  to  his  Majesty.  |  Part  I.  Con 
taining  |  A  Description  of  Canada  and  Louisiana.  |  [Part  H.J 


378  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Jefferys  (Thomas) — continued. 

London:  |  Printed  for  T.  Jefferys,  at  Charing'-Cross;  W.  Johns 
ton,  in  Ludgate-street;  J.  Richardson  |  in  Pater-noster-Bow ;  and 
B.  Law  and  Co.  in  Ave-Mary-Lane.  |  MDCOLXI  [1761].  |  o. 

Parti:  4  p.  II.,  168pp.  maps;  Part2:  2  p.  11.,  246  pp.  folio,  maps.  Conteutsas 
in  edition  of  1760. 

1979  Jenks  (William).     Specimen  of  the  Moheagan  Language,  taken  at 
Cambridge,  1804. 

In  Holmes  (A.)  Memoir  of  the  Moheagau  Indians,  in  Mass.  Hist.  Soc. 
Coll.,  first  series,  vol.  9,  pp.  98-99.  Boston,  1804.  8°. 

1980  Jerusalemib  asseroriiekarnera.  |  [Picture.] 

[N.p.]     1845.)  ATg. 

Pp.  1-8.  16°.     Tract  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Labrador. 

1981  Jesus,  Judit  naleganneraet.  |  [Picture.]  ATS. 

No  title-page,  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8  24°.  Bible  lessons  in  the  Eskimo  dialect  of  Green 
land. 

1982  Jesuse,  Judikut  attauinget.  |  [Design.]  ATS. 

No  title-pase ;  I  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  sq.  24°.  Bible  lessons  in  the  Eskimo  dialect  of 
Labrador. 

1983  Jesusib.    Jesusib  Kristusib  ajokaersutai  pirssariakarnerit.  * 

75  pp.  8°.     Abstract  of  Christ's  doctrines,  in  the  Eskimo  language. 

1984  -    Jesusib     Kristusib    ajokertutingita    pijariakarnerpango- 

ningit.  » 

116  pp.  8°.  A  summary  of  Christian  Doctrine  in  the  Eskimo  language.  The 
two  titles  above  from  a  Greenland  missionary,  through  Prof.  Rink. 

1985  Jewitt  (John  E.)    A  |  Narrative  |  of  the  |  Adventures  and  Suffer 
ings,  |  of  |  John  E.  Jewitt ;  |  only  survivor  of  the  crew  of  the  | 
ship  Boston,  |  during  a  captivity  of  nearly  three  years  among  the 
savages  of  |  Nootka  Sound:  |  with  an  account  of  the  |  Manners, 
Mode  of  Living,  and  Eeligious  |  Opinions  of  the  Natives.  |  Embel 
lished  with  a  plate,  representing  the  ship  in  |  possession  of  the 
Savages.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

•  Middletowu:  |  Printed  by  Seth  Eichards.  |  1815.  |  BA.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-204.  10°. 

A  list  of  words  in  the  Nootkian  language,  the  most  in  use,  p.  5 ;  War  song  of 
the  Nootka  tribe,  p.  204. 

1986 A  |  Narrative  |  of  the  |  Adventures  and  Sufferings  |  of  | 

John  E.  Jewitt;  |  only  survivor  of  the  crew  of  the  |  Ship  Boston,  j 
during  a  captivity  of  nearly  three  years  among  the  savages  of  j 
Nootka  Sound:  |  with  an  account  of  |  the  manners,  mode  of  living, 
and  religious  |  opinions  of  the  Natives.  |  Embellished  with  a  plate 
representing  the  ship  in  |  the  possession  of  the  Natives.  |  [Two 
lines  quotation.]  | 

New  York:  |  Printed  by  Daniel  Fanshaw,  |  No.  241.  Pearl 
Street.  |  1816.)  COA.  BA. 

Pp.  1-208.  16°.    Vocabulary,  p.  4 ;  War  song,  p.  208. 


JEFFERYS — JOHNES.  379 

Jewitt  (John  R.) — continued. 

1987  Narrative  |  of  the  |  Adventures  and  Sufferings  |  of  |  John 

R.  Jewitt;  |  Only  Survivor  of  the  Crew  of  the  Ship  |  Boston,  | 
during  a  captivity  of  nearly  three  years  among  the  |  Savages  of 
Nootka  Sound:  |  with  an  account  of  the  |  Manners,  Mode  of  Liv. 
ing,  and  Eeligious  |  Opinions  of  the  Natives.  |  Embellished  with 
engravings.  | 

Ithaca,  N.  ¥.:  |  Mack,  Andrus,  &  Co.  |  1849.  |  c.    /3  , 

Pp.  3-116.  16°.     A  list  of  words,  &c.,  p.  5;  War  song,  p.  166. 

1988  Narrative  |  of  the  |  Adventures  and  Sufferings  |  of  |  John 

K.  Jewitt;  |  only  survivor  of  the  crew  of  the  |  Ship  Boston,  |  dur 
ing  a   captivity   of  nearly  three  years  among  the  |  Savages  of 
Nootka  Sound:  |  with  an  account  of  the  |  manners,  mode  of  living, 
and  religious  |  opinions  of  the  natives.  |  Embellished  with  ten  en 
gravings.  | 

New  York:  |  Printed  for  the  Publisher.  |  [n.  d.]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-166.  16°.     A  list,  &c,,  p.  5;  War  song,  p.  166. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  gives  the  following  editions  of  Jewitt : 

Middletown,  Looinis  &  Richards.  1815.  203pp.  12°;  [/6id.]1816.  208pp.  12°; 
Wakefield  [England].  1816.  12°;  Middletown.  1820.  208  pp.  12°;  Edinburgh. 
1824.  12°;  Ithaca.  1840.  8°;  [76W.]  1851.  12°. 

Jimeno  (Rev.  Antonio). 
See  Timcno  (Her.  Antonio). 

1989  Johnes  (Arthur  James).     Philological  Proofs   |   of  the   |   original 
unity  and  recent  origin  |  of  the  |  Human  Hace.  |  Derived  from  a 
comparison  of  the  languages  |  of  |  Asia,  Europe,  Africa,  and  Amer 
ica.  |  Being  an  inquiry  |  how  far  the  differences  in  the  languages  of 
the  globe  |  are  referable  to  causes  now  in  operation.  |  By  |  Arthur 
James  Johues,  Esq.  |  [Three  lines  quotation.] 

London :  |  Samuel  Clarke,  13,  Pall  Mall  East.  |  1843.  |  c. 

Pp.  iii-lx,  1-172,  and  appendices  102  pp.  8°. 

On  the  origin  of  the  American  Tribes,  pp  155-172,  contains,  Words  from  the 
North  American  Indian  Dialects  of  the  Algonquyn  Class  compared  with  anal 
ogous  Terms  in  Asiatic  and  European  Languages;  Table  showing  Mandan 
and  Welsh  affinities  (from  Catlin);  Conjugations  in  the  Chippeway,  and  Lenni 
Lcuape  dialects ;  Algonquyn  Pronoun  Prefixes. 

Appendix  A.  Analytical  comparison  of  some  of  the  most  important  words 
in  the  African  languages  with  the  analogous  words  in  the  languages  of  Asia, 
Europe  and  America,  pp.  1-82. 

1990  Philological  Proofs  |  of  the   |  original  unity  and  recent 

origin  |  of  the  |  Human  Eace.  |  Derived  from  |  a  comparison  of  the 
languages  |  of  |  Asia,  Europe,  Africa,  and  America.  |  Being  an  in 
quiry  how  far  the  difference  in  the  languages  of  |  the  globe  are  re- 
ferrible  to  causes  now  in  operation.  |  By  |  Arthur  James  Johnes, 
Esq.  |  [Three  lines  quotation]. 


380  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Johnes  (Arthur  James) — continued. 

London :  |  John  Eussell  Smith,  |  4,  Old  Comptou  Street,  Soho 
Square.  |  MD  CCC  XLVI  [1846].  |  » 

Pp.  iii-lx,  1-172,  1-103.  8°.    Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

1991  Johnson  (Adam).    Languages  of  California. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  4,  pp.  406-415.  Philadelphia, 
1854.  4°. 

Includes  grammatio  comments  and  vocabularies  of  the  Tuolumne,  pp.  408- 
412;  Coconoms,  p.  413;  Indians  of  Kings  River  and  Tulare  Lake,  pp.  413-414; 
and  of  the  Upper  Sacramento,  pp.  414-415. 

Reprinted  in  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology, 
vol.  3,  pp.  518-529,  535-549,  570-585.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

1992 Vocabulary  of  the  Cushna. 

In  Schoolcraft  ( H.  K . )  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  494-505,  506-508.  Philadel 
phia,  1852.  4°. 

Reprinted  in  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology, 
vol.  3,  pp.  586-597.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

1993  [Johnson  (Anna  C.)J     The  Iroquois;  |  or,  |  The  Bright  side  of  In 
dian  Character.  |  By  |  Minnie  Myrtle  [Anna  C.  Johnson].  | 

New  York:  |  D.  Appleton  and  Company,  |  346  and  348  Broad 
way,  |  1855.  |  0. 
Pp.  1-317.  12°. 

"The  Language  of  the  Iroquois,"  pp. 298-301,  contains  a  short  Iroquois  vo 
cabulary,  the  Lord's  Prayer,  and  Specimen  of  an  Indian  Hymn. 

1994  Johnson's   |    New  |    Universal   Cyclopaedia:   |  a  |  Scientific  and 
Popular  |  Treasury  |  of  |    Useful  Knowledge.   |  Illustrated  with 
maps,  plans,  and  engravings.  |  Editors-in-Chief.  |  Frederick  A.  P. 
Barnard,  S.  T.  D.,  LL.  D.,  L.  H.  D.,  M.  N.  A.  S.,  |  President  of  Co 
lumbia  College,  New  York ;  |  Arnold  Guyot,  Ph.  D.,  LL.  D.,  M.  N. 
A.  S.,  |  Professor  of  Geology  and  Physical  Geography,  College  of 
New  Jersey.  |  Associate  Editors.  |  Martin  B.  Anderson,  LL.  D., 
&c.,  30  lines].  |  Assistant  editors.  |  [Two  lines.]  |  With  numerous 
contributions  from  writers  of  distinguished  eminence  in  every  de 
partment  |  of  letters  and  science  in  the  United  States  and  in  Eu 
rope.  |  Not  to  Exceed  Four  Volumes,  including  Appendix.  |  Vol 
ume  I  f-IV].  |  A — E  [-S — Appendix].  |      (Testimonials  at  the  end 
of  this  volume.)  | 

A.  J.  Johnson  &  Son,  |  11  Great  Jones   Street,  New  York.  | 
W.  U.  Cummings,  Pittsburg,  Pa.    H.  D.  Watson,  San  Francisco, 
Cal.  |  MDCCCLXXVII  [-MDCCCLXXVIII]  [1877-1878].  |      JWP. 

4  vols.  royal  8°. 

Trumbull  (J.  H.)    Indian  languages  of  America,  vol.  2,  pp.  1155-1161. 

Johnson  (Jeremiah),  Translator. 
See  Donck  (Adriaen  Van  der). 

1995  Johnson  (J.  C.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Nishinam. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp. 
587-598.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 


JOHNES— JOHNSTON.  381 

1996  Johnson  (John).    Vocabulary  of  the  Wyandot. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)    Notes  on  the  Iroqnois,   pp.  393-400.    New  York, 

1847.  8°. 

1997  Johnson  (Rev.  Philip).     Dakota  ABO  Wowapi.     Eev.  Philip 
Johnson,  Kaga. 

Mission  Press:  Archdeaconry  of  the  Mobrara.  1871.  si.     |J)J1' 

Pp.  1-32.  12°.     Primer  in  the  Dakota  language. 

1998 Dakota  A  B  C  |  Wowapi.  |  Eev.  Philip  Johnson,  Kaga.  | 

New  York  |  American  Church  Press  Co.,  Ill  East  Ninth  Street.  | 
1872.  |  jWP. 

Pp.  1-23.  16°. 

1999  Johnson  (Sir  William).    Extracts  of  some  Letters,  from  Sir  Wil 
liam  Johnson  Bart,  to  Arthur  Lee,  M.  D.,  F.  E.  S.  on  the  Customs, 
Manners,  and  Language  of  the  Northern  Indians  of  America. 

In  Royal  Soc.,  [of  London],  Philosbph.  Trans.,  vol.  63,  pp.  142-148.  London, 
1773.  sm.4°. 

Contains  a  few  Mohawk  terms. 

2000  Extracts  of  some  letters,  from  Sir  William  Johnson,  Bart. 

to  Arthur  Lee,  M.  D.,  F.  E.  S.  on  the  customs,  manners,  and  lan 
guage  of  the  northern  Indians  of  America. 

In  Am.  Museum,  vol.  5,  pp.  19-21.     Philadelphia,  1789.  8°. 

2001  On  the  Customs,  Manners,  and  Languages  of  the  Indians 

[of  the  Six  Nations]. 

In  O'Callaghan  (E.  B.)  Doc.  Hist,  of  New  York,  vol.  4,  pp.  430-437.  New 
York,  1851.  8°. 

Reprinted  in  Stone  (W.  L.)  Life  and  Time  of  Sir  William  Johnson,  vol.  2, 
pp.  481-4*8.  Albany,  1865.  8°. 

2002  [Johnston  (George).]    The  |  Morning  |  and  |  Evening  Prayer,  | 
translated  from  the  |  Book  of  Common  Prayer  |  of  the  Protestant 
Episcopal  Church  in  the  |  United  States  of  America,  |  together  with 
a  selection  |  of  Hymns.  | 

Detroit:  |  Geiger  and  Christian,  Printers.  |  1844.  |  BA. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-59.  12°.    In  the  Ottawa  language. 

The  Ten  Commandments,  pp.  27-28;  Hymns,  pp.  30-59,  alternate  English  and 
Ottawa. 

2003  —     -  Vocabulary  of  the  Ojibua  of  St.  Mary's. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  458-469.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

2004  Johnston  (John).    Account  of  the  Present  State  of  the  Indian 
Tribes  inhabiting  Ohio.    In  a  Letter  from  John  Johnston,  Esq. 
United  States  Agent  of  Indian  Affairs,  at  Piqua,  to  Caleb  Atwater, 
Esq.    Communicated  to  the  President  of  the  American  Antiqua 
rian  Society. 

In  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  1,  pp.  269-299.     Worcester,  1820.  8°. 


382  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Johnston  (John) — continued. 

Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  the  Shawanoese,  pp.  287-292;  Specimen  of  the 
Wyandot  language,  pp.  292-297;  Names  of  the  rivers  by  the  Shawanoese,  pp. 
297-299. 

The  Wyandot  vocabulary  reprinted  in  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Notes  on  the 
Iroquois,  pp.  292^100. 

The  Shawanoese  and  Wyandot  vocabularies  reprinted  in  Dodge  (J.  R.)  Red 
Men  of  the  Ohio  Valley,  pp.  51-60.  Springfield,  1860.  12° ;  and  in  Howe  (H. ) 
Historical  Collections  of  Ohio,  pp.  590-594.  Cincinnati,  1850.  8°. 

2005  Johnston  (William).    Vocabulary  of  the  Ojibwa  of  Michilimacknac. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  458-469.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

2006  Jomard  (Edme  Francois).    Langue  des  Indiens  Cheyennes. 

In  Soc.  de  Ge"og.,  Bull.,  troisieme  se~rie,  tome  6,  pp.  384-386.     Paris,  1846.  8°. 
Comments  on  Lieut.  Abert's  Cheyenne  vocabulary. 
Reissued  in  the  following: 

2007  Note  sur  les  Botecudos,  accoinpagne"e  d'un  Vocabulaire  de 

leur  langue  et  de  quelques  remarques.  WE. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-13.  8°.  Extrait  du  Bulletin  de  la  Socie'te'  de  Ge'ographie.  (No- 
vembre  et  decembre  1846.) 

Langue  des  Indiens  Cheyeuues,  pp.  8-10. 

2008  Jones  (Rev.  David).    A  |  Journal  |  of  |  Two  Visits  |  made  to  some 
Nations  of  |  Indians  |  on  the  west  side  of  the  River  Ohio,  |  in  the 
Years  1772  and  1773.  |  By  the  Rev.  David  Jones,  |  Minister  of  the 
Gospel  at  Freehold,  in  New-Jersey.  | 

Burlington:  |  Printed  and  sold  by  Isaac  Collins:  |  M.  DCG.- 
LXXIV  [1774].  |  HIT. 

Pp.  i-iv,  5-95.  16°. 

The  numerals,  1-10,  a  few  terms,  and  remarks  on  the  Shawaunee  language, 
and  the  numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Delaware,  pp.  44-45. 

2009  A  |  Journal  |  of  |  Two  Visits  Made  to  some  Nations  of  In-  | 

diaus  on  the  West  Side  of  the  River  |  Ohio,  in  the  years  1772  and 
1773.  |  By  the  |  Rev.  David  Jones,  |  Minister  of  the  Gospel  at  Free 
hold,   in   New  Jersey.  |  With  a  |  Biographical  Notice  of  the  Au 
thor,  |  by  |  Horatio  Gates  Jones,  A.   M.,  |  Corresponding   Secre 
tary  Historical  Society  of  Pennsylvania.  | 

New  York:  |  Reprinted  for  Joseph  Sabin.  |  1865.  |  c.  BA. 

Pp.i-xi,  v-x,  11-127.  8°.     Linguistics,  pp.  61-62,  106-107. 

U010  Jones  (Electa  F.)  Stockbridge,  |  Past  and  Present;  |  or,  records 
of  |  an  Old  Mission  Station.  |  By  Miss  Electa  F.  Jones.  | 

Springfield :  |  Samuel  Bowles  &  Company.  |  1854  |  BA.  c. 

Pp.  1-275.  8°. 

•'The  language  of  the  Muh-he-ka-ne-ok"  (chiefly  from  Edwards),  pp.  30-37, 
contains  a  short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Muh-he-ka-ueew,  Shawanoe, 
and  Chippeway,  pp.  31-32;  Grammatical  forms,  p.  33;  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Lan 
guage  of  the  Eastern  Indians  (from  Eliot),  p.  36 ;  Lord's  Prayer,  in  the  dialect  of 
the  Six  Nations,  pp.  36-37 ;  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  dialect  of  the  Stockbridge  In 
dians,  p.  37. 


JOHNSTON — JONES.  383 

201 1  Jones  (Rev.  Evan).    Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Mountain  Chero 
kee,  collected  by  Rev.  Evan  Jones,  Missionary. 

Iu  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382.  Wash 
ington,  1871.  4°. 

2012 [New  Testament  in  Cherokee.]  • 

"The  translation  of  the  [Cherokee]  New  Testament  was  completed  by  Mr. 
[E.]  Jones  in  1847."— NticcomVs  Cyclop,  of  Missions. 

2013  ,  editor.    The  Cherokee  Messenger.  |   [One  line  Cherokee 

characters.]  |  Vol.  I.  August,  1844.  No.  1.  |  [—Vol.  I.  May,  1846. 
No.  12.]  |  [One  line  Cherokee  characters.]  ABO.  o. 

Pp.  1-19<J.  8°.  A  sixteen-page,  two-column  paper  issued  irregularly,  mainly 
devoted  to  religious  and  temperance  topics;  published  by  H.  Upham.  Cherokee, 
Baptist  Mission  Press.  It  was  printed  almost  entirely  in  Cherokee  characters, 
less  than  four  columns  of  English  appearing  in  the  first  number,  and  scarcely 
anything  but  the  titles  of  articles  in  the  last. 

A  series  of  articles  on  Cherokee  grammar  began  in  No.  1,  on  pronouns,  con- 
tinned  in  Nos.  2,  6,  7,  and  9  on  verbs. 

The  title  given  above  is  the  caption  of  No.  1.     It  is  probable  each  issue  had 
outside  cover  with  title-page;  the  only  one  I  have  seen,  however,  is  that  of  No 
vember,  1845,  which  reads  as  follows:  The  Cherokee  Messenger.  |  Edited  by  | 
Evan  Jones.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]    November  1845.  |  Cherokee:  | 
Baptist  Mission  Press.     H.  Upham,  Publisher.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters  ] 
1845.  | 

Perhaps  these  twelve  numbers  are  all  that  was  issued  of  this  series.  I  have 
seen  one  later  issue :  Vol.  1,  No.  2,  Sept.,  1858,  J.  Bnttrick  Jones,  Editor.  Baptist 
Mission,  Cherokee  Nation,  Mark  Tyger,  Printer.  16  pp.  8°. 

2014 and  Jones  (John  Buttrick).  The  |  Epistle  of  Paul,  the 

Apostle,  |  to  the  |  Ephesians.  |  Translated  into  Cherokee,  |  for 
the  Am.  Baptist  Missionary  Union,  j  by  Evan  Jones,  and  John  B. 
Jones.  |  [Five  lines  Cherokee  characters.] 

Cherokee:  |  Baptist  Mission  Press:  H.  Upham,  Printer.  |  [Two 
lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  1848.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-24.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

2015  Jones  (John).  The  Tower  of  Babel;  or,  Essays  on  the  Confusion 
of  Tongues,  from  a  ground-work  of  the  late  Mr.  Le  Brigant,  with 
comparisons  between  the  languages  of  the  Old  and  -New  World, 
and  a  defence  of  those  rights  which  Ancient  Britons  derive  from 
the  first  European  Settlement  formed  in  America  by  a  Prince  of 
Wales.  By  John  Jones. 

London:  Theodore  Page.  [1800!]  * 

92pp.  8°. 

An  essay  to  establish  the  existence  of  a  tribe  of  Welsh  Indians  and  the  dis 
covery  of  America  by  their  ancestors.  "  We  feel  bold  to  refer  unbelievers  to 
original  papers  in  possession  of  Lady  Juliana  Penn.  we  mean  the  good  and  great 
William  Penn's  M.  S.  Journals,  where  the  Welsh  Indians  are  frequently  mentioned 
without  the  least  doubt  of  their  existence." — Page  77 — Sabin's  Dictionary. 


384  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2016  Jones  (John)  and  Jones  (Rev.  Peter).  The  |  Gospel  |  according 
to  |  St.  John.  |  Translated  into  the  Chippeway  Tongue  |  by  John 
Jones,  |  and  |  revised  and  corrected  by  Peter  Jones,  |  Indian 
Teachers.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  | 
Instituted  MDCCCIV.  |  1831.  | 

Second  title: 

Menwahjemoowin  |  kahezhebeegaid  owh  |  St.  John.  |  Ahneshe- 
nahba  anwaid  keezhe  ahnekahnootahbeung  |  owh  |  Thayendane- 
gen,  |  kiya  owh  |  Kahkewaquonaby,  |  ahneshenahba  kekenooah- 
mahga-wenenewug.  | 

London.  |  1831.  |  JWP.  BA. 

280  unnumbered  pp.,  alternate  English  and  Chippeway.  16°.  English  title 
verso  1. 1 ;  Chippeway  title  recto  1. 2. 

2017 Minuajimouin  Gaizhibiiget  |  au  |  St.  John.  |  The  Gospel  of 

St.  John  |  in  the  '  language  of  the  Ojibwa  Indians.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1838.  |  BA.  ABC.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-83.  12°.  Verso  of  title  says :  Translated  by  John  and  Peter  Jones,  native 
religions  teachers. 

2018  Jones  (John  Buttrick).  Vocabulary  of  the  Cherokee;  mountain 
dialect. 

Manuscript.  1011.  4°.  200  words.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Collected  in  1866. 


See  note  to  Jones  (E.),  editor. 


See  Jones  (E.)  and  Jones  (J.  B.) 

2019  Jones  (Rev.  N.  W.)     No.  I.  |  Indian  Bulletin  |  for  1867.  |  Contain 
ing  a  brief  |  Account  of  the  North  American  Indians,  |  and  the  | 
Interpretation  of  many  Indian  names.  |  By  |  Rev.  N.  W.  Jones.  | 

New  York:  |  Printed  by  C.  A.  Alvord,  |  1867.  |  C.  JWP.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-16.  8°.  Imprint  of  printed  cover  reads :  New  York :  |  C.  A.  Alvord,  15 
Vandewater  Street.  |  1867.  | 

Interpretation  of  Indian  Names  in  New  York,  p.  13 ;  on  Long  Island,  pp.  13-14 ; 
in  Pennsylvania,  p.  14 ;  in  New  Jersey,  pp.  14-15 ;  in  Massachusetts,  p.  15 ;  in  Con 
necticut,  pp.  15-16;  in  Rhode  Island,  p.  16;  in  New  Hampshire,  p.  16;  in  Maine, 
p.  16. 

2020  No.  II.  |  Indian  Bulletin  |  for  1868.  |  Containing  a  brief  | 

Account  of  Chinese  Voyages  to  the  North-west  |  coast  of  Amer 
ica.  |  And  the  |  Interpretation  of  200  Indian  names.  |  By  |  Eev. 
N.  W.  Jones.  | 

New  York:  |  Printed  by  C.  A.  Alvord  |  1869.  |  C.  JWP.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-26.  8°. 

Interpretation  of  Indian  Names  in  New  York,  pp.  12-14 ;  on  Long  Island,  pp.  14- 
15;  in  Pennsylvania,  pp.  15-16;  in  New  Jersey,  pp.  16-17 ;  in  Delaware,  p.  18 ;  in 
Maryland,  p.  18;  in  Maine,  pp.  18-20;  in  New  Hampshire,  pp.  20-21;  in  Massa 
chusetts,  pp.  21-23;  on  Nantucket,  p.  23;  in  Rhode  Island,  pp.  23-25;  in  Connec 
ticut,  pp.  25-26 ;  Western  Indian  Names,  p.  26. 


JONES.  385 

Jones  (Rev.  N.  W.) — continued. 

2021  Notes  upon  the  Esopus  Indians  [Algonkin  family]  and 

their  Language.    By  the  Rev.  N.  W.  Jones.  BA. 

In  Ulster  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  1,  pp.  92-9G.    Kingston,  1860.  8°. 

A  few  Minsi  words,  with  English  significations,  pp.  94-95. 

1.022  Jones  (Rev.  Peter).    Ojebway  Spelling  Book.  » 

Translated  1828.     Title  from  Sabiu's  Dictionary. 

2023  Parts  of  the  |  New  Testament  |  of  our  |  Lord  aud  Saviour  | 

Jesus  Christ,  |  translated  into  the  Chippewa  tongue,  |  from  the 
Gospel  by  St.  Matthew.  |  By  Peter  Jones,  |  Native  Missionary.  | 
Pungkeh  |  ewh  Ooshke  .Mahzenahekun  |  Tepahjemindt  owh  |  ke- 
lookemahwenou  kahnahnauntahweenungk  |  Jesus  Christ.  |  Ahne- 
shenahpay  anwadt  keezhe  ahnekahi ootahpe  |  ekahtaigk  ewh  oote- 
pabjeinoowm  owh  |  St.  Matthew.  |  Kahahuekahnootahpeungk  | 
owh  kah  kewaqonnaby,  |  ahnesheuahpay  makahtawekoonakya.  | 

York :  |  Printed  at  the  U.  C.  Gazette  Office,  by  Robert  Stanton.  | 
1829.  |  V. 

Pp.  1-32.  8°.     Matthew,  chaps,  i-vii;  2  columns,  Chippewa  and  English. 

2024  Nahkahnoonun  |  kanahnahkahmoowaudt  |  ekewh  |  ahne- 

sheuahpaegk  anahmeahchik.  |  Kahahnekahnootahpeungken  owh  | 
kahkewaquonnaby,  |  ahneshenahpa  makahtawekoonnahya.  | 

New  York,  |  Printed  at  the  Conference  Office  |  By  J.  Collord.  | 
1829.  | 

Xi  final  lillr: 

Collection  |  of  |  Hymns  |  for  |  the  Use  of  Native  Christians  |  of 
the  |  Chippeway  Tongue.  |  Translated  by  Peter  Jones,  |  Native  Mis 
sionary.  | 

New  York,  |  Printed  at  the  Conference  Office  |  By  J.  Collord.  | 
1829.  |  S. 

Pp.  2-37, 2-37,  alternate  pagesCbippewa  and  English.  32°.  English  hymns,  pp. 
38-92. 

2025  Netum   |  ewh  oomahzenahegun  owh  Moses,  |  Genesis  | 

azhenekahdaig.  |  Kahahnekahuootamahnioobeung  owh  kahkewa- 
qunaby,  |  ahnesheuahba  makohdawekoonahya.  | 

Toronto:  |  Printed  for  the  Toronto  Auxiliary  Bible  Society,  |  at 
the  Christian  Guardian  Office.  |  1835.  | 

Second  title: 

The  First  Book  of  Moses,  |  called  |  Genesis.  | 

Toronto:  |  Translated  by  P.  Jones,  for  the  Auxiliary  Bible  So 
ciety.  |  Guardian  Office. — J.H.Lawrence,  Printer.  |  1835.  |  HA.A.  i;s. 

Pp.  1-178.  12°.  In  the  Chippewa  language.  Chippewa  title  recto  1.1;  Eng 
lish  title  recto  1. 2. 

2026 Part  of  the  Book  of  Genesis  in  the  Chippewa  Language. 

Boston:  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Missions: 
1835.  * 

Title  from  Bagstert  Bible  of  Every  Land. 

25  Bib 


386  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 

Jones  (Rev.  Peter  )-^-coutinued. 

2027  Nt'gt'mouim'n    |    Genrn^gflmouat    |    igiu   |   Anishinabeg 

Anvmiajig.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1836.  |  BA.  ABC.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-52.  12°.     Hymns  in  the  Chippewa  language. 

A  note  on  the  reverse  of  the  title  says  these  hymns  were  taken  from  a  collec 
tion  prepared  by  Mr.  Peter  Jones,  an  Ojibwa  convert  and  licensed  preacher,  the 
only  alteration  consisting  in  substituting  the  orthography  of  Mr.  Pickering  for 
that  used  by  Mr.  Jones. 

For  later  editions,  see  Jones  (Rev.  P.),  Evans  (Bev.  J.),  and  Henry  (G.) 

2028  Hymns  for  the  use  of  Native  Christians  of  the  Chippeway 

Nation;  also,  several  Hymns  for  Sabbath  Schools  of  Native  Chil 
dren. 

In  Collection  of  Hymns  *  *  *  of  the  Iroquois,  pp.  37-45,  37-45  (double  num 
bers).  New  York,  1827.  8°. 

2029  History  |  of  the  |  Ojebway  Indians ;  |  with  especial  refer 
ence  to  their  |  Conversion  toChristianity.  |  By  |  Rev.  Peter  Jones,  | 
(Kahkewaquonaby,)  |  Indian  Missionary.  |  With  a  brief  |  Memoir 
of  the  Writer;  |  and  |  Introductory  Notice  by  the  Bev.  G.  Osborn, 
D.D.,  |  Secretary  of  the  Wesleyan  Methodist  |  Missionary  Society.  | 

London:   |  A.  W.  Bennett,  5,  Bishopsgate  Street  Without,   j 
Houlston  and  Wright,  Paternoster  Eow.  |  [1861.]  BA.  c. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-278.  12°. 

Names  of  the  seasons  and  months,  pp.  135-136;  Specimens  of  Indian  proper 
names,  with  literal  translations,  pp.  161-162, 163-164 ;  A  short  vocabulary  of  words 
in  use  among  the  settlers,  "spelled  in  English,"  " as  pronounced  by  Indians,"  and 
their  signification,  p.  164. 

"The  Indian  Languages,"  pp.  178-190,  contains  general  remarks  and  vocabu 
laries  of  20  words,  of  the  following : 

Ojebway,  Munsee,  Onondaga, 

Odahwah,  Cree,  Seneca, 

Poodawahduhme,  Mohawk,  Oneida, 

Delaware,  Cayuga,  Tuscarora. 

Conjugation  of  the  verb  "to  walk"  in  Ojebway;  "Specimen  of  an  Ochepwa 
verb:  Waubi,  He  sees,"  and  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Ojebway. 


See  Jones  (J.)  and  Jones  (Bev,  P.) 

2030  [ ,  Evans  (Rev.  James),  and  Henry  (George).]     Ojibue  |  Nt>- 

gflmouinOTi.  |  Geaiouajin  |  igiu  |  anishinabeg  envmiajig.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  | 
for  Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1844.  |  BA. 

Pp.  i-xii,  9-212.  16°.     Hymns  in  the  Chippewa  language. 

The  preface  to  the  above  work  says  these  hymns  were  collected  from  the 
Hymn  Book  of  the  Rev.  Peter  Jones,  and  that  prepared  by  Rev.  James  Evans 
and  George  Henry,  the  latter  published  by  the  Am.  Tract  Society,  N.  Y.  The 
orthography  was  changed. 

For  an  earlier  edition,  see  Jones  (Bev.  P.) 


JONES.  387 

Jones  (Rev.  P.),  Evans  (Rev.  J.),  and  Henry  (G.) — continued. 

2031  A  Collection  |  of  |  Chippeway  and  English  |  Hymns,  |  for 

the  use  of  the  Native  Indians.  |  Translated  by  Peter  Jones,  |  Indian 
Missionary.  |  To  which  are  added  |  a  few  hymns  translated  by  the 
Rev.  |  James  Evans  and  George  Henry.  |  [Two  lines  Scripture.] 

New  York :  |  Published  by  Lane  and  Tippett,  |  for  the  Missionary 
Society  of  the  M.  E.  Church  |  200  Mulberry-Street.  |  1847.  | 

Second  title : 

Ojebway  |  Nuhguhmouun,  kanuhnuhguhmowahjin  |  Owh  Kah- 
kewaquouaby,  |  uhneshenahba  kuhgeequawenene.  |  Kuhya  dush 
go  pungee  enewh  Ojebway  |  uuhguhmonuu  kahahnekuhnootuhmo- 
beeuh-  |  mowahjin  egewh  mookegeezhig  kuhya  |  inongwuhdaus.  | 
[Two  lines  Scripture  in  Ojibway.] 

New  York :  |  Published  by  Lane  and  Tippett,  |  for  the  Missionary 
Society  of  the  M.  E.  Church  |  200  Mulberry-Street.  |  1847.  |  BA. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1-289,  alternate  English  and  Chippeway.  24°. 

2032  A  Collection  |  of  |  Chippeway  and  English  |  Hymns,  |  for 

the  use  of  the  native  Indians.  |  Translated  by  Peter  Jones,  J  Indian 
Missionary.  |  To  which  are  added  |  a  few  hymns  translated  by  the 
Eev.  James  |  Evans  and  George  Henry.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

New-York:  |  Published  by  Lane  and  Scott,  |  for  the  Missionary 
Society  of  the  M.  E.  Church,  |  200  Mulberry-Street.  |  1851.  | 

Second  title: 

Ojebway  |  Nuhgnhmonun,  |  kanuhnuhguhmowahjin  |  Egewh 
Uhneshenahbaig.  |  Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungiu  |  owh  Kah- 
kewaquonaby,  |  uhneshenahba  kuhgeequawenene.  |  Kuhya  dush 
go  pungee  enewh  Ojebway  |  nuhguhmonun,  kahahnekuhnootuhmo- 
beenh-  |  mowahjiu  egewh  mookegeezhig  kuhya  |  mongwuhdaus.  | 
[Three  lines  quotations.] 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Lane  and  Scott,  |  for  the  Missionary 
Society  of  the  M.  E.  Church,  |  200  Mulberry-Street.  |  1851.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1  1.,  pp.  3-289,  alternate  English  and  Chippewa.  24°.  English  title 
verso  1. 1;  Indian  title  recto  1.  2. 

Triibner,  Bib.  Hisp.  1870,  gives  the  English  title  of  an  edition :  New  York, 
1853,  vi,  290  pp.  24°. 

2033  Ojebway   |   Nuhguhmonun,    |    kanuhnuhguhmowahjin   | 

egewh  uhneshenahbaig.  |  Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin  |  owh 
kahkewaquonaby,    |    uhneshenahba    kuhgeequaweneue.   |    Kuhya 
dush  go  pungee  euewh  Ojebway  |  nuhguhmonun,  kahahnekuhuoo- 
tuhmobeeuh-  |  mowahjin  egewh   mookegeejhg  kuhya  |  mongwuh 
daus.  |  [Three  lines  quotation.] 

Cincinnati:  Published  by  John  D.  Thorpe,  |  for  the  Chippewa 
and  Ottawa  Mission  Presbyterian  Board,  |  Little  Traverse,  Middle 
Village.  |  74  West  Fourth  Street.  |  1857.  |  s. 

Pp.  1-144.  32°. 


388  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Jones  (Rev.  P.),  Evans  (Rev.  J.),  and  Henry  (G.) — continued. 

2034  A  Collection  |  of  |  Ojebway  and  English  |  Hymns,  |  for  the 

use  of  the  Native  Indians.  |  Translated  |  by  the  late  Eev.  Peter 
Jones,  |  Wesleyan  Indian  Missionary.  |  To  which  are  added  a  few 
Hymns   |    translated    by  the  Rev.   James  |  Evans  and  George 
Henry.  |  [One  line  quotation.] 

Toronto :  |  Printed  for  the  Wesleyan  Missionary  Society,  at  |  the 
Conference  Office,  9,  Wellington  Buildings,  |  I860.  | 

Second  title : 

Ojebway  |  Nuhguhmonun,  |  kanuhnuhguhmowahjin  |  egewh 
uhneshenahbaig  |  kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungiu  |  Owh  Kahkewa- 
quonaby,  |  ubneshenahba  kuhgeequawenene.  |  Kuhya  dush  go 
pungee  enewh  Ojebway  nuhguh-  |  monun,  kahahnekuhnootuhmo- 
beeuhniowahjin  |  egewh,  mookegeezhig  kuhya  mougwuhdaus.  | 
[Two  lines  quotation.] 

Toronto:  |  Printed  for  the  Wesleyan  Missionary  Society,  at  |  the 
Conference  Office,  9,  Wellington  Buildings,  |  1860.  |  GB. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1-236.  16°.  English  title  verso  1.  1  (p.  2) ;  Indian  title  recto  1.  2 
(p.  3). 

2035  A  Collection  |  of  |  Ojebway  and  English  |  Hymns,  |  for  the 

use  of  the  native  Indians.  |  Translated  |  by  the  late  Eev.  Peter 
Jones,  |  Wesleyan  Indian  Missionary.  |  To  which  are  added  a  few 
hymns  trans-  |  lated  by  the  Eev.  James  Evans  |  and  George 
Henry.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

Toronto:  |  Printed  for  the  Methodist  Missionary  Society,  |  at  the 
Methodist  Conference  Office.  |  1877.  | 

Second  title: 

Ojebway  |  Nuhguhmonun,  |  kanuhnuhguhmowahjiu  |  Egewh 
Uhneshenahbaig  [  kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin  |  owh  Kahke- 
waqyonaby,  |  uhneshenahba  kuhgeequawenene.  |  Kuhya  dush  go 
pungee  enewh  Ojebway  nuh-  |  guhmonun,  kahahnekuhnootuhmo- 
beeuh-  |  mowahjin  egewh,  mookegeezhig  |  kuhya  mougwuhdaus.  | 
[Three  lines  quotation.] 

Toronto:  |  Printed  for  the  Methodist  Missionary  Society,  |  at  the 
Methodist  Conference  Office.  |  1877.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-vi,  11.,  pp.  3-234.  16°.     English  title  verso  1.  1 ;  Chippewa  title  recto  1.2. 

2036  -  A  Collection  |  of  |  Chippeway  and  English  [  Hymns,  |  for 

theuseof  the  native  Indians.  |  Translated  by  Peter  Jones,  |  Indian 
Missionary.  |  To  which  are  added  |  a  few  hymns  translated  by  the 
Eev.  James  |  Evaus  and  George  Henry.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

New  York:  |  Nelson  &  Phillips.  |  Cincinnati:  Hitchcock  &  Wai- 
den.  |  Sunday  school  Department.  |  [n.  d.] 

Second  title : 

Ojebway  |  Nuhguhmonun,  |  kanuhnuhguhmowahjin  |  egewh 
uhneshenahbaig.  |  Kahahuekuhnootuhmobeeungin  |  owh  Kahke- 


JONES.  389 

Jones  (Rm\  P.),  Evans  (Rev.  J.),  and  Henry  (G.) — continued. 

waquouaby,  |  uhnesheuahba   kuhgeequawenene  |  kuhya  dush  go 
puugee  enewh  Ojebway  |  nuhguhmonun,  kahahuekuhnootnhmo- 
beeuh-  |  mowabjin  egewb  mookegeezhig  kubya   |   mongwuhdaus  | 
[Tbree  lines  quotation.] 

New  York:  |  Nelson  &  Phillips.  |  Cincinnati:  Hitchcock  &  Wai- 
den.  |  Sunday-school  Department.  |  [n.  d.]  JWP. 

Pp.  i-vi,  11.,  pp.  3-289,  alternate  English  and  Chippewa.  24°.    English  title 
verso  1.  1 ;  Chippewa  title  recto  1.  2. 

2037 A  Collection  |  of  |  Chippeway  and  English  |  Hymns,  |  for 

the  use  of  the  Native  Indians.  |  Translated  by  Peter  Jones,  |  Indian 
Missionary.  |  To  which  are  added  |  a  few  Hymns  translated  by  the 
Eev.  James  j  Evans  and  George  Henry.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

New  York :  |  Published  by  Carlton  &  Porter,  |  for  the  Missionary 
Society  of  the  M.  E.  Church,  |  200  Mulberry-Street.  |  [n.  d.] 

Second  title: 

Ojebway  |  Nuhguhmonun,  |  kanuhnuhguhmowahjin  |  egewh 
Uhnesheuahbaig.  |  Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin  |  owh  Kahke- 
waquonaby,  |  uhneshenahba  kuhgeequawenene  |  kuhya  |  dush  go 
pungee  enewh  Ojebway  |  nubguhmoimn,  kahahnekuhuootuhmo- 
beeuh-  |  mowahjin  egewh  mookegeezhig  kuhya  |  mongwuhdaus.  | 
[Three  lines  quotation.] 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Carlton  &  Porter,  |  for  the  Missionary 
Society  of  the  M.  E.  Church,  |  200  Mulberry- Street.  |  [n.  d.]        GB. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1-289.  24°.     English  title  verso  1.  1  (p.  ii) ;  Indian  title  recto  1.  2 
(p.  iii).     "Advertisement  to  the  Second  Edition,"  p.  3. 

2038  Jones  (Pomroy).      Annals    |    and   |   Eecollections   |   of  |   Oneida          % 
County.  |  [Seven  lines  quotation.]  |  By  Pomroy  Jones.  | 

Rome:  |  Published  by  the  Author.  |  1851.  |  A. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-893.  8°. 

Names  of  localities  in  Indian,  with  English  significations,  pp.  871-872. 

Jones  (Thomas  Rupert),  editor. 
See  Royal  Society  [of  London]. 

2039  Jones  (Capt.  William  A.)    43d  Congress,  1st  Session.    House  of 
Representatives.    Ex.  Doc.  No.  285.  |  Report  |  upon  |  the  Recon 
naissance  |  of  |  Northwestern  Wyoming,  |  made  in  |  the  summer  of 
1873  |  by  |  William  A.  Jones,  |  Captain  of  Engineers  U.  S.  A.  | 

Washington :  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1874.  |  JWP.  . 

Pp.  i-v,  1-210.  8°.  maps. 

Putnam  (J.  D.)    Entomological  Report  [names  of  insects  and  colors  in  the 
Shoshouc  language],  pp.  206-210. 

2040  Report  |  upon  |  the  Reconnaissance  |  of  |  Northwestern 

Wyoming,  |  including  |  Yellowstone  National  Park,  |  made  in  | 
the  summer  of  1873  |  by  |  William  A.  Jones,  |  Captain  of  Engineers 
U.  S.  A.  |  With  Appendix.  | 


390  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Jones  (Capt.  William  A.) — continued. 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1875.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1-331.  8C.  maps. 

Comstock  (T.  B.)  Geological  Report  [Chap.  15,  Philological  Notes],  pp.  85- 
291. 

Putnam  (J.  D.)  Entomological  Report  [includes  names  of  insects  and  colors 
in  the  Shoshone  language],  pp.  315-318. 

2041  Jordan  (Capt.  Thomas).     Vocabulary  of  the  Cayuse. 

Manuscript.  3 11.  folio.  180  words.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2042  Jbrensen  (Thoger).    Nagdliutorsiutit  ernaglit. 

Nungme,  1875.  » 

94  pp.  12°.    Psalms  in  Eskimo.— Rink. 

Jbrgensen  (H.  F.) 
See  Kleinschmidt  (S.) 

2043  Juarez  (D.  Diego).    Memorial  de  cosas  memorables  en  mexicano.  * 

Title  from  Pimeutel. 

2044  Juarros  (D.  Domingo).    Compendio  |  de  la  Historiadela  Ciuclad  | 
de  |  Guatemala.  |  Escrito  por  el  Br.  D.  Domingo  Juarros,  |  Presbi- 
tero  Secular  de  este  Arzobispado.  |  Tomo  I.  |  Que  comprendre  los 
preliinrninaires  |  de  dicha  Historia.  |  [Tomo  II.  |  Contiene  un  crorii- 
con  del  Reyno  de  |  Guatemala.]  | 

Con  licencia,  en  Guatemala.  |  Por  D.  Ignacio  Beteta,  |  Ano  do 
1808.  |  c. 

2  vols.  sm.  4°.  Contains  many  references  to  the  native  languages  of  Central 
America. 

2045 A  |  Statistical  and  Commercial  |  History  |  of  the  Kingdom 

of  Guatemala,  |  in  |  Spanish  America:  |  containing  |  important 
particulars  relative  to  its  productions,  |  manufactures,  customs,  &c. 
&c.  &c.  |  With  an  account  of  its  |  conquest  by  the  Spaniards,  |  and 
a  narrative  of  the  principal  events  down  to  |  the  present  time :  | 
from  original  records  in  the  archives;  actual  observations;  |  and 
other  authentic  sources.  |  By  Don  Domingo  Juarros,  |  a  native  of 
New  Guatemala.  |  Translated  by  J.  Baily,  Lieutenant  R.  M.  |  Em 
bellished  with  two  maps.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  John  Hearne,  81,  Strand;  |  by  J.  F.  Dove, 
St.  John's  Square.  |  1823.  |  o. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-520.  8°.  maps.    Linguistic  contents  as  above. 


JONES — KALADLIT.  391 


2046  Kagakimzouiasis  |  Ueji  |  Uo'banakiak  |  Adali  Kimo'gik  Aliuit- 
zo'ki  |  za  Plasua.  | 

Iinprim£  par  Frechette  &  Cie.  |  Eue  Lamontagne,  No.  25,  Basse- 
Ville,  Quebec.  |  1832.  |  v.  JWP.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-44.  16°.    In  the  Abnaki  (T)  language. 
Primer,  pp.  1-8,  followed  by  a  Roman  Catholic  catechism,  acts,  prayers,  &c. 

2047  KaiserlicheAkademiederWissenschaften.  Vienna.  Sitzungsberichte  | 
der  kaiserlichen  |  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften.  |  Philosophisch- 
historische  Classe.  |  Erster  [-89J  Baud.  | 

Wien:  |  Aus  der  k.  k.  Hof-  und  Staatsdruckcrei.  |  In  Commission 
bei  W.  Braumiiller,  Bucbbiindler  des  k.  k.  Hofes  und  der  |  k.  Aka 
demie  der  Wisseuscbaften.  |  1848  [-1878].  |  BA. 

89  vols.  8°. 

Miiller  (  F.  )  Der  grainmatische  Bau  der  Algonkin  Sprachen,  Band  56, 
pp.  132-154. 

Scherzer  (  Dr.  K.  )  Sprachen  der  Indianer  Central-Amerikas,  Band  15, 
pp.  28-37. 

2048  Kaladlit.    Kaladlit  Assillaliait  |  Gr^nlandske  Traesnit.  |  Kirken, 
Seminariet  og  Inspekteurboligen  |  ved  Kolonien  Godtbaab.  | 

Godthaab.  |  Trykt  I  Inspektoratets  Bogtrykkeri  af  L.  Miller  | 
og  E :  Bertbelseu.  |  I860.  |  JWP.  c. 

Title  and  25  pp.  4°. 

Thirty-niue  engravings  designed  and  engraved  on  wood  by  Eskimos  of  Green 
land.  It  is  probable  the  copies  seen  by  me  are  imperfect,  as  Field,  No.  810,  says: 
Title,  2  pp.  text,  39  engravings  and  a  folding  colored  plate. 

These  interesting  engravings  are  the  result  of  some  experiments  made  be 
tween  the  years  1858-60,  to  determine  whether  among  the  Eskimos  there  existed 
taste  or  genius  for  this  branch  of  the  arts.  They  were  all  engraved,  and,  with  the 
exception  of  Nos.  1-8,  designed  by  five  or  six  natives,  without  any  other  assist 
ance  than  the  furnishing  of  the  wood  and  of  the  most  necessary  instruments. 
The  greater  part  of  these  engravings  are  the  work  of  an  Eskimo  named  Awn, 
who  has  received  no  more  than  the  common  education  of  his  countrymen. — 
Sehrendt  Sale  Cat.,  No.  2342. 

2049  Kaladlit  Assilialiait  |  ou  |  quelques  gravures,  dessinees  et 

gravees  |  sur  bois  |  par  |  des  Esquimaux  du  Gronland.  |  [Picture 
of  a  ship,  with  two  lines  explanation  in  French. | 

Godtbaab  |  Imprime  chez  1'Inspecteur  du  Greenland  Meridional  | 
par  L:  Miller  et  E:  Bertbelsen.  |  1860.  |  YC- 

25  11.     Prints  with  Eskimo  titles. 

2050  -        -  Kaladlit  Okalluktual-  |  liait.  |  kaladlisut  kablunatudlo.  | 
Attuakset  siurdlia^t.  | 


392  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Kaladlit — continued. 

Noungme.  |  Nunnap  Nalegata  Nakitteriviane  Nakitat  |  L.  M01- 
lennit,  |  Irsigirsoralugo  E :  Berthelsen.  |  1859  f-1803].  | 

Second  title  : 

GronlandskeFolkesagaen,  |  opskrevneogmeddeelteaflndfydte,  | 
med  dansk  Overssettelse.  |  F0rste  [-Fjerde]  Bind.  |  Med  traesnit,  j 
tegnede  og  udskaaresse  af  |  en  iudf^dt.  | 

Godthaab.  |  Trykt  I  Inspectoratets  Bogtrykkeri  |  af  L:  Miller,  | 
under  tilsyn  af  hjelpelaerer  |  E.  Berthelsen.  |  1859  [-1863J.  |  BA.  c. 

4  vols.  8°.  1859:  4  p.  11.,  i:!7  pp.,  1  l.,8pp.  music;  1860:  4  p.  ]].,  Ill  pp.,  charts; 
1861 :  4  p.  11.,  136  pp.,  12  pp.  illustrations,  numbered  1-12;  1863:  3  p.  11.,  123  pp., 
alternate  Eskimo  and  Danish. 

Greenlaudish  folklore;  popular  tales  and  legends.  The  illustrations  were 
made  by  native  Greenlanders.  Rink,  in  "Eskimoeske  Eventyr  og  Sagn,"  says 
Berthelsen  (Rasmus)  aided  in  the  translations. 

2051  Kane  (Paul).     Wanderings  of  an  Artist  |  among  the  |  Indians  of 
North  America  |  from  Canada  |  to  Vancouver's  Island  and  Ore 
gon  |  through  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  Territory  |  and  |  back 
again.  |  By  Paul  Kane.  | 

London  |  Longman,  Brown,  Green,  Longmans,  and  Eoberts.  | 
1859.  |  BA.  C.  ft  , 

Pp.  i-xviii,  1-455, 4  11.  8°.  maps. 

List  of  Indian  tribes  inhabiting  northwest  coast  of  America  (census  of  1846)- 
4  unnumbered  11.  at  end. 

2052  Kanzi  (Dr.  Pazos).     Gospel  of  St.  Luke  iu  the  Mexican  Language. 

British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.     [About  1829.]  * 

Title  from  Bagstcr's  Bible  of  Every  Laud.    See  Evangelic  de  S.  Lucas,  No.  1242. 

2053  Karo  ron,  |  ne  |  Te  ye  rihwahgwatha.  |  [Four  lines  quotation.] 

Brantford:  |  Printed  at  the  Courier  Office.  |  1877.  |  GB. 

Pp.  1-53.  33°.  Hymns  in  the  Mohawk  language.  See  Hill  (A.  H.)  for  earlier 
editions. 

2054  Katekismuse.  Katekismuse  •  Luterim  |  Aglega  |  Tersa  |  Iliuiarkau- 
tiksset  Gudimiglo  pekkorsejnig-  |  lo  innunguut  nalegeksajnnik,  pi- 
dluarsin-    j    naungorkudlugit  nunametidlutik   |    tokublo   kiugorn- 
gagut.  | 

Kiobeuhavuime,  |  Pingajuksanik  nakittarsimarsok  |  1797.  | 
1.  E.  Thielimit.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-22.  16°.     Luther's  Catechism  in  the  Eskimo  language.    Also  reprint: 

2055  Katekismuse  |  Luterim  |  Aglega.  |  Tersa  |  Iliniarkiiutik- 

sset  Gudimiglo  pekkorsejnig-  |  lo  iunungnut  nalegeksajnnik,  pidlu- 
arsin,  |  naungorkudlugit  nunametidlutik  |  tokublo  kingorngagut.  | 

Kiobenhavnime,  |  Illiarsuin  igloaeune  flssameksauik  nakittarsi 
marsok  |  1816  |  C.  F.  Schubartimit.  |  c. 
Pp.  1-24.  1G°. 
See  Ajokaersutit  oppersartut;  also  Egede  (Paul). 


enlhaltend  den  lalecliisnras,    Belrachtung,  fiesang. 


Die  kaiserliche       vie    aucli     kiinigliclip       Bucliilruckorci 


in  dor  kaiscrlichwi  Stadt          Wien  in  Oeslcrreicb 


2057. — FAC-SIMILE   OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF   KAUDER'S  CATECHISM,   ETC, 


KALADI.IT  —  KAUDER. 


393 


2056  Kattitsiomarsut  attuaromarsullo  Malligekseit. 

Gnadau,  1835.  * 

6°.     Greenland  primer;  reprint  of  Groenlandsk  A  B  D  Bog.     Reprinted  :  Kjo- 
benhavn,  Missions-Collegium,  1849,  20  pp.  8°.—Ludetvig. 


nltallfnj  den  lilecbiinn,    Belraentuff. 


lit  UUcrlicbe       nit    inch    lo.iglictr       lucUroekerei 


ii  dtr  kiuerlidMO 


2057  Kauder  (Bey.  Christian).  Buch  |  das  gut  |  enthaltend  den  Kate- 
chismus,  Betrachtung,  Gesang.  | 

Die  kaiserliche  wie  auch  konigliche  Buchdruckerei  |  hat  es  ge- 
druckt  |  in  der  kaiserlichen  Stadt  Wien  in  Oesterreich  |  1866.  |  s. 

Catechismus,  4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-14'i;  Betrachtungsbuch,  pp.  1-111;  Gesangbuch, 
pp.  1-210. 

This  embraces  two  other  works,  as  follows  : 


2058 


Buch  |  das  gut  |  enthaltend  den  Katechismus-,  Betrach 


tung. 

Die  kaiserliche  wie  auch  konigliche  Buchdruckerei  |  hat  es  ge- 
druckt  in  der  kaiserlichen  Stadt  Wien  in  Oesterreich.  |  1866.  |  HU.  s. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-146,  1-109,  1  1.  12°. 

2059  -  Buch  |  das  gut  |  euthaltend  deu  Gesang.  | 

Die  kaiserliche  wie  auch  konigliche  Buchdrucken-i  |  hat  es  ge- 
druckt  |  in  der  kaiserlichen  Stadt  Wien  in  Oesterreich,  |  1866.  |  HU.  s. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-210.  12°. 

These  works  are  printed  in  special  characters  for  the  use  of  the  Mikmak  In 
dians.  The  titles  are  also  in  those  characters,  with  the  German  equivalent  un 
derneath  each. 

The  following  note  is  from  Mr.  J.  G.  Shea's  introduction  to  Le  Clercq's  First 
Establishment  of  the  Faith: 


394  NORTH   AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Kauder  (Rev.  Christian) — continued. 

As  these  hieroglyphics  are  still  in  use  among  the  Micmacs,  who  write  and 
read  them,  and  a  font  of  type  for  them  has  actually  been  cast  at  Vienna,  in  which 
a  prayer-book  -has  been  printed  in  our  day,  through  the  exertions  of  Rev.  Charles 
Kauder,  a  Redemptorist  missionary,  who  spent  some  years  at  Tracadie,  it  will  not 
be  out  of  place  to  give  [Father  Christian]  Le  Clercq's  own  words: 

"The  easy  method  which  I  found  for  teaching  our  Gaspesians  their  prayers 
with  certain  characters  which  I  have  formed,  effectually  convinces  me  that  the 
majority  would  soon  become  instructed  ;  for,  indeed,  I  should  find  no  more  diffi 
culty  in  teaching  them  to  read  than  to  pray  to  God  by  my  papers,  in  which  each 
arbitrary  letter  signifies  a  particular  word,  and  some  even  two  together.  They 
so  readily  grasp  this  kind  of  reading  that  they  learn  in  a  single  day  what  they 
would  never  have  been  able  to  retain  in  a  whole  week  without  the  aid  of  these 
cards,  which  they  call  Kignamotinoer  or  Kateguenne.  They  preserve  these  in 
structive  papers  so  carefully  and  prize  them  so  highly  that  they  keep  them  very 
neatly  in  little  bark  cases  adorned  with  wampum,  beads,  and  porcupine  quills. 
They  hold  them  in  their  hands  as  we  do  our  prayer-books  during  holy  mass,  after 
which  they  replace  them  in  their  cases.  The  main  utility  and  advantage  result 
ing  from  this  new  method  is  that  the  Indians  teach  one  another,  wherever  they 
may  happen  to  be.  Thns  the  children  teach  the  father,  the  wife  her  husband, 
and  children  the  aged,  their  great  age  giving  them  no  repugnance  to  learn  from 
their  little  nephews,  and  even  from  girls,  the  principles  of  Cbristianity. 

"  It  is,  therefore,  easy  to  judge  hereby  of  the  use  of  these  characters  to  a  mis 
sionary  who  wishes  to  produce  a  great  deal  of  fruit  in  a  short  time  throughout 
the  whole  extent  of  his  district ;  for,  poor  as  our  Indians'  memory  may  be,  they 
can  not  only  easily  learn  their  prayers  by  these  characters,  but  when  they  forget 
them  it  is  easy  to  bring  them  to  mind  again  by  counting  them  one  after  another, 
in  the  manner  shown  them. 

"  Our  Lord  inspired  me  with  this  method  the  second  year  of  my  mission,  when, 
being  greatly  embarrassed  as  to  the  mode  in  which  I  should  teach  the  Indians 
to  pray,  I  noticed  some  children  making  marks  on  birch  bark  with  coal,  and  they 
pointed  to  them  with  their  fingers  at  every  word  of  the  prayer  which  they  pro 
nounced.  This  made  me  think  that  by  giving  them  some  form  which  would  aid 
their  memory  by  fixed  characters,  I  should  advance  much  more  rapidly  than  by 
teaching  on  the  plan  of  making  them  repeat  over  and  over  what  I  said.  I  was 
charmed  to  know  that  I  was  not  deceived,  and  that  these  characters  which  I  hud 
traced  on  paper  produced  all  the  effect  I  desired,  so  that  in  a  few  days  they  learned 
all  their  prayers  without  difficulty.  I  caunot  describe  to  you  the  ardor  with 
which  these  poor  Indians  competed  with  each  other  in  praiseworthy  emulation 
which  should  be  the  most  learned  and  the  ablest.  It  costs,  indeed,  much  time 
and  pains  to  make  all  that  they  require,  and  especially  since  I  enlarged  them  so 
as  to  include  all  the  prayers  of  the  Church,  with  the  sacred  mysteries  of  the 
'  Trinity,  Incarnation,  Baptism,  Penance,  and  the  Eucharist.  But,  after  all,  what 
ought  we  not  to  do  for  God's  sake? 

"As  I  sought  in  this  little  formulary  only  the  good  of  my  Indians  and  the 
easiest  and  readiest  method  of  instructing  them,  I  always  used  them  with  greater 
pleasure  since  several  persons  of  merit  and  virtue  have  been  kind  enough  orally 
and  in  letters  to  exhort  me  to  continue,  even  forcing  me  to  send  specimens  to 
them  in  France,  in  order  to  show  the  curious  a  new  method  of  learning  to  read, 
and  how  God  avails  Himself  of  the  least  things  to  manifest  the  glory  of  His  holy 
name  to  these  tribes  of  Gaspe'sie.  The  approbation  of  Monseigneur  de  Saint 
Valier,  now  Bishop  of  Quebec,  has  more  than  sufficiently  authorized  their  use, 
and  that  worthy  prelate  has  esteemed  them  so  highly  that  after  witnessing  in 
person  their  advantage  and  utility  in  a  very  painful  voyage  which  he  made  to 
Acadia,  he  asked  some  specimens  from  the  Rev.  Father  Moreau,  to  whom  I  had 
imparted  them  some  years  before." 


KAUDEE — KEATING.  395 

Sander  (Rev.  Christian) — continued. 

Mr.  Shea,  iu  the  Historical  Magazine,  vol.  5,  p.  259,  says : 

"  A  manuscript  in  this  character  is  said  to  exist  in  one  of  the  public  libraries 
at  Paris,  and  steps  have  been  taken  to  have  it  copied  in  whole  or  in  part.  As 
described  to  me,  it  is  of  the  seventeenth  century  :  and  it  may  possibly  be  one  of 
those  sent  to  France  by  Father  Le  Clercq  himself,  who  states  that  he  was  re 
quested  to  furnish  specimens,  and  did  so.  From  its  age,  it  will  be  of  great  value 
for  comparison. 

"Of  the  last  century  I  know  one  specimen  in  the  British  Museum,  of  which 
Mr.  E.  G.  Squier  has  shown  me  a  copy  that  he  made." 

2060  Kaumajok  |  nellqjunnik  |  kaumatsitiksak.  |  [Design.]  ATS. 

N.  p.,n.d.  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  sq.  24°.  Bible  lessous  in  the  Eskimo  dialect  of 
Labrador.  Published  also  in  the  Greenland  dialect,  as  follows: 

2061  Kaumarsok  uaellursunnut  |  kaumarsautiksak.  |  [Picture.]         ATS. 

N.  p.,  n.  d.    1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  24°. 

2062  Kautz  (August  Valentine).     Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  the 
Pueblo  of  Isleta,  N.  Mex. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.     Collected  in  1S63. 

2063  Vocabulary  of  the  Too-too-ten. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  180  words. 

Tlese  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2064  Keane  (A.  H.)     Appendix.    Ethnography  and  Philology  of  Amer 
ica.    By  A.  H.  Keane. 

In  Bates  (H.  W.)  Central  America,  the  West  Indies,  &c.,  pp.  451-561.  Lon 
don,  1878.  8°. 

Languages — Polysynthesis,  Consequences,  Syncope — Letter-change — Evanes 
cence — Vast  number  of  American  languages  accounted  for — Their  classification, 
pp.  451-459. 

General  scheme  of  American  races  and  languages,  pp.  460-483,  as  follows: 

Sub  Arctic  races,  Columbian  races, 

Athabascan  or  Tinney  family,  Calif orni  an  races, 

Algonquin  family,  Shoshonee  and  Pawnee  families, 

Wyandot-Iroquois  family,  New  Mexican  and  Arizona  races, 

Dacotah  family,  Mexican  races, 

Appalachian  races,  Central  American  races. 

Alphabetical  list  of  all  known  American  tribes  and  languages,  pp.  498-561. 

2065  American  Indians. 

In  Encyclopaedia  Britaimica,  ninth  edition,  vol.  12,  pp.  823-830.     New  York, 

1881.  4°. 

Remarks  on  language,  pp.  823-824. 

2066  Keating  (  William  H. )    Narrative  |  of  |  An  Expedition  |  to  the  | 
Source  of   St.   Peter's  River,   |  Lake  Winnepeek,   Lake  of   the 
Woods,  |  &c.  &c.  |  Performed  iu  the  year  1823,  |  by  order  of  |  the 
Hon.  J.  C.  Calhoun,  Secretary  of  War,  |  under  the  command  of  | 
Stephen  H.  Long,  Major  U.  S.  T.  E.  |  Compiled  from  the  Notes  of 
Major  Long,  Messrs.  Say,  |  Keating,  and  Colhoun,  [xic]  \  by  |  Wil 
liam  H.  Keating,  A.  M.  &c.  |  Professor  of  Mineralogy  and  Chemistry 
.is  applied  to  the  arts,  in  |  the  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Geol- 


396  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Keating  (William  H.) — continued. 

ogist  and  |  Historiographer  to  the  Expedition.  |  In  two  volumes.  | 
Vol.  I  [II].  | 

Philadelphia:  |  H.  C.  Carey  &  I.  Lea— Chestnut  Street.  |  1824.  | 

2  vols.  8°.   maps.  BA.  C. 

Keating  (W.  H.)    Names  of  moons  iu  Dakota,  vol.  1,  pp.  422-423;  Names  of 
moons  in  Chippewa,  vol.  2,  p.  169. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Sakewi  or  Sauk ;   of  the  Dacota  or  Sioux ;   of  the 

Ochippewag  or  Chippewa,  vol.  2,  pp.  450-459. 

Say  (T.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Killisteno  or  Cree,  vol.  2,  pp.  450-459. 

2067  Narrative  |  of  an    Expedition    to  the  ;  Source  of  St.  Peter's 

Eiver,  |  Lake  Winnepeek,  |  Lake  of  the  Woods,  &c.  |  Performed  in 
the  year  1823,  |  by  order  of  the  Hon.  J.  C.  Calhonn,  |  Secretary  of 
War,  |  under  the  Command  of  Stephen  H.  Long,  U.  S.  T.  E.  |  Com 
piled  |  from  the  Notes  of  Major  Long,  Messrs.  Say,  Keating,  & 
Colhoun,  [sic]  \  By  William  H.  Keating,  A.M.  &c.  |  Professor  of  Min 
eralogy  and  Chemistry,  as  applied  to  the  Arts,  in  the  University 
of  |  Pennsylvania;  Geologist  and  Historiographer  to  the  Expedi 
tion.  |  In  Two  Volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Geo.  B.  Whittaker,  Ave-Maria-Lane,  | 

1825.  |  BA.  c. 

2  vols.  8°.     Linguistics,  vol.  1,  p.  441;  vol.  2,  p.  165;  Appendix,  pp.  147-156. 

2068  Kellogg  (Rev.  Elijah).    Vocabulary  of  Words  in  the  Language  of 
the  Quoddy  Indians;  (Name  Passamaquoddie,  its  meaning,  Pollock 
Fish)  located  in  Perry  Pleasant  Point,  State  of  Maine,  on  the  Waters 
of  Schoodak,  adjoining  the  British  Provinces.    (Pleasant  Point  in 
Indian  is  Seboiak;  Schoodak  is  an  Indian  word  and  signifies  Burnt 
Land.) 

Iu  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  third  series,  vol  3,  pp.  181-182.  Cambridge,  1833.  8C. 
There  are  also  a  few  words  of  the  Shawauoes  on  p.  181. 

2069  Kennedy  (Dr.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Tsimsian. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)     Contributions  to  North  American  Kthnology,  vol.  1,  pp. 
145-153.     Washington,  1877.  4°. 

Kennedy  (C.  M.),  editor. 
See  Kennedy  (James). 

2070  Kennedy  (James).    On  the  Probable  Origin  of  the  American  Indians, 
with  particular  reference  to  that  of  the  Caribs.     By  James  Kennedy, 
Esq.,  L.  L.  B.  Late  H.  B.  M's  Judge  in  the  Mixed  Court  at  Havana. 

In  Eth.  Soc.  [of  London],  Jour.,  vol.  4,  pp.  226-267.     London,  [1856].  8°. 
Words  of  the  Carib  language,  showing  affinities  with  those  of  various  African 
tribes,  pp.  264-265. 

Issued  separately  as  follows : 

2071  Probable  Origin  of  the  American  Indians  with  particular 

reference  to  that  of  the  Caribs.    A  Paper  read  before  the  Ethno 
logical  Society  the  15th  March  1854.     And  printed  at  their  special 
request.     By  James  Kennedy,  Esq.  LL.  B.  [&c.] 

London:  E.  Lumley,  126  High  Holburu,  1854.  • 

1  j>.  l.,pp.  1-42.  8°.    Title  from  Field's  Bibliography.    Reprinted  in: 


KEATING — KENNICOTT.  397 

Kennedy  (James) — continued. 

2072  Ethnological  and  Philological  Essays.    By  James  Kennedy, 

Esq.  ...    I.  Probable  Origin  of  the  American  Indians.    II.  Ques 
tion  of  the  supposed  Lost  Tribes  of  Israel.  .  .  . 

London :  Hall  and  Virtue.  1855.  * 

42,  57,  30  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Sabiu's  Dictionary.     Reprinted  in: 

2073  Essays  |  Ethnological  |  and  |  Linguistic  |  by  the  late  | 

James  Kennedy  Esq.,  LL.  B.  |  Formerly  her  Britannic  Majesty's 
Judge  at  the  Havana.  |  Edited  by  |  0.  M.  Kennedy,  B.  A.  | 

Williams  &  Norgate  |  14  Henrietta  Street,  Covent  Garden,  Lon 
don;  |  and  |  20  South  Frederick  Street,  Edinburgh.  |  1861.  |          c. 
Pp.  i-vii,  1-^30.  8°. 
Carib  words  showing  affinities  with  dialects  of  Africa,  pp.  120-121. 

2074  Kennicott  (Eobert).    Kotch-a-Kutchin  Vocabulary.    Words  from 
the  language  of  the  Kotch-a-Kutchin — the  Indians  of  Yukon  Biver, 
at  the  mouth  of  Porcupine  River,  in  northern  Alaska. 

In  Whymper  (F.)    Travel  and  Adventure  in  Alaska,  pp.  322-328.    London, 

1868.  8°. 

This  vocabulary  also  appears  in  the  reprint  of  Whymper,  N.  Y.,  1869,  8°,  pp. 
345-350 ;  and  in  the  same,  N.  Y.,  1871,  8°,  same  pages.  It  is  also  printed  in  Whyru- 
per's  article  on  Russian  America,  in  Eth.  Soc.  of  London,  Trans.,  vol.  7,  pp.  183- 
185.  London,  1869.  8°.  Issued  also  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  5  unnum 
bered  11.  folio,  printed  on  one  side  only. 

2075  Vocabulary  of  the  Slave  Indians,  Tenne.  JWP. 

7  unnumbered  11.  folio,  printed  on  one  side  only;  issued  by  the  Smithsonian 

Institution. 

"Slave  Indians  of  Liard  River,  near  Fort  Liard.  They  call  themselves  A-che- 
td-e-tin'-ne,  as  distinguished  from  the  other  Tenne;  it  means  'People  of  the  low 
lands,'  or  '  People  living  out  of  the  wood.' " 

2076  Terms  of  Eelationship  of  the  Slave  Lake  Indians  (Achao- 

tiuue)  Fort  Liard,  Mackenzie  River  District,  Hudson's  Bay  Ty.,  and 
of  the  Utahs  (Tabegwaches)  collected  at  Washington,  D.  C.,  from 
a  delegation  of  Utahs. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°. 

2077  Vocabulary  of  the  Chipewyan  of  Slave  Lake. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio. 

2078  Vocabulary  of  the  Hare  Indians,  of  Fort  Good  Hope,  Mac 
kenzie  River. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio. 

2079  Vocabulary  of  the  Nahawny  Indians  of  the  Mountains  west 

of  Fort  Liard. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio. 

2080  -: Vocabulary  of  the  Tsuhtyuh  (Beaver  People) — Beaver  In 
dians  of  Peace  River  west  of  Lake  Athabasca;  and  of  the  Thekenneh 
(People  of  the  Rocks)  Siccanies  of  the  Mountains,  south  of  FortLiard. 

Manuscript.  6 11.  folio.  These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology. 


398  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

2081  Kent  ( — ).    List  of  names  of  Iowa  Indians,  with  English  transla 
tion. 

Manuscript.  8  pp.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  It  is  ac 
companied  by  a  similar  list  revised  by  the  Rev.  William  Hamilton,  7  pp.  folio. 

2082  Kerr  (Robert).     A  |  General  History  and  Collection  |  of  |  Voyages 
and  Travels,  |  arranged  in  systematic  ord^r;  |  forming  a  complete 
history  of  the  origin  and  progress  |  of  navigation,  discovery,  aurl 
commerce,  |  by  sea  and  laud,  |  from  the  earliest  ages  to  the  present 
time.  |  By  |  Robert  Kerr,  F.  R.  S.  &  F.  A.  S.  Edin.  |  Illustrated  by 
maps  and  charts.  |  Vol.  I  [-XVII].  | 

Edinburgh:  |  Printed  by  George  Ramsay  and  Company,  |  for 
William  Blackwood,  South  Bridge  Street;  |  J.  Murray,  Fleet 
Street,  R.  Baldwin,  Paternoster  Row,  |  London ;  and  J.  Cuming, 
Dublin.  |  1811  [-1816].  |  c. 

17  vols.  folio. 

C  artier  (J.)    The  Voyages  of  Jacques  Cartier,  vol.  6,  pp.  15-68. 

Cook  (J.)  and  Dixoii  (J.)  A  Voyage  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  vol.  15,  pp.  114- 
514;  vol.  16,  and  vol.  17,  pp.  1-311. 

2083  Keti  Bilaun.  |  ATS. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-15.  16°.  Katie  Brown,  in  the  Choctaw  language.  For 
another  edition  gee  Chahta  I  Kana.  . 

2084  Khromchenko  (Capt.  Vasili  Stepanovich).    Journal  kept  during  a 
Cruise  along  the  Coast  of  Russian- America.  * 

In  Northern  Archives  for  History,  Statistics,  and  Voyages  (in  Russian),  Nos. 
11-18.  St.  Petersburg,  1824.  8°. 

Contains  vocabulary  of  the  Kudjak.  Translated  into  German:  Hertha,  1825. 
Vocabulary,  pp.  218-221. — Ludewig. 

Khrostoff  (Nikolai  Alexandrovich). 
See  Davidoff  (G.  I.) 

2085  Kidder  (Frederic).     The  Abenaki  Indians;  their  Treaties  of  1713 
&  1717,  and  a  Vocabulary :   with  a  Historical  Introduction.    By 
Frederic  Kidder,  of  Boston. 

In  Maine  Hist  Soc.  Coll.,  vol.  6,  pp.  229-263.     Portland,  1859.  8°. 

"Extracts  from  a  Spelling  Book  in  the  Abenaki  language.  Published  in 
Boston  in  1830  and  called  '  Kimzowi  Awighigau,'  the  last  word  being  the  term 
for  book,"  pp.  245-249.  See  Uzokhilain  (pp.  ). 

Issued  separately  as  follows: 

2086  The  Abenaki  Indians;  their  Treaties  of  1713  &  1717,  and 

aVocabularv:  with  a  Historical  Introduction.    By  Frederic  Kid- 

mWm.    der  of  Boston. 

Portland :  Printed  by  Brown  Thurston :  1859.  HTJ. 

Pp.  1-25  [35]    8°. 

2087  Vocabulary  of  the  Openango  or  Passamaqnoddy  language. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.   R.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  5,  pp.  689-690.    Philadelphia, 

1855.  4°. 


KENT KINGSBOROUGH.  399 

2088  King   (Edward,  Lord  Kingsborough).    Antiquities  of  Mexico:  | 
comprising  |   Ale-similes  |  of  |  Ancient  Mexican  Paintings  and 
Hieroglyphics,  |  preserved  |  in  the  Royal  Libraries  of  Paris,  Berlin, 
and  Dresden;  |  iu  the  Imperial  Library  of  Vienna;  |  in  the  Vatican 
Library;  |  in  the  Borgian  Museum  at  Rome;  |  in  the  Library  of  the 
Institute  at  Bologna ;  |  and  in  the  Bodleian  Library  at  Oxford.  | 
Together  with  |  the  Monuments  of  New  Spain,  j  By  M.  Du  Paix:  j 
.with  their  respective  |  scales  of  measurement  and  accompanying 
descriptions.   |  The  whole  illustrated  by  |  many  valuable  inedited 
manuscripts,  |  by  Augustine  Aglio.  |  In  seven  [nine]  volumes.  | 
Vol.  I  [-IX].  j 

London:  |  Published  by  A.  Aglio,  36,  Newman  Street;  |  To  be 
had  also  of  Whittaker,  Treacher,  and  Co.  Ave-Maria  Lane.  | 
M.  DCGO.  XXX  [-MDCCGXLVIII]  [1830-1848].  |  c.  Di. 

9  vols.  folio.     The  titles  of  vols.  6,  7,  8,  and  9  are  changed  somewhat  and  have 
different  imprint. 

Adah  (J.)    History  of  the  North  American  Indians  [Arguments  1-23],  vol.  8, 
pp.  273-:$75. 

[Alva  (B.  de).]     Extract  from  a  Manual  of  Confession  published  in  Mexico 
in  1634  (iu  Mexican),  vol.  8, p.  110. 

Fac-simile  of  an  original  Mexican  [Mayan]  Painting  preserved  (in  the  Royal 
Library  at  Dresden),  74  pages  on  27  plates,  vol.  3.    (In  Maya  hieroglyphics.) 

There  are  many  aboriginal  terms  scattered  throughout  each  of  the  volumes. 

A  part  of  the  edition  was  bought  by  Havell  who  changed  the  title  so  as  to 
make  it  read  the  same  in  all  the  volumes,  as  follows : 

2089  Antiquities  of  Mexico:  |  comprising  |  fac-similes  |  of  |  An 
cient  Mexican  Paintings  and  Hieroglyphics,  |  preserved  |  in  |  the 
Royal  Libraries  of  Pans,  Berlin,  and  Dresden;  |  in  the  Imperial 
Library  of  Vienna;  |  in  the  Vatican  Library;  |  iu  the  Borgian  Mu 
seum  at  Rome;  |  in  the  Library  of  the  Institute  at  Bologna;  |  and 
in  the  Bodleian  Library  at  Oxford.  |  Together  with  |  the  Monuments 
of  New  Spain,  |  By  M.  Dupaix:  |  with  their  respective  |  scales  of 
measurement  and  accompanying  descriptions.  |  The  whole  illus 
trated  by  many  valuable  |  Inedited  Manuscripts,  |  By  Lord  Kings- 
borough.  |  The  drawings,  on  stone,  by  A.  Aglio.  |  In  seven  [nine] 
volumes,  j  Vol.  I  [-IX].  | 

London:  |  Printed   by  James   Moyes,   Castle   Street,  Leicester 
Square.  |  Published  by  Robert  Havell,  77,  Oxford  Street;  |  and  | 
Coluaghi,  Son,  and  Co.  Pall  Mall  Bast.  |  M.  DCCC.  XXXI  f-M. 
DCCC.  XLVIII]  [1831-1848].  |  JWP. 

9  vols.  folio. 

2090  Kingdon.  (Rev.    John).     Dictionary  Maya-Spanish-English,    and 
English  Spanish-Maya.  * 

Manuscript.     In  possession  of  American  Bible  Society. — Turner,  in  Ludeicig. 

Kingsborough  (Lord). 
See  King  (Edward). 


400  NORTH   AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

2091  Kinzie  (Mrs.  John  H.)    Wau-Bnu,  |  the  |  "Early  Day"  |  in  |  the 
Northwest.  |  By   Mrs.    John   H.  Kinzie,  |  of    Chicago.  |  Second 
edition,  with  illustrations. 

Chicago:  |  D.  B.  Cooke  &  Co.,  Publishers.  |  1857.  |  BA. 

Pp.  i^xii,  13-498.  large  12°. 
Winnebago  (?)  terms  passim. 

2092  Wan-bun,  |  the  |  Early  Day  in  the  Northwest.  |  By  |  Mrs. 

John  H.  Kiuzie,  |  of  Chicago.  |  [Three  lines  quotations.] 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.  |  1873.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-390.  Iki0.     Wiunebago  (f)  terms  passim. 

2093  Kip  (Lawrence).     Army  Life  on  the  Pacific;  |  a  journal  |  of  the  | 
Expedition  Against  the  Northern  Indians,  |  the  tribes  of  the  j 
Coenr  D'Aleues,  Spokans,  and  Pelouzes,  |  in  the  Summer  of  1858.  j 
By  |  Lawrence  Kip,  |  Second  Lieutenant  of  the  Third  Regiment  of 
Artillery,  U.  S.  Army.  | 

Bedfield,  |  No.  34  Beekman  Street,  New  York.  |  1859.  |       BA.  c.  ft  % 

Pp.  i-vi,  7-144.  12°. 

A  few  aboriginal  terms  scattered  through. 

2094  Kip  (Rev.  William  Ingraham).    The  |  Early  Jesuit  Missions  |  in  | 
North  America;  |  compiled  and  translated  from  the  letters  of  the  | 
French  Jesuits,  with  notes.  |  By  the  |  Rev.  William  Ingraham  Kip, 
M.  A.,  |  Corresponding  Member  of  the  New  York  Historical  Soci 
ety.  |  Part  I  [II].  | 

New  York:  |  Wiley  and  Putnam,  161  Broadway.  |  1846.  |     BA.  c.    ' 
Pp.  i-xiv,  2  11.,  pp.  1-321.  Is:0. 

A  few  remarks  on  language,  and  the  "O  Salutarus  Hostia"  in  the  Abnakis, 
Algonkin,  Huron,  and  Illinois  languages  (from  Father  Rasles),  pp.  29-30. 

2095 The  |  Early  Jesuit  Missions  |  in  |  North  America;  |  com 
piled  and  translated  from  the  letters  of  |  the  French  Jesuits,  with 
notes.  |  By  the  |   Eight  Eev.  William  Ingraham  Kip,  D.  D.,  | 
Bishop  of  California,  Honorary  Member  N.Y.  Historical  Society.  | 

Albany,  N.  Y. :  |  Pease  &  Prentice,  82  State  Street,  |  1866.  |    HU. 
Pp.  i-xiv,  1  1.,  pp.  1-325.  12°.     Linguistics,  pp.  29-30. 

2096  The  |  Early  Jesuit  Missions  |  in  |  North  America;  |  com 
piled  ami  translated  from  the  letters  of  |  the  French  Jesuits,  with 
notes.  |  By  the  |  Eight  Eev.  William  Ingraham  Kip,  D.  D.,  |  Bishop 
of  California,  Honorary  Member  N.  Y.  Historical  Society.  | 

Albany,  N.  Y. :  |  Joel  Munsell,  82  State  Street.  |  1873.  |  A. 

Pp.  i-xiv,  1  1.,  pp.  1-325.  12°.  map. 

2097  Kipp  (James).    Vocabulary  of  the  Mandan. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  255-256,  446-459.     Philadel 
phia,  1853.  4°. 

Kipp  (Joseph). 

See  Lanning  (C.  M.) 


KINZIE KIRKBY.  401 

2098  Kirk  (Charles  W.)     Hymns  in  the  Wyandot  Language. 

Manuscript.   2411.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2099  Kirkby  (Rev.  William  West).     Hymns  and  Prayers:  |  for  the  |  Pri 
vate  Devotions  |  of  the  |  Slave  Indians  of  McKenzie's  Eiver.  |  By 
Eev.  W.  W.  Kirkby.  | 

New  York :  |  Eenuie,  Shea  &  Lindsay.  |  1862.  |  JWP. 

11.,  pp.  1-16.  12°.     In  syllabic  characters. 

2100  A  Manual  |  of  |  Devotion  and  Instruction  |  for  the  |  Slave 

Indians  of  M'Kenzie  River,  |  by  |  the  Eev.  W.  W.  Kirkby.  |  [Seal.] 

[London:]  |  Printed  by  W.M.  Watts,  |  80,  Gray's  InnEoad.  |  WE. 
Pp.  1-65.  16°.     In  Roman  characters. 

2101  A  Manual  |  of  |  Devotion  and  Instruction  |  for  the  |  Slave 

Indians  of  McKenzie  Eiver.  |  By  |  Eev.  W.  W.  Kirkby.  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  W.   M.    Watts,  |  28,   Whitefriars  Street, 
City.  |  [1-64?]  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-76.  l(i°.     In  syllahic  characters. 

2102  A  Manual  |  of  |  Devotion  and  Instruction  |  for  the  |  Slave 

Indians  of  McKenzie  Eiver,  |  by  Eev.  W.  W.  Kirkby.  |  [Seal.] 

With  the  approbation  of  j  the  Lord  Bishop  of  the  Diocese.  | 
[N.  p.,  n.  d.]  ATS.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-86.  24°.     In  syllabic  characters. 

2103  Manual  |  of  |  Devotion  and   Instruction,  |  in   the  |  Chipe- 

wyan  Language,  |  for  the  |  Indians  of   Churchill.  |  By  the  Eev. 
W.  W.  Kirkby.  | 

London:  |  Church  Missionary  House,  |  Salisbury  Square.  |  [N.d.] 
Pp.  1-113.  16°.     In  syllabic  characters.  JWP. 

2104 The  Gospel  |  according  to  |  Saint  John.  |  Translated  into 

the  Tinne  Language.  |  [Three  lines  syllabic  characters.] 

London:  |  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  |  1870.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  3-93.  16°.     In  syllabic  characters. 

2105  Natsun  kaothet  nake  kendi    |    Jesus  Christ    |    be  konde 

nezo  |  Saint.  Mark  |  ekaonte  adikles  |  Tinne  yatie  kesi.  | 

London:  |  1874.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-64.  16°.     Gospel  of  St.  Mark  in  the  Tinne  language. 

2106  -        -  St.  Mark.  |  JWP. 

No  title-page.     Colophon:  [London.]  W.  M.  Watts,  80,  Gray's  Inn.Road. 
Pp.  l-(i6.  16°.     Gospel  of  St.  Mark  in  the  Tinne'  language  (Ft.  Simpson).     In 
pyllabic  characters. 

2107  -        -  The  Gospels  |  of  |  the  Four  Evangelists,  |  St.  Matthew,  St. 
Mark,  St.  Luke,  |  and  St.  John.  |  Translated  into  the  language  | 
of  |  The  Chipcwyan  Indians  |  of  |  North-West  America.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  | 
1878.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-344.  12°.     In  syllabic  characters. 

2108  -  Portions  |  of   the  |  Book  of   Common  Prayer,  |  Hymns, 

&c.,  |  in  the  |  Chipewyan  Language.  |  By  Archdeacon  Kirkby.  | 

26  Bib 


402  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Kirkby  (Rev.  William  West) — continued. 

Printed  at  the  request  of  |  the  Bishop  of  Kupert's  Land,  |  by 
the  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  77,  Great 
Queen  Street,  Lincoln's-Inu-Fields,  London.  |  [n.  d.]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-195.  16°.  In  syllabic  characters.  For  another  edition,  see  Kirkby  (W. 
W.)  and  Bompas  (W.  C.) 

See  Horden  (Rev.  John)  and  Kirkby  (Rev.  W.  W.) 

2109  and  Bompas  (W.  C.)     Portions  |  of  the  |  Book  of  Common 

Prayer,  |  Hymns,  &c.,  |  in  the  |  Chipewyan  Language.  |  By  Arch 
deacon  Kirkby.  |  Adapted  for  the  use  of  |  the  Slavi  Indians  |  by 
the  |  EightReverend  W.C.  Bompas,  D.D.,  |  Bishop  of  Athabasca.  | 

Printed  by  the  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  j 
77,  Great  Queen  Street,  Liucoln's-Inn-Fields,  London.  |  [n.  d.]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-176.  16°.  In  syllabic  characters.  For  another  edition,  see  Kirkby 
(W.  W.) 

2110  Kishemanito  M»zinaig»n  Te-  |  /hiuind^miin,  |  Josip  Trahimint,  | 
Auesirg  pineshiug  Gaie  TV-  \  zhimiutuag.  |  Or  |  Old  Testament 
Bible  Stories,  |  Story  of  Joseph,  |  and  |  Natural  History.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  | 
for  Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1835.  |    BA.  JWP.  V. 
Pp.  i-v,  7-72.  12°.     In  the  Chippewa  language. 

2111  Kjer(Kuud).    Tuksiautit  |  Julesiutit  |  makko  |  nukterdlugidlo- 
neet  arsillincardlugidloneet   |  narkringuiardlugidloneet  katterso- 
rei  |  nakrittoegangortidlugidlo.  |  K.  Kjer-ib  |  Amertlormiut  ma- 
neetsormiudlo    pellesiffita.     Tussarnersunnik    umativsigut   tuksi- 
ardluse  nalekkamut.  |  Koloss.  3.  16.  | 

Kjobenhavnime.    |    Fabritius  de  Tengnagelikut  nakrittareit.  | 

1831.  |  s- 

Pp.  1-34,  1 1.  16°.     Hymns  in  the  Eskimo  language. 

2112  Illerkorsutit  .  .  .  K.  Kjer. 

Aarhusime,  1832. 

89  pp.  8°.     Psalms  in  the  Eskimo  language.— Rink. 

,  T|TLE  ,N  2113  Sannerutilingmik.    Tugsiautitait  K.  Kjermit. 

Odensime,  1834. 

J&        23?  PP.  8°-     Psalm  book  in  the  Eskimo  language.-JJinfc. 
,TLE  JN  2114  -      —  Ivngerutit  K.  Kjerimit. 
Kjobeuhavnime,  1838. 
490  pp.  8°.     Psalm  book  in  the  Eskimo  language.— Rink. 

2115  —  Jungerutitutit    kerssungme    senningarsome    Kikiektomic 

ajokaersu  tjeuiglo. 

'  Kjobenhavu.  1838. 

Three  hundred  and  thirty  spiritual  songs  in  the  Eskimo  language.     Title  from 
Steiger's  Bib.  Glot. 

2116  Kattrengutigeek.  |  K.  Kjerib  |  nuktigej.  | 

Kjobenhavnime.  |  Fabritius  de  Tengnagelib  nakitteriviane  |  na- 

kittarsimarsut.  |  1838.  | 

Pp.  1-45.  16°.     A  story  in  the  Eskimo  language. 


KIRKBY — KLETT.  403 

Kjer  (Knud) — continued. 

2117 Tuksiautit  |  Kikiektugarursomik,  pellesib  K.  Kjerim  aglegij 

kattersugejlo.  |  [Seven  lines  quotation.]  |  Tapekarput.  | 

M.  Vogeliusib  Nakittsegej,  Frederikshavnime,  1856.  |  HU. 

Pp.  i-xviii,  1-385, 2 11.,  pp.  1-97.  54°.     In  the  Eskimo  language. 

2118  Kj0benhavnske  Selskab.    Skrifter,  |  somudi  |  det  Ki^beuhavnske  | 
Selskab  |  af  |  Laerdoms  og  Videnskabers  Elskere  |  ere  fremlagte  og 
oplaeste  |  i  Aarene  1743  og  1744.  |  F^rste  f-Tolvte]  Deel.  | 

Kj0benhavn,  |  Udi  det  Kongelig  Waysenhuses  Bogtrykkerie  | 
og  paa  dets  Forlag.  |  Trykt  af  Gottmann  Friderich  Kisel.    Aar 
1745  [-1779].  |  At 

12  vols.  4°.  plates.  After  the  tenth  volume  the  name  of  the  society  appears 
on  the  title-page  as  "Kougelige  Videnskabers  Selskab." 

Woldike  (M.)  Betaenkning  om  det  Gr0ulandske  Sprogs  Oprindelse  ogUliig- 
hed  med  aiidre  Sprog,  vol.  2,  pp.  129-156. 

2119  Scriptorum  |  a  |  Societate  |  Hafniensi  |  Bonis  artibus  pro- 

movendis  |  dedita  |  Danice  editorum,  |  nunc  autem  |  in  Latinum 
sermonem  couversorum    Interprete  |  P.  P.  |  Pars  Prima  [-Tertia].  | 

Hafuia;,  |  Anno  MDCCXLV  [-MDCCXLVII].  [1745-1747.] 
Sumptibus  &  typis  Orplianotrophii  Eegii  |  Excudit  Gottmann. 
Frid.  Kisel,  Orphanotroph.  Reg.  Typogr.  |  A. 

3vols.  4°.  6 11., 394  pp.,  11.;  2  11., 384  pp.,  14  11.;  2 11., 418 pp., 5 11. .plates.  No 
more  published. 

Woldike  (M. )  Meletema,  de  Lingvse  Groeulandicse  origine,  ejusque  a  cseteris 
liugvis  differentia,  vol.  2,  pp.  137-162. 

2120  Kleinschmidt    (Samuel).       Grammatik    |    der    |    gronlandischen 
Sprache  |  init  theilweisein  Einschluss  des  Labradordialects  |  von 
S.  Kleinschmidt.  | 

Berlin,  1851.  |  Brack  und  Verlag  von  G.  Reimer.  |  o.  v. 

Pp.  i-x,  1-182.  8°. 

2121  Silame  iliornerit  .  .  .  S.  Kleinschmidt. 

,      Nungme  [Godthaab  ],  1859.  * 

128  pp.  8°.     History  of  the  world  in  Eskimo. — Rink. 

2122 Den  Gronlandske  Ordbog,  |  omarbeidet  |  af  |  Sam.  Klein 
schmidt;  |  tulgiven  |  paa  Foranstaltning  af  Miuisteriet  for  Kirke- 
og  Uuderviisningsvaeseuet  og  med  |  det  kongelige  danske  Viden- 
skabernes  Selskabs  Understottelse  |  ved  |  H.  F.  Jorgensen.  | 
Kib'benhavu.  |  Louis  Kleins  Bogtrykkeri.  [  1871.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-x,  1 1.,  pp.  1-460.  8^. 

2123 Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Eskimo,  Greenland,  collected 

by  Samuel  Kleinschmidt,  Godthaab,  Greenland. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°. 

2124  Klett  (Francis).     Vocabulary  of  the  Pa-tJta,  and  of  the  Pueblo  of 
Acorn  a. 

Iu  Wheeler  (G.  M.)  Report  upon  U.  S.  Geog.  Surveys,  vol.  7,  pp. 424^65, 
471.  Washington,  1879.  4°. 


404  NORTH  AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2125  Knipe  (Rev.  C.)     Some  account  of  the  Tahkaht  language  as  spoken 
by  several  tribes  on  the  western  coast  of  Vancouver  Island.  [Quo 
tation.] 

London:  Hatchard;  1868.  * 

80  pp.  8°.     Title  from  M.  Alph.  Pinart. 

Introduction,  pp.  1-8;  Grammar,  pp.  9-31 ;  Vocabulary,  part  1,  Tahkabt- 
English,  pp.  33-58;  part  2,  English-Tahkaht,  pp.  59-78. 

2126  Nootka  or  Tahkaht  Vocabulary. 

Manuscript.  711.  folio.  250  words.   In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2127  Kohl  ( Johann  Georg  ).     Kitschi  -  Garni  oder  Erziihlungen  vom 
Obern-See.    Bin  Beitrag  zur  Charakteristik  der  amerikanischen 
Indianer.  .   .   . 

Bremen:  Schiiuemann.  1859.  * 

2vols.  8°.  pp.  viii,600.    Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

2128 Kitchi-gami.  |  Wanderings  round  Lake  Superior,  j  By  | 

J.  G.   Kohl,  |  author  of   "Travels  in  Eussia,"  &c.  |  [Five  lines 
quotation.] 

London :  |  Chapman  and  Hall,  193,  Piccadilly.  |  1860.  |  Begis- 
tered  according  to  International  copyright  Act.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-428.  8°. 

A  few  Chippeway  geographic  terms,  names  of  certain  stars,  &c.,pp.  118-119; 
"Language  of  signs,  symbolic  writings,"  &c.,  pp.  137-159. 

2129  Koniglich-bayerische    Akademie   der   Wissenschaften.      Gelehrte 
Anzeigen  |  herausgegeben  |  von  Mitgliederu  der  k.  bayer.  Akade 
mie  |  der  Wissenschaften.  |  Erster  [-Fiiufzigster]  Band.   | 

Miinchen,  |  im  k.  Central-Schulbiicher-Verlage.  |  1835  [-I860].  | 
50  vols.  4°.  C. 

Schubert  (H.  von).  Correspondenz-Nachrichten  aus  Labrador,  Band  18, 
columns  217-430. 

2130  Koniglich  preussische  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Berlin. 
Abhandluugen  der  kouiglichen  Akademie  der  Wissenschafton  in 
Berlin.    Aus  den  Jahren  1804  [-1878].    Nebst  der  Geschichte  der 
Akademie  m  diesem  Zeitraum.  |  [Design.] 

Berlin:  finder  Eealschut  Buchhaudlung.  |  1815  [-1879].  |     BA.  c. 

75  vols.  4°. 

This  publication  was  begun  in  1723  with  the  following  title:  Miscellanea  Bero- 
linensia,  ad  increm  scientiarum,  ex  scriptio  societatis  regiae  exhibita.  Vols.  1-7. 
1723-1744,  and  continuation  to  vol.  7,  1746 ;  followed  by : 

Histoire  de  1'Acad^mie  Royale  des  Sciences  et  Belles  Lettres  de  Berlin.  Annee 
M  DCC  XLIV  [-M  DCC  Lvill].  Berlin:  M  DCC  XLIV  [-M  DCC  LXV]. 

14  vols.  4°.     Continued  as  follows: 

Nouveaux  M6moires  de  I'Acade'mie  Royale  des  Sciences  et  Belles  Lettres. 
Ann<?e  M  DCC  LXXVI  [-M  DCC  LXXXVI].  Berlin :  M  DCC  LXXIX  [  -M  DCC 
LXXXVIH]. 

Vols.  15-25.  4°.     Continued  as  follows : 

Me'rnoires  de  1'Acaddmie  Royale  des  Sciences  et  Belles  Lettres.  Aun6e  M  DCC 
LXXXVI  [-M  DCCC  IV].  Berlin :  M  DCC  XCII  [-M  DCCC  VIIIJ. 

Vols.  26-38.  4°.     This  was  followed  by  title  as  above  "Abhandluugen,"  &c. 

Buschmann  (J.  C.  E.)     liber  den  Naturlaut,  1852,  pt.  3,  pp.  391-423. 

liber  die  aztekischen  Ortsnamen,  1852,  pt.  3,  pp.  607-811, 


KNIPE — KRAGH.  405 

Kdniglich  preussische  Akadeinie  der  Wisseuschaften  zu  Berlin — cont'd. 
Buschmann  (J.   C.   E.)    Die  Spnrt-n  der  aztekischen  Sprache  im  nordlichen 
Mexico,  1854,  Zweiter  Suppl.-Band,  pp.  1-819. 

Der  athapaskische  Sprach.stamm,  1855,  pp.  149-319. 

Die  Sprachen  Kizh  uud  Netela  vou  Neu-Californien,  1855,  pp.  501-531. 

Die  Pima  Sprache  und  der  Sprache  der  Koloschen,  1856,  pp.  321-432. 

Die  Lautveranderung  aztekischer  Wiirter,  1856,  pp.  443-457. 

Die  Volker  und  Sprachen  Neu  Mexico's  uud  der  Westseite  des  briti- 

sehen  Nordamerika's,  1857,  pp.  209-414. 

Systetnatische    Worttafel  des    athapaskischen  Sprachstamms,  1859, 

pp.  501-586. 

Das  Apache  als  eine  athapaskische  Sprache,  1860,  pp.  187-282. 

Die  Verwandtschafts-Verhiiltnisse  der  athapaskischen  Sprachen,  1862, 

pp.  195-252. 

Das  Lautsystem  der  sonorischen  Sprachen,  1863,  pp.  369-453. 

Das  Zahlwort  der  sonorischen  Sprachen,  1867,  pp.  23-215. 

Der  sonorischeu  Grammatik,  1869,  pp.  67-266. 

Humboldt  (W.  von).      Uber  die  Kawi-Sprache  auf  der  Insel  Java  *  *  *. 
183-.2.    Zweiter  Theil  (3  volumes). 

2131  Bericht  j  iiberdie  |  zur  Bekanntmachung  geeigneten  |  Ver- 

handlungen  |  der  konigl.  preuss.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  | 
zu  Berlin.  |  Ans  dein  Jahre  183G  [?]  [-1855].  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Druckerei  der  koniglichen  Akademie  | 
der  Wissenschaften.  |  [n.  d.-1855.J  c. 

?  vols.  8°.     Title  taken  from  volume  for  1848,  the  earliest  I  have  seen. 
Buschmann  ( J.  C.E.)     Verwaudschaft  der  Kinai  Idiome,  1854,  pp.  231-236. 
In  1856  the  title  was  changed  as  follows : 

2132  Monatsberichte  |  der  |  koniglichen  |  preuss.  Akademie  der 

Wissenschafteu  |  zu  Berlin.  |  Aus  dem  Jahre  1856  [-1878].  |  Mit  11 
Tafeln.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Druckerei  der  koniglichen  Akademie  | 
der  Wissenschaften.  |  1856  [-1879].  |  c. 

fvols.  8°. 

Buschmann  (J.  C.  E.)  Volker  und  Sprachen  im  Innern  des  brittischen  Nord- 
amerikas,  1856,  pp.  465-486. 

2133  Kragh  (Peter).     Testameutitokab  \  Makpe"rsa3ge>sa  Illangoeet,  | 
Profetit  Miugnerit  |  Danieliblo  Aglegeit,  |  Kaladlin  okauzeennut 
nuktersimarsut,  |  nark'igutingosenniglo  sukui'arsimarsut  |  Pellesi-  !])•. 
mit  |  Peterinit  Kraghmit.  |  Attusegeksaukudlugit  innuugnut  ko'isi- 
marsuunut.  | 

Kjobeuhavnime:  Fabritiusit  de  Tengnagelib.  1829.  |  w. 

Pp.  i-viii,2  11.,  pp.  1-290, 1  1.  16°.     Parts  of  the  Old  Testament  in  the  Eskimo 
language. 

2134  Okalluktuautit  |  sajmaubingmik  ann6kbingmiglo  |  Jesuse- 

Kristusikut,  |  makp^rssekknnit  Kablunait  adlsedlo  |  okauzeenne 
agleksimarsunnit    |    kattersorsimarsut,    |    Kaladlidlo    okauzeenut 
nuktersimarsut  |  Pellesimit  Peter-Kraghmit.  [Three  lines  quotation.] 

Kjobenhavnime.  Pabritiusib  de  Tengnagelib  nak'itteriviane  nak- 
ke'ittarsimarsut  |  1830.  |  C. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-292.  16°.    Salvation  through  the  mediation  of  Jesus  Christ,  in  the 
Eskimo  language. 


406  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS 

Kragh  (Peter) — continued. 

2135 Tracts  in  Greenlandish.    (21.) 

Kjobenhavnime,  1830.  * 

19  sheets.  12°.  The  English  consul,  Mr.  Brown,  bore  the  expense  of  this  pub 
lication. — Erslew. 

2136 Testamentitokab  |   Makpe"rsegejsa  Illangoeet,   |   Mosesim 

Aglegejsa  |  Ardlejt  Tedliiuejdlo,  |  Jobib,  Esrab,  Nebemiab,  Este- 
iiirrma  rib  I  Rutiblo  Aglegejt,  j  Kaladlin  okauzeennut  nuktersimarsut,  | 
*  nar'k'igutingosenniglo     sukui'arsiinarsut    |    Gjerlevimiut    Enslevi- 
miadlo   Pellesis6unit  |  Peter  Kraghmit.  |   Attua3geksmukudtugit 
innangnut  koi'simarsunnut.  | 

Kjobenhavnime:  Fabritiusib  de  Tengnagelib.   1832.  |  w. 

Pp.  1-633, 1  1.  16°.     Parts  of  the  Old  Testament  in  the  Eskimo  language. 

2137  Okalloutit,  |  Sabbatiune  akkudleesiksaet,  |  Evangeliumit 

suku'iautejt  okiokuu   |    attuseg^ksffit,  |   kattersorsimarsut  |    Kala- 
dlidlo  okauzeennut  uuktersimarsut  |  Pellesimit  Peter-Kraghmit.  | 
[Five  lines  quotation.] 

Kjobenhavnime  1833.  |  Fabritiusib  de  Tengnagelib  nak'  itteri- 
viane  nak'  ittarsi-  j  marsut.  |  GB. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1  1..  pp.  1-464, 2  11.  (one  folding).  16°.  Prayers  and  lessons  ou  the 
Gospels,  for  Sundays  and  holy-days,  in  the  Eskimo  language. 

2138  Testamentitokab  makpersaegejsa  illaugoeet,  Josvab  er'- 

kartoursirsudlo   aglegejt,   Samuelim   aglegaj    siurdleet   ardlejdlo, 
aglekkset  Kongiunik  siurdleet  ardlejdlo    ....    nuktersimarsut 
Peter  Kragh-mit. 

Kjobenhavnime,  1836.  » 

708  pp.    8°.     Parts  of  the  Old  Testament.— BinTc. 

2139  Erkarsautigirseksset   |   sillarsoarinik,    |    ag!6ksiinarsut   | 

G.  F.  Ursinimit,  |  nuktersimarsut  |  P.  Kragh-mit,  |  Lintrupimiut 
Pellesisennit.  | 

Kjobenhavnime.  |  Fabritius  de  Tengnagelib  nak'itteriviane  nak'- 
ittarsimarsiit.  |  1839.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-23.  16°.  Treatise  on  astronomy,  by  Ursini,  translated  into  Eskimo  by 
Kragh. 

It  is  probable  that  this  work  was  issued  also  with  alternate  pages,  Danish  and 
Eskimo,  as  Erslew  mentions  an  edition:  Kiobenhavnime,  1839.  8°.  45  pp. 

2140  Okalluktualijet,  |  nuktersimarsut,  |  E.  J.  Brandt-mit,  | 

Karsome  niuvertuksaugalloamit,  |  ark'iksorsi  marsut  titarnekartisi- 
marsudlo  |  P.  Kragh-mit  |  Lintrupimiut  Hjertingimiudlo  Pellesiffen 
nit  | 

Kjobenhavnime.  |  Fabritius  de  Tengnagelib  nak'itteriviane  nak'- 
itt4rsimarsut.  |  1839.  |  HTJ.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-118.  10°.     Dialogues,  tables,  &c.,  in  Greenlaudisb.  Eskimo. 

2141  Attuaegautit,  |  EvangeliumitsukuiautejtPaaskiinit  |  Trini- 

tatis  Sabbateesa  kiugurdliaen-  |  nut  attua^geksait,  |  kattersorsimar- 


KRAGH — KRISTUMIUTUT.  407 

Kragh  (Peter) — continued. 

sut    Kaladlidlo  |  okauzeennut  uuktersimarsut  |  Pellisimit  Peter 
Kraghmit,  |  [Three  lines  quotation.] 

Kjobeuhavnime:  |  Bianco  Lunobnakk'itterivianenakk'ittarsimar- 
sut,  |  1848.  |  HIT. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-731, 2 11.  18°.    Explanation  of  the  Gospels  in  the  Eskimo  language. 

2142  Attusekkaen  illuarsautiksast  (W.  A.  Wexelsen)  nuktersi- 

marsut  P.  Kragh-mit. 

Kjobenhavnime,  1850. 

206  pp.  8°.     Sermons  in  the  Eskimo  language. — Sink. 

2143  Unnersoutiksak  |  ernisuksiortunnut  |  Kaladlit  nunaenne- 

tunnut,  |  Kablunain  okauzeenne  agleksimarsok  |  nekkursairsomit 
Lerkimit,  |  Kaladlidle  okauzeeunut  nuktersimarsok  |  Pellesimit  | 
Peter-Kraghmit.  | 

Kjobenhavniine.  |  Louis  Kleinib  uak'itt'eriviksoane.  |  1867.  | 

Second  title: 

Underretning  f  for  Jordem^dre  |  i  Grdnland,  |  skreven  paa 
Dansk  |  af  |  ChirurgLerch,  |  oversatpaaGrjtalandsk  |  af  |  Prasten 
Kragh.  | 

Kj^benhavn.  |  Louis  Kleins  Bogtrykkeri.  |  1867.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  2-63.  Alternate  pages  Eskimo  and  Danish.  Eskimo  title  verso  1. 1 ;  Dan 
ish  title  recto  1. 2.  16°. 

2144  Johannesib  koirsirsub  nejsa  innukaju'itsame  ....  nukter 
simarsok  P.  Kragh-mit. 

Haderslevime,  1871. 

98  pp.    8°.     Story  of  John  the  Baptist  in  the  Eskimo  language. — Sink. 

2145  Greenlandish  Sermons.  (27.)  * 

27  sheets.  8°.     Printed  at  the  expense  of  the  Danish  Missionary  Society. — Kink. 

2146  [Krausen  (  Johann  Ulrich  )  and  Wagner  ( Johann  Ch. ),  editors.  ] 
Oratio  Dominica  roAu^-Tro?  xai  xolufitipyos  nimirum  plus  centum 
linguis,  versiouibus  aut  characteribus  reddita  et  expressa,  editio 
novissima,  speciminibus  variis  quam  priores  auction    Das  ist :  das 
Gebet  des  Herrn  oder  Vater  Unser  in  viel  Sprachen  und  Schreib- 
arten,  nemlich,  in  mehr  als  hundert  Sprachen,  Uebersetzung  und 
Schrifteu  verfasset  und  vorgestellet,  die  letzte  Edition,  um  unter- 
schiedliche  Exempel  vermehrter  als  die  vorige.    Verlegt  von  Job. 
Ulr.  Krauseu,  u.  J.  Ch.  Wagner. 

[F.  p.,  n.  d.] 

Folio.  This  was  printed  at  Augsburg  about  1710  or  1712,  and  is  generally 
called  the  Augsburg  collection.  Title  from  Auer  Sprachenhalle.  Sabin's  Dic 
tionary,  No.  57434,  gives  the  collation:  pp.  ("4), 22.  4°. 

Contains  the  Mexican,  Poconchi,  and  Virginian  versions  of  the  Lord's  Prayer. 

See  [Mottua  (B.),  editor]. 

2147  Kristummtut  tugsiautit. 

Kjobenhavnime,  1876. 

115  pp.  8°.     Psalm  book  in  the  Eskimo  language.— Rink. 

See  Davideb  assiugitals ;  also,  Tuksiautib. 


408  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

2148  Kruger  (F.)    The  |  First  Discovery  of  America,  |  and  its  early  civ 
ilization.  |  Translated  and  enlarged  from  the  German  of  |  Dr.  F. 
Kruger,  |  by  |  W.  L.  Wagener,  |  Professor  [&c.,  two  lines].    [Two 
lines  quotation.] 

New  York:  |  Sheldon  &  Company,  |  335  Broadway,  cor.  Worth 
St.  |  1863.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-134.  12°. 
A  few  words  of  "Indian  "  compared  with  those  of  different  peoples,  pp.  96-128. 

2149  Krusenstern  (Adam  Johann  von).    Wb'rter-Sammlungen  |  aus  den 
-p                   Sprachen  |  eiuiger  Volker  |  des  |  6'stlichen  Asiens  |  und  |  derNord- 

west-Kiiste  von  Amerika.  |  Bekaunt  gemacht  |  von  |  A.  J.  v.  Kru- 
sensteru  |  Capitaiu  der  Eussisch  Kaiserlicheu  Marine.  | 

St.  Petersburg.   |   Gedruckt  in  der  Druckerey  der  Admiralitiit  | 
1813.  |  JWP. 

1  ].,  pp.  i-xi,  1  L,  pp.  1-68, 1 1.  4°. 

Wortersammluug  aus  der  Sprache  der  Koljuschen  (from  Resanoff,  Lisiansky, 
Khlebnikoff),  pp.  45-55 ;  Wiirtersamuilung  aus  der  Spraclie  der  Kenai  (from  Dawi- 
doff,  Resanoff,  and  Lisiausky),  pp.  59-67. 

2150  Kumlien  (Ludwig).     Department  of  the  Interior:  |  U.  S.  National 
Museum.  |  15  |  Bulletin  |  of   the  |  United    States    National  Mu 
seum.  |  No.  15.  |  Published  under  the  direction  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  | 

Washington :  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1879.  | 

Second  Utle : 

Contributions  |  to  the  |  Natural  History  |  of  |  Arctic  America,  | 
made  in  connection  with  |  the  Howgate  Polar  Expedition,  1877- 
78,  |  by  |  Ludwig  Kuinlien,  |  Naturalist  of  the  Expedition.  | 

Washington :  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1879.  |  JWP. 

Outside  title: 

Department  of  the  Interior:  |  U.  S.  National  Museum.  |  — 15 —  |  Bulletin  ]  of 
the  |  United  States  National  Museum.  |  Contributions  to  the  Natural  History  of 
Arctic  America,  |  made  in  connection  with  the  Howgate  |  Polar  Expedition, 
1877-78,  |  by  Ludwig  Kumlieu,  |  Naturalist  of  the  expedition.  | 

Washington :  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1879. 

Printed  cover  1  L,  pp.  1-179.  8°. 

Mr.  Kumlieu's  contributions  to  this  pamphlet  are  as  follows :  Ktbnology,  pp. 
11-46;  Mammals,  pp.  47-67;  Birds,  pp.  69-105.  The  first  contains  a  few  Inntiit 
terms  passim,  and  numerals  1-10;  the  latter  two  contain  many  names  of  animals 
and  birds  in  the  Cumberland  Eskimo. 

Reprinted,  in  part,  as  follows : 

2151    Ethnology.     Fragmentary  Notes  on  the  Eskimo  of  Cum- 

.    berland  Sound.    By  Ludwig  Kumlien.  JWP. 

In  Science.     A  weekly  record  of  scientific  progress,  vol.  1,  pp.  85-88, 100-101, 
214-218.     New  York,  1880.  4°. 
Innuit  numerals,  1-10,  p.  216. 

2152  Kiingip  tugdliata  perkussutai  |  Kalatdlit  misigssuissortait  piv-  | 
dlugit  nunataloaldgssautaipivdlugit,  |  Kungip  tugdliata  sulivfiaue 
agdlagsimassut  1872  me  |  Januarip  31  ane.  |  JWP. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-18.  8°.  Instructions  for  the  trading  posts  in  Greenland, 
in  the  Eskimo  language. 


KRUGER — LACOMBE.  409 


L.  J.  C.  et  M.  I. 

For  titles  of  works  beginning  with  these  letters,  see  next  word  of  title. 

2153  [La  Brosse  (Rev.  Jean  Baptiste  de).]     Nehiro-Iriniui  |  aiamihe  | 
Massinahigan,   |    Shatsbegutsh,  Mitinekapitsh,    |    Iskuamisktitsh, 
Netsbekatsb,  |  Misbt',.  Assinitsh,  Shekutimitsh,  |  Bkuanatsh,  As- 
huabmushuanitsli  |  Piakuagamitsh,  |  Gaiemissi  missi  nehiro-iriniui 
Astshitsb  |  ka  tatjits,  ka  kueiasku  aiamihatjits  ka  utshi.  | 

Uabistiguiatsh  [Quebec].  |  Massinahitsetuau,  Broun  gaie  Gir- 
mor.  |  1767.  |  C.  HU. 

Pp.  1-96.  sm.  4°.     Prayer-book  in  the  Montagnais  language. 

In  the  approbation  by  Bishop  Briant  prefixed  to  the  volume  the  compiler's 
name  appears  in  its  Moiitagnais  form  as  Tshitshisahigan,  I.  e.,  "the  broom"  (la 
brosse).  The  title-page  shows  that  the  manual  was  designed  for  all  the  praying 
Indians  who  live  at  Shatshegu,  Mitinekapi,  Iskuamisku,  Netskeka  [Lake  Nitche- 
guan  ?],  Mishtassini  ["  the  great  rock"  on  the  river  of  that  name,  between  Lake 
St.  John  and  Hudson's  Bay],  Shekutimi  [now  Chicoutimi,  near  Lake  St.  John], 
Ekuani  [Agwanus,  on  the  St.  Lawrence?],  Ashuabmushuani  [now  Assuapmou- 
son,  one  of  the  king's  posts,  in  Sagueuay  county],  and  Piakuagami  [Picoutimi, 
on  Lake  St.  John],  and  all  Nehiro-Irinni  places,  everywhere. — Trumbull. 

In  17G9  *  *  lie  composed  an  alphabet  and  a  catechism  for  the  Montagnais.  *  * 
He  wrote  a  dictionary  of  the  Moutagnais  language,  and  died  about  the  year 
1776.— Hind's  Explorations. 

2154  [Lacombe  (Rev.  Albert).]     Dictionnaire  et  Grammaire   |   de  la   [ 
Langue  Crise  |  par  |  un  Missionnaire  de  la  Saskatcbiwaii  |  Pros 
pectus  | 

Montreal  |  C.-O.  Beaucbemin  &  Valois,  Libraires-Imprimeurs  | 
237  et  239,  Bue  St-Paul  |  1872  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-17.  8°.  A  prospectus  of  the  work  afterwards  issued  ;  contains  remarks 
upon  and  examples  of  the  Cree  language. 

2155  Dictionnaire  |  de  la  |  Langue  des  Cris  |  par  |  Le  E6v.  Pere 

Alb.  Lacombe,  Ptre,  |  Oblat  de  Marie  Immaculee.  |  [Six  lines  quo 
tation.] 

Montreal  |  0.  O.  Beauchemin  &  Valois,  |  Impriineurs-Libraires  | 
237  et  239,  Eue  St-Paul  |  1874  |  c.  HU.  JWP. 

Outside  title : 

Dictionuaire  et  Grauimaire  |  de  la  |  Langue  des  Cris  |  par  |  Le  R<3v.  Pere  Alb. 
Laeombe,  Ptre,  |  Oblat  de  Marie  Immacule'e.  |  [Six  lines  quotation.] 

Montreal  |  C.  O.  Beauchemiu  &  Valois,  Libraires-Imprimeurs  |  237  et  239,  Rue 
St-Paul  |  1874  | 

Printed  cover,  6  11.,  pp.  v-xx,  1-713.  8°.  map. 

Francais-Cris,  pp.  1-274;  Cris-Fran^ais,  pp.  277-663;  Liste  des  noms  de  pa- 
rente",  pp.  634-672 ;  Noms  des  dift'erentes  parties  du  corps,  pp.  672-680 ;  Raciues  du 
dictiounaire  Cris,  pp.  681-704;  Etymologic,  pp.  705-710;  Le  symbole  des  apotres, 
p.  712 ;  Lss  Commaudemeuts  de  Dieu,  p.  713. 


410 


NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 


Lacombe  (Rev.  Alberts—continued. 

2156  -  Grammaire  |  de  la  |  Langue  des  Cris,  |  par  le  E.  P.  A.  La- 
combe,  Ptre  |  de  la  |  Congregation  des  Oblats  de  M.  I.  |  [Design.  J 

Montreal  |  O.  O.  Beauchemin  &  Valois,  Libraires-Iinprimeurs,  | 
237  et  239,  Eue  Saint-Paul  |  1874  |  HU.  c.  JWP. 

1  p.  l.,pp.i-iii,  1-190.  8°. 

2157  -  [Four  lines  syllabic  characters.]  |  (Livre  de  Prieres,  etc., 
en  Sauteux.)  |  [One  line  syllabic  characters.]  [Seal  of  the  Oblates.] 

[Two  lines  syllabic  characters.]  Beauchemin  &  Valois,  |  [One  and 
one-half  lines  syllabic  characters.]  —  1880  —  [One-half  line  syllabic 
characters.]  |  JWP. 

<]QJ~V 


b4  ',    . 

Q_bJQ_>   CdAAbU<-> 

(UVEE  DE  PBEBES,  Etc.,  EN 


Pp.  i-iv,  1 1.,  pp.  1-382.  16°.  Roman  Catholic  prayer  book  in  the  Sauteux  lan 
guage.  In  syllabic  characters.  The  verso  of  title  in  some  copies  is  blank;  others 
have  a  paster  bearing  the  approbation  of  the  Most  Rev.  Alex.  A.  Tachd,  archbishop 
of  St.  Boniface,  and  notice  of  copyright  by  Albert  Lacombe,  Ptre.  O.  M.  S.  Others 
have  a  smaller  paster  bearing  the  approbation  but  minus  the  copyright.  The 
preface,  p.  iv,  is  signed :  G.  Belcourt,  Ptre,  Missionnaire,  and  the  title  is  the  same 


<FO.V-RJb-» 


JANVIER.-!*  Sic  HnmioIK  it  J.-C. 


188S 


C     <40.~0<H~Cn 


FSAr* 


tr-PAr-'-, 


<4PA'ArJ<l 


xiiiiiiximiixiiimxiimixi! 

FEV RIEB— H.-D,  dta  Doulears. 

iiiixiiiiiixniiiixiiliUxii 

MABS.-StJomph.  -    , 

IlilXllllllXIIIIIIXIIIlllXIMII 

AVB1L— Lo  St.  Scupolwre.  <4P/ 

ixuiiUxiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiix 

UAI.-MobdeMuit  >AOV-Z. 

iiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiij 

JOIN^-Le  Sacrt  Genrde  J&us.  t*<"t)V' 

liixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiii 

JUILLET.— Le  Praieux  S»ng.  [><^, 

IXIIIIIIXIIIIIIXIIIIIIXIIIIIIXI 

AOOT.-te  Surf  Conn  <JoM«ti».  t>><>^ 

iiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiii 

8KPTEMBBE.-St Michel  ArcUsnge.  _QPA 

iixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiii 

OCTOBHE.-LM  ss.  A»ja  o«di«i».  b-bTl 

xiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixii 

NOTEMBBB.-  Lei  4m»  da  Purguoire.  44b'fl 

iiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiii 

P£CBMBB£.-USIc^ofmc<!.  <<;j 

iixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiHxiiimx 


X-dA-Ar" 


b-tTLDA-ArJ< 


44b-(10A-ArJ< 


KSPLIOAIIOlia :— X  Pimannlin,— X  Bimanoho  avao  fate.—"  Jour  do  jeflne  et  d'abstlnence.  CarSme.— Treto  d'oblagaUaa. 

2159. — F AC-SIMILE  OF   CREE  CALENDAR;   REDUCED   ONE-HALF. 


LACOMBE LAET.  411 

Lacombe  (Rev.  Albert) — continued. 

aa  that  of  the  edition  of  1839,  No.  334  of  this  catalogue.     It  may  be  the  same  work, 
put  into  syllabic  characters,  by  Father  Lacombe.     See  fac-similo  of  title-page. 

The  following  transliteration  from  the  syllabic  characters  was  furnished  by 
Archdeacon  Kirkby;  the  English  translation  by  Rev.  J.  A.  Gilfillan: 

Sauteux  transliteration. — Ananiiweinasiuaikau  |  Jesus otisitwawin  |  kaye  |  ann 
um  nakamouan  takopiikatewau  |  (Livre  de  Prieres,  etc.,  en  Sauteux.)  |  Mi  esit- 
wawat  Katolik  auamiachik  | 

Ketimakisiwat  kikiuoamowavruk  |  Mouiya  otena  |  Beauchemin  &  Valois,  | 
Masiuaikanikewininiwuk  eutawat  |  iwew  pipoon-1880-ka  ako  nikit  Jesus.  | 

English  translation. — The  Prayer  Book  |  Jesus  his  religion  of  |  and  |  sacred 
hymns  printed  therewith  |  (Book  of  Prayers,  etc.,  in  Sauteux.)  |  The  religion 
Catholic  according  to.  | 

The  poor  for  teaching  them  |  Montreal  |  Beauchemin  &  Valois  |  the  publish 
ers'  residence.  |  The  year-1830-since  the  birth  of  Jesus  | 

2158  Abre"ge"  |  du  |  Cate~chisme  |  dans  la  |  Langue  des  Sauteux  | 

Montreal  |  Beaucheuiiu  &  Valois,  Libraires-Impriineurs  |  256  et 
258,  rue  St-Paul.  |  [1881.]  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  1  l.,pp.  1-43,  1 1.  32°. 

2159 [Calendar  for  the  Saskatchewan  Indians.] 

[Montreal:  Beauchemin  &  Valois.  1882.]  JWP. 

1  sheet,  folio.     See  fac-siniile. 


--,  editor. 


See  Baraga  (Rev.  F.)  and  Belcourt  (Rev.  G.  A.),  in  Additions  and  Corrections. 

2160  Laet  (Joannes  de).    Nieuwe  Wereldt   |   ofte   |    Beschrijviughe   | 
van  |  West-Indien,  |  uit  veelerhande  Scbriften  ende  Aen-teekenin- 
gen  |  van  verscheyden  Natien  by  een  versamelt  |  Door  |  loannes  de 
Laet,  |  Ende  met  |  Noodighe  kaerten  en  Tafels  voorsieu.  | 

Tot    Leyden,  |  In   de  Druckerye  van    Isaack  El/evier  |  Anno     inr,™ 
1625.  |  Met  Privilegie  der  Ho.  Mo.  Heeren  Staten  Generael,  voor 
12  Jaren.  |  * 

1  p.  l.,pp.  xxii,526.  folio,  maps.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

2161  Beschrijvinghe  |  van  |  West-Indien   |  door  |  loannes  de 

Laet:  |  Tweede  druck:  |  In  ontallijcke  plaetsen  ver-  |  betert,  ver- 
meerdert,  met  eenige  |  uieuwe  Caerten,  beelden  van  |  verschydeu 
dieren  ende  |  pi  an  ten  verciert.  | 

Tot  Leyden,  bij  de  Elzeviers.  A°.  1630.  |  c. 

14  p.  11., pp.  1-622,  "Register"  17  pp.  folio,  maps. 

Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Hochelaga  (from  Cartier),  p.  70;  ibid.,  of  the  Indians  of 
Canada  (from  Lescarbot),  p.  70 ;  Names  of  the  parts  of  the  human  body  in  Hoch 
elaga  (from  Cartier),  p.  70;  Numerals,  1-10,  parts  of  the  human  body,  and  a  short 
vocabulary  of  the  Souriquois,  p.  74. 

2162  Novvs  Orbis  |  sen  |  Descriptions  |  Indiae  Occidentalis  | 

Libri  XVIII.  |  Authore  |  loanne  de  Laet  Antverp.  |  Novis  Tabulis 
Geograpbicis  et  variis  |  Animantium,  Plantarurn  Fructuumque  | 
Iconibus  illustrati.  |  Gvm  Privilegio.  | 

Lvgd.  Batav.  apud  Elzevirios.     A°.  1633.  |  BA.  0. 


412  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS, 

laet  (Joannes  de) — continued. 

Engraved  title-page,  16  11.,  pp.  1-690  (in  reality  only  590,  p.  105  wrongly  num 
bered  205,  and  the  error  continued  throughout),  Index,  9  11.  folio,  maps. 

Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Hochelaga,  and  of  the  Indians  of  Canada,  p.  52;  Names 
of  the  parts  of  the  body  in  Hochelaga,  pp.  48-49;  Vocabulary  of  the  Souriquois, 
p.  53 ;  Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Etchemiu,  p.  54 ;  Vocabulary  of  the  Sankikani,  pp. 
75-76;  Vocabulary  of  the  Mexican,  pp.  241-242. 

2163  L'Histoire  |  dv  |  Nouveau  Monde  |  ou  |  Description  |  des 

Indes  |  occidentales,  |  Contenant  dix-huict  Liures,  |  Par  le  Sieur 
lean  de  Laet,  d'Anuers;  |  Enriche  de  nouuelles  Tables  G^ographi- 
ques  &  Figures  des  |  Animaux,  Plantes  &  Fruicts.  |  [Figure.] 

A  Leyde,  |  Chez  Bonauenture  &  Abraham  Elseuiers,  Iinpri- 
meurs  |  ordinaires  de  1'Vniuersite.  |  CIO  ICO  XL  [1640].  |  BA.  c. 

16  p.  11.,  pp.  1-632,  611.  folio,  maps.     Linguistics,  pp.  52, 57, 58, 81, 153, 154. 

Partly  reprinted  as  follows: 

2164 L'Histoire  |  du  |  Nouveau  Monde  |  ou  |  Description  |  des  | 

Indes  Occidentales  |  Nouvelle  France  |  Livre  Second  |  K<§impres- 
siou  | 

Quebec  |  Typographic  de  P.-G.  Delisle  |  1882  |  D. 

Outside  title  1  1.,  followed  by  reprint  of  title-page  of  the  1640  edition  and  a 
second  title-page  as  above,  pp.  1-98.  6°.  Chaps,  i-xxii. 

Chap,  xii,  Habits  *  *  langage  des  Sauvages,  pp.  52-57,  contains,  pp.  56-57, 
a  Hochelagoes  vocabulary,  25  words. 

Chap,  xvi,  Moeurs,  Coutumes,  Langage  des  Souriquois,  pp.  70-74,  contains,  pp. 
72-73,  names  of  the  parts  of  the  body,  relationships  and  elements. 

But  200  copies  of  this  edition  were  printed. 

2165 Extracts  |  from  |  The  New  World,  |  or  |  A  Description  of 

the  West  Indies.  |  By  |  John  de  Laet,  |  Director  of  the  Dutch 
West  India  Company,  &c.  |  Translated  from  the  original  Dutch,  | 
by  the  Editor  [George  Folsom].  j 

In  New  York  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  second  series,  vol.  1,  pp.  281-316.  New  York, 
1841.  8°. 

Numerals,  1-10,  parts  of  the  human  body,  names  of  sexes,  elements,  animals, 
birds  and  fishes,  in  the  language  of  the  Sankikans,  p.  313. 

2166  —     -  loannis  de  Laet  |  Antwerpiani  |  Notas  |  ad  |  Dissertatio- 
nem  |  Hugonis  Grotii  |  De  Origine  Gentium  Americanarum :  |  et  | 
Observations  |  aliquot  ad  meliorem  indaginem  difficilim*  |  illius 
Quajstionis.  |  [Figure.] 

Amstelodami,  |  Apud  Lvdovicvm  Elzivirivin  |  CIO  IOC  XL1II 
[1643].  |  BA.C. 

Pp.  1-223.  16°. 

A  few  words  of  Huron,  Hochelaga,  Souriquoi,  Sankkani,  Maqua,  and  Mexican, 
pp.  147-151 ;  Huron  and  Mexican  vocabulary,  pp.  173-178 ;  Maqua  vocabulary,  pp. 
178-180. 

2167  loannis  |  de  Laet  |  Autuerpiani  |  Notse  |  ad  |  dissertatio- 

uem  |  Hvgonis  Grotii  |  De  Origine  Gentium  Americanarum :  |  et 
observationes  aliqvot  |  ad  meliorem  indaginem  difflcil-  |  limaj  illius 
Qusestionis.  | 


LAET LAHONTAN.  413 

Laet  (Joanues  de) — continued. 

Parisiis,  |  apud  Viduam  Gvilielmi  Pel<;.  |  via  Icobtea  sub  signo 
crucis  auresE.  |  M.  DO.  XLIII  [1643].  |  » 

Pp.  1-2-23.  sm.8°. 

It  contains,  pp.  139-151,  comparative  vocabularies  of  the  Irish,  Gaelic,  Ice- 
landish,  Sonriqnois,  and  Mexican  languages. — Sabin's  Dictionary. 

2168  Lafitau   (P.   Joseph  Frangois).    Mceurs  |  des  Sauvages  |  Ameri- 
quains,  |  comparers  aux  Mceurs  |  des  premiers  temps.  |  Par  le  P. 
Lafltau,  de  la  Compaguie  de  J4sus.  |  Ouvrage  enrichi  de  Figures 
en  taille-douce.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  |  [Design.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Saugrain  I'ain6,  Quay  des  Augustins,  pres  la 
rue  |  Pavee,  a  la  Fleur  de  Lys.  |  Charles  Estienne  Hochereau,  a  1'en- 
tree  |  du  Quay  des  Augustins,  a  la  descente  du  Pout  S.  Michel,  |  au 
Phcenix.  |  M  DCC  XXIV  [1724J.  |  Avec  Approbation  et  Privilege 
dv  Eoy.  | 

2  vols.  4°.  BA.  C. 

De  la  Langue  [Huron],  vol.  2,  pp.  458-490. 

2169  Mceurs  des  sauvages  Ameriquains,  comparers  aux  mceurs 

des  premiers  temps. 

Paris,  Saugrain,  1724.  * 

4  vols.  12°.  Title  from  catalogue  of  the  Brown  library,  vol.  3,  pt.  1,  No.  345, 
where  it  says :  "  Reprinted  at  Kouen  the  following  year  in  4  vols.  12°.  *  *  Mr. 
Rich  notices  a  quarto  edition  in  1723,  which  is  probably  an  error."  Sabin's  Dic 
tionary  mentions  an  edition:  Amsterdam,  1730,  4  vols.  12°. 

2170  De  |  Zeden  |  der  |  Wilden  |  Van  |  Amerika  |  Zyude  |  Ben 

nieuwe  uitvoerige  en  zeer  kurieuse  Eeschryviug  van   derzelver 
Oor-   |   sprong.    Godsdieust,  manier  van   Oorlogen,   Huwelyken, 
Opvoe-  |  ding,  Oeffeningen,  Feesten,  Danzeryen,  Begravenissen,  en 
andere  zeldzame  gewoonteu ;  |  Tegeu  |  De  Zeden  der  oudste  Volke- 
ren  Vergeleken,  en  met  getugeuissen  uit  de  oudste  |  Grieksche  en- 
andere  Schryveren  getoetest  en  bevestigt.  |  Door  den  zeer  geleer- 
den.  |  J.   F.  La  Fiteau,  |  Jesuit  en   Zendeling  in  Amerika;  in't 
Fransch  beschreven.  |  Eerste  [Tweede]  Deel.  | 

In's  Gravenhage.  |  By  Gerard  Vander  Poel,  Boekverkoper.  | 
M  DCC.  XXXI  [1731).  |  JOB. 

2  vols.  paged  continuously,  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-555.  folio.  Linguistics,  p.  529  and 
following. 

German  translation  in  Baumgarteii  (^S.  J. )  Allgemeine  Geschichte  der  Lander 
und  Volker  von  America.  Halle,  1752.  4°.  Von  der  Sprache,  vol.  1,  pp.  490-504. 

Lagunas  (Fr.  Juan  Baptista  de). 
See  Baptista  de  Lagunas  (Fr.  Juan). 

2171  Lahontan  ( M.  le  Baron).   Nouveaux  |  Voyages  |  de  |  Mr.  Le  Baron 
de  Lahontan,  |  dans  |  1'Amerique  |  Septentrionale,  |  Qui  contien- 
nent  une  relation  des  differens  Peuples  |  qui  y  habitent,  la  nature 
de  leur  Gouvernement;  leur  |  Commerce,  leurs  Coutumes,  leur  Re 
ligion,  &  |  le;  r  mauiere  de  faire  la  Guerre.  |  L'intdret  des  Francois 


414  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Lahontan  (M.  le  Baron) — continued. 

&  des  Anglois  dans  le  Com-  |  merce  qu'ils  font  avec  ces  Nations ; 
1'avantage  qne  |  1'Angleterre  peut  retirer  dans  ce  Pa'j's,  etant  |  en 
Guerre  avec  la  France.  |  Le  tout  enricbi  de  Cartes  &  de  Figures.  | 
Tome  Premier.  |  [Figure.] 

A  La  Haye,  |  Chez  les  Freres  1'Honore",  Marchands  Librahes.  | 
M.  DCC.  Ill  [1703].  | 

Title  to  vol.  2,  as  follows: 

Me"moires  |  de  1'Ame'rique  |  Septentrionale,  |  ou  la  suite  |  des 
Voyages  de  Mr.  le  |  Baron  de  Lahontan.  |  Qui  contiennent  la  De 
scription  d'une  graude  e"ten-  |  due  de  Pais  de  ce  Continent  I'iut6ret 
des  Francois  &  des  |  Anglois,  leurs  Com-  |  merces,  leurs  Naviga 
tions,  |  les  Mosurs  &  |  les  Coutumes  des  Sauvages,  &c.  |  Avec  un 
petit  Dictiounaire  de  la  Langue  du  Pai's.  |  Le  tout  en  rich  ide  Cartes 
&  de  Figures.  |  Tome  Second.  |  [Figure.] 

A  La  Haye,  |  Chez  les  Freres  1'Honore",  Marchands  Libraires.  | 
M  DCC  III  [1703J.  | 

Title  to  vol.  :!,  as  follows: 

Supplement  |  aux  Voyages  |  du  |  Baron  Lahoutau,  |  Ou  1'on 
trouve  des  Dialogues  curieux  |  entre  |  1'Auteur  |  et  |  uu  Sau- 
vage  |  de  bons  sens  qui  a  voyage\  |  L'on  y  voit  aussi  plusieurs  Ob 
servations  faites  par  le  meme  |  Auteur,  dans  ses  voyages  en  Por 
tugal,  en  Espagne,  |  en  Hollande,  en  Dannemarck,  &c.  |  Tome  Troi- 
sieme.  |  Avec  Figures.  |  [Figure.] 

A  La  Haye.  |  Chez  les  Freres  1'Honore",  Marchands  Libraires.  | 
M.  DCC.  HI  [1703].  |  JOB. 

3vols.  12°.  Vol.1:  10  p.  11., 279  pp. ;  vol.2:  220pp.,  table, 8  11. ;  vol.3:  7  p.  II., 
322  pp.,  4  plates,  and  2  maps. 

The  only  copy  I  have  seen  of  the  3- vol.  edition  of  1703  was  in  that  the  Carter 
Brown  library.  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  138636,  says  this  is  the  original  edition, 
and  adds:  "lu  enumerating  the  succeeding  editions  I  do  it  with  some  diffi 
dence,  for  there  are  some  variations  which  are  not  very  clear;  for  example,  in 
the  edition  of  1742,  the  "Suite"  reads  as  vol.  2,  and  the  "M^moires"  as  vol.  3. 
Some  editions  include  the  Dialogues,  others  do  not.  To  be  quite  sure  about  these 
details,  one  ought  to  have  them  under  the  eye  at  the  same  time,  and  that  has 
not  been  possible." 

2172  Nouveaux  )  Voyages  |  de  |  Mr.  le  Baron  de  Lahontan,  | 

dans    PAm6rique    Septentrionale,;  quicontienuentune  relation  des 
diffe"reus  Peuples  |  qui  y  habiteut:    la  nature  de  leur  Gouverne- 
ment;  |  leur  Commerce,  leur  Coutumes.  leur  Reli-  |  gion,  &  leur 
mauiere  de  faire  la  Guerre.  |  L'inte>et  des  Francois  &  des  Anglois 
dans  le  Cominer  |  ce  qu'ils  font  avec  ces  Nations;  1'avantage  que  | 
1'Angleterre  peut  retirer  dans  ce  Pais,  etaut  |  en  Guerre  avec  la 
France.  |  Le  tout  enrichi  de  Cartes  &  de  Figures.  |  Tome  Premier.  | 
[Design.] 

A  la  Haye,  |  Chez  les  Freres  1'HonorS,  Marchauds  Libraires  | 
M.  DCC.  Ill  [1703].  | 


LAHONTAN.  415 

Lahontan  (M.  le  Baron)—  continued. 
Title  of  vol.  2  : 

Me"moires  |  de  |  l'Ame"rique  |  Septentrionale,  ou  la  suite  des 
voyages  |  de  |  Mr.  le  Baron  de  Lahontan.  |  Qui  contiennent 
la  Description  d'une  graude  etendue  de  |  Pa'is  de  ce  Continent, 
l'inte"ret  des  Fran§ois  &  des  |  Anglois,  leurs  Commerces,  leurs  Navi 
gations,  les  |  Mceurs  &  les  Coutumes  des  Sauvages,  &c.  |  Avec  un 
petit  Dictionuaire  de  la  Langne  du  Pais.  |  Le  tout  enrichi  de  Cartes 
&  de  Figures.  |  Tome  Second.  |  [Design.] 

A  la  Haye,  |  Chez  les  Freres  l'Honor6,  Marchand  Libraires.  | 
M.  DCC.  Ill  [1703J.  |  BA.  c. 

2vols.  12°.  Vol.1:  Engraved  frontispiece,  title  1  l.,Epltre,  2  11;  Preface,  7 
pp. ;  table,  11  pp. ;  iu  all,  including  title,  12  p.  11.,  followed  by  small  map,  pp.  1- 
279.  Large  map  at  p.  136.  Vol.  2 :  220  pp.,  including  title ;  table,  9  11. ;  map  at  p.  4. 

Petit  Dictionnairedela  Laugue  des  Sauvages  [Algonkin],  vol.  2,  pp.  195-218; 
Qnelques  mots  Hnrons,  vol.  2,  pp.  219-2*20. 

2173  Nouveaux  |  Voyages  |  de  |  Mr.  Le  Baron  de  Lahontan,  | 

dans  |  1'Ame'rique  |  Septentrionale,  |  Qui  contiennent  une  Relation 
des  difterens  |  Peuples  qui  y  habitent;  la  nature  de  leur  |  Gou- 
vernement;  leur  Commerce,  leur  Cou-  |  tumes,  leur  Religion,  & 
leur  maniere  de  |  faire  la  Guerre.  |  L'Inte"ret  des  Franc.ois  &  des 
Anglois  dans  le  Commer-  |  ce  qn'ils  font  avec  ces  Nations;  1'avan- 
tage  que  |  1'Augleterre  peut  retirer  dans  ce  Pias,  e"tant  |  en  Guerre 
avec  la  France:  |  Le  tout  enrichi  de  Cartes  &  de  Figures.  Tome 
Premier.  | 

A  la  Haye,  |  Chez  les  Freres  1'Honore",  Marchands  Libraires.  | 
M.  DCC.  Ill  [1703].  | 

Title  of  vol.  2: 

Me"moires  |  de  |  1'Ame'rique  |  Septentrionale  |  ou  la  suite  des 
voyages  )  de  |  Mr.  le  Baron  de  Lahontan,  |  Qui  contiennent  la 
Description  d'une  grande  |  6tendue  de  Pai's  de  ce  Continent,  I'mte"- 
ret  |  des  Frangois  &  des  Anglois,  leurs  Com-  |  merces,  leurs  Navi 
gations,  les  Moaurs,  &  |  les  Coutumes  des  Sauvages,  &c.  |  Avec  un 
petit  Dictionnaire  de  la  Langue  du  Pa'is.  |  Le  tout  enrichi  de  Cartes 
&  de  Figures.  |  Tome  second.  |  [Design.] 

A  la  Haye,  |  Chez  les  Freres  1'Honore",  Marchands  Libraires.  | 
M.  DCC.  Ill  [1703].  |  BA.  JOB. 

2  vols.  12°.  Vol  1:  Engrared  frontispiece  of  an  Indian,  11  p.  11.,  text  pp. 
1-279,  one  large  and  one  small  map.  Vol.  2  :  220  pp.,  table  9  11.,  and  one  map. 

Petit  Dictionnaire  de  la  Laugne  des  Sauvages,  vol.  2,  pp.  195-218 ;  Quelques 
mots  Hurons,  vol.  2,  pp.  219-220. 

Although  this  bears  the  same  imprint  as  the  work  which  precedes  it  [3- vol. 
ed.,  1703],  a  comparison  shows  them  to  be  different  editions.  The  text  of  the 
latter  is,  page  for  page,  like  that  of  volumes  1  and  2  of  the  former.  The  type, 
however,  is  smaller,  and  all  the  capitals  and  ornaments  at  the  head  of  the  chap 
ters  are  different  in  the  two  copies.  The  Epistle,  Prologue,  and  table  of  con 
tents  differ  in  the  two.  The  engravings  in  the  latter  are  very  inferior  to  the 
former,  and  were  evidently  got  up  expressly  for  this  edition,  which  is  probably 
a  spurious  one. — Bartlett. 


416  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Lahontan  (M.  le  Baron) — continued. 

2174  New  |  Voyages  |  to  |  North-America.  |  Containing  |  an  Ac 
count  of  the  several  Nations  of  that  vast  Con-  |  tiuent;  their  Cus 
toms,  Commerce,  and  way  of  |  Navigation  upou  the  Lakes  and 
Eivers ;  the  seve-  |  ral  Attempts  of  the  English  and  French  to  dis 
possess  |  one  another ;  with  the  Reasons  of  the  Miscarriage  |  of  the 
former;  and  the  various  Adventures  be-  |  tween  the  French,  and 
the  Iroquese  Confederates  of  |  England,  from  1683  to  1694.  |  A  Geo 
graphical  Description  of  Canada,  and  a  Natu-  |  ral  History  of  the 
Country,  with  Remarks  upon  |  their  Government,  and  the  Interest 
of  the  English  |  and  French  in  their  Commerce.  |  Also  a  Dialogue 
between  the  Author  and  a  General  of  the  |  Savages,  giving  a  full 
View  of  the  Religion  and  strange  |  Opinions  of  those  People:  With 
an  Account  of  the  Au-  |  thor's  Retreat  to  Portugal  and  Denmark, 
and  his  Remarks  |  on  those  Courts.  |  To  which  is  added,  |  A  Dic 
tionary  of  the  Algonkine  Language,  which  is  generally  |  spoke 
in  North-America.   |   Illustrated  with   Twenty  three  Mapps  and 
Cutts.  |  Written  in  French  |  By  the  Baron  Lahontan,  Lord  Liev- 
tenant  |  of  the  French  Colony  at  Placentia  in  New-  |  foundland, 
now  in  England.  |  Done  into  English  |  In  Two  Volumes.  |  A  great 
part  of  which  never  Printed  in  the  Original.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  H.  Bonwicke  in  St.  Paul's  Church-yard ;  | 
T.  Goodwin,  M.  Wotton,  B.  Tooke,  in  Fleetstreet;  and  S.  Manship  in 
Cornhil,  1703.  | 

Title  of  vol.  2,  as  follows: 

New  Voyages  |  to  |  North- America,  j  Giving  a  full  Account 
of  the  Customs,  |  Commerce,  Religion,  and  strange  O-  |  pinions  of 
the  Savages  of  that  Country:  |  With  |  Political  Remarks  upon  the 
Courts  |  of  Portugal  and  Denmark,  and  the  Present  |  State  of  the 
Commerce  of  those  Countries.  |  Never  printed  before.  |  Written  | 
By  the  Baron  Lahoutan,  Lord  |  Lieutenant  of  the  French  Colony 
at  |  Placentia  in  Newfoundland :  Now  in  |  England.  |  Vol.  II.  | 

London  :  |  Printed  for  H.  Bonwicke  in  St.  Paul's  Church-yard;  T. 
Goodwin,  M.  Wottou,  B. Tooke  in  Fleetstreet;  and  S.  Mauship  in 
Cornhil,  1703.  |  HIT.  JCB. 

2  vols.  8°.  maps. 

A  Short  Dictionary  of  the  most  Universal  Language  of  the  Savages,  vol.  2, 
pp.  287-301 ;  Some  Huron  words,  pp.  301-302. 

2175  Nouveaux  |  Voyages  |  de  Mr.  Le  Baron  |  de  Lahontan  | 

dans  |  1'Ame'rique  |  Septentrionale.  |  Qui  contiennent  une  relation 
des  diiferens  Pen-  |  pies  qui  y  habitent,  la  nature  de  leur  Gouver-  | 
nement,  leur  Commerce,  leur  Coutume,  leur  |  Religion,  &  leur  ma- 
miere  de  faire  la  Guerre.  |  L'interet  des  Francois  &  des  Anglois  dans 
le  |  Commerce  qu'ils  font  avec  ces  Nations,  1'a-  |  vantage  que  1'An- 
gleterre  pent  retirer  dans  ce  Pais,  etant  en  Guerre  avec  la  France.  | 
Le  tout  enrichi  de  Cartes  &  de  Figures.  |  Tome  Premier.  | 


LAHONTAN.  417 

Lahontan  (M.  le  Baron) — continued. 

A  La  Haye.  |  Chez  les  Freres  L'  Honore",  Marchands  Libraires.  | 
M.DCCIV  [1704].  |  JCB. 

2  vols.  12°.  map.  Vol.  2.,  Me"moires,  &c.,  not  numbered.  Dictionary,  vol.  2, 
pp.  199-220;  Huron  words,  pp.  220-222. 

2176  Voyages  |  du  Baron  |  de  la  Hontan  |  dans  |  l'Ame"rique  | 

Septentrionale,  |  Qui  contiennent  une  Eelation  des  difle"rens  Peu- 
ples  |  qni  y  habiteut;  la  nature  de  leur  Gouvernemeut ;  leur  |  Com 
merce,  leurs  Coutumes,  leur  Eeligion,  &  |  leur  inauiere  de  faire  la 
Guerre;   1/interet  des  Francois  &  des  Anglois  dans  le  Com-  | 
merce  qu'ils  font  avec  ces  Nations;  1'avantage  que  |  1'Angleterre 
peut  retirer  de  ce  Pa'fs,  etant  |  en  Guerre  avec  la  France.     Le  tout 
enrichi  de  Cartes  &  de  Figures.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  |  Seconde 
Edition,  revue,  corrigee  &  augmentee.  | 

A  La  Haye,  |  Chez  Jonas  1'Honore,  &  Compagnie.  |  MDCCV 
[1705].  |  JCB. 

2  vols.  12°.  map.  Vol.  2,  Me'moires,  &c.  Dictionary,  vol.  2,  pp.  310-335  ;  Hu 
ron  words,  pp.  335-336. 

2177  Voyages  |  du  Baron  |  de  Lahoutan  |  dans  |  1'Amerique  | 

Septentrionale,  |  Qui  contiennent  une  Eelation  des  differens  |  Peu- 
ples  |  qui  y  habitent ;  la  nature  de  leur  |  Gouvernement,  leur  |  Com 
merce,  leurs  |  Coutumes,  leur  Religion,  &  |  leur  maniere  |  de  faire  la 
Guerre:  |  L'luteret  des  Frau5ois&  des  Anglois  dans  le  Com-  |  merce 
qu'ils  font  avec  ces  Nations;   1'avantage  que  |  1'Angleterre  peut 
retirer  de  ce  |  PHIS,  e'tant  |  en  Guerre  avec  la  France.  |  Le  tout  en 
richi  de  Cartes  &  de  Figures.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  |  Secondo 
Edition,  revue,  corrigee  &  augmentee.  | 

Amsterdam,  Chez  Fraugois  L'Honore"  &  Compagnie.  MDCCV 
[1705].  |  BA. 

2  vols.  12°.  Vol.  2,  M<5tnoires,  &c.  Dictionary,  vol.  2,  pp.  311-335;  Huron 
words,  pp.  335-336. 

2178  Voyages  |  du  Baron  |  de  la  Hontan  |  dans  |  L'Aine"rique  | 

Septentrionale,  |  Qui  contieunent  une  Eelation  des  ditterens  Peu- 
ples  |  qui  y  habitent;  la  nature  de  leur  Gouvernement;  leur  |  Com 
merce,  leur  Coutnmes,  leur  Eeligion ;  &  |  leur  maniere  de  faire  la 
Guerre:  |  L'interet  des  Francois  &  des  Anglois  dans  le  Com-  |  merce 
qu'ils  font  avec  ces  Nations;  1'avantage  que  |  1'Angleterre  peut 
retirer  de  ce  Pais,  e"tant  |  en  Guerre  avec  la  France.  |  Le  tout  enrichi 
de  Cartes  &  de  Figures.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  |  Seconde  Edi 
tion,  revue  corrige"e  &  augmented.  |  [Design.] 

A  La  Haye,  |  Chez  Charles  Delo,  sur  le  Singel.  |  MDCCVI 
[1706].  |  JCB. 

2  vols.  12°.  map.  Vol.  2,  Me'ruoires,  &c.  Dictionary,  vol.  2,  pp.  311-335;  Hu 
ron  words,  pp.  335-336. 

27  Bib 


418  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Lahontan  (M.  le  Baron) — contintied. 

2179 Nouveaux  j  Voyages  |  de  Monsieur  |  le  Baron  de  Lahon 
tan,  |  dans  |  I'Aine'rique  |  Septentrionale,  |  Qui  contiennent  une  Ee- 
lation  des  cliffe"-  |  rens  Peuples  qui  y  habitent,  la  nature  |  de  leur 
Gonvernement,  leur  Commerce,  j  leurs  Coutumes,  leur  Eeligion,  & 
lenr  |  maniere  de  faire  la  Guerre.  |  L'inte"ret  des  Francois  &  des 
Angloisdausle  |  Commercequ'ilsfontaveccesNations;  |  Pavantage 
qne  la  Frances  pent  retirer  dans  ce  |  Pai's,  etant  en  Guerre  avec 
1'Angleterre.  |  Le  tout  enrichi  de  Cartes  &  de  Figures.  |  Tome 
Premier  [-Troisierae].  | 

A  la  Haye,  |  Chez  Isaac  Delorme,  Libraire.  |  M.  DCC  VII 
[1707].  j  c. 

3  vols.  16°.  Vol.  2,  Me'moires,  &c. ;  vol.  3,  Dialogues  de  M.  Lahontan,  &c. 
Dictionary,  vol.  2,  pp.  217-237 ;  Huron  words,  pp.  238-239. 

2180  Nouveaux  |  Voyages  |  de  Mr.  Le  Baron  |  De  Lahoutan,  | 

dans  |  L'Amerique  |   Septentrionale.  |   Qui   contiennent  une  re 
lation  des  differens  Peu-  |  pies  qui  y  habitent,  la  nature  de  leur 
Gouver-  |  nement,  leur  Commerce,  leur  Coutume,  leur  |  Eeligion, 
&  leur  maniere  de  faire  la  Guerre.  |  L'inte"ret  des  Fran§ois  &  des 
Anglois  dans  le  |  Commerce  qu'ils  font  avec  ces  Nations,  1'a-  | 
vantage  que  1'Angleterre  peut  retirer  dans  |  ce  Pa'is,  e"tant  en 
Guerre  avec  la  France.  |  Le  tout  enrichi  de  Cartes  &  de  Figures.  | 
Tome  Premier  [Second].  | 

'  A  La  Haye,  |  Chez  les  Freres  L'Honore",  Marchands  |  Libraires.  | 
M.  DCCIX  [1709].  |  JOB. 

2  vols.  12°.  map.     Dictionary,  vol.  2,  pp.  199-220 ;  Huron  words,  pp.  220-222. 

2181  Des  beriihmten  |  Herrn  |  Baron  De  Lahontan  |  neueste 

Eeisen  |  nach  |  Nord  Indien  |  oder  dem  |  mitterniichtischeu  Ame 
rica,  |  mit  vielen  besondern  und  bey  keinem  Scribenten  |  befind- 
lichen    |    Curiositaeten.  |   Aus  dem   Frantzosischen  ubersetzet   | 
von  |  M.  Vischer.  | 

Hamburg  und  Leipzig.  |  Im  Neumannischen  Verlag.  |  MDCCIX 
[1709].  |  JOB. 

6  p.  11. ,459  pp.  12°.  map.  AnhangeinesWorter-BuchsvonderWildenSprachen, 
pp.  433-454. 

2182  -        -  Des  beriihuiten  |  Herrn  |  Baron  De  Lahontan  |  Neueste 
Eeisen    |    nach    |    Nord-Indien/  |   oder  dem   |    mitternachtischen 
America  |  mit  vielen  besondern  und  bey  keinem  Scribenten  beflnd- 
lichen  |  Curiositaeten.  |  Auchbeydieserandern  Auflagemit  |  seiner 
Eeise  nach  Portugall/  Dennemarck  und  |  Spanien  /  vermehret.  | 
Aus  dem  Frantzosischeu  iibersetzet  |  von  |  M.  Vischer.  | 

Hamburg  und  Leipzig/  |  Im  Neumannischeu- Verlag/  MDCCXI 
[1711].  |  JOB. 

12  p.  11.,  753  pp.  16°.  map.  Anhang  eines  Worter-Buchs  von  der  Wilden 
Sprachen,  pp.  563-590. 


LAHONTAN.  419 

Lahontan  (M.  le  Baron) — continued. 

2183  Voyages  |  du  Baron  |  de  Lahontan  |  dans  |  PAme"rique  | 

Septentrionale,  |  Qui  coutiennent  une  Eolation   des  differens  | 
Peuples  qui  y  habitent;  la  nature  de  leur  |  Gouvernement ;  leur 
Commerce,  leurs  |  Cofttuuies,  leur  Religion,  &  leur  maniere  |  de 
faire  la  Guerre:  |  L'Interet  des  Francois  &  des  Anglois  dans  le  | 
Commerce  qu'ils  font  avec  ces  Nations;  1'a-  |  vantage  que  1'Angle- 
terre  pent  retirer  de  ce  |  Pais,  e"taut  en  Guerre  avec  la  France.  |  Le 
tout  enrichi  de  Cartes  &  de  Figures.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  | 
Seconde  edition  revue,  corrigee  &  augmented.  |  [Design.] 

A  Amsterdam,  |  Chez  Frangois  I'Honor^,  vis-a-vis  de  la  Bourse.  | 
M.DCC.XXV1II  [1728].  |  BA.  JOB. 

3  vols.  12°.  maps.  Vol.  2,  M^moires,  &c.  The  third  volume,  Suite  du  voyage, 
&c.,  has  the  imprint:  Amsterdam,  |  Chez  la  Veuve  de  Bojeteman.  |  M.  DCC. 
XXVIII.  | 

Dictionary  of  the  Algonkin,  vol.  2,  pp.  311-336. 

2184  New  |  Voyages  |   to  |  North- America.  |  Containing  |  an 

Account  of  the  several  Nations  of  that  vast  Con-  |  tinent ;  their 
Customs,  Commerce,  and  Way  of  Naviga-  |  tion  upon  the  Lakes 
and  Rivers;  the  several  Attempts  of  |  the  English  and  French  to 
dispossess  one  another;  with  the  reasons  |  of  the  Miscarriage  of 
the  former;  and  the  various  |  Adventures  between  the  French, 
and  the  Iroquese  Confe-  |  derates  of  England  from  1683  to  1694.  | 
A  Geographical  description  of  Canada,  and  a  |  Natural  History  of 
the  Country,  with  Remarks  upon  |  their  Government,  and  the  In 
terest  of  the  English  and  |  French  in  their  Commerce.  |  Also  a 
Dialogue  between  the  Author  and  a  General  |  of  the  Savages,  giv 
ing  a  full  View  of  the  Religion  and  |  strange  Opinions  of  those 
people :  With  an  Account  of  |  the  Author's  Retreat  to  Portugal  and 
Denmark,  and  his  |  Remarks  on  those  Courts.  |  To  which  is  added,  | 
A  Dictionary  of  the   Algonkine   Language   which  is  |  generally 
spoke  in  North- America.  |  Illustrated  with  Twenty-three  Maps  and 
Cuts.  |  Written  in  French  j  By  the  Barou  Lahontan,  |  Lord  Lieu 
tenant  of  the  French  Colony  at  Placeutia  |  in  Newfoundland,  at 
that  Time  in  England.  |  Done  into  English.     The  Second  Edition.  | 
In  Two  Volumes.  |  A  great  Part  of  which  never  Printed  in  the 
Original.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  John  Brindley,  Bookseller,  at  the  Kings- 
Arms  |  in  New-bond-street,  Bookbinder  to  her  Majesty  and  his  | 
Royal  Highness  the  Prince  of  Wales;  and  Charles  |  Corbett,  at 
Addison's-head.    Temple-bar.     1735.  |  JOB. 

2  vols.  8°.  maps.  The  imprint  to  vol.  2,  New  voyages  *  *  giving  a  full  ac 
count  of  the  customs,  commerce,  religion,  &.C.,  is:  Printed  for  J.  Brindley  *  *  and 
C.  Corbett,  *  *  M.  DCC.  XXXV. 

Dictionary,  vol.  2,  pp.  289-303 ;  Huron  words,  pp.  303-304. 

2185  New  |  Voyages  |  to  |  North-America.  |  Containing  |  An 

Account  of  the  several  Nations  of  that  vast  Con-  |  tiuent;  their 


420  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Lahontan  (Jlf.  le  Baron] — continued. 

Customs,  Commerce,  and  Way  of  Naviga-  |  tion  upon  the  Lakes 
and  Rivers:  the  several  Attempts  of  |  the  English  and  French  to 
dispossess  one  another;  with  the  |  Reasons  of  the  Miscarriage  of 
the  former;  and  the  various  |  Adventures  between  the  French,  and 
the  Iroquese  Confe-  |  derates  of  England,  from  1683  to  1694.  |  A 
Geographical  Description  of  Canada,  and  a  |  Natural  History  of 
the  Country,  with  Remarks  upon  their  |  Government,  and  the  In 
terest  of  the  English  and  French  |  in  their  Commerce.  |  Also  a 
Dialogue  between  the  Author  and  a  General  of  the  |  Savages,  giv 
ing  a  full  View  of  the  Religion  and  strange  Opi-  |  n  ions  of  those 
People:  With  an  Account  of  the  Author's  Retreat  |  to  Portugal  and 
Denmark,  and  his  Remarks  on  those  Courts.  |  To  which  is  added,  | 
A  Dictionary  of  the  Algonkine  Language,  which  is  |  generally 
spoke  in  North-America.  |  Illustrated  with  Twenty-three  Maps  and 
Cuts.  |  Written  in  French  |  By  the  Baron  Lahontan,  |  Lord  Lieu 
tenant  of  the  French  Colony  at  Placentia  |  in  Newfoundland,  at 
that  time  in  England.  |  Done  into  English.  The  Second  Edition.  | 
In  Two  Volumes.  [  A  great  Part  of  which  never  Printed  in  the 
Original.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  J.  and  J.  Bonwicke,  R.  Wilkin,  S. 
Birt,  T.  Ward,  |  E.  Wicksteed;  and  J.  Osborn.  M.  DCC.  XXXV 
[1735].  |  BA.  C. 

2  vols.  8°.  maps.  Title  to  vol.  2  has  the  imprint:  London:  |  Printed  for  J. 
Walthoe,  R.  Wilkin,  J.and  J.  Bonwicke,  |  J.  Osborn,  S.  Birt,  T.  Ward  and  E. 
Wicksteed.  |  1735.  | 

Algonkiu  Dictionary,  vol.  2,  pp.  289-303;  Huron  words,  pp.  303-304. 

2186  Reizen  |  van  den  Baron  |  van  La  Hontan  |  in  het  |  Noor- 

delyk   j   America,   |   Vervattende    een   Verhaal    van    verscheide 
Volkc-  |  ren  die  het  bewooneu,  den  aart  hunner  Re-  |  geeriug,  hun 
Koophandel,  hun  Ge-  |  woontens,  hun  Godsdienst,  en  |  hun  wys 
van  Oorloogen.  |  NeevenshetBelaugderFranschenender  Engel-  | 
schen  in  hun  Koophandel  met  die  Volkeren;  en  |  't  voordeel  dat 
Engeland,  met  Vrankryk  in  |  Oorlog  zynde,  van  dat  Land  kau 
trekken.  |  Alles  met  verscheide  Aanteekeningeu  vermeer-  |  dert 
en  opgeheldert,  en  met  Kaarten  en  |  Plaaten  verciert.  |  Eerste 
[Tweede]  Deel.  |  Vertaalt  door  |  Gerard  Westerwyk.  | 

In's  Gravenhage,  |  By  Isaac  Beauregard.  1739.  |  c.  JOB. 

2  vols.  12°.  map.  Woordenbook  van  de  Taal  der  Wilden,  vol.  2,  pp.  524-551 ; 
Eenige  Huronsche  Worden,  pp.  551-552. 

2187  Voyages  |  du   Baron  |  de  Lahontan  |  dans  |  FAme'rique  | 

Septentriouale.  | -Qui  contiennent  uue  Relation  des  difie-  |  rens 
Peuples  qui  y  habitent;  la  nature  |  de  leur  Gouvernement;  leur 
Commer-  |  ce,  leurs  Coiitumes,  leur  Religion,  &  |  leur  maniere  de 
faire  la  Guerre:  |  L'Iute>et  des  Francois  &  des  Anglois  dans  le  j 
Commerce  qu'ils  font  avec  ces  Nations,  Pa-  j  vantage  que  1'Angleterre 


LAHONTAN — LAMBERT.  421 

Lahontan  (.I/,  le  Baron) — continued. 

pent  retirer  cle  ce  |  Pa'is,  etant  en  Guerre  avec  la  France.  [  Le  tout 
enricbi  cle  Cartes  &  cle  Figures.  |  Tome  Pfr]emier  [-Troisieme].  | 
Seconde  Edition,  revue,  corrige"e  &  augmented.  | 

A  Amsterdam,  |  Chez  Francois  L'Honore",  vis-a-vis  de  la 
Bourse.  |  M.  DCC.  XXXXI  [1741].  |  JOB. 

3  vols.  12°.  maps.  Tome  Second :  Suite  |  ties  Voyages  |  du  Baron  |  De  La 
Houtan  |  &c.  Tome  Troisieme:  M6inoires  |  de  |  1'Amerique  |  &c. 

Dictionary,  vol.  3,  pp.  219-2:56;  Huron  words,  pp.  236-237. 

Other  editions  of  La  Hontan  are  mentioned  by  Sabin  and  Leclerc,  as  follows: 

A  Amsterdam,  Chez  Francois  1'Honore",  MDCCXXI,  2  vols.  12°. 

A  Amsterdam,  Fr.  L'Honore',  1731,  2  vols.  12°. 

La  Haye,  Chez  les  Freres  1'Honore",  MDCCXXXI,  2  vols.  12°. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  I  have  seen  the  following  partial  reprints  of  La 
hontan,  which  are  not  accompanied  by  the  Dictionary : 

Geographical  Description  of  Canada,  in  Harris  (J.)  Collection  of  Voyages, 
vol.2,  1705. 

Reise  ans  dem  langen  Flnsse,  in  Allgemeiue  Hist.,  vol.  16,  1758. 

Travels  in  Canada,  in  Pinkerton  ( J. )    Collection  of  Voyages,  vol.  13,  1812. 

Lakey  (James). 
See  Delafield  (John),  Jr.,  and  Lakey  (James). 

2188  [Lalemant  (P.  Jerome).]    Eelation  De  ce  qui  s'est  passe"  de  plus 
reinarquable  en  la  Mission  des  Peres  de  la  Compagnie  de  lesus  aux 
Hvrous  pays  de  la  Novvelle  France,  depvis  le  inois  de  Ivin  de  1'an-  lT)TlTTTj 
ne'e  1640.  Ivsqves  av  mois  de  Ivin  de  Fannee  1641.    Addressee  au 
Reuerend  Pere   lacques   Dinet,  Prouiucial  de  la  Compagnie  de 
lesus,  en  la  Prouince  de  France.    [Signed  H.  L'Alemant.] 

Pp.  1-104.  8°.  Appendedto  Vimont( Earth.)  Relation  de  ce  qvi  s'est  pass6  en 
la  Novvelle  France,  es  aunees  1640  et  1641.  Paris,  M.  DC.  XLII.  8°.  Reprinted 
in  Relations  des  J<$suites,  vol.  1,  1641,  pp.  59-86.  Quebec,  1858.  8°.  Containing 
prayer  in  Huron,  with  interlinear  French  translation,  pp.  84-86. 

Pere  Jerome  Lalemant  went  among  the  Hurons  in  1638,  remaining  until  1645. 
In  1650,  after  the  destruction  of  the  Huron  Nation,  he  returned  to  France.  In 
1659  he  obtained  permission  to  return  to  his  neophytes,  and  was  chosen  Superior 
of  the  Missions  of  Canada.  He  died  in  that  country  January  26,  1673,  aged  80 
years. — Jesuit  Relations. 

2189  Principles  of  the  Huron  Language.  * 

Manuscript.     "Referred  to  by  Jaques  in  one  of  his  letters,  but  now  lost." — 

Hist.  Mag.,  vol.  2,  p.  197. 

2190  Lamanon  (M.  de).     [Notes  on  various  Indian  dialects.] 

In  La  Perouse  (J.  F.  G.  de).  Voyage  Autour  du  Monde,  vol.  2,  pp.  210-292. 
Paris,  1797.  4°. 

Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Indians  of  Port  des  Francais.and  observations  on  their 
language,  vol.2,  pp.  210-213;  Observations  on  and  numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Achast- 
liens,  vol.  2,  pp.  288-291 ;  Notes  on  and  a  short  vocabulary  of  the  Ecclemachs, 
vol.  2,  pp.  291-292. 

Reprinted  in  the  various  editions  of  La  Perouse,  q.  v. 

2191  Lambert  (M.  Pabbe).    Curious  |  observations  |  upon  the  |  Manners, 
Customs,  Usages,  different  |  Languages,  Government,  Mytho-  | 


422  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS 

Lambert  (M.  Vabb6} — continued 

logy,  Chronology,  Antient  and  Modern  |  Geography,  Ceremonies, 
Keligion,  |  Mechanics,  Astronomy,  Medicine,  |   Physics,  Natural 
History,  Commerce,  |  Arts,  and  "Sciences,  |  Of  the  several  Nations 
of  |  Asia,  Africa,  and  America.  |  Translated  from  the  French  of  | 
M.  L'Abbe"  Lambert.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  G.  Woodfall,  at  the  King's  Arms,  Cha-  | 
ring  Cross;    W.  Russel,  at   Horace's    Head,  without   |    Temple- 
Bar;   and  W.  Meyer,  in  May's-Buildings,   |   St.  Martin's-Lane.   | 
[1750.]  |  O. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Chapter  xxviii.  The  different  languages  of  the  Hurons,  of  the  Abnakis,  the 
Algonkins,  the  Illinese,  the  Outaouacks,  and  several  other  nations  of  New  France, 
*  *  vol.  1,  p.  277. 

The  promise  given  above  is  not  carried  out,  as  the  statement  itself  constitutes 
about  all  there  is  on  language  in  this  work. 

Other  editions :  London,  M  DCCL,  2  vols.  8° :  London,  1755,  2  vols.  8° ;  Lon 
don,  1760,  2  vols.  8°. 

2192  Lambert  (Edward  R.)     History  |  of  the  |  Colony  of  New  Haven,  | 
before  and  after  |  the  Union  with  Connecticut.  |  Containing  a  par 
ticular  description  |  of  the  towns  which  composed  that  government, 
viz.,  |  New   Haven,  |  Milford,  |  Guilford,  |  Brauford,  |  Stamford, 
&  |  Southold,  L.  I.  |  with  a  notice  of  the  towns  which  have  been  set 
off  from  |  "  The  Original  Six."  |  Illustrated  bj  Fifty  Engravings.  | 
[Engraving.]  |  By  |  Edward  R.  Lambert.  | 

New  Haven:  |  Printed  and  published  by  Hitchcock  &  Stafford.  | 
1838.  |  A.  C.  T. 

Pp.  1-216.  12°.  plates. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Montauk  Indians,  p.  184. 

2193  Landa  (Diego  de).     Arte  perfeccionado  de  la  lengua  maya.  * 

Title  from  Carillo,  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Mexican  Geographical  Society. 


See  Braaaeur  de  Bourbourg  (C.  E.),  No.  446  of  this  catalogue. 

2194  Lane  (William  Carr).     Letter  on  affinities  of  Dialects  in  New  Mex 
ico.    Gov.  W.  C.  Lane. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R. )    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  5,  p.  689.    Philadelphia,  1855.  4°. 

2195  Lanman  (Charles).     Haw-ho-noo;  |  or,  |  Records  of  a  Tourist.  | 
By  |  Charles  Lanman,  |  Author  of  "Letters  from  the  Alleghany 
Mountains,"  etc.  |  [Quotation,  three  lines.] 

Philadelphia:  |  Lippiucott,  Grambo  and  Co.,  |  Successors  to  | 
Grigg,  Elliot  and  Co.,  |  14  North  Fourth  Street.  |  1850.  |  c. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  13-266.  12°. 
Chippeway  song,  with  translation,  p.  208. 

2196 Adventures  \  in  the  1  Wilds  of  the  United  States  |  and  | 

British   American  Provinces.  |   By  |  Charles  Lanman,  |  author  of 


LAMBFRT LA    PEROUSE. 


423 


Lanman  (Charles) — continued. 

[&c.,  oue  line.]  |  Illustrated  by  the  Author  and  Oscar  Bessau.  | 
[Quotation,   one  line.]  |  With   an  appendix  by   Lieut.  Campbell 
Hardy.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

Philadelphia:   |  John    W.   Moore,  No.   195  Chestnut  Street.  | 
1856.  |  BA.  HU. 

2  vols.  8°.     Chippewa  song,  with  translation,  vol.  2,  p.  415. 

Reprinted:  London,  1856,  2  vols.  8°.  +  Second  Edition,  London,  1859,  2 
vols.  8°. 

2197  The  Red  Book  |  of  |  Michigan;  |  a  |  Civil,  Military  and 

Biographical   History.  |  By  |   Charels  Laninau,  |   Author  "Dic 
tionary  of  Congress,"  etc.  | 

Detroit:  |  B.  B.  Smith  &  Company.  |  Washington:  |  Philp  &  Sol. 
omons.  |  1871.  |  0. 

Pp.  i-xiv,  7-549.  8°. 

Aboriginal  names  of  geographic  features  in  the  State  of  Michigan,  with  Eng 
lish  signification,  p.  133. 

2198  Lanning  (C.  M.)    A  Grammar  |  and  |  Vocabulary  j  of  the  |  Black- 
foot  Language,  |  Being  a  Concise  and  Comprehensive  Grammar 
for  |  the  use  of  the  Learner,  to  which  is  added  an  |  exhaustive 
Vocabulary,  coutaing  [  sic  ]  upwards  |  of  Five  Thousand  Words, 
Phrases  and  |  Sentences,  upon  Five  Hundred  differ-  |  eiit  Subjects 
of  everyday  occur-  |  rences,  all  arranged  under  |  their  respective 
headings,  |  with  the  Negations  |  and  Interrogations  |  of  each.  | 
Compiled  by  |  C.  M.  Lanning  |  from  |  Original  Translations  |  by  | 
Joseph  Kipp  and  W.  S.  Gladstou,  Jr.  | 

Fort  Benton,  |  Published  by  the  Author.  |  [1882.]  JWP. 

Outside  title : 

A  Grammar  |  and  |  Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Blackfoot  Language  |  by  |  C.  M.  Lan- 

ing-  I 

Fort  Benton.  |  Montana  Territory,  |  1882.  | 

Printed  cover  1 1.,  title  1  1.,  errata  1  1.,  introduction,  pp.  iii-iv.  Grammar  and 
Vocabulary,  pp.  5-143.  sq.  24°. 

2199  La  P&ouse  (Jean  Francois  Gallup,  Comte  de).  Voyage  |  de  La  P<§- 
rouse  |  Autour  du  Monde,  |  public"  |  couforme"ment  au  De'cret  du  22 
Avril  1791,  |  et  redige"  |  par  M.  L.  A.  Milet-Mureau,  |  Ge'ne'ral  de 
Brigade  dans  le  Corps  du  Genie,  Directeur  des  Fortifications,  \ 
Ex-Coustituant,  Membrede  plusieurs  Societes  litte"raires  de  Paris.  | 
Tome  Premier  [Second].  | 

A  Paris,  |  de  I'Imprimerie  de  la  R6publique.  |  An  V  (1797).  |  BA.C. 
4  vols.  4°,  and  atlas. 

Lamanon  (M.  de).  Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Indians  of  Port  des  Francais,  and 
observations  on  their  language,  vol.  2,  pp.  210-213. 

Observations  on,  and  numerals,  1-10,  of,  the  Achastliens,  vol.  2,  pp.  288- 


291. 


•  Notes-on,  and  a  short  vocabulary  of,  the  Ecclemechs,  vol.  2,  pp.  291-292. 


424  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

La  Perouse  (Jean  Francois  Gallup,  Compte  de) — continued. 
2200  -  -  A  |  Voyage  |  Round  the  World,  |  in  the  years  1785,  1786, 
1787,  and  1788,  |  by  J.  K.  G.  de  la  P6rouse:  |  published  conforma 
bly  to  the  decree  of  the  |  National  Assembly,  |  of  the  22d  of  April, 
1701,  |  and  edited  by  |  M.  L.  A.  Milet-Mureau,  |  Brigadier  General 
in  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  |  Director  of  Fortifications,  Ex-Constitu 
ent,  |  and  member  of  several  literary  societies  at  Paris.  |  In  three 
volumes.  |  Translated  from  the  French.  |  Vol.  I  [-III].  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  J.  Johnson,  St.  Paul's  Church  Yard.  | 
1798.  |  BA.  c.  JOB. 

3  vols.  8°.     Linguistics  as  in  French  ed.,  vol.  2,  pp.  152-156, 242-244, 244-246. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  gives  the  titles  of  editions :  London,  1798,  2  vols.  8°  + 
London,  Allen,  1798,  1  vol.  8°  +  Edinburgh,  1798,  1  vol.  8°. 

2201 Voyage  |  de  la  P6rouse  |  autour  du  Monde,  |  public"  con- 

form^ment  au  D6cret  du  22  Avril,  1791  |  et  rMige"  |  Par  M.  L.  A. 
Milet-Mureau,  |  Ge"ue~ral  de  Brigade  dans  le  Corps  du  G£nie,  Di- 
recteur  des  Fortifications,  Ex-Constituant,  |  Membre  de  plusieurs 
Socie^s  Iitt6raives  de  Paris.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  | 

A  Londres:  |  de  1'Imprimerie  d'A.  Hamilton:  |  Se  vend  Chez  G. 
G.  et  J.  Robinson,  Paternoster- Row ;  |  J.  Edwards,  Pall-Mall;  et 
T.  Payne,  Mews-Gate,  Castle-Street.  |  1799.  |  JCB. 

2  vols.  4°.  maps.     Linguistics,  vol.  1,  pp.  412-415,  470-471. 

2202  -        -  A  |  Voyage  |  round  the  World,  |  performed  |  In  the  Years 
1785,  1786,  1787,  and  1788,  |  By  the  Boussole  and  Astrolabe,  |  Un 
der  the  Command  of  |  J.  F.  G.  de  la  Perouse :  j  Published  by  Order 
of  the  National  Assembly,  |  under  the  Superintendence  of  |  L.  A. 
Milet-Mureau,  |  Brigadier  General  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  Di 
rector  of  Fortifications,  Member  of  the  |  Constituent  Assembly,  and 
Fellow  of  several  literary  Societies  at  Paris.  |  In  two  Volumes.  | 
Illustrated  by  a  variety  of  Charts  and  Plates  |  in  a  separate  folio 
volume.  |  Translated  from  the  French.  |  Vol.  I  [II],  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  A.  Hamilton,  |  for  G.  G.  and  J.  Robinson, 
Paternoster-Row;  |  J.  Edwards,  Pall-Mall;  and  T.  Payne,  Mews- 
Gate,  Castle-Street.  |  1799.  |  JOB. 

2  vols.  4°.  atlas.     Linguistics,  vol.  1,  pp.  409-411, 467-469. 

The  catalogue  of  the  Brown  library  gives  the  title  of  an  edition :  London, 
J.  Johnson,  1799,  3  vols.  9°.  Ludewig  mentions  one :  Berlin,  1799,  2  vols.  8°. 
Sabin's  Dictionary  gives  the  title  of  others:  Boston,  Joseph  Bumstead,  1801. 
12°  +  London,  1807,  3  vols.  8°  -f-  Paris,  Arthus  Bertrand,  1831.  8°. 

VLara  (Fr.  Domingo  de). 
See  Ara  ( Fr.  Domingo  de). 

2203  Larios  (Fr.  Geronimo).    Arte  6  Gramatica  de  la  Lengua  Mame. 

Megico,  1607.  * 

Title  from  Beristain.     Ludewig  gives  it  the  date,  1697. 

Lasso  de  la  Vega  (Luis). 
See  Vega  (Luis  Lasso  d«  la). 


LA   PEROUSE LATHAM.  425 

2204  Latham   (Robert   Gordon).     Miscellaneous  Contributions  to   the 
Ethnography  of  Xorth  America.     By  B.  G.  Latham,  M.  D. 

In  Philolog.  Soc.  [of  London],  Proc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  31-50.     [London],  1846.  8°. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Fall  Indian  (from  Umfreville),  Ahnenin,  and 
Minetare,  p.  31. 

Table  of  words  showing  affinities  between  the  Ahnenin  and  the  following: 
Sheshatapoosh,  Passamaqnoddy,  Caddo,  Tahculi,  Uche,  Miami,  Shawnee,  Omo- 
haw,  Osage,  Quappa,  Old  Algonkin,  Massachusetts,  Natchez,  Onondagos,  Paw 
nee,  Muskoghe,  Catawba,  Mohawk,  Sack  and  Fox,  Tuscarora,  Nottoway,  Seneca, 
Wyandot,  Dacota,  Yancton,  Choctaw,  Chickasaw,  Abenaki,  Miami,  Illinois, 
Oneida,  Blackfoot,  Kenay,  Narragansett,  Mohican,  Montaug,  Ojibbeway,  Ottawa, 
and  Knistenaux,  pp.  32-34. 

Table  of  words  showing  affinities  between  the  Blackfoot  and  most  of  the  tribes 
mentioned  above,  and,  in  addition  thereto,  the  following:  Delaware,  Nanti- 
coke,  Catawba,  Upsaropa,  Esquimaux,  Menomeni,  Attacapa,  Micmac,  and  Chipe- 
wyan,  pp.  34-38. 

Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Blackfoot,  of  Umfreville,  the  Blackfoot,  of  Mackenzie, 
and  the  Indians  of  Fitz-Hugh  Sound,  p.  38. 

Comparative  vocabulary,  60  words,  of  the  Mandan,  and  Crow,  pp.  38-40. 

Table  showing  affinities  between  the  Mandan  and  many  other  Indian  lan 
guages,  pp.  40-42. 

Comparative  vocabulary,  50  words,  of  the  Pawnee  (from  Say),  and  Eiccaree 
(from  Catlin),  pp.  42-43. 

Table  showing  affinities  between  the  Riccaree  and  other  Indian  langaages, 
pp.  43-44. 

Table  showing  affinities  between  the  Natchez  and  other  Indian  languages,  pp. 
44-47. 

A  few  words  of  the  language  of  the  Missions  of  San  Juan  Capistrano  and  San 
Gabriel,  p.  47. 

Table  showing  affinities  between  the  Severnow  and  Bodega,  and  the  Esqni- 
manx,  pp.  47-48. 

Table  showing  affinities  between  the  Iowa  and  other  Indian  languages,  pp. 
48-50. 

A  few  words,  and  the  numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Iowa  of  Hamilton  and  Irvin 
compared  with  those  of  Cass,  p.  50. 

2205  On  the  Languages  of  the  Oregon  Territory.    By  E.  G. 

Latham,  M.  D. 

In  Eth.  Soo.  of  London,  Jour.,  vol.  1,  pp.  154-166.     Edinburgh,  [1848].  8°. 

Short  vocabulary,  16  words,  of  Queen  Charlotte's  Island  (from  Stnrgis  and  Bry 
ant,  Tolmie,  and  Mithridates).  p.  154;  Short  vocabularies,  11  words,  of  Friendly 
Village,  and  Billechoola  (from  Tolmie),  p.  155 ;  The  numerals,  1-10,  of  Fitz-Hngh 
Sound,  compared  with  the  Haeltzuk  and  Billechoola,  p.  155 ;  Vocabulary,  12 
words,  of  Cook's  Nootka  and  Tlaoquatch  (from  Tolmie),  p.  159 ;  Six  words  of 
Fuca,  Tlaoquatch  (from  Tolmie),  and  Wakash  (from  Jewett),  p.  156;  Ten  words 
of  Atnah,  and  Noosdaluin,p.  157  ;  Vocabulary  of  19  words  of  the  Salish  (Arch. 
Am. )"  and  Okanagan,  p.  138 ;  Twenty-four  words  of  Shoshonie,  showing  miscella 
neous  affinities  ("such  as  they  are")  with  the  Chenook,  Haidah,  Cathalascon, 
Blackfoot,  Souriqnois,  Penobscot,  Micmac,  Echemin,  Piina,  Calapooiah,  Cheti- 
macha,  Onondago,  New  Sweden,  Algoukiu,  Sbahaptan,  Pima,  Chocta,  Crow, 
Kawitchen,  Nez  Perces,  Ahnemin,  Potowotami,  Ojibbeway,  Ottawa,  and  Old  Al- 
goukin,  pp.  159-160 ;  A  table  of  10  Snssee  words,  showing  miscellaneous  affinities 
with  the  Kenay,  Taculli,  Chipewyan,  Illinois,  Minitare,  Eskimo,  Mohawk,  On 
ondago,  Seneca,  Oueida,  and  Nottoway,  p.  161 ;  Short  comparative  vocabulary,  9 
words,  of  the  Sitka  and  Kadiack,  p.  163 ;  A  few  words  of  Tunghaase  (from  Tol- 


426  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Latham  (Robert  Gordon) — continued. 

mie),  and  Sitca,  compared,  p.  163 ;  Table  showing  miscellaneous  affinities  between 
the  languages  of  Oregon  Territory  and  the  Eskimo,  pp.  164-165. 

2206  On  the  Ethnography  of  Russian  America.    By  R.  G.  La 
tham,  M.  D. 

In  Eth.  Soc.  of  London,  Jour.,  vol.  1,  pp.  182-191.     Edinburgh,  [1848].  8°. 
Contains  general  remarks  on  the  classification  of  the  languages  of  the  above 
region,  and  a  list  of  the  vocabularies  which  have  been  printed. 

2207  The  |  "Natural  History  |  of  |  The  Varieties  of  Man.  |  By  | 

Robert  Gordon   Latham,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  |  late  Fellow  of  King's 
College,  Cambridge;  |  one  of  the  Vice- Presidents  of  the  Ethnolog 
ical  Society,  London;  |  Corresponding  Member  to  the  Ethnological 
Society,  |  New  York,  etc.  | 

London:  |  John  Van  Voorst,  Paternoster  Row.  |  M.  D.  CCCL 
[1850].  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xxviii,  1-574.  8°. 

American  Mongolidie,  pp.  287-460,  includes  remarks  on  the  Eskimo  language, 
pp.  288-294  ;  on  the  Koluch,  pp.  294-295 ;  "  Doubtful  Koluches  "  (vocabularies  of 
the  Loucheux  and  Kenay),  pp.  297-300;  "Billechula"  (short  vocabulary  of 
Friendly  Village,  from  M'Kenzie,  and  Billechula,  from  Tolmie),  pp.  300-301 ;  "  The 
Athabaskaus"  (vocabularies  of  the  Chippewyan,  Tlatskanai,  and  Unkwa),  pp. 
302-310  ;  "The  Tsihaili "  (names  of  the  seasons  iu  Piskwaus  and  Salish  ;  and  a 
vocabulary  of  the  Chekeeli  and  Wakash,  from  Scouler),  pp.  310-316;  "Chiuuk" 
(short  vocabulary  of  the  Jargon),  pp.  317-323;  Difference  in  American  languages, 
pp.  352-358;  Vocabularies  of  the  Uch<S,  Natchez,  and  Adahi,  pp.  366-367  ;  Vo 
cabularies  of  the  Cayuse  and  Willamet,  pp.  368-370  ;  Vocabularies  of  the  Beaver 
Indian  and  of  the  CUippewyan,  pp.  370-371 ;  Table  showing  miscellaneous  affini 
ties  of  the  Adahi  with  other  Indian  languages,  pp.  371-375  ;  A  few  words  of  the 
language  of  the  Missions  of  San  Juan  Capistrano  and  San  Gabriel,  p.  385  ;  Vo 
cabulary  of  the  Coco-Maricopas  (from  Emory),  and  of  the  San  Diego,  p.  394; 
Comparison  of  the  Otomi  with  the  Seriform  languages,  pp.  405-406 ;  Comparison 
of  the  Maya  with  the  Seriform  languages,  p.  407. 

2208 The  |  Ethnology  |  of  |  the  Biitish  Colonies  |  and  |  depend 
encies.  |  By  |  R.  G.  Latham,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  |  Corresponding  Mem 
ber  to  the  Ethnological  Society,  |  New  York,  |  etc.,  etc.  | 

London:  |  John  Van  Voorst,  Paternoster  Row.  |  M  DCCC  LI 
[1851].  |  c. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1-264.  12°. 

Chapter  vi.  Dependencies  in  America,  pp.  224-264,  contains  references  to,  and 
a  few  examples  of,  the  languages  of  North  America. 

2209  Notes  upon  the  Language  of  Central  America.     By  R.  G. 

Latham,  M.  D. 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soc.  of  London,  Jour.,  vol.  20,  pp.  189-190.    London,  1851.  8°. 

Remarks  on  the  language  of  Ceutral  America,  a  vocabulary  (27  words,  6  sen 
tences)  of  the  Chols,  aud  a  table  showing  want  of  affinity  between  the  Chols 
and  the  languages  of  Venezuela  and  Colombia. 

2210  -        -  Man  and  his  Migrations.  |  By  |  R.  G.  Latham,  M.  D.,  F. 
R.  S.,  |  Corresponding  Member  to  the  Ethnological  Society,  New 
York,  |  etc.,  etc.  | 


LATHAM. 


427 


Latham  (Robert  Gordon) — continued. 

New  York :  |  Charles  B.  Norton,  71   Chambers   Street,  |  Irving 

House.  |  1852.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-vii,  9-261.  12°.   Contains  various  comments  on  North  American  languages. 

I  have  seen  mention  of  an  edition :  London,  John  Van  Voorst,  11  DCCC  LI.  12°. 

2211  The  |  Native  Races  |  of  |  the  Russian  Empire.  |  By  |  R.  G. 

Latham,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  &c.,  |  Author  of  [&c.,  two  lines].  |  With  a 
large  coloured  map,  |  Taken  from  that  of  the  Imperial  Geograph 
ical  Society  of  St.  Petersburg,  |  and  other  illustrations.  | 

London:  |  Hippolyte  Bailliere,  219,  Regent  Street;  |  and  290, 
Broadway,  New  York,  U.  S.  |  Paris:  J.  B.  Bailliere,  Rue  Haute- 
feuille.  |  Madrid:  Bailly  Bailliere,  Calle  de  Principe.  |  1854.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-340.  8°.  maps. 

Definition  of  Northwest  tribal  names,  pp.  288-297. 

2212  On  the  Languages  of  New  California.    By  R.  G.  Latham, 

M.  D. 

In  Philolog.  Soc.  [of  London],  Proc.,  vol.  6,  pp.  72-86.     London,  1854.  8°. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Uta  (from  Simpson),  and  the  Comanch  (from 
Neighbours),  pp.  7:5-74. 

Paternoster  in  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  the  Mission  of  San  Diego  (from 
Duflo^  de  Mofras),  p.  75. 

A  few  words  of  the  Mission  of  San  Gabriel  and  San  Juan  Capistrano  (from 
Coulter),  p.  76. 

A  few  words  of  the  Kij  and  Netela  (from  Hale),  p.  76. 

Paternoster  in  the  languages  of  the  Missions  of  San  Gabriel,  San  Juan  Capis 
trano,  San  Lui^  Rey  de  Francia,  p.  76. 

Paternoster  in  the  language  of  the  Missions  of  San  Fernando  (from  Duflot  de 
Mofras),  p.  77. 

A  few  words  of  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  San  Fernando  (from  Mithridates 
and  Dr.  Coulter),  p.  77. 

A  few  words  in  the  language  of  the  Missions  of  San  Luis  Obispo  and  Santa 
Barbara  (from  Coulter),  p.  78. 

A  few  words  in  the  language  of  the  Missions  of  San  Miguel  (from  Hale),  p.  77. 

Numerals,  1-10,  in  the  language  of  the  Missions  of  San  Miguel  (from  Hale), 
and  San  Antonio  (from  Coulter),  p.  78. 

A  few  words  (12)  in  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  La  Soledad  (from  Hale), 
p.  78. 

Numerals,  1-10,  in  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  La  Soledad  (from  Hale  and 
Duflot  de  Mofras),  p.  78. 

Numerals,  1-10,  in  the  language  of  the  Mission  of  Carmel  (from  Duflot  de 
Mofras),  Eslen  (from  Bourgoing),  Mission  of  La  Soledad  (from  Duflot  de  Mofras), 
and  the  Euslen  (from  Bourgoing),  p.  79. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Pujuni,  Sekumue,  and  Tsamak  (from  Dana), 
pp.  80-81. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Talatui  and  San  Raphael  (from  Dana),  p.  81. 

Short  vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  the  Upper  Sacramento  (from  Dana),  p.  82. 

Paternoster  in  the  language  of  the  Missions  of  Santa  Clara,  Santa  lues, 
Indians  of  Tulare  Valley,  Mission  of  San  Francisco,  Chocuyem  dialect,  and  the 
Mission  of  San  Raphael  (all  from  Duflot  de  Mofras),  p.  83. 

Numerals,  1-10,  in  the  languages  of  the  Missions  of  San  Luis  Obispo,  San  Juan 
Capistrauo,  and  San  Gabriel  (from  Duflot  de  Mofras),  p.  84. 

A  few  words  of  Weeyot,  Wishosk,  Hropah  (all  from  Gibbs),  Navajo,  and 
Jicorilla,  p.  85. 


428  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Latham  (Robert  Gordon) — continued. 

2213  On  certain  additions  to  the  Ethnographical  Philology  of 

Central  America,  with  remarks  upon  the  so-called  Aztec  Conquest 
of  Mexico;  by  E.  G.  Latham,  M.  D. 

In  Fhilolog.  Soc.  [of  London],  Trans.,  1854,  pp.  151-156.     London, n.d.  8°. 

2214  On  the  Languages  of  Northern,  Western,  and  Central 

America.    By  E.  G.  Latham,  M.  D. 

Iu  Fhilolog.  Soc.  [of  London],  Trans.,  1856,  pp.  57-115.     London,  n.  d.  8°. 

Table  showing  affinities  between  the  Bethuck  and  various  Algoukin  dialects, 
pp.  58-61. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Arrapaho  and  Shyenne,  pp.  62-63. 

Table  showing  affinities  between  the  Arrapaho  and  "other  Algonkin  lan 
guages,"  pp.  63-64. 

Tribal  divisions  of  the  Takulli,  p.  66 ;  of  the  Kutshin,  with  English  significa 
tion,  p.  67. 

Some  tribal  names  of  the  Athabascans,  with  English  signification,  p.  69. 

Numerals,  1-8,  of  the  Sahaptiu  and  Cayiis,  p.  73. 

A  few  words  of  the  Lutuami,  Palaik,  and  Shasti  (from  Hall),  pp.  74-75 ;  of  the 
Shoshoni,  showing  affinities  with  the  Palaik,  Lutuami,  and  Shasti,  p.  75;  of  the 
Jakon,  showing  affinities  with  the  Palaik,  Lutuami,  and  Shasti,  p.  76. 

Short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Ehnek  and  Tahlewah,  pp.  76-77  ;  of  the 
Khwakhlamayu  and  Kulanapo,  p.  77 ;  of  the  Weitspek  and  Kulanapo,  pp.  78-79 ; 
of  the  Copeh,  Indians  of  Mag  Readings  and  upper  Sacramento  River,  pp.  79-80 ;  of 
the  Copeh  and  Shasti,  &c. ,  p.  80 ;  of  the  Secumne  and  Cuslina,  p.  81 ;  of  the  Tno- 
lunine  and  Talutui,  p.  82 ;  of  the  Costano  and  Tshokoyeui,  pp.  82-83 ;  of  the  Cos- 
tano  and  Ruslen,  p.  84  ;  of  the  Coconoous  and  Tulare,  pp.  84-85 ;  of  the  Pimo, 
Cuchau,  Cocomaricopa,  and  Dieguno,  pp.  86-87. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Cochimi  of  San  Xavier  (Southern  California),  p.  87. 

Short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  St.  Xavier,  S.  Borgia,  Loretto,  and  Wai- 
kur,  p.  90. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Waikur,  p.  90.     Fragments  of  the  Waikur  conjugation,  p.  91. 

Paternoster  in  Opata,  Hiaque,  Tubar,  Tarahumara,  and  Cora  [Souora],  pp. 
92-93.  Paternoster  in  Pirinda,  p.  95 ;  in  Tarasca,  p.  96. 

Short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Navaho  and  Apatch,  pp.  96-97  ;  of  the 
Zuui  and  Tesuque,  p.  98. 

Table  showing  affinities  between  the  several  Pueblo  languages,  pp.  98-99 ;  be 
tween  the  several  Pueblo  languages  and  the  Navahos  and  Jecorillas,  pp.  99-100. 

Short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Caddo  and  Wichita,  pp.  104-105. 

Paternoster  in  Totonaca  (two  versions),  pp.  107-108 ;  in  Mixteca,  p.  109. 

Short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Guajiquiro,  Opatoro,  and  Intibuca  [Hon 
duras  and  San  Salvador],  pp.  109-110;  of  the  Nagranda  and  Choretega  [Moskito 
Country],  pp.  111-112;  of  the  Wulwa  and  Waikua  [Moskito  Country],  p.  112;  of 
the  Talamenca  [Costa  Rica],  p.  113. 

Short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Cunacuna  and  Dariau  [Veragua],  pp. 
113-114  ;  of  the  Mokorosi  and  Moxa  [South  America],  p.  114. 

Numerals,  1-9,  of  the  Timuacuana  [Mexico],  p.  115. 

2215  Opuscula.  |  Essays  |  chiefly  |  Philological  and  Ethnograph 
ical  |  by  |  Eobert  Gordon  Latham,  |  M.  A.,  M.  D.,  F.  E.  S.,  etc.  |  Late 
Fellow  of  King's  College,  Cambridge,  late  Professor  of  English  |  in 
University  College,  London,  late  assistant  physician  |  at  the  Mid 
dlesex  Hospital.  | 


LATHAM.  429 

Latham  (Robert  Gordon) — continued. 

Williams  &  Norgate,  |  14  Henrietta  Street,  Covent  Garden,  Lon 
don  |  ami  |  20  South  Frederick  Street,  Edinburgh.  |  Leipzig,  B. 
Hart  maim.  |  1860.  |  BP.  c. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1-418.  8°. 

Ou  the  Languages  of  the  Oregon  Territory,  pp.  249-265 ;  On  the  Ethnography 
of  Russian  America,  pp.  266-274 ;  Miscellaneous  Contributions  to  the  Ethnog 
raphy  of  North  America,  pp.  275-297  ;  On  a  short  Vocabulary  of  the  Loucheux 
Language,  by  J.  A.  Isbester,  pp.  298-299 ;  On  the  Languages  of  New  California,  pp. 
300-316;  Ou  certain  additions  to  the  Ethnographical  Philology  of  Central  Amer 
ica,  with  remarks  upon  the  so-called  Aztek  Conquest  of  Mexico,  pp.  317-322 ; 
Note  upon  a  paper  of  the  Honourable  Captain  Fitzroy's  on  the  Isthmus  of 
Panama,  published  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  No 
vember  25,  1850 ;  On  the  Language  of  Central  America,  pp.  323-325 ;  On  the 
Languages  of  Northern,  Western  and  Central  America,  pp.  326-377 ;  Addenda 
and  Corrigenda  (1859),  pp.  378-418. 

The  above  papers  are  but  reprints  of  articles  read  before  the  Ethnological  and 
Philological  Societies  of  London.  To  one  of  them,  "  Languages  of  Oregon  Ter 
ritory,"  a  few  additions  have  been  made — extracts  from  Dr.  Scouler's  article  on 
the  N.  W.  Coast,  viz:  A  Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Tlaoquatch  and  Nootka, 
and  Columbia;  and  one  of  the  Shahaptan,  Wallawalla,  and  Kliketat. 

Addenda  and  Corrigenda  contains  a  Vocabulary  of  the  Ahnenin  (from 
M'Kenzie),  pp.  379-380  ;  A  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Blackfeet  and  Crow 
(from  M'Kenzie),  pp.  380-384  ;  A  few  words  of  Cherokee  and  Iroquois  compared, 
p.  384 ;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Navaho  and  Pinaleno,  p.  385 ;  Kutanai 
vocabulary  (from  Howse),  pp.  386-3  JS;  Miscellaneous  affinities  of  the  Jakon,  p. 
389 ;  Numerals,  1- 10,  of  the  Piede  (from  Carvalho),  p.  390 ;  Vocabulary  of  the 
Kioway  (from  Whipple),  p.  390;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Chemehuevi, 
and  Cahuillo,  p.  391 ;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Mohave  (from  Whipple), 
Cuchan,  Dieguno,  and  Cocomancopa  [Cocomaricopa],  p.  392 ;  Comparative  table 
of  words  of  the  Old  Californian  and  Yuma,  pp.  393-394  ;  Comparative  vocabulary 
of  the  Tarahumara  and  Piina,  pp.  394-395 ;  Miscellaneous  affinities  of  the  Otomi, 
pp.  395-396 ;  Affinities  of  the  Otomi  with  the  languages  akin  to  the  Chinese  en 
masse,  pp.  395-396 ;  Affini  ties  of  the  Maya  with  the  languages  akin  to  the  Chinese 
en  masse,  p.  398 ;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Acoma,  Cochetime,  and  Ki  womi, 
p.  399;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Kichai,  and  Hueco,  pp.  399-400;  Miscel 
laneous  affinities  of  the  Adahi,  pp.  402-405;  of  the  Uche,  pp.  409-410;  Numerals, 
1-5,  of  the  Eskimo,  Aleutian,  and  Kamskadale,  p.  410 ;  Comparative  vocabulary 
of  the  Cayuse,  and  Willamet,  pp.  412-413 ;  of  the  Beaver  Indiaus,  and  Cheppe- 
wyau,  p.  413;  of  the  Selish,  Chinuk,  and  Shoshoui,  pp.  415-416;  of  the  Wish- 
osk  and  Wiyot,  p.  416 ;  of  the  Hupa  and  Tahlewah,  p.  416 ;  of  the  Dieguno  and 
Cuchan,  pp.  416-417. 

2210  Elements  |  of  |  Comparative  Philology.  |  By  |  E.  G.  La 
tham,  M.  A.,  M.  D.,  F.  E.  S.,  &c.,  |  Late  Fellow  of  King's  College, 
Cambridge;  and  late  Professor  of  English  |  in  University  College, 
London.  | 

London :  |  Walton  and  Maberly  |  Upper  Gower  Street,  and  Joy 
Lane,  Paternoster  Eow ;  |  Longman,  Green,  Longman,  Eoberts,  and 
Green,  |  Paternoster  Eow.  |  1862.  |  The  Eight  of  Translation  is 
reserved.  |  0. 

Pp.  i-xxxii,  1-774.  8°. 

Chapter  Iv.  Languages  of  America,  The  Eskimo,  The  Athabaskan  dialects, 
The  Kituuaha,  The.  Atna,  The  Haidah,  Chewesyau,  Wakash,  and  Chinuks,  pp. 


430  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Latham  (Kobert  Gordon) — continued. 

384-403,  contains  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Unalr.shka,  Kadiak,  Kuskut- 
shewac,  and  Labrador,  pp.  386-387 ;  Two  Eskimo  [Asiatic]  vocabularies,  p.  387; 
Tribal  divisions  of  the  Takulli,  p.  388;  of  the  Kutshin,  with  English  significa 
tion,  p.  389;  Athabaskan  tribal  names,  with  English  signification,  p.  390;  Com 
parative  vocabulary  of  the  Kcuay,  Kutshin,  Slave,  and  Dog-rib,  pp.  390-391 ; 
Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Chepewyan  and  Takulli,  pp.  391-392 ;  of  the  Uga- 
lents,  Atna,  and  Kolstshani,  pp.  392-393 ;  of  the  Tlatskanai,  Kwaliokwa,  and 
Umkwa,  p.  394 ;  of  the  Navaho,  Apatsh,  and  Pinalero,  pp.  394-395 ;  of  the  Hoopah, 
and  Jecorilla,  p.  395;  Vocabulary  of  the  Kntani,  pp.  396-399  ;  Comparative  vo 
cabulary  of  the  Atna,  Piskaws,  Skwali,  and  Kowelitsk,  pp.  399-400 ;  Compara 
tive  vocabulary  of  the  Kolush  of  Sitka,  Skittegats,  Chemmesyan,and  Hailtsa, 
pp.  401-402;  of  the  Nsietshawus,  Watlala,  and  Nutka,  pp.  402-403. 

Chapter  Ivi.  Languages  of  Oregon  and  California,  Cayus,  &c.,  Liituami,  &c.. 
Ehnek,  Weitspek,  Kulanapo,  Copeh,  Pujuni,  &c.,  Costano,  &c.,  Eslen,  Netela, 
San  Diego,  &c.,  pp.  404-422,  contains  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Selish, 
Tshiniik,  and  Shoshoni,  p.  404  ;  of  the  Wishosk  and  Weiyot,  p.  405 ;  of  the  Die- 
guno  and  Cuchan,  p.  405 ;  of  the  Caytis  and  Willamet,  pp.  406-407  ;  of  the  Lutu- 
ami,  Shasti,  Palaik,  and  Jakon,  pp.  407-408  ;  Affinities  between  the  Sahaptin  and 
Cayris,  p.  409;  between  the  Shoshoni  and  Palaik  and  Lutuami,  p.  409;  Compar 
ative  vocabulary  of  the  Ehnek  and  Tahlewah,  pp.  409-410;  Vocabulary  of  the 
Weitspek,  p.  410 ;  of  the  Khwakhlamayu,  p.  411 ;  of  the  Kulanapo,  p.  411 ;  Com 
parative  vocabulary  of  the  Copeh,  Mag  Readings,  and  Upper  Sacramento,  p.  412; 
of  the  Pnjnni,  Sekumne.  and  Tsamak,  pp.  412-414;  of  the  Talatui,  and  San 
Raphael,  pp.  414-415;  Vocabulary  of  the  Tshokoyem,  p.  415;  of  the  Costano, 
pp.  415-416;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Coconoous  and  Tulare,  p.  416 ;  of 
the  Eslen,  Rnslen,  Soledad,  San  Miguel,  and  San  Antonio,  pp.  416-417;  of  the 
Santa  Barbaia  and  San  Luis  Obispo,  pp.  417-418;  of  the  Netela  and  Kiz, 
pp.  419-4^0 ;  of  the  Cuchan,  Cocomarieopa,  and  Diegnno,  pp.  420-421. 

Chapter  Ivii.  Old  California,  pp.  422-426,  contains  The  Paternoster  in  the  Co- 
cliimi  of  San  Xavier,  p.  422;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  San  Xavier,  San 
Borgia,  Loretto,  and  Waiknr,  p.  424 ;  The  Paternoster  in  Waiknr,  p.  425 ;  Frag 
ments  of  the  Waikur  Conjugation,  p.  425-426. 

Chapter  Iviii.  Languages  of  Sonora,  Guatemala,  Honduras,  Nicaragua,  &c., 
pp.  '427-43''*,  contains  Vocabulary  of  the  Pima,  p.  427 ;  Specimen  of  Opata,  Hiaqui, 
Tubar,  Tarahumara,  and  Cora,  pp.  428-429 ;  of  the  Pirinda,  p.  432 ;  Paternoster 
in  Tarascn,  and  a  few  words  of  the  same,  p.  432 ;  Paternoster  in  Mixteca,  p.  433  ; 
Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Guajiquiro,  Opataro,  and  Intibuca  (Honduras), 
pp.  435-4:!6  ;  of  the  Masaya  and  Subtiabo  (Nicaragua),  p.  436 ;  Vocabulary  of  the 
Wuhva.  (Nicaragua),  p.  436;  of  the  Waikna,  p.  437;  of  the  Talemenca  (Costa 
Rica),  p.  437  ;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Savaneric  and  Bayano  (St.  Salva 
dor),  pp.  437-438  ;  of  the  Cunacuna  and  Darien  (Darieu),  p.  438. 

Chapter  lix.  Sahaptiu,  Paduca,  and  Pueblo  Languages,  pp.  439-446,  contains 
Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Sahaptin,  Wallawalla,  and  Klikiketat,  pp.  440- 
441 ;  of  the  Shoshoni  and  Wihinasht,  p.  442  ;  of  the  Ufa,  and  Comanch,  p.  443 ; 
Vocabulary  of  the  Piede  (or  P6  uta),  p.  443;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the 
Chemuliuevi  and  Cahuillo,  pp.  443-444  ;  Vocabulary  of  the  Kioway,  pp.  444-445  ; 
of  the  Pueblo  of  Tesuqne,  p.  445 ;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Acoma,  Coche- 
timi,  and  Kiwoini,  p.  446. 

Chapter  Ix.  Languages  between  the  Athabaskan,  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and 
the  Atlantic,  the  Algonkire,  the  Sioux,  the  Iroquois,  the  Catawba,  Woccon,  Uche, 
Natchez,  Chetimacha,  Adahi,  and  Attacapa  Languages,  the  Pawni,  Riccari,  and 
Caddo,  the  Languages  of  Texas,  pp.  447-477,  contains  Comparative  vocabulary 
of  the  Blackfootand  Menonieni,  p.  448;  of  theOjibwa,  Ottawa,  and  Potowotami, 
pp.  449 ;  of  the  Old  Algonkin  and  Knistinaux,  pp.  449-450 ;  of  the  Sheshata- 


LATHAM — LAWSON.  431 

Latham  (Robert  Gordon) — continued. 

poosb  and  Skoffi,  p.  450 ;  of  the  Micmac,  Etchemin,  and  Abenaki,  pp.  451  ;  of  the 
Minsi,  Nanticok,  and  Mohikan,  pp.  451-452;  of  the  Massachnsetls  and  Narra- 
gansetts,  p.  452 ;  of  the  Miami,  Illinois,  Sauki,  and  Shawni,  pp.  452-453  ;  Table 
of  words  of  the  Bethuck  having  affinities  with  various  dialects  of  the  Algonkin, 
pp.  45:M55;  Table  showing  affinities  between  the  Arapaho  and  other  Algonkiu 
languages,  pp.  456-457 ;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Arapaho  and  Shyenne, 
p.  458 ;  of  the  Mandan  and  Crow,  pp.  458-460 ;  of  the  Yankton,  Winebago,  Dah- 
cota,  and  Osage,  pp.  460-461 ;  of  the  Omaha  and  Minetari,  pp.  461-462 ;  of  the  Mo 
hawk,  Cayuga,  Tuscarora,  and  Nottoway,  p.  463 ;  Vocabulary  of  the  Wyandot, 
p.  464;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Onondago,  Seneca,  and  Oneida,  pp.  464- 
465;  Vocabulary  of  the  Catawba,  pp.  465-466;  Comparative  vocabulary  of  the 
Cherokee,  Chocktaw,  and  Muskogulge,  p.  468;  of  the  Uchee,  Natchez,  Adaihe,  and 
Chetemacha,  pp.  469-470 ;  of  the  Pawni  and  Riccari,  pp.  470-471 ;  of  the  Caddo 
and  Witshita,  p.  475 ;  of  the  Kichai  and  Hueco,  pp.  475-476 ;  Vocabulary  of  the 
Attakapa,  pp.  476-477  ;  Specimen  of  the  Heve  or  Eucleve,  pp.  754-755 ;  Compar 
ative  vocabulary  of  the  Huasteca,  Maya,  Mexican,  and  Otomi,  p.  755. 

2217  Note  upon  a  paper  of  the  Honourable  Captain  Fitzroy's  on 

the  Isthmus  of  Panama.  * 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soo.  [of  London],  Trans.,  vol.  ? 


See  Lloyd  (T.  G.  B.) 

2218  Latrobe  (Rev.  Peter).     Vocabulary  of  the  Eskimo  of  Labrador. 

In  Richardson  (Sir  John).  Arctic  Searching  Expedition,  pp.  483-496.  New 
York,  1852.  8°. 

2219  Laverlochere  ( — ).     Extrait  d'une  lettre  du  E.  P.  Laverlochere, 
oblat  de  Marie  Immacul^e  [dated  Lac  des  Deux- Montagues,  25 
aout  1844]. 

In  Annales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,  vol.  xvii,  pp.  257-264.  Contains, 
p.  262,  a  specimen  of  the  Montagnais  (?)  language,  with  translation. 

2220  Missions  de  la  Baie  d'Hudsou.     Suite  de  la  lettre  du  E.  P. 

Laverlochere,  oblat  de  Marie  Immaculee  [dated  Montreal,  de"cem- 
bre  1849]. 

In  Annales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,  vol.  xxiii,  pp.  202-220.  Contains 
scattered  phrases,  examples  of  long  words,  &c.,  with  translations  in  the  Make- 
gong  language  of  Fort  Albany. 

2221  Lettre  du  E.  P.  Laverlochere  [&c.,  from  Lac  des  Deux- 

Montagnes]. 

In  Annales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,  vol.  xxiv,  pp.  69-79.  Contains,  p.  77, 
a  specimen  of  the  Iroquois  language. 

2222  Lawson  (John).    A  New  |  Voyage  |  to  |  Carolina;  |  Containing 
the  |  Exact  Description  and  Natural  History  |  of  that  |  Country:  | 
Together  with  the  Presant  [sic]  State  thereof  |  and  |  A  Journal  j 
Of  a  Thousand  Miles  Travel'4  thro'  several  |  Nations  of  Indians,  j 
Giving  a  particular  Account  of  their  Customs,  |  Manners  &c.  |  By 
John  Lawson,  Gent,  Surveyor-  j  General  of  North  Carolina.  | 

London,  |  printed  in  the  year  1709.  |  [No  publisher.]  C. 


432  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Lawson  (John) — continued. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-258.  sm.  4°.    Forms  part  of  Stevens  (John).    A  new  collection 
of  voyages  and  travels.     London,  1708-09. 

The  only  copy  of  the  1708-09  edition  of  Stevens  I  have  seen  is  that  in  the  Li 
brary  of  Congress;  it  is  minus  the  title-page  to  Lawson's  Voyage,  and  this  I  have 
supplied  from  Field,  No.  896.  The  collation  is  as  follows:  title-page  (missing); 
Dedication,  1 1. ;  Preface,  11. ;  Introduction,  pp.  1-5;  Journal,  pp.  1-60;  A  de 
scription  of  N.  C.,  pp.  61-168;  Account  of  Indians  of  N.  C.,  pp.  169-238 ;  Charters 
of  N.  C.,  p.  239;  Advertisement,  11.;  Vocabularies  of  the  Tuskeruro,  Pampti- 
congh,  and  Woccon,  pp.  225-230. 

Stevens'  Nuggets,  No.  1(>62,  says  this  edition  of  Lawsou  "was  originally  pub 
lished  in  numbers  having  the  several  titles  to  the  April,  May,  June,  and  July 
numbers,  1709."  For  full  titles  to  the  work  in  numbers,  see  Stevens  (J.) 

2223. A  New  |  Voyage  |  to  |  Carolina;  |  Containing  the  |  Exact 

Description  and  Natural  History  |  of  that  |  Country :  |  Together 
.  with  the  Present  State  thereof.  |  And  |  A  Journal  |  Of  a  Thousand 
Miles,  Travel'd  thro'  several  |  Nations  of  Indians.  |  Giving  a  par 
ticular  Account  of  their  Customs,  |  Manners,  &c.  |  By  John  Law- 
sou,  Gent.  Surveyor-  |  General  of  North  Carolina.  | 

London:  |  Printed  in  the  Year  1709.  |  NYHS. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-258.  sm.  4°.  maps.     Forms  part  of  Stevens  (John).   A  New  Col 
lection  of  Voyages  and  Travels.     London,  1711,  2  vols.  sm.  4°. 

Vocabularies:  Tuskeruro,  Pamticough,  and  Woccon,  pp. 225-230. 

2224  Allerneuste  Beschreibung  |  der  Provintz  |  Carolina  |  in  | 

West-Indien,  |  satnt  eiuem  |  Eeise-Journal  |  von  mehr  als  |  tau- 
send  Meilen  |  nnter  allerhand  |  indianischeu  Nationeu,  |  auch 
einer  |  accuraten  Land-Carte  und  andern  |  Kupfer-stichen.  |  Aus 
dem  Englischen  iibersetzet  durch  |  M.  Vischer.  | 

Hamburg,  |  Gedruckt  und  verlegt  |  durch  seel.  1  homas  von 
Wierings  Erben/  |  bey  der  Borse/  im  gulden  A,  B,  C.  Anno  1712.  | 
Sind  auch  zu  Franckfurt  und  Leipzig/  bey  Zacharias  Hertelu  |  zu 
bekommen.  |  HU.  JCB. 

7  p.  11.,  pp.  1-368.  16°.  map.     Vocabularies,  pp.  341-348. 

2225 The  |  History  |  of  |  Carolina;  |  containing  the  |  exact  de 
scription  and  Natural  History  |  of  that  |  Country;  |  Together  with 
the  Present  State  thereof.  |  And  |  a  Journal  |  of  a  Thousand 
Miles,  Travel'd  thro'  several  |  Nations  of  Indians.  |  Giving  a  par 
ticular  Account  of  their  Customs,  Manners  &c.  |  By  John  Lawson, 
Gent.  Surveyor-General  |  of  North-Carolina  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  W.  Taylor  at  the  Ship,  and  T.  Baker  at  the 
Black-  |  Boy,  in  Pater- Noster-Eow,  1714.  |  c. 

3  p.  11  ,  pp.  1-258.  sin.  4°.  map.    Vocabularies,  pp.  225-230. 

2220 The  |  History  |  of  |  Carolina ;  |  containing  the  |  exact  de 
scription  ami  Natural  History  )  of  that  |  Country;  |  Together  with 
the  Present  State  thereof.  |  And  |  a  Journal  |  of  a  Thousand  Miles, 
Travel'd  thro'  several  |  Nations  of  Indians  |  giving  a  particular 
account  of  their  Customs,  |  Manners,  &c.  |  By  John  Lawson,  Gent. 
Surveyor-General  |  of  North-Carolina.  | 


LAWSON LE    BOULANGEB.  433 

Lawson  (John) — continued. 

London:  |  Printed  for  T.  Warner,  at  the  Black-Boy  in  Pater 
Noster  |  Row,  1718.    Price  Bound  Five  Shillings.  |        BA.  HU.  JCB. 
3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-258.  sm.  4°.  map.     Vocabularies,  pp.  225-230. 

2227  The  |  History  of   Carolina,  |  containing  the  |  exact  de 
scription  |  and  |  Natural  History  of  that  Country,  |  together  with 
the  present  state  thereof  and  a  journal  of  |  a  thousand  miles  trav 
eled  through  several  na-  |  tious  of  Indians,  giving  a  particular  | 
account  of  their  customs,  |  manners,  &c.,  &c.  |  By  John  Lawson,  | 
Gent.  Surveyor-General  of  North  Carolina.  |  London:  |  Printed  for 
W.  Taylor  at  the  Ship,  and  F.  Baker  at  the  |  Black  Boy  in  Pater- 
Noster  Kow,  1714.  | 

Baleigh :  Printed  by  Strother  &  Marcom  at  their  Book  and  Job 
Office,  |  1860.  |  .  c. 

Pp.  1-390.  12°.  Vocabularies,  pp.  366-377.  See  Brickell  (John),  for  editions 
of  1737  and  W43. 

2228  Lazaro  (Fr.  Juan).    Arte  y  Vocabulario  y  Sermones  [in  various 
languages  of  Guatemala].  * 

Manuscript.  Title  from  Beristain.  Squier  says  Vasques,  in  his  Chronicle, 
and  Arochena,  in  his  Catalogue,  make  mention  of  a  work  by  Lazaro,  entitled : 

2229  — Combinacion  y  Analogia  de  diversos  Idiomas  del  Eeyno  de 

Guatemala.  • 

2230  [Le  Boulanger  (Rev.  Joseph  Ignatius)].  [French-Illinois  Dictionary.] 

No  title-page.    Pp.  1-8.  large  8°.  JWP. 

The  above  is  the  first  signature,  and  the  only  one  that  was  printed,  of  a  work 
intended  to  form  one  of  the  series  of  Shea's  American  Linguistics.  When  this 
portion  had  been  put  in  type,  about  18G5,  the  manuscript  was  sent  by  Dr.  Shea  to 
the  owner  and  was  never  returned.  The  following  description  is  taken  from 
Dr.  Shea's  prospectus:  "A  manuscript  dictionary  exists  of  the  Illinois  language, 
which,  in  extent  and  in  careful  preparation,  exceeds  any  work  known  on  any  of 
the  Algonquin  dialects.  It  is  to  all  appearance  the  work  of  the  Jesuit  Father 
Le  Bonlanger,  whose  labors  on  the  Illinois  language  are  highly  extolled  in  the 
Lettres  fidifiantes.  The  Illinois  have  now  disappeared,  but  for  purposes  of 
research  and  study  their  language  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  the  various 
dialects  of  the  widespread  Algonquin  *  *  *  Their  language,  as  shown  in  this 
dictionary,  throws  much  light  on  Western  names  of  tribes,  rivers,  lakes,  &c.,  and 
by  comparison  with  that  of  the  kindred  Lenni  or  Delawares,  as  preserved  by  the 
Moravians,  furnished  the  amplest  known  material  for  the  study  of  the  Algonquin 
language.  *  *  * 

"The  dictionary  will  form  over  five  hundred  pages,  in  fine  type,  double 
column,  similar  to  that  used  in  the  French-Ouondago  Dictionary  issued  by  me." 

See  Gravier  (Rev.  James),  No.  1600. 

Rev.  J.  I.  Le  Bonlanger,  S.  J.,  was  born  in  France,  July  22,  1664;  entered  the 
order  in  1700,  came  to  America,  and  was  on  the  Illinois  Mission  as  early  as  1719, 
and  probably  some  years  previous  to  that  date,  and  is  said  to  have  died  there  in 
1744. 

28  Bib 


434  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2231  [Lebret  ( — ).]     L.  J.  C.  et  M.  I.  |  Niina  |  Aiamie  Masinaigan  | 
ou  |  Eecueil  de  Prieres  |  et  de  |  Cantiques  |  a  1'usage  des  Sauvages 
de  Temiscaming,  d'Abbitibi,  |  du  Grand  Lac,  de  MataSau  et  du 
Fort  William.  |  [Design.] 

Moniang  [Montreal]:    |   TakSabikickote  endatc  John  Lovell.  | 
1866.  |  GB. 

Pp.  1-277  .12°.  Compilation  from  different  authors  by  Father  Lehret,  O.  M. 
S.  I.  In  the  Nipissing  dialect  of  the  Algonkin. 

2232  Le  Caron  (Father  Joseph).    [Dictionary  of  the  Huron  Language.] 

The  dictionary  of  the  Hnrou  language  was  first  drafted  by  Father  Joseph  Le 
Caron  in  1616.  The  little  Huron  whom  he  took  with  him  when  he  returned  to 
Quebec  aided  him  greatly  to  extend  it.  He  also  added  rules  and  principles  dur 
ing  his  second  voyage  to  the  Hurons.  He  next  increased  it  by  notes  which  Fa 
ther  Nicholas  sent  him,  and  at  last  perfected  it  by  that  which  that  holy  religions 
had  left  when  descending  to  Quebec,  and  which  the  French  placed  in  his  hands: 
so  that  Father  George,  Procurator  of  the  Mission  in  France,  presented  it  to  the 
king  with  the  two  preliminary  dictionaries  of  the  Algonquin  and  Montagnais 
languages  in  1625. — Extract  from.  Father  Le  Cltrccfs  Establishment  of  the  Faith. 

2233  Lecciones  Espirituales  |  para  |  las  tandas  de  Ejercicios  |  de  S.  Igna- 
cio,  |  dadas  a  los  Indies  |  en  el  idioma  |  Mexicano.  |  Compuestas 
por  un  Sacerdote  del  Obispado  de  la  |  Puebla  de  los  Angeles.  | 
Quien  las  dedica  a  la  Luz  increada,  bajo  el  poderosisiino  |  amparo 
de  la  Madre  Santisima  de  ella.  | 

Puebla.  |  Imprenta  Antigua  en  el  Portal  de  las  flores.  |  1841.  |  B. 

Pp.  1-213.  8°.     The  preface  is  signed  J.  J.  P. 

2234  Leclercq  (P.)    Dictionnaire  caraibe-frangais,  par  le  Pere  Leclercq. 

Rennes.  1665.  * 

Title  from  Ternaux-Compans,  No.  830. 

2235  Le  Clercq  (P.  Chrestien).    Nouvelle  |  Relation  |  dela  |  Gaspesie,  | 
qui  contient  |   les  Mceurs  &  la  Religion  des  Sau-  |  vages  Gas- 
pesiens   Porte-Croix,    |   adorateurs  du   Soleil,  &  d'autres   |    Peu 
pies  de  l'Anie~rique  Septen-  |  trionale,  dite  le  Canada.   |  De"diee  a 
Madame  la   |    Princesse  d'Epinoy,   |   Par    le'  Pere  Chrestien  le 
Clercq,  |  Missionnaire  Recollet  de  la  Province  de  |  Saint  Autoine 
de  Pade  en  Artois,  &  |  Gardien  du  Convent  de  Lens.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Amable  Auroy,  rue  Saint  |  Jacques  a  1'Image  S. 
Je>6me,  attenant  |  la  Fontaine  S.  Severin.  |  M.  DC.  XCI  [1691].  | 
Avec  privilege  du  Roy.  |  BA.  c. 

14  p.  11.,  pp.  1-572.  16°. 

"  De  la  Langue  des  Gaspesiens,"  pp.  160-164.    Extract  as  follows: 

2236  Language  of  the  Gaspesiens. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  5,  pp.  284-285.    New  York,  1861.  sm.  4°. 

2237  First  |  Establishment  of  the  Faith  |  in  New  France.  |  By  | 

Father  Christian  Le  Clercq,  |  Recollect  Missionary.  |  Now  first  trans 
lated,  with  notes,  |  by  |  John  Gilmary  Shea.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  |  [Seal.] 

New  York :  |  John  G.  Shea.  |  1881.  |  JWP. 


LEBRET LEE. 


435 


Le  Clercq  (P.  Chrestien) — continued. 

2  vols.  largo  8°.     The  original  edition  of  this  work  is:  Paris,  MDCXCI;  the 
titles  of  the  various  editions  are  given  in  this  edition. 

Mr.  Shea,  in  his  sketch  of  Father  Le  Clercq,  gives,  vol.  1,  p.  16,  the  Lord's 
Prayer  in  Micmac  hieroglyphics,  as  below.    See  Kauder  (Set.  C.) 


Onshlnen      TVajok 
Our  Father  in  heaven 


ebtn 
seated 


tchiptoot  delwtgtt 

may  thy  Mm* 


JUi 


meguidodemek     Wojok        n'tclidanen  tchiptook 
bo  respected      in  heaven         to  us          may 


igoemwtek 
grant 


ull 

tbco 


ncmulek          nledcchlnen.      Natel        wajok 
to  see  In  staying.     There      in  heaven 


dell 

as 


cbkc.Ioolfc 
thoa  art  obcjei 


I    J    2 


tclilptook  dell 
may         BO 


be 


cbkedulek 
obeyed 


maklmlgnek 
ou  earth 


eimofc 
nhere  we  are 


M 


A. 


Pelamnkiibeniguai          ocliemiegnel  npch 

Jii  thoa  hast  given  it  to  us  In  the  same  manner    also 


ncgoocb.     kiclikoofc 
now  to-d»y 


tlelatnooktech 
givo  H 


penegnunenwin      niliucn  ; 
our  nourishment       to  us; 


dell  obikchiktakachifc 

wo  forgive  thnso 


£  I 


J>  A 


xre^iiwinamctnik      elp    lecl    nlxkiim 
who  hnvo  offcn<leJ  us  •»    thou   O  Cod 


H 


mclkeninrech 
hold  us  strong 


wlnnclilgucl 
lufferlngi 


winnchudil 
by  the  band 


mn 
not 


nbikchiktwin 
forgive 


k'tygallnen 
to  fall 


clweultlck 
our  faults 


keglnukamkel 
keep  far  from  us 


twnktwin. 
evils. 


NMelletcli, 
Amen. 


THE  LORD'S  PRATER  IH  MICJIAC  HIEROGLTPHIC3. 

2238  Lee  (Daniel)  and  Frost  (J.  H.)  Ten  Years  in  Oregon.  |  By  D.  Lee 
and  J.  H.  Frost,  |  late  of  the  Oregon  Mission  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church.  |  [Picture.] 

New  York:  |  Published  for  the  Authors:  200  Mulberry- Street.  | 
J.  Collord,  Printer.  |  1844.  |  BA.  C. 

Pp.  1-344.  8°.  map. 

A  specimen  of  Indian  dialects  (Killemook,  Checalish,  and  Clatsop),  pp.339-344. 


436  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2239  Le  Fort  (Abraham).     Vocabulary  of  the  Onondago  Language. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  481-493.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

2240  Lefroy  (J.  H.)    A  Vocabulary  of  Chepewyan  and  Dog-Eib  words. 

In  Richardson  (<Sr  John).  Arctic  Searching  Expedition,  vol.  2,  pp.  400-402. 
London,  1851,  2  vols.  8°. 

2241  Le  Hir  (Abbe  Arthur-Marie).     Etudes  Bibliques,  par  M.  1'abbe"  Le 
Hir,  avec  introduction  et  sommaires  par  M.  I'abbe'  Grandvaux. 

Paris,  Joseph  Albanel,  15,  rue  de  Tournon,  15.     [1868  ?]  * 

2  vols.  8°.     Title  from  Cuoq's  Jugement  Errone". 

Contains  an  article,  "Des  langues  ame'ricaines,"  in  which  many  analogies  are 
shown  between  the  Algonkin  and  the  Aryan  and  Semitic  languages. 

2242  Leigh  (Rev.  J.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Language  of  the  Natives  of 
Newfoundland ;  procured  by  the  Rev.  J.  Leigh,  from  Mary  March, 
a  Native  Woman,  taken  up  the  Bay  of  Exploits  by  Mr.  Peyton,  in 
March,  1818. 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soc.,  Jonr.,  vol.,  4,  pp.  218-220.     London,  1834.  8°. 

2243  Le  Jeune  (P.  Paul).    Relation  |  de  ce  qvi  s'est  passe"  en  |  la  Nov- 
velle  France  |  en  l'anne"e  1633.  |  Enuoye'e  |    av  R.  P.  Barth.  lacqvi- 
not  |  Prouincial  de  la  Compagnie  de  |  lesvs  en  la  proujnce  de  | 
France.  |    ar  [sic]  le  P.  Paul  le  lenne  de  la  mesme  Compa-  |  gnie, 
Superieur  de  la  residence  de  Kebec.  | 

A  Paris,  |  chez  Sebastien  Cramoisy,  |  .  .  .  |  M.  DC.  XXXIV 
[1634].  |  Avec  Privilege  dv  Roy.  |  » 

216  pp.  8°.  Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary.  Reissued  with  a  slight  change  in 
the  title : 

2244  Relation  |  de  ce  qvi  s'est  passe  |  en  la  |  No  well  e  France  | 

en  I'anne'e  1633.  |  Enuoye'e  au  R.  P.  Barth.  lacqvinot  |  Prouiucial  de 
la  Compagnie  de  |  lesvs  en  la  Prouince  de  |  de  [sic]  France.  |  Par 
le  P.  Paul  le  leuue  de  la  mesme  Compagnie,  |  Superieur  de  la  resi 
dence  de  Kebec.  | 

A  Paris.  |  Chez  Sebastien  Cramoisy,  rue  sainct  |  lacques,  aux 
Cicognes.  |  M.  DC.  XXXIV  [1634].  |  Avec  Privilege  dv  Roy.  |  * 

216  pp.  8°.  Title  from  Sabiu's  Dictionary  and  O'Callaghan's  manuscript  bib 
liography. 

Reprinted  in  Relations  des  Je"suites,  vol.  1,  1633,  pp.  t-44.  Quebec,  1858.  8°. 
Contains,  p.  23,  a  prayer  in  Montagnais. 

2245  Relation  |  de  ce  qvi  s'est  passe  |  en  la  |  Novvelle  France,  | 

en  I'anne'e  1634.  |  Euuoye"e  au  |  R.  Pere  Provincial  |  de  la  Compa 
gnie  de  lesvs  |  en  la  Prouiuce  de  France.  |  Par  le  P.  Paul  le  leuue 

Uua,     de  la  mesme  Compagnie,  |  Superieur  de  la  residence  de  Kebec.  | 

A  Paris,  |  chez  Sebastien  Cramoisy,  Imprimeur  |  ordinaire  du 
Roy,  rue  S.  lacques,  a*  Cicognes.  |  M.  DC.  XXXV  [1635J.  |  Avec 
Privilege  dv  Roy.  |  * 

2 'p.  11.,  pp.  1-342,  1  1.  8°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames,  from  O'Calla 
ghan's  manuscript  bibliography.  Reprinted  at  Paris  the  same  year,  with  several 
errors  In  the  text  and  pagination  corrected,  and  again  as  follows : 


LE    FORT — LE    MERCIER. 


437 


Le  Jeune  (P.  Paul) — continued. 

2246  Relation  |  de  ce  qvi  s'est  passe"  |  en  la  Nouuelle  France  |  en 

Fannee  1034.  |  Euuoyee  au  R.  Pere  Provincial  de  la  Compagnie  de 
lesvs  en  la  |  Prouince  de  France  |  Par  le  Pere  le  levne  de  la  Com- 
paguie,  Superienr  de  la  |  Residence  de  Kebec.  | 

En  Avignon  |  de  I'lmprimerie  de  laqves  Bramereav,  |  Imprimeur 
de  sa  Sainctete",  de  la  Ville  &  |  Vniversite".  Anec  permission  des 
Superieurs.  |  M.  DC.  XXXVI  [1636].  |  » 

5  p.  11.,  pp.  1-416.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary 

Reprinted  in  Relations  des  Je"suites,  vol.  1,  1634,  pp.  1-92.     Quebec,  1858.  8°. 

Contains:  Chapitre  xi.  De  la  langne  des  Sauuages  Montagnais,  pp.  48-51; 
Deux  Oraisons  (with  interlinear  Freucb  translation),  p.  76. 

Le  Jeune's  Relation  for  1636  contains  Brebreuf  's  supplementary  relation  lor 
the  same  year,  which  has  the  linguistics  on  pp.  48-49, 79-84.  See  Breboeuf  (B. 
P.  Jean),  Nos.  468  and  469  of  this  catalogue. 

Pere  Paul  Le  Jeune  may  be  regarded  as  the  father  of  the  Jesuit  Missions  in 
this  country,  although  he  did  not  come  to  Canada  until  1632,  after  the  restora 
tion  of  Quebec  to  the  French.  He  had  always  cherished  a  desire  to  evangelize 
the  savages  of  Canada,  and  after  the  treaty  of  St.  Germain,  came  over  with  P. 
Anne  de  None,  arriving  at  Quebec  in  July,  1632.  In  a  short  time  he  acquired  so 
thorough  a  knowledge  of  the  Montagnais  that  he  wrote  a  catechism  for  those 
Indians  in  that  language. — Jesuit  Relations. 

2247  leland  (Charles  Godfrey).    The  |  Union  Pacific  Railway,  |  Eastern 
Division,  |  or,  |  three  thousand  miles  in  a  railway  car,  |  By  Charles 
Godfrey  Leland.  |  U.  P.  R.  W.,  E.  D.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Ringwalt  &  Brown,  Steam-Power  Book  and  Job 
Printing,  |  Nos.  Ill  and  113  South  Fourth  Street.  |  1867.  |  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-95.  8°. 

Short  vocabulary  of  the  Kaw  language,  p. 71.  "Obtained  from  the  natives 
and  from  Mr.  H.  L.  Jones,  of  Salina." 

2248  Fusang  |  or  |  The   Discovery  of  America  |  By  |  Chinese 

Buddhist  priests  in  the  |  Fifth  Century.  |  By  |  Charles  G.  Leland.  | 

New  York:  |  J.  W.  Bouton,  706  Broadway.  |  1875.  |  WE. 

Pp.  i-xix,  1-212.  12°. 

Contains,  pp.  101-109,  an  extract  from  Roehrig  (F.  L.  O.)  The  language  of 
the  Dakotas,  published  in  Smithsonian  Inst.  Ann.  Rept.  for  1871. 

2249  Fusang  |  or  |  The  Discovery  of  America  |  By  |  Chinese 

Buddhist  priests  in  the  |  Fifth  Century.  |  By  |  Charles  G.  Leland.  | 

London :  |  Triibner  &  Co.,  Ludgate  Hill.  |  1875.  |  (All  rights  re 
served.)  |  A. 
Pp.  i-xix,  1-212.  12°. 

2250  Le  Mercier  (P.  Francois  Joseph).    Relation  |  dece  qvi  s'est  passe"  | 
en  la  Mission  des  Peres  |  de  la  Compagnie  de  lesvs,  |  en  la  |  Nov- 
velle  France,  |  es  aunees  1653.  &  1654.  |  Enuovee  au  R.  P.  Nicolas 
Royon,  |  Prouincial  de  la  Prouince  de  France.  |  Par  le  R.  P.  Fran- 
§ois  Le   Mercier,  |  Superieur  des   Missions  de  la  rnesme  |  Com- 
paguie.  | 


IMPROVED  TITLE  IN 
IP"" 


1MPH 


438  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Le  Mercier  (P.  Franfois  Joseph) — continued. 

TITLE  IN  -A-  Paris,  |  chez  |  Sebastien  Crainoisy,  |  Imprimeur  ordinaire  du 

Eoy,  |  &  de  la  Eeyne,  |  et  Gabriel  Cramoisy  |  rue  S.  |  lacqves  [  aux 

NS.         Ci-  |  cognes.  |  M.  DC.  LV  [1655].  |  Avec  Privilege  dv  Eoy.  |  * 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-176.  8°.    Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  O'Callaghan's 

manuscript  bibliography. 

Reprinted  in  Relations  des  Je'suites,  vol.  2,  1654,  pp.  1-34.  Que~bec,  1858.  8°. 
Contains  letters  in  Huron,  with  accompanying  French  translation,  pp.  27-28. 

Francois  Joseph  Le  Mercier,  who  came  to  Canada  in  1635,  was  Superior  from  1653 
to  1656,  and  accompanied  Captain  Dupuis  to  the  Onontague's,  where  he  preached 
the  gospel.  After  having  been  three  years  at  the  Mission  of  Three  Rivers  he  be 
came  Superior  for  the  second  time  in  1665  fulBlling  the  charge  until  1670.— Jesuit 
Relations, 

2251  Lennan  (Cyrus).    Vocabulary  of  the  Pima  language,  prepared  by 
Mr.  Cyrus  Lennan,  in  Arizona,  by  filling  up  one  of  the  blanks  pub 
lished  by  the  Ethnological  Society  in  1852.  » 

Manuscript  in  possession  of  the  American  Ethnological  Society,  New  York, 
A  short  extract  is  printed  in  Am.  Eth.  Soc.,  Bulletin,  1861-62,  p.  6.  New 
York,  [1863].  8°.—Eameg. 

2252  Leon  (Martin  de).    Carnino  del  |  Cielo  en  lengua  Mexicana,  |  con 
todos  los  requisites  necessarios  para  conseguir  este  |  fin,  c5  todo  lo 
que  vn  Xpiauo  deue  creer,  saber,  |  y  obrar,  desde  el  punto  que 
tiene  vso  de  |  razon,  hasta  que  muere.  |  Copuesto,  por  el  P.  F.  Mar 
tin  de  Leo,  de  la  orde  de  Predicadores.  |  ]  Dirigido  al  Excelentis- 
simo  Senor  Don  Fray  Garcia  |  Guerra  de  la  orde  de  ufo  padre  S. 
Domingo,  Arco  |  bispo  de  Mexico,  y  Virrey  desta  Nueua  Espaua.  | 

1  En  Mexico,  En  la  Emprenta  de  Diego  Lopez  daualos.  |  Y  a  costa 
de  Diego  Perez  de  los  Eios.  Ano.  De.  1611.  | 

Colophon : 

1  A  honra  y  gloria  de  n^eatro  Senor  lesu  Christo,  y  de  su  Bendi- 
tissima  Majdre,  y  de  Nro  glorioso  P.  S.  Domingo,  y  de  la  gloriosaji 
Madalena,  se  acab6  este  libro  de  imprimirla  16.  de  Diziembre,  ano 
de  1611./  f  B. 

12  p.  11.,  the  last  of  which  is  entirely  rilled  with  a  curious  table  of  contents; 
11.  1-160;  6  11.  not  numbered,  the:first  three  of  which  contain  tables,  the  last 
three :  Los  Governadores,  y  Virreyes  que  an  gouernado  esta  tierra,  desdel  Marques 
del  Valle  que  la  gano,  hasta  el  Excelentissimo  Senor  Don  Fray  Garcia  Guerra,  de 
la  orden  de  Nuestro  Padre  S.  Domingo,  Arcobispo  de  Mexico  y  Virrey  desta 
nuena  EspaOa,  q  de  presete  la  gouierna. 

2253  Primera  Parte  |  del  Sermona-  ]  rio  del  tiempo  de  todo  el 

afio,  |  duplicado,  en  lengua  Mexicaua.  |  5  Compuesto  por  el  E.  P. 
Martin  |  de  Leon,  de  la  Orden  de  Predicadores  de  N.  P.  sancto 
Domingo.  |  Dirigido  a  nuestro  inny  E.  P.  Maestro  |  fr.  Hernado  Ba- 
§an  Cathedratico  jubilado  de  la  Vniuersi-  |  dad  Eeal,  y  Prouincial 
de  esta  Prouincia  de  |  Sanctiago  de  Mexico.  | 

En  Mexico,  con  liceucia.  |  5  En  la  Emprenta  de  la  Viuda  de  Diego 
Lopez  Daualos.  |  Por  C.Adriano Cesar.  AuoM.D.C.XIIII  [1614].  |  * 

8  p.  11.,  11. 1-330;  1  1.  Tabla  and  Errata.  4°.  According  to  a  statement  by  the 
author,  at  the  end  of  the  work.it  should  consist  of  four  volumes  whose  contents 


LE  MERO'IifR — LEON  Y  GAMA.  439 

Leon  (Martin  de) — continued. 

he  gives ;  but  only  the  present  volume  was  published. — Icazbalceta's  Apuntes, 
No.  38. 

Quaritch's  Catalogue,  Feb.,  1879,  gives  the  following:  Sermonario  del  tiempo 
de  todo  el  ano  duplicado  en  Mexicana.  Mexico,  1610. 

Leon  was  born  in  New  Spain,  joined  the  Augustinians  in  1574,  and  died  in  the 
beginning  of  the  17th  century.  He  was  most  learned  and  eloquent  in  the  Mexi 
can  tongue. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

2254' Manual  |  breve  y  forma  de  ad-  |  ministrar  los  Santos 

Sacramen-  |  tos  a  los  Yndios.  |  Eecopilado  por  el  Padre  fray  Mar 
tin  de  |  Leon,  de  la  Orden  de  los  Predicadores.  Y  agora  nueua- 
mente  corregido,  y  anadidas  |  algunas  cosas.  |  Dirigido  a  nfo  M.  E. 
P.  Fr.  Gaspar  |  de  Ledesma,  Prior  Prouincial  desta  Pro-  |  uincia  de 
Sanctiago  de  Predicadores.  |  Por  el  Conuento  de  Nra.  8.  de  la 
Piedad.  | 

En  Mexico,  Por  el  Bachiller  loan  de  Alcagar,  |  junto  a  la  Inqui- 
sicion,  Ano  de  1617.  | 

55  11.  H°.  Contains  several  exhortations  in  the  Mexican  language.— Icazbal 
ceta's  Apuntes,  No.  39.  . 

2255  Manual  Breve  y  Forma  de  administrar  los  santos  Sacra- 

mentos  a  los  Indies,  agora  nuevamente  corregido,  y  auadidas  algu 
nas  cosas,  por  el  Convento  de  S.  Domingo  de  Mexico  (en  Lengua 
Mexicana,  Espaflola  y  Latiua.) 

En  Mexico  en  la  Imprenta  de  Francisco  Eobledo :  1640.  * 

Title,  1  p.  1.,  52  numbered  11.,  and  table  3pp.  12°.  Title  from  the  Ramirez  Sale 
Cat.,  No.  445. 

2256  Manual  Breve,  y  forma  de  administrar  los  Santos  Sacra- 

metos  a  los  Yndios.    Por  el  Padre  Fr.  Martin  de  Leon,  de  la  Orden 
de  Predicadores.    Y  agora  nuevamete  sacado  a  luz,  y  anidido  [sic] 
por  el  P.  Lector  Fr.  Diego  Cortezero,  Catbedratico  de  legua  Mexi 
cana  en  el  Convento  Eeal  de  N.  Padre  Santo  Domingo  desta  Ciudad 
de  Mexico. 

Con  licencia:  Impresso  en  Mexico.  Por  Francisco  JJodriguez 
Lupercio.  1669.  * 

5  p.  11.,  11.  1-85,  table,  1 1.  8°.    Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  124. 

2257  Leon  y  Gama  (Antonio  de).    Descripcion  |  Historica  y  Cronol6- 
gica  |  de  las  dos  Piedras  |  que  con  ocasion  del  Nuevo  Empedrado  | 
que  se  esta  formando  |  en  la  Plaza  Principal  de  Mexico,  |  se  halla- 
ron  en  el'.a  el  Auo  de  1790.  |  Explicase  el  sistema  de  los  Calendarios 
de  los  Indios,  el  |  metodo  que  tenian  de  dividir  el  tiempo,  y  la  cor- 
reccion  |  que  bacian  de  61  para  igualar  el  ano  civil,  de  que  usaban,  | 
con  el  auo  solar  tropico.    Noticia  muy  uecesaria  para  la  |  perfecta 
inteligenica  de  la  segunda  piedra:  a  que  se  ana-  |  den  otras  curi- 
osas  e  instructivas  sobre  la  Mitologia  de  los  |  Mexicanos,  sobre  su 
Astronomia,  y  sobre  los  ritos  y  cere-  |  monias  que  acostumbraban 
en  tiempo  |  desu  Gentilidad.  |  Por  Don  Antonio  de  Leon  y  Gama.  | 
[Design.] 


440  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Leon  y  Qama  (Antonio  de) — continued. 

Mexico.  |  En  la  Imprenta  de  Don  Felipe  de  Zufiiga  y  Ontiveros.  | 
Auo  de  M.DCC.XCII  [1792J.  |  C. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-116,  11.  4°. 

$  I,  Mctodo  de  dividir  el  tiempo,  que  tenian  los  Mexicanos,  &c.,  pp.  14-35, 
and  $  III,  Explicase  el  sistema  de  los  Calendarios  de  los  Indios,  &c.,  pp.  47-62, 
contain  the  names  of  the  divisions  of  time  in  Mexican,  with  translation ;  Calen 
darios  Mexicanos,  pp.  63-76. 

2258  Saggio  |  dell'  Astronomia  Cronologia  |  e  Mitologia  |  Degli 

AnticLi  Messicani  |  Opera  |  di  D.  Antonio  Leon  e  Gama  |  Tradotta 
dallo  Spagnuolo,  e  dedicata  |  Alia  Molto  Nobile  Illustre  ed  Impe- 
riale  |  Citta  di  Messico  |  [Engraving.] 

Eoma  |  Presso  il  Salomoni  |  1804  |  Con  Permesso  |  A. 

Engraved  title,  pp.  i-xiii,  (1),  1-184,2  plates.  8°. 

Names  relating  to  the  Mexican  Calendar,  with  translations,  pp.  24-26,  39,  49, 
97-110. 

2259  Description  |  HistxSricayCronologica  |  delasdospiedras,  | 

que  con  ocasion  del  nuevo  empedrado  |  que  se  esta  formando  |  en 
la  plaza  principal  de  Mexico,  |  se  hallaron  en  ella  el  auo  de  1790.  | 
Explicase  el  sistema  de  los  caleudarios  de  los  Indies,  el  me"todo  j 
que  tenian  de  dividir  el  tiempo,  y  la  correction  que  hacian  de  |  61 
para  igualar  el  ano  civil,  de  que  usaban,  con  el  auo  solar  tro-  |  pico. 
Noticia  muy  necesaria  para  la  perfecta  iuteligencia  de  la  |  seguuda 
piedra:  a  quo  se  afiaden  otras  curiosas  6  instructivas  so-  |  bre  la 
mitologia  de  los  Mexicanos,  sobre  su  astronomia,  y  sobre  |  los  ritos 
y  ceremonias  que  acostumbraban  en  tiempo  de  su  |  gentilidad.  | 
Por  Don  Antonio  de  Leon  y  Gama.  |  Dala  a  luz  |  con  notas,  bio- 
grafia  de  su  autor  y  aumentada  con  la  seguuda  parte  que  estaba 
in^dita,  y  bajo  la  proteccion  del  Gobierno  |  general  de  la  Union :  | 
Carlos  Maria  de  Bustameute,  |  diputado  al  congreso  general  mexi- 
cano.  |  Segunda  edicion.  | 

Mexico,  |  Imprenta  del  ciudadano  Alejandro  Valde"s.  |  1832.  |    c. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-viii,  1-114, 1-148,  5  plates,  sm.  4°. 

Names  relating  to  the  Mexican  Calendar,  with  translations,  pt.  1,  pp.  16-18, 
26,  27,  31,  62-75. 

Numerous  extracts,  in  Mexican,  from  the  Manuscripts  of  Cristobal  del  Castillo, 
in  Bustam^nte's  notes,  pt.  1,  pp.  20,  43,  47,  59,  60,  78,  82,  83,  86,  88,  and  27  lines 
on  p.  96. 

Ape'ndice  Segnndo.  Sobre  la  aritme"tica  de  los  Mexicanos,  pt.  2,  pp.  128-148, 
contains  Mexican  numerals  and  mathematical  words,  with  translations. 

2260  Le  Page  du  Pratz  (M.)     Histoire  I  de  la  |  Louisiane,  |  Contenent  la 
De"couverte  de  ce  vaste  Pays;  |  sa  Description  g^ographique ;  un 
Voyage  |  dans  les  Terres;  1'Histoire  Naturelle;  les  |  Mceurs,  Cou- 
tuuies,  &  Religion  des  Natu-  |  rels,  avec  leurs  Origines;  deux  Voy 
ages  |  dans  le  Nord  du  Nouveau  Mexique,  dont  |  un  jusqn'a  la 
Mer  du  Sud :  orue"e  de  deux  |  Cartes  &  de  40  Phauches  en  Taille 
douce.  |  Par  M.  Le  Page  du  Pratz.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Troisieme].  | 


LEON   Y    GAMA LE    PLONGEON.  441 

Le  Page  du  Pratz  (M.)— continued. 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  De  Bure,  1'Aine,  sur  le  Quai  des  Augustins,  |  a 
8.  Paul.  |  La  Veuve  Delaguette,  rue  S.  Jacques,  ft  \  1'Olivier.  |  Lam 
bert,  rue  de  la  Comedie-Francoise.  |  M.  DCC.  LVIII  [1758].  |  HU.  c.     K> 
3  vols.  16°.  map. 
A  few  remarks  on  the  language  of  the  Natchez,  vol.  2,  pp.  323-325. 

2261  The  |  History  |  of  Louisiana,  |  or  of  |  The  Western  Parts  | 

of  |  Virginia  and   Carolina:  |  containing  |  a  Description   of  the 
Countries  that  lye.|  on  both  Sides  of  the  River  Missisippi:  |  with  | 
An  account  of  the  Settlements,  Inhabitants,  |  Soil,  Climate,  and 
Products.  |  Translated  from  the  French,  |  (lately  published)  |  By 

•  M.  Le  Page  Du  Pratz ;  |  with  |  Some  Notes  and  Observations  |  re 
lating  to  our  Colonies.  |  In  Two  Volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [IIJ.  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  T.  Becket  and  P.  A.  DeHondt  |  in  the 
Strand.  M  DCC  L  XIII  [1763].  |  HTJ. 

2  vols.  16°. 

Of  the  language,  government,  religion,  ceremonies  and  feasts  of  the  natives, 
vol.  2,  pp.  170-196,  contains  a  few  remarks  on  the  language  of  the  Natchez. 

2262  The  |  History  |  of  |  Louisiana,  |  or  of  |  the  Western  Parts  | 

of  |  Virginia  and  Carolina:  |  Containing  a  Description  of  the  j 
Countries  that  lie  on  both  Sides  of  the  River  Missisippi :  |  With 
an  Account  of  the  |  Settlements,  Inhabitants,  Soil,  |  Climate,  and 
Products.  |  Translated  from  the  French  |  of  M.  Le  Page  du  Pratz ;  | 
With  some  Notes  and  Observations  relating  to  our  Colonies.  |  A 
new  Edition.  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  T.  Becket,  Corner  of  the  Adelphi,  in  the 

Strand.  |  MDCCLXXIV  [1774].  |  BA.  c.  JOB. 

lp.  1., pp. i-xxxvi,  1-387.  8°.  maps.   Of  thelanguageof  thenalives,  pp.  327-329. 

2263  An  Account  of   Louisiana,   exhibiting    a    Compendious 

Sketch  of  its  Political  and  Natural  History  and  Topography,  with 
a  Copious  Appendix  containing  several  Important  Documents. 

Newbern:  Franklin  &  Garrow.    1804.  »J 

2  11.,  272,  cxviii  pp.,  1  1.  18°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

2264  Le  Plongeon  (Dr.  Augustus).    Vestiges  of  the  Mayas,  |  or,  |  Facts 
tending  to  prove  that  Communications  and  Intimate  Relations  must 
have  |  existed,  in  very  remote  times,' between  the  inhabitants  of  | 
Mayab  |  and  those  of  |  Asia  and  Africa.  |  By  |  Augustus  Le  Plon 
geon,  M.  D.,  |  Member  [&c.,  three  lines.] 

New  York :  |  John  Polhemus,  Printer  and  Stationer,  |  102  Nassau 
Street.  |  1881.  |  BA.  WE. 

Printed  title  1  1.,  pp.  1-68.  8°. 

Names  of  Maya  deities,  p.  39,  and  following;  and  many  Maya  terms  scattered 
throughout. 

2265  Letter  from  Dr.  Augustus  Le  Plongeon.    [To  the  Right  Rev. 

Bishop  Courtenay,  Bishop  of  Kingston.] 

In  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Proc.,  No.  73,  pp.  113-117.     Worcester,  1879.  8°. 


442  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Le  Plongeon  (Dr.  Augustus) — continued. 

Comments  on  the  Maya  language,  showing  its  affinity  with  those  of  the 
ancient  nations  of  the  eastern  continent.  To  it  is  added  a  "Note  by  the 
Publishing  Committee,"  signed  S.  F.  H[aven],  citing  authorities  showing  a 
concurrence  in  Dr.  Le  Plongeon's  views. 

2266 [Letter  to  Eight  Bev.  Bishop  Courtenay,  Bishop  of  King 
ston,  on  the  Antiquity  of  the  Mayas.] 

In  The  Present  Century.     A  weekly  journal,  No.  22,  vol.  2.     New  York,  1880. 
Contains  Maya  terms  compared  with  the  Sanskrit,  Welsh,  &c. 

2267  Lereh  ( — ).    Unnersoutiksak  ernisuksiortumit .  .  .  Lerch.    Kjoven- 
havnime,  1867.  » 

63  pp.  8°.     Manual  for  midwives,  in  the  Eskimo  language.— Rink. 

2268  Lesoarbot  (Marc).     Histoire  |  de  la  Novvelle  |  France  |  Goutenant 
les  navigations,  de"couvertes,  &  habi-  |  tations  faites  par  les  Francois 
4s  Indes  Occiden-  |  tales  &  Nouvelle-France  souz  1'avceu  &  autho-  | 
rite"  de  noz  Bois  Tres-Chre"tiens,  &  les  diverses  |  fortunes  d'iceux 
en  Fexecution  de  ces  choses,  |  depuis  cent  ans  jusques  a  hui.  |  En 
quoy  est  comprise  1'Histoire  Morale,  Naturele,  &  Geo-  |  graphique 
de  ladite  province:  Avec  les  Tables  &  |  Figures  d'icelle.  |  Par  Marc 
Lescarbot  Advocat  en  Parlement,  |  Temoin  oculaire  d'vne  partie 
des  choses  ici  re~cite~es.  |  Multa  reuascentur  quse  iam  cecidere, 
cad^utque.  | 

A  Paris  |  Chez  lean  Milot,  tenant  sa  boutique  sur  les  degrez  |  de 
la  grand'  salle  du  Palais.  |  M.  DC.  IX  [1609].  |  Avec  privilege  dv 
Roy.  |  JOB. 

24  p.  11.,  pp.  1-888.  16°.  maps. 

Chap.  vii.  "Du  Langue,"  contains  numerals,  1-10,  "Ancien"  and  "Nou- 
veau"  of  Canada,  and  of  the  Souriquois  and  Etechemin,  pp.  697-703. 

2269  Histoire  |  de  la  Fovvelle  |  France  |  Contenant  les  naviga 
tions,  de"couvertes,  &  habi-  |  tations  faites  par  les  Frai^ois  es  Indes 
Occiden-  |  tales  &  Fouvelle-France  souz  1'avceu  &  autho-  |  rite  de 
noz  Koys  Tres-Chretiens,  &  les  diverses  |  fortunes  d'iceux  eh  ^exe 
cution  de  ces  choses,  |  depuis  cent  ans  jusques  a  hui.  |  En  quoy  est 
comprise  1'Histoire  Morale,  Naturele,  &  Geo-  |  graphique  de  ladite 
province:  Avec  IPS  Tables  |  &  Figures  d'icelle.  |  Par  Marc  Lescar 
bot  Advocat  en  Parlement.  |  Temoin  oculaire  d'vne  partie  ties 
choses  ici  re"citees.   |  Multa    renascentur  quae  iam  cecidere  ca- 
d6utque.  |  Seconde  Edition,  reveue,  corrige'e,  &  augmented  par 
1'Autheur.  | 

A  Paris  |  Chez  lean  Millot,  devant  S.  Barthelemi  aux  trois  | 
Coronnes:  Et  en  sa  boutique  sur  les  degrez  de  la  |  grand'  salle  du 
Palais.  |  M.DC.XI  [1611].  |  Avec  Privilege  dv  Eoy.  |  JCB. 

26  p.  11.,  pp.  1-877.  16°.     Du  Langue,  pp.  686-699. 

2270  Histoire  |  de  la  Novvelle-  |  France  |  Contenant  les  naviga 
tions,  decouvertes  et  habi-  |  tatious  faites  par  les  Fran£ois  es  Indes 
Occiden-  |  tales  et  Nouvelle-France  souz  I'avoeu  &  utho-  |  rite'  de 
noz  Boys  Tres-Chr6tiens,  et  les  diverses  |  fortunes  d'iceux  en  1'exe- 


LE   PLONGEON — LESCARBOT.  443 

Lescarbot  (Marc) — continued. 

cution  tie  ces  choses,  |  depnis  cent  ans jusques  &  hui.  |  En  quoyest 
comprise  1'Histoire  Morale,  Naturele  et  Geo-  |  graphique  de  ladite 
province;  avec  les  Tables  |  et  Figures  d'icelle.  |  Par  Marc  Lescar 
bot,  Advocat  en  Parlement.  |  Te"moin  oculaire  d'vne  partie  des 
choses  ici  recit6es.  |  [One  line  quotation.]  |  Seconde  Edition,  reveue, 
corrige"e,  et  augmentee  par  1'Autheur.  |  [Design.] 

A  Paris  |  Chez  lean  Millot,  devant  S.  Barthelemi  aux  trois  | 
Coronnes:  Et  en  sa  boutique  sur  les  degrez  de  la  |  grand'  salle  da 
Palais.  |  M.  DC.  XII  [1612].  |  Avec  privilege  du  Boy.  JOB. 

10  p.  II.,  pp.  1-877,  14  11.  em.  8°.  maps.     Du  langue,  pp.  686-699. 

2271  Histoire  |  de  la  Novvelle-  |  France.  |  Contenant  les  naviga 
tions,  decouvertes,  &  ha-  |  bitations  faites  par  les  Francois  <§s  Indes 
Occi-  |  dentales  &  Nouvelle-France,  par  commission  |  de  noz  Eoys 
Tres-Chre'tiens,  &  les  diverses  |  fortunes  d'iceux  en  1'execution  de 
ces  choses,  |  depuis  cent  ans  jusques  a  hui   |  En  quoy  est  comprise 
Phistoire  Morale,  Naturale,  &  |  Geographique  des  provinces  cy 
d<§crites;  avec  |  les  Tables  &  Figures  necessaires.  |  Par  Marc  Les 
carbot  Advocat  en  Parlement  |  Te"moin  oculaire  d'vne  partie  des 
choses  ici  recite"es.  |  Troisieme  Edition  enrichie  de  plusieurs  choses 
singulieres,  |  outre  la  suite  d  1'Histoire.  |  [Printer's  emblem.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Adrian  Perier,  rue  saint  j  lacques,  au  Compas 
d'or  |  M.  D.  C.  XVIII  [1618].  |  JOB. 

27  p.  11.,  pp.  1-971  16°.  maps.     Du  Langage,  pp.  734-786. 

The  third  edition,  that  of  1617,  I  think,  is  the  same,  except  the  title,  as 
that  of  1618.  Translated  into  English  hy  P.  Eroudelle,  and  printed  in  London, 
1619.— Leclerc. 

2272  Histoire  |  de  la  |  Nouvelle  France  |  par  Marc  Lescarbot  | 

snivie  des   |    Muses  de  la  Nouvelle-France,  |  Nouvelle  Edition  | 
publie"e  par  Edwin  Tross  |  avec  quatre  cartes  ge"ographiques  | 
Premier  [-Troisieme]  Volume  | 

Paris  |  Libraire  Tross  |  5,   Rue  Neuve-des-petits-Champs,  5  | 
1866  |  BA.  QHS. 

:»  vols.,  12°,  paged  continuously:  Vol.  1,  6  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xviii,  1  1.,  pp.  1-287; 
vol.  2,  2  p.  11.,  pp.  289-586;  vol.  3,  1  p.  1.,  pp.  587-851,  13  11.  Reprint  of  edition 
of  1612,  the  title-page  of  which  is  given  in  vol.  1.  The  pagination  of  the  original 
is  shown  by  cross  bars  and  side  numbers. 

Chap.  vii.  Du  laugage,  pp.  661-671,  coutains  the  numerals  1-10,  Ancien  et 
Nouveau  langage  du  Canada,  p.  662;  of  the  Souriquois  and  Etchemins,  p.  663; 
vocabulary,  65  words,  pp.  665-668. 

2273 Nova  Francia  |  Or  the  |  Description  |  of  that  part  of  | 

New  France,  |  which  is  one  continent  with  |  Virginia.  |  Described 
in  the  three  late  Voyages  and  Plantation  |  made  by  Monsieur  de 
Monts,  Monsii  ur  du  Pont-Graue,  and  |  Monsieur  de  Poutrincourt, 
into  the  countries  called  |  by  the  French  men  La  Cadie,  ly-  |  ing  to 
the  Southwest  of  |  Cape  Breton.  |  Together  with  an  excellent 
seuerall  Treatie  of  all  the  commodities  |  of  the  said  countries,  and 


444  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Lescarbot  (Marc) — continued. 

manners  of  the  naturall  j  inhabitants  of  the  same.  |  Translated  out 
of  French  into  English  by  |  P.  Efrondelle].  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  Andrew  Hebb,  and  are  to  be  sold  at  the 
signe  |  of  the  Bell  in  Pauls  Church-yard.  |  [1009?]  c.  JOB. 

7  p.  11.,  pp.  1-307  am.  4°.    Of  their  Language,  pp.  168-172. 

2274  Nova  Francia:  |  Or  the  |  Description  |  of  that  part  of  | 

New  France,  |  which  is  one  continent  with  |  Virginia.  |  Described 
in  the  three  late  Voyages  and  Plantation  made  by  |  Monsieur  de 
Monts,  Monsieur  du  Pont-Graue,  and  |  Monsieur  de  Poutrincourt, 
into  the  countries  |  called  by  the  Frenchmen  La  Cadie,  |  lying  to 
the  Southwest  of  |  Cape  Breton.  |  Together  with  an  excellent 
seuerall  Treatie  of  all  the  commodities  |  of  the  said  countries,  and 
maners  of  the  naturall  |  inhabitants  of  the  same.  |  Translated  out 
of  French  into  English  by  |  P.  Efrondelle].  | 

Londini,  |  Imponsis  Georgii  Bishop.  |  1609.  |  * 

18  p.  11.,  pp.  1-307.  4°.     Title  from  Field,  No.  916. 

2275  Noua  Francia.  |  Griindliche  History  |  Von  Erfiindung  | 

[&c.,  six  lines]. 

Anno  M.  DC.  XIII  [1613].  |  Gedruckt  zu  Augspurg  bey  Chryso-  | 
stomo  Dabertzhofer.  |  c. 

4  p.  11.,  86  11.  4°.    No  linguistics. 

2276  Lesley  (Joseph  Peter).    On  the  Insensible  Gradation  of  Words, 
by  J.  P.  Lesley. 

In  Am.  Fhilosoph.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  129-155.   Philadelphia,  1862.  8°. 

Contains  the  word  for  Stone  in  Karib,  Greenland  Esquimaux,  Comanche., 
Tschuktsch,  Cora  (New  Mexico),  Mexican,  Koljusch  (N.  W.  Am. ),  pp.  136-1:39 ;  the 
word  for  Hair  in  Tuscarora,  Penobscot,  Comanche,  Mexican,  Ouondago,  Huron, 
Hochelaga,  Nagailer,  Chipewyan,  Waccoon,  Souriquois,  Kuskatchewak,  and  Lab 
rador,  pp.  145-148;  the  word  for  Head  in  Florida  Waccoon,  Yavi,  Carib,  Delaware, 
Sankikani,  Huastecan,  Kuscatchewan,  Mohegan,  Cayubaba  (N.A.),  Minsi,  Na- 
guiler,  Chippewyan,  Hudson's  Bay,  Kadjak  (N.  A.),  Tschegavi  (N.  A. ),  Othomi, 
Mexican,  pp.  148-152. 

2277  Lesseps  (Jean  Baptiste  Barthe'lemy,  baron  de).    Journal  Histori- 
que  |  du  Voyage  |  de  M.  de  Lesseps,  |  Consul  de  France,  employe 
dans  I'exp6ditiou  |  de  M.  le  comte  de  la  Pe>ouse,  en  qualite  |  d'in- 
terprete  du  Roi;  |  Depuis  1'instant  ou  il  a  quitte"  les  fregates  Fran- 
foises  |  au  port   Saint-Pierre  &   Saint-Paul  du  Kamtschatka,  | 
jusqu'a  son  arrived  en   France,   le  17  octobre  1788.  |  Premiere 
[Seconde]  Partie.  | 

A  Paris,  |  de  1'Imprimerie  Eoyale.  |  M.  DCCXC  [1790].  |  c. 

2vols.  8°. 

Vocabulaire  des  langues  Kamtschadale,  Koriaque,  Tchouktchi  et  Lanioute, 
vol.  2,  pp.  355-375 ;  Vocabulaire  de  la  languo  Kamtschadale,  vol.  2,  pp.  376-380. 

2278  Travels  |  in  |  Kamtschatka,  |  during  the  years  1787  and 

1788.  |  Translated  from  the  French  of  |  M.  de  Lesseps,  Consul  of 


LESCARBOT — LEVANTO  445 

Lesseps  (Jean  Baptiste  Barthelemy,  baron  de) — continued. 

France,  |  and  |  interpreter  to  the  Count  de  la  Perouse,  now  |  en 
gaged  in  a  voyage  round  the  world,  by  |  command  of  His  Most 
Christian  Majesty.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Volume  I  [III.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  J.  Johnson,  St.  Paul's  Church-yard.  | 
1790.  |  BA 

2  vols.  8°.     Linguistics,  vol.  2,  pp.  384-403,  404-408. 

2279  [lesson  Book  in  the  Mohawk  Language.]  IB. 

A  copy  of  the  above  is  in  the  possession  of  Rev.  Isaac  Barefoot,  Point  Edward, 
Canada.  It  is  16°  in  size,  and  contains  pp.  5-108,  p.  5  being  A2.  It  is  minus  the 
title-page  and  the  last  leaf  is  torn  in  such  a  way  as  to  render  it  impossible  to  tell  J 
whether  it  is  the  end  of  the  book  or  not.  Pp.  5-6  contain  the  alphabet ;  pp.  7-8, 
words  of  one  syllable,  gradually  increasing  to  words  of  eleven  syllables  (Lesson 
X,  p.  17).  These  are  followed  by  reading  exercises  (Lessons  I-XI)  to  p.  42; 
Prayers  for  different  occasions,  pp.  43-454 ;  Collects  from  the  Prayer  Book,  pp.  65- 
102;  Hymns,  pp.  102-108. 

Mr.  Barefoot  thinks  it  was  published  about  1820. 

2280  Lettres  |  fidifiantes  et  Curieuses  |  concernant  j  L'Asie,  L'Afrique, 
et  L'Amerique,  |  avec  |  quelques  relations  nouvelles  des  missions,  | 
et  des  notes  geographiques  et  historiques.  |  Publides  sous  la  direc 
tion   |   de  M.  L.  Aiine"-Martin.   |  Tome  Premier  [-Quatrieme].  | 
Grece. — Turquie.  |  Syrie. — Arm^nie. — Perse. — Bgypte.  |  Am6rique 
septentrionale.  | 

Paris  |  Auguste  Desrez,  Imprimeur-Editeur,  |  50,  rue  Keuve- 
des-petits-champs.  |  MDCCCXXXVIII  [-MDCCCXLIII]  [1838- 
1843].  |  O. 

4  vols.  large  8°. 

Rasles  (P.)    Lettres  du  P.  Se'bastien  Rasles,  vol.  1,  pp.  668-669. 
Sabin's  Dictionary  mentions  other  editions  as  follows: 
Paris,  1772-1776, 34  vols.  12°.  Paris,  1861, 3  vols.  8°. 

Paris,  1780-1783, 26  vols.  12°.  Paris,  1875-1877',  4  vols.  8°. 

A  Toulouse,  1810-181 1,26  vols.  12°.  Madrid,  1753-1757, 16  vols.  4°. 

Lyon,  1819, 14  vols.  8°.  Milano,  1825-1829, 6  vols.  8°. 

Paris,  1824-1826, 8  vols.  8°. 

2281  Levanto  (Fr.  Leonardo).     Cathecismo  |  de  la  Doctrina  |  Christi 
ana,  |  en  lengua  Zaapoteca.  |  Dispuesto  |  Por  el  M.  K.  P.  Mrd.  Fr. 
Leonardo  |  Levauto,  Provincial  que  fu6  dos  veces  |  de  la  Provincia 
de  S.  Hypolito  Martyr  |  de  Oaxaca,  y  una  de  la  de  S.  Miguel,  y  | 
Santos  Angeles  de  la  Puebla,  Prior  tres  |  veces  del  Conveuto 
Grande,  y  otras  tres  |  del  Convento  de  Eecoleccion  de  N.  P.  Sto.  | 
Domingo  Soriano,  Comisario  del  Smo.  |  Bosario,  Asistente  Eeal, 
Examiuador  |  Synodal  del  Obispado  de  Oaxaca,  Con-  |  suitor  del 
Santo  Oficio,  y  su  Corrector  |  de  Libros,  &c.  | 

Impreso  con  las  Licencias  necesarias  en  la  Puebla  por  |  la  Viuda 
de  Miguel  de  Ortega:  y  por  su  Original  en  |  la  Oflcina  Palafoxiana 
de  dicha  Ciudad,  afio  de  1776.  |  JOB.  33 

5  p.  11.,  pp.  l-:52.  sm.  4°.     The  approvals  and  licenses  are  dated  1732,  probably 
the  date  of  the  first  edition. 


446  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2282  Lewis  (Capt.  Meriwether).    The  |  Travels  |  of  |  t'apts.  Lewis  & 
Clarke,  |  by  order  of  the  |  Government  of  the  United  States,  |  per 
formed  in  the  years  1804,  1805,  &  1806,  |  being  upwards  of  three 
thousand  miles,  from  |  St.  Louis,  by  way  of  the  Missouri,  and  |  Co 
lumbia  Rivers,  to  the  |  Pacifick  Ocean:  |  Containing  an  Account  of 
the  Indian  Tribes,  who  inhabit  |  the  Western  part  of  the  Continent 
unexplored,  |  and  unknown  before.  |  With  copious  delineations  of 
the  Manners,  Cus-  |  toms  Eeligion,  &c.  of  the  Indians.  |  Compiled  | 
From  various  authentic  sources,  and  Documents.  |  To  which  is  sub 
joined,  |  A  Summary  of  the  Statistical  view  of  the  Indian  |  Nations, 
from  the  Official  Communication  of  |  Meriwether  Lewis.  |  Embel 
lished  with  a  Map  of  the  Country  inhabited  by  |  the  Western  tribes 
of  Indians,  and  five  Engravings  |  of  Indian  Chiefs.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Published  by  Hubbard  Lester.  |  1809.  |  Price— 
1  dollar  62£  cts.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xii,  13-300.  12°. 

Names  of  the  moons  in  Cree,  p.  132;  Vocabulary  of  the  Knisteneaux  (from 
Mackenzie),  pp.  133-141. 

Of  the  many  editions  of  Lewis  and  Clarke  examined,  the  one  above,  the  two 
following,  and  those  under  Fisher  (g. ».)  are  the  only  ones  containing  linguistic 
material,  and  these  have  all  borrowed  the  Crce  vocabulary  of  Mackenzie. 

2283  The  |  Travels  |  of  |  Capts.  Lewis  &  Clarke,  |  from  |  St. 

Louis,  by  way  of  the  Missouri  and  Columbia  Eivers,  |  to  the  |  Pacific 
Ocean;  |  Performed  in  the  years  1804,  1805,  &  1806,  |  by  order  of 
the  |  Government  of  the  United  States.  |  Containing  |  delineations 
of  the  Manners,  Customs,  |  Religion,  &c.    Of  the  Indians,  |  compiled 
from  |  Various  Authentic  Sources,  and  Original  Documents,  |  and  | 
a  Summary  of  the  Statistical  view  of  |  the  Indian  Nations,  |  from  the 
official  communication  of  |  Meriwether  Lewis.  |  Illustrated  with  a 
Map  of  the  Country,  inhabited  by  the  |  Western  Tribes  of  Indians.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Longman,  Hurst,  Rees,  and  Orme,  Pater 
noster  Row.  |  1809.  |  s. 
Pp.  i-ix,  1-309.  8°.     Linguistics,  pp.  132-142. 

2284  -  The  |  Journal  |  of  |  Lewis  and  Clarke,  |  to  the  Mouth  of 

the  Columbia  River  |  beyond  the  Rocky  Mountains.  |  In  the  years 
1804-5,  &  6.  |  Giving  a  faithful  description  of  the  River  Missouri  | 
and  its  source — of  the  various  tribes  of  Indians  j  through  which 
they  passed — manners  and  cus-  |  toms — soil — climate — commerce — 
gold  and  |  silver  mines — animal  and  vegetable  |  productions,  &c.  | 
New  Edition,  with  Notes.  |  Revised,  corrected,  and  illustrated  with- 
numerous  )  wood  cuts.  |  To  which  is  added  |  a  complete  dictionary 
of  the  Indian  tongue.  | 

Dayton,  O.  |  Published  and  sold  by  B.  F.  Ells.  |  John  Wilson, 
printer.  |  1840.  |  0. 

Pp.  i-xiv,  15-240.  16°.  Another  edition:  Dayton:  Ells,  Claflin  &  Co.,  1851, 
240  pp.  12°.  According  to  Coues  in  Hayden's  Bulletin,  second  series,  No.  6,  all 
these  editions  of  Lewis  and  Clarke  are  spurious  as  far  as  they  claim  to  be  narra 
tions  of  the  expedition. 


LEWIS — LINCOLN.  447 

Leyendecher  (John  Z.) 
See  Butcher  (Dr.  H.  B.)  and  Leyendecher  (John  Z.) 

2285  Lieber  ( Francis).     Plan  of  thought  of  the  American  Languages. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  346-349.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

2286  ,  editor.    Encyclopaedia  Americana.  |  A  |  Popular  Diction 
ary  |  of  |  Arts,  Sciences,  Literature,  History,  Politics  and  |  Biog- 
rapby,  |  brought  down  to  the  present  time;  |  including  |  a  copious 
collection  of  original  articles  |  in  |  American  Biography;  |  on  |  the 
basis  of   the  seventh  edition  of   the  German    |    Conversations- 
Lexicon.  |  Edited  by  |  Francis  Lieber,  |  assisted  by  |  E.  Wiggles- 
worth  and  T.  G.  Bradford.  |  Vol.  I  [-XIII].  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Carey  and  Lea.  |  Sold  in  Philadelphia  by  E.  L. 
Carey  and  A.  Hart— in  New  York  |  by  G.  &  C.  &  H.  Carvill— in 
Boston  by  |  Carter,  Hendee  &  Babcock.  |  1829  [-1847J.  |  0. 

13  vols.  and  supplement  (vol.  14).  8°. 

[Pickering  (John).]  Appendix.  Indian  Languages  of  America,  vol.  vi,  pp. 
581-600. 

2287  Lieber  (Oscar  Montgomery).    Vocabulary  of  the  Catawba  Lan 
guage,  with  some  Remarks  on  its  Grammar,  Construction  and  Pro 
nunciation.    By  Oscar  M.  Lieber,  State  Geologist  of  S.  C. 

In  South  Carolina  Hist  Soc.  Coll.,  vol.  2,  pp.  327-342.  Charleston,  1858.  8°. 
Issued  also  separately  as  follows : 

2288  Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Catawba  Language,  |  with  some  re 
marks  on  |  its  grammar,  construction  and  pronunciation.  |  By 
Oscar  M.  Lieber,  |  State  Geologist  of  South -Carolina.  |  (From  Col 
lections  of  the  South-Carolina  Historical  Society,  Vol.  II.)  | 

Charleston,  S.  C.   |  James  and  Williams,  Printers,  |  16  State- 
Street.  |  1858.  |  0. 
Pp.  1-18.  8°. 

2289  Linapi'e  |  Lrkvekun,  |  Apwivuli  Kavnni  Vawinj  Wato.  |  Opvaloqr- 
peas,  |  Xelahi  Maueto.  |  [One  line  in  Delaware.] 

Shawnee  Mission;  |  J.  Meeker,  Printer;  |  1834.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-24.  18°.     Primer  in  the  Delaware  language. 

2290  Linapie  Lrkvekun,  ave  Apwatuk.    Wuhni  Nrtyrvekrs — Maneto. 
Irpuna  bni  lepwrokun. 

Shawannoe  Mission :  J.  Meeker,  Printer.  1834.  MHS. 

Pp.  1-48.  18°. 

2291  Lincoln  (Enoch).    Eemarks  on  the  Indian  Languages  [of  Maine]. 

In  Maine  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  vol.  1,  pp.  310-323.     Portland,  1831.  8°. 

A  posthumous  paper  edited  by  Rev.  Edward  Ballard  ;  it  includes :  Remarks  on 
the  grainmatic  structure  of  the  Norridgewock,  pp.  310-317 ;  Vocabulary  of  the 
Norridgewock,  pp.  317-318 ;  Grainmatic  structure  of  the  Micmac,  pp.  319-321. 

This  volume  was  reprinted  in  1865,  the  above  paper  occupying  pp.  412-427. 


448  NOKTH   AMERICAiY   LINGUISTICS. 

2292  [lionnet  (Rev.  —).]  Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Jargon  or  Trade  Lan 
guage  |  of  Oregon.  | 

Colophon: 

Published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  |  Washington,  D.  C.,  | 
April,  1853.  |  S. 

No  title-page,  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-22.  4°. 

Printed  in  octavo  form  on  quarto  page :  wide  margin  for  corrections  and  addi 
tions.  It  was  "  obtained  in  Oregon"  by  Dr.  B.  Rush  Mitchell,  "and  is  said  to 
have  been  compiled  by  a  French  Catholic  priest.  It  was  submitted  to  Prof.  W. 
W.  Turner,  and,  in  accordance  with  his  suggestion,  the  vocabulary  has  been  or 
dered  to  be  printed  for  distribution  in  Oregon." 

2293  IdSSiansky  (Capt.  Uriy).     nyieinecTBie  |  BORpyn,  CBtra  BT>  |  1803.  4.  5.  H  1806 
nyaxt,  |  no  noBe.itHiio  |  ero  nMnepaiopcKaro  BejiiieciBa  |  A-iencaiupa  nepsaro,  |  na  Kopa6.it  | 
Best,  |  aox\,  HaiiUbCTBOMT,  |  *.ioia  KaniiTaiii-.ieiiTenaiiTa,  iiuirt  Kauniaiia  |  1-ro  paiira  H 
uaBiuepa  |  lOpia  JncancKuro.  |  'JacTi  nepBaa  [-Biopan].  | 

CaiiKT  nerepCypri,  m,  Tiinorpnain  0.  ^pexc.iepa,  |  1812.  |  C. 

Translation. — Voyage  |  around  the  world  |  in  the  years  1803,  4,  5  and  1806  | 
by  order  of  |  His  Imperial  Majesty  |  Alexander  I,  [  on  the  ship  Neva,  |  under 
command  |  of  Captain-Lieutenant  of  the  Navy,  now  Captain  |  of  the  1st  rank  | 
and  Knight  Uriy  Lissiansky.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

St.  Petersburg,  |  in  the  printing  office  of  Th.  Drechsler,  |  1812.  | 

2  vols.  8°. 

Short  Vocabulary  of  the  languages  of  the  Northwestern  parts  of  America, 
with  Russian  translation.  Russian-Kadiak-Kena:  and  Russian-Sitka-Oona- 
lashka,  vol.  2,  pp.  154-181,  182-207. 

2294  A  |  Voyage  Round  the  World,  |  in  |  the  years  1803, 4,  5,  &. 

6;  |  performed  |  by  order  of  His  Imperial  Majesty  |  Alexander  the 
First,  Emperor  of  Russia,  |  in  |  the  ship  Neva,  |  by  |  Uriy  Lissi 
ansky,  |  Captain  in  the  Russian  Navy,  and  |  Knight  of  the  Orders 
of  St.  George  and  St.  Vladimer.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  John  Booth,  Duke  Street,  Portland  Place; 
and  |  Longman,  Hurst,  Rees,  Orme,  &  Brown,  Paternoster  Row;  | 
by  S.  Hamilton,  Weybridge,  Surrey.  |  1814.  |  BA.    /3 

Pp.  i-xxi,  1  1.,  pp.  1-388.  4°.  maps. 

Appendix  No.  3.  Vocabulary  of  the  Languages  of  the  Islands  of  Cadiack  and 
Oonalaschca,  the  Bay  of  Keuay  and  Sitca  Sound,  pp.  329-337. 

These  vocabularies  reprinted  in  Davidson  (G.)  Report  relative  to  *  'Alaska; 
in  Coast  Survey,  Ann.  Rept.,  1867,  pp.  293-298,  Washington,  18G9,  4°;  and  in 
Davidson  (G.)  Report  relative  to  *  *  Alaska,  in  Ex.  Doc.  77,  40th  Cong!,  2d 
sess.,  pp.  328-333;  and  in  Coast  Survey,  Coast  Pilot  of  Alaska,  pp.  215-221. 
Washington,  1869.  8°. 

2295  Literary  and  Historical  Society  of  Quebec.    Transactions  |  of  the  | 
Literary  and  Historical  |  Society  |  of  Quebec:  |  Forwarded,  Janu 
ary  6, 1824.  |  Volume  I  [-V].  | 

Quebec:  |  Printed  for  the  Literary  and  Historical  j  Society:  by 
Fran5ois  Lemaitre,  |  Star  Office.  |  1829  [-1862].  |  QHS. 

5  vols.  12°.  The  Transactions  are  followed  by  ''New  Series,"  parts  1-9,  1863- 
1872;  these  by  "Sessions,"  1872-1881-82,  and  these  in  turn  by  "New  Series,"  of 
which  only  part  1,  1882,  has  been  issued. 

Campbell  (John).  Origin  of  the  Aborigines  of  Canada,  Sess.  1880-81,  pp.  61- 
93,  and  i-xxxiv. 

[Chanmonot  (P.J.M.)]    Grammar  of  the  Huron  language,  vol.  2,  pp.  94-198. 


LIONNET  —  LOAIZA.  449 

229G  Liturgiit,  upvalo:  tuksiarutsit  imgerutillo  kujalitiksat  nertordle- 

rutiksatdlo  atoraksat  illagektunut  Labradoremfitunut.  * 

278  pp.  8°.     Collection  of  hymns  sung  during  week-day  services.  Title  from 
a  Greenland  missionary,  through  Prof.  Rink. 

2297  Lloyd  (J.  A.)  Notes  respecting  the  Isthmus  of  Panama.  » 

Jii  Royal  Geog.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  1.  ' 


- 

Not  seen.     Supposed  to  contain  a  short  Darien  vocabulary  on  p.  69,  which  is 

reprinted  in  Bollaert  (W.)    Antiquarian,  Ethnological,  and  other  Researches, 
p.  70.     London,  1860.  8°. 

2298  Lloyd  (T.  G.  B.)     On  the  "  Beothucs,"  a  Tribe  of  Bed  Indians, 
supposed  to  be  extinct,  which  formerly  inhabited  Newfoundland. 
By  T.  G.  B.  Lloyd,  C.  E.,  F.  G.  S.,  M.  A.  I. 

In  Anthrop.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  4,  pp.  21-39.     London,  1875.  8°. 
Vocabulary  of  Mary  March's  language,  presented  to  Mr.  John  Peyton  by  the 
Rev.  John  Leigh,  pp.  37-39. 

2299  -  A  Further  Account  of  the  Beothucs  of  Newfoundland. 
By  T.  G.  B.  Lloyd,  C.  E.,  F.  G.  8.,  M.  A.  I. 

In  Anthrop.  Inst.,  Jour.,  vol.  5,  pp.  222-230.  London,  1876.  8°.  Conjectures 
on  the  [Beothuc]  Vocabulary,  p.  229. 

2300  Loa  en  Obsequio  de  la  Aparicion  de  Nuestra  Senora  de  Guadalupe. 
(En  lengua  Azteca.) 

[Mexico,]  1866.  * 

Title  from  Bancroft's  Native  Races,  vol.  1,  p.  xxxiv. 

2301  Loaiza  (Francisco  de).     Historia  y  Fundacion  de   la   Ciudad  de 
Tlascala  y  sus  quatro  caveceras  sacada  por  Francisco  de  Soria 
[Loaiza],  de  leugua  castellana  a  esta  mexicana.    Aiio  de  N.  S.  Jxpo. 
de  1718.  * 

Manuscript.  48  11.  4°.  A  modern  copy  in  the  possession  of  Senor  Ramirez. 
The  original  is  in  the  Archivo  General,  in  a  volume  without  number,  entitled 
Secciou  de  Historia.  —  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  123. 

The  copy  belonging  to  Sr.  Ramirez  was  badly  made,  the  name  of  Soria  being 
given  instead  of  that  of  Loaiza.  The  same  mistake  occurs  in  the  Ramirez 
Sale  Catalogue,  No.  810.  Sr.  Icazbalceta  has  since  examined  the  original  in 
the  Archive  General  and  "found  the  name  of  Loaiza  very  distinctly  written  at 
the  top." 

Triibner's  Bibliotheca  Hispauo-Americana,  London,  1870,  gives  the  following 
notice  : 

2302  -  Historia  y  fuudacion  de  la  Ciudad  de  Tlaxcala,  y  sus  cuatro 
caveceras.     Sacada  por  Francisco  de  Loaiza  de  lengua  Castellana  a 
esta  Mexicana.     Aiio  de  1718.     Con  una  traduccion  Castellana, 
publicado  por  S.  Leon  Keinisch. 

In  preparation,  one  volume  in  folio,  with  25  photographic  plates  (faotimile  of 
the  Aztec  text). 

Don  J.  G.  Icazbalceta  first  drew  attention  to  this  interesting  work.  On  the 
history  of  Tlaxcala  very  little  mote  has  hitherto  been  known  than  what  is  occa 
sionally  briefly  mi  ntioned  in  the  larger  historical  works  on  Mexico  by  Clavijero, 
Lorenzana,  Veytia,  Soils,  etc.  The  discovery  of  a  manuscript  representing  the 
entire  history  of  Tlaxcala  in  its  principal  outline  is  therefore  all  the  more  im- 

29  Bib 


450  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Loaiza  (Francisco  de) — continued. 

portant.  The  author  of  this  work,  originally  written  in  Spanish,  is  not  known. 
All  that  can  be  gathered  from  the  title  of  the  manuscript  is  that  in  the_  year  1718 
Don  Francisco  de  Loaiza  translated  the  work  into  the  Mexican  (Aztec)  language, 
probably  in  order  to  make  it  accessible  to  native  readers  of  the  Aztec  race.  We 
need  not  take  the  loss  of  the  original  Spanish  text  to  heart,  as,  instead  of  it,  the 
Aztec  translation  has  been  preserved  to  us,  which  is  all  the  more  valuable,  for, 
in  addition  to  its  being  a  great  historical  gain,  it  is  a  most  interesting  philologi 
cal  acquisition.  This  work  is  the  first  profane  text  in  the  Aztec  language  that 
has  ever  appeared  in  print,  as  all  the  Aztec  texts  hitherto  published  belong  to 
the  so-called  edifying  literature,  such  as  catechisms,  prayer-books,  and  biblical 
texts,  and  all,  therefore,  poor  reading  for  investigators  desirous  of  impressing 
themselves  with  the  spirit  of  the  Aztec  language. 

The  original  of  the  work,  48  pages,  large  folio,  is  contained  in  a  large  volume 
entitled  "  Seccion  de  la  Historia.  Documentos  relatives  &  la  Historia  de  Colima 
y  California,"  iu  the  archives  of  Mexico.  The  copying  and  literal  translation  of 
the  original  was  done  at  the  expense  of  the  editor,  by  Don  Francisco  Resales, 
sworn  government  interpreter  of  the  Aztec  language.  In  order  to  make  the 
original  accessible  to  scholars  for  the  purpose  of  comparison,  the  editor  has  had 
the  entire  text  photographed.  It  forms  25  plates,  and  will  be  issued  with  the 
work. 

2303  Loew  (Dr.  Oscar).     [Vocabularies  of  various  Indian  dialects.] 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S.)  Zwolf  Sprachen  aus  dem  Sudwesten  Nordamerikas, 
pp.  98-115.  Weimar,  1876.  8°. 

The  vocabularies  are  as  follows :  Pueblos  of  Isleta,  Jemes,  Moqui,  Tehua  (I 
and  II),  Acoma,  and  Queres ;  and  of  the  Apache,  Navajo,  Tonto,  Tonkowa,  Dig 
gers  [Wintun]  and  Utah. 

In  addition  to  the  above  Dr.  Loew  has  contributed  grammatic  comments  and 
phrases  of  most  of  the  above-mentioned  languages. 

The  Digger  vocabulary  is  reprinted  in  Powell  ( J.  W. )  Contributions  to  North 
American  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  518-529.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

2304  Vocabulary  of  the  Tonto,  Hualapai,  Mohave,  and  Diegueno. 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S.)    Yuma-Sprachstamm,  in  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologie,  pp. 

390-407,  412-418.     Berlin,  1877.  8°. 

2305  Notes  upon  the  Ethnology  of  Southern  California  and 

adjacent  Regions.    By  Dr.  O.  Loew. 

In  Wheeler  (Lieut.  G.  M.)  Ann.  Rept.  1876,  pp.  321-327.  Washington,  1876.  8°. 

"Table  showing  Indian  words  similar  to  Chinese  or  Japanese."  The  Indian 
words  are  selected  from  the  Southern  and  Western  Payute,  Moqui,  Mohave, 
Takhtam,  Kauvuya,  Gaitchini,  Tobikhar,  and  Kasua. 

Table  showing  similarity  of  words  for  land  and  water  in  different  languages, 
p.  326. 

Lieut.  Wheeler's  Report  also  forms  Appendix  JJ  of  the  Ann.  Rept.  of  the  Chief 
of  Engineers,  for  1876 ;  in  this  connection  Dr.  Loew's  paper  occupies  pp.  541-547. 

2306  Ueber  Wortahnlichkeiten  zwischen  amerikanischen  uud 

ostasiatischen  Sprachen.     Separat-Abdruck  aus  den   Sitzungsbe- 
richten  der  Mliuchener  anthropologischeu  Gesellschaft.     Ordeut- 
liche  Sitzung  den  18.  Januar  1878.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-6.  8°. 

Comparison  of  the  Japanese  and  Chinese  with  various  dialects  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  region. 


LOAIZA — LONG.  45 1 

loew  (Dr.  Oscar) — continued. 

2307  |  Vocabularies  of  various  Western  Indian  Languages.] 

Iii  Wheeler  (Capt.  G.  M,.)  Report  upon  U.  S.  Geog.  Surveys,  vol.  7.  Wash 
ington,  1879.  4°. 

Contains  vocabularies  of  the : 

Arivaipai,  pp.  424-465, 468-469,  Diegueno,  pp.  424^165, 

Navajo,  pp.  424-465,  469,  Isleta  Pueblo,  pp.  424-465, 482, 

Southern  Pa  Uta,  pp.  424-465, 475-479,  Tehua  Pueblo  on  Moqui  Mesa,  pp.  424- 

Pa  Uta  of  Cal. ,  pp.  424-465, 475-479,  465, 

Cheniehnevi,  pp.  424^165, 472,  Tehua,  San  Juan  Pueblo,  pp.  424-465, 

Moqui  Pueblo,  pp.  424-465, 473,  482-483, 

Takhtam,  pp.  424-465, 473,  Jemez  or  Vallatoa  Pueblo,  pp.  424-465, 

Kauvuya,  pp.  424-465,  473-474,  484, 

Gaitchini,  pp.  424^465, 474-475, 475-479,  Acoma  and  Laguua  Pueblo,  pp.  424-465, 

Tobikhar,  424-465,  475,  484, 

Mohave,  424-465, 475-479, 480-481,          Silla  Pueblo,  pp.  424-465, 484,. 

Hualapai,  424-465, 481,  Wintun,  pp.  424-465,  484, 

Tonto,  pp.  424-465,  Kasua,  pp.  424-465, 485. 

2308  Logan   (John   H.)      A  |  History  |  of  the  |  Upper  Country  |  of  | 
South  Carolina,  |  from  the  |  earliest  period  |  to  the  |  close  of  the 
War  of  Independence.  |  By  |  John  H.  Logan,  A.  M.  |  Vol.  I.  | 

Published  by  |  S.  G.  Courtenay  &  Co.,  Charleston,  |  P.  B.  Glass, 
Columbia,  |  1859.  |  0. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-521.  12°.  Only  vol.  1  was  published.  It  contains  Cherokee  terms 
passim. 

2309  Lombardo  (Natal).     Arte  de  la  Lengua  Teguima  vnlgarmente  lla- 
mada  Opata.  Compuesta  por  el  P.  Natal  Lombardo  de  la  Compania 
de  Jesus,  y  Missionero  de  mas  de  veinte  y  seis  afios  en  la  Provincia 
de  Sonora.  Le  dedica  al  General  D.  Juan  Fernandez  de  la  Fuente, 
Capitan  Vitalicio  de  el  Keal  Presidio  de  S.  Phelipe,  y  Santiago  de 
Janos,  y  Theuiente  de  Capitan  General  en  aquellas  fronteras  por 
su  Magestad. 

Con  Licencia  En  Mexico,  por  Miguel  de  Eibera,  Iinpressor  y  Mer- 
cader  de  libros,  aiio  de  1702.  * 

8  p.  11. ,11.  1-251;  the  last  page  appears  to  be  missing.  4°.  The  original 
manuscript  of  this  grammar  is  in  the  library  of  Sr.  Ramirez. — Icazbalceto'g 
Apuntes,  No.  136. 

2310  -        -  Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Teguima  y  Platicas  doctrinales 
en  ella.     Por  Natal  Lombardo. 

Mexico,  1702.  * 

4°.     Title  from  Ludewig,  and  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

London  Geographical  Society. 
See  Royal  Geographical  Society. 

London  Philological  Society. 

See  Philological  Society  [of  London]. 

2311  Long  (John).    Voyages  and  Travels  |  of  an  |  Indian  Interpreter 
and  Trader,  |  describing  |  the  Manners  and  Customs  |  of   the  | 
North  American   Indians;  |  with  |  an  Account  of  the  Posts  |  the 


#>'••• 
452  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Long  (John) — continued. 

Eiver  Saint  Laurence,  Lake  Ontario,  &c.  |  To  which  is  added,  |  A 
Vocabulary  |  of  |  the  Chippeway  Language.  |  Names  of  Furs  and 
Skins,  in  English  and  French.  |  A  list  of  words  |  in  the  |  Iroquois, 
Mohegan,  Shawanee,  and  Esquimeaux  Tongues,  |  and  a  table, 
shewing  |  the  Analogy  between  the  Algonkin  and  Chippeway  Lan 
guages.  |  By  J.  Long.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  the  author  and  sold  by  Eobson,  Bond- 
Street;  Debrett,  |  Picadilly;  T.  and  J.  Egerton,  Charing-Cross; 
White  and  Son,  Fleet-  |  Street;  Sewell,  Cornhill;  Edwards,  Pall 
Mall ;  and  Messrs.  Tay-  |  lors,  Holborn,  London ;  Fletcher,  Oxford : 
and  Bull,  Bath.  |  M,  DCC,  XCI  [1791].  |  BA.  0. 

1  p.  l.,pp.i-xi,  1-295.  4°.  map. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Esquimaux,  22  words,  p.  183;  Numerals,  1-1000,  of  the 
Iroquois,  Algonkin,  and  Chippeway,  pp.  184-195;  A  table  of  words  shewing,  in 
a  variety  of  instances,  the  difference  as  well  as  analogy  between  the  Algonkin 
and  Chippeway  languages,  with  the  English  explanation,  pp.  196-208 ;  Vocabu 
lary  of  the  Mohegan,  46  words,  pp.  209-210 ;  Shawanee,  26  words,  p.  209;  Algou- 
kin  and  Chippeway,  20  words,  p.  211;  Iroquois,  pp.  212-215;  Chippeway  [clas 
sified],  pp.  218-252 ;  Table  of  words,  Chippeway  arranged  alphabetically,  pp. 
253-282;  Familiar  phrases  in  the  English  and  Chippeway  language,  pp.  284-295. 

2312  J.  Long's  |  westindischen  Dollmetschers  und  Kaufmanns  | 

See-  und  Land-Eeisen,  |  enthaltend:  |  eine  Beschreibung  der  Sitten 
und  Gewohnheiten  |  der  |  nordamerikanischen  Wilden;  |  der  | 
englischen  Fortes  oder  Schanzen  liings  dem  St.  Lorenz-  |  Flusse,dem 
See  Ontario  u.  s.  w. ;  |  ferner  |  ein  umstandliches  Worterbuch  der 
Chippewiiischen  und  anderer  |  nordamerikanischen   Sprachen.  | 
Aus  dem  Englischen.  |  Herausgegeben  |  und  mit  einer  kurzen  Ein- 
leitung  iiber  Kanada  und  einer  erbesserten  |  Karte  versehen  |  von  (, 
E.  A.W.Zimmermanu,  |  Hofrath  und  Professor  in  Braunschweig.  | 
Mit  allerguadigsten  Freiheiten.  | 

Hamburg,  1791.  |  bei  Benjamin  Gottlob  Hoffmann.  |  JOB. 

Pp.  i-xxiv,  1  ].,  pp.  1-334.  8°.  map.     Linguistics,  pp.  217-334. 
I  have  seen  a  German  edition  of  Long's  travels :  Berlin,  1792,  8°,  and  a  French 
one:  Paris,  1794,  8°,  neither  of  which  contain  the  linguistic  materia1. 

2313  Long  (Maj.  Stephen  Harriman).    Vocabularies  of  the  Wiunebago, 
Puant.or  Nippegon,  and  Naudowessies  of  Carver  and  Hennepin. 

In  James  (E.)  Account  of  an  Expedition,  vol.  2,  pp.  Ixxxvi-lxxxviii.  Phila 
delphia,  1822.  8°. 

"Taken  down  by  Major  Long  during  his  tour  on  the  upper  Mississippi  in  the 
year  1817." 

2314  Longfellow  (Henry  Wadsworth).     The  Song  of  Hiawatha.    By 
Henry  Wadsworth  Longfellow. 

Boston:  Ticknor  and  Fields.  MDCCCLV  [1855].  * 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-316.  12°. 

"Vocabulary"  [Chippewa],  pp.  314-316. 

The  earliest  edition  I  have  seen  is  that  of  1856.  Mr.  Longfellow  kindly  furnished 
me  the  above  title  to  the  first  edition.  Reprinted  many  times,  among  others: 


LONG — LORRA    BAQUIO.  453 

Longfellow  (Henry  Wadsworth) — continued. 

London,  1855,  1856,  1858,  1859;  Paris,  1861.  8°.  It  has  also  been  reprinted  in 
the  complete  poetical  works  of  the  author;  among  others:  Boston,  1858,  1863, 
1865, 1866,  1867,  1868, 1869,  1871,  1872,  1873,  1874, 1875,  1876,  1877,  1878,  1880,  1881. 
There  are  many  English  editions  also,  some  of  which  are:  London,  1856,  1861, 
1864,  1866,  1868.  There  is  a  German  edition :  Leipzig,  1856,  3  vols.  16°.  The 
latest  edition  is  as  follows: 

2315  -        -  The  |  Poetical  Works  |  of  |    Henry  Wadsworth  Long 
fellow  |  In  four  volumes  |  Vol.  I  [-IV].  | 

Boston  |  Houghton,  Mifflin  aud  Company  |  The  Riverside  Press, 
Cambridge  |  1882  |  » 

4  vols.  12°.  Vocabulary  [Chippewa],  vol.  2,  pp.  203-205.  Title  from  Mr.  W. 
Eames. 

2316  Lopez  Yepes  (Fr.  Joaqnin).     Catecisino  |  y  Declaracion  |  de  la  Doc- 
triua   Christiana  |  en   leugua  |  Otomi,  |  con  nn  Vocabulario  del 
mismo  idiorna.   |   Compuesto   |   por  el  E.  P.  Fr.  Joaquin  Lopez 
Tepes,  |  Predicador  Apostolico,  y  Discrete  del  Colegio  de  Pro-  | 
pagauda  fide  de  N.  S.  P.  S.  Francisco  de  Pachuca.   |  Con  las  liceu- 
cias  necesarias.  | 

Megico:  1826.  |  Impreso  en  la  oflcina  del  ciudadano  Alejandro 
Valde"s,  calle  de  santo  |  Domingo  y  esquina  de  Tacuba.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-256.  4°. 

Grainmatic  Remarks,  pp.  3-17;  Catechism  and  Christian  Doctrine,  pp.  18-92; 
Dictionary,  pp.  93-251 ;  Table  of  numbers,  &c.,  pp.  252—254. 

"  The  author  was  a  native  Mexican,  and  a  religious  of  the  Franciscan  College 
at  Pachuca.  His  vocabulary  is  still  the  most  complete  which  has  been  published 
of  this  language. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

2317  Lord's.    The  Lord's  Prayer  in  Shawanese. 

In  Am.  Museum,  vol.  6,  p.  318.     Philadelphia,  1789.  8°. 

2318  The  |  Lord's   Prayer,  |  the  |  Ten  Commandments,  |  and  | 

Apostles'  Creed;  |  also,  |  Other  Portions  of  the  Church  Service:  | 
together  with  a  |  Selection  of  Hymns,  |  in  the  |  Ojibwa  (or  Chip 
pewa)  Language.  | 

Toronto:  |  Henry  Eowsell,  Printer,  |  MDCCCXL  [1840].  |     JWP. 

Pp.  1-32.  32°. 

• 
Loring  (Frederick  Wadsworth). 

See  Richardson  (E.  M.)  and  Loriiig  (F.  W.) 

2319  Lorra  Baquio  (D.  Francisco  de).    Manval  |  Mexicano,  |  de  la  ad 
ministration  |  de  los  santos  Sacramentos,  |  conforine  al  Manual  | 
Toledano.  |  Compuesto  en  lengua  Mexicana,  por  el  Bachi-  |  Her 
Francisco  de  Lorra  Baquio  |  Presbytero.  |  Dirigido  al  Doctor  An 
dres  Fernandez  |  de  Hipencja,  Prothonotario  Apostolico,  |  Prouissor 
de  los  Naturales,  luez  de  Tes-  |  tamentos,  y  Capellanias,  y  Exami- 
na-  |  dor  Synodal  en  este  Arc.  obis   |  pado  de  Mexico.  |  [Design.] 

Con  privilegio,  |  En  Mexico,  por  Diego  Gutierrez,  aiio  1634.  |    c. 
8  p.  11.,  the  first  containing  a  coat  of  arms,  11.  1-135.     Pimentel  gives  this  work 
the  date  of  1633. 


454  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Lorra  Baquio  (D.  Francisco  de) — continued. 

2320  Explicacion  de  los  efectos  de  los  Santos  Sacramentos  en 

Lengua  Mexicana.  » 

Title  from  Beristain,  who  quotes  from  the  author  of  the  Alegaciones  por  el 
Clero  Angelopolitano. 

2321  Loskiel  (Georg  Heinrich).    Geschichte  |  der  |  Mission  der  evan- 
gelischen  Bruder  |  unter  |  den  Indianern  in  Nordamerika  |  durch  | 
Georg  Heinrich  Loskiel.  |  [Design.] 

Barby  |  zu  flnden  in  den  Brudergemeinen,  und  in  Leipzig  in 
Commission  bey  Paul  Gotthelf  Kummer.  |  1789.  |  BA.  HU.  c. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-783.  8°. 

Of  the  Indian  languages,  pp.  23-28;  Lord's  Prayer  in  Delaware,  p.  28;  Vo 
cabulary  of  the  Delaware,  and  Iroquois,  pp.  29-30. 

2322 History  |  of  the  |  Mission   |  of  the  |   United  Brethren  | 

among  the  |  Indians  in  North  America.  |  In  three  parts.  |  By  | 
George  Henry  Loskiel.  |  Translated  from  the  German  |  by  Chris 
tian  Ignatius  La  Trobe.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  the  Brethren's  Society  for  the  |  Further 
ance  of  the  Gospel:  |  Sold  at  No.  10,  Nevil's  Court,  Fetter  Lane;  | 
and  by  John  Stockdale,  opposite  Burlington  House,  |  Piccadilly.  | 
1794.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-159,  1-234,  1-233,  Index  11  11.  8°.  map.  Of  the  languages,  &c., 
p.  22  and  following. 

Lossing  (Benson  John),  editor. 
See  American  Historical  Record. 

2323  Loughridge  (Rev.  Robert  M.)     Nakchokv  Esyvhiketv.  |  Muskokee 
Hymns,  collected  and  revised   |   by    |    Rev.  R.  M.  Loughridge.    | 
[Picture.] 

Park  Hill:  Mission  Press.  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  1845.  |         BA. 
Pp.  1-47.  24°.     Includes  Ten  Commandments  and  the  Lord's  Prayer. 
See  Fleming  ( J.),  for  earlier  editions.   See  Loughridge  (R.  M. )  aud  Winslett 
(D.),  for  later  editions. 

2324  -        -  Mvskoke  Mopunvkv,  |  Nakchokv  Setempohetv.  ]  Transla 
tion  of  the  Introduction  to  the  |  Shorter  Catechism  into  the  |  Creek 
Language.  |  By  |  R.  M.   Loughridge,  |  Missionary  to  the  Creek 
Indians.  | 

Park  Hill,  |  Mission  Press:  J.  Candy  &  B.  Archer,  Printers.  I 
»46.  |  ABC.  c. 

Pp.  1-31.  24°.  See  Loughridge  (R.  M.)  and  Winslett  (D.);  Loughridge  (R. 
M.),  Winslett  (D.),  and  Robertson  (W.  S.),  for  later  editions. 

2325 Cesvs  Klist,  |  em  opuukv  hera,  |  Maro  |  Coyvte.  |  The  | 

Gospel  |  according  to  |  Matthew.  |  Translated  into  the  Muskokee 
Language.  | 

Park  Hill,  |  Mission  Press :  |  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  1855.  | 
Pp.  1-153.  24°.  ABC>  ABg> 


LOERA  BAQUIO — LOUGHRIDGE.  455 

Loughridge  (Ber.  Robert  M.) — continued. 

Appended  is  "  Opunkv— hera  Cane  Coy  vte,"  the  first  chapterof  John,  translated 
by  Mr.  Loughridge,  pp.  1-7.  For  the  whole  gospel  of  John,  see  Loughridge 
(R.  M.),  Robertson  (W.  S.),  and  Robertson  (A.  E.  W.) 

2326  Cesvs  Klist  |  em  opunkv-herv  |  Maro  Coyvte.  |  The  Gospel 

according  to  |  Matthew,  |  translated  from  the  original  Greek  |  into 
the  Muskokee  Language.  | 

New  York :  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
M  DCCC  XVI.  |  1867.  |  ABS.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-92.  16°. 

2327  Cesvs  Klist  |  em  opunkv-herv  |  Maro  Coyvte.  |  The  Gospel 

according  to  |  Matthew,  |  translated  from  the  original  Greek  |  into 
the  Muskokee  Language.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
M  DCCC  XVI.  |  1875.  |  c. 

'Pp.  1-92.  16°. 

2328  Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Creek,  collected  by  Rev.  R. 

M.  Loughridge,  Missionary,  Talahasse  Mission,  Creek  Agency. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°. 

2329  English  and  Creek   Dictionary.      Collected  from  various 

sources,  and  revised  by  Rev.  R.  M.  Loughridge,  A.  M.,  Presby 
terian  Mission.  Weaklaka,  I.  T.,  1882. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  1.  1.  Creek  alphabet,  1 1. ;  97  other  unnumbered  11. 
written  on  both  sides.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Alphabet 
ically  arranged,  English-Muskokee.  Verso  of  last  leaf  contains  names  of  the 
months. 

2330  A  brief  grammar  of  the  Creek  language. 

Manuscript.  18  11.,  written  on  both  sides.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology. 

2331  and  Winslett  (Rev.  David).    Nakcokv  Esyvhiketv  |  Musko 
kee  Hymns:  |  collected  and  revised  |  by  |  Rev.  R.  M.  Loughridge,  | 
of  the  Presbyterian  Mission,  |  and  |  David  Winslett,  |  Interpre 
ter.  |  [One  line  quotation.]     [Two  lines  Muskokee.] 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press :  |  Edwin  Archer,  Printer :  |  1851.  |    c. 
Pp.  1-144.  24°.     Temperance  pledge,  English  and  Muskokee,  p.  139. 
For  earlier  editions,  see  Loughridge  (R.  M.),  and  for  later  ones,  see  Lough 
ridge  (11.  M.),  'Winslett  (D.),  and  Robertson  (W.  S.) 

2332  Nakcokv  esyvhiketv.  |  Muskokee  Hymns.  |  Collected  and 

revised  by  |  Rev.  R.  M.  Loughridge,  A.  M.  |  of  the  Presbyterian 
Mission,  |  and  |  David  Winslett,  |  Interpreter.  |  [Two  lines  quota 
tions,  one  Muskokee,  one  English.]  |  Third  edition,  revised  and 
enlarged.  | 

New  York:  I  Mission  House,  23  Centre  Street.  |  1859.  |  c. 


456  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Loughridge  (Rev.  Robert  M.),  and  Winslett  (David). — continued. 

Pp.  1-216.  16°.     Four  Yoochee  hymns,  pp.  199-203. 

For  later  edition,  see  Lougbridge  (R.  M.),  Winslett  (D.),  and  Robertson 
(W.  S.) 

2333  Nakcokv  Setempohetv.  |  Introduction  |  to  the  |  Shorter 

Catechism.  |  Translated  into  the  Creek  Language.  |  By  Kev.  R.  M. 
Loughridge,  A.  M.,  |  and  Rev.  David  Winslett.  |  Second  Edition,  | 
Revised  and  Improved.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Presbyterian  Board  of  Publication,  No.  821 
Chestnut  Street,  |  1858.  |  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-34.  24°.     For  earlier  edition,  see  Lougbridge  (R.  M.) 

2334  Nakcokv   Setempohetv.  |  Introduction  j  to   the  |  Shorter 

Catechism.  |  Translated  into  the  Creek  Language.  |  By  |  Rev.  R.  M. 
Loughridge,  A.  M.,  |  and  |  Rev.  David  Wiuslett.  |  Third  Edition.  | 
Revised  and  Improved.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Presbyterian  Board  of  Publication,  |  1880.  |  JWP. 
Pp.  1-30.  24°. 

2335 ,  Robertson  (Rev.  W.  S.),  and  Robertson  (A.  E.  W.)     Opunvkv 

Hera,  |  Cane  Coyvte.  |  The  Gospel  according  to  |  John,  |  trans 
lated  |  from  the  original  Greek  |  into  the  Muskokee  Language.  | 

New  York :  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1871.  |  ABS.  o 

Pp.  1-73.  16°.  See  Davis  (J.)  and  Lykins  (J.);  Buckner  (H.  F.)  ami  Herrod 
(G. ),  for  earlier  editions.  The  first  chapter  was  translated  by  Mr.  Loughridge  (q.  v. ) 
and  appended  to  Cesvs  Klist  *  *.  Gospel  of  Matthew  :  Park  Hill,  1855,  pp.  1-7. 

2336  Opunvkv  Hera,  |  Cane  Coyvte.  |  The  Gospel  according 

to  |  John,  |  translated  |  from  the  original  Greek  |  into  the  Muskokee 
Language.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1875.  |  0. 

Pp.  1-73.  16°. 

2337 ,  Winslett  (Rev.  D.),  and  Robertson  (Rev.  W.  S.),  Narcoky 

Esyvhiketv.  Muskogee  hymns,  collected  and  revised  by  Rev.  R. 
M.  Loughridge  of  the  Presbyterian  Mission  and  Rev.  David  Wins 
lett,  Interpreter.  Fourth  edition,  revised  and  enlarged.  By  Rev. 
W.  S.  Robertson. 

New  York,  Mission  House,  23  Centre  Street,  1868.  * 

221  pp.  24°.     Title  from  Field,  No.  957. 

2338  Nakcokv  esyvhiketv.  |  Muskokee  Hymns.  |  Collected  and- 

revised  by  |  Rev.  R.  M.  Loughridge,  A.  M.  |  of  the  Presbyterian 
Mission,  |  and  |  Rev.  David  Winslett,  |  Interpreter.  |  [Two  lines 
quotation,  one  English,  one  Muskokee.]  |  Fourth  edition,  revised 
and  enlarged.  |  By  Rev.  W.  S.  Robertson.  | 


LOUGHRIDGE — LUBBOCK.  457 

Loughridge  (E.  M.),  Winslett  (D.),  and  Robertson  (W.  S.) — continued. 

New  York:  |  Mission  House,  23  Centre  Street.  |  1871.  |  o. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-221.  16°. 

I  have  seen  in  the  library  of  Congress,  and  in  that  of  J.  W.  Powell,  editions 
of  the  above,  similar  iu  all  respects  except  change  of  date,  and  all  called  Fourth 
edition,   dated    1873,    1878,   1880.     The  following  persons  are  named  as  the 
"Translators  or  Writers  of  Hymns"  in  these  editions: 
Rev.  Daniel  Asbury,  Miss  Wilmot  Hambly,  Lewis  Ferryman, 

John  Davis,  Rev.  R.  M.  Loughridge,          Leguest  C.  Ferryman, 

Rev.  John  Fleming,  Rev.  James  Ferryman,  Rev.  J.  Ross  Ramsay, 

David  Hodge,  Rev.  Joseph  M.  Ferryman,     Mrs.  A.  E.  W.  Robertson, 

Rev.  Peter  Harrison,  Henry  Ferryman,  Rev.  David  Winslett. 

For  earlier  editions,  see  Loughridge  (R.  M.)  and  'Winslett  (D.) 

2239  Lowe  (F.)    Wenjaminow  iiber  die  aleutischen  Inseln  und  deren 
Bewokner.    Von  Herrn  F.  Lowe. 

In  Erman  (A.)    Archiv  fur  wissenschaftliche  Kunde  von  Russland,  vol.  2,  pp. 
459-495.     Berlin,  1842.  8°. 

Brief  remarks  on  the  Aleut  language,  pp.  486-487,  and  on  the  Koloschen,  p. 
494.  Reprinted  as  follows : 

2340  Les  Isles  Ale~outes  et  leurs  habitants.    Par  M.  Venjaminov. 

Article  cle  M.  Erman  [F.  Lowe].    Traduit  de  1'allemand. 

In  Nouvelles  Annales  des  Voyages,  &c.,  vol.  2,  1849  (vol.  122  of  the  collec- 
tiou),  pp.  66-82.  Paris,  n.  d.  8°;  and  vol.  4,  1849  (vol.  124  of  the  collection), 
pp.  112-148  Paris,  n.  d.  8°. 

2341  Lowry  (A.  A.)     Klamath  Vocabulary.  * 

Manuscript.  In  possession  of  H.  H.  Bancroft.  Collected  in  1873.  Title  from 
Bancroft's  Native  Races. 

2342  Lowry  ( Miss  Elizabeth).     Numerals  [1-1,000,000,000]  of  the  Winne- 
bago. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  214-216.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4C. 

2643  Lozieres  (Louis  Narcisse  Baudry  de). 
See  Baudry  de  Lozieres  (L.  N.) 

2344  Lubbock  (Sir  John).    The  |  Origin  of  Civilisation  |  and  the  |  Prim 
itive  Condition  of  Man.  |  Mental  and  Social  Condition  of  Savages.  | 
By  |  Sir  John  Lubbock,  Bart.,  M.  P.,  F.  E.  S.  |  Author  [&c.,  two 
lines]. 

London :  |  Longmans,  Green,  and  Co.  |  1870.  |  A- 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-380. 

2345  The  |  Origin  of  'Civilisation  |  and  the  |  Primitive  Condi 
tion  of  Man.  |  Mental  and  Social  Condition  of  Savages.  |  By  |  Sir 
John  Lubbock,  Bart.,  M.  P.,  F.  E.  S.  |  Author  [&c.,  two  lines]. 

New  York:  |  D.  Appleton  and  Company,  |  90,  92  &  94  Grand 
Street.  |  1870.  |  WE. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-380.  8°. 

"Father"  and  "Mother"  in  the  language  of  the  Costanos,  Tahkali,  Tlatska- 
nai,  Nasqnally,  Nootka,  Athapascans,  Omahas,  Miimetarees,  Choctas,  Caribs,  and 
South  American  languages,  p.  288. 


458  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Lubbock  (Sir  John) — continued. 

Other  editions,  as  follows :  Second  edition  with  additions,  London,  Longmans, 
xx,  426pp.  8°;  Third  edition,  London,  1875.  8°;  Jena,  Costenoble,  1«75,  xxiii, 
472pp.  8°;  Fourth  edition,  London,  Longmans,  1 881,  xx,  548  pp.  8°;  New  York, 
D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  1882,  xx,  548  pp.  8<-\ 

2346  luckenbach  (Abraham).    Forty-six  |    select    |  Scripture    Narra 
tives  |  from  the  |  Old  Testament,  j  Embellished  with  |  Engravings, 
for  the  use  of  Indian  Youth  |  Translated  into  Delaware  Indian,  | 
by  A.  Luckenbach.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

New  York :  |  Printed  by  Daniel  Fanshawe,  |  No.  150  Nassau- 
street.  |  1838.  | 

Second  title : 

Newinachke  &  guttasch  |  pipinasiki  |  gisehekhasiki  elekpanui 
wendenasiki  |  untschi  |  mechowek  |  uachgundowoagani  bambil.  | 
gischitasik  elleniehsink  |  uutschi  A.  Luckenbach.  |  [Three  lines 
quotation.]  ATS.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-304.  12°.     English  title  recto  1. 1 ;  Indian  title  recto  1.  2. 

Preface  in  English  and  Delaware,  pp.  ix-xvi.  Sabin's  Dictionary  gives  an 
"uncertain  title  from  an  auctioneer's  catalogue,"  with  the  imprint:  New  Fair- 
field,  River  Thames,  U.  C.,  18t!6.  This  was  taken  from  the  preface  of  the  above 
edition. 

2347  A  |  Collection  of  Hymns,  |  for  the  use  of  the  Delaware  | 

Christian  Indians,  |  of  the  Missions  of  the  |  United  Brethren,  |  in  | 
North  America.  |  Second  edition  revised  and  abridged  by  |  A. 
Luckeubach.  | 

Bethlehem:  |  Printed  by  J.  and  W.  Held.  |  1847.  |          ATS.  JWP. 
4  p.  11.,  pp.  l-:i05,  Appendix  2  11.  16°.     See  Zeisberger  (D.),  for  earlier  edition. 

IMPROVED  TITLE  IN   %348  Lucy-Fossarieu  (P.  de).    Les  langues  indiennes  de  la  Californie; 

etude  de  philologie  ethuographique. 
"IONS,        Paris,  Impr.  Nat.    1881. 

55  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Koehler's  Catalogue  No.  364. 

2349  Lull  (Edward    Phelps).      Vocabulary  of  the  Language  of  the 
Indians  of  San  Bias  and  Caledonia  Bay,  Isthmus  of  Darien.    By 
Edward  P.  Lull,  Commander  U.  S.  Navy. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Trans.,  1873,  pp.  103-109.     Hartford,  1874.  8°. 
Also  separately  issued,  pp.  1-7. 

2350  and  Collins  (Frederick).    45th  Congress,  3d  Session,  Senate. 

Ex.  Doc.  No.  75.  |  Reports  |  of  |  Explorations  and  Surveys  |  for 
the  |  Location  of  Interoceauic  Ship-canals  |  through  the  Isthmus  of 
Panama,  |  and  |  by  the  valley  of  the  River  Napipi,  |  by  |  U.  S. 
Naval  Expeditions.  |  1875.  |  Commander  Ed  ward  P.  Lull,  U.  S.  N.,  | 
commanding  Panama  Expedition.  |  Lieutenant  Frederick  Collins, 
U.  S.  N.,  |  commanding  Napipi  Expedition.  | 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1879.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-124.  4°.     Lieut.  Collins'  paper  occupies  pp.  55-124  of  this  volume,  and 

contains  a  "Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  the  Canton  of  Choco." 


LUBBOCK — LYKINS.  459 

2351  Luque  Butron  (D.  Juan).    Catecismo  de  la  Doctrina  Cristiana  en 
Lengua  Kiche. 

Title  from  Beristain.  Squier  copies  this  title  and  says :  It  is  probably  the 
same  as  the  book  mentioned  by  the  Abb6  Brasseur,  under  the  following  title : 

Confessionario  y  Oraciones,  etc.,  en  Leugua  Kiche',  por  el  R.  P.  Juan  Luque 
Butron,  Guatemala,  1752. 

2352  Lushbaugb.  (B.  F.)    Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Republican  Paw 
nee  (Kit-ka)  collected  by  B.  F.  Lushhaugh,  U.  S.  Indian  Agent, 
Geneva,  ]Seb. 

In  Morgan  (Lewis  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°. 

2353  Lutk6  (Feodor  Petrovich).     nyieinecTBie  Boupyn,  *  *  1826,  1827,  1828  a  1829. 

St.  Petersburg,  0.  Hintze,  1835.  * 

2  vols.  4°,  and  atlas  folio.     Title  from  Dall  and   Baker's  Bibliography  of 
Alaska. 

2354  Voyage  |  Autour  du  Monde,  |  ex6cut6  par  ordre  |  de  sa 

Majeste"  L'Empereur  Nicolas  ler,  |  Sur  la  Corvette  Le  S6niavine,  | 
Dans  les  anne"es  1826,  1827,  1828  et  1829,  |  par  Fre"d(§ric  Lutk4,  j 
Capitaine  de  Vaisseau,  Aide-de-Camp  de  S.  M.  L'Empereur,  |  Com 
mandant  de  L'Expedition.  |  Partie  Historique,  |  avec  un  atlas,  litho 
graphic  d'apres  les  dessins  originanx  |  D' Alexandra  Postels  et  du 
Baron  Kittlitz.  |  Traduit  du  Russe  sur  le  mauuscrit  original,  sous 
les  yeux  |  de  Fauteur,  |  par  le  Conseiller  d'e"tat  F.  Boy6.  |  Tome 
Premier  [-Troisieme].  | 

Paris,  |  Typographic  de  Firmiu  Didot  Freres,  |  Imprimeurs  de 
1'institut,  Rue  Jacob,  N°  24.  |  1835  [-1836J.  |  C. 

3  vols.  8°.  maps. 

Remarks  upon  the  language,  and  a  rocabulary  of  the  Onnalachka,  vol.  1,  pp. 
236-247. 

Dall  and  Baker's  Bibliography  of  Alaska  gives  a  brief  title  of  a  French  edition : 
Paris,  Engelman  &  Cic.,  1835-1836. 

2355  Lykins   (Johnston).     Siwinowe  |  Eawekitake.  |  Cinstin    Liekens, 
Wastoti.    Pokimiwe  Kesbwi.  | 

Shawannoe  Mission,  |  J.  Meeker,  Printer.  |  1834.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-54.  16°.     Shawnee  Speller  and  Reader. 

2356  Siwinowe  |  Eawekitake.  |  Liekens  |  Wastoti.  |  [  Two  lines 

quotation  in  Shawnee.] 

Shawanoe  Mission,  |  J.  G.  Pratt,  Printer.  |  1838.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-24.  16°.     Shawnee  Speller  and  Reader. 

2357  The  |  Gospel  |  according  to  Matthew,  |  and  the  |  Acts  of 

the  Apostles ;  |  translated  into  the  |  Putawatomie  Language.  |  By 
Johnston  Lykins.  |  Carefully  compared  with  the  Greek  text.  |  Pub 
lished  under  the  Patronage  of  the  American  |  and  Foreign  Bible 
Society,  by  the  Board  of  |  Managers  of  the  American  Indian  Mis 
sion  Asso-  |  ciatiou.  | 

Louisville.  Ky.  |  William  C.  Buck,  Printer.  |  1844.  | 


460  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Lykins  (Johnston) — continued. 

Second  title: 

Oti  ere  |  Mnoahetnowun  |  Kaonuperuk  Mrto,  |  epe  |  katotmoat 
nwakanhik  |  kao  nuperuk  e  putrwatmemwun.  |  [Picture  of  open 
book.]  |  O  Hanstan  Nykens,  |  1844  tso  pponkit  pe  kanekit  |  Hesus 
Knyst.  |  [No  imprint.]  BA. 

Pp.  1-240.  16°.  Gospel  according  to  Matthew,  pp.  7-123 ;  Acts  of  the  Apostles, 
pp.  125-240. 

See  Lykins  (J.)  and  Chute  (J.  A.),  for  earlier  editions. 

2358  ,  editor.    Shawanowe  Kesauthwau  or  Shawanoe  Sun. 

In  McCoy's  History  of  Baptist  Indian  Missions,  Washington,  1840,  8°,  p.  567, 
it  says  "There  was  issued  (from  the  Shawano  Press),  until  late  difficulties  occa 
sioned  a  suspension,  a  small  monthly  paper  of  only  a  quarter  sheet,  edited  hy 
Mr.  Lykins,  entitled :  '  Shawanowe  Kesauthwau — Shawanoe  Sun.' "  This  was 
written  by  Dr.  McCoy  late  in  1839. 

"Early  in  1834  Mr.  Lykins  commenced  the  publication  on  the  '  new  system,' 
of  a  small  periodical  called  the  '  Shawanoe  Sun.'  This  was  the  first  newspaper 
ever  published  entirely  in  an  Indian  language.  Many  of  the  natives  were  ex 
tremely  interested  in  it.  *  *  Some  wrote  for  it,  aud  in  one  instance  seven  com 
munications  were  made  to  the  editor,  for  a  single  number." — Hist,  of  American 
Missions,  p.  542. 

2359 and  Chute  (James  Andrew).    The  |  Gospel  |  according  to  | 

Saint  Matthew  |  translated  |  into  the  |  Shawauoe  Language  |  by 
Johnston  Lykins.  |  Revised  and  compared  with  the  received  |  Greek 
text,  |  by  J.  A.  Chute,  M.  D.  | 

Shawanoe  Baptist  Mission,  Ind.  Ter.  |  J.  Meeker,  Printer.  1836.  | 

Reverse  title : 

Owase  |  Opeaticemowa  |  Ceses  Kliest,  |  tapalamalikwa  okwe- 
bile.  |  Mabew  |  Otiwekiti.  |  Cinstin  Liekins,  |  Lieipiwekitiki.  | 

Ealimapeaskiki,  Chena  piiiete,  |  Cheua  cose,  |  nieitimiwicke.  | 
1836.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-64.  16°.     Appended  are  hymus  (Nikimoani),  pp.  1-16. 

"Nine  chapters  and  a  half  of  the  Gospel  of  Matthew  in  Shawauoe"  were 
printed  in  1835  iu  an  edition  of  500  copies. — Hist,  of  American  Missions,  p.  542. 

2360  The    Gospel    according  to    Saint   Matthew.    Translated 

into  the  Shawanoe  Language,  by  Johnston  Lykius,  Missionary  of 
the  Amer.  Bap.  Bd.  of  For.  Missions.    Aided  in  revising  and  com 
paring  with  the  Greek,  by  James  Andrew  Chute,  M.  D. 

Shawanoe  Baptist  Mission  Press :  J.  G.  Pratt,  Printer.     1842. 
.    Reverse  title  : 

Owase  Opeaticemowa  Ceses  Kliest,  tapalamalikwa  okwebile. 
Mabew  Otiwekiti  Cinstin  Liekins,  Lieipiwekitiki. 

Ealimapeaskiki,  Chena  Pinete,  Chena  Cose,  nieitimiwicke,  1842.  c. 

Pp.  1-116.  16°. 

2361  Lynde  (James  W.)    History  of  the  Dakotas.     [From]  J.  W.  Lynde's 
Manuscripts. 

In  Minn.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  vol.  2,  pt.  2,  pp.  57-84.     St.  Paul,  1865.  8°. 
Paper  translated  by  Rev.  S.   R.  Riggs,   the  portion  here  published  being 
"Chapter  6,  Religion  of  the  Dakotas."     It  contains  a  number  of  Dakota  terms. 


LYKINS — MACDONALD.  461 


2362  Macauley  (James).    The  |  natural,  statistical  and  civil  |  History  | 
of  tbe  |  State  of  New-York.  |  In  three  volumes.  |  By  James  Macau- 
ley.  |  Volume  I  [-III].  | 

New- York:  |  Published  by  Gould  &  Banks,  |  and  |  by  William 
Gould  &  Co.  |  Albany.  |  1829.  |  A.  S.  Gould,  Printer.  |  c. 

3  vols.  8°. 

"Of  the  several  Tribes  of  Indians  on  Long  Island,  &c."  (from  Silas  Wood's 
Sketches  of  first  settlements  of  Long  Island),  pp.  252-275,  contains  remarks  on 
the  Moheakanneew  and  Huron  Languages,  Moutauk,  Massachusetts,  and  Narra- 
gansett  vocabularies.  Also  a  Powhatau  vocabulary  from  Smith's  Virginia,  and 
a  collection  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  Agoneasean  words. 

2363  McBeth  (Miss  S.  L.)    Grammar  of  the  Nez  Perec"  language. 

Manuscript.  66  11.  folio. 

2364  Vocabulary  of  the  Nez  Perc6  language. 

Manuscript.  7  11.  folio.  150  words.  These  two  manuscripts  are  in  the  library 
of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2365  McCoy  (Isaac).    History  |  of  |  Baptist  Indian  Missions:  |  embrac 
ing  |  remarks  on  the  former  and  present  condition  |  of  the  |  Abo- 
rigiiial  Tribes;  |  their  settlement  within  the  Indian  Territory,  |  and 
their  |  future  prospects.  |  By  Isaac  McCoy.  |  [Four  lines  quotation.] 

Washington:  |  William  M.  Morrison;  |  New- York:  |  H.  and  S. 
Eaynor  76  Bowery,  New- York,  and  |  Bennett,  Backus  and  Hawley, 
Utica.  |  1840.  |  BA.  c.  JWP. 

5  p.  11.,  pp.  3-611.  8°. 

A  few  remarks  and  examples  of  the  Putawatomie  language,  p.  10. 

2366  McCulloh  (James  H.),  jr.    Researches,  j  Philosophical  and  Anti 
quarian,  |  concerning  the  |  Aboriginal  History  of  America.  |  By  J. 
H.  McCulloh,  Jr.,  M.  D.  | 

Baltimore:  |  Published  by  Fielding  Lucas,  Jr.  |  1829.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-x,  13-535.  8°.  map. 

Chapter  ii.  On  the  Languages  of  the  American  Indians,  pp.  33-63,  is  a  general 
discussion  on  this  subject,  with  extracts  and  examples  from  several  authors, 
Heckewelder,  Zeisberger,  Dixon,  Cook,  Edwards,  Eafinesque,  Barton,  Dupon- 
ceau,  &e. 

There  are  two  editions  earlier  than  the  above:  Baltimore,  1816,  8°,  and  ibid., 
1817,  8°,  neither  of  which  contain  the  linguistic  material. 

2367  McDonald  (Angus).    Vocabulary  of  the  Kootenay. 

Manuscript.  611.  folio.  200  words.   In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2368  Macdonald  (Duncan  George  Forbes).    British  Columbia  |  and  | 
Vaucouver's  Island  |  comprising  |  a  Description  of  these  Depend 
encies:  their  Physical  |  Character,  Climate,  Capabilities,  Popula 
tion,  Trade,  Natural  History,  |  Geology,  Ethnology,  Gold-Fields, 


462  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Macdonald  (Duncan  George  Forbes) — continued. 

and  Future  Prospects  |  also  |  An  Account  of  the  Manners  and 
Customs  of  the  Native  Indians  |  by  |  Duncan  George  Forbes  Mac- 
donald,  C.  E.  |  (Late  of  the  Government  Survey  Staff  of  British 
Columbia,  and  of  the  International  Boundary  |  Line  of  North 
America)  Author  of  '  What  the  Farmers  may  do  with  the  |  Land' 
'The  Paris  Exhibition'  'Decimal  Coinage'  &c.  |  With  a  Compre 
hensive  Map.  | 

London  |  Longman,  Green,  Longman,  Roberts,  &  Green  |  1862.  | 

Pp.  i-xiii,  1-524.  8°.  map.  C. 

Proper  names  of  thirteen  members  of  the  Songish  Tribe,  pp.  164-165;  Chinook 
Jargon  and  English  Equivalents,  pp.  394-398. 

According  to  Sabin's  Dictionary:  Second  edition,  London,  Longman,  1863.  8°. 

2369  M'Donald  (Rev.  Robert).    A  Selection  |  from  the  |  Book  of  Com 
mon  Prayer,  |  according  to  the  use  of  the  |  United  Church  of  Eng 
land  and  Ireland.  |  Translated  into  |  Tukudh,  |  by  the  Rev.  R. 
M'Donald,  |  Missionary  of  the  Church  Missionary  Society.  | 

London:  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  77, 

Great  Queen  Street,  Lincoln's- Inn-Fields;  |  4,  Royal  Exchange; 

and  48,  Piccadilly.  |  1873.  |  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-123.  16°.     Hymns,  pp.  105-123. 

2370  Nuwheh  Kukwadhud  Jesus  Christ  |  vih  kwunduh  nirzi  | 

Matthew,  Mark,  Luke,  John  |  ha  rsiotitinyokhai  kirre  |  kwitinyi- 
thutluth  kwikit.  |  John  rsiotitinyoo  vih  etunetle  |  tig  ha  |  Tnkudh 
tsha  zit  |  thleteteitazya.  | 

London,  |  1874.  |  JWP. 

Literal  translation. — Our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  |  the  Gospel  of  |  Matthew,  Mark, 
Luke,  John  |  by  them  written  |  epistle  first  of  |  John  written  by  him  |  into  the  | 
Tukudh  tongue  |  translated.  | 

Pp.  1-267.  12°. 

2371  -Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Tukuthe,  collected  by  R. 
McDonald,  Peel  River  Fort,  Hudson's  Bay  Ty. 

In  Morgan  (L.   H.)     Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°. 

2372  McElroy  (Patrick  D.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Jicarilla  Apache. 

Manuscript.  1511.  4°.  275  words.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Compiled  at  Ciinarron,  Colfax  County,  N.  Mex.,  in  1875. 

2373.  Macgowan  (Dr.  D.  G.)     [Sign  Language  of  the  Caddos,  Wichitas, 
and  Comanches.]     By  Dr.  D.  G.  Macgowan. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  10,  pp.  86-87.     Morrisania,  N.  Y.,  1866. 
sm.4°. 

2374  Vocabulary  of  the  Caddo,  with  Linguistic  notes. 

Manuscript.  8  pp.  folio. 

2375  Vocabulary  of  the  Comanches. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  4°.  200  words.     Collected  in  1865. 

These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 


MACDONALD — MCINTOSH.  463 

2370  Mclntosh  (John).  The  Discovery  of  America  by  Christopher  Co- 
lutnbus;  and  the  Origin  of  the  North  American  Indians.  By  J. 
Mackintosh. 

Toronto:  Printed  by  W.  J.  Coates.     1836. 

152  pp.  8°. 

Particularities  of  the  Indian  Languages,  pp.  43-47. 

2377  The  |  Origin  |  of  the  |  North  American  Indians;  |  with  a  | 

Faithful  Description  of  their  manners  and  customs,  both  civil  j 

and  military,  their  religions,  languages,  dress,  and  |  ornaments. <|   irmTirK 
To  which  |  is  prefixed,  a  brief  vifw  oe  [sic]  the  creation  of  the1 
world,  the  situation  |  of  the  garden  of  Eden,  the  Antediluvians, 
the  foundation  of  |  nations  by  the  posterity  of  Noah,  the  progeni 
tors  |  of  the  N.  Americans  and  the  discovery  |  of  the  New  World 
by  Columbus.  |  Concluding   with  a  copious  selection  of  Indian 
speeches,  the  antiquities  |  of  America,  the  civilization  of  the  Mexi 
cans,  and  some  |  final  observations  on  the  origin  of  the  |  Indians.  | 
By  John  Mclntosh.  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Nafis  &  Cornish,  |  278  Pearl  Street.  | 
1843.  |  0. 

Pp.  iii-xxxvi,  37-311.  8°. 

Particularities  of  the  Indian  Languages  [Algonquin,  Huron,  Sioux],  pp.  92-97. 

A  comparative  view  of  the  Indian  and  Asiatic  Languages,  includes  a  few 
words,  from  the  Lenni  Lenape,  or  Delawares,  Algonquin  and  C'hippewas,  Onon- 
dagas,  Kikkapoos,  Narragansetts,  Pottawatameh,  Miamis,  Naudowessies,  Darien 
Indians,  Pocouchi,  Caraibees,  Indians  of  Pennsylvania,  Piankashaws,  Acadians, 
Indians  of  Penobscot  and  St.  Johns,  Tuskaroras,  Shawuees,  Macieanni,  Indians 
of  New  England,  Chikasah,  Indians  of  North  Carolina,  Muskohge,  Cherokee, 
and  Wyandots,  pp.  100-103. 

2378  The  |  Origin  |  of  the  |  North  American  Indians;  |  with  a  | 

faithful  description  of  their  Manners  and  |  Customs,  both  Civil  and 
Military,  their  |  Religions,  Languages,  Dress,  |  and  Ornaments:  | 
including  |  various  specimens  of  Indian  Eloquence,  as  well  as  His- 
tor-  |  ical  and  Biographical   Sketches  of  almost  all  the  |  distin 
guished  Nations  and  celebrated  |  Warriors,  Statesmen  and  Ora 
tors,  |  among  the  |  Indians  of  North  America.  |  New  Edition,  im 
proved  and  enlarged.  |  By  John  Mclutosh.  | 

New  York:  |  Cornish,  Lamport  &  Co.,  Publishers,  |  No.  8  Park 
Place.  |  1849.  |  BP. 

Pp.  1-345.  8°.  Linguistics  as  in  edition  of  1843,  pp.  93-98, 101-104.  I  have 
seen  an  edition  of  1853  with  title  similar  to  the  above,  except  in  date,  and  Sa- 
biu's  Dictionary  mentions  editions  of:  New  York,  1844.  8°,  and  ibid.,  1858.  8°. 

2379 The  |  Origin  |  of  the  |  North  American  Indians;  j  with  a  | 

Faithful  Description  of  their  Manners  and  |  Customs,  both  Civil 
and  Military,  their  |  Eeligions,  Languages,   Dress,  |  and  Orna 
ments.  |  Including  |  Various  Specimens  of  Indian  Eloquence,  as 
well  as  Histor-  |  ical  and  Biographical  Sketches  of  almost  all  the  | 
distinguished  nations  and  celebrated  |  Warriors,  Statesmen  and 


464  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Mclntosh  (John) — continued. 

Orators,  |  among  the  |  Indians  of  North  America.  |  New  Edition, 
improved  and  enlarged.  |  By  John  Mclutosh.  | 

New  York :  |  Sheldon  and  Company.  |  No.  115  Nassau  Street.  | 
1859.  |  WHS.  WWB. 

1  p.l.,pp.  v-xxxv,  39-345.   8°. 

2380  Mackay  (Rev.  John  A.)     [One  line  syllabic  characters.]  |  Psalms 
and  Hymns  |  in  the  language  |  of  the  |  Cree  Indians  |  of  North- 
West  America.  |  Compiled  by  the  |  Rev.  J.  A.  Mackay,  |  C.  M.  S. 
Missionary.  |  Sanctioned  by  the  |  Bishop  of  Saskatchewan.  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  the  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  | 
Knowledge,  Great  Queen  Street.  |  1877.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-108.  32°.     In  syllabic  characters. 

2381  M'Keevor  (Thomas).     A  |  Voyage  |  to  |  Hudson's  Bay,  |  during 
the  summer  |  of  1812.  |  Containing  |  a  particular  account  of  the 
icebergs  and  other  |  phenomena  which  present  themselves  |  in  those 
regions;  |  also,  |  a  description  of  the  Esquimeaux  and  North  Ame-  | 
rican  Indians;  their  manners,  customs,  |  dress,  language,  &c.  &c. 
&c.  |  By  |  Thomas  M'Keevor,  M.  D.  [  of  the  Dublin  Lying-in  Hos 
pital.  |  [Six  lines  quotation.] 

London :  |  Printed  for  Sir  Richard  Phillips  and  Co.  |  Bride-Court, 
Bridge-Street.  |  1819.  |  c. 

a  p.  11.,  pp.  1-76.  8°.    Appended,  with  full  title-page,  is:  Voyage  to  the  North 
Pole  by  the  Chevalier  de  la  Poix  de  Freminville,  pp'.  77-96. 
Vocabulary,  27  words,  of  the  Esquimaux,  pp.  '29-30. 

Vocabulary,  125  words,  of  the  Oochepayyans  or  Northern  Indians,  pp.  73-75. 
A  few  familiar  phrases  in  the  Cliippewa  language,  p.  76. 

2382  [McKenney  (Rev.  Edward).]     [Omahaw  Primer.]  JWP. 

H  pp.  16°.  Curiously  paged,  the  recto  of  1.  1  having  no  number,  the  verso 
paged  3;  1.  a  is  paged  4,  both  recto  and  verso;  1.  3  unpaged;  1.  4  recto  paged  7, 
verso  8. 

The  only  copy  I  have  seen  is  minus  the  title-page ;  the  first  page  begins :  Les 
son  I.  Alphabet  of  Omahaw  Syllables. 

It  contains,  in  addition  to  the  alphabet  and  words  of  two  or  more  syllables, 
the  Lord's  Prayer,  Account  of  the  Creation  and  Fall  of  Man,  and  two  hymns. 

The  first  publication  in  the  Omaha  language.  The  author,  a  Presbyterian 
missionary  to  the  Omahas,  from  1846  to  1853,  was  aided  in  his  work  by  Louis 
Sans  Souci,  a  native  Omaha. 

2383  McKenney   (Thomas  Lograine).     Sketches  |  of  a  |  Tour  to  the 
Lakes,  |  of  the  character  and  customs  of  the  |  Chippeway  Indians,  | 
and  of  incidents  connected  with  |  the  Treaty  of  Fon  du  Lac.  | 
By  Thomas  L.  McKenuey,  |  of  the  Indian  Department,  |  And  joint 
Commissioner  with  his  Excellency  Gov.  Cass,  in  negotiating  the 
Treaty.  |  Also,  |  a  Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Algic,  or  Chippeway  Lan 
guage,  |  formed  in  part,  and  as  far  as  it  goes,  upon  the  basis  of  one 
furnished  |  by  the  Hon.  Albert  Gallatin.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 


M'INTOSH — MACKENZIE.  465 

McKenney  (Thomas  Lograine) — continued. 

Ornamented  with  twenty-nine  engravings,  of  Lake  Superior,  and 
other  |  scenery,  Indian  likenesses,  costumes,  &c.  | 

Baltimore :  |  Published  by  Fielding  Lucas,  Jun'r.  |  1827.  |    BA.  0. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-493.  8°. 

Ottawa  Hymn,  with  English  translation,  pp.  166-167;  Ojibwa  Soug,  p.  187; 
Verses  in  Mohawk,  p.  432 ;  Vocabulary  of  the  Algic,  or  Chippeway  Language, 
pp.  487-493. 

2384  Mackenzie  (Alexander).    Voyages  |  from  |  Montreal,  |  on  the  River 
St.  Laurence,  |  through  the  |  Continent  of  North  America,  |  to 
the  |  Frozen  and  Pacific  Oceans;  |  in  the  years  1789  and  1793.  | 
With  a  preliminary  account  |  of  the  Bise,  Progress,  and  Present 
State  of  |  the  Fur  Trade  |  of  that  Country.  |   Illustrated   with 
maps.  |  By  Alexander  Mackenzie,  Esq.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  T.  Cadell,  Jun.  and  W.  Davies,  Strand; 
Cobbett  and  Morgan,  |  Pall-Mall ;  and  W.  Creech,  at  Edinburgh.  | 
By  E.  Noble,  Old-Bailey.  |  M.  DCCC.  I  [1801].  |  BA.  c. 

1  l.,pp.  i-viii,  i-cxxxii,  1-414.  4°.  maps. 

Some  account  of  the  Knisteneaux  Indians,  pp.  xci-cxvi,  includes:  The  names 
which  they  give  the  moons,  pp.  cv-cvi;  Examples  of  the  Knisteueaux  and  Al- 
gonkin  Tongues,  pp.  cvii-cxvi. 

Some  account  of  the  Chepewyan  Indians,  pp.  cxvi-cxxxii,  includes:  Exam 
ples  of  the  Chepewyan  Tongue,  pp.  cxxix-cxxxii. 

Vocabulary  in  the  languages  of  the  Nagailer,  or  Chin  Indians,  and  the  At  nali 
or  Carrier  Indians,  25  words,  pp.  257-258. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  Friendly  Village,  25  words,  p.  376. 

2385  Voyages  |  from  |  Montreal  |  through  the  |  Continent  of 

North  America,  |  to  the  |  Frozen  and  Pacific  Oceans;  |  In  the 
Years  1789  and  1793.  |  With  a  preliminary  account  |  of  the  rise, 
progress,  and  present  state  of  |  the  fur  trade  |  of  that  country.  | 
With  original  notes  by  Bougainville,  and  Volney,  |  Members  of  the 
French  Senate.  |  Illustrated  with  maps.  |  By  Alexander  Macken 
zie,  Esq.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  T.  Cadell,  Jun.  and  W.  Davies,  Strand;  | 
Cobbett  and  Morgan,  Pall- Mall ;  and  W.  Creech,  |  at  Edinburgh.  | 
By  E.  Noble,  Old-Baily.  |  M.  DCCC.  II  [1802].  |  c. 

2  vols.  8°.  maps.     Linguistics,  as  in  iirst  edition,  vol.  1,  pp.  129-130,  131-142, 
153-162;  vol.  2,  pp.  148-149,  203. 

2386  Voyages  |  D'Alex.dre  Mackenzie;  |  dans  Pinte'rieur  |  de  | 

PAme'rique  Septentrionale,  |  Faits  en  1789,  1792  et  1793;  |  Le  l.er, 
de  Montreal  au  fort  Chipiouyau  et  a  la  mer  Glaciale;  |  Le  2.me,  du 
fort  Chipiouyan  jusqu'aux  bords  de  l'Oce"an  |  pacifique.  |  Pre"ce"de"s 
d'un  Tableau  historique  et  politique  sur  |  le  commerce  des  Pellete- 
ries,  dans  le  Canada.  |  Traduits  de  PAuglais,  |  par  J.  Castera,  | 
Avec  des  Notes  et  un  Itine"raire,  tire's  en  partie  des  |  papiers  du 
vice-amiral  Bougainville.  |  Tome  Premier  [-III].  | 

30  Bib 


466  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Mackenzie  (Alexander) — continued. 

Paris,  |  Dentu,  Imprimeur-Libraire,  Palais  du  Tribunat,  |  gale- 
ries  de  bois,  n.°  240.  |  An  X.— 1802.  |  C. 

3  vols.  8°.  maps.  Linguistics,  vol.  1,  pp.  257-258,  261-274,  304-310;  vol.  3, 
pp.  20,  277. 

2387  Voyages  |  from  |  Montreal,  |  on  the  River  St.  Laurence,  | 

through  the  |  Continent  of  North  America,  |  to  the  |  Frozen  and 
Pacific  Oceans;  |  in  the  years  1789  and  1793.  |  With  a  preliminary 
account  |  of  the  rise,  progress,  and  present  state  |  of  |  the  Pur 
Trade  |  of  that  Country.  |  Illustrated  with  |  a  general  map  of  the 
Country.  |  By  Sir  Alexander  Mackenzie.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Published  by  John  Morgan.  |  E.  Carr,  Printer.  | 
1802.  |  * 

2  vols.  in  1.  3  p.  11.,  pp.  i-viii,i-cxxvi,  1-113,  115-392.  maps.  8°.  Linguistics, 
pp.  c-cx,  cxxiii-cxxvi, 247, 358-359.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames,  who  says: 

I  have  seen  a  copy  of  the  above  edition,  which  reads:  |  Illustrated  with  maps 
and  a  portrait  of  the  author.  | 

According  to  Sabin's  Dictionary :  First  American  Edition.  New  York :  Printed 
and  Sold  by  G.  F.  Hopkins.  1802,  pp.  viii,  ix,  94, 296.  8°. 

2388  Reisen  von  Montreal  durch  Nordwestamerika  uach  dem 

Eismeer  und  der  Siid-See  in  den  Jabren  1789  und  1793.    Nebst 
einer  Geschichte  des  Pelzhandels  in  Canada.    Aus  dem  Euglischen. 

Hamburg.  1802.  * 

8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary.     Linguistics,  pp.  118-131, 145-149. 

2389  Voyages  |  from  Montreal,  |  on  the  River  St.  Laurence,  | 

through  the  |  Continent  of  North- America,  |  to  the  |  Frozen  and 
Pacific  Oceans :  |  in  the  years  1789  and  1793.  |  With  a  Preliminary 
Account  of  |  the  Rise,  Progress,  and  Present  State  of  the  |  Fur 
Trade  |  of  that  country.  |  Illustrated  by  a  map.  |  By  Alexander 
Mackenzie,  Esq.  |  Third  American  Edition.  | 

New-York :  |  Published  by  Evert  Duyckinck,  Bookseller.  |  Lewis 
Nichols,  Printer.  |  1803.  |  C. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-437.  16°.     Linguistics,  pp.  93,94-99, 110,314,409. 

2390  Tableau  historique  et  politique  du  commerce  des  pelleteries 

dans  le  Canada  depuis  1608  jusqu'a  nos  jours.    Conteuant  beau- 
coup  de  details  sur  les  nations  sauvages  qui  1'habitent,  et  sur  les 
vastes  contre'es  qui  y  sont  contigues ;  avec  un  Vocabulaire  de  la 
langue  de  plusieurs  peuples  des  ces  vastes  contre'es.    Traduit  de 
1'anglais  par  J.  Caste"ra. 

Paris,  Dentu,  1807.  * 

310  pp.,  1  1.     An  extract  of  the  translation  of  vol.  1,  pp.  1-310  of  the  edition : 

Paris,  1802,  3  vols.  8°.—Leclerc  (1867),  No.  920. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Algonquin  and  of  the  Knisteneaux,  pp.  2(51-274;  of  the 

Chipeway,  pp.  304-310. 

2391  Voyages  [  from  |  Montreal,  |  on  the  River  St.  Laurence,  | 

through  the  |  Continent  of  North  America,  |  to  the  |  Frozen  and 


MACKENZIE — MADIER    Dt    MONTJAU.  467 

Mackenzie  (Alexander) — continued. 

Pacific  Oceans;  |  in  the  years  1789  and  1793.  |  With  a  preliminary 
account  |  of  the  rise,  progress,  and  present  state  |  of  |  the  Fur 
Trade  |  of  that  Country.  |  Illustrated  with  maps  and  a  portrait  of 
the  author.  |  By  Sir  Alexander  Mackenzie.  ;  Vol.  I  [II].  | 
New -York:  |  Published  by  W.  B.  Gilley.  |  1814.  |  c. 

2vols.  3 p.  11.,  pp.  i-viii,i-cxxvi,  1-113;  11.,  pp.  115-392.  8°.    Linguistics,  pp.  c- 
cx,  cxxiii-cxxvi,  247, 358-359. 

McKillop  (John). 
See  Robertson  (W.  S.),  McKillop  (J.),  and  Winslett  (D.) 

2392  McLean  (J.  J.)  and  Vanderbilt  (J.  M.)    A  Dictionary  of  the  Thlingit 
Language  of  Southeastern  Alaska.     By  J.  J.  McLean  and  J.  M. 
Vanderbilt. 

Manuscript.  Preface,  2  p.  11.,  vocabulary  11.  1-52.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

Arranged  alphabetically  under  English  words.  Includes  the  numerals  1-1000, 
names  of  the  months,  conjugation  of  the  verbs  "to  work"  and  "to  eat,"  and  the 
Lord's  Prayer,  with  interlinear  English  translation. 

2393  M'Lean  (John).    Notes  |  of  a  |  Twenty-Five  Years'  Service  |  in 
the  |  Hudson's  Bay  Territory.  |  By  John  M'Lean.  |  In  Two  Vol 
umes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Richard  Bentley,  New  Burlington  Street,  |  Publisher 
in  Ordinary  to  Her  Majesty.  |  1849.  |  BA.  o. 

2  vols.  12°.  Field,  No.  996,  gives  brief  title  of  an  edition:  London,  Bentley, 
1842,  2  vols.  12°,  which  is  probably  a  mistake. 

Vocabulary  of  the  principal  Indian  Dialects  in  use  among  the  tribes  in  the 
Hudson's  Bay  Territory  (Sauteu,  or  Ogibois,  Cree,  Beaver  Indian,  and  Chippe- 
•wayan),  vol.  2,  pp.  323-328. 

2394  M'Murray  (Mr.)  and  MTherson  (Mr.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Kutchin 
of  the  Yukon  or  Kutchi-Kutchi,  drawn  up  by  Mr.  M'Murray;  to 
which  the  Cheppewyau  Synonyms  were  added  by  Mr.  M'Pherson. 

In  Richardson  (Sir  J.)  Arctic  Searching  Expedition,  vol.  2,  pp.  382-385. 
London,  1851.  2  vols.  8°. 

M'Pherson  (Mr.) 
See  M'Murray  (Mr.)  and  M'Pherson  (Mr.) 

2395  M'Pherson  (Mrs.)    Fragment  of  a  vocabulary  of  the  Chepewyan 
dialect. 

In  Richardson  (Sir  J.)  Arctic  Searching  Expedition,  vol.  2,  pp.  387-395. 
London,  1851.  2  vols.  8°. 

2396  Madier  de  Montjau  (fid.)     Sur  quelques  manuscrits  figuratives  de 
1'ancien  Mexique  par  Ed.  Madier  de  Montjau. 

In  Soc  Am^ricaine  de  France,  nonvelle  serie,  tome  1,  pp.  227-256.     Paris, 

1875.  8°. 

Contains  specimens,  with  interlinear  translations. 

2397 Discours  sur  les  Etudes  Am^ricaines.    Par  Ed.  Madier  de 

Montjau,  President. 

In  Soc.  Americaine  de  France,  Annuaire,  1874,  pp.  5-30.    Paris,  1875.  8°. 


468  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Madier  de  Montjau  (fid.) — continued. 

2398  Homelies  sur  les  fivangiles  en  langue  Nahuatl.    Publi6 

par  fid.  Madier  de  Montjau. 

In  Soc.  Americaine  de  France,  Archives,  nouvelle  se'rie,  tome  1,  pp.  269-275. 
Paris,  1875.  8°. 

2399  [—     — ]  Textes  Mayas. 

In  Soc.  Americaine  de  France,  Archives,  nouvelle  se'rie,  tome  1,  pp.  373-378. 
Paris,  1875.  8°. 

Contains  extracts  from  Ejercicio  del  Santo  Viacrucis.     M4rida,  1869. 

2400  Madison  (James).    Vocabulary  of  the  Delaware  in  1792.    From 
the  papers  of  James  Madison. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  424^427.     Philadelphia, 

1853.  4°. 

2401  Madre  de  Dios  (Fr.  Ambrosio  de  la).    Arte  y  Diccionario  de  la 
Lengua  de  la  Nueva  Segovia.  * 

2402  Explicacion  de  los  Evangelios  en  dicha  lengua.     „  * 

2403  Doctrina  Cristiana  en  la  mis  ma.  * 

2404  La  Pasion  de  Ntro  Sr.  Jesucristo  en  la  misma. 

According  to  the  Cronista  Franco  these  works  were  printed  at  Manilla. — 
Beristain. 

2405  Magazine  of  American  History.    The  |  Magazine  |  of  |  American 
History  |  with  |  Notes  and  Queries  |  Vol.  I  [-VIII].  |  [Edited  by 
John  Austen  Stevens,  Librarian  of  the  New  York  Historical  Society.] 

A.  S.  Barnes  &  Company  |  New  York  and  Chicago  |  1877 
[-1882].  |  BA.  0. 

8  vols.  sm.  4°. 

Creve  Coeur  (H.  St.  J.  de).    The  Nantucket  Indians,  vol.  2,  pp.  360-363. 

Dunbar(J.  B.)    The  Pawnee  Indians,  vol.4,  pp.  241-281;  vol.  5,  pp.  321-345. 

Gatschet  (A.  S).  Indian  Languages  of  the  Pacific  States  and  Territories, 
vol.  1,  pp.  145-171. 

Proper  names  of  California  Indians,  vol.  1,  pp.  758-759. 

Indian  languages  of  the  Pacific  States  and  Territories,  and  of  the 

Pueblos  of  New  Mexico,  vol.  8,  pp.  254-263. 

Robertson  (R.  S. )    Long  Island  Indians,  vol.  2,  pp.  370-371, 501. 
Trumbull  (J.  H.)     Indian  Names  of  Places  on  Long  Island,  derived  from 
esculent  roots,  vol.  1,  pp.  386-387. 

Oregon.     The  origin  and  meaning  of  the  name,  vol.  3,  pp.  36-38. 

In  addition  to  the  above  articles  there  are  various  short  notices,  etymologies, 
&K.,  scattered  through  the  "Notes  and  Queries"  department  of  the  magazine. 

2406  Mahan  (I.  L.)     Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  Odjibwe. 

Manuscript,  pp.  8-102.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  1st 
edition,  nearly  complete.  Collected  at  Bayfield,  Wis.,  in  1879,  with  the  aid  of 
Abb6  Ferrard.  Mr.  Mahan  is  the  Indian  agent  at  Red  Cliff  Reserve,  Wis. 

2407  Maillard  (Abbe).     Grammar  |  of  the  |  Mikmaque  Language  |  of 
Nova  Scotia,  |  Edited  from  the  Manuscripts  of  the  Abb6  Maillard  | 
by  the  |  Eev.  Joseph  M.  Bellenger.  | 

New  York :  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1864.  | 


MADIER  DE  MONTJAU — MALCOLME.  469 

Maillard  (Able) — continued. 
Second  title: 

Grammaire  |  de  la  |  Langue  Mikmaque,  |  par  |  M.  FAbbe"  Mail- 
lard,  |  Bedige"e  et  Mise  en  Ordre  par  Joseph  M.  Bellenger,  Ptre.  | 
Nouvelle-York :   |   Presse    Cramoisy    de    Jean-Marie    Shea,   j 
1864.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  3-101.  8°.    English  title  recto  1. 2;  French  title  recto  1.  3. 
"Shea's  Library  of  American  Linguistics, ix."    In  French. 

2408  Maine  Historical  Society.     Collections  |  of  the  |  Maine  Historical 
Society.  |  Vol.  I  [-VII].  | 

Portland  [and  Bath]:  |  Printed  by  Day,  Fraser  &  Co.  ... 
Exchange  St.  |  1831  [-1876].  |  BA.  c. 

7  vols.  8°.     Vol.  1  reprinted,  with  additions:  Portland,  1865.  fe°. 
Dudley  (Paul).     English  Definitions  of  Indian  Terms,  vol.  5,  pp.  427-429. 
Kidder  (F. )     The  Abenaki  Indians,  vol.  6,  pp.  229-263. 
Lincoln  (Enoch).     Remarks  on  the  Indian  Languages,  vol.  1,  pp.  310-333. 
POtter  (C.  E.)    Appendix  to  "Language  of  the  Abnaquis,"  vol.  4,  pp.  185-193. 
Vetromile  (Rev.  E. )    The  Abenaki  Indians,  vol.  6,  pp.  203-227. 

Acailia  and  its  Aborigines,  vol.  7,  pp.  337-349. 

'Willis  (W.)  The  Language  of  the  Abnaquies,  or  Eastern  Indians,  vol.  4, 
pp.  93-1 17. 

The  Indians  of  Hudson's  Bay,  and  their  Language,  vol.  6,  pp.  265-272. 

2409  [Malcolme  (Rev.  David).]  An  |  Essay  |  on  the  Antiquities  of  |  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland:  |  Wherein  they  are  |  Placed  in  a  clearer  Light 
than  hitherto.  |  Designed  |  As  an  Introduction  to  a  larger  Work,  | 
especially  an  Attempt  to  shew  an  Affinity  |  betwixt  the  Languages, 
&c.,  of  the  anci-  |  ent  Britaiiis  and  the  Americans  of  the  |  Isthmus 
of  Darien.  |  In  answer  to  an  Objection  against  revealed  Eeligion.  | 
[Six  lines  quotation.] 

Edinburgh,  |  Printed  by  T.  and  W.  Euddimans,  and  sold  |  by 
Alexander  Kincaid,  Bookseller.  M  DCC  XXX  VIII  [1738].  |  c. 

16, 8, 24, 32, 32,  32, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 48  pp.     8°. 

A  few  aboriginal  words  passim,  including  a  short  vocabulary  of  the  Darien 
Indians  (from  Wafer),  with  observations  thereon. 

2410  and  others.    A  |  Collection  of  Letters,  |  in  which  |  The  Im 
perfection  of  Learning,  even  a-  |  mong  Christians,  and  a  Eemedy 
for  it,  are  |  hinted.'  |  TLe  Usefulness  of  the  Celtick  is  instanced,  in  | 
illustrating  the  Antiquities  of  the  British  Isles,    |   in  pointing  out 
the  errors  of  Mr.  Innes,  and  |  the  most  ancient  People  and  Lan 
guage;    some  |  Elements  of  which  are  set  down.  |  The  Affinity 
betwixt  the  Language  of  the  Ame-  |  ricans  of  the  Terra  Firma,  and 
these  of  the  ancient  |  Britaius,  is  proved.    The  Scripture- Account 
of  |  Things  is  coufirm'd.    An  Objection  against  Ee-  |  vealed  Ee 
ligion,  heretofore  not  fully  answered,  is  |  removed.    A  Specimen 
of  a  Dictionary,  English-  |  Celtick,  and  Celtick-English,  is  given.  | 
As  also,  |  A -Collection  of  Papers,  |  In  which  the  Proceedings  of 
the  Honourable  So-  |  ciety  of   Improvers,  the    Honourable  and 


470  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 

Halcolme  (Rev.  David)  and  others — continued. 

Learned  |  Faculty  of  Advocates,  some  General  As-  |  semblies,  their 
Commissions  and  Committees,  and  the  |  Testimonies  of  some 
learned  Men  about  thia  Affair,  |  are  represented.  |  [Quotation, 
seven  lines.] 

Edinburgh,  |  Printed  in  the  year  MDCCXXXIX  [1739].  |  » 

Second  title  :  as  in  preceding  number.  2  p.  11. ,  pp.  30, 48, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 32, 
24, 8, 16, 4.  8°.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

The  sixth  part  contains  a  comparison  of  Darien  words  with  the  ancient  Scot 
tish  ;  the  eighth  part  contains  Wafer's  specimen  of  Darieu  words  on  pp.  5,  (5 ;  and 
the  seventh,  ninth,  and  tenth  parts  contain  observations  and  comparisous  of  the 
Darien  with  other  languages. 

2411  .  .  .  Letters,  Essays,  and  other  Tracts,  illustrating  the 

Antiquities  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland;    together  with  many 
Curious  Discoveries  of  the  Affinity  betwixt  the  Language  of  the 
Americans  and  the  Ancient  Britains  to  the  Greek  and  Latin,  &c. 
Also  Specimens  of  the  Celtick,  Welsh,  Irish,  Saxon,  and  American 
Languages.    By  D.  Malcolme. 

London,  1744.  * 

8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

2412  Maldonado  (Fr.  Francisco).     [Arte,  Doctrina  Christiana,  &c.  in  the 
Cakchiqnel  language.]  * 

Manuscript.  77  unnumbered  11.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  American  Philo 
sophical  Society,  Philadelphia,  described  by  Dr.  Briuton  in  the  American  Journal 
of  Science  and  Arts,  vol.  47,  pp.  222-230,  as  follows: 

On  the  recto  of  the  second  leaf  is  the  following  title: 

Arte  pronunciacion  y  ortographia  de  la  lengua  en  el  mismo 
ydioma  |  Cakchiquel.  | 

On  the  fourth  line  of  the  verso  of  the  same  leaf: 

JJamilette,  Manual  para  los  Yndios  sobre  |  la  Doctrina  Christi 
ana  |  por  fray  francisco  Maldoualdo  miuorita,  |  Sub  Censura  saute 
Eomane  eclesie  Dialogo  primo. 

This  "nosegay,"  or  anthology,  consists  of  twelve  dialogues  on  the  confession, 
creed,  sacraments,  good  works,  &c.,  between  a  priest  and  his  catechumen.  After 
the  twelfth  dialogue  there  is  an  addition  of  nine  leaves  in  Cdkchiquel,  with  the 
title:  [See  Esta  explicacion]. 

The  Dialogos  is  a  work  hitherto  unknown  of  Maldonado,  one  of  the  most 
learned  of  the  Franciscan  missionaries.  He  lived  in  the  latter  half  of  the  17th 
century.  The  only  one  of  his  productions  given  by  Mr.  Squier  is  "Sermoues  y 
Panegiricos  en  Lengua  Cakchiquelche,"  which  is  that  also  chiefly  referred  to  by 
Father  Goto  in  his  dictionary. 

2413  Ha  nima  Vuh  vae  Theologia  Indorum  ru  binaam.  * 

Manuscript.   178  11.   folio.     Preceded  by  1  1.  with  these  words:  "Dios  nima 

Akauh  ti  qohe  aniquin  at  nu  lokol  ah  tata,"  followed  by  these:  "De  la  libreria 
de  N.  P.  S.  Franc°  de  Guat»."  Signed  A.  de  la  Raya. 

Following  1. 178  are  two  others  in  Cakchiquel,  but  in  a  very  different  hand, 
and  signed  "Yn  Franco  Gonzalez." 

Although  the  name  of  Maldonado  does  not  appear,  theje  is  no  doubt  that  he 
is  the  author,  as  only  he  and  Father  Domingo  de  Vico  wrote  a  book  of  this  sort 
in  the  Cakchiquel  language.  As  to  the  latter,  the  manuscript  bears  his  name, 
and  it  is  entirely  different  from  the  first. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 


MALCOLME — MALLERY.  471 

Maldonado  (-FV.  Francisco) — continued. 

2414  Sermones  super  evangelia  que  in  sanctorum  festivitatibus 

leguutur:  Cuni  eorumdein  vitis,  et  transitis  idiomathe  Guatimalensi 
Cakchiquel.    Per  fratrem  Franciscum  Maldonado.     Ordinis  divi 
Francisci  predicatorera.    Olim  que  diffinitorem  nominis  Jesu  Gua- 
themaleusis  provincie  aluumum  licet  Matriti  natum.    Anno  D.  M. 
LXXI  [1671]  [«jc|.  * 

Manuscript.  2  unnumbered  II.,  153  11.  folio. 

He  had  an  admirable  knowledge  of  the  three  dialects  of  the  principal  lan 
guage  of  this  country,  QuichS,  Cakchiquel,  and  Tzutuhil,in  which  he  wrote  a 
great  number  of  religious  works  and  treatises,  all  of  which  remained  in  manu 
script.  Such  was  the  estimation  in  which  they  were  held  that  many  were  trans 
lated  into  Spanish  for  the  use  of  missionaries  and  priests.— Brasseur  de  Botirbourg. 

Beristain  speaks  of  this  author,  as  follows: 

He  united  so  admirably  the  most  profound  theological  knowledge  with  the 
perfect  understanding  of  the  difficult  Quiche',  Cakchiquel,  and  Tntuchil  idioms, 
that  he  formed  a  complete  Teologla  Indiana,  very  useful  to  the  teaching  priests 
of  those  provinces  and  very  advantageous  to  the  neophytes. 

He  left  at  his  death  13  volumes  in  manuscript,  some  of  which  are  preserved 
in  the  library  of  the  Franciscan  Fathers  of  Guatemala,  and  others  translated  into 
Spanish  are  in  possession  of  the  missionaries  and  parish  priests,  according  to  P. 
Arochena,  who  thus  enumerates  the  writings  of  this  author : 

2415  Instruccion  teologica  de  los  Indies.  « 

2  vols.  of  more  than  100  pp.  each. 

Explication  del  Sitnbolo  de  la  Fe. 


Explicacion  de  los  milagros  de  Jesucristo. 
1  vol. 
2418 Dialogo  moral  y  politico. 

1  vol. 

2419  Sermones  varios. 

2  vols. 

2420 Explicacion  de  los  Sacramentos. — Examen  de  penitentes. — 

Practica  de  Confesores. — Explicacion  de  los  Indulgencias. 

4  vols.     All  in  the  idioms  mentioned. 

2421  Mallery  (Col.  Garrick).    Smithsonian  Institution— Bureau  of  Eth 
nology  |  Introduction  |  to  the  |  Study  of  Sign  Language  |  among 
the  |  North  American  Indians  j  as  |  illustrating  the  gesture  speech 
of  mankind  |  By   Garrick  Mallery  |  Brevet  Lieut.  Col.,  U.  S. 
Army  | 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1880  |  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1 1.,  pp.  i-iv,  1-72.  4°. 

2422  Smithsonian  Institution— Bureau  of  Ethnology  |  J.  W. 

Powell,  Director  |  A  Collection  |  of  |  Gesture-Signs  |  and  Signals  | 
of  the  |  North  American  Indians  |  with  |  some  comparisons  |  by  j 
Garrick  Mallery  |  Brevet  Lieut.  Col.  and  formerly  Acting  Chief 
Signal  Officer,  U.  S.  Army  |  Distributed  only  to  collaborators  | 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1880  |  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1 1.,  title,  reverse  blank  1 1.,  pp.  1-329.  4°.     Only  200  copies  of  this 
were  printed. 


472  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Mallery  (Col.  Garrick) — continued. 

2423  A  calendar  of  the  Dakota  Nation. 

In  Hayden  (F.  V.)     Bulletin,  vol.  3,  pp.  3-25.    .Washington,  1877.  8°.     Da 
kota  terms  passim.     Also  separately  issued  with  half-title. 

2424  The  former  and  present  number  of  our  Indians.    By  Gar- 
rick  Mallery. 

In  Am.  Ass.  Adv.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  26,  pp.  340-366.     Salem,  1878.    8°.     Also 
separately  issued  with  half-title. 

Various  comments  on  language,  etymologies,  syuonomies,  &o. 

2425  The  Sign  Language  of  the  Indians  of  the  Upper  Missouri, 

in  1832.    By  Col.  Garrick  Mallery. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian,  vol.  2,  pp.  218-228.     Chicago,  1879-80.  8°. 

242G  The  Sign  Language  of  the  North  American  Indians.    By 

Garrick  Mallery,  U.  S.  Army,  Washington,  D.  C. 

In  Am.  Ass.  Adv.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  28,  pp.  493-519.     Salem,  1880.  8°. 

2427  The  Sign-language  of  the  North  American  Indians.    By 

Garrick  Mallery. 

In  Am.  Annals  of  the  Deaf  and  Dumb,  vol.  25,  No.  1,  pp.  1-20.    Washington, 
[1880].    8°. 

2428  The    Sign-language   of    the    North    American    Indians. 

[Signed  Garrick  Mallery.] 

In  United  Service,  vol.  2,  No.  2,  pp.  226-243.    Philadelphia,  1880.  8°. 
A  few  Ojihwa  terms,  p.  234. 

2429  The  Sign  Language  of  the  North  American  Indians.    By 

Garrick  Mallery. 

In  Anthrop.  Soc.  of  Washington,  Trans.,  1880-81,  pp.  19-21.     Washington, 

1881.  8°. 

2430  Sign  Language  among  North  American  Indians  compared 

with  that  among  other  peoples  and  deaf-mutes.     By  Garrick  Mal 
lery. 

In  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  First  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  263-552.   Washington,  1881.  8°. 
Hoffman  (W.  J.)   Sentences  with  interlinear  translation,  p.  483  and  following. 
Jacker  (F.)    Nawagijig's  Story,  pp.  518-520. 
Issued  also  separately,  with  title-page  as  follows : 

2431  Sign  Language  |  among  |  North  American  Indians  |  com 
pared  with  |  that  among  other  peoples  and  deaf-mutes  |  By  j  Gar 
rick  Mallery  |  Brevet  Lient.  Col.  U.  S.  Army  |  (Extracted  from  the 
First  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  |  of  Ethnology)  | 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1881  |  JWP. 

Outside  printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  263-552.  royal  8°. 

2432  Mallet  (J.)     Les  Caraibs. 

In  Congres  Int.  des  Am<5ricanistes,  compte-rendu,  premiere  session,  tome  1, 
pp*394-40d.     Nancy  et  Paris,  1875.  8°. 
A  short  Carib  vocabulary,  p.  403. 

2433  Maltby  (Frank).    The  Lord's  Prayer  [in  the  Comanche  language]. 

In  Am.  Naturalist,  vol.  13,  p.  790.     Philadelphia,  1879.  8°. 


MALI.ERY — MALTE-BRUN.  473 

2434  Malte-Brun  (Mai the  Kourad  Bruu,  known  as).    Pre"cis   |   de  la   | 
Geographic  Universelle,  |  ou  |  Descrii)tioii  |  de  toutes  les  parties 
du  Monde,  |  snr  un  plan  nouveau,  |  d'apres  les  graudes  divisions 
naturelles  du  Globe;  |  Precedee  de  1'Histoire  de  la  Geographic  chez 
les  Peuples  anciens  |  et  modernes,  et  d'une  The"orie  g6u6rale  de  la 
Geographic  j  Mathe'inatique,  Physique  et  Politique;  |  Et  accom- 
pagn^e  de  Cartes,  de  Tableaux  analytiques,  synoptiques  et  |  416- 
meutaires,  et  d'une  Table  alphabetique  des  noms  de  Lieux.  |  Par 
M.  Malte-Brun.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Huitieme].  |  Histoire  de  la  G6o- 
graphie.  | 

a  Paris,  |  Chez  Fr.  Buisson,  Libraire-editeur,  |  Eue  gilles-co3ur, 
N»  10.  |  1810  [-1829].  |  A. 

8  vols.  8°,  and  atlas  4°. 

Tableau  de  1'enchaluement  gcSographique  deslanguesame'ricaineset  asintiqnes, 
vol.  5,  pp.  '227-234.  Being  a  comparison  between  various  American  and  Asiatic 
words.  Also,  according  to  Sabin's  Dictionary  : 

+  Seconde  edition,  corrige~e.     Paris,  1812-1829,  8  vols.  8°. 

+  Nouvelle  Edition.     Paris,  1831-1837, 12  vols.  8°.  ^ 

-f-  Cinquieine  Edition  revue,  corrigee  et  augmented  de  toutes  les  nonvelles 
d^couvertes,  Par  M.  J.-J.-N.  Hnot,  Paris,  Furne  et  C'«.  1841,  6  vols.  8°. 

+  Paris,  Gamier  Freres,  1853, 6  vols.  8°. 

-(-Nouvelle  eVlition,  .  .  .  par  V.  A.  Malte-Brun  fils,  Paris,  Penaud  Freres, 
1852-1856, 8  vols.  8°. 

The  succeeding  editions  (Paris,  1855-1857,  &c.)  do  not  contain  the  linguistics. 

2435  Malte-Brun's  neustes  Gemalde  von  Amerika  und  seinen 

Bewohnern.  Aus  dem  Franzosischen  iibersetzt  und  mit  Zusatzen 
vermehrt  von  E.  W.  von  Greipel. 

Leipzig.  1819.  8°.  » 

+  Leipzig.  1824.  2  vols.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary. 

4236  Universal  |  Geography,  |  or  |  A  Description  |  of  |  all  the 

parts  of  the  world,  |  on  a  new  plan,  |  according  to  the  great  natural 
divisions  of  the  globe;  |  accompanied  with  |  analytical,  synoptical, 
and  elementary  tables.  |  By  M.  Malte-Brun.  |  Improved  by  the  ad 
dition  of  the  most  recent  information,  derived  |  from  various 
sources.  |  Vol.  I  [-IIIJ.  |  Containing  the  theory  or,  mathematical, 
physical,  and  |  political  principles,  of  geography,  &c.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Published  by  Anthony  Finley,  |  north  east  corner 
of   Fourth   and  Chestnut  Streets.  |  William  Brown,   Printer.  | 
1827.  |  0. 

3  vols.  8°.  Table  of  the  geographical  connection  of  the  American  and  Asiatic 
languages,  vol.  3,  pp.  148-154. 

2437  A  |  System  |  of  |  Universal  Geography,  |  or  |  a  Descrip 
tion  |  of  |  all  the  parts  of  the  world,  |  on  a  new  plan,  |  according 
to  the  Great  Natural  Divisions  of  the  Globe;  |  Accompanied  with  | 
Analytical,  Synoptical,   and  Elementary  Tables.  |  By  M.  Malte- 
Brun,  |  Editor  of  the  "  Annales  des  Voyages,"  &c.  |  With  additions 


474  NORTH   AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Halte-Brun  (Malthe  Konrad  Brun,  known  as) — continued. 

and  corrections,  |  by  James  G.  Percival.  |  Embellished  with  |  a 
complete  atlas,  |  and  |  a  series  of  beautiful  engravings.  |  In  three 
volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [-III].  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  and  Published  by  Samuel  Walker.  |  Published 
also  in  Philadelphia  [&c.,  four  lines].  |  1834.  |  c. 

3  vols.  4°.  Table  of  the  geographical  connexion  of  the  American  and  Asiatic 
languages,  Tol.  2,  pp.  173-176. 

Sabin's  Dictionary  gives  the  following  editions: 
+  Edinburgh,  Adam  Black,  1832,  10  vols.  8°. 
+  Boston,  Wells  and  Lilly,  1824-1831,  9  vols.  8°. 
+  Philadelphia,  Anthony  Finley,  1827-1832,  6  vols.  8°. 
+  Boston,  1828,  3  vols.  4°. 
+  Philadelphia,  1832-1837,  5  vols.  8°,  atlas  4°. 
+  Boston,  1847,  1851,  1865,  3  vols.  4°. 

2438  Malte-Brun  (Victor  Adolphe.)    Tableau  de  la  Distribution  Ethno- 
graphique  des  nations  et  des  langues  au  Mexique. 

In  Coiigres  Int.  des  Ame'ricanistes,  compte-rendu,  seconde  session,  tome  2, 
pp.  10-44.  Luxembourg  et  Paris,  1878.  8°.  Accompanied  by  "Carte  Ethno- 
graphique  du  Mexique  d'apres  celle  de  M.  Orozco  y  Berra. 

2439  Manual  [de  administrar  los  Sacramentosj  |  en  Lengua  Mixteca  | 
de  |  ambos  dialectos  |  Bajo  y  Montanez,  |  para  |  los  Curatos  de  la 
Sagrado  Mitra  |  de  Puebla  |  en  los  que  |  se  habla  este  idioma.  | 
Formado  |  por  una  Comision  de  Curas,  |  de  orden  de  Su  Excelencia 
Illma.  |  el  Sr.  D.  D.  Francisco  Pablo  Vasquez,  |  Dignisimo  Obispo 
de  esta  Diocesis. 

Puebla.  |  Imprenta  del  Hospital  de  San  Pedro.  |  1837.  |  B. 

Pp.  1-75  in  3  columns,  Mixteco  Bajo,  Spanish,  and  Mixteco  Montauez,  1 1.  in 
dex  and  errata. 

These  three  works  [including  Catecismo  Mixteco  and  Catecismo  Mixteco 
Montanez],  although  printed  separately,  form  iu  reality  but  one,  as  is  shown  by 
the  prologue  of  the  first,  and  from  the  table  of  errata  which  is  common  to  the 
three.  The  authors  promise  an  Arte  and  Vocabulario  which  I  think  has  not 
been  published.  Mention  is  made  in  this  work  of  another  Catecismo  Mixteco, 
printed  in  1834  by  order  of  the  same  bishop.  I  have  not  seen  it. — Icaztalceta's 
Apuntes,  No.  19.  See  Doctrina  Christiana,  1834,  No.  1050a. 

2440  Manualito  para  Administrar  el  Viatico  y  Extrema  uncion,  en 
TLE  IN          Idioma  Mexicano  .... 

Mexico:  A.  Valdes.  1817. 

Nl5r         8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  48528. 

2441  Manuscripts.     [Manuscripts  in  the  Algonquin  language.]  * 

While  on  a  visit  to  the  mission  of  the  Lac  des  deux  Montagues,  or,  as  it  is  now 
better  known  on  the  maps,  the  village  of  Oka,  Canada,  during  the  autu  mn  of  1882, 
I  had  the  pleasure  of  inspecting  a  number  of  manuscripts  in  the  library  of  Father 
Leclairo,  the  missionary  at  that  place.  The  titles  and  descriptions  of  these  will 
be  found  in  their  proper  places  iu  this  catalogue.  There  is  also  a  large  number 
preserved  in  the  Convent  of  the  Sisters  of  the  Congregation  at  the  same  place,  of 
the  existence  of  which  I  was  not  aware  at  the  time.  I  have,  however,  been  fur- 


MALTE-BRUN MANUSCRIPTS.  475 

Manuscripts — continued. 

nished  with  a  list  of  them  by  Mrs.  Erininnie  A.  Smith,  an  employe'  of  the  Bureau 
of  Ethnology,  who  is  engaged  in  the  preparation  of  a  grammar  and  dictionary 
of  the  various  dialects  of  the  Iroquois.  A  number  of  these  manuscripts  are 
anonymous,  and  I  have  grouped  them  under  the  above  general  title.  In  the 
descriptions,  Mrs.  Smith  was  aided  by  Father  Leclaire  and  the  Sisters  of  the 
convent.  They  are  as  follows : 

2442  Dictionnaire  Algonquin-Francais  de  1'an  1661. 

Manuscript,  sin.  4°.     Preserved  in  the  archives  of  the  convent  at  the  mission 

of  the  Lac  des  deux  Montagues. 

This  work  has  passed  through  the  hands  of  M.  Mathevette,  a  former  missionary 
at  this  place,  as  one  clearly  sees  by  an  inspection  of  the  cover,  which  is  entirely 
covered  with  short  notes  in  Algonquin  written  by  this  missionary ;  besides  these 
he  has  made  many  additions  throughout  the  dictionary. 

Other  additions  and  corrections  have  been  made  by  the  hand  of  another  mis 
sionary,  whose  name  is  not  known,  but  from  whom  we  have  a  large  number  of 
Algonquin  manuscripts.  To  this  author  belong  the  six  pages  which  end  the 
work. 

These  writers  were  evidently  very  capable  men,  and  already  far  advanced  in 
the  knowledge  of  the  language. 

Another  anonymous  author  has  compiled  a 

2443  Dictionnaire  Frangais-Algonquin. 

Which  appears  equally  ancient.  It  is  not  complete,  beginning  with  the  letter 
B  and  ending  with  the  letter  T.  The  mice  have  partially  destroyed  it,  but  the 
remainder  is  in  a  readable  state. 

The  hand  of  this  same  author  is  to  be  seen  in  a  manuscript  of  99  11.,  containing, 
in  abridged  Latin  and  Algonquin,  a  discourse  on  Purgatory,  and  a  part  of  Gen 
esis  in  Algonquin. 

The  Algonquin-French  dictionary  of  1661  appears  to  be  the  work  of  a  Jesuit 
priest ;  the  incomplete  French- Algonquin,  that  of  a  priest  of  the  same  order,  and 
his  contemporary. 

The  three  works  above  named  were  all  corrected  and  augmented  by  a  Jesuit 
Father,  who  wrote  in  1699,  and  who  knew  the  language  perfectly,  for  he  wrote 
concerning  the  roots  of  the  Algonquin,  and  also  a 

2444  Dictionnaire  Fraucais-Algonquin. 

This  is  in  a  very  bad  condition ;  leaves  torn,  &c.     He  also  wrote 

2445  Instructions  sur  les  symboles,  &c. 

A  fifth  Jesuit  missionary,  not  less  ancient  than  the  preceding,  wrote  a  large 
volume  in  18°,  well  preserved,  containing: 

244G  Grammaire,  Petit  Cate"chisrne,  Prieres  et  Cantiqes. 

Another  priest  of  the  same  order  and  epoch  has  left  a  fragment  of  a 

2447  Dictionnaire  Francais-Algonquin. 

And  a  large  book  of  instructions,  &c.,  and  a  seventh  has  left  a  catechism 
which  is  contained  in  a  12°  volume,  No.  4. 

2448  Cate~ehisnie  Algonquin. 

140  pp.  4°.  Used  by  the  Sisters  in  teaching  the  children  of  their  school.  The 
one  now  in  use  is  a  copy  made,  they  think,  about  fifty  years  ago.  Besides  the 
catechism  it  contains  many  psalms  and  hymns. 


V1 


476  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

_/ 

2449  Manuscrit.     Manuscrit  Mexicain  Original.  • 

15  11.  4°.  Ancient  title  on  maguey  paper  of  the  territory  of  Zenpualan  and 
other  places,  painted  and  written  in  the  first  years  following  the  conquest  of 
Mexico.  *  *  The  inscriptions  in  Latin  characters  are  all  in  the  Nahuatl  lan 
guage. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

2450  Manuscrit  Mexicain  N°  2  de  la  Bibliotheque  Impe"riale, 

photographic  (sans  redaction).     Par  ordre  de  S.  E.  M.  Duruy, 
Ministre  de  1'Instruction  Publique,  President  de  la  commission 

^OflS,         scientifique  du  Mexique. 

Paris,  1864.  Imprimerie  Bonaventure  et  Ducessois.— Imprimerie 
photographique  Benoist.  * 

22  plates,  large  folio.  This  manuscript  is,  in  characters,  identical  with  the 
manuscript  Troano  and  the  Dresden  Codex.  It  is  the  most  perfect  of  the  three 
in  regard  to  the  beauty  and  delicacy  of  the  writing  ;  but  it  is  also  the  one  that 
had  suffered  most.  But  50  copies  were  published. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

2451  Manuscritos  en  Mexicano. 

A  volume  in  folio  containing  fourteen  original  pieces  in  manuscript  and  three 
printed  ones,  the  manuscript  occupying  two  hundred  and  six  leaves.  They 
extend  from  1580  to  1847.— .Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

2452  Marcel  (Jean  Jacques).    Oratio  Dominica  |  CL  linguis  Versa  |  et 
propriis  cuj  usque  lingua  |  characteribus  |  plerumque  expressa ;  | 
Edeute  J.  J.  Marcel,  |  Typographeii  Imperialis  Admiuistro  Gene- 
rali.  |  [Design.] 

Parisiis,  |  Typis  Imperialibus.  |  Anno  repar.  sal.  1805,  |  Impe- 
riique  Napoleonis  Primo.  |  c. 

7  p.  11.,  11.  1-150,  1  1.,  usually  printed  on  one  side  only. 

Pars  Quarta,  Linguas  Americanas  complectens,  11.  132-150,  contains  the  Lord's 
Prayer  in  Groenlandice  (ex  Evang.  groenland.  Hafniae  edito),  Canadice,  mon- 
tium  dialecto  (ex  Masseo),  Illiuice  (ex  Manuscripto),  Mohogice,  novi  eboraci 
dialecto  (ex  Chamberlaynio),  Virginice  (ex  Bibliis  Virginice  impressis  Canta- 
brigie),  Savanahice  (ex  Chamberlayuio),  Mexicane  (ex  Wilkinsio),  Poconchine 
(ex  Wilkinsio),  Caraibice  (ex  Catechismo  caraibice  edito),  Otomitice  (ex  Lau- 
rentio  Hervas). 

Marchand  (Etienne). 
See  Fleurieu  (C.  P.  C.) 

2453  Marcoux  (Rev.  Francois  Xavier).     Roman  Catholic  Church  Service 
in  the  Mohawk  dialect  of  the  Iroquois  language.  * 

Manuscript.  300  pp.  8°.  Set  to  music.  Title  communicated  by  the  author, 
a  missionary  to  the  Mohawks  at  St.  Regis,  Canada.  He  has  spent  fifty-six  years 
among  the  Iroquois,  and  his  knowledge  of  the  language  is  most  thorough.  The 
manuscript  is  in  his  possession. 

2454  and  Burtin  (Rev.  Nicholas  Victor).     Kaiatonsera  |  teierSa- 

kSatha  onkSe  on8e  neha  |  tseiehasens  iokarenre  oni  |  Reson  Teio- 
ronhiatthe  akesasronoii  ronSahueh  |  Livre  de  Chants  en  Sauvage  | 
pour  la  Messe  &  les  Vepres  |  composes  par  M.  P.  Marcoux  Missri  a 
St.  Regis.  |  1878  |  cv. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-530.  4°.  The  mass  aud  vespers  in  the  Mohawk  language. 
In  the  archives  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church  at  the  Indian  village  of  Caugh- 
nawaga,  Canada.  The  veapers  was  translated  into  Canghnawaga  and  the  whole 
set  to  music  by  Pere  N.  V.  Burtin,  now  missionary  at  that  village.  Six  copies 
exist,  in  one  or  two  of  which  Pere  Burtiu  was  aided  by  one  of  his  Indian  choristers. 


MANUSCRIT — MARCOUX.  477 

2455  [Marcoux  (Rev.  Joseph).]     Ionteri8aienstak8a  |  ne  |   kariSiioston 
Teiiuasoutha,  |  KahuaSakeha.  |  [Crucifix]. 

Tiobtiaki     [Montreal],   |    Tehoristorarakon     Louis     Perrault.  | 
1844.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-39.  18°.     Catechism  in  the  Caughnawaga  dialect  of  the  Iroqnois. 

2456  lonteriSaieustakSa  j  ne  |  KariSiioston  Teieiasontha,  |  Kah 

uaSakeha.  |  [Crucifix]. 

Tiobtiaki    [Montreal],    |    Tehoristorarakon  Louis    Perrault.    | 
1854.  |  V.  B. 

Pp.  1-48.  24°.  Catechism,  prayers,  &c.,  in  Iroquois.  Second  edition :  Issued 
under  the  supervision  of  Abbe"  J.  A.  Cuoq. 

2457  -    lonteriSaieustakSa  |  ne  |  kariSiioston  teieiasontha,  |  Kah- 

naSakeha.  |  [Design]. 

Tiohtiake  [Montreal]  |  Tehoristorarakon  J.  Chapleau  et  Fils.  | 

1875.  |  JWP. 

Outside  title  as  follows:  Cate'chisme  |  Iroquoise.  |  (Troisieme  Edition.)  | 
Printed  cover,  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-66.  16°. 

2458 Kaiatonsera  lonterennaientakSa  |  ne  teieiasontha  |  ne 

taiakosSateten  tsi  iakoriSiioston  |  KahnaSake  Tiakoshon.  |  Tsiatak 
nihououSentsiake  |  OnkSe  OnSe  |  Akoiatonsera.  | 

Tiohtiaki  [Montreal] :  |  tehoristorarakon  John  Lovell.  1852.  |  WE. 

Pp.  1-204.  12°.  Prayer-book  in  the  Caughnawaga  dialect  of  the  Iroquois.  See 
Marcoux  (J.)  and  Burtin  (N.  V.),  for  later  edition. 

2459  Lettres  |  de  |  feu   M.  Jos.  Marcoux,  |  Missionnaire   du 

Sault,  |  aux  |  Chef's   Iroquois  |  du  |  Lac  des   Deux    Montagues.  | 
1848-49.  |  Nene  tesakoiatonnihne  ne  ratiko8anensk8e  |  kanesata. 
kehronou  lie  tharonhiakanere-  |  kenha  kahnaSakehronon  ronSani- 
kenha.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

Tiohtiake  [Montreal]:  |  Tehoristorarakon  John  Lovell.  |  1869.  | 
Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-27.  16°.  JWP.  GB. 

2460 Vie  |  de  |  Catherine  TekakSita  |  (Traduction  Iroquoise.) 

Tiohtiake  [Montreal]  |  Tehoristorarakon  J.  Chapleau  et  Fils  | 

1876.  |  JWP. 
Outside  title  1  1.,  pp.  1-53.  18°. 

2461  lonterennaientakSa  sohna  ne  tharonhiakanere  kenha  roson 

KahnaSakeronon  ronSanikenha.    On  Formulaire  de  Prieres  par  feu 
M.  Marcoux,  Missionnaire  du  Sault  St.  Louis. 

In[Cuoq(J.A.)]  Tsiatak NihononSentsiake, pp. 296-410.  Tiohtiake,  1865.  12°. 
In  the  Iroquois  language. 

2462  Langues  Indiennes. 

In  Chateaubriand  (— ).    Atala,  Rene",  &c.,  pp.  400-409.    Paris,  1857.  12". 
Comments  on  the  Algonkin  and  Huron,  with  conjugation  of  a  Huron  verb. 

2463  Dictionnaire  Iroquois.  |  Iroquois-Frangais  |  [et  Frangais- 

Iroquois].  CV. 

Manuscript.  2  vols.  folio,  bound ;  arranged  alphabetically.  The  Iroquois- 
French  portion  is  dated  1844  and  contains  pp.  1-820 ;  the  French-Iroquois  con 
tains  pp.  1-590,  each  written  on  both  sides.  In  the  archives  of  the  Roman  Cath 
olic  Church  at  the  Indian  village  of  Caughnawaga,  Canada.  The  last  word  in 


478  NOETH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Marcoux  (R6v.  Joseph) — continued. 

the  French-Iroquois  portion  is  zele,  "  soyons  zele  pour  la  gloire  de  Dieu,  Tewata- 
skrmilia  rawenniieraarisa  |  Finis  |  Ad  Majorciu  Dei  gloriam.  |  J.  M.  |  This  dic 
tionary,  in  the  Mohawk  dialect,  is  probably  the  most  valuable  contribution  yet 
made  to  the  Iroquois  stock  of  dialects. 

2464  Grammaire  Jroqnoise  |  ou  |  La  Langue  Jroquoise  |  redu- 

ite  |  en  Principes  Fixes  |  Par  Moi  |  Sault  Saint  Louis  |  1828.  | 

Manuscript.  Title-page,  in  the  upper  right  hand  corner  of  which  is  "Jos. 
Marcoux  ptre  ";  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  7  blank  11. ;  pp.  1-157  ;  reverse  of  157  blank ; 
5  blank  11.  followed  by  Table  des  Matieres,  3  pp. ;  oblong  folio.  In  the  archives 
of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church  at  the  Indian  village  of  Caughuawaga,  Canada. 


It  is  in  the  Mohawk  dialect,  although  these  people  have  been  so  isolated  from 
the  other  tribes  that  they  consider  themselves  only  as  the  Iroquois.  The  maun, 
script  has  been  well  preserved  and  is  nicely  bound.  The  first  page  begins  with 
the  preface  or  introduction  entitled :  Grammaire  Iroquoise.  The  six  tribes  of 
Iroquois  are  briefly  referred  to,  and  the  page  closes  with  the  statement  that 
"Cette  grammaire  sera  divide  en  trois  parties,  elevens,  syntaxe,  et  idiotismes." 
Premiere  partie,  file'mens,  p.  1.  In  this  is  given  the  number  of  letters  used,  and 
their  different  sounds.  Regies  de  prononciation,  p.  2.  Five  rules  are  given.  On 
the  middle  of  page  3  begins  the  chapter:  Des  Noras.  Then  follow  three  pages 
on  the  noun.  At  the  end  of  p. 5  is  the  paragraph:  Du  Paradignie  K-  des  Noms. 
Two  pages  are  devoted  to  the  conjugations  of  this  paradigm.  Then  follow  two 
pages  of  the  conjugations  in  Paradigm  A  of  the  nouns.  These  tables  are  very 
elaborate.  On  p.  10  is  the  heading  of  a  chapter:  Des  Genres  et  nombres.  Page 
11  begins  another:  Noms  de  Nombre.  These  are  divided  into  cardinal,  ordi 
nal,  distributive,  and  multiplicative.  1st  Division,  Nombres  Cardinaux— the 
numerals  1-1,000,000.  Page  14  begins  a  paragraph  entitled:  Observations,  fol 
lowed  by:  Nombres  Ordinaux,  Nombres  Distributifs,  p.  15;  Nombres  Multipli- 
catifs,  p.  16.  The  next  division  is:  Des  Adjectifs,  observations,  followed  by  the 
divisions:  comparatif  et  superlatif,  p.  17.  The  eighteenth  page  begins  with :  Des 
Pronoms.  This  contains  a  very  complete  table  of  the  personal  pronouns.  The 
following  page  has  a  table  of:  Pronoms  Possessifs.  Page  21  is  devoted  to  Pro 
noms  Inde'termiue's.  Page  22  begins  a  new  chapter :  Du  Verhe.  "  Le  verbe  est  le 
mot  par  excellence  de  1'Iroqnois,  puisque  dans  cette  langue  tout  est  verbe,  noms, 
pronoms,  adjectifs."  All  of  the  pages  to  108  are  filled  with  the  paradigms  of  the 
different  conjugations,  &c. 

Then  follows,  p.  109 :  Seconde  Partie,  Syntaxe.  This  is  divided  into  para 
graphs  headed:  Syutaxe  d'accord,  p.  109 ;  Tour  Ne'gatif,  p.  110;  Tour  Interroga- 
tif,  p.  110;  Tour  Impe'ratif,  p.  111.  The  next  division  is:  Syntaxe  des  Pronoms, 
p.  Ill,  followed  by  the  paragraphs :  Que  avec  les  verbes,  p.  112 ;  De. — Pour  avec  les 
verbes,  p.  113 ;  Noms  d'instrument,  de  cause,  de  matiere,  &c.,  p.  113 ;  Regime  d'un 
verbe  snr  tin  autre  verbe,  p.  114 ;  Des  pronoms  en  Y,  p.  114 ;  Adverbes  de  lieu,  p. 
115;  Des  Quantite's,  p.  115;  Des  Comparaisons,  p.  lit*. 

On  p.  118  begins :  Des  Mesnres,  followed  by  Table  des  Mesures,  Monoies, 
Poids,  Longueur  etLargeur,  p.  119;Liquides,  with  table,  p.  120;  Terns,  with  table, 
p.  121 ;  Relations  de  Parente",  pp.  121-128. 

Tln-n  begins,  p.  129 :  Troisieme  Partie,  Idiotismes.  Forty  of  these  are  given, 
each  in  numbered  paragraphs,  extending  to  p.  139.  Pp.  140-150  are  blank. 

Page  151  begins  a  new  section  :  Differences  dans  les  Dialectes  Iroquois  entr'eux 
et  avec  la  langue  Huronne.  On  p.  153  begins  an  appendix:  Remarques  addi- 
tionelles  et  explications,  which  closes  with  p.  157.  Reverse  of  p.  157  blank,  fol 
lowed  by  6  blank  11.  unpaged;  then :  Table  des  matieres,  3  pp.  unnumbered. 


MARCOUX— MAECY.  479 

Marcoux  (Rev.  Joseph) — continued. 

2465  Formules  |  des  annonces  a  faire  du  prdne  |  [par  ReV.  Joseph 

Marcoux].  cv. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-282.  4°.  Rewritten  and  augmented  by  P&re  Burtin;  see 
Marcoux  (J.)  and  Burtin  (N.  V.) 

2466  J.  M.  J.  |  Instructions  |  Sur  la  Doctrine  Chre"tienne  &c.  | 

en  langue  iroquoise  |  1855  |  D'apres  le  plan  de  Mr.  P.  I.  Henri,  cure" 
de  Surice.  |  [Par  Re>.  Joseph  Marcoux.]  cv. 

Manuscript.  1  1.,  reverse  blank,  pp.  1-112,  written  on  both  sides.  4°. 
In  the  archives  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church  at  the  Indian  village  of  Caugh- 
nawaga,  Canada.     It  was  left  unfinished. 

2467  Traduction  iroquoise  |  de  la  Vie  de  N  S.  J4sus  Christ,  par 

le  Pere  de  Ligny,  S.  J.     [Translated  by  Rev.  Joseph  Marcoux.  |  cv. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-173.  folio.  In  the  archives  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church 
at  the  Indian  village  of  Caughnawaga,  Canada.  It  comprises  extracts  from  the 
four  evangelists. 

Pere  Joseph  Marcoux,  born  at  Quebec,  March  15,  1791,  was  a  secular  priest  of 
the  diocese  of  Montreal,  having  been  ordained  June  12,  1813.  From  1813  to  1819 
he  was  missionary  to  the  Mohawks  at  St.  Regis,  and  from  1819  until  his  death, 
May  29,  1855,  to  the  Mohawks  at  Sault  St.  Louis  (Caughnawaga). 

In  addition  to  the  above  manuscripts  Father  Marcoux  left  translations  of  the 
Church  discipline  and  the  pastoral  letters  of  the  bishops,  on  loose  sheets  of  large 
size  without  titles,  and  a  great  number  of  his  sermons  written  in  Mohawk,  which 
are  still  preserved  in  the  church  at  Caughnawaga,  where  he  so  long  officiated. 

2468 and  Burtin  (R6v.  Nicolas  Victor).  Kaiatonsera  |  lonteren- 

naientakSa  |  ne  roson  |  tharonhiakanere  kenha,  |  Oia  sonha  8aho- 
roke  Tekaronhianeken.  |  Formulaire  |  de  Prieres  |  par  Feu  M.  Jo 
seph  Marcoux,  [  Missionnaire  du  Sault  St.  Louis,  |  revu  et  aug- 
ment6  |  par  le  Rev.  P.  Burtin,  O.  M.  I.  | 

Montreal:  |  J.  Chapleau  &  Fils,  Imprimeurs  et  Relieurs,  |  31,  Rue 
Cott<§,  31  |  1879  |  B.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-288.  16°.  Preface,  pp.  iii-iv,  signed  N.  V.  Tekaronhianeken  [Bur- 
tin].  See  Marcoux  (J.),  for  earlier  edition. 

2469  Cahier  d'annonces  |  a  faire  |  pour  les  prdnes  |  (ancienne 

edition  de  M.  Marcoux  |  recopie"e  et  augmented  |  de  plusieurs  an 
nonces  nouvelles)  [par  N.  V.  Burtin].  | 

Caughnawaga  |  1878.  |  cv. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-268  followed  by  41  blank  11. ;  Table  des  matieres,  4  11.  4°. 
See  Marcoux  (J.),  for  original  manuscript. 

2470  Marcy  (Capt.  Randolph  Benton).     Specimens  of  the  Caddo  and 
Wichita  Languages.    By  Capt.  R.  B.  Marcy,  U.  S.  A. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  5,  pp.  709-712.  Philadelphia, 
1855.  4^. 

TLo  Wichita  vocabulary  given  here  is  not  the  same  as  that  in  the  Red  River 
Exploring  Expedition.  The  few  words  given  in  both  works  (numerals  1-10) 
differ  greatly  in  spelling. 


480  NORTH   AMEEICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Marcy  (Capt.  Randolph  Benton) — continued. 

2471  —   —  and  McClellan  (Capt.  George  Brinton).    32d  Congress,  2d 
Session.    Senate.     Executive  No.  54.  |  Exploration  |  of  the  |  Bed 
Eiver  of  Louisiana,  |  in  the  year  1852:  |  By  |  Randolph  B.  Marcy,  | 
Captain  Fifth  Infantry  U.  S.  Army;  |  assisted  by  |  George  B. 
McClellan,  |  Brevet  Captain  U.  S.  Engineers.  |  With  Reports  on 
the  Natural  History  of  the  Country,  |  and  numerous  illustrations.  | 

Washington :  |  Robert  Armstrong,  Public  Printer.  |  1853.  |  LSH. 
1-320.  8°.  maps. 

"Appendix  H.  Ethnology.  Vocabularies  of  words  in  the  languages  of  the 
Comanches  and  Wichitas.  By  Capt.  R.  B.  Marcy";  with  Remarks  on  the 
preceding  vocabularies,  by  Prof.  W.  W.  Turner,  pp.  305-311. 

2472  33d  Congress,  1st  Session.     Ho.  of  Reps.    Executive  Doc.  | 

Exploration  |  of  the  |  Red  River  of  Louisiana,  |  in  the  year  1852 :  j 
by  |  Randolph  B.  Marcy,  |  Captain  Fifth  Infantry  U.  S.  Army;  j 
assisted  by  |  George  B.  McClellan,  |  Brevet  Captain  U.  S.  Engi 
neers.  |  With  reports  on  the  Natural  History  of  the  Country,  |  and 
numerous  illustrations.  | 

Washington:  |  A.  O.  P.  Nicholson,  Public  Printer.  |  1854.  |  JWP. 
Pp.  i-xv,  1-286.  8°.     Linguistics  as  in  previous  edition,  pp.  273-276. 

2473  Marial  sacro  y  Santoral.     Sermones  en  la  Lengua  4iche,  escritos 
por  varies  autores,  priucipalmente  por  un  Indio  por  lo  qual  hay 
mucho  que  correjir,  o  emendar  en  todos  los  Textos  Latinos.    Per- 
tenece  al  uso  del  Pe-  Pr-  Fr-  Ie-  A.  S.  hijo  de  la  Sta-  Prova-  del,  dul- 
cistno  fibre  de  J.  H.  S.  Guatem"-  aiio  de  1796.  * 

Manuscript  in  the  Imperial  Library,  Paris.     Contains  23  sermons. — Ludewig. 

2474  Markham  (Clements  Robert).    The  Arctic  Highlanders.    By  C.  R. 
Markham,  Esq. 

In  Eth.  Soc.  of  London,  Trans.,  vol.  4,  pp.  125-137.     London,  1866.  8°. 
A  short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Greenlanders  and  Siberian,  p.  133. 

2475  Language  of  the  Eskimo  of  Greenland. 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soc.  of  London.  Arctic  Geography  and  Ethnology,  pp.  189- 
229.  London,  1875.  8°. 

In  addition  to  a  lengthy  vocabulary  Mr.  Markham  gives  the  Eskimo  names  of 
many  geographic  features,  with  English  signification.  The  above  is  the  third  of 
a  series  of  "  Papers  ou  the  Greenland  Eskimo,"  by  Mr.  Markham,  in  this  volume. 

2476  Marroquin  (D.  Francisco).     Catecismo  y  Doctrina  Cristiana  en 
idioma  Utlateco,  por  el  Illmo  D.  Francisco  Marroquin,  obispo  de 
Guatemala. 

Impreso  eu  Mexico,  por  Juan  Pablos,  1556.  * 

4°.     Title  fxirnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  who  says:  Factitious  title;  no  copy  of 
this  edition  is  known ;  that  of  another  edition,  very  rare,  is  as  follows : 

2477  —  Doctrina  Cristiana  en  l6gua  Guatemalteca     Ordenada  por 
el  Reueredissimo  Seflor  Don  Francisco  Marroquin,  primer  obispo 
de  Guatemala,  y  del  Cnsejo  de  su  Majestad  &.  Con  parecer  de  los 


MARCY MARTIN. 


481 


Marroquin  (7).  Francisco) — continued. 

iutdrpretes  de  las  Eeligiones  del  Seuor  Santo  Domingo,  y  S.  Fran 
cisco  :  Frai  Jua  de  Torres  y  Frai  Pedro  de  Betan§os. 

Verao  : 

Christianoil  tzitz  pa  Oakchiquel  4habal  relecan  chan  Obispo  D. 
Francisco  Marroquin :  nabei  Obispo  Cakchiquel  chi  Santo  Domingo 
San  Francisco  Padre  Frai  Juan  de  Torres,  Frai  Pedro  de  Betancos. 

En  Guatemala  Co  licecia  de  los  Superiores,  por  el  B.  Antonio 
Velasco,  1724.  * 

32  unnumbered  11.  sm.  4°.  The  first  30 11.,  and  6  lines  of  the  31st,  in  2  columns. 
LI.  1-3,  preface  in  Spanish  and  Latin,  the  first  paragraph  of  which  corresponds, 
with  frequent  variations,  with  the  copy  mentioned  by  Remesal,  p.  116.  LI.  4-31, 
Doctrina  Christiana  in  the  language  of  Guatemala.  Christianoil  tztiz  po  cak- 
chiquel  4habal,  in  Spanish  and  Cakchiquel.  LI.  31-32,  Protestation  of  faith, 
act  of  contrition,  and  hymn  in  praise  of  the  Sacrament,  in  Cakchiquel  only,  and 
in  one  column. 

Title  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  to  whom  it  was  communicated  by  Dr. 
Berendt. 

2478  Arte  para  aprender  las  Principales  Idiomas  de  Guatemala. 

Besides  the  Arte  and  Doctrina,  Marroquin  seems  to  have  compiled  a  Kachi- 

quel  dictionary.  At  any  rate  his  name  appeal's  at  the  end  of  a  Kachiquel  dic 
tionary  in  my  possession,  as  also  at  the  end  of  another  in  the  Imperial  Library 
of  Paris.  Both  of  these,  however,  are  copies  of  a  single  original. — Squier. 

2479  Marshall  (Orsatnus  H.)    Narrative  |  of  the  Expedition  of  |  the 
Marquis  de  Nonville,  |  against  |  the  Senecas,  |  in  |  1687,  |  trans 
lated  from  the  French,  with  an  introductory  notice  and  notes.  | 
By  |  Orsamus  H.  Marshall.  | 

New  York:  |  Bartlett  &  Welford,  |  No.  7  Astor  House.  |  1848.  |    * 
Pp.  1-48, 2  maps.  8°.     Reprinted  from  New  York  Hist.  Soo.  Coll.,  second 

series,  vol.  2.    Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

Explanation  of  the  map,  pp.  41-43,  contains  a  list  of  Seneca  names  of  places, 

with  definitions. 

2480  The  Niagara  Frontier:  Embracing  Sketches  of  its  Early 

History  and  Indian,  French,  and  English  Local  Names.     Read  be 
fore  the  Buffalo  Historical  Club,  February  27th,  1865,  By  Orsamus 
H.  Marshall.     Printed  for  Private  Circulation.     [1865.]  * 

No  imprint.  46  pp.  8°. 

2481  The  Niagara  Frontier.     Embracing  Sketches  of  its  Early 

History,  and  Indian,  French  and  English  local  names.    Bead  be- 

•  fore  the  Buffalo  Historical  Society,  February  27, 1865.  By  Orsamus 
H.  Marshall.  Reprinted  for  private  circulation  from  Pub.  of  Buff. 
Hist.  Soc. 

Buffalo.  1881.  * 

8°.    Title  from  Magazine  of  American  History. 

2482  Martin  (Robert  Montgomery).     History  |  of  |  Nova  Scotia,  |  Cape 
Breton,  the  Sable  Islands,   |  New  Brunswick,   |   Prince  Edward 
Island,  the  Bermudas,  |  Newfoundland,  &c.  &c.  |  By  |  R.  Mont 
gomery  Martin,  F.  S.  S.  |  [Seal.] 

31  Bib 


IMPROVED  TITLE  IN 

MBIT       OTHB. 


((PROVED 


482  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Martin  (Robert  Montgomery) — continued. 

London:  |  Whittaker  &  Co.  A  ve  Maria  Lane.  |  MDCCCXXXVII 
[1837].  |  C. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-I564.  Also  forms  vol.  6  of  Martin's  British  Colonial  Library,  Lon 
don,  MDCCCXLIV.  16°. 

Robinson  (Capt.  Hercules).  Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  the  Red  Indians 
of  Newfoundland,  pp.  300-301. 

2483  Martinez  (Fr.  Marcos).    Arte  de  la  lengua  Utlateca  6  Kiche,  vul- 
garmente  llamado  el  Arte  de  Totouicapan:  compuesto  por  el  Edo 
Padre  Fray  Marcos  Martinez,  de  la  orden  de  Predicadores. 

Manuscript,  05  11.,  4°,  in  old  and  very  regular  writing,  which  has  become  a  lit 
tle  pale.  I  received  it  from  the  Belgian  engineer  Van  de  Gehuchte,  who  obtained 
it  at  Toconicapan ;  it  had  remained  from  time  immemorial  in  the  presbytery, 
whence  it  must  have  been  removed  at  the  epoch  of  the  revolution.  It  bore  the 
name  of  "Arte  de  Totonicapan,"  and  it  was  in  that  town  that  Remesal  says  he 
saw  it  in  the  hands  of  the  Franciscans  who  administered  this  parish.  *  *  *  It 
is,  in  effect,  a  grammar,  composed  with  much  care,  and  seems  to  have  served  as 
a  model  fur  the  grammar  of  Ximenez,  and  for  the  Cakchiquel  grammar  of  Father 
Ildefonso  Flores.  The  first  47  11.  contain  the  grammar  proper;  the  following  11 
give  the  analysis  of  a  certain  number  of  words,  and  the  6  last  a  catechism, 
abridged,  of  the  Christian  doctrine. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

Martinez  de  Araujo  ( D.  Juan). 
See  Araujo  (Martinez  de). 

2484  Martius  (Dr.  Carl  Friedrich  Philipp  von).     Beitrage  |  zur  |  Ethno 
graphic  und  Sprachenkunde  |  Brasiliens.  |  Von  |  Dr.  Carl  Friedr. 
Phil,  von  Martius.  |  II.  |  Zur  Sprachenkunde.  | 

Erlangen.  |  Druck  von  Junge  &  Sohn.  |  1863.  | 

Second  title: 

Glossaria  |  Lingnarum  Brasiliensium.  |  Glossaries  |  de  diversas 
lingoas  e  dialectos,  que  |  Fallao  os  Indies  uo  Iinperio  do  Brazil.  | 
Wortersammlung  |  brasilianiscber    Sprachen.    |  Von    |   Dr.  Carl 
Friedr.  Phil,  von  Martius.  |  [Three  lines  quotation.] 

Erlangen.  |  Drnck  von  Junge  &  Sohn.  |  1863.  |  C. 

2  vols.  8°.  First  title  verso  1.  1 ;  second  title  recto  1.  2.  I  have  seen  no  copy 
of  vol.  1. 

Dictionnaire  Galihi.  Dictionarium  gallice,  latine  et  galibi  (from  Sauvage), 
vol.  2,  pp.  325-370. 

2485 Beitrage  |  zur  |  Ethnographic  |  und  |  Sprachenkunde 

Ainerika's  |  zuinal  |  Brasiliens.  |  Von  |  Dr.  Carl  Friedrich  Phil.  v. 
Martius.  |  I  [II].  |  Zur  Ethnographic.  |  Mit  einem  Kartchen.  | 

Leipzig  |  Friedrich  Fleischer.  |  1867.  | 

Second  title : 

Zur  j  Ethnographic  Amerika's  |  znmal  |  Brasiliens.  |  Von  |  Dr. 
Carl  Friedrich  Phil.  v.  Martins.  |  Mit  einem  Kiirtcheu  |  tiber  die 
Verbreitung  der  Tupis  uud  die  Sprachgruppen.  | 

Leipzig  |  Friedrich  Fleischer  |  1867.  |  C. 

2  vols.  8°.  First  title  verso  1.  1;  second  recto  1.  2.  Vol.  2  also  has  two  titles, 
the  second  of  which  differs  from  the  above. 

Dictionnaire  Galibi,  vol.  2,  pp.  325-370. 


MARTIN MASON.  483 

2486  Martyr  (Peter).     Joannes  ruffus  foroliniensis  Archiepus  Cosenti  | 
n':  legata':  apo.  ad  lectors  de  orbe  nouo.    |   Accipe  nou  noti  prae- 
clara  uoluuiiua  muudi  |  Oceani:  &  magnas  noscito  lector  opes.  | 
Plurima  debetur  typhis  tibi  gratia:  gentes  |  Ignotas:  &  aues  qui 
uebis  orbe  nouo.  |   Magna  quoq,  autori  referenda  est  gratia  nos- 
tro:  |  Qui  facit  haec  cunctis  regna  uidenda  locis.  |  Autor.  |   Siste 
pedem  lector:  breuibus  compacta  libellis  |  Haec  lege:  principibus 
uariis  de  cimoq,  leoui  |  Pontiflci  snmmo  inscripta.  Lie  noua  multa 
uidebis.  |  Oceani  magnas  terras:  |  uasta  aequora:  linguas  |  Hac- 
tenus  ignotas :  atq  aurea  faecula  nosces :  |  Et  gentes  nudas  expertes 
feminis  atri:  |  Mortiferi  nummi:  gemmisq,  auroq,  feracem  |  Torren- 
tern  zonam:  parcat  ueneranda  uetustas.  |  De  orbe  nouo  Decades  | 

Colophon  : 

Cura  &  diligentia  uiri  Celebris  Magistri  Antonii  Ne-  |  brissensis 
bistoriciregii  fuerunt  hae  tres  protouo  |  tarii  Petri  martyris  decades 
Impressae  in  |  coutubernio  Amalcli  Guillelmi  in  |  Illustri  oppido 
carpetanae  pui  |  ciae  coplutoqnoduulgari  |  ter  dicitur  Alcala  pfe  | 
ctu  est  nonis  No  |  uebris  An.  |  1516  |  JCB. 

65  unnumbered  and  16  numbered  11.  folio. 

The  6:!d,  64th,  and  65th  unnumbered  11.  contain  a  Vocabvla  Barbara  of  about 
300  words  alphabetically  arranged ;  they  are  for  the  greater  part  proper  names, 
among  which  are  a  few  Cuban,  Central  American,  and  Darien. 

2487  De  Orbe  No-  |  uo  Petri  Martyris  ab  |  Angleria  Mediola- 

nen  |  sis  Protonotarij  |  Cesaris  Seua  |  toris  de-  |  cades.  |  tft  \ 

([  Cum  priuilegio  Imperial!  Compluti  apud  Micha  |  ele  d'  Bguia 
Anno  |  M.  D.  XXX  [1530].  | 

Colophon  : 

Excvsvm  Complvti  in  aedibvs  |  Michaelis  de  Eguia.  Anno  Vir- 
giuei  |  partus  M.  D.  XXX  [1530].  |  Mense  Decebri.  |  JCB. 

cxvii  11.,  including  title,  folio,  map.     "  Vocabula  Barbara,"  3  11. 

2488  [Cross.]  |  Masinaigan  |  ka  |  Patakaikatek.  |  Ka  ako  nikigobanen 
Je/os,  |  1857  gaie  1858.  |  t  ManadjitaganiSau.  |  P.  Pakitandjikena- 
niSan.  |  K.  KiigocimonaniSan.  | 

Moniang  [Montreal]:  |  TakSabikickote  endatc  |  John  Lovell.  | 
1857.  |  JWP. 

Outside  printed  title,  1  1.,  and  6  unnumbered  11.  narrow  16°.  Calendar,  July, 
1857,  to  June,  1858,  in  the  Algoukin  language.  Probably  by  the  Abb<S  Cuoq. 

2489  Mason  (Mrs.)     [One  line  Cree  characters.]    Watt's  First  Cate 
chism  |  for  |  Children,  |  the  Lord's  Prayer,  the  Apostles'  Creed,  | 
and  |  the  Ten  Commandments.  |  Translated  by  Mrs.  Mason  |  into 
the  language  of  the  |  Cree  Indians  of  Rupert's  Land,  |  North-west 
America.  | 

[London :  Printed  by  W.  M.  Watts,  Crown  Court,  Temple  Bar.] 
May  7th,  1859.  |  38,  Craven  Street,  Strand.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-8.  12°.     In  syllabic  characters. 


484  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

2490  Mason  (Rev.  William).     Gospel  of  St.  John  in  the  Cree  language. 

British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  1854.  * 

In  syllabic  characters.— Sagster's  Bible  of  Every  Land. 

2491  [Seven  lines  syllabic  characters.] 

London:  |  Printed  by  W.  M.  Watts  |  for  the  |  British  and  For 
eign  Bible  Society,  |  10  Earl  Street,  Blackfriars.  |  1859.  |  0. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-612.  12°.  New  Testament  in  the  Cree  language.  In  syllabic 
characters. 

Cree  transliteration. — Oski  |  Testament  |  Ketipiyichikeminow  mi na  Kipimachi- 
yiweminow  |  Chisus  Krist  |  Amiskochiitasinaak  neiyaweinik  |  by  |  William 
Mason  Aynmiewikinow.  | 

English  translation.— New  |  Testament  |  Our  Lord  and  Saviour  |  Jesus  Christ  | 
the  Cree  Language  translated  into  |  by  |  William  Mason,  Minister.  | 

2492  A  Collection  |  of  |  Psalms  and  Hymns.  |  Translated  into  the 

language  |  of   the  |  York    Indians  |  of   the  Diocese  of   Rupert's 
Laud,  |  North- West  America.  |  By  the  |  Rev.  W.  Mason.  | 

London :  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  |  Knowledge,  |  77, 
Great  Queen-Street,  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields;  |  4,  Royal  Exchange; 
and  |  16,  Hanover  Street,  Hanover  Square.  |  1860.  |  GB. 

Pp.  1-163.  32°.     In  the  Cree  language ;  syllabic  characters. 

2493 [Ten  lines  syllabic  characters.]  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  | 
1861.  |  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-S55.  8°.  The  Bible  in  the  Cree  language.  In  syllabic  characters. 
See  fac-simile  of  title-page. 

The  following  transliteration  into  the  Cree  language,  and  English  translation 
of  the  same,  were  furnished  by  the  Rev.  W.  W.  Kirkby,  as  were  also  those  of  the 
New  Testament  below : 

Cree  transliteration.  —  Kanachi  |  Kichi  Masinaikan,   |   Kayasi  Testement,   | 
miiKi   |  Oski  Testement,   |  Ketipeyichikeminow  miua  Kipimachiyiweminow  | 
Chisas  Knist.   |  Emiskochiitasinahat  ueiyawewinik  issi,  |  William  Mason,  aya- 
miewikimaw. 

English  translation.— Holy  \  the  Great  Book,  |  Old  Testament,  |  and  |  New 
Testament,  |  Our  Lord  and  Saviour  of  |  Jesus  Christ.  |  Translated  these  same 
are,  |  William  Mason,  |  Minister.  | 

The  New  Testament  has  its  own  pagination  and  a  separate  title,  as  follows : 

2494  [Seven  lines  syllabic  characters.]  | 

London :  |  Printed  by  W.  M.  Watts  |  for  the  |  British  and  For 
eign  Bible  Society,  |  10,  Earl  Street,  Blackfriars.  |  1862.  |  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-292.  8°.  New  Testament  in  the  Cree  language.  In  syllabic  char 
acters.  See  fac-simile  of  title-page. 

Cree  transliteration.— Oski  |  Testament  |  Ketipeyichikeminow  mina  Kipimachi 
yiweminow  |  Chisas  Knist  |  emiskochiitasinahat  neiyawewinik  |  issi  |  William 
Mason  ayamiewikimow  | 

English  translation.— New  |  Testament  |  Our  Lord  and  Saviour  of  |  Jesus 
Christ  |  Translated  these  same  |  are  |  William  Mason,  Minister.  | 

So  far  as  I  am  aware,  the  whole  Bible  has  been  printed  in  but  three  American 
languages— the  Massachusetts,  the  Cree,  and  the  Dakota. 


PT 

bW     n°ur>', 


n  "  u 


.0    f- 


a.0     -  a. 


LONDON  s 

PBINTED  FOE  THE  BRITISH  ABD  FOBETGN  BIBLE  SOOIETr. 

1861. 

2493.— F  AC-SIMILE  OF  TITLE-PAGE  OP  CREE  BIBLE. 


n n  u 


fa    P 


T>AVV'A'crx 


LONDON : 
PRINTED  BY  W.  M.  WATTS 

rom  THE 

BHITISH    AND    TOREIGN    BIBLE    SOCIETY. 
10,  EARL  STREET,  BLACKFRTARS. 

1863. 

2494.— 'FAC-SIMILE  OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF  CREE  NEW  TESTAMENT. 


MASON MASSE.  485 

2495  Mass.    A  Mass  and  Vesper  Book  |  in  Micmac  |  written  in  hiero 
glyphics  by  a  |  Chief  of  |  Cape  Breton  in  1858.  | 

Manuscript.  35  unnumbered  11.  16°.  In  possession  of  J.  G.  Shea,  esq.,  Eliza 
beth,  N.J. 

2496  Massachusetts  Historical  Society.     Collections  |  of  the  |  Massachu 
setts  Historical  Society,  |  For  the  Year  1792  [-1878!].  |  Vol.  1  [Fifth 
series  Vol.  6J.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  in  the  Year  1792.  |  Re-printed  by  Monroe  & 
Francis,  Court-Street,  Printers  to  the.  Historical  Society.  |  1816 
[1792-1879].  |  A.  c. 

45  (f)  vols.  8°;  in  four  series  of  10  vols.  each,  and  a  fifth  of  five. 

CONTENTS  FIRST  SERIES. 

[Gabriel.]  Specimens  of  the  Mountaineer,  or  Sheshatapooshshoish,  Skoffie, 
and  Micmac  languages,  vol.  6,  pp.  16-33. 

Hawley  (Rev.)    Mohawk  Numbers,  vol.  10,  p.  137. 
Holmes  (A.)    Memoir  of  the  Moheagan  Indians,  vol.  9,  pp. 75-99. 
Rasle  ( Bei:  S.)    Numbers  in  the  Norridgwog,  vol.  10,  pp.  137-138. 
Williams  (E.)    A  Key  into  the  Language  of  America,  vol.  3,  pp.  203-239. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Narragansett  Language,  vol.  5,  pp.  80-106. 

CONTENTS  SECOND   SERIES. 

Du  Ponceau  (P.  S. )    Notes  *  *  on  Eliot's  Grammar,  vol.  9,  pp.  i-liv  [313-366]. 

Ed-wards  ( Dr.  J. )     Observations  on  the  Mohegan  Language,  vol.  10,  pp.  81-98. 

Eliot  ( J. )    The  Indian  Grammar  Begun,  vol.  9,  pp.  243-312. 

Pickering  (J.)  [The  Massachusetts  Language.]  Introductory  to  .Eliot's  In 
dian  Grammar  Begun,  vol.  9,  pp.  223-242. 

Notes  on  the  foregoing,  by  the  editor,  vol.  10,  pp.  98-160. 

Schermerhorn  ( J.  P.)  Report  respecting  the  Indians  inhabiting  the  western 
parts  of  the  United  States,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-45. 

CONTENTS   THIRD  SERIES. 

Cotton  (J.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Massachusetts  (or  Natick)  Indian  Language, 
vol.  2,  pp.  147-257. 

Kellogg  (Rev.  E.)  Vocabulary  of  words  in  the  language  of  the  Quoddy  In 
dians,  vol.  3,  pp.  181-182. 

Morgan  (Col.  G.)    The  Lord's  Prayer  in  Shawanese,  vol.  5,  pp.  286-287. 

The  fourth  series,  and  fifth  so  far  as  seen,  contain  no  linguistic  material. 

2497  Masse"  (P.  Enemond).     L'Oraison  |  Dominicale,  |  Tradvite  en  Lan- 
gage  |  des  Montagnards  |  de  Canada,  |  Par  le  E.  P.  Masse"  de  la 
Compagnie  |  de  lesvs.  | 

Iu  Champlain  (S.  de).  Les  Voyages  de  laNovvelle  France,  pp.  16-20.  Paris, 
Claude  Collet,  1632.  4°. 

2498  L'Oraison  |  Dominicale,  |  Tradvite  en  Langage  |  des  Mon- 

taguards,  |  de  Canada,  |  Par  le  K.  P.  Masse"  de  la  Compagnie  |  de 
lesvs.  | 

In  Champlain  (S.  de).  Les  Voyages  de  la  Nowelle  France,  pp.  16-20.  Paris, 
Louis  Sevestre,  1632.  4°. 

2499  L'Oraison  |  Dominicale,  |  Tradvite  en  Langage  |  des  Mon 
tagnards,  |  de  Canada,  |  Par  le  E.  P.  Masse"  de  la  Compagnie  |  de 
lesvs.  | 

Iu  Champlain  (S.  de).  Les  Voyages  de  la  Nowelle  France,  pp.  16-20.  Paris, 
1640.  4°. 


486  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 

Mass6  (P.  finemond) — continued. 

2500  -      —  L'Oraison   Dominicale,   tradvite  en  language  des   Monta- 

gnars  de  Canada,  Par  le  R.  P.  Masse"  de  la  Compagnie  de  lesvs. 
In  OJuvrea  de  Champlain,  vol.  5,  pt.  2,  pp.  16-20,  pp.  1408-1412  of  the  series, 

Que~bec,  1870.  8°. 

2501 L'Oraison  Dominicale  |  et  autres  prieres  |  traduites  |  en 

langue  des  Montagnards  de  Canada  |  par  le  R.  P.  Masse"  |  de  la 
Compagnie  de  Je"sus  |  (Extraites  des  Voyages  du  sieur  de  Cham- 
plain)  |  [Picture.] 

Orleans  |  H.  Herluison,  Libraire-Edite"ur  |  17,  Rue  Jeanne 
d'Arc  |  1865  |  V. 

Outside  title  1  l.,pp.  1-12.  12°. 

2502  Mather  (Rev.  Cotton).    Wussukwhonk  En  Christianeue  asuli  pean- 
tamwae  Indianog,  Wahteauwaheonaount  Teanfeaquassinash,  Nish 
Englishinansog  Kodtautamwog  Indiauog  Wahteaunate  kah  Usse- 
nate,  En  michemohtae  Wunniyeuonganit.— Wussukwhosik  nashpe 
Cotton  Mather,  Englishmanne  Nohtompeantog,  nampoohamunate 
kodtantamoonk  Edward  Bromfleld  Euglishmanue  Nanawuuuuae- 
nuh,  noh    ukkodaninnumau    yeu  womoausue   Magooouk  en  In- 
diansut. 

Mvshavwornvk,  Printeuum  nashpe  Bartholomew  Green,  kah  John 
Allen,  1700. 

Second  title : 

An  Epistle  to  the  Christian  [or  praying]  Indians,  Giving  them  A 
Short  Account,  of  what  the  English  Desire  them  to  know  and  to 
do,  in  order  to  their  Happiness. — Written  by  [Cotton  Mather]  an 
English  Minister,  at  the  Desire  of  [  Edward  Bromfield  ]  an  English 
Magistrate,  who  sends  unto  them  this  Token  of  Love. —  * 

Boston,  Printed  by  Bartholomew  Green,  and  John  Allen.— 1700. 

One  sheet  16°;  the  page  numbers  doubled.  Indian  title  on  verso  of  first 
leaf;  English,  on  recto  of  second  leaf,  the  verso  of  which  is  page  1  of  the  Indian 
text,  with  page  1  of  the  English,  opposite.  Ends  on  (double)  page  14.  Title 
from  Trumbull's  Books  and  Tracts  in  the  Indian  language. 

2503  Wussukwhonk  |  En  Christianeue  asuh   peantamwae  |  In 
diauog,  |  Wahteauwaheonaount  |  Teanteaquassinish,  |  nish  |  En- 
glishmansog  |  Kodtantamwog  Indianog  |  Wahteaunate  kah  Usse- 
nate,    |    Eti   michemohtae  Wunniyeuonganit.  |  —  |  Wnssikwhosik 
nashpe  Cotton  Mather,  j  EnglishmauneNohtompeantog,  nampoo-  | 
hamunate  kodtantamoonk  Edward  |  Bromfield  Englishmanne  Nana- 
wunnuaenuh,  |  noh  ukkodaninnumau  yeu  womoausue  |  Magooonk 
en  Indiansut.  |  —  | 

Mvshavwomvk,   |   Printeuum   nashpe    Bartholomew   Green.    | 
1706.  | 

Second  title : 

An  Epistle  |  to  the  Christian  |  Indians,  |  Giving  them  |  A  Short 
Account,  of  what  the  |  English  |  Desire  them  to  know  and  to  do,  | 


MATUIVETTfi.  487 

Mather  (Rev.  Cotton) — continued. 

In  order  to  their  Happiness.  |  —  |  Written  by  an  English  Minister, 
at  the  |  Desire  of  an  English  Magistrate,  |  who  sends  unto  them 
this  |  Token  of  Love.  |  —  |  The  Second  Edition.  |  —  | 
Boston,  |  Printed  by  Bartholomew  Green.  |  1706.  |  MHS. 

1 1.,  pp.  1-14,  1-14,  alternate  Indian  and  English.  16°.  Indian  title  verso  1.  1; 
English  title  recto  1.  2. 

2504 Family  Religion  |  Excited,  and  Assisted.  |  —  |  By  Doctor 

Cotton  Mather.  |  —  | 

Teashshinninneougane  Peantamooonk,  |  Wogkouunumnn  kah 
Ammumwontamun.  j  —  |  Nashpe  Doctor  Cotton  Mather.  |  —  | 

English  colophon :  Boston:  Printed  by  B.  Green.  1714.  | 

Indian  colophon:  Bostonnut:  Printeunap  nashpe  B.  Green. 
1714.  |  AAS. 

No  title-page;  pp.  2-19,  2-19;  recto  1.  1  and  verso  1.  20 blank;  English  caption 
verso  1. 1;  Indian  caption  recto  1.  2.  English  colophon  verso  p.  19;  Indian  colo 
phon  recto  p.  19  (1. 20).  Alternate  pp.  English  and  Indian. 

2505  India  Christiana  |  —  |  A  Discourse,  |  Delivered  unto  the  | 

Commissioners,  |  for  the  |  Propagation  of  the  Gospel  among  |  the 
American  Indians  |  which  is  |  Accompanied  with  several  Instru-  | 
mente  relating  to  the  Glorious  |  Design  of  Propagating  our  Holy  j 
Beligion  in  the  Eastern  |  as  well  as  the  Western  Indies  |  An  Enter 
tainment  which  they  that  are  |  Waiting  for  the  Kingdom  of  God  | 
will  receive  as  Good  News   |  from  a  far  Country.  |  By  Cotton 
Mather,  D.  D.  |  and  F.  E.  S.  | 

Boston  in  New  England:  |  Printed  by  B.  Green.  1721.  |  BA.  p.  AAS. 

11.,  pp.  i-ii,  1-94.  16°.  Title  recto  of  1. 1 ;  reverse  blank ;  pp.  52-55  are  double 
numbers,  the  even-numbered  pages  being  printed  in  Indian,  the  odd  in  English, 
these  four  pages  of  Indian  being  the  only  ones  in  the  work. 

On  p.  51  is  the  following  heading:  II.  Versus  Christianisums.  Or,  the  Sura 
of  the  Christianity  taught  unto  the  Indians.  That  Strangers  may  see  the  Nature, 
and  Marrow,  and  Spirit  of  the  Religion,  wherein  our  Indians  are  instructed ;  and 
that  the  more  Curious  may  also  have  a  Taste  of  the  Language  wherein  their 
Instructors  give  it  unto  them;  We  shall  here  insert  the  Ensuing  Instrument. 

The  Indian  heading,  p.  52,  is  as  follows :  Wame  wunetooog  Wusketompaog 
pasukqunnineaout  ut  yeunnag  peantamweseongash. 

2506  [A  Monitor  for  Communicants.    By  Cotton  Mather.  17  ?]  * 

Mather,  in  his  discourse  entitled  India  Christiana  (p.  32),  mentions  this 
among  the  books  which  had  been  added  to  the  "  Indian  Library."  The  Indian 
translation  must  have  been  printed  between  1714  and  1721.  No  copy  has  been 
found.  The  (English)  title  appears  in  the  list  of  Mather's  publications  under 
the  year  1714.— Trumbull's  Books  and  Tracts. 


See  Another  Tongue. 

2507  Mathivette  (P.  — ).  prieres  de  laste  famille  |  ouvrages  de  M.  Mathi- 
vette  no.  5°  |  mission  du  lac  |  J.  P.  Eoupe  ptre  |  LDM. 

Manuscript.    6  11.  4°.     In   the  Mohawk  language.     In  the  archives  of  the 
Boman  Catholic  Church  at  Lac  des  deux  Montagues  (Oka),  Canada. 


488  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Mathivette  (P.  — ) — continued. 

2508 [Sermons  et  Instructions  Iroquois,  par  M.  Matliivette  (Taior- 

hensere).] 

Manuscripts  iu  the  Convent  of  the  Sisters  of  the  Congregation  at  Lac  des 
deux  Montagues  (Oka),  Canada.  The  following  list  has  been  furnished  by  Pere 
Leclaire,  the  missionary  at  that  place: 

sur  la  guerre  Confession — impure^tes, 

increpation,  Amour  de  Marie,  &c. 

les  cendres,  Passion. — Eglise — Ascention, 

Nos  devoirs  envers  Dien,      .  Penitence. — avis — exortation, 

sur  les  prochain  et  envers  nous'ni,  Annonce  des  Rogation, 

Pourquoi  sommes  nous  en  a  monde,        Avis. — Mariage — ann  de  St.  Jdt. 

Bapteme  e-Confirmation,  Venderes  d'eau  de  vie — tire  des  sages 

Parole  de  Dieu,  entretien, 

57»  ch.  du  111  1.  du  1'imitation,  Ste.  J.  B.— Pech6.— Vol, 

education  des  enfants,  Purgatoire — Toussaint, 

Ann  de  la  procession  du  St.  Sacrement,  Service  de  Dieu  et  Serv.  du  monde, 

St.  Luc — St.  Andr6,  Avis. — Salut— jugernent   dernier   avis 

C de  M.  Guen,  Si, 

ler  D.  de  1'avent,  Paresse— emploie  du  temps, 

St.  Jeant  1  evangeliste,  Economies  de  la  Religion  Francais  en 

Qu'oii  abandonue  pas  le  pauvres.  Ron-      regard, 

iakonkowa,  Pentec6te.  moyen  de  perseverer, 

Femme  n'aller  pas  a  Montreal,  jugement  dernier — priere — Toussaints, 

Toussaint. — Purgatoire — St.  Michel,       ler  D.  de  1'avent  St.  Francois  X, 
1CT  Janvier  (de  meditatione  mortes),       concepcion — diverses  petites  choses, 
Sur  la  Ste.  V.  Marie,  Laff  du  Saints— Ste.  famille— Mort  Ane- 

purification  inrognerie,  disance, 

surle  Peter  sur  la  prieres,  differentes  a utres choses — circoncission. 

Commandments, 

Of  his  works  there  have  been  lost  the  book  A,  containing  Triuite',  Euchariste, 
Processionnal,  Pentec6te,  Croix  de  Ca.lvaire,  Enfer,  Angclus ;  also  Cahier  C,  con 
taining  Cat^chisme,  Prieres,  &c. ;  L'Histoire  de  1'ancien  Testament  L'Histoire 
du  nouveau  Testament :  plusieurs  psaumes,  cantiques,  prieres,  &c. 

2509  Matthews  (Dr.  Washington).    Grammar  and  Dictionary  |  of  the  | 
Language  of  the  Hidatsa  |  (Minnetarees,  Grosventres  of  the  Mis 
souri).  |  With  an  |  Introductory  Sketch  of  the  Tribe.  |  By  |  Wash 
ington  Matthews.  | 

New  York :  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1873.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xxv,  27-148.  large  8°.     "  Shea's  American  Linguistics,  Series  II,  No.  1." 
Introduction,  pp.  v-xxv ;  Hidatsa  Grammar,  pp.  27-59 ;  Dictionary  of  the  Hi 
datsa  Language,  pp.  61-148. 

2510  Hidatsa.  (Minnetaree)  English  |  Dictionary.  |  By  |  Wash 
ington  Matthews.  | 

New  York:  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1874.  |  BA.  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  149-169.  large  &°.     "  Shea's  American  Linguistics,  Series  II,  No.  2." 
English-Hidatsa  Vocabulary,  pp.  149-168. 

2511  —  Department  of  the  Interior.  |  United  States  Geological  and 

Geographical  Survey.  |  F.  V.  Hayden,  U.  S.  Geologist-in-Charge.  | 
Miscellaneous  Publications,  No.  7.  |  Ethnography  and  Philology  j 


MATHIVETTE — MAURY.  489 

Matthews  (Dr.  Washington) — continued. 

of  the  |  Hidatsa  Indians.  |  By  |  Washington  Matthews,  |  Assistant 
Surgeon  United  States  Army.  | 

Washington:  j  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1877.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1-239.  8°. 

Ethnography,  pp.  3-72,  includes  list  of  relationships,  pp.  55-56;  Philology, 
pp.  73-85;  Hidatsa  Grammar,  pp.  87-121;  Hidatsa  Dictionary,  pp.  123-212; 
English-Hidatsa  Vocabulary,  pp.  213-239. 

2512  [The  best  way  of  studying  the  aboriginal  tongues.] 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Proo.  Third  Anu.  Sess.,  pp.  26-27.  New  York,  1872.  8°. 

2513  Navajo  Grammar  and  Dictionary. 

Manuscript.  Grammar,  150  pp. ;  Navajo-English  Dictionary,  250  pp. ;  English- 
Navajo,  70  pp.  folio. 

Dr.  Matthews,  who  is  now  (1882)  stationed  at  Fort  Wiugate,  is  collecting 
material  for  a  monograph  on  the  Navajo  Indians,  to  be  published  by  the  Bureau 
of  Ethnology. 

2514  Xotes  and  Vocabulary  of  the  Modoc. 

Mauuscript.  50pp.  folio. 

2515  Vocabulary  of  the  Pah-Utes  of  Owen's  Valley,  California. 

Manuscript.  17  pp.  folio. 

2516  Vocabulary  of  the  Pah-Utes  of  Surprise  Valley,  California. 

Manuscript.  30  pp.  folio. 

2517  Vocabulary  of  the  Shoshone. 

Manuscript.  6  pp.  folio.  These  manuscripts  are  in  the  possession  of  the 
author. 

2518  Mauer  (Georg  Pistorius).    Pater  Noster,  oder  das  Vater  unser  in 
viertzig  unterschiedeuen  Spracheu.     Gedruckt  zu  Olmiitz.  1621.  * 

12°.     Title  from  Adelung's  Mithridates  and  Auer's  Sprachenhalle. 

2519  Jtaurault  (Abb6  J.  A.)     Histoire  |  des  |  Abenakis,  |  depuis  1605 
jusqu'a  nos  jours.  |  Par  I'abb6  J.  A.  Maurault.  |  [Eleven  lines  quo 
tation.] 

[N.  p.]  Imprime  |  a  1'atelier  typographique  de  la  "  Gazette  |  de 
Sorel"  |  1866.  |  V.  BA.  QHS. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  ii-xi,  numbered  reverse  of  usual  way,  1-631 ;  conclusion  1  1.,  Table 
311.  8°. 

List  of  English  words  introduced  by  the  Abenakis  into  their  language,  p.  viii. 

Short  Abenaki  vocabulary,  p.  275. 

2520  Maury  ( Alfred).  On  the  distribution  and  classification  of  Tongues, — 
their  relation  to  the  geographical  distribution  of  Races ;  and  on  the 
inductions  which  may  be  drawn  from  these  relations.    By  Alfred 
Maury. 

In  Nott  (J.  C.)  and  Gliddon  (G.  R.)  Indigenous  Races,  pp.  25-86.  Phila 
delphia  and  London,  1871.  4°. 

Contains  remarks  on  American  languages,  pp.  81-84. 


490  NOETH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2521  Maximilian  (Alexander  Pbilipp,  Prinzvon  Wied-Neuiried).    Eeise  | 
in  |  das  innere  Nord-America  |  in  den  Jaliren  1832  bis  1834  |  von  | 
Maximilian  Prinz  zu  Wied.  |  Mit  48  Kupferu,  33  Vignetten,  vielen 
Holzschnitten  und  einer  Charte.  |  Erster  [Zweiter]  Band.  | 
Coblenz,  1839  [-1841].  |  Bei  J.  Hoelscher.  |  c. 

2  vols.  4°. 

The  first  volume  of  this  work,  though  having  no  part  specially  devoted  to 
linguistics,  contains  numerous  references  to  and  examples  of  language;  p.  401 
gives  the  gentes  of  the  Crow  Indians;  p.  403,  names  of  the  prairie  antelope  in 
several  dialects;  pp.  584-585,  the  numerals  1-100  and  a  few  words  of  Blackfoot, 
the  latter  compared  with  the  same  words  collected  by  Capt.  Franklin;  pp.  647- 
648,  the  names,  with  signification,  of  chiefs  of  the  Sacs,  Foxes,  Sioux,  Oniahas, 
Joways,  and  Otoes. 

Anhang  ii,  vol.  2,  pp.  455-653,  is  entitled:  Sprachproben  verschiedener  Vol- 
kerstiimme  des  nord-westlicheii  Americas,  and  contains  Sprachproben  der  Arfk- 
karas,  Rikkaras  oder  Ris  der  Franzosen,  pp.  465-474 ;  Sprachproben  der  Assini- 
boins,  pp.  474-480;  Sprachproben  der  Black-foot-Sprache,  pp.  480-486;  Ein  Paa.r 
Worte  der  Chayennes  (Shyennes  der  Auglo-Americaner),  pp.  487-489;  Ein  Paar 
Worte  der  Crows  (Corbeaux),  p.  490;  Sprachproben  der  Dacota  (Sioux)  vom 
Stamme  der  Yanktonans,  pp.  491-498;  Eiu  Paar  Worte  der  Tetons  (Dac<5ta), 
p.  498 ;  Einige  Worte  der  Fall-Indians  oder  Grosveutres  des  Prairies,  pp.  499-500 ; 
Einige  Worte  der  Flat- heads  in  den  Rocky-Mountains,  pp.  ,r,01-502;  Ein  Paar 
Worte  der  Kickapus,  pp.  502-503;  Ein  Paar  Worte  der  Konsa-Sprache,  p.  504; 
Einige  Worte  der  Krih-oder  Knistenaux-Sprache,  pp.  505-511;  Einige  Worte  der 
Kutanii-  oder  Kutneha-Sprache,  pp.  511-514 ;  Sprache  der  Maudans  oder  Numang- 
kake,  pp.  514-544 ;  Grammaticalischer  Versuch  iiber  die  Mandan-Sprache,  pp.  544- 
557;  Abweichnngeu  der  Mandan-Sprache  in  den  beiden  Dorfern  dieses  Stammes, 
pp.  557-561;  Sprachproben  der  Monnitarris,  pp.  562-590;  Worte  der  Musquake 
(Fox)  Sprache,  pp.  590-592;  Sprachproben  der  Ojibwa's  oder  Ojibuii's  (Chipewii's) 
oder  Algonkiu's,  pp.  592-598;  Worte  der  Omaha-Sprache,  pp.  599-612;  Worte  der 
O'to-Sprache,  pp.  612-630 ;  Ein  Paar  Worte  der  Pahui-Sprache,  pp.  630-632 ;  Einige 
Worte  der  Puuca's  (Pons  der  Canadier),  p.  632;  Einige  Worte  der  Saukis  oder 
Sakis  (Sacs  der  Frauzosen),  pp.  633-634;  Ein  Paar  Worte  der  Snake-Indians 
(Schoschone's  in  den  Rocky -Mountains),  pp.  635-636;  Sprachproben  der  Wasoji 
(Osagen),  pp.  637-645;  Indianische  Zeichensprache,  pp.  645-653. 

25:32  Voyage  |  dans  1'interieur  |  de  |  1'Amerique  dii  Nord,  |  exe"- 

cute"  pendant  les  ann6es  1832, 1833  et  1834,  |  par  |  le  prince  Maxi- 
milien  de  Wied  Neuwied.  |  Ouvrage  |  accompagne  d'un  Atlas  de  80 
planchesenviron,  |  format  demi-eolombier,  |  dessine"essurleslieux  | 
Par  M.  Charles  Bodmer,  |  et  |  gravees  par  les  plus  habiles  artistes 
de  Paris  et  de  Londres.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Troisieme].  | 

Paris,  |  chez  Artbus  Bertrand,  e'diteur,  |  Libraire  de  la  Societe 
de  Geographic  de  Paris,  |  et  de  la  Societe  royale  des  antiquaires  du 
Nord,  |  Eue  Hautefeuille,  25.  |  1840  [-1843].  |  c. 

3  vols.  8°.     But  a  portion  of  the  linguistics  appearing  in  the  German  edition 
is  given  in  the  above.     Notice  sur  les  langues  de  diif^rentes  Nations  an  nord-ouest 
de  1'Aine'rique,  vol.  3,  pp.  373-398,  contains  a  vocabulary  of  23  words  of  the  dif 
ferent  languages  treated  of  in  the  German  edition,  pp.  379-382 ;  Essai  d'uno  grarn- 
maire  de  la  langue  Mandane,  pp.  383-388;  De  la,  langue  des  signes  en  usage  chez 
les  Indiens,  pp.  389-398. 


MAXIMILIAN — MAVHEW.  491 

Maximilian  (Alexander  Philipp,  Prinz  von  Wied-Neuwied) — continued. 

2523  Travels  in  the  Interior  of  North  America.     By  Maximilian 

prince  of  Wied. 

London,  Ackerman  &  Co.,  M  DCCC  XLIII  [1843].  *     »™ 

5  p.  11.  and  520  pp.  4°,  and  1  vol.  folio  of  plates. 

The  wiseacre  who  gave  it  an  English  dress,  takes  credit  to  himself  in  his 
preface,  for  omitting  the  very  extensive  vocabularies  found  in  the  German  edi 
tion,  occupying  nearly  one  quarter  of  volume  second,  or  pp.  455  to  560. — Field, 
No.  1036. 

2524  Mayer  (Brantz).     Mexico  |  as  it  was  and  as  it  is:  |  by  |  Brantz 
Mayer,  |  Secretary  of  the  U.  8.  Legation  to  that  country  in  1841 
and  1842.  |  With  numerous  illustrations  on  wood,  |  engraved  by 
Butler  from  drawings  by  the  author.   |   [Engraving — Pyramid  of 
Papantla.] 

New-York:  |  J.  Winchester,  New  World  Press.  |  London  and 
Paris:  |  Wiley  and  Putnam.  |  MDCCCXLIV  [1844].  |  BA.  WE.  X5  , 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-390.  8°. 

Fac-simile  of  a  page  of  the  Codex  Mexicanus  faces  p.  258.  Names  of  Mexican 
Deities,  with  English  meanings,  pp.  109-114. 

Other  editions:  Ibid.,  1847;  Ibid.,  1854. 

2525  Mexico,  |  Aztec,  Spanish  and  Republican :  |  A  historical, 

geographical,  political,  statistical  and  social  |  account  of  that  coun 
try  from  the  period  of  the  invasion  |  by  the  Spaniards  to  the  present 
time;  |  with  a  view  of  the  |  ancient  Aztec  Empire  and  civiliza 
tion  ;  |  a  historical  sketch  of  the  late  war;  |  and  notices  of  |  New 
Mexico  and  California  |  by  |  Brantz  Mayer,  j  formerly  Secretary  of 
Legation  to  Mexico.  |  In  two  volumes  |  Volume  I  [II].  | 

Hartford:  |  S.  Drake  and  Company.  |  MDCCCLII  [1852].  |        c.    ,<5 1, 

2  vols.  8°.     Another  edition  :  Ibid.,  1853. 

Names  of  the  20  days  of  the  Yucatan  month  in  Yucatec,  Chiapa,  Mechoacan, 
Nicaragua,  and  Mexican,  vol.  2,  p.  174;  Yucatan  cycle  of  52  years,  p.  175;  Table 
of  Yucatese  month,  p.  177. 

2526  Mayhew  (Rev.   Experience).     Ne  Kesukod  Jehovah  Kessehtun- 
kup.  |  —  |  Kekkuttoohkaonk  |  Papaume  |  kuhquttummooonk  | 
kah  |  Nanawehtoonk  |  Ukkesukodum   Lord.  |  —  |  Mussohhomun- 
nap  Monuppeantamoooiik-   |  anut  ut  Boston.     4  Kesudod  I.  Nu- 
pauz,    1703.  |  —  |  Nashpe   noh  quhtiantamwe  Kuhkootumweh-  | 
teaeuin  assoowesit,  Cotton  Mather.  |  —  |  Kah  woh  Oo  neuuuen- 
qunuaout  Indiansog,  |  Ukquishkuuumun  en  wuttunnonttoowa-  | 
oukannoowout  Experience  Mayhew.  |  —  |  Chrysostorn  ut  I.  Kekut- 
toohkaonk  papaume  |  Lazerus  unnoowau.  |  Sabbath  Matta  wutche 
unnunummaatin   won  waske-  |  tompaog  na  wuttut  Kahkonapin- 
naout,  qut  onk  woh   |   mahche  chippehtamehtit  wutchagonttam- 
mooonkanoo  |  mohmohtshae  Chaguasinish,  wuttouwohkonoo  ma-  | 
musse    ne    Anwosonnooonk    ut    hahshauanittoowin-    |    nunkoh- 
kish.  |  —  j 

Boston,  N.  E.  Up-Printhamun  B.  Green.  1707.  | 


492  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Mayhew  (Rev.  Experience) — continued. 

Second  title: 

The  Day  which  the  Lord  hath  made.  |  —  |  A  |  Discourse  |  Con 
cerning  the  Institution  |  and  |  Observation  |  of  the  |  Lord's 
Day.  |  —  |  Delivered  in  a  Lecture,  at  Boston,  |  4  d.  I  m.  1703.  |  —  | 
Chrysostom.  Horn.  I.  de  Lazaro.  |  The  Sabbath  was  not  allowed  for 
Idleness,  |  but  that  men  being  withdrawn  from  |  the  Cares  of  Tem 
poral  Things,  its  |  Best  should  be  spent  in  Spirituals.  |  —  | 

Boston,  N.  E.  Ee-printed  by  B.  Green.  |  1707.  |  AAS.  MHS. 

36,  36,  ii,  2  pp.  16°.  Indian  title  verso  1. 1;  English  title  recto  1.2;  text  begins 
verso  English  title;  33  and  36  pp.  alternate  Indian  and  English,  followed  by  4 
pp.  numbered  I,  I,  2,  2 — two  pp.  Indian,  two  English,  the  former  headed:  Noh- 
wutche  nekone  Chapter  John.  |  The  English  headed:  Some  parts  of  the  first 
Chapter  of  John  |  (Inserted  in  these  supernumerary  Pages,  for  the  more  |  special 
Meditation  of  the  Indian  Reader.)-] 

The  copy  seen  in  the  library  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society  is  minus 
the  Indian  title  and  last  leaf. 

2527  Massachusee  Psalter:    |   asuh   |  Uk-kuttoohomaongash   | 

David  |  Weche  |  wunnaunchemopkaonk  |  Ne  ansukhogup  John,  j 
Ut  Indiane  kah  Englishe  |  Nepatuhquonkash.  |  Ne  woh  sogkom- 
pagunukhettit  |  Kakoketahteaikuppannegk,  aketumunnat,  |  kah 
wohwohtamunat  Wunnetuppantam-  |  we  Wussukwhongash.  |  —  | 
John  v  39  |  Natinneakontainook  Wussukwhoukanash,  newut-  j 
che  ut  yeush  kuttunnantamumwoo  Kuttahtom-  |  woo  niicheme  po- 
mantammooouk;    kah  nish  |  nashog  wauwaonunkquenish.    |  —  | 

Boston,  N.  E.  |  Upprinthomunneau  B.  Green,  kah  J.  Printer,  j 
wutche  quhtiantamwe  Chapanukkeg  |  wutche  onchekehtouuunat 
wunnauuchum-  |  mookaouk  ut  New-England.  &c.  1709.  | 

Second  title : 

The  |  Massachuset  Psalter:  |  or,  |  Psalms  of  David  |  with  the  | 
Gospel  |  According  to  John,  |  In  columns  of  Indian  and  English.  | 
Being  |  An  Introduction  for  Training  up  the  |  Aboriginal  Natives, 
in  Reading  and  Un-  |  derstanding  the  Holy  Scriptures.  |  —  |  John 
v.  39  |  Search  the  Scriptures,  for  in  them  ye  think  |  ye  have  eter 
nal  Life,  and  they  are  they  |  which  testifle  of  me.  |  —  | 

Boston,  N.  E.  |  Printed  by  B.  Green,  and  J.  Printer,  for  the  |  Hon 
ourable  Company  for  the  Propa-  |  gation  of  the  Gospel  in  New-Eng 
land,  &c.  |  1709.  |  BA.  AAS.  JOB. 

Psalter  152  unnumbered  11.,  Gospel  of  John  51 11.  16°.  Indian  title  verso  of 
1.  1 ;  English  title  recto  of  1.  2. 

2528  Letter  dated  1721. 

Manuscript.  In  possession  of  J.  Wingate  Thornton,  esq.,  of  Boston.  Con 
tains  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  "the  dialect  of  the  Pequot  Indians."  The  prayer  is 
printed  in  Tmmbull  (J.  H.)  Notes  on  Forty  Versions,  p.  34. 

2528  Mead  (Daniel  M.)  A  History  |  of  the  Town  of  |  Greenwich,  | 
Fairfield  County,  Conn.,  |  with  |  Many  Important  Statistics.  |  By  j 
Daniel  M.  Mead,  |  Attorney,  etc.,  at  Law,  Greenwich,  Conn.  | 


PSALTER  ; 

AS  u  a 

Uk-kuttoohomaongafli 

DAVID 

Wcche 
WUNNAUNCHBMOOKAONK 

Ne  anfukhogup  JOHN, 

Uc  h<fta*e  kail  Engli/he 
Nepatuhquonkalh. 

'  *Se  woh  fogkorapagunukhettit    •••• 
Kakoketahceaekuppannegk,    akeramunnat, 
kali  wohwohtamunat   Wunnctuppantam- 
\vc  Wuflokwliongnfti. 


John-v.  }i). 

fukmbonkaitafh,  netaiit- 
the  utjcufi  kuttunxantamumiest  kuttahttm- 
wet  michcnie  fcrMHtammiotnk  ;  tab  *tfl± 


I 


BOSTON,    t*.  E. 

Upptiuthomuniieau  B.  Crem,  kah  J.  Priattn 
wutche  quhciantamwe  CHAPANUKKEG 
wucche  onchckchtouunnat  \vunnauncWm- 
raookaonk  ut  tfeto-Eaglan^.Sic.  4..  1  o  9 


riff  '- 

THS 

i   PSALTER 

PSALMS  of  DAVID 

With  die    pi.**N9/i_ 

GOSPEL 

According  to  JOHN  > 

In  Columns  of  India*  and  Etgltfl- 

BEING     *4toy£*» 

An  Introduction  for  Training  up  the 
Aboriginal  Natives,  in  Reading  and  Un- 
ifcfthndirTgtheHOLY  SCRIPTURES. 


Jolin    v.   39. 
Search  ttt^Scrifturet*  far  in  them  ye  th'nl 
j(  have  eternal  Lift}  out  tlci  we   thy 
which  teflife  ef  Me. 


BOSTON,    N.E. 

Printed  by  B-  Green,  and  J.  Printer,  for  the 
Honourable  COMPANY  for  die  Propa 
gation  of  the  Gofpcl  intfe»-E»^la»J,  fijc/ 


1709- 


2527.— PAC-SIMILE  OP  TITLE-PAGES  OF  MASSACHUSETTS  PSAI.TEB. 


MAYHEVV — MEDINA   R1NCON.  493 

Head  (Daniel  M.) — continued. 

New  York:  |  Baker  &  Godwin,  Printers.  |  Corner  Nassau  and 
Spruce  Streets.  |  1857.  |  0. 

Pp.  1-7, 13-318.   1*°. 

Indiau  Dames  of  places,  with  significations,  pp.  245-246. 

2530  Medina  (Francisco  de).     La  Vida  |  Y  milagros  del  glorio-  |  so  S. 
Nicolas  de  Toleutiuo,  de  la  ordeu  |  de  Saiict  Augustiu,  Doctor  de 
la  |  Yglesia   |   Traduzida  en  lengua  Mexicana,  por  el  padre  fray 
Fran-  |  cisco  de  Medina,  de  la  Ordeu  del  Seraphico  |  Padre  Sanct 
Francisco,  Predicador  |  Guardian  del  Couento  de  Tepepulco.  |  Di- 
rigida  al  Dr.  D.  Pedro  de  Vega  |  y  Sarmieuto,  Maestro  cuela  de 
la  |  Cathedral  de  Tlaxcallan.  |  [Engraving.] 

En  Mexico,  con  licencia  |  fl  En  casa  de  Diego  Lopez  Daualos,  y 
a  su  costa.  |  Auo  de  1G05.  | 

Title  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  from  a  complete  copy  belonging  to  Sr.  D. 
A.  Chaver.>.  The  following  description  is  given  in  his  Apuntcs  from  the  incom 
plete  copy  belonging  at  that  time  to  Sr.  Ramirez,  but  since  bought  by  himself: 
1  p.  1.,  with  approval  of  Fr.  Francisco  de  Fcrra,  prior  of  Coyoacan,  dated  Feb. 
2, 1G04,  and  another  by  the  celebrated  P.  Fr.  Juan  Bautista,  dated  at  Santiago 
Tlaltelolco,  July  16,  160.'.  LI.  1  to  80  follow,  the  end  missing.  8°. 

The  Ramirez  Sale  Cat.  gives  the  collation:  Title,  7  p.  11.;  text,  81  numbered 
11.;  table  4  pp. 

2531  Medina  Plara  (Fr.  Juan).     Explicacion  del  simbolo  de  la  Fe  en 
Lengua  Tarasca  6  Pirinda;  y  Sermones  para  los  douiingos  y  flertan 
del  auo  en  dicba  Lengua.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

2532  Medina  (P.  Juan).    Doctrinalis  fldei  |  in  Mechvacanensivm   in- 
dorvin  lingva:  aeditus  |  ab  admodvm  Reverendo  Patre  fratre  | 
loanne  Metinensi,  Betliico,  Augustiniani  ordinis  |   &  Priore  con- 
uentiis  Cuiscnsis.  |  Tonius  Primus.  |  Ad  Illustrissimum  etReveren- 
dissimvm  |  D.  Doinimnn  Fratrem  loaunein  a  Medina  Rinconeum  | 
Micluiacanensem  Episcopum,  eiusde  instituti.  |  Accessere  sermones 
qvattuor.     Scilicet  in  festo  |  sancti  loannis  Baptist;e  in  festiuitate 
Apostolorum  Petri  &  Panli.    In  festo  magni  patris  |  Augustiui 
Ecclesise  Doctoris.    In  festo  saucti  Fracisci  ordinis  fuudatore.  | 
[Engraving.] 

Mexici.  |  Cum  licencia.  In  aidibus  Antonij  Ricardi  Typogra- 
pbie.  |  Via  apostoloru  Petri  &  Pauli.  Anno.  1577.  |  B. 

LI.  1-61,  1-72.  folio.  2  cols.  The  approvals  say  the  work  contains  in  two 
books  ''la  exposicion  de  los  Artienlos  de  nuestra  sancta  fe  catholica  y  los  sacra- 
mentos  de  la  sancta  yglesia,  y  his  preceptos  del  Decalogo,  y  los  mandamieutos 
de  la  yglesia,  y  los  siete  pecados  capitales,  y  las  catorze  obras  de  misericodia, 
con  vn  Dialogo  al  cabo  de  Metheorologicas  impressiones  cosas  naturales." 

"The  copy  described  appears  to  be  incomplete,  since  it  contains  only  the  fol 
lowing:  7  p.  11.,  unnumbered;  11.  1  to  61  with  sermons  and  dialogues  on  the  arti 
cles  of  faith ;  1  to  72  (new  numeration  and  new  signatures)  with  sermons  and 
dialogues  on  the  sacraments.  It  concludes  with  Lavs  Deo,  without  colophon. 
Here  may  have  followed,  with  separate  numeration,  the  other  treatises,  which 
are  missing;  or,  it  may  be,  they  never  were  printed.  It  is  a  rare  book  and  is 
not  mentioned  by  any  bibliographer." — Icazbalceta's  -4punies,  No.  127. 


494  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2533  Meditaciones  |  del  |  Sauto  Via  Crucis  |  que  compuso  en  lengua 
italiana  |  el  beato  Leonardo  |  de  |  Porto  Manricio,  |  y  |  tradujo  a  la 
castellana  el  R.  P.  Fr.  Juan  de  San  |  Jose  de  la  provincia  de  des- 
calzos  de  Cas-  |  tilla  la  Nueva.    Trasladadas  al  idio-  |  ma  mexicauo 
por  un  cura  |  del  obispado  de  |  Puebla.  | 

Jmprenta  del  Hospital  de  San  Pedro,  |  Portal  de  las  Flores.  | 
1837.  |  * 

34  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  44. 

2534  [Meeker  (Jotham).]     Lenapi  Wawipoetakse  aie  Apwatuk.    First 
Lessons  in  Delaware.. 

Baptist  Shawanoe  Mission.  1834.  • 

48  pp.  18°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  47377. 

2535  Lenapee  Spelling  Book. 

Shawanoe  Mission.     For  the  Baptist  Society.  1834.  * 

24  pp.  12°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  47377. 

2536  Ottawa  |  First  Book.  |  Prepared  by  |  Jotham  Meeker,  | 

Missionary  of  Am.  Bap.  Bd.  For.  Missions.  | 

Shawanoe  Mission,  |  J.  G.  Pratt,  Printer.  |  1838.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-24.  24°. 

2537  Original  and  Select  Hymns,  in  the  Ottawa  Language.    By 

Jotham  Meeker,  Missionary  of  the  Amer.  Baptist  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions.     [Two  lines  quotation.] 

Press  of  Amer.  Baptist  Board  of  For.  Missions:  Shawanoe,  Ind. 
Ter.  1845.  BA. 

Pp.  1-96.  24°. 

2538  Hymns  [  in  |  the  Ottawa  Language,  |  Original  and  Select,  | 

by  |  Jotham  Meeker,  |  Missionary  of  the  American  Baptist  Mis 
sionary  Union.  |  Third  edition.  |  O  Praise  the  Lord  all  ye  Heathen,  | 
Praise  Him  all  ye  Nations.  | 

Ottawa  Baptist  Mission  Station.  |  J.  Meeker,  Printer.  |  1850.  |    s. 
Pp.  1-127.  32°. 

2539  Ottawa  |  First    Book,  |  Containing  |    Lessons    for    the 

Learner;  |  portions  of  |  the  Gospel  by  Luke,  omitted  by  |  Matthew 
and  John;  |  and  the  Ottawa   Laws.  |  By  Jotham   Meeker,  |  Mis 
sionary  of  |  the  Amer.  Bap.  Mis.  Union.  |  Second  Edition.  | 

Ottawa  Baptist  Mission  Station.  |  J.  Meeker,  Printer.  |  1850.  |  BA. 
Pp.  1-128.  24°. 

2540  and  Barker  (Francis).    The  |  New  Testament  |  of  |  our  Lord 

and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ;  |  translated  into  the  Ottawa  Language  | 
by  |  Jotham  Meeker,  |  Missionary  of  the  Amer.  Bap.  Board  of  For. 
Missions.  |  Carefully  revised,  and  compared  with  the  Greek,  |  by  | 
Kev.  Francis  Barker,  A.  M.  |  Baptist  Missionary  to  the  Shawanoes.  j 

Shawanoe  Baptist  Mission  Press,  |  J.  G.  Pratt,  Printer.  |  1841.  j 
Reverse  title: 

Me  Su  Mantu  |  Katepahimint  Kuer  Kailihekrt  |  kapekrskoninuf 
HesusKnist.  |  HihakKuerLafwal|mekaanekunotakrolepeikrhik.  | 


MEDITACIOXES MEGISEE.  495 

Meeker  (Jotham)  and  Barker  (Francis) — continued. 

Lawunonaf  ketuli  olepeikatr.  j  Kauko  Tukwilif  Hesus  |  mantu 
minik  tso  pepou.  |  1841.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-125.  1-2°. 

2541  The  |  Gospel  |  according  to  John,  |  translated  into  the  Ot 
tawa  Language  |  by  |  Jothaui  Meeker,  |  Missionary  of  the  Amer. 
Bap.  Board  of  For.  Missions.  |  Kevised,  and  compared  with  the 
Greek,  |  by  |  Rev.  Francis  Barker.  A.  M.  |  Baptist  Missionary  to 
the  Shawanoes.  | 

Press  of  Amer.  Baptist  Board  of  For.  Missions,  |  Shawanoe.  | 
1844.  |  C.  BA. 

Pp.  1-98.  16°. 

2342  Megapolensis  (Johann),  jr.  Ben  kort  ontwerp  vande  Mahakvase 
Indianen,  haer  landt,  tale,  statuere,  dracht,  godes-dienst  ende  Ma- 
gistrature.  Aldus  beschreven  ende  nu  kortelijck  den  26  August! 
1644  opgesonden  nit  Nieuwe  Neder-Lant.  Door  Johannem  Mega- 
polensem  Juniorem,  Predicant  aldaar.  Mitsgaders  een  kort  verhael 
van  bet  leven  ende  statuere  der  Staponjers,  in  Brasiel. 
t'  Alckmaer,  by  Ysbr.  Jansz.  v.  Houten.  [N.  d.]  * 

32  pp.  8°.  plate.    Title  from  the  only  known  copy,  in  the  University  Library 
of  Gend.— F.  Muller's  Catalogue,  1872,  p.  122. 

2543  Korte  Ontwerp  van  de  Mahakuase  Indianen  in  Nieuw  Ne- 

derlandt,  haer  landt,  stature,  dracht,  manieren,  en  Magistrateu;  be 
schreven  in  't  Jaer  1644;  door  Johannem  Megapoleusem,  Juniorem, 
Predikant  aldaer. 

In   [  Hartgers    (Joost)  ].    Beschrijvinghe  van  Virginia,  Nienw  Nederlandt, 
Nieuw  Engelandt,  &c.,  pp.  42-49.    Amsterdam,  1651.  4°. 

2544  A  short  account  of  the  Maquaas  Indians,  in  New-Nether- 

land,  their  Country,  Stature,  Dress,  Customs  and  Magistrates,  writ 
ten  in  the  Year  1644.    By  John  Megapolensis,  Jun.  Minister  there. 

In  Hazard  (E.)   Historical  Collections,  vol.  1,  pp.  517-526.    Philadelphia, 
1792.  4°. 

2545  A  short  sketch  of  the  Mohawk  Indians  in  New  Netherland, 

their  land,  stature,  dress,  manners,  and  magistrates,  written  in  the 
year  1644,  by  Johannes  Megapolensis,  Junior,  minister  there.    Re 
vised  from  the  translation  in  Hazard's  Historical  Collections,  with 
an  introduction  and  notes,  by  John  Boineyn  Brodhead. 

In  New  York  Hist  Soc.  Coll.,  second  series,  vol.  3,  pt.  1,  pp.  137-160.    New- 
York,  1857.  8°.     A  few  copies  were  issued  separately. 
Several  Mohawk  phrases  in  this  article. 

2546  Megiser  (Hieronymus).     Specimen    XL   diversarnm    linguarum, 
quibus  Oratio  dominica  est  expressa. 

Frankfurt,  1592.  * 

6°.    Contains  specimens  of  American  languages,  according  to  Sabin's  Dic 
tionary. 


496  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Megiser  (Hieronymus) — continued. 

2547  Specimen  L  diversarum  linguarum  .  .  . 

Frankfurt,  1593.  • 

4°. 

2548  Prob  einer  Verdolmetschung  in  funfzig  unterschiedlichen 

Spracben,  darin  das  heylyg  Vater  unser,  der  Engliscli  Gruss,  die 
zwolf  Artikel  uusers  Christlichen   Glaubeus,  die  zehen   Gebott, 
sampt  mehr  audern   geistlichen  Spriichen  transferiret  vnnd  mit 
grossem  Fleisz  zusammengebracht  vnnd  in  Truck  verfertiget  wor- 
den,  durch  Hieronymum  Megiser. 

Frankfurt.  1603.  * 

Sin.  8°.  Titles  from  Adelung's  Mithridates  and  Aner's  Sprachenhalle.  Hervas 
mentions  an  edition :  Frankfurt,  1650. 

2549  Meiners  (Christopher).    Geschichte  des  weiblichen  Geschlechts. 

Hanover,  Helwing,  1788-1800.  » 

4  v.ols.  4°.     Title  from  Ludewig,  p.  32. 

On  the  Carib  language  as  spoken  by  females,  vol.  1,  p.  47. 

2550   History  |  of  the  |  Female  Sex;  |  comprising  |  a  view  of  the 

habits,  manners,  and  influence  of  |  women,  among  all  nations,  from 
the  ear-  |  liest  ages  to  the  present  time.  |  Translated  from  the  Ger 
man  of  |  C.  Meiners,  |  Councillor  of  State  to  his  Britannic  Majesty, 
and  Professor  |  of  Philosophy  at  the  University  of  Gottingen.  |  By 
Frederic  Shoberl.  |  In  Four  Volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [-IV].  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Henry  Colburn,  Conduit-Street,  j  New 
Bond-Street,  |  1808.  |  c. 

4  vols.  16°. 

Brief  allusions,  from  Du  Tertre,  to  the  language  of  the  Carib  women,  vol.  1,  p.  40. 

2551  Meletta  (— ).    Pah-Utah  Vocabulary.  * 
UJJ,           Manuscript  in  possession  of  H.  H.  Bancroft,  San  Francisco,  Cal.    Title  from 

Native  Racee,  vol.  1,  p.  xxxvi. 

2552  Meline  (James  F.)    Two  Thousand  Miles  |  on  |  Horseback  |  Santa 
Fe"  and  Back.  |  A  Summer  Tour  through  Kansas,  Nebraska,  |  Colo 
rado,  and  New  Mexico,  in  the  |  year  1866.  |  By  |  James  F.  Meline.  | 
[Design.] 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Hurd  and  Houghton,  |  459  Broome 
Street.  |  1867.  |  BA. 

Pp.  i-x,  1-317.  12°.  map.    Another  edition :  Hid.,  1868. 

"Pueblo  Indians,"  pp.  195^-233,  contains,  pp.  203-205,  a  few  remarks  on  lan 
guage,  and  vocabularies,  15  words,  of  the  people  of  the  following  pueblos  (from 
Don  Domingo  de  Cruzate,  Governor  of  New  Mexico,  and  Lieut.  Simpson,  U.  S.  A.) : 

Santo  Domingo.  San  Juan.  Picuris. 

San  Felipe.  Santa  Clara.  Sandia. 

Santa  Ana.  San  Ildefonso.  Isleta. 

Zia.  Pojuaqne,.  Jemes. 

Laguna.  Nambe.  Old  Pecos. 

Acoma.  Tesuqne.  Zufii. 

Cochiti.  Taos. 


MEGISER — MENDOZA.  497 

Meline  (James  F.) — continued. 

2553  Two  Thousand  Miles  |  on  |  Horseback.  |  A  Summer  Tour 

to  the  Plains,  the  Eocky  |  Mountains,  and  New  Mexico.  |  By  | 
James  F.  Meline.  |  Fourth  Edition.  | 

New  York:  |  The  Catholic  Publication  Society,  |  9  Warren 
Street.  |  1873.  |  * 

Pp.  i-x,  1-317  pp.  12°.    Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

2554  Mena  (Fr.  Carlos).     Sermon  y  Opuscules  piadosos  en  Lengua 
Yucateca. 

Title  from  Beristain,  who  quotes  from  Cogolludo  and  Pinelo. 

"He  wrote  two  works,  both  iu  the  native  idiom,  namely:  I.  Coleccion  de  ser- 
mones;  II.  Materias  varias.  Ho  wrote  many  sermons  and  other  things,  says 
Lopez  de  Cogolludo  (Op.,  loc.  cit.),  in  the  idiom  of  these  Indians,  with  an  elo 
quence  esteemed  by  all  the  ministers  who  have  succeeded  him  and  have  made 
use  of  his  works." — Carillo. 

2555  [Menaul  (John).]    Child's  Catechism.  |  in  |  English  and  Laguna.  | 
Translated  and  Printed  |  at  the  |  Laguna  Mission  Station.  | 

Laguna,  |  Valencia  Co.  |  New  Mexico.  |  1880.  |  JWP. 

5  p.  11.,  verso  of  11. 1, 2, 5,  and  recto  of  1.  3  blank,  pp.  5-69.  sq.  16°. ;  p.  69  wrongly 
numbered  96.  One  hundred  and  forty-five  questions  and  answers  in  English  and 
Laguua. 

2550  Laguna  Indian  Translation  |  of  |  Me  GufeyPs  [sic]  New 

First  Eclectic  Reader.  |  Translated  and  Printed  |  by  |  John 
Menaul.  | 

Laguua,  New  Mexico.  |  1882.  |  JWP. 

Directions  to  the  book-binder,  reverse  blank,  1 1. ;  title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ; 
introduction,  pp.  i-iv ;  text,  pp.  7-84,  wrongly  numbered  82.  No  page  vi,  and 
recto  of  page  7  blank.  This  little  work  is  arranged  to  be  interleaved  with 
McGuffey's  New  First  Eclectic  Reader.  The  Arabic  pagination  is  peculiar,  the 
odd  numbers  beiug  on  the  left  and  the  even  on  the  right-hand  pages,  that  they 
may  face  the  corresponding  pages  of  the  English  Reader.  In  order  that  the  sig 
natures  may  fold  properly  there  are  but  14  printed  pages  to  each,  the  middle  two 
of  each  being  left  blank.  These  are  the  verso  of  12, 28, 44, 60,  and  76;  and  the 
recto  of  13, 29, 46, 61,  and  77. 

2557  [An  Address  to  the  friends  of  the  Laguna  Mission.]  JWP. 

Notitle-page;  pp.  1-20.  sq.l6°.   An  address  prepared  by  the  Rev.  John  Menaul, 

missionary  at  the  Pueblo  of  Lagnna,  in  New  Mexico,  and  printed  on  the  Mission 
press.  It  contains  a  few  remarks  on  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  the  Mission, 
a  sentence  from  the  Bible,  with  literal  translation,  and  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  the 
same  language. 

These  works  were  set  up  and  printed  by  Mr.  Menaul  with  the  aid  of  his  In 
dian  assistants. 

2558  Mendoza    (Eufemio).     Eufemio   Mendoza.  |  Apuntes  |  para  un  | 
catalogo  razonado  de  las  palabras  Mexicanas  |  iutroducidas  al  Cas- 
tellauo.  | 

Mexico.  |  Imprenta  del  Gobierno,  en  Palacio,  |  a  cargo  de  Jos6 
Maria  Sandoval.  |  1872.  |  °- 

32  Bib 


498  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Mendoza  (Eufemio) — continued. 

Pp.  1-88.  8°.     The  above  paper  occupies  pp.  1-55,  followed  by : 

Carillo  (D.  C.)  Apuntes  para  un  Catalogo  de  las  palabras  Mexicanas  intro- 
ducidus  al  Castellano,  pp.  57-75. 

Catalogo  de  voces  formado  por  el  Institute  Smithsoniano  de  Washing 
ton,  para  las  comparaciones  filologicas.  Version  Mexicana  de  Enfemio  Mendoza, 
pp.  77-88. 

Vocabulary  of  199  words,  pp.  77-83;  Nociones  de  Aritmetica  Mexicana, 
pp.  83-86. 


See  Najera  (Fr.  Manuel). 

2559  Mendoza  (Gumesindo).    Estudio  comparative  entre  el  Sanscrito  y 
el  Nagiiatl. 

In  Museo  Nacional  de  Mexico,  Anales,  tomo  1,  pp.  75-84.     Mexico,  1877.  4°. 
Comparison  of  words  in  Sanscrit  and  Naguatl,  Greek,  Latin,  and  German, 
pp.  79-82. 

2560 Complement*)  al  erudito  articulo  del  SeSor  Orozco  y  Berra, 

escrito  por  el  SeSor  G.  Mendoza,  Director  del  Museo. 

In  Museo  Nacional  de  Mexico,  Anales,  tomo  1,  pp.  217-226.  Mexico,  1877.  4°. 
Lord's  Prayer  iu  Nahuatl,  pp.  218-219;  Nahuatl  and  Sanscrit  roots,  suffixes,  and 
prefixes,  pp.  220-221. 

2561  Trabajo  Comparative  entre  el  Sanscrito,  el  Naguatl,  Griego 

y  Latin,  por  el  Sr.  G.  Mendoza. 

In  Museo  Nacional  de  Mexico,  Anales,  tomo  1,  pp.  286-288.   Mexico,  1877.  4°. 
Table  showing  affinities  between  the  above  languages,  p.  287. 

2562  Cosmogonia  Azteca,  por  el  Professor  G.  Mendoza. 

In  Museo  Nacicnal  de  Mexico,  Anales,  tomo  1,  pp.  340-353.  Mexico,  1877.  4°. 


See  Galicia  (Y.  C.),  Mendoza  (G.),  and  Sdlis  (F.  S.) 

2563  Mendoza  (Fr  Juan).    Doctrina  cristiana  en  Lengua  Megicana.     * 
2564 Flos  Sanctorum,  6  Vidas  de  Santos  en  Lengua  Kachiquel.  * 

2565 Platicas  doctrinales,  sobre  los  Evangelios  de  todo  el  ano 

en  dicha  Lengua.  * 

Titles  from  Beristain. 

2566  Mengarini  (Rev.  Gregory).    A  |  Selieh  or  Flat- Head  |  Grammar.  | 
By  the  |  Rev.  Gregory  Mengarini,  |  Of  the  Society  of  Jesus.  |  [De 
sign.] 

New  York:  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1861.  | 
Second  title: 

Grammatica  |  Linguae  Selicse.  |  Auctore  |  P.  Gregorio  Menga 
rini,  |  Soc.  Jesu.  | 

Neo-Eboraci.  |  1861.  |  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-122.  8°.  English  title  recto  1.  2;  Latin  title  recto  1.  3.  Shea's 
"  Library  of  American  Linguistics,  ii."  In  Latin. 

2567  Vocabulary  of  the  Santa  Clara,  by  the  Rev.  Professor  Men- 

gariui. 


MENDOZA — M^TODO.  499 

Mengarini  (Rev.  Gregory) — continued. 

Iu  Taylor  (A.  S.)  Indianology  of  California,  in  California  Fanner,  San  Fran 
cisco,  vol.  14,  No.  13,  Nov.  23, 1860. 

Reprinted  in  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology, 
vol.  3,  pp.  538-549.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

2568  Vocabulary  of  the  Skoyelpi,  Schitsui,  and  Selish  proper. 

In  Powell.  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  1, 
pp.  248-265,207-283.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

2669  Mercado  (P.  Nicolas).    Arte  de  la  Lengua  Megicana,  segun  el  Dia- 
lecto,  que  usan  los  Indies  de  la  Costa  del  Sur  de  Cinaloa.  * 

Manuscript  which  was  prepared  for  the  press. — Seristain. 

3570  Merlet  (Lucien).     Histoire  |  des  Relations  |  des  Hurons  et  des  Ab- 
naquis  |  du  Canada  |  avec  Notre-Dame  de  Ckartres,  |  suivi  de 
documents  in&lits  |  sur  la  Sainte  Chemise,  |  Par  M.  Luc.  Merlet,  | 
Aucieu    Eleve    des  Chartres  et  de    Pe"cole  d'Administration.   | 

[Design.] 

Chartres.  |  P6trot-Garmer,  Libraire,  |  Place  des  HaUes,  16  et 
17.  |  1858.  |  V. 

Outside  title,  1  1.,  one  other  1.,  pp.  i-xxiii,  1-78,  1 1.  12°. 

Ouendat  Lore'tr6non  Tesatontarige  haon  Gonastaenchouindik,  &c.,  pp.  3-4. 
Translation  of  same :  Voeu  a  la  Saiute  Vierge;  de  la  Nation  des  Hurons,  en  Nou- 
velle  France,  e'nonce'  en  Francais,  euvoye'  an  Chapitre  de  Chartres;  avecun  col 
lier  ou  ceinture  de  grains  de  porcelaine,  en  1678,  pp.  5-6. 

Vceu  des  Sauvages  Abnaquis  de  la  Mission  de  Saint-Franfois  de  Sales,  en  la 
Nouvelle  France,  pp. 23-24.  This  is  in  Abnaki.  At  the  end  the  editor  says: 

La  traductiou  de  ce  vcsu  des  Abnaquis  n'existe  plus  aux  Archives  d'Enre-et- 
Loir,  nons  ne  savons  meme  si  elle,  a  jamais  exists,  quoique  I'Abbe'  Brillon  dise, 
dans  ses  notes,  qne  le  Vceu  des  Abnaquis  avait  6t6  traduit  en  latin. 

2571  Merrill  (Moses).     Wdtwhtl  |  Wdwdklha  Tva  |  Eva  Wdhonetl.  | 
Marin  Awdofka.  |  Otoe  Hymii  Book.  |  By  Moses  Merrill.  | 

Shawannoe  Mission.  |  J.  Meeker,  Printer.  |  1834.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-12.  16°. 

"Early  in  1837,  Mr.  Merrill  completed  the  translation  of  a  portion  of  the 
[Otoe]  New  Testament,  and  sent  enough  for  thirty-two  pages  to  Shawanoe  to  be 
printed." — Hist,  of  Am.  Missions,  p.  556. 

2572  Mesah  Oowh   |  menwahjemoowin,  |  Kahenahjemood  Owh  |  St. 
Matthew.  |  Kahkewagwonnaby  Kiya  |  Tyentennageu  |  kahahne- 
kahnootahmoobenngig   keahmoonegoowod  enewh  |  York  |  Auxil- 
iary  Bible  Society.  | 

York:  |  Printed  at  the  York  Colonial  Advocate  Office,  |  by  James 
Baxter,  Printer.  |  1831.  |  BA.  S. 

Pp.  1-67.  8°. 

Gospel  of  Matthew  in  Chippewa.  Bagster's  Bible  of  Every  Land  says  this 
translation  was  made  by  the  Rev.  John  and  Peter  Jones.  For  other  editions,  see 
Minuajimouin;  also  Gospel. 

2573  Mtetodo  facil  y  breve  para  aprender  el  Idioma  Mexicano. 

Manuscript.  14  11.  4°.     Title  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta. 


v  v 


500  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2574  Meulen  (Lieut.  E.  de).     Vocabulary  of  the  Sitka-Kwan. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  1, 
pp.  121-133.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

2575  Vocabulary  of  the  Kenay  of  Cook's  Inlet. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2576  Mexican.     Mexican  or  Aztec  Manuscript.  • 

A  roll  composed  of  15  skins  of  parchment  joined  together,  19  feet  4  inches  long, 
about  7  inches  wide,  written  in  a  character  presumed  to  be  that  of  one  of  the 
aboriginal  languages  of  America,  most  probably  Mexican  or  Aztec;  apparently 
very  ancient. 

This  manuscript  has  baffled  all  the  experts  to  whom  we  have  shown  it,  to 
none  of  whom  is  the  character  known.  It  would  seem  from  the  disposition  of 
the  lines  to  read  from  left  to  right.  In  any  case  it  must  be  regarded  as  a.  great 
curiosity. — Berendt  Sale  Cat.,  No.  2956. 

2577  Mexican  or  Aztec  Manuscript,  with  some  rude  drawings.  * 

Manuscript.  6  pp.  4°. 

Of  great  antiquity  and  curiosity.  The  fabric  (paper)  upon  which  it  is  writ 
ten,  the  character,  and  the  drawings  are  all  of  the  highest  interest  to  the  stu 
dent  of  aboriginal  remains.— Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  1926. 

2578  Mexican  Paintings.  * 

Two  long  sheets  on  which  are  painted  some  of  the  principal  events  of  the  Con 
quest  of  Mexico ;  they  date  from  the  16th  century ;  copies  made  at  that  time 
from  the  originals  which  existed  in  the  ancient  convent  of  San  Francisco  in 

t  Mexico,  and  which  have  been  destroyed  long  ago.     Size,  11  feet  10  inches  by  2 

feet  10  inches;  and  11  feet  8  inches  by  23  inches. 

They  contain  numerous  figures,  with  explanations  in  the  Mexican  language. — 
Ramirez,  Sale  Cat.,  No.  540. 

2579  Mexican  MS.    Pintura  del  Gobernador,  Alcades,  y  Eegi- 

•!TLE  IN          dores  de  Mexico.    Codice  en  gerogliflcos  Mexicanos  y  en  lengua 

_   castellaua  y  azteca  existente  en  la  Biblioteca  del  Duque  de  Osuna. 
Madrid,  M.  G.  Hernandez,  1818.  * 

10  pp.,  39  11.  fac-similes.  folio.  Only  one  hundred  copies  printed. — Ramirez 
Sale  Cat.,  No.  1141. 

2580  Miscellanea  en  Lengua  Mexicana.  * 

Manuscript.     Cent,  xvi  and  xvii,  600  pp.  12°. 

A  curious  collection  of  treatises  in  the  Mexican  language  on  historical  and 
theological  subjects,  also  one  or  two  pieces  of  a  dramatic  character. — Fischer 
Sale  Cat.,  No.  1946. 

2581  Mijangos  (Fr.  Juan  de).    Espeio  Divi-  |  no  en  Lengva  Mexicana,  | 
en  qve  pveden  verse  los  pa-  |  dres,  y  tomar  documento  para  acertar 
a  doctri-  |  nar  bien  a  sus  hijos,  y  aflcionallos  a  las  virtudes.  |  ]  Com- 
pvesto  por  el  Padre  F.  loan  |  de  Mijangos,  Eeligioso  indigno,  y 
bumilde  de  la  Or-  |  den  del  glorioso  Padre  Augustino,  Doctor  de 
la  |  Yglesia,  y  Obispo  de  Yponia,  &c.  |  J  In  nomine  Sanctae,  &  indi- 
vidua3  Trinitatis,  Patris,  &  Filij,  &  |  Spiritus  sancti.    Amen.    Da 
Domine  lesu  virtutem  manibus  |  meis,  &.  illumina  qui  illuminasti, 
per  multos  cecos  cecum  in-  |  telectum  meurn  semper  Virgine  inter- 
cedente.  I 


MF.ULEN MIJANGOS.  .   501 

Mijangos  (Fr.  Juan  de) — continued. 

1"  En  Mexico,  con  licencia.  |  1  En  la  Emprenta  de  Diego  Lopez 
Daualos.  1607.  | 

On  the  recto  of  the  last  leaf  is : 

'}  Fve  corrector  de  la  Lengva  |  Augustin  De  la  Fuente,  natural 
de  Sanctiago  Tlatilulko,  |  muy  entendido  (que  en  esta  obra,  y  en 
todas  las  demas  que  el  |  Padre  Fray  loan  Baptista,  de  la  Orden  del 
Seraphico  |  Padre  Sanct  Francisco  hizo  a  ayudado  mucho,  y  | 
seruido  a  Nuestro  Sefior)  el  se  lo  pague,  y  |  le  guarde  muchos  aflos.  j 
Fray  loan  de  Mijangos.  |  Acabose  de  imprimir  esta  |  presente  obra 
en  la  muy  noble,  y  leal  Ciudad  de  |  Mexico,  a  veynte  y  quatro  de 
lulio,  Vispera  |  del  Glorioso  Apostol  Sanctiago  Patron  |  deEspaua. 
Aflo  de  1607.  | 

f  En  la  einprenta  de  Diego  Lopez  Daualos.  |  o. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-562,  1  1.  am.  4°.     Icazbalceta's  Apuntes  says  there  are  3  un 
numbered  pp.  at  end,  the  last  containing  a  table. 

2582 Primera  Parte  del  |  Sermonario,  Dominical,  y  |  Sanctoral, 

en  lengua  Mexica-  |  na.  Contiene  las  Dominicas,  que  ay  desde  la 
Septua-  |  gesima,  hasta  la  vltima  de  Peuthecostes,  Platica  para  los 
que  Comulgan  el  |  lueues  Sancto,  y  Sermon  de  Passion,  Pasqua  de 
Resurrection,  y  del  Es-  |  piritusanto,  con  tres  Sermones  del  Sanctis- 
simo  Sacrameto.  |  5  Compuesto  por  el  P.  Maestro.  Fr.  Ivan  de 
Miian-  |  gos,  de  la  Orden  del  glorioso  Padre,  y  Doctor  de  la  Iglesia. 
S.  Augustin.  |  [An  engraving  of  St.  Augustin  followed  by  this 
verse :] 

1  Hoc'opus  Aurelio  patri,  sacro  quiescit 
Mens  niea,  nee  Votis  spes  obitura  meis 
Paruula  sunt,  fateor,  patri  munnscula  tanto 
Quae  ferimns,  toto  prestita  oorde  tibi. 

En  Mexico  en  la  Imprenta  del  Licenciado  luan  |  de  Alcacar,  Ano 
1624.  Vendese  en  la  libreria  de  Diego  de  Bibera.  | 

9  p.  11.,  pp.  1-564.  4°.     Concludes  with  46  unnumbered  leaves,  containing: 

1st.  Tabla  de  los  Sermones  que  |  contiene  este  libro.  | 

lp. 

2d.  Table  de  los  lugares  asi  de  |  la  Sagrada  escriptura,  como  de 
los  Doctores,  y  |  Sanctos,  que  se  alegan  en  esta  primera  pate, 
[sic]  |  y  estan  aqui  mas  flelmente  sacados.  | 

25pp. 

3d.  Table  remissiva  |  a  otras  Evangelios,  assi  |  de  Dominicas, 
como  de  Santos,  para  que  los  Pa-  |  dres  Predicadores  puedan  hazer 
otros  sermo-  |  nes,  &c. 

48pp. 

4th.  Phrases,  y  modos  de  |  hablar  elegantes  y  metaphori-  |  cos,  de 
los  Yndios  Mexicauos,  y  porq  he  vsado  de  algunos  dellos  en  el  dis- 
curso  de  estos  Serino-  |  nes,  y  los  que  estan  por  imprirair,  me  pare- 
cio  |  bien  que  se  |  imprimiessen,  para  que  se  tenga  noticia,  y  vso 
dellos.  |  * 


502  .  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Mijangos  (Fr.  Juan  de) — continued. 

14  pp.  The  Mexican  phrases  are  accompanied  by  a  Spanish  translation.  Pol- 
lowed  by  5  pp.  erratas  and  1  p.  blank.  Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  46. 

Beristain,  in  giving  the  above  title,  adds:  "He  left  many  other  manuscript 
sermons  and  the  parable  of  the  Prodigal  Son,  in  the  same  idiom." 

"Mijangos  was  born  in  Antequera,  the  capital  of  Oajaca.  He  took  the  habit 
of  an  Augustiuian,  and  taught  philosophy  and  theology  in  the  University  of 
Mexico.  He  preached  to  and  taught  the  natives  in  their  own  language,  in 
the  knowledge  of  which  he  was  most  eminent." — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

2583  Milhau  (Dr.  John  J.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Anasitch  (Coos  Bay, 
No.  1). 

Manuscript.  6  11.   folio.  211  words. 

2584 Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  Coos  Bay,  No.  2. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  211  words. 

2585  Vocabulary  of  the  Coast  Indians  living  on  the  streams 

emptying  between  Umpqua  Head  and  Cape  Perpetua,  Oregon,  and 
on  the  Umpqua  Eiver  for  twenty  miles  above  the  mouth. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  folio. 

2586 Vocabulary  of  the  Hewut,  Upper  Umpqua,  Umpqua  Val 
ley,  Oregon. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  180  words. 

2587  Vocabulary  of  the  Umpqua,  Umpqua  Valley,  Oregon. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  folio.  180  words. 

2588  Vocabulary  of  the  Yakona. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  folio.  180  words.  Language  of  the  Coast  Indians  lying  be 
tween  Cape  Perpetua  and  Cape  Foulweather,  and  up  the  Alseya  and  Yakona 
Rivers. 

These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2589  Mills  (Robert).     Statistics  |  of  |  South  Carolina,  |  including  |  a 
view  |  of  its  |  Natural,  Civil,  and  Military  History,  |  general  and 
particular.  |  By  Robert  Mills,  |  of  South  Carolina,  P.  A.  Engineer 
and  Architect.  |  [Four  lines  quotation.]  | 

Charleston,  S.  C.  |  Published  by  Hurlbut  and  Lloyd.  |  1826.  |  WE. 
1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-ix,  17-182, 1-47.  8°.    map. 

The  Catawba  Indian  Tongue,  exemplified  in  the  pronunciation  of  the  nine 
digits,  and  a  few  common  phrases,  p.  111. 

2590  Minnesota  Historical  Society.    Annals  |  of  the  |  Minnesota  Histori 
cal  Society,  |  for  |  Eighteen  hundred  and  fifty-three.  |  Number  IV 

nrf)Wfl       t1"^1  I  Printed  bv  order  of  the  Executive  Council.  | 

Saint  Paul:  |  Owens  &  Moore,  Printers,  |  1853  [1850-1856].  j   WE. 

Title  from  No.  4,  the  only  one  seen ;  printed  title  11.  title,  1  1.,  pp.  3-64.  In 
the  preface  to  vol.  1  of  the  Collections  of  this  society  it  says:  "  The  volume  of 
which  this  [vol.  1]  is  a  reprint  was  composed  of  five  parts  or  pamphlets,  issued 
in  various  years"  from  1850  to  1856. 

Belcourt  (G.  A.)    Department  of  Hudson's  Bay,  No.  4,  pp.  16-32. 

Neill  (E.  D.)    Dakota  Land  and  Dakota  Life,  No.  4,  pp.  45-64. 


MIJANGOS — MITCHELL.  503 

Minnesota  Historical  Society — continued. 

2591  Collections  |  of  the  |  Minnesota  Historical  Society,  |  Vol 
ume  I  [-III].     [Seal  of  the  Society.]    Being  a  Republication  of  the 
Original  Parts  |  Issued  in  1850-51-52-53-56.  | 

St. Paul:  |  RamaleyOhaney& Co., Printers.  |  1872  [-1874].  |  C.BP. 

3  vols.  8°. 

Belcourt  (G.  A. )    Department  of  Hudson's  Bay,  vol.  1,  pp.  207-244. 
Lynde  ( J.  W.)    History  of  the  Dakotas,  vol.  2, pt.  2,  pp.  56-84. 
Neill  (Rev.  E.  D.)    Dakota  Land  and  Dakota  Life,  vol.  1,  pp.  254-294. 
Pond  (G.  H.)    Dakota  Superstitions,  vol.  2,  pt.  3,  pp.  32-62. 
Riggs  (S.  R.)    The  Dakota  Language,  vol.  1,  pp.  89-107. 

2592  Minseeweh  |  Nuhkoomwawaukunul.  |  TWP. 

Half-title,  pp.  2-34.     16°.  Hymns  in  the  Algonkin  language.    Appended  to 
Morning  and  Evening  Prayers.     London,  1847.  16°. 

2593  Minuajimouin  |   au  |   St.    Matthiu.  |  The    Gospel    according    to 
Matthew  |  in  the  |  Ojibwa  Language.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1839.  |     BA.  ABS.  JWP. 
Pp.  1-112.  12°. 
See  Mesah  oowh ;  also  Gospel 

2594  Miranda  (Francisco  de).    Catecismo  |  breve  |  en  lengua  Otomi,  | 
dispuesto  |  por  el  P.  Francisco  de  Mi-  |  randa  de  la  Compania  de  | 
Jesus.  | 

Impresso  en  Mexico,  en  la  |  Imprenta  de  la  Bibliotheca  |  Mexi- 
cana.    Ano  de  1759.  |  B. 

l  p.  l.,  pp.  1-14.  16°. 

2595  Miriewo  (Theodor  Jan  Kiewitch  de).     Sravnitel  niy  Slovar,  etc. 
(Comparative  vocabulary  of  all  the  languages  and  dialects.) 

St.  Petersburg,  1790-1791.  * 

4  vols.  4°.    Pallas  having  published,  in  1786  and  1789,  the  first  part  of  the 
Vocabularium  Catharinteum  (a  comparative  vocabulary  of  286  words  in  the  lan 
guages  of  Europe  and  Asia),  the  material  contained  therein  was  published  in  the 
above  edition  in  another  form,  and  words  of  American  langnages  added.    The 
book  did  not  come  up  to  the  expectations  of  the  government,  and  was  therefore 
not  published,  so  that  but  few  copies  of  it  can  be  found. — Ludewig. 

2596  Miscel&nea    Hispano- Americana   de   ciencias,  literatnra  i  artes. 
Obra  eapecialmente  dirijida,  a  dar  conozer  el  estado  i  a  promover, 
los  progresos  de  la  instruccion  en  Hispano- America. 

Londres.  1827-1829.  * 

4  vols.;  320;  320;  314 ;  314  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  49434. 
Morenas  (— ).    Sobre  la  Leugua  de  los  Salvajes  de  la  America  del  Norte,  vol.  4. 

2597  Miscellaneous  Pieces. 

Colophon :  Mission  Press,  Park  Hill.     1844.  BA. 

No  title-page ;  heading  only ;  24  pp.  24°.    In  Cherokee  characters.    Temper 
ance  tract  in  the  Cherokee  language. 

Mitchell  (Dr.  B.  Rush). 
See  Lionnet  (.)/.) 


504 


NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 


2598  Mitchell  (Dr.  Samuel  L.)     Letter  from  Dr.  Samuel  L.  Mitchell,  of 
New  York,  to  Samuel  M.  Burnside,  Esq.  Corresponding  Secretary 
of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society. 

In  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  1,  pp.  313-317.     Worcester,  1820.  8°.     . 
Two  Cherokee  songs,  with  translation,  p.  317. 

2599  Mitre  (Manuel  Francisco).     Prayer  Book  in  the  Mexican  Lan 
guage,  by  Manuel  Francisco  Mitre.  * 

Manuscript,  1758.  80  11.  18°.     Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  1991. 
Moftas  (Eugene  Duflot  de). 
See  Duflot  de  Mofras  (Eugene  de). 

2600  Molina  (Fr.  Alonso  de).    ([  Aqui  comienca  vn  vocabula-  |  rio-en  la 
leugua  Castellana  y  Mexicana  Coiupuesto  |  por  el  mtiy  reuerendo 
padre  fray  Alonso  de  |  Molina:  Gnardisi  dl  coueto  tl  sant  Antonio 
d  |  Tetzcuco  ttla  orde  de  los  frayles  Meuores.  I 


TUU 


C  Imlorum  nimia  te  fecit  prole  parentem. 

qui  gennit  morions,  quos  pater  almo  foues. 
Confixus  vinis,  langues:  cum  mente  reiioluis. 
vulnera,  cum  spectas,  stigmata  came  geris. 

Title  in  alternate  lines  red  and  black  letters;  wood-cut  in  center;  reverse, 
wood-cut  filling  the  page  (see  below),  with  i.  h.  R.,  Gothic  letters,  in  center,  1  1., 
5  other  p.  11. ;  11. 1-259.  sm.  4°  ;  followed  by  1  1.,  containing  colophon,  as  follows: 

C  A  honrra  y  gloria  de  nues-  |  tro  sefior  lesu  xpo  y  de  su  bedita 
madre  aq  se  aca  |  ba  la  presente  obra :  la  ql  fue  compuesta  por  el  I 


MITCHELL MOLINA. 


505 


Molina  (Fr.  Alonso  de) — continued. 

muy  rent-redo  padre  fray  Aloso  rt  inolina.  |  Impriinio  fe  e  la  muy 
grade  &  insigne  y  |  muy  leal  ciudad  de  Mexico,  en  casa  de  |  lua 
pablos,  co  lioencia  del  Illustrissi  |  iuo  seiior  Do  Luys  de  Vclasco  | 
Visorrey  y  Gouernador  (tsta  |  Neueua  Espafia,  y  de  la  An  |  diecia 
Eeal  q  e  el  hi  resi  |  de.  Y  asshnismoco  |  licencia  del  Retie  |  rendis- 
simo  Se-  |  nor  do  fray  |  Aloso  de  |  Mou  |  tufar  por  Li  graciu  de  Dios 
Ar£obispo  nieri  [  tissimo  rtla  dicha  ciudad  de  Mexico.  Fue  |  vista 
y  examinada  esla  preseute  obra  |  por  el  reueredo  padre  fray  Fran 
cis  |  co  de  Lintorne,  Guardian  del  |  monestero  de  sant  Francisco  | 
de  Mexico,  y  por  el  Rene  |  redo  padre  fray  beruar  |  diuo  (1  Sahagu, 
dela  |  dicha  orde,  a  quie  |  el  exaiue  della  |  fue  cometido.  Acabe  fe 
fl  |  imprimir  a  qtro  di  |  as  del  nies  de  |  Mayo,  de  |  1555.  |  ffc  \  JOB. 


2601 


—  Vocabvlario  |  en  lengva  Casteliaua  y  Mexicana,  com-  | 
puesto  por  el  muy  Reuerendo  Padre  Fray  Alouso  de  Molina,  de 
la  |  Orden  del  bienauenturado  miestro  Padre  sant  Francisco.  |  Di- 
rigido  al  mvy  Excelente  Seuor  |  Don  Martin  Enriquez,  Visorrey 
desta  nueua  Espana.  |  [Wood-cut  of  a  shield.] 

Eu  Mexico,  |  En  Casa  de  Antonio  de  Spinosa.  |  1571.  |  JCB. 

Title;  reverse,  •'  Lieencias,"  "  Epistola  Nvncopatoria,"  1 1. ;  "  Prologo  al  Lec 
tor,"  1  1.;  "Avisos,"  1  1. ;  text,  121 11.  "Dirigatvr  Oratiomea,"  &c.,  with  wood 
cut,  reverse, -wood-cut,  1  1.  folio.  Followed  by: 


506  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Molina  (Fr.  Alonso  de) — continued. 

2602  Vocabvlario  |  en  lengva  Mexicana  y  Castellana,  com-  | 

puesto  por  el  muy  Eeuerendo  Padre  Fray  Alonso  de  Molina,  de 
la  |  Orden  del  bienauenturado  nuestro  Padre  sant  Francisco.  | 
Dirigido  al  mvy  Excelente  Seiior  |  Don  Martin  Euriquez,  Visorrey 
desta  nueua  Espana.  | 

En  Mexico,  |  En  Gasa  de  Antonio  de  Spinosa.  |  1571.  | 

Colophon : 

1f  Aqvi  hazen  tin  los  dos  vocabvlarios,  en  lengva  Caste  |  liana 
y  nahual  o  Mexicana  qne  hizo  y  repoilo  el  muy  Eeuerendo  padre, 
fray  Alonso  de  Mo  |  lina :  de  la  orden  de  senor  san  Francisco.  Im- 
primieronse  en  la  muy  insigne  y  gran  ciudad  |  de  Mexico :  en  casa 
de  Antonio  de  Spinosa,  en  el  Ano  de  nuestra  redepcion,  de 
1571.  |  JCB. 

Title,  with  wood-cut  of  St.  Francis;  reverse,  "Prologo  al  Lector,"  1  1.  ; 
"Avisos,"  1 1. ;  text,  1-162  11. ;  reverse  of  last  leaf  a  wood-cut,  folio. 

2603  Vocabulario  |  de  la  |  Lengua  Mexicana  |  compuesto  por  el 

P.  Fr.  Alonso  de  Molina  |  publicado  de  nuevo  |  por  |  Julio  Platz- 
mann  |  Edicion  facsimilaria  | 

Leipzig  |  B.  G.  Teubner  |  1880  |  ASG. 

Half  title,  1 1. ;  title,  1 1. ;  dedication  to  Catherine  of  Russia,  2  11. ;  fac-siraile  of 

original  title-page,   Castellana  y  Mexicana,  reverse  Licencias,  1  1.,  &c.,  as  in 

original  edition,  3  11.;  in  all,  8  p.  11.     Text,  121  11.;  Dirigator,  &c.,  1  1.;  fac- 

.  simile  of  original  title-page,  Mexicana  y  Castellana,  reverse  Prtflogo,  11.;  Avisos, 

11.;  Text,  162  11. ;  reverse  of  last  leaf,  wood-cut  with  I.  H.  S. 

2604  Confessionario  breue,  en  lengua  |  Mexicana  y  Castellana:  | 

compuesto  por  el  muy  reueredo  |  padre  fray  Alonso  de  Molina,  de 
la  orde  del  sera-  |  phico  padre  Sant  Francisco.  | 

En  Mexico  en  casa  de  Antonio  de  Espinosa,  Impressor.  |  1565.  | 
Title,  with  large  wood-cut  of  a  crest;  reverse, Privilege,  1  1. ;  text,  11.  2-20, 
in  double  columns,  Gothic  letter.  4°.  JCB. 

2605  Confessionario  breue,  en  len-  |  gua  Mexicana  y  Castellana: 

compuesto  por  |  el  muy  Eeuerendo  Padre  Fray  Alo  |  so  de  Molina, 
de  la  orden  del  Se  |  raphico  Padre  sant  |  Francisco.  |  [Engraving.] 

5  En  Mexico.  |  En  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.  |  1577.  |  * 

Between  the  title  and  imprint  there  is  a  singular  engraving  which  I  have  not 
seen  in  any  other  book  of  this  epoch,  which  represents  the  saviour  placed  in  a 
press  with  two  screws,  and  shedding  from  the  five  wounds  torrents  of  blood, 
which  flow  out  below  the  press  and  are  caught  by  two  angels,  in  a  chalice. 

On  the  reverse  of  the  title-page  is  the  license  of  the  viceroy,  D.  Martin  Enri- 
riquez;  11.1-20,  gothic  letters,  2  columns,  one  in  Spanish,  one  in  Mexican;  en 
graving  on  wood.  4°.  There  is  no  colophon,  and  it  terminates  with:  Gracias 
scan  dadas  &  nuestro  Senor  Dios.  Laus  Deo. 

Title  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  from  copy  belonging  at  the  time  to  Pbro. 
D.  Augustin  Fischer,  and  afterwards  sold  in  London. 

2606  Confessionario  mayor,  en  lengua  Mexicana  y  Castellaua.  | 

En  Mexico,  por  Antonio  de  Espinosa.  |  1565.  | 


MOLINA.  507 

Molina  (Fr.  Alonso  de) — continued. 

Colophon : 

([Acabose  de  impri-  |  mir  este  Confessionario,  en  la  may  in  | 
signe  y  gran  ciudad  de  Mexico:  en  casa  de  An-  |  tonio  de  Espinosa 
impressor  de  libros,  jun  |  to  a  la  yglesia  de  Seuor  Si  nt  Augu-  | 
stin :  a  quinze  de  Mayo.  |  Afio  de  1565.  j  Laus  deo.  |  JOB. 

Title,  with  a  wood-cut  of  the  Crucifixion,  nearly  filling  the  page ;  reverse,  Pri 
vilege,  11.;  "Epistola  uuncupatoria,"  dated  1564,  11.;  text,  121  numbered  11., 
in  double  columns ;  table,  3  11.  4°.  Gothic  letter.  . 

2607  Oonfes  |  sionario  Ma-  |  yor,  en  la  lengna  [sic]  Me  |  xicana 

y  Gastellana.  |  Coinpuesto  por  |  el  may  Reuerendo  padre  |  Fray 
Alonso  de  Mo  |  lina,  de  la  orden  del  |  Seraphico  sant  |  Francisco.  | 

En  Mexico.  |  f  En  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.  |  Afio  de  1578.  |  * 

LI.  1-2,  title  and  dedication ;  11.  3-132  (wrongly  numbered  113),  the  Confessio 
nario;  4  11.,  unnumbered,  table  and  privilege;  Gothic  letter,  2  columns  4°.  Title 
from  Icazbalceta'a  Apuntes,  No.  131. 

2608  Doctrina  xpiaua  breue  traduzida  en  lengua  Mexicana,  por 

el  pe  frai  Alonso  de  Molina  de  la  Orden  de  los  menores,  y  exami- 
nada  por  el  Edo  pe  loan  goncalez,  Canonigo  de  la  ygl'ia  Cathedral      f>tr 
de  la  yiudad  de  Mexico,  por  mandado  del  Emo.  Sor  don  frai  loa  de 

C,  umarraga,  obpo  de  la  dha.  §iudad,  el  qual  la  hizo  iinprimir  en  el 
afio  de  1546  a  20  de  lunio. 

It  is  known  that  Fr.  Alonso  de  Molina  wrote  a  Doctrina,  major  and  minor,  in 
the  Mexican  language ;  P.  Mendieta  expressly  says  so  in  his  Hiatoria  Ecelfsids- 
tica  Indiana,  book  iv,  chap.  44,  and  this  notice  has  been  printed  many  times.  P. 
Torquemada  has  incorporated  it  literally  in  .chap.  33,  book  xix,  of  his  Monarquia 
Indiana.  Gonzaga  says  the  same  in  his  work  De  Origins  SerapMcas  Beltgionie,  p. 
1242.  In  the  colophon  of  the  Doctrina  castellana  y  mexicana,  of  1548  (No.  13), 
there  is  mentioned,  with  sufficient  clearness,  the  edition  of  the  Doctrina  breve, 
made  in  1546,  although  without  stating  the  name  of  the  author.  "  In  the  con 
gregation  held  by  the  bishops  it  was  ordered  that  there  should  be  made  two 
doctrinas,  one  short  and  the  other  large,  and  the  short  one  is  that  which  was 
printed  in  the  year  1546.  The  reverend  senors  commanded  that  the  other,  the 
great  one,  should  be  for  the  fuller  explanation  of  the  small  one."  This  indication 
cannot  refer  to  the  Doctrina  of  1546,  spoken  of  here  (No.  10),  for  that  is  in  Casti- 
lian  alone,  and  this  speaks  evidently  of  one  in  Castilian  and  Mexican,  like  that 
of  1548  (No.  13),  of  which  it  is  a  mate.  [See  No.  1053  of  this  catalogue.  ]  Never 
theless,  D.  Nicolas  Antonio,  well  versed  in  the  books  of  America  (Bibl.  Hisp. 
Nova,  vol.  1,  p.  37),  has  spoken  of  this  edition,  since  among  the  writings  of  P. 
Molina  he  places  the  following:  "  Cathecismo  mayor  y  menor.  Doubtless  this  is 
the  same  as  the  Doctrina  Christiana  in  the  Mexican  tongue,  edited  in  Mexico  in 
1546  [1564],  again  in  1606.  4°."  Pinelo  Barcia  (column  726)  mentions  "two 
Doctrinal  Christianas,  greater  and  less,  printed  1546,  1606" — a  notice  which  I 
think  is  I  aken  from  Antonio.  Finally  P.  Molina  himself,  in  the  dedication  of  his 
Arte,  1571,  asserts  that  he  has  printed  a  Doctrina  Christiana — a  reference  which 
cannot  apply  to  that  of  1578,  for  lhat  was  made  afterwards.  In  spite  of  all  this 
and  of  the  mention  by  less  noted  authors  of  four  editions  of  the  Doctrina  breve 
in  Mexican  (1G75,  1718,  1732,  1735,  in  8°),  without  counting  one  of  1571  (of  which 
there  are  clear  indications  in  the  license  of  the  Vocabulario  of  said  year),  nor  that 
of  1606  mentioned  by  Antonio  y  Barcia,  which  I  have  not  seen  nor  found  cited 
anywhere  else,  Beristaiu  does  not  put  such  a  Doctrina  menor  among  the  writings 
of  P.  Molina,  except  only  the  Mexican  one  of  1578. 


508  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Molina  (Fr.  Alonso  do) — continued. 

IMPRO"  I  have  never  met  an  example  of  the  edition  of  1546.     A  certain  knowledge  of 

it,  and  also  of  its  text  inCastilian  ami  Mexican,  is  found  in  the  Codice  franciscano 
which  I  have  already  spoken  of  (p.  247,  note  2).  This  codex  contains,  among  a 
multitude  of  important  documents,  a  copy  of  the  Doctrina,  with  the  title  which 
.1  have  given  above. — Icazbalceta's  Life,  efe.,  of  Bvthop  Zumdrraga,  No.  9. 

2609  Doctrina  |  Christiana  en  lengua  Me  |  xicana  muy  neces- 

saria:  en  la  qua!  |  se  contienen  todos  los  princi  |  pales  mysteries  de 
nue-  |  stra  Sancta  Fee  ca-  |  tholica.  Compuesta  por  el  muy  Eeve-  | 
rendo  Padre  Fray  Alonso  de  Molina,  de  la  orden  |  del  glorioso 
Padre  Sant  Francisco.  | 

Con  Priuilegio.  |  En  Mexico,  En  casa  de  Pedro  Ocharte.  |  MDL- 
XXVIII  [1578].  |  * 

Ll.  ii-xci,  table  4  11.  8°.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  51. 

Beristain  says:  Reprinted  in  Sevilla,  with  the  approbation  of  the  Cardinal 
Quiroga,  Inquisidor  General,  1584.  4°. 

2610  Doctrina  Christiana  y  Cathecismo  en  Lengua  Mexicana. 

Nufcuamente  Emendada,  Dispuesta,  y  Afladida ;  para  el  vso,  y  en- 
senanga  de  los  Naturales.     Compuesta  Por  el  P.  Fr.  Alouso  De 
Molina,  de  la  Orden  del  Glorioso  Padre  San  Francisco. 

Aiio  de  1675.   Con  licencia.    En  Mexico,  Por  la  Viuda  de  Ber 
nardo  Calderon.  * 
16  unnumbered  11.  8°.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuutes,  No.  133. 

2611  Doctrina  Christiana,  y  Cathecismo,  en  Lengua  Mexicana. 

Compuesta  por  el  P.  Fr.  Alonso  de  Molina,  de  la  Orden  del  Glo 
rioso  Padre  S.  Francisco.     Corregida  ahora  nuevamente  por  el  E. 
Padre  Lector  Fr.  Manuel  Perez,  Cathedratico  de  Lengua  Mexicana 
en  esta  Eeal  Vniversidad,  del  Orden  de  San  Augustin.    Para  la 
buena  enseilanga  de  los  Naturales. 

Auo  de  1718.  Con  licencia :  En  Mexico,  por  Francisco  de  Eibera 
Calderon.  * 

16  unnumbered  11.  8°.    Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  134. 

2612  Doctrina  Christiana,  y  Cathecismo  en  Lengua  Mexicana. 

Compuesta  por  el  P.  Fr.  Alonso  de  Molina,  de  la  Orden  del  Glorioso, 
y  Seraphico  Padre  San  Francisco.     Corregida  fielmentc,  por  su 
original. 

Ano  de  1732.  Eeimpressa  en  Mexico :  Por  la  Viuda  de  Francisco 
de  Eibera  Calderon,  en  la  Calle  de  San  Augustin.  * 

16  unnumbered  11.  8°.    Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  135. 

2613  Doctrina  |  Christiana  |  y  Cathecismo  |  en  Lengua  Mexi 
cana.  |  Compuesta  |  por  el  P.  Fr.  Alonso  de  |  Molina,  de  la  Orden 
del  |  Glorioso  Seraphico  Padre  |  San  Francisco.  |  Corregida  fiel- 
mete,  por  su  original.  | 

Auo  de  j  1735.  |  Eeimpressa  en  Mexico:  |  Por  la  Viuda  de  Fran 
cisco  de  Eivera,  |  Calderon  en  la  Calle  de  S.  Augustin.  |  * 
16  unnumbered  11.  8°.     Title  from  Icazbaleeta's  Apuntes,  No.  52. 


DOCTRINA 

CHRISTIANSEN  LENGVAMB 

muy  neceffaria  :  cnlaqual 

fe  comienen  todos  los  princi 

pales  myftcrios  dc  nuc- 

ftraSan&aPceca- 

tholica  .:. 


rendt  ?*dn  Frtj  vtltnfide  <yAolin*,h  U 
dtlgbrwft'Ptdre  S*nt  Frtncifc*. 


En  Mexico ,  En  cafa  <lc  Pedro  Ocharf e. 
M.D.LXXVIII. 

2609. — FAC-SIM1LE  OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF  MOLINA'S  DOCTRINA  OF  1578. 


MOLINA. 


509 


Molina  (Fr.  Alonso  dc) — continued. 

2614  -        -  ([  Arte  d<>  la  lengua  Mexi  |  cana  y  Castellana,  Compuesta 

por  cl  muy  EC  ]  ueremlo  padro  fray  Alonso  de  Mo-  |  Una  de  la  or- 

den  de  Sefior  |  saut  Francisco.  | 


<[En  Mexico  en  casa  de  Pedro  Ocharte.  1571.  |  JOB. 

Title,  reverse  Privilege,  1  1. ;  Epistola  nuncupatoria,  2  11.;  text,  11.1-82; 
Segunda  Parte,  11.  1-35,  Gothic  letter.  12°. 

2615  -  -  £  Arte  de  la  Lengua  Me  |  xicana  y  Castellana,  Compuesta 
por  el  muy  |  E.  P.  Fray  Alouso  de  Molina,  de  la  orden  de  |  Sefior 
sant  Francisco,  de  nueuo  en  esta  segun  |  da  impression  corregida, 
emendada  y  anadi  |  da,  mas  copiosa  y  clara  que  la  primera.  |  Di- 
rigida  al  Mny  Excelente  Sefior  Vissorrey,  &c.  | 

Mexico,  en  casa  de  Pedro  Balli,  1576.  |  JOB. 

Title  1  1.,  Liceuce  2  11.,  Epistola  4  11. ;  Arte,  1st  part,  11.  1-78;  2d  part,  11.  79- 
112.  Portrait  of  St.  Francis  on  title  same  as  first  edition. 


2610 


Printed. 


•  Vida  de  S.  Francisco  de  Asis  en  megicano. 


Oflcio  parvo  dc  la  Virgen  Maria  en  megicano. 


2617  — 

2618 Los  L'vangelios  traducidos  al  megicano.  * 

Thol'urco  titles  above  from  Beristain,  who  says:  These  last  two  works  were  not 
allowed  to  be  printed,  in  consequence  of  the  ancient  prohibition  against  transla 
tions  of  the  Bible  into  common  tongues. 

Molina  (Luis  de  Neve  y). 
See  Neve  y  Molina  (Luis  de). 


510  NORTH  AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

2619  Mombert  ( J.  I.)    An  |  Authentic  History  |  of  |  Lancaster  County,  | 
in  the  |  State  of  Pennsylvania.  |  By  |  J.  I.  Mombert,  D.  D.  |  Mem 
ber  of  the  Historical  Society  of  Pennsylvania.  | 

Lancaster,  Pa. :  |  J.  E.  Barr  &  Co.  |  1869.  |  C. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-617, 11.,  pp.  1-175.  8°. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Six  Nations,  p.  13 ;  Indian  localities  in 
Lancaster  County,  with  definitions  and  remarks,  p.  386. 

2620  Moncrovie  ( J.  B.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Satsika,  or  Blackfeet  (Upper 
Missouri).  JWP. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  494-505.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

2621  Monte  y  Tejada  (Antonio  del).    Historia  |  de  |  Santo  Domingo  | 
desde  su  descubritniento  hasta  nuestros  dias,  |  por  Don  Antonio  del 
Monte  y  Tejada  |  Tomo  I.  | 

Habana.  |  Establecimiento  Tip^graflco  de  Soler  |  calle  de  la  Mu- 
ralla  num  82.  |  M  DCCCLIII.  |  o. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xxx,  1 -6SO.  8C.     No  more  published. 

Remarks,  with  examples,  on  the  Yucayo  language,  of  Hayti,  pp.  366-379. 

Montreal  Natural  History  Society. 
See  Natural  History  Society  of  Montreal. 

2622  Momimentos.    Monumentos  Guadalupanos. 

First  series,  3  vols.  4°.     Vol.  1, 223  11. ;  vol.  2, 272  11.,  and  vol.  3, 154  11. 

Manuscripts,  partly  original  and  partly  modern  transcripts,  some  in  Spanish 
and  others  in  the  native  languages  of  Mexico,  illustrated  by  several  old  engrav 
ings  executed  in  Mexico,  and  representing  Our  Lady  of  Guadalupe. 

These  three  volumes,  with  the  second  series,  comprise  everything  which  the 
late  indefatigable  Mr.  Ramirez  was  able  to  collect  on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic, 
respecting  this  renowned  Sanctuary,  embracing  a  period  of  more  than  three 
hundred  years. 

They  not  only  comprise  many  originals  which  have  reference  to  the  renowned 
Apparition,  but  whenever  Mr.  Ramirez  was  unable  to  obtain  the  originals,  he  had 
copies  made  of  them  and  incorporated  them  in  this  collection.  The  copies  of 
documents  in  native  languages  are  all  made  by  the  well-known  scholar  Lie.  Ga- 
licia  Chimalpopoca,  who  also  gives  their  respective  translations. 

A  bibliographical  notice  not  only  furnishes  information  of  all  that  has  been 
written  and  printed  on  the  subject  in  sermons  and  devotional  books,  but  also 
lists  of  works  which,  in  his  judgment,  ought  to  contain  information  on  the  sub 
ject,  but  do  not.  Among  the  pieces  in  the  Mexican  language  are  two  "Colo- 
quios,"  or  theatrical  representations  in  reference  to  the  Apparition.  Whenever 
copies  occur,  Mr  Ramirez  has  always  noted  their  sources.— Ramirez  Sale  Cat., 
No.  379. 

2623  Monumeutos  Guadalupanos. 

Second  series,  2  vols.  folio.  Vol.  1, 13611.;  vol.  2, 364 11.  Manuscripts  from  the 
17th  to  the  19th  century.  This  second  series  is  a  continuation  of  the  preceding, 
containing  mostly  original  pieces,  with  a  few  in  the  Mexican  language.—  Rami 
rez  Sale  Cat.,  No.380. 

26-J4  [Moor  (Edward).]     Oriental  Fragments.  |  By  |  the  author  of  |  the 
Hindu  Pantheon.  |  [Quotation,  four  h'nes.] 


MOMBERT — MORAN.  511 

[Moor  (Edward)] — continued. 

London :  |  Smith,  Elder,  and  Co.,  Coruhill,  |  Booksellers,  by  ap 
pointment,  to  their  Majesties.  |  1834.  |  C.  BL. 
Pp.  viii,  537.  12°.  plates. 

Sanskrit  names  in  North  America  and  South  America,  pp.  416-431. 

Moor  (Rev.  Thorowgood). 
See  Another  Tongue. 

2625  Moore  (Martin).    Memoirs  |  of  |  the  Life  and  Character  |  of  |  Eev. 
John  Eliot,  |  Apostle  of  the  N.  A.  Indians.  |  By  Martin  Moore,  A. 
M.  |  Pastor  of  the  Church  in  Natick,  Mass.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

Boston:  |  Published  by  T.  Bedlington.  |  Flagg  &  Gould,  print 
ers.  |  1822.  |  HU. 
Pp.  1-174.  16°. 
A.  few  sentences  in  the  Natick  language,  p.  41. 

2626  Memoir  |  of  Eliot,  |  Apostle  to  the  |  North  American  In 
dians.  |  By  Martin  Moore,  |  [One  line  quotation.]  Second  Edition,  | 
revised  and  corrected.  | 

Boston:  |  Seth  Goldsmith,  |  and  Crocker  &Brewster.  |  1842.  |  HTJ. 

Pp.  1-144.  16°. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Natick  language,  pp.  95-96. 

2627  Mora  (D.  Pedro).    Disertacion  sobre  la  palabra  cuatiqnia  [Mexi 
can]  equivalente  a  la  latina  baptize.  * 

Title  from  Pimentel. 

2628  Morales  (D.  Francisco  Antonio).     Arte  y  Vocabulario  [MixtecoJ 
por  el  cura  D.  Francisco  Antonio  Morales.  * 

Manuscript.  1761.     Title  from  Pimentel. 

2629  Moran  (Rev.  Francisco).     [Cholti  Grammar,  Confessionario,  and 
Vocabulary.]  * 

Manuscript.  92  11.  8m.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  American  Philosophical  So 
ciety,  Philadelphia. 

A  work  on  the  Cholti  dialect  of  the  Maya,  hy  Francisco  Moran.  It  is  a  small 
quarto  of  92  leaves.  The  first  three  pages  contain  a  narrative  in  Spanish,  diffi 
cult  to  decipher,  by  Thomas  Murillo,  a  layman,  touching  the  missions  in  1689-92. 
Then  comes  one  leaf  not  numbered,  with  notes  on  the  verso  in  Cbolti,  nearly  il 
legible.  On  the  recto  of  the  fourth  leaf: 

Arte  |  en  lengua  cholti  que  qui  |  ere  decir  lengua  de  mil  |  peros. 

Thirty-two  pages  in  a  clear  hand,  ornamented  with  scroll  work  and  pen 
sketches  of  birds  and  grotesque  animals.  On  page  35 : 

Libro  de  lengua  cholti  que  quiere  |  decir  lengua  de  inilperos. 

Twenty-four  pages  in  a  cramped  but  legible  hand.    At  the  end  the  colophon : 
Fin  del  arte  qe  trae  no.  M.  E.do  P.e  Frai  Franco  rnoran  en  un  libro 
de  quartilla  grande  alto,  que  enquaderno  i  Eecogio  de  nuestro  Re- 
ligiosos  i  barias  cosas  (aiiadio),  el  R.do  P.e  Frai  Alonzo  de  Triana; 
Requiescant  in  pace  todos.    Amen  Jesus,  Maria  Joseph. 
A  few  notes  on  elegant  phrases  are  added,  "que  mi  dio  el  P.  Angel." 


512  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Moran  (Rev.  Francisco) — continued. 

This  is  a  duplicate  of  the  preceding  Arte,  differing  from  it,  however,  in  sev 
eral  particulars,  being  more  full  and  accurate.  They  both  seem  to  be  copies  of 
the  original  of  Moran,  not  the  one  of  the  other. 

After  the  Libro  follow  eight  leaves  of  questions  and  answers  at  the  confessional 
&c.,  in  Cholti.  On  p.  77  commences: 

Confessiouario  en  lengua  |  cholti,  escrito  en  el  pue  |  bio  de  san 
lucar  salac  de  |  el  chol,  ano  de  1685 : 

Three  leaves  ending  with  a  catchword,  indicating  that  it  is  but  a  fragment. 

The  remaining  leaves  are  occupied  by  a  vocabulary,  Spanish  and  Cholti, 
chiefly  on  the  rectos  only.  At  the  commencement  is  the  following  marginal 
note: 

Todo  el  Vocabulario  grande  de  no.  M.  E.  P.e  fr.  fran00  moran  esta 
tra  Dusido  en  este  libro,  Por  el  ABesedario,  i  algunos  bocablos  mas. 

The  colophon  is : 

En  este  pueblo  de  lacandones  llamado  de  Nta  Senora  de  los  do- 
lores  en  24  de  Junio  dia  de  S.n  Juan  de  1695  anos. 

We  have  here  therefore  two  copies  of  the  grammar  and  one  of  the  vocabulary 
of  the  Dominican  missionary,  Francisco  Morau,  referred  to  by  Father  Francisco 
Vasqnez  in  his  Cronica  (1714)  as  written  in  the  characters  invented  by  the  Fran 
ciscan  friar,  Francisco  de  la  Parra  (about  1550),  to  express  the  five  pecular  conso 
nants  of  the  Maya  group  of  languages.  These  are  modifications  of  k,  p,  ch,  t, 
and  tz.1  Both  these  copyists  have,  however,  adopted  Roman  letters. 

Neither  the  original  nor  any  other  copies  are  known  to  exist,  nor  any  other 
work  in  the  Cholti  dialect,  though  a  certain  Father  Ctfrdoba  also  wrote  a  gram 
mar  of  it.*  It  has  even  been  uncertain  whether  the  Cholti  was  an  independent 
dialect.  It  is  not  mentioned  at  all  in  Ludewig's  "Literature  of  American  Abo 
riginal  languages,"  and  Mr.  Squier  gives  the  title  of  Moran's  work  from  Vasquez 
thus:  Arte  de  la  Lengua  Cholti  (Chorti?).3  The  Chorti,  however,  was  spoken 
in  Chiquinmla  and  vicinity,  while  the  Cholti,  Choi,  or  Putum,  was  the  dialect 
of  the  village  of  Belen  in  Vera  Paz,  of  parts  of  Chiapas,  and  generally  of  the 
eastern  Lacandones  among  the  mountains  betw.een  the  former  province  and 
Guatemala.  The  name  chol  means  cornfield,  in  Mexican  Spanish  milpa,  and 
ahcholob  or  cholti  owners  or  cultivators  of  cornfields,  mitperos.  From  the  short 
vocabulary  of  Chorti  collected  by  Mr.  Stevens  at  Zacapa  it  appears  to  be  farther 
than  the  Cholti  from  p  re  Maya. 

The  grammar  of  Moran  is  succinct,  clear,  and  comprehensive,  and  eminently 
deserves  publication,  together  with  selections  from  the  vocabulary.  I  have  made 
a  careful  copy  of  it  for  my  own  use  and  have  found  it  of  great  service  as  illus 
trating  certain  points  of  growth  in  these  idioms,  for  instance,  with  reference  to 
the  development  of  the  personal  pronouns,  recently  discussed  in  a  scholarly  essay 
by  M.  de  Charencey;1  and  affording  some  additional  illustration  of  the  "vowel 
echo,"  l'£cho  vocalique  of  the  Maya  dialects,  to  which  the  same  writer  has  called 
attention  as  analogous  to  the  law  of  the  harmonic  sequence  of  vowels  common 
iu  Scythian  languages.6 — Brinton. 

1 1  have  also  noticed  the  occasional  use  in  these  manuscripts  of  a  peculiar 
vowel  sound  represented  by  an  i  with  a  diacritical  mark  beneath  it. 

!  Pimentel :  Cuadro  Descriptive  de  las  Lenguas  Indigenas  de  Mexico,  t.  ii, 
p.  234.  C6rdoba  is  not  mentioned  by  Mr.  Squier. 

3  Monograph  of  Authors,  &c.  p.  38., 

4  Le  pronom  personnel  dans  les  idiomes  de  la  fainille  Tapachulane-Huasteque. 
Caen,  1868. 

6  Etude  comparative  sur  les  langues  de  la  famille  Maya-Quiche'.  Revue  Am6- 
ricaine,  tome  i. 


MOBAN — MORCH.  513 

2630  Moran  (George).    Vocabulary  of  the  Ojibwa  of  Saginaw. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  458-469.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

2U31  Moran  (P.  Fr.  Pedro).  Arte  breve  y  compendiosa  de  la  lengua 
Pocouicbi  de  la  provincia  de  la  Verapaz  coinpuesto  y  ordeuado  por 
el  venerable  Padre  fray  Dioriysio  de  Cuuiga  para  los  priucipianl  es 
que  comiencan  a  aprender,  y  traducido  en  la  lengua  Pocoinan  de 
Amatitan  por  el  padre  fray  Pedro  Moran,  quien  lo  empego  a  escre- 
bir  en  este  convto  de  N.  P.  Sto  Domingo  de  Goath"  oy  juebes  diez 
del  mes  de  abril  de  este  ano  de  mill  cetessientos  y  veynte.  * 

Manuscript.  8  11.  folio.    Title  from  Brasseur  de  Bourbonrg. 

2632  Bocabulario  de  solo  los  iiombres  de  la  lengua  Pokoman,  es- 

crito  y  ordeuado  por  el  padre  fray  Pedro  Morau  en  el  convento  de 
N.  P.  Sto  Domingo  de  Goathemala.  * 

Manuscript.  120  11.  folio.  Comprises  only  the  words  from  A  to  N,  inclusive, 
but  very  copious. — Brasaeur  de  Bourbourg. 

2633  Bocabulario  de  nombres  qne  coiniengan  en  romance  en  la 

Lengua  Pokoman  de  Amatitan.    Ordenado  y  compuesto  por  el 
padre  fray  Pedro  Morau,  en  este  convento  de  N.  P.  Sto  Domingo  de 
Goathemala.  * 

Manuscript.  99  11.  folio.  A  dictionary  of  conversation,  the  phrases  of  which 
begin  with  Spanish.  The  author  entitles  it  romance,  that  is,  the  vulgar  tongue. — 
Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

2634  Vidas  de  santos  en  forma  de  homilias,  en  Pokoman  y  cas- 

tellano,  para  los  principiantes  que  comiengan  &  aprender  la  lengua 
pokoman  de  Amatitan,  ordenadas  por  el  padre  fray  Pedro  Moran, 
en  este  convto  de  N.  P.  Sto  Domingo  de  Goathemala.  * 

Manuscript.  9211.  folio.  Comprises  a  succession  of  homilies  in  the  Pokomane 
language,  with  the  Spanish  translation  interlined,  followed  by  notes  and  expla 
nations,  evidently  made  to  facilitate  the  study  of  the  language.  It  is  a  copious 
work,  and  the  only  one  of  the  sort  with  which  I  am  acquainted. — Brasaeur  de 
Bourbourg, 

2635  Morch  (Johan  Christian).    Kaladlit   |    Pelleserkangos§ta   |   Hans 
Egedib  |  Okalloutei  Unnukorsiutit  |  ajoka3rsukkaminut,  |  agleksi- 
magalloajt  |  Johan  Christian  Morch-mit  |  Kakortormiut  uiuvertori- 
galloaSnnit  |  maualo  titarnekartisimarsut  |  Peter  Kragh-mit  |  Gjer- 
levimiut  Pellesiainnit.  | 

Kjobenhavnime.   |  Fabritius  de  Tengnagelib  nakk'itteriviane  | 
nakk'ittarsimarsut.  |  1837.  |  c.  HU.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-189.  1G°.  In  the  Eskimo  language.  The  work  is  also  issued  with  Dan 
ish  translation,  with  title  as  above,  followed  by  title  in  Danish,  as  follows: 

2636  Griinlaendernes  |  forste  Pra;sts  |  Hans  Egedes  |  Aften- 

Samtaler  |  med  sine  Diciple,  |  forfattede  efter  Canpe  |  af  |  Johan 
Christian  Morch,  |  forhenvaerende  Kj^bmand  ved  Julianehaab,  | 
og  nu  udgivue  af  |  Peter  Kragh,  |  Prsest  i  Gjerlev. 

33  Bib 


514  NOETH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Morch  (Johan  Christian) — continued. 

Kjobenhavn:  |  Trykt i  Fabricius  de  Tengnagels  Bogtrykkeri:  | 
1837.  |  w.  HIT. 

Pp.  1-376.  16°.  Alternate  pages  Danish  and  Greenlandish.  Eskimo  title 
verso  1. 1 ;  Danish  title  recto  1. 2.  Evening  Conversations  of  Hans  Egede,  trans 
lated  by  Morch. 

2637  Mor6nas  (M.)    ISToticia  sobre  la  lengua  de  los  salvajes  de  la  Am6- 
rica  del  Norte  por  M.  Morenas. 

In  Miscelaiiea  Hispano-Americana  de  ciencias,  literatnra  i  artes.  Londres, 
1827.  4vols.  8°. 

Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  49434,  and  bookseller's  catalogue. 

2638  Moreno  (Fr.  Geronimo).    Arte  y  gramatica  de  Zapoteco.  * 

"  Fr.  Ger6nimo  Moreno  cornpuso  arte  y  gramatica  de  Zapoteco y  tradujo 

&  esta  lengua  el  simbolo  de  San  Atanasio,  los  evangelios,  y  epistolas  de  san 
Pablo."— Carnedo. 

2639  Sermones  en  Lengua  Zapoteca.  * 

2640 Tratado  curioso  de  las  raices  y  formation  de  los  Verbos  de 

la  Lengua  Zapoteca. 

Manuscripts.     Titles  from  Beristain. 

2641  Morgan  (Alfred).    A  description  of  a  Dakotan  Calendar,  with  a 
few  ethnographical  and  other  notes  on  the  Dakotas,  or  Sioux  In 
dians,  and  their  territory.    By  Alfred  Morgan. 

In  Lit.  and  Philos.  Soc.  of  Liverpool,  Proc.,  vol.  33,  pp.  233-253.  London, 
and  Liverpool,  1879.  8°. 

Names  of  Dakota  bands,  pp.  239-240,  and  a  number  of  Dakota  terms  passim. 

2642  [Morgan  ( Col.  George).]    A  letter  from  Col.  George  Morgan  to  Gen. 
Washington,  inclosing  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Sha-wa-nese.     [Signed 
"George  Morgan."] 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soo.  Coll.,  third  series,  vol.  5,  pp.  286-287.    Boston,  1836.   8°. 

2643  Morgan  (Lewis  Henry,).    League  |  of  the  |  Ho-de~-no-sau-nee,  |  or  | 
Iroquois.  |  By  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  |  Corresponding  Member  of  the 
New  York  Historical  Society ;  of  the  |  American  Ethnological  So 
ciety,  etc.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.]     [Picture.] 

Eochester:  |  Sage  and  Brother,  Publishers.  |  New  York:  —  Mark 
H.  Newman  &  Co.  |  Boston: — Gould  &  Lincoln.  |  1851.  |  C.BA.  WE. 

Pp.  i-xx,  1-477.  8°.  map. 

Titles  or  Sachemships  of  the  Iroquois,  founded  at  the  institution  of  the 
League  (English  signification  in  foot-notes),  pp.  64-65. 

Table  exhibiting  the  scientific  [and  Seneca]  names  of  the  animals  adopted  by 
the  Iroquois  as  the  emblems  of  their  respective  tribes,  foot-note,  p.  80. 

Terms  of  relationship  among  the  Ho-de'-no-sau-nee,  in  the  language  of  the 
Senecas,  foot-note,  p.  86. 

Schedule  of  Iroquois  dances,  p.  290. 

Book  iii,  Chap.  ii.  Language  of  the  Iroquois ;  Alphabet;  The  Noun;  Adjec 
tive  ;  Comparison  ;  Article ;  Adverb ;  Preposition ;  Species  of  Declension  ;  The 
Verb ;  Fulness  of  Conjugation  ;  Fcrmalion  of  Sentences  ;  The  Lord's  Prayer,  pp. 
394-411.  This  also  includes:  "Table  exhibiting  the  dialectical  variations  of  the 


MORCH MORGAN.  515 

Morgan  (Lewis  Henry) — continued. 

Language  of  the  Iroquois,  as  illustrated  in  their  geographical  names,"  giving  the 
names  of  24  geographic  features  in  the  State  of  New  York,  in  the  Seneca,  Cayuga, 
Onondaga,  Tuscarora,  Oueida,  and  Mohawk  dialects,  with  English  signification, 
folding  sheet,  facing  p.  394. 

Schedule  explanatory  of  the  Indian  map,  giving  English  equivalents  of  Indian 
geographic  names,  pp.  465-474. 

Table  exhibiting,  in  the  Seneca  dialect,  the  conjugation  of  the  verb  Ge'-yase, 
"  I  shoot,"  pp.  475-477. 

2644  Circular  in  reference  to  the  degrees  of  relationship  among 

different  nations. 

[Washington.  Smithsonian  Institution :  1862.]  0.  JWP. 

No  title-page;  pp.  1-3:!.  8°.  Smithsonian  Institution  Miscellaneous  Collec 
tions,  No.  138.  Also  forms  part  of  vol.  2,  Smithsonian  Institution  Miscellaneous 
Collections. 

Contains  a  list  of  relationships  in  the  Seneca  language. 

2645  Smithsonian    Contributions   to    Knowledge.  |  218  |  Sys 
tems  |  of  |  Consanguinity  and  Affinity  |  of  the  |  Human  Family,  | 
By  |  Lewis  II.  Morgan.  | 

Washington  City:  |  Published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  | 
1871.  |  C.WE.  JWP. 

Outside  title,  1 1.,  pp.  i-xiv,  i-xii,  1-590.  4°.  Forms  vol.  17,  Smithsonian  Contri 
butions  to  Knowledge. 

Pronominal  inflections  of  the  Kuisteneaux  or  Cree,  Cherokee,  and  Seneca-Iro- 
quois,  p.  137. 

Specializations  in  the  dual  and  plural  (Cherokee),  p.  137. 

Table  of  Consanguinity,  &c.,  of  the  Seneca-Iroquois  and  Yankton-Dakota,  pp. 
1C7-169. 

Table  of  relationships,  Winnebagoe  and  Isauntie-Dakota,  p.  181. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Maudan,  Kau,  Otoe,  Isauntie-Dakota  and 
Wiunebagoes  (Gallatin),  p.  182. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Minnataree  (Morgan),  Crow  (Morgan),  Chocta 
(Byiugton),  Creek  (Casey),  Cherokie  (Morgan),  Wyandote  (Morgan),  p.  183. 

A  few  words  in  the  Crow  language,  p.  186. 

Table  of  relationships  in  Seneca,  Wyandote,  Yankton,  Mandan,  Kaw,  Otoe, 
Chocta,  Cherokee,  p.  194. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Grand  Pawnee  (Morgan),  Arickaree  (from 
Maximilian),  Kicbai  (from  Lieutenant  Whipple),  Wichita  (from  Captain  Marcy), 
Hueco  (from  Lieutenant  Whipple),  p.  195. 

Relationships  in  Pawnee,  p.  196 ;  Possessive  Pronouns,  p.  197. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Cree,  Ojibwa,  Potawattamie,  Blood-Blackfoot, 
Ahahnelin,  p.  209. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Shawnee  (Morgan),  Menominee  (from  Bruce), 
Shiyan  (from  Smith),  Arapahoe  (from  Smith),  Ahahnelin  (Morgan),  p.  214. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Slave  Lake  Indians  (Kennicott),  Beaver  In 
dians  (Kennicott),  Chepewyan  Indians  (Richardson),  Dog  Rib  Indians  (Richard 
son),  Kutchiu  Indians  (Richardson),  p.  232. 

Relationships  of  the  Yakama  (Pandosy),p.  253. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Eskimo  of  Bearing's  Sea  (Kuskutchewak) 
(Richardson),  Eskimo  of  Hudson's  Bay  (from  Gallatin),  Eskimo  of  Labrador 
(from  Latrobe),  Eskimo  of  Northumberland  Inlet  (Morgan),  Eskimo  of  Green 
land  (Cranz  and  Egede),  p.  268. 

System  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity  of  the  GanowSnian  Family,  Tables  I 
and  II,  pp.  293-382,  contains  the  terms  of  relationship  of  the  following  peoples: 


516 


NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 


Morgan  (Lewis  Henry) — continued. 


GANOWANIAN  FAMILY. 

Glatsct.  Branches.  Rations  or  languages.  By  whom  collected. 

1.  Seneca ..Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

2.  Cayuga Lewis  It.  Morgan. 

3.  Onondaga Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

4.  Oneida Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

5.  Mohawk Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

6.  Tnscarora Lewis  II.  Morgan. 

7.  Two  Mountain  Iroquois Lewis  n.  Morgan. 

8.  Wyandote Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

9.  Dakota:  Isaantie Eev.  Stephen  R.  Riggs. 

10.  Dakota:  Tankton Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

11.  Dakota:  Yanktonais Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

12.  Dakota:  Sisseton Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

Dakota  Na- 

•J 13.  Dakota:  Ogalalla Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

14.  Dakota:  Brule   Lewis  n.  Morgan. 

15.  Dakota:  Uncpapa Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

16.  Dakota :  Blackfoot Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

Dako  tail  Stem .  <J  17.  Asiniboine Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

(18.  Punka Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

119.  Omaha Eev.  Charles  Sturges. 

Missouri    !  20.  Iowa   Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

Kations.    1  21.  Otoe  (Missouri  the  same) Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

22.  Kaw Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

[  23.  Osage  (Quappa  the  same) P.  E.  Elder. 

24.  Winnehagoe  .  Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

Upper       f25.  Mandan Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

Missouri    <  26.  Minnitaree Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

Nations.     1 27.  Crow Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

("28.  Chocta Eev.  John  Edwards. 

I  29.  Chocta Eev.  Ch.  C.  Copeland. 

Gulf        J30.  Chickasa Eev. Ch. C. Copeland. 

Nations.       31.  Creek   Eev.R.M.Loughridge. 

32.  Cherokee  Eev.  C.  C.  Torrey. 

33.  Mountain  Cherokee EOT.  Evan  Jones. 

{(34.  Republican  Pawnee B.  F.  Lushbaugh. 
<  35.  Grand  Pawnee Lewis  H.  Morgan. 
[  36.  Arickaree  Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

37.  Cree:  of  the  Prairie Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

38.  Cree:  oftheWoods Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

39.  Cree :  of  the  Lowlands   Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

40.  Ojibwa :  Lake  Superior Eev.  Father  Ed.  Jacker. 

441.  Ojibwa:  Lake  Michigan Eev.  P.  Dougherty. 

42.  Ojibwa:  Lake  Huron Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

43.  Ojibwa:  Kansas Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

44.  Otawa Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

45.  Potawattamie Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

46.  Miami Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

47.  Peoria  Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

48.  Piankcshaw Lewis  n.  Morgan. 

49.  Kaskaskie    Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

Algonkin  Stora.  \  Mississippi    50.  "Weaw Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

Nations.       51.  SawkandFox Lewis  H. Morgan. 

52.  Menomine Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

53.  Shiyan  (Arapahoe  the  same) Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

54.  Kikapoo Paschal  Fish. 

55.  Shawnee Simon  D.  Harvey. 


MORGAN. 


517 


Morgan  (Lewis  Henry) — continued. 


GANOWANIAN  FAMILY — continued. 


Glasses.  Branches. 

Rocky 
Mountain 
Nations. 


Atlantic 
Algonkin 
Nations. 


Athapasco-  I  A  thapascan 
Apache  Stem.   ]     Nations. 


SelishStem / 

Sahaptin  Stem 71. 

Kootenay  Stem 72. 

Shoshonee  Stem 73. 

f  /74. 
175. 


Pueblo  Stem.. 


.\ut.ii>tix  or  languages.  By  whom  collected. 

56.  Ah-ah'-ne-lin(GrosVentTesofPrairie). Lewis  H.Morgan. 

57.  Piegan  Blackfoot Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

58.  Blood  Blackfoot Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

59.  Micmac Rev.  Silas  T.  Rand. 

60.  Etchemin,  or  Malisete Rev.  Silas  T.  Rand. 

61.  Mohegan Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

62.  Delaware Lewis  H.Morgan. 

63.  Munsee Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

64.  Slave  Lake  Indians,  or  A-cha'-o-tin-ne .  Robert  Kennicott. 

65.  Hare  Indians,  or  Ta-na'tin-ne  Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

66.  Red  Knife,  or  Tal-sote'-e-na Lewis  H  Morgan. 

67.  Kutchin,  or  Louchieux W.  L.  Herdesty . 

68.  Tukuthe  (Peel  River) 

Spokane Geo.Gibbs. 

Okinakan Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

Takama  Geo.Gibbs. 

Kootenay Geo.  Gibbs. 

Utahs  (Tabegwaches) Robert  Keunicott. 

Laguna Rev.  Samuel  Gorman. 

Tesuque Michael  Steck,  M.  D. 

76.  Chontal  (Tabasco) Gufflermo  Garcia. 

77.  Chibcha,  or  mnyska  (New  Grenada) .  .E.  Uricoechea. 

Ancnc  FAMILY. 

(78.  Eskimo  (west  of  Hudson's  Bay)  James  R.  Clare. 

^79.  Eskimo  (Greenland)  Samuel  Kleinschmidt 

[  80.  Eskimo  (Northumberland  Inlet) Lewis  H.  Morgan. 


f69. 

•\70. 


2646  Ancient  Societj  |  or  |  Researches  in  the  Lines  of  Human 

Progress  |  from  Savagery,  through  Barbarism  |  to  Civilization  | 
by  |  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  LL.  D  |  Member  of  the  National  Academy 
of  Sciences.    Author  of  "The  League  of  the   troquois,"  |  "The 
American  Beaver  and  his  Works,"  "Systems  of  Consanguinity 
and  |  Affinity  of  the  Human  Family,"  Etc.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

New  York  |  Henry  Holt  and  Company  |  1877  |  C.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-560.  8°. 

Proper  names  in  Omaha,  with  English  signification,  p.  78. 

"Table  of  sachemships  of  the  Iroquois,"  with  English  signification ;  Mohawks, 
Oneidas,  Onondagas,  Cayngas,  and  Senecas,  pp.  130-131. 

Gentes  of  the  following  tribes:  Chickasas,  p.  163. 

Iroqnois  and  Wyandotes,  p.  153.  Cherokees,  p.  164. 

Punkas  and  Omahas,  p.  155.  Ojibwas,  p.  166. 

lowas,   Otoes     and     Missouris,   and    Potawattamies,  p.  167. 


Raws,  p.  156. 
Winnebagoes,  p.  157. 
Mandans  and  Minuitarees,  p.  158. 
Upsarokas,  or  Crows,  p.  159. 
Creeks,  p.  161. 
Choctas,  p.  162. 


Miamis  and  Shawnees,  p.  168. 
Sauks  and  Foxes,  p.  170. 
Blood  Blackfeet  and  Piegan  Black- 
feet,  p.  171. 

Delawares,  pp.  171-172. 
Phratries  of  the  Mohegans,  p.  174. 


2047 


—  Department  of  the  Interior  |  U.  S.  Geographical  and  Geo 
logical  Survey  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Region  |  J.  W.  Powell  in 


518  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Morgan  (Lewis  Henry) — continued. 

Charge  |  Houses  and  House- Life  |  of  the  |  American  Aborigines  | 
by  |  Lewis  H.  Morgan  |  [Seal] 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1881  |      c.  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xiv,  1-281.  4°.  Forms  vol.  4  of  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North 
American  Ethnology. 

Table  of  sachemships  of  the  Iroquois,  in  the  Seneca  dialect,  with  translations, 
pp.  30-31. 

2648  Laws  of  Descent  of  the  Iroquois.     By  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  of 

Rochester,  N.  Y. 

In  Am.  Ass.  Adv.  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  11,  pp.  132-148.  Cambridge,  1858.  8°. 
Names  of  the  several  degrees  of  relationship  recognized  among  the  Iroquois, 
in  the  dialect  of  the  Senecas,  p.  137. 

2649 Laws  of  Descent  of  the  Iroquois.    By  Lewis  H.  Morgan  of 

Rochester. 
New  York.  * 

16  pp.  b°.  Title  from  Field,  No.  1092.  Perhaps  separate  issue  of  above.  Sa- 
bin's  Dictionary,  No.  50665,  gives  titles  of  editions :  N.  p.,  n.  d.,  16  pp.  8°. ;  and, 
Rochester,  1859,  12  pp.  12°. 

2650  Letters  on  the  Iroquois,  by  Skenandoah,  addressed  to  Al 
bert  Gallatin,  LL.  D.,  President  New  York  Historical  Society. 

In  Am.  Review,  vol.  5,  pp.  177-190, 242-257,  447-461 ;  vol.  6,  pp.  477-490,  626- 
633.  New  York,  1847.  8°. 

Contains  a  list  of  the  sachemships  of  the  Iroquois  confederacy,  vol.  5,  pp.  181- 
182 ;  Seneca  names  of  animals,  vol.  5,  p.  186  (foot-uote) ;  List  of  Seneca  relation 
ships,  vol.  5,  p.  188 ;  Table  exhibiting,  in  the  Seneca  dialect,  the  conjugation  of 
the  verb  Geyase,  and  remarks  on  language,  vol.  5,  pp.  457-461. 

Scattered  throughout  are  a  great  number  of  Iroquois  terms,  geographic  and 
proper  names,  &c. 

Partly  reprinted  as  follows: 

2651  Letters  on  the  Iroquois   by  Skenandoah:    addressed  to 

Albert  Gallatin,  L.  L.  D.,  President  N.  York  Historical  Society.     * 

In  Craig  (N. B.)    The  Olden  Time,  vol. 2.     Pittsburgh,  1847.  8°. 
Reprinted  in  Craig  (N.  B. )    The  Olden  Time,  vol.  2,  pp.  68-87, 117-139, 289-307. 
Cincinnati,  1876.  8°.     Linguistics,  pp.  81,  84, 301-307. 

Titles  from  Mr.  W.  Eames,  the  latter  from  copy  seen  in  the  Astor  Library. 

2652  [List  of  Donations]  from  Lowis  H.  Morgan,  of  Rochester 

[to  the  Historical  and  Antiquarian  Collection  in  the  New  York 
State  Cabinet  of  Natural  History]. 

In  New  York  University,  second  ann.  rept.,  pp.  74-75.  1849.  8°. 

List  of  49  articles,  some  of  which  have  names  in  the  Seneca  dialect.  Reprinted, 
with  additions  (Nos.  1-67),  in  Catalogue  of  the  Cabinet  of  Natural  History  of  the 
State  of  New  York,  Appendix,  pp.  1-6.  Albany,  1853.  8°.  Pp.  22-24  of  this  ap 
pendix  contain  a  further  list  of  articles  (Nos.  66-153)  made  by  the  Indians  of 
Western  New  York;  and  pp. 25-28, a  list  of  articles  (Nos.  154-271)  made  by  the 
Indians  residing  in  Canada  West,  the  name  of  each  article  being  given  in  the 
Seneca  dialect. 

2653  Schedule  of  Articles  obtained  from  Indians  residing  in 

western  New-York,  being  the  product  of  their  own  handicraft  and 


MORGAN.  519 

Morgan  (Lewis  Henry) — continued. 

manufacture,  for  the  New- York  Historical  and  Antiquarian  Collec 
tion,  under  the  direction  of  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  of  Eochester. 

In  New  York  University,  third  ann.  rept.,  pp.  57-60.  Albany,  1850.  8°. 

Each  article  is  given  its  name  in  the  Seneca  language. 

2654  Eeport  to  the  Regents  of  the  University,  upon  the  articles 

furnished  the  Indian  Collection :  by  L.  H.  Morgan.    December  31, 
1849. 

In  New  York  University,  third  ann.  rept. ,  pp.  65-97.  Albany,  1850.  8°. 
List  of  articles  used  by  Indians,  with  names  in  the  Seneca  dialect,  accompanied 
by  17  colored  plates  of  dress,  ornaments,  &c. 

2655  The  Fabrics  of  the  Iroquois. 

In  American  Quarterly  Register,  vol.  4,  pp.  319-343.  Washington  [1850].  8°. 
Contains  names  of  many  articles  in  the  Seneca  dialect.     Reprinted  as  follows: 

2656  Eeport  on  the  fabrics,  inventions,  implements  and  uten 
sils  of  the  Iroquois,  made  to  the  Eegents  of  the  University,  Jan.  22, 
1851,  by  Lewis  H.  Morgan.    Illustrative  of  the  Collection  annexed 
to  the  State  Cabinet  of  Natural  History,  With  Illustrations.    By 
Eichard  H.  Pease,  Albany. 

In  New  York  University,  fifth  ann.  rept.,  pp.  67-117.  Albany,  1852.  8°. 
List  of  implements  and  utensils,  with  names  in  the  Seneca  dialect,  accom 
panied  by  20  colored  plates. 

2657  Donations  [of  Indian  Articles]  from  Lewis  H.  Morgan. 

In  New  York  University  Catalogue,  pp.  3-6.  Albany,  1853.  8°. 

2658  Purchases  from  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  of  Eochester  [of]  Arti 
cles  manufactured  at  special  request,  by  Indians  residing  in  West 
ern  New  York  and  Canada  West. 

In  New  York  University  Catalogue,  pp.  22-28.  Albany,  1853.  8°. 

2659  —  A  Conjectural  Solution  of  the  Origin  of  the  Classiflcatory 

System  of  Eelationship.    By  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  of  Eochester,  New 
York. 

In  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.,  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  436-477.  Boston  and  Cambridge, 
1868.  8°. 

Comparative  Table  of  the  System  of  Relationship  of  the  Seneca  Iroquois  In 
dians  *  *  *  and  of  the  People  of  South  India,  pp.  456-460. 

Separately  issued  as  follows : 

2660  A  |  Conjectural  Solution  |  of  the  |  Origin  of  the  Classiflca 
tory  System  |  of  |  Eelationship.  |  By  |  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  |  Associ 
ate  Fellow  [&c.,  seven  lines.]     (From  the  Proceedings  of  the  Ameri 
can  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  |  Vol.  VII,  February  11, 1868.)  | 

Cambridge:  |  Welch,  Bigelow  and  Company,  |  Printers  to  the 
University.  |  1868.  HU. 

Pp.  435-477.  8°. 

"Lewis  H.  Morgan  was  born  in  Aurora,  Cayuga  County,  New  York,  November 
21,  1818.  He  was  graduated  by  Union  College,  Schenectady,  in  the  class  of 
1840.  Returning  from  college  to  Aurora,  Mr.  Morgan  joined  a  secret  society  com 
posed  of  the  young  men  of  the  village  and  known  as  the  '  Grand  Order  of  the 


520  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Morgan  (Lewie  Henry) — continued. 

Iroqnois.'  This  had  a  great  influence  npon  his  future  career  and  studies. 
The  'Order'  was  instituted  for  sport  and  amusement,  but  its  organization  was 
modeled  on  the  governmental  system  of  the  Six  Nations ;  and  chiefly  under  Mr. 
Morgan's  direction  and  leadership  the  objects  of  the  '  Order '  were  extended,  if 
not  entirely  changed,  and  its  purposes  improved.  To  become  better  acquainted 
with  the  social  polity  of  the  Indians,  young  Morgan  visited  the  aborigines  remain 
ing  in  New  York— a  mere  remnant,  but  yet  retaining,  so  far  as  they  were  able, 
their  ancient  laws  and  diatoms ;  and  he  went  so  far  as  to  be  adopted  as  a  mem 
ber  by  the  Senecas.  Before  the  '  Council  of  the  Order,'  in  the  years  1844,  '45, 
and  '46,  he  read  a  series  of  papers  on  the  Iroquois,  which,  under  the  nom-de-plume 
of  '  Skenandoah,'  were  published  in  1847  in  the  American  Quarterly  Review, 
in  the  form  of  letters  addressed  to  Albert  Gallatin.  From  this  source  they  were 
transferred  the  following  year  to  the  columns  of  Olden  Time,  a  pioneer  historical 
magazine  published  in  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  Mr.  Morgan  died  in  Rochester,  N.  Y., 
D.  cember  17,  1881." 

2661  Morillot  (Abbe).  Mythologie  et  Legendes  des  Esquimaux  du  Green 
land. 

In  Soc.  Philologique,  Actes,  vol.  4,  pp.  215-288.  Paris,  1875.  8°. 
Contains  remarks  on  the  Eskimo  language. 
Separately  issued  as  follows : 

2662  Actes  |  de  la  |  Socie~te"  Philologique  |  Tome  IV.— No.  7.— 

Jnillet  1874.  |  Mythologie  &  Legendes  |  des  |   Esquimaux  |  du 
Greenland  | 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  &  Cie,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  15,  Quai  Vol 
taire,  15  |  1874.  |  A.  T. 
Printed  title  on  cov.  r,  pp.  215-288.  8°. 

2663  Morning.    Morning  and  Evening  |  Prayers,  |  the  |  Administration 
of  the  Sacraments,  |  and  |  other  rites  and  ceremonies  of  |  the 
Church.  |  According  to  the  use  of  |  The  United  Church  of  England 
and  Ireland.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  the  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian 
Knowledge.  |  1847.  |  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  ppt  1-157,  alternate  English  and  Algonkin.  16°. 
Appended : 

Minseeweh  |  Nuhkoomwawaukunul.  | 

Pp.  1-34.  16°.     Hymns — entirely  in  the  Algonkin  language. 

2664  The  |  Morning  and   Evening  Prayer.  |  The  Litany,   and 

Church  Catechism.  |  Ne  |  Orhoengene  neoui  Yogaraskhagh  |  Yon- 
dereanayendaghkwa,  |  Ne  Eue  Myoh  Raodeweyena,  neoni  |  Onogh- 
sadogeaghtige  Youdadderigh-  |  wauondoentha.  | 

Boston,  New-England:  |  Printed  by  Richard  and  Samuel  Draper. 
1763.  |  GB. 

1  p.  1., pp.  1-24, 1-18.  sm.  4°.    In  the  Mohawk  language. 

The  Order  for  Morning  Prayer  daily  throughout  the  year,  pp.  1-16 ;  The  Lit 
any,  pp.  17-24 ;  The  Church  Catechism,  pp.  1-9  ;  Prayers,  pp.  10-18. 

Seen  at  the  Brinley  sale,  from  the  catalogue  of  which,  pt.  3,  no.  5708,  the  fol 
lowing  note  is  taken : 


MORGAN — MORSE.  521 

Morning — continued. 

"It  may  have  been  printed  at  the  instance  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  Eleazer  Wheelock,  or 
by  the  Boston  Commissioners  of  the  (Scotch)  Society  for  Propagating  Christian 
Knowledge,  for  the  use  of  the  missionaries  and  school-masters  sent  from  New 
England  to  the  Six  Nations. 

"  Wm.  Weyman  was  employed  by  Sir  Win.  Johnson,  in  1762,  to  print  a  new 
edition  of  the  Mohawk  Prayer-Book,  and  began  the  work  early  in  1763,  under 
the  supervision  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  Barclay.  Its  progress  was  interrupted  by  the 
death  of  Dr.  Barclay,  in  1764,  and  less  than  half  the  book  was  printed  when 
Weyman  died,  in  July,  1768.  In  the  meantime  several  missionaries  had  gone 
from  New  England  to  the  Six  Nations;  Mr.  Cornelius  Bennett,  a  catechist  of  the 
Episcopal  church,  was  teaching  school  among  the  Mohawks  in  1764  ;  Mr.  C.  J. 
Smith  (accompanied  by  young  Joseph  Brant)  and  the  Rev.  Samuel  Kirtland 
went,  the  same  year,  from  Lebanon,  as  missionaries  to  the  same  field — sent  by 
the  Boston  Commissioners,  and  several  others  were  preparing  themselves  at  Leb 
anon  for  this  mission.  This  Prayer-Book  and  Ca*»-chism  was  probably  printed 
for  the  use  of  these  missionaries  and  their  Indian  scholars.  It  seems  to  be  a  re 
print,  so  far  as  it  goes,  of  the  first  edition  (Win.  Bradford,  1715),  omitting  the 
'  Several  Chapters  of  the  Old  and  New  Testament ' ;  and  founded,  like  that  edition 
on  the  translations  made  'by  Mr.  Freeman,  a  very  worthy  Calviuist  minister.'" 

For  other  editions  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  see  Claesse  (L.),  1715,  and 
note  thereto. 

2665  Morris  (Ben.  Eichard).    Fifth  Annual  Address  of  the  President 
to  the  Philological  Society,  delivered  at  the  Anniversary  Meeting, 
Friday  19th  May,  1876. 

No  title-page.  125  pp.  8°. 

On  the  North  American  Languages,  pp.  83-95. 

2666  Morse  (Rev.  Jedidiah).    A  |  Eeport  |  to  the  |  Secretary  of  War  | 
of  the  United  States,  |  on  Indian  Affairs,  |  Comprising  a  Narrative 
of  a  Tour  |  performed  |  in  the  summer  of  1820,  under  a  commission 
from  the  President  of  |  the  United  States,  for  the  purpose  of  ascer 
taining,  for  |  the  use  of  the  government,  the  actual  state  of  |  the 
Indian  Tribes  in  our  country:  |  Illustrated  by  a  map  of  the  United 
States;  ornamented  by  a  |  correct  portrait  of  a  Pawnee  Indian.  | 
By  the  Rev.  Jedidiah  Morse,  D.  D.  |  Late  Minister  of  the  First 
Congregational  Church  in  Charlestown,  near  Boston,  now  resident  | 
in  New-Haven.  | 

New- Haven:  |  Published  by  Davis  &  Force,  Washington,  D.  C. ; 
Gushing  &  Jewett,  Balti-  |  more ;  W.  W.  Woodward,  and  E.  Lit- 
tell,  Philadelphia;  Spalding  &  Howe,  |  and  E.  N.  Henry,  New- 
York;  E.  &  E.  Hosford,  Albany ;  Howe  &  |  Spalding,  New-Haven; 
G.  Goodwin  &  Sons,  Hudson  &  Co.  O.  D.  Cooke  |  &  Sous,  Hart 
ford;  Richardson  &  Lord,  S.  T.  Armstrong,  Lincoln  &  Ed-  |  inunds, 
Cummings  &  Hilliard,  and  G.  Clark,  Boston.  |  Printed  by  S.  Con 
verse.  |  1822.  |  o.  BA.  JWP.  /3 , 

Pp.  1-96,  and  Appendix  1-400.  8°.  map. 

Scattered  throughout,  this  volume  are  a  number  of  aboriginal  terms ;  on  p. 
128  of  the  Appendix  are  a  few  Sank  words ;  pp.  306-308,  a  list  of  names  of  Indian 
villages  in  Florida,  with  English  signification;  and  on  pp.  356-360,  an  article  en 
titled  "  Indian  Languages,"  which  includes,  pp.  359-360,  "  Translation  of  the  19th 


522  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Morse  (Rev.  Jedidiah) — continued. 

Psalm  into  the  Muh-he-con-nuk  language  ....  under  the  superintendance  of 
Rev.  John  Sergeant,  Missionary."  Pp.  361-374  give  a  "Statistical  Table  of  all 
the  Indian  Tribes  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  ". 


See  American  Society. 

2667  Mosesib  aglangita  sivorlingit The  Book  of  Genesis  translated 

into  the  Esquimaux  Language. 

London,  M'Dowall,  1834.  » 

166  pp.  12°.    Title  from  Leclerc's  Supplement,  No.  2671. 

2668  Mosesil  Aglangit.    The  Five  Books  of  Moses,  translated  into  the 
Esquimaux  Language.    By  the  Missionaries  of  the  Unitas  Fra- 
trnm,  or,  United  Bjpthren. 

London,  1841.  » 

678  pp.  12°.    Title  from  Clark's  Bibliotheca  Americana,  1878,  No.  4379. 

2669  Motolinia  6  Benavente  (Fr.  Toribio).    Doctrina  Cristiana  en  lengua 
Megicana.  » 

Title  from  Beristain. 

2670  [Mottus  (B.)J,  editor.     Oratio  Dominica  noHur^toTro^,   Ttukunopyos, 
•  nimirum  plus  C  linguis,  versionibus  aut  characteribus  reddita  et 

expressa.  Editio  novissima,  speciminibus  variis  quam  priores 
comitatior. 

Londini,  apud  Dan.  Brown  et  W.  Keblewhite,  1700.  • 

Pp.76.  sm.4°.  Preface  signed  "B.  M.Typogr.Lond."  Title  from  Auer's  Spra- 
chenhalle  and  Brunei's  Manuel. 

Contains  the  Mexican,  Poconchi,  and  Virginian  versions. 

According  to  Sabin's  Dictionary,  reprinted  as  follows:  London,  1713,  pp.  (4), 
71,  4° ;+  London,  1736,  4°. 

See  Auer  (A.);  [Bodoni  (G.B.)];  Chamberlyn  (J.);  Krausen  (J.  U.)  and 
Wagner  (J.  C.);  Marcel  (J.  J.);  [Mottus  (B.)];  and  Miiller  (A.) 

2671  Monilla  (Fr.  Gregorio  de).    Explicacion  |  de  la  Doctrina  qve  | 
compvso  el  cardenal  |  Belarmino,  por  mandado  del  |  Senor  Papa 
Clemen te  8.  |  |gl]  |  1  Tradvcida  en  Lengva  |  Floridiana:  |  Por  el 
Padre  |  Fr.  Gregorio  de  Mouilla  Dimnidor  de  la  Pro-  |  uiucia  de 
santa  Elena,  de  la  Orden  de  S.  Fran-  |  cisco,  natural  de  la  Villa  de 
Carrion  de  los  |  Condes,  hijo  de  la  Prouincia  de  la  Con-  |  cepcion, 
y  del  Conueuto  recolecto  de  |  nra  Sefiora  de  Calahorra.  |  (*)  |  Cor- 
regida,  eumendada  |  y  aiiadida  en  esta  segunda  impression,  |  por 
el  mesmo  Autor.  |  — * — (*) — * —  | 

En  Mexico.  |  Impressa  con  liceucia  en  la  Imprenta  de  luan  | 
Euyz.    Ano  de  1635.  | 

Colophon : 

Acabose  a  q.  de  Enero  de  1636.  |  con  licencia  en  Mexico,  por  luan 
Euyz.  |  NYHS. 

12  unnumbered  11. ,  11. 1-197.  16°.  First  edition,  according  to  Beristain,  printed 
in  Madrid,  by  Francisco  Martinez,  1631.  8°. 


MORSE MULLER. 


523 


Mouilla  (Fr.  Gregorio  de)— continued. 

2672  Forma  Breve  |  de  administrar  los  |  Sacramentos  a  los  | 

Indies,  y  Espanoles  que  viuen  |  entre  ellos.  |  1"  Approbado  por 
Av  |  toridad  Apostolica,  y  sacado  del  Manual  |  Mexicano,  que  se 
vsa  en  toda  la  nueua  Es-  |  paiia  y  Piru,  mutatis  mutandis,  esto  es, 
lo  q  |  estauaenleguaMexicanatraducidoenlen-  |  guaFloridia  |  na. 
Para  vso  de  los  Keligiosos  |  de  nfo  Padre  S.  Francisco,  que  son  los 
mi-  |  nistros  de  las  Prouincias  de  la  Florida.  |  i^J  |  '  Por  el  Padre 
Fr.  Ore-  |  gorio  de  Mouilla.  |  5  Con  licencia  del  senor  Don  Lope 
Al  |  tamirano  Comissario  general  de  la  |  santa  Cruzada.  |  — % — 

•Ml- I 

Impresso  en  Mexico  |  Por  luan  Euyz.    Ano  de  1635.  |         NYHS. 
3211.  16°. 

2673  Mowry  (Lieut.  Sylvester).    Vocabulary  o'f  the  Diegano. 

Manuscript.  611.  folio.  175  words.  Taken  from  the  interpreter  at  Fort  Yuma — 
an  intelligent  Diegano  who  spoke  Spanish  fluently. 

2674  Vocabulary  of  the  Mohave. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  180  words.  Collected  from  Miss  Olive  Oatiniin,  who 
was  for  years  a  prisoner  among  these  Indians. 

These  manuscripts  are  in  the  Library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2675  Moxd  (D.  Benito  Maria  de).    Cartas/M$icanas/^scritas/por  D. 
Benito  Maria  de  Moxo//ano  de  1805.  /  Segunda  Edicion  fcforrejida 
y  Enmendada.  .  ., 

Genova//Tipogratia  de  Louis  Pellas/  [1839.]  * 

4  p.  11.,  pp( 416.  plates.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  51213.        ^ 

According  to  Ludewig,  p.  229,  this  contains :  Numerals,  1-21,  30,  800,  8000.  , 
Tabla  aritmetica  comparada  de  los  Mejicanos  y  Tarascos,  p.  68. 

There  is  a  copy  in  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco.  See  Bancroft's  Native 
Races,  vol.  3,  p.  746,  note,  for  a  reference  to  Mox6  relating  to  the  Tarasco  language. 

Rich,  vol.  2,  p.  332,  says :  By  the  prologue  to  this  work  we  learn  that  its  author, 
a  native  of  Cervera,  died  young,  immediately  after  a  revolution  in  South  America 
in  which  this  work  came  near  being  buried  in  "eternal  oblivion";  that  it  was 
brought  to  Europe  and  printed,  but  so  hastily  that  it  could  hardly  be  read  for  the 
many  orthographic  errors  with  which  it  was  stained;  in  consequence  of  which  it 
was  thought  proper  to  prepare  the  present  edition,  which  is,  indeed,  handsomely, 
but  not  very  correctly,  printed.  The  ' '  Entretenientos  de  un  Prisionero,"  etc. ,  by 
Baron  de  Juras  Reales,  a  nephew  of  the  author,  is  almost  entirely  made  up  from 
these  letters,  copied  verbatim,  without  any  other  acknowledgment  than  that  he 
had,  for  some  of  his  dissertations,  made  use  of  a  certain  manuscript  which  his 
uncle,  the  late  Archbishop  of  Charcas,  D.  Benito  Maria  de  Moxo,  had  left  him, 
relating  to  Mexico,  which  he  should  have  published  before,  but  he  thought  it 
better  to  wait  until  he  could  procure  his  uncle's  "Cartas  Peruanas"  to  join  with 
them.  Now,  all  the  baron's  dissertations  are  copies  of  the  letters,  with  a  few 
n  tes  added,  and  the  omission  of  the  passages  which  shew  that  they  were  writ 
ten  in  Mexico. 

2676  [Miiller  (Andreas).]    Orationis  Dominicae  versiones  ferme  centum. 

Second  title: 

Oratio  Oratiouum.  S.  s.  Orationis  Dominicae  versiones  prseter 
authenticam  fere  centum,  eiique  longe  ernendatius  quam  autehac, 
et  e  probatissimis  autoribus  potius  quam  prioribus  collectionibus, 


524  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

[Miiller  (Andreas)] — continued. 

jamque  singula  genuinis  lingua  suit  characteribus,  adeoque  magnam 
partem  ex  sere  ad  editionem  a  Barnimo  Hagio  traditse  editse  edita> 
que  a  Thoma  Ludekenio,  Solq.  March. 

Berolrni,  ex  officina  Euugiana,  Anno  1680.  * 

4°.     Title  from  Auer's  Sprachenhalle. 

Contains  only  83  specimens,  including  the  Mexican,  Poconchi,  and  Virginian. 
Thomas  Ludeken  and  Barnimo  Hagio  are  both  pseudonyms  of  Andreas  Muller. 

A  new  edition,  as  follows : 

2677  Alphabeta  ac  Notes  diversarum  linguarum  pene  LXX, 

turn  et  versiones  Oratiouis  dominicse  prope  centum,  collecta  olim 

et  illustrata  ab  Andrea  Miillero,  Greiffenhagio cum  preafatione 

de  vita  ejus  et  praesertiin  opusculorum  historia. 

Berolini.  [n.  d.]  * 

4°.  The  preface  is  signed  "  S.  G.  Stark,"  and  dated  "  1703."  Title  from  Aucr's 
Sprachenhalle. 

See  Auer  (A.);  [Bodoni  (G.B.)];  Chamberlyn  (J.);  Krausen  ( J. U. )  and 
•Wagner  (J.C.);  Marcel  (J.  J. );  [Mottus  (B.)];  and  Muller  (A.) 

2678  Muller  (Dr.  Friedrich).    Grundriss  |  der  |  Sprachwissenschaft  | 
von  |  Dr.  Friedrich  Muller  |  [etc.,  three  lines].  |  I.  Band  |  I.  Abthei 
lung.  |   Einleitung  in   die   Sprachwissenschaft  [-II.  Band.  |  Die 
Spracheu  der  Schlichthaarigen  Eassen.  |  II.  Abtheilung.  |  ].  | 

Wien  1876  [-1882].  |  Alfred  Holder  |  K.  K.  Uuiversitats-Buch- 
handler.  |  Eotheuthurmstrasse  15.  | 

2  vols.  in  four  parts, 8°, each  with  a  double  title.  Vol.2, part  1,  which  in 
cludes  the  American  languages,  has  the  following  special  title : 

Die  Sprachen  |  der  |  schlichthaarigen  Eassen  |  von  |  Dr.  Frie 
drich  Miiller  |  Professor  [&c.,  eight  lines].  |  I.  Abtheilung.  |  Die 
Sprachen  der  australischen,  der  hyperboreischen  |  und  der  ameri- 
kauischen  Easse.  | 

Wien  1882  |  Alfred  Holder  |  K.  K.  Hof-  und  Universitats-Buch- 
handler  |  Eothenthurmstrasse  15.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-x,  1-440.  8C. 

The  contents  are  as  follows:  Die  Sprache  der: 

Aleuten,  pp.  146-161.  Otomi  (Xia-Xiu),  p.  277. 

Innuit  (Eskimo),  pp.  162-180.  Tarasken,  p.  283. 

Athapasken-   (Tinue-)    und    Kinai-    Totonaken,  p.  288. 
Stamme,  p.  184.  Matlatsinken,  p.  294. 

Algonkin-Stamme,  p.  193.  Mixteken  (Misteken.),  p.  298. 

Irokesen.p.  206.  Zapoteken,  p.  302. 

Dakota,  p.  214.  May  a-Sprachen ,  p.  305. 

Tscherokesen  (Tselake),  p.  223.  Mosquito  (Miskito),  p.  314. 

Choctaw  (Tsa^ta),  p.  232.  Bribri,  p.  318. 

Koloschen  (Tjlinkit),  p.  239.  Arowaken  uud  dor  Caraiben,  p.  322. 

Tsihaili-Selisch  (Ts^ailis-Selis),  p.  243.  Arowaken  (Lukunu)  und  der  Goa^iros, 

Sahaptin-Walawala,  p.  248.  p.  323. 

Tshinuk  (Tsinuk,  Tsinuk),  p.  254.          Caraiben  des  Festlandes  (Karina,  Ga- 

Mutsuu,p.257.  libi),p.333. 

Nahuatl  (Nawatl),  p.  260.  Caraiben  der  Inseln  (Kalinago),  p.  339. 

Sonorischen  Sprachen,  p.  271. 

Pp.  429-439  contain  the  numerals  in  the  following  American  languages:  Paw- 


MULLER MUER.  525 

Miiller  (Dr.  Friedrich) — continued. 

nee  (Pani),  Riccara,  Hueco  (Weko),  Kitunaha,  Waiilatpu,  Molele,  Kalapnya, 
Yakon  (Lower  Killamuk),  Lutuami,  Palaihuih  (Palaik),  Shastie  (Saste),  Yurok, 
Alikwa,  Wischosk,  Wiyot,  Poino,  Gallinomero,  Yokaia,  Arraarra,  Pehtsik,  Ehnek, 
Konkau,  Nishinam,  Cushna,  Kasua,  Santa  Cruz,  Yokuts,  Tinlinneh,  Yuma,  Pue 
blos  (Isleta,  Jemes,  Tehna,  Taos,  Acoma,  Queres,  Moqui),  Tonka  was,  Kioway,  Ca- 
huillo  (Kauwuya),  Chimehuevi,  Mixes  (Mises),  Bayanos  (Darien),  Chinchasuyu, 
Zamncos,  Cayubabos,  Cotoxos,  Sapiboconos,  Pnelche  (Puel-tse). 

2679  Der  grammatische    Bau  der  Algonkin  -  Sprachen.     Ein 

Beitrag  zur  amerikauischeu  Linguistik.    Von  Dr.  Friedrich  Miil 
ler,  Professor  &c. 

Iu  Kaiserliche  Akad.  der  Wissensch.,  Sitzungsb. ,  vol.  56,  pp.  132-154.  Wien, 
1867.  8°.  Separately  issued :  Wien,  1867.  23  pp.  8°. 

2680  Miiller  (Baron  Johann  Wilhelm  von).    Eeisen  |  in  den  |  Vereinig- 
ten  Staaten  |  Canada  |  und  |  Mexico  |  von  Barou  J.  W.  von  Miil 
ler,  |  Dr.  phil.,  [&c.,  two  lines].  |  In  drei  Banden.  |  Mit  Stahlsich- 
ten,  Lithograpbien  und  in  den  Text  gedruckten  Holzschnitten.  | 
Erster  [-Dritter]  Band.  |  [Design.] . 

Leipzig:  |  F.  A.  Brockhaus.  |  1864  [-1865].  |  B. 

3  vols.  sm.  4°. 

Aztekische  Kalender,  chap.  3,  vol.  3,  pp.  62-90.  Die  aztekische  Sprache, 
chap.  5,  vol.  3,  pp.  105-108,  is  a  short  discussion  of  the  Aztek  grammar;  it  is 
taken  almost  literally  from  Clavigero. 

2681  Mungwandus.    An  |  account  |  of  the  |  Chippewa  Indians,  |  who 
have  been  travelling  among  the  whites,  |  in  the  |  United  States, 
England,  Ireland,  Scotland,  |  France  and  Belgium;   |  with  very 
interesting  incidents  in  relation  to  the  general  |  characteristics  of 
the  English,  Irish,  Scotch,  French,  |  and  Americans,  with  regard  to 
their  hospi-  |  tality,  peculiarities,  etc.  |  Written  by  Mungwandus,  | 
The  Self-Taught  Indian  of  the  Chippewa  Nation,  for  the  benefit  of 
his  youngest  |   Son,  called  Noodinokay,  whose  Mother  died  in 
England.  |  Price  12  1-2  Cents.  | 

Boston:  |  Published  by  the  author.  |  1848.  |  WHS. 

Printed  cover,  I  1,  pp.  1-16.  8°. 

Hymns  in  Chippewa  with  English  translation,  pp.  14-16. 

2682  Murr  (Christoph  Gottlieb  von).    Christoph  Gottlieb  von  Murr  | 
Journal  |  zur  |  Kunstgeschichte  |  und  |  zur  allgemeinen  |  Littera- 
tur.  |  Erster  [-Siebenzehnter]  Theil.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

Niirnberg,  |  bey  Johann  Eberhard  Zeh  |  1775  [-1789].  |  c. 

17  vols.  16°. 

Ducrue  (Fr.  Benno).  Specimina  Lingvae  Californicae,  vol.  12,  pp.  268-274. 

2683  Nachrichten  |    von   |   verschiedeuen  Landern  |  des  span- 

ischen  Amerika.  |  Aus  eigenhiindigen  Aufsatzen  |  einiger  Mis- 
sionare  der  Gesellscliaft  Jesu  |  herausgegeben  |  von  |  Christoph 
Gottlieb  von  Murr.  |  Erster  [Zweiter]  Theil.  | 

Halle,  |  verlegt  bey  Joh.  Christian  Heudel.  |  1809  [-181 L].  |        C. 
2vols.,pp.i-xxi,l-388;  3  ll.,pp.391-C16.  8°. 

Ducrue  (F.  B.)    Reise  aus  Californien  *  *  *  im  Jahr  1767,  vol.  2,  pp.  389-430; 
containing  "  Califoruische  (Laymonische)  Sprachproben,"  pp.  394-397. 
Steffel  (S.  M.)    Tarahumarisches  Worterbuch,  vol.  1, pp.  293-374. 


526  NORTH  AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Murr  (Christoph  Gottlieb  von) — continued. 

2684  Worter  der  Osage-Sprache  aufgenommen  von  Dr.  Murray. 

Iu  Vater  (J.  S.)    Aualekten  der  Sprachenkunde,  pp.  53-62.     Leipzig,  1821.  8°. 

2685  Murray  (Dr.  — ).    A  Vocabulary  of  the  Language  of  the  Osage 
Indians,  by  Dr.  Murray,  of  Louisville,  Kentucky.  * 

Manuscript  iu  the  library  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia. 

2686  [Murray  (Mr.  — ).]     Collection  of  words  having  a  similar  sound 
and  signification  in  the  Kutchin  and  Dogrib  languages. 

In  Richardson  (-Sir  J.)  Arctic  Searching  Expedition,  vol.  1,  pp.  399-400.  Lon 
don,  1851, 2  vols.  8°. 

2687  Museo  Mexicano.    El  |  Museo  Mexicano,  |  6  |  Miscelanea  Pinto- 
resca  de  Ainenidades  Curiosas  |  6  Instructivas.  |  [One  line  quota 
tion.]  |  Tomo  Primero  [-Quarto].  | 

Mexico.  |  Lo  imprime  y  publica  Ignacio  Cumplido,  |  Calle  de  los 
Eebeldes  casa  nurnero  2.  |  1843  [-1844].  |  0.  $ , 

4  vols.  royal  8°. 
Consulta  a  los  estudiosos  sobre  la  lengna  Mexicana,  vol.  i,  pp.  251-253. 

2688  Museo  Nacional  de  Mexico.    Anales  |  del  |  Museo  National  |  de 
Mexico.  |  Tomo  I  |  [-III    Entrega  2s].  | 

Mexico.  |  Irnprenta  Poliglota  de  Carlos  Rarniro,  |  calle  de  Santa 
Clara  esquina  al  callejon  |  1877  [-1883].  |  c.  JWP.  ft, 

Vols.  1  and  2  and  pts.  1-2  of  vol.  3. 

Chavero  (A.)  La  piedra  del  sol,  vol.  1,  pp.  353-386;  vol.  2,  pp. 3-46;  107-126; 
233-266. 

Galicia  (G.)  et  al.    Anales  de  Cnahtitlan,  vol.  1,  no.  7 — vol.  2,  no.  7,  pp.  1-64. 

Mendoza  (G.)  Trabajo  comparative  entre  el  Sanscrito,  el  Naguatl,  Griego  y 
Latin,  vol.  1,  pp.  286-288. 

Estndio  comparative  entre  el  Sanscrito  y  el  Naguatl,  vol.  1,  pp.  75-84. 

Complemento  al  erndito  articulo  del  Senor  Orozco  y  Berra,  vol.  1, 

pp.  217-226. 

Mitos  de  los  Nahras,  vol.  2,  pp.  271-278, 315-322 ;  vol.  3,  pp.  31-36. 

Cosmogonia  Azteca,  vol.  1,  pp.  340-353. 

Orozco  y  Berra  (M.)    El  Cuauhxicalli  de  Tizoc,  vol.  1,  pp.  3-39. 

(  (SdiceMendozino.  Ensayodedescripaciongeroglifica,vol.  l,pp.  120-186. 

Doctrinas  en  geroglificos,  pp.  202-216. 

C6dice  Mendozino.  Ensayo  de  descrifracion  georoglifica  (continued), 

vol.  1,  pp.  242-270, 289-339 ;  vol.  2,  pp.  47-82, 128-130, 205-232. 

Sanchez  (J.)  Glosario  de  voces  Castellanos  derividas  del  Idioma  Nahilatl 
6  Mexicano,  vol.  3,  pp.  57-67. 

Valentini  (Ph.  J.  J.)  Discurso  acerca  de  la  piedra  llamada  Calendario  Mexi 
cano,  vol.  1,  pp.  226-241. 

2689  Muskoki.    Muskoki  Hymn :  What  a  friend  we  have  in  Jesus. 

Manuscript.  1  1.  folio. 

2690 Muskoki  Vocabularies  (Creek  and  Cherokee  dialects). 

Manuscript.  10  11.  folio.  211  words  in  parallel  columns.  These  manuscripts 
are  iu  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

Myrtle  (Minnie),  pseud. 
See  Johnson  (Anna  C.) 


MURRAY — NAGERA.  527 

2691  Nadezhdin  (Ivan).    [Works  in  the  Koloshian  language.]  * 

The  following  list  of  works,  translated  into  the  Koloshian  language  by  Ivan 
Nadezhdin,  is  taken  from  "  Russian-American  Colonies,  report  of  the  committee" 
[in  Russian],  St.  Petersburg,  1863,  8°,  vol.  2,  Table  5,  a  copy  of  which  I  have 
seen  in  the  Library  of  Congress: 

1.  Enaiiraiie  on,  Maiecfl  (The  gospel  according  to  Matthew). 

2.  jHiypria  (The  liturgy). 

3.  OinycTHTpjbnbie   BOCRpecnu    iponapn   n   KoiijaKH   OCI.MH     r.iacosi  (Doxologies  and 
hymns  for  eight  voices). 

4.  Tpooapb  u  KoiuaKi  BT>  >n>,vt..no  llHTiuecaTiiimti  (Canticle  and  short  hymn  for  Pen 
tecost  week). 

5.  ADOCTOJI  BI  Bcjluio  30  aai.  258. 

6.  EBaarejic  ua  jeiib  CB.  Ilacxn  (The  gospel  for  holy  Easter  day). 

7.  AecHTb  3anOBtAeli  (The  ten  commandments). 

Hys  BceBOfflBofi  (From  the  all-night  [service]). 

1.  BjarocJOBH  jymc  MOB  Tocnoja  (Bless  my  soul,  O  Lord!). 

2.  B.ian>em  MVH>I  (Blessed  man). 

3.  XBa.iine  HMH  Focnojne  (Praise  the  name  of  the  Lord). 

4.  BocKpeceHie  XPBCTOBO  BH^tBiue  (The  visible  resurrection  of  Christ). 

5.  BocKpeceiiie  Tsoe,  Xpncre  Cnace  (Thy  resurrection,  O  Christ,  the  Saviour). 

6.  Bc.!inanie  CBflTnTe.m!in>  (Exaltation  of  the  saints). 

7.  XPHCTOCI  BocKpece  (Christ  is  risen). 

8.  HpoKiniiiM  BOCupfCHH  OCIMH  niacoBi  JHiypriH  ii  ipa  MO.IIITBII  (Resurrection  hymns 
for  eight  voices,  the  liturgy  and  three  prayers). 

CioBa  4.iH  pasroBOpa  (Words  for  conversations). 

1.  0  EorcecTBtn  Btp'6,0  npasAimKaxi,  o  Bce-iennofi  u  BpeneHH  H  BpeMCBaxi  re«a,  o  lejoetRt 
ii  -jacTflxi,  ero,  o  6o4t3HHii,  o  HSBBOTBUXI  leiBepoeorHxi,  niimaxi,  pufiaxi,  o  ^epcBbaxi, 
pacTi'niaxi,  o  qstraxi,  Tpasaxi  n  njo^axi  u  npoi  (On  God  and  religion,  on  festivals, 
on  the  nniveiso  and  time  and  the  seasons,  on  man  and  his  parts,  on  sickness,  on 
quadrupeds,  birds,  fishes,  on  trees,  plants,  on  flowers,  grasses,  and  fruits,  etc.). 

0  -jocjaxi  (On  numbers). 
KomcCTBeBHUxi,  nopiuoinbixi  n  jpoSaxi  (Cardinals,  ordinals,  and  fractions). 

CiOBa  (Words). 

CofipaaHLia  no  a.i*aBBTV  ci>  PyccEaro  na  Ka.iomHBCBi»  (Collection  arranged  alphabet 
ically  from  Russian  into  Koloshian). 

npimtpu  A.IH  neH3MtHfleMuxi  'lacreii  ptiH  (Examples  of  the  invariable  parts  of 
speech). 

2692  Nagera  Yangnas  ( Fr.  Diego  de).    Doctrina,  |  y  |  Ensenanfti  |  en  la 
lengua  Mayahva  |  de  cosas  invy  vtiles.  y  pro-  |  uechosas  para  los 
Ministros  de  Doctrina,  |  y  para  losnaturales  que  hablan  la  |  lengua 
Macahua  |  ^1  |  I^dirigido^I  |  Al  illustrissimo  senor  |  Don  Fran 
cisco  Manso,  |  y  (.Juniga,  Argobispo  de  Me-  |  xico,  del  Consejo  de 
su  Magcstad  |  y  de  el  Eeal  de  las  Indias  |  (*)  |  1"Por  el  Licenciado 
Diego  |  deNageraYangvas,Beneficiado  |  del  partido  de  Xocotitlan : 
Comissario  del  sauto  |  Officio  de  la  Inquisicion,  y  examinador  |  en 
la  dicba  lengua  magahua  | * (*) * | 

Con  Licencia.  |  Impresso  en  Mexico  por  Juan  Ruyz.    Auo  de 

1637.  |  JCB- 

Title,  in  manuscript,  and  4  other  p.  11. ;  11. 1-177;  tabla,  2  unnumbered  11.  8°. 


528  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Nagera  Yanguas  (Fr.  Diego  de) — continued. 

2693  Manual  para  administrar  los  St6s.  Sacramentos  en  la  Len- 

gua  Mazahuatl.  * 

8°.  Title  from  Beristain. 

2694  Hajera  (Fr.  Manuel  de  San  Juan  Crisostomo).    De  Lingua  Otho- 
ruitortim  Dissertatio;  Auctore  Einmauuele  Naxera,  Mexicano,  Aca- 
deinise  Litterarite  Zacatecaruin  Socio.    Communicated  to  the  Amer 
ican  Philosophical  Society,  6th  March  1835. 

Iu  Am.  Fhilosoph.  Soc.  Trans.,  new  series,  vol.  5,  pp.  249-296.  Philadel 
phia,  1837.  4°.  Separately  issued  as  follows  : 

2695  De  Lingua  Othomitorum  Dissertatio.     Auctore  Emmanuel 

Naxera. 

Philadelphia}:  Ex  Prelis  James  Kay,  Jun.  ac  Fratris.  MDCCG- 
XXXV  [1835].  * 

Pp.  It,  48.  4C.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  52131. 

2696 De  Lingua  Othomitorum  Dissertatio.  Auctore  Emanuele 

Naxera,  Mexicauo,  Academise  Litterarise  Zacatecarum  Socio.  (Ex 
quinto  tomo  Novse  Seriei  Actorum  Societatis  Philosophic*  Ameri 
can®  decerpta.)  Philadelphia.  1835. 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soc.  [of  London]  Jour. ,  vol.  5,  pp.  355-361.     London,  1835.  8°. 

The  Lord's  Prayer  (from  Andreas  Olmos)  (two  versions)  and  numerals  (1-11) 
in  the  Ot'homi  language,  pp.  359-361. 

2697 De  Othomitorum  Lingua,  Dissertatio    .     .    .    nunc  cor- 

recta  et  aucta.  utque,  praesideR.  P.  Mexicanaejubente,  iterum  typis 

iTrnpinnHS      mandata. 
u  Mexico,  1845. 

Pp.116.  4°.  Title  from  Sabiu's  Dictionary,  No.  52132,  Trtibner's  Catalogue  of 
Grammars  and  Dictionaries,  and  Triibuer's  Bib.  Hispano-Americana. 

2698  Disertacion  |  sobre  |  la  Lengua  Othomi,  |  leida  en  latin  | 

en  la  Sociedad  Filosofica  Americana  de  Filadelfia,  |  y  publicada  de 
su  orden  |  en  el  tomo  5.°  de  la  nueva  s^rie  de  sus  actas;  |  traducida 
al  castellano  por  su  autor  |  F.  Manuel  Crisostomo  Naxera,  |  indi- 
viduo  |  de  varias  sociedades  literarias.  |  Publicase  |  de  orden  del 
E.  S.  Presidente  |  de  la  Eepublica.  | 

Mexico.  |  En  la  imprenta  del  Aguila.  |  1845.  |  B.  0. 

1  1.,  pp.  i-xiii,  1  1.  Latin  title,  pp.  1-145.  large  8°. 

2699  Observations  critiques  sur  le  chapitre  XIII.  du  dernier  vo 
lume  de  1'ouvrage  intitule" :  "  Exploration  du  territoire  do  l'Ore"gou, 
des  Calitbrnies,  et  de  la  mer  Vermeille  exe"cutee  pendant  les  aune"es 
1840,  1841  et  1842,  par  M.  Duflot  de  Mofras,  attache"  a  la  legation 
de  France  a  Mexico."    Par  le  Pere  Emmanuel  Najera,  Mexicain. 

Mexico,  1845.  * 

Pp.16.  8°.  Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  51734,  and  Trubner's  Bib.  His 
pano-Americana.  The  latter  puts  this  title  among  the  special  works  on  the 
Mexican  language.  It  is  probably  a  review  of  the  linguistic  chapter  of  Duflot 
do  Mofras's  work. 


NAGERA — 'NALUNAERUriT.  529 

Kajera  (Fr.  Manuel  de  Sail  Juan  Crisostomo) — continued. 

2700 Gramatica  del  Tarasco  |  compuesta  |  por  el  M.  R.  P.  Prior 

del  Carmen  |  Fr.  Manuel  de  S.  Juan  |  Crisostomo  Najera.  |  Copiada 
del  autografo  |  Por  Agustin  F.  Villa.  |  Quien  tiene  el  honor  de 
dedicarla  al  Sr.  Gobernador  de  |  Michoacau  |  Lie.  D.  Justo  Men- 
doza.  |  Morelia.  | 

Imprenta  de  Octaviano  Ortiz,  |  Plazuela  de  Villalongin,  n°.  2.  | 
1870.  |  » 

45  pp.  sin.  8°.     Title  communicated  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  from  copy  in  his  pos 
session. 

2701  Gramatica  de  la  Lengua  Tarasca,  precedida  de  una  diser- 

tacion  sobre  el  misnio  Idioma  por  el  M.  E.  P.  Fray  Manuel  de  San 
Juan  Crisostomo  Najera.     Publicada  segun  el  original  por  Eufemio 
Mendoza. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  segunda  e'poca,  tomo  4,  pp.  664-684.     Mexico, 
1672.  4°. 

2702  Naleganta.    Jesusil  Kristusim  Annaurcirsintasullirsei,okantsinnik 
Tussaruersuuuik,  Aglegniartut  sissamaet  Pissitansimaput  Attantsi- 
mut. 

Barbine.  1804.  * 

280  pp.  12°.     The  history  of  the  passion  of  Jesus  Christ,  in  the  Greenland  lan 
guage. — Sabin'a  Dictionary,  No.  2^861. 

2703  Nalegapta.    Nalegapta  |  Jesusib  Kristusib  |  Piulijipta  |  Pinniar- 
ningit,  Auialervinga  |  Nelliutingmet  |  .Okautsiunik  Tussarnertun- 
nik.  |  Agleugniartut  Sittamaet  |  Katissimavut  at-  |  tautsimut.  | 
[Design.] 

Barbime,  1800.  GB. 

Pp.  1-132.  12°.     The  Life  of  Christ,  in  the  Eskimo  dialect  of  Labrador. 

2704  Nalegapta    Jesusib    Kristusib,  piulijipta    pinuiarningit; 

okautsinik  tussarnertuuik,  aglangniartut  sittainset,  kattisimavut 
attautsimut. 

Loudouneme,  W.  M.cDowallib,  1810.  * 

8  p.  11. ,366  pp.  12°.    New  Testament  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Labrador. 

Printed  for  the  Brethren's  Society  for  the  furtherance  of  the  Gospel  among  the 

Heathen  ;  for  the  USB  of  the  Christian  Esquimaux  in  the  Brethren's  settlements, 

-Nain.  Okkak,  and  Hopedale,  on  the  Coast  of  Labrador. —  Leclerc,  1867,  No.  1461. 

2705  Nalekab  okausee.  |  [Picture.]  ATS. 

No  title-page.    1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  <J4°.    Tract  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Greenland. 
Matth.  15,  21-28;  Luk.  8,  5-8;  Luk.  22,  39-44;  Ebr.  12,  18-24. 

2706  Nalekam  okausinga.  |  [Picture.]  ATS. 

No  title-page.     1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  sq.24°.     Bible  lessons  in  the  Eskimo  language 
of  Labrador. 

Matth.  15,  21-28;  Luk.  8,  5-18;  Luk.  22,  39-44;  Ebr.  12,  18-24. 

2707  Nalunaemtit.     Nalunaerutit  |  sinerissap  kujatane  misigssuissut  | 
pivdlugit.  |  1862-18G6  [-1867].  | 

Meddelelser  |   vedkommeude  Forstanderskaberue  |  i  Sydgr^u- 
laud.  |  1862-1866  [-1867J.  |  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-172, 1-20, 1-7.  8°. 
34  Bib 


530  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Ualunaerutit — continued. 

2708  Nalunaerutit  |  sinerissap  kujatane  misigssuissut  pivdlu- 

git.  |  7-9.  ]  1868-70.  | 

Meddelelser  |  vedkommende  Forstanderskaberne  i  Syd-  |  gr^n- 
land.  |  7-9.  |  1868-70.  |  JWP. 

lp.l.,pp.l-W.  8°. 

2709  —     -  Naluuaeratit  |  sinerissap  kujatane  misigssuissut  pivdlu- 
git.  |  10.  |  1870-71.  | 

Meddelelser  |  vedkommende  |  Forstanderskaberre  i  Sydgr«in- 
land.  |  10.  |  1870-71.  |  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-54.  8°. 

2710  Nalunaerutit  |  sinerissame  kujatdlarme  misigssuissut  | 

pivdlugit.  |  11.  |  1871-72  | 

Meddelelser,  |  vedkommende  |  Forstanderskaberne  i  Sydgr^n- 
land.  |  11.  |  1871-72.  |  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-43.  8°. 

Reports  concerning  the  Municipal  Council  of  South  Greenland,  and  statistical 
tables.  Printed  at  Gothaab,  Greenland. 

2711  Nalungiak  Bethleheme.  |  [Picture.] 

[Stuttgart,  J.  F.  Steinkopf.J  |  1847.  |  ATS. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  16°.     Tract  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Labrador. 

2712  Nana  a  kaniolimi  |  Baibil  a  foka  k«t  I  harak^chi  yoke.  |        JWP. 

Half-ti'le.  pp.  1-30.  16°.  Things  made  known  in  the  Bible,  in  the  Choctaw 
language.  The  following  are  the  contents — translations  of  the  headings: 

Attributes  of  God — The  Bible,  how  and  when  written  ;  its  translation  into  the 
English  and  other  languages — What  the  Bible  teaches  about  angels — The  Bible 
account  of  the  creation  and  fall  of  man — What  the  Bible  teaches  about  the  duty 
of  public  worship  and  aiding  religious  teachers — What  the  Bible  teaches  in 
relation  to  the  Sabbath — The  goodness  of  God  manifested  in  his  works — How 
do  you  know  there  is  a  God? 

2713  Naphegyi  (Gabor).    The  |  Album  of  |  Language  |  illustrated  by 
the  |  Lord's  Prayer  |  in  |  one  hundred  languages.  |  By  G.  Naphegyi, 
M.  D.,  A.  M.  Member  of  the  "  Sociedad  Geografica  y  Estadistica"  of 
Mexico,  |  and  ''Mejoras  Materiales"  of  Texoco.  |  Lith.  &  Printed  in 
colors  by  Edward  Herline,  630  Chestnut  St.  Philadelphia.  |  Pub 
lished  |  by  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  |  &  Co.  |  Philadelphia.  | 

Printed  title : 

The  |  Album  of  Language.  |  Illustrated  by  |  the  Lord's  Prayer  | 
in  |  One  Hundred  Languages,  |  with  |  historical  descriptions  of  the 
principal  languages,  interlinear  translation  and  |  pronunciation  of 
each  prayer,  a  dissertation  on  the  languages  of  |  the  world,  and 
tables  exhibiting  all  known  |  languages,  dead  and  living.  |  By  G. 
Naphegyi,  M.  I).  A.  M.  |  Member  of  the  "  Sociedad  Geografica  y 
Estadistica,"  of  Mexico,  and  "Mejoras  Materiales,"  of  Texoco,  of 
the  |  Numismatic  and  Antiquarian  Society  of  Philadelphia,  etc.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippiucott  &  Co.  |  1869.  |  c.  UP. 

Pp.  1-324.  4°. 


NALUNAERUTIT  —  NATURAL. 


531 


Naphegyi  (Gabor)  —  continued. 

The  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  following  languages  : 

Kolusic,  p.  304. 


Cherokee,  p.  295. 
Delaware,  pp.  296-297. 
Micmac,  pp.  298-299. 
Totonac,  pp.  300-301. 
Heiang-hyong,  or  Ot'homi,  p.  302. 
Cora,  p.  303. 


,    .       . 

Greenland,  p.  305. 
Mexican,  pp.  306-307. 
Mistekic,  pp.  308-309. 
Mayu,  or  Yucatekic,  pp.  310-311. 


2714  Narciso  (J.)     [Maya  Grammar.    Madrid,  1838.]  * 

Ruz,  in  his  Preface,  speaks  of  a  [Maya]  grammar  by  J.  Narciso,  of  Herrauz  and 
Quiros,  printed  at  Madrid  in  the  year  1838.—  Ludewig,  p.  227.  Squier  also  gives 
this  title. 

2715  Narragansett  Club.     Publications  |  of  the  |  Narragansett  Club.  | 
(First  Series.)    Volume  I  [-VI].  | 

Providence,  E.  I.  |  M  DCCC  LXVI  [-M  DCCC  LXXIV  (1866- 
1874)].  |  c.  BA. 

G  vols.  sm.  4°. 

"Williams  (Roger).  A  Key  into  the  language  of  America,  edited  by  J.  Ham 
mond  Trumbull,  vol.  1,  pp.  1-219  and  3  pp.  n.  n. 

2716  Nash  (  —  ).     English  Aztec  Vocabulary.  * 

Manuscript  about  1850.  16°.—  Quariteh's  Catalogue. 

2717  Natural  History  Society  of  Montreal.    The  |  Canadian  |  Naturalist 
and  Geologist.  |  [and  Proceedings  of  the  |  Natural  History  Soci 
ety  |  of  Montreal,  |  Conducted  by  a  Committee  of  the  Natural  His 
tory  Society],  |  By  B.  Billings.  |  Volume  I.  |  [-V1IL] 

Montreal:  |  Printed  by  John  Lovell,  at  his  steam  printing  estab 
lishment  |  St.  Nicholas  Street.  |  1857  [-1863].  |  c.  JWP. 

8  vols.  8°.     Title  changed  as  above  in  vol.  2. 

Davies  (Rev.  B.)     On  the  origin  of  the  name  "Canada,"  vol.  6,  pp.  430-432. 

On  the  Indian  Tribes  of  McKenzie  River  District  and  the  Arctic  Coast,  from  a 
correspondent,  vol.  4,  pp.  190-197. 

Continued,  with  change  of  title,  as  follows: 

2718  -  The  |  Canadian  Naturalist  |  and  Geologist:  |  A  Bi-Monthly 
Journal  of  Natural  Science,  |  conducted  by  a  Committee  of  the 
Natural  |  History  Society  of  Montreal.  |  New  Series.  -  Vol.  1.  |  [-3.] 
(With  two  maps.)  |      Editing  committee.  |  General  Editor:  David 
A.  P.  Watt.  |  J.  W.  Dawson,  LL.  D.,  F.  E.  S.,  |  [&c.,  8  lines.] 

Montreal:  |  Dawson  Brothers,  Great  St.  James  Street.  |  1864 
[-1868].  |  C.  JWP. 

3  vols.  8°. 
Continued,  with  change  of  title,  as  below  : 

2719  --  The  |  Canadian  Naturalist  |  and  |  Quarterly  Journal  of 
Science,  |  with  the  |  Proceedings  of  the  Natural  History  |  Society 
of  Montreal.  |  Conducted  by  a  Committee  of  the  Society.  |  New 
Series  —  Vol.  4  [-9].  |  (With  two  plates  and  a  map.)  |  Editing  Com 
mittee.  |  Acting  Editor  :    J.  F.  Whiteaves,  F.  G.  S.,  etc.  |  [&c.,  9 
lines.] 


IMPROVED  TITLE  IN 


532  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Natural  History  Society  of  Montreal — continued. 

Montreal:  Dawson  Brothers,  55  to  59  St.  James  Street.  |  1869 
[-1880].  |  C.JWP. 

Campbell  (J.)  On  the  origin  of  some  American  Indian  Tribes  [first  article], 
vol.  9,  pp.  65-80. 

On  the  origin  of  some  American  Indian  Tribes  [second  article'],  vol.  9, 

pp.  193-212. 

Hittites  in  America,  vol.  9,  pp.  275-296. 

Hittites  in  America  [second  article],  vol.  9,  pp.  345-367. 

2720  Naughtawkkoa  kollin-illoaet?  |  [Picture.] 

[n.  p.]  1844.  |  ATS. 

No  title-page,  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  16°.  Bible  stories  in  the  Eskimo  language  of 
Labrador. 

Luc.  4, 24-26,  p.  1;  Luc.  4, 27,  p.  2 ;  Jac.  5, 16-18,  pp.  3-4 ;  Matth.  23, 34-39,  pp.5- 
(>;  Timoth.  1,1-5;  3, 15-17,  pp.  7-8. 

2721  Nauk  taipkoa  neinenik?  |  [Picture  of  Eskimo.] 

[n.  p.],  1844.  |  ATS. 

No  title-page.  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  16°.  Bible  stories  in  the  Eskimo  language  of 
Labrador. 

Luc.  4, 24-26,  p.  1 ;  Luc.  4, 27,  p.  2 ;  Jaeobi  5,  16-18,  pp.  3-4;  Matth.  23, 34-39, 
pp.  5-6;  2  Timoth.  1, 1-5 ;  3, 15-17,  pp.  7-8. 

Though  this  tract  has  the  same  contents  as  the  previous  one,  it  is  not  the 
same  work  ;  where  the  stories  run  through  more  than  one  page,  the  pages  do  not 
end  alike.  There  are  also  verbal  discrepancies  throughout. 

Naxera  (Fr.  Manuel  de  S.  Juan  Crisostomo). 

See  Najera  (Fr.  Manuel  de  S.  Juan  Crisostomo). 

Naxera  Yanguas  (Fr.  Diego  de). 
See  Nagera  Yanguas  (Fr.  Diego  de). 

2722  Ne.     Ne   |   Kaghyadoughsera    |    ne    |    Royadadokenghdy   |   ne 
Isaiah.  |  c.  ABS.  JWP.  WHS. 

New -York:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Bible  Society.  |  D.  Fan- 
shaw,  Printer.  |  1839.  | 

Pp.  1-243.  18°.     Book  of  Isaiah  in  the  Mohawk  language. 

2723  Ne  neh  |  Yonaderihhonnyen  ni   tha  |  ka  nyen   kehhaka 

kawen  nondaghkonh  |  teke  nih  skarighware  |  nok  royanen  ra  o  de 
ren  nayengh  |  d  ye  ry  wennyh,  |  ro  ty  ya  da  do  kenghty,  |  ro  digh- 
yadon  ye  righ  wa  nendon  th'a  |  i  wak  yadon  |  O  nengh  deyogh  se 
raghsenh  shik  he  rihhon  ny  en  ny=Yayak  |  niya  kaonghwenjukeh. 
Ex  ha  ho  konah.  |  I  sho  na  jowa  ne.  | 

New- York,  Printed  at  the  Conference  Office  |  by  J.  Oollord.  | 
1829  |  o. 

Pp.  1-32.  32°.  Mohawk  Primer.  Lord's  Prayer,  Apostles'  Creed,  Ten  Com 
mandments,  and  Prayers,  pp.  20-32. 

2724  Ne  neh  |  yondaderihhonnyen  ni   tha  |  ka  nyen  kehhaka 

rawen  nondaghkonh  |  teke  nih  skarighware  |  nok  royaner  ra  o  de 
ren  nayengh  |  o  ye  ry  wennyh,  |  ro  ty  ya  da  do  kengh  ty.  ]  Bo  digh- 


NATURAL NEIGHBORS.  533 

Ne — continued. 

yadon  ye  righ  wa  nendon  tha  |  i  wak  yadon  |  O  nengh  deyogh  se 
raghsenh  shik  he  rilihou  ny  en  uy  |  Yayak  niya  kaonghwenjakeh  | 
Ex  ha  ho  konah.  |  I  sho  na  jowa  ne.  | 

Belleville:  |  Printed  at  the  "Intelligencer"  Office,  by  Bowell  & 
Moore.  |  1851.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-16.  16°.     Primer  in  the  Mohawk  language. 

2725   Ne  |  Yeriwanontontha  |  ue  ne  |  Wesleyan  Methodists.  | 

Lynn,  Mass.:  |  Newhall  and  Hathorne.  |  1834.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-12.  16°.     Catechism  in  the  Mohawk  language. 

2726  Heal  (Daniel).    The  |  History  |  of   |  New-England  |  Containing 
an  |  Impartial  Account  |  of  the  |  Civil  and  Ecclesiastical  Affairs  | 
Of  the  Country  |  To  the  Year  of  our  Lord,  1700.  |  To  which  is 
added  |  The  Present  ^tate  of  New-England.  |  With  a  New  and 
Accurate  Map  of  the  Country.  |  And  an  |  Appendix  |  Containing 
their  |  Present  Charter,  their  Ecclesiastical  Disci-  j  pline,  and  their 
Municipal-Laws.  |   In   Two  Volumes.  |  By   Daniel  Neal.  |  Vol. 
I  [-II].  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  J.  Clark,  at  the  Bible  &  Crown  in  the 
Poultry,  |  It.  Ford,  at  the  Angel  in  the  Poultry,  and  B.  Crut-  | 
tenden,  at  the  Bible  and  Three  Crowns  in  Cheapside  |  M  DCC  XX 
[1720].  |    .  0. 

2vols.  1  p.l.,pp.  i-vi,i-ix,ll.,pp.  1-330;  2  p.  11.,  pp.  331-712,  i-xvi.  map.  8°. 

A  few  Indian  words  and  sentences,  with  English  translations,  vol.  1,  pp.  44-45. 

2727  The  |  History  |  of  |  New-England,  |  Containing  an  |  Im 
partial  Account  |  of  the  |  Civil  and  Ecclesiastical  Affairs  |  Of  the 
Country,  |  To  the  Year  of  our  Lord,  1700.  |  To  which  is  added,  | 
The  Present  State  of  New-England.  |  With  a  New  and  Accurate 
Map  of  the  Country.  |  And  an  |  Appendix  |  Containing  their  | 
Present  Charter,  their  Ecclesiastical  Disci-  |  pline,  and  their  Mu 
nicipal-Laws.  |  In  Two  Volumes.  |  The  Second   Edition.  |  With 
many  Additions  by  the  Author.  |  By  Daniel  Neal,  A.  M.  |  Vol. 
I  [-11].  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  A.  Ward,  in  Little-Britain ;  T.  Longman  | 
and  T.  Shewell,  in  Paternoster-Bow ;  J.  Oswald,  |  in  the  Poultry; 
A.  Millar,  in  the  Strand;  and  |  J.  Brackstone,  in  Cornhill.    M  DCC 
XLVII  [1747].  |  * 

2  vols.  1  p.l.,  pp.  i-vi,  i-vi,  1 1.,  pp.  1-392;  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-380,  8  11.  map.  8°. 
Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames,  from  a  copy  in  the  Astor  library. 

A  few  Indian  words  and  sentences,  with  English  translations,  vol.  1,  pp.  47, 48. 

2728  Negro.    The  Negro  Servant  °- 

No  title-page.    Pp.  1-40.   24°.    Except  heading  above,  entirely  in  Cherokee 
characters. 

2729  Neighbors  (Robert  S.)    Commauche  Numeration. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)     Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  129-130.     Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 


534  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Neighbors  (Robert  S.) — continued. 

2730 Vocabulary  of  the  Nauni,  or  Comanclie  (Texas). 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  494-505.     Philadelphia, 

185-2.  4°. 

2731  Neill  (Edward  Duffield).    Annals  |  of  the  |  Minnesota  Historical 
Society.  |  MDCCCLVI,  |  containing  |  Materials  |  for  the  |  History 
of  Minnesota.  |  [Seal.]  |  Prepared  by  |  Edward  D.  Neill,  Secretary 
of  the  Society.  | 

Saint  Paul :  |  Joseph  E.  Brown,  Territorial  Printer,  |  Pioneer  and 
Democrat  Office.  |  1856.  | 

Second  title: 

Materials  |  for  the  future  |  History  of  Minnesota;  |  being  a  |  Be- 
port  |  of  the  |  Minnesota  Historical  Society  |  to  the  |  Legislative 
Assembly,  |  in  accordance  with  a  joint  resolution.  |  Fifteen  hun 
dred  copies  ordered  to  be  printed  for  the  use  of  the  Legislature.  | 

Saint  Paul :  |  Joseph  E.  Brown,  Territorial  Printer,  |  Pioneer 
and  Democrat  Office.  |  1856.  |  * 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-141, 1-17.  8°.  Title  from  Mr.  \V.  Eames,  from  a  copy  in  the  Astor 
library. 

Names  of  the  Bands  of  the  Scions  of  the  East,  with  their  significations,  p.  40. 

2732  The  |  History  of  Minnesota:  |  from  the  |  Earliest  French 

Explorations  |  to  the   |   Present  Time.    |   By   |   Edward  Duffield 
Neill,  |  Secretary  of  the  Minnesota  Historical  Society.  |  [Quotation 
one  line.]  | 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.  |  1858.  |  * 

628  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Earnes  from  copy  in  the  Astor  library. 
Dakota  hymn, with  translation,  p.  04 ;  Dakota  namesfor  the  months,  with  trans 
lations,  p.  86 ;  Dakota  alphabet,  p.  97. 

•f  Second  Edition.     Philadelphia,  1873,  pp.  lii,  50-758.  8°. 

2733  Dakota  Land  and  Dakota  Life.    By  Edward  D.  Neill. 

In  Minn.  Hist.  Soo.,  Annals,  No.  4,  pp.  45-64.  Saint  Paul,  1853.  8C. 

Names  of  the  Scioux  of  the  East,  with  their  signification,  pp.  46-47 ;  Lan 
guage,  pp.  49-50 ;  Song  and  translation,  p.  53 ;  List  of  Moons,  p.  62. 

Reprinted  in  Minn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  1,  pp.  254-294.  Saint  Paul,  1872.  8°. 

2734 The  |  History  of  Minnesota :  |  from  the  |  Earliest  French 

Explorations  |  to  the  |  Present  Time,  |  By  the  |  Rev.  Edward  Duf 
field  Neill,  |  President  of  Macalester  College;  |  Corresponding 
Member  of  Massachusetts  Historical  Society;  Author  of  |  "Vir 
ginia  Company  of  London,"  "The  English  Colonization  of  |  Amer 
ica,"  ["]  Founders  of  Maryland,"  Etc.,  Etc.,  Etc.  |  [One  line  quota 
tion.]  Fourth  Edition,  Eevised  and  Enlarged.  | 

Minneapolis :  |  Minnesota  Historical  Company.  |  1882.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xlix,  i-iii,  49-928, 1-10, 1-16, 1-4.  8°.     Linguistics  as  in  iar>8  edition. 

2735  Nelles  (Rev.  Abraham)  and  Hill  (John),  jr.    The  Book  of  |  Com 
mon  Prayer,  |  according  to  the  use  of  the  |  Church  of  England,  | 
translated  into  the   Mohawk  language,  |  compiled  from  various 
translations,  revised,  corrected,  and  |  prepared  for  the  press,  under 
the  direction  of  |  the  Eev.  Abraham  Nelles,  |  Chief  Missionary  iu 


NEIGHBORS — NEUES.  535 

Nelles  (Rev.  Abraham) — continued. 

the  service  of  the  Company  for  the  Propagation  of  the  |  Gospel 
in  New  England  and  the  parts  adjacent  in  America.  |  The  Col 
lects,  the  Service  of  Baptism  of  such  as  are  of  Eiper  Years,  the  | 
Order  of  Confirmation,  the  Visitation  of  the  Sick,  the  Communion  | 
of  the  Sick,  Thanksgiving  of  Women  after  Child  Birth,  &c.  j 
Translated  by  John  Hill,  Junr.,  |  Appear  in  Mohawk  for  the  first 
time,  in  this  Edition  of  the  Prayer  Book,  j 

Hamilton :  |  Printed  at  Ruthveu's  Book  and  Job  Office,  &c.,  King 
Street.  |  1842.  | 

Second  Htle : 

Ne  Kaghyadouhsera  ne  |  Toedereanayeadagwha,  |  tsiniyouht  ne 
yontstha  ne  |  Skanyadaratiha  Onouhsadokeaghty,  |  tekaweanate 
nyouh  kanyeakehaka  kaweanoetaghkouh,  |  watkeanisaaghtouh  ne 
tekaweanatenyoehokouh,  watkease,  skagwada-  |  gwea,  neoui  ka- 
weyeaneatase  ue  tsiteyeristoghraraktha,  |  ne  raoteweyeanoeny- 
aghtshera  |  ne  Ratsi.  Abraham  Nelles,  |  Rarighwawakhouhtsherag- 
weniyoh  ne  shakonatsteristase  ne  Tsikeatyogh-  |  gwayea  ne  Teha- 
dirighwarenyatha  ne  Orighwadokeaghty  ne  Ase  |  Skanyadaratiha 
neoni  aktatyeshouh  ne  America.  |  Ne  Adereanayeathokouh,  ne  Yoe- 
datnekosseraghtha  ne  Yakaoseragwea,  |  ne  Yoedaderighwahnirats- 
tagweanitha,  Yoedadeuadarenawitha  ue  |  Yakonouhwaktany,  Yoe- 
douhradaghgwha  Tyakothoewisea,  &c.  |  Ne  Tehaweanatenyouh 
John  Hill,  Juur.,  |  Nene  toetyereaghte  waokeatane  ne  Kanyeake- 
hakake  ue  keaiekea  Kaghya-  |  douhserakouh  ne  Yoedereanayea- 
dagwha.  | 

Oghroewakouh :  |  Tekaristoghrarakouh  Euthven  Tsiteharistogh- 
raraktha  ne  Kaghyadouh-  |  sera,  &c.,  Koraghkowah  Tsitekanato- 
kea.  |  1842.  | 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-432,  alternate  pages  English  and  Mohawk.  8°.  English  title  verso 
1. 1 ;  Mohawk  title  recto  1. 2. 

Appended : 

Ne  I  Karoegwea  |  ne  ase  tekaweanatenyouh  |  ne  |  teharighwag- 
wathaokouh  ne  David,  |  nekaghsaeany  |  ne  eayontsthake  |  Onouh- 
sadokeaghtike.  | 

Hamilton:  |  Printed  at  Ruthven's  Book  and  Job  Office,  &c., 
King  Street.  |  1842.  |  c.  BA.  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  433-456.     Part  of  the  singing  psalms  and  hymns. 

For  other  editions  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer  in  Mohawk,  see  Claesse  (L. ), 
and  note  thereto. 

2736  Neues  |  Lausitzisches  Magazin.  |  Unter  Mitwirkung  der  Oberlau- 
sitzischen  |  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften,  |  herausgegeben 
und  verlegt  |  von  |  Johanu  Gotthelf  Neumann,  |  Diakonus  an  der 
Kirche  zu  St.  Petr.  und  P.,  Secretair  |  der  Oberl.  Gesellsch.  der 
Wisseusch.  und  Chrenmitglied  der  |  Schles.  Gesellschaft  fur  vater- 
landische  Kultur.  |  Erster  [-Ureiundvierzigster]  Baud.  |  Mit  4 
Steindrucken  und  niehrern  Tabellen.  I 


536  NORTH   AMER' CAN.  LINGUISTICS. 

Neues — continued. 

G&rlitz,  |  beim  Herausgeber  und  in  Commission  bei  C.  G.  Zobel.  | 
1822  [-1866].  |  Gedruckt  bei  Johann  Gottlieb  Dressier.  |  c. 

43  vols.  8°. 

Hasling  (— .)    Eine  Probe  der  Esquimaux-Sprache,  vol.  14,  pp.  260-262. 

2737  Neuville  (Rev.  Jean  Baptiste).     [Cate'cliisme  en  langue  Iroquoise.] 

Manuscript.  26  unnumbered  leaves.  24°.  No  title-page.  Some  pages  missing 
at  beginning.  oy 

2738  Neve  y  Molina  (Luis  de).    Eeglas  |  de  Orthographia,  |  Dicciona- 
rio,  |  y  Arte  |  del  Idioma  Othomi,  |  breve  instruccion  |  para  los 
principiantes,  |  que  dicto  |  El  L.  D.  Luis  de  Neve,  y  Molina,  |  Ca- 
thedratico  Proprietario  de  dicho  Idioma  |  en  el  Eeal,  y  Pontificio 
Colegio  Seminario,  |  Examinador  Synodal,  e  Interprete  de  el  |  Tri 
bunal  de  Fe  en  el  Provisorato  de  Indies  |  de  este  Arzobispado, 
y  Capellan  del  |  Hospital  Real  de  esta  Corte.  |  Dedicalo  |  al  Glorio- 
sissimo  |  Seiior  San  Joseph,  |  Padre  Putativo  del  Verbo  Eterno,  | 
y  bajo  su  Proteccion  lo  saca  a  luz.  | 

Impressas  en  Mexico,  con  las  liceucias  necessarias,  |  en  la  Im- 
prenta  de  la  Bibliotbeca  Mexicana,  en  el  |  Puente  del  Espiritu 
Santo.  Ano  de  1767.  |  B.  c.  JCB. 

12  p.  11.,  pp.  1-160.  sm.4°. 

2739  —      -  Eeglas  de  Ortografla,  |  Diccionario  |  y  Arte  del  Idioma 
^thomi:  |  breve  instruccion  |  para  los  principiantes,  que  |  dicto  J 
D.  Luis  de  Neve  y  Molina.  |  Catedratico  propietario  |  de  dicho 
idioma  en  el  Eeal  y  Pontiflcio  Colejio  |   Seminario,  examinador 
sinodal  6  inlerprete  |  del  Tribunal  de  la  Fe"  en  el  provisorato  de 
indios  de  |  este  arzobispado  y  capellan  del  Hospi-  |  tal  Eeal  de  esta 
Corte.  |  Dedicalo  |  al  gloriosisimo  |  Sr.  San  Jose,  |  Padre  putativo 
del  Verbo  Eteruo,  y  bajo  su  |  proteccion  lo  saca  a  luz.  | 

Mexico:  1863.  |  Tipografla  de  Mariano  Villanueva.  |  Calle  de  Or 
tega  num.  24.  |  0. 

Pp.  1-256.  16°. 

According  to  Naxera  (Disertacion,  &c.),  the  author  was  an  Othomi  native. 
He  became  a  priest  in  the  seminary  of  the  district,  where  he  taught  his  mother 
tongue,  and  was  made  interpreter  of  the  Tribunal  of  the  Faith  for  the  native 
section  of  the  Ecclesiastical  Court. 

2740  Grammatica  |  della  Lingua  Otomi  |  esposta  in  Italiano  | 

dal  conte  j  Enea  Silvio  Vincenzo  Piccolomini  |  membro  de  piu  Ac- 
cademie  e  Societa  Scientifiche,  |  Secondo  la  Traccia  del  liceuziato 
Luis  de  Neve  y  Molina  |  col  vocabulario  Spagnuolo-Otomi  |  spiegato 
in  Italiano.  |  [Design.] 

Boina  |  nella  tipografla  di  propaganda  fide  |  1841.  |  B.  v. 

Outside  title  1  l.,pp.  1-82, 1  1.  12°.  Grammar  of  the  Otomi  language,  trans 
lated  into  Italian  by  Count  Piccolomiui,  from  the  Spanish-Otomi  of  Neve  y  Mo 
lina. 

See  Chareiicey  (H.  de),  No.  730  of  this  Catalogue. 


NEUES — NEWTON.  537 

2741  New.    Tire  New  Birth.    Atuklant  Ftta. 

[Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation :  Mission  Press,  1845.]  BA. 

Pp.  1-1(5.  12°.    No  tille-page.     "First  ed.,  1827;  Second  ed.,  18:56."— Byingtm. 

2742  [The  New  Testament  in  the  Cherokee  Language. 

Mission  Press,  Park  Hill,  1850.]  * 

2  vols.  24°.     Title  from  Catalogue  of  Books  in  Library  Am.  Bib.  Soc. 

2743  [The  New  Testament  in  the  Cherokee  Language.    Five 

lines  in  Cherokee  characters.] 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1S6<>.  |  0.  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-408.  li°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

2744  The  |  New  Testament  |  of  |  our  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus 

Christ,  |  translated  into  |  the  Choctaw Language.  |  Pin  |  Chitokaka 
pi  okchalinchi  Chisvs  Klaist  |  in  Testament  Himona,  |  Chahta 
anumpa  atoshowa  hoke.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1848.  |  C.WE.  ABC.  ABS. 

Pp.  1-818.  12°.  Have  seen  editions  of  1854,  1858,  and  1871,  with  no  change  of 
title-page  except  iu  date. 

2745  Newcomb  (Harvey).    The  |  North  American  Indians:  |  being  |  a 
series  of  conversations  |  between  |  a  mother  and  her  children,  | 
illustrating  the  |  character,  manners,  and  customs  |  of  the  |  Natives 
of  North  America.  |  Adapted  both  to  the  general  Reader  and  to 
the  Pupil  of  the  |  Sabbath  School.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 
By  Harvey  Newcomb.  | 

Pittsburgh:  |  Published  by  Luke  Loomis,  |  No.  79,  Market 
Street.  |  [1835.]  C.  WHS. 

2  vols.  lfi°. 

Appendix,  vol.  1,  pp.  155-169,  contains  remarks  on  Ind'an  languages  from  Bou- 
dinot's  Star  in  the  West,  Adair,  Colden,  Edwards,  and  a  table,  from  Edwards, 
of  English,  Charibbee,  Creek,  Mohegan,  and  Hebrew  words. 

2746  New  Hampshire  Historical  Society.    Collections  |  of  the  |  New-Hamp 
shire  |  Historical  Society,  |  for  the  year  1824.  |  [No  date  in  v.  8.] 
Volume  I  [-VIII].  | 

Concord:  |  Published  by  Jacob  B.  Moore.  |  1824  [-1866].  |    C.  BA. 

8  vols.  8°. 

Ballard  (Rev.  E.)    Indian  mode  of  applying  names,  vol.  8,  pp.  446-452. 

2747  Newton  (Alfred).    Notes  on   Birds  which  have  been  found  in 
Greenland. 

In  Royal  Soc.  [of  London"].    Manual  of  the  Nat.  Hist.,  Geol.,  and  Physics  of 
Greenland,  &c.,  pp.  94-115.     London,  1875.  8°. 
Esquimaux  names  of  birds,  passim. 

2748  Newton  (J.  H.),  editor.    History  |  of  |  Venango  County,  |  Penn 
sylvania,  |  and  incidentally  of  petroleum,  |  together  with  |  accounts 
of  the  early  settlement  and  progress  of  each  township,  |  borough 


538  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Newton  (J.  H.),  editor — continued. 

and  village,  |  with  |  personal  and  biographical  sketches  of  the 
early  settlers,  represen-  |  tative  men,  family  records,  Etc.  |  By  au 
able  Corps  of  Historians.  |  With  illustrations  |  Descriptive  of  its 
Scenery,  Private  Residences,  Public  Buildings,  Farm  Scenes,  Oil  | 
Derricks,  Manufactories,  etc.,  from  Original  Sketches,  j  Edited 
by  |  J.  H.  Newton.  | 

Columbus,  Ohio:  |  Published  by  J.  A.  Caldwell.  |  1879.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-651.  4°. 

"Chapter  8,  Language  of  the  Iroquois,"  pp.  24-25,  contains  general  remarks 
on  the  language  of  the  Iroquois,  and  a  short  vocabulary ;  Lord's  Prayer  with 
interlinear  translation,  and  a  hymn  in  Seneca. 

New  York  (State  of). 

See  O'Callaghan  (Edmund  Bailey),  editor. 

2749  New  York  Historical  Society.     Collections  |  of  the  |  New- York  | 
Historical  Society,  |  for  the  year  1809  [-1830].  |  Volume  I  [-V].  | 
[One  line  quotation.] 

New  York:  Printed  and  published  by  I.  Eiley.  |  1811  [-1830].  | 

5  vols.  8°.  c.  BA. 
Jarvis  (S.  F.)    A  Discourse  on  the  Religion  of  the  Indian  Tribes  of  North 

America,  vol.  3,  pp.  181-268. 

Smith  (W.)     History  of  the  late  Province  of  New  York,  vols  4  and  5. 

2750  -        -  Collections  |  of  the  |  New -York  |  Historical  Society.  | 
Second  Series.  |  Vol.  I  [-III].  |  [Three  lines  quotation.] 

New -York:  |  Printed  for  the  Society,  |  by  H.  Ludwig,  72  Vesey- 
Street.  |  1841  [-M  DCCC  LVII  (1857)].  |  c.  BA. 

3  vola.  8°. 

Benson  (E. )    Memoir  read  before  the  Society,  vol.  2,  pp.  77-148. 

Donck  (A.  Van  der).    Description  of  the  New  Netherlands,  vol.  1,  pp.  125-242. 

Laet  (J.  de).     Extracts  from  the  New  World,  vol.  1,  pp.  281-316. 

Marshall  (O.  H.)  Narrative  of  the  Expedition  of  the  Marquis  de  Nonville, 
Vol.  2,  pp.  149-192. 

Megapolensis  (J.),  jr.  A  short  sketch  of  the  Mohawk  Indians,  vol.  3,  pp. 
137-160. . 

2751  Collections  |  of  the  |  New-York  Historical  Society  |  for  the 

year  |  1868  [-1876].  |  Publication  Fund  Series  [vols.  1-9].  | 

New  York:  |  Printed  for  the  Society.  |  MDCCCLXVIII 
[-MDCCCLXXV1I  (1868-1877)].  |  c.  BA. 

9  vols.  8°. 

2752  Proceedings  |  of  the  |  New  York  Historical  Society.  |  For 

the  year  1843  [-1848].  | 

New  York:  |  Press  of  the  Historical  Society.  |  1844  [-1848]  |  C.BA. 

6  vols.  8°. 

Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Comments  on  the  Aboriginal  names  *  *  of  the  State 
of  New  York,  vol.  2,  pp.  77-1 15. 

Thompson  (B.  F. )  Paper  upon  the  Indian  names  of  Long  Island,  vol.  3, 
pp.  126-131. 


NEWTON  -  NICAN. 


539 


2753  New  York  University.    [First-Thirty-first]  Annual  Report[s]  |  of 
the  |  Regents  of  the  University,  |  on  the  |  Condition  of  the  State 
Cabinet  |  of  |  Natural  History.  |  With  |  Catalogues  of  the  same.  | 
Made  to  the  Senate  April  11,  1848.  | 

Albany:  |  C.  Van  Benthuysen,  Printer.  |  1848  [-1879].  |  c. 

31  vols.  8°. 

Bruyas  (Rev.  J.)  Radical  words  of  the  Mohawk  laDguage,  appended  to  six 
teenth  ann.  rept.,  pp.  1-123. 

Morgan  (L.  H.)  List  of  articles  furnished  the  Indian  collection,  second  ann. 
rept.,  pp.  74-7(5. 

-  Schedule  of  [88]  Articles  obtained  from  Indians  residing  in  western 
New  -York,  being  the  product  of  their  own  handicraft  and  manufacture,  &.C., 
third  uun.  rept.,  pp.  57-60. 

-  Report  upon  the  articles  furnished  the  Indian  collection,  third  ann. 
rept.,  pp.  65-97. 

-  Report  on  the  fabrics,  inventions,  &c.,  of  the  Iroquois,  fifth  ann.  rept., 
pp.  67-117. 

2754  -  Catalogue  |  of  the  |  Cabinet  of  Natural  History  |  of  the 
State  of  New  -York,  |  and  of  the  |  Historical  and  Antiquarian  Col 
lection  |  annexed  thereto.  |  Printed  by  Order  of  the  Regents  of  the 
University.  | 

Albany:  |  C.  Van  Benthuysen,  Printer  to  the  Legislature,  | 
1853.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-34,  1-61,  1-22,  1-53,  1-31,  1-28,  1-22.  8°. 

Morgan  (L.  H.)  Donations  [of  Indian  articles]  from  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  of 
Rochester,  with  names  of  a  few  iu  the  Seneca  dialect,  6th  paper,  pp.  3-6. 

-  Purchases,  from  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  of  Rochester,  [of]  articles  manu 
factured  at  special  request,  by  Indians  residing  in  western  New  York  and  Canada 
West,  with  names  of  each  article  in  the  Seneca  dialect,  6th  paper,  pp.  22-28. 

2755  Nez-Perces  |  First  Book.  |  Designed  for  Children  and  New  Begin 
ners.  | 

Clear  Water:  (Mission  Press.)  |  1839.  |  BA.  ABO.  JWP.  MHS. 

Pp.  1-20.  16°. 


2756  Nican.     CNican  ycuiliuhtic  ayniuri  |  Hapovalcatca  mexica  ca 
naulitetl  |  ymiuhqueutova  ceaca  yuitlamia-  |  xiij  acatl  cetecpatl 
quitlomi  |  a  xiij  iccpatl.  cecatliqui  |  tlamia  xiij.  call  i.  cetoch  |  Hi 
quitl  amia  xiij=  |  tochtli.  Aihyni  |  quac  otlami  |  tonauhte  |  ixtin=  | 
in   |  mamolpiain   toxiuhypanynomca  catlxi   |   sitl  ompovalxiuhti 
caommatlica  |  ypan  on  xivitl  Velcemcueti  |  tiztli.  quin  omicilloni  | 
con  inexico  a  xxvij  |  dias.  clmes  |  de  Sell  |  e  |  brede  1576  as  | 

Colophon  : 

[Paris:]  Lith.  J.  Desportes,  inst  nat  des  Souards  Muets.  —  F.  D. 

script.  |  B- 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-158.  8°.  Mexican  hieroglyphs  with  explanations  in  Aztec.  A 
manuscript  of  the  16th  ceutury  belonging  to  M.  Aubin,  who  had  it  reproduced  in 
fac-simile.  The  copy  seen  was  from  the  library  of  Mr.  Sqnier,  to  whom  it  was 
presented  by  M.  Aubin. 


IMPROVED 


540  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Nican — continued. 

2757  Nican  tecpantoc  ihcniliuhtoc  centzacuhtoc  tepoztocatoc,  in 

tlamantli  mo9entoca  ihqui  techmo  machtililia  ihqui  tecbmo  ixpaiiti- 
lilia,  ihqui  techmo  ititilia,  ihqui  techmo  uezcayotilia  in  theo  amoch 
tlacuilacatzin  Sn.  Lucas,  theo  amoch  tlacuilolpantzinco. 

Colophon : 

Se  acabaron.  estos  Evangelios  de  trasladar  oy  quatro  de  Agosto 
dia  de  N.  P.  S10.  Domingo  en  este  ano  de  mil  setesientos  y  veinte 
y  Sinco  (1725).  « 

Unedited  manuscript  of  154  leaves,  4°,  in  very  regular  writing.  The  author 
of  this  work  is  entirely  unknown  to  us.  It  is  a  volume  of  sermons  drawn  from 
the  Evangelists.— Leclerc,  1878,  JVo.  2329. 

2758  Hichols  (A.  Sidney).    Vocabulary  of  the  Navajo. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2759  Nihina  |  Ayamie-Mazinahigan.  |  Kanachchatageng.  |  [Crucifix.] 

Moniang  [Montreal]:  |  Fabre-Eudatch.  |  1830.  | 

Colophon  : 

Montreal:  |  Imprime"  par  Ludger  Duvernay,  |  a  PImprimerie  de 
la  Minerve.  |  1830.  ]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-100.  18°.  Prayers,  catechism,  hymns,  prayers  for  mass,  litany,  &c.,  in 
the  Algoukin  language.  Pp.  97-100  contain  a  brief  primer. 

2760  Niina  |  Aiamie  Masinaigan.  |  Kauactageng.  |  [Cross.] 

Moniang  [Montreal]:  |  Tak8abikickote  endatc  John  Lovell.  I 
1854.  |  s.  jwp. 

Picture  of  cross  p.  1,  reverse  blank;  title  p.  3,  reverse  contains  "Approbation": 
pp.  5-156.  16°.  Catholic  book  of  prayers  in  the  Algonkiu  language. 

2761  Nitvk  Hollo  Nitvk  A  Isht  |  Anumpa  Hoke.  |  ATS. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-17.  16°.  Tract  "On  the  Sabbath"  in  the  Choctaw  lan 
guage. 

2762  Noah   (Mordecai  Manuel).     Discourse  |  on  |  the  evidences  |  of  | 
the  American  Indians  |  being  the  descendants  |  of  the  |  Lost  Tribes 
of  Israel.  |  Delivered  before  the  |  Mercantile  Library  association,  | 
Clinton  Hall.  |  By  M.  M.  Noah.  | 

New    York:   |  James    Van    Norden,  |  No.   27    Pine-street.  | 

1837.  |  WE.  WHS. 

Pp.  1-40.  8°.  According  to  Sabin  there  is  a  German  translation:  Altona,  bei 
Johanu  Friedrich  Hammerich.  1838. 

Indian  words  from  Hebrew  roots,  pp.  10-12. 

Nolasco  de  los  Reyes  (D.  Pedro). 
See  Ejercicio,  No.  11<>9. 

2763  Nondadyu  egi  GaSuah.    Dosyowah  Ganok'dayah,  Tgais'dani'yout, 
Nisah  24th,  1845    Donation  Hymn.     (Seneca  Mission,  January  24th, 
1845.)  ABC. 

No  title-page.  1  sheet.  8°.     In  Seneca  and  English. 

2764  Noosoluph  Vocabularies,  (Noosoluph,  or  Upper  Chihalis,  and  Kwi- 
naiutl  dialects). 

Manuscript.  11  pp.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 


NICAX — NORTON.  541 

2765  Nordhoff  (Charles).  California:  f  for  |  Health,  Pleasure,  and  Eesi- 
dehce.  |  A  book  for  travellers  and  settlers.  |  By  Charles  Nord 
hoff,  |  Author  of  "Cape  Cod  and  all  along  Shore,"  &c.,  &c.  | 

New  York :  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers,  |  Franklin  Square.  | 
1872.  |  0. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  11-255.  8°. 

Indians  names  of  places  in  the  Yosemite  Valley,  with  English  significations, 
p.  75. 

2706  California  |  for  |  Health,  Pleasure,   and  Residence  |  A 

Book  for  travellers  and  settlers  |  New  Edition,  thoroughly  Be- 
vised  |  giving  |  detailed  accounts  of  the  culture  of  the  wine  and 
raisin  grape  |  the  orange,  lemon,  olive,  and  other  semi-tropical 
fruits  |  colony  settlements,   methods  of  irrigation,   etc.  |  By  | 
Charles  Nordhoff  |  With  maps  and  numerous  illustrations  | 

New  York  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers  |  1882  |  c. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  9-206.  8°.  Indian  names  of  places  in  the  Yosemite  Valley,  with 
English  significations,  p.  58. 

2767  Norman  (Benjamin  Moore).    Eambles  in  Yucatan;  |  or,  |  Notes 
of  Travel  through  the  Peninsula,    |  including  |  a  visit  to  the 
remarkable  Euins  |  of  |  Chi-chen,  Kabah,Zayi,  and  Uxmal.  |  With 
numerous  illustrations.  |  By  B.  M.  Norman.  | 

New  York:  |  J.  &  H.  G.  Langley,  57  Chatham  Street.  |  Philadel 
phia:  Thomas,  Cowperth wait,  &  Co.  |  New  Orleans:  Norman,  Steel, 
&  Co.  |  MDCCCXLIII  [1843].  |  B.  c.  WE. 

Engraved  title  1  1., printed  title  1  l.,pp.  3-304.  "Second  edition"  and  "Third 
edition  "  similar  in  all  respects  to  above  except  the  addition  of  the  quoted  words. 
Fourth  edition, N.  Y.,  1844;  Seventh  edition,  N.  Y.,  1849.  8°.  map. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Maya,  p.  68. 

Chapter  xiv.  Remarks  on  American  Languages  in  general — Conflicting  Opin 
ions  of  Philologists — Religious  Zeal  a  Stimulus  that  has  produced  the  Grammars 
and  Vocabularies  of  the  American  Languages — Sketch  of  the  Grammar  of  the 
Maya  Tongue — Concluding  Observations  respecting  its  Origin,  pp.  236-251. 

A  brief  Maya  Vocabulary,  pp.  255-263. 

Rafinesque  (C.  S.)  Ancient  Languages  of  the  First  Inhabitants  of  America, 
pp.  29^-^96. 

2768  Norris  (Philetus  W.)    The  |  Calumet  of  the  Cotean,  |  and  other  | 
poetical  legends  of  the  border.  |  Also,  |  a  glossary  of  Indian  names, 
words,   and  |  western  provincialisms.  |  Together  with  |  a  guide 
book  1  of  the  |  Yellowstone  National  Park.  |  By  P.  W.  Norris,  | 
five  years  Superintendent  of  the  Yellowstone  National  Park.  |  All 
rights  reserved.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.  |  1883.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  3-275.  sm.8°. 

Glossary  of  "Indian  words"  and  "provincialisms,"  pp.  223-233,  contains 
Dakota,  Ojibwa,  Paul,  Chinook,  Nootka,  Chinook  Jargon,  Kickapoo,  and  Sho- 
shone  terms. 

2769  [Norton  (John).]    Ne  raowenna  |  Teyoninhokarawen  |  Shakona- 
donde  ne  rondaddegeushon  ne  |  rondadhawakshon  |  Eodinonght- 


542  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

[Norton  (John).] — continued. 

syoni  |  Tsiniyoderighwagennoni  ne  |  Raorighwadogenghte  |  ne 
ne  |  Sanctus  John.  |  Address  to  |  the  Six  nations;  |  recommending 
the  |  Gospel  of  Saint  John.  |  By  |  Teyouinhokarawen,  |  The  Trans 
lator. — London.  | 

London :  |  Printed  by  Phillips  and  Fardon,  George  Yard,  Lom 
bard  Street.  |  1805.  |  HU. 

Half  title : 

Nene  |  karighwiyoston  |  tsinihorighhoten  ne   |    Saint  John  | 
The  |  Gospel  |  according  to  |  Saint  John.  | 

London  :  |  Printed  for  the  |  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  | 
By  Phillipps  &  Fardon,  George  Yard,  Lombard  Street.  | 

Pp.  i,  ii-vii,  ii-vii,  1 1.,  pp.  1-125, 1-125  (double  numbers),  alternate  Mohawk  and 
English;  1 1.  Mohawk.  16°. 

2770  Nene  |  Karighyoston  |  tsinihorighhoten  ne  |  Saint  John.  | 

New -York:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Bible  Society.  |  D.  Fan- 

shaw,  Printer.  |  1818.  | 

Second  title: 

The  |  Gospel  |  according  to  |  Saint  John.  |  (In  the  Mohawk  Lan 
guage.)  |  [By  Tryoninhokaraven,  called  John  Norton,  a  Chief  of  the 
Six  Nations.] 

New  -York :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Bible  Society.  |  D.  Fan- 
shaw,  Printer.  |  1818.  |  c.  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-116, 1-116  (double  numbers),  alternate  Mohawk  and  English;  one  page 
corrigenda  in  Mohawk.  Mohawk  title  verso  of  1. 1 ;  English  title  recto  of  1. 2. 
HP. 

2771  Nene   |    Karighwiyoston    |   Tsinihorighhoten    ne   |   Saint 

John.  |  The  |  Gospel  |  according  to  |  Saint  John.  | 

London :  printed  for  the  |  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  | 
By  Phillips  &  Fardon,  George  Yard,  Lombard  Street.  |  [n.  d.J 

ABS.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-126, 1-126  (double  numbers),  alternate  pages  Mohawk  and  English.  16°. 
Trumbull  gives  this  the  date  of  1805;  Kohlers'  catalogue  puts  it  under  1804; 
Sabin,  [about  1805]  ;  and  Muller,  1820. 

2772  Notice  sur  les  mo3urs  et  contuuies  des  Indiens  Esquimaux  de  la 
baie  de  Baffiiis,  au  pole  arctique,  suivie  d'un  vocabulaire  esquimau- 
francais. 

Tours:  Mame.     1826.  * 

Pp.  24.  12°.    Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  22863. 

2773  Notices  |  of  |  East  Florida,  |  with  an  Account  |  of  the  |  Semiuole 
Nation  of  Indians.  |  By  a  Eecent  Traveller  in  the  Province.  | 

Charleston:  |  Printed  for  the  Author,  |  By  A.  E.  Miller,  4  Broad- 
Street.  |  1822.  j  BP. 
Pp.  1-106.  16°. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Seminole  language,  pp.  97-105. 


NORTON — NOUVELLES.  543 

2774  Noticia  Brebe  de  los  vocables  mas  usuales  de  la  Lengua  Cacchi- 
quel. 

Manuscript.  92  11.  4C.     Title  from  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

2775  Nott  (Josiah  Clark)  and  Gliddon  (George  Robins).    Indigenous 
Kaces  |  of  |  the  Earth;  |  or,  |  New  Chapters  of  Ethnological  En 
quiry;  |  including  |  monographs  on  special  departments  of  Philol 
ogy,  Iconography,  |  Cranioscopy,  Palaeontology,  Pathology,  Ar 
ch  seology,  Com-  |  parative  Geography,  and  Natural  History:  |  con 
tributed  by  |  Alfred  Maury,  |  Bibliothe'caire  [&c.,  seven  lines],  | 
Francis  Pulszky,  |  of  Lubocz  and  Cselfalva,   |  Fellow  [&c.,  six 
lines],  |  and  J.  Aitken  Meigs,  M.  D.,  |  Professor  of  [&c.,  seven 
lines],  J  (With  Communications  from  Prof.  Jos.  Leidy,  M.  D.,  and 
Prof.  L.  Agassiz,  LL.  D.)  |  presenting  fresh  |  investigations,  docu 
ments,  and  materials;  |  by  |  J.C.  Nott,  M.  D.,  |  Mobile,  Alabama,  | 
and  Geo.  R.  Gliddon,  |  Formerly  U.  S.  Consul  at  Cairo,  |  Authors 
of  "Types  of  Mankind."  | 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.  |  London:  Triibner  &Co.  | 
1857.  |  c.  BA.  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xxiv,  25-656.  4°. 
Maury  (Alfred).     On  the  distribution  and  classification  of  tongues,  pp.  25-86. 

2776  Nouvelle  Bretague.     Vicariat  Apostoliqne  d'Athabaska  et  Mac 
kenzie.  * 

In  Annalea  de  la  Propag.  de  la  Foi,  vol.  43,  pp.  457-478.  Paris,  1871.  8°.  Title 
from  Mr.  W.  Eauies. 

Con'ains  remarks  on  the  Esquimaux  and  Cris  languages. 

2777  Nouvelles  Annales  |  des  Voyages,  |  de  la  Geographic  |  et  de  1'His- 
toire,  |  ou  [  recueil  |  Des  relations  originates  in^dites,   communi- 
que"es  par  |  des   voyagenrs  fran§ais  et  etrangers ;  |  Des  voyages 
nouveaux,  traduits  de  toutes  les  langues  |  europe"enues;  |  Et  des 
meinoires  historiques  sur  1'origine,  la  laugue,  les  |  mosurs  et  les 
arts  des  peuples,  aiusi  que  sur  les  pro-  |  ductions  et  le  commerce 
des  pays  jusqu'ici  peu  ou  mal  |  connus;  |  Accompagnees  d'un  bulle 
tin  ou  1'ou  anuonce  toutes  les  decouvertes,  recherches  et  entreprises 
qui  tendeut  |  a  acce!6rer  les  progres  des  sciences  historiques,  et  | 
specialement  de  la  geographic.  |  Avec  des  cartes  et  planches,  | 
gravies  en  taille-douce,  |  publiees  par  |  MM.  J.  B.  Eyries  et  Malte- 
Brun.  |  Tome  Premier  [-208].  | 

Paris,  |  Librairie  de  Gide  Fils,  |  Rue  Saint-Marc-Feydeau,  No. 
16.  |  1819  [-1870].  |  c.  BA. 

208  vols.  8°.     This  work  has  been  published  in  series  as  follows : 

First  series,  1819-1826, 30  vols. ;  Second  series,  1827-1833, 30  vols. ;  Third  series, 
1834-1839, 24  vols. ;  Fourth  series,  1840-1844, 20  vols. ;  Fifth  series,  1845-1854, 40 
vols. ;  Sixth  series,  1855-1865, 44  vols. ;  Seventh  series,  1866-1870, 20  vols. 

The  volumes  are  not  numbered  consecutively,  each  year  haviug  its  own  series, 
usually  1-4. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (C.  E. )  Notes  d'nn  voyage  dans  I'Amerique  centrale, 
1855,  vol.  3,  pp.  129-158. 


544  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Nouvelles — continued. 

Quelques  traces  d'une  Emigration  de  1'Europe  septentrionale  en  Am<5- 

rique,  1858,  vol.  4,  pp.  261-292. 

Camargo  (D.  M.)  Histoire  de  la  Re'publique  de  Tlaxcallan,  1843,  vol. 2, pp. 
129-204;  vol.  3,  pp.  129-197. 

Gallatin  (A.)  Sur  1'ancienne  civilisation  du  Nouveau  Mexique,  1851,  vol.  3, 
pp.  237-311. 

Pages  (P.)    Voyage  en  Californie,  1844,  vol.  l,pp.  145-182,311-347. 

[Lowe  (F.)]  Les  lies  Almontes  et  leurs  habitans,  1849,  vol.  2,  pp.  66-82 ;  vol. 
4,  pp.  112-148. 

Squier  (E.  G.)  Lettre  a  propos  de  la  lettre  de  M.  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg, 
1855,  vol.  4,  pp.  273-285. 

Les  Indiens  Xicaques  du  Honduras,  1858,  vol.  4,  pp.  133-136. 

Ternaux-Compans  (H.)  Vocabulaire  des  principales  langues  du  Mexiqne, 
1840,  vol.  4,  pp.  5-37 ;  1841,  vol.  4,  pp.  257-287. 

Tezozomoc  (A. )  Histoire  du  Mexique,  1844,  vol.  2,  pp.  5-93, 129-160, 257-291 ; 
1844,  vol.  3,  pp.  5-29;  vol.  4,  pp.  5-64,  129-178,  257-281;  1845,  vol.  3,  pp.  300-311; 
1846,  vol.  3,  pp.  329-345 ;  vol.  4,  pp.  98-109, 172-209 ;  1847,  vol.  1,  pp.  161-184 ;  vol. 
2,  pp.  184-206;  vol.  4,  pp.  308-320;  1848,  vol.  1,  pp.  168-185;  vol.  2,  pp.  204-221; 
vol.  3,  pp.  2/5-292 ;  vol.  4,  pp.  148-1(50 ;  1849,  vol.  1,  pp.  286-304. 

TTrrtia  (J.  A. )  Nouvelles  d^convertes  d'antiqnit^s  moDumentales  dans 
I'Ame'rique  centrale,  1857,  vol.  1,  pp.  175-186. 

Venjaminov  (I.)    Langues  de  1'Anie'rique  Russe,  1850,  vol.  1,  pp.  359-364. 

Wrangell  ( — ).  Observations  sur  les  habitants  des  cotes  nord-ouest  de  I'Aine'- 
rique,  1853,  vol.  1,  pp.  195-221. 

2778  Nukakpiak  pernertok  saniarsimarsok.  |  [Picture.] 

[Druct  von  J.  F.  Steinkopf,  in  Stuttgart.]  |  1849.  |  ATS. 

1  p.  I., pp.  1-8.  16°.     Tract  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Labrador. 

2779  Nukakpiarkaek,  Gudemik  okau-  |  seeniglo  assaeniktuk.  |  [Picture  of 
Bible.] 

[Druct  von  J.  F.  Steinkopf  in  Stuttgart.]  |  1851.  |  ATS. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-7.  16°.     Tract  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Labrador. 

2780  Nukapiak  angerarviksab  uelliuuiugane.  |  [Picture.] 

[Druct  von  J.  F.  Steiukopf  in  Stuttgart,]  |  1849.  |  ATS. 

1  p.  l.,pp.  1-8.  16°.     Tract  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Labrador. 

2781  Numipuaiu  |  Shapahitamanash  |  Timash.   |  Ma  hiwasli  naks  ka 
watu  timash  hisukuatipaswisha.  | 

Lapwai.    1840.  |  ABC. 

Pp.  1-52.  sq.  16°.     Primer  in  the  Nez  Perces  language. 

2782  Nunalerutit.    Nungme  sanat,  1858.  * 

60  pp.  8°.     Geography  in  Eskimo. — Rink. 

2783  Nunez  (JTr.  Joan).     Algunas  cossas  curiossas  en  lengua  Chapaneca 
siicsidiis  de  pposito  p"  doctrina  de  los  yn08  y  pa  q.  los  p68  que  de- 
prenden  esta  lengua  se  aprovechen  dellas  por  no  aver  en  ella  nada 
escrito.     Los  padres  perdouen  y  Ruan  el  buen  desseo  qne  tuhd  qeu 
lo  trauajo  por  servirles  y  aprouechar  las  almas  destos  pobres.        * 

Manuscript.  5411.  4°.  Signed  in  the  margin,  Fr.  Joan  Nunez.  It  is  a  series  of 
homilies  01  sermons,  and  is  unique  of  its  kind,  since,  as  the  author  says,  nothing 
had  been  written  for  the  instruction  of  the  natives  in  the  Chiapaneque. — J3ras- 
seur  de  Sourbourg. 


NOUVELLES O'CALLAGHAN.  545 

Nunez  (Ft-.  Joan) — continued. 

2784  -       —  Sermones  de  Doctrina  en  lengua  Chapaueca  compuestos 
por  el  R.  P.  Fr.  Joan  Nunez,  domiuico,  recogidos  en  la  familia  del 
Sr.  D.  Esteban  Nucamendi,  gobernador  que  fue  de  Acala.  * 

Manuscript.  80  11.,  many  of  which  are  injured.  4C.     Title  from  Brasseur  de 
Bourbourg. 

2785  Nnttall  (Thomas).    A  |  Journal  |  of  |  Travels  |  into  the  |  Arkan- 
sa  Territory,  |  during  the  year  |  1819.  |  With  occasional  observa 
tions  on  the  manners  of  the  |  Aborigines.  |  Illustrated  by  a  map 
and  other  engravings.  |  By  Thomas  Nuttall,  F.  L.  S.  |  Honorary 
member  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  and  of  |  the  Acad 
emy  of  Natural  Sciences,  &c.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  and  published  by  Thos.  H.  Palmer.  | 
1821.  |  c.  BA. 

Pp.  i-xiv,  9-296.  8°.  map.     A  few  words  in  the  Natchez  language  (from  Du 
Pratz),  p.  2?  1,  foot-note. 

2786  Nuwheb.  kukwadhnd  Jesus  Christ  |  vih  kwnnduk  nirzi  |  Matthew, 
Mark,   Luke,   John  |  ha  rsiotitinyokhai  kirre  |  kwitinyithutluth 
kwikit.  |  John   Rsiotitipyoo  vih  etunetle  |  tig  ha  |  Tukudh  tsha 
zit  |  thleteteitazya.  | 

London,  |  1874.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-267.  12°.    The  Four  Gospels,  and  epistles  of  John,  in  the  Tukudh  language. 


2787  Ober  (Frederick  A.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Carib;  Islands  of  Domi 
nica  and  St.  Vincent. 

.Manuscript.  1011.  folio.  211  words.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2788  O'Brian  (Mr.)    A  Vocabulary  of  Fort  Simpson  Dog-Rib,  by  Mr. 
O'Brian,  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company. 

In  Richardson  (Sir  J.)    Arctic  Searching  Expedition,  vol.  2,  p.  398.  London, 
1851.  8°. 

2789  Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  a  tribe  dwelling  near  the 

sources  of  the  River  of  the  Mountains,  and  known  to  the  voyagers 
by  the  name  of  "Mauvais  Monde,"  and  of  the  Dog-rib  dialect, 
drawn  up  by  Mr.  O'Brian,  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  service. 

In  Richardson  (Sir  J. )    Arctic  Searching  Expedition,  vol.  2,  pp.  399-400.  Lon 
don,  1851.  8°. 

2790  O'Callaghan  (Edmund  Bailey).     The  |  Documentary  History  |  of 
the  |  State  of  New- York;  |  arranged  under  direction  of  the  |  Hon. 
Christopher  Morgan,  |  Secretary  of  State.  |  [Vignette.]  |  By  E.  B. 
O'Callaghau,  M.  D.  |  Vol.  I  [-IV j.  | 

Albany:    |   Weed,    Parsons    &    Co.,   Public    Printers.   |    1849 
[-1851].  |  0 

4  vols.  8°. 

35  Bib 


546  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

O'Callaghan  (Edmund  Bailey) — continued. 

Johnson  (Sir  W.)  On  tho  Customs,  Manners,  and  Languages  of  the  Indians. 
Vol.  4,  pp.  430-437. 

Wassenaer  (C.)  Description  and  first  settlement  of  New  Netherland.  Vol. 
3,  pp.  27-48. 

2791  The  |  Documentary  History  |  of  the  |  State  of  New-York,  | 

arranged  under  direction  of  the  |  Hon.  Christopher  Morgan,  |  Sec 
retary  of  State.  |  [Vignette.]  |  By  E.  B.  O'Callaghan,  M.  D.  |  Vol 
ume  I  [-1VJ.  | 

Albany:  |  Weed,  Parsons  &  Co.,  Public  Printers.  |  1850  [1851].  |  c. 

4  vols.  4°. 

Johnson  (Sir  W.)  On  the  Customs,  Manners,  and  Languages  of  the  Indians. 
Vol.  4,  pp.  269-273. 

Wassenaer  (C.)  Description  and  first  settlement  of  New  Netherland.  Vol. 
3,  pp.  19-31. 

2792  ,  editor.    Documents  |  relative  to  the  |  Colonial  History  |  of 

the  State  of  New- York;  |  procured  in  |   Holland,  England   and 
France,  |  by  |  John  Eomeyn  Brodhead  Esq.,  |  Agent,  |  under  and 
by  virtue  of  An  Act  of  the  Legislature  [$c.  seven  lines]  Edited  by  | 
E.  B.  O'Callaghan,  M.  D.,  L.L.D.  |  With  a  General  Introduction  by 
the  Agent.  |  Vol.  I  [-XIIIJ.  | 

Albany:  |  Weed,  Parsons  and  Company,  Printers.  |  1856 
[-1881].  |  c.  BA.  JWP. 

13  vols.  4°.  The  eleventh  volume  of  this  work  (Albany,  1861)  is  a  "General 
Index"  to  the  preceding  ten  volumes.  Under  "Indian  Language"  Mr.  O'Calla 
ghan  has  brought  together,  pp.  282-284,  the  different  Algonkin,  Cherokee,  and 
Iroquois  terms  occurring  in  tho  work,  with  their  English  signification. 

2793  Occom  (Samson).    A  |  Sermon  |  at  the  Execution  of  |  Moses  Paul, 
an  Indian;  |  who  had  been  guilty  of  Murder,  |  Preached  at  New 
Haven  in  America.  |  By  Samson  Occom,  |  A  native  Indian,  and 
Missionary  to  the  Indians,  who  was  in  England  |  in  1776  [sic  for 
1766]  and  1777,  [sic  for  1767]  collecting  for  the  Indian  Charity 
Schools.  |  To  which  is  added  |  A  Short  Account  of  the  |  Late  Spread 
of  the  Gospel,  |  among  the  Indians.  |  Also  |  Observations  on  the 
Language  of  the  |  Muhhekaneew  Indians;  |  Communicated  to  the 
Connecticut  Society  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  |  By  Jonathan  Edwards, 
D.D.  | 

New  Haven,  Connecticut:  Printed  1788.  |  London:  Reprinted, 
1788,  and  Sold  by  Buckland,  -  -  -  .  * 

Pp.  24, 16.  8°.  Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary.  In  the  second  edition,  London, 
1789  (see  next  title ;  also  No.  1135  of  this  catalogue),  the  dates  on  the  title-page 
are  correctly  given. 

2794  A  |  Sermon  |  at  the  Execution  of  |  Moses  Paul,  an  In 
dian  ;  |  Who  had  been  guilty  of  Murder,  |  Preached  at  New  Haven 
in  America.  |  By  Samson  Occom,  |  A  native  Indian,  and  Missionary 


O'CALLAGHAN OJIBUE.  547 

Occom  (Samsou) — continued. 

to  the  Indians,  who  was  in  England  |  in  1766  and  17C7,  collecting 
for  the  Indian  Charity  Schools.  |  To  which  is  added  |  a  Short  Ac 
count  of  the  |  late  Spread  of  the  Gospel,  |  among  the  Indians.  | 
Also  |  Observations  on  the  Language  of  the  |  Muhhekaneew  In 
dians;  |  communicated  to  the  |  Connecticut  Society  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  |  By  Jonathan  Edwards,  D.  D.  | 

New  Haven,  Connecticut :  Printed  1788.  |  London:  Printed,  1789, 
and  Sold  by  Bucklaud,  Pater-  |  noster-Bow;  Dilly,  Poultry;  Otridge, 
Strand;  J.  Lepard,  |  No.  91,  Newgate-street;  T.  Pitcher,  No.  44 
Barbican;  Brown,  |  on  the  Tolzey  Bristol;  Binns,  at  Leeds;  and 
Woolmer,  at  Exeter.  |  c.  JOB. 

Pp.  i-iv,  5-24, 1-16.  8°.  The  final  16  pages  contain  Edwards'  Observations,  as 
in  title  No.  1134  of  this  catalogue,  and  note  thereto. 

.2795  Ocki  Aii  |  masinaiganikikinohamagan  |  ou  |  Nouveau  Syllabaire 
Algonquin.  |  [Design.] 

Moniang  [Montreal] :  |  Takwabikickote  endatc  John  Lovell.  | 
1873.  |  JWP. 

Outside  printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-64.  16°.  Primer, prayers, hymns,  &c.,in  the 
Algonquin  language. 

2796  O'Ferrall  (Simon  Ansley).  A  |  Eamble  |  of  |  six  thousand  miles  | 
through  |  the  United   States  |  of  |  America.  |  By  |  S.  A.  Ferrall, 
Esq.  |  [Design.] 

London:  |  Published  by  Effingham  Wilson,  |  Eoyal  Exchange.  | 
1832.  |  C.  BA. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-360.  8°. 

Fac-simile  of  the  first  two  paragraphs  of  the  leading  article  in  the  "  Cherokee 
Phoenix"  of  July  31, 1830,  faces  title-page. 

Ogilvie  (Rev.  John). 
See  Andrews  (W.),  Barclay  (H.), and  Ogilvie  (J.) 

2797  Ojibue.    O-jib-ue  |  Spelling  Book,  |  designed  |  for  the  use  of  |  Na 
tive  Learners.  | 

Utica:  |  Printed  by  G.  Tracy.  |  1833.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-72.  18°.     For  earlier  editions,  see  Bingham  (A. )  and  O-jip-ue. 

2798  O-jib-ue  |  Spelling  Book,  |  Designed  for  the  use  of  |  Native 

Learners.  |  Second  Edition,  |  Corrected  and  Enlarged. 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners 
for  |  Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  and  Brewster.  |  1835.  |  JWP.LSH. 
Pp.  1-107.  12°. 

2799  Ojibue  |  Spelling  Book.  |  [Part  I.] 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners 
for  |  Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1846.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-C4.  sq.  18°. 


548  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Ojibue — continued. 

2800  Ojibue  |  Spelling  Book.  |  Part  II.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners 
for  |  Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1846.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-96.   sq.  18°.     See  Bingham  (A.),  and  O-jip-ue. 
guistics. 

2801  Ojibway  Mnzzeniegun.  |  The  |  Catechism  |  of  the  |  Church  of  En 
gland;  |  written  in  the  |  Ojibwa(orChippewa)  Language.  | 

Toronto:  |  Printed  by  Robert  Stanton.  |  1834.  |  JWP.  LSH. 

Pp.l-lH.  12°. 

2802  O-jip-ue  |  Spelling  Book.  | 

Colophon  : 

Utica:  |  William  Williams,  Book  Printer,  60  Genesee  Street.  | 
1832.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-12.  12°.  Entirely  the  Ojipue  language.  For  earlier  edition,  see  Bing 
ham  (A.) ;  for  later  ones,  see  Ojibue. 

2803  Oka  homi  ishko  shahli  nan  isht  im  achukma  kvt  ilvppak  |  oke.  | 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-8.  16°.  Reward  of  drunkenness,  in  the  Choctaw  lan 
guage.  ATS. 

2804  Okalautsit  attoraksat  kattimajunut  Sontagine,  piluartomik  katti- 
mavingmit  apsimanerme.  * 

2  parts,  271  pp.  8°.  Sermons  and  addresses.  Title  from  Greenland  mission 
ary,  through  Prof.  Rink. 

2805  Okautsit  |  Testamentitokame  agleksimarsut  illeit.  |          ATS.  JWP. 

No  title-page,  1  p.  1., pp.  1-8.  18°.  Bible  stories  in  the  Eskimo  language  of 
Greenland. 

2806  Okikinoadi-Mezinaigan.  |  i.  e.  Spelling  and  Eeading  Book  in  the 
Chippeway  language ;  |  Containing  Scripture  Histories  of  the  Old 
and  New  Testament  |  with  an  addition  of  a  few  Hymns.  | 

Detroit :  |  Daily  Tribune  Book  and  Job  Print.  |  No.  34  Woodward 
Avenue,  |  1852.  JHT. 

Pp.  1-144.  16°.    See  James  (E.)  for  Chippewa  Speller  and  Reader  of  1832. 

2807  Okpernermik  mallinguinganiglo.  |  [Picture.]  ATS.  JWP. 

No  title-page.  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  16°.  Bible  stories  in  the  Eskimo  language  of 
Labrador. 

2808  Old  Records  from  New  Jersey. 

In  Am.  Hist.  Record,  vol.  1,  pp.  308-311.    Philadelphia,  1872.  4°. 

Contains  207  words  and  phrases  in  the  language  of  the  New  Jersey  Indians, 
with  English  definitions.  The  original  manuscript,  "Indian  Interpreter,  1684," 
is  preserved  in  the  Salem  Records,  Liber  B,  in  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of  State, 
at  Trenton,  N.  J. 


OJIBUE — OLEARIUS.  549 

2809  Olearius  (Adam).  Vermehrte  |  Newe  Beschreibung  |  der  |  Musco- 
witischen  und  Persisclien  |  Beyse  |  so  durch  gelegenheit  einer 
Holsteinischen  Gesandschafft  an  |  den  Eussischen  Zaar  und  Konig 
in  Persien  geschehen.  |  Worinnen  die  Gelegenheit  derer  Orter  und 
Lander/  durch  |  welche  die  lleyse  gangen/  als  Liffland/  Bussland/ 
Tartarien  /  Meden  und  |  Persieu/  sampt  dero  Einwohner  Natur/ 
Leben/  Sitteu/  Hans=Welt=und  Geistlichen  |  Stand  mit  fleiss  anff- 
gezeichnet/  und  mit  vielen  meist  nach  dem  Leben  |  gestelleten 
Figuren  gezieret/  zu  befluden.  |  Welche  |  zuin  andern  malil  heraus 
gibt  |  Adam  Olearius  Ascanius/  der  Fiirstlichen  Eegierenden  | 
Herrschafl't  zu  Schleswig  Holstein  Bibliothecarius  und  Hoff  Mathe- 
maticus.  |  [Design.]  |  Mit  Bom:  Kayserl.  Mayest.  Privilegio  nicht 
nachzudrucken. | 

Schleswig/  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Fiirstl.  Druckerey/  durch  Johan 
Holwein/  |  Im  Jahr  MDCLVI  [1656].  |  BP. 

19  p.  11.,  pp.  1-778, 17  11.  folio,  maps,  plates.    Engraved  title  recto  1. 1. 

Greenlandish  vocabulary,  106  words,  p.  171. 

2810 Eelation  |  dv  |  Voyage  |  d'Adam  Olearivs  |  en  Moscovie, 

Tartarie  |  et  Perse.  |  Avgmentee  en  cette  uovvelle  Edition  |  de  plus 
d'vn  tiers,  &  particulierement  d'vne  seconde  Partie  |  contenant  le 
Voyage  de  |  lean  Albert  de  Mandelslo  |  avx  Indes  Orientales.  | 
Traduit  de  1'Allemand  par  A.  de  Wicqvefort,  [  Eesident  de  Bran- 
debourg.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  |  [Device.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  lean  dv  Pvis,  rue  Saint  lacques,  a  la  Couronne 
d'or.  |  M.  DC.  LIX  [1659].  |  Avec  privilege  dv  Eoy.  |  BA. 

2  vols.  4°.  maps,  plates.  Greenlandish  vocabulary,  106  words,  vol.  1,  pp.  133- 
134. 

2811  The  |  Voyages  &  Travels  |  of  the  |  Ambassadors  |  from 

the  |  Duke  of  Holstein,  to  the  Great  Duke  |  of  Muscovy,  and  the 
King  of  Persia.  |  Begun  in  the  year  M.  DC.  XXXIII  and  flnish'd 
in  M.  DC.  XXXIX.  |  Containing  a  compleat  History  of  |  Muscovy, 
Tartary,  |  Persia,  |  And  other  adjacent  Countries,  |  with  several 
Public  Transactions  reaching  neer  [sic]  the  Present  Times;  |  In 
Seven  Books.  |  Illustrated  with  diverse  accurate  Mapps  and  Fig 
ures.  |  By  Adam  Olearius,  Secretary  of  the  Embassy.  |  Eendered 
into  English,  by  John  Davies  of  Kid  welly.  |  [Design.] 

London  |  Printed  for  Thomas  Dring,  and  John  Starkey,  and  are 
to  be  sold  at  their  Shops,  at  the  George  |  in  Fleet-street,  near  Clif- 
ford's-Inu,  and  the  Mitre,  between  the  Middle-Temple-Gate  |  and 
Temple  Barr.  M.  DC.  LXII  [1662].  j  HU. 

12  p.  11.,  pp.  1-424.  folio.  Frontispiece,  maps,  plates.  Greenlandish  vocabulary, 
pp.  71-72.  Maudelslo's  Voyages  are  appended  with  separate  title,  same  imprint, 
pp.  1-187,511. 

2812  The  |  Voyages  and  Travels  |  of  the  |  Ambassadors  |  Sent 

by  Frederick  Duke  of  Holstein,  |  to  the  Great  Duke  of  Muscovy, 
and  the  King  of  Persia.  |  Begun  in  the  year  M.  DC.  XXXIII.  and 


550  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Olearius  (Adam) — continued. 

finish'd  in  M.  DC.  XXXIX.  |  Containing  a  Coinpleat  |  History  | 
of  |  Muscovy,  Tartary,  Persia.  |  And  other  adjacent  Countries,  j 
With  several  Public  Transactions  reaching  near  the  Present 
Times;  |  In  VII.  Books.  |  —  |  Whereto  are  added  |  The  Travels  of 
John  Albert  de  Mandelslo,  |  (a  Gentleman  belonging  to  the  Em- 
bassay)  from  Persia,  into  the  |  East-Indies.  |  Containing  |  A  par 
ticular  Description  of  Indosthan,  the  Mogul's  Empire,  the  |  Oriental 
Hands,  Japan,  China,  &c.  and  the  Revo-  |  lutions  which  happened 
in  those  Countries,  within  these  few  years.  |  In  III.  Books.  |  The 
whole  Work  illustrated  with  divers  accurate  Mapps,  and  Fig 
ures.  |  —  |  Written  originally  by  Adam  Olearius,  Secretary  to  the 
Embassy.  |  —  |  Faithfully  rendred  into  English,  by  John  Davies 
of  Kidwelly.  |  —  |  The  Second  Edition  Corrected.  |  —  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  John  Starkey,  and  Thomas  Basset,  at  the 
Mitre  near  Temple-Barr,  and  at  the  George  near  |  St.  Dunstans 
Church  in  Fleet-street.  1669.  |  * 

10  p.  11.,  pp.  1-316.  Mandelslo's  Travels  are  appended  with  separate  title,  3  p. 
11., pp.  1-232,5  11.  folio.  Greenlandisk  vocabulary,  pp.  53-54.  Title  from  Mr.  W. 
Eames  from  copy  in  the  Astor  Library. 

2813  Relation  |  du  |  Voyage  |  d'Adam  Olearius  |  en  Moscovie,  | 

Tartarie,  |  et  Perse,  |  Augmented  en  cette  nouvelle  Edition  |  de 
plus  d'un  tiers,  &  particulierement  d'une  seconde  Partie;  |  conte- 
nant  le  voyage  de  |  lean  Albert  de  Mandelslo  |  aux  Indes  Orien- 
tales.  |  Traduit  de  1'Allemand  par  A.  de  Wicqvefort,  |  Resident  de 
Brandebourg.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  |  Seconde  edition.  |  [De 
vice] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Antoine  Dezallier,  rue  Saint  Jacques,  |  a  la  Cou- 
ronne  d'or.  |  M.  DC.  LXXIX  [1679]  |  Avec  privilege  du  Roy.  |  BA. 
2  VO!H.  4°.  maps.     Greenlandish  vocabulary,  106  words,  vol.  1,  pp.  133-134. 

2814  Voyages  |  tres  curieux  &  tres  renommez,  |  faits  en  |  Mos 
covie,  |  Tartarie,  et  Perse,  |  par  |  le  Sr.  Adam  Olearius,  |  Bibliothe- 
caire  du  Due  de  Holstein,  &  Mathematicien  de  sa  Cour.  |  Dans 
lesquels  on  trouve  uue  Description  curieuse  &  la  Situation  |  exacte 
des  Pays  &  Etats,  par-ou  il  a  passe",  tels  que  sont  la  |  Livonie,  la 
Moscovie,  la  Tartarie,  la  Medie,  &  la  Perse;  |  Et  ou  il  est  parle"  du 
Naturel,  des  Manieres  de  vivre,  des  Moeurs,  &  des  Coutumes  |  de 
leurs  Habitans ;  du  Gouvernement  Politique  &  Ecclesiastique ;  des 
Raretez  |  qui  se  trouvent  dans  ce  Pays;  &  des  Ceremonies  qui  s'y 
observent.  |  Traduits  de  POrigiual  &  angmentez  |  par  le  Sr.  De 
Wicquefort.  |  Conseiller  aux  Conseils  d'Estat  &  Prive"  du  Due  de 
Brunswic  &  Lunebourg  Zell  &c.  |  Auteur  de  1'Ambassadeur  &  de 
ses  fonctions.  |  Divisez  en  deux  parties.  |  Nouvelle  Edition  revue 
&  corrige"e  exactement,  augmented  considerableuient,  tant  |  dans 
les  corps  de  1'Ouvrage,  que  dans  les  Marginales,  &  surpassaut  en 
bont4  |  &  en  beaute"  les  precedeutes  Editions.  |  A  quoi  on  a  joint 


OLEARIUS OLMOS.  551 

Olearius  (Adam) — continued. 

des  Cartes  Geographiques,  des  Bepre"sentations  des  Villes,  & 
autres  |  Tailles-douces  tres  belles  &  tres  exactes.  |  Tome  Premier 
[Second].  |  [Design] 

A  Leide,  |  Chez  Pierre  Vander  Aa,  Marchand  Libraire,  |  Impri- 
meur  ordinaire  de  1'Universite"  &  de  la  Ville,  demeurant  dans  1' Aca 
demic.  |  Chez  qui  I'oii  trouve  toutes  sortes  de  Livres  curieux,  comme 
aussi  de  Cartes  Geographiques,  des  Villes,  |  tant  en  plan  qu'en 
profll,  des  Portraits  des  Hommes  Illustres,  &  autres  Tailles-douces.  | 
MDCCXVIIII  [1719].  |  Avec  Privilege.  |  A- 

2  vols.  folio,  maps,  plates.     Greenlandish  vocabulary,  vol.  1,  columns  187-188. 

2815  Voyages  |  Tres-curieux  &  tres-renommez  |  faits  en  |  Mos- 

covie,  |  Tartarie  et  Perse,  |  par  le  Sr.  |  Adam  Olearius,  |  Bibliothe- 
caire  du  Due  de  Holstein,  &  Mathematicien  de  sa  Cour.  |  Dans 
lesquels  on  trouve  une  Description  curieuse  &  la  Situation  exacte 
des  |  Pays  &  Etats,  par  ou  il  a  passe",  tels  que  sont  la  Livonie,  |  la 
Moscovie,  la  Tartarie,  la  Medie,  &  la  Perse ;  |  et  ou  il  est  parle"  du 
Naturel,  des  Manieres  de  vivre,  des  Mosurs,  &  des  Coutumes  de  | 
leurs  Habitans ;  du  Gouvernement  Politique  &  Ecclesiastique,  des 
Earetez  qui  |  se  trouvent  dans  ce  Pays ;  &  des  Ceremonies  qui  s'y 
observent.  |  Traduits  de  1'Original  &  Augmentez  |  par  le  Sr.  De 
Wicquefort,  |  Conseiller  aux  Conseils  d'Etat  &  Priv6  du  Due  de 
Brunswick  &  Lunebourg,  Zell,  &c.  |  Auteur  de  1'Ambassadeur  &  de 
ses  Fonctions  |  Divisez  en  Deux  Parties.  |  Nouvelle  Edition  revue 
&  corrige'e  exactement,  augmented  considerablement,  tant  dans  le 
Corps  de  |  1'Ouvrage,  que  dans  les  Marginales,  &  surpassant  en 
bont6  &  eu  beaute"  les  |  pr6cedeutes  Editions.  |  A  quoi  on  a  joint 
des  Cartes  Geographiques,  des  Eepresentations  des  Villes,  &  autres 
Taille-douces   |   tres-belles  &  tres-exactes.   |   Tome  Premier  [Se 
cond].  |  [Design.] 

A  Amsterdam,  |  Chez  Michael  Charles  Le  Ce"ne,  Libraire,  |  Chez 
qni  1'on  trouve  un  assortiment  general  de  Musique.  |  MDCCXXVII 
[1727].  |  Avec  Privilege.  |  c.  BP. 

2  vols.  folio,  maps,  plates.  No  page  numbering ;  columns,  two  on  a  page, 
numbered.  Greenland  vocabulary,  about  100  words,  vol.  1,  columns  187-188. 

I  have  also  seen  mention  of  the  following  editions.  In  German :  Sleswig, 
1647;  +1663; +1669; +1671.  Hamburg,  1690.  Dutch :  Amsterdam,  1691.  An 
Italian  edition,  Viterbo,  1658,  contains  no  linguistics. 

2816  Olifiano  (P.  Olin  u).    Arte  en  lengua  Pima  6  Nevome.  * 

Title  from  Pimentel. 

Olmedo  y  Torre  (D.  Antonio  de). 
See  Gastelu  (Antonio  Vasqnez). 

2817  Olmos  (Fr.  Andres  de).    Arte  de  la  Lengua  Mexicans. 

Mexico  1555.  ' 


552  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Olmos  (Fr.  Andres  de) — continued. 

This  work  is  dedicated,  in  Latin  letter  very  chaste  and  very  learned,  to  the 
Bishop  of  Tlaxcalla,  D.  Fr.  Martin  de  Hojacastro,  he  being  Comisario-General  of 
New  Spain.  Torquemada  recommends  the  work  for  learning  this  idiom,  and  for 
teaching  it  to  others. 

There  is  in  the  library  of  the  Santa  Iglesea  of  Toledo  a  manuscript  of  the  Arte 
y  Vocabulario  Megicauos  of  P.  Olmos,  and  the  original  was  seen  by  Sr.  Eguiara 
in  the  pueblo  of  Tlanepantla.  Betancur  asserts  that  the  works  in  Huasteca  are 
preserved  in  Ozolvama,  a  town  in  Tampico.  I  have  seen  the  greater  number  of 
the  works  in  Mexican  in  the  library  of  the  College  of  San  Gregory  in  Mexico.— 
Beristain. 

2818  Grammaire  |  de  |  la  Langue  Nahuatl  |  ou  Mexicaine,  |  com- 

pose'e,  en  1547,  |  par  le  Franciscaiu  Andre"  de  Olmos,  |  et  |  publi6e 
avec  notes,  6claircissements,  etc.  |  Par  K6mi  Sime'on.  |  [Design.] 

Paris.  |  Imprimerie  Rationale,  j  M  UCGCLXXVflSToJ.  |  BP.  YC. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xv,  1-274.  8°.  Introduction,  pp.  xiii-xv;  Epistola  Nvncvpatoria, 
p.  3;  Prologo  al  Lector,  p.  7 ;  Primera  parte,  p.  13;  Segvnda  parte,  p.  68 ;  Tercera 
parte,  p.  171 ;  Indice,  p.  265 ;  Table,  p.  267. 

"The  above  work  is  printed  from  two  manuscripts, one  in  the  Bibliothfeque 
Nationale,  the  other  belonging  to  us.  This  last  is  now  in  the  valuable  collection 
of  M.  Pinart.  See  my  former  catalogue,  No.  1097."— Leclero,  1878,  No.  2330. 

From  statements  made  by  the  author  in  the  several  manuscripts  of  the  Arte 
made  by  him,  it  is  doubtful  whether  it  was  printed  in  1055  as  stated  by  Beristain 
and  his  predecessors.  There  are  four  of  these  manuscripts  known  to  exist:  one 
in  the  possession  of  M.  Aubin,  of  Paris;  a  second  belonging  to  M.  Alph.  Pinart 
and  described  in  the  Leclerc  Catalogue  of  1878,  No.  2330;  a  third  in  the  Biblio- 
thequo  Nationale  at  Paris;  and  a  fourth  formerly  belonging  to  the  late  Seuor 
Ramirez,  now  in  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco,  where  I  have  seen  it.  In 
the  sale  catalogue  of  his  books  the  statement  is  made  that  Sr.  Ramirez  con 
sidered  the  copy  belonging  to  M.  Aubin  as  the  oldest,  the  next  in  date  that  in 
the  National  Library,  and  the  most  modern  his  own.  The  latter  two  are  very 
fully  described  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  (Apuntes,  No.  88,  and  additions  and  corrections 
thereto)  and  their  differences  pointed  out.  From  this  description  I  take  the  fol 
lowing : 

"That  this  Arte  (or  another  by  the  same  author)  was  printed  in  Mexico  in  the 
year  1555, 1  have  always  doubted,  and  now  doubt  the  more,  in  that  in  this  manu 
script  of  1563  nothing  is  said  of  its  having  been  printed  eight  years  before, 
although  the  author  gives  a  history  of  the  book.  Certain  it  is  that  no  one  claims 
to  have  seen  the  edition  of  1555,  and  the  opinion  favorable  to  its  existence  is  sup 
ported,  so  far  as  I  know,  by  but  one  passage,  not  very  clear,  in  the  additions  to 
the  Biblioteca  Uuiversa  Franciscana  of  Fr.  Juan  de  San  Antonio. 

"  Still  less  do  I  believe  in  the  existence  of  the  Arte  y  Vocabulario  de  Las  Len- 
guas  Mexicana,  Totonaca  y  Huasteca,  which,  it  is  asserted,  was  printed  in  Mexico, 
1560, 2  vols.  4°."  See  No.  2819  of  this  catalogue. 

2819  Gramatica  et  Lexicon  Linguae  Mexicauae,  Totonaquae  et 

Huastecae. 
Mexico,  15GO.  * 

2vols.  4°.  TiUefroinClavtgero.  Vater  gives  the  dates  1555, 1560.  TheMith- 
ridates,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  p.  !)'2,  gives  the  title  also,  and  adds :  Ciuri  Catechismo,  Evan- 
geliis,  Epistolisque  Mexicanice.  Mexico,  1560,  2  vols.  4°.  Neither  Beristain, 
Brunet,  Rich,  nor  Ternaux-Compans  mentions  this  work.  It  probably  never  was 
printed. 


OLMOS— O'MEARA.  553 

Olmos  (.FV.  Andres  de) — contiuued. 

2820  Vocabulario  Mexicano. 

2821  Tratado  de  los  Pecados  Capitales,  en  Megicano. 

2822  Tratado  de  los  Santos  Sacramentos,  en  Megicano. 

2823  Tratado  de  los  Sacrilegios,  en  Megicano. 

2824  Arte  y  Vocabulario  de  la  lengua  Totonaco. 

2825  Arte,  Vocabulario,  Catecismo,  Confesonario  y  Sermones 

Huaxtecos. 

Titles  from  Beristain,  who  says:  In  addition  to  these  works,  which  are  given 
by  Torquemada  and  Betancur,  and  several  of  which  I  have  seen  in  the  libraries 
of  Mexico,  Leon  Pinelo  adds : 

2826  Tratado  de  las  Antiquedades  Megicauos. 

On  pp.  v-vi  of  the  Grammaire  of  1875  the  following  list  of  his  works  is  given : 

En  langue  Nahuatl.  En  langue  Suaxteque. 

1.  Arte  de  la  lengua  Mexicana.  9.  Arte  de  la  lengua  guaxteca. 

2.  Vocabulario.  10.  Vocabulario. 

3.  El  jnicio  final.  11-  Doctrina  Christiana. 

4.  Platicas  que  los  senores  Mexicanos  12.  Confessionario. 

hacian  a  sus  hijos.  13.  Sennones. 

5.  Libro  de  los  siete  sermones. 

6.  Tratado  de  los  siete  pecados  mor-  En  langue  Totonaque. 

tales  y  sus  hijos. 

7.  Tratado  de  los  sacrainentos.  14.  Arte  de  la  lengua  Totonaca. 

8.  Tratado  de  los  sacrilegios.  15.  Vocabulario. 

Sobron,  p.  37,  says  the  Grama'tica  megicana,  the  Vocabulario  megicano  espa- 
Hol,  the  Arte  and  Vocabulario  totonaca,  and  the  Arte  and  Vocabulario  guaxteca 
were  printed  in  Mexico.  In  addition  to  the  works  given  above  by  various  au 
thorities,  Sobroii  gives  the  following:  Doctrina  cristiana  in  Totonaca,  in  Mexi 
can,  and  in  Tepehna;  Vocabulario  in  Tepehua;  and  Confesonario  in  Mexican. 

Father  Andres  de  Olmos  was  born  near  Ona,  in  the  district  of  Burgos,  but 
having  been  brought  up  at  Olmos,  took  the  name  of  that  place.  He  entered  the 
Franciscan  order  at  Valladolid,  and  went  to  Mexico  in  1528  with  'Bishop  Zumar- 
raga.  Ho  soon  was  a  complete  master  of  the  Mexican,  Totonac,  Tepeguau,  and 
Huasteca  languages.  After  a  life  of  labor  and  holiness,  he  died  at  Tampicane, 
near  Panuco,  on  the  8th  October,  1571.— Shea. 

2827  Omajibiigeuinvnau  John.  |  The  |  Epistles  of  John.  |  In  the  |  Ojibwa 
Language.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1840.  |     BA.  JWP.  LSH. 
Pp.  1-30.  12°. 

2828  O'Mfeara]  (Rev.  Frederick  A.)     [Review  of]  Historical  and  Statis 
tical  Information  respecting  the  History  and  Prospects  of  the  Indian 
Tribes  of  the  United  States.    Collected  and  prepared  under  the  di 
rection  of  the  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs.     Vols.  I  and  II. 

In  Canadian  last.,  Proc.,  new  series,  vol.  3,  pp.  437-451.     Toronto,  1858.  8°. 
Criticism  of  Schoolcraft's  linguistics,  with  examples. 


554  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2829  O'Meara  (Rev.  James  D.)    Ewh  |  Oomenwabjemoowin  |  owh  Ta- 
wanemenung  |  Jesus  Christ,  |  kahenahjemoowand  egewb   newin 
manwabjemoqjig  |  owb  St.  Matthew  owh  St.  Mark  owb  St.  Luke  | 
kuhya  owh   St.  John.  |  Keahnekuhuootuhbeegahdag  |  Anwawand 
egewh  Ahneshenahbag  Ojibwag  aniudjig.  |  Keenahkoonegewaud 
kuhya  ketebahahmahgawaud  |  egewh  mahyabmahwejegajig  |  Soci 
ety  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  ewede  London  Anduh- 
zhetahwaud.  | 

Toronto :  |  Printed  by  A.  F.  Plees,  No.  7  King  Street.  |  1850.  |     * 

Literal  translation:  That  |  His-good-tidings  |  that-one  Our-Lord  [very  literally, 
"that-one-who-owns-us"]  |  Jesus  Christ,  |  as-they-have-told-the-story  those  four 
who-relate-good-tidings  |  that-one  St.  Matthew  that-one  St.  Mark  that-one  St. 
Luke  |  and  that-one  St.  John.  |  Translated-and-written-iuto  |  as-the-manner-of- 
their  language-is  those  Indians  Chippewas  who-are-called.  |  As-they-have-deter- 
mined-that-it-should-be-done  and  have-paid-for-it  |  those  who-are-associated-to- 
gether-iu-doiug-  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  there  London 
where-they-work.  | 

338  pp.  8°.  The  four  gospels  in  Chippewa  translated  by  Rev.  Dr.  O'Meara. — 
CPCallagltan. 

2830  Ewh  I  Oowahweendahmahgawin  |  owh  Tabanemenung  | 

Jesus   Christ,  |  keabneknhnootuhbeegahdag  |  anwamand  egewh 
Ahneshenabbag  Ojibway  anindjig.  |  Keenahkoonegawaud  kuhya 
ketebahahmahgawaud  |  egewh  mahyahmaliwejegajig  |  Society  for 
promoting  Christian    Knowledge,  |  ewede  London  anduhzhetah- 
waud.  | 

Toronto :  |  Henry  Rowsell,  King  Street.  |  1854.  |  WE.  JWP. 

Literal  translation:  That  |  His-promise-which-He  makes  |  that-one  Our-Lord 
[very  literally,  "that-one-who-owns-us"]  |  Jesus  Christ,  |  translated-into-and- 
written  |  as-their-language-is  those  Indians  Chippewas  who-are-called.  |  As-they- 
have-determined-that-it-should-be-done  [very  literally,  "as  they  have  passed  a 
law  that  it  should  be  done"]  and  have-paid-for-it  |  those  who-are-associated-to- 
gether-in-work  |  Society-for  promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  there  London 
where-they-work.  | 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-766.  12°.    New  Testament  in  the  Ojibwa  language. 

2831  Oowahweendahmahgawin  |  owh    tabanemenung  |  Jesus 

Christ,  |  keahnekuhnootuhbeegahdag  |  anwamand  egewh  Ahneshe 
nahbag  Ojibwag  auiudjig.  |  Keenahkoonegawaud  Kuhya  Keteba 
hahmahgawaud  |  egewh    mahyahmahwejegajig  |  Society   for    pro 
moting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  ewede  London  anduhzhetahwaud.  | 

Toronto:  |  Bell  &  Co.,  13  Adelaide  Street  East.  |  1874.  |        JWP. 

Literal  translation:  His-promise-that-he-makes  |  that-one  Our-Lord  |  Jesus 
Christ,  |  translated-into-and-written  |  as-their-language-is  those  Indians  Chippe 
was  who-are-called.  |  As-they-have-determined-that-it-shonld-be-done  [very  lit 
erally,  "  as-they-have-passed-a-law-that-it-shonld-be-done  "]  and  have-paid-for- 
it  |  those  who-are-associated-together-in-doing  |  Society  for  promoting  Christian 
Knowledge,  |  there  London  where-they-work.  | 

Pp.  1-771.  12°.    New  Testament  in  the  Ojibwa  language. 

2832  Shahguhnahshe  |  Ahnuhmeahwine  Muzzeneegun,  |  Ojib 
wag  anwawaud  Azheiihnekenootah-  |  beegahdag.  | 


O'MEARA.  555 

O'Meara  (Rev  James  D.) — continued. 

Toronto:  |  Printed  by  Henry  Eowsell,  |  for  the  Venerable  Society 
for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  London.  |  MDCCCLIII 
[1853].  |  JWP. 

Literal  translation:  English  |  prayer  book,  |  the-Chippewasas-their-language- 
is  so-translated-and-put-  |  in-writing.  | 

Pp.  1-272,  i-ccclvi.  12°.  English  prayer-book  translated  into  the  language  of 
the  Ojibwas.  Administration  of  the  sacraments,  &c.,  pp.  i-cxx;  psalms,  pp. 
cxxi-cccxxv ;  hymns,  pp.  cccxxvii-ccclvi. 

2833  Shahguhnahshe  |  Ahnuhmeahwine  Muzzeueegun.  |  Ojib 
wag  anwawaud  azheiihnekenootah-  |  beegahdag.  |  (The  Benedicite 
Omnia  Opera  and  Athanasian  Creed  are  omitted  |  for  reasons  stated 
herein.)  |  [Seal.] 

London:  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge;  |  North 
umberland  Avenue,  Charing  Cross.  |  WE. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-643.  12°.  In  the  Ojibwa  language.  Book  of  common  prayer, 
pp.  1-270 ;  administration  of  the  sacraments,  etc.,  pp.  270-392 ;  psalms,  pp.  392-601 ; 
hymns,  pp.  603-643. 

2834  Oodahnuhmeahwine  |  Nuhguhmoowinun   owh  David.  | 

Ojibwag  Anwawaud  |  azheiihnekenootahbeegahdagin.  | 

Toronto :  |  Printed  by  H.  Eowsell  |  for  the  Upper  Canada  Bible 
Society.  |  1856.  |  * 

Literal  translation:  His-religion  |  songs  that  David.  |  The-Chippewas  as-their- 
language-is  |  so-translated-and-put-in-writing.  | 

.     1  p.  l.,pp.l-204.  12°.     Songs  of  David,  in  the  Ojibwa  language.     Translated 
by  the  Rev.  Dr.  O'Meara.— Km.  J.  A.  ailfillan. 

2835  Ewh  |  Kechetwah-Muzzeneegun.  |  Nahnun  muzzeneegu- 

nun  |  Moses    kahoozhebeiihmoowahjin  |  keahnekuhnootuhbeegah- 
dag  anwawaud  |  egewh  Ahnishuahbag  Ojibwag  |  anindjig.  |  Kee- 
nahkoonegawaud   kuhya  ketebahahmahgiiwaud  egewh   mahyah- 
mah-  |  wejegajig  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  | 
ewede  London  anduzhetahwaud.  | 

Toronto:  |  Printed    by  Lovell    and   Gib'son,  Yonge  Street.  | 
1861.  |  JWP. 

Literal  translation :  That  |  Sacred-Book.  |  Five  books  |  Moses  which-he- 
wrote  |  as-it-has-been-translated-iuto-aud-written  as-their-language-is  |  those 
Indians  Chippewas  |  who-are-called.  |  They-having-determined-that-it-should- 
be-done and have-paid-for-it  those  who-are-associated-together-  |  in-work  |  Soci 
ety  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  there  London  where-they-work.  | 

Pp.  3-587.  8°.     The  Five  Books  of  Moses  in  the  Ojibwa  language. 

2836  and  Jacobs  (Rev.  Peter).    Nuhguhmoowinun,  |  Kanubguh- 

moowahjin  |  egewh  |  Ahnishenahbag  Ojibwag   |    anindjig.   |  Kah- 
ahnekuhnootuhbeuhmoowahjin  egewh  |  makuhdawekoonuhyag,  | 
Eev.  Dr.  O'Meara,  |  kuhya  |  Eev.  Peter  Jacobs.  | 

Toronto :  |  Printed    by   Lovell    and   Gibson    Yonge    Street.  | 
1861.  I 


556  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

O'Meara  (Rev.  James  D.)  and  Jacobs  (Rev.  Peter) — continued. 

Literal  translation :  Songs  [or  hymns],  |  which-they -will-sing  |  those  |  In 
dians  Chippewas  |  who-aro-called.  |  \Vhich-they-have-translated-and-written 
those  |  clergymen,  |  Rev.  Dr.  O'Meara,  |  and  |  Rev.  Peter  Jacobs.  | 

Pp.  1-94.  32°.     Hymn-book  in  the  Ojibwa  language.    No  English  hymns. 

2837  [ ,  Gilfillan  (Rev.  Joseph  Alexander),  Beaulieu  (Paul),  Warren 

(Truman  A.),  and  Bellair  (Francois).]   Mizi  Anamiawinun  |  Anainie. 
Muzinaigun   |  Wejibweuissing  |  Wejibwemodjig  |  tchi   abadjito- 
wad.  | 

Published  |  by  the  |  Indian  Commission  |  of  the  |  Protestant 
Episcopal  Church,  |  New  York.  |  1875.  |  BE.  JWP.  LSH. 

Literal  translation:  Common  Prayers  |  Prayer-Book  |  in-the-Chippewa- 
tongue  |  those-who-speak-Chippewa  |  to  use.  | 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-101.  sq.  24°.  Ojibwa  mission  service  used  at  the  Indian  Church 
of  St.  Columba,  White  Earth,  Minn.  Revised  from  Dr.  O'Mearn's  Book  of  Com 
mon  Prayer,  by  Rev.  J.  A.  Gilfillan  with  the  aid  of  three  half-breed's.  Mr.  Gil 
fillan,  in  a  letter  to  the  compiler, says :  "Being  only  a  revision  of  a  translation 
of  one  whose  mother  tongue  was  not  Ojibway,  it  is  not  purely  idiomatic." 

I  am  indebted  to  the  Rev.  J.  A.  Gilfillan  for  the  above  English  translations  of 
Ojibwa  titles. 

2838  [Oiaa&keia&t  (Chief  Joseph).]    The  Holy  Gospels.  |  Translated  from 
the  authorized  English  version  |  into  the  Iroquois  Indian  dialect, 
under  the  |  supervision  of  the  Montreal  Auxiliary  |  to  the  British 
and  Foreign  Bible  |  Society.  | 

Printed  by  John  Lovell  &  Son,  for  the  British  |  and  Foreign 
Bible  Society.  |  Montreal.  |  1880.  | 

Second  title : 

Neh  |  Nase  tsi  Shok8atak8en  |  ne  |  SonkSaianerlesos-Keristos.  | 
TsiniiottsitehoSennateniononitsi  roiahton  |  nesoseonasakenrat.  j 

Tri  teharistoraraksta  ne  John  Lovell,  teio-  |  teristorarakon,  neh 
rotikariakon  tsi  teka-  |  ristorarakon  ne  kaiatonseratokenti  |  tehon- 
reniatha  SkaniataratikoSa  |  oni  tiotiake  ratitiokSaien.  |  Tiotiake 
1880.  |  JWp. 

Pp.  1-324.  16°.     English  title  verso  1. 2  (p.  4) ;  Indian  title  recto  1. 3  (p.  5). 

2839  TeieriwakwattaOnkwe-onweneha  |  tsini  ionststa  tsi  iakot-  | 

kennison  oni  |  akohnonskonsson,  niakoianere.  |  [Four  lines  quota 
tion.]  |  Sose  Onasakenrat.  | 

Montreal:  |  "Witness"  Printing  House,  33  &  35  Bonaventure 
Street.  |  1880  |  JWP. 

Outside  title  (with date  1881),  reverse  blank,  1 1.,  pp.  1-46.  12°.  Hymns  in  the 
Iroquois  language. 

He  translated,  from  the  English,  the  New  Testament  and  Moody  and  Sankey's 
Hymns,  and  at  the  time  of  his  death  was  engaged  in  translating  the  remainder 
of  the  Bible  into  Iroquois.—  y.  Y.  Herald,  February  9, 1881. 

One  thing  needful. 
See  Swiss. 


O'MEARA — ORDENACION.  557 

2840  [Oppert  (Gustav).J     On  the  Classification  of  Languages.    A  Con 
tribution  to  Comparative  Philology.     [By  Dr.  Gustav  Oppert.]     C. 

In  Madras  Journal  of  Literature  and  Science  for  the  year  1879,  pp.  1-137. 
London,  1879.  8°. 

In  addition  to  frequent  allusions  to  American  languages,  there  is,  on  pp.  110- 
112,  a  table  of  relationships  of  the  Dakota  nations,  Missouri  nations,  Upper  Mis 
souri  nations,  Gulf  nations,  Prairie  nations,  Selish  stem,  Arctic  family,  and,  on 
pp.  114-115,  of  the  Algonquin  family ;  taken,  with  few  exceptions,  from  Morgan's 
Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity. 

2841  Oracion  Dominical  en  las  lenguas  Cahita,  Teguima  y  Opata.          * 

7  11.  4°.  The  same  in  Mazahua,  with  an  interesting  letter  of  the  Curate  of 
Atlacomulco  to  the  Archhishop  of  Mexico,  August  29,  1857,  on  the  actual  state 
of  that  language. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat.,  No.  160. 

2842  Oraciones  en  el  Idioma  Chocho.  .    * 

Manuscript,  xvii  cent.  10  11.  Extremely  rare  and  interesting.  We  know  of 
no  other  work,  either  printed  or  in  manuscript,  in  this  American  dialect.  Dr. 
Cullen  has  published  a  vocabulary. — Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  1850. 

2843  Oratio  Dominica  in  CCL  Liuguas  Versa    .... 

Romae:  Typographia  S.  C.  Propoganda  Fide.     1870.  * 

4°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  57438,  note. 

See  Auer  (A.);  [Bodoni  (G.  B.)];  Chamberlayn  (J.);  [Krausen  (J.  U.) 
and  Wagner  (J.  Ch.)];  Marcel  (J.  J.);  [Mottus  (B.)];  [Mttller  (A.)]. 

2844  Orbigny  (Alcide  Desallines  d').    Voyage  |  dans  |  l'Ame~rique  Me"- 
ridionale  |  (Le  Bre"sil,  la  Bepublique  Orientale  de  1'Uruguay,  la 
Bepublique  |  Argentine,  la  Patagonie,  la  Bepublique  du  Chili,  la 
Eepublique  de  Bolivia,  |  la  Eepublique  du  Perou),  |  execute  pendant 
les  anne~es  1826,  1827, 1828,  1829,  1830,  1831,  1832  et  1833,  |  par  | 
Alcide  d'Orbigny,  |  Chevalier  [&c.,  two  lines].  |  Ouvrage  dedi6  au 
Boi,  |  et  publie  sous  les  auspices  de  M.  le  Ministre  de  PInstruction 
publique  ]  (commence  sons  M.  Guizot).  |  Tome  Premier  [-STeuvifeme].  | 

Paris,  j  Chez  Pitois-Levrault  et  C.e,  Libraires-Editcurs,  |  Eue  de 
la  Harpe,  N.°  81;  |  Strasbourg,  |  Chez  V.e  Levrault,  Kue  des  Juifs, 
N.°  33.  |  1835  [-1847J.  |  C.  BP. 

9  vols.  4°.  Vol.  4,  L'Homme  Ame'ricain  (de  1'Ame'rique  meridionale),  contains, 
p.  79,  a  few  words  of  Delaware,  Pottawatameh,  and  Pennsylvanien. 

2845  L'Homme  Ame'ricain  |  (de  l'Am<mque  Mdridionale),  |  con- 
side^  |  sous  ses  rapports  physiologiques  et  moraux;  |  par  |  Alcide 
d'Orbigny,  |  chevalier  [&c.,  four  lines].    Tome  Premier  [Second].  | 

Paris:  |  Chez  Pitois-Levrault  etC.e,  Li braires-4diteurs,|  Euedela 
Harpe,  N.°  81;  |  Strasbourg,  Chez  F.  G.  Levrault,  rue  des  Juifs, 
N.°  33.  |  1839.  |  A.  BP. 

2  vols.  8°.  and  atlas  4°.  A  few  words  of  Delaware,  Pottawatameh,  Pennsyl 
vanien,  and  Galibi,  vol.  1,  p.  162;  Carib  vocabulary  (17  words)  and  numerals 
(1-10),  vol.  2,  pp.  274, 291 ;  Galibi  and  Carib  vocabulary,  vol.  2,  p.  276. 

2846  Ordenacion  de  Mexico  ciudad.  |  B. 

Manuscript.  25 11.  4°.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco.  An  ordinance 
of  the  cabildo  of  the  city  of  Mexico,  in  the  Mexican  language;  in  55 paragraphs, 
beginning  "Inic  1,"  "Inic  2,"  &c.  Corners  and  edges  of  the  manuscript  mnch 
worn.  Dated  in  1629;  signed  by  some  of  the  city  officials. 


558  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2847  Ordenancas  de  su  mag.*  |  B. 

Manuscript.  5  11.  4°.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco.  Ordinances 
of  the  king  of  Spain,  in  the  Mexican  language.  Illuminated  capital  letter  at 
beginning  of  first  paragraph.  Clearly  written,  in  handwriting  of  middle  of  16th 
century. 

2848  Ordonez  (Fr.  Diego).     Doctrina  dogmatica  en  Lengua  de  Guate 
mala.  * 

Manuscript.  1  vol. 

2849  Exhortaciones    8obre   la   Penitencia   y  Comunion  en  la 

misina  lengua.  * 

Manuscript.  1  vol. 

2850  Sermones  panegericos  y  morales  en  la  misma.  * 

Manuscript.  2  vols.    Titles  from  Beristain. 

2851  O'Reilly  (Bernard).    Greenland,  |  the  |  Adjacent  Seas,  |  and  |  The 
North  -West  Passage  |  to  the  |  Pacific  Ocean,  |  illustrated  in  a  voy 
age  to  Davis's  Strait,  |  during  the  summer  of  1817.  |  With  charts 
and  numerous  plates,  j  from  drawings  of  the  author  taken  on  the 
spot.  |  By  |  Bernard  O'Reilly,  Esq.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Baldwin,  Cradock,  and  Joy,  |  47  Pater 
noster-Row.  |  1818.  |  c.  HU. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-293.  4°.  maps,  plates. 

Remarks  on  the  language  of  Greenland,  pp.  60-C1,  83-84 ;  "  Brief  list  of  words 
[27]  from  the  language  of  the  Greeulander,"  pp.  84-85. 

2852  Greenland,  |  the  |  Adjacent  Seas,  |  and  |  the  North-west 

Passage  |  to    the  |  Pacific   Ocean,  |  illustrated   in    a  |  Voyage    to 
Davis's  Strait,  |  During  the  Summer  of  1817.  |  By  Bernard  O'Reilly, 
Esq.  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  James  Eastburn   and  Co.  |  at  the 
literary    rooms,  Broadway.  |  Clayton   &  Kingsland,  Printers.  | 
1818.  c.  BA. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-251.  8°.  maps.     Linguistics,  pp.  73-74. 

2853  Original.     Original  |  and  |  Select  Hymns,  |  in  |  the  Shawanoe  Lan 
guage.  |  By  |  Missionaries  of  the  Amer.  Baptist  Board  |  of  Foreign 
Missions.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.]     Second  Edition.  | 

Shawauoe  Baptist  Mission  Press,  |  J.  G.  Pratt,  Printer.  |  1842.  | 

Second  title : 

Nikimowani  |  Siwinwike  Ealitowawice  |  wastowice  |  paptesewe 
mkitawkolieake,  |  chena  kotikike.  |  [Three  lines  quotation  in  Sha 
wanoe.] 

Ealimapeaskiki  |  lieipicemoti.  |  1842.  |  0. 

Pp.  1-48.  sq.  16°.    English  title  recto  of  1. 1 ;  Shawanoe  title  verso  of  1. 1. 

2854  Original  and  Select  |  Hymns,  |  in  the  Shawanoe  Lan 
guage.  |  Published  by  one  of  the  Missionaries  to  |  the  Shawanoe 
Indians.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.]    Fourth  Edition.  | 

St.  Louis :  |  Printed  at  the  Methodist  Book  Depository.  |  1859.  | 


ORDENAN9AS OROZCO.  559 

Original — continued. 

Second  title : 

,  Nikimowani  |  siwinwike  ealitowawice,  |  wastowice  |  paptesewe 
mkitawkolieake,  |  chena  kotikike.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

Ealimapeaskiki.  |  Lieipicemoti.  |  1859.  | 

Pp.  1-48.  16°.  English  title  recto  1. 1 ;  Shawanoe  title  verso  1. 2.  Title  from 
copy  in  possession  of  a  delegate  of  the  Shawanoes  visiting  Washington. 

2855  Oronhyatekha.    The  Mohawk  Language.    By  Oronhyatekha. 

In  Canadian  Inst.,  Proc.,  new  series,  vol.  10,  pp.  182-194.     Toronto,  1865.  8°. 
Graminatic  notices,  numerals  1-150,  and  a  few  words  of  the  Mohawk,  Oneida, 
Onoudaga,  Cayuga,  Tuscarora,  and  Delaware. 

2656  The  Mohawk  Language.    By  Oronhyatekha,  of  the  Mo 
hawk  Nation. 

In  Canadian  Inst.,  Proc.,  new  series,  vol.  15,  pp.  1-12.    Toronto,  1878.  8°. 
Reprint  of  the  article  which  appeared  in  vol.  10  of  same  journal. 

2857  Oroz  (Fr.  Pedro).    Gramatica  de  la  Lengua  Otomi  mas  correcta  y 
aumentada  que  la  de  Fr.  Pedro  Palacios.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

2858 Sermones  en  Lengua  Megicana  para  todos  los  Domingos 

y  Festividades  del  ano.  * 

Manuscripts  in  many  libraries  of  America.  Pinelo  says  that  these  sermons 
were  translated  from  those  written  in  Portugal  by  Fr.  Felipe  Diaz.  They  are 
different,  however,  and  original. — Beristain. 


See  Palacios  (Fr.  Pedro). 

2859  Orozco  y  Berra  (Manuel).  Geografia  de  las  Lenguas  |  y  |  Carta 
Etnografica  |  de  Mexico  |  precedidas  de  un  ensayo  de  clasiflcacion 
de  las  mismas  Lenguas  |  y  de  apuntes  para  las  inmigraciones  de 
las  tribus  |  por  el  lie.  |  Manuel  Orozco  y  Berra  |  [Five  lines  quota 
tion.]  Inter  folia  frvctvs  [in  a  picture]. 

Mexico  |  Imprenta  de  J.  M.  Andrade  y  F.  Escalante  |  ^Qle  de 
Tiburcio  Num.  19  |  1864.  |  B.  0.  BA.  BP. 

Pp.  i-xiv,  1-392.  royal  8°.  map. 

Primera  Parte.  Eusayo  de  clasificacion  de  las  lengnas  de  Mexico,  pp.  1-76, 
contains:  Chap.  1.  Ojeada  sobre  la  carta  etnograiica  *  *  *,pp.  3-8;  Chap. 2.  Los 
nah6as. — Diferencia  establecida  entre  el  nah6a  y  el  mexicano  *  *  *,  pp.  8-15; 
Chap.  3.  Segunda  familia,  el  othoml  6  hia  hiu. — Etimologfa. — Sus  dialectos  *  *  *, 
pp.  16-18;  Chap.  4.  Familia  huaxteca — maya — quiche". — Los  cuextecas. — El  hu- 
axteco  y  SUB  dialectos  *  *  *,  pp.  18-25 ;  Chap.  5.  Familia  mixteca — Zapoteca. — El 
mixiteco  y  sus  dialectos  »  *  *,  pp.  25-29 ;  Chap.  6.  El  matlaltziuca  *  *  *,  pp.  29-31 ; 
Chap.  7.  Familia  6pata — tarahumar — pima.  — El  6pata. — Sus  lenguas  hermanas 
*  *  "» PP-  32-40  i  Chap.  8.  Familia  apache  6  yavipai. — El  chemegue. — El  yuta. — El 
muca  oraive.— El  faraon.— El  llanero.— El  lipan,  pp.  40-41 ;  Chap.  9.  El  s^ii.— El 
upanguaima. — El  guaima.p.  42;  Chap.  10.  El  guaicura  y  sus  dialeetos. — El  co- 
chimi  y  los  suyos,  pp.  42-43 ;  Chap.  11.  Lengaas  sin  clasificacion. — El  zoque. — 
El  chiapaneco.— El  hnave  *  *  *,pp.  43-54  ;  Chap.  12.  Tabla  general  de  clasifica 
cion,  pp.  54-62 ;  Chap.  13.  Catalogo  general  de  los  nombres  de  las  lenguas  de 


560  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Orozco  y  Berra  (Manuel) — continued. 

Mexico,  pp.  62-66 ;  Chap.  14.    Lista  alfabe'tica  de  los  nombres  de  las  tribus  en 
Mexico,  pp.  67-76. 

Segunda  Parte.  Apuntes  para  las  inmigraciones  do  las  tribus  en  Mexico,  pp. 

77-152 ,  contains :  Chap.  5.     El  calendario  en  los  pneblos  de  filiation  tolteca,  etc. 
pp.  102-108. 

Tercera  Parte.  Geografia  de  las  lenguas  de  Mexico,  pp.  153-387. 

2860  El  Cuauhxicalli  de  Tizoc. 

In  Museo  Nacional  de  Mexico,  Anales,  vol.1,  pp.  3-39.     Mexico,  1877.  4°. 
Aztec  words  scattered  throughout. 

2861  Codice  Mendozino  Ensayo  de  descifracion  gerogliflca  por 

Manuel  Orozco  y  Berra. 

In  Museo  Nacional  de  Mexico,  Anales,  vol.  1,  pp.  120-186,  242-270,  289-339 ; 
vol.  4,  pp.  47-82, 128-130, 205-232.  Mexico,  1877, 1880.  4°. 

In  addition  to  a  number  of  Aztec  terms  scattered  throughout,  there  is,  on  pp 
258-270, an  account  of  the  numeral  system  spoken  and  written;  Cronologia, pp. 
289-306;  Intercalacion — Comparacion,  pp.  306-316;  Nuestro  Systema,  pp.  316- 
332 ;  El  Calendario  Astronomico,  pp.  332-339. 

2862 Doctrinas  en  Geroglificos. 

In  Museo  Nacional  de  Mexico,  Anales,  vol.  1,  pp.  202-216.     Mexico,  1877.  4°. 
Lord's  Prayer  iu  Nabuatl,  pp.  205-213. 

2863  Ortega  (P.  Joseph  de).     Doctrina  cristiana,  oraciones.  confesona- 
rio,  aite  y  vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Cora.  * 

Printed  at  the  expense  of  Illm6  Sr.  D.  Nicolas  Gomez  de  Cervantes,  Bishop  of 
Guadalajara,  1729. — Beristain. 

2864  Vocabulario  en  Lengua  Castellana,  y  Cora,  dispuesto  por 

el  P.  Joseph  de  Ortega,  de  la  Compaiiia  de  Jesus,  Missiouero  de  los 
Pueblos  del  Rio  de  Jesus,  Maria,  y  Joseph,  de  la  Provincia  de 
Senor  San  Joseph  del  Nayaerit  (sic)  y  visitador  de  la  mesina  Pro 
vincia.    Y  lo  dedica  al  111.010  Senor  Doctor  Don  Nicolas  Carlos  de 
Cervantes,  Dignissimo  Obispo,  que  fue  de  Guatemala,  y  aora  de  la 
Nueva-Galicia,  del  Consejo  de  su  Magestad.    Con  licencia. 

En  Mexico:  Por  los  Herederos  de  la  Viuda  de  Francisco  Rodri 
guez  Lupercio,  en  la  Puente  de  Palacio.  Afio  de  1732.  * 

9  p.  11.,  43  11.  4°.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  138. 

2865  Vocabulario  en  Lengua  Castellana  y  Cora  dispuesto  por  el 

Padre  Joseph  de  Ortega,  de  la  Compaiiia  de  Jesus,  [&c.] 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bel.,  tomo  8,  pp.  561-C02.    Mexico,  1860.  8°. 
Notas  por  Francisco  Pimentel,  pp.  603-605. 

2806  Ortiz  (Fr.  Francisco).    Arte  y  Gramatica  de  la  Lengua  Misteca,  y 

Catecismo  cristu  no  en  la  mistna,  dedicado  a  la  Provincia  del  SSrn6. 

Nombre  de  Jesus  del  Orden  de  S.  Agustin.  * 

Manuscript.     Seen  by  Eguiara  in  the  library  of  the  College  of  San  Pablo,  in 

Mexico. — Beristain. 


OKOZCO OVIEDO.  56 1 

2867  Osagiitiuin  Au  Jesus,  |  gibinibotauat  |  luiu  Mejiizhiuebiziuijin.  | 
In  the  |  Ojibwa  Language.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1840.  |  BA. 

Literal  translation  :  His-love  that  Jesus,  |  in-that-he-died-for  |  those  who-were- 
wicked.  | 

Pp.  1-21.  16°.     The  love  of  Jesus  in  coming  to  die  for  sinners. 

2868  Oshki  Nagumowin  |  nagamotiwik  Manito  |  Jesus  |  JHS  |  Maria 
Joseph  |  F. 

No  imprint.   Title,!  1., pp.  1-18.  16°.     In  the  Ojibwa  language.     Printed  at 
Wikwernikong,  Lake  Huron,  186T>,  by  the  Catholic  missionaries. 
Reverse  of  title,  a  prayer ;  prayers,  pp.  1-4  ;  hymns,  pp.  5-17. 

2869  Osorio  (F>:  Diego).    Arte  y  Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Megicana, 
preparados  para  las  preusas.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

Osunkhirhine  (Peter  Paul). 
See  Wzokhilain  (P.  P.) 

2870  Oviedo  y  Valdes   (Gonzalo  Fernandez  de).    Historia  |  General  y 
Natural  de  las  Jndias,  |  Islas  y  Tierra-firme  del  Mar  Oceano,  | 
por  |  el  Capiran  Gonzalo  Fernandez  de  Oviedo  y  Valdes,  |  primer 
Cronista  del  Nuevo  Mundo.  |  Publicala  la  Eeal  Academia  de  la  His 
toria,  |  cotejada  con  el  codice  original,  enriquecidti  con  las  eninien- 
das  y  adiciones  del  autor.  |  e"  ilustrada  con  la  vida  y  el  juicio  de  las 
obras  del  mismo  |  por  |  D.  Jose"  Amador  de  los  Eios,  |  Individuo 
[&c.,  one  line].    Prirnera  [-IVJ  Parte.  |  [Design.] 

Madrid.  |  Imprenta  de  la  Eeal  Academia  de  la  Historia.  |  A  cargo 
de  Jose  Rodriguez,  Calle  de  S.  Vicente  Baja,  Num.  74.  |  1851 
[-1855].  |  B.  o.  BA. 

4  vols.  4°. 

Voces  Americanas  empleadas  por  Oviedo,  vol.  4,  pp.  593-607.  Alphabetically 
arranged, and  contains  a  number  of  words  of  Nicaragua,  Nueva  EspaSa,etc. 

36  Bib 


562  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2871  Pacheco  (D.  Francisco).      Doctrine  Christiana  traducida  de  la 
lengua  Castellana  en  lengua  Zapoteca  Nexitza,  por  el  Licenciado 
D.  Francisco  Pacheco  de  Sylva,  Cura  Beneficiado  por  su  Magestad, 
del  Partido  de  Yahee  y  Taneche. 

Mexico,  1687. 

8°.  The  title-page  missing.  I  have  formed  the  title  by  collecting  the  data 
scattered  throughout  the  Approvals  and  Licenses.  The  last  are  of  May,  1687, 
In  which  year  the  book  must  have  been  printed  in  Mexico.  In  the  copy  which 
I  have  at  hand  there  are  only  27  preliminary  11.  remaining,  and  11. 1  to  135  ;  those 
at  the  end  being  missing.  It  is  a  translation  from  P.  Ripalda.— Icazbalcetds 
Apuntes,  No.  189. 

2872  Packard  (Robert  L.)    Terms  of  relationship  used  by  the  Navajo 
Indians. 

Manuscript.  4  11.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Col 
lected  at  the  Navajo  Reservation,  New  Mexico,  in  1881.  This  manuscript  has 
been  corrected  and  supplemented  by  Dr.  Washington  Matthews,  Fort  Wingate, 
N.  Mex. 

2873  Paez  (Fr.  Bernab6).    Keglas  para  aprender  con  facilidad  la  Lengua 
megicana. 

2874 Los  Quatros  Evangelios  puestos  y  explicados  en  Megicano.  * 

2875  M6todo  de  Confesion  Sacramental  en  Megicano.  * 

2876  El  Simbolo  de  S.  Atauasio  en  Megicano  con  Notas.  * 

Manuscripts.    Titles  from  Beristaiu. 

2877  Palacio  (Dr.  D.  Diego  Garcia  de).    Carta  |  dirijida  al  |  Eey  de 
Espaua,  |  por  el  |  Licenciado  Dr.  Don  |  Diego  Garcia  de  Palacio,  | 
Oydor  de  la  Eeal  Audiencia  de  Guatemala;  |  Aiio  1576.  |  Being 
a  Description  of  the  Ancient  Provinces  of  |  Guazacapau,  Izalco, 
Cuscatlau,  and  Chiquimula,  |  in  the  Audieucia  of  Guatemala:  | 
with  |  An  Account  of  the  Languages,  Custpms  and  Eeligion  |  of 
their  Aboriginal  Inhabitants,  and  a  |  Description  of  the  Euins  of 
Copan.  | 

[New  York:  Charles  B.  Norton.  I860.]  c.  BA.  WE. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-131.  era.  4°.  Forms  No.  1  of  Squier  (E.  G.)  Collection  of  Rare 
and  Original  Documents. 

Also  printed  in  "Coleccion  de  Documentos  Ine'ditos  relatives  al  Descubrimi- 
ento,  Conqnista  y  Colonizacion  de  las  Posesiones  Espaiiolas  en  America,"  vol.  6, 
pp.  5-40.  Madrid,  1866.  8°.  A  translation  into  German  by  Dr.  A.  von  Frantzius 
was  published  in  Berlin,  1873,  pp.  xv,  70.  8°.  A  French  translation  is  included  in 
Ternanx-Compans's  "  Recueil  de  Documents  et  Me'rnoires  originaux  sur  1'Histoire 
de  la  D6couverte  de  1'Ame'riqne."  Paris,  1840.  8°. 

2878  Palacios  (Fr.  Pedro).    Arte  de  la  lengua  Otomi.  * 
2879 Vocabulario  Megicano  y  Otomi.  * 

2880  Corono  de  Ntro.  Sr.  Jesucristo  en  Lengua  Otomi.  * 

Manuscripts.  8°.  In  the  library  of  the  College  of  Tlatelulco,  Mexico.  Fr.  Pedro 
Oroz  corrected  and  enlarged  the  Otomi  Grammar,  which  was  printed  many 
times. — Beristain. 


PACHECO — PALMER.  .563 

2881  Palafox  y  Mendoza  (Juan  de).    Manual  de  los  Sanetos  Sacramentoa 
corregido  por  Alvarez  de  Abreu. 

Madrid  1758.  * 

4°.     Pages  25-38  contain  the  office  of  the  Sacrament  of  Baptism  administered 

to  the  Indians,  in  the  Mexican  language.     Title  and  note  from  Sabin's  Dictionary, 

No.  58297. 

2882  Pallisser  (Capt.  John).     Exploration. — British  North  America,.  | 
The  |  Journals,  Detailed  Reports,  and  Observations  |  relative  to  j 
the  Exploration,  |  by  Captain  Paliiser,  |  of)  That  Portion  of  British 
North  America,  j  which,  |  in   Latitude,  lies  between  the  British 
Boundary  Line,  and  the  |  height  of  land  or  Watershed  of  the  North 
ern  |  or  Frozen  Ocean  respectively,  |  and  |  in  Longitude,  between 
the  western   shore  of  Lake  Superior  and  |  the  Pacific  Ocean,  | 
During  the  Years  1857,  1858,  1859,  and  1860.  |  Presented  to  both 
Houses  of  Parliament  by  command  of  Her  Majesty,  |  19th  May, 
1863.  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  George  Edward  Eyre  and  William  Spottis- 
woode,  |  Printers  to  the  Queen's  Most  Excellent  Majesty,  |  for  Her 
Majesty's  Stationery  Office.  |  1863.  |  [Arms.]  BA. 

Pp.  1-325.  folio. 

Denig  (E.  T.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Gros  Ventre,  pp.  207-208. 

Sullivan  (J.  W.)    Various  vocabularies  of  the  Northwest  Indians,  pp.  207-216. 

2883  Palma  (D.  Victoriauo).    Examen  critico  de  todos  los  catecismos 
publicados  en  lengua  Mexicana.  * 

Title  from  Pimentel. 

2884  Palmer  (Dr.  Edward).    Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  the  Pueblo 
of  Taowa. 

Manuscript.  2  11.  folio.  40  words.  „ 

28S5  Vocabulary  of  the  Pinaleuo  and  Arivaipa  Apache. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  4°.  200  words.  These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2886  Palmer  (Joel).  Journal  of  Travels  |  over  the  |  Eocky  Mountains,  | 
to  the  |  Mouth  of  the  Columbia  River;  |  made  during  the  years 
1845  and  1846:  |  containing  minute  descriptions  of  the  |  Valleys  of 
the  Willamette,  Umpqua,  and  Claruet ;  |  a  general  description  of  | 
Oregon  Territory;  |  its  inhabitants,  climate,  soil,  productions,  etc., 
etc.;  |  a  list  of  |  necessary  outfits  for  emigrants;  |  and  a  |  Table  of 
Distances  from  Camp  to  Camp  on  the  Route.  |  Also;  |  A  Letter 
from  the  Rev.  H.  H.  Spalding,  resident  Missionary,  for  the  last  ten 
years,  |  among  the  Nez  Perec"  Tribe  of  Indians,  on  the  Koos-koos- 
kee  River;  The  |  Organic  Laws  of  Oregon  Territory;  Tables  of 
about  300  words  of  the  Chinook  |  Jargon,  and  about  .00  Words  of 
the  Nez  Perc6  Language;  a  Description  of  |  Mount  Hood;  Inci 
dents  of  Travel,  &c.,  &c.  |  By  Joel  Palmer.  | 


564  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Palmer  (Joel) — continued. 

Cincinnati :  |  J.  A.  &  U.  P.  James,  Walnut  Street,  |  between 
Fourth  and  Fifth.  |  1847.  |  C. 

Pp.  i-iv,  9-1H9.  12°.     Issued  also  in  1852,  with  110  change  except  date  on  title —  IB  • 
page. 

Words  used  in  the  Chinook  Jargon,  pp.  147-151 ;  Chinook  mode  of  computing 
numbers,  p.  152;  words  used  in  the  Nez  Perce'  language,  pp.  152-156;  Nez  Perce' 
mode  of  computing  numbers,  p.  157. 

2887  Pandosy  (Rev.  Mie.  Cles.)    Grammar  |  and  |  Dictionary  |  of  the  | 
Yakama  Language.  |  By  |  Rev.  Mle.  C1".  Pandosy,  |  Oblate  of  Mary 
Immaculate.  |  Translated  by  George  Gibbs  and  J.  G.  Shea.  | 

New  York:  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1862.  |  C.  BA.  WE.JWP.    |6< 

Pp.  iii-viii,9-59.  8°.     "  Shea's  Library  of  American  Linguistics.  VI." 
Grammar  of  the  P'shwan-wa-pam,  Wala-wala,  Tairtla,  Roil-roil-pam,  and 
Palus  languages,  pp.  9-30;  specimens  of  the  Yakama  language  (Lord's  Prayer), 
p.  31 ;  peace  song,  composed  by  Father  Pandosy,  pp.  32-34 ;  dictionary,  pp.  35-59. 

2888  Pangua  (P.  Diego  Diaz).    Arte  de  la  LenguaChichimeca;  Diccio- 
nario  de  la  misma,  y  Catecismo  en  la  misma.  * 

Manuscripts.     Title  from  Beristaiu. 

2889  Pani.    Pani  Vocabulary;  Hueco  or  Waco  dialect. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  50  words. 

2890  Pani  Vocabulary ;  Kichai  dialect. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  30  words.  These  manuscripts  are  in  library  of  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2891  Paredes  (P.  Ignacio  de).    Catecismo  Mexicano,  |  Que  contiene 
todo  la  Doctrina  Christiana  con  todos  |  sus  Declaraciones :  en  que 
el  Ministro  de  Altnas  ha-  |  llara,  lo  que  a  estas  debe  ensenar:  y 
estas  hallaran  lo  |  que  para  salvarse,  deben  saber,  creer,  y  ob- 
servar.   |  Dispusolo  primeramente  en  Castellano   |   el  Padre  Ge- 
ronymo  Deripalda  |  de  la  CompaQia  de  Jesus.  |  Y  despues  para  la 
comun  utilidad  de  los  Indios ;  y  es- )  pecialmente  para  alguna  ayuda 
de  sus  zealosos  Minis-  |  tros,  clara,  geuuina,  y  literalmente  lo  tra- 
duxo  del  |  Castellano,  en  el  puro,  y  proprio  Jdioma  Mexicano  |  El 
Padre  Ignacio  de  Paredes  |  de  la  misma  Coinpauia  de  Jesus.  |  Y  le 
afladio  la  Doctrina  pequena  con  otras  cosas,  a  |  todos  utilissimas, 
para  la  vida  del  Christiano,  que  se  |  hallarau  en  el  Indice,  que  esta 
al  flu  de  esta  Obra.  |  Y  el  mismo,  no  menos  afectuoso,  que  reve- 
rente,  y  |  rendidq,  lo  dedica  |  Al  Ilmo  Senor  |  D.  D.  Manuel  Jo 
seph  |  Rubio,  y  Salinas,  |  Dignissiino  Arzobispo  de  esta  |  Diecesi 
de  Mexico,  del  Consejo  |  de  su  Magestad,  &c.  | 

Con  las  licencias  necessarias,  y  permisso  de  la  Con-  |  gregacion 
de  la  Anunciata  de  S.  Pedro,  y  S.  Pablo,  en  |  Mexico,  en  la  Im- 
prenta  de  la  Bibliotheca  Mexicana,  |  enfrente  de  San  Augustin. 
Afio  de  1758.  | 


PALMER — PAREDES  565 

Paredes  (P.  Ignacio  de) — continued. 

Mexican  title: 

Christianoyotl  |  Mexicanemachtiloni,  |  In  itech  onactica,  ihuan 
ontzauctica  in  Imelahualoca  |  ibuan  in  Icaquiztica  in  Izquitla- 
manth  nepapan  Teo  |  tlatolli,  ihuau  Teometachtilli ;  in  cemix- 
quich  in  Teo  |  tlaneltocani,  in  Christiano  Tlacatl  ci  huei  ina- 
bua  [  til  huei  imamal,  inic  cacicamatiz,  quichicalma  |  caneltocaz, 
ihuau  quitequipanoz,  inic  momaquixtiz.  |  Auh  yehuatlin  Temach- 
tilli  oquimachtopatecpanil  |  Caxtillancopa  in  Toteopixcatazin  Ye- 
huatziu  |  Padre  Geronymo  de  Eipalda  ]  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus.  | 
Auh  quiu£atepan  in  ireoh  oquimocopinili,  ihnan  ma-  |  cehualcopa 
Mexicatlatolcopa  ocuimocuepili  in  |  Toteopixcatatzin,  Yehuatzin  | 
Padre  Ignacio  de  Paredes,  |  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus.  |  Auh  gan- 
yeno  nican  iculiuhtoc  in  Tepiton  Teotlatolli  |  ihuan  in  oc  izquitla- 
mantli  quallachihualli,  in  itcol  |  huei  onmonequi  in  iyecnemiliz  in 
Christiano.  |  Aut  canno  yehuatzin  huei  tetla§otlaliztica,  Tema- 
huizti-  |  liliztica,  ihuan  nepechtequiliztica,  quimohuemmauilili  | 
in  Cenquizcamahuiztililont  Cenquizcaixtililoni,  in  hue  |  Teopix- 
catepachocatzuitli,  Yehuatzin  in  Mahuiztic  |  Tlatoani,  |  D.  D. 
Manuel  Joseph  Kubio,  |  y  Salinas,  |  Teoyotica  Ichcapixcatzintli, 
cayenca  huei  Tlacnopilhui-  |  ani  Arzobispo,  in  iz  Tlatocayopan, 
itocayocan  Mexi-  |  comoteyacanilia;  ihuan  §auyenoyuh  qui  in  itech 
om-  |  mohuitia  in  Tlatocanenonotzaloyan,  in  ompa  |  Castillan 
mantimani,  &c.  | 

In  nican  Mexico  omotepuzicuilo  in  Tepuztlacuiloloyan,  in  Ixpan 
S.  |  Augustin  mantimani,  ipan  ipin,  in  tichualtoca,  Xihuitl 
1758.  |  A.  JOB. 

17  p.  11.,  pp.  1-170,  Indice  1 1.  12°.  Spanish  title  rec*.ol.  1;  reverse,  quotations ; 
picture  of  St.  Francis  Xavier,  11.;  Mexican  title  recto  1.  3 ;  reverse,  coat  of  arms. 

2892  Promptuario  |  Manual  Mexicano.  |  Que  a  la  verdad  podra 

ser  utilissiino  a  los  Parrocbos  para  |  la  ensenanza;  a  los  necessita- 
dos  Indios  para  su  instruccion ;  |  y  a  los  que  aprenden  la  leugua 
para  la  expedicion.  |  Contiene  |  quarenta,  y  seis  Platicas  con  sus 
Exemplos,  y  morales  |  exhortaciones,  y  seis  Sermones  morales, 
acomodados  a  los  |  seis  Domingos  de  la  Quaresma.  |  Todo  lo  qual 
corresponde  a  los  cinquenta,  y  dos  Domingos  |  de  todo  el  aiio;  en 
que  se  suele  explicar  la  Doctriua  |  Christiana  &  los  feligreses.  |  En 
las  platicas  se  van  explicando,  uno  por  uno,  todos  los  puntos,  |  que 
todo  Christiano  debe  saber,  y  entender.  |  En  los  Sermones  se  trata 
de  aquellas  materias  mas  solidas,  y  |  conducentes  al  provecho,  y 
Conversion  de  las  Almas.  |  Aiiadese  por  flu  un  Sermon  de  |  Nues- 
tra  Santissima  Guadalupana  |  Sefiora,  |  con  una  breve  narracion 
de  su  historia;  y  dos  |  Indices:  que  se  hallaran  al  principio  de  la 
Obra.  |  La  que  con  la  claridad,  y  propriedad  en  el  Idioma,  que 
pudo,  |  dispuso  |  El  P.  Ignacio  de  Paredes  de  la  Compafiia  de  | 
Jesus,  Morador  del  Colegio  destinado  para  solos  Indies,  |  de  S. 


566  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Paredes  (P.  Ignacio  de) — continued. 

Gregorio  de  la  misma  Compania  de  la  Ciudad  |  de  Mexico.  |  Y  61 
mismo  en  compania  de  otro  Noble,  horn-ado,  y  agradecido  |  Cabal- 
lero,  lo  dedica  afectuoso,  y  rendido  |  Al  Seflor  D.  Feliz  Venaiicio 
Malo  de  Villavicencio,  |  del  Consejo  de  su  Magestad,  y  su  meritis- 
simo  Oydor  de  la  Real  |  Audieucia  de  Mexico,  &c.  | 

Con  las  licencias  necessaiias,  |  En  Mexico,  en  la  Imprenta  de  la 
Bibliotheca  Mexicana,  enfrente  de  |  San  Augustiu.  Ano  de  1759.  | 

23  p.  1 1. ,  pp.  1-380,  i-xc.  em.  4°.  The  Ramirez  Sale  Cat. ,  No.  649,  gives  the  colla 
tion  as:  "Front.;  title;  22  prel.  11. ;  text,  pp.  380,  xc,  and  Ixxiii  to  clxxxviii. 
After  p.  xc  the  pagination  begins  with  Ixxiii  and  runs  to  clxxxviii.  These  58  11. 
comprise  sermons,  platicas,  &c."  The  copies  seen  by  me  do  not  contain  these 
final  pages  numbered  in  Roman,  nor  does  Icazbalceta,  Brasseur  de  Bourbonrg,  or 
Leclerc  mention  them.  A.  B.  JCB. 

Since  the  above  was  put  in  type  Mr.  W.  Eames  has  furnished  me  the  following 
full  collation  from  a  copy  in  the  Astor  Library  which  contains  the  extra  pages: 

Frontispiece;  23  p.  11.;  pp.  1-380;  i-xc;  1  blank  1. ;  plate;  pp.  Ixxiii-clxxxviii. 
sm. 4°.  The  supplementary  matter  consists  of  "Sermon  Primero  [-Sexto]  de 
Quaresma,"  pp.  i-lxxii ;  "Sermon  de  nuestra  gran  reyna,  poderosissima  Patrona, 
Madre,  y  Seuora  nuestra,  Maria  Santissima  de  Guadalupe,"  pp.  Ixxiii-xc;  1  blank 
leaf;  1  plate  entitled  "Copia  delaMflagr.  Imagen  de  Jesus"  *  *  *  ;  "Sermon 
Primero  [-Sexto]  de  la  publicacion  de  la  Mission,  y  del  Santo  Jubileo,"  pp.  Ixxiii- 
clvii ;  "Platica  Primera  [-Qnarta]  del  acto  de  Contriciou  de  la  Mission,"  pp.  clviii- 
clxxvii;  "Exhortacion  *  *  *  ,"  with  the  top  heading  "Avisos  al  Alma," 
pp.  clxxviii-clxxxv ;  "Saetas  al  Akna,"  in  verse,  pp.  clxxxvi-clxxxviii.  These 
additional  pages,  numbered  in  Roman,  are,  except  the  headings,  entirely  in  the 
Mexican  language. 

2893  Compendio  del  Arte  de  la  Lengua  Mexicana  del  P.  Horacio 

Carochi;  Dispuesto  con  brevidad,  claridad,  y  propriedad,  For  el  P. 
Ignacio  de  Paredes. 

Mexico,  1759.  B.JCB. 

For  full  title,  see  Carochi  (P.  Horacio). 

2894  Doctrina  breve  sacada  del  Catecismo  Mexicano,  que  dis- 

puso  el  P.  Ignacio  de  Paredes,  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus. 

Colophon  : 

Reimpresa  en  la  Oflcina  de  D.  Mariano  de  Zuniga  y  Antiveros, 
ano  de  1809.  * 

No  title-page.  8  unnumbered  11.  8°.  Title  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  from 
copy  in  his  possession. 

2895  Pareja  (P.  Fr.  Francisco).    Cathecismo,  |  en  Leiigva  |  Oastellana, 
y  |  Timuquana.  |  En  el  qnal  se  contiene  lo  que  se  les  pue-  |  de  en- 
seiiar  a  los  adultos  que  an  |  de  ser  bapti/ados.  |  Compvesto  por  el 
P.  F.  Fran-  |  cisco  Pareja,  Religioso  de  la  Orden  del  seraphico  |  P. 
S.  Francisco,  Guardian  del  Conuento  de  |  la  purissima  Cocepcion 
de  N.  Seuora  de  |  S.  Augustin,  y  Padre  de  la  Gusto-  |  dia  de  sancta 
Elena  de  la  |  Florida.  |  [Vignette.] 

En  Mexico.  |  En  la  Impreta  de  la  Viuda  de  Pedro  Balli.  |  Por  C. 
Adriano  Cesar.  M.  DC.  XII  [1612].  |  NYHS. 

Title;  reverse,  woodcuts,  1  l.,and  :9  other  unnumbered  11.  8°.  Some  pages 
two  columns,  some  but  one. 


PAEEDES — PAEEJA.  567 

Pareja  (P.  Fr.  Francisco) — continued. 

2896  Catechismo.  |  y  Breve  Expo-  |  sicion  de  la  Doc-  |  trina 

Christiana.  |  Muy  vtil  y  uecessaria,  asi  para  los  Espauoles,  co-  | 
mo  para  los  Naturales,  en  Lengna  Castellana,  y  Timu-  |  quana,  en 
modo  de  preguutas,  y  respuestas.    Copuestb  |  por  el  P.  F.  Fran 
cisco  Pareja  de  la  Orden  de  N.  |  Seraphico  P.  S.  Fracisco,  Padre 
de  la  Custo-dia  |  de  S.  Elena  de  la  Florida.  |  [Vignette.] 

CoJopJion  : 

Con  Licencia  de  los  Svpe-  |  riores,  en  Mexico,  en  casa  de  la 
viuda  de  |  Pedro  Balli.    Ano  de  1612.  |  Por  C.  A.  Cesar.  |      NYHS. 

176  11.  8°.     Some  pages  two  columns,  some  but  one. 

2897  Catecismo  de  la  Doctrina  cristiana  en  dicha  [Timuquana] 

Lengua. 

Megico,  1617.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

2898  Cathecismo,  y  |  Examen   Pa-  |  Ea  Los  Que  Comulgan. 

En  |  lengua  Castellana,  y  Timuquana.  |  En  el  qual  se  cotiene  el 
respecto  que  se  deue  teuer  a  |  los  templos,  con  algunos  Similes  del 
santissimo  Sa-  |  cramento  y  sus  effectos ;  y  la  preparacio  para  la 
co-  |  muuion  actual  y  espiritual,  y  para  quado  se  da  a  los  |  enfer- 
mos.    Las  gracias  que  despues  de  la  coninniou  |  se  deuen  dar  a 
Dios,  que  se  recibe  en  ella.    Y  algunos  |  milagros  deste  santissimo 
Sacramento.    Y  diclios  de  |  Santos,  y  de  personas  doctas,   que 
aconsejan  |  y  exortan  a  su  frequencia.  |  Aora  en  Esta  II.  Impres 
sion  |  corregido,  y  enmendado,  y  alojo  necessario  anadido  |  Por  el 
Padre  Fr.  Francisco  Pareja,  Eeligioso  de  |  la  Orden  de  N.  Sera 
phico  P.  S.  Francisco,  y  Padre  de  la  |  Provincia  de  Santa  Elena  de 
la  Florida,  natural  de  |  Auuon  diocesi  del  Arcobispado  de  Toledo.  | 

Con  Privilegio  |  En  Mexico,  en  la  Imprenta  de  Juan  Euyz.  j 

Afio  de  1627.  |  * 

Title  furnished  by  R.  H.  Major,  from  copy  in  the  British  Museum,  to  Buck 
ingham  Smith,  -who  prints  it  in  the  Historical  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  2,  p.  1. 

2899  Confesonario  en  Lengua  Timuquana  de  la  Florida. 

Megico  1612.  ' 

Title  from  Beristain. 

2900  Confessionario  |  En  lengua  Castella-  |  na,  y  Timuquana 

Con  algunos  con-  |  sejos  para  animar  al  penitente.  |  *  |  1 Y  assi 
mismo   van  declarados   algunos  effectos  y  |  prerrogarinas  deste 
sancto  sacramento  de  la  confes-  |  sion.    Todo  muy  vtil  y  proue- 
choso,  assi  para  que  |  los  padres  confessores  sepan   instruyr  al 
peni-  |  tente  como  para  que  ellos  aprendan  a  |  co  saberse  confes- 
sar.  co  |  [  Design.]    }  Ordenado  por  el  Padre  Fr.  Fran-  |  cisco  Pareja, 
Padre  de  la  Custo-  |  dia  de  Santa  Elena  de  |  la  Florida.  |  1"  Eeligi- 
oso  de  la  Orden  de  nuestro  Seraphico  |  Padre  san  Francisco.  |  ^  | 

1  Impresso  con  licencia  en  Mexico,  en  la  Em  |  prenta  de  la  Viuda 
de  Diego  Lopez  |  Daualos.    Auo  de  1613.  |  NYHS. 


568  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Pareja  (P.  Fr.  Francisco) — continued. 

Title;  reverse,  wood-cut,  followed  by  15  unnumbered  11.,  containing  indul 
gence,  official  preface,  errata,  contents,  &c.;  11. 9-230.  16°. 

In  the  official  preface  to  the  Confessionario,  1.  3,  the  president  and  auditors  of 
the  royal  "Audiencia"  of  New  Spain  mention  the  following  writings  composed 
by  this  author:  "Fray  Francisco  Pareja  de  la  Orden  de  san  Francisco  *  *  * 
a  compuesto,  traduzido  y  declarado  la  Doctrina  Christiana,  tres  Cathecismos,  Con- 
fessiouario.  Arte,  y  Vocabulario,  y  otro  tratado  de  las  penas  del  Purgatorio,  y  de 
las  peuas  del  iufierno:  y  gozos  de  la  Gloria,  y  el  Rosario  de  la  Virgen  con  otras 
cosas  de  denocion,  en  lengua  Castellana  y  Floridana,  y  gastado  en  esto  mas  de 
diez  y  seys  anos." 

2901  Gramatica  de  la  Lenjrua  Timuquana. 

Mdgico  1614.  » 

Title  from  Beristain,  who  quotes  from  Antonio. 

The  "Arte  de  la  lengua  Timuquana,"  was  found  by  Charles  Leclerc,  and  its 
discovery  announced  to  the  " Congres  des  Americanistes  "  at  the  Madrid  meeting 
in  1881.  It  was  published  by  Juan  Ruiz,  Mexico,  1614.  Pages  1-158  (probably 
leaves)  are  printed,  and  the  remainder  is  in  manuscript,  and  written  by  the 
author's  own  hand,  as  attested  by  a  remark  of  Father  Aix,  pasted  inside  the 
book.  There  are  many  manuscript  corrections  on  it,  made  by  himself  and  others. 
A  new  edition  is  in  press  for  Maisouneuve  &  Co.,  Paris,  edited  by  Lucieu  Adam 
and  Julien  Vinson.—  A.  S.  Gatschet. 

2902  Parisot  ( J.)    Notes  sur  la  langue  des  Taensas  (ancienne  Louisiane.) 

In  Revue  de  Linguistique,  vol.  13,  pp.  166-186.    Paris,  1880.  8°. 

Principles  of  the  Taensa  Grammar,  pp.  168-183 ;  texts,  songs,  and  prayers,  with 
translation,  pp.  183-186. 

Also  issued  separately,  according  to  Leclerc,  but  whether  with  addition  of 
title-page  I  do  not  know. 


See  Haumoiite  (J.  D.),  Parisot  (J.),  and  Adam  (Lucien). 

2903  Parker  (Ely  S.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Seneca. 

In  Schoolcraft  (,H.  R.)  Notes  on  the  Iroquois,  pp.  393-400.  New  York,  1847.  8°. 

2904  Parker  (Rev.  Samuel).     Journal  |  of  an  (  Exploring  Tour  |  beyond 
the  Eocky  Mountains,  |  under  the  direction  of  the  |  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 
Performed  in  the  years  |  1835,  '36,  and  '37;  |  containing  |  a  descrip 
tion  of  the  geography,  geology,  climate,  and  |  productions;  and  the 
number,  manners,  and  |  customs  of  the  natives.  |  With  a  |  Map  of 
Oregon  Territory.  |  By  Rev.  Samuel  Parker,  A.  M.  | 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.  |  Published  by  the  author.  |  Mack,  Andrus,  & 
Woodruff,  Printers.  |  1838.  |  c.  BA.  BP. 

Pp.  i-xii,  13-371.  12°.  map.  Vocabularyof  the NezPerce"  language, pp. 327-330; 
of  the  Klicatat,  pp.  330-333;  of  the  Calapooa.pp.  333-336;  of  the  Cheuook,  pp. 
336-338. 

2905  Journal  |  of  an   |  Exploring  Tour  |  beyond  the  llocky 

Mountains,  |  under  the  direction  of  the  |  American  Board  of  Com 
missions  for  Foreign  Missions,  |  in  the  years  1835,  '36,  and  '37 ;  | 
containing  |  a  description  of  the  geography,  geology,  climate,  pro 
ductions  |  of  the  country,  and  the  number,  maouers,  and  |  customs 


PAREJA PARKER.  569 

Parker  (Rev.  Samuel) — continued. 

of  the  natives :  |  with  a  |  Map  of  Oregon  Territory.  |  By  Eev.  Sam 
uel  Parker,  A.  M.  |  Second  edition.  | 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.  |  Published  by  the  Author.  |  Mack,  Andrus,  & 
Woodruff,  Printers.  |  1840.  |  C.  /3, 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-400.  12°.  map.  Linguistics  as  in  first  edition,  pp.  385-389; 
389-392;  392-396;  31)6-398. 

2906  A  Journey  |  Beyond  the  Eocky  Mountains  |  in  1835,  1836, 

and  1837.  |  By  the  |  Eev.  Samuel  Parker,  A.  M.  |  Corrected  and  ex 
tended  in  the  present  edition.  | 

Edinburgh:    Published  by  William  and  Eobert  Chambers.  | 
1841.  |  C. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-78.  8°.     Does  not  contain  the  vocabularies. 

2907  Journal   |  of  an  |  Exploring  Tour  |  beyond  the  Eocky 

Mountains,  |  under  the  direction  of  the  |  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  |  in  the 
years  1835,  '36  and  '37 ;  |  containing  |  a  description  of  the  geogra 
phy,  geology,  climate,  produc-  |  tions  of  the  country,  and  the  num 
bers,  manners,  |  and  customs  of  the  natives :  |  with  a  |  map  of  Ore 
gon  Territory.  |  By  Eev.  Samuel  Parker,  A.  M.  |  Third  Edition.  | 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.  |  Mack  Audrus,  &  Woodruff.  |  Boston  [&c.,  three 
lines].  1842.  |  B. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-408.  12°.  map.  Linguistics  as  in  previous  editions,  pp.  395-398; 
399-402;  402-405;  405-408. 

2908  Journal  of  an  Exploring  Tour  beyond  the  Eocky  Mount 
ains,  under  the  direction  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.    Containing  a  De 
scription  of  the  geography,  geology,  climate,  productions  of  the 
country,  and  the  Numbers,  Manners,  and  Customs  of  the  Natives,  jt  f 
with  a  Map  of  the  Oregon  Territory.     By  Eev.  Samuel  Parker. 
Fourth  edition. 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  1844.  * 

416  pp.  12°.  map.     Vocabularies,  pp.  401-416.    Title  from  Field,  No.  1175. 

2909  Journal  |  of  an  |  Exploring  Tour  |  beyond    the    Eocky 

Mountains,  |  under  the  direction  of  the  |  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  |  contain 
ing  |  a  description  of  the  geography,  geology,  climate,  |  produc 
tions  of  the  country,  and  the  numbers,  |  manners,  and  customs  of 
the  natives :  |  with  a  |  Map  of  Oregon  Territory.  |  By  Eev.  Samuel 
Parker,  A.  M.  |  Fifth  edition.  | 

Auburn :  |  J.  C.  Derby  &  Co. ;  |  New- York :  Mark  H.  Newman  & 
Co.,— Geneva:  G.  H.  Derby  &  Co.  |  Cincinnati:  Derby,  Bradley  & 
Co.  |  1846.  |  C.  /B. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-422.  12°.  map.  Vocabularies,  pp.  407-411;  411-415;  415-418; 
419-421. 

2010  Parker  (W.B.)    Notes  taken  |  during  the  Expedition  |  commanded 
by  Capt.  E.  B.  Marcy,  U.  S.  A.,  |  through  |  Unexplored  Texas,  |  in 


570  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Parker  (W.  B.) — continued. 

the  Summer  and  Fall  of  1854.  |  By  W.  B.  Parker,  |  Attached  to  the 
Expedition.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Hayes  &  Zell,No.  193  Market  Street.  |  1856.  \    c. 

Pp.  i-xii,  9-241.  12°.    List  of  tribes  of  Texas,  p.  221. 

2911  Parra  (Fr.  Francisco).     Vocabulario  Trilingue  Guatilmateco  de 
los  tres  principales  Idiomas,  Kachiquel,  Quiche  y  Tzutuchil. 

The  original  is  preserved  in  thelibrary  of  S.  Francisco  de  Guatemala.—  lieriaiain. 

2912  Parry  (Dr.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Pima  Indians. 

Manuscript.  6 11.  folio.  150  words.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2913  Parry  (C.  0.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Pirno. 

In  Schooloraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  461-462.  Philadelphia, 
1853.  4°. 

2914  Parry  (Capt.  William  Edward).     Journal  |  of  a  |  Second  Voyage 
for  the  Discovery  of  a  |  North-west  Passage  |  from  the  Atlantic  to 
the  Pacific ;  |  performed  in  the  years  1821-22-23,  |  in  His  Majesty's 
Ships  |  Fury  and  Hecla,  |  under  the  orders  of  |  Captain  William 
Edward  Parry,  R.  K,  F.  E.  S.,  |  and  Commander  of  the  Expedi 
tion.  |  Illustrated  by  numerous  plates.    Published  by  Authority  of 
the  Lords  Commissioners  |  of  the  Admiralty.  | 

London :  |  John  Murray,  |  Publisher  to  the  Admiralty,  and  Board 
of  Longitude.  |  M  DCCC  XXIV  [1824].  |  C.  BA.  BP. 

4  p. ll.,pp.i-xxxii,  1-571.  4°.  maps,  plates. 

Grammatic  remarks  and  a  few  examples  of  the  Esquimaux  language,  pp. 
551-558;  vocabulary  of  Esquimaux  words  and  sentences,  pp.  559-569 ;  Esqui 
maux  names  of  places,  pp.  570-571. 

2915  Journal  |  of  a  |  Second  Voyage  for  the  Discovery  |  of  a  | 

North- West  Passage  |  from  |  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific;  |  per 
formed  in  the  years  1821-22-23,  |  in  His  Majesty's  Ships  |  Fury  and 
Hecla,  |  under  the  orders  of  |  Captain  William  Edward  Parry,  B. 
N.,  F.  E.  S.,  |  and  commander  of  the  Expedition.  | 

New- York:  |  Published  by  E.  Duyckinck,  G.  Long,  Collins  &  Co., 
Collins  &  Hannay,  |  W.  B.  Gilley,  and  Henry  I.  Megarey.  |  W.  E. 
Dean,  Printer,  90  William-Street:  |  1824.  |  c.  BA. 

Pp.  i-vii,  i-xx,  1-464.  8°.  Linguistics  as  in  English  edition,  pp.  451-457 ; 
459-464.  Accordingto  Sabin  a  German  translation  was  publishedat  Jena,  1824.  b°. 

2916  Parsons  (James).    Eemains  of  Japhet:  [  being  |  Historical  Enqui 
ries  |  into  |  the  Affinity   and   Origin  |  of  |  the  European  Lan 
guages.  |  By  James  Parsons,  M.  D.  Member  of  the  College  of  Phy 
sicians,  |  and  Fellow  of  the  Koyal  and  Antiquary  Societies  of  Lon 
don.  |  [Quotation,  five  lines.]  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  the  Author:  |  And  sold  by  L.  Davis  and 
C.  Eeymers,  in  Holbourn;  J.  Whistou,  at  |  Boyle's  Head,  B.  White, 
at  Horace's  Head,  Fleet  Street;  |  and  G.  Faulkner,  at  Dublin. 
MDCCLXVII  [1767].  |  C. 


J 


PAEKEE— PAUW.  57  I 

Parsons  (James) — continued. 

Pp.  i-xxxii,  I^il9.  4°. 

Observations  on  the  names  of  the  numbers  of  the  American  Indians,  pp. 
341-345 ;  containing,  on  p.  345,  the  numerals  1-100, 1000,  in  the  languages  of  the 
Mohawks,  Oneydoes,  Onondagas,  Cayngas,  Seneckas,  Wanats,  Shawanese,  Dela- 
wares,  and  Carribeans. 

2917  Parsons  (Gen.  Samuel  H.)    Discoveries  in  the  Western  Country,  by 
General  Parsons. 

Iu  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sciences,  Memoirs,  vol.  2,  pt.  2,  pp.  119-127.  Boston 
and  Cambridge,  1793.  4°. 

Short  comparative  vocabulary,  6  words,  of  the  Shawanese,  Delawares,  and 
Wyandots. 

2918  Parsons  (Usher).    Indian  Names  |  of  |  Places  in  Ehode- Island :  | 
Collected  by  |  Usher  Parsons,  M.  D.,  |  for  the  E.  I.  Historical  So 
ciety.  | 

Providence :     |     Knowles,     Anthony     &     Co.,     Printers.     | 
1861.  |  BP.  GOB.  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-iv,5-32.  8°.     Names  given  by  the  Narragansetts  to  places  in  Rhode 
Island. 


2919  P[auw]  (Cornelius  de).     Eecherches  |  Philosophiques  |  stir  les 


ZUi'.i  ±*[auwj   ^uoriieuus   ue;.       xieuuerciies  |  jrimuauiuiiqueet  |  eui    ico  | 
Americains,  |  ou  |  M<§moires  int^ressants  pour  servir  a  |  1'Histoire 
de  1'Espece  Humaine.  |  Par  Mr.  De  P  *  *  *.  |  Avec  une  Disserta 
tion  sur  PAme'rique  &  les  |  Americains,  par  Don  Pernety.  |  Et  la 
Defense  de  1'Auteur  des  Eecherches  |  centre  cette  Dissertation.  | 
[One  line  quotation.]    Tome  I  f-III].  |  [Design.] 
A  Berlin,  |  M.  DCC.  LXX  [1770].  |  C.  BA. 

3  vols.     16°.     Du  deTaut  des  mots  nurne'riques  chez  les  Americains,  vol.  3, 
S^       V  pp.  141-147. 

2920  Eecherches  |  Philosophiques  |  sur  |  les  Americains,  |  ou  | 

Me"moires  inte"ressants  pour  servir  a  |  1'Histoire  de  1'Espece  Hu- 
uiaine.  |  ParM.  deP  *  *  *.  |  Avec  une  Dissertation  sur  1'Am^rique 
&  les  |  Ame>icains,  par  Dom  Pernety.  |  [One  line  quotation.]  |  —  | 
Tome  Premier  [-Troisieme].  |  [Engraving.] 

A  Londres.  |  M.  D.CC.LXXI[1771]  [—A  Berlin.  |  —  |  M.DCC.- 
LXXI  (1771).]  * 

3  vols.  16°.  Du  dSfaut,  &c.,  vol.  3,  pp.  129-134.  The  third  volume  is  entitled 
"  Defense  des  Recherches  Philosophiques  sur  les  Americains."  Title  from  Mr. 
W.  Eames  from  copy  in  the  Astor  Library. 

2921 Recherches  |  Philosophiques  |  sur  |  les  Am^ricains,  |  ou  | 

Memoires  iute"ressants  pour  servir  a  |  1'Histoire  de  1'Espece  Hu- 
inaine.  |  Par  M.  de  P  *  *  *.  |  Nouvelle  Edition,  augmented  d'une 
Dis-  |  sertation  critique  par  Dom  Pernety,  &  |  de  la  Defence  de 
1'Auteur  des  Eecherches  |  centre  cette  Dissertation.  |  [One  line  quo 
tation.]  |  Tome  Premier  [-Troisieme]  |  [Design.] 

A  Berlin.  |  MDCCLXXIV  [1774].  |  BA. 

3  vols.  8°.  Du  ddfaiit,  &c.,  vol.  3,  pp.  129-131.  Issued  also  in  1777,  with  no 
change  except  date  on  title-page. 


572  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

P[auw]  (Cornelius  de) — continued. 

2922  — Eecberches  |  Philosophiques  |  sur  |  les  Ame>icains,  |  Ou 

ine~moires  interessans  pour  servir  a  |  1'histoiredel'especehumaine.  | 
[One  line  quotation.]    Tome  I  [-III].  | 

A  Paris,  |  chez  Jean-Frangois  Bastien.  |  L'au  III  [1795]  de  la 
Be"publique  francaise,  une  et  indivisible.  |  o 

3  vols.  8°.     Du  deTaut,  &c. ,  vol.  3,  pp.  337-345. 

Sabin  notes  the  following  additions: 

A  Berlin:  George  Jacqnes  Decker.  MDCCLXVIII-MDCCLXX.  3  vols.  +A 
Berlin.  M.DCC.LXX.  3  vols.  -f- A  Berlin.  M.  DCC.  LXXI.  3  vols.  +  Berlin. 
MDCCLXXII.  3  vols.  -fCleves.  MDCCLXXII.  3  vols.  +  Berlin.  M.  DCC.- 
LXX1V.  3  vols.  -f  ALondres.  M.  DOC.LXXIV.  3  vols.  +ABerliu.  M.DCC.- 
LXXVII.  3  vols.  +  Paris.  1799.  7  vols.  +A  Dutch  translation.  Deventer, 
1771-72.  3  vols. 

2923  Paz  (Fr.  Alouzo).    Bscala  del  Cielo,  en  la  Lengua  Kacbiquel.       * 

Title  from  Squier. 

2924  Paz  (Fr.  Domingo).    Confesionario  y  Doctrina  Christiana  en  lengua 
Chanabal  de  Comitan  y  Tachinulla  en  las  Chiapas,  su  autor  el  E. 
Padre  Fray  Domingo  Paz,  de  la  orden  de  Santo  Domingo,  el  aiio 
de  1775.  * 

Manuscript,  8°,  comprising  47 11.  in  Chanabal,  followed  by  3  blank  leaves;  then 
a  Doctrina  Christiana,  in  Spanish.  25  11.  The  last  leaf  gives  the  names  of  the 
numerals  1-21.  This  little  manuscript  is  of  great  value,  being,  with  the  excep 
tion  of  the  Confesionario  of  Camposeca,  the  only  existing  inonument  of  the 
Chanabal  language.—  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

2925  Peabody  Museum  (Cambridge).     Reports  |  of  the  |  Peabody  Mu 
seum  |  of  |  American  Archeology  and  Ethnology  |  in  connection 
with  |  Harvard  University.  |  Volume  I  [-III,  No.  21.  I  1868-1876 
[1882].  | 

Cambridge:  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  |  1876 
[-1882J.  |  WE<  j-wp> 

2  vols.  and  pts.  1  and  2  of  vol.  3.  8°. 

Bandelier  (A.F.)  On  the  Art  of  War  *  *  »  of  the  Ancient  Mexicans, 
vol.  2,  pp.  95-161. 

On  the  distribution  *  *  »  of  lands  *  *  *  among  the  Ancient 

Mexicans,  vol.  2,  pp.  385-448. 

On  the  Social  Organization    *     *     *     of  the  Ancient  Mexicans,  vol.  2, 

pp.  557-699. 

2926  Peck  (Edmund).     Portions  of  the  Holy  Scripture,  |  for  the  |  Us  • 
of  the  Esquimaux  |  on  the  |  Northern  and  Eastern  Shores  of  Hud 
son's  Bay,  |  Edited  by  |  Edmund  Peck,  |  C.  M.  S.  Missionary  to  the 
Esquimaux.  | 

Printed  for  the  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge.  | 
77,  Great  Queen  Street,  Lincoln's- Inn-Fields.  |  1878.  |         WE.  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-93.  16°.  In  syllabic  characters,  similar  to  those  used  in  the 
publications  in  the  Cree  language. 

Peet  (Rev.  Stephen  D.),  editor. 

See  American  Antiquarian. 
Peflerkorn  (Iguaz). 

See  Pfefferkom  (I.) 


PAUW— PKIRSON.  573 

2927  Peintures  et  Antiquitds  uiexicaines.  * 

15J 11.  in  black  and  color,  engraved  at  Paris  and  Berlin,  folio.  Fac-simile  of 
the  Mexican  Codex  of  Berlin,  11.;  of  the  Codex  preserved  at  Vienna,  Nos.  1  to  3, 
3  11. ;  of  the  manuscript  of  Dresden,  2  11. ;  of  the  Collection  of  Mendoza,  1  1. 
Hieroglyphic  history  of  the  Aztecs  from  the  Deluge  to  the  foundation  of  Mexico 
(copied  Ironi  the  work  of  Gemelli),  1  1.  Lunar  Calendar  of  the  Muyscas  (drawn 
by  the  Canon  Duquesne  in  1801,  at  Santa  F<!  do  Bogota),  1  1.  Granite  vases 
found  on  the  coast  of  Honduras,  11.  Ruins  of  Mitla,  in  the  province  of  Oaxaca,  1 1. 
Aztec  Idol,  in  basalt,  found  in  the  valley  of  Mexico,  1  1.— Leclerc,  1878,  ATo.  2332. 

2928  Peirson  (Abraham).    Some  |  helps  for  the  |  Indians  |  Shewing 
them  |  How  to  improve  their  natural  Eea-  |  son,  To  know  the  True 
God,  and  |  the  true  Christian  Religion.  |  1.  By  leading  them  to  see 
the  Ui-  |  vine  Authority  of  the  Scriptures.  |  2.  By  the  Scriptures 
the  Divine  |  Tniths  necessary  to  Eternal  Salvation.  |  Undertaken  | 
At  the  Motion,  and  published  by  |  the  Order  of  the  Commission-  j 
ers  of  the  United  Colonies.  |  by  Abraham  Peirson.  |  Examined  and 
approved  by  Thomas  |  Stanton  Interpreter-General  to  the  U-  | 
nited  Colonies  for  the  Indian  Language,  |  and  by  some  others  of 
the  most  able  |  Interpeters  [sic]  amogst  [sic]  us.  | 

Cambridg,  j  Printed  by  Samuel  Green  1658.  |  L. 

Pp.  1-C7.  sm.  8°.     lu  Indian  and  English,  interlinear  throughout. 

"Only 

two  copies  of  this  Catechism  are  known  to  the  editor  of  the  present  reprint.  One 
of  these  is  in  the  library  of  Mr.  James  Lenox,  of  New  York ;  the  other  is  in  the 
British  Museum.  The  title-pages  of  the  two  differ  in  several  particulars.  That 
of  Mr.  Lenox's  copy,  which  is  proved  by  its  agreement  with  the  English  reprint 
of  the  first  sheet  to  be  the  earlier,  has  a  border  of  the  acorn  pattern.  The  other 
has  no  border;  the  lines  are  longer,  and  the  page  less  compact.  After  the  title 
proper,  ending  with  the  words  'Eternal  Salvation,'  the  Museum  copy  has — 

"  '  By  |  Abraham  Peirson  |  Pastor  of  the  Church  at  Brandford  [«c].  |  —  |  Ex 
amined  and  approved  by  that  |  Experienced  Gentleman  (in  the  In-  |  dian  Lan 
guage)  Captain  |  John  Scot.  |  —  |  Cambridge:  |  Printed  for  Samuel  Green, 
1658.' 

"  Here  no  reference  appears  to  the  Commissioners  of  the  United  Colonies,  and 
the  imprint,  it  may  be  observed,  is  'for'  (not  'by')  Samuel  Green. 

"The  second  title-page  of  the  Catechism,  on  which  he  is  named  as  an  'expe 
rienced  gentleman,'  may  have  been  prefixed  to  part  of  the  edition — to  all  the 
copies,  perhaps,  which  were  sent  to  England  about  the  time  of  the  Restoration, 
and  subsequently — with  the  knowledge  of  Mr.  Peirson  and  the  Commissioners; 
or  the  substitution  may  have  been  Scot's  own  device  to  give  himself,  in  London, 
a  certificate  of  position  and  character,  and  perhaps  add  weight  to  his  statements 
in  support  of  the  title  of  the  Narragansett  proprietors  and  of  his  own  claims  to 
lands  for  which  he  had  procured  deeds  from  Indians  on  Long  Island." —  Trumbull. 

Mr.  Trumbull,  in  his  Catalogue  of  Books  and  Tracts,  says:  "The  advice  of 
the  commissioners  'to  turn  it  into  the  Narragansett  or  Pequot  language'  was 
not  followed.  The  Catechism  remains  in  the  dialect  of  'the  southwest  parts'— 
i.e., the  Quiripi  (or  Qninnipiac)  spoken  from  New  Haven  westward,  near  Long 
Island  Sound,  and  presents  the  only  known  specimen  of  that  dialect." 

The  following  is  a  copy  of  Scot's  title-page  taken  from  fac-simile  in  Mr.  Trum- 
bnll's  reprint: 

2929  Some  Helps  for  the  |  Indians;  |  Shewing  them  how  to  | 

Improve  their  Natural  Reason,  |  to  know  the  true  God,  and  the  | 


574  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Feirson  (Abraham) — continued. 

Christian  Beligion.  |  1.  By  leading  them  to  see  the  Divine  |  Au 
thority  of  the  Scriptures.  |  2.  By  the  Scriptures,  the  Divine  |  truths 
necessary  to  Eternal  sal-  |  vation.  |  By  |  Abraham  Peirson  |  Pastor 
of  the  Church  at  Branford*  |  —  |  Examined  and  approved  by  that  | 
Experienced  Gentleman  (in  the  In-  |  dian  Language)  Captain  j 
John  Scot.  | 

Cambridge:  |  Printed  for  Samuel  Green,  1658.  |  * 

The  first  sheet  of  the  catechism  was  reprinted  in  [Eliot  (John)]  A  further 
Accompt  of  the  Progresse  of  the  Gospel  amongst  the  Indians  in  New  England, 
pp.  22-35.  London,  1659.  4°.  The  portion  reprinted  has  a  separate  title-page 
[p. 22], on  which  the  imprint  "London:  Printed  by  M.  Simmons,  1659."  is  sub 
stituted  for  Green's,  and  ends  in  the  middle  of  a  sentence  (p.  35),  and  has  the 
catch-word  of  the  following  sheet,  which  was  not  yet  received  in  England. — 
Brinley  Catalog™,  Part  I,  No.  448;  A.  A.  8.  Proc.,  Oct.,  1873,  pp. 46-47. 
Reprinted  as  follows: 

2930  Some  Helps  for  the  Indians :  |  A  Catechism  |  in  the  Lan 
guage  of  the  Quiripi  Indians  |  of  New  Haven  Colo'ny,  |  By  the  Rev. 
Abraham  Pierson  [sic].  |  Reprinted  from  the  original  edition,  Cam 
bridge,  1658.  |  With  an  Introduction,  |  by  J.  Hammond  Trumbull.  | 
From  the  Collections  of  the  Connecticut  Historical  Society,  Vol.  III.  | 

Hartford:  |  Printed  by  M.  H.  Mallory  &  Co.  |  1873.  |  JWP. 

Introduction,  pp.  1-11 ;  reprint,  67  pp.,  with  interlinear  translation,  2  fac-simile 
titles,  and  fac-simile  of  p.  4  of  original.  8°. 

The  edition  of  vol.  3,  Conn.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  of  which  this  paper  formed  a  part, 
was  burned  when  ready  for  the  binder,  and  the  extra  copies  (100)  of  the  Cate 
chism  printed  for  the  author  were  the  only  ones  which  came  into  circulation. 

2931  Pela  Kesagunoodumumkawa  |  tan  tula  |  uksakttmamenoo  w6sto- 
woolkw'  |  Sasoogoole  Cllstawlt  |  ootenlnk.  |  Megiimoweeslmk.  | 

Chebooktook  [Halifax]:  |  Megumagea'  ledakuu-weekuggmkawa 
moweome.  |  1871.  |  s. 

Pp.  1-12H.  24°.  The  Gospel  of  St.  Matthew  in  the  Micmac  language.  Trans 
lated  probably  by  S.  T.  Rand. 

2932  Pelleprat  (P.  Pierre).    Relation  |  des  Missions  des  PP.  |  de  la 
Compagnie  |  de  lesvs  |  Dans  les  Isles,  &  dans  la  terre  ferme  |  de 
1'Amerique  Meridionale.  |  Divisee  en  devx  parties:  |  avec  vne  iu- 
trodvction  |  a  la  langue  des  Galibis  Sauuages  de  la  |  terre  feruie 
de  1'Amerique.  |  Par  le  Pere  Pierre  Pelleprat,  de  |  la  Compagnie 
de  lesvs.  |  [Design.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Sebastien  Cramoisy,  &  Gabriel  |  Cramoisy,  rue 
S.  lacques,  aux  Cicognes.  |  M.DC.LV  [1655].  |  Auec  Priuilege  du 
Roy,  &  Approbation.  |  0.  BA. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-93, 1  1.,  pp.  1-125, 1-31.  12°.  Appended  to  and  occupying  the  final 
31  pp.  of  this  work  is  the  following: 

2933  Introdvction  |  a  la  Langve  |  des  Galibis,  |  Savvages  de  la 

Terre  Ferme  |  de  1'Amerique  Meridiouale.  |  Par  le  P.  Pierre  Pelle 
prat,  de  |  la  Cornpagnie  de  lesvs.  |  [Design.] 


PEIRSON — PENN.  575 

Pelleprat  (P.  Pierre) — continued. 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Sebastien  Cramoisy,  Imprimeur  |  du  Eoy  &  de 
la  Reine.  |  Et  Gabriel  Cramoisy,  rue  S.  lacques  |  aux  Cieognes.  | 
M.  DC.  LV  [1655].  |  Avec  privilege  dv  Eoy.  |  c.  BA. 

Pp.  1-31.  12". 

lutrodvction  a  la  langve  des  Galibis,  pp.  3-15;  lea  tennes  dont  on  a  le  plus 
de  besoin  dans  la  conuersation  des  Galibis,  pp.  15-31. 

Pierre  Pelleprat  was  born  in  1606,  at  Bordeaux.  In  1639  he  embarked  for  the 
missions,  visited  the  different  houses  which  the  Jesuits  possessed  in  the  French 
islands,  and  then  passed  into  Mexico,  where  he  lived  eleven  years.  He  died  at 
Puebla  de  los  Angeles,  April  21, 1667. 

Pena  (D.  Andres  Saenz  de  la). 
See  Saenz  de  la  Pena  (D.  Andres). 

2934  Penn   (William).     A  |  Letter  |  from  |  William  Penn  |  Poprietary 
\sic]  and  Govemour  of  |  Pennsylvania  |  Iii  America,  |  to  the  |  Com 
mittee  |  of  the  |  Free  Society  of  Traders  |  of  that  Province,  residing 
in  London.  |  Containing  |  A  General  Description  of  the  said  Prov 
ince,  its  Soil,  Air,  Water,  Seasons  and  Produce,  |  both  Natuial  and 
Artificial,  and  the  good  Encrease  thereof.  |  Of  the  Natives  or  Abo 
rigines,  their  Language,  Customs  and  Manners,  Diet,  Houses  or 
Wig-  |  warns,  Liberality,  easie  way  of  Living,  Physick,  Burial,  Re 
ligion,  Sacrifices  and  Cantico,  |  Festivals,  Government,  and  their 
Order  in  Council  upon  Treaties  for  |  Land,  &c.  their  Justice  upon 
Evil  Doers.  |  Of  the  first  Planters,  the  Dutch,  &c.  and  the  present 
Condition  and  Settlement  of  the  |  said  Province,  and  Courts  of 
Justices,  &c.  |  To  which  is  added,  an  Account  of  the  City  of  |  Phila 
delphia  |  newly  laid  out.  |  Its  Scituation  between  two  Navigable 
Rivers,  Delaware  and  Skulkill,  |  with  a  |  Portraiture  or  Platform 
thereof,  |  Wherein  the  Purchasers  Lots  are  Distinguished  by  certain 
Numbers  inserted,  directing  |  to  a  Catalogue  of  the  said  Purchasors 
Names,  |  And  the  Prosperous  and  Advantagious  [sic]  Settlements 
of  the  Society  aforesaid,  within  |  the  said  City  and  Country,  &c.  | 

Printed  and  Sold  by  Andrew  Sowle,  at  the  Crooked- Billet  in 
Holloway-Lane  in  |  Shoreditch,  and  at  the  several  Stationers  in 
London, 1683.  |  * 

Pp.10  (4).  plan,  folio.  There  were  two  editions.  In  the  second  "Poprie 
tary"  is  corrected  to  "  Proprietary,"  and  the  signature  varies  from  "  Your  Kind 
Cordial  Friend,"  in  the  first,  to  "Your  Kind  and  Cordial  Friend"  in  the  second. — 
Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  59712. 

Contains  an  account  of  the  language  of  the  Pennsylvania  Indians,  with  a 
brief  vocabulary. 

Translated  into  Dutch,  as  follows: 

2935  Missive  |  van  |  William  Penn,  |  Eygenaar  en  Gouverneur 

van  |  Pennsylvania,  |  In  America.  |  Geschreven  aan  de  Cominissa- 
rissen  van  de  Vrye  Socie-  |  teyt  der  Handelaars,  op  de  selve  Pro- 
viutie,  |  binnen  London  resideerende.  |  Behelseude:  |  Een  generale 
beschrijviuge  van  de  voornoemde  Provintie:  te  weten,  van  |  hare 


576  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Penn  (William) — continued. 

Grond,  Lucbt,  Water,  Saisoenen  en't  Product,  soo  uyt  de  iiatuur 
als  |  door  het  bouwen,  neffens  de  groote  venneerderinge  of  meenigh- 
vuldin-  |  ge,  welke  het  Land  aldaar  uytgevende  is.  |  Als  mede:  van 
de  Naturellen  of  Inboorlingen  des  Landts,  haer  Taal,  Gewoonteus, 
en  Manieren,  haar  Spijsen,  Huysen  of  Wigwams,  |  Mildheyt,  ge- 
mackelijcke  manier  van  leven,  Medicijnen,  manieren,  van  |  Begraaf- 
fenis,  Godsdienst,  Offerhanden  en  Gesangen,haar  Hooge-  |  feesten, 
Eegeeringe,  en  ordre  in  hare  Radeu,  wanneer  sy  met  yemandt  | 
handelen  over  het  verkoopeu  van  Landeryen,  etc.  Nevens  hare 
Justi-  |  tie,  of  Recht  doen  over  quaatdoenders.  |  Mitsgaders  een 
Bericht  van  de  eerste  Coloniers  de  Hollanders,  etc.  En  |  van  de 
tegeuwoordige  toestant  en  welgesteltheyt  van  de  voornoemde  Pro-  | 
viutie  en  Rechtbanken,  etc.  aldaar.  |  Waar  by  noch  gevoeght  is  een 
Beschrijving  van  de  Hooft-Stadt  |  Philadelphia.  |  Nu  onlangs  uyt- 
geset,  en  gelegen  tusschen  twee  Navigable  Rivieren,  |  namt-ntlijk: 
tusschen  Delaware  en  Schuylkil.  |  Ende  een  verhaal  van  de  voor- 
spoedige  en  voordeelige  standt  van  saken  van  |  de  vooruoemde 
Societeyt  binnen  de  vooruoemde  Stadt  en  Provintie,  etc.  | 

Amsterdam,  |  Gedruckt  voor  Jacob  Claus,  Boekverkooper  in  de 
Prince-straat,  1684.  |  » 

Pp.  23.  4°.  plan.     Title  from  Sabiu's  Dictionary,  No.  59716. 

2936  Missive  |  van  |  William  Penn,  |  Eygenaar  en  Gouvernenr 

van  |  Pennsylvania,  |  In  America.  |  Geschreven  aan  de  Commissa- 
rissen  van  de  Vrve  Societeyt  der  |  Handelaars  op  deselve  Provintie, 
biuneu  London  residerende.  |  Behelsende:  |  Een  generale  beschrij- 
viiige  van  de  vooruoemde  Provintie:  te  weten/  van  |  hareGrondt/ 
Lucht/  Water/  Saisoenen  en't  Product/  soo  uyt  de  natuur  |  als 
door  het  bouwen/  neifens  de  groote  vermeerderinge  of  meenigh- 
vuldin-  |  ge/  welke  het  Land  aldaar  uytgevende  is.  |  Als  mede: 
van  de  Naturellen  of  Inboorliugen  des  Landts/  haer  Taal/  |  Ge- 
woontens  en  Manieren/  haar  Spijsen/  Hnysen  of  Wigwams/  | 
Mildheyt/  gemackelijcke  manier  vau  leven/  Medicijnen/  manieren 
van  |  BegraaflFenis/  Godsdienst/  Oflerhanden  en  Gesangen/  haar 
Hooge-  |  feesten/  Regeeringe/  en  ordre  in  hare  Raden/  wanneer 
sy  met  yemandt  |  handelen  over  het  verkoopen  van  Landeryen/ 
etc.  Nevens  hare  Justi-  |  tie  of  Recht  doen  over  quaatdoenders.  | 
Mitsgaders  een  Bericht  van  de  eerste  Coloniers  de  Hollanders/  etc. 
En  |  van  de  tegenwoordige  toestant  en  weltgesteltheyt  van  de 
voornoemde  Pro-  |  vintie  en  Rechtbanken/  etc.  aldaar.  |  Waar  by 
noch  gevoegt  is  een  Beschrijving  van  de  Hooft-Stadt  (Philadel 
phia.  |  Nu  onlangs  uytgeset,  en  gelegen  tusschen  twee  Navigable 
Rivieren,  |  naineutlijk:  tusschen  Delaware  en  Schuylkil.  |  Ende  een 
verhaal  van  de  voorspoedige  en  voordeelige  standt  van  saken  van  | 
de  vooruoemde  Societeyt  biuuen  de  voornoemde  Stadt  en  Provintie/ 
etc.  |  Waar  by  noch  kornt  een  Voor-reden/  gevende  een  korte  onder- 


PENN — PENNSYLVANIA.  577 

Penn  (William) — continued. 

rechtinge  van  de  |  Condition/  hoe  de  Gouverneur  siju  Landt  mi 
verkoopt/  en  verhuurt  op  een  |  eeuwige  Erf-pacht/  als  mede  van 
eeuige  van  de  voornaamste  Wetten/  etc.  |  Den  tweeden  Druk.  | 

t'Amsterdam,  |  By  Jacob  Clans,  Boekverkooper  in  de  Prince- 
straat,  1684.  |  * 

Pp.  28.  4°.  plan.  Linguistics,  p.  12.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames,  from  copy  in 
the  library  of  the  late  E.  B.  O'Callaghan. 

2937  A  I  collection  |  of  the  |  works  |  of  |  William  Penn.  |  In 

Two  Volumes.  |  To  Which  is  Prefixed  |  A  Journal  of  His  Life.  | 
With  many  |  Original  Letters  and  Papers  |  Not  Before  Published.  | 
Volume  the  First  [Second].  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

London:  |  Printed  and  Sold  by  the  Assigns  of  J.  Sowle,  at  the  | 
Bible  in  George-Yard,  Lombard-Street.    1726.  |  o. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-911 ;  2  p.  11.,  p.  1-916.  4°.     "A  Letter,"  etc.,  vol. 2,  pp. 699-706. 

The  letter  reprinted  in  Barber  (J.W.)  The  History  and  Antiquities  of  New 
England,  New  York,  New  Jersey,  and  Pennsylvania,  pp.  536-540.  Hartford,  184:>, 
1846,1847,1856.  8°.  In  Clarkson  (T.)  Memoirs  of  the  Private  and  Public  Life  of 
William  Penn,  vol.1,  pp.  375-406.  London,  181:5.  8°.  In  Md.,  v<l.  1,  pp.  292-315. 
New  York,  1813.  12°.  In  Ibid.,  pp.  137-148.  London,  1849.  12°.  In  Cornell 
(W.M.)  The  History  of  Pennsylvania,  pp.  111-125.  New  York,  1879.  8°.  In  Ibid., 
Philadelphia  and  Boston,  1876.  8°.  In  Harvey  (H.)  History  of  the  Shawnee 
Indians,  pp.  12-21.  Cincinnati,  ia55.  16°.  In  Janney  (S.  M.)  The  Life  of  Wil 
liam  Penn,  pp  227-238.  Philadelphia,  18S2.  8°.  In  Proud  (R.)  The  History  of 
Pennsylvania,  vol.  1,  pp.  246-264.  Philadelphia,  1797.  g°. 

2938  Pennsylvania  Historical  Society.     Memoirs  |  of  the  |  Historical  So 
ciety  |  of  |  Pennsylvania.  |  [Double  seal.] 

Philadelphia :  |  Published  by  M'Carty  and  Davis,  |  No.  171  High 
Street,  |  1826  [-1876].  |  c. 

12vols.  8°. 

Campanius  Holm  (T.)  A  short  description  of  the  Province  of  New  Sweden, 
vol.  3,  pt.  1 ,  pp.  38-166. 

Denny  (E.)  Vocabulary  of  words  in  nse  with  the  Delaware  and  Shawanee 
Indians,  vol.  7,  pp.  478-485. 

Heckewelder  (J.)  History,  Manners,  and  Customs  of  the  Indian  Nations 
who  once  inhabited  Pennsylvania,  vol.  12,  pp.  1-348. 

A  correspondence  respecting  the  Languages  of  the  American  Indians, 

vol.  12,  pp.  349-433. 

Words,  phrases,  and  short  dialogues,  in  the  language  of  the  Delaware 

Indians,  vol.  12,  pp.  435-442. 

2939 The  |  Bulletin  |  of  the  |  Historical  Society  |  of  |  Pennsyl 
vania.  |  [Seal.]  |  Volume  I.  |  1845-1847.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  for  the  Society.  |  By  Merrihew  &  Thomp 
son,  No.  7  Carter's  Alley.  |  1848.  |  c.  HU. 

180  pp.  8°.    There  are  also  three  papers  paged  independently,  16, 40,  and  33. 

Ettweih  (Rev.  J.)  Remarks  on  the  Traditions,  &c.,  of  the  Indians  of  North 
America,  pp.  29-44. 

Heckewelder  (Rer.  J.)  Memorandum  of  the  Names  and  Significations  which 
the  "Lenni  Lenape"  had  given  to  Rivers,  &c.,pp.  121-135, 139-154. 

37  Bib 


578  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2940  Pentateuch.    Pentateuch  in  Eskimo. 

London,  1847.  * 

Title  from  Bagsteijs  Bible  of  Every  Land. 

2941  [The  Pentateuch,  in  the  Cakchiquel  language.]  * 

Manuscript.  202  pp.  4°.  A  fine  manuscript,  apparently  a  translation  of  the 
Pentateuch,  elegantly  and  clearly  written  in  the  ancient  characters,  bearing 
date,  at  end,  1553.  In  Bibliotheque  Impe'riale  of  Paris. — Squier. 

Peralta  (Fr.  M.  Antonio). 
See  Ejercicio,  No.  1169. 

2942  Perez  (D.  Francisco).     Catecismo  |  de  la  |  Doctrina  Cristiana  | 
en  Leugua  Otomi,  |  traducida  literalmente  al  Castellano  |  por  | 
el  Presbitero  D.  Francisco  Perez,  |  catedratico  Propietario  de  dicho 
idioma  |  en  la  national  y  pontificia  universidad  |  de  la  ciudad  fede 
ral  de  los  estados  Mexi-  |  canos,  examinador  siuodal  de  dicho 
idio-  |  ma  de  este  arzobispado.  | 

Mexico :  |  Imprenta  de  la  testamentaria  de  Valde"s,  |  a  cargo  de 
Jose"  Maria  Gallegos.  |  1834.  |  B.  c.  HU.  JWP. 

5  p.  11.,  pp.  1-17,  parallel  columns  Otomi  and  Spanish,  sm.  4°.     Followed  by  : 

2943  Manualito  |  Otomitica  |  para  los  principiantes.  |  Dispu- 

esto  |  por  |  el  Presbitero  D.  Francisco  Perez,  |  Catedratico  propie- 
tario  de  dicho  idioma  en  la  Na-  |  cional  y  Pontiflcia  Universidad  de 
la  Ciudad  Federal  |  de  los  Estados  Mexicanos,  Ecsaminador  Sino- 
dal  de  di-  |  cho  idioma  en  este  Arzobispado.  | 

[M6xico :  Jose"  Maria  Gallegos.  1834.]  B.  c.  HU.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-44, 1  1.  errata,  sm.  4°. 

2944  Instruccion  para  examinar  la  conciencia  de  los  penitentes 

en  la  confecion  (sic),  y  modo  de  dar  las  uianos.    Dispuesta  en  Ydi- 
oma  Othorni,  y  traducida  al  Castellano  por  el  Presbitero  U.n  Fran 
cisco  Perez  para  el  uso  de  sus  Dicipulos.     Mejico  Ano  de  1823.      * 

Manuscript,  3611.  8°.—  Leclerc,  1878,  No.  2376. 

2945  Perez  (Jose").     Note  sur  un  ancien  manuscrit  Ame'ricain  in6dit 
[Signed  Jose"  Perez.] 

In  Revue  Orientate  et  Americaine,  vol.  1,  pp.  35-39.  Paris,  1859.  8°. 
Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copy  in  the  Astor  Library.  Issued  separately,  as 
follows : 

2946  Note  sur  un  ancien  manuscrit  Ame"ricain. 

Paris,  1858.  * 

8°.  Extract  from  the  Revue  Orientale  et  Americaine,  No.  1,  October,  1858. — 
Leclerc,  1867,  No.  1151. 

2947  M6moire  sur  les  Relations  des  Auciens  Ame'ricains  avec  les 

Peuples  de  1'Europe,  de  1'Asie  et  de  1'Afrique.  [Signed  Jose"  Perez.]  * 

In  Revue  Orientale  et  Americaine,  vol.  8,  pp.  162-198.     Paris,  1863.  8°. 
Comparison  of  Algonkin  and  Irish  words,  pp.  180-181 ;  comparison  of  various 
American,  European,  Asiatic,  and  African  words,  pp.  181-183. 


PENTATEUCH  -  PEREZ. 


570 


Perez  (Jose)  —  continued. 

2948  -  Meinoire  sur  les  Eelations  des  Anciens  Ame'ricains  avec  les 
Peuples  de  PEurope,  de  1'Asie  et  de  1'Afrique  [continued].   [Signed 
Jose  Perez.]  * 

In  Revue  Americaine,  2e  serie,  vol.  2,  pp.  162-175,  300-310.     Paris,  1865.  8°. 

Comparison  of  American  and  Sanscrit  words,  p.  308. 

Tills  above  from  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copies  in  the  Astor  Library. 

2949  Perez  (D.  Juan  Pio).     Diccionario  |  de  la  |  Leiigua  Maya  |  por  | 
D.  Juan  Pio  Perez  | 

Merida  de  Yucatan  |  Imprenta  Literaria,  de  Juan  F.  Molina 
Solis  |  1860-1877  |  C.WE. 

Pp.  i-x,i-xx,  1-437.  4°.     Maya-Spanish. 

Reviewed  under  the  title  "  Native  American  Languages"  in  The  Critic,  vol. 
3,  No.  61,  pp.  96-97.  New  York,  1883.  4°.  SeeGatschet  (A.  S.)  andDe  Kay  (C.), 
in  Additions  and  Corrections. 

2950  -  Ancient  Chronology  of  Yucatan;  or  a  true  exposition  of 
the  method  used  by  the  Indians  for  computing  time.    Translated 
from  the  manuscript  of  Don  Juan  Pio  Perez,  Yucatan. 

In  Stephens  (J.  L.)  Incidents  of  travel  in  Yucatan,  vol.  1,  pp.  434-459.  New 
York,  1843.  2  vols.  8°. 

Contains  names  of  the  days,  months,  years,  &c.,  in  Yucateco,  vol.  1,  pp.  434—159. 

Reprinted  in  the  18(iO  edition  of  Stephens,  same  volume  and  page  ;  in  Brasseur's 
Cosas  de  Yucatan,  Paris,  1864  ;  and,  according  to  Briiitou,  iii  :  Kegistro  Yuca 
teco,  tome  3;  Dicciouario  Universal  de  Historia  y  Geografia,  tome  8,  Mexico, 
1855;  Diccionario  Historico  de  Yucatan,  tome  1,  Merida,  1866. 

I  have  seen  a  manuscript  copy  of  this  article,  possibly  the  original,  in  the 
library  of  M.  Alph.  Piuart,  San  Francisco,  Cal.  Its  title  is  as  follows: 

Explication  |  del  Calendario  y  de  la  crouologiea  |  antiqua  de  Yucatan,  |  escrita 
por  D.  Pio  Perez,  |  juez  que  fu<S  de  Peto.  | 

Manuscript.  14  11.  folio. 

2951  -  A  manuscript  written  in  the  Maya  language,  treating  of 
the  principal  epochs  of  the  history  of  the  Peninsula  of  Yucatan 
before  the  Conquest.     With  comments  by  Don  Pio  Perez. 

In  Stephens  (J.  L.)  Incideutsof  Travel  in  Yucatan,  vol.  2,  pp.  465-468.  New 
York,  1843.  2  vols.  8°. 


2952 


-  Codice  Perez,  in  the  Maya  language. 

Manuscript.  200pp.  4°.     In  the  library  of  D.  Crescencio  Carrillo. 


'ED  TITLE  IN 


2953  -  Apuntes  para  una  Gramntica  Maya.  * 

Manuscript,  pp.  45-136.  In  possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton,  Philadelphia, 
who  thus  speaks  of  it  in  his  Maya  Chronicles:  "The  eminent  antiquary,  Don 
Juan  Pio  Perez,  contemplated  writing  a  Maya  grammar,  and  collected  a  number 
of  notes  for  that  purpose,  as  did  also  the  late  Dr.  Berendt,  but  neither  brought 
his  work  to  any  degree  of  completeness.  I  have  copies  of  the  notes  left  by  both 
these  diligent  students,  as  also  both  editions  of  Beltran,and  an  accurate  MS. 
copy  of  Buenaventura,  from  all  of  which  I  have  derived  assistance  in  complet 
ing  the  present  study." 

Parrillo  gives,  under  Perez,  the  following  title:  Gramatica  Maya  de  la  Icugna 
Maya,  and  speaks  of  it  as  follows:  "It  is  evident  that  Sr.  Perez  left  it  written, 


580  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Perez  (D.  Juan  Pio) — continued. 

since  not  only  do  we  find  proofs  of  it  in  various  documents  which  we  have  ex 
amined,  but  we  have  also  had  in  our  hands  a  leaf  which  is  known  to  have  been 
taken  from  the  original  book,  in  small  4°,  in  the  handwriting  of  the  author,  and 
Td  which  is  in  possession  of  the  Lie.  D.  Carlos  Peon."  It  is  probable  that  the  manu 
script  spoken  of  is  the  one  now  belonging  to  Dr.  Brinton. 

2954  Perez  (Manuel).    Arte  |  de  el  Idioma  |  Mexicano.  |  Por  el  P.  Fr. 
Manuel  Perez,   del  Ordeu  de  N.  P.  San  Augustin,  hijo  de  la  Santa  | 
Provincia  del  Santissimo  Nombre  de  Jesvs,  ac-  j  tual  Visitador  en 
ella,  Cura-Ministro,  por  su  Ma-  |  gestad,  de  la  Parroquia  de  los 
Naturales  del  Eeal  |  Gollegio  de  San  Pablo,  y  Cathedratico  de  | 
dicho  Idioma  en  la  Eeal  Vniversidad  |  de  Mexico.  |  Dedicalo  |  a  la 
dicha  Santis-  |  sitna  Provincia.  |  [Design.] 

1J  Con  Licencia.  |  En  Mexico,  por  Francisco  de  Eibera  Calderon, 
en  la  |  calle  de  San  Augustin.    Ano  de  1713.  |  B.  c. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-80.  "  Indice,"  3  pp.  sm.  4°. 

2955  Farol  |  Indiano,  |  y  Gvia  de  Curas  |  de  Indios.  |  Summa 

de  los  cinco  Sacramen-  |  tos  que  administran  los  Ministros  Evan- 
gelicos  en  |  esta  America.    Con  todos  los  casos  morales  que  su-  | 
ceden  entre  Indios.    Deducidos  de  los  mas  clasicos  |  Authores,  y 
amoldados  a  las  costumbres,  y  pri-  |  vilegios  de  los  Naturales.  | 
Por  el  P.  Fr.  Manuel  Perez,  |  del  Orden  de  N.  P.  S.  Augustin,  hijo 
de  esta  Provincia  |  del  Santissimo  Nombre  de  Jesus,  Visitador  ac 
tual  de  |  ella,  Cura-Ministro,  por  sn  Magestad,  de  la  Parroquia 
de  |  Naturales  de  S.  Pablo  de  Mexico,  y  Cathedratico  |  de  Lengua 
Mexicana  en  la  Eeal  |  Vniversidad.  |  Dedicala  |  Al  Sautissimo  Es- 
poso  de  la  Esposa,  y  Madre  de  |  Dios,  y  Patron  de  esta  Nueva  Es- 
paua,  |  Senor  San  Joseph.  | 

Con  licencia  de  los  Svperiores.  |  En  Mexico,  por  Francisco  de 
Eivera  Calderon,  en  |  la  calle  de  San  Augustin.     Ano  de  1713.  |  c. 
24  p.  11.,  pp.  1-192 ;  Indice  and  erratas,  2  11.  4°. 

2956  Alfabeto  espaSol  latino  y  megicano. 

Megico  por  Calderon  1714  * 

4°.     Title  from  Beristain. 

2957  Cathecismo  |  Eomano,   |  traducido   |   en   Castellano,  |  y 

Mexicano,  |  Por  el  P.  F.  Mauvel  |  Perez,  |  del  orden  -de  N.  P.  S. 
Agvstin.  |  Hijo  de  la  Santa  Provincia  del  Santissimo  |  Nombre  de 
Jesus  de  la  Nueva-Espaiia:  |  Ex- Visitador  de  dicha  Provincia: 
Cura-  |  Ministro  por  su  Magestad,  de  la  Parro-  |  quia  de  los  Natu 
rales  de  San  Pablo  de  Me-  |  xico;  y  Cathedratico  de  Lengua  Mexi- 
ca-  |  na,  veinte  y  dos  afios  ha,  en  la  Eeal  |  Vniversidad.  |  Dedicalo 
a  la  di-  |  cha  SS.ma  Provincia.  | 

Con  Licencia,  en  Mexico,  por  Francisco  de  |  Eivera  Calderon. 
Ano  de  1 723.  |  0.  B. 

14  p.  11.,  pp.  1-248.  sm.4°. 


PEREZ.  581 

Perez  (Manuel) — continued. 

2958 Metodo  para  anxiliar  moribundos  en  Lengua  Mexicana  con 

las  Indulgencias  que  concedio  el  Illmd.  Sr  Arzopispo  Lanciego.      * 
Printed  several  times. — lieristain. 

2959  Perez  (Pedro  Alcantara).    Silabario  del  idioma  otomi  |  Dispuesto  | 
Por  Pedro  Alcantara  Perez  exsustituto  de  la  Gate-  |  dra  de  aquel 
idioma  en  la  National  y  Pontificia  |  Universidad  de  Mexico,  y  socio 
de  la  compania  |  Lancasteriaua  aprobado  por  el  Sr.  Br.  D.  Manuel  | 
Garrido  Cura  de  la  Parroquia  de  S.te  Catarina  Mar  |  tin  y  Sinodal  del 
espresado  idioma  en  este  Arzobis  |  pado  y  por  el  Sr.  Br.  D.  Manuel 
Ibarra  cura  pro  |  pio  de  San  Antonio  Huisquiluca.  por  encargo  de  | 
dicha  compauia  como  Direccion  Gral.  de  instru  |  -cion  primaria.  | 
Dedicalo  |  a  |  Maria  Santisima  de  Guadalupe  tierra  Madre  |  de  los 
iudios  y  fneute  de  su  ilustracion.  |  B. 

Manuscript  title ;  1  p.  printed;  13  pp.  manuscript.  4°.     No  date. 
The  printed  page  contains  words  of  one,  two,  and  three  syllables  in  Otomi.    Of 
the  manuscript,  p.  1  contains  the  alphabet ;  pp.  2-9,  words  of  one,  two,  and  three 
syllables;  pp.  10-11, the  numerals;  pp.  11-13,  a  brief  moral  discourse.    Themanu- 
script  is  of  the  present  century. 
Perez  was  professor  of  the  Othomi  language  at  the  University  of  Mexico. 

2960  Perez  de  la  Fuente  (D.  Joseph  Antonio).    Gartilla  Mexicana,  y 
Castellana.  * 

Manuscript.  12  11.  folio.     Title  from  Boturini. 

2961  Gramatica  en  Idioma  Nahnatl.  * 

Manuscript.  3611.  4=>. 

A  correct  instructor  of  the  most  elegant  Nahnatl  idiom — that  is,  a  grammar  of 
the  said  idiom.  Faulty  at  the  end. — Boturini. 

2962  Manuscripts  in  the  Nahuatl  language.  * 

Diverse  works  in  Xahuatl  and  Spanish,  and  some  in  Nahuatl  alone.     They  are 

in  a  book  of  19  11.  folio,  and  are  as  follows: 

Relacion  do  la  admirable  Aparicion  de  Nuestra  SeBora  de  Gnadalupe.  In 
Spanish  and  Mexican. 

Interrogator™  para  confessar  a  los  ludios  Mexicanos.     In  Spanish  and  Mexican. 

Practica  de  ayudar  a  bien  morir  recopilada  del  Ritual  Romano.  In  the 
Nahuatl  language. 

El  Portento  Mexicano.  Drama  in  Mexican  verse  of  the  Apparition  of  Our 
Lady  of  Guadalupe. 

El  Dia  Festive  del  Alma.  Written  by  various  authors  and  translated  into 
the  Mexican  language. 

Mercnrio  Encomiastico.     Fourteen  lines  in  Mexican  verse. 

Borradores  Devotos.  Contains  various  prayers  of  the  Most  Holy  Rosary  and 
much  else. 

Versos  Mexicanos  de  Nuestra  Sefiora  de  Guadalnpe. 

Sacra  Philomena,  que  discauta  en  el  Idioma  Mexicano  los  Misterios  del  San- 
tissimo  Rosario. 

Consideracion  de  la  Sautissima  Trinidad.     In  the  Mexican  language. 

La  Cartilla  con  todas  sus  Oracioues.     In  the  Mexican  language. 

Titles  from  Boturini. 


582  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

2963  [Pcrrault  (Rev.  Charles  Ovide).]  Prieres  L.  J.  C.  &  M.  J.  Can- 
tiquea  et  Catechisme,  en  langue  Montagnaise,  ou  Chipewyan.  [One 
line  of  Indian  characters,  with  motto  and  emblem  in  a  circle.] 

wyan  language.  —  Field,  No.  1243. 


.      Montreal,  Irnprimerie  de  Louis  Perrault,  1857. 

144  pp.  24°.    Prayers,  sacred  songs,  and  catechism,  in  the  Montagnais,  or  Chipe 


2964  -  L.  J.  C.  &  M.  J.  |  Prieres,  |  Cantiques  et  Catechisme  |  en 
langue  |  Montagnaise  ou  Chipeweyan.  |  [One  line  syllabic  charac 
ters.]  |  [Oblate  seal.] 

Montreal:    |    Imprimerie  de  Louis  Perrault  et  Compagnie.  | 
1865.  |  o.  s.  WE. 

Pp.  i-xi,  3-179.  24°.  Pp.  3-179  are  in  syllabic  characters.  One  of  the  three 
copies  of  the  above  work  seen  by  me,  that  in  the  possession  of  Mr.  Eames,  differs 
in  collation  from  the  other  two,  the  11  preliminary  pages  being  missing,  and  after 
pp.  1-179  follows  "Explication  de,  quelques  Images  propres  &  I'instruction  des 
Montagnais,"  pp.  145-180;  which  is  probably  a  continuation  of  the  edition  of 
1857,  No.  2963,  bound  with  this  later  edition  for  convenience,  the  pagination  of 
that  work,  as  will  b,e  observed,  ending  at  page  144. 

2965  -  Prieres  L.  J.  C.  &  M.  T.    Cantiques,  Catechisme  etc.  en 
langue  Crise.    [Indian  characters,  one  line,  and  motto.] 

Montreal,  Imprimerie  de  Louis  Perrault  et  Compagnie,  1866.      * 

324  pp.  24°.  Prayers,  sacred  songs,  catechism,  etc:,  in  the  Cree  language. 
Printed  in  a  species  of  phonetic  characters.  —  Field,  No.  1242. 

Ferryman  (James). 

See  Robertson  (A.  E.  W.),  Ferryman  (  J.),  Ferryman  (T.  W.),  and  Hodge 
(D.M.) 

Ferryman  (Leguest  Chateau). 
See  Loughridge  (R.M.),Winslett  (D.),  Ferryman  (L.),  and  Hodge  (D.M.) 

2966  Ferryman  (S.  W.)  and  Ferryman  (L.  C.)    Constitution  and  Laws  j 
of  the  |  Muskokee  or  Creek  Nation,  |  translated  into  |  Muskokee 
Language,  |  by  |  S.  W.  &  L.  C.  Perrjman,  |  by  |  An  Act  of  the 
National  Council.  | 

Washington  City:  |  McGill  &  Witherow,  Printers  and  Stereo- 
typers.  j  1868.  |  JWP.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-16.  8°.     Preceded  by  the  same  in  English,  15  pp. 

Ferryman  (Thomas  W.) 
See  Robertson  (A.  E.  W.),  Ferryman  (J.),  Penrman  (T.  W.),  and  Hodge 

(D.  M.) 

2967  -  and  Robertson  (Mrs.  A.  E.  W.)     Cesvs  oh  Vyares.  |  I  will 
go  to  Jesus.  |  By  Rev.  J.  B.  Waterbury,  D.  D.  |  Translated  into 
Creek  |  by  Thomas  Ferryman,  Esq.,  |  and  |  Mrs.  A.  E.  W.  Robert 
son,  Tullahassee  Mission.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society  |  150  Nassau-street, 
New  York.  |  [N.  d.]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-23.  24°. 


PERRAULT — PETITOT. 


583 


2968  Petitot  (P.  E.)    Dictionnaire  |  de  la  |  Langue  Dene-Dindji6  |  dia- 
lectes  |  Montagnais  on  Chippewayan,  Peaux  de  Lievre  et  LoucLeux  | 
reuferraaiit  en  outre  [  un  grand  nombre  de  termes  propres  a  sept 
antres  dialectes  de  la  meme  langue  |  pr£c£de  |  d'uue  monographic 
des  Dene-Dindjie'  |  d'une  gramraaire  et  de  tableaux  synoptiques 
des  conjugaisons  |  par  |  le  R.  P.  E.  Petitot  |  Missionnaire-Oblat  de 
Marie  Immaculee,  Offlcier  d'Academie,  Membre  correspoudant  de 
1' Academic  de  Nancy,  |  de  la  Socie"te"  d'Anthropologie  et  Membre 
honoraire  de  la  Socle"  te"  de  Philologie  de  Paris.  |  [Two  lines  quota 
tion.]     [Design.] 

Paris  |  Ernest  Leroux,  Editeur  |  libraire  des  Socie"te~s  Asiatiques 
de  Paris,  de  Calcutta,  de  New-Haven  (Etats-Uiiis),  de  Shanghai 
(Chine)  |  de  1'Ecole  des  langues  Orientales  Vivantes,  de  la  Socie"te~ 
Philologique,  etc.  |  28,  Rue  Bonaparte,  28  |  Maisonneuve,  quai  Vol 
taire,  15  |  Sau  Francisco,  A.-L.  Bancroft  and  C°.  |  1876  |  B.C.AP.JWP. 

Pp.  i-lxxxviii,  1-367, 5  folding  sheets.  4°.  Forms  vol.  2  of:  Pinart  (Alph.  L.) 
Bibliotheque  de  Linguistique  et  d'Ethnographie  Ame'ricaines. 

Avant-propos,  pp.  xi-xviii.  Monographie  des  Deue-Dindjie',  pp.  xix-xxvi. 
Essai  eur  1'Origine  des  Dene-Dindjie',  pp.  xxvii-xlv.  Pre'cis  de  Granmiaire  com 
pared  des  trois  prinoipanx  dialectes  Dene-Dindjie',  pp.  xlvii-lxxxv. 

Dictionnaire  de  la  Langue  Dene-Dindjie',  pp.  1-367. 

Tableau  ge'ne'ral  des  verbes  Montagnais.  Suite  des  conjugaisons  des  verbes 
Montagnais.  Folding  sheets. 

Tableau  ge'ne'ral  des  verbes  Peaux  de  Lievre.     Folding  sheet. 

Tableau  ge'ne'ral  des  verbes  Loucheux.  Verbes  Loucheux  a  desinences  irre'gu- 
lieres.  Folding  sheets. 

2969  Monographie  des  De"ne-Dindjie\ 


2970 


Paris,  E.  Leroux,  1876. 

109  pp.  8°.      Extract  from  the  Dictionary.— Leclerc,  1878,  No.  2217. 

Vocabulaire  |  Frangais-Esquimau  |  Dialecte  des  Tchiglit 


IMPROVED  TIT! 


ADD: 


des  bouches  du  Mackenzie  et  de  1' Anderson  |  precede"  d'une  |  mono- 
graphie  de  cette  tribu  |  et  de  notes  graminaticales  |  par  |  le  E.  P. 
E.  Petitot  |  Missionuaire  Oblat  de  Marie-Immaculee,  Officier  d'Aca- 
d^mie,  Membre  correspondant  de  1' Academic  de  Nancy  |  et  des  Soci- 
6t6s  d'Anthropologie  et  de  Philologie  de  Paris  |  [Design.] 

Paris  |  Ernest  Leroux  Editeur  |  Libraire  de  la  Hociet^  Asiatique  | 
de  1'Ecole  des  Langues  Orientales  vivantes,  de  la  Societe"  Philolo 
gique  |  des  Socie"t6s  de  Calcutta,  de  New-Haven  (Etats-Unis),  de 
Shanghai,  etc.  |  28,  Rue  Bonaparte,  28  |  Maisouneuve,  15  Quai  Vol 
taire  |  San  Francisco.  A.  L.  Bancroft  and  C°  |  1876  |  c.  AP.  BP.  JWP. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  i-lxiv,  1-78.  4°.  Forms  vol.  3  of:  Pinart  (Alph.  L.)  Bibliotheque 
de  Linguistique  et  d'Ethnographie  Am^ricaines. 

Introduction,  pp.  iii-viii.  Monographie  des  Esquimaux  Tchiglit  dn  Mackenzie 
et  de  1' Anderson,  pp.  ix-xxxvi.  PreVis  de  Grammaire  Esquiinaude,  &c.,  pp. 
xxxix-lxiv. 

Dictionnaire  Francais-Esquimau,  pp.  1-75. 

2971  Monographie  des  Esquimaux  Tchiglit. 

Paris,  Leroux,  1876. 

28  pp.  4°.     Extract  from  the  Vocabulary.— Leclerc,  1878,  No.  2231. 


IMPROVED  TITLF  ! 


584  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Petitot  (P.  E.)— continued. 

2972 De"ue"  Dindjies. 

In  Congres  Int.  des  Americaiiistes,  Compte-rendu,  premiere  session,  tome  2. 
pp.  13-37.  Nancy  et  Paris,  1875.  8°. 

Comparison  of  De'ne'-Dindjie  terms  with  those  of  various  other  languages, 
pp.  13-15. 

Comparative  table  Navajo,  De'ne'  (different  dialects)  and  Dindjie,  pp.  20-21. 

2973  Les  Esquimaux. 

In  Congres  Int.  des  Americaiiistes,  Compte-rendu,  premiere  session,  tome  1, 
pp.  329-339.  Nancy  et  Paris,  1875.  8°. 

Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Esquimaux  of  Bathurst,  Tagal,  Malais  and 
Tuluk,  Maori  or  Kanak,  and  Japonais,  pp.  333-334. 

Myths  (The  Deluge,  and  Origin  of  the  Human  Family)  in  Eskimo,  with  French 
translation,  pp.  336-337. 

2974  Pewani.    A.  M.  D.  G.  |  Pewani  Ipi  Potewatemi  |  Missinoikan,  | 
eyowat  nemadjik,  |  Catholiques  Endjik.  |  [Design.] 

Baltimomak:  |  John  Murphy,  Okimissinakisan  |  Ote  Missinoi 
kan.  |  1846.  |  BA.  WE.  JWP.  MHS. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  title,  reverse  alphabet,  11.,  pp.  5-31.  24°.  Outside  title 
same  as  above,  except  slight  differences  in  ends  of  lines.  Elementary  book  in 
PotHwatami. 

2975  Pfefferkorn  (Ignaz).    Beschreibung  |  der  |  Landschaft  |  Sonora  | 
samt   |   andern    merkwiirdigen    Nachrichten    |    von  den   innereii 
Theilen   |  Neu-Spaniens   |  und  |  Eeise  aus  Amerika  |  bis  in   | 
Deutschland,  |  uebst  einer  Landcharte  von  Sonora.  |  Von  Ignaz 
Pfefi'erkorn,  |  eilfjahrigen   Missionar  daselbst.  |  Erster  [Zweiter] 
Band.  |  [Engraving.]  |  Mit  allergnadigster  kaiserlicher  Freiheit.  | 

Auf  Kosten  des  Verfassers  |  gedrukt  zu  Koln  am  Rhein  in  der 
Langenschen  |  Buchhandlung  1794  [-1795].  |  A. 

2  vols. :  8  p.  11.,  pp.  H55,  5 11.,  map ;  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-447,  7  11.  sm.  8°. 

Sprache  der  Sonorer,  vol.  2,  pp.  240-264,  contains  grammatic  forms,  num 
erals,  etc.,  particularly  "  von  der  pimischen  Sprache" ;  Indian  names  of  localities 
in  Sonora,  with  significations,  pp.  258-264. 

2976  Indian  Names  in  Sonora  and  their  signification. 

In  Hist.  Mag.,  first  series,  vol.  5,  p.  370.     New  York  and  London,  1861.     sm.  4°. 
Extract  from  Father  Pfefierkorn's  work  on  Sonora. 

2977  Philological  Society.    Proceedings  |  of  the  |  Philological  Society  [of 
London]   |   for  |   1842-43  and   1843-44  [-1852  and  1.-53].  |  Vol. 
I  [-VI].  | 

London :  |  Published  for  the  Society,  |  by  George  Bell,  186,  Fleet 
Street,  London.  |  1854  [1844-1854].  |  A.  BA. 

6  vols.  8°. 

Howse  (J.)  Vocabularies  of  certain  North  American  languages,  vol.  4,  pp. 
102-122;  191-206. 

Isbester  (J.  A.)  On  a  short  vocabulary  of  the  Loucheux  Indians,  vol.  4,  pp. 
184-lSi. 

Latham  (E.G.)  Miscellaneous  contributions  to  the  ethnography  of  North 
America,  vol.  2,  pp.  31-50. 

On  the  language  of  New  California,  vol.  6,  pp.  72-86. 


PETITOT PICKERING  585 

Philological  Society — continued. 

Schomburgk  (Sir  R.  H.)  Contributions  to  the  Philological  Ethnography  of 
South  America,  vol.  3,  pp.  2-28-237. 

A  vocabulary  of  the  Maiongkong  Language  [S.  America],  vol.  4,  pp. 

217-222. 

2978  Transactions  |  of  the  |  Philological  Society  [of  London].  | 

1854  [-1877-8-9].  | 

Published  for  the  Society  |  by  George  Bell,  186,  Fleet  Street,  | 
London.  |  [n.  d.— 1879.]  A.  BA. 

15  vols.  8°. 

Charnock  (Dr.  R.  S.)  and  Blake  (Dr.  C.  C.)  Notes  on  the  Woolwa  and  Mos 
quito  vocabularies,  1873-74,  pp.  350-353. 

Daa  (L.  K.)  Ou  the  affinities  between  the  languages  of  the  northern  tribes 
of  the  Old  and  New  Continents,  1856,  p.  251. 

Latham  (R.  G. )  On  certain  additions  to  the  ethnographical  philology  of  Cen 
tral  America,  1*54,  pp.  151-156. 

On  the  languages  of  Northern,  Western,  and  Central  America,  1856, 

pp.  57-115. 

Trumbull  (J.  H.)  On  the  North  American  Indian  Languages,  1875-76, pp. 
355-367. 

2979  Philology — Indian  Languages.  JWP. 

In  The  Investigator,  vol.  1,  nos.  9  and  10,  pp.  261-265  and  289-293.  Septem 
ber  and  October,  1845.  Of  this  publication  I  have  seen  but  the  two  examples 
mentioned  above.  Where  it  was  published  I  do  not  know.  The  first  article 
contains  a  Chippewa  vocabulary,  and  commen's  on  various  Indian  dialects;  the 
second,  an  "  Illustrative  and  Comparative  Vocabulary,"  containing  words  of  the 
Chippeway,  Ottawa,  Potawotamie,  Menomanie,  Sahkey,  Delaware,  Muusee,  Mo- 
hegan,  Oneida,  Cayuga,  Seneca,  and  Winnebago. 

Piccolomini  (Enea  Silvio). 
See  Neve  y  Molina  (Luis  de). 

2980  Pickering  (John).    A  Grammar  of  the  Cherokee  Language. 

Boston,  Mission  Press,  1830. 

8°.  Title  from  Ludewig,  p.  38,  who  says :  "  Only  four  sheete  (pp.  9-40)  printed. 
By  the  invention  of  Sequoyah's  new  alphabet,  the  work  was  stopped  in  its  fur 
ther  progress." 

2981  — - —  On  the  Adoption  of  a  Uniform  Orthography  for  the  Indian 
Languages  of  North  America. 

In  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  So.,  Memoirs,  vol.  4,  pt.  2,  pp.  319-360.  Boston,  1818. 
4°.  Issued  also  as  a  separate  pamphlet,  as  follows: 

2982  An  |  Essay  |  on  a  |  Uniform  Orthography  |  for  the  |  Indian 

Languages  |  of  |  North  America,  |  as  published  in  the  Memoirs  of 
the  American  Academy  |  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  |  By  John  Picker 
ing,  A.  A.  S.  | 

Cambridge ;  |  Univ.  Press— Billiard  and  Metcalf.  |  1820.  | 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-42.  4°.  C.  WE.  JWP.  LSH. 

2983  1.    [Review  of]    Report  of  the  Corresponding  Secretary 

(Peter  S.  Duponceau,  Esq.)  to  the  Hist.  &  Lit.  Com.  of  the  Am. 
Phil.  Soc.  of  his  progress  in  the  Investigation  of  the  General  Char 
acter  and  Forms  of  the  Languages  of  American  Indians. 


586  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Pickering  (John) — continued. 

2.  [Review  of]  A  Correspondence  between  the  Eev.  John  Heeke- 
welder  *  *  and  Peter  S.  Dnponcean  *  *  respecting  the  lan 
guages  of  the  American  Indians.  [By  John  Pickering.] 

In  North  Am.  Review,  vol.  9,  pp.  179-187.     Boston,  1819.  8°. 

Review  of  the  above  works,  and  short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  "Penob- 
Bcot  dialect  of  the  present  day  "  and  the  "  Norridgewock  of  about  the  year  1700." 

2984  [Review  of]  A  Discourse  on  the  Religion  of  the  Indian 

Tribes  of  North  America;  delivered  before  the .N.  Y.  Hist.  Soc.  Dec. 
1819.  By  Samuel  Farmer  Jarvis.     [By  John  Pickering.] 

In  North  Am.  Review,  vol.  11,  pp.  103-113.     Boston,  1820.  8°. 
Gives  extracts  from  Jarvis's  work. 

2985  Indian  Languages  of  America. 

In  Lieber  (F.)  Encyclopedia  Americana,  vol.  6,  pp.  581-600.  Philadelphia, 
1831.  8°.  Reprinted  as  below. 

Consists  principally  of  references  to  and  extracts  from  Duponceau,  Hecke- 
welder,  and  Zeisberger,  and  the  conjugation  of  the  Cherokee  verb  "To  tie". 

2986  Remarks  |  on  the  |  Indian  Languages  |  of  |  North  Amer 
ica.  |  By  John  Pickering.  |  From  the  Encyclopedia  Americana,  vol 
ume  VI.   Published  in  1831.  |  Reprinted,  1836.  |  [N.  p.]        MHS.  WHS. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  581-600.  8°.     A  German  edition,  as  follows : 

2987  -     Ueber  |  die  indianischen  Sprachen  |  Amerikas.  |  Aus  dem 

Englischen  des  Nordamerikaners  |  Herrn  John  Pickering  |  iiber- 
setzt  |  und  mit  Anmerkungeu  begleitet  |  von  |  Talvj.  |  [Mrs.  T.  A. 
Robinson.] 

Leipzig  1834  |  bei  Friedr.  Christ.  Wilh.  Vogel.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-80.  8°. 


See  Rasles  (Father  Sebastian). 
-,  editor. 


See  Eliot  (John). 

2988  Pickett  (Albert  James).     History  |  of  |  Alabama,  |  and  incident 
ally  of  |  Georgia  and  Mississippi,  |  from  the  earliest  period.  |  By  | 
Albert  James  Pickett,  |  of  Montgomery.  |  In  two  volumes,  |  Vol.  I 
[II].  |  Third  Edition.  | 

Charleston :  |  Walker  and  James,  |  1851.  |  c.  BA.  BP. 

2  vols.  12°.     I  have  seen  mention  of  first  edit  ion:  Charleston,  1851.  2vols.  12°. 
A  few  terms  in  Muscogee  or  Creek,  Choctaws,  Chickasaws,  and  Cherokees, 
with  lists  of  towns,  &c.,  from  Bartram  and  Hawkins,  scattered  through. 

Pierson  (Abraham). 
See  Peirson  (A.) 

2989  Pierz  (Franz).     Die  Indianer  |  in  Nord-Amerika,  |  ihre  |  Lebeus- 
weise,  Sitten,   Gebrauche  u.  s.  w.,   |  nach   vieljiihrigem   Aufent- 
halte  |  uud  gesammelten  Erfahrungeu  unter  den  verschiedeuen  | 
Stammeu,   |    bearbeitet  von  |  Franz  Pierz,    |    Katholischem   Mis- 
sionar. 


PICKERING— PIMENTEL.  587 

Pierz  (Franz) — continued. 

St.  Louis,  Mo.  |  Druck  und  Verlag  der  Buchhandlung  von  Franz 
Taler  u  Co.  |  1855.  |  s. 

Pp.  1-130, 1  1.  index.  8°. 
Die  Sprache  der  Indiauer  in  Nord-Amerika,  pp.  11-14. 

2990  Pike  (Oen.  Albert).     Verbal  forms  in  the  Muscoki  language. 

Manuscript.  20  11.  folio.     Seven  verbs  run  through  various  tenses  and  modes. 

2991  Verbal  forms  of  the  Muscoki  and  Hichitathli  languages. 

Manuscript.  27  11.  folio. 

2992  Vocabularies  of  the  Creek  or  Muscogee,  Uchee,  Hitchita, 

Natchez,  Co-os-au-da  or  Co-as-sat-te,  Alabama,  and  Shawnee. 

Manuscript .  56  11.  folio.  These  vocabularies  are  arranged  in  parallel  columns 
for  comparison,  and  contain  from  1,500  to  1,700  words  each.  The  manuscript 
was  submitted  to  Mr.  J.  H.  Trumbull,  of  Hartford,  Conn.,  for  examination,  and 
was  by  him  copied  on  slips,  each  containing  one  English  word  and  its  equiva 
lent  in  the  dialects  given  above,  spaces  being  reserved  for  other  dialects.  They 
were  then  sent  to  Mrs.  A.  E.  W.  Robertson,  of  Tnllahassee,  Ind.  T.,  who  inserted 
the  Cbickasaw  equivalents. 

2993  Vocabulary  of  the  Osage  language. 

Manuscript.  11  11.  folio.  200  words. 

2994  Vocabulary  of  the  Toncawe  language. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  175  words.  These  manuscripts  by  (Jen.  Pike  are  in  the 
library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2995  Pila  (Fr.  Pedro).     Doctrina  moral  y  cristiana  en  Lengua  Tarasca.  * 

Printed,  according  to  some,  and  manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  College  of  S. 
Pablo,  Mexico.— Berislain. 

2996  Pilling  (James  Constantine).     Words  and  phrases  in  the  Wundat 
or  Wyandot  language. 

Manuscript.  3611.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Recorded 
in  a  copy  of  the  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  first  edition,  in 
complete.  Collected  from  John  Grayeyes,  a  Wyandot  chief,  in  1880. 

2997  Pillitikset  Kittornganut,  |  [Picture.]  | 

[N.  p.]     1845.  |  ATS. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  16°.     Bible  stories  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Labrador. 

2998  Pimentel  (Francisco).    Cuadro  Descriptive  y  Comparative  |  de 
las  |  Lenguas  Indigenas  de  Mexico  |  por  [  D.  Francisco  Pimentel  | 
Socio  de  numero  |  de  la  Sociedad  Mexicana  de  Geografia  y  Estadis- 
tica.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.]  |  Toino  Priiuero  [Segundo].  |  [Design.] 

Mexico  |  Impreuta  de  Andrade  y  Bscalante  |  Calle  de  Tiburcio 
numero  19.  |  1862  [-1865].  |  B.  c.  BA.  WE. 

2  vols.  Pp.  lii,  539, 1  1. ;  pp.  vi,  427, 2  11.  8°. 

Introduction,  vol.  1,  pp.  v-lii.  El  Eudeve,  Heve  6  Dohema,  vol.  2,  pp. 

El  Huaxteco,  vol.  1,  pp.  3-34.  151-169. 

El  Mixteco,  vol.  1,  pp.  35-78.  El  Mixe,  vol.  2,  pp.  171-189. 

El  Maine  6  Zaklohpakap,  vol.  1,  pp.     El  Mazahua  6  Mazahui,  vol.  2,  pp.  191- 

79-113.  203. 


588 


NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 


Pimentel  (Francisco) — continued. 

El  Othomf  6  Hia-hiu,  vol.  1,  pp.  115-    El  Gnaicnra  6  Vaicura,  vol.  2,  pp.  205- 


150. 
El  Mexicano,  Nahuatl  6  Azteca,  vol.  I, 

pp.  151-220. 

El  Totouaco,  vol.  1,  pp.  221-268. 
El  Tarasco,  vol.  1,  pp.  269-316. 
El  Zapoteco,  vol.  1,  pp.  317-360. 
El  Tarahumar,  vol.  1,  pp.  361-400. 
El  Opata  6  Teguima,  vol.  1,  pp.  401- 

450. 

El  Cahita,  vol.  1,  pp.  451-495. 
El  Matlatzinca  6  Pirinda,  vol.  1,  pp. 

497-539. 

El  Yiicateco  6  Maya,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-39. 
El  Tepehuan,  vol.  2,  pp.  41-68. 


El  Cochimi  y  el  Laimon,  vol.  2,  pp. 

217-227. 
El  Chanabal,  el  Chiapaneco,  el  Choi, 

el  Tzendal,el   Zoque  y  el  Tzotzil, 

vol.  2,  pp.  229-245. 
El  Joba,  el  Lipan.el  Piipago,  el  Piro 

y  el  Tubar,  vol.  2,  pp.  247-255. 
El  Cuicateco,  el  Mazateco  y  el  Chu- 

chon,  vol.  2,  pp.  257-2(52. 
El  Fame  y  el  Serrano,  vol.  2,  pp.  263- 

267. 
Vocabulario    manual    de    la    lengua 

Opata,  vol.  2,  pp.  269-340. 


El  Cora,  Chora  6  Chota,  vol.  2,  pp.  69-    El  Comanche,  vol.  2,  pp.  343-362. 


90. 


El  Pima  6  NeVome,  vol.  2,  pp.  91-118. 
El  Quiche",  Cachiquel  y  Zutnhil,  vol.2, 
pp.  119-150. 


El  Mutenn,  vol.  2,  pp.  363-387. 

El  Tatche'  6  Telame",  vol.  2,  pp.  389- 

405. 
El  Tejano  6   Coahtiilteco,  vol.  2,  pp. 

407-413. 

Varios  idiomas  de  la  Alta  California  (el  Guiluco;  el  Choconyem ;  elJonki- 
oMsnio;  elTularefio;  idiotna  de  la  Mision  de  Santa  Clara;  idioma  de  la  Mision 
de  Santa  Ines ;  idioma  de  la  Mision  de  San  Fernando ;  idioma  de  la  Mision  de 
San  Gabriel;  idioma  de  la  Mision  de  Sau  Juan  Capistrano;  idioma  de  la  Mi 
sion  de  San  Luis ;  idioma  de  la  Mision  de  San  Diego),  pp.  415-427. 

2999  Cuadro  descriptive  y  comparative  |  de  las  |  Lenguas  Indi- 

genas  de  Mexico,  |  o  tratado  de  Blologia  Mexicana,  |  por  |  Fran 
cisco  Pimeutel  |  Miembro  de  varias  |  sociedades  cientificas  y  litera- 
rias  de  Mexico,  |  Europa  y  Estados  Unidos  de  America,  |  (Segunda 
Edicion  unica  completa.)  |  Tomo  Primero  [-Tercero].  | 

Mexico.  |  Tipografla  de  Isidore  Epstein  |  Calle  de  Nuevo  Mexico 
N».  6.  |  1874  1 1875].  |  0. 


3  vols.  12°. 


3000 


3001 


Algunas  observaciones  sobre  las  palabras  Mayo  y  Maya. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  tomo  8,  pp.  415-417.     Mexico,  1860.  8°. 

Vocabulario  Manual  de  la  Lengua  Opata,  por  Francisco 

Pimentel. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  tomo  10,  pp.  287-313.    Meixco,  1863.  8°. 

3002 Observaciones  de  Francisco  Pimentel  a  la  Disertacion  so 
bre  el  Idioma  Otoini,  leida  en  la  Sociedad  Mexicaua  de  Geografia 
y  Estadistica,  por  el  Sr.  D.  Gumesiudo  Mendoza. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  segunda  e'poca,  tomo  4,  pp.  224-236.     Mexico, 

1872.  8°. 

3003  Replica  de  Francisco  Pimentel  al  Sr.  D.  Gumesindo  Men 
doza,  acerca  de  su  Disertacion  sobre  el  Idioma  Jthomi. 

lu  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  segunda  e'poca,  tomo  4,  pp.  629-636.     Mexico, 
1872.  8°. 


PIMENTEL — PINIARTUT.  589 

Pimentel  (Francisco) — continued. 

3004  Sobre  los  nouibres  deparantesco  en  las  Lenguas  Indigenas. 

(Coutestacion  al  Seuor  Don  Ignacio  Ramirez.) 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  tercera  epoca,  tomo  1,  pp.  208-211.     Mexico, 

1873.  8°. 


See  [Cabrera  (Jose"  Maria)  and  others]. 

3005  Pinart  (Alplionse  L.)     Eskimaux  et  Koloches  |  Ide"es  Religieuses  et 
Traditions  des  Kaniagnaioutes  |  par  M.  Alplionse  Pinart. 
Colophon  : 
Paris. — Typographic  A.  Hennuyer,  rue  du  Boulevard,  7.      JWP. 

Pp.  1-8.  8°.  Extract  from  the  Revue  d'anthropologie,  1873.  Eskimo  terms 
passim. 

300G  -  —  Alph.  Pinart  |  Sur  |  Les  Atnahs  |  Extrait  de  la  Revue  de 
Philologie  et  d'Ethnographie,  N.°  2.  | 

Paris  |  Ernest  Leroux,  Editeur  |  Libraire  de  Societes  Asiatiques 
de  Paris,  de  Calcutta,  de  New-Haven  |  (Etats-TJnis),  de  Shanghai 
(Cbine)  |  28,  Rue  Bonaparte,  28  |  1875  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-8.  8°.     General  remarks  and  vocabulary. 

3007  ,  editor.    Bibliotheque  |  de  |  Linguistique  et  d'Ethnogra- 

I>bie  |  Aine~ricaines   |  publiee  |  Par  Alph.-L.  Pinart  |  Volume  I 

[-IV].  | 

[Paris  et  San  Francisco :  1875-1882.]  AP.  JWP. 

4  vols.  4°.     Title  of  vol.  4  in  Spanish. 

Albornoz  (Fr.  Juan  de).  Arte  de  la  Lengua  Chiapaneca  y  Doctrina  Cristiana 
en  la  inisma  leugua  escrita  por  El  Padre  M*"*  Fray  Luis  Barrientos.  Paris,  1875. 
Vol.  1. 

[Franco  (P. — ).]  Noticias  de  los  Indies  del  Departamento  de  Veragua,  y 
vocabularies,  &c.  San  Francisco,  1882.  Vol.  4. 

Petitot  (P.  E.)    Dictionnaire de  la Langue  Dene-Dindjie'.     Paris,  1876.  Vol.2. 

Vocabulaire  Francais-Esquiinau.     Paris,  1876.  Vol.  3. 

3008  Pinelo  (D.  Bernardino).    Manual  Megicano  para  la  administracion 
recta  de  los  Sacramentos.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

3009  Pingortitsinermik.  |  [Picture.] 

[Druck  von  J.  F.  Steinkopf  in  Stuttgart.]  |  1848.  |  ATS. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  16°.     Tract  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Labrador. 

3010  Piniartut  |  pissainut  titartauvfit  katiternere.  |  Kakortnme,  Pa- 
miuue,  Niingme,  Manitsuuie,  |  Amerdlumilo.  |  ukiunelS^-IS75;,,;.  | 
Sammendrag  |  af  Fangelister  for  |  Julianebaabs,  Frederikshaabs, 
Godtbaabs,  |  Sukkertoppens,  og  Holstensborgs  Districterj  |  for 
Aarene  |  187374-187576.  | 

Nungme  nakitigkat,  |  L.  Miller.  |  1877.  |  JTVP. 

Title  11.,  pp.  1-41.  12°.  Census,  for  above-mentioned  years,  of  Eskimo  residents. 


590  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

3011  Pinkerton  (John).    A  |  General  Collection  |  of  the  |  best  and  most 
interesting  |  Voyages  and  Travels  |  in  all  parts  of  the  World;  | 
many  of  which  are  now  first  translated  into  English.  |  Digested  on 
a  new  plan.  |  By  John  Pinkerton,  |  Author  of  Modern  Geography, 
&c.&c.  |  Illustrated  with  plates.    Volume  the  first  [-seventeenth].  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  Longman,  Hurst,  Rees,  and  Orme,  Pater 
noster-How  ;  |  and  Cadell  and  Davies,  in  the  Strand.  |  1808 
[-1814].  |  0.  BA. 

17  vols.  folio. 

Smith  (John).    The  General  History  of  Virginia,  vol.  13,  pp.  1-253. 

There  are  also  printed  in  Pinkerton,  Carder's  Voyages,  vol.  12,  pp.  629-C74,  and 
Lahoutan's  Travels,  vol.  13,  pp.  254-335,  but  in  neither  are  the  linguistics  given. 

3012  Pintura  del  Gobernador,  Alcaldes  y  Rigidores  de  Mexico.    Codice 
en  geroglificos  inexicanos  y  en  lenguas  castellana  y  a/teca,  exis. 
tente  en  la  biblioteca  del  Duque  de  Osuna. 

Madrid,  Hernandez,  1878.  * 

10  pp.,  40  plates,  folio.     Title  from  Leclerc's  Supplement,  No.  2903. 

3013  Pipart  (AbM  Jules).    Astronomic,  Chronologie,  et  Rites  des  Mexi- 
cains  d'apres  leur  Calendrier,  Par  I'abb6  J.  Pipart,  de  Vernou-sur- 
Brenne. 

In  Soc.  Ameiicaiiie  de  Prance,  Archives,  nouvelle  se'rie,  tome  1,  pp.  5-18. 
Paris,  1875.  8°. 

Les  20  jours  d'un  mois  mexicain,  p.  17 ;  Lea  18  mois  de  1'annde,  p.  18. 

3014  filaments  pliou6tiques  dans  les  Ecritures  figuratives  des 

Anciens  Mexicains. 

In  Cong.  Internat.  des  Americanistes,  Compte-rendn,  seconde  session,  tome 
2,  pp.  346-368.  Luxembourg  et  Paris,  1878.  8°. 

3015  [Piquet  (A&fce'Fr.)]    lonteriSeienstagSa  |  ne  |  tsiatag  oriSatogeuton 
ogonha.  | 

Parisiis.    |    Onouthioke.  |   Tehoristoraragon   D.-P.   Lefebvre.  | 
1826.  |  s.  v.  GB.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-72.  12°.  Catechism  in  the  Iroquois  language,  translated,  1  am  informed 
by  the  Abbe'  Cuoq,  by  the  Abbe'  Piquet.  Prayers,  pp.  63-72. 

3016  Platica  de  los  principales  misterios  de  la  religion,  en  Poconchi,  etc.  * 

Manuscript.  32  pp.  8°.  Written  by  a  curd  of  the  town  of  Taktie,  in  Verapaz, 
in  1856. — Brasaeur  de  Bourbourg. 

3017  PMticas.    Platicas  en  castellano  y  mexicano.  * 

Manuscript.  2311.  folio.  Small  letters ;  dated  April  28,  1739.  In  the  library 
of  Sr.  Ramirez. — Tcazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  143.  Possibly  the  same  as  No.  1944  of 
this  catalogue. 

3018  'Platicas  piadosas  en  lengua  Mexicana  Vulgar  de  Guate 
mala.  * 

Manuscript.  10  11.  folio.  The  writing  appears  to  belong  to  the  last  century. — 
Brasaeur  de  Bourboura. 


PINKEKTON — POK.  591 

3019  Platzmann  (Julius).     Anierikanisch-asiatische  Etyinologien   |   via 
Bebring-Strasse  |  'from  the  East  to  the  West,  |  von  |  Julius  Platz- 
maun.  | 

Leipzig,  |  Druck  von  B.  G.  Teubner.  |  1871.  |  c. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-112.  8°. 

3020  Playter  (George  D.)    The  History  of  Methodism  in  Canada :  with 
an  Account  of  the  Rise  and  Progress  of  the  Work  of  God  among 
the  Canadian  Indian  Tribes,  and  occasional  Notices  of  the  Civil 
Affairs  of  the  Province.    By  George  D.  Playter,  of  the  Wesleyan 
Conference. 

Toronto:  Published  for  the  Author  by  Anson  Green.  1862.        * 
Pp.  viii,413, 1  1.  12°.     Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eaines,  wbo  gives  linguistic 

contents  as  follows: 

A  four-line  verse  of  a  hymn  in  Mohawk,  with  English  translation,  p.  224.    A 

six-line  verse  of  a  hymn  in  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  Grape  Island,  Bay  of 

Quinte,  with  English  translation. 

3021  Poetry  of  the  Indians.  0.  LSH. 

In  Harper's  Mag.,  June,  1878,  pp.  104-108.     New  York,  1878.  8°. 
Songs  in  Chippewa  and  Cherokee,  23d  Psalm  in  Algonquin. 

3022  Poirier  (Mgr.  Ch.)    Lettre  de  Mgr  Ch.  Poirier,  e"ve"que  de  Roseau. 

In  Annales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,  vol.  37,  pp.  453-462.  Paris,  1865.  8°. 
Dated  Eoseau,  le  20  uovembre  1864.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

Contains,  p.  461,  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Caraibe,  with  interlinear  French  trans 
lation  (from  Raymond  Breton). 

3023  Pok.  |  kalalek  avalangnek,  nunalikame  nuna-  |  katiminut  okaluk- 
tuartok.  |  Angakordlo  |  palasimik  napitsivdlune  agssortuissok.   | 
agdlagkat  pisorkat  navssarissat  nong-  |  niiut  ilanit.  |  Aket  missig- 
ssuissut  avguasavait  uvig-  |  dlarnernut  kainakut  pisut  kinguai- 
nut.  |  [Design.] 

Nongme.    1857.  |  nalagkap    nongmitup    nakitirivflaue    naki-  | 
tigkat  K:  Bertelsenmit  Pelivdlo  ernera-  |  nit  Lars  Mollermit.  | 

The  above  is  ttefront-coi-er  title.     Inside  title : 

Pok,  I  kalalek  avalangnek,  uunalikame  |  nunakatiminut  okalug- 
tuartok.  |  Angakordlo,  |  palasimik  napitsivdlune  agssortui-  ssok.  | 
agdlagkat  pisorkat  navssarissat  |  nongmiut  ilanit.  |  nalagkap  nong- 
metup  nakitirivflane  |  nakitigkatR:  Bertelsenmit  Pelivdlo  |  erne- 
ranit  Lars  Mollermit.  |  1857.  | 

Title  on  back  cover:  , 

Pok,  |  en  Gronlaender,  som  bar  reist  og  ved  sin  |  Hjemkomst 
fortffiller  derom  til  sine  Lands-  |  msend  |  og  |  Angekokken  |  som 
moder  Praesten  og  disputerer  med  ham.  |  Efter  gamle  Haand- 
skrifter,  fundne  hos  |  Gronlaendere  ved  Godthaab.  |  Hele  indtaegteu 
skal  sif  forstauderska-  |  berne  deles  mellem  euker,  som  have  mi-  | 
stet  deres  maend  ved  kajakfangst.  | 

Godtbaab.  1857.  |  Trykt  af  R :  Bertelsen  og  L:  Moller,  |  Peles 
Sou,  i  Inspecteurens  Bogtrykkeri.  |  A.  GB. 


592  NORTH    AMEE  CAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Pok — continued. 

Printed  cover,  title  1  1.,  pp.  1-18.  8°.  4  plates  on  2  leaves.  Written,  printed, 
and  illustrated  by  natives  of  Greenland.  The  wood-cuts  and  their  coloring  are 
curious  specimens  of  native  art. 

3024  [Pomeroy  (James  Margarum),  editor.]    Charter  |  of  the  |  Choctaw 
and  Chickasaw  |  Central  |  Railroad  Company.  |  Publisbed  for  the 
information  of  the  Choctaw  and  Chickasaw  Peoples.  |  Chahta  Chi- 
kaska  itatuklo  |  Chata  |  Iklvna  Tvli  Hina  Kvmpeni  oke.  |  Chahta 
mikmvt  Chikasha  Okla  uana  akostenecha  chi  pulla  kuk  o  holisso 
illvpvt  toba  hoke.  | 

Little  Eock,  Ark. :  |  Woodruif  and  Blocher,  Printers,  Binders  and 
Stationers,  Markham  Street.  |  1870.  |  • 

Pp.  v,  24  and  24  (double  numbers),  alternate  English  and  Choctaw  facing  each 
other.  royalS0.  Marginal  notes  in  English  and  Choctaw.  On  p.  iii  Mr.  Pome 
roy  is  named  as  editor. 

3025  Charter  |  of  the  |  Choctaw  and  Chickasaw  |  35th  Parallel  | 

Railroad  Company.  |  Published  by  the  Company,  for  the  informa 
tion  of  the  Choctaw  and  Chickasaw  Peoples.  |  =  |  Chahta  Chika 
sha  itatuklo  |  Chata  |  Palelil  Pokole  Tuchena  Akocha  Tvlhape 
Bachaya  ka  Tvli  Hina  Kvmpeni  oke.  |  Cliahta  mikmvt  Chikasha 
Okla  nana  akostanecha  chi  pulla  kuk  o  Kvmpeni  illvpvt  holisso  ha 
ikbe  tok  oke.  | 

Little  Rock,  Ark. :  |  Woodruff  and  Blocher,  Printers,  Binders  and 
Stationers,  Markham  Street.  |  1870.  |  * 

Pp.  v,  24  and  24  (double  numbers),  alternate  English  and  Choctaw  facing  each 
other,  royal  8°.  Marginal  notes  in  English  and  Choctaw.  On  p.  iii  Mr.  Pome 
roy  is  named  as  editor. 

The  two  titles  above  are  from  a  bibliography  of  the  writings  of  the  alumni 
and  faculty  of  the  Wesleyan  University,  by  Messrs.  G.  Brown  Goode  and  Newton 
P.  Scndder,  published  by  the  University. 

3026  Pond  (Rev.  Gideon  H.)    Wootanin  Waxte  Luka  Owa  Qon.    The 
Gospel  by  Luke,  in  the  Dakota  language ;   translated  by  G.  H. 
Pond,  Esq. 

In  Pond  (G.  H.)  and  Reiiville  (J.),  sr.  Wootanin  Waxte  Luka  qa  Jan, 
pp.  163-241.  Cincinnati,  1843.  12°.  This  latter  work  is  appended  to,  and  paged 
continuously  (161-296)  with:  Wicoicage  Wowapi.  Cincinnati,  1842.  12°. 

3027  Power  and  Influence  of  Dakota  Medicine-Men. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  4,  pp.  641-651.  Philadelphia,  1854 
4°.  Contains  Dakota  medicine  song,  with  translation.  Song  reprinted  in  ibid., 
vol.6,  p. 655. 

3028  Dakota  Superstitions.    By  G.  H.  Pond,  of  Bloomington. 

In  Minnesota  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  2,  pt.  3,  pp.  32-62.     St.  Paul,  1867.  8°. 
Contains  Dakota  songs,  with  translation. 


See  Riggs  (Rev.  S.  R.)  and  Pond  (Rev.  G.  H.) 


See  Pond  (£ev.  S.  W.)  and  Pond  (Rev.  G.  H.) 


POK — POND.  503 

Pond  (Rev.  Gideoii  H.) — continued. 

3029  -      — ,  editor.    Dakota  Tawaxitku  Kin,  j  or  j  the  Dakota  Friend.  | 
Published  by  the  Dakota  Mission.  |  Vol.  I.     St.  Paul,  Minnesota, 
November,  1850.    No.  I  [Vol.  II.    August,  1852.    No.  VIII].    Edited 
by  G.  H.  Pond.  |  c.  HIT. 

A  four-page,  twelve-column  paper,  issued  monthly,  printed  partly  in  Dakota, 
partly  in  English,  most  articles  being  printed  in  both  languages,  though  occasion 
ally  only  in  the  one  or  the  other.  An  illustrated  heading  was  added  to  issue  No. 
7,  vol.  1.  Vol.  1  ended  with  the  issue  of  October,  1851,  vol.  2  beginning  January, 
1852,  with  the  size  of  the  sheet  much  enlarged.  The  publication  was  suspended 
with  the  issue  of  August  of  the  same  year,  in  which  number  the  following  edi 
torial  notice  appears:  "The  Dakota  Mission  deems  it  undesirable,  while  the 
•  Indians  are  so  unsettled,  to  continue  the  Friend.  If  the  prospect  is  more  encour 
aging  it  will  be  resumed  hereafter." 

There  is  much  of  interest  to  the  philologist  in  this  paper:  lessons  for  learners, 
grammatic  forms,  vocabularies,  &c. 

3030  and  Eenville  (Joseph),  sr.     Wootanin  Waxte  |  Luka  qa 

Jan,  |  owapi  qon   Iiena  eepi;  |  matorota  qa  psinciuca  okngapi.  | 
The  |  Gospels  |  of  |  Luke  and  John,  |  in  the  Dakota  Language;  j 
translated  |  by  Mr.  G.  H.  Pond  and  Mr.  Joseph  Eenville,  Sr.  |  Pub 
lished  by  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Mis 
sions.  | 

Cincinnati:  |  Kendall  and  Barnard, Printers.  |  1843.  |    c.  BA.JWP. 

Pp.  161-296.  12°.  This  work  is  appended  to,  and  paged  continuously  with: 
Wicoicage  Wowapi.  Cincinnati,  1842.  12°.  and  comprises  the  following  ar- 
tich's, each  with  its  own  heading: 

Pond  (G.  H.t    Wootaniu  Waxte  Luka    •    •    *     Gospel  by  Luke,  pp.  163-241. 

Renville  (J.),»r.    Wootanin  Waxte  Jan    *    *    *    Gospel  of  John,  pp.  242-295. 

3031  Pond  (Rev.  Samuel  W.)    Wowapi  Inonpa.  |  Wowapi  wakan  etan- 
han  taku  wanjikji  |  oyakapi  kin  he  dee.  |  Wanmdiduta  kaga.  |  The 
Second  |  Dakota  Beading  Book.  |  Consisting  of  Bible  Stories  from 
the  Old  Testa-  |  ment.    By  Eev.  S.  W.  Pond,  |  Missionary  of  the  A. 
B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  | 
for  Foreign    Missions,   by    Crocker   |   and   Brewster.    |    1842.    j 

Pp.  1-54.  16°.  BA.  BP.  HU.MHS. 

3032  Dakota  |  wiwangapi  wowapi.  |  Catechism  |  in  the  |  Dakota 

or  Sioux  Language.  |  By  Eev.  S.  W.  Pond,  |  Missionary  of  the  A. 
B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

New  Haven:  |  Printed  by  Hitchcock  &  Stafford.  |  1844.  |         BA. 
Pp.  1-12.  12°. 

3033 and  Pond  (Gideon  H.)    The  |  History  |  of  |  Joseph,  |  in  the 

language  of  the  |  Dakota  or  Sioux  Indians.  |  Translated  from  Gen 
esis,  by  |  Samuel  W.  and  Gideon  H.  Pond  |  (Missionaries).  |  Printed 
for  the  American  Board  of  Commis  |  sionersfor  Foreign  Missions.  | 
Cincinnati :  |  Kendall  and  Henry  Printers.  |  1839.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-40.   16^. 

38  Bib 


594  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

3034  Poor  Sarah  |  the  Indian  Woman.  |  ATS. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-23.  16°.  In  the  Choctaw  language.  Appended  :  Am  I 
a  Christian  ?  pp.  16-21.— The  Bible,  pp.  22-23. 

For  another  edition  of  these  tracts,  see  Chahta  I  Kana,  No.  715. 

3035  Pop  (Eugenic).    Doctrina  Christiana  en  Lengua  Quecchi,  escrita 
por  padron  del  pueblo  de  San  Augustin  Lanquin,  en  la  Verapaz, 
por  Eugenic  Pop,  alcalde  que  fu6  en  el  auo  de  1795. 

Manuscript.  17  11.  4°.  The  first  leaf  appears  to  be  wanting,  although  the 
work  is  complete.  It  bears  on  the  margin  of  1.3,  recto,  these  words:  "Padron 
del  pueblo  de  San  Agnstin,"  and  on  the  17th,  "  Afios  de  1795,  en  22  de  jnnio, 
Doctrina  Christiana :  ha  yn  Eugenic  Pop,"  the  whole  in  the  same  hand  as  the 
rest  of  the  work;  indicating  clearly  that  he  himself  wrote  it,  probably  at  the 
request  of  the  cure,  as  a  translation  of  the  Spanish  catechism.  The  additions, 
in  another  hand,  and  the  name  of  the  alcaldes  Juan  Xol  and  Carlos  Kal,  Janu 
ary  18th,  1806,  etc.,  prove  that  the  work  was  by  a  former  alcalde,  and  that  it  was 
transmitted  each  year  by  succeeding  alcaldes,  according  to  the  custom  of  the 
natives  of  Verapaz. — Brasseur  de  Eourbourg. 

3036  Pope  (Maj.  F.  L.)     Vocabulary  of  Words  from  the  Siccany  Lan 
guage. 

Manuscript.  14  pp.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  "  The 
tribe  known  as  the  Siccannies  inhabit  the  tract  of  country  lying  to  the  northwest 
of  Lake  Tatla,  in  British  Columbia,  and  their  language  is  nearly  the  same  as 
that  spoken  by  the  Connenaghs,  or  Nahonies,  of  the  Upper  Stikine." 

3037  Portlock  (Cop*.  Nathaniel).     A  |  Voyage  round  the  World;  |  but 
more  particularly  to  the  |  North-west  Coast  of  America:  |  Per 
formed  in  1785,  1786,  1787,  and  1788,  |  in  |  the  King  George  and 
Queen  Charlotte,  |  Captains   Portlock   and  Dixon.  |  Embellished 
with  twenty  copper-plates.  |  Dedicated,  by  permission,  to  |  His  Maj 
esty.  |  By  Captain  Nathaniel  Portlock.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  John  Stockdale,  opposite  Burlington- House, 
Piccadilly;  |  and  George  Goulding,  James  Street,  Covent Garden.  | 
M.  DCC.  LXXXIX  [1789J.  )  B.  o.  BA.  HU. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-384,  appendix  i-xl.  4°.  maps. 

Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  Prince  William's  Sound,  pp.  254-255.— Vocab 
ulary  of  the  language  of  Portlock's  Harbor,  p.  293. 
See  Dixon  (George). 

3038  and  Dixon  (George).     Reis  |  naar  de  |  Nord-west  Kust  | 

van  |  Amerika.  |  Gedaan  in  de  Jareu  1785,  1786,  1787  en  1788.  j 
Door  |  de  Kapteins  |  Nathaniel  Portlock  |  en  |  George  Dixou.  |  Uit 
derzelver  oorspronklijke  Eeisverhalen  zamengesteld  en  vertaald.  | 
Met  platen.  | 

Te  Amsterdam,  bij  |  Matthijs  Schalekamp.  |  1795.  |  c.  JOB. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-265.  sm.  4°.     map. 

Vocabulary  of  the  natives  of  Prince  William's  Sound  (from  Portlock),  pp. 
109-110.— Vocabulary  of  the  natives  of  Portlock  Harbor  (from  Portlock),  pp. 
140-141.— Numerals  (1-10)  of  Prince  William's  Sound,  Norfolk  Sound,  and  King 
George's  Sound  (from  Dixon),  p.  209. 

3039  Poston  (Charles  D.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Pima  Indians  of  Arizona. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  180  words.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 


POOR POTT.  595 

3040  Potewateme.     A.  M.  D.  G.  |  Potewateme  |  Missinon'i-kan  Gate- 
chisrne  |  ipi  |  nemconin  etcliitek  |  Wayowat  Kwiyuk  Enemiidjik  | 
Catholique  Echinikasidjik.  | 

Cincinnati:  |  Stereotyped  by  Monfort  and  Conahans.     [1850  (?)] 
Pp.  1-67.  18°.     Catechism  in  the  Potewateme  language.  BA.  HU.  MHS. 

3041  Potewatemi.    Potewatenri  |  Nememissiuoikau.  |  A.  M.  D.  G.  | 

Saint  Louis:  |  W.  J.  Mullin  ogimesennakesan  ote  messenaken.  | 
1844.  |  s.  BA. 

Pp.  1-63.  18°.     Roman  Catholic  prayer-book  in  the  Potewatami  language. 

3042  Potewatemi  |  Nememissiuoikan  |  Ewiyowat  Nemadjik  | 

Catholiques  Endjik.  |  [Design.] 

Baltimoinak :  j  John  Murphy,  Okimissinakisan  |  Ote  Missinoi- 
kan;  |  1846.  |  BA.MHS. 

Pp.  1-160.  lri°.     Roman  Catholic  prayer-book  in  the  Potewatami  language. 
See  Gailland  (Rev,  M.),  for  other  editions. 

3043  Potier  (Rev.  Peter).    Huron  Grammar.  * 

Manuscript.  105pp.  It  "seems  based  on  Chaumonot's,  many  phrases  being 
identical ;  but  much,  if  not  most,  of  it  is  new.  It  is  methodical,  well  arranged, 
divided  into  cha-.ters,  and,  in  fact,  a  work  which  no  time  should  be  lost  in  put 
ting  into  a  permanent  shape.  After  the  grammar  are  some  pages  not  numbered, 
containing  questions  for  one  learning,  a  scheme  of  relationship  with  the  various 
possessive  adjectives,  an  abridgment  of  the  Racines,  and,  curiously  enough,  a  cen 
sus  of  the  Huron  village  in  1745,  with  a  very  valuable  list  of  Indian  tribes,  Eng 
lish  and  French  towns,  etc.,  with  their  names  in  Huron  and  French. — Historical 
Magazine,  vol.  2,  p.  198. 

3044  Racines  Huronnes,  by  Eev.  P.  Potier  of  the  Society  of 

Jesus. 

Manuscript.  295  pp.  12°.  Completed  by  the  author  on  the  20th  of  September, 
1751.— .Historical  Magazine,  vol.  2,  p.  198. 

3045  Potrwatome  Nkumwinin,  |  epe  |  Natotatewinin.  |  Siseminwrn  epe 
Sorqit,  |  Okena'tonawa.  |  Pukon  Kesis,  1835.  |  [Three  lines  Potr- 
watame.J 

Shawanoe  Baptist  Mission:  |  J.  Meeker  Printer:  |  1835.  |         BA. 
Pp.  1-84.  18°.     Catechism  and  hymns  in  the  Potrwatame  language. 

3046  Pott  (August  Friedrich).    Die  |  qninare  und  vigesimale  |  Zahl- 
methode  |  bei  Volkern  aller  Welttheile.  |  Nebst  ausfiihrlicheren 
Bemerkungeu  |  iiber  die  Zahlworter  indogermanischen  Stammes  | 
und  einem  Anhange  iiber  Fingernamen.  |  Von  |  Dr.  August  Frie 
drich  Pott,  |  ord.  Prof,  der  [&c.,  four  liuesj. 

Halle,  |  C.  A.  Schwetschke  und  Sohn.  |  1847.  |  A. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-304.  8°.     Numerals  of  the  : 

Tschuktschi,  Aleut,   Kadjak,   Tschn-  Mexican,  p.  (ii). 

ga/i,Koljusck, and  Eskimo,  pp.59-61.  Carib,  pp.  69-71. 

Cochimi,  Rumsen,  and  Eslene,  p.  63.  Darien,  p.  72. 

Algonquin,  pp.  64-65.  Othmni,  pp.  90-91. 

Cheppewyan,  Tacoullies,  Timucuana,  Huasteca,  and  Quiche,  p.  92. 

p.  66.  Maya,  pp.  9:$-95. 

Sioux-Osage,  and  Ouiahaw,  pp.  67-68.  Mexican,  p.  97. 
Woccon,  Pacgan,  and  Pauis,  p.  68. 


59G  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Pott  (August  Friedrich) — continued. 

3047  Doppelung  als  eines  der  wichtigsten  Bildungsmittel  der 

Sprache;  beleuchtet  an  Sprachen  aller  Welttheile. 

Lemgo  und  Detmold,  (Meyer)  1862.  » 

304  pp.  8°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  A.  S.  Gatschet  from  copy  in  the  Astor 
Library.  It  contains  Tarahumara  and  Osage  material. 

3048  Die  Sprachverschiedenheit  in  Europa  an  den  Zalwortern 

nacbgewieseu  sowie  die  quinare  und  vigesimale  Zalmethode.    Von 
Professor  Dr.  Aug.  Friedr.  Pott. 

In  Pott  (A.  F.)  and  Gosche  (R.)  Festgabe  zur  xxv.  Versammlung  deutscher 
Philologen ,  pp.  1-109.  Halle,  1867. 

Contains  inquiries  into  the  origin  of  numerals  in  languages  of  all  parts  of  the 
world,  and  amongst  them  the:  Cree, pp. 50-52;  Other  Algonkins,  p.  52;  Black- 
feet,  p.  56;  Shyenne,  pp.  56-57;  Ara'poho,  pp.  57-58;  Atsina,  p.  58;  Ankara,  pp. 
59-63;  Pawnee,  pp.  63-64 ;  Crow  and  Mandan,  pp.  64-66;  Dakota,  p.  67. 

Issued  separately  as  follows: 

3049  Die  |  Sprachverschiedenheit  |  in  Europa  |  an  den  Zahl- 

wortern  uachgewiesen  |  sowie  |  die  quinare  und  vigesimale  Ziihl- 
methode  |  von  |  Dr.  Friedr.  August  Pott,  |  Prof,  [etc.,  three  lines].  | 

Halle  |  Verlag  der  Buchhandlung  des  Waiseuhauses.  |  1808.  |    * 
1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-109.  8°.    Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copy  in  the  Astor  Library. 

3050  and  Gosche  (Richard).     Festgabe  |  zur  |  xxv.  Versamm 
lung  |  deutscher  |  Philologeu  Orientalisten  uud  Schulmanner  | 
in  |  Halle  a.  d.  S.  |  von  |  Aug.  Friedr.  Pott  und  Richard  Gosche  | 
ordentlichen  Professoren  an  der  Universitiit  |  Halle -Wittenberg.  | 

Halle  |  Verlag  der  Buchhandlung  des  Waisenhauses.  |  1867.  | 
4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-109.  8°.  ASG. 

Pott  (A.  F.)    Die  Sprachverschiedenheit,  pp.  1-109. 

3051  Potter  (Chandler  Eastman).    The  |  History  of  Manchester,  |  for 
merly  Derry  field,  |  in  |  New-Hampshire;  |  including  that  of  Ancient 
Amoskeag,  |  or  the  Middle  Merrimack  Valley ;  |  together  with  the 
Address,  Poem,  and  other  Proceedings,  |  of  the  |  Centennial  Cele 
bration,  |  of  the  |  Incorporation  of  Derryfield;  |  at  Manchester, 
October  22,  1851.  |  By  C.  E.  Potter,  |  Corresponding  member  [etc., 
three  lines],  j 

Manchester,  |  C.  E.  Potter,  Publisher.  |  1856.  |  * 

Pp.  i-xiii ,  1  1.,  pp.  1-67, 1-763, 2  11.  8°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames  from 
copy  in  the  Astor  Library. 

Names  of  Indian  tribes  and  localities  in  the  Meriimack  Valley,  with  definitions, 
pp.  5-6, 25-28, 31. 

See  Fanner's  Monthly  Visitor,  No.  1268  of  this  catalogue. 

3052 Appendix  to  the  "Language  of  the  Abenaquies"  [by  Wil 
liam  Willis].  By  C.  E.  Potter. 

In  Maine  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  4,  pp.  185-195.     Portland,  1856.  8°. 

Contains  a  number  of  Abenaqui  names  of  geographic  features  in  the  State  of 
Maine. 


POTT POWELL.  597 

3053  [Potter  (Woodbnrne).J     The  |  War  |  in  |  Florida:  |  being  |  an  Ex 
position  of  its  causes,  |  and  |  an  accurate  History  |  of  the  |  Cam 
paigns  |  of  |  Generals  |  Clinch,  Gaines  and  Scott.  |  [Two  lines  quo 
tation.]    By  a  late  Staff  Officer.  | 

Baltimore:  |  Lewis  and  Coleman.  |  1836.  |  0. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-184.  12°.  map. 

Names  of  Seminole  chiefs,  pp.  9-10, 30. 

3054  Powell  (J.  W.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Kootenay. 

Manuscript.  211.  folio.  185  words.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Mr.  Powell  is  superintendent  of  Indian  Affairs,  Canada. 

3055  Powell  (John  Wesley).     Eeport  |  of  |  Explorations  in  1873  |  of  | 
the  Colorado  of  the  West  |  and  |  its  Tributaries,  |  By  |  Professor 
J.  W.  Powell,  |  under  the  |  Direction  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu 
tion.  | 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1874.  |  c.  WE.  JWP. 
Pp.  1-36.  8°.     Pai-Ute  songs,  with  translation,  p.  32. 

3056  Introduction  |  to  the  |  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  |  with 

words,  phrases,  and  sentences  to  be  collected.  |  By  J.  W.  Powell.  | 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office,  j  1877.  |  C.S.BA.JHT. 

Pp.  1-104,  and  10  unnumbered,  ruled  11.  4°. 

As  a  number  of  the  manuscripts  now  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology, 
titles  of  which  are  given  in  this  catalogue,  are  recorded  in  copies  of  the  above 
work,  it  seems  proper  to  give  a  somewhat  lengthy  account  of  its  contents  and 
the  causes  which  led  to  its  preparation. 

In  1863  the  Smithsonian  Institution  published  a  paper  by  Mr.  Geo.  Gibbs.No. 
1499  of  this  catalogue,  designed  for  collectors.  Under  the  head  of  Philology,  Mr. 
Gibbs  gave  a  brief  account  of  some  of  the  peculiarities  of  Indian  languages,  with 
general  directions  for  the  best  method  of  collecting  certain  words;  a  simple  and 
practical  alphabet;  and  a  vocabulary,  in  English.  Spanish,  French,  and  Latin,  of 
211  words.  Speaking  of  the  latter,  he  says : 

"In  view  of  the  importance  of  a  uniform  system  in  collecting  words  of  the 
various  Indian  languages  of  North  America,  adapted  to  the  use  of  officers  of  the 
government,  travellers,  and  others,  the  following  is  recommended  as  a  STANDARD 
VOCABULARY.  It  is  mainly  the  one  prepared  by  the  late  Hon.  Albert  Gallatiu, 
with  a  few  changes  made  by  Mr.  Hale,  the  Ethnologist  of  the  United  States 
Exploring  Expedition,  and  is  adopted  as  that  upon  which  nearly  all  the  collec 
tions  hitherto  made  for  the  purpose  of  comparison  have  been  based.  For  the 
purpose  of  ascertaining  the  more  obvious  relations  between  the  various  mem 
bers  of  existing  families  this  number  is  deemed  sufficient.  The  remote  affinities 
must  be  sought  in  a  wider  research,  demanding  a  degree  of  acquaintance  with 
their  languages  beyond  the  reach  of  transient  visitors." 

The  vocabulary  given  in  this  paper  was  separately  printed  on  writing  paper, 
10  11.  ,4°,  and  reprinted,  6  11.,  folio,  and  was  distributed  widely  among  the  mis 
sionaries,  Indian  agents,  travelers,  and  local  collectors  in  ethnology,  and  has 
served  a  valuable  purpose,  resulting  in  the  collection  by  the  Smithsonian  Insti 
tution  of  a  large  number  of  vocabularies,  comprising  many  of  the  languages  and 
dialects  of  the  Indian  tribes  of  the  United  States,  British  America,  and  Mexico. 

This  material,  as  it  was  received,  was  placed  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  Gibbs  for 
revision  and  classification — a  work  in  which  he  was  engaged  at  the  time  of  his 
death,  which  occurred  before  any  of  it  was  published. 

In  1876,  Professor  Henry  turned  this  material  over  to  Maj.  J.  W.  Powell,  then 
in  charge  of  the  United  States  Geographical  and  Geological  Survey  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  Region,  now  Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  to  be  consolidated 


598  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Powell  (John  Wesley) — continued. 

and  published  in  connection  with  like  material  collected  by  himself  and  his 
assistants  while  among  the  Indians  of  the  western  portion  of  the  United  States. 
A  number  of  these  vocabularies  were  accordingly  published  in  the  "Contribu 
tions  to  North  American  Ethnology,"  Vols.  I  and  III,  a  quarto  series  issued  by 
the  Survey.  The  remaining  ones  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau. 

Wishiug  to  extend  the  work  already  begun  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
Major  Powell,  in  1877,  prepared  the  above  paper.  In  his  opening  remarks,  refer 
ring  to  the  manuscripts  derived  from  the  distribution  of  Mr.  Gibbs'  paper,  the 
author  says:  "It  has,  in  fact,  greatly  stimulated  investigation,  giving  wiser 
direction  to  inquiry,  and  the  results  have  abundantly  proved  the  value  of  the 
'Instructions'  and  the  wibdom  of  its  publication ;  and  it  serves  to  mark  an  epoch 
in  the  history  of  ethnographic  investigation  in  America.  The  material  which 
has  thus  been  accumulated  is  of  great  amount,  and  its  study  has  led  to  such  im 
portant  conclusions  that  it  is  deemed  wise  to  prepare  a  new  system  of  instruc 
tion,  more  comprehensive  in  plan  and  more  elaborate  in  detail.  First,  it  is  found 
necessary  to  enlarge  the  alphabet  so  as  to  include  a  greater  number  of  sounds, 
which  have  been  discovered  in  the  North  American  languages,  and  to  mark  other 
letters  with  greater  precision.  Second,  it  is  necessary  to  enlarge  the  vocabulary 
so  as  to  modify  it  somewhat,  as  experience  has  dictated,  in  order  that  new  words 
may  be  collected.  Third,  it  is  desirable  that  many  simple  phrases  and  sentences 
should  be  given — so  chosen  as  to  bring  out  the  more  important  characteristics  of 
grammatic  structure." 

The  words,  phrases,  and  sentences  to  be  collected  are  arranged  in  schedules, 
each  preceded  by  instructions,  and  followed  by  blanks  for  additions,  as  follows: 
I.  Persons,  15  words. 
II.  Parts  of  the  body,  103  words. 

III.  Relationships: 

Relationships  arising  from  the  first  and  second  generations,  58 

words. 

Relationships  arising  from  the  third  generation,  224  words. 
Relationships  arising  from  the  fourth  generation,  24  words. 
Names  of  children  in  order  of  birth,  26  words. 

IV.  Social  organization. 

V.  Governmental  organization,  22  words. 
VI.  Religion,  6  words. 
VII.  Disposal  of  the  dead,  8  words. 
VIII.  Dress  and  ornaments,  39  words. 
IX.  Dwellings,  26  words. 
X.  Implements  and  utensils,  36  words. 
Basket-ware,  15  words. 
Wooden  ware,  7  words. 
Utensils  of  shell,  horn,  bone,  &c.,  5  words. 
Stone  implements,  13  words. 
Pottery,  &c.,  11  words. 
XI.  Food,  6  words. 
XII.  Games  and  sports,  5  words. 
XIII.  Animals: 

Mammals,  91  words. 

Parts  of  the  body,  &c.,  of  mammals,  36  words 
Birds,  192  words. 

Parts  of  the  body,  &c.,  of  birds,  26  words. 
Fish,  12  words. 

Parts  of  the  body,  &c.,  of  fish,  12  words. 
Reptiles,  6  words. 
Insects,  11  words. 


POWELL.  599 

Powell  (John  Wesley) — continued. 

XIV.  Trees,  shrubs,  fruits,  &c.,  8  words. 
XV.  The  firmament,  mctcorologic  and  other  physical  phenomena  and  ob. 

jects,  41  words. 

XVI.  Geographic  terms,  8  words. 
XVII.  Geographic  names. 
XVIII.  Colors,  13  words. 
XIX.  Numerals: 

Cardinal  numbers,  58  words  (1-1000). 
Ordinal  numbers,  30  words. 

Numeral  adverbs  denoting  repetition  of  action, 23  words. 
Multiplicatives,  22  words. 
Distributives,  23  words. 
XX.  Measures. 

XXI.  Divisions  of  time,  29  words. 
XXII.  Standard  of  value. 

XXIII.  New  words,  84  words. 

XXIV.  Phrases  and  sentences,  545  phrases,  &c. 

3057 Smithsonian  Institution — Bureau  of  Ethnology  |  J.  W. 

Powell  Director  |  Introduction  |  to  the  |  Study  of  Indian  Lan 
guages  |  with  |  Words  Phrases  and  Sentences  to  be  collected  |  By 
J.  W.  Powell  |  Second  edition — with  charts  | 

Washington  |  Government  Print  ing  Office  |  1880  |  B.BA.WE.  JHT. 

Pp. i-xii,  1-228, and  8  unnumbered, ruled  11.  4°.  Between  pp.74  and  75  two 
leaves  are  inserted,  paged  74  a,  74  b,  and  74  c;  reverse  of  the  latter,  blank. 

"The  progress  made  by  various  students,  and  the  studies  made  by  the  author, 
alike  require  that  a  new  edition  be  prepared  to  meet  the  more  advanced  wants 
and  to  embody  the  results  of  wider  studies.  Under  these  circumstances  the 
present  edition  is  published.  It  does  not  purport  to  be  a  philosophic  treatment 
of  the  subject  of  language;  it  is  not  a  comparative  grammar  of  Indian  tongues; 
it  is  simply  a  series  of  explanations  of  certain  characteristics  almost  universally 
found  by  students  of  Indian  languages— the  explanations  being  of  such  a  char 
acter  as  experience  has  shown  would  best  meet  the  wants  of  persons  practically 
at  work  in  the  field  on  languages  with  which  they  are  unfamiliar.  The  book  is 
a  body  of  directions  for  collectors."— Extract  from  Preface. 

Experience  had  demonstrated  the  propriety  of  some  changes  in  the  alphabet 
and  a  considerable  enlargement  of  the  scheme  as  given  in  the  first  edition  of  1  he 
work,  and  in  the  second  Major  Powell  has  made  many  modifications.  The 
schedule  of  relationship  being  so  large,  graphic  representation  was  considered 
necessary,  and  charts  were  prepared  which  it  was  thought  both  the  student  and 
the  Indiau  could  follow  with  comparative  ease. 

As  in  the  first  edition,  blank  spaces  are  given  after  each  schedule  for  such 
additions  as  may  suggest  themselves  to  the  collector;  and,  further  to  facilitate 
the  work,  separate  alphabet  cards  of  convenient  size  accompany  the  volume. 

CHAPTER  I.— ON  THE  ALPHABET. 

Page. 
Vowels 

Diphthongs  

Consonants 

Mutes 

Nasals 

Spirants 

Sibilants 9 


600  NORTH  AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Powell  (John  Wesley) — continued. 

Page. 
Consonants : 

W,Y,R,L,andH 9 

Interrupted  sounds 11 

Synthetic  sounds 12 

Complex  combinations 13 

Alphabet 14 

CHAPTER  II.— HINTS  AND  EXPLANATIONS. 

$     1.— Persons 18 

$     2.— Parts  of  the  body 18 

J     3. — Dress  and  ornaments 18 

4     4.— Dwellings 20 

}     5. — Implements  and  utensils 23 

$    6.— Food 24 

$    7.— Colors 25 

$     8.— Numerals 25 

}    9. — Measures , 26 

$  10. — Division  of  time '. 27 

$  11. — Standards  of  value 27 

$  12.— Animals 28 

$  13.— Plants,  &c 29 

$  14. — Geographic  terms 29 

$  15. — Geographic  names 30 

$  16. — The  firmament,  meteorologic  and  other  physical  phenomena  and 

objects 30 

J  17.— Kinship 30 

$  18. — Social  organization 38 

$  19. — Government 40 

$  20.^Religion 41 

J  21. — Mortuary  customs 42 

$  22.— Medicine 43 

$  23. — Amusements 44 

}  24.-  New  words 45 

Remarks  on  nouns 46 

{  25. — Accidents  of  nouns — demonstrative  and  adjective  pronouns 46 

$  26. — Personal  and  article  pronouns — transitive  verbs 47 

$  27. — Possession 49 

$  28. — Intransitive  verbs — adjectives,  adverbs,  prepositions,  and  nouns 

used  as  verbs 4i) 

§  29. — Voice,  mode,  and  tense 51 

$  30. — Additional  investigations  suggested 55 

}  31. — On  the  best  method  of  studying  materials  collected 59 

}  32. — The  rank  of  Indian  languages 69 

CHAPTER  III. — SCHEDULES. 

Schedule     1. — Persons 77 

2.— Parts  of  the  body 78 

3. — Dress  and  ornament  s 82 

4.— Dwellings 84 

5. — Implements  and  utensils 88 

Wooden  ware 90 

Stone  implements 91 

Shell,  horn,  bone,  &c 92 

Basket  ware 03 

Pottery 94 


POWELL.  601 

Powell  (John  Wesley) — continued. 

Page. 

Schedule    6.— Food 

7.— Colors 96 

8.— Numerals— Cardinal  numbers 97 

Ordinal  numbers 99 

Numeral  adverbs,  &c •  •      100 

Mnltiplicatives 101 

Distributives 102 

9. — Measures 

10. — Division  of  time 

11.— Standards  of  value 107 

12.— Animals— Mammals 109 

Parts  of  body,  &c.,  of  mammals 113 

Birds 115 

Parts  of  body,  &c.,  of  birds 121 

Fish 122 

Parts  of  the  body,  &c.,  of  fish 123 

Reptiles 124 

Insects .' 125 

13.— Plants I'27 

14. — Geographic  terms 129 

15. — Geographic  names 131 

16. — The   firmament,   meteorologic  and  other  physical  phe 
nomena  and  objects 132 

17. — Kinship. — Relatives. — Lineal  descendants  of  self,   male 

speaking 134 

Lineal    ascendants    of  self,    male 

speaking 135 

First  collateral  line,  male  speaking.      136 
Second  collateral  line,  male  speak 
ing 137 

Third  collateral  line,  male  speak 
ing  139 

Fourth      collateral     line      ( male 

branch),  male  speaking 146 

Fourth     collateral     line    (female 

branch),  male  speaking 147 

Lineal  descendants  of  self,  female 

speaking 148 

Lineal   ascendants  of  self,  female 

speaking 149 

First  collateral  line,  female  speak 
ing 150 

Second     collateral     line,     female 

speaking 151 

Third  collateral  line,  female  speak 
ing 153 

Fourth      collateral      line     ( male 

branch),  female  speaking 160 

Fourth     collateral     line    (female 

branch),  female  speaking 161 

Affinities   through    relatives— Descendants   of 

self,   male 
speaking 162 


602  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Powell  (John  Wesley) — continued. 

Page. 

Schedule  17— Kinship. —Affinities  through  relatives— First    collateral 

line,    male 

speaking 103 

Second  collater 
al    line,   male 

speaking 164 

Third   collateral 
line,    male 

speaking 166 

Affinities  through  the  marriage  of  self,  male 

speaking m 

Affinities   through   relatives — Descendants   of 

self,     female 

speaking 172 

First    collateral 
line,     female 

speaking 173 

Second  collater 
al  line,  female 

speaking 174 

Third   collateral 
line,    female 
speaking..   ..       176 
Affinities  through  the  marriage  of  self,  female 

speaking 181 

Ordinal  names  of  children 182 

18. — Social  organization 183 

19. — Government 185 

20. — Religion 186 

21. — Mortuary  customs 187 

22. — Medicine 189 

23. — Amusements 191 

24. — New  words 192 

25. — Number  and  gender  of  nouns — Demonstrative  and  ad 

jective  pronouns 196 

26. — Personal  and  article  pronouns — Transitive  verbs 200 

27. — Possessiou 206 

28- — Intransitive  verbs,  adjectives,  adverbs,  prepositions,  and 

nouns  used  as  verbs 210 

29. — Voice,  mode,  and  tense 2*1 

30. — Additional  investigations  suggested 22  < 

3058  Wyandotte  Government,  A  Short  Study  of  Tribal  Society, 

Delivered  at  the  Boston  Meeting  of  the  American  Association  for 
the  Advancement  of  Science,  August  1,  1880.     By  Major  J.  W. 
Powell,  Director,  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Washington.  JWP. 

In  Science,  a  weekly  record  of  scientific  progress,  vol.  1,  No.  17,  pp.  20.r>-209. 
New  York,  October  23, 1880. 

List  of  proper  names  in  Wyandotte,  with  English  signification. 

3059  Address  by  Professor  J.  W.  Powell,  Chairman  of  Subsec 
tion  of  Anthropology.     Wyandotte  Government,    A  short  study  of 
Tribal  Society. 

In  Am.  Ass.  Adv.  Sc.,  Proc.,  vol.  29,  pp.  675-688.     Cambridge,  1881.  8°. 
Proper  names, p. 676.     Separately  issued  as  follows: 


POWELL.  603 

Powell  (Jobn  Wesley) — continued. 

3060  Wyandotte  Government— A  Short  Study  of  Tribal  Soci 
ety.  |  An  Address  |  by  J.  W.  Powell  |  before  the  Subsection  of 
Anthropology,  American  Association  |  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science.  |  Boston  Meeting,  August,  1880.  | 

Salem,  Mass:  |  Printed  at  Salem  Press.  |  1881.  |  c.  BA.BP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-16.  8°.    List  of  proper  names, p.  4. 

3061  Wyandotte  Government — A  Short  Study  of  Tribal  Society. 

By  J.  W.  Powell. 

In  Anthrop.  Soc.  Wash.,  Trans.,  1880-1881,  pp.  76-92.    Washington,  1881.  8°. 

3062  Wyandot  Government:   A  short  study  of  tribal  society. 

By  J.  W.  Powell. 

In  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  First  Ann.  Kept.,  pp.  57-69.    Washington,  1881.  8°. 

3063  Wyandot  Government  |  A  Short  Study  |  of  |  Tribal  Soci 
ety  |  by  |  J.  W.  Powell  |  (Extracted  from  the  First  Annual  Report 
of  the  Bureau  |  of  Ethnology)  |  [Picture.] 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1881  |  c.  BP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  57-69.  8°.     List  of  proper  names,  p.  60. 

3064 On  the  Evolution  of  Language,  as  exhibited  in  the  special 
ization  of  the  grammatic  processes,  the  differentiation  of  the  parts 
of  speech,  and  the  integration  of  the  sentence;  from  a  study  of 
Indian  languages.  By  J.  W.  Powell. 

In  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  First  Ann.  Kept.,  pp.  1-16.     Washington,  1881.  8°. 
Issued  separately  as  follows : 

3065  On  the  |  Evolution  of  Language  |  as  exhibited  in  |  the  spe 
cialization  of  the  grammatic  processes  |  the  |  differentiation  of  the 
parts  of  speech  and  the  integration  |  of  the  sentence  |  from  a  | 
study  of  Indian  languages  |  by  |  .1.  W.  Powell  |  (Extracted  from 
the  First  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau  |  of  Ethnology)  |  [Picture.] 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1881  |          c. BA.BP. 
Printed  cover  1  l.,pp.  1-16.  8°. 

3066  Annual  Address  of  the  President,  J.  W.  Powell.    On  the 

Evolution  of  Language,  as  Exhibited  in  the  Specialization  of  the 
Grammatic  Processes,  the  Differentiation  of  the  Parts  of  Speech, 
and  the  Integration  of  the  Sentence;  from  a  Study  of  Indian  Lan 
guages. 

InAnthrop.  Soc.  Wash.,  Trans.,  1880- 1881,  pp. 35-54.    Washington,  1881.  8°. 

3067  Vocabulary  of  the  Gosi-Ute. 

Manuscript.  7111.  4°.     Collected  from  an  Indian  named  Segnits.from  Skull 
Valley,  Nev.,  1873. 

3068  Vocabulary  of  the  Hu-muk-a-ha-va  (Mojaves). 

Manuscript.  4  11.  4°.  55  words.      Collected  at  Las  Vegas, Nev. .October,  1873. 

3069  Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  Las  Vegas,  Nev. 

Manuscript.  1)3 11.  4°.     Collected  at  Las  Vegas,  Nev.,  October,  1873.     Includes 

conjugation  of  the  verbs  "to  strike"  and  "to  eat." 


604  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Powell  (John  Wesley) — continued. 

3070  Vocabulary  of  the  Navajo. 

Manuscript.  8  11.  folio.     Collected  in  1870  at  Fort  Defiance,  New  Mex. 

3071  Vocabulary  of  the  Noje  language. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.     Collected  at  Red  Bluff,  Cal.,in  1881. 

3072  Notes  on  the  Songs,  Mythology,  and  Language  of  the  Pai- 

Utes,  1871-'72. 

Manuscript.  194  pp.  folio. 

3073  Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  the  Pavants  of  Utah. 

Manuscript.  17  11.  4°.     Obtained  from  Kanosh,  a  chief  of  the  Pavants,  at  Corn 
Creek,  Utah,  in  1873. 

3074  Vocabulary  of  the  Paviotso  language. 

Manuscript.  61  11.  4°.     Collected  from  Naches,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  1873. 

3075  Vocabulary  of  the  Paviotso  language. 

Manuscript.  77  11.  4°.     Collected  in  Humboldt  Valley,  Nev.,  1880. 

3076  Vocabulary  of  the  Paviotso  language,  Western  Nevada. 

Manuscript.   25  pp.  4°.     Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 

Indian  Languages,  2d  ed.,  incomplete.     Collected  in  1880. 

3077  Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  the  Shoshoni  of  Nevada. 

Manuscript.  9  11.  4°. 

3078  —     -  Vocabulary  of  the  Shoshoni  of  Western  Nevada. 

Manuscript.  37  11.  4°  and  folio.     Collected  at  Pyramid  Lake,  Nev.,  in  1880. 

3079 Vocabulary  of  the  Tabuat  Utes,  Grand  Eiver,  Colorado. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.     On  Smithsonian  form.     Collected  in  1868. 

3080  Vocabulary  of  the  Tantawaits  (Shimawiva)  language. 

Manuscript.  18  11.  4°.     Obtained  from  an  Indian  at  Las  Vegas,  Nev.,  1873. 

3081  Vocabulary  of  the  Tosauwihi — Shoshoni  of  Eastern  Nevada. 

Manuscript.  56 11.  4°.  Collected  from  an  Indian  called  Captain  Johnson,  in  1873. 

3082  Vocabulary  of  the  TJchi  language. 

Manuscript.  2  11.  folio.  50  words. 

3083  Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  the  Ute  Indians  of  Utah. 

Manuscript.  16  11.  4°.     Obtained  of  an  Indian  named  Pompuwar,  in  1873. 

3084  Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  the  Utes  of  Weber  Eiver, 

Utah. 

Manuscript.  23  pp.  8°  and  4°.     Collected  in  1867. 

3085  Vocabulary  of  the  Utes  of  the  White  and  Uinta  Eivers, 

Utah. 

Manuscript.  62  11.  4°. 

3086  Ute  Vocabulary. 

Manuscript.  1111.  4°.     Contains,  also,  a  brief  list  of  duals  and  plurals  of  nouns, 
adjectives,  pronouns,  and  verbs. 

3087  Conjugation  of  Ute  Verbs. 

Manuscript.  438  11.  4°. 

3088  Miscellaneous  Linguistic  Notes  on  the  Utes  and  Pai-Utes 

of  Colorado  and  Utah. 

Manuscript.  120  11.  4°. 


POWELL.  605 

Powell  (John  Wesley) — continued. 

3089  Notes  on  the  Shinumo  Language. 

Manuscript.  44pp.  4°.     Collected  at  the  pueblo  of  Oraibi,  Arizona,  in  1870. 

3090  Vocabulary  of  the  Wintuii  language. 

Manuscript.  4011.  4°.     Collected  on  Pitt  River  and  at  Mt.  Shasta,  Cal.,  in  1880. 

3091  Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  the  Kaivavwit  Dialect 

of  the  Shoshoni  Language. 

Manuscript.  103  11.  4°.  Obtained  from  a  band  of  Indians  living  on  Kaibab 
Creek,  southern  Utah. 

3092  Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  of  the  TJte  Indians  of  Utah 

Territory. 

Manuscript.  487  11.  4°.     Bound. 

These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3093  ,  in  charge.    Department  of  the  Interior.  |  U.  S.  Geograph 
ical  aud  Geological  Survey  of  the  Eocky  Mountain  Region.  |  J.  W. 
Powell,  Geologist  in  Charge.  |  Contributions  |  to  |  North  American 
Ethnology.  |  Volume  I  [III,  IV,  V].  |  [Seal  of  the  Department  of 
the  Interior.] 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1877.  |    S.WE.AAS. 
Vols.  1, 3, 4,  and  5 ;  vols.  2, 6, 7  in  press. 

Each  volume,  in  addition  to  the  general  title  above,  has  its  individual  title- 
page,  which,  with  contents,  are  as  follows : 

3094  Department  of  the  Interior.  |  U.  S.  Geographical  and  Geo 
logical  Survey  of  the  Kocky  Mountain  Region.  |  J.  W.  Powell, 
Geologist  in  Charge.  |  Tribes  of  the  Extreme  Northwest.  |  By  |  W. 
H.  Dall.  |  Tribes  of  Western  Washington  and  Northwestern  Ore 
gon.  |  By  |  Geo.  Gibbs.  |  [Seal  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior.]  | 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1877.  |     S.WE.AAS. 

Pp.  i-xiv,  1-361.  4°.  2  maps.  Mr.  Ball's  paper  occupies  pp.  1-106,  and  to  it  is 
appended,  pp.  107-156 :  Appendix  to  Part  I.  Linguistics. 

Dall  (W.  H.)    Terms  of  relationship  used  by  the  Innuit.pp.  117-119. 

Dodd  ( Capt. )     Vocabulary  of  the  Stakhin'-kwan,  pp.  121-133. 

Furuhelm  (J.)    Notes  on  the  natives  of  Alaska,  pp.  111-116. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Yak'-ntat,  pp.  121-133. 

Gibbs  (George).     Vocabulary  of  the  Skat-kwan,  pp.  121-133. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Tongas,  Kai-ga'-ui,  and  Chut'-sin-ni,  pp.  135-142. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Skit'-a-get,  and  Kaniag'-mut,  pp.  136-142. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Naas,  pp.  143-153. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Ha-ilt'-zukh,  and  Kwa'-kiutl',  pp.  144-153. 

Note  on  the  use  of  numerals  among  the  T'sim  si-an',  pp.  155-156. 

Kennedy  (  Dr. )    Vocabulary  of  the  T'sim-si-an',  pp.  143-153. 

Meulen  (E.  de).     Vocabulary  of  the  Sit'-ka-kwan,  pp.  121-133. 

Tolmie  (Dr.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Taku-kwau,  pp.  121-133. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Kit-tist-zu,  pp.  143-153. 

Mr.  G'bbs' paper  occupies  pp.  157-241,  and  to  it  is  appended,  pp.  243-361 :  Ap 
pendix  to  Part  II.  Linguistics. 

Gibbs  (G.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Shihwapmukh,  pp. 247-265. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Nikuteuiukh.aud  Okina'ken, pp.  248-265. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Shwoyelpi,  pp.  248-265. 


606  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Powell  (John  Wesley) — continued. 

Gibbs  (G.)  Vocabularies  of  the  Spokan  and  Piskwaus,  pp.  249-265. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Kalispelm,  pp.  267-283. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Belhoola,  Lilowat,  Tait,  Ko-mookhs,  and  Kuwalitsk, 

pp.  269-283. 

Dictionary  of  the  Niskwalli.Niskwalli-Englinh,  pp.  285-307. 

Dictionary  of  the  Niskwalli,  English-Niskwalli,  pp.  309-361. 

Mengarini  (Rev.  G.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Skoylpeli,  pp.  248-265. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Schitzui  aud  Selish  proper,  pp.  267-283. 

Tolmie  ( W.  F. )    Vocabulary  of  the  Shooswaap,  pp.  247-265. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Wa-ky-na-kaine,  pp.  248-265. 

Vol.2  will  be  entitled:  The  Klamath  Tribes  of  Oregon,  by  Albert  S.  Gatschet. 
Its  contents  will  consist  of :  Part  1,  Myths,  Tales,  Legends,  etc.,  in  the  Klamath 
Lake  and  Modoc  dialects  of  the  Klamatb,  with  interlinear  translation  and  copious 
notes;  197  pp.  are  in  type.  Part  2,  Dictionary  of  the  Klainath  Language.  The 
Klamath-English  portion,  pp.  1-49 J,  and  a  part  of  the  English-Klamath,  pp. 
493-641,  are  in  type.  Part  3,  a  grammar  of  the  same  language  and  ethnologic 
notes. 

3095 Departrrent  of  the  Interior.  |  U.  S.  Geographical  and  Geo 
logical  Survey  of  the  Eocky  Mountain  Region.  |  J.  W.  Powell, 
in  Charge.  |  Tribes  of  California.  |  By  |  Stephen  Powers.  |  [Seal  of 
the  Department  of  the  Interior.] 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  1 1877.  |  B.S.WE.AAS. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-3, 1-635.  4°.  map. 

Mr.  Powers'  paper  occupies  pp.  1-438,  and  to  it  is  appended,  pp.  439-613 :  Ap 
pendix.  Linguistics.  Edited  by  J.  W.  Powell. 

Alcantara  (Pedro).     Vocabulary  of  the  Costano,  pp.  535-549. 

Am.  Eth.  Soc.,  Trans. ,  v.  2.     Vocabulary  of  the  Shastie,  pp.  607-613. 

Arroyo  (P.  F.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Mutsuu,  pp.  535-549. 

Azpell  (Dr.  T.  F.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Klamath,  pp.  460-473. 

Bartlett  (J.  R.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Yuke,  pp.  483-488. 

Vocabulary  of  the  H'hana,  pp.  504-508. 

Brown  (H.  B.)     Vocabularies  of  the  Colouse,  and  Tehama,  pp.  518-529. 

Vocabulary  of  the  '•  Digger,"  pp.  586-597. 

Cornelias  (P.  Juan).     Vocabulary  of  the  Santa  Cruz,  pp.  536-.">49. 

[Costanso  (M.)]     Vocabulary  of  the  Santa  Barbara,  pp.  560-565. 

Crook  (Lieut.  G.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Arra-arra,  pp.  447-459. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Alikwa,  pp.  461-471. 

Vocabulary  of  tho  Shasta,  pp.  607-613. 

Dana  (Mr.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Talatui,  p.  552. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Punjuni,  Sekumne,  and  Tsamak,  pp.  599-600. 

Diehl  (I.  S.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Nome  Lackee,  pp.  519-529. 

Furujelm  (Got:  J.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Veuaambakaiia,  pp.  504-508. 

Gabb  (Dr.  W.  A.)     Vocabulary  of  the  "  Trinity  Indians,"  pp.  518-528. 

Gatschet  (A.  S.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Chumte'ya,  pp.  536-549. 

Gibbs  (G.)    Vocabularies  of  the  Arra-arra  and  Ehnek,  pp.  447-459. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Alikwa  (1  and  2),  pp.  460-473. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Wishosk  and  Wiyot,  pp.  478-482. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Batemdakaii,  pp.  491-503. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chauishek,  and  Yukai,  pp.  492-503. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Kulanapo,  pp.  504-508. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Kope',  pp.  519-529. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tchokoyem,  pp.  538-549. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Lutuami,  pp.  601-606. 


POWELL.  607 

Powell  (John  Wesley) — continued. 

Hale  (H.)    Vocabulary  of  the  San  Raphael  Mission,  p.  552. 
Hazen  (W.  B.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Shasta,  pp.  607-613. 
Johnson  (A.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Upper  Sacramento,  pp.  51'<-529. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tuolumne,  pp.  535-549. 

Vocabularies  of  the  King's  River,  and  Coconoons,  pp.  570-585. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Cnshna,  pp.  586-597. 

Johnson  (J.  C.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Nishinam,  pp.  587-598. 
Loew  ( Dr.  O. )    Vocabulary  of  the  Digger,  pp.  519-529. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Kasua',  pp.  560-566. 

Mengarini  (fler.G.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Santa  Clara,  pp.  536-549. 
Powers  (S.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Ka'  rok,  pp.  447-459. 

—  Vocabulary  of  the  Yurok  (1),  pp.  460-473. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Yurok  (2),  pp.  461-471. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chimariko,  pp.  474-477. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Yu'ki  and  Hucli'  nom,  pp.  483-488. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Porno,  G  llinome'  ro,  and  Yokai'  a,  pp.  491-503. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Ka'  binapek,  pp.  504-508. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Wintun1 ,  pp.  518-529. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Patwin'  and  Num'  sn,p.  530. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Mi  wok,  pp.  535-549. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Yo'  kuts,  Wi'chikik,  and  Tin'  linneh,  pp.  570-585. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Kon'kau,  Holo'lupai,  Na'kum,and  Ni' shinam,  pp. 

586-597. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Achoma'  wi,  pp.  601-606. 

—  Vocabulary  of  the  Shasti'  ka,  pp.  607-613. 
Reiley  (T.  H. )    Vocabulary  of  the  Kawe~ya,  pp.  550-551. 

Roehrig  (F.  L.  O.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Chwacharaaju  (from  Kostromilov), 
with  notes,  pp.  509-517. 

Vocabulary  of   the  Olamentke  (from    Kostromilov),  with  notes,  pp. 

553-559. 

Ross  (Lieut.  E.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Peh'-tsik,  pp.  447-457. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Yuke,  pp.  483—489. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Yuba,  pp.  587-597. 

—  Vocabulary  of  the  Shaste,  pp.  607-613. 

Sitjar  (B.)     Vocabulary  of  the  San  Antonio,  pp.  568-569. 
Stone  (L.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Wintuu',  pp.  531-534. 
Taylor  (A.  S.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Santa  Inez,  pp.  560-567. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  Calaveras  Co.,  pp. 571-585. 

Timnero  (Rev.  A.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  Santa  Cruz,  pp. 560-565. 
Williams  (E.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Kowilth,  pp.  478-482. 

3096  Department  of  the  Interior  |  TJ.  S.  Geographical  and  Geo 
logical  Sur%Tey  of  the  Eocky  Mountain  Region  |  J.  W.  Powell  in 
Charge  |  Houses  and  House- Life  |  of  the  |  American  Aborigines  | 
by  |  Lewis  H.  Morgan.  |  [Seal  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior.] 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1881  | 

Pp.  i-xi  v,  1-281.  4°.  B.  S.  BA.  BP.  WE.  A  AS. 

Besides  native  terms,  passim,  there  is  a  Table  of  Sachemships  of  the  Iroquois, 
with  English  signification,  pp.  30-31. 

Volume  5  comprises  three  papers,  the  first  two  of  which  contain  no  linguis 
tics.  The  third  is  titled  as  follows  : 

3097  Department  of  the  Interior  |  U.  S.  Geographical  and  Geo 
logical  Survey  of  the  Eocky  Mountain  Eegion  |  J.  W.  Powell  in 
Charge  |  A  Study  |  of  the  |  Manuscript  Troano  |  by  |  Cyrus  Thomas 


608  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Powell  (John  Wesley) — continued. 

Ph.  D.  |  With  an  |  Introduction  by  D.  G.  Brinton  M.  D.  |  [Seal  of 
the  Department  of  the  Interior.] 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1882  |  WE. 

Pp.  i-xxxvii,  1-237.  4°. 

It  contains  many  Maya  terms  passim,  names  of  days,  months,  years,  etc. 

Volume  6  will  be  devoted  to  the  (fegiha  (Omaha  and  Ponka)  language,  by 
Rev.  J.  Owen  Dorsey.  It  will  be  in  three  parts,  of  about  500  pages  each.  Part 
1,  Myths,  Stories,  and  Letters,  in  the  (pegiha,  with  interlinear  literal  English 
translation,  notes,  and  free  translation,  is  in  type — pp.  1-544.  Part  2  will  com 
prise  the  Dictionary— (fegiha-English  and  English-Cfegiha.  Part  3  will  include 
a  grammar  of  the  language  and  ethnologic  notes. 

Volume  7  will  consist  of  two  parts:  Part  1,  Dakota-English  Dictionary  and 
Grammar  of  the  Dakota  (Santee),  by  Rev.  S.  R.  Riggs — being  an  enlarged  edition 
of  the  work  published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  in  1852.  Pp.  1-665  are  in 
type;  these  include  the  Dictionary.  Part  2  will  comprise  the  English-Dakota 
portion  of  the  Dictionary. 

3098  Powers  (Stephen).    Department  of  the  Interior.  |  U.  S.  Geograph 
ical  and  Geological    Survey  of  the  Eocky  Mountain  Kegion.  | 
J.W.Powell,  in  Charge.  |  Tribes  of  California.  |  By  |  Stephen  Pow- 
wers.  |  [Seal  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior.] 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1877.  |  B.S.WE.AAS. 

Forms  vol.  3  of  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology, 
vol.  3,  pp.  1-438.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

For  complete  list  of  linguistic  contents  of  the  Appendix  to  the  volume,  see 
Powell  (J.  Vf.),in  charge.  Mr.  Powers'  linguistic  contributions  are  as  follows: 

Dancing  song  of  the  Karok  and  Konkou,p.28. — Yurok,  Karok,  and  Modok 
mi  HUTU  Is  1-10,  p.  45. — Patawat  and  Viard  numerals  1-10,  p.  99. — Huch'nom 
songs,  p.  144. — Ballo-Kai-Pomo  songs, p.  148. — Porno  (4  dialects)  numerals  1- 10, 
p.  167. — A  few  words  of  Yuki,  Huchnom,  and  Wappo,  p.  1U7. — Wintun  and  Patwin 
numerals  1-10,  p.  232. -Shasta  numerals  1-10,  p.  250. — Achomawi  numerals 
1-10,  p.  273. — Nozi  numerals  1-10,  p.  277. — Konkau  sacred  songs,  pp.  307-309. — 
Short  Maidu  vocabulary,  modern  and  archaic,  p.  310. — Konkau,  Yuba,  Nishiuaui, 
and  Wapumui  numerals  1-10,  p.  313. — Mi  wok  numerals  1-10,  p.  360. — Miwok 
names  of  points  in  the  Yosemite,  pp.  362-365.— Yokuts  (3  dialects)  numerals 
1-10,  p.  378.— Kern  Lake  numerals  1-10,  p.  392.— Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Indians  of 
Kern  River,  Millerton,  and  Tejon  Pass,  p.  399. — Nishinam  names  (73)  of  plants, 
&c.,  pp.  420-427. Yokuts  names  of  plants,  &c.,  pp.  428-431. 

Vocabularies  of  the  following  dialects : 

Ka'rok,  pp.  447-456.  Patwin'  and  Numsu,  p.  530. 

Yu'rok  (1  and  2),  pp.  460-471.  Miwok,  pp.  535-549. 

Chitnari'ko,  pp.  474-477.  Yo'kuts,  Wi'chikik,  and  Tin'linneh, 

Yu'ki  and  Huch'nom,  pp.  483-488.  pp.  570-585. 

Porno,  Gallinome'ro,  and  Yokai'a,  pp.     Kon'kau,    Holo'lupai,   Na'kum,   and 
491-503.  Ni'shinam ,  pp.  586-597. 

Ka'binapek,  pp.  504-508.  Achoma'wi,  pp.  601-606. 

Wintuu',  pp.  518-529.  Shasti'ka,  pp.  607-613. 

3099  The  Northern  California  Indians.  BA.  WE. 

In  Overland  Monthly,  vol.  8,  pp.  325-333, 425-436, 530-539 ;  vol.  9,  pp.  155-164, 

305-313, 498-507,  April-December,  1872.     San  Francisco,  1872.  8°. 

A  series  of  six  articles,  scattered  through  which  are  a  few  native  terms ;  No. 
1,  April,  containing  a  few  Cahroc  ;  No.  2,  June,  a  few  Euroe  ;  No.  4,  August,  a  few 
Hoopa ;  and,  No.  6,  December,  a  few  Porno. 


POWELL — PRECES.  609 

Powers  (Stephen) — continued. 

3100  The  California  Indians.  BA.  WE. 

In  Overland  Monthly,  vol.  10,  pp.  322-333, 535-545 ;  vol.  11,  pp.  105-116 ;  vol. 

12,  pp.  21-31,  41-2-424, 530-540 ;  vol.  13,  pp.  542-550.    April,  1873,  to  December,  1874. 
San  Francisco,  1873-1874.  8°. 

A  series  of  seven  articles  numbered  7  to  13:  No.  7,  April,  1873,  contains  a  few 
words  in  the  Meewoc  dialect ;  No.  9,  August,  1873,  a  few  in  the  Yocnts  ;  No.  10, 
January,  1874,  a  few  in  the  Neeshenam  ;  No.  11,  May,  1874,  numerals  1-10,  in  the 
Noze ;  No.  12,  June,  1874,  a  few  words  in  Wintun. 

3101  Aborigines  of  California.    An  Indo-Chinese  Study.      WE. 

In  Atlantic  Monthly,  vol.  33,  pp.  313-323.     Boston,  1874.  8°. 

3102   Vocabulary  of  the  Modoc  language. 

Manuscript.  1  sheet,  folio.  31  words. 

3103  Vocabulary  of  the  Tolowa  language. 

Manuscript.  1  1.  folio.  10  words. 

3104  Vocabularies  of  the  Wailakki  and  Hupa  Languages. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  211  words  each. 

3105  Vocabulary  of  the  Washo  language. 

Manuscript.  1011.  4°.  211  words.     Collected  at  Carson  City,  Nev.,  1876. 
These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3106  Pozarenco   (Fr.  Juan).     Doctrina  Christiana  en  Lengua  Tzoque, 
seguida  de  im  confesiouario  y  del  rnodo  de  dar  el  viatico  &  los  en- 
fermos,  en  la  misma  lengua;  obra  del  Kdo  Padre  Maestro  Fray 
Juan  Pozarenco,  quit-n  la  acabo  en  veinte  y  dos  de  agosto  del  ano 
de  1G9G.  * 

Manuscript.  38  11.  4°.  Signed  at  the  foot  of  the  last  page  with  the  author's 
name,  half  effaced  by  that  of  Fray  Luis  Molina,  who,  perhaps,  wished  to  claim 
the  honor  himself.  The  work  is  clear,  well  written,  and  is  followed,  at  the  end, 
by  a  sort  of  vocabulary  of  the  names  of  different  parts  of  the  body,  and  different 
degrees  of  relationship.  This  document  comes  from  the  monastery  of  the  Do- 
miuicainsof  Ciudad  Real  (San  Cristobal). — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

3107  Pozo  (Fr.  Antonio).    Arte  de  la  Lengua  Zapoteca.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

3108  Prayers.    [Prayers  and  Catechism  in  the  Mohegan  Language.]  AAS. 

No  title-page.  15  pp.  24°.  There  is  no  English  except  the  headings  to  the 
prayers,  as  follows : 

A  Morning  Prayer,  pp.  1-6. An  Evening  Prayer,  pp.  6-7. Catechism, 

pp.  8-15. 

3109  [Prayers  in  the  Mohegan  Language.]  AAS. 

No  title-page.   23pp.  24°.     Bound  with  the  foregoing,  No.  3108.     Contains: 

A  prayer  before  Sermon,  pp.  1-8. A  prayer  after  Sermon  and  Baptism,  pp.  8- 

10. A  prayer  to  be  used  at  the  Sacrament,  &c.,  pp.  10-14. A  prayer  for  the 

Sick,  pp.  15-10. For  the  Afflicted,  pp.  16-17. Thanks  returned  for  Recovery, 

&c  ,pp.  17-18. Aprayer  after  Sermon,  pp.  18-21. General  Prayers,  pp.  22-23. 

3110  Preces  |  saucti  |  Nersetis  Clajensis  |  Armeniorum  Patriarchae  | 
trigiuta  tribus  liuguis  |  editae  | 

Veuetiis  |  in  Insula  S.  Lazari  |  1802  |  WE. 

Engraved  title,  1  1. ;  printed  title  as  above,  1  1. ;  Dedication,  &c.,  7  11. ;  pp.  1- 
502.  32°.  Prayer  in  the  Greenland  language,  pp.  181-194. 

39  Bib 


610  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3111  Prefontaine  (M.  de).    Maison  |  Eustique,  |  al'usage  |  DesHabitans 
do  la  partie  de  la  France  |  dquinoxiale,  connue  sous  le  nom  de 
Cayenne.  |  Par  M.  de  Prdfontaine,  ancien  Habitant,  Che-  |  valier 
de  1'Ordre  de  Saint-Louis,  Commandant  |  de  la  partie  du  Nord  de 
la  Guyane.  |  [Figure.] 

A  Paris,  Quai  des  Augustins,  |  Chez  01.  J.  B.  Bauche,  Libraire,  a 
Sainte  Genevieve,  |  &  a  Saint  Jean  dans  le  desert.  |  M.  DCC.  LXIII 
[1763J.  |  Avec  Approbation  &  Privilege  du  Eoi.  |  c. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-215.  12°.     Bound  with  the  above  is  the  following: 
S[auvage]  ( M.  de  la).     Dictiounaire  Galibi.     Though  this  is  a  separate  work, 
with  distinct  pagination,  individual  title,  &c.,  the  two  belong  together,  as  is 
shown  by  the  "Approbation"  on  the  last  leaf  of  the  book,  which  covers  both 
works. 

3112  Prescott  (Philander).    Dacota  Numeration,  [1-1,000,000,000].    By 
Philander  Prescott. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  206-208.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

3113  Present.     The  j  Present  State  |  of  |  New-England,  |  with  Eespect 
to  the  |  Indian  War.  |  Wherein  is  an  Account  of  the  true  Eeason 
thereof,  |  (as  far  as  can  be  Judged  by  Men.)  |  Together  with  most 
of  the  Eemarkable  Passages  that  have  hap-  |  pened  from  the  20th 
of  June,  till  the  10th  of  November,  1675.  |  Faithfully  Composed  by 
a  Merchant  of  Boston,  and  Communicated  |  to  his  Friend  in  Lon 
don.  |  Licensed  Decemb.  1 .5. 1G75.    Eoger  L'Estrange.  |  [Design.] 

London,  |  Printed  for  Dorman  Newman,  at  the  Kings  Arms  in 
the  Poultry,  and  at  the  |  Ship  and  Anchor  at  the  Bridg-foot  on 
Southwark  side.  1675.  |  c.  BA. 

Pp.  1-19.  folio.  Isaiah  xxiii,  1-3,  in  the  Massachusetts  language,  from  Eliot's 
Bible,  p.  11. 

3114  The  I  Present  State  |  of  |  New-England  |  with  respect  to 

the  |  Indian  War.  |  Wherein  is  an  Account  of  the  true  Eeasoii 
thereof,  |  (as  far  as  can  be  Judged  by  Men.)  |  Together  with  most 
of  the  Eemarkable  Passages  that  |  have  happened  from  the  20th 
of  June,  till  |  the  10th  of  November,  1675.  |  Faithfully  Composed 
by  a  Merchant  of  Boston  and  Com-  |  municated  to  his  Friend  in 
London.  |  Licensed  Decemb.  13.  1675.  Eoger  L'Estrange  |  [Picture 
of  an  Indian.]   |  London,  |  Printed  for  Dorman  Newman,  at  the 
King's  Arms  in  the  Poultry,  and  |  at  the  Ship  and  Anchor  at  the 
Bridgfoot  on  Southwark  side,  1675.  | 

Boston:  Josiah  Drake,  Antiquarian  Bookstore,  56  Cornhill.  | 
MDCCCXXXIII  [1833].  | 

In  Drake  (S.  G.)  The  Old  Indian  Chronicle,  pp.  1-38.  Boston,  [1886].  16°. 
Isaiah  xxiii,  1-3,  in  the  Massachusetts  language,  from  Eliot's  Bible,  pp.  22-23. 

"This  edition  of  'The  Present  State  of  New-England,'  together  with  another 
tract  entitled  'A  Continuation  of  the  State  of  New-England,'  was  printed  in 
1833  in  a  pamphlet  of  69  pages;  but,  according  to  Drake,  'there  was  no  demand 


PE^FONTAINE — PRESERVATION.  611 

Present — continued. 

for  it,  and  it  lay  some  three  years  on  hand,  excepting  what  were  gratuitously  dis 
tributed.'  They  'were  not  reprinted  (for  the  first  edition  [of  the  old  Indian 
Chronicle]  ),  as  enough  of  them  remained  on  hand  in  1836  to  complete  the  edition 
of  some  250  copies.' 

"These  two  tracts  were  reprinted,  however,  shortly  afterwards,  in  order  to 
complete  the  remainder  of  this  edition  of  the  Old  Indian  Chronicle,  of  which  500 
copies  had  been  printed  in  all.  In  the  Astor  Library  there  is  a  copy  of  this  later 
impression  of  the  Old  Indian  Chronicle,  without  any  general  title-page,  which 
contains  this  second  reprint  of  the  first  two  tracts.  They  differ  from  the  edition 
of  1833  in  the  arrangement  of  nearly  every  page.  The  remaining  portion  of  the 
volume  (pp.  69-208)  is  identical  with  the  1836  edition." — Eameg. 

The  title  of  this  second  reprint  is  as  follows: 

3115  The  |  Present  State  |  of  |  New-England  |  with  respect  to 

the  |  Indian  War.  |  Wherein  is  an  |  Account  of  the  true  reason 
thereof,  |  (as  far  as  can  be  judged  by  men.)  |  Together  with  most  of 
the  remarkable  |  passages  that  have  happened  from  |  the  20th  of 
June,  to  the  |  10th  of  November,  1675.  |  Faithfully  composed  by  a 
Merchant  of  Boston  and  |  communicated  to  his  friend  in  London.  | 
Licensed  Decemb.  13,  1675.    Roger  L'Estrange.  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  Dorman  Newman,  at  the  King's  Arms  |  in 
the  Poultry,  and  at  the  Ship  and  Anchor  at  |  the  Bridgefoot  [sic]  on 
Southwark  side,  1675.  | 

In  Drake  (S. G.)    The  Old  Indian  Chronicle,  pp.  1-37.  [Boston,  1836J]  16°. 

Linguistics,  pp. 22-23.     Reprinted  a  third  time,  as  follows: 

3116  •, The  |  Present  State  |  of  |  New-England  |  with  respect 

to  the  |  Indian  War.  |  Wherein  is  an  Account  of  the  true  Reason  | 
thereof,  (as  far  as  can  be  |  judged  by  Men.)  |  Together  |  With  most 
of  the  Remarkable  Passages  that  have  |  happened  from  the  20th 
of  June,  till  the  10th  |  of  November,  1675.  |  Faithfully  composed 
by  a  Merchant  of  Boston  and  communicated  |  to  his  friend  in  Lon 
don.  |  Licensed  Decemb.  13,  1675.     Roger  L'Estrange.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Dorrnan  Newman,  at  the  King's  Arms  in 
the  Poultry,  and  |  at  the  Ship  and  Anchor  at  the  Bridgfoot  on 
Southwark  Side,  1675.  | 

In  Drake  (S.  G.)    The  Old  Indian  Chronicle,  pp.  119-169.    Boston,  1867.  sm.4°. 

Contains,  p.  146,  Isaiah  xxiii,  1-3,  in  the  Massachusetts  language,  from  Eliot's 
Bible. 

3117  Preservation.     19th  Congress,  |  1st  Session.  |  (Doc.  N°  102.)  |  Ho.  of 
Reps.  |  WarDept.  |  Preservation  and  Civilization  of  the  Indians.  | 
Letter  |  from  |  the  Secretary  of  War,  |  to  the  |  Chairman  of  the 
Committee  on  Indian  Affairs,  |  accompanied  by  a  bill  for  the  | 
Preservation  and  Civilization  |  of  the  |  Indian  Tribes  within  the 
United  States.  |  Febrnary  21,  1826.  |  Laid  before  the  House  by  the 
Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Indian  Affairs,  and  |  ordered  to  be 
printed.  | 

Washington:  |  Printed  by  Gales  &  Seaton.  |  1826.  |       JWP.  LSH. 
Pp.  1-22.  8°.     Cherokee  alphabet,  with  explanations,  p.  22. 


612  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3118  Preston  (Capt.  William).    Vocabulary  of  the  Delewes  [Delawares]. 

Manuscript.  1  p.  folio. 

3119  Vocabulary  of  the  Potawatomy  language. 

Manuscript.  1  p.  folio.  50  words. 

3120 Words  aud  Sentences  in  the  Miami  language. 

Manuscript.  6  pp.  folio. 

3121  Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  Shawannee. 

Manuscript.  7pp.   folio.     These  vocabularies  were  taken  in  1796  by  Capt. 

William  Preston,  Fourth  United  States  Regulars,  and  recorded  in  a  memorandum 
book  now  in  the  possession  of  his  grandson,  Prof.  William  P.  Johnson,  of  the 
Washington  and  Lee  University.  Copies  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology. 

3122  [Prevost  (P.)]     Ka  Patakaikatek  |  Masinaigan  |  ka  ako  nikigoba- 
nen  j  Jesos  |  1882  &  1883  |  t  Manadjitaganisan  |  P.  Pakitandjike- 
naniSan.  |  K  KiigocimonaniSan  |  [Design.] 

Moniang  |  J.  Chapleau  &  Fils,  endatc.  |  [1882.]  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  title  1  l.,and  14  unnumbered  pages.  16°.     Algonkiu  calen 
dar,  June,  1882-July,  1863.     See  Masinaigan,  No.  2488. 

3123  Prichard  (James  Cowles).    Eesearches  |  into  the  |  Physical  His 
tory  |  of  |  Mankind.  |  By  |  James  Cowles  Prichard,  M.  D.  |  Second 
Edition.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:    Printed  for  John  and  Arthur  Arch,   Cornhill.  1 1826.  |   * 
2vols. :  pp.  i-xxxii,  1-544;  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-623.  11  plates.  8°.     Title  furnished  by 
Mr.  W.  Eames.     I  have  seen  mention  of:  First  edition,  London,  1813.  8°. 

Relations  between  the  American  languages,  vol.  2,  pp.  341-349. On  their 

languages,  pp.  350-355. Comparative  vocabulary  of  American  and  Asiatic  lan 
guages  (Tuscaroras,  Six  Nations,  Greenland,  Penobscot,  Illinois,  Delaware,  Aca- 
dia,  N.  England,  Mahican,  Huastec,  Caribbee,  Tarahumara,  Kotow,  Mexican, 

Cora,  etc.),  pp.  353-354. Comparative  vocabulary,  Irish  and  Algonquin,  p. 

354. Comparative  vocabulary,  Mexican,  Ugaliachnmtzi,  and  Koluschi,  p.  381. 

3124  Eesearches  |  into  the  |  Physical  History  |  of  |  Mankind.  | 

By  |  James  Cowles  Prichard,  M.  D.  F.  B.  S.  M.  E.  I.  A.  |  Corre 
sponding  Member  [&c.,  three  lines].  |  Third  edition.  |  Vol.  I  [-VJ.  | 

London:  |  Sherwood,  Gilbert,  and  Piper,  |  Paternoster  Bow;  j 
and  J.  and  A.  Arch,  |  Cornhill.  |  183G  [-1847].  |  B.  c.  BA.WE. 

5  vols.  8°. 

General  remarks  on  the  American  languages,  vol.  5,  pp.  302-308. Of  the 

Characteristics  of  the  American  Languages,  pp.  308-313. Universality  of  these 

Characteristics  among  the  American  Languages,  pp.  313-316. General  Obser 
vations  on  the  Relations  of  the  American  Languages,  pp.  316-320. Languages 

of  Mexico  and  Central  America,  pp.  339-342. Numerals,  1-20,  and  short  vocab 
ulary  of  the  Mexican,  Guatemalan,  Yucatan,  and  Huastecan  (from  Ternaux- 

Coinpans),  p.  344. On  the  Languages  of  the  Nations  inhabiting  the  Western 

Coast  of  North  America,  pp.  438-441. Comparative  vocabulary,  Esquimaux, 

Kinai,  and  Ugaljachmutzi,  p.  440. A  few  Caraibean  words  compared  with 

Woccon,  Tarahumara,  Sankihani,  etc.,  p. 526. 

3125  Eesearches  |  into  the  |  Physical  History  |  of  |  Mankind.  | 

By   James  Cowles  Prichard,  M.D.  F.E.  S.    M.  E.  I.  A.    |   Corre 
sponding  Member  [&c.,  four  lines].  |  Fourth  edition.  |  Vol.  I  f-V]. 


PRESTON — PRIERES.  613 

Priohard  (James  Cowles) — continued. 

London :   |  Sherwood,  Gilbert,  and  Piper,  |  Paternoster  Row .  | 
1841  [-1851].  |  A. 

5  vols.  8°.     Paging  and  contents  the  same  as  in  the  third  edition. 

There  is  a  copy  of  this  work,  5  vols.,  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  composed  of 
volumes  from  different  editions. 

3126  The  |  Natural  History  |  of  |  Man;  |  comprising  |  inquiries 

into  the  modifying  influence  of  |  physical  and  moral  agencies  |  on 
the  different  tribes  of  the  human  family.  |  By  |  James  Cowles 
Prichard,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  M.  R.  I.  A.  |  Corresponding  Member  [&c., 
six  lines].  |  Third  edition,  enlarged,  |  with  |  Fifty  Coloured  and 
Five  Plain  Illustrations  |  engraved  on  steel,  |  and  ninety  seven 
engravings  on  wood.  | 

London:  |  Hippolyte  Bailliere,  Publisher,  219  Regent  Street;  | 
Foreign  Bookseller  to  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons,  |  and  to  the 
Royal  Medico-Chirurgical  Society.  |  Paris:  J.  B.  Bailliere,  Libraire 
del'academieroyaledeMedecine.  Leipsic :  T.  O.  Weigel.  1848.  |  A.c. 

Pp.  i-xvii,  1-677.  8°.  Brief  comparative  vocabulary,  Irish  and  Algonkin,  p. 
304. Brief  reference  to  languages  of  American  tribes,  p.  360. 

First  edition,  London,  1843.  8°.     Second  edition,  London,  1845.  8°. 

3127  -    The  |  Natural  History  |  of  |  Man ;  |  comprising  |  inquiries 

into  the  modifying  influence  of  |  physical  and  moral  agencies  |  on 
the  different  tribes  of  the  Human  Family.  |  By  |  James  Cowles 
Prichard,  M.  D.  F.  R.  S.  M.  R.  I.  A.  |  President  of  the  Ethnological 
Society,  |  Corresponding  Member  of  the  National  Institute,  |  and 
of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Medicine,  and  of  the  Statistical  Society 
of  France,  |  Member  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society ;  etc.  | 
Fourth  Edition,  Edited  and  Enlarged  by  |  Edwin  Norris,  |  of  the 
Royal  Asiatic  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.  |  Illustrated 
with  sixty-two  coloured  plates  engraved  on  steel,  |  and  one  hundred 
engravings  on  wood.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London :  |  H.  Bailliere,  Publisher,  219,  Regent  Street,  |  and  290, 
Broadway,  New  York,  U.  S.  |  Paris:  J.  B.  Bailliere,  Libraire,  Rue 
Hautefeuille.  Madrid:  Bailly Bailliere, calle del  principe.  1 1855.  WE. 

2  vols. :  pp.  i-xxiv,  1-343 ;  i-vii,  344-720.  plates.  8°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr. 
W.  Eames  from  copy  in-his  possession.  Brief  comparative  vocabulary,  Irish  and 
Algonquin,  vol.  1,  p.  333. 

3128  Prieres.    Prieres  des  Sauvages  Abnakis  de  St.  Francois.  T. 

Manuscript.  33pp.  12°.  Seen  at  the  Brinley  sale,  from  the  catalogue  of  which, 
part  3,  no.  5695,  the  following  note  is  taken : 

The  writing  resembles  that  of  the  preceding  volume  [Book  of  Prayers,  No. 
415  of  this  catalogue]  and  is  probably  by  the  same  hand ;  but  it  shows  that  the 
writer  has  become  more  familiar  both  with  the  language  and  with  the  pen.  The 
character  used  by  the  French  missionaries  for  ou  or  English  IP  (8)  is  employed, 
and  the  nasals  are  marked  as  in  Rasles's  Dictionary,  by.tt.  In  addition  to  the 
prayers  contained  in  the  earlier  manual,  it  has  the  Litanies  of  the  Virgin,  and  of 
the  Holy  Name  of  Jesus,  the  Psalms  and  Antiphons  for  Vespers,  and  the  hymns 
"Lucis  Creator"  and  "Vtiui  Creator." 


614  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Priferes — continued. 

3129  [Prieres,  etc.,  en  la  langue  Algonkin.]  LDM. 

Manuscript.    1  p.]., pp.  1-1GO,  8  unnumbered  11.    12°.     lu  the  archives  of  the 

Catholic  Church  at  the  mission  of  Lac  des  Deux  Montagnes  (Oka),  Canada.     It 
is  fairly  written,  well  preserved,  and  is  bound. 

Priere  avant  le  Cat<5chisme,  p.  1. Actes  do  remerclment,  do  contrition,  p.  1 ; 

d'offrande,  de  foi,  p.  2 ;  de  charit6,  p.  3. Pater  noster,  p.  3. Ave  Maria,  Credo, 

p.  4. Confiteor,  p.  6. Les  cornmandemens  de  Dieu,  de  1'eglise,  p.  7. 

Prieres  a  1'ange  gardien,  St.  Joseph,  St.  Michel,  St.  patron,  a  tons  les  sts.,  1'an- 

gelns,  aiamiata,  pp.  8-11. P.  12,  blank. Cate'chisme,  pp.  13-35. Actes, 

pp.  35-43. Messe  de  la  ste.  Vierge,  introit,  pp.  45-47. Pseaumes,  pp.  47- 

54. Messe  des  morts,  introit,  &c.,  pp.  54-64. Cantiques,  pp.  64-87. Les 

litanies  de  la  ste.  Vierge,  pp.  87-96. Hymne  des  Anges,  &c.,  pp.  96-148. 

Acte  de  conformity  a  la  volonte'  de  Dieu,  pp.  149-150. Hymnes,  pp.  150-160. 

8  unnumbered  11.  at  end. 

3130  [Prieres,  etc.,  en  la  langue  Mohawk.] 

Manuscript.  70  11.  4°.  In  the  archives  of  the  Convent  ot  the  Sisters  of  the 
Congregation  at  Oka,  Canada.  The  following  description  is  furnished  by  Mrs. 
rminnio  A.  Smith :  In  the  convent  there  are  a  number  of  manuscript  copies  of 
religious  books  pertaining  to  the  doctrines  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church. 
These  are  quarto  in  size,  and  contain  seventy  leaves,  which  are  written  upon 
both  sides.  The  questions  and  answers,  the  prayers,  bible  stories,  articles  of 
faith,  deadly  sins,  &c.,  are  written  in  French,  with  the  Mohawk  translation  on 
the  opposite  page.  These  copies  were  made  by  the  sisters  at  least  one  hundred 
years  ago,  and  some  of  the  penmanship  equals  that  of  a  steel  engraving.  Page 
1  contains  a  prayer  entitled:  Priere  avant  le  Cate'chisme;  p. 2, Prieres  du  matin 
et  du  soir,  followed  by  the  prayer  in  French,  then  Pour  le  matiii;  Pour  le  soir; 
Pause  ;  Acte  de  Contrition ;  on  the  opposite  page  is  the  translation  of  these  prayers 
in  Mohawk;  p.  4  contains  the  Confiteor,  Pendant  la  Messe,  and  Offraude  de  la 
Messe;  p.  5  begins  with  article  first  of  the  faith,  followed  by  the  Ave  Maria, 
Credo,  and  the  following  prayers:  a  St.  Michel,  a  1'ange  gardien,  a  St.  Joseph, 
pour  le  Clerg<5,  pour  le  Roi,  pour  les  Parents,  pour  les  morts;  these  are  followed 
by  the  Angelus,  Prions,  Sub  tuum  praesidium,  Acte  de  Foye,  D'espe'rance,  de 
Charite'. 

Under  the  heading  Chapelet  occur — Dimanche  et  Lundi  pour  les  morts ;  Mardi, 
1'ange  gardien;  Mercredi,  St.  Joseph;  Jeudi,  le  St.  Sacrement;  Vendredi,  la 
Croix;  Samedi,  la  Ste.  Vierge. 

Page  20  begins  with  a  prayer  which  is  followed  by  the  small  catechism,  which 
occupies  twenty  pages.  Then  Prieres  apres  le  CatfSchisme ;  then  the  Grand  Cat6- 
chisme,  Des  Sacrements,  followed  by  Du  Bapteme,  the  questions  and  answers  of 
which  fill  ten  pages,  and  by  questions  and  answers  upon  Explication  des  C6r6- 
monies  du  Bapteme,  which  occupy  three  pages.  These  are  followed  by :  Pratiques ; 
De  la  Confirmation  ;  Actes  avaut  la  Confirmation,  Actes  apres  la  Confirmation; 
De  1'Euchariste  ;  De  la  Communion  ;  Prieres  avant  la  Communion,  Le  Confiteor, 
Actes  apres  la  Communion;  De  la  Penitence;  De  1'Examcn;  De  la  Contrition; 
Du  ferme  Propus;  De  la  Confession ;  De  la  Satisfaction;  Des  indulgences;  De 
la  Confession  ge'ne'rale;  Do  I'extreme  onction.  P.  68  begins:  De  1'Ordre;  Dn 
Mariage  ;  Du  P6ch«S  actucl.  This  is  followed  by  the  bible  story,  Histoire  des  trois 
Enfans  dans  la  fournaise ;  Pratiques — questions  upon  Du  P6ch<5  Vduiel ;  followed 
by  Histoire  des  Enfans,  deYores  des  Ours;  Des  Pdche's  Capitaux;  Do  1'orgueil ; 
Nabucodonasar  chang6  en  Bete ;  De  1'avarice  ;  DolaLuxnrc;  Del'Envie;  De  la 
Gourma-dise;  Pratiques,  De  la  Colere  ;  DelaParesse;  DuScandale;  De  la  grace 
deDieu;  Des  Vertus;  Vertus  Theologales  ;  Priere  apres  le  cat^chisme.  Fin. 


PRIERE3 — PRIEST.  6 1  5 

3131  [Priest  (Josiah).]     The  |  Wonders  |  of  |  Nature  and  Providence,  | 
Displayed.  |  Compiled  |  from  authentic  sources,  both  ancient  and 
modern,  |  giving  an  |  account  of  various  and  strange  phenomena  | 
existing  in  nature,  |  of  |  Travels,  Adventures,  Singular  Providences, 
&c.  |  [Quotation,  one  line.]  | 

Albany:  |  Published  by  Josiah  Priest.  |  E.  and  E.  Hosford,  Print 
ers.  |  1825.  |  » 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-600.  8°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames.  English,  Indian,  and 
Hebrew  vocabulary  and  phrases,  p.  308. 

3132  American  Antiquities,  |  and  Discoveries  in  the  West:  | 

being  |  an  exhibition  of  the  evidence   |  that  an  ancient  popula 
tion  of  partially  civilized  nations,  |  differing  entirely  from  those 
of   the   present   In-    |   dians,  peopled   America,  many   centuries 
before  |  its  discovery  by  Columbus.  |  And  |  inquiries  into  their  ori 
gin,  |  with  a  |  copious  description  |  of  many  of  their  stupendous 
Works,  now  in  ruins.  |  With  |  conjectures  of  what  may  have  |  be 
come  of  them.  |  Compiled  |  from  travels,  authentic  sources,  and  the 
researches  |  of  |  Antiquarian  Societies.  |  By  Josiah  Priest.  | 

Albany:  |  Printed  by  Hoffman  and  White,  No.  71,  State-Street.  | 
1833.  |  HIT. 

Pp.  1-400.  8°. 

Rafmesque  (C.  S.)    American  Languages— Wahtani  or  Mandan,  pp.  393-395. 
Languages  of  Oregon— Chopunish  and  Chiuuc,  pp.  395-397. 

3133  American  Antiquities,  |  and  |  Discoveries  in  the  West:  | 

being  |  an  exhibition  of  the  evidence  |  that  an  ancient  population 
of  partially  civilized  nations,  |  differing  entirely  from  those  of  the 
present  In-  |  diaus,  peopled  America,  many  centuries  before  |  its 
discovery  by  Columbus.  |  And  |  Inquiries  into  their  Origin,  |  with 
a  |  Copious  Description  |  Of  many  of  their  stupendous  Works,  now 
in  ruins.  |  With  |  conjectures  concerning  what  may  have  |  become 
of  them.  |  Compiled  |  from  Travels,  Authentic   Sources,  and   the 
Eesearches  |  of  |  Antiquarian  Societies.  |  By  Josiah  Priest.  |  Third 
Edition  Revised.  | 

Albany:  |  Printed  by  Hoffman  and  White,  |  No.  71,  State-Street.  | 
1833.  |  c.  HU. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-400.  map  and  two  plates.  8°. 

Rafmesque  (C.  S.)  Ancient  Languages  of  the  first  Inhabitants  of  America, 
pp.  304-309. 

Tabular  View  of  the  American  Generic  Languages,  pp.  309-312. 

—  The  Atlantic  Nations  of  America,  pp.  312-316. 

Further  Accounts  of  Col  oni  es  from  Europe  settled  in  America,  pp.  316-325 

American  Languages — Wahtani  or  Mandan,  pp.  393-395. 

Languages  of  Oregon — Chopunish  and  Cbinuc,pp.  395-397. 

3134  American  Antiquities  |  and  |  Discoveries  in  the  West:  | 

being  an  exhibition  of  the  evidence  |  that  an  ancient  population  of 
partially  civilized  nations  |  differing  entirely  from   those   of  the 
present  Indians  peopled  |  America  many  centuries  before  its  dis 
covery  by  |  Columbus,  and  inquiries  into  their  Origin,  |  with  a  | 
Copious  Description  |  of  many  of  their  stupendous  works,  now  in 


616  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Priest  (Josiah) — continued. 

ruins,  |  with  conjectures  concerning  what  may  have  |  become  of 
them.  |  Compiled  from  Travels,  Authentic  Sources,  and  the  |  Re 
searches  of  Antiquarian  Societies.  |  By  Josiah  Priest.  |  (Fourth 
Edition.)  | 

Albany:  |  Printed  by  Hoffman  &  White.  |  1834.  |  » 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-400.  map  and  two  plates.  8°.     Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

Rafinesque  (C.  S.)    Ancient  Languages  of  the  first  Inhabitants  of  America, 
pp.  309-313. 

The  Atlantic  Nations  of  America,  pp.  313-316. 

The  other  Rafinesque  articles  are  omitted  in  this  edition. 

3135  American  Antiquities  |  and  |  Discoveries  in  the  West:  | 

being  an  exhibition  of  the  evidence  |  that  an  ancient  population  of 
partially  civilized  nations  differing  |  entirely  from  those  of  the 
present  Indians  peopled  America  |  many  centuries  before  its  dis 
covery  by  Columbus,  |  and  inquiries  into  their  origin,  |  with  a  | 
copious  description  |  of  many  of  their  stupendous  works,  now  in 
ruins,  |  with  |  conjectures  concerning  what  may  have  become  of 
them.  |  Compiled  from  Travels,  Authentic  Sources,  and  the  |  Be 
searches  of  Antiquarian  Societies.  |  By  Josiah  Priest.  |  Fifth  Edi 
tion. — 22,000  volumes  of  this  work  have  been  published  within 
thirty  months,  |  for  subscribers  only.  | 

Albany:  |  Printed  by  Hoffman  and  White.  |  1835.  |  A. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-400.  2  plates.  8°. 

Rafinesque  (C.  S. )    The  Atlantic  Nations  of  America,  pp.  313-315. 

The  other  Rafinesque  articles  are  omitted  in  this  edition. 

According  to  Thomson's  Bibliography  of  Ohio  the  first  edition  was  published 
in  1832,  and  the  sixth  edition  in  1841.     I  have  seen  an  edition  in  the  Bancroft 
Library,  San  Francisco,  with  imprint :  Albany:  |  Printed  by  Hoffman  &  White  | 
1838.  |  Pp.  i-viii,  9-400,  8°,  which  does  not  contain  the  Rafinesque  articles. 

3136  Primer.    A  Primer,  for  the  Use  of  the  Mohawk  Children,  to  acquire 
the  Spelling  and  Beading  of  their  own,  as  well  as  to  get  acquainted 
with  the  English  Tongue  which  for  that  purpose  is  put  on  the  oppo 
site  Page. 

Montreal,  Printed  at  Henry  Mesplets,  1781.  * 

12°.     Title  from  Bibliotheca  Grenvilliana,  vol.  2,  p.  574,  from  the  copy  now  in 
the  British  Museum. 

3137  A  |  Primer,  |  for  the  Use  of  the  |  Mohawk  Children,  | 

To  acquire  the  Spelling  and  Beading  of  their  |  own,  as  well  as  to 
get  acquainted  with  the  |  English,  Tongue;  which  for  that  Pur 
pose  is  put  |  on  the  opposite  Page.  |  Waerighwaghsawe  |  I  ksaon- 
goenwa  |  Tsiwaondad-derighhonny  Kaghyadoghsera;    Nay  on-   | 
deweyestaghk  ayeweanaghnodon  ayeghyMow  Ka-  |  niyenkebaga 
Kaweanondaghkouh ;  Dyorheaf-haga  |  oui  tsiuihadiweanotea. 

London,  |  Printed  by  C.  Buckton,  Great  Pultney  Street.  |  1786.  | 
Pp.  1-98,  alternate  English  and  Mohawk,  sq.  24°.  GB.  HU. 


PRIEST PROUD.  617 

3138  Principes.    t  j  viue  Jesus  |  Principes  De  La  Langue  |  Iroquoise.  | 
Cette  Langue  a  5  parties  |  La  le  Des  principes  |  La  2de  Des  re- 
marques  sur  les  princi  |  pes  |  La  3me  La  table  des  Relations  en  | 
abrege  leplus  au  long  en  coll  des  conjugasions  en  abreg6  an  long  j 
la  4me  vne  nomenclature  en  abreg6  |  du  dictionnaire  |  La  5me  Les 
Racines.  |  Premiere  Partie  |  De  Principes.  |  Chapitre  Premier  |  De 
Alphabet.  |  LDM. 

Manuscript  of  the  latter  part  of  the  17th  century.  131  11.  12°.  Bound.  In 
the  archives  of  the  Catholic  Church  at  Lac  des  Deux  Montagues. 

Title,  &c.,  recto,  1. 1;  verso,  De  Alphabet.— —Chapitre  2,  Dn  Verbe,  recto  1.2; 

Seconde  partie,  Des  Remarques  snr  La  grammaire,  recto  1. 13. Remarques  Des 

Dialects  [huron,  tsonontSan,  orogSen,  onontage,  ooeiSt,  agnie],  recto  1.  14. 

Des  coningaisons,  verso  1.  15. Remarques  sur  1'ordre  Du  Dictionaire,  recto 

1.  17. LI.  21-23  aud  recto  1.  24,  blank. Les  conjugaisons,  verso  1. 24  and  recto 

1. 25. LI.  26-27,  blank. L.  28  begins  Ilya  3  rootes,  etc.,  verso  blank,  as  is  also 

1. 29  and  recto  of  1.  30. Premiere  conjugaison  Du  Paradigme  G.  begins  verso  of 

1.  30,  ends  recto  1.  32,  the  verso  of  which  is  blank,  as  are  also  11.  33-51. Racines 

agnieres,  recto  1.  52. Paradigme  G.,  verso  1.  52,  continuing,  with  the  exception 

of  occasional  blank  leaves,  to  verso  of  1.  65. Recto  of  1.  66  blank. 

On  verso  of  1. 66  is  the  beginning  of  a  dictionary,  the  Iroquois  in  one  column, 
the  French  in  another ;  it  contains  only  words  beginning  with  the  letter  a,  and  ends 
on  recto  of  1.  68,  on  the  verso  of  which  is:  Verbes  de  la  seconde  conjugaison  du 

paradigme  G.  This  occupies  the  versos  of  11.  68-78,  the  rectos  being  blank. 

Verbes  Relatifs  &,  versos  11.  79-86;  rectos  blank. T  1'afflnnatif  2e,  versos  11. 

87-88. Noras  De  La  2de  conjug.,  verso  1.  89  to  verso  of  1.  93. Verbes  De  La 

3"",  verso  11.  94-95. Relatifs  de  la  3me,  verso  1.  96. Noms  de  la  3me,  verso 

1.  97. Verbes  De  La  4me,  verso  1.  98. Relatifs  De  La  4rae,  verso  1.  99. 

Noms  de  la  4me,  verso  1.  100. Verbes  absolus  De  La  5me,  versos  11.  101-102. 

Relations  5me  conjugaisons,  verso  1.  102. Noms  De  La  5me,  verso  1.  103. 

Paradigme  8  le,  versos  11.  104-105. Noms  De  La  le,  verso  1.  106. Verbes  de 

la  2,  81,  versos  11. 107-110. T  affirmatif  de  la  2d,  versos  11. 111-112. Noms  de 

la  2de,  versos  11.  113-116. Verbes  de  la  3,  verso  1.  117. Verbes  de  la  5,  Noms 

de  la  5me,  verso  1.  118. Nomenclature  en  abre'ge',  verso  1. 119  to  verso  1. 120. 

LI.  121-131,  blank. 

3139  Proud  (Robert).     The  |  History  of  Pennsylvania,  |  in  |  North 
America,  |  from  the  |  Original  Institution  and  Settlement  of  that 
Province,  under  |  theflrst  Proprietor  and  Governor  William  Perm,  | 
in  1681,  till  after  the  Year  1742;  |  with  an  |  Introduction,  |  respect 
ing,  |  The  Life  of  W.  Penn,  prior  to  the  grant  of  the  Province,  aud 
the  religious  |  Society  of  the  People  called  Quakers; — with  the  first 
rise  of  the  neighbouring  |  Colonies,  more  particularly  of  West-New- 
Jersey,  and  the  Settlement  |  of  the  Dutch  and  Swedes  on  Dela 
ware.  |  To  which  is  added,  |  A  brief  Description  of  the  said  Prov 
ince,  |  and  of  the  |  General  State,  in  which  it  flourished,  principally 
between  the  Years  1760  and  1770.  |  The  whole  including  a  Variety 
of  Things,  |  Useful  and  interesting  to  be  known,  respecting  that 
Country  in  early  Time,  &c.  |  With  an  Appendix.  |  Written  princi 
pally  between  the  Years  1776  and  1780,  |  By  Robert  Proud.  |  [Four 
lines  quotation.]  |  Volume  I  [II].  | 


618  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Proud  (Robert) — continued. 

Philadelpbia:  |  Printed  and  sold  by  Zachariah  Poulson,  Junior.  | 
Number  eighty,  Chesnut-Street.  |  1797  [-1798].  |  A.  c.  BA.  UP.  HU. 

2vols.  8°.  map. 

Penn  (W.)    Letter,  vol.  i,  pp.  246-264,  contaius  a  few  words  of  the  language 

of  the  Indians  of  Pennsylvania,  p.  252. Lord's  Prayer  in  the  language  of  the 

Six  Natiocs,  vol.  2,  p.  301. 

3140  [Prudhomme  (Louis).]     Voyage  |  a  la  Guiane  |  et  |  a  Cayenne,  | 
Fait  en  1789  et  Annies  suivantes;  |  Contenant  une  Description 
Ge"ographique  de  ces  Contre"es,  |  1'Histoire  de  leur  Decouverte ;  les 
Possessions  et  Etablissemens  |  des  Francais,  des  Hollandais,  des 
Bspagnols  et  des  Portugais  |  dans  cet  immense  Pays.  |  Le  climat, 
les  Productions  de  la  Terre,  les  Animanx,  les  Noms  |  des  Rivieres, 
celui  des  diffe"rentes  Nations  Sauvages,  leurs  |  Coutames  et  le  Com 
merce  le  plus  avantageux  qu'on  peut  y  faire.  |  Les  particularites  les 
plus  remarquables  de  1'Orenoque  et  du  |  Fleuve  des  Amazones.  | 
Des  Observations  1°.  pour  entrer  dans  le  Port  de  Cayenne  et  y  | 
bien  mouiller;  2°.  pour  en  sortir  en  e"vitant  tons  les  dangers;  |  3°. 
Les  distances  et  les  Routes  des  principaux  Lieux  de  la  |  Guiane,  les 
Vents  qui  regnent  sur  les  Cdtes.  |  Suivi  d'un  Vocabtilaire  Frau5ais 
et  Galibi  des  Noins,  Verbes  et  |  Adjectifs  les  plus  usite"s  dans  notre 
Langue.  compare'e  a  celle  |  des  Indiens  de  la  Guiane,  pour- so  faire 
entendre  relativement  |  aux  objets  les  plus  ne"cessaires  aux  besoins 

delavie.  |  ParL M  .  .  .  .  B  .  .  .  .  , Armateur.  |  Ouvrageorne" 

de  cartes  et  de  gravures.  | 

A  Paris,  |  chez  1'Editeur,  Rue  des  Marais,  N°.  20,  F.  G.  |  An  VI 
[1797]  de  la  Re"publique.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-x,  1-400.  8°.  map,  3  plates.  Vocabulaire  Francais  et  Galilii,  A  1'tisage 
de  ceux  qui  voyagent  dans  les  contre'es  de  la  Guiane  et  a  Cayenne,  pp.  371-400. 

3141  Purchas  (Samuel).     Haklvytvs  Posthumus  |  or  |  Pvrchas  his  Pil- 
grimes.  |  Contayning  a  History  of  the  |  World,  in  Sea  voyages,  & 
lande-  |  Trauells,  by  Englishmen  &  |  others,  |  Wherein  God's  Won 
ders  in  Nature  &  Pro-  |  uidence,  The  Actes,  Arts,  Varieties,  |  & 
Vanities  of  Men,  wth  a  world  of  |  the  Worlds  Rarities,  are  by  a 
world  |  of  Ey witness-Authors,  Re-  |  lated  to  the  World.  |  Some  Ml 
written  by  Mr.  Hakluyt  at  his  |  death.    More  since  added.  |  His 
also  perused,  |  &  perfected.    All  examined,  abbreviated,  |  Illustra 
ted  wth  Dis-  |  courses,  Adorned  wth  pictures,  and  |  Expressed  in 
Mapps.    In  foure  |  Parts,  Each  containing  flue  |  Bookes.  |  By  Sam- 
vel  Pvrchas.  B :  D.  | 

Imprinted  at  London  for  Hen-  |  ry  Fetherston  at  ve  signe  of  |  the 
rose  in  Pauls  Churchyard.  1625  [-1626].  | 

Second  title  : 

Pvrchas  |  his  |  Pilgrimes.  |  In  Five  Bookes.  |  The  first,  contayn- 
ing  the  Voyages  and  Perigriuatious  made  |  by  ancient  Kings,  Patri- 
arkes,  Apostles,  Philosophers,  and  |  others,  to  and  thorow  the 


PRUDHOMME PUYDT.  619 

Purchas  (Samuel) — continued. 

remoter  parts  of  the  knowne  World :  |  Enquires  also  of  Languages 
and  Religious,  especially  of  the  |  moderne  dinersified  Professions 
of  Ghristianitie.  |  The  second,  A  Description  of  all  the  Circum- 
Nauigations  |  of  the  Globe.  |  The  third,  Nauigations  and  Voyages 
of  English-men  alongst  the  Coasts  |  of  Africa,  to  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  aud  from  thence  to  the  Bed  Sea,  |  the  Abassiue,  Arabian, 
Persian,  Indian  Shoares,  |  Continents  and  Islands.  |  The  fourth, 
English  Voyages  beyond  the  East  Indies,  to  the  Islands  of  Japan,  | 
China,  Cauchinchina,  the  Philippine  with  others,  and  the  Indian 
Nauigations  |  further  prosecuted :  Their  iust  Commerce,  nobly  vin 
dicated  against  Turkish  |  Treacherie;  victoriously  defended  against 
Portugall  Hostilitie;  |  gloriously  aduanced  against  Moorish  aud 
Ethnike  Perfidie;  |  hopefully  recouering  from  Dutch  Jlalignitie; 
iustly  maiutayued  |  against  ignorant  and  malicious  Calumuie.  |  The 
fifth,  Navigations,  Voyages,  Traffiques,  Discoueries,  of  the  English 
Nation  |  in  the  Easterue  Parts  of  the  World:  continuing  the 
English-Indian  occurrents,  |  and  contayniug  the  English  Affaires 
with  the  Great  Samoriue,  in  the  Persian  |  and  Arabian  Gulfes,  aud 
in  other  places  of  the  Continent,  aud  Islands  ot  and  |  beyond  the 
Indies:  the  Portugall  Attempts  and  Dutch  Disasters,  |  diuers  Sea- 
fights  with  both;  and  many  other  remarkable  |  Relations.  |  The 
First  Part.  |  Vuus  Deus,  Vna  Veritas.  | 

London  |  Printed  by  "William  Stansby  for  Henrie  Fetherstone, 
and  are  to  be  sold  at  his  shop  in  |  Pauls  Church-yard  at  the  sigue 
of  the  Rose.  1625  [-1G26].  |  A.  c. 

5  vols.  folio.  I  have  also  seen,  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  a  copy  of  vol.  4  of 
this  work,  dated  1613.  It  agrees  in  contents  with  the  1625  ed.  Brunet  says  vol.  5 
bears  dates  of  1613, 1617, 1626.  The  Boston  Athenaeum  has  a  copy  dated  1614. 

Rosier  (James).  Extracts  of  a  Virginia  Voyage  made  An.  1605,  by  Captaine 
George  Way  mouth,  vol.  4,  pp.  1659-1667. 

3142  Puron  (D.  Francisco).    Arte  de  la  Lengua  de  los  Otomites  con 
todos  sus  difereutes  Dialectos. 

Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  University  of  Mexico. — Beristain. 

3143  Putnam  (J.  Duncan).     Entomological  Report.    By  J.  D.  Putnam. 

In  Jones  ( W.  A. )  Report  upon  the  reconnoissance  of  Northwestern  Wyoming, 
pp.  206-210.  Washington,  1874.  6°. 

Indian  [Shoshoni]  names  of  insects,  p.  209. Colors,  in  Shoshoni.p.  210. 

Reprinted  in  the  1875  edition  of  the  same  work,  pp.  315-318.  Linguistics, 
pp.  317-318. 

3144  Puydt  (Lucien  de).     Account  of  Scientific  Explorations  in  the 
Isthmus  of  Darien  in  the  years  1801  and  1805.    By  M.  Lucien  de 
Puydt. 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soc.,  Jour.,  vol.  38,  pp.  69-110.     London,  [n.  d.]  8°. 
Vocabulary  and  Phrases  of  the  Cnna  Language  (Isthmus  of  Darien),  pp. 
100-105. 


620  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3145  Pyrlseus  (Rev.  Chr.)     A  collection  of  words  and  phrases  in  the 
Iroquois  or  Onondago  language  explained  into  German.    By  the 
Eev.  Chr.  Pyrlseus.  * 

Manuscript.  140  pp.  4C. 

3146  Adjectiva,  Nomina  et  Pronomina  Linguae  Macquaicfe,  cum 

nonnullis  de  Verbis  Adverbis  Prrepositionibus  ejusdem  Linguae    * 

Manuscript.  86  pp.  4°. 

3147  Affixa  Nominum  et  Verborum  linguse  Macquaicse.  * 

Manuscript.  178  pp.  4°.     With  this  work  are  bound  several  Iroquois  vocabu 
laries  and  collections  of  phrases.    These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the 
American  Philosophical  Society,  deposited  by  the  Society  of  United  Brethren  of 
Bethlehem. 


3148  Quaderno.     Quaderno  del  idioma  zapoteco  del  valle,  que  contiene 
algunas  reglas  las  mas  comunes  del  Arte,  un  Vocabulario  algo 
copioso  y  otras  cosas  que  vera  el  christiano  Lector.     Se  ha  escrito 
procurando  todo  lo  posible  imitar  la  pronunciacion  de  este  Idioma. 
Sea  todo  a  mayor  honra  y  gloria  de  Dios  ntro.  Sor.,  alivio  de  los 
Ministros,  y  utilidad  de  las  almas.  Sn.  Martin  Xilcaxete  y  Junio  22 
de  1793.  * 

Manuscript.  Title,  and  11.  1-288.  4°.     Arte,  11. 1-12. Vocabulario,  11.  13-26(5, 

in  two  columns. List  of  numbers  most  in  use,  11.  267-272. Confessionario, 

11.  273-285. Protestacion  de  la  Fee,  &c.,  11.  285-286. Interrogators  para 

presentacion  de  casamiento,  11.  287-288.     Title  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  who 
received  it  from  Dr.  Berendt. 

3149  Quaderno  en  lengua  Tzendal,  hecho  en  el  afio  de  1798.      * 

Manuscript.  9  11.  4°.     Anonymous.     Confession  in  Spanish  and  Tzendal  in 

questions  and  answers,  convenient  for  facilitating  the  study  of  this  language. — 
Jirasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

Quebec  Literary  and  Historical  Society. 
See  Literary  and  Historical  Society  of  Quebec. 

3150  Quebec  Soci6t6  Litte"raire  et  Historique.  Voyages  |  de  |  De"couverte  | 
an  |  Canada,  |  eiitre  les  anuees  1534  et  1542,  |  par  |  Jacques  Quar- 
tier,  le  Sieur  de  Koberval,  |  Jean  Ali>honse  de  Xanctoigne,  &c.  | 
Suivis  |  de  la  Description  de  Quebec  et  de  ses  environs  en  |  1608, 
et  de  divers  extraits  relativemeut  au  lieu  |  de  I'hivernement  de 
Jacques  Quartier  en  1535-30.  |  (Avec  gravures  fac  simile)  |  Keiui- 
primes  stir  d'aucieuues  relations,  et  publics  |  sous  la  directioii  |  de 
la  Societ^  Litte"raire  et  Historique  de  Quebec. 

Quebec:  |  Imprime  chez  William  Cowan  et  Fils.  |  1S43.  |         BA. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1  1.,  pp.  1-130.  S°. 

Cartier  (Jacques).     Les  Trois  Voyages  de  Jacques  Cartier,  pp.  1-77. 


PYRL^EUS — QUIROS.  621 

3151  Questions  j  on  the  |  Apostles'  Creed,  |  with  other  simple  instruc 
tion,  |  for  the  |  Caribi  Indians  |  at  the  |  Missions  in  Guiana.  | 

[  Verso  of  title: 

Printed  by  William  M.  Watts,  Crown  Court,  Temple  Bar.]     WE. 
Pp.  1-16.  8°.     In  the  Carib  dialect  of  the  Upper  Pomeroon  and  Isororo.     Con 
tains  the  Lord's  Prayer,  Apostles'  Creed,  Ten  Commandments,  &c. 

3152  Quiche.     Quiche  Vocabulary.  * 

Manuscript  in  possession  of  Abbe"  Dominic  Jehl,  of  Palin,  near  Amatitan, 
Guatemala. — Ludewig,  p.  157. 

3153  Quiche  Vocabulary.  * 

Manuscript.  32  pp.     Without  title  and  apparently  quite  recent. — Squier. 

3154  ftuimper  (D.  Manuel).     Segundo  reconocimiento  de  la  entrada  de 
Fuca  y  costa  |  comprendida  entre  ella  y  la  de  Nootka,  hecho  |  el 
afio  de  1790  con  la  balandra  "Prin-  |  cesa  Real"  mandad*  por  el 
alferez  de  |  navio  D.  Manuel  Quimper.  |  B. 

Manuscript,  62  pp.,  in  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco.  Forms  pp.  385-445 
of:  Viages  |  en  la  |  costa  al  Norte  |  de  las  |  Californias.  |  1774-1790.  |  Copia 
Sacada  |  de  los  Archives  de  Espaua.  |  Bancroft  Library  |  1874.  | 

Short  vocabulary  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  coast  between  lat.  48°  and  50°, 
pp.  21-23  (405-407). Nootka  vocabulary,  collected  with  the  assistance  of  In- 
graham,  pp.  34-45  (418-429). Names  of  villages  and  chiefs,  p.  46  (430). 

3155  Qnintana  (Fr.  Augustiu  de).     Confessonario  |  en  Lengua  |  Mixe.  | 
Con  vna  Construccion  de  las  Oraciones  |  de  la  Doctriiia  Christiana, 
y  vn  Compen-  |  dio  de  Voces  Mixes,  para  ensefiarse  a  pro-  |  uuuciar 
la  dicha  Lengua.     Escrito  todo  |  por  el  P.  Fr.  Augustiu  |  de  Quin- 
taua  de  la  Orden  de  Predicado-  |  res,  Cura  q  fue  de  la  Doctrina  de 
S.  Juan  |  Bautista  de  Xuqnila.  |  Dedicalo.  |  Al  Glorioso  Apostol 
de  la  Europa.  |  S.  Vicente  Ferrer.  | 

Con  licencia:  en  la  Puebla  por  la  Viuda  |  de  Miguel  de  Ortega. 
Ano  de  1733.  |  JCB. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-148.     Indice  3  unnumbered  pp.  4°. 

3156  — Gramatica  y  Diccionario  en  lengua  Mixe,  por  Fr.  Agustin 

Quiutana.  * 

Title  from  Pimeutel.  "Quintana  was  a  native  of  Oajaca,  and  labored  for 
twenty-eight  years  as  a  missionary  among  the  Mijes,  whose  difficult  dialect  he 
perfectly  mastered." — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. 

3157  ftuiros  (Br.  Severino  Bernadino  de).    Arte  del  idioma  Guasteco 
proporcionado  en  todas  sus  reglas  con  el  de  Antonio  de  Nebrija. 
Compuesto  por  el  Br.  Severino  Ber40.  de  Quiros,  estudiante  teologo.  * 

Manuscript.  Dedication  and  approvals,  dated  1722,  5  11. ;  Arte,  19  11. ;  Vocab 
ulary  27  11.  8°.  Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  145. 


622  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 


3158  Eadloff  (Leopold).     Binige    kritische   Bemerkungcn  iiber  Hrn. 
Buschmauu'sBehandluugderKinai-Sprache;  vou  Leopold liadloff.  * 

Pp.  364-399.  8°.     From  the  Acad.  Imp.  des  Sci.,  Melanges  russes,  v.  iii.     St. 
Petersburg,  1857. 

3159   tiber  die  Sprache  der  Ugalachrnut.  * 


8°.     From  St.  Petersburg  Academy.     1857. 

''I  v,  i  Jillu.Ul.J--  ' 


3160  Uber  die  Sprache  der  Tschuktschen  u.  ihr  Verhiiltniss  zum 

Korjak. 

St.  Petersburg,  1861.  * 

4°.     Titles  from  Kohler's  Catalogue,  No.  38. 

3161  Me~moires  |  de  |  L' Academic  Imp6riale  des  Sciences  de  St.- 

P6tersbourg,  VII"  Serie.  |  Tome  XXI,  N°  8.  |  Leopold  Radloff's  | 
Worterbuch  der  Kiuai-Sprache  |  herausgegeben  |  vou  |  A.  Schief- 
ner.  |  (Lu  le  5  mars  1874.)  | 

St.-Petersbourg,  1874.  |  Comniissionnaires  de  1'Acaddmie  Imp6- 
riale  des  sciences:  |  a  St.-P6tersbourg :  |  MM.  Eggers  et  Cie,  H. 
Schmitzdorff,  |  J.  Issakof  et  Tcherkessof ;  |  A  Kiga:  |  M.  N.  Kym- 
inel;  |  a  Odessa:  |  M.  A.  E.  Kecliribardsbi;  |  a  Leipzig:  |  M.  Le"o- 
pold  Voss.  |  Prix:  40  Kop.=13Ngr.  |  WE. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-x,  1-33.  4°.  Brief  grauimatic  sketch,  with  songs,  pp.  i-x. Ger- 

man-Kinai  Dictionary,  pp.  1-32. Numerals,  1-1,000,  pp.  32-33. 

3162  Einige  Nachrichten  iiber  die  Sprache  der  Kaiganeu;  von 

L.  Eadloff.  B. 

In  Acad.  Imp.  des  Sci.,  Melanges  rnsses,  tome  3,  pp.  569-607.  St.-P<$tersbourg, 
1858.  8°.  Kohler's  Catalogue  says:  Also  issued  separately,  1868  [I&ri8?].  8°. 

Contains  a  grammatic  account  of  Ihe  language,  pp.  569-093. Vocabulary, 

alphabetically  arranged,  pp.  593-607. 

316  5  Raflnesque  (Constantino  Samuel).  Ancient  History,  |  or  |  Annals 
of  Kentucky;  |  with  a  survey  of  the  Ancient  Monuments  |  of  North 
America,  |  And  a  Tabular  View  of  the  Principal  Languages  and 
Primi-  |  tive  Nations  of  the  whole  Earth.  |  By  C.  S.  Kafluesque,  A. 
M,  Ph.  D,  |  Prof,  [etc.,  nine  lines].  |  (Numquain  otiosus.)  | 

Frankfort, in  Kentucky.    Printed  for  the  author.  [  1824.!  C.BA.BP. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-39.  8°.— Ethnological  and  Philological  Table  of  the  Primitive  Na 
tions  and  Languages  [including  a  few  American  words],  pp.  iii-iv. 

3164  Atlantic  Journal,  |  And  |  Friend  of  Knowledge.  |  In  eight 

numbers.  |  Containing  about  160  original  articles  and  tracts  on 
Natural  and  |  Historical  Sciences,  the  Description  of  about  150 
New  Plants,  |  and  100  New  Animals  or  Fossils.  Many  Vocabula 
ries  of  Langua-  |  ges,  Historical  and  Geological  Facts,  &c.  &c.  &c.  | 
By  C.  S.  Rafinesque,  AM...  PH.  D.  |  Professor  of  Historical  and 
Natural  Sciences,  Member  of  seve-  |  ral  learned  societies  in  Europe 
and  America,  &c.  |  Knowledge  is  the  mental  food  of  man.  |  Fig- 


KADLOFF — RAFINESQUE.  623 

Raflnesque  (Constantine  Samuel) — continued. 

ures.  |  Melissa  or  Balm,  page  14  |  Mammoth  Cave,  27  |  Franklinia, 
79  |  Fossil  Teeth,  100  |  Tubular  shell,  page  127  |  7  New  Fossil  Shells, 
142  |  American  and  Lybian  Glyphs  or  Primitive  Alphabets,  38.  | 
Philadelphia:  |  1832-1833.  |  (Two  Dollars.)  |  o.  BA. 

a  p.  11., pp.  1-212.  12°. 

Tabular  View  of  the  American  Generic  Languages,  and  Original  Nations, 

pp.  6-8. The  Atlantic  Nations  of  America  [including  vocabulary  of  the  Taras- 

cas],  pp.  8-10. On  the  Zapotecas  and  other  tribes  of  the  State  of  Oaxaca,  pp. 

51-56. Vocabulary  of  the  Wahtani  or  Mandan,  pp.  132-133. Languages  of 

Oregon,  Chopunish  and  Chinuc,  pp.  133-134. 

3165  Number  1.     Spring  1836.  |  [Number  2.     Summer  of  1836.] 

The  |  American  Nations;  |  or,  |  Outlines  of  A  National  History;  | 
of  the  |  Ancient  and  Modern  Nations  |  of  |  North   and   South 
America.  |  [Four  lines  verse.]    First  Number,  or  Volume:  |  Gene 
ralities  and  Annals.  [  [Second  Number,  or  Volume:  |  Origin  and 
Researches.]    By  Prof.  C.S.  Eaflnesque.  | 

Philadelphia,  |  Published  by  C.  S.  Eaflnesque,  |  No.  110  "North 
Tenth  Street,  |  sold  by  the  principal  booksellers,  j  and  in  London 
by  O.  Eich,  |  in  Paris  by  Meilhac  &  Baillere.  |  1836.  | 

Second  title : 

The  |  American  Nations;  |  or,  |  Outlines  of  their  |  General  His 
tory,  |  Ancient  and  Modern :  |  including  the  whole  history  of  the 
earth  |  and  mankind  in  the  Western  Hemisphere;  |  the  philosophy 
of  American  History;  |  the  Annals,  Traditions,  Civilization,  |  Lan 
guages,  &c.,  of  all  the  Ameri-  |  can  Nations,  Tribes,  Empires,  |  and 
States.  |  With  Maps,  Plates,  Views,  and  Plans  of  Monuments,  | 
Tables,  Notes,  and  Illustrations.  |  By  C.  S.  Eaflnesque:  |  Professor 
of  Historical  and  Natural  Sciences,  |  Member  of  many  Learned 
Societies  in  Paris,  Bor-  |  deaux,  Bruxels,  Bonn,  Vienna,  Zurich, 
Naples,  &c,  |  in  Europe. — Philadelphia,  New  York,  Cincinnati,  | 
Lexington,  Nashville,  &c.,  in  America. — The  Ameri-  |  can  Antiqua 
rian  Society,  &c.  |  First  [Second]  Volume.  |  [Six  lines  quotation.] 

Philadelphia:  |  C.  S.  Raflnesque,  110  North  Tenth  St.  |  Printed 
by  F.  Turner,  367  Market  St.  |  1836.  |  0.  BA. 

2  vols.  12°.  Original  Annals  and  Historical  Traditions  of  the  Linapis,  from 
the  creation  to  the  flood,  passage  and  settlements  in  America,  as  far  as  the  At 
lantic  Ocean,  &c.,  till  1820,  &c.,  vol.  l,pp.  121-161,  contains  aboriginal  terms. 

31 6G  American  Languages — Wahtani  or  Mandan. 

In  Priest  (Josiah).  American  Antiquities,  pp.  393-395.  Albany,  1833.  8°.  In 
ibid.,  third  edition,  pp.  393-395.  Albany,  18$?.  8°. 

Contains  a  vocabulary  of  23  words  and  numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Mandan.  This 
article  is  omitted  in  subsequent  editions. 

3167  Ancient  Languages  of  the  first  Inhabitants  of  America.   By 

C.  S.  Eafinesque. 

In  Priest  (J.)  American  Antiquities,  third  edition,  pp.  304-309.  Albany, 
1.-33.  8°.  In  ibid.,  fourth  edition,  pp.  309-31:!.  Albany,  1834.  8°. 

This  article  is  omitted  in  subsequent  editions. 


624  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Eaflnesque  (Constantino  Samuel) — continued. 

3168  Further  Accounts  of  Colonies  from  Europe  settled  in  Amer 
ica.    On  the  Zapotecas,  and  other  Tribes  of  the  State  of  Oaxaca. 
By  C.  S.  Eaflnesque. 

In  Priest  (J.)  American  Antiquities,  third  edition,  pp.  316-325.  Albany, 
1833.  8°. 

Comparative  vocabulary,  Zapoteca  and  Mizteca,  p.  318. Comparative  vocab 
ulary,  Othomiz  and  Mizteca,  p.  319. 

This  article  is  omitted  in  subsequent  editions. 

3169  Languages  of  Oregon — Chopunish  and  Ohinuc. 

In  Priest  (Josiah).  American  Antiquities,  pp.  395-397.  Albany,  1833.  8°.  In 
ibid.,  third  edition,  pp.  395-397.  Albany,  1833.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  23  words  of  the  Chopnnish ;  the  same  and  numerals,  1-10,  of 
the  Chinuc.  This  article  is  omitted  in  subsequent  editions. 

3170  Tabular  View  of  the  American  Generic  Languages  and 

Original  Nations,  by  the  same  author. 

In  Priest  (J.)  American  Antiquities,  third  edition,  pp.  309-312.  Albany, 
1833.  8°. 

This  article  is  omitted  in  subsequent  editions. 

3171  The  Atlantic  Nations  of  America. 

In  Priest  (J.)    American  Antiquities,  third  edition,  pp.  312-316.     Albany, 

1833.  8°. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  English,  Tula  (Tarasca),  and  Italian,  p.  314. 

Vocabulary  (85  words)  of  the  Tala  (Tarasca)  and  English  languages  (from  Basal- 
enque),  pp.  314-316,     Reprinted  in  ibid.,  fourth  edition,  pp.  313-31G.     Albany, 

1834.  8°.     Partly  reprinted  in  ibid.,  fifth  edition,  pp.  313-315.     Albany,  1835.  8°. 
Contains  only  the  brief  English,  Tala,  and  Italian  vocabulary,  p.  315. 

Rale  (Rev.  Sebastien). 
See  Rasles  (Sebastien). 

3172  Ramirez  (Fr.  Antonio  de  Guadalupe).    Breve  compendio  de  todo 
lo  que  debe  saber  y  entender  el  Christiano,  dispuesto  en  Lengua 
Othomi. 

Mexico,  1783. 

41  11.  sm.  folio.  Title  from  the  Ramirez  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  627.  Probably  a 
mistake  in  date ;  the  title-page  of  the  copy  described  is  in  manuscript. 

3173  Breve  Compendio  de  todo  lo  que  debe  saber,  y  entender  el 

Cristiano,  para  poder  lograr,  ve>,  conocer,  y  gozar  &  Dios  Nuestro 
Senor  en  el  Cielo  eternainente.     Dispuesto  en  Lengua  Othomi,  y 
construido  literalmente  en  la  Leugua  Castellana  por  el  P.  Fr.  An 
tonio  de  Guadalupe  Ramirez,  Predicador  Apostolico  y  ex-Guardian 
del  Apostolico  Colegio  de  Propaganda  Fide  de  N.  S.  P.  S.  Francisco 
de  Pachucha. 

Villa  de  Guadalupe,  1784.  * 

Pp.  xvi,  80.  4°.    Title  from  Triibner,  in  Ludewig,  p.  234. 


RAFINESQUE — RiMl'SIO.  625 

Ramirez  (Fr.  Antonio  de  Guadalupe) — continued. 

3174  Breve  Compendio  |  de  todo  lo  que  debe  saber,  |  y  entender 

el  Christiano,  |  para  poder  lograr,  |  ver,  conocer,  y  go/ar  |  de  Dios 
Nuestro  Senor  |  en  el  cielo  eternameute.  |  Dispuesto  |  en  Leugua 
Othomi,  |  y  Construido  literalinente  en  la  Lengua  Castellana,  |  Por 
el  P.  Fr.  Antonio  de  Guadalupe  Eamirez,  |  Predicador  Apostolico, 
y  ex-Guardian  del  Apostolico  |  Colegio  de  Propaganda  Fide  de  N. 
S.  P.  S.  Francisco  |  de  la  Gindad  de  Pachuca.  |  Quien  |  Por  Decreto 
del  Venerable  Concilio   Provincial  IV.  expedido  el  |  dia  17.  de 
Agosto  de  1771.  formo  un  Catbecismo  Breve  en  Len-  |  gua  Othomi, 
el  que  (en  la  parte  a  que  dieron  lugar  las  inciden-  |  cias  del  tieiupo) 
fue  visto,  examinado,  y  aprobado  por  los  Seuores  |  Sinodales  de  dicho 
Idioma,  nombrados  por  el  mismo  Venerable  |  Concilio.    Havieudose 
tenido  sobfe  la  materia  Sesiones  particula-  |  res  en  el  Palacio  Arzo- 
bispal,  como  consta  de  sus  Actas ;  en  las  que  |  igualmente  se  acordo, 
el  que  sieuipre,  que  se  diese  &  la  Estampa  j  dicho  Catbecismo,  se 
incorporase  en  61,  el  Alfabeto  de  dicho  |  Idioma,  para  que  ge  pudiese 
leer  sin  error.  | 

Impreso  en  Mexico  en  la  Imprenta  uueva  Madrileua  de  los 
Herederos  |  del  Lie.  D.  Joseph,  de  Jauregui;  en  la  Calle  de  San 
Bernardo.  |  Afio  de  1785.  |  A.  B.  c. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-HO.  am.  4°.  The  "Censura"  is  dated  at  San  Gregorio  de  esta 
Corte  ;'i  7  de  Diciembre  de  1784,  anos.  Printed  in  charactf  rs  showing  the  sounds 
in  Otomi  which  do  not  occur  in  Spanish. 

Sr.  Icazbalceta,  in  his  Apuntes,  No.  62,  says  that  his  copy  contained  a  loose 
sheet,  printed  in  the  same  characters,  as  follows : 

3175  Epitome  de  lo  que  debe  saber,  y  entender  el  Christiano,  | 

para  que  pueda  conseguir  veer,  conocer  y  gozar  de  Dios  eterua- 
meute  en  la  gloria.  |  Sacado  en  breve  Compeudio  que  Yo  Fr.  Anto 
nio  de  Guadalupe  Eamirez,  forme"  en  el  Idioma  Otomi,y  Literalmente 
coiistrui  en  la  Leugua  Castellaua,  que  oy  corre  en  el  publico  |  con  las 
licencias  necessarias :  para  que  los  Eiifermos,  Cathequisandos,  Viejos 
y  Kudos,  de  dicho  idioina,  puedan  conseguir  su  necesaria  Instruc- 
cion  con  menos  trabajo.  |  Con  las  liceucias  necessarias.  | 

En  Mexico  en  la  Imprenta  nueva  Madrilena  en  la  Calle  de  San 
Bernardo.  |  A. 

Text  in  Otomi  alone ;  5  columns.     The  reverse  is  blank. 

In  the  Astor  Library  copy  this  additional  sheet  (lacking  the  Spanish  heading) 
has  been  cut  into  columns  and  pasted  on  the  fly  leaves  at  the  end  of  the  volume, 
making  four  pages  of  two  columns  each. 

3176  Eamirez  (Fr.  Juan).     Vocabulario  y  Sermones  en  Lengua  Tarasca, 
por  Fr.  Juan  Ramirez,  Maestro  en  Teologia  de  la  Provincia  de  8. 
Nicolas  Tolentino  de  Michoacan.  * 

Manuscript.    Title  from  Boristain. 

3177  Ramusio  (Giovanni  Battista).     Primo  [-Terzo]  Volume  |  Delle 
Navigation  i  |  et  Viaggi  |  iiel  qval  si  contiene  |  !•:  descrittioue  dell' 

40  Bib 


626  NORTH  AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Ramusio  (Giovanni  Battista) — continued. 

Africa,  |  Et  del  paese  del  Prete  lanni,  con  uarii  uiaggi,  dal  mar 
Rosso  a  |  Calicut,  &  infln  all'  isole  Molucche,  doue  nascono  le 
Spetierie,  |  Et  la  Nauigatione  attorno  il  inondo.  |  Li  nomi  de  gli 
avttori,  et  le  navigation!,  et  |  i  viaggi  piv  par  ticolarmente  si  mos- 
trano  |  nel  foglio  segvente.  |  [Device.]  Con  priuilegio  del  Sommo 
Pontefice,  &  dello  |  Illustriss.  Senate  Venetiano.  | 

In  Venetia  appresso  gli  heredi  |  di  Lvcantonio  Givnti  |  P  anno 
MDL  [-MDLXXXIII-MDLVI]  [1550-1583-1556].  |  0.  BA. 

3  vols.  folio. 

Cartier  (lacqves).    Prima  Relatione  de  lacqves  Cartier,  vol.  3, 11. 435-440. 

Breve  et  Svccinta  Narrations,  vol.  3, 11.  441-456. 

3178  Primo  [-Terzo]  volume,  &  Seconda  editione  |  delle  Naviga 
tion!  |  et  Viaggi  |  in  inolti  Ivoghi  corretta,  et  ampliata,  |  nella  qvale 
si  contengouo  |  la  Descrittione  dell'  Africa,  |  &  del  paese  del  Prete 
lanni,  con  varij  viaggi,  dalla  Citta  di  Lisbona,  &  dal  Mar  |  Rosso 
a  Calicut,  &  infin'  all'  isole  Molucche,  doue  nascono  le  Spetierie,  | 
Etla  Nauigatione  attoruo  il  Mondo.  |  Aggiuntouidiimouo  |  La  Re 
latione  dell'  isola  Giapan,  uuouamente  scoperta  nella  parte  di  Set- 
tentrione.  |  Alcuni  Capitoli  appartenenti  alia  Geograpbia  estratti 
dell'  Ilistoria  del  S.  Giouati  |  di  Barros  Portoghese.  |  Tre  Tauole  di 
Geographia  in  disegno,  secondo  le  Carte  da  nauigare  de  Porto- 
ghesi,  |  &  fra  terra  secondo  gli  scrittori  che  si  conteugono  in  questo 
volume.  |  Vn'  Indice  molto  copioso,  delle  cose  di  Geographia,  eostu- 
mi,  spetierie,  &  altre  cose  |  notabili,  che  in  esso  si  contengono.  | 
[Vignette.]  |  Con  priuilegio  del  Sommo  Pontefice,  &  dello  |  Illus 
triss.  Senato  Veneto.  | 

In  Venetia  nella  Stamperia  de  Givuti.  |  L'  anno  M  D  LIIII 
[-M  DC VI].  [1554-1606]  |  .  A. 

3  vols.  folio.    Vol.  1, 1554 ;  vol.  2, 1606 ;  vol.  3, 1606. 

Cartier  (lacqves).     Prima  relations  di  lacqves  Carthier,  vol.  3,  11.  369-376. 

Breve  et  svccinta  narratione,  vol.  3, 11. 376-385. 

Each  volume  has  been  printed  several  times.  Tome  I  in  1550,  1554  (with  the 
title:  secauda  edizione),  1563  (with  the  title:  terza  edizione),  1588,  1606,  1613. 
M.  Crognara  says  the  editions  of  1588  and  1606  differ  only  in  title.  Tome  II  in 
1559,  1564,  1574,  1583,  1606,  1613.  The  editions  prior  to  1583  are  not  complete ; 
those  of  1588  and  1606  appear  to  differ  only  in  title.  Tome  III,  1556,  and  with 
change  of  title,  1565 ;  other  editions,  1606,  1613.  The  two  last  only  are  complete. 
There  is  no  edition  of  the  second  volume  known  earlier  than  that  of  1559, 
which  is  strange,  from  the  fact  that  the  first  edition  of  the  third  volume  is  dated 
1556.  A  new  edition  of  this  collection,  edited  by  Louis  Pezanna,  was  printed  at 
Venice,  1835,  4°,  in  two  columns. — Brunei, 

3179  Rand  (Rev.  Silas  Tertius).    A  |  Short  Statement  of  Facts  |  relat- 
D  TITLE  IN                ing  to  I  the  History,  Manners,  Customs,  Language,  and  |  Litera 
ture  |  of  the  |  Micmac  Tribe  of  Indians,  |  in  Nova-Scotia  and  P.  E. 
Island.  |  By  S.  T.  Rand.  |  Being  the  substance  of  Two  Lectures  de 
livered  in  Halifax,  in  November,  |  1849,  at  Public  Meetings  held  for 


RAMUSIO — RANGEL. 
Eand  ( Rev.  Silas  Tertius) — continued. 


627 


the  purpose  of  instituting  a  |  Mission  to  that  Tribe.  |  Published     -^,rr 
under  the  direction  of  the  Committee  for  Super-  |  intending  the 
Mission.  | 

Halifax,  N.  S.  |  Printed  by  James  Bowes  &  Son.  |  1850.  |       JBD. 

Printed  cover  1  l.,pp.  1-40.  8°. 

Chapter  III.  The  Micinac  language,  pp.  18-24,  contains  gramraatic  forms  and 
specimens. 


3180  -        -  Ferst  Reding  Buk  |  in  |  Mikmak.  |  Kompeild  bei  de  Rev. 
S.  T.  Rand,  |  Miconari  tu  de  Mikmak  ludianz,  Nova  Skogia.  | 

Lundon:  |  Fred  Pitman  Fonetik  Depo,  20,  Paternoster  Ro.  |  Car- 
lotvil  Prins  Edwardz  Eiland,  North  Amerika:  |  Djordj  T.  Hazard.  | 
1854.  |  Preis  Sikspens.  |  o.  S. 

Printed  cover,  1  l.,pp.  1-40.  16°.     In  phonetic  characters. 

3181  A    First  Reading  Book    in  the    Micmac  Language:  |  com 
prising  |  the  Micmac  Numerals,  and  the  Names  |  of  the  different 
kinds  of  |   Beasts,  Birds,  Fishes,  Trees,  &c.  |  of  the  |  Maritime 
Provinces  of  Canada.  |  Also,  some  of  the  |  Indian  Names  of  Places,  | 
And  many  Familiar  Words  and  Phrases,  |  translated  literally  into 
English.  | 

Halifax:  |  Nova  Scotia  Printing  Company,  |  1875.  |  JBD. 

Pp.  i-iv,  5-108.  16°. 

He  probably  translated  into  the  Micinac  language  the  books  of  Genesis,  Exo 
dus,  and  Psalins,  the  gospels  of  Matthew,  Luke,  and  John,  the  Acts,  and  the 
Ten  Commandments  and  Lord's  Prayer.  See  Nos.  414, 518, 519, 1574, 1578, 1587, 
and  2931  of  this  catalogue,  and  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  44123. 


3182 


Vocabulary  of  the  Micmac. 


In   Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)     Indian  Tribes,  vol.  5,  pp.  578-589. 
1855.  4°. 


Philadelphia, 


3183 


Lord's  Prayer  in  Milicete. 


In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  5,  p. 592.     Philadelphia,  1855.  4°, 


3184 


Milicete  Numerals. 

In   Schoolcraft   (H.  R.)     Indian  Tribes,  vol.  5,  pp.  690-691.     Philadelphia, 


1855.  4°. 

3185  Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Micmac,  and  Etchemin  or 

Malisete,  collected  by  Rev.  S.  T.  Rand,  Missionary,  Hantsport, 
Nova  Scotia. 

In   Morgan  (L.  H.)     Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°. 

3186  Rangel  (Fr.  Alonso).    Arte  de  la  Lengua  Megicana.  • 

3187  Sermones  Megicanos  para  todo  el  ano.  * 


318S 


Art*  y  Catecismo  de  la  Lengua  Otorni. 


IMPROVED  TITLE  IN 

MIT"1 


WED  TITLE 


Titles  from  Beristain. 


628  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

3189  Easles  (Sebastieu).     Lettre  du  Pere  Sebastieu  Basles,  missionnaire 
de  la  Cotnpagnie  de  Jesus  dans  la  Nouvelle  France.     A  Monsieur 
sou  Frere.    A  Nanrantsouak  ce  12  Octobre  1723.  * 

In  Lettres  Edifiantes,  vol.  23,  pp.  198-307.     Paris,  1738.  12°. 
Contains,  pp.  215-216,  the  hymn  O  Salutaris  Hostia,  in  Abenakise,  Algonkine, 
Huronne,  and  Illinoise.  f 

3190  Lettre  du  Pere  Sebastien  Easles,  Missionnaire  de  la  Com- 

pagnie  de  Jesus  dans  la  Nouvelle  France,  a  Monsieur  son  frere.    * 

In  Lettres  Edifiantes,  vol.  6,  pp.  153-225.  Paris,  1781.  16°.  Linguistics  as 
above,  p.  165. 

3191  Lettre  du  pere  Sebastien  Easles.  * 

In  Choix  des  Lettres  Edifiantes,  vol.  7,  pp.  137-152.    Paris,  1809.  8°.    Hymn, 

as  above,  pp.  145-146. 

3192  Lettre  du  pere  Sebastien  Easles.  * 

In  Lettres  Edifiantes,  vol.  4,  pp.  95-138.     Lyon,  1819.  8°.     Hymn,  as  above, 

in  Abnakise,  Algonkine,  Huronne,  and  Illinoise,  p.  102. 

3193 Lettres  du  P.  Sebastien  Easles. 

In  Lettres  Edifiantes,  vol.1,  pp.  668-669.  Paris,  1838.  8°.  Contains  linguis 
tics  as  in  previous  editions. 

3194  Carta  del  P.  Sebastian  Easles,  Missionero  de  la  Compaiiia 

de  Jesus,  en  la  Nueva  Francia:  al  Cavallero  su  Hermano.    Na- 
vrantsvak  12.  de  Octubre  de  1723.  * 

In  Cartas  Edificantes,  vol.  13,  pp.  339-384.  Madrid,  1756.  4C.  Hymn  in 
Abnakisa,  Algonkina,  Nurona,  Ylinesa,  pp.  346-347. 

3195  Numbers  in  the  Norridgwog  Language,  from  Ealle's  MS. 

Dictionary  of  the  Norridgwog  Language,  in  the  Library  of  Harvard 
College. 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soo.,  Coll.,  first  series,  vol.  10,  pp.  137-138.     Boston,  1809.  8°. 

5196  A  Dictionary  of  the  Abnaki  Language,  iu  North  America; 

by  Father  Sebastian  Easles.  With  an  Introductory  Memoir  and 
Notes,  By  John  Pickering,  A.  A.  S. 

In  Am  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.,  Mem.,  new  series,  vol.  1,  pp.  370-574.  Cambridge, 
1833.  4°.  Issued  separately  as  below. 

Introductory  memoir,  pp.  370-374. — Dictionary,  from  the  original  manuscript, 
pp.  375-565. — Supplementary  notes  and  observations  on  Father  Rasles's  Diction 
ary,  by  John  Pickering,  pp.  566-574. 

3197  A  Dictionary  of  the  Abnaki  Language  in  North  America 

By  Father  Sebastian  Easles  With  an  Introductory  Memoir  and 
Notes  by  John  Pickering. 

Cambridge:  Charles  Folsoin  printer,  1833.  * 

4°.     Title  from  the  Field  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  1911. 

Sebastian  Rale  was  born  iu  1658,  iu  Frauche  Comte',  where  his  family  occupied 
a  respectable  position.  After  teaching  Greek  in  the  College  of  Nismes,  he  came 
to  America  in  1689,  arriving  in  Quebec  on  the  13th  of  October  in  that  year.  Sent 
first  to  the  Abnaki  mission  of  St.  Francis,  he  was,  about  1693,  sent  to  Illinois, 


EASLES — RAWSON.  629 

Rasles  (Sebastien) — continued. 

but  in  1695,  at  least,  was  on  the  Kennebec.     His  life  there  we  have  briefly 
sketched. 

His  Abnaki  Dictionary  is  still  preserved  as  a  treasure  at  Harvard  College,  and, 
to  the  great  joy  of  all  philologists,  was  published  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  American 
Academy  in  1833.  In  the  same  year,  Bishop  Feuwick,  of  Boston,  once  a  Father 
of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  raised  a  monument  to  the  memory  of  Father  Rale  on  the 
spot  where  he  was  buried  one  hundred  and  nine  years  before. — Shea's  Catholic 
Missions,  pp.  151-152. 

3198  Ran  (Charles).      Smithsonian    Contributions    to    Knowledge.  | 
— 331 —  |  The  |  Palenque  Tablet  |  in  the  |  United  States  National 
Museum,  |  Washington,  D.  C.  |  By  |  Charles  Eau.  | 

Washington  City:  |  Published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  | 
1879.  |  A.  o.  si.  JWP.  K3 

Pp.  i-ix,  1-81.  4°.  Plates. 

Chapter  5,  Aboriginal  writing  in  Mexico,  Yucatan,  and  Central  America,  pp. 
47-64,  contains  discussion  of  the  Maya  alphabet  and  codices,  and  a  few  examples 
in  the  Maya  tongue. 

This  work  was  issued  separately,  with  addition  of  outside  printed  cover,  both 
titles  worded  as  above,  but  in  different  type. 

,  editor. 


See  Baegert  (Jacob). 

3199  Raum  (John  O.)    The  |  History  of  New  Jersey,  |  from  its  |  Earli 
est  Settlement  to  the  Present  Time.  |  Including  |  a  brief  Historical 
Account  of  the  First  Discoveries  and  Settlement  of  the  Country,  | 
by  |  John  O.  Raum,  |  Author  [&c.,  three  lines].  |  In  two  volumes,  j 
Vol.  I  [IIj.  |  [Design.] 

Philadelphia:  |  John  E.  Potter  and  Company,  |  617  Sansom 

Street.  |  [1877.]  A.  o. 

2  vols.,  1  p.].,  pp.  5-450;  1-496.  8°.  Brief  vocabulary  of  the  New  Jersey  In 
dians  (from  Smith),  vol.  1,  p.  122. 

3200  Ravoux  (Rev.  Augustin).    Wakantanka  ti  ki  canku. 

St.  Paul:    Pioneer  Office.     1863.  » 

Literal  translation. — Sacred-great  [God]  house  the  road. 

88pp.  16°.  Road  to  Heaven,  in  the  Dakota  language ;  revised  edition.  Title 
from  Williams'  Dakota  Bibliography.  The  author  informs  me  the  first  edition 
was  published  in  1843  or  1844. 

3201  Rawle  (William).    A  Vindication  of  Eev.  Mr.  Heckewelder's  His 
tory  of  the  Indian  Nations.    By  William  Eawle. 

In  Penn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Mem.,  vol.  1,  pt.2,  pp.  238-275.     Philadelphia,  1826.  8°. 

A  reply  to  an  article  by  Cass  (Lewis)  in  North  American  Review,  vol.  22.  Mr. 
Rawle's  letter  was  in  turn  answered  by  Cass  (Lewis)  in  North  American  Re 
view,  vol.  26. 

3202  Rawson  (Rev.  Griudal).     Nashauanittue    Meninnunk  |   wutch  | 
Mukkiesog,  |  Wussesemumun  wntch  Sogkodtunganash  |  Naneeswe 
Testameutsash ;  |  wutch  |  Ukkesitchippxougauoo  Ukketeahogkou- 
nooh.  |  Negonae  wussukhumun  ut  Englishinanue  Uimon-  |  txwaon- 


630  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Eawson  (Rev.  Grindal) — continued. 

ganit,  nashpe  ne  anue,  wunnegenue  |  Nohtompeantog.  |  Noh  asoo- 
wesit  |  John  Cotton.  |  Kah  yeuyeu  qushkinnumun  en  Indiane  Un- 
nonto- ,  waonganit  watch  ccnenehikqunaout  Indiane  |  Mukkiesog,  | 
Nashpe  |  Grindal  Eawson.  |  Wunnauncheniookae  Nobtompeantog 
ut  kenugke  |  Indianog.  |  —  |  Onatuh  mishketuog  kodtantamook 
pahke  meninnunmie  |  Wuttiunoowaonk,  onk  woh  keuashpekinean. 
I  Pet.  2.  2.  |  —  | 

Cambridge :  |  Printeuoop  nashpe  Samuel  Green,  Kah  |  Bartholo 
mew  Green.  1691.  |  BA.  AAS. 

Translation.—  Spiritual  milk  for  babes,  drawn  from  the  breasts  of  both  Testa 
ments,  for  the  nourishment  of  their  souls.  Formerly  written  in  English  lan 
guage,  by  that  most  excellent  minister  who  is  named  John  Cotton,  and  now 
turned  into  Indian  language  for  the  benefit  of  Indian  children,  by  Griudal  Raw- 
son,  minister  of  the  gospel  among  the  Indians. 

Pp.  1-13.  18°.     Translation  from  Trumbull's  Book  and  Tracts. 

3203  A  |  Confession  |  of  |  Faith  |  Owned  and  consented  nnto  by 

the  |  Elders  &  Messengers  |  of  the  Churches  |  Assembled  at  Bos 
ton  in  New-England,  |  May  12,  1680.  |  Being  a  Second  Session  of 
that  |  Synod.  |  —  |  Eph.  4.  5. — One  Faitb.  |  Col.  2.  5. — Joying  and 
beholding  your  Order,  |  and  the  stedfastness  of  your  Faith  in 
Christ,  |  -  | 

Boston.  |  Ee-printed  by  Bartholomew  Green,  and  |  John  Allen. 
1699.  | 

Second  title: 

Wunnamptamoe  j  Sampooaouk  j  Wussampoowantamun  |  Nashpe 
moeuwehko-  |  munganash  ut  |  New-England.  |  Qushkenumun  en 
Indiane  |  Unnoutowaongauit.  |  —  |  Nashpe  |  Grindal  Rawson, 
&c.  |  —  |  Eph.  4.  5.  Pasuk  Wunnamptamoonk.  |  Col.  2  5.  Mennsh- 
koht  aj  Koonamptamoong  |  anoo  ut  Christut.  | 

Mushau  Womnk.  |  Printeuun  nashpe  Bartholomew  Green,  kah  | 
John  Allen.     1699.  |  p.  BP.  AAS. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-161,  4  unnumbered  pp. ;  alternate  Indian  and  English.  16°. 
English  title  verso  1. 1  ;  Indian  title  recto  1.  2.  The  Epistle  Dedicatory  begins 
recto  1. 3,  ends  recto  1.  8. 

3204  Reaume  ( — ).  Further  Specimens  of  the  Chippewa  dialect. 

In  Am.  Soc.,  First  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  56-57.     New  Haven,  1824.  8°. 

Reecho  (Nardo  Antonio),  editor. 
See  Hernandez  (Francisco). 

3205  Records  |  of  the  |  Colony  |  of  |  New  Plymouth  |  in  |  New  Eng 
land.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  Legislature  of  the  |  Commonwealth 
of  Massachusetts.  |  Edited  by  |  David  Pulsifer,  |  Clerk  in  the  Office 
of  the  Secretary  of  the  Commonwealth,  |  [&c.,  three  lines].  |  Acts 
of  the  Commissioners  of  the  United  Colonies  of  New  England.  | 
Vol.  I  [II].  |  1643-1651  [1653-1679].  | 


RAWSON — RELAND.  631 

Records  of  the  Colony  of  New  Plymouth,  etc. — continued. 

Boston ;  |  From  the  Press  of  William  White,  |  Printer  to  the 
Commonwealth.  |  1859.  |  A. 

2  vols.  4°.  These  form  vols.  9  and  10  of  "Records  of  the  Colony  of  New  Ply 
mouth  in  New  England,"  Boston,  1855-1861.  12  vols.  4°. 

Lamentation  of  David  over  Saul  and  Jonathan. — 2  Samuel  i.  17-27,  (from 
a  copy  of  the  First  Edition  of  Eliot's  Indian  Bible,  in  the  Boston  Athenseum), 
vol.  2,  p.  viii. 

3206  Recueil.    Recueil  d'Observations  curieuses  sur  les  Moeurs,  les  Cou- 
tumes,  les  Usages,  les  difiKrentes  Langues,  le  Gouvernment,  la 
Religion,  le  Commerce,  la  Navigation,  les  Arts,  Sciences,  etc.  de 
differens  Peuples  de  1'Asie,  de  FAfrique,  et  de  l'Ame"rique. 

Paris,  chez  David  le  jeune,  1749. 

4  vols.  12°.  Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  1451.  Trilbner's  Catalogue 
gives  the  following  contents:  Vol.11.  Chap.  VIII.  Langues  differentes  des  Hu- 
rons,  des  Abnakis,  des  Algonkins,  des  Illinois,  des  Outaouaks,  et  des  autres  nations 
de  Nouvelle  France.— Chap.  XII.  Des  Sauvages  Natches:  leur  Religion,  C6i6- 
mouies,  Lois,  etc. 

3207  Recueil  de  pieces  manuscrites  en  langue  Kakchiquel.        * 

Manuscript,  31  11.,  of  the  last  century,  in  different  handwritings.  Religious 
pieces,  prayers,  sermons,  translations  of  the  Bible,  etc. — Leclerc,  1878,  No.  2271. 

3208  Recueil  de  prieres,  Cat6chisme  et  Cantiques  a  1'usage  des 

sauvages  de  la  baie  d'Hudson. 

Montreal,  L.  Perrault,  1866.  *    irmr- 

108  pp.  18°.  Printed  in  characters  imitating  stenography. — Leclerc,  1878,  No. 
2219.  Probably  the  same  as  No.  2965  of  this  catalogue. 

3209  Register.     [A  Register  of  Baptisms  made  in  1599.]  B. 

Manuscript.  24  11.  4°.  In  the  Mexican  language.  It  was  bought  at  the  Ra 
mirez  sale  by  Mr.  H.  H.  liancroft,  and  is  now  in  his  library  in  San  Francisco.  It 
is  probably  of  Teocotitlan,  a  hamlet  near  the  city  of  Mexico.  Dates  of  baptisms 
are  from  1597  to  KilO.  The  signatures  of  the  officiating  friars,  the  names  of  the 
neophytes,  and  the  dates  are  in  Spanish. 

Reichel  (Rev.  William),  editor.  <3 

See  Heckewelder  (John  Gottlieb  Ernestus).  **^**+*. 

3210  [Rejon  (Sr.  Garcia).]    Vocabulario  del  Idioma  Comanche. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  tomo  11,  pp.  631-659.     Mexico,  1865.  8". 

Vocabulario  Espafiol-Comanche,  pp.  638-649. — Vocabulario  Comanche-Espafiol, 
pp.  650-658. — The  following  notice  precedes  the  vocabulary:  "En  ciimpliiniento 
de  la  comision  que  Be  ha  servido  durme  el  seDor  vicepresidente  para  que  ecsamine 
nn  Vocabulario  mannscrito  del  idioma  comanche,  escrito  por  e!  Sr.  Garcia  Rejon, 
y  dedicado  por  su  autor  &  esta  Sociedad,  paso  a  mauifestar  el  juicio  que  he  formado 
del  referido  trabajo.  *  *  *  Mexico,  Marzo  23  de  1865— Francisco  Pimentel." 

3211  Reland  (Hadrian).    Hadriani  Relandi  |  Dissertationum  |  Miscel- 
lanearvm  |  Pars  Prima  [-Tertia,  et  ultima].  |  [Vignette.]  | 

Trajecti  ad  Rheuum,  |  Ex  Officina  Gulielmi  Broedelet,  |  Biblio- 
polae.  CIOIOCCVI  [-CIOIOCCVIII]  [1706-1708],  |  A. 


632  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Eeland  (Hadrian) — continued. 

3  vols.  16°.  This 

work  contains  13  dissertations,  of  which  the  twelfth,  "Dissertatio  de  linguis 
Americauis,"  vol.  3,  pp.  141-229,  contains  grammatical  sketches  and  vocabularies 
of  the  Brasilian,  Chilian,  Peruvian,  and  the  following  North  American  languages: 
De  lingua  Pocouianica  (from  Gage),  pp.  197-198.— De  lingua  Caraibica,  pp.  198- 
200. — Vocabula  linguae  Caraibicae  (from  Rochefort),  pp.  200-206. — De  lingua 
Mexicana,  pp.  200-207. — De  lingua  Virginica,  pp.  208-211. — Excerpta  ex  Bibliis 
Virginicis  (Genesis  i.  1-12,  from  Eliot's  Indian  Bible,  second  edition),  pp. 
211-214. — De  lingua  Algonkiua  (from  Lahontan),  pp.  214-219. — De  lingua 
Huronum  (from  Lahontan),  pp.  219-220. 

3212  Dissertationum  Miscellanearum.    Editio  secunda. 

Trajecti  ad  Bhenum,  1713.  * 

3  vols.  12°.    This  work  was  published  in  1706-08.    The  copies  of  the  date  of 

1713  Tiave  only  the  title  changed. — Leclerc,  1867,  No.  1277. 

3213  Relations  |  des  Je"suites  |  contenant  |  ce  qui  s'est  passe"  de  plus 
remarquable  dans  les  Missions  des  Peres  |  de  la  Compagnie  de 
Je"sus  |  dans  la  |  Nouvelle-France  |  Ouvrage  public"  sous  les  aus 
pices  du  Gouvernement  Canadien  |  Volume  I  [-III]  |  Embrassant 
les  annejes  1611, 1026  et  la  pe"riode  de  1632  a  1641  |  [1656  a  1672]  | 

Quebec  |  Augustin  Cote",  Editeur-Imprimeur  |  pres  de  1'Arche- 
vfiche"  |  1858  |  A.  o.  WE.  JWP. 

3  vols.  8°.  Vol.  1  contains  twelve  relations  of  the  dates  1611, 1626, 1632-1641 ; 
vol.  2,  fourteen  relations  dated  1642-1655;  vol.  3,  seventeen  relations  dated  1656- 
1672.  The  relations  of  each  year  are  paged  separately  and  form  forty-three  dis 
tinct  memoirs.  Each  volume  has  its  own  index,  and  vol.  3  has  a  general  table 
of  contents. 

[Brebceuf  (P.  Jean  de).]  Relation  *  *  *  en  l'ann<Se  1636,  vol.  1,  1636,  pp. 
76-139. 

[Lalemant  (P.  Je"r6me).]  Relation  *  *  "  de  I'anne'e  1640  *  "  *  1641,  vol.  1, 
1641,  pp.  59-86. 

lie  Jeune  (P.  Paul).     Relation  *  *  *  en  I'anne'e  1633,  vol.  1, 1633,  pp.  1-44. 

Relation  *  *  *  en  I'anne'e  1634,  vol.  1, 1634,  pp.  1-92. 

Le  Mercier  (P.  F.  J.)   Relation  *  »  *  es  ann&js  1653-1654,  vol.  2, 1654,  pp.  1-34. 

Vimont  (P.  Barthe'leniy).   Relation  *  "  *  en  I'anne'e  1643,  vol.  2, 1643,  pp.  1-83. 

3214  Religious.     [A  Beligious  tract  by  an  anonymous  author.]  * 

Manuscript.  19  11.  4°.  In  Mexican,  the  text  surrounded  with  curious  painted 
borders,  evidently  the  work  of  a  native  Mexican. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat.,No.Wj. 

3215  Eeligious  Tracts  |  in   the  |  Choctaw  Language.  |  Seco 

edition,  |  Eevised.  | 

Boston:  |  Priutedfor  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  | 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1835.  |        A.  jf.  G.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-39.  12°.  Chisvs  Kilaist  *  *  *  or  Salvation  by  Jesus  Christ,  pp.  5-12.— 
i  Minima  Vtta,  or  Regeneration  by  the  Holy  Spirit,  pp.  12-19. — Ilekostininchi,  or 
Repentance  necessary  to  Salvation,  pp.  20-25. — Hvtvk  Illi  *  *  *  or  The  Resur 
rection  and  Final  Judgment,  pp.  26-39. 

For  later  edition  of  these  tracts,  see  Salvation,  No.  — . 

3216  [Eeligious  tracts,  in  the  Choctaw  Language.]  * 

The  Act  of  Faith,  4  pp. — The  World  to  Come,  4  pp. — Self-dedication,  4  pp. 
Titles  from  Byington's  Manuscript  Choctaw  Dictionary. 


KELAND — EENSHAWE.  633 

3217  Remas  (P.)    Principes  de  la  langue  Crise. 

In  Congres  Int.  des  Americanistes,  Compte-rendn,  seconde  session,  tome  2t 
pp.  244-253.  Luxembourg  et  Paris,  1878.  8°. 

3218  Eemy  (Jules).    Voyage  |  au  pays  |  des  Mormons  |  Relation— Ge"o- 
grapbie  |  Histoire  Naturelle— Histoire— ThSologie  |  Moeura  et  Cou- 
tumes  |  par  |  Jules  Eemy  |  Tome  premier  [second]  |  Ouvrage  oru<5 
de  10  gravures  sur  acier  et  d'une  Carte  | 

Paris  |  E.  Dentu,  Libraire-Editeur  |  Palais-lioyal,  13,  Galerie 
D'Orle"ans  |  1860  |  Tous  droits  r£serv6s.  |  A.  c.  BA. 

2  vols.  8°. 

A  few  words  of  Washo,  vol.  1,  p.  41.— A  few  words  of  Paiuli,  vol.  1,  p.  49.— Short 
vocabulary  of  Shoshoni,  vol.  1,  pp.  109-110.— A  few  words  of  Payusitas,  vol.  2, 
p.  327.— A  few  words  of  Kusiutas,  vol.  2,  p.  347. 

3219  and  Brenchley  (Julius).    A  Journey  |  to  |  Great- Salt- Lake 

City,  |  by  |  Jules  Eemy,  and  Julius  Brenchley,  M.  A.;  |  With  a 
sketch  of  the  |  History,  Eeligion,  and  Customs  of  the  Mormons,  | 
and  an  introduction  on  |  the  religious  movement  in  the  United 
States.  |  By  Jules  Eeiny.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  |  With 
Ten  Steel  Engravings  and  a  Map.  | 

London:  |  W.  Jeffs,  15,  Burlington  Arcade,  |  Foreign  Book 
seller  to  the  Eoyal  Family.  |  MDCCCLXI  [1861].  |  Translation  re 
served.  |  A.  B.C.BA. 

2  vols.  royal  8°.  Linguistics  as  in  French  edition,  vol.  1,  pp.  46, 55, 125 ;  vol.  2, 
pp.  389, 412. 

3220  B,6ian  (Ernest).    Histoire  Ge'ne'rale  |  et  Systeme  compare"  |  des  | 
Langues  S6mitiques,  |  par  |  Ernest E<§nan,  |  Mem  brede  1'Institut.  | 
Ouvrage  couronu<§  par  1'Institut.  |  Premiere  Parte.  |  Histoire  G6n6- 
rale  des  langues  Se"mitiques.  |  Seconde   Edition,  revue  et  aug- 
mente'e.  |  [Design.] 

Paris.  |  Imprint  par  autorisation  du  garde  des  sceaux  |  a  1'Im- 
prime  Imp6riale.  |  M  DCCC  LVIII  [1858J.  |  Jcs. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-515.  8°.  Part  2  not  published.  Though  this  work  does  not  refer 
to  American  languages,  the  title  is  given  a  place  here  from  the  fact  that  the  Abb6 
Cuoq  has  used  it  as  a  basis  for  his:  Jngement  errone'.  No.  954  of  this  catalogue. 

3221  Histoire  Ge'ne'rale  |  et  Systeme  compare^  |  des  |  Langues 

Se"mitiques,  |  par  |  Ernest  Eenan,  |  Membre  de  1'Institut,  Profes- 
seur  an  College  de  France.  |  Ouvrage  Courouue"  par  1'Institut.  | 
Premiere  Partie.  |   Histoire  Ge'ne'rale  des  Langues  S£initiques.  | 
Troisieme  Edition,  Kevue  et  Augmented.  | 

Paris.  |  Imprime  par  Autorisation  du  Garde  des  Sceaux  |  a  1'Im- 
primerie  Imp^riale.  |  M  DCCC  LXIII  [1863].  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-527.  8°.     Fourth  edition,  aame  place  and  date. 

3222  Renshawe  (John  Henry).    Vocabulary  of  the  Hualapi. 

Manuscript.  21  11.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Recorded 
in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  1st  ed.,  incomplete. 
Collected  in  1«78  on  the  Colorado  Plateau,  Arizona. 


634  NORTH   AMER  CAN   LINGUISTICS. 

^>  3223  Eenville  (John  B.)  Woonspe  Itakihna.  |  Ehakeun  okaga.  |  Precept 
upon  Precept:  |  translated  into  the  |  Dakota  Language.  |  By  John 
B.  Eenville.  |  Prepared  for  the  press  |  by  S.  E.  Biggs,  |  Missionary 

?1QT$.     of  the  Al  B'  C<  F'  M'  I 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  117  Washington 

Street,  Boston,  |  Hurd  and  Houghton,  13  Astor  Place,  N.  Y.  |  The 
Kiverside  Press,  Cambridge,  Mass.  |  [1864?]  JWP.  WHS. 

Pp.  i-iv,  5-228.  16°. 

3224  Renville  (Joseph),  sr.    Extracts  |  from  |  Genesis, and  the  Psalms:  | 
with  the  |  Third  Chapter  of  Proverbs,  |  and  the  |  Third  Chapter  of 
Daniel,  |  in  the  Dacota  Language.  |  Translated  from  the  French 
Bible,  as  published  by  the  |  American  Bible  Society,  by  |  Joseph 
Eenville,  Sr.  |  Compared  with  other  Translations,  and  prepared  | 
for  the  press,  by  |  Thomas  S.  Williamson,  M.  D.,  |  (Missionary.)  | 
Published  for  the  American  Board  of  Commis-  |  sioners  for  Foreign 
Missions.  | 

Cincinnati :  |  Kendall  and  Henry,  Printers.  |  1839.  | 

Second  title  : 

Otokahe  Ekta  |  Wakantanka  Taku  Owasiu  Kage  cin  |  qa  IX  | 
Genesis  Eciyapi  qa,  |  Odowan  Wakan  |  qa  is  Psam  Eciyapi,   j 
Wowapi  Wakan  Waxicu  tawa  hetanhan  Psiu-  |  cinca  le  ska  Dena 
oyaka  qa  |  Pejihuta  Wicaxta  owa  kin  ee.  | 

Maza  on  Kagapi.  |  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  |  Omaka.  |  1839.  |    BA.  WHS. 

Literal  translation. — In-the-beginning  in  |  sacred-great  [God]  what  allhe-make 
the  |  and  also  |  Genesis  they-call  and,  |  hymn  sacred  |  and  also  Psalm  they-call,  | 
book  sacred  French  his  that-from  Rice-Child  [S.  W.  Pond]  |  talk  white  there  he- 
tell  and.  |  Medicine  Man  [T.  W.  Williamson]  write  the  it-[is]-it.  |  Metal  with 
they  make.  |  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  |  Year.  |  1839.  | 

Pp.  i-vi,  7-72.  sq.  24°.     English  title  recto  1. 1 ;  Dakota  title  verso  1. 1. 

3225  Extracts  |  from  the  Gospels  of  |  Matthew,  Luke  &  John,  | 

from  the  |  Ac.ts  of  the  Apostles,  |  and  from  the  |  First  Epistle  of 
John,  |  in  the  Language  of  |  the  Dacota,  or  Sioux  Indians.  |  Trans 
lated  from  the  French,  as  published  by  the  |  American  Bible  Society, 
by  |  Joseph  Eenville,  Sr.  |  Written  and  prepared  for  the  Press,  by  | 
Thomas  S.  Williamson  M.  D.,  |  (Missionary.)  | 

Cincinnati :  |  Kendall  and  Henry,  Printers,  |  1839.  |        BA.  WHS. 
Pp.  1-48.  sq.24°. 

3226  The  |  Gospel  |  according  to  |  Mark,  |  and  Extracts  from 

some  other  Books  of  |  The  New  Testament,  |  in  the  Language  of  the 
Dakotas.  |  Translated  from  the  French  by  |  Joseph  Eenville,  Sr.  | 
Written  and  prepared  for  the  Press,  by  |  Thomas  S.  Williamson  M. 
D.,  |  (Missionary.)  j  Published  for  the  American  Board  of  Comniis-  | 
sioners  for  Foreign  Missions.  | 

Cincinnati :  |  Kendall  and  Henry  Printers.  |  1839.  | 


RENVILLE — REPORTS.  635 

Eenville  (Joseph),  sr.— continued. 

Second  title : 

Wotanin  Waxte  |  Markus  owa  kin  |  Dee.  | 

Maza  on  Kagapi.  |  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  |  Ixtawayazan  wi  j  Omaka  | 
1839.  |  BA.WHS. 

Literal  translation.—  News  good  |  Mark  write  the  |  this-[is]-it.  |  Metal  with 
they-make.  |  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  |  Eyes-sore  moon  [March]  |  year  |  1839.  | 

Pp.  1-96.  24°.     English  title  recto  1.  1 ;  Dakota  title  recto  1.  2. 

3227  Wootanin  Waxte  Jan  Owa  Qon  He  Dee.    The  Gospel  of 

John,  in  the  Dakota  Language;  translated  from  the  French,  by 
Mr.  Joseph  Renville,  Sr. 

In  Fond  (G.  H.)  and  Renville  (Joseph),  sr.  Wootauin  Waxte  Lnka  qa  Jan, 
pp.  242-296.  Cincinnati,  1843.  12°.  This  latter  work  is  appended  to,  and  paged 
continuously,  161-296,  with  :  Wicoicage  Wowapi.  Cincinnati,  1842.  12°. 

3228  and  Williamson  (Thomas  S.)     Wiconi  Owihanke  Wannin  | 

Tanin  Kin.  |  Dr.  Watt's  Second  Catechism  for  Children  |  in  the  Da 
kota  Language.  | 

Boston:  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  | 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  and  Brewster.  |  1837.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-23.  12°. 

3229  and  others.    Dakota  |  dowaupi  kin.  |  Hymns  |  in  the  | 

Dakota  or  Sioux  Language.  |  Composed  by  |  Mr.  J.  Renville  and 
Sons,  |  and  the  |  Missionaries  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

Boston:    |    Printed    for    the    American    Board    of    Commis 
sioners   |   for  Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker   |    and  Brewster.    | 
1842.  |  C.  BA.  JWP.  MHS. 

Pp.  1-71.  16°.  I  have  seen  copies  of  this  work  with  pp.  73-105  added,  p.  73 
being  headed :  Dowanpi  Kin.  |  1846.  |  A  copy  of  this  latter  is  in  the  library  of 
Maj.  J.  W.  Powell. 

The  initials  given  in  the  index  show  these  hymns  were  translated  by  S.  R. 
Riggs,  G.  H.  Pond,  S.  W.  Pond,  T.  S.  Williamson,  J.  Renville,  and  Alfred  L  Riggs. 

3230  Renzi  (M.  A.)     Memoires  |  de  la  Socie~t6  des  Antiquaires  |  de 
I'Ame'rique  du  Jford.  |  Partie  Linguistique  |  par  M.  Gallatin ;  |  Rap 
port  |  fait  a  1'Institut  Historique,  |  par  M.  A.  Renzi,  |  membre  de  la 
lre  classe.  |  (Extrait  de  1'Investigateur,  journal  de  1'Institut  His 
torique,  90e  livraisou.)  | 

Paris  |  A  Rene"  et  Ce.,  Imprimeurs  -  Editeurs,  |  Rue  de  Seine, 
32.  |  1842.  |  C. 

Pp.  1-15.  8C.  Review  of  Gallatin's  work  in  American  Antiquarian  Society, 
Transactions,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-422. 

3231  Eeports.    33d  Congress,  2d  Session.    House  of  Representatives. 
Ex.  Doc.  No.  91.  |  Reports  |  of  |  Explorations  and  Surveys,  |  to  | 
ascertain  the  most  practicable  and  economical  route  for  a  Railroad  | 
from  the  |  Mississippi  River  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  |  Made  under  the 
direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  in  |  1853-4,  |  according  to  Acts  of 


636  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Reports — continued. 

Congress  of  March  3,  1853,  May  31,  1854,  and  August  5,  1854.  | 
Volume  I  f-XII.  Book  II].  | 

Washington:  |  A.  O.  P.  Nicholson,  Printer.  |  1855  [-I860].  [ 

13  vols.  4°.  A.  C.  JWP. 

Whipple  (Lieut.  A.  W.),  Ewbank  (Thomas),  and  Turner  (Prof.  W.  W.)  Re 
port  upon  the  Indian  tribes,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  pp.  1-127. 

"Williamson  (Lieut.  R.  S.)  and  Crook  {Lieut.  G.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Klamath 
language,  vol.  6,  pp.  71-72. 

3232  Revelation.  The  Revelation  of  John.    Translated  into  the  Cherokee 
Language.     [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.] 

Park  Hill :  Mission  Press :  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  1850.      ABS. 
28pp.  24°.   In  Cherokee  characters.   A  translation  of  chapters  i-v  and  xx-xxii. 

Revue  Americaine. 
See  Revue  Orientale  et  Americaine. 

3233  Revue  |  de  |  Linguistique  |  et  de  |  Philologie  compared  |  Recueil 
trimestriel  |  de  documents  pour  servir  a  la  science  positive  |  des 
Langues,  a  1'Ethnologie,  |  a  la  Mythologie  et  a  1'Histoire  |  Tome 
Premier  |  Ier  Fascicule — Juillet  1867  [-Onzieme]. 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  et  Cie,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  15,  Quai  Voltaire 
[N.  d.-1878].  YO. 

11  vols.  8°. 

[Adam  (L.)]  De  la  derivation  verbale  spe'cifique  *  »  •  dans  la  langue  Da 
kota,  tome  9,  pp.  3-25. 

De  la  langue  Chibcha,  tome  9,  pp.  99-133. 

Du  polysynthe~tisme  *  *  *  dans  la  langne  Nahuatl,  tome  9,  pp.  231-254. 

Du  polysynthdtisme  "  *  *  les  langues  Quiche  et  Maya,  tome  10,  pp. 

34-74. 

Du  parler  des  homines  et  du  parler  des  femmes  dans  la  langue  caraibe, 

tome  12,  pp.  275-305. 

[Charencey  (H.  de)].  Recherches  »  *  *  de  la  Famille  Mame  Huasteqne, 
tome  5,  pp.  129-167. 

Recherches  *  *  *  en  langue  Maya,  tome  6,  pp.  42-61. 

Etude  sur  la  Prophe"tie  en  langue  Maya  D'Ahkuilchel,  tome  8,  pp. 

320-332. 

[Henry  (V.)J  Esquisse  d'une  Grammaire  de  la  langue  Innok,  tome  10,  pp. 
223-260. 

Esquisse  d'une  Grammaire  raisone'e  de  la  langue  Almonte,  tome  11,  pp. 

247-257;  tome  12,  pp.  1-62. 

Parisot  ( J.)    Notes  sur  la  langue  des  Taensas,  tome  13,  pp.  166-186. 

3234  Revue  Orientale  et  Americaine.     Revue  |  Orientale  |  et  |  Arne'ri- 
caine  |  publie"e  avec  le  concours  |  de  Membres  de  1'Institut,  de  Di- 
plomates,  de  Savants  |  de  Voyageurs,  d'Orientalistes  et  d'lndus- 
triels  |  par  |  Ldon  de  Rosny  |  Tome  Premier  f-Dixieme]  | 

Paris  |  Challamel  Aine",  Editeur  |  Commissionaire  pour  PAlgerie 
et  l'e"trauger  |  30,  rue  des  Boulangers  |  1859  [-1865]  |  * 

10  vols.  8°. 


REPORTS  —  REVUE.  637 

Revue  Orientale  et  Ame'ricaine  —  continued. 

Aubin  (M.  A.  )  Notice  sur  la  peinture  mexicaine  du  corps  14gislatif,  tome  3, 
pp.  165-169. 

-  Me"moire  sur  la  peinture  didactique  et  l'e"criture  figurative  des  auciens 
mexicains,  tome  3,  pp.  224-255;  tome  4,  pp.  33-51,  270-282;  tome  5,  pp.  361-392. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (C.  fi.)  Essai  historique  sur  les  sources  de  la  philo- 
logie  mexicaiue,  tome  1,  pp.  354-3^0;  tome  2,  pp.  64-75. 

-  Coup  d'ffiil  sur  la  nation  et  la  langue  des  Wabi,  tome  5,  pp  261-271. 
Charencey  (H.  de).     Notice  sur  un  ancien  manuscrit  mexicain  dit  Codex  Tel- 

leriano-Remensis,  tome  2,  pp.  215-219. 

[  -  ]  filaments  de  la  grammaire  Othomi,  tome  8,  pp.  15-49. 

Denis  (F.  )    Pale"ographie  mexicaine,  tome  5,  pp.  70-73. 

Perez  (Jose').   Note  sur  un  ancien  manuscrit  ame'ricain  ine"dit,  tomel,  pp.  35-39. 

-  Mdmoire  sur  les  relations  des  anciens  ame'ricains  avec  les  penples  de 
1'Europe,  de  1'Asie  et  de  1'Afrique,  tome  8,  pp.  162-198. 

TTmery  (J.)    Sur  1'identite"  du  mot  m&re  dans  les  idiomes  de  tons  les  peuples, 
tome  8,  pp.  335-338. 
Continued  as  follows: 

[Half  title:] 

3235  -  Revue  Ame'ricaine  |  2e  Se"rie.—  Tome  n.  | 

[Title:] 

Me"moires  |  sur  |  1'Arche'ologie  Ame'ricaine  |  et  sur  |  1'Ethnogra- 
phie  du  Nouveau-Monde  |  publics  |  par  la  Socie"te"  d'Ethnographie  | 
Touie  second  | 

Paris  |  aux  Bureau  de  la  Soci6t6  d'Ethnographie  |  47,  Quai  des 
Augustius,  47  |  MDCCCLXV  |  [1865].  A. 

Pp.  i-vi,  7—404.  plates.  8°.  Discontinued.  Tome  I,  to  contain  a  proposed 
Bibliographic  ame'ricaine,  has  not  been  published.  This  second  volume  was 
subsequently  issued  as  Tome  IV  of  Actes  de  la  Socie'te'  d'Ethnographie. 

Perez  (Jose").  M6moire  sur  les  relations  des  anciens  Ame'ricains  avec  les 
peuples  de  1'Europe,  de  1'Asie  et  de  1'Afrique  (suite),  pp.  162-175,300-310. 

Rosny  (L6on  de).     L'e"criture  hie"ratique  de  1'Ame'rique  Centrale,  pp.  241-245. 

Smith  (J.)    Notice  sur  la  langue  Tarasca,  pp.  180-186. 

A  later  continuation,  as  follows: 

3236  -  Revue  |  Orientale  |  et  |  Ame'ricaine  |  re'dige'e  |  par  MM. 
Aubin,  Burnouf,  Cahun,  Castaing,  Feer,  |  Foucaux,  Garcin  de 
Tassy,  Halevy,  D'Hervey-Saint-Denys,  Lenormant.  |  Madier  de 
Montjau,  Marre,  Oppert,  Rosny,  Schoebel,  |  Se"dillot,  Vinson,  et 
autres  Professeurs,  Orientalistes  et  |  Americanist  es  Francais  et 
Etrangers,  |  et  publiee  |  Par  Le"on  de  Rosny.  |  Nouvelle  S^rie.  — 
Ann6e  1875.  | 

Paris  |  Union  Centrale  des  Socie'te's  Savantes,  |  20,  Rue  Bona 
parte.  |  1875  |  A. 

Pp.  1-264.  plates.  8°.  Also  issued  as  Tome  XIII  (troisieme  volume  de  la 
seconde  se'rie)  des  Me'moires  de  la  Socie'te'  d'Ethnographie,  Paris,  1875.  Continued 
as  follows: 


3237  -  Revue  |  Orientale  |  et  |  Ame'ricaine  |  r^dig^e  |  par  MM. 
Aubin,  Buruouf,  Cahun,  Castaing,  Feer,  |  Foucaux,  Garcin  de 
Tassy,  Hale>y,  D'Hervey-Saint-Denys,  Lenormant,  |  Madier  de 


638  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Revue  Orientale  et  Ame'ricaine — continued. 

Montjau,  Marre,  Oppert,  Rosny,  Schoebel,  |  Vinson,  et  autres  Pro- 
fesseurs,  Orientalistes  et  |  Ame'ricanistes'FranQais  et  Etrangers,  | 
et  publie"e  |  Par  L6on  de  Rosny  |  Nouvelle  Se~rie. — Tome  Premier  j 
[Seal]  | 

Paris  |  Maisouneuve  et  Cie,  Editeurs  |  25,  Quai  Voltaire,  |  Ad 
ministration,  7,  Place  Saint- Sulpice.  |  1876.  |  A. 

Pp.  1-208.  plates.  8°. 

Rosny  (L6on  de).  Les  sources  de  1'Histoire  Ante'-Colombienue  dn  Nouveau- 
Monde,  pp.  139-156. 

3238  Reward  of  Ten  Thousand  Dollars.  0. 

2  pp.  12°.     Tract  in  the  Chippewa  Language. 

3239  Reyes  ( Fr.  Antonio  de  los.)    Arte  |  En  Lengva  |  Mixteca,  Com-  | 
puesta  por  el  Padre  Fray  |  Antonio  de  los  Reyes,  |  de  la  Orde  de 
Predica  |  dores,  Vicario  de  |  Tepuzculula.  |  [Picture  of  Virgin  and 
Child.] 

En  Mexico.  |  En  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.     Afio  |  de  1593.  |  * 

12  p.  11.,  11.  1-68.  8°.  The  word  Tepuzculula  is  on  a  slip  of  paper  pasted  on 
the  title,  underneath  which  we  read  Tamaczulapa.  Title  from  fac-simile  fur 
nished  hy  Sr.  Icazbalceta.  Description  from  his  Apuntes,  No.  63. 

3240  Arte  en  "Lengua  Mixteca. 

En  Mexico  y  por  su  original  reimpresso  en  la  Impreta  de  la  Viuda 
de  Miguel  de  Ortega,  1750. 

Title ;  12  11. ;  text,  163  pp.  12°.  This  edition  is  unknown  to  Beristain,  and 
is  not  found  in  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  Leclerc,  or  the  Fischer  Catalogue.  The 
original  edition  was  published  in  Mexico  by  P.  Balli  in  1593.  —  Ramirez  Sale  Cat., 
No.  558. 

3241  Reyna  (Joseph  de).    Vocabulario  en  Lengua  Mexicana.  * 

Manuscript,  1770.     Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  2000. 

3242  Reynoso  ( Fr.  Diego  de).   Arte,  |  y  Vocabulario  |  en  lengua  Mame.  | 
Dirigido  |  a  nnestro  Reuerendissimo  Padre  Maestro  F.  Marcos  | 
Salmeron,  Calificador  del  Supremo  Cousejo  de  la  In-  |  quisicion, 
General  de  todo  el  Ordeu  de  N.  Senora  de  |  la  Merced,  seiior  de  la 
Varonia  de  Algar.  |  [An  engraving  of  S.  Pedro  Nolasco.] 

Con  licencia  en  Mexico.  |  Por  Francisco  Robledo,  Impressor  del 
secreto  del  S.  Oficio.  1644.  | 

Leaf  1  has  the  following  title : 

Arte  |  Vocabulario,  |  Confessionario,  |  y  Modo  de  administrar 
el  |  Sautissimo  Sacramento  de  la  Eucharestia,  y  el  de  la  Ex-  |  trema 
Vncion,  y  Doctrina  Christiana,  y  otras  aduerten-  |  cias  uecessarias, 
y  conueuientes  para  mayor  inteligencia,  |  y  noticia  desta  Lengua,  a 
quien  vulgarmente  llaman  Ma-  |  me,  6"  Indies  Mames,  a  los  desta 
Sierra,  porque  ordinaria-  |  mente  hablan,  y  responden  con  esta 
palabra  Man,  que  |  quiere  dezir  Padre:  y  por  esto  les  llaman 


REVUE — RICHARD.  639 

Reynoso  (Fr.  Diego  de) — continued. 

Mames;  |  y  esta  Lengua  Mame,  la  qual  segun  su  anti-  |  gualla,  se 
llama  Zaelopaeap.  |  Compuesto  por  el  Padre  Predicador  Fray 
Diego  |  de  Eeynoso.  |  * 

3  p.  11.,  Arte,  11. 1-36;  Vocabulario,  11.  37-87.  4°.  From  the  above  it  seems 
that  the  book  contained  only  the  Arte  and  Vocabnlario  as  the  title-page  declares. 
The  work  seems  to  be  complete,  since  it  concludes  with  Laus  Deo.  In  this  second 
title,  and  at  the  end  of  the  preface,  the  name  of  the  author  is  given,  which  is  not 
the  case  on  the  first  title. — Icazbalceta'a  Apuntes,  No.  146. 

3243  Keyu  Puhval  Mak,  etc.    Confessionario  en  lengua  Pokoman.       * 

Manuscript.  18  11.  4°.  Anonymous,  and  in  a  hand  seemingly  of  the  last  part 
of  the  18th  century. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

3244  Rhode  Island  Historical  Society.   Collections  |  of  the  |  Ehode  Island  | 
Historical  Society.  |  Vol.  I  [-VIJ.  | 

Providence :  |  Printed  by  John  Miller.  |  1827  [-1867].  |     A.  c.  BA. 

6  vols.  8°. 

'Williams  (Roger).    A  Key  into  the  Language  of  America,  vol.  1,  pp.  17-166. 

3245  Ribas  (Fr.  Juan).    Doctrina  Cristiana  en  Lengua  Mexicana.        * 

3246  Sermones  Domiuicales  y  Dialogos  morales  en  Megicano.    * 

These  writings  are  referred  to  by  Torquemada,  Betancur,  and  the  authors  of 
the  Bibliotheca  Hispana  y  Franciscana. — Beristain. 

3247  Ribero  (Fr.  Sebastien).     Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Otomi.  * 

Printed  in  Mexico,  according  to  Pinelo. — Beristain. 

3248  Dialogos  de  la  Doctrina  Cristiana  en  Lengua  Mexicaua.    * 

3249  Tratado  de  la  Paz  del  alma  en  Megicano.  * 

Manuscripts.  P.  Fr.  Juan  de  San  Antonio,  author  of  the  Bibliot<  ca  Francis 
cana,  says  that  he  saw  these  original  manuscripts  in  the  library  of  the  Convent 
of  S  Diego  de  Zaragoza,  letter  K,  number  136. — Beristain. 

3250  [Richard  (P.   Pierre).]    Tchipayatik  o-mikan.  |  Kanachtageng.    | 
[Crucifix.] 

Moniang  [Montreal],  |  Takkwabikichkote  L.  .Perrault  |  en- 
datch.  |  1843.  |  V.  T. 

Pp.  1-26.  12°.    The  Way  of  the  Cross,  in  the  Nipissing  dialect  of  the  Algonkin 
language. 
3-251  [Manuscripts  in  the  Algonkin  language.]  * 

The  following  list  of  manuscripts  preserved  in  the  archives  of  the  Catholic 
church  at  the  mission  of  the  Lac  des  Deux  Montagues  (Oka),  Canada,  was  fur 
nished  by  Mrs.  Erminnie  A.  Smith.  They  are  bound  in  books  which  are  lettered. 

A  C — continued. 

Jugement  dernier.  Blaspheme. 

Eglise.  Distinction  du  bien  &  du  ma  1. 

B  Quelques    questions    historiques    de 
1't'Vhr.  catechisme. 

Ciel.  Combats  da  Chretien  dans  ce  monde. 

C  Prophetie  concernant  le  messie. 

Culte  des  Saints. 

4me  Art.  du  Symbole.  Fete  patronale  (annonciation). 

St.  Paul.  Commemoration  des  trepass^s. 

Scandale.  Priere. 


640 


NOETH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 


Richard  (P.  Pierre) — continued. 

D 

Des  Anges. 
Des  Hvres  Saintes. 
Motif  de  notre  foi. 
Ximmac,  conception. 
Mystere  de  la  redemption. 
Noel. 

Dernier  jonr  de  1'annee. 
Epiphanie. 
St.  nom  de  Jesus. 
Sur  la  detraction. 
Devoirs  des  Pasteurs. 

E 

Importance  du  Salut. 
Disposition  a  la  St"  Communion. 
Necessite  du  la  penitence. 
Priere. 

St.  Jean  Baptiste. 
St.  Pierre  et  St.  Paul. 


Grandeur  dn  Dien. 

Trinite. 

Presence  reelle. 

Communion. 

Respect  hnmain. 

Mort. 

Jugement  dernier. 

Respect  hnmain  2m". 

Enfer. 

Insensibility  spirituelle. 

K 

Art.  I  du  symbole. 
Art.  II  du  symbole. 
Art.  Ill  du  symbole. 
Necessite  de  la  priere. 
Qualities  de  la  priere. 


Divers  avis. 
Instruction. 
Exainen. 


G 


Pensees  impures. 
Mercredi  des  Cendres. 
Ceremonies  du  bapteme. 
Force  chretienne. 
Toussaint. 


Pour  le  carfime  1844. 
Bienfait  du  christianisme. 
Dimancbe  des  rameanx. 
St«  Famille'. 
Dieu  Auteur  de  la  Religion. 

I 

Bien  declarer  tous  ses  pe'che's. 
Pensees  sur  1'Enfer. 
Assomption. 


Chemin  du  ciel. 

Pe'che's  retenus  en  confession. 

Pens6e  du  ciel. 

Pentec6te. 

Jugement  de  Dieu. 

Mariage. 

M 

ler  dimanche  de  1'avent. 

Difference  entre  1'esprit  de  seigneur  &, 

celui  du  Demon. 
Epiphanie. 
Cendres. 
2e  dim.  de  careme. 


Confession. 

Eglise. 

Fins  dernieres. 

Avis. 

Resurrection. 


N 


3252  Richardson  (Albert  Deane).  Beyond  the  Mississippi :  |  from  the 
Great  Kiver  to  the  Great  Ocean.  |  Life  and  Adventure  |  on  the  | 
Prairies,  Mountains,  and  Pacific  Coast.  |  With  more  than  two  hun 
dred  illustrations,  from  photographs  aud  original  |  sketches,  of  the 
Prairies,  Deserts,  Mountains,  Rivers,  Mines,  |  Cities,  Indians,  Trap 
pers,  Pioneers,  and  great  natural  |  curiosities  of  the  New  States 
and  Territories.  |  1857-1867.  |  By  |  Albert  D.  Eichardson,  |  Author 
of 'Field,Dungeon  and  Escape.'  |  [Two  lines  advertisement.]  | 

Hartford,  Conn.   |  American  Publishing  Company.   [  National 
Publishing  Company,  |  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Cincinnati,  O.,  Chicago, 


RICHARD RICHAI  DSON.  641 

Eichardson  (Albert  Deaue). 

111.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  |  New  Orleans,  La.,  Atlanta,  Ga.,  Richmond, 
Va.  |  Bliss  &  Company,  New  York.  |  1867.  |  A.  c. 

3  p.  H.,  pp.  i-xvi,  17-572.  8°.  Some  copies  of  this  edition  vary  slightly  in  the 
imprint,  and  omit  the  date.  Another  edition :  Hartford,  1869.  8°. 

Brief  vocabulary  and  numerals,  1-10, 20, 30, 100, 1000,  in  the  Chinook  jargon, 
pp.  50->-503. 

3253  Beyond  the  Mississippi:  |  from  the  Great  River  to  the 

Great  Ocean.  |  Life  and  Adventure  |  on  the  |  Prairies,  Mountains, 
and  Pacific  Coast.  |  With  more  than  two  hundred  illustrations,  from 
photographs  and  original  |  sketches,  of  the  Prairies,  Deserts,  Moun 
tains,  Rivers,   Mines,  |  Cities,  Indians,  Trappers,  Pioneers,  and 
great  natural  |  curiosities  of  the  New  States  and  Territories.  | 
New  edition.  |  Written  down  to  summer  of  1869.  |  By  |  Albert  D. 
Richardson,   |  Author  of  'Field,  Dungeon  and  Escape,'  and  'Per 
sonal  |  History  of  Ulysses  S.  Grant.'  |  [Two  lines  advertisement.]  | 

Hartford:  |  American  Publishing  Company,  |  1875.  |  T. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xvi,  17-620.  map  and  plates.  8°. 

Brief  vocabulary  and  numerals,  1-1000,  in  the  Chinook  jargon,  pp.  502-503. 

3254  Eichardson  (E.  M.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Mohave. 

In  Wheeler  ( Capt.  G.  M. )  Report  upon  U.  S.  Geographical  Surveys,  vol.  7,  pp. 
4:24-465, 475.  Washington,  1879.  4°. 

3255  and  Loring  (Frederic  W.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Shoshoni  Lan 
guage. 

In  Wheeler  (  Capt.  G.  &I. )  Report  upon  U.  S.  Geographical  Surveys,  vol.  7,  pp. 
424-465,470.  Washington,  1879.  4°. 

3256  Eichardson   (Sir  John).    Arctic   |    Searching  Expedition:  |  a   | 
Journal  of  a  Boat- Voyage  |  through  Rupert's  Land  and  the  Arctic 
Sea,  |  in  search  of  |  the  Discovery  Ships  under  command  of  |  Sir 
John  Franklin.  |  With  an  Appendix  on  the  physical  geography  | 
of  North  America.  |  By  Sir  John  Richardson,  C.  B.,  F.  R.  S.  |  In 
spector  of  Naval  Hospitals  and  Fleets,  |  etc.  etc.  etc.  |  In  two  vol 
umes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  |  Published  by  authority.  | 

London:   |  Longman,  Brown,  Green,  and  Longmans.   |   1851.   | 

2  vols.  8°.  maps,  plates.  A.  B.  C.  BA. 

Remarks  on  the  Eskimo  language,  with  examples  of  nouns  declined  transit 
ively  and  intransitively,  vol.  2,  pp.  36:5-368. 

Comparative  table  of  the  dialects  spoken  by  the  Beering's  Sea  and  Labrador 
Eskimos,  comprising  the  two  following: 

Baer  (K.  E.  von).     Kuskutchewak  vocabulary,  vol.  2,  pp.  369-382. 

Latrobe  (Rev.  Peter)  and  Washington  (Capt.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Labrador 
Eskimo,  vol.  2,  pp.  369-382. 

Lefroy  (J.  H.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Chepewyan  and  Dog-Rib,  vol.  2,  pp.  400-402. 

M'Murray  (Mr.  — )  and  M  Pherson  (Mr.  — ).  Vocabulary  of  the  Kutchin  of 
the  Yukon  or  Kutchi-Kutchi,  vol.  2,  pp.  382-385. 

M'Fhersoii  ( Mrs.  —).    Chepe wyau  vocabulary,  vol.  2,  pp.  387-395. 

41  Bib 


642  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Richardson  (Sir  Jolm) — continued. 

Murray  (Mr. — ).  Vocabulary  showing  resemblances  between  the  Kutchin 
and  Dog-rib,  vol.  1,  pp.  399-400. 

O'Brian  ( Mr.  —).    A  vocabulary  of  Fort  Simpson  Dog-Rib,  vol.  2,  p.  398. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Mauvais  Monde  and  Dog-Rib,  or  Slave,  vol.  2,  pp. 

399-400. 

Richardson  (Sir  J. )    Comments  on  the  Cree  language,  vol.  2,  p.  53. 

Dog-Rib  [of  Fort  Confidence]  vocabulary,  vol.  2,  pp.  395-396. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Dog-Rib  of  Fort  Simpson,  by  an  officer  of  the  Hudson's 
Bay  Co.,  vol.  2,  p.  397. 

3257  -        -  Arctic  |  Searching  Expedition :  |  a  |  Journal  of  a  Boat- 
Voyage  through  Rupert's  |  Land  and  the  Arctic  Sea,  |  in  search  of 
the  Discovery  Ships  under  command  of  |  Sir  John  Franklin.  |  With 
an  Appendix  on  the  Physicsi!  Geogra-  |  phy  of  North  America.  |  By 
Sir  John  Richardson,  C.  B.,  F.  R.  S.,  |  Inspector  of  Naval  Hospitals 
and  Fleets,  |  etc.,  etc.,  etc.  | 

New  York :  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers,  |  82  Cliff  Street.  | 
1852.  |  HIT. 

Pp.  i-xi ,  13-516.  12°.     Linguistics,  pp.  235-236, 273, 479-516. 
Another  edition :  New  York,  Harper  &  Brothers,  1856.  516pp.  1.°. — Field. 

3258  Ricketson  (Daniel).    The   |    History  of  New  Bedford,    |    Bristol 
County,  Massachusetts:  |  including  |  a  History  of  the  old  township 
of  Dartmouth  |    and  the  present  townships  of  Westport,  |  Dart 
mouth,  and  Fairhaven,  |  from  their  settlement  to  the  present  time.  | 
By  Daniel  Ricketson.  | 

New  Bedford:  |  Published  by  the  Author.  |  1858.  |  C. 

Pp.  i-xii,  13-412.  12°.     Explanation  of  Indian  names  [of  places],  pp.  134-13(>. 

3259  Ridgway  (Robert).     Ornithology.    By  Robert  Ridgway.         JWP. 

In  King  (Clarence).  Report  on  the  Geological  Exploration  of  the  Fortieth 
Parallel,  vol.  4,  pp.  305-643.  Washington,  1877.  4C. 

Contains  names  of  birds  in  Washoe,  Paiute,  and  Shoshone. 

3260  -     —  Vocabulary  of  the  Washo  language. 

Manuscript.  5  11.  folio.  75  words.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology 
Collected  at  Carson  City,  Nev. 

3261  Riggs  (Rev.  Alfred  Lougley).    Wicoie  Wowapi  Kin.  |  The  Word 
Book.  |  By  |  Alfred  L.  Riggs,  B.D.  ]  Missionary  of  the  A.  B.C.  F.M.  | 

Published  for  the  Dakota  Mission,  |  American  Tract  Society: 
New  York.  |  1877.  |  .  JWP.  WHS. 

lp.  l.,pp.  1-49.  12°.  Primer  in  the  Dakota  language.  There  is  an  1881  edition 
with  no  change  of  title  except  in  the  date. 

3262  Wicoie  Wowapi  |  Wowapi  Pehanpi  kin.  |  The  Word  Book 

Wall  Roll  |  By  A.  L.  Eiggs,  A.  M.  |  [Picture.]  | 

Published  for  the  Dakota  Mission,  by  the  |  American  Tract  So 
ciety,  |  New  York  City.  |  [1881.]  JWP. 
Literal  translation. — Word  book  |  book  folded-up  the.  | 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1.,  and  25  other  unnumbered  11.  folio.    21^X31$  in. 
Primer  in  the  Dakota  language. 


RICHARDSON RIGGS.  •  643 

Riggs  (Rev.  Alfred  Longley) — continued. 

3263  Woonspe  Wankautu.  JWP. 

Literal  translation. — Lesson  high. 

4  pp.  8°.     Circular  of  the  "Sautee  Normal  Training  School,  Santee  Agency, 
Nebraska.     For  the  year  ending  June  30,  1879." 

An  address  in  Dakota,  and  Dakota  names  of  pupils,  with  English  signification. 

3264  Language  of  the  Dakotas  and  cognate  tribes;  by  Alfred 

L.  Riggs,  A.  B.,  B.  D.,  Missionary  of  the  American  Board. 

Manuscript.  24 11.  6°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.     General 
characteristics,  verbal  forms,  &c. 


See  Riggs  (Bev.  Stephen  Return)  and  Riggs  (Rev.  Alfred  Longley). 


See  "Williamson  ( Rev.  3.  P. ),  Riggs  (Bev.  S.  R. ),  and  Riggs  ( Bev.  A.  L.),  editors. 

3265  f and  Williamson  ( John  Poage)],  editors.    Dakota  Odowan.  | 

Dakota  Hymns.  |  Published  by  |  the  Dakota  Mission  |  of  the  | 
American  Board  |  and  the  |  Presbyterian  Board  of  Foreign  Mis 
sions.  | 

Printed  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau  Street, 

New  York.  |  1879.  |  ATS. 

Pp.  1-133.  sm.  4C.  Most  of  the  hymns  are  set  to  music.  .  Preface  signed  by 
Messrs.  Riggs  and  Williamson  as  editors.  The  contributors  are: 

Thomas  S.  Williamson.  Joseph  Renville,  jr. 

Stephen  R.  Riggs.  Antoine  Renville. 

Samuel  W.  Pond.  John  B.  Renville. 

Gideon  H.  Pond.  Daniel  Renville. 

Amos  W.  Huggins.  Antoine  D.  Frenier. 

John  P.  Williamson.  Lorenzo  Lawrence. 

Alfred  L.  Riggs.  Edwin  Phelps. 

W.  J.  Thomas  Robertson. 

Joseph  Renville. 

3266  Dakota  Odowau.  |  Dakota  Hymns.  |  Published  by  |  the 

Dakota  Mission  |  of  the  |  American  Missionary  Association  |  and 
the  |  Presbyterian  Board  of  Foreign  Missions.  | 

Printed  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau  street, 
New  York.  |  1883.  |  » 

Pp.  1-133.  4°.     Xitle  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

FOF  an  edition  "with  tunes,"  see  Riggs  (Bev.  S.  R. ) ;  and  for  others,  without 
music,  see  Renville  (J.),  sr.,and  others;  and  Riggs  (Rer.  S.  R.)  and  Williamson 
(Bev.  J.  P.),  editors. 

3267  Eiggs   (Bev.   Stephen  Return).     Wowapi   Mitawa.    |   Tamakoce 
Kaga.  |  My  own  Book.  |  Prepared  from  Rev.  T.  H.  Gallaudet's 
"Mother's  Primer,"  and  |  "Child's  Picture  Defining  and  Reading 
Book,"  in  the  Dakota  |  language.  |  By  S.  R.  Riggs,  A.  M.  |  Mis 
sionary  of  the  A.  B.  C.  Foreign  Missions.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for 
For-  |  eign  Missions,  by  Crocker  and  Brewster.  |  1842.  | 


644  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Biggs  (Rev.  Stephen  Return) — continued. 

Printed  cover : 

Wowapi  Mitawa.  |  Tamakoce  Kaga.  |  [Four  lines  verse  in  Da 
kota.] 

Wicaxta  nom  |  uman  Crocker  eciyapi  qa  uman  ix  Brewster  |  eci- 
papi  hena  maza  on  kagapi,  otonwe  wan  Boston  |  eciyapi  he  etu.  | 
1842.  |  A.  c.  BA.  MHS. 

Literal  translation. — Book  my,  |  his-country  he  make  [t.  «.,  S.  R.  Riggs].  Man 
two  |  one  Crocker  they-call  |  and  other  Brewster  |  they-call  those  metal  with 
they-iuake  town  one  Boston  |  they  call  that  at.  | 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-64.  sq.  24°. 

3268  Jesus  |  Ohnihde  Wicaye  Cin  Oranyanpi  Qon :  |  qa  |  Palos 

Wowapi  kage  Ciqon;  |  nakun,  |  Jan  Woyake  ciqon  dena  eepi.  | 
Tamakoce  Okaga.  |  The  |  Acts  of  the  Apostles;  |  and  the  |  Epistles 
of  Paul;  |  with  the  |  Revelation  of  John;  |  in  the  Dakota  Lan 
guage  ;  |  translated  from  the  Greek,  |  by  Stephen  R.  Riggs,  A.  M.  | 

Published  by  the  American  Bible  Society.  |  Cincinnati :  |  Kendall 
and  Barnard,  Printers.  |  1843.  |  c.  BA.  ABC.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-228.  12°.  Acts,  pp.  3-61.—  Epistle  of  Paul,  pp.  62-198.— Revelation,  pp. 
199-228. 

3269  The  |  Constitution  of  Minnesota,  |  in  the  |  Dakota  Lan 
guage,  |  translated  by  |  Stephen  R.  Riggs,  A.  M.  |  By  order  of  the 
Haizelwood  Republic.  | 

Boston:  |  Press  of  T.  R.  Marvin  &  Son:  |  1858.  |  ABC. 

Pp.  1-36.  12°. 

3270  Wowapi  Nitawa.    Tour  own  Book.     A  Dakota  Primer  for 

Schools.    By  S.  R.  Riggs. 

Minneapolis:  1863.  * 

32  pp.  sq.  12°.     Title  from  William's  Dakota  Bibliography. 

3271  Dakota  |  Wowapi  wakan  kin.  |  The  New  Testament,  |  in 

the  |  Dakota  Language:  |  Translated  from  the  original  Greek,  |  by 
Stephen  R.  Riggs,  A.  M.  |  Missionary  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1865.  |  A.  BS.  ABC. 

Pp.  1-408.  16°.  I  have  seen  editions  of  1866, 1867, 1871, 1874, 1878, 1880,  in  all 
respects  similar  to  the  above,  except  in  date. 

3272 The  Book  of  Psalms.    Translated  from  the  Hebrew  into 

the  Dakota  language,  by  S.  R.  Riggs,  Missionary  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 
New  York:  American  Bible  Society.  1869. 
133  pp.  1G^.     Title  from  Williams's  Dakota  Bibliography. 

3273  Psalm  Wowapi.  |  The  |  Book  of  Psalms,  |  in  the  |  Dakota 

Language :  |  translated  from  the  Hebrew,  |  by  S.  R.  Riggs,  A.  M.,  | 
Missionary  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 


EIGGS.  645 

Eiggs  (Rev.  Stephen  Eeturn) — continued. 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  Instituted  in  the  year 
M  DCCC  XVI.  |  1871.  |  JWP.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-265.  12°.  Psalm  Wowapi,  pp.  1-133.— Wicoie  Wakan  [Proverbs],  pp. 
135-169. — Eyanpaha  Kin  [Ecclesiastes],  pp.  171-183. — Dowanpi  Odowan  [Song 
of  Solomon],  pp.  18:3-189.— Isa.va,  &c.  [Isaiah],  pp.  189-265. 

I  have  seen  an  edition  of  1874  with  no  change  except  that  of  date.  For  earlier 
editions  of  part  of  the  Psalms,  see  Riggs  (S.  R.)  and  Renville  (J.),  gr. 

The  Psalms  are  sometimes  issued  separately,  133  pp.  16°,  and  sometimes  the 
following  is  appended  to  the  fuller  edition: 

3274  Jeremiah,  Ezekiel,  Daniel,  |  qa  |  Wicasta  Wokcan  Tokto- 

keca,  |  Dakota  lapi  En.  |  Tamakoce  Okaga.  |  Jeremiah,  Ezekiel, 
Daniel,  |  and  the  |  Minor  Prophets :  |  in  the  |  Dakota  Language.  | 
Translated  from  the  Hebrew  by  S.  R.  Eiggs.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
M  DCCC  XVI.  |  1877.  |  ABS.  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  267-531.  16°. 

3275 Dakota  |  A  B  C  Wowapi  Kin.  |  Tamakoce  Kaga.  | 

Chicago :  |  Dean  and  Ottoway,  Printers.  |  1866.  |  ABC. 

Literal  translation. — Dakota  |  A  B  C  book  the.  |  His  country  made  [i.  e.,  S.  R. 
Riggs]. 

Pp.  1^40.  sq.  16°. 

3276 Dakota  |  A  B  C  Wowapi.  |  By  Eev.  S.  E.  Eiggs.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau-street, 
New  York.  |  [N.  d.]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-32.  sq.24°. 

3277 Dakota  |  A  B  C  Wowapi.  |  By  Eev.  S.  E.  Eiggs.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau-street, 

New  York.  |  [1868?]  c.  ABC.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-64.  sq.  24°.    Enlarged  edition  of  previous  work,  the  first  32  pages  being 

a  reprint  thereof. 

3278  Dakota  |  Tawoonspe.  |  Wowapi  I.  |  Tamakoce  Kaga.  | 

Louisville,  Ky.  |  Morton  and  Griswold.  |  [N.  d.] 

liecerse  title : 

Dakota  Lessons.  |  Book  I.  |  By  S.  E.  Eiggs,  A.  M.  |  Missionary 
of  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

Louisville,  Ky.  j  Morton  and  Griswold.  |  c.  BA. 

Pp.  1-48.  sq.  16°. 

3279  Dakota  |  Tawoonspe.  |  Wowapi  II.  |  Dakota  Lessons.  | 

Book  II.  |  By  S.  E.  Eiggs,  A.  M.  |  Missionary  of  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

Louisville,  Ky.  |  Morton  and  Griswold.  |  [N.  d.]  o.  BA. 

Pp.  1-48.  sq.  16°. 

3280  Dakota  |   Wiwicawangapi  Kin.    |   D'akota  Catechism.  | 
By  S.  E.  Eiggs,  A.  M.  |  Missionary  of  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau-street, 
New  York.  |  [N.  d.]  c.  BE.  ABC.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-36.  24°. 


646  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Biggs  (Rev.  Stephen  Eeturn) — continued. 

3281  —     -  HeTuweHe. 

[Republican  Print,  Chicago.]  JWP. 

No  title-page,  pp.  1-7.  4°.  Hymn:  That  whof  (i.  e.,  Who  is  that?)  in  the 
Dakota  language. 

3282  Lakota  |  A  B  C  Wowapi.  |  By  Eev.  S.  R.  Riggs.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau -street, 

New  York.  |  [N.  d.]  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-32.  sq.  16°.  In  the  Teton  dialect  of  the  Dakota  Language,  one  pecu 
liarity  of  which  is  the  use  of  the  letter  "1"  instead  of  "d." 

3283  Model  |  First  Reader.  |  Wayawa  Tokaheya.  |  Prepared  | 

in  |  English -Dakota.  |  By  S.  R.  Riggs,  LL.  D.  | 

Chicago :  |  Geo.  Sherwood  &  Co.  |  Printed  at  the  Lakeside  Press 
Chicago.  |  [N.  d.]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-112.  12°. 

3284  —    -  The  |  Pilgrim's  Progress,  |  by  John  Bunyan.  |  In  |  the  Da 
kota  Language,  |  translated  |  by  Stephen  R.  Riggs,  A.  M,,  |  Mis 
sionary  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau  street, 
New  York.  |  [N.  d.] 

Reverse  title: 

Mahpiya  Ekta  Oicimani  Ya;  |  John  Bunyan  |  oyaka.  |  Dakota 
lapi  En  |  tamakoce  okaga.  |  [Picture.]  c.  ABC.  JWP.  WHS. 

Pp.  1-264.  16°. 

3283 Tali-koo  Wah-kan ;  |  or,  |  The  Gospel  among  the  Dakotas.  | 

By  |  Stephen  R.  Riggs,  A.  M.  |  Missionary  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  and 
author  of  the  Dakota  Grammar  |  and  Dictionary.  |  With  an  Intro 
duction,  |  by  |  S.  B.  Treat,  |  Secretary  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  |  Writ 
ten  for  the  Congregational  Sabbath  School  and  Publishing  |  So 
ciety,  and  approved  by  the  Committee  of  Publication.  | 

Boston :  |  Congregational  Publishing  Society,  |  Congregational 
House,  |  Beacon  Street.  |  [1869?]  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xxxvi,  1-491.  12°.  The  copy  seen  in  the  Library  of  Congress  differs 
from  the  above  in  imprint,  being  as  follows: 

Boston:  |  Cong.  Sabbath-School  and  Publishing  Society.  |  Depository,  13 
Cornhill.  | 

Scattered  throughout  this  volume  arc  many  terms  in  Dakota.  Chap.  2,  pp. 
7-14,  is  a  short  dissertation  on  the  Dakota  language,  and  on  pp.  61-75  is  a  list  of 
the  names  of  the  gods  of  the  Dakotas,  with  English  signification;  hymn,  with 
music,  p.  476. 

3286 Concerning  Dakota  Beliefs. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  third  ami.  sess.,  pp.  5-6.     New  York,  1872.   8°. 
Dakota  names  of  gods,  &c. 

3287  -        -  The  Dakota  Language.    By  Rev.  S.  R.  Riggs. 

In  Minn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  1,  pp.  89-107.     St.  Paul,  1872.  8°. 


RIGGS.  647 

Riggs  (Rev.  Stephen  Eeturn) — continued. 

3288  Terms  of  Belationship  of  the  Dakota  Isauntie,  collected 

by  Bev.  Stephen  B.  Biggs  at  the  Dakota  Indian  Mission,  Paputazl. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4C.  Follows  line  "9"  through  those  pages. 

3289  The  Theogony  of  the  Sioux.     By  Eev.  Stephen  E.  Eiggs, 

LL.  D. 

In  American  Antiquarian,  vol.  2,  pp.  265-270.    Chicago,  1879-80.  6°. 
Dakota  terms,  passim. 

3290  Of  the  Dakota  Language. 

In  American  Antiquarian,  vol.  3,  pp.  243-244.     Chicago,  1881.  8°. 

3291  Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Dakota,  Winnebago,  Omaha, 

and  Ponka  dialects. 

Manuscript.  9  11.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Includes 
a  few  grammatic  forms. 

3292 Dictionary  of  the  Santee  Dakota — Dakota-English. 

Manuscript.  820pp.  folio.  This  material  is  in  the  hands  of  the  printer,  and 
will  form  a  portion  of  Part  1  of  Vol.  7,  Contributions  to  North  American  Eth 
nology.  The  remaining  portion  of  Part  1  will  consist  of  myths  and  stories,  with 
interlinear  translations,  and  a  grammar  of  this  dialect.  665  pp.  are  in  type.  It 
will  be  published  by  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

Part  2  will  consist  of  the  English-Dakota  Dictionary.  It  is  now  in  course  of 
preparation  by  Messrs.  J.  P.  Williamson  and  A.  L.  Riggs. 

See  Dorsey  (J.  O.),  Gatschet  (A.  S.),  and  Riggs  (S.  R.) 


See  Williamson  (Rev.  J.  P.),  Riggs  (Rev.  S.  R.),  and  Riggs  (Rev.  A.L.),  editors. 

3293 ,  editor.  Grammar  and  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Dakota  Lan 
guage.  |  Collected  |  by  the  members  of  the  Dakota  Mission.  |  Ed 
ited  |  by  Eev.  S.  E.  Eiggs,  A.  M.,  |  Missionary  of  the  Am.  Board  of 
Com.  for  Foreign  Missions.  |  Under  the  patronage  of  the  Historical 
Society  of  Minnesota.  |  Accepted  for  publication  |  by  the  Smith 
sonian  Institution,  |  December  1851.  | 

In  Smithsonian  Institution,  Contributions  to  Knowledge,  vol.  4,  pp.  ix-xx, 
1-64, 1-338.  Washington,  1853.  4°.  Issued,  also,  with  slight  change  of  title  as 
below. 

Introduction,  pp.  xv-xix. — Dakota  bibliography,  p.  xx. — Grammar,  pp.  1-61. — 
Interlinear  translations,  pp.  61-64. — Dictionary  of  the  Dakota :  Dakota-English, 
pp.  1-278;  English-Dakota,  pp.  279-338. 

3294  Smithsonian  Contributions"  to  Knowledge.  |  Grammar  and 

Dictionary  ]  of  the  ]  Dakota  Language.    Collected  |  by  the  Members 
of  the  Dakota  Mission.  |  Edited  |  by  the  Eev.  S.  E.  Eiggs,  A.  M,,  | 
Missionary  of  the  Am.  Board  of  Com.  for  Foreign  Missions.  |  Under 
the  patronage  of  the  Historical  Society  of  Minnesota.  | 

Washington  City:  |  Published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  | 
June,  1852,  |  New  York:  G.  P.  Putnam.  |  B.  S.WE. 

Pp.  i-xx,  1-64  and  1-338.  4°. 


648  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Biggs  (Rev.  Stephen  Return),  editor — continued. 

3295  An  |  English  and  Dakota  |  Vocabulary,  |  by  |  a  Member 

of  the  |  Dakota  Mission.  |  Published  by  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 
New  York:  |  Printed  by  R.  Craighead.  |  1852.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-120.  8°.  Extract  from  the  Dictionary  of  the  Dakota  Language,  printed 
on  smaller  sheets. 

3290  Dakota  Odowan.  |  Hymns  |  in  the  |  Dakota  Language.  | 

with  tunes.  |  Edited  |  By  S.  R.  Riggs,  A.  M.  |  Missionary  of  A.  B. 
C.  F.  M.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  New  York :  150 
Nassau-Street.  |  Boston  :  28  Cornhill.  |  [N.  d.]  ATS.  JWP.  WHS. 

Pp.  1-127.  12°.  Most  of  the  hymns  arc  set  to  music.  See  Riggs  (A.  L. )  for 
an  edition  with  tunes. 

Contributors.— T.  S.  Williamson,  S.  R.  Riggs,  A.  L.  Riggs,  S.  W.  Pond,  Joseph 
Renville,  G.  H.  Pond,  A.  D.  Frenier,  Lorenzo  Lawrence. 

3297  and  Pond  (Rev.  Gideon  H.)    The  |  Dakota  |  First  Reading 

Book,  |  prepared  by  |  Stephen  R.  Riggs  and  Gideon  H.  Pond,  | 
(Missionaries).  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commis-  |  sion- 
ers  for  Foreign  Missions.  | 

Cincinnati :  |  Kendall  and  Henry,  Printers.  |  1839.  | 

Second  title  : 

Dakota  |  [Picture]  |  Oyawa  Wowapi.  |  Otokahe  kin.  |  1839.  | 

Pp.  1-40.  16°.  A.  BA.  MHS. 

3298  and  Renville  (Joseph),  sr.    Odowan  Wakan.    Part  of  the 

Psalms  in  the  Dakota  Language  ;  Translated  from  the  Hebrew,  by 
Stephen  R.  Riggs,  A.  M.,  and  Mr.  Joseph  Renville,  Sr. 

In  Wicoicage  Wowapi,  pp.  107-160.     Cincinnati,  1842.  12°. 

For  later  editions  of  the  Psalms,  see  Riggs  (Bev.  Stephen  Return). 

3299  and  Riggs  (Rev.  Alfred  Longley.)    Maka-Oyakapi.  |  Guyot's 

Elementary  Geography    in  the    Dakota  Language.    By  S.  R.  Riggs 
LL.  D.,  and  Rev.  A.  L.  Riggs.  |  Published  for  the  Dakota  Mission.  | 

New  York:   |   Scribner,  Armstrong,  &  Co.,  743  Broadway.  | 
1876.  |  BE.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-83  and  map  2  pp.  4°.     Bound  with  and  following  this,  is  : 

3300 Makoce  |  wowapi  wakan  kin  en  cajeyatapi  kin.  |  Geography 

of 'Bible  Lands.  |  [Picture  "Arabia  en  wowanyake  wan."]    BE.  JWP. 
No  imprint.     Title,  4  pp.  and  map. 

• 

3301  and  Williamson  (John  Poage),  editors.    Dakota  Odowan.  | 

Hymns  [  in  the  '  Dakota  Language.  [  Edited   by  Stephen  R.  Riggs,  | 
and  |  John  P.  Williamson,  |  Missionaries  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau-Street, 
New  York.  |  [1803  f]  ABC.  JWP.  WHS. 

Pp.  1-162.  16°.  For  an  earlier  edition  "with  tunes,"  see  Riggs  (S.  11.),  editor; 
and  for  later  ones,  see  Riggs  (A.  L.)  and  Williamson  (J.  P.),  editors;  and  Wil 
liamson  (J.  P.)  and  Riggs  (A.  L.)  An  enlarged  edition  as  follows: 


3 


R1GGS — RINCON.  649 

Biggs  (Eev.  Stephen  Eetnrn),  editor — continued. 

3302  Dakota  Odowan.  |  Hymns  |  in  the  |  Dakota  Language.  | 

Edited  |  by  Stephen  E.  Riggs  |  and  |  John  P. Williamson,  |  Mission 
aries  of  the  A.  B.  C.  P.  M.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau-Street, 
New  York.  |  [N.  d.J  c.  ATS  JWP. 

Pp.  1-184.  18°.  These  two  editions  run  alike  to  p.  148,  inclusive ;  and  pp. 
169-178  of  the  latter  are  like  pp.  149-158  of  the  former. 

Contributors  to  both  editions. — T.  S.  Williamson,  Alfred  Riggs,  Stephen  R.  Riggs, 
S.  W.  Pond,  A.  W.  Muggins,  Joseph  Renville,  G.  H.  Pond,  A.  D.  Frenier,  and 
Lorenzo  Lawrence. 

3303  Bfiley]  (T.  H.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Kah-we-yah  and  Kah-so-wah. 

In  Taylor  (A.  S.)    Indianology  of  California,  in :    California  Farmer,  Vol. 
XIII,  No.  14.     San  Francisco,  May  25,  1860. 
&   '     A  note  says  this  "  vocabulary  wag  published  in  the  San  Francisco  Wide  West, 
in  July,  1856,  by  a  writer  signing  himself^  H.  R.'" 

Reprinted  in  Hist.  Mag.,  second  series,  vol.  3,  pp  238-240.  Morrisania,  N.  Y., 
186S.  sin.  4°;  andinPowell(.J.W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology, 
vol.  3,  pp.  550-551.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

3304  Binaldini  (P.  Benito).    Arte  |  de  la  Lengua  |  Tepeguana,  |  con  | 
Vocabulario,  Confessionario,  |  y  Catechismo  |  En  que  se  explican 
los  Mysteries  de  Nuestra  Santa  |  Fe  Catholica,  Mandauiientos  de 
la  Ley  de  Dios,  |  y  de,  Nnestra  Santa  Madre  Iglesia.  |   Por  el  P. 
Benito  Einaldini,  |  de  la  Compaiiia  de  Jesus,  |  Visitador  de  la  Pro- 
viucia  Tepeguana,  y  Tarau-  |  mara  antigua.  |  Quien  en  nombre  de 
todos  los  Jesuitas  Missioneros  |  de  aquella  su  Proviucia  lo  dedica  | 
a  la  Milagrosa  Imagen  |  de  Maria  Santissitna  |  Nuestra  Sefiora,  j 
Que  cou  la  Advocaciou  de  los  Martyres  se  venera  |  en  la  Mission 
del  Zape,  ceutro  de  los  Tepeguaues.  | 

Impresso  en  Mexico  (con  las  Licencias  necessarias)  por  la  Viuda  | 
de  D.  Joseph  Bernardo  de  Hogal:  Calle  de  las  Capuchinas.  |  Ano 
de  1743.  |  JWP. 

8  p.  11. ;  Arte,  pp.  1-72 ;  Catecismo  and  Confessionario,  pp.  1-48;  Vocabulario, 
pp.  1-148 ;  errata,  1  1.  4°. 

3305  Bincon  (P.  Antonio  del).     Arte  |  Mexicana  |  compvesta  por  el  | 
Padre  Antonio  |  del  Eincon  de  la  |  conipaiiia  de  lesns.  |  Dirigido  al 
Illustrissimo  y  reuerendissimo  |  S.  don  Diego  Komauo  Obispo  de 
Tlaxcal-  |  Ian,  y  del  consejo  de  su  Magestad.  &c.  |  [Figure  of  cross, 
&c.,  IHS.] 

En  Mexico  en  casa  de  Pedro,  Balli.  1595.  |  A. 

8  p.  11.,  11. 1-78,  and  18  unnumbered  11.  16°. 

3306 Arte  de  la  lengua  Mexicana,  compuesta  por  el  padre  An 
tonio  del  Eincon. 

Mexico.     1598.  * 

12°.  Second  edition.     Title  from  Ternaux,  No.  225. 


650  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3307  Rinfret  (Antoine).     [Sermons  in  the  Mohawk  language.]  cv. 

Manuscripts,  quarto  in  size,  preserved  in  the  archives  of  the  Roman  Catholic 
Church  at  the  village  of  Caughnawaga,  Canada.  They  are  unbound,  nicely 
written,  and  for  the  most  part  well  preserved.  The  title  is  usually  followed  by 
the  date  or  dates  at  which  the  sermon  was  delivered.  The  following  is  a  list  of 
these  sermons  arranged  according  to  the  date  of  the  first  delivery: 

Ponr  la  fete  de  St.  Laurent,  pr6chd  en  1789.  6  11. 

Pour  le  jour  de  Paque— Sur  le  Mystere  du  jonr.  1799, 1800, 1810.  7  11. 

Pour  le  jonr  de  1'ascension.  1799, 1810.  12  pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  jonr  de  la  pentecoste.  1799, 1810.  14  pp. 

Discours  sur  la  nativite'  de  Notre  Seigneur.  1799, 1809.  7  11. 

Pour  la  fete  de  St.  Francois  Xavier — Sur  les  fetes  de  patrons.  1799, 1811.  7  11. 

Pour  le  jour  de  la  fete  Dieu.  1799, 1812.  11  pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  des  Rois.  1799.  6  11. 

Premiere  Instruction  sur  le  premier  commandement  de  Dien.  1799, 1809.  6  11. 

Seconde  Instruction  sur  le  premier  commandement.  1799, 1800.  7 11. 

4"  dimanche  du  careme — Sur  le  devoir  pascal.  1799, 1808.  14  pp. 

4e  dimanche  apres  la  pentecdte — Sur  L'empressement  a  entendre  La  parole  de 
Dieu,  1799 ;  preche"  a  St.  Regis  en  1807.  711. 

Discours  sur  la  fete  de  L' Ascension,  1800 ;  preche'  a  St.  Regis  en  1807.  7  11. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  L'annonciation  de  la  Ste.  Vierge.  1800, 1811.  7  11. 

Pour  la  fete  de  St.  Joseph.  1800.  7  11. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  nativite'  de  notre  Seigneur.  1800, 1808.  7  11. 

Discours  sur  la  passion  de  notre  S.  Je'sus  Christ.  1801, 1811.  29  pp. 

Pour  la  f«e  de  St.  Francois  Xavier.  3  de"cembre,  1801, 1813.  17pp. 

Disconrs  sur  la  passion  de  notre  Seigneur  Je'sus  Christ.  1802-1820.  26  pp. 

6C  dimanche  apres  la  pentec6te — Sur  1'yvrognerie  au  Sault,  1802 ;  preche'  a  St. 
Regis  en  1807.  11  11. 

Le  18raedim.  apres  La  Pent.— Paresse  dans  les  Exercices  spiritnels.  1803, 1818.  8 11. 

Sermon  pour  Le  Jour  de  La  Pentecftte  1803.  1816 — 6  juin ;  il  tomha  de  la  vierge 
pendant  7  on  8  heures.  5  11.  4°.— St.  Pierre.  1803.  8  pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  fete- Dien— Sur  L'e'pltre  dn  jour  et  les  motifs  de 
la  profession ;  preche'  a  St.  Regis  en  1807.  8  11. 

Instruction  pour  le  8e  dimanche  apres  La  Pentecdte — Sur  les  paroles  reflde  ra- 
tionem  villicationis  tua;  sur  le  jngement  particulier;  preche'  a  St.  Regis  en  1807. 
Au  Sault  1810.  9  11. 

Premier  dimanche  apres  la  Pentecdte ;  prech<5  a  St.  Regis  en  1807.  15  pp. 

Onzieme  dimanche  apres  La  pentec6te — Sur  la  surdite'  spirituelle,  xi°  di 
manche;  prech6  a  St.  Regis  1807;  1809  au  Sault.  8  11. 

Discoure  snr  la  fete  de  St.  Francois  Xavier.  1808.  9  11. 

Instruction  sur  le  troisieme  commandement.  1808, 1809.  6  11. 

Le  dimanche  de  1'avent — Snr  les  mceurs  des  Chretiens.  1808.  9  pp. 

Pour  le  second  dimanche  d'apres  paqnes — Snr  le  nom  de  Chretien.  1808.  4  11. 

Instruction  sur  la  priere.  1808.  13  pp. 

Premier dimauche  de  1'A vent — Discours  surle  jugement  dernier.  1808.  till. 

Second  dimanche  de  1'avent — Emprisonnement  de  St.  Jean  Baptiste  et  la  cause 
de  sa  mort.  1808.  9  11. 

3"  dimanche  du  careme.  1808.  14  pp. 

4e  dimanche  de  1'avent — Sur  la  fr^quente  communion.  1808.  18  pp. 

4e  dimanche  de  1'avent— Sur  la  penitence.  1808,1809.  12pp. 

18e  dimanche  apres  la  pentec6te — Sur  la  paresse  dans  les  exercices  spirituels. 
1808.  8  11. 

19"  dimanche  apres  la  Pentec6te — Instruction  snr  le  petit  nomhre  des  elus. 
1808—2  fois.  7  11. 

24e  dimanche  apres  la  pentecdte.  1808—20  novembre.  8  11. 

Devoir  des  enfaus  envers  lenrs  parens.  Ste.  Anne.  1809.  5  11. 


RINFRET.  651 

Rinfret  (Antoine) — continued. 

Discours  sur  la  fete  de  la  purification  de  la  Ste.  Vierge.  1809, 1811.  7  11. 
Discours  pour  le  jour  de  paques— Sur  la  fausse  resurrection  des  pechenrs. 

1809.  611. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  fete  de  St.  Jean  Baptiste.  1809.  18  pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  dos  Rameaux.  1809, 1810.  7  11. 

Instruction  preTiminaire  sur  les  commandenients  de  Dieu.  1809.  6  1L 

Instruction  sur  le  second  commandement.  1809.  6  11. 

Instruction  sur  le  cinqnieuie  commandement.  1809.  8  11. 

Instruction  sur  le  8e  commandement.  1809.  6  II. 

Instruction  4me  dimanche  du  careme.  1809.  17  pp. 

Pour  la  fete  de  la  Ste.  famille.  1809.  6  11. 

Pour  le  Jeudi  Saint.  1809.  14  pp. 

Seconde  instruction  sur  le  qnatrieme  commandement — devoir  des  enfans  en vers 
lenrs  parens.  1809.  6  11. 

Sur  la  cere'inonie  des  Andres.  1809.  5  11. 

4«  dimanche  apres  la  pentecfite— Sur  les  paroles  doltbat  He  nariculA  turbo*. 
S'attacher  a  son  village.  1809.  9  11. 

9emc  dimanche  apres  la  Pentecdte— Snr  1'abns  qu'on  fait  des  graces.  1809.  6  11. 

21e  dimanche  apres  la  pentecfite— De  la  vengeance.  Decembre  1809. 

Discours  sur  la  fete  de  la  purification  de  la  Ste.  Vierge,  commune'ment  appel 
lee  la  chandelenr.  1810.  13pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  fete  de  Ste.  Anne— Sur  1'e'ducation  des  enfans. 

1810.  14  pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  St.  Francois  Xavier.  1810.  7  11. 

Instruction  ponr  le  3e  dimanche  apres  paques — Sur  la  fete  de  la  Ste.  famille. 
1810.  8  11. 

Instruction  sur  le  dimanche  apres  la  pentec6te — Plnsieurs  sortes  de  personnes 
prophanents  la  maisofl  de"Dien.  1810.~9  11. 

Premier  dimanche  de  FA  vent— Discours  sur  le  jugement  dernier;  en  1810, 
preche".  7  11. 

Second  diraanche  apres  paqnes — Sur  I'autorite'  et  le  caractere  des  pasteurs. 

1810.  15pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  dimanche  quatrieme  apres  la  Pentecdte.  1810. 
Des  te'nebres  et  de  l'6tat  du  pe'che'  dans  une  ame.  1810. 
4e  dimauche  apres  paques.  1810. 
Du  desir  du  ciel ;  pre'che'  en  1810.  16  pp. 
Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  pentecfite.  1811.  12  pp. 
2"  dimanche  apres  la  pentecfite.  1811.  12  pp. 

18s  dimanche  apres  la  pentec6te — instruction  sur  I'e'pttre  du  jour.  1811. 
Kamakaviton  T  9  11. 

19«  dimauche  apres  la  pentecfite —Sur  IV.pltre  du  jour.  1811—27  octobre.  7  11. 

20«  dimanche  apres  la  pentec6te — Sur  1'epltre  du  jour.  1811.  6  11. 

21e  dimanche  apres  la  pentecfite — Sur  1'epKre  du  jour.  1811.  7  11. 

22e  dimanche  apres  la  pentecAte— Sur  nos  devoirs  envers  nos  Soaverains. 

1811.  611. 

22e  dimancho  apres  la  pentec6te— Sur  1'e'pltre'du  jour.  1811.  611. 
23e  dimanche  apres  la  pentecfite — Sur  1'^pltre  du  jour.  1811.  6  11. 
Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  nativite'  do  N.  S.  1811, 1812.  8  11. 
Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  1'ascension.  1811.  16pp. 
Instruction  pour  le  second  dimancho  apres  Paques.  1811.  18  pp. 
Instruction  pour  le  second  dimanche  de  1'avent.  1811.  14  pp. 
Instruction  pour  le  quatrieme  dimanche  de  1'avent — Snrl'e'pltre  et  1'eVangile. 
1811.  16pp. 

Ins  ruction  sur  les  Rogations.  1811.  16  pp. 

Explication  de  la  Semaine  Sainte,  et  on  dimanche  des  Rameaux.  1812.     8  11. 


652  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Einfret  (Antoine) — continued. 

Instruction  sur  l'6pltre  du  22me  dimanche  apres  la  pentecdte— anx.  Phil.  l,v.  1, 
&c.  13  octobre  1812.  5  11. 

Instruction  pour  la  fete  de  St.  Nom  de  Jesus.  1812.  8  11. 

Instruction  pour  la  fete  de  St.  Simon  et  St.  Jnde.  1812.  7  11. 

Instruction  pour  le  dimanche  dn  careme.  1812.  18  pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  fete  de  Saint  Laurent.  1812.  1411. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  fete  de  St.  Thomas.  1812, 1823.  8  11. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  L'Epiphanie.  181?.  811. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  paques — Sur  I'e'pttre.  1812.  7  11. 

Instruction  pour  le  premier  dimanche  du  careme.  1812.  15  pp. 

3me  dimanche  apres  la  peutecdte,  1812 — Sur  la  conduite  qu'il  faut  tenir  a 
I'dgard  des  m£chans.  9  11. 

Dernier  jour  t'e  la  neuvaine  de  St.  Francois  Xavier — Discours  sur  la  Rechute. 
1813.  8  11. 

Discours  sur  1'annonciation  de  la  Ste.  Vierge.  1813.  6  11. 

Instruction  pour  le  dimanche  des  Rameaux — Sur  la  Semaine  Sainte.  1813.  811. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  fete  Dieu.  1813.  14  pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  fete  de  la  Ste.  famille,  3P  dimanche  apres  paques. 
1813.  8  11. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  fete  de  St.  Jacques.  25  jnillet  1813.  12  11. 

Instructions  pour  le  jour  de  la  fete  de  St.  Pierre.  1813.  l(i  pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  peutec&te — Sur  le  mystere  du  jour.  1813.  7  11. 

Instruction  pour  lejourde  paques— Sur  la  resurrection  do  Jesus  Christ.  1813.  711. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  des  Rois.  1813.  15  pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  17e  dimancho  apres  la  pentecote — De  1'amour  du  prochain. 
1813. 

Instruction  sur  ces  paroles:  omnia  arbor  qua  non  fatit  fnictum  bonum,  excidetur 
et  in  ignem  mittetur.  St.  Matth.,  c.  7—1813.  7  11. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  fete  de  1'ascension.  1813.  13  pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  la  fete  de  la  d^dicace  des  <sglises.  1813.  15  pp. 

Instruction  sur  1'esperance  chrfStieune.  1813.  18  pp. 

Instruct  ion  sur  la  priere— necessity  de  la  psiere,  1813.  5e  dimanche  apres  paquf  s. 
1813.  1C  pp. 

Instruction  sur  la  fete  au  St.  nom  de  J^sus.  1813.  8  11. 

Instruction  snr  1'dpttre,  et  I'eVangile  du  jeudi  apres  les  eendres.  1813.  15  pp. 

4"  dimanche  du  careme — Instructions  sur  le  devoir  pascal.  1813.  13  pp 

Conception.  1819.  4  11. 

Pour  la  dedicace.  1819.  17  pp. 

Considerations  sur  la  fete  de  1'assomption  de  la  Sainte  Vierge.  5  11. 

fivangile  du  S™8  dimanche  aprtss  La  Pentec6te — Conduite  qu'il  faut  teuir  a 
1'egard  des  mediants.  7  11. 

Instruction  pour  le  dimanche  dans  1'octave  de  la  fete-Dieu.  9  11. 

Instruction  pour  le  dimanche  qui  precede  I'dpiphanie.  16  pp. 

Instruction  pour  le  jour  de  1'asceusiou.  5  11. 

Instruction  sur  la  nativity  de  notre  seigneur.  6  11. 

Le  dimanche  dn  car&me.  17  pp. 

Pour  le  troisieme  dimanche  de  careme.  7  pp. 

Vendredi  saint — Discours  sur  la  passion  de  N.  S.  .1.  C.  SJ7  pp. 

7e  dimanche  apres  la  pentec6te — Necessity  des  Bounes-onivres.  8  11. 

18e  dimanche  apres  la  pentecote — Du  bon  usage  des  maladies.  9  11. 

23°  dimanche  apres  la  pentec6te — De  la  raillerie.  8  11. 

Sermon  pour  le  jour  de  la  Ste.  Famille.  5  11. 

Antoiue  Rinfret  was  born  at  Quebec,  June  18,  1756;  ordained  November  11, 
1781;  at  Sault  St.  Louis  (Caughnawaga),  1796-1802;  at  St.  Regis,  1806 ;  died  at 
La  Chene,  March  9, 1814.— SJiea. 


EINFRET RIVAS.  653 

3308  Rink  (Heinrik  Johannes).    Eskimoiske  |  eventyr  og  sagn  |  over- 
satte  |  efter  de  indfydte  fortselleres  opskrifter  |  og  meddelelser  | 
af  |  H.  Hink,  |  iuspektor  i  sydgr0uland.  | 

Kjobenhavu.  |  C.  A.  Reitzels  Boghandel.  |  Louis  Kleins  Bog- 
trykkeri.  |  1866.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1  1.,  pp.  1-376.  8°.  Songs  in  Eskimo,  pp.  349-350.  — "  Alfabetisk 
Folklaring  over  forskjellige  Udtryk  og  Bensevnelser,  (tildeels  fastsatte  blot  for 
Afbenyttelse  i  dette  Skrift)",  pp.  369-376. 

3309  Tales  and  Traditions  |  of  the  |  Eskimo  |  with  a  sketch  of  | 

their  Habits,  Religion,  Language  |  and  other  peculiarities  |  by  j 
Dr.  Henry  Rink  |  Knight  of  Danuerbrog  |   [&c.,  four  lines].  | 
Translated  L'om  the  Danish  by  the  Author  |  Edited  by  |  Dr.  Robert 
Brown  |  F.  L.  S.,  F.  R.  G.  S.  j  Author  of  'The  Races  of  Mankind', 
etc.  |  With  numerous  illustrations,  drawn  and  |  engraved  by  Es 
kimo  | 

William    Blackwood    and    Sons    |   Edinburgh   and   London  | 
MDCOCLXXV  [1875],  |  A^BA. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-473.  12°.  Language,  pp.  12-22. — A  myth-song,  with  translation, 
pp.  (56-67. — Scattered  throughout  are  also  many  Eskimo  words. 

3310  Danish  Greenland  |  its  People  and  its  Products  |  By  |  Dr. 

Henry  Rink  |  Knight  of  the  Order  of  [&c.,  four  lines.     Seal].  Edited 
by  |  Dr  Robert  Brown,  F.  L.  S.  F.  R.  G.  S.  |  Author  of  'The  Races 
of  Mankind'  etc.  |  With  Illustrations  by  the  Eskimo,  and  a  Map  | 

Henry  S.  King  &  Co.,  London  |  1877  |  A.  o.  HU.  WE. 

Pp.  i-xvii,  1-46H.  8°.  maps,  plates.  Remarks  on  the  Language  of  the  Natives 
of  Greenland,  pp.  197-198. — Vocabulary  of  Eskimo  Words  and  Names,  pp.  394- 
402. — Scattered  throughout  are  many  Eskimo  words. 

3311  Eio  (Fr.  Diego).    Diccionario  copioso  y  erudito  de  la  Lengua 
Misteca.  * 

3312  Tratados  espirituales  y  Sermones  en  la  misina  Lengua.    * 

Manuscripts.     Titles  from  Beristain. 

3313  Ripley  (George)   and  Dana  (Charles  Anderson),  editors.    The  | 
American  Cyclopaedia:   |  a  |  Popular  Dictionary  |  ot  |  General 
Knowledge.  [  Edited  by  |  George  Ripley  and  Charles  A.  Dana.  | 
Vol.  I  [-XVI]..  |  A-Asher  [-Trombone-Zymosis].  | 

New  York:  |  D.  Appleton  and  Company,  |  549  and  551  Broad 
way.  |  London:  16  Little  Britain.  |  1873  J-1876].  |  A.  c.  JWP. 
16  vols.  8°. 
Shea  (J.  G.)     Languages  of  the  American  Indians,  vol.  1,  pp.  407-414. 

3314  Rivas  (D.  Fernando).    Varias  tratados  en  mexicano.  * 

3315  Rivas  (Fr.  Juan).    Doctrina  cristiana,  Sermones  [en  lengua  Mexi- 
cana]. 

Titles  from  Piinentel. 


654  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3316  Rivera  (Gregorio).     Silabario  |  de  la  |  lengiia  mexicana.  |  For  el 
Presbitero  |  D.  Gregorio  Kivera.  |  Con  superior  ])ermiso.  | 

Mexico :  1818.  |  En  la  oflcina  de  D.  Mariauo  Ontiveros,  |  calle  del 
Espiritu  Santo.  |  * 

Title  and  29  pp.  8°.    Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  65. 

3317  Silabario  de  la  lengua  Mexicana. 

Mexico,  1849.  * 

Title  from  the  Andrade  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  4468. 

3318  Rivero  (D.  Sebastian).    Dialogos  sobre  la  doctrina  cristiana  [en 
lengua  Mexicana].  * 

Title  from  Pimentel. 

3319  Roa  (P.  Agustin).    Arte  para  aprender  el  Idioma  de  los  Tarahu- 
mares.  * 

Seen  and  studied  by  P.  Juan  Baltasar,  missionary  of  the  said  province,  and 
afterward  Provincial  of  New  Spain. — Seristain. 

3320  Robeck  (Dr.  — ).     [Vocabularies  of  Asiatic  and  American  Lan 
guages.]  • 

In  Saricheff  (G.  A. )  [Journey  of  Captain  Billings,  etc.  St.  Petersburg,  1811. ] 
4°.  Title  and  note  from  Ludewig,  p.  190. 

Tschukchi  vocabulary,  pp.  102-111.— Aleut  and  Fox  Island  vocabulary,  pp. 
121-129. 

3321  Roberts  (Rev.)    Remarks  on  tbe  Cherokee  Language. 

In  Am   Soc.,  First  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  58,59.     New  Haven,  1824.  8°. 

3322  [Robertson  (Mrs.  Ann  Eliza  Worcester)].  CokvCems  |  mekusapvlke 
omvlkvn  ohtotvte.    |   Cokv  vpastvl  Pal    |   Titvs  Oktotvte.   |  Cokv 
vpastvl   Pal  |  Efesvnvlken  Ohtotvte.  |  The  General   Epistle  of 
James,  |  and  the  Epistles  of  Paul  |  to  Titus  and  to  the  Ephe- 
sians,  |  translated  from  the  original  Greek  |  into  the  Muskokee 
Language.  | 

New  York :  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
IVJDCCCXVI.  |  1876.  |  c.  si.  WE.  ABS. 

Pp.  1-31.  16°.     Mrs.  Robertson  was  assisted  by  Messrs.  J.  and  T.  W.  Perry-     . 
man,  T.  W.  and  D.  M.  Hodge. 

General  Epistle  of  James,  pp.  2-12. — Titus,  pp.  13-17. — Ephesians,  pp.  19-31. 

3323  Vpastelvlke  Em  Fulletv.   |  The  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  | 

translated  from  |   the  original  Greek  |  into  |  the  Muskokee  Lan 
guage.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1879.  |  WE.JWP. 

Pp.  1-94  and  Corrigendae  ii.  16°.  Originally  translated  in  1860-01  by  Leguest 
Ferryman  and  D.  M.  Hodge,  under  the  supervision  of  Rev.  R.  M.  Loughridge. 
Retranslated  between  ten  and  twenty  years  later  by  Mrs.  A.  E.  W.  Robertson, 
assisted  by  Rev.  Jas.  W.  Ferryman,  Rev.  Thos.  W.  Ferryman,  Leguest  Ferryman, 
and  Miss  K.  K.  Winslett. 


RIVERA — ROBERTSON.  655 

Robertson  (Mrs.  Ann  Eliza  Worcester) — continued. 

3324  Opunvkv-herv  |  Mak  Ooyvte.  |  The  Gospel  according  to  | 

Mark,  |  translated  from  |  the  original  Greek  |  into  the  Muskokee 
Language.  | 

New  York :  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1880.  |  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-59.  16°.  Mrs.  Robertson  was  assisted  by  Rev.  Thos.  W.  Ferryman  and 
N.  B.  Sullivan  in  correcting  tbe  above  work. 

3325  Opunvkv-herv  |  Luk  Coyvte.  |  The  Gospel  According  to  | 

Luke,  |  translated  fiom  |  the  original  Greek  |  into  the  Muskokee 
Language.  | 

New  York :  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1880.  |  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-99.  16°.  A  small  portion  of  the  "above  was  translated  originally  by 
Rev.  Mr.  Ramsay,  of  the  Seminole  Mission,  with  the  help  of  an  incompetent  in 
terpreter.  It  was  retranslated  by  Mrs  Robertson,  with  the  assistance,  in  cor 
recting,  of  Rev.  Thos.  VV.  Ferryman  and  N.  B.  Sullivan. 

33126  Mvskoke   |   uettvcako  cokv-heckv  |   cokv  esyvhiketv.    | 

Yvhiketv  "punvkv-herv  esyvhiketv"  |  inomet  cokv  eti  aenkvpv- 
ket.  |  The  Muskokee  S.  S.  SongrBook.  |  From  Gospel  Songs  and 
other  collections.  |  By  A.  E.  W.  Eobertson.  | 

[N.  p.J  From  the  press  of  the  |  American  Tract  Society.  |  1880.  | 
Title,  1  1.,  pp.  1-96.  16°.  JWP. 

3327  Cokv  Vpastel  Pal  |  Lomvnvlke  Ohtotvte.  1  The  Epistle  of 

Paul  the  Apostle  to  the  |  Koinans,  |  translated  |  from  the  original 
Greek  |  into  the  Muskokee  Language.  | 

New  York :  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1881.  |  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-41.  16°.  In  correcting  the  above  Mrs.  Robertson  was  assisted  by  Rev. 
Thos.  W.  Ferryman  and  N.  B.  Sullivan. 

3328  Cokv  enhvteceskv  |   svhokkalat  tepakat  |  vpastel  pal  \ 

kvlenrvlke  ohtotolvte.  |  The  Epistle  of  Paul  the  Apostle  to  the  j 
Corinthians,  |  translated  |  from  the  original  Greek  |  into  the  Mus 
kokee  language.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1883.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-67.  16°.     Rev.  T.  W.  Ferryman  assisted  in  revising  this  work. 

3329 Vocabulary  of  the  Natchez. 

In  Brinton  (Dr.  D.  G. )  On  the  Language  of  the  Natchez.  In  Am.  Philosoph. 
Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  13,  pp.  486-491.  Philadelphia,  1873.  8°. 

3330  Double  Consonants  in  the  Creek  Language.     [By  Mrs.  A. 

E.  W.  Robertson.]  JWP. 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  5,  No.  42.     Mnskogee,  June  '23,  1881.  folio. 

3331  Vocabulary  of  the  Chickasaw. 

Manuscript.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.    See  Pike  (Gen.  A.) 


See  Loughridge  (R.  M.),  Robertson  (W.  S.),  and  Robertson  (Mrs.  A.  E.  W.) 


See  Ferryman  (Thomas)  and  Robertson  (Mrt.  A.  E.  W.) 


656  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Robertson  (Mrs.  Ann  Eliza  Worcester) — continued. 

3332 ,  editor.  Our  Monthly.  |  Jan  1873  Tallahassee  Greek  Nation. 

Vol.  II  No.  1  [-Vol.  IV,  No.  10,  October,  1875].  |  JWP. 

A  4  pp.  4°.  paper,  issued  irregularly,  but  usually  at  intervals  of  one  month. 
The  first  printed  issue  consisted  of  2  pp.  only.  Vol.  1,  begun  in  1870,  was  in 
manuscript.  Mrs.  Robertson  was  assisted  in  the  editorial  work  by  her  daughter, 
Miss  A.  A.  Robertson,  and  in  the  English  department  by  her  husband,  Dr.  W. 
S.  Robertson.  It  is  almost  wholly  in  Mnskokee,  and  forms  a  valuable  contribu 
tion  to  linguistic  knowledge. 

3333  [ and  Sullivan  (N.  B.)]     Early  Creek  History  |  Speech  of  | 

Hon.  William  P.  Ross  |  at  the  |  Tallahassee  Manual  Labor  Board 
ing  School.  |  July  18th,  1878.  | 

[Printed  at  the  Office  of  the  Indian  Journal.     Muskogee,  Creek 
,  Nation.]  WE.  JWP. 

No  title-page.  4  pp.  8°.  Speech  delivered  in  English  and  translated  into  Mus- 
kokee  by  the  above.  Mrs.  Robertson  has  furnished  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology 
with  an  interlinear  English  translation  of  this  speech. 

3334  [Eobertson  (Robert  S.)]     Long  Island  Indians. 

In  Magazine  Am.  Hist.,  vol.  2,  pp.  370-371,501.    New  York,  1878.  8°. 
Aboriginal  geographic  terms,  with  English  signification. 

Robertson  (William  Scheuck). 
See  Loughridge  (R.  M.),  Robertson  (W.  S.),  and  Robertson  (A.  E.  W.) 

See  Loughridge  (R.  M.),  WInslett  (D.),  and  Robertson  (W.  S.) 

3335  and  Winslett  (David).    Nakcoky  es  Keretv  Enhvteceskv.  | 

Muskokee,  |  or  |  Creek  First  Header.  |  By  W.  S.  Eobertson,  A.  M.,  j 


ADDITIONS  i  C'C3"  ACROSS    a"d  '  David  Win8lett- 


New  York :  |  Mission  House,  23  Centre  Street.  |  1856.  |          WHS. 
Pp.  1-48.  16^. 

3336  Nakcokv  es  Kerretv  Enhvteceskv.  |  Muskokee  or  Creek  | 

First  Reader.  |  By  |  W.  S.  Robertson,  A.  M.,  |  and  |  David  Wins 
lett.  |  Fourth  edition.  | 

New  York :  |  Mission  Hout>e,  23  Centre  Street.  |  1870.  |          ATS. 
Pp.  1-48.  12°.     I  have  seen  editions  of  1875  and  1878  with  no  change  of  title- 
page  except  in  date. 

3337  Mvskoke  |  Nakcokv  Eskerretv  Esvhokkolat.  |  Creek  |  Sec 
ond  Reader.  |  Rev.  W.  S.  Robertson.  |  Rev.  David  Winslett.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau-Street, 
New  York.  |    [1871.J  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-90.  12°. 

3338  ,  McKillop  (John),  and  Winslett  (Rev.  David).  Come  to  Jesus. ! 

Cesvs  a  oh  Vtes.  |  Erkenvkv  Hall  |  coyvte,  momen  |  W.  S.  Rob 
ertson,  John  McKillop,  |  Rev.  David  Winslett,  |  esyomat  Mvskoke 
empuuvkv  ohtvlecicet  os.  | 

From  the  Press  of  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  1^0  Nassau- 
Street,  New  York.  |  C.  LSH.  JWP. 
1  p.  1.,  pp.  3-63.  16°.     Entirely  in  the  Muskoke  language. 


ROBERTSON — ROCHEFORT.  657 

Robertson  (William  Schenck) — continued. 

3339  f  Ferryman  (Thomas  Ward),  and  Hodge  (David  McKillop). 

Cokv  euhvteceskv  |  Mekusapvlke  Vtekat  |  cane  |  ohtotvte.  | 

[New  York :  American  Bible  Society.   1875.]  c.  WE. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-14.  16°.  Epistles  of  John  in  the  Muskoki  language:  I 
John,  pp.  1-10;  II  John,  pp.  11-12;  III  John,  pp.  13-14. 

3340  [Robinson  (A.)]     Life  in  California:  |  during  a  |  Residence  of  Sev 
eral  Years  in  that  Territory,  |  comprising  a  |  Description  of  the 
Country  and  the  |  Missionary  Establishments,  |  with  |  Incidents, 
Observations,  etc.,  etc.  |  Illustrated  with  numerous  engravings.  | 
By  An  American.  |  To  which  is  annexed  |  A  Historical  Account  j 
of  the  |  Origin,  Customs,  and  Traditions,  |  of  |  the  Indians  of  Alta- 
California.  |  Translated  from  the  original  Spanish  Manuscript.  | 

New  York :  |  Published  by  Wiley  &  Putnam,  |  No.  161  Broad 
way.  1 1846.  |  A.  c.  BA.  r3 , 

Pp.  i-xiv,  1-341.  12°. 

Boscana  (Rev.  G. )     Chinigchinich;  a  Historical  Account,  &c.,  pp.  229-341. 

3341  Robinson  (Capt.  Hercules).    A  Vocabulary  of  the  Red  Indians  of 
New  Foundland. 

In  Martin  (R.M.)    History  of  Nova  Scotia,  pp.  299-301.     London,  1837.  16°. 
Taken  "  from  an  interesting  female  of  the  Red  Indians,  named  Mary  March." 

3342  [Roblet  (Surgeon).]     Vocabulaire  de  Tcbinkitane,  Cote  Nord-Ouest 
de  1'Amerique,  a  57  degre~s  de  latitude  Nord. 

In  Fleurieu  (C.  P.  C.)  Voyage  autour  du  nionde  par  fitienne  Marchaud, 
vol.  1,  pp.  585-591.  Paris,  1798.  4°. 

Reprinted  in  the  English  edition,  vol.  2,  pp.  265-2C7.  London,  1801.  2  vols.  8.° 

3343  [Rochefort  (Louis  Cesar  de).]   Histoire  |  Naturelle  et  Morale  |  des  | 
lies  Antilles  de  |  1'Amerique.  | 

A  Rotterdam,  |  Chez  Arnout  Leers.    Marchant  Librair.     1658.) 

Printed  title : 

Histoire  |  Naturelle  et  Morale  |  des  |  lies  Antilles  |  de  1'Ame 
rique.  |  Enrichie  de  plusieurs  belles  figures  des  Raretez  les  plus  | 
considerables  qui  y  sont  d'6crites.  |  Avec  vn  Vocabulaire  Caraibe.  | 

A  Roterdam,  |  Chez  Arnould  Leers,  |  M.DC.LVIII  [1658J.  |       A. 

Engraved  title  recto  1.  1;  printed  title  recto  1.  2;  6  other  p.  11.,  pp.  1-527; 
table  of  contents  13  unnumbered  pp.  4°.  Lcclerc,  1878,  No.  2134,  gives  the 
above  printed  title,  with  imprint:  Amsterdam,  Arnould  Leers,  1658. 

Vocabulaire  Caraibe,  pp.  515-527. 

3344  Xatuurlijke  en  zedelijke  historie  van  d'Eylanden  de  voor- 

eylanden  van  America.    Met  eeneu  Cara'ibischen  Woordenschat. 
Vertaalt  door  H.  Dullaart. 

Rotterdam.     A  Leers,  1662.  * 

20  p.  11.,  pp.  475/table  6  11.  plates.  4°.  Title  from  F.  Muller's  Catalogue,  1872, 
No.  1374;  collation  from  Bartlett's  Catalogue  of  the  J.  Carter  Brown  library. 

42  Bib 


658  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Rochefort  (Louis  Cesar  de) — continued. 

3345  Histoire  |  Natvrelle  et    Morale  |  Des  |  lies  Antilles  de  | 

1'Amerique.  | 

Printed  title : 

Histoire  |  Naturelle  et  Morale  |  des  |  lies    Antilles  |  de  1'Ame 
rique.  |   Enriche  d'un  grand  nombre  de  belles  Figures  en  taille 
douce,  |  des  Places  &  des  Raretez  les  plus  considerables,  |  qui  y 
sont  de~crites.  |  Avec  un  Vocabulaire  Carai'be.  |  Seconde  Edition.  | 
Reveue  &  augmentee  de  plusieurs  Descriptions,  &  de  quelques  | 
dclaircissemens,  qu'on  desiroit  en  la  precedente.  | 

A  Roterdam,  |  Chez  Arnout  Leers,  |  M.  DC.  LXV  [1665].  |         * 

18  p.  11.,  text  583  pp.,  '  Table'  13  pp.  4°.  Carib  vocabulary,  pp.  571-583.  Title 
from  Stevens'  Nuggets,  2388. 

3346 The  |  History  |  of  the  |  Caribby-Islands,  |  viz.  |  Barbados, 

St.  Christophers,  St.  Vincents,  |  Martinico,  Doininico,  Barbouthos, 
Mon-  |  serrat,  Mevis,  Antego,  &c.  in  all  XXVIII.  |  In  two  Books.  | 
The  First  containing  the  Natural ;  The  |  Second,  the  Moral  History 
of  those  |  Islands.  |  Illustrated  with  several  Pieces  of  Sculpture, 
representing  |  the  most  considerable  Rarities  therein  Described.  | 
With  a  |  Caribbiau- Vocabulary.  |  Rendred  into  English  |  by  John 
Davies  of  Kidwelly.  | 

London,  |  Printed  by  J.  M.  for  Thomas  Dring  and  John 
Starkey,  and  |  are  to  be  sold  at  their  Shops,  at  the  George  in  Fleet- 
street  neer  |  Clifford's-Inn,  and  at  the  Mitre  between  Middle  Tem 
ple-  |  Gate  and  Temple-Bar.  1666.  |  A.  JOB. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-351,  8  unnumbered  11.  folio.  Carib  vocabulary  on  first  5  un 
numbered  11. 

3347  Histoire  |  Natvrelle  |  des  |  lies  Antilles  de  L'Ameriqve :  | 

Par  Mr.  De  Rochefort.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  | 

A  Lyon,  |  Chez  Christofle  Fovrmy,  |  rue  Merciere,  a  la  Biblio- 
theque.  |  M.  DC.  LXVII  [16C7].  |  JCB. 

2  vols.  16°.     Vocabvlaire  Caraibe,  vol.  2,  pp.  652-680. 

3348  Historische  |  Beschreibung  |  Der  |  Antillen    Inseln    in  | 

America  gelegen  |  In  sich  begreiffeud    deroselben  |  Gelegenheit, 
dariuneu  beflndli-  |  chen  natiirlichen  Sachen,  sampt  deren  |  Ein- 
wohner  Sitteu  und  Gebriiuchen  mit  |  45.  Knpfler  stuck  en  gezieret.  | 
von  |  dem  Herrn  de  Rochefort,  |  zum  zweyten  mahl  in  Franztisi-  | 
scher  Sprach  an  den  Tagge-  |  geben,  |  nunmehr  aber.|  iudieTeut- 
sche  iibersetzet.  | 

Frankfurt,  |  In  Verlegung  Wilhclm  Serlins,  Buchdru-  |  ckers  und 
Buchhandlers.  1668.  |  * 

2  vols.  12°.     Title  from  Stevens'  Nuggets,  No.  2:192. 

3349  Histoire  |  Naturelle  et  Morale  |  des  |  lies  Antilles  |  de 

1'Amerique,  |  Eurichie  d'un  grand  nombre  de  belles  Figures  en  taille 
douce,  qui  |  representent  au  naturel  les  Places,  &  les  Raretez  les 
plus  |  considerables  qui  y  sout  decrites.  |  Avec  un   Vocabulaire 


ROCHEFORT RODD.  659 

Eochefort  (Louis  Ce"sar  de) — continued. 

Caraibe.  |  Dernier  Edition.  |  Reveue  &  augmented  par  1'Autheur 
d'uu  Recit  de  1'Estat  present  des  |  celebres  Colonies  de  la  Virginie, 
de  Marie-land,  de  la  Caroline,  du  |  nouveau  Duche"  d'York,  de  Penn 
sylvania,  &  de  la  nouvelle  An-  |  .gleterre,  situe'es  dans  1'Auierique 
septentrionale,  &  qui  rele-  |  vent  de  la  Couronne  du  Roy  de  la 
grand'Bretagne.  |  Tir6  fidelement  des  memoires  des  habitans  des 
memes  Colonies,  |  en  faveur  de  ecus,  qui  auroyent  le  desseiu  de  s'y  | 
transporter  pour  s'y  6tablir.  | 

A  Rotterdam,  |  Chez  Reiuier  Leers,  |  M.  DC.  LXXXI  [1681].  |  JOB. 

17  p.  11.,  pp.  1-583;  table,  13  unnumbered  11.    Vocabulaire Caraibe, pp.  571-583. 

Leclerc,  1878,  No.  2137,  mentions  an  edition :  Amsterdam,  1716,  4°,  and  says  it 
is  the  same  as  the  1G65  edition,  with  a  new  title. 

The  Karaibaansch  Woorden- Boek  is  reprinted,  in  part,  in  [Herlein  (J.  D.)] 
Beschryvinge  van  de  Volk-plantinge  Zuriname,  pp.  249-262.  Leevwarden, 
1718.  sm.  4°. 

Rochelle  (M.  Roux  de). 
See  Roux  de  Rochelle  (M.) 

3350  Rockwell  (Prof.  E.  F.)  Analogy  between  the  Proper  Names  in 
Japan  and  tbe  Indian  Proper  Names  in  the  United  States.  By- 
Professor  E.  F.  Rockwell,  of  Davidson  College,  N.  C. 

In  Hist.  Mag.,  second  series,  vol.  3,  pp.  141-142.   Morrisania,  N.Y.,  1868.  sm.  4°. 

Rockwood  (Rev.  Gilbert). 
See  Chew  (William),  No.  785. 

3  551  Rodaz  (Fr.  Juan  de).  Arte  de  la  lengua  Tzotzlem  6  Tziuacanteca. 
Con  explicacion  del  Afio  solar  y  uu  Tratado  de  las  Quentas  de  los 
Indios  en  Jengua  tzotzlem.  Lo  todo  escrito  el  auo  de  1688,  asi 
misino  como  las  Frases  y  Oracioues  utiles  y  Provechosas  en  esta 
lengua  tzotzlem  para  que  con  facilidad  aprehenda  el  Ministro  y 
sepa  bablar.  Sacadas  a  luz  por  el  P.  Fr.  Juan  de  Rodaz,  predi- 
cador  y  cura  por  su  Mngd  del  Convto  de  Nra  Sra  de  la  Assumpciou 
de  Guegtyupa. — Y  ahora  trasladadas  nuevamente  por  el  padre  fray 
Diouycio  Pereyra  Diacono  y  Conventual  del  conveuto  de  N.  P. 
Sto  Domingo  de  Comitlau.  Del  Sagrado  Orden  de  Predicadores, 
etc.  Oy  dia  27  de  lieuero  de  mill  setecientos  y  veiiite  y  tres.  Aflos 
1723.  * 

Manuscript.  30  11.  folio.  It  is  numbered  49-98,  which  proves  that  it  was  origi 
nally  bound  with  other  documents  of  the  same  kind.  The  work  is  nevertheless 
complete.  I  received  it  from  Sr.  Don  Domingo  Robles,  Dean  of  the  Cathedral  of 
Ciudad  Real  (San  Cristobal),  of  Chiapas.  The  first  19  leaves  comprise  the  Arte; 
the  following  leaf  gives  the  name  of  the  18  months  of  the  Tzotzlem  solar  year, 
with  explanations.  As  to  the  months  the  author  omits  them,  but  we  have  them 
fortunately  in  Nunez  de  la  Vega,  Boturiui,  etc.  Then  comes  the  treatise  on  ac 
counts  or  numeration  in  the  Tzotzlem  language,  11. 20-25.  The  last  four  leaves 
contain  a  sort  of  dictionary  of  conversation,  Spanish  and  Tzotzlem,  terminating 
with  a  third  signature  of  the  copyist,  Fr.  Dionycio  Pereyra. — Braaamr  de  Bourbourg. 

Rodd  (D.) 
See  Dougherty  (Bee.  Peter)  and  Rodd  (D.j 


660  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3352  Rbdiger  (E.)     A  Grammatical  Outline  of  the  Otomi  Language.     * 

In  Ersch  imd  Gruber's  Encyclopaedia,  vol.  7,  third  section,  pp.  358-361.  Leip 
zig,  1836.  4°. 

Title  from  Trubner  in  Ludewig,  p.  235. 

3353  Rodriguez  (Fr.  Diego).    Arte  de  la  Lengua  Tarasca.  * 

3354  Rodriguez   (Fr.  Juan).    Arte    y   Vocabulario   en  el  Idioma  Ka- 
chiquel. 

3355  Rodriguez  (Fr.  Luis).    Doctrina  Cristiana,  Sermones  y  otros  Tra- 
tados  eu  Lengua  Megicana. 

Titles  from  Beristaiu. 

3356  Roehrig  (F.  L.  O.)     On  the  Language  of  the  Dakota  or  Sioux  In 
dians.    By  F.  L.  O.  Eoehrig. 

In  Smithsonian  Inat.,  Ann.  Rept.,  1871, pp.  434-450.    Washington,  1873.  8°. 
Separately  issued  as  follows : 

3357  The  Language  |  of  |  the  Dakota  or  Sioux  Indians.  |  By  F. 

L.  O.  Eoehrig.  |  From  the  Eeport  of  the  Smithsonian  |  Institution 
for  1871.  | 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1872.  |  A.JWP.WHS. 
Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-19.  8°.     There  is  a  lengthy  extract  from  this  paper  in 
Leland  (C.  G.)    Fusang,  pp.  99-109.    New  York,  1875.  12°. 

3358  Vocabulary   of  the  Chwachamaju,  and  Olamentke,  with 

notes  by  Prof.  F.  L.  O.  Eoehrig. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp. 
509-517,553-559.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

The  vocabularies  are  from  Kostromilov,  with  comments  and  notes  by  Prof. 
Roehrig. 

3359 Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Selish  Languages. 

Manuscript.  50  pp.  folio.  Includes  words  in  Selish  proper,  or  Flathead ;  Ka- 
lispelm;  Spokan;  Skoyelpi ;  Okinaken;  S'chitsui  Shiwaprnuth ;  Piskwaus. 

33GO Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Selish  Languages,  second 

series. 

Manuscript.  4211.  4°.     Includes  words  of  the  following  dialects:    Clallam; 
Lummi;  Nooksahk;  Nanaimook ;  Kwantlen;  Tait. 

These  manuscripts  arc  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3361  Rogers  (Joseph  M.)     Words,  phrases  and  sentences  in  the  lan 
guage  of  the  Menomonee  Indians  of  Shawano  Co.,  Wisconsin. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  77-228,  1  1.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Collected  in  1881  in  Shawanee  County,  Wis.,  at  the  request  of  the  Bureau,  and 
written  on  one  of  its  forms — Introduction  to  the  study  of  Indian  languages,  2d 
edition.  Only  partly  filled. 

3362  Rojas  (Aristides).    Estudios  Indigenas.    |   Contribuciones  |   a  la 
Historia  Antisrua  de  Venezuela,  |  por  |  Aristides  Eojas.  |  Laureado 
de  la  Universidad  central  de  Venezuela,  |  etc.,  etc.,  etc.  |  Obranian- 
dada  publicar  por  ordeu  del  Gran  Democrats,  |  General  Francisco 


CARTILLAY 

POCTRINA  CHRISTIAN A,BR EVE  Y  COM  PEN 

dwfa,  para  enfrnarl  os  ninos:y  cierra«  preguntas  tocantes  ala  dichaDo. 

ftnna,  pof  nianera  deDialogo :  traduzida}compiicfta,ordenada ,  y  ro» 

niangada  en  la  lengua  Chuchonadel  pueblo  de  Tf  pexicdela  Se 

da,porelmuy  Keucrcndo  Padre  Fray  bartholome  Rol- 

dan jdek  orde  del  gloriofo  Padre  Santflo  Domingo. 


CON  LICENCIA. 

Efl MexicOjEn  cafade  Pedro  Ocharte, 

MD.LXXX. 

3363.— FAC-SIMILE  OF  TITLE-PAGE   OF  ROLDAN'S  CARTILLA  Y  DOCTRINA. 


RODIGER— ROMEY.  661 

Rojas  (Aristides) — continued. 

Linares  Alcantara,  Presidente  |  Constitutional    de  los   Estados 
Unidos  |  de  Venezuela.  | 

Caracas.  |  Imprenta  National.  |  1878.  |  WJH. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-217, 2  unnumbered  11.     Lord's  Prayer  in  Carib  (from  Breton),  p.  204. 

3363  Roldan(.FV.  Bartholome).    Cartillay  |  Doctrina  Christiana,  breve  y 
compen-  j  diosa,  para  ensenar  los  ninos:  y  ciertas  preguntas  tocan- 
tes  a  la  dicba  Do-  |  ctrina,  por  manera  de  Dialogo:  tradnzida,  com- 
puesta,  ordenada,  y  ro-  |  manfadaeii  la  lengua Chuchona  del  pueblo 
de  Tepexic  de  la  Se-  |  da,  por  el  mny  Reuereudo  Padre  Fray  Bartho 
lome  Eol-  |  dan,  de  la  orde  del  glorioso  Padre  Sancto  Domingo.  | 

Con   licencia :  |  En   Mexico,    En    casa    de    Pedro   Ocharte.  | 
MD.  LXXX  [1580].  |  » 

LI.  i-v preliminary;  Calendar,  11.  vii,  vii,  and vii (for vi,  vii,  and viii).  LI.  ix-xvi, 
"Cartilla,"  are  missing ;  Doctrina,  &c.,  11.  xvii-lxvi,  Gothic  and  Roman  letters.  4°. 

On  the  reverse  of  1.  Ixvi  we  read : 

IT  A  honra  y  gloria  de  la  sanctissima  tri-  |  nidad,  y  de  la  virgen  nuestra  sefiora 
sancta  Maria  y  pro-  |  uecho  de  los  fieles  Christianos,  se  acabo  de  iinprimir  es-  |  ta 
presente  Obra,  compnesta  y  traduzida  en  la  lengua  |  Chuchona,  por  el  R.  padre 
Fray  Bartholome  Rol-  |  dan  de  la  orden  del  bfeoauenturado  padre  Sancto  |  Do 
mingo,  en  casa  de  Pedro  Ocharte,  im-  |  pressor  de  libros,  a  diez  dias  del  meg  | 
de  Octubre,  de  mil  y  quinien-  |  tos  y  ochenta  Anns. 

Table  3  pp.,  1  blank  p.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  148. 

3364  Romagne  (Rev.  — ).    Book  of  Prayers  for  Missionary  use;  in  the 
Abuaki  Language.    1834. 

Picked-up  title.     See  Indian  Prayer  Book,  Ko.  1939. 

3365  Romanones  ( Fr.  Juan).     Sermones  y  otros  Tratados  espirituales  en 
Lengua  Megicana.  * 

Manuscript.     Torquemada,  Betancur,  and  the  Biblioteca  Franciscana  speak 
of  this  author  and  his  writings. — Beristain. 

3366  Romberg  (Heinrich).     Bin  Tscbuktschisches  Worterverzeiclmiss. 
Von  Herrn  Heinrich  Eomberg. 

In  Ennan(A.)    Archiv  fiir  wissenschaftliche  Kunde  von  Russland,  vol.  19, 
pp.  340-345.     Berlin,  1860.  8°.     Chuckchee  vocabulary  and  numerals  1-100. 

3367  Romero  (Fr.  Antonio).    Arte  de  las  Artes  de  lengua  mexicana.    * 

Title  from  Pimentel. 

3368  Romero  (D.  Eugenio).    Arte  6  Gramatica  de  la  Lengua  Totonaca.  * 

Gil  Gonzalez,  D.  Nicolas  Antonio,  Pinelo,  and  the  author  of  the  Alegaciones 
del  Clero  Angelopolitan  speak  of  this  book. — Beristain. 

Romero  (Jos6  Guadalupe). 

See  [Cabrera  (Jos6  Maila),  Galicia  (Faustina  Chimalpopoca),  Romero  (Jos6 
Guadalupe),  and  Pimentel  (Francisco).] 

Romey  (Charles). 
See  Arenas  (Pedro  de). 


662  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3369  Resales  (F.  T.)     La  Salve  Regiua,  en  lengua  mexicana. 

[Mexico],  por  Sixto  Casillas,  1866.  * 

1  1.  folio.     Loa  en  obsequio  de  la  aparicion  de  Nuestra  Sefiora  de  Guadalnpe; 

avec  une  gravure  sur  bois. — Tross,  No.  155. 

See  Loa  en  Obsequio,  No.  2300.     Bancroft's  Native  Races,  vol.  3,  p.  728,  gives 

the  title :  Resales,  Loa  en  Obsequio  de  la  Aparicion  de  Nuestra  SeBora  de  Guada- 

lupe,  Poem,  1582. 

3370  Rosa  Lopez  Figueroa  (Fr.  Antonio).     Arte  de  las  Artes,  6  Florilegio 
de  los  Artes  de  la  Lengua  Megicana,  que  se  ban  escrito;  y  en  que 
con  nuevo  y  facil  modo  se  enseua  su  Gramatica.  * 

Manuscript.  1  vol.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Convent  of  S.  Francisco  de 
M6gico. — Beriatain. 

3371  Rosier  (James).     A  |  True  Relation  |  of  the  most  prosperous  voy 
age  |  made  this  present  yeere  1605,  |  by  Captaine  George  Way- 
mouth,  |  in  the  Discouery  of  the  land  |  of  Virginia:  |  Where  he 
discovered  60  miles  of  |  a  most  excellent  River;  to-  |  gether  with  a 
most  |  fertile  land.  |  Written  by  lames  Rosier  |  a  Gentleman  em 
ployed  |  in  the  voyage.  | 

Londoni,  Impensis  Geor.  Bishop.  1605.  NYHS. 

20  unnumbered  11.  sm.  4°.  This  edition  does  not  contain  the  vocabulary  men 
tioned  below. 

3372  Extracts  of  a  Virginia  Voyage  made  An.  1605  by  Captaine 

George  Waymovth,  in  the  Arch-angell.     Set  forth  by  the  Right 
Honorable  Henry  Earle  of  South-hampton,  and  the  Lord  Thomas 
Arvndel,  written  by  James  Rosier. 

In  Pvrchas  his  Pilgrimes,  vol.  4,  pp.  1059-1667.     London,  1625.  folio. 

"Words  which  I  learned  of  the  Sauages  in  their  Language";  about  75  words 
and  a  few  proper  names,  p.  1667. 

"As  it  [the  abridgment  in  Purchas]  contains  additional  particulars,  it  is 
believed  that  Purchas  obtained  them  direct  from  the  navigators  on  their  return 
from  England." — Bartlett's  Catalogue  of  the  Brown  Library. 

In  the  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.  Collections,  third  series,  vol.  8,  pp.  125-157,  is  given 
what  purports  to  be  a  reprint  of  this  work.  On  the  reverse  of  the  title  it  says: 
"In  the  fourth  volume  of  Purchas's  Pilgrims  is  a  chapter  containing  extracts 
from  this  work.  The  whole  is  here  reprinted  from  a  transcript  procured  in  Eng 
land  by  Professor  Sparks,  and  communicated  by  F.  C.  Gray."  This  repriut  does 
not  contain  the  vocabulary.  There  is  also  a  reprint  of  it  edited  by  Geo.  Prince, 
published  at  Bath,  I860,  which  does  not  contain  the  vocabulary. 

3373  Rosny  (Le"on  de).     L'e"criture  hieratique  de  I'Ame'rique  Centrale, 
par  Leon  de  Rosny. 

In  Revue  Americaine,  2"  s<5rio,  tome  2,  pp.  241-245.    Paris,  1865.  8°. 

3374  Archives  |  Pale*ographiqnes  |  del'Orientetde  I'Ame'rique  | 

publi6es  |  avec  des  notices  historiques  et  philologiques  |  par  |  Leon 
de  Rosuy  |  Professeur  a  l'e"cole  spdciale  des  langues  orientates  |  se- 
cre"tairedelaSociete~d'Ethnographie  |  Tome  Premier  |  [Vignette.]  | 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  et  Cle,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  15,  Quai  Voltaire, 
15  1869.  A.  DGB. 


KOSALKS — ROSNY.  663 

Eosny  (Leon  de) — continued. 

Pp.  i-xviii,  19-240.  157  plates.  8°.  Some  copies,  with  a  slight  variation  in 
the  title,  are  dated :  Paris,  1870. 

Explicicion  del  Codex  Telleriano-Remensis,  pp.  190-232. 

3375  Les  |  Ecritures  Figuratives  |  et  |  Hieroglyphiques  |  des  | 

differents  pen  pies  anciens  et  modemes  |  par  |  Leon  de  Eosny  | 
Professenr  a  1'ecole  imperiale  des  langues  orientales  |  secretaire  de 
la  Soci6t^  d'Ethnographie,  etc.  |  Seconde  edition  |  augmentee  de 
planches  nouvelles  et  d'un  tableau  de  la  classification  |  des  Ventures 
figuratives  |  [Vignette.] 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  et  Cie,  Libraires  Editeurs  |  15,  Quai  Voltaire, 
15  |  1870  |  A. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-76.  plates.  4°. 

Chapitre  deuxieme:  ficrituros  Amdricaines.  Peinture  figurative  des  Mexi- 
caines. — Divers  genres,  pp.  14-21. 

First  edition,  Paris,  1860,  pp.  viii,  75.  4°. — Leclerc. 

3376  L'Interpr6tation  des  anciens  Textes  Mayas,  par  L6on  de 

Eosny. 

In  Soc.  Americaine  de  Prance,  Archives,  nonvelle  s^rie,  tome  1,  pp.  53-118. 
Paris,  1875.  8°.  Separately  issued  as  below. 

Notes  sur  la  graramaire  Maya,  pp.  61-8$. — Specimens  de  textes  Mayas,  pp. 
83-94. — Vocabulaire  Maya-Francais,  pp.  95-118. 

3377  LTnterpretation  |  des  anciens  |  Textes  Mayas  |  Par  |  Leon 

De  Eosny  |  Professeur  de  1'Enseignement  superieur,  membre  de  la 
Soci^te  Americaine  |  de  France.  |  Suivie  d'un  |  Aper^u  de  la  Gratn- 
maire  Maya  |  D'un  choix  de  textes  originaux  avec  traduction  |  et 
d'un  vocabulaire.  |  [Seal.] 

A  Paris  |  On  le  vend  chez  Gustave  Bossange  |  16,  Eue  du  Quatre- 
Septembre,  16.  |  CIO.  OCCC.  LXXV  [1875J.  |  A.  DGB. 

Pp.  1-70, 1  1.  8°.     The  edition  was  limited  to  85  copies. 

Grammaire,  pp.  13-34. — Textes  Mayas,  pp.  35-46. — Vocabulaire  Maya-Francois, 
pp.  47-70. 

3378  Memoire  sur  la  numeration  dans  la  langue  et  dans  1'ecriture 

des  anciens  Mayas. 

Nancy,  Congres  international  des  Ainericanistes,  1875.  * 

8°.     Title  furnished  by  Mr.  A.  S.Gatschet. 

3379  Essai  |  sur  le  dechiffrement  |  de  |  L'Ecriture  Hi£ratique  | 

de  |  UAmerique  Centrale  |  par  |  Leon  de  Eosny  |  Public"  par  la 
Societe  Americaine  de  France  |  [Vignette.]  | 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  et  Cle,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  25,  Quai  Vol 
taire  |  1876  |  A.  CT. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-60.  19  plates',  folio.  Issued  in  4  parts.  200  copies  printed.  In 
t.his  examination  of  nearly  all  the  hieratic  texts  and  inscriptions  of  the  Mayas 
which  are  known,  a  large  number  of  signs  and  hieroglyphics  are  recorded  and 
classified,  and  many  of  them  explained. 


664  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Rosny  (Le"on  de) — contiuued. 

3380 Les  sources  de  1'Histoire  Ant6-Colombienne  du  Nouveau- 

Monde  par  Le"on  de  Rosny. 

In  Revue  Orientale  et  Americaine,  nouvellese'rie,  tome  1,  pp.  139-156.  Paris, 
1876.  8°.     Contains  Mexican  terms  and  hieroglyphics,  with  explanations. 

See  Charenoey  (H.  de),  No.  730,  which  article  is  sometimes  credited  to  Rosny. 

,  editor. 

See  Revue  Americaine. 


See  Revue  Orientale  et  Americaine. 

3381  Ross  (Alexander).     Adventures  |  of  the  First  Settlers  on  the  | 
Oregon  or  Columbia  River :  |  being  |  a  Narrative  of  the  Expedition 
fitted  out  by  |  John  Jacob  Astor,  |  to  establish  the  |  "  Pacific  Fur 
Company ;  "  |  with  an  account  of  some  |  Indian  Tribes  on  the  Coast 
of  the  Pacific.  |  By  Alexander  Ross,  |  one  of  the  Adventurers.  | 

London :  |  Smith,  Elder  and  Co.,  65,  Cornhill.  |  1849.  |  A.  B.  c.  BA. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-352.  8°.  map. 

Chinook  Vocabulary,  pp.  342-348. — Chinook  Jargon,  p.  349. 

3382  The  Fur  Hunters  |  of  the  Far  West ;  |  a  Narrative  of  | 

Adventures  in  the  Oregon  and  |  Rocky  Mountains.  |  By  Alexander 
Ross,  |  Author  of  "Adventures  of  the  First  Settlers  on  the  Oregon 
or  |  Columbia  River."  |  In  two  Volumes.  |  Vol.  I  |  [II]. 

London :  |  Smith,  Elder  and  Co.,  65,  Cornhill.  |  185f).  |  A.  B.  0.  BA. 

2  vols.  sm.  8°.  map,  plate. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Languages  spoken  by  the  Nez  Perec's  and  other  tribes  in 
habiting  the  country  about  the  Great  Forks  of  Columbia  River,  vol.  1,  pp.  313- 
323.— Vocabulary  of  the  "Snake  Language,"  vol.  2,  pp.  153-154. 

3383  Ross  (Lieut.  Edward).    Vocabularies  of  the  Yuba  and  Yukeh  lan 
guages  of  California.     Collected  by  Lieut.  Edward  Ross.     [With 
notes  by  George  Gibbs.] 

In  Hist.  Mag.,  first  series,  vol.  7,  pp.  123-125.  New  York  and  Londou,  1863. 
sm.  4°. 

3384  [Vocabularies  of  the  Tribes  of  California.] 

In  Powell  ( J.  W. )  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  3. 
Washington,  1877.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Pehtsek,  pp.  447-459. — Vocabulary  of  the  Yukc  (partly  from 
Hist.  Mag.),  pp.  483-489.— Vocabulary  of  the  Yuba  (from  the  Hist.  Mag.),  pp. 
587-597.— Vocabulary  of  the  Shaste,  pp.  607-613. 

3385  Ross  (&V  John).    A  |  Voyage  of  Discovery,  |  made  under  the  orders 
of  the  Admiralty,  |  in  |  His  Majesty's   Ships  Isabella  and  Alex 
ander,  |  for  the  purpose  of  |  exploring  Baffin's  Bay,  |  and  inquiring 
into  the  probability  of  a  |  North-West  Passage.  |  By  John  Ross,  K. 
S.  Captain  Royal  Navy.  | 

London :  |  John  Murray,  |  Albemarle-Street.  |  1819.  |  A.  HU. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xl,  1-252,  i-cxxxiv,  1  1.  4°.  maps.  A  comparative  list  of  the 
Northern  and  Southern  Esquimaux  language,  p.  122. — Words  the  same  in  both 
dialects,  pp.  122-123. 


ROSNY — ROSS.  665 

Ross  (Sir  John) — continued. 

3386  A  |  Voyage  of  Discovery,  |  made  under  the  Orders  of  the 

Admiralty,  |  in  |  his  Majesty's  Ships  |  Isabella  and  Alexander,  | 
for  the  Purpose  of  |  exploring  Baffin's  Bay,  |  and  enquiring  into 
the  Probability  |  of  a  |  North-west  Passage.   |  By  John  Eoss, 
K  S.  Captain  Eoyal  Navy.  |  Second  Edition.  |  In  two  volumes  | 
Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  Strahan  and  Spottiswoode,  Printers- 
Street;  |  For  Longman,  Hurst,  Eees,  Orme,  and  Brown,  |  Pater 
noster-Bow.  |  1819.  |  BA. 

2  vols.  8°.  map.     Linguistics,  as  in  first  edition,  vol.  1,  pp.  167-168. 

3387  Entdeckungsreise  |  der  |  koniglichen  Schiffe  Isabella  nnd 

Alexander  |  nach  der  Baffins-Bai,  |  zur  Dutevsuchung  der  Moglich- 
keiteinerNord-West-  |  Durchfahrt.  |  Nach  dem  Englischen  |  des  | 
Herrn  John  Eosz,  |  Capitains  der  koniglichen  Marine.  |  (Aus  dem 
Ethnographischen  Archiv  besonders  abgedruckt.)  | 

Jena,  |  in  der  Bran'schen.  Buchhandlung.  |  1819.  |  A. 

Pp.i-iv,  1-184.  8°. 

Vergleichuugs-Liste  der  nordlichen  und  siidlichen  Esqnimaux-Sprache,  p.  99. — 
Worte,  die  in  beiden  Mundarten  gleich  sind,  p.  100. 

A  Dutch  translation :  s'Graveuhaag,  1821,  8°,  is  mentioned  in  F.  Miiller's  Cata 
logue,  1872,  No.  1378. 

3388  Narrative  |  of  a  |  Second  Voyage  in  Search  of  |  a  |  North- 
West  Passage,  |  and  of  a  |  Eesidence  in  the  Arctic  Eegions  |  dur 
ing  the  years  1829,  1830,  1831,  1832,  1833.  |  By  |  Sir  John  Eoss,  C. 
B.,  K.  S.  A.,  K.  C.  S.,  &c.  &c.  |  Captain  in  the  Eoyal  Navy.  |  In 
cluding  the  Eeports  of  |  Commander,  now  Captain,  James  Clark 
Eoss,  E.  N.,  F.  E.  S.,  F.  L.  S.,  &c.  |  And  |  The  Discovery  of  the 
Northern  Magnetic  Pole.  | 

London :  |  A.  W.  Webster,  156,  Eegent  Street.  |  1835.  |   A.  c.  BA. 
4  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xxxiv,  1-740.  4°.  maps,  plates.     Hymu  in  the  Esquimaux  lan 
guage,  p.  76. 

3389  Narrative  |  of  a  |  Second  Voyage  |  in  search  |  of  a  North 
west  Passage,  |  and  of  |  a  Eesidence  in  the  Arctic  Eegions,  |  during 
the  years  1829,  1830,  1831,  1832,  1833;  |  By  ^ir  John  Eoss,  C.  B., 
K.  S.  A.,  K.  C.  S.,  &c.  &c.  |  Captain  in  the  Eoyal  Navy.  |  Includ 
ing  |  the  Eeports  of  Commander  (now  Captain)  J.  C.  Eoss,  E.  N. 
F.  E.  S.,  F.  L.  S.,  &c.  |  and  |  the  Discovery  of  the  Northern  Mag 
netic  Pole.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  E.  L.  Carey  &  A.  Hart.  |  Baltimore:  |  Carey, 
Hart  &  Co.  |  1835.  |  BA. 

Pp.  i-xxiii,  1-456.  8°.  map.  Hymn  in  Esquimaux,  p.  43.  An  edition :  London, 
n.  d.,  463  pp.,  12°,  does  not  contain  the  Esquimaux  hymn. 

3300  Eelation  |  du  |  Second  Voyage  |  fait  a  la  recherche  |  d'un 

passage  au  Nord  Quest,  |  Par  Sir  John  Eoss,  |  Capitaine  de  la 
Marine  Eoya"le,  Chevalier  de  1'Ordre  du  Bain,  etc.,  etc.  |  Et  de  sa 


666  NORTH  AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Eoss  (Sir  John) — continued. 

residence  dans  les  Regions  Arctiques  |  pendant  les  anuses  1829  a 
1833 ;  |  Contenaut  le  rapport  du  Capitaine  de  la  Marine  Royale  Sir 
James  Clarck  Ross,  et  les  |  observations  relatives  a  la  d6couverte 
du  Pole  Nord ;  |  Ouvrage  traduit  sons  les  yeux  de  PAuteur,  |  par 
A.-J.-B.  Defauconpret,  |  Traducteur  des  CEuvres  de .W.  Scott,  etc. ;  | 
Accompagne"  d'une  Carte  da  Voyage  et  orne'  du  portrait  de  1'Auteur, 
grave"  |  a  Londres,  par  Robert  Hart,  et  des  deux  Vues  les  plus  re- 
marquables  de  |  ces  regions,  gravies  sur  acier,  d'apres  Fiuden,  par 
Skelton.  |  Tome  Premier  [Deuxieme].  | 

Paris,  |  Bellizard,  Barthes,  Dufour  et  Lowell,  |  Libraires  de  la 
Cour  luipe'riale  de  Russie,  Rue  de  Verneuil,  1  bis.  \  1835.  |  c. 

2  vols.  8°.  maps.     Hymn  in  the  Eskimo  language,  vol.  1,  p.  99. 
Another  edition  in  English:  Brussels,  1835,  8°,  is  mentioned  in  F.  Muller's  Cata 
logue,  1872,  No.  1379. 

3391  Appendix  |  to  the  |  Narrative  |  of  a  |  Second  Voyage  in 

search  |  of  a  |  North-west  Passage,  |  and  of  a  |  Residence  in  the 
Arctic  Regions  |  during  the  years  18.'9,  1831,  1832,  1833.  |  By  |  Sir 
John  Ross,  C.  B.,  K.  S.  A.,  K.  0.  S.,  &c.  &c.  |  Captain  in  the  Royal 
Navy.  |  Including  the  Reports  of  |  Commander,  now  Captain,  James 
Clark  Ross,  R.  N.,  F.  R.  S.,  F.  L.  S.,  &c.  |  and  |  The  discovery  of  the 
Northern  Magnetic  Pole.  | 

London  :  |  A.  W.  Webster,  156,  Regent  Street.  |  1835.  |   A.  c.  HU. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-120,  i-cxliv,  i-eii.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  English,  Danish,  and  Esquimaux  languages,  pp.  61-89. — 
Dialogues  in  the  English,  Danish,  and  Esquimaux  languages,  pp.  91-104. 

33  2  Boss  (R.  B.)     Vocabulary  of  a  Dialect  of  the  Tinneau  language. 
Manuscript.  6  11.  folio. 

3393  Vocabulary  of  the  Chipewyan  language. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio. 

3394  Vocabulary  of  the  Natsit  Kutchin  (Strong  Men)  language. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.     Procured  from  an  Indian  who  had  been  several  years 

in  the  Hudson  Bay  Company's  service. 

3395  Vocabulary  of  the  Nehaunay  of  Nehaunay  River. 

Manuscript.  611.  folio.  Collected  from  a  member  of  one  of  the  tribes  residing 
in  the  mountainous  country  between  the  Liard  and  Mackenzie  Rivers. 

3396  Vocabulary  of  the  Kutcha  Kutchin,  Yukon  River. 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio.  Procured  from  Mr.  Hardesty,  who  had  resided  among 
these  Indians  about  ten  years. 

3397  Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  the  SikanL 

Manuscript.  6  11.  folio. 

These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3398  Eoss  (William  P.),  editor.    Cherokee  Advocate.  |  Volume  I.   Tahle- 
quah,  Cherokee  Nation,  September  26, 1844.     Number  1  f- Volume  9. 
Wednesday,  September  28,  1853.  Number  22].  |  c. 


ROSS — ROUPE.  667 

Boss  (William  P.),  editor — continued. 

Vols.  1-9.  folio.  A  four-page,  twenty-four  column  newspaper.  "Published 
every  Saturday  morning,  both  in  the  English  and  Cherokee  languages,  by  Wm. 
P.  Ross,  editor."  Tue  first  few  numbers,  owing  to  the  scarcity  of  Cherokee 
type,  contained  but  little  matter  in  those  characters.  When  these  were  supplied, 
from  four  to  six  columns  were  given. 

It  is  probable  the  issue  of  the  date  given  above,  September  28,  1853,  was  the  last 
of  this  series,  for  iu  it  the  following  notice  appears :  "Kind  Readers :  The  foreman 
tells  us  '  I  can't  get  out  a  full  paper.'  The  consequence  is  yon  receive  a  half  sheet. 
The  cause,  the  Foreman  says,  is  for  the  want  of  an  apprentice ;  we  don't  say  that 
is  the  cause.  There  is  an  old  adage  which  says,  '  That  there  are  none  so  blind  as 
he  who  can  see  and  won't  see.' 

"  We  shall  be  compelled  to  suspend  issue,  unless  we  can  get  help  sufficient, 
or  the  Council  does  something.  We  have  all  the  hired  help  the  law  allows,  and 
we  cannot  find  a  boy  that  wishes  to  learn  to  use  the  '  printer's  stick.' " 

The  form  and  size  of  the  paper  remained  the  same  throughout. 

Mr.  W.  P.  Ross  having  been  "  appointed  in  connection  with  others  1o  proceed 
to  Washington,"  in  December,  1846,  Mr.  Daniel  H.  Ross  assumed  the  editorship  ; 
W.  P.  Ross  returning  to  the  position  May,  1847.  D.  H.  Ross  was  again  editor  from 
February  to  July,  1848.  From  November  20, 1848,  to  April  30, 1849,  Mr.  James  S. 
Vann  was  the  editor,  and  again  from  October  20, 1850,  to  the  end,  with  Mr.  Wm. 
P.  Boudinot  at  times  temporarily  in  charge.  Mr.  David  Carter  edited  the  sht  et 
from  April  30, 1849,  to  October  22, 1850. 

The  translators  at  different  times  were  J.  D.  Wofford  and  Joseph  B.  Bird. 

The  paper  contained  much  linguistic  material — origin  of  the  alphabet,  laws  of 
the  Cherokee  Nation,  &c. 

The  publication  of  the  Advocate  was  resumed  somewhere  about  May,  1870,  I 
judge;  the  first  number  of  the  second  series  I  have  seen  is  dated  October  26, 
1872,  vol.  3,  No.  30,  with  W.  P.  Boudinot  as  editor,  and  "published  by  the  Chero 
kee  Nation."  The  sheet  appears  increased  in  size  to  32  columns.  Six  columns 
of  the  third  page  are  printed  iu  Cherokee  characters.  The  next  issue  I  have 
seen,  vol.  4,  No.  52,  May  9,  1874,  John  L.  Adair,  editor,  has  five  columns  on  the 
third  page  and  three  on  the  fourth  in  Cherokee  characters. 

Another  break  iu  the  publication  must  have  occurred,  and  a  third  i-eries  begun, 
for  I  find  the  issue  of  November  9,  1878,  marked  vol.  3,  No.  34.  In  this  Geo.  W. 
Johnson  is  named  as  editor.  Nos.  34,  35,  and  40  are  all  I  have  seen  of  vol.  4 ;  in 
these  but  five  columns  each  are  given  in  Cherokee  characters.  These  and  the 
subsequent  numbers  mentioned  are  in  the  library  of  Maj.  J.  W.  Powell. 

Of  vol.  4  I  have  seen  Nos.  34-52,  December  3, 1879-April  14, 1880.  The  editorial 
chair  is  now  filled  by  E.  C.  Boudinot,  jr.,  who  devotes  the  same  space,  five  col 
umns,  to  the  native  language.  Of  vol.  5,  April  21,  1880-April  27,  1881,  Major 
Powell  has  all  but  a  few  numbers.  Beginning  with  the  issue  of  April  13,  the 
whole  of  the  third  page  is  printed  in  Cherokee  characters,  and  a  Cherokee  head 
ing  added  thereto.  Mr.  Boudinot  still  continues  as  editor.  The  only  change  in 
vol.  6  (of  which  I  have  seen  Nos.  1-30,  May  4,  1881-November  25,  1881),  is  in  the 
editorship,  Mr.  D.  H.  Ross  assuming  that  position  in  the  last-mentioned  issue. 

3399  Roupe  (Pere  J.  P.)     Cantiques  [en  laugue  Mobawk].  cv. 

Manuscript.  54  unnumbered  11.  4°.  A  few  of  the  hymns  set  to  music.  In  the 
archives  of  the  Roman  Catholic  church  at  Caughnawaga,  Canada. 

3400  Eoupe  No"  |  §  1"  EspeVance  |  §2ond  Priere  j  §3e  Qualite"  de 

la  Priere  |  §4e  Oraisou  Doininicale  |  LDM. 

Manuscript.  In  the  Iroquois  language.  In  the  archives  of  the  Roman  Catholic 
church  at  the  Mission  of  Lac  des  Deux  Montagnes,  Canada.  Title,  reverse  blank, 
1  1. — De  L'Esperance,  recto  1.  2 — recto  1.  5;  verso  of  latter  blank. — De  la  Priere, 


668  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Roupe  (Pere  J.  P.) — continued. 

recto  1.  6-rerso  1.  9. — De  La  Priere,  suite,  recto  1.  10-recto  1.  13. — Verso  13  blank. 
At  this  point  there  begins  a  pagination,  the  recto  of  1.  14  being  p.  1 ;  this  pagina 
tion  continues  to  p.  67,  followed  by  6  unnumbered  11.  in  the  same  handwriting  and 
on  the  same  subject;  these  pp.  ami  11.  are  taken  up  with  an  explanation  of  the 
Lord's  Prayer,  each  phrase  being  given  in  French,  followed  by  the  explanation 
in  Iroquois.  The  manuscript  is  neatly  written  and  well  preserved. 

3401  Eoux  de  Rochelle  (M.)    Analyst  d'un  ouvrage  de  M.  Gallatin  sur 
les  tribus  indienues  qui  resident  aux  Etats  Unis  et  dans  les  posses 
sions  brittaniques  a  1'B.  des  montagnes  Bocheses.     (Lue  a  la  So- 
cie'te'     *     *     *     par  M.  Eoux  de  Rochelle.) 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.,  Bull.,  deuxieme  se~rie,  tome  18,  pp.  176-195.    Paris,  1843.  8°. 

3402  Rowan  (Capt.)    [Journal  of  the  Ship  Eliza,  Capt.  Rowan,  to  the 
Northwest  Coast  in  the  year  1799.]  D.  EB. 

Manuscript.  93  sheets.  4°.  Belonging  to  Mrs.  Henry  Adams,  Washington, 
D.  C.  Copies  are  in  possession  of  Dr.  Emil  Bessels,  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu 
tion,  and  Dr.  W.  H.  Dall,  of  the  U.  S  Coast  Survey,  both  of  which  I  have  seen, 
and  the  first  of  which  is  here  described. 

Contains,  11.  90-93,  a  vocabulary  of  150  words  of  the  Caiganee  and  Sheetkah. 

Roy  (J.  B.) 
See  Hamilton  (William)  and  Irvin  (S.  M.) 

3403  [Roy  (J.  J.)]    Excursion  |  d'un  touriste  |  Au  Mexique  |  pendant 
l'anne~e  1854  |  publie'e  |  par  Just  Girard  | 

Tours  |  Ad  Mame  et  0Ie,  Imprimeurs-Libraires  |  M  DGCO  LIX 
[1859].  |  C.  AVE. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  pp.  1-188.  8°. 

Contains,  Chap.  IX,  "Langues  usite'es  dans  1'ancien  Mexique  ;  Langue  azte- 
que;  *  *  *  La  langue  othomite;  Singuliere  analogie  de  cette  langue  avcc  le 
chinois."  *  *  *  On  page  139,  12  Othomi  words  are  compared  with  the  same 
number  of  Chinese  words. 

3404  Royal  Geographical  Society.    The  Journal  |  of   the  |  Royal  Geo 
graphical  Society   of   London.  |  Volume  the  First  [-Forty- ninth].  | 

London:  |  John  Murray,  Albemarle  Street.  |  M  DCCG  XXXII 
[-n.d.J  [1832-1879].  |  A.C.BA. 

49  vols.  8°.  The  Library  of  Congress  set  is  composed  in  part  of  volumes  of  a  sec 
ond  edition,  the  title-page  of  vol.  1  bearing  "Second  edition  "  and  the  date  of  1833. 

Cullen  (Dr.  E.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Language  of  the  Yule  Indians,  vol.  21, 
pp.  241-242. 

Galindo  (Col.  Don  J.)  Description  of  the  River  Usumasiuta,  in  Guatemala, 
vol.  3,  pp.  59-64. 

Notice  of  the  Caribs  in  Central  America,  vol.  3,  pp.  290-291. 

Grant  (W.  C.)    Description  of  Vancouver  Island,  vol.  27,  pp.  268-320. 

Latham  (R.  G.)  Note  upon  the  Language  of  Central  America,  vol.  20,  pp. 
189-190. 

Leigh  (Ren.  J.)  Vocabulary  of  the  natives  of  Newfoundland,  vol.  4,  pp. 
218-220. 

Naxera  (E. )    De  Lingua  Othomitorum  Dissertatio,  vol.  5,  pp.  355-361. 

Puydt  (Lucien  de).  Account  of  Scientific  Explorations  in  the  Isthmus  of 
Darieu,  vol.  38,  pp.  69-110. 

Scouler  (J.)  Observations  on  the  Indigenous  Tribes  of  the  Northwest  Coast 
of  America,  vol.  11,  pp.  215-251. 


ROUPE RUDIGER.  669 

Royal  Geographical  Society — continued. 

3405  Arctic  Geography  and  Ethnology.  |  A  selection  of  Papers  | 

on  |  Arctic  Geography  and  Ethnology.  |  Reprinted,  and  presented 
to  |  the  Arctic  Expedition  of  1875,  |  by  |  the  President,  Council,  and 
Fellows  of  the  |  Royal  Geographical  Society.  | 

London :  |  John  Murray,  Albemarle  Street.  |  1875.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-292.  8°.  maps. 

Markham  (C.  R.)     Language  of  the  Eskimo  of  Greenland,  pp.  189-229. 

3406  Royal  Irish  Academy.    The  |  Transactions  |  of  the  |  Royal  Irish 
Academy.  |  M.  DCO.  LXXXVII  [-1878].  | 

Dublin:  |  Printed  by  George  Bonham,  Great  George's-Street,  | 
for  the  Academy.  |  [1787-1878.]  A.  c.  BA. 

26  vols.  4°. 

Dunne  (J.)  Notices  relative  to  some  of  the  Native  Tribes  of  North  America 
by  John  Dunne,  esq.,  vol.  9,  pp.  101-137. 

3407  Royal  Society  [of  London].     Philosophical  |  Transactions:  [of  the 
Royal  Society  of  London]  |  giving  some  |  Accompt  |  of  the  pres 
ent  |  Undertakings,  Studies,  and  Labours  |  of  the  |  Ingenious  |  in 
many  |  considerable    parts  |  of  the  |  World.  |  Vol.  I  |  [-172]    For 
Anno  1665,  and  1666  [-1881].  | 

In  the  Savoy,  |  Printed  by  T.  N.  for  John  Martyn  at  the  Bell,  a 
little  with-  |  out  Temple-Bar,  and  James  Allestry  in  Duck-Lane,  | 
Printers  to  the  Royal  Society.  |  [N.  d.]  A.  c.  BA. 

172  vols.  4°.     Several  slight  changes  of  title  have  occurred. 

Johnson  (Sir  Wui.)  Extracts  from  some  letters  on  the  customs,  manners,  and 
language  of  the  Northern  Indians  of  America,  vol.  63,  pt.  1,  pp.  142-148. 

3408  Manual  |  of  the  |  natural  history,  geology,  and  physics  | 

of  |  Greenland  |  and  the  neighbouring  regions;  |  prepared  for  the 
use  of  the  Arctic  Expedition  of  1875,  under  the  |  direction  of  the 
Arctic  Committee  of  the  Royal  Society,  |  and  edited  by  |  Professor 
T.  Kupert  Jones,  F.  R.  S.,  F.  G.  S.,  &c.,  &c.,  &c.,  |  together  with  | 
Instructions  |  suggested  by  the  Arctic  Committee  of  the  Royal  So 
ciety  |  for  the  use  of  the  expedition.  |  Published  by  authority  of 
the  Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty.  |  [Seal.] 

London :  |  Printed  for  Her  Majesty's  stationery  office,  |  and  sold 
by  |  John  Murray,  Albemarle  Street;  Longmans,  Green,  &  Co., 
Paternoster  Row;  |  [&c.,  four  lines].  |  1875.  |  Price  Thirteen  Shil 
lings  and  Sixpence.  |  JWP. 

Title,  pp.  i-vi,  1-86,  i-xii,  1-784.  8°.  maps. 

Brown  (Dr.  K.)  On  the  History  *  *  *  of  the  Cetacea  frequenting  Davis 
Strait,  &c.,  pp.  69-93. 

Newton  (A.)  Notes  on  birds  which  have  been  found  in  Greenland,  pp. 
94-115. 

3409  Rudiger  (Johanu  Christoph).     Numerals  (1-10)  of  the  Indians  of 
Canada.  * 

In  Grundriss  einer  Geschichte  der  menschlichen  Sprache,  Thl.  1,  p.  123.  Leip 
zig,  1782.  Title  from  Turner  in  Ludewig,  p.  215. 


670  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3410  [Rudolph  ( — ).]    Anner'labiimungorsimasubjpftrim'k'arneranik,  | 
Rudolph -ib  |  Nekkursai'sub  ag'  legeinik.  |  aipagssanik  nakitigkat, 
sujugdlit  assillnardlugit.  | 

Kj0benhavn.  |  Louis  Kleins  Bogtrykkeri.  |  1870.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-16.  16°.     In  the  Eskimo  language. 

3411  Ruiz  de  Alarcon  (Br.  Heraaud).    Tratado  de  las  supersticiones  de 
los  Naturales  de  esta  N.  E.  por  el  Br.  Hernand  Ruiz  de  Alarcon.    * 

Manuscript.  109  unnumbered  11.  4°.  Written  in  Mexico  in  1629.  It  contains 
many  long  passages  in  the  Mexican  language  with  Spanish  translation  .—/coz- 
balceta's  Apuntes,  No  150. 

3412  Ruiz  Perea  (Miguel).    Oration  |  Panegyrica  |  En  la  Solemnidad 
plausible,  y  Publication  de  la  Santa  |  Bulla,  Deciala  en  la  Santa 
Ygleski  Metropolitana  de  Mex   |  ico  en  la  Dominica  priraera  de  Advi- 
ento  |  el  Bl.  Miguel  Ruiz  Perea,  |  Domiciliario  de  este  Arcobispado, 
indigno  Beneficiado  |  por  su  Magestad  Vicario  iu  Capite,  y  Juez 
Ecclesiastico  |  de  la  Doctriua  del  Real  de  Minas  de  Tzaqualpan,  | 
Miuistro  Mexicano.  Othonii.  Mazahua.  Olmeco.  |  Tepelma.  Totonac, 
y  Castellano.  |  Dedicala  como  su  humilde  Criado,  e  infimo  subdito 
a  la  |  Dignidad  y  Seiloriadeel  |  Senor  Doctor  Don  Manuel  de  Esca- 
lante  |  Colombres,y  Mendoza,Meritissimo  Chantre  |  de  laS.  Iglesia 
Cathedral  Metropolitaua  de  Mexico,  dignissitno  |  Comissario  Apos- 
tolico  Subdelegado  General  de  la  S.  Cruzada,  Cathedratico  jubilado 
de  Prima  de  Canoues  en  la  Real  Universi-  |  dad;  Rector  que ha  sido 
en  ella  quatro  vezes,  Abad  perpctuo  de  la  |  Congregation  de  IST.  P. 
Senor  S.  Pedro,  luez  Provi-  |  sor,  y  Vicario  General  deste  Arcobis 
pado  por  el  Venerable  Seuor  |  Dean,  y  Cabildo  Sede  Vacate  de  la  S. 
Iglesia  Cathedral  Metropo-  |  litana  de  Mexico,  Vicario  Visitador  de 
los  Conventos  de  N.  Se-  |  nora  de  la  Conception,  y  Valvanera,  y  luez 
del  Real  Colle-  |  gio  Seuiinario  de  esta  Santa  Iglesia.  | 

Con  licencia  en  Mexico :  por  los  Herederos  de  la  Viuda  de  |  Fran 
cisco  Rodriguez  Lupercio,  en  la  puente  de  Palacio.  |  Afio  delTOO.  |  * 

8  p.  11.,  Sermon  1211.  4°.  In  the  Mexican  language.  'Title  from  Icazbalceta's 
Apnntes,  No.  149. 

3413  Rupp  (Isaac  Daniel).     History  |  of  the  |  Counties  |  of  |  Berks  and 
Lebanon :  |  containing  a  brief  account  of  the  Indians  |  Who  inhab 
ited  this  region  of  country,  and  the  numerous  Murders  by  |  them; 
notices  of  the  first  Swedish,  Welsh,  French,  German,  Irish,  |  and 
English  settlers,  giving  the  names  of  nearly  five  thousand  |  of  them, 
Biographical  Sketches,  topographical  descriptions  |  of  every  Town 
ship,  and  of  the  Principal  Towns  |  and  Villages;  the  Religious  His 
tory,  with  |  much  useful  Statistical  information ;  |  notices  of  the 
Press  &  Education.  |  Embellished  by  several  appropriate  engrav 
ings.  |  Compiled  from  Authentic  Sources  |  by  I.  Daniel  Rupp,  |  . 
Author  of  He  Pasa  Ekklesia,  etc.,  etc.  | 


RUDOLPH — RUZ.  671 

Rupp  (Isaac  Daniel) — continued. 

Published  and  sold  |  by  G.  Hills,  Proprietor ;  |  Lancaster,  Pa.  | 
1844.  |  • 

Pp.  1-512.  8°.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Earaes.  Specimen  of  the  Indian  language 
of  Pennsylvania  (from  Penu),  pp.  18-19.— Specimen  of  the  Delaware  language 
(from  Dencke),  p.  19. — Lord's  Prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Iroquuis  or  Six  Na 
tions,  p.  19. 

3414  Euttenber  (Edward  M.)     History  |  of  the  |  Indian  Tribes  of  Hud 
son's  Eiver;  |  their  |  Origin,  Manners  and  Customs;   tribal  |  and 
sub  tribal  organizations ;  |  wars,  treaties,  etc.,  etc.  j  By  |  B.  M.  Eut 
tenber,  |  Author  of  the  History  of  Newfourgh.  |  [Four  lines  quota 
tion.]  [Design.] 

Albany,  N.Y.:  |  J.  Munsell,  82  State  Street.  |  1872.  |   A.C.BA.WE. 

Pp.  i-vi,  7-415.  8°. 

Appendix  II.  Language,  pp.  333-360,  contains  a  general  account,  with  speci 
mens,  of  the  several  Algonkin  dialects;  a  grammar  of  the  Algonkin  language; 
and,  on  page  300,  a  comparative  vocabulary  of  24  words  (from  Schoolcraft  and 
Gallatiu)  of  the  Old  Algonquin,  Long  Island,  Massachusetts,  Mahican,  Dela 
ware,  Miusi,  Shawanoes,  Chippeway,  and  Mohawk.  -Appendix  III.  Geograph 
ical  Nomenclature  and  Traditions,  pp.  361-399,  contains  explanations  of  the  In 
dian  names  of  places  in  the  neighborhood  of  Hudson  River. 

3415  Ruz  (Fr.  Joaquin).     Catecismo  |  Historico  |  6  |  Compendio  de  la 
Istoria  |  sagrada,  |  y  de  la  |  Doctrina  Cristiana.  |  Con  preguntas,  y 
respuestas,  y  lecciones  |  seguidas,  por  el  Abad  Fleuri;  y  traducidas 
del  |  castollano  al  idioma  Yucateco,  con  un  brebe  ex-  |  orto  para  el 
entrego  del  santo  Cristo  a  los  en-  |  fermos,  por  el  P.  P.  Fr.  Joaquin 
Euz  de  la  Orden  de  San  Francisco.  |  Para  |  Instruction  de  los  Natu- 
rales.  | 

Con  licencia.  |  En  Merida  de  Yucatan  |  En  la  Oflcina  a  cargo  de 
Domingo  Canton:  |  ano  de  1822,  2.°  de  la  independencia  del  |  Im- 
perio  Mejicano.  |  B. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  3-186,11.  16°. 

A  translation  into  Yucatec  of  the  Cate"cisme  historique  of  the  Abb^  Claude 
Fleury  (Paris,  1690, 2  vols.  12°,  plates),  in  an  abbreviated  form. 

3416  El  Devoto  instruido  en  el  Santo  Sacriflcio  de  la  Misa,  por 

el  P.  Luis  Lanzi,  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus.    Traduccion  libre  al 
Idioma  Yucateco,  con  unos  afectos.     Por  el  P.  Fr.  Joaquin  Euz. 
Con  las  licencias  necesarias. 

Merida  de  Yucatan.    Impreso  por  Jos6  Antonio  Pino.     1835.     * 
9  unnumbered  11.  4°.     Title  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  from  copy  in  pos 
session  of  Sr.  J.  M.  Andrade. 

3417  Gramatica  Yucateca  |  por  |  El  P.  Fr.  Joaquin  Euz.  |  for- 

inada  |  para  la  instruction  de  los  Indigenas,  |  Sobre  el  compendio 
de  D.  Diego  |  Narciso  Herranz  y  Quiros.  |  [Design.] 

Merida  de  Yucatan.  |  Por  Eafael  Pedrera.    1844.  |  B. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  8-119,  numbered  reverse  of  the  usual  way.  4°. 


672  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Ruz  (Fr.  Joaquin) — continued. 

3418  Cartilla  |  6  |  Silabario  de  leugua  Maya,  |  para  la   ense- 

nauza  |  de  los  niuos  indigenas,  |  por  el  Padre  |  Fr.  Joaquiu  Ruz.  | 
[Design.] 

Me>ida  de  Yucatan.  |  Por  Rafael  Pedrera.    1845.  |  B. 

Pp.  1-16.  16°. 

3419  Manual  Romano  Toledano,  y  Yucateco  para  la  adminis 
tration  de  los  Santos  Sacramentos,  por  el  R.  P.  Fr.  Joaquim  Ruz. 

Me"rida  de  Yucatan.    En  la  oficina  de  Jose"  U.  Espinosa.    1846.  * 
14  p.  11.,  191  pp.  4°.     Title  from  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

Instructions  for  baptism,  p.  10;  for  confession,  p.  29;  for  communion,  p.  43;  for 
the  viaticum,  p.  51 ;  for  extreme  unction,  p.  55;  for  marriage,  p.  96. 

3420  Collection  |  de  |  Sermones  |  para  los  domingos  de  todo  el 

ano  |  y  Cuaresma,  |  tornados  de  varies  autores  y  tradu-  |  cidoslibre- 
mente  al  idioma  Yucateco  |  por  el  Padre  |  Fray  Joaquin  Ruz.  | 

Merida.     Imprenta  de  Jose"  D.  Espinosa.     1846  [-1850].  |  * 

4  vols.  8°  and  4°.  Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  152.  Carrillo  gives 
tlie  contents  and  collations  as  follows: 

Tomo  primero.  Contiene  las  dominions  desde  adviento  hasta  quiucuage'sima. 
Merida.  Imprenta  de  Jose'  Espinosa.  1846.  11, 145  pp.  4°. 

Tomo  fcngnndo.  Contiene  desde  ceniza,  vie'rnes  de  cuaresma  y  domiuicas  hasta 
Peutecost^s.  Merida.  Impreso  por  Nazario  Novelo.  1849.  2(i8  pp.  4°. 

Tomo  tercero.  Contiene  desde  Pentecostes  hasta  la  domiuica  vige'simacuarta. 
Impreso  por  Nazario  Novelo.  1850.  254  pp.  4°. 

Tomo  cuarto.  Contiene  las  festividades  principales  del  Senor,  de  Nuestra 
Sefiora,  de  algunos  santos,  y  cuat.ro  pl£ticas  de  animas,  sobre  el  dogma.  Me'rida. 
Impreso  por  Nazario  Novelo.  1850. 

3421  Catecismo  |  y  |  Exposicion  Breve  |  de  la  |  Doctrina  Cristi- 

ana,  |  por  el  Padre  Maestro  Geronimo  de  |  Ripalda  de  la  compafiia 
de  Jesus.  |  Traducido  |  al  idioma  Yucateco  |  con  unos  afi-ctos  para 
socorrer  a  los  |  inoribundos  por  el  M.  R.  P.  Fr.  Joa-  |  quiu  Ruz.  | 

Merida  de  Yucatan.  |  Impreso  por  Jose  D.  Espinosa.     1847.  |     * 
88  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  154. 

3422  Explicaciou  de  una  parte  de  la  Doctriua  Gristiana  6  instruc- 

ciones  dogmatico-morales,  en  que  se  vierte  toda  la  doctrina  del 
catecismo  romano  por  el  R.  P.  M.  Fr.  Platido  Rico ;  traducido  al 
Idioma  Yucateco  por  el  R.  Padre  Fr.  Joaquim  Ruz.    Part.  1. 

Merida  de  Yucatan.    Oflcina  de  S.  D.  Espinosa.     1847. 
2  11.,  389  pp.  4°.     Title  from  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  who  says  the  second  pare 
has  not  been  published. 

3423  A  |  Yucatecan  Grammar:  |  translated  |  from  the  |  Spanish 

into  Maya,  |  and  abridged  |  for  the  Instruction  of  the  Native  In 
dians,  |  by  the  |  Rev.  J.  Ruz,  of  Merida.  |  Translated  |  from  the  | 
Maya  into  English,  |  by  |  John  Kingdou,   |  Baptist  Missionary, 
Belize,  Honduras.  | 


RUZ.  673 

Euz  (Fr.  Joaquin) — continued. 

Belize:  Printed  at  the  Baptist  Mission  Press.  |  MDCCOXLVII 
[1847].  |  A. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  3-68.  8°. 

3424  Via  Sacra  |  del  Divino  Ainante  |  Corazon  de  Jesus,  |  Dis- 

puesta  |  por  las  cruces  del  Calvario,  |  por  el  Presbitero  |  Jose"  de 
Herrera  Villavicencio.  |  Traducida  |  al  Idioma  Yucateco  |  Por  el 
B.  P.  Fr.  Joaquin  Euz.  | 

Merida  de  Yucatan.  |  Impreso  por  Nazario  Novelo.  |  1849.  |   DGB. 
Pp.  1-34.  16°. 

3425  -  Analisis  |  del  Idioma  Yucateco  |  al  |  Castellano  |  por  el  E. 

P.  Fray  |  Joaquiu  Euz.  | 

Merida  deYncat«n:  Impreso  por  Mariano  Guzman.  |  1851.  |  DGB. 
Pp.  1-16.  16°. 

3426  Leti  u  cilich  Evangelic  Jesucristo  hebix  San  Lucas. 

Londres.     1865.     W.  M.  Watts.    Crown  court,  temple  bar.          * 

90  pp.  8°.     Gospel  of  St.  Lnke  in  tbe  Maya  language.     Title  from  Carrillo. 

3427  Catecismo   explicado  en    treinta  y  nueva  instrucciones, 

sacadas  del  roinano,  primera  parte.  * 

I  possessed  a  copy  of  this  work,  which  has  unfortunately  been  taken  from  my 
library.  It  was  printed  in  Merida,  Yucatan,  and  has  about  200  pages,  4°. — Carrillo. 

Possibly  this  is  the  same  work  as  that  given  in  No.  3415  of  this  catalogue. 

P.  Ruz,  the  most  fluent  of  the  writers  in  the  Maya  language  that  Yucatan  has 
produced,  was  born  in  that  peninsula  about  the  end  of  the  last  century.  Whilst 
still  young  he  entered  the  Franciscan  Convent  of  Merida,  in  which  he  assumed 
the  habit,  some  years  before  the  revolution  devastated  and  broke  up  the  religious 
orders  of  Yucatan.  He  kuew  the  Maya  language  perfectly,  and  did  not  cease  to 
preach  in  it  to  the  end  of  his  days.  His  discourses  were  well  delivered,  and  his 
audience  heard  him  with  pleasure  and  advantage.  He  died  in  Merida,  at  an  old 
age,  not  many  years  ago  [1855]. — Blbliografia  Sanfrancficana. 

43  Bib 


674  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 


3428  Saavedra  (P.  F.  Marcos  de).    Confessonario  |  Breve  |  active,  y  pas 
sive,  |  En  Lengua  Mexicans.  |  Con  el  qual  |  Los  que  comienzan 
(sabiendolo  bien  de  |  memoria)  parece  que  qualquiera  estara  |  sufl- 
ciente  mientras  apreude  mas.  |  Dispuesto  |  por  el  P.  F.  Marcos  de 
Saavedrai,  |  Predicador  General  en  el  Orden  del  Sr.  Sto.  |  Domingo 
y  Provincia  de  Santiago  de  Pre-  |  dicadores  de  Nueva-Espaua.  | 

Reimpresso  en  Mexico :  |  En  la  Iinpreuta  Real  del  Superior  Gobi- 
erno,  y  |  del  Nuevo  Rezado,  de  Dofia  Maria  de  Rivera,  |  en  el 
Empedradillo.  Ano  de  1746.  |  c. 

8  unnumbered  11.  16°. 

3429  Arte  de  la  Lengua  de  la  Nueva  Segovia  y  Sermones  en  la 

misrna,  para  todo  el  auo.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

3430  Saenz  de  la  Pena  (D.  Andres).     Manual  de  los  Santos  Sacramentos. 
Contbrme  al  Ritual  de  Paulo  Quinto.    Formado  for  [sic]  mandado 
del  Reverom.  \sic]  Illustriss"-0.  y  Excell™.  Senor  D.  luau  de  Pala- 
fox,  y  Mendocja,  Obispo  de  la  Puebla  de  los  Angeles,  Electo  Aryo- 
bispo  de  Mexico,  Gouernador  de  su  Arcobispado,  del  Consejo  de  su 
Magestad  en  el  Real  de  las  Indias,  Capellau,  y  Limosnero  mayor 
de  la  Serenissima  Emperatriz  de  Alemania,  Virey,  Gouernador,  y 
Capitan  General  de  la  Nueua  Espafia,  Presidente  de  su  Real  Chan- 
cilleria,  y  Visitador  General  de  este  Reyno,  &c.     For  el  Doctor 
Andres  Saenz  de  la  Peua,  Cura  Beneftciado  de  la  Ciudad  de  Tlax- 
cala,  por  su  Magestad. 

Con  Privilegio.  En  Mexico  por  Francisco  Robledo,  Impressor 
del  Secreto  del  Santo  Offlcio.  Aiio  de  1642.  * 

8  p.  11.,  which  include  an  exhortation  by  Sr.  Palafox  to  the  curates  and  vicars 
of  his  bishopric;  text  194  11.,  some  of  which  are  in  Mexican.  8°.  Preceding  the 
title-page  is  a  leaf  with  the  Episcopal  seal  and  the  title :  Manual  de  los  Santos 
Sacramentos.  There  is  another  edition,  in  4°,  with  the  licenses  dated  1691.  The 
copy  seen  is  minus  beginning  and  end. — Icazbaleeta'i  Apuntes,  No.  157. 

The  author  was  a  native  of  the  Canary  Isles.  He  went  to  Mexico  in  1636, 
became  canon  of  the  Cathedral  of  Michoacau,  and  afterwards  of  Puebla  de  los 
Ange'es,  where  he  died. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat. ,  No.  658. 

3431  Sagard  (Fr.  Gabriel).     Le  Grand  |  Voyage  dv  Pays  |  des  Hurons, 
situ^enL'A-  |  merique  uers  la  mer  douce  |  ezdemieres  conflnsde  | 
la  nouuelle  France  |  Ou  il  est  traicte  de  tout  |  ce  qui  est  du  pays  & 
du  |  gouueruement  des  Sauuages  |  Auec  un  Dictionnaire  |  de  la 
Langue  buroune  |  Par  Fr.  Gabriel  Sagard  |  Recollect  de  S*.  Fran 
cois  |  de  la  Prouince  S*.  Denis  | 

A  Paris  Chez  Deny's  |  Moreau  rue  S*.  lacques  a  |  La  Sala- 
mandre  1632  | 


SAAVEDRA SAGARD  675 

Sagard  (Fr.  Gabriel) — continued. 

Second  title: 

Le  Grand  Voyage  |  dv  Pays  des  Hvrons,  |  situ6  en  1'Amerique 
vers  la  Mer  |  douce,  es  derniers  conflns  |  de  la  nouuelle  France,  | 
dite  Canada.  |  Oil  il  est  amplement  trait6  de  tout  ce  qui  est  du 
pays,  des  |  moeurs  &  du  natnrel  des  Sauuages,  de  leur  gouuerne- 
ment  |  &  fa9ons  de  faire,  tant  dedans  leurs  pays,  qu'allans  en 
voya  j  ges:  De  leur  foy  &  croyance;  De  leurs  conseils  &  guerres, 
&  |  de  quel  genre  de  tourniens  ils  font  mourir  leurs  prisouniers.  | 
Couime  ils  se  raarient  &  esleueut  leurs  enfans :  De  leurs  Me  |  decins, 
&  des  remedes  dont  ils  vsent  a  leurs  maladies:  De  |  leurs  dances 
&  chansons:  De  la  chasse,  de  la  pesche,  &  des  |  oyseaux  &  ani- 
maux  terrestres  &  aquatiques  qu'ils  ont.  Des  |  richesses  du  pays : 
Comme  ils  cultiuent  les  terres,  &  accom-  |  modeut  leur  Menestre. 
De  leur  deiiil,  pleurs  &  lamenta-  |  tions,  &  comme  ils  enseuelissent 
&  enterreut  leurs  morts.  |  Auec  vn  Dictionaire  de  la  langue  Hu- 
ronne,  pour  la  commodi-  |  t6  de  ceux  qni  ont  &  voyager  dans  le  pays, 
&  n'ont  |  ['intelligence  d'icelle  langue.  Par  F.  Gabriel  Sagard  Theodat. 
Eecollet  de  |  S.  Frangois,  de  la  Prouince  deS.  Deuys  en  France.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Denys  Moreav,  rue  S  lacques,  a  |  la  Salaman- 
dre  d'Argeut.  |  M.  DC.  XXXII  [1632].  |  Auec  Priuilege  du 
Boy.  |  A.S.HU.JCB. 

First  title  illustrated  page,  reverse  blank,  1 1;  second  title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ; 
"AvRoy  des  Roys,"  211.;  "A  tres-illvstre,  Genereux  puissant  Prince  Henry," 
21.;  "AvLectevr,"31.;  Table  des  Chapitres,"  3  pp. ;  "  Privilege  dv  Roy,"  a  pp. ; 
"Approbation  des  Peres  del'Ordre,"  Ip. ;  in  all,  12  p.  11.  Voyage  Dv  Pays,  380pp. 
sin.  4°.  Appended  to  the  above,  and  with  its  own  title,  is : 

3432  Dictionaire  |  de  la  Langve  |  Hvronne,  |  Necessaire  a  ceux 

qui  u'ont  1'intelligence  d'icelle,  |  &  ont  a  traiter  auec  les  Sauuages 
du  pays.  |  Par  Fr.  Gabriel  Sagard,  Eecollet  de  |  S.  Francois  de  la 
Prouince  de  S.  Denys.  |  [Vignette.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Deuys  Moreav,  rue  S.  lacques,  a  la  |  Sala- 
mandre  d' Argent,  |  M.  DC.  XXXII  [1632].  |  Auec  Priuilege  du 
Roy.  |  A.s.  HTJ.  JOB. 

Preliminary  remarks,  pp.  1-12 ;  "  Les  Mots  Francois  tournez  en  Huron,"  66  un 
numbered  11. ;  "Table  des  choses,"  13  unnumbered  pp.  sm.  4°. 

3433  , —  Le  Grand  Voyage  |  du  |  Pays  des  Hurous  |  Situe  en  PAm6- 

rique  vers  la  Mer  |  douce,  es  derniers  confins  |  de  la  |  Nouvelle 
France  dite   Canada    avec  un  dictionnaire  de  la  langue  Huronne  | 
par  |  F.  Gabriel  Sagard  Theodat  |  Recollet  de  S.  Francois,  de  la 
province  de  S.  Denys  en  France  |  Nouvelle  edition  |  publi^e  par  M. 
Einile  Chevalier  | 

Paris   |    Librairie  Tross  |  5,  Rue  Neuve-des-Petits  Champs   | 
1865  |  A.c.  S.BA. 

11.;  title,  reverse  blank,  1 1.;  advertisement,  2  11.;  illustrated  title,  fac-similo 
of  original,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  fac-simile  of  original  title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ; 
Av  Roy  des  Roys,  pp.  v-viii ;  Dedication,  pp.  ix-xi ;  An  Lectevr,  pp.  xiii-xvii; 
contents,  pp.  xix-xxi ;  Privilege  dv  Roy,  pp.  xxii-xxiv;  Approbation,  pp.  xxiv- 
xxv  ;  text,  pp.  1-268.  8°.  Appended  is  the  following : 


676  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Sagard  (Fr.  Gabriel) — continued. 

3434  Dictionaire  |  de  la  |  Langve  Hvronne  |  necessaire  a  cevx 

qui  n'ont  1'intelligence  |  d'icelle,  et  ont  a  traiter  avec  |  les  Savvages 
dv  Pays  j  par  Fr.  Gabriel  Sagard  |  Eecollet  de  S.  Francois,  de  la 
Prouince  de  S.  Denys.  |  [Design.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Denys  Moreav,  rue  S.  lacques,  |  a  la  Salamandre 
d'Argent.  M.DC.XXXII  [1632J.  AuecPriuilegeduEoy.  JA.C.S.BA. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1.  Introductory  remarks,  pp.  3-12.  The  Dictionary  oc 
cupies  66  unnumbered  leaves,  and  is  followed  by  Index,  7  11.,  and  Approbation,  1  1. 

3435  Histoire  |  dv  Canada  |  et  |  Voyages  que  les  freres  |  Mi- 

neurs  Recollects  y  ont  faicts  pour  |  la  couuersion  des  Infidelles.  | 
Divisez  en  quatre  livres  |   Ou  est  amplement  traict6  des  choses 
principales  ar-  |  riuees  dans  le  pays  depuis  1'an  1615  iusques  a  la 
pri-  |  se  qui  en  a  este  faicte  par  les  Auglois.    Des  biens  &  |  commo- 
ditez  qu'on  en  peut  esperer.    Des  moeurs  |  ceremonies,  creance,  loix 
&  coustumes  merueil-  |  leuses  de  ces  inhabitans.    De  la  conuersion 
&  baptes-  |  me  de  plusieurs,  &  des  moyes  necessaires  pour  les  | 
amener  a  la  cognoissance  de  Dieu.    L'entretien  or-  |  dinaire  de  nos 
Mariniers,  &  autres  particularitez  |  que  se  remarqueut  en  la  suite 
de  1'histoire.  |  Fait  et  compose"  par  le  |  F.  Gabriel  Sagard  |  Theo- 
dat,  Mineur  Becollect  de  la  Prouince  de  Paris.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Claude  Sonnivs,  rue  S.  Jacques  a  1'Escu  de  | 
Basle,  &  au  Compas  d'or.  |  M.  DC.  XXXVI  [1636].  |  Auec  Priuilege 
&  Approbation.  |  JCB. 

Title  and  13  other  p.  11 ;  text,  pp.  1-1005  ;  table,  etc.,  23  11.  8°.  Huron  songs, 
pp.  310-313,  with  three  lines  of  music.  Reprinted  as  below. 

343fi  Histoire  |  du  Canada  |  et  Voyages  |  que  les  freres  Mi- 

neurs  recollects  y  ont  faicts  |  pour  la  conversion  des  infideles  |  de 
puis  1'an  16 15  |  par  |  Gabriel  Sagard  Theodat  |  avec  un  dictionnaire 
de  la  langue  Huromue  |  Nouvelle  Edition  |  publi«5e  par  M.  Edwin 
Tross.  |  Premier  [-Quatrieme]  Volume.  | 

Paris  |  Librairie  Tross  |  5,  rue  neuve-des-petits-champs,  5.  | 
1866.  |  A.  c.  s.  BA. 

4vols.  8°.  Paged  consecutively.  Huron  songs,  vol.  2,  pp.  291-292.— "  Mnsique 
pour  L'Histoire  du  Canada,"  being  the  accompanying  music  to  the  above  songs, 
occupies  the  four  unnumbered  pages  following  p.  542  of  the  same  volume. 

The  "Dictionaire  de  la  Langve  Hvronne"  is  given  at  the  end  of  the  fourth 
volume,  being  a  reprint,  page  for  page,  of  that  in  the  1865  reprint  of  Le  Grand 
Voyage.  The  dictionary  is  also  issued  separately,  as  follows: 

3437  Dictionnaire  |  de  la  |  Langue  Huronne  |  par  |  Gabriel  Sa 
gard  Theodat  |  Eecollet  de  S.  Frau§ois  de  la  Province  de  S.  Denys  | 
en  France.  |  Be~impression  figured  |  de  l'e~dition  rarissiine  de  1632.  | 
Tirage  a  part  a  66  exemplaires.  | 

Paris  |  Librairie  Tross  |  1865  |  S.JWP. 

Title,  verso  blank,  1 1. ;  fac-simile  of  original  title,  reverse  blank,  1 1. ;  pp.  3-12; 
66  unnumbered  11.  large  8°. 


SAGARD — SAHAGUN.  677 

3438  [Sage  (Rufus  B.)]     Scenes  |  in  the  |  Rocky  Mountains,  |  and  in  | 
Oregon,  California,  New  Mexico,  Texas,  and  |  the  Grand  Prairies;  | 
or  |  notes  by  the  way,  |  during  an  excursion  of  three  years,  |  with 
a  |  description  of  the  countries  passed  through,  |  including  their  | 
Geography,  Geology,  Resources,  Present  Condition,  and  |  the  Dif 
ferent  Nations  inhabiting  them.  |  By  a  New  Englander.  | 

Philadelphia :  |  Published  by  Carey  &  Hart.  |  1846.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xii,  13-303.  12°.     A  few  words  and  sentences  in  Sioux,  p.  137. 

3439  Scenes  in  the  j  Rocky  Mountains,  and  in  \  Oregon,  Califor 
nia,  New  Mexico,  Texas,  and  |  the  Grand  Prairies;  |  or,  |  Notes  by 
the  Way,  |  during  an  Excursion  of  three  years,  |  with  a  |  descrip 
tion  of  the  countries  passed  through,  |  including  their  |  Geography, 
Geology,  Resources,  Present  Condition,  |  and  the  Different  Nations 
inhabiting  them.  |  By  Rufus  B.  Sage.  |  Second  Edition  Revised.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Carey  and  Hart.  |  1847.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xii,  115-303.  12°.     A  few  words  and  sentences  in  Sioux,  p.  137. 

3440  Rocky  Mountain  Life;  |  or,  |  Startling  Scenes  |  and  |  Peril 
ous  Adventures  |  in  the  |  Far  West,  |  during  an  expedition  of  three 
years.  |  By  Rufus  B.  Sage,  |  The  Western  Adventurer.  | 

Boston:  |  Thayer  &  Eldridge,  |  114  &  116  Washington  Street.  | 
1860.  |  * 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  vii-xiv,  1  1.,  pp.  29-363.  12°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames.  A 
few  words  and  sentences  in  Sioux,  p.  183. 

Another  edition:  Boston,  Wentworth  &  Co.,  1857, pp.  363.  12°.— Field. 

Sagoskin  (Lieut.  Laurenti  Alexieff). 
See  SarocKHHi  (.lefii.  .IADPEIITIU  A.)  [Zagoskin  (Lieut.  Laurenti  A.)] 

3441  Sahagun  (Bernardino  de).    Psalmodia  |  Christiana,  y  Sennona-  | 
rio  de  los  Sauctos  del  Aiio,  en  lengna  Mexicana:  |  copuesta  por  el 
mu5r.  R.  Padre  Fray  Bernardino  |  de  Sabagun,  de  la  orden  de  Sant 
Francisco.  |  Ordeuada  en  cantares  6  Psalmos:  para  que  canten 
los  |  Indies  en  los  areytos,  que  hazen  en  las  Iglesias.  |  [Picture  of 
Calvary.] 

En  Mexico.  |  Con  licencia,  en  casa  de  Pedro  Ocharte.  |  M.  D. 
LXXXIII  [15831:  Anos.  |  * 

4  p.  11.,  11. 1-236.  4°.  Bold  Roman  letter;  many  engravings.  Title  furnished 
by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  from  a  copy  belonging  to  P.  Juarez,  of  Tezcoco.  No  other 
perfect  copy  is  known,  the  title  in  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  160,  being  taken 
from  an  imperfect  copy  belonging  to  the  late  Sr.  Ramirez.  In  the  sale  catalogue 
of  the  latter  gentleman's  books,  the  following  statement  is  made: 

In  the  beginning  of  this  volume  is  an  interesting  manuscript  note  of  seven 
pages  in  the  hand  of  Senor  Ramirez,  in  which  he  shows,  on  the  authority  of  a 
manuscript,  '  Bibliotheca,'  of  Father  Figueroa,  who  was  librarian  of  the  convent 
of  S.  Francisco  de  Mexico,  that  this  is  one  of  the  rarest  examples  of  early  Mexican 
typography,  in  consequence  of  its  being  condemned  by  the  Inquisition,  and  the 
copies  rigorously  destroyed.  So  far  as  is  known  no  perfect  copy  exists,  and  it 
would  appear  that  Senor  Ramirez  considered  the  present  copy  as  unique.  It  is 
printed  in  bold  Roman  characters,  and  illustrated  with  wood-cuts  coarsely  exe 
cuted.  Beristain  speaks  of  having  seen  a  copy  in  the  college  of  S.  Gregory  of 
Mexico,  which  was  probably  the  present. 


078  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Sahagun  (Bernardino  de) — continued. 

3442  Evangeliarium  |  Epistolarium  et  Lectiouarium  |  Aztecum 

Sive  Mexicanuin  |  ex  autiquo  codice  Mexicano  nnper  reperto  |  de- 
promptufu  |  cum  prajfatione  interpretatioue  adnotationibus  glossa- 
rio  |  Edidit  |  Bernardinus  Bioudelli  | 

Mediolani  |  Typis  Jos.  Bernardoui  Q.m  Johauuis  |  MDUCCLVII 
[1857]  |  S. 

4  pp.  4°.  Title,  p.  1. — P.  2,  conditions,  450  copies  iu  5  parts  each,  at  20  francs 
each,  and  names  Triibner,  Franz  of  Munich,  and  Bemardoni,  to  whom  subscrip 
tions  could  be  sent.— P.  3,  a  Latin  announcement,  in  which  it  is  said  to  be  the 
long  lost  work  of  Sahaguu,  whose  name,  theeditor  states,  was  on  the  c.over  of  the 
manuscript. — P.  4,  a  fac-simile  of  part  of  the  manuscript  differing  from  that  given 
in  the  volume,  though  purporting  to  be  of  the  same  part,  and  a  specimen  of  the 
Mexican  and  Latin  texts. 

3443  Evaugeliariuui  |  Epistolarium  et  Lectiouarium  |  Aztecum 

Sive  Mexicauurn  |  ex  antique  codice  Mexicano  nuper  reperto  |  de- 
promptum  |  cum  prajfatione  interpretatioue  adnotationibus  glossa- 
rio  |  Edidit  |  Bernardinus  Biondelli.  | 

Mediolani  |  Typis  Jos.  Bemardoni  Q.m  Johanuis  |  MDCCCLVIII 
[1858].  |  B.  c.  s. 

Pp.  i-xlix,  fac-simile  of  page  of  Mexican  manuscript,!  l.,pp.  1-574.  4°. 

This  work  is  based  on  a  Mexican  manuscript  on  maguey  paper,  written  in  1532 
"for  the  use  of  Father  Dominic  de  Canizarez",  and  forming  a  folio  of  250  pages, 
one  leaf  being  lost ;  but  it  contained  merely  references  for  two  feasts,  as  ap 
pears  by  an  index  of  later  date.  It  was  found  by  Beltrami  in  1826,  in  a  library 
in  Mexico,  as  he  himself  tells  iu  his  Mexique,  vol.  2,  p.  167.  (See,  also,  Revue 
Encyclop^dique,  vol.  32,  p.  Gil.) 

As  Father  Bernardino  de  Sahagun,  who  came  to  Mexico  in  1529,  is  said  by 
Torquemada  (vol.  3,  p.  487)  to  have  written  "  a  very  elegant  Postil  on  the  Epis 
tles  and  Gospels  for  the  Sundays"  of  the  year,  Beltrami  concluded  that  this  was 
the  work,  which  was  regarded  by  Torquemada  as  lost,  Sahagnn's  manuscripts 
having  been  taken  to  Spain  by  a  governor,  who  gave  them  to  a  historian.  When 
Biondelli  acquired  the  manuscript  after  Beltrami's  death,  in  1854,  and  began  to 
prepare  it  for  the  press ;  he  found,  however,  that  it  did  not  contain  Postils — 
that  is,  homilies  on  the  Epistles  and  Gospels— but  a  very  faithful  Mexican  trans 
lation  of  the  Epistles  and  Gospels  themselves,  without  the  slightest  comment. 
The  Gospels  are  selections  from  the  Four  Evangelists  which  are  read  iu  the  mass, 
and  the  Epistles  are  selections  from  the  rest  of  the  New  and  from  the  Old  Testa 
ment,  read  also  in  the  mass  before  the  Gospels.  They  differ  for  each  Sunday  and 
Holiday  ;  and  religious  orders  having«peeial  holidays  have  some  additional  ones, 
forming  what  is  called  a  "Proper."  This  manuscript  follows  the  Franciscan 
proper.  The  manuscript  is,  therefore,  not  the  Postil  of  Sahagun  ;  but  as  Father 
Canizarez  was  one  of  his  disciples,  it  may  be  a  translation  made  or  revised  by  Sa 
hagun.  As  priests  are  required  on  Sundays  to  read  the  Epistle  and  Gospel  to  the 
people  in  the  vernacular  and  explain  them,  this  translation  may  be  older  than  the 
date  of  this  copy.  Sahagun  in  three  years  could  scarcely  be  able  to  make  so  per 
fect  a  translation. 

Biondelli  gives  the  Mexican  text  with  the  Latin  from  the  Missal,  in  parallel 
columns.  His  introduction  contains,  pp.  xxi-xxxix,  a  short  treatise'on  the  Mex 
ican  language,  De  Lingua  Azteca,  p.  xxi ;  Geuerales  Lingua;  Aztecse  Proprie- 
tates,  including  the  conjugation  of  the  verb,  &c.,  p.  xxiii;  De  Affinitatibus  Lin- 
guse  Nahuatl  cam  aliis,  p.  xxx;  specimen  of  vocabulary,  pp.  xxxviii-xxxix ;  he 
gives  a  fac  simile  of  a  page  of  the  Mexican  manuscript,  following  p.  xlix;  and 
adds  a  Glossariuin  Azteco  Latiuum,  pp.  427-553. 


SAHAGUN.  679 

Sahagun  (Bernardino  de) — continued. 

3444  Catecismo  de  la  Doctrina  cristiana  en  Lengua  Megicana. 

Mexico,  Ocharte,  1583.  * 

4C.     Title  from  Beristain. 

3445  Sermones  en  mexicano.  * 

Original  manuscript  on  thick  maguey  paper;  large  folio.     It  has  the  following 

title  on  the  first  leaf,  the  lower  half  of  which  is  missiug: 

fiif  Siguense  vnos  sermones  de  domiuicas  y  de  sanctos  en  len- 
gua  mexicana:  no  traduzidos  de  sermonario  alguno  sino  copues- 
tos  nuevainente  a  la  medida  de  la  capacidad  de  los  indios:  breves 
en  materia  y  en  lenguaje  congruo  venusto  y  llano  facil  de  entender 
para  todos  los  qne  le  oyere  altos  y  baxos  principales  y  macegales 
hombres  y  mugeres.  Compusierose  el  ano  de  1540.  anse  comengado 
a  corregir  y  afiadir  este  auo  de  1563.  en  este  mes  de  Julio  infraoctava 
Visitationis.  El  avtor  los  somete  a  la  correctio  de  la  madre  sancta 
yglesia  romana  co  todas  las  otras  obras  que  en  esta  lengua  mexicana 
a  copuesto.  fray  bnardio  de  sahagun. 

Several  successive  leaves  are  missing,  and  two  are  loose.  At  the  top  of  the 
following  leaf  is  this  note : 

Siguense  unos  sennones  breves  en  l.i  lengua  mexicana.  el  autor  dellos  los 
somete  a  la  correptio  de  la  madre  sancta  yglesia  co  todas  las  demas  obras  suyas. 
son  para  todo  el  ano  de  dominicas  y  de  sactos:  no  estau  corregidos.  fray  bnavdio 
de  sahagnn. 

There  remains  of  the  manuscript  95  11.,  with  wide  margins,  in  which  are  many 
notes  in  the  hand  of  P.  Sahagun. — Icazbalceta '»  Apuntes,  No.  158. 

3446  Doctrina  cristiana  en  mexicano.  * 

Manuscript.  2711.  folio.     Faulty  at  end;  it  begins  thus: 

Nican  vnpeoa  yn  neumachtiliz  tlatolli  ....  oquiehiuh  fray  Bernardino 
de  Sahagnn. 

This  note  is  followed  by  twenty-six  additions,  made  by  the  author  during  the 
many  years  it  was  in  the  author's  hands,  before  the  book  was  published.  It  is 
the  same  as  that  which  comes  first  under  the  title  of :  declaracio  breue  de  las  tres 
virtndes  theologales. 

On  the  reverse  is  a  preface  in  Spanish,  which  concludes  as  follows: 

ff  Este  mismo  ano  de  1579  se  puso  por  apendiz  de  esta  Postilla, 
en  lo  vltimo  vn  tratado  que  contiene  siete  Collationes  en  lengua 
mexicana:  en  las  quales  se  contienen  muchos  secretes,  de  las  cos- 
tumbres  destos  naturales:  y  tambien  muchos  secretes  y  primores 
desta  lengua  mexicana:  y  pues  que  este  volumen  no  a  de  andar  sino 
entre  los  sacerdotes,  y  predicadores,  no  ay  porque  tener  recelo  de 
las  antiguallas,  que  en  el  se  coutienen,  antes  daran  mucha  lumbre 
y  coutento  a  los  predicadores  del  sancto  Euangelio. 

This  treatise  is  not  found  in  the  manuscript;  only  twenty-four  additions  in 
16  11. ;  badly  bound,  the  last  seven  leaves  being  out  of  place. — Icazbalceta' s  Apuntes, 
No.  159. 

Boturini,  §  25,  H  1,  has  the  following :  Doctrina  Christiana  en  Figuras  y  Cifras. 
11  11.  on  European  paper. 

3447  Exercisios  Quotidianos  en  leugua  Mexicana.  * 

Manuscript  of  the  16th  century,  containing  43  II.  4°.     On  the  first  page: 

t  Comienza  un  exercicio  en  lengua  Mexicaua,  sacado  del  Sancto  Evangelic  y 


680  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Sahagun  (Bernardino  de) — continued. 

distribuido  por  todos  los  dias  de  la  semana  contiene  meditaciones  devotas  muy 
provechosis  para  cualquier  xpiano  que  so  quiere  llcgar  a  Dies.  At  the  end : 

Este  exercicio  halle  entre  los  yndios,  no  se  quien  le  hize  iii  quien  se  le  dio  tenia 
muchas  faltas  e  iucongruidades  mas  con  verdad  se  puede  dezir  que  se  hizo  de 
nuevo  que  no  se  emendo.  Este  auo  de  1574,  fray  Bernardino  de  Sahagun. 

The  handwriting  is  clear  and  legible,  and  the  manuscript  in  perfect  preserva 
tion.—  Ramirez  Sale  Cat.,  No.  764. 

This  manuscript  is  given  by  Beristain  under  the  title:  Tratado  de  las  virtndes 
Teologales,  en  megicano. 

3448  Vocabulary  in  Spanish,  Latin,  and  Mexican.  * 

Manuscript.  155  11.  4°.     In  a  very  small  but  clear  handwriting  of  the  16th 

century,  in  double  columns,  the  Mexican  part  being  written  in  red  ink.  This  is 
supposed  to  be  either  the  original,  or  at  least  a  copy,  of  the  vocabulary  composed 
by  Father  Sahaguu. — Ran.irez  Sale  Cat.,  No.  545. 

"The  fourth  work  of  this  learned  franciscan  was  a  trilingiie  vocabulary,  of 
•which  Torquemada  says,  in  his  Monarquia  Indiana: 

' '  Escribio  tambien  otro  vocabulario  que  Ham6 Trilingiie,  en  lengua  mexicana, 
castellana  y  latina,  de  grandisima  erudicion,  en  este  exercicio  de  la  lengua  cas- 
tellana.' 

"  Betancourt,  in  his  Menologio,  says  that  he  saw  this  manuscript.  It  was  after 
wards  thought  to  have  been  lost,  and  there  are  not  lacking  persons  who  deny 
its  existence;  yet  it  came  into  the  possession  of  Sr.  Chavero,  and  from  his  hands 
has  passed  into  those  of  Sr.  Castillo.  The  work  in  question  is  a  thick  volume 
in  4°,  small  Spanish,  and  on  Genoese  paper,  written  in  beautiful  characters, 
which  has  been  attributed  to  Martin  Jacobita,  a  pupil  of  Sahagun.  Saha- 
gun's  handwriting  appears  on  only  one  of  the  pages  of  the  book.  The  dictionary 
is  arranged  in  two  columns;  on  each  line  the  first  word  is  Spanish,  then  follows 
the  Latin  translation,  and  above  the  lines,  in  red  ink,  is  the  Mexican  pronuncia 
tion,  though  lacking  in  some  places." — Llanos. 

3449  Manuscript  in  the  Mexican  language.  * 

Ten  loose  leaves  from  different  Mexican  manuscripts  of  the  16th  century  (some 

Mnva        with  beautiful,  illuminated  initials);  four  leaves  signed  Don  Martin  Enriquez, 
J  lOrltf!       and  dated  Mexico,  16th  of  February,  1578,  on  the  last  leaf.  4°. 

These  leaves  seem  to  he  the  remnants  of  an  unknown  work  of  the  indefatigable 
Fr.  B.  de  Sahagun,  as  the  last  contains  the  permission  of  the  Viceroy  given  to 
him  to  print  "el  dicho  Manuel  del  Christiano."  Whether  it  was  ever  printed 
we  are  unable  to  state,  as  the  present  is  the  only  reference  to  the  work  mentioned 
which  we  know  of.— Ramirez  Sale  Cat.,  No.  544. 

3450  Arte  de  la  Lengua  Megicana.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

3451  Explicacion  de  los  Evangelios  y  Epistolas  de  la  Misa.       * 

An  excellent  work,  from  which  Betancur  confesses  that  he  learned  many 

beautiful  forms  of  speech  in  Mexican. — Beristain. 

The  first  work  of  P.  Sahaguu,  according  to  Sr.  Chavero,  was  a  manuscript  in 
small  quarto,  in  the  handwriting  of  Sahagun,  although  without  the  name  of  the 
author.  It  was  written  in  the  Mexican  language,  and  comprised  the  "Evange 
lios  y  Kpistolas  de  las  dominicas."  It  contains  74  11.,  and  1  1.  index  in  a  differ 
ent  handwriting  and  of  a  later  epoch.  It  formed  part  of  the  rich  library  of  Sr. 
Chavero,  and  to-day  exists  in  possession  of  the  Mexican  collector,  Don  Manuel 
Fernandez  del  Castillo. — Llanos. 

3452  Vida  de  S.  Bernardino  de  Sena  en  megicano.  * 

He  wrote  this  at  the  request  of  the  Indians  of  Xochimilco,  who  regarded  him 

as  their  patron  saint. — Berislain. 


SAHAGDN ST.  ONGE.  6K1 

Sahagun  (Bernardino  <le) — continued. 

3453  De  Mexico  6  de  la  JSTueva  Espana.  * 

Sr.  Adolfo  Llanos  gives,  in  the  Mnseo  Nacional  de  Mexico,  Anales,  vol.  3,  pt.  3, 
an  account  of:  Sahagun  y  su  Historia  de  Mexico,  from  which  the  above  title  is 
taken.  He  says:  The  Academia  Espaiiola  do  la  Historia  intends  to  publish  a 
manuscript  of  P.  Sahagun,  preserved  in  its  library,  written  in  the  Mexican  lan 
guage,  with  a  translation  in  Spanish,  titled  as  above. 

Bernardino  Kibeira  was  born  in  the  early  part  of  the  16th  century,  in  the 
town  of  Sahagun,  in  the  kingdom  of  Leon.  Whilst  yet  a  child  he  commenced 
his  studies  in  the  University  of  Salamanca,  and  in  the  flower  of  youth  he  as 
sumed  the  Franciscan  habit  in  the  Salamantine  Convent,  and  soon  embarked 
for  New  Spain,  where  he  arrived  in  the  year  1529.  The  principal  object  of  the 
priests  of  this  Order  was  to  teach  and  convert  the  Indians,  and  to  accomplish 
this  it  was  necessary  to  learn  the  language  of  the  natives,  a  task  which  Saha 
gun  accepted  with  singular  determination  and  beneficial  results,  for  of  him  it 
was  said  by  another  illustrious  friar,  Mendieta,  in  the  Historia  Eclesiastiea 
Indiana,  that  none  other  had  ever  equaled  or  approached  him  in  discovering  the 
secrets  of  the  Mexican  language  or  in  writing  so  much  in  it. 

Sahagun  dedicated  himself  to  the  instruction  of  the  Indians,  entering  in  the 
College  of  Santa  Cruz,  in  Santiago  Tlatelolco,  and  purposely  refused  positions  and 
preferments  in  his  Order,  so  as  to  dedicate  himself  exclusively  to  study.  From  a 
teacher  he  became  translator,  and  from  translator  historian,  in  which  last  phase  of 
his  life  he  reached  immortality.  He  died  the  5th  of  February,  1590.—  Llanos. 

\ 

3454  St.  Louis  Academy  of  Sciences.    The  |  Transactions  |  of  the  |  Acad 
emy  of  Science  |  of  St.  Louis.  |  Vol.  I  [-Vol.  IV,  Pt.  1].    1856-18GO.  | 
With  21  plates,  illustrating  papers.  | 

St.  Louis :  |  George  Knapp  &  Co.,  Printers  and  Binders.  |  1860 
[-1880].  |  A.  R. 

Vols.  1-3,  and  4,  pt.  1. 

Corunay  Colludo  (A.  de).  Zoqne  Language,  spoken  at  Santa  Maria  de  Chi- 
malapa,  vol.  4,  pt.  1,  pp.  36-42. 

3455  St.  Mark  [in  the  Abnaki  language].  |  ABS.  JWP. 

No  title-page.    Pp.  1-58.  12°. 

3456  St.  Onge  (Rev.  Louis  Napoleon).    Alyhabet  [sic]  Yakama  |  Oonte- 
uant  |  Les  Prieres,  les  Cantiques  et  le  Catechisme  dans  |  la  meme 
laugue.  |  A  Fusage  des  enfants  de  la  tribu  des  Yakamas,  |  sous  le 
patronage  des  R.  R.  P.  P.  Je"suites.  |  Par  |  L.  N.  St.  Onge  Pretre,  | 
Ex-Missionnaire  des  Yakamas.  | 

Irnprime'  a  la  Providence.  |  Montreal.  |  1872.  | 

Second  title: 

Sapsikuatpama  |  timash  |  uiamachatumki.  |  Yakamiei  mianash- 
inamiei.  |  Anakunak  I  ua  Skulitpama  sapsikuat,  |  ku  Tanamutem, 
ku  uampash :  kuiiare  I  ua  tana-  |  mutempana  sapsikuat.  |  I  ti- 
maua  |  Pel  Santos.  |  c.  s.  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1 1.,  2 11.,  pp.  1-104.  sq.  16°.  Dedication,  reverse  blank,  1 1. ;  por 
trait  of  the  author,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  title,  reverse  vignette,  pp.  1-2 ;  Yakama 
title,  reverse  blank,  pp.  3-4. 

See  Demers  (M.),  Blanchet  (F.  N.),  and  St.  Onge  (L.  N.) 


682  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3457  Salazar  (7).  Manuel  Santos).     Coloquio  eu  Lengua  Megicana  de  la 
Invencion  de  la  Santa  Cruz  por  StA.  Elena.  * 

Written  in  the  year  1714,  together  with  a  small  dramatic  piece  in  the  same 
language.  The  manuscript  exists,  in  4°,  in  the  library  of  the  University  of  Mex 
ico. — Beriatain. 

3458  Salcedo  (Fr.  Francisco  de).    Arte  y  Diccionario  de  la  Leugtia  Megi 
cana.  * 

3459  Sermones  Trilingues.  * 

2  vols. 

3460  Documentos  Cristianos  eu  tres  lenguas.  * 

Some  of  these  works  are  in  the  library  of  the  Franciscans  of  Guatemala; 

others  are  scattered  among  the  sacred  ministers  of  that  province,  as  mentioned 
by  P.  Arochena  in  his  Catalogue. — Beristain. 

P.  Fr.  Francisco  de  Salcedo  was  a  native  of  the  city  of  Chiapa,  with  a  knowl 
edge  of  the  principal  languages  of  the  country,  which  are  the  Cakchiquel,  the 
Quiche,  and  the  Tzutuhil.  He  was  made  public  professor  in  Guatemala,  and 
wrote  a  Grammar,  a  Dictionary,  and  several  Christian  Doctrines.— Biblioyra/ia 
Sanfrancescana. 

3461  Salomonib  Okalagataningit  |  Profeteniglo.  |  The  Proverbs  of  Solo 
mon  and  the  Prophe-  |  cies  of  Jeremiah,  Ezekiel,  Daniel  and  |  tb« 
Twelve  Minor  Prophets :  |  Translated  into  |  the  Esquimaux  Lan 
guage  |  by  |  the  Missionaries  |  of  the  |  Unitas  Fratrum,  or  United 
Brethren.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Mission  in  Labrador,  |  by 
the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  |  1849.  |  ABS. 

lp.  1.,  pp.  1-075.  12°. 

3462  Saltonstall  (Gov.  Gurdon).    The   Lord's  Prajer  in  the  language 
of  the  Mohegan  and  Pequot  Indians  living  in  the  Colony  of  Con 
necticut  in  New-England  procured  by  the  Hon.  Gov.  Saltonstall, 
at  New  London,  February  1721. 

In  Am.  Soc.,  First  Ann.  Rept.,  p.  54.     New  Haven,  1824.  8°. 

3463  Salvation  by  Jesus  Christ.     Chisvs  Kilaist  Chihowa  Ushi  Hatak 
Aiokchaya  Isht  Anumpa  Hoke. 

[Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation:  Missionary  Press,  John  Candy  and 
John  F.  Wheeler,  Printers.  1845.]  BA. 

Pp.  1-28.  12°.  Tracts  in  the  Choctaw  language.  The  one  above  occupies  pp. 
1-6,  followed  by  :  Regeneration  by  the  Holy  Spirit;  Hhnona  Ftta,  pp.  7-1',!.— Re 
pentance  necessary  to  Salvation;  Ilekostiuichi,  pp.  13-18. — The  Resurrection 
and  Final  Judgment;  Hatak  ill!  homi  tana  he  nitak  micha  nana  rlhpisa  chito 
ahe  aiena  isht  auoli  hoke,  pp.  18-28. 

For  earlier  edition  of  these  tracts,  see  Religious  Tracts,  No.  3215. 

3404  San  Antonio  (D.  Juan  de).     [Manuscript  in  the  Nahuatl  language.]  * 
A  fragment,  on  European  paper,  of  the  Senores  of  Tetzctlco.     Written  Dec. 
13th,  liJM.—Boturini. 

3465  Sanborn  (John  Wentworth).  Legends,  Customs  |  and  |  Social 
Life  |  i.ftbe  |  Seneca  Indians,  |  of  |  Western  New  York,  |  by  1  John 
Wentworth  Sauborn,  |  ("O-yo-ga-weh.")  |  (Clear  Sky.)  |  1878.  | 


SALAZAR — SANCHEZ    DE    LA   BAQUERA. 

Sanborn  (John  Wentworth) — continued. 

Hortou  &  Deming,  "  Enterprise "  Print,  |  Gowaiida  New 
York.  |  c.  s.  BA.  HIT.  WE.  WHS. 

Pp.  1-7C.  8°.     "  The  Seneca  Language,"  pp.  68-73,  includes  the  conjugation  of 
the  verb  to  go,  and  the  Lord's  Prayer. 

346G  The  Psalms  and  many  New  Hymns  from  the  Methodist 

Episcopal  Hymnal,  Translated  into  the  Seneca  Tongue. 
Published  by  John  Wentworth  Sanboru,  Perry,  N.  Y.  * 

•200  pp.  16°.  Title  from  the  Bibliography  of  the  Alumni  and  Faculty  of  Wes- 
leyan  University,  by  G.  Brown  Goode  and  Newton  P.  Scudder. 

A  new  edition  is  in  preparation  and  will  soon  be  issued.  The  title-page,  a 
copy  of  which  has  been  sent  me  by  Mr.  Sanborn,  is  as  follows : 

3467  and  Turkey  (Joseph  P.)     A  |  Collection  Of  |  Psalms:  also 

Many  New  Hymns  |  from  |  The + Methodist + Episcopal + Churchy- 
Hymnal,  |  Translated  into  |  the  Seneca  Tongue  |  By  John  W.  San 
born  and  Joseph  P.  Turkey.  | 

Batavia,  N.  Y.  |  John  Wentworth  Sanborn,  |  1883.  |  » 

16°. 

3468  Seneca  +  Indian  +  Hymns  |  Translated  by  John  W.  San 
born  and  Joseph  P.  Turkey.  |  JWP. 

No  title-page.  4  pp.  16°. 

3469  Sanchez  (Jesus).    Glosario  de  voces  castellanas  derivadas  del  idi- 
oma  Nahiiatl  6  Mexicano. 

In  Museo  nacional  de  Mexico.  Anales,  tomo  3,  entrega  2",  pp.  57-67.  Mexico, 
1883.  4°. 

Spanish  words,  Acahual  to  Zochil  6  Zuchil,  followed  by  the  Mexican  original. 

3470  Sanchez  (D.  Jos6  M.)     Gramatica  |  de  la  |  Lengua  Zoque.  |  For- 
niada  |  por  el  Presbitero  Br.  |  D.  Jose  M.  Sanchez  j  para  que  sirva 
de  texto  en  el  |  Colegio  Tridentiuo  de  la  |  Diocesis  da  Chiapis.  | 

Julio  de  |  1877.  |  Impreuta  de  la  "Sociedad  Catolica"  a  cargo 
de  |  Mariano  Armendariz.  |  JWP. 

Title  on  cover  as  above.  56pp.  sm.  4°.  A  folding  leaf  at  the  end  with  "Tabla 
de  oraciones  segundas,"  etc. 

3471  ,  editor.     Gramatica  del  Zotzil. 

Colophon: — 1°.  de  Enero  de  1818:  estube  administrando.  * 

No  title-page;  pp.  1-43.  sm.4°.     (Edited  by  P"  Sanchez.) 
Confecionario  [sic]  en  dicha  lengua,  que  deben  saber  los  ministros,  in  Spanish 
and  Zotzil,  p.  21. — Para  administrar  el  Santo  Sacramento  del  Matrimonio,  in 
Spanish  and  Zotzil,  p.  30.—  Doctrina  cristiana  en  lengua  Tzotzil,  in  Spanish  and 
Zotzil,  p.  35. 

Title  and  description  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta. 

Sanchez  de  Aguilar  ( D.  Pedro). 
See  Aguilar  (D.  Pedro  Sanchez). 

3472  Sanchez  de  la  Baquera  (Juan),    fjf  Lvz  y  Gvya  |g  I  para  leer,  escre- 
byr,  Pronvncyar  |  y  saber  |  la  Lengva  Othomy  |  enquesecontienen, 
Ortogaphia,  Arte,  Bocabulario,  |  Oraciones,  Doctrina,  Confesonario, 
Manual,  Y  tres  |  Misterios  principales  de  uuestra  sauta  fe  con  sus 


684  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Sanchez  de  la  Baquera  (Juan) — continued. 

exemplos  |  Dyspvesta  |  For  Jvan  Sanclies  de  la  Bacvera  Espafiol 
National  y  |  Besino  de  el  Pueblo  del  Senor  San  Joseph  de  Tvla  | 
Que  |  Beberente,  y  humilde  dedica  a  la  Soberana  Empera  |  tris  de 
los  Cielos  y  Patrona  de  toda  esta  Nueba  Espaiia  |  Marya  Santysyma 
De  Gvadalvpe  |  en  el  ano  de  |  1751  |  Septimo  traslado  que  se  saco 
de  su  original  de  la  misma  letra  |  del  Autor,  y  si  hubiere  aquien  le 
agrade  ade  dar  por  el,  el  |  valor  de  una  mortaja  de  nuestro  Serafico 
Padre  Sn.  francisco.  |  A  |  B. 

Manuscript.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco.  Bought  at  the  Ramirez 
sale,  London;  it  is  entered  in  the  catalogue  of  that  sale  under  No.  CSC. 

Title,  reverse  dedication,  1  p.— LI.  1-7,  orthography.— LI.  7-9,  of  verbs.— L.  9, 
of  pronouns.— LI.  9-10,  of  nouns.— LI.  10-12,  of  the  different  parts  of  speech.— 
L.  13,  vocabulary  of  adverbs.— LI.  14-17,  vocabulary  of  verbs.— LI.  17-27,  vocabu 
lary  of  nouns.— L.  27,  numerals.— L.  28,  additional  vocabulary.— L.  29,  list  of 
Spanish  words  having  no  equivalents  in  Otomi.— LI.  30-39,  questions  and  answers, 
in  Otomi  and  Spanish,  for  use  at  confession.— LI.  39-41,  the  ordinary  prayers  of 
the  church.— L.  41,  the  commandments.— LI.  42-43,  articles  of  faith,  works  of 
mercy,  capital  sins,  enemies  of  the  soul,  virtues,  powers  of  the  soul,  senses,  gifts 
of  the  spirit,  fruits  of  the  holy  ghost,  blessed  ones,  venial  sin.— L.  43,  general  con 
fession  and  act  of  contrition.— LI.  44-45,  short  catechism.— LI.  4C-48,  manual  for 
administration  of  last  sacrament. — LI.  48-49,  marriage  service. — LI.  50-52,  ex 
planation  of  the  mystery  of  the  holy  trinity.— LI.  52-54,  declaration  touching  the 
mystery  of  the  incarnation.— LI.  54-5G,  explanation  of  the  mystery  of  couim union. 

Libro  segundo,  110  unnumbered  11.  follow,  on  much  newer  paper  and  in  more 
distinct  handwriting.  They  are  devoted  to  a  consideration  of  the  verb  and  its 
relation  to  other  parts  of  speech. 

3473  Sanderl  (Rev.  Simon).    Vocabulaire  Franjais,  Anglais,  Ottowa, 
Chippewa.  » 

Manuscript  made  by  Father  Sanderl  in  1833,  and  now  in  possession  of  the  Re- 
demptiorist  Fathers  at  Ilchester  Mills,  Md.  It  is  interleaved  with  a  copy  of 
Nugent's  Pocket  French  and  English  Dictionary,  Paris,  1823.  4°. 

Father  Sanderl  was  Superior  of  the  first  body  of  Redemptiorists  who  came  to 
this  country.  He  arrived  in  New  York  from  Vienna  in  1832,  and  was  soon  after 
among  the  Indians  at  Arbre  Croche.  Title  and  note  from  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea. 

3474  [Sanders  (Rev.  Daniel  Clarke).]    A  |  History   |  of  the  |  Indian 
Wars  |  with  the  |  First  Settlers  of  the  Uni-  |  ted  States,  |  particu 
larly  |  in  New-England.  |  Written  in  Vermont.  |  [Quotation  three 
lines.]  | 

Montpelier,  Vt.   |   Published  by  Wright  and  Sibley.  |  1812.  | 
Wright  &  Sibley  Printers  |  WHS. 

Pp.  1-319.  24°. 

Comparison  of  several  Asiatic  and  American  words,  Poconchi,  Delaware,  Chip 
pewa,  etc.,  pp.  191-192. 

"The  mystery  which  surrounded  the  authorship,  history,  and  origin  of  this  very 
rare  volume  has  been  slowly  dispelled  by  successive  fragments  of  information. 
So  few  copies  have  survived  the  holocaust  to  which  it  was  devoted,  that  its  very 
existence  was  unknown  to  the  most  zealous  collectors  of  Indian  and  Vermont 
history.  Published  anonymously,  without  preface,  it  was  known  to  hut  few 
that  the  author  was  the  Rev.  Daniel  Clark[  e]  Sanders,  President  of  the  University 
of  Vermont.  Immediately  after  its  appearance,  some  person,  evidently  a  per- 


SANCHEZ  DE  LA  BAQUERA SANDOVAL.         G85 

Sanders  (Rev.  Daniel  Clarke) — continued. 

soual  enemy  of  the  author,  published  an  acrimonious  critique  upon  the  book,  in 
the  Liberal  and  Philosophical  Repository.  The  animus  of  the  critic  was  evi 
denced,  uot  only  by  the  bitterness  of  his  language,  but  by  his  ignorance  of  the 
subject  of  Indian  wars,  being  more  profound  than  that  of  the  author  of  the  book- 
he  scored.  Such  was  the  effect  of  the  article  upon  either  Mr.  Sanders,  or  the 
publishers,  that  the  work  was  suppressed.  But  very  few  copies  could  have 
escaped  the  hands  that  were  now  as  zealous  to  destroy,  as  they  had  lately  been 
to  create.  In  fact,  so  nearly  complete  was  the  destruction  of  the  book  that  it 
was  forgotten  by  those  who  professed  to  know  most  of  its  author,  his  biogra 
phers.  Neither  Thompson,  Williams,  or  Hemmenway,  who  published  memoirs 
of  him,  mention  his  authorship  of  the  Indian  wars." — Fields'  Essay,  No.  1351. 

3475 A  |  History  |  of  the  |  Indian  Wars  |  with  the  |  First  Set 
tlers  of  the  United  States  |  to  the  commencement  of  |  the  late 
war;  |  together  |  with  an  appendix,  |  not  before  added  to  this  his 
tory,  |  containing  interesting  accounts  of  |  the  battles  fought  bj  | 
Gen.  Andrew  Jackson.  |  With  two  plates.  | 

Rochester,  N.  Y.  |  Printed  by  Edwin  Scrantom  [sic].  \  1828.  |     * 
Pp.  1-180,  second  title  1 1.,  pp.  187-196.  12°.     Notwithstanding  the  scorning  de 
ficiency  between  pp.  180  and  187,  the  work  is  complete,  !>,ud  the  signatures  run  in 
regul.  r  order  (A  to  P  in  sixes).     Linguistics,  as  above,  pp.  116-117. — Eames. 

Sanders  (Rev.  J.) 
See  |  Horden  (Jfer.  John)]  and  Sanders  (Rev.  J.) 

3476  Sandoval  (D.  Eafael  Tiburcio).    Arte  |  de  la  |  Lengua  Mexicana  | 
por  |  el  Br.  en  sagrada  Teologia  D.  Eafael  |  Sandoval,  Cura  propio 
que  fu<5  de  los  |  partidos  de  Chiconquauhtla,  Ecatzinco,  |  y  Tetela 
del  Volcan,  Misiouero  y  Oate-  |  dratico  de  dicha  lengna  en  el  Real 
Cole-  |  gio  de  Tepotzotlan,  y  actual  en  la  Eeal  |  y  Pontiticia  Uni- 
versidad,  y  en  el  Trideutino  Eeal  y  Pontiflcio  Colegio  Seminario  | 
de  esta  Corte.  | 

Con  las  licencias  necesarias.  |  En  Mexico,  en  la  oflcina  de  D. 
Manuel  Auto-  |  uio  Valdes,  ano  de  1810.  |  B. 

9  p.  11. ;  Arte,  pp.  1-62;  1  1.  errata;  Doctrina  Breve,  8  unnumbered  11.  The  lat 
ter  has  the  colophon :  Reimpresa  en  la  Oficina  de  D.  Mariano  do  Zuniga  y  Outi- 
veros,  ano  de  1809.  The  copy  described  in  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  68,  has 
also  two  leaves  in  verse,  by  Br.  D.  Jos<5  de  la  Mota,  with  the  above  colophon. 
The  original  manuscript  is  as  follows: 

3477  Arte  |  de  la  lengua  Mexicaua  |  por  |  El  Br.  en  sag.  Teologia 

D.  Eafael  |  .Tiburcio  Sandoval  Cura  que  fue  de  |  los  Partidos  de 
Chicouquautla,  Eca  |  -ciugo,  y  Tetela,  Misionero,  y  Cathedra  |  -tico 
de  la  lengua  Mexicana  en  el  E.  |  Colegio  de  Tepotzotlan;  y  actual 
en  el  |  Pontificio,  y  Eeal  Semenario  de  esta  |  Corte.  |  AQo  de  mil 
ochocieutos  ocho,  [1808].  |  B. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-119.  16°.  On  parchment.  In  the  library  of  Mr.  H.  H.  Ban 
croft,  San  Francisco;  bought  at  the  Ramirez  sale,  London,  in  the  catalogue  of 
which  it  is  numbered  768. 

Of  syllables  necessary  to  be  learned  for  the  correct  pronunciation  of  Mexican, 
p.  1.— Of  nouns,  pp.  1-16.— Of  pronouns  and  semi-pronouns,  pp.  16-32.— Of  verbs, 
pp.  32-94. — Of  compound  nouns,  pp.  95-103. — Of  prepositions,  pp.  103-109. — Of 
conjunctions  and  adverbs,  pp.  109-114. — Of  interjections,  p.  114. — Of  mexicanisms 
and  quantities,  pp.  114-119. 


686  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3478  Sanford  (Ezekiel).    A  |  History  |  of  |  the  United  States  |  before 
the  Eevolution :  |  with  |  Some  Account  |  of  |  The  Aborigines.  |  By 
Ezekiel  Sanford.  | 

Philadelphia :  |  Published  by  Anthony  Finley.  |  William  Brown, 
Printer.  |  1819.  |  c.  BA. 

Pp.  i-cxcii,  1-341.  8°. 

Comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Charibbee,  Creek,  and  Mohegan  and  Northern 
Languages,  with  the  Hebrew  (from  Boudiuot's  Star  in  the  West),  pp.  xxviii- 
xxx. — Comparative  vocabulary  of  American  and  Tartar  (from  Barton's  New 
Views),  pp.  xxxi-xxxiii. — List  of  Tribes,  showing  difference  in  English  and 
French  spelling  (from  Boudinot's  Star  in  the  West),  p.  xxxvi. — List  of  Tribes  in 
Massachusetts  (from  Hutchinson's  History  of  Massachusetts),  p.  cxl. — List  of 
Tribes  in  New  Jersey  (from  Smith's  New  Jersey),  p.  cxlvi.— List  of  Tribes  in  Vir 
ginia,  pp.  clvii-clviii. — List  of  Tribes  in  North  Carolina,  p.  clx. — List  of  Tribes  in 
Louisiana  (from  Brackenridge's  Views),  pp.  clxvi-clxvii. 

3479  San  Francisco  (Fr.  Juan).    Oonferencias  espirituales  con  ejemplos 
y  doctrinas  de  Santos,  en  Lengua  Megicana.  * 

3480  Sermones  morales  y  panegiricos,  eu  Lengua  Megicana.     * 

Titles  from  Beri.-itain. 

3481  Santa  Maria  ( Fr.  Domingo).     Doctrina  cristiana  en  Lengua  Mis- 
teca.  * 

3482  Los  Evangelios  y  Epistolas  del  ano  eu  dicha  [Misteca] 

Leugua.  * 

Titles  from  Beristain. 

3483  Arte  i  Ensenanza  de  la  Lengua  Misteca.  * 

Mentioned  in  Barcia's  edition  of  Pinelo,  but  not  known  to  be  printed. — Triibner, 

3484  Santo  Domingo  (Fr.  Thomas  de).     Vocabulario  en  la  Lengua  Cak- 
chiquel  [y  espanolaj  Richiu  Fratris  Thomae  a  Sto  Dominico  e  coetu 
fratnim  sacri  ordiuis  Praedicatorum  superopidi  de  Zumpan  anima- 
rurn  curam  intendentis,  etc.  * 

Manuscript.  3  unnumbered  11.,  139  11.;  4°;  with  the  capital  letters  in  red; 
beautiful  writing,  of  the  early  part  of  the  17th  century.  The  author  of  this 
vocabulary,  as  he  announces  in  the  preliminary  page,  belonged  to  the  order  of 
St.  Dominic,  and  was  cura  of  the  town  of  Zumpango,  inhabited  by  the  Indians 
speaking  the  Cakchiquel  language.  The  vocabulary  is  well  made  and  very  com 
plete  ;  it  is  one  of  the  best  works  in  my  library. — Brassenr  de  liourbourg. 

3485  Santoral  Mexicano.  B. 

Manuscript.  11.197-445;  so..  12°;  very  neat,  and  in  many  different  hands;  no 
title-page.  lu  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco ;  bought  at  the  Ramirez  sale, 
London,  in  the  catalogue  of  which  it  is  entered  under  No.  542,  and  in  Icazbal- 
ceta's  Apuntes,  No.  162. 

Life  of  St.  Catherine,  11. 197-225.— Of  St.  Euphemia,  11. 229-233.— Of  St.  Justine, 
11. 233-237.— Of  St.  Margaret,  11.  237-241.— Of  St.  Christine,  11.  241-244.— Brief  dis 
courses,  11. 245-252. — A  bull  of  Sixtus  V,  and  its  publication,  11. 253-269. — Moral 
discourses,  11.270-289. — Ordination  of  priests,  11.290-295. — Sermons  and  moral 
tales,  11.  296-412. — Proverbs  and  metaphors,  with  Spanish  translation,  11.  413- 
420. — Brief  descriptions  of  animals,  birds,  and  reptiles,  and  translations  of  Span 
ish  fables,  11. 421-445. 


SANFORD  —  SAUER.  687 

348G  Santoyo  (/).  Antonio).    Catecismo  y  Confesonario  en  Lengua  To- 
touaca.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

3487  Sapame  imtikut  atugagssat  ardlait.  * 

7  pp.  8°.    Litauy  Catechism.    Title  from  a  Greenland  Missionary,  through 
Professor  Rink. 


3488  CAPbiiEBi  (ranpiuo  AiupecBim)  [Saricheff  (Gavrila  Andreevich)].    uyTe. 
mecTBie  Ean.    Bii.unurca,  (etc.  ).     [Journey  of  Captain  Billings  through 

the  (Jhukotsk  country  from   Bering  strait  to  the  Nizhnikolhnsk     iim 
post,  and  Capt.  Hall's  Voyage  to  the  north  Pacific  Ocean. 

St.  Petersburg,  1811.]  * 

Pp.  iv,  191.  4°.  maps.  Title  from  Dall  and  Baker's  Catalogue  of  Publications 
on  Alaska.  According  to  Leclerc's  Supplement,  No.  2675,  this  work,  pp.  91-129, 
contains  several  vocabularies  of  different  dialects  spoken  in  Russian  America. 
Lmlewig  says  it  contains  a  Tschukchi  vocabulary,  pp.  102-111,  and  an  Aleut  and 
Fox  Island  vocabulary,  pp.  121-129,  collected  by  Dr.  Robeck. 

3489  Saner  (Martin).    An  |  Account  |  of  a  |  Geographical  and  Astro 
nomical  |  Expedition  |  to  the  |  Northern  Parts  of  Russia,  |  for  as 
certaining  the  degrees  of  latitude  and  longitude  of  |  the  mouth  of 
the  river  Kovima;  |  of  the  whole  coast  of  the  Tshutski,  to  East 
Cape;  |  and  of  the  Islands  in  the  Eastern  Ocean,  stretching  to  | 
the  American  coast.  |  Performed,  |  By  Command  of  Her  Imperial 
Majesty  Catherine  the  Second,  |  Empress  of  all  the  Russias,  |  By 
Commodore  Joseph  Billings,  |  In  the  years  1785,  &c.  to  1794.  |  The 
whole  narrated  from  the  original  papers,  |  by  Martin  Saner,  |  Sec 
retary  to  the  Expedition.  | 

London  :  |  Printed  by  A.  Strahan,  Printers  Street  ;  |  For  T. 
Cadell,  Jun.  and  W.  Davies,  in  the  Strand.  |  1802.  |  A.  B.  c.  BA.  BP. 

Pp.  i-xxvii,  1-332,  and  Appendix  pp.  1-58.  4°.  map. 

Vocabulary  of  the  languages  of  Kamtshatka,  Aleutian  Isles,  and  Kadiak, 
pp.  9-14. 

3490  -  Voyage  |  fait  par  ordre  de  1'impe'ratrice  de  Russie  |  Cathe 
rine  II,  |  dans  Ie  nord  |  de  la  Russie  Asiatique,  |  dans  la  mer  Gla- 
ciale,  |  dans  la  mer  d'  Anadyr,  et  sur  les  |  cotes  de  1'Amerique,  | 
depuis  17S5  jusqu'en  1794,  |  par  le  commodore  Billings;  |  redige' 
par  M.  Saner,  |  SecriStaire-Interprete  de  FExpe'ditiou,  |  et  traduit 
de  1'anglais  avec  des  notes,  |  par  J.  Castera.  |  Avec  une  Collection 
de  qninze  Planches,  format  in-4°.,  dessine"es  sur  les  Lieux.  |  Tome 
Premier  [Second].  | 

A  Paris,  |  chez  F.  Buisson,  Imprimeur-Libraire,  rue  Hautefenille, 
No.  20.  |  an  X  (1802)  |  0. 

2  vols.  8°.  atlas  4°. 

Vocabulaire  Kamtchadale,  vol.  2,  pp.  289-295.  —  Vocabulaire  Aleoute,  vol.  2,  pp. 
296-303.—  Vocabulaire  de  la  langue  de  Kadiak,  vol.  2,  pp.  304-311. 

According  to  Ludewig  there  was  a  German  translation  :  Berlin,  1802,  8°,  the 
vocabularies  occurring  on  pp.  399-406. 


688  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3491  Sfauvage].  (M.  D[e].  L[a].).    Dictionnaire  |  Galibi,  |  Pre'sente'  sous 
deux  formes;  |  1°  Commencant  par  le  motFraiifois;  |  11°  Par  le  mot 
Galibi.  |  Precede   d'un  essai  de  grammaire.  |  Par  M.  D.  L.  S.  | 
[Figure.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Bauche,  Libraire,  Quai  des  Augustins,  |  a.  1'Image 
Sainte  Genevieve  &  a  Saint  Jean  |  dans  le  Ddsert.  |  M  DCC  LX1II 
[1763].  |  Avec  approbation,  et  privilege  du  Eoi.  |  A.  c.  s. 

1  p.l.,pp.i-xvi,l-24, 1-126, 1  1.  8°.  The  "Approbation,"  on  the  last  leaf  of 
the  book,  includes  both  PreTontaine's  and  Sauvage's  works.  The  latter,  how 
ever,  has  its  owu  title-page,  pagination,  &c.  According  to  Leclerc  and  Ludewig, 
Sauvage  compiled  this  dictionary  from  Boyer,  Biet,  Pelleprat,  Barrere,  and  others. 
Leclerc  says  that  the  author  was  also  called  Dela  Salle  de  Lestang. 

Essai  de  Grammaire  sur  la  langue  des  Galibi,  pp.  1-24. — Dictionnaire  Galibi, 
pp.  1-1-26. 

3492  Dictionnaire  Galibi.  |  Dictionarium  |  gallice,  latine  et  ga- 

libi.  |  Digestum  e  libro :  |  Dictionnaire  galibi,  Pre'sente  sous  deux 
formes,  1°  comniencaut  par  le  j  mot  francois,  '2°  par  le  mot  galibi, 
precede1  d'uu  essai  de  Grammaire,    |   par  M.  D.  L.  S.  si  Paris  1763. 
8°.     (Suite  de  la  Maison  rustique  de  Cayenne.)  |  Auctum  sermone 
latino.  | 

In  Martins  (Fried.  Ph.)  Beitrage  zur  Ethnographie  und  Sprachenkunde 
Amerika's  zumal  Brasiliens,  vol.  2,  pp.  325-370.  Erlangen,  1863,  8°,  und  Leip 
zig,  1867.  8°. 

Contains,  also,  Animalia  (praeposito  nomine  Galibi),  pp.  360-363;  Plantae, 
pp.  364-369. 

Also  issued  separately,  n.  p.,  n.  d.,  48  pp.  8°. — Field's  Indian  Bibliography, 
No.  1238. 

3493  Say  (Thomas).    Vocabularies  of  Indian  Languages. 

In  James  (Edwin).  Account  of  an  Expedition  under  command  of  Mnj.  S.  H. 
Long,  vol.  2,  pp.  Ixx-lxxxv.  Philadelphia,  1823.  8°. 

Wah-tok-ta-ta,  or  Oto,  pp.  Ixx-lxxviii.    Wah-tok-ta-ta,  or  Oto  language  (pro- 
Konza  language,  pp.  Ixx-lxxviii.  rniscnous  words),  p.  Ixxx. 

O-maw-haw  language,  pp.  Ixx-lxxviii.     O-maw-haw    language   (promiscuous 
Sioux  (Yancton  band)  language,  pp.        words),  pp.  Ixxxi-lxxxii. 

Ixx-lxxviii.  O-maw-haw  names    of    persons,  pp. 

Min-ne-ta-re,  or  Gros  ventre  language,        Ixxxii-lxxxiii. 

pp.  Ixx-lxxviii.  O-maw-haw  interjections  and  excla- 

Paw-ne  language,  pp.  Ixx-lxxviii.  nations,  p.  Ixxxiii. 

Chel-a-ke,  or  Cherokee  language,  pp.     Sioux    (Yancton   band)  language,  p. 

Ixx-lxxviii.  Ixxxiv. 

Shos-ho-ne  language,  p.  Ixxix.  Miu-ne-ta-re,  or  Gros  ventre  language, 

Up-sa-ro-ka,  or    Crow    language,  p.         pp.  Ixxxiv-lxxxv. 

Ixxix.  Paw-ne  language,  p.  Ixxxv. 

The  Upsaroka  and  Minnetaree  vocabularies  reprinted  in  Schoolcraft  (H.R.) 
Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  255-256.  Philadelphia,  1853.  4°. 

3494  Vocabulary  of  the  Killisteno  or  Cree. 

In  Keating  ( W.  H. )  Narrative  of  an  Expedition  under  Maj.  S.  H.  Long,  vol.  2, 
pp.  450-459.  Philadelphia,  1824.  8°. 

Reprinted  in  the  English  edition  of  the  above  work,  vol.  2,  pp.  143-156.  Lon 
don,  1825.  8°. 


SAUVAGE — SC1IERZEB.  689 

3495  Saz  (P.  Antonio).     Serrnoues  en  la  lengua  Cakchiquel.  * 

Mentioned  by  Brinton  in  his  article  on  the  manuscripts  in  the  library  of  the 
American  Philosophical  Society,  the  titles  of  which  he  gives  as  follows:  "do  San 
Joachim,  de  la  visitacion,  de  la  asuncion,  de  la  concepcion,  manual  en  la  lengua, 
and  others;  none  of  them  mentioned  by  Squier  or  Pimentel." 

3496  Adiciones  al  Arte  de  la  lengua  de  Guatemala,  para  utili- 

dad  de  los  Indios  y  comodidad  de  sus  Miuistros :  by  Father  Anto 
nio  Saz,  of  the  Order  of  San  Francisco. 

A  manuscript  preserved  in  the  Convent  of  San  Francisco  in  Guatemala. — Squier. 

3497  Scheppig  (Richard).    Ancient  Mexicans,  Central  Americans,  Chib- 
chas.  and  Ancient  Peruvians.    Compiled  and  abstracted  by  Richard 
Scbeppig,  Ph.  D. 

Forms  Part  2  of  Spencer  (Herbert).  Descriptive  Sociology.  New  York,  D. 
Appleton  and  Company.  [1874.]  folio. 

"Language,"  pp. 50-53,  contains  quotations  from  many  different  authors,  on 
the  languages  of  the  Mexicans,  Central  Americans,  &c. 

3498  Scherer  (Johann  Benedict).    Eecberches  |  Historiques  |  et  Ge"o- 
graphiques  |  sur  |  le  Nouveau-Monde.  |  Par  Jean-Beuoit  Scherer, 
Pensionnaire  du  Itoi;  |  Employe"  aux  affaires  6traugeres;  Meinbre 
de  plusieurs  |  Academies  &  Socie'te's  litte'raires ;  ci-devant  Juris- 
con-  |  suite  du  College  Imperial  de  .Justice  a-  Saint-Petersbourg,  | 
pour  les  affaires  de  la  Livonie,  d'Esthonie  &  de  Finlande.  |-  [Design.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Brunet,  Libraire,  rue  des  Ecrivains.  |  M.  DCC.- 
LXXVII  [1777].  |  A.C.BA. 

Pp.i-xii,211.,pp.  1-352.  H°.  map.  plates. 

Short  vocabulary,  17  words,  Esquimaux  and  Greenland,  p.  19. — Essai  sur  lea 
rapports  des  mots  entre  les  Langues  du  Nouveau-Monde  &.  celles  de  1'Aiicien, 
par  1'Auteur  du  Monde  Primitif,  pp.  302-34">,  contains :  Langne  des  Esquimaux  & 
des  Groenlandois,  pp.  306-312;  du  Canada,  pp.  313-319;  des  Caraibes  &  des  Gali- 
bis,  pp.  319-327;  des  Abeuaquis,  pp.  327-328;  des  Virginiens,  pp.  328-331;  de 
Peusyl vanie,  p.  331 ;  Mexicaiue,  pp.  332-334. 

3499  Schermerhorn  (John  F.)    Report  respecting  the  Indians  inhabiting 
the  western  parts  of  the  United  States.    Communicated  by  Mr. 
John  F.  Schermerhorn  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Society  for  propa 
gating  the  Gospel  among  the  Indians  and  Others  in  North  America. 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  second  series,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-45.     Boston,  1814.  8°. 
Comments  on  the  language  of  the  Shawanoes,  Delawa:es,  Miamies,  Algou- 
quins,  Chactaws,  and  various  tribes  west  of  the  Mississippi. 

3500  Scherzer  (Dr.  Karl,  Ritter  von).   Wanderungen  |  durch  die  |  mittel- 
amerikauischen  Freistaaten  |  Nicaragua,  Honduras  und  San  Salva 
dor.  |  Mit  Hinblick    |    auf  deutsche  Emigration  und   deutscher 
Handel,  |  von  |  Dr.  Carl  Scherzer.  |  Mit  zwei  Karten.  | 

Braunschweig,  |  Druck  und  Verlag  von  George  Westermann.  | 
1857.  |  A.B. 

Pp.  i-xviii,  1-5U>.  8°.  plates. 

Hundertacbtzig  Wnrzehvorte  aus  der  Sprache  der  Tlaskalteken  iin  Dorfe 
Isaioo  im  Staate  San  Salvador  (from  Gallatin),  pp.  504-507. 

The  English  edition:  Travels  in  the  Free  States  of  Central  America,  London, 
1857,2  vols.,  12°,  does  not  contain  the  root  words. 
44  Bib 


NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Scherzer  (Dr.  Karl,  Eitter  von) — continued. 

3501  Sprachen  der  Indianer  Cent  ral-Amerika's.  Wahrendseinen 

mehrjiilirigen  Eeisen  in  den  verschiedenen  Staaten  Mittel-Anierika's 
aufgezeichnet  und  zusammengestellt  von  Dr.  Karl  Scherzer. 

In  Kalserliche  Akad.  derWiss.  Sitzungsberichte,philosophi8ch-hi8torisehen 
Classe,  vol.  15,  pp.  28-37.  Wieu,  1655.  8°. 

Sprache  der  Tlascaltekas  Indianer  (Mexicanisch),  im  Dorfe  Isalco,  im  Staato 
San  Salvador.— Sprache  der  Indianer  von  IxtlaVacan  (Quiche1),  10  engl.  Meilcn 
von  Quesaltenango,  Guatemala. — Sprache  der  Indianer  von  Palin  (Poconchi),24 
engl.  Meilen  von  Neu-Guatemala. — Sprache  der  Indianer  von  St.  Maria,  am  Fnsse 
des  Wasser  Vulcans  (Pnpuluka  Katchikel;,  5  engl.  Meilen  von  Antigua  Guate 
mala.— Sprache  der  wilden  Indiauerstamme  der  Blancos,  Valientes  und  Tala- 
mancos,  entlang  der  Ostkuste  zwischen  dem  Rio  Zent  und  Bocco  del  Toro  im 
Staate  Costa  Rica. 

Issued  separately,  also,  with  same  title.    See  Field's  Essay,  No.  1359. 


See  Wagner  (Dr.  Moritz)  and  Scherzer  (.Dr.  Carl). 

3502  Schomburgk  (Sir  Bobert  H.)   Contributions  to  the  Philological  Eth 
nography  of  South  America.    By  Sir  E.  H.  Schomburgk. 

la  Philolog.  Soc.  [of  London],  Proc.,  vol.  3,  pp.  228-237.    London,  1848.  8°.    . 

"Affinity  of  words  in  the  Guinau  with  other  Languages  and  Dialects  in  Amer 
ica,"  pp.  236-237,  contains  examples  in  Carib,  Delaware,  Wyandot,  Cherokee, 
Chippeway,  Massachusetts,  Nanticokes,  Saukies,  Algonkins,  Muscogho,  Dahco- 
tahs,  Yanktons,  Ottoes,  Kinai,  Quappas,  Osages,  Omahas,  Minetares,  Ottowas, 
Old-Algonkin,  Illinois,  Tuscaroras,  Nottoways,  Caddoes,  Eskimaux  of  Hudson's 
Bay,  Pitna,  Onondago,  Atnah,  Yucatan,  &.c. 

3503  A  Vocabulary  of  the  Maiongkong  Language  [South  Amer 
ica].    By  Sir  Eobert  Schomburgk. 

In  Philolog.  Soc.  [of  London],  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  217-222.     London,  1850.  8°. 

Contains  the  word  for  Sun  in  several  South  American  languages  and  in  Hnas- 
teca,  Cora.  Eslenes,  Choctas,  Muskhogee,  Shawanho,  Kikkapoos,  Minsi,  New 
Sweden,  Algonkin,  Mohicans,  Chippeways,  Messisaugis,  Chepewyan,  Tribes  of 
the  northwest  coast  of  America,  Kinai,  Esquimaux,  Tchouktche  American  or 
Aglemoute,  &c. 

3504  Schoolcraft  (Henry  Eowe).    Travels  |  in  the  |  Central  Portions  |  of 
the  |  Mississippi  Valley:  |  comprising  observations  on  its  |  Mineral 
Geography,  Internal  Eesources,  |  and  Aboriginal  Population.  | 
(Performed  under  the  Sanction  of  Government,  in  the  year  1821.)  | 
By  Henry  E.  Schoolcraft,  U.  S.  I.  A.  |  Hon.  Memb.  [&c.,  six  lines]. 

New- York :  |  Published  by  Collins  and  Hannay,  |  230  Pearl- 
Street.  |  J.  &  J.  Harper,  Printers.  |  1825.  |  O.BA.  BP.  HU. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-459.  8°. 

Classification  of  Indian  Languages,  dialects  of  the  Algoaquins,  foot-note,  p. 
299.— Pronominal  affixes,  Chippewa,  foot-note,  p.  340.— History  and  Language 
of  i he  Pottowattomies  (extract  from  a  letter  written  by  Dr.  Wolcott,  containing 
a  few  examples  of  Pottowattomie),  foot-note,  pp.  380-386.— Songs  in  Chippewa, 
pp.  427-431.— Address  in  Chippewa,  with  translation  by  Mrs.  Jan«  Schoolcraft, 
p.  433. 

3505  Narrative  |  of  an  |  Expedition  |  Through  the  Upper  Missis 
sippi  |  to  Itasca  Lake,  |  the  actual  Source  of  this  Eiver;  |  etnbrac- 


SCHERZER — SCHOOLCRAFT.  691 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  Rowe) — continued. 

ing  |  an  Exploratory  Trip  through  the  St.  Croix  |  and  Burntwood 
(or  Broule)  Rivers:  |  in  1832.  |  Under  the  direction  of  |  Henry  R. 
Schoolcraft.  | 

New- York :  |  Published  by  Harper  &  Brothers,  |  No.  82  Cliff- 
Street.  |  1834.  |  A.  C.  BA.  HIT.  X3  , 

1  p.1. ,  pp.  i-vi,  7-307.  8°.  map. 

Lectures  I  and  II  on  the  Chippewa  Substantive,  pp.  169-202  — A  vocabulary  of       * 
words  and  phrases  in  the  Chippewa  language  (letters  A  and  B),  pp.  203-210. 

Lectures  III  and  IV  of  this  series  are  printed  in  Onedta,  or  Red  Race  of  America, 
New  York,  1844  ;  Ibid.,  New  York,  1845;  Red  Race  of  America,  New  York,  1847; 
Indian  in  his  Wigwam,  New  York,  1848;  and  in  Western  Scenes,  Aiiburn,  1853. 

3506  Algic  Researches,  |  comprising  |  Inquiries  respecting  the 

mental  |  characteristics  |  of  the  |  North  American  Indians.  |  First 
series.  |  Indian  tales  and  legends.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [IIJ.  | 
By  Henry  Rowe  Schoolcraft.  |  Author  of  [&c.,  three  linesj. 

New  York:  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  82  Cliff  Street.  |  1839.  | 

2  vols.  12°.     Songs,  with  translations,  vol.  1,  pp.  168. 169, 197  ;  vol.  2,  pp.  35,  37, 
115, 209.     Reprinted  in  :  Myth  of  Hiawatha,  No.  3521.  A.  0.  HU.WHS. 

3507  Cyclopedia  Indianensis :  |  or  a  |  General  Description  |  of 

the  |  Indian  Tribes  of  North  and  South  America.  |  Comprising  | 
their  origin,  history,  biography,  manners  and  customs,  language 
and  religion;  1  their  numbers  and  divisions  into  tribes,  their  ethno 
graphical  affinities,  |  territorial  possessions  and  geographical  and 
proper  names ;  their  an-  |  tiquities  and  monumental  remains,  their 
mythology,  hierogly-  |  phics  and  picture-writing,  their  allegories, 
oral  tales  and  |  traditions;   their  civil  polity,  arts,  employments 
and  |  bmusements',  and  other  traits  of  their  character  |  and  condi 
tion,  past  and  present;  together  |  with  a  comprehensive  lexicon  of 
In-   dian  words  and  phrases.    The  whole  alphabetically  arranged.  | 
By  |  Henry  R.  Schoolcraft,  |  assisted  by  a  number  of  literary  and 
scientific  gentlemen  in  America  and  Europe.  |  In  8  Nos.,  to  make  2 
Vols.  Royal  8vo.,  700  pages  each.  |  With  portraits  of  distinguished 
Chiefs,  Engravings  of  Ancient  Ruins,  Hiero-  |  glyphics,  etc.,  |  At 
$1.50  per  No.,  $6  per  volume.  | 

New- York :  |  Published  by  Platt  &  Peters,  |  at  the  office  of  the 
American  Biblical  Repository  and  the  American  Eclectic,  |  36  Park 
Row,  opposite  the  City  Hall.  |  1842.  |  University  Press,  John  P. 
Trow,  Printer.  |  JWP.  LSH. 

1  p.  1.,  16  pp.  royal  8°.  Prospectus  of  a  work  to  be  issued,  as  stated  therein, 
in  8  numbers,  to  make  2  vols.,  royal  octavo,  700  pages  each.  The  work  has  not 
been  published. 

3508  •—  Oneota,  |  or  |  the  Red  Race  of  America :  |  their  History, 

Traditions.  Customs,  |  Poetry,  Picture-writing,  &c.  |  In  extracts 
from  |  Notes,  Journals,  and  other  unpublished  writing,  j  By  Henry 
It.  Schoolcraft.  I 


692  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  Rowe) — continued. 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Burgess,  Stringer,  &  Co.,  |  No.  222 
Broadway,  corner  of  Ann  Street.  |  American  Museum  Buildings.  | 
[1844-1845.  J  B.  BA. 

Issued  in  8  numbers  of  64  pp.  each,  with  printed  cover.  Reprinted  as  fol 
lows: 

3509  Oneota,  |  or  |  Characteristics  |  of  the  |  Red  Race  of  Amer 
ica.  |  From  Original  Notes  and  Manuscripts.  |  By  Henry  R.  School- 
craft,  |   Memb.    Royal   Geographical   Society  of  London,  and  of 
the  Royal  Society  of  Northern  Antiquaries,  |  Copenhagen;   Hon. 
Memb.  of  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Montreal  [&c.,  twelve  lines]. 

New  York  &  London:  |  Wiley  &  Putnam.  |  1845.  A.C.BP.HU.WHS. 

Pp.  i-vi,  5-512.  8°. 

Ojibwa  Song,  pp.  15-16. — Geographical  Terminology  of  the  United  States, 
derived  from  the  Indian  Language,  pp.  3H-40. — XXIIId  Psalm,  from  Eliot's  Bible, 
pp.  46-47. — Chant  to  the  Fire-Fly,  Chippewa  Algonquin,  p.  01. — Lectures  on  the 
Grammatical  Structure  of  the  Indian  Language  (being  Lecture  III,  delivered  be 
fore  the  St.  Mary's  committee  of  the  Algic  Society ;  the  Algonquin  is  selected 
as  the  topic  of  inquiry),  pp.  93-104.— Ethnological  gazetteer  of  the  Indian  tribes 
of  the  American  continent,  pp.  119-125,  154-172,  286-294.— A  psalm,  by  Mrs. 
Schoolcraft,  Ojibwa- Algonquin,  pp.  126-127. — Names  of  the  seasons,  aud  cardinal 
points,  Ojibwa,  p.  128.— Nursery  and  cradle  songs,  pp.  212-220.— Lecture  IV: 
Grammatical  structure  of  the  Indian  languages,  pp.  221-232.— Corn  Song,  pp.  255- 
256.— Traditionary  war-songs  of  the  Ojibwa  Algonqnins,  pp.  346-351. 

Reviewed  in  American  Review,  a  Whig  Journal,  &e.,vol.  1,  pp.  90-94.  New 
York,  1845,  8°,  in  which  is  given  love-songs  in  the  Chippewa  language. 

3510  Report  of  Mr.  Schoolcraft,  to  the  Secretary  of  State  [of 

New  York],  transmitting  the  census  returns  in  relation  to  the  In 
dians  [of  the  State  of  New  York].    State  of  New  York:  Senate 
Document  No.  24.    Jan.  22,  1846.  c.  BA. 

Pp.  1-285, 1  1.  8°.     Also  issued  with  title-page,  as  below. 

The  Report  on  the  Census  of  the  Iroquois  occupies  pp.  3-20,  and  is  followed 
by  a  "Supplementary  Report  of  Henry  R.  Schoolcraft  to  the  Secretary  of  State. 
Antiquities— History — Ethnology",  pp.  21-285,  which  contains  the  following: 

Chew  (W.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Tuscarora  [350  words],  pp.  251-258. 

Elliot  (Rev.  A.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Mohawk  [220  words],  pp. 264-270. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Cayuga  [320  words],  pp.  271-277. 

Shearman  (R.  U.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Oueida  [101  words],  pp.  278-281. 

3511  Notes  on  the  Iroquois:  |  or,  Contributions  to  the  |  Statistics, 

Aboriginal  History,  Antiquities  and  General  Ethnology  |  of  |  West 
ern  New-York.  |  By  Henry  E.  Schoolcraft,  |  Hon.  Mem.  [&c.,  seven 
lines]. 

New-York :  |  Bartlett  &  Welford,  |  Astor  House.  |  1846.  | 
Pp.  i-vii ,  1-285, 1  1.  8°.     Contents  as  in  Senate  Document.     Reprinted  as  fol 
lows:  '     A.  C.  S.  BA.  WE.  WHS. 

3512  Notes  |  on  |  the  Iroquois ;  |  or  Contribiitions  to  |  American 

History,  Antiquities,   |  and  |  General  Ethnology.  |  By  Henry  R. 
Schoolcraft,  |  Hon.  Memb.  [&c.,  eight  lines]. 

Albany :  |  Erastus  H.  Pease  &  Co.,  82  State  Street.  |  1847.  | 

Pp.  i-xv,  1-498.  8°.  •*-.  0.  LSH. 


SCHOOLCKAFT.  693 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  Howe) — continued. 

Comments  on  the  Cherokee  language,  pp.  158-160.— Chapter  XI,  Language: 
Structure  of  the  class  of  American  languages-Comparative  vocabulary  of  the 
Iroquois  and  its  cognate,  the  Wyandot,  pp.  382-400,  contains,  pp.  393-400,  the 
following  vocabularies:  Mohawk  (Rev.  A.  Elliot);  Oneida  (H.  R.  S.  and  R.  U. 
Shearman);  Ouondaga  (H.  R.  S.  and  Arch.  Am.);  Cayuga  (Rev.  A.  Elliot); 
Seneca  (E.  S.  Parker,  H.  R.  S.,  and  Arch.  Am.) ;  Tuscarora  (Rev.  G.  Rockwood  and 
W.  Chew) ;  Wyandot  (J.  Johnson,  H.  R.  S.,  and  Arch.  Am.). — Brief  comments  on 
the  Seneca  language,  p.  456. — A  few  phrases  in  Tuscarora  (Rev.  G.  Rockwood), 
p. 487. 

3513  The  |  Bed  Eace  of  America.  |  By  Henry  E.  Schoolcraft.  | 

New  York:  |  Wm.  H.  Graham,  Tribune  Buildings,  |  161  Nassau 

Street.  |  1847.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-416.  8°. 

XXIII  Psalm  in  Massachusetts,  from  Eliot's  Bible,  pp.  226-227.— Schoolcraft's 
American  Cyclopaedia,  or  Ethnological  Gazeteer,  &c.  (letter  A),  pp.  231-265. — 
Lectures  3  and  4  on  the  Grammatical  Structure  of  the  Indian  Language, 
pp.  266-290. — Geographical  Terminology  of  the  United  States,  derived  from  the 
Indian  Languages  (extracts  from  "  Cyclopaedia  Indiauensis,"  a  manuscript  work 
in  preparation),  pp.  304-308. — Names  of  the  seasons  in  Odjibwa,  p.  308. — Names 
of  the  cardinal  points  in  Odjibwa,  p.  308. 

Issued,  also,  with  the  following  title,  and  with  contents  as  above. 

3514  The  Indian  in  his  Wigwam,  |  or  |  Characteristics  |  of  the  | 

Eed  Eace  of  America.  |  From  original  notes  and  manuscripts.  |  By 
Henry  E.  Schoolcraft,  |  Member  [&c.,  twelve  lines]. 

New    York   |   Dewitt   &   Davenport,    |   Tribune    Buildings.   | 
1848.  |  A.  BA.  HU.  WE. 

Pp.  1-416.  8°.  Field  says  it  was  also  issued  with  the  imprint :  Buffalo :  Derby 
&  Hewson.     1848.     Reissued,  with  new  title  and  some  additions,  as  follows: 

3515  The  |  American  Indians.  |  Their  History,  |  Condition  and 

Prospects,  |  from  |  Original  notes  and  Manuscripts.  |  By  Henry  E. 
Schoolcraft.  |  Together  with  an  appendix,  containing  thrilling  | 
narratives,  daring  exploits,  etc.  etc.  |  New  revised  edition.  | 

Eochester:  |  Wanzer,  Foot  and  Co.  |  1851.  |  B.C. WHS. 

Pp.  1-495.  8°.     Also  issued  with  the  following  title : 

3516  Western  Scenes  |  and  |  Eeminiscences:  |  together  with 

Thrilling  |  Legends  and  Traditions  |  of  the  |  Eed  Men  of  the  For 
est.  |  To  which  is  added  |  several  Narratives  of  adventures  among 
the  Indians.  | 

Auburn:  |  Derby  and  Miller.  |  Buffalo:  |  Derby,  Orton  &  Mulli 
gan.  |  1853.  |  c. 
Pp.  1-195.  8°. 

3517  Personal  Memoirs  |  of  a  |  Eesidence  of  Thirty  Years  |  with 

the  |  Indian  Tribes  |  on  the  |  American  Frontiers:  |  with  brief  j 
notices  of  passing  events,  facts,  and  opinions,  |  A.  D.  1812  to  A.  D. 
1842.  |  By  Henry  E.  Schoolcraft.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Lippincott,  Grambo  and  Co.,  |  Successors  to 
Grigg,  Elliot  and  Co.  |  1851.  |  A.  c.  WHS. 

Pp.  i-xlviii,  17-703.  8°. 


694  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  Bowe) — continued. 

Etymology  of  the  word  Chippewa,  p.  129. — Names  of  the  seasons  in  Chippewa, 
p.  132. — Genesis  i,  3,  in  Chippewa,  p.  141. — Numerals,  1-10,  in  Chippewa,  p.  144. — 
A  few  examples  in  Chippewa,  pp.  155-159. — Remarks  on  the  structure  of  the 
Chippewa,  with  examples,  pp.  171-174, 178, 435, 453. — Etymology  of  the  word  Chi 
cago,  p.  478. — Verses  in  Chippewa  (?)  hy  Mrs.  Schoolcraft,  with  translation  by 
H.  R.  S. ,  pp.  632-633.— A  few  words  of  the  New  England  Tribes  (from  Wood's  New 
England's  Prospect),  compared  with  the  Chippewa  of  Lake  Superior,  p.  644. — 
Etymology  of  geographic  names  on  the  Hudson,  pp.  646-647. — A  few  words  of 
Chippewa  and  Ottawa  compared,  p.  670. — English,  German,  Welsh,  and  Algon 
quin  compared,  p.  692. — Numerals,  1-10,  of  Polynesian  and  Algonquin  com 
pared,  pp.  695-696. 

3518  Inquiries,  |  respecting  the  |  History,  Present  Condition,  | 

and  |   Future  Prospects,  |  of  the  |  Indian  Tribes  of  the  United 
States.  |  By  Henry  E.  Schoolcraft,  |  Office  Indian  Affairs,  |  Wash 
ington,  D.  C.  | 

Philadelphia:    |    Lippincott,    Grambo    &    Co.,    Publishers.    | 
1851.  |  B.  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1 1. ,  title  1 1. ,  pp.  523-568.  4°.  Extract  from  vol.  1  of  the  following : 

3519  Historical  |  and  |   Statistical    Information,   |  respecting 

the  |  History,  Condition  and  Prospects  |  of  the  |  Indian  Tribes  of 
the  United  States:  |  collected  and  prepared  under  the  direction  | 
of  the  |  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs,  |  per  Act  of  Congress  of  March 
3d,  1847,  |  by  Henry  E.  Schoolcraft,  LL.  D.  |  Illustrated  by  S.  East 
man,  Capt.  U.  S.  A.  |  Published  by  Authority  of  Congress.  |  Part 
I  [-VI].  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Lippincott,  Grambo  &  Company,  |  (Successors  to 
Grigg,  Elliot  &  Co.)  |  1851  [-1857].  |  A.  yf.c.  S.  BA.  JWP. 

6  vols.  4°.  maps  and  plates;  each  volume  with  engraved  title  aud  printed 
title,  the  former  worded  as  above  but  differing  slightly  in  arrangement.  Two 
editions  of  this  work  were  published  by  the  same  house,  one  on  thinner  and 
somewhat  smaller  paper,  of  which  only  five  volumes  were  printed,  and  the  edi 
tion  is  therefore  incomplete. 

CONTENTS.— Part  I. 

Eliot  (J.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Massachusetts  Indians,  pp.  288-299. 

Proverbs  xxx,  25-32,  in  the  Massachusetts  Indian  language,  p.  404. 

Schoolcraft  (H.  R. )  Medicine  songs  of  the  Chippewas,  pp.  362-366, 368-380, 
383-384,398-401. 

List  of  totems,  with  English  signification,  pp.  417-419. 

War  song,  p.  402. 

Wyeth  (Nathaniel  J.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Shoshonees,  pp.  216-218. 

Part  II. 

Alcantara  (Pedro).     Vocabulary  of  the  Costanos,  pp.  494-505. 

Bruce  (W.  H.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Menomonee  language,  pp.  470-481. 

Butler  (William).     Cherokee  numeration,  pp. 209-211. 

Casey  ( Capt.  J.  C.)    Hitchittee  or  Chell-o-kee  dialect  numeration,  pp.  220-221. 

Cherokee  alphabet,  facing  p.  228. 

Cummings  (Richard  W.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Shawnee  language,  pp.  470-481. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Delaware  language,  pp.  470-481. 


SCHOOLCRAFT.  695 

Schoolcrafl  (Henry  Eowe) — continued. 

Dougherty  (fiev.  P.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Ojibwa  of  Grand  Traverse  Bay, 
pp.  458-469. 

Drenneu  (John).     Choctaw  numeration, pp.  204-206. 

Elliot  (Her.  Adam).     Vocabulary  of  the  Mohawk  language,  pp.  482-493. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Cayuga  language,  pp.  482-493. 

Fairbanks  ( Mr.)    Chippewa  (Ojibwa)  of  the  Upper  Mississippi,  pp.  216-218. 

Fletcher  (Jonathan  C. )    Magio  eong,  p.  223. 

Handy  (Charles  W.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Miami  language,  pp.  470-481. 

Johnson  (Adam).     Vocabulary  of  the  Cushna,  pp.  494-505. 

Cushna  sentences,  numbers,  proper  names,  &c.,  pp.  506-508. 

Johnston  (George)    Vocabulary  of  the  Ojibua  of  St.  Mary's,  pp.  458-469. 

Johnston  (W.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Ojibwa  of  Michilimackinac,  pp.  458-469. 

lie  Fort  (Abraham).     Vocabulary  of  the  Onondaga  language,  pp.  482-493. 

Lieber  (Dr.  F.)    Plan  of  thought  of  the  American  languages,  pp.  346-349. 

Lowry  (J/is«  Elizabeth).     Wiunebago  numeral  ion,  pp.  214- 216. 

Moncrovie  (J.  B.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Satsika,  or  Blackfeet,  pp.  494-505. 

Moran  (G.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Ojibwa  of  Saganaw,  pp.  458-469. 

Neighbors  (R.  S.)    Comanche  numeration,  pp.  129-130. 

Vocabulary  of  the  NUuui,or  Comanche,  pp.  494-505. 

Prescott  (Philander).     Dakota  numeration,  pp.  206-208. 

Prodigal  Son  (in  Cherokee  characters),  facing  p.  228. 

Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)    Chippewa  war  songs,  pp.  61-62. 

Indian  languages  of  the  United  States,  pp.  340-345. 

An  essay  on  the  grammatical  structure  of  the  Algonquin  language, 

pp.  351-442. 

Kekeenowin,  or  Hieratic  Signs  of  the  Medawin  and  Jeesukawin,  pp. 

358-366,  includes  songs  in  Ojibwa. 

Simonise  (William  S.)    Carib  song, p.  312. 

Skeiiaiido.     Vocabulary  of  the  Oneida  language,  pp.  482-493. 

'Walker  (William).     Wyandot  numeration,  pp.  218-220. 

Warren  (W.  W.)  Numeration  of  the  Ojibwa  of  Chegoimegon  and  of  the 
Pillagers  and  Northern  Ojibwas,  pp.  211-213. 

Whipple  (  Lieut.  A.  W. )    Vocabulary  of  the  Diegunos,  pp.  103-104. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Yuma  (Cnchan),  pp.  118-121. 

Worcester  (Etv.  S.  A. )  Remarks  on  the  principles  of  the  Cherokee  language, 
pp.  443-456. 

Part  III. 

Analysis  of  pronominal  and  verbal  forms  of  the  Indian  languages  in  the  Ex 
hibition  of  "Words  and  Forms  of  Speech,  prepared  with  a  view  to  obtain  their 
Equivalents  in  various  Indian  Dialects,"  in  French  and  English  only,  pp.  407-411. 

Brant z  (Lewis).     Some  words  from  the  language  of  the  Choctaws,  p.  347. 

Emmons  (George  F.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Klatsop,  pp.  223-224. 

Oallatin  (A.)  A  letter,  enclosing  a  table  of  Generic  Indian  families  of  lan 
guages,  pp.  397—402. 

Gibbs  (G.)  Observations  on  some  of  the  Indian  dialects  of  Northern  Cali 
fornia,  pp.  420-423. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Tcho-ko-yem,  Cop-e'h,  Kula-napo,  and  Yukai,  pp. 

428-434. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Chow-e-shak,  Batem-da-kai-ee,  Wee-yot,  and  Wish- 
oak,  pp.  434-440. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Weits-pek,  Hoo-pah,  Tah-le-wah,  and  Eh-nek, 

pp.  440-445. 

Kipp  (James).     Vocabulary  of  the  Mandan,  pp.  255-256. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Mandan,  pp.  446-459. 


696  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  Eowe) — continued. 

Madison  (James).     Vocabulary  of  the  Dela  wares,  pp.  424-427. 

Parry  (C.  C.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Pimo,  pp.  460-4G2. 

Say  (Thomas).     Vocabulary  of  the  Upsaroka,  pp.  255-256. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Minnetaree,  p.  256. 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  R.)     Chippeway  songs,  pp.  325-328. 

A  reply  to  some  of  the  historical  and  philological  topics  of  investiga 
tion  brought  forward  in  the  foregoing  letter  of  Mr.  Gallatiu,  pp.  403-407. 

Replies,  in  the  Ojibwa  language,  to  the  preceding  analytical  forms, 

pp.  412-^116. 

Grammatical  comments  on  the  preceding  analytical  forms,  pp.  417-419. 

Plan  of  a  system  of  geographical  names  for  the  United  States  founded 

on  the  Aboriginal  languages,  pp.  501-509. 

A  description  of  the  Aboriginal  American  nomenclature  with  its  ety 
mology  (Letter  A),  pp.  510-549. 

Smith  (John  S. )     Vocabulary  of  the  Arapahoes,  pp.  446-459. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Cheyennes,  pp.  446-459. 

•Whiting  (David  V. )    Vocabulary  of  the  Pueblo  of  Tusuque,  pp.  446-459. 

Part  IV. 

Casey  ( J.  C. )    Vocabulary  of  the  Muskogee,  or  Creek,  pp.  416-429. 

Claikson  (Matthew).     Words  in  the  Osage  language,  p.  275. 

Denig  (E.  T.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Assiniboine,  pp.  41G-431. 

Eaton  (Copt.  J.  H.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Navajo,  of  New  Mexico,  pp.  416-431. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Pueblo,  of  ZuSi,  New  Mexico,  pp.  41(5-431. 

Fletcher  (J.  E.)  List  of  moons  (Winnebagoes),  with  English  signification, 
pp.  239-240. 

Hamilton  (Rev.  William. )    Remarks  on  the  Iowa  language,  pp.  397-406. 

Hurlburt  (Eve.  T.)  A  memoir  on  the  inflections  of  the  Chippewa  tongue, pp. 
385-396. 

Johnson  (Adam).     Languages  of  California,  pp.  406-415. 

Pond  (Gideon  H.)    Medicine  song  (Dakota),  (reprinted  in  vol.  vi,  p.  655),  p.  649. 

Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Observations  on  the  manner  of  compounding  words  in 
the  Indian  languages,  pp.  371-385. 

A  bibliographical  catalogue  of  books,  translations  of  the  Scriptures, 

and  other  publications  in  the  Indian  tongues  of  the  United  States,  with  brief 
critical  notices,  pp.  523-551. 

American  nomenclature ;  being  a  critical  dictionary  of  Indian  names  in 

the  history,  geography,  and  mythology  of  the  United  States,  alphabetically  ar 
ranged  (Letter  B),  pp.  554-564. 

Part  V. 

Bonneville  (B.  L.  E.)     Etymology  of  the  word  Oregon,  pp.  708-709. 

Edwards  (Jonathan).     Lord's  Prayer  in  Mahicau,  p.  591. 

Eliot  (John).     Vocabulary  of  the  Natic,  foot-note,  p.  39. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Apache  and  Algonquin,  foot-note,  p.  202. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Massachusetts,  p.  591. 

Henry  (Dr.  C.  A.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Apachee,  pp.  578-589. 

Kidder  (Frederic).     Vocabulary  of  the  Passamaquoddy,  pp.  689-690. 

Lane  (W.  C.)     Letter  on  affinities  of  dialects  in  New  Mexico,  p.  689. 

Lawson  (John).     Vocabulary  of  the  Algonquin  and  Pamptico,  foot-note,  p.  38. 

Comparisons  of  the  languages  of  the  ancient  Pamptieos  of  North  Caro 
lina  with  the  Algonquin  language,  and  of  the  ancient  Waccoa  of  that  State  and 
the  Catawba,  of  South  Carolina,  pp.  552-558. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Choctaw  and  Dacotah  or  Sioux,  p.  592. 


SCHOOLCRAFT.  697 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  Eowe) — continued. 

Marcy  (R.  B.)    Specimens  of  the  Caddo  and  Wichita  languages,  pp.  709-712. 

Rand  ( Itei:  Silas  T. )    Vocabulary  of  the  Micmac,  pp.  578-589. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Milicite,  p.  592. 

Milicite  numerals,  pp.  690-691. 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  R.)     Chippewa  language, pp.  297-388. 

Chippewa  declension  of  the  word  God,  p.  416. 

Chippewa  songs,  pp.  429-431, 439. 

A  list  of  Anglo-Indian  words  incorporated  into  the  English  language, 

or  employed  by  approved  writers,  pp.  535-542. 

'Philosophy  of  Utterance  [including  vocabulary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon], 

pp.  543-551. 

Original  words  of  Indian  songs  literally  translated  [Chippewa],  pp. 

559-564. 

A  lexicon  of  the  Algonquin  language  [Letter  A],  pp.  565-569. 

Indian  geographical  nomenclature  of  the  United  States  [Letter  C], 

pp. 570-577. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Chippewa,  p.  592. 

Etymology,  with  examples,  pp.  593-600. 

Some  data  respecting  the  principles  of  the  Chippewa  and  Mahican 

languages,  in  a  series  of  letters  written  during  the  period  from  1822  to  1827, 
pp.  601-620. 

Names  based  on  the  Indian  vocabularies,  which  are  suggested  as  appro 
priate  for  new  subdivisions  of  the  public  domain,  pp.  621-625. 

Indian  numerals,  p.  712. 

Swan  (Caleb).  List  of  moons  in  Creek,  with  English  signification,  pp.  276-277. 

Part  VI. 

Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Principles  of  the  structure  of  the  Indian  language  (with 
examples  in  Ojibwa),  pp.  671-684. 

3520  Summary  Narrative  |  of  an  |  Exploratory  Expedition  |  to 

the  |  Sources  of  the  Mississippi  River,  |  in  1820:  |  resumed  and 
completed,  j  by  the  |  Discovery  of  its  Origin  in  Itasca  Lake,  in 
1832.  |  By  Authority  of  the  United  States.  |  With  appendices,  | 
comprising  the  |  original  report  on  the  copper  mines  of  Lake  Supe 
rior,  and  observations  |  on  the  geology  of  the  lake  basins,  and  the 
summit  of  the  Mississippi;  |  together  with  |  all  the  official  reports 
and  scientific  papers  of  both  expeditions.  |  By  Henry  R.  School- 
craft.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Lippincott,  Gram  bo,  and  Co.  |  1855.  |  C.WE,     jfj  , 

Pp.  i-xx,  17-596.  8°. 

Etymology  of  the  word  Mississippi,  p.  140. — Of  the  Indian  word  for  St.  Anthony's 
Falls,  p.  151.— Of  the  Indian  word  for  St.  Peter's  River,  p.  156.— Of  the  Indian  word 
for  Wisconsin,  p.  179.— List  of  Quadrupeds,  Birds,  &c.,  in  Algonquin,  pp.  413- 
415. — Examination  of  the  elementary  structure  of  the  Algonkin  language  as  it 
appears  in  the  Chippewa  tongue,  pp.  442-447. — Observations  on  the  Grammatical 
structure  and  flexibility  of  the  Ojibwa  substantive  (Inquiries  1  and  2),  pp.  453- 
489.— Principles  governing  the  use  of  the  Ojibwa  noun-adjective  (Inquiry  3), 
pp.  489-502.  —Some  remarks  respecting  the  agglutinative  position  and  properties 
of  the  pronoun  (Inquiry  4),  pp.  502-515. 

3521  The  Myth  |  of  |  Hiawatha,  |  and  |  other  oral  Legends,  | 

Mythologic  and  Allegoric,  |  of  the  |  North  American  Indians,  j 
By  |  Henry  R.  Schoolcraft,  LL.  D.  | 


698  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  Eowe) — continued. 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.  |  London:  |  Trubner  & 

Co.  |  1856.  |  BA.  HIT.  WE.  WHS. 

Pp.  i-xxiv,  13-343.  12°.    A  reproduction  of:  Algic  Researches,  No.  3506. 
Algonkin  terms,  passim.     Songs  of  the  Chippewas.  pp.  40, 41, 114, 140, 276. 

3522  Discourse  delivered  before  the  Historical  Society  of  Michi. 

gan.    By  Henry  E.  Schoolcraft.  BA. 

In  Historical  and  Scientific  Sketches  of  Michigan,  pp.  51-109.  Detroit,  1834.  8°. 
List  of  names  of  Chippewa  warriors,  with  English  significations,  p.  99. 

3523  Mythology,  Superstitions  and   Languages  of  the  North 

American  Indians.    By  Henry  E.  Schoolcraft,  Esq.,  Michiliinacki- 
nac,  Michigan.  WE. 

In  New  York  Theological  Review,  vol.  2,  pp.  96-121.    New  York,  1835.  8°. 
Contains  criticisms  on  Peter  Jones's  translation  of  the  Gospel  of  John  in  the 
Chippewa  language. 

3524  [Beview  of  ]1.  Archseologia  Americana:  Transactions  *  *  * 

Vol.  2d. 

2.  Inquiries  respecting  the  History,  Traditions,  Languages  *  *  *, 
of  the  Indians  living  within  the  United  States. 

In  North  American  Review,  vol.  45,  pp.  31-59.     Boston,  1837.  8°. 

Taken  up  almost  entirely  with  a  criticism  of  Mr.  Gallatiu's  remarks  on  the 
Algonkin  language,  with  vocabularies  and  grammatic  comments.  The  second 
work,  to  which  but  slight  reference  is  made,  the  reviewer  thinks  was  written  by 
Mr.  Cass,  and  issued  as  a  means  of  collecting  information.  See  No.  651  of  this 
catalogue. 

3525  Comments,  Philological  and  Historical,  on  the  Aboriginal 

Names  and  Geographical  Terminology,  of  the  State  of  New  York. 
Part  First.  Valley  of  the  Hudson.    In  a  Beport  from  the  Commit 
tee  on  Indian  names  &c.  [H.  E.  Schoolcraft,  Chairman]. 

In  New  York  Hist.  Soc.,  Proc.  for  1844,  pp.  77-115.     New  York,  1845.  8°. 
Issued  separately,  also,  as  follows: 

3526  Eeport  |  of  |  the  Aboriginal  Names  |  and  |  Geographical 

Terminology  |  of  the  |  State  of  New  York.  |  Part  I — Valley  of  the 
Hudson.  |  Made  to  the  New  York  Historical  Society — By  the  Com 
mittee  appointed  to  |  prepare  a  map,  etc.,  and  read  at  the  stated 
meeting  of  the  |  Society,  February,  1844.  |  By  Henry  B.  School- 
craft.  |  Published  from  the  Society's  Proceedings  for  1844.  | 

New  York:  |  Printed  for  the  Society.  |  1845.  |  BA.  JWP.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-43.  8°. 

3527  Chippewa  Language.  S. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-37.  4°.     In  possession  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea.     It  is  a  reply  to 

Governor  Cass's  second  set  of  inquiries.     It  contains  a  vocabulary  and  gram 
matic  notices. 

3528  [Schott  (W.)]    Etwas  iiber  die  Sprache  der  Koloschen  [nach  Wen- 
jaminow]. 

In  Erraan  (A.)  Archiv  fur  wisseuschaftliche  Kunde  von  Russland,  vol.  3, 
pp.  439-445.  Berlin,  1843.  8°. 


SCHOOLCRAFT — SCOULER.  699 

|Schott  (W.)]— continued. 

3529  Ueber  die  Sprachen  des  nissischen  Amerika's,  nach  Wen- 

jaminow. 

In  Erman  (A.)  Archiv  fur  wissenschaftliche  Kunde  von  Russland,  vol.  7, 
pp.  126-143.  Berlin,  1849.  8°. 

3530  Ueber   ethnographische   Ergebnisse    der   Sagoskinschen 

Keise,  von  W.  Schott. 

In  Erman  ( A. )  Archiv  fiir  wissenschaftliche  Kunde  von  Russland,  vol.  7,  pp. 
480-512.  Berlin,  1849.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Inkilik  and  Inkalit-Iugelmut  (from  Zagoskin),  pp.  481-487. — 
Vocabulary  of  the  Tschuagmjuten,  Kwigpak  und  Kuskowigmjutes  (from  Zagos 
kin),  Kadjaker  (from  Billings  and  Lissiansk>),  and  Namoller  (from  Robek), 
pp.  488-512. 

3531  Die  Sprache  der  Eskimos  auf  Greenland.  * 

In  Magazin  fiir  die  Literatur  des  Auslands,  Nos.  38, 39.     Berlin,  1856.     Title 

from  Ludewig,  p.  221. 

3532  Schubert  (Hofralh  von),  editor.    Correspondenz-lSachrichten  aus 
Labrador.     Mitgetheilt  von  Hrn.  Hofratli  v.  Schubert. 

In  Konig.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Munchen,  vol.  18,  columns  417-430.  Muncheu 
[1844].  4°. 

Eskimo  vocabulary,  columns  41T-422, 425-429. 

3533  Schwatka  (Lieut.  Frederick).    Vocabulary  of  the  Eskimo.  * 

Manuscript  in  possession  of  the  author,  Vancouver  Barracks,  Washington  Ter 
ritory.  Concerning  it  he  writes  me  as  follows:  My  linguistic  material  per 
taining  to  the  Eskimo  is  in  rough  manuscript  form,  containing  probably  500  or 
600  words  in  most  common  use  by  the  Inkillik  Innuits  of  Repulse  Bay,  gathered 
from  August,  1878,  to  August,  18PO,  while  sojourning  with  this  tribe;  each  word 
is  noted  in  a  small  calf-bound  journal,  as  its  use  made  it  prominent,  and  I  became 
assured  that  I  had  it  sufficiently  correct  for  conversational  purposes. 

3534  Scouler  (Dr.  John).     Observations  on  the  Indigenous  Tribes  of  the 
K  W.  Coast  of  America.    By  John  Scouler,  M.  D.,  F.  L.  S.,  &c. 

In  Royal  Geog.  Soc.  of  London,  Jour.,  vol.  11,  pp.  215-251.   London,  1841.  8°. 

Introductory  remarks  on  language,  pp.  218-229. — Vocabularies  of  the  north 
west  coast,  as  follows:  Haeeltzuk  (Coast:  Lat.  50°  30'-53°  30' N.),  Bilechoola 
(Salmon  River  Lat.  53°  30' N.),  Chimmesyan  (Coast:  Lat.  53°  30'-55°  30' N.), 
Haidah  (Queen  Charlotte's  Island),  Tun  Ghasse  (Lat.  55°  30'-60°  N.),  pp.  230-235; 
Kliketat  (between  Fort  Nez'Perce's,  Mount  Rainier,  and  Columbia  Falls),  Sa- 
baptin  orNez  Perec's,  Okanagau  (Fraser's  River),  Kalapooiah  (Wallamat  Plains), 
Yamkallie  (sources  of  Wallamat  River),  Umpqua  (Umpqua  River),  pp.  236-241; 
Kawitchen  (entrance  of  Trading  River),  Tlaoquatch  (southwest  extremity  Van 
couver's  Island),  Noosdalum  (Hood's  Canal),  Squallyamii-h  (Pugct's  Sound), 
Cheenook  (entrance  of  Columbia  River),  Cathlascon  (Cathlascou  f )  (banks  of 
Columbia),  pp.  242-247. 

Vocabularies  of  the  State  of  California,  as  follows :  Pima,  San  Diego,  San  Juan 
Capistrano,  San  Gabriel,  San  Luis  Obispo,  San  Antonio,  pp.  246-251. 

Of  these  vocabularies,  those  of  the  northwest  coast  were  furnished  by  Dr. 
W.  F.  Tolmie,  and  those  of  California  by  Dr.  Coulter. 

3535  ()n  the  Indian  Tribes  inhabiting  the  North- West  Coast  of 

America.     By  John  Scouler,  M.  D.,  F.  L.  S.     Communicated  by  the 
Ethnological  Society. 


700  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Scouler  (Dr.  John)— continued. 

In  Edinburgh  New  Philosoph.  Jour.,  vol.  41,  pp.  168-192.  Edinburgh, 
1846.  8°. 

Short  vocabulary  of  the  language  of  Chikeelis,  showing  affinities  with  the 
Tlaoquatch  of  Tolmie  and  Nootkan  of  Mozino  and  Jewett,  p.  176.— Vocabulary 
of  the  Sahaptin,  Wallawalla,  and  Kleketat,  pp.  190-192. 

Reprinted  in  Eth.  Soc.  of  London,  Jour.,  vol.  1,  pp.  228-252.  Edinburgh,  n.  d. 
8°.  Vocabularies,  pp.  236, 250-252. 

3536  Scripture.     Scripture  Biography.  |  From  |  Adam  to  Noah.  |  By 
Eev.  T.  H.  Gallaudet.  |  Abridged,  and  Translated  into  the  Choctaw 
Language.  |  Alam  Atok  a  isht  ia  hosh  Noah   |  atok  a  ont  vhli  isht 
anumpa.  |  Eev.  T.  H.  Gallaudet  |  vt  holissochi  tok  vt,  ik  falaiot 
toshowvt  Chahta  |  anumpa  toba  hoke.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau  Street, 
New  York.  |  [1851.]  ABC. 

Pp.  1-68.  18°. 

3537  Scripture  Biography.  |  The  History  of  Abraham.  |  By  | 

Eev.  T.  H.  Gallaudet.  |  Abridged,  and  Translated  into  the  Choctaw 
Language.   |  Eblaham  isht  anumpa  |  Eev.  T.  H.  Gallaudet.   |  Vt 
holissochi  tok  vt,  ik  falaiot  toshowvt  Chahta  |  anumpa  toba  hoke.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau  Street, 
New  York.  |  [1851.]  ABO. 

Pp.  1-88.  18°. 

3538  Scripture  Biography.  |  The  History  of  Joseph.  |  By  |  Eev. 

T.  H.  Gallaudet.   |  Abridged,  and  Translated  into  the  Choctaw  | 
Language.  |  Chosef  isht  anumpa.  |  Eev.  T.  H.  Gallaudet  |  vt  holis 
sochi  tok  vt,  ik  falaiot  toshowvt  Chahta  |  anumpa  toba  hoke.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau  Street, 
New  York.  |  [1851.]  ABC. 

Pp.  1-42.  18°. 

3539  Scripture  Biography.  |  The  History  of  Moses.  |  By  |  Eev. 

T.  H.  Gallaudet.   |  Abridged,  and  Translated  into  the  Choctaw 
Language.  |  Moses  isht  anumpa.  |  Eev.  T.  H.  Gallaudet.  |  Vt  holis 
sochi  tok  vt,  ik  falaiot  toshowvt  Chahta  |  anumpa  toba  hoke.  | 

Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau  Street, 
New  York.  [  [1851.]  ABC.  ATS. 

Pp.  1-207.  18°. 

3540  Scriptures.     [Portions  of  the  Scriptures ;  in  the  Choctaw  language.] 
1827.  * 

48  pp.  Title  from  Byington's  Manuscript  Choctaw  Dictionary.  Contains  se 
lections  from  Genesis— most  of  the  first  eleven  chapters;  1st  and  146th  Psalms; 
Matthew— 3d,  8th,  13th,  14th,  26th,  27th,  and  28th  chapters,  and  parts  of  1st,  3d, 
9th,  17th,  and 25th  chapters — John :  3d  and  llth  chapters  and  parts  of  2d  chapter; 
the  Ten  Commandments. 

3541  Seaver  (James  B.)    A  Narrative  |  of  the  life  of  |  Mrs.  Mary  Jemi- 
son,  |  who  was  taken  by  the  Indians,  |  in  the  year  1755,  |  When 
only  about  twelve  years  of  age,  and  has  continued  |  to  reside 


SCOULER — SEAVER.  701 

Seaver  (James  E.) — continued. 

amongst  them  to  the  present  time.  |  Containing  an  account  of  the  | 
murder  of  her  father  and  his  family;  |  her  sufferings;  |  her  marriage 
to  two  Indians;  |  her  troubles  with  her  children;  |  Barbarities  of 
the  Indians  in  the  French  and  Eevolutionary  Wars ;  |  the  life  of 
her  last  husband ;  |  And  many  Historical  Facts  never  before  pub 
lished.  |  Carefully  taken  from  her  own  words,  |  Nov.  29th,  1823.  | 
To  which  is  added,  |  An  Appendix,  |  Containing  an  Account  of  the 
Tragedy  at  the  Devil's  |  Hole,  in  17G3,  and  of  Sullivan's  Expedition ; 
the  Tradi-  |  tions,  Manners,  Customs,  &c.,  of  the  Indians,  as  be 
lieved  |  and  practised  at  the  present  day,  and  since  Mrs.  |  Jemi- 
son's  captivity;  together  with  some  Anecdotes,  |  and  other  enter 
taining  Matter.  |  By  James  E.  Seaver.  | 

Howden :  |  Printed  for  E.  Parkin  :  |  Sold  by  T.  Tegg,  73,  Cheap- 
side,  London;  |  Wilson  and  Sons,  York;  J.  Noble,  Hull;  W. 
Walker,  |  Otley ;  and  by  every  other  bookseller.  |  1826.  |  o. 

Pp.  i-xiii,  14-180.  16°.     Seneca  names,  with  signification,  passim. 

3542  Deh-he-wa-mis:  |  or  |  a  Narrative  of  the  Life  of  f  MaryJem- 

ison:  |  otherwise  called  |  The  White  Woman,  |  who  was  taken  cap 
tive  by  the  Indians  in  MDCCLV;  and  |  who  continued  with  them 
seventy-eight  years.  |  Containing  an  account  of  the  murder  of  |  her 
father  and  his  family;  her  |  Marriages  and  Sufferings;   |  Indian 
Barbarities,  Customs  and  Traditions.  |  Carefully  taken  from  her 
own  words.   |   By  James  E.  Seaver.   |  Also  |  the  Life  of  Hiokatoo, 
and  Ebenezer  Allen ;  a  Sketch  |  of  General  Sullivan's  Campaign ; 
Tragedy  of  the  |  "  Devils  Hole,"  etc.  |  The  whole  revised,  corrected* 
and  enlarged:  with  |  descriptive  and  historical  sketches  of  the  Six 
Nations,  the  Geuesee  Country,  and  other  |  interesting  Facts  con 
nected  with  |  the  Narrative:  |  By  Ebenezer  Mix.  |  Second  Edition.  | 

Batavia,  N.  Y.    Published  by  William  Seaver  and  Son,  ]  1842.  |    c. 
Pp.  i-xii,  13-192.  1G°.     Seneca  names,  with  signification,  jrassim. 
Third  edition:  Batavia,  1844.  16°.— AUibone. 

3543  Deh-he-wa-mis:  |  or  |  a  narrative  of  the  life  of  |  Mary  Jemi- 

son :  |  otherwise  called  |  the  White  Woman,  |  who  was  taken  cap 
tive  by  the  Indians  hi  MDCCLV;  |  and  who  continued  with  them 
seventy-eight  |  years.    Containing  an  account  of  the  |  murder  of 
her  father  and  his  family;  |  her  marriages  and  sufferings;  |  Indian 
Barbarities,  Customs  and  |   Traditions.  |  Carefully  taken  from  her 
own  words.  |  By  James  E.  Seaver.  |  Also  |  the  life  of  Hiokatoo  and 
Ebenezer  Allen ;  and  |  Historical  Sketches  of  the  Six  Nations, 
the   |   Genesee  Country,  and  other  interesting   |  facts  connected 
with  the  narrative:  |  By  Ebenezer  Mix.  | 

Devon,  |  Published  by  S.  Thorne,  Prospect-Place,  Shebbear.  | 
London,  |  W.  Tegg,  73,  Cheapside.  |  1847.  |  * 

Pp.  i-xii,  13-184.  18°.  Scattered  terms  and  phrases  in  Seneca.  Title  furnished 
by  Mr.  W.  Barnes. 


702  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Seaver  (James  E.) — continued. 

3544  Life  |  of  |  Mary  Jemison :  |  Deb-lie- wii-mis.  |  By  James  E. 

Seaver.  |  Fourth  edition,  |   with   geographical  and  explanatory 
notes  | 

New  York  and  Auburn:  |  Miller,  Orton  &  Mulligan.  |  Rochester: 
D.  M.  Dewey.  |  1856.  |  A.  c.  BA. 

Pp.  1-312.  12°.  Indian  geographic  names  in  the  State  of  New  York  (from 
Morgan),  pp.  300-312. 

3545  Life  |  of  |  Mary  Jemison :  |  Deh-he-wa  mis.  |  By  James  E. 

Seaver.    |    Fourth  edition,    |    with  geographical  and  explanatory 
notes  | 

New  York:  |  C.  M.  Saxton,  Barker  &  Co.,  |  No.  25  Park  Eow.  | 
1860.  |  * 

Pp.  1-312.  12°.     Indian  geographic  names  (from  Morgan),  pp.  300-312. 

3546  Life  |  of  |  Mary  Jemison:  |  Deh-he-wa-mis.  |  By  James  E. 

Seaver.  |  Fifth  edition,  with  appendix.  | 

Buffalo,  N.  Y. :  |  Printing  House  of  Matthews  &  Warren,  |  Office 
of  the  "Buffalo  Commercial  Advertiser."  |  1877.  |  * 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  7-303.  9  plates.  12°.  Indian  geographical  names  (from  Morgan), 
pp.  291-30:!.  Titles  furnished  by  Mr.  \V.  Eames,  the  latter  from  a  copy  in  the 
library  of  W.  W.  Beach,  Yonkers,  N.  Y. 

3547  Sedelmair  (P.  Jacobo  6  Santiago).     Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua 
Pina,    [Piina?]  * 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Beristain. 

354H  Seeman  (Berthold).  Narrative  |  of  the  |  Voyage  of  H.  M.  S.  Her 
ald  |  during  the  years  1845-51,  |  under  the  command  of  |  Captain 
Henry  Kellett,  R.  N.,  0.  B.;  |  being  |  A  Circumnavigation  of  the 
Globe,  |  and  three  cruizes  to  the  Arctic  Regions  in  search  |  of  Sir 
John  Franklin.  |  By  Berthold  Seeman,  F.  L.  S.,  |  Member  of  [&c., 
two  lines].  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Reeve  and  Co.,  Henrietta  Street,  Covent  Garden.  | 
1853.  |  A.  B.  BA. 

2  vols.  8°.     Brief  reference  to  the  Eskimo  language,  vol.  2,  pp.  68-69. 

3549  The  Aborigines  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama.    By  Berthold 

Seeman. 

In  Am.  Eth.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  3,  pt.  1 ,  pp.  173-182.     New  York,  1853.  8°. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Savan*  ric,  Cholo,  and  Bayano,  pp.  179-181. 

3550  Select  Passages  |  from  the  Holy  Scriptures.  |  The  Creation,  and 
the  fall  of  man.  |  Genesis  I-III.  |  A.  C.  ABC. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-24.  24°.  The  Missionary  Herald,  July,  1836,  gives  date 
of  1836  to  the  above.  Sabin's  Dictionary  says  1844. 

Contains,  also,  The  Ten  Commandments. — The  Birth  of  Jesus  Christ. — Parable 
of  the  Prodigal  Son. — The  Rich  Man  and  Lazarus. — The  Pharisee  and  the  Publi 
can. — The  Lord's  Supper. 

3551  Seleny  or  Zelenoi  (S.  J.)     Auszug  aus  dem  Tagebuche  des  Lieu 
tenants  Sagoskin  u'ber  seine  Expedition  auf  dem  festeu  Lande  des 
uordwestlichen  Amerikas.  * 


SEAVER — SERIES.  703 

Seleny  or  Zelenoi  (S.  J.) — continued. 

Iu  Dcnkschriftcn  der  Russiscben  Geographischen  Gesellschaft  zu  St.  Peters 
burg,  Band  1,  Weimar,  1849.  8°.  (A  translation,  from  the  Russian,  of  vola  1 
and  2  of  the  Memoirs  of  the  Russian  Geographical  Society.) 

A  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Kangjulit  (Tshnagmjut,  Kwikhpak  and 
Kuskokwinrjut)  and  the  Kadjak,  pp.  359-374.  Also,  a  Ttynai  vocabulary  (of  the 
dialects  Inkilik,  Jnkalit  and  Ingelmut). 

In  the  Memoirs  of  the  Russian  Geographical  Society  (in  Russian),  2d  edition, 
the  Kaugjulit  aud  Kadjak  vocabularies  are  in  vol.  2,  pp.  250-266. 

The  above  vocabularies  are  reprinted  in  Scliott  (W. )  Ueber  ethnographische 
Ergebnisse  dcr  Sagoskinschen  Reise,  in  Ermaii  (A.)  Archiv  flir  wiss.  Kunde 
von  Russland,  vol.  7,  pp.  481-512.  Berlin,  1849.  8°. 

Title  from  Bancroft's  Native  Races,  vol.  1,  p.  xliii,  and  Ludewig,  p.  93.  The 
latter,  however,  does  not  mention  the  name  of  Seleny. 

3552  Selwyn  (Rev.  William  T.) 

See  Cook  (J.  W.),  Cleveland  (W.  J.),  and  Selwyn  (W.  T.) 

3553  Semple  (J.  E.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Clatsop  Language. 

Manuscript.  1 1.  4°.  35  words.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Collected  in  1870,  near  Fort  Stevens,  Oregon. 

3554  Senfkornesutepok.  |  [Picture.]  ATS.  JWP. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-8.  24°.  Bible  stories  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Green- 
laud,  containing :  Apost.  still.,  7,  9-14,  pp.  1-2.— Joh.,  10, 12-18,  pp.  3-4.— Matth., 
20, 29-34,  pp.  5-6.— Apost.  sull.,  8, 27-39,  pp.  7-8. 

3555  Senfkornetun-ipok.  |  [Picture.]  ATS. 

No  title-page.  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  sq.  24°.  Bible  lessons  in  the  Eskimo  language 
of  Labrador,  containing:  Apostetit  Piniarningit,  7,  9-14.— Joh.,  10,  12-18. — 
Matth.,  20, 29-34.— Apost.  Pin.,  8, 27-39. 

3556  Sergeant  (Rev.  John).    Translation  of  the  19th  Psalm  into  the  Muh- 
he-cou-nuk  language,  done  at  the  Cornwall  School,  under  the  su 
perintendence  of  Rev.  John  Sergeant,  Missionary. 

In  Morse  (J.)  Report  to  the  Secretary  of  War  on  Indian  Affairs,  pp.  359-360. 
Washington,  1827.  8°. 

John  Sergeant  was  born  at  Newark,  N.  J.,  in  the  year  1710.  He  was  gradu 
ated  at  Yale  College  in  1729,  and  was  tutor  there  from  1731  to  1735,  when  he  left 
the  College  to  undertake  a  mission  among  the  wandering  Mohegan  Indians, 
whom  his  labors  ultimately  collected  at  Stockbridge  into  a  tribe  which  still 
bears  that  name.  He  became  well  acquainted  with  their  language  and  trans 
lated  into  it  several  prayers  and  Dr.  Watts'  tirst  Catechism  for  the  use  of  child 
ren.  He  also  translated  "  those  parts  of  the  Old  Testament  which  contain  an 
account  of  the  creation,  of  the  fall  of  our  first  parents,  of  the  calling  of  Abraham, 
of  the  dealings  of  God  with  the  patriarchs  and  children  of  Israel,  and  those 
which  relate  to  the  coming  of  Christ,  and  the  whole  of  the  New  Testament  ex 
cepting  the  Revelation."  He  died  in  July,  1749,  at  the  age  of  39.  His  son,  John 
Sergeant,  also  ministered  to  the  Indian  congregation  at  Stockbridge  from  1775  to 
his  death,  in  1824.— Sprague's  Annals  of  the  Am.  Pulpit,  vol.  1,  pp.  388-394. 

See  Nos.  174, 175, 3108,  and  3109  of  this  catalogue. 

3557  Series.     A  Series  |  of  |  Catechisms ;  |  otherwise,  |  Q'Jeamooltoo- 
whwee  Uhkaghkeendwaukunul  |  wauk  |  Nurhkootauseakeal,  |  &c., 
&u.,  &c.  | 


704  NORTH  AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Series — continued. 

Toronto:  |  Printed  by  Thomas  Hugh  Bentley,  |  No.  9,  Wellington 
Buildings,  King  Street.  |  1852.  |  * 

Pp.  1-16.  16°.  Probably  in  the  Muncey  dialect  of  the  Delaware.  Title  fur 
nished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copy  in  the  library  of  W.  W.  Beach,  Yorkers,  N.  Y. 

3558  Sermon.     Sermon  [and  Story  of  David  Eouge]  |  by  the  Rev.  A. 
Dickinson.  |  BA. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-24.  24°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  Story  of  David  Rouge, 
pp.  18-24. 

3559 Sermon  de  N.  Gran  Beyna,  poderossima  Patrona,  Madre, 

y  Senora  Nuestra  Maria  Santissima  de  Guadalupe. 

* 

"Extremely  rare  and  curious  «  »  *  being  printed  in  the  Mexican  dialect." — 
Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  A'o.  1712. 

3560  Sermones.    fl  In  nomine  domini  incipiunt  sermoes  |  dominicales  per- 
totum  anni  circutus  |  in  lingua  mexicana.  |  B. 

Manuscript.  11.1-611.  16°.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco ;  bought 
at  the  Ramirez  sale,  London.  It  is  entered  in  the  catalogue  of  that  sale  under 
No.  543,  and  in  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  163. 

No  author's  name;  beautifully  written,  in  several  different  handwritings  of 
the  16th  century — so  neat  and  uniform  as  to  resemble  type.  There  are  two,  some 
times  three,  sermons  for  each  Sunday  in  the  year,  beginning  with  the  first  Sun 
day  in  Advent.  The  titles  and  the  frequent  citations  from  Scriptures  are  in 
Latin,  and  these,  as  well  as  the  many  Spanish  and  Latin  words  introduced,  are  in 
red  ink.  At  the  commencement  of  each  sermon  is  a  large  capital  letter,  such  as 
are  met  with  in  printed  books  of  the  period.  Throughout  the  manuscript  the 
type  used  by  the  early  Spanish  printers  is  carefully  imitated. 

3561  Sermones  en  Mexicano.  * 

Manuscript.  28  pp.  4°.     Numbered  from  229  to  256,  and  21  11.  unnumbered. 

I  suspect  that  these  sermons  are  by  P.  Sandoval,  as  one  of  the  leaves  is  an  old 
one  written  over,  on  which  we  read :  Sr  Ldo  Dn  Rafael  Sandoval :  viva  m".  a'. 
Cathedratico  de  ydcorna  en  el  Colegio  de  Tepozotlan. — Icasbalceta's  Apun us,  J\~o.  69. 

3562  Sermones  en  lengua  Achi  6  Tzutuhil,  compuestos  para  el 

uso  de  los  padres  de  la  Orden  de  Santo  Domingo  de  Guatemala,  a 
principios  del  Siglo  XVII,  conforme  al  estilo  del  E.  P.  Fray  Do 
mingo  de  Vico.  * 

Manuscript.  174  11.  4°.  In  a  correct  and  beautiful  handwriting,  without  the 
author's  name,  although  one  of  the  folios  bears  the  date  of  1635.  It  is  composed 
of  thirty-three  sermons  in  Tzutuhile,  having  for  their  subject  the  principal  feasts 
of  the  saints  and  of  the  year.  From  the  note  placed  at  the  end  of  the  Thcologia 
Indorum,  in  Tzutuhil,  by  P.  Domingo  de  Vico,  these  sermons,  as  well  as  this  last 
work,  must  have  been  translated  and  transcribed  with  the  aid  of  some  instructed 
Indians,  who  made  interpolations  in  their  own  manner,  which  are  not  quite  ortho 
dox,  being  more  in  harmony  with  their  ancient,  idolatrous  rites  than  with  Christi 
anity,  "adding,"  says  the  annotator,  "some  foolish  things."  Apparently  for  this 
same  reason,  the  line  at  the  commencement  of  the  sermon  on  the  Last  Judgment 
is  completely  effaced. 

The  Tzutuhil,  or  Achi  language,  as  it  is  called  by  the  annotator  of  the  Theologia 
Indorum,  cited  above,  was  and  still  is  the  language  of  the  population  gathered 
about  Atitan  in  Guatemala,  and  on  the  south  and  west  slopes  of  the  mountain 


SERIES — SEKRA.  705 

Sermones — continued. 

which  commands  this  volcano.  As  to  the  name  of  Achi,  which  is  here  given  it, 
it  signifies  courageous  or  hero,  which  would  make  the  Tzutuhil  dialect  the 
heroic  language  of  Guatemala;  thus  the  annotator  ranks  it  above  its  sister 
dialects,  the  Quiche'  and  the  Cakchiquel. 

I  will  observe,  in  conclusion,  that  the  folios  of  this  manuscript  are  incorrectly 
numbered,  having  been  transposed  by  an  unskillful  hand.  To  arrange  them 
orderly  I  have  been  obliged  to  plaoe  at  the  end  several  pages  which  had  been 
inscribed  at  the  beginning  of  the  volume  after  the  Theologia  Indorum,  which 
I  detached. — Brasseur  d»  Bourbourg. 

3503  Sermones  en  Lengua  Mexicana.  * 

Manuscript  of  early  date,  probably  the  early  part  of  the  15th  century.  It 
contains  various  sermons,  homilies,  and  expositions  of  the  various  books  of  the 
Bible.— Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  2008. 

3564  Sermones  en  Lengua  Mexicana.  * 

A  curious  manuscript  of  the  17th  century.  4°. — Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  2009. 

3565  Sermones  en  Lengua  Quiche  de  Babinal.  * 

Manuscript.  98  II.  The  first  and  last  sermons  are  complete;  some  leaves  are 
missing  in  the  intermediate  lessons.  They  appear  to  have  been  written  toward 
the  end  of  the  last  century. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

3566  Sermones  en  Leugua  Tarasca.  * 

Manuscript  of  the  16th  century.  4°.    Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Catalogue, 

No.  2019. 

3567  Sermones  en  Lengua  Totouaca.  ' 

A  very  curious  and  interesting  manuscript  of  the  16th  century ;  not  quite  com 
plete.—  Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  -J033. 

3568  Sermons.     Sermons,  Catechism  and  Vocabulary  in  the  Matzahua 
Language.  B. 

Manuscript.  24  11.  12°.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco.  It  was 
bought  at  the  Ramirez  sale,  London,  and  is  No.  4S)3  of  the  catalogue  of  that  sale. 
LI.  1-7  contain  two  sermons  in  the  Matzahua  language;  reverse  of  last  folio, 
a  few  Matzahua  words  with  Spanish  equivalents;  writing  of  17th  century. — 
Catechis;n  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  in  Matzahua;  writing  of  17th  cen 
tury,  11.8-14. — Vocabulary  in  Spanish  and  Matzahua;  extends  only  to  letter  T; 
only  about  one-half  of  Spanish  words  have  Matzahna  equivalents,  11. 15-24. 

3560  An  anonymous  Collection  of  Sermons  in  the  Mexican  Lan 
guage.  * 
Manuscript  of  the  16th  century.  4°.    Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Catalogue, 
No.  1933. 

3570 Sermons  in  the  Mexican  Language.  * 

Manuscript,  folio.  Writteii  during  the  last  century  on  the  backs  of  curious 
printed  broadsides;  also  some  proclamations  made  by  the  late  Emperor  Maxi 
milian,  translated  and  printed  for  distribution  among  the  interior  Mexicans,  by 
order  of  His  Majesty.  A  curious  collection,  particularly  interesting  to  the  Mexi 
can  student,  as  shewing  the  changes  the  language  has  undergone. — Fischer  Sale 
Cat.,No.l9S7. 

3571  Serra  ( Fr.  Angel).    Manual  Trilinque,  latino,  castellano  y  tarasco, 
para  Admiuistrar  los  Sacramentos  4  los  Espanoles  y  &  los  Indios. 
Megico  por  llibera  1697.  * 

45  Bib 


706  NORTH  AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Serra  (Fr.  Aiigel) — continued. 

4°.  Title  from  Beristain.  Leclere,  1878,  No.  2436,  also  gives  the  above  title, 
and  adds:  We  give  this  title,  from  Ludewig,  to  a  volume  which  we  possess  and 
which  is  much  abused.  The  title  and  many  leaves  are  wanting,  and  the,  greater 
part  of  what  remains  is  in  very  bad  condition.  From  its  contents  and  after  ex 
amination  we  are  confirmed  in  the  opinion  that  the  book  is  no  other  than  the 
Manual  of  P.  Angel  Serra,  in  Latin,  Spanish,  and  Tarasca.  The  volume  is  com 
posed  of  about  136  leaves,  plus  the  index. 

3572  Manual  |  de  administrar  |  los  Santos  Sacramentos  |  a  los 

Espafioles  y  Naturales  de  esta  Provincia  |  de  los  gloriosos  Ap6s- 
toles  S.  Pedro  y  S.  Pablo  |  de  Michuacan,  conforme  a  la  reforma 
de  Paulo  V.  y  Vrbano  VIII.  |  Compuesto  |  por  el  M.  R.  P.  Fr. 
Angel  Serra,  |  Predicador,  ex-Custodio  de  dicha  Santa  Proviucia, 
Cura  |  colado,  quo  fue,  de  la  doctrina  del  pueblo  de  Charapan  |  en 
la  sierra,  Obispado  de  Valladolid,  Guardian  y  Cura  |  del  (Jonvento 
y  Doctriua  de  N.  P.  S.  Francisco  de  la  |  Ciudad  de  Queretaro,  y 
Arzobispado  |  de  Mexico.  |  Dedicalo  |  a  N.  E.mo  P.  F.  Fernando 
Alonso  |  Gonzalez,  Lector  Jubilado,  Califlcador  del  San-  |  to  Officio, 
Padre,  y  ex-Miuistro  Provincial  de  |  la  referida  Santa  Provincia  de 
Michuacau  y  |  Commissario  General  de  todas  las  |  de  esta  Nueua 
Espafia,  |  Joseph  Bernardo  de  Hogal,  |  Ministro  e  Impressor  del 
Eeal  y  Apostolico  |  Tribunal  de  la  Santa  Cruzada  |  en  todo  este 
Eeyuo.  | 

En  cuya  Imprenta  se  reimprimio  por  su  original  iuipresso  en  | 
Mexico  con  licencia  el  ano  de  1697  este  preseute  de  1731.  | 

6  p.  11.,  11. 1-138;  tabla  4  11.  In  the  Tarascan  language.  Title  from  Icazbal- 
ceta's  Apuntes,  No.  70.  The  copy  described  in  the  catalogue  of  the  Ramirez  sale 
was  minus  11.  135-136,  "but,"  says  the  compiler,  "it  is  doubtful  whether  they 
were  printed." 

3573  El  Catechismo  del  P.  Bartolom6  Castafio,  traducido  al  ta- 

rasco. 

Printed.     Title  from  Beristain. 

3574  Arte,  Diccionario  y   Confessonario  de  dicha  lengua  [Ta 

rasca]. 

Manuscript  prepared  for  the  press.—  Berislain. 

3575  Severance  (Mark  Sibley).    Vocabulary  of  the  Uta,  and  of  the  Huar 
lapai. 

In  "Wheeler  (Capt.  G.  M.)  Report  upon  U.  S.  Geographical  Surveys,  voL  7, 
pp.  424-465, 472, 481.  Washington,  1879.  4°. 

3576  Sewall  (E.  K.)    Waweuoc  Numerals. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  second  series,  vol.  3,  pp.  179-180.  Morrisania,  N. Y.,  1858.  4°. 
Numerals,  1-20. 

3577  Shea  ( John  Gilmary).    History  |  of  the  |  Catholic  Missions  |  among 
the  |  Indian  tribes  of  the  United  States.  |  1529-1854.  |  By  John 
Gilmary  Shea.  |  Author  [&c.,  three  lines].     [Design.] 

New  York:  |  Edward  Dunigau  &  Brother,  |  151  Fulton-Street, 
near  Broadway.  |  1855.  |  A.  c.  S.  BA. 

Engraved  title  1  1.,  pp.  1-614.  12°. 


SERRA— SHEA.  707 

Shea  (John  Gilmary) — continued. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  the  Mission  of  San  Diego, 
p.  92;  in  Tatche,  or  Telame,  p.  93;  in  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  Alta  Cali 
fornia  (from  Duflot  de  Mofras),  p.  99.— Initial  words  of  the  Lord's  Prayer,  in  the 
language  of  the  Indians  of  the  Mission  of  San  Fernando,  San  Gabriel,  San 
Rafael,  Jouskionsrue'  and  Chocouyem,  San  F.  Solano,  Guilucos,  San  Luis  Rey, 
Kechi,  and  Santa  Inez  (from  Duflot  de  Mofras),  p.  109. — Lord's  Prayer  in  Ab- 
naki  (from  Demilier),  p.  137;  in  Huron  (from  Breboeuf),  p.  104;  in  Mohawk  (from 
Claesse),  p.  210;  in  Soneca  (from  Morgan),  p.  290;  in  Caughnawaga  (from  Mar- 
coux),  p.  345. — Two  lines  of  the  Litany  of  Loretto  (from  old  manuscript  and  from 
Marcoux),  p.  345.— Lord's  Prayer  in  Ottawa  (from  Baraga),  pp.  359-360.— Portion 
of  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Chippeway  (from  Baraga),  p.  360. — Lord's  Prayer  in  Pot- 
tawotauiie  (from  De  Suiet),  p.  363;  in  Menomonee  (from  Bondael),  p.  363. — 
''O  Salutaris  Hostia,"  in  the  Illinois  language  (from  Rasle),  p.  415. — Lord's 
Prayer  in  Choctaw,  pp.  450-451 ;  in  Osage  (from  Bishop  Miege  and  Rev.  F.  Schoen- 
makers),  p. 454;  in  Flathead  and  Ptnds-d'oreilles  (De  Suiet),  p.  468;  in  Flatbow 
and  Koetenay  (De  Smet),  p.  473;  in  Assiuiboin  and  Blackfoot,  p.  478. 

3578  -        -  History  |  of  the  |  Catholic  Missions  |  among  the  |  Indian 
Tribes  of  the  United  States,  |  1529-1854.  |  By  John  Gilmary  Shea,  | 
Author  of  |&c.,  three  lines). 

New  York :  |  T.  W.  Strong,  |  Late  Edward  Dunigan  &  Brother,  | 
Catholic  Publishing  House,  |  599  Broadway.  |  [N.  d.]  LSH. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  7-514.  8°.     Contents  as  in  edition  of  1855. 

3579  Geschichte  |  der  |  katolischen  Missionen  |  unter  den  |  In- 

dianer-Stammen  der  Vereiuigten  Staateii.  |  1520-1860.  |  von  |  John 
Gilinary  Shea,  |  Verfasser  [&c.,  two  lines].    Aus  dem  Englischeu 
iibersetzt  |  von  |  J.  Roth.  |  Sr.  Heiligkeit  Papst  Pius  IX  gewid- 
met.  |  Mit  6  Stahlstichen.  | 

Wiirzburg.  |  Verlag  von  C.  Etlinger.  |  * 

Pp.  1-668.  12°.     Title  from  the  author. 

One  line  of  Our  Father  in  several  California  dialects,  and  in  Abuaki,  Huron, 
Mohawk,  Caughnawaga,  Ottowa,  Flathead  and  Pend  d'Oreille,  Blackfoot  and 
Osage,  pp.  570-573. — O'  Salutaris  in  Illinois,  p.  573. 

3580  Early  Voyages  |  Up  and  Down  the  Mississippi,  |  by  |  Cave- 

lier,  St.  Cosine,  Le  Sueur,  |  Gravier,  and  Guignas.  |  With  an  Intro 
duction,  Notes,  and  an  Index,  |  By  John  Gilniary  Miea.  | 

Albany:  |  Joel  Munsell,  1861.  |  [Design.]  A.  C.  s.  BA. 

Pp.  i-ix,  vii-xiv,  15-191.  sm.  4°.     Muusell's  Historical  Series,  No.  VIII. 
Names  of  the  Scioux  Nations  of  the  Eastern  part,  and  their  signification,  p. 
111. — Scioux  of  the  Western  part,  of  whom  we  have  any  knowledge,  p.  111. 

3581  The  Indian  Tribes  of  Wisconsin.    By  John  Gilmary  Shea, 

of  New  York. 

In  Wisconsin  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  3,  pp.  125-138.     Madison,  1856.  8°. 
Names  of  tribes  in  Wisconsin,  some  with  English  signification. 

3582  The  Identity  of  the  Audastes,  Minquas,  Susquehannas, 

it  nd  Conestogues.    By  John  Gilmary  Shea. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  2,  pp.  294-296.  New  York  and  London, 
1858.  sm.  4°. 

A  few  remarks  on  language. 


708  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Shea  (John  Gilmary) — continued. 

3583  Micmac  or  Eecollect  Hieroglyphics.    [By  John  G.  Shea.] 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  5,  pp.  289-292.    New  York  and  London, 

1861.  4°. 

The  Lord's  Prayer  in  Micmac,  and  Micmac  hieroglyphs. 

Partly  printed  in  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  6,  pp.  137-141. 
Philadelphia,  1856.  4°. 

3584  Geroglifici  inventati  dal  Missionario  Francescano  Eecol- 

letto  Padre  Oristiauo  le  Clerque,  a  fine  di  esprimere  la  lingua  della 
Tribu  Indiana  dei  Micmacs. 

In  Cronica  delle  Mission!  Francescane  Compilata  dal  Padre  Marcellino  de 
Civezza  M.  O.,  Anno  III,  pp.  40-45.     Rome,  1862.  8°. 
The  Lord's  Prayer  in  Micmac  and  in  hieroglyphs. 

3585  Of  what  nation  were  the  Inhabitants  of  Stadacona  and 

Hochelaga  at  the  time  of  Cartier's  Voyage? 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  9,  pp.  144-145.     New  York,  1865.  sm.  4°. 

Numerals,  1-10,  from  Cartier,  compared  with  Huron  (from  Sagard),  Onondaga, 
Caughnawaga,  Chippeway,  Micmac,  Malochite,  and  Penobscot;  also  a  few  words 
from  Cartier  and  Sagard. 

3586  Languages  of  the  American  Indians. 

In  Ripley  (G.)  and  Dana  (C.  A.),  editors.  American  Cyclopaedia,  vol.  1,  pp. 
407-414.  New  York,  1873.  8°. 

Grammatical  specimens  of  the  Esquimaux,  Delaware,  Algonquin,  Iroquois, 
Dakota,  Selish  or  Flathead,  Cherokee,  Muskokee,  Mexican,  Otomi,  Maya,  Tar- 
asca,  Pima  or  Nevome,  and  Carib  languages. 

3587  ,  editor.    A  |  French-Onondaga  |  Dictionary,  |  from  a  man 
uscript  of  the  seventeenth  |  century.  |  By  |  John  Gilmary  Shea,  | 
Member  of  the  New  York,  Massachusetts,  Maryland,  Wisconsin,  j 
Michigan  Historical  and  New  England  Historic-  |  Genealogical  So 
cieties.  | 

New  York:  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1860.  | 

Second  title: 

Dictionnaire  |  Francois-Onontague",  |  e"dit4  |  d'aprfes  un  manu- 
scrit  du  17e  siecle  |  par  Jean-Marie  Shea.  | 

Nouvelle  York :  |  A  la  presse  Cramoisy.  |  1859.  |  A.  C.  s.  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  iii-viii,  1-103.  8°.  English  title  recto  1.  2;  French  title  recto  1.  4.  Shea's 
"Library  of  American  Linguistics,  I."  In  French. 

See  Alsop  (George),  No.  69  of  this  catalogue. 


See  Chaumonot  (Pierre  Joseph  Marie),  No.  764  of  this  catalogue. 

See  Leolerq  (P.  Christian),  No. 2237  of  this  catalogue. 

3588  ,  general  editor  and  publisher.    Library  of  American  Lin 
guistics.    I-XIII. 
New  York:  Cramoisy  Press.  1860-1803.  A.  C.  S.  JWP.     f& 

13  vols.  8°.     Some  also  in  4°.    For  full  titles,  see  authors'  names. 
Arroyo  de  la  Guest  a  (F.)     Grammar  of  the  Mutsun  language,  No.  4. 

Vocabulary  or  Phrase  Book  of  the  Mutsun  language,  No.  8. 

Bruyas  (J.)    Radices  Verborum  Iroquajoruin, No.  10. 


SHEA— SHORT.  709 

Shea  (John  Gilmary) — continued. 

Gibbs  (G.)    Alphabetical  vocabularies  of  ihe  Clallam  and  Lummi,No.  11. 

Dictionary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon,  No.  12. 

Alphabetical  vocabulary  of  the  Chinook  language,  No.  13. 

Maillard  (Abbe).     Grammar  of  the  Mikmaque  language,  No.  9. 

Mengarini  (G.)     Selish  or  Flat-head  grammar, No. 2. 

Pandosy  (M.  C.)     Grammar  and  dictionary  of  the  Yakama  language,  No.  6. 

Shea  (J.  G.),  editor.     French  Onondaga  dictionary,  No.  1. 

Sitjar  (B. )    Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  San  Antonio  Mission,  No.  7. 

Smith  (B. ),  editor.     Grammar  of  the  Fima  or  Ne"vome  language,  No.  5. 

Grammatical  Sketch  of  the  Heve  language,  No.  3. 

3589  Shea's  American  Linguistics.     Series  II.    Nos.  I-II. 

New  York :  Cramoisy  Press.  1873-1874.  A.  C.  s.  WE.  JWP. 

2  vols.  8°.     For  full  titles,  see  author's  name. 

Matthews  ( W. )  Grammar  and  dictionary  of  the  language  of  the  Hidatsa,  No.l. 

Hidatsa  English  dictionary,  No.  2. 

3590  Sheafer  (P.  W.),  editor.     Historical  Map  |  of  |  Pennsylvania.  | 
Showing  the  |  Indian  Names  of  Streams,  and  Villages,  and  |  Paths 
of  Travel;  |  the  sites  of  Old  Forts  and  Battle-fields;  |  the  successive 
purchases  from  the  Indians;  and  the  |  Names  and  Dates  of  Coun 
ties  and  County  Towns ;  |  with  |  tables  of  Forts  and  Proprietary 
Manors.  |  Edited  by  |  P.  W.  Sheafer  |  and  others.  | 

[Philadelphia:]  Publication  Fund  |  of  the  |  Historical  Society  of 
Pennsylvania,  |  820  Spruce  Street,  Philadelphia.  |  1875.  |  A.BA.LSH. 
Pp.  1-26.  8°.  map. 

3591  Sherman  (Richard  Updike).     Vocabulary  of  the  Oneida. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Report  to  the  Secretary  of  State,  New  York,  pp.  279- 
281.  New  York,  1845.  8°. 

Reprinted  in  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Notes  on  the  Iroquois,  pp.  279-281.  New 
York,  1846.  8° ;  and  in  Ibid.,  pp.  393-400.  New  York,  1847.  8°. 

3592  Sherwood  (Lieut.  W.  L.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Sierra  Blanco  and 
Coyotero  Apaches,  with  notes. 

Manuscript.  711.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3593  Shingwauk  |  Hymn  Book.  | 

Printed  |  by  Indian  boys  at  the  |  Shingwauk  Home  |  Sault  Ste. 
Marie.  |  1877.  |  Price  5  cents.  |  JWP. 

51  unnumbered  pp.  24°.     Compiled  probably  by  Rev.  Edward  Wilson. 

3594  Short.    A  |  short  vocabulary  [  in  the  |  Language  |  of  the  |  Seneca 
Nation,  |  and  in  |  English.  |  Ung-eish-neut  teu-au-geh  neh-huh  yoh- 
weh-neut-dah  |  Eug-lish.  | 

London:    |    Printed  by  W.    &    S.  Graves,  66,    Cheapside.    | 
1818.  |  WE.  JWP.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-35.  12°.  On  verso  of  p.  35  is  this  notice:  "Shortly  to  be  Published, 
Phrases  and  Religious  Lessons  in  the  Language  of  the  Teu-au'-get,  or  Seneca 
Nation  ;  and  in  English." 

3595  Short  (John  T.)    The  |  North  Americans  |  of  |  Antiquity  |  their 
origin,  migrations,  and  type  of  |  civilization  considered  |  By  John 
T.  Short  |  [Design.] 


710  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Short  (John  T.) — continued. 

New  York  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers  |  Franklin  Square  | 
1880  |  A.  BA.  WE.  JWP. 

2p.ll.,pp.vii-xviii,19-044.  8°.  plate. 

Chapter  ix,  "Chronology,  Calendar  Systems,  and  Religious  Analogies,"  con 
taining  names  of  tho  days  and  mouths  in  Maya  (from  Landa),  and  the  Mexican 
Calendar,  pp.435-468. — Chapter  x,  "Language  and  its  relation  to  North  Ameri 
can  Migrations,"  containing  Short  Vocabulary  of  the  Chiapanec  (from  Senor 
Melgar),  compared  with  the  Hebrew,  Epitome  of  Maya  Grammar,  Lord's  Prayer 
in  Maya,  Outlines  of  Aztec  Grammar,  Lord's  Prayer  in  Aztec,  Traces  of  Aztec  in 
Oregon,  Short  Vocabulary  of  the  Othomi  (from  Naxera)  compared  with  Hebrew, 
Short  Comparative  Vocabulary,  Indian  and  Chinese  (from  Crouise),  pp.  469-497. 

3596  Shorter.    The  |  Shorter  Catechism  |  of  the  |  Westminster  Assem 
bly  of  Divines.  |  Translated  into  the  Choctaw  Language.  |  Vba- 
numpa  |  isht  |  vtta  vhleha  hvt  |  Westminsta  |  ya  ai  itonahvt 
aiashvt  |  Katakism   |  ik  falaio  ikbi  tok.  |  Chahta  anumpa  isha  a 
toshowa  hoke.  | 

Park  Hill,  Cherokee  Nation:  |  Mission  Press,  J.  Candy  &  E. 
Archer,  Printers.  |  1847.  |  ABC. 

Pp.  1-48.  24°.     Select  Passages  of  Scripture,  pp.  43-48. 

3597  The  |  Shorter  Catechism  |  of  the  |  Westminster  Assembly 

of  Divines  |  Translated  into  the  Choctaw  Language.  |  Fbanumpa  | 
isht  vtta,  rhleha  hvt  [  Westminsta  |  ya  ai  iti'nah^t  arashflt  |  Kati- 
kisina  |  ik  falaio  ikbi  tok.  |  Chahta  anumpa  isht  a  toshowa  hoke.  | 

Eichmond:  |  Presbyterian  Committee  of  Publication.  |  [N.  d.] 
Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-48.  sq.24°.  WHS. 

3598  Shortess  (Robert).    Vocabulary  of  the  Chinook. 

Manuscript.  5pp.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3599  Shufeldt  (Robert  W.)    42d  Congress,  |  2d  Session.  [  Senate.  |  Ex. 
Doc.  |  No.  0.  |  Reports  |  of  |  Explorations  and  Surveys,  |  to  ascer 
tain  |  the  practicability  of  a  Ship-canal  |  between  |  the  Atlantic 
and  Pacific  Oceans,  |  by  the  way  of  |  the  Isthmus  of  Teh uan tepee.  | 
By  |  Robert  W.  Shufeldt,  |  Captain  United  States  Navy.  |  Made 
under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy.  | 

Washington:  |  GovernrnentPrintingOffice.  |  1872.  |  A.C.BA.JWP. 
Pp.  1-151.  4°.  20  maps.   11  plates. 

Spear  (J.C.)  Report  on  the  *  *  *  Inhabitants  *  *  *  of  the  Isthmus  of 
Tehuantepec,  pp.  99-139. 

3600  Sibley  (Dr.  —).     [Vocabulary  of  the  Caddo  Language.] 

In  American  Naturalist,  vol.  13,  pp.  787-790.     Philadelphia,  1879.  8°. 

3601  Sickles  (A.  W.)    Ne  |  Karoron  ne  |  Teyerihwahkwatha  |  igen  |  ne 
enyontste  |  ne  yagorihwiyohston  |  igen  |  Kauyengehaga  Kawen- 
nondahkon  |  oui  |  skayestonh  dobka  |  nikarennage  |  ne  |  Onenio- 
deaka  Kawennondahkon  |  tehaweunate  nyon  |  shouyowane.  | 

Toronto:  |  Published  by  the  Wesleyan  Missionary  Society,  |  at 
the  Wesleyan  Book  Room,  |  King  Street,  |  1855.  | 


SHORT— SIMONISE.  711 

Sickles  (A.  W.) — continued. 

Second  title: 

A  |  Collection  of  |  Hymns,  |  in  the  |  Oneida  Language,  |  for  |  the 
use  of  Native  Christians,  |  translated  |  by  Rev.  A.  W.  Sickles,  | 
Wesleyan  Missionary.  | 

Toronto:  |  Published  by  the  Wesleyan  Missionary  Society,  |  at 
the  Wesleyan  Book  Koom,  |  King  Street.  |  1855.  |  IB. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-245.  16°.  Oneida  title  verso  1.  1,  English  title  recto  1.  2.  Pp.  1- 
85,  alternate  pages  English  and  Oneida ;  pp.  86-235,  Oneida;  pp.  236-245,  Index, 
Oneida  aud  English. 

3602  Simeon  (E.)     Dictionnaire  mexicain-franc.ais. 

8°.  Announced  as  in  press,  in  Maisonneuve's  Catalogue  des  livres  de  fonds, 
1878,  and  Trubner's  Catalogue  of  Grammars  aud  Dictionaries,  1882. 

3C03  [Simerwell  (Rev.  Robert).]  Vocabulary  of  the  Pottawattomie  lan 
guage.  JBD. 

Manuscript.  20  11.,  10  of  which  are  blank,  sm.  4°,  and  33  11. 18°.  In  possession 
of  John  B.  Dnnbar,  Bloomfield,  N.  J.  Consists  of  words,  phrases,  and  short  sen 
tences,  with  English  translations,  and  a  portion  of  the  Gospel  of  Matthew  (as  far 
as  chapter  3,  verse  6),  in  the  Pottawattomie  language. 

The  Rev.  Robert  Simerwell,  a  Baptist  missionary,  also  prepared  a  hymn  book 
in  the  Pottawattomie  language,  which  was  printed  at  Shawanoe  previous  to 
1837. — History  of  American  Missions,  pp.  543-544. 

3604  Simon  (Barbara  Anne).    The  Hope  of  Israel;  |  Presumptive  Evi 
dence  |  that  the  |  Aborigines  of  the  Western  Hemisphere  |  are 
descended  from  the  |  Ten  Missing  Tribes  of  Israel.  |  [Five  lines  He 
brew.]  |  By  Barbara  Anne  Simon.  | 

London:  |  Published  by  R.  B.  Shelley,  and  W.  Burnside:  |  and 
sold  by  L.  B.  Lecley  and  Sons,  Fleet  street,  |  J.  Hatchard  and 
Son,  Piccadilly,  and  |  J.  Nisbet,  Berners  street.  |  MDCCCXXIX 
1 1829].  |  JWP.  LSH. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-328.  8°.  Scattered  through  this  work  are  general  remarks  on 
Indian  languages. 

A  uew  edition,  as  follows : 

3605  The  Ten  Tribes  of  Israel  |  historically  identified  |  with 

the  |  Aborigines  |  of  |  the  Western  Hemisphere.  |  By  Mrs.  Simon.  | 
[Quotation,  four  lines.]  \ 

Published  by  R.  B.  Seeley  and  W.  Burnside;  |  and  sold  by  L. 
and  G.  Seeley,  |  Fleet  Street,  London.  |  MDCCCXXXVI  [1836].  |  A. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  v-xl,  1-370,  folding  plate.  8°. 

Explanation  of  the  hieroglyphic  drawing  of  Gumelh  Carerri,  pp.  39-49.— Mex 
ican  calendar,  pp.  150-157.— Language,  pp.  163-173.— Numerous  scattered  terms. 

3006  Simms  (Jeptha  Root).  Indian  Names  [in  the  Mohawk  Valley]. 
[Signed  J.  R.  Simms.J 

In  Hist  Magazine,  third  series,  vol.  1,  pp.  120-121.     Morrisania,  N.  Y. ,  1872-73. 

sm.  4°. 

3607  Simonise  (William  S.)     Carib  Song. 

InSchoolcraft(H.R.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  p.  312.    Philadelphia,  1852.  4°. 


712  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

3608  Simpson  (Lieut.  James  H.)     Journal  of  a  military  reconnaissance 
from  Santa  F<§,  New  Mexico,  to  the  Navajo  country,  made  with  the 
troops  under  the  command  of  Brevet  Lieutenant  Colonel  John  M. 
Washington,  chief  of  the  9th  military  department,  and  governor  of 
New  Mexico,  in  1849,  by  James  H.  Simpson,  A.  M.,  First  Lieuten 
ant  Corps  of  Topographical  Engineers.  A.  JWP. 

In  Reports  of  Secretary  of  War:  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  No.  64,  31st  Cong.,  1st  Sess., 
pp.  56-168.  Washington,  1850.  8°. 

A  comparative  vocabulary  of  words  in  the  languages  of  the  Pueblo  or  civilized 
Indians  of  New  Mexico  and  of  the  wild  tribes  inhabiting  its  borders,  pp.  140-143, 
contains  the  following  vocabularies:  1.  Santa  Domingo,  San  Felipe,  Santa 
Anna,  Silla  Laguua,  Pojuate,  Acoma,  Cochiti. — 2.  San  Juan,  Santa  Clara,  8.  Al- 
derfoneo,  Pojuaque,  Nambe,  Tesuque. — 3.  Taos,  Picoris,  Sandia,  Isleta. — 4.  J&nez 
(old  Pecos). — 5.  Zufii. — 6.  Moqui. — 7.  Navajos. — 8.  Ticorillas  (a  branch  of  the 
Apaches). — 9.  Utahs. 

3609  Journal  |  of  a  |  Military  Reconnaissance,  |  from  |  Santa  Fe", 

New  Mexico,  |  to  the  |  Navajo  country,  |  made  with  the  |  troops 
under  the  command  of  Brevet  Lieutenant  Colonel  John  |  M.  Wash 
ington,  chief  of  Ninth  Military  Department,  |  and  Governor  of  New 
Mexico,  in  1849.  |  By  |  James  H.  Simpson,  A.  M.,  |  First  Lieuten 
ant  Corps  of  Topographical  Engineers.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Lippincott,  Grambo  &  Co.,  |  successors  to  Grigg, 
Elliot  and  Co.  |  1852.  |  A.  B.  WE. 

Pp.  1-140.  8°.  A  comparative  vocabulary,  &c.,  as  above,  pp.  128-130.  The 
vocabularies  are  also  reprinted  in  Davis  (W.  W.  H.)  El  Gringo,  No.  999. 

3610  Keport  by  Captain  James  H.  Simpson,  corps  of  Topograph 
ical  Engineers,  of  reconnaissances,  &c.,  in  the  Territory  of  Utah, 
in  the  months  of  August,  September,  and  October,  1858,  under  in 
structions  from  Brevet  Brigadier  General  A.  S.  Johnston,  U.  S.  A., 
commanding  the  department  of  Utah.     [Dated  Dec.  28,  1858.] 

84  pp.     Senate  Ex.  Doc.  No.  40,  35th  Cong.,  2d  Sess. 

A  vocabulary  and  sentences  in  Utah,  a  short  Shoshone  or  Snake  vocabulary, 
and  the  numerals  1-10  in  I-at,  pp.  81-84. 

3611  Engineer  Department,  U.  S.  Army.  |  Eeport  |  of  |  Explor 

ations  |  across  the  |  Great  Basin  of  the  Territory  of  Utah  |  for  a  | 
direct  wagon-route  from  Camp  Floyd  to  Genoa,  in  Carson  Valley,  | 
in  1859,  |  by  |  Captain  J.  H.  Simpson,  |  corps  of  Topographical 
Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,  |  (now  Colonel  of  Engineers,  Bvt.  Brig. 
Gen.,  U.  S.  A.)  |  Made  |  by  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  and 
under  instructions  from  Bvt.  Brig.  Gen.  A.  S.  Johnston,  |  U.  S. 
Army,  commanding  the  Department  of  Utah.  | 

Washington :  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1876.  |         A.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-518.  4°.  maps. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Ute  or  Utah,  Shoshonee  or  Snake,  Pi-Ute,  and  Washo,  a  few 
sentences  in  Ute,  and  the  numerals  1-10  in  I-at,  prefaced  by  a  discussion  on  the 
same  by  Lieut.  C.  R.  Collins,  Topographical  Engineers,  pp.  465-474. 

3612  Simpson  ( Dr.  John).    Observations  on  the  Western  Esquimaux  and 
the  Country  they  inhabit;  from  notes  taken  during  two  years  at 


SIMPSON — 8IVFES.  713 

Simpson  (Dr.  John) — continued. 

Point  Barrow,  by  Mr.  John  Simpson,  B.  N.,  Her  Majesty's  Dicovery 
Ship  "Plover." 

In  Further  Papers  relative  to  the  recent  Arctic  Expeditions,  pp.  917-942. 
London,  1855.  folio. 

Contains  the  names  of  the  seasons  and  months  in  Esquimaux,  p.  933. 

3613  Sisseton  and  Wahpeton  |  Treaty,   |  of  February,  1867,  |  in  Da 
kota.  | 

No  title-page,  (i  pp.  8°.     Title  from  Williams'  Dakota  Bibliography. 

3614  Sitjar  (P.  Bonaventure).    Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Language  of  |  San 
Antonio  Mission,  California.  |  By  |  Father  Bonaventure  Sitjar,  |  of 
the  Order  of  St.  Francis.  |  [Design.] 

New  York:  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1861.  | 

Second  title : 

Vocabulario  |  de  la  |  Lengua  dc  los  Naturales  |  de  la  |  Mision  de 
San  Antonio,  |  Alta  California.  |  Compuesto  por  el  |  Eev.  Padre 
Fray  Buenaventura  Sitjar,  |  del  Orden  Seraflco  de  N.  P.  San  Fran 
cisco.  | 

Nueva-York.  |  1861.  |  A.  c.  s.  BA.  JWP.     /3, 

Pp.  i-xxiii,  9-53.  8°.  "Shea's  Library  of  American  Linguistics,  VII."  In 
Spanish.  English  title  recto  1. 2;  Spanish  title  recto  1. 3. 

Grammatical  notes,  pp.  ix-xix.— Interrogatories,  p.  xxi.— Our  Father  (from 
Duflot  de  Mofras),  p.  xxiii. — Diccionario,  pp.  9-53. 

3615  Partial  Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  near  San  Antonio  Mis 
sion,  situated  in  a  valley  of  the  Santa  Lucia  Mountains,  about 
seventy  miles  southeast  of  Monterey. 

In  Taylor  (A.  S.)  Indianology  of  California,  in:  California  Farmer,  San 
Francisco,  vol.  13,  No.  10,  April  27, 1860. 

"  This  partial  vocabulary  was  made  on  the  leaf  of  an  old  book,  about  1787,  by 
L  Padre  Baltazar  Sitjar,  at  San  Antonio  Mission,  in  Monterey  County,  and  was 

carefully  copied  and  compared."— Taylor. 

Reprinted  in  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology, 
vol.  3,  pp.  508-369.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

3616  Confesonario  in  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  San  Antonio 

Mission. 

Manuscript.  32  pp.  4°.  In  Indian  and  Spanish.  In  possession  of  Mr.  J.  G. 
Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

P«re  B.  Sitjar  was  born  at  Perreras,  near  Palina,  on  the  Island  of  Majorca,  De-  \         / 
ceinber  9th,  1739.     He  was  one  of  the  founders  of  the  San  Antonio  Missions  in   ^  ^ 
1774,  and  of  the  San  Miguel  in  1797.     He  died  at  San  Antonio,  September  3rd, 
1808,  and  was  interred  near  the  altar  of  the  Church  of  the  Misssion.— Bibliografia 
Sanfrancescana. 

3617  Sivers  (Jegor  von).     Ueber  |  Madeira  und  die  Antillen  |  nach  Mit- 
telamerika.   |   Eeisedenkwiirdigkeiten  und  Forschungen  |  von  | 
Jegor  von  Sivers.  | 

Leipzig,  |  Verlag  von  Carl  Fr.  Fleischer.  |  1861.  |  A.  B. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-388.  8°. 

Numerals,  1-1,000,  of  the  Comanches  and  Kiowa  (from  Frcabel),  Teqniristec  - 
sprache,  Guabesprache,  Maya,  Quixe  (from  Gage),  Lacandoncs,  Tloscaltekisch, 
Missquito,  Walwa,  and  Blancos,  Valientes  and  Talaiuancas,  pp.  290-291. 


714  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3618  Six  Principles  of  Religion,  translated  into  the  Indian  tongue.      * 

Experience  Mayhew,  in  a  notice  of  an  Indian  convert  who  died  at  Martha's 
Vineyard  in  1717,  says:  "Mr.  Perkins's  Six  Principles  of  Religion,  having  been 
translated  into  the  Indian  tongue,  was  what  she  took  great  delight  in  reading." 
(Indian  Converts,  p.  Ki8.)  No  copy  of  this  translation  has  been  discovered,  and 
it  is  not  certain,  from  Mayhew's  mention  of  it,  that  it  was  printed. — TramliuU. 

3619  Skenando.    Vocabulary  of  the  Oueida  Language.    By  Young  Ske- 
nando,  Oueida  Castle. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)    Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  482-493.     Philadelphia, 

iar>2.  4°. 

3620  Sketch  |  of  the  |  Seminole  War,  |  And  |  Sketches  |  during  a  Cam 
paign.  |  By  a  Lieutenant,  |  of  the  Left  Wing.  | 

Charleston :  |  Dan.  J.  Bowling,  |  Sold  by  J.  P.  Beile  and  W.  H. 
Berrett;  and  |  Booksellers  in  the  Principal  Cities.  |  1836.  |    A.  HU. 
Pp.  i-vi,  1-311.  8°.     A  vocabulary  of  the  Semiuole  Language,  pp.  90-108. 

3621  Slight  (Benjamin).    Indian  |  Researches;  |  or,  |  facts  concerning  | 
the  North  American  Indians;  |  including  |  notices  of  their  present 
state  of  |  improvement  |  in  their  social,  civil,  and  religious  condi 
tion;  |  with  |  hints  for  their  future  advancement.  |  By  Benjamin 
Slight.  | 

Montreal;    |   Printed  for  the  Author,  by    J.   E.   L.   Miller.  | 
1844.  |  S.WHS. 

Pp.  i-xii,  13-179.  12°.  Chapter  iv,  .Language,  pp.  28-35,  contains  general 
remarks ;  pp.  170-174,  a  number  of  words  and  phrases  in  Chippewa  and  VVyan- 
dot,  aud  two  verses  with  English  translation. 

3622  Smart  (Capt.  Charles).   Notes  on  the  "Tonto"  Apaches.   By  Charles 
Smart,  Brevet  Captain  and  Assistant  Surgeon  U.  S.  Army,  Fort 
McDowell,  Arizona. 

In  Smithsonian  Inst.,  Ann.  Rept.,  1867,  pp.  417-419.     Washington,  1868.  8°. 

Preceding  this  article  is  this  note:  "A  partial  vocabulary  of  the  language 
accompanied  the  original,  which  will  appear  elsewhere."  I  'presume  the  follow 
ing  is  meant : 

3623  Vocabulary  of  the  Coyotero  Apaches,  with  notes. 

Manuscript.  8 11.  folio.    In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.     Collected 

in  1866  at  Fort  McDowell,  Ariz. 

3624  Smet  (Rev.  Peter  J.  de).     Oregon  Missions  |  and  |  Travels  |  Over 
the  Rocky  Mountains,  |  in  1845-46.  |  By  |  Father  P.  J.  De  Smet,  | 
Of  the  Society  of  Jesus.  | 

New -York:  |  Published  by  Edward  Duuigan,  |  151,  Fulton- 
Street.  |  M  DCCC  XLVII  [1847]  |  A.  B.  C.  S.  HTI.  WE. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  13-408,  2  11.  map,  engraved  title,  13  plates.  16C. 

The  four  unnumbered  pages  at  the  end  contain  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Flat- 
head  and  Peud-d'Oreille,  Flat-bow  and  Koetenay,  Assiniboin,  Cree,  Black-foot, 
and  Potawotomie  languages;  Vocabulary  of  the  Flat-head,  Black-foot,  and  Cree; 
and  Numerals  1-10  of  the  Cree  and  Assiniboin. 

3625  Missions  de  l'Or«5gou  |  et  Voyages  |  aux  Montagues  Ro- 

cheuses  |  aux  sources  |  de  la  Colombie,  de  1'Athabasca  et  du  Sas- 
catshawiu,  |  en ,18  5-46.  |  [Picture  entitled:]  Marie  Quillaxdans  la 


SIX — SMET.  715 

Smet  (Rev.  Peter  J.  de) — continued. 

bataille  centre  les  Corbeaux.  (Aoiit  1846)  |  Par  le  Pere  P.  J.  de 
Sniet,  |  de  la  Soci6t6  de  J(5sus.  | 

Gand,  |   Inipr.  &  Litb.  de  Ve.  Vauder  Scbelden.  |  Editeur.   | 
[1848.]  B.  C.  S. 

2p.ll.,pp.  i-ix,9-389.  16°.  map. 

Notre  Pere  en  laugue  Tfite-Plate  et  Pend-d'Oreille,  Arc-a-pla'  et  Koetenai, 
Assiniboine,  Pied-Noir,  des  Cries,  Potowotomie,  pp.  351-356. — Vocabulaire  T6te- 
Plate,  Pied-Noir,  Crie,  Mandan,  Eiccaree,  Sioux,  Tuskarora,  Checalish,  p.  358. — 
Numerals,  1-10,  of  the  Assiuiboin,  Pied-Noir,  Crie,  Mandan,  Eiccaree,  Sioux, 
Tnskarora,  p.  359. — Table  comparative  de  langnes  ludieunes  et  Asiatiques,  tire"e 
particulierement  du  Pere  Santiui,  de  Barton  et  d'Abernethy,  pp.  373-377,  com 
prises  a  few  words  taken  from  the  Lenni-Lenape,  Algonquins,  Chippewas,  Onon- 
dagas,  Kikkapoes,  Potowotomies,  Cries,  Narrangasets,  Miamis,  Naudowessis, 
Darien  Indians,  Poconchi,  Caraibes,  Indiens  de  la  Pensylvanie  selon  W.  Penn, 
Indiens  de  Penobscot,  St.  Jean,  et  Narrangasets,  Piaokashaws,  Acadians,  Tuska- 
ras,  Shawnees,  Macicanni,  Indiens  de  la  Nouvelle  Angleterre,  Chikasah  Indiens 
fNouv.  Caroline],  Muskohge,  and  Cherakee,  compared  with  the  Asiatic. 

3626  Missions  de  1'Oregon  et  voyages  dans  les  Moutagnes  Ro- 

cheuses  en  1845  et  1846,  par  le  Pere  P.  J.  De  Sniet,  de  la  Societe  de 
Jesns.    Ouvrage  traduit  de  1'Anglais,  Par  M.  Bonrlez.  * 

Paris,  1848. 

Pp.  408,  engraved  title  and  12  plates.  12°.     Title  from  Field's  Essay,  No.  1425. 

3627  Voyages  |  aux  |  Montagues  Bocheuses  |  chez  les  tribus  In- 

diennes  du  vaste  territoire  de  1'Oregon,  |   dependant  des  Etats- 
Unis  d'Ainerique.  |  Par  le  K.  P.  de  Smet.  |  Quatrieme  edition.  | 

Lille  |  L.  Lefort,  Imprimeur-Libraire,  |  MDCCCLIX  [1859].  |    B. 

Pp.  i-vi,  7-x'40.  12°. 

Prieres  (Pater,  Ave  et  Credo)  en  langue  Tete-Plate  et  Ponderas. 

Other  editions,  according  to  Lorenz:  Malines,  1844,  portrait  and  plates,  8°; 
and  Lille,  Lefort,  1846,  12°.  Also:  Voyages  dans  l'Anie"rique  Septentrionale. 
Oregon.  Paris,  1874.  8C.  Portrait  and  map.  German  translation,  as  follows : 

3628  Eeiseii  |  zu  |  den  Felsen-Gebirgen  |  und  |  ein  Jahr  |  unter 

den  |  wilden  Indiauer-Stiimmen  des  Oregon-Gebietes  |  von  |  P.  J. 
de  Sniet,  S.  J.  |  Aus  dem  Franzosiscben  iibersetzt  |  von  |  L.  Hins- 
sen,  Priester.  | 

St.  Louis,  Mo.  |  Druck  und  Verlag  von  Franz  Saler.  |  1865.  |     c. 
Pp.  i-iv,  1-220.  12°.     Lord's  Prayer,  Ave  Maiia,  and  Credo,  in  the  language  of 
the  Flat-Head  and  Pend-d'Oreille,  pp.  64-66. 

3629  Western  |   Missions  and  Missionaries :  |  A  Series  of  Let 
ters,  |  by  |  Rev.  P.  J.  De  Smet,  |  of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  |  Author  of 
"Indian  Sketches,"  "Oregon  Missions," Etc.  |  [Picture:]  Excelsior  | 

New  York:  |  James  B.  Kirker,  |  Late  Edward  Dunigan  and 
Brother,  |  599  Broadway  (up-stairs).  |  1863.  |  A.  B.  c.  BA. 

Pp.  1-532.  12°.     First  edition  ia".9. 
Pater  and  Ave,  in  Osage,  with  interlinear  translation,  pp.  278-279. 

3630  Western  |  Missions  and  Missionaries:  |  a  series  of  letters,  | 

by  |  Rev.  P,  J.  de  Smet,  |  of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  |  Author  of  "In 
dian  Sketches,"  "  Oregon  Missions,"  Etc.  | 


716  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Smet  (Rev.  Peter  J.  de) — continued. 

New  York:  |  P.  J.  Kenedy,  |  Excelsior  Catholic  Publishing 
House,  |  5  Barclay  Street.  |  1881.  |  * 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  5-532.  8°.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.  There  is  another  edition  with 
the  imprint:  New  York:  |  T.  W.  Strong,  |  Late  Edward  Dunigan  &  Bro.,  |  Cath 
olic  Publishing  House,  |  599  Broadway.  | 

3631  —     -  New  Indian  Sketches.  |  By  |  Eev.  P.  J.  de  Sinet,  S.  J.  | 

New  York:  |  D.  &  J.  Sadlier  &  Co.,  31  Barclay-St.  |  Montreal— 
Cor.  Notre-Dame  and  St.  Francis  Xavier  Sts.  |  [18G5.]  c.  s.  BA. 

Pp.  1-175.  16°.  The  above  is  the  title  of  t'  e  Library  of  Congress  copy;  the 
title  of  the  copy  in  the  Boston  Athenaeum  differs  from  this  by  having  immedi 
ately  before  the  word  "Montreal"  in  the  imprint:  Boston— 128  Federal-Street. 

A  vocabulary  of  the  Skalzi,  or  Koetenay  tribe,  inhabiting  the  Rocky  Mountains 
on  the  headwaters  of  the  Clarke  and  Macgilvray  Rivers,  pp.  118-125.— Numerals, 
1-10,  of  the  Omaha,  Otto,  Mandan,  Pawnee,  and  Rickarie,  p.  126.— The  Short  In 
dian  Catechism,  in  use  among  the  Flatheads,  Kalispels,  Pends  D'Oreilles,  and 
other  Rocky  Mountain  Indians  (alternate  pages  Indian  and  English),  pp.  147-175. 

I  have  seen  a  work  by  this  author  entitled  "Letters  and  Sketches,"  &c.,  Phil 
adelphia,  1843,  12°,  which  contains  no  linguistics. 

In  addition  to  the  above  works  there  is  mentioned  in  "  Western  Missions  and 
Missionaries,"  the  following,  by  Father  De  Smet.  It  is  probable  some  of  them 
contain  linguistic  material : 

Reis  naar  het  Rotsgebergte.  Deventer,  n.  d. ;  and  an  Italian  edition :  Palermo 
1847. 

Mission  van  den  Oregon.     Gand.  12°. 

Voyage  au  Grand  Desert.    Bruxelles,  1853.  18°. 

Cinquante  Nouvelles  Lettres.     Paris,  1858.  12°. 

Lorenz  mentions:  Cinquante  nouvelles  lettres  du  R.  P.  De  Smet,  publie'es  par 
le  R.  P.  Terwecoren.  Tournai,  Casterman,  1858, 12°. ;  the  same,  Bruxelles,  Van- 
dereydt,  1860.  18°. 

3632 Lettre  du  P.  J.  de  Smet. 

In  Aimales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,  vol.  11,  pp.  479-498.     Paris,  1838.  8°. 
Headed  "Nation  des  Pottowatomies  aux  Council  Bluffs."     Contains  a  few 
Pottowatomi  words  and  phrases. 

3633  Smith  (Buckingham).  [Documents  in  the  Spanish  and  two  of  the 
early  tongues  of  Florida  (Apalachian  and  Timuquan).]  o. 

No  title-page.  6  sheets  Spanish,  2  Apalachian,  and  1  Timuquan.  folio.  On 
the  fly-leaf  of  the  only  copy  I  have  seen  is  the  following  manuscript  note :  "  Peter 
Force,  Esq.,  these  documents  (seven  sheets)  in  the  Spanish  and  two  of  the  early 
tongues  of  Florida  (Apalachian  and  Timuquan)  from  his  friend  and  obedient 
servant  Buckingham  Smith.  Washington  City,  Jan'y,  1860."  On  the  reverse  of 
this  fly-leaf  is  a  further  note :  "  1  of  50  copies." 

A  letter  addressed  to  the  king  by  Diego  de  Quiroga  y  Lossada,  governor  and 
captain-general,  dated  "  San  Aug"  de  la  Florida  y  Abril  1  de  1688."  In  Span 
ish.  1  1. — A  letter  addressed  to  the  governor  by  Marcelo  de  S.  Joseph,  who  was 
charged  with  the  translation  of  the  letter  addressed  to  the  king  by  the  caciques 
of  the  Province  of  Apalachia,  dated  "  S.  Agustin  y  feb°  19  de  1688  a".  In  Spanish. 
1  1.— Fac-simile  of  said  letter  in  Apalachian.  211.— Translation  of  the  same  into 
Spanish.  2  II.— Letter  to  the  governor,  dated  "  17  de  febrero  de  [l]688anos,"  and 
signed  Frauco  de  Roxas,  who  was  charged  with  the  translation  of  the  letter  of  the 
Timuquana  caciques  to  the  king;  in  Spanish.  1 1.— Fac-simile  of  said  letters  in 
Timuquan.  2  11.,  1  blank.— Translation  of  the  same  into  Spanish.  1  1. 


SMET— SMITH.  717 

Smith  (Buckingham) — continued. 

The  text  of  the  Timuquana  is  reprinted  iu  Mr.  Gatschet's  article  on  this  lan 
guage  iu  Am.  Phil.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  18,  p. 496,  with  corrections. 

3634  The  Timuquana  Language.    By  Buckingham  Smith. 

Iu  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-3.  New  York  and  London,  1858- 
8m.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Timuquana  (from  Pareja),  p.  3.— Specimen  of  the  Timu- 
quaua  (from  Pareja),  p.  3. 

3635  Specimen  of  the  Appalachian  Language. 

Iu  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  4,  pp.  40-41.  New  York  and  London,  1860. 
sm.  4°. 

"A  passage  in  Apalachian  taken  from  an  original  letter  sent  by  some  caciques 
of  the  country  now  in  part  comprising  Middle  Florida,  to  Ferdinand  IV,  King 
of  Spain."  Translated  into  Spanish  and  English. 

3636  Mame  Vocabulary.    Buckingham  Smith,  Esq. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  5,  pp.  117-118, 149.  New  York  and  Lon 
don,  1861.  sm.  4C. 

3637  Vocabulary  of  the  STevome,  as  spoken  by  the  Pima  of  Moris, 

a  town  of  Sonora.    Mr.  Buckingham  Smith. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  5,  pp.  202-203.  New  York  and  London, 
1861.  sm.4°. 

Contains,  also,  the  Lord's  Prayer  in,  and  remarks  on  the  grammar  of,  the 
Nevome  language. 

3638  The  Opata  Language.     Buckingham  Smith. 

Iu  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  5,  p.  236.    New  York  and  London,  1861. 

sm.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Opata. 

3639 Vocabulary  of  the  Eudeve.    A  dialect  of  the  Pima  Lan 
guage,  spoken  in  Sonora.    Buckingham  Smith. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  6,  pp.  18-19.     New  York  and  London,  1862. 

sm.  4°. 

3640 Comparative  Vocabularies  of  the  Seminole  and  Mikasnke 

Tongues.  Buckingham  Smith. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  10,  pp.  239-243.  Morrisania,  N.  Y.,  1866. 
sm.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Seminole,  Mikasuke  and  Hitchitee  (the  latter  from  Galla- 
tin  and  Capt.  Casey),  pp.  239-243.— Lord's  Prayer  in  Mikasuke,  p.  288. 

Reprinted  in  Beach  (W.  W.)  The  Indian  Miscellany,  pp.  120-126.  Albany, 
1877.  8°. 

Also  in  Drake  (S.  G.)  The  Aboriginal  Races  of  North  America,  pp.  763-767. 
New  York,  [1880].  8°.  • 

3641  ,  editor.    A  |   Grammatical  Sketch   |  of  the  |  Heve  Lan 
guage,  |  Translated  from  an  unpublished  |  Spanish  Manuscript.  | 
By  |  Buckingham  Smith.  | 
New  York :  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  18GI.  j  A.  c.  S.  BA.  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-26.  8°.     Shea's  "  Library  of  American  Linguistics.   III." 
Notices  of  the  Heve  language,  pp.  5-7.— Grammar  of  the  Heve  language, 
pp.  9-24. — Vocabulary,  pp.  25-26. 


718  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Smith  (Buckingham),  editor — continued. 

3642  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Pima  or  NeVome,  |  a  Language  of 

Sonora,  |  from  a.  Manuscript  of  the  XVIII  Century,  |  Edited  by  | 
Buckingham  Smith.  | 

New  York :  |  Cramoisy  Press.  |  1862.  | 

Second  title: 

Arte  |  de  la  |  Lengua  Nevome,  |  que  se  dice  |  Pima,  |  Propia  de 
Sonora;  |  con  la  |  Doctriiia  Christiana  y  Oonfesionario  |  anadidos.  | 

Sau  Augustin  de  la  Florida.  |  Auo  de  1862.  |        A.  c.  s.  BA.  JWP. 

lp.  l.,pp.  1-97.  8°.  "  Shea's  Library  of  American  Linguistics,  V."  In  Spanish. 
Appended  to  this  is — • 

3643  Doctrina  Christiana  |  y  |  Confesionario  |  en  |  Lengua  Ne- 

vome,  6  Sea  la  Pima,  |  Propia  de  Sonora.  | 

Sau  Augustin  de  la  Florida.  |  Afio  de  1862.  |         A.  c.  s.  BA.  JWP. 
Pp.  1-33.  8°. 

3644  Smith  (De  Cost).    Words  of  the  Onondaga  Dialect. 

Manuscript.  In  possession  of  the  author,  New  York  City.  A  copy  is  in  the 
library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  A  few  words  and  phrases  only ;  collected  at 
the  Onondaga  Reservation,  N.  Y.,  October,  1882. 

3645  Smith  (E.  Everett).    Vocabulary  of  the  Malemute,  Kot/ebue  Sound. 

10  pp.  4°.  190  words.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3646  Smith  (Mrs.  Erminnie  A.)    The  Languages  of  the  Iroquois.    By 
Mrs.  E.  A.  Smith.  JWP. 

In  Science:  A  Weekly  Record  of  Scientific  Progress,  vol.  l,No.  11,  pp.  137-138. 
New  York,  September  11,  1880.  4°. 

General  remarks  and  a  few  words  "borrowed  from  the  English." 

3647  Myths  of  the  Iroquois. 

In  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Second  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  47-116.  Washington,  1883. 
imp.  8°.  Iroquois  terms,  passim. 

3648  English-Tuscarora  Dictionary.  EAS. 

Manuscript.   2  vols.,  arranged  alphabetically  by  English  words.     Vol.  1.  A- 

Glass,  91  pp. ;  Vol.  2.  Glisten-Zealous,  155  pp.  folio. 

3649 Words,   phrases,   and    sentences,  in   the  Tuscarora  lan 
guage.  EAS. 
Manuscript.  85  11.  4°.     Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 
Indian  Languages,  2d  edition ;  complete.     Collected  at  the  Tuscarora  Reserva 
tion,  Lewiston,  N.  Y.,  during  1879  and  1880. 

3650  Words,  phrases  and  sentences  in  the  Mohawk  language.  EAS. 

Manuscript.  85  11.  4°.     Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 

Indian  Languages,  2d  edition;  complete.     Collected  at  the  Grand  River  and 
Canghnawaga  Reservations,  Canada,  during  1881  and  1882. 

3651  Words,   phrases,   and  sentences    in  the  Onondaga  lan 
guage.  EAS. 

Manuscript.  85  11.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 
Indian  Languages,  2d  edition;  complete.  Collected  at  the  Onondaga  Reserva 
tion,  Ouondaga  County,  N.  Y.,  during  the  summers  of  1880  and  1881. 


SMITH  719 

Smith  (Mrs.  Ermiiinie  A.) — continued. 

3052  Words,  phrases,  and  sentences  in  the  Seneca  language.  EAS. 

Manuscript.  85  11.  4°.  Recorded  iu  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 
Indian  Languages,  2d  edition;  complete.  Collected  at  the  Seneca  Reservation, 
Cattarangus  County,  N.  Y.,  during  1880  and  1881. 

3653  Words,  phrases,  and  sentences.in  the  Cayuga  language.  EAS. 

Manuscript.  25  11.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 
Indian  Languages,  2d  edition;  partly  filled.  Collected  at  the  Grand  River  Res 
ervation,  Canada,  during  1881. 

3054  Words,  phrases,  and  sentences  in  the  Oneida  language.  EAS. 

Manuscript.  35  11.  4°.     Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 

Indian  Languages,  2d  edition;  partly  filled.     Collected  at  the  Grand  River  Res 
ervation,  Canada,  during  1881.     . 

Mrs.  Ermiiinie  A.  Smith  has  been  engaged  for  some  years,  under  the  auspices 
of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  iu  the  study  of  the  Iroquois  stock  of  languages, 
visiting  the  different  reservations  for  that  purpose,  and  her  work  when  finished 
will  be  published  by  the  Bureau.  In  the  collection  of  material  she  has  used  as 
a  basis  the  second  edition  of  Powell's  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Lan 
guages,  but  in  many  instances  she  has  gone  beyond  the  limits  of  that  work.  In 
the  Tuscarora,  Mohawk,  Onondaga,  and  Seneca,  for  instance,  she  has  added  the 
Lord's  Prayer,  the  conjugation  of  verbs,  synopsis  of  the  grammar,  etc.  She  has 
also  in  preparation  a  dictionary  of  the  Mohawk,  which  will  probably  exceed  in 
extent  that  of  the  Tuscarora.  In  addition  to  the  material  collected  by  herself, 
it  will  include  a  translation  of  the  French  Mohawk  dictionary  prepared  by  Pere 
J.  Marcoux,  and  described  in  No.  2463  of  this  catalogue. 

3055  Smith  (Ethan).    View  of  the  Hebrews ;  Exhibiting  the  destruction 
of  Jerusalem ;  the  certain  restoration  of  Judah  and  Israel ;  and  an 
address  of  the  Prophet  Isaiah  relative  to  their  restoration.    By 
Ethan  Smith,  Pastor  of  a  Church  in  Poultuey,  (Vt.)     [Two  lines 
scripture.] 

Poultney,  (Vt.)     Printed  and  Published  by  Smith  &   Shute. 
•1823.  BA. 

Pp.  1-187.  12°. 

A  short  comparative  vocabulary,  "Indian"  and  " Hebrew,"  showing  analogies 
between  the  two. 

3650  View  of  the  Hebrews;  |  or  the  |  Tribes  of  Israel  in  Amer 
ica.  |  Exhibiting  |  Chap.  I.  The  Destruction  of  Jerusalem.  Chap. 
II.  The  Cer-  |  tain  Restoration  of  Judah  and  Israel.  Chap.  III. 
The  |  Present  State  of  Judah  and  Israel.  Chap.  IV.  An  |  Address 
of  the  Prophet  Isaiah  to  the  United  |  States  relative  to  their  restora 
tion.  |  By  Ethan  Smith,  |  Pastor  of  a  Church  iu  Poultuey  (Vt.)  | 
[Four  lines  quotation.]  Second  edition,  improved  and  enlarged.  | 

Published  and  Printed  by  Smith  &  Shute,  |  Poultuey,  (Vt.)  j 
1825.  |  c.  s.  BA. 

Pp.  i-xii,  13-285.  12°.  Indian  vocabulary,  pp.  90-91.  The  above  is  the  arrange 
ment  of  the  title-page  of  the  copy  in  the  Library  of  Congress.  In  the  title  to 
the  copies  belonging  to  Mr.  Shea  and  to  the  Boston  Athenaeum,  "Second  edition 
improved  and  enlarged,"  appears  immediately  preceding  "By  Ethan  Smith." 


720  NOKTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3657  Smith  (J.)    Notice  sur  la  langue  Tarasca,  par  J.  Smith. 

In  Revue  Amencaine,  2°  se"rie,  toine  2,  pp.  180-186.    Paris,  1865.  8°. 

3658  Smith  (John).    The  |  General!  Historic  |  of  |  Virginia,  New-Eng 
land,  and  the  Summer  |  Isles:  with  the  names  of  the  Ad  venturers,  | 

Planters,  and  Governours  from  their  |  first  beginning  An0:  1584.  to 
this  |  present  1624.  |  With  the  Frocedings  of  those  Several!  Colo 
nies  |  and  the  Accidents  that  befell  them  in  all  their  |  Journyes  and 
Discoveries.  |  Also  the  Maps  and  Descriptions  of  all  those  |  Coun 
tryes,  their  Commodities,  people,  |  Government,  Customes,  and 
Religion  |  yet  kuowne.  |  Divided  into  sixe  Bookes.  |  By  Captaine 
lohu  Smith  sometymes  Governour  |  in  those  Countryes  &  Admi- 
rall.  |  of  New  England.- 1 

London.  |  Printed  by  I.  D.  and  |  I.  H.  for  Michael  |  Sparkes.  | 
1624.  |  c.  JCB.  LSH. 

7  p.  11.,  pp.  1-96, 105-248.  folio.  4  maps.    Title  in  center  of  engraved  page. 

"Because  many  doe  desire  to  know  the  manner  of  their  language  I  have  in 
serted  these  few  words"  [a  short  vocabulary],  p.  40. 

3659  The  |  Generall  Historic  |  of  |  Virginia,  New-England,  and 

the  Summer  |  Isles:  with  the  names  of  the  Adventurers,  |  Planters, 
and  Governours  from  their  |  first  beginning  Au°:  1584.  to  this  | 
present  1626.  |  With  the  Procedings  of  those  Severall  Colonies  j 
and  the  Accidents  that  befell  them  in  all  their  |  Journyes  and  Dis 
coveries.  |  Also  the  Maps  and  Descriptions  of  all  those  |  Countryes, 
their  Commodities,  people,  |  Government,  Customes,  and  Religion  | 
yet  knowne.  |  Divided  into  sixe  Bookes.  |  By  Captaine  lohu  Smith 
sometymes  Governour  |  in  those  Countryes  and  Admirall.  |  of  New 
England.  | 

London.  |  Printed  by  I.  D.  and  |  I.  H.  for  Michael  |  Sparkes.  | 

1626.  |  HU.  JCB. 
7  p.  11.,  pp.  1-96,  105-248.   folio.   4  maps.   Title  in  center  of  engraved  page. 

In  this  edition  the  inscription  round  the  portrait  of  Charles  is  altered  from  "Car- 
olas  Princeps,"  as  in  the  1624  edition,  to  "  Carolas  Rex."  Vocabulary,  p.  40. 

3660 The  |  Generall  Historic  |  of  |  Virginia,  New  England,  and 

the  Summer  |  Isles:  with  the  names  of  the  Adventurers,  |  Planters, 
and  Governours  from  their  first  beginning  Au°:  1584.  to  this  j  Pres 
ent  1626.  |  With  the  Procedings  of  those  Severall  Colonies  |  and 
the  Accidents  that  befell  them  in  all  their  j  Journyes  and  Discov 
eries.  |  Also  the  Maps  and  Descriptions  of  all  those  |  Countryes, 
their  Commodities,  people, !  Government,  Customes,  and  Religion  | 
yet  knowne.  |  Divided  into  sixe  Bookes.  |  By  Captaine  lohn  Smith 
sometymes  Governour  |  in  those  Countryes  &  Admirall.  |  of  New 
England.  | 
London.  |  Printed  by  I.  D.  and  |  I.  H.  for  Michael  |  Sparkes.  j 

1627.  |  C.  MHS. 
7  p.  11.,  pp.  1-96, 105-248.   folio.  4  maps  and  2  portraits.     Title  in  center  of  en 
graved  page. 


SMITH.  721 

Smith  (John) — continued. 

I  have  seen  only  the  copy  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  in  the  title  of  which 
the  last  figure  of  the  date,  both  in  the  body  of  the  title  and  in  the  imprint,  is  a 
neat  pen-made  6.  A  manuscript  note  accompanying  the  volume  reads:  "This  is 
evidently  the  edition  of  1627,  with  the  date  altered  to  1626."  It  is  not  apparent 
why  the  figure  6  of  the  date  in  the  body  of  the  title  should  also  be  made  with  a 
pen,  since  that  date  stands  1626  in  every  edition  except  the  original. 

3661  The  |  Generall  Historie  |  of  |  Virginia,  New-England,  and 

the  Summer  |  Isles:  with  the  names  of  the  Adventurers,  |  Planters, 
and  Govcrnours  from  their  |  first  beginning  An0:  1584.  to  this  | 
present  1626.  |  With  the  Procedings  of  those  Severall  Colonies  j 
and  the  Accidents  that  befell  them  in  all  their  |  Journyes  and  Dis 
coveries.  |  Also  the  Maps  and  Descriptions  of  all  those  |  Countryes, 
their  Commodities,  people,  |  Government,  Customes,  and  Religion  | 
yet  knowue.  |  Divided  into  sixe  Bookes.  |  By  Oaptaine  lohn  Smith 
sometymes  Governour  |  in  those  Couutryes  &  Admirall  |  of  New 
England.  | 

London.  |  Printed  by  I.  D.  and  |  I.  H.  for  Edward  |  Blackmore  | 
Anno  1632.  |  c.  BA.  HU.  JCB. 

7  p.  11.,  pp.  1-96, 105-248.  folio.  4  maps.     Vocabulary,  p.  40. 

"  There  were  distinct  issues  in  1624,  1626,  1627,  and  two  in  1632.  The  printed 
portion  is  identical  in  them  all,  and  all  want  the  sheet  O,  pp.  97-104.  The  varia 
tions  are  in  the  frontispiece,  printed  title,  maps,  and  plates." — Menzietf  Catalogue. 

3062  The  |  Trve  Travels,  |  Adventvres  |  and  j  Observations  | 

of  |  Captaine  lohn  Smith,  |  in  |  Europe,  Asia,  Africke,  and  Amer 
ica:  |  beginning  |  about  the  yeere  1593,  and  continued  |  to  this 
present  1629.  |  Vol.  I.  |  From  the  London  edition  of  1629.  | 

Richmond:  |  Republished  at  the  Franklin  Press.  |  William  W. 
Gray,  Printer.  |  1819.  | 

Title  of  vol.  2: 

The  |  Generall  Historie  |  of  |  Virginia,   New-England,   and  the 
Summer  lies,  |  with  |  the  names  of  the  adventurers,  planters,  and  | 
governours  from  their  first  beginning,  |  An.  1584.  to  this  present 
1626.  |  With  |  the  Proci  edings  |  of  those  severall  colonies  and  the 
accidents  |  that  befell  them  in  all  their  iournyes  |  and  discoveries.  | 
Also  |  the  maps  and  descriptions  |  of  those  couutryes,  their  com 
modities,  people,  government,  customes,  and  religion  yet  knowne.  | 
Divided  into  sixe  bookes.  |  By  Gaptaine  lohu  Smith,  |  sometymes 
Goveruour  of  those  Couutryes  and  Admirall  of  New  England.  | 
Vol.  II.  |  From  the  London  edition  of  1629  [sic].  \ 

Richmond:  |  Republished  at  the  Franklin  Press.  |  William  W. 
Gray,  Printer.  |  1819.  |  A.  c.  s.  BA. 

2vols.:  7  p.  11.,  pp.  1-247;  i-xi,  1-282.  8°.  5  maps  and  plates.  The  Generall 
Historie  comprises  a  part  of  the  first  and  nearly  the  whole  of  the  second  volume. 
Vocabulary,  vol.  1,  pp.  147-148. 

46  Bib 


722  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Smith  (Johii) — continued. 

3663  The  General  History  of  Virginia,  New  England,  and  the 

Summer  Isles:  with  the  Names  of  the  Adventurers,  Planters,  and 
Governors,  from  their  first  beginning,  Anno  1584,  to  this  present  1624 ; 
with  the  Proceedings  of  those  several  Colonies,  and  the  Accidents 
that  befell  them  in  all  their  Journies  and  Discoveries.     Also,  the 
maps  and  descriptions  of  all  those  countries,  their  commodities, 
people,  government,  customs,  and  religion,  yet  known.    Divided 
into  Six  Books.     By  Captain  John  Smith,  Sometime  Governor  in 
those  Countries,  and  Admiral  of  New  England. 

In  Pinkerton  (John).  A  General  Collection  of  *  *  *  Voyages  and  Travels, 
vol.  13,  pp.  1-253.  London,  1812.  4°.  "  Because  many  do  desire  to  know,"  &c.,p.  45. 

3664  Smith  (John  Jay)  and  Watson  (John  Fanning).     American  |  His 
torical  and  Literary  Curiosities ;  |  consisting  of  |  fac-similes  of  orig 
inal  documents  relating  to  the  |  events  of  the  Revolution,  |  &c. 
&c.  |  with  a  variety  of  |  Eeliques,  Antiquities  and  Modern  Auto 
graphs.  I  Collected  and  edited  |  by  |  J.  Jay  Smith,  |  Librarian  of 
the  Philadelphia  and  Loganian  Libraries,  |  and  |  John  F.  Watson,  | 
Annalist  of  Philadelphia  and  New  York.  |  Fifth  edition,  with  addi 
tions.  | 

New  York:  |  G.  P.  Putnam.  |  1852.  |  A.  OHM. 

68  plates,  oblong  4°.  Fac-simile  of  title-page  of  Eliot's  Indian  Bible,  1663, 
and  of  Psalms  I  to  III,  3,  in  the  Massachusetts  Indian  language,  plate  48. 

First  edition,  Philadelphia,  1846;  second  and  third  editions,  Philadelphia, 
1847 ;  fourth  edition,  New  York,  1850 ;  sixth  edition,  Philadelphia,  1861. 

3665  Smith  (John  S.)    Vocabularies  of  the  Arapahoes  and  Cheyennes. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  446-459.  Philadelphia, 
1853.  4°. 

3666  Smith  (Philip  H.)    General  History  |  —of—  |  Duchess  County,  |  — 
from —  |  1609  to  1876,  inclusive.  |  Illustrated  with  |  numerous  wood 
cuts,  maps  and  full-  |  page  Engravings.  |  By  Philip  H.  Smith.  | 

Pawling,  N.  Y. :  |  Published  by  the  Author.  |  1877.  |  A.  o.  S. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  7-507.  8°.     Indian  geographical  terms,  pp.  21-22. 

3667  Smith  (Samuel).    The  |  History  |  of  |  the  Colony  |  of  |  Nova-Csesa- 
ria,  or  New-Jersey:  )  Containing,  |  an  Account  of  its  First  Settle 
ment,  |  Progressive  Improvements,  |  the  Original  and  Present  Con 
stitution,  |  and  other  events,  |  to  the  year  1721.  |  With  |  some  par 
ticulars  since;  |  and  |  a  short  view  of  its  present  state.  |   By 
Samuel  Smith.  | 

Burlington,  in  New-Jersey  :  |  Printed  and  sold  by  James  Parker : 
Sold  also  by  |  David  Hall,  in  Philadelphia.  M,DCC,LXV[1765].  |  A.o. 

Pp.  i-x,  1-574.  8°.  Brief  vocabulary  (names  of  animals)  in  the  language  of 
the  New  Jersey  Indians,  p.  137. 

A  fac-simile  reprint,  with  the  addition  of  a  new  preface,  a  sketch  of  the  author, 
and  a  map,  but  without  a  new  title,  was  published  at  Trenton,  N.  J.,  by  William  S. 
Sharp,  in  1877 :  pp.  i-xiv,  1  blank  1.,  pp.  1-573, 1 1.,  map.  8°.  Vocabulary,  p.  137. 


SMITH. 


723 


3CC8  Smith  (Silas  B.)     On  the  Chinook  names  of  the  Salmon  in  the 
Columbia  River.    By  Silas  B.  Smith.  JWP. 

In  National  Museum,  Proc.,  vol.  4,  pp.  391-392.     Washington,  1882.  8°. 
Contains  the  names  of  half  dozen  varieties  of  salmon. 

3669  Smith  (William).    The  |   History  [   Of  the  Province  of  |  New- 
York,  |  from  the  |  First  Discovery  to  the  Year  M.  DCC.  XXXII.  | 
To  which  is  annexed,  |  A  Description  of  the  Country,  with  a  short 
Account  of  the  |  Inhabitants,  their  Trade,  Religious  and  Political 
State,  and  the  |  Constitution  of  the  Courts  of  Justice  in  that 
Colony.  |  [Quotations,  six  lines.]  |  By  William  Smith,  A.  M.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Thomas  Wilcox,  Bookseller  at  Virgil's 
Head,  opposite  the  |  New  Church  in  the  Strand.  |  M.  DCC.  LVII 

[1757J.  |  A-c-s- 

Pp.  i-xi  1,1-255.  4°.  plan. 
Spencer  (I!ei\  Elihu).  [Letter  on  the  language  of  the  FiveNations],  pp.  39-40. 

3670  Histoire  de  la  Nouvelle-York,  depuis  la  D^couverte  de 

cette  Province  jusqu'a  notre  Si^cle,  Dans  laquelle  on  rapporte  les 
d4meles  qu'elle  a  eus  avec  les  Canadiens  &  les  Indiens;  les  Guerres 
qu'elle  a  soutenues  contre  ces  Peuples ;  les  Trace's  &  les  Alliances 
qu'elle  a  faits  avec  eux,  &c.    On  y  a  joint  Une  Description  Geogra- 
phique  dn  Pays,  &  une  Histoire  Abr6ge"e  de  ses  Habitans,  de  leur 
Religion,  de  leur  Gouvi-rnement  Civil  &  Ecctesiastique,  &c     Par 
William  Smith.    Traduite  de  1'Anglois  par  M.  E  *  *  * 

A  Londres.  M.  DCC.  LXVII  [1767].  ' 

Pp.  xvi,  415.  8°.     Title  from  Stevens's  Nuggets,  No.  2524. 

3671  The  |  History  |  of  the  Province  of  |  New- York,  |  from  the  | 

first  discovery.  |  To  which  is  annexed  |  A  Description  of  the  Coun 
try,  an  Account  of  the  |  Inhabitants,  their  Trade,  Religious  and  Po 
litical  |  State,  and  the  Constitution  of  the  Courts  |  of  Justice  in 
that  Colony.  |  [Six  lines  quotation.]  |  By  William  Smith,  A.  M.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  J.  Almon,  opposite  Burlington-House,  | 
Piccadilly.  |  M  DCC  LXXVI  [1776].  |  c. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-334.  8°. 
Spencer  (Her.  Elihu).     [Letter  on  the  language  of  the  Five  Nations],  p.  53: 

3672  The  |  Histoiy  |  of  the  Province  of  |  New -York,  |  from  the 

first  discovery  to  the  year  1732.  |  To  which  is  annexed,  a  descrip 
tion  of  the  country,  with  |  a  short  account  of  the  inhabitants,  their 
reli-  |  gious  and  political  state,  and  the  con-  |  stitutiou  of  the  courts 
of  jus-  |  tice  in  that  colony.  |  [Quotation,  four  lines.]  |  The  second 
edition.  |  By  William  Smith,  A.  M.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  From  the  Press  of  Matthew  Carey.  |  April  9— 
M.  DCC.  XCII  [1792].  |  c- 

Title  1  1.,  1  blank  1..2  11., pp. 7-276.  8°. 
Spencer  ( Her.  Elihu).   [Letter  on  the  language  of  the  Five  Nations],  pp.  52-53. 

3673  History  |  of  |  New -York,  |  from  the  first  discovery  to  the 

year  M.  DCC.  XXXII.  |  To  which  is  annexed,  a  description  of  the 


724  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Smith  (William) — continued. 

country,  with  a  short  |  account  of  the  inhabitants,  their  religious 
and  political  |  state,  and  the  constitution  of  the  Courts  of  |  Justice 
in  that  Colony.  |  [Quotation,  four  lines.]  |  By  William  Smith,  A.M.  | 
With  a  continuation,  |  From  the  Year  1732,  to  the  Commencement 
of  the  Year  1814.  | 

Albany:  |  Printed  by  Ryer  Schermerhoru.  |  Sold  by  himself  and 
G.  Forbes,  Albany;  H.  Stockwell,  Troy;  A.  Seward,  Utica;  |  and 
Andrus  &  Starr,  Hartford.  |  1814.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xv,  17-512.  8°. 

Spencer  (Rev.  Elihu).   [Letter  on  the  language  of  the  Five  Nations],  pp.  73-74. 

3074  The  |  History  |  of  the  late  |  Province  of  New-York,  | 

from  |  its  discovery,  |  to  the  |  Appointment  of  Governor  Colden,  j 
in  |  1762.  |  By  the  Hon.  William  Smith,  |  Formerly  of  New -York, 
and  late  Chief  Justice  of  Lower  Canada.  |  Vol.  I  [II]. 

New- York:  |  Published  under  the  direction  of  the  New -York  | 
Historical  Society.  |  1829.  |  c.  BA. 

2  vols.  8°.  Form  vols.  4  and  5  of  the  Collections  of  the  New  York  Historical 
Society.  The  second  volume  (vol.  5  of  the  Collections),  containing  the  continu 
ation  of  Smith's  History,  was  first  published  hy  itself  in  1826  as  vol.  4  of  the  Col 
lections,  4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-308 ;  hut  was  reprinted  as  ahove,  in  1829,  to  accompany  the 
new  edition  of  Smith's  History,  which  forms  the  new  vol.  4  of  the  Collections. 

Spencer  (Rev.  Elihu).  [Letter  on  the  language  of  the  Five  Nations],  vol.  1,  pp. 
53-54. 

3675  The  |   History  |  of  the  late  |   Province  of  New  -York,   | 

from  |  its  Discovery,  |  to  the  |  appointment  of  Governor  Colden,  j 
in  |  1762.  |  By  the  Hon.  William  Smith,  |  Formerly  of  New-York, 
and  late  Chief  Justice  of  Lower  Canada.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

New -York:  |  Published  under  the  direction  of  the  New -York  | 
Historical  Society.  |  Grattan,  Print.  |  1830.  |  A.  c. 

2  vols.,  pp.  i-xvi,  1-390;  4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-390.  8°. 

Spencer  (Rev.  Elihu).  [Letter  on  the  language  of  the  Five  Nations],  vol.  1, 
pp.  59-60. 

3676  Smithsonian  Institution.    30th  Congress,  |  2d  Session.   |   (Ho.  of 
Reps.)  |  Miscellaneous.  |  No.  48.  |  Third  Annual  Eeport  |  of  the  | 
Board  of  Regents  |  of  |  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  |  to  |  the  Sen 
ate  and  House  of  Representatives,  |  showing  |  the  Operations,  | 
Expenditures,  and  Condition  of  the  Institution  |  during  the  year 
1848  [-1881].  |  February  19, 1849.  |  Laid  upon  the  table,  and  ordered 
to  be  printed.  | 

Washington:  |  Tippin  &  Streeper,  Printers.  |  1849  [-1883].  | 

36  vols.  8°.  The  first  and  second  reports  were  Congressional  documents  with 
out  title-page.  Subsequent  to  the  third  the  titles  are  substantially  as  above; 
but  beginning  with  the  eleventh  they  commence :  Annual  Eeport — dr.  pping  the 
ordinal.  A.  c.  si.  JWP. 

Baegert  (Jacob).  An  account  of  the  aboriginal  inhabitants  of  the  California 
Peninsula,  1363,  pp.  352-369 ;  and  1864,  pp.  378-399. 

Berendt  (C.  H.)  Ou  a  Grammar  and  Dictionary  of  the  Carib  language,  1873, 
pp.  363-1564. 


SMITH — SOCIEDAD.  725 

Smithsonian  Institution — continued. 

Culbertson  (T.  A.)  Journal  of  an  Expedition  to  the  Mauvaises  Terres,  1850, 
pp.  84-140. 

Gibbs  (George).  On  the  language  of  the  Aboriginal  Indians  of  America,  1870, 
pp.  364-307. 

Roehrig  (F.  L.  O.)  On  the  language  of  the  Dakota  or  Sioux  Indians,  1871, 
pp.  434-450. 

Turner  ( W.  W. )     Letter  on  Indian  Philology,  1851,  pp.  93-97. 

3677  Smithsonian    |    Contributions  to   Knowledge.    |    Vol.   I 

[-XXI1J.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

City  of  Washington:  |  Published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institu 
tion.  JMDCCCXLVIII  [-MDCCCLXXX]  [1848-1880].  ]  A.C.SI.JWP. 

22  vols.  4°.  The  monographs  composing  these  volumes  are  issued  as  separate 
pamphlets,  each  with  its  own  pagination,  and  afterwards  bound  together  to  form 
the  volumes  of  Contributions. 

Morgan  (L.  H. )  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity  of  the  Human  Family, 
vol.  17. 

Riggs  (S  R.)    Grammar  and  Dictionary  of  the  Dakota  Language,  vol.  4. 

Swan  (James  G.)    The  Indians  of  Cape  Flattery,  vol.  16. 

The  Haidah  Indians  of  Queen  Charlotte's  Islands,  vol.  21. 

3678  -       -Smithsonian  |  Miscellaneous  Collections.  |  Vol.1  [-XXIJ.  | 
[Seal  of  the  Institution  and  two  lines  quotation.] 

Washington :   |   Published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  | 
1862  [-1883].  |  A.  c.  si.  JWP. 

27  vols.  8°.  The  articles  contained  in  this  series  are  issued  as  separate  pam 
phlets,  each  with  its  own  pagination,  and  afterwards  combined  into  volumes. 

Gibbs  (George).     A  dictionary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon,  vol.  7. 

Instructions  for  research  into  the  Ethnology  and  Philology  of  America, 

vol.7. 

Morgan  (L.  H.)  Circular  in  reference  to  the  degrees  of  relationship  among 
different  nations,  vol.  2. 

Stanley  (James).     Portraits  of  North  American  Indians,  vol.  2. 

3679  Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections.   |   216.  |  Photo 

graphic  Portraits  |  of  |  North  American  Indians  |  in  the  Gallery 
of  the  |  Smithsonian  Institution.  | 

Washington :  |  Smithsonian  Institution.  |  1867.  |  si.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-42.  8°.  Not  included  in  the  volumes  of  Miscellaneous  Collections.  Con 
tains  many  proper  names,  with  English  signification. 

3680  Sobron  (Felix  C.  y).    Los  idiomas  |  de  la  |  America  Latina  |  estu- 
dios  biograflco-bibliograflcos  |  por  |  D.  Felix  C.  y  Sobron  |  M6dico- 
cirujano  6  individuo  de  varias  Sociedades  cientiflcas  | 

Madrid  |  Imprenta  a  Cargo  de  Victor  Saiz  |  Calle  de  la  Colegiata, 
num.  6  |  [1877]  JWP. 

Pp.  1-137, 1  1.  12°. 

Comments  on  the  Mexican  language,  pp.  15-21. — Verses  in  Mexican,  from  Al- 
dama,  pp. 23-24. — "Oh  salutaris  Hostia,"  &c.,  in  Huron,  Abnaki,  and  Illinois 
(from  Raslcs),  p.  101. 

3681  Sociedad  de  Geografia  y  Estadistica  de  la  Republica  Mexicans.     Bole- 
tin  |  del  |  Institute  Nacioual  |  de  |  Geografia  y  Estadistica  |  dela  | 


726  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Sociedad  de  Geografia  y  Estadistica  de  la  Eeptiblica  Mexicana — coiitiuued. 
Republica  Mexicaua,  |  presentado  al  |  Supremo  Gobierno  de  la  Na- 
cion  por  la  Junta  Meiior  |  del  mistno  Cuerpo.  |  [Two  Hues  quotation.] 

Mexico.  |  Tipografia  de  R.  Eafael,  j  Calle  de  Cudeua  numero  13.  [ 
1850  [-1865].  |  c. 

12  vols.  8°.  maps.  Beginning  with  the  second  volume  the  title  was  changed 
to  read :  Boletiu  de  la  Sociedad  Mexicaua  de  Geografia  y  Estadistica.  Tom.  II, 
&c.  The  first  volume  is  made  up  of  numbers  each  with  its  own  pagination ;  the 
subsequent  ones  are  paged  consecutively. 

[Cabrera  ( J. M. ) et  al. ]  Sobre  el  origen  de  la  palabra Mexico,  tomo8,  pp.  405-417. 

[Galicia  (F.  C.)]  Notas  en  la  parte  mexicana,  &  las  uoticias  estadisticas  sobre 
el  Departamento  de  Tuxpau,  por  Eduardo  Fages,  tomo  4,  pp.  325-338. 

Gil  (H.  R. )    Memoria  sobre  los  descubrimientos,  &c.,  tomo  8,  pp.  474-501. 

Guevara  (M.  de).  Arte  Doctrinal  *  *  *  la  lengua  Matlaltzinga,  tomo  9, 
pp.  198-260. 

Oraciones  en  Idioma  Mexicano,  tomo  5,  pp.  447-450. 

Ortega  ( J.  de).     Vocabulario  en  lengua  Castellana  y  Cora,  toino  8,  pp.  561-602. 

Pimentel  (F.)  Algunas  observaciones  sobre  las  palabras  Mayo  y  Maya,  tomo 
8,  pp.  471-472. 

Vocabulario  Mannal  de  la  lengua  Opata,  tomo  10,  pp.  287-363. 

Rejon  (G. )    Vocabulario  del  Idioma  Coraanche,  tomo  11,  pp.  631-659. 

Tellechea  (Fr.  Miguel).  Compendio  Gramatical  *  *  *  del  Idioma  Tara- 
humaro,  torao  4,  pp.  145-166. 

3682 Boletin  |  de  la  Sociedad  |  de  Geografia  y  Estadistica  |  de 

la  |  Republica  Mexicana.  |  Segunda  Epoca.  |  Toino  I  [-IV]. 

Mexico.  |  Imprenta  del  Gobierno,  en  Palacio,  |  a  cargo  de  Jose" 
Maria  Sandoval.  |  1869  [-1872].  |  c. 

4  vole,  royal  8°.  maps. 

Alejandre  (Marcelo).     Noticia  de  Lengua  Huasteca,  tomo  2,  pp.  733-790. 

Carrillo  (C.)  Disertacion  sobre  la  historia  de  la  lengua  Maya,  tomo  4,  pp. 
134-195. 

Hassey  (Oloardo).     De  la  lengua  Waicura,  tomo  4,  pp.  31-40. 

Mendoza  (Guinesindo).     Disertacion,  &c.     •     »     •     tomo  4,  pp.  41-52. 

Najera  (Manuel).     Gramatica  de  la  lengua  Tarasca,  tomo  4,  pp.  664-684. 

Pimentel  (F.)  Observacioues  a  la  Disertaciou  *  *  *  por  el  Sr.  D.  Gu- 
mesiudo  Meudoza,  tomo  4,  pp.  224-236. 

Replica  al  Sr.  Mendoza,  tomo  4,  pp.  629-636. 

3683  Boletin  |  de  la  |  Sociedad  de  Geografia  y  Estadistica  |  de 

la  Republica  Mexicana  |  Tercera  Epoca  |  Tomo  I  [-.V] 

Mexico  |  Imprenta  de  Diaz  de  Leon  y  White  |  Calle  de  Lerdo 
Numero  2  |  1873  [-1880].  |  c. 

5  vols.  8°. 

Herrera  y  Perez  (M.  M.)  Tlahuac,  Cabecera,  Linderos  *  »  »  y  varios 
a n i mules  de  la  tierra,  torao  1,  pp.  294-303. 

Pimentel  (F.)    Sobre     *    •    •     las  lenguas  Indigenas,  tomo  1, pp. 208-211. 

Sociedad  Mexicana  de  Geografia  y  Estadistica. 
See  Coleccion  Polidiomica. 

3684  Societe  Americaine  de  France.     Archives  |  de  la  |  Societe  Ameri- 
caine  |  de  France  |  redige'es  par  j  MM.  Aubiu,  fim.  Buruouf,  Cas- 
taing,  Geslin,  Madier  de  Moutjau  |  Malte-Brun,  Alph.  Pinart,  Pi- 


SOC1EDAD — SOCIETE.  727 

Societe  Ame"ricaine  de  France — coutinned. 

part,  Reiniscb,  Eosny,  Scbcebel,  Torres-  |  Caicedo,  Waldeck,  et 
autres  savants  |  fran§ais  et  etraugers,  |  et  publie"es  par  |  Ed.  Ma- 
dier  de  Montjau,  |  President  de  la  Socie"te".  |  Nouvelle  Serie.— Tome 
Premier.  |  [Design.] 

Paris  |  Aux  Bureaux  de  la  Socie'te'  Ame~ricaine,  |  et  cbez  tons  les 
libraires  eorrespondauts  de  la  Socie~te".  |  1875.  |  A.o. 

lp.  1.,  pp.  1-400.  8°.  23  plates. 

Aubiii  (M.  A.)  Exameu  des  anciennes  peintures  figuratives  de  1'ancien 
Mexiquc,  pp.  283-295. 

Essai  stir  la  langue  Mexicaine,  pp.  333-353. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (C.  E.)  Coup  d'ceil  sur  *  *  *  la  langue  des  Wabi, 
pp.  131-142. 

Duchateau  (Julien).     Sur  1'e'criture  calcnliforme  des  Mayas,  pp.  31-33. 

Madier  de  Montjau  (Ed.)  Sur  quelques  mannscrits  figuratives  de  1'ancien 
Mexique,  pp.  227-256. 

Homc'lies    *     *     *     en  langue  Nahuatl,  pp.  269-275. 

Textes  Mayas,  pp.  373-378. 

Pipart  (Al>M  J.)    Astronomie     »     *     *     des  Mexicains,  pp.  5-18. 

Rosny  (L<5on  de).     L'interpre'tation  des  Anciens  Textes  Mayas,  pp.  53-118. 

3685  Annuaire  |  de  la  |  Socie'te'  Ame"ricaine  |  public"  |  avec  le 

concours  de  la  commissiou  de  redaction  |  par  |  Ed.  Madier  de  Mont 
jau,  |  President  de  la  Soci6te".  |  1874.  | 

Paris  Gustave  Bossauge  |  1C  rue  du  Quatre-Septembre,  16  |  Bu 
reaux  de  la  Socie'te':  20,  rue  Bonaparte.  |  1875.  |  C. 

Pp.  1-48.  8°. 

Madier  de  Montjau  (Ed.)    Discours  sur  les  Etudes  Ame'ricaines,  pp.  7-30. 

According  to  Leclerc  (1878),  No.  2551,  there  have  been  published  three  volumes, 
8°,  1863-76,  of  the  Annals  of  the  society:  vol.  1,232  pp. ;  vol.  2, 200  pp.;  vol. 
3,  156  pp.  I  have  seen  but  a  few  scattered  numbers,  none  of  which,  except  the 
above,  contained  material  relating  to  American  linguistics. 

3686  Soci&6  Ethnologique.    MtSmoires  |  de  la  |  Socie'te'  Ethnologique.  | 
Tome  Premier  [Second].  |  Premiere  Partie.  | 

Paris.  |  Librairie  Orientale  de  Mme  V6  Dondey-Dupre",  |  Rue  des 
Pyramides,  8.  |  1841  [-1845].  |  A.  C. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Eichthal  (Gustav  D').  Etudes  sur  1'histoire  primitive  *  "  Am^ricauies, 
vol.  2,  pp.  151-320. 

3687  Societe  de  Geographic,  Paris.    Bulletin  |  de  la  |  Soci6t6  de  Ge"o- 
graphie.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Vingtieme].  | 

Paris,  |  Se  trouve  au  Secretariat  de  la  Societe",  |  Rue  Taranne, 
N».  12.  |  1822  [-1833].  |  A-  c- 

First  series,  20  vols.  8°. 
Baezo  (Perfccto).     Vocabulario  de  las  lengnas  Castellano  y  Maia,  vol.  18, 

pp.  215-217. 

Galindo  (Juan).     Me~rnoire  sur  les  ruines  de  Palenqu^,  vol.  18,  pp.  198-214. 

3688  Bulletin   |  de  la  Societe  |  de    Ge"ograpbie.  |  Deuxieme 

S6rie.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Vingtieme].  | 


728  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Societe  de  Geographic — continued. 

Paris,  |  Chez  Arthus  Bertrand,  |  Libraire  de  la  Soci6t6  de  Ge"o- 
graphie,  |  Rue  Hautefeuille,  N°.  23.  |  1834  [-1843J.  |  A.  c. 

Second  series,  20  vols.  iP. 

Roux  de  Rochelle  (M.)  Analyse  d'un  ouvrage  de  M.  Gallatin  sur  leg  tribus 
indiennes  *  •  »  fitats-Unis,  vol.  19,  pp.  177-195. 

3689  -       -  Bulletin  |  de  la  |  Socie"te"  de  Geographic,  |  Troisieme  Se"rie.  | 
Tome  Premier  [-Quatorzieme].  | 

Paris,  |  Chez  Arthus-Bertrand,  |  Libraire  de  la  Societe"  de  Geo 
graphic,  |  Eue  Hautefeuille,  N°.  23.  |  1844  [-18501-  I  A.  c. 

Third  series,  14  vols.  8°. 

Jomard  (E.  F.)    Langue  des  Indiens  Cheyennes,  vol.  6,  pp.  384-386. 

The  fourth  series,  20  vols.,  1851-1860 ;  fifth,  18  vols.,  1861-1870 ;  sixth,  15  vols., 
1871-1878,  contain  no  linguistics. 

3690  Eecueil  |  de  |  Voyages  et  de  Me"rnoires  |  public"  |  par  la  So 
ciete"  de  Geographic.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Septietne].  | 

Paris,   |   De  1'Imprimerie  d'Everat,  Kue  du  Cadrau,  N°.  16.   | 
M  D  CCC  XXIV  [-M  D  GCG  LXIV]  [1824-1864J.  |  A.  0. 

7  vols.  4°. 

Warden  (M.)  Recherches  sur  lea  Antiquites  des  Etats-Unis,  tome  2,  pp. 
372-509. 

3691  Societ6  Philologique.     Actes  |  de  la  |  Socie"te"  Philologique  |  Pre 
mier  f-Quatrieme]  volume  |  1869-1872  [-1874]  | 

Paris  |  Imprimerie  D.  Jouaust  |  Hue  Saint- Houore",  338  |  1872 
[-1875]  |  YC. 

4  vols.  8°. 

[Charencey  (H.  de).]  Essai  de  de'chiffrement  d'un  fragment  d'inscription 
Palenque"enne,  vol.  1,  pp.  45-60. 

Le  Mythe  de  Votan,  forms  vol.  2. 

[Cuoq  (J.  A.)]     Cantique  en  langue  Algonquine,  vol.  1,  pp.  73-76. 

Fragments  de  Chrestomathie  de  la  langue  Algonquine,  vol.  3,  pp.  39-51. 

L'Oraison  Dominicale  (Texte  Algonquiue  avec  glose),  vol.  4,  pp.  199-205. 

La  Salutation  Angelique  (Texte  Algonqnine  avec  glose),  vol.  4,  pp. 

207-209. 

Morillot  (AW)£).     Mythologie  et  legendes  des  Esquimaux,  vol.  4,  pp.  215-286. 

3692  Solano  (Fr.  Alouso).    Dicciouario  Mayo  y  Espaflol.  * 

3693  Sermones  en  Lengua  Maya.  * 

Titles  from  Beristain,  who  quotes  from  Cogolludo.  Carrillo,  iu  Bol.  Geog.  Soc. 
Hex.,  gives  the  following  list  of  his  works  in  the  Maya  language. 

3694  Diccionario  Yucateco.  * 

3695  Apuntaciones  de  las  Santas  Escrituras.  * 

3696  Apuutacioncs  sobre  las  autigiiedadesmayasoyucatecas.  * 

3697  Estudios  historicos  sobre  los  iudios.  * 

3698  —    -  Coleccion  de  sermones.  » 

3699  Sermones  varies.  * 

Cogollndo,  speaking  of  thisauthor  and  of  his  writings  in  the  Maya,  says :    "He 

comprehended  the  language  of  the  Indians  in  so  short  a  time  that  for  many  years 


SOCIETY — SOKIANO.  729 

Solano  (Fr.  Alonso) — continued. 

he  was  master  of  it.  He  wrote  a  very  copious  Vocabulario,  Sermonarios,  and 
man}-  Sermones  Sueltos,  with  as  much  propriety  as  if  ho  had  been  an  Indian,  well 
versed  in  the  elegancies  of  his  language ;  also  many  notes  on  the  Holy  Scriptures, 
and  several  narratives.  He  investigated  the  antiquities  of  the  Indians,  and  left 
many  writings  on  the  subject  which  cannot  now  be  found." — Carrillo. 

Solis  (Felipe  Sanchez). 
See  Galicia  (F. C.>,  Mendoza  (G.),and  Solis  (F.  S.) 

3700  Solis  y  Kosales  (Dr.  D.  Jose"  Vicente).    Vocabulario  de  hi  lengua 
Maya,  compuesto  y  redactado  por  el  Sr.  Dr.  Don  Jose"  Vicente  Solis 
y  Rosales,  para  el  uso  del  Sr.  abate  Brasseur  de  Bonrbourg,  quien 
le  da  aqui  las  gracias. 

Manuscript.  1811,  two  columns,  folio. 

A  short  modern  work,  which  was  given  me  by  the  author  at  the  time  of  my 
sojourn  in  Yucatan,  in  1870. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

3701  Sonneschmid  ( M.)    Remarks  on  Mexico  and  the  Mexican  Language. 
By  M.  Sonueschmid.  B. 

In  Am.  Monthly  Magazine,  vol.  3,  pp.  118-119.    New  York,  1818.  8°. 
A  brief  discussion,  of  no  value,  devoted  principally  to  methods  of  pronuncia 
tion  and  praise  of  the  pretty  ways  of  speech  of  Mexican  women. 
I  have  seen  but  two  numbers  of  this  periodical. 

Soria  (Francisco  de) 
See  Loaiza  (Francisco  de). 

3702  Soriano  (Fr.  Juan  Guadalupe).     Arte  y  Vocabulario  en  Lengua 
Fame  y  Otomi  &c. 

Original  manuscript,  4°,  in  possession  of  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  who  has  furnished 
me  with  the  following  description : 

Doctrina  Christiana,  para  la  facil  ensenanza  he  [sic]  intelligencia 
de  los  Misterios  de  Ntra.  Sancta  Fee  en  el  Ydioma  Pamee,  que 
para  bieu  de  las  Almas.  Dispussola  Fr.  Juan  Guadalupe  Soriano, 
fraucisco  Descalzo  de  la  Sta.  Provincia  de  S".  Diego  de  Mexico, 
Ministro  actual  de  la  Mission  de  Fuen-Glara  y  Presid*6.  de  ella.  La 
dedica  al  Purissiino  Corazon  de  Maria  Santissima  Nuestra  Senora 
el  dia  15  de  Julio  de  67  [1767]. 

Below  this  title,  on  the  first  page,  and  in  another  handwriting,  are  some 
words  in  the  Chino  idiom,  with  Spanish  equivalents,  and  at  the  end  this  note  : 
"  Mnrio  el  P.  Soriano  el  rues  de  de  ."  Unfortunately  the  annotator  has 
left  the  date  blank. 

L.  2  prologue,  verso  blank.— L.  3  "  Orthografia  en  Othomii,  por  Fray  Juan  Gua- 
daloupe,"511. — "  Libro  primerode  los  priiicipnlesrudiinentos  del  idiomaOthomi," 
9  ]!.— "Libro  Segundo,"  12  11.— "Libro  en  quo  se  da  razon  breve  del  genero  do 
Io8  nombres  y  do  las  quantidades  de  todos  Vocables;  por  vna  clarissirna  Or- 
tographia,"  5  11. 

Arte  del  Ydioma  Parne,  dedicado  a  la  Purissima  Keyna,  con  el 
titulo  de  los  llcmedios,  q".  se  venera  en  el  Comvento  de  Franciscos 
Descalzos  del  lieligioso  Comvento  de  SF.  S".  Antonio  de  Queretaro 
hizolo  Fr.  Juan  Gnadalupe  Soriano,  Eeligioso  del  inisrno  orden 
Descalzo  de  N.  P1'.  S".  Franco.  lo  corneuzo  dia  2  de  Junto  de  1704  a", 
en  la  Mision  de  N.  S.  de  Guadalupe  de  Zerro  Prieto. 


730  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Soriano  (Fr.  Juan  Guadalupc) — continued. 

Immediately  following  is  the  "Dedicatoria,"  signed  P.  Soriano,  which  con 
cludes  the  page.  The  title  following  is:  Prologo  Historial,  which  occupies  4  11. 
On  the  next,  the  5th,  begins  the  Arte  del  Ydionia  Pamfie,  por  Fray  Juan  Guada- 
lupe  Soriano,  8  11.  This  is  followed  by:  Idioina  Chiuo.  The  leaf  following: 

gg  Dificil  tratado,  del  Arte,  y  vnion  de  los  Ydiomas  Othomii  y 
Pamee,  cuyos  dos  idiomas  se  aprenden  por  vnas  mismas  Eeglas, 
para  la  facil  y  uecessaria  administrac".  de  las  Missiones  de  Sierra 
Gorda.  Dedicala  a  N.  S.  la  Virgen  Maria  en  su  Milagrossa  Yma- 
gen  de  los  Eemedios,  q  se  venera  en  el  comvento  de  Sr.  S.  Antonio 
de  Eeligiosos  descalzos  de  Queretaro,  y  a  el  Milagrosso  y  Divino 
Senor  Cruciflcado  con  el  Titulo  de  la  Cantera.  Trata  tarn  bien  de 
otras  muchissimas  Curiosidades,  para  la  facil  Pred".  de  los  Missio- 
neros.  Trabajola,  el  Minimo  entre  los  Menores,  Fray  Juan  Guada- 
lupe  Soriano,  Predr.  Apostholico  de  Propaganda  Fide,  Ministro  y 
Presidente  de  la  Mission  de  Fuen-Clara,  Religiose  de  la  mas  estrecha 
observancia  de  Eeligiosos  Franciscos  de  la  Sancta  Provincia  de  Sn. 
Diego  de  Mexico.  Aiio  de  1706.  meiis.  7  bris.  Loco  Xiliapam. 

Reverse  blank  ;  87  11.,  with  a  "Dedicatoria"  and  a  "Prologo  Historial."  very 
extensive  and  filled  with  curious  notices.  On  the  reverse  of  1.  20  is  this  title : 

Arte  de  los  dos  Ydiomas  Othomii  y  Pamee,  q  en  nombre  de  Dios 
y  para  gloria  suya,  a.  fuerza  de  gran  trabajo,  lo  dispone,  bajo  el  Pa- 
trocinio  de  Maria  Purissima  de  los  Eemedios,  y  del  Soberano  Sr. 
Crucificado  de  la  Cantera,  Fr.  Juan  Guadalupe  Soriano,  Eeliosso 
Francisco  Descalzo  de  la  Sancta  Provincia  de  San  Diego  de  Mexico. 
Predicador  Apostholico  y  Ministro  Missionero  de  la  Mission  de  Sr. 
San  Joseph  de  Fnen-Clara,  6  Xiliapam.  Trata  tambien,  auuque  en 
extracto  de  los  dos  idiomas  Mexicano  y  Jonaz.  Que  todo  ceda  en 
honra  y  gloria  de  Dios  y  de  Maria  Sina.  y  q.  sea  para  provecho  de 
muchas  almas  uecesitadas.  Ainen.  O.  S.  C.  S.  M.  E. 

Then  follows,  on  the  succeeding  leaf: 

Modo  de  pronunciar  los  dos  Ydiomas  Othomii  y  Pamee. 

And  on  the  reverse  begins  the 

Vocabularies  de  los  Ydiomas  Pamee  y  Othomii,  Mexicano  y  Jonaz. 

The  words  in  this  vocabulario  number  1,352,  placed  in  the  following  manner: 

El  Sol. 

Othom.  Pamee.  Mexicano.  Jouaz. 

Nahiadii.  Nampae.  Tonalli.  Nane. 

The  four-fold  character  is  not  preserved  throughout.  Many  have  only  three 
or  two  corresponding  meanings  of  the  Spanish  word.  The  Jonaz  is  most  fre 
quently  faulty,  the  Mexican  more  rarely ;  the  Otomi  and  Pamee  meaning  is 
usually  found.  There  is  no  alphabetic  order,  but  the  words  are  grouped  more  or 
less  according  to  their  analogy.  The  numerals  extend  to  20  and  150.  There  art) 
corresponding  words  in  Pamee  for  objects  which  certainly  were  unknown  to 
the  Indians,  as  iron,  gold,  fire-lock,  spurs,  etc.,  and  even  baptismal  names,  as 
Agustiu,  Pedro,  Ge>ouiino  and  Rosa.  There  are  also  found  the  names  of  towns. 
The  Mexican  words  are  generally  incorrectly  written. 


SORIANO — SPALDING.  731 

Soriano  (Fr.  Juan  Guadalnpe) — continued. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  Vocabulary,  and  iu  errupting  it,  is  an  "Explication 
de  los  mlis  principales  rudimentos  de  los  dos  Ydiomas  Othomii  y  Fame,  dedicados 
a  el  Purissimo  Corazon  c"e  Jesus,  dia  3  de  Julio  de  1768."  The  Explicacion  occu 
pies  a  little  more  than  7  pages,  and  then  the  Vocabulary  is  continued.  At  the 
conclusion  of  this  there  are  3  leaves  of  devotious  and  doctrine  in  Mexican. 

This  terminates  that  part  of  the  manuscript  relating  to  the  native  languages; 
4  11.  in  Spanish  follow,  which  treat  of  "  brujos,  grados  entre  los  indios  prohibi- 
dos,  y  de  volcanos." 

"  Promptuario  necessario  &  los  Confesores,  del  Derecho  Civil  y  Can6nico,  y 
otras  curiossidades,  que  dedica  al  Purissimo  Corazon  de  Jesus,  su  minimo  Devoto 
Fr.  Juan  Guadalupe  Soriano,  Religiosso  menor  ....  &c.,  se  comenzo  el  dia  25 
de  Junio  dia  memorable  por  la  expulsion  de  los  de  la  Compafiia  de  Jesus,  afio  de 
1767.  Cedatodo  en  honray  gloria  de  Dios,  y  de  suPurisiuiaMadre.  Amen."  8511. 

3703  S0rensen  (B.  F.)    Kupernerit  napautauput  tunitdlauvdlutik  kisiane 
tikiutartnt;  &c. 

[Nungine  aipagssanik  nakitigkat.  |  L.  Moller.  |  1874.  |  ]        JWP. 
No  title-page  or  caption  ;  begins  as  above.     Pp.  1-6.  8°.     In  the  Eskimo  lan 
guage. 

3704  Soto  (Heruando  de).     Letter  |  of  |  Hernando  de  Soto,  |  and  |  Me 
moir  |  of  |  Hernando  deEscalanteFontaneda.  |  Translated  from  the 
Spanish,  j  by  |  Buckingham  Smith.  | 

Washington:  |  1854.  |  A.  C.  S. 

Pp.  1-67.  Iarge4°.  map.  "These  translations  are  made  from  manuscripts  in  the 
original  Spanish,  belonging  to  the  Historical  collection  of  James  Lenox,  esq.  One 
hundred  copies  printed  for  Geo.  W.  R[iggs].  Washington,  D.  C."— Reverse  of  title. 

A  few  Chahta  words,  p.  19. 

3705  Sotomayor  (Fr.  Pedro).    Arte,  Vocabulario  y  Sermones  Guatimal- 

tecos. 

Title  from  Burietain. 

uTOIJ  Couth  Carolina  Historical  Society.  Collections  |  of  the  |  South-Caro 
lina  Historical  Society.  |  Volume  1  [-IIIJ.  |  Published  by  the  South- 
Carolina  Historical  Society.  | 

Charleston,  S.  C.  |  S.  G.  Courtenay  &  Co.,  |  Booksellers,  9  Broad- 
Street.  |  1857  [-1859].  |  A.C.  BA.MHS. 

3vols.  8°. 

Lieber  (O.  M.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Catawba  Language,  with  some  remarks 
on  its  Grammar,  vol.  2,  pp.  327-342. 

3707  [Spalding(jRCT.H.  H.)]     Matthewnim  Taaiskit.   [Picture.]   Printed 
at  the  Press  of  the  Oregon  Mission,  nnder  the  direction  of  the 
American  Board,  C.  F.  Missions. 

Clear  Water:  M-G-Foisy,  Printer.  1845.  ABS. 

Pp.  1-80.  sq.  18°.     Gospel  of  Matthew  in  the  Nez  Perces  language. 

3708 Matthewuim  Taaiskt.  ]  The  Gospel  according  to  |  Mat 
thew,  |  Translated  into  the  Nez  Perces  Language,  |  by  Rev.  H.  H. 
Spalding,  Missionary  |  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

New  York :  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1871.  |  A.JWP. 

Pp.  1-130.  16°. 


732  NORTH   AMERICAN  .LINGUISTICS. 

3709  Spanish-Mexican  vocabulary.  B. 

Manuscript.  27  11.  12°.  No  author  or  date  given ;  writing  apparently  of  the 
latter  part  of  the  18th  century.  In  the  library  of  Mr.  H.  H.  Bancroft,  San  Fran 
cisco. 

3710  [Sparks  (Jared).]     [Review  of]  Journal  of  a  Tour  around  Hawaii, 
the  largest  of  the  Sandwich  Islands.     By  a  Deputation  from  the 
Mission  in  those  Islands.    Boston.   1825.    Crocker  &  Brewster.  A.  c. 

In  North  American  Review,  vol.  22,  pp.  334-364.     Boston,  1826.  8°. 
Contains,  in  a  note  on  pp.  359-360,  a  few  specimens  of  Mohawk  and  New  Eng 
land  Indian  words. 

3711  Spear  (John  C.)    Report  on  the  Geology,  Mineralogy,  Natural  His 
tory,  Inhabitants,  and  Agriculture  of  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec. 
By  John  C.  Spear,  Surgeon,  U.  S.  N. 

In  Shufeldt  (R.  W.)  Reports  of  Explorations  and  Surveys,  Isthmus  of  Te 
huantepec,  pp.  99-139.  Washington,  1872.  4°. 

Languages  of  the  Aboriginal  Tribes,  p.  128,  contains  vocabularies  of  the  Za- 
poteco  (Tehuantepec),  Loque  [Zoque]  (San  Miguel),  and  Chimalapa. 

3712  Spelling.    A  |  Spelling  Book  |  written  in  the  |  Chahta  Language  | 
with  an  |  English  translation;  |  prepared  and  published  under  the 
direction  of  the  |  Missionaries  |  in  the  Chahta  Nation,  |  with  the 
aid  of  |  Captain  David  Folsom,  Interpreter.  |  [Three  lines  quota 
tion.] 

Cincinnati:  |  Published  by  Morgan,  Lodge  and  Fisher  for  the  | 
Missionary  Society.  |  1825.  |  YC. 

Pp.  i-iv,  5-84.  16°. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1 1.— Advertisement,  pp.  iii-iv.— Alphabet,  pp.  5-6.— Tables 
I-VI,  Words  of  two  letters,  &c.,  pp.  7-12.— Pp.  13-72  missing.— Tables  XL-OCLI, 
pp.  74-75.— Translation  into  Chahtaof  Lord's  Prayer,  p.  76.— Ten  Command  meuts, 
pp.  76-78.  —Parable  of  the  Rich  Man  and  Lazarus,  pp.  78-79.— John,  Chap,  iii,  pp. 
79-83.— A  hymn,  pp.  83-84. 

3713  A  |  Spelling  Book  [  written  in  the  |  Chahta  Language,  | 

with  an  |  English  translation.   |    [Design.]   |  Second  Edition,  Re 
vised.  | 

Cincinnati:  |  Printed  by  Morgan,  Lodge  and  Fisher.  |  1827.  |  BA. 
Pp.  1-160.  18°. 

3714  Spencer  (Rev.  Elihu).     [Letter  on  the  language  of  the  Five  Nations.] 

In  Smith  (W.)  The  History  of  the  Province  of  New  York,  pp.  39-40.  Lon 
don,  1757.  4°. 

General  remarks,  and  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Five  Nations. 

Also  in  the  various  editions  of  the  above,  for  which  see,  Smith  (William),  Nos. 
3669-3675.  Reprinted  in  Barber  (John  W.)  The  History  and  Antiquities  of 
New  England,  New  York  and  New  Jersey,  pp.  90-91.  Worcester,  1841 ;  and  sub 
sequent  editions.  8°. 

The  Rev.  Elihu  Spencer  was  born  at  East  Haddani,  Conn.,  Feb.  12,  1721.  He 
graduated  at  Yale  College  in  1740,  and  commenced  the  study  of  the  Indian  lan 
guage,  with  the  intention  of  undertaking  a  mission  among  the  Six  Nations.  It. 
is  particularly  recorded  of  him  that  he  formed  a  large  and  accurate  vocabulary 
of  the  language  of  the  Oneida  Tribe,  which  was  deemed  of  great  value.  He 


SPANISH — SQUIER.  733 

Spencer  (Rev.  Elihu) — continued. 

spcut  some  months  in  actual  missionary  labor  in  the  western  part  of  the  Province 
of  New  York,  and  was  ordained  to  the  work  of  the  ministry  in  1748.  He  did  not 
continue  in  the  Indian  Mission,  however,  but  removed  to  New  Jersey  in  1750. 
He  died  at  Trenton,  N.  J.,  D  c.  27,  1784,  in  the  64th  year  of  his  age. — Spragutfs 
Annals  of  the  American  Pulpit,  vol.  3,  pp.  165-169. 

3715  Spencer  (Uerbert).    Descriptive  |  Sociology;  |  or,  groups  of  |  soci 
ological  facts  |  classified  and  arranged  |  by  |  Herbert  Spencer.  | 
Compiled  and  abstracted  |  by  |  David  Duncan,  M.  A.,  Professor  of 
Logic,  &c,  in  the  Presidency  College,  Madras ;  |  Richard  Scheppig, 
Ph.  D.;  and  James  Collier.  |   [No.  1.]     English.  |  Compiled  and 
abstracted  |  by  |  James   Collier.  |  [No.  2.  Ancient  Mexicans,  Cen 
tral  Americans,   |   Chibchas,  and  Ancient  Peruvians.  |  Compiled 
and  abstracted  |  by  |  Richard  Scheppig,  Ph.  D.  |  J     [No.  3.  Types  of 
Lowest  Races,  Negritto  Races,  |  and  Malayo-Polynesian  Races.  | 
Compiled  and  abstracted  |  by  |  Prof.  David  Duncan.  |  ]  [No.  4.  Afri 
can  Races.  |  Compiled  and  abstracted  |  by  |  Prof.  David  Duncan.  |  ] 
[No.  5.  Asiatic  Races.  |  Compiled  and  abstracted  |  by  |  Prof.  David 
Duncan.  |  ]     [No.  6.  American  Races.  |  Compiled  and  abstracted 
by  |  Professor  Duncan,  M.  A.  |  ] 

New  York:  |  D.  Appleton  and  Company,  |  549  and  551  Broad 
way,  j  [1873-1878.]  A.  C.  JWP. 

6  vols.,  each  with  printed  cover,  large  folio. 

Duncan  (David).     American  Press.     Forms  No.  6. 

Scheppig  ( R. )  Ancient  Americans,  Central  Americans,  Chibchas,  and  Ancient 
Peruvians.  Forms  No.  2. 

3716  Sproat  (Gilbert  Malcolm).     Scenes  and  Studies  |  of  Savage  Life.  | 
By  |  Gilbert  Malcolm  Sproat.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.] 

London :  Smith,  Elder  and  Co. :  |  1868.  j  B.  c.  8.  BP. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-317.  12°. 

Chapter  xv.  Intellectual  Capacity  and  Language  [of  the  Ahts],  contains  a 
discussion  on  the  numeral  system;  divisions  of  the  year;  grammatical  analysis; 
the  Nitinaht  dialect  [of  the  Aht];  Cook's  list  of  Nootkah  words;  affinity  of  the 
Indian  languages  of  the  northwest  coast;  a  table  showing  affinities  between 
the  Chinook  Jargon  and  Aht;  and  tribal  names,  pp.  119-143. — Vocabulary  of 
the  Aht  language,  with  a  list  of  the  numerals  1-200 ;  an  alphabetical  list  of 
words  obtained  at  Nitinaht  (or  Barclay)  Sound,  but  fairly  representing  the  lan 
guage  of  all  the  Aht  Tribes  on  the  west  coast  of  Vancouver  Island,  including  words 
invented  since  their  contact  with  white  men,  pp.  295-307. — List  of  Aht  Tribes  on 
the  outside  coast  of  Vancouver  Island  in  1860,  p.  308. — Aht  names  of  men  and 
women,  pp.  308-309;  of  places,  p.  310;  of  berries,  p.  310. 

3717  Squier  (Ephraim  George).     American  Archaeological  Researches, 
No.  1.  |  The  |  Serpent  Symbol,  |  and  the  worship  of  the  |  Recipro 
cal  Principles  of  Nature  |  in  |  America..!  By  E.  G.  Squier,  A.  M.  | 
Foreign  Member  [&c.,  four  lines].    [Design.]    [Two  lines  quotation.] 

New  York :  |  George  P.  Putnam,  155  Broadway.  |  MDCCC  LI 
[1851].  |  B.C.  HU.  WE. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  11-254.  8°. 

Aztec  names  of  gods,  generally  with  English  meaning,  scattered  through. 
A  Spanish  translation  :  Habana,  1855.  226  pp.  8°.—  Squier. 


734  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Squier  (Ephraim  George) — continued. 

3718  —     -  Nicaragua;  |  its  |  People,  Scenery,  Monuments,  |  and  the 
proposed  |  Interoceanic  Canal.  |  With  |  numerous  original  Maps 
and  Illustrations.  |  By  B.  G.  Squier.  |  Late  Charge  d' Affaires  of  the 
United  States  to  the  Republics  of  Central  America.  |  [Seal.]  |  [One 
line  quotation.]  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

New  York:  |  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  Publishers.  |  M  DCCC  LII 
[1852].  |  A.  c.  BA.WE. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Aboriginal  Nations  of  Nicaragua,  their  geographical  distribution,  languages, 
and  monuments,  vol.  2,  pp.  303-339,  contains :  Comparative  Table  (24  words)  of 
the  Nagrandan,  Chorotegan  or  Dirian,  Niquiran,  Mexican,  Waikna  or  MoscaD, 
and  Chondal  (?).P-  314.— Grammatical  Remarks  on  the  Nagrandan  (through  the 
assistance  of  Col.  Francisco  Diaz  Zapata),  pp.  315-319.— Vocabulary  of  200  words 
of  the  Nagraudan,  Chorotegan  or  Dirian,  Moscan  (from  Cotheal),  pp.  320-323. — 
Chondal  (?)  vocabulary  (from  Froebtl),  pp.  324-325.— Numerals,  1-4000,  of  the 
Nagrandan,  pp.  326-327. 

3719  Nicaragua;  |  its  |  People,  Scenery,  Monuments,  |  and  the 

proposed  |  Interoceanic  Canal.  |  With  |  numerous  original  maps 
and  illustrations.  |  By  E.  G.  Squier.  |  Late  Charge"  d'Affaires  of  the 
United  States  to  the  Republics  of  Central  America.  |  [Design.] 
[One  line  quotation.]     New  Edition.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

New  York:  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  Publishers.  |  MDCCCLVI 
[1856].  |  B- 

2  vols.  8°.  Linguistics  as  in  edition  of  1852.  The  edition :  New  York,  Harper 
&  Brothers,  1860,  8-',  does  not  contain  the  linguistics. 

Issued  also  with  the  following  title: 

3720  Travels  |  in  |  Central  America,  |  particularly  in  |  Nicara 
gua:  |  with  a  description  of  its  |  Aboriginal  Monuments  |  Scenery 
and  People,  |  their  languages,  institutions,  religions,  &c.  |  Illus 
trated  by  |  numerous  maps  and  colored  illustrations.  |  By  E.  G. 
Squier,  |  late  Charge  d'Affaires  of  the  United  States  to  the  Repub 
lics  of  Central  America.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  Publishers,  |  New  York:  |  MDCCCLIII 
[1853J.  |  B. 

2  vols.  8°.     Linguistics  as  in  edition  of  1852. 
Issued  also  with  the  imprint,  London  :  Longman  &  Co.,  MDCCCLIL— Squier. 

3721  Der  Centralamerikanische  Staat  Nicaragua  in  Bezug  auf 

st-in  Volk,  seine  Natur  und  seine  Denkmaler.    Nebst  einer  ausfiihr- 
licheu  Abhandlung  iiber  den  projectirten  interoceauischen  Kanal. 
Von  E.  G.  Squier  ....     Ins  Deutsche  ubertragen  von  Eduard 
Hopfuer  und  mit  einem  Vorworte  begleitet  von  Carl  Ritter. 

Leipzig,  1854.  * 

Pp.  xviii,  570.  8°.  maps  and  plates.     Title  from  Squier's  List  of  Books,  etc. 

3722  Waikna;  |  or,  |  Adventures  |  on  the  |  Mosquito  Shore.  | 

By  Samuel  A.  Bard,  [pseud.]  \  [Seven  lines  quotation.]  |  WTith  sixty 
illustrations.  | 


SQUIER.  735 

Squier  (Ephraim  George) — continued. 

New  York:  |  Harper  &  Brothers.  |  329  &  331  Pearl  Street.  | 
1855.  |  A.  c.  WE. 

Pp.  i-xii,  13-306.  8°.     Brief  vocabulary  of  the  Mosquito  language,  pp.  363-366. 

3723  Adventures  |  on  |  the  Mosquito  Shore.  |  By  Samuel  A. 

Bard,  [pseud.]  \  [Six  lines  quotation.]  |  With  illustrations.  | 

London :  |  Janies  Blackwood,  Paternoster  Kow.  |  M.  DCCC  LV1 
[1856J.  |  0. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-310.  16°.  map.     Brief  vocabulary,  &c.,  pp.  307-310. 
Another  edition, London:  Sampson  Low  &  Son,  1856.  188pp.  16°. — Squier. 

3724  Notes  |  on  |  Central  America;  |  particularly  the  states  of  | 

Honduras  and  San  Salvador :  |  their  geography,  topography,  cli 
mate,  population,  |  resources,  productions,  etc.,  etc.,  [  and  the  pro 
posed  |  Honduras  Inter-Oceanic  Railway.  |  By  E.  G.  Squier,  |  for 
merly  Charge  d' Affaires  of  the  United  States  to  the  republics  |  of 
Central  America.  |  [In  sigillo :]  Estado  soberano  de  Honduras.  | 
With  Original  Maps  and  Illustrations.  | 

New  York:  |  Harper  &  Brothers, Publishers,  |  Franklin  Square.  | 
1855.  |  A.  B.  c.  BA. 

1  p.L.pp.  i-xvi,  17-397.  8°.  4  maps.  10  plates.     Vocabulary  of  the  Nahual  of 
Mexico,  Nahual  of  Balsam  Coast,  and  Nahnal  of  Izaleo,  pp.  351-352. 

Another  edition  :  London,  1856. — Squier. 

3725  Apuntamientos  |  sobre  |  Centre- America  |  particularmente 

sobre  los  estados  |  de  Honduras  y  San  Salvador :  |  su  jeografla, 
topografla,  |  Clima,  Poblacion,  Riqueza,  Producciones,  etc.,  etc.  |  y 
el  propuesto  |  Camino  de  hierro  de  Honduras  |  por  E.  G.  Squier  | 
Autiguo  [&c.,  two  lines].  |  Traducidos  del  Ingles  |  por  un  Hondu- 
rendo  | 

Paris  |  Imprenta  de  Gustavo  Gratiot  |  Calle  Mazarine,  30  .| 
1856  |  B. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-384.  8°.  map. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Lenca  language  of  Gnajiquiro,  Opatoro,  Intibuci,  and  Simi- 
In l mi .  pp.  371-373.    This  vocabulary  first  appears  in  this  Spanish  edition. 

3726  Die  Staaten  |  von  |  Central- Amerika  |  insbesondere  |  Hon 
duras,  San  Salvador  und  die  Moskito  Ktiste.  |  Von  |  E.  G.  Sqnier,  | 
ehemaligem  [&<;.,  two  lines].  |  In  deutscher  Bearbeitung  herausge- 
geben  |  von  Karl  Andree.  | 

Leipzig  |  Verlagsbuchhandlung  von  Carl  B.  Forck.  |  1856.  |  A.B. 
Printed  cover,  1  l.,2  other  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xlviii,  1-275.  12°.     Vocabularies  as  in 
English  edition,  pp.  216-217. 

3727  The  States  |  of  |  Central  America ;  [  their  |  geography,  to 
pography,  climate,  population,  resources,  |  productions,  commerce, 
political  organization,  |  aborigines,  etc.,  etc.,  |  comprising  chapters 
on  Honduras,  San  Salvador,  Nicaragua,  Costa  Rica,  |  Guatemala, 
Belize,  the  Bay  Islands,  the  Mosquito  Shore,  |  and  the  |  Honduras 
Inter-Oceanic  Railway.  |  By  E.  G.  Squier,  |  formerly  charge"  d'Af- 


736  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Squier  (Ephraim  George) — continued. 

faires  of  tbe  United  States  to  the  Republics  of  |  Central  America.  | 
With  Numerous  Original  Maps  and  Illustrations.  |  |In  sigillo:]  Es- 
tado  soberano  de  Honduras.  | 

New  York:  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers,  |  Franklin  Square.  | 
1858.  |  B.  c.  BA.  WE. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-782.  8°.  5  maps.  13  plates. 

Brief  Vocabulary  of  the  Lenca  Language,  as  spoken  in  the  towns  of  Gua- 
jiquero,  Opatoro,  Intibucat,  ami  Similaton,  pp.  253-255. — Vocabulary  of  the 
Woolwa,  spoken  by  the  Indians  of  Chontales,  Nicaragua  ;  obtained  by  Mr.  Julius 
Frcebel,  pp.  255-250. — Vocabulary  of  the  Carib,  North  Coast  of  Honduras  (from 
Galindo  iu  Royal  Gcog.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  3),  p.  256.— Vocabulary  of  the  Nahuatl  of 
Mexico,  Nahuatl  of  Balsam  Coast,  and  Nahuatl  of  Izalco,  pp.  339-340. — Compara 
tive  vocabulary  of  the  Peten,  Maya,  and  Kachiquel,  pp.  552-553. 

3728  Die   Staaten    |   von   |  Central-Amerika  |  insbesondere  | 

Honduras,  San   Salvador  uud   die  Moskitokiiste.   |  Von  |  E.  G. 
Squier,  |  ehemaligem  Geschaftstriiger  der  Vereinigten  Staateu  von 
Nordamerika    bei    den    |    centralamerikanischen    Staaten.    |    In 
deutscher  Bearbeitung  herausgegeben  |  von  |  Karl  Audree.  |  Neue 
Ausgabe.  | 

Leipzig,  1805.  |  Verlag  von  G.  Senf's  Buchhandlung.  |  c. 

Title  1  1  ,  pp.  i-xlviii,  1-275.     Vocabularies  as  in  preceding  edition. 

3729  Observations  |  on  the  |  Chalchihuitl  |  of  |  Mexico  and  Cen 
tral  America.  |  By  |  E.  G.  Squier,  M.  A.  |  Fellow  [&c.,  two  lines].  | 
Extract  from  the  Annals  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of  j 
New  York.  | 

New  York :  |  1869.  |  o.  SI.  WE. 

Pp.  1-22.  8°.     Many  aboriginal  terms  passim. 

3730  Historical  and  Mythological  Traditions  of  the  Algonquins ; 

with  a  translation  of  the  "  Walum-Olum",  or  Bark  Kecord  of  the 
Linui-Lenape.  A.  o.  WE. 

In  American  Reviesv,  new  series,  vol.  3,  pp.  273-293.     New  York,  1849.  8°. 

Song  I.  The  Creation  (with  interlinear  translation),  pp.  277-ii80.— Song  II. 
The  Deluge  (with  interlinear  translation),  pp.  2^2-283.  Also  issued  separately, 
pp.  1-23,  8°,  a  copy  of  which  is  in  the  Astor  Library. 

Reprinted  iu  Beach  (W.  W.)  The  Indian  Miscellany,  pp.  9-42.  Albany,  1877. 
8°;  and  in  Drake  (S.  G.)  The  Aboriginal  Races  of  North  America,  pp.  718-736. 
New  York,  [1880].  8°. 

3731  Observations  on  the  Archeology  and  Ethnology  of  Nica 
ragua.    By  E.  G.  Squier. 

In  Am.  Eth.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  3,  part  1,  pp.  83-158.     New  York,  1853.  H°. 

'•Languages,"  pp.  99-119, contains, p.  101, a  Comparative  Table, 24  words,  of 
the  Nagrandan,  Chorotegan  or  Diriau,  Niquiran,  Mexican,  Waikua  or  Moscan,  and 
Woolwa. — Grarninatic  remarks,  with  examples,  of  the  Nagraudan,  pp.  101-105. — 
Comparative  vocabulary,  200  words,  of  the  Nagrandan,  Chorotegan  or  Dirian,  and 
Moscau  (Mosquito  Shore,  from  Cotheal),  pp.  106-110. — Vocabulary  of  the  Woolwa, 
56  words,  p.  111. — Numerals,  1-4,000,  of  the  Nagraudan,  pp.  112-113. — "Daysof  the 
mouth  and  their  order,"  in  Nicaragua  and  Mexico,  with  the  English  significance, 
and  the  signs,  pp.  154-158. 


SQUIKR — STANLEY.  737 

Squier  (Ephraim  George) — continued. 

3732  Lettre  de  M.  Squier  &  propos  de  la  lettre  de  M.  Brasseur 

de  Bourbourg,  insere'e  au  cahier  des  Annales  d'Aout  1855. 

In  Nouvelles  Annales  des  Voyages,  vol.  4, 1855  (vol.  148  of  the  collection), 
pp.  273-285.     Paris,  n.d.  8°. 

General  remarks  on  the  languages  of  Central  America,  iu  reply  to  observations 
by  the  Abbe'  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg.     See  No.  458  of  this  catalogue. 

3733  Les  Indiens  Xicaques  du  Honduras. 

In  Nouvelles  Aunales  des  Voyages,  vol.  4,  1858  (vol.  160  of  the  collection), 
pp.  133-136.     Paris,  n.  d.  8°.     Vocabulary  of  the  Xicaqne,  p.  135. 

3734  ,  editor.     Collection  |  of  |  Rare  and  Original  |  Documents 

and  Eelations,  |  concerning  |  The  Discovery  and  Conquest  of  Amer 
ica.  |  Chiefly  from  the  Spanish  Archives.  |  No.  I.  |  Published  iu  the 
Original,  |  with   translations,  illustrative  notes,  maps,  and  |  bio 
graphical  sketches,  |  By  E.  G.  Squier,  M.  A.,  F.  S.  A.  |  Member  of 
the  Society  of  Antiquaries  of  France ;  Royal  Society  of  Antiquaries 
of  Den-  |  mark ;  Archaeological  Institute  of  Great  Britain :  Amer 
ican  Ethnological  Society,  |  &c.,  &c.,  &c.  | 

New  York :  |  Charles  B.  Norton,  Agent  for  Libraries.  |  MDCCC 
LX  [I860].  |  c.  BA.  WE. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-131.  sin.  4°.  map.     No  more  published. 
Palacio  (Diego  Garcia  de).     Carta  dirijida  al  Key  de  Espana, pp.  1-131. 

3735  Specimen  of  the  Montagnais  language  of  Lower  Canada. 

From  the  British  Museum.    Transmitted  by  Hon.  E.  G.  Squier. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  7,  pp.  268-269.     New  York  and  London, 
1863.  am.  4°. 

3736  The  Hieroglyphics  of  Mexico :  an  Exposition  of  their  Na 
ture  and  Use;  containing  also  a  Hieroglyphical  Dictionary,  and  a 
Translation  of  several  Historical  and  other  Mexican  Manuscripts. 
Edited  by  E.  G.  Squier.  * 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Squier's  List  of  Books,  etc. 


See  Bartram  (William),  No.  309. 


See  TJrrutia  (Jos4  Antonio). 

3737  Stanley  (J.  M.)  Catalogue  |  of  |  Pictures  |  in  |  Stanley  &  Dicker 
man's  |  North  American  |  Indian  Portrait  Gallery ;  |  J.  M.  Stan 
ley,  artist.  | 

Cincinnati :    |    Printed    at    the    "  Daily    Enquirer    Office."   | 
1846.  |  LSH.  WHS. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-34.  8°. 

Names  of  Indians  of  various  tribes,  with  English  signification. 

3738 Portraits  |  of  |  North  American  Indians,  |  with  sketches 

of  scenery,  .etc.,  |  painted  by  |  J.  M.  Stanley.  |  Deposited  with  |  the 
Smithsonian  Institution.  |  [Seal  of  the  Institution.] 
Washington:  |  Smithsonian  Institution.  |  December,  1852.  | 

47  Bib 


738  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Stanley  (J.  M.) — continued. 

Pp.  1-76.  8C.  Smithsonian  Institution  Miscellaneous  Collections,  53.  Also 
forms  part  of  vol.  2,  Smithsonian  Institution  Miscellaneous  Collections. 

Contains  the  names  of  personages  of  many  Indian  tribes  of  the  United  States, 
to  a  number  of  which  is  added  the  English  signification.  c.  WE.  JWP. 

3739  Star.    The  Star  Vindicator.  |  Vol.  V.  Progress  and  A  Higher  Civ 
ilization.    No.  17.  |  McAlester,  Choctaw  Nation,  Indian  Territory, 
Saturday,  June  8,  1878  [-Vol.  V,  No.  48,  January  11, 1879].  |  JWP. 

A  four-page  weekly  newspaper,  folio,  E.  W.  Folsom,  editor.  The  only  copies  I 
have  seen  are  those  embraced  above,  each  of  which  contains  more  or  less  matter 
in  the  Choctaw  language. 

Stark  (Sebastien  Gottfried),  editor. 
See  Miiller  (Andreas),  No.  2677. 

3740  Steck  (Michael).     Terms  of  Eelationship  of  the  people  of  Tesuque, 
collected  by  Michael  Steck,  M.  D.,  U.  S.  Indian  Agt. 

In  Morgan  (L.H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382.  Wash 
ington,  1871.  4°.  Follows  line  75  through  the  above  pages. 

3741  Steenholdt  (Wittus  Frederik).    Innub  uangminek'  isnmalioruera 
Gudib'lo  tekkotinera  .  .  .  Wittus  Frederik  Steenholdtimit. 

Kjobenhavnime,  1851.  * 

75  pp.  b°.     Religious  tract  in  the  Eskimo  language. — Rink. 

3742  Okalluktuaet  Bibelimit  pisimasut  |  Kristuiniudlo  Apostelit 

kingorneesigut  |  okalluktuarisauneraet  tapusimavlune.  |  Aglaeksi- 
masut  |  KavluuaitPelleseesaillsennit,  Balslevimit;  |  nuktersimasut 
Wittus  Frederik  Steenholdtimit.  | 

Kjobenhavnime.    nakkittarsimasut  Bianko-  Lunomit:  1 1854.  |  HIT. 
1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-136.  16°.     Bible  stories  in  the  Eskimo  language. 

3743  —   Tlerkuksamut  ima!6neet  illuarnermik  ajokensout  .  .  .  mik- 
tersimarsok  Wittus  F.  Steenholdtimit. 

Noungme,  1860.  * 

20  pp.  8°.     Ethics  in  the  Eskimo  language. — Sink. 

3744  Steffel  (P.  Matthaus).    Tarahumarisches  Worterbuch,  nebsteinigen 
Nachrichten  von  den  Sitten  and  Gebrauchen  der  Tarahumaren,  in 
Neu-Biscaya,  in  der  Audiencia  Guadalaxara  im  Vice-Konigreiche 
Alt-Mexico  oder  Neu-Spanien. 

Briinn,  1791.  * 

8°.  Title  from  Ludewig,  p.  181,  and  Trubner's  Catalogue  of  Dictionaries  and 
Grammars. 

3745  Tarahumarisches  Worterbuch,  nebst  einigen  Nachrichten 

von  den  Sitten  und  Gebriiucheu  der  Tarahumareu,  in  Neu=Biscaya. 
in  der  Audieucia  Guadalaxara  im  Vice  =K6nigreiche  Alt=Mexico. 
oder  Neu=Spanien.    Von  P.  Matthaus  Steffel.     [Dated  "Briiun, 
den  28  Marz  1791."] 

In  Murr  (C.   G.  von).     Nachrichten,  vol.  1,  pp.  293-374.     Halle,  1809.  8°. 

Deutsch-Tarahumarisches  Worterbnch,  pp.  301-353. — Tarahumarisch-Deut- 
tebes  Worterbuch,  pp.  353-368.  —  Numerals,  pp.  369,  370.— Tarahuniarische 
Sprachprobe,  pp.  371-374. 


STANLEY — STEPHENS.  739 

3746  Steinthal    (Dr.  n.)     Charakteristik   [   der   hauptsachlichsten   | 
Typeu  des  Sprachbaues.  |  Von  |  Dr.  H.  Steinthal,  |  Privatdoceuteu 
tiir  allgemeiue  Sprachwissenschaft  |  an  der  Universitat  zu  Berlin.  | 
Zweite  Bearbeitung  |  seiner  |  Classification  der  Sprachen.  | 

Berlin,  j  Ferd.  Diimmler's  Verlagsbuchhandlung  1 1860.  |  A.  BA.  HU. 

Pp.  i-ix,  1  1.,  pp.  1-336.  8°. 

V.  Die  amerikanischen  Spracheu,  Einverleibung,  pp.  202-231,  includes: 
(a)  Das  Mexikanische  insbesondere,  pp.  202-220;  (6)  Die  amerikanischen 
Spracheii  iiberhanpt,  mit  besonderer  Rucksicht  anf  das  Gronlandische,  pp. 
220-231. 

3747  Stenberg  (Karl  Junius  Optatus).    Bibelimit  ujarsimmassut  |  okral- 
luktuiet,  |  merkraen  illiunisegffiksait,  |  Kaladlit  nunnanne  paelles- 
siogalloab  K.  J.  O.  Stenberg-  ib  nuktigai.  | 

Kjobeuhavuime.  i  Bianko-Luuomit  nakkrittinnekratut.  ]  1854.  j  HU. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-125.  16°.     Bible  stories  in  the  Eskimo  language. 

3748  Stephens  (Jobn).    A  Primer  for  young  children,  applicable  to  tbe 
Indian  language  as  spoken  by  the  Mee-lee-ceet  Tribe  in  New  Bruns 
wick. 

Fredericton,  1855.  * 

Title  from  Hind's  Preliminary  Report  on  the  Geology  of  New  Brunswick. 

3749  Stephens  (John    Lloyd).     Incidents    of  Travel    |    in    |    Central 
America,  Chiapas,   |  and   |  Yucatan.  |  By  John  L.  Stephens,  | 
author  of  [&c.,  two  lines].    Illustrated  by  numerous  engravings,  j 
In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

New-York.  |  Published  by  Harper  &  Brothers,  |  No.  82  Cliff- 
Street.  |  1841.  |  B.C.JWP. 

2  vols.  8°.     Lord's  Prayer  in  Quiche,  vol.  2,  pp.  190-191.— Numerals,  1-1000, 
p.  191. 

Twelve  editions  were  published  in  less  than  one  year.  Also,  with  slight 
change  in  imprint  only:  New  York,  1841,  1842,  1845, 1846,  1848, 1851,  1852,  1855, 
1858,  1860,  1863,  1H67,  all  of  which  are  entitled  "Twelfth  edition."  Also,  Lon 
don  :  1841,  1842,  1*43,  1844,  all  in  2  vols.  8°. 

Another  edition  as  follows : 

3750  Incidents  of  Travel  |  in  |  Central  America,  Chiapas,  |  and 

Yucatan.  |  By  the  late  |  John  Lloyd  Stephens.  |  With  numerous 
Engravings.  |  Eevised  from  the  latest  American  edition,  with  addi 
tions,  |  by  Frederick  Catherwood.  | 

London :  |  Arthur  Hall,  Virtue  &  Co.  |  25,  Paternoster  Row.  | 
1854.  |  ' 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-548.  8°.  map  and  plates.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.  The  Lord's 
Prayer  and  numerals  1-1000  in  Quich6,  p.  340. 

3751  Incidents  of  Travel  |  in    |   Yucatan.  |  By  John  L.  Steph 
ens,  |  Author  of  "Incidents  of  Travel  in  Egypt,  Arabia  Petaea, 
;md  the  |  Holy  Land,"  "Incidents  of  Travel  in  Central  America, 
Chiapas,  |  and  Yucatan,"  etc.  |  Illustrated  by  120  engravings.  |  In 
two  volumes.  |  Vol.  1  [IIJ.  | 


740  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Stephens  (John  Lloyd) — continued. 

New-York  :  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  82  Cliff  Street.  |  1843.  |  A.  c.  BA. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Perez  (D.  Juan  Pio).    Ancient  Chronology  of  Yucatan,  vol.  1,  pp.  434-459. 

A  manuscript  written  in  the  Maya  language,  with  translation,  vol.  2, 

pp.  465-468. 

Also,  with  slight  variation  in  imprint  only,  New  York :  1647,  1848,  1855, 1856, 
1858,  1860,  1868.  An  English  edition,  London  :  John  Murray,  MDCCCXLIII.  2 
vols.  8°.  A  Spanish  translation  as  follows: 

3752  Viaje  a  Yucatan  a  fines  de  1841  y  principles  de  1842,  tra 
duce  en  Castellano  con  algunas  notas  D.  Just.  Sierra. 

Campeche,  1848. 

2  vols.  8°.     Title  from  the  Ramirez  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  820. 

3753  A  short  vocabulary  of  the  Chorti  language  of  Zacapa. 

In  G-allatin  (A.)  Notes  on  the  Semi-civilized  Nations  of  Mexico,  Yucatan, 
and  Central  America;  in  Am.Eth.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  1,  pp.  9-10.  New  York, 
1845.  8°. 

3754  [Stevens  (Rev.  J.  D.)]     Sioux  Spelling- Book.  |  Designed  for  the  use 
of  |  Native  Learners.  |  [Picture.] 

Boston  :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  |  for 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  and  Brewster.  |  1836.  |  BA.  MHS. 

Pp.  1-22.  16°. 

3755  [Stevens  (John)],  editor.   A  New  |  Collection  |  of  |  Voyages  |  and  | 
Travels:  |   with  |  Historical  Accounts  |  of  |  Discoveries  and  Con 
quests  |  In  all  Parts  of  the  |  World.   |  None  of  them  ever  before 
Printed  in  English ;  being  now  |  first  Translated  from  the  Spanish, 
Italian,   French,  Dutch,   |  Portuguese  and  other  Languages.   | 
Ailorn'd  with  Cuts.  |  For  the  month  of  December,  1708.  |  Tobecon- 
tinu'd  Monthly.  | 

London  Printed,  and  Sold  by  J.  Knapton,  in  St.  Pauls  Church- 
Yard;  J.  Round,  in  |  Exchange- Alley,  in  Cornhill,  N.  Cliffe,  at  the 
Golden  Candlestick  in  Cheapside,  E.  |  Sanger,  at  the  Post-House, 
and  A.  Collins,  at  the  Black-Boy  in  Fleet-street,  1708.  |  0. 

2  vols.  sm.4°. 

Lawson  (John).     A  New  Voyage  to  Carolina,  &c.     Vol.  1,  2  [3  f  ]  p.  11.,  258  pp. 

The  only  copy  of  this  edition  of  the  voyages  I  have  seen  is  in  the  Library  of 
Congress.  The  work  was  issued  in  parts,  each  with  a  general  title,  similar  to 
above,  with  change  of  date,  and  a  separate  title  to  each  paper.  That  to  Lawson 
is  missing  in  the  copy  handled  by  me,  and  I  have  supplied  it  from  Field,  No.  896. 
(See  Lawson. )  The  last  gener.il  title  preceding  Lawson  in  the  copy  seen  is  dated 
January,  1708,  so  it  is  probable  no  edition  of  Lawson  was  dated  previous  to  1708. 

3756  A  New  |  Collection  |  of  1  Voyages  |  and  |  Travels,  |  into 

Several  Parts  of  the  World,  none  |  of  them  ever  before  printed  in 
English,  |  Containing.  |  1.  The  Description,  &c.,  of  the  Mo  |  lucco 
and  Philippine  Islands,  by  |  I.  de  Argeusola.  |  2.  A  new  Account  of 
Carolina,  by   |   Mr.  Lawson.   |  3.  The  Travels  of  P.  de  Ciezu  in  | 
Peru.  |  4.  The  Travels  of  the  Jesuits  in  E  |  thiopia.  |  5.  The  Cap- 


STEPHENS— STONE.  741 

[Stevens  (John)],  editor — continued. 

tivity  of  tbe  Sieur  Mouette  |  in  Fez  and  Morocco.  |  6.  The  Travels 
of  P.  Teixeira  from  |  India  to  the  Low  Countries  by  |  land.  |  7.  A 
voyage  to  Madagascar  by  the  |  Sieur  Gauche.  |  In  Two  Volumes, 
illustrated  with  several  Maps  and  Cuts.  | 

London,  Printed  for  J.  Knapton,  Andrew  Bell,  D.  Midwinter, 
Will.  |  Taylor,  A.  Collins,  and  T.  Baker.  1711.  |  A.  JCB.  NYHS. 

2  vols.  am.  4°. 

Lawson  (John).   A  New  Voyage  to  Carolina,  &c.  Vol.  1, 3  p.  11.,  258  pp. 

Bartlett,  in  the  catalogue  of  the  John  Carter  Brown  Library,  mentions  an 
edition  of  1710. 

3757  Stevenson  (James).     Illustrated  catalogue  of  the  collections  ob 
tained  from  the  Indians  of  New  Mexico  and  Arizona  in  1879. 

In  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Second  Ann.  Kept.,  pp.  307-422.  Washington,  1883. 
imp.  8C.  Many  Indian  terms  passim. 

3758 Catalogue  of  Collections  made  at  Zuni,  New-Mexico,  and 

Wolpi,  Arizona,  during  the  field  season  of  1881.  By  James  Ste 
venson. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-14, 1-393.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
It  will  be  published  in  the  Third  Annual  Report  of  the  Bureau.  It  contains  the 
names  of  about  600  articles  in  the  Zuni  language,  furnished  by  Mr.  Frank  Cushing. 

3759  Stickney  (B.  F.)     Language  of  the  Wyandots.  s. 

Manuscript.  23  11.  folio.  In  possession  of  J.  G.  Shea,  Esq,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 
Contains  a  vocabulary  and  grammatic  notices. 

3760  Stimpson  (Dr.  William)  and  Hall  (Prof.  Asaph).    Chukchee  vocab 
ulary. 

In  Dall  (W.  H.)    Alaska  and  its  Resources,  pp.  552-554.    Boston,  1870.  8°. 

3761  Stone  (Livingston).     Report  of  Operations  during   1872  at  the 
United  States  Salmon-hatching  Establishment  on  the  McCloud 
Eiver,  and  on  the  California  Salmon  idae  generally ;  with  a  list  of 
specimens  collected.    By  Livingston  Stone. 

In  Baird  (S.  F.)  Report  of  the  Commission  of  Fish  and  Fisheries,  part  2, 
pp.  168-200.  Washington,  1876.  8°. 

List  of  the  Indian  words  of  the  McCloud  dialect,  pp.  198-200. 

Reprinted  in  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology, 
vol.  3,  pp.  r>31-534.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

3762  A  list  of  McClond  Indian  Words  supplementary  to  a  list 

contained  in  the  Report  of  1872.    By  Livingston  Stone. 

In  Baird  (S.  F.)  Report  of  the  Commission  of  Fish  and  Fisheries,  part  3, 
pp.  428-429.  Washington,  1876.  8°. 

Reprinted  in  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology, 
vol.  3,  pp.  531-534.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

3763  Stone  (William  Leete).    The  |  Life  and  Times  |  of  |  Sir  William 
Johnson,  Bart.  |  By  |  William  L.  Stone.  |  Vol  I  [I1J.  |  [Vignette.]  | 

Albany:  |  J.  Muusell,  78  State  Street.  |  1865.  |  A.  w. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Johnson  (Sir  William).  On  the  Customs,  Manners,  and  Languages  of  the  In 
dians  [of  the  Six  Nations],  vol.  2,  pp.  481-488. 


742  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

37G4  Strachey  (William).  The  |  Historie  of  Travaile  |  into  |  Virginia 
Britannia;  |  expressing  the  |  cosmographie  and  couiodities  of  the 
country,  |  together  with  the  Manners  and  |  Custoines  of  the  Peo 
ple.  |  Gathered  and  observed  as  well  by  those  who  went  |  first 
thither  as  collected  by  |  William  Strachey,  Gent,,  |  the  First  Sec 
retary  of  the  Colony.  |  Now  first  edited  from  the  original  manu 
script,  in  the  |  British  Museum,  by  |  E.  H.  Major,  Esq.,  |  of  the 
British  Museum.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  the  Hakluyt  Society.  |  M.  DCCC.  XLIX 
[1849].  |  A.  C.  S.  W. 

Pp.  i-viii,  i-xxxvi,311.,l-203.  8°.  map  and  plates.  Forms  vol.  6  of  the  Hakluyt 
Society  Publications. 

"A  Dictionarie  of  the  Indiau  Language  for  the  better  enabling  of  such  who 
shall  be  thither  ymployed,"  pp.  183-196. 

3765  Strale  (Frederick  A.)    The  Lord's  Prayer.    Matt.  Ch.VI.  vv9-13  | 
In  upwards  of  Fifty  different  Languages,  arranged  mostly  geograph 
ically  according  |  to  Fr.k  Adeluug's  View. 

New  York  Sept.1 1841.  Compiled  by  F.  A.  Strale.  |  Lith.  of  En- 
dicott  22  John  Street.  |  JWP. 

Broadside,  25JX19J  inches. 

The  Lord's  Prayer  in  Greenlandish,  Esquimaux  (Coast  of  Labrador),  and 
Cherokee. 

3766  Street  (Alfred  Billings).    The  |  Indian  Pass.  |  By  |  Alfred  B. 
Street,   |  Author  of  "Fugitive  Poems;"    "Frontenac,"  a  Poem; 
"Forest  Pictures  in  |  the  Adirondacks,"  a  Series  of  Poems;  "The 
Council  of  Revision;  |  with  Sketches  of  its  Members  and  Early 
Courts,  and  its  |  Vetoes;"  "Woods  and  Waters;  or,  Summer  in 
the  |  Saranacs,"  etc.,  etc.  |  [Design.] 

New  York  |  Hnrd  and  Hough  ton,  Publishers.  |  Cambridge: 
Riverside  Press.  |  1869.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-lviii,  1-201.  12°.  Aboriginal  names  of  places  in  and  about  the  Adiron 
dack  Mountains,  pp.  xiv-xviii. 

3767  Strickland   (A/a/.   Samuel).     Twenty-seven  Years   |  in  |  Canada 
West;  |  or,  |  the  Experience  of  an  Early  Settler.  |  By  Major  [Sam 
uel]  Strickland,  C.  M.  |  Edited  by  Agnes  Strickland,  |  author  of 
"The  Queens  of  England,"  etc.  |  [Five  lines  quotation.]  |  In  two 
volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Richard  Bentley,  New  Burlington  Street.  |  Publisher 
in  Ordinary  to  Her  Majesty.  |  1853.  |  A  c.  HU. 

2  vols.  8°.     Hymn  in  Chippeway  and  English,  vol.  2,  pp.  77-78. 

3768  Strickland  (W.  P.)    Old  Mackinaw;  |  or,  |  the  Fortress  of  the 
Lakes  |  and  |  its  Surroundings.  |  By  |  W.  P.  Strickland.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  James  Challen  &  Son,  |  New  York:  Carlton&  Por 
ter. — Cincinnati:  Poe  &  Hitchcock.  |  Chicago:  W.  H.  Doughty. — 


STRACHEY SULLIVAN.  743 

Strickland  (W.  P.) — continued. 

Detroit:   Putnam,  Smith  &  Co.   |  Nashville:  J.  B.  McFerrin.  | 
1860.  |  s. 

Pp.  1-404.  12°.     Ojibwa  love  song,  with  English  translation,  pp.  90-91. 

Stryker's  American  Register. 
See  American  Quarterly  Register,  in  Additions  and  Corrections. 

3769  Stuart  (Grauville).    Montana  as  it  is;  |  being  |  A  General  Descrip 
tion  of  its  Resources,  |  both  Mineral  and  Agricultural,  |  including 
a  |  Complete  Description  of  the  Face  of  the  |  Country,  its  Climate, 
Etc.,  |  illustrated  with  a  |  Map  of  the  Territory,  |  drawn  by  Capt. 
W.  W.  De  Lacy,  |  Showing  the  Different  Eoads  and  the  Location 
of  |  the  Different  Mining  Districts.  |  To  which  is  appended,  |  a 
Complete  Dictionary  |  of  |  the  Snake  Language,  |  and  also  of  the  | 
Famous  Chinuook  [sic]  Jargon,  |  with  |  Numerous  Critical  and  Ex 
planatory  Notes,  |  concerning  the  Habits,  Superstitions,  Etc.,  of  | 
these  Indians,   |  with  |   Itineraries  of  all  the  Routes  across  the 
Plains.  |  By  Granville  Stuart.  | 

New  York:  |  C.  S.  Westcott  &  Co.,  Printers,  |  No.  79  John 
Street.  |  1865.  |  A.  B.  c.  s.  WE. 

Pp.  1-175.  8°.  Dictionary  of  the  Snake  Indian  Language,  pp.  21-48. — Explan 
atory  Notes,  pp.  49-98. — Dictionary  of  the  Chinnook  Jargon,  pp.  99-119.  -Short 
Dialogues  in  Chinnook  Jargon,  pp.  120-121. — Explanatory  Notes,  pp.  122-127. 

Stuart  (Rev.  John). 

See  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  No.  413. 

The  Rev.  John  Stuart  was  born  at  Harrisburg,  Pa.,  Feb.  24,  1740,  aud  died 
at  Kingston,  U.  C.,  Aug.  15,  1811.  He  was  ordained  in  England,  returned  to 
Philadelphia  about  1770,  and  for  seven  years  officiated  as  a  missionary  among  the 
Indians  of  the  Mohawk  Valley.  For  them  he  made  a  translation  of  the  New 
Testament  into  the  Mohawk  language. — Drakes  Am.  Biog. 

3770  Stubbs  (A.  W.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Kansas  or  Kaw. 

Manuscript.  40  pp.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3771  Sturges  (Rev.  Charles).    Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Omaha,  col 
lected  by  Rev.  Charles  Sturges,  at  the  Omaha  Mission,  Blackbird 
Hills,  Neb. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382.  Wash 
ington,  1871.  4°. 

3772  Suarez  (P.  Lorenzo).    Sermones  en  Lengua  Megicana  del  auo  1617.  * 

Title  from  Bcristain. 

3773  Vocabulario  de  la  lengua  abigira  y  la  Doctrina  Cristiana 

en  el  mismo  idioma.  * 

Title  from  Sobron,  p.  55,  according  to  whom  these  two  works  were  printed. 

3774  Sullivan  ( Dr.  Jeremiah).     Words,  Phrases,  and  Sentences  in  the 
Hopitu  language. 

Manuscript.  15211.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Recorded 
in  a  copy  of  Powell's  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  2d  edi 
tion,  complete.  Collected  at  the  Moki  Pueblos,  Ariz.,  1882.  Besides  filling  the 
schedules,  Dr.  Sullivan  has  added  a  number  of  explanatory  notes. 


744  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Sullivan  (Dr.  Jeremiah) — continued. 

3775 Bti-liu-ti-ki-ba,  or  "Dance  of  the  Virgins." 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-6.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Con 
tains  a  Moquis,  or  Ho-pi-tu,  song,  p.  6,  and  Indian  terms  throughout. 

3776  Sullivan  (John  W.)     [Vocabularies  of  the  Indians  of  Northwest 
America.] 

In  Pallisser  (John).  Journal,  Detailed  Reports  *  '  *  British  North 
America,  pp.  207-216.  London,  1863.  folio. 

Vocabulary  and  numerals,  1-100,  of  the  Surcee  Indians,  pp.  208-210.— Vocab 
ulary  and  numerals,  1-200,  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Stoney  Indians,  pp.  210-212.— 
Vocabulary  and  numerals,  1-300,  of  the  Blackfoot  of  the  Plains,  pp.  212-215.— 
Ten  Commandments  in  the  language  of  the  Blackfoot  of  the  Plains,  pp.  215-216. 

Sullivan  (N.  B.) 
See  Worcester  (A.  E.  W.)  and  Sullivan  (N.  B.) 

3777  Summerfieia  (John).     Sketch  |  of  |  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Chippeway 
Language,  |  to  which  is  added  |  A  Vocabulary  |  of  some  of  the  most 
common  Words.  |  By  John  Summerfleld,  |  alias  |  Sahgahjewagah- 
bahwehi  | 

Cazenovia:  |  Press  of  J.  F.  Fairchild  &  Son.  |  1834.  |      JWP.WHS. 
Pp.  1-35.  16°.     "The  first  attempt  to  reduce  the  Chippeway  language  to  any 
[grammatic]  system."     Sketch  of  Grammar,  pp.  3-21.— Vocabulary,  pp.  23-35. 

3778  Sutherland  (P.O.)     On  the  Esquimaux.    By  P.  C.  Sutherland,  M.D. 
In  Eth.  Soc.  of  London,  Jour.,  vol.  4, 1856,  pp.  193-214.     London,  n.  d.  8°. 
Numerals,  1-10,  16-30,  of  the  Esquimaux,  pp.  208-209. 

3779  Sutter  (Ernil  V.)    Maidu  Vocabulary. 

Manuscript.  211.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Collected 
from  the  Indians  of  the  Feather  and  Yuba  rivers,  California. 

3780  Swan  (Major  Caleb).    Position  and  State  of  Manners  and  Arts  in 
the  Creek  or  Muscogee  Nation  in  1791. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  5,  pp.  251-283.  Philadelphia, 
1855.  4°. 

List  of  Creek  moons,  pp.  276-277. 

3781  Swan  (James  G.)    The  |  Northwest  Coast ;  |  or,  |  Three  Years' 
Eesidence  in  Washington  |  Territory.  |  By  James  G.  Swan.  |  [Terri 
torial  Seal.]  |  With  numerous  illustrations.  | 

New  York:  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers,  |  Franklin  Square.  | 
1857.  |  A. B.C. BA. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-435.  12°.  map. 

A  Vocabulary  of  the  Chehalis  and  Chenook  or  Jargon  Languages,  with  the 
Derivation  of  the  Words  used  in  the  latter,  pp.  412-420.— Numerals,  1-1(00,  of 
the  Chehalis  and  Chenook,  pp.  420-421.— List  of  Words  in  the  Nootkan  Lan 
guage  the  most  in  use,  from  John  R.  Jewett's  Narrative  of  the  Massacre  of  the 
Crew  of  the  Ship  Boston,  by  the  Savages  of  Queen  Charlotte's  Sound,  1803,  pp. 
421-422.— Comparative  Words  [12]  in  theNootka  and  Chenook  or  Jargon,  p.  422. 

3782   The  |  North- West  Coast;  |  or,  |  Three  Years'  Residence  in 

Washington  |  Territory.  |  By  |  James  G.  Swan.  |  With  numerous 
Illustrations.  I 


SULLIVAN SYLVESTFR.  745 

Swan  (James  G.) — continued. 

London:  |  Sampson  Low,  Son,  &  Co.,  47,  Ludgate  Hill.  |  New 
York:  Harper  &  Brothers.  |  1857.  |  * 

Pp.  1-435.  12°.  map  and  plates.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.  Linguistics,  pp. 
412-422. 

3783  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge.  |  220  |  The  | 

Indians  of  Cape  Flattery,  |  at  the  Entrance  to  the  Strait  of  Fuca,  j 
Washington  Territory.  |  By  |  James  G.  Swan.  | 

Washington  City:  |  Published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  | 
1869.  |  si.  WE.  JWP. 

Printed  title  ou  cover,  pp.  i-ix,  1-108.  4°.  Also  included  in  Smithsonian  In 
stitution,  Contributions  to  Knowledge,  vol.  16.  Washington,  1870.  4°. 

Makah  vocabulary,  pp.  93-105.  — Local  nomenclature  of  the  Makah,  pp.  105-106. 

3784  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge.  |  267  |  The  | 

Haidah  Indians  |  of  |  Queen  Charlotte's  Islands,  British  Colum 
bia.  |  With  a  |  brief  description  of  their  carvings,  tattoo  designs, 
etc.    By  James  G.  Swan,  Port  Townsend,  Washington  Territory.  | 

Washington  City:  |  Published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  | 
[August,  1874.]  |  si.  WE.  JWP. 

Printed  title  on  cover,  pp. i-iii,  1-18.  4C.  7  plates.  Also  included  in  Smithso 
nian  Institution,  Contributions  to  Knowledge,  vol.  21.  Washington,  1876.  4°. 

Contains  a  few  aboriginal  terms. 

3785 A  Criticism  on  the  Linguistic  Portion  of  Vol.  I,  Contribu 
tions  to  North  American  Ethnology. 
Manuscript.  4  11.  folio. 

3786  A  Vocabulary  of  the  Language  of  the  Haida  Indians  of 

Prince  of  Wales  Archipelago. 

Manuscript.  19  pp.  8°. 

3787  Vocabulary  of  the  Makah  language. 

Manuscript.  21  11.  folio.     Alphabetically  arranged. 

3788  Vocabulary  of  the  Makah  language. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology. 

3789  Swiss.    The  Swiss  Peasant.  |  By  Rev.  Cesar  Malan,  of  Geneva.  | 
[Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  The  One  Thing  Needful.  |  [One 
line  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill :  |  Mission  Press:  |  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1848.  |  s.  ABC. 

Pp.  1-24.  8°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  The  first  article  occupies  pp.  3-16 ;  the 
second,  pp.  16-24. 

3790  Sylvester  (Nathaniel  Bartlett).    Historical  Sketches  |  of  |  Northern 
New  York  |  and  the  |  Adirondack  Wilderness:  |  including  |  Tradi 
tions  of  the  Indians,  Early  Explorers,   |  Pioneer  Settlers,  Hermit 
Hunters,  &c.   |  By  |  Nathaniel  Bartlett  Sylvester,  |  of  the  Troy 
Bar.  j  [Quotation,  ten  lines.]  | 

Troy,  N.  Y. :  |  William  H.  Young.  |  1877.  |  c. 

3 p.  11.,  pp.  iii-viii,  9-316.  8°. 

Indian  names  of  the  several  na  ions  of  the  league,  p.  19. — Numerous  Indian 
names  of  places,  with  significations,  scattered  throughout. 


746  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 


3791  Tache  (Mgr.  A.)     Esquisse  |  sur  le  |  Nord-Ouest  de  1'Amerique  | 
par  |  Mgi-.  Tache",  Eveque  de  St.  Boniface,  1868.  | 

Montreal  |  Typographic  du  Nouveau  Monde  |  23,  Eue  St.  Vin 
cent.  |  1869  |  g. 

Printed  cover  1 1.,  pp.  1-146.  8°. 

A  few  remarks  on  the  Cris,  and  the  pronouns  moi,  tol,  lui,  in  Saulteux,  Maske'- 
gon,  Cris,  Athabaska  Cris,  He  a  la  Crosse  Cris,  and  Forest  Cris,  p.  82. 

3792  Sketch  |  of  the  |  North- west  of  America.  |  By  Mgr.  Tache  | 

Bishop  of  St.  Boniface,  |  1868.  |  Translated  from   the  French,  by 
Captain  D.  K.  Cameron,  |  Royal  Artillery.  | 

Montreal:    |   Printed    by   John  Lovell    St.  Nicholas  Street.  | 
1870.  |  QHS. 

Pp.  1-216.  8°.     Linguistics  as  in  the  French  edition,  p.  123. 

3793  Extrait  d'une  lettre  de  Mgr.  Tach6,  Vicaire  Apostolique 

de  la  Baie  d'Hudson. 

In  Aimales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,  vol.  24,  pp.  329-I!54.     Paris,  1852.  H°. 
Dated  4  Janvier  1851.     Contains  a  few  remarks  011  the  Montagnais  language, 
pp.  340, 341. 

3794  Taggart  (G.  W.)    Indian  Vocabulary  of  the  Klamath  River,  in  the 
Vicinity  of  the  Mines.     [Accompanying  letter  signed  G.  W.  Tag 
gart.] 

In  Taylor  (A.  S.)  Indianology  of  California,  in  California  Farmer,  San 
Francisco,  vol.  13,  No.  6,  March  23, 1860. 

3795  Talley  (Rev.  A.)     [Portions  of  the  Scriptures  in  the  Choctaw  lan 
guage.]  * 

The  Rev.  A  Talley  was  one  of  the  earliest  of  the  Methodist  missionaries  among 
the  Choctaw  Indians  in  Mississippi  and  Alabama,  1828  to  1833.  He  translated 
portions  of  the  Scripture  into  the  Choctaw  language,  which  were  printed  for  the 
use  of  the  Indians.  He  died  in  1^34. — History  of  American  Missions,  p.  541. 

3796  Tamedsa.     Tamedsa  Gudib  kakkojanga.  |  ATS.  JWP. 

No  title-page.  11.,  pp.  1-8.  sq.  24°.  Bible  lessons  in  the  Eskimo  language 
of  Labrador. 

3797  Tamedsa  |  Johannesib  Aglangit,  |  okautsiuik  Tussarner- 

tuuik,  |  Jesuse  Kristusemik,  |  Gudim  Erngninganik.  |  Printed  for  | 
the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society ;  |  For  the  use  of  the  Christ 
ian  Esquimaux  in  the  Mission-Settlements  |  of  the  United  Brethren 
at  Nain,  Okkak,  and  Hopedale,  |  on  the  Coast  of  Labrador.  | 

Londonneme:  |  W.M'Dowallib,  Nenilauktangit.  |  1810.  |   s.wwu. 
1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-124.  12°.     See  Gospels,  No.  1588  of  this  catalogue. 

3798  Tamersa  makperksaekct  imakartut  okautsinnik  Kristominut  ajo- 
kaersutiksennik  appersutiksennik  akkirsutiksenniglo  attortuksaur- 
sunuik  innusuit  ajokaersorniarlugit.  * 

72  pp.  8°.  Catechism  in  the  Eskimo  language.  Title  from  a  Greenland  mis 
sionary,  through  -Professor  Rink. 


TACHE TAPIA.  747 

3799  Tamerssa  timmiusaut  |  killangmit  pirsok.  |  [Picture.]  ATS. 

No  title-page.  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  24°.     Bible  Lessons  in  the  Eskimo  language  of 
Greenland. 

Tan  Teladakadidjik. 
See  Teladakadidjik,  No.  3809. 

Tanner  (John). 
See  James  (Edwin),  Nos.  1959-1962. 

3800  Tapia  Zenteno  (D.  Carlos).    Arte  Novissima  |  de  Leugua  Mexi- 
cana,  |  Quo  dicto  |  D.  Carlos  de  Tapia  Zenteno,  |  Colegial  en  el 
Eeal,  y  Pontiflcio  Seminario,  Cura  Bene-  |  ficiado,  que  fue  de  la 
Diecesis  de  Tampamolon,  Juez  |  Ecclesiastico  de  la  Villa  de  los 
Valles,  y  su  JurNdiccion,  |  Commissario  de  el  Santo  Oflcio  de  la  In- 
quisicion,  y  su  |  Bevisor,  Notario  Apostolico,  Colegial  en  el  Apos- 
tolico  |  Colegio  de  N.  P.  S.  Pedro,  y  Secretario  de  sn  muy  |  Illustre 
Congregacion,  Capellan  mayor  del  Religiosissimo  |  Mouasterio  de 
Santa  Ines,  Examinador  Synodal  general  |  de  este  Arzobispado, 
Cathedratico  proprietario  de  Pri   |  ma  de  dicba  Lengua  en  la  Eeal 
Universidad  de  esta  |  Corte,  y  primero  en  el  mesmo  Eeal,  y  Ponti 
flcio  |  Colegio  Seminario,  &c.  |  Quien  lo  saca  a  luz  |  debajo  de  la 
proteccion  |  del  Illmo.  Sr.  Dr.  D.  Manuel  Eubio,  |  Salinas,  |  Del 
Consejo  de  Su  Magestad,  Dignissimo  Arzobispo  |  de  esta  Santa 
Iglesia  de  Mexico,  |  Por  cuyo  uiandado  se  erigio  esta  nueva  Cathe 
dra.  | 

Con  licencia  de  los  Superiores.  |  En  Mexico  por  la  Viuda  de  D. 
Joseph  Bernardo  de  Hogal.  |  Ano  de  1753.  |  B.  c.  nu.  JOB. 

11  p.  11.,  pp.  1-58.  sm.  4°. 

3801  Noticia  |  de  la  |  Leugua  Huastcca,  |  que  eu  beneflcio  de  sus 

nacionales,  |  deorden  |  delllmo.  Sr.  Arzopispo  |  de  esta  Santa  Igle 
sia  Metropolitana,  |  y  a  sus  expensas,  |  da  Carlos  de  Tapia  Zen 
teno,  |  Cura,  que  fue  de  la  Iglesia  Parrochial  de  Tampamolon,  | 
Juez  Eclesiastico  de  la  Villa  de  los  Valles,  Commissario  |  del  Santo 
Oficio  de  la  Inquisicion,  Cathedratico  de  Prima  |  de  Lengua  Mexi- 
cana  en  esta  Eeal  Uuiversidad,  y  el  |  primero  en  el  Eeal,  y  Pontifi- 
cio  Colegio  Seminario,  |  Examinador  Synodal  de  este  Arzobispado, 
y  Capellan  |  Mayor  del  Monasterio  de  Santa  Ines.  |  Con  Cathecis- 
mo,  |  y  Doctrina  Christiana  |  para  su  instruccion,  segun  lo  que 
ordena  el  Santo  |  Concilio  Mexicano,  Enchiridion  Sacramental  | 
para  su  administracion,  con  todo  lo  que  parece  |  necessario  hablar 
en  ella  los  Neoministros,  y  |  copioso  Diccionario  para  facilitar  |  su 
inteligeucia.  | 

Con  licencia  de  los  Superiores :  |  En  Mexico,  en  la  Imprenta  de 
la  Bibliotheca  Mexicana.  |  En  el  Puente  del  Espiritu  Santo,  afio 
de  17G7.  |  A.  B.  c.  JOB. 

5  p.  11., pp.  1-128.  gm.4°. 


748  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Tapia  Zenteno  (D.  Carlos) — continued. 

3802  Paradigma  Apologetica,quedeseapersuadir  ingenuoescri- 

biendo  desapasionado  la  Noticia  de  la  Huasteca,  a  los  V.  V.  Sacer- 
dotes,  que  pueden  cultivarla.  Description  de  su  pais  y  demon 
stration  evideute  de  la  vanidad  de  el  honror,  que  se  le  tiene.  * 
Manuscript.  16  11.  4°.  Followed  by  a  manuscript  copy  of  the  Grammatica 
Huasteca,  145  pp.,  and  to  which  Tapia  alludes  in  his  preface  as  having  been 
omitted,  so  as  not  to  make  the  printed  volume  too  bulky. — Ramirez  Sale  Cat., 
No.  829. 

3803 Gramatica  de  la  Lengua  Huasteca.  * 

3804  Dicciouario,  Manual  y  Catecismo.  * 

Titles  from  Beristain.  Ludewig  gives  to  the  Arte  de  la  Lengua  Huaxteca  the 
date  1747. 

3805  Tapis  (Rev.  Estevan).    Doctrina  Cristiana  en  Idioma  de  Santa 
Barbara.  s. 

Manuscript.  24pp.  small  folio.  Copy  of  one  in  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
In  Indian  and  Spanish.  It  contains  a  preparatory  prayer,  the  Lord's  Prayer, 
Angelical  Salutation,  Creed,  Decalogue,  Commandments  of  the  Church,  the 
Sacrament,  and  a  brief  catechism.  There  are  corrections  by  Father  Uria,  show 
ing  dialectic  differences,  and  also  an  Act  of  Faith,  by  Father  Uria. 

3806  Tassin  (Lieut.  A.  G.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Arrapaho. 

Manuscript.  1 1.  folio.  60  words.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3807  Taylor  (Alexander  S.)    California  Notes.     By  Alex.   S.   Taylor. 
The  Indianology  of  California.  s.  AAS.  JWP.    )O  i 

In  California  Farmer  and  Journal  of  Useful  Sciences,  San  Francisco,  vol.  13, 
no.  3,  February  22,  1860— vol.  20,  no.  12,  October  30th,  1863. 

This  periodical  contained  several  series  of  "  California  Notes,"  by  Mr.  Taylor, 
on  the  resources,  &c.,  of  the  State.  The  above,  on  Indianology,  ran  through  four 
series,  one  of  17,  one  of  25,  a  third  of  53,  and  a  fourth  of  55 — in  all,  151  numbers 
of  the  paper.  The  first  series  began  February  22,  1860,  and  ran  to  June  29th  of 
the  same  year;  the  second,  October  26, 1860,  ending  April  20,  1861;  the  third, 
May  24,  1861,  to  August  1,  1862;  the  fourth,  August  15,  1862,  to  September  11, 
1863,  with  an  addenda  on  October  30. 

The  issues  between  March  and  November,  1860,  contain  vocabularies  as 
follows : 

[Alcala-Galiano  (D.)]  Languages  of  the  Eslenes  and  Runsienes,  near  Mon 
terey,  taken  from  the  voyage  of  the  Sutil  and  Mejicana,  in  1792,  as  published  at 
Madrid,  in  1802,  vol.  13,  no.  9,  April  20,  1860. 

Clavigero  (F.  S.)  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  dialects  of  the  Missions  of  San  Fran 
cisco  Xavier  and  of  San  Jose  de  Comondre;  of  San  Francisco  de  Borgia,  Santii 
Gertrudis  and  Santa  Maria;  and  of  San  Ignacio  do  Kadakamand,  vol.  15,  no.  1, 
March,  1861. 

Cornelias  (P.  Juan).  Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  living  near  Santa  Cruz  Mis 
sion,  in  Santa  Cruz  County,  taken  in  September,  1856,  vol.  13,  no.  8,  April  5, 1860. 

Hubbard  (Dr.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Lototen  or  Tulatamys  (from  Dr.  Hub- 
bard's  notes,  1856),  vol.  13,  no.  16,  June  8, 1860. 

Mengarini  (Pev.  Gregory).  Vocabulary  of  the  Santa  Clara  Indians,  vol.  14, 
no.  13,  November  23, 1860. 

Reed  (Hugo).  Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  Los  Angeles  County  (from  Hugo 
Reed's  notes,  1852),  vol.  13,  no.  16,  June  8, 1860. 

R[iley]  (T.  H.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Kah-we'-yah  and  Kah-so-wah  Indians, 
vol.  13,  no.  14,  May  25, 1860. 


TAPIA — TELLECHEA.  74  (J 

Taylor  (Alexander  S.) — continued. 

Sitjar  (/'.  Baltazar).  Partial  vocabulary  of  the  Indians  near  San  Antonio 
Mi  sion,  situated  in  a  valley  of  the  Santa  Lucia  Mountains,  about  seventy  miles 
southeast  of  Monterey,  vol.  13,  no.  10,  April  27,  1860. 

Taggart  (G.  W.)  Indian  vocabulary  of  the  Klamath  River,  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  mines,  vol.  13,  no.  6,  March  23, 1860. 

Taylor  (A.  S.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  living  near  Dent's  Ferry  and 
vicinity,  on  the  Stanislaus  River,  in  the  Sierra  Nevada  of  Calaveras  County,  vol. 
13,  no.  6,  March  23,  1860. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  living  near  Petaluma  in  Marin  County  (of 

the  Yo-Nios  Rancheria),  taken  in  October,  ia56,  vol.  13,  no.  7,  March  30,  1860. 

Vocabularies  of  the  Eselenes,  or  Ecselenas  Indians,  living  near  the 

Mission  of  San  Carlos,  in  Carmelo  Valley,  near  Monterey,  taken  by  the  writer 
in  October,  1856,  vol.  13,  no.  9,  April  20, 1860. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  living  near  Santa  Ynez  Mission,  in  Santa 

Barbara  County,  taken  by  the  Author,  in  April,  1856,  from  an  Indian  man,  thirty- 
five  years  old,  born  near  the  Mission,  vol.  13,  no.  11,  May  4,  1860. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  living  near  the  Mission  of  San  Gabriel,  in 

Los  Angeles  County,  taken  by  the  author,  in  November,  1856,  vol.  13,  no.  12, 
May  11, 1860. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  living  near  the  Mission  of  San  Luis  Rey, 

vol.  13,  no.  12,  May  11,  1860. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  living  near  the  Mission  of  San  Miguel,  vol. 

13,  no.  13,  May  18,  1860. 

Timeno  (Eev.  Antonio).  Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  formerly  living  at  the 
Island  of  Santa  Cruz,  vol.  13,  no.  11,  May  4,  1860. 

Of  the  above  vocabularies  by  Taylor,  the  following  are  reprinted :  Vocabu 
lary  of  the  Indians  living  near  Dent's  Ferry,  in  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions 
to  Nortb  American  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  570-585.  Washington,  1877,  4° ;  Vocab 
ulary  of  Santa  Ynez  Mission,  in  Hist  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  9,  pp.  147-148. 
New  York,  1865;  and  in  Powell  (.1.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Eth 
nology,  vol.  3,  pp.  560-567.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

Nearly  all  have  been  reprinted  in  Lucy-Fossarieu  (P.  de).  Les  langues  in- 
diennes  de  la  Californie.  Paris,  1881.  8°. 

3808  Precis  India  Californicus.     By  Alexr.  S.  Taylor. 

In  Knight  (W.  H),  editor.  Hand-took  almanac  for  1864,  pp.  27-41.  San  Fran 
cisco,  1864.  16°. 

Their  language,  pp.  29-31,  contains  general  remarks  only. 

3809  Teladakadidjik.    Tan  Teladakadidjik  |  Apostalewidjik.  |  De  Akts 
ov  de  Aposelz.  |  In  Mikmak.  | 

Printed  for  de  Britic  and  Foren  Beibel  Soseieti,  bei  |  Eizak  Pit 
man,  Bah  (Bath).  |  1863.  |  ABS.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-140.  16°.  In  phonetic  characters.  Probably  translated  by  Rev.  S.  T. 
Rand. 

3810  Tellechea  (P.  Fr.  Miguel).    Compendio  |  Gramatical  |  para  la  inte- 
ligencia  |  del  |  Idioma  Tarahumar,  |-  Oraciones,  Doctrina  Christi 
ana,  Phi-  |  ticas,  y  otras  cosas  necesarias  para  |  la  recta  admiuistra- 
ciou  de  los  Santos  |  Sacramentos  en  el  rnisino  idioma.  |  Dispuesto,  | 
por  el  P.  Fr.  Miguel  Tellechea  Predicador  mis-  |  sionero  Apostolico 
del  Colegio  de  Nuestra  Seiiora  de  |  Guadalupe  de  Zacatecas,  Minis- 
tro  del  Pueblo  de  Chi-  |  nipas  y  Ex-Presidente  de  las  Missiones  de 
la  Ta-  I  rahumara.  I 


750  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Tellechea  (P.  Fr.  Miguel) — continued. 

Mexico  Aiio  de  182C.  |  Imprcnta  de  la  Federacion  en  Palacio.  | 
6  p.  11.,  pp.  1-162,  i-vi,  and  3  11.  sin.  4".  B.  HIT. 

"The  Tarahumara  is  the  dialect  spoken  in  the  western  parts  of  Chihuahua, 
called  Tarahumara.  Father  Tellecha's  is  the  best  known  grammar  of  the  dia 
lect  which  has  been  published.  The  author  was  missionary  apostolic  of  the  Col 
lege  of  our  Lady  of  Guadalupe  de  Zacatecas,  aud  ex-President  of  the  Missions 
to  the  Tarahumares  in  North  Mexico." — Ramirez  Sale  Cat.,  No.  830. 

3811  Compendio  Gramatical  para  la  inteligencia  del  Idioma  Ta- 

rahumaro.    Oracioues,  doctrina  cristiana,  platicas  y  otras  cosas 
necesarias  pai  a  la  recta  adininistracion  de  los  santos  sacramentos 
en  el  inismo  idioma.    Dispuesto  Por  el  P.  Fr.  Miguel  Tellecliea, 
Predicador  y  Misionero  apostolico  del  Colegio  de  nuestra  Seiiora  de 
Guadalupe  de  Zacatecas,  Ministro  del  pueblo  de  Chinipas  y  ex- 
presidente  de  las  Misiones  de  la  Tarahumara. 

Iu  Soc.  de  Geog.  Mex.,  Bol.,  torno  4,  pp.  145-166.    Mexico,  1854.  8°. 

3812  Temperance.     Temperance  Song  for  the  Fourth,  [and]  Temperance 
Song.  ABC.  WWB. 

1  sheet.  4°.     In  two  columns.     In  the  Seneca  language. 

3813  [Temperance   tract.     Three  lines   Cherokee   characters. 

Picture.] 

[Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.     (Park  Hill.)]  |  1842.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-11.  24°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  Picture  on  title-page  represents  a 
mau  throwing  a  stool  at  a  woman. 

Temperance  ode,  p.  10,  with  English  translation,  p.  11. 

3814  Ten.    The  Ten  Commandments,  |  The  Lord's  Prayer,  |  etc.  |  In  the 
Maliseet  Language.  | 

Printed  for  the  Micmac  Missionary  Society,  |  Halifax,  Nova  Sco 
tia.  |  1863.  |  s.  YC. 

Pp.  1-22, 11.  12°.  In  phonetic  characters;  printed  by  Isaac  Pitman,  Bath, 
England.  Probably  translated  by  Rev.  S.  T.  Rand. 

3815  Teotamachilizti  iny  iuliliz  auh  yui  miquiliz  Tu  Temaquizticatziin 
Jesu  Christo  quenami  in  qnim  pua  teotacuiloque  itech  teoimmxti; 
6  Sea  Tratado  de  la  Vida  y  inuerte  <le  Nuestro  Senor  Jesu  Christo, 
en  lengua  Vulgar  Mexicana  de  Guatemala. 

[Guatemala  (Antigua),  en  la  itnprenta  de  las  Animas  16 . .  ].  * 
32  11.  4°.  This  work,  the  title  of  which  I  have  composed  from  the  first  page, 
is  the  only  copy  I  know  of  a  book  in  the  Mexican  vernacular  of  Guatemala. 
Although  the  author,  whose  name  is  not  found,  makes  a  distinction  between  this 
idiom  and  the  "Pipil,"  I  believe  I  can  assert  it  to  be  the  same  language,  that  is  to 
say,  a  Mexican  dialect  deprived  of  the  sonorous  consonants,  and  in  particular  of 
the  letter  I  after  the  t,  which  is  one  of  the  beauties  of  the  Mexican.  It  is  the  same 
dialect  which  Squier  calls  "Nahnalof  the  coast  of  the  Balsamo,  iu  Salvador. "— 
Jiragseur  de  Bourbourg. 

3816  Teotlatol  nemachtiloni  ipau  in  Nahnacopa.  * 

This  is  the  modern  title  of  a  manuscript  work  in  4°,  in  small,  clear  writing. 
It  seems  to  be  part  of  a  more  extensive  work,  because  it  begins  on  1. 92  with  the 


TELLECHEA — TEELAYE.  751 

Teotlatol  neniachtiloni  ipan  in  Nabuacopa — continued. 

title  of  Libro  III.  It  is  composed  of  four  parts.  The  first  occupies  leaves  92  to 
106;  11.  167  to  171  are  blank.  Here  the  writing  recommences  and  proceeds  from 
172  to  205;  1. 206  is  blank  and  1.  207  missing.  The  writing  recommences  on  1. 208 
with  the  following  title  in  Spanish :  Declaracion  de  los  Sacramentos,  and  con 
cludes  on  1. 227  ;  11.  228, 22!),  and  231  (230  is  missing)  are  in  blank.  The  title  on 
1. 232  is  simply  De  misericordia,  and  the  writing  proceeds  to  1. 261,  the  reverse  of 
which  is  blank.— Icazbalceta' s  Apuntes,  Xo.  77. 

3817  [Terlaye  (P.  Fran£ois  Augnste  Magon  de).]     [Sabred  History.]  cv. 

Manuscript.  No  title-page,  pp.  1-568.  folio.  In  the  Mohawk  language.  In 
the  archives  of  the  Catholic  church  at  Caughuawaga,  Canada. 

3818  Histoire  du  peuple  de  Dieu.  * 

Manuscript.  2  vols.  ,600  and  541  pp.  4°.     In  the  Mohawk  language.     In  the 

archives  of  the  Catholic  church  at  the  Mission  of  Lac  des  Deux  Montagues, 
Canada.  The  work  is  not  divided  into  chapters,  but  is  written  continuously. 
It  is  beautifully  written  and  well  preserved.  The  following  notice  appears  on 
the  page  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  volume : 

"Avis  de  1'annotateur 

"  Le  present  ouvrage  a  6t6  compost  par  Mr.  I'abbe'  Francois  Augnste  Magon  de 
Terlaye,  Missionnaire  d'abord  a  Soekatsi  1754-1760  et  ensuite  an  lac  des  deux  Mon 
tagues  jusqu'a  sa  mort  arriver  le  17  Mai  1777. 

"  L'auteur  a  suivi  en  1'abregeant  le  P.  Berruyer,  etquoique,  dans  sa  traduction, 
il  est  e'vite'  les  defauts  si  justement  reproches  an  ce'lebre  Jesnite,  son  ouvrage 
laisse  toutefois  beaucoup  il  d(5sirer  et  anrait  besoin  d'etre  entierement  refoudu, 
avant  d'etre  mis  en  lumiere. 

"  Certains  traits,  par  exemple,  1'admirable  chastete'  du  Patriarche  Joseph  qni 
aurait  pu  et  du  etre  racont6e  sans  tons  les  details  marque's  dans  la  St°  Ecriture, 
se  sont  a  peine  indiques,  tandisquo  d'antres  qni  anraient  du  6tre  ecartes  entiere 
ment,  se  trouvent  rapportes  dans  leurs  plus  raemes  circonstances. — II  parait  bien 
qne  le  traduction  a  vn  apres  coup." 

"  M.  Je  C.  Mathevet  a  6t6  plus  heurenx  dans  la  petite  bible  Algonquins.  II  s'est 
attach<<  uniquement  aux  traits  principanx  de  1'Histoire  Sainte;  les  a  raconte's 
dans  un  style  irreprochablo  ot  les  a  accompagnes  des  reflections  les  plus  judi- 
cieuses.  Ainsi  a-t-on  cru  d'avoir  le  faire  imprimir.  La  lere  partie  contenant  1'his- 
toriques  de  1'ancien  testament  a  paru  1859  et  la  2de  renfennant  la  concordance  des 
Evaugelisteg  avec  un  court  precis  des  Actes  dcs  Apdtres,  en  1881. 

"  En  revenant  a  M.  do  Terlaye  nous  ajouterons  qu'une  copie  de  son  ouvrage, 
tont  entifere  de  sa  propre  main  a  6t6  donner  dans  le  dernieres  annees  a  la  Mission 
du  Satilt  S'  Louis.  II  manquait  a  celle-ci  les  40  premieres  pages  egardes  depuis 
la  mort  de  1'anteur,  on  ne  s'est  comment;  nous  les  avons  transcrites  de  la  lere 
copie  en  les  accompagnant  de  diverses  notes  qui  nons  esperons,  pourront  6tre  de 
qnelqne  utilit(5  aux  nouveaux  missionnaires." 

3819  Sermons  |  de  |  M.  Aug.  Magon  de  Terlaye  |  * 

Manuscript.  Preserved  in  the  archives  of  the  Catholic  church  at  the  mission 
at  Lac  des  Deux  Montagues,  Canada.  It  is  a  bound  volume,  4°,  containing  the 
following  sermons,  each  paged  separately : 

Sur  le  pater,  75  pp. — Second  sermon,  8  pp. — Third  sermon,  18  pp. — Third  ser 
mon,  dated  1782,42pp. — Fifth  sermon,  13pp. — Sixth  sermon,  18pp. — Sermon  sur 

*"Voici  comment  s'exprime  notre  auteur  pa.  151:  Wahowennentano'  no  Puti- 
phar  rove  Joseph :  ne  kati  wakastonte  nahonaunhoton, — La  femine  de  Pntiphar 
calomnia  Joseph  et  ainsi  fut  cause  qu'on  bien  forma  qu'il  avait  eu  tort  de  vouloir 
faire  entrer  dans  son  ouvrage  certains  (Spisodes  pen  edifiants,  car  il  a  eu  soin  de 
les  souligner." 


752 


NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 


[Terlaye  (P.  Francois  Auguste  Magou  de)] — continued. 

la  priere  traduit  de  mon  sermon  Francais  et  fiui  le  10  fev.  17G9,  19  pp. — The  next 
contains  the  dates,  1776, 1814, 1830,  and  contains  7  pp. — No.  13,  dated  1774,  1770, 
5pp. — 1776, 13  pp.,  folio  wed  by  one  of  11  pp.,  and  anol  her  i.f  10pp. — No.  17,  Imacu- 
16e  Conception,  1778, 1779, 1813, 7  pp.,  followed  by  one  of  8  pp.— No.  19, 7  pp.— No. 
20,  7  pp.  Sermon  sur  1'assomtiou  traduit  de  mon  sujet  d'oraison  fraucais  fini  lcr 
avril  1769,  9  pp.— "No. 22,"  15pp.— "No.  23,"  8  pp.— "No.  24,"  8pp.— "No.  25," 
8pp.— "No.  27,"  8 pp.— "No.  28,"  6  pp.— "No. 29,"  12pp.— "No.  30,"  9  pp.— "No. 
31,"  6  pp.— "  No.  34,"  8  pp.— "  No.  35,"  8  pp.— "  No.  33,"  7  pp. 

These  sermons  are  now  used  by  P.  Thibault,  missionary  and  assistant  pastor 
at  Lac  des  Deux  Montagues,  in  preaching  to  the  Indians  of  that  mission. 

38JO  Sermons  et  Instructions  Iroquois,  par  M.  Magon  de  Ter 
laye  (Tharoubiakanere)  Ancien  Missionaire  du  Lac  des  Deux  Mon- 
tagnes. 

Manuscript.     In  the  archives  of  the  Catholic  church  at  the  above  mission. 


Pater. 

Priere. 

Suite  du  pater. 

Cananean. 

Passion  (3  discours). 

Resurrection  (3  discours). 

Ascension  (3  discours). 

St  Sacreinent. 

Sur  la  priere. 

Dans  1'octave  du  St  Sacrement. 

Immacule'  Conception  (2  discours) 

Compassion  de  la  Ste  V. 

Assomption  (2  discours). 

Nativitd  de  la  Ste  V. 

Exalt,  de  la  Ste  X. 

Annonciation  (2  discours). 

Presentation  de  la  Ste  V. 

Purification  (3  discours). 

Trinit6. 

Pentec6te. 

Ascension. 

Dispersion  des  Ap6tres. 

De'dicace  (2  discours). 

St  Jean  B. 

St  Pierre. 

Tonssaint  (2  discours). 

St  Louis. 

St  Laurent. 

Impurete". 

Noel. 


Medisance  (2  discours). 

Scandale. 

Jugement  tdmeraire. 

Colere. 

Parole  de  Dieu. 

Colere. 

Orgueuil. 

Enfant  prodigue. 

La  pecheresse. 

Penitence  (4  discours). 

Souffrance. 

Amour  de  Dieu. 

Aumfine. 

Aversion  pour  le  monde. 

Pardon  des  injures. 

Mort  des  pdcheurs. 

Mort  de  justes. 

Mort  (2  discours). 

Mepris  du  monde. 

Jugement  dernier. 

Enfer. 

Sur  la  conscience. 

Ciel. 

Pens^e  du  ciel. 

Chant  de  1'Eglise. 

Parole  de  Dieu. 

Amour  de  Dieu. 

Amour  du  prochains. 

Etat  du  pe'cheur. 


3821 


Formal  du  prone. 
[Hymns  in  the  Algoukin  language.] 


Manuscript  in  the  archives  of  the  Catholic  church  at  the  mission  of  Lac  des 
Deux  Montagues  (Oka),  Canada. 

The  titles  and  descriptions  of  the  above  manuscripts,  except  the  first,  were 
furnished  by  Mrs.  Ermiunie  A.  Smith,  who  saw  them  during  the  fall  of  1882  while 
prosecuting  linguistic  studies  at  the  mission. 

Pere  F.  A.  M.  de  Terlaye,  priest  of  St.  Sulpice,  was  born  at  St.  Malo  in  France 
July  24, 1724.  He  arrived  in  Canada  September  15, 1754 ;  was  ordained  priest 
May  24, 1755.  He  died  at  Lac  des  Deux  Montagues  May  17, 1777. 


TERLAYE — TESTAMENTETOKAK.  753 

3822  Ternaux-Compans  (Henri).     Archives  |  des  Voyages  |  ou  |  Collec 
tion  d'ancieunes  Relations  |  ine"dites  ou  tres-rares  |  de  lettres,  ine~- 
moires,  itine>aires  et  autres  documents  |  relatifs  a  la  Geographic  et 
aux  Voyages  |  suivies  |  d'analyses  d'anciens  voyages  et  d'anecdotes 
relatives  aux  voyageurs  |  tiroes  des  m4moires  du  temps  |  Ouvrage  | 
destin6  a  servir  de  complement  a  tous  les  recueils  de  voyages  | 
fraucais  et  Strangers  |  Par  H.  Ternaux-Compans.  |  Tome  I  [II]. 

Paris,  |  Arthus  Bertrand,  Libraire-fiditeur,  j  Libraire  de  la  Soci- 
e"te"  de  Geographic,  |  Editeur  des  Nouvelles  Annales  des  Voyages,  | 
Rue  Hautefeuille,  23.  ]  [1840-1841.]  A.  0. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Cartier  (Jacques).  Discovrs  dv  Voyage  fait  aux  terres-nenfues  de  Canadas, 
vol.  1,  pp.  117-153. 

3823  Vocabulaire  des  principales  langues  du  Mexique. 

Iii  Noxivelles  Aunales  des  Voyages,  third  series,  vol.  4, 1840  (vol.  88  of  the 
Collectiou),pp.  5-37.  Paris,  n.  d.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Mexican  (from  Molina),  Guatemaleque  (from  manuscript), 
Otonii  (from  manuscript),  Yucateque  (from  Beltran  de  Santa  Rosa),  and  Huas- 
teqne  (from  Tapia  Zenteno). 

3824  Vocabulaire  de  principales  langues  du  Mexique. 

In  Nouvelles  Annales  des  Voyages,  &c. ,  fourth  series,  vol.  4, 1841  (vol.92  of 
the  Collection),  pp.  257-287.  Paris,  n.  d.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Capoteque  (from  Cordova),  Misteqne  (from  Antonio  de 
los  Reyes),  Cahita  (from  Arte  Cahita,  Mexico,  1737),  Totonaque  (from  Zambrano 
Bouilla),  and  Tarahumar  (from  Tellechea). 

3825  Testamantitorkamik  agdlagsimassut  ilait  okalugtuarissat,  ajokersu.- 
tinik  ilasimassut.  * 

179  pp.  8°.  Bible  stories  from  the  Old  Testament.  Title  from  a  Greenland 
missionary,  through  Professor  Rink.  For  replies  and  queries  to  above,  see 

Aperssutit.  Xo.  133  of  this  catalogue. 

3826  Testamentetak  |  tarnedsa :  |  Nalegapta  Piulijipta  |  Jesusib  Kristu- 
sib  |  Aposteliugitalo  |  pinuiarningit  okausingillo.  |  Printed  for  | 
The  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  |  for  the  use  of  the  Chris 
tian  Esquimaux  in  the  mission-settlements  |  of  the  United  Brethren 
on  the  coast  of  Labrador.  | 

London :  |  W.  M'Dowall,  Printer,  Pemberton-Row,  |  Gough- 
Square.  |  1840.  |  A.  0. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-637.  12°.  New  Testament  in  the  Eskimo  language.  See  Egede 
(Paul),  Js7o.  1163  of  this  catalogue,  for  an  edition  of  1766. 

3827  Testamentetokak.    Testarnentetokak  |  Hiobib  Aglangit,  Salomo- 
blo  |  Imgerusersoanga  Tikkilugit.  |  Printed  for  |  The  British  and 
Foreign  Bible  Society  in  London,  |  for  the  use  of  the  Moravian 
Mission  in  Labrador.  | 

Stolpen :  |  Gustav  Winterib  Nenerlauktangit.  |  1871.  |  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-274.  8°.     Job  to  Songs  of  Solomon  iu  the  Eskimo  language. 

3828  Testamentetokak  Testamentilarto.  * 

Holy  Scriptures — Old  and  New  Testament.     Title  from  a  Greenland  mission 
ary,  through  Professor  Rink. 

48  Bib 


754  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3829  Testamentetotak ;  |  Josuab  aglanginit,  Esterib  |  aglangit  tikkilu- 
git.  |  Printed  for  |  The  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  in  Lon 
don,  |  for  the  use  of  the  Moravian  Mission  in  Labrador.  | 

Stolpen :  |  Gustav  Winterib  Nenerlauktangit,  |  1869.  |  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-527.  6°.     Joshua  to  Esther  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Labrador. 

3830  Testamentitak.     Testamentitak,  |  terssa:  |  Nalegauta  annaursir- 
sivta  lesusib  Kristusib,  j  ajoksersugeisalo.    sullurseit  okauseello.  | 
Translated    into  the  Greenland  language  j  by  the   Missionaries  |  of 
the  |  Unitas  Fratrum ;  or  United  Brethren,  j  Printed  for  the  use  of 
the  Mission  |  by  |  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  | 

London:  |  W.  M'Dowall,  Printer,  4,  Pemberton  Row,  Gough 
Square.  |  1822.  |  o.  s.  W. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-584, 2  11.  12°.  Bagster's  Bible  of  Every  Land  mentions  an  edition 
of  the  New  Testament  of  1826. 

3831  Testamentitak  |  terssa  |  Nalegauta  Annaursirsivta  |  le 
susib  Kristusib,  |  ajoksersugeisalo,  |  sullirseit  okauseello.  |  The 
New  Testament.  |  Translated  |  into  the  Greenland  Language  |  by 
the  Missionaries  |  of  the  |  Unitas  Fratrum  or  United  Brethren.  | 
Second  Edition.  |  Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Mission  by  |  the  Brit 
ish  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.  | 

Budisime  |  Printed  by  Ernst  Moritz  Monse.  |  1851.  |  A.  0. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-583.  8°.  Professor  Rink  has  furnished  me  with  a  similar  title, 
no  date,  553  pp.  8°. 

3832  Teza  (Emilio).      Saggi  Inediti  |  di  |  Lingue  Americane  |  Appunti 
Bibliografici  |  di  |  E.  Teza  | 

In  Pisa  |  Dalla  Tipografla  Nistri  |  Premiata  all'  Esposiz.  Univ. 
di  Parigi  del  1867  |  MDCCCLXVI1I  [1868]  |  AP.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-91,  and  1  unnumbered  1.  8°.  From  a  manuscript  of  the  Cardinal  Mez- 
zofanti,  with  an  appendix.  Only  70  copies  printed  "e  non  sono  in  commercio." 
The  Notes,  without  the  appendix,  were  first  printed  in  the  Annali  della  Univer- 
sita  di  Pisa,  1868,  vol.  10.  Mainly  devoted  to  South  American  languages,  but 
contains  a  brief  discussion  and  a  few  examples  of  Algonkin  and  Iroquois,  pp. 
14-22.  —Our  Father,  in  Tarasco,  pp.  60-62. 

3833  Intorno  agli  studi  |  del  Thaveuet  |  sulla  lingua  Algon- 

china  |  osservazioni  |  di  |  E.  Teza  | 

Pisa  |  Tipografla  T.  Nistri  e  C.  |  1880  |  AP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  half  title  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  1-22.  4°.  Extract  from  vol.  17 
of  the  Annali  della  Universita  toscane.  See  Thavenet  (AW>£). 

3834  Tezozomoc  (Fernando  de  Alvarado).     Cronica  Mexicana. 

In  [King  (E.)]  Antiquities  of  Mexico,  vol.  9,  pp.  1-196.  London,  1848.  folio. 
Translated  into  French, as  follows: 

3  -35  Histoire  du  Mexique,  par  Don  Alvaro  Tezozomoc,  traduite 

sur  le  manuscrit  ine"dit  de  la  bibliotheque  de  M.  Ternaux-Compans. 

In  Nouvelles  Annales  des  Voyages,  &c.,vol.  2,1844  (vol.  102  of  the  Collec 
tion),  pp.  5-93,  129-160,257-291,  Paris,  n.d.,  8°;  vol.  3, 1844  (vol.103),  pp.  5-29, 
Paris,  u.  d.,  8°;  vol.  4,  1844  (vol.104),  pp. 5-64, 129-178, 257-281, Paris.n.  d., 8°; 
vol. 3, 1845  (vol.107),  pp. 300-311,  Paris,  n.d., 8";  vol.3, 1846  (vol.111),  pp.  329- 
345,  Paris,  n.d.,  8°;  vol.4, 1846  (vol.  112),  pp.  98-109, 172-209,  Paris,  n.  d.,  8°  ;  vol. 
1,1847  (vol.113),  pp.  161-184,  Paris,  n.d.,  8°;  vol.  2,  1847  (vol.114),  pp.  184-207, 


TESTAMENTETOTAK — THEVET.  755 

Tezozomoc  (Fernando  de  Alvarado) — continued. 

Paris,  u.  d.,  8°  ;  vol.  4, 1847  (vol.  116),  pp.  308-320,  Paris,  n.  d.,  8°  ;  vols.  1, 2, 3,  and 
4,1848  (vols.  117,  118, 119,  and  120),  pp.  168-185,  204-221,275-293, 148-160,  Paris, 
n.d.,8°;  vol.  1, 1849  (vol.  121 ),  pp.  286-304,  Paris,  n.  d.  8°. 

Numerous  native  terms  scattered  throughout.  Reprinted:  Paris,  A.  Bertrand, 
1847-1849.  2  vols.  8°;  and  again  as  follows: 

3836  Histoire  |  du  Mexique  |  par  Don  Alvaro  Tezozomoc  |  tra- 

duite  sur  nu  mauuscrit  in6dit  |  par  H.  Ternaux-Coinpans.  |  Tome 
Premier  [Second].  | 

Paris  |  Chez  P.  Jannet,  Libraire  |  Eue  des  Bons-Enfants,  28  | 
1853.  |  * 

2  vols. :  pp.  xix,  305 ;  2  p.  11. ,  pp.  256.  8°.  There  is  a  copy  in  the  Astor  Library, 
and  another  in  the  Boston  Athenamm. 

3837  Thavenet  (Abbe).   Catechismo  |  dei  Missionari  Cattolici    in  Lingua 
Algonchina  |  publicato  |  per  cura  di  E.  Teza  | 

Pisa  |  Tipografla  Nistri  |  1872  |  c. 

Pp.  1-12,  1-81.  8°.  100  copies  printed.  Catechism  in  Algonkin,  Latin,  and 
French,  pp.  11-64. — Vocabulary,  pp.  65-81. 

Publication  made  from  a  manuscript  preserved  in  the  library  at  the  Uni 
versity  of  Bologna,  which  bears  the  following  title,  taken  from  Leclerc,  1878,  No. 
2097: 

3838 CattSchisme  Algonquin,  traduit  mot  pour  mot  en  latin,  et 

phrase  pour  phrase  en  francais.    MDCCCVI  [1806].  * 

It  is  followed  by  a  small  vocabulary  of  300  words. 

3839  -        -  [Algonkin-French  Dictionary.]  » 

Manuscript  in  the  archives  of  the  Catholic  chnrch  at  the  mission  of  the  Lao 

des  Deux  Montagues  (Oka),  Canada.     Title  furnished  by  Enninnie  A.  Smith, 

who  says  M.  Thavenet  has  also  left  the  beginning  of  a  grammar  and  some  small 

compositions  on  different  subjects. 


See  Teza  (Emilio),  No.  3833  of  this  catalogue. 

3840  Thayer  (Rev.  William  A.)     [Collection  of  Hymns  in  the  Seneca 
Language.]  * 

Two  small  collections  of  hymns  in  the  Seneca  language  have  recently  been 
published  :  one  by  the  Kev.  T.  S.  Harris,  missionary  at  Seneca,  and  the  other  by 
Mr.  Thayer,  the  teacher  at  Cattaraugas,  aided  by  interpreters. — Missionary  Her- 
aUfor  1829,  rol  2o,/>.  365. 

3841  Thessoro  dos  Vezes  Eico,  aunqne  sin  valor  alguna  Mxo.  geuuiono 
del  elegantiss.  el  Idioma  Nahuatl.  * 

Manuscript  of  the  eighteenth  century.  34  11.  4°.  Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale 
Catalogue,  No.  1952. 

3842  Thevet  ( Andre').    La  |  Cosmogra-  |  phie  Vniverselle  |  d'Andre'The- 
vet  Cosmo-  |  graphe  dv  Roy.  |  Illvstree  de  diverses  figvres  des  | 
choses  plvs  remarqvables  veves  pur  |  1'Auteur,  &  incogneues  de  noz  /  T 
Anciens  &  Moderues.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  |  [Vignette.]  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Pierre  1'Huillier,  rue  sainct  laques,  a  1'Oliuier.  | 
1575.  |  Auec  Priuilege  du  Roy.  |  * 

2  vols. :  20 p.  11.,  11.  l-4(i7,  table  12 11.  (one  blank) ;  8  p.  11.,  11. 469-1025,  table  17  11. 
folio.  Title  furuisbed  by  Mr.  W.  Eameg,  from  copy  in  the  Astor  Library. 


756  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Thevet  (Andre') — continued. 

Oraison  doininicale,  Salutation  Angelique,  Le  Simboldcs  Apostresen  sauvago 
[Carib],vol.2, 1.925.— De  la,  terre  du  Canada  [etc.],  vol.2, 11. 1008-1013,  contains 
scattered  words  and  phrases  in  the  Indian  language  of  Norumbega.  The  latter 
is  reprinted  in  the  Mag.  of  American  History,  vol.  8,  pp.  130-138.  New  York, 
1882,  sra.  4°;  and  partly  reprinted  in  Trumbull  ( J.  H. )  Thevet's  specimens  of 
the  Indian  language  of  Norumbega,  in  Hist.  Mag.,  second  series,  vol.  7, p.  239. 
Morrisania,  N.Y.,1870.  sm.4°. 

3843  [Thibault  (Rev.  Jean  Baptiste).]     Katolik  |  Ayamihew-masinahi- 
gan.    |    Avec  approbation   de  Monseigneur  Alexandra   |   Tache", 
Eveque  de  Saint-Boniface.  |  • 

Kebekok  [Quebec]:   |   Aug.  Kote  Omasinahiganikew.  |  1855.  | 
Tatto  pipun  aspiu  ka  nittawikit  Jesus.  s. 

Pp.  1-142, 1  1.  24°.     Catechism  in  the  Cree  language. 

3844  L.  J.  C.  &  M.  I.  |  Prieres,  |  Cantiques,  |  Cate"chisme,  etc.,  | 

en  Langue  Crise.     [One  line  syllabic  characters.]     [Oblate  seal.] 

Montreal :  |  Imprimerie  de  Louis  Perrault.  |  1857.  |  V.  GB. 

Pp.  1-288.  18°.  In  syllabic  characters.  Approbation  signed:  Alexandre, 
Eveqne  de  St.  Boniface.  Introduction  signed:  J.  Bte.  Thibault. 

3845  Thomas  (Prof.  Cyrus).     The  Manuscript  Troano.     By  Professor 
Cyrus  Thomas. 

In  Am.  Naturalist,  vol.  15,  pp.  625-641.     Philadelphia,  1881.  8°. 
Names  of  days,  months,  &c.,  in  the  Maya  language.     This  article  is  followed 
by  another  on  the  same  subject,  vol.  15,  pp.  767-772. 

3846  Department  of  the  Interior  |  U.  S.  Geographical  and  Geo 
logical  Survey  of  the  Eocky  Mountain  Eegion  |  J.  W.  Powell  in 
charge  |  A  Study  |  of  the  |  Manuscript  Troano  |  by  |  Cyrus  Thomas 
Ph.  D.  |  with  an  |  Introduction  by  D.  G.  Brinton  M.  D.  |  [Seal  of 
the  Department  of  the  Interior.] 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1882  |          WE.  JWP. 

Pp.i-xxxvii,  1-237.  4°. 

Forms  part  of  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology, 
vol.  5.  Washington,  1882.  4°. 

The  introduction,  by  Dr.  Brinton,  occupies  pp.  xvii-xxxvii,  and  contains  a  dis 
cussion  of  the  Maya  alphabet,  an  account  of  the  printed  codices,  and,  incidentally, 
comments  on  and  examples  in  the  Maya  language. 

Professor  Thomas's  paper  contains  the  names  of  the  days,  months,  and  years 
in  Maya,  and  also  many  Maya  terms  passim. 

This  paper  was  issued  separately,  with  title  as  above  and  with  outside  printed 
title,  to  which  is  added  just  before  the  Department  seal :  |  (From  "Contributions 
to  North  American  Ethnology,"  Vol.  V.)  | 

3847  Thomas  (Gabriel).    An  Historical  and  Geographical  Account  |  of 
the  |  Province  and  Country  |  of  |  Pensilvania;  |  and  of  |  West- New- 
Jersey  |  in  |  America.  |  The  Eichness  of  the  Soil,  the  Sweetness  of 
the  Situation  |  the  Wholesomness  of  the  Air,  the  Navigable  Rivers, 
and  |  others,  the  prodigious  Encrease  of  Corn,  the  flourishing  |  Con 
dition  of  the  City  of  Philadelphia,  with  the  stately  |  Buildings,  and 
other  Improvements  there.    The  strange  |  Creatures,  as  Birds, 
Beasts,  Fishes,  and  Fowls,  with  the  |  several  sorts  of  Minerals, 


THEVET— THOMAS.  757 

Thomas  (Gabriel) — continued. 

Purging  Waters,  and  Stones,   |  lately  discovered.    The  Natives, 
Aborogmes  [sic],  their  Lan-  |  guage,  Religion,  Laws,  and  Customs; 
The  first  Planters,  |  the  Dutch,  Sweeds,  and  English,  with  the  num 
ber  of  |  its  Inhabitants;  As  also  a  Touch  upon  George  Keith's  | 
New  Religion,  in  his  second  Change  since  he  left  the  |  Quak 
ers.  |  —  |  With  aMapofboth  Countries:  |  —  |  By  Gabriel  Thomas,  | 
who  resided  there  about  Fifteen  Years.  |  —  | 

London,  Printed  for,  and  Sold  by  A.  Baldwin,  at  |  the  Oxon  Arms 
in  Warwick-Lane,  1G98.  |  C.  JOB. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-55.  am.  8°.  map. 

A  specimen  of  the  Indian  language  of  Pensilvania  (six  lines),  with  English 
translation,  p.  47. 

Appended  to  this  work  is  the  following: 

3848  An  Historical  Description  |  of  the  |  Province  and  Conn- 
try  |  of  |  West-New-Jersey  |  in  |  America.  |  A  short  View  of  their 
Laws,  Customs  and  Religion :  As  |  also  the  Temperament  of  the 
Air  and  Climate ;  The  |  fatness  of  the  Soil,  with  the  vast  Produce 
of  Rice,  &c.  |  The  Improvement  of  their  Lauds  (as  in  England)  to  | 
Pasture.  Meadows.  &c.    Their  making  great  quanti-  |  ties  of  Pitch 
and  Tar,  as  also  Turpentine,  which  pro-  |  ceeds  from  the  Pine  Trees, 
with  Ro/eu  as  clear  as  |  Gum-Arabick,  with  particular  Remarks 
upon  their  |  Towns,  FUrs  and  Markets ;  with  the  great  Plenty  of  | 
Oyl  and  Whale-Bone  made  from  the  great  number  of  |  Whales  they 
yearly  take :  As  also  many  other  Profita-  |  ble  and  New  Improve 
ments.    |  —  |  Never   made   Publick  till    now.  |  —  |  By   Gabriel 
Thomas.  |  —  | 

London :  |  Printed  in  the  Year  1698.  |  C.  JCB. 

6  p.  11.,  pp.  1-34.  sm.  8°.  Short  dialogues  in  "  The  Indian  Tongue "  and  "  The 
English  of  it,  "  pp.  8-13. 

A  fac-simile  reprint  was  published  in  New  York  in  1848,  with  the  following 
note  on  verso  of  hoth  titles:  "New- York:  |  Lithographed  for  |  Henry  Austin 
Brady,  Esquire,  |  Counsellor  at  Law,  |  Memher  of  the  New-York  Historical  So 
ciety,  &c.  |  By  Francis  Michelin.  |  It48."  |  Collation  the  same  as  in  original  edi 
tion.  A.  c.  s.  WE.  JWP. 

3849  Thomas  (Gen.  George  H.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Navajo  and  Yuma 
Languages. 

Manuscript.  8  11. ,4°.  In  the  lihrary  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  35  words 
in  the  Navajo,  and  100  words  in  the  Yuma. 

3850  Thomas  (Isaiah).    The  |  History  of  Printing  |  in  |  America.  |  With 
a  |  Biography  of  Printers,  |  and  an  |  Account  of  Newspapers.  |  To 
which  is  prefixed  a  concise  view  of  |  the  Discovery  and  Progress  of 
the  Art  |  in  |  other  parts  of  the  world.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  By  Isaiah 
Thomas,  |   Printer,  Worcester,  Massachusetts.  |  Volume  I  [II].  | 
[Four  lines  quotation.]  | 

Worcester:  |  from  the  Press  of  Isaiah  Thomas,  Jun.  |  Isaac  Stur- 
tevant,  Printer.  |  1810.  |  A.  c. 

SJvols.:  pp.  i-vi,  7-487 ;  i-iv,  5-576.  8°.  plates. 
The  Lord's  Prayer  (from  Elict's  Bible),  vol.  1,  pp.  478-479. 


75  S  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Thomas  (Isaiah) — continued. 

3851  The  |  History  of  Printing  |  in  America,  |  with  a  |  Biog 
raphy  of  Printers,  |  and  an  |  Account  of  Newspapers.  |  In  two  vol 
umes.  |  By  Isaiah  Thomas,  LL.  D.  |  Printer,  late  President  of  the 
American  Antiquarian  Society,  Member  of  |  the  American  Philo 
sophical  Society,  and  of  the  Massachusetts  |  and  New  York  Histor 
ical  Societies.  |  Second  edition.  |  With  the  Author's  Corrections  and 
Additions,  |  and  a  catalogue  of  |  American  Publications  |  previous 
to  the  Revolution  of  1776.  |  Published  under  the  supervision  of  a 
special  committee  |  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society.  |  Vol.  I 
[II].  | 

Albany,  N.  Y. :  |  Joel  Munsell,  Printer.  |  1874.  |  o. 

2  vols. :  pp.  i-lxxxvii,  1-423;  i-viii,  1-666, 1  1., pp.  1-47.  8°. 

Also  published  as  vols.  5  and  6  of  the  Transactions  and  Collections  of  the 
American  Antiquarian  Society. 

The  Lord's  Prayer  (from  Eliot's  Indian  Bible),  vol.  1,  p.  402. 

3852  Thompson  (Almon  Harris).    Vocabulary  of  the  Navajo  language. 

Manuscript.  511.  12°,  and  8  11.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3853  Thompson  (Benjamin  F.)    Paper  upon  the  Indian  names  on  Long 
Island ;  by  Benjamin  F.  Thompson,  of  Hempstead,  L.  I. — Read  by 
Mr.  Thompson,  June  3rd. 

la  New  York  Hist.  Soo.,Proc.for  the  year  1845,  pp.  125-131.    New  York, 

1846.  8°. 

3854  Thompson  (Edward).    A  short  Vocabulary  of  the  Language  spoke 
among  the  Northern  Indians  inhabiting  the  North-west  Part  of 
Hudson's  Bay,  as  it  was  taken  at  different  times  from  the  Mouths 
of  Nabiana  and  Zazana,  two  Indians,  who  were  on  board  His 
Majesty's  Ship  the  Furnace  in  the  year  1742,  by  Edward  Thompson, 
Surgeon  of  the  said  Ship. 

In  Dobbs  (A.)  An  Account  of  the  Countries  adjoining  to  Hudson's  Bay, 
pp.  206-211.  London,  1744.  4°. 

3855  Thoreau  (Henry  David).    The  |  Maine  Woods.  |  By  |   Henry  D. 
Thoreau,  |  Author  of  [&c.,  two  lines].  [Design.] 

Boston:  |  Ticknor  and  Fields.  |  1864.  |  0. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-328.  12°. 

Indian  names  of  animals,  etc.,  p.  99. — Indian  names  of  places,  pp.  143-145, 20C, 
248. — Indian  inscription,  with  English  translation,  p.  204. — A  list  of  Indian  words 
[names  of  places,  &c.],  pp.  324-326. — [The  same  continued]  From  William  Willis 
on  the  Langnage  of  the  Abnaquies  (Maine  Hist.  Coll.,  vol.  iv),  pp.  320-328. 

3856  The  |  Maine  Woods.  |  By  |  Henry  D.  Thoreau,  |  Author  of 

"A  Week  on  the  Concord  and  Merrimack  Rivers,"  j  "Walden," 
"Excursions,"  etc.  etc.  |  Fourteenth  edition.  | 

Boston:  |  Houghton,  Mifflin  and  Company.  |  The  Riverside  Press, 
Cambridge.  |  1883.  | 

4  p.  11. ,  pp.  1-328.  12°.   Linguistics  as  in  first  edition. 


THOMAS THOROWGOOD  750 

3857  Thorhallesen  (Egil).     Schema  CoDJugationis  Groulandicse  Verbo- 
ruin  in  ok,  vok  et  rpok  definentium. 

Hafn.  1776.  * 

3858  Expositio  Catechismi  Gronlandici.  * 

Kj0uh.  1776. 

3859  Precationes  et  hymni  gronlandici  in  singulos  septimanse 

dies. 

Kj0bh.    1776. 

Titles  from  Nyernp's  Dausk-norsk  Litteraturlexicon,  Kjobenhavn,  1818. 

Thornton  (J.  Wingate),  editor. 
See  Dudley  (Paul),  No.  1100  of  this  catalogue. 

3860  Thornton  (W.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Miami  language.  * 

Manuscript  in  the  library  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  presented 
by  Mr.  Thomas  Jefferson. 

3861  Thorowgood  (Thomas).    lewes  in  America,  |  or,  |  Probabilities  | 
That  the  Americans  are  of  |  that  Eace.  |  With  the  Eemovall  of 
some  |  contrary  reasonings,  and  earnest  de-  |  sires  for  effectuall 
endeavours  to  1  make  them  Christian.  |  Proposed  by  Tho:  Thorow 
good,  B.  D.  one  of  the  |  Assembly  of  Divines.  |  [Quotations,  eight 
lines.] 

London,  Printed  by  W.  H.  for  Tho.  Slater,  and  are  to  be  sold  | 
at  his  shop  at  the  signe  of  the  Angel  in  Duck  lane,  1650.  |   C.BP.JCB. 

21  p.  11., pp.  1-139.  sm.4°. 

"Chap.  V.  The  third  Conjecture,"  pp.  14-16,  is  an  attempt  to  show  analogies 
between  the  American  languages  and  the  language  of  the  Jews. 

"This  is  the  first  dissertation  in  English  on  that  fertile  subject  of  controversy 
and  hypothesis,  the  origin  of  the  American  Indians.  The  Puritans  of  New  Eng 
land  awoke  to  it  with  a  zeal  untempered  by  the  knowledge  that  keener  intellects 
and  higher  scholarship  had  been  stimulated  by  its  attractive  mystery  a  century 
before.  They  seem  to  have  been  unaware  that  Las  Casas,  Torquemada,  Garcia, 
and  Herrera,  Grotius,  Horn,  and  De  Laet  had.  wrought  the  vein  nntil  all  the 
metal  was  exhausted.  But  a  new  cycle  of  disputation  now  commenced,  and  in 
1652  Thorowgood's  treatise  was  answered  by  Hamon  L'Estrange  in  a  tract  en 
titled  Americans  no  Jews.  London,  1652.  Thorowgood.  made  his  replication  in 
a  second  work :  lewes  in  America,  or  Probabilities  that  those  Indians  are  Judaical. 
London,  1660."— Field. 

3862 Digitus  Dei :  |  New  Discoveryes ;  |  with  |  Sure  Arguments  to 

prove  that  the  Jews  (a  ETa-  |  tion)  or  People  lost  in  the  world  for  the 
space  of  near  |  200  [sic]  years,  inhabite  now  in  America;  How  they 
•  came  thi-  |  ther;  Their  Manners,  Customs,  Eites  and  Ceremonies; 
The  |  unparallel'd  cruelty  of  the  Spaniard  to  them;  And  |  that  the 
Americaus  are  of  that  Kace.  |  Manifested  by  Reason  and  Scripture, 
which  foretell  the  |  Calling  of  the  lewes;  and  the  Eestitution  of 
them  into  their  |  own  Land,  and  the  bringing  back  of  the  Ten  Tribes 
from  all  |  the  ends  and  corners  of  the  Earth,  and  that  great  |  Bat- 
tell  to  be  fought.  |  With  the  Eemovall  of  some  contrary  Seasonings, 
and  an  earnest  I  desire  for  effectuall  endeavours  to  make  them 


760  NORTH  AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Thorowgood  (Thomas)— continued. 

Christians.  |  whereunto  is  added  |  An  Epistolicall  Discourse  of  Mr. 
John  Dury,  with  the  History  of  |  Ant:  Monterinos,  attested  by 
Mauasseh  Ben  Israel,  a  chief  Kabby.  |  By  Tho:  Thorowgood,  B :  D.  | 
[Quotation,  four  Hues  English,  two  lines  Latin.] 

London,  Printed  for  Thomas  Slater,  and  are  to  be  sold  at  his 
shop  |  at  the  signe  of  the  Augell  in  Duck-Lane.  1G52.  |  BA.  JCB. 

20  p.  11.,  pp.  1-139.  sm.  4°.     Contents  as  in  edition  of  1650. 

3863  Jews  [  in  |  America,  |  or  |  Probabilities,  that  those  Indians 

are  |  Judaical,  made  more  probable  by  some  Ad-  |  ditionals  to  the 
former  Conjectures.  |  An  Accurate  Discourse  is  premised  of  |  Mr. 
John  Elliot,  (who  first  preached  the  Gospel  |   to  the  Natives  in 
their  own  Language)  touching  |  their  Origination,  and  his  Vindi 
cation  of  the  |  Planters.  |  [Ten  lines  quotation.]     Tho.  Thorowgood 
S.T.B.    Norfolciencis.  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  Henry  Brome  at  the  Gun  in  Ivie-lane. 
1660.  |  c.  JCB. 

5  p.  11.,  33, 2, 28, 67  pp.  4°.  Some  resemblances  in  language  betwixt  the  Jews 
and  Indians,  chap.  iv.. 

3864  Timeno  (Rev.  Antonio).    Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  formerly  living 
at  the  Island  of  Santa  Cruz  in  Santa  Barbara  county,  taken  by 
Eev.  Antonio  Timeno,  on  4th  November,  1856,  from  a  Christian  In 
dian  named  Joseph  Camuluyazet,  aged  eighty  years,  who  was  bap 
tized  by  Rev.  Padre  Antonio  Kipoll,  in  the  Mission  of  Santa  Barbara. 

In  Taylor  ( A.  S. )  Indianology  of  California,  in  California  Farmer,  San  Fran 
cisco,  vol.  13,  No.  11,  May  4, 1860. 

•Reprinted  in  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  7,  pp.  220-222.  New  York  and 
London,  1863.  sm.  4°.  And  in  Powell  ( J.  W. )  Contributions  to  North  American 
Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp.  560-565.  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

It  is  probable  that  Jjoienp  is  the  proper  spelling  of  the  author's  name,  that 
being  a  frequent  Spanish  form ;  not  so  the  above. 

3865  Tinne  vocabulary,  Hong  Kutchin  dialect. 

Manuscript.  4  11.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3866  Tishnoff  (Elias).  [Seven  lines  Cyrillic  type.]  |  DJIBM-B  TbircnonaMi  muni.  \ 

[Two  lines  Cyrillic  type.]  |  1847.  |  JWP. 

Translation.— Christian  |  Guide  Book.  |  Containing  |  Saint  Michael  |  history  | 
and  |  Michael  Catechism.  |  Elias  Tishnoff  made.  |  S.  Petersburg.  |  Synod  Press.  | 
1847.  | 

Title  1 1.,  pp.  1-96.  8°. .  In  the  Aleutian  language.  In  Cyrillic  type,  with  the 
addition  of  several  specially  cast  for  the  purpose.  See  fac-simile  of  title-page. 
The  work  is  based  on  Veniaminoff  (I.)  and  Netzvietoff  (J.)  Origin  of  Chris 
tian  Creeds.  St.  Petersburg,  1840,  No.  3998  of  this  catalogue. 

3867  [Six    lines   Cyrillic   characters.]  |  Ha  A-ieyTCKo-KajMKCKiB  asum, 

nepeBe.ii>  II.  TumiioBi.  | 

C.  nerepoypn,.  |  BT,  eyno4a.ii.noii  T»norpai>in.  |  1848.  |  B-  ,rwp. 

Translation.— Matthew  |  Holy  |  Evangel.  |  Matthew  |  Holy  |  Evangel.  |  Into 
the  Aleutian-Kadiak  dialect  translated  E.  Tishnoff.  |  St.  Petersburg,  |  synod 
press,  |  1848.  | 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-270,  double  columns,  1 1.  8°. 


A  A      A  K  2 


14/lH 


K^THXIIUIHIU^RZ. 


II.IMIM'L    TbliKHOliaM'b    II1I.1WI. 


c. 

Ill  H  H  ¥  A  A  M I  T  0  P  tf  T  4 1  fi  •  A  MH» 

1847. 

3866.— FAC-8IM1LE  OF  TITLE-PACK  OF  TISIINOFF'S  CHB18TIAN  GUIDE-BOOK. 


ffl  ifl  ¥  K  df  T  5. 


B  Y  R  B  A  P 


Coemao.  Huta 


B*   CTnofla.ii>aofi    T  n  u  o  r  p  a  «  i  H, 
1848. 

— FAC-SIMILE  OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF  TISHNOFF'S  ALEUTIAN  KADIAK  PRIMER. 


THOROWGOOD TOLMIE.  761 

Tishnoff  (Elias)— continued. 

3868  [Two  lines  Cyrillic  characters.]  |  AjeyrcKo-KajbaKCKiB  |  cjKnapb.  | 

COCT,IB.  ll.ii.ii  TI,I;I;IH>B'!,.  | 

C.  nerepfiypn,.  |  Bi>  cj  nojajbtioii  Tiinorpa*in.  |  1848.  |  '         JWP. 

Translation. — Aleutian  Kadiak  |  Primer.  |  Aleutian  Kadiak  |  Primer.  |  Made 
by  Eha  Tischuoff.  |  St.  Petersburg.  |  Synod  press.  |  1848.  | 

Title  1  1.,  pp.  1-52.  16°.     See  fac-simile  of  title-page. 

3869  [Two  lines  Cyrillic  characters.]  |  AjeyTCKo-Ka4b»KCKi«  |  cyKBapb.  | 

CDC  ran.  Il.n.ii  Tbin.-iiciiii.  | 

C.  Uetepfiyprb.  |  Bl  cyncuaji,Hoii  THnorpa*iH.  |  1848.  |  c.  JWP. 

Translation. — Aleutian  Kadiak  |  Primer.  |  Aleutian  Kadiak  |  Primer.  |  Made 
by  Elia  Tiscliuoff.  |  St.  Petersburg.  |  Synod  press.  |  1848.  | 

Pp.  1-33.  16°.  Though  identical  in  title  with  the  one  given  above,  it  is  not  the 
same  work.  The  two  agree  to  the  middle  of  page  8,  but  thereafter  they  differ 
materially. 

3870  Titulo  Real  de  Don  Francisco  Izquin,  ultimo  Ahpop  Galel,  6  Rey  de 
Nehaib,  en  el  Quiche,  otorgado  por  los  senores  que  le  dieron  la  inve- 
stidura  de  su  real  diguidad,  flrmada  por  el  ultimo  Key  delQuiche',  con 
otros  varios  priucipes,  en  dia  22  de  noviembre  del  ano  de  1558.      * 

11  11.  folio.  Original  manuscript  in  the  Quich6  language,  containing  beside 
the  usual  symbolic  prefaces,  the  history  of  the  conquest  of  the  cities  of  Lower 
Verapaz  and  Quiche"  by  the  tribes  of  this  name,  and  especially  by  the  three  royal 
houses,  of  which  that  of  Nehaib  was  the  lowest  in  rank.  It  bears  the  signatures  of 
the  last  Quiche'  princes,  who,  like  those  of  Mexico,  eagerly  adopted,  early  in  the 
conquest,  the  characters  of  the  Latin  alphabet,  in  order,  by  means  of  them,  to 
perpetuate  their  histories  without  danger  of  being  suspected  of  idolatry  or  re 
bellion.  I  have  translated  this  document  into  French  at  the  request  of  Dr.  Don 
Mariano  Padilla;  this  translation  exists  at  present  among  the  archives  of  the 
library  of  the  University  of  Guatemala. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

3871  Tobar  Cano  y  Moctezuma  (D.  Antonio).    Elementos  de  la  Gramatica 
Megicaua.  * 

Title  from  Beristain,  who  quotes  from  Eguiara. 

3872  [Tolmie  (Dr.  William  Fraser).]     [Vocabularies  of  the  Northwest 
Coast  of  America.] 

Iu  Scouler  (John).  Observations  on  the  Indigenous  Tribes  of  Northwest 
America,  in  Royal  G-eog.  Soc.  of  London,  Jour.,  vol.  11,  pp.  215-251.  London, 
1841.  8°. 

The  vocabularies  given  in  the  article  were  contributed  by  Drs.  Tolmie  and 
Coulter ;  those  of  the  former  are  as  follows :  Haeeltzuk  (coast) ;  Billechoola  (Sal 
mon  River) ;  Chimmesyan  (coast) ;  Haidah  (Queen  Charlotte's  Isles) ;  Tun  Ghaasc, 
pji.230-235.— Kliketat  (between  Fort  Nez  Percys,  Mount  Rainier,  and  Columbia 
Palls);  Sahaptin  or  Nez  Percys;  Okanagan  (Fraser's  River);  Kalapooiah  (Wal- 
lamat  Plains);  Yamkallie  (sources  of  Wallamat  River);  Unipqua  (Umpqua 
River),  pp.  236-241.— Kawitcheii  (entrance  of  Trading  River);  Tlaoquatch 
(Southwest  extremity  Vancouver's  Island) ;  Noosdalum  (Hood's  Canal);  Sqnal- 
lyamish  (Puget's  Sound);  Cheenook  (entrance  of  Columbia  River);  Cathlascon 
(Cathlascou  ?)  (Columbia  River),  pp.  241-247. 

3873  [Vocabularies  of  Tribes  of  Northwest  America.] 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  1. 
Washington,  1877.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Takukwan,  pp.  121-133.— Kittistzu,  pp.  143-153.— Shoo- 
swaap,  Wakynakaiue,  pp.  247-265.— Kulleespelm,  pp.  267-283. 


762  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

[Tolmie  (Dr.  William  Fraser)] — continued. 

3874  Vocabulary  of  the  Cootonais  or  Cuttoonasha  language. 

Manuscript.  1 1.  folio. 

3875  Vocabulary  of  the  Kootnay  language. 

Manuscript.  3  11.  folio,  165  words. 

3876  Vocabulary  of  the  Tahko  Tinneh  language. 

Manuscript.  1  1.  folio,  60  words.  These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

3877  Toner  (Joseph  Meredith).    Address  |  before  the  |  Rocky  Mount 
ain  |  Medical  Association  |  June  6,  1877  |  containing  |  some  ob 
servations  |  on  the  |  geological  age  of  the  world  |  the  appearance 
of  animal  life  on  the  globe,  |  the  antiquity  of  man,  and  the  archaeo 
logical  |  remains  of  extinct  races  found  on  the  American  Conti 
nent,  |  with  views  of  |  the  origin  and  practice  of  medicine  among  | 
uncivilized  races,  more  especially  |  the  North  American  Indians.  | 
By  |  J.  M.  Toner,  M.  D.  |  c.  WE.  JWP. 

Washington,  D.  C.  |  Published  for  the  Association.  |    1877.  | 
Pp.  1-112.  12°.     Names  applied  by  Indians  to  their  physicians,  pp.  62-64. 
The  copy  in  the  Library  of  Congress  has  an  appendix  containing  a  synopsis 

of  previous  addresses,  and  biographies  of  members  of  the  Association — in  all, 

414  pp. 

3878  Toral  (Fr.  Francisco).    Arte  y  Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  Totolaca 
6  Totouaca  y  varios  Opuscules  Catequisticos  en  la  misma.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

3879  Toro  (Fr.  Juan).     Sermones  en  Lengua  de  los  Indies  Mistecos.    * 

Of  these  the  P.  Mtro.  Fr.  Toinas  Buron,  curate  of  Azompa  in  1746,  preserved 
oue  volume,  Misterios  de  Jesucristo  y  do  la  Virgen. — Seristain. 

3880  Torralva  (Fr.  Francisco).     Sermones  doctrinales  en  Lengua  Maya 
6  de  Yucatan. 

Manuscript.  Title  from  Beristain,  who  gives  it  on  the  authority  of  Cogolludo, 
Pinelo,  and  Antonio. 

3881  Torresano  (Fray  Estevau).    Arte  de  Lengua  Cakchiquel,  etc.,  in- 
cluiendo  un  Parallelo  delas  Lenguas  Kiche,  Cakchiquel,  y  Zutuhil; 
Guatemala,  aQo  1754. 

Manuscript.  305  pp., 20  11.  sm.4°. 

This  is  an  adaptation  of  the  works  of  Flores,  made  by  a  more  skillful  and 
critical  hand,  omitting  many  of  the  cumbersome  involutions  and  repetitions  of 
the  original.  The  original  manuscript  is  in  the  Bibliotheque  Imp6riale,  of 
Paris. — Sqmer. 

3882  Torrey  (Rev.  C.  C.)     Terms  of  Relationship  of  the  Cherokee, 
(Tsalokee,)  collected  by  Rev.  C.  C.  Torrey,  Missionary,  Park  Hill, 
Tahlequah,  Cherokee  Nation. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°.  Follows,  line  32  through  those  pages. 


TOLMIE — TRUAX.  763 

3883  Tract  respecting  Christ,  Lis  life,  character  and  doctrines.  1827.     * 

31  pp.  Title  from  Byington's  manuscript  Choctaw  dictionary.  He  adds: 
Second  edition,  1836,  39  pp. ;  third  edition,  1845,  28  pp.  It  contains  the  follow 
ing:  New  Birth,  its  nature  and  necessity.— Repentance  necessary  to  Salvation.— 
Resurrection  and  general  judgment.  See  Child's  Book  on  the  Creation,  No.  787, 
and  New  Birth,  No.  2741,  of  this  catalogue. 

3884  Tracts.     Tracts  in  Micraac  No.  1.)  |  Bread  cast  upon  the  waters. — 
No.  7.  Talekesuhsutaduks?    How  are  yon  to  be  saved?  | 

Colophon :  London  Gospel  Tract  Depot,  Warwick  Lane,  Pater 
noster  Row.  |  s. 

3885  Tracts  in  Micmac  No.  2.)  |  Bread  cast  upon  the  waters. — 

No.  2.  |  '  W6kumayaan."  |  "Be  thou  clean."  | 

Colophon:  London  Gospel  Tract  Depot,  Warwick  Lane,  Pater 
noster  Kow.  |  s. 

3886  Tracts  in  Micmac  No.  3.)  |  Bread  cast  upon  the  waters. — 

No.  4.  |  Uktuloowawoodeel  |  ablkslktaslgttl."  |  "  Thy  sins  are  for 
given  thee."  | 

Colophon :  London  Gospel  Tract  Depot,  Warwick  Lane,  Pater 
noster  Bow.  |  s. 

3887  Tracts  in  Micmac  No.  4.)  |  Bread  cast  upon  the  waters. — 

No.  8.  |  Wan  teiadeggt?  |  Who  is  to  blame?  | 

Colophon:  London  Gospel  Tract  Depot,  Warwick  Lane,  Pater 
noster  Bow.  |  S. 
Each  of  the  above  tracts  pp.  1-4.  16°. 

3888  Treatise.     A  Treatise  on  Marriage  [in  the  Cherokee  language]. 

[Park  Hill :  1843  ?]  0.  BA. 

Pp.  1-20.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

3889  Treaty.    A  Treaty  |  between  |  the  United  States  |  and  the  |  Choc- 
taws  and  Chickasaws.  | 

Reverse  title:  Unaitet  States  |  micha  |  Chahta, Chikasha  aiena  | 
nan  itim  apisa  |  anuinpa.  |  WE.  JWP. 

No  imprint.  Pp.  1-56.  8°.  Parallel  columns  Choctaw  and  English.  "Done 
at  the  City  of  Washington,  this  tenth  day  of  July,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty-six,  and  of  the  Independence  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  the  ninety-first."  For  a  prior  treaty  between  the  same,  see 
United  States,  No.  3954  of  this  catalogue. 

3890  Triumphant  deaths  |  of  |  Pious  Children.  |  In  the  Choctaw  Lan 
guage.  |  By  Missionaries  of  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners 
for  |  Foreign  Missions.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  Board,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster,  |  47 
Washington  Street.  |  1835.  |  BA.  ATS.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-54.  24°.     Hymns,  pp.  47-54. 

Truax  (Rev.  William  B.) 
See  Arny  (W.  K.  M.),  No.  161  of  this  catalogue. 


764  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3891  True  (N.  E.)     Indian  Fames  on  the  Androscoggin.   N.  E.  True. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  8,  pp.  237-238.     New  York,  1864.  sm.  4°. 

3892  Trugillo  (Fr.  Alonso).     Sermones  para  todos  los  Domingos  y  festi- 
vidades  del  Afio;    quatro  diferentes  para  cada  dia,  en  Lengua 
Megicana.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

3893  Trumbull  (J.  Hammond).    On  Shawmut  [the  Indian  name  of  Bos 
ton].  * 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.,  Proc.,  Dec.,  1866,  pp.  376-379.     Boston,  1867.  8°. 

3894  . On  the  name  of  Massachusetts. 

In  Am.  Antiq.  Soc.,  Proc.,  Oct.,  1867,  pp.  79-84.     Worcester,  1868.  8°. 

3895  Indian  Names  [of  places  in  Connecticut]. 

In  Wood-ward  (A.)     Historical  Address  at  Franklin,  Conn.,  in  Celebration 
of  the  150th  Anniversary,  pp.  46-48.    New  Haven,  1869.  8°. 

3896  The  Composition  of  Indian  Geographical  Names,  illustrated 

from  the  Algonkin  Languages.    By  J.  Hammond  Trumbull. 

In  Conn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-50.     Hartford,  1870.  8°. 
Following  the  general  index  of  this  volume  is  an  index  of  "Indian  Names" 
used  in  the  above  article,  pp.  378-380.     Issued  separately,  also,  as  follows: 

3897  The  Composition  |  of  |  Indian  Geographical  Names,  |  illus 
trated  from  the  |  Algonkin  Languages.  |  By  |  J.  Hammond  Trum 
bull,  |  President  of  the  Connecticut  Historical  Society.  |  From  the 
Conn.  Historical  Society's  Collections,  Vol.  II.  | 

Hartford.  |  Press  of  Case,  Lockwood  &  Brainard.  |  1870.  |        si. 
Pp.  51, 3.  8°. 

3898  Indian  Names  in  Virginia.    By  Hon.  J.  Hammond  Trum 
bull,  President  of  the  Connecticut  Historical  Society. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  second  series,  vol.  7,  p.  47-48.  Morrisania,  N. Y.,  1870.  sm.  4°. 

3899  Thevet's  Specimens  of  the  Indian  Language  of  Norumbega. 

By  Hon.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull,  President  of  the  Connecticut  His 
torical  Society. 

In  Hist.  Magazine,  second  series,  vol.  7,  p.  239.    Morrisania,  N.  Y.,  1870.  sm.  4°. 

3900  The  true  method  of  studying  the  North  American  Lan 
guages. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  1869,  pp.  25-26.     New  York,  1870.  8°.     An  ab 
stract  of  the  following: 

3901  On  the  best  Method  of  Studying  the  North  American  Lan 
guages.    By  J.  Hammond  Trumbull,  of  Hartford,  Conn. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Trans.,  1869-70,  pp.  55-79.     Hartford,  1871.  8°.     Also 
issued  separately. 

Contains  examples  in  Algonkin,  Sioux-Dakota,  Choctaw,  Chippeway,  &c. 


TRUE — TRUMBULL.  765 

Trumbull  (J.  Hammond) — coutinued. 

3902  Some  Mistakes  couceruiug  the  Grammar,  and  ill  Vocabu 
laries  of  the  Algoukin  Language. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  1870,  pp.  13-14.  New  York,  1871.  8°.  An  ab 
stract  of  the  following : 

3903 On  some  Mistaken  Notions  of  Algonkin  Grammar,  and  on 

Mistranslations  of  words  from  Eliot's  Bible,  &c.    By  J.  Hammond 
Trumbull. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Trans.,  1869-70,  pp.  105-123.  Hartford,  1871.  8°.  Also 
separately  issued  as  follows : 

3904  (From  the  Transactions  of  the  American  Philological  Asso 
ciation,  1869-70.)  |  On  some  |  mistaken  notions  of  Algonkin  Gram 
mar,  |  and  on  mistranslations  of  words  from  Eliot's  Bible,  &c.  | 
By  J.  Hammond  Trumbull.  | 

No  title-page,  pp.  1-19.  8°.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames,  from  a  copy  in  the 
possession  of  Mr.  W.  W.  Beech,  Yonkers,  N.  Y. 

3905  On  Algonkin  names  of  the  Dog  and  Horse. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  1870,  pp.  16-17.     New  York,  1871.  8°. 

3900  On  some  alleged  specimens  of  Indian  Onomatopoeia.    By 

J.  Hammond  Trumbull. 

In  Conn.  Acad.  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  Trans.,  vol.  2,  pp.  177-185.  New 
Haven,  1870.  8°.  Examples  in  various  Indian  languages. 

3907  A  Mode  of  Counting,  said  to  have  been  used  by  the  Wawe- 

noc  Indians  of  Maine.     By  Hon.  J.  H.  Trumbull. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  1871,  pp.  13-15.     New  York,  1872.  8°. 

3908  Algonkin  Names  of  Man,  by  Hon.  J.  H.  Trumbull. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  1871,  p.  23.  New  York,  1872.  8°.  An  abstract 
of  the  following: 

3909  On  Algonkiu  Names  for  Man.    By  J.  Hammond  Trumbull. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Trans.,  1871, pp.  128-159.     Hartford,  1872.  8°.     Also 

issued  separately,  23  pp. 

3910 Contributions  to  the  Comparative  Grammar  of  the  Algon 
kiu  Languages. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass. ,  Proc. ,  1871,  pp.  28-29.     New  York,  1872.  8°. 
A  brief  abstract  of  a  paper  subsequently  published  as  "  Notes  on  Forty  Ver 
sions  of  the  Lord's  Prayer,"  &c.,  No.  3914  of  this  catalogue. 

3911  English  Words  derived  from  Indian  Languages  of  North 

America. 

In  Am.  Fhilolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  1872,  pp.  12-13.  Hartford,  1873.  8°.  An  ab 
stract  of  the  following: 

3912  On  some  Words  derived  from  Indian  Languages  of  North 

America.     By.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Trans.,  1872,  pp.  19-32.  Hartford,  1873.  8°.  Also 
issued  separately.  Reprinted  in  (Herrig's)  Archio  fur  das  Studium  d.  neueren 
Sprachen,  vol.  55,  pp.  451-458.  Braunschweig,  1876.  8°. 

3913  Indian  Local  Names  in  Rhode  Island,  by  Hon.  J.  H.  Trum 
bull. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass. ,  Proc.,  1872,  pp.  19-20.     Hartford,  1873.  8°. 


766  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Trumbull  (J.  Hammond) — continued. 

3914  Notes  on  Forty  Versions  of  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Algonkin 

Languages.    By  J.  Hammond  Trumbull. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Trans.,  1872,  pp.  113-218.     Hartford,  1873.  8°. 

Contains  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  following  dialects: 

1  Micmac  (from  Mithridates,  Th.  iii,  Abth.  3,  p.  401). 

2(o)  Micmac  (from  Kauder,  in  Historical  Magazine,  vol.  5,  p.  289). 

2  (6)  Micmac  (from  Vetromile's  Good  Book,  p.  225). 

3  Micmac  (from  Gospel  according  to  St.  Matthew,  Charlottetown,  1853). 

4  Milicite  (from  Vetromile's  Good  Book,  pp.  71, 529). 

4  (6)  Milicite  (from  manuscript). 

5  Milicite  (from  S.  T.  Rand,  in  Schoolcraft's  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  5,  p.  592). 

6  Abnaki,  Passauiaquoddy  (from  Vetromile's  Good  Book,  p.  268). 

7  Abnaki,  Passauiaquoddy  (from  Vetromile's  Good  Book,  p.  578). 

8  Abnaki,  Penobscot  (from  Demilier  in  Annales  de  la  Prop,  de  la  Foi,  vol.  8, 

p.  197). 

9  Abnaki,  Canniba  (from  manuscript). 
9  (6)  Canniba  (from  manuscript). 

10  Massachusetts  (from  Eliot's  Indian  Bible). 

11  Connecticut,  Niantic?  (from  Mayhew's  manuscript). 

12  Connecticut,  Poquot-Mohegan  ?  (from  Saltonstall  in  Morse's  Report). 

13  Mohegan  of  Stockbridge,  Mass,  (from  Edwards'  Observations). 

14  Mohegan  of  Stockbridge,  Mass,  (from  Assembly's  Catechism,  1795). 

15  Quiripi  (from  Peirson's  Helps  for  the  Indians). 

16  Delaware,  Renapi  of  New  Sweden  (from  Campanula'  Luther  Catechism). 

17  Delaware,  Leuni  Lenape,  of  Northern  Pennsylvania  (from  Zeisberger's 

Spelling  Book). 

18  Cree  (Knisteno),  Red  River  (from  Prieres,  &c.,  en  langue  Crise). 

19  Cree,  Saskatchewun T  (from  De  Smet's  Oregon  Missions). 

20  Cree  (from  Gospel  of  St.  Matthew,  London,  1853). 

20  (6)  Cree,  Red  River  (from  Hunter's  translation  of  the  Prayer  Book). 

20  (c)  Cree,  West  Coast  of  Hudson  Bay  (from  Hunter's  translation  <,f  the 

Prayer  Book). 

21  Montagnais,  near  Quebec  (from  Masse',  in  Champlain's  Voyages). 

22  Montagnais,  Sagnenay  River  and  Lake  St.  John  (from  La  Brosse's 

Nehiro-Irinui). 

23  Algonkin,  Nipissing  (from  Cat^chisme  Algouquine,  Montreal,  1865). 

24  Chippeway  (Southern)  (from  Baraga's  Anamie  Masinaigan). 

25  Chippeway  (Northern)  (from  Belcourt's  Anamihe-Masinahigan). 

26  Chippeway  (Eastern),  Missisauga  (from  Jones's  Hist.  Ojibway  Indians;. 

27  Chippeway  (from  New  Testament,  New  York,  1856). 

28  Ottawa  (from  Baraga's  Katolik  Auamie-Masinaigan). 

29  Ottawa  (from  Meeker's  version  of  St.  Matthew). 

30  Potawotami  (from  Lykins's  version  of  St.  Matthew). 

31  Potawotami  (from  De  Smet's  Oregon  Missions). 

32  Menomoni  (from  Bonduel  in  Shea's  Cath.  Missions). 

33  Shawano  (from  American  Museum,  vol.  6,  1789,  p.  318) 

34  Shawano  (from  Butler,  in  Mithridates,  vol.  3). 

35  Shawano  (from  Lykins's  Gospel  of  Matthew). 

[Pseudo]  Shawano  ("Savanahic<5,"  from  Chamberlayne's  Oratio  Do 
minica). 

36  Illinois,  Peouaria  (from  Bodiani's  Oratio  Dominica). 

37  Illinois,  modern  Peoria?  (from  Pewani  Missinoikan,  1846). 
37        Sitsika,  Blackfoot  (from  De  Smet's  Oregon  Missions). 
Issued  separately,  also,  as  follows: 


TKUMBULL.  767 

Trumbull  (J.  Hammond) — continued. 

3915  Notes  on  i  Forty  Algonkin  Versions  j  of  the  Lord's  Prayer.  | 

By  J.  Hammond  Trumbull.  |  From  the  Transactions  of  the  Am. 
Philological  Association,  1872.  | 

Hartford :  |  1873.  |  WE.  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-116.  8°. 

3916  Numerals  in  American  Indian  Languages,  and  the  Indian 

mode  of  Counting. 

In  Am.  Fhilolog.  Asa.,  Proc.,  1874,  pp.  17-19.    Hartford,  1874.  SPr   Abstract 
of  the  following: 

3917  On  Numerals  in  American  Indian  Languages,  and  the 

Indian  Mode  of  Counting.    By  J.  Hammond  Trumbull,  of  Hart 
ford,  Conn. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Trans.,  1874,  pp.  41-76.     Hartford,  IK75.  8°.    Issued 
also  as  a  separate  pamphlet,  as  follows : 

3918  On  |  Numerals  |  in  |  American  Indian  Languages,  |  and 

the  |  Indian   Mode  of  Counting.  |  By  J.   Hammond  Trumbull, 
LL.  D.   |  (From  the  Transactions  of  the  Am.  Philological  Associa 
tion,  1874.)  | 

Hartford,  Conn.  |  1875.  |  JWP. 

l  p.  l.,  pp.  1-36.  8°. 

3919  Names  for  Heart,  Liver,  and  Lungs. 

In  Am.  Fhilolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  1874,  pp.  31-32.     Hartford,  1874.  8°. 
Synonyms  of  these  three  words  in  various  Indian  languages,  with  etymologies. 

3920  [Indian  Names  of  Game  Birds.]  * 

In  Am.  Sportsman,  vol.  3,  p.  227,  1874.     Title  from  Coues's  Bibliography  of 

Birds. 

3921  Annual  Address  delivered  by  the  President,  Dr.  J.  Ham 
mond  Trumbull  [before  the  American  Philological  Association]. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  1875,  pp.  5-8.     Hartford,  1875.  8C. 
Mainly  devoted  to  a  discussion  of  Indian  languages. 

3922  The  Algonkin  Verb. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  1876, pp. 28-29.    Hartford,  1876.  8°. 
The  subject  is  treated  more  fully  in  the  Transactions  of  the  same  society,  as 
follows : 

3923  The  Algonkin  Verb. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Trans.,  1876,  pp.  146-171.     Hartford,  1877.  8°. 

3924  Names  of  the  Sun  and  of  Water,  in  some  American  Lan 
guages. 

In  Am.  Philolog.  Ass.,  Proc.,  1876, p.  45.     Hartford,  1876.  8°. 

3925  Indian  Languages  of  America. 

In  Johnson's  Cyclopaedia,  vol.  2,  pp.  1155-1161.     New  York,  1876.  8°. 

3926  On  the  North  American  Indian  Languages. 

In  Philolog.  Soc.  [of  London],  Trans.,  May,  1876,  pp.  83-95.    London,  1876.  8°. 

3927  Indian  names  of  places  on  Long  Island,  derived  from  escu 
lent  Hoots. 

In  Magazine  of  Am.  History,  vol.  1,  pp.  386, 387.    New  York,  1877.  sm.  4°. 


768  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Trumbull  (J.  Hammond) — continued. 

3928  Pembina.     [The  origin  and  meaning  of  the  name.J 

In  Magazine  of  Am.  History,  vol.  1,  p.  47.     New  York,  1877.  sin.  4°. 

3929  Oregon.    The  origin  and  meaning  of  the  name. 

In  Magazine  of  Am.  History,  vol.  3,  pp.  36-38.     New  York,  1879.  sm.  4°. 

3930  The  Indian  Tongue  and  its   Literature  as  fashioned  by 

Eliot  and  others.     By  the  Hon.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull,  LL.  D., 
President  of  the  Connecticut  Historical  Society. 

In  Winsor  (Justin).     Memorial  History  of  Boston,  vol.1,  pp.  405-480.    Bos 
ton,  1880.  4°. 

3931  Indian  Names  |  of  Places,  etc.,  in  and  on  the  borders  of  | 

Connecticut :  |  with  Interpretations  of  some  of  them.  |  By  J.  Ham 
mond  Trumbull.  | 

Hartford :  |  1881.  |  WE.  JWP.  WHS. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-93.  8°. 

3932  On  the  Algonkin  Name  "Manit"  (or  "Manitou"),  some 
times  translated  "Great  Spirit,"  and  "God."    By  J.  H.  Trumbull, 
Hartford,  Conn.  c.  WE. 

In  Old  and  New,  vol.  1,  pp.  337-342.     Boston,  1870.  8°. 

3933  [Translation  of  the  Catechism  in  the  first  and  second  edi 
tions  of  Eliot's  Bible.] 

Colophon:  Printed  by  J.Munsell,  Albany,  |  January 20. 1865.  |  BA. 
7  unnumbered  pp.  sin.  4°. 

,  editor. 

See  Williams  (Roger).     See  Peirsoii  (Rev.  Abraham). 

3934  Tugsiautit  anguerit  katangutigingnianut  kalatdlit    nunanltunut 
atortugssat.  * 

494  pp.  8°.     Hymn-book  in  Eskimo  for  the  use  of  the  Moravian  Community 
in  Greenland.     Title  from  a  Greenland  missionary,  through  Professor  Rink. 

3935  Tuksiamtsit  attorekset  Illagektunnut  Labradoremetunnut.     Es 
kimo  Hymn  book  for  the  use  of  the  Eskimos  in  Naiu,  Okkak,  and 
Hopedale,  on  the  Coast  of  Labrador. 

London,  1809.  * 

277  and  34  pp.  12°.     Title  from  Triibner's  Catalogue. 

3936  Tuksiautit.    Tuksiautit  attuagakset  illageennut  innuit  nuna3nne- 
tumiut. 

Barbime,  1785.  * 

304pp.,  16'  11.  8°.    Canticles  in  Greenlandish,  probably  by  Paul  Egede.   Printed 
lit  the  establishment  of  the  Moravian  Brothers  at  Barby. — Leclerc,  1878,  No.  2235. 

3937  Tuksiautit  erinaglit  Testainentitokame  agleksimarsut.       * 

200  pp.  8°.     Psalms  of  David.     Title  from  a  Greenland  missionary,  through 
Professor  Rink.    See  Davidib  assingitalo,  No.  990 ;  also  Kristumiutut,  No.  2147. 

3938. Tuksiautit  ussornautitsaglit  attuagaekset  illageenut  innuit 

nunaennetuunut. 

160  pp.  8°.    Liturgic  manual,  with  prayers  for  public  worship,  &c.,  in  Eskimo. 
Title  from  a  Greenland  missionary,  through  Professor  Rink. 


TRUMBULL — TUTTLE.  769 

3939  Tupin  (Charl.  de).     Arte  Novissima  de  Lengua  Mexicana. 

Mexico:  1753.  * 

4°.  Title  from  Triibner,  iu  Ludewig,  p.  229.  Probably  refers  to  Tapia  Zen- 
teno  (Carlos  de),  No.  3800  of  this  catalogue. 

3940  Tapper  (Martin  Farqubar).    A  Hymn  for  all  Nations.  |  1851.  | 
By  |  M.  F.  Tupper,  D.  C.  L.,  F.  E.  S.,  |  Author  of  "Proverbial  Phi 
losophy."  |  Translated  into  Thirty  Languages.  |  (Upwards  of  Fifty 
Versions.)  |  The  Music  Composed  expressly  |  by  |  S.  Sebastian  Wes 
ley,  Mus.  Doc.  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  Thomas  Brettell,  Eupert  Street,  Hay- 
market;  |  and  sold  by  |  Thomas  Hatchard,  187,  Piccadilly;  |  and 
all  booksellers.  |  C.  S. 

Pp.  1-72.  8°.     Ou  p.  48  occurs  a  Chippewa  version  by  George  Copway. 

Turkey  (Joseph  P.) 
See  Sanborn  (John  W.)  and  Turkey  (Joseph  P.) 

3941  Turner  (William  Wadden).    Professor  Turner's  Letter  on  Indian 
Philology. 

In  Smithsonian  Inst.,  Ann.  Kept.,  1851,  pp.  93-97.   Washington,  1852.  8°. 
Comments  ou  Kiggs'  Dakota  Grammar  and  Dictionary,  and,  incidentally,  on 
Indian  languages  generally. 

3942  Mutsun  Manuscript. 

Iu  Hist.  Magazine,  first  series,  vol.  1,  pp.  205-206.  Boston  and  London,  1857. 
sm.  4°. 

Description  of  a  manuscript  temporarily  in  possession  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  treating  of  one  of  the  tribes  of  California.  The  article  contains  a 
short  comparative  vocabulary  of  San  Juan  Bautista,  La  Soledad,  and  San  Carlos. 

,  editor. 

See Lionnet  (liev.  — ).  See  Marcy  (Capt.  R.  B.).  See  Wbipple  (Lieut.  A.  W.), 
Ewbank  (T.),  and  Turner  (W.  W.) 

3943  Tussajungnik  siutelik  tussarle.  |  [Design.]  ATS. 

No  title-page.  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  sq.  24°.  Bible  lessons  in  the  Eskimo  language  of 
Labrador. 

3944  Tuttle  (Rev.  Edmund  B.)   The  Boy's  Book  |  about  Indians.  |  Be 
ing  |  what  I  saw  and  heard  for  three  years  |  on  the  plains.  |  By  | 
Eev.  Edmund  B.  Tuttle,  |  Post-Chaplain,  U.  S.  A.,  Fort  D.  A.  Eus- 
sell,  Wyoming  Territory,  1870.  |  [One  line  quotation.]  | 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippiucott  &  Co.  |  1873.  |  o. 

Pp.  iii-xii,  13-207.  8°.     Some  copies  are  dated  1874. 

List  of  names  of  chiefs  of  the  following  tribes,  with  English  signification: 
Brule,  pp.  34-35.  —  Ogallah,  pp.  35-38.  —  Yanctonai,  pp.  38-39.  —  Arapahoe, 
p.  39. — Minneconjon,  pp.  39-41. — Uncpapa  Sioux,  p.  41. — Blackfeet  Sioux, 
p.  42. — Ogallalla  Sioux,  p.  42. — Two-Kettle  Band,  p.  42. — Sansareh  Sioux, 
p.  43. — Santee  Sioux,  p.  43. — Red  Cloud's  Staff  [Sioux],  p.  102.— Names  of  squaws 
of  High  Blood,  pp.  102-103. — Indian  Language,  Counting,  &c.  [short  Sioux 
vocabulary],  p.  160. — Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Sioux  Language,  p.  205. — Apostle's 
Creed  [Sioux],  p.  206. 

49  Bib 


770  NOKTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3945  Tylor  (Edward  Burnett).    Primitive  Culture  |  Eesearches  into  the 
Development  of  |  Mythology,  Philosophy,  Eeligion,  |  Language, 
Art  and  Custom  |  By  |  Edward  B.  Tylor,  LL.  D.,  F.  E.  S  |  Author 
of  "  Eesearches  into  the  Early  History  of  Mankind,"  &c  |  [Quota 
tion,  five  lines.]  |  First  American,  from  the  second  English  Edi 
tion  |  In  two  volumes  |  Volume  I  [II]  | 

New  York  |  Henry  Holt  and  Company  |  1874  |  WE.  JWP. 

2  vols.  8°. 

Chapters  V  and  VI.,  Emotional  and  imitative  language,  vol.  1,  pp.  160-239,  and 
Chapter  VII.,  The  Art  of  Counting,  vol.  1,  pp.  240-272,  contain  scattered  words  in 
various  North  American  languages. 

First  edition,  London,  1871.  2  vols.  8°. 

3946  Anthropology:  |  An  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  |  Man 

and  Civilization.  |  By  |  Edward  B.  Tylor,  D.  C.  L.,  F.  E.  S.  |  With 
illustrations.  | 

New  York:  |  D.  Appleton  and  Company,  |  1,  3,  and  5  Bond 
Street.  I  1881. 


Pp.  i-xv,  1-448.  12°. 
Chapters  IV.  and  V.,  Language,  pp.  114-151,  contain  scattered  words  and 
phrases  in  North  American  Indian  languages. 
First  edition,  London,  1881. 

3947  Eemarks  on  Buschmann's  Eesearches  in  North  American 

Philology.    By  Edward  B.  Tylor. 

In  Ethiiol.  Soc.  of  London,  Trans.,  vol.  2,  pp.  130-136.    London,  1863.  8°. 


TYLOR UMFREVILLE.  771 


3948  Uhde  (Adolph).     Die  Lander  |  am  untern  Eio  bravo  del  Norte.  | 
Gescbichtliclies    und    Erlebtes  |  von  |  Adolph    Uhde,  |  KonigL 
Wiirtembergischer  Artillerie-Hauptmann  a.  D.  |  Mit  eiuer  Ueber- 
sichtskarte.  |  Das  Recht  der  Uebersetzung  behalt  sich  der  Ver- 
fasser  vor.  | 

Heidelberg.  |  In  Commission  bei  I.  C.  B.  Mohr.  |  1861.  |         ASG. 
Pp.  i-viii,  1-432.  8°.     Short  vocabulary  of  the  Carrizo  language  (spoken  near 
Reynoso,  state  of  Chihuahua,  Mexico),  pp.  185-186. 

3949  Ulrici  (Emil).     Die  |  Indianer  Nord-Amerikas.  |  Eine  ethnogra- 
phische  Skizze  |  von  |  Emil  Ulrici.  | 

Dresden,  |  Woldeinar  Tiirk.  |  18G7.  |  LSH.  WHS. 

Pp.  1-39.  8°. 

A  short  vocabulary  (eight  words)  of  the  following  languages,  arranged  in 
tabular  form,  is  inserted  after  p.  39.  They  are  all  from  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.) 
Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  458-505.  Philadelphia,  1852.  4°. 

Ojibwas  of  St.  Mary  (G.  Johnston);        Mohawks  (Rev.  A.  Elliott); 

Grand  Traverse  Bay  (Rev.  P.  Dough-    Oneidas  (Young  Skenando); 
erty);  Cayngas  (Rev.  A.  Elliott); 

Saganaw  (G.  Moran);  Onondagas  (A.  Le  Fort); 

Michehuack  (W.  Johnston);  Comanches  (R.  S.  Neighbors); 

Miamis(C.  N.  Handy);  Satsika,  or  Blackfeet  (J.  B.  Moncro- 

Menornenes  (W.  H.  Bruce);  vie); 

Shawnees  (R.  W.  Cummings) ;  Costanos  (Pedro  Alcantara) ; 

Delawares  (R.  W.  Cummings);  Cnshnas  (Adam  Johnson). 

3950  Umery  (J.)     Sur  Pidentit6  du  mot  Mere  dans  les  idiomes  de  tons 
les  peuples.    [Signed  J.  Umery.] 

In  Revue  Orientale  et  Americaine,  tome  8,  pp.  335-338.    Paris,  1863.  8°. 

Contains  the  word  for  mother,  in  Hurou,  Touscaroras,  Delaware  ou  Lennappe1 
Nontka,  Ougaljakhmoutzi,  Groenlandais,  Aleoutien  d'Ounalaska,  Houasteqne, 
Othohji,  Azteque,  Maya. 

3951  Umfreville  (Edward).     The  |  Present  State  |  of  |  Hudson's  Bay.  | 
Containing  a  full  description  of  |  that  settlement,  and  the  adjacent 
country;  |  and  likewise  of  |  the  Fur  Trade,  |  with  hints  for  its 
improvement,  &c.  &c.  |  To  which  are  added,  |  remarks  and  observa 
tions  made  in  the  inland  |  parts,  during  a  residence  of  near  four 
years;  |  a  specimen  of  five  Indian  languages;  and  a  |  journal  of  a 
journey  from  Montreal  to  New-  |  York.  |  By  Ewdard  Umfreville;  | 
eleven  years  in  the  service  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Com-  |  pany,  and 
four  years  in  the  Canada  |  Fur  Trade.  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  Charles  Stalker,  No.  4,  Stationers-  |  Court, 
Ludgate-Street.  |  MDCCXC  [1790].  |  A.  C.  S.  BA.  JOB. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-vii,  1-230.  1 1.  8°. 

Names  of  the  months  in  the  language  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Indians,  with  signifi 
cation,  pp.  54-55.— Nehethawa  names  of  the  moons,  pp.  191-192.— "A  Specimen 


772  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Umfreville  (Edward) — continued. 

of  sundry  Indian  Languages  spoken  in  the  Inland  Parts  of  Hudson's  Bay,  between 
that  Coast  and  the  Coast  of  California,"  being  a  vocabulary  of  44  words  (on  fold 
ing  sheet  facing  p.  202)  of  the  following  languages:  Nehethawa,  or  Ka-lis-te-no; 
As-sin-e-po-e-tuc,  or  Stone  Indians;  Fall  Indians;  Blackfoot  Indians;  Snake 
Indians  [column  blank];  Sussee  Indians. 

3952  Eduard  Umfreville  |  iiber  |  den  gegenwartigen  Zustand — 

der  |  Hudsonsbay,  |  der  dortigen  |  Etablissemeuts  |  und  ihres  Han- 
dels,  |  nebst  |  einer  Beschreibung  |  des  Innern  von  Neu  Wallis,  | 
und  einer  |  Eeise  von  Montreal  nach  Neu  York.  |  Aus  dem  Eng- 
lischen.  |  Mit  |  einer  eigenen  neuen  Cbarte,  einer  kurzen  Geo 
graphic  |  dieser  Lander  und  mehreren  Erliiuterungen  |  herausge- 
geben  |  von  |  E.  A.  W.  Zimmerman,  |  Hofrath  und  Professor  in 
Braunschweig.  | 

Helmstadt,  bey  Fleckeisen.    1791.  |  JOB. 

Pp.  i-xxvi,  1-164.  8°.  map.     Vocabularies,  folding  sheet  forms  p.  148. 

3953  TJnipkautsit  52git  inaggoertorlugit  Bibelemit.      Illinuiarringnut 
kittorngarenullo  illingajut. 

Calev,  Barthib  sonnalauktangit ;  Stuttgart,  J.  F.  Steinkopflb 
nelilauktangit,  1852.  * 

Pp.  vi,205.  12°.  Bible  stories  in  the  Eskimo  language. — Sabin's  Dictionary, 
No.  3703. 

3954  United  States  |  micha  |  Chahta  micha  Chikasha  aiena  |  Treaty 
anumpa  |  ai  itim  apoea  tok.  | 

Reverse  title :   Treaty  [  between  |  the  United  States  |  and  the  | 
Choctaw  and  Chikasaw  Indians.  |  S.  JWP. 

No  imprint.  Pp.  1-19.  4°.  Parallel  columns  Choctaw  and  English.  "Done 
at  the  city  of  Washington,  this  fourth  day  of  March,  A.  D.  one  thousand  eight 
hundred  and  fifty-six,  and  of  the  independence  of  the  United  States  the  eight 
ieth." 

For  a  subsequent  treaty  between  the  same,  see  Treaty,  No.  3-89  of  this  cata 
logue. 

3955  Urbano  (Fr.  Alonzo).    Arte  breve  de  la  Lengua  Otomi,  compuesto 
por  el  Pe.  Fr.  Alonzo  Urbano,  de  la  Orden  N.  P.  S.  Agustin.         * 

Manuscript.  15 11.  4°.  In  the  National  Library  at  Paris.  It  is  dated  1605. 
A  manuscript  copy,  on  45  11.,  was  in  the  possession  of  E.  G.  Squier  of  New  York. 
The  original  is  accompanied  with  a  large  and  very  complete  dictionary,  Otomi, 
Nahuatl  (Mexican),  and  Spanish,  421  11.,  4°,  quite  equal  in  extent  to  Molina's 
celebrated  Vocabulario  Mexicano. — Ludewig,  p.  143 ;  Squier's  Sale  Cat.,  No.  775. 

Uria  (Rev.) 
See  Tapis  (Rev.  Estevan). 

3956  Uricoechea  (Ezequiel).    Suscripcion  |  al  |  Diccionario  |  de  Voces 
de  Historia  Natural  |  Americanas  |  por  E.  Uricoechea  | 

Paris,  1878.  |  JWP. 

2  pp.  8°.  Prospectus  of  dictionary  to  contain  Spanish,  English,  French, 
Dutch,  Creole,  and  Indian  American  names,  with  applications  and  use  of  the 
objects  named.  I  think  the  work  has  not  been  published.  One  page  of  the 
Dictionary,  Aca-Arch,  is  given. 


UMFREVILLE — VALDES  773 

3957  (Urrutia  (J.  A.)]   Nouvelles   d^couvertes   d'antiquite"s  monumen- 
taks  dans  1'Amerique  Ceutrale. 

In  Nouvelles  Annales  des  Voyages,  etc.,  vol.  1, 1857  (vol.  153  of  the  Collection), 
pp.  175-186.  Paris,  n.d.  8°. 

The  preliminary  remarks  to  this  article  are  hy  E.  G.  Squier,  and  contain 
remarks  on  the  Central  American  languages,  with  a  few  examples  in  Maya, 
Quiche,  and  Kachiquel. 

3958  Ussornakaut  nakinniktut.  |  [Picture.]  ATS. 

No  title-page.  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-8.  16°.  Bible  lessons  in  the  Eskimo  language  of 
Labrador.  I  have  seen  the  same  tract  with  outside  title:  |  Pilloridlarput  napki- 
uiktut.  I 


3959  Vaca  (D.  Diego).    Catecismo  de  la  Doctrina  cristiana  en  Lengna 
Megicana. 

Title  from  Beristain,  who  quotes  from  Alegaciones  por  el  Clero  Angelopolitano. 

3960  Vae  Ei  Qutubal  qliabal,  Kalahicabal  pe  richin  Christianoil  tzih 
Doctrina  Christiana  tucheex. 

[En  Guatemala  (Antigua),  por  Sebastian  de  Arebalo,  afio  de 

17  .  .  ]. 

24  pp.  4°.  This  little  work,  in  the  Cakchiqnel  language,  is  bound  with  other 
small  works  in  Spanish,  but  the  title-page  having  been  lost  I  have  reconstructed 
it,  adding  the  name  of  the  printer,  and  also  that  of  the  town  where  it  was  pub 
lished,  for  it  appears  to  have  been  printed  at  ancient  Guatemala,  and  from  the 
same  types  as  the  grammar  of  Father  Flores.  It  is  possible  that  he  was  the 
author  of  it,  though  I  have  discovered  nothing  which  could  enable  me  to  speak 
positively  on  the  subject.  At  any  rate  it  is,  up  to  this  time,  the  only  printed 
work,  the  grammar  of  Flores  excepted,  extant  in  the  Cakchiquel  language,  and 
the  only  copy  known.  I  owe  it,  with  various  other  documents,  to  the  kindness 
of  Dr.  Murguia,  physician  at  Guatemala. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

3961  Vail  (Eugene  A.)     Notice  |  SOT  |  les  Indiens  |  de  TAm^rique  du 
Nord,  |  orne"e  de  quatre  portraits  colori4s,  dessine~s  d'apres  |  na 
ture,  et  d'une  carte,  |  par  |  Eugene  A.  Vail,  |  Citoyen  des  Etats- 
Unis  d'Am^rique,  membre  de  plusieurs  socie~te~s  savantes.  | 

Paris,  |  Arthus  Bertrand,  Editeur,  |  libraire  de  la  Soci6t<§  de 
Geographic  et  de  la  Socie"te  Eoyale  des  Antiquaires  du  Nord,  | 
Rue  Hautefeuille,  23.  |  1840.  |  A.  c.  s.  BA.  HTJ. 

Pp.  1-246.  8°.  map,  plates. 

"Des  Langnes  Indiennes,"  pp.  40-58,  contains  a  few  examples  in  Muskhogee, 
Delaware,  Massachusetts,  and  Dacotah,  and  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Cherokee. 

3962  Val  (Fr.  Miguel).    Cotnparaciones  entre  las  lenguas  castellana  y 
mexicana. 

Title  from  Pimentel. 

3963  Valadez  (Fr.  Diego).      Catecismo  y  otros  opuscules  [en  lengua 
Mexicana]. 

Title  from  Pimentel. 

Vald6s  (G.  F.  de  Oviedo  y). 

See  Oviedo  y  Valdes  (Gonzalo  Fernandez  de). 


774  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

39G4  Valdivieso  (Gabriel  cle).     [Treatises  in  Mixteca.]  * 

Compuso  (en  Misteca)  oraciones,  tratados  espirituales,  veinte  y  sieto  libros 
grandes  y  peqnefios  de  mucha  erudicion  y  terminos. — Carricdo. 

3965  Valentin!  (Philipp  J.  J.)    Vortrag  liber  den  mexicanisclien  Calen 
der-Stein,  gehalten  am  30.  April  1878  in  Republican  Hall  vor  dem 
deutsch  ges.  wissenscliaftl.  Verein. 

New- York,  1878.  * 

Pp.  32, 1  plate.  8°.     Title  from  Heinsius  Allgemeines  Bucher-Lexikon. 

3966  Discurso  acerca  de  la  piedra  llamada  Calendario  Mexi- 

cano  pronunciado  For  el  Professor  Ph.  Valentini,  el  30  de  Abril 
de  1878  en  el  "Republican  Hall"  (New  York),  ante  uua  Sociedad 
Cientiflco-Alemana. 

In  MuseoNacionalde  Mexico,  Anales,  tomo  1,  pp.  226-241.  Mexico,  1877.  4°. 
Aztck  terms  scattered  throughout. 

3967  The  Mexican  Calendar  Stone.    By  Philipp  J.  J.  Valentini, 

Ph.D. 

In  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Proc.,  No.  71,  pp.  91-108.    Worcester,  1878.  8°. 
Mexican  terms,  passim. 

3968  Mexican  Copper  Tools.    By  Philipp  J.  Valentini,  Ph.  D. 

In  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Proc.,  No.  73,  pp. 81-112.     Worcester,  1879.  8°. 
Many  Mexican  words,  passim,  with  their  etymologies. 

3969  The  Katunes  of  Maya  History.    By  Philipp  J.  J.  Valen 
tini,  Ph.  D. 

In  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Proc.,  No.  74,  pp.  71-117.     Worcester,  1880.  8°. 

Maya  text,  with  above  title,  and  translation,  pp.  74-76. — Names  of  days  and 
months  in  Maya,  pp.  82-83,  &c. 

The  history  of  the  original  manuscript  is  given,  and  an  effort  made  to  prove 
its  genuineness.  This  text  was  first  printed  in  Stephens  (J.  L.)  Incidents  of 
Travel  in  Central  America,  Chiapas,  and  Yucatan.  The  translation  there  given 
was  made  into  Spanish  by  Don  Juan  Pio  Perez,  and  from  the  Spanish  into  Eng 
lish  by  Mr.  Stephens. 

3970  The  Landa  Alphabet;  A  Spanish  Fabrication.    By  Philipp 

J.  J.  Valentini,  Ph.  D. 

In  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Proc.,  No.  75,  pp.  59-91.  Worcester,  1880.  8°.  Separately 
issued,  as  follows : 

3971  The  |  Landa  Alphabet ;  |  A  |  Spanish  Fabrication.  |  By 

Philipp  J.  J.  Valentini,  Ph.  D.  |  From  Proceedings  of  the  American 
Antiquarian  Society,  |  April  28,  1880.  | 

Worcester,  Mass.  |  Press  of  Charles  Hamilton.  |  1880.  |          s.  SI. 
Pp.  1-35.  8°. 

3972  The  Olmecas  and  the  Tultecas :  a  study  in  early  Mexican 

ethnology  and  history.    By  Philipp  J.  J.  Valentini.     (Translated 
from  the  German  by  Stephen  Salisbury,  Jr.) 

In  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Proc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  193-230.  Worcester,  1883.  8°.  Aborigi 
nal  terms,  passim.  Issued  separately,  as  follows : 


VALDIVIESO — VALLANCEY.  775  • 

Valentin!  (Philipp  J.  J.) — continued. 

3973  The  |  Oluiecas  and  the  Tultecas.  |  A  study  in  early  Mexi 
can  ethnology  and  history,  |  by  |  Philipp  J.  J.  Valentini,  Ph.  D.  | 
(Translated  from  the  German  by  Stephen  Salisbury,  Jr.)  |  With  a 
Map  and  two  Cuts.  |  From  Proceedings  of  the  American  Antiqua 
rian  Society,  October  21,  1882.  | 

Worcester:  |  Press  of  Charles  Hamilton,   |  311  Main  Street.  | 
1883.  |  •"**• 

Pp.  1-42.  8°.  map. 

3974  Vocabulary  of  the  language  spoken  in  the  village  Boruca, 

Costa  Eica. 

Manuscript.  144  words.  Title  from  Berendt  (C.  H.I  The  Darieu  Language,  in 
the  A"i  Hist.  Record,  vol.  3,  p.  58. 

3975  Valeriano  (Z>.  Antonio).     Caton  cristano  en  Lengua  Mexicana.    * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

3970  [Vales  (D.  Jose  Pilar).]  Woithuun  haeh  noh  tzicbenil  Ahaucan 
Ahmiatz  Leandro  R.  de  la  Gala,  ti  u  hach  yamailoob  mehenoob 
yauoob  tu  nachilcahtaliloob  Nohol  y  Chikin  ti  le  Inumcabil  Yuca 
tan  laa. 

Ho  [Merida].  Uoalhuun  Jose"  D.  Espinosa.  Tu  hunpic  cabak 
catac  oxhal  lahuupiz  u  habiloob  [1870]  Cristo  Ahlohil. 

Translation.— Letter  of  the  Illustrious  Sr.  Bishop  Dr.  D.  Leandro  R.  de  la  Gala 
to  his  well-beloved  sons,  who  live  apart  or  segregated  in  the  cantons  of  the  South 
and  East  of  this  territory  of  Yucatan.  Merida.  In  the  printing  house  of  Jose" 
D.  Espinosa.  lu  the  year  of  Christ  the  Redeemer,  1870. 

8  pp.  4°.  Double  columns,  Spanish  and  Maya.  The  illustrious  Sr.  D.  Lean 
dro  R.  de  la  Gala  addressed  a  pastoral  letter  to  the  natives,  which  was  put  into 
elegant  and  pure  Maya  by  the  presbyter,  D.  Jos6  Filar  Vales,  whom,  for  this 
reason,  we  include  in  the  list  of  Maya  writers.  The  edition  abounds  in  typo 
graphic  errors. — Carrillo. 

3977  VaUadolid  ( Fr.  Bernardino  de).    Dioscorides  en  Lengua  de  Yuca 
tan,  con  adiciones. 

He  defended  some  theologic  opinions  in  the  Yucatec  idiom,  which,  accord 
ing  to  Leon  Pinelo,  were  given  to  the  press. — Beriatain. 

3978  [Vocabulary  in  the  Maya  language.] 

A  [Maya]  vocabulary  is  mentioned  to  have  been  written  by  Fray  Bernardino  de 
VaUadolid,  who  was  known  by  his  perfect  pronunciation  of  the  language.— Lude- 
wig,  p.  103. 

3979  Vallancey  (Charles),  editor.    Collectanea  |  de  |  Eebns  Hibernicis.  | 
Vol.  [I-V].  |  Published  from  |  Original  Manuscripts,  |  by  |  Lieut. 
Col.  Charles  Vallancey,  |  Soc.  Antiq.  Hib.  Soc.  | 

Dublin :  I  Printed  by  E.  Marchbank,  Castle-street,  |  Printer  to 
the  Antiquarian  Society.  |  [M,  DCC,  LXXIV-M,  DCC,  XC  (1774- 

1790)].  |  c> 

5  vols.,  vols.  3  and  4  having  2  parts  each.  8°.  Title  from  vol.  2,  the  copy 
of  vol.  1  seen  having  no  general  title.  The  earlier  date  is  taken  from  the  title- 
page  of  article  No.  I  of  vol.  1. 


776  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Vallancey  (Charles),  editor— continued. 

Number  XII,  vol.  3,  a  folding  sheet  facing  p.  577  contains:  Table  III  Names, 
of  numbers  of  some  of  the  Indians  of  America,  containing  numerals  1-1000  of 
the  Mohawks,  Oneydoes,  Onandagas,  Cayugas.  Seneckas,  Wanats,  Shawanese, 
Delawares,  Carribeans,  and  Galibis  or  Cayennes. 

Vanderbilt  (J.  M.) 
See  McLean  ( J.  J. )  and  Vanderbilt  ( J.  M. ),  No.  2392  of  this  catalogue. 

3980  Varea  (Fr.  Francisco  de).    Calepino  |  en  lengua  cakchi  |  quel  por 
Pray  Francis  |  co  de  Varea  hijo  de  |  esta  S.  Provincia  del  |  SS. 
nombre  de  Jesos  |  de  Eeligiosos  de  |  N.  P.  S.  Francisco  de  Goa- 
tema  |  la.  | 

Colophon:  Acabose  de  Bscrevir  y  trasladar  este  bocabulario  yo 
fray  fran00  ceron,  siendo  guardian  aunque  sine  meritis  deste  con- 
vento  de  S.  Pedro  de  la  laguna,  oy  dia  catorse  de  enero  del  auo 
del  Senor  de  mil  seyscientos  y  noventa  y  nuebe,  dia  del  Dulcissimo 
nombre  de  Jesus  Patron  de  nuestra  S.  Prova  de  Gua.Ua  y  en  el 
tercer  ano  del  Provincialato  de  N.  M.  E.  P.  fr.  Juan  Bautista.  * 

Manuscript.  1  p.  1.,  11. 1-227,  11  unnumbered  11.  sm.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the 
American  Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia. 

The  title  is  on  the  recto  of  the  second  leaf.  On  the  recto  of  the  first  leaf  is 
the  form  of  absolution  in  Latin  and  Cakchiquel ;  on  the  verso  a  note;  dated  1732, 
to  the  effect  that  the  owner,  a  priest,  received  this  volume  in  payment  for  masses 
for  the  soul  of  its  previous  possessor,  a  certain  Senor  Achutegui. 

The  dictionary  is  Cakchiquel  and  Spanish,  written  closely  but  legibly,  with 
35  lines  to  a  page  and  averaging  about  four  lines  of  examples  to  each  word.  An 
abundance  of  phrases  and  forms  are  given,  but  the  alphabetical  order  is  not 
strictly  preserved.  The  characters  of  Parra  are  used  throughout. 

No  author  by  the  name  of  Varea  is  mentioned  by  Mr.  Squier.  But  Francisco 
Varela  is  said  to  have  gone  to  Guatemala  iu  1596  and  to  have  composed  a 
"Calepino"  in  400  pages  folio.  No  doubt  this  is  the  same  person,  and  unless  the 
original  still  exists  in  the  convent  of  San  Francisco  de  Guatemala,  this  is  prob 
ably  the  only  monument  of  his  labor  extant. — Brinton. 

Varela  (Francisco  de). 
See  Varea  (Francisco  de). 

3981  Vargas  (F.  Melchior  de).    fl  Doctrina  Christiana,  muy  vtil,  y  |  ne- 
cessaria  en  Castellano,  Mexicano  y  Otomi:  tradu-  |  zida  en  leiigua 
Otomi  por  el  muy.  E.  padre  Fray  |  Melchior  de  Vargas,  de  la  orden 
de  sant  Augu-  |  stin,  Prior  de  Atocpan.    Ordenada  por  ma-  |  dado 
del  yllustrissimo  y  Eeuerendis-  |  simo  seuor  Do  Pedro  Moya  de  | 
Contreras,  Ar9obispo  de  |  Mexico,  del  consejo  |  de  su  Magestad :  y 
co  |  licencia  im-  |  pressa.  [Engraving  of  St.  Augustin.] 

Con  Privilegio.  |  En  Mexico,  en  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.  Anode  1576.  |  * 

4°.  With  many  small  wood  engravings.  The  dedication  is  on  reverse  of  title. 
On  p.  3  there  is  a  Silabario  in  Otomi,  and  these  two  notes: 

C!  Los  auisos  para  saber  leer  la  leugua  Otomi,  |  van  a  la  postre  en  la  vltima 
hoja  deste  libro.  | 

Manda  su  Sefioria  yllustrissima  a  todos  los  Curas  y  Vicarios  deste  |  Arcobis- 
pado,  que  so  pena  de  diez  pesos  de  minas,  tengan  y  ense-  |  Ben  esta  Doctriua 
Christiana  a  BUS  subditos,  y  Be  la  hagan  tomar,  para  q  |  sean  instruydos  eu  las 
cosas  de  la  Fe,  como  en  ella  se  contiene,  y  que  |  no  ensefien  por  otra,  porqne  no 


VALLAXCEY VATER.  777 

Vargas  (F.  Melchior  dc) — continued. 

aya  confusion.     Y  ruega  y  encarga  a  to-  |  dos  los  Perlados,  assi  Obispos  como 
religiosos,  assi  uiesmo  hagan  en-  |  seiiar  a  los  ludios  po   ella.  | 

On  page  4  begins  the  Doctrina,  arranged  in  this  way:  the  otld  numbered 
pages  contain  the  Mexican,  in  one  column  only;  the  even  nnmbered  pages  are 
printed  in  two  columns,  on  the  left  Spanish  and  on  the  right  Otonii.  The  Spanish 
is  in  Roman  and  the  other  two  are  in  gothic  lettering. 

Of  this  book  only  the  fragment  which  I  possess  is  known  up  to  Ihe  present 
time.  It  contains  only  the  first  23  leaves  and  the  27th,  which  is  not  the  last. 

I  have  found  no  mention  of  P.  Vargas  or  his  work  in  any  bibliography.  The 
article  in  the  last  edition  of  the  Manuel  du  Libraire  is  taken  from  notes  given 
by  me  to  M.  Brunei. — Icazbalceta? s  Apuntes,  No.  78. 

Vasquez  Gastelu  (D.  Antonio). 
See  Gastelu  (D.  Antonio  Vasquez),  Nos.  1409-1421  of  this  catalogue. 

3982  Vater  (Johann  Severin).     Untersuchungen  |  iiber  |  Amerika's  Be 
volkerung  |  aus  deni  |  alten  Kontineute  |  dera  |  Herrn  Kaminer- 
herrn  |  Alexander  von  Humboldt  |  gewidmet  |  von  |  Johann  Seve 
rin  Vater  |  Professor  uud  Bibliothekar.  | 

Leipzig,  bei  Friedrich  Christian  Wilhelm Vogel.  |  1810.  |  A.O.HU. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-212.  12°. 

A  few  words  of  Algonkin  compared  with  the  Irish,  p.  23. — A  few  words  of 
Gronliind.,  Tuscaroras,  Pensylvan.,  Mexican,  Chippeways,  Algonkins,  Illinois, 
Onondagos,  Narraganset. ,  Pottawatam.,  Delawar.,  Neu-England,  Mahicann., 
Senecas,  Penobscot,  Minsi,  Miamis.  Chikkasah  u.  Choktah,  Shawnees,  Cheerak., 
Muskohg.,  Poconch.,  Woccons,  Creeks,  pp.  47-55. — A  few  words  of  Gronland, 
Huastek.,  Yucatan,  Cora,  Cochim.,  Tarahumar.,  Chippeway,  Mexican,  Pimas, 
Totonak.,  Unalaschka.,  Othom.,  Miami,  Kuisteneaux,  Nadowess,  Mahicauni, 
Huron,  Mixtek.,  Poconchi,  pp.  156-174.— A  few  words  of  Othom.,  Huron,  Huast., 
Algonk.,  Totonak,  Yucatan,  Mexican,  Gronliiud,  Muskohg.,  Pocouch.,  Carib,  Tara 
humar,  Delawar,  Chippeway,  Mixtek,  Cochim.,  Mexikau,  Cora,  Miami,  Nutka- 
Sund,  Pimas,  Wyandots,  Mixtee,  Onondagos,  Eskimo's,  Nadowess,  pp.  195-203. 

3983  Proben  |  Dentscher  |  Volks-Mundarteii,  |  Dr.  Seetzen's 

linguistischer  iNachlass,  |  uud  andere  |  Sprach  Forschungen  und 
Sammlungen,  |  besonders  iiber  |  Ostindieu,   |  berausgegeben  | 
von  |  Dr.  Johann  Severin  Vater.  | 

Leipzig,  1816.  |  Bei  Gerhard  Fleischer  detn  Jiingern.  |  A.  C. 

Pp.i-xiv,l-382,211.  8°. 

Worter  Americanischer  Sprachen,  der  Butocndos,  in  Brasilien. 

A.  der  Muysca,  ehemals  in  Neu-Grauada,  der  Mixteca,  Totouaca,  Huasteca 
und  Othoiui,  iui  Reiche  Mexico,  und  der  Cora  in  Neu-Mexico,  pp.  351-375. — B. 
Worter  aus  ehemaligen Sprachen  Virgiuiens:  1.  AusdemdamaligeiiNeuschweden, 
pp.  376-380:  2.  Worter  der  My nqnesser,  pp.  381-382. 

3984  Analekten  |  der  |   Sprachenkunde.  |  Von  |  Dr.  Johann 

Severiu  Vater.  | 

Leipzig,  |  in  der  Dykschen  Buchhandlung  |  1821.  |  APS. 

Pp.  1-124.  12°. 

[Duralde  (M.)]     Vocabnlaire  de  la  Langue  d'Atacapas,  pp. 63-72. 

Vocabulaire  de  la  Langue  des  Chetimachas,  pp.  73-84. 

Murray  (Dr.  — ).     Worter  der  Osage-Sprache,  pp.  53-62. 
Zeisberger  (D.)     Vcrbal-Biegungen  der  Chippewayer,  pp.  15-50. 


See  Adelung  (J.  C.)  and  Vater  (J.  S.), No. 28  of  this  catalogue. 


778  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3985  Vega  (Luis  Lasso  de  la).     Huey  J  tlamahuicoltica  |  omonexiti  iu 
ilhuicac  Tlatoca  |  Qihuapilli  |  Santa  Maria  |  Totlacouantzin  | 
Guadalupe  in  nican  huei  altepe-  |  nahuac  Mexico  itocayocau  Tepe- 
yacac.  |  [Engraving  of  Our  Lady  of  Guadalupe.J 

Impresso  con  licencia  en  Mexico :  en  la  imprenta  de  luan  Euyz.  | 
Ano  de  1649.  |  » 

3  p.  11.,  followed  by  a  copper-plate  engraving  with  this  title:  Aparicion  De  la 
iinagen  de  nuestra  Sa.  De  guadalupe  de  Mexico.  LI.  1-17  and  1  unnumbered  1.  4°. 

It  is  the  history  of  the  appearance  of  Our  Lady  of  Guadalupe,  written  by  Br. 
Luis  Lasso  de  la  Vega,  chaplain  and  vicar  of  the  sanctuary  of  the  same  name.— 
Icazbaktta'a  Apuntes,  No.  35. 

Printed  entirely  in  the  Mexican  language.— .Ramirez  Sale  Catalogue. 

3986  Vega  (Nunez  de  la).    Constituciones  Diocesanas  del  Obispado  de 
Chiappas.    Eoma,  1702.  * 

This  work  is  divided  iuto  a  preamble  and  ten  parts.  The  preamble  is  most 
curious  and  valuable  for  archaeological  purposes,  since  it  contaius  extracts  from 
the  ancient  book  of  the  Tzendales  and  other  nations  of  the  vast  diocese  of  Chiapa. 
These  ancient  books  appear  to  have  been  deposited  by  the  bishop  in  the  archives 
of  the  bishopric  at  Ciiulad  Real,  for  the  nse  of  the  Curas  of  the  diocese.  The 
second  part  has  also  some  interest,  consisting  of  an  exhortation  directed  to 
the  ancient  idolaters  against  the  snperstitntion  of  Nagnalism,  and  contains  a 
description  of  the  rites  attending  its  practice.  La  Vega  had  a  complete  acquaint 
ance  with  the  Tzendal  language,  the  probable  root  of  the  Maya,  Quiche1,  and 
the  other  affiliated  dialects  of  Guatemala  and  Yucatan. — Squier. 

3987  Vela  (Jose"  Canute).    Carta  que  yo  presidente  de  la  Mision  evan- 
gelica  dirigo  a  los  caudillos  de  los  indios  sublevados  del  Sur  y 
Oriente  de  esta  peninsula  de  Yucatan,  en  Tekax,  23  de  febrero  de 
1848.    Jose"  Oanuto  Vela. 

Merida  de  Yucatan.    Impreso  por  Antonio  Petra,  1848.  » 

1  folio.  An  appeal,  in  the  Maya  language,  to  the  Maya  Indians  still  in  revolt 
iu  Yucatan  against  the  descendants  of  the  Spaniards.— Brasseur  de  ISourbourij. 

"On  the  pastoral  visit  made  to  his  bishopric,  subsequent  to  the  insurrection 
of  the  natives,  by  the  illustrious  bishop  Dr.  D.  Jose'  Maria  Guerra,  Sr.  D.  Josd 
Canuto  Vela  was  confessor  and  preacher  in  the  Maya  language. 

"We  place  his  name  among  Maya  writers,  because  the  'Carta  pastoral'  of  the 
prelate  we  have  mentioned,  addressed  to  the  natives  of  the  country  in  February, 
1848,  was  translated  into  the  Yucatec  idiom  by  Sr.  Vela.  It  is  printed,  in  4°,  of 
8  leaves  only,  in  Spanish  and  Yucatec,  under  the  following  title:  'Pastoral  del 
Illm6  Sr.  obispo  dirigida  &  los  indfgenas  de  esta  di<5cesis.'  Merida  de  Yucatan. 
Impreso  por  Antonio  Petra.  1848.  8  pp.  4°. 

"We  have  seen  it  asserted  that  another  edition  of  this  pastoral  was  made  in 
the  same  year  or  a  little  later,  but  we  are  ignorant  whether  the  copy  in  our  col 
lection  belongs  to  the  first  or  second  edition,  since  it  contains  no  notice  relative 
to  the  date. 

"The  Maya  style  of  the  curate  Vela  is  perfect,  and  as  he  was  a  great  orator  in 
this  idiom,  we  are  fortunate  iu  having,  at  least  as  a  specimen,  the  pastoral  of 
1848."—  Carrillo. 

Possibly  this  is  the  same  work  catalogued  by  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  under 
Guerra  (Jose'  Maria),  and  given  in  this  catalogue  as  No.  1613;  though  Brasseur 
de  Bourbourg  gives  both  Vela  and  Guerra. 


K    A    3    A    II    I 

S3      W      "21      H 
BT, 

•TH»TBTI5>,'W11 


H  O  y  Ml  E  H  I  E. 

HA 


fl    3    LI    K 


C   O  'I  H  II  E  II  II  O   E 


1833 


B  *    C  v  H  o  A  a  Ji  fc  H  o  ii     THnorpa*10, 


3992.  —  FAC-SIMILE  OP  TITLE-PAGE  OF  VENIAMINOFF'S  GUIDE  ROAD. 


VEGA — VENIAMINOFF.  779 

3988  Velasco  (Juan  Baptista).    Arte  de  lengua  Sinalva.  * 

Mentioned  in  the  Report  of  the  Cinaloan  missions  anna  1604,  a  copy  of  which 
is  in  the  Bancroft  library. 

Velasco  died  in  1612.  His  confreres  speak  of  him  as  well  versed  in  the  native 
languages. 

3989  Velasco  (P.  Pedro).    Arte  de  una  de  las  Lenguas  de  Cinaloa.        * 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Beristain. 

3990  Velasquez  de  Cardenas  y  Leon  (Carlos  Celedonio).    Breve  Practica, 
y  Eegimen  |  del  Confessonario  |  de  Indios,  |  en  Mexicano,  y  Castel- 
lano;  |  para  instruccion  |  del  Confessor  principiante,  |  habilitacion 
y  examen  |  del  penitente,  |  que  dispone  |  Para  los  Seminaristas  |. 
El  Br.  D.  Carlos  Celedonio  Velas-  |  quez  de  Cardenas,  y  Leon, 
Colegial  Eeal  del  Ponti-  |  ficio,  y  Eeal  Colegio  Seminario,  y  su 
Vice-Eector,  Ca-  |  thedratico  dos  veges  de  Philosophia,  de  Mayo- 
res,  |  Ebetorica,  y  Letras  Humanas,  Examinador  Synodal  |  de  este 
Arzobispado,  Cura  del  Partido  de  S.  Miguel  |  Xaltocan,  y  Juez 
Eclesiastico  de  el,  y  sus  anexos  |  Quautitlan,  y  Tultitlan.    De 
Zumpahuacan,  Capu-  |  luac,  y  ahora  de  la  Concepcion  de  Otumba, 
Cura  por  |   S.  M.  y  Juez  Eclesiastico  por  el  Ilm6.  Sr.  Dr.  Don  | 
Manuel  Joseph  Eubio,  y  Salinas,  de  la  Santa  Sede  |  Apostolica, 
del  Consejo  de  S.  M.  Dignissimo  |  Arzobispo  de  Mexico.  |  Y  la 
dedica  |  al  Eminentissimo  Seuor  |  San  Carlos  Borromeo,  |  Cardenal 
de  Santa  Praxede,  Vigilantissimo  Arzobispo  |  de  Milan.  | 

Con  las  licencias  necessarias.  |  Impresso  en  Mexico  en  la  Imprenta 
de  la  Bibliotheca  Me-  |  xicana,  junto  a  las  EE.  MM.  Capuchinas. 
Ano  de  1761.  |  B.  GB. 

12  p.  11.,  pp.  1-54.  16°. 

3991  Velazquez  (D.  Caledonio).    Doctriua  Cristiana  en  Leugua  Megi- 
cana.  * 

Title  from  Beristain. 

3992  Veniaminoff  (John),     yrasanie  |  nym  |  n  \  qapcisie  aefiecnoe,  |  noyieHie.  |  na  | 
A-ievTcKO-JncbeBCKOMi  |  H3MK-B,  |  coiimeimoe  |  CBHmeiiHHKoiii  loaHBOMi  |  BeaiaMHiioBbDTb.  | 
1833  ro4a.  | 

MiCKca.  |  BI  CvHo^a-ibHoS  THnorra»iH,  |  1840.  |  C.  JWP. 

Translation. — Guide  |  road  |  into  the  |  kingdom  heavenly  |  explained.  |  In 
Aleutian-Fox  |  dialect,  |  made  |  by  Reverend  John  |  Voniaininoff.  |  1833  in  the 
year.  |  Moscow.  |  At  Synod  press,  |  1840.  | 

Russian  title,  reverse  blank,  1  1.      Title-page  in  Cyrillic  characters,  reverse 
blank,!].;  69  other  11.  in  Cyrillic  characters.  16°.    See  fac-simile  of  title-page. 

3993  SanncKii  |  ofib  onrcoiixi  |  ynn.iniiiKin  cuaro  |  oTjjt.ia,  |  cociaB-ienubm  |  H.  Ilcnia- 

MBHOBbiMi.  I  'liicTb  Dcpoab  [Biopa'b].  |  Hsjano  HHUHBenie.vn>  PocciflCKO-AMCpHKaiiCKOB  |  KOM- 
iiiiiiin.  | 

CanKTneTepfiyprb.  |  1840.  |  B.D. 

Translation. — Notes  |  on  the  islands  |  of  the  Unalashkan  |  district,  |  Com 
piled  |  by  I.  Veniaminoff.  |  Part  First  [Second].  |  Published  at  the  expense  of 
the  Russian-American  |  Company.  |  St.  Petersburg:  |  1840.  | 

2  vols. :  4  p.  11.,  pp.  i-ix,  1-364  ;  4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-409, 8  11.,  and  table.  8°.  Vol.  3  has 
a  different  title,  as  follows: 


780  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Veniaminoff  (John) — con  t  i  1 1  nod . 

3994  SanacKH  \  061  \  ATXBHCKBXI,  Ajevraxi  |  B  |  Kojoraaxi.  |  H.  BeaianHHOBa,  |  cocta- 

wsiomie  |  Tpeiiio  tacn  |  aaniicoiti  |  ofri  ociposax-b  |  ynajauiKBiicKaro  oiwfcja,  |  as^aao 
B»(4BBCBieMi  PocciiicKO-AMepiiKancKofl  I  KoMDaiiia.  I 

CamaneTepOj  pn.,  |  1840.  |  B.  D. 

Translation.— Notes  |  on  |  the  Atkan  Aleuts  |  and  |  Koloshians.  |  By  I.  Venia- 
minoff,  |  being  |  the  third  part  |  of  Notes  j  on  the  islands  |  of  the  Uualashkan  dis 
trict.  |  Published  at  the  expense  of  the  Russian-American  |  Company.  |  St.  Peters 
burg,  |  1840.  | 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-155.  8°.  Scattered  Aleutian  words,  with  Russian  synonyms 
throughout.— Vol.  2,  part  2,  pp.  264-271,  gives  some  account  of  the  Aleutian  gram 
mar.  Chap.  16,  pp.  298-305,  on  the  songs,  gives  live  songs  in  parallel  columns  of 
Aleut  and  Russian.— Vol.  3,  chap.  1,  relates  to  the  Atkha  Indians,  and  treats 
chiefly  of  the  distinctions  in  language  between  the  Atkhans  and  Unalashkans; 
pp.  20-26  give  songs  and  stories  in  Atkha  and  some  in  Russian.  Chap.  2  relates 
to  the  Koloshians;  pp.  135-154  treat  of  their  language  and  grammar  and  include 
numerals,  1-200,  pp.  148-149;  pp.  152-154  contain  sentences,  &c.,  in  Tlinkit  and 
Russian. 

3995  3ajr6'ianin  |  o  KaiomciiCKOM'b  n  KudbUKCKOMi  |  iisbib-nxi  |  n  |  oriaciB  o  npo-mxi 

PocciiiCKo-AuepnKai.cnii.vt,   |  ci>  npiic>Bunyn.ieiiieMT>  |  PocciiiCKO-KoioiuenCKaro  |  r.ioBapn,  | 
cwepHtamaro  fioite  1000  C.IOBI,  nyt  KOBXI  ua  iiEuoTOpun  c,?1>.iaobi  |  noflciieiiia.  |  CociaBiui 
Iliiani,  IlpiiiUMiHKiii'b.  |  Hi.  CUTXt.  | 

CaHKTneTCpCypn  |  BT>  Tiinorpa*iii  OMncpaiopCKOii  AEaje»iB  na>Ki.  |  1846.  |  JWP. 

Translation. — Remarks  |  on  the  Koloshian  and  Kadiak  |  languages  |  and  |  con 
cerning  other  Russian-American  [languages]  |  with  the  addition  |  of  a  Russian- 
Eoloshian  |  vocabulary,  |  containing  over  1000  words,  some  of  which  are  fully  | 
denned.  |  Compiled  Ivan  Veniaminov,  |  at  Sitka.  |  St.  Petersburg,  |  in  the  Print 
ing  Office  of  the  Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences.  |  1846.  | 

Printed  cover,  with  title  briefer  than  above,  1  l.,pp.  1-81, 1  1.  errata.  8°.  See 
fac-simile  of  title-page. 

General  remarks  on  the  language  and  grammar  of  the  Koloshian,  pp.  1-24.— 
Translations,  pp.  25-26. — Kadiak  grammar,  pp.  27-35. — Kadiak  translations,  pp. 
36-37. — Russian-Kolosh  vocabulary,  pp.  40-81. 

3996  OnuT'b  |  rpaMnaTHKii  |  AjeyTcuo-.lBCbCBCKaTO  nsbiKA.  |  CBniueiinBKa  B.  BeiiiaMii- 

noea,  |  BI  .VHa.iiiiiiKt.  | 

CaHKineicplyprb  |  Bb  Tiinorpa*in  iiMnepaiopoKOii  aKa^oMin  eayE^.  |  1846.  |  B.  BY. 

Translation. — An  essay  |  upon  the  grammar  |  of  the  Fox  dialect  of  the  Aleutian 
language.  |  By  Reverend  I.  Veniaminoff,  |  of  Unalashka.  |  Saint  Petersburg  |  in 
the  press  of  the  Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences.  |  1846.  | 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xv,  1-87,  i-iii,  1-120,  i-vi,  and  2  folding  tables.  8°. 

The  grammar  occupies  pp.  1-87. — Introduction  to  dictionary,  pp.  i-iii. — Aleut- 
Russian  dictionary,  pp.  1-76. —  Russian-Aleut  dictionary,  pp.  77-111. — Aleut 
phrases,  with  Russian  translation,  pp.  113-120. — Errata,  pp.  i-vi,  and  two  folding 
leaves,  conjugation  of  verbs. 

3997 Laugues  de  I'Arnerique  Eusse.     Par  Ivan  Venjaminov. 

In  Nouvelles  Annales  des  Voyages,  vol.  1,  1850  (vol.  125  of  the  Collection), 
pp.  359-364.     Paris,  n.  d.  8°. 
See  Schott  (W.),  No.  3529. 

3998  and  Netzvietoff  (Rev.  Jacob).   Ha-iamB  |  xpHcriancKaro  yienia  |  IUB  | 

KpaiKaii  CBHUiennan  |  Hcropifl  |  n  |  KpiiTKiii  xpnciiaucKiii  |  KanixH3Hci.  |  ciPyccEaroasbiKaea 
AjeTTCKu-.IiiCbPBCKiii  ncpt'Be.11  |  CBniueHHiiKi  loamn,  BeniaMimoBi  1827  roAa,  B  BI  1837  |  ro^y 
BCnpaoBj   ;   a  CnmnoiimiK'b  laKOBi  IIcuntTOBi.  |   pasCMaipnBan  otiun,  CBOHMB   uoacueniaMH 
CiCS.ia.ib  HXT>  |  MoiiM  i  in./ vn  n  A-'n  AixnnnoB'b,  BM tnniBxi  CBoe  i  aptiie.  | 
CaHKinerepftypn,  |  Kt  CvHO^a.ibHoii  Tanorpa*ia.  |  1840.  | 


0  KOMniCKOn  II 


o  npoqnxi>  POC«:IIICKO-AMI:PIIK  vii 

CT,  nPHCOBOKynJEBIEHl 

POCCmCKO-KOJIOIHEHCKArO 

CJEOBAPJI, 


BOM  1000  CJIOK,  M  EOHXi  EA  HIKDTDQIfl  CRWSEL 
nOHCHEHIfl. 


CocmaetMS  Hearts  ISeiriaMunoes, 
VL  CHTXt. 


CAHKTIIETEPByprB 

Tunorpn*ia  UniiEPATorcKoii  \Ka.wMin 


3995.—  FAC-SIMILE  OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF  VENIAMINOFF'S  KOLO8H1AN  AND  KADIAK  WORK. 


H  A  *I  A  T  K 

XPHCTIAHCKATO    Y1EHIS 
H.I  II 

KPATKAfl 

U  (S'E  ©  IP  HiL 

H 

KPATKIH    XPnCTIAHGKlfi 


PyccKaro    aatiK.i    Ha  AjeyracKo-^THCbCBCKifi 

BemaMUHOB-b  1827  ro^a,  H  BB  183T 

f 

iicnpaBHjf'B;     a  CBameiiHHK*    laKom,     Hei^Bi>moB-b 
pa3CMainpiiBa«  OHWflr,  CBOHMH    noacnem/iMa  cAt.ia.iii  HX* 
a  AXIL  AmximuOBi.,  HMtiomHX'B  CBOO  Hapt.iie. 


Bi   C  VHO  TaatH  oii    THiiorpa«iH» 
1840. 

3998.  —  FAC-SIMILE  OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF   VEXIAMINOFF   &  NETZVIETOFF'S  SACRED 
HISTORY  AND  CATECHISM. 


-1828 


lii/H'HHZ 


"1836 


MATAHAP4HZ  ,    A^kfttHZ, 


3999._FAC.SIMILE  OF  CYMLLIC  TITLE-PAGE,   GOSPEL  OF  MATTHEW. 


XPMCTA 


H  A  n  II  C  A  II  H  C  E 


AIIOCT0.10M  Jb 


JI3LIKA    HA  A.1EJTCKO-J[HCLEBCKOH    nEPEBK.I'B 
loAIIII-L     BEIIIAMHHOB'B      1828     TO^A,     H    . 

1836  ro^y  HCITPAEHJ-B 


a     Cunu;ciitiHKi>     lauoBt         cuBTOnt     paacMaTpuBaA     cro 
OKOH'jaTe-it>no.    CDOIIMU    iioacneuifiMn    c^-fcaa^-b     nouaTH&iMi> 
H  {[Jin   ATXIHIHODX,  iiHj»iomnxi>  cuoc 


3999.—  FAC-SIMILK  OF  RUSSIAN  TITLE-PAGE,  GOSPEL  OP  MATTHEW. 


VENIAMINOFF—  VETANCURT.  781 

Veniaminoff  (John)  and  Netzvietoff  (Rev.  Jacob)  —  continued. 

Tianslation.—  Origin  |  of  Christian  Creeds  |  or  |  Short  Sacred  |  History  |  and  | 
Short  Christian  |  Catechism.  |  From  the  Russian  tongue  into  Aleutian-Fox  trans 
lated  |  by  Reverend  John  Veniaminoff  1827  in  the  year,  and  in  1837  |  the  year 
finished  ;  and  the  Reverend  Jacob  Netzvietoff  |  revising  it  with  his  notes  has  made 
it  |  intelligible  for  the  Atchini,  who  understand  [only  f]  their  own  language.  |  St. 
Petersburg,  |  At  Synod  Press.  |  1840.  | 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xix,  1-24,  1-104,  1-51.  8°. 

Half-title  in  Cyrillic  type  and  Russian,  reverse  title  in  Russian,  as  above,  1  1.; 
title  in  Cyrillic  type  (same  as  Russian  title  minus  the  imprint)  1  1.  ;  preface  by 
Veniaminoff  in  parallel  columns  of  Aleutian  (Cyrillic  type)  and  Russian,  pp.  i-\ii  ; 
preface  by  Netzvietoff  in  parallel  columns,  Aleutian  (Cyrillic  type)  and  Russian, 
pp.  ix-xix  ;  primer  in  Aleut  and  Russian,  pp.  1-24  ;  Short  Sacred  History  in  Aleu 
tian,  pp.  1-104  ;  Short  Christian  Catechism  in  Aleutian,  pp.  1-51. 

See  fac-simile  of  title-page.  For  a  later  edition  of  the  Sacred  History  and 
Catechism,  see  Tishnoff  (Elias),  No.  3866  of  this  catalogue. 

3999     -  rocnoja  nainero  |  lacyca  Xpecia  |  Kiwiirr.iie,  |  DanacaHnoe  |  anocrojOMi  Mato- 
tesr.  |  CiPjccKarOfl3biKanaA.ieyTcEo-JncbeBcKofl  Depeec.n>  |  CBHUIOHBBXI  loaimi  BeHiaMHBOBi 
1828  rjoa,  n  BT>  |  1836  rojy  iicnpa  sn.n  ;  |  a  CBHmemiein.  lat-OBi  HeqBtrOBT.  pTacnaipaBaa  ero  | 
o,  CBOBMB  noacneuiaMii  C4tja.ii,  noHaiBbiM''  |  u  &«  ATXHBHOBI,  BMtiomiixi  CBOC 


[Moscow:  Synod  Press,  about  1848.]  JWP. 

Translation.  —  Lord  of  our  |  Jesus  Christ  |  the  Evangel,  |  written  |  by  the  apos 
tle  Matthew.  |  From  the  Russian  tongue  into  the  Aleutian-Fox  translated  |  by 
Reverend  John  Veuiaminoff  1828  in  the  year,  and  in  |  1836  the  year  finished;  | 
and  the  Reverend  Jacob  Netzvietoff  revising  it  |  finally,  with  his  notes  has  made 
intelligible  |  also  for  the  Atchini,  who  understand  [only  ?]  their  own  language. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  i-xiv,  15-237  (erroneously  paged  247),  1-21.  8°. 

Title  in  Cyrillic  type  (12  lines),  reverse  of  1.  2;  Russian  title,  recto  1.3;  Pre 
face  by  Veniaminoff  in  parallel  columns  of  Aleut  (in  Cyrillic  type)  and  Rus 
sian,  pp.  i-v;  Preface  by  Netzvietoff  in  parallel  columns  Aleutian  (Cyrillic  type) 
and  Russian,  pp.  vi-xiv  ;  Gospel  by  Matthew,  parallel  columns  Aleutian  (Cyrillic 
type)  and  Russian,  pp.  15-237;  Form  of  worship  for  the  paschal  feast,  and  first 
and  second  chapters  of  Luke,  in  Cyrillic  type  only,  pp.  1-21.  See  far-si  mi  le  of 
title-page. 

4000  Vergara  (  Fr.  Diego).    Sermones  fen  la  lengua  Zapoteco].  * 

Title  from  Pimeiitel. 

4001  [Verweyst  (Christian  Adrian).]    Mikana  Gijigong  Enamog.  |  Kato- 
lik  |  Anamie-masinaigan  |  oma  masinaiganiug  |  uibiwa  atewan  | 
anamiewinan,  gagikwewinau  |  gaie  |  Nanagatawendamowinan.  | 

Amerika  Printing  House,  |  O  gi-masinakisan  mandan  masinai- 
gan  |  106  N.  Third  Street,  |  St.  Louis,  Mo.  |  1880.  |  s.  WWB. 

Pp.  1-602.  16°.  Prayer  and  meditation  book  in  the  Chippewa  language.  Ap 
proved  by  Michael  Heiss,  Bishop  of  La  Crosse.  Preface  signed  by  Verweyst. 

Pp.  287-602  contain  a  reprint  of  [Baraga  (Rev.  F.)]  Kagige  Debwewiuan,  Ka- 
giuig  getakwendang  Katolik  enamiad.  See  No.  263  of  this  catalogue.  Some 
copies  have  appended:  [Baraga  (/feu.F.)]  Otchipwe  Kikinoamadi-Masiuaigans. 
No  title-page.  Pp.  1-8.  16°.  See  No.  264  of  this  catalogue. 

4002  Vetancurt  (Fr.  Augustin  de).     Arte  |  de  leugva  |  Mexicana,  |  j£ 
dispvesto  >J<  |  Por  orden,  y  mandato  de  N.  Emo  P.  |  Fr.  Francisco 
Trevifio,  Predica-  |  dor  Theologo,  Padre  de  la  santa  Provincia  de 
Burgos,  y  Comissario  |  General  de  todas  las  de  la  Nueva-Espana, 


782  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Vetancurt  (Fr.  Augustin  de) — continued. 

y  por  el  Reverendo,  |  y  Venerable  Diffinitorio  de  la  Provincia  del 
Santo  Evangelio.  |  Dedicado  al  Bienventvrado  |  S.  Antonio  de 
Padva.  |  Por  el  P.  Fr.  Augustin  de  Vetancurt  bijo  dc  |  l;i  dicha 
Provincia  del  Santo  Evangelio,  Predicador  jubilado,  ex  |  lector  de 
Theologia,  y  Preceptor  de  la  lengua  Mexicaua,  Vicario  |  de  la  Oa- 
pilla  de  S:  Joseph  de  los  Nat'irales  en  el  Couvento  |  de  N.  P.  S. 
Francisco  de  Mexico.  |  [Engraving  of  S.  Antonio  de  Padua.] 
Con  licencia,  en  Mexico  por  Francisco  Rodriguez  Lupercio.  1673.  | 
6  p.  11.,  11. 1-49, 8  unnumbered  11, 4°,  containing  "Instrvccion  breve  para  ad- 
ministrar  los  Santos  Sacrametos  de  la  Confession,  Tliatico,  Matrimonio  y  Vela- 
clones  en  la  la  [sic]  lengua  Mexicana,"  and  a  "  Catecismo  Mexicano."  A.  JCB. 


"Ternaux  cites  another  edition,  1573 ;  evidently  an  error,  since  Vetancurt  was 
not  yet  born." — Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  80. 

4003  El  Via  Crucis  en  Lengua  Megicana.  * 

Printed  many  times. — Beristain. 

4004  Sermones  en  Lengua  Mexicana.  * 

Manuscript.  Title  from  Beristain. 

Vetancurt,  Vetancur  or  Betaucurt,  as  others  write  his  name,  was  born  in  Mex 
ico  in  1620  of  parents  descended  from  Jean  de  Bethencourt,  a  French  gentleman, 
who  made  conquest  of  the  Canaries  and  became  king  of  them.  Our  author  was 
uot  considered  an  elegant  writer,  but  he  was  profoundly  versed  in  the  Mexican 
language  and  could  avail  himself,  in  the  composition  of  his  Chronicle,  of  the 
numerous  documents  (fn\existing)that  language. — Srasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

4005  Vetromile  (Rev.  Eugene).     Indian  Good  Book,  [  made  by  |  Eu 
gene  Vetromile,  S.  J.,  |  Indian  Patriarch,  |  for  the  |  benefit  of 
the  |  Penobscot,  Passama-  |  quoddj,  St.  John's,  |  Micmac,  |  and 
other  tribes  of  |  the  Abnaki  Indians.  |  This  year  one  thousand 
eight  hun-  |  dred  and  fifty-six.  |  Old-Town  Indian  Village,  |  and 
Bangor.  | 

New  York :  |  Edward  Dunigan  &  Brother,  |  151  Fulton  Street.  | 
1856.  | 

Second  title  : 

Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1856,  by  |  Ed 
ward  Dunigan  &  Brother,  in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  |  District 
Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York.  |  Alnambay  Uli  | 
Awikhigan,  |  kisi  tunessa  |  Eugin  Vetromile,  S.  J.,  |  Alnambay 
Patlias,  |  ulihalakona  |  Penaubsket,  Sybayk,Ulastook,  |  Micmac,  | 
teba  minaktakik  etalaunsisik  |  Wanbanakki  alnambak.  |  Yo  pemi- 
katook  nekutam-  |  quake  nsansook  kessak-  |  tekoy  teba  uoninska  | 
teba  nekutaus.  |  Penaubsket  alnambay  udenek,   teba  kandoskik.  j 

New  York :  |  Edward  Dunigan  &  Brother,  |  151  Fulton  Street,  j 
1856.  |  JWP. 

3p.  11.,  pp.  7-450.  12°.  English  title  verso  1.1,  Indian  title  recto  1.2;  dedication 
in  English  to  Pius  the  Ninth,  verso  1. 2 ;  the  same  in  Indian,  recto  1. 3,  verso  blank. 

Roman  Catholic  prayer  book,  including  service  for  mass,  catechisms,  hymns, 
&c..in  various  dialects  of  the  Abnaki.  These  prayers  are  sometimes  given  in 


VETANCURT VETROMILE.  783 

Vetromile  (Rev.  Eugene) — eoutiiiued. 

one  dialect  only,  sometimes  in  two,  the  dialect  being  named  in  some  cases,  in 
others  not.  The  dialects  represented  are  the  Moutagnais,  Passamaquoddy,  Mare- 
schiti1,  Micniac,  and  Penobscot,  the  catechism  being  given  in  the  two  latter.  Rules 
for  reading  the  language  of  the  Abnaki  Indians  are  given  on  pp.  13-17. 

400G  -     — Indian  |  Good  Book,  |  made  by  |  Eugene  Vetromile,  S.  J.,  | 
Indian  patriarch,  [  for  the   benefit  of  the  Penobscot,  Passama 
quoddy,  |  St.  John's,  Micniac,  |  and   other  tribes  of  |  the  Abnaki 
Indians.  |  This  year  |  One  Thousand  Eight  Hundred  and  Fifty- 
Seven.  |  Old-Town  Indian  Village,  and  Bangor.  |  Second  edition.  | 

New  York :  |  Edward  Duuigan  &  Brother,  |  (James  B.  Kirker,)  | 
371  Broadway.  |  1857.  | . 

Second  title : 

Alnambay  |  Uli  Awikhigan,  |  kisi  tunessa  |  Eugin  Vetromile,  S. 
J.,  |  Aluanibay  Patlias,  |  ulihalakona  |  Penaubsket,  Sybayk,  Ulas- 
took,  Micmac,  |  teba  niinaktakik  etalaunsisik  |  Wanbanakki  Al- 
nambak.  |  Yo  Pemikatook  nekutainqnake  nsansook  kessaktekoy  | 
teba  noninska  teba  tambawans.  |  Penaubsket  alnambay  udenek,  | 
teba  kandoskik.  |  Nisda  nandjikketawikkaso.  | 

Manhattan  udenek :  |  Edwald  Dunigan  Hatchi  Awidjal,  |  (Safe 
B.  Kirker,)  |  371  Broadway.  |  1857.  |  C.  S.  WHS. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  7-150.  12°.     English  title, p.l;  Indian  title, p.  3. 

4007  Indian  |  Good  Book,  |  made  by  |  Eugene  Vetromile,  S.  J.,  | 

Indian  Patriarch,   |  for  the  benefit  of  the  Penobscot,  Passama 
quoddy,  |  St.  John's,  Micmac,  |  and  other  tribes  of  |  the  Abnaki  In 
dians.  |  This  year  |  One  Thousand  Eight  Hundred  and  Fifty- 
eight.  |  Old-town  Indian  Village,  and  Bangor.  |  Third  Edition.  | 

New  York:  J  Edward  Dunigan  &  Brother,  |  (James  B.  Kirker,)  | 
371  Broadway.  |  1858.  | 
Second  title: 

Alnambay  |  Uli  Awikhigan,  |  kisi  tunessa  |  Eugin  Vetromile,  S. 
J.  |  Alnambay  Patlias,  |  ulihalakona  |  Penaubsket,  Sybayk,  Ulas- 
took,  Micmac,  |  teba   niinaktakik  etalaunsisik  |  Wanbauakki  Al- 
nambak.  |  Yo  pemikatook  nrkutamquake  ntsansook  kessaktekoy  | 
teba  noninska  teba  ntsansek.  |  Penaubsket  Alnambay  Udenek,  j 
teba  Kandoskik.  |  Ntseta  nandjikketawikkaso.  | 

Manhattan  Udenek:  |  Edwald  Dunigan  Hatchi  Awidjal,  |  (Sak 
B.  Kirker),  |  371  Broadway.  |  1858.  |  A.  g.  BA.  WE.  LSH. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-586,  errata  1  1.  16°.  plates. 

4008  Adlachemudiguichkek  |  Meiaulakwey.  |  Wen  kedwi  paka- 

buguet,  deli  annkidagit.  |  Tchibat'ku'musse.  |  [Vignette  I  H  S]  | 

New  York :  |  Edward  Dunigau  &  Brother.  |  (James  B.  Kirker.)  | 
371  Broadway.  |  1858.  |  s.  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-70.  8°.   Vespers,  Compline,  Te  Deum,&c.,  in  dialects  of  the  Abnaki,  Mic 
mac,  Mareschit,  and  Penobscot. 


784  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Vetromile  (Rev.  Eugene) — continued. 

4009  Ahiamihewiutuhangan;  |  The  Prayer  Song,  |  arranged  by  | 

Rev.  Eugene  Vetromile,  S.  J.  | 

New  York :  |  Published  by  Edward  Dunigan  &  Brother,  |  (James 
B.  Kirker,)  |  No.  371  Broadway.  |  1858.  |  s.  BA.  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-vi,7-45.  6°.  "The  design  of  this  volume  is  not  only  to  give  some  prac 
tical  instructions  in  church  music,  in  order  to  aid  the  native  Americans  [Abuakis] 
to  sing  the  praises  of  the  Lord  according  to  the  different  rites  of  the  Catholic 
Church,  but  also  to  preserve  several  unwritten  national  tunes,  kept  by  them  only 
in  tradition." — Extract  from  Preface. 

4010  Of  Vetromile's  |  Noble  Bible.  |  Such  as  happened  Great- 
Truths.  |  Made  by  |  Eugene  Vetromile,  |  Indian  Patriarch,  |  Cor 
responding  member  of  the  Maine  Historical  Society,  &c.,  |  for  the 
benefit  of  |  the  Penobscot,  Micmac,  |  and  other  tribes  of  the  |  Ab- 
naki  Indians.  |  Old  Town,  Indian  Village,  and  Bangor.     1858.  | 

New  York- Village :  |  Rennie,  Shea  &  Lindsay.  |  1860.  | 

Second  title  : 

Vetromile  |  Wewessi  Ubibian.  |  Elit'biklang'sa  |  K'Tchiulameu- 
hangaual.  |  Ututchi  kisituneppan  |  Eugiu  Vetromile,  |  Alnambay 
patlias,  |  Maine  Hanuekanadzemuliangan  Ketchi-awikhighe,  |  uli- 
hal'konan  |  Pannawanbskewiak,  Schiuliquok,  |  te  hatchi  minakta- 
kik  etalanusitsik  |  Wanbauakki  Alnambak.  |  Pannawabskek  Al 
nambay  udenek,  |  quali  kandoskik.  1858.  | 

Manhattan  udenek:  |  Kenuie,  Shea  &  Lindsay.  |  1860.  | 

lp.  l.,pp.  i-xii,  1-572. 16°.  English  title,  p.  i. ;  Indian  title,  p.  iii.  Intended  to 
"give  the  red  man  a  brief  and  clear  knowledge  of  the  most  remarkable  events 
recorded  in  the  Sacred  Writ  *  *  *  written  in  Penobscot  and  Micmac  (with  a 
literal  English  translation)."  C.  8.  BA.  WE.  JWP. 

4011  TheAbnakis  and    their  History,  j  Or  Historical  Notices  | 

on  the  |  Aborigines  of  Acadia.  |  By  |  Rev.  Eugene  Vetromile,  [  Mis 
sionary  of  the  Etchemins,  corresponding  member  of  the  Maine  | 
Historical  Society,  etc.  | 

New  York :  |  James  B.  Kirker,  |  599  Broadway,  Up  Stairs.  |  Sold 
for  the  benefit  of  the  Indians.  |  1866.  |  C.  s.  HU. 

Pp.  i-xi,  11-171.  8°. 

Chapter  5.  Manners  and  Language  of  the  Abnakis,  pp.  34-39. — Chapter  6. 
Abnaki  handwriting,  pp.  40-43,  contains:  Lord's  Prayer  in  [Micmac  and]  Micmac 
Hieroglyphics,  p.  42.— Table  of  seasons  and  months,  pp.  79-«0.— Days  of  the  week, 
and  divisions  of  the  months,  pp.  83-84. — Divisions  of  the  day  and  night,  p.  85. — 
Letter  of  the  Abnakis  Indians  to  the  Canons  of  Chartres  [in  the  Abuaki  lan 
guage],  pp.  168-169. 

4012  A  Tour  |  in  |  Both  Hemispheres ;  |  or,  |  Travels  around  the 

World.  |  By  |  Rev.  Eugene  Vetromile,  D.  D.,  (  Apostolic  Mission 
ary  ;   |   Corresponding  Member  [&c.,  four  lines].  [Two  lines  quo 
tation.] 

New  York :  |  D.  &  J.  Sadlier  &  Co.,  Publishers,  |  31  Barclay 
Street.  |  Montreal :  275  Notre  Dame  Street.  |  1880  |  c.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-502.  8°.  A  few  aboriginal  terms,  mostly  geographic,  with  Eng 
lish  signification,  scattered  throughout. 


VETEOMILE VEYTIA.  785 

Vetromile  (Eev.  Eugene) — continued. 

4013  The  Abnaki  Indians.    Communicated  by  Eugene  Vetro 
mile,  S.  J.,  Professor  in  the  College  of  the  Holy  Cross,  at  Worces 
ter,  Mass.     With  a  Brief  Memoir  of  Professor  Vetromile,  by  Eev. 
Edward  Ballard,  of  Brunswick,  Me. 

In  Maine  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol. 6,  pp. 203-227.    Portland,  1859.  8°. 
Specimen  of  the  Micmac  language,  pp.  226-227. 

4014  Acadia  and  its  Aborigines.     Communicated  January  16, 

18C2,  by  Eev.  Eugene  Vetromile,  S.  J.,  of  Worcester,  Mass. 

In  Maine  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  7,  pp.  £37-349.     Portland,  1876.  8°. 
Names  of  seasons,  list  of  months,  divisions  of  the  month,  days  of  the  week, 
divisions  of  the  night,  and  divisions  of  the  day,  in  the  Abnaki  language. 

4015  Alnambay  1858  Almanac.  s.  AAS. 

[New  York,  Lith.  by  T.  W.  Strong.] 

1  sheet  folio. 

401G  Sande  Awikhigan.    1859.  s.  AAS. 

1  sheet  folio. 

4017  -        -  Indian  Almanac  for  1860. 

S.  Chisin,  Franklin  Printing  House,  Hawley  Street,  corner  of 
Franklin,  Boston.  * 

Title  furnished  by  Mr.  J.  G.  Shea  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

4018  Sande  Awokhigan.    1866.    Eugene  Vetromile,  Alnambay 

Patlias.  AAS. 

1  sheet  folio.  I  have  seen  the  same  for  1862, 1867, 1870, 1871, 1873, 1874, 1875, 
and  1876. 

4019  A  Dictionary  of  the  Abnaki  Language — English- Abnaki 

and  Abnaki-English. 

Manuscript.  3  vols.  folio.  la  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Ma 
terial  collected  by  Father  Vetromile  during  the  years  1855  to  1873,  while  mis 
sionary  among  the  Abnakis.  Volume  1,  pp.  1-573,  contains  prefatory  remarks, 
description  of  the  alphabet  used,  synopsis  of  the  Abnaki  language,  including 
brief  grammatic  remarks,  a  table  of  abbreviations,  and  the  Abnaki-English  dic 
tionary  from  A  to  H,  inclusive.  Volume  2,  pp.  3-595,  contains  further  remarks 
on  the  grammar,  and  a  continuation  of  the  Abnaki-English  dictionary,  I  to  Z, 
inclusive.  The  dictionary  in  each  of  these  volumes  is  divided  into  four  columns ; 
the  first  containing  words  from  the  Abnaki  dictionary  of  the  Rev.  Father  Rasles ; 
the  second,  words  iu  the  Penobscot ;  the  third,  Mareschit ;  and  the  fourth,  Mic 
mac.  Volume  3,  pp.  1-791,  contains  the  English-Abnaki  dictionary,  A  to  Z,  and 
includes  words  in  the  Penobscot,  Etchimin,  Mareschit,  Micmac,  Montagnie,  and 
Passamaquoddy  dialects. 

4020  Veytia  (/).  Mariano).     Historia  Antigua   |  de  |   Mejico,  |  escrita 
por  |  el  Lie.  D.  Mariano  Veytia.  |  La  publica  |  con  varias  notas  y  un 
apeudice  |  el  C.  F.  Ortega,  |  Tom.  I  [-III].  | 

Mejico.  |  Irnpreuta  a  Cargo  de  Juan  Ojeda,  |  Calle  de  las  Escale 
rillas  numero  2.  |  1836.  |  B.  C.  s.  BA. 

3  vols.  8°.  Contains  constant  references  to  and  examples  in  the  Nahnatl 
language.  Mexican  calendar,  vol.  1,  pp.  305-318. 

50  Bib 


786  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

4021  Viana  (D.  Francisco).     [Manuscripts.]  * 

Arte  de  la  lengua  de  Vera  Paz.— Vocabulario  y  sermones  de  la  misma.— Flos 
santorum. — Metodo  p"  confesario. — Catecismo. — Vida  do  Jesucristo. — Tratado  de 
los  Novisimos  del  Hombre. — Metodo  de  asister  &  la  santa  Misa.  Todo  en  lengua 
de  los  Indies. — Tratado  de  la  Justicia  p»  los  Alcaldes  mayores  de  Indus. 

Dr.  Franc"  Viana  was  a  native  of  Alava,  a  member  of  the  Dominican  order, 
to  which  he  consecrated  himself  at  Salamanca.  He  moved  to  the  province  of 
Chiapa  and  lived  in  the  convent  of  Coban,  which  he  not  only  directed  but  also 
rebuilt,  as  well  as  that  of  Zacapula.  He  was  at  various  times  Definidor  of  his 
province,  and  died  in  1609,  leaving  the  foregoing  manuscripts. 

Most  of  the  above  works  were  translated  into  the  Kiche  idiom  of  Guatemala 
by  Fr.  Dionysio  de  Zufiiga,  Dominican  of  the  same  province  of  St.  Vicente. — 
Beristain. 

4022  Vico  (P.  Fr.  Domingo  de).     Vae  rucam  ru  vuhil  nima  viitz  Theo 
logia  Indorum,  ru  binaam,  tihobal  quichim  Indio  -cristiano,  pa  ru 
chabal.  Dios  Nirua — Ahau  pa  Cacchequel  chicovi  [Auctore  Ven.  P. 
Fr.  Dominico  de  Vico,  Ord.  Sancti  Dominici]. 

1  unnumbered  1. .containing  a  notice  by  the  copyist,  Fr.  Juan  Ruiz;  130  11.,  in 
writing  which  appears  to  belong  to  the  17th  century,  folio. 

4023  Theologia  Indorum,  scripta  in  Lingua  Tzutuhila  a  Ven. 

Patre  in  Christo  Fr.  Dominico  de  Vico,  ordinis  Praedicatorum  de 
Prov"  dicta  de  Sancti  Vincentii  de  Chiapa  el  Guatemala.  * 

Manuscript.  26  11.  4°.  The  first  leaf  with  the  title  is  missing.  A  translation, 
written  in  a  clear  and  beautiful  hand,  in  the  Tzutuhile  language,  of  the  life  of 
Our  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 

4024  Sermones  de  San  Mathias  Apostol,  de  la  Anunciacion  de 

Maria  Santissirna  y  de  San  Marcos  Evangelista,  en  Lengua  Tzutuhil. 

Manuscript.  16  11.  folio,  which  the  annotator  of  the  Theologia  Indorum  seems 
to  attribute  to  Father  de  Vico. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

4025  Arte  de  la  lengua  Qiche  6  Utlatecat.  Seguido  del  inodo 

de  bien  vivir  en  la  niisma  lengua,  sacado  de  los  escritos  del  Ven. 
Padre  Fr.  Domingo  de  Vico. 

Manuscript.  34  11.  4°.  The  first  18  leaves  contain  the  grammar ;  the  next  leaf 
is  missing ;  the  others  contain  the  second  part. 

This  manuscript  was  given  to  me  by  a  native  chief  of  Rabinal,  in  1855.  He 
assured  me  that  it  was  by  Father  Domingo  de  Vico,  which  would  seem  to  be 
confirmed  by  the  final  t  of  the  word  Utlatecat,  here  found— an  ancient  form  long 
since  obsolete.  Upon  the  word  of  this  chief  I  have  inscribed  the  name  of  Vico 
on  this  document. 

Vico  had  an  admirable  knowledge  of  the  principal  languages  of  Guatemala, 
and  wrote,  among  other  works,  six  grammars  of  different  languages.  These 
works  remained  in  manuscript  and  disappeared  one  after  the  other,  with  the 
exception  of  those  which  are  mentioned  here.  The  one  which  is  most  to  be  re 
gretted  is  a  Historia  de  los  Indios,  de  sus  fabulas,  aupersticiones,  costumbros, 
etc.,  mentioned  by  Remesal. 

To  Father  de  Vico  all  the  Guatemalan  writers  refer  when  a  work  written  or 
about  to-be  written  in  one  of  the  native  languages  is  in  question.  No  one  un 
derstood  them  equally  well  or  could  make  use  of  them  in  a  manner  so  complete 
and  so  remarkable. — Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

Bcristain,  quoting  from  Remesal,  gives  the  following  list  of  works  by  P.  Vico : 
Teologias  para  los  Indios,  en  Leugua  de  Vera  Paz.  4  tomos. — Libro  de  los 


VIANA — VIE.  787 

Vico  (P.  Fr.  Domiugo  de) — continued. 

Grauda  Nombres :  o  Historia  de  los  Patriarcas,  Reyes  y  Hombres  grandes  del  An- 
tiguo  y  Nuevo  Testamento ;  en  la  misma  Lengua. — El  Parano  Terrene;  en  la 
propia  Lengua. — Historia  de  los  Indios,  sus  fabulas,  supersticiones,  costumbres 
&c. — Seis  Artes  y  Vocabularies  de  diferentes  Lenguas  de  los  Indios. — Prases  e 
Idiotismos  de  dha.  Lenguas.—  Poesias  Sagradas  de  la  Pasion  de  Jesucristo  y  de  los 
Heclios  de  los  Aptfstoles,  en  Kachiquel. — Varies  Catecismos. — Sermones  varies. 

402G  Maria.  Jesus.  Joseph.  Konohel  vtzil  atobal,  xehul  hut  xeua 

chin  naipe  rumal  cahaual  eca  voo  vtzil  xenima  hulu  ch'rih  acavae 

quibi :  loconic,  ca  melali,  cuibali,  mebail,  penitencia Toutes 

les  vertus  ont  brills  avec  e'clat  par  notre  Seigneur;  mais  les  cinq 
vertus  qui  ont  brille"  avec  le  plus  d'e"clat  an  dessus  des  te"nebres  sont 
celles  qu'on  nomme  la  charite",  Phumilite",  la  patience,  la  pauvrete", 
la  penitence,  etc.  * 

Manuscript.  8°.  Written  on  very  heavy  parchment.  It  is  composed  now  of 
103  leaves,  in  long  lines,  written  in  half-Gothic  characters.  Leaves  2-8,  25-28, 
56-59,  and  104  to  the  end  are  wanting. 

This  manuscript  is  one  of  those  precious  works  undertaken  by  the  mission 
aries  for  the  conversion  of  the  Indians.  We  are  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  M. 
Brassenr  de  Bourbourg  for  the  translation  of  some  words  of  the  title  which  we 
give,  and  for  the  following  observations: 

"The  volume  announced  above  is  a  collection  of  prayers  and  meditations, 
written  a  few  years  after  the  conquest  of  Guatemala,  in  a  dialect  which  resem 
bles  both  the  Quiche'  and  the  Kakchiquel,  analagons  to  that  which  is  yet  spoken 
by  the  natives  of  Zipacapa,  department  of  Huehuetenango.  That  it  was  the 
work  of  P.  Domingo  de  Vico,  dominicain,  the  wisest  man  of  that  time  among  the 
companions  of  Las  Casas  and  who  was  killed  by  the  Lacandons  in  1555,  would 
not  be  surprising." 

Though  incomplete,  the  above  manuscript  deserves  to  be  preserved,  not  only 
as  an  historic  document  but  as  a  specimen  of  the  language  spoken  by  the  natives 
at  the  time  of  the  conquest.  In  point  of  curiosity  and  variety  it  is  the  finest 
article  of  our  collection.  It  is  so  much  the  more  important  because  we  believe 
it  unique  in  execution  ;  it  is  written  on  parchment,  and  generally  the  first  works 
written  by  the  missionaries  were  on  maguey  paper. 

P.  Domingo  de  Vico,  prior  of  the  convents  of  Guatemala,  Chiapa,  and  Coban, 
founded  the  City  of  San  Andres.  He  was  constituted  bishop  of  Vera  Paz. — 
Leclerc,  1867,  No.  942. 

4027  Victoria    (Fr.    Tomas).     Sermones    doctrinales    en    Lengua    de 
Zacatula.  * 

4028  Victorino  ( Fr.  Jose").    Arte  y  Vocabulario  complete  de  la  Lengua 
Tarahumara,  general  en  toda  la  Custodia  del  Parral.  * 

402 )  Vidales  (Fr.  Luis).    Dos  Vocabularies  y  Sintaxis  del  Idioma  Yu- 
cateco,  6  Mayo.  * 

Titles  from  Bcristain.  Carrillo  gives  the  titles  of  the  Dos  Vocabularies  as :  Vo 
cabulario  hispauo-maya,  and  Vocabulario  maya-hispano,  and  adds:  Sintaxis  de 
la  lengua  Maya. 

4030  Vie  de  Tobie.  cv. 

Manuscript.  39  pp.  folio.  In  the  Iroquois  language.  By  a  Sulpician  at  the 
mission  of  Lac  des  deux  Montagnes,  Canada.  In  the  archives  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church  at  Caughnawaga,  Canada. 


788  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

;?4       4031  Vilches  (Fr.  Jacinto).    Me"todo  de  rezar  el  rosario  con  medidas  en 
verso  zapoteco. 

Title  from  Pimentel. 

4032  Villacaflas  (Fr.  Benito).    Arte  para  aprender  la  Lengua  Kachiquel : 
y  Diccionario  de  ella. 

Title  from  Beristain.  Sobron  gives  this  title  also,  and  adds:  En  la  misma 
lengua  escribi6  otro  libro  titulado :  Sucessus  iidei  ortodoxse,  que  trata  del  conoci- 
miento  de  Dies,  etc. 

4033  Villafane  (P.  Fornando).    Arte  6  Gramatica  de  la  Lengua  Guasave. 

Manuscript.  A  language  spoken  in  the  province  of  Michoacan. — Beristain.    * 

4034  Villalpando  (Fr.  Luis  de).    Doctrina  cristiana  en  idioma  yucateco  6 
maya. 

The  authors  of  the  Yucatec  Register  place  the  name  of  P.  Villalpando  on 
page  359,  vol.  1,  as  the  author  of  two  works  printed  and  lost,  which  are  the  Arto 
and  Vocabulario.  Sr.  D.  Francisco  Pimentel,  in  his  "  Cuadro  Descriptivo  y  Com 
parative  de  las  Lenguas  Indigenas  de  Mexico,"  vol.  2,  speaks  of  the  works  of  Vil- 
lalpaudo,  reproducing  the  notices  by  our  writer  Beltran. — Carrillo. 

4035  Arte  y  Vocabulario  de  la  Lengua  de  Yucatan.  * 

Printed,  according  to  Pinelo  and  others  who  make  mention  of  this  author. — 

Beristain. 

"  The  first  Maya  grammar  was  composed  by  Father  Luis  de  Villalpando,  the 
first  Catholic  priest  that  set  foot  upon  the  peninsula  of  Yucatan  at  Campea- 
chy.  This  grammar  was  never  published  and  was  much  improved  by  Father 
Landa.  His  treatise  with  the  additions  of  the  bishop  remained  in  manuscript, 
but  was  the  basis  of  the  grammars  of  Fathers  Juan  Coronel  and  Gabriel  de  San 
Bonaventura,  which  in  their  turn  were  largely  used  by  Father  Pedro  Beltran." — 
Norman' t  Rambles  in  Yucatan. 

"  The  first  Maya  dictionary  printed  was  issued  in  the  City  of  Mexico  in  1571. 
It  was  published  as  that  of  Father  Luis  de  Villalpando,  but  as  he  had  then  been 
dead  nearly  twenty  years,  it  was  probably  merely  based  upon  his  vocabulary. 
It  was  in  large  4to,  of  the  same  size  as  the  second  edition  of  Molina's  Vocabula 
rio  de  la  Lengua  Mexicana.  At  least  one  copy  of  it  is  known  to  be  in  existence. 
For  more  than  three  centuries  no  other  dictionary  was  put  to  press,  although  for 
some  unexplained  reason  that  of  Villalpando  was  unknown  in  Yucatan." — Erin- 
ton's  Maya  Chronicles,  pp.  74-75. 

403G  Villanueva  (Fr.  Vicente).    Dramas  6  Actos  de  los  principales  Mis- 
terioa  de  la  Fe"  cristiana  en  verso  Zapoteco.  * 

4037  Los  Misterios  del  Eosario  en  verso  Dramatico  Zapoteco.  * 

Titles  from  Beristain. 

4038  Villavicencio  (Diego  Jaymes  Ricardo).    Luz  |  y  |  Methodo  |  de  con- 
fesar  |  idolatras,  y  des-  |  tierro  de  Idolatrias,  debajo  del  |  Tratado 
siguiente.  |  Tratado  de  avisos  |  y  puntosimportautesdelaabomi-  | 
nable  Seta  de  la  Idolatria:  para  examinar  por  ellos  al  penitente  | 
en  el  fuero  interior  de  la  couciencia,  y  exterior  judicial.     Sacados  | 
no  de  los  Libros,  sino  de  la  experiencia  en  las  aberiguaciones  | 
con  los  Eabbies  de  ella.  |  Por  el  Lie.  Diego  Jaymes  Ricardo  |  Villa 
vicencio,  originario  del  Pueblo  de  Quechula,  de  |  la  Proviucia  de 


VlLCHES VINSON.  789 

Villavicencio  (Diego  Jayines  Ricardo) — continued. 

Tepeaca,  desie  obispado  de  la  Puebla  |  de  los  Angeles:  Cura  Bene- 
flciado  por  su  Magestad,  |  Vicario,  y  luez  Ecclesiastico  del  Par- 
tido  de  Santa  |  Cruz  Tlatlaccotepetl  deste  dicho  Obispado,  y  assi- 
mismo  |  Inez  Comissario  de  dicho  Partido  en  causas  de  Fe  cotra  | 
Idolatrias,  y  otras  supersticiones  del  deinonio.  |  Y  lo  dedica  su  Au 
thor  |  al  1111110,  y  Rmo.  Sefior  |  Doc.  D.  IsidrodeSariuana,yCuenca,  | 
diguissimo  Obispo  de  Antequera,  Valle  de  Oaxaca,  del  |  Gonsejo  de 
su  Magestad  &c.  | 

Con  licencia  en  la  Puebla  de  los  Angeles  en  la  Imprenta  de 
Diego  |  Fernandez  de  Leon.  Auo  de  1692.  |  * 

14  p.  11. ;  pp.  1-136, 1-61 ;  1 1.  index.  4°.  The  leaf  preceding  the  title  has  a  very 
poorly  executed  cut  of  Calvary.  A  rare  and  curious  book.  It  has  something  in 
Mexican  at  the  end. — IcazbaUeta's  Apuntes,  .A'o.  164. 

4039  Villavicencio  (D.  Miguel).    Prontuario  del  idioma  mixteco  dividido 
entres  partes.  arte,  vocabulario  y  manual,  escrito  en  1755  por  el 
cura  D.  Miguel  Villavicencio.  * 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Pimentel. 

4040  Vimont  (P.  Barthelemy).    Eelation  |  de  ce  qvi  s'est  pass6  |  en  la  | 
Novvelle  France,  |  es  ann6es  1640.  et  1641.  |  .Enuoye"e  au  R.  Pere 
Prouincial  de  la  |  Compagniedelesvs,dela  |  Prouiuce  de  France.  | 
Par  le  P.  Bartheletny  Vimont  de  la  mesme  |  Compagnie,  Superieur 
de  la  Residence  de  Kebec.  |  [Design.] 

A  Paris,  |  ch6s  [sic]  Sebastien  Cramoisy,  Imprimeur  ordinaire  | 
du  Roy,  rue  S.  lacques,  aux  Cicognes.  |  M.  DC.  XLII  [1642],  | 
Avec  Privilege  dv  Roy.  |  L. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-216, 1-104. 

[Lalemant  (P.  Jerome).]     Relation  de  ce  qni  s'est  passe"  *  *  *  aux  Hurons, 
appended,  pp.  1-104. 
Reprinted  in  Relations  des  Je'suites,  vol.  1, 1641,  pp.  1-86.     Quebec,  1858.  8°. 

4041  Relation  j  de  ce  qvi  s'est  passe"  |  en  la  |  Novvelle  France  | 

en  l'anne"e  1642.  &  1643.  |  Enuoyee  au  R.  P.  lean  Filleav  |  Prouin 
cial  de  la  Compagnie  de  lesvs,  |  en  la  Province  de  France.  |  Par  le 
R.  P.  Barthelemy  Vimout,  de  |  la  mesme  Compagnie,  Superieur 
de  |  toute  la  Mission.  |  [Design.] 

A  Paris,  |  chez  Sebastien  Cramoisy,  |  Imprimeur  ordinaire  du 
Roy  |  et  |  Gabriel  Cramoisy.  |  rue  S.  lac  |  ques  aux  |  Cicoignes 
[tie].  |  M.  DC.  XLIV.  |  Auec  Priuilege  du  Roy.  |  L. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-309,11.  8°. 

Contains  i  letter  in  Huron,  dictated  by  an  Indian,  with  interlinear  French 
translation,  p.  16. 

Reprinted  in  Relations  des  Je'suites,  vol.  2, 1643,  pp.  1-83.     Qne~bec,  1858.  8°. 

4042  Vinson  (Julien).    La  langue  basque  et  les  langues  ame"ricaines. 

In  Congres  Int.  des  Anie'ricanistes,  Compte-Rendu,  premiere  session,  tome  2, 
pp.  46-80.  Nancy  et  Paris,  1875.  8°. 

Analys0  soinmairo  dn  basque  et  des  langues  ame'ricaines  en  ge'ne'ral,  pp.  60-74, 
includes  a  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Le'nape',  Algonquin,  Cri,  Iroquois,  and 
Basque,  pp.  70-73.  Issued  separately  as  follows: 


790  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Vinson  (Julien) — continued. 

4043  Le  Basque  |  et  les  |  Langues  Ame"ricaines  |  Etude  Com 
parative  |  Lue  au  Congres  des  Ame~ricanistes  |  a  Nancy  |  le  23 
Jnillet  1875  |  par  |  Julien  Vinson  |  Correspondant  de  l'Acade"mie 
de  Stanislas  |  [Vignette.] 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  et  Cle,  Libraires-lSditeurs  |  15,  Quai  Vol 
taire,  15  |  M  DOCC  LXXVI  [1876]  |  A. 

Pp.  1-39.  8°. 
Comparative  vocabulary,  p.  32. 

4044  Vito  (P.  Andres).    Gramatica,  Diccionario  i  Catecismo  en  Lengua 
[Tirnuquana]  de  Mariland  en  la  Florida.     1642.  * 

Mentioned  in  Barcia's  edition  of  Pinelo,  but  not  known  to  be  printed — Trilbner 
in  Ludewig,p.  242.     See  White  (Bev.  Andrew),  No.  4105  of  this  catalogue. 

4045  Vila  I  Katikisma:  |  or  |  Child's  Catechism  in  Choctaw:  |  being  a 
translation  of  |  Dr.  Watts'  Second  Catechism  for  Children.  |  Second 
Edition,  |  Kevised.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  | 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  |  1835.  |     BA.  ASC.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-16.  12°.  According  to  Byington's  manuscript  Choctaw  Dictionary  the 
first  edition  is  1827, 12  pp. 

4046  Vocabulaire  des  Kootenays  |  Counarrha  ou  Skalza  |  Eecueilli  par 
le  r.  p.  ***  Missionaire  Oblat  de  Marie  Im.  au  milieu  de  trop  d'occu- 
pations  pour  qu'il  soit  satisfaisant.  |  AP. 

Manuscript  on  printed  form,  dated  Le  15  Janvier  1883,  1  I.,  pp.  1-20, 1 1.  folio. 
In  the  library  of  M.  Alpli.  Pinart,  San  Francisco,  Cal.  The  form  is  printed  in 
French  ;  prepared  probably  by  M.  Pinart. 

4047  [Vocabularies  of  some  of  the  Indian  Tribes  of  Northwest  America.] 

Manuscript.  2  vols.,  82pp.  folio.  Seen  at  the  sale  of  the  library  of  the  late 
Mr.  Geo.  Brinley,  the  sale  ca'alogue  of  which  says  they  came  from  the  library 
of  Dr.  John  Pickering,  to  whom,  probably,  they  were  presented  by  Mr.  Dnpon- 
ceau.  They  were  presented  "to  Peter  S.  Duponceau,  Esq.,  with  J.  K.  Town- 
ehend's  respects.  Fort  Vancouver,  Columbia  River,  September,  I'-SS." 

Specimens  of  a  language  spoken  by  the  following  tribes  in  Puget's  Sound,  viz : 
the  Nisqually,  Poo-yal-aw-poo,  Tough-no- waw-mish,  So-qua-mish,  Skay-wa-mish, 
Too-wanne-noo,  72  words. — Walla-walla,  near  Walla-walla  Fort,  Columbia 
River,  53  words. — Nez-perces,  53  words. — Chinook,  194  words  and  phrases. — 
[Chinook  Jargon]  used  as  the  means  of  communication  between  the  Indians 
and  whites  on  Columbia  River,  146  words. — Carrier  or  Taculli  Indians  of  New 
Caledonia,  342  words  and  phrases. — Kayouse  Indians,  lower  waters  of  the  Colum 
bia,  131  words. — Kootenai,  near  the  sources  of  the  Columbia,  206  words. — Japan 
ese,  taken  from  three  men  cast  away  on  the  northwest  coast,  74  words. 

4048  Vocabulario.    Vocabulario  breve  y  manual  en  la  Lengua  de  Michu- 
acan.    En  28  de  Junio  de  1647  aiios.  * 

Manuscript.  73  11.  4°.    Title  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  165. 

4049  Vocabulario  de  la  Idioma  Totonaca,  conforme  al  usso  de 

la  Sierra  Alta.  * 

Manuscript  of  the  eighteenth  century.  4°.  Very  curious  and  interesting. — 
Fischer  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  2024. 


VINSON— VOCABULARIO.  791 

Vocabulario — continued, 

4050  Vocabulario  de  la  lengua  Cakchiquel  y  Espauola,  con  un 

Arte  de  la  niisma  lengua.     1813.  * 

Manuscript.  IviO  11.  4°.  The  vocabulary  occupies  the  first  110 11.,  the  grammar 
the  last  10 11.  There  is  no  clue  to  the  author.  The  writing,  although  very  pale,  is 
modern,  and  appears  to  belong  to  the  year  1813,  which  date  is  given  at  the  top 
of  the  first  leaf,  with  the  name  Bavinal.  This  name  would  indicate,  perhaps, 
that  the  manuscript  had  been  left  in  that  place  by  one  of  my  predecessors,  trans 
ferred  from  some  Cakchiquel  parish  to  that  of  Rabiual.  The  vocabulary  is,  in 
respect  to  its  compilation,  a  carefully  prepared  book,  and  by  a  good  author.  I 
received  it  from  Ignacio  Coloche,  chief  of  one  of  the  principal  native  families  of 
Rabinal.— Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

4051  Vocabulario  en  Lengua  Castellana  y  Guatemalteca,  que  se 

llama  Cak-chi-quel-chi.  * 

In  small  quarto,  very  full ;  contains  between  400  and  500  pages ;  without  date, 
but  very  old.  There  is  also  a  copy  of  the  same  in  the  Bibliotheque  Itnpe'riale, 
of  Paris,  badly  made,  with  a  few  additions  at  the  end;  evidently  quite  recent; 
endorsed  as  having  been  obtained  from  the  convent  of  Papnm,  and  marked,  erro 
neously,  Kiche. — Squier's  Monograph. 

4052  Vocabulario  Copioso  de  las  Lenguas  Cakchiquel,  y  Tiche. 

Manuscript.  706  pp.     4°.     Paper  and  handwriting  of  eighteenth  century.      *    ' 
Title  from  Squier's  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  779. 

4053  Vocabulario    Manual,  de  las  Lenguas  Castellana  y  To- 

tonaco.  * 

Manuscript  of  the  eighteenth  century.  4°.  Very  rare,  curious,  and  interesting. 
Totonaca  is  the  language  or  dialect  of  the  Indians  in  the  districts  of  Zatlacan, 
in  the  State  of  Puebla,  and  of  Vera  Cruz.— Fischer  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  2027. 

4054  Vocabulario  Mexicano.  * 

Manuscript.  74  11.  8°.     Only  a  portion  of  the  title-page  remains,  thus: 

Y  co  ...  Escrito  por  un  .  .  .  en  este  curato  de  .  .  .  Lucas  Evan- 
gelista  Iztapalapan.  En  el  Mez  de  Abril  del  ano  de  1788. 

It  is  divided  into  two  parts,  the  first  containing  verbs,  the  second  nouns,  both 
Spanish-Mexican. — Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  81. 

4055  Vocabulario  Mexicano. 

A  Spanish-Mexican  Vocabulary.  Manuscript  of  the  eighteenth  century.  256 
pp.,  very  clearly  written.  4°.  Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  1936. 

4056  Vocabulario  Otomi.  * 

Coloplwn:    Acabose  este  vocabulario  de    trasladar    limes   en 

treinta  de  Enero  de  1640  anos. 

Manuscript.  47011.  folio.  On  the  reverse  of  1. 468  is  the  following :  Acab<5  de 
corregir  este  diccionario  jueves  quinze  de  Enero  de  1699  auos. 

In  view  of  these  dates  it  is  natural  to  suppose  that  the  reviser  of  the  work 
was  not  the  author.  It  is  not  probable  that  after  the  length  of  time  necessary 
to  compile  such  an  extensive  vocabulary  that  the  author's  life  should  have 
been  prolonged  fifty-nine  years. — Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  167. 

4057  Vocabulario  Otomi,  6  Mazahua.  * 

Manuscript.  360  11.  folio.  Lettering  of  eighteenth  century ;  unfinished.  The 
manuscript  lacks  a  title,  and  it  has  not  been  possible  to  assert  definitely  to  what 
idiom  it  belongs.  I  am  inclined  to  consider  it  Otomi,  but  Sr.  Pimentel,  in  his 
Cuadro  Descriptive,  classifies  it  as  Mazahna. — Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  No.  168. 


792  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

4058  Vocabulario  y  Idiomato  Tonaca  [sic]  y  Castellana,  comenzad 

I.  D.  Febrero  de  1789  Anos.  * 

Manuscript.  4°.     Very  curious  and  interesting.— Fischer  Sale  Cat.,  No.  2026. 

4059  Vocabulary.    Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Chinook  Jargon:   |  the  com 
plete  language  |  used  |  by  the  |  Indians  of  Oregon,  |  Washington 
Terri-  |  tory  and  British  Possessions.  | 

San  Francisco :  |  Published  by  Hatchings  &  Rosenfield,  |  146 
Montgomery  street.  |  Towne  &  Bacon,  Printers,  125  Clay  street, 
cor.  Sansome.  |  1860.  |  B. 

Pp.  1-8.  16°.    Chinook-English  vocabulary,  pp.  1-6. — Table  of  distances,  pp.  7-8. 

4060  Vocabulary,  Prayers,  etc.  in  the  Mixe  Language.  * 

Manuscript  of  the  eighteenth  century.  12°.  Title  from  the  Fischer  Sale  Cat 
alogue,  No.  1949. 

4061  Volney  (Constantine  Frangois  Chassebceuf).    Tableau  |  du  |  Cli- 
mat  et  du  sol  |  des  Etats-Unis  |  d'Ame"rique.  |  Suivi  d'eclaircisse- 
mens  sur  la  Floride,  sur  la  colonie  |  Franchise  au  Scioto,  sur  quel- 
ques  colonies  Canadiennes  |  etsurlesSauvages.  |  Enrichi  de  quatre 
Planches  gravees,  dout  deux  Cartes  |  G6ographiques  et  une  coupe 
figured  de  la  chute  de  |  Niagara.  |  Par  C.-F.  Volney,  |  Membre 
du  S6nat  conservateur,  de  1'Institut  national  de  France,  |  Membre 
honoraire  de  la  Socie"te~  philosophique  Americaine  de  |  Philadel- 
phie;  de  la  Socie'te'  Anglaise-asiatique  de  Calcutta;  |  des  Athene"es 
d' Avignon,  d'Aleucon,  etc.  |  Tome  Premier  [Second].  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  |  Courcier,  Imprimeur-Libraire,  quai  des  |  Augus- 
tins,  n°.  71.  |  Dentu,  Impriineur-Libraire,  Palais  du  Tri-  |  buuat, 
Galleries-de-Bois,  n°  240.  |  An  XII.— 1803.  |  A.  c.  BA.  HTJ. 

2  vols.  8°.  map.  Vocabulaire  de  la  Langue  des  Miauiis,  vol.  2,  on  four  leaves 
between  pp.  524  and  533,  numbered  1-8. 

In  the  copy  in  the  Library  of  Congress  there  is  a  manuscript  Osage  vocabulary 
corresponding  to  the  printed  Miami. 

4062  -      —  View  |  of  the  Climate  and  Soil  |  of  the  |  United  States  of 
America :  |  to  which  are  annexed  |  some  accounts  of  Florida,  the 
French  co-  |  locy  on  the  Scioto,  certain  Canadian  co-  |  lonies,  and 
the  savages  or  natives :  |  translated  from  the  French  |  of  |  C.  F. 
Volney,  |  member  of  the  Conservative  Senate,  and  the  French 
Na-  |  tional  Institute,  and  Honorary  Member  of  the  Ameri-  |  can 
Philosophical  Society  at  Philadelphia,  the  Asiatic  |  Society  at  Cal 
cutta,  the  Atheneums  of  Avignon,  |  Alencou,  &c.  |  With  maps  and 
plates.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  J.  Johnson,  |  72,  St.  Paul's  Church  Yard,  | 
By  C.  Mercier  and  Co.  6,  Northumberland-Court.  |  1804.  |    A.  c.  BA. 

Pp.  i-xxiv,  iii-vi,  1-503.  8°.  Folding  maps  and  plates.  Vocabulary  of  the 
Miami  language,  pp.  49:5-503. 

4063  -        -  A  View  |  of  |  the  Soil  and  Climate  |  of  the  |  United  States 
of  America:  |  with  supplementary  remarks  |  upon  Florida;  on  the 


VOCABULARY— WAFER.  793 

Volney  (Constantino  Francois  Cbassebceuf) — continued. 

French  colonies  on  the  Mississippi  |  and  Ohio,  and  in  Canada;  and 
on  the  Aboriginal  Tribes  |  of  America.  |  By  C.  F.  Volney,  |  Mem 
ber  of  the  Conservative  Senate,  &c.  &c.  |  Trans'ated,  with  occa 
sional  remarks,  |  by  C.  B.  Brown.  |  With  maps  and  plates.  | 

Philadelphia,  |  Published  by  J.  Conrad  &  Co.  Philadelphia ;  M. 
&  J.  Conrad  &  Co.  |  Baltimore;    Rapin,  Conrad,  &  Co.  Washing 
ton  City;  Somervell  |  &  Conrad,  Petersburg;  and  Bonsai,  Conrad, 
&  Co.  Norfolk.  |  Printed  by  T.  &  G.  Palmer,  116,  High  Street,  | 
1804.  |  C.  BP.  HU. 

Pp.  i-xxviii,  1-446.  8°.  maps  and  plates.     Vocabulary  of  the  Miami  language 
(English  pronunciation  from  Barton  and  Wells),  pp.  429-439. 

40G4  Tableau  du  Climat  et  du  Sol  des  Etats  Unis  D'Ame'rique. 

Suivi  d'e"claircissemens  sur  la  Floride,  sur  la  colonie  Frangaise  au 
Scioto,  sur  quelques  colonies  Canadiennes  et  sur  les  Sauvages. 
Par  C.-F.  Volney. 

Paris :  Courcier  &  Dentu.    1822. 

2  vols.,  continuous  pagination.  8°.  maps.     Vocabulaire  de  la  Langue  des  Mi- 
amis,  vol.  2,  pp.  525-532. 

4065  Vose   (Henry).    Choctaw  Analogies.    By  Henry  Vose,  of  Missis 
sippi.  LSH. 

In  the  National  Intelligencer,  Washington,  D.  C.,  May  16, 1835. 
Analogy  of  Choctaw  terms  with  those  of  the  Hebrew,  Greek,  Chinese,  &c. 


4066  Wabass  ( — ).   Vocabularies  of  the  Chinook  and  Cowlitz  Languages. 

Manuscript.  1  1.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

4067  Wafer  (Lionel).    A  new  |  Voyage  |  and  |  Description  |  of  the  | 
Isthmus  of  America,  |  Giving  an  Account  of  the  |  Author's  Abode 
there,  |  The  Form  and  Make  of  the  Country,  |  the  Coasts,  Hills, 
Rivers,  &c.  Woods,  |  Soil,  Weather,  &c.  Trees,  Fruit,  Beasts,  | 
Birds,  Fish,  &c.  |  The  Indian  Inhabitants,  their  Features,  |  Com 
plexion,  &c.  their  Manners,  Cu-  |  stoms,  Employments,  Marriages, 
Feasts,  |  Hunting,  Computation,  Language,  &c.  |  With  Remarka 
ble  Occurrences  in  the  South  |  Sea,  and  elsewhere.  |  By  Lionel 
Wafer.  |  Illustrated  with  several  Copper-plates.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  James  Knapton,  at  the  Crown  in  |  St. 
Paul's  Church-yard,  1699.  |  A.  c.  BA.  HU.  JOB. 

4  p.  11..  pp.  1-224,  7  11.  8°.  map  and  3  folding  plates.  Darien  numerals  and 
vocabulary,  pp.  181-184, 186-188. 

A  German  translation  of  this  work  appears  in :  Allgemeine  Historic  der  Reisen 
zu  Wasser  uud  Landc,  vol.15,  chap.  3,  pp.  253-316,  Leipzig,  1757.  Linguistics, 
p.  280.  (c.)  Ludewijr  mentions  a  French  translation  in:  Dampier's  Voyage 
antour  du  Monde,  Amsterdam,  1705,  8°. 


794  NORTH  AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Wafer  (Lionel) — continued. 

4008  Nieuwe  Eeystogt  en  Beschryving  van  de  Land-Engte  van 

Amerika,  Behelzende  een  Verliaal  van  des  Schryvers  verblyf  en 
zonderlinge  avontuuren  aldaar,  de  gestelteuisse  van't  land,  de  kus- 
ten  bergen,  rivieren  ....  beesten,  vogelen,  visschen  enz  .... 
Door  Lionel  Wafer,  uyt  het  Engelsch  vertaal  door  W.  Sewel. 

In's  Gravenhage,  By  Abraham  de  Hondt,  Boekverkooper  op  de 
Zaal  van't  Hof,  in  de  Fortuyn  1700.  * 

2  p.  11.,  text  88  pp.,  table  8  pp.  5  plates.  Gothic  letter.  4°.  Title  from  Bart- 
lett's  catalogue  of  the  John  Carter  Brown  library. 

4069  A  new  |  Voyage  |  and  |  Description  |  of  the  |  Isthmus  of 

America.  |  Giving  an  Account  of  the  |  Author's  Abode  there,  |  The 
Form  and  Make  of  the  Country,  the  Coasts,  Hills,  |  Rivers,  &c. 
Woods,  Soil,  Weather,  &c.  Trees,  Fruit,    |   Beasts,  Birds,  Fish, 
&c.  |  The  Indian  Inhabitants,  their  Features,  Complexion,  &c.  | 
their  Manners,  Customs,  Employments,  Marriages,  |  Feasts,  Hunt 
ing,  Computation,  Language,  &c.  |  With  Remarkable  Occurrences 
in  the  South-Sea  and  |  elsewhere.  |  By  Lionel  Wafer.  |  The  Second 
Editon.   |  To  which  are  added,  |  The  Natural  History  of  those 
Parts,  |  By  a  Fellow  of  the  Eoyal  Society:  |  and  |  Davis's  Expedi 
tion  to  the  Gold  Mines,  in  1702.  |  Illustrated  with  several  Copper- 
Plates.  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  James  Knapton,  at  the  Crown  in  |  St.  Paul's 

Church- Yard.    MDCCIV  [1704].  |  c.  BP.  JOB. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-283;  index,  6  unnumbered  11.  8°.  map.     Linguistics,  pp.  145-150. 

4070  Les  |  Voyages  |  de  |  Lionel.  Wafer  |  coutenant  |  une  de 
scription  |  tres-exacte  de  1'lsthme  de  1'A-  |  nierique  &  de  toute  la 
nouvelle  |  Espagne.  |  Traduits  de  1'Anglois  par  Monsieur  |  De 
Montirat  Interprete    desLangues.  |  Avecles  Cartes  Geographiques 
tres-exactes  |  &  tres-curieuses.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Cellier,  rue  S    Jacques,  |  a  la  Toison  d'or.  | 
M.  D.  CCVI  [1706].  |  Avec  privilege  dv  Roy.  |  A.  s.  JCB. 

4  p.  11. ,  pp.  1-398,  2  11.  16°.    Linguistics,  pp.  203, 205-206. 

4071  Voyage  de  Mr.  Wafer,  ou  1'on  trouve  la  description  de 

1'isthme  de  1'Ame'rique. 

Amsterdam.     Chez  la  Veuve  de  Paul  Marret  1714.  * 

12°.  262  pp.  and  table.  Wafer  was  surgeon  to  Dampier's  expedition  across 
the  Isthmus,  and  was  left  among  the  Indians  to  recover  from  a  wound.  No  one 
since  his  time  has  seen  so  much  of  them. — BartleM. 

4072 Lionel  Wafers  |  merkwiirdige  |  Reisen  |  nach  der  |  Erd- 

Enge  Darien ;  |  auch  durch  |  die  Slid-See,  |  unddas  |  mittagigeAt- 
lantischeMeer:  |  nebst  |  eincr  Iteise  Davis  |  nach  den  Spanischen  | 
Gold-Miuen,  |  nndAnhange  |  derniitzlichsten  und  souderbarsten  | 
Natur-Gaben  |  in  den  Gegenden  von  Darien.  |  Nach  der  zweyten 
Engliindischen  Ausgabe  ubersetzt :  |  Mit  Kupfern.  | 


WAFER — WAND  ALL.  795 

Wafer  (Lionel) — continued. 

Halle,  Druck  und  Verlag  Job.  Christoph  Mich.  Vesters,  1 1759.  |  * 
Pp.  iii-xix,  1-356.  map,  plate.     Linguistics,  pp.  170, 175-17G.     There  is  a  copy 
in  the  library  of  Harvard  University. 

Wagener  (W.  L.) 
See  Kruger  (P.),  No.  2148  of  this  catalogue. 

4073  Wagner  (Dr.  Moritz)  and  Scherzer  (Dr.  Carl).     Die   |    Eepublik 
Costa  Rica  |  in  |  Central  Amerika  |  mit  besonderer  Berucksichti- 
gung  der  Naturverhaltnisse  und  der  Frage  |  der  deutschen  Aus- 
wanderung  und  Colonisation.  |  Reisestudien  und  Skizzen  |  aus  den 
Jabren  1853  uud  1854  I  von  I  Dr.  Moritz  Wagner  nnd  Dr.  Carl 

^-^     *  *? 

Scherzer.  |  Mit  eiuer  Karte.  | 

Leipzig,  |  Arnoldiscbe  Bucbbandlung.  |  1856.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-578.  8°. 

Kleines  Worter-Verzeichniss  ans  den  Sprachen  der  wilden  Stamme  der  Blanco-, 
Valieutes-,  und  Talamanca-Indianer,  entlang  der  Ostktiste  zwischen  dein  Rio- 
Zeut  und  Boca  del  Toro,  im  Staate  Costa  Rica,  pp.  573-576. 

4074  Waldeck  (Frede~ric  de).     Voyage  Pittoresque  |  et  Arch^ologique  | 
dans  la  Province  |  d'Yucatan  |  (Ame"rique  Centrale),  |  pendant  les 
ann^es  1834  et  1836,  |  par  Frdde'ric  de  Waldeck,  |  dedie"  |  a  la  me"- 
moire  de  feu  |  le  Vicomte  de  Kingsborough.  | 

Paris,  |  Bellizard  Dufour  et  C°,  Editeurs,  |  Rue  de  Verneuil, 
1  bis;  |  A  Londres,  Chez  J.  et  W.  Boone,  29,  New-Bond-Street,  | 

[A  Londres  Chez]  Bossange  Barthes  et  Lowell,  14,  Great- 

Marlborough-street.  |  M  DCCC  XXXVIII  [1*38].  |  A.  0.  BP.      /^ 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-x,  1-110.  folio,  map,  plates. 

Tableau  des  noms  des  villes,  villages,  cures,  etc.,  de  1'^tat  d'  Yucatan,  pp. 
29-33. — Vocabulaire  Maya  avec  les  noms  de  nombre  et  quelques  phrases  a  1'usage 
des  voyageurs,  Spanish,  French,  and  Maya,  pp.  79-90. 

[Walker  (Luke  C.)] 

See  |  Himnan  (Samuel  D.),  Cook  (Joseph  W.),  Hemaiis  (Daniel  W.),  and 
Walker  (Luke  C.)] 

4075  Walker  (William).    Numerals  of  the  Wyandot. 

Ill  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  218-220.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

4076  Walker  (Rev.  William).    Gospel  Hymns  |  and  |  Sacred  Songs,  | 
translated  into  the  |  Ojibway  Language  |  by  the  |  Rev.  William 
Walker,  |  French  Bay,  Saugeen,  |  Ontario.  | 

Published  by  |  Alonzo  Barnard,  |  Omena,  Mich.  |  1879.  |      JWP. 
Printed  cover  1  1. ,  pp.  1-24.  16°. 

4077  Wandall  (Erik  Adolf).    Kissitsisilliornermik  |  iliniarkautiksset  | 
Kaladliuimt  attuiegeksaursnt.  |  Kaladlisut  nuktersimagalloaet  | 
nark'iksarej  sennak' iglugidlo  |  Erik  Adolf  Wandall-ib,  |  Tolstrupi- 
miiit  pellesia3ta.  | 

Aalborgime.  |  1845.  | 


796  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Wandall  (Erik  Adolf)— continued. 

Second  title: 

Begyndelsesgrundene  |  i  |  Eegning  |  til  Brug  for  Gr^enlsen- 
derne.  |  Oversaettelsen  paa  Gr^nlandsk  |  rettet  og  tildeels  oinar- 
beidet  |  af  |  Erik  Adolf  Waudall,  |  Praest  i  tolstrup.  |* 

Aalborg.  |  1845.  |  HU. 

Pp.  1-91,  alternate  Eskimo  and  Danish  ;  Eskimo  title  verso  1.  1,  Danish  title 
recto  1. 2.  16°.  Elements  of  arithmetic  in  Greenlandish  Eskimo. 

4078  Naitsungordlugo  |   uunab  aglautigenera  |   Stoud-Platou- 

mit.  |  Kaladlit  okauzeennut  nuktersimaga  |  E.  A.  Wandall-ib,  | 
Tolstrupimiut  |  pellesia^ta.  | 

Aalborgime.  |  Stiftibnakk'iterivianenakk'ittarsimarsut.  j  1848.  |  HU. 
Pp.  1-109.     Geography  in  Greenlandish  Eskimo. 

4079  Ward  (Lester  Frank).     Savage  and  Civilized  Orthoepy.    By  Lester 
F.  Ward. 

In  Anthrop.  Soc.  of  Washington,  Trans.,  1880-81,  pp.  106-111.     Washington, 

1881.  8°. 

"  Consists  principally  of  remarks  and  strictures  on  the  first  chapter  of  [Pow 
ell's]  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages." 

4080  Warden  (David  Baillie).    Kechercb.es  |  sur  les  |   Antiquit&s  de 
l'Aine>ique  |  Septeutrionale,  |  Par  D.  B.  Warden,  |  Membre  Corre- 
spondaut  de  1' Academic  des  Sciences  de  1'Institut  |  Royal,  etc., 
etc.  |  (Extrait  du  2e  volume  des  M6moires  de  la  dite  Societe".)  | 

Paris,  |  Everat,  Imprimeur-Libraire,  |  Kue  du  Cadrau,  No.  16.  | 
1827.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-144.  4°. 

Pre'tendue  affinite'  des  langues  indiennes  avec  celles  de  divers  penples,  being 
extracts  from  Barton,  Heckewelder,  Loskiel,  Heriot,  and  others,  pp.  112-120. 

4081  Recherches  sur  les  Antiques  des  Etats-Unis  de  PAmerique 

Septentrionale,  Par  M.  Warden. 

In  Soc.  de  Geog.,  Me"rn.,  tome  2,  pp.  372-509.     Paris,  1835.  4°. 
"Pre'teudne  affinitd  des  langues  indiennes  avec  celles  de  divers  peuples,"  pp. 
481-489. 

4082  Recherches  |  sur  |  lesAntiquite"s  |  del'Am6riqueduNord  | 

et  de  |  l'Ame>ique  du  Sud,  |  et  sur  |  la  Population  primitive  |  de 
ces  deux  continents,  |   par  |  M.  Warden,  |  Ancien  Consul-General 
[&c.,  three  lines].  [Design.] 

Paris,  |  Imprimerie  et  Fouderie  normales  de  Jules  Didot  Paine",  | 
Boulevart  d'Enfer,  No.  4.  |  1834.  |  A.  B. 

Pp.  1-224.  folio.  Forms  Deuxierne  Partie,  Deuxieme  Division,  Tome  Second, 
of  Antiquite's  AnKSricaines,  Paris,  1834,2\ols.  folio. 

Analogic  entre  des  mots  Ame'ricains  et  des  mots  Chinois  et  Tartares  selon 
divers  auteurs,  including  a  table  of  Otomi  words  compared  with  the  Chinese,  and 
the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Otomi,  pp.  125-129. — A  few  words  of  Scripture,  St.  Mat 
thew  and  St.  John,  in  the  Esquimaux  of  Labrador  and  of  Greenland  com 
pared. — Du  langage  par  sigues  (from  Dunbar),  with  vocabulary,  pp.  170-179. — 
Brief.discussion  of  the  Cherokee  alphabet,  p.  180. 


WANDALL WASHINGTON.  797 

4083  Warren  (Liiut.  Gouvernour  Kemble).    34th  Congress,  |  1st  Ses 
sion.  |  Senate.  |  Ex.  Doc.  |  No.  76.  |  Explorations  |  in  the  |  Dacota 
Country,  |  in  the  year  1855.  |  By  |  Lieut,  G.  K.  Warren,  |  Topo 
graphical  Engineer  of  the  Sioux  Expedition.  | 

Washington :  |  A.  O.  P.  Nicholson,  Senate  Printer.  |  1856.  | 
1  p.  l.,pp.  1-79,  i-vi.  8°.  map.     Names  of  Dacota  tribes,  with  English  signifi 
cation,  pp.  15-16.  A.  JWP.  LSH. 

4084  Warren  (Henry  P.),  Warren  (Rev.  William),  and  Warren  (Samuel). 
The  History  |  of)  Waterford,  Oxford  County,  Maine,  |  comprising  | 
Historical  Address,  |  By  Henry  P.  Warren ;  |  Record  of  Families,  | 
By  Rev.  William  Warren,  D.  D.;  |  Centennial  Proceedings,  |  By 
Samuel  Warren,  Esq.  |  Published  by  Direction  of  the  Town.  | 

Portland :  |  Hoyt,  Fogg  &  Donham,  j  1879.  |  C. 

1  p.  l.,pp.  v-viii,  9-371.  8°.  Meaning  of  some  of  the  Indian  names  of  places 
iu  Maine,  pp.  17-18. 

4085  Warren  (William  W.)     Numeration  of  the  Ojibwa  of  Chegoime- 
gou,  and  of  the  Pillagers,  and  Northern  Ojibwas. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  211-213.  Philadelphia, 
iar>2.  4°. 

4086  Washashe  Wageressa  Pahygreh  |  Tse.  |  The  Osage  First  Book.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  | 
for  Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  &  Brewster.  1 1834.  |  C.BA.AAS.JWP. 

Pp.  1-123.  16°.  The  greater  part  of  the  work  is  occupied  by  biblical  stories, 
the  following  caption  appearing  on  p.  25  and  relating  to  the  remainder  of  the 
volume:  Washashe  Wakshunsa Tse ;  Wageressa  Wasuhu  Ikshi  Echit  Hv  Rusapi 
Tse.  The  Osage  Instructor ;  Selections  from  the  Scriptures. 

Translated,  probably,  by  the  Kev.  W.  B.  Montgomery. 

4087  [Washington  (dipt.  John).]    Eskimaux  and  English  Vocabulary,  | 
for  the  use  of  the  Arctic  Expedition.  |  Published  by  Order  of  the 
Lords  Commissioners  of  the  Admiralty.  | 

London :  |  John  Murray,  Albemarle  Street,  j  1850.  |  A.  C.  s.  GB.  WHS. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-160.  oblong  12°.  "  Compiled  for  the  use  of  the  Arctic  Expeditions 
fitted  out  at  the  expense  of  the  British  Government  to  carry  relief  to  Sir  John 
Franklin  and  his  companions."  Extract  from  preface,  signed  John  Washington, 
Captain,  R.  N. 

Brief  sketch  of  the  Eskimaux  Grammar,  pp.  xi-xvi. — English  and  Eskimaux 
vocabulary  [Labrador,  or  Eastern ;  Winter  Island  and  Iglfilik,  or  Central ;  Kotze- 
bue  Sound,  or  Western],  pp.  1-100. — Specimen  of  Dialogues  [Labrador-Eski- 
maux  J.  pp.  101-107. — Eskimaux  or  Innnit  Names  of  Places  in  or  near  Melville 
Peninsula  [Labrador-Eskimaux],  pp.  108-109. — Comparative  Table  of  a  few  words 
of  the  Eskimaux  (or  Innuit),  Chukchi,  Aleutian,  and  Karyak  languages,  chiefly 
from  Balbi's  Atlas  Ethuographique  and  Klaproth's  Sprach- Atlas,  pp.  110-113. — 
Eskimaux  and  English  vocabulary,  pp.  115-160. 

4088  Greenland-Eskimo  and  English  Vocabulary.     [Compiled 

by  Capt.  Washington,  R.  N.] 

London,  1853.  * 

Oblong  12°.  Title  from  Brown's  North- West  Passage,  p.  451,  London,  1858 ;  and 
Quaritch's  General  Catalogue,  1877,  p.  1019. 


798  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

4089  Wassenaer  (Olaes).    Description  and  First  Settlement  of  New 
Netherland.     [From  Wassenaers  Historic  Van  Europa.    Amster. 
dam;  1G21-1G32.J 

In  O'Callaghan  (E.B.)  The  Documentary  History  of  the  State  of  New -York, 
vol.  3,  pp.  27-48.  Albany,  1850.  8°. 

Numerals  1-10,  and  names  of  the  months  in  the  Indian  [Mohawk  ?]  language, 
p.  33.  Reprinted  in  O'Callaghan  (E.  B.)  The  Documentary  History  of  the  State 
of  New- York,  vol.  3,  pp.  19-31.  Albany,  1850.  4°.  Linguistics  on  p.  22. 

The  original  is  contained  in  vol.6  of  the  following: 

4090  Historisch  Verhad  |  al  der  ghedenck-weerdichste  geschie- 

denissen,  |  die  bier  en  daer  in  Europa,  als  in  Duijtschlant,  Vranck- 
rijck,  |  Engbelant,  Spaengien,  Hungarijen,  Polen,  Seven-berghen, 
Walla  |  chien,  Moldavien,  Turckijen  en  Neder-lant,  van  den  be- 
giune  |  des  jaers  1C21:  tot  den  Herfst  toe,  voorgevallen  syn.  |  Door 
Doct.  Claes  Wassenaer.  |  1G22  [-1632].  | 

t'  Amstelredam  |  Bij  Jan  Evertss  Kloppenburgh  op  't  Water.  |    * 
21  vols.  4°.     Title  from  Asher,  No.  330. 

4091  Waters  (Abraham).     A  |  Vocabulary  of  |   Words  in  Hancock's 
Harbor  |  Language,  |  On  the  North  West  Coast  of  N.  America.  | 
Taken  by  Abraham  Waters,  who  |    sailed  to  that  place  with  Capt. 
Gray  of  |  Boston  (about  20  years  ago)  whose  widow  |  presented  the 
Original,  from  which  this  is  |  transcribed,  to  Elbridge  G.  Howe.  | 
Paxton  Dec.  13.  1828.  |  AAS. 

Manuscript  containing  about  200  words.  In  the  library  of  the  American  An 
tiquarian  Society,  Worcester,  Mass. 

4092  Watklns  (Rev.  E.  A.)    A  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Cree  Language,  |  as 
spoken  by  the  Indians  |  of  the  |  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  Territo 
ries.  |  Compiled  by  |  the  Rev.  E.  A.  Watkins,  |  Missionary  of  the 
Church  Missionary  Society.  |  Consisting  of  |  Part  I.  English  Cree.  | 
Part  IT.  Cree-English.  | 

London:  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge;  |  sold  at 
the  depositories :  |  77  Great  Queen  Street,  Lincoln's  Inn  Fields ;  | 
4 Eoyal  Exchange;  48  Piccadilly.  |  And  by  all  booksellers.  |  1865.  | 

Pp.  i-xxiv  and  1-460.  sq.  24°.  Part  I.  English-Cree,  pp.  1-183.— Part  II. 
Cree-English,  pp.  184-460.  WE.  JWP. 

4093  Terms  of  Eelationship  of  the  Cree  of  the  Prairie  (Muskota- 

wenewuk),  collected  by  Eev.  E.  A.  Watkins,  Devon,  Siskachewun 
District,  Hudson's  Bay  Ty. 

In  Morgan  (L.  H.)  Systems  of  Consanguinity  and  Affinity,  pp.  293-382. 
Washington,  1871.  4°.  Follows  lino  37  through  those  pages. 

4094  Watson  (John  F.)  Annals  |  of  |  Philadelphia  and  Pennsylvania,  | 
in  the  olden  time;  |  being  a  collection  of  |  Memoirs,  Anecdotes,  and 
Incidents  |  of  the  |  City  and  its  inhabitants,  |  and  of  the  |  earliest 
settlements  of  the  inland  part  of  Pennsylvania,  |  from  |  the  days 
of  the  founders.  |  Intended  to  preserve  the  recollections  of  olden 
time,  and  to  exhibit  society  in  its  |  changes  of  manners  and  cus- 


WASSENAER — WEISER.  799 

Watson  (John  F.) — continued. 

toms,  and  the  city  and  country  in  |  their  local  changes  and  im 
provements.  |  Embellished  with  engravings,  by  T.  H.  Mumford.  | 
By  John  F.  Watson,  |  Member  of  the  Historical  Societies  of  Penn 
sylvania,  New  York,  and  Massachusetts.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I 
[II].  |  [Six  lines  quotation.] 

This  edition  purchased  and  for  sale  by  |  Carey  and  Hart — Phila 
delphia.  |  1845.  |  C. 

2  vols.  8°.  Indian  names  of  places  in  Pennsylvania,  from  Hecke  welder,  vol.  2, 
pp.  180-161. 

The  first  edition,  Philadelphia,  1830,  does  not  contain  the  list  of  places.     Issued 
also  with  the  imprint,  Philadelphia:  |  Printed  and  published  for  the  author,  and 
for  sale  by  |  John  Penington  and  Uriah  Hunt. — New  York,  Baker  &  Crane.  | 
1844.  | 

4095  Annals  |  of  |  Philadelphia  and  Pennsylvania,  |  in  the  olden 

time;  |  being  a  collection  of  |  Memoirs,  Anecdotes,  and  Incidents  | 
of  the  |  City  and  its  inhabitants,  |  and  of  the  |  earliest  settlements 
of  the  inland  part  of  Pennsylvania,  |  from  |  the  days  of  the  found 
ers.  |  Intended  to  preserve  the  recollections  of  olden  time,  and  to 
exhibit  j  society  in  its  changes  of  manners  and  customs,  and  the 
city  |  and  country  iu  their  local  changes  and  improvements.  |  Em 
bellished  with  engravings,  by  T.  H.  Mumford.  |  By  John  F.  Wat 
son,  |  Member  of  the  Historical  Societies  of  Pennsylvania,  New 
York,  and  Massachusetts.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].     [Six  lines 
quotation.] 

Philadelphia:  |  Published  by  Elijah  Thomas,  No.  5  S.  Sixth 
Street.  |  1857.  |  * 

^  vols.  8°.  Indian  names,  as  above,  vol.  2,  pp.  181-182.  There  is  a  copy  of  this 
edition  in  the  Boston  Athenaeum  library.  Also  issued  with  a  supplementary  vol 
ume,  Philadelphia:  J.  M.  Stoddart  &  Co.  1879.  3  vols.  8°. 

4096  Wea.     The  |  Wea  Primer,  |  Wev  mvs  nv  kv  ue,  |  to  |  Teach  the 
Wea  Language.  | 

Cherokee  Nation:  |  Mission  Press.    John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  | 
1837.  |  ABO. 

Pp.  1-48.  sq.  24°. 

4097  Weikamp  (Rev.  John  B.)    Appendix  [of  the  Mass  and  Vespers  in 
Latin;  and  Prayers  in  the  Ottawa-Indian  Language.     By  Eev. 
John  B.  Weikamp,  Tert,  O.  S.  F.] 

In  Baraga  (F.)  and  Weikamp  (John  B.)  Katolik  Anamie  Masinaigan,  pp. 
323-346.  New  York  and  Cineiuna  i  [1874].  16°.  The  prayers  in  Ottawa  occupy 
pp.  337-346. 

4098  Weiser  (Conrad).     Table  of  the  Names  of  Numbers  of  several 
Indian  Nations.  C. 

In  Gentleman's  Magazine,  vol.  26,  p.  386.     London,  n.  d.  8°. 
Numerals  1-1000  of  the  Mohawks,  Oneiders,  Onontagers,  Cayiukers,  Sinickers, 
Delawares,  Shawanose,  and  Wauats. 


800  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

4099  Wheeler  (Lieut.  George  M.)    Annual  Report  |  upon  the  |  Geograph 
ical  Explorations  and  Surveys  West  of  the  |  One  Hundredth  Merid 
ian,  in  California,  Nevada,  |  Nebraska,  Utah,  Arizona,  Colorado, 
New  |  Mexico, Wyoming,  and  Montana,  |  by  |  George  M.Wheeler,  | 
First  Lieutenant  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  A.;  |  being  |  Appendix  LL  |  of 
the  |  Annual  Report  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers  for  1875.  | 

Washington  :  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1875.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-iv,  I  1.  errata,  pp.  1-196.  8°. 

Gatschet  (A.  S.)  Report  on  the  Pueblo  languages  of  New  Mexico,  and  of  the 
Moquis  in  Arizona,  pp.  180-187. 

Lieutenant  Wheeler's  report  also  appears  as  pp.  921-1108  of  the  Annual  Report 
of  the  Chief  of  Engineers  for  187b'.  In  this  connection  Mr.  Gatschei's  paper 
occupies  pp.  1100-1107. 

4100  Annual  Report  |  upon  the  |  Geographical  Surveys  West 

of  the  One  Hundredth  j  Meridian,  in  California,  Nevada,  Utah, 
Colorado,  |  Wyoming,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  and  Montana,  |  by  | 
George  M..  Wheeler,  |   First  Lieutenant  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  A.;  j 
being  |   Appendix  JJ  |  of  the  |  Annual  Report  of  the  Chief  of 
Engineers  for  1876.  | 

Washington :  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1876.  |  JWP. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-vi,  1-355.  8°.  maps. 

Gatschet  ( A.  S. )  Analytical  report  on  eleven  idioms  spoken  in  Southern  Cali 
fornia,  Nevada,  &c.,  pp.  330-343. 

Loew  (Dr.  O. )  Notes  upon  ethnology  of  Southern  California  and  adjacent 
regions,  pp.  321-327. 

Lieutenant  Wheeler's  report  also  appears  as  pp.  21 9-563  of  the  Annual  Report 
of  the  Chief  of  Engineers  for  1876.  In  this  connection  the  above  papers  occupy 
pp.  550-563,  541-547. 

410  L  Engineer  Department,  U.S.  Army.  |  Report  |  upon  |  United 

States  Geographical  Surveys  |  West  of  the  One  Hundredth  Meri 
dian,  |  in  charge  of  |  First  Lieut.  Geo.  M.  Wheeler,  |  Corps  of  En 
gineers,  U.  S.  Army,  |  under  the  direction  of  |  Brig.  Gen.  A.  A. 
Humphreys,  |  Chief  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army.  |  Published  by 
authority  of  the  Honorable  the  Secretary  of  War,  |  in  accordance 
with  Acts  of  Congress  of  June  23, 1874,  and  February  15, 1875.  |  In 
Seven  Volumes,  accompanied  by  one  Topographical  and  one  |  Geo 
logical  Atlas.  |  Vol.  II. — Astronomy  and  Barometric  Hypsometry. 
[-VI I. — Archaeology.]  | 

Washington :  [  GoverumentPriutingOffice.  1877  [1875-1879].  JWP. 

Vols.  2-7.  4°.  The  above  is  the  title  of  vol.  2;  vol.  1  is  not  yet  issued.  The 
volumes  did  not  appear  in  numerical  order,  vols.  3  and  5  appearing  in  1875,  2 
and  4  in  1877,  and  7,  though  dated  1879,  in  1881. 

A  number  of  vocabularies,  collected  by  members  of  the  survey,  with  an  intro 
duction  by  Mr.  Gatschet,  appear  in  an  appendix  to  vol. 7,  pp.  399-485,  as  follows: 

Bergland  (Lieut.  Eric).     Vocabulary  of  the  Kechi,  pp.  424-465,  475. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Ynma  or  Kutehiin,  Arizona,  pp.  424-465,  481. 

Brown  (Theo.  V. )   Vocabulary  of  thePa-Uta,  Las  Vegas;  Nov.,  pp.  424-465, 471. 

Gatschet  (A.  S.)    Classification  of  western  Indian  languages,  pp.  403-421. 

Gilbert  (Grove  K  )   Vocabulary  of  the  Arivaipa,  Camp  Grant,  Ariz.,  pp.  424-465. 

Hoffman  (Dr.  W.  J.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Pa-Uta,  Las  Vegas,  Nevada, 
pp.  424-465, 471. 


WHEELER WHIPPLE.  801 

Wheeler  (Lieut.  George  M.) — continued. 

Klett  (Francis).     Vocabulary  of  the  Pa-Uta,  Las  Vegas,  Nev.,  pp.  424-465, 471. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Acoma  Pueblo,  New  Mexico,  pp.  424-465. 

Loew  (Dr.  Oscar).     Vocabulary  of  the  Arivaipa,  Arizona,  pp.  424-465,  468-469. 
Vocabulary  of  the  NaVajo,  New  Mexico,  pp.  424-465,  469. 

-  Vocabulary  of  the  Southern  Pa-Uta,  Cal.  and  Nev.,  pp.  424-465,  475-479. 

-  Vocabulary  of  the  Pa-Uta  of  California,  pp.  424-465,  475-479. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chemehuevi,  California,  pp.  424-465,  472. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Moqui  Pueblo,  Arizona,  pp.  424-465,  473. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Takhtam,  Southern  California,  pp.  424-465,  473. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Kauvuya,  S.  Cal.,  pp.  424^65,  473-474,  475-479. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Gaitchim,  S.  Cal.,  pp.  424-465,  474-475,  475-479. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tobikhar,  California,  pp.  424-465, 475. 

—  Vocabulary  of  the  Mohave,  Ariz,  and  Cal.,  pp.  424-465,  475-479,  480-481. 
Vocabulary  of  the  Hualapai,  Arizona  and  California,  pp.  424-465,  481. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tonto  or  Gohun,  Arizona,  pp.  424-165. 

Vocabulary  of  the  DiegueSo,  California  and  Arizona,  pp.  424-465. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Isleta  Pueblo,  New  Mexico,  pp.  424-465,  482. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tehua  or  Moqui  Mesa,  Arizona,  pp.  424-465. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tehua,  San  Juan  Pueblo,  N.  Mex.,  pp.  124-465,482-483. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Jemez  or  Vallatoa  Pueblo,  N.  Mex.,  pp.  424-465,  483. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Acoma  and  Laguna  Pueblo,  N.  Mex.,  pp.  424-465,  484. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Silla  Pueblo,  New  Mexico,  pp.  424-465,  484. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Wintun,  Colorado,  pp.  424-4(i5,  484. 

Vocabulary  of  the  KasuS  at  Santa  Barbara,  California,  pp.  424-465,  485. 

Richardson  (E.  M.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Mohave,  Arizoua,  pp.  424-465,  480. 

—  and  Loring  ( Fred  W. )  Vocabulary  of  the  Shogboni,  Nev.,  pp.  424-  465,470. 
Severance  (M.  S.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Uta,  Utah,  pp.  424-465,  472. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Hualapai,  Arizona,  pp.  424-465,  481. 

Yarrow  (Dr.  H.  C.)     Vocabulary  of  the  Jlcarilla,  N.  Mex.,  pp.  424-465,  470. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Shoshoni,  Utah  and  Nevada,  pp.  424-465,  470. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Capote  Uta,  New  Mexico,  pp.  424-465,  472. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Uinta  Uta,  Utah,  pp.  424-465,  472-173. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Tehua,  Los  Luceros  Pueblo,  N.  Mex.,  pp.  424-465,  482. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Taos  Pueblo,  New  Mexico,  pp.  424-465,  483. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Pa-Vant,  Utah,  pp.  424-465,  472. 

4102  Whipple  (Lieut.  Amiel  W.)  Extract  from  a  Journal  of  an  expedi 
tion  from  San  Diego,  California,  to  the  Eio  Colorado,  from  Sept.  11 
to  December  11, 1849,  by  A.  W.  Whipple,  Lieutenant  United  States 
Topographical  Engineers. 

In  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  communicating  *  »  *  the  report  of 
Lieutenant  Whipple's  expedition  from  San  Diego  to  the  Colorado,  pp.  2-28. 
[Washington,  1850.]  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Diegunos,  pp.  5-6. — Vocabulary  of  about  two  hundred  and 
fifty  words  in  Yuma  and  English,  pp.  23-28. 

Reprinted  in  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  103-104, 118-121. 
Washington,  1852.  4°. 

4103 ,  Ewbank  (Thomas),  and  Turner  (William  W.)  Report  upon 

the  Indian  Tribes,  by  Lieut.  A.  W.  Whipple,  Thomas  Ewbank, 
Esq.,  and  Prof.  Wm.  W.  Turner.  Washington,  D.  C.,  1855. 

In  Reports  of  Explorations,  vol.  3,  part  3,  pp.  1-127.     Washington,  1856.  4°. 

Chapter  V.  Vocabularies  of  North  American  Languages,  pp.  54-103,  contains 
the  following  matter;  the  chapter  was  edited  by  Professor  Turner,  and  the  vo- 

51  Bib 


802  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Whipple  (Lieut.  Amiel  W.),  Ewbank  (T.),  and  Turner  (W.  W.)— cont'd. 
cabularies,  when  nototherwise  mentioned,  were  collected  by  Lieutenant  Whipple : 

Vocabulary  of  the  Delaware  and  Shawnee,  pp.  50-61. — Vocabulary  of  the 
Choctaw  (from  Byington),  pp.  62-64. — Vocabulary  of  the  Kichai  and  Hueco.pp. 
65-68.— Short  comparative  vocabulary  of  the  Pawnee  (from  Say),  Riccaree 
(from  Prince  Max.),  Kichai,  Wichita  (from  Marcy),  and  Hueco,  pp.  68-69.— Short 
Vocabulary  of  the  Caddo,  p.  70. — Vocabulary  of  the  Comanche,  Chemehnevi,  and 
Cahuillo,  pp.  71-76.— Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Cahuillo,  Kechi  (manu 
scripts  of  J.  R.  Bartlett),  Netela  (from  Hale),  and  Kizh  (from  Hale),  p.  77. — 
Vocabulary  of  the  Kioway,  pp.  78-80.— Table  showing  Kioway  and  Shoshonee 
Affinities,  p.  80.— Vocabulary  of  the  Navajo  and  Final  Leuo,  pp.  81-83.— Compar 
ative  Vocabulary  of  Hudson's  Bay  (from  Dobbs),  Chepewyan  (Mackenzie),  Dog- 
Rib  (Richardson),  andTacully  (Harmon),  p.  84.— Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the 
Umkwa  (from  Hale),  Hoopah  (Schoolcraft),  Navajo  (Schoolcraft),  and  Apache 
(Bartlett's  manuscript),  p.  85. — Vocabulary  of  the  Kiwomi,  Cochitemi,  and 
Acoma,  pp.  86-89.— Vocabulary  of  the  Zufii,  pp.  91-93.— Vocabulary  of  the  Pima, 
p.  94. — Vocabulary  of  the  Cuchan,  Coco-Maricopa,  Mojave,  and  Diegeno,  pp.  95- 
101.— Diegeno  numerals,  1-10  (from  Coulter  and  Whipple),  p.  103. 

The  Maricopa  and  Cuchan  vocabularies  are  reprinted  in  Gatschet  (A.  S.) 
Yuma-Sprachstamm,  in  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologie,  Band  9,  pp.  390-407.  Berlin, 
1877.  8°. 

Whipple  (Bishop  Henry  Benjamin). 
See  Hinman  (Bee.  S.  D.)  and,  Whipple  (H.  B.),  No.  1819  of  this  catalogue. 

4104  White  (Amnii  M.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Pima  and  Papago  Indians. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  200  words.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Collected  at  the  Pima  and  Maricopa  Agency,  Arizona,  1864. 

4105  White  (Father  Andrew).    Grammar,  Dictionary  and  Catechism  in 
the  language  of  the  Maryland  Indians. 

"  Father  White  labored  among  the  Piscataways,  and  these  works  were  proba 
bly  in  their  language.  When  Rev.  Father  William  McSherry  found  White's 
Relatio  Itineris  in  the  Archives  of  the  Professed  House  of  the  Jesuits  at  Rome 
about  1832,  an  Indian  catechism  accompanied  that  document.  A  copy  of  it  was 
promised  me,  but  in  the  troubles  in  Italy  the  valuable  papers  were  boxed  up 
and  stored  for  safety." — J.  G.  Shea. 

"Father  White,  the  illustrious  founder  of  the  Maryland  mission,  was  born  in 
London,  about  1579.  Educated  at  Douay,  he  became  a  priest,  and  was  banished 
from  England  in  1606.  Entering  the  recently  opened  novitiate  of  the  Society 
of  Jesus  at  Louvain,  in  1607,  he  was,  after  his  probation,  sent  to  England,  and 
after  being  a  missionary  there,  was  professor  of  Hebrew,  Theology,  and  Holy 
Scripture  in  Spain,  at  Louvain  and  at  Liege.  From  Virginia  he  was  sent  to 
England — tried,  and  banished.  After  in  vain  endeavoring  to  reach  Maryland  he 
returned  to  England,  and  died  December  27, 1656  (O.  S.)."— Shea's  Catholic  Mis 
sions,  p.  494. 


See  Vito  (P.  Andres),  No.  4044  of  this  catalogue. 

4106  White  (Dr.  John  B.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Tonto. 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S.)     Yuma-Sprachstamm,    in  ZeitBchrift  fur  Ethnologie, 
Band  9,  pp.  390-407.     Berlin,  1877.  8°. 

4107  Tonto  -Wortverzeichniss. 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S.)     Yuma-Sprachstamm,  Zweiter  Artikel,  in  Zeitschrift 
fur  Etbnologie,  Band  15,  pp.  142-147.     Berlin,  1883.  8°. 


WHIPPLE — WHYMPER.  803 

White  (Dr.  John  B.) — continued. 

4108  Vocabulary  of  the  Apache  [Coyotero]. 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S.)  Zwolf  Sprachen  aus  dem  Stidwesten  Nordatnerikas,  pp. 
87-115.  Weimar,  1876.  8°. 

4109  Classified  List  of  the  Prepositions,  Pronouns,  &c.,  of  the 

Apache  Language. 

Manuscript.  2  11.  4°.      . 

4110  Degrees  of  Eelationship  in  the  Language  of  the  Apache. 

Manuscript.  2  11.  4°. 

4111  Names  of  the  different  Indian  Tribes  in  Arizona,  and  the 

Names  by  which  they  are  called  by  the  Apaches. 

Manuscript.  5  11.  4°. 

4112 Remarks  on  the  General  Relations  of  the  Apache  Language 

Manuscript.  7  11.  4°. 

4113  Sentences  in  Apache,  with  a  classification  of  men,  women, 

and  children  with  the  Apache  names. 

Manuscript.  15  pp.  12°.     Collected  in  1873  at  the  Apache  Reservation,  Ariz. 

4114  Vocabulary  of  the  Apache  and  Tonto  Languages. 

.Manuscript.  110pp.  12°.     Collected  at  San  Carlos  Reservation  in  1873, '74, 75. 

4115  Sentences  in  the  Tonto  Language. 

Manuscript.  5  pp.  4°.  . 

These  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

4116  White  (Seneca).     By  Seneca  White.  |  nis  hr  nea  nent.  |  ho  yot 
duh.  |  do  shoo  wa.  |  —  |  yi  nah  wrs  ken .  wrs.  skra.  wen  nis-  |  hL 
da.  da  ku.  skr  a.  noh  da  wen  nyer-  |  a.  seh  ne  use  has  hen .  scot  skr 
a-  |  -  I 

Printed  by  Henry  L.  Ball.  |  —  |  Buffalo,  K  Y.  |  1831.  |         JWP. 

Pp.  (?).  16°.  The  only  copy  of  the  above  I  have  seen  is  defective,  consisting 
of  the  first  six  pages  only,  nor  have  I  seen  any  reference  to  it.  The  word 
"  ken  ."  in  the  fifth  line  of  the  title,  and  the  word  "hen  ."  in  the  seventh  line, 
•were  printed  with  a  fourth  letter,  but  this  additional  letter  has  been  erased. 
Page  2  contains  the  alphabet  (except  the  letters  b,f,p,  v,  z)  followed  by  combina 
tions  of  letters  into  syllables  and  words  of  the  Seneca  (?)  language. 

4117  Whiting  (David  V.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Pueblo  of  Tusuque. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  3,  pp.  446-459.  Philadelphia, 
1853.  4°. 

4118  Whitman  (P.  B.)     Words,  Phrases  and  Sentences  in  the  language 
of  the  Nez  Perec's. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  77-228, 8  11.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  second 
edition,  in  duplicate.  Collected  on  the  Nez  Perec's  Reservation,  March,  1881. 

Whitney  (Joseph  Dwight). 
See  Foster  (John  Wells)  and  Whitney  (Joseph  Dwight),  No.  1319. 

4119  Whymper  (Frederick).    Travel  and  Adventure  |  in  the  |  Territory 
of  Alaska,  |  formerly  Russian  America — now  ceded  to  the  |  United 


804  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Whymper  (Frederick) — continued. 

States — and  in  various  other  |  parts  of  the  North  Pacific.  |  By 
Frederick  Whymper.  |  [Design.]  |  With  map  and  illustrations.  | 

London :  |  John  Murray,  Albemarle  Street,  |  1868.  |  The  right  of 
Translation  is  reserved.  |  0.  BP. 

Pp.  i-xx,  1-331.  8°.  map,  plates. 

Appendix  V.  Indian  Dialects  of  Northern  Alaska  (late  Russian  America),  pp. 
318-328,  contains:  Malemute  vocabulary,  words  from  the  dialect  of  the  Male- 
mutes,  Norton  Sound,  Northern  Alaska,  pp.  318-319.— Co-yukon  vocabulary, 
words  from  this  Co-yukon  dialect,  spoken  (with  slight  variations)  on  the  Yukon 
River  for  at  least  500  miles  of  its  lower  and  middle  course  (Ingelete,  a  variety 
of  same  dialect),  pp.  320-321.—  Kotch-il-Kutchin  vocabulary,  words  from  the 
language  of  the  Kotch-a^Kutchins  —  the  Indians  of  Yukon  River,  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Porcupine  River,  in  Northern  Alaska  (from  Kennicott),  pp.  322-328. 

4120  Travel  and  Adventure  |  in  the  |  Territory  of  Alaska,  | 

formerly  Eussian  America — now  ceded  to  the  |  United  States — and 
in  various  other  |  parts  of  the  North  Pacific.  |  By  Frederick  Whym 
per.  |  [Picture.]  With  map  and  illustrations.  | 

New  York:  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers,  |  Franklin  Square.  | 
1869.  |  B.  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xix,  21-353.  8°.  Maps  and  plates.  Linguistics  as  in  London  edition,  pp. 
341-350.  Reprinted  1871,  pp.  xix,  21-353.  8°. 

4121  Eussian  America,  or  "Alaska":  the  Natives  of  the  Youkon 

Eiver  and  adjacent  country.    By  Frederick  Whymper,  Esq. 

In  Eth.  Soc.  of  London,  Trans.,  vol.  7,  pp.  167-185.     London,  1869.  8°. 

A  few  words  of  the  Mamelute  of  Norton  Sound  and  the  Greenland  Esquimaux 
compared,  p.  180. — Mamelute  vocabulary,  Norton  Sound,  Russian  America,  pp. 
180-182. — Coyoukon  vocabulary,  Yukon  River,  pp.  182-183. — Kntch-^-kutchio  vo 
cabulary,  Upper  Yukon,  compiled  by  Major  Keunicott,  pp.  183-185. 

4122  Wicoicage  Wowapi,  |  qa  |  Odowan  Wakan,  |  Heberi  lapi  Etanhan 
Kagapi.  |  Pejihuta  wicaxta,  psiucinca,  qa  tamakoce,  okagapi  |  kin 
heua  eepi  |  The  Book  |  of  |  Genesis,  |  and  a  part  of  the  |  Psalms,  | 
in  the  Dakota  Language;  translated  from  the  original  |  Hebrew, 
by  the  Missionaries  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  |  and  Mr.  Joseph  Eeu- 
ville,  Sr.  | 

Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign 
Missions.  |  Cincinnati,  Ohio:  |   Kendall  and  Barnard,  Printers.  | 
1842.  |  C.  BA.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-296.  16°. 

Pond  (G.  H.)    Wootanin  Waxte  Luka   ».  »  •   Gospel  by  Luke,  pp.  163-241. 

Renville  (J.),sr.     Wootanin  Waxte  Jan  *     '     *  Gospel  of  John,  pp.  242-295. 

Riggs  (S.  R.)  and  Reiiville  (J.  ),sr.  Odowan  Wakan.  Part  of  the  Psalms, 
pp.  107-160. 

'Williamson  (T.  S.)    Wicoicage.     Genesis,  pp.  3-106. 

4123  Wiconi  Owihanke  Wannin   |  Tanin    Kin.  |  Dr.  Watts'  Second 
Catechism  for  Children,  |  in  the  Dakota  Language.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of   Commissioners 
for  |  Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  and  Brewster.  |  1837.  |  BA.  ATS. 
Pp.  1-23.  12°.    • 


WHYMPER WILKIE.  805 

4124  Wilkes  (Charles).    Narrative  |  of  the  |  United  States  |  Exploring 
Expedition.  |  During  the  years  |  1838,1839,1840,1841,1842.  |  By  | 
Charles  Wilkes,  U.  S.  N.,  \  Commander  of  the  Expedition,  |  Mem 
ber  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  etc.  |  In  five  volumes, 
and  an  atlas.  |  Vol.  I  [-V].  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  by  C.  Sherman.  |  1844.  |  c.  ft, 

5  vols.  and  atlas.  4°.  Names  of  the  mouths  in  the  Flathead  language,  vol.4, 
p.  478.  Only  a  limited  number  of  this  edition,  75  copies,  I  think,  were  printed,  and 
these  were  for  presentation.  Titles  of  several  octavo  editions  are  given  below. 

The  quarto  series  was  continued  by  the  publication  of  the  scientific  results  of 
the  expedition  to  volume  24,  of  which,  vols.  18, 19,  21,  and  22  are  yet  unpublished. 
They  bear  a  slightly  changed  title  beginning:  United  States  Exploring  Expedi 
tion.  The  ouly  one  referring  to  linguistics  is:  Hale  (Horatio).  Philology,  vol. 
G.  Philadelphia,  1846,  No.  1635  ol  this  catalogue. 

The  Narrative  was  reprinted  as  follows : 

4125  —     -  Narrative  |  of  the  |  United  States  |  Exploring  Expedi 
tion.  |  During  the  years  |  1838,1839,1840,1841,1842.  |  By  |  Charles 
Wilkes,  U.  S.  N.  |  Commander  of  the  Expedition,  |  Member  of  the 
American   Philosophical   Society,   etc.  |  In  five  volumes,  and  an 
Atlas.  |  Vol.  1  [-V].  | 

Philadelphia :  |  Lea  &  Blanchard.  |  1845.  |  * 

5  vols.  and  atlas,  royal  8°.  Names  of  the  months  in  the  Flathead  language, 
vol.  4,  p.  450.  This  edition  was  printed  for  subscribers.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 
Also  issued  as  follows : 

4126  -    Narrative  |  of  the  |  United  States  |  Exploring  Expedi 
tion.  |  During  the  years  |  1838,1839,1840,1841,1842.  |  By  |  Charles 
Wilkes,  U.  S.  N.  |  Commander  of  the  Expedition,  |  Member  of  the 
American    Philosophical    Society,   etc.    |    With   illustrations  and 
maps.  |  In  five  volumes,  |  Vol.  I  [-V].  | 

Philadelphia :  |  Lea  and  Blanchard.  |  1845.  |  C.WE.   /2>> 

5  vols.  8°.     Names  of  the  months  in  the  Flathead  language,  vol.  4,  p.  450. 

This  differs  from  the  subscription  edition  in  the  substitution  of  wood-cuts  in  *&l  L  vl    -^x^Vvv     'i  <L  J 

place  of  the  47  steel  vignettes,  and  in  having  11  only  of  the  14  maps  bound  in. 
It  is  printed  on  somewhat  thinner  paper  ;  sometimes  with  and  sometimes  with 
out  the  64  plates. 

4127  -    Narrative  |  of  the  |  United  States  |  Exploring  Expedi 
tion.  |  During  the  years  |  1838, 1839,1840, 1841,1842.  |  By  |  Charles 
Wilkes,  U.  S.  N.  |  Commander  of  the  Expedition,  |  Member  of  the 
American  Philosophical  Society,  etc.  |  In  five  volumes,  with  thir 
teen  maps.  |  Vol.  I  [-VJ.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  1850.  |  A.  c. 

5  vols.  8°.  Names  of  the  months  in  Flat-head,  vol.  4,  p.  450.  Some  copies  are 
dated  1849,  1852, 1854.  "  A  new  edition,"  New  York,  1856. 

Wilkes  (J.  A.),  jr. 
See  Hess  (William)  and  Wilkes  (J.  A..),  jr.,  Nos.  1762-1770  of  this  catalogue. 


See  Hill  ([H.]  A.)  and  Wilkes  (J.  A.  ),?>., Nos.  1781-1794  of  this  catalogue. 

Wilkie  (John),  translator. 
See  Chaumonot  (Pierre  J.  M.) 


806  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

4128  Wilkins  (John).    An  Essay  |  Towards  a  |  Real  Character,  |  And 
a  |  Philosophical  |  Language.  ]  By  John  Wilkius  D.  D.   Dean  of 
Ripon,  |  And  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society.  |  [Design.] 

London,  |  Printed  for  Sa:  Gellibraud,  and  for  |  John  Martyn 
Printer  to  the  Royal  |  Society,  1668.  |  A.  c.  BA. 

9  p.  11.,  pp.  1-454.  folio. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  50  languages,  including  the  Poconchi,  and  in  the  language  of 
New  England,  pp.  435-439. 

4129  Willard  (Celeste  N.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Navajo. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Collected 
iu  1869. 

4130  Williams  (Rev.  Eleazer).    Good  news  to  the  Iroquois  nation.  |  A  | 
tract,  |  on  |  man's  primitive  rectitude,  his  fall,  |  and  his  |  recovery 
through  Jesus  Christ.  |  By  Eleazer  Williams.  |  [Two  lines  quota 
tion.] 

Burlington,  Vt.   |  Printed  by  Samuel  Mills.  |  January,  1813.'  | 
Pp.  1-12.  16°.     In  the  Iroquois  language.  c.  AAS.  JWP.  WHS. 

4131  Gaiatonsera  |  ionteweienstakwa,  ]  Ongwe  Ouwe  |  gaweu- 

nontakon.  |  "  lakonikonrowauhastha  ue  waheienterhane  ne  gaia- 
tonsera."  |  A  |  Spelling-Book,  |  in  the  |  language  |  of  the  Seven 
Iroquois  Nations.  |  By  Eleazer  Williams.  | 

Pittsburgh:  |  Printed  by  F.  C.  Powell.  |  —1813.—  | 

Pp.  1-24.  16°.  BP.  AAS.  JWP.  wns. 

4132  Gaiatonsera  |  ionteweienstagwa  |  ougwe  onwe  |  gawennon- 

takon.  |  [One  line  quotation.]     A  |  Spelling  book,  |  in   the  |  lan 
guage  |  of  the  Seven  Iroquois  Nations.  |  By  Eleazer  Williams.  | 

Utica:  |  Nonwe  natekaristorarakon,  |  ne  tehoristorarakon  ne  | 
William  Williams.  |  1820.  |  WHS.  NYHS. 

Pp.  1-108.  16°.  Alphabet,  pp.  5-6.— Words  of  one  syllable,  pp.  7-9.— Lessons 
I-XI,  pp.  9-42.— Prayers,  pp.  43-102.— Hymns,  pp.  102-108.  This  is  not  a  reprint 
of  the  edition  of  1813. 

4133  Ronwennenni  |  nok  |  Ronwathitharani ;  |  noneniotehaga 

nahononwentsioten,  ne  |  Ratitsihenstatsi ;  |  Ethone  September  24, 
1810.  |  Ne  Rotati,  |  ne  Samuel  Blatchford,  D.  D.  |  Ratsihenstatsi 
Ganataseke.  |  —  | 

Sganetati,    |    Nonwe   tet-garistoraragon;    ue  ronatennhaon   ne 
Tehatiriware-  |  iiiatha  Noriwatokenti,  ne  tehotiristoraragon  |  ne 
Churchill  nok  Abbey.  |  —  |  1815.  | 
Second  title : 

An  I  Address,  |  Delivered  to  the  |  Oneida  Indians,  |  September 
24,1810.  |  By  Samuel  Blatchford,  D.  D.  |  Translated,  at  the  Request 
of  the  Board  of  Direc-  |  tors  of  the  Northern  Missionary  Society,  | 
By  Eleazer  Williams.  |  —  | 

Albany:  |  Printed  for  the  Northern  Missionary  Society,  |  By 
Churchill  &  Abbey,  |  No.  95,  State-street,  five  doors  east  of  the 
Episcopal  Church.  |  —  |  1815.  |  AAS.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-16.  8°.     Indian  title,  p.  1 ;   English  title,  p.  2. 


WILKINS WILLIAMS.  807 

Williams  (Rev.  Eleazer) — continued. 

4134 lontatretsiarontha,  |  ne  agwegon   |  ahonwanigonrarake,  | 

neraonha  ne  |  songwaswens.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.]  |  A  caution  | 
against  our  |  common  enemy.  |  Translated,  at  the  Request  of  the 
Albany  Eeli-  |  gious  Tract  Society,  |  by  Eleazer  Williams.  |  [One 
line  quotation.]  | 

Albany:  |  Printed  for  the  Albany  Religious  Tract  Society,  |  by 
Churchill  &  Abbey,  |  No.  95,  State-street,  five  doors  east  of  the 
Episcopal  Church.  |  1815.  |  * 

Pp.  1-12.  12°.     There,  is  a  copy  in  the  Boston  Public  library. 

4135  Prayers  |  for  families,  |  and  for  |  Particular  Persons,  | 

selected  from  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  |  (Translated  into  the 
Language  of  the  Six  |  Nations  of  Indians.)  |  By  Eleazer  Williams.  | 
Catechist,  Lay-reader  and  Schoolmaster  | 

Albany:  |  Printed  by  G.  J.  Loomis  &  Co.  |  Corner  of  State  & 
Lodge-streets,  opposite  |  the  Episcopal  Church.  |  181G.  |  JWP. 

Title  11.,  pp.  1-16.  8°. 

4136  The  Book  of  |  Common  Prayer,  |  according  to  the  use  of 

the  |  Protestant  Episcopal  Church  |  in   the  |  United  States  of 
America.  |  Translated  into  the  Mohawk  or  Iroquois  Language,  by 
the  request  |  of  the  Domestic  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Mission 
aries  of  |  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church,  |  by  the  |  Rev.  Eleazer 
Williams,  V.  D.  M.  |  Revised  Edition  of  his  former  Translation.  | 

New  York:  |  Protestant  Episcopal  Tract  Society.  |  Depository 
No.  20  John  Street.  |  1853.  |  GB.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-106.  16°.  Field's  Essay,  No.  1668,  gives  title  of  an  edition :  New  York, 
H.  B.  Durand,  1867, 101  pp.  12°. 

4137  The  Book  of  |  Common  Prayer,  |  according  to  the  use  of 

the  |  Protestant   Episcopal   Church  |  in   the  |  United    States   of 
America.  |  Translated  into  the  Mohawk  or  Iroquois  Language, 
by  |  the  Rev.  Eleazer  Williams,  V.  D.  M.  |  Second  Edition.  |  Pub 
lished  for  the  Indian  Commission  |  of  the  |  Protestant  Episcopal 
Church.  | 

New-York :  |  T.  Whittaker,  2  Bible  House.  |  1875.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-101.  12°.  For  other  editions  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer  in  Mohawk, 
see  Claease  (Lawrence),  No.  807  of  this  catalogue,  and  note  thereto. 

4138  Selections  |  from  the  |  Psalms  and  Hymns,  j  according  to 

the  use  of   the  |  Protestant  Episcopal  Church  |  in  the  |  United 
States  of  America.  |  Translated  into  the    Mohawk   or  Iroquois 
Language,  by  the  request  |  of  the  Domestic  Committee  of  the 
Board  of    Missions  of  |  the    Protestant    Episcopal  Church,  |  by 
the  |  Rev.  Eleazer  Williams,  V.  D.  M.  |  Revised  Edition  of  his 
former  Translation.  | 

New- York:  |  Protestant  Episcopal  Tract  Society.  |  Depository 
No.  20  John  Street.  |  1853.  |  »B.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-67.  16°.  Field's  Essay, No.  1669, gives  title  of  an  edition:  New  York, 
H.  B.  Durand,  1867,  38  pp.  12°. 


808  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Williams  (Rev.  Eleazer) — continued. 

4139 Selections  |  from  the  |  Psalms  and  Hymns,  |  cording  [sic]  to 

the  use  of  the  |  Protestant   Episcopal  Church  |  in   the  |  United 
States  of  America.  |  Translated  iutothe[M]ohawkorIroquois  Lan 
guage,  by  |  the  Rev.  Eleazer  Williams,  Y.  D.  M.  |  Second  Edition.  | 
Published  for  the  Indian  Commission  |  of  the  |  Protestant  Episco 
pal  Church.  | 

Few- York:  |  T.  Whittaker,  2,  Bible  House.  |  1875.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-38.  12° 

"  This  translatiou  is  made  by  the  noted  Indian  missionary,  son  of  a  chief  of  the 
Canghnawaga  tribe,  and  a  descendant  of  one  of  the  daughters  of  the  Rev.  John 
Williams  of  Deerfield,  who  had  been  carried  away  into  captivity  with  her  father, 
and  became  the  wife  of  an  Indian  who  assumed  her  name.  The  missionary  Wil 
liams  became  famous  from  a  claim  made  for  him  by  Mr.  Hanson,  that  he  was  the 
son  of  the  unfortunate  Louis  XVI,  who  was  believed  to  have  perished  under  the 
cruel  treatment  of  Simon  the  Jacobin  shoemaker.  Many  extraordinary  coinci 
dences  were  adduced  in  favor  of  this  hypothesis  by  Mr.  Hanson,  .and  subse 
quently  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Vinton."— Field's  Essay,  No.  1068. 

4140  Williams  (Ezra).    Vocabulary  of  the  Kowiltb. 

In  Powell  (J.  W.)  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  vol.  3,  pp. 
478-482  Washington,  1877.  4°. 

4141  Williams  (John  Lee).    The  |  Territory  of  Florida:  |  or  |  Sketches 
of  the  Topography,  |  Civil  and  Natural  History,  |  of  |  the  Country, 
the  Climate,  and  the  Indian  Tribes,  |  from  |  the  First  Discovery  to 
the  Present  Time,  |  with  a  Map,  Views,  &c.  |  By  John  Lee  Wil 
liams.  | 

New- York:  |  A.  T.  Goodrich.  (  1837.  1  C.BA. 

Pp.  i-vi,  7-304.  8°.  map,  plates.    Names  of  chiefs  and  sub-chiefs  of  the  Senii- 

noles,  with  English  signification,  pp.  273-276.— Glossary  [Semiuole],  pp.  276-278. 

4142  Williams  (Loring  S.)    Family  Education  and  Government:  |  A  | 
discourse  |  in  the  |  Choctaw  Language.  |  By  L.  S.  Williams.  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  for  the American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  | 
Foreign  Missions,  by  Crocker  and  Brewster.  |  1835.  |  ABC. 

Pp.  1-48.  12°. 


See  Wright  (Rev.  Alfred)  and  Williams  (L.  S.) 

4143  Williams  (Roger).  A  Key  into  the  |  Language  |  of  |  America:  | 
or,  |  An  help  to  the  Language  of  the  Natives  |  in  that  part  of 
America,  called  |  New-England.  |  Together,  with  briefe  Observa 
tions,  of  the  Cu-  |  stomes,  Manners  and  Worships,  &c.  of  the  |  afore 
said  Natives,  in  Peace  and  Warre,  |  in  Life  and  Death.  |  On  all 
which  are  added  Spiritual!  Observations,  |  Generall  and  Particular 
by  the  Authour,  of  |  chiefe  and  special!  use  (upon  all  occasions,) 
to  |  all  the  English  Inhabiting  those  parts;  |  yet  pleasant  am!  profit 
able  to  |  the  view  of  all  men :  |  —  |  By  Roger  Williams  |  of  Provi 
dence  in  New-England.  |  —  j 

London,  |  Printed  by  Gregory  Dexter,  1043.  |   c.  BP.  HU.  JCB.  MHS. 


WILLIAMS.  809 

Williams  (Roger) — continued. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-197, 3  unnumbered  pp.  24°.  Title,  reverse  blank  ;  "  To  my  Deare 
and  Welbeloved  Friends  and  Conurey-men,  in  old  and  new  England, "6  11 ;  ^'  Di 
rections  for  the  1186  of  the  Language,"  1  1. 

The  pagination  of  this  little  work  is  faulty  in  several  instances,  and  the 
collation  above  does  not  give  the  true  number  of  pages,  which  is  224.  The 
first  16  pages  are  unnumbered.  Up  to  p.  76  it  is  correctly  paged ;  77  is  num 
bered  67,  80  is  called  86,  and  94  and  95  precede  92  and  93.  None  of  these  errors, 
however,  affect  the  number.  There  is  no  96  or  97.  After  114  comes  105,  and  this 
loss  of  10  pages  in  the  numbering  runs  throughout.  Allowing  for  pp.  96  and  97, 
it  leaves  a  plus  of  8  pages,  making  the  number  in  the  book  16, 205, 3  =  224. 

Chap.  I.  Of  Salutation,  pp.  1-10. — Chap.  II.  Of  Eating  and  Entertainment,  pp. 
10-17. — Chap.  III.  Concerning  Sleepe  and  Lodging,  pp.  17-21. — Chap.  IIII.  Of 
'  their  Names,  pp.  22-27. — Chap.  V.  Of  their  relations  of  consauguinitie  and  affin- 
itie,  or,  Blood  and  Marriage,  pp.  27-31. — Chap.  VI.  Of  the  Family  and  businesse  of 
the  House,  pp.  31-48.— Chap.  VII.  Of  their  Persons  and  parts  of  body,  pp.  48-53.— 
Chap.  [V]III.  Of  Discourse  and  Newes,  pp.  54-62.— Chap.  IX.  Of  the  time  of  the 
day,  pp.  62-64.— Chap.  X.  Of  the  season  of  the  Yeere,  pp.  65-68.— Chap.  XI.  Of 
Travel),  pp.  68-78. — Chap.  XII.  Concerning  the  Heavens  and  Heavenly  Lights, 
pp.  79-81.— Chap.  XIII.  Of  the  Weather,  pp.  82-85.— Chap.  XIV.  Of  the  Winds, 
pp.  85-88.— Chap.  XV.  Of  Fowle,  pp.  88-92  [94].— Chap.  XVI.  Of  the  Earth,  and 
the  Fruits  thereof,  &c.,  pp.92  [94J-104  [102].— Chap.  XVII.  Of  Beasts,  &c., 
pp.  104  [102]-108  [106].— Chap.  XVIII.  Of  the  Sea,  pp.  108  [106]-113  [111].— 
Chap.  XIX.  Of  Fish  and  Fishing,  pp.  113  [111]-109  [117].— Chap.  XX.  Of  their 
Nakednesse  and  Clothing,  pp.  110[118]-114  [122].— Chap.  XXI.  Of  Eeligion,  the 
sonle,  &c.,  pp.  114  [122]-132  [140].— Chap.  XXII.  Of  their  Government  and  Jus 
tice,  pp.  132  [140]-137  [145].— Chap.  XXI  [XXIII].  Of  Marriage,  pp.  138  [146]-143 
[151].— Chap.  XXVI  [XXIV].  Concerning  their  Coyne,  pp.  144  [152]-15l>  [158].— 
Chap.  XXV.  Of  buying  and  selling,  pp.  151  [159]-159  [167].— Chap.  XXVI.  Of 
Debts  and  Trusting,  ppi  159  [167]-162  [170].— Chap.  XXVII.  Of  their  Hunting, 
&c.,  pp.  163  [171]-169  [177].— Chap.  XXVIII.  Of  their  Gaming,  &c.,  pp.  169 
[177]-174  [182].— Chap.  XXIX.  Of  their  Warre,  &c.,pp.  174  [182]-183  [191].— 
Chap.  XXX.  Of  their  paintings,  pp.  183  [191  ]-185  [193].— Chap.  XXXI.  Of  Sick- 
iiesse,  pp.  185  [193]- 192  [200].— Chap.  XXXII.  Of  Death  and  Burial),  dec.,  pp. 
192  [200]-197  [205].— The  Table,  3  unnumbered  pp. 

The  last  page  has  this  indorsement : 

"I  have  read  over  these  thirty  Chapters  of  the  American  Language,  to  me 
•wholly  unknowne,  and  the  Observations,  these  I  conceive  inoffensive;  and  that 
the  Worke  may  conduce  to  the  happy  end  intended  by  the  Authour.  lo  Langley. 

Printed  according  to  this  Licence ;  and  entred  into  Stationers  Hall." 

This  is  the  earliest  printed  book  of  Roger  Williams.  In  the  preface  he  says: 
"  I  drew  the  Materialls  in  a  rude  lumpe  at  Sea,  as  a  private  helpe  to  my  owne 
memory,  that  I  might  not  by  my  present  absence  lightly  lose  what  I  had  so 
dearely  bought  in  some  few  yeares  hardship,  and  charges  among  the  Barbarians; 
yet  being  reminded  by  some,  what  pitie  it  were  to  bury  those  Materialls  in  my 
Grave  at  land  or  Sea;  and  withall,  remembiing  how  oft  I  have  been  importnn'd 
by  worthy  friends,  of  all  sorts,  to  afford  them  some  helps  this  way,"  etc. 

4144  A  Key  into  the  Language  of  America,  or  an  Help  to  the 

Language  of  the  Natives  in  that  part  of  America  called  New  Eng 
land  ;  together  with  hriefe  observations  of  the  customes,  manners, 
and  worships,  &c.  of  the  aforesaid  Natives,  in  Peace  and  Warre,  in 
Life  and  Death.  On  all  which  are  added,  spiritual!  Observations 
generall  and  particular,  by  the  Authour,  of  chiefe  and  special  use 
(upon  all  occasions)  to  all  the  English  inhabiting  those  parts;  yet 


810  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Williams  (Roger) — continued. 

pleasant  and  profitable  to  the  view  of  all  men.  By  Roger  Williams 
ftf  Providence  in  New  England.  London.  Printed  by  Gregory 
Dexter,  1G43. 

In  Rhode  Island  Hist.  Soc.,Coll.,  vol.  1,  pp.  17-163.     Providence,  1827.  8°. 

This  reprint  issued  separately,  as  follows  : 

4145  —    —  A  Key  |  into  the  |  Language  of  America;  |  or  an  |  Help  to 
the  Language  of  the  Natives  in  |  that  part  of  America  called  |  New 
England;  |  together  with  briefe  Observations  of  the  Customes,  | 
Manners,  |  and  Worships,  &c.  of  the  aforesaid  |  Natives,  |  in  Peace 
and  Warre,  in  Life  and  Death.  |  On  all  which  are  added,  |  Spiritnall 
Observations  Geuerall  and  Particular,  by  |  the  Authour,  of  chiefe 
and  speciall  use  (upon  |  all  occasions)  to  all  the  English  inhabit-  | 
ing  those  parts;    yet  pleasant  and  |  profitable  to  the  view  of  |  all 
men.  |  By  Roger  Williams,  |  of  Providence,  in  New  England.  | 

London.  |  Printed  by  Gregory  Dexter.  |  1643.  |  BA. 

Pp.  15-166.  8°. 

4146  A  Key  into  the  Language  of  America:  Or  an  Help  to  the 

Language  of  the  Natives,  in  that  part  of  America,  called  New  Eng 
land.    Together  with  brief  Observations  of  the  Customs,  Manners 
and  Worships,  &c.  of  the  aforesaid  Natives,  in  Peace  and  War,  in 
Life  and  Death.     By  Roger  Williams  of  Providence  in  New  Eng 
land. 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  first  series,  vol.  3,  pp.  203-239.  Boston,  1794.  8°. 
Reprinted  1810. 

The  above  partial  reprint  of  Roger  Williams'  Key  does  not  include  the  Narro- 
ganset  Vocabulary.  It  contains,  however,  many  native  terms  scattered  through 
out,  and  on  p.  210  are  the  numerals  1-6  masculine,  and  1-5  feminine.  Subse 
quently,  at  the  request  of  Dr.  B.  S.  Barton,  the  vocabulary  was  reprinted  in 
vol.  5,  as  follows: 

4L47  Vocabulary  of  the  Narroganset  Language. 

In  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  first  series,  vol.  5,  pp.  80-105.    Boston,  1816.  8°. 
This  volume  was  first  printed  in  1798.     I  have  seen  only  the  above  reprint. 

4148 A  Key  into  the  Language  of  America,  Edited  by  J.  Ham 
mond  Trumbull. 

In  Narragansett  Club  Publications,  first  series,  vol.  1,  pp.  1-219, 2  11.  Provi 
dence,  1866.  sm.  4°. 

This  reprint  is  accompanied  by  a  preface,  pp.  3-16,  and  copious  notes  by  Mr. 
Trumbull.  In  his  preface  he  says :  "  It  has  been  the  desire  of  the  Narragausett 
Club  and  the  constant  aim  of  the  editor  to  ensure  the  literal  accuracy  of  the  re 
print — even  the  reproduction  of  the  typographical  errors — of  the  original."  The 
pagination  of  the  original  work  is  shown  in  brackets. 

4149  Williamson  (A.  W.)    Is  the  Dakota  related  to  the  Indo  European 

Languages  I     By  A.  W.  Williamson,  Adj't  Prof.  Mathematics,  of 

Augustan  College,  Rock  Island,  Illinois.  JWP. 

In  Minn.  Acad.  of  Nat.  Sci.,  Bull.,  vol.  2,  pp.  110-142.     Minneapolis,  1881.  8°. 

Issued  separately  as  follows : 


WILLIAMS — WILLIAMSON.  811 

Williamson  (A.  W.) — continued. 

4150  Is  the  Dakota  related  to  the  Indo  |  European  Languages?  | 

By  A.  W.  Williamson,  Adj't  Prof.  Mathematics,  of  Au-  |  gustan 
College,  Eock  Island,  Illinois.  |  T- 

No  title  page.  pp.  1-33.  8°.  Numerals  1-10  in  the 

Dakota,  Iowa,  Omaha  and  Hidatsa  languages,  p.  28. 

4151  The  Dakotan  Languages,  and  their  relations  to  other  lan 
guages. 

In  A™  Antiquarian,  vol.  4,  pp.  110-128.  Chicago,  1882.  8°.  Issued  separately 
as  follows: 

4152  The  Dakotan  Languages  |  by  |  A.W.Williamson.  |  Augus- 

tana  College,  Rock  Island,  Illinois.  |  From  |  American  Antiqua 
rian,  January,  1882.  | 

Printed  title  on  cover,  10  unnumbered  leaves.  8°.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

4153  Williamson  (John  Poage).    Oowa  Wowapi,  |  Dakota  lapi  en.  | 
John  P.  Williamson,  |  owa.  | 

New  York :  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  by  |  the  American 
Tract  Society.  |  1871.  |  c.  s.  JWP. 

Literal  translation. — Letter  Book,  |  Dakota  Speech  in  |  John  P.  Williamson,  | 
wrote.  | 

Pp.  1-80.  12°.  There  are  also  editions  of  1873  and  1876.  differing  from  the 
above  only  in  date ;  there  is  a  copy  of  the  1873  edition  in  the  library  of  Major 
J.  W.  Powell. 

4154  English-Dakota  Vocabulary.      Wasicun  lapi  lesca  Wo 
wapi.    *     *     *     Edited  by  John  P.  Williamson,  Missionary  of  the 
A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 

Santee  Agency.    Neb. :  Edward  E.  Pond.    1871.  * 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-137.  12°. 


See  Riggs  (Stephen  E.)  and  Williamson  (John  P.) 

4155  [ and  Eiggs  (Alfred  Longley),  editors.]    Odowan.  |  Dakota 

Hymns,  |  published  by  |  the  Dakota  Mission.  | 

Printed  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  j  150  Nassau  Street, 
New  York.  |  1881.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-222.  24°.     Contributors  to  this  work : 
S.  E.  Eiggs,  G.  H.  Pond,  A.  L.  Eiggs, 

J.P.Williamson,  S.W.Pond,  W.J.Cleveland, 

A.  W.  Huggins,  A.  D.  Frenier,  T.  S.  Williamson, 

Joseph  Eenville,  jr.,          John  B.  Eenville,  A.  Renville. 

For  other  editions,  see  Riggs  (S.  E. ) ; )  also  Riggs  (S.  E. )  and  Williamson  ( J.  P. 

4156  [ ,  Riggs  (Rev.  S.  E.),  and  Eiggs  (Rev.  A.  L.),  editors.]    lapi 

Oaye.  |  Published  by  the  Dakota  Mission.    Taku  waste  okiya,  taku 
sica  kipajin.    Fifty  Cents  a  Year.  |  Vol.  1.  May,  1871.  No  I  [Vol. 
XII,  No.  6,  June,  1883].  |  JWP. 

A  four-page  sin.  4°  paper  published  monthly  at  Greenwood,  Dakota  Territory  ; 
first  issued  May,  1871,  with  Eev.  J.  P.  Williamson  as  editor.  The  first  volume, 
ending  Juno,  1872,  is  entirely  in  the  Dakota  language.  With  the  beginning  of 
the  second  volume,  January,  1873,  the  title  was  changed  to :  lapi  Oaye.  |  The  Word 


812  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Williamson  (John  Poage)  and  otbers — continued. 

Carrier.  |  ,  the  size  of  the  sheet  increased,  the  first  page  illustrated,  and  the  fourth 
page  printed  partly  in  English.  At  this  time,  also,  the  Rev.  Stephen  R.  Riggs 
was  made  principal  editor,  Mr.  Williamson  remaining  as  associate.  At  the  be 
ginning  of  the  sixth  volume,  January,  1877,  Rev.  Alfred  L.  Riggs  took  the  place 
of  Mr.  Williamson  as  associate  editor,  and  the  place  of  publication  was  changed 
to  the  Santee  Agency,  Nebr.  It  is  still  in  course  of  publication.  Nearly  all  the 
prominent  missionaries  to  the  Dakotans  appear  as  contributors. 

4157  Williamson  (Lieut,  E.  S.)  and  Crook  (Lieut.  George  H.)     Vocabulary 
of  the  Klamatli  Language. 

In  Reports  of  Explorations,  vol.  6,  pt.  1.,  pp.  71-72.    Washington,  1857.  4°. 

4158  Williamson  (Dr.  Thomas    Smith).     Wicoicage.     Genesis,  in  the 
Dakota  Language,  translated  from  the  Hebrew,  by  Thomas  S.  Will 
iamson,  M.  D. 

In  'Wicoicage  Wowapi,  pp.  3-106.     Cincinnati,  1842.  12°. 

4159  Wicoicage  Wowapi,  |  mowis  owa :  I  qa  |  Wicoie  Wa-kan 

kin,  |  Salomon  kaga.  |  Pejihuta  Wicasta  |  Dakota  iapi  en  kaga.  | 
The  Books  |  of  |  Genesis  and  Proverbs,  |  in  the  |  Dakota  Lan 
guage,  |  Translated  from  the  original  Hebrew,  |  by  Thos.  S.  Will 
iamson,  A.  M..  M.  D.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 

MDCCCXVI.  |  1865.  |  ABC. 

Pp.  1-115.  16°.  I  have  seen  editions  of  1866,  1867,  1874,  and  1878,  with  no 
change  of  title  except  in  date. 

4160  Hdinanpapi,  |  Wowapi   mowis  owa  inonpa  kin,  |  Dakota 

iapi  en  |  pejuta  wicasta  Kaga.  |  Exodus,  |  the  second  book  of 
Moses,  |  in  the  Dakota  Language,  |  translated  from  the  original 
Hebrew,  |  by  Thos.  Williamson,  A.  M.,  M.  D   |  Missionary  of  the 
A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1869.  |  * 

65  pp.  18°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  J.  F.  Williams,  librarian  of  the  Minnesota 
Historical  Society. 

4161  Lewi  Toope,  |  wowapi  mowis  owa  iyamui  kin,  |  Dakota 

iapi  en  |  pejuta  wicasta  kaga.  |  Leviticus,  |  the  third  book  of  Moses,  | 
in  the  Dakota  language,  |  translated  from  the  original  Hebrew,  | 

•  by  Thomas  Williamson,  A.  M:,  M.  D.  |  Missionary  of  the  A.  B.  C. 
F.  M.  | 

New  York:  j  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1869.  |  * 

47  pp.  18°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  J.  F.  Williams,  librarian  of  the  Minnesota 
Historical  Society. 

4162  -     —  Wicoicage,  Hdinanpapi,  |  Lewi  Toope,  qa  Wicayawapi.  | 
The  |  First  Four  Books  of  Moses,  |  in  the  |  Dakota  Language :  j 
Translated  from  the  Hebrew,  |  by  |  Rev.  T.  S.  Williamson,  M.  D.  j 

New  York :  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1872.  |  LSH. 

Pp.  1-254.  12°. 


WILLIAMSON.  813 

Williamson  (Dr.  Thomas  Smith) — continued. 

4103 Woope  inowis  owa  kiu  |  Dakota  iapi  en  |  Pejuta  wicasta 

kaga.  |  The  |  Law  written  by  Moses,  |  in  the  Dakota  Language:  | 
translated  from  the  Hebrew,  |  by  |  Rev.  T.  S.  Williamson,  A.  M.,  M. 
D.,  Missionary.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1872.  |  ABS. 

Pp.  1-254.  10°.     Appended: 

4104  -        -  Woope  Itakihna  [Deuteronomy].  ABS. 

Pp.  1-57.  16°.    I  have  seen  copies  of  the  above  work  dated  1874,  the  only  change 
being  that  of  date.  c.  JWP. 

4105  Josuwa,  |  Qa  Wayacopi  Kin,  j  Qa  Kute,  |  ohanyanpi  qou  | 

Oyakapi  Wowapi  kin.  |   The  |  Books  of  Joshua,  Judges,  |  and 
Ruth,  |  in  the  Dakota  Language:  |  translated  from  the  Hebrew,  | 
by  Rev.  Thomas  S.  Williamson,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  |  Missionary  of  Pres 
byterian  Board  of  Foreign  Missions.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1875.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-81.  16°. 

4100-       -  Comparati ve  Vocabulary  of  the  Winnebago,  Omaha,  Ponka, 
and  Dakota,  with  remarks  on  the  same. 

Manuscript.     Pp.  1-38.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

4107  Vocabulary  of  the  Isay  yati  Sioux  (Dakota).  * 

Manuscript.  17  pp.  folio,  with  some  additional  words  on  hacks  of  pages.     In 
the  library  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea. 


See  Renville  (Joseph),  sr. 

4108 and  Biggs  (Stephen  E.)     Wowapi  Wakan;  |  Dakota  Iapi 

en.  |  Pejihutawicasta  qa  Tamakoce  |  Okagapi.  |  The  |  Holy 
Bible:  |  containing  the  greater  part  of  |  the  Old  Testament  and  the 
New  Testament;  |  in  the  |  Dakota  Language.  |  Translated  from  the 
originals,  |  by  T.  S.  Williamson  and  S.  R.  Eiggs,  Missionaries.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1877.  |  ABS.  JWP. 

Under  this  title-page  have  been  bound  various  portions  of  the  Scriptures  which 
had  previously  appeared  at  various  dates,  some  with  title-page,  others  with  cnp- 
tion  only.  They  are  as  follows: 

Riggs  (S.  R.)  Psalm  Wowapi.  The  Book  of  Psalms.  New  York,  1874,  pp. 
1-133,  and  (Proverbs-Isaiah),  pp.  135-265. 

Jeremiah,  Ezekiel,  Daniel,  qa,  &c.    New  York,  1877,  pp.  267-531. 

Dakota  Wowapi,  &c.     The  New  Testament.     New  York,  1874,  pp.  1-408. 

Williamson  (T.  S. )  Woope  Mowis.  The  Law  writen  by  Moses.  New  York, 
1874,  pp.  1-SJ54,  and  (Deuteronomy),  pp.  1-57. 

Josuwa  qa  Wayacopi  kin.     Books  of  Joshua,  &c.    New  York,  1875,  pp. 

1-81,  and  (First  and  Second  Samuel),  pp.  391-478. 

4169  Dakota  |  Wowapi  Wakan.  |  The  |  Holy  Bible,  |  in  the  | 

Language  of  the  Dakotas:    |   translated  out    of  |   the  Original 


814  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Williamson  (Dr.  Thomas  Smith)  and  Riggs  (Stephen  R.) — continued. 
Tongues;  |  By  Thomas  S.  Williamson  and  Stephen  R.  Riggs,  |  Mis 
sionaries.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
1816.  |  1880.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  254, 3-57,  3-81, 391-755, 3-531,  and  New  Testament,  1-408.  8°. 

Though  printed  for  the  most  part  from  the  same  plates  as  the  edition  of  1877, 
q.v.,  a  change  in  the  pagination  will  be  noticed,!  e.,  pp.  391-478  in  the  former 
becomes  391-755  in  this  edition.  This  is  caused  by  the  following  additions: 
First  and  Second  Kings,  pp.  479-569. — First  and  Second  Chronicles,  pp.  570-663. — 
Ezra,  pp.  664-680.— Nehemiah,  pp.  680-702.— Esther,  pp.  703-715.— Job,  pp. 
715-755. 

Unlike  the  1874  edition,  the  different  parts,  with  the  exception  of  the  New 
Testament,  are  not  preceded  by  separate  title-pages,  and  I  am  unable  to  give 
each  translator  credit  for  his  part  of  the  above. 

These  additions  make  the  Dakota  Bible  complete — the  first,  so  far  as  I  know, 
except  the  Cree,  in  any  Indian  tongue  since  Eliot's  Bible  in  the  Massachusetts 
language. 

The  title-page  of  the  New  Testament,  translated  by  S.  R.  Riggs,  is  exactly 
similar  to  that  of  the  edition  of  1874,  q.  v. 

1  have  also  seen  a  copy,  owned  by  Dr.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.,  of  an  1879  edition, 
with  title  otherwise  as  above,  which  does  not  contain  these  additional  pages 
from  478  to  755;  the  New  Testament  being  dated  1  7*. 

4170  Williamson  (William  Durkee).    The  |  History  |  of  the  |  State  of 
Maine;  |  from  |  its  first  discovery,  A.  D.  1602,  |  to  |  the  separation, 
A.  D.  1820,  inclusive  |   By  William  D.  Williamson.  |  In  two  vol 
umes.  |  Vol.  I  [IIJ.  | 

Hallowell:  |  Glazier,  Masters  &  Co.  |  1832.  |  A.  c.s. 

2vols. :  pp.  i-xii,  9-660;  i-viii,  9-714.  8°. 

Indian  language  (Abenaques  and  Etechemins),  vol.  1,  pp.  511-514. — Numerals 
1-100, 1000,  in  English,  Tarratine,  Mohegan,  and  Virginian,  note  on  p.  512. — Com 
parative  vocabulary,  Tarratine,  Mohegau,  Algonquin,  Delaware,  Mickmak,  Vir 
ginian,  note  on  pp.  512-513. — Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Tarratine  dialect,  with  verbal 
English  translation,  note  on  p.  513. 

4171  -        -The  |  History  |  of  the  |  State  of  Maine ;  |  from  |  its  first 
discovery,  A.  D.  1602,  |  to  |  the  separation,  A.  D.  1820,  inclusive.  | 
With  an  Appendix  and  General  Index.  |  By  William  D.  William 
son,  |  Corresponding  Member  of  the  Mass.  Historical  Society;  |  and 
Member  of  Hist.  foe.  in  Maine.  |  A  new  impression.  |  In  two  vol 
umes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  [ 

Hallowell:  |  Glazier,  Masters  &  Smith.  |  1839.  |  * 

2  vols. :  pp.  i-xii,  9-696 ;  i-viii,  9-729.  8°.     Linguistics  as  in  previous  edition. 
Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

4172  Willis  (William).    The  Language  of  the  Abnaquies,  or  Eastern 
Indians.     By  Wm  Willis. 

In  Maine  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  4,  pp.  93-117.     Portland,  1856.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Abenaqui,  from  Rasle's  Dictionary,  pp.  100-102. — Cata 
logue  of  names  applied  to  portions  of  the  State  [Maine],  with  definitions,  pp. 
103-111. 

This  article  also  includes,  pp.  115-117,  a  vocabulary  of  the  "Delawares  of 
Missouri,"  by  Chute  (Dr.  J.  A. ) ;  and  in  the  same  volume,  pp.  185-195,  is  an  "Ap 
pendix  to  '  Language  of  the  Abnaquies,' "  by  Potter  (C.  E.) 


WILLIAMSON— WILSON.  815 

Willis  (William) — continued. 

4173  Article  XI.  The  Indians  of  Hudson's  Bay,  and  Their  Lan 
guage;  selected  from  Umfreville's  "Present  State  of   Hudson's 
Bay,"  by  Win.  Willis. 

In  Maine  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  6,  pp.  265-272.     Portland,  1859.  8°. 

List  of  months  in  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  Hudson's  Bay,  p.  268 ;  Ab- 
naki  (from  Vetronrile),  p.  269;  Nehethawa,  p.  270. — Comparative  vocabulary  (23 
words)  of  the  Ne-heth-a-wa,  Assinee,  Poetuc,  Fall  Indians,  and  Black  Foot,  p.  271. 

4174  Wilson  (Daniel).    Prehistoric  Man  |  Researches  into  the  origin  of 
civilisation  |  in  the  Old  and  the  New  World  |  By  |  Daniel  Wilson, 
LL.  D.  |  Professor  of  History  and  English  Literature  in  University 
College,  Toronto;  |  Author  of  the  "Archfeology  and  Prehistoric 
Annals  of  Scotland,"  etc.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Volume  I  [II].  | 

Cambridge:  |  Macmillaii  and  Co.,  |  and  23,  Henrietta  Street, 
Covent  Garden,  |  London.  |  18G2.  |  (The  right  of  translation  is  re 
served.)  |  c. 

2vols. :  pp  i-xviii,  1-488;  i-vi,  1-499.  8°. 

Names  for  "mother"  in  Tlatskani,  Navajo,  Weitspek,  Arapahoe,  Sionx,  Tns- 
carora,  Kenay,  and  Esquimaux,  vol.  1,  p.  71. — Names  for  "horse"  in  Cherokee, 
Chippewa,  Delaware,  and  Dakota,  vol.  1,  p.  72. — Examples  of  onomatopoeia  in 
the  Chippewa,  Ottawa,  and  Mississaga  dialects  of  the  Algonquin  (including  a 
vocabulary  of  23  words),  vol.  1,  pp.  73-74. — A  few  Chippewa  terms,  vol.  2,  pp.  29- 
30,  and  many  Indian  terms,  passim. 

Second  edition,  London,  1865,  in  one  volume.  8°. 

4175  Prehistoric  Man  |  Researches  into  the  Origin  of  Civilisa 
tion  |  in  the  Old  and  the  New  World.  |  By  |  Daniel  Wilson,  LL.  D., 
F.  R.  S.  E.  |   Professor  of  History  and  English  Literature  in  Uni 
versity  College,  Toronto;  |  Author  of  the 'Prehistoric  Annals  of 
Scotland,'  etc.  |  Third  edition,  revised  and  enlarged,  |  with  illustra 
tions.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  | 

London:  |  Macmillan  and  Co.  )  1876.  |  (The  right  of  translation 
is  reserved.)  |  CT.WE. 

2vols.:  pp.  i-xv,  1-399;  i-xi,  1-401.  8°. 

Chippewa  terms,  vol.  1,  pp.  200, 213, 392;  vol.  2,  p.  363.— Mexican  terms,  vol.  2, 
p.  59.— Algonquin  terms,  vol.  2,  pp.  64-65, 355.— Examples  of  Indian  onomatopoeia, 
vol.2,  pp.  336-337. — Names  for  "horse"  in  Cherokee,  Chippewa,  Delaware,  and 
Dakota,  vol.  2,  p.  363.— Examples  of  onomatopoeia  in  the  Chippewa,  Odawah,  and 
Mississaga  dialects  of  the  Algonquin  (including  a  vocabulary  of  abont  26  words), 
vol.  2,  pp.  368-369.— Names  for  "  mother  "  in  Tlatskani,  Navajo,  Weitspek,  Arapa 
hoe,  Sioux,  Tuscarora,  Kenay,  and  Esquimaux,  vol.  2,  p.  373. 

41 7G  Wilson  (Rev.  Edward  F.)   The  |  Ojebway  Language :  |  A  Manual  | 
for  missionaries   and   others   employed    among  |   the   Ojebway 

Indians.  |  In  three  parts:  |  Part  I The  Grammar.  |  Part  II. 

....  Dialogue  and  Exercises.  |  Part  III.     .  .  .  The  Dictionary.  | 
By  The  Rev.  Edward  F.  Wilson.  | 

Toronto:  |  Printed  by  Rowsell  and  Hutchison,  |  for  the  Venera 
ble   Society   for   Promoting  Christian    Knowledge,  |  London.  | 
1874.  |  WE.  JWP.  WHS. 

Pp.  i-v,  7-412.  sq.  1(5°. 


816  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Wilson  (Rev.  Edward  F.) — continued. 

Part  I.  The  Grammar,  pp.  7-121. — Part  II.  Dialogue  and  Exercises,  pp.  123-- 
148.— Part  III.  English-Ojebway  Dictionary,  pp.  149-412. 


See  Shingwauk.  No.  3593  of  this  catalogue. 

4177  -  -  ,  editor.  The  |  Pipe  of  Peace  |  An  Ojebway  newspaper, 
published  monthly  at  |  the  Shiugwauk  Home,  Sault  Ste.  Marie 
[Ontario].  |  Vol.  I.  October  1st.  1878.  No  1  [-Sept.  1st.  1879.  No. 
12]  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-52.  8°  and  sm.  4°.  12nos.  The  first  issue  of  this  little  sheet  consisted  of 
8  pp.  8° ;  the  second  and  subsequent  numbers,  4  pp.  sm.  4°.  In  the  first  few 
numbers  some  of  the  articles  were  accompanied  by  English  translations,  but 
the  last  appeared  entirely  in  Ojibwa.  It  ceased  with  the  first  volume  for  want 
of  subscribers. 

Winslett  (David). 
See  Loughridge  (R.  M.)  and  Winslett  (David). 


See  Robertson  (William  Schenck)  and  Winslett  (David). 


See  Loughridge  (R.  M.),  Winslett  (D.),  and  Robertson  (William  Schenck). 


See  Robertson  (William  Schenck),  McKillop  (J.),  and  Winslett  (David). 

4178  Winslow  (Edward).    Good  Newes  from  New  England:  or  A  true 
Relation  of  things  very  remarkable  at  the  Plantation  of  Pliinoth  in 
New-England.    Shewing  the  wondrous  providence  and  goodnes  of 
God,  in  their  preservation  and  continuance,  being  delivered  from 
many  apparent  deaths  and  dangers.    Together  with  a  Relation  of 
such  religious  and  civil  1  Lawes  and  Customes  as  are  in  practise 
aim  ngst  the  Indians,  adjoyuing  them  at  this  day.    As  also  what 
Commodities  are  there  to  be  raysed  for  the  maintenance  of  that 
and  other  Plantations  in  said  Country.    By  E.  W.  who  hath  borne 
a  part  in  the  fore-named  troubles,  and  there  liued  since  their  first 
Arrivall.    Wherevnto  is  added  by  him  a  briefe  Relation  of  a  cred 
ible  intelligence  of  the  present  estate  of  Virginia. 

London.  Printed  by  I.  D.  for  William  Bladen  and  lohu  Bellamie, 
and  are  to  be  sold  at  their  shops,  at  the  Bible  in  Pauls-Church 
yard.  1624.  * 

Title  1  1.,  dedication  2  11.,  "To  the  Eeader,"  1  1.,  pp.  1-66;  postscript,  paged 
"59,"  followed  by  "A  briefe  Relation,"  1  1.  4°.  Title  from  Bartlett's  catalogue 
of  the  John  Carter  Brown  library.  There  is  another  edition  of  the  same  date, 
with  a  slight  variation  in  the  title.  * 

Reprinted  in  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  first  eeries,  vol.  8,  pp.  239-276;  second 
series,  vol.  9,  pp.  74-104.  Boston,  1802,  1822.  8°.  A  few  specimens  of  Indian 
words,  &c.,  vol.  8,  pp.  259-200.  Also  reprinted  in  Young  (  A.  )  Chronicles  of  the 
Pilgrim  Fathers,  pp.  269-375.  Boston,  1841.  8°.  A  few  scattered  words  and  a 
sentence  in  Indian,  pp.  316-319. 

4179  Winsor  (Justin),  editor.    The  |  Memorial  |  History  of  Boston,  |  in 
cluding  |  Suffolk  County,  Massachusetts.  |  1630-1880.  |  Edited  | 


WILSON — WISCONSIN   HISTORICAL   SOCIETY.  817 

Winsor  ( Justin), editor — continued. 

By  Justin  Wiusor,  |  Librarian  of  Harvard  University.  |  In  four 
volumes.  |  Vol.  I[-1V].  |  The  Early  and  Provincial  Periods.  |  Issued 
under  tbe  business  superintendence  of  the  projector,  |  Clarence  F. 
Jewett.  | 

Boston:  James  E.Osgood and  Company. 1 1880  [-1881].  |  C.BA.HU. 
4  vols.  4°. 

Trumbull  (J.  H.)  The  Indian  tongue  and  its  literature  as  fashioned  by  Eliot 
and  others,  vol.  1,  pp.  465-480. 

4180  Winthrop  (John).    The  |  History  |  of  |  New  England  |  from  |  1630 
to  1649.  |  By  John  Winthrop,  Esq.  |  First  Governour  of  the  colony 
of  the  Massachusetts  Bay.  |  From  |  his  original  manuscripts.  |  With 
notes  |  to  illustrate  |  the  civil  and  ecclesiastical  concerns,  the  geog 
raphy,  settle-  |  ment  and  institutions  of  the  country,  and  the  lives  | 
and  manners  of  the  principal  planters.  |  By  James  Savage,  |  Mem 
ber  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  j  Vol.  I  [II].  |  [Three 
lines  quotation.]  | 

Boston:  |  Printed  by  Phelps  and  Faruham,  |  No.  5,  Court 
Street.  |  1825  [-1826].  |  A.  c. 

2  voh. :  pp.  i-xii,  1-424;  1-429.  8°.  Appendix  R.— Ancient  Indian  names  of 
modern  towns,  vol.  2,  pp.  392-395. 

4181  -        -  The  |  History  of  New  England  |  from  |  1630  to  1649.  |  By  | 
John  Winthrop,  Esq.  |  First  Goveruour  of  the  Colony  of  the  Massa 
chusetts  Bay.  |  From  |  his  original  manuscripts.  |  With  notes  |  to 
illustrate  |  the  civil  and  ecclesiastical  concerns,  the  geography, 
settle-  |  ment  and  institutions  of  the  country,  and  the  lives  |  and 
manners  of  the  principal  planters.  |  By  James  Savage,  |  President 
of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society.  |  A  new  edition,  |  with 
additions  and  corrections  by  the  former  editor.  |  Vol.  I  [II].  |  [Quo 
tation,  three  lines.]  [ 

Boston :  |  Little,  Brown  and  Company.  |  M  DCCC  LIII  [1853].  |  A.  c. 
2  vols.  8°.     List  of  ancient  Indian  names  of  modern  towns,  vol.  2,  pp.  476-480. 

4182  Winthrop  (Theodore).    The  Canoe  and  the  Saddle,  |  adventures 
among  the  northwestern  |  rivers  and  forests;  |  and  |  Isthmiana.  | 
By  Tlr  odore  Wiuthrop,  |  author  of  [&c.,  two  lines]. 

Boston :  |  Ticknor  and  Fields.  |  1863.  |  B.  c.  BA.  HU. 

Pp.  1-375.  12°.     A  partial  vocabulary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon,  pp.  299-302. 
Another  edition :  New  York,  1876.  16°.  * 

4183  Wisconsin  Historical  Society.    First  Annual  Report  |  and  |  Collec 
tions  |  of  the  |  State  Historical  Society,  |  of  |  Wisconsin,  |  for  the 
year  1854  [-1877, 1878  and  1879J   |  Volume  I  [-VIIIJ.  | 

Madison :  |  Beriah  Brown,  Printer.  |  1855  [-1879].  |        A.  c.  JWP. 

8  vols.  8°. 

Bninson  (Alfred).     Wisconsin  Geographical  Names,  vol.  1,  pp.  110-115. 

52  Bib 


818  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Wisconsin  Historical  Society — continued. 

Calkins  (H. )    Indian  Nomenclature  of  Northern  Wisconsin,  vol.  1,  pp.  119-126. 
[Commuck  (T.)]     Sketch  of  the  Brothertown  Indians,  vol.  4,  pp.  291-296. 
Hathaway  (Joshua).     Indian  Names,  vol.  l,pp.  116-118. 
Shea  (John  G.)    The  Indian  Tribes  of  Wisconsin,  vol.  3,  pp.  125-138. 
WithereM-(B.  F.  H. )    Reminiscences  of  the  North-west,  vol.  3,  pp.  299-337. 

4184  Witherell  (B.  F.  H.)     Reminiscences  of  the  North- West.    By  Hon. 
B.  F.  H.  Witherell,  of  Detroit. 

In  Wis.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.3,  pp. 299-337.     Madison,  1857.  8°. 
A  few  Chippewa  names  of  places  in  Wisconsin,  p.  337. 

4185  Wlkr    |    Potrwatoine    |     Msina'kin;    |    kewrnpinukatr.    |    Sise- 
minwrn,  |  okeua'ton.  |  Tr'inin  Kesis— 1834  tso  Pponkit  pe  Kane- 
kit  |  Hesus.  | 

Shawannoe  Mission,  |  J.  Meeker,  Printer.  |  1834.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-32.  18°.     Potrwatamo  spelling-book. 

4186  Woahope  Wikcemna  kin.    The  Ten  Commandments  and  the  Lord's 
Prayer,  in  the  Dakota  Language. 

Boston:  1842. 

1  sheet.  Title  from  "Dakota  Bibliography,"  in  Williams'  Bibliography  of 
Minnesota. 

4187  Wofford  (J.  D.)     Sunalei  |  Akvevgi  No'gwisi  |  Alikalvvsga  Zvlvgi 
Gesvi.  |  [One  line  quotation.]    The  |  American  Sunday  School  | 
Spelling  Book;  |  Translated  into  the  |  Cherokee  Language.  |  By  J. 
D.  Wofford,  |  One  of  the  Students  at  the  Valley  Towns'  School.  | 

New-York :  |  Published  for  the  benefit  of  those  who  cannot  |  ac 
quire  the  English  Language.  |  Gray  &  Bunce,  Printers.  1 1824.  |  ATS. 

Pp.  1-52.  16°.  Hymns,  pp.  48-52.  Printed  prior  to  the  invention  of  the  Chero 
kee  characters. 

See  Ross  (  Wm.  P.),  editor. 

4188  Wolcott  (Dr.)     History  and  Language  of  the  Pottowotamies. 

Extract  from  a  letter  from  Dr.  Wolcott  in  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Travels  in 
the  Central  Portions  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  foot-note,  pp.  380-386.  New 
York,  1825.  8°. 

4189  Woldike  (Marcus).      Betaenkning   om  det    Gr^nlandske   Sprogs 
Oprindelse  og  Uliighed  med  andre  Sprog.    Forfattet  af  M.  W.      * 

In  Kjfibenhavnske  Selskab,  Skrifter,  vol.  2,  pp.  129-156.  Kjtfbenhavn, 
1746.  4°. 

4190  Meletema,  de  Lingvse  Groenlandicse  origine,  ejusque  a  cse 

teris  liugvis  differentia,  autore  M.  W. 

In  Kj0benhavnske  Selskab,  Scriptornm  a  Soe.  Hafn.,  vol.  2,  pp.  137-162. 
HafniiE,  1746.  4°. 

4191  Wolf  (Niels  Gjessing).    Testamentitokamit  j  Davidim  Ivngerutej  | 
Kaladlin  okauzeenuut  |  nuktersiuiarsut  |  Pellesimit  |  Nielsimit 
Woltimit,  |  attusegeksaukudlugin  innungnut  ko'isimarsunnut.  | 


# 


WISCONSIN   HISTORICAL    SOCIETY— WOOD.  819 

Wolf  (Kiels  Gjessing) — continued. 

Kjobenhavnime  |  Illiarsu'in  iglosfinne  nakkitarsimarsut  |  1824.  | 
C.  F.  Scbubartimit.  |  A.  c.  w.  HU.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-238.  16°.     Psalms  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Greenland. 

4192  Testameutitokamit  )  Profetib  Esaiasim  |  Aglegej.  |  Kalad- 

lin  okauzeennut  |   iiuktersimarsut   |    P[e]llesimit   |  N.  G.  Wolfi- 
mit,  |  attuaegeksaukudlugit  iunungnut  koisimarsunnut.  | 

Kjobenhavnime  |  Illiarsuin  igloa3nue  nakittarsimarsut  |  1825.  | 
C.  F.  Schubartimit.  |  A.  c.  w.  HU.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-200.  16°.  Isaiah  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Greenland.  Sabin's  Dic 
tionary,  No.  22870,  mentions  an  edition  of  1837, 12°. 

4193  Testamentitokamit  |  Salomonib  |  Ajokaersutej  Er'kdi'rse- 

ksset  |  Kaladliu  okauzeeimut  |  nuktersimarsut.  |  Pellisimit  |  N.  G. 
Wolfimit  |  attusegeksaukudlugit  innungnut  koisimarsunnut.  | 

Kjobenhavnime  |  Nakkittarsimarsut  Fabritius  de  Tengnagel- 

mit.  |  1828.  |  A.  JWP. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-73.  16°.  Proverbs  of  Solomon  in  the  Eskimo  language  of  Green- 
laud. 

See  Fabricius  (Otho),  No.  1256  of  this  catalogue. 

4194  Wood  (Silas).    A  Sketch  |  of  the  |  First  Settlement  |  of  the  |  Sev 
eral  Towns  on  Long-Island;  |  with  their  |  Political  Condition,  |  to 
the  |  end  of  the  American  Eevolution.  |  By  Silas  Wood.  | 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  |  Printed  by  Alden  Spooner,  50  Fulton-street.  | 
1824.  |  A.  BA. 

Pp.  1-64.  8°.     Montauk  vocabulary,  p.  28. 

4195 A  sketch  |  of  the  |  First  Settlement  |  of  the  |  several  towns 

on  Long-Island ;  |  with  their  |  Political  Condition,  |  to  the  |  end  of 
the  American  Eevolution.  |  By  Silas  Wood.  |  Revised  edition.  | 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  |  Printed  by  Alden  Spooner,  55  Fulton  Street.  | 
1826.  |  c.  BP. 

Pp.  1-112.  8°.  Vocabulary  of  the  Montauk  (from  manuscript  of  John  Lyon 
Gardiner),  foot-note,  p.  57. — Comparative  vocabulary  (a  few  words)  of  the  Dela 
ware,  Mohegan,  Massachusetts,  Narragansetts,  and  Moutauk,  foot-note,  pp.  57-58. 

4196 A  Sketch  |  of  the  |  First  Settlement  |  of  the  |  Several 

Towns  on  Long-Island ;  |  with  their  |  Political  Condition,  |  to  the  | 
end  of  the  American  Revolution.  |  By  Silas  Wood.  |  A  new  edi 
tion.  | 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  |  Printed  by  Alden  Spooner,  Fulton-Street.  | 
1828.  |  c. 

Pp.  1-181,  1 1.  8°.  Montauk  vocabulary,  p.  69.— Comparative  vocabulary  of 
the  Massachusetts,  Narraganset,  and  Montauk,  p.  69. 

4197  A  Sketch  |  of  the  |  First  Settlement  [  of  the  Several  Towns 

on  |  Long- Island,  |  with  their  |  Political  Condition,  |  to  the  |  end 


820  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Wood  (Silas) — continued. 

of  the  American  Revolution,  |  by  |  Silas  Wood  |  With  a  Biograph 
ical  Memoir  and  Additions  by  |  Alden  J.  Spooner.  |  A  Portrait  and 
Photographs  of  Dwellings.  | 

Brooklyn :  |  Printed  for  the  Furman  Club.  |  1865.  |  * 

Pp.  i-xxi,  1-206.  4°.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.     Vocabulary,  pp.  70-71. 

4198  Wood  (William).'    New  [  Englands  |  Prospect.  |  A  true,  lively, 
and  experimen-  |  tall  description  of  that  part  of  America,  |  com 
monly  called  New  England :  |  discovering  the  state  of  that  Coun-  | 
trie,  both  as  it  stands  to  our  new-come  |  English  Planters ;  and  to 
the  old  |  Native  Inhabitants.  |  Laying  downe  that  which  may  both 
enrich  the  |  knowledge  of  the  mind-travelling  Reader,  |  or  benefit 
the  future  Voyager.  |  By  William  Wood.  |  [Design.] 

Printed  at  London  by  Tho.  Cotes,  for  lohn  Bellamie,  and  are  to 
be  sold  |  at  his  shop,  at  the  three  Golden  Lyons  in  Corne-hill,  neere 
the  |  Eoyall  Exchange.  1634.  |  p.  BP.  JOB. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-98,  and  5  unnumbered  pp.  sm.  4°.  map.  The  5  unnumbered  pp. 
at  end  contain : 

Because  many  have  desired  to  heare  some  of  the  Natives  Language.  I  have 
here  inserted  a  small  Nomenclator,  with  the  Names  of  their  chiefe  Kings,  Rivers, 
Moneths,  and  dayes,  whereby  such  as  have  in-sight  into  the  Tongues,  may  know 
to  what  Language  it  is  most  inclining ;  and  such  as  desire  it  as  an  unknowne 
Language  onely,  may  reape  delight,  if  they  can  get  no  profit. 

4199  New  |  Englauds  |  Prospect.  |  A  true,  lively,  and  experi 
men-  |  tall  description  of  that  part  of  America,  |  commonly  called 
New  England :  |  discovering  the  state  of  that  Coun-  |  trie,  both  as 
it  stands  to  our  new-come  |  English  Planters;  and  to  the  old  | 
Native  Inhabitants.  |  Laying  downe  that  which  may  both  enrich 
the  |  knowledge  of  the  mind-travelling  Reader,  |  or  benefit  the 
future  Voyager.  |  By  William  Wood.  | 

Printed  at  London  by  Tho.  Cotes,  for  lohn  Bellamie,  and  are  to 
be  sold  |  at  his  shop,  at  the  three  Golden  Lyons  in  Corue-hill,  neere 
the  |  Royall  Exchange.  1635.  |  HU.  JOB. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-83,  5  unnumbered  pp.  sin.  4°.  map.  "  Because  many,"  &c.,  5  un 
numbered  pp.  at  end. 

4200  New  |  Englands  |  Prospect.  |  A  true,  lively,  and  experi- 

mentall  |  description  of  that  part  of  America,  com-  |  inonly  called 
New  England :  dis-  |  covering  the  state  of  that  country,  both  as  | 
it  stands  to  our  new-come  English  Plan-  |  ters;  and  to  the  old  Na 
tive  Inhabitants.  |  Laying  down  that  which  may  both  en-  |  rich  the 
knowledge  of  the  mind-travelling  |  Reader,  or  benefit  the  future 
Voyager.  |  By  William  Wood.  |  [Design.] 

London,  |  Printed  by  lohn  Dawson,  and  are  to  be  sold  by  lohn 
Bellamy  |  at  his  shop,  at  the  three  Golden  Lyons  in  Corne-  |  hill, 
neere  the  Royall  Exchange,  |  1639.  |  BA.  JOB. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-83  and  5  unnumbered  pp.  sm.  4°.  map.  "  Because  many,"  &c.,  5 
unnumbered  pp.  at  end. 


WOOD — WORCESTER.  821 

Wood  (William) — continued. 

4201 New-England's  Prospect.  |  Being  |  A  true,  lively,  and  expe 
rimental  Description    of  that  part  of  |  America,  j  commonly  called  | 
New-England  :  |  Discovering  |  the  State  of  that  Country,  both  as  it 
stands  )  to  our  new-come  English  Planters;  and  to  the  |  old  Native 
Inhabitants.  |  And  j  Laying  down  that  which  may  both  enrich  the  | 
Knowledge  of  the  Mind-travelling  Eeader,  or  |  benefit  the  future 
Voyager.  |  The  Third  Edition.  |  By  William  Wood.  | 

London,  Printed  1639.  |  Boston,  New-England,  Re-printed,  |  By 
Thomas  and  John  Fleet,  in  Cornhill ;  and  |  Green  and  Russell,  in 
Queen- Street,  1764.  |  c.  BA.  JCB.  MHS. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xviii,  1-128.  8°.     "  Because  many  have  desired,"  &c.,  pp.  123-128. 

4202 The  |  Publications  of  the  Prince  Society;  |  Established 

May  25th,  18  ;8.  |  Wood's  |  New-England's  Prospect.  |  [Seal.] 

Boston :  |  Printed  for  the  Society,  |  by  John  Wilson  and  Son.  | 
1865.  |  0.  BA.  BP.  HU.  WE. 

Pp.  i-xxxi,4  11.,  pp.  1-131.  sm.  4°.  map.  New  England's  Prospect  begins  on 
the  unnumbered  leaves  (giving  fac-simile  of  1634  title),  ending  p.  116.  The 
vocabulary,  "  Because  many  have  desired,"  &c.,  occupies  pp.  111-116. 

4203  Woodward  (Ashbel).     Historical  Address,  by  Ashbel  Woodward, 
M.  D. 

In  Celebration  of  the  150th  Anniversary,  pp.  11-92.     New  Haven,  1869.  8°. 
Contains  Indian  names  fin  Connecticut]  by  J.  Hammond  Trnmbull,  pp.  46-48. 

4204  Wampum,  |  a  Paper  presented  to  |  The  Numismatic  and 

Antiquarian  Society  |  of  Philadelphia.  |  By  |  Ashbel  Woodward, 
M.  D.,  |  of  Franklin,  Conn.,  |  Corresponding  Member.  | 

Albany,  N.  Y.:  |  J.  Munsell,  Printer.  |  1878.  |  C.S.WE. 

Pp.  1-61.  sm.  4°.     Indian  names  for  money,  wampum,  &c.,  pp.  8-12. 

4205  Wooleagtinoodumaktin  |  tan  tula  |  Sau6ku.  |  Megumoweesiilik.  | 

Chebooktook  [Halifax] :  |  Megumagea  ledakuu-weekuggmkawa 
moweome.  |  1872.  |  s. 

Pp.  1-103.  16°  Gospel  of  St.  John  in  Micmac.  Translated,  probably,  by 
S.  T.  Rand.  For  an  earlier  edition,  see  Gospel,  No.  1574. 

4206  Worcester  (Rev.  Samuel  A.)     Confession  of  Faith  and  Covenant  of 
the  Church  at  Park  Hill.     Adopted  June  4,  1837.     [Five  lines 
Cherokee  characters.] 

Park  Hill :  Mission  Press,  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  1848.  ABC. 

Pp.  1-12.  24°.  Pp. 2-7  in  English;  pp. 7-12  in  Cherokee  characters.  "Re 
marks  "  signed  S.  A.  Worcester. 

4207  Exodus :  |  or  |  the  Second  Book  of  Moses.  |  Translated  | 

into  the  Cherokee  Language.  |  [One  line  Cherokee  characters.] 

Park  Hill :  |  Mission  Press,  Edwin  Archer  Printer. !  185'i.  | 

Pp.  1-152.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters.  ABC.  ABS.  JWP. 

4208  Genesis  |  or  the  |  First  Book  of  Moses.  |  [Two  lines  Chero 
kee  characters.] 


822  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Worcester  (Rev.  Samuel  A.) — continued. 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press,  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1856.  |  ABC.  JWT. 

Pp.  1-173.  24°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  The  first  four  verses  are  reprinted 
iu  the  Missionary  Herald,  vol.  23,  p.  382.  Boston,  n.  d.  8°. 

4209  Notes  on  the  Select  Sentences  [Cherokee].    By  Eev.  S.  A. 

"Worcester. 

In  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  2,  pp.  249-250.     Cambridge,  1836.  8°. 

4210  Answers  to  grammatical  queries  [Cherokees].    By  Eev. 

S.  A.  Worcester,  Missionary  to  the  Cherokees. 

In  Am.  Ant.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  2,  pp.  241-249.     Cambridge,  1836.  8°. 

4211  Eemarks  on  the  principles  of  the  Cherokee. 

In  Schoolcraft  (  H.  E. )  Indian  tribes,  vol.  2,  pp.  443-456.  Philadelphia, 
1852.  4°. 

Mr.  Worcester  made  many  contributions  to  the  Cherokee  Phoenix,  also. 
See  Boudinot  (Elias)  and  Worcester  (S.  A.),  No.  425  of  this  catalogue. 

4212  and  Boudinot  (Elias).     Cherokee  Hymns  |  compiled  |  from 

several,  authors  |  and  revised.  |  By  S.  A.  Worcester  and  E.  Boudi 
not.  |  [Five  lines  Cherokee  characters.]     Printed  for  the  American 
Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  |  Missions.  | 

New  Echota:  |  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  [One  line  Cherokee 
characters.]  |  1830.  |  c.  BA. 

Pp.  1-34, 1  1.  24°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  For  edition  of  1829,  see  Boudinot 
(E.)  and  Worcester  (S.  A.) 

4213  Cherokee  Hymns  |  compiled  |  from  several  authors  |  and 

revised.  |  By  S.  A.  Worcester  and  E.  Boudiuot.  |  [Five  lines  Chero 
kee  characters.]     Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners 
for  Foreign  |  Missions.  |  Third  edition.  | 

New  Echota:  |  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line  Cherokee  char 
acters.]  |  1832.  |  c. 
Pp.  1-36.  16°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4214  Cherokee  Hymns  |  compiled  j  from  several  authors  |  and 

revised.  |  By  S.  A.  Worcester  &  E.  Boudinot.  |  [Five  lines  Chero 
kee  characters.]    Fourth  Edition.  | 

New  Echota:  |  J.  F.  Wheeler,  and  J.  Candy,  Printers.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1833.  |  s.  ABS.  ATS. 

Pp.  1-46.  24°.    In  Cherokee  characters. 

4215 Cherokee  Hymns  |  compiled  |  from  several  authors  |  and 

revised.  |  By  S.  A.  Worcester  &  E.  Boudiuot.  |  [Five  lines  Chero 
kee  characters.]  Fifth  edition.  | 

Union:  |  Mission  Press :  J.F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  [One  line  Chero 
kee  characters.]  |  1835.  |  BA.  MHS. 

Pp.  1-46, 1  1.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4216  Cherokee  Hymns.  |  Compiled  from  |  several  authors,  |  and 

revised.  |  Sixth  Edition  |  with  the  addition  of  many  New  Hymns.  | 
[Four  lines  Cherokee  characters.] 


WORCESTER.  823 

Worcester  (Rev.  Samuel  A.)  and  Boudinot  (Elias) — continued. 

Park  Hill.  |  Mission  Press:  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1841.  |  A.  BA.  AAS.  ABC.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-65, 1  1.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4217  Cherokee  Hymns.  |  Compiled  |  from  several  authors,  |  and 

revised.  |  Seventh  Edition.  |  [Three  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1844.  |  c.  BA. 

Pp.  1-67, 1  1.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4218  Cherokee  Hymns.  |  Compiled  |  from  several  authors,  |  and 

revised.  |  Eighth  Edition.  |  [Three  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill :  |  Mission  Press :  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  1848.  |  GB. 
Pp.  1-68, 1  1.  24°.     Iu  Cherokee  characters. 

4219  Cherokee  |  Hymn  Book.  |  Compiled  from  several  authors,  | 

and  revised.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Philadelphia:  |  American  Baptist  Publication  Society,  |  No.  530 
Arch  Street.  |  [Three  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  1866.  |         JWP. 
Pp.  1-98.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4220  Cherokee  |  Hymn  Book.  |  Compiled  from  several  authors,  | 

and  revised.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.] 

Philadelphia:  |  American  Baptist  Publication  Society,  |  1420 
Chestnut  Street.  |  1877.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-96.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4221  The  |  Gospel  |  according  to  |  Matthew  |  translated  into 

the  Cherokee  Language,  |  and  compared  with  the  translation  of  | 
George  Lowrey  and  David  Brown.  |  By  S.  A.  Worcester  &  E.  Bou 
dinot.  |  [Five  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  Printed  for  the  Ameri 
can  Board  of  Commission-  |  ers  for  Foreign  Missions.     Second  Edi 
tion.  | 

New  Echota:  |  John  F.  Wheeler,  Printer.  |  [One  line  Cherokee 
characters.]  |  1832.  |  c.  S.  BA.  ABS.  ATS. 

Pp.  1-124.  24°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  The  Missionary  Herald,  1833,  men 
tions  an  edition  of  1829,  124  pp.,  but  does  not  give  the  name  of  the  translator. 

4222  The  |  Gospel  |  according  to  |  Matthew.  |  Translated  into 

the  Cherokee  |  Language.  |  Third  Edition  Ee vised.  |  [Three  lines 
Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill :  |  Mission  Press.    J.  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line  Chero 
kee  characters.]  |  1840.  |  A.  BA. 
Pp.  1-120.  24°.    In  Cherokee  characters. 

4223  The  |  Gospel  |  according  to  |  Matthew.  |  Tianslated  into 

the  Cherokee  Language.  |  Fourth  Edition.  |  [Three  lines  in  Chero 
kee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1844.  |  c.  BA.  ABC. 

Pp.  1-120.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters.     5,000  copies  printed. 


824  NORTH   AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Worcester  (Rev.  Samuel  A.)  and  Boudinot  (Elias) — continued. 

4224  The  |  Gospel  |  according  to  |  Matthew.  |  Translated  into 

the  Cherokee  Language.  |  Fifth  edition.  |  [Three  lines  Cherokee 
characters.]  | 

Park  Hill :  |  Mission  Press :  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1850.  |  ATS.  WWB. 

Pp.  1-120.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4225  The  |  Gospel  |  of  |  Jesus  Christ  |  according  to  John.  | 

Translated  into  the  Cherokee  |  Language  |  by  S.  A.  Worcester  and 
E.  Boudinot.  |  [Three  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press.  John  F.  Wheeler,  |  Printer.  |  [One 
line  Cherokee  characters].  |  1838.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-101.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4226  The  |  Gospel  |  of  |  Jesus  Christ  |  according  to  John.  | 

Translated  into  the  Cherokee  |   Language.  |  Second  Edition.  | 
[Three  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park   Hill.  |  Mission  Press:    John  Candy,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters].  |  1841.  |  A.  s.  ABS.  MHS. 

Pp.  1-101.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4227  The  |  Gospel  |  of  |  Jesus  Christ  |  according  to  John.  | 

Translated  into  the  Cherokee  Language.  |  Third  Edition.  |  [Three 
lines  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  J.  Candy  &  E.  Archer,  Printers.  | 
[One  line  Cherokee  characters.]  |  1847.  |  c.  ABC. 

Pp.  1-101.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4228 The  |  Gospel  |  of  |  Jesus  Christ  |  according  to  |  John.  | 

Translated  into  the  Cherokee  Language.  |  Fourth  Edition.  |  [Three 
lines  Cherokee  characters.]  | 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  Edwin  Acher,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1854.  |  c.  WWB. 

Pp.  1-93.  24°.    In  Cherokee  characters. 

4229  The  |  Acts  of  the  Apostles  |  translated  into  the  |  Cherokee 

Language.  |  By  S.  A.  Worcester  and  E.   Boudinot.  |  |Two  lines 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  Printed  for  the  American  Board  of  Com 
missioners  |  for  Foreign  Missions.  | 

New  Echota:  |  John  F.  Wheeler  and  John  Candy,  Printers.  | 
[One  line  Cherokee  characters.]  |  1833.  |  s.  BA.  ABS.  ATS. 

Pp.  1-127.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4230  The  |  Acts  |  of  the  |  Apostles,  |  translated  into  the  Chero 
kee  |  Language.  |  Second  Edition.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  charac 
ters.] 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  John  Candy,   Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1842.  |  A.  c.  BA.  ABS. 

Pp.  1-124.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 


WORCESTER WRANGELL,.  825 

Worcester  (Rev.  Samuel  A.)  and  Boudinot  (Elias) — continued. 

4231  The  |  Acts  |  of  the  |  Apostles.  |  Translated  into  the  Chero 
kee  Language.  |  Third  Edition.  |  [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.] 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  |  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1848.  |  GB.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-120.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

4232  The  |  Acts  of  the  Apostles  |  [One  line  Cherokee  charac 
ters].  |  BA.  WWB. 

No  title-page.    Pp.  1-114.  24°.    In  Cherokee  characters. 

"During  the  year  [1831],  the  mission  had  also  printed  1,400  copies  of  the 
Cherokee  hymn-book,  1,000  copies  of  the  Gospel  of  Matthew,  and  3,000  copies  of 
a  tract  of  twelve  pages,  consisting  of  extracts  from  the  Old  and  New  Testaments. 
These  had  all  been  prepared  by  Mr.  Worcester,  assisted  by  Elias  Boudinot." — 
Neiecomb's  Cyclopasdia  of  Missions,  p.  607. 

See,  also,  Select  Passages  from  the  Holy  Scriptures,  No.  3550  of  this  catalogue, 
which,  according  to  Newcouib,  was  printed  in  1844,  and  which  has  also  been  at 
tributed  to  Worcester  and  Boudinot.  See,  also,  New  Testament,  Nos.  2472-2473. 

4233 and  Foreman  ( — ).    Psalins  [in  the  Cherokee  Language]. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-34.  24°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  Proverbs  of  Solomon, 
pp.  31-34.  ABC.  ABS. 

4234  Isaiah  [in  the  Cherokee  Language].  ABC. 

No  title-page.     Pp.  1-32.    24°.  In  Cherokee  characters.     In  the  translation  of 

the  above  works  Mr.  Worcester  had  the  assistance  of  Mr.  Foreman. 

4235  Worsley  (Israel).    A  View  |  of   the  |  American  Indians  |  their 
General  Character,  Customs,  Language,  |  Public  Festivals,  Relig 
ious  Kites,  |  and  Traditions :  |  shewing  them  to  be  the  descendants 
of  |  the  Ten  Tribes  of  Israel.  |  The  Language  of  Prophecy  concern 
ing  them,  and  |  the  course  by  which  they  travelled  from  |  Media 
into  America.  |  By  Israel  Worsley.  | 

London:  |  June,  MDCCCXXVIII  [1828].  j  Printed  for  the 
Author,  and  sold  by  R.  Hunter,  |  St.  Paul's  Church-yard,  and  the 
author,  |  at  Plymouth.  |  A.  c.  s.  BA.  LSH. 

1  p.l.,pp.i-xii,  1-185.   12°. 

Chapter  VI.  Of  the  Language  of  the  Indians,  pp.  104-114. 

4236  Wowodsky  (Gov.  —).    Vocabulary  of  the  Keni  of  Cook's  Inlet  Bay. 

Manuscript.  2  11.  folio.    In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

4237  Wrangell  (Admiral  Ferdinand  von).    Observations  recueillies  par 
1'Amiral  Wrangell.     Sur  les  habitants  des  Cotes  Nord-ouest  de 
I'Ame'rique;  extraites  du  Russe  Par  M.  le  prince  Emanuel  Galitzin. 

In  Nouvelles  Aunales  des  Voyages,  &c.,  vol.  1,  1853  (vol.137  of  the  Collec 
tion),  pp.  195-221.  Paris,  n.  d.  8°. 

Short  vocabulary  of  the  Mednovskie,  and  the  Ongalantsi.p.  199. — Short  vo 
cabulary  of  the  Inkuluklates,  pp.  209-210. — Names  of  some  of  the  constellations, 
and  of  the  months,  in  Kouskovimtsi,  p.  220. 


See  Baer  (Karl  Ernst  von). 


826  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

4238  Wright  (Rev.  Alfred).     Fba  Anumpa  Luk  A  |  na  Ponaklo  Ho 
lisso.  |  A  Book  of  Questions  |  on  tlie  |  Gospel  of  Luke,  |  in  the  | 
Choctaw  Language;  |  for  the  use  of  |  Bible  Classes  and  Sabbath 
Schools.  |  By  Rev.  Alfred  Wright,  |  Missionary  to  the  Choctaws.  | 
First  Edition,  1500  copies.  | 

New  York  :  |  S.  W.  Benedict,  16  Spruce  Street.  |  1852.  | 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-92.  16°.  c.  ABC.  JWP. 

4239  --  Yba  Anumpa  Mak  a  |  ua  Ponkalo  Holisso.  |  A  Book  of 
Questions  |  on  the  |  Gospel  of  Mark,  |  in  the  [  Choctaw  Language  ;  | 
for  the  use  of  |  Bible  Classes  and  Sabbath  Schools.  |  By  Eev.  Alfred 
Wright,  |  Missionary  to  the  Choctaws.  |  First  Edition,  1500  copies.  | 

New  York:  |  S.  W.  Benedict,  16  Spruce  Street.  |  1852.  | 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-75.  16°.  c.  ABC.  JWP. 

4240  -  and  Byington  (Rev.  Cyrus).    Chahta  vba  isht  taloa  holisso, 
or  Choctaw  Hynin-book. 

Boston  :  Crocker  and  Brewster.  1830.  * 

108  pp.  12°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  12867;  he  adds:    Another 

edition  was  printed  in  Utica,  1831.     The  Missionary  Herald,  July,   1836,  says: 

First  edition,  Boston,  1829,  48  pp. 

4241  -  Chahta   |  vba  isht  taloa  holisso,    |   or  |  Choctaw  Hymn 
Book.  |  Second  Edition,  |  revised  and  much  enlarged.  |  [Seven  lines 
Choctaw.  J 

Boston:  Printed  by  Crocker  and  Brewster.  j  1833.  |  ABC.  ATS.  WHS. 
"Pp.  i-vi,  7-162.   24°.    Supplement,  pp.  155-162,  contains  Ten  Commandments, 
&c.     Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  12867,  says:  Third  edition,  Boston,  1835,  72  pp.  12°. 


4242  -  Chahta  |  »ba  isht  taloa  holisso,  |  or  |  Choctaw  Hymn 
Book.  |  [Design.]  Third  Edition,  revised.  |  [Seven  lines  of  Psalms, 
in  Choctaw.] 

Boston:  |  Press  of  T.  E.  Marvin.  |  1844.  |  A.  BA.  ABC. 

Pp.  1-175.  24°.     The  Ten  Commandments,  pp.  173-175. 


4243  -  -  Chahta  |   «ba  isht  taloa  holisso,   |  or  |  Choctaw  Hymn 
Book,  |    Fourth  Edition,   |   revised  and  enlarged.    |   [Seven  lines 
Choctaw,  Psalm  cxvii.  1,  2.] 

New  York  :  |  S.  W.  Benedict,  16  Spruce  Street.  |  1851.  |    C.  ABC. 
2  11.,  pp.  1-248.  24°.     Psalms  1,  2,  &c.,  2  p.  11.—  Hymns,  pp.  3-201.—  Articles  of 
faith,  Marriage  service,  &c.,  pp.  202-219.  —  English  Hymns,  pp.  220-237. 

4244  -  Chahta  |   rba  isht  taloa  holisso,  |  or  |  Choctaw  Hymn 
Book.  |  Fourth  Edition,  |  revised  and  enlarged.  |  [Seven  lines  Choc 
taw;  Psalm  cxvii.  1,2.] 

Boston  :  |  T.  E.  Marvin,  |  42  Congress  Street.  |  1854.  |   ABC.  JWP. 
Pp.  i-vi,  1-252.  24°.     Contents  as  in  edition  of  1851. 

4245  -  Chahta  |  -»ba  isht  taloa  holisso.  |  Choctaw  Hymn  Book.  | 
Sixth  Edition.  |  [Six  lines  Choctaw  :  Psalm  cxvii.  1,  2.] 

Boston  :  |  Press  of  T.  E.  Marvin.  |  1858.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-252.  24°. 


WRIGHT.  827 

Wright  (Rev.  Alfred)  and  Byington  (Rev.  Cyrus) — continued. 

4246  Chahta  |  rba  isht  taloa  holisso.  |  Choctaw  Hymn  Book.  | 

Sixth  Edition.  |  [Seven  lines  Choctaw;  Psalm  cxvii,  1,  2.] 

Eichmoud:   Presbyterian  Committee  of  Publication.  \  1872.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-252.  24°.  The  reverse  of  p.  199  is  numbered  199*,  and  opposite  is  p.  199t, 
the  verso  of  which  is  199J,  followed  by  p.  200  on  recto  of  following  leaf;  pp.201 
and  202  are  also  the  reverse  of  usual.  The  verso  of  the  latter  is  unpaged,  p.  203 
being  the  recto  of  the  succeeding  leaf. 

Articles  of  Faith,  Ayimmika  auumpa,  pp.  203-220. — English  Hymns,  pp.  221-241. 

4247  [ and  Williams  (Loring  S.)]     Chahta  Ikhananchi,  |  or  the  | 

Choctaw  Instructor:  |  Containing  a  |  Brief  Summary  of  Old  Testa 
ment  History  and  |  Biography ;  |  with  practical  reflections,  |  in  the 
Choctaw  Language.  |  By  A  Missionary.  | 

Utica:  |  Press  of  William  Williams.  |  1831.  |  BA.  ATS. 

Pp.  1-157.  16°.  Byington's  manuscript  Choctaw  dictionary  gives  the  follow 
ing  title,  which  may  be  same  as  above: 

4248  Choctaw  Teacher,  containing  an  Epitome  of  the  History  of 

the  Old  Testament  with  reflections.  1831.  * 

136pp. 

Mr.  Wright  also  translated  the  Gospels  of  Luke  and  John  into  the  Choctaw 
language. — Kewconib,p.  612. 

4249  Wright  (Allen).     Chahta  Leksikon.  |  A  |  Choctaw  in  English  Defi 
nition.  |  For  the  |  Choctaw  academies  and  schools.  |  By  |  Allen 
Wright.  |  First  edition — 1000  copies.  | 

St.  Louis :  |  Printed  by  the  Presbyterian  Publishing  Company,  | 
207  North  Eighth  Street.  |  [1880.]  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-311.  12°.     Alphabetically  arranged. 

4250  [ editor.]    Chikasha  Okla  |  I  |  Kvnstitushvn  |  micha  |  I  | 

iian  vlhpisa.  | 

Chikasha  okla  I  nan  apesa  yyt  apesa  |  tok  mak  oke.  |  [1873?]     * 

Literal  translation. — Chickasaw  People  |  their  |  Constitution  |  and  |  their  | 
law.  | 

Pp.  1-350.  8°.  Prefatory  note  signed  by  Allen  Wright.  Title  furnished  by 
Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copy  in  the  library  of  Mr.  W.  W.  Beech,  Yonkers,  N.  Y. 

4251  Vocabulary  of  the  Chahta  or  Choctaw. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  211  words,  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Eth 
nology.  Collected  in  1866. 

4252  Wright  (Rev.  Asher).     Diuhsa'wahgwah  gaya'doshah.  |  Go'waha's 
goyadoh.  |  Sgao'yadih  do'wa'naudenyo-  | 

Neh  |  Nadigc'  hjihshoholi  dodisdoagoh ;  |  Wasto'k  tadiuageh.  | 
1836.  |  [Boston:  Crocker  &  Brewster.]  BA.  WE.  JWP. 

Literal  translation. — Beginning  book.  |  Gowahas  she  wrote  it.  |  Sgaoyadih  he 
translates.  |  The  |  old  men  they  printed  it;  |  Wastok  [Boston]  they  live  there 
far  away.  | 

Pp.  1-42.  12°.  Elementary  reading  book  in  the  Seneca  language.  Seneca 
and  English  vocabulary,  pp.  27-42. 


828  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Wright  (Rev.  Aslier),  editor— continued. 

4253  Go'wana  gwa'ih  sat'hah  yon  de'-   |   y&s  dah'gwah.   |   A 

Spelling-Book  |  iu  the  |  Seneca  Language:  |  with  English  defi 
nitions.  | 

Buffalo-Creek  Reservation,  |  Mission  Press.  |  1842.  | 

Pp.  1-112.    16°.  8.  BA.  WE.  ABC.  JBD.  JWP.  LSH.  WWB. 

4254  ,  editor.    Ne  Jaguh'nigo'ages'gwathah.  |  Do'syowg  Ganok'- 

day&h,  Gahsak'neh  30,  1841.  |   Degaisdo'agoh  1.     [— Gaya  1.  Oh- 
no'otah  15,  1850.    Deg.  19.]  |  The  Mental  Elevator.  | 

Buffalo-Creek  Reservation,  November  30, 1841.  |  Number  1  [-Vol. 
1.  April  15,  1850.  No.  19].  |  BA.  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-172.  8°.  I  have  seen  of  this  little  miscellany  nineteen  numbers,  paged 
consecutively,  each  number  containing  eight  pages,  except  Nos.  10  and  17,  which 
contain  sixteen,  and  No.  19,  which  contains  twelve.  Begun  at  the  Buffalo 
Creek  Reservation,  New  York,  it  was  continued  after  the  removal  of  these  In 
dians  to  the  Cattaraugus  Reservation  in  the  same  State ;  the  issue  of  November 
17, 1846  (No.  17),  being  the  first  issued  from  the  latter  place.  It  is  partly  in  Eng 
lish  and  partly  in  Seneca,  and  was,  according  to  a  note  at  foot  of  page  8.  "the 
first  effort  of  this  sort  iu  the  Seneca  language,  and  is  designed  exclusively  for 
the  spiritual  and  intellectual  benefit  of  the  Indians." 

Besides  biblical  reading  and  pieces  of  moral  instruction  it  contains  matters 
relating  to  their  government  and  business,  obituary  notices,  statistics,  &c.  No. 
19  contains  the  laws  of  the  Seneca  Nation  in  English  and  Seneca. 

The  copy  in  Major  Powell's  library  is  minus  the  first  two  numbers.  He  has 
a  duplicate  copy  of  Nos.  8-18,  pp.  57-160,  in  which  many  marginal  corrections 
have  been  made  by  some  one  evidently  familiar  with  the  Seneca  tongue. 

4255  -        -  Deg.  1  [-2].  |  He  ni  ya'  wah  syoli  no'ngh  jih,  |  tga  w&  n|' 
gwa  oh  neh  ne  |  ga  ya'  dos  hi'  yu  neh.  | 

Colophon :  \  H.  M.  Morgan,  Printer,  Gowanda,  N.  Y.  |  JWP. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-64.  16°.  Scripture  tracts  in  the  Seneca  language.  Con 
sists  of  two  parts  (Deg.  1,  Deg.  2),  each  with  its  own  pagination  of  32  pages,  with 
a  second  and  continuous  pagination  on  the  inner  margins  of  the  pages. 

Deg.  1  contains:  Ho'  syo  riiih  ne  Yu  an' ja  deft  [the  creation],  pp.  1-5.— Neh 
nos  hais'  daft  [the  serpent],  pp.  6-10.— Ne  dyu  dye'  fth  doh  no  dyn  oh  [the  first 
murderer],  pp.  11-14. — Neft  non"  gas'  de'  Q  wa.  nant  [the  great  rain],  pp.  15-20.— 
Nell  neh  de  gafts'  da'  £u  doft  go  waaft  [the  great  tower],  pp.  21-22.— Neft  neh  tho 
wS/  no  goh  Abraham  [the  call  of  Abraham],  pp.  23-26.— Ga  ft  naft  [hymn],  p.  26.— 
Go  wai'  e  wah'  doh  n  ;  ga  non'  da  yfin  dok  [the  destruction  of  the  cities],  pp.  27- 
30.— Ga  a  naft  [two  hymns],  pp.  31-32. 

Deg.  2  contains:  Neft  ne  Joseph  [the  story  of  Joseph],  pp.  1-6  (33-38).— Neft  ho 
no'  ga  doh  ne  Moses  [the  birth  of  Moses],  pp.  7-9  (39-41). — Neft  he'  ni  o'  ye  na' 
wftftoh  no  Moses  [the  acts  of  Moses],  pp.  10-14  (42-46). — Exodus,  oi'  waft  xix  (and 
xx)  [a  literal  translation],  pp.  14-21  (46-53).— Gaft  nafr  [hymn],  p.  21  (53).— Ga 
yaft'  daft  ho  dis'  yo  nift  [the  making  of  tho  idol],  pp.  22-25  (54-57). — Neft  ne 
manna  [the  manna],  pp.  26-27  (58-59). — Deo'  wa  wft'  not  gaft'  wftli  ua'  wen  ni' 
yuft  [the  rebellion  against  God],  pp.  28-32  (60-64). 

4256  Deg.  1  [-7].  |  Gai'  wa  yan'  dah  goh  |  ABC.  JWP.  WWB. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-64.  16°.  Tracts  in  the  Seneca  language.  Consists  of 
seven  parts  (Deg.  1.  to  Deg.  7.),  each  with  its  own  pagination,  with  a  second  and 
continuous  pagination  on  the  inner  margins  of  the  pages. 

Deg.  1.,  pp.  1-4,  contains:  He'  na'  o  wa  yeeft  Na'  wfin  ni'  yuft. 


WRIGHT WZOKHILAIN  829 

Wright  (Eei:  Asher),  editor — continued. 

Deg.  2.,  pp.  1-4  (5-8),  contains:  He  na'  ya  gull'  ni  g<5oll  d8'  ak  Ha'  yalT  da 
dell  Na'  wen  ni'  ynh". 

Deg.  3.,  pp.  1-4  (9-12),  contains:  Ni  o'  i  oh'  drs  yuh'  dfth  no  twais'  hi  yu  ne 
gah'  ni  go  fill'  g6h  [the  work  of  the  Holy  Spirit]. 

Deg.  4.,  pp.  1-4  (13-16),  contains:  GaS  naft  sholl  [three  hymns]. 

Deg.  5.,  pp.  1-16  (17-32),  contains:  Gai'  wa  net"'  ak  shall  [sin]. 

Deg.  6.,  pp.  1-24  (33-56),  contains:  Gai'  wi  yus'  d»k  gat  haah'  goh  [sermon 
preached  at  the  opening  of  the  Convention  of  the  Indian  Churches,  at  Cattarau- 
gu8,  Feb.  4,  1845]. 

A  manuscript  note  states  that  "this  Sermon  was  translated  by  the  assistance 
of  William  Jones,  deceased,  and  is  almost  the  only  relic  of  his  style  of  speaking 
Seneca,  which  the  old  people  regard  as  far  more  correct  than  that  of  any  of  our 
present  interpreters,  who  Anglicize  their  Indian  too  much  to  suit  the  views  of 
such  as  are  not  accustomed  to  English  modes  of  thought." 

Deg.  7.,  pp.  1-8  (57-64),  contains:  Nell  tho  ya  dott  ne  John  [the  3d  chapter  of 
the  Gospel  of  John],  pp.  1-6;  Ga'  £  n5h  [three  hymns,  one  signed  "  J.  P.Turkey," 
and  two  signed  "J.  Dudley"],  pp.  6-8. 

Mr.  Wright  also  edited  a  translation  of  hymns  into  the  Seneca  language,  which 
ran  through  several  editions.  See  Ga<l  nah  sholi,  Nos.  1347-1350. 

4257  Wyandot.    Wyandot  Hymns. 

Manuscript.  30pp.  4°.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

4258  Wyandot  Vocabulary,  Grammar  and  Sentences.  s. 

Manuscript.  200  pp.  4°.     In  possession  of  J.  G.  Shea.     A  note  appended  says: 

These  vocabularies  of  the  Wyandot  and  Meuomene  languages  appear  to  be  in  the 
handwriting  of  John  Kiuzie.  They  were  sent  to  J.  W.  Gibbs,  of  New  Haven, 
some  years  ago  by  Lieutenant  Davies,  of  Fort  Winnebago,  since  deceased.  New 
Haven,  September  12,  1846. 

4259  Wyeth  (Nathaniel  J.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Shoshonees. 

In  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.)  Indian  Tribes,  vol.  1,  pp.  216-218.  Philadelphia, 
1851.  4°. 

4200  Wzokhilain  or  Osunkhirhine  (Peter  Paul).  Wawasi  |  Lagidamwo- 
ganek  |  indala  |  Chowagidamwoganal  |  tabtagil,  |  Onkawodoko- 
dozwal  |  wji  |  Pobatarni  Kidwogan.  |  P.  P.  Wzokhilain.  | 

Boston :  |  Printed  by  Crocker  &  Brewster,  |  47,  Washington 
Street.  |  1830.  |  BA.  ABC.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-35.  24°.     Religious  tracts  in  the  Abnaki  language. 

4261  Wobanaki  |  Kimzowi  Awighigan,  |  P.  P.  Wzokhilain,  | 

kizitokw.  |  [Picture.] 

Boston :  |  Printed  by  Crocker  and  Brewster.  |  1830.  |      BA.  JWP. 
Pp.  1-90.  24°.      Spelling  and  reading  book  in  the  Abnaki   language.      See 
St.  Mark,  No.  3455  of  this  catalogue. 


830  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 


Xahila  (D.  Francisco  Ernantez  Arana). 
See  Arana  Xahila  (D.  Francisco  Ernantez). 

426H  Ximenez  (D.  Fr.  Francisco).    Vocabulario  y  Catecismo  Megicanos. 

Title  from  Beristain.  According  to  Clavigero,  Ximenez  wrote  a  grammar  in 
the  Mexican  language.  Mendieta  mentions  it  also. 

4263  Vocabulario  de  las  lenguas  quich6  y  cakchiquel  por  el  P. 

Francisco  Ximenez. 

4264  Confesionario  en  cakchiquel,  quiche"  y  zutuhil.  * 

Titles  from  Pimentel. 

4265  Arte  de  las  ties  lenguas  Cakchiqvel,  Qviche  y  Tzvtvhil 

[Escrito  por  el  R.  P.  F.  Francisco  Ximenez  Cvra  Doctrinero  por  el 
Real  Patronato  del  pveblo  de  S*°  Thomas  Chvilaj. 

Original  manuscript,  folio,  in  the  handwriting  of  the  author.  From  indica 
tions  at  the  end  of  the  volume  it  appears  to  have  been  written  at  Rabinal.  The 
work  is  composed  of  4  11.,  without  title,  containing  a  preliminary  monosyllabic 
vocabulary  ;  from  the  principal  title  to  the  end  of  the  Arte,  9211.,  with  four  col 
umns  to  two  pages. 

Following  this  is  a  second  work  entitled: 

4266  Tratato  Segvndo  de  todo  le  qve  deve  Saber  vn  ministro 

para  la  bvena  administration  de  estos  naturales. 

Manuscript.  11.93-119.  folio.  "Prologo,"  in  the  handwriting  of  the  author, 
comprising  the  copy  of  a  long  letter  from  Father  Alonso  de  Noreiia,  written  in 
February,  1580,  concerning  the  confessions  of  the  natives,  11, 94-100.— "  Confes- 
sionario,"  11. 101-111.— "Cathezismo,"  11.111-119.  The  whole  is  written  in  the 
three  languages,  Quich<5,  Cakchiquel,  and  Tzutuhil.— Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

4267  Empiezan  las  historias  del  origen  de  los  Indies  de  esta 

Provincia  de  Gvatemala  tradvzido  de  la  lengua  Quiche  en  la  Cas- 
tellana  para  mas  commodidad  de  los  ministros  de  el  Sto  Evangelic 
por  el  R.  P.  F.  Franzisco  Ximenez  Cvra  Doctrinero  por  el  Pueblo 
de  Sto  Thomas  Chvila. 

Manuscript.  66  11.  folio,  two  columns  to  the  page,  in  the  handwriting  of  P. 
Ximenez.  It  is  the  original  of  the  Popol  Vuh.  Title  and  Prologo,  2  11. ;  Salnta- 
cion,  &c.,  five  kinds  of  speeches  used  by  the  native  chiefs  when  meeting  their 
priests,  1  1. ;  another  preliminary  leaf;  Quichd  history,  with  Spanish  translation 
opposite,  56  11.  Title  from  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg. 

4268  Las  Historias   |   del  Origen  de  los  Indies   |   de  esta  Pro- 

viucia  de  Guatemala,  |  traducidas  de  la  lengua  Quich6  al  Castel- 
lano  para  mas  |  comodidad  de  los  ministros  del  S.  Evangelio.  |  Por 
el  R.  P.  F.  Francisco  Ximenez,  |  Cura  Doctrinero  por  el  real  patro- 
nato  del  Pueblo  |  de  S.  Thomas  Chuila.  |  Exactamente  segun  el  tex- 
to  Espanol  |  del  manuscrito  original  que  se  halla  en  la  Biblioteca 
de  la  Dmver-  |  sidad  de  Guatemala,  publicado  por  la  primera  vez, 
y  aumentado  con  |  una  introduccion  y  anotaciones  |  por  |  el  Dr.  C. 
Scherzer.  |  A'  expensas  de  la  Imperial  Academia  de  las  ciencias.  | 


«*»#*«  tvr 

XAHILA — YOUNG.  831 

Ximenez  (D.  Fr.  Francisco) — continued. 

Viena,  1857.  |  En  casa  de  Carlos  Gerold  E  Hijo,  |  Libreros  de  la 
Academia  Imperial  de  las  Ciencias.  |  c.  BP.    /$ , 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-216.  8°.      Many   aboriginal   terms  scattered  throughout.     Also 
issued  from  the  same  plates  by  Trilbuer,  London,  with  title-page  as  follows: 

4269  Las  Historias  |  del  Origen  de  los  Indies  |  de  esta  Provincia 

de  Guatemala,   |  traducidas  de  la  lengua  Quiche"  al  Castellauo  | 
para  nias  comodidad  de  los  ministros  |  del  S.  Evangelic.  |  Por  |  el 
E.  P.  F.  Francisco  Ximenez,  |  (Jura  Doctriuero  por  el  real  patronato 
del  Pueblo  |  de  S.  Thomas  Chuila.  |  Exactamente  segun  et  texto 
Espafiol  |  del  manuscrito  original  que  se  halla  en  la  Biblioteca  de 
la  |  Uuiversidad  de  Guatemala,  publicado  por  la  primera  vez,  |  y 
aumentado  con  uua  introduccion  y  anotaciones  |  por  |  el  Dr.  C. 
Scherzer.  |  A  expensas  de  la  Imperial  Academia  de  las  Ciencias.  | 

Londres :   [  En  casa  de  Triibner  &  Co.   |  60,  Paternoster  Row.  | 
1857.  |  C.  WE. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-216.  8°. 

4270  Xuarez  (D.  Pedro).    Memorial  en  Lengua  Megicana  de  cosas  me- 
morables.  * 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Beristain. 


Yanguas  ( Fr.  Diego  de  Nagera). 
See  Nagera  Yanguas  (/'>.  Diego  de). 

4371  Yarrow  (Dr.  Henry  Cre~cy).    Vocabulary  of  the  Pueblo  of  Taos. 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S. )  Zwolf  Sprachen  aus  dem  Sudwesten  Nordamerikas, 
pp.  98-115.  Weimar,  1876.  8°. 

4272  ' [Vocabularies  of  various  Western  Indian  Languages.] 

In  Wheeler  (G.  M.)  Reportsupon  U.  S.  Geographical  Surveys,  vol  7.  Washj 
iugton,  1879.  4°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Jicarilla  and  Shoshoni,  pp.  424-465, 470. — Pa-vant  and  Ca 
pote  Uta,  pp.  424-465, 472.— Uinta Uta,  pp.  424-465, 472-473.— Tehua,  Los  Luceros 
Pueblo,  pp.  424-465, 482.— Taos  Pueblo,  pp.  424-465, 483. 

Yepes  (Fr.  Joaquin  Lopez). 
See  Lopez  Yepes  (Fr.  Joaquin). 

4273  Young  (Alexander).    Chronicles  |  of  |  the  Pilgrim  Fathers  |  of  | 
the  Colony  of  Plymouth,  |  from  1602  to  1625.  |  ISTow  first  collected 
from  original  records  and  contemporaneous  |  printed  documents, 
and  illustrated  with  notes  |  by  Alexander  Young.  |  [Quotation,  two 
lines.]  | 

Boston:  |  Charles  C.  Little  and  James  Brown.  |  MDCCCXLI 
[1841].  |  C. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-504.  8°. 

Winslow  (Edward).     Good  Newes  from  New  England, pp. 269-375. 
Second  edition,  Boston,  1844.  8".     Also  Boston,  1845.  8°. 


832  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

4274  Young  (James).   Gainoh  |  ne  |  Nenodowohga  |  Neuwahnuhdah.  | 
By  James  Young.  | 

New-York.  |  Printed  for  t.he  American  Tract  Society,  |  By  D. 
Fanshaw.  |  1829.  | 

Second  title:  Indian  Hymns  |  in  the  |  Seneca  Tongue.  |  By  James 
Young.  | 

New-  York,  j  Printed  for  the  American  Tract  Society,  |  By  D. 
Fanshaw.  |  1829.  |  ATS.  JBD. 

Pp.  1-39,  1-39  (double  numbers).  18°.  Indian  '.itle  verso  1.1;  English  title 
recto  1.2.  Alternate  pages  Seneca  and  English.  Appended  to  and  commencing 
on  verso  of  last,  leaf  of  Harris  (T.  S.)  and  Young  (J.)  Christ  Hagon'.hahniuoh. 
New  York, 


4275  Young  (Thomas).    Narrative  of  a  Residence  |  on  the  |  Mosquito 
Shore,  |  during  the  years  1839,  1840,  &  1841  :  |  with  an  account  of  | 
Truxillo,  |  and  the  adjacent  islands  of  |  Bonacca  and  Eoatan.  |  By 
Thomas  Young.  |  [One  line  quotation.]  | 

London:  |  Smith,  Elder  and  Co.  65,  Cornhill.  |  1842.  |         A.  u.  c. 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-172.  12°. 

Song  in  Mosquitiau,  or  Sambo  language,  with  translation,  pp.  77-78.  —  Vocabu 
lary,  Mosquitian  and  English,  pp.  170-172.  —  Indian  words  and  phrases  scattered 
throughout. 

Second  edition,  London:  Smith,  Elder  &  Co.  1847.  Pp.  iv,  172.  post8°.  —  Squier. 

4276  Youth's.  The  Youth's  |  Companion:  |  A  juvenile  monthly  Magazine 
published  for  |  the  benefit  of  the  Puget  Sound  Catholic  Indian  | 
Missions;  and  set  to  type,  printed  and  in  part  |  written  by  the 
pupils  of  the  Tulalip,   Wash.   Ty.  |  Indian   Industrial  Boarding 
Schools,  under  |  the  control  of  the  Sisters  of  Charity.  |  Approved 
by  the  Et.  Eev.  Bishop  [2Egidius  of  Nesqually].  |  Vol.  I.    May, 
1881.    No.  1  [-  Vol.  III.    October,  1883.    No.  29].  |  [TulaMp  Indian 
Eeservation,  Snohomish  Co.  W.  T.]  c.  s.  JEM.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-312,  1-364,  1-152.  16°.  Parts  continuously  numbered,  1-29.  Edited  by 
the  Rev.  J.  B.  Boulet.  Instead  of  being  paged  continuously,  continued  articles 
have  a  separate  pagination  dividing  the  regular  numbering.  For  instance,  in 
No.  1,  pp.  11-15,  Lives  of  the  Saints,  are  numbered  1-4,  and  continued  in  No.  2  as 
pp.  5-8,  taking  the  place  of  pp.  41-44  of  the  regular  numbering.  At  this  date, 
October,  1883,  it  is  still  in  course  of  publication. 

Yakania  sentence,  vol.  1,  p.  147.  —  Lord's  Prayer  in  Suohomish,  vol.  1,  p.  228; 
in  Flathead,p.  256;  in  Cascade,  p.  284;  in  Nitlakapamuk  of  British  Columbia, 
p.301;  in  Lummi,  vol.  2,  p.  i8;  in  Comanche,  p.  56;  in  Clallam,  p.  86;  in  Huron, 
p.  106;  in  Cowlitch,  p.  106;  in  Micmac,  p.  176;  in  Menominee,  p.  200;  in  Penobscot, 
p.  239;  in  Mareschite,  or  St.  John's  Indian  language,  p.  262;  in  Chippewa,  p.  294; 
in  Abenakis,  p.  322;  in  Tadussak,p.  359;  in  "Pure  Mareschite,"  vol.  3,  p.  20;  in 
Passamaquoddy,  p.  51  ;  in  Choctaw,  p.  87;  in  Ottawa,  p.  119;  in  Osage,  p.  150.  — 
The  name  of  God  in  seventy  different  languages  (including  Tahitian,  Nez  Perec', 
Nootsack,  Moutagnais,  Micmac,  Mareschite,  Penobscot,  Cree,  Kalispel,  Wasco, 
Yakama,  Chinook,  Lummi,  Snohomith,  and  Clallam,  vol.  2,  p.  156.  —  Sentence  in 
Indian  (Snohomish  ?),  vol.  2,  p.  247. 


YOUNG— ZAMBEANO   BONILLA.  833 


4277  Zagoskin  ( Lieut.  Laurenti  Alexieff).    nemeiojHa*  onao>  |  iac™ 

B.ia.(l;niii  |  BI,  AvepaKt.  |  npoasBejeHHaa  |  JeiiTeraHTOJii  .1.  SarocKBRUMi  |  BT>  1842,  1843  R 
1844  nuaxi.  |  Cb  MepKaropCKoio  Kiproio  rpaBHpOBaHBOio  aa  Mtjn.  |  Hacn  iicpsaH  [siopaa].  | 

CaHKTDCTPp6j'pn>.  |  IIcsaTam  si  THnorp;i*iii  Kap.ia  Kpaiin.  |  1847  [-1848].  |  B.  D. 

Translation. — Pedestrian  Exploration  |  of  parts  of  the  Rnssian  Possessions  | 
in  America.  |  Accomplished  |  by  Lieutenant   L.  Zagoskin  |  in  the  years  1842, 
1843  and  1844.  |  with  a  Mercator's  chart  engraved  on  copper.   |  Part  First  [Sec 
ond].    |   St.  Petersburg.   |  Printed  in  the  Printing  Office  of  Karl  Krai.  |   1847 
[1848].  | 

2  vols. :  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-183  ;  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-120, 1-15, 1-45.  8°. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Inkilik  and  Inkalit  Yugelmut,  vol.  2,  appendix,  pp.  17-20. — 
Vocabulary  of  the  Chiagmiut,  Kuskivigmut,  Kadiak  (from  Billings  and  Lisi- 
ansky),  and  Sedentary  Chukche,  or  Namollos  (from  Robek),  vol.  2,  appendix, 
pp.  21-36. — List  of  villages,  with  population  statistics,  vol.  2,  appendix,  pp.  39- 
41. — List  of  birds  in  Koikhpagmiut  and  Inkilik,  vol.  2,  appendix,  pp.  42-43. 

The  vocabularies  were  reprinted  in  Sohott  (W.)  Ueber  ethnographiache 
Ergebnisse,  &c. ;  in  Erman  (A.)  Archiv,  &c.,  vol. 7,  pp. 480-512.  Berlin,  1849. 
8°.  Also,  according  to  Ludewig,  in  Zapiski  Russkago  Geographitsheskago 

Obshtshestva  (Memoirs  of  the  Russian  Geographical  Society),  vol.  2,  pp. . 

St.  Petersburg,  1847.  8°;  2d  edition,  pp.  246-266.  St.  Petersburg,  1849;  and  in 
Denkschi  iften  der  russischen  geographischen  Gesellschaft  zu  St.  Petersburg, 
vol.  1,  pp.  354-374  (German  translation  of  the  above,  containing  vols.  1  and  2  of 
the  original).  Weimar,  1849.  8°. 

The  Inkilik  and  Inkalit  Yagelmut  vocabularies  also  printed  in  Bnschmann 
(J.  C.  E.)  Der  athapaskische  Sprachstamm,  pp.  269-312.  Berlin,  1856.  4°. 

See  Seleny  or  Zelenoi  (S.  J.),  No.  3551  of  this  catalogue. 

4278  Zalvadea  (Fr.  Jos6  M.)    The  San  Gabriel  Mission  Indian  Lan 
guage.  * 

"A  Catholic  catechism  of  this  language  in  Spanish  and  Indian  exists  in  the 
library  of  this  mission  near  Los  Angeles.  It  was  written,  it  is  said,  by  Friar 
Jose'  M.  Zalvadea,  some  forty  years  ago,  and  the  Rev.  Father  Basso  assures  us  it 
is  well  prepared  and  of  great  value  to  philologists.  It  is  about  30  duodecimo 
pages." — Taylor's  Bibliografia  Caltfornica. 

4279  Zambrano  Bonilla  (D.  Joseph).    Arte  |  de  Lengua  Totonaca,  |  Con- 
forme  a  el  Arte  de  Aiitouio  Nebrija,  |  compuesto  por  D.  Joseph 
Zambrano  Bouilla,  |  Cnra  Benettciado,  Vicario  y  Juez  Ecclesiastico 
de  |  San  Andres  Hueitlalpan.  |  Dedicado  |  A  el  ILLmo.  Sr.  Dr.  D.  | 
Domingo  Pantaleou  |  Alvarez  de  Abreu,  |  Dignissimo  Arzobispo 
Obispo  de  esta  |  Dicecesi.  |  Lleva  anadido  |  Una  Doctrina  de  la 
Leugua  de  Naolingo,  |  con  algunas  vozes  de  la  Lengua  de  aquella  | 
Sierra,  y  de  esta  de  aca.    Que  por  orden  de  su  Illma.  se  imprime,  | 
su  author  |  el  Li9-  D.  Francisco  Dominguez,  |  Cura  interiuo  de 
Xalpan.  | 

Con  licencia  de  los  Superiores:  |  En  la  Pnebla  en  la  Imprenta  de 
53  Bib 


834  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Zambrano  Bonilla  (D.  Joseph) — continued. 

la  Viuda  de  Miguel  |  de  Ortega.    En  el  Portal  de  las  flores.    ASo 
de  1752.  |  NYHS. 

22  p.  11. ;  Arte,  11.1-134;  index  unnumbered,  3  11;  vocabularies,  Manual  de 
Sacramentos,  &c.,  11. 1-79 ;  index,  2  pp.  and  one  blank.  4°. 

Zapata  (Col.  Francisco  Diaz). 

See  Squier  (Ephraim  George). 

4280  Zapata  y  Mendoza  (D.  Juan  Ventura).    Chronica  de  la  muy  noble, 
y  real  Ciudad  de  Tlaxcallan. 

In  the  Nahuatl  language,  on  European  paper,  by  Don  Juan  Ventura  Zapata 
y  Mendoza,  Cazique  of  the  Parcialidad  of  Quiahuiztlan.  It  begins  with  the 
advent  of  the  nation  in  New  Spain  and  continues  to  the  year  1689.— Boturini, 
}  xviii,  No.  4. 

4281  Zarate  (Fr.  Miguel).    Opusculos  doctrinales  y  morales  en  Lengua 
Megicana. 

Manuscript.    Title  from  Beristain. 

4282  Zarfate  (Fr.  Gaspar).     Primer  Arte  y  Gramatica  de  la  Lengua  de 
la  Nueva  Segovia. 

4283  Varies  Tratados  doctrinales  en  la  misma  Lengua.  * 

Titles  from  Beristain. 

ZedeSo  (Geronymo  Thomas  de  Aquino  Cortes  y). 
See  Cortes  j  Zedefio  (G.  T.  de  A. ),  No.  900  of  this  catalogue. 

4284  Zeisberger  (Rev.  David).    Essay  |  of  a  |  Delaware- Indian  and  Eng 
lish  |  Spelling-Book,  |  for  the  |  Use  of  the  Schools  |  of  the  |  Chris 
tian  Indians  |  on  Muskingum  River.  |  By  David  Zeisberger,  |  Mis 
sionary  among  the  Western  Indians.  | 

Philadelphia,  |  Printed  by  Henry  Miller.  |  1776.  |    C.  S.  GB.  WHS. 

1  p.  1. ,  pp.  1-113, 2  columns.  12°.  Lord's  Prayer,  Ten  Commandments,  Litany, 
&c.,  alternate  pages  Delaware  and  English,  pp.  102-113. 

"The  original  manuscript  of  this  edition  is  preserved  in  the  archives  of  the 
Moravian  Church  at  Bethlehem,  Pennsylvania.  Upon  comparing  it  with  the 
printed  copy  it  is  evident  that  there  was  cause  for  the  dissatisfaction  which 
Zeisberger  expressed  with  the  manner  in  which  the  book  was  brought  out.  The 
manuscript  does  not  contain  the  Lord's  Prayer,  etc.,  which  are  appended  to  the 
printed  edition  of  1776,  bul,  in  place  of  it,  the  following  articles: 

"  1.  A  Short  History  of  the  Bible,  evidently  original,  in  Delaware  and  English, 
in  parallel  columns. 

"2.  Reading  Lessons  in  Delaware,  being  Biblical  and  other  Narratives. 

"3.  Conjugations  of  the  verbs  'to  say'  and  'to  tell,'  in  Delaware  and  English. 

"4.  The  Delaware  Numerals. 

"All  these  articles  have  been  omitted  in  the  printed  copy."— De  Schweinitx's 
Life  and  Times  of  David  Zeisberger,  p.  687. 

4285  Delaware  Indian  and  English  |  Spelling  Book,  |  for  the  | 

Schools  of  the  Mission  |  of  the  |  United  Brethren ;  |  with  |  some 
short  historical  accounts  |  from  the  |  Old  and  New  Testament,  |  and 
other  |  useful  instruction  for  children.  |  By  David  Zeisberger.  | 


ZAMBRANO   BONILLA ZEISBERGER.  835 

Zeisberger  (Rev.  David) — continued. 

Philadelphia :  |  From  the  press  of  Mary  Cist,  |  No.  104,  North 
Second  Street,  near  Race  Street.  |  1806.  |  c.  NYHS. 

Pp.  1-179.  12°.  Words  of  one  syllable,  pp.  8-9.— Words  of  two  syllables,  pp. 
9-18.— Words  of  three  syllables,  pp.  18-43.— Words  of  four  syllables,  pp.  43-72.— 
Words  of  five  syllables,  pp.  73-98. — Words  of  six,  seven,  and  more  syllables,  pp. 
99-114.  Each  set  alphabetically  arranged,  and  all  are  in  two  columns. — Pp. 
115-118  are  in  Delaware. — A  short  history  of  the  Bible,  pp.  118-137;  alternate 
pages,  Delaware  and  English,  the  former  in  Roman,  the  latter  in  italic. — Bible 
stories,  pp.  138-164. — A  verb  of  the  Indian  language  [I  say  and  /  tell,  conjugated], 
pp.  164-176.— Multiplication  table,  pp.  177-179.  The  Lord's  Prayer,  Ten  com 
mandments,  &c.,  are  omitted  in  this  edition. 

4280 A  |  Collection  of  Hymns,  |  for  the  use  of  the  |  Christian 

Indians,  |  of  the  Missions  |  of  the  |  United  Brethren,  |  in  North 
America.  | 

Philadelphia :  |  Printed  by  Henry  Sweitzer,  at  the  corner  of  | 
Race  and  Fourth  Streets.  |  1803.  | 

Reverse  title:  Mawuni  |  Nachgohumewoaganall  |  enda  auwe- 
genk  |  welsittangik  |  Lenapewinink,  |  uiitschi  |  Nigasundewoa- 
gano  |  eucla  |  Nguttimacht  angundink,  |  li  |  Lowanewunk  Un- 
dachqui  |  America.  |  GB.  WHS. 

Pp.  iii-xii,  1-358.  16°. 

The  dedication  is  signed  by  David  Zeisberger.  According  to  De  Schweinitz's 
Life  and  Times  of  David  Zeisberger,  the  original  manuscript  is  preserved  in  the 
archives  of  the  Moravian  Church  at  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

I  have  seen  in  the  library  of  Harvard  University,  a  manuscript  of  about  225 
11.,  folio,  with  the  following  title: 

4287  A  |  Collection  of  Hymns  |  for  the  use  of  the  |  Christian  In 
dians  |  of  the  Mission  |  of  the  United  Brethren  |  in  North  America.  | 

Reverse  title :  Mawuiii  Nahgohumewvaganalle  |  endaauwegenk  | 
Welsittangik  Lenapewinink  |  untschi  |  Nigasundovagano  |  enda  j 
Naguttimaehtangundink  li  j  Lowanervunkundaehgui  |  America,  j 

For  later  edition,  see  Luckenbach  (Abraham),  No.  2347. 

4288  Sermons  to  Children.  |  Translated  by  David  Zeisberger.  | 

Ehelittonhenk  |  HAmemensak  |  GischitakElleniechsink.  |  Untschi 
David  Zeisberger.  ) 

Philadelphia :  |  Printed  by  A.  and  G.  Way.  |  1803.  | 

Pp.  1-90.  12°.     Appended  is  the  following  : 

Aug.  Gottl.  Spangenberg.  |  Something  of  |  Bodily  Care  for  Chil 
dren.  |  Translated  by  David  Zeisberger.  J  Aug.  Gottl.  Spangen 
berg  |  Kechitti  Koecu  |  Hokeyiwi  Latschachtowoagan  |  uutschi  | 
Ainemensok  li.  Gischitak  illeniechsink  untschi  David  Zeisberger.  | 

Philadelphia.  |  1803.  |  c.  GB. 

Pp.  91-115.  12°.  Entirely  in  the  Delaware  language.  According  to  De 
Schweinitz  the  original  manuscripts  are  in  the  Archives  of  the  Moravian  Church 
at  Bethlehem. 

4289  The  |  History  |  of  our  |  Lord  and  Saviour  |  Jesus  Christ :  | 

Comprehending  all  that  the  |  Four  Evangelists  |  have  recorded 
concerning  Him  5  |  All  their  relations  being  brought  together  in 


836  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Zeisberger  (Rev.  David) — continued. 

one  Narration,  |  so  that  no  Circumstance  is  omitted,  but  that  ines 
timable  |  History  is  continued  in  one  Series,  in  the  very  words  of  | 
Scripture.  |  By  the  Eev.  Samuel   Lieberkuhn,  M.  A.  |  Translated 
into  the  |  Delaware  Indian  Language  |  by  the  |  Eev.  David  Zeis 
berger,  |  Missionary  of  the  United  Brethren.  | 

New-York:  |  Printed  by  Daniel  Fanshaw,  No.  20  Slote-Lane.  | 
1821.  | 

Half  title:  Elekup  |  Nihillalquonk  woak  |  Pemaucbsohalquonk  | 
Jesus  Christ  |  seki  ta  lauchsitup  wochgidhakamike.  |  Nachpi  wemi 
Kpatatamoewoagan  segauchsijauup,  |  Wulapensohaliueen  ehoalan 
Nihillalijenk  Patamawos !  |  c.  s.  BA.  WE.  AAS.  JWP.  WHS. 

Title  11.;  half  title  11.;  Address,  pp.  v-vi ;  Preface  in  Delaware,  pp.  vii-viii ; 
text,  pp.  1-222.  12°.  The  Address  and  Preface  are  signed  by  David  Zeisberger, 
and  dated  the  one  "  Gosheu,  on  the  Muskingum,  23d  May,  1806,"  the  other  "  Mus 
kingum,  Goschenink.  May  23,  1806."  See  Blanchard  (Ira  D. ),  No.  393,  for  sub 
sequent  edition. 

According  to  De  Schweinitz's  Life  and  Times  of  David  Zeisberger,  the  original 
manuscript  deposited  in  the  Bethlehem  archives  contains  a  very  complete  table 
of  contents  prepared  by  Zeisberger,  which  was  omitted  from  the  printed  copy. 

I  have  seen  in  the  library  of  Harvard  University  a  manuscript  of  290  11.,  12°, 
with  the  following  title : 

4290  Elekup    Nihillalquonk   woak   Pemauchsohalquonk   Jesus 

Christ  seki  ta  lauchsitup  Wochgidhakamike.     [Preface  signed:] 
Kimachtowa  D.  Zeisberger  Muskingum  Goshenink  May  23th  1806. 

4291  A  Grammar  of  the  Language  of  the  Leuni-Lenape  or  Del 
aware  Indians.    Translated  from  the  German  manuscript  of  the 
late  Eev.  David  Zeisberger,  for  the  American  Philosophical  Society, 
by  Peter  Duponceau. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc., Trans.,  new  series,  vol.3, pp. 65-250.  Philadelphia, 
1830.  4°. 

Translator's  preface,  pp.  65-%.— Author's  introduction,  p.  97.— Grammar, 
pp.  98-248. — Concluding  note  by  the  translator,  pp.  248-250. 

4292  Grammar  |  of  |  the  Language  |  of  |  the  Lenni  Leuape  or 

Delaware  |  Indians.  |  By  David  Zeisberger.  |  Translated  from  the 
German  Manuscript  of  the  Author  by  |  Peter  Stephen   Du   Pon 
ceau  |  with  a  Preface  and  Notes  by  the  Translator.  |  Published  by 
order  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society  in  the  Third  |  volume 
of  the  New  Series  of  their  Transactions.  | 

Philadelphia.  |  Printed  by  James  Kay,  Jun.  |  SE.  Corner  Sixth 
&  Eace  Sts.  |  1827.  |  A.  BP. 

Pp.  1-188,  1  1.  4°.     Another  issue  of  the  same  date  as  follows: 

4293  Transactions  |  of  the  |  American  Philosophical  Society,  | 

held  at  Philadelphia,  |  for  Promoting  Useful  Knowledge. ']  Vol.  III. 
— Part  I. — New  Series.  |  No.  II.  |  Containing — "A  Grammar  of  the 
Language  of  the  Leuni  Leuape  or  Delaware  Indians.    Translated  j 
from  the  German  Manuscript  of  the  late  Eev.  David  Zeisberger,  for 


ZEISBERGER.  837 

Zeisberger  (Rev.  David) — continued. 

the  American  Philosophical  So-  |  ciety." —  |  By  Peter  Stephen  Du- 
poucean.  |  Published  by  the  Society.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  by  James  Kay,  Jun.  |  SB.  Corner  Sixth 
&  Kace  Sts.  |  1827.  |  s. 

Printed  cover  as  above  1  1.,  pp.  65-250, 1  1.  4°. 

4294  Verbal  Biegungen  der  Chippewayer,  vou  David  Zeisberger. 

Iu  Vater  (J.  S.)    Analekten  der  Sprachenkunde,  pp.  15-50.     Leipzig,  1821.  8°. 
"This  -work  is  a  collection  of  Delaware  conjugations,  and  the  title  ought  to 

read  "Delawaren"  instead  of  "Chippewayer,"  which  is  a  mere  inadvertence." — 
De  Schweinitz. 

4295  Some  remarks  and  annotations  concerning  the  Traditions, 

Customs,  Languages,  etc.  of  the  Indians  in  North  America  from 
the  memoirs  of  the  Eev.  David  Zeisberger,  and  other  Missionaries 
of  the  United  States. 

In  Craig  (N.B.), editor.  The  Olden  Time,  vol.  1,  pp.  271-281.  Pittsburgh, 
1846.  8°.  Contains  a  vocabulary  of  the  Delaware  language,  pp.  280-281. 

Reprinted  in  Craig  (N.  B.)  The  Olden  Time,  vol.  1,  pp.  271-281.  Cincinnati, 
1876.  8°.  Vocabulary,  pp.  280-281. 

4296  Deutsch  und  Oiiondagaische   Woerterbuch,  von  David 

Zeisberger.  * 

Manuscript.  7  vols.  4°. 

' '  This  is  one  of  the  most  important  of  his  works,  which  he  began  early  in  life, 
and  upon  which  he  bestowed  the  greatest  care  and  the  most  persevering  dili 
gence,  calling  in  the  aid  of  Iroquois  sachems,  who  rendered  him  valuable  assist 
ance." — De  Schwtinitz. 

4297  Ououdaga  and  German  Vocabulary,  by  David  Zeisberger.  * 

Manuscript.  "A  shorter  work  of  the  same  character  as  the  above." — De 
Schweinitz. 

4298  Essay  of  an  Onondaga  Grammar,  or  a  Short  Introduction 

to  learn  the  Onondaga  alias,  Maqua  Tongue;  by  David  Zeisberger.  * 

Manuscript.  67  pp.  4°. 

4299  Onondagaische  Grammatica,  von  David  Zeisberger.  * 

Manuscript.   176  pp.  4°.     A  complete  grammar  of  the  Onondaga  language. 

This  work  was  translated  into  English  by  Peter  S.  Duponceau,  LL.D.,  which 
version,  however,  also  remains  in  manuscript. — De  Schweinitz. 

4300  Onondagaische  Grammatica.  * 

Manuscript.  87  pp.  4°.  The  same  work  as  the  preceding,  but  in  an  incom 
plete  form,  appearing  to  be  the  author's  first  attempt. — De  Schweinilz. 

The  above  five  manuscripts  are  in  the  library  of  the  American  Philosophical 
Society  at  Philadelphia,  where  they  were  deposited  by  the  Society  of  the  United 
Brethren  of  Bethlehem. 

"  The  following  manuscripts  by  Zeisberger  are  preserved  in  the  library  of  Har 
vard  University  at  Cambridge: 

1.  A  Dictionary  in  German  and  Delaware  [362  pp.,  oblong]. 

2.  Delaware  Glossary  [36  11.  4°]. 

3.  Delaware  Vocabulary  [74  11]. 

4.  Phrases  and  Vocabularies  in  Delaware  [158  11.  12°]. 

5.  Delaware  Grammar.     [The  original  of  No.  4291  above.] 


838  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Zeisberger  (Rev.  David) — continued. 

6.  Harmony  of  the  Gospels  in  Delaware.     [See  No.  4289.]     This  is  evidently  a 
duplicate  manuscript  of  the  work  published  in  1821.     [See  No.  4290.] 

7.  Hymns  for  the  Christian  Indians  in  Delaware.     [See  No.  4286.]     This  is  a 
duplicate  manuscript  of  the  Delaware  hymn  book.     [See  No.  4287.] 

8.  Litany  and  Liturgies  in  Delaware  [56  11.  12°]. 

9.  Zeisberger's  own  Manuscript  Hymn  Book  in  Delaware. 

10.  Sermons  by  Zeisberger  in  Delaware  [42  11.  12°]. 

11.  Seventeen  Sermons  to  Children  [5811.  12°].    This  is  a  duplicate  manu 
script  of  the  printed  work. 

12.  Church  Litany  in  Delaware  [42  11.  12°]. 

13.  Short  Biblical  Narratives  in  Delaware  [22  11.  4°]. 

14.  Vocabulary  in  Maqua  and  Delaware  [20  pp.  4°]. 

"The  above  fourteen  manuscripts,  together  with  some  fragmentary  papers, 
procured  from  the  archives  of  the  church  at  Gnadenhiitten,  Ohio,  were  delivered 
to  Judge  Lane,  of  that  State,  by  him  transmitted  to  the  Hon.  Edward  Everett, 
and  received  at  the  University  Library,  January  21,  1850." — De  Schweinitz. 
I  have  seen  all  of  these  manuscripts,  except  No.  9. 

"The  Rev.  David  Zeisberger  was  born  at  Zauchteiithal,  in  Moravia,  April  11, 
1721,  and  died  at  Goshen,  in  Ohio,  November  17,  1808,  aged  87  years.  He  first 
came  to  America  about  1739;  began  the  study  of  the  Indian  languages  in  1745, 
and  about  1750  commenced  his  missionary  labors  among  the  Indians,  which  he 
continued  until  his  death.  He  "  traversed  Massachusetts  and  Connecticut,  New 
York,  Pennsylvania,  and  Ohio,  entered  Michigan  and  Canada,  preaching  to 
many  nations  in  many  tongues.  He  brought  the  Gospel  to  the  Mohicans  and 
Wampanoags,  to  the  Nanticokes  and  Shawanese,  to  the  Chippewas,  Ottawas, 
and  Wyandots,  to  the  Unarms,  Unalachtgos,  and  Monseys  of  the  Delaware  race, 
to  the  Onondagas,  Cayugas,  and  Senecas  of  the  Six  Nations.  Speaking  the 
Delaware  language  fluently,  as  well  as  the  Mohawk  and  Onondaga  dialects  of 
the  Iroquois;  familiar  with  the  Cayuga  and  other  tongues;  an  adopted  sachem 
of  the  Six  Nations ;  naturalized  among  the  Monseys  by  a  formal  act  of  the  tribe ; 
swaying  for  a  number  of  years  the  Grand  Council  of  the  Delawares;  at  one  time 
the  keeper  of  the  archives  of  the  Iroquois  Confederacy  ;  versed  in  the  customs  of 
the  aborigines ;  adapting  himself  to  their  mode  of  thought,  and,  by  long  habit,  a 
native  in  many  of  his  own  ways;  no  Protestant  missionary,  and  but  few  men  of 
any  other  calling,  ever  exercised  more  real  influence  and  was  more  sincerely 
honored  among  the  Indians." — De  Schweinitz's  Life  and  Times  of  David  Zeisberger. 

4301  Zeitschrift  |  fiir  |  Ethnologic  |  und  ihre  Hiilfswissenschaften  |  als  | 
Lehre  vom  Menschen  |  in  seinen  Beziehungen  |  zur  |  Natur  und  zur 
Geschichte.  |  Herausgegeben  von  |  A.  Bastian  uud  R.  Hartmann.  | 
Erster  [-Vierzehnter]  Band  |  1869  [-1882].  | 

Berlin.  |  Verlag  von  Wiegandt  und  Hempel.  |  [18G9-1883].  |    SG. 

Vols.  1-14,  and  15,  Heft  1-3.  8°.  In  vol.  2  the  title  was  changed  to  read  :  Zeit- 
schrift  fur  Ethnologie.  Organ  der  Berliner  Gesellschaft  fur  Anthropologie,  Eth- 
nologie  und  Urgeschichte,  &c. 

Bastian  (A.)     Ueber  ethnologische  Eintheilungen,  vol.  3  (1871),  pp.  1-18. 

Ethnologie  und  vergleichendeLingnistik,  vol.4  (1872),  pp.  137-162,211-231. 

Ueber  die  Eheverhaltnisse,  vol.  6  (1874),  pp.  380-409. 

Erman  (A.)  Ethnographische  Wahrnehniungen  und  Erfahruugen  an  den 
Kilsten  des  Berings-Meeres,  vol.  2  (1870),  pp.  295-327,  329-393;  vol.  3  (1871), 
pp. 149-175,  205-219. 

Gatschet  (A.  S.)    Die  Sprache  der  Toukawas,  vol.  9  (1877),  pp.  64-73. 

Volk  und  Sprache  der  Timucua,  vol.  9  (1877),  pp.  245-200;  vol.  13  (1881), 

pp. 189-200. 


ZEISBEEGEE — ZUNIGA.  839 

Zeitschrift  |  ftir  |  Etbnologie,  etc. — continued. 

Der  Yuma-Sprachstamm  nach  den  neuesten  handschrii'tlichen  Quellen 

dargestellt,  vol.  9  (1877),  pp.  341-350,  365-418;  vol.  15  (1883),  pp.  123-147. 

Farbenbenennungen  in  nordamerikanisohen  Sprachen,  vol.  11  (1879), 

pp.  293-302. 

Herzog  (Wilh.)  Ueber  die  Verwandtschaft  des  Yumasprachstammes  mit  der 
Sprache  der  Aleuteii  und  der  Eskimostamme,  vol.  10  (1878),  pp.  449-459. 

Schultz-Sellack  (Dr.  Carl).  Die  amerikanischeu  Gotter  der  vier  Weltrich- 
tungen  und  ihre  Tempel  in  Palenque,  vol.  11  (1879),  pp.  209-229. 

4302  Zenteno  (D.  Carlos  Tapia). 

See  Tapia  Zenteno  (D.  Carlos),  Nos.  3800-3804. 

4303  Zepeda  (Fr.  Francisco). 

See  Cepeda  ( Fr.  Francisco),  No.  705  of  this  catalogue. 

4304  Zuniga  (Fr.  Dionisio).    Gramatica  de  la  Lengua  Kiche.  * 

4305  Sermonario  en  dicho  Idioma.  * 

4306  Las  Obras  del  P.  Viana  escritas  en  Lengua  de  Vera  Paz, 

puestas  en  Castellano.  * 

4307  Tratado  de  los  deberes  de  la  Justicia  para  gobierno  de 

Alcaldes  Mayores,  traducido  a  la  Lengua  Kiche.  * 

4308  La  Vida  de  la  Virgen  Maria  en  Lengua  Kiche.  * 

Titles  from  Beristain.     To  these  Squier  adds  a  number  of  titles  which  proba 
bly  belong  under  Moran  (P.  Fr.  Pedro). 

See  Viana  (D.  Francisco),  No.  4021  of  this  catalogue. 


ADDITIONS  AND  CORRECTIONS. 


THE  NUMBERS  GIVEN  TO  THE   FOLLOWING  TITLES  ARE  SUBSIDIARY  TO  THOSE  IN  THE 

MAIN  CATALOGUE. 


A.  M.  D.  0. 

For  titles  beginning  with  these  letters,  see  next  word  of  title. 

1  a  Abecedaire  ou  Premier  livre  de  lecture. 

Hauuiame,  1849. 

20  pp.  8°.     In  the  Eskimo  language.     Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue, 
1883,  No.  352  (6). 

1 1)  Abel  (Twarus).  Schediasina  hocce  etymologico-philologicum  pro- 
dromum  Americano  Groiilaudicum  iu  patronis  appropriatum  in- 
sinuat  Twarns  Abel. 

Havnife.    1783.  * 

4°.     Title  from  Sahin's  Dictionary,  No.  22867. 

2  Abert  (Lieut.   James    William).    Report  |  of  |  the  Secretary  of 

War,  |  conimuuicatiiig,  |  in  answer  to  a  resolution  of  the  Senate,  | 
a  |  Eeport  and  Map  |  of  |  the  Examination  of  New  Mexico,  |  made 
by  |  Lieutenant  J.  W.  Abert,  |  of  the  Topographical  Corps.  | 

Washington :  |  1848.  |  T.  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  l.,pp.  1-132,  map«and  24  plates.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  2. 

Abreg6  du  Cat^chisme  dans  la  Langue  des  Sauteux.    See  Lacombe 
(Rev.  Albert),  No.  2158. 

7  a  Account.  An  Account  of  |  Conferences  held,  |  and  |  Treaties 
made,  |  Between  Major-general  |  Sir  William  Johnson,  Bart.  | 
and  |  The  chief  Sachems  and  Warriours  |  of  the  |  Mohawks,  |  Onoi- 
das,  [&c.,  12  lines,  double  column]  |  Indian  Nations  in  North  Amer 
ica,  |  At  their  Meetings  on  different  Occasions  at  Fort  Johnson  |  in 
the  County  of  Albany,  rathe  Colony  of  New  York,  |  in  the  Years  1755 
and!75G.  |  With  |  a  Letter  from  the  Rev.  Mr.  HawleytoSir  |  William 
Johnson,  written  at  the  Desire  |  of  the  Delaware  Indians.  |  And  a 
Preface  |  Giving  a  short  Account  of  the  Six  Nations,  some  |  Anec 
dotes  of  the  Life  of  Sir  William,  and  Notes  |  illustrating  the 
Whole.  |  Also  an  Appendix  |  Containing  an  Account  of  Confer 
ences  between  several  |  Quakers  in  Philadelphia,  and  some  of  the 
Heads  of  |  the  Six  Nations,  in  April  1756.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  A.  Millar,  in  the  Strand.     M.DCC.LV1 
[1756].  |  (Price  Is  Gd.)  |  c.  s.  BA.  GB. 

Title  1 1.,  pp.  i-xii,  3-77.  12°.     A  vocabulary  of  some  words,  &c.,  from  Colden, 


842  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

15      Acosta  (Jos6  Antonio).     Oracioues  devotas  |  que  comprenden  los 
actos  de  fe",  |  esperauza,  caridad,  |  afectos  paraun  cristiauo  |  y  una 
Oracion  para  pedir  una  bueiia  muerte:  |  en  |  Idioma  Yucatcco,  | 
con  |  inclusion  del  Santo  Dios.  |  A  devocion  del  Pbro.  D.  Jose  An 
tonio  Acosta.  |      [Design.] 

Merida  de  Yucatan.  |  Iinprenta  a  cargo  de  Mariano  Guzman. 
1851.  |  DGB.  OHM. 

Pp.  1-16.  4°.     In  two  columns,  Spanish  and  Maya.     Improved  title  of  No.  15. 

Acosta  was  a  native  of  Yucatan  and  cura  of  Mocochii  about  1812.  He  is  con 
sidered  a  graceful  writer  in  Maya. — Brinton. 

Acts  of  the  Apostles  in  the  Cherokee  language.     See  Worcester 
(S.  A.)  and  Boudinot  (E.),  Nos.  4230-4232. 

22      Adam  (Lucieu).     Esqnisse  |  d'une  |  Grammaire  Compared  )  des 
Dialectes  |  Cree  et  Chippeway  |  par  |  Lucien  Adam  |  [Vignette.]  | 
Paris  |  Maisoimeuvc  et  Cie,  Libraires  Editeurs  |  15,  Quai  Voltaire, 
15  |  M  DCCC  LXXVI  [1876]  |  A.  DGB. 

Half-title  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  1-61.    8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  Z2. 

22  a  De  la  derivation  verbale  sp^cifique  de  1'emboitement  et  du 

polysyiithe'tisme  dans  la  langue  Dakota. 

In  Revue  de  Linguistiqne,  tome  9,  pp.  3-25.  Paris,  1876.  8°.  Also  in  the  same 
author's  fitudes  sur  Six  Langues  Arne'ricaines,  &c.,  (No.  20),  pp.  3-25. 

22  b  Du  polysynthe'tisme,  de  1'incorporation,  de  la  composition 

et  de  1'emboitement  dans  la  langue  Nahuatl. 

In  Revue  de  Linguistique,  tome  9,  pp.  231-254.  Paris,  lf-76.  8°.  Reprinted  in 
Etudes  sur  Six  Langues  AmtSricaines,  &c.,  pp. 67-90 

22  o Du  polysyuthetisme  et  d"e  la  formation  des  mots  dans  les 

langues  Quiche  et  Maya. 

In  Revue  de  Linguistique,  tome  10,  pp.  34-74.  Paris,  1877.  8°.  Quiche,  pp. 
34-60.  Maya,  pp.  61-74.  Also  in  Etudes  sur  Six  Langues  Ame'ricaines,  &c.,  pp. 
125-165.  Improved  titles  of  No.  26. 

24      Exameii  Grammatical  Compare"  |  de  |  Seize  Langues  Am6- 

ricaines  |  par  |  Lucien  Adam  |  Conseiller  a  la  Cour  de  Nancy.  | 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  et  Cie,  Editeurs,  |  25,  Quai  Voltaire,  25  | 
1878  |  A.  BP. 

Pp.  1-88,  and  six  folding  tables.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  24. 

25  a Du  |  parler  des  hommes  |  et  du  |  parler  des  femmes  |  dans 

la  langue  cara'ibe  |  Par  Lucien  Adam  |  Conseiller  a  la  Cour  d'Appel 
de  Nancy  | 

Paris  |  Maisouneuve  et  Cle,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  25,  Quai  Vol 
taire,  25  |  1879.  |  BA. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-32.  8°.     Another  edition  of  No.  25. 

See  Haumont  (J.  D.),  Parisot  (J.),  and  Adam  (L.),  No.  1678. 

28  a  Adriano  (D.  Diego).   [Various  translations  from  Latin  to  Mexican.] 
Title  from  Beristain.  * 


ACOSTA— AGUILAR.  843 

30  a  Aguaiic  Iscotol  |  Lninalic  te  Indioetic.  |  Oid  los  pueblos  todos  de 

Indies  sublevados.  | 

Colophon:  Tipografia  del  "Porvenir,"  a  cargo  de  Manuel  Maria 
Trujillo.  |  [1869.]  DGB. 

1  sheet,  folio,  printed  on  both  sides ;  double  columns,  Spanish  and  Zotzil ;  head 
ing  as  above.  It  is  signed:  San  Crist6bal,  a  veintede  Octubre  de  1869.  Feliciano 
J.  Lazos  [Presbitero,  in  manuscript].  And  in  Zotzil:  Jovel  San  Crist6bal,  torn 
cocal  Octubre  de  1869.  Manuel  L.  Solorsano.  A  manuscript  note  by  Dr.  Berendt 
says:  Proclamacion  del  Gob"  de  Chiapas  a  los  Indies  sublevados  de  Chamula  y 
otros  pueblos  en  lengna  Zotzil. 

31  [Agiiero  (Fr.  Christoual  de).]    Miscelaueo  |  espiritval,  en  el  idioma 
Zapoteco,  |  qve  administra   la   provincia  de  OaxiMJ,  |  de  la  orden 
de  Predicadores.  |  En  qve  se  contienen  los  qvinze  misterios  |  del 
Santissimo  Eosario ;  con  sus  ofrecimientos  en  cada  vno.    Las  mas  | 
principales  Indvlgencias,  que  ganan  sus  Cofrades.     Con  diez  y 
seis  |  Exemplos  de  lo  mismo.    Algunas  Oraciones  deuotas,  para 
la  |  Uida,  y  para  la  Muerte.     El  Cathecismo  de  toda  la  |  Doctrina 
Christiana.     Con   vn  Confessionario  |  para    los  que   empiecan  a 
aprender  el  |  dicho  Idioma.  |  Dedicado,  |  A  La  Princesa  del  Cielo, 
Y  siempre  Virgen  |  Maria  Madre  de  Dios,  y  Seiiora  Nuestra  | 
Por  |  El  P.  M.  Fr.  Christoual  de  Aguero,  Cathedralico,  y  Predica- 
dor  |  General,  qne  fue  del  dicho  Ydioma  en  su  ilustre  Conuento 
de  |  Oaxac,  y  Vicario  actual  del  Pueblo  de  Theozapotlan  |  Aflo  de 
[Design]  1666.    Con  liceucia.  | 

En  Mexico.  |  Por  la  Vhula  de  Bernardo  Calderon,  en  la  calle  de 
San  Augustin.  | 

15  p.  11.  " Exemplos,"  71  11., numbered  68;  " Catecismo,"  232  pp. .numbered 
233;  "Confessionario,"  127pp.  P.  128  repeats  the  imprint.  Improved  title  of 
No.  31,  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta. 

35  a  Aguilar  (P.  Fr.  Francisco).    Platica  |  Para  que  los  Yndios  no  | 
digan  al  Miuistro.  |  $  Quando  te  bas?  |  Afio  de  1822  |  En  Pog- 
onohi.  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript  obtained  by  Dr.  Berendt  from  the  parochial  archives  of 
Cahabou  in  Vera  Paz,  and  now  in  the  library  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton,  Media,  Pa. 
Title,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  monogram  of  P.  Aguilar,  top  of  second  leaf.  On  the 
verso  begins  the  sermon  in  Spanish,  and  opposite  it,  on  recto  of  third  leaf,  tho 
same  in  Poconchi,  these  ending  on  recto  of  the  sixteenth  leaf,  the  verso  of  which 
is  blank.  The  manuscript  is  1G°  in  size,  and  is  in  a  large,  c  ear  handwriting.  In 
the  same  library  is  a  copy  of  the  above,  made  by  Dr.  Berendt,  titled  as  follows: 

35  b  Platica- 1  en  lengua  Pocouchi  |  por  |  Fr.  Francisco  Agui 
lar,  |  cura  de  Tactic.  |  Tainahun  |  17  de  diciembre  de  1822.  |  DGB. 
Manuscript.  Title  1  1.;  verso,  monogram  of  P.  Aguilar;  pji.  2-24,  numbered 
the  reverse  of  usual, — even  nun.bers  on  recto,  odd  numbers  on  verso.  12°.  The 
advertencia,  recto  of  second  leaf,  is  signed  by  Dr.  BereniH,  and  in  it  he  states 
that  it  is  a  copy  of  a  manuscript  of  16  11.  in  the  Archive  parrociuial  del  pueblo 
de  Cahabou  in  Vera  Paz,  Octubre  1875.  On  the  verso  of  this  leaf,  which  is  paged 
3,  begins  the  sermon  in  Poconchi,  and  opposite,  recto  of  the  third  leaf,  the  same 
in  Spanish— the  reverse  of  the  plan  pursued  in  the  original. 


844  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Aguilar  (P.  Fr.  Francisco) — continued. 

35  c  Sermon  |  de  Ntra  Sra  del  |  Stmo  Eosario  |  afio  de  1818  | 

Poconchi  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript,  40  unnumbered  leaves  and  1  blank  1.,  16°,  in  possession 
of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  recto  of  1.  2  blank,  the  sermon,  in 
Spanish,  beginning  on  the  verso,  with  the  Poconchi  version  on  the  recto  of  the 
leaf  following.  This  plan  is  pursued  through  the  39  11. ;  the  verso  of  the  39th 
blank.  The  manuscript  forms  part  of  the  Berendt  collection,  and,  like  No.  35  a, 
was  obtained  at  Cahabon. 

35  d  Sermones  y  Platicas  en  lengua  Castellana  y  Pocomcbi, 

1818-1820.  * 

Original  manuscript,  in  two  volumes,  folio.  Vol.  I:  2  p.  11.,  11.  1-30,  l-<8. 
Vol.  II:  11.  1-97.  The  writing  is  in  a  large  and  reasonably  plain  hand,  the  Po- 
conichi  and  Spanish  being  in  parallel  columns  on  the  same  page.  The  author 
was  a  dominican,  cura  of  Tactic  in  Vera  Paz,  anil  thoroughly  conversant  with 
the  language.  In  possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton,  from  whose  manuscript  cata 
logue  of  the  Berendt  collection  the  title  and  description  are  taken. 

37  Aguirre  (Manuel).  Doctrina  |  Christiana,  |  y  |  Platicas  |  doctri- 
nales,  |  traducidas  en  lengua  Opata  |  por  el  P.  Eector  Manuel 
Aguirre,  |  de  la  Compania  de  Jesus.  |  Quien  las  dedica  |  al  lllmo. 
Senor  Doctor  |  D.  Pedro  Tarnaron  |  del  Consejo  de  S.  M.,  |  dignis- 
sinio  obispo  de  Durango.  |  Con  las  liceucias  uecessarias.  | 

Impressas  en  la  Imprenta  del  Eeal,  y  mas  antiguo  Colegio  de  | 
San  Ildefonso  de  Mexico,  auo  de  17G5.  |  * 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-162,  index  1  1.  4°.  Improved  title  of  No.  37,  furnished  by  Sr. 
Icazbalceta  from  copy  owned  by  him. 

39  a  Aiamie.     Aiamie  NikamoSiuan.  |  WE. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-36.  18°.  Hymns  in  the  Abbitibi  dialect  of  the  Cree 
language.  The  titles  of  the  hymns  are  in  French. 

Aiamie  TipadjimoSin.   [In  Algonkin.]   See  [Cuoq  (Rev.  Jean 

Andre)],  No.  947. 

40  Aiamieu.     L.  J.  C.  et  M.  I.  |  Aiamieu  |  Kukuetshimitun  |  Misinai- 
gan.  |  [Vignette.]  | 

Kaiakonigants  nte  opisti  koiats.  |  Nte  etat  Augustin  Cote"  et  C1".  | 
1848.  |  V.  BA.  WE. 

Pp.  1-53, 11.  12°.  Improved  title  of  No.  40.  Catechism  composed  by  the  Rev. 
Flavien  Durocher  for  the  Montagnais  Indians  residing  near  the  river  Saguenay. 

40  a  L.  J.  C.  et  M.  I.  |  Aiamieu  |  Kukuetshimitun  |  Misinaigan  | 

[Vignette.] 

Kaiakonigants  nte  opisti  koiats.  |  Nte  etat  Aug.  Cote  et  Cie.  | 
1856.  |  V. 

Pp.  1-72.     A  later  edition  of  No.  40.     Catechism,  pp.  1-46;  prayers,  &c. ,  47-72. 

40ft  L.J.C.etM.I.  |  Aiamieu  |  Kushkushkutu  |  Mishinaigan.  | 

[Oblate  seal.] 

Kaiakonigants  nte  opisti  koiats.  |  Nte  etat  Aug.  Cote  et  Cie.  | 
1856.  |  V. 

Pp.  1-104.  12°.     Chants  for  mass,  with  words  in  the  Montagnais  language. 


AGUILAR ALLEN.  845 

50  a  Albuquerque  (Bernardo).    Doctrina  cristiana  en  lengua  Zapoteca. 
Title  from  Beristain.  * 

52  a  Alcizar  (Fr.  Juan  de).      Doctriua  cristiana  en  lengua  Zapoteca, 
cou  equivalencia  latina. 

Title  from  Sobroii's  Idiomas  <le  la  Amferica  Latina,  p.  25. 

55  «  [Alden  (Ben.  Timothy).]     Aboriginal  Etymology. 

Iu  Craig  (N.  B. ),  editor.  The  Olden  Time,  vol.  1,  pp.  325-329.  Pittsburgh,  1846. 
2  vols.  8°. 

Contains  the  etymology  of  a  number  of  Indian  words,  from  the  Allegheny 
Magazine,  published  by  Rev.  Timothy  Alden. 

Reprinted  iu  Craig  (N.  B.),  editor.  The  Olden  Time.  Cincinnati,  1876.  2 
vols.  8°.  * 

•  56  a  Alemany  (1).  Lorenzo  de).     Elementos  de  Gramatica  Castellana. 
Nueva  Ediciou  por  el  Lie  D.  J.  E.  de  la  Kocha. 

Leon  de  Nicaragua.     Imprenta  de  la  Paz.    1858.  * 

Title  from  Dr.  Brintou's  manuscript  catalogue  of  the  Berendt  collection  now 

in  his  possession,  where  he  says:   Interesting  for  its  references,  on  p.  198,  to 

the  Mangues,  who,  the  editor  remarks,  are  distinguished  "porsu  idioma  sonora." 

(il      Algora  (Fr.  Juan).    Arte  y  Diccionario  de  la  Lengua  Tarasca. 

See  No.  61.  This  author  is  not  mentioned  either  in  Antonio  or  in  Beristaiu.  It 
is  probable  that  Ayora  (Fr.  Juan),  No.  196,  was  meant  by  Ludewig. 

62  a  Allen  (Miss  A.  J.)  Thrilling  Adventures,  |  Travels  and  Explora 
tions  |  of  |  Doctor  Elijah  White,  |  among  the  |  Kocky  Mountains  | 
and  in  the  |  Far  West,  j  With  |  incidents  of  two  sea  voyages  via 
Sand-  |  wich  Islands  around  Cape  Horn ;  |  containing  also  a  brief 
history  of  the  Missions  and  settlement  of  the  Country  |  — Origin  of 
the  Provisional  Governments  of  the  Western  |  Territories — Num 
ber  and  Customs  of  the  Indians —  |  Incidents  witnessed  while  trav 
ersing  and  Re-  |  siding  in  the  Territories — Description  of  |  the  Soil, 
Production  and  Climate.  |  Compiled  by  Miss  A.  J.  Allen.  | 
New  York:  |  J.  W.  Yale.  |  1859.  |  B. 

Pp.  iii-xvi,  17-430.  12°.  Oregon  sentences,  pp.  395-396.  Later  edition  of 
No.  62. 

62  b  Allen  (William).    An  |  American  |  Biographical  and  Historical  | 
Dictionary,  |  containing  an  account  of  the  |  Lives,  Characters,  and 
Writings  |  of  the  |  most  eminent  persons  in  North  America  from 
its  first  settlement,  |  and  a  summary  of  the  |  History  of  the  several 
Colonies  |  and  of  the  |  United  States.  |  By  William  Allen,  D.  D.,  | 
President  of  Bowdoiu  College;  |  Fellow  of  the  Amer.  Acad.  of  Arts 
and  Sciences;  and  Member  of  the  Ainer.  Antiq.  |  Soc.,  and  of  the 
Hist.  Soc.  of  Maine,  N.  Hampshire,  and  N.  York.  |  [Quotation,  one 
line.]  |  Second  edition.  | 

Boston:  |  Published  by  William  Hyde  &  Co.  |  M  DCCC  XXXII 
[1832].  |  A.O.S. 

Pp.  i-viii.  1-800.  8°.  A  few  words  from  Wood's  vocabulary  of  the  Massachu 
setts  Indian  language,  pp.  790-791.  The  first  edition,  Cambridge,  1809  (C.),  con 
tains  no  linguistics. 


846  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Allen  (William)— continued. 

62  c  The  |  American  |  Biographical  Dictionary:  |  containing  an 

account  of  the  j  Lives,  Characters,  and  Writings  |  of  the  |  Most 
Eminent  Persons  Deceased  in  North  America,  |  from  its  first  settle 
ment.  |  By  |  William  Allen,  D.  D.,  |  late  President  of  Bowdoin 
College,  [etc.,  four  lines.]  |  [Quotation,  one  line.]  |  Third  editiou.  | 

Boston:  |  Published  by  John  P.  Jewett  and  Company.  |  Cleve 
land,  Ohio:  |  Henry  P.  B.  Jewett.  |  M.  DCCC.  LVII  [1857].  | 

Pp.  i-ix,  1-905.  8°.  A  few  words  from  Wood's  vocabulary  of  t  ho  Massachu 
setts  Indian  language,  p.  879.  A.  T.  BA.  WE. 

63  a  Allgemeine   Historic   |   der    Reiseh*  zu    Wasser  und    Lande ;   | 

Oder  |  Sammlung  |  alter  |  Reisebeschreibungen,  |  welche  bis  itzo  | 
in  verschiedenen  Sprachen  von  alien  Volkeru  herausgegebeu  wor- 
den,  |  und  einen  vollsteindigen  Begriff  von  der  neuern  Erdbeschrei- 
bung  |  und  Geschichte  machen ;  |  Worinnen  der  wirkliche  Zustand 
aller  Nationen  vorgestellet,  und  das  |  Merkwiirdigste,  Niitzlichste 
und  Wahrhaftigste  in  |  Europa,  Asia,  Africa  und  America,  |  in 
Ansehnng  ihrer  verschiedeneu  Reiche  und  Lander;  deren  Lage, 
Grosze,  Grenzen,  |  Eintheilungen,  Himmelsgegenden,  Erdreichs, 
Friichte,  Thiere,  Fliisse,  Seen,  Gebiirge,  |  groszeu  und  kleiDen 
Stadte,  Hiifen,  Gebiiude,  |  u.  s.  w.  |  wie  auch  der  Sitten  uud  Ge- 
brauche,  der  Einwohuer,  ihrer  Religion,  Regieruugsart,  |  Kiiuste 
uud  Wissenschaften,  Handlung  uud  Manufacture!!,  |  enthaltenist; 
|  Mit  nothigen  Landkarteu  |  nach  den  neuesten  und  richtigstcn 
astronomischen  Wahrnehmungen  und  mancherley  |  Abbildungen 
der  Stadte,  Kiisten,  Aussichten,  Thiere,  Gewachse,  Kleiduugen,  | 
nnd  anderer  dergleichen  Merkwiirdigkeiten,  verseheu;  |  Durcheine 
Gesellschaft  gelehrter  Manner  im  Englischen  zusammen  getrageu, 
|  und  aus  demselben  ins  Deutsche  iibersetzet.  |  Erster  [-Sieb- 
zehnter]  Band.  |  Mit  Kouigl.  Polu.  und  Churf.  Siichs.  allerguiidig- 
ster  Freyheit.  | 

Leipzig,  bey  Arkstee  und  Merkus.     1747  [-1759].  |  A.  c.  BP. 

17  vols.  4C.  In  most  of  the  volumes  the  second  line  of  the  title  reads:  "der 
Reiseu  zu  Wasser  uud  zu  Lando ; ".  The  work  is  based  on  Astley's  Collection  of 
Voyages,  and  Prevost's  Histoire  G6n<irale  des  Voyages. 

Vocabulary  and  numerals  1-1000  of  the  Mexican  language  (from  Lact),  vol. 
13,  pp.  614-616. — Numerals  1-100  and  vocabulary  of  the  New  York  Indians  (from 
Laet),  vol.  16,  p.  605. — Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  Hudson's  Bay,  vol.  16,  pp. 
658, 659. — Von  der  Sprache,  der  Regierung  und  Religion  der  Wilden,  vol.  17,  pp. 
19-35,  contains,  on  p.  22,  the  hymn  "O  Salutaris  hostia"  iu  Abenakisch,  Algon- 
quinisch,  Huronisch,  and  Illinesisch  (from  Rasles). 

6:3  b  Allis  (Samuel).    Pawnee  Vocabulary.  * 

Manuscript.     34  pp.  folio.     In  the  library  of  Mr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J, 

64  Almeida  (P.  Teodoro  de).    Piadoso    *    *    *    al  Idioma  Mexicano. 

Improperly  given  under  this  author,  but  properly  under  Gnmbiuo,  No.  1397. 


ALLEN ALVA.  847 

69  a  Alsop  (George).    A  |  Character  of  the  Province  |  of  |  Maryland.  | 

|  Jeal.]  |  By  George  Alsop.  |  1606.  | 

Baltimore,  1880.  | 

Outside  title  as  above  1 1.,  half  title  1  1.,  followed  by  inside  title,  as  follows,  1 1.: 

Reissued  as  |  Fund-Publication,  No.  15.  |  A  |  Character  of  the 
Province  |  of  |  Maryland.  |  [Seal.]  |  By  George  Alsop.  |  1666.  | 

Baltimore,  1880.  |  C.  up. 

Followed  by  4  11.,  pp.  9-125,  as  described  in  No.  69. 

70  Alva  (Bartholome"  de).    Coufessionario  |  Mayor,  y  Menor  |  en  leu- 
gva  Mexicana.  |  Y  platicas,  contra  las  Supresticiones  [sic]  de  idola- 
tria,  |  que  el  dia  de  oy  an  quedado  a  los  Naturales  |  desta  Nueua 
Espaiia,  e  instrucion  de  los  |  Santos  Sacramentos,  &c.  |  Al  Illvstris- 
simo  Seiior  D.  |  Erancisco  [sic]  Manso  y  Zuniga,  Arcobispo  de  Mexi 
co,  |  del  Consejo  de  su  Magestad,  y  del  Real  de  las  |  Indias,  &c.    Mi 
Seflor.  |  Nvevamente  compvesto  por  |  el  Bachiller  don  Bartholome 
de  Alua,  Beijefl  |  ciado  del  Partido  de  Chiapa  de  Mota.  |  Aflo  de 
1634.  | 

fl  Con  licencia.  |  Impresso  en  Mexico,  por  Francisco  Salbago,  | 
impressor  del  Secreto  del  Sancto  Officio.  |  Por  Pedro  de  Quiuones.  j 

Colophon :  En  Mexico  |  En  la  Imprenta  de  Francisco  |  Salbago 
librero,  Impressor  |  del  Secreto  del  Sancto  |  OflBcio.  |  En  la  Calle 
de  San  Francisco.  |  ASo  M.  DC.  XXXIIII  [1634].  |  DGB. 

4  p.  11.,  11.  1-52,  the  last  one  unnumbered.  4°.  The  Confessional,  in  Spanish  and 
Mexican,  in  two  columns;  and  the  Credo,  Pater  Noster,  Ave  Maria,  arid  Salve,  in 
Mexican  only.  Improved  title  of  No.  70.  In  the  only  copy  of  this  work  seen  by 
me,  11.48-52  are  missing.  The  colophon  and  collation  are  taken  from  the  copy 
of  Icazbalcetii's  Apuutes,  corrected  by  himself,  in  my  possession. 

72      Cornedia  del  gran  teatro  |  del  mundo  traducida  en  |  La 

leugua  Mexicana  Diri-  |  gida  al  Pe.  Jacome  Baci-  |  lio,  Por  el  Br.  D 
Bart6.  Dalba  |  u. 

Manuscript.  15  11.  sm.  4°.  Handwriting  of  the  middle  of  the  17th  century. 
Improved  title  of  No.  72  (I). 

The  comedy  itself  is  entirely  in  Mexican,  its  title  being:  |  Nican  motemahui- 
coltia  yu  yxquuich  mocsiutiuh  tlal  |  -ticpac,  auh  yii  mochichihuazque  yntlama- 
huicoltizque  | 

72  Cornedia  famosa  de  Lope  |  de  Vega  carpio  del  ani  |  mal 

Propbeta  y  dichoso  pa  |  tricida  traducida  en  lengua  |  mexna.  propio 
y  natural  ydio  |  ma  Por  el  Br.  f.  Bart*,  j  de  Alba  el  afio  de  1640  [  B. 

Manuscript.     39  11.  sm.  4°.     Improved  title  of  No.  72  (II). 

A  comedy  of  the  celebrated  Lope  de  Vega  Carpio,  translated  into  Mexican. 
A  colophon  states  that  the  translator's  work  was  completed  16th  April,  1641. 

72  Comedia  de  Lope  de  Vega  Carpio  |  intitulada  la  madre  de 

la  inejor.  |  Traducida  en  lengua  Mex.na  y  dirigida  |  al  Pe.  oracio  Ca- 
rochi  de  la  compa.  de  |  J  H  S.  |  B. 

Manuscript.     1511.  sm.  4°.     Improved  title  of  No.  72  (III). 

The  cast,  containing  characters  of  widely  separated  epochs — from  Adam  and 
Eve  to  Saints  Joachim  and  Ann,  as  well  as  the  devil,  angels,  shepherds,  and  the 
like — a  mingling  common  to  the  religious  dramas  of  Lope  and  his  school — and 
the  stage  directions,  are  in  Spanish;  the  play  itself  in  Mexican.  Handwriting 


848  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Alva  (Bartholome'  de) — continued. 

of  the  middle  of  the  17th  century.  The  initial  of  Vega's  name  is  fancifully  adorned 
with  a  bird  and  a  flower;  at  the  end  of  the  title  are  two  cherubim's  heads.  The 
manuscript  is  probably  by  a  pupil  of  Carochi. 

These  three  manuscripts  are  in  the  Bancroft  library,  San  Francisco,  having 
been  purchased  at  the  sale  of  the  Ramirez  collection  in  London ;  they  are  entered 
under  No.  515  of  the  catalogue  of  that  sale. 

72  a  Sermones  en  lengna  mejicaua.  * 

"  Son  tambicn  estiinables  los  Sermones  en  ese  lenguaje,  mas  parece  qu«  es- 
cribi6  otros  libros." — Sobron's  Idiomas,  p.  31. 

73  Alvarado  (P.  F.  Francisco).     Vocabnlario  |  en  Lengva  Misteca, 
hecho  |  por  los  Padres  de  la  Orden  de  |  Predicadores,  que  residen 
en  ella,  y  vltima  |  mente  reeopilado,  y  acabado  por  el  |  Padre  Fray 
Francisco  de  Alua   |  rado,  Vicario  de  Tamagn-  |  lapa,  de  la  misnia  | 
Orden.  | 

En  Mexico.  |  Con  licencia,  En  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.  |  1593.  | 
Colophon:    flAcabose  este  presente  Vocabnlario,  En  Tainafu- 
lapa,  |  a  6  de  Septiebre  de  1592  anos.     El  qual  con  |  sn  auctor,  se 
somete  y  subiecta  a  la  cor-  |  rection  de  la  Sancta  madre  |  Yglesia 
Komana.  |  En  Mexico.  |  En  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.    Afio  de  |  1593.  }  * 
(i  p.  11.,  11. 1-204.  4°.     Improved  title  of  No.  73,  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta. 

73  a  Alvarado  (Dr.  Lucas).    Vocabulario  |  de  la  lengua  de  los  Indies  | 
del  Pueblo  de  |  Cache,  |  (Costa  Bica).  |  Colectado  por  |  Dr.  Lucas 
Alvarado,  |  Cartago.     1866.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title  1  I. ;  1  blank  1. ;  vocabulary,  Spanish  and  Indian,  pp.  5-8 
folio.  A  dialect  of  the  Talamanca. 

73  6  Vocabularies  de  las  Lenguas  Vizeita  y  Cached    Colectadas 

por  Dr.  Lucas  Alvarado,  1873.  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript  of  about  300  words,  collected  for  Dr.  Berendt. 

75  Amaro  (Juan  Koinualdo).  Doctrina  extractada  |  delosCatecisinos 
Mexicanos  |  de  los  Padres  |  Paredes,  Caroclii  y  Castafio,  |  autores 
muy  selectos:  |  traducida  al  Castellauo  |  para  mejor  instruccion  de 
los  Indies,  en  las  Oraciones  |  y  Misterios  principales  de  la  Doctrina 
cristiana,  |  por  el  Presbitero  capellan  |  Don  Juan  Komualdo 
Amaro,  |  Catedratico  que  fu6  en  dicho  idioina  en  el  Colegio  |  Se- 
miuario  de  Tepotzotlan,  antes  Vicario  operario  |  veinte  y  nueve 
anos  en  varias  Parr;quias  de  esta  |  Sagrada  Mitra,  y  Opositor  a 
Curatos.  |  Va  anadido  en  este  Catecismo,  |  el  Preambulo  de  la  Con- 
fesiou  para  la  mejor  disposicion  |  de  los  Indies  en  el  Santo  Sacra 
mento  de  la  Penitencia,  |  y  para  las  personas  curiosas  que  fueren 
aflcionadas  al  |  idionia,  con  nu  Modo  Practice  de  contar,  seguri 
fuere  |  el  uuinero  de  la  materia,  para  el  niismo  flu.  | 

Mexico:  1840.  |  Imprenta  de  Luis  Abadiauo  y  Valdes,  |  calle  de 
las  Escalerillas  num.  13.  |  B. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-79.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  75. 

American  Cyclopaedia.  See  Eipley  (G.)  and  Dana  (C.  A.),  editors, 
No.  3313. 


ALVA AMPERE.  849 

85  «  American  Ethnological  Society.     Bulletin  |   of  the  |  American  | 

Ethnological  Society.  |  Volume  I.  | 

New  York:  |  Published  for  the  Society.  |  1860-'61.  |       c.  BA.WE. 
Printed  cover,  title  1  1.,  pp.  3-72.  8°.  folding  plate.     Continued  as: 

Caption:  Bulletin  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  American  Ethnolog 
ical  Society.    In  the  City  of  New  York,  for  the  years  1861  &  1862. 
.  No  title-page.     10  pp.  8°.  T.  WE. 

Leiinan  (Cyrus).     Extracts  from  a  vocabulary  of  the  Pima  language,  p.  6. 

86  American  Historical  Record.     The  American  |  Historical  Record,  | 
and  repertory  of  |  Notes  and  Queries.  |  Concerning  the  history  and 
antiquities  of  America  |  and  biography  of  Americans.  |  Edited  by 
Benson  J.  Loss-ing,  LL.  D.  |  [Picture  of  Franklin.]  |  Vol.  I  [-III].  | 

Philadelphia:  [  CLase  &  Town,  Publishers,  |  142  South  Fourth 
Street.  |  1872  [-1874].  |  c.  w.  BP. 

3  vols.  4°.     Merged  iuto  Potter's  Monthly.     Improved  title  of  No.  86. 
Berendt  (C.  H.)    The  Darien  language,  vol.  3,  pp.  54-59. 
Brant  (Joseph).     Letter  to  General  Schuyler,  vol.2,  pp.  354-356. 
Eliot's  Bible  for  the  Indians,  vol.  3,  pp.  410-411. 
Old  Records  from  New  Jersey,  vol.  1,  pp.  308-311. 

94  u  American  Quarterly  Register.  The  |  American  |  Quarterly  Regis 
ter  |  and  |  Magazine.  |  [One  line  quotation.]  |  Conducted  by  James 
Stryker.  |  May,  1848.  .  .  .  Vol.  I.  No.  I  [-Vol.  VI].  | 

Philadelphia :  |  E.  C.  and  J.  Biddle,  |  No.  6  South  Fifth  Street.  | 
[1848-1851.J  C.  W. 

6  vols.  8°. 

Morgan  (Lewis  H.)    The  Fabrics  of  the  Iroqnois,  vol.  4,  pp.  313-343. 

946  American  Review.    The  |  American  Review:  |  a  Whig  Journal  | 
of  |  politics,  literature,  art  and  science.  |  "To  stand  by  the  consti 
tution."  |  Vol   I  [-VI].  |  [One  line  quotation.] 

New- York:  |  Wiley  and  Putnam.  |  1845  [-1847].  |  c.  w.  BA. 

6  vols.  8°.     All  I  have  seen. 

[Morgan  (Lewis  H. )]  Letters  on  the  Iroquois,  by  Skenandoah,  vol.  5,  pp.  177- 
190, 242-257, 447-461 ;  vol.  6,  pp.  477-490, 626-633. 

97  a  Ampere  (Jean  Jacques  Antoine).      Promenade  |  en  |  Ame"rique  | 
Etats-Uuis — Cuba — Mexique  |  par  |  J.  J.  Ampere  |  de  l'Acade"mie 
Fran§aise  |  Tome  Premier  [-Second]  | 

Paris  |  Michel  Le>y  Freres,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  Rue  Vivienne, 
2  bis  |  1855  |  L'Auteur  et  les  Editeurs  se  re"servent  le  droit  de  repro 
duction  et  de  traduction  |  a  1'etranger.  |  B.  c.  BP. 

2  vols.  8°.  Langues  mexicaines,  vol.  2,  pp.  298-302,  contains  brief  remarks 
and  a  short  vocabulary  showing  analogies  between  Chinese  and  Othomi. 

97  b Promenade   en  j  Ame"rique  j  Etats  Unis — Cuba — Mexique  | 

par  |  J.  J.  Ampere  |  de  I'Acade'tnie  Frangaise  |  Nouvelle  Edition  en- 
tieremeut  re~vue  |  Tome  Premier  [-Second].  |  [Monogram.] 
54  Bib 


850  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Ampere  (Jeaii  Jacques  Autoine) — continued. 

Paris  |  Michel  Le"vy  Freres,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  Eue  Vivienue, 
2  bis  |  1860  |  Tous  droits  reserves  |  B.BA. 

2  vols.  8°.     Linguistics  as  in  1855  edition,  vol.  2,  pp.  298-302. 

Analysis  of  the  Bible.    See  [Cook  (Rev.  Joseph  Winfleld)],  No.  868. 
Anamihe-Masinahigan.     See  [Belcourt  (Rev.  G.  A.)],  No.  334. 

105  a  Anderson  (Alexander  Caulfleld).   Price  one  dollar  and  fifty  cents.  | 
Hand-book  |  and  |  Map  |  to  |  the  Gold  Eegion  |  of  |  Frazer's  and 
Thompson's  Elvers,  |  with  |  Table  of  Distances.  |  By  Alexander  C. 
Anderson,  |  Late  Chief  Trader  Hudson   Bay    Go's   Service.  |  To 
which  is  appended  |  Ghinook  Jargon — Language  used  |  Etc.,  Etc.  | 

Published  by  J.  J.  Lecount,  |  San  Francisco.  |  Entered  [&c.,  two 
lines].  [1858.]  B. 

Printed  cover  1  l.,pp.  1-31.  32°.    map. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon,  pp.  25-31.  To  this  Mr.  Anderson  has  ap 
pended  a  manuscript  note  in  the  copy  seen,  as  follows.  "This  vocabulary,  pro 
cured  by  the  publisher  from  some  one  in  S.  F.,is  a  miserable  affair,  aud  was 
appended  without  my  knowledge. — A.  C.  A. " 

106  a  Notes  |  on  |  North- Western  America.  |  By  |  Alexander 

Caulfield  Anderson,  J.  P.  |  (Formerly  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Com 
pany.)  | 

Montreal:    |  Mitchell  &  Wilson,  Printers,  192  St.  Peter  Street.  | 
1876.  |  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  1., pp.  1-22.  8°.  "Indians,"  pp. 20-22,  includes  a  number  of 
tribal  names  with  English  signification. 

116  a  Andrade  ( Jose"  Leocadio).  Quilich  |  Xocbil-u  Payalchi  |  ti  c-cole- 
bil  |  x-zuhuy  Maria,  |  yetel  u  chucaau  payalchiob  |  ualkezahanta- 
cob  ti  Maya-dtan  |  tuinen  |  Don  Hoz6  Leocadio  Audrade,  |  h-mek- 
tan-pixnal  Kautunil,  |  etel  huntul  yetkiuil.  | 

Ho  ti  Yucatanlae.  |  Tu  dzal-hocmal  Spinosa  yet  lak.  |  1  pic — 2 
bak— 4  kaal.  |  * 

Translation :— The  most  holy  rosary  of  our  Lady  the  Virgin  Mary,  and  other 
prayers  translated  into  the  idiom  Yncateco  by  Don  Jose"  Leocadio  Andnide,  parish 
priest  of  Kantunil,  and  by  one  of  his  colleagues.  M<5rida  de  Yucatan.  Typo 
graphy  of  Espinosa  &  Co.  1880. 

53  pp.  8°.  Entirely  in  the  Maya  language.  Title  communicated  by  Sr.  Icaz- 
balceta,  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

116  b  Andr6  (Rev.  Louis  d').    Dictionnaire  Algonquin.  |  P. 

Manuscript.  No  title ;  heading  only ;  409  unnumbered  11.  written  on  both 
sides;  sm.  4°.  The  3  p.  11.  contain  instructions  or  rules,  followed  by  1  blank  1.; 
then  begins:  "A.  II  m'a  donne"  un  livre  a  lire" — followed  by  the  Algonkin 
equivalent.  The  French  words  are  written  in  the  middle  of  the  page  as  head 
ings,  the  Algonkin  underneath  and  running  entirely  across  the  page.  The  last 
word  is  siKle. 
116  c [Homilies  in  the  Algonkin  language.]  F. 

Manuscript,  49  unnumbered  11.  12°.  The  first  8  11.  are  in  parallel  columns, 
French  and  Algoukin  ;  the  remaining  11.  are  alternately  French  on  the  left-hand, 
Algonkin  on  the  right-hand  pages.  Verso  of  11. 47  aud  48,  blank.  L.  49  has  a  few 
lines  on  recto  only ;  verso  blank.  This  is  a  copy,  and  incomplete. 


AMPERE— ANNALKS.  851 

Andr6  (Rev.  Louis  d') — continued. 

116  d  Collectio  |  Si-queus  est  conscripta  |  a  P.  Ludovico  Andre", 

qui  |  fuit  silvicolarum  Moutanornm  |  Missionariusadann.  M.  D.C. 
XC  III.  |  Alia  manuscripta  ejusd.  soil.  Cate-  |  cbismus,  rudimeu- 
tum,etexhor-  |  tatioues,  servanturinarchiv.  |.  Tadussakensi  [Tadou- 
sak],  sub.  No.  1.  |  F. 

Manuscript,  25  11.  1C°.     In  the  Montagnais  language. 

Louis  AndriS  came  to  Canada  in  1CG9,  and  died  at  Quebec  in  1715.  He  was  mis 
sionary  at  Snnlt  Ste.  Marie  in  1670,  on  Lake  Huron  and  Nipissing  in  1671,  at 
Green  Bay  from  1672  till  after  1680,  then  was  sent  to  the  Chicoutimi  and  Tadous- 
sac  missions,  where  he  remained  till  1713. 

116  e [Manuscripts  by  R.  P.  Louis  Andre,  missionary  to  the  Mon- 

tagnais  at  the  end  of  the  17th  century.]  * 

In  the  archives  of  the  Catholic  Church  at  Lac  des  Deux  Montagues  (Oka), 
Canada.  The  following  list  was  furnished  by  Erminnio  A.  Smith,  an  employe' 
of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

Precepts,  phrases,  and  words  in  the  Algonkiu  language. 

French  Ottawa  Dictionary.     Revised  and  augmented  by  M.  Dep(Sret.     12°. 

Ottawa  translation  of  a  work  entitled  Catechisme  des  principes.     1683. 

Anichinabek  amisinahikaniwa.     See  Dejean  (Aug.),  No.  1008. 

121  a  Anleo  (Fr.  Bartolome).  Arte  |  de  |  Lengua  Kiche  |  Compuesto 
por  N.  M.  E.  P.e  |  Fr.  Bartolome  Auleo,  |  Eeligioso  Meuor  de  N.  S. 
P.  San  Francisco.  |  Copia  tomada  de  una  copia  en  poder  de  |  Du. 
E.  G.  Squier  en  Nueva  York,  sacada  de  una  copia  en  la  Biblioteca 
Imperial  j  en  Paris,  la  cual  habia  sido  tomada  del  |  original  por 
Fr.  Ant°.  Ramirez  de  Utrilla  |  el  ASo  de  1744.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Copy  of  the  work  title  of  which  is  given  in  No.  121  of  this  cat 
alogue.  Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  pp.  3-133.  16°.  A  part  of  the  Berendt  col 
lection  in  possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brintou,  Media,  Pa.  The  original  is  lost,  but 
a  copy  made  in  1744  by  Fr.  Antonio  Ramirez  de  Utrilla  is  preserved  in  the 
National  Library,  Paris. 

121  &  Annales  |  de  |  Philosophic  Chre'tienne,  |  Kecueil  Periodique  |  Des 
tine  a  faire  coimaitre  tout  ce  que  les  sciences  humaiues  |  et  en 
particulier  1'histoire,  les  antiquites,  1'astronomie,  la  |  ge"ologif, 
1'histoire  uaturelle,  la  botauique,  la  physique,  la  |  chimie,  1'anato- 
mie,  la  physiologie,  la  medecine  et  la  juris-  |  prudence  reuferment 
de  preuves  et  de  decouvertes  en  faveur  |  du  Cbristianisme ;  | 
Par  une  Socie"te  |  d'ecelesiastiques,  de  litterateurs,  de  naturalistes, 
de  medecins  |  et  de  jurisconsultes.  |  Premiere  Anne"e.  |  Seconde 
Edition. — 1833.  |  Tome  I  [-Sixieme  se"rie.  Tome  XVII.  (96°  volume 
de  la  collection.)].  | 

Paris,  |  Au  Bureau  des  Annales  de  Philosophic  Chretieune,  |  Kue 
St.-Guillaume,  n°  23,  Faub.  St.-Germain.  |  1830  [-1879].  |  A.  w. 

%  vols.  8°.  First  series,  1830-1836, 12  vols. ;  second  series,  1836-1839,  7  vols.  ; 
third  series,  1840-1849, 20  vols. ;  fourth  series,  1850-1859, 20  vols. ;  fifth  series, 
1860-1869,20  vols.;  sixth  series,  1870-1879, 17  vols. 

Bertrand  (.I/.  VAbbf).     Synglosse  du  nom'do  Dieu,  vol.23, pp.  182-194. 

Bonnetty  (A.)    Du  caleudrier  Mexicaiu,  vol.  7,  pp.  387-396. 


852  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Annales,  etc. — contiuued. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (AbbdC.  £.)  Nouvelles  de'couvcrtes  sur  les  Tradi- 
tious  Primitives  conserves  chez  les  anciens  habitants  de  I'AnxSrique,  vol.50, 
pp.  278-296, 325-341 ;  vol.  51,  pp.  199-220, 477-491 ;  vol.  52,  pp.  62-79, 112-117. 

Charencey  (H.  de).  De  la  parent*?  do  la  langne  Japonaise  avec  les  idiomes 
Tartares  &  Amdricains,  vol.  57,  pp.  7-24. 

Recherches  sur  la  famille  de  langues  Ame'ricaines  Piriuda-Othomi.  vol. 

75,  pp.  49-58. 

[Cuoq  (Rev.  .1.  A.)]  Quels  dtaient  les  sauvages  que  recontra  Jacq.  Cartier, 
vol.  79,  pp.  198-204. 

Humboldt  (F.  H.  A.)    Calendrier  Mexicain  explique",  vol.  7,  pp.  397-403. 

121  c  Annales  |  de  la  |  Propagation  dela  Foi.  |  llecueil  P£riodique  |  des 
lettres  des  Sveques  et  des  Missionaires  |  des  Missions  des  deux 
Mondes,  et  de  tous  les  documents  |  relatifs  aux  missions  et  a 
1'ceuvre  |  de  la  propagation  de  la  Foi.  |  Collection  faisaut  suite  aux 
Lettres  edifiantes.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Cinquaute-deuxieme]  | 

A  Lyon,  |  chez  1'editeur  des  Annales,  |  Eue  du  Perat,  N°  6.  |  1853 
[1822-1880].  |  A.  c.  w.  BP. 

52  vols.  8°.  Each  volume  contains  about  six  numbers.  The  publication  began 
in  1822,  and  some  of  the  numbers  ran  through  several  editions.  The  title  also 
varies  in  some  of  the  earlier  volumes,  viz  :  "Association  de  la  Propagation  de  la 
Foi,  Nouvelles  d°  1' Association,"  "  Nouvelles  recues  des  Missions,"  etc. 

This  work  has  also  been  published  in  English  (Paris,  1838)  and  in  Spanish, 
neither  of  which  editions  have  I  seen. 

Badin  ( M.  Theod. )  aM.     Lettre,  vol.  6,  pp.  165-177. 

Badin  ( M.  F.  V. )  le  jetine.     Lettre,  vol.  4,  pp.  534-546. 

Dejean  (M.  Aug.)    Lettre,  vol.  4,  pp.  491-496. 

Demffier  (Edmond).     Lettre,  vol.  8,  pp.  191-200. 

Frgmiot  (N.  M. )    Lettre,  vol.  26,  pp.  241-269. 

Laverlochere  (R.  P.)    Extrait  d'une  lettre,  vol.  17, -pp. 257-264. 

Missions  de  la  Baie  d' Hudson,  vol.  23,  pp.  202-221. 

Lettre,  vol.  24,  pp.  69-79. 

Missions  de  la  Louisiaue,  vol.  1,  no.  1,  pp.  22-46. 

Nouvelle  Bretagne.  Vicariat  apostolique  d'Athabaska  et  Mackenzie,  vol.  43, 
pp.  457-478. 

Poirier  ( M(jr.  Ch. )    Lettre,  vol.  37,  pp.  453-462. 

Smet  (P.  J.  de).     Lettre,  vol.  11,  pp.  479-498. 

Tache  (Mgr.)    Extrait  d'une  lettre,  vol.  24,  pp.  329-354. 

Aimer'  lab  innungorsimasub.     See  [Rudolph  ( — )],  No.  3410. 

122  Annunciacion  (Fr.  luan  de  la).    Doctrina  Christia  |  na  mvy  cvm- 
plida,  donde  se  con-  |  tiene  la  exposicion  de  todo  lo  uecessario  para 
Do-  |  ctrinaralos  Yudios,  y  administralleslosSan-  |  ctos  Sacramen- 
tos.      Gompuesta  en  lengua  |  Gastellana  y  Mexicana  por  el  muy 
Re  |  uerendo  padre  Fray  luau  de  la  Anun  |  ciacion  |  Keligioso  de  la 
orden  |  del  glorioso  Doctor  de  la  Y  |  glesia  sant  Augustin.  |  Diri- 
gida  al  muy  Excelleute  Principe  don  Martin  Enrriquez  Visor-  |  rey 
gonernador  y  capitan  general  en  esta  nueua  Espana,  y  presideu  |  te 
del  Audiencia  real  que  on  ella  reside.  |  [Engraving.]  | 

En  Mexico  en  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.  |  1575.  | 


ANNALES— ANTHROPOLOGICAL    SOCIETY.  853 

Annunciation  (Fr.  luan  de  la) — continued. 

Colophon :  A  gloria  y  lionra  de  Dios  nvestro  |  sefior  y  de  la  siein- 
pre  virgen  Saucta  Maria  su  madre  y  sefiora  |  uuestra,  feuesce  la 
Doctrina  Christiana  inuy  digna  de  ser  sabida  que  cornpuso  en  len- 
gua  Mexicaua  y  Castel  |  lana  el  muy  Keuerendo  Padre  Fray  luau  | 
de  la  Anunciaciou  subprior  de  sant  |  Augustin  desta  ciudad.  |  En 
Mexico  en  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.  |  1575.  |  B.  L. 

6  p.  11., pp.  1-275;  in  two  columns,  the  Mexican  in  Roman,  the  Spanish  in 
italics.  Concludes  with  7  11.,  tahles  and  errata.  4°.  Improved  title  of  No.  122. 
The  copy  in  the  Bancroft  library  is  minus  the  title-page. 

124    Cathecismo  [  en  lengua  Mexicana  y  j  Espauola,  breve  y  muy 

coinpeu  |  dioso,  para  saber  la  Do  |  ctriua  Christiana  y  eusefiarla.  | 
Compuesto  por  el  Muy  Reverendo  |  Padre  Fray  luan  de  la  Annun- 
ciaciou  Supprior  del  |  Monasterio  de  Sant  Augustin  |  de  Mexico.  | 
[Engraving  of  St.  Augustin.]     Con  licencia.  | 

En  Mexico,  Por  Antonio  Eicardo.    M.  D.  LXXVII  [1577].  | 
Colophon :  A  gloria  y  houra  de  Dios  |  nuestro  sefior,  y  de  la  glo- 
riosa  virgen  sancta  Maria  |  sefiora  nuestra,  en  el  vltimo  dia  del  mes 
de  Se  |  ptiembre  se  acabo  la  impression  de  aquesta  |  obra,  de  Ser- 
monario  y  Cathecismo.    C5  |  puesta  por  el  muy  reuerendo  padre  | 
Fray  luau  de  la  Anuuciaciou,  Sub  |  prior  del  monasterio  de  Sant  | 
Augustin  de  aquesta  ciudad  de  Mexico.  |  En  Mexico.  |  Por  Antonio 
Eicardo  Impressor  de  libros.  |  AGO  de.  M.  D.  LXXVII  [1577].  |      * 
10  p.  11.     From  1.  231  to  1.  267  is  the  Catechism  in  two  columns — one  in  Mexi 
can,  the  other  in  Spanish,  the  former  in  shorter  lines  and  much  smaller  letters. 
Appended  to  Sermonario  en  lengua  Mexicana,  No.  123.     Improved  title  of  No. 
124,  furnished  hy  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  from  copy  owned  hy  him. 

125    fl  Sermones  para  pu-  |  blicar,  y  despedir  la  Bulla  de  la 

sancta  cruza  |  da:  compuestos  y  traduzidos  en  legua  Me  |  xicana  y 
castellana  (por  madado  del  illustris  |  simo  sefior  don  Pedro  Moya 
de  Contre-  |  ras,  Ar£obispo  de  Mexico)  por  el  muy  reue  |  rendo 
Padre,  Fray  Juan  de  la  An-  |  nuciacio,  religiose  de  sat  Augustiu. 
[Engraving  of  St.  Augustin.] 

En  Mexico.  |  Por  Antonio  de  Spinosa.     1575.  | 

12  11.  4°.  Black  letter.  In  two  columns,  Mexican  and  Spanish.  Improved 
title  of  No.  125,  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta.  The  title  A<{  se  co  |  tiene,  &c., 
given  iu  the  maiu  part  of  this  catalogue,  is  at  the  head  of  the  text  on  the  second 
leaf,  and  was  taken  from  the  imperfect  copy  sold  at  the  Fischer  sale. 

128  Anthropological  Society  of  London.    Memoirs. 

There  should  be  added  to  this  title  the  following  contents: 

Bollaert   (William).     Introduction  to  the  Palieography  of  America,  vol.  1, 

pp.  1(59-194. 

Some  account  of  the  astronomy  of  the  Red  Man  of  the  New  World,  vol. 

l,pp.'210-280. 

129  a  Anthropological  Society  of  Washington.     Transactions  |  of  the  | 
Anthropological  Society  |  of  Washington.  |  For  the  First,  Second, 
and  Third  Years  of  its  Organization.  |  Published  with  the  co-opera- 


854  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Anthropological  Society  of  Washington — continued. 

tion  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  |  Volume  I  [-IIJ.  |  February 
10, 1879,  to  January  17, 1882  [-February  7, 1882,  to  May  15, 1883].  | 

Washington :  |  Printed  for  the  Society.  |  1882  [-1883J.  |          JAVP. 

Oatschet  (A.  S.)  The  Shetimasha  Indians  of  St.  Mary's  Parish,  southern 
Louisiana,  vol.  2,  pp.  148-158. 

Hoffman  (Dr.  W.  J.)  Comparison  of  Eskimo  pictographs  with  those  of  other 
American  aborigines,  vol.  2,  pp.  128-146. 

Appendix  to  the  Kalispel-Euglish  Dictionary.  See  Giorda  (Rev,  J.), 
No.  1555. 

Aquino  Cortes  y  Zedeflo  (Geronymo  Thomas  de).     See  Cort4s  y 
'      Zedefio  (G.  T.  de  Aquino),  No.  900. 

136  «  Ara  (R.P.  Fr.  Domingo  de).  'Extractos  |  del  |  Arte  de  la  leugua 
Tzeudal  |  por  |  el  K.  P.  Fr.  Domingo  de  Ara  |  de  la  orden  de  S° 
Domingo.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  I. ;  extracts,  pp.  1-8.  4°.  The  original 
was  in  the  possession  of  the  late  Abbd  Brasseur  <le  Bourbourg.  It  is  doubtleas 
an  extract  from  the  manuscript  given  in  No.  136  of  this  catalogue. 

144  a  Vocabulario  castellano  y  tzeldal.  * 

Manuscript.     198  11.  4°.     Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  33. 

147  Archives  |  litteraires  ;  de  1'Europe.  '  On,    Melanges  de  litterature,  | 
d'histoire,  |  et  de  philosophic.  |  Par  une  Societe  de  Gens  de  Let- 
tres,  |  Suivis  |  d'une  Gazette  litte>aire  universelle.  |  TomeI[-XVII, 
No.  3].  | 

Paris,  chez  Henrichs,  rue  de  la  Loi,  no.  1231.  |  A  Tubingue,  chez 
Cotta.  |  1804[-1808J.  BA. 

17  vols.  8°.  Four  numbers  to  a  volume ;  suppressed  in  1808  Improved  title 
of  No.  147. 

Bom  going  (J.  F.)    Relation  d'un  voyage,  vol.  2,  pp.  54-89.    ' 

156  [Arenas  (Pedro  de).J  Vocabulario  |  manual  |  de  las  lenguas  |  cas- 
tellaua  y  mexicana,  |  en  que  se  coutienen  |  las  palabras,  preguntas 
y  respu-  |  estas  mas  comunes  y  ordinarias,  |  que  se  suelen  ofrecer 
en  el  trato  |  y  commuuicacion  entro,  |  Espanoles  e  Indies.  |  Com- 
puesto  por  |  Pedro  de  Arenas.  | 

Impresso  con  Licencia,  y  |  Abrobacion  [sic]  en  Mexico:  |  En  la 
Impreta  de  Francisco  de  Rivera,  en  ]a  Calle  de  S.  Augustiu.  |  Afio 
de  1728.  | 

6  p.  11.,  140  pp.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  156,  furnished  by  Si1.  Icazbalceta. 

160    Guide  de  la  Conversation  |  en   trois  langucs  |  Francais, 

Espagnol  et  Mexicain  |  conteuant  |  uu  petit  abrege  de  la  grammaire 
mexicaine  |  un  vocabulaire  des  mots  les  plususuels  ctdes  dialogues 
familiers  |  par  |  Pedro  de  Arenas  |  Revu  et  traduit  en  Fraucais  | 
par  M.  Charles  Eomey  | 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  et  Cie,  Libraires-fiditeurs  |  15,  Quai  Vol 
taire,  15  |  1862  |  A.  B.  BA. 

Pp.  1-72.  12°.     Improved  title  of  No.  1(50. 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL    SOCIETY — AREOYO.  855 

160  «  Armin  (Th.)  Das  heutige  Mexiko.  |  Land  und  Volk  unter  Spa- 
nieus  Herrschaft,  |  sowie  |  uach  erlaugter  Selbstaudigkeit.  |  Uiiter 
Benukuug  der  zuverliissigsten  und  neuesteu  Duelleu  herausge- 
gebeu  |  von  |  Th  Arniin.  |  [Wood-cut.j  Mit  150  in  dem  Text  ge- 
druckten  Abbilduugen,  nebst  sechs  Tonbildem.  | 
Leipzig.  |  Verlag  von  Otto  Spamer.  |  1865.  |  B. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1—427.     sq.  12°.     Lord's  Prayer  in  Quiche,  p.  255. 

160  b  Armstrong  [A.  N.)    Oregon :  |  comprising  a  |  Brief  History  and 
Full  Description  |  of  the  Territories  of  j  Oregon  and  Washington,  | 
embracing  the  |  Cities,  Towns,  Rivers,  Bays,  |  Harbors,  Coasts, 
Mountains,  Valleys,  |  Prairies  and  Plains;  together  with  remarks  | 
upon  the  social  position,  productions,  resources  and  |  prospects  of 
the  country,  a  Dissertation  upon  |  the  Climate,  and  a  full  descrip 
tion  of  |  the  Indian  Tribes  of  the  Pacific  |  Slope,  their  manners, 
etc.  |  Interspersed  with  |  Incidents  of  Travel  and  Adventure.  |  By 
A.  N.  Armstrong,  |  for  three  years  a  Government  Surveyor  in 
Oregon.  | 

Chicago :  |  Published  by  Chas.  Scott  &  Co.  |  1857.  |          A.  0.  BA. 

Pp.  i-vi,  7-147.  12°.  Vocabulary  of  the  [Chinook]  Jargon,  pp.  145-146. — 
Nootka  Vocabulary,  pp.  146  -147. 

163  a  Arroyo  de  la  Cuesta  (Fr. Felipe).  Jesus,  Maria  et  Josep.  |  Alphab" 
Rivulus  Obeundus  |  Exprimatiouutn  causa  |  Horuin  Indoruin  Mut- 
sun  j  Missiouis  sanct.  Joann  Baptistae  |  Exquisitarum  |  A  Fr. 
Philipp.  ab  Ar.  yo  de  la  Cuesta  |  supradictae  niissionis  Indior. 
Minist.  |  Opus  pitillum  et  renascens  elaboratum  meatim  |  in  tern- 
pore  attrepidationis  meae.  |  Ano  de  1815  |  con  privilegio  de  [Bubrica 
of  Father  Arroyo]  |  conveniunt  rebus  notnina  ssepe  suis  |  B. 

Manuscript  47  11.  folio ;  in  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco,  Cal.  It  is 
the  original -of  No.  VIII  of  Shea's  Library  of  American  Linguistics  (No.  163  of 
this  catalogue).  According  to  a  note  on  the  inside  of  the  parchment  cover  of  the 
manuscript,  signed  by  A.  S.  Taylor,  from  whom  it  was  purchased  by  Mr.  Ban 
croft,  it  appears  that,  the  book  was  sent  5th  January,  1857,  to  the  Smithsonian  In 
stitution,  where  a  copy  was  made.  The  manuscript  was  returned  to  Monterey 
10th  May,  1857.  From  an  inscription  on  the  outside  of  the  cover  it  appears  that 
the  manuscript  had  belonged  to  the  Bishop  of  Monterey— Dr.  Garcia  Diego, 
Bishop  of  the  Califoruias,  being  meant. 

The  work  is  preceded  by  what  Father  Arroyo  terms  a  prognostic,  or  warning, 
and  by  a  second  preface,  both  written  in  Monkish  Latin  and  in  the  quaint  style 
characteristic  of  the  author. 

The  body  of  the  work  consists  of  a  vocabulary  containing  a  rather  extensive 
collection  of  phrases  in  common  use  in  Mutsun  and  Spanish.  At  the  end  of  the 
vocabulary  are  some  of  the  usual  prayers  of  the  church,  some  music,  the  form 
ula!  in  use  for  the  confessional  and  for  the  publication  of  Ihe  banns  of  matri 
mony,  the  announcement  of  festivals,  and  the  like — all  in  the  Mutsun  tongue, 
with  the  necessary  explanations  in  Spanish.  Then  follow  the  music  of  various 
dances  and  the  refrains  sung  by  the  dancers. 

103  b  K.  8.  |  V.  J.  M.  y.  Jph  |  Quaderno  de  Lengua  |  de  |  "San 

LuisObispo",de  "laPnrisima"yde  |  "Santa  Inez."  |  Coulasnotas 
gramaticales  correspondientes  |  a  esta  Idioma  prepositios,  y  pre- 


856  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Arroyo  de  la  Cuesta  (Fr.  Felipe) — continued. 

verbal  que  |  no  tiene  analogia  alguna  con  el  Mutsun,  |  ni  con  el 
Juncaleno.  |  Fr.  Felipe  Arroyo.  |  Marzo  C  de  1837.  |  pa  nfo.  uso.  |  B. 

Manuscript.  26  11.  folio.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  Sail  Francisco,  Cal.  It  is  a 
copy  of  the  original  manuscript  existing  in  the  archives  of  the  ex-mission  of 
Santa  Barbara,  California.  Mr.  Alphonse  Pinart  also  possesses  a  copy. 

Some  words  of  the  Ksseleneijan,  or  Esselen,  language,  and  of  the  Huelel  lan 
guage,  both  spoken  by  Indians  of  La  Soledad  mission,  11.2-3. — Numerals  and 
words  of  languages  spoken  at  the  missions  of  San  Antonio  and  San  Miguel,  11. 3-5; 
the  same  spoken  by  Indians  of  San  Luis  Obispo,  11. 6-8 ;  thfc  same  in  the  dialect 
of  Indians  of  La  Furisima  mission,  11.  8-16;  of  San  Luis  Rey  Mission,  11. 16-17; 
of  Santa  Inez  mission,  1. 18 ;  of  various  dialects  spoken  by  neophytes  of  San  Fran 
cisco  mission,  11. 19-22;  of  various  other  dialects  of  missions  mentioned,  11. 23-26. 

The  contents  of  the  whole  manuscript  are  thrown  together,  without  arrange 
ment,  in  what  seems  to  have  been  merely  a  note-book  of  Father  Arroyo. 

163 o  Lengua  |  de  |  san  Juan  Bautista,  poco  de  san  Miguel,  | 

mucho  de  San  Luis  Obispo.  |  Pitelacliiul  nan  threijal  (Huilca)  ugta 
ha  |  Huya  Na  sepen  Cochenal-huilnrin  quin  theijal  lanja  iiaca.  |  B. 
Manuscript.  14  11.  folio.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco,  Cal  , 
copied  from  the  original  in  the  archives  of  the  ex-mission  of  Santa  Barbara, 
California.  It  contains  a  brief  vocabulary  and  grammar,  together  with  the 
commandments  and  other  portions  of  the  catechism,  all  in  the  Indian  languages 
spoken  at  and  near  the  missions  of  San  Juan  Bautista,  San  Miguel,  and  San  Luis 
Obispo,  in  California.  The  whole  is  interspersed  with  Father  Arroyo's  usual 
quaint  remarks  in  Spanish. 

165  a  Arte.  Arte  Breve  |  en  |  lengua  Tzoque  |  conforme  se  habla  en 
Tecpatlan  |  Precedido  de  la  Doctrina  Cristiana  y  Catecismo  |  en 
la  misma  lengua.  |  Copiado  de  un  MS.  en  poder  del  Abate  Bras- 
seur.  |  Merida  de  Yucatan  1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  3  11.,  pp.  1-57.  4°.  Apparently  copied  from  the  manuscript  men 
tioned,  with  a  somewhat  different  title,  in  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg's  Bib.  Mex. 
Gnat.,  p.  18,  No.  169  a  of  this  catalogue. 

167  a  Arte  de  las  tres  lenguas  cacbiquel,  quiche,  y  tutuhil.        * 

Manuscript.  25  11.  4°.  Appears  to  be  unfinished.  It  is  preceded  by  a  work 
on  history,  Quiche  text,  with  Spanish  translation  opposite,  102  11.  Title  from 
the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  50. 

167  b  Arte  de  lengua  Cagchi  |  Para  el  Bien  Comun  |  traslado 

por  f«tc]  uno  q  tuvo  el  |  Pe  Pdor  Gl  fir  Joseph  Ruiz  |  q  de  Dios 
Gose  |  * 

Original  manuscript,  37  11.,  numbered  from  56  to  92.  4°.  Writing  small, 
rather  faded,  but  legible.  In  the  library  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton.  Copy  as  follows: 

167  c  Arte  de  Lengua  |  Caghi  |  para  Bien  coinuu.  |  Traslado  de 

uno  que  tuvo  el  Pe.  |  P.dor  Grl.  Fray  Joseph  Euiz,  |  que  de  Dios 
gose.  |  San  Juan  Chamelco.  |  1741.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  1  ].,  verso  blank;  Advertencia,  1  ].;  text,  pp.  1-81;  Ap- 
pendice,  pp.  83-94  ;  Contenido,  pp.  95-96.  4°.  The  Advertencia,  describing  the 
original  manuscript,  is  as  follows : 

En  el  archivo  de  la  Parroquia  de  Coban  se  halla  un  libro  MS.  en  4to  conte- 
niendo  en  192  fojas  sin  numeracion  coherente  varies  escritos  en  Pocomchi  y  Kek- 
chi,  copiados  por  Juan  de  Morales,  meestro  fiscal  del  pueblo  de  San  Juan  de 


ARROYO  DE  LA  CUESTA — ATKINSON.          857 

Arte — continued. 

Chamelco.  Algunas  de  estas  copias  llevau  fecha  de  los  aiios  1740  y  1741.  For  la 
irregular  nunieracion  de  algunas  piezas  se  couoce  que  hau  sido  reuuidos  de  varies 
quadernos  con  foliaciou  separada.  Las  fojas 95-128  (uumeradas  56-88)  contienen 
el  presente  Arte,  sin  nombre  de  su  autor.  Parece  que  ha  sido  copiado  repetidas 
veces,  pues  es  lleno  de  iuesactitudes  de  copiautes,  Begun  lo  advierte  el  inisnio 
Morales  en  nuestro  piigiua  81. 

Las  palabras  y  frases  de  esta  obra  se  calificau  por  los  conocedores  de  la  lengua 
como  "idioma  antiguo"  preservado  con  mas  pureza  en  los  pueblos  de  Chameleo, 
Lauguin  y  Caliabon. 

En  la  presente  copia  he  seguido  fielniente  el  texto  de  Morales,  corrigendo  sola- 
mente  lo  que  fu<5  fuera  de  toda  duda  y  poniendo  correcturas  probables  pero  no 
del  todo  seguras,  escritas  con  liipiz  encima  de  la  linea.  Examinando  el  texto 
palabra  por  palabra  con  ayuda  de  uu  mestizo  Cobanero,  Pedro  Torres,  de  alguna 
inteligencia  6  instruccion  he  afiadido  con  tinta  encarnada  al  margen  las  formas 
de  palabras  y  dicioues  como  se  usan  hoy  en  esta  ciudad  y  tambieu  anotaciones 
mias.  En  estas  adiciones  he  usado  de  los  siguos  foue'ticos  de  mi  "Alfabeto 
Analitico,"  publicado  en  N.  York  en  1869,  por  la  Sociedad  Etuologica.  Cobau, 
Novenibre  12  de  1875.  C.  Hermann  Berendt. 

169  a Arte  de  Lengua  Zoque  para  la  mayor  gloria  de  Dios  Nues- 

tro  Seuor. 

Manuscript.  16  11.  4°.  The  Zoque,  Tzoque,  or  Tzoqui,  is  one  of  the  langua 
ges  of  the  State  of  Chiapas;  the  people  speaking  it  dwell  on  the  confines  of  that 
state  and  of  those  of  Oaxaca  and  Tabasco. — Brassew  de  Boiirbourg. 

171  a Arte  Zaapoteca,  Confessonario,  Administracion  de  los  San 
tos  Sacratneutos,  y  otras  Curiosidades,  que  en  el  se  contienen. 
Perteneciente  al  Mui  It.  P.  Juan  Francisco  Torralba,  Iteligioso 
Presbitero  del  Sagrado  Orden  de  Predicadores,  de  la  Provincial  de 
Sn.  Ypolito  Martir,  de  la  Ciudad  de  Oaxaca.  A.  M.  D.  G.  Sacado 
de  su  Original  en  esta  Caveza.  de  Ocotlan  auo  de  1800.  * 

Manuscript.  148  11.  4°.  Contains:  Arte,  11.  1-48. — Numbers,  periods  of  age, 
parts  of  the  body,  kindred,  11.  49-60. — Administration  of  the  sacraments,  11.  60- 
66. — Confesonario,  11.  66-85. — Conversations  in  the  Zapoteco  of  the  valley,  11.  85- 
99. — Nouns  and  verbs,  most  of  which  are  found  in  the  arte,  confesonario,  and 
doctrina,  11. 100-146. — Confesonario  Zapoteco  in  the  dialect  spoken  at  Santa  Maria 
Petapa,  11.  147-148. — Icazbaleeta's  Apuntes,  No.  173. 

173  Assail  (Friedrich  Wilhelra).  Nachrichten  |  iiber  |  die  friiheren 
Einwobner  |  von  |  Nordamerika  |  mid  ibre  |  Denkmaler,  |  gesam- 
melt  von  |  Friedrich  VVilhelin  Assail,  |  Berghauptinann  des  Staates 
Pennsylvanien.  |  Herausgegeben  |  mit  einem  Vorbericbte  |  von  | 
Frauz  Joseph  Mone,  |  ord.  Prof,  der  Geschichte  und  Statistik  zu 
Heidelberg.  |  Mit  eiuem  Atlas  von  12  Steiutafeln.  | 

Heidelberg.    |   August  Oszwalds  Universitiits-Buchhandluug.  | 
1827.  |  A. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  11-60.  11  folding  plates.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  173.  Wortsamm- 
Inng  aus  der  Sprache  der  Schawanesen,  pp.  103-107. — Wortsammlung  aus  der 
Weiondot  Sprache,  pp.  107-109. 

177  a  Atkinson  (Rev.  Christopher).  The  |  Emigrant's  Guide  |  to  |  New 
Brunswick,  |  British  North  America.  |  By  |  the  Rev.  Christ.  At- 


858  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Atkinson  (Rev.  Christopher) — continued. 

kinson,  A.  M.,  |  Late  Pastor  of  Mascreen  Kirk,  St.  George,  New 
Brunswick.  |  [Quotation  six  lines.]  | 

Berwick-upon-Tweed:  |  Printed  at  the  Warder  Office,  57,  High 
Street.  |  1842.  |  * 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-124.  map  and  plates.  16°.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.  The  Lord's 
Prayer  in  Eskimo,  p.  98. 

177  b  A  I  Guide  |  to  |  New  Brunswick,  |  British  North  America, 

&c.  |  By  the  Eev.  Christopher  W.  Atkinson,  A.  M.  |  Late  Pastor  of 
Mascreen  Kirk,  St.  George,  New  Brunswick.  |  Second  Edition.  | 
[Quotation,  five  lines.] 

Edinburgh :    |   Printed  by  Anderson  &  Bryce,  High-street.  | 
1843.  |  * 

Pp.  i-iv,  1-2, 1-220.  map  and  plate.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.  Lord's  Prayer 
in  Esquimaux,  pp.  137-138. 

The  third  edition,  Edinburgh,  1844,  pp.  i-xvi,  13-284,  16°,  contains  no  lin 
guistics. 

Atwater  (Caleb).  Remarks  |  made  on  a  |  Tour  to  Prairie  du  Chieu ; 
thence  to  |  Washington  City,  |  in  |  1829.  |  By  Caleb  Atwater,  |  late 
Commissioner  employed  by  the  United  States  to  |  negotiate  with 
the  Indians  of  the  upper  |  Mississippi,  for  the  purchase  of  miu-  | 
eral  country ;  and  author  of  |  Western  Antiquities.  | 

Columbus,  (O.)  |  Published  by  Isaac  N.  Whiting.  |  1831 .  | 

Pp.  i-vii,  i-iv,  1-296.  12°.    Improved  title  of  No.  180.  A.  c.  w.  BA.  JBD. 

Remarks  on  Indian  Languages,  pp.  75-84. — Rudiments  of  the  Grammar  of  the 
Sioux  language,  pp.  149-151. — A  vocabulary  of  the  Sioux  Language,  pp.  152-172. 

Reprinted  with  change  of  title  only;  see  No.  182.  Thomson's  Bibliography  of 
Ohio  gives  the  title  of  an  edition  with  the  imprint,  Columbus,  O. :  Printed  by 
Jenkins  and  Grover,  High  Street,  1831.  (*) 

180  a  The   Indians  of  the  Northwest, )  their  |  Manners,  Customs, 

&c.,  &c.  |  or  |  Remarks  |  made  on  a  tour  to  Prairie  du  Chien  and  | 
thence  to  Washington  City  in  1829,  |  by  Caleb  Atwater,  |  Commis 
sioner  employed  by  the  United  States,  to  ne-  |  gotiate  with  the  In 
dians  of  the  upper  |  Mississippi,  for  the  purchase  of  |  the  mineral 
country,  &c.  | 

Columbus,  |  Ohio.  |  [1831.]  c.  AP.  BP. 

Pp.  i-vii,  1-296.  12°.     Another  edition  of  No.  180. 

182  a  Aubin  (M.  A.)    Me"moire  sur  l'e"criture  figurative. 

Paris,  1849.  « 

Title  from  Bancroft's  Native  Races,  vol.  1,  p.  xviii. 

182  b  M^moire  sur  la  peinture  didactique  et  1'ecriture  figurative 

des  anciens  Mexicains. 
Paris,  P.  Dupont,  1851.  » 

Pp.  vii,  128.  8°.  Ouvrage  extrememi  nt  rare  qui  a  e"t<5  reproduit  dans  la  Revue 
orientale  et  arne'ricaine.— Leclerc,  Bib.  Am.,  No.  3008.  Reprinted  as  follows: 


ATKINSON AUER.  859 

Aubin  (M.  A.) — continued. 

182  c  Memoire  sur  la  peinture  didactique  et  Pecriture  figurative 

des  ancieus  Mexicains,  [signed:  Aubiii.] 

In  Revue  Orientale  et  Americaine,  vol.  3,  pp.  224-255 ;  vol.  4,  pp.  33-51, 270- 

282;  vol.  5,  pp.  361-392.     Paris,  1860-1861.  8°. 

182  d Notice   sur  la   peinture  Mexicaine  du  corps  legislatif, 

[signed:  Aubin.] 

In  Revue  Orientale  et  Americaine,  vol.  3,  pp.  165-169.  Paris,  1860.  8°. 

183    Examen  des  auciennes  peintures  figuratives  de  1'ancien 

Mexique  par  A.  Aubin. 

In  Soc.  Americaine,  Archives,  nouvelle  se"rie,  tome  1,  pp.  283-295.  Paris, 
1875.  8°. 

The  article  given  in  No.  183  of  this  catalogue  is  a  part  of  that  given  in  No.  184. 

185  a  Auer  (Alois.)     Outside  title :  Spraclienhalle.  | 

N.  B.  Die  erste  Abtheilung,  das  Vater  Unser  in  608  Sprachen 
und  Mundarten,  enthiilt  den  Adelung'schen  Mithridates  sammt  86 
von  mir  beigefugten  Vater- Tin ser-Formeln,  iu  getreuen  Abdrucke 
nach  den  |  Quelleu,  und  zwar  in  tabellariscber  Aufstellung,  urn 
alle  Miingel  nnd  Febler  der  Originalien  deutlicher  zu  veranscbau- 
licben,  und  dadurch  die  Verbesserung  zu  erzielen.  | 

Die  zweite  Abtheilung,  das  Vater  Unser  in  206  Sprachen  und 
Mundarten,  entbalt  die  von  mir  neuerdings  gesammelten  verbes- 
serten  Vater-Unser  in  den  den  Volkern  eigentblimlicben  Schrift- 
ziigen  mit  der  |  betreffenden  Aussprache  und  wortlichen  Ueberse- 
tzung,  |  A.  Auer.  | 

First  engraved  title :  Das  |  Vater  Unser  | 

Second  engraved  title:  Das  |  Vater  Unser  |  in  mehr  als  200 
Sprachen  und  Muudarten  |  mit  |  originaltypen.  | 

[Wien:  1844-1847.]  A.  C.HU. 

Outside  title,  reverse  a  short  description,  1  sheet ;  17  other  sheets  printed  on 
one  side  only,  in  portfolio.  Oblong  folio. 

Part  I.,  dated  1844,  has  the  caption :  "  Das  Vater-Unser  in  mehr  als  sechshun- 
dert  Sprachcu  und  Mundarten,  typometrische  anfgestellt." 

Part  II.,  dated  1847,  has  the  caption  :  "Das  Vater-Unser  in  206  Sprachen  und 
Mundarteu,  neuerdings  gesammelt  und  anfgestellt  von  A.  Auer.  Zweite  Abthei- 
luog.  Mit  55  verschiedenen  den  Volkern  eigenthiimlichen  Schriftziigen  abge- 
druckt." 

Contains  the  Lord's  Prayer  in:  Karaibisch,  part  l.Nos.  568,569;  Poconchisch 
570  ;  Mayisch  oder  Yucatanisch,  571 ;  Mixtekisch,  572 ;  Totonakisch,  573, 574  ; 
Mexikanisch,  575 ;  Huastekisch,  576;  Othomisch,  577 ;  Pirinda,  578;  Tarasca, 
579  ;  Cora,  580 ;  Tubar,  581 ;  Hiaqui,  582;  Tarahumarisch,583,584,585;  aus  Pi- 
meria,  586;  Eiideve,  587;  Opata,  588;  Waikurisch,  589 ;  Cochimi  in  der  Mission 
S.  Xaver,  590 ;  Cochimi  von  der  Missionen  S.  Borgia  und  S.  Maria,  591 ;  Kolns- 
chiseh  (nach  der  Sprache  von  Sitka),  592;  Mohawk,  593,  594;  Shawanno,  595, 
596,597;  Delawarisch,  598 ;  Natick,  599  ;  Mohegau,600;  Micmac,  601 ;  Gronlan- 
disch,602,  603,  604,  605,  606,  607;  Jakntat,  608 ;  Wakanakessi,  part  2,  No.  197; 
Heiang-hyong-oder  Ot'homi-Sprache,  198, 199 ;  Odschibwa,  200, 201. 


860  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Auer  (Alois) — continued. 

185  6  -     —  Oratio  Dominica  Polyglotta,  DGCCXVI.    Linguis  et  Dia- 
lectis,  studio  et  labore  Aloysii  Auer. 
Vienuse  e  Typographia  Imp.  1851.  * 

Royal  8°.     Title  from  Sabiii's  Dictionary,  No.  57438. 

195  Ay ala  (I).  Gabriel  de.)  Apuntes  historieos  de  la  nacion  inexi- 
caua  en  lengua  Nahuatl,  su  autor  Don  Gabriel  de  Ayala,  Noble  de 
Tetzcuco,  y  Escrivauo  de  Republica.  Empiezan  desde  el  aiio  1243 
y  acaban  en  el  de  1562. 

Manuscript,  on  European  paper.  Improved  title  of  No.  195,  from  Botnrini, 
Catalogo  del  Museo  Indiano,  pp.  15-16. 

195  a  Ayer  (Rev.  Frederic).     [Spelling  book  for  Ojibwa  children. 

Utica:  1832.]  * 

"  Rev.  Frederic  Ayer  was  born  in  Old  Stockbridge,  Mass.,  in  1803.  His  father, 
Rev.  Oliver  Ayer,  removed  to  Central  New  York  when  the  subject  of  this  sketch 
was  three  years  old.  At  an  early  age  Mr.  Ayer  commenced  to  study  for  the  min 
istry,  but  ill  health  compelled  him  to  abandon  the  idea,  and  he  engaged  in  busi 
ness  in  Utica,  and  other  places.  While  there,  in  1829,  he  was  sent  by  the  A.  15. 
C.  F.  M.  as  a  teacher  in  a  mission  school  at  Mackinac.  Next  summer  (1830)  he 
went  to  lake  Superior,  and  spent  some  time  in  the  family  of  Lymaii  Warren, 
teaching,  and  studying  the  Ojibwa  language.  The  following  year  he  spent  at 
Sandy  Lake  with  the  late  Wm.  A.  Aitkin,  where  he  opened  a  school,  said  to  be 
the  first  in  Minnesota.  In  1832  he  returned  to  La  Pointe,  where  he  wrote  a 
spelling  book  for  Ojibwa  children,  which  he  went  to  Utica  that  winter  to  pub 
lish." — Minn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  1,  p.  66,  foot-note.  See  O-jip-ue  Spelling  Book, 
No.  2802. 

Aynmehawe  Mussinahikun.  The  Book  of  Common  Prayer.  [In 
the  Cree  language.]  See  [Hunter  (Rev.  James)],  No.  1908. 

201  a  Bachiller  y  Morales  (Antonio).  Auligiiedades  Ainericanas.  |  Noti- 
cias  |  que  tuvieron  los  Europeos  de  la  America  |  antes  del  descub- 
rimiento  |  de  Cristobal  Colon,  |  recogidas  |  por  A.  Bachiller  y  Mor 
ales.  |  Individuo  corresponsal  de  m^rito  de  la  Academia  Arqneolo- 
gico-Matriten-  |  se,  de  merito  de  la  Real  Sociedad  Economica  de  la 
Habana,  y  corresponsal  |  de  la  de  Puerto-Rico  &c.  |  [Picture.] 

Habaua.  |  Oflcina  del  Faro  Industrial,  |  Calle  del  Obispo  num. 
9.  |  1845.  |  A. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-134, 1  1.  sm.  4°.  map. 

Word  for  hierro  (iron)  in  Nutka,  Unalaska, -Norton,  Esquimala  and  Grocu- 
Idndica,  p.  100. 

201  6  Cuba  Primitiva.  |  Origen,  |  Lenguas,  Tradicioues  e  Eis- 

toria  |  de  los  |  Indies  de  las  Antillas  Mayores  y  las  Lucayas.  |  Por  | 
Don  Antonio  Bachiller  y  Morales.  |  Individuo  de  Merito  [etc.,  four 
lines.]  |  Segunda  Edicion  Corregida  y  Aumentadn.  | 

Habana:  |  Libreria  de  Miguel  de  Villa.  |  Calle  del  Obispo,  58  y 
60.  |  1883.  |  T. 

Printed  cover  1 1.,  half  title  1  1.,  title  as  above  1  1.,  pp.  7-399.  8°. 

Entretenimientos  hist6ricos  sobre  la  Isla  de  Cuba.  El  Idioma  Primitive,  pp. 
107-116,  gives  list  of  geographic  names. — Capitulo  x.  Algunos  estudios  ma's 


AUER — BAGSTER.  861 

Bachiller  y  Morales  (Antonio) — continued. 

hechos  en  Cuba  sobre  la  lengua  de  los  habitantes  de  las  Autillas,  pp.  117-122. — 
Capitulo  xi.  Caracter  polisinte'tico  de  las  lenguas  aniericanas  galibi,  quiche", 
mexicana,  otomi,  aragua  y  sus  analogas,  pp.  123-134. — Capftnlo  xii.  Restos  de  los 
dialectos  An  Cuba,  Haiti,  Jamaica,  Borinquen  y  las  Yucayas. — Trabajos  de  restura- 
cion  de  Ratiuesque  sobre  su  gramStica,  pp.  135-145. — Vocabularies.  Lista  enci- 
clope'dico-alfabc'tica  de  los  nombres  histtfricos  de  las  tradiciones  6  idiorna  de  los 
indios  taiuos  6  pacificos  [alphabetically  arranged],  pp.  185-;i54. — Palabras  usuales 
en  Cuba  de  origen  indio,  sus  diversas  acepciones  en  los  departamentos;  vegetales, 
animales,  rios,  pueblos,  lugares y  objetos [alphabetically  arranged],  pp.  355-388. — 
Lista  de  las  palabras  indigenas  de  Cuba,  Jamaica  y  las  Lucayas  recogidas  por 
Ratinesque  de  los  croiiistas  y  viajeros,  pp.  3H8-389. — Fragmentos  do  la  lengua  6 
dialecto  Eyeri  de  Borinquen.  Dialecto  de  las  mujeres  caribes,  segnu  la  diferencia 
que  observa  Rochefort,  p.  389. — Algunas  analogias  de  la  lengua  Tupi  del  Brasil 
con  la  de  las  Antillas  majores,  p.  390. — Etimologia  de  varias  palabras  usuales  en 
Cuba  no  espanolas,  traidas  de  las  otras  regioneg  americanas  y  de  las  islas  Fortu- 
uadas,  pp.  390-394. 

202  a  Badin  (J/.Fran9ois- Vincent)  lejeune.  Lettre  deM.Frangois-Vincent 
Badin  (lejeune),  [containing]  "Lettre  des  Ottawas  au  Conseil  cen 
tral  du  Midi,"  fdated  "  L'Arbre-Croche,  le  25  octobre  1829."] 

In  Aiinales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,  vol.  4,  pp.  534-546.     Paris,  1830.  8°. 

Accompanied  by  "Lettre  des  Ottawas"  in  the  Ottawa  language,  with  a  French 
translation  and  notes  by  M.  Dejean,  missionary  at  1'Arbre-Croche,  pp.  544-546. 

202  b  Badin  (M.  Theod.)  aini.    Lettre  de  M.  Badin  aine",  missionaire  chez 
les  Poutouatomis  [dated  "  Near-Niles,  comte"  de  Berrien,  Michigan- 
Territory,  :2  deceinbre  1831."] 

In  Annales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,  vol.  6,  pp.  165-177.     Paris,  1833.   8°. 
Contains  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Poutonatomis,  with  an  interlinear  Latin  trans 
lation,  pp.  176-177. 

203  a  [Baegert  (Jacob).]    Nachrichten  |  vonder  |  Amerikanischen  Halb- 

insel  |  Californien:  |  mit  einem  |  zweyfacheu  |  Anhang  falscher 
Nachrichten.  |  Gescbrieben  |  von  einem  j  Priester  der  Gesellschaft 
Jesu,  |  welcher  lang  darinn  diese  letztere  Jahr  |  gelebet  hat.  |  Mit 
Erlaubnusz  der  Oberen.  | 

Mannheim,  |  gedruckt  in  der  Churfurstl.  Hof-  mid  Academic-  | 
Buchdruckerey  1773.  |  A. 

8  p.  11.,  pp.  1-358.  12°.  map  and 2 plates.  Linguistics  as  in  1772 edition,  No.  203. 

208  [Bagster  (Samuel),  editor.]  The  Bible  of  Every  Land.  |  A  History 
of  |  the  Sacred  Scriptures  |  in  every  Language  and  Dialect  |  into 
which  translations  have  been  made:  |  illustrated  with  |  specimen 
portions  in  native  characters;  |  Series  of  Alphabets;  |  Coloured 
Ethnographical  Maps,  |  Tables,  Indexes,  etc.  |  Dedicated  by  per 
mission  to  his  Grace  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury.  |  [Vignette.]  | 
[Quotation,  one  line.]  | 

London:  |  Samuel  Bagster  and  Sons,  |  15,  Paternoster  Row;  | 
Warehouse  for  Bibles,  New  Testaments,  Prayer  Books,  Lexicons, 
Grammars,  Concordances,  |  and  Psalters,  in  Ancient  and  Modern 
Languages.  |  [1848-1851.]  BA.  ABS. 

Pp.  i-xxviii,  1-3, 1-406, 1-12.  4°.  maps.     Improved  title  of  No.  208. 


862  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

[Bagster  (Samuel),  editor\ — continued. 

208 a  The  Bible  of  every  Land;  |  or,  |  A  History,  Critical  and 

Philological,  |  of  all  the  Versions  of  the  Sacred  Scriptures,  |  in 
every  language  and  dialect  into  which  |  translations  have  been 
made;  |  with  |  specimen  portions  in  their  own  characters:  j  includ 
ing,  likewise,  |  the  History  of  the  original  texts  of  Scripture,  |  and 
intelligence  illustrative  of  the  distribution  and  |  results  of  each 
version:  |  with  particular  reference  to  the  operations  of  the  British 
and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  and  kindred  institutions,  |  as  well  as 
those  of  the  missionary  and  other  societies  throughout  the  world.  | 
Dedicated  by  permission  to  his  Grace  the  Archbishop  of  Canter 
bury.  |  [Vignette.]  | 

London:  |  Samuel  Bagster  and  Sons,  |  15,  Paternoster  How;  | 
Warehouse  for  Bibles,  New  Testaments,  Prayer  Books,  Lexicons, 
Grammars,  Concordances,  and  Psalters,  |  iu  Ancient  and  Modern 
Languages.  |  [Quotation,  one  linej  |  [1^48-1851.]  A. 

11  p.  11.,  pp.  xvii-lxiv,4  11.,  pp.  1-406,1-4,  2  11.,  pp.  1-12,  311.  4°.  Contents  the 
same  as  in  No.  208. 

20!)    The  Bible  of  Every  Land.  |  A  History  of  |  the  Sacred 

Scriptures  |  in  every  Language  and  Dialect  |  into  which  transla 
tions  have  been  made:  |  illustrated  by  |  specimen  portions  in  native 
characters;    |    Series  of  Alphabets;    |    Coloured    Ethnographical 
Maps,  |  Tables,  Indexes,  Etc.   New  edition,  enlarged  and  enriched.  | 
[Vignette.]  |  [Quotation,  one  line.]  | 

London:  |  Samuel  Bagster  and  Sons:  |  at  the  Warehouse  for 
Bibles,  New  Testaments,  Church  Services,  Prayer  Books,  Lexicons, 
Grammars,  |  Concordances,  and  Psalters,  in  Ancient  and  Modern 
Languages;  |  15,  Paternoster  Row.  |  [I860.]  c.  UP.  WE. 

16  p.  11.,  pp.  1-36, 1-480.  tnaps.   4°.     Improved  title  of  No.  209. 

209  a  Baillie-Grohman  (William  A.)  Camps  in  the  Eockies.  |  Being  a 
Narrative  of  life  on  the  Frontier,  and  |  Sport  in  the  Rocky  Mount 
ains,  with  an  account  |  of  the  Cattle  Ranches  of  the  West  |  By  | 
Wm.  A.  Baillie-Grohman,  |  K.  C.  E.  H.,  |  Author  of '' Tyrol  and  the 
Tyrolese,"  "Gaddings  with  a  Primitive  |  People,"  etc.;  |  Member 
of  the  Alpine  Club.  |  With  an  original  map  based  on  the  most  re 
cent  U.  S.  Government  Survey.  | 

New  York  |  Charles  Scribuer's  Sous  |  743  and  745  Broadway  | 
1882  |  c. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-438.  map.  12°.  Remarks  on  the  Indian  languages,  wiih  a  few 
specimens,  pp.  282-285. 

In  the  Boston  Public  library  there  is  a  copy  of  the  original  English  edition  of 
this  work,  the  title-page  varying  but  slightly  except  iu  imprint,  which  is  as  fol 
lows:  London:  |  Sampson  Low,  Marston,  Searlc  &Rivington,  |  Crown  Buildings, 
188,  Fleet  Street.  |  1882.  |  (All  rights  reserved.)  |  (*) 

211  a  Baker  (Theodor).     Uber  die  Musik  |  der  |  Nordainerikanischen 
Wilden     von     Theodor  Baker. 


BAGSTER — BANCROFT.  863 

Baker  (Theodor) — continued. 

Leipzig,  |  Druck  und  Verlag  von  Breitkopf  &  Hartel.  |  1882.  | 
Printed  cover  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  iii-vi,  1-82.  8°.  2  plates.     Songs  in  Iroquois, 
Dakota,  Iowa,  Kiowa,  Cheyenne,  Pawnee,  Comaiiche,  Chippewa,  Cherokee,  Mus- 
cogee(f),  Brothertou  Indians,  Twanas,  Sioux,  and  Walla-walla.  DGB.  JWP. 

212  a  Balbi  (Adrien.)  Introduction  |  a  |  L' Atlas  Ethnographique  |  du 
Globe,  |  contenant  |  uu  discours  sur  1'utilite  et  1'importance  de  1'etude 
des  langues  |  applique"e  a  plusieurs  branches  des  connaissances  hu- 
tnaines;  |  un  apergu  |  sur  les  moyens  graphiques  employes  par  les 
difterens  peuples  de  la  terre;  |  des  observations  sur  la  classification 
des  idiomes  |  decrits  dans  1' Atlas;  |  un  Coup-d'oeil  sur  1'histoire  de 
la  langue  slave  |  et  sur  la  marche  progressive  de  la  civilisation  et 
de  la  litterature  |  en  Eussie,  |  d^die"  |  A.  S.  M.  1'Empereur  Alex- 
andre,  |  par  Adrien  Balbi,  |  ancien  Professeur  de  Geographic,  de 
Physique  et  de  Mathematiques,  |  inembre  correspondant  de  PAthe"- 
n6e  de  Trevise,  etc.,  etc.  |  Tome  Premier.  | 

A  Paris,  |  chez  Eey  et  Gravier,  Librakes,  |  Quai  des  Augustins, 
No.  55,  |  M.  DCCC.  XXVI  [1826J.  |  A.  0.  w.  BA. 

Pp.  i-cxliii,  1-416.  8°.  Vol.  I  all  that  was  published. 

Numerals  1-10  in  Mohawk,  p.  cvi. — Carib  vocabulary  in  "langue  des  hommes" 
and  "  laugue  des  femmes"  (from  Raymond  Breton),  p.  42. — Observation  sur  la  clas 
sification  des  langues  Ame'ricaines,  pp.  278-321,  contains  specimens  of  Esquimaux 
suffixes  in  note  on  p.  319. — Names  for  God  in  various  North  American  languages, 
in  note  on  pp.  480-482. — Many  scattered  terms. 

215 a  Ballard  (Rev.  Edward).  United  States  Coast  Survey.  |  Geo 
graphical  Names  |  on  the  Coast  of  Maine.  |  By  |  Eev.  Edward  Bal 
lard,  |  Secretary  of  the  Maine  Historical  Society.  |  From  the  Coast 
Survey  Eeport  for  1868.  |  T. 

No  imprint.   Printed  cover  1  1.,  title  1 1.,  pp.  3-19.  4°.   Separate  issue  of  No.  215. 

216  a  Bancroft  (George).    A  |  History  |  of  the  |  United  States,  |  from 
the  Discovery  of  the  American  Continent  |  to  the  Present  Time.  | 
By  George  Bancroft.  |  Vol.  I  [-X].  | 

Boston :  |  Published  by  Charles  Bowen-  |  London :  |  E.  J.  Ken- 
nett.  |  1834  [-1874].  |  0.  W.  BP. 

10  vols.  8°.  Linguistics  as  described  below,  vol.  3,  pp.  237-265.  This  is  the 
first  edition.  The  earlier  volumes  ran  through  many  editions,  the  19th  edition 
of  vol.  1  appearing  in  1862. 

216  b  History  |  of  the  |  colonization  |  of  the  |  United  States.  | 

By  |  George  Bancroft.  |  Abridged  by  the  author.  |  In  two  vol 
umes.  |  Vol.  I  [-II],  | 

Boston :  |  Charles  C.  Little  and  James  Brown.  |  1841.  |  c. 

2  vols.  12°.  Synopsis  of  the  American  nations  east  of  the  Mississippi,  con 
taining  remarks  on  their  languages,  vol.  2,  pp.  208-219 ;  but  the  most  important 
portion  of  the  remarks  on  the  Indian  languages  is  omitted  from  this  edition. 

216  c  History  |  of  |  the  United  States,  |  from  |  the  discovery  of 

the  American  Continent  to  |  the  Declaration  of  Independence.  | 


864  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Bancroft  (George) — continued. 

By  George  Bancroft,  |  formerly  ambassador  at  the  court  of  Saint 
James's.  |  In  seven  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [-VII],  |  A  New  Edition.  | 

London:  j  Boutledge,  Warne,  &  Boutledge,  |  Farringdon  Street,  j 
1862  [sic]  [-1861].  c.  T.  w. 

7  vols.  16°.  Synopsis  on  linguistic  basis  of  the  American  nations  cast  of  the 
Mississippi,  containing  remarks  on  their  languages,  vol.  2,  pp.  867-880.  —General 
remarks  on  the  Indian  languages,  their  synthetic  character,  origin,  &c.,  vol.2, 
pp.  880-888. 

21G  d  History  |  of  the  |  United  States  of  America,  |  from  |  the 

discovery  of  the  continent.  |  By  |  George  Bancroft.  |  In  six  vol 
umes.  |  Vol.  I  [-VIJ.  |  Thoroughly  revised  edition.  | 

Boston :  |  Little,  Brown,  and  Company.  |  1876.  |  r,.  T.  w.  BA. 

6  vols.  12°.     Linguistics,  vol.  2,  pp.  394-417. 

216  e  —     —  History  |  of  the  |  United  States  of  America,  |  from  the  dis 

covery  of  the  continent.  By  ]  George  Bancroft.  The  Author's  Last 
Revision.  |  Vol.  I  [-VI].  | 

New  York :  |  D.  Appleton  and  Company.  )  1883.  |  c.  BA. 

Of  this  latest  edition,  I  have  seen  hut  the  first  three  volumes,  8°,  bringing  the 
narrative  down  to  the  year  1774.  It  is  to  be  completed  in  six  volumes.  Lin 
guistics,  vol.  2,  pp.  90-102. 

Other  editions:— London:  Routledge.  1851-67.  8  vols.  12°;  London :  W.  S.  Orr 
&  Co.  1843.  royal  8°;  London:  Fullarton,  [n.  d.]  royal  8°.  In  French,  Bru- 
xelles:  Lacroix,Verbceckhoven  et  Cie.,  1862-64.  9  vols.  8°.  In  German,  Leipzig: 
O.  Wigand,  1H45-75.  10  vols.  8°.  In  Danish,  Kjobenhavn,  1853-55.  6  vols.  8C. 

217 «  Bancroft  (Hubert  Howe).  The  |  Native  Eaces  |  of  |  the  Pacific 
States  |  of  |  North  America.  |  By  |  Hubert  Howe  Bancroft.  |  Vol 
ume  I  [-V].  |  Wild  Tribes.  | 

Author's  copy.  |  San  Francisco.     1874  |  [-1876].  |  B. 

5  vols.  8°.  Similar,  except  on  title-page,  to  No.  217.  Oue  hundred  copies 
issued.  In  addition  to  the  above  and  to  the  title  given  in  No.  217  of  this  cata 
logue,  this  work  has  been  issued  with  the  imprint  of  Longman's,  London  ;  Mai- 
sonneuve,  Paris ;  and  Brockhaus,  Leipzig ;  none  of  which  editions  have  I  seen. 

217  b  -    —  The  Works  |  of  |  Hubert  Howe  Bancroft.  !  Volume  I  [-V].  | 
The  Native  Eaces.  |  Vol.  I.  Wild  Tribes  [-V.  Primitive  History],  j 

San   Francisco:   |  A.   L.  Bancroft  &  Company,  Publishers.   | 
1882.  |  B.  c.  jwr. 

5  vols.  8C.  This  series  will  include  the  History  of  Central  America,  History  of 
Mexico,  &c.,  each  with  its  own  system  of  numbering  and  also  numbered  consecu 
tively  in  the  series.  Of  these  works  there  have  been  published  vols.1-7,9-11. 

218  a  Bandelier  ( Adolph  Francois).    From  the  tenth  annual  report  of 

the  Peabody  Museum  |  On  the  |  Art  of  War  and  Mode  of  War 
fare  |  of  the  |  Ancient  Mexicans.  |  By  |  Ad.  F.  Bandelier.  |  Ee- 
printed  from  the  Tenth  Annual  Eeport  of  the  Peabody  Museum.  | 

Cambridge :  |  1877.  |  c.  T. 

Pp.  95-161.  8°.  Separate  issue  of  No.  218. 


BANCROFT BAPTISTA.  865 

Bandelier  (Adolph  Frausois) — continued. 

219  a  On  the  Distribution  and  Tenure  of  Lands,  and  the  Customs 

with  respect  to  Inheritance  among  the  Ancient  Mexicans.    By  Ad. 

F.  Bandelier.  From  the  Eleventh  Report  of  the  Peabody  Museum. 
Salem.  Printed  at  the  Salem  Press.  1878.  * 

6°.  Separate  issue  of  No.  219.  Title  from  Magazine  of  American  History. 

220  a  On  the  Social  Organization  and  Mode  of  Government  of 

the  Ancient  Mexicans.  (From  the  Twelfth  Annual  Report  of  the 
Peabody  Museum  of  Archaeology  and  Ethnology,  Cambridge,  1879.) 
By  Ad.  F.  Bandelier. 

Salem :  Salem  Press.    1879.  » 

8°.  Separate  issue  of  No.  220.     Title  from  Magazine  of  American  History. 

22G  Baptista  (Fr.  Juan),  jgj Confessiouario %  \  en  Leugva  Mexi-  |  caiia 
y  Caste  |  liana.  |  fl  Con  muchas  aduertencias  muy  necessarias  |  para 
los  Confessores.  |  fl  Compuosto  [sic]  \  por  el  Padre  Fray  loan  Bap 
tista  |  de  la  orden  del  Seraphico  Padre  Sanct  Francis-  |  co  Lector 
de  Theologia  en  esta  prouincia  del  sau  |  cto  Euangelio,  y  guardian 
del  con nen to  de  Sane  |  tiago  Tlatilulco.  |  [Design.] 

if!  Con  Privilegio  |g{  |  fl  En  Sanctiago  Tlatilulco,  Por  Melchior  | 
Ocharte.     Ano.  de.  1599.  |  L.  JCB. 

Title,  reverse  wood-cut,  11.;  15  other  p.  11.;  text,  11.1-112;  errata  2  11. 
Roman  heading.  12°.  Improved  title  of  No.  226.  "This  work,"  the  Ramirez  Sale 
Catalogue  says,  "has  caused  much  diversity  of  opinion  among  Mexican  Biblio 
graphers  as  to  whether  there  were  more  than  one  edition  issued.  The  present 
copy  con  ains  two  distinct  lists  of  errata,  each  occupying  2  11.,  the  heading  of 
the  one  being  printed  in  Roman  letters,  that  of  the  other  in  italics.  Senor  Ramirez 
has  inserted  a  note  in  which  he  argues  that  both  lists  of  errata  pertain  to  the  one 
edition,  and  asserts  in  consequence  that  this  was  the  only 'edition  published. 
Baptista,  or  Bautista,  was  a  native  Mexican.  He  became  a  Franciscan  of  the 
province  of  Santo  Evangelic  de  Mejico.  He  taught  philosophy  and  theology, 
and  had  for  his  pupil  F.  Torquemada,  the  author  of  'Monarquia  Indiana.'  He 
was  esteemed  the  most  learned  of  his  time  in  the  Mexican  language,  which  he 
spoke  and  wrote  with  purity  and  elegance." 

Tross  gives  this  the  date  of  1599-1600,  which  is  a  mistake.  The  date  perhaps 
refers  to  the  Advertencias,  No.  231. 

229  a  -        -  Hvehvetlahtolli.  * 

16°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames,  from  a  copy  seen  at  the  sale  of  books  be 
longing  to  Hon.  H.  C.  Murphy,  which  copy  now  belongs  to  Dr.  Brinton.  This  copy 
lacks  the  beginning.  It  contains  signature  A  in  eight  unnumbered  leaves,  com 
mencing  in  the  middle  of  a  sentence  of  the  prefatory  matter  in  Spanish,  which  ends 
on  the  verso  of  the  eighth  leaf  with  "De  ste  Conuento,  de  Sanctiago  Tlatilulco. 
Fray  loan  Baptista."  The  Mexican  toxt  begins  on  leaf  1,  with  signature  B,  the 
first  leaf  of  which  :s  lacking,  and  ends  on  the  verso  of  leaf  76.  It  consists  of 
various  "Platicat>,"  each  with  a  heading  in  Spanish.  The  running  top-heading 
is  the  Mexican  word  "Hvehvetlahtolli."  On  the  recto  of  1.  77  is  the  following: 
T  A  qnel  gran  defensor  y  vnico  ampa  |  ro  de  la  gente  Indiana,  |  y  Apostolico 
va-  |  ron  Don  Fran  Bartholome  de  las  Casas,  o  |  Casans,  Obispo  de  Chiapa  do  la 
Ordfi  de  |  Predicadores  en  la  I.  p.  de  la  Apologica  |  Historia  de  las  ludias,  e  el 
Cap.  223.  refiere  |  aner  rescebido  estado  en  Espafia  las  plati  |  cas  infra  scriptas, 
de  mano  del  Religiosissi  |  mo  P.  y  Sacto  varo  F.  Andres  de  Olmos  de  la  |  Orde  do 
55  Bib 


li 


866  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Baptista  (Fr.  Juan) — continued. 

mi  Scraphico  P.  Sact  Fracisco.  |  Las  quales  romanc&  de  la  lengua  Mexica-  |  na 
sin  aiiadir,  nl  4^ar  cosa  q  fucsse  de  sub-  |  8t5cia:  sacado  sentido  de  sentido,  y  no 
pa  |  labra  de  palabra.  Porq  aueces  vna  pala-  |  bra  Mexicana  reqniero  muchaa 
de  las  nue  |  slras.  Y  vna  nuestra  comprehede  muchas  |  de  las  suyas.  Y  porq 
son  mucho  de  notar,  |  dize  que  las  pone  en  su  Libro,  para  |  qne  [sic]  se  vea  la 
gran  Doctrina  mo-  |  ral  y  pulica  en  q  estas  getes  |  barbaras  criauan  y  doc-  | 
trinauan  sus  hijos.  |  &&••%•  •*-£  | 

On  the  verso  of  the  same  leaf  is  the  following  heading: 

Sigvense  vnas  amonesta-  |  clones  qve  hizieron  ciertos  |  Indios  a  sus  Hijos,  y 
ciertas  pereonas  a  otras,  las  |  quales  son  platicas  escogidas  para  saberse  [  vno 
regir,  y  gouemar.  | 

The  text  which  follows  is  entirely  in  Spanish,  but  with  the  heading  "Hvehv- 
etlahtolli,"  and  continues  to  1. 87.  The  remainder  of  the  volume  is  lacking. 

231  Advertencias.  |  para  los  confessores  |  de  los  Naturales.  | 

fl  Compvestas  por  el  padre  |  Fray  loan  Baptista,  de  la  Orden  del 
Serapbico  |  Padre  Sanct  Francisco,  Lector  de  Theologia,  y  |  Guar 
dian  del  Conuento  de  Sanctiago  Tla-  |  tilulco:  de  la  Prouincia  del 
Sancto  |  Euangelio.  |  Primera  parte  [-Segunda  Parte.  |  ].  | 

Con  Priuilegio.  |  fl  En  Mexico,  En  el  Couuento  de  Sanctiago  | 
Tlatilulco,  Por  M.  Ocharte.  auo  1600.  | 

Colophon:  Excudebat  Ludouicus  Ocbarte  Figueroa,  |  Mexici, 
in  Eegio  Collegio  sancta  |  Crucis,  santi  Jacobi  de.  Tlati  |  lulco. 
Anno  Domini  |  1601.  |  B.  L.  DGB.  JCB. 

7  p.  11.,  text  112  11.,  errata  2  11.,  and  table  56  unnumbered  11.  16°.     Alternate 
columns  Spanish  and  Mexican,  reverse  of  1.  37  to  recto  of  1.  52.     Improved  title 
of  No.  231. 

Of  the  copies  seen,  only  that  in  Dr.  Brinton's  library  contains  the  Segnnda 
Parte.  This  has  the  same  title-page  as  the  Primera  Parte,  with  Primera  changed 
toSegunda:  15  p.  11.;  11.113-443;  the  Index  LocoruinCominuniunihnjusSecunda} 
Partis,  11. 1-104.  The  second  part  is  in  Spanish  only. 

233    Libro  de  la  Miseria  |  y  breuedad  de  la  vida  del  hombre: 

y  |  de  sus  quatro  postrimerias,  en  len-  |  gua  Mexicana.  Compuesto 
por  el  Padre  fray  loa  Baptista  de  |  la  orden  del  Seraphico  Padre 
S.  Francisco,  |  Lector  de  Tbeologia,  y  Diffinidor  de  la  |  Prouincia 
del  Saiicto  Euangelio.  |  Dedicado  el  Doctor  Sanctiago  del  liiego, 
del  Con-  |  sejo  del  Key  B".  S.  y  su  Oydor  en  esta  Eeal  |  Audiencia 
de  Mexico.  | 

En  Mexico.  En  la  empreuta  de  Diego  Lopez  Daualos,  y  a  su  | 
costa.  Ano  de  1604.  |  * 

8  p.  11.,  11. 1-152,  and  table  22  unnumbered  11.     Improved  title  of  No.  233,  fur 
nished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta. 

235    A  lesv  Christo  S.  N.  |  Ofrece  este  |  Sermonario  en  len-  | 

gua  Mexicana.  |  5  Su  indigno  sieruo  Ff .  loan  Baptista  de  la  Orden  j 
del  Serapbico  Padre  sanct  Francisco,  de  la  Provincia  |  del  Sancto 
Euangelio.  |  Primera  Parte.  |  [An  engraving,  with  a  vignette  of  tbe 
Savior,  and  on  tbe  margin  this  legend :  Ego  svn  veritas.]  |  Dico 
ego  opera  mea  Kegi. .  Psalm  44.  | 


BAPTI8TA.  867 

Baptista  (Fr.  Juan) — continued. 

En  Mexico,  con  licencia.  |  1[  En  casa  de  Diego  Lopez  Daualos :  y 
asucosta.  |  AuolGOG.  |  Vendeseen  la  tiendade  Pedro  Arias  Librero, 
en  frente  de  la  puerta  |  del  Perdou  de  la  Yglesia  Mayor  de  Mexico.  | 

26  p.  11., pp.  1-710.  4°.  On  p. 710  is  a  picture  of  St.  Anthony,  with  this  in 
scription  : 

Acabose  de  imprimir  esta  |  Primera  Parte.  en  la  muy  insigne  y 
muy  leal  ciudad  de  Mexi-  |  co  Tenochtitlan,  a  treze  dias  del  mes  de 
luuio,  deste  aiio,  dia  |  del  bienaventurado,  y  glorioso  Sanct  Antonio 
de  Padua,  |  de  la  Orden  del  Seraphico  Padre  Sanct  |  Francisco.  | 
5  En  casa  de  Diego  Lopez  Daualos,  y  a  su  costa.  |  1606.  | 

Concludes  with  24  11.,  tables,  not  numbered,  and  at  the  end: 

Acabaronse  de  imprimir  estas  tres  Tablas,  a  nueue  |  dias  del  mes 
de  Febrero,  de  1607.  |  B. 

Improved  title  of  No.  235. 

Only  the  first  part  of  this  collection  of  Sermons  was  published.  In  the  preface 
are  to  be  found  some  interesting  notices,  principally  concerning  the  early  writers 
in  the  Mexican  language.  There  is  also  given  the  following  list  of  sixteen  works 
by  this  author : 

1.  Indulgentie. 

2.  Catechismo  breue  in  lengua  Mexicaua  [No.  238  of  this  catalogue], 

3.  Brene  tratado  del  aborrecimiento  del  peccado,  qne  se  intitulado  Tepiton 
Auiuxtli. 

4.  Hieroglyphicos  de  conuersion.    Doude  por  estapas,  y  figuras,  se  ensefia  a 
los  Naturales  el  aborrecimieto  del  peccado,  y  desseo  q  deuen  teneral  bien  soberano 
del  Cielo. 

5.  Espejo  Spiritual  que  en  la  lengua  intitula  Teoyoticatezcatl. 

6.  Las  indulgencias  que  ganan  los  cofrades  del  cordo. 

7.  La  vida  y  muerte,  &c.     [See  No.  244  in  Additions  and  Corrections  of  this 
catalogue.] 

8.  La  Doctrina  Christiana. 

9.  Oraciones. 

10.  Huehuetlahtolli.     [See  No.  229  of  this  catalogue.] 

11.  La  Vida  y  Milagros    *     *     Antonio  de  Padua.     [See  No.  234.] 

12.  De  la  Miseria,  y  breuedad  de  la  vida  del  hombre,  y  de  sus  quatro  postri- 
merias.     [See  No.  233  of  this  catalogue.] 

13.  Confesonario.     [See  No.  227  of  this  catalogue.] 

14-15.  Aduertencias  Primera  &  segunda  parte.     [See  Nos.  231-232.] 

16.  Este  Primera  parte  del  Sermonario. 

"  De  la  Segnnda  Parte  esta  ya  iinpresso  gran  pedaco    *     *     *." 

244  La  Vida  y  Muerte  |  de  |  tresniiiosdeTlaxcala  |  quemurieron 

por  la  confession  de  la  |  Fee:  |  segun  que  la  escriuio  en  Romance 
el  |  P.  Fr.  Toribio  Motolinia  |  vno  de  los  doze  Religiosos  priineros 
&c.  |  Traducida  al  Mexicano  por  el  P.  Fr.  Juan  Bout".  |  B. 

Manuscript.  34  11.  4°.  Improved  title  of  No.  244.  In  the  Bancroft  Library, 
San  Francisco  ;  bought  at  the  Ramirez  sale,  in  the  catalogue  of  which  it  is  num 
bered  536.  It  is  a  modern  transcript  of  the  Mexican  original  in  the  National 
Museum  of  Mexico. 

"A  history  in  Nahnatl  of  the  three  Tlaxcaltecan  children,  Christovalito,  An- 
tofiico,  and  Juanico,  who  died  for  professing  the  Catholic  faith.  It  was  copied 
on  European  paper  by  said  Loaysa  from  that  printed  in  the  Imperial  College  of 
Tlatilulco  in  the  year  1601,  which  I  also  have  in  my  collection." — Boturini's 
Catatogo,  p.  36. 


868  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

245    Baptista  de  Lagunas  ( Fr.  Juan).    ArteyDictio-  |  nario:  conotras  | 
Obras,  en  leugua  Micuuacaua.    Copuesto  por  |  el  muy.  R.  P  Fray 
luau    Baptista  de  Lagu  |  nas,  Praedicador,  Guardian  de  sanct  | 
Francisco,  de  la  ciudad  de  Gua-  |  yangareo,  y  Bifflnidor  de  la  |  Pro- 
uincia  de  Mechua-  |  can,  y  de  Xalisco.  |  Dirigidas  al  mvy  Yllr.  Y. 
R.  |  sefior  Doctor  do  Antonio  Morales  d  Molina,  Ga-ua  |  Hero  de  la 
orde  de  Sactiago,  obispo  meritissiino  q  fue  |  de  Mecliuaca,  y  agora 
de  Tlaxcala,  del  cos.  de  su.  M.  |  [Design.] 

En  Mexico,  |  En  casa  de  Pedro  Balli.  |  1574.  | 

14  p.  11.  Numeration  begins  on  reverse  of  1. 14  Arte,  pp.- 1-174.  Diccionario, 
pp.  1-190.  8°. 

Colophon :  5  Acabase  el  Arte  de  |  la  lengua  de  Mechuacan  con  el 
Dictio-  |  narito,  o  Copia  verborum.  de  los  mas  |  priucipales  Verbos, 
con  sus  Ethymo-  |  logias.  Casi  al  modo  que  lleua  el  Ainbro  |  sio 
Calepino.  Para  que  por  esta  breue-  |  dad  y  Reglas  tan  prouechosas 
se  pue-  |  dan  aprouechar  los  estudiantes.  |  A  honra  y  gloria  de  la 
sanctissi-  |  ma  Trinidad,  Padre,  Hijo  |  Spu  sancto.  |  Impresso  e  | 
la  Ynsigne  ciudad  de  |  Mexico:  En  casa  |  ft  Pedro  Balli.  |  1574.  j 

This  is  followed  by  6  unnumbered  11.,  with  the: 

5  Tabla  y  resoluci-  |  on  de  las  Preposiciones  verbales,  o  primeras  | 
posicioues  de  los  mas  principales  verbos,  que  |  en  este  Dictionarito 
y  Arte  se  contienen,  para  |  que  de  cada  qual  dellas,  sepan  sacar 
muchos  ver  |  bos  &c. 

On  the  reverse  of  1.  6  there  commences  a  new  pagination,  which  reaches  to  p. 
107,  and  contains: 

Instruction  |  para  poderse  bien  confe  |  ssar  en  la  lengua  de  Me 
chuacan.  En  la  qual  se  |  contiene  la  preparacion  compendiosa 
Decla-  |  randola  tambien  por  los  Diez  mandainietos  |  de  la  ley,  y 
por  los  Articulos  de  la  Fee.  Y  de  au-  |  ditione  verbi  Dei.  Psalmo 
de  Miserere  mei,  y  |  las  Letanias,  y  preparacion  para  bie  morir, 
por  |  via  de  construction,  con  otras  cosas  y  deuocio  |  nes:  por  el 
muy.  R.  P.  Fray  loan  Baptista  de  |  lagunas,  Diffiuidor  de  la  Prou- 
incia  de  Mech  |  uaca,  rt  la  orde  del  seraphico.  P.  Sant  Fraeisco.  | 

Concludes  with  11.,  unnumbered,  containing  a  table  in  Tarasco,  and  at  the  end: 

5  Imprimiose  esta  obra,  |  que  en  si  contiene  Tres  libros,  En  la 
ynsigne  |  Giudad  de  Mexico  En  casa  de  Pedro  Balli  I  in  |  pressor. 
A  costa  de  Constantino  Bra-  |  uo  de  lagunas,  Alcalde  mayor  de  | 
Tlaxcala,  Afio  de.  1574.  |  u.  JOB. 

Improved  title  of  No.  245.  The  only  copy  of  this  work  seen  by  me  is  that  in 
the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco,  Cal.,  which  was  bought  at  the  Ramirez  sale, 
in  the  catalogue  of  which  it  is  numbered  837.  The  title-page  of  this  copy  is  a 
reprint,  and  the  book  is  otherwise  defective,  wanting  the  end.  Sr.  Icazbalceta, 
who  has  furnished  me  the  above  complete  title  and  description,  says  the  book  is 
very  rare,  and  that  he  has  seen  no  moro  complete  copy  than  his  own,  formed  of 
two  incomplete  copies  obtained  in  the  course  .of  fourteen  years. 

245  a  Arte  de  la  Lengua  deMicboacan. — Coufesonario. — Prepa 
racion  para  bien  morir. — Explicacion  del  Salmo:  Miserere. — Expli 
cation  del  Salmo:  Beati  qui  audiunt. — Explication  de  las  Letauias. 


BAPTISTA   DE    LAGUNAS BARAGA.  869 

Baptista  de  Lagunas  (Fr.  Juan) — continued. 

Three  works  in  the  Tarascan  Language,  printed  in  Mexico  by  Pedro  Balli,  in 
1574.  8u.—Beristai». 

These  works  are  catalogued  by  Beristain  under  Bravo  (Fr.  Juan),  and  are 
given  in  this  catalogue  under  No.  462.  I  am  informed  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  that 
they  are  the  works  of  Baptista  de  Lagunas,  who  is  named  in  the  licenses  Juan 
Baptista  Bravo  de  Laguuas. 

Baquio  (D.  Fraucisco  de  Lorra).     See  Lorra  Baquio  (D.  Francisco 
de),  No.  2319. 

255  [Baraga  (Rev.  Frederick).]    Otchipwe  [  Anamie-Masinaigan,  j  gwaia- 
kossing  anamiewin  ejitwadgig,  |  mi   sa  |  Catholique-euainiadjig  | 
gewabandangig.  | 

Paris,  |  (France,  Europe),  |  E.  J.  Bailly,  ogimasinakisan  mandan 
masinaigan.  |  1837.  |  T. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-300.  18°.  Book  of  prayers  and  songs,  followed  by  a  catechism 
translated  in  the  Chippewa  language.  Improved  title  of  No.  255. 

250  a  Jesus  |  Obimadisiwin  |  oma  aking,  |  Gwaiakossing  Ana 
miewin  Ejitwadjig,  |  mi  sa  |  Catholique-enamiadjig  |  gewaband 
angig.  | 

Paris,  |  (France,  Europe.)  |  E.  J.  Bailly  ogimasinakisan  maudan 
masinaigan.  |  1837.  |  A. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-211.  24°.  map.  A  variation  of  title  No.  256.  Preface  signed  by 
Baraga.  Life  of  Jesus  Christ  in  the  Chippewa  language. 

258  a  Katolik    Anaiinie-Misiuaigan  j  Wetawawissing.    [Design.] 

Cincinnati,  O.  |  Joseph  A.  Hemann  o  gi-misinakisan  manda  rnis- 
inaigan.  |  1858.  |  F. 

Translation  :  Catholic  |  Prayer  Book  |  in  Ottawa.  | 
Pp.  1-240.  16°.     In  the  Ottawa  language. 

262     Katolik  |  Gagikwe-Masinaigan.  |  [Design.] 

Cincinnati,  O.  |  Joseph  A.  Hemann  o  gi-masinakisau  mandan  mas- 
iuaigan.  |  1858.  |  P.  T. 

Translation:  Catholic  |  Preaching-Book.  | 

Pp.  1-224.     12°.     In  the  Ottawa  language.     Improved  title  of  No.  262. 

A  manuscript  note  on  the  fly-leaf  of  Mr.  Trumbull's  copy,  written  by  Father 
Finotti,  at  the  sale  of  whose  library  it  was  bought  by  Mr.  Trumbull,  reads: 
"Contains  the  Epistles  and  Gospels  for  Sundays  and  Holy  days.  It  is  a  short 
history  of  the  Old  and  New  Testament.  First  edition  printed  iu  Paris,  1837. 
Rev.  E.  Jacker.  July  14, 74." 

264  a  Chippewa  Vocabulary.  * 

Manuscript.  4  pp.  folio.  On  Circular  No.  1,  American  Ethnological  Society, 
June,  18f>2.  Iu  the  library  of  Mr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  Now  Jersey. 

264  b  and  Belcourt  (Rev.  G.  A.)     [Prospectus  of  a]  Dictionary  |  of 

the  |  Odjibway  or  Sauteux  Language  |  compiled  by  |  R.  R.  Baraga 
and  Rev.  G.  Belcourt  |  A  new  Edition  enlarged  by  Rev.  Father 
Lacombe,  O.  M.  I.  |  [Seven  lines  quotation.]  [Picture  of  an  Indian.] 
Montreal  |  Beaucheinin  &  Valois,  Booksellers  and  Printers  |  256 
and  258  St.  Paul  Street.  |  1877  |  g.  T.  JWP. 


870  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

[Baraga  (Rev.  Frederick)]  and  Belcourt  (Eev.  G.  A.) — continued. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-10,4  unnumbered  11.,  sm.4°.  "  Prospectus,"  reverse  blank,  1  1. ; 
title, reverse  blank,!  1. ;  "Preface"  by  Father  Lacombc,  pp.  1-2,  in  which  he 
states  that  the  new  edition  of  the  dictionary  will  be  compiled  from  the  work  of 
Bishop  Baraga  "which  we  will  complete  with  the  excellent  and  learned  manu 
script  of  the  Rev.  Mr.  Belcourt.  »  *  *  *  After  several  years  of  study  and 
practice  he  [Belcourt]  put  in  order  bis  numerous  scientific  researches  on  that 
language  [Sauteux],  which  he  had  made  and  adopted  as  his  own,  and  a  very 
voluminous  manuscript  was  the  result  *  *  *." 

"Preface"  from  the  manuscript  of  Father  Belcourt,  and  an  extract  from  Ba 
raga,  pp.  3-5. — "  Our  Plan,"  pp.  6, 7. — "Alphabetical  conventions,"  &c. ,  pp.  8-10. — 
Dictionary  of  the  Odjibway  or  Sauteux  Language,  English-Odjibway,  includ 
ing  A-Action,  2  unnumbered  11. — Dictionary  of  the  Odjibway  or  Sauteux  Lan 
guage,  Odjibway-English,  including  A-Abinodjinwin,  2  unnumbered  11. 
See  Belcourt  (Rev.  G.  A.),  No.  334  a. 

264  c [Prospectus  of]  The  |  Odjibway  Grammar,  com 
piled  by  |  R.  E.  Baraga  and  Kev.  G.  Belcourt  |  [Five  lines  quota 
tion.]  [Design.] 

Montreal  |  Beauchemin  &  Valois,  Booksellers  and  Printers.]  256 
and  258  St.  Paul  Street.  |  1877.  |  JWP. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  pp.  1-14.  sm.  4°.  Rudiments  of  the  Sauteux  lan 
guage,  by  Rev.  G.  Belcourt,  pp.  1-14. 

See  Baraga  (Bev.  Frederick),  Nos.  246-251  of  this  catalogue. 

Barbachano  (Thomas  Azuar).  See  Donde  (Joaquin)  and  Donde 
(Juan),  No.  1067  a,  note. 

266  a  Barber  (Edwin  A.)     Department  of  the  Interior.  |  United  States 

Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  Territories.  |  F.  V.  Hay- 
den,  U.  S.  Geologist-iu-Charge.  |  I. — Ancient  Art  in  Northwestern 
Colorado.  |  By  E.  A.  Barber.  |  II. — Bead  Ornaments  employed  by 
the  Ancient  |  Tribes  of  Utah  and  Arizona.  |  By  E.  A.  Barber.  | 
III. — Language  and  Utensils  of  the  Utes.  |  By  E.  A.  Barber.  |  Ex 
tracted  from  Bulletin  of  the  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  | 
of  the  Territories,  vol.  II,  No.  I.  | 

Washington,  March  21,  1876.  |  WE. 

Printed  cover  1 1.,  pp.  65-76.  8°.  Language  and  utensils  of  the  Utes,  pp.  71-76. 
Separate  issue  of  No.  266. 

267  a  Author's  Edition.  |  Department  of  the  Interior.  |  United 

States  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey.  |  F.  V.  Hayden,  U.  S. 
Geologist-in-Charge.  |  Comparative  Vocabulary  |  of  |  Utah  Dia 
lects.  |  By  |  Edwin  A.  Barber.  |  Extracted  from  the  Bulletin  of  the 
Survey,  vol.  Ill,  No.  3.  | 

Washington,  May  15,  1877.  |  T.  WE. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  533-545.  8°.    Separate  issue  of  No.  267. 

267  b  Barber  (John  Warner).    Historical  Collections,  |  being  a  |  General 
Collection  of  Interesting  Facts,  Traditions,  |  Biographical  Sketches, 
Anecdotes,  &c.,  |  relating  to  the  |  History  and  Antiquities  |  of  | 
Every  Town  in  Massachusetts,  |  with  |  Geographical  Descrip- 


BARAGA BARBER.  871 

Barber  (John  Warner) — continued. 

tions.  |  Illustrated  by  200  Engravings.  |  By  John  Warner  Barber,  | 
Author  of  Connecticut  Historical  Collections,  Elements  of  General 
His-  |  tory,  etc.  |  [Seal  of  the  State.]  | 

Worcester:  |  Published  by  Dorr,  Howland  &  Co.  |  1839.  |     c.  w. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-G24.  8°.  map  and  plates.  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Natick  Indian 
language,  with  interlinear  English  translation,  p.  417. 

267  c  Historical  Collections,  |  being  a  |  General  Collection  of  In 
teresting  Facts,  Traditions,  |  Biographical  Sketches,  Anecdotes, 
&c-,  |  relating  to  the  |  History  and  Antiquities  |  of  |  Every  Towu 
in  Massachusetts,  |  with  |  Geographical  Descriptions.  |  Illustrated 
by  200  Engravings.  |  By  John  Warner  Barber,  |  Author  of  Connec 
ticut  Historical  Collections,  Elements  of  General  His-  |  tory,  etc.  | 
[Seal  of  the  State.]  | 

Worcester:  |  Published  by  Dorr,  Howland  &  Co.  |  1841.  |  c.  T.BL. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-632.  8°.  map  and  plates.  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Natick  Indian 
language,  p.  417. 

267  d  Historical  Collections,  |  being  a  |  General  Collection  of 

Interesting  Facts,  Traditions,  |  Biographical  Sketches,  Anecdotes, 
&c.,  |  relating  to  the  |  History  and  Antiquities  |  of  |  Every  Town 
in  Massachusetts,  |  with  |  Geographical  Descriptions.  |  Illustrated 
by  200  Engravings.  |  By  John  Warner  Barber,  |  Author  of  Connec 
ticut  Historical  Collections,  Elements  of  General  His-  |  tory,  etc.  | 
[Seal  of  the  State.]  | 

Worcester:  |  Published  by  Warren  Lazell.  |  1844.  |  c.  BA. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-631.  8°.  map  and  plates.  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Natick  Indian 
language,  from  Eliot's  Bible,  p.  417.  According  to  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  3319, 
there  was  an  edition  of  1848. 

267   e The  |  History  and  Antiquities  |  of  |  New  England,  |  New 

York,  aud  New  Jersey ;  |  embracing  the  following  subjects,  viz :  | 
Discoveries  and   Settlements  —  Indian  History — Indian,  French, 
and  |  Eevolutionary    Wars  —  Religious    History  —  Biographical 
Sketches  |  — Anecdotes,  Traditions,  Keinarkable  and  Unaccounta 
ble  |  Occurrences — with  a  Great  Variety  of  Curious  and  |  Interest 
ing  Eelics  of  Antiquity.  |  Illustrated  by  numerous  Engravings.  | 
Collected  and  compiled  from  authentic  sources,  |  By  John  Warner 
Barber,  |  Member  of  the  Connecticut  Historical  Society,  author  of 
the  Connecticut,  |  Massachusetts,  and  New  York  Historical  Collec 
tions,  &c.  | 

Worcester:  |  Published  by  Dorr,  Howlaud  &  Co.  |  1841.  |          c. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-576.  8°.  map  and  plate. 

Spencer  (Rev.  Elihu).  Letter  containing  remarks  on,  and  the  Lord's  Prayer 
in,  the  language  of  the  Six  Nations,  pp.  90, 91. 

267  / The  |  History  and  Antiquities  |  of  |  New  England,  |  New 

York,  New  Jersey,  |  and  |  Pennsylvania.  |  Embracing  the  following 
subjects,  viz :  |  Discoveries  and  Settlements — Indian  History — In- 


872  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Barber  (John  Warner) — continued. 

dian,  French,  and  |  Revolutionary  Wars — Religious  History — Bio 
graphical  Sketches  |  — Anecdotes,  Traditions,  Remarkable  and 
Unaccountable  |  Occurrences — with  a  Great  Variety  of  Curious 
and  |  Interesting  Relics  of  Antiquity  |  Illustrated  by  numerous 
engravings.  |  Collected  and  compiled  from  authentic  sources,  |  By 
John  Warner  Barber;  |  Member  of  the  Connecticut  Historical  So 
ciety,  author  of  the  Connecticut  |  and  Massachusetts  Historical 
Collections,  &c.  | 

Hartford.  |  Published  by  Allen  S.  Stillman  &  Co.  |  1843.  |  * 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-624.  8°.  map  and  plates.     Title  from  Mr.  \V.  Eames. 

Perm  (W.)    Letter,  containing  specimens  of  Indian  words,  pp.  536-540. 

Spencer  (Rev.  Elihu).  Letter,  containing  the  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  language 
of  the  Six  Nations,  pp.  90, 91. 

267  g  The  |  History  and  Antiquities  |  of  |  New  England,  |  New 

York,  New  Jersey,  |  and  |  Pennsylvania.  |  Embracing  the  following 
subjects,  viz:  |  Discoveries  and  Settlements — Indian  History — In 
dian,  French,  and  |  Revolutionary  Wars — Religious  History — .Bio 
graphical  Sketches  |  — Anecdotes,  Traditions,  Remarkable  and  Un 
accountable  |  Occurrences — with  a  Great  Variety  of  Curious  and  | 
Interesting  Relics  of  Antiquity  |  Illustrated  by  numerous  engrav 
ings.  |  Third  edition.  |  Collected  and  compiled  from  authentic 
sources,  |  By  John  Warner  Barber;  |  Member  of  the  Connecticut 
Historical  Society,  author  of  the  Connecticut  |  and  Massachusetts 
Historical  Collections,  &c.  | 

Hartford:  |  Published  by  H.  S.  Parsons.  |  1847.  |  * 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-624.    8°.     Linguistics,  pp.  90,  91,  536-540.     Title  from  Mr.  W. 

Eames.     There  is  an  edition  with  imprint,  Portland:  |  Published  by  William  C. 

Lord.  |  1848.  |  ,  the  title  being  otherwise  as  above  exceptthe  omission  of  "Third 

Edition."    (*) 

267  h  The  |  History  and  Antiquities  |  of  |  New  England,  |  New 

York,  New  Jersey,  |  and  |  Pennsylvania.  |  Embracing  the  follow 
ing  subjects,  viz:  |  Discoveries  and  Settlements — Indian  History — 
Indian,  French,  and  |  Revolutionary  Wars — Religious  History — 
Biographical  Sketche-i  |  — Anecdotes,  Traditions,  Remarkable  and 
Unaccountable  |  Occurrences — with  a  Great  Variety  of  Curious 
and  |  Interesting  Relics  of  Antiquity  |  Illustrated  by  numerous 
engravings.  |  Collected  and  compiled  from  authentic  sources,  [  By 
John  Warner  Barber;  |  Member  of  the  Connecticut  Historical  So 
ciety,  author  of  the  Connecticut  |  and  Massachusetts  Historical 
Collections,  &c.  |  Third  Edition.  | 

Hartford:  |  Allyn  S.  Stillman  &  Son.  |  1856.  |  A. 

Pp.  i-viii,  9-624.  8°.  Linguistics,  pp.  90,91;  536-540.  According  to  Sabin's 
Dictionary,  No.  3322,  there  were  other  editions:  Worcester,  1840 ;  Hartford,  1846. 

267  i  and  Howe  (Henry).     Historical  Collections  |  of  the  |  State 

of  New  Jersey;  |  containing  |  a  general  collection  of  the  most  in 
teresting  facts,  traditions,  |  biographical  sketches,  anecdotes,  Etc.  | 


BARBER BARRATT.  873 

Barber  (John  Warner)  and  Howe  (Henry) — continued. 

relating  to  its  |  history  and  antiquities,  |  with  |  geographical  de 
scriptions  of  every  township  in  the  state.  |  Illustrated  by  120  En 
gravings.  |  By  John  W.  Barber,  |  Author  of  Connecticut  and  Mas 
sachusetts  historical  collections,  etc.  |  and  |  Henry  Howe,  |  Author 
of  "The  Memoirs  of  Eminent  American  Mechanics,"  etc.  |  (Arms  of 
the  State  of  New  Jersey.)  |  [Design.] 

New  York:  |  Published  for  the  authors,  |  by  S.  Tuttle,  194  Chat 
ham-Square.  |  1844.  |  C.  W.  BA. 

Pp.  1-512.  8°.  Short  vocabulary  of  the  New  Jersey  Indians,  p.  53. — Indian 
names  with  their  signification  [from  Thomas  Gordon],  p.  512.  Some  copies  are 
dated  1846.  (c.) 

267  k Historical  Collections  of  the  j  State  of  New  Jersey ;  | 

containing  |  a  general  collection  of  the  most  interesting  facts,  tradi 
tions,  |  biographical  sketches,  anecdotes,  etc.  |  relating  to  its  |  His 
tory  and  Antiquities,  |  with  |  Geographical  Descriptions  of  every 
township  in  the  State.  |  Illustrated  by  120  Engravings.  |  By  John 
W.  Barber,  |  author  of  Connecticut  and  Massachusetts  Historical 
Collections,  etc.  |  and  |  Henry  Howe,  |  author  of  "  The  Memoirs  of 
Eminent  American  Mechanics,"  etc.  |  [Arms  of  the  State  of  New 
Jersey.]  | 

New  York :  |  Published  for  the  Authors,  |  by  S.  Tnttle,  194  Chat 
ham-square.  |  1845.  |  BA.  BL. 

Pp.  1-512.  8°.  plates.  Linguistics,  pp.  53,  512.  According  to  Sabin's  Dic 
tionary,  No. 3330,  there  were  other  editions:  Newark,  N.  J.  [1852]  ;  Newark,  1857. 

268  a  Baril  (V.  L.)     Le  Mexique  |  Resume"  geographique,  statistique,  in- 

dustriel,  |  historique  et  social  |  al'usage  |  despersonuesqui  veulent 
avoir  des  notions  exactes,  |  recentes  et  precises  |  sur  cette  coutree 
on  Nouveau  Monde,  |  par  V.-L.  Baril,  comte  de  la  Hure.  | 

Douai,  |  Vc  Ceret-Carpenter,  Imprimeur-Libraire,  |  Rue  des  Cha- 
pelets,  5  e  |  1862.  |  B. 

Pp.  i-xviii,  1-271.  8°.  La  langue  Mexicaine,  pp.  212-213,  is  a  brief  discus 
sion  with  examples  of  long  words. 

273 a  [Barratt  (Joseph)].     Key  |  to  the  |  Indian  Language  |  of  |  New- 
England,  j  in   the   |   Etchemin,   or  Passamaquoddy  language,  | 
Spoken  in  Maine  and  St.  Johns  New-Brunswick.  |  Derived  from  | 
Nicola  Tenesles.  |  Written  from  the  Indian's  mouth,  |  By  a  Citizen 
of  Middletown,  Conn.,  for  the  benefit  of  this  Indian.  |  No.  1.  | 

Middletown,  Conn.  |  1850.  |  WE. 

Pp.  1-8.    12°.     Variation  of  title  No.  273. 

Conversations  in  Etchemin,  p.  3. — Seasons,  p.  3. — Timo,  p.  3. — Cardinal  num 
bers,  p.  4. — Ordinal  numbers,  p.  4. — Relationships,  pp.  4-5. — Parts  of  the  body, 
p.  5. — Colours,  p.  5. — Birds,  and  parts  thereof,  p.  5. — Animals,  p.  6. — Tumehegn 
[tomahawk],  an  Indian  hatchet,  p.  6.— Conjugation  of  the  verb  tunietamnn,  to 
cut,  pp.  0-7. — Compendium  of  Indian  Grammar,  p.  8. 

274 «  The  Indian  |  of  |  New-England,  |  and  the  |  North  eastern 

Provinces;  |  A  Sketch  of  the  Life  of  an  Indian  Hunter,  Ancient 


874  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

[Barratt  (Joseph)] — continued. 

Traditions  re-  |  latingto  the  |  Etchemin  Tribe,  |  their  modes  of  life, 
fishing,  hunting,  &c. :  |  with  |  Vocabularies  |  in    the  |  Indian  and 
English,  |  giving  the  names  of  the  |  Animals,  Birds,  and  Fish :  | 
The  most  complete  that  has  been  given  for  New-England,  in  the  | 
Languages  of  the  |  Etchemiu  andMicmacs.  |  These  are  now  the  only 
Indian  Tribes  to  the  North-East,  the  former  inhabitants  |  of  New- 
England,  that  have  preserved  their  language  entire,  being  the 
oldest  |  and  purest  Indian  spoken  in  the  Eastern  States.  |  Derived 
from  |  Nicola  Tenesles.  |  By  a  Citizen    of   Middletowu,  Conn.  | 
13T  This  Book  is  the  only  work  of  its  kind  to  be  had.    It  contains  | 
the  Elements  of  the  Indian  Tongue,  and  much  that  is  new  to  the  j   . 
reading  public ;  especially  the  names  by  which  the  Red  Men  of  |  the 
forest,  designated  the  natural  objects  before  them.  | 

Middletowu,  Connecticut :  |  Charles  H.  Peltou,  Printer.  |  1851.  | 
Price  25  Cents.  |  T.  WE.  DGB. 

Pp.  1-24.  12°.  "  To  the  reader,"  reverse  of  title,  is  dated  "  September  18, 
1851."  This  title  is  but  slightly  different  from  that  given  in  No.  274. 

280 a  Bartlett  (John  Russell).  Dictionary  |  of  |  Americanisms:  |  a 
Glossary  of  Words  and  Phrase  [sic]  \  usually  regarded  as  peculiar 
to  |  the  United  States.  |  By  |  John  Russell  Bartlett.  |  Fourth  Edi 
tion,  |  greatly  improved  and  enlarged.  | 

Boston:  |  Little,  Brown,  and  Company.  |  1877.  |  c.  T.w. 

Pp.  i-xlvi,  1  1.,  pp.  1-813.  8°.  The  error  on  the  title-page  was  afterwards  cor 
rected,  and  in  most  copies  the  word  is  properly  spelled  "Phrases."  Indian  words, 
with  etymologies,  passim.  The  first  edition,  New  York,  1848  (C. ),  does  not  contain 
the  Indian  words.  The  second  edition,  Boston,  Little,  Brown  &  Co. — London, 
Triibner  &  Co.,  1859,  pp.  xxxii,  524,  6°,  with  title  otherwise  substantially  as  the 
above,  contains  a  considerable  number  of  Indian  words,  but  not  so  many  as  the 
fourth  and  last.  The  third  edition  was  merely  another  issue  of  the  second. 

283  a  Vocabulary  of  the  Seri. 

In  Oatschet  (A.  S.)  Der  Yuma-Sprachstamm,  Zweiter  Artikel,  in  Zeitschrift 
fur  Ethiiologie,  vol.  15, 1883,  pp.  134-13-J.  Berlin,  1883.  8°. 

The  manuscript  of  this  vocabulary  is  noted  in  No.  285  of  this  catalogue. 

303  Bartram  (William).  Travels  |  through  |  North  and  South  Caro 
lina,  |  Georgia,  |  East  and  West  Florida,  |  the  Cherokee  Country,  | 
the  Extensive  Territories  of  the  Muscogulges  |  or  Creek  Confed 
eracy,  |  and  the  Country  of  the  Choctaws,  |  containing  |  an  Ac 
count  of  the  soil  and  natural  produc-  |  tions  of  those  Regions ;  |  to 
gether  with  |  observations  on  the  manners  of  the  Indians.  |  Embel 
lished  with  Copper-plates.  |  By  William  Bartram.  | 

Dublin :  |  For  J.  Moore,  W.  Jones,  K.  M'Allister,  and  J.  Rice.  | 
1793.  |  BA,  JBD. 

Pp.  i-xxiv,  1-520,  index  6  11.    map.     plates.     Improved  title  of  No.  303. 

309  a  Bartsch  (Heinrich).  [Collection  of  361  specimens  of  the  Lord's 
Prayer  in  130  languages  and  dialects.]  * 

Manuscript.  2  vols.  4°.  Preserved  in  the  Raths-Bibliothek,  at  Konigsberg, 
Germany. 


BARRATT BASTIAN.  875 

Bartsch  (Heinrich) — continued. 

"  Das  Garize  bestehet  aus  zwey  Biinden  in  4to,  fast  alles  lose  Bliitter  mit  einge- 
fiigteu  Origiual-Briefen  von  Bayer,  la  Croze  nnd  andern.  Die  Sprachen  sind 
darin  nacli  dem  Alphabete  georduet.  Der  erste  Theil  enthiilt  228  Formeln  in  09 
Spracben  uncl  Mundarteu,  und  der  zweyte  133  Foriueln  in  (11  Spracheu  nnd  Mun- 
darten,  also  zusamineu  361  Formelu." — Adelung's  Mithridates,  vol.  1,  pp.  666,  667. 

313  Basalenque  (Fr.  Diego).  Arte  |  de  la  Lengua  Tarasca,  |  dispuesto 
con  nuevo  estilo,  y  claridad,  por  el  R.  P.  |  M.  Fr.  Diego  Basaleuque, 
del  Orden  de  |  IS.  P.  S.  Augustin,  Provincial  que  fue  de  la  Pro-  | 
vincia  de  Michoacan,  y  su  Chronista.  |  Sacalo  a  luz  |  el  K.  P.  M. 
Fr.  Nicolas  de  Quixas,  Provin-  |  vincial  [sic]  de  dicha  Provincia. 
Y  la  dedica  a  la  Sereuissima  |  Maria  Santissima,  Eeyna  de  los 
Angeles.  | 

Con  licencia :  En  Mexico,  por  Francisco  |  de  llivera  Calderon. 
Afio  de  1714.  |  * 

16  p.  11.,  110  pp.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  313,  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta. 

There  is  another  edition  in  8°,  minus  title-page.  Sis  preliminary  leaves  remain. 
The  work  contains  102  pp.  It  is  evidently  a  Mexican  edition  of  the  end  of  the 
last  century  or  beginning  of  the  present. — Icazbalceta 's  Apuntes,  No.  92,  note 

313  a  Arte  de  la  Lengua  Tarasca  sacada  a  luz  P.  Nicolas  de  Quixas. 

Mexico.    1805.  * 

Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  3875<z,  and  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  82. 
This  is,  perhaps,  the  edition  referred  to  by  Icazbalceta  in  the  foregoing  note. 
Leclerc,  Bib.  Americana,  1878,  No.  2433,  gives  a  short  title  of  this  work  and 
says:  "6  p.  11.  unnumbered,  102  pp.  A  very  rare  work.  It  lacks  the  title  (that 
which  we  give  being  taken  from  the  Fischer  catalogue),  but  is  very  well  pre 
served.  The  date  1714  seems  faulty ;  the  printing  of  the  volume  seems  to  have 
been  executed  about  50  years  ago.  It  is  doubtless  the  edition  of  1805  cited  by 
Sabin." 

317 a  Bastian  (Adolf).     General  title:  Die  Culturliinder  |  des  |  Alteu 
America.  |  Von  |  A.  Bastiau.  |  Erster  [Zweiter]  Band.  | 

Berlin,  j  "Weidmannsche  Buchhandluug  |  1878.  | 

Second  title  to  Vol.  I:  Ein  Jahr  auf  Eeisen.  |  Kreuzfahrten  | 
zuinSaminelbehufauftransatlaiitischenFeldern  |  der  Ethnologic,  j 
Von  |  A.  Bastian.  |  Mit  3  Karten.  | 

Berlin.  |  Weidmannsche  Buchhandlung.  |  1878.  | 

Second  title  to  Vol.  II:  Beitriige  |  zu  |  geschichtlicheu  Vorar- 
beiten  |  auf  |  westlicher  Hemisphare.  |  Von  |  A.  Bastian.  | 

Berlin.  |  Weidmanusche  Buchhandlung.  |  1878.  |  A. 

2  vols.:  pp.  i-xviii,  1 1.,  pp.  1-704  ;  i-xxxviii,  1 1.,  pp.  1-967.     8°. 

Vocabulary,  Guatemalan  and  Spanish,  vol.  1,  pp.  415-417. — Numerals  1-20  in 
Quiche"  (from  Brassenr  do  Bourbourg  and  Stephens),  p.  417. — A  few  specimens 
of  Haytian,  Cuban  and  Darien  words,  vol.  2,  p.  286. — Carib  names  of  localities, 
p.  298. — Names  of  the  months  in  Maya  and  Nahuatl,  p.  531. — A  long  note  on  pp. 
704-735  contains  general  remarks  on  and  specimens  of  the  American  languages, 
with  a  list  of  the  various  Aboriginal  tribes  and  nations  of  Mexico  and  Central 
America,  and  the  following  page  headings:  " Geheimsprache,"  "  Aussprache," 
"Za'hlen,  "  Lautverschiebung,"  "Accente,"  "  Zelchensprache,"  "  Sprachtren- 
nung,"  "Heilige  Sprache,"  "  Kuustsprache,"  "Biicher,"  "Calenderjahre," 
"Stammo." — Specimens  of  the  Haytian  language,  "los  de  Magua,  Marion  y 
Jaragua"  (from  Monte  y  Tejada),  pp.  954-956 — Many  scattered  terms. 


876  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 

Bastian  (Adolf)— continued. 

317  b  Ueber  ethnologische  Eintheilungen. 

In  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologie,  vol.  3(1871),  pp.  1-18.  Berlin,  [n.  d.]  8°. 
American  aboriginal  terms  passim. 

317  c  Ethuologie  und  vergleichende  Linguistik. 

In  Zeitschrift  fur  Etlmologie,  vol.  4  (1872),  pp.  137-162,211-231.  Berlin, 
[n.  d.]  8°. 

Contains  examples  in  and  grammatic  comments  upon  a  number  of  American 
languages:  Huasteca,  p.  148.— Dacotah,  pp.  149, 156-157.—  Tschudi  and  Greeu- 
landish,  p.  157.— Huron,  p.  219.— Mobegan  and  Massachusetts,  pp.  211,220.— 
Cherokee,  pp.  214, 224.— Delaware,  p.  226.— Cree,  p.  226.— Athapaskan,  p.  230. 

317  d  Ueber  die  Eheverhaltnisse. 

In  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologie,  vol.  6.  (1874),  pp.  380-409.  Berlin,  [n.d.]  8°. 
Relationships  in  Dacota,  p.  394. 

Bastian  (A.)  and  Hartmann  (E.),  editors.  See  Zeitschrift  fiir  Eth 
nologie,  No.  4301. 

Baum.ga.rten  (Siegmund  Jacob).     See  Schroter  (J.  R),  No.  3531  a. 

321  Baxter  (Rev.  Joseph).  Journal  of  Several  Visits  |  to  the  |  Indians 
on  the  Kennebec  Eiver,  |  By  the  Eev.  Joseph  Baxter,  |  of  Med- 
fleld,  Mass.  |  1717.  |  With  Notes,  |  by  the  Eev.  Elias  Nasou.  |  Ee- 
printed  from  the  N.  E.  Hist,  and  Genealogical  Eegister  for  Janu 
ary,  1867.  | 

Boston:  David  Clapp  &  Son,  Printers  .  .  .  334  Washington  St.  | 
1867.  |  C.  T.  WHS. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-18.  8°.  "A  brief  vocabulary  of  the  Indian  language," 
pp.  17-18.  Improved  title  of  No.  321. 

321  a  Bayles  (Eichard  M.)    Historical  and  Descriptive  |  Sketches  |  of  | 
Suffolk  County,  |  and  its  |  Towns,  Villages,  Hamlets,  Scenery,  In- 
stitu-  |  tions  and  important  enterprises;  |  with  a  |  Historical  Out 
line  of  Long  Island,  |  from  its  first  settlement  by  Europeans.  |  By 
Eichard  M.  Bayles.  | 

Port  Jefferson,  L.  I.  ]  Published  by  the  Author.  |  1874.  |      c.  BA. 
Title  1  1.,  pp.  v-xii,  13-424,  1  blank  1.,  pp.  i-ix.    12°.    Montauk  vocabulary, 
(from  Wood's  Long  Island),  pp.  63,64. 

322  a  Beadle  (J.  H.)    The  |  Undeveloped  West;  |  or,  |  Five  Years  in  the 
Territories:  |  being  |  a  complete  history  of  that  vast  region  be-  | 
tweeu  the  Mississippi  aud  the  Pacific,  |  its  Eesources,  Climate,  In 
habitants,  |  Natural  Curiosities,  etc.,  etc.  |  Life  and  Adventure  on  | 
Prairies,  Mountains,  and  the  Pacific  Coast.  |  With  two  hundred  and 
forty  illustrations,  from  original  |  sketches  and  photographic  views 
of  the  scenery,  |  cities,  lands,  mines,  people,  and  curi-  |  ositiesof  the 
Great  West.  |  By  J.  H.  Beadle,  |  Western  Correspondent  of  the 
Cincinnati  Commercial,  and  author  |  of  "Life  in  Utah,"  etc.,  etc. 
[three  lines.]  | 

Published  by  |  the  National  Publishing  Co.,  |  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
Chicago,  111.,  and  St.  Louis,  Mo.  |  [1873.]  c.  BL 


BASTIAN — BELCOURT.  877 

Beadle  (J.  H.) — continued. 

Title  1  1.,  pp.  15-823.  map  and  8  plates.  8°.  Creek  hymn,  pp.  384, 385.— Vocabu 
lary,  Navajo,  Mexican-Spanish,  and  English,  p.  545.— Navajo  numerals,  p.  545. 

There  is  a  copy  of  this  work  in  the  Boston  Athenaeum  with  title  but  slightly 
different  from  the  above,  except  in  imprint,  which  is  as  follows:  National  Pub 
lishing  Company,  |  Philadelphia,  Pa.;  Chicago,  111.;  Cincinnati,  Ohio;  |  St. 
Louis,  Mo.  |  * 

,'525  a  Beauvois  (Eugene).  La  Norambegue.  Decouverte  d'une  quatrieme 
Colonie  Precolombienne  dans  le  Nouveau-Monde,  avec  des  preuves 
de  son  origine  scaudinave  fouruies  par  la  langne,  les  institutions  et 
les  croyances  des  Indigenes  de  1'Acadie  (Nouvelle-Ecosse,  Nou- 
veau  Brunswick  et  e"tat  du  Maine.)  Par  M.  Bug.  Beauvois, . 

Bruxelles:  F.  Hayez.  1880.  * 

42  pp.  h°.     Title  from  Magazine  of  American  History. 

326  a  Beckwith  (H.  W.)  Indian  names  of  water  courses  in  the  State  of 
Indiana.  By  H.  W.  Beckwith,  Esq.,  Danville,  Illinois.  JWP. 

In  Indiana,  Department  of  Geology  and  Natural  History,  Twelfth  Annual 
Report,  1882,  pp.  39-43.  Indianapolis,  1883.  8° 

Hough  (Daniel).  [Map  of  Indiana,  giving]  Indian  names  of  Lakes,  Rivers, 
Towns,  Forts,  &c.,  also  tribal  districts  and  tribes,  folding  sheet  facing  p.  42. 

Noticed  and  partly  reprinted  in  The  American  Naturalist  for  January,  1884, 
p.  101. 

329  Beechey  (Capt.  Frederic  William).  Narrative  |  of  a  |  Voyage  to 
the  Pacific  |  and  Beering's  Strait,  to  cooperate  with  |  the  Polar 
Expeditions:  |  performed  in  |  his  Majesty's  Ship  Blossom,  |  under 
the  command  of  |  Captain  F.  W.  Beechey,  E.  K  |  F.  E.  S.  &c.  |  in 
the  years  1825,26,  27,  28.  |  Published  by  authority  of  the  Lords 
Commissioners  |  of  the  Admiralty.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Carey  and  Lea — Chestnut  Street.  |  1832.  |    c.  BA. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1  1.,  pp.  i-xi,  13-493.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  329.  Esquimaux 
vocabulary,  pp.  255-256. 

334  a  Belcourt  (Rev.  George  Antoine).    [Prospectus  of  aj  Dictionnaire  | 
Francais-Sauteux.  |  ou  |  Odjibway.  |  Par   le  Bev.  G.  Belcourt.  | 

[Design.] 

Montreal  |  1877.  |  JWP. 

411.  8°.  The  versos  of  the  first  and  fourth  leaves  are  blank.  Contains  a  few 
words  in  A,  one  in  D,  and  one  in  F.  Evidently  a  prospectus  of  a  dictionary 
which,  so  far  as  I  know,  has  not  been  published.  See  Baraga  (F.)  and  Belcourt 
(G.A.),  No.  2646. 

An  Algonkiu  Dictionary  by  Belcourt  was  announced  for  publication  iu  Paris 
in  1870,  but  it  has  not  yet  appeared. — Cuoq,  Jugement  Errant,  p.  110,  note. 

334  b  Department  of  Hudson  Bay:  addressed  to  his  Excellency, 

Alex.  Kamsey,  President  of  the  Minnesota  Hist.  Society.    By  Bev. 
G.  A.  Belcourt:  translated  from  the  French,  by  Mrs.  Letitia  May. 
In  Minn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Annals,  No.  4,  pp.  16-32.   Saint  Paul,  1853.  8°.   This  article 
was  reprinted  in  the  Collect  ions  of  the  same  society ;  see  No.  335  of  this  catalogue. 
George  Antoiue  Belcourt  was  born  on  the  Bay  of  Febre  or  St.  Autoinc,  dis 
trict  of  Three  Rivers,  Lower  Canada,  in  1803.     His  father,  a  mechanic,  placed  his 
son  at  the  college  of  Nicolet,  where  he  passed  through  his  classes  with  success 


878  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Belcourt  (Rev  George  Antoine). — continued. 

and  afterwards  embraced  the  ecclesiastical  state.  He  was  made  a  priest  in 
1827,  and  in  1830  was  selected  by  the  Bishop  of  Provencher  to  go  into  the  north 
country  and  labor  solely  in  christianizing  the  savage.  Arriving  at  Red  River, 
June  19,  1831,  he  applied  himself  with  ardor  to  the  study  of  the  Saulteur  lan 
guage.  He  discovered  the  principles  of  the  language,  which  he  arranged  and 
caused  to  be  printed  in  1839  [see  No.  333  of  this  catalogue]  ;  also  a  book  of  piety 
in  this  tongue  [see  No.  334].  He  composed  a  dictionary  which  would  form  a 
large  quarto,  but  which,  for  want  of  encouragement,  has  never  been  printed. 
This  dictionary,  French  and  Saulteur,  gives  the  etymology  of  each  word,  and 
the  composite  particles,  which  throws  much  light  upon  the  knowledge  of  this 
language,  and  enables  one  to  seize  the  genius  of  it — a  thing  so  essential  to  him 
who  desires  to  understand  the  people  in  general.  He  traveled,  formed  missions, 
built  chapels,  etc.,  in  many  places  over  a  space  from  east  to  west  of  1,000  miles, 
and  passed  each  winter  at  his  mission  of  Saint  Paul  on  the  Assiniboiue  River. 
In  1833,  by  his  personal  influence  he  quelled  a  disturbance  among  the  half-breeds 
which  threatened  to  become  serious,  in  gratitude  for  which  Governor  Simpson 
added  50  pounds  sterling  to  a  like  snm  which  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  gave 
every  year  to  the  Catholic  clergy,  which  they  still  receive  yearly.  About  1849, 
owing  to  some  trouble  with  the  Hudson  Bay  Company's  officers,  he  left  the  mis 
sion  at  Red  River  and  accepted  one  at  Pembina. — Annals  Minn.  Hist.  Soc. 

338     Belden  (George  P.)     Belden,  the  White  Chief;  [&c.] 

There  are  also  editions  of  this  work,  with  similar  title-page,  dated  1870  (JWP.) 
and  1872  (A.) 

338  a  Bellas  (Lieut.  H.  H.)  Words,  phrases,  and  sentences  in  the  Chey 
enne  language. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-108.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Re 
corded  in  a  copy  of  Powell's  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  languages,  1st 
edition.  Collected  at  the  Cheyenne  Agency,  Indian  Territory,  and  Red  Cloud 
Agency,  Nebraska,  during  1875,  '6,  and  '7. 

344  a  Beltran  de  Santa  Rosa  (P.  Fr.  Pedro).  Novena  t  |  de  Christo  crucifl- 
cado  j  con  otras  Oraciones  en  Lengua  !  Maya  |  conipuestas  por  el  j  E. 
P.  Fr.  Pedro  Beltran  de  Santa  Eosa  |  Ex-custodio  [&c.,  three  lines.] 

Con  licencia  de  los  Superiores  en  Mexico,  |  en  la  Impreuta  de  D. 
Francisco  Xavier  San-  |  chez,  en  la  Calle  de  San  Francisco,  pasada  | 
la  Casa  Professa,  |  Ano  de  1740.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-105.  12°.  In  possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton.  This  is  a 
manuscript  copy  of  the  printed  work  described  in  No.  344.  The  title-page  is 
wanting  to  the  only  known  copy  of  the  printed  work,  and  besides  the  above 
factitious  title  to  the  manuscript  copy,  Dr.  Berendt,  who  formerly  owned  it.  has 
written  on  the  title-page : 

Copiado  del  tinico  exemplar  conocido,  en  poder  de  |  D.  Pedro  Regil  y  Leon, 
Merida,  Setiembre  de  1868.  t  La  Portada  falta  en  el  original  y  ha  sido  supli-  | 
da  por  mi.  |  Dr.  H.  Berendt.  | 

348    Declarackm  |  dela  |  Doctrina  Cristiana  |  enel  |  IdiomaYu- 

cateco  |  Por  el  Eevereudo  padre  Fr.  Pedro  Bel trande  |  SantaEosa  | 
Afuidiendole  |  el  Acto  de  Contricion  |  en  Verso  y  Prosa.  |  [Picture.] 
Merida.  |  Eeimp.  por  J.  D.  Bspinosa  e  Hijos.  |  Marzo,  18GG.  | 
Pp.  1-23.  16°.     Improved  title  of  No.  348.  B.  DGB.  GAM. 

Benaduci  (Lorenzo  Boturini).      See  Botnrini  Benaduci  (Lorenzo), 
No.  420a. 


BELCOURT — BERENDT,  879 

349  a  Benito  (Fr.  Marcos).    Doctrina  cristiana  en  Zapoteca.  * 

Title  from  Carriedo's  Estudios,  Hist6ricos  y  Estadfsticos. 

350  a  Benson  (Egbert).    Memoir  read  before  the  Historical  Society  of 

the  State  of  New  York,  December  31,  1816. 
Jamaica,  1816.  * 

12°.  Title  from  the  Murphy  Sale  Catalogue,  1884,  No.  219. 

35ii Memoir,  |  read  before  |  the  Historical  Society  |  of  the  | 

State  of  New  York,  |  31st  December,  1816;  |  by  Egbert  Benson,  j 
[Three  lines  quotation.]  | 

New  York :  |  Printed  by  T.  &  W.  Mercein,  |  No.  93  Gold-Street.  | 
1817.  |  A.  BA. 

Pp.  1-72.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  352.  Indian  names  in  New  Netherland, 
pp.  5-17. 

353  a  Memoir  read  before  the  Historical  Society  of  the  State  of 

New  York,  December  31,  1816.    By  Egbert  Benson.     (Ee-printed 
from  a  copy,  with  the  author's  last  corrections.) 

In  New  York  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  second  series,  vol.  2,  pp.  77-148.  New  York, 
1849.  8°.  Separately  issued  as  in  No.  354. 

357  a  Berendt  (Dr.  Carlos  Hermann).    On  the  Centres  of  Civilization  in 
Central  America  and  their  Geographical  Distribution.  WE. 

In  Am.  Geographical  Soc.,  Bulletin,  session  1875-76,  No.  2,  pp.  4-15.  New 
York,  1870.  8°.  Also  issued  as  a  separate  pamphlet. 

363  a  Apuntes  |  sobre  la  Lengua  Mije.  |  For  |  C.  H.  Berendt, 

M.  D.  |  1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title  1  l.,pp.  1-16.  4°.  Gives  a  sketch  of  the  literature  of  the 
Mixo  tongue,  its  geographical  distribution,  comparison  with  the  Zoque  and 
Zapotec,  etc. 

363  6  Apuntes  sobre  la  lengua  |  Chaneabal.  |  Con  un  vocabula- 

rio.  |  For  |  C.  Hermann  Berendt,  M.  D.  |  Tuxtla  Gutierrez.    Enero 
1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-6, 11.7-25.  4°.  Contains  a  vocabulary  of  416  words,  written 
in  Berendt's  "Analytical  Alphabet,"  with  a  preface  on  the  literature  and  geo 
graphic  distribution  of  this  mixed  dialect. 

363  c  Apuntes  y  Estudios  |  sobre  la  lengua  Chapaneca.  |  por  | 

C.  H.  Bereudt,  M.  D.  |  Tuxtla  Gutierrez,  1869, 1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  3211.,  some  loose.  4°.  Rough  draft;  contains  notes  on  the  his 
tory,  grammar,  relationship,  calendar,  etc.,  of  the  Chiapanecs. 

363d  Apuutes  y  Estudios  |  sobre  la  lengua  |  Zoque.  |  Por  |  C. 

Hermann  Bereudt.  |  Tuxtla  Gutierrez.    1869, 1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.    32  11.  and  some  loose  leaves,  sm.  4°.     Rough  draft  aud  notes. 

363  e  Lengua  Chortega  |  6  Mangue  |  &  Lengua  Maribia  |  de 

Subtiaba.  |  por  C.  H.  B.  j  Nicaragua,  1874.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript,  containing  rough  notes  of  vocabularies  and  grammatic  rules  of 
these  languages. 


880  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Berendt  (Dr.  Carlos  Hermann) — continued. 

363 / Lengua  Maya.  |   Miscelanea.  |  I  [-HI].  |  Providence  It. 

1.  |  1864.  |  [Merida  1868,  1870]  DGB. 

Manuscript.  3  vols.  8°.  Contains  copies  and  extracts  of  various  documents 
by  Dr.  Berendt,  as  follows: 

Vol.  I.  1.  Vocabulario  Espauol-Maya,  copiado  de  Waldeck. — 'i.  Frases  de 
couversacion,  Maya  y  Espanol. — 3.  Nombres  de  Pueblos. — 4.  Borrador  de  un 
Sermon. — 5.  Vocabulario  del  Dialecto  de  Peten. — 6.  Palabras  dil  Idionia  Punc- 
tunc. — 7.  Numerates  en  Maya,  Kachiquel,  Huasteca,  Mexicano  y  Othomi. — 

6.  Numerales  en  Maya. — 9.  Las  Profecias  de  los  Mayas. — 10.  Doctrina  C'ristiana 
eu  el  Dialecto  de  la  Montana  de  Holmul  (Peten). — 11.  Vocablos  de  la  lengua  de 
Yucatan  eu  Oviedo. — 12.  Forma  de  administrar,  etc.,  en  Lengua  Maya. — 13.  Tabla 
de  Multiplicar. — 14.  Acto  de  Contricion  en  Maya. — 15.  Modo  de  administrar,  etc., 
eu  Maya. — 16.  El  mismo  abreviado. — 17.  Proclama  :i  los  Indios  sublevados. — 
18.  Alocucion  de  Indios  &  Maximilian. 

Vol.  II.  1.  Epocas  de  la  Historia  de  Yucatan. — 2.  Id.  tres  versiones. — 3.  Las 
Profecias  de  los  Mayas. — 4.  Titulo  de  las  Tierras  del  Pueblo  Cbac  xiilub  Chen. — 
5.  Fraginentos  sobre  la  cronologia  de  los  Mayas. — 6.  Las  Profecias  de  los  Mayas. — 

7.  Parte  del  Chilam  Balam  de  Mani. — 8.  Pronosticos  de  los  Abaues.—  9.  Historia 
de  la  Doncella  Teodora. 

Vol.  HI.  1  Prediccioues  de  los  Meses.  — 2.  Fragmentos  de  la  Historia  Sa- 
grada. — 3.  Las  Epocas  de  la  Hist.  Antig.  de  Yucatan. — 4.  Los  Afios  de  la  Era 
Cristiaua,  &c. — 5.  Cancion  Amorosa. — <i.  Invocation  au  Soleil. — 7.  Titulo  de  nn 
solar  en  Acanceb  (1767). — 8.  DosPiezas  de  la  Hacienda  Xtepeu. — 9.  Unaordeudel 
Gobierno  de  Yucatan  (en  Maya). — 10.  Dos  Oraciones  en  Lengua  Maya.— 11.  Pro- 
posiciones  de  los  ludios  sublevados. 

Description  from  Dr.  Brinton's  manuscript  catalogue  of  the  Bereudt  collection. 

30;i  g  Miscellanea  Maya.  DGB. 

Manuscript.  1  vol.  folio.     Contains  much  linguistic  material. 

3C3  h  Miscellanea  Centre  Americana.  DGB. 

Manuscript.  1  vol.  folio.     Contains  much  linguistic  material. 

363  i  Miscellanea  Historica  et  Linguistica.  DGB. 

Manuscript.  1vol.  folio.  "In  these  three  large  scrap-books  I  have  collected 
ami  arranged  the  numerous  loose  notes  and  memoranda,  observations  and  com 
parisons  on  Central  American  ethnology  and  linguistics,  left  by  Dr.  Bereudt  in 
portfolios.  They  contain  a  mass  of  valuable  materials  on  these  subjtcts." — 
.Briwton. 

363  it  Nombres  Proprios  en  Lengua  Maya.  DGB. 

Manuscript,  folio.  "A  series  of  notes  and  studies  on  the  proper  names  of 
persons,  families,  and  places,  in  the  Maya.  Though,  like  most  of  his  other 
projects,  left  incomplete  by  the  author,  a  rich  material  is  prepared  for  the  future 
student.  The  volume  contains  about  150  leaves,  unnumbered." — Jirinlon. 

.  03  I  Notas  Gramaticales  |  sobre  la  Lengua  |  Maya  de  Yuca 
tan.  |  Por  |  C.  H.  Berendt.  |  Providence,  E.  I.  j  1864.  |  DGB. 
Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  11.;  pp.  1-43.  4°.   Incomplete;  contains  about 
40  written  pages. 

303 m  Vocabularios  |  Comparatives  |  de  Lenguas  |  de  |  Costa 

Rica.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  11. 1-8,  numbered  on  versos,  and  one  unnumbered  page,  folio. 
A  comparison  of  words  in  seven  languages  of  Costa  Rica. 


BERENDT — BEVERLY.  881 

Berendt  (Dr.  Carlos  Hermann) — continued. 

363  n  Vocabulario  de  la  lengua  de  los  Huatusos,  con  Apuntes. 

San  Carlos,  1874.  * 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Dr.  Brinton's  manuscript  catalogue  of  the  Berendt 

collection  in  his  possession. 

363  o  Vocabulario  |  de  la  Lengua  |  Popoluca  de  Olute.  |  Eeco- 

gido  por  |  C.  Hermann  Bereudt.  |  Frontera  en  Tabasco  |  1862.  | 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  "Nota,"  1  1;  text,  double  columns,  Spanish  and  Popo 
luca,  pp.  3-7.  8°.  DGB. 

"Los  vocables  siguientes  me  di6  Jose  Maria  Indio  de  Oluta  y  mozo  en  el  corte 
de  Ncmegyei." — Berendt. 

363p Vocabulario  |  de  la  |  lengua  Zoque  |  de  Tapijulapa.  | 

Por  |  C.  Hermann  Berendt.  |  San  Juan  Bautista  |  1862.  |         DGB. 
Manuscript.  Pp.  i-vi,  5-13.  8°.      Contains  about  180  Zoque  words,  obtained 
from  a  pure-blood  native  of  Tapijulapa. 

363  q  Vocabularios  de  Lenguas  de  |  Honduras  |  y  de  la  parte 

Septentrional  de  |  Nicaragua.  |  1873,  1874.  |  DGB. 

Mauuscript.  LI.  1-6  numbered  on  versos,  folio.     A  comparison  by  Dr.  Berendt 

of  about  300  words  in  the  Lenca,  Xicaque,  Chontal,  Ulua,  Moskito,  and  Caraibe. 

See  Diccionario  de  Motul,  No.  1030  a. 

365  a  Bergmann  (Gustav  von).  Das  Gebeth  des  Herrn  oder  Vaterunser- 
sammlung  in  152  Sprachen.  Herausgegeben  von  u.  s.  f. 

Gedruckt  zu  Euien  1789.  * 

58  pp.  8°.  Title  from  Adelung's  Mitbridates,  vol.  1,  p.  673.  It  probably  con 
tains  specimens  in  some  of  the  American  languages. 

Berthelsen  (Rasmus).   See  Kaladlit  Okalluktualliait,  No.  2050,  note. 

368 a  Bertrand  (M.  PAbbe).  Synglosse  du  nom  de  Dieu  dans  toutes  les 
langues  connues.  Ciuquieme  article.  Langues  d'Arnerique. 

In  Annales  de  Philosophic  Chre~tienne,  vol.  23,  pp.  182-194.  Paris,  1841.  8°. 
Word  for  God  in  85  American  languages. 

Beschrijvinghe  Van  Virginia.  See  [Hartgers  ( Joost),  editor],  No.  1671. 
Beschryvinge  van  de  Volk-Plantinge.  See  [Herlein  ( J.  D.) j,  No.  1740. 

370  Betanzos  (Fr.  Pedro).  Arte,  Vocabulario,  y  Doctrina  Christiana 
en  Lengua  de  Guatemala.  * 

Printed  in  Mexico. — lierislain. 

Prior  to  1553,  the  Franciscan  fathers  had  caused  to  be  printed  in  Mexico  a 
Catedsmoo  Doctrina  Cristiana  en  la  lengua  de  Guatemala,  probably  compiled  byFr. 
Pedro  de  Betanzos  (Remesal,  lib.  x,  cap.  3) ;  and  it  wi.s  this  Doctrina  which  gave 
rise  to  the  disputes  concerning  the  words  Dios  and  Cabovil.  It  is  the  earliest 
printed  work  in  that  language  of  which  we  have  any  knowledge,  but  no  copy 
is  known  to  be  extant. — Icazbalceta'a  Bibliografia  Mexicana,  p.  74. 

376    [Beverly  (Robert).]     Engraved  title:   Histoire  |  de  la  |  Virginie.  | 
A  Amsterdam  |  Chez  Thomas  Lombrail  | 

Printed  title :  Relation  |  Historique  |  de  la  |  Virginie,  |  conte- 
naut  |  L'Histoire  de  sou  Etablissement,  &  de  sou  |  Gouveruement; 
56  Bib 


882  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

[Beverly  (Eobert)] — continued. 

ses  Productions,  la  Ee-  |  ligion,  les  Lois  &  les  Coutumes  des  In-  | 
diens  Naturels,  tant  dans  la  Guerre  que  |  dans  la  Paix,  &  l'e~tat  dti 
Pays  a  1'^gard  |  de  la  Police  &  de  1' Agriculture,  jusqu'a  |  present.  | 
Par  D.  S.  Natif  &  habitant  du  Pai's.  |  Traduit  de  1'Anglois  &  enrichie 
des  figures.  |  [Design.] 

A   Amsterdam,  |  Chez  J.  P.  Bernard,  pres  de  la  Bourse.  | 
M.  DOC.  XVI11.     [1718]  |  A. 

Engraved  title  1  1.,  printed  title  and  preface  3  11.,  pp.  1-433,  8  11.  sm.8°.  Lin 
guistics,  pp.  258-260.  Improved  title  of  No.  376. 

Bibelingoak  imalonet.    See  [Fabricius  (Otho)],  No.  1263. 

Bible  and  Gospel  History.    See  [Horden  (Rev.  John)],  No.  1853  a. 

Bible  of  Every  Land.     See  [Bagster  (Samuel)],  Nos.  208, 208  a,  209, 
in  these  Additions  and  Corrections. 

378  a  Bible  Stories  |  in  the  Mosquito-Language,  |  Old  and  New  Testa 
ments.  |  Biblia  Historia.  |  Testament  almuk,  raya  sin.  |  Moskito 
bila.  | 

Stuttgart,  1863.  |  J.  F.  Steinkopf,  Printer.  |  T.  DGB. 

Pp.  1-206.  10°. 

383  a  Biglow  (William).    History  |  of  |  the  town  of  Natick,  Mass.  |  from 
the  days  of  |  the  Apostolic  Eliot,  |  M  DC  L,  |  to  the  present  time,  | 
M  DCCC  XXX.  |  By  William  Biglow.  | 

Boston:  |  Published  by  Marsh,  Capen,  &  Lyon.  |  M  DCCC  XXX 
[1830].  |  A.  c.  T.  BA. 

Pp.  1-88.  8°.  map.  Extracts  from  the  town  records,  1713-1716,  in  the  Natick 
language,  pp.  26, 27. — Title-page  of  Eliot's  Bible  and  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Natick 
language,  with  interlinear  English  translation,  pp.  48-50. 

385  Biondelli  (Bernardino).    SulP  Antica  |  Lingua  Azteca  o  Nahuatl  | 
osservazioni  |  di  |  B.  Biondelli  | 

Milano  |  Typografia  Bernardoni  |  1860  |  A.  B.  YC. 

Title  1  1. ,  pp.  3-20.  folio.     Improved  title  of  No.  385. 

386    Glossarium  |  Azteco-Latinum  et  Latino-Aztecum  |  cura  et 

studio  |  Bernardini  Biondelli  |  collectum  acdigestum  | 

Mediolani  |  Apud  Valentiner  et  Mues  |  MDCCCLXIX  [1869].  | 
Printed  cover,  title  1  1.,  pp.  1-256,  1  1.  folio.     In  double  columns.     Improved 

title  of  No.  386.  WE.  DGB. 

200  copies  printed.    The  first  portion,  Aztec-Latin,  pp.  5-129,  is  reprinted  from 

the  "Evangeliarium"  of  Sahagun  of  1858,  but  the  second  part,  Latin-Aztec,  pp. 

133-256,  is  here  printed  for  the  first  time. 

Bird  (Joseph  B.)     See  Boss  (Wm.  P.),  editor,  No.  3398. 

391  a  Black  Hawk.  Life  |  of  |  Black  Hawk,  |  or  |  Ma-ka-tai-me-she  kia- 
kiak  |  embracing  the  |  Tradition  of  his  Nation — Indian  Wars  in 
which  he  has  been  |  engaged — Cause  of  joining  the  British  in  their 
late  war  |  with  America,  and  its  History —  |  Description  of  the 


BEVERLY BOCK.  883 

Black  Hawk — continued. 

Rock-river  Village — Manners  and  Customs —  |  Encroachments  by 
the  Whites,  contrary  to  Treaty—  |  Removal  from  his  Village  in 
1831 :  |  with  an  |  Account  of  the  Cause  and  General  History  |  of 
the  |  Late  War,  |  His  Surrender  and   Confinement  at  Jefferson 
Barracks,  |  and  |  Travels  through  the  United  States.  |  Dictated  by 
himself.  |  Edited  by  J.  B.  Patterson,  of  Rock  Island,  Illinois.  | 
London :  |  Richard  James  Kennett,  |  14,  York  Street.  |  1836.  | 
Pp.  i-viii,  1  1.,  pp.  v-xi,  1-177.  12°.     Linguistics  as  in  edition  of  1834,  No.  391, 
pp.  v-viii.  •    S.WWB. 

According  to  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  5675 :  first  edition,  Cincinnati,  1833.  Mr. 
John  B.  Dunbar,  Bloomfield,  N.  J.,  has  a  copy  of  this  work  agreeing  with  No.  391 
in  every  respect  except  that  the  imprint  is  simply :  |  Boston  |  1834.  |  (*) 

391 1 Autobiography  |  of  |  Ma-ka-tai-me-she-kia-kiak,  |  or  [  Black 

Hawk,  |  embracing  the  traditions  of  his  nation,  various  wars  in 
which  he  has  |  been  engaged,  and  his  account  of  the  cause  and  | 
general  history  of  the  |  Black  Hawk  war  of  1832,  |  His  Surrender, 
and  Travels  Through  the  United  States.  |  Dictated  by  Himself.  | 
Antoiue  Le  Clair,  U.  S.  Interpreter.  |  J.  B.  Patterson,  Editor  and 
Amanuensis.  |  Rock  Island,  Illinois,  1833.  |  Also  |  Life,  Death  and 
Burial  of  the  old  Chief,  together  with  |  A  History  of  the  Black 
Hawk  War,  |  By  J.  B.  Patterson,  Oquawka,  111.  1882.  | 

[Continental  Printing  Co.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  1882.]  c.  WHS. 

Pp.  i-x,  11-200.  12°.     Dedication,  in  the  Sac  language,  p.  vii. 

392  a  [Blakeman  (Bessie  C.)]     Historical  |  for  |  the  Young  Folks.  |  By 

Oro  Noque.  | 

Boston:  |  Published  by  D.  Lothrop  &  Co.  |  Dover,  N.  H.:  G.  T. 
Day  &  Co.  |  1874.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-vi,  7-168.  12°.    Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Natick  language,  pp.  43-44. 

393  a  Blanchard  (Ira  D.)    The  |  Delaware  First  Book,  |  prepared  |  by  | 
Ira  D.  Blanchard.  |  Second  Edition.  | 

Shawauoe  Baptist  Mission  Press,  |  J.  G.  Pratt,  Printer.  |  1842.  | 
Reverse  title:    Lunapre  |  Lrkvekun,  |  Nrtamexif.  |  Mplcnhes  j 
ok  |  Halus,  |  Tolrkvonro.  |  T. 

Pp.  1-24.     sm.  12°. 

Blatchford  (Rev.  Henry).    See  Inin  tibajimouinun,  No.  1942. 

Blossom  (Levi).     See  Lapham  (I.  A.),  Blossom  (Levi),  and  Dousman 
(George  G.),  No.  2202  a. 

397  a  Bock  (Carl  Wilhelm).  Erklarung  |  des  Baues  j  derberiihuitesten  und 
merkwiirdigsten  alteren  und  1  neueren  Spra«hen  j  Europa's,  Asien's, 
Afrika's,  Amerika's  |  und  der  Siidsee-Inseln  |  von  |  C.  W.  Bock.  | 
Berlin.  |  Verlag  der  Plahn'schen  Buchhandlung  ( Henri  Sauvage). 
|  1853.  |  A.  c.  BP. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1  l.,pp.v-vi,  1-98.  8°.  folding  diagrams.     Comparison  of  the  Peru 
vian  and  Mexican  conjugation  of  the  verbs  to  love  and  to  go,  pp.  33-36. 
Followed  by : 


884  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Bock  (Carl  Wilhelin) — continued. 

397  b  Analysis  verbi  |  oder  |  Erklarung  des  Baues  |  alterer  und 

neuerer  Sprachen  |  aller  Erdtheile.  |  A.  c.  BP. 

1  ].,  pp.  v-viii,  1-172,  1-24.  8°.     Mexicanische  Spracho,  pp.  25-31. — Gron- 

laudische  Sprache,  pp.  34,  81. 

397  c  Bodega  y  Quadra  (Juan  Francisco  de  la).  Navegacion  |  y  descu- 
briinientos  hechos  de  orden  |  de  S.  M.  en'la  costa  septentrional  |  de 
Californias  desde  la  latitud  en  |  que  se  balla  el  departamento  y 
Puer-  |  to  de  San  Bias  de  21  grades  30  mi-  |  nntos  hasta  los  61  gra- 
dos  por  el  Te-  |  niente  de  navio  de  la  Eeal  Arinada  |  Dn.  Juan  Fran 
cisco  de  la  Bodega  y  |  Quadra  del  Orden  de  Santiago  y  Co-  |  man- 
dante  de  la  Fragata  de  S.  M.  nu-  |  estra  Sefiora  de  los  Eemedios, 
alias  la  |  Favorita  de  39  codos  de  quilla  y  13  de  |  manga,  calada  de 
popa  en  14  pie's  y  de  proa  en  13.  |  Ano  de  1779.  |  B. 

Manuscript.  75  pp.  folio.  la  the  Bancroft  library,  San  Francisco.  It  contains 
words  in  various  languages  spoken  on  the  northwestern  coast  of  America. 

397  d  [Bodoni  (Jean-Baptiste)],  editor.  Oratio  |  Dominica  |  in  |  CLV. 
Lingvas  |  versa  |  et  |  Exoticis  Characteribvs  |  plervmqve  ex- 
pressa.  | 

Parmae  |  Typis  Bodonianis  |  MDCCCVI  [1806].  |  L.  w. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  i-ccxlix.  folio.  Pars  Quarta,  Linguas  Americanas  complectens: 
Groenlandice  (ex  Evang.  Groeul.  Hafniie  edito),  p.  ccxvii ;  Cauadice,  Mont  him 
dialecto  (ex  Masdeu),  p.  ccxviii;  Illinice  (ex  Ms.),  p.  ccxix;  Mohogice,  Novi 
Eboraci  dialecto  (ex  Chamberlaynio),  p.  ccxx ;  Virginice  (ex  Bibliis  Virginice, 
impressis,  Cantabrigian),  p.  ccxxi;  Savanahice  (ex  Chamberlaynio),  p.  cexxii; 
Mexicane  (ex  Wilkinsio),  p.  ccxxiii ;  Poconchine  (ex  Wilkinsio),  p.  ccxxi v;  Ca- 
raibice  (ex  Catechismo  Caraibice  edito),  p.  ccxxv;  Otomitice  (ex  Laurentio 
Hervas),  p.  ccxxvi. 

399  Bolduc  (Eefl.  JeanBaptisteZacarie).    Mission  |  dela  |  Colombie.  | 
Lettre  et  Journal  |  de  |  Mr.  J.  B.  Z.  Bolduc,  |  Missionaire  de  la 
Colombie  |  [Picture  of  church.] 

Quebec :  |  De  1'Imprimerie  de  J.  B.  Frechette,  pere,  |  Imprimeur- 
Libraire,  No.  13,  Rue  Lamontagne.  |  [1844.]  JZB.  JEM. 

Pp.  1-95.  12°.  Improved  title  of  No.  H99.  The  larger  part  of  the  edition  of 
this  work  was  burned  in  the  printing  office,  and  it  is  consequently  very  scarce. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  Tchinoucs,  p.  94. — Quelques  mots  [14]  Tchinoucs  et  Srie'otinis, 
p.  95. 

400  a  Bollaert  (William).    Introduction  to  the  Palaeography  of  America : 
or.  Observations  on  Ancient  Picture  and  Figurative  Writing  in  the 
New  World ;  on  the  Fictitious  Writing  in  North  America ;  on  the 
Quipu  of  the  Peruvians,  and  Examination  of  Spurious  Quipus.    By 
William  Bollaert,  F.  A.  S.  L.,  [&c.] 

In  Aiithrop.  Society  of  London,  Memoirs,  vol.  1,  pp.  169-194.  London,  1865. 
8°.  Mexican  words  with  definitions,  pp.  180-181. 

4006  Some  Account  of  the  Astronomy  of  the  Eed  Man  of  the 

New  World;   including  the  "Telescopic  Device"  of  the  Mound 
Builders  of  the  United  States ;  another  Examination  of  the  Stone 


BOCK BOND.  885 

Bollaert  (William) — continued. 

Zodiac  of  the  Aztecs ;  their  Method  of  obtaining  a  Meridian  Line, 
&c.;  Astronomy  of  Central  America,  with  recent  discovery  of  the 
Maya;  Hieroglyphic  Alphabet;  the  Stone  Lunar  Calendars  of  the 
ChibcLuis  of  Bogota,  and  probable  use  of  the  Gnomon  there ;  the 
recently  discovered  Gold-Calendar  of  the  Peruvians  and  Telescope 
Tube ;  their  Gnomons,  &c.  By  William  Bollaert,  P.  A.  S.  L.,  [etc.] 
Iu  Anthrop.  Society  of  London,  Memoirs,  vol.  1,  pp.  210-280.  London,  I86.'i. 
8°.  Contains  Mexican  names  of  the  cardinal  points,  zodiacal  signs,  months,  etc., 
Yucatese  months,  etc.,  with  significations. 

Bompas  (Rev.  William  Carpenter).     See  Beaver  Indian  Primer,  No. 
320,  of  which  work  he  is  probably  the  author. 

408  a  Bond  (John  Wesley).    Engraved  title :  Minnesota  |  and  |  its  Re 
sources  |  by  |  J.  W.  Bond  |  [Picture,  Falls  of  St.  Anthony.] 

Eedfleld  |  110  and  112  Nassau  street  |  New  York.  |  1853.  | 

Printed  title :  Minnesota  |  and  |  its  Resources  |  to  which  are  ap 
pended  |  Camp-fire  Sketches  |  or  |  Notes  of  a  Trip  from  St.  Paul  to 
Pembina  and  Selkirk  |  Settlement  on  the  Red  River  of  the  North  | 
By  J.  Wesley  Bond  | 

Redfield,  |  110  and  112  Nassau  Street,  New  York,  |  1853.  |      O.BL. 

Engraved  title  1  1.,  pp.  1-364,  1-3.  12°.  map  andplates.  Remarks  on  the  Cree 
and  Sauteux  languages,  pp.  348-349. 

408  b  Engraved  title :  Minnesota  |  and  |  its  resources  |  by  |  J. 

W.  Bond  |  [Engraving  of  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony.] 

Keen  &  Lee  |  N°.  148  Lake  Street,  |  Chicago,  Illinois.  |  1856.  | 

Printed  title :  Minnesota  |  and  |  its  resources  |  to  which  are  ap 
pended  |  camp-fire  sketches  |  or  j  notes  of  a  trip  from  St.  Paul  to 
Pembina  and  Selkirk  |  Settlement  on  the  Red  River  of  the  North  | 
By  J.  Wesley  Bond  | 

Keen  &  Lee,  |  No.  148  Lake  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois.  |  Charles 
Desilver,  |  No.  253  Market  Street,  Philadelphia.  |  1856.  |  c.  BP. 

Engraved  title  1 1.,  printed  title  1 1.,  3  other  p.  11.,  pp.  11-412.  16°.  map,  plates. 
Remarks  on  the  Cree  and  Sauteux  languages,  pp.  348,  349.  This  edition  agrees 
with  the  New  York  edition  of  1853  from  the  beginning  of  the  text,  p.  9,  to  p.  361, 
and  is  apparently  printed  from  the  same  plates.  There  is  a  copy  of  this  work 
in  the  Boston  Athenaeum  library  with  title  similar  to  that  given  above,  except 
that  the  imprint  of  the  printed  title  concludes:  No.  251  Market  Street,  Phila 
delphia,  |  1857.  |  (•) 

An  edition  of  the  same  date  with  different  title,  as  follows: 

408  c  Minnesota  |  and  |  its  Resources  |  to  which  are  appended  | 

Camp-fire  Sketches  |  or  |  Notes  of  a  Trip  from  St.  Paul  to  Pembiua 
and  Selkirk  |  Settlement  on  the  Red  River  of  the  North  |  By  J. 
Wesley  Bond  | 

Chicago :  |  Keen  and  Lee,  |  1856.  |  * 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-400, 1-3.  12°.  map.    Linguistics  as  above,  pp.  348-349.    Titl 
from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 


886  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

409  a  Bonduel  (Rev.  Flavieii-J.)    Souvenir  d'une  Mission  ludieune.  | 
Nakam  |  et  |  son  flls  Nigabianong  |  ou  |  1'Enfant  Perdu  ;  |  pre"ce"d6 
d'une  notice  historique,  et  dMi6  aux  Sieves  des  colleges  |  et  des 
pensionnats  de  la  Belgique.  |  Par  |  le  B.  P.  Fl.- J.  Bonduel,  Mission- 
naire  |  [etc.,  three  lines].  |  Avec  le  portrait  de  1'auteur.  |  [Design.] 

Tournai  |  Typographic  de  J.  Casterman  et  fils,  |  Libraires- 
Editeurs.  |  1855  |  T. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  half  title  1  1.,  title  as  above  1 1.,  pp.  5-44,  and  map  of  Wis 
consin.  8°.  Between  pp.  42  and  43,  Mnsique  Indienne  ;  Chant  de  Nigabiauong, 
[and]  Chant  de  Nakam;  par  Fl.  J.  Bonduel ;  words  and  music.  A  few  words  and 
phrases  of  Chippeway  are  introduced  into  the  drama. 

Bonilla  (D.  Joseph  Zambrano).  See  Zambrano  Bonilla  (D.  Joseph), 
No.  4279. 

411  a  Bonner  (T.  D.)    The  Life  and  Adventures  of  James  P.  Beckwith. 
New  York :  Harper  and  Brothers.     1858.  c. 

This  is  the  edition  of  1856,  given  in  No.  411,  with  no  change  of  title-pago 
except  in  the  date. 

411  b  Bonnetty  (A.)    Du  Calendrier  Mexicaiu  et  de  ses  rapports  avec 
celui  des  peuples  de  1'ancien  continent. 

In  Annales  de  Philosophic  Chre"tienne,  vol.  7,  pp.  387-396.  Paris,  1833.  8°. 
Mexican  Calendar  names,  with  definitions  and  explanations. 

Book  of  Common  Prayer.     See  [Hunter  (Rev.  James)],  No.  1910. 

420  a  Boturini  Benaduci  (Lorenzo).  Idea  |  de  una  nueva  |  Historia  Ge 
neral  |  de  la  |  America  Septentrional.  |  Fundada  |  sobre  material 
copioso  de  Figuras,  |  Symbolos,  Caracteres,  y  Gerogliflcos,  Can- 
tares,  |  y  Manuscritos  de  Autores  Indies,  |  ultimarnente  descubier- 
tos.  |  Dedicala  |  al  Eey  N.tro  Serior  |  en  su  real,  y  supremo  consejo  | 
de  las  Indias  |  el  Cavallero  Lorenzo  Boturini  Benaduci,  |  Sefior  de 
la  Torre,  y  de  Hono.  |  Con  licencia  | 

En  Madrid :  En  la  Imprenta  de  Juan  de  Zufiiga.  |  Afio  M.  D.  CC. 

XL VI  [1746].  |  A.  C.  \V.  BA.  NYHS. 

20  p.  11.,  pp.  1-167;  Catalogo,  4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-96.  4°.  2  plates. 

Mexican  names,  with  Spanish  translations,  of  the  days,  pp.  45-46. — Months,  pp. 
49-51. —Symbols  of  the  four  parts  of  the  world,  four  seasons,  four  elements,  etc., 
pp. 54-56. — Symbolos  heroicos,  p.  58. — Numerous  scattered  words  with  definitions. 
The  "Catalogo"  contains  a  descriptive  list  of  manuscripts,  printed  books,  maps, 
etc.,  in  the  Mexican  language. 

Boulet  (Rev.  J.  B.),  editor.     See  Youth's  Companion,  No.  4276. 

426  a  [Bourassa  (Joseph  N.)]     Indian  Dictionary.    1843.     [English  and 
Po-da-wahd-mih.]  JBD. 

Manuscript.  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-62.  folio.  Followed  by  21  leaves  of  additional 
and  repeated  words,  illustrative  sentences,  names  of  berries,  plants  and  trees, 
numerals,  Lord's  Prayer,  etc.,  in  the  Podawahdmih  language.  Appended  is  tha 
following : 

426  b  Kaw  Dictionary.  JBD. 

Manuscript.  15  11.,  written  on  one  side  only,  folio.     English,  alphabetically 
arranged,  and  Kaw.     In  possession  of  Mr.  John  B.  Dunbar,  Bloomiield,  N.  J. 
Joseph  N.  Bourassa,  a  well-educated  Pottawattomie  Indian,  died  in  1878. 


BONDUEL — BRASSEUR   DE    BOURBOURG. 


887 


427  a  Bowen  (Benjamin  F.)    America  Discovered  |  by  |  the  Welsh  |  in 
1170A.D.  |  By  |  Kev.  Benjamin  F.  Bowen.  |  [Two  lines  quotation.]  | 
Philadelphia :  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.  |  1876.  |  C.  \TWB. 

Pp.  1-184.  12°.     Mandan  and  Welsh  vocabulary,  p.  127. — Chapter  xv,  The 
Welsh  language  among  the  American  Indians,  pp.  159-164. 

437  a  Bransford  (Dr.  John  F.)    Vocabulary  of  the  Huasturos  Indians. 
Collected  by  Dr.  J.  F.  Bransford.  .   * 

Original  manuscript  containing  42  words.  Title  from  Dr.  Brinton's  manuscript 
catalogue  of  the  Berendt  collection  in  his  possession. 

440  «  Brant  (Joseph).    Letter  written  by  Joseph  Brant,  or  Thayeada- 
negea,  in  the  Mohawk  language  to  General  Schuyler,  October  23, 
1783,  with  an  English  translation. 

In  Am.  Hist.  Record,  vol.  2,  pp.  354-356.     Philadelphia,  1873.     4°. 

441  a  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (Abbe  Charles  Etienne).      Outside  title: 
Cartas  |  para  servir  de  iutroducciou  |  a  la  |  Historia  Primitiva  |  de 
las  naciones  civilizadas  |  de  la  |  America    Setentrional.  |  Por    el 
Abate  |  Don  B.  Carlos  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  |  Mienibro  de  la 
Sociedad  Mexicana  de  Geografia  y  Estadistica,  etc.  |  En  Castellano 
y  Frances.  | 

Mexico.  |  Imprenta  de  M.  Murguia. — Portal  del  Aguila  de  Oro.  | 
1851.  | 

Title:  Lettres  |  pour  servir  d'introduction  |  a  |  1'histoire  primi 
tive  |  des  nations  civilise"es  |  de  PAme'rique  Septentrionale,  | 
adresse"es  |  a  Monsieur  le  Due  de  Valmy.  |  Par  |  M.  PAbbe"  |  E. 
Charles  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  |  de  la  Socie'te"  Rationale  de  Geo 
graphic  et  de  Statistique  de  Mexico  etc.  |  Cartas  |  para  servir  de  in- 
troduccion  |  a  la  |  Historia  Primitiva  |  de  las  naciones  civilizadas  V 
de  la  America  Seteutrional.  | 

Mexico.  1  Imprenta  de  M.  Murguia,  Portal  del  Aguila  de  Oro.  | 

1851.  |  A.  C.  W.  BA.  NYHS.   [3 

Pp.  1-75.  4°.  In  French  and  Spanish,  in  parallel  columns.  Mexican  names 
and  terms,  with  translations,  scattered  through. 

449    Mission  Scientifique  |  au   Mexique  |  et  dans  PAme'rique 

Centrale.  |  Ouvrage  |  public  par  ordre  de  S.  M.  1'Empereur  |  et  par 
les  soius  du  Ministre  de  1'Instruction  Publique.  |  Linguistique.  | 
Manuscrit  Troano.  |  Etudes  sur  le  systeme  graphique  et  la  laiigne 
des  Mayas,  |  par  |  M.  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg.  |  Tome  Premier 
[Second].  | 

Paris.  |  Imprimerie  Impe"riale.  |  M  DCCC  LXIX  [1869].  | 
The  above  is  the  outside  title  of  No. 449  of  this  catalogue;  the  work  is  some 
times  referred  to  as  "  Mission  Scientifique."  C.  T.  w.  BA.  DOB.  JWP. 

454  a  Nouvelles  de"couvertes  sur  les  Traditions  Primitives  con- 

servees  chez  les  anciens  habitants  de  PAme'rique,  d'apres  leurs 
livres  et  la  lecture  de  leurs  hieroglyphes. 

In  Annales  de  Philosophie  Chre~tienne,  vol. 50, pp. 278-296, 325-341 ;  vol.51, 
pp.  199-220, 477-191:  vol.  52,  pp.  62-79, 112-117.  Paris,  1855-1856.  8°. 

Maya  terms,  with  definitions,  scattered  through. 


/ 


V. 

<^ 


\ 


888  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  (AIM  diaries  Etienne)— continued. 

458  a  Notes  d'un  Voyage  dans  l'Ame"rique  Centrale.  Lettres  ;\ 

M.  Alfred  Maury,  Bibliothecaire  de  1'Iustitut.  Extrait  des  Nou- 
velles  Annales  des  Voyages.  Aout  1855.  s.  Q 

No  title-page,  pp.  1-30.  8°.     Separate  issue,  repaged,  of  No.  458. 

4586  Chronologic  Listorique  des  Mexicains. 

In  Soc.  D 'Ethnographic,  Actes,  Session  of  1872,  pp.  77-85.     Paris,  [n.  d.]  8°. 

Bravo (Fr. Juan).    See Baptista  de Lagunas  (Fr. Juan),  No. 245  a,  note. 

468  a  [Brebceuf  (E.  P.  Jean).]     Eelatiou  |  de  ce  qui  s'est  passe"  dans  le  | 
Pays  des  Hurons  |  en  I'aime'e  1636.  |  Enuoyde  a  Kebec  au  It.  P. 
Paul  le  leuue  |  Supe'rieur  de  la  Mission  de  la  Compagnie  de  lesvs, 
en  la  Nouuelle  France.  | 

Pp.  1-223.  16°.  Signed  Jean  de  Brebeuf.  Appended  to  LeJeune  (P.  Paul).  Re 
lation  de  ce  qvi  s'est  passtS  en  la  Novvelle  France  eu  1'aunee  1636.  Paris  1637.  1G°. 

Oraison,  pp.  48-49. — Chap,  iv,  De  la  Langue  des  Hurons,  pp.  79-84. 

Reprinted  as  in  No.  469  of  this  catalogue.  Title  No.  468  should  bo  under  Le 
Jeune  (P.  Paul). 

Brenchley  (Julius).    See  Eemy  (Jules)  and  Brenchley  (Julius),  No. 
3219. 

475  Breton  (R.  P.  Eaymond).  Grammaire  |  Caraibe  |  composed  par  le 
P.  Eaymond  Breton  |  snivie  du  |  Cate'chisme  Caraibe  |  Nouvelle 
Edition  |  publie"e  par  |  L.  Adam  &  Cb.  Leclerc.  |  [Vignette.]  | 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  &  Cie,  Libraires-Editeurs,  |  25,  Quai  Vol 
taire,  25  |  1877.  |  A.  DGB. 

Half  title  1  ].,  title  1  1.,  pp.  v-xxxii,  1-73,  1  1.  8°.  Forms  vol.  3  of  "Collection 
Linguistique  Americaiue."  Improved  title  of  No.  475.  Fac-simile  of  original 
title,  1667  (No.  474),  p.  xxix.  Followed  by  the  Petit  Cate'chisme  of  1664  (No.  471), 
pp.  1-54,  1  1.  Fac-simile  of  the  original  title-page,  p.  1.  In  both  works  the 
pagination  of  the  originals  is  shown  by  marginal  references. 

Breve  Devocionario.     See  [Fletcher  (Rev.  Eicbard)],  No.  1307. 
Brief  Eecit.    See  [Cartier  (Jacques)],  No.  616. 

480  a  Bringier  (L.)  Art  IV. — Notices  of  the  Geology,  Mineralogy,  To- 
pograpby,  Productions,  and  Aboriginal  inhabitants  of  tbe  regions 
around  tbe  Mississippi  and  its  confluent  waters — in  a  letter  from  L. 
Bringier,  Esq.  of  Louisiana,  to  Eev.  Elias  Cornelius — communi 
cated  for  this  Journal.  A.  o.  w.  JWP. 

In  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts,  vol.  3,  pp.  15-46.  New-Haven, 
1821.  8°. 

"  Indian  languages,"  with  brief  comparative  vocabulary,  Cherokee,  Otliomite, 
and  English,  pp.  35, 36. — Names  of  the  Cherokee  clans,  with  significations,  p.  38.. 

484  a  Brinton  (Dr.  Daniel  Garrison).  The  Arawack  language  of  Guiana 
in  its  linguistic  and  ethnological  relations. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,  Trans.,  vol.  14,  pp.  427-444.  Philadelphia,  1871. 
4°.  Separately  issued  as  follows : 


BRASSEUR   DE    BOURBOURG BRINTON  889 

Brin ton  ( Dr.  Daniel  Garrison) — continued. 

484  b  The  Arawack  Language  of  Guiana  |  in  its  |  Linguistic 

and  Etbnological  Relations.  |  By  D.  G.  Biinton.  M.  D.  | 
Philadelphia:    |    McCalla  &    Stavely,  Printers,    |   237-9   Dock 

Street.  |  1871.  |  T.  WE.  DGB.  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  pp.  1-18.  4°.  Vocabulary  of  the  ancient  language  of  the  Great 
Antilles,  pp.  11-14. 

494  -  The  Books  of  Chilan  Balam  [&c.]  T.  JWP. 

This  work,  full  title  of  which  is  given  in  No.  494,  contains  a  discussion  of  the 
early  manuscripts  of  the  Mayas,  giving  fac-similes  of  Maya  characters  from  Landa, 
Codex  Troano,  and  the  Book  of  Chilan  Balam  of  Kaua.  Reprinted  as  follows: 

494  a  Los  Libros  de  Chilan  Balam. 

In  Museo  Nacional  de  Mexico,  Anales,  toino  3,  pp.  92-101.     Mexico,  1883.  4°. 

Translated  by  FLrancisco  del]  P[aso  y]  T[roncoso].  It  is  followed  by  notes 
of  the  translator,  pp.  101-110,  which  contain  extracts  in  Maya  from  Brintou's 
Maya  Chronicles  (No.  4956). 

494ft  The   Folk -Lore  of  Yucatan.    |   By  Daniel  G.  Brinton, 

M.  D.  |  (From  the  Folk-Lore  Journal,  Vol.  I.  Part  VIII.  August, 
1883.    Published  by  |  the  Folk-Lore  Society,  G.  L.  Gomme,  Hon. 
Sec.     2,  Park  Villas,  Lonsdale  |  Road,  Barnes,  London,  S.W.   | 
[1883.]  T.  DGB.  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-13.  8°.  A  Maya  witch  story,  with  interlinear  English 
translation,  p.  7. — Maya  terms  passim. 

495  a  Introduction  [to  A  Study  of  the  Manuscript  Troano,  by 

Cyrus  ThomasJ.    By  Daniel  G.  Brinton,  M.  D. 

In  Thomas  (Cyrus).  A  Study  of  the  Manuscript  Troano,  in  Powell  (J.  W.), 
in  charge.  Contrib.  N.  A.  Eth.,  vol.  5  (part  3),  pp.  xvii-xxxvii.  Washington, 
1882.  4°. 

Contains  a  discussion  of  the  Maya  alphabet,  an  account  of  the  published  co 
dices  in  Maya,  and,  incidentally,  a  brief  account  of  the  language,  witb  examples. 

495  ft  ?  editor.  Brinton's  Library  of '  Aboriginal  American  Litera 
ture.  |  Number  I.  |  The  |  Maya  Chronicles.  |  Edited  by  |  Daniel  G. 
Brinton,  M.  D.  | 

D.  G.  Brinton.  |  Philadelphia.  |  1882.  |    c.  s.  T.  BA.WE.  DGB.  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  ].,  general  title  of  the  series  1  1.,  title  asabove  1  1.,  pp.  iii-vii, 
9-279.  8°.  Forms  No.  I  of  Brinton's  Library  of  American  Literature. 

Introduction: — The  name  Maya,  p.  9. — The  Maya  Linguistic  Family,  p.  17. — 
Origin  of  the  Maya  Tribes,  p.  20. — Political  Condition  at  the  Time  of  the  Con 
quest,  p.  25. — Grammatical  Observations,  p.  27. — The  Numeral  System,  p.  37. — The 
Calendar,  p.  50. — Ancient  Hieroglyphic  Books,  p.  61, — Modern  Maya  Manuscripts, 
p.  67. — Grammars  and  Dictionaries  of  the  Language,  p.  72. 

The  Chronicles :— I.  The  Series  of  the  Katuns,  p.  89.— Text,  p.  95.— Translation, 
p.  100.— Notes,  p.  106.  II.  The  Series  of  the  Katuns,  p.  136.— Text,  p.  138.— Trans 
lation,  p.  144.— Notes,  p.  150.  III.  The  Record  of  the  Count  of  the  Katuns,  p.  152.— 
Text,  p.  153.— Translation,  p.  158.— Notes,  p.  163.  IV.  The  Maya  Katuns,  p.  165.— 
Text,  p.  166.— Translation,  p.  169.— Notes,  p.  173.  V.  The  Chief  Katuns,  p.  177.— 
Tex*,  p.  178.— Translation,  p.  180.— Notes,  p.  182. 

The  Chronicle  of  Chac  Xulub  Chen :— Introductory,  p.  189.— Text,  p.  193.— 
Translation,  p.  216. — Notes,  p.  242. — Vocabulary,  p.  261. 

Reviewed  by  [Gatschet  (A.  S.)  and  De  Kay  (C.)],  Native  American  Lan 
guages,  in  The  Critic,  vol.  3,  No.  61,  pp.  96-97.  New  York,  1883.  4°. 


890  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Brinton  (Dr.  Daniel  Garrison),  editor — continued. 

495  c Brinton's  Library  of)  Aboriginal  American  Literature.  | 

Number  III.  |  The  |  Giiegiience;  a  comedy  ballet  in  the  Nahnatl- 
Spanish  Dialect  of  Nicaragua.  |  Edited  by  |  Daniel  G.  Brinton,  A. 
M.,  M.  D.  | 

D.  G.  Brinton,  |  Philadelphia.  |  1883.  |       c.  T.  BA.  WE.  DGB.  JWP. 

1  p.  I.,  title  as  above  1  1.,  general  title  of  the  series  1  1.,  preface  1  1.,  contents 
and  list  of  illustrations  1  1.,  introduction  pp.  i-lii,  Ballet,  &c.,  pp.  1-94.  8°. 

Derivation  of  the  word  Nicaragua,  p.  v. — The  Mangues,  why  called  Chorotecas, 
p.  viii. — Disappearance  of  the  languages  of  the  Nahnas  and  the  Mangues,  p.  xi. — 
Comparison  of  the  Nahuatl  of  Nicaragua  and  of  Mexico,  p.  xiii. — Comparison  of 
the  Mangue  with  the  Chapanec,  p.  xiii. — Differences  between  Nicaraguan  and 
pure  Nahuatl,  p.  xiv. — Comparison  of  the  Mangue  or  Chapanec  of  Central  America 
•with  the  Aymara  of  Peru,  p.  xv. — Development  of  the  Nahuatl-Spanish  jargon, 
p.  xvii.— Specimens  of  same,  p.  xvii. 

History  of  the  "Baile  del  Guegiience":  Whence  the  text  was  obtained,  p.  xli. — 
Time  and  manner  of  its  rehearsal,  p.  xli. — Age  of  the  play,  p.  xiii. — Reasons  for 
considering  it  a  native  production,  p.  xiii. — How  different  from  the  Spanish 
comedy,  p.  xliii. — Native  plots  of  similar  character,  p.  xliv. — Native  comedians, 
p.  xlv. 

The  Dramatis  Personse  of  the  Gtieguence,  derivation  of  names,  &c.,  pp.  xlv- 
xlviii. 

The  Ballet,  Nicaragnan  and  English  on  opposite  pages,  pp.  1-73. — Notes,  pp. 
75-82.— Vocabulary  of  Nahuatl,  &c.,  pp.  83-92. 

495  d ,  translator.    A  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Cakchiquel  Language 

of  Guatemala  |  Translated  from  a  MS.  in  the  Library  of  the  Ameri 
can  |  Philosophical  Society  with  an  Intro-  |  duction  and  Additions. 
|  By  |  Daniel  G.  Brinton,  A.M.,  M.D.,  |  One  of  the  Secretaries  of 
the  Society.  | 

Philadelphia.  |  McCalla  &  Stavely,  Prs.,  237-9  Dock  Street,  | 
1884.  |  « 

Pp.  1-72.  8°.  At  this  writing  (.April,  1884)  the  work  is  not  yet  issued;  title 
from  proof-sheet  of  the  title-page,  furnished  me  by  Dr.  Brinton. 

495  e  ,  general  editor  and  publisher.  Library  |  of  |  Aborigiual 

American  |  Literature.  |  No.  I  [-IIIJ.  |  Edited  by  |  D.  G.  Brinton, 
M.  D.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  1882  [-1883J.  |  c. T. BA. WE. DGB.  JWP. 

3  vols.  8°.    For  full  titles  see  under  each  author: 

Brinton  (D.  G.)    The  Maya  Chronicles,  edited  by  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton.  No.  I. 

The  Giiegiience,  edited  by  Daniel  G.  Briuton.     No.  III. 

Hale  (Horatio).    The  Iroquois  Book  of  Rites,  edited  by  Horatio  Hale.  No.  II. 

In  a  circular  issued  September,  1882,  and  previous  to  the  appearance  of  No. 
II,  the  following  announcement  was  made  concerning  the  subsequent  volumes 

of  the  series: 

No.  II.  Central  American  Calendars. 

A  number  of  native  calendars  and  "  wheels,"  used  by  the  Mayas,  Kiches,  CaV- 
chiquels,  and  neighboring  tribes,  in  reckoning  time  and  forecasting  the  future, 
will  be  published  for  the  first  time,  with  explanations. 

From  lack  of  sufficient  material,  this  important  point  in  American  archaeology 
has  remained  extremely  obscure.  The  collection  which  it  is  intended  to  embrace 
in  this  volume  is  unquestionably  unique  of  its  kind. 


BRINTON BROWN.  891 

Brinton  (Dr.  Daniel  Garrison),  general  editor  and  publisher — continued. 

No.  III.  TlteAnnales  of  Quauhtitlan. 

The  original  Aztec  text,  with  a  new  translation.  This  is  also  known  as  the 
Codex  Chimalpopoca.  It  is  one  of  the  most  curious  and  valuable  documents  in 
Mexican  archaeology. 

No.  IV.  The  National  Legend  of  the  Creeks.— Edited  by  Albert  S.  Gatschet. 

Mr.  Gatschet  will  present  (i. )  The  original  German  account,  written  in  1735, 
by  which  this  legend  has  been  transmitted;  (2.)  Its  English  translation;  (3.) 
Its  retranslation  into  the  Creek  language,  in  which  it  was  originally  delivered, 
by  an  educated  native;  (4.)  Its  translation  into  the  Hitchiti,  a  dialect  cognate 
to  the  Creek  ;  (5.)  Glossaries  and  ethnographic  notes. 

No.  V.  The  Chronicles  of  the  Cakchiquels. 

These  chronicles  are  the  celebrated  Memorial  de  Tecpan  Atitlan  so  often  quoted 
by  the  late  Abb<5  Brasseur  de  Bourbourg.  They  are  invaluable  for  the  ancient 
history  and  mythology  of  Guatemalan  nations,  and  are  of  undoubted  authen 
ticity  and  antiquity. 

Other  works  of  equal  interest  will  be  added,  if  the  series  proves  acceptable 
to  scholars.  The  above  order  of  issue  is  uncertain. 

Each  of  these  works  will  be  printed  in  the  original  tongue,  with  an  English 
translation  and  notes.  Every  work  admitted  to  the  series  will  be  the  produc 
tion  of  a  native,  and  each  will  have  some  intrinsic  importance,  either  historical  or 
ethnological,  in  addition  to  its  value  as  a  linguistic  monument.  Most  of  them 
•will  be  from  unpublished  manuscripts,  and  every  effort  will  be  made  to  secure 
purity  of  text  and  competent  editorship. 

The  works  contemplated  in  the  series  are  such  as  will  be  indispensable  to 
the  future  student  of  American  archicology,  ethnology,  or  linguistics. 

498    British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society.     St.  John  iii.  16  |  in  most  of  the  | 
Languages  and  Dialects  |  in  which  the  |  British  &  Foreign  Bible 
Society  |  has  printed  or  circulated  the  Holy  Scriptures.  |  [Engrav 
ing  and  one  line  quotation.]  |  Enlarged  edition  | 

London :  |  Printed  for  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  | 
By  Gilbert  &  Rivington,  52,  St.  John's  Square,  E.  C.  |  1878.  |    ABS. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-48, 1  1.  16°.  Improved  title  of  No.  498.  See  American  Bible  Soc., 
No.  84;  also  Specimen  Verses  3711  6,  3711  c. 

498  a  Bromowicz  (Franz).     Vocabulario  de  la  lengua  Pocoinam  de  Jilo- 
tepec.     1878.  DGB. 

Manuscript.  15  11.  folio.  A  few  months  before  Dr.  Berendt's  death  he  sent 
a  young  German,  Franz  Bromowicz,  to  the  district  occupied  by  the  Pocomams 
to  collect  vocabularies  and  other  information,  especially  in  reference  to  the 
tongue  called,  by  Juarros,  the  Alaguilac,  spoken  in  Acasaguastlan.  The  rough 
notes  of  this  journey  are  contained  in  these  leaves.  Two  vocabularies  are 
given,  of  about  200  words  each.  —Brinton. 

498  b  [Brown  (David).  The  New  Testament  in  the  Cherokee  lan 
guage.]  * 
Manuscript.  "On  the  27th  of  September,  1825, the  translation  of  the  New 
Testament,  from  the  original  Greek,  into  the  Cherokee  language,  by  a  Cherokee 
[David  Brown],  in  an  alphabet  invented  by  another  Cherokee  [George  Guess], 
was  completed.  As  there  were  yet  no  types  in  existence  for  printing  that  lan 
guage,  Brown's  version,  entire  or  in  parts,  was  circulated  in  manuscript.  It  was 
read  and  copied  in  all  parts  of  the  nation.  A  translation,  made  in  such  circum 
stances,  could  not  fail  to  bo  imperfect ;  and  another  was  afterwards  made  and 
printed  ; ." — History  of  American  Missions, p.  148. 


892  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

499  a  Brown  (Dr.  Robert).  On  the  History  and  Geographical  Relations 
of  the  Cetacea  frequenting  Davis  Strait  and  Baffin's  Bay. 

In  Royal  Society  [of  London].  Manual  of  the  Nat.  Hist.,  Geol.,  and  Physics 
of  Greenland,  &c.,  pp.  69-93.  London,  1875.  8°.  Reprinted  from  the  Zool.Soc. 
Proc. ,  No.  35,  pp.  533-556.  ( " ) 

Greenland  and  Eskimo  (of  western  shores  of  Davis  Strait)  names  for  whales, 
pp.  70, 91. 

502  a  Bruhl  (Dr.  Gustav).  On  the  Etymology  of  the  word  Chichime- 
catl.  By  G.  Bruhl  M.  D. 

Iu  Am.  Antiquarian,  vol.  2,  pp.  49-52.     Chicago,  1879-'80.  8°. 

506  a  Bruyas  (Rev.  Jacques).  Catechisme  agnier.  Par  le  R.  P.  Bruyas 
C  d  J  [de  la  comp.  de  Jesus.].  ov. 

Manuscript.  27  11.,  written  on  both  sides.  4C.  No  title;  the  above  written  at 
top  of  p.  1.  Divided  into  subjects:  Du  nom  de  Chrestien,  Du  signe  de  Chrestien, 
De  la  creation  de  1'homme,  &c.  In  the  Iroquois  language. 

506  b  Prayers  for  the  sick  by  P.  Jacques  Bruyas.  cv. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-134.  12°. 

506  c  Instruction  d'un  adulte  malade.  cv. 

Manuscript.  11  unnumbered  11.  12°. 

The  above  manuscripts  are  preserved  in  the  archives  of  the  Catholic  church 
at  Canghuawaga,  Canada. 

519  a  Bnnnell  (Lafayette  Houghton).      Discovery  of  the  Yosemite,  | 
and  |  the  Indian  War  of  1851,  |  which  led  to  that  event.  |  By  j 
Lafayette  Houghton  Bunnell,  M.  D.,  |  of  the  Mariposa  Battalion, 
one  of  the  Discoverers,  |  late  Surgeon  thirty-sixth  Regiment  |  Wis 
consin  Volunteers.  | 

Chicago :  |  Fleming  H.  Revell,  |  148  and  150  Madison  Street.  | 

[1882.]  BA.  BP. 

331  pp.  12°.     The  Indian  names  [of  localities],  pp.  198-215. 

520  a  Bureau  of  Ethnology.     Second  Annual  Report  |  of  the  |  Bureau  of 
Ethnology  |  to  the  |  Secretary  of  the   Smithsonian   Institution  | 
1880-'81  |  by  |  J.  W.  Powell  |  Director  |  [Design] 

Washington  |  Government  Printing  Office  |  1883  |      A.  WE.  JWP. 
Pp.  i-xxxvii,  1-477.  royal  8°. 
Gushing  (F.  H. )    Zuni  fetiches,  pp.  3-45. 
Smith  (Erminnie  A.)    Myths  of  the  Iroquois,  pp.  47-116. 

Stevenson  (James).  Illustrated  catalogue  of  the  collections  obtained  from 
the  Indians  of  New  Mexico  and  Arizona  in  1879,  pp.  307-422. 

[Burghardt  (Rev.  C.  F.)  ]   See  Gospels,  No.  1588,  which  he  translated. 

520  6  Burman  (Rev.  W.  A.)    Manitoba  |  Historical  and  |  Scientific  Soci 
ety,  |  Winnipeg.  |  Publication  ~So.  5.  \  "  The  Sioux  Language."  | 
Rev.  W.  A.  Burman,  |  Sioux  Mission,  Manitoba.  | 

[Winnipeg,  1883.]  JWP. 

Title  1  1.,  pp.  1-4.  8°.  General  discussion,  with  examples  of  grammatic  con 
struction. 


BROWN — BUKTON.  893 

520  o  Burtin  (Rev.  Nicolas  Victor).    Mois  |  des  ames  du  purgatoire.  | 
Takodentaou  |  akadeunita  j  Rohiator  Tekaronhianeken  |  roudauiha 
Kalinadakeeronon  |  1866.  |  cv. 

Manuscript.  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-313.  8°.  In  the  Iroquois  language.  Title  1 1. ,  re  verse 
blank;  preface  signed  N.  V.  Burtin,  Canghnawaga,  5  Septembre  1866,  pp.  1-2; 
text,  pp.  3-313 ;  colophon,  p.  313,  N.  V.  Burtin,  29  Novembre,  1866. 

520  d  -  Mois  |  de  St.  Joseph.  |  Sose  Koratatokenti  |  radeunita  | 

Gidakiaton  Kstihenstatsi  Tekaronhianeken  |  1866.  |  cv. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-257.  8°.  In  the  Iroquois  language.  Preface,  pp.  1-2,  signed 
N.  V.  Burtin,  Caughnawaga,  30  Janvier  1866;  Colophon,  p.  257,  Caughnawaga, 
20  Mars  1866. 

This  is  followed  by  prayers  in  the  Iroquois,  pp.  259-309. 

520  e  Mois  du  Sacre  Coaur  de  Jesus.  |  Jesos  raderiasatokenti  | 

adenuita  |    Eohiator  Tekaronhianekeu   raudahueha  Kahnadake- 
ronon.  |  1867.  |  cv. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-571.  4°.     In  the  Iroquois  language. 

520/ Cours  destructions  |  en  langue  Iroqnoise  2me  partie.  Com- 

inaudeDients  de  Dieu  et  de  1'Eglise  |  Peche"  |  Caughnawaga  | 
1872  |  CV. 

Manuscript.  1  p.  1. ,  pp.  3-452.  4°.  In  the  Iroquois  language. 

520  (j  Cours  destructions  |  en  langue  Iroquoise  |  3me  partie  | 

Culte.  |  Grace,  prieres,  sacraments,    liturgie.  |  Caughnawaga  | 
1874.  |  CV. 

Manuscript.  Title,  reverse  blank,  1 1. ;  pp.  3-529  (484-512  blank).  4°.  Table 
des  niatieres,  513-529.  In  the  Iroquois  language. 

520  h  Mois  de  Marie  |  Wari  adennita.  |  cv. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-396.  4°.  Table  des  matieres,  pp.  381-396.  In  the  Iroquois 
language. 

The  above  manuscripts  are  in  the  archives  of  the  Catholic  church  at  Caughna 
waga,  Canada,  of  which  Pere  Burtin  is  still  the  pastor.  This  estimable  mission 
ary  has  ministered  to  these  Indians  for  twenty-three  years.  Besides  the  above- 
mentioned  manuscripts,  ho  has  many  of  the  sermons  delivered  by  him  during 
his  service  at  this  place. 

See  Marcoux  (Rev.  Francois  Xavier)  and  Burtin  (Rev.  Nico 
las  Victor),  No.  2454. 

See  Marcoux  (RSv.  Joseph)  and  Burtin  (Rev.  Nicolas  Victor), 

Nos.  2468-2469. 

521  Burton  (Eicbard  F.)    The  City  of  the  Saints  |  and  |  Across  the 
Rocky  Mountains  to  California  |  By  |  Richard  F.  Burton  |  Author 
of  "A  Pilgrimage  to  El  Medinah  and  Meccah  "  | 

London  |  Longman,  Green,  Longmau,  and  Roberts  |  1861.  |  The 
right  of  translation  is  reserved  |  B.  c.  BA.  YC. 

Pp.  i-x,  1  1.,  pp.  1-708.  8°.  maps,  plate.     Improved  title  of  No.  521. 

Chapter  II  is  entitled  "  The  Sioux  or  Dakotas,"  and  contains  remarks  on  tho 
Sioux  tongue,  with  numerous  illustrative  examples  of  the  sign  language  of  the 
"Prairie  Indian"  in  general, pp.  147-160. 


894  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

542      Buschmann  (Johanii  Carl  Eduard).    Das  Apache  |  als  cine  atha- 
paskische  Sprache  erwiesen  |  von  |  Job.  Carl   Ed.  Buschmaun;  | 
in  Verbindung  init  einer  |  systematiscbeu  Worttafel  des  athapas- 
kischen  Sprachstamms.  |  Erste  Abtheiluug.  |  Aus  den  Abhandlnn- 
geu  der  Konigl.  Akademie  der  Wissenscbaften  zu  Berlin  18GO.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Druckerei  der  Konigl.  Akademie  |  der 
Wissenschaften.  |  1860.  |  In  Commission  von  F.  Diimmler's  Verlags- 
Buchbandlung.  |  T.  w.  JBD. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  187-282.  4°.    Improved  title  of  No.  542. 

544  Die  Verwandtscbafts-Verbaltnisse  |  der  athapaskiscben 

Spracheu  |  dargestellt  von  |  Job.  Carl  Ed.  Buscbinann.  |  Zweitc 
Abtbeilung  |  des  Apache.  |  Aus  den  Abhandlungeu  der  Konigl. 
Akademie  der  Wisseuschafteu  zu  Berlin  1862.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Druckerei  der  Konigl.  Akademie  |  der 
Wissenschaften,  |  1863.  |  In  Commission  bei  F.  Dumtnler'p  Verlags- 
Buchhaudlung  |  Harwitz  und  Gossmann.  |  B.  T.  w. 

Outside  title  1  I.,  1  p.  1.,  pp.  195-252.  4°.     Improved  title  of  No.  544. 

546      Grammatik  |  der  |  sonorischen  Spracheu :  |  vorziiglich 

der  |  Tarahumara,  Tepeguana,  Cora  und  Cabita.  |  als  IXter  Ab- 
scbnitt  der  Spureu  der  aztekischen  Sprache  |  ausgearbeitet  |  von  | 
Job.  Carl  Ed.  Buschmann.  |  Erste  Abtbeilung:  |  das  Lautsystem.  | 
Aus  den  Abhandlungen  der  Konigl.  Akademie  der  Wissenscbaften 
zu  Berlin  1863.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Buchdruckerei  der  Kouigl.  Akademie  | 
der  Wissenschaften.  |  1864.  |  In  Commission  von  F.  Dummler's 
Verlags-Bnchhandluug,  |  Harwitz  und  Gossmaun.  |  B.  T.  DGB.  JBD. 

Outside  title  1 1.,  1  p.  1.,  pp.  369-453.  4°.     Improved  title  of  No.  546. 

547  a  Grammatik  |  der  |  sonorischen   Spracheu :  |  vorziiglich 

der  \  Tarahumara, Tepeguaua,  Cora  und  Cabita;   als  IXtei  Abschnitt 
der  Spuren  der  aztekiscbeu   Sprache  |  ausgearbeitet  |  von  |  Job. 
Carl  Ed.  Buschmann.  |  Dritte  Abtheiluug:  |  das  Zablwort.  |  Aus 
den  Abhandluugen  der  Konigl.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu 
Berlin  1867.  | 

Berlin.  |  Gedruckt  in  der  Bucbdruckerei  der  Konigl.  Akademie  | 
der  Wissenschaften.  |  1867.  |  In  Commission  von  F.  Diimmler's 
Verlags-Buchhandhmg  |  Harrwitz  und  Gossmanu.  |  * 

Outside  title  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  23-215,  and  2  folded  leaves  (24  b  and  70  b). 
Separate  issue  of  No.  547.  Title  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull  from 
copy  in  his  possession. 

548 «  Grammatik  |  der  |  sonorischen    Sprachen:  |  vorziiglich 

der  |  Tarahumara,  Tepeguana,  Cora,  und  Cahita;  |  als  IXter  Ab- 
schnitt  der  Spuren  der  Aztekischen  Sprache  |  ausgearbeitet  |  vou  j 
Job.  Carl  Ed.  Buschmann.  |  Zweite  Abtheilung:  |  der  Artikel,  das 
Substantivum    und  Adjectivum.  |  Aus    den    Abbandluugeu    der 
Konigl.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Berlin  1869.  | 


BUSCHMANN.  895 

Buschmann  (Johann  Carl  Eduard) — continued. 

Berlin.  |  Buchdruckerei  der  Konigl.  Akademie  der  Wissenschaf- 
teu  (G.  Vogt),  |  Universitiits-Strasse  8.  |  1809.  |  In  Commission  bei 
F.  Diiinmler's  Verlags-Bucbhandlung. ;  (Harrwitz  und  Gossman.)  | 
Outside  title,  1  1,  pp.  67-266.  4°.  Separate  issue  of  No.  548.     Title  furnished 
by  Dr.  J.  H.  Trumbull,  from  copy  in  his  possession. (*) 

A51  a  Mexicanische  Grammatik.  * 

Manuscript.     1  vol.    Taken  partly  from  W.  v.   Humboldt's  manuscript. 
1.  Written  characters,  11.  1-27.— 2.  (Accent  and)  quantity,  11. 28-75.— 3.    Sub 
stantive,  11. 76-163. 

551 1)  Grammatiscbe  Worter  der  mexicanischen  Sprache.          * 

Manuscript.   33  11.  folio. 
551  c  Mexicaniscbes  Lexicon.     Geograph.  Namen.  * 

Manuscript.    35  pp.,  and  42  slips  (notes). 
551  d  Materialien  zum  mexic.  Worterbuch:  * 

1.  List  from  Sahagun,  18  pp. — 2.  List  of  Mexican  names  of  persons,  7  pp. — 3. 
Names  of  persons  from  Sahagun,  5  pp.  —4.  List  of  Mexican  words  which  appear  in 
Clavigero  and  others,  10  pp. — 5.  List  of  names  of  Mexican  animals,  plants,  persons, 
places,  &c.,  which  are  not  of  Mexican  origin,  7  pp. — 6.  List  of  Mexican  animal 
names  from  Hernandez  and  Clavigero,  14  pp.— 7.  Mexican  lexicon ;  1st  report  to 
Humboldt,  24  pp. ;  with  many  scientific  marginal  notes  by  W.  von  Hnmboldt.— 
8.  Explanation  of  Mexican  animal  names,  18  pp.,  with  marginal  notes  by  W.  von 
Humboldt. — 9.  The  Mexican  dictionary  abridged,  4  pp. — 10.  List  of  Mexican 
names  of  plants  and  minerals  from  Hernandez  and  Clavigero,  18  pp. 

551  e  Noinenclatur  zum  Mexicanischen  Lexicon.  * 

Manuscript.  167  pp.  4°. 

551/ Wortverzeicbuiss  von    mehreren   oder  vielen  Spracben, 

welcbe  icb  in  einein  abgekiirzten  Verfahren  in  die  Litteratur  der 
Sprachen  eingetrageii  babe — oder  zum  einstmahligen  Eintragen 

aufsammle. 

Manuscript.  38  pp.  Material  auxiliary  to  American  languages,  in  possession 
of  Alcide  d'Orbigny .  Original  manuscript  of  d'Orbigny  for  W.  v.  Humboldt,  6  pp. 

551  g  Wichtige  Papiere.     [Important  papers.]  * 

Manuscript.  American  vocabularies  (also  text),  so  designated  by  Busch- 
manu  himself,  referring  to  50  linguistic  families — partly  from  rare  works, 
journals,  and  manuscripts,  and  partly  taken  from  the  natives  by  Buschmann. 

551  Ji  Wichtige  Papiere.  * 

Manuscript.     American  Vocabularies  (also  text). 

551  i  Supplemente  des  Eegisters  zu  den  "Spuren  der  aztekischen 

Sprache  im  nordlicben  Mexico  und  boheren  amerikaniscben  Nor- 
den  &c."    Berlin  1859.  * 

Manuscript,   folio. 

551  /-  Inbalts-Uebersicht   zu    den   "  Spuren   der   aztekischen 

Spracbe  im  nordlichen  Mexico  und  hoheren  amerikanischen  Nor- 

den."    Berlin  1859. 

Manuscript.  4211.  folio.  Note  on  the  title  dated :  Berlin,  24  April,  18C3.  Prof. 
Dr.  Bnschmann. 

Summary  of  the  contents  of  the  Spuren. 


896  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Buschmann  (Johann  Carl  Eduard) — continued. 

551 1  Die  Texte  der  Tepeguaua — Eudeve-Grammatik.      Noch 

wichtige  Spracbsachen.  * 

Manuscript.    Folio  additions  to  the  Tepeguana  Grammar  in  4°.,  etc. 

551  m  Vocabulario  de  la  leugua  Tepeguana  (tepeguau  y  espan- 

nol)  sacado  del  A'ocabulario  espannol   y  tepeguau  del  P.  Beuito 
Eiualdini  por  Don  Eduardo  Buschmann.     Berlin  1856.  * 

Manuscript.     113  11.  large  4°. 

551  n  Vocabulario  tepeguan  II.    Suplemento  I,  II.  * 

Manuscript.     291  11.    4°. 

551  o  Manual  Cahita.  * 

Introduction,  30  pp. 

551  p  Vocabulario  Cahita-espannol  6  aleman  (Se  coinpuso  en 

junio  y  Julio  1865). 

Manuscript.     85 11. 
551  q  Tarahumarisches  "Worterbuch.  * 

Manuscript.    78 11. 
551  r  . Deutsch-sonorisches  Worterbuch  nebst  Einleitung.  * 

Manuscript.     1*1  11. 

German-Sonora  Dictionary,  with  an  introduction. 

551 «  Zusatze  zur  Abtheilung  I  der  souorischen  Grammatik;  das 

Lautsystem.  * 

Manuscript.     55 11. 

551 1  Die  Ordinal-Zahlen  der  inexicanischen  Sprache.     Berlin 

1880.  * 

4°.  Corrected  proof-sheets  of  the  last  work  of  the  author.  Appended  to  them 
is  the  original  manuscript,  67  11.  fol. 

551  u  The  Indian  languages;  Explanatory  remarks  on  the  pre 
ceding  comparative  vocabulary.     (Extract  of  Pickering's  Salem 
Vocabulary  and  specimen  of  the  Winuebago  language.) 
Manuscript.     With  1  page  of  Buschmanu's  handwriting. 
Titles  and  notes  from  J.  A.  Stargardt's  Catalogue,  No.  135. — Amerikaund  Orient. 

Butron  (D.  Juan  Luque).     See  Luque  Butron  (D.  Juan),  No.  2351. 

Byington.  (Rev.  Cyrus).     See  Wright  (Rev.  Alfred)  and  Byington 
(Rev.  Cyrus),  Nos.  4240-4246. 

561  a  Caballero  (D.  J.)  Grammatica  del  Idioma  Mexicano,  segun  el  sis- 
temade"Ollendorf." 

Mexico,  1880.  * 

212  pp.  8°.  Title  from  Triibner's  Catalogue  of  Dictionaries  aud  Grammars, 
p.  107. 

565  a  Calendario.     Calendario  |  de  los  Indies  de  |  Guatemala  |  1722.  | 
Kiche.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  1;  Advertencia  pp.  i-xi;  1  1.  containing 
the  Calendar;  pp.  1-50.  4°.  In  the  Advertencia  Dr.  Berendt  thus  speaks  of  the 
original : 


BUSCHMANN CAMPBELL.  897 

Calendario — continued. 

"El  original  do  este  caleiidario  en  lengua  Kiche',  erroneamente  llamado  Calen 
dario  Kachiqnel  en  Catiilogo  de  la  biblioteca  de  la  seccion  etuoltfgia  del  Museo 
Nacional  (Guatemala  1875)  pag.  8,  No.  1,  forma  un  cuaderno  de  24  fojas  fitiles  en 
410  uieuor.  Se  halla  al  principle  de  un  volumen  en  folio,  intitulado  'Larras, 
Opusculos.' 

"La  segunda  parte  commenzanda  en  la  pagina  37  de  la  presente  copia,  esta 
esciita  por  otra  mano  con  ortografia  diferente,  trayendo  al  margen  (pagina  38  de 
esta  copia)  la  fecha  de  13  de  Marzo  de  1770  aiios. 

"Parece  que  es  el  mismo  calendario  del  cual  habla  el  Arzobispo  D.  Pedro 
Cortes  y  Larraz  en  stt  '  Descripcion  Geografico — Moral  de  la  Di6cesis  de  Guathe- 
mala,'  hecho  en  le  visita  qne  bijo  de  ella  en  los  anos  de  1768,  1769,  y  1770,"  foja 
142  vuelta." 

Following  the  above  manuscript  in  the  same  volume  is: 

565  ft  Calendario  \  de  los  Indies  de  \  Guatemala  \  1G85.  \  Cak- 

cbiquel.  ]  Copiado  en  la  Ciudad  de  Guatemala  \  Marzo  1878.  \    DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1 1.,  Advertencia  pp.  3-8,  text  pp.  9-27.  In  the 
Advertencia  Dr.  Berendt  speaks  of  the  original  as  follows: 

"  Este  calendario  se  encnentra  en  la  'choronica  de  la  S.  Provincia  del  San- 
tissimo  Nombre  de  Jesus  de  Guatemala,'  conocida  bajo  el  nombre  de  cronica 
Frauciscana,  MS.  que  fu6  del  conveuto  de  Franciscanos  en  esta  ciudad." 

In  his  manuscript  catalogue  of  the  Bereudt  collection,  Dr.  Brinton  thus 
describes  these  two  manuscripts: 

"Two  precious  pieces  beautifully  copied  in  fac-simile  by  Dr.  Berendt  from 
ancient  manuscripts  he  discovered  in  Guatemala.  They  present  a  detailed  expla 
nation  of  the  calendars  of  the  two  nations,  and  may  perhaps  be  the  means  of 
solving  the  strange  problems  presented  by  the  chronology  of  the  Mexican  and 
Central  American  nations.  Thtf  same  artificial  and  intricate  system  of  measur 
ing  time  prevailed  throughout  these  regions,  and  its  character  seems  to  point 
more  distinctly  to  Asiatic  influences  than  any  other  trait  in  American  civiliza 
tion." 

5C5  c  1872.     Calendrier  d'Oka.    1872.  \  Kijigatomasinaigan.  =  laken- 
tasetatha.  \  T. 

1  1.  16°.  Calendar  for  the  Indians  at  Oka  (Lac  des  denx  Montagues)  in  Al- 
gonkin  and  Iroquois.  Verso  "Explication  des  Signes — French,  Algonkin  and 
Iroquois."  Probably  by  the  Abbe"  Cuoq. 

Calvary  Catechism,  in  San  tee  Dakota.  See  [Hinman  (Rev.  S.  D.)], 
No.  1804. 

566  a  Calvo  (Fr.  Pedro).  Gramatica  y  vocabulario  de  la  lengua  de  Cbiapa. 

Title  from  Sobron,  Losldiomasdela  America  Latiua,  who  quotes  from  Remesal. 

Cameron  (Capt.  D.  R.)    See  Tacte"  (Mgr.  A.),  No.  3792. 

569 «  Cameron  (Rev.  James  D)     [Gospels  and  Hymns  in  the  Ojibwa 
language.]  * 

"Mr.  Cameron  was  ordained  to  the  ministry  in  May  [1836].  He  prepared  a 
book  of  twenty-four  hymns  in  Ojibwa,  and  translated  the  Gospels  by  Mark  and 
Luke." — History  of  American  Missions,  p.  491. 

574  «  Campbell  (John).  Origin  of  the  Aborigines  of  Canada.  * 

In  Lit.  and  Hist.  Soc.  of  Quebec,  Trans.,  Session  1880-1881,  pp.  61-93  and 
i-xxxiv.  Quebec,  1882.  12°.  Separately  issued;  see  title  No.  575. 

57  Bib 


898  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Campbell  (Jobn) — continued. 

578  a  (From  the  Canadian  Naturalist,  vol.  IX.,  No.  5.)    Hittites 

in  America.    By  John  Campbell,  M.  A..  Professor  in  the  Presbyte 
rian  College,  Montreal.  JWP. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-22.  8°.     Separate  issue  of  No.  578. 

579  a  (From  the  Canadian  Naturalist,  vol.  IX.,  No.  6.)     Hittites 

in  America.  By  John  Campbell,  M.  A.  Professor  in  the  Presbyte 
rian  College,  Montreal.  JWP. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-23.  8°.  Separate  issue  of  No.  579.  Linguistics,  pp.  1-4, 
11-14,  21-22. 

579^  A  Translation  of  the  Principal  Hittite  Inscriptions  yet 

published.  By  John  Campbell,  M.  A.,  Professor  in  the  Presbyte 
rian  College,  Montreal.  JWP. 

No  title-page.    Pp.  1-16.  8°.     Contains  Aztec  words. 

583  a  Some  laws  of  phonetic  change  in  the  Khitan  languages. 

By  John  Campbell,  M.  A.,  Professor  in  the  Presbyterian  College, 
Montreal. 

In  Canadian  Institute,  Proc.,  new  series,  vol.  1,  pt.  4,  pp.  282-299.  Toronto, 
1883.  8°.  An  exhibition  of  the  relation  of  the  Iroquois  dialects  to  those  of  all 
the  divisions  of  the  Khitan  family,  with  illustrative  vocabularies. 

Separately  issued,  without  title-page,  pp.  1-20.  8°.     (JWP.) 

Cantique  en  langue  Algonquine.  See  [Cuoq  (BSv.  Jean  Andre")], 
No.  953. 

* 

Cardenas  y  Leon  (D.  Carlos  Celedonio  Velasquez  de).  See  Velasquez 
de  Cardenas  y  Leon  (D.  Carlos  Caledonio),  No.  3990. 

600  a  Carli  (Conte  Gian  Rinaldo).  Le  |  Lettere  Americane  |  Nuova  Edi- 
zione  corretta  ed  ampliata  colla  |  aggiunta  della  Parte  III,  Ora  per 
la  |  prima  volta  impressa.  |  Parte  priina  [ — terza]  [Design]. 

Cremona    |    Per     Lorenzo      Mauiui      Regio      Stampatore.    | 
M.DCC.LXXXI  [-M.DCC.LXXXIII]  [1781-1783].  |  Con  licenza  de 
Superiori.  |  YC. 

Svols.  sm.40(16°). 

602  Briefe  |  iiber  |  Amerika  |  nach  der  neuesten,  verbesserten 

und  mit  dem  |  dritten  Theile  vermehrten  Ausgabe,  aus   dem  | 
Italianischeu  des  Herru  Grafen  Carlo  |  Carli  iibersetzt,  uud  mit 
einigen  |  Anmerkungeu  versehen  |  von  |  Christian  Gottfried  Hen- 
nig.  |  Erster  [-Dritter]  Theil.  | 

Gera,  1785.  |  bei  Christoph  Friedrich  Bekmann.  |  c. 

3  vols.  sm.  8°.    Improved  title  of  No.  602.    Linguistics,  vol.  1,  pp.  408, 414-416. 

603  a  Carmany  ( J.  H.)  The  first  three  of  the  Ten  Commandments,  and 

the  Lord's  Prayer,  in  the  dialect  of  the  Nanaimos. 

In  Bancroft  (H.  H.)    Native  Races,  vol.  3,  pp.  611-612.    New  York,  1875.  8°. 

611  a  Carranza  (Fr.  Diego).    Vocabulary  of  the  Choutal  language.       • 
Title  from  Sobron,  Idiomasdo  la  America  Latina,  p.  30. 


CAMPBELL CAKTJLLA.  899 

615  a  Carrillo  y  Ancona  ( D.  Crescendo).    Manual  |  de  |  Historia  y  Geo- 
grafla  |  de  la  |  Peninsula  de  Yucatan  |  For  |  D.  Gresceucio  Car 
rillo  |  Presbitero  |  Gatedratico  [&c.,  two  lines]  | 
Mericla  de  Yucatan  |  Imprenta  de  J.  D.  Espinosa  e  Hijos  |  1868  | 
Pp.  i-xxvii,  1  1.,  pp.  1-162.  sq.  16°.  incomplete.  DGB. 

Capitulo  i  v.  El  idioma  y  el  nombre  de  Yucatan,  pp.  88-113,  contains  a  general 
discussion  of  the  language  and  the  writers  thereon ,  with  a  brief  list  of  their  works. 

615 1  Bibliotheca  de  Autores  Yucatecos.  |  Tomo  I.  |  Historia 

Antigua  |  de  |  Yucatan  |  por  |  D.  Crescencio  Carrillo  y  Ancona  | 
Canonigo   [&c.,  three  lines]  |  Segunda  de  las  Disertaciones  del 
mismo  autor  |  relativas  al  proprio  asunto.  | 

Mei  ida.  |  Impreuta  de  Espinosa  y  Compauia.  |  2».  Calle  de  Hidal 
gos,  numero  22.  |  1881.  |  DGB. 

Pp.  1-  I  am.  4°.  Copy  seen  is  incomplete,  ending  in  the  middle  of  a  sentence 
at  p.  504. 

Astronomfa  y  Cronologia — Calendario — Aritme'tica,  Literatura,  pp.  245-270. 

The  same  author's  Compendio  de  la  Historia  de  Yucatan,  Merida,  1871,  contains 
no  linguistics. 

615  c  Historia  Antigua  |  de  |  Yucatan  |  por  |  D.  Crescencio  Car 
rillo  y  Ancona  |  Canonigo  |  de  la  Catedral  de  Merida  de  Yucatan, 
y  Socio  |  de  varias  Corporacioues  Cientiflcas  |  Nacionales  y  Extran- 
jeras  |  Seguida  de  las  Disertaciones  del  mismo  autor  |  relativas  al 
propio  asunto.  |  Segunda  Edicion.  | 

Merida  de  Yucatan.  |  Gamboa  Guzman  y  Uermano,  Impresores- 
Editores.  |  Plaza  de  la  Independencia,  Num.  3.  |  1883.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-670.     12°. 

Capitulo  IV.  Idioma  de  los  mayas,  which  includes  a  brief  list  of  authors  on 
Maya,  pp.  101-132.— Capitnlo  V.  El  nombre  de  Yucatan,  pp.  133-141.— Capitulo 
XII.  *  *  *  Escritura,  Ciencias,  Astronomia  y  cronologia,  Calendario,  Arit- 
inri  ic:i,  Literatura,  etc.,  containing  Maya  alphabet,  Signs  of  the  twenty  days, 
etc.,  pp.  245-268.— Capitulo  XX.  *  *  *  Profetas  yucatecos  6  Chilames,  etc  , 
containing  Maya  text  and  Spanish  translations  of  same,  pp.  51--539. — Diserta- 
ciou  sobre  la  Literatnra  y  civilizaciou  antigua  de  Yucatan,  pp.  555-590. — Geo- 
grafia  Maya,  pp.  603-611.— Maya-Etimologia  de  este  nombre,  pp.  632-635. 

Perez  (D.  Juan  P.)    Antigua  crouologia  yucateca,  pp.  637-663. 

615  d  Cartas  |  de  |  Indias.  |  Publicalas  por  primera  vez  |  el  |  Ministerio 
de  Fomento.  |  [Design.] 

Madrid.  |  Imprenta  de  Manuel  G.  Hernandez,  |  calle  de  San 
Miguel,  num.  23.  |  1877.  |  c. 

Folio.  1  p.  1.,  reverse  blank;  title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  "A  la  Majestad,"  &c., 
reverse  blank,  1  1.;  Prologo,  pp.  vii-xiv;  Adverteucias,  pp. xv-xvi;  "Cristo 
bal  Colon,"  &c.  (half  title),  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  pp.3-8b7;  "Facsimiles"  (half 
title),  reverse  blank,  1 1. ;  67  fac-simile  leaves;  Sblankll.;  "Lammas"  (half  title), 
reverse  blank,  11.;  22  11.  signatures  (reverse  of  each  1.  blank) ;  drawings,  reverse 
blank,  1  1. ;  "Peru,"  1  1. ;  1  blank  1. ;  "Maras"  (half  title),  reverse  blank,  1  1.; 
Mapa  de  la  Australia,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  [description  of]  Mapa  de  la  Australia, 
roveree  blank,  11.;  3  maps,  folded ;  "  Indice,"  5  11. 

Fac-simile  II  is  of  a  letter  in  Maya,  dated  1567.— Fac  simile  U*  is  of  a  letter  in 
Nahuatl,  quite  lengthy,  dated  1562.  Spanish  translations  of  the  letters  are  given. 

Cartas  Ediflcantes.    See  Lettres  Ediflantes,  Nos.  2280  a— 2280  e. 
Cartilla  en  Lengua  Maya.    See  [Berendt  (Carlos  Hermann)],  No.  356. 


900  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

631  Cartilla  mayor  |  en  Lengua  Castellana,  Latina,  y  |  Mcxicana.  |  Nue- 
vamente  Corregida,  y  Enmeudada,  y  lleforinada  j  en  esta  ultima 
Impression  |  [Woodcut  of  a  cross,  surrounded  by  a  Latin  inscrip 
tion]  |jjlAabcdefghijklmno|  pqrfstuvxyz.  | 

Colophon :  Con  Licencia,  y  Privilegio.  |  En  Mexico  en  la  Imprenta 
de  la  Viuda  do  Bernardo  Calderon  en  la  ca-  j  lie  de  San  Agust  u  [sic] 
%*  Y  con  prohibicion,  que  uinguna  otra  persona  |  siuo  la  dicha 
Viuda,  en  toda  la  Nueva-Espaila  pueda  imprimir  Cartillas,  |  ni 
Doctrinas  pena  de  ducientos  pesos,  y  los  moldes  perdidos.  |  Ano 
de  1693.  |  * 

8  unnumbered  11.  sm.  4°.  Followed  by  Cathecismo  cenca  yn  tech,  Mexico, 
1683,  No.  677  a.  Improved  title  of  No.  631,  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  a 
copy  seen  at  the  sale  of  the  books  of  the  late  Henry  C.  Murphy. 

631  a  Carvajal  ( I).  Francisco).  Discurso  |  para  el  Descendimiento  del 
Senor  |  por  |  D."  Francisco  Carvajal,  |  Presbitero.  |  Copiado  del 
original,  MS.  en  |  poder  del  Parroco  de  Santiago  |  en  Merida,  Pbr° 
D.  Nic  Delgado:  |  Noviembre  1868,  |  Dr.  C.  H.  Bereudt.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Bound  in  blank  book  with  other  manuscripts;  occupies  pp.  77- 
116.  12°. 

"The  author,  cura  at  Temax,  was  born  about  1790,  and  was  brother  of  Don 
Jose  Segundo  Carvajal,  governor  of  Yucatan  1829-1832.  The  language  of  the 
Discurso  is  considered  a  model  of  elegant  style  and  pure  diction  in  Maya.  The 
author  also  left  a  collection  of  proverbs,  &c.,  in  Maya." — Brinton. 

650  a  Casey  (Lieut.  — )  and  Waldron  (Lieut.  — ).  A  vocabulary  of  the 
Seminole  language  (English  Semiuole),  with  some  additions  made 
by  Lieut.  Waldron.  * 

Manuscript  in  possession  of  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull,  who  has  furnished 
me  with  title  and  note.  Something  was  added  by  Francis  Kidder,  who  obtained 
the  original  manuscript  in  Florida  in  1851.  Contains  upwards  of  900  words  and 
phrases. 

662  Castiglioni  (Luigi).  Luigi  Castiglionis,  |  Maylandisclien  Patri- 
ziers,  |  des  St.  Stephansordens  p.  m.  Hitters,  und  der  philo-  |  sophi- 
schen  Gesellschaft  zu  Philadelphia,  so  wie  der  |  patriotischen  So- 
cietiit  zu  Mayland  Mitgliedes,  &c.  |  Reise  |  durch  |  die  vereinigten 
Staaten  |  von  |  Nord-Amerika,  |  iu  den  Jahren  1785,  1786  nnd 
1787.  |  Nebst  Bemerkungen  |  iiber  die  mitzlichsten  Gewachse  die 
ses  Landes.  |  Erster  Theil.  |  Mit  Kupfern.  | 

Memniingeu,  |  bey  Andreas  Seyler.  1793.  |  c. 

Title  and  7 II.,  pp.  1-495.  sm.  8°.     maps  and  plates.     Improved  title  of  No.  662. 

Vocabulary  in  Dentsch,  Chactawisch,  and  Scherokesisch,  pp.  322-328. 

662  a  Castillejo  (B.  P.  D.  Clemeute).     Frases  en  leugua  Zotzil  |  1830.  | 

(Fragmento.)  DGB. 

Original  manuscript,  3  11.,  4°.  Part  of  the  Berendt  collection;  stained  and 
not  very  legible. 

663  a  Castillo  (Fr.  Pedro).   Arte  de  la  lengua  otornf ,  y  Yocabulario  otomi- 

espanol,  y  vice  versa. 

Tifle  from  Sobron,  Idiomas  de  la  America  Latina,  p.  32. 


CARTILLA — CATLIN.  901 

665  a  Castro  (Fr.  Andres).  Catccismo  de  la  doctrina  cristiana  en  lengua 
matlazinca.  * 

Title  from  Sobron,  Idiomas  dc  la  Am6rica  Latina,  \>.  97,  who  quotes  from  Tor- 
quemada. 

The  sermons  by  Castro  given  in  title  No.  007,  which  is  taken  from  the  Fischer 
sale  catalogue,  are  the  same,  I  am  informed  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  as  those  men 
tioned  in  title  No.  66G. 

Cat6chisme  Algonquin.     See  [Cuoq  (Rev.  Jean  Andre)]-,  No.  950. 
Catechisme,  recueil  de  Prieres.     See  [Garin  (B.  P.)],  No.  1407. 
Catechismus  Mingnek.     See  |Egede  (Paul)],  No.  1 101. 
Catechismvs  Lutheri.     See  [Campanius  (Johan)],  No.  571. 
Catecismo.     Catecismo  de  los   metodistas.      See   [Fletcher  (Rev. 
Richard)],  No.  1308. 

674  a  Catecismo  Hispano-Mexicano.  B. 

Colophon : — En  19  de  Agosto  de  |  1714  acabe  de  escribir  |  este 
papel  que  contiene  |  la  palabra  de  Dios  que  |  deben  aprender  los 
niiios  |  y  aun  los  grandecitos,  pa  |  que  vayan  creciendo  con  doc  | 
trina  delante  de  Dios  |  y  pongo  aqui  mi  uombre  |  y  mi  flrma  yo 
Don  |  Lucas  Mateo.  | 

Manuscript.  47  pp.  4°.  No  title-page.  The  pages  are  divided  into  two  col 
umns,  one  of  which  contains  the  Mexican  text,  the  other  the  Spanish.  In  the 
Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco;  bought  at  the  Ramirez  sale  (Loud.,  1880),  in 
the  catalogue  of  which  it  is  entered  under  No.  513.  It  is  there  said  that  this 
copy  is  in  the  handwriting  of  Professor  Faustino  GaliciaChimalpopoca;  there  is 
no  internal  evidence  of  that  fact  in  the  manuscript  itself.  It  is  the  Roman 
Catholic  catechism  in  use  in  Spanish  America  at  the  time. 

This  manuscript  is  imperfectly  described  under  No.  672  of  this  catalogue. 

C746  Catecismo  menor — Naamakataya  tottojaleti — Eu  lengua 

de  los  Indigenas  del  Darien  de  Panama.  * 

Manuscript.     Title  from  M.  Alph.  Pinart ;  probably  in  his  possession. 

677  a  Cathecismo  |  cenca  yn  tech  |  moneqvi  qvimatizqve  |  yn  Christianos 
tlanelto-  |  cauime  yuicmomaquix-  |  tizque  |  [&c.] 

Colophon :  Oquimo  uahuatlatolcuepili  Padre F.  Balthazar  del  Cas 
tillo,  Temachtiani,  yhuan  Miuistro  ni-  |  can  Altepetl  S.  Luis  Obispo 
Vexotlanmani  |  meztlil6deluliodel083afios.  |  M.S.S.C.S.E.E.  | 

T  Con  Licencia  |  En  Mexico:  por  la  Viuda  de  Bernardo  Calde- 
ron  |  en  la  Calle  de  S.  Augustin.  |  * 

4  unnumbered  11.  sm.  4°.  No  title-page.  In  the  Mexican  language.  Appended 
to  Cartilla  mayor,  Mexico,  1693,  No.  6J1.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames,  from  copy 
seen  at  the  Murphy  sale. 

687  a    Catlin  (George).    Letters  and  Notes  |  on   the  |  Manners,   Cus 
toms,  and  Condition  |  of  the  |  North  American  Indians.  |  Written 
during  eight  years'  travel  among  the  wildest  |  tribes  of  Indians  in 
North   America,  |  [Engraving.]  |  By  Geo.   Catlin.  |  Two  vols.  in 
one.  |  With  one  hundred  and  fifty  illustrations,  on  steel  and  wood.  | 
Philadelphia:  |  ,T.  W.  Bradley.  48  North  Fourth  St.  |  1800.  |       * 
Title  11.,  pp.  7-792.  8°.    Linguistics,  pp.  786, 787 -791.    Title  from  ME. W.  Eames. 


902  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Catlin  (George) — continued. 

689  Illustrations  |  of  the  |  Manners,  Customs,  &  Condition  |  of 

the  |  North  American  Indians.  |  With  Letters  and  Notes,  |  Written 
during  Eight  Years  of  Travel  and  Adventure  among  the  |  Wildest 
and  most  Remarkable  Tribes  now  Existing.  |  By  George  Catlin.  | 
With  |  three  hundred  and  sixty  coloured  engravings  |  from  the  au 
thor's  original  paintings.  |  [Design.]  In  two  volumes. — V61.I  [-IIJ.  | 

London :  |  Chatto  &  Wiiidus,  Piccadilly.  |  1876.  |  c. 

2  vols. :  pp.  viii,  264;  viii,266.  plates,  large  8°.  Mandan  and  Welsh  similar 
ities,  vol.  2,  p.  261.— Vocabulary,  pp.  262-265.  Improved  title  of  No.  689. 

690  a  Catlin's  notes  |  of  |  eight  years'  travels  and  residence  | 

in  Europe,  |  with  his  |  North  American  Indian  Collection:  |  with 
anecdotes  and  incidents  of  the  travels  and  adventures  of  three  | 
different  parties  of  American  Indians  whom  he  introduced  |  to 
the  courts  of  |  England,  France,  and  Belgium.  |  In  two  volumes 
octavo.  |  Vol.  I  [-11].  |  With  numerous  illustrations.  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  the  author.  |  To  be  had  at  all  the 
bookstores.  |  1848.  |  0. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-296;  i-xii,  1-336.  plates.  8°. 

690  b   Catliu's  Notes  |  of  |  Eight  Years'  travels  and  residence  | 

in  Europe,  |  with  his  |  North  American  Indian  Collection.  |  With  | 
Anecdotes  and  incidents  of  the  travels  and  adventures  of  |  three 
different  parties  of  American  Indians  whom  he  |  introduced  to  the 
courts  of  |  England,  France,  and  Belgium.  |  In  two  Volumes,  octa^ 
vo.  |  Vol.1  [-II].  |  With  numerous  illustrations.  |  Second  edition.  | 

London:  |  Published  by  the  Author,  |  At  his  Indian  Collection, 
No.  6,  Waterloo  Place.  |  1848.  |  c.  WHS. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-296;  i-xii,  1-336.  plates.  8°. 

Names  of  nine  "Ojibbeway  "  Indians,  with  English  signification,  vol.  1,  pp. 
108-109. — Descriptive  catalogue  of  Mr.  Catlin's  Indian  Collection,  giving  many 
Indian  names,  with  English  signification,  vol.  1,  pp.  248-296. — Names  of  14  loway 
Indians,  with  English  signification,  vol.  2,  p.  13. — Names  of  11  Ojibbeway  In 
dians,  with  English  signification,  vol.  2,  p.  279. 

702  a  The  Catlin  Indian  Collection,  containing  Portraits,  Laud- 
scapes,  Costumes,  &c.,  and  Representations  of  the  Manners  and 
Customs  of  the  North  American  Indians.  *  *  *  *  *  Pre 
sented  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  by  Mrs.  Thomas  Harrison, 
of  Philadelphia,  in  1879.  A  Descriptive  Catalogue.  By  George 
Catlin,  the  Artist. 

In  Rhees  (William  J.)     Visitor's  Guide  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  and 
National  Museum,  Washington,  D.C.,  pp.  59-78.     Washington,  1884.  8°. 

704  a   Notice  |  sur  |  les  Indiens  loways,  |  et  |  sur  le  Nuage 

Blanc,  |  ler  chef  de  la  Tribu,  |  Venus  des  PlainesduHaut-Missouri, 
pres  des  Montagnes  Rocheuses  |  (Territoire  des  Etats-Uuis,  Arne'- 
rique  du  Nord),  |  sous  la  conduite  |  de  G.  H.  C.  Melody,  Esq™,  |  et 


CATLIN CEPEDA.  903 

Catlin  (George) — continued. 

accompagne's  |  Par  Jeffrey  Doraway,  |  Leur  Interprete  Favori.  | 
Huit  gravures  sur  bois,  par  Porret.  | 

Paris,  |  Impriinerie   de   Wittersheim,  |  Rue  Montmorency,  8.  | 
1845.  |  WHS. 

Printed  cover  1 1.,  pp.  1-24.   16°. 

704  b  Caulkins  (Frances  Manwaring).  History  |  of  |  New  London,  | 
Connecticut.  |  From  the  first  survey  of  the  coast  in  1612,  to  1852.  | 
By  Frances  Mauwaring  Caulkins.  |  [Quotation  and  Seal.]  | 

New  London :  |  Published  by  the  Author.  |  1852.  |       c.  T.  w.  BA. 

Pp.  i-xii,  13-680.  8°. 

Chapter  VIII.     A  chapter  of  names — English  and  Aboriginal,  pp.  118-125. 

Sabiu's  Dictionary  says  there  is  in  the  Library  of  Congress  a  copy  of  the  Sec 
ond  Edition,  continued  to  1860.  New  London,  1860.  8°.  pp.  680.  That  library 
has  no  such  edition. 

704  c   Celebration.    The  |  Celebration  |  of  the  |  One  Hundred  and  Fif 

tieth  |  Anniversary  |  of  the  |  primitive  organization  |  of  the  |  Con 
gregational  Church  and    Society,  |  in  |  Franklin,   Connecticut,  | 
October  14th,  1868.  | 
Tuttle,  Morehouse  &  Taylor,  Printers,  |  New  Haven.  |  1869.  | 

Pp.  1-151.  8°.  map  and  portraits.  C.  T.  w.  BA. 

Woodward  (A.)  Historical  Address,  pp.  11-92,  contains,  on  pp.  46-48,  Indian 
names  [in  Connecticut],  by  J.  Hammond  Trumbnll. 

705  Cepeda  (Fr.  Francisco  de).    Artes  de  los   idiomas    Chiapaneco, 
Zoque,  Tzendal  y  Chinanteco,  por  Fr.  Francisco  de  Cepeda.  * 

4°.  "I  am  not  aware  that  a  copy  of  this  book  is  now  extant,  nor  that  any  one 
has  described  it  de  visu.  The  first  notice  of  it  is  due  to  Bemesal  (lib.  x,  cap.  16), 
and  its  title  has  been  variously  given  by  bibliographers.  Eemesal  says  that 
P.  Zepeda  had  printed  Artes  de  las  lenguas  de  Chiapa,  Zoqnes,  Celdales  y  Cinacan- 
tecas,  but  does  not  give  the  date.  Antonio  de  Leon  Pinelo  entitles  it  Arle  de 
las  lenguas  Chiapa,  Zoque,  Celdales  y  Cinacanteca,  and  gives  it  the  date  of  1560. 
D.  Nicolas  Antonio  mentions  it  with  this  title:  Arte  de  las  lenguas  Chiapa,  Toque, 
Celdales  y  Cinacanteca,  1560.  The  Dominicans  Quetif  and  Echard  copy  the  title 
from  Remesal,  omitting  the  preposition  de  from  before  the  names  of  the  lan 
guages,  and  give  the  date  doubtfully:  'Mexici,  circa  1566.'  Barcia,  in  his 
reprint  of  Leon  Pinelo,  copies  in  one  place  (col.  729)  the  article  as  given  above; 
and  gives  in  another  place  (col.  721)  the  following:  'Fr.  Antonio  j>ic]  de  Ce 
peda,  dominico,  Artes  de  las  Lenguae  dc  Chiapa,  Loques,  Celdales  y  Chinatlecas, 
imp.  Me'xico,  1530.'  This  notice  is  certainly  erroneous,  as  it  antedates,  by  sev 
eral  years,  the  introduction  of  printing  into  Mexico.  But  if  Barcia  did  so 
poorly,  Beristain  was  hardly  more  correct,  for  he  gives  the  work  this  title:  Arte 
de  las  idiomas  Chiapense,  Zoquense,  Caldulense  y  Cinacontlano,  Mexico,  1560.  Ter- 
naux-Compans  copies  D.  Nicolas  Antonio.  Brunei  follows  Pinelo,  and  refers  to 
Mr.  Marsden's  Catalogue  of  Dictionaries.  Squier  makes  a  special  title,  thus: 
Artes  de  los  idiomas  Chiapense,  Zoquense,  Celdal  y  Cinacanteca,  Mexico,  1560.  Lude- 
wig  follows  Antonio.  And  last,  in  the  catalogue  annexed  to  La  Imprenta  en 
America,  we  meet  the  work  of  Cepeda  with  the  title  of  Arle  de  la  lengua  Chiapa, 
Zoque,  Celdales  y  Cinacanteca,  as  if  they  were  different  names  for  one  tongue.  In 
the  midst  of  such  confusion,  I  have  preferred  the  title  given  by  Sr.  Pimentel  in 
his  Cuadro  Descriptive  y  Comparative  de  las  Lenguas  Indigenas  de  Mexico,  first 
edition,  vol.  2,  p.  232. 


904  NORTH   AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Cepeda  ( Fr.  Francisco  de) — continued. 

"  Fr.  Francisco  de  Zepeda,  or  Cepeda,  was  a  native  of  Mancha,  and  took  the 
babit  of  S.  Domingo  in  the  convent  of  Ocafia.  From  thence  he  went  to  the 
province  of  S.  Vicente  de  Chiapa,  where  he  was  of  ranch  assistance  in  the  con 
version  of  the  Indians,  for  he  learned  several  of  their  languages.  He  was  prior 
of  several  convents,  and  at  last  was  elected  provincial  in  1593.  He  also  held 
the  office  of  Comisario  of  the  Inquisition  in  Guatemala,  and  died  in  1602,  at  the 
age  of  seventy  years.  The  missionaries  had  suffered  great  inconveniences  in 
learning  the  languages  of  this  province,  for  each  one  was  obliged  to  use  what 
ever  manuscript  grammar  he  could  obtain;  and  as  a  remedy,  it  was  decreed  that 
Fr.  Francisco  should  go  to  Mexico  commissioned  to  have  printed  there  Aries  of 
those  dialects  most  used;  which  he  accomplished,  carrying  with  him,  on  his 
return,  the  edition,  of  which,  as  I  have  already  said,  no  copy  is  known  to  he 
extant.  Probably  these  Aries  which  P.  Cepeda  had  printed  were  not  his  own, 
or  at  least  not  all.  From  this  work  the  friars  received  great  assistance,  and  the 
Indians  great  pleasure,  'when  they  saw  his  own  words  in  print,  and  that  they 
were  communicated  not  alone  in  Latin  and  Spanish.'" — Icazbalcela,  Bibliografia 
Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVI,  pp.  121-122. 

Cesvs  Klist,  em  opunkv  hera.  [Matthew  in  Muskokee.]  See 
[Loughridge  (Rev.  Robert  M.)],  Nos.  2325-2327. 

705 a  Cesvs  vc  vnokeces  ("Jesus  loves  me.") 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  4,  No.  4.  Mnscogee,  I.  T.,  Oct.  2, 1879.  folio.  Hymn, 
"Jesus  loves  me,"  in  Muskoki. 

705  b  Cesvs  vn  tisem  vc  vnokeces. 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  4,  No.  48.  Mnscogee,  I.  T.,  Aug.  5,1880.  folio.  Hymn, 
"Jesus  loves  even  me,"  in  the  Muskoki  language. 

Ce-sxs  wo-ra-kae-pe  se-ta-wae.  [Matthew  in  Iowa.]  See  [Hamilton 
(Rev.  William)  and  Irvin  (Rev.  S.  M.)],  No.  1657. 

720  a  Champlain  (Samuel  de).    Les  Voyages  |  de  la  |  Novvelle  France  | 
&c. 

A  Paris.  |  Chez  Pierre  Le-Mvr,  dans  la  grand  Salle  |  du  Palais.  | 
M.  DC.  XXXII  [1632].  |  Auec  Priuilege  du  Roy.  |  L. 

Title  as  in  No.  720,  except  imprint  as  above.     Collation  also  as  in  No.  720. 

725  a   Chapman  (Isaac  A.)    A  |  Sketch  |  of  the  |  History  of  Wyoming.  | 
By  the  late  Isaac  A.  Chapman,  Esq.  |  To  which  is  added,  |  an  j 
Appendix,  |  containing  a  |  Statistical  Account  |  of  the  |  Valley,  j 
ind  |  Adjacent  Country.  |  By  a  Gentleman  of  Wilkesbarre.  | 

Wilkesbarre,  Penn.  |  Printed  and  published  by  Sharp  D. 
Lewis.  |  1830.  |  c.  T.  w.  BA. 

Pp.  1-209.  12°.  "  Signification  of  several  Indian  names  which  are  still  re 
tained  at  and  near  Wyoming,"  pp.  172-173. 

726  a   Charencey  (Hyacinthe  de).    Origine  des  petiples.    De  la  parente" 
de  la  laugue  Japonaise  avec  les  idioines  Tartares  &  Ame"ricaius. 

In  Annales  de  Philosophic  Chrdtienne,  vol.  57,  pp.  7-24.     Paris,  1858.  8°. 

729  a   Elements  de  la  Grammaire  Othomi. 

In  Revue  Orientale  et  Ame"ricaine,  tome  8,  pp.  15-49.    Paris,  1863.  8°. 
Translated,  in  part,  from  the  work  of  Neve  y  Molina,  by  Leon  de  Rosuy. — 
Leclerc,  1867.     Separately  issued  as  in  No.  730. 


CEPEDA CHARENCEY.  905 

Charencey  (Elyacinthe  de) — continued. 

730  a   -          -  Introduction  a  une  Etude  comparative  sur  les  langues 
do  la  Famille  Maya-Quiche.  BGB. 

In  Avant  Tropes,  pp.  32-37.     Paris,  1866.  8C. 

Numerals  1-10,  and  a  short  vocabulary  of  the  Quiche',  Pokonchi,  Maya  de 
Palin,  and  Hnasteque. 

731  Recherches  |  sur  la  famille    de  |  langues  Tapijualapane- 

Mixe  |  Par  M.  H.  De  Charencey.  | 

Havre  |  Imprimerie  Lepelletier  |  1867  |  TO. 

Pp.  1-15.  8°.    Improved  title  of  No.  731. 

731  a  Recherches  sur  la  famille  de  laugues  Ame"ricaiues  Pirinda- 

Othomi. 

In  Annales  do  Philosophic  Chr6tienne,  vol.  75,  pp.  49-58.     Paris,  1867.  8°. 
Comparison  of  the  Pirinda,  Mazahua,  and  Othomi  languages. 

738  a  -      —  Le  Mythe  de  Votan. 

Forms  vol.  2,  Actes  de  la  Socie'to'  Philologiqae,  3  p.  11.,  pp.  7-144.  Paris,  1871.  8°. 
Separately  issued  as  in  No.  739. 

739  a Recherches  sur  les  lois  phone"tiques  dans  les  Idiomes  de 

la  Famille  Maine  Huasteque. 

In  Revue  deLinguistique,  tome  5,  pp.  129-167.    Paris,  [1872.]  8°.    Separately 
issued  as  in  No.  740. 

742      Essai  |  d' Analyse  Grammatical  |  d'un  texte  en  langne 

Maya  |  par  |  M.  H.  De  Charencey  |  Membre  [&c.,  two  lines].  |  [Mon 
ogram.] 

Caen  |  Typographic  de  F.  Le  Blanc-Hardel  |  Rue  Froide,  2  et  4  | 
1873  |  DGB. 

Pp.  1-22.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  742. 

742  a Recherches  sur  une  ancienne  Proph^tie  en  langue  Maya. 

In  Revue  de  Linguistique,  tome  6,  pp.  42-61.     Paris,  [1873.]  8°. 

745  a  -    Etude  sur  la  Prophe"tie  en  langue  Maya  D'Ahkuil  Chel. 

In  Revue  de  Linguistique,  tome  8,  pp.  320-332.     Paris,  1875.  8°.     Separately 
issued  as  in  No.  746. 

747      Recherches  |  sur  le  |  Codex  Troano  |  par  |  H.  De  Cha 
rencey  | 

Paris  |  Ernest  Leroux,  Editeur  |  Libraire  [etc.,  three  lines]  | 
28,  Rue  Bonaparte,  28  [  1876  |  DGB. 

Printed  cover  1  1., half-title  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  5-15,  plate.  8°.    Improved  title 
of  No.  747. 

753  a  -       -  [Vocabulary  of  the  Nagranda  Language,  Nicaragua.]        * 
In  Revue  de  Linguistique,  vol.  12,  No.  3,  (July,  1879.)    From  manuscripts  left 
by  the  Abb<$  Brasscnr  de  Bourbourg. 

755      Des  Signes  |  de  |  Numeration  en  Maya  |  par  |  H.  de  Cha- 

reucey  | 

Alencon  |  E.  Renaut-de  Broise,  Imprimeur  et  Lithographe.  | 
Place  d'Armes.  |  1881  |  DGB.  JWP. 

Printed  cover,  pp.  1-7.  8°.  ^Improved  title  of  No.  755. 


906  NOETH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Charencey  (Hyacinthe  de) — continued. 

755  a  Du  Systeme  de  Numdration  |  chez  |  les  Penples  de  la 

FamilleMaya-Quich<§  |  par  |  H.de Charencey  |  ExtraitduMuse"on  | 
Louvaiu  |  Typographic  de  Ch.  Peeters,  Libraire  |  Eue  de  Namur, 
22  |  1882  |  T.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-8.  8°. 

755  i  Eecherches  |  sur  les  |  Noms  des  Points  de  1'Espace  | 

par  |  M.  le  Cte  de  Charencey  |  Membre  [etc.,  two  lines.]  |  |  Design.] 
Caen  |  Imprimerie  de  F.  le  Blanc-Hardel  |  Eue  Froide,  2  et  4  | 
1882  |  DGB.  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  1  blank  1.,  title  1 1.,  pp.  1-86.  8°. 

A.  FamilleEsquimande:  Groenlandais,  Tchiglit  (des  benches  du  Mackenzie), 
pp.ll-14.-B.  FamilleAlgiqne:  Algonquin,  Cri,pp- 14-16.— C.  Famille Mohawk: 
Onondaga,  pp.  17-19.— D.  Famille  Siousse:  Mine~tari  (on  Hidatsa),pp.  19-20.— E. 
Famille Athabaskane,  appehSeDenne-DindjieparleK.  P.  Petitot:  Peau-de-Lievre, 
Chipp<5wayau  ou  Montagnais,  Dindjid,  pp.  20-23.— F.  Families  Califoruiennes: 
Mutsun  (groupe  de  Santa-Cruz),  Santa-Barbara  (dialecte  de  Pile  de  la  Croix),  Kla- 
iniif  h  on  Modoc,  Ehnek  (sur  la  riviere  Klamath),  Calaveras  on  Thlama,  Dialecte 
de  San  Kafael  (sur  la  bale  de  San  Francisco),  pp.  23-25.— G.  Famille  Mexico-Cali- 
fornienne:  Dialecte  des  Indiens  de  Warm  Spring  ou  des  Chutes-River  (Oregon), 
Kij  ou  dialecte  de  San  Gabriel  (c&te  sud  de  la  Californie),  Opata,  Azteque  ou 
Mexicain,  pp.  25-27. — H.  Famille  Piriuda-Othomie :  Othomi,  p.  28. — I.  Famille 
Mam-huasteque:  Maya,  pp.  28-30. — J.  Famille  Mosquito :  Mosquito,  pp.  30-31. 

755  c  Melanges  |  de  |  Philologie  et  de  Pale"ographie  |  Ame"ri- 

caines  |  par  |  le  Comte  de  Charencey  | 

Paris  |  Ernest  Le"roux,  Editeur  |  Libraire  de  la  Socie~t6  Asiati- 
que  |  de  I'Ecole  des  langues  Orientales  Vivantes,  etc.  |  28,  Eue 
Bonaparte,  28  |  1883  |  A.  DGB. 

Title  1  1.,  pp.  1-195,  1  1.  8°.  "Le  present  volume  se  compose  de  rn<$moires 
d<Stach<Ss  et  ay  ant  paru  a  des  (Spoques  di  verses." — Extract  from  Preface. 

Snr  quelques  families  de  langues  du  Mexique,  pp.  3-36. — Sur  diftxSreuts  idiomes 
de  la  Nouvelle-Espagne,  pp.  38-67. — Sur  la  famille  delanguesTapijualupaue-Mixe, 
pp.  69-78.— Sur  la  famille  de  langues  Piriuda-Otliomi,  pp.  79-88. — Sur  les  lois  pho- 
ne'tiques  dans  les  idiomes  de  la  famille  Mame-Huasteque,  pp.  89-121. — Sur  le  pro- 
nom  personnel  dans  les  idiomes  de  la  famille  Maya-Quiche',  pp.  123-139.— Etude 
sur  la  prophetic  en  langue  Maya  d'Ahkuil-Chel,  pp.  141-150.— Sur  le  systeme  de 
numeration  chez  les  peuples  de  la  famille  Maya-Quiche*,  pp.  151-107.— Snr  lo 
de'chiffrement  des  e"critures  calculiformes  ou  Mayas,  pp.  159-190. — Sur  les  signes 
de  numeration  en  Maya,  pp.  191-195. 

755  d Eecherches  sur  les  norns  de  nombres  cardiuaux  dans  la 

famille  Maya-Quiche". 

In  Revue  de  Linguistiqne,  vol.  16,  pp.  325-339.     Paris,  1883. 

Also  issued  separately,  pp.  1-15,  without  title-page—heading  as  above.  (JWP.) 

760  a  Charnock  ( Dr.  E.  S.)  and  Blake  (Dr.  C.  Carter).  Notes  on  the 
Woolwa  and  Mosquito  Vocabularies.  By  Dr.  E.  S.  Charnock,  and 
Dr.  C.  Carter  Blake. 

In  Philolog.  Soc.  [of  London],  Transactions,  1873-4,  pp.  350-353.  London, 
1874.  8°. 

Comparison  of  Woolwa  and  Mosquito  words  and  numerals. 

Charter  of  the  Choctaw.  See  [Pomeroy  (James  Margarum),  editor], 
Nos.  3024-3025. 


CHARENCEY — CHAUMONOT.  907 

762  a  Chateaubriand  ( Vicomte  Francois  Auguste  de).  Voyages  |  en  | 
Aine"rique  |  et  en  |  Italic:  |  par  |  Le  Vicomte  de  Chateaubriand,  j 
En  deux  volumes.  |  Tome  I  [-IIJ.  | 

Paris  |  Et  Londres,  chez  Colburu,  Libraire,  |  New  Burlington 
Street.  |  1828.  |  c. 

2  vols. :  2  p.  11., pp.  i-iv,  1 1.,  pp.  1-400;  3  p.  11. , pp.  1-423.  8°. 

"  Langues  Indiennes,"  including  comments  on,  and  comparison  of,  the  Creek, 
Natchez,  Sioux,  and  other  tribes,  and  examples  of  Huron  conjugation,  vol.  1,  pp. 
273-286. 

762  b  Travels  |  in  |  America  and  Italy,  |  by  |  Viscount  de  Cha 
teaubriand,  |  Author  of  Atala,  Travels  in  Greece  and  Palestine,  | 
the  Beauties  of  Christianity,  &c.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  | 

London :  |  Henry  Colburn,  New  Burlington  Street.  |  1828.  |       c. 

2  vols. :  3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-356;  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-429.  8°.  "Indian  languages,"  vol.  1, 
pp.  255-266. 

762  c CEuvres  completes  j  de  M.le  Vicomte   De  Chateaubriand,  | 

Membre   de   1'Academie   franchise.  |  Tome   Premier   [-Trente-Si- 
xieme]  | 

Paris,  |  Pourrat  Freres,  Editeurs.  |  M.  DCCC.  XXXVI  [-M.  DCCC. 
XLJ  [1836-1840].  |  « 

36  vols.  8°.  Tome  Douzieme,  Voyage  en  Ame'rique,  "Langues  Indiennes," 
pp.  167-176.  Title  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Trumbull  from  copy  in  the  Watkinson 
Library,  Hartford,  Conn. 

762  d  Voyages  |  en  Ame'rique  |  en  Italie,  etc.  |  par  |  M.  De  Cha 
teaubriand  |  avec  des  gravures  | 

Paris  |  Bernardin-B6chet,  Libraire  |  31,  Quai  des  Augustins  | 
[N.  d.]  B. 

Printed  cover  1  1., half-title  1  1., pp.  1-380.  8°.  Linguistics,  as  in  edition  of 
1828,  pp.  138-144. 

764  a  Chaumonot  (Pierre  Joseph  Marie).     Suite  de  la  vie  |  du  |  K.  P. 
Pierre  Joseph  Marie  |  Chaumonot,  |  De  la  Compagnie  de  Jesus,  | 
Par  un  Pere  de  la  meine  Compagnie  avec  |  la  maniere  d'oraison  du 
venerable  Pere,  |  e"crite  par  lui-meme.  |  [Device.] 

Nouvelle  York,  Isle  de  Manate,  |  A  la  Presse  Cramoisy  de  Jean- 
marie  Shea.  |  M.  DCCC.  LVIII  [1858].  |  c.  s.  BA.  BP. 

Pp.  1-7,9-66, 11.  sq.8°  Firstpage  of  text  has  the  head  ing:  Supplement  et  con 
tinuation  de  la  vie  du  E.  P.  Pierre  Joseph  Marie  Chaumonot  [No.  764  of  this 
Catalogue]. 

Rev.  Peter  Joseph  Mary  Chaumonot,  son  of  a  vine-dresser  near  Chatillon-sur- 
Seine,  in  France,  ran  away  while  at  school,  and  then  to  make  amends  set  out  as 
a  pilgrim  for  Rome.  After  many  adventures  he  was  at  last  admitted  to  a  Jesuit 
college  at  Terni  as  a  pupil,  and  so  zealously  did  he  renew  his  studies  that  he  was 
soon  made  a  tutor.  In  time  he  applied  for  admission  to  the  order.  By  this  time 
he  was  completely  Italianized,  but  a  volume  of  the  Jesuit  Relations  of  Canada 
made  him  apply  to  be  sent  on  that  mission.  He  was  ordained  and  sailed  from 
Dieppe  in  May,  1(539,  on  the  same  vessel  with  V.  Mother  Mary  of  the  Incarnation 
and  the  Hospital  nuns.  He  was  employed  on  the  Huron  missions,  and  visited 
with  Brebeuf  the  Neater  nation  on  the  Niagara.  On  the  overthrow  of  the  Huron 
nation  Father  Chaumonot  led  a  band  of  survivors  to  Quebec,  and  their  descend- 


908  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Chaumonot  (Pierre  Joseph  Marie) — continued. 

ants  arc  now  at  the  Mission  of  Lorette,  which  he  founded.  In  1655  he  was  em 
ployed  at  Onondaga,  but  soon  returned  to  his  Hurons,  and  died  at  Quebec, 
February  21,  1693.  He  wrote  a  Grammar  of  the  Huron  Language  in  Latin,  a 
translation  of  which  has  been  printed  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Literary  and 
Historical  Society  of  Quebec,  vol.  2,  pp.  94-198,  and  an  autobiography,  also  printed, 
New  York,  1858;  Poitiers,  1869.  The  fullest  account  of  him  in  English  is  that 
by  J.  G.  Shea,  in  the  Catholic  World,  vol.  15,  p.  675. 

766  a  Chavero  (Alfredo).    Calendario  Azteca  |  ensayo  |  Arqueologico  | 
por  |  Alfredo  Chavero  |  Secretario  Perpetuo  de  la  Sociedad  de 
Geografla  y  Estadistica  |  de  Mexico.  |  Segunda  Ediciou  |  [Design] 

Mexico  |  Imp.  de  Jens  y  Zapiain,  calle  de  San  Jose  el  Real  num. 
22.  |  1876.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-47, 1  plate  (calendar).  8°.  Contains  many  Nahuatl  terms  passim. 

Cherokee  Hymns.    See  Worcester  (Rev.  Samuel  A.)  and  Boudinot 
(Elias),  Nos.  4216-4220. 

780  a  Cherokee.    [Two  lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  Cherokee  Primer.  | 
[Engraving.] 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:   Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1854.  |  o. 

Pp.  1-24.  24°.  In  Cherokee  characters. 

785  a  Chilam.  Chilam  Balam.  |  Articulos  y  Fragmentos  |  de  manu- 
scritos  antiguos  en  Lengua  Maya  |  colectados  y  copiados  en  fac 
simile  |  por  |  C.  Hermann  Berendt,  M.  D.  |  Merida  |  1868.  |  DGB. 
Half-title  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  12  blank  11.,  half-title  1  1.,  pp.  1-200.  4°. 
"This  manuscript,  the  Codice  Perez  [Mo.  785  6],  and  the  Dicciouario  de  Motnl 
[No.  1030  a]  are  the  gems  of  Dr.  Berendt's  collection.  They  present  a  body  of 
native  literature  scarcely  equaled  in  peculiar  traits,  in  marked  individuality,  as 
well  as  in  richness,  by  that  of  any  other  American  nation ;  and  when  it  is  con 
sidered  that  the  Mayas  were  by  odds  the  most  civilized  nation  of  the  western 
continent,  the  interest  attaching  to  these  volumes  is  vastly  increased." — Brintmi's 
Maya  Chronicles. 

785  b Half-title:  Codice  Perez  | 

Title:  Chilam  Balam.  |  Articulos  y  Pragmentos  |  de  manuscritos 
antiguos  en  Lengua  Maya  |  colectados  por  |  D.  Juan  Pio  Perez.  | 
Copiado  en  Merida  |  1870.  |  DGB. 

Half-title   1  1.,  pp.  i-vi,  1-258.   4°.     See  note  to  previous  title.      See  Perez 
(D.  J.  P.),  No.  2952. 

Child's  Catechism  in  English  and  Laguna.     See  [Menaul  (Rev. 
John)],  No.  2555. 

Chipewyan  Primer.     See  [Bompas  (Rt.  Rev.  William  Carpenter)], 
No.  402. 

797  a  Choix  |  des  |  Lettres  Edifiantes,  |  ecrites  |  des  Missions  Etran- 
geres;  |  avec  des  additions,  des  notes  critiques,  |  et  des  observa 
tions  pour  la  plus  grande  |  intelligence  de  ces  lettres;  |  pre~ce"de  | 
D'un  Tableau  Geographique  de  la  Chine,  de  sa  Politique,  |  des 
Sectes  religieuses,  de  la  Litterature,  et  de  1'etat  |  actuel  du  Chris- 


CHAUMONOT — CLARKSON.  909 

Choix — con  tii  i  ued . 

tiauisine  chez  ce  peuple;  |  Par  M.  *  *  *,  |  ancien  arcliidiacre 
et  vicaire-general  do  Soissoiis.  |  Missions  de  la  Chine,  tome  pro 
mier.  |  « 

A  Paris,  |  chez  Maradan,  Libraire,  |  rue  des  Grauds-Augustins, 
1ST".  9.  |  M.  DCCC.  VIII  [-1809].  |  A. 

8  vols.  8°. 

Rasles  (S. )    Lettre,  vol.  7,  pp.  137-152. 

797  b  Chorotega  6  Diria  |  (coiuparada  con  Chiapaneca).  |  DOB. 

Manuscript.  5pp.  8°.  Three-column  vocabulary — English,  Diria,  and  Chapa- 
neca — of  over  one  hundred  words. 

Christiane  OOnoowae  Sampoowaonk.  See  [Eliot  (John)],  Nos. 
1190  a— 1197. 

798  Chronicles  of  the  Northamerican  Savages.  |  Vol.  I.   May,  1835.  No. 
1  [-September,  1835,  No.  5].  |  c.  WHS. 

No  title-page;  pp.  1-SO.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  798. 

James  (E.)     Essay  on  the  Chippeway  language,  pp.  73-80. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Sawke  and  Musquawke  Indian  Tongue,  pp.  11-16, 46-48, 80. 

The  copy  in  the  Library  of  Congress  is  minus  the  first  sixteen  pages. 

798  a  Chuchona.     Aqui  comienzan  algunos  modos  de  bien  hablar  en 
lengua  Chuchona  de  Cuextlahuaca. 

Manuscript.  220  11.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Sociedad  de  Geografia  y  Esta- 
dfstica,  at  Mexico.  •  At  the  beginning  of  the  index  are  three  lines  in  Latin  as 
follows:  "Index  sen  tabula  oim  contentof};  in  hac  salubri  doctriua  f.  Benedict! 
fernandi  meme.  viri  apl'ici."  The  Chuchona  is  a  dialect  of  the  Misteco,  and  this 
note  may  refer  to  a  work  by  P.  Fernandez,  which  is  now  lost. — Icazbalceta,  Bib. 
Max.  del  Siglo  XVI,  p.  154. 

Clark  (Rev.  D.  W.),  editor.    See  Finley  (Eev.  James  B.),  No.  1290. 

812  a  Clarke  (Hyde).     Serpent  and  Siva  Worship  |  and  |  Mythology  | 
in  |  Central  America,  Africa,  and  Asia.  |  By  |  Hyde  Clarke,  |  Mem. 
Anthrop.  Inst.  [etc.,  five  lines.]  | 

London:  |  Triibner  &  Co.,  57  &  59,  Ludgate  Hill.  |  1876.  |     DOB. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  3-14.  8°.  Animal  names  of  Costa  Rica  com 
pared  with  those  of  Africa,  pp.  6-7. — Vocabulary  of  Central  America  (Costa 
Rica),  pp.  7-9. 

815  a  Clarkson  (Thomas).  Memoirs  |  of  the  |  Private  and  Public  Life  | 
of  |  William  Penn.  |  By  Thomas  Clarksou,  M.A.  |  In  two  volumes,  j 
Vol.  I  [-II].  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  Eichard  Taylor  and  Co.,  Shoe-lane,  |  for 
Longman,   Hurst,  Eees,  Orme,  and  Brown,  |  Paternoster-Bow.  | 
1813.  |  A.  BA. 

2  vols.:  pp.i-xii,  1-520;  2  11.,  pp.  1-500.  8°. 

Penn  (W.)    Letter,  etc.,  vol.  1,  pp.  375-406.     Brief  vocabulary  of  the  Penn 
sylvauia  Indians,  p.  385. 

815  b  -        -  Memoirs  |  of  the  |  Private  and  Public  Life  |  of  |  William 
Penn.  |  By  Thomas  Clarkson,  M.A.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  | 


910  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Clarkson  (Thomas) — continued. 

Philadelphia,  |  Published  by  Bradford  and  Inskeep,  |  and  Ins- 
keep  and  Bradford,  |  New-York.  |  G.  Palmer,  printer.  |  1813 
[-1814].  | 

2  vols. :  3  p.  11.,  pp.  vii-xi,  1-403;  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-390.  12°.  Penn's  Letter,  vol.  1, 
pp.  292-315.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.  There  is  an  edition  of  this  work,  N.  Y., 
1813,  12°,  containing  Penu's  letter,  vol.  1,  pp.  292-315,  which  I  have  not  seen. 

815  o  Memoirs  |  of  the  |  Private  and  Public  Life  |  of  |  William 

Penn;  |  who  settled  |  the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  |  and  founded  | 
the  city  of  Philadelphia.  |  By  Thomas  Clarksou,  M.A.  |  Two  vol 
umes  in  one.  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  | 

Dover, N. II.  |  Samuel  G.Stevens,  Washington-Street  |  1827.  | 
Pp.  i-viii,  9-194;  1-181.  8°.     Two  volumes  in  one ;  vol.  2  has  half-title  only. 
Penn's  Letter,  vol.  1,  pp.  142-153.  c.  CHS. 

815  d  Memoirs  |  of  the  |  public  and  private  life  |  of  |  William 

Penn.  |  By  Thomas  Clarkson,  M.  A.  |  New  Edition,  |  with  a  pre 
face,  |  in  reply  to  the  charges  against  his  character  made  by  |  Mr. 
Macauley  in  his  "History  of  England,"  |  By  W.  E.  Forster.  |  Illus 
trated  with  an  engraving  of  Penn's  treaty  with  the  |  Indians,  |  a 
.plan  of  the  city  of  Philadelphia,  |  and  a  map  of  Pennsylvania.  | 

London:  |  G.  Gilpin,  5,  Bishopsgate  Street  without,  and  |  W.  J. 
Adams,  59,  Fleet  Street.  |  Manchester:  |  Bradshaw  and  Blacklock, 
47,  Brown  Street.  |  New  York:  |  John  Wiley,  161,  Broadway.  | 
Philadelphia:  |  Joseph   Scattergood,  Friends'  Book  Store,  Arch 
Street;  |  and  all  booksellers.  |  1849.  |  A.  C. 

Pp.  i-lx,  1-367.  12°    Penn's  letter,  pp.  137-148. 

Some  copies  omit  from  the  title :  "  a  plan  of  the  city  of  Philadelphia." 

823  Clavigero  (D.  Francisco  Saverio).  Historiaantigua  |  de  |  Mexico yde 
su  couquista,  j  sacadade  los  mejores  historiadores  espafioles,  y  de  los 
manuscritos  y  piuturas  antiguas  de  los  Indios.  |  Dividida  en  diez 
libros :  adornada  con  rnapas  y  estampas,  |  e  ilustrada  con  diserta- 
ciones  |  sobre  la  tierra,  los  animales  y  los  habitantes  de  M6xico  | 
escrita  |  por  D.  Francisco  J.  Glavigero ;  y  traducida  del  italiano  j 
por  J.  Joaquin  de  Mora.  |  Tom.  l[-2].  | 

Mexico:  |  Imprenta  de  Lara,  calle  de  la  Palma.  num.  4.  | 
1844.  |  BA.BP. 

2  vols. :  pp.  i-ix,  1-285, 1  1. ;  pp.  1-321, 2  11.  plates.    Improved  title  of  No.  823. 

824  Historia  Antigua  de  Mejico,  |  sacada  de  los  |  Mejores  His 
toriadores  Espafioles,  |  y  de  manuscritos  |  y  pinturas  antiguas  de 
los  Indios.  |  Dividida  en  diez  libros.    Adornada  |  de  cartas  geo- 
graflcas  y  litograflcas ;  con  disertaciones  |  sobre  |  la  tierra,  animales 
y  habitautes  de  Mejico.  |  Obra  escrita  en  italiano  |  Por  el  abate  don 
Francisco  Javier  Glavijero.  |  Traducida  |  por  el  Dr.  D.  Francisco 
Pablo  Vasquez,  Golegial  antiguo  del  eximio  de  San  Pablo  de  Puebla 
y  maestre-escuelas  dignidad  |  de  la  Santa  Iglesia  de  dicha  ciudad.  | 

Mejico.  |  Imprenta  de  Juan  R.  Navarro,  Editor,  I  Calle  de  chiquis 
num.  6.  |  1853.  |  A. 


CLARKSON — COKV.  911 

Clavigero  (D.  Francisco  Saverio) — continued. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  i-x,  1  1.,  pp.  1-439;  index  pp.  i-v;  plates.  4°.  Improved  title  of 
No.  824.  The  copy  seen  is  defective  at  the  end;  the  collation  was  furnished 
mo  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

Codex  Cortesianus.     See  Rosny  (Le"on  de),  No.  3380  c. 
Codex  Peresianus.     See  Rosny  (Le"on  de),  No.3380<7. 

830  a  Codice  frauciscano.  * 

"  I  give  this  name  to  an  old  manuscript  in  folio,  composed  of  valuable  docu 
ments  written  by  the  members  of  this  order.  It  begins  with  a  reply  which  they 
gave  to  a  royal  letter  in  1570,  in  which  they  asked  advice  in  certain  matters. 
Then  follow  various  unpublished  letters  of  Fr.  Geronimo  de  Mendieta,  of  great 
importance,  and  other  documents.  The  original,  from  which  I  took  my  copy, 
belonged  to  Sr.  D.  Jose'  F.  Ramirez,  and  was  sold  in  London,  with  the  other 
books  of  that  magnificent  library." — Icazbalceta!  s  Zumdrraga,  p.  247,  note. 

It  is  described  in  the  Ramirez  catalogue  (No.  729),  under  the  title  of  the  first 
of  the  series  of  documents  in  the  volume,  as  follows:  "  Relacion  particular  y 
descripcion  de  toda  la  provincia  del  Sancto  Evangelic  que  es  de  la  Orden  de 
Sant  Francisco  en  la  Nueva  Espaua.  MS.  of  the  16th  century  in  fol.  150  leaves. 
Unfortunately  some  leaves  are  wanting." 

The  reply  to  his  majesty  in  1570  contains  the  entire  text,  in  both  Mexican  and 
Spanish,  of  the  long  lost  "Doctrina  Christiana  breve"  of  the  Reverend  Padre 
Alonso  do  Molina,  from  the  original  edition  printed  at  Mexico  in  1546.  See 
Molina  (Fr.  Alonso  de),  No.  2608. 

830  b  Codice  Indiano  del  Sr.  Sanchez  Solis.  * 

Manuscript,  of  Mixteca-Zapoteca  origin,  formerly  belonging  to  Sr.  Sanchez 
Solis,  passing  thence  through  several  hands  into  those  of  the  Baron  de  Waecker- 
Gotter,  Minister  Resident  of  Germany  to  Mexico.  Three  copies  were  made,  one 
of  which,  made  in  1869,  is  supposed  to  be  still  in  Mexico ;  a  second,  more  recent, 
the  whereabouts  of  which  is  unknown;  and  a  third, made  in  1882, in  the  Museo 
Nacioual  de  Mexico. 

The  original  manuscript  is  on  a  long  strip  of  skin  in  several  folds.  The  copy 
in  the  Mexican  Museum  contains  29  plates,  which  correspond  with  the  15  or  16 
folds  of  the  original.  A  full  description  of  the  Museum  copy  is  given  in  the 
Museo  Anales,  vol.  3,  pp.  121-123,  by  Francisco  del  Paso  y  Troncoso,  where  it  is 
stated  that  (he  drawings  in  the  original  are  accompanied  by  reading  matter 
written  probably  in  one  of  the  tongues  spoken  in  the  State  of  Oaxaca,  the  char 
acters  being  very  ancient.  This  matter  is  lacking  in  the  Museum  copy. 

830  c    Coke  (Henry  John).    A  ride  |  over  the  Rocky  Mountains  |  to  | 
Oregon  and  California.  |  With  a  |  glance  at  some  of  the  tropical 
islands,  |  including  the  |  West  Indies  and  the  Sandwich  Isles.  |  By 
the  Hon.  Henry  J.  Coke.  |  Author  of  "Vienna  in  1848."  | 

London :  |  Richard  Bentley,  New  Burlington  Street.  |  Publisher 
in  Ordinary  to  Her  Majesty.  |  1852.  |  B.  c.  BA. 

Pp.  i-x,  1-388,  1  1.  8°.     Short  vocabulary  of  the  Kayux  language,  p.  295. 

Cokv  Cems  mekusapvlke  *  *  *  Cokv  vpastvl  Pal  Titvs 
Ohtotvte  [irt  Muskoki].  See  [Robertson  (Mrs.  A.  E.  W.)],  No.  3322. 

Cokv  enhvteceskv  svhokkalat  tepakat  vpastel  Pal  kvleurvlke 
ohtotolvte  [in  Muskoki].  See  [Robertson  (Mrs.  A.  E.  W.)],  No.  3328. 

Cokv  Vpastel  Pal  Lomvnvlke  Ohtotvte  [in  Muskoki].  See  [Rob 
ertson  (Mrs.  A.  E.  W.)],  No.  3327. 


912  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

833  a  Golden  (Cadwallader).    The  |  History  |  of  the  |  Five  Indian  Na 
tions  |  of  j  Canada,  |  Which  are  dependent  |  On  the  Province  of 
New- York  in  America,  |  and  |  Are  the  Barrier  between  the  English 
and  French  |  in  that  Part  of  the  World.  |  With  |  Particular  Ac 
counts  of  their  Religion,  Manners,  Customs,  Laws,  and  |  Forms  of 
Government;  their  several  Battles  and  Treaties  with  |  the  Euro 
pean  Nations;  their  Wars  with   the  other  Indians;  and  |  a  true 
Account  of  the  present  State  of  our  Trade  with  them.  |  In  which 
are  shewn,  |  The  great  Advantage  of  their  Trade  and  Alliance  to 
the  British  |  Nation,  and  the  Intrigues  and  Attempts  of  the  French 
to  engage  |  them  from  us;    a  Subject  nearly  concerning  all  our 
American  |  Plantations,  and  highly  meriting  the  Attention  of  the 
British  |  Nation  at  this  Juncture.  |  By  the  Honourable  Cadwallader 
Colden,  Esq;  |  One  of  his  Majesty's  Counsel,  and  Surveyor-Gen 
eral  |  of  New- York.  |  To  which  are  added,  |  Accounts  of  the  several 
other    Nations    of   Indians    in   North-America,  |  their  Numbers, 
Strength,  &c.  and  the  Treaties  which  have  been  )  lately  made  with 
them.  |  lu  Two  Volumes  [-Vol.  II].  |  The  Third  Edition.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  Lockyer  Davis,  at  Lord  Bacon's  Head  in  | 
Fleet-street;    J.  Wren  in  Salisbury-court;   and  J  Ward  |  in  Corn- 
hill,  opposite  the  Royal-Exchange.  |  M  D  CC  LV  [1755].  | 

2  vols. :  title  1  ].,  pp.  iii-xii,  2  11.,  pp.  1-260,  map;  title  1  1.,  contents  1  1., 
pp.  1-251,  9  unnumbered  pp.  of  "Books  printed"  at  the  end.  12°.  Vocabulary, 
vol.  1,  pp.  259-260.  C.  8.  W.  BA.  HU. 

834  a  Colleccion.   Colleccion  de  Escritos  Menores  |  en  lengua  Kekchi  | 
de  la  Vera  Paz.  |  Coban.  |  1875-18 —  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  2  11.,  pp.  5-16,  2  11.  4°.  Copies,  by  Dr.  Bereudt,  of  various 
documents,  with  emendations  and  notes,  in  the  possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton. 
P.  5  is  titled: 

1.  |  Frases  de  Couversacion  |  en  lengua  Kekchi.  |  Copiado  de 
un  Ms.  en  Cuarto  |  de   ano  de  1819,  |  propriedad  de  Francisco 
Poou  |  iudio  de  Coban.  |  Coban,  1875  | 

This  extends  to  p.  16,  which  is  followed  by  2 11.,  written  on  one  side  only,  con 
taining: 

2.  |  Sermon  |   para  el  dia  de  San  Joan  |  en  lengua  Kekchi.  | 

.  Copiado  de  uu  Manuscrito  en  Cuarto  |  del  Archivo  de  la  Parro- 
quia  de  Coban  |  trascrito  por  Juan  de  Morales,  Fiscal  en  |  San 
Juan  Chamelco,  1741.  |  Por  C.  Hermann  Berendt,  M.  D.  |  Cobau 
1875.  | 

834  b  Colleccion    Lingiiistica   |   Americana   |   por   |   Ezequiel 

Uricoechea.  |  Tomo  Primero. 

Paris  |  Maisonueuve  i  Cia-  |  Libreros-Editorcs.  15  Quai  Voltaire  | 
1871  [-1882].  |  DGB. 

Vols.  1-9.  8°.  No  volume  after  the  first  has  the  general  title  above,  but  sim 
ply  a  half-title,  "Collection  Linguistique  AmeYicaine,"  followed  by  the  special 
title  of  the  work.  The  volumes  relating  to  North  America  are  as  follows: 


COLDEN COOK.  913 

Golden  (Gadwallader) — continued. 

Breton  (R.  P.  Raymond).     Graramaire  Caraibe:  forms  vol.  3. 
Haumonte  (J.-D.),  Parisot  (J.),  and  Adam  (L.)    Grammaire  et  Vocabnlaire 
de  hi  Laugue  Taensa :  forms  vol.  9. 

Collection  of  Hymns  in  the  Mohawk  Language.  See  [Hill  (A. 
H.)j,  Nos.  1774-1779. 

Collection  of  Letters.  See  [Malcolme  (Rev.  David),  and  others], 
No.  2410. 

Colloquies  de  la  paz  y  tranquilidad  Christiana,  en  lengua  Mexi- 
cana.  See  [Gaona  (Fr.  Juan)],  No.  1400. 

849  a  Compendio  facil  de  la  lengua  mexicana  y  letras  especiales  et 
Idioma.  * 

Manuscript,     47  pp.     4°.     Title  from  the  Pinart  sale  catalogue,  No.  613. 

853  a  Confesionario  |  en  Castellano  y  |  Pocomchi.  |  Tactic,  Ano  de 
1814.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1.;  Advertencia,  signed  C.  H.  Berendt, 
reverse  blank,  1  1.,  pp.  1-40.  The  full  title,  given  in  the  caption,  is:  Dialogo 
entre  Confesor  y  Peniteute,  6  modo  de  confesar  Yudios  en  lengua  Pooonchi,  1814. 
It  is  arranged  in  two  columns,  Spanish  and  Pocoiichi.  Copied  by  Dr.  Bereudt 
from  a  manuscript  of  42  pp.,  16°,  in  the  "Archive  Parroquial  del  Pueblo  de 
Tactic." 

858  a  Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences.      Transactions  |  of 

the  Connecticut  Academy  ]  of  |  Arts  and  Sciences.  |  VolumeI[-VJ.  | 
New  Haven:  |  Published  by  the  Academy.  |  Printed  by  Tuttle, 

Morehouse  &  Taylor.  |  1866  to  1871  [-1878  to  1882].  |  c.  JWP. 

5  vols.     8°. 
Tiumbull  (J.  H.)    On  some  alleged  specimens  of  Indian  Onomatopoeia,  vol. 

2,  pp.  177-185. 

859  a  Connor  (Henry).    Indian  names  of  prominent  points  in  Michigan. 

In  Lanman  (James  H  )    Hist,  of  Michigan,  pp.  260-261.    New  York,  1H39.   8°. 

863  a  Contreras  (Don  Rafael).   Vocabulario  |  de  la  lengua  Mam  |  por  | 
D.  Rafael  Contreras,  |  Cura  de  Chiantla  |  1866.  |  Copiado  del  origi 
nal  en  poder  de  |  D.  Juan  Gavarrete  en  Guatemala  |  por  Dr.  C.  H. 
Berendt.  |  Febrero  de  1875.  |  DGB. 

Mauuscriiit.  Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1.,  pp.  2-7.  8°.  Contains  about  80  words 
in  the  Mam  language. 

Cook  (Charles  S.)   See  [Cook  (Rev.  Joseph W.)  and  Cook  (Charles S.)] 

869  a  Cook  (Eev.  Joseph  Winfleld).  A  Study  in  the  Yauktou  Dialect  of 
the  Dakota,  by  the  Eev.  Joseph  W.  Cook,  Missionary,  aided  by 
Charles  S.  Cook,  Alfred  C.  Smith,  Battiste  Defend  and  Frank  Vas- 
sar,  native  half-castes. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  77-233.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the 
Study  of  Indian  Languages,  Second  Edition— completely  filled.  In  the  library 
of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

See  Hemans  (Rev.  Daniel  Wright),  No.  1723,  note. 

58  Bib. 


914  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Cook  (7?e*>.  Joseph  Winfielcl) — continued. 

869  b  -    and  Cook  (Charles  S.)    Calvary  |  Wiwicawangapi  Kin,  | 

-qa-  |  wokiksuye  anpetu  kin  koya.  |  Mrs.  D.  C.  Weston,  Owa,  j 
Rev.  Joseph  W.  Cook,  |  qa  |  Mr.  Charles  S.  Cook,  |  ieska  kagapi.  | 
[Two  lines  quotation.] 

Published  for  the  |  Niobrara  Mission.  |  1882.  |  JWP. 

Literal  translation :  Calvary  |  something-they-ask  [Catechism]  the,  |  and  | 
remembrance  [holy]  days  the  also.  |  Mrs.  D.  C.  Weston,  wrote  |  Rev.  JosephW. 
Cook,  |  and  |  Mr.  Charles  S.  Cook,  |  they-interpreted  it.  | 

Pp.  1-32.   sq.  16°.     Calvary  catechism  in  the  Yankton  dialect  of  the  Dakota. 

Rev.  J.  W.  Cook  writes  me,  under  date  of  June,  1833,  as  follows:  "I  am  now 
copying  and  rewriting  for  tho  printer  a  much  larger  work,  which  for  three  years 
past  I  have  been  preparing,  viz:  a  Commentary  on  the  Book  of  Genesis.  It  will 
run  to  400  or  500  pp.,  perhaps.  It  is  in  the  Yankton  dialect,  and  I  hope  I  shall 
be  able  to  have  it  properly  printed,  which  the  Catechism  is  not." 

883  Copway  (George).    The  |  Life,  Letters  and  Speeches  |  of  |  Kah-ge- 
ga-gah-bowh  |  or,  G.  Copway,  |  Chief  Ojibway  Nation.  |  A  Mission 
ary  [etc.,  three  lines].  | 

New  York:  |  S.  W.  Benedict.  |  1850.  |  T.  BP.  DGB.  WHS. 

Pp.  i-x,  11-224.  12°.  Hymns  in  English  and  Ojibway,  pp.  48, 57.  Improved 
title  of  No.  883. 

884  a  Recollection  sofa  Forest  Life:  |  or,  the  |  Life  and  Travels  | 

of  |  Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh,  |  or,  |  GeorgeCopway,  |  Chief  of  the  Ojib 
way  Nation.  |  Many  years  missionary  [&c.,  two  lines].  |  Second  edi 
tion.  | 

London:  |  C. Gilpin, 5, Bishopsgate without.  |  Edinburgh:  Adam 
and  Charles  Black.  |  Dublin:  James  B.  Gilpin.  |  1851.  |  WHS. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-248.  12°.     Hymns  in  Chippewa  and  English,  pp.  25, 50-51, 6i. 

885 The  |  Tiaditional  History  |  and  |  Characteristic  Sketches  | 

of  the  |  Ojibway  Nation.  |  By  G.  Copway,  |  or,Kah-ge  ga-gah-bowh, 
Chief  of  the  Ojibway  |  Nation.  | 

London :  |  Charles  Gilpin,  5,  Bishopsgate  without.  |  Edinburgh : 
Adarn  and  Charles  Black.  |  Dublin:  James  B.  Gilpiu.  |  1850.  | 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-298.  16°.  Improved  title  of  No.  885.  Song  in  Chippewa,  p.  106.— 
Chapter  x,  Their  language  and  writings,  containing  general  remarks  on  language, 
a  short  vocabulary,  characters  used  in  picture-writing,  &c.,  pp.  123-139. 

A.  8.  T.  WHS 

88i>« Indian  Life  |  and  Indian  History,  |  by  an  Indian  author.  | 

Embracing  the  |  traditions  of  the  North  American  Indians  regard 
ing  |  themselves,  particularly  of  that  most  |  important  of  all  the 
tribes,  |  the  Ojibways.  |  By  the  celebrated  Kah-ge-ga  gah-bowh,  | 
Chief  of  the  Ojibway  Nation;  j  known  also  by  the  English  name 
of  |  George  Copway.  | 

Boston :  |  Albert  Colby  and  Company,  |  20  Washington  Street.  | 
1858.  |  » 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  vii-xi,  13-266.  12°.  Opiates.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.  Chapter 
x,  Their  language  and  writings,  pp.  122-136,  contains  an  Ojibway  and  English 
vocabulary  (20  words),  p.  124. — Picture  writing,  pp.  132-134. — Specimens  of  Ojib 
way  songs,  pp.  107, 120, 158. 


COOK — CORTES.  915 

888  a  Corbusier  (W.  H.)  [Vocabulary  of  the  Yavapai  and  Yavapai- 
Wortverzeichniss.] 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S.)  Der  Yuma-Sprachstanim,  Z welter  Artikel,  in  Zeitschrift 
fur  Ethnologic,  vol.  15  (1883),  pp.  134-138, 139-142.  Berlin,  1883.  8°. 

Title  of  the  manuscript  of  this  article  is  given  in  No.  888  of  this  catalogue. 
891  a  Cornell  ( William  Mason).    The  |  History  of  Pennsylvania  |  From 
the  Earliest  Discovery  to  the  Present  Time.  |  Including  |  an  ac 
count  of  the  flrst  settlements  by  the  Dutch,  Swedes,  and  |  English, 
and  of  the  colony  of  William  Penu,  his  treaty  |  and  pacific  meas 
ures  with  the  Indians;  |  and  the  |  gradual  advancement  of  the  State 
to  its  present  aspect  |  of  opulence,  culture,  and  refinement.  |  By  | 
William  Mason  Cornell,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.,  |  Late  member  [etc.,  three 
lines].  |  Author  of  [etc.,  two  lines].  |  [Seal.] 

Philadelphia:  |  Quaker  City  PublishiugHouse,  |  217&219Quiuce 
Street.  |  Boston :  B.  B.  Russell.  |  1876.  |  c.  BA.  BP. 

Pp.  1-576.  8°.  portrait.  A  sachem's  address  to  his  warriors,  with  English 
translation,  p.  127. 

Penn  (Win.)     Letter,  pp.  111-125. 

891  b  -  -  The  |  History  of  Pennsylvania,  |  From  the  Earliest  Dis 
covery  to  the  Present  Time.  |  Including  |  an  account  of  the  First 
settlements  by  the  Dutch,  Swedes,  and  |  English,  and  of  the  Col 
ony  of  William  Penn,  his  treaty  |  and  pacific  measures  with  the 
Indians;  |  and  the  |  gradual  advancement  of  the  State  to  its  present 
aspect,  |  of  opulence,  culture,  and  refinement.  |  By  |  William  Mason 
Cornell,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.,  |  [etc.,  five  lines].  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Charles  Drew,  |  No.  9  Murray  street.  | 
1879.  |  * 

Pp.  576.  8°.  Portrait  and  plate.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.  Penn's  Letter, 
pp.  111-125.  A  sachem's  address  to  his  warriors  in  the  Indian  language  [of 
Pennsylvania]  and  in  English,  p.  127. 

897  a  Correspondence.  Document  512.  |  Correspondence  |  on  the  subject 
of  the  |  Emigration  nf  Indians,  |  between  |  the 30th  November,  1831, 
and  27th  December,  1833,  |  with  abstracts  of  expenditures  by  dis 
bursing  agents,  |  in  the  |  Removal  and  Subsistence  of  Indians,  &c. 
&c.  |  Furnished  |  in  answer  to  a  Resolution  of  the  Senate,  of  27th 
December,  1833,  |  by  the  Commissary  General  of  Subsistence 
[George  Gibson].  |  Vol.  I  [-IV].  | 

Washington:  |  Printed  by  Duff  Green  |  1834.  |  * 

4vols.:  pp. vii, 3-1179;  1  1., pp.  1-972;  1 1., pp.  1-846;  1  1., pp.  1-771.  8°. 

Contains,  passim,  many  place-names  and  personal  names,  in  various  Indian 
languages,  with  their  interpretal  ions,  or  English  equivalents. — The  census  of  the 
Creek  nation,  1832  ( with  the  names  of  all  heads  of  families),  vol.  iv,  pp.  239-394.— 
Names  of  Delawares,  Shawnees,  Kickapoos,  Potowatomies,  Ottawas,  Peorias 
and  Kaskaskias,  Weas,  Otoes,  Omahas,  Pawnees,  &c.,  &c.,  who  signed  the  Fort 
Leaven  worth  treaty,  1833,  with  translations,  vol.  iv,  pp.  728-732. 

Title  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  Hammond  TrumbiiH  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

899  Cortes  (Hernan).  Historia  |  de  |  Mejico,  escrita  por  su  esclarecido 
conquistador,  |  Hernau  Cortes:  |  aumentada  |  con  otros  documeu- 


916  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Cortes  (Heruan) — continued. 

tos  y  notas,  |  por  |  D.  Francisco  Autouio  Loreuzana,  |  Autiguo 
Arzobispo  de  Mejico.  |  Eevisada  y  adaptada  4  la  ortografia  mo- 
derua,  |  por  D.  Manuel  del  Mar.  | 

Neuva  York :  |  La  publican  los  Sres.  White,  Gallaher  y  White.  | 
Eu  la  imprenta  de  Vanderpool  y  Cole.  |  1828.  |  B.  c.  BP. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  6-110,  i-vi,  7-614,  which  latter  contains  an  imperfect  reprint  of  the 
Historia.  large  8°.  plates.  Improved  title  of  No.  899.  It  does  not  contain  the 
hieroglyphs. 

902  [Costansd  (D.  Miguel).]  Diario  Historico  |  de  los  Viages  de  Mar,  y 
Tierra  |  hechos  al  Norte  de  la  California  |  de  orden  |  del  Excelen- 
tissiino  Seflor  |  Marquez  de  Croix,  |  Virrey,  Governador,  y  Capitan 
General  de  la  |  Nueva  Espaiia: — y  por  direccion  |  del  Illustrissirno 
Senor  |  D.  Joseph  de  Galvez,  |  Del  Consejo  y  Camara  de  S.  M.  en  el 
Supremo  de  |  Indias,  Intendente  de  Exercito,  Visitador  General  | 
de  este  Eeyno.  |  Executados  por  la  Tropa  destinada  a  dicho  objecto 
al  mando  |  de  Don  Gaspar  de  Portola,  |  Capitan  de  Dragones  en 
el  Eegimiento  de  Espana,  y  Goveruador  |  en  dicha  Peninsula.  |  Y 
por  los  |  Paguebots  el  S.  Carlos  y  el  S.  Antonio  al  mando  |  de  Don 
Vicente  Vila,  |  Piloto  del  Numero  de  primeros  de  la  Eeal  Armada,  | 
y  de  Don  Juan  Perez,  |  de  la  Navegacion  de  Philipinas.  |  De  ordeu 
del  Excmo.  Sr.  Virrey,  |  En  la  Imprenta  del  Superior  Gobierno.  * 

Title  and  55  pp.  folio.  Signed:  Mexico,  y  Octubre  24  de  1770 — D.  Miguel  Cos 
tansd.  Improved  title  of  No.  902,  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  from  copy  in  his 
possession. 

"Voces  (23)  de  dicha  lengua,  Su  valor  en  la  Espafiola,"  p.  40. — Santa  Barbara 
vocabulary. 

908  a  Cotton  (Josiah).  [Vocabulary  of  the  Massachusetts  Indian  Lan 
guage.]  * 
Manuscript,  in  the  library  of  the  Mass.  Hist.  Soc.  Pp.  1-107. 107  b,  107c,  107d, 
108-123, 2  11.  sm.  4°.  It  is  the  original  of  title  No.  909,  and  is  accompanied  by  a 
manuscript  "index,"  giving  the  Indian  word  first  with  the  corresponding  English 
word  in  a  second  column  opposite,  together  with  the  number  of  the  page  in  the 
Vocabulary  on  which  the  words  occur.  The  first  volume  of  this  index  has  the 
following  title : 

Index  |  to  |  Cotton's  MS.  Vocabulary  |  of  the  |  Massachusetts 
(Indian)  Language.  |  By  |  Benjn  E.  Nichols  Esqe.  j  Member  of  the 
Mass.  Histor.  Society  |  Salem  Massachusetts,  |  1822.  | 

Manuscript.  2  vols.  8°.  The  first  volume  contains  62  11.,  the  second  52  11., 
unnumbered. 

917  a  Coy  ( Jose"  Domingo).    Ortografia  en  lengua  |  gegchi,  tradncida  | 

por  Jose"  Domingo  Coy,  en  |  la  Ciudad  de  Coban.  |  afio  de 
1870.  I  DG.B. 

Original  manuscript  by  an  educated  Indian.  Pp.  1-16.  16°.  Title  above  occu 
pies  upper  half  of  recto  of  the  first  leaf,  the  remainder  of  the  page  being  occupied 
with  the  description  of  the  letters.  Pp.  12-16  are  in  double  columns.  The  man 
uscript,  which  is  entirely  in  Cachi,  belonged  formerly  to  Dr.  Berendt,  who  made 
a  copy,  as  follows: 


CORTES — CEEE.  917 

Coy  (Jose  Domingo) — continued. 

917  b  -  Ortografia  |  en  Lengua  gegchi.  |  Traducida  por  |  Jose"  Do- 

miiigo  Coy  |  Indio  de  Cobau.  |  En  la  ciudad  de  Oobau  |  Ano  de 
1870.  |  Copiado  de  su  original  en  Coban  |  Abril  de  1875,  por  |  Dr. 
C.  H.  Berendt,  |  DGB. 

Manuscript ;  pp.  1-33.  4°.  Title,  verso  blank,  1 1.,  recto  and  verso  of  second  leaf 
also  blank.  Text  begins  p.  5 ;  the  even  numbered  pages  from  6  to  24,  inclusive, 
are  blank. 

917  c  Frases  de  Conversation  |  en  Lengua  geghi  |  Apuntadas 

por  Domingo  Coy,  |  Indio  de  Cobau  |  1868.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  phrases,  double  columns  Spanish  and 
Cechi,  pp.  3-7.  8°.  Copied  by  Dr.  Berendt  in  Coban. 

917 d  Craig  (Neville  B.),  editor.  The  |  Olden  Time;  |  a  monthly  publi 
cation,  |  devoted  to  the  |  preservation  of  documents  |  and  other  | 
authentic  information  |  in  relation  to  |  the  early  explorations,  |  and 
the  |  Settlement  and  Improvement  of  the  Country  |  around  |  the 
head  of  the  Ohio.  |  Vol.  I  [-IIJ.  |  [Three  lines  quotation.]  |  Edited 
by  Neville  B.  Craig,  Esq.  | 

Pittsburgh:  |  Published  by  J.  W.  Cook,  at  his  literary  depot, 
Fourth  Street.  |  1846  [-1848].  |  c. 

Svols.:  pp.  i-viii,  1-576;  i-iv,  1-572.  8°. 

[Alden  (Her.  T.)]    Aboriginal  Etymology,  vol.  1, pp.  325-329. 

[Morgan  (L.  H.)]    Letters  on  the  Iroquois,  vol.  2, pp. 68-87, 117-139, 289-307. 

Zeisberger  (D.)  Some  remarks  and  annotations  concerning  the  traditions, 
customs,  languages,  &c.,  of  the  Indians  in  North  America,  vol.  1,  pp.  271-281. 

Some  Indian  words,  passim,  vol.  1,  pp.  306-315,  333-335. — Names  of  Indian 
Chiefs,  vol.  1,  pp.  344-345, 400-401. 

917  e The  |  Olden  Time ;  |  a  Monthly  Publication  |  devoted  to 

the  |  Preservation  of  Documents  |  and  other  |  Authentic  Informa 
tion  |  in  relation  to  |  the  early  explorations  |  and  the  |  Settlement 
and  Improvement  of  the  Country  |  around  |  the  head  of  the  Ohio  | 
Vol.  I  [-II]  |  [Quotation,  four  lines.]  |  Edited  by  Neville  B.  Craig, 
Esq| 

Pittsburgh  |  Printed  by  Dumars  &  Co. — Chronicle  Buildings  | 
1846  |  Cincinnati  |  Eeprinted  by  E.  Clarke  &  Co  |  1876  |  A. 

2  vols. :  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-582, 11.;  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-580.  8°.  Linguistics  as  in  earlier 
edition. 

919  a  Crane  (W.  W.)    The  American  language.  C. 

In  Putnam's  Magazine,  new  Series,  vol.  6  (Nov.,  1870),  pp. 519-526. 
In  considering  the  sources  from  which  the  American  language  has  derived 
much  of  its  material,  the  author  devotes  three  pages  to  remarks  on  words  of 
Indian  origin,  giving  examples. 

925  a  Cree  Calendar,  f  |    [Two    lines  Cree   characters.]    |   1855  TJ-U 
1856  |  [Three  lines  Cree  characters.] 

[One  line  Cree  characters]  |  1855  |  JWP. 

Cree  transliteration.— t  |  Chestekaekan  |  Ka  esko  netaokst  Jesus  |  1855  uesta 
1856  |  t  ayamea  keshekak  |  Q.  makanewan  |  TJ  nanakachehetesonanewan  | 
Maneak  etad  peloo  |  1855.  | 


918  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 

Cree  Calendar — continued. 

Literal  English  translation,    t  |-  Sign  or  cross  yourself  |  since  the  birth  of  Jesus  | 
1855  also  1856  |  t  Sign  for  Sunday  [  Q_  Sign  for  celebration  of  the  mass  |  "0  Sign 
for  lent  or  penitence  |  Make  ready  as  it  approaches  |  1855  | 

Outside  title  1  ].,  6  unnumbered  11.  narrow  18°.  Roman  Catholic  calendar 
iu  the  Cree  language.  From  July,  1855,  to  June,  1856,  inclusive. 

Cree  Primer.     See  [Bompas  (Bt.  Rev.  William  Carpenter)],  No.  403. 

92S  Cremony  (Johu  C.)     Vocabulary  |  of   the  |  Mescalero    Apacbe  | 
Language.  |  By  |  John  C.  Cremony,  |  Capt.  TJ.  S.  A.  |  1863  |         B. 

Manuscript;  pp.  1-78.  4°.     Improved  title  of  No.  928. 

Vocabulary  of  words  in  common  use,  352  words,  pp.  1-15. — Present,  imperfect 
and  future  tenses,  indicative  mood,  verb  to  be,  p.  16.  Author  unable  to  con 
tinue  investigation  by  reason  of  the  lack  of  ability  on  the  part  of  the  interpre 
ter. — Personal  pronouns,  p.  17. — Present,  imperfect  and  future  tenses,  indicative 
mood,  and  present  of  subjunctive  mood,  verb  to  do,  pp.  18-19. — All  the  tenses 
of  indicative  mood,  part  of  subjunctive,  and  all  of  imperative  moods,  verb  to 
love,  pp.  20-28. — Indicative  and  imperative  moods,  verb  to  eiit,  pp.  24-26. — 
Same  moods,  verb  to  sleep,  pp.  26-28. — List  of  125  verbs  in  common  use,  pp. 
25-40.  — Vocabulary  of  fifty-four  miscellaneous  words,  pp.  40-44. — Thirty-eight 
short  phrases  in  ordinary  use,  pp.  48-54. — Numerals  to  20,  irregularly  to  100,  for 
200,  1000,  2000,  pp.  56-58.— Apache  and  Spanish  names  of  thirty-six  men  and 
thirteen  women  of  the  tribe,  with  signification  in  English,  pp.  60-64. — Mode  of 
bestowing  names  on  persons,  pp.  64-66. — Additional  words  and  phrases,  pp.  68-78. 

929  «  Croft  (Dr.  C.  W.)  Comanche  Vocabulary. 

Manuscript.    Pp.  1-12.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

933  a  Cruise.  47th  Congress,  |  2d  Session.  |  House  of  Representatives.  | 
Ex.  Doc.  i  No.  105.  |  Cruise   of  the  [  Revenue  Steamer  Corwin  |  in  j 
Alaska  and  the  N.  W.  Arctic  Ocean  |  in  |  1881.  |  Notes  and  memo 
randa:  medical  and  anthropological;  |  botanical;  ornithological.  | 

Washington  :  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1883.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-120.  4°.  plates. 

Rosse  (Dr.  I.  C.).     Medical  and  anthropological  notes,  pp.  7-44. 

Cuesta  (P.  F.  Felipe  Arroyo  de  la).  See  Arroyo  de  la  Cuesta  (P.  F. 
Felipe). 

942  Cullen  (Dr.  Edward).  Isthmus  of  Darieu  |  Ship  Canal;  |  with  |  a 
full  History  of  the  Scotch  Colony  |  of  Darien,  several  Maps,  views 
of  |  the  country,  and  Original  |  Documents.  |  By  |  Dr.  Cullen,  F.  R. 
G.  S.  |  Second  Edition,  |  much  enlarged.  | 

London:  |  Effingham  Wilson,  Publisher,  |  11,  Royal  Exchange.  | 
1853.  |  B.  c.  w.  BP.  HIT. 

Pp.  i-viii,  index  I  ].,  ix-xii,  1-204.  8°.  maps  and  plates.  Improved  title  of 
No.  942. 

Vocabulary  of  words  in  t  he  language  of  the  Tule  or  Darien  Indians,  pp.  99-102. 

"First  edition,  London:  Effingham  Wilson,  1852.  A  selection  from  this  work, 
called  'The  Darien  Indians,'  was  published  in  1863."— Satin's  Dictionary. 

949  a  [Cuoq  (R6v.  Jean  Andre").]     lenenrinekeustha  |  Kauesatakeha  | 
ou  |  Processiounal  Iroquois  |  ii  1'usage  de  la  |  Mission  du  Lac  des 
Deux  Montagues.  | 


CREE— CUSICK.  919 

Cuoq  (Rev  Jean  Andre") — continued.. 

Tiotaki :  |  Tehoristorarakon  John  Lovell,  |  1864.  |  jcs. 

Outside  title  1  ].,  pp.  1-208.  1-2°.  The  inside  title  has  no  imprint  ;  after  the 
word  "  Montagues''  are  two  linos  quotation,  and  in  place  of  imprint  is  a  picture 
of  two  angels  bowed  before  the  cross. 

Hyniues  et  Cantiques  en  Algonquiue  (many  of  which  are  set  to  music),  pp. 
95-108. 

952  a  Quels  etaient  les  sauvages  que  recontra  Jacq.  Cartier  sur 

les  rives  du  Saint -Laurent?      [Signed  N.  O.,  aucien  inissionuaire.] 

In  Annales  de  Philosophic  Chre'tienne,  vol.  79,  pp.  198-204.     Paris,  1869.    8°. 
Iroquois  and  Algonquin  names  of  places  with  significations. 

953  n  Oantique  en  langue  Algonquine. 

In  Soc.  PhiloL,  Actes,  tome  1,  pp.  73-76.    Paris,  1672.  8°. 
Two  Algoukin  versions,  one  by  P.  Mathivet,  with  French  translation  by  the 
Abb£  Cuoq,  the  other  by  N.  O.  [Cuoq],  also  with  French  translation. 

950 Lexique  de  la  Langue  Iroquoise,  &c.  JWP. 

To  this  work  there  was  issued,  August,  1883,  "Additamente,"  pp.  218-238.  8°, 
containing  explanations  of  doubtful  points  in  the  original  publication  and 
answers  to  queries  received  from  correspondents ;  also 

Mantel  (Abbd).  Etude  Bibliographique  par  M.  I'Abbe'  Mantel  sur  le  Lexique 
de  la  Langue  Iroquoise,  pp.  227-233. 

The  pages,  from  p.  218  to  p.  233,  are  numbered  the  reverse  of  usual,  even  on 
rectos,  odd  on  versos ;  there  is  no  p.  234. 

The  original  work  was  reviewed  in  the  Critic,  March  24,  1883.     New  York.  4°. 

956  a Fragments  de  Chrestomatliie  de  la  langue   Algouquine. 

Les  unit  Beatitudes. 

In  Soc.  Philol.,  Actes,  tome  3,  pp.  39-51.  Paris,  1873.  8°.  Also  separately 
issued ;  see  No.  957. 

See  1872.    Calendrier  d'Oka,  1872,  No.  565  c. 

See  Kaondinoketc  (FrauQois),  No.  2052  a. 

962  a  Gushing  (Frank  Hamilton).     Zuiii  feticbes. 

In  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Second  Ann.  Kept.,  pp.  3-45.  Washington,  1883. 
imp.  8°.  Zuui  prayers,  with  interlinear  literal  translation,  and  free  translation 
in  English,  pp.  33-34,  36,  37,  38,  42.  Many  Zuui  terms  passim. 

962  b Zufii  weather  proverbs. 

In  Dunwoody  (H.  H.  C.)  Weather  proverbs,  pp.  124-127.  Washington, 
1883.  8°. 

Contains  a  number  of  Zufii  weather  proverbs  with  English  translation. 

962  c  Zuui  Breadstuff. — I.  Creation,  and  the  Origin  of  Corn. 

II.  and  III.  The  Origin  of  the  Dragon  Fly  and  the  Corn  Priests,  or 
Guardians  of  the  Seed.  JWP. 

In  The  Millstone,  an  Illustrated  Monthly  Journal  devoted  to  the  Advance 
ment  of  Milling  and  Mechanical  Interests,  vol.  9  (No.  1),  pp.  1-4,  (No.  2)  19-23, 
(No.  3)  35-38.  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  January,  February,  March,  1884.  4°.  Con 
tains,  p.  1,  a  short  paragraph  in  Zuiii,  rendered  into  English,  besides  many  terms 
passim.  At  this  writing  (April,  1-84)  I  am  informed  that  Mr.  Cushing's  article 
will  probably  continue  through  six  or  eight  more  numbers  of  The  Millstone. 

See  Stevenson  (James),  No.  3758. 

975  a  Cusick  (David).     David  Cusick's  |  sketches  of  Ancient  History 
of  the  |  Six  Nations:  |  — Comprising —  |  First — A  Tale  of  the  Foun- 


920  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Cusick  (David) — continued. 

dation  of  the  |  Great  Island,  |  (Now  North  America,)  j  The  two 
infants  born,  |  and  the  |  Creation  of  the  Universe.  |  Second — A 
real  account  of  the  early  settlers  |  of  North  America,  and  their 
dissentions.  |  Third — Origin  of  the  kingdom  of  the  Five  Nations,  | 
which  was  called  |  A  Long  House:  |  The  Wars,  Fierce  Animals, 
&c.  |  Second  edition  of  7,000  copies. — Embelished  with  four  en 
gravings.  | 

Tuscarora  Village:    |  (Lewiston,   Niagara  Go.)  [New  York]  | 
1828.  |  C.BP. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  4-36.  12°.     Numerals  of  the  Mohawk  and  Tuscarora,  p.  36. 

Dakota  ABO  Wowapi  Kin.    See  [Biggs  (Rev.  S.  E.)],  No.  3^75. 

Dakota  Odowan.  See  [Biggs  (A.  L.)  and  Williamson  (J.  P.)], 
editors,  Nos.  3265-3266. 

Dakota  Text  Book.  See  [Huggins  (Eliza)  and  Williamson  (Nancy 
J.)  ],  No.  1869. 

980  a  Dakota  vocabulary,  taken  down  from  Manzakute  mani.  * 

Manuscript.     14  pp.  folio.     lu  the  library  of  Mr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

984  a  Dally  (M.  E.)    Eapport  sur  les  races  indigenes  et  sur  1'archeologie 
du  Nouveau-Monde.     Par  M.  E.  Dally.  * 

In  Socic'te'  d'Anthrop.  de  Paris,  Bulletin.      Tome  Troisiome.— Anne"e,  1862. 
pp.  374-411.      Paris,  1862.    8C.     Separately  issued  as  follows: 

984  b  Sur  les  Eaces  Indigenes  |  et  sur  |  1'Archeologie  du  Mex- 

ique  |  par  M.  E.  Dally  |  Membre  [etc.,  three  lines].  |  (Extrait  des 
Bulletins  de  la  Societe"  d'anthropologie  de  Paris,  |  t.  111,3°  fasci 
cule,  1862.)  | 

Paris  |  Librairie  de  Victor  Masson  |  Place  de  l'Ecole-de-Mdde- 

cine.  |  1862.  |  B. 

Pp.  1-36.  8°.     Des  langues  anciennes  de  1'Ame'rique,  containing  remarks  upon, 

and  extracts  from,  Gallatiu,  Haven,  Bancroft,  Heckewelder  and  Manry,  pp.  24-28. 

984  c  [Dalrymple  (Rev. — )]    Pamunkey  vocabulary  (17  words). 
In  Hist.  Mag.,  first  series,  vol.  2,  p.  182.     New  York,  1858.  8°. 

987  a  Danforth  (Samuel).     [Vocabulary  of  the  Massachusetts  Indian 

Language.]  * 

Manuscript,  imperfect,  in  the  library  of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society. 

49  unnumbered  11.     sm.  folio.     There  is  a  very  small  fragment  of  each  of  two 

leaves  at  the  beginning  and  of  one  leaf  at  the  end. 

Mr.  Danforth  "prepared  an  Indian  Dictionary,  which  was  once  in  possession 
of  the  Massachusetts  Historical  Society,  but  which,  I  am  sorry  to  learn  from  the 
librarian,  has  been  mislaid  or  lost.  .  .  .  This  was  a  MS.  copy,  and  had 
probably  been  loaned  out  with  reference  to  its  being  printed." — Emery's  Ministry 
of  Taunton,  vol.  1,  p.  183. 

"  He  left  behind  him  a  manuscript  Indian  Dictionary,  which  seems  to  have 
been  formed  from  Eliot's  Indian  Bible,  as  there  is  a  reference  under  every  word 
to  a  passage  of  Scripture."— SpraguJs  Annah  of  the  American  Pulpit,  vol.  1,  p. 
141. 


CUSICK  —  DAVIS.  92  1 

Danforth  (Samuel)  —  continued. 

988  -  The  Woful  Effects  |  of  |  Drunkenness  |  a  sermon  |  preached 
at  Bristol,  Octob.  12,  1709.  |  When  two  Indians,  |  Josias  and 
Joseph  |  were  executed  for  murther,  |  occasioned  |  by  the  drunken 
ness  both  of  the  |  murtheriug  &  murthered  parties.  |  By  Samuel 
Dauforth,  |  pastor  of  the  church  of  Tauuton.  |  Hosea  3.  1.  —  They 
love  flagons  of  wine.  |  Galat.  5.  21.  —  Murders,  drunkenness.  —  | 

Boston  in  New-England  :  |  Printed  by  B.  Green  :  Sold  by  Sam 
uel  |  Gerrish  at  his  shop  near  the  old  Mee-  |  ting  House,  in  Corn- 
Hill.  1710.  |  c.  L. 

1  p.  l.,pp.  i-iv,  1-52.  sm.  12°.  Improved  title  of  No.  968.  The  sermon  is 
concluded,  pp.  43-52,  "  with  a  few  words  directed  to  the  poor  condemned  male 
factors,  in  their  own  language."  The  copy  in  the  Lenox  library  has  inserted  a 
manuscript  translation  of  the  pages  of  Indian  text,  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Trumbull. 

991        Davidoff  (  Gavrila  Ivanovich  ).     AsyKpaiHoe   nyreniecTBie   |   BI  .\McpHKy    | 
jcopCKiixi  o*imepoBT>  |  XBOCTOBa  o  4aBbi.?OBa,  I  nncaHBoe  CHMI  nocjtjBHin..  I  HacTb  nepBaa 


Bi  C.  Uerepbyprt  |  neianiano  BI  MopcKoB  Tanorpatiu  1810  [-1812]  ro,w.  |  C. 

Translation.  —  Two  voyages  |  to  America  |  by  the  naval  officers  |  Khoostof 
and  Davidoff,  |  written  by  the  latter.  |  Part  first  [-second].  |  At  St.  Petersburg  | 
printed  in  the  Naval  Printing  Office  in  the  year  1810  [-1812].  | 

2  vols.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  991.  Kadiak  names  of  stars  and  months, 
vol.  2,  pp.  101-103.  —  Vocabulary  of  the  Kolosh  (of  tribes  living  between  Chugach 
Bay  and  Yakutat),  vol.  2,  app.,  pp.  i-xii.  —  Vocabulary  of  the  Kenai  (of  tribes  liv 
ing  on  Kenai  Gulf  (Cook's  Inlet),  vol.  2,  app.,  pp.  xiii-xxviii. 

The  German  edition,  Berlin,  1816,  8°,  No.  992,  contains  no  linguistics.  (A.) 

994  a  Davila  y  Padilla  (Fr.  Agustin).    Historia  de  la  conquista.  * 

He  wrote,  in  Mexican,  the  History  of  the  Conquest,  which  was  translated  into 
Spanish.  —  Sobron's  Idiomas,p.31. 

998      Davis  (Rev.  Solomon).    A  Prayer  Book,  in  the  Language  of  the 
Six  Nations  of  Indians  &c. 
NewYork:  Swords,  Stanford,  &  Co.  1837.  C.T.BA.WE.  JWP.WHS. 

Pp.  1-168.  12°.  The  conlents  of  this  work,  the  full  title  of  which  is  given  in 
No.  998  of  this  catalogue,  are  as  follows: 

Order  for  daily  morning  prayer,  pp.  3-40;  Order  for  daily  evening  prayer,  pp 
41-G8;  Litany,  pp.  69-87  ;  Prayf-rs  and  thanksgivings,  pp.  88-110;  Collects,  pp. 
111-120;  Catechism,  pp.  121-130;  Prayers,  &c.,  pp.  131-105;  Hymns,  pp.  166-168. 

"A  translation,  ostensibly  in  Oiieida,  of  the  English  Prayer  Book  has  been 
effected  by  the  Eev.  Solomon  Davis,  Missionary  to  the  Oneidas,  at  Duck  Creek, 
Wisconsin  ;  but  this  translation,  though  intelligible  to  the  people  of  his  charge, 
is  not  written  in  pure  Oneida,  nor  indeed  in  any  dialect  evt  r  spoken  by  the  Six 
Nations."—  Baggier1*  Bible  of  Every  Land,  [1860],  p.  459. 

998  a  -  Oseragwegou  |  orhonkene  ionterennaientagwa  |  nonousa 
tokentike.  |  JWP. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-86.  8°.  Pp.  1-60  contain  the  same  matter,  but  without 
the  headings  in  English,  as  pp.  3-110  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer  in  the  lan 
guage  of  the  Six  Nations,  N.  Y.,  1837  (No.  998),  which  work  this  pamphlet  prob 
ably  preceded.  Pp.  60-86  contain  collects,  epistles,  and  gospels.  The  above  is 
the  heading  to  the  first  prayer. 


922  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Davis  (Rev.  Solomon) — continued. 

998ft  -        -  Otiogwatokenti.    |    Tontaterihonuieniiita.    |    Nongweho- 

gon.  |  JWP. 

No  title-page.     Pp.  1-12.  12°.     Catechism  in  the  language  of  the  Six  Nations. 

Contains  the  same  matter  as  pp.  121-130  of  the  Prayer  Book,  N.  Y.,  1837  (No. 

998),  but  without  the  English  headings.     Probably  it  preceded  the  latter  work. 

1000  a  Acadian  Geology.  |  The  |  Geological  Structure,  |  Or 
ganic  Keinains,  and  Mineral  Resources  |  of  |  Nova  Scotia,  New 
Brunswick,  and  Prince  |  Edward  Island.  |  By  |  John  William  Daw- 
son,  M.  A.,  LL.  D.,  F.  li.  S.,  F.  G.  S.,  |  Principal  [&c.,  six  lines].  | 
Second  edition,  revised  and  enlarged.  |  With  a  geological  map  and 
numerous  illustrations.  | 

London:  |  Macrnillan  and  Co.  |  Edinburgh:  Oliver  and  Boyd, 
Tweeddale  Court.  |  Halifax:  A.  and  W.  Mackinlay.  Montreal: 
Dawson  Brothers.  |  1868.  |  A.  \v.  BP. 

Pp.  i-xxvi,  1  1.,  pp.  1-094.  8°.  map  and  plates.  Micmac  language  and  super 
stitions,  containing  Micmac  and  Maliseet  words  compared  with  Greek,  Latin, 
Hebrew,  &c.  (from  Rand),  pp.  673-675. 

There  is  an  edition,  Edinburgh,  1855,  12°  (c.BA. ),  which  does  not  contain  the 
linguistics ;  and  one,  Montreal,  18CO,  12°,  which  I  have  not  seen. 

10006  Acadian  Geology.  |  The  |  geological  structure,  |  organic 

remains,  and  mineral  resources  |  of  |  Nova  Scotia,  New  Brunswick, 
and  Prince  |  Edward  Island.  |  By  |  John  William  Dawson,  M.  A., 
LL.  D.,  F.  E.  S.,  F.  G.  S.  |  Principal  [&c.,  six  lines].  |  Third  Edi 
tion.  |  With  a  map  and  numerous  illustrations,  and  |  a  supple 
ment.  | 

London:  |  Macmillan  and  Co.  |  Edinburgh:  Oliver  and  Boyd. 
Montreal:  Dawson  Brothers.  |  Halifax:  A.  and  W.  Mackinlay. 
New  York:  Van  Nostrand.  |  1878.  |  c. 

Title,  11. ,  pp.  i-xxvi,  11.,  pp.  1-694;  Supplement,  pp.  3-102, 1 1.  8°.  Linguistics 
as  in  the  London  edition  of  1868. 

De  Kay  (Charles).    See  [Gatschet  (A.  S.)  and  De  Kay  (Charles)], 
No.  1486  a. 

1012  a  Delafield  (John)  jr.  An  Inquiry  into  the  Origin  of  the  |  Antiqui 
ties  of  America.  |  By  |  John  Delafield  Jr.  |  With  |  an  Account,  | 
containing  notes,  and  "A  view  of  the  causes  of  the  superiority  of 
the  |  men  of  the  northern  over  those  of  the  southern  hemisphere.  | 
By  |  James  Lakey,  M.  D.  | 

Cincinnati:  j  Published  by  N.  G.  Burgess  &  Co  |  Stereotyped 

by  Glezen  and  Shepard.  |  1839.  |  * 

Pp.  1-142.   4°.   plates.   Another  edition  of  No.  1011.   Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

1013  a  Delano  (A.)    Life  on  the  Plains  |  and  |  among  the  Diggings;  | 
being  |  scenes  and  adventures  |  of  an  |  overland  journey  to  Califor 
nia:  |  with  particular  |  incidents  of  the  route,  |  mistakes  and  suffer- 


DAVIS DEPERET.  923 

Delano  (A.) — continued. 

ings  of  the  emigrants,  |  the  Indian  tribes,  |  the  present  and  the 
future  of  the  great  West.  |  By  A.  Delano.  | 

New  York:  |  C.  M.  Saxton,  Barker  &  Co.,  |  25  Park  Row.  | 
1861.  |  B.BP. 

Pp.  i-xi,  13-384.  12°.     Short  Maidu  vocabulary,  p.  383. 

Delle  Lettere.     See  [Carli  (Conte  Gian  Rinaldi)],  No.  COO. 

1017  a  Demers  (Rev.  Modeste).    Definitio  Doguiatis  Iminaculatae  Con- 
ceptionis  Beatissimse  Virginis  Marite  |  a  SS.  D.  N.  Pio  PP.  IX.  | 
fin  Latin,  followed  by :]   Eadeni  in  earn  Linguam  translata  quae 
vulgo  Jargon  Tchiuook  |  dicitur,  quaeque  obtinet  in  tota  Orego- 
nensi  Provincia;  |  auctore  Episcopo  Vancouveriensis  Insulae.  | 

ColopJion :  Typis  Joannis  Mariae  Shea,  Neo  Eboracensis.  |    s.  JWP. 

1  1.  folio.     In  the  Chinook  jargon. 

1019  a  Demillier  (Fr.  Edmond  Louis).  Essais  |  de  Grainmaire  Mique- 
maque  |  Pleasant  Point  le  1"  Novembre  1836  |  Frere  Edraond  Louis 
Demillier  |  Pretre  missionuaire  de  la  Congregation  |  des  Sacr£s 
Creurs  de  J£sus  et  de  Marie  |  et  de  1'adoratiou  perpetuelle  du  tres 
St  |  Sacrament  de  1'autel  |  chez  les  Indieus  Passainaquoddis,  Et  :t  | 
du  Maine,  E.  U.  de  1'Amerique,  Nouvelle  |  Angleterre.  |  s. 

Partial  manuscript  copy,  consisting  of  title,  reverse  blank,  1  1.,  an<l  eight 
other  leaves,  8°;  iu  possession  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  New  Jersey,  who 
writes  me:  "Vetromile  lent  me  the  manuscript,  but  reclaimed  it  almost  imme 
diately,  before  I  had  time  to  copy  more  than  a  few  pages." 

1019  b  Dictionary  of  the  Etchimi  language.  * 

Manuscript.  Referred  to  by  Rev.  Eugene  Vetromile  in  The  Abnakis  and  their 
History,  pp  27,  50. 

1021  Dencke  (Christian  Frederick).    Essay  |  of  a  |  Chippuway-Indian  | 
Spelling- Book,  |  by  |  Christian  F.  Deuke  [sic],  |  Missionary  among 
the  Chipuway  [sic]  Indians.  | 

Easton;  |  Printed  by  Samuel  Longcope,  |  1803.  |  T. 

Pp.  1-29.  12°.     Improved  title  of  No.  1021. 

1026a  Denny  (Ebeuezer).  Military  Journal  |  of  |  Major  Ebenezer 
Denny,  |  an  Officer  in  the  Revolutionary  and  Indian  Wars.  |  With 
an  |  Introductory  Memoir.  |  [Quotation,  three  lines.] 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.  |  for  the  |  Historical  So 
ciety  of  Pennsylvania.  |  1859.  |  BA. 

Pp.  1-288,  8  plates.  8°.  Separate  issue  of  No.  1026.  Vocabulary  of  the  Dela 
ware  and  Shawanee  Indians,  pp.  274-281. 

1027 rt  Depe"ret  (M.)     [Sermons  en  langue  Mohawk.]  LDM. 

Manuscript.  30  11.  4°.  In  the  Archives  of  the  Catholic  church  at  Lac  des  Deux 
Montagues  (Oka),  Canada.  The  outside  leaf  has  written  on  the  upper  edge, 
"O.  A.,  No.  8,  Mr.  Deperet,"  followed  by  a  list  of  brief  titles  of  the  sermons, 
eleven  in  all;  verso  of  1.  1  blank.  L.  2  begins:  Snr  1'asceusiou  du  flls  de  Dieu, 
which  concludes  near  Ihe  end  of  verso  of  1.  3.  This  is  followed  by:  Affections 
de  doulenr  et  de  compassion  envers  le  fils  de  dieu  mourant,  which  ends  bottom 


924  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Deperet  (l\f.) — continued. 

of  recto  1.  4,  the  verso  of  which  is  blank.  L.  5  begins:  3  entretien  sur  la  ste 
famille,  which  occupies  11.  5-6 ;  the  recto  of  1.  7  is  blank,  the  verso  containing : 
4  pour  le  lundy  de  la  peutecoste,  followed  by  four  lines  ill  Latin,  "iean  ch.  3," 
then  the  sermon  in  Algonkin,  which  extends  to  end  of  verso  of  1.  8.  L.  9  con 
tains  :  5  snr  le  Jugement,  extending  to  middle  of  recto  of  1.  13,  the  verso  of 
which  is  blank.  6  sur  1'assomption  begins  at  top  of  recto  of  1.  14,  followed  in 
middle  of  recto  of  1.  16  by :  7  sur  la  fette  de  st  piere  et  st  paul,  which  ends  on 
the  recto  of  1.  16;  verso  of  1.  16  and  whole  of  1.  17  blank.  L.  18  begins:  8 
entretien  sur  la  rechutte  ponr  le  2  iour  apres  paques,  which  ends  verso  1. 
20.  L.  21  contains:  9  entretien  sur  le  paradia;  1.  24:  10  entretien  sur  les  chat- 
timents  dont  dieu  afflige  les  pechenrs  meme  de  cette  vie  pour  le  dimancbe  de 
la  quinquagesme,  which  extends  to  verso  of  1.  27.  L.  28  begins:  11  entretien 
sur  le  dernier  Jugement,  which  ends  on  verso  of  1.  30. 

The  manuscript  is  in  a  fair  state  of  preservation,  the  edges  only  being 
mutilated. 

1027  b  Instructions  sur  divers  sujets  de  dogme.  * 

Manuscript.  In  the  Mohawk  language.  Preserved  in  the  Catholic  church  at 
the  Mission  des  Deux  Montagues  (Oka),  CanVla.  Title  from  Erminnie  A. 
Smith,  who  adds :  He  also  left  a  catechism,  grammar,  and  many  prayers  and 
canticles. 

See  Andr6  (R.  P.  Louis),  No.  116  e. 

1027  c  [DePeyster(CW.ArentSchuyler)].  Miscellanies,  |  by  An  Officer.  | 
Volume  I.  | 

Dumfries.  |  Printed  at  the  Dumfries  and  Galloway  Courier 
Office,  |  by  0.  Munro,  |  1813.  |  « 

Pp.  1-277.  4°.    Privately  printed,  in  an  edition  of  a  "a  few  copies.". 

Col.  (then  Major)  De  Peyster  was  superintendent  (for  Great  Britain)  of  the 
Indian  tribes  of  the  North-west  (the  Lake  Indians)  from  May,  1774,  to  1785; 
stationed  at  Michilimackinac,  and  afterwards  at  Detroit.  In  the  notes  to  the 
Miscellanies  (in  verse),  many  Indian  words  are  translated  and  explained,  and  at 
the  end  of  the  volume,  pp.  271-277,  there  is  a  vocabulary  of  183  "  Words  selected 
from  the  Ottawa  and  Chippawa  languages." 

Title  and  note  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Trumbull,  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

1030  a  Diccionario.    Half-title:  Diccionario  de  Motnl.  I  [-III].  | 

Title:  Diccionario  |  de  la  Lengua  |  Maya  de  Yucatan  [Tomo  IJ 
Maya-Espanol  |  [Tomo  II  Espanol-Maya,  Tomo  III  Adiciones  y 
correccionesj  |  Providence  E.  I.  |  1864.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  3  vols. :  1  ].,  pp.i-viii,  1-1595;  3  11.,  pp.  1-308;  206  unnumbered 
11.  4°.  In  possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton,  Media,  Pa.,  from  whose  manuscript 
catalogue  of  the  Berendt  collection  I  take  the  following  note : 

"  This  vast  work  is  by  far  the  most  complete  dictionary  of  the  Maya  tongue 
known  to  be  in  existence.  Its. history  is  as  follows:  While  in  the  city  of  Mexico 
in  185-,  the  Abb6  Brasseur  picked  up  at  a  bookstall,  for  three  dollars,  a  man 
uscript  dictionary  in  two  volumes,  small  qnarto,  written  in  a  very  small  and 
not  very  legible  hand.  Subsequently  he  sold  this  to  the  late  Mr.  John  Carter 
Brown,  of  Providence,  in  whose  library  it  now  is  [see  No.  1030  of  this  cata 
logue].  In  1864  Dr.  Berendt  obtained  permission  to  make  a  copy  of  it,  to  which 
task  he  devoted  about  one  year,  and  in  all  his  later  studies  of  the  language, 
added  to  and  amended  the  vocabulary,  but  always  using  a  different  colored  ink, 
so  that  the  exact  text  of  the  original  should  not  be  interfered  with.  Such  is 
the  work  as  it  now  is. 


DEP^RET — DICCIONARIO.  925 

Diccionario — continued. 

"Its  peculiar  importance  rests  on  the  fact  that  it  gives  us  the  Maya  tongue  as 
it  was  in  the  century  of  the  Conquest;  for  remarks  by  the  author  show  him  to 
have  been  a  Franciscan  friar,  living  in  the  convent  of  Motul  in  or  about  1577, 
as  he  speaks  of  having  seen  the  comet  of  that  year.  If  the  Maya  hieroglyph 
ics  are  ever  deciphered,  it  must  be  through  the  language  as  presented  in  this 
dictionary. 

"  The  copy  in  the  Brown  library  was  written  probably  at  the  close  of  the 
sixteenth  century,  and  by  a  scribe  not  well  versed  in  Maya  and  a  careless 
copyist.  Hence  very  many  errors  are  in  that  copy  which  have  been  corrected 
in  the  present  one,  with  infinite  pains,  by  Dr.  Berendt.  The  Spanish-Maya 
portion  is  by  a  different  hand,  and  is  probably  of  later  date." 

Vol.  3,  additions  and  corrections,  is  by  Dr.  Berendt. 

1030  6  Diccionario  |  Espanol-Maya  |  de  Ticul.  |  1690.  |  Trascrito 

por  D.  Jnau  Pio  Perez  eii  183G  |  y  arreglado  en  1847  por  el  mismo.  | 
Copiado  en  Merida  |  1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript,  pp.  i-viii,  1-267.  4°. 

1030  c Diccionario  |  Maya-Espanol    de  Ticul.  |  Coordinacion  alfa- 

belica  de  las  palabras  Mayas  |  que  se  hallan  en  la  anterior  parte 
Castellana.  |  Por  |  D.  Juan  Pio  Perez.  |  1847.  |  Copiado  en 
Merida  j  1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  2  11.,  pp.  1-241.  Both  in  possession  of  Dr.  Brinton,  from  whose 
manuscript  catalogue  of  the  Berendt  collection  I  copy  the  following  note : 

"  In  1836  the  cura  of  Ticul,  Don  Estanislao  Carrillo,  found  among  the  baptismal 
archives  of  his  parish  a  manuscript  of  154  leaves,  with  the  title:  Vocabulario 
de  la  lengua  Maya  que  comienza  en  romance,  compuesto  de  varies  autores  de 
esta  leugua.  It  bore  as  the  date  of  completion  Jan.  26,  1690.  He  presented 
it  to  his  friend,  Don  Juan  Pio  Perez,  the  distinguished  Yueatecan  linguist.  The 
latter  copied  it,  after  which  the  original,  not  being  cared  for,  was  lost.  In  1847 
he  made  another  copy,  and  either  gave  away  or  otherwise  disposed  of  that  of 
1836.  From  that  of  1847,  the  present  one  was  made  by  Dr.  Berendt  in  Merida, 
1870,  with  t'ue  utmost  care." 

1030  d Diccionario  |  Maya-Espanol  |  del  Convento  de  San  Fran 

Cisco  |  en  Merida  |  Copiado  por  |  C.   Hermann  Berendt,  M.  D.  | 
Merida  |  1870.  \  DGB. 

Manuscript.     Pp.  i-vii,  1-364.  4°. 

1030  e Diccionario  |  Espanol-Maya  |  del  Convento  de  San  Fran 
cisco  |  en  Merida.  |  Copiado  por  |  C.  Hermann  Berendt,   M.  D.  | 
Merida  |  1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  1.,  1  blank  1.,  pp.  1-386.  4°.  Both  in  pos 
session  of  Dr.  Brintou,  from  whoso  manuscript  catalogue  of  the  Berendt  collec 
tion  the  following  note  is  taken: 

"According  to  the  most  skillful  Maya  scholars,  this  dictionary  was  composed 
in  the  17th  century,  and  is  older  than  that  of  Ticul.  When,  in  1820,  the  Fran 
ciscan  convent  of  Merida  was  closed,  the  original  manuscript  was  presented  to 
a  citizen  of  Merida,  and  passed  through  various  hands  until  it  reached  those  of 
Don  Juan  Pio  Perez.  He  made  a  faithful  copy  of  it,  from  which  the  present 
one  was  taken  in  1870  by  Dr.  Berendt.  The  original  could  nowhere  be  found  at 
that  date,  nor  is  there  any  intimation  who  the  author  was,  or  the  exact  date  of 
his  labors." 


926  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1031  a  Dictionarium  Gallico  StaSaka  [Ottawa]  M. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-581.  folio.  Arranged  alphabetically.  In  the  library  of 
McGill  College.  Montreal,  Canada.  This  work  is  cnrio-isly  paged ;  beginning 
with  p.  1,  on  recto  of  1. 1,  the  numbering  continues  on  the  rectos  to  the  middle 
of  the  letter  E,  p.  184;  pp.  185-396  (end  of  letter  Q)  are  numbered  on  rectos  and 
versos  of  the  remaining  leaves,  and  pp.  397-581  are  the  versos  of  the  first  leaves 
of  the  manuscript.  The  work  is  bound  and  well  preserved. 

A  note  on  the  fly-leaf  says  the  work  was  begun  16  Aug.  1640;  another,  "This 
book  is  the  property  of  Adam  Macruder  of  Montreal."  ''Now  belongs  to  Audro 
H.  Arnolds,  purchased  at  the  sale  of  the  late  Macruder's  effects.  1846." 

1031  b  Dictionary.     Dictionary  |  of  |  Indian   Tongues,  |  containing  | 
Most  of  the  Words  and  Terms  |  used  in  the  |  Tshimpsean,  Hydah, 
and  Chinook,  |  with  their  meaning  or  equivalent  |  in  the  |  English 
Language.  | 

Published  by  |  Hibben  &  Carswell,  |  Victoria,  V.  I.  |  Printed  at 
the  British  Colonist  Office.  |  1865.  |  A. 

Printi  d  title  on  cover,  pp.  1-14.  sq.  16°.  Chinook-English,  pp.  1-5. — Hydah- 
English,  pp.  6-7. — English-'Tshimshean,  pp.  8-14. 

1032  A  Dictionary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon. 

This  work  is  reprinted  in:  British  Columbia.  Report  of  the  Hon.  H.  L.  Lan- 
gevin,  C.  B.,  Minister  of  Public  Works,  pp.  161-18'i.  Ottawa,  1872.  (s.) 

1032  a  Dictionary  j  of  the  |  Chinook  Jargon  |  or  |  Indian  Trade 

Language  |  now  in  general  use  on  |  the  North-West  Coast.  |  Adap 
ted  for  general  business.  | 

Olympia  W.  T.  |  T.  G.  Lowe  &  Co.,  Publishers  and  Stationers.  | 
1873.  |  Printed  at  the  Courier  Job  Booms,  Olympia,  W.  T.  |         B. 

Pp.  1-32.  12°.  Part  I,  20  pp.,  Chinook-English.— Part  II,  12  pp.,  English- 
Chinook. 

1032  b  -  Dictionary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon,   to  which  is  added  | 

numerous  conversations,  |  thereby  enabling  any  person  |  to  speak 
Chinook  correctly.  |  Sixth  Edition.  | 

Portland,  Oregon :  [  F.  L.  McCormick,  Publisher,  63  First  street,  | 
1878.  |  B. 

Outside  printed  title  1  1.,  pp.,  1-26.  16°.  Preface  reverse  of  title-page.  Eng 
lish  Chinook  vocabulary,  16  pp. — Chinook-English  vocabulary,  6  pp. — Conver 
sations  in  English-Chinook,  and  at  the  end,  the  Lord's  prayer,  3  pp. 

Dictionary  of  the  Kalispel  or  Flathead  Indian  Language.  See 
[Giorda  (Rev.J.)],  Nos.  1554-1556. 

1033  a  A  Dictionary  of  the  Mosquito  Language  |  English  and 

Mosquito  | 

2  vols. :  US  unnumbered  11.;  74  unnumbered  11.,  16  blank  11.  narrow  folio 
(15fx6i  inches).  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

The  three  pages  preceding  the  dictionary  contain,  respectively,  Memorandum 
for  the  printer,  Parts  of  speech,  and  Key  to  the  Pronunciation.  The  dictionary 
begins  on  the  verso  of  the  second  leaf,  with  the  single  heading  or  title  written 
across  the  tops  of  the  two  pages.  The  English  words  are  placed  on  the  verso  of 
each  leaf,  and  are  followed  by  the  Mosquito  definitions  on  the  opposite  page,  in 


DICTION  ARIUM — DOCTRINA.  927 

Dictionary — continued. 

most  cases  filling  but  a  single  line.  The  dictionary  contains  about  6,400  words. 
A  few  comparisons  with  Greek  and  Hebrew  words  are  given.  From  the  appear 
ance  of  the  paper  and  handwriting  it  may  have  been  compiled  some  time  be 
tween  the  years  1840  and  1850. 

Dictionnaire  et  Grammaire  de  la  Langue  Crise.  See  [Lacombe  (Rev. 
Albert)],  No.  2154. 

1043  Dixou  (Capt.  George).  Voyage  |  autour  du  monde,  |  et  priucipale- 
uient  |  a  la  cote  nord-ouest  de  1'Aiue'rique,  |  Fait  en  1785,  1786, 
1787  et  1788,  |  A  bord  du  King-George  et  de  la  Queen-  |  Charlotte, 
par  les  Capitaines  Portlock  |  et  Dixon.  j  Dedie,  par  permission,  & 
Sir  Joseph  |  Banks,  Baronet;  |  Par  le  Capitaine  George  Dixon.  | 
Traduit  de  1'Auglois,  par  M.  Lebas.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Second].  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Maradan,  Libraire,  Hotel  de  Chateau-  |  Vieux, 
rue  Saint- Andr6-des- Arcs.  |  1789.  |  B.  BA. 

2  vols.  12°.     Improved  title  of  No.  1043.     Linguistics  as  in  English  edition, 
No.  1042,  vol.  2,  pp.  16-17,  and  sheet  facing  p.  21. 

1045  «  Dobrizhoffer  (Martin).     Historia  |  de  |  Abiponibus  |  Equestri, 
Bellicosaque  |  Paraquariae  |  Natione  |  locupletata  |  Copiosis   Bar- 
bararum  Gentium,  Urbium,  |  Fluminum,  Ferarum,  Amphibiorum, 
Insectorum,  Sfr-  |  [sic]  pentium  praecipuorum,  Piscium,  Aviutn,  Ar- 
boruin,  |  Plantarani,aliarumqueeiusdemProvincia3  |  Proprietatum 
Observationibus,  |  Authore  |  Martino  Dobrizhoffer  |  Presbytero,  et 
per  Annos  Duo  de  |  Vigiuti  Paraquariae  Missionario.  |  [Pars  Prima- 
Tertia.]  | 

Viennae,  |  Typis  Josephi  Nob.  de  Kurzbek  |  Caes.  Reg.  Aul.  Tipog. 
et  Bibliop.  |  Anno  1784.  |  s.  BA. 

3  vo's.  8°.  maps,  plates.     Sign  of  the  cross  in  Cochimi,  Waicnra,  and  Mex 
ican  of  Itocatzin,  vol.  2,  p.  208.     There  is  an  English  translation  of  this  by  Miss 
Southey  which  does  not  contain  the  North  American  linguistics,     (c.) 

1046  a  Doctrina.    Doctrina  Christiana  abreviada  en  lengua  zotzlem.      * 

Manuscript.  21  pp.  Without  name  of  author,  of  a  writing  which  appears  to 
pertain  to  the  beginning  of  this  century. — Pinart  Sale  Cat.,  No.  311. 

1046  b  Doctrina  Christiana  j  en  lengua  Chapaueca.  |  Fragmento 

de  vn  Manuscrito  Anonimo  |  copiado  en  fac-simile  |  por  |  C.  Her 
mann  Berendt,  M.  D.  |  Tuxtla  Gutierez.  |  1869.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1 1. ;  Advertencia,  verso  blank,  1 1. ;  pp.  21-6(5, 
and  a  67th,  unnumbered,  containing  the  Padre  Nuestro,  from  Pimeutel's  Cuadro 
Descriptive.  It  is  a  remarkably  beautiful  manuscript,  with  numerous  pen  draw 
ings  and  colored  initial  letters.  In  the  Advertencia  Dr.  Berendt  describes  the 
original  as  follows: 

El  original  de  este  MS.  es  un  cuaderno  en  4to,  papel  y  letra  del  siglo  XVII  6 
XVIII ;  escritura  muy  clara  y  regular.  Le  faltaii  la  portada  y  las  primeras  veinte 
paginas,  que  parece  han  coutenido  la  parte  principal  de  la  doctriua  cristiana  la 
qual  concluye  en  la  pag.  36.  Siguen  despues  14  fojas  mas  en  la  lengua,  faltando 
uno  el  principio  de  esta  parte,  que  contiene  oracioncs  en  versos  acrosticos  y  ana- 
gramas  y  coucluye  con  una  alocucion  6  sermon.  El  resto  es  en  castellano;  dos 
fojas  con  una  disertacion  sobre  el  lugar  del  paraiso,  que  pone  el  cerro  Golgota; 


928  NOKTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Doctrina— continued. 

3  fojas  tablas  de  los  Evangelios  y  Epistolas  y  en  13C  piiginas  de  nueva  numera- 
cion  los  evangelios  de  todos  los  Domingos.  Las  eplstolas  so  encuentran  en  8 
fojas  sin  numeracion,  en  parte  destruidos  y  seguidas  por  una  foja  blanca  que  en 
el  reverso  del  pedazo  que  se  conservti  muestra  un  pedazo  de  uua  rubrica  y  algu- 
nas  palabras,  que  parece  una  advertencia  ritual.  Solo  las  44  paginas  eu  lengua 
chapaneca  van  copiados  aqui. 

Este  MS.  es  propriedad  tie  D.  Angel  Carnas  en  la  ciudad  de  Chiapa,  en  cuya 
familia  lo  ban  conservado  desde  muchos  auos  y  me  lo  conseguid  para  estudiar  y 
eopiaro  mi  umigo  D.  Francisco  Amado  Calebro  de  esta  ciudad. 

Doctriua  Christiana    en   lengua  Nevome.    See   [Smith 

(Buckingham)],  editor,  No.  3643. 

1047  a  Doctrina  Christiana  en  la  lengua  utlateca  alias  kiche  del 

uso  de  Fr.  Jossef  Ant.  Sanchez  Viscayno,  ano  de  1790.  * 

11  11.   4°.     Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  312. 

1047  b  Doctrina  Christiana  |  en  lengua  Zoque.  [  Afio  de  1 736.  DOB. 

Original  manuscript.  Modern  title  1  1.,  and  51  and  7  leaves,  sm.  4°.  Frag 
ments  of  a  Doctriua,  written  early  in  the  last  century  and  presented  to  Dr. 
Berendt  by  Don  Jos<S  Maria  Sanchez,  cura  of  Ocosocantla.  It  is  quite  legible, 
though  stained  and  frayed. 

1047  c  Doctrina  Christiana  |  eu  |  Pogomchi.  |  ASo  de  1810.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  Advertencia  signed  Dr.  C.  Hermann 
Bereudt,  Coban,  Agosto  1875,  reverse  blank,  1 1.;  text,  pp.  1-38;  Contenido,  p.  39. 
Entirely  in  Poconchi.  Copied  from  the  original,  22 11.,  8°,  in  the  parish  of  Tactic, 
which  bears  the  inscription :  Para  el  uso  de  Bacilio  Co.  Ano  de  1810. 

1050  a  Doctrina  Cristiana  |  en  el   Idioma  |  Misteco,  |  conforme 

al  Metodo  |  con  que  actualmente  se  habla  |  en  la  Misteca  Baja.  | 
Vertida  por  un  cura  del  Obispado  |  de  Puebla,  para  la  mejor  y 
mas  |  facil  instruccion  de  sus  feligreses.  |  [Design.] 

Puebla,  1834.  |  Imprenta  del  hospital  de  San  Pedro,  a  cargo  |  del 
C.  Manuel  Buen-Abad.  |  B. 

Pp.  1-32, 1  1.  16°.  The  Christian  Doctrine  in  Spanish  and  Misteco,  arranged 
•in  parallel  columns — two  on  each  page. 

This  may  be  the  Catecismo  mentioned  in  the  note  to  No.  2439  of  this  catalogue,. 

1050  b  Doctrina    Christiana  |  y  j  Confesonario  |  en    lengua 

Kekchi  y  Castellano  |  con  nn  pequeuo  vocabulario  |  Del  Archive 
de  la  Parroquia  de  Coban  |  copiado  por  |  C.  Hermann  Berendt, 
M.  D.  |  Cobau,  Febrero  de  1875.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  ].;  Advertencia,  verso  blank,  1 1.;  text,  pp. 
1-49 ;  Indice,  p.  51.  Double  columns,  Spanish  and  Kekcht. 

"Advertencia.  El  original  de  esta  doctrina  es  un  libro  en  octavo,  escrito  en 
letra  moderna.  Por  las  formas  de  varias  palabras  parece  copia  de  una  obra  an- 
tigua.  Pertenece  al  archive  de  la  iglesia  parroquial  de  Coban  y  me  lo  prest6 
para  copiarlo  mi  buen  amigo  el  Vicario  de  la  Alta  Vera  Paz  y  C'ura  de  Coban, 
Presbitero  Don  Manuel  Gonzalez.  C.  H.  B." 

1056  a  Doctrina,  y  oraciones  y  moral  cristiana,  en  lengua  de 

Tepuzculula. 

Manuscript.  4°  jn  the  library  of  the  Sociedad  de  Geografia  y  Estadistica  at 
Mexico.  In  the  margin  are  several  lines  in  Misteco,  in  which  the  name  of  Fr. 
Benito  is  mentioned.  It  may  have  been  written  by  Fr.  Benito  Fernandez. — 
Icazbalceta,  Bib.  Mex.  del  Siglo  XVI,  p.  154. 


DOCTRINA — DOMENECH.  929 

Doctrina — continued. 

1050  b  Doctrina  y  Confesionario  |  en  lengua  Ixil.  |  Precededos 

de  uu  corto  modo  para  apren-  |  der  la  leugua,  y  Eitual  de  Matri- 
monio  |  por  |  el  Cura  Parroco  de  Nebab  |  1824.  |  DGB. 

Original  mauuscript,  28  11.,  the  first  one  and  last  seven  being  blank,  with 
modern  title,  1  1.  In  fair  condition. 

1056  c  Doctriua  y  praticas  devotas  con  otras  oraciones  sacadas 

del  catecismo,  lo  todo  en  lengua  tzoque.  * 

Manuscript.  2311.  4°.  Coarse  writing  of  the  seventeenth  century.  Title  from 
the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  313. 

Doctrine  Chrestienne  *  *  en  langage  Canadois.  See  [Breboeuf 
(R.  P.  Jean)],  No.  463. 

Dog  Rib  Primer.     See  [Bompas  (.Era. William  Carpenter)],  No.  404. 

1061  a  Domenech   ( Abbe  Emmanuel).     Manuscrit   |   Pictographique  | 
Ame'ricain  |  precede  d'une  |  Notice  sur  1'Id^ographie  |  dt-s  Peaux- 
Rouges  |  par  |  1'Abbe"    Em.   Domenech  |  Missionaire    apostolique, 
chanoine  honoraire  de  Montpelier  |  Membre   de  1'Acade'mie  pon- 
tiflcale  tiberiue,  de  la  Socie"te  geograpbique  de  Paris  |  et  de  la 
Societe    etbnographique    orientate    et    americaine    de   France.  | 
Ouvrage  |  public"  sous  les  auspices  de  M.  le  Ministre  D'Etat  |  et 
.    de  la  Maison  De  L'Empereur  | 

Paris  |  GideLibraire  fiditeur  |  5  Eue  Bonaparte  |  1860.  |  B.T.DGB. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-119.  8°.  228  plates. 

This  work  is  justly  celebrated,  and  is  now  very  rare,  for  the  government  of 
Napoleon  III.  made  strenuous  efforts  to  recall  the  copies  which  had  been  sent  to 
learned  societies  and  persons,  as  well  as  to  libraries,  throughout  the  world,  and 
those  which  had  been  sold. 

In  a  lengthy  preliminary  notice  the  learned  editor  gives  an  account  of  various 
other  American  MSS.,  and  of  the  circumstances  attending  the  origin  and  dis 
covery  of  what  he  is  pleased  to  entitle  the  Livre  des  sauvages.  He  comes  to  the 
conclusion  that  it  was  the  work  of  some  sachem  of  the  Indians  of  Canada,  versed 
in  the  secret  institutions  of  his  tribe,  and  that  it  must  be  assigned  to  the  seven 
teenth  century.  It  was  found  in  an  old  wooden  box  which  was  deposited  in  the 
Sibliotheque  de  I' Arsenal  of  Paris,  nearly  a  century  before  its  fortunate  discovery. 
While  modestly  disclaiming  the  ability  to  reveal  all  the  recondite  mysteries  of 
the  manuscript,  the  learned  churchman  and  ethnologist  gives  an  interpretation 
of  the  signs  and  hieroglyphs,  which  occupies  sixty -two  octavo  pages. 

Then  follow  two  hundred  and  twenty-eight  pages,  each  containing  a  fac 
simile  of  one  of  those  of  the  mysterious  book — eveu  those  in  blank.  The  size 
and  shape  of  these  pages  are  preserved,  and  even  the  rents  and  dog's  ears  are 
carefully  delineated.  The  figures,  done  in  charcoal,  or  with  a  coarse  crayon, 
are  exactly  reproduced,  those  portions  which  iu  the  original  had  been  colored 
with  red  chalk  or  crayon  being  so  indicated. 

After  publication  it  was  determined  that  the  editor  had  been  the  victim  of  a 
cruel  hoax,  aud  that  the  precious  manuscript  was  the  work  of  some  idle  boy, 
judging  from  sundry  written  words  probably  a  German,  of  impure  mind  aud 
little  artistic  ability.  No  end  of  ridicule  has  been  heaped  upon  the  unfortunate 
abb<5  because  of  his  discovery  in  such  rubbish  of  the  totems  and  signatures  of 

59  Bib 


930  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Domenech  (Abbe  Emmanuel) — continued. 

powerful  chiefs,  the  phallic  worship  of  the  ouabinoa  and  other  religions  rites, 
Christian  and  pagan,  the  practices  of  medicine  men,  matrimonial  scenes,  and 
the  like.  See  Petzholdt  (J.)  "Das  Buch  derWilden";  also  the  translation, 
Le  Livre  des  Sauvages.  To  these  attacks  he  replied  in  the  following  work : 

1061 6  La  Ve'rite'  |  sur  le  [  Livre   des  Sauvages  |  par  |  1'Abbe" 

Em.  Domenech  |  Missionnaire  Apostolique,  Membre  de  1'Academie 
Pontificate  Tibe"rine,  des  |  Socie'te's  ethnographique  et  geographique 
de  Paris,  etc.  | 

Paris  |  E.  Dentu.  Libraire-Editeur  |  Galerie  d'Orle"ans,  13  et  17, 
Palais-Eoyal  |  1861  |  Tous  droits  reserve's.  |  B.  o.  T.  BA. 

Pp.  i-vi,  7-54.  8°.  10  plates  of  hieroglyphics.  Reply  to  attacks  on  the  Manu- 
scrit  Pictographique. 

1062 Voyage  Pittoresque   |   dans  les  |  Grands  Deserts  |  du  | 

.BTouveau  Monde  |  par  |  1'Abbe"  Em.  Domenech  |  Missionaire  [&c., 
two  lines].  |  [Picture  of  Santa  Fe".] 

Paris  |  Morizot,  Libraire-Editeur  |  3,  Eue  Pave"e-Saint- Andre"  | 
1862  |  Reserve  de  tous  droits.  |  T. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-608.  large  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1062.  Comments  on  American 
languages,  pp.  90-95,  contains,  p.  90,  a  list  of  the  signs  of  the  Zodiak  in  Tartar 
and  Mexican. — List  of  American  tribes,  pp.  317-321. — Mexican  chart  with  inter 
linear  French  translation,  p.  410. — Aboriginal  terms  passim. 

1064  Dominguez  y  Argaiz  ( Dr.  D.  Francisco  Eugenio).    Platicas  |  de  los 
principales  mysteries  |  de  nvestra  Sta  Fee,  |  Con  una  breve  exorta- 
cion  al  fin  del  modo  con  que  |  deben  excitarse  al  dolor  de  las  cul- 
pas.  |  Hechas  en  el  Idioma  Yucateco,  j  por  orden  |  del  Illmo.  y  Emo. 
Sr.  Dr.  y  Mro.  |  D.  F.  Ignacio  de  Padilla,  |  Del  Sagrado  Orden  de 
San  Augustin,  Dignissimo  Arzo-  |  bispo  Obispo  de  estas  Provincias 
de  Yucatan,  de  el  |  Consejo  de  su  Majestad.  j  Por  el  Doctor  D. 
Francisco  Eugenio  |  Domingnez,  y  Argaiz,  Cura  proprio  de  la  Par- 
rochial  |  del  Santo  Nombre  de  Jesus,  intramuros  de  la  Ciudad,  |  y 
Examinador  Synodal  del  Obispado  de  Yacatan  [sic].  \  Quien  las 
'dedica  |  al  dicho  Illmo.  y  Emo.  Senor.  j  Gontiene  seis  Platicas:  la 
1.  la  Explicacion  de  N.  Santa  Fee:   la  2.  |  el  Mysterio  de  la  SS. 
Trinidad:  la  3.  el  de  la  Encarnacion  del  Ver-  |  bo  Divino:  la  4.  el 
de  la  Eucharistia:  la  5.  la  Explicacion  del  Fin  |  ultimo  para  que 
fue  criado  el  hombre;  que  es  solo  Dios:  la  6.  la  |  Explicacion  del 
modo  con  que  deben  excitarse  al  dolor  |  de  las  culpas.  |  —  | 

Impressas  en  Mexico  en  la  Imprenta  del  Eeal  y  mas  Autiguo  | 
Colegio  de  S.  Ildefonso,  Ano  de  1758.  |  DGB. 

6  p.  11.,  pp.  1-24, 1  1.,  verso  blank.  4°.  On  the  recto  of  the  last  leaf  is  the  Act 
of  Contrition  in  verse.  Improved  title  of  No.  1064. 

1065  Donck  (Adriaen  vander).     Beschryvinge  |  Van  |  Nieuw  Neder- 
lant.  |  (Gelijck  het  tegenwoordigh  in  Staet  is)  |  Begrijpende  de  Na 
ture,  Aert,  gelegenthey t  en  vruchtbaerhey t  |  van  het  selve  Landt ; 


DOMENECH — DONNELLY.  931 

Donck  (Adriaen  vinder) — continued. 

mitsgaders  de  proffijtelijcke  ende  gewenste  toevallen  die  |  aldaer 
tot  onderhoudt  der  Menscheu,  (soo  uyt  haer  selven  als  van  buyten 
inge-  |  bracht)  gevouden  worden.  Als  mede  de  mauiere  en  onge- 
meyiie  Eygenschap-  |  pen  vande  Wilden  ofte  Naturellen  vanden 
Lande.  Eude  een  by  sender  verhael  |  vauden  wonderlijcken  Aert 
ende  het  Wessen  der  Bevers.  |  Daer  noch  by-gevoeght  is  |  Een  Dis- 
cours  over  de  gelegeutheyt  van  Nieuw-Nederlandt,  |  tusscheri  een 
Nederlandts  Patriot,  ende  een  Nieuw  Nederlander.  j  Beschreveu 
door  |  Adriaeu  vander  Donck,  |  Beyder  Rechteii  Doctour,  die 
tegenwoordigb  |  uoch  in  Nieuw-Nederlandt  is  |  En  hier  achter  by 
gevoeght  |  Het  voordetligh  Reglement  vande  Ed:  Hoog,  Achtbare  | 
Heeren  de  Heeren  Burgermeesteren  deser  Stede,  |  betreffende  de 
saken  van  Nieuw  Nederlandt.  |  Met  een  pertinent  Kaertje  van  't 
zelve  Landt  ver§iert,  |  en  van  veel  druck-fouten  gesuyvert.  |  —  | 
[Device.] 

t'Aemsteldain  |  —  |  By  Evert  Meuwenhof  Boeck-verkooper,  woo- 
nende  op  |  't  Euslandt,  in  't  Schrijf-Boeck,  Anno  1655.  |  c. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-100,  "Register"  3  pp.  sm.  4°.  map.  Improved  title  of  No.  1065. 
Vande  verscheyde  Geslachten  en  Talen,  p.  67. 

A  copy  of  the  1656  edition,  title  of  which  is  given,  from  Sabin,  as  No.  1066 
hereof,  is  also  in  the  Library  of  Congress. 

1067  a  Donde  ( Joaquiu)  and  Donde  (Juan).    Lecciones  |  de  |  Botanica  | 
arregladas  segun  los  principios  admitidos  por  Guibourt  |  Richard, 
Duchartre,  de  Candolle  y  otros  |  por  |  Joaquin  y  Juan  Donde"  | 
(padre  6  hijo)  farmacenticos  titulados,  quimicos  y  natnralistas  j 
[&c.,  eight  lines]. 

Merida  de  Yucatan  |  Imprenta  Literaria  de  Juan  F.  Molina 
Solis  |  1876  |  DGB. 

Pp.  i-xxiii,  1-259.  sm.  8°. 

Indice  alfabetico  de  las  plautas,  &c.,  pp.  229-241,  contains  the  names  of  a 
number  of  plants  in  the  language  of  Yucatan.  The  list  was  prepared  by  Thomas 
Aznar  Barbachano. 

1067  b  Donnelly  (Ignatius).    Atlantis:  |  the    Antediluvian   World.  | 
By  |  Ignatius  Donnelly.  |  Illustrated.  |  [Quotation,  8  u'nes]. 
New  York :  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Franklin  Square.  |  1882.  | 
Title  1  1.,  pp.  v-x,  1-490.  12°.  Frontispiece.  BP.  WE. 

Vocabulary,  English,  Mandun,  and  Welsh  (from  Catlin),  p.  115. — Comparison 
of  Dakota  or  Sioux  (from  Lynde)  with  other  languages  (Latin,  English,  Saxon, 
Sanscrit,  German,  Danish,  &c.),  p.  116.— The  Maya  alphabet,  pp.  217-234.— Com 
parative  vocabulary,  English,  Chiapenec,  and  Hebrew,  p.  234. — Comparative 
vocabulary,  Chinese,  Othomi,  English,  p.  435. 

1067  c  -  -  Atlantis:  |  the  Antediluvian  World.  |  By  |  Ignatius 
Donnelly.  |  Illustrated.  |  [Eight  lines  quotation.]  |  Seventh  Edi 
tion.  | 

New  York:  |  Harper  &  Brothers,  Franklin  Square.  |  [N.  d.] 

Pp.  iii-x,  1-490.  12°.     Linguistics  as  in  edition  of  1882.  c.  BA.  JWP. 


932  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

1078  a  Doublet  de  Boisthibault  (J.)  Les  Voeux  |  des  |  Hurons  et  des 
Abnaquis  |  il  Notre-Dame  de  Chartres  |  publics  pour  la  premiere 
fois  |  d'apres  les  manuscrits  des  archives  d'Eure-et-Loir  |  avec  |  les 
lettres  des  missiounaires  catholiques  au  Canada,  |  une  introduction 
et  des  notes,  |  par  M.  Doublet  de  Boisthibault.  |  [Figure.]  |  [Five 
lines  quotation.] 

Chartres  |  Noury-Coquard,  Libraire  |  Bne  du  Cheval-Blanc,  26,  | 
MDCCCLVII  [1857].  |  s.  T.  v. 

2  p.  11., pp.  i-viii,  1  1., pp.  1-82, 1  p.  adv.  12°.  colored  plate. 

"  O  Salutaris"  in  Abnaqui,  p.  79,  and  in  Huron,  p.  80  (from  Rasles).  See  Merlet 
(Lucien),  No.  2570;  also  Chaumonot  (P.  J.  M.),  No.  764. 

1086  «  Douglass  (James).  Private  papers  |  of  Sir  James  Douglass.  |  Sec 
ond  Series.  |  B. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-16.  folio.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 
Contains  lists  of  na.tive  tribes  from  Puget  Sound  northward  to  Cross  Sound, 
Alaska,  with  traders'  and  native  tribal  names,  grouped  according  to  languages, 
pp.  7-33.  Between  pp.  33  and  34  are  14  blank  pages. 

This  manuscript  was  copied  from  the  original  papers  in  Sir  James's  possession  ; 
in  Indian  names  the  copyist  has  universally  substituted  an  initial  R  for  the 
initial  K. 

Dousman  (George  G.)  See  Lapham  (I.  A.),  Blossom  (Levi),  and 
Dousman  (George  G.),  No.  2202  a. 

Drake  (Francis  S.),  editor.    See  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.),  No.  3519  b. 

1089  a  Drake  (Samuel  Gardner).      Biography  and   History  |  of  the  | 
Indians  of  North  America;  |  comprising  |  a  General  Account  of 
them,  |  and  |  Details  in  the  Lives  of  all  the  most  distinguished 
chiefs,  and  |  others,  who  have  been  noted,  among  the  various  |  In 
dian  Nations  upon  the  Continent.  |  Also,  |  a   History  of  their 
Wars;  |  their  Manners  and  Customs;   and   the  most  celebrated 
Speeches  |  of  their  Orators,  from  their  first  being  known  to  |  Euro 
peans  to  the  Present  Time.  |  Likewise  |  exhibiting  an  Analysis  |  of 
the  most  distinguished,  as  well  as  absurd  authors,  who  |  have  writ 
ten  upon  the  great  question  of  the  |  First  Peopling  of  America.  | 
[Picture  of  an  Indian;  quotation,  six  lines.]  |  By  Samuel  G.  Drake,  | 
Member  of  the  New  Hampshire  Historical  Society.  \  Fourth  Edition,  . 
With  large  Additions  and  Corrections,  and  numerous  Engravings.  | 

Boston:  |  J.  Drake,  56  Cornhill,  |  at  the  Antiquarian  Institute.  | 
1836.  |  * 

Engraved  title,  pp.  vi,  1  1. ,  4, 28, 120, 132, 72, 158, 18, 12.  8°.  plates.  Title  from 
Mr.  W.  Barnes. 

The  Astor  Library  has  a  copy  of  the  fifth  edition,  with  title  exactly  similar 
to  that  given  in  No.  1089,  except  the  date,  which  is  1837. 

In  the  Library  of  Congress  and  in  the  Astor  Library  there  are  copies  also  sim 
ilar  to  that  given  in  No.  1089, except  in  place  of  "Fifth  Edition,"  it  reads  "Sev 
enth  Edition,"  and  the  date  is  changed  to  1837. 

1091  Biography  and  History  |  of  the  |  Indians  of  North  Amer 
ica,  |  from  its  first  discovery.  |  [Quotations,  nine  lines.]  |  By  Sam 
uel  G.  Drake.  |  Eleventh  edition.  | 


DOUBLET    DE    BOISTHIBAULT DUNCAN.  933 

Drake  (Samuel  Gardner) — continued. 

Boston :  |  Benjamin  B.  Mussey  &  Co.  |  M.  DCCC.  LI  [1851].  | 

Pp.  1-720.  8°.  plates.     Improved  title  of  No.  1091.  BL.  WHS. 

Comparative  vocabulary,  English,  Kamskadale  and  Alduiitean,  p.  32. — 
Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Mnhkekaneew  language  (from  Edwards),  p.  151. — Lord's 
Prayer  in  Wampanoag  (from  Eliot's  Bible),  pp.  229-530. — Specimen  of  the 
language  of  the  Tarratines  (from  Williamson's  Maine),  pp.  321-322. — Brief 
specimen  of  the  Muskogee  language,  p.  364. — Choktau  numerals,  1-10,  p  364. — 
Lord's  Prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Six  Nations  (from  Smith's  New  York),  p. 
501. — Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Shawanee  language  (from  Carey's  Museum),  p.  623. — 
A  sentence  in  Mohawk  and  Welsh  compared,  p.  628. 

Also  issued  with  the  following  title: 

1091 «  History  |  of  the  |  Early  Discovery  of  America,  |  and  | 

Landing  of  the  Pilgrims.  |  With  a  |  Biography  |  of  the  |  Indians  of 
North  America.  |  [Quotation,  nine  lines.]  |  By  Samuel  G.  Drake.  | 
Boston:  |  Higgins  and  Bradley.  |  1854.  |  * 

Pp.  1-720.  8°.  plates.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.  Linguistics  as  in  eleventh 
edition,  No.  1091. 

1099«  Ducrue  (Abbe  Franz  Benno).  Des  Herrn  Abbe  Franz  Benno 
Ducrue  ehemaligen  Vorstehers  aller  californischen  Missionen  der 
Gesellschaft  Jesu.  Eeise  aus  Californieii  durch  das  Gebiet  von 
Mexico  nach  Europa  im  Jahr  1767.  Aus  dessen  eigenhandigen 
lateinischen  Nackrichten. 

In  Murr  (C.  G.  von)  Nachrichten,  vol.  2,  pp.  389-430.  Halle,  1811.  8°.  Cali- 
foruische  (Laymonische)  Sprachprobe,  pp.  394-397. 

A  German  translation  of  No.  1099. 

Dudley  (J.)     See  Wright  (Rev.  Asher),  editor,  No.  4256. 

1105  a  Dunbar  (John).  [Manuscripts  in  the  Pawnee  language.]  JBD. 
26  sheets,  folio;  in  the  possession  of  Mr.  John  B.  Dunbar,  Bloomfield,  N.  J. 
Gospel  of  Mark  to  chapter  xii,  verse  41,  18  sheets,  written  on  both  sides. — Be 
ginning  of  a  Catechism,  2  sheets,  written  on  both  sides. — Text  to  accompany  a 
series  of  Bible  cuts,  5  sheets,  written  on  both  sides. — Ten  Commandments,  1 
sheet,  written  on  one  side. 

1105  b  Dunbar  (John  B.)    The  |  Pawnee  Indians.  |  A  Sketch.  | 

[New  York,  1883.]  T.  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  44  unnumbered  11.  sm.  4°.  A  separate  issue  of 
No.  1105. 

1106  Dictionary  of  the  Pawnee  language.  JBD. 

Manuscript.  1  p.  1.,  11.  1-136.  8°.     Written  mostly  on  one  side  only,  with  addi 
tional  words  in  red  ink  on  verso  of  some  leaves.     In  Pawnee  and  English. 
Contains  nearly  2,000  words,  carefully  accented,  with  illustrative  specimens, 
phrases,  &c. 

1106  [Grammatical  sketch  of  the  Pawnee  language.]  JBD. 

Manuscript.    LI.  1-41.    8°.    Improved  title  of  No.  1106.    This  is  Mr.  Dunbar's 

first  draft,  and  is  yet  incomplete.     These  manuscripts  are  in  possession  of  the 
author. 

1107  a  Duncan  (Prof.  David).     American  Kaces.  |  Compiled   and  ab 
stracted  by  |  Professor  Duncan,  M.  A.  |  c.  JWP. 

Forms  Part  6  of  Spencer  (Herbert).  Descriptive  Sociology.  New  York,  D. 
Appleton  &  Co.  [1878.]  folio. 


934  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Duncan  (Prof.  David)  —  continued. 

Language,  pp.  40-42,  contains  comments  and  extracts  from  many  authors  on 
the  Esquimaux,  Chinooks,  Snakes,  Comanches,  Iroquois,  Chippewyans,  Crees, 
Chippeways,  Dakotas,  Mandans,  and  Creeks. 

1108  a  Dunn  (John).     History  |  of  |  the  Oregon  Territory  |  and  Britisb 
North-  American  |  Fur  Trade;  |  with  |  an  account  |  of  the  habits 
and  customs  of  the  principal  native  |  tribes  on  the  Northern  Con 
tinent.  |  By  John  Dunn,  |  late  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  | 
eight  years  a  resident  in  the  country.  |  Second  Edition.  | 

London  :  |  Edwards  and  Hughes,  Ave-Maria  Lane.  |  1846.  |       A. 
Pp.  i-viii,  1-359.  8°.  map.     Linguistics  as  in  first  edition,  pp.  358-359. 

1109  a  Dunwoody  (Lieut.  Henry  H.  C.)    Weather  Proverbs.        c.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-148.  8°.  Forms  No.  IX  of  Hazen  (William  B.)  Signal-Service  Notes. 
Washington,  1883. 

Gushing  (Frank  Hamilton).    Zuni  weather  proverhs,  pp.  124-127. 

1116  a  Duralde  (Martin).  Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  the  Atacapas.  * 

1117  o,  -  Vocabulary  of  the  language  of  the  Chetimachas.  * 

These  two  manuscripts,  the  originals  of  Nos.  1116  and  1117,  are  in  the  library 
of  the  American  Philosophical  Society,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  ;  presented  by  Mr. 
Jefferson. 

1118  a  Duran  (Fr.  Diego).  Historia  |  de  las  |  Indias  de  Nueva  Espaila  | 
y  |  Islas  de  Tierra  Firme  |  por  |  el  Padre  Fray  Diego  Duran  |  Be- 
ligioso  de  la  Orden  de  Predicadores  |  (Escritor  del  siglo  XVI.)  | 
Tomo  II.  | 

Mexico  |  Imprenta  de  Ignacio  Escalante  |  Bajos  de  San  Agustin, 
Num.  1  |  1880  |  B.DGB. 

Title  1  1.,  "Al  Lector,"  verso  blank,  1  1.,  pp.  3-304,  1  1.  headed  "Bias  Demasia- 
dos,"  Appendice  1  1.,  pp.  3-172,  Indice  pp.  173-177,  Appendice  1  1.  4°.  A  third 
volume  contains  the  atlas.  See  No.  1118  for  title  of  vol.  1. 

"A  few  copies  of  vol.  2  printed  on  large  paper  for  private  distribution  ;  one  in 
my  possession."  —  Icaztalceta. 

i  of  this  work  is  in  the  library  of  Mr.  H.  H.  Bancroft, 


San  Francisco,  Cal. 

1120  a  [Durocher  (P.  Flavien).]  Catherine  |  Tekakouita.  |  (Traduction 
Algonquine.)  | 

Tiohtiake  [Montreal]  |  Tehoristorarakon  J.  Chapleau  et  Fils.  | 
1876.  |  s.  JWP. 

Outside  printed  cover  1  1,  pp.  1-52.  16°.  Life  of  Catherine,  in  the  Algoukin 
language.  By  P.  Durocher;  corrected  and  published  by  Abbe'  Cuoq.  By  mis 
take  the  Iroquois  name  of  Montreal  (Tiohtiake)  was  left  on  the  title-page  when 
the  work  was  printed  in  Algonkin.  See  No.  2460  for  the  Iroquois  version. 

1120  b  -  Anicinabe  aiamie  Kikkinwa'  amagusiij  aiamiate  gaie  i 
wawabandang  aiamie-kakwedjindwin.  * 

Manuscript.  115pp.  Iarge8°.  In  the  Algonkiu  language.  Title  from  Teza(E.), 
No.  3833,  Intorno  agli  studi  del  Thavenet,  p.  2,  where  he  speaks  of  it  as  follows: 
"Un  altro  catechismo  in  algonchino,  senza  traduzione,  si  conserva  a  Roma  (nelle 
carte  della  V.  Emm.  coll.  N°.  xxvi.)  H  ins.  e  in  ottavo  grande,  di  buona  scrit- 
tnra,  e  ha  115  pagiue.  H  Manuale  [see  next  title]  e  in  foglio,  e  ha  12  pagine. 
Sono  scritti  tutti  i  due  nel  1841. 


DUNCAN— EDWARDS.  935 

[Lurocher  (P.  Flavien)] — continued. 

1120  c Manuel  du  sacre  coeur  de  Marie.  * 

Manuscript.  12  pp.  folio.  In  the  Algonkiu  language.  Title  from  Teza  (E. ) 
Intoruo  agli  studi  del  Thavenet,  p.  '2.  See  note  to  preceding  title. 

These  manuscripts  were  sent  by  P.  Durocher  from  Lac  des  Deux  Montagues, 
May  28,  1841,  to  the  Abb6  Thavenet,  asking  that  he  have  them  printed,  "deux 
milles  exeuiplaires  du  Cat^chisme  et  mille  du  petit  Manuel,"  or,  in  the  event  of 
the  request  not  being  complied  with,  it  was  requested  of  "monsieur  Thavenet  de 
leur  renvoyer  leurs  nianuscrits  ?ar  monseigneur  l'<Sveque  de  Montreal,  vu  qu'ils 
n'ont  point  de  duplicata." 

See  Aiamieu,  Nos.  40, 40  a,  40  b.  See  Ir  Mishiniigin,No.  1947. 

Early  Creek  History.  See  [Robertson  (Mrs.  A.  E.  W.)  and  Sulli 
van  (N.  B.)],  No.  3333. 

Ebanhelio  Hezu  Clizto  Zan  Lucas.  See  Ruz  (Fr.  Joaquin),  No. 
3420  a. 

1126  a  Edwards   (Amory).    Vocabulario  de  los  Indies  Xicaques,  por 
Amory  Edwards.  * 

Manuscript.  Title  from  Dr.  Brinton's  manuscript  catalogue  of  the  Berendt 
collection  in  his  possession. 

1127  a  Edwards    (Bryan).    The  |  History,  |  Civil  and  Commercial,  |  of 
the  |  British  Colonies  in  the  West  Indies.  |  In  two  volumes.  |  By 
Bryan  Edwards,  Esq.  |  of  the  Island  of  Jamaica.  |  Vol.  I  [-11].  | 

Dublin:  |  Luke  White.  j  M.  DCC.  XCIII  [1793J.  |  A.  MHS. 

2  vols. :  pp.  i-xxiv,  1-491,  map;  i-x,  3-474,  8  11.  8°.   Vocabnliry,  vol.  1,  p.  112. 
In  the  Boston  Public  library  there  is  a  copy  of  an  edition,  London:  John 
Stockdale.     1794.     2  vols.  4°.(») 

1129  a  The  History,  |  Civil  and  Commercial,  |  of  the  |  British 

Colonies  |  in  the  |  West  Indies.  |  By  Bryan  Edwards,  Esq.  F.  E.  S. 
S.  A.  |  Illustrated  by  an  atlas,  |  and  (embellished  with  a  portrait 
of  the  author.  |  To  which  is  added  a  general  description  of  the  | 
Bahama  Islands,  |  By  Daniel  M'Kinnen,  Esq.  |  In  four  volumes,  j 
Vol.  I  [-IV].  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Printed  and  sold  by  James  Humphreys,  |  At  the 
Corner  of  Second  and  Walnut-streets.  |  1806.  |  c.  BP. 

4  vols.  8°.     Short  Charaibe  vocabulary  (from  Rochefort),  vol.  1,  p.  122. 

lu  the  Boston  Athenaeum  library  there  is  a  copy  of  an  edition,  London :  .John 
Stockdale.  1807.  3  vols.  80.(*)  In  the  same  library  is  a  copy  of  an  edition, 
Charleston :  E.  Morford,  Willington  &  Co.  1810.  4  vols.  8°.(») 

1129  b  The  |  History,  |  Civil  and  Commercial,  |  of  the  |  British 

West  Indies.  |  By  Bryan  Edwards,  Esq.  F.  E.  S.  S.  A.  |  With  |  A 
continuation  to  the  present  time.  |  Fifth  Edition.  |  With  maps  and 
plates.  |  In  five  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [-V].  | 

London:  |  Printed  by  T.  Miller,  Noble  Street,  Cheapside;  |  for  G. 
and  W.  B.  Whittaker;  W.  H.  Eeid;  J.  Nunn;  j  J.  M.  Eichardson; 
J.  Cuthell;  T.  Booue;  T.  |  Maclean;  T.  and  J.  Allman;  C.  Brown; 
W.  |  Mason;  Lackington  and  Co.;  Eodwell  and  |  Martin:  Oliver 
and  Boyd,  Edinburgh;  and  Johnston  and  Deas,  Dublin.  |  1819.  | 

5  vols.  8°.    Linguistics,  vol.  1,  p.  145.  C.  BP. 


936  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1134 a  Edwards  (Rev.  Jonathan).  Observations  |  on  the  |  Language  |  of 
the  |  Muhhekaneew  Indians;  |  in  which  |  The  Extent  of  that  Lan 
guage  in  North-Ame-  \  ricais  shewn;  its  Genius.is  grammatically  | 
traced;  some  of  its  Peculiarities,  and  some  |  Instances  of  Analogy 
between  that  and  the  |  Hebrew  are  pointed  out.  |  Communicated  to 
the  |  Connecticut  Society  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  |  And  published  at 
the  Kequest of  the  Society.  |  By  Jonathan  Edwards,  D.  D.  |  Pastor 
of  a  Church  in  New-Haven,  and  Member  of  the  |  Connecticut  So 
ciety  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  | 

New-Haven,  printed  by  Josiah  Meigs,  1788;  |  London  reprinted 
by  W.  Justins,  |  Shoemaker-Kow,  Blackfriars.  |  M,  DCC,  LXXXIX 
[1789].  |  s.  T.  JWP.  WHS. 

Pp.  i-iv  (erroneously  paged  v),  5-15.  12°.   Title  mentioned  in  note  to  No.  1134. 

1135  a  Observations  |  on  the  |  Language  |  of  the  |  Muhheka 
neew  Indians;  |  in  which  the  extent  of  that  language  in  North 
America  is  shewn :  |  its  genius  is  grammatically  traced :  some  of  its 
peculia-  |  rities,  and  some  instances  of  analogy  between  |  that  and 
the  Hebrew  are  pointed  out.  |  Communicated  to  the  Connecticut 
Society  of  Arts  and  |  Sciences,  and  published  at  the  request  of  the 
Society.  |  By  Jonathan  Edwards,  D.  D.  |  Pastor  of  a  Church  in 
New-Haven,  and  Member  of  the  Con-  |  necticut  Society  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  | 

New-York:  |  Printed  by  M.  L.&  W.  A.  Davis.  |  1801.  | 
Pp.  1-16.  12°.     See  Occom  (Samson),  Nos.  2793-2794.  c.BP.  JWP 

1141  a  Eells  (Rer.  Myron).  Author's  Edition.  |  Department  of  the  Inte 
rior.  |  United  States  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey.  |  F.  V. 
Hayden,  U.  S.  Geologist-in-Charge.  |  The  |  Twana  Indians  |  of  the  | 
Skokomish  Eeservation  in  Washington  Territory.  |  By  |  Kev.  M. 
Eells,  |  Missionary  among  these  Indians.  |  Extracted  from  the  Bul 
letin  of  the  Survey,  Vol.  Ill,  No.  1.  | 

Washington,  April  9,  1877.  |  WE.  DGB. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  57-114.  8°.     Separate  issue  of  No.  1141. 

1148  a  Words,  phrases  and  sentences  in  the  language  of  the 

Lower  Tsi-he"-lls  (Che-ha-lis). 

Manuscript.  Pp.  8-103.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
"Collected  in  Washington  Territory  (southwest  part)  in  March,  1882,  from  John 
Clip,  an  Indian  doctor,  who  talks  good  English,"  and  recorded  in  a  copy  of 
Powell's  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  1st  edition. 

Egede  (Paul).     See  Tuksiautit  attuagsekset,  No.  31)36. 

1169  Ejercicio.  El  Ejercicio  |  del  |  Santo  Viacrucis  |  puesto  en  lengua 
Maya  |  y  |  copiado  de  un  antigtio  mauuscrito.  |  Lo  da  a  la  prensa 
con  superior  permiso  el  Dr.  |  D.  J.  Vicente  Solis  y  Eosales,  quien 
desea  |  se  propague  esta  devociou  entre  los  |  fieles,  principalinente 
de  la  clase  |  indigena.  Va  corregida  por  |  el  K.  P.  Fr.  M.  Antonio  I 
Peralta.—  | 


EDWARDS — ELIOT.  9 ..? 

Ejercicio — continued. 

Merida.  |  ImpreutadeJ.D.Espinosae'hijos.  |  1869.  |  B.DGB.GHM. 

Pp.  1-31.  16°.     Improved  title  of  No.  1169. 

"There  is  a  manuscript  which  has  fora  literal  title  the  following:  .'Manu- 
scrito  de  estacion  de  Pixilii,  y  yo,  Damian  ( 'him.  maestro  de  capilla.'  48  pp.  4°. 
From  a  iiote  it  appears  that  the  copy  was  concluded  by  the  Indian,  Damian 
('him.  By  another  title  which  appears  after  the  frontispiece  it  seems  that  the 
author  of  this  work  was  Sr.  Dr.  D.  Pedro  Nolasco  de  los  Reyes:  'Adevocion  del 
Dr.  D.  Pedro  Nolasco  de  los  Reyes,  cura  interino  de  la  parroquia  de  Santiago. 
H61e  en  30  de  Enero  de  1820  aQos.'  The  work  was  finally  given  to  the  press  in 
1869  with  the  above  title."—  Carrillo. 

Extracts,  in  Maya  only;  reprinted  as:  Textes  Mayas,  in  Archives  de  la  Soci<St6 
Ame'ricaine  de  France,  nouvelle  serie,  tome  1,  pp.  373-378.  See  Rosny  (L.  de), 
Nos.  3376-3:577. 

1173  [Eliot  (John).]  A  further  Accompt  |  of  the  Progresse  of  the  |  Gos 
pel  |  amongst  the  Indians  |  in  |  New-England,  |  and  |  Of  themeaus 
used  effectually  to  advance  the  same.  |  Set  forth  |  In  certaine  Letters 
sent  from  thence  declaring  a  |  purpose  of  Printing  the  Scriptures 
in  the  |  Indian  Tongue  into  which  they  are  already  |  Translated.  | 
With  which  Letters  are  likewise  sent  an  Epi-  |  tome  of  some  Exhor 
tations  delivered  by  the  In-  |  dians  at  a  fast,  as  Testimonies  of  their 
obedi-  |  ence  to  the  Gospell.  |  As  also  some  helps  directing  to  the 
Indians  how  to  |  improve  naturall  reason  unto  the  knowledge  |  of 
the  true  God.  |  —  | 

London,  Printed  by  M.  Simmons  for  the  Corpo-  |  ration  of  New- 
England,  1659.  |  L.  JCB. 

5  p.  11.,  pp.  1-35  (commencing  on  verso  of  the  sixth  leaf— the  recto  not  being 
numbered),  and  1  1.,  verso  blank,  sm.  4-.  Improved  title  of  No.  1173. 

Feirson  (Abraham).     Some  Helps  for  the  Indians,  pp.  [22]-33. 

There  is  a  reprint  by  Sabin,  New  York,  1865:  title  1  l.,4  11.,  pp.  1-21,4°  (c.), 
which  does  not  contain  the  Peirsou  Catechism. 

1196  a First  column :    Christiane  OOnoowae   Sampcowaonk.  | 

Second  column:  The  same  in  English.  |  A  Christian  Covenanting 
Canfession  [sic].  \ 

1  I.,  verso  blank,  sm.  4°.  Printed  in  two  columns,  Indian  and  English,  with 
the  same  kind  of  type  which  was  used  for  the  Indian  Bible,  and  with  a  line  of 
55  small  ornaments  ai  the  top  of  the  sheet.  This  copy  is  in  the  library  of  the 
University  of  Edinburgh,  and  a  manuscript  note  on  the  lower  margin  says: 
"This  Indian  Confession  &  Covenant  of  the  Converts  in  New-England  was 
brought  from  thence  in  the  year  1690  <fe  afterwards  gifted  to  the  Bibliotheck  of 
the  Colledgo  of  Ed'ge  (my  alina  mater)  by  W.  Trail."  From  the  following  doc- 
quet  on  the  original,  the  donation  seems  not  to  have  been  made  till  the  year 
1699:  "Indian  Confession  of  Faith  in  New  England,  given  be  Mr.  Trail,  Min., 
Bosthwick,  1699."  A  photolithographic  facsimile  accompanies  Small's  reprint  of 
the  Indian  Primer  of  1669,  Edinburgh,  1880,  from  which  the  above  title  is  taken. 

Another  edition  as  follows: 

1197    First   column:    Christiane  OOnoowae  Sampoowaonk.  | 

Second  column:   The  same  in  English.  |  A  Christian  Covenanting 
Confession.  |  CONG. 

1  1.,  verso  blank,  sm.40.  Improved  title  of  No.  1197.  Printed  in  two  col 
umns,  Indian  and  English,  with  a  line  of  52  small  ornaments  at  the  top  of  tho 


938  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

[Eliot  (John)] — continued. 

sheet.    This  seems  to  be  a  later  edition,  as  it  contains  several  slight  changes 
and  a  few  additional  words  and  Scripture  references. 

"The  upper  half  of  the  page  contains  nine  articles  of  belief,  with  Scripture 
proofs.  Below  (separated  by  a  single  rule  across  the  page)  are,  in  five  articles, 
a  confession  of  faith  in  Christ,  and  a  form  of  Covenant,  prepared  for  the  use  of 
Indian  converts:  'Wee  that  dwell  in  this  Towne  called  [a  blank  space]  aie 
gladly  willing  to  bind  ourselves  to  God,  to  Remember  the  Sabbath  day,'  etc., 
and  'give  ourselves  and  our  children  to  Jesus  Christ,  to  walk  with  Him  in 
Church  Order,  so  long  as  we  live.' 

"The  first  Indian  Church  was  gathered  in  1660,  at  Natick  ;  but  Mr.  Eliot  had 
proposed  the  admission  of  the  Indian  converts  to  church  estate,  eight  or  nine 
years  before  this.  Some  peculiarities  of  orthography  in  the  Indian  version  of 
this  'covenanting  confession'  seem  to  indicate  that  it  was  printed  before  the 
Bible.  It  is  alluded  to  by  Cotton  Mather  (Magnalia,  iii,  3,  p.  178):  'Unto  the 
general  engagements  of  a  covenant  with  God  which  it  was  his  desire  to  bring 
the  Indians  into,  he  added  a  particular  article,  wherein  they  bind  themselves 
...  to  remember  the  Sabbath-day,  to  keep  it  holy,  as  long  as  we  live.'" — Trurn- 
Trnll. 

This  copy,  which  is  in  the  Congregational  Library,  Boston,  is  slightly  imper 
fect  in  the  lower  right-hand  corner.  A  heliotype  facsimile  of  this  broadside  was 
made  a  few  years  ago,  a  copy  of  which  is  in  my  possession. 

1199  a and  Rawson  (Grindal).    [Indian  Primer.]  L. 

32°.  In  Indian  and  English,  on  opposite  pages,  with  numbers  doubled ; 
wanting  beginning  and  end,  and  16  other  leaves.  It  contains  pp.  recto  18,  19-26 
doubled,  verso  27,  recto  30,  31-44  doubled,  verso  45,  recto  47,  48-50  doubled, 
verso  51,  recto  53,  54-60  doubled,  verso  61,  recto  67, 68-74  doubled,  verso  75,  recto 
77,  verso  78,  recto  79,  verso  80.  Two  of  the  leaves  (pp.  26  and  27,  30  and  31) 
are  imperfect. 

"This  seems  to  be  the  edition  from  which  that  of  1720  was  reprinted.  The 
two  agree,  page  for  page,  and  line  for  line  nearly,  but  there  is  a  difference  in  the 
type.  As  this  contains  Rawson's  translation  of  Cotton's  'Milk  for  Babes,'  it 
was  probably  printed  after  or  not  long  before  1691.  It  may  be  of  the  edition  of 
1687,  mentioned  in  Isaiah  Thomas's  list  of  books  printed  by  Samuel  Green  (Hist, 
of  Printing,  i,  263).  It  is,  so  far  as  is  known,  unique." — Brinley  Catalogue, 
No.  794. 

1200  a  Eliot  (William  H.)    Genealogy  |  of  the  |  Eliot  Family.  |  [Vig 
nette.]  |  Originally  compiled  by  |  William  H.  Eliot,  Jr.  |  Revised 
and  enlarged  by  |  William  S.  Porter,  |  Member  C.  H.  Society,  N. 
E.  H.  and  G.  Society,  etc.  | 

New  Haven,  Conn. :  |  George  B.  Bassett  &  Co.  |  Printed  by  T.  J. 
Stafford.  |  1854.  |  * 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  9-184.8°.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.  The  third  and  fourth  pre 
liminary  leaves  contain  facsimiles  of  title-page  of  Eliot's  Indian  Bible,  1663, 
Genesis,  chap.  1,  verses  1-10. 

1200  b  Eliot's  Bible  for  the  Indians. 

In  Am.  Hist.  Record,  vol.  3,  pp.  410-411.  Philadelphia,  1874.  4°.  Contains 
fac-simile  of  part  of  a  page  of  the  Indian  Bible. 

1202  a  Ellis  (Robert).    Peruvia  Scythica.  |  The  [  Quichua  Language 
of  Peru:  |  its  |  derivation  from  Central  Asia  with  the  American  j 
languages  in  general,  and  with  the  Turanian  |  and  Iberian  Ian- 


ELIOT— EPISTOLAS.  939 

Ellis  (Robert) — contiuued. 

guages  of  the  Old  World,  |  including  |  the  Basque,  the  Lycian, 
and  the  Pre-Aryan  |  language  of  Etruria.  |  By  |  Robert  Ellis,  B. 
D.,  |  author  of  "  The  Asiatic  Affinities  of  the  Old  Italians,"  and 
late  Fellow  |  of  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge.  |  [Quotation, 
three  lines.] 

London:  |  Triibner  &  Co.,  57  &  59,  Ludgate  Hill.  |  18T5.  |  All 
rights  reserved.  |  * 

Pp.  xi,  1-219.  8°.  Chap.  2.  Quichua  and  American  affinities,  as  deduced 
from  numerals,  pp.  14-50. — Chap.  3.  Quichua  and  American  affinities,  as  de 
duced  from  personal  pronouns  and  words  of  familiar  use,  pp.  51-140.  The  com 
parative  tables  in  these  chapters  include  words  from  many  North  and  South 
American  languages. 

Title  from  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull,  from  copy  in  the  Watkinson  Library, 
Hartford,  Conn. 

English  and  Dakota  Service  Book.  See  [Hinman  (Eev.  Samuel 
D.)  and  Cook  (Rev.  Jeseph  W.)],  Nos.  1815-1816. 

English  and  Dakota  vocabulary.  See  [Biggs  (Rev.  Stephen  R.), 
editor],  No.  3295. 

1215  a  Epistle.    The  |  Epistle  of  Paul  |  to  the  Romans.   |   [Two  lines 
Cherokee  characters.]  JWP.  WWB. 

No  title-page,  pp.  1-55.  24°.     In  Cherokee  characters. 

1219  a  Epistles.  [The  Epistles  of  John.]  T.  WWB. 

No  title-page,  16  pp.  24°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  Printed  by  the  American 
Bible  Society  in  1860. 

1220  a  The  |  Epistles  |  of  |  Paul  to  the  Corinthians.  |  [Two  lines 

Cherokee  characters.] 

Park  Hill:  |  Mission  Press:  Edwin  Archer,  Printer.  |  [One  line 
Cherokee  characters.]  |  1858.  |  * 

Pp.  1-125.  24°.  In  Cherokee  characters.  Contains  also :  Galatians,  pp.  89- 
106 ;  Ephesians,  pp.  107-125.  Improved  title  of  No.  1212,  furnished  by  Mr.  W. 
Earnes,  from  copy  in  the  library  of  Mr.  W.  W.  Beach. 

[Epistles  in  the  Mohawk  Language.]    See  [Hill  (A.  H.) 

and  Wilkes  (J.  A.),  jr.],  No.  1786. 

1223      [Epistolas  y  Evangelios  en  Mexicano.]  B. 

Manuscript.  159 11.  12°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1223.  In  the  Bancroft  Library, 
San  Francisco  ;  bought  at  the  Ramirez  sale,  in  the  catalogue  of  which  it  is  en 
tered  under  No.  529,  Homilies  in  the  Mexican  language,  and  in  Icazbalceta's 
Apuntes,  No.  102,  with  the  above  title.  It  has  no  title,  is  beautifully  written 
in  one  handwriting  of  the  16th  century,  small  letters,  neat  and  clear;  words  and 
sentences  in  Latin  and  Spanish;  dates,  numerals,  headings  of  divisions,  para 
graphs,  and  initial  letters  in  red.  It  begins  with  a  Roman  calendar,  11.  1-8,  fol 
lowed  by 

{[  |  In  nomine  dffi.  |  Incipiunt  Epistole  et  euangeli  |  a  feria  quarta 
cinerum.  | 

LI.  1-57. 


940  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

[Epistolas  y  Evaugelios  en  Mexicano] — continued. 

([  Duica  qtt.  aduentus.  |  C  Incipiunt  Epistole  et  Euagelia  |  Do- 
minicalibus  officiis  cogrue  |  tias  quo  per  auni  totins  Discursus  | 
leguuntur  traducta  in  lingua  |  Mexicana.  | 

LI.  1-46,  followed  by  1  blank  1.  and  1  1.  on  which  is  written,  in  more  modern 
letters:  "Esto  libro  pertese  [sic]  a  la  casa  |  do  novisios  do  Santo  Domingo 
mi  pe." 

C  In  nomine  dfli.  |  Incipiuntur  euangelia  quae  |  per  ani  totius 
Tractum  leguun  |  tur  in  diebus  festis.  | 

Colophon:  <J[  Axcan  miercoles  a.  xxj  dias  del  nies  de  Febrero  | 
de.  1590.    Afios  otlan  ymicuillona  Sancto  Euangni.  | 

Li.  1-4G. 

1223  a  Epstein  (Isidoro).      Cuadro  Sinoptico  de  las  lenguas  indigenas 
de  Mexico  y  representation  grafica  de  su  clasiflcacion ;    formado 
segun  la  obra  del  Sr.  Francisco  Pimentel  intitulada  "  Cuadro  de 
scriptive  y  comparative  de  las  lenguas  indigenas  de  Mexico  o 
tratado  de  Filologia  Mexicana"  por  Isidoro  Epstein.  JWP. 

1  sheet,   folio.    Copyright  Jan.  6,  1876.      A  design  consisting  of  four  trees 
showing  the  division  of  families  into  dialects. 

1224  Erdmann(Friedrich).    Eskimoisclies  Worterbuch,  |  gesammelt  | 
von  den  Missionaren  |  in  |  Labrador,  |  revidirt    und    herausge- 
geben  |  von  |  Friedrich  Erdmann.  | 

Budissin,  |  gedruckt  bei  Ernst  Moritz  Monse.  |  1864.  | 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-360,  double  columns.   8°.      Eskimo-German  throughout.      Im 
proved  title  of  No.  13-24.  w.  WE.  YC.  DGB. 

1226 a  Erman  (Georg  Adolph).  Ethnographische  Wahrnehinuugen  und 
Erfahrungen  an  den  Kiisten  des  Berings-Meeres  von  A.  Ermau. 

In  Zeitschrift  fiir  Ethnologie,  vol.  2  (1870),  pp.  295-307,  309-393 ;  vol. 3  (1871), 
pp.  149-175,  205-219.  Berlin,  [n.  d.]  8°. 

Numerals  of  the  Koljusclien,  Aleuten,  Kadjaker  Insulauer,  Namolli,  Klingjulit, 
and  Ttynai  oder  Kenaizi,  vol.  3,  p.  216. 

—  See  Lowe  (F.),  No.  2340. 

1226  b  Erstes  |  Lesebuch  |  in  der  |  Mosquito-Spraclie.  | 

Gedruckt  bei  E.  M.  Monse  in  Budissin.  |  [n.  d.]  T.  DGB. 

Pp.  1-16.  16°.     Primer  in  the  Mosquito  language.     Prayers,  pp.  10-16. 

Essay  on  the  Antiquities  of  Gt.  Britain  and  Ireland.  See  [Mal- 
colme  (Rev.  David)],  No.  2409. 

1240  a  Etshit  Thlu  Sitskai.  » 

Fragment  (pp.  13-16)  of  an  elementary  book  in  the  Selish  language,  Spokane 
dialect,  prepared  by  the  missionaries  at  Tshimakain,  Wallawalla,  and  printed 
at  the  mission  press  in  1843  (pp.  16).  The  third  book  printed  west  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains.  The  first  was  a  Nez  Perec's  primer  (from  the  same  press)  in  1839. 
[See  No.  2755.] 

Title  and  note  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull,  from  copy  in  his 
possession. 

Etudes  Philologiques.      See  [Cuoq  (Rev.  Jean  Andre")],  No.  952. 


EPISTOLAS — EVEEETTE.  9  11 

1245  «  Evans  (James)  t>nd  Jones  (Rev.  Peter).    The  first  nine  chapters  | 
of  the  |  First  Book  of  Moses,  |  called  |  Genesis.  |  Translated  into 
the  Chippeway  Tongue  |  by  James  Evans,  |  Missionary:  |  and  | 
revised  and  corrected  by  Peter  Jones,  |  Indian  Missionary.  | 

York  :  |  Printed  at  the  office  of  the  Christian  Guardian.  |  1833.  | 

Second  title :   Shongahsweh  |  enewh  natahuiesingin  chapters  j 
email  netnm  |  Oodoozhebeeguniug  owh  Moses,  |  Genesis  |  azhene- 
kahdaig.  |  Anwaid  owh  Oojebwa  keezhe  ahnekahnootahbeung  | 
owh  James   Evans,  |  Makahdaweekoonahya :  |  kiya  |  kegwahyah- 
quahsedood  |  owh  Kahkewaquonaby,  |  Aueshenahba  Makahdawee 
koonahya.  | 

York :  |  Kedahz  he  Ahdesegahdaig.  |  1833.  |  T. 

24  ]].  8°.  English  title  verso  first  leaf,  recto  blank;  Chippewa  title  recto 
second  leaf,  verso  blank ;  half  title  in  English,  recto  third  leaf,  on  verso  of  which 
text  in  English  begins,  and  opposite  which  is  the  same  in  Chippewa.  Alternate 
p  English  and  Chippewa  throughout. 

1247  a  Everette  (Willis  E.)     Words,  phrases  and  sentences  in  the  Ian- 
guage  of  the  Nez  Perec's  or  Kurnipotitoke'n. 

Manuscript .  Pp.  77-228, 234-244.  4°.  Collected,  March  30, 1883,  at  the  month 
of  Liipw6  Creek,  on  Clearwater  River,  Idaho  Ter.,  and  recorded  in  a  copy  of  In 
troduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  2d  edition ;  complete. 

1247  b  Words,  phrases  and  sentences  in  the  language  of  the 

Qwiiswaipiim  or  Yakima  Indians,  with  an  account  of  their  customs, 
habits,  etc. 

Manuscript.  Collected  at  Ft.  Simcoe,  Washington  Territory,  June  4,  1883, 
and  recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  2d 
edition;  complete. 

1247  c  -  Words,  phrases  and  sentences  in  the  language  of  the 

TututCues,  with  an  account  of  their  customs,  habits,  etc. 

Manuscript.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian 
Languages,  2d  edition,  pp.  77-244 ;  complete.  Collected  on  Siletz  River,  Western 
Oregon,  December  23,  1882,  to  February  26,  1883.  In  the  alphabet  adopted  by 
the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1247  d  Lord's  Prayer  and  Hymns  in  the  Chinook  Jargon. 

Manuscript.  2  pp.  4°.  The  above  manuscripts  are  in  the  Library  of  the 
Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

The  following  list  was  furnished  me  by  the  author;  they  are  all  in  his  posses 
sion,  and  each,  he  informs  me,  contains  important  linguistic  matter. 

1247  e  Alphabetical   Vocabulary  of  adjectives,  nouns,  verbs, 

pronouns,  etc.,  in  the  Oglala  dialect  of  the  Sioux  language. 

Manuscript.  1300  words.  Collected  in  Sitting  Bull's  camp  on  Milk  River, 
Montana  Territory,  October  24,  1878. 

1247  / Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Alsia  and  Kla'inac,  or 

Alsea  and  Klamath  languages  of  the  Pacific  Coast  of  Western  Ore 
gon,  with  English. 

Manuscript.  1000  words.     Collected  at  Yaquina  Bay,  Oregon,  December,  1882. 


942  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Everette  (Willis  E.) — continued. 

1247  g  Comparative  Vocabulary  of  the  Oglalii  and  Apsairiika 

or  Sioux  and  Crow. 

Manuscript.  1000  words.  Collected  on  Little  Horn  River,  Montana  Territory, 
among  the  Indians  of  Two  Bellies'  Camp,  January,  1881. 

1247  h  Sign  Language  of  the  North  American  Indians.  * 

Manuscript.  1500  pp.  folio.  Collected  between  33°  and  53°  N.  Lat.  and  100° 
to  124°  W.  Long.,  1875  to  1880.  Illustrated  by  diagrams.  Nearly  finished. 

1247  i  Accouchements,  with  diagrams  of  positions,  of  North 

American  Indians.  * 

Manuscript.  400  pp.  folio.  Collected  from  Indians  of  the  north  central  and 
western  United  States,  and  the  Saskatchewan  River  and  Hudson  Bay  country 
of  North  West  Territories,  British  North  America,  1877  to  1883.  Unfinished. 

1247  fc Dwellings  of  North  American  Indians:  Skin,  bark,  stone, 

wattles,  and  earth.  * 

Manuscript.  1000  pp.  folio.  Collected  from  Indians  of  south  and  northwest 
ern  and  north  central  United  States,  and  Saskatchewan  River,  Hudson  Bay,  and 
Great  Slave  Lake  country,  of  Northwest  Territories,  British  North  America, 
1873  to  1883.  Illustrated ;  nearly  finished. 

1247 1 Food  of  the  North  American  Indians:  kinds  of;  manner 

of  preparing ;  utensils  for  cooking ;  mode  of  procuring ;  etc. 

Manuscript.  1000  pp.  folio.  Collected  from  Indians  of  north  central  and 
northwestern  United  States,  and  Saskatchewan  River  and  Great  Slave  Lake 
country  of  Northwest  Territories  and  British  North  America,  1873-1883.  Pro 
fusely  illustrated ;  unfinished. 

1247  m Habits,  Manners  and  Customs  of  North  American  In 
dians.  * 

Manuscript.  1000  pp.  folio.  Collected  from  the  Indians  of  the  Missouri, 
Columbia,  Colorado,  and  Rio  Grande  River  basins  in  the  United  States,  and  the 
Saskatchewan  River  basin  of  Northwest  Territories,  British  North  America,  1873 
to  1883.  Illustrated ;  unfinished. 

1247  n  Medicines  of  the  North  American  Indians:  mode  of  pro 
curing  and  dispensing ;  ceremonies ;  etc.  * 
Manuscript.  600  pp.  folio.  Collected  from  Indians  of  north  central  and  north 
western  United  States,  and  Saskatchewan  River  and  Athabasca  Lake  country, 
Northwest  Territories,  British  North  America,  1873  to  1883.  Illustrated ;  nearly 
finished. 

1247  o  Mortuary  Customs  of  North  American  Indians.  * 

Manuscript.  600  pp.  folio.  Collected  from  the  Indians  of  the  Missou:  i  and 
Sashatchewan  River  basins,  and  on  the  Pacific  Coast  of  the  United  States,  1873 
to  1683.  Illustrated ;  nearly  finished. 

1247  p  Mythology  of  the  North  American  Indians. 

Manuscript.  1000  pp.  folio.  Collected  from  Sioux,  Crow,  Cheyenne,  Black- 
feet,  Columbia  River,  and  Pnget  Sound  Indians  of  the  United  States,  and  Cree, 
Seauteaux,  and  Great  Slave  Lake  Indians  of  the  Northwest  Territories,  British 
North  America,  1873  to  1883.  Illustrated;  unfinished. 

1247  q  Traditions  and  General  Superstitions  of  the  North  Amer 
ican  Indians.  * 

Manuscript.  1000  pp.  folio.  Collected  between  25°  to  53°  N.  Lat.  and  90°  to 
127°  W.  Long.,  1873  to  1883.  Illustrated;  nearly  finished. 


EVERETTE— FALKNER.  943 

Ewh  Kechetwah-Muzzeneegun  [in  Ojibway].    See  [O'Meara  (Rev. 
James  D.)],  No.  2835. 

Ewh   Oomenwahjemoowin  [in  OjibwayJ.     See  [O'Meara  (Rev. 
James  D.)],  Nos.  2829-2830. 

1250  a  Examen  de  Conciencia  |  en  lengua  |  de  los  Indies  de  |  Santa 
Ines.  |  I860.  |  Presentiado  &  \  Bancroft  Library.  |  1877.  |  B. 

Manuscript.  Modern  title  1  1,  pp.  1-15.  sq.  16°.  The  manuscript  is  in  fair  con 
dition  only,  and  the  writing  is  very  bad.  In  double  columns,  Spanish  and  Santa 
Ines. 

Exercises  in  Dictation,  in  English  and  Santee  Dakota.  See 
[Hinman  (Rev.  S.  D.)],  No.  1807. 

Exodus,  in  Cherokee.     See  Worcester  (Rev.  Samuel  A.),  No.  4207. 

1250&  Expedicion  de  la  Nueva  Vizcaya  1563.  |  Traduccion  al  castel- 
lano  |  de  im  manuscrito  mexicano  |  antiguo  |  B. 

Manuscript.  17  11.  4°.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco.  In  the  Mex 
ican  language,  with  interlinear  Spanish  translation ;  it  relates  to  the  founding 
of  the  city  of  Durango.  The  manuscript  is  probably  a  copy. 

Fabri  ( Joannis  lyncei).  See  Hernandez  (Francisco),  No.  1744,  note. 

1256  [Fabricius  (Otho).]    Testamente  Nutak  |  Kaladlin  okauzeennut  | 
nuktersimarsok,  nar'kiutingoseu-  |  niglo  sukui'arsimarsok.  | 

Kib'benhavnime,  |  Illiarsum  igloakme  sissameksanik  nakkitarsi- 
marsok  |  1827  |  C.  F.  Skubartimit.  |  T.  w.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-viii/J-1072.  12°.  New  testament  in  the  Eskimo  language.  Second  edi 
tion,  revised  by  N.  G.  Wolf.  Improved  title  of  No.  1256.  See  No.  1255  for  earlier 
edition. 

1257      Ivngerutit  |  Tuksiutidlo,  |  Kaladlinnut  Opertunnut.  | 

Attuffigeksaet.  | 

Kiobenhavnime,  |  Illiarsum  igloaenne  aipeksanik  nakittarsimar- 
sut  |  C.  F.  Skubartimit.  |  1801.  |  w.  HP. 

Pp.  1-528.  sm.  12°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1257.  Psalms  in  meter.  Prayers, 
pp.  386-528.  Preface  signed  Otto  Fabricius,  11  Jun.,  1800. 

Erslew  mentions  a  psalm  book,  with  appendix  of  prayers,  in  the  Eskimo  lan 
guage,  Kjobenhavnime,  1788.  8°. 

1266      Falkner  (Daniel).    Curieuse  Nachricht  |  Von  |  Pensylvania  | 
in  |  Norden- America/  |  Welche/  |  Aus  Begehren  guter  Freunde/  | 
Uber  vorgelegte  103.  Tra-  |  gen/bey  seiner  Abreisz  aus  Teutsch-  j 
land  nach  obigern  Lande  Anno  1700.  |  ertheilet  /  und  nun  Anno 
1702  in  den  Druck  |  gegeben  worden.  |  Von  |  Daniel  Falkuern  / 
Professore,  |  Burgern  und  Pilgrim  allda.  | 

Franckfurt  und  Leipzig/  |  zu  finden  bey  Andreas  Otto  /  Buch- 
handlern.  |  Im  Jahr  Christi  1702.  |  L. 

Title,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  Praemonitio,  signed  Falckner,  Burger  und  Pilgrim 
Pensylvanien  in  Nord  America,  2  11. ;  pp.  1-58.  16°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1266. 

Von  der  Wilden  Sprache  und  Umbgang,  pp.  15-16. 


944  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1266 a  Faraud  (Mgr,  Henry).  Dix-huit  ans  |  chez  les  Sauvages  |  Vo 
yages  et  Missions  |  de  M**  Henry  Faraud  |  Eveque  d'Aneinour, 
Vicaire  Apostolique  de  Mackensie,  |  dans  1'extreme  nord  de  1'Ame'- 
rique  Britannique  |  d'apres  les  documents  de  MS*  1'Eveque  d'Aue- 
mour  par  |  Fernand- Michel  |  Membre  de  la  Societe  Eduenne  Avec 
la  biographie  et  le  portrait  de  Mgr  Faraud  | 

LibrairieCatholiquedePerisse  Freres  ;  (Nbuvelle  maison)  |  Regis 
Buffet  et  Cle,  Successeurs  |  Paris  |  38,  Eue  Saint-Sulpice.  |  Bru- 
xelles  |  Place  Saiute-Gudule,  4.  |  1866  |  Droits  de  traductiou  et  de 
reproduction  reserves.  |  s. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.vii,  xvi,  1-456.  8°.  Remarks  on  the  Cree  language,  with  examples, 
pp.  82-84. — On  the  Montagnais,  pp.  84-86. — Tribus  Sauvages,  pp.  333-383,  contains 
names  of  tribes,  with  meanings,  scattered  through. 

1270  a  Faulmann  (Karl).    Illustrirte  |  Geschichte  der  Scbriffc  |  Popular- 
Wissenscbaftlicbe  Darstellung  |  der  |  Entstebung  der  Scbrift  | 
der  |  Spracbe  und  der  Zablen  |  sowie  der  |  Scbrift  systems  aller 
Volker  der  Erde  |  von  |  Karl  Fauhnann  |  Professor  der  Stenogra- 
pbie,  Bitter  des  Kgl.  Bayer.  Verdienstordeus  vom  H.  Micbael,  | 
Besitzer  zweier  Verdienst-Medaillen  der  Wiener  Weltausstellung.  j 
Mit  15  Tafelu  in  Farben-  und  Tondmck  |  und  vielen  in  den  text 
gedruckteu  scbriftzeicben  und  schriftproben.  |  [Printer's  ornament.] 

Wien.  Pest.  Leipzig.  |  A.  Hartlebeu's  Verlag.  |  1880.  |  AlleEecbte 
Vorbehalten.  |  A.  w. 

Pp.  xvi,  632.  8°. 

IndianischeBilderschriften  ( with  specimens  of  Chippewa  songs),  pp.  198-204. — 
Die  Mexikanische  Schrift,  pp.  213-224.— Die  Yukatanische  Schrift,  pp.  224-228.— 
Die  Schrift  der  Tscherokesen,  p.  230.— Schrift  der  Tinne-Indianer,  p.  231  .—Schrift 
der  Kri-Indiauer,  pp.  231-232. — Schrift  der  Mikmak-Indianer  ( with  Lord's  Prayer 
in  hieroglyphics),  pp.  232-234. 

1277  Feria  (Fr.  Pedro  de).  Oonfesouario  en  la  misma  Lengua  [ZapotecaJ. 
Printed,  according  to  Remesal. — Berietain.  * 

Fr.  Pedro  de  Feria,  so  called  from  the  place  of  his  birth  in  Extremadnra  (for 
his  true  name  was  Gonzalez),  was  born  in  1524.  He  studied  in  the  University 
of  Salamanca,  and  in  1545  joined  the  order  of  the  dominicans.  In  1551  he  came 
to  New  Spain,  and  for  some  time  was  prior  of  Teticpac,  in  which  convent  he 
composed  the  Doctrina  Zapoteca.  In  1558  he  was  defmidor,  and  was  stationed 
in  Yanhuitlan.  He  was  also  prior  of  the  convent  of  Mexico,  and  accompanied 
Tristan  de  Arellano's  expedition  to  Florida  in  1559.  In  1565  he  was  elected  pro 
vincial  of  the  province  of  Santiago  de  Predicadores  de  la  Nueva  Espana,  and 
in  1570  was  sent  as  procurator  to  Spain  and  to  Rome.  On  being  made  bishop  of 
Chiapa  in  1575,  he  returned  to  Mexico,  where  he  died  in  1588. 

Davila  Padilla  says  that  "he  wrote  a  Doctrina  en  lengua  Zapoteca,  which  was 
printed  in  Mexico";  but  iu  his  catalogue  of  the  writers  of  the  province,  he  does 
not  attribute  the  Doctrina  to  him,  but  only  a  Confesonario  in  the  same  language. 
Buvgoa  speaks  ouly  of  a  Doctriua  printed  "with  the  title  of  Cartilla,  which  this 
modest  author  gave  to  it."  Remesal  states  that  he  made  an  Arte  and  Vocabula- 
rio  of  the  same  tongue,  "the  best  and  fullest  that  we  have."  Gonziilez  Davila 
and  D.  Nicolas  Antonio  mention  the  Vocabulario  only.  Quetif  and  Echard 
doubt  whether  the  Doctrina  and  Coufesionario  are  the  same  work.  Piuelo-Bar- 
cia  enumerates:  "1.  Coufesonario  en  lengua  Zacapnlu  or  Zapoteca,  which  was 


FARAUD FERNANDEZ.  945 

Feria  (Fr.  Pedro  de) — continued. 

printed,  according  to  Remesal  (if  this  author  does  say  so,  I  have  been  unable 
to  find  the  passage).  2.  Vocabnlario  mas  copioso  de  la  iiiisiiia  lengna,  in  manu 
script.  3.  Doctrina  cristiana  en  ella,  printed  in  Mexico  according  to  DaVila  in 
the  Historia  de  Mexico,  fol.  672."  This  last  reference  is  incorrect ;  the  passage 
is  on  p.  594  of  the  edition  of  159G,  and  on  p.  479  of  the  edition  of  1625.  Beris- 
tain,  besides  the  Doctrina,  which  he  says  plainly  that  he  had  seen  in  the  library 
of  the  Colegio  de  S.  Gregorio  (but  which  I  have  not  found  there),  attributes  to 
P.  Feria  the  "  Confesonario,  printed,  according  to  Remesal"  (a  notice  which 
seems  to  be  taken  from  Pinelo-Barcia),  and  the  Voeabulario  (without  saying 
whether  it  was  printed  or  in  manuscript). 

It  appears  from  all  this,  that  Davila  Padilla  gave  the  names  of  Doctrina  and 
Confesonario  to  the  same  work,  which  is  not  strange,  as  they  were  generally  in 
cluded  in  one  volume ;  and  that  there  is  110  reason  to  doubt  the  existence  of  the 
Arte  and  Vocabulario,  based  on  the  authority  of  Remesal.  At  all  events,  uo 
other  writings  of  P.  Feria  in  this  tongue  now  remain,  except  the  very  rare  Doc 
trina  Zapoteca,  of  which  no  copy  is  known  in  Mexico. — Icazbalceta,  Bibliografia 
Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVI,  pp.  141-144. 

See  [Cordoba  (Fr.  Juan)J,  No.  889,  note. 

Fernand.-Micb.el  (Franfois  Fortune").  See  Farand  (Mgr.  Henry), 
No.  1266  a. 

1280  Fernandez  (Fr.  Benito).     [Doctrina  en  lengua  Mixteca.     Mexico, 
1568J. 

Fr.  Benito  Fernandez  was  sent  to  the  Misteco  mission  about  the  year  1548, 
where  he  had  charge  of  the  pueblos  of  Tlaxiaco  and  Achiutla.  He  acquired 
their  language  perfectly  in  a  short  time,  and  remained  among  them  until  his 
death,  the  year  of  which  is  unknown. 

The  two  editions  of  the  Doctrina,  printed  in  1567  and  1568,  are  now  in  the 
library  of  the  Sociedad  de  Geografia  y  Estadfstica  at  Mexico,  and  are  supposed 
to  be  unique.  Two  earlier  editions,  dated  1550  and  1564,  have  been  mentioned 
by  bibliographers,  but  no  copy  of  either  has  been  found,  and  it  is  very  doubtful 
whether  the  latter,  which  rests  solely  on  the  authority  of  Barcia,  was  ever 
printed.  It  is  also  worthy  of  note  that  neither  of  the  two  known  editions  con 
tains  any  reference  to  a  previous  one,  although  it  was  the  custom,  in  such  cases, 
to  add  the  words  agora  nuevamente  impresa,  or  something  to  that  effect.  The 
earliest  writer  who  speaks  of  this  Doctrina  is  Davila  Padilla,  who  says  that  it 
"  was  printed  in  Mexico  in  1550."  Another  dominican,  Fr.  Alonzo  Fernandez, 
gives  the  same  date.  P.  Burgoa,  who  was  well  acquainted  with  the  Mistecos 
and  their  language,  writing  in  1670,  speaks  of  it  as  having  been  printed  for  120 
years.  Antonio  de  Leon  (Pinelo)  has  only  this  brief  notice:  "Fr.  Benito  Fer 
nandez,  dominican.  Doctrina,  Epistolas  y  Evaugelios  en  lengua  misteca, 
printed."  He  gives  no  date,  but  in  these  few  lines  we  meet  with  the  first  and 
only  original  notice  of  the  Epistolas  and  Evangelios.  Barcia,  in  his  reprint  of 
Pinelo,  adds  the  dates:  "printed  1550,  4°;  1564,  4°;  1568,  4°."  Nicolas  Antonio 
mentions  only  the  edition  of  1568.  Quetif  and  Echard,  quoting  from  Diivila 
Padilla  and  Pinelo,  give  the  Doctrina  of  1550,  and  the  "Epistolarum  et  Evan- 

geliorum versio,"  to  which  they  add  the  date  of  1568.     Eguiara  gives  the 

date  as  follows:  "Mexici,  ex  typographia  Petri  de  Ocharte,  1568,  in  quarto," 
and  briefly  refers  to  the  editions  of  1550  and  1564,  which  he  says  that  he  had 
never  seen.  Alcedo  cites  an  edition  of  1586,  which  is  probably  an  error  for  1568. 
Beristaiu  says  that  it  was  "printed  in  Mexico,  by  Pedro  Ocharte,  1568,  and  pre 
viously  in  1550,  and  1564,  in  4°."  Ternaux  mentions  the  editions  of  1550  and 
1568.  The  dominican  Fr.  Antonio  de  los  Reyes,  in  his  Arte  en  Leugua  Misteca, 

60  Bib. 


946  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Fernandez  (Fr.  Benito) — continued. 

says  that  P.  Fernandez  had  printed  his  Doctriua  in  two  different  dialects: 
"Nevertheless,  after  the  printing  of  the  Doctrina  of  P.  Fr.  Benito  Hernandez, 
which  was  in  the  language  of  Tlachiaco  and  Achiutla,  afterwards,  in  that  which 
was  translated  into  the  language  of  Tepnzcnlula,  were  introduced  certain  words 
not  used  formerly,''  etc.  From  this  passage  it  would  appear  that  there  was  an 
earlier  edition  than  that  of  1567;  for  it  is  evident  from  the  dates  given  in  the 
colophons  and  from  the  size  of  the  volumes,  that  the  editions  of  1567  and  1568 
must  have  been  going  through  the  press  at  the  same  time.  The  edition  of  1567,- 
which  is  not  mentioned  by  any  of  the  early  writers  and  bibliographers,  was  first 
described  by  Sr.  Pimentel  in  his  Cuadro  Descriptive,  in  1862. — Icazbalceta,  Bibli- 
ografia  Mtxicana  del  Siglo  XVI, pp.  148-154. 

See  Chuchona,  No.  798  a.     See  Doctrina,  No.  1056  a. 

1281  a  Ferrard  (Abbe  Martin).     [Dictionary  of  the  Ojibwa  language — 
Ojibwa  English,  alphabetically  arranged.]  P. 

Manuscript.  3  vols.  4°.  In  possession  of  the  author.  Vol.  1,  pp.  1-591,  com 
prises  the  letters  A-G.  Vol.  2,  H-N,  is  in  course  of  preparation ;  it  consists  of 
about  1,200  pages.  Vol.  3,  O-U,  unfinished,  about  1,000  pages. 

The  Abb4  Ferrard  was  for  many  years  a  missionary  among  the  Chippewas 
around  Lake  Superior.  He  is  now  (1882)  stationed  at  the  Sault  au  Recollet, 
Island  of  Montreal,  where  he  is  preparing  his  linguistic  material  for  the  press. 

See  Mahan  (I.  L.),  No.  2406,  note. 

1282  Ferry  (Hippolite).     Description  de  la  Nouvelle  Californie,  &c. 
Some  copies  have  imprint  as  follows: 

Paris.  |  L.  Maison,  Editeur  des  guides  Eichard,  et  de  1'Etranger.  | 
1850.  |  B. 

1282  a  La  |   California  |    descrizione  |  Geografica,   Politica  e 

Morale  |  che  contiene  |  La  storia  della  scoperta  di  questa  terra. — 
Quadro  degli  avvenimenti  |  politici  che  vi  si  eft'ettuarono. — Detta- 
gli  sulla  sua  topografia,  sul  clima,  |  e  sulle  produzioni  minerali, 
vegetabiii,  animali. — Nozioni  iutorno  alia  |  mineralogia,  metallurgia 
e  geologia,  carattere,  spirito,  usi  e  costumi  de'  suoi  |  abitanti. — De- 
scrizioue  delle  sue  baie,  porti,  citta,  missioni,  e  villaggi. —  |  Cog- 
nizioui  nauticlie  sulle  sue  baie  e  sui  suoi  porti. — Tariffa  delle  doga- 
ne  |  in  California.  —  Istruzioui  generali  relative  alle  strade  che 
couducono  in  |  California,  ai  luoghi  di  passaggio,  e  descrizione  di 
Chaugres,  Panama,  |  del  Capo  Horn  e  della  Terra  di  Fuoco,  ec.  ec.  | 
Di  Ippolito  Ferry  |  Membro  Della  Societa'  Geograflca  di  Parigi  | 
Priina  Traduzione  Italiana  |  di  S.  d.  s.  [ 

Venezia  |  Dalla  Tipografla  Fontana  |  1851.  |  c. 

Pp.  3-340.  8°.     A  translation  of  No.  1282. 

Short  comparative  vocabulary  of  American  Indian  and  Asiatic  words,  p.  175. — 
fchort  disquisition  on  the  diversity  of  the  Indian  languages  in  California,  with  a 
few  "Rosinen"  [Rumson]  and  "Psteni  "  words, pp.  186-187.— Lord's  Prayer  "in 
lingua  indiana  della  Vallata  de'  Tulari ",  p.  188. 

1282  b  [Field  (Thomas  W.)]    Indian,  Dutch  and  English  names  of  Lo 
calities  in  Brooklyn.  * 
In  Manual  of  the  Common  Council  of  the  City  of  Brooklyn,  for  1868,  pp.  459- 
470.     Brooklyn,  1868.  8°.     Reprinted  in : 


FERNANDEZ — FLETCHER  947 

Field  (Tbonms  W.)— contiuued.    • 

1282  c  -  —  Historic  and  Antiquarian  Scenes  |  in  |  Brooklyn  and  its 
Vicinity,  |  with  |  illustrationsof  some  of  its  antiquities  |  by  |  T.  W. 
Field  | 

Brooklyn.  |  1868.  |  BA.  BL. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-96.  roy.al  8°.  1  map  and  11  plates.  Indian,  Dutch  and  English 
names  of  localities  in  Brooklyn  and  its  vicinity,  pp.  49-60. 

Figueroa  (Fr.  Antonio  Eosa  Lopez).    See  Rosa  Lopez  Figueroa 
(Fr.  Antonio),  No.  3370. 

1299 a  Fisher  (William  J.)  Words,  phrases,  and  sentences  in  the  lan 
guage  of  the  Ugashachmiit  Indians  of  Ugashak  Eiver,  Bristol  Bay, 
Alaska,  and  of  the  Kag£age"mut  Indians,  of  Kaguiak-Kadiak  Island, 
Alaska. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  77-228, 10  11.  4°.  Recorded  in  a  cqpy  of  Introduction  to  the 
Study  of  Indian  Languages,  2d  edition,  incomplete.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau 
of  Ethnology.  The  two  dialects  are  in  parallel  columns. 

1299  b  [Fitch  (Asa).]    Words  in  the  St.  Francis  Indian  dialect.  * 

Manuscript.  8  pp.  16°.     In  English  and  Indian. 

1299  c  Names  of  Insects  in  the  languages  of  several  tribes  of 

American  Indians  (Lenape  or  St.  Francis  dialect,  Muskokee,  He- 

che-ta,  Yu-che,  etc.).     Followed  by:  Muskokee  Indian  words  (from 

Fleming's  Muskokee  Assistant).  * 

Manuscript.  4pp.  8°.     Both  in  possession  of  John  B.  Dunbar,  Bloomfield,N.  J. 

1307  [Fletcher  (Rev.  Richard).]    Breve  Devocionario  |  para  |  todos  los 
dias  |  de  |  la  Seinaua.  |  Payalchioob  |  utial  |  tulacal  le  u  kiuiloob  | 
ti  le  |  semana.  | 

Londres.  |  [W.  M.  Watts,  Crown  Court,  Temple  Bar.]  |  1865.  | 
Title-page  reverse  p.  2 ;  pp.  2-17, 2-17,  double  numbers  (35  pp.  in  all),  alternate 
pages  Spanish  and  Maya.     Improved  title  of  No.  1307.  DGB. 

1308      Catecismo  |  de  las  Metodistas.  |  No.  I.  |  Para  los  nifios 

de  tierna  eda<l.  |  Catecismo  ti   le    Metodistaoob.  |  No.  I.  |  Utial 
mehen  palaloob.  | 

Londres.  |  [W.  M.  Watts,  Crown  Court,  Temple  Bar.]  |  1865.  | 
Title-page  reverse  p.  2;  pp.  2-17,2-17,  double  numbers  (35  pp.  in  all),  alternate 
Spanish  and  Maya.    Improved  title  of  No.  1308.  DOB. 

1309  Leti  u  Ebanhelio  |  Hezu  Crizto  |  Hebix  |  Huan.  | 

London :  |  1869.  |  DOB.  JWP. 

Title  11.,  pp.  1-83.  16°.    Reverse  of  title:  "Cambridge:  Printed  for  the  British 

and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  by  C.  J.  Clay,  M.  A.,  at  the  University  Press."     Im 
proved  title  of  No.  1309. 

One  of  Dr.  Brinton's  copits  has  a  manuscript  note  by  Dr.  Berendt  as  follows: 
"Translated  by  the  Rev.  A.  Henderson  and  the  Rev.  Rch.  Fletcher.  I  under 
stand  this  to  be  a  second  edition,  the  first  having  been  printed  in  London,  1868." 


948  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1312  «  Fleurieu  (Charles  Pierre  Claret,  Comte  de).  Voyage  |  autour 
du  inonde,  |  pendant  les  ann<5es  1790,  1791  et  1792,  |  Par  Etienue 
Marchand,  |  pr<§c<§d£  |  d'une  introduction  historique ;  |  auquel  on  a 
joint  |  dea  recherche*  sur  les  terres  australes  de  Drake,  |  et  |  un 
examen  critique  du  voyage  deEoggeween;  |  avec  cartes  et  figures :  | 
Par  C.  P.  Claret  Fleurieu,  |  De  1'Institut  National  des  Sciences  et 
des  Arts,  |  et  du  Bureau  des  Longitudes.  |  Tome  I  [-V].  | 

A  Paris,  |  De  1'Impriuierie  de  la  Eepublique.  |  An  VI  [-VIII] 
[1798-1800].  A.  B. 

5  vols.  8°.  Atlas,  4°.     Linguistics  as  in  quarto  edition,  vol.  2,  pp.  107-108, 
528-529,  and  folding  table. 

1312  b  A  I  Voyage  |  round  the  world,  |  performed  |  duiiug  the 

years  1790,  1791,  and  1792,  |  by  |  Etienne  Marchand,  j  preceded  | 
by  a  historical  introduction,  |  and  |  Illustrated  by  Charts,  etc.  j 
Translated  from  the  French  |  of  |  C.  P.  Claret  Fleurieu,  |  of  the 
National  Institute  of  Arts  and   Sciences,  and  of  the  Board  of  | 
Longitude  of  France.  |  Vol.  I.  f-III.  |  Charts,  &c.]  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  T.  N.  Longman  and  O.  Kees,  Paternoster- 
Bow;  and  T.  Cadell,  Jun.  |  And  W.  Davies,  Strand.  |  1801.  |        C. 

3  vols.  4°.     Linguistics  as  in  the  French  edition  (No.  1312),  vol.  1,  pp.  255-256, 
325,  and  vol.  2,  pp.  187-193. 

1313 «  Flint  ( Dr.)      Vocabulary   |    of   the    Huastuso  Indians  [Costa 
Eica]  |  Communicated  by  |  Dr.  Flint.  |  1876.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  1  sheet  folio.     Forms  part  of  the  Berendt  collection. 

Flores  (Fr.  Ildefonso  Joseph).     See  Torresano  ( Fr.  Esteran),  No. 
3881. 

Folsom  (E.  W.),  editor.    See  Star  Vindicator,  No.  3739. 

1315  a  Fontanelle  (Henry).     Ponca  Vocabulary.  * 

Manuscript.  9  pp.  folio.     In  the  library  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

Foreman  ( — ).      See  Worcester  (Rev.  S.  A.)  and  Foreman  ( — ), 
Nos.  4233-4234. 

Form  for  making  Catechists.     See  [Cook  (Joseph  W.)],  No.  866. 
Forster  (W.  E.)    See  Clarkson  (Thomas),  No.  815  d. 

1318  a  Fort  y  Roldan  (Nicolas).     Cuba  Indfgena  |  por  |  Nicolas  Fort 
y  Eoldan  |  Oficial  primero  [etc.,  three  lines].  | 

Madrid  |  Impreuta  de  B.  Moreno  y  E.  Eojas  |  Isabel  la  Catolica, 
num.  10  |  1881  |  DGB. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-200.   sm.  4°. 

Capitulo  I.  Ideas  sobre  la  filologfa  indigena,  pp.  1-29. — Capitulo  V.  Vocabu- 
larioetimoWgicodelosindigenas  cubanos,  pp.  121-182,  alphabetically  arranged. 

Fossarieu  (P.  de  Lucy).     See  Lucy-Fossarieu  (P.  de),  No.  2348. 
Fragorri  (Fr.  Juan).    See  Iragorri  (Fr.  Juan  Francisco),  No.  1948. 


FLEUBIEU— FUENTES  Y  GUZMAN.  949 

1328  Franklin  (John).  Narrative  of  a  Journey  |  to  the  shores  of  |  the 
Polar  Sea,  |  in  the  years  |  1819, 20, 2 1,&  22.  |  By  |  John  Franklin, 
Captain  R.  K,  F.  R.  S.,  |  and  Commander  of  the  Expedition.  | 
With  an  Appendix  containing  Geoguostical  Observa-  |  tions,  and 
Remarks  on  the  Aurora  Borealis.  |  Illustrated  by  a  frontispiece  and 
map.  |  Published  by  authority  of  the  Rt.  Hon.  the  Earl  Bathurst.  | 

Philadelphia :  |  H.  C.  Carey  &  I.  Lea,  A.  Small,  Edward  Parker, 
M'Carty  &  |  Davis,  B.  &  T.  Kite,  Thomas  Desilver,  and  E.  Lit- 
tell.  |  18J4.  |  B.  o.  BL. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-482.  8°.  Plate  and  map.  Names  of  animals,  fish,  plants,  etc.,  in 
the  Cree  language,  pp.  78-83.— Blackfoot  vocabulary,  pp.  97-98.  Improved  title 
of  No.  1328. 

1329 Journey  |  to  the  |  Shores  of  the  Polar  Sea,  |  In  1819-20- 

21-22:  |  with  |  a  brief  account  of  the  second  journey  |  In  1825- 
26-27.  |  By  |  John  Franklin,  Capt.  R.  N.  F.  R.  S.,  |  and  Commander 
of  the  Expedition.  |  Four  vols.— With  plates.  |  Vol.  I  [-IV].  | 

London:  |  John  Murray,  Albemarle  Street,  |  MDCCCXXIX 
[1829].  |  » 

4  vols.  24°.  Names  of  animals,  plants,  etc.,  in  the  Cree  language,  vol.  1,  pp. 
170-182. — Blackfoot  vocabulary,  vol.  1,  p.  214. — Names  of  parts  of  an  Esquimaux 
house,  vol.  3,  p.  5.  Improved  title  of  No.  1329,  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

1332  Froebel  (Julius).  Aus  Amerika.  |  Erfahrungen  Reisen  und 
Studien  |  von  |  Julius  Froebel.  |  Erster  [-Zweiter]  Band.  |  Zweite 
wohlfeile  Ausgabe.  | 

Leipzig  |  Dut'sche  Buchhandlung.  |  [N.  d.]  B. 

2  vols.  12°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1332.  Vocabulary  of  the  Woolwa,  vol.  1, 
pp.  400-401. — Short  Mescalero-Apache  vocabulary,  vol.  2,  p.  163. 

1333 Seven  Years'  Travel  |  in  |  Central  America,  |  Northern 

Mexico,  and  the  Far  West  of  |  the  United  States.  |  By  Julius 
Froebel.  |  With  numerous  Illustrations.  |  [Device.] 

London :  |  Richard  Beutley,  |  Publisher  in  Ordinary  to  Her  Maj 
esty.  |  M.  DCCC.  LIX  [1859].  |  The  right  of  translation  is  re 
served.  |  A.  B.  C.  BA. 

Pp.  i-xiv,  1  1.,  pp.  1-587.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  1333. 

Chap,  viii,  pp.  116-140.  "An  excursion  to  the  Province  of  Chontales  and  to 
the  upper  Mosquita"  contains  a  few  scattering  terms  of  the  Indians  of  that 
region,  but  no  Woolwa  vocabulary.  Nor  does  it  contain  the  Mescalero  Apache 
vocabulary.  Geographical  names  of  Aztec  origin,  pp.  54-56. — Aztec  words  in 
the  Spanish  idiom,  pp.  56-57. 

1338  a  Fuensalida  (Fr.  Luis).  Dialogos  6  Coloquios  in  dicha  Idioma 
[Mexicana]  entre  la  Virgen  Maria  y  el  Arcangel  Gabriel.  * 

Manuscript.    Title  from  Beristain. 

1342     Fuentes  y  Guzman  (D.  Francisco  Antonio).    Biblioteca  de  los 
Americanistas.  |  Historiade  Guatemala  |  6  |  Recordacion  Florida  | 
escrita  el  Siglo  xvii  por  el  Capital)   |  D.  Francisco  Antonio  de 


950  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Fuentes  y  Guzman  (D. 'Francisco  Antonio) — continued. 

Fuentes  y  Guzman   |   natural,  vecino  y  regidor  perpetuo  de  la 
ciudad  |  de  Guatemala  |  que  publica  por  primera  vez  |  con  notas  e" 
ilustraciones  |  D.  Justo  Zaragoza  |  Tomo  I[-II]  | 
Madrid  |  Luis  Navarro,  editor   Colegiata,nuin.6.  |  1882  [-1883]  |  * 
Pp.  Ivi,  475 ;  440.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  1342,  from  Sr.  Icazbalceta  and  Dr. 
D.  G.  Briuton. 

1343  a  Fuertes  (E.  A.)  Vocabularies  of  the  Zapoteco  from  Suchitan, 
Zoque  from  Cbirnalapa  and  Mixe  from  Guichicore,  1871.  DGB. 

Manuscript.  53  pp.  4°.  Copy  of  that  in  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  made  by 
Dr.  Berendt.  See  Spear  (John  C.)  Report  on  "  *  Tehuautepec,  No.  3711.  Mr. 
Fuertes  accompanied  this  expedition  as  civil  engineer,  and  he  probably  had 
much  to  do  with  the  collection  of  the  vocabularies. 

Furman  (Gabriel).     See  Denton  (Daniel),  No.  1027. 
Further  Accompt.     See  [Eliot  (Jobn)],  No.  1173. 
Further  Correspondence.     See  Arctic  Expedition,  No.  148. 

1348  a  Ga&  nab  shot  |  neb  |  de  o  waSh's&o'nyoh  gwafi  |  na'wgnni'yutr.  | 
Ho  nout'gah"  deb  bo  di'ya  do'nyotr.  | 

New-York :  |  American  Tract  Society.  |  1852.  |  c.  o.  T. 

Pp.  1-232.  18°.  H.  M.  Morgan,  Printer,  Gowando,  N.  Y.  Seneca  Hymn  Book. 
A  variation  of  title  No.  1348.  The  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  385,  gives  brief 
title  of  an  edition  of  1857.  See  Wright  (liev.  Asher),  No.  4256,  note. 

1350  Gag  nah  shoh  |  Neb  |  Deo  wa|h'  s|o'  nyoh  gwab  |  Na'  weimi' 
yub.  |  Honont'  gahdeh  hodi'  yado'  nyob.  | 

Published  by  tbe  |  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau-Street, 
New  York.  |  [N.  d.]  * 

Pp.  1-352,  31  unnumbered  11.  16°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1350,  furnished  by 
Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copy  in  the  library  of  Mr.  W.  W.  Beach,  Yonkers,  N.  Y. 

1352  a  Gabb  (Wni.  M.)  Tribus  y  lenguas  indfgenas  de  Costa  Eica  Por 
Win.  M.  Gabb.  Conferencia  leida  ante  la  American  Pbilosopbical 
Society  de  Filadelpbia,  en  agosto  20  de  1875.  Traducida  del  ingles 
por  don  Manuel  Carazo.  DGB. 

Iu  Fernandez  (Don  Le6n).  Colleccion  de  Docnmentos  para  la  Historia  de 
Costa-Rica,  vol.  3,  pp.  303-486.  San  Jose"  de  Costa-Rica,  1883. 

1362 o  Gabriel  (Peter  Jobn).  Amwes-winto-wagen.  The  Song  of  the 
Bees. 

Colophon :  Campobello,  N.  B.,  Aug.  12th,  18S3.  T.  JWP. 

2  11.  sq.  24°.  Verse  of  18  short  lines  in  the  Milicite  dialect,  spoken  by  the 
Indians  of  St.  John's  River,  and  translated  into  English  by  Charles  Godfrey 
Lelaiid  (Hans  Breitman).  Milicite  recto  1.  1,  English  verso  1.  2.  The  Indian 
is  by  a  Micmac  native  of  New  Brunswick.  It  was  printed  at  Eastport,  Me.,  in 
the  summer  of  1883,  and  sold  at  a  church  fair  for  erecting  a  parsonage. 

1364  a  Gage  (Thomas).    Nouvelle  |  Relation,  |  conteuant  |  les  Voyages 
de  Thomas   Gage   |    dans  la  Nouvelle  Espagne,  ses  diverses  | 
avantures;  &  sou  retour  par  la  Province  |  du  Nicaragua,  jusques 
a  la  Havane.  |  Avec  |  la  Description  de  la  Ville  |  de  Mexique  telle 
qu'elle  estoit  autrefois,  |  &  comme  elle  est  &  present.  |  Ensemble 


FUENTKS    Y    GUZMAN GAILLAND.  951 

Gage  (Thomas) — continued. 

vue  Description   |  exacte  des  Terres  &  Provinces  que  possedent 
les  |  Espagnols  eu  toute  1'Amerique,  de  la  forme  de  |  leur  gouverne- 
meut  Ecclesiastique  &  Politique,   |  de  leur  Commerce,  de  leurs 
Mceurs,  &  de  celles  |  des  Criolles,  des  Metifs,  des  Mulattes,  des  | 
Indiens,  &  des  Negres.      Et  un  Traite"  de  la  |  Langue  Poconchi  ou 
Pocomane.  |  Dedie'  a  Monseigneur  Colbert  Secretaire  d'Etat.  |  Le 
tout  traduit  de  1'Anglois,  par  le  sieur  de  |  Beaulieu  Hues  O  Neill.  | 
Premiere  [-Qvatrieme]  Partie.  | 

A  Paris,   |    Chez  Gervais  Clouzier,  au  Palais,  sur  les  degrez 
en   |    montant  pour  aller  ft  la  Sainte  Chapelle  au  Voyageur.   | 
M.  DC.  LXXVI  [1076].  |  Avec  Privilege  dv  Eoy.  |  B.  HU. 

4  vols.  12°.  Breve  Instruction  pour  apprendre  la  Langne  ludienne  qu'on 
appelle  Poconchi,  vol.  4,  pp.  125-153. 

1366 Novvelle  |  Relation  |  des  |   Indes  Occidentales,  |  conte- 

nant  |  Les  Voyages  de  Thomas  Gage  dans  la  |  Nouvelle  Espagne, 
ses  diverses  avantnres.  |  Et  |  Sou  retour  par  la  Province  de  Nica 
ragua,  jusques  |  a  la  Havane,  avec  la  description  de  la  Ville  de  | 
Mexique,  telle  qu'elle  estoit  autresfois,  &  comine  |  elle  est  ft  pre 
sent.  |  Ensemble  |  Vn,'  Relation  exacte  des  Terres  &  Provinces  que 
possedeut  |  les  Espagnols  en  1'Amerique,  de  la  forme  de  leur  Gou-  | 
vernement  Ecclesiastique,  &  Politique,  de  leur  Com-  |  merce,  de 
leurs  mceurs,  &  de  celles  des  Criolles,  des  Me-  |  tifs,  des  Mulatres, 
des  ludiens,  &  des  Negres.     Et  vn  |  Traite"  de  la  Langue  Poconchi 
ou  Pocomane.  |  Dedie  a  Monseigneur  Colbert  Secretaire  j  d'Estat.  | 
Le  tout  traduit  de  1'Auglois,  par  le  sieur  De   |   Beavliev  Hues 
O  Neil.  | 

a  Paris  |  Chez  Gervais  Clouzier,  au  Palais ;  sur  les  degrez  | 
en    moutant    pour    aller    ft    la    Ste   Chappelle,  au   Voyageur.    | 
M.  DC.  LXXVII  [-M.  DC.  LXXVI]  [1677-1676.]  |  Avec  privilege 
dv  Eoy.  |  A.  c. 

4  vols.  n°.  Vols.  1  and  2  are  dated  1677,  and  3  and  4, 1676 ;  the  titles  of  vols. 
2,  3,  and  4  agree  with  the  preceding  title,  No.  1364  a.  Poconchi  vocabulary, 
vol.  4,  pp.  125-153. 

Eleven  other  editions  of  the  French  translation  of  Gage's  Travels  appeared, 
all  of  which  I  have  seen  either  in  the  Library  of  Congress  or  the  library  of  the 
late  John  Carter  Brown,  none  of  which  contain  the  Poconchi  vocabulary.  They 
are  as  follows:  Amsterdam,  1680,  1665,  1687,  1694,  1695,  1699,  1720,  1721,  1722, 
1838,  1858;  all  in  12°. 

1374  a  The  Lord's  Prayer  in  the  Poconchi  language.  * 

In  Notes  and  Queries,  first  series,  vol.  6,  p.  61.  London,  1852.  4°.  Title  from 
Mr.  W.  Eames. 

1376  a  Gailland  (Rev.  Manuel).    Dictionary  and  Grammar  of  the  Pote- 
wattomie  language. 

Manuscript,  sm.  4°.  I  am  informed  by  Mr.  John  B.  Duubar  that  the  above 
manuscript  is  deposited  in  St.  Mary's  College,  St.  Mary's  Mission,  Kansas.  1 
have  written  to  the  president  of  the  college  for  particulars,  but  without  success. 


952  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Gala  (Leandro  E.  de  la).     See  [Vales  (D.  Jos6  Pilar)],  No.  3976. 
Galiano  (D.  Dionisio  Alcala).]    See  Alcala  Galiano  (D.  Diouisio).] 
Galitzin  (Emanuel).     See  Wrangell  (Admiral  F.  von),  No.  4237. 

1392  a  Gallatin  (Albert).  Letter  to  Henry  Eowe  Scboolcraft  respecting 
the  use  of  the  letters  V  and  L  in  the  Eskimau  language.  c.  WE. 

In  American  Biblical  Repository,  2d  series,  v.  1,  pp.  448-449.     New  York, 
1839.  8°. 

1398     Gante  (Fr.  Pedro  de).    Doctrina  cristiana  en  lengua  mexicana. 
Amberes  1528.  * 

Mendieta  says  that  it  was  printed,  without  saying  where  or  when  (lib.  iv, 
cap.  44;  lib.  v,  pte.  i,  cap.  18).  Torquemada  copies  this  (lib.  xix,  cap.  33 ;  lib.  xx, 
cap.  19).  Betancurt  adds  that  in  two  years  the  author  had  printed  it  at  Antwerp 
(Menologio,  29  de  Junio.  Varones  Uttstres,  numero  5).  It  is  not  known  whether 
these  two  years  should  be  counted  from  the  arrival  of  Fr.  Pedro  or  from  the  com 
position  of  the  book.  Beristain  gives  it  the  date  of -1528  (torn,  ii,  p.  17).  No  copy 
of  this  edition  of  Antwerp  has  been  found,  but  there  is  no  reason  to  doubt  its 
existence:  it  is  known  that  Fr.  Toribio  de  Motoliuia  also  printed  a  Doctrina, 
which  has  not  yet  been  discovered.  It  is  not  at  all  improbable  that  with  the 
desire  of  spreading  the  Christian  doctrine,  Fr.  Pedro  composed  this  book  as 
quickly  as  possible,  and  as  there  was  no  printing  press  in  Mexico,  sent  it  to  be 
printed  in  Flanders,  where  he  had  business  relations  and  where  much  printing 
was  done.  In  the  brief  acts  which  Grijalva  gives  of  the  first  chapter  held  by 
the  Agustinians  on  Corpus  Christi  day  in  1534,  it  was  decreed  that  the  Indians 
should  be  taught  the  catechism  "conformed  to  the  Doctrinal  of  Fr.  Pedro  de 
Gante"  (Edad  I,  cap.  10).  It  appears  that  if  it  was  thus  adopted,  it  must  have 
been  already  printed  abroad,  as  no  printing  was  done  here.  The  edition,  dis 
tributed  among  the  children,  disappeared  in  their  destructive  hands.  If,  as  I 
believe,  the  Doctrina  of  1547  [No.  1052]  is  the  work  of  P.  Gante,  we  shall  con 
sider  it  to  be  the  first  Mexican  edition;  and  the  fact  of  knowing  but  a  single 
very  imperfect  copy,  gives  greater  probability  to  the  real  existence  and  disap 
pearance  of  that  of  Antwerp.  Neither  is  the  edition  of  1553  n.ore  fortunate  in 
this  respect:  only  two  copies  are  known,  both  of  which  lack  the  title-page.  We 
have,  therefore,  one  edition  of  the  Doctrina,  perfectly  authenticated,,  and  two 
which  are  somewhat  doubtful. — Icazbalceta,  Bibliografia  Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVI, 
pp.  43-44. 

1400  a  Gaona  (Fr.  Juan).  Coloquios  en  lengua  Mexicana  de  la  Paz,  y 
Tranquilidad  Christiana,  su  Autor  el  P.  Fr.  Juan  Gaona,  Francis- 
nano  [sic]. 

En  Mexico  auo  de  1583.  * 

Title  from  Boturiui  §  xxvi,  No.  6.    $  xxvi,  No.  7,  is:  Los  mismos  manuscritos. 

See  quotation  from  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes  in  note  to  No.  1400  of  this  catalogue. 

1403  Garcia  (Fr.  Gregorio).  Origen  de  |  los  Indies  de  el  |  Nuevo 
Mundo,  e  Indias  |  Occideutales.  |  Averignado  con  discurso  de  opi- 
nioues,  por  el  Padre  |  Presentado  Fr.  Gregorio  Garcia  de  la  |  orden 
de  Predicadores.  |  Tratanse  en  este  libro  |  varias  cosas  y  puntos 
curiosos  tocantcs  a  di-  |  uersas  ciencias  y  facultades  con  que  se  hace 
va  |  ria  historia,  de  inucho  gusto  para  el  iugenio  |  y  enteudimiento 
de  hombres  agudos  y  curiosos.  |  Dirigido  al  Augelico  Doctor  Santo 
Thomas  |  de  Aquino.  | 


GALA — GASTELU.      ,  953 

Garcia  (Fr.  Gregorio) — continued. 

Con  Privilegio.  |  En  Valencia :  En  casa  de  |  Pedro  Patricio  Mey 
junto  a  San  Martin.  1607.  |  * 

14  p.  11.,  pp.  1-535.  sm.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1403,  furnished  by  Sr.  Icaz- 
balceta  from  copy  iu  his  possession. 

Gardiner  (John  Lyou).     See  Wood  (Silas),  No.  4195. 

1407  «  Garin  (P.  A.  M.)  Mission  de  la  Baie  d'Hudson.  Lettre  du  Pere 
Gariu  O.  M.  I.  a  un  pere  de  la  meme  compagnie.  [Dated  Lac  des 
Deux  Montagues  10  Decembre  1853.]  s. 

In  Rapport  de  1'Association  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,  pour  le  District  de 
Montreal,  1853-4,  pp.  89-93.  Montreal,  1855.  12°. 

The  sign  of  the  cross  iu  Algonquine,  Abe'naquise,  and  Crise,  p.  91.— Prefixes 
iu  Algonquin  and  HcSbraique,  p.  92. 

1407  b  Mission  du   Nordouest.     Lettre  de  M.  Richer-Lafleche, 

Pretre-Missionaire,  a  Mgr.  1'Archeveque  de  Qudbec.     [Dated  Saint 
Boniface  de  la  Eiviere  Rouge,  15  juin  1853.] 

In  Notice  sur  les  Missions  du  Diocese  de  Quebec,  No.  11,  pp.  1-17.  Quebec, 
1855.  12°. 

Sign  of  the  cross  in  Algonquine,  Abe'naquise,  Crise,  p.  15. — Affixes  and  pre 
fixes  in  Algonquin  and  Hdbraique,  p.  16. 

1411      Gastelu  (D.  Antonio  Vasquez).    Arte  de  Lengua  Mexicana. 

Puebla,  D.  F.  de  Leon,  1716.  * 

The  above  edition  of  Gastelu's  Arte  has  been  mentioned  by  several  authorities, 
but  it  is  probable  there  was  no  such  edition.  So  far  as  I  know,  the  only  full  title 
of  an  edition  with  this  date  is  given  in  Icazbalceta's  Apuutes,  No.  33.  In  my 
copy  of  that  work,  corrected  for  me  in  manuscript  by  the  author,  he  has  changed 
the  date  from  1716  to  1726,  and  in  a  note  expresses  the  opinion  lhat  other  authors 
were,  like  himself,  deceived  by  the  imperfect  2  of  the  date.  I  have  seen  six 
copies  of  the  1726  edition — one  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  one  in  the  John  Carter 
Brown,  one  in  the  Lenox,  one  in  the  library  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton,  and  two  in 
the  Bancroft  Library  ;  in  all,  the  figure  2  is  imperfect,  and  could  easily  be  mis 
taken  for  a  1,  and  possibly  for  a  5. 

In  support  of  the  existence  of  an  edition  of  1716  the  following  authorities  are 
given :  Sabiu's  Dictionary,  No.  24312,  gives  under  Figuecoa,  both  editions ;  and 
again  in  No.  26747,  the  1726  being  given  in  title  No.  26748.  Squier's  Sale  Cata 
logue,  No.  408,  gives  title  of  the  1716  edition,  as  does  Ludewig  also,  p.  114.  Ban 
croft's  Native  Races,  vol.  3,  p.  736,  note,  mentions  the  1716  edition,  but  in  the  list 
of  authorities  in  vol.  1  the  date  is  given  as  1726  Finally,  the  Ramirez  Sale  Cat 
alogue,  No.  351,  gives  a  title  with  the  date  1716  and  says:  "Third  edition;  so 
rare,  that  Leclerc  (Bib.  Amer.  1878,  p.  604)  charges  Ludewig  with  an  error  in 
mentioning  this  edition,  although  there  was  a  copy  in  the  Fischer  Catalogue 
which  produced  £4. 4s." 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg  is  the  only  author  I  am  aware  of  who  gives  the  title 
of  an  edition  of  1756.  See  No.  1413  of  this  catalogue. 

1415     Catbecismo  Breve,  |  que  precissamente  [sic]  de%Te  |  saber 

el  Christiauo.  |  Dispvesto  j  En  Lengua  Mexicanopor  el  Licenciado  | 
Don  Antonio  Vasquez  Castelu  [sic]  el  Re.y  |  de  Figueroa,  Cathe- 
dratico  que  fue,  de  |  dicba  Leugua,  en  los  Reales  Oolegios  |  de  S. 


954  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Gastelu  (D.  Autonio  Vasques) — continued. 

Pedro,  y  S.  Juan.  |  Y  salio  A,  luz  de  orden  de  el  Ill.mo  y  Exc.mo  | 
SP.  Doct.  D.  Manuel  Fernandez  de  Santa-  |  cruz  Obispo,  que  fue, 
de  este  Obispado  de  |  la  Puebla  de  los  Angeles,  del  Consejo  |  desu 
Magestad,  &c.  |  [Vignette.]  |  —  | 

Beimpresso  en  la  Pvebla :  |  Por  la  Viuda  de  Miguel  de  Ortega, 
en  el  Portal  |  de  las  Flores,  donde  se  vende.  Ano  de  1733.  |  JCB. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-10.  4°.     Improved  title  of  No.  1415. 

1416  Oatecisnio  |  breve  |  que  precisamente  |  debe  saber  el 

Christiano.  |  Dispuesto  en  Lengiia  Mexicana  |  por  el  Lic.do  D.  An 
tonio  |  Vasquez  Gastelu  el  Bey  de  Figne-  |  roa,  Catedratico  que 
fue  de  dicha  |  Lengiia  en  los  Beales  y  Pontificios  |  Colegios  de  San 
Pedro  y  San  Juan  |  de  esta  Giudad  de  la  Puebla  |  de  los  Angeles.  | 

Eeimpresso  en  la  Impreuta  de  D.  Pe-  |  dro  de  la  Bosa,  en  Portal 
de  las  Flo-  |  res.  Ano  de  1792.  |  * 

8  unnumbered  11.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1416,  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalcela, 
from  copy  in  his  possession. 

1418  a  Gatecismo  Breve,  |  que  precisamente  |  debe  saber  el 

cristiano,  |  dispuesto  |  por  el  Licenciado  |  D.  Antonio  Vasquez  Gas 
telu.  |  Lleva  anadidos  \  los  actos  de  F6",  Bsperanza  y  Garidad,  y 
la  |  confesion  general.  |  Eeimpreso  &  espensas  de  un  Cura  de  esta 
Diocesis,  con  |  las  licencias  uecesarias  de  esta  sagrada  mitra,  quieu 
lo  |  dedica  a  beneflcio  de  la  clase  indigena.  | 

Puebla.  j  Imprenta  De  Juan  N.  Del  Valle.  |  1844.  |  B.  S. 

Pp.  1-27.  16°. 

1410  a  Catecismo  |  breve  |  que  precisamente  |  debe  saber  el 

cristiano,  |  dispuesto  |  por  el  Liceuciado  |  D.  Antonio  Vasquez 
Gastelu  |  el  Eey  de  Figueroa.  |  Aumentado  con  algunas  oraciones 
sacadas  del  |  Catecismo  del  Padre  Paredes.  | 

Pueb'a  |  Imprenta  de  Jose  Maria  Eivera,  |  calle  de  San  Pedro.  | 
1847.  |  * 

Pp.  1-36.  16°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copy  seen  at  the  sale 
of  books  belonging  to  Hon.  H.  C.  Murphy. 

1420      Catecismo  Breve  |  que  precisamente  |  debe  saber  el  Cris 
tiano.  |  Dispuesto  |  Por  el  Lie.  Don  Antonio  Vasquez  Gastelu.  | 
Lleva  auadidos  |  los  actos  de  Fe,  Esperanza  y  Caridad,  y  la  |  Con 
fesion  general.  |  [ScrolL] 

Puebla :  1854.  |  Imprenta  de  Atenogenes  Castillero,  |  calle  de  la 
Compania  numero  13.  |  B. 

Pp.  1-24.  16°.     Improved  title  of  No.  1420. 

1420  a  Catecismo   Breve  |  que  |  precisamente  debe    saber  |  el 

Cristiano,  |  Dispuesto  por  el  Licenciado  D.  Antonio  Vas-  |  que*: 
Gastelu:  |  lleva  anadidos  los  actos  |  de  |  F6,  esperanza,  caridad  y 
el  de  contricion.  | 

Puebla.  |  Tip.  de  Tomas  F.  Neve,  y  Ca.  |  calle  de  Morados  uiiin 
9.  |  I860.  |  B. 

Pp.  1-23.  16°. 


GASTELU GAVARETE.  955 

1430  a  Gatschet  (Albert  S.)  DerYuma  Sprachstainm,nachdenneue8ten 
handschrittlichen  Quellen,  dargestellt  von  Albert  S.  Gatschet  I'D 
Washington.  Zweiter  Artikel. 

In  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologic,  vol.  15  (1883),  pp.  123-147.     Berlin,  1883.  8°. 

Nationale  Stammesuamen,  pp.  123-124. — Grammatic  notes  on  the  YaVapai,pp. 
124-126.— On  the  K6nino,  pp.  126-127.— On  the  Tonto,  pp.  127-128.— On  the 
M'Mat,  pp.  128-129.— On  the  Seri,  pp.  129-134.— Vocabularies  as  follows: 

Bartlett  (J.  R.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Seri,  pp.  134-138. 

Corbusier  (W.  H.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Yavapai.pp.  134-138. 

YaVapai-Wortverzeichniss,  pp.  139-142. 

Helmsing  (J.T.)  Vocabulary  of  the  M'Mat,  pp.  134-138. 

Pimentel  (F.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Seri,  pp.  134-138. 

Finart  (A.)  Vocabulary  of  the  Seri,  pp.  134-138. 

White  (Dr.  John  B.)  Tonto- Wortverzeichniss,  pp.  142-147. 

1452  a  Linguistic  Notes. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian,  vol.  4,  pp.  337-340,  Chicago,  1882,  8°;  vol.  5,  pp.  85-88, 
191-193,  283-286,  354-356,  Chicago,  1883,  8° ;  vol.  6,  p.  63.  A  continuation  of  title 
No.  1452. 

1454  a  Phonetics  of  the  Kaj owe  Language. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian,  vol.  4,  pp.  280-285.     Chicago,  1882.  8°. 

1454  b  Quelques  noms  Gdographiques  du  sud-est  des  fitats  Unis 

d'Ainerique. 

In  Revue  de  Linguistique,  tome  15,  pp.  293-299.     Paris,  1882.  8°. 
Indian  names  of  prominent  geographic  features  in  Georgia,  Alabama,  Missis 
sippi,  Florida,  North  Carolina,  and  Tennessee. 

1455  a  The  Shetimasha  Indians  of  St.  Mary's  Parish,  Southern 

Louisiana. 

In  Anthrop.  Soc.  of  Washington,  Trans.,  vol.  2,  pp.  148-158.  Washington, 
1883.  8°.  Separately  issued  as  below. 

List  of  derivatives  added  to  the  words  of  which  they  form  compounds,  pp. 
156-159. 

1455  b  The  Shetimasha  Indians  of  St.  Mary's  Parish,  Southern 

Louisiana.    By  Albert  S.  Gatschet.  JWP. 

No  title-page  ;  caption  only.     Pp.  1-11.  8°. 

1486  a  and  De  Kay  (Charles).    Native  American  Languages. 

In  The  Critic,  vol.  3,  No.  61,  pp.  96-97.     New  York,  1883.  4°.  JWP. 

A  review  of  Perez  (Juan  Pio),  Diccionario  de  la  Lengua  Maya;  and  of  Brin- 
ton  (Daniel  Gairisou),  The  Maya  Chronicles. 

14806  Gavarete  (D.  Juan)  and  Valdez  (D.  Sebastieu).     Vocabularies  | 
de  la  lengua  |  Xinca  |  de   Sinacantau  por  |  D.  Juan   Gavarrete  | 
(1868)  |  y  |  de  Ynpilteptque  y  Jalapa  |  jior  |  D.  Sebastian  Valdez,  | 
cura  de  lutiapa  |  (1868).  |  Copiado  de  los  originales  en  poder  |  de 
don  Juan  Gavarrete,  en  Guatemala  |  Febrero  de  1875.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-15.  8°.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  Advertencia,  signed  C.  H. 
Berendt,  p.  3.  Vocabulary  in  four  columns,  Spanish  and  the  tbrec  dialects  men 
tioned  above,  pp.  4-15. 

"  Los  preseutcs  vocabularies  foruian  parte  de  la  coleccion  que  esta  reuniendo 
Don  Juan  Gavarete  para  un  "Cuadro  comparative  de  las  lenguas  aborigenas 
de  Guatemala." — Extract  from  the  Advertencia. 


956  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

I486  c  [Gay  or  Guay  (Robert  Michael)].    Grammaire  Algonquine.         * 

Manuscript  in  the  seminary  at  the  mission  of  Lac  ties  Deux  Montagues  (Oka), 
Canada,  prepared  by  the  first  superior  of  the  missiou.  It  is  in  a  little  book 
which  is  torn.  It  includes  some  pages  of  Algonkin  names,  with  French  transla 
tions  by  Maurice  Quere'  de  Fieguron,  the  second  superior.  Title  from  Erminnie 
A.  Smith. 

Genesis  in  Cherokee.    See  Worcester  (Rev.  Samuel  A.),  No.  4208. 

1494  a  Gerland  (Georg).  Atlas  der  Ethnographic.  |  Von  |  Georg  Ger- 
land.  |  41  Tafeln  in  Holzschnitt  uebst  erlauterndem  Texte.  |  Separat- 
Ausgabe  aus  der  zweiten  Auflage  des  Bilder- Atlas.  |  [Seal.] 

Leipzig:  |  F.  A.  Brockhaus.  |  1876.  |  ASG. 

Title,  reverse  "contents,"  1  1.,  pp.  1-52,  and  41  plates.  Comments  ou  American 
languages,  with  a  few  examples  in  Aztec  and  Cherokee. 

14946  Gesner  (Abraham).  New  Brunswick;  |  with  |  Notes  for  Emi 
grants.  |  Comprehending  the  early  history,  an  account  of  the 
Indians,  settle-  |  ment,  topography,  statistics,  commerce,  timber, 
manufactures,  |  agriculture,  fisheries,  geology,  natural  history, 
social  |  and  political  state,  immigrants,  and  con  tern-  plated  railways 
of  that  province.  |  By  Abraham  Gesner,  Esq.  |  Surgeon ;  |  Fellow 
of  the  Geological  Society  of  London ;  [etc.  six  lines.] 

London  :   Simmonds  &  Ward,  |  6,  Barge  Yard,  Bucklersbury.  | 
1847.  |  GS. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-388.  8°.  Lord's  Prayer  in  Melicete,  p.  117.— Lord's  Prayer  in 
Micmac  (Quebec  version),  p.  118. 

Gete  Dibadjimowin  Gaie  Jesus.  [Epistles  and  Gospels  in  Chip- 
peway.]  See  [Baraga  (Rev.  Frederic)],  No.  257. 

1542  Gilbert!  (Fr.  Maturino).  [Arte  en  lengua  de  Michoacan.  1558.]  * 
The  Arte  of  P.  Gilbert!  is  the  earliest  known  work  in  the  Tarasca  language, 

but  there  is  reason  to  suppose  that  it  was  not  the  first.  On  the  title-page  of  the 
Doctrina  Mexicana  of  1547  [No.  1052],  appears  a  small  engraving  representing 
a  friar  addressing  some  children.  The  legend  that  proceeds  from  the  mouth  of 
the  friar  says :  I  chuca  Dioseueri  bandaqua,  which  words  are  in  the  Tarasca  lan 
guage  and  signify  "  this  is  the  word  of  God."  This  remarkable  fact  proves  that 
the  cut  was  engraved  in  Mexico,  and  not  brought  from  Spain,  with  the  other 
implements  of  printing ;  and  it  is  also  very  probable  that  it  was  made  originally 
for  some  work  in  the  Tarasca  language,  which  is  now  lost.  The  same  engraving 
appears  on  the  verso  of  the  13th  leaf  of  the  Devocionario  or  Thesoro  of  Gilbert! 
of  1558  [No.  1543],  and  is  also  used  for  an  ornament  on  leaves  3  and  27  of  the 
Doctrina  en  casteUano,  mexicano  y  otomi  of  Fr.  Melchor  de  Vargas,  printed  in 
1576  [No.  3981].— Icazbalceta,  BMiografia  Mexicana  delSiglo  XVI,  pp.  24,89. 

1543      tl  Thesoro  Spiritval  en  Lengva  |  de  Mechuaca,  en  el  ql  se 

contiene  la  doctrina  |  xpiana  y  orones  pa  cada  dia,  y  el  exame  tl  la 
co  |  ciecia,  y  dclaracio  rt  la  missa  Copuesto  por  el  |  E.  p.  fray  Matu 
rino  Gilbert!,  de  la  orde  del  se  |  raphico  padre  sant  Francisco.    Auo 
de,  1558  |  * 

8°.  Roman  letters.  Improved  title  of  No.  1543,  from  facsimile  in  Icazbalceta's 
Bibliografia  del  Siglo  XVI,  advance  sheets  of  which,  so  far  as  printed,  have 
been  sent  me  by  Ihe  author.  The  following  description  is  taken  from  pp.  88-89 
of  the  same  work : 

This  title  is  under  the  episcopal  shield  of  Sr.  Montufar  with  the  motto:  Pro 
Xpo  Legations  Fvngimvr. 


f  THESORO  SPIR1TVALENLENGVA 

de  Mcchuaca.enel  q!  fe  contienc  la  doctrina 
xpiana  y  oronespa  cada  dta,v  elcxaniedlaco 
cifcia,  y  dclaracio  dlatniiTa  Copuefloporcl 
R.p.fray  Maturino  Gilbcrti.delaorde  del  fe 
raphicopadrefant  Francifco, 


1543.  —  FAC-SIMILE  OF  TITLE-PAGE   OF   GlLBEKTl'S  THESORO  SPIRITUAL  OF  1558. 


GAY GILBEETI.  957 

Gilbert!  (Fr.  Muturino)— continued. 

Ou  the  verso  of  the  title-page  is  a  notice  in  Tarasca,  with  this  title:  If  The- 
savro  Spiritval  |  fi  Icugna  de  Mechuacan. 

LI.  sJ»  and  3",  a  dedication  in  Latin  to  Sr.  Montufar.  Mexico,  August  18,  1558. 
Leaf  4a,  the  license  given  by  Sr.  Montufar  in  Mexico,  August  10,  1558,  to  print 
an  Arte  y  Vocabulario,  y  Devocionario,  written  in  Tarasca  ;'de  Michuacan." 
He  says  that  as  he  does  not  know  the  language,  and  there  being  no  one  in  his 
archbishopric  who  does  know  it,  he  confides  in  the  letters,  rectitude,  zeal  and 
Christianity  of  the  censors,  who  have  examined  the  work,  having  been  com 
missioned  to  do  so  by  Sr.  Quiroga,  Bishop  of  Michoacan,  the  same  being  the 
fathers  Alonso  de  la  Vera  Cruz,  of  the  order  of  S.  Agustin,  and  Fr.  Jacobo  Daci- 
ano,  of  the  order  of  S.  Francisco ;  Diego  Pe'rez  Gordillo,  priest  of  Michoacan, 
and  Francisco  de  la  Cerda,  priest  of  Sirosto. 

L.  5",  license  of  the  vice-roy  D.  Luis  de  Velasco  to  Juan  Pablos  to  print  the 
Arte,  Vocabulario,  y  Devocionario  contained  in  the  license  of  the  "  other  part 
....  provided  that  said  printer  shall  treat  and  concert  with  said  Fr.  Maturino 
Gilbert!  ....  during  the  time  that  it  shall  be  printed,  and  as  to  the  price  for 
which  it  shall  be  sold."  Dated  Mexico,  August  12,  1558. 

License  from  the  guardian  of  San  Francisco,  Fr.  Francisco  de  Toral,  to  print 
these  works  of  P.  Gilbert!,  because  they  are  shown  to  be  "catholic,  necessary 
and  excellent,  principally  the  Dialogo,  Vocabulario  y  Arte,  with  the  Devocio- 
iiario  which  is  now  composed,"  according  to  fathers  Fr.  Alonso  de  la  Vera  Cruz, 
and  Fr.  Jacobo  Daciano,  guardian  of  Tzintzuutzan ;  of  P.  Diego  Perez  Gordillo, 
priest  of  Pazcuaro,  and  of  Fr.  Miguel  de  Alvarado,  priest  of  Tiripitfo.  Dated 
TactCba,  August  10,  1558. 

Approbation  of  P.  Daciano  (in  Latin),  and  of  the  priest  Perez  Gordillo,  1.  6 
recto.  The  calendaiio,  11.  6  verso  to  13  recto.  The  text,  in  pure  Tarasco,  begins 
on  verso  of  1.  13,  with  "  Doctrina  Christiana  |  En  leugua  de  Mechuacan,"  on  the 
heading  of  the  pages.  Up  to  1.  40  there  is  no  numeration ;  it  commences  on  the 
41st. 

The  Uoctrina  concludes  on  the  verso  of  the  48th  leaf,  and  the  49th  bears  this 
title:  U  Examinatorio  Mayor  |  tl  la  coscificia,  6  \  cada  vno  por  si  mesmo  pue  | 
de  examiuar  su  cosciecia  quando  se  qe  |  ra  a  confessar,  es  cosa  muy  vtil  pa-  |  ra 
los  naturales  y  para  los  nue  |  uos  discipulos  en  la  legua,  |  otro  mas  breue  se  jio  | 
ne  al  cabo  deste  |  mayor.  |  Continues  to  the  116th  leaf.     The  62d  leaf  is  dupli 
cated,  and  there  is  no  1.  104.     From  1.  117  to  1.  124  is  the:  ExaniC  peqno  de  la 
cons.,  and  it  concludes:  Finis.    Lans  Deo. 

The  125th  leaf  begins  without  folio  or  title;  on  the  reverse  is  :  UDeclaracion 
de  los  Mis  |  terios  de  la  missa  y  de  los  prouechos  de  oyr  la  con  |  devocion.  |  The 
126th  is  not,  and  the  127th  is,  numbered.  Then  follow  20  unnumbered  leaves 
with  which  the  book  concludes. 

On  the  reverse  of  the  last  leaf  is  a  long  colophon  in  Tarasco,  of  which  there 
can  only  be  read  these  words:  "lesu  Christo  ....  sancta  Maria  ....  Deuocio- 
nario  ....  Fr.  Maturio  Gilbert!  sat  Francisco  ....  luan  Pablos  ....  20  ....  Oc- 
tubre  ....  1558."  In  conclusion  there  are  five  lines  in  Tarasco. 

Of  this  Tesoro  Espiritual;  antedating  the  Tesoro  Espiritual  de  Pobres  [No. 
1544]  by  17  years,  and  altogether  diflerent  from  it,  I  do  not  know  that  any 
mention  has  been  made;  I  have  seen  but  the  one  copy  described,  which  belongs 
to  Sr.  D.  Jose'  M"  de  Agreda,  and  that  was  in  very  bad  condition. 

1546     \  Dialogo  de  Doctrina  Christiana  etc. 

The  Tarascan  title  of  this  work  is  as  follows: 

1YyetisirandayqviA-  |  ringahaca Dialogo aringani,ychuhca hi- 1 
bo  clmpengabaqui  Christianoeugani,  |  yngui  vca  tata  che  casirtq 
Fray  |  Maturino  Gilbert!  sant  Fra-  |  cisco  tata.  Teparimento  am  | 


958  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Gilbert!  ( Fr.  Maturino) — continued. 

baqueti.  Ma  hurengua  |  reri  curamarihati  |  tepari  huren-  |  dab- 
perini.  Ca  hurendahperi  mayo-  |  cucupanstabati  hureuda  eqem- 
baui.  |  Aiio  de.  1559.  |  L. 

The  "Dialogo"  is  followed  by  "breue  declaracion  de  las  edades  del  inundo," 
11.  ccxxxvi  recto  to  ccxliiij  verso ;  "  C  Aqui  comieuca  las  Epistolas  y  euaugelios 
de  todos  los  Douiingos  del  afio  con  sus  sermones,"  11.  ccxlv  recto  to  ccxcv  verso. 
The  supplementary  11. 1-22  contain  brief  biographies  of  several  saints,  exhorta 
tions,  etc.,  followed  by  the  index,  3  11. 

1558  a  Gladstone  (Thomas  H.)     Huron  Vocabulary. 

A  vocabulary,  consisting  of  the  numerals  to  above  100,  and  upwards  of  forty 
of  the  commonest  words  and  brief  sentences,  is  in  the  possession  of  Thomas  H. 
Gladstone,  Stockwell,  near  London,  collected  by  him  in  July,  1856. — Ludewig,p. 
223. 

1558  b  Golovnin  (Gapt.  Vasili  Mikhailovich).  Marepuubi  |  &M  \  iicTopiH  pyccKHXb 
3ucc.ieHiii  |  no  BepeniMb  Bocro-maro  oneana.  |  CJIIM i.'i;niin  B.  M.  raiOBHiiHa  o  KaM'ia«i;t  H 
PyccKoS  Asie-  |  PIIKII  BI  180!),  1810  n  1811  iojaxi)  |  BbinycKi  Biopoli.  |  npiuoaieme  Kb 
MOpcKOMy  CdopHHKy  H°  2,  1861  j.  | 

CaiiKinetepiypri.  |  Bi  THnorpa*ia  MopcKaro  MHHHCTepciBa.  |  1861.  |  B. 

Translation. — Material  |  for  |  the  history  of  Russian  Settlements  |  on  the  shores 
of  the  Eastern  Ocean  |  (Remarks  of  V.  M.  Golovuin  on  Kamchatka  and  Runsian 
Ame-  |  rica  in  the  years  1809,  1810  and  1611.)  |  Second  Series.  |  Appendix  to  the 
Morskai  Sboruik,  No.  2,  1881.  |  St.  Petersburg.  |  In  the  Printing  Office  of  the 
Minister  of  Marine.  |  1861.  | 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-130.  A  1  st  of  terms  and  expressions  adopted  by  Russians  in 
Kamchatka,  explanatory  of  many  terms  now  found  in  Alaskan  dialects. 

1558  c  [Gomara  (Francisco  Lopez  de).]  Cf°n  priuilegio  de  su  Alteza. 
Pordiez  aiios.  |  [Large  woodcut,  nearly  filling  the  page.]  |  ^Primera 
y  seg'uuda  parte  de  la  his-  |  toria  general  de  las  1ml  ins  con  todo  el 
descubriraieuto  y  cosas  nota  |  bles  que  ban  acaecido  dende  que  se 
ganarou  ata  el  ano  de  1551.  Con  la  coquista  de  |  Mexico  y  de  la 
nueua  Espana.  En  Carago5a.  1553.  |  <[  A  costa  de  Miguel  Capila 
luercader  de  libros  vezino  de  Caragoga.  | 
LI. i-cxxii.  map.  folio.  Followed  by: 

[Large  woodcut,  nearly  filling  the  page.]  |  5  La  conquista  de 
Mexico.  |  1552.  |  Con  licencia  y  preuilegio  del  Principe  uuestro 
senor.  | 

Colophon:  <[Fue  impressa  la  presente  |  istoria  de  Indias  y  con 
quista  de  Mexico  en  |  casa  de  Agustin  Millan.    Y  acabose  vis  | 
pera  de  Nauidad  Ano  de  Mil  y  |  quiuientos  y  ciuqueuta  y  dos 
[I552J  |  en  la  inuy  noble  y  leal  Ciu-  |  dad  de  CaragO£a.  |  * 

LI.  i-cxxxix  and  1  unnumbered  1.  folio.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames 
from  copy  seen  at  the  sale  of  books  belonging  to  Hon.  H.  C.  Murphy. 

Mexican  numerals,  1-20,  verso  of  l.cxvii. —  Names  of  the  months,  days,  cal 
endar,  etc.,  in  Mexican,  11.  cxviii-cxix. 

1558  d  Hispania  Victrix.  |   [Large  woodcut,  nearly  filling  the 

page.]  |  Primera  y  segvnda  par  |  te  de  la  historia  general  de  las 
Indias  co  todo  el  descu-  |  brimieuto,  y  cosas  notables  que  ban  aca- 
escido  dende  que  se  ganaron  basta  el  ano  |  de  1551.  Con  la  con 
quista  de  Mexico,  y  de  la  nueua  Espana.  j 


GILBERTI GOMARA.  95'J 

[Gomara  (Francisco  Lopez  de)] — continued. 

En  Medina  del  Gampo,  por  Guillermo  de  Millis.     1553.  | 
Ll.  i-cxxii.  folio.     Followed  by: 

Conqtiista  de  Mexico.  |  [Large  woodcut,  filling  half  the  page.]  | 
Segvuda  parte  de  la  |  Chronica  general  delas  Indias,  que  trata  de  j 
la  conquista  de  Mexico.  Nueuanien-  |  te  y  con  licencia  impressa.  | 
Ano  de  1553.  | 

Colophon:  Fue  impressa  la  presente  historia  de  Indias  |  y  con 
quista  de  Mexico  en  Medina  del  Campo,  en  casa  de  Gui-  |  llermo  de 
Millis.  Acabose  a  veyute  dias  del  mes  de  Ago-  |  sto.  Ano  de  mil 
y  quinieutos  y  cinquenta  y  tres  [1553].  |  c. 

Ll.  i-cxxxix.  folio.  Mexican  numerals  1-20,  recto  1.  cxvii. — Names  of  the 
months,  days,  &c.,  verso  1.  cxvii,  verso  1.  cxviii. 

1558  e  Conquista  de  Mexico.    Segvnda  parte  de  la  Chronica 

general  de  las  Indias  Occidentals,  su  Historia,  Geografla,  Tempe- 
ramento,  Producciones,  Usos,  y  Costumbres  de  los  Naturales  de 
ellas. 

Madrid.     1553.  » 

Folio.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  27726. 

1558/ Con  priuilegio  del  Principe  nuestro  sefior  por  diez  anos.  | 

[Large  woodcut,  nearly  filling  the  page.]  |  La  historia  general  de 
las  In  |  dias  y  uueuo  uiuudo,  con  mas  la  conquista  del  Pe  |  ru  y  de 
Mexico :  agora  nueuamente  auadida  y  emendada  por  el  misuio  autor, 
con  vna  ta  |  bla  muy  cumplida  de  los  capitulos,  y  muchas  figuras 
que  en  otras  impressioues  no  lleua.  | 

Vendeu  se  en  Caragoca  en  casa  de  Miguel  de  Capila  mercador  de 
libros.  | 

Colophon:  Fue  irnpressa  la  presente  obra  en  la  muy  insigne  ciu- 
dad  de  |  Caragoca,  en  casa  de  Pedro  Bernuz ;  acabose  a  do  |  ze  dias 
del  mes  de  Octubre,  auo  de  mil  y  |  quiuientos  y  cinquenta  y  quatro 
[1554].  * 

4  p.  11.,  11.  i-xcix,  and  one  unnumbered  leaf,  folio.  Title  from  Bartlett's  Cata 
logue  of  the  John  Carter  Brown  ibrary.  According  to  Brunei  the  second  part 
is  entitled :  Crouica  de  la  Nueva  Espafia  con  la  Conquista  de  Mexico,  &c. 

1558  g  Historia  de  |  Mexico,  con  el  descv-  |  brimiento  dela  nueua 

Espafia,  conquistada  |  por  el  muy  illustre  y  valeroso  Principe  |  don 
Fernando  Cortes,  Marques  |  del  Valle,  Escrita  por  Fran-  |  cisco 
Lopez  de  Go-  |  mara,  clerigo.  |  Auadiose  de  la  nueuo  descripcion  y 
tra9a  de  Todas  las  Indias,  |  con  vna  Tabla  Alphabetica  de  las  ma- 
terias,  y  haza-  |  lias  memorables  en  ella  contenidas.  |  [Vignette.]  | 

En  Auvers,  |  En  casa  de  luan  Steelsio,  1554.  |  Con  priuilegio.  | 

Colophon:  Impresso  en  Anuers  por  luan  |  Lacio.  1554.  |   c. HCM. 

Ll.  i-349,  and  11  unnumbered  leaves.  24°.  Linguistics,  11.  293  (verso)— 296 
(verso). 

Bruuet  gives  this  the  date  1552  or  1554,  and  collation  as  16  p.  H.  and  287  II. 
The  date  of  1552  and  the  collation  probably  refer  to  the  Indies  (Part  1),  which 
portion  of  this  edition  I  have  not  seen. 


960  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

[Gomara  (Francisco  Lopez  cle)] — continued. 

1558  h  La  Historia  ge  |  iieral  de  las  In-  |  dias,  y  todo  lo  acaescido 

enellas  |  deude  que  se  ganaron  |  basta  agora.  |  Y  |  La  conquista  de 
Mexico  |  y  dela  nueua  Espafia.  |  [Woodcut.]  | 

En  Anuers  por  Martin  Nucio.  |   Con  preuilegio  Imperial.    | 
M.  D.  LIIII  [1554].  |  * 

300  11.  sin.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  27729,  and  Bartlett's  cata 
logue  of  the  Carter  Brown  library. 

1558  i  La  seguuda  par  |  te  dela  histo-  |  ria  general  delas  Indias.  | 

que  contiene  |  La  couquista  de  Mexico,  |  y  dela  nueua  Espaua.  | 
[Design.]  | 

En   Auuers  por  Martin   Nucio.    |   Con  priuilegio  Imperial.   | 
M.  0.  LIIII  [1554].  |  c. 

Ll.  1-340.  24°.     Linguistics,  11. 286-289. 

1558  k  Historia  de  |  Mexico,  con  el  descv-  |  brimieuto  dela  nueva 

Espaua,  conquistada  |  por  el  muy  illustre  y  valeroso  Principe  |  don 
Fernando  Cortes,  Marques  |  del  Valle,  Escrita  por  Fran-  |  cisco 
Lopez  de  Go-  |  mara,  clerigo.  |  Auadiose  de  la  nueuo  descripcion  y 
tra§a  de  todas  las  Indias,  |  con  vna  Tabla  Alpbabetica  de  las  mate- 
rias,  y  baza-  |  Has  meinorables  enella  contenidas.  | 

fl  En  Anvers,  |  Por  luan  Bellero,  al  Salmon.    1554.  |  Con  priui 
legio.  | 

Goloph  n :  fl  Impresso  en  Auuers  por  luan  |  Lacio.    1554.  *     O 

349  11., Tabla  11  II.  $°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary, No. 27731. 

1558Z  Con  priuilegio  del  Principe  nuestro  seuor  |  [Large  wood 
cut,  nearly  filling  the  page.]  |  T  Cronica  de  la  nueua  espaiia  |  con  la 
conquista  de  Mexico,  y  otras  cosas  notables :  hecbas  |  por  el  vale 
roso  Hernando  Cortes,  Marques  del  Valle,  Capitan  |  de  su  Magestad 
en  aquellas  partes.  |  Con  mucba  diligencia  corregida,  y  anadida  por 
el  inesmo  autor.  | 

En  Caragoga.     1554.  | 

Colophon:  Fue  impresa  la  presente  |  bistoria  de  Indias  y  con 
quista  de  Mexico:  en  |  la  muy  noble  y  leal  ciudad  de  Caragoca:  | 
en  casa  de  Augustin  Millan.    Auo  |  de  mil  y  quiuientos  y  cin-  j 
quenta  y  quatro  [1554].  |  * 

Ll.  i-cxiii.  folio.     Title  from  Bartlett's  Catalogue  of  the  Brown  library. 

1558  m  Historia   del  |  illustriss.   et  valorosiss.  j  Capitano  Don 

Ferdinando  |  Cortes  Marcbese  della  Valle,  |  et  |  qvando  discoperse, 
et  acqvisto  |  la  Nvova  Hispagna.  |  Scritta  per  Francesco  Lopes  de 
Gomara  |  in  lingua  Spagnuola,  &  bora  tradotta  uella  Italiana  |  per 
Avgvstiuo  de  Cravaliz.  |  Col  Priuilegio  del  sommo  Pontefice,  & 
della  Maesta  Cesarea,  per  anui  x.  |  si  come  nella  prima  parte  della 
Historia  del  Peru  si  puo  uedere.  |  [Woodcut.] 

hnpressa  in  Roma  per  Valerio,  &  Luigi  Dorici  fratelli  nel  MDLVI 
[1556  \,  |  0. 

Title  as  above  1  1.,  followed  by  7  other  p.  11.,  followed  by  title: 


GOMARA.  961 

Gomara  (Francisco  Lopez  de) — continued. 

Historia  |  di  Mexico,  |  et  qvando  si  discoperse  |  la  Nvova  His- 
pagna,  conqvi-  |  stata  per  V  illvstriss.  et  |  ualoroso  Principe.  |  Don 
Ferdiuando  Cortes  |  Marchese  del  Valle.  |  Scritta  per  Francesco 
Lopez  |  de  Goinara  in  lingua  Spagnuola,  &  Tradotta  nel  |  Volgare 
Italiano  per  |  Avgvstiuo  de  Gravaliz.  | 

In  Roma  |  Appresso  Valerio  &  Luigi  Dorici  fratelli.  |  M.  D.  LV 
[1555].  |  c. 

Title  1  l.,ll. 1-240.  8°.  Linguistics,  verso  1. 200— recto  1. 203.  The  title  of  La 
Historia  generale  delle  Indie  Occidental!,  bears  date  of  MDLVI  [1556]. 

1558  M  Historia  |  di  Don  Ferdlnando  |  Cortes,  Marchese  |  della 

Valle,  Capitano  Valorosissimo,  |  con  le  sve  maravigliose  |  prodezze 
nel  tempo,  cue  discopri,  &  acquisto,Ja  nuoua  Spagna.  <  Composta 
da  Francesco  Lopez  di  |  Gomara  in  lingua  Spagnuola,  |  Tradotta 
uella  Italiana  da  Agostino  di  Cravaliz.  [Vignette.] 

In  Venetia^ Per  Francesco  Lorenzini  da  Turino  MDLX  [1560]. 

lip.  11.,  11. 1-348.  12°.     Title  from  Bartlett's  catalogue  of  the  Brown  library. 


* 


1558  o  Historia,  di  Don  Ferdinando  |  Cortes,  Marchese  della 

Valle,  Capitano  valorosissimo.  |  Parte  Terza.  |  Con  le  sve  maravi 
gliose  |  prodezze  nel  tempo,  che  discopri,  &  ac-  |  quisto  la  Nuoua 

Spagua Tradotta da  Ag.  di  Cravaliz. 

Venetia  per  G.  Bonadio  1564.  * 

8  p.  11.,  text  355  II.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  27741,  where  men 
tion  is  made  of  another  edition :  Venezia.     1570.  8°. 

1558  p  Historia  de  Messico  con  il  discoprimento  della  Nuova 

Spagna. 
Veuetia.    1573.  » 

404  11.  sm.  8°.     map.     Forms  the  third  part  of  Ziletti's  edition  of  Cieza  de 
Leon.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  27742. 

1558  q Historia  di  |  Don  Ferdinando  |  Cortes,  marchese  |  della 

Valle,  Capitano  Valorosissimo,  |  Con  le  sue  marauigliose  prodezze, 
nel  tempo  che  discopri,  |  &  acquisto  la  nuoua  Spagna.  |  Parte 
terza.  |  Composta  da  Francesco  Lopez  di  |  Gomara  in  lingua  Spa 
gnuola.  |  Tradotta  nella  Italiana  per  Agostino  di  Craualiz.  | 

In  Veuetia,  Appresso  Camillo  Franceschini.    1576.  * 

8  p.  11,  text  343  11.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  27744. 

1558  r  -  -  The  |  Pleasant  Historic  of  the  |  Conquest  of  the  VVeast 
India,  |  now  called  new  Spayne,  |  Atchieued  by  the  worthy 
Prince  |  Hernando  Cortes  Marques  of  the  valley  of  |  Huaxacac, 
most  delectable  to  Reade:  |  Translated  out  of  the  Spa-  |  uishe 
tongue,  by  T.  N.  |  Anno.  1578.  |  [Vignette.] 
11  Imprinted  at  London  by  |  Henry  Bynueman.  |  * 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-405,  table  3  pp.  4°.     Title  from  Bartlett's  catalogue  of  the  Carter 
Brown  library. 

61  Bib 


962  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Gomara  (Francisco  Lopez  de) — continued. 

1558s  Histoire  |  Generalle  |  des  Indes  Occiden  |  tales,  et  Terres  | 

Nueues,  qui  iusques  a  present  |  out  este  descouuertes.  Augmentee 
en  ceste  cinquiesme  edition  de  la  descri  |  ption  de  la  Nouuelle  Es- 
pagne,  et  de  la  graude  |  ville  de  Mexique,  autrement  nom  |  mee 
Tenuctilan.  |  Couiposee  en  Espagnol  par  FranQois  Lopez  de  Go 
mara,  &  traduite  en  Francois  par  le  S.  de  Genilld  Mart.  Fume"e. 

A  Paris,  Chez  Michel  Sonnius,  rue  sainct  laques  a  1'enseigne  de 
1'escu  de  Basle.    M.  D.  LXXXIIII  [1584].    Avec  privilege  dv  Koy.» 
4  p.  11.,  11. 1-485,  table  19  unnumbered  leaves.    8°.     Title  from  Bartlett's  cata 
logue  of  the  Carter  Brown  library. 

1558  t    Ilistoire  generalle  des  Indes  Occidentales,  et  terres 

neuues,  qui  jusques  a  present  ont  este"  descouuertes.  Augmentee 
en  ceste  cinqniesme  edition  de  la  description  de  la  nouuelle  Es- 
pagne,  &  de  la  graude  ville  de  Mexique,  autrement  nominee  Teuuc- 
tilan.  Composee  en  Espagnol  par  Frangois  Lopez  de  Gomara,  & 
traduite  en  Francois  par  le  S.  de  Genille"  Mart.  Fum6e. 

A  Paris,  Chez  Michel  Sonnius,  rue  sainct  laques,  a  1'enseigne 
de  1'escu  de  Basle.  M.D.LXXXVII  [1587].  Avec  privilege  dv 

Eoy. 

4  p.  11.,  11. 1-485,  table  19  unnumbered  leaves.  8°.  Title  from  Bartlett's  cata 
logue  of  the  Carter  Brown  library. 

1558  M Voyages  et  |  conqvestes  dv  |  Capitaine  Ferdinand  Cour- 

tois,  6s  Indes  |  Occidentales.  |  Histoire  traduite  de  laugue  Espa- 
gnole,  |  par  Guillaume  le  Breton  Niuernois.  | 

A  Paris.  Chez  Abel  1'Angelier  Au  premier  pillier  de  la  grand 
Sale  du  Palais  M.  D.  LXXXVIII  [1588].  * 

8  p.  11.,  11. 1-416.  sm.  8°.     Title  from  Bartlett's  catalogue  of  the  Brown  library. 

1558  v  The  |  Pleasant  Historie  of  |  the  Conquest  of  the  |  West 

India,  now  called  |  new  Spaine.  |  Atchieued  by  the  most  worthie 
Prince  |  Hernando  Cortes,  Marques  of  the  Valley  of  |  Huaxacac, 
most  delectable  to  reade.  |  Translated  out  of  the  Spanish  tongue, 
by  T.  N.  Anno.  1578.  |  [Design.] 

London :  |  Printed  by  Thomas  Creede.  |  1596.  |  c. 

4  11.,  pp.  1-405,  and  11  pp.  unnumbered,  sm.  4°.     Linguistics,  pp.  370-376. 

1558  w Historia  |  dell'  Indie  |  Occidental},  |  ouero  |  Conqvista  | 

della  Provincia  |  d'  Ivcatan,  |  Delia  marauigliosa  Citta  di  Messieo, 
&  d'  altre  Prouincie  ad  essa  sottoposte.  Nella  quale  particolarmente 
si  tratta  dello  scoprimento  |  della  nuoua  Spagna,  dell'  usauze  & 
costumi  di  quelli  |  Indiani;  accrescitnento  della  fede  Christiana,  & 
d'  altre  |  cose  degue  di  memorial.  |  Tradotta  di  Lingua  Spagnuola, 
da  Lucio  Mauro.  |  Con  la  Tauola  delle  cose  piu  notabili,  &  con 
Priuilegio.  | 

In  Venetia,  Appresso  Barezzo  Barezzi.     1599.  |  * 

6  11.,  2  blank  ll.,Tavola  26  11.,  text  407  11.  sm.  8°.  Title  from  Sabin's  Dic 
tionary,  No.  27745. 


GOMARA — GORDON.  963 

Gomara  (Francisco  Lopez  de) — continued. 

1558  x  Histoire  Generalle  j  des  Indes  Occiden-  j  tales,  et  Terras  | 

iieuues,  qui  iusques  &  present  |  ont  este"  decouuertes.  |  Augmeutee 
en  ceste  cinquiesme  edition  de  la  description  de  |  la  uouuelle  Es- 
pagne,  &  de  la  grande  ville  de  Me  |  xicque,  autremeut  nommee,  | 
Tenuctilau.  |  Coniposee  en  Espagnol  p;ir  Francois  Lopez  de  Go  j 
inara,  &  tracluite  en  Francois  par  le  |  S.  de  Genille  Mart.  Fumee.  | 

A  Paris.  |  Chez  Michel  Sounius,  rue  saiuct  laques  &  Fenseigue  j 
de  1'escu  de  Basle.  |  1606.  |  » 

4  p.  11.,  text  485  11.,  table  19  11.  8°.     Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  27749. 

1559  a  Conquista  de  Mejico.    Historia  general  de  las  Indias  1°  y 

2"  parte. 

Madrid.     1852.  * 

Forms  Vol.  LI  of  "  Bibl.  de  Autores  Espanoles."  Also  included  in  Barcia'a 
"  Historiadores  Primitives."  Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  27733. 

1563  Gonzalez  (P.  Diego  Pablo).    Manual  *  *  del  idoina  Cahita.       » 

This  work  is  catalogued  in  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes  under  "Manual"  ;  as  stated 
in  the  note  to  No.  1563,  it  was  put  under  Gonzalez  on  the  authority  of  Brasseur 
deBourbourg.  Sr.  Icazbalceta  has  since  written  me  as  follows:  Gonzalez  is  not 
mentioned  as  the  author.  The  license  of  Ihe  Order  is  given  him  "para  quo  pue- 
der  imprimir  un  Manual  »  »  *  comun  en  las  Misiones  de  la  Provincia  de 
Zynaloa,"  from  which  it  is  seen  that  P.  Gonzalez  obtained  the  necessary 
authorization  to  print  the  book  which,  in  manuscript,  was  in  the  hands  of  the 
missionaries. 

1564  «  Gonzalez  (Fr.  Luis).     Arte  breve  y  Vocabulario  de  la  lengua  Tzo- 
que,  conforme  se  habla  en  el  pueblo  de  Tepatlan;  dividese  en  dos 
partes,  en  la  priuiera  se  trata  de  las  quatro  partes  de  la  oracion, 
dedinables,  que  son  nombre,  pronombre,  verbo  y  participio.    La 
segunda  se  compone  de  un  vocabulario,  lo  todo  compuesto  por  el 
Padre  fray  Luis  Gonzalez,  de  la  Orden  de  Predicadores.    Auo  de 
1652.  * 

Manuscript.  333  pp. — Arte  42  and  Vocabnlario  291.  It  is  copied  in  three  or 
four  different  hands ;  the  last  is  signed  at  p.  284  with  these  words :  Lo  traslado 
de  otro  vocabuliirio,  lo  que  ;i  este  le  faltaba  "Ya  cotocoya  mi  yacsnpuz  uno" 
Fray  Domingo  Gutierrez. 

The  vocabulary  is  Spanish  and  Tzoqui,  and  the  work,  so  far  as  this  language  is 
concerned,  is  the  most  complete  of  my  collection — that  is  to  say,  the  most  com 
plete  which  exists. — Brasseur  de  Jiourbourg. 

1569  a  Goode  (Bev.  William  Henry).   Outposts  of  Zion,  |  with  |  limnings 
of  mission  of  life.  |  By  |  Rev.  William  H.  Goode,  |  ten  years  a  mem 
ber  of  frontier  conferences.  | 

Cincinnati :  |  Published  by  Poe  &  Hitchcock,  |  corner  of  Main 
and  Eighth  Streets.  |  R.  P.  Thompson,  Printer.  |  1863.  | 

Pp.  1-464.  8°.     Contains  one  verse  (six  lines)  of  a  Choctaw  hymn,  p.  134. 

1570  a  Gordon  (A.  H.)     Wilderness  Journeys  in  New  Brunswick,  in 
1862-63.     By  Hon.  A.  H.  Gordon. 

St.  John,  N.  B.     1864.  * 

Pp.  64.  12°.  Title  from  Sabin's  Dictionary,  No.  27968.  Referred  to  in  Hist. 
Mag.,  vol.  ix,  p  145,  as  containing  Malechite  and  Penobscot  numerals. 


964  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

15706  Gordon  (ILL.)     Legends  of  the  North  west.  |  By  |  H.L.Gordon,  | 
Author  of  "Pauline."  |  Containing  |  Prelude— The  Mississippi,  j 
The  Feast  of  the  Virgins,  |  a  legend  of  the  Dakotas.  |  Wiuoiui,  |  a 
legend  of  the  Dakotas.  |  The  Legend  of  the  Falls,  |  a  legend  of  the 
Dakotas.  |  The  Sea  Gull,  |  the  Ojibwa  legend  of  the  Pictured  Rocka 
of  Lake  Superior.  |  Minnetonka.  | 
St.  Paul,  Minn.  j  The  St.  Paul  Book  and  Stationery  Co.  |  1861.  | 

Printed  cover  1 1.,  pp.  i-viii,  9-143.  8°.  JWP. 

Dakota  songs  with  English  translation,  pp.  69,  70,  85,  87,  88,  100.  Scattered 
throughout  are  many  Dakota  and  Ojibwa  terms,  translations  being  given  in  the 
foot-notes.  Notes  (1-86  and  1-27),  pp.  124-143,  referring  to  the  preceding  texts, 
contain  much  information  as  to  the  etymology  and  meaning  of  Indian  words. 

Gospel  of  John  in  Cherokee.     See  Worcester  (Rev.  S.  A.) 

and  Boudinot  (Elias),  Nos.  4225-4228. 

Gospel  of  John  in  Micmac.      See  Woole&gunoodumaktin,  No.  4205. 
This  work  was  translated  by  Rev.  S.  T.  Rand,  q.  v.  in  these  Additions  and  Cor 
rections. 

Gospel  according  to  Saint  John,  in  Tinne".    See  [Kirkby 

(Rev.  William  West)],  No.  2104. 

Gospel  of  Matthew  in  Cherokee.    See  Worcester  (Rev.  S. 

A.)  and  Boudinot  (E.),  Nos.  4221-4224. 

1588  a  [Gospels  in  the  Cree  Language.]  BA. 

No  title-page;  first  leaf  of  Matthew  missing,   leaving  for  Matthew  56  11., 

Mark  38  11.,  Luke  63  11.,  John  4611.— 20311.  in  all,  the  pages  being  unnumbered. 

In  the  Moose  dialect  of  the  Cree  language ;  syllabic  characters.     See  Mason 

(Ben.  W.),  No.  2494. 

Gospels  of  the  four  Evangelists  in  Chipewyan.  See  [Kirkby  (Rev. 
W.  W.)],  No.  2107. 

1595  a  Grammaire.    Grammaire  Iroquoise.  LDM. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-194  and  7  unnumbered  11.  sm.  4°.  Incomplete.  In  the  arch 
ives  of  the  Seminary  at  Lac  des  Deux  Montagues  (Oka),  Canada.  Bound,  fairly 
written,  and  well  preserved.  There  is  no  title-page,  the  text  beginning  imme 
diately  after  the  heading  as  above.  The  first  page  contains  a  short  account  of 
the  distribution  of  the  dialects  of  the  Iroquois;  the  grammar  proper,  "lre  Par- 
tie,"  begins  on  p.  2,  which  also  gives  a  list  of  sounds.  The  remaining  contents, 
each  of  the  headings  having  a  number  of  subheadings,  are  as  follows:  DesNoms, 
pp.  4-19.— Des  Adjectifs,  pp.  20-22.— Des  Pronoms,  pp.  20-28.— Du  Verbe,  pp.  29- 
132. — Des  Adverbes,  pp.  133-135. — Des  Propositions,  p.  135. — Des  Conjonctions, 
p.  137. — Interjections,  p.  137. 

Seconde  Partie:  Syntaxe,  p.  138. — Syntaxe  d'accord,  p.  139. — Tour  Ndgatif, 
p.  140. — Tour  interrogatif,  p.  141. — Tour  impe'ratif,  p.  142. — Des  pronoms,  p.  142. — 
Que  avec  les  verbes,  p.  143. — Des  pronoms  en,  y,  p.  145. — Adverbes  de  lieu,  p.  145. — 
Des  quanl  He's,  p.  146. — De,  pour  avec  les  verbes,  p.  150. — Regime  d'un  verbe  sur  un 
autre,  p.  157. — Des  comparaisons,  p.  158. — Des  mesurcs,  pp.  159-161. 

Troisieme  Partie,  p.  163. — Idiotismes,  p.  163. — De  la  transition,  p.  176. — Rela 
tions  de  parent^,  pp.  179-186. — Vocatifs,  p.  189. — Des  inflexions  finales:  des  terns 
primitifs,  p.  190. — Difference  entre  les  dialectes  Iroquoise  entre'eux  et  la  langue 
Huronnr,  p.  191!. — Des  verbes  passifs,  p.  196. — Des  verbes  ddponens,  verso  fi'st  un 
numbered  leaf. — Des  verbes  deTectifs,  recto  second  leaf. — Des  verbes  impersou- 
nels,  verso  second  leaf. 

LI.  4-7  contain  notes  and  comments  on  the  preceding  pages. 


GORDON — GRUBE.  965 

Grammaire — continued. 

1595  b  Traite  de  la  grammaire  |  Irivokoise  |  LDM. 

Manuscript.  23  unnumbered  and  11  blank  11.  12°.  In  the  archives  of  the 
seminary  at  Lac  des  Deux  Montagues  (Oka),  Canada.  There  is  no  title-page, 
the  text  immediately  following  the  heading,  as  above.  From  the  introduction 
it  appears  that  the  work  was  not  finished,  the  opening  sentence  saying:  "Cette 
grammaire  a  cinq  parties:  la  premiere  les  principes  de  la  langne,  la  seconde  leu 
remarques  sur  les  priucipes,  la  troisieme  la  table  des  relations  en  abre'ge'  &  celles 
des  coujugaisons,  la  quatrieme  une  nomenclature  en  abre'ge'  du  dictionnaire,  la 
cinquieme  les  racines." 

The  contents  are  as  follows:  Premiere  partie — des  principes.  Chapitre  pre 
mier,  De  1'alphabet  et  prononciation  des  lettres,  recto  1.  1. — Chapitre  2,  Du 
verbe,  verso  1.  1. — Chapitre  [3],  Du  pronom  possessif,  verso  1.  10.  Seconde 
partie.  Les  remarques  sur  la  grammaire,  recto  1.  12. — Remarqnes  snr  les  dia- 
lectes,  verso  1.  12. — Les  conjugaisons  dn  paradigme  g,  verso  1.  14  to  recto  1.  23. 

1597  a  Grammar  of  the  Micmac  language.    An  essay  on  the  Micmac  lan 
guage.    Prince  Edward  Island,  1829-1844.  * 
Manuscript.     124  11.    2  parts  in  1  vol.  4°.    Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Cata 
logue,  No.  620.     See  Irwin  (Thomas),  No.  1949  6. 

1600  a  Gray  (Asa)  and  Trumbull  (J.  Hammond).  Review  of  De  Can- 
dolle's  Origin  of  Cultivated  Plants;  with  Annotations  upon  certain 
American  Species;  by  Asa  Gray  and  J.  Hammond  Trumbull. 

In  Am.  Jour.  Science,  vol.  25,  pp.  241-255,  370-379;  and  vol.  26,  pp.  128-138. 
New  Haven,  1883.  8°.  JWP. 

Names  of  plants  in  the  languages  of  a  number  of  tribes  of  the  Indians  of  North 
America. 

1GOO  b  Grayson  (George  Washington).  Este  Maskoke  Vrahkv.  [For 
the  sake  of  the  Muskokee  people.] 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  4,  Nos.  26-33.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  March — April,  1880. 
folio.  In  the  Muskoki  language. 

1600  c  Nak  Nnvkv.     [A  legend.] 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  5,  No.  40.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  June  9,  1881.  folio.  In 
the  Muskoki  language. 

1601 «  Green  (Samuel  A.)    Groton  |  during  |  the  Indian  Wars.  |  By  | 
Samuel  A.  Green,  M.  D.  | 

Groton,  Mass.  |  1883.  |  * 

Pp.  1-214.  8°.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 
•  Indian  names  of  places,  with  a  letter  from  J.  Hammond  Trumbull,  pp.  188-191. 

Greenland-Eskimo  Vocabulary.  See  [Washington  (Capt.  John)], 
No.  4088. 

Grohman  (William  A.  Baillie).    See  Baillie-Grohman  (William  A.) 

1606  «  Grube  (Bernhard  Adam).     [Harmony  of  the  Gospels  translated 
into  the  Delaware  tongue.    By  Rev.  B.  A.  Grube. 
Bethlehem:  J.  Brandmiller.     1763.]  * 


9(!6  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Grube  (Beruhard  Adam) — continued. 

1606  b  [Moravian  Hymn  Book  in  tbe  Delaware  Tongue. 

Bethlehem:  J.  Brandmiller.     1763.]  * 

Titles  from  Hildeburn's  List  of  the  Issues  of  the  Press  in  Pennsylvania. 
Although  no  copies  of  either  are  known  to  exist,  the  local  records  of  the  Mora 
vian  Society  supply  evidence  that  both  works  were  actually  printed. 

"During  Brandmiller's  incumbency  at  Friedensthal,  there  was  printed  and 
published  between  1760  and  1763  the  manual  used  by  the  Moravian  Church  dur 
ing  the  Holy  Passion  week,  entitled  'A  Harmony  of  the  Gospels,'  containing  the 
events  in  the  history  of  the  last  days  of  the  Son  of  Man,  and  also  a  hymn-book, 
both  translated  by  the  Rev.  Bernhard  Adam  Grub6  from  the  German  into  the 
Delaware  tongue.  Mr.  Grube'  at  this  date  was  the  missionary  in  charge  of  the 
Moravian  Indian  Mission,  called  Wechquetank,  situated  on  Head's  Creek  in 
Polk  Township,  Monroe  County,  and  for  many  years  served  in  the  Indian  mis 
sions  of  his  church.  In  the  diary  of  that  mission  the  following  facts  are  recorded 
by  him : 

1761,  Jan'y  18.     Anton  (the  Delaware  assistant)  and  I  worked  at  the  Dela 
ware  translation  of  the  Harmony  of  the  Gospel. 

1762,  March  17.     To-day  I  sent  the  first  sheet  of  the  Harmony  to  Bro.  Brand- 
miller,  at  Fnedenthal,  to  print. 

April  13.     Bro.  Brandmiller  sent  me  proof  to-day  to  read. 
August  1.     Translated  at  the  Harmony. 

1763,  Feb'y  13.    Anton  and  I  have  translated  fifty-six  chapters  for  the  Har 
mony. 

April  1  (Good  Friday).  Bro.  Brandmiller  forwarded  me  the  first  proof  of 
Essay  of  a  Delaware  Hymn  Book,  &c. 

The  types  and  press  on  which  these  works  were  printed  were  forwarded  from 
London  to  Bethlehem  in  the  autumn  of  1761,  and  then  sent  to  Friedensthal."— 
Penn.  Mag.,  vol.  6,  pp.  249-250. 

"The  Rev.  Bernhard  Adam  Grube,  one  of  the  earliest  missionaries  to  the  Del 
aware  Indians,  was  well  acquainted  with  their  language.  He  died  at  Bethle 
hem,  March  20, 1808,  aged  93  years."— Allen's  Biog.  Diet. 

Quadalupe  Eamirez  (Fr.  Antonio  de).  See  Eamirez  (Fr.  Antonio 
de  Guadalupe),  Nos.  3172-3175. 

Guay  (M.)    See  Gay  (M.),  No.  1486  c. 

1609  a  Guen  (R6v.  Hamon).    Ouvr.  de  M.  Guen  No.  35°.  |  regies  et  prieres 
de  la  ste.  famille  |  0V. 

Manuscript.  20  unnumbered  11.  4°.  In  the  Iroquois  language.  Preserved  in 
the  archives  of  the  Catholic  Church  at  Caughnawaga,  Canada. 

1609  b  [Sermons  et  Instructions  Iroquois  de  M.  H.  Guen  Mis- 

sionnaire  clu  Lac  des  deux  Montagues.]  * 

Manuscripts  preserved  in  the  archives  of  the  seminary  at  the  above  mission. 
This  list  was  furnished  by  Mrs.  Erminuie  A.  Smith,  an  employee  of  the  Bureau 
of  Ethnology,  with  the  aid  of  Father  Leclair,  who  is  iu  charge  of  the  mission. 

Book  1.  Reponse  aux  Calomnies  des  Protes- 


Passion  de  N.  S. 


Invention 
Exaltation 


Mandement  de  M.  de  Montgolfier. 
Jngement  dernier. 


tants. 


Doctrine  Catholiqne  sur  les  Sacre- 
de  la  Ste.  Croix. 


mentB. 

Eglise. 
Ascension. 


GRUBE — GUEVASA. 


967 


Guen  (E6v.  Hainon)— continued. 
Doiis  ilu  St.  Esprit. 
Les  8  Beatitudes. 
Dedicace. 
Annonciation. 
Petit  uombre  des  <Slus. 
St.  Laurent. 
St.  Etienne. 

Book  2. 

Presentation  de  la  Ste  Vierge. 
Institution  de  1'Enchariste. 
Nativit^  de  la  Ste  V. 
Jugement  dernier. 
Methode  pour  se  conduire. 
St.  Paul. 
Annonciation. 
Mort. 

Pe'che'  mortel. 
Motifs  de  detester  le  pe'che'. 
Consideration  anr  la  inert. 
Mort  des  bons. 
Jugement  particulier. 
Saint. 

jjjeme  d'apres  la  Pentecoste. 
Paques-et-Noel. 

BookS. 

Actes  pour  la  communion. 

Paqnes. — Ascension. 

St.  Jacques. — Conception. 

Les  innocents. 

Present,  de  Jesus  &  Purif  de  M. 

Jngement  dernier. 

Avantage  de  la  communion. 

Examen  pour  la  confession. 

Mandement  communion. 

Pe'che'  mortel. 

Obligation  de  mediter  la  passion. 

Les  7  stations  du  Calvaire. 

Ascension. 

4  oraisons  a  Jesus. 

Mort. — Orgueil. 

Avarice. — Envie. 

Action  de  graces. 

Mandement  pour  le  jubile'  1746. 

Divers  fragments. 

Book  4. 

Exhortations  pour  le  Catechisme. 
Parole  de  Dien.— Penitence.— Jonas. 

— Presence  de  Dieu. 
Penitence  de  David. — Messe. — Con- 

formit<5  a  la  V.— Souffrance. 


Amour  de  Dieu. — Am.  du  Prochain. 
Amour  des  ennemies. 

Passion  de  N.  S. — Mort  du  Jugement 
particulier. 

Pentecdte. — Fins    deruiers. — Haine 
du  pe'che'. 

Dedicace.— Ste.  Anne. 

Normand.     Fete  de  N.  D.  de  la  Vic- 
toire. 

Devotion  a  Marie  pour  le  jour  des 
morts. 

St.  Coeur  de  Jesus. — Saint. — Educa 
tion. 

Des  enfants. — Quelques  fragments. 

Des  repetitions  et  redites. 
Book  5. 

Fin  de  1'homme. 

Pentec&te. 

Eucharistie. — Sacrifice  de  la  messe. 

Maniere  d'entendre  la  Ste.  Messe. 

Communion  indigne. — Preparation  a 
la  C. — Action  de  graces  apres. 

Effets  de  1'Encharistie.— St.Viatique. 

Visite  au  St.  Sacrement. — St.  Fran 
cois. 

Ste.  Ce"cile.— Purification  de  la  Ste.  V. 

Parole  deD. — Sexagesime. — Nativit6 
deM. 

Devotion  envers  la  Ste.  V. — St.  Lau 
rent. 

DifferentsMiroirs. — Vrai  et  facile  de 
votion. 

Exercice  de  la  consideration. — Sur  la 
priere. 

St.  Joseph.— St.  Michel.— 21eme  D. 

Miseres    du    monde. —  Divers    mots 
parfums. 

Book  6. 

Consideration  pour  tons  les  jours. 

Avant  le  service  de  D. — Sur  celui  de 
M. 

Sur  la  visitation. 

Efficacite'  de  la  redemption. 

La  mort  termine  tout  ici  bas. 

Les  bons. 

Peines  des  pe'che's  en  enter. — Malice 
du  pe'che'. 

Defauts  dominants.— Orgueil,  &c. 

Charite1   envers   les    pauvres. — 
denr,  &c. 


Guerra  (Jos<§  Maria).     See  Vela  (Jose"  Canute),  No.  3987. 
Guevara  (D.  Jose"  Augustiu  Aldauna  y).    See  Aldama  y  Guevara 
(D.  J.  A.),  No.  54. 


968  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1618 «  Guichart  de  Kersident  (P.  Victor  Henri)   Mr.  Guichart  N°  14  | 
ler  Examen  de  conscience  Alkonquin  et  Iroquois  |  2d  Pen  sees, 
prieres  &  suggerer  aux  malades  |  3  Exhortation  apres  la  confes 
sion  |  4  Prieres  |  LDM. 

Manuscript,  48  unnumbered  11.  em.  4°.  Title  as  above,  in  the  right-hand 
corner  of  which  is  the  date  1757-1793,  reverse  blank,  1 1. ;  recto  1.  2  blank ;  verso  bo- 
gins  with  the  Examen  in  Algonquin,  and  the  opposite  page,  recto  1.  3,  the  same 
in  Iroquois,  which  continues  to  recto  of  1.  40,  the  left  hand  pages  being  in  Algon 
quin,  the  right  in  Iroquois.  In  many  cases  the  French,  and  in  some  cases  the 
Latin,  equivalents  of  the  questions  and  answers  are  given  on  the  Algonquin 
pages.  Each  question  and  answer  is  numbered,  each  page  beginning  a  new 
numbering.  L.  40,  verso,  begins  the  Pense"es  prieres  in  French  and  Iroquois, which 
extends  to  verso  of  1.  42.  Recto  1.  43,  Exhortation  apres  la  confession  in  Iro 
quois;  the  recto  of  1.  44  is  blank,  the  verso  being  occupied  with  a  table  of  rela 
tionship  in  French  and  Iroquois,  continuing  to  recto  of  1.  45,  the  verso  of  which 
is  blank,  as  is  also  the  recto  of  1.  46.  Verso  of  1.  46,  Credo  in  Iroquois ;  recto  of 

1.  47,  Pater,  Ave  Maria,  Foy,  Esperance,  Amour ;  the  latter  continuing  to  verso  of 
the  leaf,  which  also  contains  the  Contiteor;  1.  48,  recto,  Contrition,  Sub  tuuni; 
verso  blank. 

The  manuscript  is  nicely  written,  has  been  bound,  and  is  well  preserved. 

1618  b  Ouv  de  mr  Guichart— No.  8.  |  l-3eme  Dim.  de  1'Avenfc  | 

2.  S*  Etienne.    Le  meme  qu'au  n°  3  mais  celui-ci  est  mieux  ecrit  j 

3.  Centre  ceux  qui  croyent  trop  aisement  aux  sorciers.  |          LDM. 
Manuscript.  10  11.  large  8°.    In  the  Mohawk  language.   In  the  archives  of  the 

Roman  Catholic  Church  at  Oka,  Canada. 

1618  c  20  dimanche  apres  La  peutecote  |  Sur  Le  bon  usage  des 

Maladies  |  1808  |  LDM. 

Manuscript.  10  11.  4°.  Sermon  in  the  Mohawk  language.  In  the  archives 
of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church  at  Oka,  Canada. 

1618  d  Grammaire  Algonquine.  * 

Manuscript.  50  11.  4°.  In  the  seminary  at  the  mission  of  Lac  des  Deux  Mon- 
tagnes.  Title  furnished  by  Mrs.  ErminnieA.  Smith,whodescribesit.as  looking  very 
ancient.  "  The  blank  leaves  have  written  upon  them  various  notes  in  different 
handwritings  relating  to  the  coming  and  departure  of  different  missionaries  at 
tached  to  this  station,  one  of  which  reads:  Guichart  au  lac  1754 — mort  1793." 

1619  a  Guss  (Abraham  L.)      Early  Indian  History  |  on  the  |  Snsque- 
hanna:  |  Capt.  John  Smith's  Exploration  of  the  Head  of  Chesa 
peake  |  Bay  in  1608 — "Tockwogh"  Interpreters  sent  to  invite  the 
"Sas-  |  quesahanockes"  to  an   interview,  of  whom  he  learns  of 
other  |  Indian  Nations — Early  publications  referring  to  the  Coun 
try  |  and  Tribe — First  Map  of  the  Country — Location  and  Identi-  | 
flcation  of  the  Head  Towns — New  Chapters  in  Susquehauua  |  His 
tory — Appearance  of  the  Susquehaunocks — Their  Fort,  |  Dress, 
Gigantic  Size,  Numerical  Strength — Their  Language,  |  not  Algon 
quin  but  Iroquois — Origin,  Use  and  Signification  of  |  their  name. 
Based  on  Rare  and  Original  Documents,  and  Ac-  |  compauied  with 
a  copy  of  Capt.  Smith's  wonderful  Map.  |  By  |  Abraham  L.  Guss, 
A.  M.,  |  Washington,  D.  C.  | 

Harrisburg:  |  Lane  S.  Hart,  Printer.  |  1883.  |  JWP. 


GUICHART — HADLEY.  969 

Guss  (Abraham  L.) — continued. 

Title  1  1.,  pp.  1-32.  8°.  map.  Extract  from  Nos.  3  and  4,  Vol.  1,  Historical 
Register,  Harrisburg,  Pa.(*) 

The  Susquehaunock  Language,  pp.  17-19.— The  name  and  its  nse,  pp.  19-20.— 
Explanations  given  the  name,  pp.  20-21.— An  Iroquois  origin  claimed,  pp.  21-22.— 
Force  of  the  terminal  "  S",  pp.  2:5-24.— Many  Indian  names  passim. 

1622  Guzman  (Fr.  Pantaleon  de).    Oompen  |  dio  |  de  |  Nombres  en  | 
Lengva  |  Cakchiqvel.  |  Aflo  |  B.  |  1704.  | 

Second  title:  Libro  yntitv  |  lado  |  Compendio  de  |  nombres  |  en 
lengva  Oakchi  |  quel;  Y  Signiticados  de  Verbos  por  |  Ymperatiuo, 
y  Acusatiuos  Reciprocos,   En  doce  Tratados,  Por  el  P.e  Predicad.r 
F.  Pantaleon  de  Guzman;  Cura  Doctri  |  uero  por  el  Real  Patronato, 
de  esta  Doc  |  trina,  y  Curato  de  Santa  Maria  de  Je  |  sus  Pache:  en 
veiute  dias  del  mes  de  |  Octubre,  de  mil  setegientos,  y  quatro  | 
Anos.  |  JOB. 

Manuscript.  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-336.  4°.  Improved  title  of  Nos.  1622  and  1623. 
Contents:  Tratado  Primero  De  los  Nombres  de  Arboles  Frutales:  Arboles  Sil- 
bestrcs;  Arboles  Aromaticos;  y  Recinas  de  Arboles  (verso  of  second  title),  Dp. 
1-10, 1  blank  1.— Tratado  Segvndo  de  los  nombres  B.  Yervas  comestibles,  medici- 
nales,  y  silbestres:  nombres  de  caiias,  y  colores,  1  1.,  pp.  11-20,  1  blank  1.— Tra 
tado  tercero  B.  nombres  B  piedras  preciosas:  peBI^  nales:  metales:  vientos: 
planetas:  y  elementos,  1 1. ,  pp. 21-30,  39-46  (misplaced),  31-38,  47-54,  1  blank  1.— 
Tratado  qvinto  de  nombres  de  diversas  cosas  nom  >J«  bres  del  cverpo,  y  miembros 
del  hombre,  1  1.,  pp.  55-188,  1  bl.lnk  1.— Tratado  sexto  de  refranes:  frames :  y 
modos  B  hablar,  1  1.,  pp.  189-246,  1  blank  1. — Tratado  octavo  delos  parentescos, 
y  exercicios  espiritvales,  1  1.,  pp.  247-258,  1  blank  1.— Tratado  none  dela  dispo- 
sicion  del  qve  ha  de  comvlgar :  anima  Christi :  Adoro  te ;  S.ta  Cruz :  las  Canciones, 
y  el  Alabado,  1  1.,  pp.  259-270,  1  blank  1.— Tratado  decimo  de  la  Protestacion  de 
la  fe  en  Castilla,  y  en  lengva :  distribvcion  de  los  passos  de  la  via  sacra :  Romance 
a  la  lancadade  Christo:  y  el  ayvdar  a  bien  morir,  1  1.,  pp.  271-288,  1  blank  1. — 
Tratado  vndecimo  de  las  oracioues,  y  pregvntas  do  la  Boctrina  Christiana:  y  dos 
romances  al  naciiniento  de  Christo,  1  1.,  pp.  289-318,  1  blank  1. — Tratado  vltimo 
B  enigmas  6  adiviuaucas:  y  addiciones  B  nobres  de  diversas  cosas,  1  1.,  pp. 
319-336. 

The  fourth  and  seventh  Tratados  are  not  mentioned.  A  copy  of  this  manu 
script  as  follows : 

1622  a Libro  Yntitulado  |  Compendio  de  Nombres  |  en  |  Lengua 

Cakcbiquel  |  y  Significados  de  Verbos  por  Ympera-  |  tivos  y  Acu- 
sativos  Reciprocos,  en  |  doce  Tratados  |  Por  el  Padre  Predicador  | 
F.  Pautaleou  de  Guzman  |  Gnra  Doctrinero  por  el  Real  Patronato  | 
de  esta  Doctrina  y  Gurato  de  Santa  Maria  |  de  Jesus  Pache  |  En 
veinte  dias  del  mes  de  Octubre  |  de  mil  setecieutos  y  quatro  | 
aims.  |  in  .  i:. 

Manuscript.  Half-title  1  ].,  title  1  1.,  pp.  iii-vi,  1-323.  "Copied  bj  Br. 
Berendt  from  the  original  dated  1704,  late  in  the  possession  of  Mr.  E.  Gt.  Sqnier 
(see  his  Monograph  of  Authors,  p.  33)  [No.  1622  of  this  catalogue].  It  is  an  ex 
tremely  useful  book,  but  inconveniently  arranged." — Brinton. 

1623  a  [Hadley  (Lewis  F.)J    A  |  Quapaw  Vocabulary.  |  And  the  j  Qua- 
paw  and  Ponca  |  compared.  |  Also  |  The  mystery  of  the  Ponca  Re 
moval  |  and  the  |  troubles  Quapaws  were  subjected  |  to  on  account 


970  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Hadley  (Lewis  F.) — continued. 

of  the  mystery  |  underlying  the  Removal  of  the  Poncas,  |  by  In- 
gouompishi,  late  Clerk  |  of  the  Quapaw  Nation.  |  1882.  | 

Manuscript.  7  11.,  pp.  1^12,  1-91,  1-21.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology. 

Title  recto  1.  1,  verso,  "Quapaw  [words]  overlooked." — Brief  historical  notes, 
11.  2-7 — Remarks,  p.  1. — Key  to  the  sounds  used,  p.  3,  reverse  blank.— Quapaw 
vocabulary,  pp.  5-42. — Notice  of  the  Quapaws  and  Poncas,  p.  1.— Quapaw-Ponca 
vocabulary,  pp.  3-9.— The  mystery  of  the  Ponca  removal,  pp.  1-20. — Quapaw 
[words]  overlooked,  p.  21. 

1623  b  Vocabulary  of  the  Modoc. 

Manuscript.  34  unnumbered  11.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
In  three  blank  books,  12  11.  each,  the  last  two  11.  of  Book  3  being  unfilled.  The 
first  page  gives  the  alphabet.  The  vocabulary  is  given  under  headings:  Pro 
miscuous  words ;  On  eating ;  On  food ;  On  fruit ;  On  beasts ;  Of  the  body  ;  On 
the  mind ;  Of  days ;  On  the  seasons,  &c. 

1623  c  Vocabulary  of  the  Shawnee. 

Manuscript.  3111.  folio.    In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1623  d  -  Vocabulary  of  the  Uchee. 

Manuscript.  7  11.  folio.     In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

1026  a  Haines  (E.  M.)     Indian  names.    By  E.  M.  Haines. 

In  Blanchard  (Rufus).  The  Discovery  and  Conquest  of  the  Northwest,  pp. 
475-484.  Chicago,  1880.  8°. 

Some  general  suggestions  in  regard  to  the  Algonquin  language,  p.  477. — A  list 
of  Indian  geographical  names,  with  English  significations,  pp.  478-484. 

1627  a  Hakluyt  (Richard).  The  |  Priucipal  Navi-  |  gations,  Voyages,  | 
Trafflqves  and  Discove-  |  ries  of  the  English  Nation,  made  by  Sea 
or  ouer-  |  land,  to  the  remote  and  farthest  distant  quarters  of  the  | 
Earth,  at  any  time  within  the  compasse  of  these  1600.  yeres:  j 
Diuided  into  three  seuerall  Volumes,  according  to  the  |  positions  of 
the  Regions,  whereunto  they  |  were  directed.  |  The  first  Volume 
containeth  the  worthy  Discoueries,  |  &c.  of  the  English  toward  the 
North  aud  Northeast  by  Sea,  as  of  |  Lapland,  Scrikfinia,  Corelia, 
the  Baie  of  S.  Nicolas,  the  Isles  of  Colgoieue,  Vaigatz,  |  and  Noua 
Zembla,  toward  the  great  Riuer  Ob,  with  the  mighty  Empire  of 
Russia,  |  the  Caspian  Sea,  Georgia,  Armenia,  Media,  Persia,  Boghar 
in  Bactria,  |  and  diuers  kingdoines  of  Tartaria:  |  Together  with 
many  notable  monuments  aud  testimonies  |  of  the  ancient  forren 
trades,  and  of  the  warrelike  and  other  |  shipping  of  this  Kealme  of 
England  in  former  ages.  |  Whereuuto  is  annexed  a  briefe  Com 
mentary  of  the  true  state  of  Island,  |  and  of  the  Northern  Seas  and 
lands  situate  that  way:  As  also  the  |  memorable  defeat  of  the 
Spanish  huge  Armada,  Anno  1588.  |  V  The  second  Volume  compre- 
hendeth  the  principall  |  Nauigatious,  Voyages,  Traffiques,  and  dis- 
coueries  of  the  English  |  Nation  made  by  Sea  or  ouer-land,  to  the 
South  and  South  east  |  parts  of  the  World,  as  well  within  as  with 
out  the  Streight  of  |  Gibralter,  at  any  time  within  the  compasee  of 


HADLEY — HALE.  971 

Hakluyt  (Richard) — continued. 

these  1600.  |  yeres:  Diuided  into  two  seueral  parts,  &c.  |  5  By 
Richard  Haklvyt  Preacher,  and  sometime  Stu-  |  dent  of  Christ- 
Church  in  Oxford.  |  [Figure.]  | 

/^^  Imprinted  at  London  by  George  Bishop,  Ralph  Newberie, 
and  Robert  Barker.  |  Anno  1599.  |  A.  BP.  MHS. 

A  subsequent  issue  of  Vol.  1  of  the  work  given  in  title  No.  1627.  It  is  minus 
the  voyage  to  Cadiz.  The  second  volume,  also  dated  1599,  begins  :  The  |  Second 
Volvme  |  of  the  Principal  Na-  |  vigations,  &c.  The  third  volume,  dated  1600, 
begins:  The  |  Third  and  Last  |  Volume  of  the  Voy-  |  ages,  Navigations,  etc. 

1632  a  Haldeman  (Samuel  Stehman).    Numerals  in  the  Comanche  lan 
guage.  * 
Manuscript.     In  the  library  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

1636  a  Hale  (Horatio).     Indian  migrations,  as  evidenced  by  language. 

In  Am.  Antiquarian  and  Oriental  Journal,  Vol.  5,  pp.  18-28,  108-124.  Chi 
cago,  1883.  8°.  Separately  issued  as  below. 

Verbal  forms  of  the  Wyandot,  Mohawk,  Oneida,  Onondaga,  Cayuga,  Seneca, 
and  Tuscarora,  p.  25. — Pronominal  forms  of  the  Iroquois  and  Cherokee,  and  list 
showing  similarity  between  words  of  the  Iroquois  and  Cherokee,  p.  27. — Words 
in  Tutelo  and  Dakota,  pp.  109-111. — Words  showing  similarity  between  Chero 
kee,  Choctaw,  and  Chicasa,  p.  120. 

16367>  -  -  Indian  Migrations,  |  as  evidenced  by  language:  |  compris 
ing  |  The  Huron-Cherokee  Stock:  The  Dakota  Stock:  The  Algon- 
kins:  |  The  Chahta-Muskoki  Stock:  The  Moundbuilders :  |  The 
Iberians.  |  By  Horatio  Hale,  M.  A.  |  A  Paper  read  at  a  Meeting 
of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advance-  |  ment  of  Science, 
held  at  Montreal,  in  August,  18H2.  |  Reprinted  from  the  "American 
Antiquarian"  for  January  and  April,  1883.  | 

Chicago :   |  Jameson  &  Morse,   Printers,   162-164  Clark   St.  | 
1883.  |  T.WE.DGB.  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  1-27.  8°. 

1636  c  The  Tutelo  Tribe  and  Language.    By  Horatio  Hale. 

In  Am.  Philosoph.  Soc.,Proc.,  vol.  21,  pp.  1-47.     Philadelphia,  1883.  8°. 
Also  issued  separately,  pp.  1-47.  8°.  (*) 

1637  a  .  editor.   Brintou's  Library  of  \  Aboriginal  American  Liter 
ature.  |  Number  II.  |  The  |  Iroquois  |  Book  of  Rites.  |  Edited  by  | 
Horatio  Hale,  M.  A.,  |  Author  of  "  The  Ethnography  and  Philology 
of  the  U.  S.  |  Exploring  Expedition,"  etc.  | 

D.  G.  Briuton.  |  Philadelphia.  |  1883.  |  T.WE.DGB. JWP. 

Title  as  above  1  1.,  general  title  of  series  1  1.,  pp.  iii-viii,  9-222.  8°.  Forms 
Part  II  of  Brinton's  Library  of  Aboriginal  American  Literature. 

Chapter  X,  The  Iroquois  Language,  pp.  99-113,  contains  many  examples  and 
a  discussion  of  the  graminatic  construction  of  the  language. 

Ancient  Rites  of  the  Condoling  Council,  pp.  1 15-139,  alternate  pages  Cauienga 
[Mohawk]  and  English. — The  Hook  of  the  Younger  Nations,  pp.  140-145,  alter 
nate  pages  Onondaga  and  English. — Notes  on  the  Canienga  book,  pp.  146-165. 
Notes  on  the  Onoiidagn  book,  pp.  160-170. — Appendices,  pp.  171-190. — Canienga 
Glossary,  alphabetically  arranged,  pp.  191-215. 


972  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Hale  (Horatio) — continued. 

In  addition  there  are  terms  in  the  various  dialects  of  the  Iroquois  scattered 
through  the  work  in  great  profusion. 

Reviewed  by  [Smith  (Erminnie  A.)]  in  Science,  vol.  2,  No.  30,  pp.  270-272. 
Cambridge,  1883.  4°. 

Hall  (Prof.  Asaph).  See  Stimpson  (Dr.  William)  and  Hall  (Prof. 
Asapk),  No.  3760. 

1641      [Hall  (Rev.  Sherman).]    Ojibwa  nugiimosliang.    Ojibwa  hymns. 

This  title  should  have  been  entered  under  Jones  (Rev.  Peter}.  Evans  ( Rev.  J.), 
and  Henry  (G.),  as  the  preface  of  the  work  says  the  hymns  were  compiled  from 
the  hymn  books  of  those  authors  by  Mr.  Hall. 

1661  a  Hamy  (Dr.  E.  T.)  Note  sur  une  Inscription  Chronographique 
de  la  fin  de  la  Periode  Azteque,  appartenant  au  Musee  du  Troca- 
de"ro  par  le  Dr  B.  T.  Hamy  Conservateur  du  Muse's.  JWP. 

In  Revue  d'Ethnographie,  tome  second,  pp.  191-202.     Paris,  1883.  8°. 
Mexican  terms  passim. 

Hanranna  Qa  Ktayetu  [in  Dakota].  See  Hinman  (Rev.  S.  D.), 
No.  1808. 

1671     [Hartgers  (Joost),   editor.]      Beschrijvinghe  |  Van  |  Virginia,  | 
Nieuw  Nederlaudt/  |  Nieuw  Engelandt,  |  En  d'Eylanden  |  Bermu- 
des,  |  Barbados,  en  S.  Ohristoff'el.  |  Dienstelyck  voor  elck  een  der- 
waerts  handelende/  en  alle  voort-plantes  |  van  nieuw  Colonieu.  | 
Met  kopere  Figuren  verciert.  |  [Design.] 

't  Amsterdam,  |  By  Joost  Hartgers,  Boeck-verkooper  op  den 
Dam/  bezyden  't  Stadt-huys/  |  op  de  hoeck  vande  Kalver  straet/ 
inde  Boeck-wiuckel/  Anno  1651.  |  L, 

Pp.  1-88.  4°.  map  of  Virginia  and  plates.     Improved  title  of  No.  1671. 

Megapolensis  (J.)  Korte  Ontwerp  van  de  Mahakuase  Indianen  in  Nieuw 
Nederlandt,  pp.  42-49. 

Hartmann  (E.)     See  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologic,  No.  4301. 

Harvey  (Rev.  M.)     See  Hatton  ( Joseph)  and  Harvey  (Rev.  M.),  No. 
1677  a,  1677ft. 

1673  a  Hasting  (Mr.  — .)    Eino  Probe  der  Esquimaux-Sprache.  c. 

In  Nenes  Lausitziches  Magazin,  herausgegeben  von  der  Oberlansitzischen 
Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschaften,  vol.  14,  pp.  260-262.  Gorlitz,  1836.  8°. 

1676  Hatchets.  The  Hatchets,  to  hew  down  the  Tree  of  Sin,  |  which 
bears  the  Fruit  of  Death.  |  Or,  The  Laws,  by  which  the  Magistrates 
are  |  to  punish  Offences,  among  the  Indians,  |  as  well  as  among  the 
English.  |  —  |  Togkunkash,  tummethamunate  Matcheseongane  | 
mehtug,  ne  meechumuoo  Nuppooonk.  |  Asuh,  |  Wunnaumatuon- 
gash,  nish  nashpe  Nanauuacheeg  |  kusnunt  sasamatahamwog 
matcheseongash  ut  |  kenugke  Indiansog  netatuppe  onk  ut  ke- 
uugke  |  englishmansog.  |  (asuh  Ghohkquog.)  | 

Colophon:  \  Boston:  Printed  by  B.  Green.  1705.  |  L. 

One  sheet  of  15  pp.  sm.  8°.  On  the  first  page,  the  double  title,  as  above,  and 
an  introduction  to  the  Laws,  beginning:  "The  Laws  are  now  to  be  declared, 


HALE — HAYES.  973 

Hatchets — continued. 

O  Indians,"  &c.  This  introduction  and  each  of  the  twenty  laws  are  followed, 
in  order,  by  the  Indian  translation.  At  the  end,  on  p.  15,  are  two  paragraphs  of 
admonition,  and  on  the  lower  half  of  the  page,  between  single  rules,  is  the  colo 
phon,  as  above.  In  the  language  of  the  Indians  of  Massachusetts.  Improved 
title  of  No.  1676. 

1C76  «  Hathaway  (Benjamin).    The  League  |  of  |  The  Iroquois,  |  aud  | 
other  legends.  |  From   the  Indian    Muse.  |  By  |  Benjamin  Hath 
away.  |  [Quotation  7  lines.]  | 

Chicago :  |  S.  C.  Griggs  and  Company.  |  1882.  |  » 

Pp.  i-xii,  1  1.,  pp.  1-319,  (2).  12°.  Portrait.  Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames  from 
copy  iu  the  library  of  Mr.  W.  W.  Beach,  Yonkers,  N.  Y. 

Vocabulary  [of  Indian  words  used  in  the  poem,  with  significations],  pp.  317-319. 

1G77  «  Hatton  (Joseph)  and  Harvey  (Rev,  M.)  Newfoundland  |  The 
Oldest  British  Colony  |  Its  History,  its  Present  Condition,  and  |  its 
Prospects  in  the  Future.  |  By  |  Joseph  Hatton,  |  Author  of  "  To 
Day  in  America",  "The  New  Ceylon",  "Journalistic  London",  etc.  | 
-and  |  the  Rev.  M.  Harvey,  |  A  Eesident  of  St.  John's,  and  Author 
of  "Across  Newfoundland  ",  etc.  |  Illustrated  |  from  Photographs 
and  sketches  specially  made  for  this  work  by  W.  F.  Eennie,  |  J. 
Hay  ward,  and  S.  H.  Parsons  (Photographer) ;  |  Drawn  by  Percival 
Skelton;  and  Engraved  by  Geo.  Pearson.  |  Supplemented  by  Artis 
tic  Contributions  from  various  other  sources.  | 

London:  |  Chapman  and  Hall,  Limited,  |  Henrietta  Street,  Covent 
Garden.  |  1883.  |  a.  T.  W.  BA.  BP. 

Pp.  i-xxiv,  1-489.  8°.  6  plates.  Vocabulary  of  Mary  March's  language 
(Bethuk),  presented  to  Mr.  John  Peyton  by  the  Rev.  Jolin  Leigh,  pp.  218-221. 
This  vocabulary  is  a  literal  reprint  from  the  Journal  of  the  Anthropological  In 
stitute  of  Gt.  Britain,  vol.  4  (1874),  pp.  37-39. 

1677  b  Newfoundland  |  its  history,  its  present  condition,  and 

its  |  prospects  in  the  future  |  By  |  Joseph  Hatton  |  Author  of  "  To 
day  in  America,"  "  The  New  Ceylon,"  "  Journalistic  London,"  etc.  | 
and  |  The  Rev.  M.  Harvey  |  A  Resident  of  St.  John's,  and  author 
of  "Across  Newfoundland  "  |  Reprinted  from  the  English  edition ; 
revised,  corrected,  |  and  enlarged  |  Illustrated  | 

Boston  |  Published  by  Doyle  &  Whittle  |  1883  |  BP.  WWB. 

Pp.  i-xix,  1-431.  8°.  map  and  8  plates.  Vocabulary  of  Mary  March's  Lan 
guage,  pp.  184-186. 

1084  a  Hayden  (Dr.  Ferdinand  Vandeveer).  (From  the  American  Journ. 
of  Science  and  Arts,  Vol.  XXXIV,  July,  18G2.)  |  A  Sketch  of  the 
Mandan  Indians,  |  with  some  observations  illustrating  the  |  Gram 
matical  Structure  of  their  language.  |  By  Dr.  F.  V.  Haydeii.  | 

No  title-page.  Pp.  57-66.  8°.  Separate  issue  of  No.  1684.  Title  from  Mr.  W. 
Eauies, from  copy  in  possession  of  Mr.  W.  W^Beach.  r\. 

1688  «  Hayes  (Benjamin).  Dieguijfo  idiom.  Furnished  by  Panto,  the 
well-known  and  intelligent  captain  of  San  Pascual  to  Benj.  Hayes. 

Manuscript.  1  1.  folio.  About  50  words.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Fran 
cisco. 


974  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

.1692  a  Hazen  (Gen.  William  B.)  in  charge.    United  States  of  America:  | 
War  Department.  |  Signal  Service  Notes.  |  No.  IX.  |  Weatber  Prov 
erbs.  |  Prepared  under  the  direction  of  |  Brig,  and  Bvt.  Maj.  Geu'l 
W.  B.  Hazen,  |  Chief  Signal  Officer  of  the  Army.  |  By  |  H.  H.  C. 
Dunwoody,  |  1st  Lieutenant,  4th  Artillery,  A.  S.  O.  and  Asst.  | 
Published  by  authority  of  the  Secretary  of  War.  | 

Washington  :  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1883.  |          c.  JWP. 
Pp.  1-148.  8°.     Ziifii  weather  proverbs,  by  F.  H.  dishing,  pp.  124-127.     Mr. 
Cushing's  initials  are  incorrectly  given  as  G.  H. 

1694  a  Hazlitt  (William  Garew).  British  Columbia,  |  and  |  Vancouver 
Island ;  |  comprising  |  a  historical  sketch  of  the  British  Settle 
ments  |  in  the  North-west  Coast  of  America ;  |  And  a  Survey  of 
the  |  physical  character,  capabilities,  climate,  topography,  |  natural 
history,  geology  and  ethnology  |  of  that  region ;  |  Compiled  from 
Official  and  other  Authentic  Sources.  |  By  |  William  Carew  Haz 
litt,  |  Author  of  [etc.,  two  lines].  |  With  a  map.  | 

London:  |  G.  Routledge  &  Co.,  Farriugdon  Street.  |  New  York: 
18  Beekmau  Street.  |  1858.  |  (The  author  reserves  the  right  of 
Translation.)  |  B.C. 

Pp.  1-247.  16°.  map. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Chinook  Jargon,  from  San  Francisco  Bulletin,  pp.  241-243. 

1696     Heaviside  (J.  T.  C.)     American  Antiquities,  &c.  c. 

This  work,  au  imperfect  title  of  which  is  given  in  No.  1696,  contains  no  lin 
guistics. 

1721  a  Helmsing  (J.  T.)     Vocabulary  of  the  M'Mat. 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S.)  Der  Yuma-Sprachstamm,  Zweiter  Artikel,  in  Zeitschiift 
fiir  Ethnologie,  1883,  pp.  134-138.  Berlin,  [1883].  8°. 

Printed  from  the  manuscript  mentioned  in  No.  1721  of  this  catalogue. 

1725  Henderson  (Alexander).    The  Gospel  |  according  to  |  Matthew.  | 
(In  the  Charibbean  language.)  |  Translated  by  |  Alexander  Hen 
derson.  | 

Edinburgh:  |  Printed  by  Thomas  Constable,  |  Printer  to  Her 
Majesty.  |  MDCCCXLVII  [1847].  | 

Second  title:  Araidatiu-Iumurau  |  segnng  |  Madeju.  |  Karaba- 
gungte  lau  |  Alexander  Henderson.  | 

Ediuburugu.  |  MDCCCXLVII  [1847].  |  T.  DGB. 

English  title  recto  1.  1,  Carib  title  recto  1  2,  verso  of  each  blank.  Text  pp. 
5-88.  16°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1725. 

1726  -  The  |  Maia  Primer.  |  By  |  Alexander  Henderson,  |  Belize, 
Honduras,   &c.  |  The  Yucatecan   Alphabet  consists  of  [etc.,  teu 
lines].  | 

Birmingham:  |  Printed  by   Showell,    Upper    Temple  Street.  | 
]  T.  DGB.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-12.  16°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1726.  The  two  titles  given  under  Hen 
derson,  Nos.  1727,  1728,  are  also  entered  in  full  under  Fletcher  (Sev.  Richard), 
Nos.  1307,  1308,  where  they  properly  belong. 


HAZEN — HENSEL  975 

Henderson  (Alexander)— continued. 

1729 a  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Karif  Language  |  as  spoken  in  the 

Bay  of  Honduras.  !  By  Alexander  Henderson.  |  Belize.     1872.  | 
Manuscript.    1  l.,pp.  1-110.   8°.   Copy  of  the  original  manuscript  now  in  the 

Bureau  of  Ethnology.  DGB. 

1729  b  Dictionary  |  of  the  |  Karif  Language  |  as  spokeu  iu  the 

Bay  of  Honduras.  |  By  Alexander  Henderson.  |  Belize.     1872.  | 
Newly  arranged  by   Dr.  C.  H.  Berendt.  [  New  York  December 
1873.  |  .  DGB. 

Manuscript.  1  1.,  pp.  1-231.  8°.  Copied  from  the  original,  in  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology,  and  re-arranged  by  Dr.  Bereudt,  with  various  new  words  from  the 
author.  The  volume  includes  a  number  of  autograph  letters  from  Mr.  Hender 
son,  who  was  for  forty  years  a  missionary  in  Honduras. 

1729  c  Materiales  para  el  Vocabulario  Comparative  del  Dr. 

Berendt.     Caribe  por  el  Rev.  Alexander  Henderson.  DGB. 

Manuscript.  4  pp.  folio.  Three  double  columns,  Spanish  and  Carib,  to  the 
page. 

See  Euz  (Fr.  Joaquin),  No.  3426  o. 

1732  a  Hennepin  (Louis).     [Dictionary  of  the  Dakota  language.]  * 

"He  describes  as  follows  the  manner  in  which  he  compiled  a  dictionary  of  the 
Dakota  language:  'As  soon  as  I  could  catch  the  word  Taketchiabihen  (Taku- 
kapi  he),  which  means  "what  call  you  that,"  I  became  in  a  short  time  able  to 
converse  on  the  familiar  objects.  At  first  this  difficulty  was  hard  to  surmount. 
If  I  had  a  desire  to  know  what  to  run  was,  in  their  tongue,  I  was  forced  to  in 
crease  my  speed  and  actually  run  from  one  end  of  the  lodge  to  the  other,  until 
they  understood  what  I  meant  and  had  told  me  the  word,  which  I  presently  set 
down  in  my  Dictionary.'" — Minn.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.,  vol.  I, pp.  302-313. 

Henry  (George).     See  Mungwandus,  No.  2681. 

"In  1854  and  afterwards  Henry  wrote  his  Indian  name  Maungwudaus." — 
Trumbull. 

1733  «  [Henry  (Vietor)J.    Esquisse  d'une  Grammairedelalangu<  Innok 
etudie"e  dans  le  dialecte  des  Tchight  du  Mackenzie,  d'apres  la 
Grammaire  et  le  vocabulaire  Tchight  du  K.  P.  Petitot. 

In  Revtte  de  Linguistiquo,  tome  10,  pp.  223-260.  Paris,  1877.  8°.  The  orig 
inal  of  the  separate,  title  of  which  is  given  in  No.  1734. 

1734  a  Esquisse  d'uue  Grammaire  raisone'e  de  la  langue  Al^oute 

d'apres  la  Grammaire  et  le  vocabulaire  de  Ivan  V6niaminov. 

lu  Revue  de  Liuguistique,  tome  11,  pp.  424-457.     Paris,  1878.   8°. 

The  title  of  the  second  and  final  article  of  this  series  is  given  in  No.  1735. 

1736 a  Hensel  (Gottfried).    Synopsis  |  Vniversa?  Philologise,  |  in  qua:  | 
Miranda  |  Vnitas  |  et  |  Harmonia  |  Lingvarum  |  totivs  Orbis  Ter- 
rarvm  |  occvlta,  |  e  |  Literarvm,  Syllabarvui,  |  Vocvmqve  uatvra 
&  recessibvs,  |  eruitur.  |  Cum  Grainmatica  LL.  Orient.  Har-  | 
monica,  Synoptice  tractata;  [etc.,  7  lines]  adornata,  a  |  Godofredo 
Henselo,  |  Scholfe  A.  O.  ap.  Hirechb.  Eectore.  | 


976  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hensel  (Gottfried) — continued. 

Norimbergre,  |  In  Commissis  apvd  Heredes  |  Homatmianos. 
1741.  |  * 

Pp.  492,  (20).  maps,  engraved  alphabets,  paradigms,  &c.  sin.  8°.  De  Linguis 
Americanis,  pp.  482-492. — Lord's  Prayer  in  [pseudo-]  Mexican,  Poconchi,  Vir 
ginian  [t.  e.,  Massachusetts,  of  Eliot],  and  Algonkin  (from  Lahoutan),  pp.  486- 
487. — Short  Algonkin  vocabulary  and  a  few  words  in  Huron,  pp.  488-489. 

Title  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

1737  a  Hferbert  (Sir  Thomas)].   A  |  Relation  |  of  someyeares  |  travaile, 
begvnne  |  Anno  1626.  |  Into  Afrique  and  the  greater  Asia,  espe 
cially  |  the  Territories  of  the  Persian  Monarchic:  and  |  some  parts 
.of  the  Orientall  Indies,  |  and  lies  adiacent.  |  Of  their  Keligion, 
Language,  Habit,  Dis-  |  cent,  Ceremonies,  and  other  matters  |  con 
cerning  them.  |  Together  with  the  proceedings  and  death  of  the 
three  |  late  Ambassadours:  Sir  D.  C.  Sir  E.  S.  and  the  Persian  | 
Nogdi-beg:  |  As  also  the  two  great  Monarchs,  the  King  of  Persia,  j 
and  the  Great  Mogol.  |  By  T.  H.  Esquier.  |  [Design.]  |  —  | 

London,  |  Printed  by  William  Stansby,  and  Jacob  |  Bloouie, 
1634.  |  C. 

Engraved  title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  title  as  above,  reverse  blank,  11.;  3  other 
p.  11.  unnumbered;  pp.  1-225;  7  unnumbered  11.  folio.  According  to  Sahin's  Dic 
tionary,  No.  31471,  there  are  other  editions:  London,  1638, 1658, 1665, 1677. 

Comparisons  between  Welsh  and  Mexican  names,  p.  222. 

1740a  Herman  (Reinhold  L.)  and  Satterlee  (Walter).    Cradle  Songs  | 
of  |  Many  Nations  |  [Picture]  |  Music  |  by  |  Reinhold  L.  Herman  | 
Illustrations  |  by  |  Walter  Satterlee  | 
New  York  |  Dodd,  Mead  &  Company  |  Publishers  | 
Bound  in  paper,  within  a  detached,  light  cloth  cover,  both  bearing  a  fancy 
general  title— "Cradle  Songs."    Pp.  1-64.  4°. 

American  Indian  Cradle  Song,  from  the  Cherokee  tribe,  pp.  51-52. 

1743  Hernandez  (Francisco).  Quatro  Libros.  |  De  la  natu-  |  raleza,  y 
virtudes  de  las  |  Plantas,  y  animales  que  estan  receuidos  en  el 
uso  |  de  Medicina  en  la  Nueua  Espaua,  y  la  Methodo  y  correc-  | 
cion  y  preparation,  que  para  administrallas  se  requiere  |  con.lo  que 
el  Doctor  Francisco  Hernandez  escriuio  |  en  lengua  Latina.  |  Muy 
util  para  todo  genero  de  |  gente  4  vine  en  estacias  y  Pueblos,  do 
110  ay  Medicos  ni  Botica.  |  Traduzido,  y  aumentados  muchos  sim 
ples,  y  compuestos  |  y  otros  muchos  secretos  curatiuos  por  Fr. 
Francisco  Xi-  |  menez,  hijo  del  Conuento  de  S.  Domingo  de  Me 
xico,  |  Natural  de  la  Villa  de  Luna  del  Reyno  de  Aragon.  |  5  A  Nro 
R.  P.  Maestro  Fl.  Hernando  Bazan,  Prior  Prouiucial  de  |  la  Prouin- 
cia  de  Santiago  de  Mexico  de  la  Orden  de  los  Predicadores,  |  y 
Cathedratico  lubilado  de  Theologia  en  la  Vniuersidad  Real.  | 

5  Eu  Mexico,  en  casa  de  la  Viuda  de  Diego  Lopez  Daualos. 
1615.  |  5  Vendese  en  la  tienda  de  Diego  Garrido,  en  la  esquina  de  \ 
la  calle  de  Zacuba,  y  en  la  porteria  de  S.  Domingo.  |  * 


HENSEL HERNANDEZ.  977 

Hernandez  (Francisco)— continued.    . 

5  p.  11.,  11.  1-203,  table  7  11.  am.  4°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1743,  furnished  by 
Sr.  Icazbalceta  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

Ximenes,  in  his  introduction,  remarks  that  the  work  of  Hernandez,  abridged 
by  the  Neapolitan  physician  Nardo  Antonio  Reecho,  by  strange  ways  reached 
the  Indies  and  fell  into  his  hands ;  and  that  he  was  induced  to  publish  this  trans 
lation,  adding  such  examples  as  fell  in  his  way. 

1745  Engraved  title :    Eervm  Medicarvm  |  Novae  Hispaniae  | 

Thesavrvs  |  sev  |  Plantarvtn  Animalivm  |  Mineralivm  Mexicano- 
rvm  |  Historia  |  ex  Francisci  Hernandez  |  Noui  Orbis  Medici  Pri- 
marij  relationibus  |  in  ipsa  Mexicana  Vrbe  conscriptis  |  A  Nardo 
Antonio  Reecho  |  Monte  dominate  Cath.  Maiest.  Medico  |  Et 
Neap.  Regni  Archiatro  General!  |  Jussu  Philippi  II.  Hisp.  Ind. 
etc.  Regis  |  Collecta  ac  in  ordinem  digesta  |  A  loanne  Terrentio 
Lynceo  |  Constantiense  Germ0.  Pho  ac  Medico  |  Notis  Illustrata  | 
Nunc  priinu  in  Naturaliu  rer,  Studiosor,  gratia  |  lucubrationibus 
Lynceoru  j)ublici  iuris  facta.  |  Quibus  Jam  excussis  accessere 
demum  alia  '  quorj  omnium  synopsis  sequenti  pagina  ponitur  | 
Opus  duobus  voluminibus  diuisuin  |  Philippe  IIII.  Regi  Catholico 
Magno  |  Hispauiar3  vtriuso^  Sicili*  et  Indiaru  etc  Monarchse  |  dica- 
tum.  | 

Cum  Priuilegijs.  Romas  Superior  permissu.  Ex  Typographeio 
Vitalis  Mascardi.  M.  DC.  XXXXXI  [1651J.  | 

Printed  title:  Nova  |  Plautarvm,  Animalivm  |  et  Mineralivm 
Mexicanorvm  |  Historia  |  a  Francisco  Hernandez  Medico  |  In  In- 
dijs  praestantissimo  primum  compilata-,  |  dein  a  Nardo  Antonio 
Reecho  in  volvmen  digesta,  |  a  lo.  Terentio,  lo.  Fabro,  et  Fabio 
Colvinna  Lynceis  |  Notis,  &  additionibus  longe  doctissimis  illus- 
trata.  |  Cui  deinurn  accessere- 1  Aliqvot  ex  Principis  Federici  |  Caesii 
Froutispiciis  |  Theatri  Naturalis  Phytosophicaj  Tabulae  |  Vna  cum 
quamplurimis  Iconibus,  ad  octingentas,  quibus  siugula  |  contem- 
planda  graphice  exhibentur.  |  [Engraving.]  | 

Romae  MDCLI  [1651].  |  Sumptibus  Blasij  Deuersini,  &  Zanobij 
Masotti  Bibliopolarum.  |  Typis  Vitalis  Mascardi.  Superiorum  per 
missu.  |  B.  c.  w.  BP.  HIT. 

Engraved  title  1  1.,  printed  title  1  1.,  Philippe  iv,  1  l.,Iacobvs  Mascardvs,  &c., 
1  l.,Approbatio,  &c.,l  1.,  Index  Plautarvm,  7  11., Index  Avthorvm,  &c.,  'I  11., 
Vocum  quaruudiim  Americanarum  explicalio,  verso  Errata  sive  Corrigenda,  1  1., 
in  all  15  11.  Rervm  Medicarvm,  pp.  1-950.  Amico  lectori,  reverse  Index  tabvla- 
rvm,  1 1.,  Index  medicamentorvm,  4  11. 

In  the  copy  in  the  library  of  Harvard  University  the  printed  title  precedes 
the  engraved  one,  which  probably  is  the  proper  order ;  in  that  copy  the  arrange 
ment  of  the  Indices  is  also  different  from  that  indicated  above. 

The  imperfect  title  given  in  No.  1747  is  not  a  separate  work,  but  is  the  printed 
title  above.  Title  No.  1746  also  forms  a  part  of  the  above,  and  should  be  as  fol 
lows: 

Appended:  Historiae  animalivm  |  et  mineralivm  Novae  Hispa- 
uiae  |  Liber  Vnicus  |  in  sex  tractatvs  divisvs  |  Francisco  Fernandez 

62  Bib 


978  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hernandez  (Francisco) — con  tinned. 

Philippi  Secundi  primario  Medico  |  Avthore.  |  Tractatvs  Primvfi>| 
De  Quadrnpedibus  NOUJE  Hispauise.  |  B.  c.  w.  BA.  HU. 

Pp.  1-90,  Indices  3  11.  folio. 

Contains  the  Mexican  names  with  Latin  equivalents,  and  wood-cut  engrav 
ings,  of  plants. pp.  1-459;  of  animals,  pp.  460-840 ;  followed  by  Annotationes  et 
Add  itiones,  pp.  841-899.  Phytosophicarvm  Tabvlarvm  ex  Frontispiciis  Natura- 
lis  Theatri  Priucipis  Feder.  Caesii  Lyncei  .  .  .  Pars  I.,  pp.  901-952.  Vocum  quo- 
rundam  Americauarum  explicatio,  on  the  recto  of  the  12th  leaf  of  the  Index. 
The  Historiae  Animalium  et  Mineral!  uni  also  contains  the  Mexican  and  Latin 
names. 

"  There  is  a  great  deal  of  confusion  in  regard  to  the  bibliographical  as  well  as 
to  the  literary  history  of  this  work.  Acosta,  in  his  history  printed  in  1590, 
speaks  of  Dr.  Hernandez'  history,  and  of  Nardo  Antonio's  abridgment  of  it;  and 
to  'these  books  (probably  meaning  MSS.)  and  works  refers  those  who  wish  for 
more  particular  information  concerning  the  plants  of  the  Indies,  and  their 
medicinal  uses.'  Leon  Pinelo,  in  his  Biblioteca,  printed  in  1629,  says  that  it 
was  already  printed  in  Germany,  and  that  Pedro  do  la  Seyne,  in  his  Homeri 
Nepenthes,  also  quoted  it  as  printed.  At  page  460,  there  is  an  address  to  the 
reader,  dated  in  Rome,  1625,  which  appears  to  have  been  placed  instead  of  an 
address  to  Cardinal  Barberini,  with  the  same  date,  and  in  nearly  the  same  words 
(both  of  which  are  in  ray  copy).  Which  shows  that  part  of  the  work  was  prob 
ably  printed  before  1644,  when  Innocent  X.  was  made  Pope,  and  expelled  the 
Barberini,  by  whose  means  he  had  been  elected,  from  Rome.  A  dedication  to 
the  same  Cardinal,  at  page  903  (also  in  mine)  without  date,  is  supplied  in  most 
copies  by  another  to  the  Duke  del  Infantado,  dated  Rome,  1U51.  In  some  copies, 
even  the  figure  of  the  Dragon,  at  p.  816,  dedicated  also  to  Cardinal  Barberini,  is 
torn  ont.  Some  copies  have  a  plant  engraved  on  copper,  at  p.  213,  and  another  at 
p.  301,  but  which  are  generally  wanting:  many  copies  have  only  the  engraved 
title  page;  in  some  dated  1651,  in  others  1649.  It  appears  probable  that  the 
body  of  the  work  was  printed  in  1625;  when  a  few  copies  got  abroad,  and  that 
it  was  completed  and  some  changes  made,  in  1649-51. 

"  Hernandez  was  Physician  to  Philip  II.,  by  whom  he  was  sent  to  Mexico  to 
examine  and  describe  its  natural  productions  and  ascertain  their  medicinal 
properties.  He  wrote  a  copious  history  in  Latin,  which  was  given  to  Nardo  An 
tonio  Recco,  a  Neapolitan  physician,  for  examination,  who  reduced  it  to  a  mod 
erate  compass.  The  original  of  this  abridgment,  with  the  censorship  and  ap 
probation  of  Dr.  Valle,  by  some  singular  chance,  fell  into  the  hands  of  the 
Dominican  Friar,  Francisco  Ximenez,  in  Mexico,  by  whom  it  was  translated 
into  Spanish,  and  printed  in  that  city  in  4to  in  1615.  This  work  corresponds 
almost  exactly  to  the  X  books  published  in  Rome,  in  1648-51,  but  both  differ 
materially  from  the  Plant.  Nov.  Hisp.,  &c.,  published  by  Ortega,  from  Hernandez' 
manuscripts  in  1790.  Most  of  the  original  MSS.  of  Hernandez  were  destroyed 
by  the  fire  at  the  Escurial  in  1671.  There  is  extant  a  MS.  translation  of  Pliny 
by  Heruaudez.  Very  little  is  known  respecting  his  life,  although  much  more 
worthy  of  a  niche  in  the  temple  of  Fame  than  many  of  his  cotemporaries.  Like 
his  early  friend  and  companion  Ambrosio  de  Morales,  he  probably  flourished 
during  the  greater  part  of  the  16th  century.  His  native  place  was  Toledo."— 
Rich,  pp.  73-74. 

1770  a  Hester  (Joseph  Goodman).     Words,  phrases,  and  sentences  in 
the  Cherokee  language. 

Manuscript.     Pp.  77-228  and  4  11.  containing  local  geographic  names,  etc. 
with  English  translation.  4°.     In  the  possession  of  the  author,    Washington^ 


HERNANDEZ— HILL.  979 

Hester  (Joseph  Goodman) — continued. 

D.  C.  Collected  in  North  Carolina  in  1884,  and  recorded  in  a  copy  of  (he  second 
edition  of  the  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages.  In  Roman 
characters,  except  the  first  few  pages,  which  are  in  both  Roman  and  Cherokee 
characters. 

1774  a  Hill  (A.  H.)  Ne  |  karoronh  |  ne  |  Teyerighwaghkwatha  |  ne  ne 
enyontste  |  ne  yagorihwiyoghstonh  |  kanyengehaga  neyewean- 
otenh.  |  Ne  tehaweauadenyon  |  kenwendeshon.  | 

New- York,  |  Conference  Office  Tsi  nonwe  t'karistob-  |  rarakon 
by  J.  Collord.  |  1829.  | 

Second  title :  A  |  Collection  |  of  |  Hymns  |  for  |  the  use  of 
native  Christians  |  of  the  |  Mohawk  Language.  |  Translated  chiefly 
by  A.  H.  Hill.  | 

New- York,  |  Printed  at  the  Conference  Office  |  by  J.  Collord.  | 
1829.  |  C. 

Pp.  1-39, 1-39,  alternate  Mohawk  and  English  ;  pp.  40-68,  Mohawk.  Mohawk 
title  vereo  1.  1 ;  English  title  recto  1.  2.  16°.  A  variation  of  the  title  given  ir 
No.  1774. 

1779  a Ne  |  karoron  |  ue  |  teyerih  wahkwatha  |  igen  |  ne  eny 

ontste  |  ne  yagorihwiyoghstouh  |  kanyencehaga  [sic]  kaweanon 
dahkoga  |  ni  ohuageu  non  ka  kahyaton  yotkate  J  teyerihwah 
kwatha  ne  exhaogou  ah  |  enyontste  ji  youdaderihonnyeauitha  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Nelson  &  Phillips.  |  For  the  Mis 
sionary  Society  of  the  Methodist  |  Episcopal  Church.  |  1874.  | 

Second  title:  A  |  Collection  |  of  |  Hymns  |  for  |  the  use  of  Native 
Christians  |  of  the  |  Mohawk  language;  |  to  which  are  added  |  a 
number  of  hymns  for  Sabbath  |  Schools.  | 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Nelson  &  Phillips,  |  for  the  Mis 
sionary  Society  of  the  Methodist  |  Episcopal  Church.  |  1874.  |  * 

240  pp.  24°.  Indian  title  verso  1.  1  (p. 2), recto  blank;  English  title  recto  1.  2 
(p.  3);  alternate  pages  in  Mohawk  and  English,  pp.  4-87;  in  Mohawk  alone, 
pp.  88-117;  iu  Mohawk  and  English,  pp.  118-195;  "Hymns  for  Children,"  in 
English,  pp.  197-230;  Mohawk  index,  pp.  231-235;  English  index,  pp.  236-240. 

Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

1791a  ,  Hess  (William),  and  Wilkes  (John  A.),  jr.    Nenejinihodi 

yeren  |  ne  |  rodiyatadogenhti,  (  kanyeugehajra  kaweanondahkon  |  • 
ne  tehaweanatennyou  ne  kenwendeshon  nokonishodigwatagwen  | 
ne  William  Hess  and  John  A.  Wilkes  Jr.  | 

New -York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's 'Bible  Society  of 
New -York,  |  auxiliary  to  |  the  Bible  Society  of  the  Methodist  Epis 
copal  Church.  |  M'Elrath  &  Bangs,  Printers.  |  1834.  | 

Second  title:  The  Acts  |  of  |  the  Apostles,  |  iu  |  the  Mohawk  Lan 
guage,  |  translated  |  By  H.  A.  Hill,  |  with  corrections  by  |  William 
Hess  and  John  A.  Wilkes,  Jr.  | 

New -York:  |  Published  by  the  Young  Men's  Bible  Society 
of  New-York,  |  auxiliary  to  |  the  Bible  Society  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church.  |  M'Elrath  &  Bangs,  Printers.  |  1834.  |  » 


980  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hill  (A.  H.),  Hess  (William),  and  Wilkes  (John  A.),  jr. — continued. 

Pp.  1-121,  1-121  (double  numbers),  alternate  Mohawk  and  English.  12°. 
Mohawk  title  verso  1. 1 ;  English  title  recto  1. 2.  Another  edition  of  No.  1791. 

Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copy  in  the  library  of  Mr.  W.  W.  Beach, 
Yonkers,  N.  Y. 

Hill  (Isaac),  editor.     See  Fanner's  Monthly  Visitor,  No.  1267. 

1797  Hind  (Henry  Youle).  North-West  Territory.  |  Eeports  of  Pro 
gress  ;  |  together  with  |  a  Preliminary  and  General  Eeport  |  on 
the  |  Assiniboine  and  Saskatchewan  Exploring  Expedition,  |  made 
under  instructions  from  the  Provincial  Secretary,  |  Canada.  |  By 
Henry  Youle  Hind,  M.  A.  |  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Geology 
in  the  University  of  Trinity  College,  Toronto,  |  In  charge  of  the 
Expedition.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  Legislative  Assembly.  | 

Toronto:  |  Printed  by  John  Lovell,  corner  of  Yonge  and  Melinda 
Steets.  |  1859.  |  A.  c.  HU. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-202,  4  11.  folio.  9  folding  maps,  3  plates.  Improved  title  of  No. 
1797. 

Histoire.  Histoire  de  la  Virginie.  See  [Beverly  (Robert)],  Nos. 
373-375. 

Histoire  du  Nouveau  Monde.    See  [Laet  (J.  de)],  No.  2164. 

Histoire  *  *  *  lies  Antilles  de  1'Ame'rique.  See  'Roche- 
fort  (L.  C.  de)],  Nos.  3343, 3345,  3349. 

Historische  Beschreibung  Der  Antillen  Inseln.  See  [Rochefort 
(L.  C.  de)],  No.  3348. 

History.  History  of  Joseph,  in  Choctaw.  See  [Dukes  (Joseph)j, 
No.  1102. 

The  History  of  Poor  Sarah,  in  Micmac.  See  [Rand  (Rev. 

S.  T.)] 

History  of  the  Caribby-Islands.      See  [Rochefort  (L.  0. 

de)],  No.  3346. 

-  History  of  the  Indian  Wars.     See  [Sanders  (Rev.  D.  C.)l, 
Nos.  3474-3475. 

History  *  *  of  Virginia.     See  [Beverly  (Robert)],  Nos. 

372,  377. 

[Hoecken  (Rev.  Christian).]    See  Pewani  Ipi  Potewatemi,  No. 2974. 

See  Potewatemi  Nememissinoikan  Ewiyowat,  No.  3042. 

1  am  informed  by  Dr.  Trumbull  that  Father  Hoecken  is  the  author  of  these 
two  works. 

1828a  Hoffman  (Charles  Fenno).  A  Winter  |  in  the  Far  West.  |  By  C. 
F.  Hoffman,  |  of  New-York.  |  [Quotation  4  lines.]  |  In  two  vol 
umes.  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  | 

London:  |  Richard  Bentley,  New  Burlington  Street.  |  1835.  |     c. 

2  vols. :  2  p.  11.,  pp.  iii-iv,  vii-xi,  1-336  ;  i-vii,  1-340.  12°.     The  Lord's  Prayej 
in  Chippewa,  with  a  literal  translation,  vol.2,  pp.  16-17. — Au  Indian  serenade, 


HILL HOOD.  981 

Hoffman  (Charles  Fenno) — continued. 

written  in  a  sort  of  Lingua-Franca,  or  mongrel  tongue,  much  used  on  the 
frontier,  made  up  of  words  taken  alike  from  the  Ottawa  and  Ojibboai  or  Chip- 
pewa,  and  possibly  other  languages,  [with  translations],  vol.  2,  pp.  16-19. 
First  edition,  New  York:  Harper  &  Brothers,  1835.  2  vols.  12°.  (*) 
An  abstract,  which  forms  "Fergus's  Historical  Series  No.  20",  Chicago,  1883, 
pp.  1-64,  6°  (A.),  does  not  contain  the  linguistics. 

1828  b  -        -  A  |  Winter  in  the  West.  |  By  a  New-Yorker.  |  [Quota- 
tion,  four  lines.]  |  In  two  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [-IIJ.  |  Second  Edition.  | 
New  York:    Published  by  Harper  &  Brothers,  |  No.  82  Cliff-Street.  | 
1835.  |  BP. 

2  vols.   12°.     Linguistics,  pp.  21-22, 22-23. 

1829  -     —  Wild  Scenes  |  in  the  |  Forest  and  Prairie.  |  By  C.  F.  Hoff 
man,  Esq.  |  Author  of  "A  Winter  in  the  Far  West".  |  In  two  vol 
umes.  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  | 

London :  |  Kichard  Bentley,  New  Burlington  Street,  |  Publisher 
in  Ordinary  to  Her  Majesty.  |  Price  Sixteen  Shillings.  |  1839.  |  JBD. 

2  vols. :  pp.  i-vii,  1-292 ;  2  p.  11,  pp.  1-284.  12°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1829. 
Linguistics  as  in  No.  1828,  vol.1,  pp.  173-181,  208.  Aboriginal  terms  passim. 

1835  a  Hoffman  (Dr.  Walter  James).  Comparison  of  Eskimo  Picto- 
graphs  with  those  of  other  American  aborigines. 

In  Anthrop.  Soc.  of  Washington,  Trans.,  vol. 2,  pp.  128-146.  Washington, 
1883.  8°. 

Interpretation  of  picture  writings  in  the  Kiatexamut  dialect  of  the  Innnit, 
with  literal  English  translation,  pp.  133, 134, 143-144. — Same  in  the  Argaluxamut 
dialect  of  the  Inunit,  p.  138. 

Separately  issued  as  follows : 

1835  b  Comparison  |  of  |  Eskimo  Pictographs  |  with  those  of  | 

other  American  Aborigines.  |  By  W.  J.  Hoffman,  M.  D.  |  General 
Secretary  [&c.,  four  lines].  |  (Reprinted  from  the  Transactions  of 
the  Anthropological  Society  of  Washington,  |  Vol.  II,  1883.)  | 
Washington:  |  Judd  &  Detweiler,  Printers.  |  1883.  |  DGB. 

Printed  cover  1  l.,pp.  1-19.  8°. 

1847  a  Holmes  (William  Henry).    Art  in  shell  of  the  Ancient  Americans. 
In  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Second  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  179-305.     Washington,  1883. 
imp.  8°.     Indian  terms  passim. 

Holy  Bible  [in  the  Massachusetts  language].  See  [Eliot  (John)], 
Nos.  1176-1177. 

Holy  Gospels  *  *  Iroquois.  See  [Onasakenrat  (Chief  Joseph.)],  No. 
2838. 

Homilies  in  the  Mexican  language.     See  Epistolas,  No.  1223. 
1847  b  Hood  (George).    A  |  History  of  Music  |  in  |  New  England :  | 
with  |  Biographical  Sketches  |  of  |  Reformers  and  Psalmists.  |  By 
George  Hood.  | 

Boston :  |  Wilkins,  Carter  &  Co.  |  1846.  ]  c.  BA.  BL. 

Pp.  i-vii, 9-252,  2  11.  16°.  Portion  of  Psalm  CXVII  in  Indian  verse  (from 
Eliot's  Bible),  p.  55.  Dr.  Trumbull  informs  me  that  there  was  a  second  (en 
larged)  edition  of  this  work,  but  I  have  seen  no  copy  thereof. 


982  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

1853    Horden  (Rev.  John).     A  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Cree  Language,  | 
as  spoken  by  the  |  Cree  Indians  of  North  America.  |  By  the  |  Et. 
Bev.  J.  Horden,  D.D.,  |  Bishop  of  Moosonee.  |  [Seal.]  | 

London :  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge ;  |  North 
umberland  Avenue,  Charing  Cross.  |  1881.  |  s.  WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1-238.  16°.  Improved  title  of  No.  1853.  Interlinear  translation, 
pp.  233-237. 

1853  a Bible  and  Gospel  History  |  in  the  |  Moose  Dialect  | 

[One  line  syllabic  characters.]  | 

Colophon:  London:  Printed  by  W.  M.  Watts,  Crown  Court, 
Temple  Bar.  WE. 

No  title-page.  83  pp.  12°.  In  syllabic  characters.  Includes  Watts's  Cate 
chism  of  Scripture  Names,  pp.  72-79.— Watts's  First  Catechism,  pp.  80-83. 

The  following  notice  of  translations  is  from  the  Missionary  Magazine  of  the 
London  Church  Missionary  Society,  the  date  of  which  I  do  not  know,  having 
seen  only  a  cutting. 

"During  the  winter,  Bishop  Horden,  of  Moosonee,  was  busily  engaged  upon 
Ojibbeway  translations,  particularly  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles.  He  was  assisted 
by  the  Rev.  J.  Sanders,  who  is  an  Ojibbeway  Indian,  and  who  has  already  him 
self  translated  the  'Peep  of  Day'  into  his  mother  tongue.  At  the  same  time, 
Archdeacon  Vincent  was  preparing  a  Cree  version  of  the  'Pilgrim's  Progress  ' 
Mr.  Sanders  writes  that  he  has  now  four  books  iu  Ojibbeway,  viz,  St.  Matthew's 
Gospel,  a  catechism  of  Bible  history,  the  Prayer  Book  nearly  complete,  and  a 
hymn  book  with  100  hymns." 

1857  a  Home  (Thomas  Hartwell).    A  |  Manual  |  of  |  Biblical  Bibliog 
raphy  ;  |  comprising  |  a  catalogue,  methodically  arranged,  |  of  |  the 
principal  editions  and  versions  of  |  the  Holy  Scriptures;  |  together 
with  |  notices  of  the  principal  philologers,  critics,  and  interpreters  | 
of  the  bible.  |  By  |  Thomas  Hartwell  Home,  B.  D.  |  [etc.,  four 
lines.]  | 

London:  |  T.  Cadell,  Strand;  |  W.  Blackwood  and  Sons,  Edin 
burgh;  and  |  E.  Milliken  and  Son,  Dublin.  |  MDCCCXXXIX 
[1839]..  |  c.  WE. 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-432.  8°.  Lord's  prayer  in  Virginian  (from  Eliot's  Bible),  p.  125; 
1  John,  iii,  1-4,  in  the  Delaware  language  (from  Dencke),  p.  125. 

This  volume  is  a  separate  edition  of  the  Bibliographical  Appendix  to  Home's 
Introduction  to  the  Critical  Study  and  Knowledge  of  the  Holy  Scriptures,  Lon 
don,  1839,  and  other  editions;  the  1839  edition  of  which  does  not  contain  the 
above  linguistics. 

1858  a  Hough   (Daniel).     [Map  of  Indiana  giving]   Names  of  Lakes, 
Eivers,  Towns,  Forts,  &c.,  also  tribal  districts  and  tribes. 

Accompanies  Beckwith  (H.  W.),  in  Indiana,  Department  of  Geology  and 
Natural  History,  12th  Annual  Report,  1882,  facing  p.  42. 

1861a  Hovelacque(Abel).  BibliothequedesSciencesCoutemporaines  La 
Linguistique  |  par  |  Abel  Hovelacque  |  Linguistique.  Philologie. 
Etymologic.  |  La  faculte"  du  langage  articule,  sa  localisation,  |  son 
originevraisemblable  |  et  son  importance  dans  1'histoire  naturelle.  | 
Tableau  des  trois  couches  liuguistiques  et  des  idiomes  |  qui  les  repr6- 
sentent.  |  La  plurality  originelle  |  et  la  transformation  des  systemes 
de  laugues.  | 


HOKDEN — HOWSE.  983 

Hovelacque  (Abel) — continued. 

Paris  |  C.  Reinwald  et  Cie,  Libraires-Editeurs  |  15,  Rue  des 
Saint-Peres,  15  |  1876  |  Tons  droits  de  traduction  et  de  reproduc 
tion  reserves.  |  w.  BP. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-365.  16°.  "The  American  Languages,"  pp.  106-120. 

1861  b  The  |  Science  of  Language  |  Linguistics,  Philology,  Ety 
mology.  |  By  |  Abel  Hovelacque.  |  Translated  by  |  A.  H.  Keane,  B. 
A.,  |  author  of  |  "History  of  the  English  Language,"  "German 
Inflexion,"  "French  Accents."  | 

London :  Chapman  and  Hall,  193,  Piccadilly.  |  Philadelphia:  J.  B. 

Lippiucott  and  Co.  |  1877.  |  T.  w.  BA.  WE. 

2p.ll.,pp.  v-xv,  1-340.  12°.  map.     Linguistics  as  in  earlier  edition,  pp.123-135. 

1864  a  Howe  (Henry).    Fourteen  Thousand.  |  Historical  Collections  | 
of  |  Ohio;  |  containing  |  a  collection  of  the  most  interesting  facts, 
traditions,  |  biographical  sketches,  anecdotes,  etc.  |  relating  to  its  | 
General  and  Local  History :  |  with  |  Descriptions  of  its  Counties, 
Principal  Towns  and  |  Villages.  |  Illustrated  by  |  180  Engravings,  | 
giving  |  views  of  the  chief  towns, — public  buildings, — relics  of 
anti-  |  quity, — historic  localities, — natural  scenery,  etc.  |  By  Henry 
Howe.  |  [Seal.]  | 

Cincinnati :  |  Published  by  Henry  Howe,  at  E.  Morgan  &  CD'S.  | 
Price  three  dollars.  |  1852.  |  » 

Pp.  1-620.  8°.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

Johnston  (Col.  John)  Vocabularies  of  the  Shawanoese  and  Wyandott  lan 
guages,  pp.  590-594. 

1865  a  Historical  Collections  |  of ;  Ohio;    containing  j  a  collection 

of  the  most  interesting  facts,  traditions,  |  biographical  sketches, 
anecdotes,  etc.  |  relating  to  its  !  Gene'-al  and  Local  History:  |  with  j 
Descriptions  of  its  counties,  cities,  towns,  and  villages,  |  Illustrated 
by  180  engravings,  |  giving  views  of  the  chief  towns,  public  build 
ings,  relics  of  antiquity,  |  historic  localities,  natural  scenery,  etc.  | 
By  Henry  Howe.  | 

Cincinnati:  |  Robert  Clarke  &  Company.  |  1875.  |  C. 

Pp.  1-599.  8°.     Vocabularies  as  in  other  editions,  pp.  590-594. 

1866  a  Howison  (Robert  R.)    A  |  History  of  Virginia,  |  from  its  |  Dis 
covery  and  Settlement  by  Europeans  |  to  |  the  present  time.  |  By  | 
Robert  R.  Howison.  |  Vol.  II.  |  Containing  the  history  of  the  colony 
and  of  the  State  from  |  1763  to  the  retrocession  of  Alexandria  in 
1847,  with  a  |  review  of  the  present  condition  of  Virginia.  | 

Richmond:  |  Drinker  and   Morris.  |  New  York  and  London:  | 
Wiley  and  Putnam.  |  1848.  |  A.  C.  BA. 

The  second  volume  of  this  work(  No.  1860)  has  title  as  above. 

1867  Howse  (Joseph).    First  title:  A  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Cree  Lan 
guage,  |  with  which  is  combined  |  an  analysis  |  of  the  |  Chippeway 
Dialect.  |  By  Joseph  Howse.  | 


984  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS 

Howse  (Joseph) — continued. 

London:  |  J.  G.  F.  &  J.  Eivington,  |  St.  Paul's  Church  Yard,  and 
Waterloo  Place,  Pall  Mall.  |  1844.  | 

Second  title:  A  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Cree  Language;  |  with  which 
iscombined  |  An  Analysis  |  of  the  |  Chippeway  Dialect.  |  By  Joseph 
Howse,  Esq.  F.  E.  G.  S.  |  and  Eesident  twenty  years  in  Prince 
Eupert's  Land,  in  the  |  Service  of  the  Hon.  Hudson's  Bay  Com 
pany.  | 

London:  |  J.G.F.and  J.Eivington,  |  St. Paul's  Church  Yard  and 
Waterloo  Place,  Pall  Mall.  |  1844.  |  A.  c.  BP.  DGB.  JBD.  WHS.  WWB. 

Pp.  i-xx,  1-324.  8°.  A  variation  of  No.  1867.  Some  copies  have  two  title- 
pages  differing  slightly  from  each  other,  as  above. 

1867  a  A  Grammar  |  of  the  |  Cree  Language;  |  with  which  is 

combined  |  an  analysis  |  of  the  |  Chippeway  Dialect.  |  By  Joseph 
Howse,  Esq.,  F.  E.  G.  S.  |  and  resident  twenty  years  in  Prince 
Eupert's  Laud  in  the  |  service  of  the  Hon.  Hudson's  Bay  Com 
pany.  | 

London :  Triibner  &  Co.,  60  Paternoster  Eow.  |  1865.  |  B. 

Pp.  i-xx,  1-324.  8°.     Preface  dated  Cirencester,  March,  1844. 

1867  b  Hubbard  (Lucius  L.)    Woods  and  Lakes  |  of  |  Maine  |  A  trip 
from  Moosehead  Lake  to  |  New  Brunswick  |  in  a  Birch-bark  canoe  | 
to  which  are  added  |  some  Indian  place-names  and  their  meanings  | 
now  first  published  |  By  Lucius  L.  Hubbard  |  Compiler  of  "Hub- 
bard's  Guide  to  Moosehead  Lake  and  Northern  Maine"  |  New  and 
Original  Illustrations  |  By  Will  L.  Taylor  | 

Boston  |  James  E.  Osgood  and  Company  |  1884  |  c.  WWB. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-223.  8°.  map.  Appendix  I.  Indian  Place-names,  pp.  191-214 ; 
II.  Cross-Index  to  Indian  names  in  the  preceding  list,  pp.  215-216. 

1868.  a  [Huguet  (P.  Joseph).]  Catechisme  j  pour  la  premiere  Comuniou  | 
sur  les  Sacraments  |  de  Penitence  et  |  de  1'Eucharistie.  |  ov. 

Manuscript.  15  unnumbered  11. ,24°,  followed  by  4  blank  11.  In  the  Iroquois 
language.  Then  follows  1 1.  with  writing  in  Iroquois,  on  the  verso  of  which  is 
"Joseph  Marcoux  Sault  St.  Louis." 

1871     Humboldt  (Friedrich  Heinrich  Alexandra  .FmAerr  von).   Vues  | 
des  |  Cordilleres,  |  et  |  Monumens  des  Peuples  |  Indigenes  |  de 
I'Arnerique;  |  Par  Al.  de  Humboldt.  |  Avec  19  planches,  dont  plu- 
sieurs  colorizes.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Second].  | 
Paris,  |  Chez    N.  Maze,   Libraire,   Eue  Git-le-Coeur,   n°  4.  | 
2  vols.:  1  1., pp.  1-392;  2  11., pp.  1-412,  1-2.  8°.      Improved  title  of  No.  1871. 
Reverse  of  p.  1.  says:  Imprimerie  de  Smith  (1816),  Except^  les  titres  qui  sont  de 
1'Imprimerie  de  Stahl  (1824).    Linguistics,  vol.  1.  pp.  332-392  (vocabulary,  p.  367) ; 
vol.  2,  pp.  1-99.  DGB. 

1873  Voyage  |  de  Humboldt  et  Bonpland.  |  Troisieme  Panic.  | 

Essai  Politique  sur  le  Eoyaume  |  de  |  la  Nouvelle  Espagne.  |  Tome 
Premier  [-Deuxieme].  | 


HOWSE — HUNTER.  985 

Humboldt  (Friedrich  Heinrich  Alexanclre  Freiherr  von) — continued. 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  P.  Schoell,  Libraire,  Rue  des  Fosses-Saint- 
Germain-FAuxerrois,  N.°  29.  |  1811.  |  De  I'lmprimerie  de  J.  H. 
Stone.  |  A.  c.  BA. 

2  vols. :  Title  as  above  1  1.,  title  as  in  No.  1873  1 1.,  half  title  "  Essai  Politique" 
1  1.,  Dedication  3  11.,  in  all  6  11.,  pp.  i-xcii,  1  1.,  pp.  i-iv,  3-350,  3  11. ;  3  11.,  pp.  351- 
904,  1  1.  folio. 

1874  a  -  —  Political  Essay  ;  on  the  |  Kingdom  of  New  Spain.  Contain 
ing  |  Researches  relative  [&c.,  as  in  other  editions — 18  lines,  double 
columns].  By  Alexander  de  Humboldt.  |  With  Physical  Sections  and 
Maps,  |  Founded  on  Astronomical  Observations,  and  |  Trigono 
metrical  and  Barometrical  |  Measurements.  |  Translated  from  the 
Original  French,  |  By  John  Black.  |  Vol.  I  [-11]. 

New- York:  |  Printed  and  published  by  I.  Riley.  |  1811.  |  c. 

2  vols.  8°.  No  more  published.  Pp.  i-cxv,  1-221 ;  1-377 .  Linguistics,  vol.  1, 
pp.  103-104 ;  vol.  2,  p.  274. 

1875 a  Minerva.  |  Ensayo  Politico  |  sobre  |  El  Reyno  de  Nueva 

Espafia,  |  Sacado  del  que  publico  en  Frances  j  Alexandra  de  Hum 
boldt.  |  Por  D.  P.  M.  de  O.  |  [Device.] 

Madrid  MDCCCXVIII  [1818].  |  En  la  Imprenta  de  Nunez.  |  Con 
Privilegio  Real.  |  c.  BP. 

2  vols.  8°.   Pp.  1-448;  1-464.   Remarks  on  languages  of  Mexico,  vol.  1,  pp.  87,88. 

1876  a  Political  Essay  |  on  the  |  Kingdom  of  New  Spain.  |  Con 
taining  |  Researches  relative  to  the  Geography  of  Mexico,  |  the  Ex 
tent  of  its  Surface  and  its  political  Division  into  Intendaucies.  |  The 
physical  Aspect  of  the  Country,  The  Population,  the  State  of  Agri 
culture  and  Manufacturing  ;  and  Commercial  Industry;  The  Canals 
projected  between  the  South  Sea  and  Atlantic  Ocean,  |  The  Crown 
Revenues,  |  The  Quantity  of  the  precious  Metals  which  have  flowed 
from  Mexico  |  into  Europe  and  Asia,  since  the  Discovery  of  the  | 
New  Continent,  |  And  the  Military  Defence  of  New  Spain.  |  By 
Alexander  de  Humboldt.  |  With  Physical  Sections  and  Maps,  | 
founded  on  Astronomical  Observations,  and  Trigonometrical  |  and 
Barometrical  Measurements.  Translated  from  the  original  French  | 
By  John  Black.  |  Vol.  I  [-IV].  |  Third  Edition.  | 

London:  Printed  for  Longman,  Hurst,  Rees,  (Jrme,  and  Brown,  | 
Paternoster-Row.  |  1822.  |  0.  BP. 

4  vols.  8°.     Linguistics,  vol.  1,  p.  138;  vol.  2,  p.  346. 

1877  a  Calendrier  Mexicain  explique  par  M.  de  Humboldt. 

In  Annales  de  Philosophic  Chre'tienne,  vol.  7,  pp.  397-403.  Paris,  1833.  8°. 
Kxplauation  of  the  Mexican  calendar  names. 

1907  a  [Hunter  (Rev.  James).]  Oo  Tapwatumoowin  |  mena  |  Oo  Tipeto- 
tumoowin  |  Ootayumehaw.  |  The  Faith  and  Duty  |  of  |  a  Chris 
tian,  |  translated  into  the  language  of  the  |  Cree  Indians  of  the 
Diocese  of  Rupert's  Land,  |  North- West  America.  | 


986  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Hunter  (Rev.  James) — continued. 

London :  |  Printed  for  the  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian 
Knowledge,  Great  Queen  Street,  Lincoln's-Inn  Fields.  |  1874.  WE. 

Pp.  1-54.  12°.  Entirely  in  the  Cree  language;  Roman  characters.  "Re 
marks,"  signed  "  J.  H." 

1910  a  [One  line  (=Ayumehawe  Mussinakiknn)  syllabic  charac 
ters.]    The  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  &c. 

London,  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge.  1859.    o.  T. 
Title,  verso  a  list  of  characters  with  explanations  in  English,  1  1.,  pp.  1-190. 
12°.     The  copies  above  described  are  exactly  similar  in  title  to  the  editiou  of 
1860,  given  in  No.  1910,  except  that  after  "Northwest  America"  is:    |  ("Arch 
deacon  Hunter's  translation")  | 

1911 Ayuinehawe  Mussinahikun  &c.  JWP. 

Literal  translation. — Prayer  Book,  |  and  |  as  they-shall  be-given  |  holy  great 
sacraments,  |  and  |  other  lesser  ordinances  in-religion,  |  as  they-shall  be-used  | 
English  worship-in:  |  also  |  David's  Psalms,  |  as  they-sball  be-sung  or  shall  be- 
read  |  in-the-Church.  |  As  he-has  written  the-Cree  Ian-  [  guage-in,  the-English 
Service-Book  from,  |  the  Veu.  Archdeacon  Hunter,  &c. 

1920     Hunter  (John  Dunn).     Memoirs  |  of  a  |  captivity  |  among  |  the 
Indians  |  of  |  North  America,  |  from  childhood  to  the  age  of  nine 
teen:  |  with  anecdotes  descriptive  of  |  their  manners  and  customs.  | 
To  which  is  added,  |  some  account  of  the  |  soil,  climate,  and  vege 
table  productions  |  of  the  territory  westward  of  the  Mississippi.  | 
By  John  D.  Hunter.  |  The  Third  Edition  with  additions.  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  |  Longman,  Hurst,  Eees,Orme,  Brown,  and 
Green,  Paternoster-Bow.  |  1824.  |  BP.WHS. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-468.  8°.     Portrait.     Improved  title  of  No.  1920. 

Hymns  and  Psalms  in  Dakota.  See  [Hinman  ( Rev.  S.  D.)],  No.  1809. 
Hymns  in  Dakota.     See  [Hinman  (Rev.  S.  D.)J,  Nos.  1812-1813. 
Ihanktonwan  lapi.     See  [Hemans  (Rev.  Daniel  Wright)],  No.  1722. 

1937  a  In  te  coneh  |  Tlapobpolohc.  | 

Colophon:  Imprenta Evange"lica.  Calle de Gante num. 5.  |  [Mex 
ico,  1879.]  T.  JWP. 

No  title-page ;  caption  only.  1  leaf.  12°.  The  parable  of  the  Prodigal  Son 
in  the  Mexican  (?)  language. 

1938  a  Indian  Journal. 

Muscogee,  Indian  Territory.  Vol.  I.  No.  1.  [May-]  1876  [-Vol.  X. 
No.  18,  Jan.  3,  1884].  * 

Folio.  Weekly.  Established  by  M.  P.  Roberts.  Col.  Wm.  P.  Ross  and  M.  P. 
Roberts  were  its  first  editors.  The  office,  press,  and  types  were  destroyed  by 
fire  Dec.  24,  1876,  after  the  issue  of  No.  35.  In  the  spring  of  1877,  Its  publica 
tion  was  resumed  at  Eufaula,  a  joint  stock  company  having  been  formed  to 
establish  it,  "each  stockholder  being  an  Indian;"  Win.  P.  Ross,  president; 
Samuel  Grayson,  treasurer;  and  M.  P.  Roberts,  editor, — Colonel  Ross  retiring 
from  the  editorship  after  the  removal  to  Kufanla.  From  no.  38,  vol.  1,  the 
Journal  was  conducted  by  Mr.  Roberts  until  his  death,  Dec.  4,  1881  (vol.  6, 
no.  13). 


HUNTER— INDIAN.  987 

Indian  Journal — continued. 

The  paper  was  at  first  a  folio  of  24  columns.  It  was  changed  to  quarto 
(double  folio)  form,  48  columns,  in  December,  1877  (vol.  2,  no.  16).  After  the 
death  of  Mr.  M.  P.  Roberts,  it  was  edited  by  W.  L.  Sqnier  (R.  M.  Roberts,  local 
editor  and  publisher,  and  L.  H.  Roberts,  business  manager)  till  January,  1883. 
Since  then  Mr.  R.  M.  Roberts  has  been  sole  editor;  L.  H.  and  R.  M.  Roberts, 
proprietors. 

In  October,  1878,  the  office  was  again  removed  to  Muscogee,  where  it  has 
since  remained. 

The  Indian  Journal  has  been  an  official  organ  of  the  Creek  Nation,  though 
the  announcement  that  it  was  "Chartered  by  the  Creek  Council,"  placed  at  the 
head  of  its  columns  in  February,  1878,  was  dropped  in  November,  1879.  The 
early  volumes  (2-5)  contain  many  contributions,  notices,  advertisements,  etc., 
•  in  the  Muskoki  (Creek)  language,  including  several  hymns  and  other  transla 
tions  by  A.  E.  W.  R.  [Mrs.  Robertson]. 

Title  and  contents  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Trumbull  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

Creek  Hymn:  "Am  I  a  soldier  of  the  cross  ?"  [From  the  second  edition  of 
the  Muskoki  Hymn  Book  ]  Sept.  18,  1878  (vol.  3,  no.  3). 

Grayson  (G.  W.)  Este  Maskoke  Vrahkv  (Nos.  1-4).  March  and  April,  1880 
(vol.  4,  nos.  26-33). 

Nak  Nnvkv.     June  9, 1881  (vol.  5,  no.  40). 

Land  (Henry).     Kometv  momet  Enhopoyetv.     April  3, 1878  (vol.  2,no.  31). 

Evketeckv.     Aug.  14, 1878  (vol.  2,  no.  50). 

"Lekase."     Este  Maskoke  en  Cato  konawa.     Feb.  6, 1879  (vol.  3,  no.  22). 

Maskokalke  em  ekana.    Vol.  3,  No.  23. 


L[oughridge]  (R.  M.)  On  double  consonants  in  the  Creek  Language,  vol.  4, 
no.  47. 

Pamv  [Palmer  (W.  A.)]  [Old  customs  of  the  Muskokees.]  July  27,  1880 
(vol.4,  no.  47). 

Ferryman  (Legus).  Laws  of  the  Creek  Nation.  [Muskoki  and  English.] 
Feb. 24, 1881  (vol.5,  no. 25). 

Coko  Mahaya.     Aug.  4, 1881  (vol.  5,  no.  48). 

P[orter  (J.  S.),  ju».~]   [Letter  from  Ockinulgee.]  April  8, 1880  (vol.  4,  no.  31). 

R[obertson  (A.  E.  W  )]  Este  Maskoke  un  Hessvlke  toyatskat.  Feb.  20, 1878 
(vol.  2,  no.  25). 

Pu  Huten  Vpeyes.  [Hymn,  sung  at  the  Exhibition  of  the  Tullahasse 

M.  L.  School.]  July  24^  1878  (vol.  2,  no.  47). 

Pereham  Kococvmpv.     [Hymn:  Star  of  Bethlehem.]    Vol.  2,  no. 50. 

Cane  Postok.     Feb.  6, 1879  (vol.  3,  no.  22). 

Cesvs  Omaret  Komis.  [Hymn:  "I  want  to  be  like  Jesus."]  Feb.  12, 

1880  (vol.  4,  no.  23). 

Maro  6,  1-14.  [Matt.  6:  1-14,  with  questions,  and  comments.]  Feb.  26, 

1880  (vol.  4,  no.  25). 

Double  consonants  in  the  Creek  Language.  June  23, 1831  (vol.  5,  no. 42). 

and  Sullivan  (N.  B.).     Este  Mvskoke  em  ohonvkv.    [Speech  of  Hon. 

Wm.  P.  Ross,  on  Early  Creek  History,  etc.  ]     Sept.  9, 1881  (vol.  5,  no.  1). 

Siyenvlke  momet  Elapvhovlke  Svlvfkvlke.     (The  Cheyenne  and  Ara- 

paho  Prisoners.)    March  27,  1878  (vol.  2,  no.  30). 

Hesaketvinese  Estomis  Hvmecicet  Omes.    Sept.  25, 1879  (vol.  4,  no.  3). 

Cesvs  vc  vuokeces  ("Jesus  loves  me").    Vol.4,  no. 4. 

Cesvs  vu  tiseni  vc  vnokeces  ("Jesus  loves  even  me").    Ang.  5, 1880 

(vol.  4,  no.  48). 


988  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Indian  Journal — continued. 

Sullivan  (N.  B.)  Sepv  ekvnv  em  Mekko-hokte  Salomvn  Mekko  en  Cukope- 
ricvte.  June  5, 1878  (vol.  2,  no.  40). 

[Winslett  (D. )]  "  Wewvhome  svkerknce  ",  &c.    March  6, 1878  (vol.  2,  no.  27). 

Indian  Prayer  Book  in  Abnaki.  See  [Romagne  (Rev.  — .)],  No. 
3364. 

Indian  Primer  [in  the  Massachusetts  language].  See  [Eliot 
(John)],  No.  1193.  See  [Eliot  (John)  and  Rawson  (Grindal)],  Nos. 
1199  a  and  1200. 

1940  a  Indies  de  California.  |  Interrogatorio  del  Gobierno  so^e  costum- 
bres,  |  y  |  contestacion  de  los  P  P.  Misioneros.  |  Ano  de  1812.  |   BV 

Manuscript.  120  pp.  8°.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco.  Contains 
some  words  and  short  phrases  of  languages  spoken  by  neophites  at  different 
missions  in  the  year  mentioned,  notably  at  those  of  San  Diego  and  San  Cfirlos. 

Ingonompishi,  pseud.    See  [Hadley  (Lewis  F.)],  No.  1623  a. 

1941  a  Ingraham  (Capt.  Joseph).      Journal  |  of)  the  Voyage    of  |  the 
Brigantine  "Hope"  |  from  Boston  to  |  the  |  North-west  of  Amer 
ica  |  1790tol792  |  by    Joseph  Ingraham  j  Captain  of  the  "Hope"  | 
and  |  formerly  Mate  of  the  Columbia.  |  SD. 

Manuscript.  4  vols.  folio.  Pp.  1-51,52-111, 112-172, 173-208.  Nicely  written; 
many  maps  and  drawings.  Title  above  not  made  by  the  author. 

Vocabulary  of  150  words  of  the  language  of  "Washington  Isles"  [Queen  Char 
lotte's  Islands]  collected  in  Cummashawaas  Harbor,  pt.  3,  pp.  131-134. 

1943  Instructions  en  Langue  Crise. 

The  prefatory  address  "Aux  Missionnaires  du  Nord-Ouest"  is  signed  A.  L. 
[Albert  Lacombe],  O.  M.  I.,  who  is  doubtless  the  author,  and  under  whose  name 
it  should  have  been  entered. 

1944  Instructions  on  Eeligious  Subjects.     See  Platicas,  No.  3017. 

1946a  Investigator.  The  |  Investigator:  |  Eeligious,  Moral,  Scientific, 
&c.  |  [Three  lines  quotations.]  |  Published  Monthly.  |  January, 
1845  [-December,  1846J.  | 

Washington:  |  T.  Barnard,  Printer,  |  Cor.  llth  St.  and  Pa.  Ave 
nue.  |  1845  [-1846].  |  c.  JWP. 

2  vols.  8°.     Edited  by  J.  F.  Polk. 

A  brief  treatise  respecting  some  of  our  North-western  tribes  of  Indians,  &c., 
containing  the  names  by  which  some  tribes  are  known  among  themselves,  with 
English  significations,  names  of  rivers,  lakes,  &c.,  in  various  Indian  languages, 
No.  1  (January,  1845),  pp.  16-23. — "Philology — Indian  Languages,"  containing  a 
Chippewa  vocabulary,  comments  on  various  Indian  dialects,  and  an  "Illustra 
tive  and  Comparative  Vocabulary  "  containing  words  of  the  Chippeway,  Ottawa, 
Potawotamie,  Menomanie,  Sahkey,  Delaware,  Munsee,  Mohegan,  Oneida,  Ca- 
ynga,  Seneca,  and  Winuebago,  No.  9  (September,  1845),  pp.  261-265,  and  No.  10 
(October,  1845),  pp.  289-293. 

See  Philology,  No.  2979. 

Ionteri8aienstak8a  ne  kariSiioston  [in  Iroquois].  See  [Marcoux 
(Rev.  Joseph)],  Nos.  2455-2457. 


INDIAN — JACKSON  989 

lonteriSeienstagSa  ne  tsiatag  [in  Iroquois].  See  [Piquet  (Abbe 
Frangois)],  No.  3015. 

1946  «  lontriSaiestakSa  |  ionskaneks  |  n'aieienterihaggaiatonsera  |  te 
gariStoraragon  |  OngSe  on8e  GaSennoutakon.  | 

Teiotiagi  [Montreal];  |  Sesklet,  Tsi  Tbonons8te,  ok  |  niore  Tsi 
lontkerontakSa.  |  1877.  |  WHS. 

P!>.  1-16.  16°.     Spelling  book  in  the  Iroquois  language. 

1949 a  Irving  (Mr.  — ).     [Outlines  of  a  Micmac  Grammar.]  * 

In  the  Royal  Gazette  of  Charlottetown,  Prince  Edward  Island,  18 — .  Title 
furnished  by  Rev.  Silas  T.  Rand,  Hantsport,  Nova  Scotia.  It  is  probable  this 
author  is  identical  with  the  following: 

1949  b  Irwin  (Thomas).     An  elementary  book  in  the  Micmac  language 

compiled  by  Thomas  Irwin  for  the  use  of  the  Indians  of  this  tribe. 

Prince  Edward  Island,  1841.  * 

Manuscript.  65  11.  folio.    Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  620.     See 

Grammar  of  the  Micmac  language,  No.  1597 a. 

lu  Otoshki-kikindiuiu  [in  Ojibwa].  See  [Blatchford  (Rev.  Henry)], 
Nos.  394-396. 

Ivngerutit  Tuksiutidlo.     See  [Fabricius  (Otho)J,  No.  1257. 

1955 a  Jackson  (Halliday).    Civilization  |  of  the  |  Indian  Natives;  | 
or,  |  A  Brief  View  |  of  the  friendly  conduct  |  of  |  William  Penn  | 
towards  them  |  in  the  early  settlement  of  Pennsylvania;  |  The  sub 
sequent  care  of  the  Society  of  Friend  in  endeavouring  to  promote  | 
peace  and  friendship  with  them  by  pacific  measures;  |  and  |  A  con 
cise  narrative  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Yearly  Meeting  of  Friends, 
of  |  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  and  parte  adjacent,  since  the  year  | 
1795,  in  promoting  their  improvement  |  and  gradual  civilization,  j 
By  Halliday  Jackson.  |  [Quotation,  two  lines.]  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Marcus  T.  G.Gould,  No.  6,  North  Eighth  Street.  | 
New  York:  |  Isaac  T.  Hopper,  No  420,  Pearl  Street.  |  1830.  |          * 

Pp.  1-120.  8°.  Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copy  in  the  library  of 
Mr.  W.  W.  Beach.  A  vocabulary  of  some  of  the  most  familiar  words  and  phrases 
in  the  Seneca  language,  and  the  English,  in  alphabetical  order,  pp.  114-120. 

19556  Jackson  (William  Henry).  Department  of  the  Interior.  |  United 
States  Geological  Survey  of  the  Territories.  |  F.  V.  Hay  den,  U.  S. 
Geologist-iii- Charge.  |  Miscellaneous  Publications — No.  5.  |  De 
scriptive  Catalogue  |  of  |  The  Photographs  |  of  the  |  United  States 
Geological  Survey  |  of  |  the  Territories,  |  for  |  The  Years  1869  to 
1873,  inclusive.  |  W.  H.  Jackson,  j  Photographer.  | 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1874.  |  GS. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  pp.  1-83.  8°.  Catalogue  of  photographs  of  Indians,  giv 
ing  proper  names,  with  English  signification,  of  Chippewas,  Creeks,  Chawanos, 
Crows,  Dakotas,  lowas,  Oniahas,  Otoes,  Ottawas,  Poncas,  Tochanas,  aud  Utes, 
pp.  69-83. 


990  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Jackson  (William  Henry) — continued. 

1955  c  Department  of  the  Interior.  |  United  States  Geological 

Survey  of  the  Territories.  |  F.  V.  Hayden,  U.  S.  Geologist,  |  Mis 
cellaneous  Publications,  No.  9.  |  Descriptive  Catalogue  |  of  |  Pho 
tographs  |  of  |  North  American  Indians.  |  By  |  W.  H.  Jackson,  | 
Photographer  of  the  Survey.  | 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1877.  |  GS.  WWB. 
Pp.  i-vi,  1-124.  8°.  Names  of  chiefs,  with  English  definitions,  of  the  following 
tribes:  Cheyeuues,  Chippewas,  Ottawas,  Sacs  and  Foxes,  Crows,  Dakotas  or 
Sioux  (Brnle",  Cut  Head,  Mdewakautou,  Ogalalla,  Oncpapa,  Santee,  Yankton, 
Lower  and  Upper  Yanktonais),  lowas,  Mandaus,  Missourias,  Omahas,  Osages, 
Otoes,  Poucas,  Arickarees,  Pawnees,  Comanches,  Utahs,  Warm  Springs,  Senecas, 
Creeks,  Caddos,  and  Pueblos. 

1958  a  James  (Edwin).    Account  j  of  an  j  Expedition  \  from  Pittsburgh  | 
to  |  the  Rocky  Mountains,  |  performed  |  In  the  Years  1819, 1820.  j 
By  order  of  the  |  Hon.  J.  C.  Oalhoun,  Secretary  of  War,  |  under 
the  command  of  |  Maj.  S.  H.  Long,  of  the  U.  S.  Top.  Engineers.  | 
Compiled  |  from  the  notes  of  Major  Long,  Mr.  T.  Say,  |  and  other 
gentlemen  of  the  party,  |  by  Edwin  James,  |  Botanist  and  Geolo 
gist  to  the  Expedition.  |  In  three  volumes.  |  Vol.  I  [-HI].  | 

London :   |   Printed    for  |   Longman,   Hurst,  Rees,   Orme,   and 
Brown,  |  Paternoster-Row.  |  1823.  |  BA. 

3  vols.  8°.     Indian  language  of  signs,  vol.  1,  pp.  271-288. — Remarks  on  lan 
guage,  vol.  2,  pp.  65-66.     The  vocabularies  are  not  given. 

1966     [Review  of]  A  Grammar  of  the  Language  of  the  Lenni 

Leuape  or  Delaware  Indians.    Translated  for  the  American  Pbilo- 

•    sophical  Society,  from  the  German  Manuscript  of  the  late  Rev. 

David  Zeisberger.    By  Peter  Stephen  Duponceau.     Philadelphia, 

1827.  c.  BA. 

In  the  American  Quarterly  Review,  vol.  3,  pp.  391-422.    Philadelphia,  1828.  8°. 

1967  a  Janney  (Samuel  M.)     The  Life  |  of  |  William  Penii;  |  with  selec 
tions  |  from  |  his  correspondence  |  and  |  auto-biography.  |  By  | 
Samuel  M.  Janney.  |  [Three  lines  quotation.] 

Philadelphia:  |  Hogan,  Perkins  &  Co.  |  1852.  |  A.c. 

Pp.  v-xi  (by  mistake  numbered  xii),  13-560.  8°. 
Penn  (Wm.J    Letter,  &c.,  pp.  227-238. 

1967  b  —     -  The  Life  1  of  |  William  Penn:  |  with  selections  |  from  his  | 
Correspondence  and  Autobiography.  |  By  |  Samuel  M.  Janney.  j 
[Quotation  3  lines.]  |  Second  edition,  revised.  | 
Philadelphia :  |  Lippincott,  Gram  bo  &  Co.  |  1852.  |  BL.  BP. 

576  pp.  8°.  2  portraits.     Penn's  letter,  pp.  238-249. 

According  to  Sabin's  Dictionary,  there  are  other  editions,  Philadelphia,  1853, 
and  1856. 

1973  a  [Jay  (J.  M.)]     Dictionnaire  Tsonuontuan  |  Par  les  R.  R.  P.  P. 
Je"suites.  |  cv. 

Manuscript.  30  unnumbered  11.  12°.     In  the  Seneca  dialect  of  the  Iroquois. 


JACKSON— JEWITT.  991 

1978  a  Je"han  (L.-F.)   Troisieme  et  derniere  Encyclopedic  The"ologique,  j 
[&c.,  twenty-four  lines].  |  Publie'e  |  par  M.  1'Abbe  Migue  |  [&c.,  six 
lines].  |  Tome  Trente  quatrieme.  |  Dictionnaire  de  Linguistique.  | 
Torne  Unique.  |  Prix:  7  Francs.  | 

S'Imprime  et  se  vend  chez  J.-P.  Migne,  Editeur,  |  aux  Ateliers 
Catboliques,  Rued'Amboise,auPetit-Montrouge,  |  Barriere  d'Enfer 
de  Paris.  |  1858.  | 

Second  title:  Dictionuaire  |  de  |  Linguistique  |  et  |  de  Philolo- 
gie  Coiuparec.  |  Histoirede  touteslesLangues  mortesetvivantes,  | 
ou  |  Traite  complet  d'Idiomograpbie,  |  embrassant  |  1'examen  cri 
tique  des  systemes  et  de  toutes  les  questions  qui  se  rattacbent  |  a 
1'origine  et  a  la  filiation  des  laugues,  a  leur  essence  organique  |  et 
a  leurs  rapports  avec  1'histoire  des  races  bumaiues,  de  leurs  migra 
tions,  etc.  |  Precede  d'uu  |  Essai  sur  le  role  du  Ian  gage  dans 
1'evolution  de  1'intelligence  humaine.  |  Par  L.-F.  Je"han  (de  Saint- 
Clavien),  |  Membre  de  la  Socie'te  ge"ologique  de  France,  de  1'Aca- 
de"mie  royale  des  sciences  de  Turin,  etc.  |  [Quotation,  tbree  lines.]  | 
Public  |  par  M.  1'Abbe"  Migne,  |  Editeur  de  la  Bibliotheque  TJni- 
verselle  du  (Jlerg6,  |  ou  |  des  Cours  Complets  sur  chaque  brauche 
de  la  science  eccle'siastique.  |  Tome  Unique.  |  Prix:  7  francs.  | 

[Imprint  as  in  first  title.]  s. 

Outside  title  1  ].,  titles  as  above  2  11.,  columns  (two  to  a  page)  9-1448.  Mappe- 
iiuiiidc  Ethnographique,  including  a  classified  list  of  American  languages,  cols. 
207,  208. — Tableau  polyglotte  des  langues  de  la  region  Alle'ghauique,  cols.  243- 
247. — Americaines  (Langues)  and  Ame"rique,  cols.  265-303,  with  aTablean  de  1'en- 
cbalnement  g^ographique  des  langues  Americaines  et  Asiatiques,  cols.  290-299, 
and  Tableau  ge"u<sral  des  langues  Americaines,  cols.  299-303. — Bore"ale  (region)  de 
I'AmeYique  du  Nord,  with  Tableau  polyglotte  des  langues,  cols.  368-372. — Caribe- 
Tamanaque,  famille  de  langues,  cols.  381-386. — Colombieune  famille,  cols.  435, 
436. — C6te  occidentale  de  l'Am6rique  du  Nord,  with  Tableau  polyglotte,  cols.  442- 
448. — Eskiniaux  (Famille  des  idiomes),  cols.  542-548. — Tableau  polyglolte  de  la 
re'gion  de  Guatemala,  cols.  691,692. — Lenuape,  ou  Chippaways-Delaware,  ou  Al- 
gonquino-Mohegane,  cols.  796-823.— Maya-Quiche  famille,  cols.  880-884. — Langue 
Mexicaine,  cols.  884-898. — Region  Missouri-Colombienne,  with  Tableau  poly 
glotte,  cols.  897-900.— Mobile-Natchez  ou  Floridienne  famille,  cols.  902-905.— Mo- 
hawk-Hurone  ou  Iroquoise,  cols.  906-909. — Panis-Arrapahoes,  cols.  1014-1016. — 
Plateau  central  de  1'A.  du  Nord,  with  Tableau  polyglotte  (Tarahumara,  Psnis, 
Attacapas,  Chetimachas),  cols.  1056-1058. — Sioux-Osages,  famille,  cols.  1151- 
1158. — Notes  Additionnelles:  Note  II  contains  the  greater  part  of  the  French  trans 
lation  of  Du  Poncea.u'8  report  to  the  Am.  Philos.  Society  on  the  general  character 
and  forms  of  American  languages,  cols.  1253-12C8.  Only  the  more  important  arti 
cles  are  here  mentioned. 

A  later  edition,  Paris,  1864,  has  title-pages  substantially  as  above,  but  in  re 
verse  order,  and  linguistic  contents  as  here  described.  A  copy  in  the  Watkinson 
Library.  Hartford,  Conn.,  has  been  described  for  me  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Truinbull. 

Jesus  Obimadisiwin  [in  Ottawa].  See  [Baraga  (Rev.  Frederic)], 
No.  256. 

1987  «  Jewitt  (John  E.)  Narrative  |  of  the  |  Adventures  and  Sufferigns 
[sic]  |  of  |  John  E.  Jewitt,  |  only  survivor  of  the  crew  of  the  |  Ship 
Boston,  |  during  a  captivity  of  nearly  3  years  among  the  |  Savages 


992  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Jewitt  (John  R.) — continued. 

of  Nootka  Sound:  |  with  an  account  of  the  |  manners,  mode  of  liv 
ing,  and  religious  |  opinions  of  the  |  Natives.  | 

Ithaca,  N.  Y. :  |  Andrus,  Gauntlett  &  Co.  |  1851.  |  wns. 

Pp.  3-1G6.  16°.     List  of  words,  &c. ,  p.  5.— War  song,  p.  166. 

1994  «  Johnson's  New  Universal  Cyclopedia.  C. 

In  the  Library  of  Congress  there  is  a  copy  of  this  work  with  title  similar  to 
that  given  in  No.  1994  to  the  word  ''Europe,"  after  which  it  reads: 

Complete  in  Four  Volumes  (Eight  Parts),  including  Appendix.  | 
Vol.  I.— Part  I  [-Vol.  IV.— Part  1IJ.    A— Cavalier  [Tood— Appen 
dix].  |  (Testimonials  at  the  end  of  last  volume.)  | 

Alvin  J.  Johnson  &  Sou,  |  11  Great  Jones  Street,  New  York.  | 
W.  D.  Cummings,  Pittsburg,  Pa,     L.  W.  &  E.  B.  Fairchild,  Boston, 
Mass.  |  E.  P.  Kingsley,  Chicago,  111.     B.  P.  Ward,  Rochester, 
N.  Y.  |  H.  D.  Watson,  San  Francisco,  Cal.  |  MDCCCLXXVIII 
[1878].  | 

1994  b  Johnson  (Elias).    Legends,  |  traditions  and  laws,  |  of  the  |  Iro- 
quois,  or  Six  Nations,  |  and  |  History  |  of  the  :  Tuscarora  Indiaus.  | 
By  |  Elias  Johnson,  |  a  native  Tuscarora  Chief.  | 

Lockport,  N.  Y. :  |  Union  Printing  and  Publishing  Co.,  (O.  W. 
Cutler,  Pres't.)  |  1881.  |  C.DGB.  JWP. 

Pp.  3-234.  8°.     Many  Iroquois  terms  and  proper  names,  passim. 

1997  Johnson  (Rev.  Philip).  Dakota  A  B  C  |  Wowapi.  |  Rev.  Philip 
Johnson  kaga.  | 

Mission  Press:  |  Archdeaconry  of  the  Niobrara.  |  Santee  Agency, 
Neb.  |  1871.  |  T.SI. 

Pp.  1-32. 12°.     Primer  in  the  Dakota  language.    Improved  title  of  No.  1997. 

Jones  (H.  L.)     See  Leland  (Charles  Godfrey),  No.  2247. 

2017  a  Jones  (John  Buttrick).     Elementary  Arithmetic,  |  in  |  Chero 
kee  and  English,  |  designed  for  beginners.  |  By  Johu  B.  Jones.  | 
Prepared  by  authority  of  the  Cherokee  National  Council.  | 

Cherokee  National  Press :  |  Tahlequah,  Cherokee  Nation.  |  [Eight 
lines  Cherokee  characters.]  |  1870.  |  JWP.  WHS. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1 1.,  Preface,  p.  3,  pp.  4-61, 4-61  (double  numbers),  alternate 
pages  Cherokee  and  English.  8°. 

2018  a  Jones  (John  T.)     Pottawatomi  Vocabulary.  * 

Manuscript.  17  pp.  folio.  Some  additional  words  on  backs  of  pages.  In  the 
1  brary  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  New  Jersey. 

2029  a  Jones  (Rev.  Peter),  Evans  (Rev.  James),  and  Henry  (George).    A 
collection  |  of  |  Chippeway  and  English  |  Hymns,  |  for  the  use  of 
Native  Indians.  |  Translated  by  Peter  Jones,  |  Indian  Missionary.  | 
To  which  are  added  a  few  hymns  translated  |  by  Rev.  James  Evans 
and  George  Henry.  |  [One  line  quotation.] 

Toronto:  |  Printed  for  the  translator,  [  at  the  Conference  Office, 
9,  Wellington  Buildings.  |  1840.  | 


JEWITT — KAIATONSERA.  993 

Jones  (Rev.  Peter),  Evans  (Rev.  James),  aud  Henry  (George) — continued. 

Second  title:  Ojebway  Nuhguhmonun,  kanuhnuhguhmowalijin 
egewh  uhnesheuahbaig.  Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungiu  owb  Kah- 
kewaquonaby,  uhnesbenahba  kuhgeequawenene.  Kuhya  dush 
go  pungee  enewh  Ojebway  nuhguhmonun,  Kabahnekuhuootuh- 
mobeeubmowahjiu  egewh  Mookegeezhig  kuhya  mongwuhdaus. 
[Two  lines  quotation.] 

Toronto:  Printed  for  the  translator,  at  the  Conference  Office, 
9,  Wellington  Buildings.  1840.  o. 

1  p.  l.,pp  i-iv,  1-290.  16°.  English  title  verso  1. 1,  Chippeway  title  recto  1.  2, 
(p.  i.) ;  alternate  pages  English  and  Chippeway.  Half  title  of  hymns  by  Evans 
and  Henry,  p.  235. 

2034  a Ojibwa  nugumoshang.  |  Ojibwa  Hymns.  | 

Published  by  the  American  Tract  Society,  |  150  Nassau- Street, 

New  York.  |  [N.  d.]  |  T.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-7, 1-95,  alternate  pages  English  and  Chippewa.  16°.    See  No.  1641,  where 

this  title  is  wrongly  entered  under  Rev.  Sherman  Hall,  who  merely  compiled 

the  work  from  the  hymn  books  of  the  above-named  translators. 

2036  a A  Collection  |  of  |  Chippeway  and  Eng 
lish  |  Hymns,  |  for  the  use  of  the  native  Indians.  |  Translated  by 
Peter  Jones,  |  Indian  Missionary.  |  To  which  are  added  |  a  few 
hymns  translated  by  the  Rev.  James  |  Evans  and  George  Henry.  | 
[Quotation,  two  lines.]  | 

New  York:  |  Phillips  &  Hunt.  |  Cincinnati:  |  Walden&  Stowe.  | 
Second  title:   Ojebway  |  Nuhguhmonun,  |  kanuhnnhguhmowah- 
jin  |  egewh  uhneshenahbaig.  |  Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin  | 
owh  Kahkewaquoiiaby,  |  uhneshenahba  kuhgeequawenene  |  kuhya 
dush  go  pungee  enewh  Ojebway  |  nuhguhmonuu,  Kahahnekuh- 
nootuhmobeeuh-  |  mowahjin  egewh  Mookegeezhig  kuhya  |  Mong 
wuhdaus.  |  [Quotation,  three  lines.]  | 

New  York :  i  Phillips  &  Hunt.  |  Cincinnati :  Waldeu  &  Stowe.      * 
Pp.  i-vi,  1-289,  alternate  English  and  Chippewa.  24°      English  title  verso  1. 1 ; 
Indian  title  recto  1. 2.     Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

Jones  (William).    See  [Wright  (Bev.  Asher),  editor],  No.  4256. 
Jugement  erron6.     See  [Cuoq  (Rev.  Jean  Andr6)],  No.  954. 
Ka  Patakaikatek  Masinaigan  [in  Algonkin].     See  [Prevost  (P.)], 
No.  3122. 

Ka  Tito  Tebeniminang  Jezos  [in  Algonkin].  See  [Cuoq  (Rev.  Jean 
Andre)],  No.  949. 

Kagige  Debwewinan  [in  Chippewa].  See  [  Baraga  (Rev.  Frederic)], 
No.  203. 

Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh.     See  Copway  (George),  Nos.  881-886. 
Kahkewaquonaby.     Sec  Jones  (Rev.  Peter). 

Kaiatonsera  lonterennaieutakSa  [in  Iroquois].    See  |  Marcoux  (Rev. 
Joseph)],  No.  2458.     See  Marcoux  (Rev.  J.)  and  Burtin  (Rev.  N.  V.), 
No.  246S. 
63  Bib 


994  NORTH   AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Xaiatonsera  lonteStieustakSa  [in  IroquoisJ.  See  [Cuoq  (R6v.  Jeaa 
Andre")],  Nos.  946,  955. 

Kaiatonserase  TsionkSe  [in  Iroquois].  See  [Cuoq  (RSv.  Jean 
Andre")],  No.  948. 

2050  a  Kalm  (Peter).    En  |  Eesa  |  Til  |  Norra  America,  |  Pa  |  Kongl. 
SweuskaWetenskaps  |  Academiensbefallning,  |  Och  |  Public!  kost- 
nad,  |  F6rrattad  |  Af  j  Pehr  Kalm,  |  Oeconomiae  Professor  i  Abo, 
samt  Ledamot  af  |  Kongl.   Swenska  Wetenskaps=Academien.  | 
Tom.  I  [-III].  |  Med  Kongl.  Maj :  ts  Allernadigste  Privilegio.  | 
Stockholm,  |  Tryckt  pa  Lars  Salvii  kostnad  1753  [-1761].  |    A.  c. 
3  vols.  12°.     Algonkinska  ord,  vol.  3,  p.  421. — Esquimaux  ord.  vol.  3,  p.  451. 

2050  b  Das  Herren  |  Peter  Kalms  |  Professors  der  Haushaltungs- 

kunst,  in  Aobo,  und  Mitglie=  |  des  tier  kfiniglichen  schwedischen 
Akademie  der  |  Wissenschaften  |  Beschreibung  |  der  Eeise  |  die 
er  |  nach  dem  |  n6rdlichen  Amerika  |  auf  den  Befehl  gedachter 
Akademie  |  und  offentliche  Kosten  |  unternoinmeu  hat.  |  der  erste 
[-dritte]  Thdil.  |  [Design.]  |  Eine  Uebersetzung.  Uuter  dem  K6nig- 
lichen  Pohlnischen  und  Chur-  |  furstl .  Sachsischen  allergnadigsten 
Privilegio.  | 

Gottingen  |  im  Verlage  der  Wittwe  Abrains  Vandenhoek,  1754 
[-1764].  |  c.  HU. 

3  vols.  8°.  Some  copies  have  the  imprint  of  Leipzig  (*),  and  others  of  Stock 
holm  (*). 

Algonkinsehe  Worter,  vol.  3,  pp.  509-510. — Worter  der  Esquimaux,  vol.  3,  p.  546. 

2050  c Travels  |  into  |  North  America;  |  containing  |  Its  Natu 
ral  History,  and  |  A  circumstantial  Account  of  its  Plantations  | 
and  Agriculture  in  general,  |  with  the  |  civil,  ecclesiastical  and 
commercial  |  state  of  the  country,  |  The  Manners  of  the  Inhabi 
tants,  and  several  curious  |  and  Important  Eemarks  on  various  Sub 
jects.  |  By  Peter  Kalm,  |  Professor  of  Oeconomy  in  the  University 
of  Aobo  in  Swedish  |  Finland,  and  Member  of  the  Swedish  Royal 
Academy  of  |  Sciences.  |  Translated  into  English  |  By  John  Rein- 
hold  Forster,  F.  A.  S.  |  Enriched  with  a  Map,  several  Cuts  for  the 
Illustration  of  |  Natural  History,  and  some  additional  notes.  |  Vol. 
I  [-III].  | 

Warrington  [London] :  |  Printed  by  William  Eyres.  |  MDCCLXX 
[-MDCCLXXI]  [1770-1771].  |  C.  BA.  HU. 

3  vols.  8°.  The  imprint  of  vol.  I  is  "Warrington :  1770",  and  of  vols.  II  and  III 
"London  :  1771",  but  they  seemingly  belong  to  the  same  edition. 

Algonkin  vocabulary,  vol.  3,  pp.  204-205.— Eskimo,  vol.  3,  pp.  239-240. 

2050 d  Travels  |  into  |  North  America;  |  containing  |  Its  Natu 
ral  History,  and  |  A  circumstantial  Account  of  its  Plantations  | 
and  Agriculture  in  general,  |  with  the  |  civil,  ecclesiastical  and 
commercial  |  state  of  the  country,  |  The  Manners  of  the  Inhabi 
tants,  and  several  curious  and  |  Important  Remarks  on  various  sub 
jects.  |  By  Peter  Kalm,  |  Professor  of  Oeconomy  in  the  University 


KAIATONSEEA — KASSTIGATORSKEE.  995 

Kalm  (Peter) — coutiimed. 

of  Aobo  in  Swedish  Finland,  |  and  Member  of  the  Swedish  Royal 
Academy  of  Sciences.  |  Translated  into  English  1  By  John  Rein- 
hold  Forster,  F.  A.  S.  |  Enriched  with  a  Map,  several  Cuts  for  the 
Illustration  of  Natural  |  History,  and  some  additional  Notes.  |  The 
second  edition.  |  In  two  volumes,  |  Vol.  I  [-IIJ.  | 

London,  |  Printed  for  T.  Lowndes,  N°  77,  in  Fleet-street.  1772.  | 
2  vols. :  Pp.  i-xii,  1-414  ;  i-iv,  1-423,  Index  4  11.  8°.  map.         A.  c.  W.  HU.  JBD. 
Brief  Algonkin  vocabulary,  vol.  2,  pp.  339-340. — Esquimaux  vocabulary,  vol. 
2,  p.  368. 

2250  e  -       -  Reis  |  door  |  Noord  |  Amerika,  |  gedaandoorden  |  Heer  | 
Pieter  Kalm,  |  Professor  in  de  Huishoudiugskoust  op  de  Hoge 
School  |  te  Aobo,  en  Medelid  der  Koninglyke  Zweedsche  |  Maats- 
chappy    der  Wetenschappen.  |  Vercierd    met  koperen  Platen.  | 
Eeerste  [-Twede]  deel.  | 

Te  Utrecht.  |  By  J.  van  Schoonhoven  en  Comp.  |  en  |  G.  van  den 
Brink  Janz.  |  MDCGLXXII  [1772].  |  o. 

2  vols. :  9  p.  11.,  pp.  1-223;  6  p.  11.,  pp.  1-240,  4  11.  4°.  map. 

Algonkinsche  taal,  vol.  2,  pp.  163-163. — Taal  der  Eskimaus,  pp.  177-178. 

2050  / Travels  into  North  America ;  containing  its  Natural  His 
tory,  and  a  circumstantial  account  of  its  plantations  and  agricult 
ure  in  general,  with  the  Civil,  Ecclesiastical,  and  Commercial  state 
of  the  Country,  the  Manners  of  the  Inhabitants,  and  several  curious 
and  important  Remarks  on  various  Subjects.  By  Peter  Kalm,  Pro 
fessor  of  Oecouomy  in  the  University  of  Abo  in  Swedish  Finland, 
and  Member  of  the  Swedish  Royal  Academy  of  Sciences.  Trans 
lated  into  English  by  John  Reinhold  Forster,  F.  A.  S.  (From  the 
Second  Edition,  London  1772,  2  vols.  8vo.) 

In  Pinkerton  (John).     General  Collection  of  Voyages  and  Travels,  vol.  13,  pp. 
374-700.     Linguistics,  pp  666-667, 678. 

2050  g Voyage  de  Kalm  en  Amerique  analyse"  et  traduit  par  L. 

W.  Marchand. 

Forms  Books  7  and  8  of  the  Socie'te"  Historique  de  Montreal,  Memoire.     Mon 
treal,  1880.  8°.     Linguistics,  Book  7,  pp.  155,  182. 

2052  a  Kaondinoketc   (Fran§ois).    R£cit  j  de  Frangois  Kaoncliuoketc  | 
.Chef  des  Nipissingues  (tribu  de  race  Algonquiue)  |  6crit  par  lui- 
meme  en  1848  |  Traduit  en  Fraucais  et  accompagn6  de  notes  par  M. 
N.  O.  [1'Abbe  Cuoq.]  |  A.  s. 

Colophon:  Saint-Quentin. — Imp.  Jules  Moureau. 
No  title-page.     Pp.  1-8.  8°.  Double  columns,  Algoukin  and  French.     Copious 
foot-uotes  by  the  Abb6  Cuoq. 

2053  a  Kasstigatorskee  (pseudonym).   Examination  of  an  article  [by  Lewis 
Cass]  in  the  "North  American  Review,"  for  January,  1826, respect 
ing  the  Indians  of  America.     [Three  lines  quotation.]    By  Kass-ti- 
ga-tor  skee,  or  the  Feathered  Arrow.  c.  w. 

Iu  U.  S.  Literary  Gazette,  vol.  4,  pp.  362-374.     Boston,  1820.  8°. 
"A  portion  of  the  article,  not  here  given,  was  published  in  the  twelfth  num 
ber  of  the  New  York  Review."     (*) 


996  NORTH   AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

2055  a  Katekismuse  Luterim.     Hauniame,  1849.  * 

Hi  pp.  8°.    In  the  Eskimo  language.    Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue, 
1883,  No.  352  (6). 

Katolik  Aiiamie-Misiuaigan  [in  Ottawa].    See  [Baraga  (Rev.  Fred- 
.      eric)],  Nos.  258,  '.'60. 

Katolik  Ayainihew-masiuahigan  [in  Cree].    See  [Thibault  (Rev. 
Jean  Baptiste)],  No.  3843. 

Katolik  Enamiad  [in  Chippewa].     See  [Baraga  (Rev.  Frederic)], 
No.  259. 

Katolik  Gagikwe-masinaigan  [in  Chippewa].     See  [Baraga  (Rev, 
Frederic)],  Nos.  261-262. 

2059  a  Kaader  (Rev.  Christian).     Essais  de  grammaire  niiqnemaque.     * 

Manuscript.     158  pp.  4°.     Title  from  the  Piuart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  620  (5). 

Kekitchemanitomenahn  [in  Chippeway].     See  [James  (Edwin)],  No. 
1965. 

2071  Kennedy  (James).    Probable  Origin  of  the  American  Indians,  | 
with  particular  reference  to  that  of  |  the  Caribs.  |  A  Paper  read  be 
fore  the  Ethnological  Society.  |  the  15th  March  1854,  |  and  printed 
at  their  special  request.  |  By  James  Kenuedy,  Esq.,  LL.  B.  |  Late 
Her  Britanic  Majesty's  Judge  in  the  Mixed  Court  at  Havana.  | 

London :  |  E.  Lumley,  126,  High  Holbrn.  |  1854.  |          c.  T.  WHS. 
1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-42.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2071.   Carib  words  showing  affinities 
with  dialects  of  Africa,  pp.  39-40. 

2072     Ethnological  |  and  |  Philological  Essays.  |  By  |  James 

Kennedy,  Esq.,  LL.  B.  |  Late  Her  Majesty's  Judge  in  the  Mixed 
Court  at  Havana.  |  I.  Probable  Origin  of  the  American  |  Indians  | 
II.  Questions  on   the  supposed  lost  tribes  |  of  Israel.  |  III.  The 
Ancient  Languages  of  France  |  and  Spain.  |  [Quotation  one  line.]  | 

London:  |  Hall  and  Virtue,  Paternoster  Row.  |  1855.  |          A.  w. 
1  1.,  pp.  1-42,  1  1.,  pp.  1-57,  1-30.  8°.      Improved  title  of  No.  2072.     Carib 
words,  etc.,  first  part,  pp.  39-40. 

2086     Kidder  (Frederic).    The  Abenaki   Indians ;  |  their  Treaties  of 
1713  &  1717,  and  a  Vocabulary:  :  with  a  |  Historical  Introduction.  | 
By  Frederic  Kidder,  of  Boston.  | 

Portland :  |  Printed  by  Brown  Thurston.  |  1859.  |       T.  HU.  WHS. 

Pp.  1-25.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2086. 

King  (Capt.  James).     See  Cook  (Capt.  James)  and  King  (Capt. 
James),  Nos.  871-875. 

Kingdon  (Rev.  John).     See  Ruz  (Fr.  Joaquin),  No.  3426 a. 
Kinzie  (John).     See  Wyandot,  No.  4258. 

2090 a  Kinzie  (Airs.  John  H.)  Wau-Bun,  |  the  |  "Early  Day"  |  in  |  the 
North-West.  |  By  Mrs.  John  H.  Kiuzie,  |  of  Chicago.  |  With  Illus 
trations.  | 


KATEKISMUSE — KNOX.  997 

Kinzie  (Mrs.  John  H.) — continued. 

New  York:  |  Published  by  Derby  &  Jackson,  |  119  Nassau 
Street.  |  Cincinnati :  H.  W.  Derby  &  Go.  |  1856.  |  C. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xii,  13-488.  large  12°.     Winnebago  terms  passim. 

Kipp  (Joseph).    See  Lanning  (C.  M.),No.  2198. 

2107  a  Kirkby  (Rev.  William  West).  A  Manual  |  of  |  Prayer  and 
Praise  |  for  the  |  Cree  Indians  |  of  |  North-west  America.  |  Com 
piled  by  |  Archdeacon  Kirkby.  | 

London :  |  Society  for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  |  North 
umberland  Avenue,  Charing  Cross;  |  4,  Eoyal  Exchange;  48,  Pic 
cadilly.  |  1879.  |  WE.  JWP. 

Printed  cover ;  title,  reverse  blank,  1 1. ;  pp.  3-127.  18°.     In  syllabic  characters. 

2110  a  Kjellman  (F.  B.)  Om  Tschuktschernas  Hushallsvaxter  af  F.  E. 
Kjellman. 

In  Nordenskiold  (A.  E.)  Vega-Expeditionens,  vol.  1,  pp.  353-372.  Stock 
holm,  1882.  8°.  Gives  a  number  of  Tschuktschi  botanical  names. 

2113  Kjer(Knud).     Sennerutilingmik.  I  Tuksiautitait,  [  nntaungitsudlo 
illainangoeet  |  adlangortitset  |  operkatigeet  Kaladlit  nunsennetun  | 
okatarutiksejt,    K.  Kjerimit.  |  [Engraving.]  \  [Quotation,  one  line.)  | 

Odensime.  |  Nakittarsimaput  Hempel-ikunnit.  |  1834.  |  A.  T. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-237,  1  1.  errata.  12°.  Hymns  in  the  Eskimo  language.  Im 
proved  title  of  No.  2113. 

2114     Ivngerutit  |  kerssungme  senningarsome  |  Kikiektomik  | 

ajoksersutejniglo,  |  illejt  nutaungitsut,  illejt  |  K.  Kjerimit.  |  [Eight 
lines,  verse  in  Eskimo.]  |  Tapekarput.  | 

Kjb'benhavnime  |  1838.  |  Briinnichib  nakitteriviane  nakkittarsi- 
marsut.  |  T. 

Pp.  xxiv,  1^190.  16°.  In  the  Eskimo  language.  Hymns,  pp.  1-360;  Index, 
pp.  361-374;  Sunday  lessons,  pp.  375-384 ;  Evangelistin  &c.,  pp.  385-411;  Uuner- 
sontiksak  &c., pp. 412-424;  Kenntit  &c., pp. 425-484;  Tarkoput  [Contents],  p. 
485;  Nakittarnerdlukkset  [Errata],  pp.  487-490.  Improved  title  of  Nbs.  2114 
and  2115,  which  refer  to  the  same  work. 

2124  a  Knight  (William  H.),  editor.     Hand-book  Almanac  |  for  the  | 
Pacific  States:  |  An  official  register  |  and  |  business  directory  |  of 
the  states  and  territories  of  |  California,  Nevada,  Oregon,  Idaho 
and  Arizona;  and  |  the  Colonies  of  British  Columbia  |  and  Van 
couver  Island, ;  for  the  year  |  1864.  [  Edited  by  William  H.  Knight.  | 

San  Francisco:  |  H.  H.  Bancroft  and  Company.  |  1864.  |        B.C. 

Pp.  1-440.  16°. 

Taylor  (A.  S.)    Precis  India  Californicns, pp. 27-41. 

2126  a  Knox  (John).  An  |  Historical  Journal  |  of  the  |  Campaigns  in 
North-America,  |  for  |  The  Years  1757, 1758,  1759,  and  1760:  |  con 
taining  |  The  Most  Eemarkable  Occurrences  of  that  Period ;  j  par 
ticularly  |  The  Two  Sieges  of  Quebec,  &c.  &c.  |  the  |  Orders  of  the 


998  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Knox  (John) — continued. 

Admirals  and  General  Officers;  |  Descriptions  of  the  Countries 
where  the  Author  has  served,  with  their  Forts  and  |  Garrisons; 
their  Climates,  Soil,  Produce;  |  and  |  A  Regular  Diary  of  the 
Weather.  |  As  also  |  Several  Manifesto's,  a  Mandate  of  the  late 
Bishop  of  Canada;  |  The  French  Orders  and  Disposition  for  the 
Defence  of  the  Colony,  &c.  &c.  &c.  |  By  |  Captain  John  Knox.  | 
Dedicated  by  Permission  |  To  Lieutenant-General  Sir  Jeffery  Am- 
herst.  |  —  |  [Quotation,  one  line.]  |  —  |  Vol.  I  [-II].  |  —  | 

London:  |  Printed  for  the  Author;  |  and  sold  by  |  W.  Johnston, 
in  Ludgate-Street;  and  J.  Dodsley,  in  Pali-Mall.  |  M  DCC  LXIX 
[1769].  |  C. 

2  vols. :  pp.  i-ix, 3 11., pp.  1-405, 11.;  1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-465, 1  1.  4°.  map  and 2 plates. 

October  8th,  1759.  "  Having,  in  the  course  of  this  campaign,  procured  a  curious 
Indian  manuscript  grammar,  composed  by  a  French  Missionary,  I  transmitted 
it,  this  day,  to  England,  .  .  .  ."  A  brief  extract  follows,  embracing  a  vocabu 
lary,  English  and  Algonkin,  of  about  55  words.  A  note  on  page  170  says:  "When 
I  consented  to  the  publication  of  these  volumes,  I  nattered  myself  I  should  have 
been  able  to  procure  this  grammar,  in  order  either  to  annex  a  copy  of  the  prin 
cipal  part  of  it  to  the  work,  or  to  have  extracted  the  most  remarkable  rules  and 
examples,  for  the  peculiar  gratification  of  the  literati  and  the  curious;  but, 
though  I  made  repeated  applications  for  it  in  person,  and  expressed  how  interest 
ing  it  would  be  to  this  undertaking,  I  was  not  so  happy  as  to  succeed." — Vol.  2, 
pp. 169-171. 

2126  b  Kofahl  ( — ).    Vocabulary  of  the  Tarasco  language. 

Manuscript,  2  11.,  4°,  written  on  both  sides;  about  120  words.  In  the  library 
of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 

2133     Kragh  (Peter).    Testamentitokab  |  makpe'rssegejsa  illangoeet,  | 
profetit  mingnerit  |  Danieliblo  Aglegeit,  |  Kaladlin  okunzeennut 
nuktersimarsut,  |  nafk'igutingoaenniglo  suku'iarsimarsut  |  Pellesi- 
mit  |  Petermit  Kraghmit.  |  Attuaegeksaukudlugit  innungnut  koisi- 
raarsunnut.  | 

Kjobenhavniine.  |  Fabritiusib  de  Tengnagelib  nak'itteriviane  | 
Jiak'ittarsimarsut.  |  1829.  |  A.  w.  JWP. 

Pp.i-viii,211.,pp.l-290,ll.  12°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2133.  In  the  Eskimo 
language.  Minor  prophets,  Daniel,  and  parts  of  the  Apocrypha  (Susanna,  Bel, 
and  the  Dragon). 

2136     — Testamentitokab  |  makpe'rsegejsa  illangoeet,  |  Mosesim 

Aglegejsa  |  ardlejt  tedlimejdlo,  |  Jobib,Esrab,  Nehemiab,  Esterib  | 
Eutifelo  aglegejt,  |  Kaladlin  okauzeeuuut  nuktersimarsut,  |  nafk'i- 
gntingosenniglo  suku'iarsiinarsut  |  Gjerlevimiut  Euslevimiudlo  Pel- 
lesisennit   |    Peter-Kraghmit.    |   Attusegeksaukudlugit   inmingnut 
koi'simarsunnut.  | 

Kjobenhavnime.  |  Fabritiusib  de  Tengnagelib  nak'itteriviaue 
nak'it-  |  tarsiinarsut.  |  1832.  |  A.  w.  JWP. 

4  p.  11. ,  pp.  1-633,  1  1.  12°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2136.  Books  of  Exodus,  Le 
viticus,  Job,  Ezra,  Nehemiah,  Esther,  and  Ruth  in  the  Eskimo  language. 

2138  -  Testamentitokab  |  Makperssegejsa  Illang.ieet,  |  Josvab 

efkartoursirsudlo  aglegejt,  \  Samuelim  aglegej  siiirdleet  ard-  ]  lejdlo, 


KNOX — LA  BROSSE.  999 

Kragh  (Peter)— continued. 

aglekkset  Konginuik  |  siiirdleet  ardlejdlo,  |  Kaladliu  okauzeenuut 
uukte'rsimarsut,  nark'igu-  |  tingoa3imiglo  sukuiarsimaisut  |  Gjer- 
levimiut  Ensleviinindlo  Pellesiasnuit  |  Peter  Kraghinit.  |  [Two  lines 
quotation.] 

Kjobenhavnime.  |  Fabritiusib  de  Tengnagelib  nak'itteriviaue  | 
nak'ittarsiuiarsut.  |  1836.  |  A.  JWP. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-708,  3  unnumbered  pp.  12°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2138.  In  the 
Eskimo  language.  Joshua,  pp.  3-95.— Judges,  pp.  95-194.— I  Samuel,  pp.  195- 
3-29.— II  Samuel,  pp.  329-439.— I  Kings,  pp.  441-577.— II  Kings,  pp.  578-708. 

Krause  (Aurel).     Verzeichniss  einiger  tschuktschischer  und  Es- 

kimo-Wdrter  von  der  Tschuktschen-Halbinsel  [Von  Aurel  KrauseJ. 

In  Deutsche  geographische  Bliitter,  Herausgegeben  von  der  geographischen 

Gesellschaft  in  Bremen,  v.  6,  Heft  3,  pp.  266-278.     Bremen,  188:5.  8°.  c. 

2146  [Krause  (Johann  Ulrich)  and  Wagner  (Johann  Christoph),  pub 
lishers.]  Oratio  J  Dominica  7io\l>y\caTTo?  xal  noXu^opcpo?,  \  nimi 
rum  |  Plus  Centum  Liuguis,  Versionibus  ant  Characteribus,  |  red- 
dita  &  expressa,  |  editio  novissima,  |  Speciminibus  variis  quam 
priores  auctior.  |  Das  ist:  |  Das  Gebet  des  HErrn  |  Oder  |  Vatter 
Unser/  |  In  viel  Spracheu  und  Schreib-Arten/  |  nemlich/  |  In  mebr 
als  hundert  Sprachen/  Ubersetzung  und  SchrifJ'ten  verfasset  und 
vorgestellet/  |  Die  letzte  Edition,  |  um  unterschiedliche  Exempel 
vermehrter  als  die  vorige.  j  [Design.]  [Psalm  xix.  v.  4,  5.  Three 
lines.]  |  —  | 

Verlegt  von  Johann  Ulrich  Krausen/  Burgern  und  Kupflerste- 
cheru  |  in  Augspurg.  |  Mit  E6m.  Kaiserl.  Maj.  Allergn&digst  er- 
theiltem  Privilegio.  |  Das  ubrige  durch  Johann  Christoph  Wag- 
nern/  Buchdruckern  daselbst.  |  L.  T. 

No  date.  Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  1  other  p.  1. ;  pp.  1-22.  folio.  Improved 
title  of  No.  2146.  In  Dr.  Trumbull's  copy  the  line  "Mit  Roin.  Kaiserl.  Maj."  &c., 
is  omitted.  Printed  at  Augsburg  about  1710  or  1712,  and  is  generally  called  the 
Augsburg  collection.  It  is  a  reprint  of  the  edition  of  [Motte  (B.),  editor], 
Oratio  Dominica,  London,  1700,  No.  2670,  and,  like  that  work,  contains  the 
[pseudo]  Mexican,  Poconchi,  and  Virginian  [Massachusetts]  versions  of  the 
Lord's  Prayer. 

SeeAuer(A.),No.  185Z>;  [Bodoni(.I.B.)],No.397<Z;  Chamberlayne (J.),No. 
718;  Marcel(J.  J.),No.2452;  [Motte  (B.)],  Nos. 2670, 2670 a;  and  [Muller(A.)], 
Nos.  2676-2677. 

L.  (R.  M.)     See  Loughridge  (E.  M.). 

2153  a  [La  Brosse  (Rev.  Jean  Baptiste  de).]  Nehiro-Iriniui  |  Aiamihe  | 
Massinahigan,  |  Shatshegutsh,  Mitinekapitsh,  j  Iskuamiskutsh, 
Netshekatsh,  j  Misht',  Assinitsh,  Shekutimitsh,  |  Ekuanatsh,  Ashu- 
abmushuanitsh,  |  Piakuagamitsh,  |  Gaie  missi  missi  uehiro-iriuiui 
Astshitsh  ka  |  tatjits,  ka  kueiasku  aiamihatjits  ka  utshi.  |  [Wood 
cut.]  | 

Uabistiguiatsh  [Quebec].  |  Massinahitsheu,  C.  Le  Fra^ois.  | 
1817.  I  * 


1000  NOETH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

La  Brosse  (Rev.  Jean  Baptiste  de) — continued. 

96  pp.  12C.  A  literal  reprint  of  the  first  edition  of  1767,  except  the  imprint, 
and  the  last  page,  on  which  there^is,  only,  the  approbation  of  "  +  J.  O.  Evfeque] 
de  Quebec,"  of  this  "Livre  de  Prieres  destind  a  servir  a  la  nation  ties  Sauvages 
Montagnais."  The  errata  noted  an  the  last  page  of  the  first  edition  were  cor 
rected  in  this  reprint. 

Title  from  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

2153  b  [Lacombe  (R6e.  Albert).]     L.  J.  C.  et.  M.  I.  |  Mission  de  St.  Paul 
des  Cris  8  Dec.  1871.  |  Le  Nouveau  Testament,  en  Langue  Crise  | 
d'apres    les  quatre    Evangelistes,  |  on  |  Concordance  des  quatre 
Evangiles.  |  [One  line  syllabic  characters;  followed  by  picture  of  the 
Virgin.] 

Montreal.  |  Imprinierie  de  FAsile  de  la  Providence.  |  1872.  |      T. 

Pp.  1-478,  1  1.  16°.  Title;  reverse,  Observations,  which  extends  to  recto  of 
1.  2  (p. 3), signed  Alb.  Lacombe;  "Approbation"  in  syllabic  characters,  p.4;  Ta 
bleau  des  expressions,  in  French  and  Cris,  pp.  5-8;  Preface  in  syllabic  characters, 
pp.  9-14 ;  Text  (syllabic  characters),  pp.  17-478. 

2156  a Instructions  en  Langue  Crise.  c. 

See  full  title  No.  1943.  The  prefatory  address,  "Aux  Missionnaires  du  Nord- 
Ouest,"  is  signed  A.  L.  (i.  e.,  Albert  Lacombe)  O.  M.  I. ;  indicating  that  Mr.  La 
combe  is  the  author. 

2159  a [Calendar  for  the  Saskatchewan  Indians,  for  1883. 

Montreal :  Beauchemin  and  Valois,  1882.J  JWP. 

1  sheet  folio.     See  fac-simile  of  the  Calendar  for  1882,  No.  2159. 

21596  and  Legal  (P.  — .)    Vocabulaire  de  la  langue  des  Pieds- 

Noirs,  |  des  Gens-du-Sang  et  des  Pieganes  |  Recueilli  par  les  Mis- 
sioimaires  |  A  Calgary  et  Fort  Mac-Leod  |  dans  le  nord-ouest  de 
la  |  Puissance  du  Canada  |  Le  3  D6cembre  1882  |  p. 

Manuscript.  1  1.,  pp.  1-20,  1 1.  folio.  In  the  library  of  M.  Alph.  Pinart,  San 
Francisco,  Cal. 

2160  Laet  (Joannes  de).    Meuvve  Wereldt,  etc.  A.  L. 

Since  this  title  was  put  in  type  I  have  seen  two  copies  of  the  work.  It  con 
tains  no  linguistics. 

2170  a  Lafleche  (P.  Louis).  Les  noms  de  quelques  tribus,  localite"s,  etc., 
appartienent  aux  difterents  dialectes  de  la  langue  algonquine, 
paries  depuis  le  Labrador,  j'usqu'aux  sources  de  la  Saskatchewan, 
aux  pieds  des  Montagnes  de  Eoches. 

In  Notice  sur  les  Missions  du  Diocese  de  Quebec,  no.  12,  pp.  100-105.  Quebec 
1857.  12°. 

2170  b  La  Harpe  (Jean  Frangois  de).  Abre"g<§  |  de  |  L'Histoire  Gen<§- 
rale  |  des  Voyages,  |  contenant  |  Ce  qu'il  y  a  de  plus  remarquable, 
de  plus  utile  &  |  de  mieux  avere  dans  les  Pays  ou  les  Voya- 
geurs  |  ont  p6ue"tre" ;  les  mosurs  des  Habitans,  la  Eeligion,  |  les 
Usages,  Arts  &  Sciences,  Commerce,  |  Manufactures;  enrichie  de 
Cartes  ge"ographiques  j  &  de  figures.  |  Par  M.  De  La  Harpe,  de 
1' Academic  Fra^aise.  j  Tome  Premier  [-Trente-deux].  | 


LA   BROSSE — LANGSDORFF.  1001 

La  Harpe  (Jean  Francois  de) — continued. 

A  Paris,  |  Hotel  de  Thou,  rue  des  Poitevins.  |  M.  DCC.  LXXX 
[-An  IX.— 1801]  [1780-1801].  |  Avec  Approbation,  &  Privilege  du 
Roi.  |  A.  c. 

32  vols.,  8°,  and  atlas,  1804,  4°. 

The  hyum  "  O  saltttaris  hostia"  in  Abenakise,  Algonkine,  Huronne  aud  Illi- 
noise  (from  Rasles),  vol.  14,  pp.  398-399.- -Remarks  on  the  Greenland  language, 
vol.  18,  pp.  369-377. — Remarks  on  the  Nootka  language,  with  a  short  vocabulary, 
vol.  23,  pp.  184-187. 

According  to  Sabin's  Dictionary,  other  editions  as  follows:  +  Paris:  Chez 
Ledoux.  1816.  24  vols.  8°.  +  Paris:  Achille  Jourdan.  1822.  30  vols.  8°. 
-f  Paris.  1825.  30  vols.  8°.  +  Lyon  :  Rnsand.  1829-1830.  30  vols.  8°. 

2170  c  Abreje"  |  de  |  L'Histoire  Gene"rale  |  des  Voyages,  |  coute- 

nant  |  ce  qu'il  y  a  de  plus  remarquable,  de  plus  utile  et  de  inieux  | 
ave"re"  daus  les  pays  oil  les  voyageurs  ont  pe"netre" ;  les  |  mceurs  des 
liabitaus,  la  religion,  les  usages,  arts  et  |  sciences,  commerce  et 
manufactures ;  |  Par  J.  F.  La  Ilarpe.  |  Nonvelle  Edition,  |  revue  et 
corrige'e  avec  le  plus  grand  soin,  |  et  accorupague'e  d'un  bel  atlas 
in-folio.  |  Tome  Premier  [-Viugt-Quatrieme].  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Eiienne  Ledoux,  Libraire,  |  Rue  Gu6ne"gaud,  N° 
9.  |  1820.  |  C. 

24  vols.  8°.  Linguistics  as  in  previous  edition,  vol.  14,  p.  338 ;  vol.  16,  pp. 
217-226 ;  vol.  23,  pp.  287-290. 

2188  [Lalemant  (P.  Jerome).]  Relation  |  de  ce  qui  s'est  |  passe"  de 
plus  remarquable  en  |  la  Mission  des  Peres  |  de  la  Compaguie  de 
lesus  |  avx  Hvrons  |  pays  de  la  uouuelle  France,  |  Depvis  le  mois 
de  luin  de  1'annee  mil  six  cens  |  quarante,  iusques  au  mois  de  luin  | 
de  Pan  ne'e  1641.  |  Adresse"e  )  Au  R.  P  lacques  Dinet,  Prouincial  de 
la  j  Comp.  de  lesvs,  en  la  Prouince  |  de  France.  |  M  DO  XL1I.  |  L. 

Pp.  1-104.  6°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2188.  Appended  to  Vimont  (Barth.) 
Relation  de  ce  qvi  s'est  pass4  en  la  Novvelle  France,  en  annees  1640  et  1641. 
Paris,  1642.  8°.  Vn  cschantillou  de  la  langue  Huronne,  with  interlinear  French 
translation,  pp.  96-104. 

Reprinted  in  Relations  des  Jesuites,  vol.  1, 1641,  pp.  59-86.  Quebec,  1858.  8°. 
Huron  prayer,  with  interlinear  French  translation,  pp.  84-86. 

2192  a  Land  (Joseph  Henry).    Kometv  momet  Euhopoyetv.    [To  desire 
and  to  seek.]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol. 2,  no.  31.  Muscogee,  I. T.,  April  3, 1878.  folio.  In  the 
Muskoki  language. 

21926  Evketeckv.     [Carefulness.]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  2,  no.  50.  Mnscogee,  I.  T.,  Aug.  14, 1878.  folio.  In  the 
Muskoki  language. 

2194  a  Langsdorff  (Georg  Heiuricli  von).    Bemerkungen  auf  eiiier  Reise 
urn  die  Welt  in  den  Jahren  1803  bis  1807. 

Frankfurt  am  Main.    1812.  * 

3  vols.  4°.  Atlas.   Title  from  Sabiu's  Dictionary,  No.  38895. 

21946  Voyages  and  Travels  |  in  [  various  parts  of  the  World,  | 

during  |  the  years  1803,  1804,  1805,  1806,  and  1807.  |  By  |  G.  H. 


1002  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Langsdorff  (Georg  Heiuricli  von) — continued. 

von  Langsdorff,  |  Aulic  Counsellor  To  His  Majesty  The  Emperor 
of  Bussia,  |  Consul-General  At  The  Brazils,  Knight  Of  The 
Order  Of  St  Anne,  And  Member  Of  |  Various  Academies  And 
Learned  Societies.  |  [ — Part  II.  |  containing  |  the  voyage  to  the 
Aleutian  Islands  and  Forth-west  coast  of  America,  |  and  return  by 
land  over  the  |  north-east  parts  of  Asia,  through  Siberia,  |  to  | 
Petersburgh.  |  ]  Illustrated  by  Engravings  from  Original  Draw 
ings.  | 

London:  j  Printed  for  Henry  Colbuni,  |  English  and  Foreign 
Public  Library,  Conduit-Street,  Hanover-Square;  |  and  sold  by 
George  Goldie,  Edinburgh;  and  |  John  Gumming,  Dublin.  |  1813 
[-1814].  |  B.  c. 

2  vols. :  1  p.  1.,  pp.  i-xxi,  1 1.,  pp.  1-362,  3  11.  index ;  1  p.  1.,  title  1 1.,  3 11.  coutcnts, 
pp.  1-386, 3  11.  index.  4C.  maps  and  plates.  Contains  the  meaning  of  a  few  words 
and  names  of  natives  of  Alaska,  vol.  2,  pp.  1-144,  219-246. — Same  of  natives  of 
California,  notably  near  San  Francisco,  vol.  2,  pp.  145-217. — Also  brief  compari 
son  of  languages  of  different  islands. 

According  to  Sabiu's  Dictionary,  No.  38890,  there  was  another  edition :  Car 
lisle  [Pa.]:  Printed  by  George  Philips.  1817.  Pp.  xvi,  617,  8  11.  8°. 

2197  a  Lanman  (James  H.)  History  |  of  |  Michigan,  |  civil  and  topo 
graphical,  |  in  a  compendious  form;  |  with  a  |  view  of  the  surround 
ing  lakes.  |  By  |  James  H.  Lanman.  |  With  a  map.  | 

New-York:  |  E.  French,  146  Nassau  Street.  |  1839.  |  c.  LSH. 

Pp.i-xvi,  1-397.  8°.  map. 

Connor  (Henry).  Indian  names  of  prominent  points  in  Michigan — English, 
Indian,  and  definitions,  pp.  260-261. 

The  edition,  New  York,  Harper  Brothers,  1841,  24°.  (c.),  doesiiot  contain  the 
Indian  names. 

2199 «  La  Perouse  (Jean  Francois  Gallup,  Comte  de).  Voyage  |  de  la 
P^rouse  |  autour  du  monde,  |  publi6  |  confer  moment  au  de"cret  du 
22  Avril  1791,  |  et  re"dige  |  par  M.  L.  A.  Milet-Mureau,  |  General  de 
Brigade  dans  le  Corps  du  Genie,  Directeur  |  des  Fortifications,  Ex- 
Constituant,  Membre  de  plusieurs  |  Societ^s  litteraires  de  Paris.  | 
Tome  Premier  [-Qnatriemel.  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Plassan,  Imprimeur-Libraire,  rue  du  Cimetiere  | 
Audr<§-des-Arcs,  n°  10.  |  L'an  VI  de  la  R6publique.— 1798.  |          A.       lv » 

4  vols.  8°.  atlas.  4°.     Linguistics  as  in  No.  2199,  vol.  2,  pp.  237-238,  325-327. 

2202  a  A  |  Voyage  round  the  World.  |  Performed  in  the  years  | 

1785,  1780,1787,1788,  |  by  |  M.dela  Peyrouse:  |  Abridged  from  the 
Original  French  Journal  of  |  M.  de  la  Peyrouse,  Avhich  was  lately 
published  by  |  M.  Milet-Mureau,  in  Obedience  to  |  an  Order  from  the 
French  Government.  |  To  which  are  added,  |  A  Voyage  from  Ma 
nilla  to  California,  |  by  |  Don  Antonio  Maurelle:  and  an  abstract  of 
the  |  Voyage  and  Discoveries  |  of  the  late  |  Capt.  G.  Vancouver.  | 
Boston:  |  Printed  for  Joseph  Bumstead.  |  Sold  by  him  at  No.  20, 
Union-Street :  |  by  |  Thomas  and  Andrews,  Newbury-Street;  byE. 


LANGSDORFF — LE  BOULANGER.  1003 

La  Perouse  (Jean  Fran9ois  Gallup,  Comte  de) — continued. 

and  |  S.  Larkin,  Win.  P.  and  L.  Blake,  W.  Pelham,  |  and  C.  Bing- 
ham,  Cornhill.  |  1801.  |  » 

Pp.i-vi,7-3a3.  12°.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 

Numerals  1-100  of  the  natives  of  Port  de  Francois,  p.  68.— Achastlien  numerals 
1-10,  p.  95.— Ecclemach  numerals  1-10  and  brief  vocabulary,  pp.  95-96. 

22026  Lapham  (Increase  Allen),  Blossom  (Levi)  and  Dousman  (George 
G.)  A  paper  |  on  the  |  number,  locality  and  times  of  removal  |  of 
the  |  Indians  of  Wisconsin;  |  with  |  an  appendix  |  containing  a 
complete  |  chronology  of  Wisconsin,  |  from  the  |  Earliest  Times 
down  to  the  Adoption  of  the  State  Constitution,  in  1848.  |  By  |  LA. 
Lapham,  Levi  Blossom  and  Geo.  G.  Dousrnau,  |  A  Committee  of 
the  Old  Settlers'  Club  of  Milwaukee  County.  | 

Milwaukee:  |  Starr's  Book  and  Job  Printing  House,  412  and  414 
East  Water  Street.  |  1870.  |  o.  DGB.  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  l.,pp.  1-27.  8°.  map.  In  addition  to  scattered  Indian  words 
this  little  work  contains,  pp.  15-16,  an  alphabetic  "  list  of  the  different  names  by 
which  the  Indian  tribes  of  Wisconsin  have  been  known,"  some  of  them  with 
English  signification. 

2209  a  Latham  (Robert  Gordon).  Man  and  his  Migrations.  |  By  |  R.  G. 
Latham,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S ,  |  Corresponding  Member  to  the  Ethnologi 
cal  Society,  New  York,  |  etc.  etc.  |  [Vignette.] 

London:  |  John  Van  Voorst,  Paternoster  Row.  |  MDCCCLI 
[1851].  |  A. 

Pp.  i-vi,  1-250.  12°.     Title  of  original  edition,  mentioned  in  note  to  No.  2210. 

2218  a  Laurie  (Thomas).    The  Ely  Volume;  |  or,  |  The  Contributions  of 
our  Foreign  Missions  |  to  Science  and  Human  Well-being.  |  By 
Thomas  Laurie,  D.  D.,  |  formerly  a  Missionary  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 
[Three  lines  quotation.]  | 

Boston:  |  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for  Foreign  Mis 
sions,  |  Congregational  House,  |  1881.  |  c. 

Pp.  i-ix,  i-532.  8°.  John,  i,  1-5,  from  Eliot's  Bible,  p.  229.  Contains  also  a 
brief  list  of  works  in  the  Indian  languages,  pp.  522-524. 

Lawyrawkvlarits  Pany  Kwta.     See  |  Dunbar  (John)  ],  No.  1104. 

2229  a  Le  Baron  (J.  Francis).     Semiuole  Vocabulary. 

Manuscript.  2  11.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Collected 
at  a  village  near  Lake  Pierce,  Fla.,  in  1882. 

2230  a  [Le  Boulanger  (Rev.  Joseph  Ignatius).]     [French  and  Miami- 
Illinois  Dictionary.]  JCB. 

Manuscript.  23  p.  11.  (the  seventh  of  which  is  blank),  13  blank  11.,  2 11.,  11. 1-11, 
15-44,  46-185,  and  37  blank  11.  folio  (161  +  10J  inches).  In  the  Carter  Brown 
Library,  Providence,  R.  I. 

At  the  top  of  the  first  leaf,  the  verso  of  which  is  blank,  is  the  following  note 
in  a  modern  handwriting:  "La  langue  dans  laquelle  est  e"crit  ce  volume  est 
celle  des  Miarnis- Illinois,  voyez  an  mot  Illinois  et  au  mot  langues  dans  le  dic- 
tionnaire,  pages  102  et  108.  R.  Martin." 


1004  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

[Le  Boulanger  (R6v.  Joseph  Ignatius)] — continued. 

The  next  22  leaves  contain,  minutely  written  in  double,  treble,  and  quadruple 
columns,  the  following  prayers,  hymns,  catechisms,  and  gospels  in  the  Illinois 
language:  "Acte  de  foi  de  la  presence  de  Dieu,  Examen  de  Conscience,  Acte  de 
Contrition,  Priere  pour  les  parens  &c.,  Prieres  pour  La  Ste.  Messe,  au  Com 
mencement,  a  1'evangile,  au  sancheg,  a  L  Elevation  de  L  hostie,  a  L  Elevation 
du  Calice,  apres  L  Elevation,  au  dernier  Evangile,  1  page;  Pour  le  Dimanche, 
Pour  le  Lundi,  Pour  le  Mardi,  Antre  himne  des  anges,  Autre,  Pour  Le  Mercredi, 
hymne  dn  Patron,  Panis  Angelicus,  1  page;  Pour  le  Jeudy.  Lauda  Sion  Salva- 
tore,  O  Salutaris  hostia,  Pour  Le  Veudredi  vexilla  regis,  Pour  le  Samedi  ave 
maria  stella,  Sur  Le  miserere,  1  page;  Malheureuses  Creatures,  Beuissez  le  Seig 
neur  Supreme,  1  page;  Vespres,  Cantique  a  la  Louange  de  la  Sle.  vierge,  De  pro- 
fnndis,  Ad  te  domine  Levavi,  Laudate  Pueri,  Levavi  oculos,  In  Exitu  Israel, 
Landate  Doum  oes  Gentes,  Capitule  Benedictus,  himne,  Magnificat,  1  page; 
Petit  Catechisme,  Des  Sacraments,  1  page;  Invocation  en  commencant  Le 
Catech.,  a  la  fin  du  Catechisme,  Autre  Catechisme,  2  pages;  De  Sacrauieutis, 
2  pages  and  1  blank  leaf;  Explication  du  Decalogue,  1  page;  De  Cultu  et 
Invocatione  Sanctorum,  2".  Command,  3".  Command,  1  page;  4  Commandemt, 
5e.  Commaudemt,  1  page;  6  Command.,  7.  Commandemt,  8.  Commandemt,  9  et 
10.  Commandemts,  1  page ;  de  Command,  de  L  Eglise,  De  Ecclesia  sen  templo, 
Simbole  des  Apostres,  2  pages;  S.  Joan  baptista,  etc.,  1  page;  Dominica  1"  and 
other  Sunday  gospels,  12  pages;  Histoire  de  la  Genese,  in  35  chapiers,  13  pages. 

These  are  followed  by  14  leaves,  all  of  which  are  blank,  excepting  the  verso 
of  the  14th,  which  contains  "Passion  de  Jesus  C.",  filling  one-third  of  the  page. 
Brief  grammatical  forms,  in  single,  quadruple,  and  quintuple  columns,  fill  both 
sides  of  the  next  leaf  and  the  recto  of  the  following  one,  on  the  verso  of  which 
the  dictionary  begins  with  folio  1.  This  is  written  in  a  single  column,  on  the 
outer  margin  or  half  page  of  the  verso  of  every  leaf,  the  inner  half  and  recto 
being  left  blank.  A  column  contains  on  an  average  about  18  French  words, 
each  of  which  is  followed  by  a  number  of  Illinois  equivalents  and  phrases, 
making  in  all  about  80  lines.  The  total  number  of  French  words  in  the  dic 
tionary  is  nearly  3,000.  The  apparent  imperfections  after  leaves  11  and  44  are 
merely  errors  in  numeration.  LI.  82-84  are  wrongly  numbered  72-74. 

A  manuscript  note  on  the  fly  leaf  says:  "This  manuscript  was  purchased  for 
me  by  Messrs.  Hector  Bossange  &  Son  at  the  sale  of  the  books  and  manuscripts 
of  M.  Marcel,  formerly  the  Director  of  the  Imperial  Printing  Office  and  Member 
of  the  Commission  of  the  Institute  of  Egypt  &c.,  on  the  9th  of  May  1859,  at 
Paris:  Hen  :  C.  Murphy."  At  the  sale  of  Mr.  Murphy's  library,  at  New  York, 
in  March,  1884,  it  was  purchased  for  the  John  Carter  Brown  library,  Provi 
dence,  R.  I. 

"This  volume  is  the  production  of  some  of  the  early  French  Missionaries 
among  the  Illinois.  *  »  *  The  manuscript  is  closely  written,  but  very  plain. 
It  is  not  the  dictionary  of  that  language  which  is  mentioned  by  Mr.  Dupouceau 
and  Mr.  Gallatin,  in  the  possession  of  the  former,  and  which,  it  is  inferred,  is  a 
short  vocabulary;  for  the  words  which  Mr.  Gallatin  could  not  find  in  the  latter 
are  contained  in  this,  and  there  are  many  variations,  showing  the  particular 
tribal  origin  to  be  different.  Some  of  the  words  are  identical  with  what  Mr. 
Gallatin  calls  the  Old  Algonkin,  for  which  he  gives  Lahoutan  as  authority. 
The  paper  on  which  the  work  is  written  resembles  that  in  use  150  or  200  years 
ago. 

"A  note  on  the  fly-leaf  says:  'This  precious  volume  is  an  example  of  the  su 
perhuman  efforts  with  which  the  love  of  the  salvation  of  human  souls  inspired 
the  Catholic  missionaries.'  In  fine,  it  is,  no  doubt,  the  most  complete  repertory 
of  the  Western  Lenape  in  existence,  and  from  the  care  and  fullness  with  which 
it  has  been  written,  has  been  the  work  of  a  life-time.  «  *  *  The  only  clue  to 


LE  BOULANGER— LE  JEUNE.  1005 

[Le  Boulanger  (Eev.  Joseph  Ignatius)] — continued. 

the  authorship  that  approaches  to  probability  is  furnished  by  Father  Gabriel 
Marest,  iu  his  letter  dated  Kaskaskia,  9th  November,  1712,  and  published  in  the 
Lettres  fidifiantes.  Speaking  of  Father  Gravier,  the  founder  of  the  mission  to 
the  Illinois,  he  says :  '  He  first  investigated  the  principles  of  their  language,  and 
reduced  them  to  grammatical  rules,  so  that  we  have  since  only  been  obliged  to 
bring  to  perfection  what  he  began  with  so  great  success.'  (Kip's  Translation,  p. 
206. )  From  this  it  may  be  inferred  that  the  volume  *  *  *  is  the  compilation 
of  many  fathers,  a  conclusion  to  which  we  more  readily  come,  since  it  accords 
with  that  already  expressed  by  Mr.  Shea,  iu  his  History  of  the  Catholic  Missions 
among  the  Indian  Tribes  of  the  United  States."— Hist.  Mag.,  vol.  3, pp.  227-228. 

In  the  prospectus  of  the  French  Illinois  Dictionary  (No.  2230),  which  Mr.  Shea 
was  printing  from  this  manuscript  when  it  disappeared  about  1865,  he  ascribes 
it  to  Father  Le  Boulanger,  it  being,  in  his  opinion,  the  work  of  one  who  had  got 
far  beyond  the  rudimentary  stages  of  the  study,  and  evidently  of  a  single  author 
who  had  mastered  his  subject,  a  reputation  enjoyed  only  by  Le  Boulanger. 

See  Gravier  (Rev.  James),  No.  1600,  for  a  description  by  Dr.  J.  Hammond 
Trnmbiill  of  a  manuscript  Illinois-French  Dictionary,  of  which  he  conjectured 
the  above  might  be  the  counterpart.  Examination  proves,  however,  that  this  is 
not  true.  In  his  judgment,  the  manuscript  above  described  is  not  in  the  Miami 
dialect;  it  is  in  a  handwriting  different  from  that  of  No.  1600,  and  apparently  of 
a  later  date ;  and  it  is  not  in  the  same  local  dialect. 

2231  a  Le  Brun  (A.  Ch.  Braiin,  better  known  as).    [Sermons  in  the  Mo 
hawk  language.]  * 
Manuscript.  120  unnumbered  11.  4°.     In  the  archives  of  the  Sulpician  Semi 
nary  at  Oka,  Canada.     Title  furnished  by  Erminuie  A.  Smith,  who  says  the 
earliest  date  on  the  sermons  is  1783.     They  are  in  a  bound  book,  on  the  first  page 
of  which  is  the  following  index  of  the  contents: 
Sectio  Prirna.                                                       De  B.  Joanne  Baptista. 
De  doctrina  Christiana  quid  sit  esse              De  B.  Laurentio. 

Christianum.  Explicatio  Orationis  Dominicalis. 

De  Signo  Crucis.  Salutatio  Angelica  In  feto  St.  Nicola. 

De  Deo  et  Dei  perfectionibus.  Annunciationi. 

Explauatio  Symbol!  Apostolorum.  St.  Philippi  &  Jacobi. 

Prima  articula  in  nativitate  Domini.  Asceusionis. 

Circumcisione.  Pentecostes. 

De  Ste  Trinitate.  St.  Francois  Xavier. 

Formation  du  Prone. 

2245     Le  Jeune  (P.  Paul).    Relation  |  de  ce  qvi  s'est  passe"  |  en  la  |  Nov- 
velle  France,  |  en  l'anne"e  1634.  |  Enuoye"e  au  |  E.  Pere  Provincial  [ 
de  la  Compagnie  tie  lesvs  |  en  la  Prouince  de  France.  |  Par  le  P. 
Paul  le  leune  de  la  mesme  Compagnie,  |  Superieur  de  la  residence 
de  Kebec.  |  [Design.]  | 

A  Piiris,  |  Chez  Sebastien  Cramoisy,  Impriineur  |  ordinaire  du 
Roy,  rue  S.  lacques,  au  Cicognes.  |  M.  DC.  XXXV  [1635].  |  Avec 
Privilege  dv  Roy.  |  L.  HU. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1^342,  1  1.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  2245. 

De  la  laugue  des  Sauvages  Montagnais,  chapitre  xi,  pp.  174-184.— Deux  Orai- 
sons  en  leur  langue  (with  interlinear  French  translation),  pp.  277-278, 279-280. 

This  work  was  reprinted  at  Paris  the  same  year  with  several  errors  in  the 
text  and  pagination  corrected.  These  differences  are  pointed  out  in  Contribu 
tions  to  a  Catalogue  of  the  Lenox  Library,  No.  II,  p.  5.  Reprinted  also  as  follows: 


1006  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Le  Jeune  (P.  Paul) — continued. 

2246 [Relation]  |  de  [ce  qvi  s'est  passe"]  |  en  [la  Novvelle 

France]  |  en  [l'ann<§e  1C34  et  1635.?]  |  Enuoyde  a|u  R.  Pere  Provin 
cial  de]  |  la  Compagnie  [de  Jesvs  en  la]  |  Prouince  de  Ffrance.]  [ 
Par  le  Pere  le  levne  de  la  mfesme]  |  Compagnie,  Superieur  de  la  j 
Residence  de  Kebec.  |  ^  | 

En  Avignon,  |  De  1'Iinprimerie  de  laqves  Bramereav,  |  Impri- 
meur  de  la  Sainctete,  de  la  ville,  &  |  Vniuersite.  Avec  permission 
des  Superieurs  |  M.  DC.  XXXVI  [1636].  |  L. 

Title  1  1.,  Preface  4  11.,  pp.  1-416.  8°.  P.  141  is  wrongly  numbered  134.  Im 
proved  title  of  No.  2246,  from  the  only  known  copy,  that  in  the  Lenox  Library, 
the  title-page  of  which  is  defective,  as  shown  by  the  brackets,  the  missing  portion 
being  supplied  from  similarity  to  the  earlier  Relations.  One  other  leaf  at  the 
beginning  is  imperfect,  and  two  at  the  end  are  almost  entirely  wanting.  The 
volume  contains  reprints  of  the  Relations  for  1634  and  1635,  with  a  new  preface 
or  dedication.  The  Relation  of  1634  ends  on  p.  269;  p.  270  is  blank,  and  the 
Relation  of  1635  begins  on  p.  271  and  ends  on  p.  336;  Hurons,  pp.  337-392;  Cape 
Bretons,  pp.  393-416. 

De  la  langue  des  Sauuages  Montagnais,  chap,  xi,  pp.  134-142.  Deux  oraisous 
en  leur  langue,  pp.  218-220.  The  1634  Relation  reprinted  in  Relation  des  Je"- 
snites,  vol.  1,  1634,  pp.  1-92.  Linguistics,  pp.  48-51,  76. 

2246  a  Relation  |  de  ce  qvi  s'est  passe"  ]  en  la  |  Novvelle  France  | 

en  I'ann6e  1636.  |  Enuoye"e  aa  |  R.  Pere  Provincial  |  de  la  Com 
pagnie  de  lesvs  |  en  la  Prouince  de  France.  |  Par  le  P.  Paul  le 
leune  de  la  mesine  Compagnie,  |  Superienr  de  la  residence  de  Ke 
bec.  |  [Design.] 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Sebastien  Cramoisy  Imprimeur  ]  ordinaire  du  Roy, 
rue  saiuct  lacques,  |  aux    Cicognes.  |  M.  DC.  XXXVII   [1637J.  | 
Avec  Privilege  dv  Roy.  |  L-  HU. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-272.  8°.     Appended  without  title-page,  pp.  1-223,  is: 
Brebceuf  (Jean  de).     Relation  de  ce  qui  s'est  pass<5  dans  le  Pays  des  Hvrons 
en  Vanned  1636. 

"  Lekase."     See  [Ferryman  (Leguest  C.)J 

2250  Le  Mercier  (P.  Francois  Joseph).  Relation  |  de  ce  qvi  s'est 
pass6  |  en  la  Mission  des  Peres  |  de  la  Compagnie  de  lesvs,  |  en 
la  |  Novvelle  France,  |  es  anuees  1653.  &  1654.  |  Enuoyee  au  R.  P. 
Nicolas  Royon,  |  Prouincial  de  la  Prouince  de  France.  |  Par  le  R. 
P.  Fra^ois  Le  Mercier,  |  Superieur  des  Missions  de  la  mesme  | 
Compagnie.  |  [Design.] 

A  Paris,  |  chez  |  Sebastien  Cramoisy,  |  Imprimeur  ordinaire  du 
Roy  |  &  de  la  Reyne,  |  et  Gabriel  Cramoisy.  |  rue  S.  |  lacques  |  aux 
Ci  |  cognes.  |  —  |  M.  DC.  LV  [1655].  |  Auec  Privilege  dn  Roy.  |  L. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-176.  8°.  Letter  headed  ABatakeu,  &o.,  in  Huron,  pp.  137-140.— 
French  translation,  pp.  141-144. — Huron  letter  headed  Offrande  d'vne  escharpe 
de  porcelaine  faite  par  les  Hurons  a  la  Vierge  Patroune  de  la  Congregation  de 
Messieurs  de  Paris,  p.  145. — Explication,  in  French,  p.  146. 

Reprinted  in  Relations  des  Je'suitos,  vol.  2,  1654,  pp.  1-34.  Quebec,  Ifc58.  8°. 
Contains  letter  in  Huron,  with  accompanying  French  translation,  pp.  27-28. 


LE  JEUNE — LETTRES.  1007 

2250  b  Lenguas  de  Chiapas.  * 

An  octavo  manuscript  in  possession  of  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  City  of  Mexico,  who 
has  furnished  me  with  the  following  description :  It  contains,  besides  Latin  and 
Spanish  matter,  Confesonario  en  leugua  Zapaluta  [y  castellana],  11  11,  2  col.— 
Doctrina  en  lengua  Comiteca,  4|  11. — Doctriua  en  lengua  Zoque,  8  11. — Coufesona- 
rio  en  lengua  Zoque  [y  castellana],  19  11. — Doctrina  en  lengua  Zendal,  27  11. — 
Lengua  Comiteca,  9  11. 

Leon  (Carlos  Celedonio  Velasquez  de  Cardenas  y).  See  Velasquez 
de  Cardenas  y  Leon  (Carlos  Celedonio). 

2263     Le  Page  du  Pratz  (M.)    An  account  of  Louisiana,  &c. 

Newberu  :  Franklin  &  Garrow.   1804.  c. 

This  edition,  an  imperfect  title  of  which  is  given  in  No.  2263,  contains  no  lin 
guistics. 

2279     [Lesson  Book  in  the  Mohawk  Language.] 

For  full  title  and  description  of  this  work  see  Williams  (Rev.  E.),  No.  4132. 

Leti  u  Ebanhelio  *  *  *  Huan  fin  Maya].  See  [Fletcher  (Rev. 
Richard)],  No.  1309. 

Leti  u  cilich  *  *  San  Lucas  [in  Maya].  See  Buz  (Fr.  Joaquin), 
No.  3426,  3426  a. 

2279  a  Lettres  Edifiantes.  Lettres  |  Edifiantes  |  et  |  Curieuses,  |  Ecrites 
des  Missions  |  Etrangeres,  par  quelques  Mission-  |  naires  de  la  Com- 
pagnie  de  Jesus.  |  I  [-XXXIV].  Eecueil.  |  [Vignette.]  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Nicolas  le  Clerc,  rue  Saint  |  Jacques,  proche 
Saint  Yves,  a  1'Image  |  Saint  Lambert.  |  M.  DCC.  XVII  [-M.  DCC. 
LXXVI]  [1717-1776].  |  Avec  Privilege  dv  Eoi.  |  A. 

34  vols.  12°.     Rasles  (S.)    Lettre,  vol.  23,  pp.  198-307. 

"  Bibliographers  give  1717  as  the  date  of  the  first  edition  of  vol.  1  of  the  Let 
tres  Edifiantes.  This  is  wrong.  I  have  an  English  translation  of  vol.  1  printed 
in  1707.  The  Astor  library  has  vol.  7,  1707;  vol.  8,  1708;  vols.  3  and  4,  1713. 
Charlevoix  says  vol.  10  was  first  issued  in  1712.  Vol.  11,  apparently  not  a  first 
edition,  appeared  in  1715.  The  royal  approbation  to  print  vol.  1  is  dated  Aug. 
t3,  1702,  and  the  first  volume  must  have  been  issued  in  1702  or  1703.  Vol.  23, 
containing  Rasles's  Letter,  was  apparently  issued  first  in  1738."— Shea. 

2279  6  Lettres    Ediflantes  j  et  Curieuses  \  Ecrites  des  Missions  | 

Etrangeres  par  quelques  Mis-  |  sionnaires  de  la  Compagnie  de  | 
Jesus.  |  I  [-XXXIVJ.    Eecueil.  |  [Vignette.]  | 

A  Paris,  |  Chez  Nicolas  le  Clerc,  rue  Saint  |  Jacques,  a  1'Image  | 
saint  Lambert.  |  M.  DCCXVII  [-?  ].    Avec  Approbation,  &  Privi 
lege  du  Boy.  |  c. 

34  vols.  12°.     The  Library  of  Congress  has  only  vols.  1-26. 

Rasles  (S.)     Lettre,  vol.  23,  pp.  198-307. 

2279  c  j|[  |  Cartas  |  Ediflcantes,  Y  Curiosas,  |  escritas  |  de  las 

Missiones  |  Estrangeras,  |  por  |  Algunos  Missioneros  |  de  la  Com- 
pania  |  de  Jesus ;  |  traducidas  del  Idioma  Frances  |  por  el  Padre 
Diego  Daviu,  |  de  la  Compafiia  de  Jesus.  |  Tomo  Primero  [-Deci 
mosexto].  |  Con  Privilegio.  | 

En  Madrid :  En  la  Oflcina  de  la  Viuda  de  Manuel  Fernandez,  | 
Imprenta  del  Supremo  Cousejo  de  la  Inquisicion,  y  de  la  Eeverenda 


1008  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Lettres  Ediflantes — continued. 

|  Camara  Apostolica.    Aiio  MDCCLIII  [-M.  DCC.  LVII]   [1753- 
1757].  |  A.  c. 

16  vols.  sm.  4°.  The  title-page  of  vol.  2  differs  slightly  from  the  above,  and 
there  are  still  other  minor  variations  in  the  titles  of  subsequent  volumes. 

Rasles  (S.)    Carta,  vol.  13,  pp.  339-384. 

2279  d  Lettres  |  Edifiantes  |  et  Curieuses,  |  Ecrites  |  des  Mis 
sions  fitrangeres.  Nouvelle  Edition.  |  Me"moires  du  Levant.  |  Tome 
Premier  [-XXV1].  |  [Vignette.]  | 

A  Paris,  |  Cbez  J.  G.  Merigot  le  jeune,  Libraire,  Quai  des  |  Au- 
gustins,  au  coin  de  la  rue  Pave"e.  |  M.  DCC.  LXXX  [-M.  DCC.- 
LXXXII1]  [1780-1783].  |  Avec  Approbation  et  privilege  du  Boi.  |  c. 

26  vols.  12°.     Rasles's  Lettre,  vol.  6,  pp.  153-225. 

2279  e  Lettres  |  Ediflantes  |  et  |  Curieuses,  |  Sorites  |  des  Mis 
sions  Etraugeres.  |  Nouvelle  Edition,   orne"e  de  cinquante  belles 
gravures.  |  Me"moires  du  Levant. ;  Tome  Premier  [-Quatorzieme].  | 
[Vignette.]  | 

A  Lyon,  |  Chezj  J.  Vernarel,  Libraire;  |  Et.  Cabin  et  C.e,  Li- 
braires,  rue  St-Dominique,  u°  19.  |  M.  DCCC.  XIX  [1819].  |  A.  w. 

14  vols.  8°.     Rasles's  Lettre,  vol.  4,  pp.  95-138. 

2281  a  L6vy  (Pablo).  Notas  geograficas  y  ecouomicas  |  sobre  la  Re- 
piiblica  |  de  |  Nicaragua  |  su  historia,  topografia,  clima,  |  prodnc- 
ciones  y  riquezas,  poblacion  y  costuinbres,  gobierno,  agricultura,  ) 
industria.  comercio,  etc.  |  y  una  exposicion  completa  |  de  la  cuestion 
del  Canal  Interoceanico  y  de  la  de  iumigracion,  |  con  una  lista  bib- 
liografica,  |  le  mas  completa  hasta  el  dia  de  todos  los  libros  y  mapas 
relatives  &  la  |  America  Central  en  general  y  a  Nicaragua  en  particu 
lar  |  por  Pablo  Levy  |  Ingeuiero  |  [etc.,  three  lines].  |  Obraaprobada 
por  el  Gobierno  j  quo  La  [etc.,  three  lines].  |  [Eleven  lines  quotation.] 

Paris  |  Libreria  Espanola  de  E.  Denne"  Schmitz  |  Comisiouista 
para  Espafia  y  America,  |  2  Calle  Favart  2,  (Cerca  la  Opera- 
Comica).  |  1873  |  B.DGB. 

Pp.  i-xvi,  1-6.8.  8°.  map.     Carib  vocabulary,  94  words,  p.  298. 

2284 a  Lewis  (Robert  Benjamin).    Light  and  Truth;  |  collected  from  | 
the  Bible  and  Ancient  and  |  Modern  History,  |  containing  the  | 
Universal  History  |  of  the  |  Colored  and  the  Indian  Race,  |  from 
the  creation  of  the  world  |  to  the  present  time.  |  By  R.  B.  Lewis,  | 
a  colored  man.  |  [Quotation,  four  lines.]  | 

Boston:  |  Published  by  a  Committee  of  Colored  Gentlemen.  | 
Benjamin  F.  Roberts,  Printer.  |  1844.  |  * 

_  Pp.  i-viii,  9-400.  12°.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames. 
Vocabulary,  English,  Indian,  and  Hebrew  or  Chaldaic,  p.  251. 

2284  b  Libro  |  de  |  Cuentas  |  de  la  Cofradia  del  Rosario  |  en  el  Pueblo 
de  Suchiapa  |  desde  1796  hasta  1821.  |  En  lengua  Chapaneca.  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript  of  114  unnumbered  11.,  to  which  has  been  prefixed  a  mod 
ern  title,  as  above,  1  1.,  and  a  note,  1  1.,  by  Dr.  Berendt,  which  says:  "Este  libro 
contiene  iiiuchos  apuntes  en  lengua  Chapaneca,  relatives  a  las  contribuciones  de 
los  cofrades  y  a  los  gastos  de  la  Cofradia." 


LETTRES LYKINS.  1009 

2296  a  Llisa  (Fr.  Pedro  de).  Confesionario  en  idioma  del  Choconate, 
Paya,  Tapaliza  y  s-hecho  en  el  Darien  por  el  E.  P.  fr.  Pedro  de 
Llisa.  » 

Manuscript.    Title  from  M.  Alph.  Pinart. 

Loa  en  Obsequio.     See  Bosales  (F.  T.),  No.  3369. 

Lopez  de  Gomara  (Francisco).     See  Gomara  (Francisco  Lopez  de). 

Lopez  Figueroa  (Fr.  Antonio  Eosa).  See  Rosa  Lopez  Figueroa 
(Fr.  Antonio). 

2328  a  L[oughridge  (E.  M.)]    On  double  consonants  in  the  Creek  Lan 
guage.  * 
In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  4,  no.  47.     Muscogee,  I.  T.    July  29,  1880.  folio. 
Lozieres  (Baudry  De).     See  Baudry  De  Lozieres. 
Lu  tel  kaimintis  holinzuten.     See  [Giorda  (Rev.  J.)],  No.  1557. 

2348  Lucy-Fossarieu  (M.  P.  de).  Extrait  |  du  couipte  rendu  st6uogra- 
phique  |  du  Congres  International  |  des  Sciences  Ethnographi- 
ques,  |  tenu  a  Paris  du  15  au  17  Juillet  1878.  |  Les  langues  Indi- 
eunes  |  de  la  Californie.  |  Etude  <le  pbilologie  etbnograpbique,  | 
par  |  M.  P.  de  Lucy-Fossarieu,  |  Membre  du  Conseil  Central  de 
I'lustitution  Etbnograpbique,  |  Laur^at  de  la  Soci^te"  Ame>icaine 
de  France.  |  [Design.] 

Paris.  |  Impriuierie  Rationale.  |  M  DCCC  LXXXI  [1881].  | 

Pp.  1-55.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  2348.  DGB.  JWP. 

Lord's  Prayer  in  the  language  of  the  Missions  of  San-Francisco-Xavier  and 
San- Jose  de  Comondre,  p.  12;  of  the  Mission  of  San-Ignacio  de  Kadakamang, 
p.  12;  of  the  Missions  of  San-Francisco  de  Borga,  Santa-Gertrndis,  and  Santa- 
Maria,  p.  12. — Vocabulary  of  the  languages  of  the  following  Indians,  pp.  18-55: 
Calaveras  County,  Runsienes,  Kah-s<5-wahs, 

Klamath  River,  Santa- Ynez,  Lolotens  or  Tutatamys, 

San-Rafael,  Santa-Barbara,  Tehema, 

Santa-Cruz  County,  Santa-Crnz  Isle,  Santa-Clara, 

San-Carlos,  San-Gabriel  Mission,  San-Francisco  Bay, 

Carmelo,  San-Luis-Rey,  Province  d'Ynba, 

La  Soledad,  San-Miguel  Mission,  Dieguenos, 

Eslenes,  Kah-we'-yahs,  Yumas. 

A  reprint,  with  additions,  of  the  vocabularies  appearing  in  Taylor  (A.  S.), 
California  Notes,  No.  3807,  and  Johnson  (Adam),  and  Whipple  (Lieut.  A.  W.) 
in  Schoolcraft  (H.  R.),  No.  3519. 

2348  a  Ludewig  (Hermann  E.)  The  Literature  j  of  |  American  Aborigi 
nal  Languages.  |  By  |  Hermann  E.  Ludewig.  |  With  additions  and 
corrections  |  by  Professor  Wm.  W.  Turner.  |  Edited  by  Nicolas 
Triibner.  | 

London:  |  Triibner  and  Co.,  60,  Paternoster  Eow.  |  MDCCCLVIII 
[1858].  |  0.  T.  DGB.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1  l.,pp.  ix-xxiv,  1-258.  8°.  Brief  vocabulary  of  the  Ma  me  language, 
from  Reinoso,  p.  2sJ7. 

Lykins  (Johnston).  See  Davis  (John)  and  Lykins  (Johnston), 
No.  997. 

64  Bib 


1010  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2372  a  Macfie  (Matthew).    Vancouver  Island  and  |  British  Columbia.  | 
Their  History,  Resources,  and  Prospects.  |  By  |  Matthew  Macfie, 
F.  II.  G.  S.  |  Five  years  resident  in  Victoria,  V.  I.  | 

London:    |    Longman,  Green,  Longman,  Roberts,  &   Green.    | 
1865.  |  B.  c.  BA. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  vii-xxi,  1  1.,  pp.  1-574.  8°.  A  few  sentences  in  the  Chinook  Jargon, 
pp.  472-473. 

2377     Mclntosh  (John).    The  Origin  of  the  North  American  Indians,  &c. 
Some  copies  of  this  work  bear  the  date  1844.     (*) 

2379 a  The  |  Origin  |  of  the  |  North  American  Indians;  |  with 

a  |  faithful  description  of  their  manners  and  |  customs,  both  civil 
and  military,  their  |  religions,  languages,  dress,  |  and  ornaments:  | 
including   |    various   specimens  of  Indian   eloquence,  as  well  as 
histor  |  ical  and  biographical  sketches  of  almost  all  the  |  distin 
guished  nations  and  celebrated  |  warriors,  statesmen  and  orators,  | 
among  the  |  Indians  of  North  America.  |  New  edition,  improved 
and  enlarged.  |  By  John  Mclntosh.  | 

New -York:   |  Nafis  &  Cornish,  278  Pearl  Street.  |  St.  Louis, 
(Mo.) — Nafis,  Cornish  &  Co.  |  Philadelphia — John  B.  Perry.  | 
[N.  d.]  * 

Pp.  i-xxxv,  39-345.  12°.   Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

2387  a  Mackenzie  (Alexander).    Voyages  |  from  |  Montreal,  |  on  the 
River  St.  Laurence,  |  through  the  |  Continent  of  North  America,  | 
to  the  |  Frozen  and  Pacific  Oceans :  j  in  the  years  1789  and  1793.  | 
With  a  preliminary  account  of  |  the  Rise,  Progress,  and  Present 
State  of  |  the  Fur  Trade  |  of  |  that  Country.  |  Illustrated  with  a 
Map.  |  By  Alexander  Mackenzie,  Esq.  |  First  American  Edition.  | 

New-York:  |  Printed  and  Sold  by  G.  F.  Hopkins,  at  Washington's 
Head,  No.  118,  Pearl-Street.  |  1802.  |  A.  BA. 

Pp.  i-viii,  1  1.,  pp.  1-94,  1-296.  8°.  map.  Linguistics,  pp.  74-«2,  91-94,  271. 
The  first  American  edition,  mentioned  in  note  to  No.  2387. 

2390     Tableau  |  Historique  et  Politique  |  du  Commerce  des  Pel- 

leteries  |  dans  le  Canada,  |  depuis  1608  jusqu'a  nos  jours.  |  Conte- 
nant  beaucoup  de  details  sur  les  nations  sau-  |  vages  qui  1'habitent, 
et  sur  les  vastes  contr^es  qui  y  |  sout  contigues;  |  Avec  an  Voca- 
bulaire  de  la  langue  de  plusieurs  peuples  de  ces  |  vastes  contre"es.  | 
Par  Alexandre  Mackenzie.  |  Traduitdel'Anglais,  |  par  J.  Castera.  j 
Orne  du  portrait  de  1'Auteur.  | 

Paris,  |  Dentu,  Imprim.-Lib.re,  rue  du  Pont-de-Lody,  n.°  3.  | 
M.D.CCCVII  [1807].  |  c. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-310, 11.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2390.  Vocabnlaire  de  la  langue 
algonquiue  et  de  celle  des  Knisteneaux,  pp.  2dl-274. — Vocabulaire  de  la  langue 
chipiouayne,  pp.  304-310. 

2392  a  Maclean  (J.  P.)    Maya  literature.  DGB. 

Pp.  438-448.  8°.  From  some  magazine  for  October,  1883,  New  Series,  vol.  xx. 
Contains  Maya  prophecy,  with  English  translation,  from  the  Books  of  Chilam 
Balam,  foot-note,  p.  442. 


M  ACFIE — MALTE-BRUN.  1011 

2393  a  Macleod  (Rev.  Xavier  Donald).  Devotion  |  to  the  |  Blessed  Vir 
gin  Mary  |  in  |  North  America.  |  By  |  The  Eev.  Xavier  Donald 
Macleod,  |  Professor  of  Rhetoric  aud  Belles  Lettres  in  St.  Mary's 
College,  |  Cincinnati.  |  With  a  Memoir  of  the  Author,  |  By  |  The 
Most  Eev.  John  B.  Purcell,  D.  D.  |  Archbishop  of  Cincinnati.  | 

New  York:  |  Virtue  &  Yorston,  |  12  Dey  Street.  |  [Copyright 
1866.]  c.s. 

Pp.  i-iv,  3-7,  ix-xxiii,  1-467.  8°.  Hymn  to  the  Blessed  Virgin  in  Chinook 
Jargon,  p.  255. — Memorare  in  Penobscot,  from  Vetromile,  p.  354. 

2393  b  History  |  of  |  Roman  Catholicism  |  in  |  North  America.  | 

By  |  The  Rev.  Xavier  Donald  Macleod,  |  Professor  of  Rhetoric  and 
Belles  Lettres  in  St.  Mary's  College,  Cincinnati.  |  With  a  Memoir 
of  the  Author,  |  by  |  The  Most  Rev.  John  B.  Purcell,  D.  D.,  | 
Archbishop  of  Cincinnati.  | 

New  York:  |  Virtue  &  Yorston,  |  12  Dey  Street.  |  [186?]  |       BA. 

Pp.  i-iv,  5-7,  1  l.,ix-xxiii,  1-467.  8°.  2  plates.  Linguistics  as  above,  pp.  255, 
354. 

Malan  (Rev.  Cesar).     See  Swiss  Peasant,  No.  3789. 

2421  a  Mallery  (Col.  Garrick).  Forschuugen  und  Anregungen  |  iiber 
die  |  Zeichensprache  der  Indianer  |  Nord-An.erikas.  j  Von  |  Garrick 
Mallery.  |  Uebersetzt  von  |  Agnes  Brauer.  |  Hit  Aumerkungen  von 
Wilhelm  Keil.  |  Sonderdruck  aus  den  "Mittheiluugen  des  Vercins 
fur  Erdkunde  |  zu  Halle  a  S.",  Jahrgang  1882.  | 

Halle  a.  S.,  |  Verlag  der  Buchhandlung  des  Waiseuhauses.  | 
1882.  |  JWP. 

Outside  title  1  1. ;  title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  pp.  1-88.  8°.  German  translation 
of  No.  2421. 

2431  a  Sign  Language  among  the  N.  A.  Indians,  &c.  JWP. 

Partly  reprinted  in  Internationale  Zeitschrift  fiir  Allgemeine  Sprachwisseu- 
schaft,  Baud  I,  Heft  1,  pp.  193-210.  Leipzig,  1884.  royal  8°. 

2436  a  Malte-Brun  (Malthe  Konrad  Brun,  known  o«).     Universal  |  Geog 
raphy,  |  or  |  a  Description  |  of  |  all  the  parts  of  the  World,  |  on  a 
new  plan,  |  according  to  the  great  natural  divisions  of  the  globe;  | 
accompanied  with  |  analytical,  synoptical,  and  elementary  tables.  | 
By  M.  Malte-Bruu.  |  Improved  by  the  addition  of  the  most  recent 
information,  derived  from  |  various  sources.  |  Vol.  1  [-V].  |  Con 
taining  the  theory,  or  mathematical,  physical,  and  |  political  prin 
ciples  of  geography.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  Published  by  John  Laval.  |  1832.  |  c. 

5  vols.  8°.  Table  of  the  Geographical  connexion  of  the  American  and  Asiatic 
languages,  vol.  3,  pp.  148-154. 

2437  a  Geographic  |  Universelle  |  ou  |  Description  de  toutes  les 

l)arties  du  inonde  |  sur  uu  plan  nouveau  |  d'apres  K-s  grandes  divi 
sions  nuturellesdu  globe;  |  pre'ce'de'  |  De  1'histoire  de  laGeographie 


1012  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Malte-Brun  (Malthe  Kourad  Brun,  known  as)— continued. 

chez  les  peuples  anciens  et  modernes  |  et  d'une  th6orie  g6n6rale  de 
la  geographic  mathematique,  |  physique  et  politique ;  |  par  |  Malte- 
Brun.  |  Cinquieme  Edition  |  revue,  corrige'e,  et  augmentee  de  toutes 
les  nouvelles  d^couvertes  |  par  M.  J.  J.-N.  Huot.  |  Tome  Premier 
f-Sixieme].  |  Histoire  et  Theorie  Generate  de  la  Geographic.  | 

Paris.  |  Furue  et  Cie,  Libraires-Editeurs,  |  55,  rue  Saint- Andr6- 
des-arts.  |  1841.  |  A. 

6  vols.  8°.  Tableau  de  1'enchalnement  ge'ographique  des  langues  ame'ricaines 
et  asiatiques,  vol.  6',  pp.  18-21. 

2457  b  Precis  |  de  la  |  Geographic  ]  Universelle,  |  on  |  descrip 
tion  de  toutes  les  parties  du  Monde  |  sur  un  plan  nouveau,  |  d'apres 
les  grandes  divisions  naturelles  de  globe;  |  precede  de  1'histoire  de 
la  g^ographie  chez  les  peuples  anciens  et  modernes,  et  d'une  th£o- 
rie  |  geue>ale  de  la  geographic  mathematique,  physique  et  poli 
tique;  |  accoinpagnee  |  d'uii  atlas  iu-folio  de  71  cartes;  |  Par  Malte- 
Bruu.  |  Nouvelle  Edition,  |  revue,  corrigee,  mise  dans  un  nouvel 
ordre,  |  et  eurichie  de  toutes  les  nouvelles  decouvertes,  |  par 
M.  J.-J.-N.  Huot,  |  augmented  |  de  renseignements  statistiques 
publics  dans  le  dernier  ouvrage  de  Balbi.  |  Tome  I  [-VI].  | 

Bruxelles,  |  Lacrosse  et  Cie,  Libraires-Editeurs,  |  Rue  Eoyale 
Neuve,  No.  55.  |  1839.  |  B. 

6  vols.,  8°,  and  atlas  folio.     Tableau,  &c.,  vol.  6,  pp.  296-301. 

2437  c  Universal  Geography:  |  being  |  a  description  of  all  parts 

of  the  world,  |  with  analytical,  synoptical,  and  elementary  tables.  | 
By  M.  Malte-Brun,  |  Editor  of  the  "Annales  des  Voyages,"  etc.  | 
With  additions  and  corrections.  |  By  James  0.  Percival.  |  A  Few 
Edition:  |  Containing  recent  geographical  discoveries,  changes  in 
political  geography,  |  and  other  valuable  additions.  |  Compiled  from 
the  late  French  editions  of  Malte-Brun,  by  MM.  Huot  and  Laval- 
iee,  |  and  the  most  recent  American  authorities.  |  Beautifully  illus 
trated  with  steel  engravings  and  fine  colored  maps.  |  In  three  vol 
umes.  |  Vol.  I  [-III].  | 

Boston :  |  Published  by  Samuel  Walker  &  Co.  |  1865.  |  c. 

3  vols.  4°.    Table,  vol.  2,  pp.  173-176. 

Manners,  Customs,  and  Antiquities  of  the  Indians     See  [Goodrich 
(Samuel  Griswold)],  No.  1570. 

2438 «  Manitoba  Historical  and  Scientific  Society.  Manitoba  |  Historical 
and  |  Scientific  Society.  |  Publication  No.  1  [-5].  |  "The  Causes  of 
the  Rising  in  the  |  Red  River  Settlement,  |  1869-70."  |  Alex.  Mc- 
Arthur,  Esq.  |  JWP. 

5  pamphlets.  8°. 

Burman  (Rev.  \\.  A.)    The  Sioux  Language.     Publication  No.  5. 

Manitowompae  Pomantamoonk  [in  the  Massachusetts  language]. 
See  [Eliot  (Johu)J,  Nos.  1188-1189. 


MALTE-BRUN — MARCOUX.  1013 

Manual  of  Devotion,  in  the  Beaver  Indian  Dialect.  See  [Bompas 
(Rev.  William  Carpenter)],  No.  405. 

Manual  para  adininistrar  *  *  idioma  Cahita.  See  [Gonzalez 
(P.  Diego  Pablo)],  No.  1563,  in  these  Additions  and  Corrections. 

2440     Manualito  |  para  administrar  |  el  Viatico  |  y  extremauncion  |  en 
idioma  Mexicano.  |  Con  las  licencias  necesarias.  | 

Mexico:  1817.  |  En  la  Oficina  de  D.  Alexandra  Valde's,  calle  de 
Santo  Domingo.  |  » 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-9.  16°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2440,  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eames 
from  copy  seen  at  the  sale  of  books  belonging  to  Hon.  Henry  C.  Murphy. 

2450  Manuscrit.  Commission  ScieutifiqueduMexique.  |  Manuscrit  |  dit  | 
Mexicain  |  N°  2  de  la  Bibliotheque  Iinperiale  |  photographic  (sans 
reduction)  |  Par  ordre  de  S.  E.  M.  Duruy,  Ministre  de  1'Instruction 
publique  |  President  de  la  Commission  scientiflque  du  Mexiqne.  | 

Paris  1864  |  Iraprimerie  Bonaventnre  et  Ducessois.  Imprimerie 
photograph ique  Benoist.  |  JWP. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  title  1 1.,  22  plates,  large  folio.    Improved  title  of  No.  2450. 

"This  manuscript  is,  in  characters,  identical  with  the  Manuscript  Troano 
and  the  Dresden  Codex.  It  is  the  most  perfect  of  the  three  in  regard  to  the 
beauty  and  delicacy  of  the  writing;  but  it  is  also  the  one  that  had  suffered  most. 
But  50  copies  were  published." — Brasseur  de  Hourbourg. 

Dr.  Brinton,  in  his  Introduction  to  the  "  Study  of  the  Manuscript  Troano," 
says:  "This  fragment — for  it  is  unfortunately  nothing  more — was  discovered  in 
1859  by  Prof.  Leon  de  Rosny  among  a  mass  of  old  papers  in  the  National  Library. 
It  consists  of  eleven  leaves,  twenty-two  pages,  each  9  inches  long  and  5J  inches 
wide.  It  unquestionably  belongs  to  the  Maya  manuscripts.  Its  origin  is  un 
known." 

This  manuscript  is  commonly  known  as  the  "Codex  Peresianns,"  from  the 
name  "Perez"  found  on  the  wrapper.  See  Rosny  (Leon  de),  No. 3380 d. 

2452  a  Marcos  (Fr.  Diego).     [Sermon  in  the  Mexican  language.] 

Colophon:  Amen  Jesus  |  23  del  mes  diciembre  1619  afios  |  nihuatl 
onic  yan  cuili  yni  amotl  |  no  to  ca  diego  marcos  |  B. 

Manuscript.  9  11.  4°.  No  title.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco; 
bought  at  the  sale  of  the  Ramirez  collection,  London,  in  the  catalogue  of  which 
it  is  entered  under  No.  530.  On  the  first  page,  at  the  beginning  of  the  sermon, 
is  the  usual  I.  H.  S.,  rudely  ornamented  in  ink.  While  the  main  portion  of  the 
sermon  is  in  Mexican,  many  Spanish  words  are  introduced.  The  discourse  is 
divided  into  paragraphs,  each  commencing  with  the  word  Yzcatqtte,  written  also 
Izcatqui. 

2454  a  [Marcoux  (R6v.  Joseph).    Catechism  in  the  Caughnawaga  dialect 
of  the  Iroquois.]  JWP. 

Colophon:  Tehoristoraragon  Joseph  Hebert  |  Wisonke.  1823.  | 
11  pp.  18°.  A  fragment,  consisting  of  pp.  9-11,  of  what  is  evidently  the  con 
cluding  portion  of  a  Roman  Catholic  catechism  in  the  Mohawk  language.  The 
heading  on  p. 9,  "lontatkentsiokhas,"  means  "  Confirmation,"  literally  "anoint 
ing  the  forehead."  The  first  sentence,  "Toni  karihoten  iontatkentsiokhas t " 
reads  in  English  "What  is  the  meaning  of  Confirmation  T" 

Wisonke,  "At  the  Plums,"  is  the  Iroquois  name  of  the  village  of  St.  Philippe, 
near  Caughnawaga,  opposite  Montreal.  These  few  pages  are  all  I  have  seen  of 


1014  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

[Marcoux  (R6v.  Joseph) — continued. 

this  work;  nor  have  I  seen  any  reference  to  au  edition  of  this  date.  They  con 
tain,  apparently,  the  same  matter,  in  a  modified  form,  as  do  pp.  37-38  of  the 
edition  of  1844  (No.  2455),  the  w's  and  g's  in  the  earlier  edition  being  changed  to 
S's  and  k's  in  the  later. 

Concerning  this  work  the  Abbe'  Cuoq  writes  as  follows:  '•!  return  the  leaves 
of  the  Iroquois  Catechism.  They  prove  evidently  that  Mr.  Joseph  Marcoux, 
missionary  of  Sault  St.  Louis,  had  his  catechism  printed  in  1823  at  St.  Philippe, 
a  parish  not  far  from  Caughnawa,  where  the  cure'  had  set  up  a  printing  press. 
Before  receiving  the  three  pages  that  you  have  sent  me,  I  did  not  even  suspect 
its  existence.  I  had  never  heard  that  the  edition  of  1842  (or  '43?)  had  been  pre 
ceded  by  another.  I  had  always  regarded  it  as  the  first,  and  I  am  very  sure  that 
no  traces  remain  in  our  missions  of  this  precious  relic  of  1823."  The  AbbcS  I 
think  refers  to  the  edition  of  1844,  the  approval  of  which  is  "  Donn6  a  Montreal, 
le  douze  Septeinbre  Mille-huit-cent-quarante-trois."  See  No.  2455. 


2473 «  Marietti  (Pietro),  editor.  Oratio  Dominica  |  in  COL.  lingvas 
versa  j  et  j  (JLXXX.  charactervm  formis  |  vel  nostratibvs  vel  pere- 
grinis  expressa  |  cvrante  |  Petro  Marietti  |  Eqvite  Typographo 
Pontificio  |  Socio  Administro  |  Typographei  |  S.  Consilii  de  Propa 
ganda  Fide  |  [Printer's  device]  |  Eomae  |  Anno  M.  DCCC.  LXX 
[1870].  |  * 

5  p.  11.  (half-title,  title,  and  dedication),  pp.  xi-xxvii,  1-319,  4  11.  indexes.  4°. 
Title  and  note  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Tiumbull  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

Pars  Tertia  (Linguae  Turanicae  sen  Mongolicae)  includes  59  versions  in 
American  languages  and  dialects.  Idiomata  Americana..  .Meridioualia:  Cari- 
bice'  [as  in  Raymond  Breton  and  Hervas].  Idiomata  Septentrionalia:  Kachice, 
p.  279;  Poconchice  sen  Pocomanice,  p.  280;  Mayice  seu  Yucatanice,  p.  281; 
Messicanice,  p.  282;  Mixtecice,  p.  283;  Totonacca,  p.  284;  Otomitice,  p.  285; 
Tarasca  dialecto,  p.  286;  Perindice,  p.  287  ;  Coraice,  p.  288;  Tubarice,  p.  289 ; 
Tarauhmarice,  p.  290;  Opataice,  p.  291 ;  Cochimice,  p.  292  ;  Virginiace  [i.  e., 
Massachusetts,  from  Eliot's  Bible],  p.  293;  Canadensi  idiomate  [Moutagnais, 
of  Father  Masse",  in  Champlain's  Voyages,  1632],  p.  294;  Shavannice  [  pseudo- 
Shawanno,  from  Cbamberlayne],  p.  295;  Mohogice  [from  Hervasf]  p.  296; 
Illinice  [as  in  Bodiani,  "ex  MS."],  p. 297;  Mareschetice,  Abenacquiorum  dia 
lecto,  p.  298  ;  Penobscotice,  alia  Abenacquiorum  dialecto,  p.  299 ;  Pasamaquod- 
dice,  alia  Abenacquiorum  dialecto,  p.  300 ;  Micmacensi  dialecto,  p.  301;  Tadus- 
sacca  dialecto  [Montagnais],p.  302;  Oregonice,  p.  303  ;  Crianae  seu  Cree  tribus 
dialecto,  p.  304 ;  Koeteuaice  tribus  dialecto,  p.  305  ;  Pedum-Nigrorum  tribus  ita 
dictse  dialecto,  p.  306 ;  Assiniboinice,  p.  307  ;  Potawotomice,  p.  308 ;  Groenlan- 
dice,  p.  309. 

2478  Marroquin  (D,  Francisco).  Arte  para  aprender  las  Principals 
Idiomas  de  Guatemala.  * 

"  Besides  the  Arte  and  Doctrina,  Marroquin  seems  tohave  compiled  a  Kachiquel 
dictionary.  At  any  rate  his  name  appears  at  the  end  of  a  Kachiquel  dictionary 
in  my  possession,  as  also  at  the  end  of  another  in  the  Imperial  Library  of  Paris. 
Both  of  these,  however,  are  copies  of  a  single  original." — Squier. 

"  Sr.  D.  Francisco  Marroquin,  a  native  of  the  province  of  Santander  in  Spain, 
came  to  Mexico  about  the  year  1530,  and  was  consecrated  as  first  bishop  of  Gua 
temala  in  1537.  Under  his  administration  the  missions  flourished  greatly.  He 
also  established  one  among  the  nation  of  the  Mauies,  which  resulted  in  their 
language  being  reduced  to  writing;  and  afterwards  there  were  printed  in  Mexico 


MARCOUX — MARSHALL.  1015 

Marroquin  (I).  Francisco) — continued. 

Artes  of  this  tongue,  by  the  fathers  Fr.  Geronimo  Larios  in  1607,  and  Fr.  Diego 
de  Reinoso  in  1643.  In  1545  he  made  a  pastoral  visit  to  the  province  of  Tnzulut- 
lan,  and  in  1549  he  founded  the  royal  hospital  of  Santiago.  After  performing 
many  other  useful  acts,  he  died  April  9,  1563. 

"From  the  time  that  he  first  arrived  in  Guatemala  he  applied  himself  to  the 
study  of  the  principal  language  of  the  natives,  which  was  the  Quich6  or  Utla- 
teca,  and  acquired  it  to  perfection.  When  the  first  Dominicans  arrived  in  1535, 
the  zealous  bishop  undertook  to  instruct  them  in  this  tongue,  and  it  appears 
that  he  composed  an  Arte  or  Grammar  of  it,  which  was  never  printed.  He  was 
also  the  first  who  wrote  a  Doctrina  in  the  same  language,  which  he  had  printed 
at  his  own  expense  at  Mexico,  as  there  was  no  press  in  Guatemala.  In  speaking 
of  it,  Remesal  uses  these  words:  'Although  it  says  on  the  title  that  he  prepared 
it  with  the  assistance  of  the  interpreters  of  the  Dominican  and  Franciscan  orders, 
Fr.  Juan  de  Torres  and  Fr.  Pedro  de  Santos  [Betanzosf],  it  was  as  much  on 
account  of  the  bishop's  humility  (for  he  was  well  able  to  do  it  without  their  aid), 
as  for  the  reason  that  it  was  understood  that  the  language  and  terms  were  em 
ployed  by  persons  of  both  orders  and  approved  by  them ;  for  they  are  accustomed 
to  differ  in  the  translation  of  certain  words.'  And  he  adds  in  another  place: 
'these  differences  were  the  cause  of  much  dispute.'  They  rested  principally  on 
the  question  whether,  in  speaking  to  the  Indians,  the  Spanish  word  Dioi  should 
be  used,  or  its  equivalent  Cavobil.  The  Franciscans  were  in  favor  of  the  former, 
and  the  Dominicans  of  the  latter.  The  dispute  did  not  cease  '  until  time  put  an 
end  to  it  and  caused  all  to  be  forgotten.'  Remesal  also  says  that  in  1612  the 
bishop  D.  Fr.  Juan  Cabezas,  equally  well  conversant  with  this  tongue,  seeing 
that  there  were  great  differences  in  opinion  among  the  missionaries  on  the  man 
ner  of  explaining  to  the  Indians  the  holy  communion,  called  together  an  assembly 
of  learned  men,  in  which  it  was  declared  that  the  interpretation  of  Sr.  Marro- 
qnin  was  the  most  proper  and  correct  which  could  be  given ;  and  for  this  reason 
the  bishop  commanded  that  the  Christian  doctrine  should  be  taught  from  that 
book  and  from  no  other. 

"Notwithstanding  the  authority  of  Remesal,  it  is  still  doubtful  whether  Sr. 
Marroquin  wrote  his  Doctrina  in  Quich6  or  in  Cachiquel.  As  no  one  has  seen 
the  first  edition,  it  is  impossible  to  know  what  was  its  true  title;  the  second 
edition,  which  is  evidently  a  reimpression,  is  in  Cachiquel.  Besides  this  fact, 
Squier  states  that  he  owned  a  copy  of  a  vocabulario  in  Cachiquel,  with  the  signa 
ture  of  Sr.  Marroquin.  At  all  events,  if  he  was  the  first  who  wrote  a  Doctrina 
in  one  of  these  languages,  he  was  not  the  first  to  have  one  printed.  Prior  to 
1553,  the  Franciscan  fathers  had  caused  to  be  printed  in  Mexico  a  Catecismo  6 
Doctrina  Crlstiana  en  la  lengua  de  Guatemala,  probably  compiled  by  Fr.  Pedro  de 
Betanzos  (Remesal,  lib.  x,  cap.  3);  and  it  was  this  Doctrina  which  gave  rise  to 
the  disputes  concerning  the  words  Dios  and  Cabovil,  and  of  which  no  copy  is 
known  to  be  extant." — Icazbalceta,  Bibliografia  Mexicana  del  Siglo  XVI,  pp.  69-74. 

2478  a  Marshall  (Orsamus  H.)    Narrative  of  the  Expedition  of  the  • 
Marquis  de  Nonville,  against  the  Senecas,  in  1687,  translated  from 
the  French,  with  an  Introductory  notice  and  notes.    By  Orsamus 
H.  Marshall. 

In  New  York  Hist.  Soo.,  Coll.,  second  series,  vol.  2,  pp.  149-192.  New  York, 
1848.  8°.  Original  issue  of  No.  2479. 

Explanation  of  the  map,  pp.  186-188,  contains  a  list  of  Seneca  names  of  places 
with  definitions. 

2480  The  Niagara  Frontier:  |  Embracing  |  Sketches  of  its  Early 

History,  |  and  |  Indian,  French  and  English  Local  Names.  |  Read 


1016  NOETH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Marshall  (Orsamus  H.) — continued. 

before  the  Buffalo  Historical  Club,  |  February  27th,  1865,  |  By 
Orsamus  H.  Marshall.  |  Printed  for  Private  Circulation.  | 

[Joseph  Warren  &  Co.,  Printers,  |  Courier  Office,  Buffalo.  |  ] 
[1865.]  c.  T. 

Pp.  1^16.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2480.  Seneca  names,  pp.  43-46.  This  work 
was  originally  published  in  Publications  of  the  Buffalo  Hist.  Soc.,  vol.  2,1880,  pp. 
395-429;  linguistics,  pp.  427-429.  (*) 

2482  a  Martinez  (Fr.  Alonso).  Manual  breve,  y  compendioso  para  em- 
pezar  a  aprender  la  lengua  Zapoteca  y  administrar  en  casa  de  ne- 
cesidad.  * 

Manuscript,  84  unnumbered  11.,  4°,  in  possession  of  Dr.  Jose'  M»  Melgar,  Vera 
Cruz.  Title  from  Dr.  Berendt's  notes  in  a  copy  of  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes,  in 
possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton.  Dr.  Bereudt  made  a  copy  of  this  manuscript 
(see  next  title),  in  the  Advertencia  of  which  he  describes  the  original  as  follows: 

"El  original  de  este  confesionario  y  arte  ge  halla  en  un  MS.  en  cuarto  menor  de 
83  fojas  sin  numeracion,  letra  y  papel  del  siglo  XVII.  No  tiene  portada  y  le 
faltan  las  ultimas  hojas.  Coutiene  entre  materias  religiosas,  noticias  sobre  his- 
toria  natural, poesias,  etc.,  en  castellano  y  latin  el  confesionario  en  fojas  13-29  y 
el  arte  en  fojas  36-48.  Es  propriedad  de  J".  Me.  Melgar  en  Vera  Cruz  quien  lo 
coinpr<5  en  Una  libreria  autiquaria  de  la  ciudad  de  Mexico. 

"  Va  copiado  linea  por  linea  y  paginas  por  paginas,  lo  Zapoteco  en  letra  re- 
donda  y  lo  Castellano  en  cursiva  ordinaria.  Vera  Cruz,  enero  22  de  1871.  Dr.  C. 
H.  Berendt." 

2482  b  Manual  breue  |  y  compendioso,  para  empezar  a  apren 
der  |  lengua  Zapoteca  y  administrar  en  casa  |  de  necessidad.  Lo 
escribio  Fr.  Alonso  |  Martinez  de  la  orden  de  S°  Domingo  |  y  lo 
8ujeta  a  la  Santa  Madre  yglesia  |  catolica  romana  y  a  su  correc- 
cion  y  |  censura.  |  ano  de  1633.  |  Copiado  en  Verapaz  |  1871.  | 

Manuscript.    Title,  verso  blank,  I  1. ;  Advertencia,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  pp.  1-66. 

4°.     Copied  by  Dr.  C.  H.  Berendt  from  the  original  (see  title  above).  DGB. 

Marty  ( Rt.  Rev.  Martin).    See  Ravoux  (Rev.  Augustin),  No.  3200a. 

2487  a  Martyr  (Peter).  The  Decades  |  of  the  newe  worlde  or  |  west 
India,  |  Conteynyng  the  iiauigations  and  couquestes  |  of  the  Span- 
yardes,  with  the  particular  de-  |  scription  of  the  moste  ryche  and 
large  landes  |  and  Ilandes  lately  founde  in  the  west  Ocean  |  per- 
teynyng  to  the  inheritannce  of  the  kinges  |  of  Spayne.  In  the 
which  the  diligent  reader  |  may  not  only  consyder  what  commod.tie 
may  |  hereby  chaunce  to  the  hole  Christian  world  in  |  tyme  to  come, 
but  also  learne  many  secreates  |  touchynge  the  lande,  the  sea,  and 
the  starres,  |  very  necessarie  to  be  knowe  to  al  such  as  shal  |  at- 
tempte  any  nauigatious,  or  otherwise  |  haue  delite  to  beholde  the 
strange  |  and  woonderfull  woorkes  of  |  God  and  nature.  |  Wrytteu 
in  the,  Latine  tounge  by  Peter  |  Martyr  of  Angleria,  and  trans-  | 
lated  into  Englysshe  by  |  Rycharde  Eden.  | 
f  Londoni.  |  In  sedibus  Guilhelmi  Powell.  |  Anno.  1555.  I 
Colophon :  fl  Imprynted  at  London,  in  Lumbard  Strate  at  the 
signe  of  the  Cradle  by  Edwarde  Sutton.  Anno.  Dili.  M  D  LV 
[1555].  . 


MARSHALL — MATHIVET.  1017 

Martyr  (Peter) — continued. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1 1. ;  23  other  p.  11. ;  11. 1-361 ;  13 11.  table  and  errata.  Title 
from  Bartlett's  Catalogue  of  the  library  of  John  Carter  Brown,  No.  196.  Inter 
pretation  of  certain  words  of  th,>  Indian  language,  8th  p.  1. 

Maskoke  Semabayeta.     See  [Fleming  (John)],  No.  1304. 
Mason  (Otis  T.),  editor.    See  Byington  (Rev.  Cyrus),  No.  561. 
Massachusee  Psalter.    See  [Mayhew  (Rev.  Experience)],  No.  2527. 

Masukkenukeeg  Matcheseaeuvog  [in  Algonkin].  See  Djanforth 
(Samuel)],  No.  987. 

2502  Mather  (Rev.  Cotton).  Wussukwhonk  |  En  Christianeue  asuh 
peantamwae  |  Indianog,  |  Wahteauwaheonaount  |  Teanteagquas- 
siuish,  |  Nish  |  Englishmausog  |  Kodtantamwog  ludiauog  |  Wah- 
teannatekahlJsseuate,  |  EnmichemohtaeWuuiiiyeuonganit.  |  —  | 
Wussukwhosik  uashpe  Cotton  Mather,  |  Englishmanne  Nohtom- 
peantog,  j  nampoo-  j  haruunate  kodtantamoonk  Edward  j  Bromfleld 
Englishmanne  Nauawunnuaenuh,  |  noh  ukkodaninuumau  yeu 
womoausue  |  Magooonk  en  Indiansut.  | 

Mushauwomuk,  |  Printeuun  nashpe  Bartholomew  Green,  kah 
John  Allen,  1700.  | 

Second  iitle:   An  Epistle  |  to  the  Christian  |  Indians,  Giving 
them  |  A  Short  Account,  of  what  the  |  English  |  Desire  them  to 
Know  and  to  Do,  |  in  order  to  their  Happiness.  |  —  |  Written  by 
an  English  Minister,  at  the  |  Desire  of  an  English  Magistrate,  | 
who  sends  unto  them  this  |  Token  of  Love.  |  —  |  T. 

Boston,  Printed  by  Bartholomew  Green,  and  |  John  Allen.  1700.  | 

One  sheet  10° ;  the  page  numbers  doubled.  Indian  title  on  verso  of  first  leaf; 
English,  on  recto  of  second  leaf,  the  verso  of  which  is  page  t  of  the  Indian  text, 
with  page  1  of  the  English,  opposite.  Ends  on  (double)  page  14.  Improved 
title  of  No.  2502. 

2506 a  Mathevet  (P.  John  Claude).    Cantique  en  langue  Algonquine. 
In  Soc  Fhilol.,  Actes,  tome  1,  pp.  73-76.     Paris,  1?72.  8°. 
Two  Algonkin  versions,  one  by  P.  Mathevet,  with  French  translation  by  the 
Abb<5  Cnoq,  the  other  by  N.  O.  [Cuoq],  also  with  French  translation. 

2508  a  Sermons   et    Instructions  Iroquois,  par  M.  Mathevet 

(Taiorhensere)  Ancien  Missionnaire  du  Lac  des  Deux  Montagues.    * 

Manuscript ;   in  the  archives  of  the  Catholic  Church  at  the  above  mission. 
List  furnished  by  Mrs.  Erminnie  A.  Smith. 
Cendres.  Increpation. 

Ivrognerie.  SS.  Pierre  et  Paul. 

Ann.  dn  Careme  Dance. 

Jugement  particulier.  Obe'issance  aux  V.  (2  sermons). 

Pe'che'  mortel.  Differents  avis,  &c. 

Annonciation.  Assomption. 

Aunouce  de  la  Sem.  Ste.  Avis  du  soin  des  enfants. 

Paque  (2  sermons).  De  Regia  via  Ste  Crucis. 

Ascension.  Sermons  sur  la  Montague. 


1018  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Mathevet  (P.  John  Claude)— continued. 

Enfer.  Purification. 

Rameaux.  Sur  la  passion  ot  sur  lea  afflictions. 

Sem.  Ste.  Ann.  des  jours  gras  et  du  car&ue. 

Jugement  te'me'raire.  St.  Mathias. 

Procession  des  Rogations  St.  Fran.  X. 

Ann.  de  la  Pentecdte.  Sur  un  nouveau  Noel. 

Dimes.  Fidelite"  dans  les  petites  choses. 

Paques.  Attribuer  tout  a  Dieu,  &c. 

St.  Simon  et  St.  Jude.  Plusieurs  diff.  avis,  &c.,orgueil. 

Noel.  De'dicace. 

Epiphanie.  St.  J.  Baptiste. 

De  plus,  SI.  Mathevet  est  1'auteur  de  plusieurs  cautiques  et  des  pritres  pour 
la  Ste  messe,  lesquelles  ont  6t6  en  grandes  parties  imprime'es  et  re'imprime'es. 

Matthewnim  Taaiskit  [Nez  Percys].  [See  Spalding  (Rev.  H.  H.)], 
No.  3707. 

2523  Maximilian  ( Alexander  Philipp,  Prinz  von  Wied  -  Neuwied ). 
Travels  |  in  |  the  interior  of  |  North  America.  |  By  |  Maximilian, 
Prince  of  Wied.  |  With  numerous  engravings  on  wood,  |  and  ;i 
large  map.  |  Translated  from  the  German,  |  By  n.  Evans  Lloyd.  | 
To  accompany  the  original  series  of  eighty-one.  |  elaborately- 
coloured  plates.  |  Size,  imperial  folio.  | 

London:  |  Ackermann  and  Co.,  96,  Strand.  |  MDCCCXLIII 
[1843].  |  A.C.W.BA. 

Pp.  i-x,  1-520.   4°.  map.     Improved  title  of  No.  2523. 

Hieroglyphic  Indian  letter  from  a  Maudan  to  a  fur  trader,  with  explanation, 
p.  352. — On  the  origin  of  the  Otos,  Joways,  and  Missouris,  p.  507. — Indian  signa 
tures  to  contract  for  sale  of  land,  with  English  significations,  p.  508. 

Neither  the  vocabularies  appearing  in  the  German  edition,  nor  the  extracts 
in  the  French  issue  are  given  in  this  edition. 

2533  a  Maximiliano,  |  Emperador  de  Mexico.  |  B. 

1  1.  folio.  A  proclamation  of  the  late  Emperor  Maximilian  addressed  to  the 
Mexicans,  dated  Oct.  2, 1865.  It  is  printed  on  both  sides  of  a  sheet  14X10  inches, 
in  double  columns,  Spanish  and  Mexican. 

2551     Meletta  (F.)    Pah  uta  Indien  Vocabulary.  B. 

Manuscript.  1 1.  4°.  English-Pah  uta.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Fran 
cisco  ;  bound  in  book  of  manuscripts  entitled  :  Indians  of  California.  Signed  : 
From  F.  Meletta,  Los  Angeles,  Cal.  Improved  title  of  No.  2551. 

2557  a  [Menaul  (Rev.  John).]     [The  1st  and  23d  Psalms,  in  English  and 
Laguna.]  JWP. 

Two  separate  leaves,   16°. 

2557  b  Laguna  and  English  Dictionary.  JBD. 

Manuscript,  in  book  form,  8°,  containing  spaces  for  somewhat  over  2000 
entries;  approximately  one-half  filled.  Alphabetically  arranged  according  to 
the  Laguna  words.  In  possession  of  Mr.  J.  B.  Dunbar,  Bloomneld,New  Jersey. 

2557  c  The  1st  Epistle  General  of  John  in  Laguna.  JBD. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-68  of  a  16°  note-book. 

Translated  and  corrected  in  1881  and  1882  by  John  Menaul,  Missionary,  as 
sisted  by  Kopyouranye,  Interpreter. 


MATHEVET — MEXICAN.  1019 

Menaul  (Rev.  John) — continued. 

2557  d  Child's  Catechism.   Ee- translated  and  corrected.  Laguna, 

New  Mexico,  March  20,  1883.    William  Holbrook,  Scribe.         JBD. 
Manuscript.   It  is  a  revision  of  the  work  given  iu  No.  2555,  and  occupies  pp. 

69-146  of  the  16°  note-book  referred  to  above. 

2557  e  The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Matthew,  Chapter  5.  Jan., 

.  1883.  JBD. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  147-165  of  the  same  16°  note-book. 

2557 /  [Portions  of  the  Scriptures  in  the  Laguna  language.] 

Translated  and  corrected  in  1881  and  1882  by  John  Menaul,  Mis 
sionary,  assisted  by  Kopyouranye,  Interpreter.  JBD. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-46.  Oblong  folio.  This  manuscript,  an  ordinary  school 
copy-book,  contains  a  translation  into  Laguna  of :  1st  Psalm,  pp.  1-2 ;  27th 
Psalm,  pp.  3-6;  23d  Psalm,  pp.  7-8;  112th  Psalm,  pp.  8-10 ;  5th  chapter  of  1st, 
Thessalonians,  pp.  10-15 ;  the  5  chapters  of  1st  John,  pp.  16-46. 

2557  g  [Portions  of  the  Bible  in  the  Laguna  language.]        JBD. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  41-101.  folio.  This  is  on  thin,  unruled,  browii  paper,  and 
apparently  a  portion  of  a  more  extensive  work.  It  consists  of  translations  of: 
the  5th,  6th,  and  7th  chapters  of  St.  Matthew,  pp.  41-71;  the  first  11  verges  of 
Isaiah  55th,  pp.  71-74 ;  the  first  19  verses  of  Genesis  1st,  pp.  75-78 ;  the  first  18 
verses  of  Romans  8th,  pp.  80-84 ;  the  first  and  second  chapters,  and  the  first  six 
verses  of  the  third  chapter,  of  St.  John,  pp.  84-101. 

2557  h  Mendieta  ( Jeronimo  de).    Conversion  de  estas  gentes  indianas.  * 
It  is  in  Latin  and  Mexican,  in  which  idiom  he  was  very  learned,  according 
to  several  authors. — Sobron's  Idiomas  Latina,  p.  63. 

2562  a  Mendoza  (Gumesindo).    Mitos  de  los  Nahoas. 

In  Museo  Nacional  de  MeVico,  Anales,  tomo  2, pp. 271-278, 315-322 ;  tomo  3, 
pp.  31-3G.     Mexico,  1881  &  1882.  8°. 
Many  Nahnatl  terms  passim. 

2567  a  Mengarini  (Rev.  Gregory).    Indians  of  Oregon,  etc.  s.  JWP. 

In  Anthrop.  Insk  of  New-York,  Jour.,  vol.  1,  pp.  81-88.    N.  Y.,  1871-72.  8°. 
Numerals  in  the  Flathead  language,  and  other  Indian  words  passim. 

2572     Mesah  Oowh  menwahjemoowin  [iu  Chippeway]. 

"This  title  should  have  been  entered  under  [Jones  (Peter)  and  Jones  (John)], 
their  Indian  names,  Kahkewagwonnaby  and  Tyentennagen,  appearing  on  the 
title-page."— Trumbull. 

2578  a  Mexican.     [Manuscripts  in  the  Mexican  or  Nahuatl  language.]    * 

The  following  list  of  anonymous  manuscripts  is  taken  from  Boturini's  Ideade 
nna  uueva  Historia  General  de  la  America  Septentrional,  Madrid,  1746  (C.): 

$  I.  1.  Some,  painted  and  manuscript  annals,  iu  the  Nahnatl,  of  50  leaves,  on 
European  paper,  adorned  with  various  figures  which  represent  the  acts,  pere 
grinations,  battles,  and  chiefs  of  this  nation,  with  the  signs  of  the  years  and  the 
symbols  of  the  days  upon  which  said  things  occurred.  They  treat  of  the  arrival 
of  the  Tultecos  at  the  famous  city  of  Tula,  which  was  afterwards  the  capital  of 
their  empire,  and  continue  to  26  years  after  the  Conquest  by  the  Spaniards. 
At  the  beginning  of  the  Annals  is  found  a  map  painted  on  Europeau  paper  and 
mounted  on  Indian.  The  author  of  this  Historia  is  an  anonymous  Indian. 


1020  NOETH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Mexican — continued. 

$  V.  1.  Another  manuscript  on  European  paper,  which  treats  of  the  numerous 
children  of  the  Emperor  Netzahualpizlntli.  It  is  in  Nahuatl,  and  has  at  the  be 
ginning  three  figures  of  kings,  and  one  at  the  end  of  an  Infante,  and  20  leaves 
anonymous. 

$  V.  5.  Five  sheets  and  a  quarter  of  fragments,  on  European  paper  and  in  the 
Nahuatl  language,  by  unknown  authors. 

}  VII.  13.  Another  map  in  book  form.  It  seems  to  treat  of  some  things  rela 
ting  to  the  city  of  Ytztapalapan,  of  its  suburbs  and  neighboring  towns,  of  the 
first  churches  founded  by  the  ancients.  It  has  at  the  beginning  a  page  written 
in  Nahuatl,  and  two  whole  ones  at  the  end,  and  several  lines  on  almost  all  the 
painted  pages.  It  is  on  Indian  paper,  bound,  and  is  somewhat  burnt  on  one  side. 

}  VII.  17.  Another  map  on  European  paper,  of  19  leaves,  of  the  lands  acquired 
in  war  which  were  divided  by  King  Yzcohuatl  among  the  conquering  Indians. 
On  it  are  painted  the  kings  of  Mexico  and  of  Tlatilulco,  with  the  subsequent 
Christian  chiefs,  and  an  account,  in  Nahnatl,  of  the  war  which  occurred  between 
Axayaca,  king  of  Mexico,  and  Moqnihuix,  king  of  Tlatilulco,  who  died  a  sacri 
fice,  as  is  seen  on  leaf  15 ;  and  on  the  following  leaf  is  added  the  map  of  Xochi- 
mllco,  following  which  to  the  conclusion  are  some  ciphers  of  measurement  and 
the  division  of  the  lands. 

4  VIII.  3.  Nine  sheets  of  historical  fragments  of  the  same  nation  [Mexican] 
and  language  [Nahuatl],  on  European  paper.  The  author  is  unknown. 

§  VIII.  5.  Other  notes  of  the  same  Historia  in  Nahuatl,  on  European  paper,  by 
an  unknown  author ;  they  begin  in  the  year  1367  and  are  concluded  in  1569. 

$  VIII.  7.  A  Memoria,  same  language  [Nahuatl]  and  paper  [European],  of 
the  coming  of  the  Mexicans,  and  the  things  which  happened  afterwards ;  the 
author  unknown.  It  begins  in  the  year  1066  and  ends  in  1316. 

$  VIII.  8.  Nine  sheets  of  Fragmentos  Historicos  by  various  authors,  in  said 
language  [Nahuatl]  and  paper  [European]. 

J  VIII.  9.  A  Chronologia  Historica  of  the  ancient  kings  of  Culhuacan,  whom 
the  Mexican  kings  succeeded,  written  by  the  chiefs  of  Culhuacan  in  Nahuatl, 
on  European  paper. 

$  VIII.  10.  Some  Annales  Historicos  de  la  Nacion  Mexicana  on  Indian  paper 
of  extra  size  and  thickness,  in  Nahuatl ;  bound  with  Yxtle  cords  woven  of 
threads  from  the  Maguey  ;  in  16  leaves.  It  begins  in  heathen  time  (Gentilidad), 
and  proceeds,  touching  somewhat  on  the  Conquest,  at  which  time  the  author 
must  have  died.  It  is  an  ancient  piece,  and  much  esteemed. 

JVIII.  13.  An  Historia  de  los  Reynos  de  Culhuacan  y  Mexico,  in  Nahuatl,  on 
European  paper,  by  an  anonymous  author ;  to  which  is  added  a  Breve  Eelaciou 
de  los  Dioses,  y  Ritos  de  la  Gentilidad,  in  Spanish,  written  by  Don  Pedro  Ponce, 
B.  A.,  an  Indian  Cazique,  Ex-Curate  of  the  District  of  Tzumpahuacan.  It  is  all 
copied  in  the  hand  writing  of  Don  Fernando  de  Alba,  and  the  first  leaf  is  missing. 

§  VIII.  14.  Another  Historia  de  la  Naciou  Mexicana,  partly  in  figures  and 
characters,  and  partly  in  prose  in  Nahuatl,  written  by  an  anonymous  author  in 
the  year  1576,  and.  continued  in  the  same  way  by  other  Indian  authors  to  the 
year  1608.  At  the  beginning  it  has  painted  the  four  Triadecateridas  of  the  In 
dian  Calendar,  and  at  the  end  some  figures  of  the  Mexican  kings  and  other 
Christian  governors,  with  the  signs  of  the  years  when  they  governed. 

$  IX.  I.  Another  Historia  on  European  paper  of  the  same  nation  [Mexican], 
in  Nahuatl,  of  28  leaves.  It  commences  with  the  founding  of  the  city  of  Mexico 
and  continues  to  June  13,  1596. 

§  IX.  2.  Another  Historia,  same  language  and  paper,  upon  which  are  drawn 
the  characters  of  the  years  and  the  signs  of  various  places.  It  represents  the 
arrival  of  the  Mexicans  at  the  city  of  Tollan  in  the  year  1196,  and  continues  to 
1406. 


MEXICAN.  1021 

Mexican — continued. 

$  IX.  3.  Another,  same  language  and  paper,  of  41  leaves,  well  written.  It  be 
gins  with  the  arrival  of  the  Mexicans  at  Chapultepec,  and  continues  to  the  year 
1590.  The  end  is  lacking. 

§  IX.  4.  Eight  leaves  of  historical  fragments,  same  language  and  paper,  with 
the  corresponding  years  of  both  Calendars,  Indian  and  European. 

§  IX.  5.  Seven  leaves  of  other  fragments,  same  language  and  paper.  The  au 
thor  enumerates  the  kings  of  Mexico,  the  Conquest,  and  many  things  that 
occurred  in  the  Mexican  nation  from  its  arrival  at  the  continent  of  New  Spain  to 
the  year  1586 ;  although  there  is  lacking  to  the  thread  of  the  history  leaves  6 
and  7. 

§  IX.  6.  An  Historia,  same  language  and  paper,  of  13  leaves,  with  the  Indian 
and  European  years.  It  begins  with  the  arrival  of  the  Mexicans  and  ends  in  the 
year  1596.  It  is  to  be  noticed  that  two  leaves  are  missing  and  the  corresponding 
entries  from  1310  to  1361. 

$  IX.  7.  Some  historical  notes,  same  language  and  paper,  9  leaves.  They 
begin  at  the  year  1507  aud  end  iu  the  year  1670. 

§  IX.  H.  Another  Historia,  same  language  and  paper,  of  12  leaves.  It  begins 
with  the  arrival  of  the  Spaniards  at  the  Indies  and  continues  to  the  year  1697. 
It  seems  to  have  been  commenced  by  one  author  and  continued  by  another. 

§  IX.  9.  Some  historical  notes,  same  language  and  paper,  4  leaves,  running 
from  the  year  1519  to  1667. 

§  IX.  10.  One  leaf  of  historical  notes,  in  the  same  language  and  on  similar 
paper,  relating  to  the  years  1519-1531. 

§  IX.  11.  Other  notes,  same  language  and  paper,  13  leaves.  They  commence 
iu  the  year  1534  and  continue  to  1608.  The  beginning  is  lacking,  although  the 
end  seems  to  be  complete. 

§  IX.  12.  Other  similar  notes,  same  language  and  paper,  5  large  leaves.  They 
begin  with  the  year  1519  and  continue  to  1649. 

$  IX.  13.  Other  similar  notes,  same  language  and  paper,  20  leaves;  some  rough 
pictures  added.  They  pertain  to  the  years  1519-1645.  A  few  of  the  interme 
diate  and  final  leaves  are  missing. 

§  IX.  14.  Other  historical  fragments,  in  the  same  language  and  on  the  same 
paper,  beginning  with  the  year  1223  and  ending  in  1546,  although  the  continuity 
is  interrupted.  Thus  also  have  I  various  manuscripts  by  more  modern  authors, 
who  having  desired  to  imitate  their  predecessors  and  add  the  characters  of  the 
Indian  Calendar,  were  mistaken  in  the  signs  of  the  years,  and  perhaps  in  the 
narration  of  facts. 

§  XII.  1.  A  history  in  Nahuatl  of  the  most  memorable  events  of  the  Mexican 
nation,  and  still  more  of  the  Tlatilitlca ;  23  leaves,  European  paper. 

§  XII.  2.  An  historical  memorandum,  noting  the  time  when  the  Casas  Reales 
de  Justicia  were  built  in  Tlatilulco,  and  the  things  which  happened  at  that  time ; 
5  leaves,  in  Nahuatl  and  on  European  paper. 

$XII.  3.  Some  historical.fragments  of  things  relating  to  Tlatilulco;  6  leaves, 
same  language  and  paper. 

$  XVII.  4.  A  map,  on  European  paper,  upon  which  is  painted  P.  Fr.  Martin 
de  Valencia,  a  Franciscan,  and  the  Judge  of  TIaxcallan,  Don  Hernando  de 
Saavedra,  with  many  gentlemen  and  nobles  of  the  Republic.  It  contains  a  col 
loquy  in  Nahuatl,  in  which  the  said  P.  Fr.  Martin  gave  the  chiefs  to  understand 
that  it  was  necessary  to  give  an  adequate  recompense  to  the  Spanish  Writers  or 
Notaries,  as  was  given  to  the  Painter  Writers  of  the  heathen  age. 

§  XVIII.  1.  A  large  book  ou  European  paper.  It  describes  all  the  towns, 
noble  and  plebian  houses,  of  the  four  Districts  of  TIaxcallan.  It  is  In  Nahuatl, 
without  either  beginning  or  end. 


1022  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Mexican — continued. 

$  XVIII.  2.  Memorandums  of  the  notable  events  and  of  the  government  of 
the  city  of  Tlaxcallan,  in  Nahuatl,  on  European  paper.  They  begin  in  1547  and 
continue  to  1577. 

§  XIX.  6.  A  Catalogue  of  ancient  familes  and  nobles  of  ihe  four  districts  of 
Tlaxcallan  ;  43  leaves,  European  paper,  in  Nahuatl. 

$  XIX.  7.  A  pamphlet,  on  European  paper,  recording  the  things  which  hap 
pened  iu  the  city  of  Pucbla  from  the  year  1585  to  1677;  33  leaves,  in  Nahuatl. 
This  manuscript  is  put  under  the  head  of  Historia  de  Tlaxcallan  for  two  reasons: 
first,  because  said  city  was  founded  in  its  territory,  and  the  Bishops  were  at  first 
called  de  Tlaxcallan  ;  second,  because  the  author  may  have  been  one  of  those 
Tlaxcallan  Caziques  who  went  to  settle  in  the  suburbs  of  Puebla. 

§XIX.  8.  Soiiiehistorical  notes  in  Nahuatl;  13  leaves,  European  paper.  They 
begin  in  the  year  1519  and  end  in  1697. 

5  XIX.  9.  Other  notes  in  the  same  language;  28  leaves,  European  paper.  At 
the  beginning  are  two  circles  (Ruedas),  and  a  series  of  the  kings  of  Mexico. 
They  commence  in  the  year  1519  and  end  in  1739. 

$  XIX.  10.  Other  notes  in  the  same  language ;  25  leaves,  European  paper. 
They  begin  in  the  year  1454  and  end  in  1737. 

$  XXIII.  1.  A  large  book,  on  Indian  paper,  in  Nahuatl.  It  consists  of  65 
leaves,  upon  which  the  Officers  of  the  Church,  ont  of  curiosity,  entered  the 
names  of  all  who  were  baptized  in  the  principal  town  of  Vitzlla,  ami  from  the 
context  of  which  good  historical  information  may  be  taken. 

$  XXIII.  2.  Another  similar  book,  of  94  leaves,  on  the  same  paper  and  in  the 
same  language,  wherein  is  described  the  principal  town  of  Tepuztla,  and  the 
others  adjacent,  to  wit :  Tlacatecpa,  Tlalnepantla,  Teycapa,  CalHec,  TepetHla, 
Tlacouhca,  Acxdtla,  Amatla,  Tepetlapa,  with  the  number  of  houses  iu  each 
town,  of  married  Indians,  and  of  boys,  with  every  distinction.  It  may  be  that 
Ihe  Indians  had  this  count  in  order  to  discriminate  in  the  Tax  Lists. 

$  XXIII.  3.  Another  similar  book  of  119  leaves,  on  t'..e  same  paper  and  in  the 
same  language,  with  a  complete  description  of  the  towns :  Molbtlan,  Atepan, 
Tenanc •>,  Alacatlan,  Tlacatecpan,  Texihuaca,  Tezcacohuac,  Conquechuacan, 
T6tla,  Tepetenchic,  Deiiepan  [«tc],  TIacolpa,  Zacanco,  Tepeyahualco,  Panchi- 
malco,  Tonallapan,  following  the  style  of  the  preceding. 

$  XXIV.  17.  A  book  in  Nahuatl,  on  European  paper.  It  treats  of  various  sub 
jects  and  moral  explanations.  The  beginning  is  missing. 

$  XXIV.  18.  Discourses  on  the  Gospel,  on  the  same  paper  and  in  he  same 
language.  The  beginning  is  lacking. 

}  XXIV.  19.  Various  sermons,  on  the  same  paper  and  in  the  same  language. 
The  beginning  and  end  are  missing. 

§  XXIV.  20.  Examples  and  lives  of  Saints,  on  the  same  paper  and  in  the  same 
language.  The  beginning  is  missing. 

{XXIV.  21.  A  book  on  the  same  paper  and  in  the  same  language.  It  explains 
some  moral  examples. 

5  XXIV.  22.  Another  similar  book.  It  contains  some  sermons  in  honor  of  the 
Saints. 

$  XXIV.  23.  Unos  Fragment  os  de  la  Passion  de  Nuestro  Seiior,  on  the  same 
paper  and  in  the  same  tongue. 

$  XXIV.  24.  A  book  on  Indian  paper  and  in  the  Nahuatl  language.  It  treats 
of  various  things  and  contains  songs  in  praise  of  the  Saints.  It  has  neither  be 
ginning  nor  end. 

5  XXIV.  25.  Another  book  on  the  same  paper  and  in  the  same  language.  It 
contains  different  orations  and  things  of  our  Holy  Faith,  and  has  neither  begin 
ning  nor  end. 


MEXICAN — MIJANGOS.  1023 

Mexican — con  t  i  uued . 

$  XXV.  3.  Some  principles  of  said  [Christian]  doctrine,  on  4  leaves  of  Euro 
pean  paper,  not  continued.  Besides  the  pictures  and  ciphers,  there  are  a  few 
lines  in  the  Otoml  language. 

$  XXXV.  2.  A  manuscript  in  Nahuatl.  It  treats  of  many  things  pertaining 
to  the  Mexican  Empire,  and  in  a  few  lines,  in  concise  style  (like  the  rest  of  it), 
refers  to  the  Apparition  of  the  Holy  Lady  in  the  Cerro  (mount)  de  Tepeyecac. 
The  author  did  not  put '  correctly  the  Arabic  numbers  of  the  year  in  which 
the  apparition  occurred,  but  the  history  is  old  and  authentic,  and  I  will  prove  it 
in  [my]  said  Prologo. 

2579  —     -  Mexican  MS.  |  Pintura  |  del  |  Gobernador,  Alcaldes,  |  y 
Regidores  de  |  Mexico.    Codice  |  en  gerogliflcos  Mexicanos  y  en 
lengua  castellana  |  y  azteca  existente  en  la  Biblioteca  |  del  Excmo. 
Sefior  |  Duque  de  Osuua.  | 

Madrid,  |  Iraprenta  de  Manuel  G.  Hernandez  |  1878  |  * 

11.,  10  pp., 39  11.  fac-similes.  folio.  Improved  title  of  No.  2579,  furnished  by 
Sr.  Icazbalceta. 

2580  a  Micmac.    Cahier  inikmaque  copie"  le  ler  jour  de  decembre,  Pan 
1830.  * 

Manuscript.  4511.  folio.  Comprises  the  principal  religious  offices  in  Micmac, 
with  music;  copy  of  a  manuscript  composed  in  1754  by  a  French  missionary. — 
Piiiart  Sale  Cal.,No.  622. 

2580  6  De  la  Langue  Sauvage  Mikmaque. 

Manuscript.  103  11.  folio.  Comprises  a  grammar,  French-Mikmak,  and  a 
catechism  of  prayers,  Freneh-Mikmak ;  composed  by  a  missionary  at  the  end  of 
the  last  century.— Pinart  Sale  Cat ,  No.  620. 

2580  c  Pieces  mannscrites  [en  langue  inikmaque] :  Grammaires, 

Vocabulaires,  Catechismes,  Livres  de  prieres  et  Documents  divers.  * 
Manuscript.     Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  621. 

See  Irving  (Mr.  —),  No.  1949  a. 

2580  d  [Miguel  (Don)].    [Manuscript  in  the  Mexican  language.]  B. 

13  11.  12°.     In  the  Bancroft  library,  San  Francisco. 

A  curious  fragment,  in  a  handwriting  of  the  middle  of  the  17th  century.  At 
the  end  of  the  manuscript  a  note  in  Spanish  states  that  these  fragments  of  excel 
lent  Mexican  were  written  by  Don  Miguel,  ministro,  or  vice-rector,  of  the  Jesuit 
college  in  Mexico,  of  which  the  celebrated  Father  Carochi  was  rector.  Titles  of 
dialogues  and  speeches  are  in  Spanish. 

Contents:  Salutation  of  one  who,  going  to  the  market  place,  passes  the  house 
of  a  kinsman,  and  reply ;  congratulations  to  a  newly  married  couple,  and  replies ; 
what  the  cihuatlanques  say  to  the  parents  of  a  maiden  demanded  in  marriage  by 
the  king  of  Tezcoco,  and  replies ;  salute  of  the  king  to  his  bride;  salutations  of 
a  lord  to  the  queen  and  to  the  king;  salutation  to  the  queen  on  the  birth  of  a 
child;  congratulations  to  the  king  on  this  event;  taking  leave  of  ,1  dead  king; 
condolence  of  a  noble  with  others  on  the  king's  death;  advice  on  good  breeding 
given  by  an  old  man  to  children ;  salutation  of  a  noble  youth  to  a  religious ;  con 
versation  of  two  noble  youths  with  their  grandmother,  mother,  tutor,  a  noble 
man  and  an  old  noblewoman ;  how  children  were  reared  by  the  Mexicans  when 
they  were  heathens. 

2582  a  Mijangos  (Fr.  Juan).    Directorio  espiritual,  en  mejicano  y  cas- 
tellano.  * 

"Of  great  literary  merit,  if  wo  are  to  believe  what  is  said  of  this  work  by  a 
person  so  competent  as  Seuor  Dr.  Torres  Cano,  professor  of  this  language  in  the 


1024  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Mijangos  (Fr.  Juan)— continued. 

University  of  Mexico.  It  was  printed  in  said  city.  Besides  this  book,  he  com 
posed  various  other  things,  amongst  them  some  Poesies  misticas,  greatly  esteemed 
by  scholars." — Sobron's  Idiomas,  p.  62. 

2588  a  Milla  (D.  Jos6).  Historia  |  de  la  |  America  Central,  |  Desde  el 
descubrirniento  del  pals  por  los  espafioles  (1502)  |  hasta  su  inde- 
peudeucia  de  la  Espana  (1821).  |  Precedida  |  De  una  "Noticia 
Historica"  relativa  a  las  uaciones  que  habitan  |  in  America  Central 
a  la  llegada  de  los  espafioles  |  por  |  D.  Jose"  Milla,  |  Socio  corres 
pondent*  [&c.,  4  lines],  Toino  I  [-?]. 

Guatemala.   |  Establecimieuto  tipograflco  de  "El  Progreso"  | 
Octavo  calle  Poniente  No.  11.  |  1879.  |  NM. 

4  11.,  pp.  i-lxxv,  1-342, 1-14.  8°.  El  Calendario  quiche",  segnn  Ximenez  [and] 
segun  Brasseur,  pp.  Ixii-lxxiii. — Meses  quiches;  Meses  cakchiquoles,  p.  Ixiv. 

2590  Minnesota  Historical  Society.  Annals  |  of  the  |  Minnesota  His 
torica!  Society.  |  [Seven  lines  quotation.]  |  Published  by  order  of 
the  Society.  | 

Saint  Paul:  |  Printed  by  James  M.  Goodhue.  |  1850  [-1856].  | 
Nos.  1-5.  8°.    No.  4  was  the  first  to  have  a  number  on  the  title-page.        JWP. 
Belcourt  (G.  A. )    Department  of  Hudson's  Bay.    No.  4,  pp.  16-32. 
Neill  (E.  D. )    Indian  Trade,  No.  3,  pp.  29-48. 

Dakota  land  and  Dakota  life,  No.  4,  pp.  45-64. 

Materials  for  the  future  History  of  Minnesota  [No.  5],  pp.  1-141, 1-17. 

Riggs  (S.  R. )  Address  [on  the  Dakota  language]  No.  1,  pp.  132-142. 

Minuajimouin  *  *  au  St.  John  [in  Ojibwa].  See  [Jones  (John) 
and  Jones  (Peter)],  No.  2017. 

Miscelaneo  espiritval  en  el  idioma  Zapoteco.  See  [Agiiero  (Fr. 
Christoual  de)],  No.  31. 

Mission  service  [in  Santee  Dakota].  See  [Hinman  (Rev.  S.  D.)], 
No.  1810. 

2597  a  Missions  de  la  Louisiane. 

In  Annales  de  la  Propag.  de  la  Foi,  vol.  1,  No.  1,  pp.  22-46.  Paris,  1853  [1822]. 
8°.  Contains  a  note  on  "la  langue  des  Sauvages,"  a  few  sentences,  and  "1'orai- 
son  dominicale  en  langue  sauvage"  (Pottowatomie?),pp.37, 38. 

Mizi  Auamiawinun  [in  Chippewa].  See  [O'Meara  (Rev.  James  D.)], 
No.  2837. 

2599  a  Modo.  Modo  de  Administrar  |  los  Sacramentos  |  en  Castellano 
y  Tzendal.  |  1707.  |  Tuxtla  Gutierrez,  1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blauk,  1  1. ;  Advertencia,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  pp.  1-44. 
4°.  Copied  from  the  original,  which  is  thus  described  by  Dr.  Berendt  in  his 
Advertencia  to  the  above : 

El  Cura  de  Chiapa,  D.  Josd  Hilario  Agnilar  posee  un  ejemplar  de  la  obra 
"Brevis  Forma  *  »  *  M.D.C.  XVII  *  *  *  precidida  de  17  fojas  manu- 
scritos,  copiados  en  las  paginas  siguientee,  sin  nombre  de  autor  «  *  » 


MIJANGOS — MOLINA.  1025 

Modo — continued. 

2599  b  Modo  de  Confesar  |  en  lengua  maya.  |  1803.  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript  of  36  11.,  with  modern  title  11.;  in  two  columns.  4°.  Dr. 
Brinton,  in  his  manuscript  catalogue  of  the  Berendt  collection,  describes  it  as 
follows:  "Written  in  a  clear,  small  hand,  Spanish  in  one  column,  Maya  in  the 
other.  The  name  of  the  author  is  carefully  blotted  on  the  first  page  and  is  illegi 
ble.  The  questions  and  answers  extend  over  a  wide  variety  of  topics,  and  form 
a  valuable  means  of  studying  the  language.  The  manuscript  was  obtained  in 
Campeche  by  Dr.  Berendt." 

2599  c  Moguer  (Fr.  Andre's).    Sermonarios  de  todo  el  ano  en  lengua 
inejicana.  * 

Title  from  Sobron,  Los  Idiomas  de  la  America  Latina,  p.  56. 

2608     Molina  (Fr.  Alonzo  de).    Doctrina  xpiana  brene  traduzida  en 
leiigua  Mexicana.  * 

The  following  note  descriptive  of  the  above  work  is  from  Icazbalceta's 
Bibliografia  Mexicana  del  Siglo  xvi,  pp.  13-16 : 

Title  from  the  C6dice  franciscauo  [830  a]. 

It  was  known  that  Fr.  Alonso  de  Molina  had  written  a  large  and  a  small  Doc- 
trioa  in  the  Mexican  language,  for  P.  Mendieta  says  so  plainly  in  his  Historia 
Edesidflica  Indiana,  lib.  iv,  cap.  44 ;  and  this  notice  was  printed  long  ago,  being 
incorporated  literally  by  P.  Torqueinada  in  cap.  33,  lib.  xix,  of  his  Monarquia 
Indiana.  The  same  fact  is  stated  in  the  work  of  the  illustrious  Gonzaga,  De  Ori- 
gine  Serapkica:  Seligionis,  page  1242.  In  the  colophon  of  the  Spanish  and  Mexican 
Doctiina  of  1548,  there  is  mentioned,  with  sufficient  clearness,  the  edition  of  the 
Doctrina  brere  made  in  1546,  although  the  name  of  the  author  is  not  staled: 

"And  because  at  the  assembly  held  by  the  bishops,  it  was  decreed  that  there 
should  be  made  two  Doctrinas,  one  brief  and  the  other  full :  and  the  brief  one  is  thai 
which  was  printed  in  the  year  1546;  his  reverend  lordship  [Zumarraga]  commands 
that  this  may  be  the  large  one,  for  explanation  of  the  other  small  one."  This 
notice  cannot  refer  to  the  well  known  Doctrina  of  1546,  because  that  is  entirely  in 
Spanish,  and  here  it  refers  evidently  to  one  in  Spanish  and  Mexican,  like  that  of 
1548,  which  it  was  to  accompany.  Even  D.Nicolas  Antonio,  little  acquainted 
with  American  books  (Dibl.  Hisp.  Nova,  torn.  l,p.  37),  knew  of  the  edition,  for 
among  the  writings  of  P.Molina  he  places  the  following:  " Catecismo  mayor  y 
menor.  Probably  this  is  the  same  as  the  Doclrina  Christiana  in  the  Mexican  lan 
guage,  first  printed  at  Mtxico  in  1546,  again  in  1606.  4°."  Finally,  P.  Molina  him 
self,  in  the  dedication  of  his  Arte,  1571,  asserts  that  he  had  printed  a  Doctrina 
cristiana ;  a  reference  that  cannot  be  applied  to  the  edition  of  1578,  as  that  was 
published  afterwards. 

Notwithstanding  all  this,  and  that  there  are,  at  the  least,  four  later  editions 
of  the  Doctrina  brere  (without  counting  that  of  1606,  mentioned  by  Antonio, 
which  I  have  not  seen,  nor  found  referred  to  elsewhere),  Beristaiu  does  not  put 
such  a  Doctrina  menor  among  the  writings  of  P.  Molina,  excepting  only  the  Mexi 
can  one  of  1578,  which  will  be  spoken  of  in  its  place.  The  certain  knowledge 
of  the  edition  of  1546,  and  also  of  its  text,  is  due  to  the  discovery  of  an  ancient 
manuscript,  an  account  of  which  will  bo  given  in  a  few  words. 

On  the  23d  of  January,  1569,  the  king  gave  notice  to  the  archbishop  of  Mexico, 
D.  FT.  Alonso  de  Moutufar,  that  on  account  of  the  official  visit  which  the  Lie. 
Juan  de  Ovando  was  making  to  the  Council  of  the  Indies,  certain  investigations 
were  necessary,  and  charged  him  to  perform  them,  sending  at  the  same  time  a 
list  of  the  subjects  to  be  included.  One  of  these  was  that  there  should  be  seut 

65  Bib 


1026  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Molina  (Fr.  Alouzo  de) — continued. 

"a  copy  of  the  Doctrina  Cristiana  which  is  taught."  The  archbishop  hastened 
to  comply  with  the  king's  demand,  beginning  by  requesting  from  the  religious 
orders  the  respective  notices  concerning  the  towns  of  which  they  had  charge. 
But  they  excused  themselves  from  doing  this,  saying  that  they  had  royal  letters 
in  -which  they  were  directly  questioned  concerning  these  matters,  and  therefore 
the  archbishop  had  to  confine  himself  to  reporting  on  what  he  had  under  his  own 
charge.  Concerning  the  copy  of  the  catechism,  he  merely  said  that  it  was  sent, 
without  stating  whether  it  was  printed  or  in  manuscript,  or  who  was  the  author. 
Many  years  ago  I  obtained  the  original  reply  of  Sr.  Monttifar,  a  manuscript  of 
201  leaves  in  folio ;  but  of  the  answers  of  the  friars, only  those  of  several  Augustan 
priors  came  into  my  hands  at  that  time. 

In  April,  1875,  Sr.  D.  Alfredo  Chavero  brought  to  my  notice  a  valuable  old  man 
uscript  [  C6dice  frauciscano,  No.  830  a]  which  had  belonged  to  Sr.  D.  J.  F.  Rami 
rez,  and  I  had  hardly  opened  it  when  I  met  with  what  purported  to  be  the  reply 
of  the  franciscans  to  that  royal  letter:  a  document  full  of  interesting  notices,  as 
this  order  was  the  oldest  and  most  extensive  of  all.  Fortunately  the  fathers 
were  not  content,  like  the  archbishop,  with  saying  that  the  copy  of  the  catechism 
was  sent,  for  they  even  incorporated  it  into  their  relation,  prefixing  to  it  the  fol 
lowing  preface : 

"Copy  and  relation  of  the  Catechism  of  Christian  doctrine  which  is  taught  to 
the  Indians  of  this  New  Spain,  and  the  method  that  the  priests  of  this  province 
use  in  teaching  them. 

"It  is  known  that  several  kinds  of  Doctrinas  have  already  been  composed  in 
this  country  in  the  languages  of  the  natives,  mostly  in  the  Mexican  tongue, 
which  is  in  general  use,  such  as  small  or  brief  Doctrinas,  with  which  they  teach 
the  children,  as  well  as  other  larger  ones  from  which  older  and  more  intelligent 
persons  may  learn  at  length  the  mysteries  of  our  faith.  Of  the  smaller  ones, 
which  are  called  '  Doctrinas  Cristianas,'  and  of  which  a  copy  is  now  requested, 
four  or  five  kinds  wen  printed,  all  of  which  contain  the  same  in  substance  and 
opinion,  although  they  differ  in  the  manner  of  arrangement  and  diction,  and 
some  of  them  are  fuller  than  others;  and  there  should  be  properly  but  one  Doc 
trina  for  this  people,  because  wherever  this  conformity  may  be  carried  out,  no 
persons  would  be  excused  when  questioned  in  other  parts  where  the  Doctrina  is 
different,  by  saying  that  they  did  not  teach  thus  in  their  village.  The  best  of 
these  Doctrinas,  and  the  most  correct  in  language  and  other  particulars,  I  under 
stand,  is  one  which  P.  Fr.  Alonso  de  Molina  composed,  and  which  is  now  to  be 
printed  the  second  time  in  the  Mexican  language,  and  translated  into  the  corre 
sponding  Spanish  in  the  opposite  column.  I  say  that  it  will  be  the  best,  with 
out  prejudice  to  any  one,  because  this  father  is  the  best  Mexican  interpreter  we 
have  among  the  Spaniards  in  New  Spain,  and  he  has  been  of  great  service  in 
composing  treatises  and  other  useful  works  in  this  language.  And  as  a  copy  of 
the  Doctrina  Cristiana  is  requested,  it  has  been  placed  here  in  the  language  of 
the  Indians,  with  its  Spanish  translation,  as  follows." 

He  then  adds  the  text  of  the  work  in  both  languages.  In  a  note  at  the  end  it 
is  said  that  it  is  being  printed  for  Hie  second  time,  and  it  was  probably  finished  in 
1571,  as  both  the  license  and  the  privilege  of  the  Vocabulario  of  the  same  year 
include  una  Doctrina  cristiana  breve. 

This  document  gives  us,  therefore,  certain  information  respecting  two  editions 
in  the  sixteenth  century,  which  have  entirely  disappeared,  with  so  many  others. 

The  following  preface  in  the  two  languages  precedes  the  work : 

"Here  begins  a  work  of  instruction  called  Doctrina  Cristiana,  which  it  is 
required  that  all  the  children  and  young  persons  of  the  natives  of  this  New  Spain 
should  learn;  in  which  are  discussed  the  most  necessary  things  to  learn,  know 
and  practice  for  the  salvation  of  Christians,  and  that  they  may  know  how  to 


MOLINA.  1027 

Molina  (Fr.  Alonzo  de) — continued. 

reply  when  they  arc  questioned  in  any  place  concerning  Christianity;  and  in 
order  that  this  Doct-rina  may  reach  to  all  parts  and  be  known  by  all,  it  is  neces 
sary  that  it  should  be  translated  into  other  languages  proper  to  know,  in  the 
language  of  Mechoacan,  and  in  that  of  the  Otomies,  etc.  And  the  Lord  Bishop 
D.  Fr.  Juan  de  Zumiirraga  orders  those  that  teach  in  all  parts,  and  instruct  in 
readiug  and  writing,  that  they  should  first  teach  this  Doctrina,  so  that  all  may 
know  it  by  heart,  before  they  undertake  to  learn  anything  else.  This  Doctrina 
has  been  newly  (nueramente)  printed  here  in  Mexico,  by  command  of  the  same 
Lord  Bishop  D.  Fr.  Juan  do  Znmiirraga."  The  word  nuevamente  may  suggest  that 
there  was  an  earlier  edition,  but  it  is  not  so.  The  reverend  author  of  the  docu 
ment  says  plainly  that  in  1570  it  was  being  printed  for  the  second  time.  Nuevamente 
ought  to  be  taken  here  for  dltimamente,  recientemente,  poco  ltd  (nuper) ;  and  that  is 
the  proper  signification  of  the  adverb. 

The  chapters  which  the  work  comprises  are:  the  Per  signum  Crucis;  the 
Credo;  the  Pater  noster;  the  Ave  Maria;  the  Salve  Regina;  another  preface 
without  title;  the  fourteen  articles  of  the  faith;  the  commandments  of  God; 
those  of  the  Church  ;  the  sacraments ;  declaration  of  the  venial  sin;  declaration 
of  the  mortal  sin;  the  mortal  sins;  the  theological  arid  cardinal  virtues;  the 
works  of  mercy;  the  gifts  of  the  Holy  Spirit;  the  bodily  senses;  the  faculties 
of  the  soul;  the  enemies  of  the  soul;  the  eight  beatitudes;  the  blessings  of  the 
glorified  body  ;  the  obligations  of  sponsors;  the  questions  to  be  asked  of  adults 
at  baptism;  short  advice  to  those  who  have  just  been  baptized;  the  blessing  of 
the  table;  the  giving  of  thanks  after  eating. 

The  four  reimpressions  mentioned  above  were  printed  in  1675,  1718,  1732,  and 
1735.  They  contain  only  the  Mexican  text.  But  in  comparing  the  1735  edition 
(the  only  one  which  I  now  have  before  me)  with  the  Mexican  part  of  that  of 
1546,  there  will  be  noticed  great  differences  in  the  compilation  and  in  the  order 
of  the  chapters,  as  well  as  the  omission  of  some  things  and  the  addition  of  others. 
At  the  same  time  it  is  evident  that  the  original  of  1546  was  not  used  for  this 
edition  of  1735.  What  was,  then,  this  original  to  which  it  is  said  that  the  editions 
of  1732  and  1735  were  faithfully  conformed?  Can  it  be  the  Mexican  part  of  that 
of  1571,  in  which  the  author  had  made  revisions  f  It  is  impossible  to  tell  with 
out  finding  a  copy  of  that  edition  ;  but  I  doubt  this  very  much,  and  am  inclined 
to  believe  that  the  alterations  are  the  work  of  later  hands,  because  in  the  four 
editions  it  is  said  that  they  were  newly  (nuevamente)  revised  and  corrected;  and 
in  that  of  1718  the  name  of  the  corrector  also  appears.  The  original  to  which 
the  last  two  editions  refer,  is  probably  the  text  corrected  by  P.  Perez,  who,  per 
haps  with  the  pious  intention  of  making  it  the  more  nseful  to  the  Indians  of  his 
own  time,  transformed  the  pure  language  of  P.  Molina  into  the  corrupt  dialect 
which  was  generally  used  about  two  centuries  afterwards. 

2610  Doctrina  |  Christiana  |  y  |  Catbecismo,  en  Lengva  |  Mexi- 

cana.  |  Nuevamente  Emendada,  Dispuesta,  y  j  Auadida:  para  el 
vso,  y  ensenanca  |  de  los  Naturales.  |  Compvesta  |  For  el  P.  Fr. 
Alonso  De  Molina,  de  la  Orden  del  Glorioso  Padre  San  Francisco.  | 

Auo  de  [Woodcut]  1675.  |  Con  licencia.  |  En  Mexico,  For  la  Viuda 
de  Bernardo  Calderon.  |  JOB. 

16  unnumbered  11.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  2610. 

2612  Doctrina  |  Christiana,  |  y  Cathecismo  |  En  Lengua  Mexi- 

cana.  |  Compuesta  |  por  el  P.  Fr.  Alonso  de  Molina,  |  de  la  Ordeu 
del  Glorioso,  y  Seraphico  Padre  |  San  Francisco.  |  Corregida  flel- 
inente,  por  su  original.  | 


1028  .    NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Molina  (Fr.  Alouzo  de) — continued. 

Auo  de  [Woodcut]  1732.  |  Rehnpressa  en  Mexico:  |  For  la  Viuda 
de  Francisco  de  Rivera  Calderon,  |  en  la  Calle  de  San  Augustin.  | 
16  unnumbered  11.   8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  2612.  JCB. 

2618  a  Ordinances .  para  prouechar .  los  Co  |  -fradias  allos .  que 

an  de  seruir  eu  estas  Os  |  -pitalles .  |  Euel  nombre  dela  sauctissima 
trinidad  |  padre,  hijo .  y  espusancto .  aqui  comienya  J  una,  ordena- 
cion .  qui  coupuso  y  ordeno  el  |  reberendo  .  padre  .  fray  alonso 
demolina=  |  dela  orden  de  sail  francisco  |  [&c.]  B. 

Manuscript.  26  11.  12°.  In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco.  The  manu 
script  is  in  a  bold  hand;  shape  of  letters  slightly  resembling  the  Gothic;  entirely 
in  the  Mexican  language;  date  uncertain;  probably  a  copy.  It  was  bought  at 
the  sale  of  the  Ramirez  collection,  London,  and  is  entered  under  No.  538  of  the 
catalogue  of  that  sale. 

"P.  Alonso  de  Molina,  alias  Kscalona,  a  franciscan  friar,  born  in  1496  (accord 
ing  to  Antonio),  was  one  of  the  most  learned  missionaries  of  Mexico.  He  was 
also  one  of  the  best  informed  in  the  Mexican  language,  in  which  he  composed 
vocabularies,  a  grammar,  a  catechism,  some  sermons,  a  confessional,  &c.  He 
died  in  the  convent  of  the  order  at  Mexico,  1584,  at  the  age  of  88.  Wadding  fixes 
the  time  of  his  death  in  1580."— Leclerc,  1867,  No.  1007. 

[Montgomery  (Rev.  William  B.)  and  Eequa  (William  C.)]  See 
Washashe  *  *  *  Osage  First  Book,  No.  4099. 

I  am  informed  by  Dr.  Trumbull  that  these  gentlemen  are  the  authors  of  this 
work. 

2649  [Morgan  (Lewis  Henry).]    Laws  of  Consanguinity,  and  Descent  of 
the  Iroquois.  DGB. 

Colophon:  Steam  Press  of  A.  Strong  &  Co.,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
No  title-page.    Pp.  1-12, 16°.     A  letter  dated  Rochester,  Monroe  County,  N.Y.; 
January  — ,  1859,  and  signed  Lewis  H.  Morgan.     It  contains  a  list  of  Seueca- 
Iroquois  relationships,  p.  7. 

Morning  and  Evening  Prayer  [in  Ottawa].  See.  [Johnston 
(Goorge)J,  No.  2002. 

2667  Mosesih  Aglangita  Sivorlingit  Assingitalo  tuksiarutsiningit  ner- 
tordlerutingello  imgerusertaggit.    The  book  of  Genesis  translated 
into  the  Esquimaux  language  by  the  missionaries  of  the  Unitas 
fratrum,  or  United  brethren,  printed  for  the  use  of  the  mission  by 
the  british  and  foreign  Bible  society.    London,  1834.  * 

8°.  A  more  extended  title  of  No.  2667,  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No. 
352  (8). 

Mosquito  Dictionary.  See  Dictionary  of  the  Mosquito  language, 
No.  1033  a. 

2668  a  Mota  ( D.  Domingo  Jose"  de  la).    Poesias  mexicanae.  * 

Mota  composed  various  Poesias  mexicanas  upon  diverse  subjects,  but  I  am 
ignorant  as  to  whether  they  ever  saw  the  light. — Sobron's  Idiomas,p.  62. 

2669  a  Motolinia  (Fr.  Toribio).    De  Moribus  indorum.  * 

1  vol.,  folio,  in  Mexican  and  Latin.  It  was  printed,  but  is  already  very  rare. — 
Sobron's  Idiomas,  p.  35. 


MOLINA — MUNBOE.  1029 

2670  [Motte  (Benjamin)],  editor.  Oratio  |  Dominica  |  UoXuyXcoTTos, 
TtoXunopqx)?.  |  Nimirum,  |  plus  Centum  Liuguis,  Versionibus,  aut 
Characteribus  |  reddita  &  expressa.  |  Editio  novissiina,  |  specimi- 
nibus  variis  quam  priores  eomitatior.  |  Psal.  xix.  4,  5  |  [Two  lines 
quotation.]  | 

Londini :  |  Prostant  apud  Dan.  Brown  ad  Insigne  Bibliorum,  & 
W.  Keblewhite,  |  sub  Cygno  in  Area  Boreali  D.  Pauli.  MDCC 
[1700J.  |  * 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-70.  sm.  4°.  Half  title  on  first  leaf:  The  Lord's  Prayer  |  in  above 
a  Hundred  |  Languages,  Versions,  and  Characters.  |  Preface  signed  "B.  M.  Ty- 
pogr.  Lond." 

Contains  the  [pseudo]  Mexican,  Poconchi,  and  Virginian  [Massachusetts] 
versions. 

Title  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trumbull,  from  copy  in  the  Watkinson 
Library,  Hartford,  Conn. 

According  to  Sabiu's  Dictionary,  reprinted:  London,  1713, pp.  (4),  71,4°. 

2670  a  Oratio  |  Dominica  |  noXvyXoorro?,  7ro\dj*op(pof.  \  Nimi- 

rum,  |  plus  Centum  Linguis,  Versionibus,  aut  Characteribus  |  red 
dita  &  expressa.  |  Editio  Novissima.  |  Psal.  xix.  4,  5.  |  [Quotation, 
two  lines.]  |  [Vignette,  with  motto.]  | 

Londini :  |  Prostant  apud  B.  Motte  &  C.  Bathurst,  ad  Medii  Tem- 
pli  |  Portam  in  vico  Fleetstreet  dicto.  |  M.DCC.  XXXVI  [1736J.  |  * 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  71.  sm.  4°.  Title  furnished  by  Dr.  Trumbull  from  copy  in  his 
possession.  Mexicana  and  Poconchi,  p.  61  (for  63) ;  Virginiana,  p.  62  (64). 

See  Auer  (A),  Nos.  185a-185ft;  [Bodoni  (J.  B.)],  editor,  No,  397d;  Chamber- 
layne  (J.),  No.  718;  [Kranse  (J.  U.)  and  "Wagner  (J.C.)],  publishers,  No. 2146; 
Marcel  (J.J.),  No.  2452;  Marietti  (Pietro),  editor,  No.  2473o;  and  [MiiUer 
(A.)],  Nos.  2676-2677. 

2675  a  Hndarra  (Fr.  Jos6).  Arte  gramatical  de  la  lengua  de  Tehuante- 
pec.  * 

Mudarra  wrote  the  Arte  gramatical  de  la  lengna  de  Tehuantepec,  which  the 
historian,  Padre  Romeral  [Remesalf],  says  is  most  difficult;  he  also  wrote  a 
vocabulary  of  the  same  language,  with  Spanish  equivalents. — Sobron,  Lot  Idio- 
mas,  p.  98. 

2679  a  Miiller  (l>r.Friedrich).  Der  Grammatische  Baa  |  der  |  Algonkin- 
Sprachen  |  Ein  |  Beitrag  zur  Amerikanischen  Linguistik  |  von  | 
Dr.  Friedrich  Miiller  |  Professor  der  Oriental.    Linguistik  an  der 
Wiener  Universitat  | 

Wien  |  Aus  der  K.  K.  Hof-  und  Staatsdruckerei  |  In  Commission 
bei  Karl  Gerald's  Sohn,  Buchhandler  der  Kais.  Akademie  der  | 
Wissenschaften  |  1867  |  WE. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  title  1  1., pp.  1-23.   8°.     Separate  issue  of  No.  2679. 
2681  a  Munroe  (C.  K.),  editor.    The  |  Florida  Annual  |  Impartial  and 
Unsectional  |  1884  |  With  |  large  new  sectional  map.  |  Edited  by  | 
C.  K.  Munroe  | 

Office  of  publication  |  140  Nassau  Street,  New  York  |  1883  |      C. 

Pp.  1-207.   8°.  map. 

Seniinole  terms  for  "orange,"  "sweet  orange,"  "sour  orange,"  p.  184.— Semi- 
nole  and  English  vocabulary  of  about  160  words,  and  numerals  1-10,  pp.  204  and 
206. 


1030  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

2682  a  Murr  (Christoph  Gottlieb  von),  editor.    Eeisen  |  einiger  Missio- 
narieu  |  der  |  GesellschaftJesu  |  in  |  Amerika.    Ausi  ihreneigenen 
Aufsatzen  |  herausgegeben  |  von  |  Christoph  Gottlieb  von  Murr.  | 
Mit  einer  Landkarte  und  Kupfern.  | 

Niirnberg,  |  bey  Johann  Eberhard  Zeh,  |  1785.  |  T.  HU. 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  615.   8°.   plates  and  folded  map. 

Variarum  Americse  linguaruin  Synopsis:  Cap.  I.  De  lingua  Haitina  (with  a 
vocabulary,  from  Oviedo,  Peter  Martyr,  Acosta,  and  others),  pp.  403-408.— Cap. 
II.  De  lingua  Mexicana  (with  vocabulary  and  outlines  of  grammar,  from  Gilii, 
Saggio  di  Storia  Americana,  translated  into  Latin  by  the  Abbe  F.  X.  Veigl),  pp. 
409-450. 

2690  a  Muskoki  Vocabulary. 

Manuscript,     llpp.   folio.     In  the  library  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

Mt-skoki  Iim>naits0.    See  [Fleming  (John)J,  No.  1301. 

N.  0.,  i.  e.  Nij-kwenatc-anibic.  Orakwanentakon.  See  Cnoq 
(Rev.  Jean  Andr<§). 

2693  a  Nahuatl  |  de  |  San  Augustin  Acasaguastlan.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  1611.  folio.     Contains4  11., much  worn,  of  alegal document,  dated 

1636,  in  the  Nahuatl  language,  from  the  archives  of  the  parish  of  San  Crislobal 

Acasaguastlan,  and  a  vocabulary  collected  at  San  Agnstin  Acasaguastlaii  by 

Mr.  Franz  Bramowicz  in  1878. 

2697     Najera  (Fr.  Manuel  de  San  Juan  Crisostomo).    Emmanuelis  | 
Crysostomi  Naxera  |  mexicani  |  de  Othomitorum  lingua  |  diserta- 
tio  |  in  Academia  Philosophica  Americana  apud  Philadelpbos  | 
lecta,  |  ejusque  actis  vol.  v  nov.  serie.  |  Inserta,  |  uunc  vero  correcta 
ct  aucta,  |  utque  |  prseside  E.  P.  Mexicans  Jubente,  |  iterum  typis 
11 1 :iin lat a.  | 

Mexico.  |  Ex  offlcina  Aquilae  dicta.  |  CIO.KXCCCXLV[1845].  | 
Improved  title  of  No.  2697.  It  forms  part  of  No.  2698.  Title  as  in  No.  2698, 
1  1. ;  Prologo  in  Spanish,  pp.  i-xiii;  Latin  title  as  above,  1  1. ;  Latin  text,  pp. 
1-20;  Spanish  text,  pp.  21-52;  Pars  altera  (Latin  text),  pp.  53-70;  Segunda 
parte,  pp.  71-90;  Appendix,  pp.  91-94;  Annotanda,  pp.  95-116;  Notas,  pp.  117- 
143;  Catalogo,  p.  145.  C.  up. 

2712  a  Nantel  (Jlf.  VAbbe).    Etude  Bibliographique  par  M.  1'Abbe"  Nantel 
sur  le  Lexique  de  la  Langue  Iroquoise. 

In  Cuoq(J.  A.)  Lexique  de  la  Langue  Iroquoise  (Additamente),  pp.  227-233. 
Montreal  [1883].  8°. 

2714     Narciso  (J.)    Maya  Grammar. 

"Ludeyig  is  in  error  in  saying  Ruz  speaks  in  his  preface  of  a  Maya  Grammar 
by  Narciso.  Ruz  says,  only,  that  his  Gramatica  Yucateca  [No.  3417  of  this  cata 
logue]  is  based  upon  that  [Spanish]  published  at  Madrid  by  D.  Diego  Narciso 
Herranz  y  Quiros,  in  1838.  Herranz's  Grammar  is  still  a  text  book  in  the  Spanish 
schools  in  Mexico." — Icazbalceta. 

2716  a  Nason  (Rev.  Elias).    Indebtedness  of  the  English  to  the  Indian 
Languages  of  America.     (Communicated  by  Eev.  Elias  Nason.)     c. 
In  New  England  Historical  and  Genealogical  Register,  vol.  20.  pp.  309-312. 
Boston,  1866.  8°.     Contains  a  list  of  English  words  of  Indian  origin. 


MURK NEZ    PERCES.  1031 

Natsun  kaothet  nake  kendi  [in  Thine"].    See[Kirkby(.Rei>.W.W  )1 
No.  2105. 

Ne.    Ne  Agsenhhadont  [iu  Mohawk].     See  [HiU  (A.  H.)  and 
Wilkes  (J.  A.),  jr.],  No.  1?88. 

Ne  Karoron  ue  Teyerihwahkwatha  fin  Mohawk].    See 

[Hill  (A.  H.)j,  Nos.  1775-1779. 

-  Ne  ne  Revelation  [in  Mohawk].    See  [HiU  (A.  H.)  and 
Wilkes  (J.  A.),  jr.],  No.  1790. 

-  Ne  ue  Tekaghyadonghserakehhadont  [in  Mohawk].    See 
[HiU  (A.  H.)  and  Wilkes  (J.  A.),  jr.],  No.  1787. 

-  Ne  Orighwadogenhty  [in  Mohawk].     See  [HiU  (A.  H.)  and 
Wilkes  (J.  A.),  jr.],  No.  1785. 

-  Ne  Rnowenna  Teyoninhokarawen  [in  Mohawk].     See 
[Norton  (John)],  No.  2769. 

Ne  Rayadakwe-niyu  [in  Mohawk].    See  [HiU  (A.  H.)  and 

Wilkes  (J.  A.), jr.],  No.  1789. 

Nehiro-Iriniui  aiamihe  [in  Montagnais].    See  [la  Brosse  (Rev. 
J.  B.  de)J,  Nos.  2153,  2153  a. 

2733  a  NeiU  (Edward  Duffield).     Indian  Trade.    A  sketch  of  the  early 
trade  and  traders  of  Minnesota.    By  Edward  D.  Neill. 

Iu  Minn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Annals,  1852  (No.  3),  pp.  29-48.    St.  Paul  [1853].  8°. 
"  Names  of  the  bands  of  the  Scionx  of  the  east  with  their  signification,"  and 
"The  Scioux  of  the  west  [with  their  signification],"  p.  40. 

Nene  Karighyostou  tsinihorighhoten  [in  Mohawk].    See  [Norton 
(John)],  Nos.  2770-2771. 

New.     New  Collection  of  Voyages  and  Travels.     See  [Stevens 
(John)],  editor,  Nos.  3755-3756. 

New  Testament  [in  Massachusetts].    See  [Eliot  (John)], 


Nos.  1174-1175. 

2755     Nez  Perces.    Nez  Perces  First  Book. 

According  to  the  Annual  Report  of  the  American  Board  of  Commissioners  for 
Foreign  Missions  for  1840,  p.  179,  this  is  "the  first  book  printed  in  the  Nez  Perces 
language,  and  the  first  printing  known  to  have  been  executed  on  the  western 
side  of  the  Rocky  Mountains." 

Dr.  Trumbull  informs  me  it  was  prepared  by  the  Rev.  H.  H.  Spalding,  Dr. 
Whitman,  and  other  missionaries  among  the  Nez  Perces,  and  was  printed  on  a 
small  press  brought  from  the  Sandwich  Islands. 

2755  a  -  [Works  in  the  Nez  Perces  language.] 

Between  1839  and  1847  there  were  printed  at  the  mission  press  at  Lapwai  an 
elementary  school  book  of  20  pages  in  Nez  Perces  [see  No.  2755] ;  another  book 


1032  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Nez  Perces — continued. 

of  52  pages,  of  which  800  copies  were  published,  in  the  aauie  language  [see  No. 
2781 J;  another  small  one  [see  No.  1240  a],  and  some  simple  laws  (likewise  in 
the  Nez  Perces  language),  which  were  adopted  through  the  influence  of  Dr.  E. 
White,  sub-Indian  Agent. — Eells'e  Hist.  Indian  Missions. 

2756  C  Nican  ycuiliuhtica  yn  inxi  |  tla  povalcatca  mexica  §a  nauhtetl  | 
yniuhquitova  ceaca"  quitlamia-  |  xiij  acatl  ce  tecpatl  quitlami  |  a 
xiij  tecpatl  ce  acatl  iqui  |  tlamia  xiij  calli  ce  toch  |  tli  quitlamia 
xiij-  |  tochtlictuh  yni  |  quac  otlami  |  to  nauhte  |  ixtin-  |  in  |  mamol- 
pia  in  toxiuh  ypan  yn  ome  acatl  xi  |  vitl  ompovalxiuhtica  onimat- 
lactica  |  ypan  onxivitl,  velcen  veueti  |  litztli  quimomicuitlo  ui  |  can 
mexico  a  xxvij  dias  del  mes  |  de  Seti  |  e  |  bre  de  1576  as.  | 

Colophon:  [Paris:]  Lith.  J.  Desportes,  inst  nat  des  Souards 
Muets. — F.  D.  script.  |  B. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-158.  8°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2756.  Mexican  hieroglyps  with 
explanations  in  Aztec.  A  copy  belonging  to  Sr.  Icazbalceta  is  accompanied  by 
a  manuscript  Spanish  translation  by  Sr.  Chimalpopoca. 

UTiina  Aiamie  Masinaigan  [in  Algonkin].  See  [Lebret  ( — )],  No. 
2231. 

N[ij-kwenatc-anibic]  Ofrakwanentakon],  pseud.  See  [Cuoq  (R&v. 
Jean  Andre").] 

Nistum  oo  Mamowe  Mussinahumakawin  John  [in  Cree].  See 
Hunter  ( Mrs.  James),  No.  1 915. 

2762  a  Noguera  (P.  Victor  Jesus).  Vocabulario  |  de  la  Lengua  |  Popo- 
luca  [6  Chontal]  de  Matagalpa  [Nicaragua].  |  Por  |  D.  Victor  No- 
guera,  |  cura  de  Matagalpa.  |  1855.  |  Copiado  en  Masaya,  |  Marzo 
de  1874.  |  DGB 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  1.;  Advertencia,  pp.  iii-v;  Nota,  p.  vi; 
Vocabulary,  double  columns,  Spanish  and  Popoluca,  pp.  1-6.  On  p.  6  are  a  few 
"frases"  followed  by  this  note:  El  Padre  Noguera,  hizo  en  1855  una  coleccion 
de  frases  en  popoluca,  de  3  6  4  fojas  en  folio  la  cual  en  el  trascurso  del  tiempo  se 
perdi<5.  Les  presentes  habia  conservado  en  la  memoria.  B[erendt]. 

27626  Vocabulario  y  Apuntes  |  del  Idiomado  llamado  |  Par- 

rastah,  |  un  dialecto  de  la  leugua  Ulba  |  por  Don  Victor  Jesus 
Noguera  |  Presbitero.  |  San  Tomas  Loviguisca.  |  1874.  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript,  7  11. ,  4°,  prepared  at  the  request  of  Dr.  Berendt. 

2762  c  NoiwiynSdoshah.  ne  chagaohedvs  |  Hv  He"ni  oye"||h  hoyadoh  |  HC 
Matthew  [Mark,  Luke].  |  ABS.JWP. 

No  title-page;  pp.  1-132.  8°.  Gospels  in  the  Seneca  language.  Each  of 
the  three  gospels  has  the  same  caption,  "Mark"  and  "Luke"  being  severally 
substituted  for  Matthew.  They  occupy  respectively  pp.  1-78, 79-128  and  129-132, 
the  latter,  Luke,  being  incomplete.  The  copy  in  Major  Powell's  library  is  minus 
pp.  1-84.  The  copy  in  the  Am.  Bible  Society's  library  has  evidently  been  pre 
pared  as  "copy"  from  which  to  print  another  edition,  proof-reader's  marks 
being  plentifully  scattered  over  the  margins.  See  Nos.  1838  and  1839  for  the 
Gospels  in  the  Seneca  language. 

Noque  (Oro),  psevfonym.    See  [Blakeman  (Bessie  C.)],  No.  392  a. 


NEZ   PEECES— NORDQUIST.  1033 

2764  a  Nordenskiold  (A.  E.)    The  |  Voyage  of  the  Vega  |  round  |  Asia 
and  Europe  |  with  a  historical  review  |  of  previous  journeys  along 
the  North  Coast  of  the  |  Old  World  |  By  |  A.  E.  Nordenskiold  | 
Translated  by  Alexander  Leslie  )  With  five  steel  portraits,  numer 
ous  maps,  and  illustrations  |  In  two  volumes — Vol.  I  [-II]  | 
London  |  Macmillau  and  Co.  |  1881  |  A. 

2  vols. :  3  p.  11.,  pp.  ix-xxv,  1-524 ;  2  p.  11.,  pp.  vii-xviii,  1  1.,  pp.  1-464, 1 1.  8°. 
Nordquist   (Lieut.  Oscar).     Chukch-English  vocabulary  (N.  E.  Asia),  vol.  1, 

p.  490. 

27646  The  |  Voyage  of  the  Vega  |  round  |  Asia  and  Europe  | 

with  a  historical  review  |  of  previous  journeys  along  the  North 
Coast  of  the  |  Old  World  |  By  A.  E.  Nordenskiold  |  Translated  by 
Alexander  Leslie  |  With  five  steel  portraits,  numerous  maps,  and 
illustrations  | 

New  York  |  Macmillan  and  Co.  |  1882  |  WE. 

5  p.  11.,  pp.  xiii-xxvi,  1-75C.   8°. 

Nordquist  (Lieut.  O.)    Chukch-English  vocabulary  (N.  E.  Asia)  p.  369. 

2764  c  Vega-Expeditionens  Vetenskapliga  lakttagelser  i  bearbe- 

ta<le  |  af  |  Deltagare  I  Eesan  Och  Andra  Forskare  |  utgifna  | 
of  |  A    E.  Nordenskiold.  |  Forsta  [-Tredje]  Baudet.  |  (Med.  15 
Taflor.)  | 
Stockholm,  |  F.  &  G.  Beijers  Forlag,  |  1882  [-1883].  |         D.JWP. 

3  vols.  :   3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-812;  2  p.  11. ,  pp.  1-516 ;  2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-529.   8°.  91  plates. 
Almqvist  (Enist).    Studier  ofver  Tschuktschernas  Fargsinne,  vol.   1,  pp. 

185-194. 

Kjellman  (F.  R.)    Om  Tschuktschernas  Hushallsvaxter,  vol.  1,  pp.  353-372. 

Nordqvist  (Oscar).  '  Tschuktschisk  Ordlista,  vol.  1,  pp.  372-399. 

Anteckniugar  och  studier  till  Sibiriska  Ishafskusteus  Daggdjursfauna. 

vol.  2,  pp.  61-117. 

Bidrag  till  Kanedomen  om  Tschuktscherna,  vol.  2,  pp.  227-246. 

2766  a  Nordquist  (Lieut.  Oscar).    Vocabulary  of  the  Chukch  language 
of  the  northeast  point  of  Asia. 

In  Nordenskibld  (A.  E.)  Voyage  of  the  Vega,  vol.  1,  p.  490.   London,  1881.  S>. 
Reprinted  in  ibid.,  p.  369.    New  York,  1882.  8°. 

27666  Tschuktschisk  Ordlista  af  Oscar  Nordqvist. 

In  Nordenskiold  (A.  E.)  Vega  Expeditionens,  vol.  1,  pp.  372-399.   Stockholm, 

1882.  8°.     Consists  of  Tschuktschi  grammatic  material — the  alphabet,  numer 
als,  nouns,  adjectives,  pronouns — and  vocabularies. 

2766  c  Anteckningar  och  studier  till  Sibiriska  Ishafskustens 

Daggdjursfauna  af  Oscar  Nordqvist. 

In  Nordenskiold  (A.  E.)  Vega-Expeditionens,  vol.2,  pp.  61-117.     Stockholm, 

1883.  8°.     Gives  Tschuktschi  zoological  uames. 

2766  d  Bidrag  till  Kanedomen  om  Tschuktscherna  af  Oscar 

Nordqvist. 

In  Nordenskiold  (A.  E.)  Vega  Expeditionens.  vol.2,  pp  227-246.   Stockholm, 
1883.   8° 


1034  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2771  a  Notice.    Notice  |  sur  les  Missions  |  du  |  Diocese  de  Quebec,  | 
qui  sont  secourues  par  1' Association  de  la  |  Propagation  de  la 
Foi.  |  Janvier,  1839.    No.  1  [—Mai  1874  No.  21].  |  [Design]  | 

Quebec:  |  de  1'Imprimerie  de  Frechette  &  Cie.,    |  Imprimeurs 

?et  Libraires,  N°.  8,  Eue  Lamontagne.  |  Avec  approbation  des  Su- 
p6rieurs.  |  [N.  d. — 1874.]  s.  JEM. 

Nos.  1-21.   12°.    Each  part  with  title  on  printed  cover.    In  the  later  numbers 
the  title  has  been  changed  to  read  Rapport  sur  les  Missions. 
Garin  ( P.  A.  M.)    Missions  du  Nordouest,  No.  11,  pp.  1-17. 
Lafleche  (P.  Louis).     Les  uoms  de  quelques  tribus,  locality's,  etc.     *     *     de 
la  langue  algonquine,  No.  12,  pp.  100-105. 

2772  a  Notice  |  sur  |  l'e"tat  actuel  de  la  mission  |  de  la  Louisi- 

ane.  |  [Vignette.]  | 

Paris,  |  Adrien  Le  Clere,  Imprimeur  de  N.  S.  P.  le  Pape,  de  S. 
Em.  Mer.  le  |  Cardinal  Archeveque  de  Paris,  et  de  la  Grande- 
Aumonerie  de  |  France,  quai  des  Augustius,  n°.  35.  |  1820.  |  s. 

1  p.  1.,  pp.  1-58.  8°.     The  Lord's  Prayer  "en  langue  sauvage",  p.  49. 

The  Notice  was  reprinted  in  Annales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi  (No.  1, 1822) ; 
see  No.  121  c. 

2772ft  Notice  |  sur  Pe~tat  actuel  |  de  la  Mission  |  de  la  Louisi- 

ane  \  Derniere  Edition  j  a  laquelle  on  a  ajoute"  de  uouveaux  details.  | 
[Monogram.] 

Turin,  1822.  |  Chez  Hyacinthe  Marietti  Libraire,  rue  du  P6,  | 
sous  les  arcades  de  PUniversit6  Eoyale.  |  c.  s. 

Pp.  1-65.  12°.    The  Lord's  Prayer  "en  langue  sauvage",  p. 51. 

2774  a  Noticias.    Noticias  |  de  la  Provincia  de  Californias  |  en  tres 
Cartas  |  de  un  Sacerdote  Eeligioso  |  hijo  del  Eeal  Convento  |  de 
Predicadores  de  Valencia  |  a  un  amigo  suyo.  |  Carta  I  [-III].  | 
En  Valencia  |  por  los  Hermanos  de  Orga.   |   M.  DCC.  XCIV 
[1794].  |    Con  las  licencias  necesarias.  |  c.  s.  HU. 

Pp.  1-104, 1-96, 1-104.  16°.  2  folding  tables.  Idion'a  de  los  Indies,  Carta  I, 
pp.  99-104,  contains  an  account  of  the  Ado  and  Cochimi  languages. 

Noticias  de  los  Indies  de  *  *  Veragua.    See  [Franco 

(P.)],  No.  1325. 

27746  Noticias  de  Varias  Plantas  |   y  sus  Virtudes.  |          DGB. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-29.  sm.  8°.  Copied  from  the  original  in  Yucatan.  It  ap 
pears  to  have  been  written  about  the  beginning  of  the  present  century,  and 
gives  the  Maya  names  of  many  plants  of  supposed  medicinal  properties. 

Nourse  (Prof.  Joseph  E.),  editor.  See  Hall  (Charles  Francis),  No. 
1640. 

Nuwheh  Kukwadhud  [in  Tukudh].  See  [M'Donald  (Rev.  Eobert)], 
No.  2370. 

N«gi>mouint>n  Genvnvgvmonat   [in  Ojibwa],      See  [Jones   (Rev. 
Peter)],  No.  2027. 

0.  (N.)  i.  e.  Orakwanentakon  (Nij-kwenatc-anibic).  See  Cuoq  (Rev. 
Jean  Andr6). 


NOTICE — OPUNVKV-HERV.  1035 

2792  a  Ocangra  Aramee  Wawafrafcara,   (Or  Winnebago  Prayer  Book.)  | 
[Two  lines  quotation  in  Winnebago.]  |  Waiastanoeca,  |  1833.  | 
Geo.  L.  Whitney,  Printer.  |  Detroit,  1833.  |  BA.  JWP.  LSH. 

Pp.  1-18.  16°.     Catholic  Prayer  Book  in  the  Winnebago  language. 

Odowan  XXH.  [in  Dakota].    See  [Hinman  (Rev.  S.  D.)],  No.  1806. 

Office.  Office  for  Public  Baptism  [in  Neklakapamnk].  See  [Good 
(Rev.  John  Booth)],  No.  1567. 

Office  for  the  Holy  Communion  [in  Neklakapamuk].    See 

[Good  (Rev.  John  Booth)],  No.  1566. 

Okna  Hayake  [in  Dakota].     See  [Cook  (Joseph  Winfield)J,No.869. 

Ojibue  Nflgcmouintm.  See  [Jones  (Rev.  Peter),  Evans  (Rev.  James), 
and  Henry  (George)],  Nos.  2030,  2033. 

Ojibway  nugumoshaug.  Ojibwa  Hymns.  See  [Hall  (Rev.  Sher 
man)],  No.  1641. 

Okodakiciye  Wocekiye  [in  Dakota].  See  [Hinman  (Rev.  S.  D.)j, 
and  others,  No.  1817. 

2808  a  Oldmixon  (George  Scott).    Words,  phrases,  and  sentences  in  the 
languages  of  the  Noowook-meutes  and  Noona-targh-meutes. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  77-135,  sparsely  filled.  4°.  Collected  by  Dr.  G.  S.  Oldmixon, 
Act.  Asst.  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.,  at  Point  Barrow,  Aleutian  Islands,  during  18:32  and 
1883,  and  recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  languages, 
2nd  edition.  Transliterated  in  the  alphabet  adopted  by  the  Bureau  of  Eth 
nology  by  Rev.  J.  Owen  Dorsey  as  far  as  p.  1<J7.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of 
Ethnology. 

[Omahaw  Primer.]     See  [McKenney  (Rev.  Edward)],  No.  2382. 

O'Neill  (J.  W.)    See  Drake  (Samuel  G.),  No.  1092. 

Oo  Meyo  Achimoowin  St.  Mark  [in  Cree].  See  [Hunter  (Rev. 
James)],  No.  1902. 

Oo  Meyo  Achimoowin  St.  John  [in  Cree].  See  [Hunter  (Rev. 
James)],  No.  1904. 

Oo  Meyoo  Ahchemowin  S.  Matthew  [in  Cree].  See  [Hunter  (Rev. 
James)],  No.  1900. 

Oo  Tapwatumoowin  mena  [in  Cree].  See  [Hunter  (Rev.  James)], 
No.  1907. 

Oodahnuhmeahwine  Nuhguhmoowinun  [in  Ojibwa].  See  [O'Meara 
(Rev.  James  D.)],  No.  2834. 

Oowahweendahmahgawin  owh  [in  Ojibwa].  See  [O'Meara  (Rev. 
James  D.)],  No.  2831. 

Opunvkv  Hera,  Cane  Coyvte  [in  Muskokee].  See  [Loughridge 
(Rev.  E.  M.),  Robertson  (Rev.  W.  S.),  and  Kobertson  (A.  E.  W.)J, 
Nos.  2335-2336. 

Opunvkv-herv  [in  Muskokee].  See  [Robertson  (Mrs.  A.  E.  W.)], 
Nos.  3324-3325. 


1036  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

2842  a  Oraciones  (Las)  en  lengua  quich£  de  Rabinal,  con  unos  frag- 
mentos  en  lengua  cuchechi  (cagchi).  » 

Manuscript.  7  11.  4°.    Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  689. 

Oratio  Dominica,  See  Auer  (A.),  Nos.  185«-1856  ;  [Bodoni  (J.  B.)J, 
editor,  No.  397  d;  Chamberlayne  (J.),  No.  718;  [Krause  (J.  U.)  and 
Wagner  (J.  Ch.)],  publishers,  No.  2146;  Marcel  (J.  J.),  No.  2452; 
Marietti  (Pietro),  editor,  No.  2473a;  [Motte  (B.)],  editor,  Nos.  2670- 
2670a;  [MiiUer  (A.)J,  Nos.  2676-2677. 

2847  a  Order  to  prevent  Indjans  to  steale  Englishinens  swjnes,  &c. 

[Cambridge:  1672?]  * 

On  May  15,  1672,  the  General  Court  of  Massachusetts  passed  an  "Order  to 
prevent  Indjans  to  steale  Englishmens  swjnes,  &c.,"  and  "  further  ordered,  that 
this  law  be  forth  with  printed,  published,  &  declare  to  all  the  Indians  wtbiu  this 
jurisdiction,  in  the  Indian  language,  that  they  may  attend  tlie  same  ;  and  this 
law  to  take  place  &  comence  eight  months  after  publication  heereof."—  Miss. 
Records,  vol.  4,  part  2,  pp.  512-513. 

Oriental  Fragments.     See  [Moor  (Edward)].  No.  2624. 

Orientalisch-  und  Occidentalischer  Sprachmeister.  See  [Fritz 
(  Johann  Friedrich)],  No.  1331.  A.  T.  JE 

The  preface  is  subscribed  by  Johann  Friedrich  Fritz,  but  a  dedication  which 
precedes  it  is  made  by  Benjamin  Schultze  (who  had  been  a  Danish  missionary 
at  Tranquebar),  to  whose  good  offices  Fritz  acknowledges  his  indebtedness,  and 
who  probably  was  the  real  editor  of  the  work.     See  Adelung's  Mithridates,  vol  1 
pp.  668-670. 

Original  Hymns  in  the  loway  Language.  See  [Hamilton  (Rev. 
William),  and  Irvin  (Rev.  S.  M.)],  No.  1653. 

Oro  Noque.     See  [Blakeman  (Bessie  C.)],  No.  392  a. 

Otawa  Anamie-Misinaigan.  See  Baraga  (Rev.  Frederic),  Nos. 
252-254. 

Otchipwe  Anaimie-Masinaigan.  See  [Baraga  (Rev.  Frederic)!, 
No.  255  a. 

Otchipwe  Kikinoamadi-Masinaigans.  See  [Baraga  (Rev.  Frede 
ric)],  No.  264. 

Our  Monthly.    See  [Robertson  (Mrs.  A.  E.  W.)],  editor,  No.  3332. 
P.  (J.  S.),jr.    See  Pforter]  (John  Snodgrass),  jr. 
P.  (L.  C.)     See  Pferryman]  (Leguest  C.),  No.  2965<Z. 

2871  a  Pacion  de  Juebes  santo  quesi  yospaque  tzesi  iscohina  is  I  afio 
de  1818.  ' 


Original  manuscript,  much  worn,  in  the  Chiapanec  language.  4  11.  folio. 

Padilla  (Fr.  Agustin  Davila  y).     See  Davila  y  Padilla  (Fr.  Agus- 
tin). 

Padilla  (Fr.  Antonio  Davila  y).     See  Davila  y  Padilla  (IV.  An 
tonio). 


ORACIONES — PASION.  1037 

287G  a  PaCay  (Jose"  Secundiuo).  Doctrina  Christiana  |  en  lengua  £e£hi.  -j 
Traslada  por  inano  y  pluma  |  de  Jose"  Secundino  PaCay  en  15  de  j 
Setieinbre  del  ano  de  1861  |  y  copiada  por  C.  Hermann  Berendt  j 
Cobaji,  Abril  de  1875  |  DGB. 

Manuscript;  copy.  Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1.  ;  advertencia  signed  Dr.  C.  Her 
mann  Bereudt,  reverse  blank  11.;  pp.  1-114.  4°.  The  original  writer  is  un 
known,  but  the  forms  of  expression  point  to  a  remote  period  for  the  translation. 

2881  a  Palaeios  (Fr.  Pedro).    Catecismo  y  Confesonario  fen  Otomi].     • 
Title  from  Beristain. 

2886  a  [Palmer  ( Wattie  A.)]     [Old  customs  of  the  Muskokis.]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  4,  no.  47.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  July  29, 1880.  In  the  Mns- 
koki  language. 

Pamv  (Wattie  A.)     See  [Palmer  (Wattie  A.)],  No.  2886  a. 

2890  a  Papers  |  relative  to  |  The  Wesleyan  Missions,  |  and  the  |  State 
of  Heathen  Countries.  |  (Published  quarterly.)  | 

[London :  Printed  by  William  Nichols,  40,  Hoxton  Square.]  * 
No.  CLXXII.  June,  1863.  4pp.  8°.  Contains:  The  Cree  Widows' Letter  to 
Mrs.  Hoole  and  the  Ladies'  Committee  ;  printed  in  Evans's  syllabic  characters; 
with  a  translation  by  John  Sinclair.  The  letter  is  dated  from  Rossville  Wes 
leyan  Mission,  Hudson's  Bay,  December  20th,  1862.  Title  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  H. 
Trnmbull  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

2908  Parker  (Rev.  Samuel).  Journal  |  of  an  |  Exploring  Tour  |  beyond 
the  Rocky  Mountains,  |  under  the  direction  of  the  |  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 
containing  |  a  description  of  the  geography,  geology,  climate, 
pro-  |  ductions  of  the  country,  and  the  numbers,  man-  |  iiers,  and 
customs  of  the  natives :  |  with  a  |  map  of  Oregon  Territory.  |  By 
Rev.  Samuel  Parker,  A.  M.  |  Fourth  edition.  | 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.  |  Andrus,  Woodruff,  &  Gauntlett.  |  Boston: 
Crocker  &  Brewster. — New  York:  Huntington  &  Savage;  |  Rob 
inson,  Pratt,  &  Co. — Philadelphia:  Thomas,  Cowper-  |  thwait,  & 
Co.— London :  Wiley  &  Putnam.  |  1844.  |  * 

Pp.  i-xvi,  17-416.  12°.  map  and  plate.  Improved  title  of  No.  2908,  furnished 
by  Mr.  \V.  Eames  from  copy  in  the  library  of  Mr.  W.  W.  Beach,  Yonkers,  N.  Y. 
Linguistics,  pp.  401-416. 

Parley  (Peter),  pseudonym.  See  [Goodrich  (Samuel  Griswold)],  No. 
1570. 

Parts  of  the  Holy  Bible  [in  Dakota].    See  [Cook  (C.  H.)],  No.  865. 

2918  a  Pasion.    LaPasioii  |  deNfoSenorJesucristo  |  En  lengua Zoque.  | 
Los  Evangelios  del  Domingo  de  Ramos,  |  Jueves  Santo  y  Viernes 
Santo  |  como  los  canton  los  Indies  de  Tuxtla.  |  Tuxtla  Gutierrez.  | 
1870.  |  DOB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  advertencia,  1  1. ;  text,  pp.  1-65.  4°. 
"  It  is  an  ancient  custom  with  the  Indians  of  Tuxtla  to  appoint  certain  of  their 
village  to  sing  the  history  of  the  Passion  during  Holy  Week.  A  reader  seats 
himself  in  the  middle  of  the  circle  they  form,  and  reads  a  paragraph  which  the 


1038  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Pasion — continued. 

others  repeat,  chanting  the  words  to  a  monotonous  air.  The  texts  of  these  his 
tories  differ  considerably.  Dr.  Berendt  has  collected  three  of  them  in  this  vol 
ume,  for  the  sake  of  comparison." — Brinton. 

29186  La  Pasion  |  en  lengua  (Jhapaneca.  |  Canciones  de  los 

Indies  |  de  Suchiapa.  |  Tuxtla  Gutierrez,  1870.  |  DCKB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1 1. ;  Advertencia,  1 1. ;  half  title,  verso  blank, 
11.;  text,  pp.  1-93.  4°.  "The  Indians  of  Suchiapa  have  among  them  three  frater 
nities  (cofradias)  devoted  to  the  adoration  respectively  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  the 
Holy  Cross,  and  the  Virgin  of  the  Rosary.  Each  of  these  has  a  volume  of  Rules 
'  Ordenanzas,'  in  the  Chiapanec  tongue,  containing  portions  of  the  Passion,  which 
they  are  accustomed  to  sing  in  the  church  during  Holy  Week.  The  above  vol 
ume  contains  copies  of  these  Ordenanzas.  They  bear  the  dates  1723,  1780,  and 
1781."— Brinton. 

2918  c  La  Pasion.  |  Fragmento  en  leugua  |  Zoque.  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript  of  the  early  part  of  this  century.  Title  (modern)  1  1., 
411. 

2918  d  P[aso  y]  T[roncoso]  (Francisco  del).  Estudios  sobrela  historiade 
la  inedicina  en  Mexico. 

InMuseoNacional  de  Mexico,  Anales,  tomo3,  pp.  137-      .     Mexico,  1883.  4°. 
Many  Mexican  plant-names  passim. 

Patterson  (J.  B.),  editor.  See  Black  Hawk,  Nos.  391,  391  a,  and 
3916. 

[Paul's  Epistles  *  *  in  Santee.]  See  [Cook  (Joseph  Winfield)], 
No.  867. 

29'.)5  a  Pearse  ( — ).    [Hymn  in  the  Seneca  language.]  BE. 

'•  I  have  sent  you  a  tune,  and  herewith  I  send  you  a  pen  copy  of  the  hymn  to 
which  the  tune  was  composed  and  fitted  by  a  Seneca  Indian,  State  of  New  York, 
named  Pearse,  I  think.  It  is  a  translation  of  Newton's  beautiful  hymn  com 
mencing,  'Savior,  visit  thy  plantation'." — Bev.  Silas  T.  Band. 

2929  a  Peirson  (Abraham).  Some  |  Helps  |  for  the  |  Indians  |  shewing 
them  |  How  to  improve  their  natural  Reason,  To  know  |  the  True 
God,  and  the  true  Christian  Eeligion.  |  1.  By  leading  them  to  see 
the  Divine  Authority  of  the  |  Scriptures.  |  2.  By  the  Scriptures  the 
Divine  Truths  necessary  to  |  Eteruall  Salvation.  |  Undertaken  |  At 
the  Motion,  and  published  by  the  Order  of  the  Commis-  |  sioners  of 
the  United  Colonies.  |  by  Abraham  Peireou.  |  Examined  and  ap 
proved  by  Thomas  Stanton  Interpre-  |  ter-Geiierall  to  the  United 
Colonies  for  the  Indian  |  Language,  and  by  some  others  of  the 
most  able  |  Interpreters  amongst  us.  |  —  j 

London,  |  Printed  by  M.  Simmons,  1659.  |  L. 

In  [Eliot  (John)].  A  further  Accornpt  of  the  Progresse  of  the  Gospel,  pp. 
[22]-35.  London,  1659.  4°. 

This  is  a  reprint  of  the  first  sheet  only  of  Peirson's  Catechism,  No.  2929.  The 
portion  reprinted  has  a  separate  title-page  (p.  22),  on  which  the  imprint  "Lon 
don:  Printed  by  M.  Simmons,  1659,"  is  substituted  for  Green's,  and  ends  in  the 
middle  of  a  sentence  (p.  35J,  and  has  the  catch-word  of  the  following  sheet, 
which  was  not  yet  received  in  England. 


PASION PEREZ.  1039 

2949  Perez  ( D.  Juan  Pio).  Uiccionario  de  la  Leugua  Maya.  Merida 
de  Yucatan,  1866-1877.  A.  c.  w.  WE. 

Fall  title  and  collation  given  in  No.  2949.  In  a  manuscript  catalogue  of  the 
Berendt  collection,  Dr.  Brinton  speaks  of  this  work  as  follows : 

This  monument  of  life-long  labor  did  not  appear  until  some  years  after  the 
author's  dea  h  (March  6,  1S59).  The  printing  was  begun  in  1866,  interrupted  in 
1867  by  the  civil  war,  during  which  the  manuscript  "  copy"  came  near  destruc 
tion,  and  finally  completed  in  1877.  Although  Pio  Perez  was  considered  a 
thorough  Maya  scholar,  errors  are  not  infrequent  in  his  dictionary,  owing  to 
faulty  orthography  or  typography.  Dr.  Berendt  points  out  eche  for  ecbe,  bich  for 
abich,  etc. ;  but  on  the  whole  his  corrections  are  few.  Perez  left  his  manuscript 
incomplete,  ceasing  at  the  word  ulchahal.  The  remainder  was  prepared  by  Don 
Crescendo  Carrillo  down  to  xen,  and  from  that  word  to  the  end  by  Dr.  Berendt. 
In  fullness  Perez's  dictionary  is  much  inferior  to  the  Diccionario  de  Motul  [No. 
1030 a].  Thus,  under  the  letter  A,  Perez  gives  586  words,  and  the  Motul  2059, 
and  about  this  proportion  is  maintained  throughout. 

2949  «  Antigua  cronologia  Yucateca  |  O  exposicion  sencilla  del 

me"todo  que  usabau  los  |  antiguos  habitantes  de  esta  Peninsula  de 
Yu-  |  catau  para  coiitar  y  computar  el  tiempo.  | 

In  Carrillo  y  Ancona  (D.  Crescendo).  Historia  autigua  de  Yucatan,  pp.  637- 
663.  Merida,  1883.  12°. 

§  1°.  Origen  de  las  triadecateridas,  pp.  637-038.— §  2°.  Del  dia  y  sns  divi- 
sioues,  pp.  638-641.— $  3.  De  la  semana,  p.  641.—$  4.  Del  mes,  pp.  641-644.— 
§  5.  Delano,  pp.  644-646.— $  6.  Del  Bisiesto,  pp.  646-649.—$  7°.  De  la  indic- 
cion,  6  siglo  de  52  anos  llauiado  Katun,  pp.  650  -652. — $  8°.  De  los  grandes  sig- 
los  de  312  anos  6  ajau  Katunes,  pp.  652-663. 

2949  b  Apuntes  del  |  Diccionario  |  de  |  la  Lengua  Maya  |  com- 

puestos  en  vista  de  va-  |  rios  catalogos  antiguos  de  sus  |  voces  y 
aumentado  con  gran  suma  |  de  las  de  uso  comun,  y  otras  que  se 
ban  |  extractado  de  manuscritos  antiguos.  |  Por  un  yucateco 
aficionado  a  la  lengua,  |  J.  P.  P.  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1 1. ;  Prologo,  signed  Juan  Pio  Perez, 
2  11. ;  pp.  1-468;  8  11. 

This  manuscript,  written  in  two  columns,  in  a  fine,  clear  hand  by  the  cele 
brated  Yucatecan  linguist,  was  presented  by  his  niece  to  Dr.  Berendt,  and  is  that 
referred  to  in  the  latter's  essay,  "Los  Trabajos  Lingiiisticos  de  Don  Juan  Pio 
Perez,"  p.  5.  The  prologo  is  signed  in  full  by  Perez,  but  no  date  is  given.  It 
probably  was  written  about  1845,  and  contains  several  hundred  words  not  found 
in  the  printed  work. 

2949  c  Apuntes  para   an  |  Diccionario  |  de  la  Lengua  Maya  | 

compuestos  con  vista  de  varies  catalogos  |  antiguos  de  sus  voces  y 
aumentado  con  |  gran  suma  de  las  de  uso  comun  y  otras  que  |  se 
ban  extractado  de  manuscritos  antiguos  |  por  |  D.  Juan  Pio  Perez.  | 
Oopiado  en  Merida  |  1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Partial  copy  of  the  preceding,  made  by  Dr.  Bereudt.  Title,  verso 
blank,  1  1. ;  pp.  i-iv,  blank;  prologo,  pp.  v-x;  half  title  "Primero  Parte,"  1  1. ; 
Diccionario,  pp.  1-26.  This  leaf  is  followed  by  an  inserted  note,  in  Dr.  Berendt'n 
handwriting,  as  follows:  "I  copied  this  from  the  original,  lent  to  me  by  Dona 
Nicolasa  Leon  y  Escalente — and  ceased  to  copy  when  she  presented  me  with  the 
original  in  acknowledgment  of  niy  paper  on  '  Los  Trabajos  Liugttisticos  de  Don 
Juan  Pio  Perez.'  It  may  serve  somebody  else." 


1040  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Perez  (D.  Juaii  Pio) — continued. 

2953  Apuutes  |  para  una  |  Gramatica  Maya  |  por  |  D.  Juan  Pio 

Perez.  |  Copia  de  los  Fragmentos  que  |  estan  en  poder  de  D.Pedro 
Eegil.  |  Merida,  Oct.  1868.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript  in  blank  book;  pp.  numbered  45-188;  copied  by  Dr.  Berendt 
from  the  notes  of  Senor  Perez.  Improved  title  of  No.  2953. 

2953  a  Recetarios  de  Indios  |  en  Lengua  Maya.  |  Indices  de 

Plantas  Medicinales  y  de  Enfermedades  |  coordinados  por  |  D. 
Juan  Pio  Perez.  |  Con  Estractos  de  los  Becetarios,  Notas  y  Aiiadi- 
duras,  |  por  |  C.  Hermann  Berendt,  M.  D.  |  Merida.  1870.  j  DGB. 

Manuscript.     Pp.  1-80.   4°. 

"The  medical  part  of  the  Books  of  Chilan  Balam  was  carefully  studied  by 
both  Pere/.  and  Berendt,  the  latter  possessing  the  requisite  medical  and  botanical 
knowledge  to  appreciate  the  subject  at  its  proper  value.  The  result  is  presented 
in  this  work,  which,  however,  was  left  in  an  unfinished  condition." — Brinton. 

2963  [Perrault  (Rev.  Charles  Ovide].    L.  J.  C.  &  M.  J.  |  Prieres,  |  Can- 
tiques  |  et  Catechisme  |  en  |  langue  Moutagnaise  ou  Chipeweyan. 
[A  line  in  syllabic  characters.]  |  [Seal  of  the  Oblates.]  | 
Montreal :  |  Imprimerie  de  Louis  Perrault.  |  1857.  |  * 

Pp.  1-144. 18°.  In  syllabic  characters.  Prayers,  etc.,  pp.  3-46 ;  Cantiques  (22), 
pp.  49-92 ;  Catechism,  93-144.  On  verso  of  title,  the  Approbation,  by  +  Alexan- 
dre,  Eveque  de  St.  Boniface,  O.  M.  I.  On  p.  47,  between  the  Prayers  and  the 
Hymns,  the  Alphabet  (of  syllabic  characters).  Improved  title  of  No.  2963,  fur 
nished  by  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trnmbull  from  copy  belonging  to  him ;  referring 
to  my  note  appended  to  No.  2964,  he  says :  My  copy  is  in  the  original  binding, 
fresh,  and  unused;  and  is  evidently  complete,  as  issued. 

See  Recueil  de  Prieres,  No.  3208.  See  [Thibault  (Rev.  Jean  Baptiste)], 
No.  3844. 

2965  a  [Ferryman  (Leguest  Chateau).]    Este  Maskoke  en  Cato  konawa. 
[Creek  finances.]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  3,  no.  22.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  Feb'y  6,  1879.  folio.  In 
the  Muskoki  language.  Signed  "Lekase." 

2963  b  Maskokalke  em  ekana.    [The  Muskokee's  land.]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  3,  no.  23.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  Feb'y  13  (?),  1879.  folio. 
In  the  Muskoki  language.  Signed  "Lekase." 

2965  c  Laws  of  the  Creek  Nation  [in  Muskoki  and  English].      * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  5,  no.  25.     Muscogee,  I.  T.,  Feb'y  24,  1881.   folio. 

2965  d  Cokv  Mvhayv.     [Book  Teacher.]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  5,  no.  48.  Muscogee.  I.  T.,  Aug.  4,  1881.  folio.  In 
the  Mnskoki  language.  An  article  concerning  the  late  Rev.  W.  S.  Robertson, 
who  was  called,  among  the  Creeks,  The  Teacher,  Cokv-Mvhayv. 

Petaubun.  Peep  of  Day.  See  [Hurlburt  (Rev.  Thomas)],  editor, 
No.  1927. 


PEREZ PETZHOLDT.  1041 

2909  Petitot  (R.  P.  Etnile  Fortune"  Stanislas  Joseph).  Monographic  | 
des  |  Dene-Dindjie  |  par  |  Le  E.  P.  E.  Petitot  |  Missiouuaire-Oblat 
de  Marie-Iminaculee,  Ofb'cier  cl' Academic,  |  Meinbre  correspondant 
de  PAcademie  de  Nancy,  |  de  la  Socie"te"  d'Antbropologie  |  et  Mein 
bre  honoraire  de  la  Socie'te'  de  Philologie  et  d'Etbuographie  de 
Paris.  | 

Paris  |  Ernest  Leroux,  Editeur  |  Libraire  de  la  Societe"  Asiatique 
de  Paris,  |  de  1'ecole  des  langues  orieutales  vivantes  et  des  Socie"te"s 
Asiatiques  de  Calcutta,  |  de  New-Haven  (Etats-Cnis),  de  Shanghai 
(Chine)  |  28,  Eue  Bonaparte,  28  |  1876  |  A.  DGB. 

2  p.  11., pp.  1-109.   8°.    Improved  title  of  No. 2969. 

Comparative  vocabulary  in  Latiii,  Montagnais,  Peaux  de  lifevre,  and  Loucheux, 
p.  16. — Comparative  vocabulary  in  Nabajo,  Dene  (de  divers  dialectes),  and  Bind- 
jie",  p.  22.— Comparative  vocabulary  of  tlie  Wakish  (Tetes-Plates)  and  Yukultas 
(Tetes-Longues),  p.  104. — Comparative  vocabulary  in  the  languages  of  the  Haidas 
(Kollouches,  lies  Charlottes),  Tonguas  (Kollouches,  Alaska),  Yukultas  (Tetes- 
Longues,  Colorable  britannique),  Wakish  (Tetes-Plates,  Oregon),  Dnaine"  (At- 
naiis.  Alaska),  Dindjie"  (Mackenzie),  and  Dene  (Territoire du  N.-O.),p.  105.--Also 
scattered  phrases  and  terms  with  significations. 

2971      Mouographie  des  '  Esquimaux  Tchiglit ,  du  Mackenzie  | 

et  de  1' Anderson  |  par  |  Le  B.  P.  E.  Petitot  |  Missionnaire  Oblat 
de  Marie-Iinmaculee,  Cfficier  d'Acade'inie,  Membre  correspondant 
de  1' Academic  de  Nancy  |  et  des  Societe's  d'Anthropologie  et  de 
Philologie  de  Paris  |  [Vignette.]  | 

Paris  Ernest  Leroux,  fiditeur  j  Libraire  de  la  Socie'te'  Asiatiqne  | 
de  1'ecole  des  langues  orientales  vivantes,  de  la  Societe"  Philolo- 
gique  |  des  Society's  Asiatiques  de  Calcutta,  de  Shanghai,  de  New- 
Haven,  etc.  |  28,  rue  Bonaparte,  28  |  1876  |  A. 
2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-28.  4°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2971.  Esquimaux  traditions  in 
the  original  with  French  translations,  pp.  16, 26 ;  and  scattered  terms  and  phrases. 

2973  a  Ethnographie  De  1'origine  asiatique  des  Indiens  de 

1'Amerique  arctique.  Par  le  E.  P.  Emile  Petitot,  O.  M.  I.  Mis 
sionnaire  au  Mackenzie,  offlcier  d'Acadeinie,  etc.  JWP. 

In  Les  Missions  Catholiques,  onzieme  annee,  Nos.  543-550,  pp.  529-532,  540- 
544,  550-553,  564-566,  576-578,  589-591,  600-604,  609-4511.  Paris,  Oct.  to  Dec., 
1879.  4°. 

List  of  stone  implements  in  the  Eskimo  language,  p.  350. 

21)73  b  La  Femme  au   Serpent.     Le"geude  des  De'ne'  Chippe- 

wayans.  ASG. 

In  Me'lusine,   Revue   de  Mythologie,   Litterature  Populaire,   Traditions  et 

Usages,  vol.  2,  No.  1,  columns  19-21.    Paris,  April  5,  1884.  4°.     The  legend  is 

first  given  in  French,  with  the  "Texte  original  du  coute  Chippewayan"  following. 

2973  c  Petzholdt  (Julius).  "DasBuch  derWilden"  |  im  Lichte  |  franzo- 
sischer  Civilization.  |  Mit  Probeu  aus  dein  in  Paris  als  "Manuscrit 
pictographique  |  Am^ricain"  veroffentlichten  Schmierbuche  eines 
deutsch-  |  amerikauischen  Hiuterwaldler-Jungen.  |  Von  |  J.  Petz 
holdt.  | 
66  Bib 


1042  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Petzholdt  (Julius) — continued. 

Dresden,    |   G.   Schb'nfeld's    Bucbhaudlung    (C.  A.  Werner).  | 

1861.|  T-BA 

Pp.  1-16,  lithographic  fac  similes  l-vm,  8°.  In  some  copies  the  lithograph 
pp.  vi-vn  are  pasted  together  at  the  edges,  with  the  note :  "  Wegen  Obsconitaten 
verklebt.  Aufgeschnittene  Exemplare  werdeu  nicht  zuruckgenommen."  This 
is  the  little  work  in  which  Petzholdt  exposed  the  "Manuscrit  Pictographique" 
(see  No.  1061  a),  and  which  occasioned  its  suppression.  Translated  into  French 
as  follows: 

2973  d  Le  Livre  |  des  |  Sauvages  |  au  point  de  vue  de  la  civili 
sation  franQaise  |  avec  des  planches  explicatives  tiroes  du  pre"tendu 
Manuscrit  Pictographique  Americain  ,  Traduction  de  1'Allemand  | 
Bruxelles  |  Chez  tous  les  Libraires  |  1861  |  Tous  droits  reserve's  | 
Pp.  1-15,  lithograph  plates  i-vm.  T.w. 

Philology.     See  Eiggs  (Rev.  S.  E.),  No.  3285  b. 

2979  a  Pichardo  (Esteban).    Diccionario  Provincial,  casi-razonado  de 
Voces  Cnbanas,  por  Bsteban  Pichardo.     Segunda  edicion. 

Habana.  1849.  * 

258  pp.  8°.  Lucayau  words  adopted  into  Spanish,  with  their  meanings. 

Tercera  edicion,  notablemente  auinentada  y  corregida,  Habana:  Imprenta 
la  Antilla,  1862.  Pp.  xvii,  1 1.,  pp.  281.  8°.  (")  First  published  anonymously,  Ma- 
tauzas,  1832,  16°  (*) ;  and  again,  Matanzas,  1836,  16°.  (") 

Pilloridlarput  napkiniktut.  See  Ussornakant  nakinniktut,  No. 
3958. 

3004  a  Pimentel  (Francisco).    Vocabulary  of  the  Seri. 

Iu  Gatschet  (A.  S.)  Der  Yuina-Sprachstamm,  Zweiter  Artikel,  in  Zeitschrift 
fur  Ethnologie,  vol.  15  (1883),  pp.  134-138.  Berlin,  1883.  8°. 

3006  a  Pinart  (Alphonse).    Vocabulary  of  the  Seri. 

In  Gatschet  (A.  S. )  Der  Yuma-Sprachstamm,  Zweiter  Artikol,  in  Zeitschrift 
fur  Ethnologic,  vol.  15  (1833),  pp.  134-138.  Berlin,  1883.  8°. 

3006  b  Les  Ale"outes,  leurs  origines  et  leurs  16gendes.  JWP. 

In  Soc.  D'Ethnographie,  Actes,  session  of  1872,  pp.  87-92.  Paris  [n.  d.].  8°. 
Aleutian  terms  passim. 

3006  c  Dictionary,  grammatical  notes,  texts,  songs,  and  sentences 

in  the  Aleutian,  Lisievsky  dialect. 

Manuscript  of  about  700  pages.  In  possession  of  the  author.  It  is  in  Aleutian 
and  Russian,  and  was  collected  by  Mr.  Pinart  in  1871  in  Unalashka,  Belkoffsky, 
Unga,  and  Kadiak. 

3006  d  Vocabulary  and   texts   in  the  Aglegmiout  dialect  of 

Nushagak. 

Manuscript  of  about  50  pages.  4°.  In  possession  of  the  author.  Russian  and 
Aglegmiout.  Collected  in  1871. 

3006  e  Vocabulary  of  the  Malehmiout  dialect.  * 

Manuscript  of  about  25  pages.  4°.  In  possession  of  the  author.  Russian  and 
Malehmiout.  Collected  at  St.  Michael  in  1871. 


PETZHOLDT — PINART.  1043 

Pinart  (Alphonse)— continued. 

300G/ Dictionary,  grammatical  notes,  songs,  descriptions  of 

dances  and  religious  ceremonies,  etc.  * 

Manuscript  of  about  1,000  pages.  In  possession  of  the  author.  It  is  in  Rus 
sian  and  Kaniagmiout,  and  was  collected  in  1871  and  1872  at  Kadiak,  Afognak, 
Katmay,  Sutkhum,  etc. 

3006  g  Vocabularies,  texts,  sentences,  songs,  etc.,  in  the  Tlinkit 

language  of  Sitka.  » 

Manuscript  of  500  pages,  in  Russian  and  Tlinkit.     In  possession  of  the  author. 

3006  h  Vocabulary  of  the  Atnah  language.  » 

Manuscript  of  90  pages,  folio.  In  possession  of  the  author.  Russian  and 
Atnah.  Collected  at  Kadiak  in  1872. 

3006  i  A  vocabulary  of  the  language  spoken  at  Fort  Eoss,  Cali 
fornia.  » 
Manuscript,   folio.     In  possession  of  the  author.     Obtained  in  1872  from  a 
half-breed  born  at  Fort  Ross  and  living  in  Afognak. 

3006  fc  A  vocabulary  of  the  Katmay  dialect.  * 

Manuscript  of  26  pages.  4°.  In  possession  of  the  author.  It  is  in  Russian 
and  Katmay,  and  was  collected  by  Mr.  Pinart  at  Katmay. 

3006  I  -        -  Vocabulary  of  the  Stakhin  dialect.  * 

Manuscript,  folio.  In  Russian  and  Stakhin.  lu  possession  of  the  author. 
Collected  by  Mr.  Pinart  at  Fort  Wrangel. 

3006  m  Vocabulary  of  the  Yakutat  language.  * 

Manuscript,  folio.     In  possession  of  the  author.    Russian  and  Yakntat. 

3006  n  —      -  Vocabulary  of  the  Cilkat  dialect.  * 

Manuscript,  folio.     Russian  and  Cilkat.     In  possession  of  the  author. 

300G  o  -        -  Vocabulary  of  the  Kaigani.  * 

Manuscript,  folio.  Russian  and  Kaigani.  In  possession  of  the  author.  Ob 
tained  at  Kadiak  from  a  native  of  Queen  Charlotte's  Island,  a  former  Kolosh 
slave. 

With  reference  to  other  material  collected  by  Mr.  Pinart,  he  writes  me  as 
follows : 

l;l  have  collected,  during  my  fifteen  years  of  travelling,  vocabularies,  texts, 
songs,  etc.,  general  linguistic  materials  in  the  following  languages  or  dialects. 
It  is  impossible  at  present  to  give  you  the  number  of  pages,  etc.,  as  most  of  it 
is  to  be  found  amoug  my  note-books,  and  has  not  been  put  in  shape  as  yet. 

"West  Coast:  Tongass,  Cimovan,  Bellaxnla. — Vancouver  Id.:  Fort  Rupert, 
Comox,  Nanaimo,  Saanitch,  Cowitchin,  Classi-t,  Nitinaht,  Koskeemo. — Brit. 
Colomb. :  Shnshwap  (various  dialects),  Taculli,  Kootenai  (mountain  dialect). — 
Wash.  Terr.  &  Colombia  River:  Makah,  Cemakum,  Clallam,  I.munii,  Kwonalt  (2 
dialects),  Cexalis,  Niskwaly,  Ciuook,  Klatskenai. — Up.  Col.  &  Idaho:'  Spokan, 
Yakima,  Pens  d'Oreilles,  Cceur  d'Alene,  Warm  Springs,  Nez  Perec's,  Kallispel. — 
S.Oregon  <feN.  California:  Clackamas.Calapuy  a,  Rogue  River,  Modoc,  Karoc.Upper 
Pitt  River,  Shasta,  Ukiah,  Hoopa,  Umpqna,  Chieo,  Ynba,  Wintun  (Clear  Lake), 
Wintum  (Upper  Sacramento),  Sonoma",  Russian  River,  near  Healdsburg. — C.  Cal., 
Mutsun :  San  Francisco  (from  an  old  Indian  at  San  Mateo),  Santa  Cruz,  San  Jnan 
Bautista,  San  Jose",  Monterey,  Rumsen,  Ex  xeyen,  Pleasanton  (dialect  spoken  at 
a  raucheria  where  is  now  the  town  of  Martinez). — Tulare:  Yacikarnne-c'olovone. 
(This  was  collected  at  a  rancheria  near  Pleasantou.  The  first  dialect  was  spoken 


1044  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Pinart  (Alpbonse) — continued. 

where  now  is  Stockton,  the  (jolovone  near  Bantas.)  Lacquisamne,  Tuoluinne. 
At  Sta.  Cruz,  from  an  old  woman  from  Tnlare  (locality  unknown).  At  Sanjon 
de  Cota,  near  Sta.  Ynes,  I  collected  two  dialects  of  the  Tulare.  At  Fort  Tejon  I 
collected  three  dialects  of  the  Tulare.  At  Potterville  I  collected  two  dialects. 
Kern  Valley  (2  dialects),  San  Antonio,  San  Miguel,  San  Luis  Obispo.— Barba- 
refio:  Sta.  Barbara,  Sta.  Ynes,  San  Buenaventura,  La  Purisima,  Island  of  Sta. 
Cruz,  Island  of  Sn.  Miguel,  Sta.  Paula,  Pun  a  Mugu.—  Washoe,  Pyramid  Lake, 
Candelaria,  Owen's  Valley,  Las  Vegas,  San  Gabriel,  San  Luis  Rey,  Chemehueve.— 
Temecula,  San  Diego,  San  Diego  (New  River),  Mojave,  Hualapai,  Avastipai, 
Yuma,  Cocopa  River,  Cocopa  Mountain  (Sta.  Catarina),  Cocopa  Mountain 
(Sn.  Fernando),  Maricopa.— Pimo  (rio  Gila),  Pimo  Papago  (Pitiquito  Souora), 
Pitno  Papago  (Sonoita  &  Quistobaca  Sonora),  Pimo  Papago  (of  the  Pinacate  Des 
ert),  Opata  Teguima,  Opata  Tegue,  Opata  Caguinachi,  Pinio  bajo,  Tubar,  Tarra- 
humar alto, Tarrahumar  bajo,Seri,Yaqui, Mayo, Tepeguano,  Apache  (Chiricahua), 
Apache  (White  Mountain),  Apache  (Tonto),  Apache  (Yuma),  Apache  (from  a 
prisoner  at  Fronteras,  Souora).— Zeniez,  Zufli,  Taos,  Ysleta,  Comanche  (collected 
in  Mapimi),  Comanche  (collected  in  Coahuila),  Kickapoo  (from  prisoners  in 
Mexico). — Texas  and  Louisiana:  Tonkaway,  Chetimacha,  Attakapa,  Chahta.-— 
Tepehua  (a  language  spoken  in  the  sierra  of  Tutotepec,  in  the  town  of  Huehuetla, 
State  of  Hidalgo).— Tlapaneco  (language  spoken  in  and  about  Tlapa,  in  the 
State  of  Guerrero). — As  for  the  various  dialects  of  the  Nahuatl,  Mixteco  Tarasco, 
Huaxteco,  Otomite,  Mazahua,  notes  are  to  be  found  about  them  in  my  journals. — 
Guaymi  (Valiente)  Move,  Guaymi  Muoi,  Guaymi  Muite,  Guaymi  Murire,  Guaymi 
Buketa,  Dorasque  Caldera,  Dorasque  Sanguina,  Dorasqne  Gualaca,  Cuna-Darien, 
Choc6." 

Respecting  the  linguistic  collection  belonging  to  Mr.  Pinart,  of  which  I  was 
very  desirous  to  get  a  full  account,  that  gentleman  writes  me  as  follows:  "My 
collection  of  materials,  such  as  it  is  now,  I  have  never  had  time  to  catalogue, 
and  I  can  give  you  no  definite  statement  concerning  it.  It  contains  a  very  large 
amount  of  linguistic  and  hieroglyphic  documents,  and  can  be  divided  as  follows: 
.  "I.  The  Floridas,  Texas  and  the  Mississippi  Valley  in  the  Spanish  time,  Coa 
huila  &  Nuevo  Leon. 

"II.  Souora,  Pimeria  alta,  Lower  California  and  Upper  California,  New 
Mexico,  about  the  Gila  &  Colorado.  This  includes  some  of  the  earlier  docu 
ments  of  the  missionaries. 

"HI.  The  central  parts  of  Mexico.  This  will  contain  about  twenty  docu 
ments  in  hieroglyphics,  and  many  in  the  original  Nahuatl. 

"IV.  Oajaca,  Chiapas,  and  Yucatan.  This  contains  the  celebrated  'Doctrina 
cristiaua  in  Maya  hieroglyphics.' 

"V.  Guatemala  and  Honduras.  Many  documents  on  the  Spanish  expeditions 
to  the  Indian  tribes  of  the  coast  of  Honduras. 

"VI.  San  Salvador,  Nicaragua,  Costa  Rica,  &  Panama." 

3011  a  Pino  (D.  Pedro  Bautista).    Notieias  \  Historicas  y  Estadisticas  | 
de  la  Antigua  Proviiicia  del  |  Nuevo-Mexico,  |  presentadas  por  su 
diputado  en  cortes  |  D  Pedro  Bautista  Pino,  |  en  Cadiz  en  ano  de 
1812.  |  Adicionadas  por  el  Lie.  D.  Antonio  Barreiro  en  |  1839;  y 
ultimamente  anotadas  por  el  Lie.  |  Don  Jose"  Agustin  de  Escudero,  | 
para  la  comision  de  Estadistica  Militar  |  de  la  |  Kepublica  Mexi- 
cana.  |  [Five  lines  quotation.] 

Mexico.  |  ImprentadeLara,  calle  de  la  Paltna  Num  t.  |  1849.  |    * 
Title  1  1.,  pp.  1-98,  Index  2  1.     Comanche  words,  pp.  83-84. — Navajoe  words, 
p.  8(5. 


PINART — PONKA  1045 

Pino  (_/).  Pedro  Bautista) — continued. 

3011  b Exposicion  |  Sucinta  y  Sencilla  |  de  la  Provincia  |  del  | 

Nuevo  Mexico:  |  hecba  |  por  su  diputado  en  Cortes  |  Don  Pedro 
Baptista  Pino,  |  con  arreglo  a  sus  instruccioues.  | 

Cadiz:  |  Imprenta  del  Estada-Mayor-General.  |  Anode  1872.  |     * 
51  pp.  8°.     "  Idea  del  Comanche,"  seven  Omanche  words  or  phrases,  p.  37. — 
"Del  Nabiijoe,"  ten  words  and  phrases,  pp.  40-41. 

Titles  from  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  from  cupies  in  his  possession. 

3012  Pintura  |  del  Gobernador,  Alcaldes  |  y  Begidores  |  de  |  Me. 
xico.  |  Codice  |  en  geroglificos  inexicanos  y  en  lenguas  castellaua  | 
y  azteca,  existente  en  la  biblioteca  |  del  Excmo  Sefior  Duque  de 
Osuna.  | 

Madrid,  Hernandez,  1878.  |  » 

Pp.  1-10.  folio.  40  plates.     Improved  title  of  No.  3012,  furnished  by  Sr.  Icaz- 
balceta. 

Pipe  of  Peace.     See  [Wilson  (Rev.  Edward  F.)  |,  editor,  No.  4177. 

3015  a  Pitchlynn  (Peter  P.)    Choctaw  vocabulary.  * 

Manuscript.  19  pp.  folio.     In  the  library  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

3015  b  Placido  (D.  Francisco).  [Song  iu  the  Nahuatl  Language.]  * 
The  very  learned  P.  Florencia  relates,  in  his  Historia  de  la  Santissima  Sefiora, 
how  Don  Francisco  Placido,  Sefior  de  Atzcapuzalco,  at  the  time  when  the  Holy 
Image  appeared  and  was  placed  in  the  first  Hermitage  of  Guadalupe,  composed 
a  song  in  Nahnatl,  which  was  the  ancient  mode  of  writing  history;  it  was  found 
among  the  rare  papers  of  Don  Domingo  do  San  Anton  Mufiou  Chimalpain,  and  I 
very  ranch  regret  that  the  said  father  should  not  have  had  it  printed  at  the  end 
of  his  Historia,  as  it  runs  the  risk  of  being  lost. — Boturini  $  xxxv,  7. 

301G  a  Platicas.     Platicas  |  de  la  Historia  Sagrada  |  en  lengua  Cacchi 
Con  un  fragmento  de  uu  tratado  |  por  Fr.  Domingo  de  Vico  |  [1(529.] 
Original  manuscript.  2  p.  11.  (modern),  18  11.  4°.     In  a,  regular,  clear  hand 
writing  of  the  17th  century.     Vice's  article  begins  on  verso  of  1. 16.  BGB. 

3010  6  Platicas  |  de  la  historia  sagrada  |  en  lengna  Cacchii,  | 

Del  Siglo  XVIIm°.  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript.     Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  advortencia  signed  Dr.  C. 

Hermann  Berendt,  Coban,  Abril  1875,  1  1. ;  conteniilo,  1  1. ;  126  unnumbered  11. 

sm.  4°.     Several  of  the  leaves  are  nearly  destroyed  and  the  whole  much  stnined. 

3018  a Platicas  |  sobre  los  |  Maudamientos  del  Dec&logo  |  en 

lengua  Kekchi.  |  Traducidas  por  un  Indio  de  Coban  |  de  orden  del 
Padre  cura.  |  Del  Archive  de  la  Parroquia  de  Cahabau.  |  Coban  | 
1856.  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript.    Modern  title  1 1.,  8811.  sm.  4°.    Eleven  sermons.    Forms 
part  of  the  collection  of  Dr.  Berendt  in  possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton. 

Polk  (Joseph  F.),  editor.      See  Investigator,  No.  1946  a.      See 
Philology,  No.  2979. 

Ponka  ABC.     See  [Dorsey  (Rev.  James  Owen)],  No.  1068. 


1046 


NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 


3033  a  Ponziglione  (Rev.  Paul  Mary),  tf.  J.  Specimen  of  Osage  poetry,  s. 
Manuscript,  pp.  1-9.  8°.  Belonging  to  Dr.  John  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.  It 
is  in  the  form  of  a  letter  to  the  Rev.  P.  J.  De  Smet,  written  "from  the  Mission  of 
S.  Francis  of  Jerome,  North  America,  Osage  Nation,  February  9,  1807."  P.  1  con 
tains  the  letter  of  transmittal.— To  the  Most  Holy  Trinity,  in  Osage,  p.  2;  in 
English,  p.  3.— Supplication  to  God,  p.  4:  translation,  p.  5.— Supplication  to  the 
Virgin  Mother  of  God,  in  Osage,  p.  6;  in  English,  p.  7.— Prayer  to  the  Guardian 
Angel,  in  Osage,  p.  8;  in  English,  p.  9.— Reverse  of  p.  9,  blank. 

3036  a  [Porter  (John  Snodgrass),  jr.]     [Letter  from  Ockmulgee.]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  4,  no.  31.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  April  8, 1880.  folio.  In  the 
Muskoki  language. 

Porter  (William  S.)     See  Eliot  (William  H.),  No.  1200 a. 

Portions  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer  [in  Cree].  See  [Hunter 
(Rev.  James)],  No.  1909. 

[Potter  (C.  E.)J,  editor.    See  Fanner's  Monthly  Visitor,  No.  1268. 
Powell  (John  Wesley).    See  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  No.  520. 

3105 a  Powers  (Stephen).     Porno:  Some  Accounts  of  the  Habits,  Cus 
toms,  Traditions  and  Languages  of  the  California  Indians.  1873.    * 
Manuscript.     In  the  Bancroft  Library,  San  Francisco.     Title  from  Bancroft's 
Native  Races,  vol.  1,  p.  xl. 

3105  b  Powlis  (James).    John  Chap.  Ill  [-VIII].  |  Translated  into  the  | 
MohawkLanguage  |  By  |  James  Powlis  |  Sour  Springs  |  Tuscarora. 
Aug.  |  1876  |  STB. 

Manuscript,  about  130  pp.,  4°,  unbound.  In  possession  of  Rev.  Silas  T.  Rand, 
Hantsport,  Nova  Scotia.  The  interlinear  English  translation  is  not  perfectly 
continuous,  and  ends  entirely  toward  the  close  of  chapter  7. 

Prayer  Book  [in  Snohomish].     See  [Boulet  (Rev.  J.  B.)],  No.  426. 

Prayer  for  Indian  Missions  [in  Dakota].  See  [Hinman  (Rev.  S.  D.)], 
No.  1814. 

Prieres,  Cantiques  et  Cat6chisme,  in  Chipewyan.  See  [Perrault 
(Rev.  C.  O.)],  Nos.  2963-2965. 

L.  J.  C.  &  M.  I.  Prieres,  Cantiques,  &c.,  en  Langue 

Crise.  -See  [Thibault  (Rev.  Jean  Baptiste)],  No.  3844. 

Prince  Society.    See  Wood  (William),  No.  4202. 

Principesdelalangue  *  *  Sauteux.  See  [Belcourt(.Ret'.Gr.A.)j, 
No.  333. 

Psalm  C.  [in  the  Massachusetts  language].  See  [Eliot  (John)], 
No.  1198. 

3147  Pyrlaeus  (Rev.  John  Christopher).  [Mohican  Hymns.  1745.]  * 
Jno.  Christopher  Pyrlseus,  the  Mohawk  scholar,  was  born  at  Pansa,  Voigt- 
land,  in  1713.  Studied  for  the  ministry  at  the  University  of  Leipsic  between 
1733  and  1738.  Here  he  became  attached  to  the  Brethren,  visited  Herrnhut,  and 
accepted  an  appointment  as  missionary.  Sailed  from  London  in  company  with 
Buttner  and  Zander,  and  reached  Bethlehem  October  19,  1740.  Commenced  the 


PONZIGLIONE— RADLOFF.  1047 

Pyrlseus  (Rev.  John  Christopher)— continued. 

study  of  the  Mohawk  at  Tulpehocken,  iu  January,  1743,  under  Weiser's  direction. 
The  Brethren  having  failed  to  procure  a  Mohawk  Indian  from  Freehold  to  instruct 
in  that  language  such  of  their  number  as  were  set  apart  for  the  mission,  Pyrlseus 
undertook  this,  and  on  the  4th  of  February,  1744,  opened  his  Indian  school.  In 
September  of  1745  his  first  translations  of  hymns  into  Mohican  appeared.  This 
was  the  beginning  of  a  collection  for  the  use  of  the  mission.  In  November  of 
1751  he  sailed  for  England,  where  he  labored  until  1770.  He  next  went  to  Ger 
many,  where  he  died  May  28,  1785.—  Eeichel's  Memorials  of  the  Moravian  Church, 
vol.  1,  pp.  138-140. 

3149  a  Quaderno  de  Idioma  Zapoteco  del  valle,  que  contiene  alguuas 
reglas  mas  comuues  del  Arte,  un  vocabulario  algo  copioso  y  otras 
cosas  que  veera  el  Christiano  Lector.     Se  ha  escrito  procurando 
toda  lo  possible  imitar  la  pronunciation  natural  de  los  Indies: 
sacado  lo  inas  de  los  Autoies  Autiguos  que  escrivieron  de  este 
Idioma.    Sea  todo  a  mayor  hotra  y  Gloria  de  Dios  ntro  Sor  alivio 
de  los  Ministros  y  utilidad  de  las  Almas.  Sn  Martin  Tilcaxete  y 
Jim0  22  de  1793.  » 

Manuscript  in  the  John  Carter  Brown  library,  Providence,  R.  I.  Arte,  11. 1- 
12.— Vocabulario,  11. 13-266.— Lista  de  los  uombres,  etc.,  11. 267-272.— Confessio- 
nario,  11.  273-285.— Protestacion  de  la  fee,  11.  285-286.— Interrogatorio,  e'c.,  11. 
287-288. 

Title  from  Dr.  Berendt's  manuscript  additions  to  the  copy  of  Icazbalceta's 
Apnntes  in  possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton.  A  partial  copy  made  by,  and  for 
merly  belonging  to,  Dr.  Berendt  is  now  in  the  library  of  Dr.  Brinton,  the  title  of 
which  begins  Reglas  mas  comuues,  &c.,  q.  ».,No.  3209 a. 

Quadra  (Juan  Francisco  de  la  Bodega  y).  See  Bodega  y  Quadra 
(J.  P.  de  la),  No.  397  c. 

3150  a  Queh  (Francisco  Gebuta).     [Memorial  de  Tecpan-Atillan.] 

"A  native  Cakchiquel.  Wrote  a  continuation  of  the  Annals  of  Xahila"  [No. 
145]. — Brinton's  Cakchiquel  Grammar,  p.  16. 

3151  a  Quiche.     Manuscrit  en  langue  quiche^  cominencant  par  ces  mots: 
Maria,  Jesus,  Joseph.    Ranohel  utzil  atobal,  etc. 

Manuscript  of  the  sixteenth  century  on  parchment ;  incomplete ;  11. 2-8, 25-28, 
56-59,  and  104  to  the  end.  Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  583. 

Quincey  (John).     See  Assembly's  Shorter  Catechism,  No.  175. 

3158  Radloff  (Leopold).    Einige  kritische  Bemerkungen,  &c.  * 
This  article  was  also  printed  in  Acad.  Imp.  des  Sciences,  Bull,  de  la  Classe  Hist. 

Phil.,  vol.  14,  cols.  257-278,  289-294.     St.  Petersburg,  1857.  8°.  (*) 

3159     tiber  die  Sprache  der  Ugalachmut.  * 

In  Acad.  des  Sciences,  Bull,  de  la  Classe  Hist.  Phil.,  vol.  15  ;  and  in  the  same 

society's  Melanges  russes,  vol.  3,  pp.  468-524.  (*) 

31C2  a  Thliukit  Deutsch  Wb'rterverzeichniss.  * 

Manuscript,  about  150  pp.  4°.  In  possession  of  Mr.  Alph.  Pinart,  by  whom 
it  was  copied  from  the  original  in  the  archives  of  the  Academy  of  St.  Petersburg. 

31C2  b  Thliukit  texts,  phrases,  sentences,  etc.  * 

Manuscript  of  about  1,000  pages.  In  possession  of  Mr.  Alph.  Pinart,  who 
copied  it  from  the  original  iu  the  archives  of  the  Academy  of  St.  Petersburg. 


1048  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3175  a  Ramirez   (Jose  Fernando).      Proceso  de  Eesidencia  |  contra  | 
Pedro  de  Alvarado.  |  Ilustrado  con  estampas  |  sacadas  |  delosanti- 
guos  Codices  Mexicanos  |  y  |  Notas  y  Noticias  |  Biograficas,  |  Cri- 
ticas  y  Arqueologicas,  |  por  |  D.  Jose  Fernando  Ramirez.  |  Lo  pub- 
lica  |  paleograflado  del  Ms.  original  |  El  Lie.  Ignacio  L.  Rayon.  | 

Mexico.  |  Impreso  por  Valdes  y  Redondas,  |  Calle  de  las  Escale- 
riilas  No.  2.  |  1847.  [  s.  T.  BA. 

1  p.  ].,  pp.  i-xxiii,  1-302,  1  1.  8°.  Contains  three  Mexican  picture  writings 
which  are  explained  on  pp.  278-282, 283-287,  and  290-299  ;  the  latter  contains,  p. 
293,  fourteen  lines  of  Mexican  with  interlinear  translation  in  Spanish. 

3176  a  Ramsey  (Alexander).    Annual  report  of  the  Superintendent  of 
Indian  Affairs  in  Minnesota  Territory,  dated  Oct.  17,  1849.      JWP. 

In  31st  Congress,  First  Session,  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  No.  1.  President's  Message, 
with  accompanying  documents,  pp.  1005-1036. 

Pronunciation,  etymology,  and  signification  of  Dacota,  Chippewa,  and  Win- 
nebago  names  passim. 

3179     Rand  (Rev.  Silas  Tertius).    A  Short  Statement  of  Facts  j  relating 
to  |  the  History,  Manners,  Customs,  Language,  and  |  Literature  | 
of  the  j  Micmac  Tribe  of  Indians,  in  |  Nova-Scotia  and  P.  E.  Island.  | 
By  S.  T.  Rand.  |  Being  the  substance  of  Two  Lectures  delivered  in 
Halifax,  in  November,  |  1849,  at  Public  Meetings  held  for  the  pur 
pose  of  instituting  a  |  Mission  to  that  Tribe.  |  Published  under  the 
direction  of  the  Committee  for  Super-  |  intending  the  Mission.  | 

Halifax,  N.  S.  |  Printed  by  James  Bowes  &  Son.  |  1850.  | 

Printed  cover  1  1. ;  title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  pp.  3-40.  8°.  JBD.  JWP.  STR. 

Chapter  III.  The  Micmac  language,  pp.  18-24,  contains  grammatic  forms  and 
specimens,  and  a  few  lines  interlinear  translation. 

A  number  of  the  titles  entered  below  under  this  author  have  already  appeared 
in  this  catalogue,  usually  under  the  first  word  of  the  title.  Recent  correspond 
ence  with  Mr.  Rand  has  settled  the  question  of  authorship  in  these  cases,  he 
having  furnished  me  a  list  of  titles  both  of  his  printed  and  manuscript  works, 
and  it  has  been  thought  advisable  to  gather  here  the  titles  of  all  of  the  lin- 
gnistic  material  prepared  by  him. 

3179 a The  History  of  Poor  Sarah;  |  A  Pious  Indian  Woman.  | 

In  Micmac.  |  [1850.J  o.  JWP.  STR. 

No  title-page.     Pp.  1-12.  12°. 

3179  b Cisulc  TJceluswocn  Agenudasic.  |  [God  His  Word  told 

about.]     [1850.]  JWP.  STR. 

No  title-page.    Pp.  1-16.  12°.     In  the  Micmac  language.     On  p.  16  is  a  Christ 
mas  hymn  of  four  stanzas,  in  Micmac,  which  has  also  been  reprinted  separately, 
in  phonetic  characters,  with  the  addition  of  two  stanzas;  see  No.  3181s. 
3179  c  The  Gospel  |  according  to  Saint  Matthew,  |  in  the  Mic 
mac  Language.  |  Printed  |  for  the  use  of  the  Micmac  Mission  |  by 
the  British  and  Foreign  |  Bible  Society.  | 
Charlottetown:  |  Printed  by  G.  T.  Haszard.  |  1853.  | 
Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  "Errata,"  reverse  "Key,"  1  1. ;  pp.  1-118.  16°.     In 
phonetic  characters.     Improved  title  of  No  1587.     Reprinted,  revised,  as  below 
Sabin,  No.  44123,  gives  the  following  title:  The  Book  of  Matthew  translated 
into  the  Maliseet  Language.     By  Rev.  S.  T.  Rand.     Charlottetown,  1853.  8°. 
Mr.  Rand  informs  me  that  this  is  an  error.  o.  T.  ABS.  JWP.  STR. 


RAMIREZ RAND.  1049 

Rand  (Rev.  Silas  Tertins) — continued. 

3179  d  Pela  j  Kesaguuoodumumkawa  |  tan  tula  |  uksakiimameuoo 

wfistowoolkw'  Sasoogoole  CILstawit !  ootenluk.  |  Megumoweeslmk.  | 
Ohebooktook  [Halifax]:  |  MegumagetV  Ledakun-weekuggmkawa 
Moweoine.  |  1871.  |  s.  T.  JBD.  JWP.  QHS.  STR. 

Pp.  1-126.  16°.  The  Gospel  of  St.  Matthew  in  the  Micmac  language.  Im 
proved  title  of  No.  2931. 

3179  e  The  Gospel  of  St.  John. 

Colophon:  Printed  by  W.  Cunnabell,  Halifax,  N.  S.  [1854.] 
No  title-page;  caption  only.     Pp.  1-95.  12°.     In  the  Micmac  language,  pho 
netic  characters.    Bagster's  Bible  of  Every  Land  gives  a  similar  title  without, 
however,  mentioning  the  phonetic  characters,  with  imprint:   London,  British, 
and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  1854  (see  No.  1574),  which  is,  doubtless,  the  same 
edition,  for  the  author  informs  me  but  two  editions  of  John  were  published. 
Reprinted, revised,  as  follows:  JWP.  STR. 

3179/ -  Wooleaguiioodumakun  |  tan  tula  |  Sangku.  |  Megumo- 

weesimk.  | 

Chebooktook  [Halifax]:  |  Megwmagea'  Ledakun-weektiggmkawa 
Moweome.  |  1872.  |  s.  T.JWP.  STR. 

Pp.  1-103.  16°.    Gospel  of  St.  John,  in  Micmac.    Improved  title  of  No.  4205. 

3180     Ferst  Reding  Buk  |  in  |  Mikmak-  |  Kompeild  bei  de  Rev. 

S.  T.  Rand,  |  Micouari  tu  de  Mikmak  Indianz,  Nova  Skogia.  | 

Lundon :  |  Fred  Pitman  Fonetik  Depo,  20,  Paternoster  Ro.  |  Car- 
lotvil  Prins  Edwardz  Eiland,  North  Amerika:  |  Djordj  T.  Hazard.  | 
1851.  |  Preis  Sikspens.  |  o.  s. 

Printed  cover,  1 1.,  pp.  1-40.  16°.  In  phonetic  characters.  Reprinted,  reyised, 
as  below. 

3181     A  |  First  Reading  Book  |  in  the  |  Micmac  Language:  | 

comprising  |  the  Micinac  Numerals,  and  the  Names  |  of  the  differ 
ent  kinds  of  |  Beasts,  Birds,  Fishes,  Trees,  &c.  |  of  the  |  Maritime 
Provinces  of  Canada.  |  Also,  some  of  the  |   Indian  Names  of 
Places,  |  And  many  Familiar  Words  and  Phrases,  |  translated  lit 
erally  into  English.  | 

Halifax:  |  Nova  Scotia  Printing  Company,  |  1875.  | 

Pp.  i-iv,  5-108.  16°.  T.  JBD.  JWP.  STR. 

3181  a  [Micmac  lesson-card.    No.  3.]  JWP. 

Broadside  16°.  "  I  think  there  were  four  lesson-cards  in  all.  They  were  struck 
off  after  our  First  Reading  Book  was  used  up,  and  before  the  second  edition  was 
published." — Rand. 

3181 1)  The  Gospel  akording  tu  |  Sent  Luk.  |  In  Mikmak.  | 

Printed  for  the  Britic  and  Foren  Beibel  Soseieti,  bei  |  Eizak  Pit 
man,  Bah  (Bath).  |  1856.  |  o. T.JWP. 
Pp.  1-148.  16°.     In  phonetic  characters.     Improved  title  of  No.  1578.     Re 
vised  and  reprinted,  as  follows:. 

3181  c  The  Gospel  according  to  |  Luke.  |  [1874.J        T.  JWP.  STB. 

68  unnumbered  leaves.  l(i°.     No  title-page,  caption  only. 


1050  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Rand  (Rev.  Silas  Tertius) — continued. 

3181  d  -       -  The  |  Buk  ov  Djeuesis.  |  In  Mikinak.  | 

Printed  for  the  Britic  and  Foren  Beibel  Soseieti,  bei  |  Eizak  Pit 
man,  Bah  (Bath).  |  1857.  |  c.  T.  JWP. 
Pp.  1-213.  16°.     In  phonetic  characters.     Improved  title  of  No.  518. 

3181  e  -       -  The  |  Buk  ov  Samz.  |  In  Mikmak.  | 

Printed  for  the  Britic  and  Foren  Beibel  Soseieti,  bei  |  Eizak  Pit 
man,  Bah  (Bath).  |  1859.  |  g.  T.  JWP.  STR. 
Pp.  1-282.  16°.    In  phonetic  characters.    See  fac-simile.    Improved  title  of  No. 
519.    See  No.  3185ft. 

3181  /  -       -  The  Ten  Commandments,  |  The  Lord's  Prayer,  |  etc.  |  In 
the  Maliseet  Language.  | 

Printed  for  the  Micmac  Missionary  Society,  |  Halifax,  Nova 
Scotia.  |  1863.  | 

Colophon:  Printed  by  Isaac  Pitman,  Phonetic  Institution,  Bath, 
England.  |  s.  T.  YO.  JWP.  STR. 

Title,  reverse  "The  Phonetic  Alphabet,"  1  1. ;  pp.  :j-22;  1  unnumbered  1.,  con 
taining  Christmas  hymn  on  the  Incarnation,  beginning  "Sesus  K'tciniksksm", — 
five  stanzas  of  four  lines  each,  in  phonetic  characters,  as  is  the  whole  pamphlet; 
reverse,  colophon  as  above.  Improved  title  of  No.  3814. 

3181  g Tan  Teladakadidjik  |  Apostalewidjik.  |  The  |  Akts  ov  the 

Aposelz.  |  In  Mikmak.  | 

Printed  for  the  Britic  and  Foreu  Beibel  S6seieti,  bei  |  Eizak  Pit 
man,  Bah  (Bath).  |  1863.  |  T.ABS.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-140.  16°.  In  phonetic  characters.  Improved  title  of  No.  3809.  This 
has  been  revised  by  the  author  and  rewritten  in  Human  characters,  but  not  yet 
republished  (July,  1884).' 

3181  h  -       -  The  |  Book  of  Exodus  |  in  |  Micmac.  | 

Halifax,  Nova  Scotia,  |  1870.  |  g.  T.  JWP.  STR. 

Pp.  1-166, 1  1.  16°.    Improved  title  of  No.  414. 

3181  i  The  Gospel  according  to  |  St.  John  |  in  the  language  of 

the  |  Malliseet  Indians  |  of  New  Brunswick.  | 

London  |  1870.  |  T.  JAVP. 

1 1.,  pp.  1-110.  16°.  On  verso  of  title:  "Cambridge:  |  Printed  for  the  British 
and  Foreign  Bible  Society  |  by  C.  J.  Clay,  M.  A.,  at  the  University  Press."  | 

3181  k  A  short  account  |  of  |  The  Lord's  Work  |  among  |  The 

Micmac  Indians.  |  By  S.  T.  Eand,  |  Hantsport,  Nova  Scotia.  |  With 
some  reasons  |  for  |  His  Seceding  from  the  Baptist  Denomination.  | 

Halifax,  N.  S.  |  Printed  by  William  Macnab.  |  1873.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-32, 1  1.  8°.     Contains,  p.  7,  John  iii.Ki  in  the  Micmac  language. 

3181 1  The  Gospel  according  to  |  Mark.  |  T.  JWP. 

No  title-page.    39  unnumbered  11.  16°.     In  the  Micinac  language. 

3181  m  [Portions  of  the  New  Testament.]  T.  JWP. 

No  title-page.    216  unnumbered  11.  16°.     In  the  Micmac  language. 
Romans,  II.  1-29.— 1  Corinthians,  11. 29-55.— 2  Corinthians,  11. 56-73.— Galatiaus, 
]1. 73-83.—  Ephesians,  11.  83-92.— Philippians,  11.  93-99.— Colossians,  11.  99-105.— 


THN  TELRDHKHDIDJIK 
APCFSTALSWIDJIK. 


as 

ARTS  0V  3E  APOSELZ, 

IN  MIKMAK. 


PRINTED  FOE  3E  BEITie  AND  FOKEIf  BEIBEL  S0SEIETI,  BEI 
EIZAK  PITMAN,  BHR  (BATH), 

1863, 
3181  g.— FAC-SIMILE  OF  TITLE-PAGE  OF  MIKMAK  ACTS  OF  THE  APOSTLES. 


HAND.  1051 

Rand  (Rev.  Silas  Tertius) — continued. 

1  Thessalonians,  11.  105-111.— 2  Thessalonians,  11.  111-114. — 1  Timothy,  11.  114- 
121.— 2Timothy,  11.  122-127.— Titus,  11.  127-130.— Philemon,  11. 130-131.— Hebrews, 
11. 131-151.— James,  1!.  151-158.— 1  Peter,  11. 158-106.— 2  Peter,  11. 166-170.— 1  John, 
II.  171-178.— 2  John,  11. 178-179.— 3  John,  II.  179-180.— Jude,  11. 180-182.— The  Rev 
elation,  11.  182-214.— Pestoonuningawa,  11. 215-216. 

3181  n  -        -  Tracts  in  Micmac  No.  1.)  |  Bread  cast  upon  the  Waters. — 
No.  7.  |  Talekesuhsutadtiks?  |  How  are  you  to  be  saved?  | 

Colophon:  London  Gospel  Tract  Depot,  Warwick  Lane,  Pater 
noster  Row.  |  g.  JWP. 

3181  o  Tracts  in  Micmac,  No.  2.)  |  Bread  cast  upon  the  Waters  — 

No.  2.  |  "Wokuniayaan."  |  "Be  thou  clean."  | 

Colophon:  London  Gospel  Tract  Depot,  Warwick  Lane,  Pater 
noster  Eow.  |  s.  JWP. 

3l8lp  Tracts  in  Micmac,  No.  3.)  |  Bread  cast  upon  the  Waters. — 

No.  4.  |  Uktuloowawoodeel  |  ablksTktasIgul."  |  "Thy  sins  are  for 
given  thee."  | 

Colophon:  London  Gospel  Tract  Depot,  Warwick  Lane,  Pater 
noster  Eow.  |  s.  JWP. 

3181  q  Tracts  in  Micmac,  No.  4.)  |  Bread  cast  upon  the  Waters. — 

No.  8.  |  W6n  teiadegfit?  |  Who  is  to  blame?  | 

Colophon:  London  Gospel  Tract  Depot,  Warwick  Lane,  Pater 
noster  Eow.  |  S.  JWP.  STE. 

Each  of  the  above  tracts  pp.  1-4.  16°.  The  number  following  the  line  "  Bread 
oast  upon  the  Waters,"  is  the  number  of  the  same  tract  in  English.  Improved 
titles  of  Nos.  3884-3887. 

3181r  Hymn.  |  "  In  de  Dark  Wood,  no  Indian  nigh."  |  T.JWP.STE. 

No  title-page.  11.  16°.  In  the  Micmac  language.  Two  versions:  one  of  six 
verses,  in  phonetic  characters;  and  another  (revised),  1  1.,  16°,  of  four  verses,  in 
Roman  characters. 

3181  *  Psalm.  XXIII.  T.  JWP.  STR. 

No  title-page.  11.  16°.  In  the  Micmac  language,  phonetic  characters.  Eight 
stanzas,  beginning  "Ancweuit  UccisacumS." 

3181 1  [Christmas]  Hymn.     [The  birth,  life,  and  death  of  the 

Lord  Jesus.]  JWP.  STR. 

Broadside  12°.  Six  stanzas  of  four  lines  each;  in  the  Micmac  language. 
Begins  "Sesus  Ucei-nicscam."  Followed  by  "Now  I  lay  me  down  to  sleep,"  1 
stanza,  in  Micmac.  All  in  phonetic  characters.  The  first  hymn  in  Maliseet 
appears  in  Ten  Commandments,  No.  3181/. 

3185  a  [Micmac-English  Dictionary.]  * 

Manuscript.  4vols.  4°.  In  possession  of  the  author,  who  describes  it  asfollows: 
"General  plan  of  the  work:  1.  To  record  all  the  words  in  the  language  so  far 
as  they  can  be  discovered.  2.  To  give  their  equivalents  in  English  as  correctly 
as  possible,  both  their  primary  and  secondary  significations.  3.  To  give  the 
principal  parts  of  the  verbs — an  I  most  of  the  words  in  the  language  are  verbs, 
while  all,  almost  without  exception,  can  assume  a  verbal  turn — so  that  the  verb 


1052  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Band  (Rev.  Silas  Tertius) — continued. 

can  be  conjugated  through  person  and  number,  mood  and  tense,  and  voice. 
4.  To  write  the  word  phonetically,  so  that  the  true  pronunciation — the  real 
•word — may  be  distinctly  seen  and  heard.  5.  To  give  the  compounds  to  sonio 
extent,  the  most  usual  ones,  and  the  derivatives,  for  these  are  an  essential  part 
of  the  language. 

"I  have,  in  the  course  of  about  thirty-five  years,  collected  and  arranged 
alphabetically  some  thousands  of  words.  I  am  this  winter  [1883-4]  making  it 
my  chief  business  to  complete  the  correcting  and  the  copying  out  into  a  fair 
hand  of  the  fourth  volume  of  this  work.  I  have  already  copied  and  bound  up 
three  volumes,  quarto,  each  of  about  five  hundred  leaves,  many  of  the  pages  on 
both  sides  being  pretty  well  filled,  so  much  so,  in  fact,  that  I  am  continually 
under  the  necessity  of  pasting  in  additional  pages,  in  order  to  place  in  proper 
order  new  words  as  they  turn  up.  Of  the  twenty  letters  of  the  Roman  alphabet 
used  in  printing  Micmac,  I  have  in  my  Dictionary,  in  the  three  volumes  referred 
to,  arrived  at  S.  The  last  word  entered  in  Vol.  3  is  Sllmoodawa.  Volume  IV 
commences  with  Slnkfimlsum:  uniun:  Imajfil.  After  S  there  are  but  four  let 
ters  of  the  alphabet  left,  viz :  T,  U,  W,  Y,  but  my  collection  of  words,  under  these 
four  letters,  occupies  about  450  pages  of  manuscript,  many  of  them  crowded  to 
vexation,  though  some  are  not  filled.  *  * 

"You  ask  the  names  of  my  assistants.  I  have  had  a  great  many.  I  had  at 
the  commencement  hardly  anything  printed  or  written  that  could  assist  me. 
The  meagre  outlines  of  a  Micmac  Grammar,  published  some  years  previous  in 
the  Royal  Gazette  of  Charlottetown,  P.  E.  Island,  by  a  Mr.  Irving  [see  Nos. 
1949a-1949i],  who  had  obtained  the  manuscripts  of  a  French  priest,  who  had 
resided  in  Nova  Scotia,  L'Abbe  Segogue,  then  dead,  gave  me  some — I  may  say  a 
good  deal — of  help.  Irving  died  before  I  could  see  him,  and  I  could  not  obtain 
any  of  his  manuscripts.  . 

The  first  man  I  found  who  could  really  help  me  was  a  Frenchman 
named  Joseph  Brooks,  who  had  resided  among  the  Indians  many  years  and  lived 
as  one  of  themselves.  But  he  spoke  good  English,  and  was  also  fluent  in  French 
and  Micmac.  He  could  read  but  could  not  write,  but  his  assistance  was  invalu 
able.  I  could  not  depend  upon  his  pronunciation,  as  I  soon  discovered,  for  he 
learned  the  language  after  he  was  grown  up,  and  spoke  it  with  a  foreign  accent. 
But  his  wife  spoke  it  pure,  and  I  could  depend  on  him  for  the  meaning  of  a  word 
and  on  her  for  the  pronunciation.  *  *  *  One  of  the  sons,  Tom  Brooks,  became 
finally  one  of  my  most  efficient  teachers,  though  he  never  learned  either  to  read 
or  write.  The  greater  part  of  my  translations  and  compilations  was  done  with 
the  assistance  of  Tom  Brooks.  I  had  one  other  clever  assistant  for  several  years 
who  could  both  read  and  write.  His  name  was  Benjamin  Christmas,  of  Cape 
Breton." 

Of  the  above  manuscript  I  have  seen  only  vol.  3,  which,  with  many  other,  of 
his  manuscripts  given  below,  were  kindly  sent  me  by  the  author  that  I  might 
describe  them. 

3185  b  Micmac  Ollendorff.  » 

Manuscript.  In  the  possession  of  a  Mr.  Hubbard,  of  Bonn,  Germany,  to  whom 
it  was  sent  by  the  author.  "  The  Micmac  Ollendorif  comprises,  as  near  as  I  can 
remember,  about  400  pages,  and  consists  of  a  series  of  questions  and  answers, 
facing  each  other,  and  numbered  off  into  lessons,  a  la  mode  Ollendorff.  It  is 
intended  as  a  simple  aid  to  the  learning  of  the  language." — Band. 

3185  c  Micmac  Catechism.  |  STR. 

Manuscript.  38  pp.  16°.  Written  in  a  small  blank  book  labeled  "  Translations 
from  Indian  Prayer-book— Micmac.  S.  T.  Rand,  Charlottetown."  Each  ques- 


RAND.  1053 

Rand  (Rev.  Silas  Tertius) — continued. 

tiou  and  answer  is  followed  by  an  English  translation,  written  in  an  easy  stylo 
of  phonography,  more  or  less  of  which  appears  throughout  several  of  Mr.  Raud's 
manuscripts. 

3185  d  -      —  The  Decalogue  as  |  read  from  the  Indian  |  prayer  book 
by  Peter  |  [Christmas]  at  Escisognnic  |  June  12. 1852.  | 

Manuscript.  4  pp.  16°.  Apparently  not  completed.  This  is  written  in  the 
same  blank  book  as  the  Catechism  described  above,  which  it  immediately  follows, 
and,  like  the  Catechism,  it  is  accompanied  by  English  equivalents  in  phonography. 

3185  e  -       -  Sentences  in  |  Mic  Mac.  |  E16nu  wegftdigfin.  |  STR. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-G:!.  16°.  No  title-page ;  heading  as  above.  Paged  reverse 
of  usual — even  numbers  on  rectos,  odd  on  versos.  Alternate  pages  Micmac  and 
English,  in  some  cases  the  former  occupying  the  rectos,  in  others  the  latter. 
The  manuscript  includes  not  only  sentences,  but  short  stories  and  portions  of 
the  Scriptures,  and  on  pp.  9-10  is  a  partial  conjugation  of  the  verb  to  see.  Ex 
odus  20,  pp.  11-14. — Genesis  1,  "translated  March,  1S47,  by  the  aid  of  Joseph 
Brooks,"  pp.  33-42. — John  4,  "Being  the  first  whole  chapter  translated  by  me 
(us)  into  Mic  Mac,"  pp.  42-52.— Gen.  2,  pp.  53-58.— Gen.  3,  pp.  58-63,  and  con 
tinued  on  p.  1. 

3I85/ List  of  Micmac  |  words  resembling  |  Greek,  Hebrew, 

La-  |  tin,  &c.  |  STB. 

Manuscript.  34  11.  16°.  In  a  blank  book,  leather  cover.  Concerning  this 
work  the  author  writes  me  as  follows:  This  is  a  collection  of  about  300  words, 
in  which  I  saw,  or  fancied  I  saw  when  I  composed  it,  a  resemblance  between 
many  Micmac  words  and  those  of  other  languages,  chiefly  the  Greek.  I  am 
under  the  impression  that  a  comparison  conducted  on  proper  etymological  prin 
ciples  would  swell  the  list  to  many  hundreds. 

3185  g  -        -  Legends  of  the  |  Micmac  Indians  |  and  |  Extracts  from 
the  |  Micmac  Prayer  Book  |  with  Interlinear  Translations  |  into  | 
English  by  |  Silas  T.  Rand.  |  * 

Manuscript.  1vol.  sm.  4°.  In  possession  of  the  author.  Title,  11.;  Introduc 
tion,  2  11. ;  Legends,  Micmac  and  English,  96  11. ;  Extracts  from  the  hieroglyphic 
prayer  book,  dictated  by  a  daughter  of  Dennis  Michael,  chief  of  the  Indians  in 
Cape  Breton,  September,  1849,  and  written  phonetically  by  Mr.  Rand  in  Micmac 
and  translated  into  English;  95  unnumbered  11.,  Micmac  ai.d  English  interlinear. 
"This  Micmac  Prayer  Book,  by  the  way,  is  a  curiosity.  It  is  the  invention  of 
the  Roman  Priests  about  two  hundred  years  ago,  aided  by  the  natives,  who  sug- 
'gested  the  mode  of  writing.  It  is  written  not  with  letters,  but  with  sign-marks, 
one  mark  standing  for  a  word,  after  the  manner  of  the  Chinese.  It  was  never 
printed  until  about  five  and  twenty  years  ago,  when  it  was  prepared  and  printed 
by  a  Roman  priest,  a  German  named  Kauder,  living  at  Pomket,  Nova  Scotia." — 
Rand.  See  Kauder  (Rev.  Christian),  Nos.  2057-2059. 

Maj.  J.  W.  Powell  has  received  from  Mr.  Rand  a  blank  book  containing  abont 
70  11.,  folio,  of  these  hieroglyphs  "as  transcribed  with  the  pen  by  an  Indian,  the 
only  way  iu  which  the  work  was  multiplied  for  nearly  200  years." 

3185  ]i Notes  Explanatory  |  on  the  Micmac  Trans-  |  lation  of  the 

Psalms.  |  Referring  principally  |  to  the  cases  in  which  the  Mic-  | 
mac  Version  differs  from  |  the  English.  |  Written  about  the  |  year 
1855.  |  By  Silas  T.  Rand  |  Hantsport  |  Nova  Scotia  |  STB. 

Manuscript;  copy.  94  unnumbered  11.  4°.  Mr.  Rand  writes  of  it  as  follows: 
"In  hunting  among  iny  papers,  I  have  discovered  a  manuscript  that  I  cannot 


1054  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Band  (Rev.  Silus  Tertius) — continued. 

well  pass  over  if  you  wish  a  full  descriptive  catalogue  of  such  unpublished  man 
uscripts  as  are  iu  my  possession  referring  to  our  Indians  and  their  language.  I 
send  you  the  copy  which  I  retained. 

"This  was  its  origin.  When  we  sent  the  manuscript  of  the  Book  of  Psalms, 
translated  inlo  Micmac,  to  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society,  it  occurred  to 
them  to  enquire  whether  it  had  been  translated  from  the  Hebrew  or  from  the 
English.  I  replied  that  I  had  translated  directly  from  the  Hebrew,  and  that 
while  I  had  made  use  of  the  common  English  version  and  others,  I  had  not  ser 
vilely  followed  it  or  any  of  them,  but  that  my  version  varied  from  the  English 
in  a  good  many  places,  I  did  not  know  how  many.  Whereupon  I  was  directed 
to  state  all  the  cases  in  which  the  Micmac  differed  from  the  English,  and  to  state 
briefly  my  reasons.  I  did  so.  Then  we  had  a  committee  of  our  learned  divines 
of  Halifax  appointed  to  examine  my  paper,  over  which  they  spent  a  good  many 
days.  Suggestions  were  made  and  amendments  proposed,  and  the  dissertation 
was  gone  over  again  carefully  and  revised,  then  copied  and  sent  to  London. 
The  publishing  committee  of  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  expressed 
themselves  well  satisfied,  and  I  was  sufficiently  complimented  for  the  literary 
aspect  of  the  work,  and  the  book  was  immediately  published." 

3185  I  [Manuscripts  relating  to  the  Micmac  language.]  * 

1  manuscript  volume,  4°,  bound.  In  the  possession  of  a  Mr.  Hubbard,  of  Bonn, 
Germany,  to  whom  it  was  sent  by  the  author,  who  thus  describes  it:  "It  con 
tains:  1.  Materials  for  a  Micmac  grammar.— 2.  A  Lecture  on  the  Micmac  lan 
guage,  delivered  before  a  Literary  Society  in  Halifax.— 3.  A  paper  on  Micmac 
grammar,  copied  from  the  Royal  Gazette  of  Charlottetown,  which  was  published 
by  a  Mr.  Irving  about  fifty  years  ago.— 4.  A  lot  of  papers  on  the  same  subject. 
The  whole  was  gathered  up  and  bound  together  for  the  use  of  a  Roman  Priest, 
then  of  Pictou,  N.  S.,now  Bishop  Ronald  McDonald,  of  Newfoundland,  who  wished 
to  learn  the  language.  He  assured  me  it  was  of  great  service  to  him." 

3185  k  Extracts  from  the  Micmac  |  Hieroglyphic  Prayer  book, 

trans-  |  lated  into  Eoman  Letters  |  with  some  of  the  words  in 
English.  I  STB> 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-82, 6  11.  4°.  This  paper  is  a  transliteration  of  some  of  the 
hieroglyphs  used  by  the  Rev.  Christian  Kauder  (see  Nos.  2057-2059)  into  Micmac, 
and  usually  a  translation  into  English.  Pp.  1-25  of  the  manuscript  comprise 
pp.  5-13  of  the  Gesangbuch ;  pp.  25-31,  pp.  5-6  of  the  Katechismus ;  pp.  31-38, 
pp.  52-54  of  the  Gesangbuch  ;  p.  39,  blank ;  pp.  40-82,  pp.  6-20  of  the  Katechismus! 

3185  I  [Tracts  and  Hymns  in  the  Micmac  language.]  STE. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-340,  5  11.  4°.  Bound.  Pp.  1-198  are  numbered  on  rdctos 
only,  the  versos  of  the  leaves  bearing  no  numbers,  and  usually  being  partially 
tilled  with  hymns  and  interpolations  and  additions  to  the  facing  page;  from 
p.  199  on  the  pagination  runs  through  every  page.  The  tracts  and  hymns  alter 
nate  throughout.  The  titles  are  as  follows : 


1.  The  only  Place  of  Safety. 

2.  The  Justifier. 

3.  How  can  a  Sinner  be  Justified  ? 

4.  What  a  Contrast. 

5.  If  thou  knewest  the  Gift  of  God! 

6.  Worship,  or  One  in  Ten. 

7.  The  Handcuff's. 

8.  The  Lunatic  and  His  Keeper. 

9.  The  Coalmine  Explosion. 

10.  Are  yougoing  to  Heaven  or  Hell  f 


11.  Just  in  time  to  Catch  the  Train. 

12.  That  is  your  Man,  Sir! 

13.  Smashed  to  pieces. 

14.  The  Little  Garden. 

1.  One  there  is  above  all  others. 

2.  Nothing  either  great  or  small. 

3.  God  in  mercy  sent  his  Son. 

4.  When  this  passing  world  is  done. 

5.  The  half  was  never  told. 


BAND.  1055 

Hand  (Riv.  Silas  TVrtiius) — continued. 

31S5m  -        -  TV-alms  in  |  Micinac  &  in  Mai-  |  iseet,  arranged  so  as  | 

to  be  sung.  |  STR. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-17.  t-m.40.   Bound  in  blank  book  marked  "Personal  Diary," 

which  latter  occupies  the  remainder  of  the  book.     Of  the  pagination  the  even 

numbers  are  on  the  rectos,  the  odd  nnmbers  on  the  versos  of  the  leaves.     On  p.  1 

is  the  following  note: 

"I  have  transcribed  in  this  book  a  few  Micmac  and  Maliseet  Psalms.     They 

are  chiefly  literal  and  pros;;  translations,  bnt  arranged  so  as  to  suit  the  times. 

The  Indians  at  present  have  no  idea  of  poetry  as  such — as  comprised  in  measure 

and  rhyme.     But  they  are,  fond  of  singing." 

100th  Psalm,  in  Maliseet,  p.  2.— 113th  Psalm,  in  Micmac,  p.  3.— 113th  Psalm, 

in  Maliseet,  p.  6.—  86th  Psalm,  in  Micmac,  p.  8.— 23d  Psalm,  in  Maliseet,  p.  13. — 

23d  Psalm,  paraphrased  in  Maliseet,  p.  15. — Hymn,  "  I'm  going  home  to  die  no 

more,"  iu  Maliseet,  p.  17.  — "The  good  Shepherd,"  in  Maliseet,  loose  at  the  end 

of  the  book. 

3185  n [Manuscripts  in  the  Maliseet  and  Micmac  languages.]  STR. 

About  400  pp.,  mostly  unnumbered,  4°,  bound.  This  book  contains:  The 
final  copy  of  the  Maliseet  tract,  No.  3181/;  John  6th  and  the  50th  Psalm,  in  Mali 
seet;  and  the  epistles  to  the  Romans  and  Galatians,  in  Micmac.  Of  these,  all 
have  been  published  except  the  50th  Psalm. 

3185  o  A  Lecture  de-  |  livered  before  several  |  Literary  Institu 
tions  |  in  Nova  Scotia  on  the  |  Peculiarities  of  the  Mic-  |  mac  & 
Maliseet  Tongues.  |  STR. 

Manuscript,  52  pp.,  4°,  unbound.     No  title-page;  labeled  as  above. 
"This  is  a  rough  draft.     A  fair  copy  is  bound  up  in  a  volume  now  in  the  hands 
of  a  Mr.  Hnbbard,  iu  Bonn,  Germany." — Kand. 

3\B5p  -       -  A  Vocabulary  of  |  Maliseet  Words.  |  STR. 

Manuscript,  about  500  unnumbered  11.,  4°,  bound.  This  Vook  is,  perhaps,  not 
more  than  half  filled,  but  it  contains  a  large  number  of  Maliseet  words,  arranged 
to  some  extent  alphabetically  by  the  Maliseet,  the  English  equivalent  following. 
Concerning  this  vocabulary  Mr.  Rand  says: 

"Some  twenty-five  years  ago,  finding  a  clever  Indian  of  the  Maliseet  tribe 
who  spoke  English  and  Micmac  fluently — besides  his  own  tongue — I  obtained 
his  services  to  assist  me  in  translating  my  Micmac  Tract  entitled  '  The  History  of 
the  Word  of  God'  [No.  31796]  into  Maliseet.  While  doing  this  I  was  cartful  to 
note  every  word  as  it  came  up,  and  to  make  declension  and  conjugation,  etc., 
keeping  a  book  at  hand  for  that  purpose;  so  that  when  my  tract  was  finished  I  was 
in  possession  of  quite  a  full  vocabulary,  because  I  not,  only  caught  and  secured  all 
the  words  that  came  up  in  the  course  of  translation,  but  all  I  could  catch  in  any 
other  way,  and  as  I  worked  in  'Gabriel's' hut,  and  was  continually  keeping 
mouth  and  ears  open,  I  caught  a  good  many  more  words  than  I  met  with  in  the 
work  which  was  'on  the  anvil.'" 

3185 q  [Hymns  in  the  Maliseet  language.)  STR. 

Manuscripts.     In  possession  of  the  author.     Titles  as  follows: 

1.  Psalm  50.  3.  Abide  with  me,  fast  falls  the  eventide. 

2.  Psalm  51.  4.  I'm  going  homo  to  die  no  more. 

3185  r [Maliseet  Ollendorff  and  other  translations.]  STR. 

Manuscript,  pp.  1-418,  4°,  bound.  This  hook  contains  over  400  pages.  It 
consists  of  a  series  of  familiar  questions  and  answers  in  the  style  of  the  Ollen 
dorff  text-books,  the  questions  in  English  being  on  one  page  and  the  Indian 


1056  NORTH  AMER.CAN  LINGUISTICS. 

Band  (Rev.  Silas  Tertius)— continued. 

answers  facing  them  with  corresponding  numbers.  About  50  pages  are  filled 
with  lists  of  Maliseet  words  and  grammatic  inflections  explained  in  English. 
It  contains,  also,  the  last  two  chapters  of  Luke  in  Maliseet,  "some  extracts  from 
the  Catholic  prayer  book  in  Penobscot,"  two  hymns  in  Maliseet,  and  the  Second 
Commandment  written  by  an  Indian  in  peculiar  characters. 

3185  s  [Manuscripts  treating  principally  of  the  Maliseet  lan 
guage.]  STK- 

About  400  pp.,  4°,  bound.  The  first  portion  contains  the  first  draft  of  the 
tract  in  Maliseet  described  above,  No.  3181/,  with  an  accompanying  list,  on  the 
pages  opposite,  of  words  and  grammatic  forms  collected  while  translating  the 
tract.  The  verbs  are  generally  conjugated  fully  through  the  Present  of  the  In 
dicative.  Mr.  Rand  says : 

"  The  translating  was  done  for  me  by  a  very  intelligent  Maliseet  Indian,  resid 
ing  at  St.  Mary's,  opposite  Fredericton,  N.  B.,  named  Gabriel  Thomas.  The  tract 
was  translated  from  the  Micmac,  which  Gabriel  spoke  fluently,  as  he  did  also 
the  English  and  his  own  tongue.  But  he  could  neither  read  nor  write.  It  was 
my  first  lesson  in  Maliseet,  and  I  carefully  collected  a  vocabulary  and  made  a 
grammar  as  I  went  along." 

Besides  the  tract,  vocabulary,  and  grammar,  this  book  contains  a  translation 
of  the  34th  Psalm,  a  hymn  iu  Penobscot,  and  another  iu  Maliseet,  "  both  from  the 
Catholic  Prayer  Book,"  and  a  vocabulary  of  the  Maliseet  language,  consisting 
of  90  pages  closely  written. 

3185* [Manuscripts  in  the  Maliseet  and  other  languages.]    STit. 

275  pp.,  4°,  bound  The  contents  of  this  volume  are  as  follows:  Penobscot 
numerals  1-10,  p.  1. — Assineboin  words,  "obtained  from  a  gentleman  in  Shel- 
burne,  N.  S.,  named  Mclntosh,  who  had  spent  many  years  in  the  Hudson  Bay 
Territory,"  p.  1. — Bible  history  in  the  dialect  of  the  Maliseet  Indians  of  New 
Brunswick  (this  is  another  copy  of  the  Maliseet  tract  No.  3181 /),  pp.  1-141. — 
Sketches  of  a  grammar  of  the  Maliseet  language,  pp.  142-224. — The  numerals  iu 
the  dialect  of  the  Penobscot  Indians, p. 225. — "The  numerals  of  the  St.  Francis 
Indians  (Abenaqui)  or  'Ojibways,'  as  given  me  by  an  Indian  at  Fredericton 
named  Thomas  Legosh,"  p.  231. — ''A  hymn  in  the  Seneca,  and  tune  composed  by 
Edward  Pierce,  leader  of  the  Seneca  brass  band,  at  the  Alleghany  Reservation, 
N.  Y.,"  pp.  239-240.— Names  of  relationship  in  Maliseet,  pp.  241-253.  —A  transla 
tion  of  the  Latin  Mediaeval  hymn  "Dies  Irse"  into  Micmac,  Roman  characters, 
as  given  in  their  hieroglyphic  prayer  book,  pp.  254-256. — Penobscot  words, 
p.  261. — Hymn  "Abide  with  me,"  in  Maliseet,  pp.  262-263.— Another  hymn  in 
Maliseet,  p.  272. 

3185  u  Mohawk  Vocabu-  |  lary— By  |  Silas  T.  Band  |  STR. 

Manuscript,  about  200  pp.,  folio,  bound.  English  and  Mohawk,  alphabetically 
arranged  according  to  the  English.  The  Mohawk  equivalent  is  lacking  in  many 
instances.  Concerning  this  work,  and  others  mentioned  below,  Mr.  Rand  writes 
mo  as  follows : 

"  I  spent  two  mouths  in  the  year  '70, 1  think  it  was,  in  Tuscarora,  Out. ,  among 
the  Mohawk  Indians,  and  made  the  acquisition  of  a  knowledge  of  their  language 
a  special  object.  I  had  secured,  to  assist  me,  a  Mohawk  grammar  written  in 
French  by  a  retired  French  priest  of  Montreal.  I  soon  learned  the  pronunciation 
so  well  that  I  could  read  to  them  quite  fluently  (for  I  took  care  to  write  the 
words  phonetically),  and  I  wrote  out  from  the  mouths  of  several  Indians,  some 
of  them  educated  and  some  uneducated,  long  lists  of  words  and  grammatical 
inflections. 


RAND.  1057 

Band  (Rev.  Silas  Tertius)— continued. 

'•The  following  winter  I  devoted  a  good  deal  of  time  to  Mohawk.  I  filled 
out  my  big  book  from  the  English  dictionary  in  alphabetical  order,  all  the  words 
that  I  surmised  I  would  be  able  to  find.  Then  I  entered  all  those  I  had  already 
learned  the  meaning  of.  Then,  with  the  English  and  Mohawk  books  before  me, 
I  hunted.  I  wrote  out  a  number  of  chapters  in  columns,  placiug  the  Mohawk 
equivalent  opposite  the  English,  so  that  in  looking  over  the  pile  I  noticed  the 
other  day  that  I  had,  besides  my  big  book,  two  or  three  little  ones,  carefully 
bound,  and  a  pile  of  these  unbound  papers." 

3185  v  -        -  List  of  Indian  Names  |  of  Places  in  P.  E.  Island,  |  ob 
tained  Nov.,  1880,  by  the  aid  |  of  Peter  Jim  |  STE. 
Manuscript.     Begins  at  p.  207  of  the  large  folio  book  mentioned  in  preceding 
title,  and  occupies  four  pages.    The  Indian  name  is  followed  by  the  English 
equivalent. 

3185  w  No.  2.  |  Mohawk  |  Vocabulary  |  By  |  Silas  T.  Band  |  STB. 

Manuscript,  about  175  pp.,  4°,  bound.  This  is  one  of  the  books  mentioned  by 
Mr.  Rand  in  the  above  note.  It  bears  the  date  "Tuscarora,  Aug.  8,  1876,"  and 
in  arrangement  and  contents  is  similar  to  the  large  folio.  The  Mohawk  vocab 
ulary  extends  alphabetically  from  A  to  S,  and  is  continued  in  the  following: 

3185  a; [List  of  Mohawk  Words,  and  a  translation  of  the  9th  and 

llth  chapters  of  Luke  and  of  the  9th  chapter  of  Mark,  Mohawk 
and  English  in  parallel  columns,  with  a  few  sentences  in  Mohawk 
and  English.]  STR. 

Manuscript,  about  125  pp.,  4°,  bound.  The  early  pojtion  of  this  book  contains 
the  Lord's  Prayer  in  Mohawk,  with  interlinear  English  translation  of  the  first 
few  words,  and  a  list  of  adverbs.  Then  the  Mohawk  vocabulary  is  taken  up  at 
the  letter  T  and  continued  through  the  remaining  letters.  The  remainder  of  the 
book  is  occupied  with  the  Gospel  translations,  except  a  few  pages  at  the  end, 
•which  contain  "Short  Sentences  in  the  Mohawk  Tongue." 

3185y  The  Gospel  of  |  Mark.  |  Capt.  Brant's  Mohawk  Transla 
tion  |  STE. 

Manuscript,  48  pp.,  4°,  unbound.  A  discontinuous  interlinear  English  trans 
lation  runs  throughout  it.  It  extends  only  to  the  14th  verse  of  the  third  chapter. 
The  interlinear  translation  is  mostly  by  Mr.  Rand,  with  emendations  thereof  and 
fillings  in  by  Joab  Martin,  a  Mohawk  Indian. 

31850  Numerals  in  j  Mohawk,  Tusca-  [  rora,  Cayugian  |  Seneca, 

&  Oneidah    Mohawk  senten-    ces  and  a  list   of  Mohawk  j  words. 

Manuscript,  16  pp.,  4°,  unbound.  The  numerals  were  obtained  by  Mr.  Rand, 
in  1877,  from  James  Jemison,  of  Tuscarora,  Ont.,  who  spoke  all  these  dialects. 

3185  aa  [Mohawk,  Seneca,  and  Tuscarora  words.]  STE. 

Manuscript,  4°,  unbound.  The  Mohawk  portion  of  this  manuscript  consists 
of  upwards  of  50  pages,  Mohawk  and  English,  and  contains  conjugation  of  tho 
verb  to  see.  There  are  only  a  few  Seneca  words.  These  are  followed  by  a  list 
of  61  Tuscarora  words,  with  English  signification,  taken  down  by  Mr.  Rand  from 
the  mouth  of  au  Indian  named  Johnson,  in  Tuscarora.  Some  remarks  on  the 
"Difficulties  in  Translating  into  Mohawk,"  &c.,  follow. 

318566  [Mohawk  Vocabulary,  and]  Words  used  in  John,  Chap.  1.  | 

Manuscript,  38  pp.,  4°,  unbound.  Recorded  in  a  "National  Copy-book."  The 
vocabulary,  alphabetically  arranged  according  to  the  English,  occupies  pp.  1- 
25. — Words  used  in  John,  Chap.  1  (Mohawk  and  English),  pp.  26-38. 

67  Bib 


]  0,r)8  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS 

Band  (Rev.  Silas  Tertius) — continued. 

3185 cc  About  a  thou-  |  sand  Esquimaux  |  words,  gathered  | 

from  the  New-  |  Testament  in  |  that  Language  |  STR. 

Manuscript.  English  aud  Eskimo.  Recorded,  alphabetically  by  English 
•words,  in  a  4°  book  of  about  35  pp.,  which  apparently  had  been  previously  de 
voted  to  the  reception  of  Micmac  material,  the  Eskimo  matter  occupying  in 
some  cases  whole  pages,  in  others  the  remnant  of  a  page,  and  in  still  others 
additional  sheets  of  note  paper. 

3198  a  Ran  (Charles).  —  440  —  |  Articles  |  on  |  Anthropological  Sub 
jects,  |  contributed  to  the  |  Annual  Eeports  of  the  Smithsonian  In 
stitution  |  from  1863  to  1877  |  by  |  Charles  Kau.  | 

Washington:    |   Published   by  the   Smithsonian   Institution.  | 
1882.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  i-x,  1-1(59.  8°. 

Baegert  (Jacob).  An  Account,  of  the  Aboriginal  Inhabitants  of  the  Cali 
fornia  Peninsula,  pp.  2-41. 

3200  «  Ravoux(.Re».Augustin).  Katolik  Wocekiye  Wowapi  Km.  [1876. j 
No  title-page;  heading  as  above.  Pp.  1-84.  In  the  Isanti  dialect  of  the  Dakota 
language.  It  is  probably  a  revision  of  No.  3200,  "Wakantanka  ti  kin  cank,u" 
appearing  as  a  heading  to  page  7.  Summary  of  Christian  doctrine,  prayers,  &c., 
pp.  1-6. —Wakantanka  ti  kin  cauku  (Bible  history),  pp.  7-45.— Woiwangapi  (cat 
echism),  pp.  46-59.— Katolik  Dakota  Odowanpi  (Catholic  hymns  in  Dakota), 
pp.  60-84.  s.  JWP. 

Published  by  Bishop  Martin  Marty,  O.  S.  B.,  Vicar  Apostolic  of  Dakota,  who 
writes:  "  It  was  composed  nearly  forty  years  ago  by  Rt.  Rev.  Father  Au.  Ravoux, 
V.  G.  of  St.  Paul  diocese,  and  revised  by  me  when  I  began  work  among  the  Da- 
kotas  in  1876." 

3203  a  Eay  (Lieut.  P.  H.)  [Words,  phrases,  and  sentences  in  the  lan 
guage  of  the  people  inhabiting  the  northwest  coast  of  America  from 
Cape  Elizabeth  to  Colville  River.] 

Manuscript.  Recorded  in  a  copy  of  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Lan 
guages,  second  edition.  In  possession  of  the  author,  Washington,  D.  C.  It 
probably  will  be  published  by  the  Signal  Office. 

3208  Recueil.    L.  J.  C.  et  M.  I.  |  Rccueil  de  Prieres  |  Catechisme  | 
et  |  Cantiques  |  A  1'usage  des  Sauvages  de  la  Baie  d'Hudson.  | 
[Seal  of  the  Oblates-1  | 

Montreal  |  Imprimerie  de  Louis  Perrault  et  Cie.  |  No.  36,  Eue 
Saint- Vincent.  |  1866.  | 

Pp.  1-108.  18°.  In  syllabic  characters,  with  an  alphabet  on  verso  of  title-leaf. 
In  the  Cree  language  (Hudson's  Bay  dialect).  Improved  title  of  No.  3208,  fur 
nished  by  Dr.  J.  Hammond  Trnmbull  from  copy  in  his  possession.  See  Perrault 
(Rdv.  Charles  Ovide), Nos.  2963-2965,  and  Thibault  (Rfo.  Jean  Baptiste),  No.  3844. 

3209  a  Reglas  mas  comunes  del  |  Arte  del  Idioma  Zapoteco  |  del  valle  | 
con  nna  lista  de  los  Nombres  mas  usuales,  |  el  confesionario  |  y  las 
Oraciones  principales  de  la  |  Doctrina  Cristiana  |  en  la  misma  len- 
gua.  |  San  Martin  Tilcaxete,  1793.  |  Copiado  en  Me"rida,  1  1871.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  1  blank  1. ;  pp.  1-148.  4°.  Partial  copy 
made  by  Dr.  Berendt  of  a  manuscript  now  in  the  library  of  Dr.  Brinton,  the 
title  of  which  begins:  Quaderno  de  Idioma  Zapoteco,  &c.,  q.  ».,No.  3149  a. 

Reinoso  (Fr.  Diego  de).     See  Reynoso  (Ft:  Diego  de). 


RAND — RIGGS.  1059 

3221  a  Rengel  (Fr.  Alonso  de).     [Arte,  Sermones,  Doctrina,  &c.]          * 
He  made  a  very  good  arte  of  the  Mexican  language,  and  in  the  same  language 
made  sermons  for  all  the  year ;  also  an  arte  and  doctrina  in  the  Otomi  language.— 
Mendieta,  p.  550. 

Relacion  del  viage  *  *  Sutil  y  Mexicana.  See  [Alcala  Galiano 
(D.  Dionisio)],  No.  51. 

Relation  Historique  de  la  Virginie.  See  [Beverly  (Robert)],  No. 
370. 

3223  Renville  (John  B.)     Woonspe  Itakihna  [in  Dakota]. 

Boston  [1864].  T.  JWP.  WHS. 

Another  issue  of  this  work,  a  copy  of  which  is  in  the  library  of  Dr.  J.  Ham 
mond  Trumbull,  has  the  imprint:  Published  by  the  |  American  Tract  Society,  | 
28  Cornhill,  Boston.  |  [N.d.]  And  on  verso  of  title-page:  Geo.  C.  Rand&  Avery,  | 
Stereotypers  and  Printers.  | 

3230  a  Report.     Eeport  |  of  |  The  Commission    [Felix    Brunot,   Chair 
man]  |  appointed  under  |  Act  of  Congress  approved  June  1, 1872,  | 
to  negotiate  with  the  |  Shoshone  Indians  in  Wyoming  Territory,  j 

Washington:  |  Government  Printing  Office.  |  1873.  |          c.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-30.  8°.  List  of  names  of  Shoshone  men,  with  English  translation,  pp. 
20-22.  " 

3230  b —  Eeport  |  of  |  the  Commission  [Thomas  K.  Cree,  Secre 
tary]  |  appointed  under  |  Act  of  Congress  approved  March  3, 
1873,  |  to  negotiate  with  the  |  Crow  Indians  in  Montana  Territory.  | 

Washington :  |  Government  Printing  Office,  |  1873.  |         o.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-49.  8°.  List  of  names  of  Crow  Indian  men,  with  English  translation, 
pp.  14-16. 

3240  Reyes  (Fr.  Antonio  de  los).  Arte  |  en  Lengua  |  Mixteca  |  compu- 
esto  |  Por  el  Padre  Fray  Antonio  de  |  los  Reyes,  del  Sagrado  Ordeu 
de  |  Predicadores,  Vicario  de  |  Tepuzculula  |  [Engraving].  | 

Con  licencia  en  Mexico  y  por  su  Original  |  reimpreso  en  la  Puebla 
en  la  Imprenta  de  la  |  Viuda  de  Miguel  de  Ortega,  auo  de  1750  |      * 
Title  within  a  border;  12  p.  11.,  pp.  1-163.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  3240, 
furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

3449  «  Richard  (L.)  Manuel  des  Langues-  |  Mortes  et  vivantes,  Coute- 
iiant  les-  |  Alphabets,  la  numeration,  et-  |  1'oraison  Domiuicale,  eu 
190  langues-  |  Par  L.  Richard,  |  Premiere  Edition  1839.  | 

Se  trouve  &  Paris,  |  chez  Mr.  Mansut  flls,  Libraire,  |  Rue  des  Ma- 
thnrius  S'.  Jacques  17.  |  et  chez  1'auteur,  Place  maubert  19.  |  Im- 
primerie  Lithographic  de  Petit,  rue  de  Bourgogne  n°.  25.  |  c. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1.,  pp.  1-112.  8°.  Oratio  Dominica  Illinice,  p.  50;  Mo- 
hogice,p.50;  Otomitice,  p.  51;  Canadice,  p.  53;  Savanahice,  p.  53;  Groenlandice, 
p.  60;  Poconchine,  p.  62 ;  Caraibice,  p.  62;  Virginice,  p.  63;  Mexicane,  p.  63. 

3203  a  [Riggs  (Rev.  Alfred  Longley).]     Woonspe  Wankantu.  |        JWP. 
4  pp.  8°.     Circular  of  the  Santee  Normal  Training  School,  Santee  Agency, 
Nebraska,  for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1881.     Contains  an  address  in  the  Dakota 
language  and  names  of  pupils  in  the  Dakota  with  English  signification. 


1060  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3272  Riggs  (Rev.  Stephen  E.)     Psalm  Wowapi.  |  The  Book  of  Psalms,  | 
in  the  Dakota  language:  |  Translated  from  the  Hebrew,  |  by  S.  E. 
Biggs,  A.  M.,  |  Missionary  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  instituted  in  the  year 
MDCCCXVI.  |  1869.  )  T. 

Pp.  1-133.  18°.     Improved  title  of  No.  3272. 

3285  a  Address   [on  the  language  of  the  Dakotasj   of  S.  E. 

Eiggs.  JWP. 

In  Minn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Annals  1850-1  [No.  2],   pp.  132-142.     St.  Paul,  1851.  8°. 
This  is  the  original  article  of  which  title  No.  3287  is  a  reprint. 

3285  &  Indian  Names.    Gossip  about  derivation  and  meaning 

of  various  peculiar  and  sonorous  red  men  nomenclature  by  lapi 
Oaye.  JWP. 

A  list  of  Dakota  names  of  places  appearing  in  the  Sunday  Argus,  Fargo  and 
Moorhead,  Dakota,  of  August  12,  1883,  taken  from  "  lapi  Oaye,"  The  Word  Car 
rier  (see  No.  4156).  It  was  reprinted  in  a  number  of  the  newspapers  of  the 
country,  and  was  again  printed  in  the  Argus  of  December  9,  1883,  under  the 
heading  "Philology,"  together  with  a  second  list  furnished  by  the  Rev.  John  P. 
Williamson  from  the  papers  of  his  predecessor,  Dr.  Riggs.  "Another  interesting 
chapter  upon  Indian  names,  their  origin,  meaning,  and  other  facts,"  by  Samuel 
J.  Brown,  appeared  in  the  Sunday  Argus  of  January  6, 1884. 

3292  a  Vocabulary  of  the  Dakota  language.    180  words.  * 

Manuscript.     10  pp.  4°.     In  the  library  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  X.  J. 

3310  a  Rink  (Dr.  Heinrik  Johannes).    De  gr^nlandske  Stednavnes  | 
Eetskrivning  og  Etymologi  |  af  |  Dr.  H.  Eink,  |  Direktpr  for  den 
Kongl.  gr^nlandske  Handel.  |  1877.  |  JWP. 

Forms  an  appendix  to  Johnstrup  (F.)  Gieseckes  Mineralogiske  Rejse  i  Gr0n- 
land.  Kj0benhavn.  1878.  8°.  Of  letters,  accents,  &.C.,  p.  355.— Verbal  affixes, 
p.  356.— Nominal  affixes,  p.  356. — De  gr^ulandske  Stednavnes  Retskrivning  og 
Etymologi,  pp.  358-366. 

Rivero  (D.  Sebastian).     See  Ribero  (Fr.  Sebastien),  No.  3247. 

3329  a  Rfobertson  (Mrs.  Ann   Eliza  Worcester)].      Este  Maskoke  un 
Hessvlke  toyatskat.     [My  friends,  the  Muskokees.]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  2,  no.  25.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  February  20,  Ih78.  folio. 
In  the  Muskoki  language. 

33296-        -  Siyenvlke  mornet  Elapvhovlke  Svlvfkvlke.  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  2,  no.  30.     Muscogee,  I.  T.,  Marcli  27,  1878.  folio. 
The  Cheyenne  and  Arapaho  Prisoners.     In  the  Mnskoki  language. 

3329  c Pu  Huten  Vpeyes.     [Hymn,  "  We're  going  home,"  etc.]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  2,  no.  47.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  July  24,  1878.  folio. 
Hymn  sung  at  the  exhibition  of  the  Tullahassee  M.  L.  School.  In  the  Muskoki 
language. 

3329  d  -        -  Pereham  Kococvmpv.  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  2,  no.  50.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  August  14,  1878.  folio. 
Hymn:  "Star  of  Bethlehem,"  in  the  Muskoki  language. 


hIGGS — EOCHA.  1061 

Rfobertson  (Mrs.  Ann  Eliza  Worcester)] — continued. 

3329  e Cane  Postok.    [John  Postoak,  a  young  Creek  executed  at 

Ft.  Smith  for  murder.]  » 

Iu  Indian  Journal,  vol.  3,  no.  22.     Mnscogee,  I.  T.,  February  6,  1879.  folio. 
In  the  Muskoki  language. 

3329/ Hesaketvmese  Estoinis  Hvmecicet  Omes.     [God  is  every 
where.]  * 
In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  4,  no.  3.     Muscogee,  I.  T.,  September  25,  1879.  folio. 
In  the  Muskoki  language.     Written  by  Mrs.  Robertson  for  the  Creek  Second 
Reader. 

3329 g Cesvs  vc  vnokeces.     [Hyinn,  "Jesus  loves  me."]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  4,  no.  4.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  October  2,  1879.  folio.  In 
the  Muskoki  language. 

3329  h  Cesvs  Omaret  Komis.    [1  want  to  be  like  Jesus.]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  4,  no.  23.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  February  12,  1880.  folio. 
Hymn  in  the  Muskoki  language. 

3329*  -        -  Maro6,  1-14.  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  4,  no.  25.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  February  26,  1880.  folio. 
Matt.  6, 1-14,  with  questions  and  comments;  in  the  Muskoki  language. 

3329  k  Cesvs  vn  tisem  vc  vnokeces.     [Hymn,  "Jesus  loves  even 

me."]  » 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  4,  no.  48.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  August  5,  1880.  folio.  Iu 
the  Muskoki  language.  Originally  printed  in  the  Muskokee  S.  S.  Song  book. 

3331  a  The  Corn  Fable,  in  the  Muskoke  Language. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-12.  folio.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  The 
fable  is  accompanied  by  an  interlinear  literal  translation  in  English,  written  in 
red  ink.  Pp.  9-12  consist  of  a  free  translation  in  English.  Mrs.  Robertson  was 
assisted  in  this  work  by  Taylor  Postoak,  second  chief  of  the  Muskokis. 

3332  a  and  Sullivan  (N.  B.)    Este  Mvskoke  em  ohouvkv.     [His 
tory  of  the  Muskokee  people.]  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  5,  no.  1.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  September  9,  1881.  folio. 
Speech  of  Hon.  William  P.  Ross,  on  early  Creek  history,  etc.,  translated  into  the 
Muskoki  language.  A  reprint  of  this,  with  translation  in  English,  is  in  the  pos 
session  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology ;  see  No.  3333. 

3335     and  Winslett  (David).    Nakcoky  es  Keretv  [&c.,  in  Mns- 

kokee].    New  York,  1856. 

A  later  issue  of  this  work  has  same  title  as  that  given  in  No.  3335.  with  tke 
words  "Second  Edition"  added,  and  dated  1867.  T. DOB. 

3342  a  Eocha  (D.  Juan  Eligio  de  la).  Apuntamientos  |  de  la  |  lengua 
Mangue.  |  Por  |  D.  Juan  Eligio  de  la  Eocha.  |  Masaya,  1842.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  Nota,  signed  by  Dr.  Berendt,  1  1. ;  Vo 
cabulary,  Spanish  and  Mangue,  pp.  5-7;  Frases  de  la  conversacion,  pp.  8-11.  8°. 

"  Rocha  was  author  of  a  Spanish  Grammar  (Leon,  18n8)  and  teacher  of  French 
and  Spanish  Grammar  in  the  University  of  Leon,  where  he  died  in  1873.  His 
brother  placed  his  notes  on  the  Mangue  tongue  at  Dr.  Berendt's  disposal,  who 
copied  from  them  the  above  pages." — Brinton, 


1062  NORTH   AMERICAN   IINGUISTICS. 

3364  [RomagnS  (Rev. — )].  The  |  Indian  Prayer  Book:  |  compiled  and 
arranged  for  the  benefit  of  the  |  Penobscot  |  and  |  Passamaquoddy 
Tribes.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  |  Eight  Eev.  B.  Feu  wick,  |  Bishop 
of  Boston.  | 

Boston :  Printed  by  H.  L.  Devereux.  |  1834.  |  T. 

70  pp.  18°.     Improved  title  of  Nos.  1939  and  3304. 

"Father  Romagn<S  was  a  missionary  to  ihe  Abnakis,  stationed  at  Pleasant 
Point  ("TcMbaique,"  now  Sybaik),  Maine.  Tbis  book  was  printed  from  his 
manuscript  (of  1804)  by  order  of  Bishop  Fenwick.  See  Aunales  de  la  Propaga 
tion  de  la  Foi,vol.8,  pp.  196-197;  and  Shea's  Cath.  Missions,  p.  Vii."—'frumlnM. 

3368  a  Rosa  (Presb.  Augustin  de  la).  Aualisis  |  de  la  |  Oracion  Domini 
cal  |  en  Mexicano,  |  y  |  de  la  |  Platica  Mexicana  |  del  |  P.  Jesuita 
Ignacio  Paredes  |  sobre  el  Misterio  de  la  Encarnacion  del  |  Verbo 
Divino,  |  por  el  |  Presbitero  Agustin  de  la  Eosa.  | 

Guadalajara. — 1870.  |  Tipografia  de  Dionisio  Eodriguez,  calle  de 
Sto.  |  Domingo  num.  13  |  * 

16  pp.  Bin.  4°. 

£368  b  Analisis  |  de  la  Platica  Mexicana  |  del  |  Padre  Jesuita 

Ignacio  Paredes  |  sobre  el  |  Misterio  de  la  Santisinia  Trinidad,  | 
por  el  |  Presbitero  Agustin  de  la  Eosa.  | 

Guadalajara.  |  Tipografia  de  Eodriguez,  calle  de  Sto.  Domingo 
num.  13.  |  1871.  |  * 

28pp.  sm.  4°. 

3368  c Analisis  |  de  |  la  Platica  Mexicana  |  del  Padre  Jesuita 

Ignacio  Paredes  |  sobre  la  |  Vida,  Pasion  y  Muerte  |  de  Ntro.  Sr. 
Jesucristo  |  Por  el  Presbitero  |  Agustin  de  la  Eosa.  | 

Guadalajara,  |  Tipografia  de  Eodriguez,  calle  de  Santo  Domingo 
numero  13.  |  1871  |  * 

16  pp.  sm.  4°. 

3368 d  Analisis  |  de  |  la  "Salve"  en  Mexicano  |  y  de  la  Platica 

Mexicana  |  del  P.  Jesuita  |  Ignacio  Paredes  en  que  explica  |  quien 
es  Dios.  |  Por  el  Presb.  Agustin  de  la  Eosa.  |  Con  liceucia  del  Or- 
dinario.  j 

Guadalajara.  |  Imp.  de  Eodriguez. — Calle  de  Sto.  Domingo,  mini. 
13.  |  1871.  |  * 

16  pp.  sin.  4°. 

3368  e  Estudio  de  la  Filosofia  |  y  |  Eiqueza  de  la  Lengua  Mexi 

cana  |  para  uso  de  los  Alumnos  del  Seminario  |  de  Guadalajara, 
por  el  |  Presb.  Agustin  de  la  Eosa.  |  Con  licencta  del  Ordinario.  | 
Guadalajara.  |  Imp.  de  N".  Parga. — Calle  de  Seminario,  num.  14.  | 

1877.  !  » 

84  pp.   sm.  8°. 

3368/ Lecciones  |  de  la  |  Gramatica  |  y  la  Filosofia  |  de  la 

Lengua  Mexicana,  por  el  |  Presb.  Agustin  de  la  Eosa  |  Para  el  | 
uso  de  los  alumnos  |  del  Seminario  de  Guadalajara.  | 


ROMAGNE — KOSNY.  1063 

Rosa  (Presb.  Augustin  de  la) — continued. 

Guadalajara.  |  Tip.  deEodriguez,calledeSto.  Domingo  num.  13.  | 

48  pp.  sm.  8°.  « 

Titles  furnished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  from  copies  in  liis  possession,  together 
with  the  following  note :  "  P.  tie  la  Rosa  is  professor  of  Mexican  in  the  Catholic 
Seminary  of  Guadalajara.  This  language  is  also  taught  in  the  'Liceo  Catolico' 
and  in  the  'Colegio  del  Sagrado  Corazon  de  Jesus'  in  the  same  city.  In  the 
Seminary  of  Leon  there  is  a  professor's  seat  for  Othomi,  but  I  know  of  no  modern 
text  book  for  this  language." 

Rosales  (Dr.  D.  Jose"  Vicente  Solis  y).  See  Solis  y  Resales  (Dr.  D. 
Jose  Vicente). 

3377  a  Rosny  (Leon  de).    Me"moire  sur  la  numeration  dans  la  langue 
et  dans  1'ecriture  sacree  des  anciens  Mayas. 

In  Congres  Int.  des  Ame"ricanistes,  compte-rendu,  premiere  session,  tome  2, 
pp.  439-458.  Nancy,  1875.  8°.  Issued  separately  also ;  see  No.  3378. 

Numerals  1-19200000J  in  Maya,  pp.  440-442.— Numerals  60-400  in  Quiche^  p. 
443. — Numerals  1-8000  in  Mexican,  pp.  444-445. — General  remarks  and  scattered 
terms. 

3380  a  Memoires  de  la  Societ6  d'Ethnographie  |  foude"e  en 

1859.  |  Reconnue  comme  Etablissement  d'Utilite'  Publiqne.  |  No. 
3  |  Les  Documents  Ecrits  |  de  |  1'Antiquite  Ame>icaine  |  Compte- 
rendu  d'uue  mission  scientifique  |  en  Espagne  et  en  Portugal  |  Par 
Le"on  de  Eosuy  |  Secretaire-General  [&c.,  two  lines].  |  Accoinpague" 
d'une  carte  geographique  azteque  en  chromolithographie  |  et  de 
dix  planches  he"liogravees  sur  les  photographies  de  1'auteur  | 

Paris  |  Maisonneuve  et  Cie  Editeurs  |  Libraires  de  la  Societe" 
d'Ethnographie.  |  25,  Quai  Voltaire,  25.  |  1882  |  c. 

Printed  cover  1  l.,l  p.  1.,  pp.  59-100.  4°.  12plates.  Forms  No.  3  of  vol.  1  of  the 
Me'moires  de  la  Soc'USte'  d'Ethnographie.  Separately  issued  as  follows: 

3380  &  Les  Documents  Merits  j  de  |  1'Antiquite"  Ame>icaine  | 

compte  reudu  d'une  Mission  Scientifique  en  Espague  et  en  Portu 
gal  |  (1880)  |  par  L6on  de  Bosny  |  Accornpagne"  d'une  Carte 
Azteque  en  chromolithographie  |  et  de  dix  planches  he'liograve'es 
sur  les  photographies  de  1'auteur  |  [Design.] 

Paris  |  Maisouneuve  et  Cie  Editeurs  |  Libraires  de  la  Socie"te" 
d'Ethnographie.  |  25,  Quai  Voltaire,  25.  |  1882  |  DGB. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-48.  4°. 

3380  c  Codex  Cortesianus  |  Manuscrit  Hie>atique  |  des  Auciens 

Indiens  de  1'AmOique  Centrale  |  conserve  au  Musee  Arch^ologique 
de  Madrid  |  Photographic  et  publi<§  pour  la  premiere  foi  |  avec  uue 
Introduction  |  et  nn  Vocabulaire  de  1'Ecriture  Hieratique  Yuca- 
teque  |  par  Leon  de  Eosny  |  Professeur  [&c.,  four  lines].  [Design.] 

Paris  |  Maisouueuve  et  Cle  |  Libraires  de  la  Socie"t6  d'Ethno 
graphie  |  25,  Quai  Voltaire,  25  |  1883  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1^19,  42  plates,  pp.  i-xxxiii.  sm.  folio.  Only  85  copies  of  this  work  were 
published,  and  of  these  but  24  were  oflered  for  sale. 


1064  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Rosny  (Le"on  de) — continued. 

3380  d Codex  Peresianus.  Manuscrit  Yucateque  conserve"  &  la 

Bibliotheque  Nationale  de  Paris,  publi6  en  couleurs  an  moyen  de  la 
nitrochromie,  pre"c6de~  d'une  Introduction  et  suivi  du  Catalogue  de 
tons  les  Manuscrits  Mexicains  connus  jusqu'a  ce  jour.  Accom- 
pagne'  de  nombreux  fac-simile's,  imprimis  en  chrouiolithographie  ou 
colories  au  pinceau.  * 

1  vol.  folio.  In  press.  Title  from  the  Codex  Cortesiauus  by  the  same  author. 
See  Manuacrit  No.  2450. 

3398  a  Rosse  (Dr.  Irving  C.)    Medical  and  anthropological  notes. 

In  Cruise  of  the  Revenue-steamer  Corwin,  pp.  7-44.     Washington,  1883.  4°. 
Linguistic  peculiarities,  pp.  30-33,  contains  a  few  words  in,  and  general 
remarks  upon,  the  Eskimo  language. 

3409  a  Rudiments  de  la  langue  inikemak,  en  1613.  * 

Manuscript ;  copy.  25  11.  4°.     Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  620. 

3409  b  Rudimentos  Gramaticales  u  Obserbaciones  en  Ydiovna  Tzotzil  de 
Cinacantlan.  * 

Manuscript.  14  11.  4°.  Title  from  Brassour  de  Bourbourg,  and  Pinart  Sale 
Catalogue,  No.  806. 

3412  a  Ruken  (Fr.  — ).    Y.  M.  Y.  H[H.     Aqui  empieza  el  vocabulario  de 
la  lengua  de  los  Indios  del  rio  Gila. 

52  unnumbered  11.,  2  blank  11.,  followed  by: 

Aqui  empieza  la  lengua  de  los  Indios  del  rio  Grande. 

28  unnumbered  11.,  a  few  blank  pp. ,  followed  by: 

Catecismo  brebe  para  ensefiar  la  doctrina  a  esto  pobres  en  esto 
pueblo  de  Sonoytag.  * 

6  11.  Manuscript,  4°,  complete,  but  in  a  very  bad  state  of  preservation.  In 
possession  of  Mr.  Alph.  Pinart,  who  obtained  it  from  the  old  Mission  at  Oquitoa. 
It  belongs  to  the  first  part  of  the  last  century,  and  Mr.  Pinart  attributes  it  to 
Fr.  P.  Ruken,  who  was  killed  in  the  Pimo  rebellion  in  1706,  at  the  time  of  the 
destruction  of  the  Mission  of  San  Maralo  de  Sonoytag.  It  treats  of  the  Pimo  of 
the  Rio  Gila  and  the  Yuma  of  the  Rio  Grande  or  Colorado. 

3413 «  Russkie.    Eusskie  Ungieskie  slovar.  * 

Manuscript,  oblong  4°.  In  possession  of  Mr.  Alph.  Pinart,  who  says:  "This 
is  a  vocabulary  of  two  of  the  dialects  spoken  at  the  Eussian  colony  of  Fort  Ross. 
It  was  collected  some  time  about  1825-'30. 

3413  b  — Russkie  Aleutskie  slovar.  * 

Manuscript.  2vols.  4°.  Russian-Aleut  word-book.  In  possession  of  Mr.  Alph. 
Pinart,  who  says  this  is  a  very  important  work,  written  about  the  year  1850. 

3413  e  Eusskie  Aleutskie  slovar.  * 

Manuscript.  36  pp.  folio.  Russian-Aleut  word-book,  dialect  of  Atkha.  In 
possession  of  Mr.  Alph.  Pinart. 

3413  d  Eusskie  Aleutskie  slovar.  * 

Manuscript.  62  pp.  folio.  Russian-Aleut  word-book.  In  possession  of  Mr. 
Alph.  Pinart,  who  says  it  is  a  very  important  document,  and  has  on  it  many 
notes  in  pencil  by  L.  Radloff. 


BOSNY — EUZ.  1065 

3416  a  Buz  (Fr.  Joaquiii.)  El  Devoto  iustruido  |  en  el  Saiito  Sacrificio 
de  la  Misa  |  por  el  P.  Luiz  Lauzi  |  de  la  compauia  de  Jesus  |  Tra- 
duccion  libre  al  Idioma  Yucateco  |  coii  uuos  afectos  |  Por  el  P.  Fr. 
Joaquin  Euz  |  Con  las  licencias  uecesarias.  | 

Merida  de  Yucatan   Iinpreso  por  Jos<$  Antonio  Pino.   1835.     DGB. 

Manuscript  copy  of  the  printed  work,  made  by  Dr.  Bereudt ;  in  possession  of 
Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton.  Pp.  i-v,  1-68,  the  ends  of  pages  of  the  printed  book  being 
shown  by  marginal  notes. 

3419     Manual  |  Bomaiio  Toledano,  |  y  |  Yucateco  |  para  |  la 

administracion  de  los  Santos  |  Sacramentos,  |  por  el  K.  P.  Fr.  Joa 
quin  Ruz.  |  [Design.] 

Merida  de  Yucatan.  |  En  la  oficina  de  Jose"  D.  Espinosa,  |  1846.  | 
9  p.  11.,  pp.  5-191.     Improved  title  of  No.  3419.  DGB. 

Admonicion  del  Bautismo  en  lengua  Yucateea,  verso  1.  8-verso  1.  9. — Admo- 
nicion  del  Sacramento  de  la  Penitencia  [Maya],  pp.  29-31.— Admonicion  [before 
communion]  en  lengua  Yucateea,  pp.  41-43. — Admonicion  [before  extreme  unc 
tion]  en  lengua  Maya,  pp.  56-57. — Amonestacion  para  contraer  matriuiouio  en 
lengua  Yucateea,  p.  97. — El  6rden  de  celebrar  el  matrimonio  en  lengua  Yucateea, 
pp.  97-98. — Admonicion  para  el  matrimonio  en  leugua  Yucateea,  pp.  98-100. 
The  remainder  of  the  work  is  in  Spanish. 

3422     Explicacion  |  de  una  parte  |  de  la  Doctrina  |  Cristiana,  | 

6  |  Instruccioues  dogmatico-morales  en  |  que  se  vierte  toda  la  doc- 
trina  del  |  catecismo  romano ;  se  amplian  los  di-  |  ferentes  puutos 
que  el  mismo  catecis  |  mo  renrite  &  los  parrocos  para  su  |  exten- 
cion  [sic] ;  y  se  tratan  de  unevo  otros  |  importantes.  |  Por  el  E.  P. 
M.  Fr.  Placido  Eico  |  Frontaura,  Ex-Abad  de  los  Monas  |  terios  de 
Celorio  y  Oua  y  maestro  |  general  de  la  religion  de  San  Beuito.  | 
Traducido  al  Idioma  Yucateco  por  |  el  E.  P.  Fr.  Joaquin  Euz.  j 
P.J.I 

Merida  de  Yucatan.  |  Oflcina  de  J.  D.  Espinosa.  |  1847.  |       DGB. 
Pp.  1-389.  Index,  3  pp.   am.  4°.    Improved  title  of  No.  3422. 

3426     Leti  u  Cilich  |  Evangelic  Jesu  Cristo  |  hebix  |  San 

Lucas.  | 

Londres.  |  [W.  M.  Watts,  Crown  Court,  Temple  Bar.]  |  1865.  | 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1.,  pp.  1-90.  16°.     Improved  title  of  No.  3426.     Entirely 

in  the  Maya  language.     The  first  draught  of  this  work,  with  many  corrections 

in  Father  Ruz's  handwriting,  is  in  the  library  of  the  Rev.  Crescencio  Carrillo, 

Merida.  DGB.  JWP. 

3426  a  Ebanhelio  Hezu  Clizto  |  Zan  Lucas.  |  DGB. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-14.  16.  Contains  chapters  5, 11, 15,  and  23  of  the  Gospel 
of  Luke  in  the  Maya  language,  taken  almost  bodily  from  the  1865  edition,  the 
principal  changes  being  in  dropping  the  accents,  changing  the  reverse  c  to  », 
and  the  initial  y  to  i.  On  one  of  the  copies  in  the  library  of  Dr.  Brinton  there  is 
the  following  note  by  Dr.  Bereudt :  Printed  from  a  corrected  text  of  the  Rever 
end  Ruz's  translation,  corrected  by  the  Rev.  Alexander  Henderson,  Baptist 
Translation  Society,  London,  1878. 

On  a  copy  of  the  1865  edition,  in  the  same  library,  Dr.  Berendt  has  made  this 
note :  A  copy  of  this  translation  was  made  by  Ruz  for  the  Rev.  John  Kingdon 
when  passing  through  Yucatan,  who  had  it  printed  in  London. 


1066  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Ruz  (Fr.  Joaquin) — continued. 

"Father  Joaquin  Euz  was  born  in  Merida,  1772,  and  died  in  1855.  Accustomed 
from  childhood  to  the  Maya  tongue,  he  became  the  most  fertile  author  who 
has  yet  appeared  in  it.  His  style  has,  however,  been  severely  criticised  by 
almost  all  competent  scholars  as  impressing  on  the  native  language  grammatical 
forms,  turns  of  expression,  and  compounds,  foreign  to  its  history  and  character. 
Euz  was  well  aware  that  he  was  making  these  innovations,  but  claimed  they 
were  called  for  in  order  to  elevate  and  develop  the  powers  of  the  Maya.  Dr. ' 
Berendt  succeeded  in  obtaining  a  complete  set  of  his  works,  the  only  one,  I 
believe,  which  can  now  be  found.  For  a  full  discussion  of  his  labors,  see  Car- 
rillo,  Hist,  de  la  Leng.  Maya,  §  XVII."— Brinton. 

3430  Saenz  de  la  Pena  ( D.  Andres).  Manval  \  de  los  Santos  |  Sacra- 
mentos.  |  Conforme  al  Eitval  |  de  Paulo  Quinto.  |  Formado  por 
mandado  del  Bevermo.  Illustri^-s"10.  y  Excell™0.  |  Seuor  D.  luan  de 
Palafox,  y  Mendo9a,  Obispo  |  de  la  Pnebla  de  los  Angeles,  Electo 
Ar9obispo  de  Mexico,  |  Gouernador  de  su  Arcobispado,  del  Consejo 
de  su  Mages-  |  tad  en  el  Eeal  de  las  Indias,  Capellan,  y  Litnosnero 
mayor  |  dela  Serenissima  Einperatriz  de  Alemania,  Virey,  Gouer  | 
nador,  y  Capitau  General  de  la  Nueua  Espaila,  Presideute  |  de  su 
Eeal  Chancilleria,  y  Visitador  General  |  de  este  Reyno,  &c.  |  Por  | 
el  Doctor  Andres  Saenz  de  la  |  Pena,  Cura  Beneficiado  de  la  Ciudad 
de  Tlaxcala,  |  por  su  Magestad.  ( 

Con  Privilegio.  |  En  Mexico  por  Francisco  Eobledo,  Impressor 
del  Secreto  del  |  Santo  Offlcio.  Ano  de  1642.  |  * 

8  p.  II.,  which  include  an  exhortation  by  Sr.  Palafox  to  the  parish  priests  and 
vicars  of  his  bishopric;  text  194  11.,  some  of  which  are  in  Mexican.  Preceding  the 
title-page  is  a  leaf  with  the  Episcopal  seal  and  the  title :  Mauval  |  de  los  Santos  | 
Sacramentos.  |  There  is  another  edition  in  4°,  with  the  licences  dated  1691.  The 
copy  seen  is  miuus  beginning  and  end.  Improved  title  of  No.  3430  furnished  by 
Sr.  Icazbalceta  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

The  author  was  a  native  of  the  Canary  Isles.  He  went  to  Mexico  in  163fi, 
became  canon  of  the  Cathedral  of  Michoacan,  and  afterwards  of  Puebla  <le  los 
Angeles,  where  he  died. — Ramirez  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  658. 

3449     Sahagan  (Fr.  Bernardino  de).     [Manuscript  in  the  Mexican  lau- 
guage.]  * 

In  the  note  to  the  above  title,  from  the  Ramirez  Sale  Catalogue,  mention  is 
made  of  four  leaves  signed  Don  Martin  Enriquez,  etc.  These  sheets,  formerly 
belonging  to  Sr.  Ramirez,  passed  into  the  hands  of  Sr.  Alfredo  Chavero,  who  de 
scribes  them  as  follows  in  his  work  on  Sahaguu,  pp.  98-101,  a  copy  of  which  has 
come  into  my  possession  since  the  main  catalogue  was  put  in  type:  "Among  the 
fragments  of  the  manuscripts  in  Mexican  which,  more  by  way  of  curiosity  than  for 
any  other  reason,  I  preserve,  there  exist  four  leaves  in  octavo  in  the  handwriting 
of  Sahagun,  or  at  least  the  same  as  that  of  the  Evangelios,  Doctrina,  apostillas  del 
Sermonario  and  first  folio  of  the  Trilingiie.  It  has  as  a  heading  the  following 
title:  'Izcalquj  ynjunemjliz  yntenjutica  omonamjtique' — 'Injece  Cap."  vncaa 
mjtoa  etc.'  The  chapter  extends  over  two  leaves,  and  at  the  end  of  the  second 
another  commences  with  this  rubric :  '  Inje.  6  Cap."  etc.'  On  the  next  leaf  at  the 
end  is  '  Inje  7  Cap.0  etc.'  Finally  the  last  leaf  has  the  following  paragraph  with 
out  a  caption,  which  is  important  to  our  question:  'Para  que  libremente  pueda 
hazer  ymprimjr  el  dho  Mamial  del  Christiano,  aqualqujera  ympresor  aqnjeu 
ensenalara  y  fuero  su  voluntad  lo  haga  por  tpo  de  diez  alios  primeros  s-gujentes 


BUZ — SAHAGUN.  1067 

Sahagun  (Fr.  Bernardino  de) — continued. 

ymprinijendolo  todo  en  vn  cuerpo,  conforme  al  original  Quearecibido,  o  por 
partes  y  tratados  como  el  ftfio  autor  qujsiere  ydeutro  do  Sim  tpo  otro  njnguno 
ymprcsor  nj  persona  particular  lo  ynipriuin,  nj  haga  ymprimir  sin  permjssion  de 
aSo  Fray  Bernardino  de  Sahagun,  sopena  de  qujujentos  pesos  de  oro,  para  la 
camara  y  fisco  de  su  majestad  y  de  perder  los  inoldes  yaparejos  dela  enprenta  y 
perdidos  los  libros  que  so  hallaren  auer  ymprimjdo  sin  la  dicba  liceucia  y  cum- 
pliendo  esto  mando  que  en  ello  por  njngnnas  Justieias  y  otras  personas  no  se  le 
poga  Embargo  nj  ympedimento  algiino :  fecho  en  Mex.°  a  dezisejs  de  Hebrero.  de 
mjll  y  qnjujentos  y  seteuta  y  echo  auos. — Don  Martin  Enriquez.' 

' '  There  is  no  doubt  that  this  was  a  rough  draft  intended  for  the  press ;  and  we 
have  here  not  only  a  third  book  of  Sahagun  printed,  but  one  totally  unknown 
and,  until  now,  unmentioued — the  Manual  del  christiano.  This  Manual  cannot 
be  the  Psalmodia,  because  not  only  have  I  seen  by  comparison  that  they  are  dif 
ferent,  but  the  latter  was  printed  in  1563,  the  former  in  1578.  Nor  is  this  Manual 
the  Doctrina  Christiana  before  named  [No.  3446  of  this  catalogue],  because, 
comparing  the  chapters  of  that  with  those  which  have  the  same  number  in  this, 
it  is  seen  that  not  only  are  the  rubrics  different,  but  the  texts  also. 

"  The  result  of  this  disquisition,  therefore,  is  that  there  are  three  books  of  Saha- 
gnu  which  we  know  to  have  been  printed  in  his  lifetime:  first,  the  Postilla  [No. 
3446],  which  must  have  been  printed  before  the  year  1579;  second,  the  Manual 
del  christiano  in  1578;  and,  third,  the  Psalmodia  Christiana  [No.  34411  in  1583." 

Chavero's  work  concludes  with  a  letter  from  Sr.  Icazbalceta,  in  which  he  speaks 
of  the  Manual  as  follows:  "Let  me  call  your  attention  to  the  fact  that  Beristain 
speaks  of  another  published  work  by  Sahagun :  Cathecismo  de  la  Doctrina  Cris- 
tiana  en  Lengua  Mexicana.  Imp.  por  Ocharte,  1583.  4°  [No.  3444  of  this  cata 
logue]. 

"Although  not  entitled  to  perfect  confidence,  I  think  in  this  instance  Beristain 
may  be  believed.  As  the  titles  of  all  the  works  were  incomplete,  it  is  not  im 
possible  that  this  Catecismo  may  be  the  Manual  del  Cristiano  of  which  you 
speak,  which  printing,  agreed  upon  in  1578,  was  retarded  until  1583 — something 
which  occurred  with  other  works  of  that  epoch." 

3453  a   Este  Libro  |  contiene  |  1.  Can  tares  Megic."  |  2.  Kalend.0 

Megicano.  |  3.  Arte  Uivinatoria  de  los  |  Mexicanos.  |  4.  Exemplos 
de  la  SS.  Eucaristia.  |  5.  Vn  Sermon  sobre  aquello  |  de  Estote 
Sancti.  |  6  Memoria  de  la  Muerte.  |  7.  Vida  de  S.  Bartbolom.  |  8. 
Fabnlas  de  Esopo.  |  9.  Hist."  de  la  Pasion.  |  » 

1  vol.  sm.  Spanish  4°.  Manuscript,  modern  calf  binding,  lettered  on  the  back: 
"Cantares  de  los  Mejicanos  y  otros  opusculos,"  in  a  clear  and  minute  hand.  In 
the  Biblioteca  Nacional,  City  of  Mexico.  Sr.  Icazbalceta  has  furnished  me  with 
the  following  description : 

The  title,  in  a  comparatively  modern  hand,  is  within  a  coarse  colored  border 
or  escutcheon.  The  leaves  are  unnumbered. 

1.  Cuica  peuhcayotl  [Beginning  of  the  Songs],  79  11.  in  Mexican,  1  blank  1. 
The  names  of  D.  Francisco  Placido  and  D.  Antonio  Valeriano,  with  the  dates 
1553-1564-1565,  are  seen  at  the  head  of  some  of  the  songs.     These  Cantares,  ac 
cording  to  competent  authorities,  are  of  great  importance.— D.  9.  7-Totocuic»tl- 
Afios  (1597  ?),  6  11.,  10  blank  11.     In  a  different  hand. 

2.  jfis  Kalendario  |  Mexicano  Latino  |  y  Castellano,  1011.  Prologo— Al  Lector, 
1  blank  1.,  6  11.  with  11  full  page  figures  of  the  months,  some  colored,  3  bl.ll. 
In  Spanish. 

3.  jfis  |  Aqui  comienea  |  la  Art«  adiuiuatoria  que  nsabon  los  Me  |  xicanos  en 
tiempodesu  ydolatria  llama  |  da  Tona  larnatl  |  quequieredezirli=  |  broenquese 
trata  de  las  Venturas  y  |  fortunasde  los  que  nacen  segtin  los  |  signos  6  caracteres 


1068  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Sahagun  (Fr.  Bernardino  de) — continued. 

en  que  |  nacen.  |  Title,  Prologo  al  Lector,  7  11.,  1  bl.  1.  (written  in  1585),  Arte 
adiuinatoria  de  los  Mexicanos.  19  11.,  5  bl.  11.  32  chapters,  in  Spanish.  I  do  not 
hesitate  to  ascribe  these  two  Spanish  tracts  (and  even  the  whole  Codex)  to  P. 
Sahaguu.  Besides  personal  allusions  in  the  text,  they  are  almost  literally  incor 
porated  in  Sahagun's  great  work.  There  still  remain,  however,  in  the  Codex 
some  paragraphs  not  unworthy  of  publication. 

4.  Izpehua  in  Ne  |  ixcuiltil  machiotl  initetziuco  pohui  ceuqniz=  |  cayectlace- 
liliztli  sacramento,  14 11.,  2  bl.  11.  .Mexican. — PISticaindiferenteparadoudequiera, 
Mexican,  7  11.,  1  bl.  1. — Hie  est  panis  qui  de  coelo  descendit  &c,  Mexican,  5  II., 
2  bl.  11. — Dfle  modo  filia  mea  Deffuncta  est  sed  veni  et  ypone  111:11111  tua  super  earn 
&  vivit,  Matth.  9,  Mexican.  5 11.,  3  bl.  11. 

5.  Sancti  estote  st.  &  ego  Sanctus  sum  Dn.s  Deus  V.r  Leuit.  19,  5 11.,  3  bl.  11. 

6.  Tlalmanequiliz  miqniz  tzonquicaliztli,  7 11.,  1  bl.  1. 

.  7.  Nicau  ompehna  |  yninemilitzin  yhuan  ymiquilitzin  in  anquizca  |  mahuizti- 
liloni  Apostol  San  Bartholorne,  9  11.,  1  bl.  1. 

8.  Nican  ompehna  ycacanitlatolli  ynquitlali  ce  tlama  |  tini  ytoca  Esopo:  ye- 
techmachtia  yn  nehmatcanemiliztli,  13  11.,  1  bl.  1.     The  first  fable  is  entitled: 
IQuaquauhtentzone  yhuan  coyotl,  i.  e.,  The  Goat  and  the  Fox. 

9.  IHS.   |  La  Hist."  de  la  Pasion  de  |  Ntro.  Sefior  lesu  chr.°  |  Kn  Lengua 
Mex.°»  |  ,6711. 

3453  b  St.  John  (John  R.)  A  |  True  Description  |  of  the  |  Lake  Superior 
Country ;  |  its  Rivers,  Coasts,  Bays,  Harbours,  Islands,  and  |  Com 
merce.  |  With  |  Bayfleld's  Chart ;  |  (Showing  the  Boundary  Line  as 
Established  by  Joint  Commission.)  |  Also  a  minute  account  of  the  | 
Copper  Mines  |  and  |  Working  Companies.  |  Accompanied  by  |  A 
Map  of  the  Mineral  Regions;  |  showing,  by  their  No.  and  place,  all 
the  different  |  locations:  |  and  containing  |  a  concise  mode  of  assay 
ing,  treating,  smelting,  |  and  refining  copper  ores.  |  By  |  John  R. 
St.  John.  | 

New  York:  William  H.Graham,  Tribune  Buildings.  1 1846.  |  C.BA. 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  3-118.  12°.  2  maps. 

Vocabulary  of  Indian  [Chippewa]  &  French  (with  English  definitions),  pp. 
105-107. 

St.  John  II  1.16  [in  various  languages].     See  British  and  Foreign 
Bible  Society,  Nos.  497-498. 

St.  Mark  [in  the  Abnaki  language].     See  Wzokhilain  (Peter  Paul), 
No.  4261  a. 

St.  Mark  [in  Tinn<5].     See  [Kirkby  (Rev.  W.  W.)],  No.  2106. 

3456  a  Saki  vocabulary  taken  down  from  Nasawakwat.  * 

Manuscript.  4  pp.     In  the  library  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  New  Jersey. 

San  Buenaventura  (Gabriel  de).     See  Buenaventura  (P.  Gabriel 
de  San),  No.  516. 

3468  a  Sanborn  (John  Wentworth).    Hymnal  |  in  the  |  Seneca  Indian 
Language  |  together  with  |  A  Few  of  the  Psalms  of  David.  ) 

1884:  |  John  Wentworth  Sanborn,  |  O  yo  ga  weh,  (Clear-Sky)  | 
Batavia,  N.  Y.  |  «TWP. 


SAHAGAN — SARICHEFF.  1069 

Canborn  (Jobn  Wentworth) — continued. 

Pp.  1-16.  16°.  Mr.  Sauborn  writes  me  (May,  1884):  "I  send  you  advance 
sheets  of  my  new  Indian  hymn  book  as  far  as  it  is  put  in  book  shape.  I  have 
issued  many  hymns  heretofore  in  leaflets  and  small  collections.  I  am  now  put 
ting  them  all  in  this  one  volume.  I  have  completed  the  manuscript  of  my  larger 
work  ou  'Legends,'  &c.  It  will  soon  be  published,  I  think." 

3470  a  Sanchez  (D.  Jose  Maria).    Vocabulaiio  Comparative  |  de  las  leii- 
guas  |  Zoque  de  Tuxtla,  |  Zotzil  de  San  Bartolom6  de  los  |  Llanos  | 
Cbaueabal  de  Coinitan  |  por  |  D.  Jos6  M."  Sanchez  |  Cura  de  Oco- 
socoantla.  |  Con  una  exhortacion  para  la  Confesion  |  en  leugua 
Zoque  y  Castellano.  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript.  Title  1 1.,  pp.  1-23.  folio.  There  are  710  words  of  Zoque, 
490  of  Zotzil,  and  261  of  Chaueabal. 

3470  & Fragmeuto  |  de  unas  exhortaciones  para  |  la  observancia 

de  los  1  Mandamieutos  del  Decalogo  |  en  Leugua  Zoque  |  por  |  D. 

Jos6  Maria  Sanchez,  |  Cura  de  Ocosocautla.  |  1864.  |  DGB. 

Original  manuscript  by  the  cura  of  Ocosocantla.     Title  11.,  and  3  other  11.  folio. 

3470  c Apuntes  en  lengua  Zapoteca.    Con  anadiduras.    Tuxtla, 

1870.  » 

Manuscript.  31  pp.  4°.  Partly  original,  with  memoranda  and  additions  by 
Dr.  Berendt.  In  possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Briuton,  from  whose  manuscript  cata 
logue  of  the  Berendt  collection  the  title  is  taken. 

Sanchez  Aguilar  (D.  Pedro).    See  Aguilar  (D.  Pedro  Sanchez). 

3475  a  Sanders  (Rev.  J.)     [Translations  into  the  Ojibbeway  language.]  * 
Notice  from  the  Missionary  Magazine  of  the  London  Church  Missionary  So 
ciety,  the  date  of  which  I  do  not  know,  as  follows: 

"Dnriug  the  winter,  Bishop  Horden,  of  Moosonee,  was  busily  engaged  upon 
Ojibbeway  translations,  particularly  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles.  He  was  assisted 
by  the  Rev.  J.  Sanders,  who  is  an  Ojibbeway  Indian,  and  who  has  already  him 
self  translated  the  'Peep  of  Day'  into  his  mother  tongue.  At  the  same  time, 
Archdeacon  Vincent  was  preparing  a  Cree  version  of  the  Pilgrim's  Progress. 
Mr.  Sanders  writes  that  he  has  now  four  books  in  Ojibbeway,  viz,  St.  Matthew's 
Gospel,  a  catechism  of  Bible  history,  the  Prayer  Book  nearly  complete,  and  a 
hymn  book  with  100  hymns." 

Santa  Eosa  Maria  (Fr.  Pedro  Beltran  de).  See  Beltran  de  Santa 
Eosa  Maria  (Fr.  Pedro  de). 

3488  CAPbiiEBT)  (ranpiuo  AiupeeBHTi.)  [Saricheff  (Capto'wGavrila  Andreevich)). 
nyremecTBie  |  Kannrana  6iu.!H[irca  |  Hpe3i>  HyKouicKyn  aeiuio  on  rcpHiiroea  npo-  |  .uiBa  KO 
HHHtEieitojH.MCKaro  ocipora,  |  H  |  &.iaBanie  |  Kannrana  Ta.ua  |  Ha  cyan*  'Icpno«n>  Oprt  no 
CtBcpoBOCTOi-  |  noxy  Ob-eaiiy  BT>  1791  ro4y;  |  Cb  npH.ioa;enieMi  |  tinsapa  jBena^qauiH 
naptiiii  ,iiii;n\ i.  napojoBi,  Ha-  |  6.iKMenin  11041  cmymeio  BI  BepxHCKOjusicKom  ocuipnrt,  |  H 
HacuiaB-ieniH  43HHaro  Kanmuaiiy  linj-ianrcy  H3i  Pocy-  |  4apcmBemioii  A4MHpa.!UielicniB'b-Ko.i- 
jerin.  |  HSBJCI^HO  aat  paanbixi  aiypaa-ioBi,  |  Buqe  AjMupa-ioMi,  [&c.,  three  lines]  FacpH- 

JOMt  Capbl'ICBUMl.  | 

Bt  CaaKTnerepijyprt,  |  Bb  MopcKOti  Tnnorpa*iu  |  1811  roja.  |  D. 

Translation.— Journey  of  Captain  Billings  across  the  Chukchi  country  from 
Behring  Strait  to  Nizhni  Kolymsk  post  with  the  voyage  of  Captain  Hall  in  the 
ship  Black  Eagle  to  the  Northern  Oeean  in  the  year  1791 ;  with  the  addition  of 


1070  NORTH    AMERICAN     LINGUISTICS. 

Saricheff  (Captain  Gavrila  Andreevich) — continued. 

a  dictionary  of  twenty  dialects  of  savage  peoples,  observations  oil  the  frosts  in 
Berchni  Kolymsk  post,  and  instructions  given  Capt.  Billings  by  the  Imperial 
Admiralty  College.  Extracted  from  several  journals  of  Fleet  Admiral  [&c.,  3 
lines]  Gavrila  Saricheff.  St.  Petersburg,  Naval  Press,  1811. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  pp.  i-iv,  1-191.  4°.  3  maps.  Improved  title  of 
No.  3488. 

Vocabularies  of  the  settled  Tschukchi  and  nomadic  Tschukchi,  pp.  102-111. — 
Parallel  vocabularies,  containing  about  300  words  each,  of  Russian,  Andrea- 
noffski  Aleuts,  Lisie  Aleuts,  and  Kodiak  Eskimo,  printed  in  modern  Russian 
type,  part  iv,  pp.  121-129.  These  vocabularies  were  obtained  by  staff  surgeon 
(afterwards  state  councillor)  Robeck,  attached  to  the  expedition. 

Saskatchewan  and  the  Eocky  Mountains.  See  [Carnegie  (Sir 
James),]  No.  604. 

3492  a  [Sauvage  (M.  De  La).]  Dictionnaire  Galibi.  |  Dictionarium  | 
gallice,  latine  et  galibi.  |  [Four  lines.].  Auctum  sermone  latino  | 
edidit  |  Cor.  Fr.  Ph.  de  Martins.  |  WHS. 

No  imprint.  Pp.  3-48.  8°.     Separate  issue  of  No.  3492. 

Savage  (James).   See  Winthrop  (John),  Nos.  4180  and  4181. 
Scenes  in  the  Eocky  Mountains.    See  [Sage  (Eufus  B.),]  No.  3438. 
Scherzer  (Dr.  C.)     See  Ximenez  (D.  Fr.  Francisco),  No.  4268. 

3504  a  [Schoolcraft  (Henry  Eowe).]  Art  V. — [Review  of]  La  De"couverte 
des  Sources  du  Mississippi  [etc.  Par  J.  G.  Beltrami],  c. 

In  North  American  Review,  vol.  27,  pp.  89-114.     Boston,  1828.  8°. 
Specimens  of  the  Chippewa  language,  pp.  106-114. 

3519  a  -       -  Archives  |  of  |  Aboriginal  Knowledge.  |  Containing  all 
the  |  Original  Papers  laid  before  Congress  |  respecting  the  |  His 
tory,  Antiquities,  Language,  Ethnology,  Pictography,  |  Eites,  Su 
perstitions,  and  Mythology,  |  of  the  |  Indian  Tribes  of  the  United 
States  |  by  |  Henry  E.  Schoolcraft,  LL.  D.  |  With  Illustrations.  | 
Onsendun  ih  ieu  muzzinyegun  uu. — Algonquin.  |  In  six  volumes.  | 
Volume  I  [-V1J.  | 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.  |  1860.  | 
e  vols.  4°.     maps  and  plates;  each  volume  with  engraved  title  as  follows: 
Information  |  respecting  the  History  Condition  and  Prospects  | 
of  the  |  Indian  Tribes  of  the  United  States:  |  Collected  and  pre 
pared  under  the  |  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs  |  By  Henry  E.  School- 
craft  L.  L.  D.  |  Mem :  Eoyal  Geo.  Society,  London.     Royal  Anti 
quarian  Society.    Copenhagen.    Ethnological  Society,  Paris,  &c. 
&c.  |  Illustrated  by  |  Cap.*  S.  Eastman,  U.  S.  A.  and  other  eminent 
artists.  |  [Vignette.]  |  Published  by  authority  of  Congress.  | 
Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.  |  c.  WWB.      /3 

This  edition  agrees  page  for  page  with  the  original  one — No.  3519. 

3519  b  _  _  The  |  Indian  Tribes  |  of  the  |  United  States:  |  their  |  his 
tory,  antiquities,  customs,  religion,  arts,  language,  |  traditions,  oral 
legends,  and  myths.  |  Edited  by  |  Francis  S.  Drake.  |  Illustrated 


SARICHEFF — SCHROTER.  1071 

Schoolcraft  (Henry  Rowe)— continued. 

with  one  hundred  flue  engravings  on  steel.  |  In  two  volumes.  I  Vol. 
I  [-II].  | 

Philadelphia:  |  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co.  |  London:  16  Southampton 
Street,  Coveut  Garden.  |  1884.  |  o.  WAVE. 

2  vols. :  pp.  1-458;  1-455.  4°.  "In  the  following  pages  the  attempt  has  been 
made  to  place  before  the  public  in  a  convenient  and  accessible  form  the  results 
of  the  life-long  labors  in  the  field  of  aboriginal  research  of  the  late  Henry  R. 
Schoolcraft." 

Chapter  II,  Language,  Literature,  and  Pictography,  vol.  1,  pp.  47-63,  con 
tains  general  remarks  on  the  Indian  languages,  and  a  specimen  of  an  Ojibwa 
song  on  p.  52. 

3524  a  The  Aute-Coluinbian  History  of  America.  [Review  of: 

Antiquitates  Americanse,  sive  Scriptores  Septentrionales  Eerum 
Aute-Columbiauarum  in  America.]  c.  WE. 

In  Am.  Biblical  Repository,  second  series,  vol.  1,  pp.  430-449.  New  York, 
1839.  8°.  Contains  remarks  on  the  aboriginal  language  of  New  England,  a 
translation  of  a  letter  from  Mr.  Magnusen,  Vice  President  of  the  Royal  Society 
at  Copenhagen,  concerning  the  inscription  and  figures  on  the  "Assonet  Rock," 
and  a  letter  from  Mr.  Albert  Gallatin  respecting  the  use  Of  the  letters  v  and  I 
in  the  Esquimaux  language. 

Henry  Rowe  Schoolcraft  was  born  in  Watervliet,  N.  Y.,  March  29,  1793.  His 
first  American  ancestor  settled  in  Albany  County,  in  the  reign  of  George  II,  and 
taught  school.  The  change  of  his  name,  which  was  originally  Calcraft,  is,  no 
doubt,  attributable  to  this  latter  fact.  He  entered  Union  College  in  1807,  made 
his  first  expedition  to  the  Mississippi  River  in  1817,  and  several  others  after 
wards.  In  1822  he  was  appointed  agent  for  Indian  affairs  on  the  northwestern 
frontier,  where  he  married  a  granddaughter  of  Wabojeeg,  an  Indian  war  chief, 
and  resided  in  that  country  until  1841.  About  1830,  while  a  member  of  the  ter 
ritorial  legislature  of  Michigan,  he  introduced  the  system,  which  was,  to  some 
extent,  adopted,  of  forming  local  names  from  the  Indian  language.  In  1847 
Congress  directed  him  to  procure  statistics  and  other  information  respecting  the 
history,  condition,  and  prospects  of  the  Indian  tribes  of  the  U.  S. 

He  resided  many  years  among  the  Indians  and  zealously  improved  his  oppor 
tunities  for  studying  their  habits,  customs,  and  languages. 

Mr.  Schoolcraft  was  a  member  of  numerous  scientific  and  historical  societies, 
and  in  1846  received  the  degree  of  LL.D.  from  Geneva  College.  He  died  in 
Washington,  D.  C.,  Dec.  10,  1864,  aged  71  years. 

3531  a  [Schrbter  (J.  F.)]  Algemeine  Geschichte  |  der  |  Lander  und  Vol- 
ker  |  von  America.  |  Erster  [-Zweiter]  Theil.  |  Nebst  einer  Vor- 
rede  |  Siegmund  Jacob  Baumgartens  |  der  h.  Schrift  Doctors  und 
offentl.  Lehrers,  auch  des  theologischen  Seminarii  Directors  auf 
der  konigl.  |  preuszl.  Friedrichsuuiversitat  in  Halle.  |  [Engrav 
ing.]  |  Mit  vielen  Kupfern.  | 

Halle,  bey  Johanii  Justinus  Gebauer.  |  1752  [-1753].  |  * 

2  vols.  4°.     Translated  and  compiled  by  J.  F.  Schroter;  Dedication  signed 

J.  F.  S.     The  Preface  to  each  volume  was  written  by  Bauragarten  (Siegmund 

Jacob).     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Eames.    There  is  a  copy  in  the  Watkinson  library, 

Hartford,  Conn.  (*) 

[Lafitau  (J.  F.)]  Von  der  Sprache  [der  Huron],  vol.  1,  pp.  490-504. — Carai- 
ben-Sprache,  vol.  2,  pp.  846-848. 


1072  NORTH  AMERICAN 

3532  a  Schultz-Sellack  (Dr.  Carl).  Die  Amerikanischen  Gotter  der  vier 
Weltrichtungen  und  ihre  Tempel  in  Palenque.  Von  Dr.  Carl 
Schultz-Sellack. 

In  Zeitschrift  fur  Ethnologic,  vol.  11  (1879),  pp. 209-229.  Berlin  [n.  d.]  8°. 
Contains  names  of  Mexican  gods,  &c. 

Schulze  (Benjamin).     See  [Fritz  (Jokann  Friedrich)],  No.  1331. 

3532  b  Schumacher  (Dr.  Hermann  A.)  Die  Tule  Indianer  des  Staates 
Panama  (Columbia).  Bogota.  1872.  DOB. 

Original  manuscript.   9  11.   folio. 

3561  a  Sermones  |  en  lengua  maya.  |  Copiados  de  un  MS.  anciano  en 

4to  |  de  106  pajas  en  poder  del  Presbitero  Don  Cresceucio  Carrillo, 

Merida.  |  1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.     In  blank  book  with  other  manuscripts;  it  occupies  pp.  119-257. 

12°. 

"The  paper  and  writing  of  the  original  date  from  the  last  half  of  the  18th 
century.  The  language  is  clear  and  correct,  '  muy  comun  y  muy  intelligible 
por  toilos  los  Yucatecos,'  as  is  noted  by  a  competent  authority." — Brinion. 

3564  a  Sermones  en  lengua  Pima.  * 

Manuscript,  sm.  4°,  iucomple  e,  from  the  old  mission  at  Oquitoa,  written  about 
the  end  of  the  last  century.  In  possession  of  Mr.  Alph.  Pinart. 

Shahguhnahshe  Ahnuhmeahwine.  See  [O'Meara  (Rev.  James  D.)], 
Nos.  2832-2833. 

3601  a  Sifferath(.Refl.N.L.)  A  Short  Compendium  j  of  the  |  Catechism  | 
for  the  |  Indians,  |  with  the  approbation  of  the  |  Rt.  Rev.  Frederic 
Baraga,  |  Bishop  of  Saut  Saint  Marie,  |  1864.  [  Eev.  N.   L.   Sif- 
ferath,  |  Missionary  of  the  Ottawa  and  Otchipwe  Indians.  | 

Buffalo,   N.  Y.   |   C.  Wieckman,   (Aurora  Printing   House.)   | 
1869.  |  T. 

Pp.  1-62, 1-2.   12°.     In  the  Ottawa  dialect. 

[Simerwell  ( Eev.  Robert).]     See  Potrwatome  Nkumwinin,  No.  3045. 

According  to  McCoy's  History  of  Baptist  Missions,  p.  478,  this  work  was  com 
piled  by  the  Eev.  Robert  Simerwell,  and  printed  in  the  "  new  system  "  (Meeker's). 

Sinclair  (John).  See  Papers  relative  to  the  Wesleyau  Missions, 
&c.,  No.  2890  «,  note. 

3612  a  [Sioux  proper  names,  with  English  translation.]  JWP. 

In  48th  Congress,  1st  session,  Senate,  Report  (No.  283)  on  the  condition  of  the 
Sioux  and  Crow  Indians,  p.  296.  [Washington,  1884.]  8°. 

A  list  of  proprr  names  of  "chiefs  and  headmen  of  the  Lower  Yanktonnais  tribe 
of  Sioux  or  Dakota  Indians." 

Sioux  Spelling  Book.     See  [Stevens  (Rev.  J.  D.)],  No.  3754. 

3628  a  Smet  (Rev.  Peter  J.  De).     Cinquante  |  Nouvelles  Lettres  |  du  | 
R.  P.  De  Smet,  |  de  la  Cornpagnie  de  Je"sus  et  Missionnaire  en 
Ame'riqne,  |  publics  par  |  Ed.  Terwecoren,  |  de    la  rneme  Com- 
paguie.  |  [2  lines  quotation.] 


CHULTZ-SELLACK— SMITH.  1073 

Smet  (Riv.  Peter  J.  De)— continued. 

Paris  |  Eue  de  Tournon,  20.  |  Tournai  |  Eue  aux  Eats,  11.  I  H. 
Castelman  |  Editeur.  |  1858.  |  • 

Pp.  ix,  1-503.  12°.  Title  from  Dr.  J.  H.  Trumbull,  from  copy  in  his  possession. 
Lord's  Prayer  and  Avo  Maria  in  Osage,  with  interlinear  French  translation,  p. 
319.— Names  of  Sioux  chiefs,  translated,  p.  107.— Names  of  Shyenne,  Arapaho, 
Sioux,  and  Otoe  delegates,  translated,  p.  99. 

The  letter  containing  the  Pater  and  Ave  in  Osage  was  first  printed,  as  follows: 

3628  b  Tributs  d'Admiration  payees  aux  Tetes  Plates.    Pater  et 

Ave  Maria  en  Langue  Osage.  Vingt-sixieine  lettre  du  E.  P.  De 
Smet.  g> 

In  Collection  de  Precis  Historiques,  Melanges  Litte'raires  et  Scientifiques,  par 
fid.  Terwecoren,  de  la  Compagnie  de  Je'sus,  tome  7,  1856,  pp.  611-614.  Brux- 
elles,  Imprimerie  de  J.  Vaudereydt,  n.  d.,  8°.  Interlinear  translation  in  French. 

3631  Sadliers'  Household  Library.  |  No.  91.  Price  15  cts.  |  New 

Indian  Sketches.  |  By  Rev.  P.  J.  de  Smet,  S.  J.  |  Complete  and 
unabridged  edition.  | 

New  York:  |  D.  &  J.  Sadlier  &  Co.,  31  Barclay  St.  |  Montreal: 
275  Notre  Dame  Street.  |  JEM.  JWP. 

Title  on  printed  cover,  as  above;  inside  title  and  collation  as  in  No.  3631. 

3647  a  [Smith  (Mrs.  Erminuie  Adelle)].     [Eeview  of  J  The  Iroquois  Book 
of  Eites,  Edited  by  Horatio  Hale.  c.  JWP. 

In  Science,  vol.  2,  no.  30,  pp.  270-272.  Cambridge,  1883.  4°.  Contains  a  num 
ber  of  Iroquois  terms,  gramnuitic  comments,  &c. 

3647  b  -  Studies  in  the  Iroquois  concerning  the  verb  to  be  and  its 

substitutes.  By  Mrs.  Erminnie  A.  Smith  of  Jersey  City,  N.  J. 
(Abstract.) 

In  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  Proc.  of  32d  Meet 
ing,  held  at  Minneapolis,  Minn.,  August,  1883,  pp.  399-402.  Salem,  1884.  8°. 

Contains,  besides  quotations  from  Powell,  Riggs,  Cuoq,  Marcoux,  and  La 
Combe  concerning  the  existence  of  the  verb  to  be  in  Indian  languages,  16  differ 
ent  methods  of  expressing  that  verb  in  Iroquois,  a  table  containing  mainly 
adjectives  which  in,  their  conjugations  are  said  to  include  the  verb  to  be,  and 
some  tense  endings  of  this  verb. 

3647  c  Accidents  or  Mode  Signs  of  Verbs  in  the  Iroquois  Dia 
lects.    By  Mrs.  Erminnie  A.  Smith  of  Jersey  City,  N.  J.    (Abstract.) 
In  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  Proc.  of  32d  Meet 
ing,  held  at  Minneapolis,  Minn.,  August,  1883,  pp.  402-403.     Salem,  1884.  8°. 

Explains  how  Movement  (mode  and  tense  signs),  Reduplication,  &c.,  are  rep 
resented  in  Iroquois. 

3647  d  Chrestomathy  of  the  Oneida  dialect.  * 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-228.  4°.  In  possession  of  the  author.  Gathered  at  Oneida, 
N.  Y.,  and  Green  Bay,  Wis.,  and  recorded  in  a  copy  of  Powell's  Introduction  to 
the  study  of  Indian  languages,  2d  edition;  completely  filled.  It  consists  of 
vocabularies,  phrases  and  sentences,  the  Lord's  Prayer,  and  conjugations  of  the 
verbs  come  and  go.  Notes  were  added  by  the  author  when  among  the  Oneidas 
at  Green  Bay,  Wis.  Mrs.  Smith  was  assisted  at  Oiieida  by  Rev.  Thomas  Cor 
nelius,  native  pastor  of  the  Indian  church  at  Oneida,  N.  Y. 

Smith  (Rev.  G.  C.)     See  Bob  the  Sailor  Boy,  No.  397. 
68  Bib 


1074  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3093  a  Socie'te'  Historique  de  Montreal.     Memoires  |  et  |  Documents  | 
relatifs  a  1 1'Histoire  du  Canada.  |  Publics  par  la  Societe  Historique 
de  Montreal.  |  [Design.]  | 

Montreal.  |  Imprim6  por  Duvernay,  Freres,  |  10  &  12,  Eue  St. 
Vincent.  |  1859  [-1880]  |  c.  s.  JEM. 

Parts  1-8.  8°.  The  later  issues  are  numbered,  and  the  titles  are  slightly 
changed,  reading:  Me'moires  dela  Soci<!t6  Historique  &c. 

Kalm  (Peter).  Voyage  de  Kalm  en  Ame'rique.  Septieme  et.  Huitiemo 
livraisons.  Linguistics,  Book  7,  pp.  155, 182. 

3700  a  Some  Account  |  of  |  the  Tahkaht  Language,  |  as  spoken  by 
several  tribes  on  the  |  western  coast  of  |  Vancouver  Island.  |  [One 
line  in  Greek.] 

London :  |  Hatchard  and  Co.,  187  Piccadilly.  |  1868.  |  DGB. 

Half-title  11.,  title  11.,  pp.  1-80.  sm.  4°.  Improved  title  of  No.  2125.  Tahkaht 
Grammar,  pp.  9-31. — Tahkaht  English  Dictionary,  pp.  33-58. — English-Tahkaht, 
pp.  59-80. 

3706  a  Spalding  (Eev.  H.  H.)  [Hymn  Book  in  the  Nez  Perces  language. 
1845.] 

"Rev.  H.  H.  Spalding  published,  about  1845,  a  small  hymn  book  in  the  Nez 
Perces  language,  32°." — Eells's  Hist,  of  Indian  Missions. 

Mr.  Spalding  is  the  author  also  of  the  Nez  Perces  First  Book,  No.  2755  of 
this  catalogue. 

3711  a  Specimen.     Specimen  |  Characterum  |  Typographei  |  S.  Coucilii 
Christiano  Nomini  Propagando   |   Sanctissimo  Domini  Nostro  | 
Gregorio  XVI.  Pont.  Max.  |  idem  Typographeuui  invisenti  |  Obla- 
tum.  |  [Wood-cut.] 

Kornae  |  MDCCCXLIII  [1843].  |  * 

79  leaves,  printed  on  one  side,  1  blank  1.  sm.  folio.  Title  from  Dr.  J.  H.  Trum- 
bull,  from  copy  in  the  Watkinson  Library,  Hartford,  Conn.  Specimens  of  types 
in  the  printing-house  of  the  College  of  the  Propaganda;  in  various  languages 
(22  Asiatic,  27  European,  3  African,  and  3  American).  The  Angelical  Salutation 
in  Mexican,  Algonkin  [Nipissing  dialect],  and  Peruvian. 

3711  b  Specimen  Verses  |  in  164  |  Languages  and  Dialects  |  in 

which  the  |  Holy  Scriptures  |  have  been  printed  and  circulated  by 
the  |  Bible  Society.  |  [Vignette,  and  one  line  quotatioii.]  | 

Bible  House,  |  Corner  Walnut  and  Seventh  Streets.  |  Philadel 
phia.  |  WE.  JWP.  WWB. 

Printed  covers,  pp.  3-46.  18°.  St.  John  iii,  16,  in  the  language  of  Greenland, 
Esquimaux,  Cree  (Roman),  Cree  (Syllabic),  Tinne  (Syllabic),  p.  36 ;  Maliseet, 
Mohawk,  Choctaw,  Seneca,  p.  37;  Dakota,  Ojibwa,  Muskokee,  Cherokee,  Dela 
ware,  p.  38 ;  Nez  Perces,  Mayan,  p.  39. 

3711  c  -  — •  Specimen  Verses  |  in  215  |  Languages  and  Dialects  |  in 
which  the  |  Holy  Scriptures  |  have  been  printed  and  circulated  by 
the  |  Bible  Society.  |  [Woodcut,  and  one  line  quotation.]  | 

Bible  House,  |  Corner  Walnut  and  Seventh  Streets,  |  Philadel 
phia.  |  Craig,  Fiuley  &  Co.,  Prs.,  1020  Arch  St.  Philada.  | 

Printed  covers,  pp.  1-48.  16°.  St.  John  iii,  16,  in  Eskimo,  Greenland,  Tukiulh, 
Eastern  Cree  (Syllabic),  p.  26 ;  Western  Cree  (Roman),  Chippewyan  or  Tinne 


SOCIETY  —  STEPHENS.  1075 

Specimen—  continued. 

(Syllabic),  Chippewyan  or  Tinne  (Roman),  Ojibwa,  Maliseet,  p.  27;   Micinnc, 
Mohawk,  Mexican  or  Aztec,  Mayan,  p.  28.  WE.  JWP- 


.         -          . 

See  American  Bible  Soc.,No.84  ;  also  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Soc    Nos 
497-498. 

3711  d  Spelling  |  and  |  Beading  Book,  |  in  |  Ojibwa  and  English.  | 
Kekenooiihtnabgawinun  |  cheoonje  j  aginduhming  kuhya  spelle- 
wing  |  oojibwauiooug  kuhya  shahguhnaushemoong.  | 

Toronto  :  |  Printed  by  Henry  Rowsell  |  for  the  Church  Society  of 
the  Diocese  of  Toronto.  |  1856.  |  JWP> 

Printed  cover  11.,  title,  verso  blank,  1  1.,  pp.  3-35,  alternate  pages  Ojibwa  and 
English.  12°. 

Spooner  (Alden  J.)     See  Wood  (Silas),  No.  4197. 

3717  a  Squier  (Ephraim  George).  El  Sirabolo  de  la  Serpieute  y  la 
Adoraciou  de  los  Principles  -Keciprocos  de  la  Naturaleza  en  Ame 
rica.  Por  E.  G.  Squier,  A.  M.  «  Traducciou  del  Ingles  por  el  Ldo. 
D.  Jose"  de  I.  G.  Garcia. 

Habana,  1855.  « 

Pp.  -226.   8°.     Title  from  Squier's  List  of  Books,  etc. 

3736  a  -  -  Lenca  Vocabularies  |  from  the  Villages  |  Guajiquero, 
Opatoro,  |  Intibucat  |  and  Similaton  (Honduras).  |  Collected  by  E. 
Geo.  Squier.  |  DGB< 

Manuscript.  11  pp.  8°.     Title,  on  verso  of  which  begin  the  vocabularies  in 
five  columns,  occupying  two  pages.     The  Similaton  is  incomplete. 

-  See  [Urrutia  (J.  A.)],  No.  3957. 

3739  Star.    The  Star  Vindicator.  T.  JWP. 

Of  this  periodical  Dr.  Trumbull  of  Hartford  has  three  numbers  not  mentioned 
in  the  note  to  the  above  title,  Nos.  8-11  of  Vol.  4,  March  31—  April  14,  1877.  Con 
cerning  the  history  of  the  paper  he  writes  me  as  follows:  "Published  weekly 
(folio,  28  columns)  by  G.  McPhersou  &  Co.;  G.  McPherson,  editor;  one  or  two 
columns  in  Choctaw,  in  each  number  ("  Chahta  Anninpa."  E.W.  Folsom,  editor). 
"The  Vindicator,  devoted  to  the  interests  of  the  Choctaws  and  Chickasaws, 
a  weekly  paper,  established  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Moore,  of  New  Boggy,  Choctaw  Nation, 
in  1872,  was  united  with  the  Oklahoma  Star,  started  by  G.  McPherson,  at  Mc- 
Alester,  about  1847,  under  the  name  of  The  Star-Vindicator,  which  was  pub 
lished  till  some  time  in  1878,  as  I  am  informed  by  a  correspondent  in  the  Indian 
Territory.  Of  The  Vindicator  I  have  seen  only  two  or  three  numbers.  Vol.  2, 
No.  14  (whole  number  66),  was  printed  at  New  Boggy,  Choctaw  Nation,  I.  T., 
Oct.  18,  1873;  T.  B.  Heiston,  editor.  It  is  a  small  folio  of  20  columns,  of  which 
two  are  in  the  Choctaw  language." 

3748     Stephens  (John).    A  |  Primer  |  for  |  young  children  |  applicable 
to  the  |  Indian  language,  |  as  spoken  by  |  the  Mee-lee-ceet  Tribe  | 
in  |  New  Brunswick.  |  Published  under  the  patronage  of  the  Hon 
orable  |  Mrs.  Manners  Sutton.  |  Collected  and  arranged  by  John 
Stephens.  | 

Frederictou  :  |  Printed  at  the  Eoyal  Gazette  Office,  by  J.  Simp 
son.  |  1855.  |  JWP. 

Pp.  1-14.  16°.     Improved  title  of  No.  3748.     Each  page  contains  one  column 
of  English  and  one  of  Maliseet  ;  p.  14  contains  the  Lord's  prayer  in  Maliseet. 


1076  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3760  a  Stoll  (Otto).    Zur  |  Ethnographic  |  der  |  Republic  Guatemala.  | 
Von  |  Otto  Stoll  |  Med.  Dr.  | 

Zurich  |  Druck  von  Orell  Fussli  &  Co.  |  1884.  |  ASG. 

Printed  cover  1  1.,  title  1  1.,  pp.  iii-ix,  1-176.  8°.     Ethnographic  map. 

Wortverzeichniss  der  Pipil-Sprache  von  Salarna,  p.  15. — Comparative  vocabu 
lary,  Deutsch,  Pipil,  and  Azteca,  pp.  16-22;  same,Deutsch  and  Pipil,  pp.  23-25. — 
VocabularderPupulaca-SpracheimVergleich  mi t  der  Mije-,Tzental-undTzotzil- 
Sprache,  p.  28. — Caraibische  Stiimme.  Die  Caraibeu  und  ihre  Sprache,  with 
vocabulary,  pp.  29-36. — Alphabet  derMaya-Sprachen,  pp.  40-44. — Vergleichendes 
Vocabular  der  Maya-Sprachen,  including  the  Huasteca,  Maya,  Chontal,  Tzental, 
Tzotzil,  Chanabal,  Choi,  Quekchf,  Pokomchi,  Pokoraam,  Cakchiquel,  Qu'iche', 
Uspanteca,  Ixil,  Aguacateca,  and  Mame,  pp.  4f>-70. — Vergleicheude  Zusammen- 
stellung  einiger  Worte  der  Chorti-,  Pokomam-  und  Chol-Sprache,  p.  108. — Sen 
tences  in  Deutsch,  Uspanteca,  and  Quiche',  p.  125.— Graramatikalische  Skizze  der 
Cakchiquel-Sprache  von  S.  Juan  Sacatepequez,  pp.  129-158. — Die  Aguacateca 
oder  Sprache  von  Aguacatan,  containing  vocabulary,  pp.  166-169. 

Strickland  (Agnes),  editor.  See  Strickland  (Maj.  Samuel),  No. 
3767. 

Stryker  (James).     See  American  Quarterly  Register,  No.  94  a. 

3775  a  Sullivan  (Dr.  Jeremiah).     [Vocabulary  of  the  Indians  of  the 
•Pueblo  of  Te"wa,  Arizona  Territory.] 

Manuscript.  Pp.  77-228.  4°.  In  the  library  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Collected  at  Te"wa  in  1883  and  recorded  in  a  copy  of  Powell's  Introduction  to 
the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  2d  edition,  incomplete. 

3776  a  Sullivan  (Napoleon  Bonaparte).     Sepv  ekvnv  em  Mekko-hokte 
Salomvn  Mekko  en  Cukopericvte.     [The  visit  of  the  Queen  of 
Sheba  to  King  Solomon.] 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  2,  no.  40.  Muscokf  e,  I.  T.,  June  5,  1878.  folio.  In 
the  Muskoki  language. 

Szmimeie-s  Jesus  Christ.     See  [Giorda  (Rev.  J.)],  No.  1558. 

Taopi  and  his  Friends.  See  [Hinman  (Rev.  S.  D.)  and  Welsh 
(William)],  No.  1818. 

Tchipayatik-o-mikan  Kanachtageng  [in  AlgonkinJ.  See  [Richard 
(P.  Pierre)],  No.  3250. 

Teieriwakwatta  Onkwe-ouweneha  [in  Iroquois].  See  [Onasakenrat 
(Chief  Joseph)],  No.  2839. 

Ternaux-Compans  (Henri).  See  Tezozomoc  (Fernando  de  Alva- 
rado),  No.  3836. 

Testamente  Nutak  [in  Eskimo].  See  [Fabricius  (Otho)],  Nos.  1255- 
1256. 

3826  a  Testamentetak  terssa  nalegauta  annaursirsiutma  Jesusib  Kristusib 

ajokoersugeisalo  sullirseit  okauseello.    Translated  into  the  Green- 

landish  language  by  the  missionaries  of  the  Unitas  Fratrum. 

London,  1862.  * 

8°.    Later  edition  of  No.  3831.     Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  352. 


STOLL — THIEL.  1077 

3831  a  Testamentitak  |  tamredsa  |  nalegapta  piulijip'a  |  Jesusib  Kristu- 
sib  |  aposteliiigitalo  |  piniarningit  ajokertusingillo.  |  Printed  for  | 
the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society  in  London,  |  for  the  use  of 
the  Moravian  Mission  in  Labrador.  | 

Stolpeu,  |  Gnstav  Winterib  Nenilauktaugit.  |  187G.  1878.  |         * 

2  p.  11.,  pp.  1-282,1-225.  8°. 

Title  furnished  by  Mr.  W.  Eaines  from  copy  belonging  to  W.  W.  Beach.  New- 
Testament  in  Eskimo  of  Labrador.  Matthew  to  Acts,  pp.  1-282. — Romans  to 
Revelation,  pp.  1-222. 

3831 6  [Teton  Baptismal  card.]  g.  JWP. 

An  18°  card,  in  the  Ttstonwan  dialect  of  the  Dakota  language,  given  by  Bishop 
Marty,  Vicar  Apostolic  of  Dakota,  to  the  Indians  who  are  received  into  his  flock. 
Below  the  spaces  for  entering  name,  date  of  birth,  of  baptism,  &c.,  is  the  Apos 
tles'  Creed.  On  the  reverse  side  of  the  card  are  the  Commandments  of  God  and 
the  Church,  in  verse,  as  sung  by  the  Catholic  children,  with  heading  as  follows: 
"Tuwe  mini  akastanpi  kin  he  wokonze  kin  hena  opa  kta  iyecetu." 

Teyoninhokarawen.     See  [Norton  (John)J. 

3830  a  Tezozomoc  (Hernando  Alvarado).     Cronica  Mexicana  |  escrita 
por  |    D.    Hernando    Alvarado    Tezozomoc   |   hacia    el    afio    de 
MDXCVIII.  |  Anotada  por  el  Sr.  Lie.  D.  Manuel  Orozco  y  Berra  | 
y  precedida  del  |  Codice  Eamirez  |  Manuscrito  del  Siglo  XVI  iiiti- 
tulado:  |  Relacion  del  Origen  de  los  Indios  que  habitau  esta  Nueva 
Espaua  |  segun  sus  Historias  |  y  de  un  exainen  de  ambas  obras  | 
al  cual  va  anexo  un  Estudio  de  Crouologia  Mexicana  por  el  mismo  j 
Sr.  Orozco  y  Berra.  |  Jose"  M.  Vigil,  Editor.  | 

Mexico  |  Imprenta  y  Litografla  de  Irineo  Paz  |  la  Calle  de  San 
Francisco  numero  13.  |  1878  |  DGB. 

Pp.  xiii,  1-149,  Codice  Ramirez,  with  plates ;  pp.  151-222,  Ojeada  sobre  Crono- 
logia  Mexicana  (by  Orozco) ;  pp.  223-712,  Tezozomoc.  folio. 

3842     Thevet  (Andre).    La  Cosmographie  Vniverselle.  A. 

For  full  title  see  No.  3842  of  the  main  catalogue. 

"Thevet's  version  of  the  Lord's  Prayer  "  en  langue  des  Sauvages,"  which  he 
professed  to  have  made  with  the  help  of  a  Christian  slave,  was  copied  by  Me- 
giser  (1593)  and  by  Duret  (1613)  as  Mexican;  and  from  Megiser  it  passed,  as  a 
Mexican  version,  to  Mauer  (1621),  Andreas  Miiller  (1680),  Motte  (1700)  and  the 
Augsburg  reprint  (1710),  Chamberlayne  (1715),  Fry  (1799),  and  other  collections, 
and  found  place  in  the  splendid  volumes  printed  by  Marcel  (Paris,  1H05),  Bodoui 
(Parma,  1806),  and  Auer(  1844-1847).  It  wasassigued  itsproperplaceby  Adolmif; 
in  MitKridates,  Th.  3,  Abth.  2,  pp.  446,  450,  as  "  Brasilianisch  oder  Guaranisch 
(unter  dem  falschen  Nahrnen  Mexikanisch)."  Thevet  is  not  responsible  for  this 
mistake.  He  had  been  in  Brazil  and — though  J.  de  Lery  (Navig.  in  Brasiliam, 
ed.  1586,  pref.)  shows  the  absurdity  of  his  pretension  to  a  knowledge  of  the 
language  of  the  natives,  acquired  in  a  two  months'  visit — bad,  at  least,  heard 
the  Tupi-Gnarani  spoken,  and  had  picked  np  enough  of  the  dialect  to  make  a 
show  of  in  his  Cosmographie."—  Trumbull. 

3842  a  Thiel  (Bernardo  Augusto).     Apuntes  Lexicograflcos  |  de  las  | 
Lenguas  y  Dialectos  de  los  Indios  de  |,  Costa-Rica,  |  Reunidos  y 
alfabe"ticamente  dispuestos  |  por  Bernardo  Augusto  Thiel,  |  Obispo 


10T8  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Thiel  (Bernardo  Augusto) — continued. 

de  Costa-Rica.  |  I  Parte.  Lengna  y  dialectos  de  los  Talamancas  6 
Biceitas.  |  Bribri.  |  Cabecar.  |  Estrella.  [  Chirripo.  |  Tecurrique  y 
Orosi.  |  II  Parte.  Lenguas  de  Terraba  y  Boruca.  |  III  Parte.  Len- 
gua  de  los  Guatusos.  | 

1882.  |  San  Jose  de  Costa-Rica.  |  Imprenta  Nacional.  |  ASG.  DGB. 
Title,  reverse  blank,  1 1.,  pp.  iii-iv,  1-76, 79-113, 117-152,  Appendice  153-177.  8°. 

Tinne  Primer.    See  [Bompas  (Rev.  William  Carpenter)],  No.  406. 

387G  a  Tolmie  (Dr.  William  Fraser)  and  Dawson  (George  M.)  Geological 
and  Natural  History  Survey  of  Canada  |  Alfred  R.  C.  Selwyii, 
F.  R.  S.,  F.  G.  S.,  Director.  |  Comparative  Vocabularies  |  of  the  | 
Indian  Tribes  |  of  |  British  Columbia.  |  With  a  map  illustrating 
distribution.  |  By  |  W.  Fraser  Tolmie,  |  Licentiate  of  the  Fac 
ulty  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  Glasgow.  |  And  |  George  M. 
Dawsou,  D.  S.,  A.  R.  S.  M.,  F.  G.  S.,  Etc.  |  [Device.]  |  Published  by 
authority  of  Parliament.  | 

Montreal:  |  Dawson  Brothers.  |  1884.  |  J\VP. 

Printed  cover,  pp.  1 3-131 B.  8°.  map.  Preface,  pp.  5-7. — Introductory  note, 
pp.  9-12. — Parallel  columns  of  English,  Thlinkit  (Skntkwan  Sept),  Tshimsiau 
(Kitunto  Sept),  Tshimsian  (Kithatla  Sept),  Haida  (Kaigani  Sept),  and  Haida 
(Masset  Dialect),  pp.  14-25. — English,  Haida  (Skidegate  Dialect),  Haida  (Kum- 
shiwa  Dialect),  Kwakiool  (Haishilla  Sept),  Kwakiool  (Hailtznk  Sept),  and  Kwa- 
kiool  (Kwiha  Sept),  pp.  26-37. — English,  Kwakiool  (Likwiltoh  Sept),  Kawitshin 
(Kowmook  or  Tlathool),  Kawitshin  (Suanaimooh  Tribe),  Kawitshiu  (Songis 
Tribe),  aud  Kawitshiu  (Kwantlin  Sept),  pp.  38-49. — Ant  (Kaiookwilht),  Nisk- 
walli  (Sinahomish),  Tsheheilis  (Staktamish),  Tshinook  (Tshiuook  Tribe),  and 
Tshinook  (Tilhilooit,  Up.  Tshinook),  pp.  50-61.— English,  Bilhoola  (Noothlaki- 
mish),  Tinue  (Tshilkotiu  Tribe),  Tinne  (Nakoontloon  Sept),  Tinne  (Takulli  or 
Teheili  Tribe),  and  Selish  (Sillooet  Tribe),  pp.  62-73. — Supplementary  list  of 
words  in  Tshilkotin  and  Takulli,  pp.  74-77.— Parallel  columns  of  English,  Selish 
(Kullespelm),  Shahaptaui  (Whulwhaipum  Tribe),  and  Kootenuha  (Upper  Koot- 
enhua  [«ic]  Tribe),  pp.  78-87. — Haida  (extended  vocabulary):  Haida  (Skidegate 
Dialect),  and  Haida  (Masset  Dialect)  (from  Report  on  Queen  Charlotte  Islands, 
Report  of  Progress,  1878-79),  pp.  88-101. — Upper  Kootenuha  (extended  vocabu 
lary),  obtained  with  reference  to  the  schedules  in  Major  J.  W.  Powell's  Intro 
duction  to  the  Study  of  Indian  Languages,  pp.  102-111. — Notes,  pp.  113-125. — 
Appendix  I.  Comparative  table  of  some  words  in  Tshimsian,  Haida,  Thliukit 
and  Tinne,  p.  126.— Appendix  II.  Comparative  table  of  a  few  of  the  words  in 
the  foregoing  vocabularies,  folding  p.  127. — Appendix  III.  Comparisons  of  a  few 
words  in  various  Indian  languages  of  North  America,  pp.  128-130. — Table  of 
numerals  pertaining  to  Indian  families  from  localities  widely  separated  (Tinue 
of  B.  C.,  Hupa  of  California,  Hudson's  Bay  Chepewyan,  Dogrib,  Takulli,  Um- 
kwa,  Apache),  p.  131. 

3870  a  Tomlin  (Rev.  J.)    A  Comparative  Vocabulary  |  of  |  Forty-eight 
Languages,  |  comprising  |  One  hundred  and  forty-six  |  common 
English  words,  |  with  |  their  cognates  in  the  other  languages,  | 
showing  |  their  Affinities  with  the  English  and  Hebrew.  |  By  the  | 
Rev.  J. Tomlin,  B.  A.,  |  Author  of  "Missionary  Journals  and  Let 
ters  during  Eleven  Years  Residence  in  the  East;"  |  [etc.,  3  lines]. 


THIEL — VALDEZ.  1Q79 

Tomlin  (Rev.  J.)— continued. 

Liverpool :  |  Arthur  Newling,  27,  Bold  Street.  |  1865.  |  * 

Pp.  i-xii,  1-32  (1  blank),  xiv-xxii,  1  1.  4°.      Title  furnished  by  Dr.  J.  H 

Triimbiill  from  copy  in  the  Watkinson  Library. 

Esquimaux  vocabulary  (procured  from  a  Moravian  missionary),  and  Choctaw 

(furnished  by  an  American  missionary). 

Torres  (Fr.  Juan  de).     See  Marroquin  (D.  Francisco),  No.  2478, 
note. 

Translations  into  the  Omaha  Language.    See  fHamilton  (Rev 
William)],  No.  1647. 

T[roncoso  (Francisco  del  Paso  y)].    See  Pfaso  y]  T[roncoso]  (Fran 
cisco  del). 

Trubner  (Nicolas).     See  Ludewig  (Hermann  B.),  No.  2348  a." 

3891  a  True  (N.  T.)  Collation  of  Geographical  Names  in  the  Algonkin 
Language.  By  N.  T.  True,  M.  D.  c.  T.  w. 

In  Essex  Institute,  Hist,  Col.,  vol.  8,  pp.  144-149.     Salem,  1868.  sm.  4C. 
Issued  separately  as  follows : 

3891  b Collation  of  |  Geographical  Names  |  in  the  |  Algonkiu 

Language.  |  By  N.  T.  True,  M.  D.  |  T.WE.  JWP. 

Pp.  1-6.  sm.  4°.    No  title-page. 

3906  a  Trmnbull  ( J.  Hammond).  On  some  early  notices  of  New  Eng 
land  fishes.  By  J.  Hammond  Trumbull.  Hartford,  Connecticut, 
December  30,  1871. 

In  Baird  (Speucer  F.)    United  States  Commission  of  Fish  aud  Fisheries,  Part 
I,  pp.  1G5-169.     Washington,  1873.  8°.     Some  Indian  names  of  fishes. 

3912  a  (From  the  Transactions  of  the  American  Philological 

Association,  1872.)  |  On  some  words  derived  from  |  Languages  of 
N.  American  Indians.  |  By  J.  Hammond  Trumbull.  |  * 

Pp.  1-14.  8°.     Title  from  Mr.  W.  Barnes.     Separate  edition  of  No.  3912. 

See  Gray  (Asa)  and  TrumbuU  (J.  H.),  No.  1600  a. 

Tsiatak  NihononSentsiake.    See  [Cuoq  (Rev.  Jean  Andre")],  No. 951. 
Tnkudh  Primer.     See  [Bompas  (Rev.  William  Carpenter)],  No.  407. 
Turkey  (Joseph  P.)     See  [Wright  (Kev.  Asher),  editor]. 
Turner  (Prof.  William  W.)    See  Ludewig  (Hermann  B.),  No.  2348a. 

3963  a  Valdez  (D.  Sebastian).    Vocabulario  |  de  la  lengua  |  Pocomam  | 
de  Mita  |  por  |  D.  Sebastian  Valdez,  |  Cura  de  Jutiapa.  |  1808.  j 
Copiado  del  original  en  poder  de  |  D.  Juan  Gavarrete  en  Guate 
mala,  |  por  Dr.  C.  H.  Bereudt.  |  Febrero  de  1875.  |  DG-B. 
Manuscript.     Title,  reverse  note  by  Dr.  Berendt,  1  1. ;  pp.  3-7.  8°.     Contains 
nearly  a  hundred  words  in  Pocomam,  with  their  correspondents  in  Pocomchi  of  San 
Cristobal,  written  in  red  ink,  to  illustrate  the  resemblauce  of  these  two  dialects. 


1080  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

3964  a  Valentine  (David  T.)    History  |  of  |  the  City  of  New  York :  |  by  | 
David  T.  Valentine,  |  Clerk  of  the  Common  Council.  |  [Design.] 

New  York:  |  G.  P.  Putnam  &  Company,  No.  10  Park  Place.  | 
1853.  |  c.  BA.  WE. 

Pp.  i-vi,  11.,  7-404.  8°.  maps.    Lord's  Prayer  in  Indian  [Mohawk],  from  Smith's 
New  York,  p.  17. 

3967  a  Valentin!  (Philipp  J.  J.)    The  Mexican  Calendar  Stone,  |  By 
Philipp  J.  J.  Valeiitini,  Ph.  D.  |  (From  the  German.)  |  Terra  Cotta 
Figure  from  Isla  Mujeres,  |  Northeast  coast  of  Yucatan:  |  Archaeo 
logical  Communication  of  Yucatan,  |  By  Dr.  Augustus  Le  Plon- 
geon.  |  Notes  on  Yucatan,  |  By  Mrs.  Alize  D.  Le  Plongeon.  |  Com 
piled  and  arranged  |  By  Stephen  Salisbury,  Jr.  | 

Worcester:  |  Press  of  Charles  Hamilton.  |  1879.  |  T. WWB. 

Pp.  1-93.  8°.     Separate  issue  of  No.  3967.     The  Mexican  Calendar  Stone,  pp. 
5-29. 

3968  a  Mexican  Copper  Tools :  |  the  use  of  Copper  by  the  Mexi 
cans  |  before  the  Conquest ;  |  and  |  the  Katunes  of  Maya  History,  | 
a  chapter  in  the  |  Early  History  of  Central  America,  |  With  Special 
Reference  to  the  Pio  Perez  Manuscript.  |  By  |  Philipp  J.  J.  Valen- 
tini,  Ph.  D.  |  (Translated  from  the  German,  by  Stephen  Salisbury, 
Jr.)  | 

Worcester,  Mass. :  |  Press  of  Charles  Hamilton.  |  1880.  |  T.  WWB. 
Pp.  1-102.  8°.     Separate  issue  of  No.  3968.     Mexican  Copper  Tools,  pp.  5-41 ; 
The  Katunes  of  Maya  History,  pp.  45-102.     Linguistics,  pp.  52-55, 62-63. 

3969  a  The  |  Katunes  |  of  |  Maya  History.  |  A  chapter  in  the  | 

early  chronology  of  Central  America,  |  With  Special  Eefereuce  to 
the  Pio  Perez  Manuscript.  |  By  Philipp  J.  J.  Valentini,  Ph.  D.  | 
(Translated  from  the  German  by  Stephen  Salisbury,  Jr.)  |  (Pro 
ceedings  of  American  Antiquarian  Society,  October  21,  1879.  | 

Worcester,  Mass. :  |  Press  of  Charles  Hamilton.  |  1880.  |  T.  DGB. 
Title  1  1.,  half  title  1  1.,  pp.  5-60.  8°.     Separate  issue  of  No.  3969. 

3974     Vocabulario  |  de  la  lengua  de  los  Indies  de  |  Boruca,  | 

(Costa  Paciflca  de  Costa  Eica.)    Colectada  por  |  D.  Felipe  Valen- 
tiui.  |  1862.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.     Title  1  1. ;  Nota,  by  Dr.  Berendt,  1  1. ;  Vocabulary,  Spanish  and 
Bonica,  pp.  5-11.  folio.     Improved  title  of  No.  3974. 

3974  a  Vocabulario  |  del  Idioma  de  los  Indios  Blancos,  |  (Lengua 

Boribi).  |  Eecogido  por  Ph.  Valentini  |  Limon  18  .  .  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  4  11.  folio. 

3974  b Vocabulario  |  de  la  Leugua  de  las  Viceitas.  |  En  Costa 
rica  |  por  |  Ph.  Valentini.  |  Costa  de  Limon,  1806.  |  DGB. 
Manuscript.     Title  1  1. ;  11. 1-39,  many  written  on  both  sides.     L.  34  is  titled : 
Vocabularies  de  lenguas  iudigenas  de  la  Parte  surena  de  la  Prov.  de  Costarica. 
Colectadas  por  F.  v. 


VALENTINE — VEGA.  1081 

3975  a  [Valeriano  (D.  Antonio).]     Historia  de  las  Apariciones  de  Gua- 
dalupe  in  Nahuatl. 

"From  some  Fra^mentos  Historicos  which  I  copied  from  the  originals  of  the 
celebrated  Don  Carlos  de  Siguenza  y  Gongora,  I  am  satisfied  that  Don  Antonio 
Valeriano,  native  of  Atzcaputzalco,  an  Indian  cazique  and  Master  of  Rhetoric  in 
the  Imperial  College  of  Tlatilulco,  wrote  the  Historia  de  las  Apariciones  de 
Guadalupe  in  Nahuatl.  Siguenza  says,  under  oath,  that  he  had  it  in  his  pos 
session  in  the  handwriting  of  Don  Autonio,  which,  perhaps,  is  the  one  printed  by 
Bachiller  Lasso  de  la  Vega  [No.  3985]." — Boturini,  $  xxxv,  5. 

See  [Vega  (Luis  Lasso  de  la)],  No.  3985. 

3976  [Vales  (7).  Jose"  Pilar)].     CT  oibhutm  |  bach  noh  tzicbenil  Ahau- 
caan  |  abmiatz  Leaudro  E.  de  la  Gala  |  Ti  u  bach  yamailoob  Mohe- 
noob  yanoob  tu  nachilcabtaliloob  Nobol  |  y  Chikin  ti  le  luumcabil 
Yucatan  laa.  | 

Ho  [Merida].  |  U  oalhuun  Jose  D.  Espinosa.  |  Tu  hunpic  cabak 
catac  oxkal  labunpiz  ii  habiloob  [1870]  Cristo  Ahlobil.  |  DGB. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1. ;  pp.  1-8.  4°.  Double  columns  Spanish  and  Maya. 
The  Spanish  column  on  p.  8  is  blank.  Improved  title  of  No.  3976. 

"The  illustrious  Sr.  D.  Leandro  R.  de  la  Gala  addressed  a  pastoral  letter  to 
the  natives,  which  was  put  into  elegant  and  pure  Maya  by  the  presbyter,  D. 
Jose'  Pilar  Vales,  whom,  for  this  reason,  we  include  in  the  list  of  Maya  writers. 
The  edition  abounds  in  typographic  errors." — Carrillo. 

3979  a  Van  Tassel  (Isaac).      [Elementary  book,  with  a  few  hymns  and 
reading  lessons,  in  the  Ottawa  language.]  * 

28  pp.  "  More  than  a  year  ago,  Mr.  Van  Tassel  [a  missionary  of  the  American 
Board,  stationed  at  Maumee,  Ohio]  published  a  small  elementary  book  of  28 
pages,  containing  also  a  few  hymns  and  scripture  reading  lessons.  500  copies 
were  printed."— Ann.  Sep.  J.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  1832. 

3981  a  Varies  Escritos  |  en  Pocomchi  y  Kekchi  |  del  Archive  Parro- 
quial  |  de  |  Coban,  Vera  Paz.  |  Siglo  xxviii  [sic].  DGB. 

Original  manuscript,  with  modern  title.  19411.  4°.  Forms  part  of  the  Berendt 
collection  in  the  possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Briuton,  from  whose  manuscript  cata 
logue  the  following  note  is  taken  : 

"From  the  parochial  archives  of  Coban  in  Vera  Paz.  The  volume  contains  a 
large  assortment  of  sermons,  confesouarios,  doctrinas,  frases,  catecismos,  and 
other  religious  and  grammatical  matter  in  and  on  the  two  dialects.  Most  of 
the  leaves  are  in  good  condition  and  quite  legible.  They  date  from  various 
periods  in  the  18th  century.  Among  the  articles  are  the  original  Doctrina  and 
various  sermons  of  Fr.  Hippolito  de  Aguilera,  an  Arte  de  Lengua  Cakchi,  etc." 

3985     Vega  (Luis  Lasso  de  la).    Huey  tlamahuicoltica,  etc.  * 

"This  is  not  and  cannot  be  by  said  author  [Lasso  de  la  Vega],  but  rather  it 
may  be  argued  by  Don  Antonio  Valeriano  or  another  Indian  pupil  of  the  Im 
perial  College  of  Santiago  Tlatilulco,  contemporaneous  with  the  miracle  of  the 
said  Apariciones,  and  I  will  prove  this  in  the  History  of  the  Holy  Lady,  which  I 
am  writing.''—  Hoturini,  $  xxxiv,  3. 

See  [Valeriano  (D.  Antonio)],  No. 3975a. 

398G     Vega  (Francisco  Nunez  de  la).    Constitvciones  Dioacepanas '  del 
Obispado  de  Chiappa,  |  hechas  y  ordenadas  |  por  su  Senoria  Illus- 


1082  NORTH   AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

Vega  (Francisco  Nunez  de  la). — continued. 

triss.  el  Sefior  Maestro  |  D.  Fr.  Francisco  |  Nunez  |  de  la  Vega,  | 
del  Ordeu  de  Predicadores,  |  Obispo  de  Civdad  Eeal  de  Chiappa,  y 
Soconusco,  |  del  Cousejo  de  su  Magestad,  |  Afio  de  MDCXCII.  | 
[Design.]  | 

En  Eoma  Afio  de  MDCCII  [1702].  |  En  la  Nueua  Imprenta,  y 
Formaciou  de  Caracteres  de  Caietano  Zenobi  |  Entallador  de  Nu- 
estro  Sefior  Papa  Clemente  XI.  |  en  la  Gran  Curia  Innocenciana.  | 
Con  liceucia  de  los  Superiores.  |  * 

.  4  p.  II., pp.  1-164, 1-142,  15  11.  nnuumbered.     Improved  title  of  No.  3986;  fur 
nished  by  Sr.  Icazbalceta  from  copy  in  his  possession. 

3987     [Vela  (Jos6  Canute).]    Pastoral  |  del  |  ilustrfsimo  sefior  obispo  | 
dirigida  |  a  los  Indigenas  |  de  esta  diocesis.  |  [Seal.] 

Merida  de  Yucatan.  |  Iinpreso  por  Autouio  Petra.  |  1848.  |   DGB. 

Pp.  1-8.  4°.  Improved  title  of  No.  3987.  Version  en  idioma  Yucateco  do  la 
misma  pastoral,  pp.  5-8. 

Veniaminoff  (Rev.  Ivan).  See  Henry  (Victor),  No.  1736.  See 
Lowe  (F.),  Nos.  2339-2340. 

4012  a  Vetromile  (Rev.   Eugene).      N'dakkabin    Skudewhambu  |  Eum, 
Fire- Water  |   [Cut.]   |  Peseku  wonismuhiuoh,  uanquitchidahamal 
matchi  Niweskum,  |  auda  Kegus  Kepkuattassen,  inetchiuenabi,  te 
alihkle  Alamkik.  |  Anda  Dakkabin,  anda  Skudewhambu  |  No  Eum, 
no  Fire  Water.  |  [Cut.]  |  [Two  lines  Indian.]  |  [Pledge.]  |  [Three 
lines  Indian.]  |  —  |  Eugin  Vetromile  S.  J.    Alnambay  Patlias.  |  s. 
1  p.  folio.     A  lithographic  temperance  pledge  in  the  Abnaki  language.     The 
•     words  are  scattered  through  a  series  of  pictures  representing  the  fate  of  the 
drunkard. 

4035  a  Sande-  Awikhigan  1862.  s.  T. 

1  sheet  folio.     Abnaki  Calendar.     Dr.  Trumbull  has  copies  also  for  the  years 
1870, 1871, 1873, 1874, 1875, 1876,  and  Dr.  Shea  for  the  years  1858,  1859,  I860,  1867 
1870, 1874, 1875. 

•  4020  a  Via  Sacra.    Via  Sacra  en  Leugua  gakchi  |  afio  de  1861.  |      DGB. 

Manuscript.  24  11.  16°.  In  possession  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Briuton.  and  forming  a  part 
of  the  Berendt  collection.  It  was  copied,  as  stated  in  the  Advertencia  of  a  second 
copy,  made  from  this  by  Dr.  Berendt  (see  next  title),  by  Domingo  Coy,  an  edu 
cated  Indian,  from  an  ancient  manuscript  now  lost. 

4020  b  -        -  Via  Sacra  |  en  Lengua  gakchi.  |  Copiado  de  un  MS.  en 
poder  de  |  Domingo  Coy,  iudio  de  Coban.  |  Coban,  April,  1875.  | 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  Advertencia,  verso  blank,  1  1. ;  Text,  en 
tirely  iu  Cackhi,  pp.  1-30.  DGB 

Vico  ( Fr.  Domingo  de).  See  Platicas  de  la  Historia  Sagrada, 
No.  3016  a. 

Vie  de  Catherine  TekakSita  [in  Iroquois].  See  [Marcoux  (Rev. 
Joseph)],  No.  2460. 


VEGA — VILLACORTA.  1083 

4031     Vilchis  (Fr.  Jaciuto).    M6todo  de  rezar  con  fruto  el  Eosario  de  la 
Virgen  Maria  y  en  verso  Zapoteco.  * 

Manuscript.     Improved  title  of  No.  4031,  from  Beristain. 

4031  a •  Nuevo  Eosario  en  verso  Zapoteco  para  sufragio  de  las 

Almas  del  Purgatorio.  * 

Manuscript.     Title  from  Beristain. 

4032  a  Villacanas  (Fr.  Benito  de).    Arte  de  lengua  Cachiqvel. 

Manuscript.  21  unnumbered  11.  4°.     On  1.22: 

Vocabulario  en  lengna  Cachiqvel,  Por  el  Pe.  fray  Benito  de  Villa- 
cafias  ornis.  Prery.  becho  des  pues  de  haver  tratado  quarenta 
anos  en  los  indios  de  esta  lengua  sin  iuterrupciou  con  exemplo  y 
zelo  de  las  animas,  umi  singular  cuyo  fruto  y  premio  goza  aora  eu 
los  jardiues  de  la  gloria.  Trasladado  10  de  Noviembre  de  1692 
aiios.  * 

This  extends  to  p.  220,  followed  by  Cuenta,  Nombres  de  animals,  Compendio 
de  algnnos  cosas  curiosas,  to  the  end  of  the  manuscript. 

In  possession  of  the  American  Ethnological  Society  in  New  York.  Title  from 
Dr.  Berendt's  manuscript  additions  to  a  copy  of  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes  in  the 
library  of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton.  It  is  probably  a  copy  of  the  manuscript,  title  of 
which  is  given  in  No.  4032  of  this  catalogue.  There  is  a  copy  of  it  in  the  library 
of  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton,  who  titles  and  describes  it  as  follows  in  his  manuscript  cat 
alogue  of  the  Berendt  collection. 

4032  b  Arte  y  Vocabvlario  de  la  Lengua  Cakchiquel.    Copiado 

en  Nueva  York.    1871.  * 

Manuscript.  340pp.  4°.  From  the  only  copy  known,  now  or  late  in  the  library 
of  the  Ethnological  Society.  Villacanas  died  in  1610,  at  the  age  of  73  years,  in 
the  Dominican  Convent,  in  the  city  of  Guatemala.  This  is  but  one  of  a  number 
of  works  he  wrote  in  Cakchiquel,  none  of  which  have  been  published.  They  are 
especially  valuable  as  presenting  that  language  as  it  was  spoken  in  the  century 
of  the  conquest.  Inserted  in  this  volume  is  a  brief  life  of  Villacanas  and  a  list 
of  his  works,  as  follows,  taken  from  an  unpublished  work  of  Don  Juan  Gavarrete, 
entitled:  Apuntes  para  los  Anales  del  Antiguo  Reino  de  Guatemala. 

Dej6  escritos  los  libros  siguientes,  que  nunca  llegaron  (J  publicarse: 

Arte  y  vocabulario  de  la  lengua  Cakchiquel. 

Succesus  fidei  orthodoxy.  Exposicion  de  la  doctrina  cristiana  en  el  mismo 
idioma. 

Houiilias  6  breves  sennones  en  el  mismo  idioma. 

Milagros  de  Nra.  Senora  y  de  las  Santos  en  id. 

Vida  de  Sta  Catarina  de  Sena  [«ic]  en  Espaiiol. 

Meditaciones  y  oraciones  sobre  la  pasion  de  Nfa  Sf  Jesncristo,  tambien  en 
espanol. 

Estas  dos  ultimas  obras  las  eseribid  para  el  uso  de  sus  Beaterios. 

4032  c  Villacorta  (Eafael).    Doctrina  Cristiana  |  en  lengua  Castellana  | 
Quekchi  y  Pocomchi  |  coordinada  |  por  Eafael  Villacorta.  |  Sto 
Domingo  Cohan.  |  1875.  |  D(JB. 

Original  manuscript.  7  11.  folio.  An  Interlinear  translation  of  the  Doctrina 
into  the  two  dialects  named. 


1084  NORTH  AMERICAN  LINGUISTICS. 

4039  a  Villegas  (Antonio  Prieto  de).    Tratado  sobre  el  Baile  Lotztun.    * 
Title  from   Brinton's  Grammar  of   the   Cakchiquel,  p.  17,  where   he   says: 
"Commissary  of  the  Holy  Office.     For  thirty  years  beneficiado  of  Matzate- 
uango.     Thoroughly  versed  in  Kiohe." 

4041  a  Vincent  (Archdeacon  — ).     [Pilgrims  Progress  in  the  Cree  lan 
guage.]  * 
See  note  to  No.  1853  a. 

4045  a  Vocables  de  la  Lengna  |  Huave  |  colectados  por  el  Abate  Bras- 
seur  |  de  Bourbourg  |  en  su  viage  al  istnio  de  Tehuantepec  |  1859.  | 
(Eevue  Orientale  et  Ame'ricame,  Vol.  V.     Paris,  1861,  pag.  261.)  j 
Comparados  con  los  equivalentes  en  |  las  priucipales  lenguas  de 
la  America  |  del  Sur  |  y  en  las  lenguas  vecinas  de  |  Oaxaca  y 
Chiapas.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title-page,  reverse  blank,  1  1.  ;  Adverteucia,  1  p.,  reverse  (p.  4), 
beginning  of  the  comparative  vocabulary,  which  is  in  six  columns  (occupying 
two  opposite  pages),  one  for  Spanish,  one  for  Huave  from  Brassenr  de  Bourbourg 
(No.  456  of  this  catalogue),  interlined  with  Huave  words,  written  in  red  ink,  from 
the  manuscript  of  Mr.  E.  A.  Fuertes  (No.  1343  of  this  catalogue);  one  forQuichua, 
from  Markham ;  one  for  Aymar£,  from  Forbes ;  one  for  Araucaua,  from  D'Orbigny, 
interlined  with  words  in  the  same  language  from  Falkner,  the  latter  written  in 
red;  and  one  for  Guarani  words,  which  is  blank.  These  vocabularies  occupy 
pp.  4-9,  reverse  of  latter  blank ;  "Los  mismos  vocables  comparados  con  sns  equi 
valentes  en  las  lenguas  vecinas  de  Oaxaca  y  Chiapas,"  (note),  p.  11,  the  vocabu 
laries  beginning  on  p.  12,  six  columns  occupying  the  two  facing  pages.  Huave 
and  Spanish  in  one  column,  Zoque,  Mixe,  Zapoteco,  Chiananteco,  Chiapaneco, 
pp.  12-15;  reverse  of  latter  blank.  8°.  Compiled  by  Dr.  Berendt. 

4050  a  Vocabnlario.     Vocabnlario  de  la  lengua  castellana  y  quiche'.       * 
Manuscript.  About  100 11.  4°.     Stops  at  the  letter  S.—Pinarl  Sale  Cat.,  Xo.  941. 

40506  Vocabulario  de  la  leugua  Coqne  [Zoque].  * 

Manuscript.  171  11.,  numbered  56-232,  one  missing,  and  faulty  at  the  end.  4°. 
In  the  library  of  John  Carter  Brown,  Providence,  R.  I.  Title  from  Bereudt's 
manuscript  additions  to  a  copy  of  Icazbalceta's  Apuntes  in  possession  of  Dr. 
D.  G.  Brinton. 

4050  c  Vocabulario  |  de  la  lengua  |  Zoque.  |  Ano  de  1733.  Co- 

piado  de  un  MS.  en  posesion  del  licenciado  |  Don  Jose  Mariano 
Eodriguez,  Tuxtla,  por  |  C.  Hermann  Berendt,  M.  D.  |  Tuxtla 
Gutierez,  1870.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Title  1  1.,  Advertencia  pp.  iii-x,  text  1-255.  4°.  Spanish  Zoque. 
In  the  Advertencia  Dr.  Berendt  speaks  of  the  original  as  follows: 

El  original  de  esta  Vocabulario  es  un  volumen  en  4'°,  encuadernado  en  cuero. 
Tiene  176  fojas  faltaudole  una  6  mas  al  fin.  Est£  escrita  en  dos  columnes,  uua 
para  al  Castellano,  la  otra  para  al  Zoque. 

In  bis  manuscript  catalogue  of  the  Berendt  collection  Dr.  Brinton  expresses 
the  opinion  that  it  is  the  most  complete  vocabulary  of  the  Zoque  in  existence, 
embracing  nearly  12,000  words.  It  contains  also  an  introduction  on  the  sounds 
of  the  language,  by  Dr.  Berendt. 

4050  d  Vocabulario  de  las  lenguas  qiche  y  kahchiquel.  * 

Manuscript ;  modern.  143  pp.  folio.  Stops  at  the  letter  E.  Title  from  the  Pi- 
nart  Sale  Catalogue,  No.  943. 


VILLEGAS  —  WALKER.  1Q85 

Vocabulario—  continued. 

4030  c  -   -  Vocabulario  de  los  Indies  de  San  Jose"  de  Costa  Rica 


DGB 

Original  manuscript.  4  pp.  4°.  No  title.  Contains  128  words.  It  is  a  dialect 
of  the  Talamanca. 

4050  /  -         -  Vocabulario  |  del  Idioma  |  ZapotecodelValle.  |  San  Mar 
tin  Tilcaxete,  |  1793.  |  DG.B 

Title  1  1.,  pp.  1-357.  4°.     Beautiful  modern  copy  by  Dr.  Berendt. 

4051  a  -        -  fl  Vocabulario  en  leugua  castellaua.  y  guateinal  'te  |  ca. 
quesellama:  Cak  chi  quel  chi.  |  JCBi 

Manuscript.  249  unnumbered  11.,  23  blank  11.  folio.  No  title-page.  Modern 
transcript  from  the  original  manuscript  which  is  described  in  No.  4051.  The 
dictionary  commences  on  the  recto  of  the  first  leaf,  with  the  Spanish  words  in 
black  ink,  followed  by  the  Cakchiquel  equivalents  in  blue  ink.  A  penciled  note 
states  that  it  contains  16,000  words. 

4052  -    -  Uocabu  |  lario  |  Copioso  de  Las  Lenguas  |  Cakchikel  y  | 
4iche  |  In  loquela  eni'in  labij  et  lingua  |  altera,  loquetur  ad  Popu- 
lum  |  istuiu,  isai.  cap.  28.  |  Hominis  est  aniinam  Preparare,  |  et 
Domini  guberuare  liuguam  |  Prov.  cap.  16.  |  JHS  MS  JPH  | 

Manuscript.  Title,  verso  blank,  1  1.,  pp.  1-705.  4°.    In  Cakchiquel  and  Spanish. 

Paper  and   handwriting  of  the  eighteenth  century.     Improved  title  of  No. 

4052-  JOB. 

4058  a  -  Vocabulario  y  Noticias  de  los  Biceitos,  Indies  de  Costa 

Eica  (antigua  Provincia  de  la  Talamanca).    Tornado  por  —  Lebko- 

witz,  1867.  * 

Original  manuscript.  5  11.     Title  from  Dr.  Brinton's  manuscript  catalogue  of 

the  Berendt  collection  in  his  possession. 

Vocabulario  *  *  *  Zapoteca.     See  [Cordoba  (  Fr.  Juan)], 


No.  889. 

4059  a  Vocabulary.    Vocabulary  of  200  words  of  the  Mac-Kaw  Indians 
of  Oregon  from  a  chief  at  San  Francisco.  * 

Manuscript.  3  pp.  folio.     In  the  library  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

4059  b  Vocabulary  of  the  Choctaw  language.  180  words.  * 

Manuscript.  5  pp.  8°.     In  the  library  of  Dr.  J.  G.  Shea,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

Vocabulary  of  the  Jargon.    See[Lionnet(.RCT.)],  No.  2292. 


Voyage  a  la  Guiane.     See  [Prudhomme  (Louis)],  No.  3140. 

Voyage  a  la  Louisiane.     See   [Baudry  de  Lozieres  (Louis  Nar- 
cisse)],  No.  319. 

Vpastelvlke  Em  Fulletv.    See  [Robertson  (Mrs.  A.  E.  W.)j,  No. 
3323. 

4074  a  Walker  (Rev.  E.)  and  Eels  (Rev.  Gushing).    [Spokane  pamphlet.] 
Between  1S39  and  1847  there  were  printed  at  the  Mission  Press  at  Lapwai 
*     *     *     a  small  book  or  pamphlet  of  16  pages  in  the  Spokane  or  Flathead  lan 
guage,  prepared  by  Revs.  E.  Walker  and  C.  Eels. — Belli'  Hist,  of  Indian  Missions. 


1086  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

4077 a  Wandall  (Erik  Adolf).  Naitsungordlugo  nunab  aglautigenera 
Stoud-Platourait. 

Aalborgime  (Danemark),  1846. 

8°.  Earlier  edition  of  No.  4078.  Title  from  the  Pinart  Sale  Catalogue,  No. 
948. 

War  in  Florida.     See  [Potter  (Woodburne)],  No.  3053. 

Wehkomaonjjanoo  asquam  fiu  Massachusetts].  See  [Eliot  (John)], 
No.  1187. 

Western  Esquimaux  Primer.  See  [Bompas  (Rev.  William  Carpen 
ter)],  No.  408. 

Weston  (Mrs.  D.  C.)  See  Cook  (Rev.  J.  W.)  and  Cook  (0.  S.),  No. 
869  b. 

We-wv-hse-kju.  See  [Hamilton  (Rev.  William)  and  Irvin  (Rev.  S. 
M.)l,  No.  1658. 

4118a  Whitney  (William  Dwight).  Language  |  and  |  the  Study  of 
Language:  |  Twelve  Lectures  |  on  the  |  Principles  of  Linguistic 
Science.  |  By  |  William  Dwight  Whitney,  |  Professor  of  Sanskrit 
and  Instructor  in  Modern  Languages  |  in  Yale  College.  | 

New  York :  |  Charles  Scribner  &  Company.  |  1867.  |  C.  T.w.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-xi,  1-489.  8°.  The  aboriginal  languages  of  America;  their  probable 
unity ;  polysynthetic  structure ;  principal  groups  in  N.  America ;  question  of 
relation  to  Asiatic  languages,  etc. ;  pp.  346-353. 

Fourth  edition— New  York :  |  Charles  Scribner  &  Company.  |  1869.  |  Pp.  i-xi, 
1-C05.  12°.  American  languages,  pp.  346-353.  (WE.) 

41186 The  International  Scientific  Series.  |  —  |  The  |  Life  and 

Growth  |  of  |  Language:  |  an  Outline  of  Linguistic  Science.  |  By  | 
William  Dwight  Whitney,  |  Professor  of  Sanskrit  and  Compara 
tive  Philology  in  Yale  College.  | 

New  York:  |  D.  Appleton  and  Company,  |  549  &  551  Broadway.  | 
1875.  |  C.  T.  w.  JWP. 

Pp.  i-vii,  1  1.,  1-326.  1-°.  The  American  languages,  pp.  259-264.  Some  copies 
are  dated  1>;8;>.  (*)  It  is  probable  new  titles  are  printed  yearly. 

Wiconi  Owihanke  Waunin  Tanin  Kin  [in  Dakota].  See  [Renville 
(Joseph),  sr.,  and  Williamson  (Thomas  S.)],  No.  3228. 

Williams  (Prof.  H.  L.)    See  Drake  (Samuel  G.),  No.  1093. 

4'42a  Williams  (Loring  S.)  [Tract  on  the  Sabbath  in  the  Choctaw 
Language.] 

3,000  copies  of  a  tract  on  the  Sabbath,  18  pp.,  ill  the  Choctaw  language,  com 
posed  by-  Mr.  Williams,  was  printed  in  1834.— Sept.  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.for  1834,p.  115. 

4 145  a  Williams  (Roger).  A  Key  into  the  language  of  America,  or  an 
help  to  the  Language  of  the  Natives  in  New  England,  London,  by 
Roger  Williams;  1643. 

In  Baird  (Spencer  F.)  U.  S.  Commission  of  Fish  and  Fisheries,  Part  I,  pp. 
164-165.  Washington,  1873.  8°.  Indian  names  of  various  fishes,  reprinted  from 
Rhode  Island  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  1.  See  No.  4144. 


WANDALL WILLIAMSON.  1087 

415-1     Williamson  (JoLn  Poage),  editor.    English-Dakota  |  Vocabulary.  |     *"P 
Wasicnn  lapi  |  lesca  wowapi.  |  Tona  wa^icun  iapi  onispepi  kin 
yacinpi   wowapi    |    kin  de  on  ociciyapi  wacanmi   qa  wakage.  | 
Edited  |  by  John  P.Williamson,  |  Missionary  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  | 

Edward  E.  Pond  Mazaebde.  |  Sau tee  Agency  Neb.  |  1871.  |    T.SI. 

3  p.  11.,  pp.  1-137.  sm.  8°.     Improved  title  of  No.  4154. 

4154  a  [English-Dakota  school  dictionary. 

Greenwood,  Yaukton  Agency,  D.  T.,  1871.J  T. 

No  title  page  ;  pp.  1-24.  16°.  Alphabetically  arranged,  two  columns  to  the 
page.  P.  1,  first  column  contains  words  beginning  with  the  letter  A ;  second 
column  B ;  first  column,  page  2,  BE,  &c. 

41546  -        -  [Primer  in  the  Yankton  dialect  of  the  Dakota  Lan 
guage. 

Santee  Agency,  Neb.,  1874.]  T. 

No  title-page  ;  8  unnumbered  11.  sq.  16°.  First  page  contains  the  alphabet 
and  numerals  1-39.  Dr.  Trumbull  informs  me  that  this  is  the  first  work  printed 
iu  the  Yankton  dialect. 

-  See  Riggs  (Stephen  B.),  No.  3285  b. 

4156  — ,  Biggs  (Rev.  Alfred  Longley),  and  Riggs  (Rev.  S.  E.),  editors. 

Iapi  Oaye.  |  Published  by  the  Dakota  Mission.  Taku  waste  okiya, 
taku  sica  kipajin.  Fifty  Cents  a  Year.  |  Vol.  I,  May,  1871.  No.  I 
[-Vol.  XIII,  No.  1,  January,  1884J.  |  T.  JWP. 

A  four-page,  small  4°  paper,  published  monthly  at  Greenwood,  Dakota  Terri 
tory  ;  first  issued  May,  1871,  with  Rev.  J.  P.  Williamson  as.  editor.  The  first 
volume,  ending  June,  1872,  is  entirely  iu  the  Dakota  language.  With  the  be 
ginning  of  the  second  volume,  January,  1873,  the  title  was  changed  to :  Iapi 
Oaye.  |  The  Word  Carrier.  |  ,the  size  of  the  sheet  increased,  the  first  page  illus 
trated,  and  the  fourth  page  printed  partly  in  English.  At  this  time,  also,  the  Rev. 
Stephen  R.  Riggs  was  made  principal  editor,  Mr.  Williamson  remaining  as  asso 
ciate.  At  the  beginning  of  the  sixth  volume,  January,  1877,  Rev.  Alfred  L. 
Riggs  took  the  place  of  Mr.  Williamson  as  associate  editor,  and  the  place  of  pub 
lication  was  changed  to  the  Santee  Agency,  Nebr.  With  No.  1  of  Vol  9,  January, 
1880,  the  paper  was  enlarged  to  an  eight-page  monthly,  the  editorial  manage 
ment  remaining  unchanged.  The  death  of  the  Rev.  S.  R.  Riggs,  on  August  24, 
188:i,  left  the  Rev.  A.  L.  Riggs  sole  editor,  his  name  alone  appearing  on  the  issue 
for  October,  1883,  Vol.  12,  No.  10.  The  issue  for  December,  1883,  contains  a  notice 
of  certain  changes  to  be  made  in  the  next  issue — that  for  January,  1884,  Vol.  13, 
No.  1.  At  this  date  the  Dakota  and  English  sections  were  separated,  making  two 
distinct  papers — the  "  Iapi  Oaye,"  iu  Dakota,  and  "The  Word  Carrier,"  in  English. 
Rev.  John  P.  Williamson  was  appointed  editor  of  the  former  and  Rev.  Alfred  L. 
Riggs  of  the  latter.  The  title  of  the  Iapi  Oaye  was  changed  back  to  substantially 
its  original  form,  the  size  of  the  paper  reduced  and  the  number  of  pages  decreased 
to  four,  and  the  place  of  publication  changed  to  Greenwood,  Dakota  Territory. 
I  have  seen  the  first  three  numbers  of  The  Word  Carrier — for  March,  1884,  April, 
1884,  and  April  15,  1884,  the  second  of  which  states:  "We  skipped  over  two 
months  by  the  almanac,  but  we  shall  furnish  twelve  numbers  during  the  year." 
Reprint  of  title  No.  4156,  with  extended  note. 

4165  a  Williamson  (Rev.  Thomas  Smith).    Who  were  the  first  men  t 
In  Minn.  Hist.  Soc.,  Coll.,  vol.  1,  pp.  295-301.     St.  Paul,  1872.  8°. 
Many  Sioux  terms  passim. 


1088  NORTH    AMERICAN    LINGUISTICS. 

Williamson  (Rev.  Thomas  Smith)— continued. 

4169  a  [ and  Riggs  (Stephen  Return).]    Dakota  Wowapi  Wakan. 

The  |  Holy  Bible,  |  in  the  |  Language  of  the  Dakotas:  |  translated 
out  of  |  the  Original  Tongues,  |  By  Thomas  S.  Williamson  and 
Stephen  E.  Riggs,  |  Missionaries.  | 

New  York:  |  American  Bible  Society,  |  Instituted  in  the  year 
1816.  |  1883.  |  * 

Collation  the  same  as  in  the  edition  of  1880,  No.  4169.  Title  furnished  by  Mr. 
W.  Eames  from  copy  in  the  library  of  Mr.  W.  W.  Beach,  Yonkers,  N.  Y. 

4177  a  Winslett  (Rev.  D.)     "  Wewvhome  svkerkuce,"  &c.  * 

In  Indian  Journal,  vol.  2, no.  27.  Muscogee,  I.  T.,  March  6, 1878.  folio.  Tem 
perance  song  "  The  Wine-cup,"  in  the  Muskoki  language. 

Mrs.  Robertson  has  furnished  to  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology  an  interlinear  trans 
lation  of  the  above. 

41 78 a  W[inslow  (Edward).]  Good  |  Nevves  |  From  New-England:  | 
or  |  A  true  Relation  of  things  very  re-  |  markable  at  the  Planta 
tion  of  Plimoth  |  in  New-England.  |  Shewing  the  wondrous  provi 
dence  and  good-  |  nes  of  God,  in  their  preservation  and  continu 
ance,  |  being  delivered  from  many  apparent  |  deaths  and  dangers.  | 
Together  with  a  Relation  of  such  religious  and  |  civill  Lawes  and 
Customes,  as  are  in  practise  amongst  |  the  Indians,  adjoyning  to 
them  at  this  day.  As  also  |  what  Commodities  are  there  to  be 
raysed  for  the  |  maintenance  of  that  and  other  Planta-  |  tions  in  the 
said  Country.  |  —  |  Written  By  E.  W.  who  hath  borne  a  part  in 
the  |  fore-named  trouble*,  and  there  lined  since  |  their  first  Arri- 
vall.  |  —  | 

London  |  Printed  by  I.  D.  for  William  Bladen  and  lohn  Bellamie, 
and  |  are  to  be  sold  at  their  shops,  at  the  Bible  in  Pauls-Church   | 
yard,  and  at  the  three  Golden  Lyons  in  Corn-hill,  |  neere  the  Royall 
Exchange.    1024.  |  * 

4  p.  11.,  pp.  1-66,  "A  postcript"  numbered  page  "59"  (verso  blank)  1  1.,  "A 
briefe  Relation  of  a  credible  inti  lligence  of  the  present  estate  of  Virginia",  1 1. 
4°.  There  is  a  copy  in  the  Carter  Brown  library,  Providence,  R.  I. 

Brief  specimens  of  the  language  of  the  New  England  Indians,  pp.  27, 28, 42. 

Some  copies  have  the  following  addition  to  the  title-page:  "Wherevntois 
added  by  him  a  briefe  Relation  of  a  credible  intelligence  of  the  present  estate  of 
Virginia."  See  No.  4178.  One  of  these,  also,  is  in  the  Brown  library.  (*) 

Wocekiye  Wowapi  [in  Santee  Dakota].  See  [Hinman  (Rev.  S.  D.)], 
No.  1811. 

Wonders  of  Nature  and  Providence.  See  [Priest  (Josiah)],  No. 
3131. 

4197  a  Wood  (Rev.  Thomas).  [Grammar  of  the  Micmac  language.]  * 
"  Rev.  T.  Wood,  before  going  to  Nova  Scotia,  was,  for  some  years,  the  Society's 
Missionary  in  New  Jersey.  In  1762  he  attended,  during  an  illness  of  several 
weeks,  the  Vicar-General  of  Quebec,  M.  Maillard.  After  residing  some  time  at 
Halifax,  he  took  up  his  residence,  in  1763,  at  Annapolis  (formerly  Port  Royal), 
where  he  remained  during  the  rest  of  his  life,  dividing  his  labours  between 


WILLIAMSON YA-WJE.  1089 

Wood  (Rev.  Thomas) — continued. 

Annapolis  and  Granville.  He  immediately  applied  himself  to  the  study  of  the 
Micmac  (Indian)  language,  with  no  other  assistance  than  he  could  derive  from 
the  papers  of  M.  Maillard,  and  fully  determined  to  persevere  until  he  should  be 
able  to  publish  a  Grammar,  a  Dictionary,  and  a  translation  of  the  Bible.  In 
1766  he  sent  home  the  first  volume  of  his  Grammar,  with  a  translation  of  the 
Creed,  the  Lord's  Prayer,  &c.,  and  was  now  able  to  minister  to  the  Indians  in 
their  own  language.  After  a  successful  ministry  of  about  thirty  years  he  died 
at  Annapolis,  on  the  14th  of  December,  1778." — Spragiufa  Annals  of  the  American 
Pulpit,  vol.  5,  p.  328,  note. 

Mr.  J.  T.  Bulmer,  Librarian  of  the  University  of  Dalhousie,  Halifax,  Nova 
Scotia,  writes  me:  "In  the  Report  for  1767  the  Society  for  the  Propagation  of 
the  Gospel  in  Foreign  Parts  acknowledges  the  receipt  of  several  translations 
into  Micmac  and  the  first  part  of  his  French  and  English  Micmac  Grammar.  I 
am  of  the  opinion  that,  while  Mr.  Wood  could  translate  and  preach  in  Micmac, 
M.  Maillard's  grammar  was  really  the  basis  of  his  work.  Several  circumstances 
lend  probability  to  this  opinion.  How  did  he  come  to  make  a  French  part  to 
his  Micmac  grammar,  when  the  probabilities  are  against  his  knowledge  of  that 
language?  So  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  ascertain  none  of  his  works  were 
printed,  and  I  have  made  frequent  applications  to  the  Society  in  London  for  his 
manuscripts,  but  in  vain." 

4204  a  Woodward  (Dr.  Ashbel).    Wampum  |  A  Paper  presented  to  |  The 
Numismatic    and    Antiquarian    Society.  |  of    Philadelphia  |  By  | 
Ashbel  Woodward,   M.   D.  |  of  Franklin,  Conn.,  |  Corresponding 
Member.  |  Second  Edition.  | 

Albany,  N.  Y. :  |  Munsell,  Printer,  j  1880.  |  s.  T.  WWB. 

Pp.  1-56.  8°. 

[Wright  (Rev.  Alfred).]     See  Holisso  Holitopa,  No.  1841. 

Wusku  Wuttestameutum  [in  the  Massachusetts  language].  See 
[Eliot  (John)],  Nos.  1174,  1178-1179. 

4261  a  [Wzokhilain  (Peter  Paul).]     St.  Mark  [in  the  Abuaki  language]. 

No  title-page ;  pp.  1-58.  12°.     "  The  Gospel  of  Mark  translated  into  the  Abe- 

naquis  language  by  Mr.  Osuukhirhiue  [Wzokhilain]  has  recently  been  printed 

at  Montreal,  missionary  friends  in  that  vicinity  uniting  to  defray  the  expense." — 

Ann.  Report  of  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.,  1845,  pp.  205-206. 

This  title  is  erroneously  entered  in  this  catalogue  under  No.  3455.     ABS.  JWP. 

See  Kagakimzouiasis,  No.  2046,  which  is  probably  by  this 

author. 

See  [Kidder  (Frederic)],  No.  2085,  for  a  partial  reprint  of 


Wobanaki  Kiinzowi  Awighigan,  No.  4261. 

4272  a  Yaqui.     [Letters  and  documents  in  Yaqui  and  Spanish.] 

Manuscript.     In  possession  of  Mr.  Alph.  Pinart.     They  relate  to  the  revolt  of 
the  Yaquis  in  1830. 

Ya-wae  pa-hu-ca?  e-cse  ae-te-wa3  [in  Iowa].     See  [Hamilton  (Rev. 
William)  and  Irvin  (Rev.  S.  M.)],  No.  1653. 


1090  NORTH    AMERICAN   LINGUISTICS. 

4277  a  Zagicoxol  |  6  |  Baile  de  Corte"s.  |  en  Kich6  y  Castellano  |  Coban, 
1875.  |  DGB. 

Manuscript.  Pp.  1-69.  4°.  "This  is  a  modern  drama,  written  by  a  native  in 
Kiche  and  Spanish,  the  plot  based  on  the  conquest  of  Mexico.  It  is  one  of  the 
few  correct  specimens  of  the  native  drama  which  have  been  preserved,  and, 
although  not  possessing  the  claim  of  antiquity,  presents  the  general  style  and 
manner  of  treatment  adopted  in  the  primitive  scenic  representations." — lirinton. 

4295  a  Zeisberger  (Rev.  David).     Lord's  Prayer  in  Delaware. 

In  Historical  Magazine,  third  series,  vol.  1,  p.  55.  Morrisania,  1872-3. 
sm.  4C.  Copied  from  the  "Doylestown  Democrat." 

4303  a  Zephyrin  (Father,  Zephyrin  Engelhard).     Omanomineu  |  Kach- 
kenobauiatwon  |  Kesekoch,  |  Katolik  |  AnamihauMasenachigon.  | 
Cum  Permissu  Superiorum.  | 

St.  Louis,  Mo.  |  B.  Herder,  |  1882.  |  s.  JWP. 

Title,  reverse  p.  2,  1  1. ;  1  1. ;  pp.  3-319.   16°.  Plates.     Prayer-book,  in  Menomi- 

nee,  translated  and  compiled  from  Baraga's  works.     Said  to  be  the  first  book 

printed  in  the  Menominee  language.     F.  Zephyrin  says  Bonduel  did  not  write 

real  Menominee,  but  a  jargon. 

43036  Katolik  Anamihan,  |  ene  ka:  |  Jesus  Ot  Asechzekon  | 

Kateshim.  |  as  wechzekatek.  |  Cum  Permissu  Superiorum.  | 

St,  Louis,  Mo.  |  B.  Herder,  |  1883.  |  s.  JWP. 

Title,  reverse  blank,  1  1.;  pp.  1-144;  index,!  p.  16°.  Menominee  catechism, 
based  on  Baraga's  Chippewa  catechism. 

4303  c  Anamihanon. 

[St.  Louis,  1883.]  s.  JWP. 

No  title-page.  Pp.  1-14.  16°.    Prayer  and  catechism  in  Menominee. 


INDEX  OF  LANGUAGES  AND  DIALECTS. 


The  mark  i 
portion  of  tbi 


.),  occurring  after  a  number,  means  portion  only.    Thus,  under  Chippewa 

-  ' 


No. 


Abauaki :  See  Abnaki. 
Abenaki :  See  Abnaki. 
Abenakise:  See  Abnaki. 
Abeuaqui:  See  Abnaki. 

Abnaki  animal  names 3855-3856 

calendar 4035a 

catechism 2046 

dictionary 3196-3197,4019 

genenl  remarks  . .  .913,  3196-3197,  3206,  3498, 4011 

geographic  names 3052,  3855-3856 

gospel  St.  Mark 3455,4261a 

grainmat  iccomments 4005-4007,4019 

hymns 63o,  797o,  1078o,  1639, 193a,  2094-2096, 

217IM/-2170C,  2279o-2279e,  3189-3184,  3680 

letter 4011 

Lord's  Prayer 3577-3579,4276 

numerals 762,3185* 

prayers 1019,2670,3128,3364 

primer 2046 

propernames    1802 

songs 4009 

spelling  and  reading  book 4261 

temperance  pledge 4012a 

text 14070-14076 

vocabulary 404,  1136, 1391, 1393,  2085- 

2086,  2204,  2216,  2519,  4014,  4172-4173 
Absaraka:  See  Crow. 

A  cadian  general  remarks 2377-2379 

vocabulary 297-298, 2377-2379,  3123,  3625 

Araxee  general  remarks 217, 217O-2176 

Achastlien  general  remarks 2199a 

numerals 527-528, 1337,  2190,  2199o.  2202a 

terms 527-528 

vocabulary 28 

Achaallier:  See  Achastlien. 
Achetoetirine:  See  Tinne. 
Achi:  SeeTzotzil. 

Achomawi  numerals 3098 

vocabulary 1456,  3098 

Acoma  general  remarks 2552 

numerals 2678 

vocabulary 537-538,  999,  2124,  2215-2216,  2303, 

2307, 2552,  3608-3609, 4103 
Adage :  See  Adahi. 

Adabi  general  remarks  2215 

numerals 1959-1962  I 

vocabulary 1391, 1393, 2207, 221 6 

Adaihe:  See  Adahi. 
Adaise :  See  Adahi. 
Adaize:  See  Adahi. 

Adirondack  local  names 3766 

Ado  general  remarks 2774o 

Aglegmiout:  See  Chukchi. 
Aglemoute:  See  Chukchi. 
Agoneasean :  See  Iroquoia. 


No. 


Ahahnelin:  See  Gros  Ventre. 
Ahantchuyuk :  See  Kalapnya. 

Ahnenin  vocabulary 2204-2205, 2215 

Aht  general  remarks 3715 

grammatic  comments 3716 

localnames 3716 

numerals  3719 

tribal  names    3710 

vocabulary 3716,3876a 

A  htena  general  remarks 1553 

numerals 932 

vocabulary 981-983 

Alabama  vocabulary 2992 

Alaska  proper  names  981-982 

vocabulary 15586,21946 

Albinaquis:  See  Abnaki. 
Aleout:  See  Aleut. 
Aleoute:  See  Aleut 
Aleoutean:  See  Aleut. 

A  leut  abecedarium 57 

catechism 1974,3998 

Christian  guide-book 3866 

dictionary 3006c 

general  remarks :2339, 2678, 3993 

gospel 3867,3999 

grammar 1734«, 1735-1736 

grammatic  comments 217, 217o- 

2176, 1345,  3li06c,  3993 

numei  als 28,  916-917,  1 226,  2215,  304fi 

primer 58,3868-3869,3998 

propernames 704 

sacred  history 3998 

sentences  3(XK'e 

songs 3006C,  3993 

terms 30066 

texts 3006c 

vocabulary 28, 205,  212, 213, 217, 217o- 

2176,  555,  577,  916-917, 1088-1089, 1089O, 
1091, 10910,  1093,  1345,  1393,  1736, 3320, 
34136-3413<f,  3488-3490,  3950,3994,  4037 

Aleut- Fox  dictionary 3996 

grammar 3996 

guide  to  heaven 3992 

phrases 3996 

Aleuten :  See  Aleut. 
Aleutian :  See  Aleut. 
Aleutskie:  See  Aleut. 
Algic:  See  Chippewa. 
Algouchina :  See  Algonkin. 

Algnnkin  Acts  of  the  Apostles 3129 

angelical  salutation 3711O 

catechism 2446-2448,2759,3129,3837-3838 

calendar 565c,  2488,  31 22 

characteristic  forms 580-581 

Algonkin  chrestomathy 937,961-962 

1091 


J092 


INDEX. 


No. 

Algonkin  dictionary  . . .  .1166, 2171-2187, 2230, 2441- 

2444,  3839 

general  remarks 759, 763. 1109, 1553, 1626o, 

1754,  2021,  2241,  2377-2379,  2678,  3206, 
3414,  3499,  3504,  3520,  3832,  3833,  3932 

geographic  names 3891O-38916 

gospel  St.  Matthew »57  (p.) 

grammar 1486c,  1517, 1618d,  2446, 2679,  3414 

grammatic  comments 28, 952, 954, 1977- 

1978, 21260, 2462,  2679,  3211-3212,  3508- 
3509,  3524,  3902,  3904,  3910,  3922-3923 

specimens 1 739, 3586 

homilies H6o 

hymns 51,630,103,7970,9490,951, 

1639,  2094,  2096,  21706-2170c,  2279o-2279«,  2448, 
i'592,  2663,  2759,  2795,   3129,  3189,  3194,  3821 

instructions 2445 

local  names 952a,  3896-3897 

Lord's  Prayer 954,  958, 960, 1736o,  3914-3915 

numerals   1739,1959,1962, 

2311-2312,  3046,  3048-3050,  3517 

prayeis    28,392426,2592,2759,2795,3129 

prayer-book 2760 

prefixes 1407a-14076 

primer 2759,  2795 

proper  names 2 170o 

psalms 2448, 30C1, 3129 

songs 28,  949o,  953,  953a,  3730 

specimens 3901 

terms 761, 1953, 2792, 3521, 4175 

text 116e,  954,  956o,  959-960, 

987, 11200, 1120c,  14070-14076, 1618o,  1947,  3251 

traditions 3730 

vocabulary 28,  212,  297-298,  574o,  575-576, 

580,  7556,  952,  1113,  1136,  1331,  1391, 
1393,  17360,  1739,  2050(1,  20500,  2052o, 
21260,2204,2216,2311-2312,  2387O,  2390, 
3123,  3126-3127,  3211-3212,  3414,  3518, 
3524,  3837-3838,  4042-4043,  4170-4171 

words 116«, 

718, 198!»-1990,  2205,  2377-2379,  2947,  3502- 
3503,  3520,  3625,  3832,  3905,  3908-3909,  3982 
Algonkine:  See  Algonkin. 
Algonkinska:  See  Algonkin. 
Algonquin :  See  Algonkin. 
Algonquine :  See  Algonkin. 

Aliche  vocabulary 28 

Alikwa  numerals 2678 

vocabulary  931, 1508 

Alleghany  vocabulary 1978o 

A  Isea  vocabulary 1247/,  1454 

Alse.ya :  See  Alsea. 

Alta  California  Lord's  Prayer 3577-3578 

American:  See  Indian. 

Aiiasitch  vocabulary 2583-2584 

Andantes  general  remarks 3582 

Andreanowski  Islands  vocabulary 28 

Apacbe  general  remarks 364, 1422,  2859,  4112 

grammar 928 

grammatic  comments. .  .217,  217o-2176, 1422, 4109 

numeral!) 926, 1629,  3876a 

proper  names 4111 

relationships 4110 

sentences  926, 4113 


No. 

Apache  speech 217, 217o-2176 

vocabulary 217,  217o-2176,  281, 288, 

527-530,  539-542,  927-928,  1332,  1733, 

1773,  2214,  2216,  2303,  2372,  3592,  3608- 

3609,  3623,  4103,  4108-4109,  4114,  4272 

words 926,2212 

Apaclie-Mojave :  See  Tavapai. 

Apache- Yuma :  See  Tulkepa. 

Apalachian :  See  Appalachian. 

Apalachice :  See  Appalachian. 

A  patch:  See  Apache. 

Apatsche:  See  Apache. 

Apatsh :  See  Apache. 

Appalachian  text 3633,3635 

vocabulary 718, 1331 

Applegate :  See  Umpqna. 

Applegate  Creek  vocabulary 107 

Ara:  SeeKarok. 

Arapaho  grammatic  comments 527-528,1685 

numerals  3048-3050 

proper  names  392,  703, 3628o,  3944 

terms  —  761 

vocabulary 527-528, 

1393, 1685,  2211,  2216, 2645,  3665,  3806 

Arapaboe :  See  Arapaho. 

Arapobo:  See  Arapaho. 

Arapohoe :  See  Arapaho. 

Aravaipa :  See  Arivaipa. 

Arc-a-plat :  See  Flatbow. 

Arctic  Family  relationships 2840 

Arickaree:  See  Arikare. 

Arickkara :  See  Arikare. 

Arikara :  See  Arikare. 

Arikare  numerals. .  .1336, 1685,  2678,  3048,  3050,  3631 

phrases ...  1685 

propernames 698-699,  702-704, 1940, 1955c 

specimens 2521 

terms 1336 

vocabulary 682-683,  685,  687o,  689, 1061, 1685, 

1836,  2204,  2216,  2645,  3625,  4103 

Aripe  general  remarks 1754 

Arivaipa  vocabulary   1539,  2307, 2885 

Arizona  words 3757 

Arkanza :  See  Kansas. 

Arraarra  numerals 2678 

vocabulary 931,1508 

Arrapaho :  See  Arapaho. 

Ashiwi:  See  Zuni. 

A  siagmut  vocabulary 1231 

Assineboin :  See  Assiniboin. 

Assinee :  See  Assiniboin. 

Assinepoetuc :  See  Assiniboin. 

Assiniboels :  See  Assiniboin. 

Assiniboin  grammatic  comments 1977-1978 

letter 604 

Lord's  Prayer 2473O,  3577-3578,  3624-3626 

proper  names 698-699, 702-704,  702o 

relationship 2645 

specimen 2521 

terma 761 

vocabulary 28,1022,1391, 

1685,  3624,  3951-3952,  4173 
words 3185< 

Assiniboinice :  See  Assiniboin. 


INDEX. 


10D3 


No. 

Assiniboire:  See  Assiniboiu. 

Assinnt-boin :  See  Assiniboin. 

Atacapa:   See  Attacapa. 

Atfal.iti  grammatic  comments 1464 

Phrases 1464,1466 

sentences 1464,1466 

test 1464 

words 1464,1466 

Athabascan  affinities,  &c 543-544 

characteristic  forms. .  580-581 

genera]  remarks 2678 

grammntic  comments 1391 

proper  names  . .' 704 

tribal  names 2214,2216 

words 3791-3792 

Athabaskan :  See  Athabascan. 

Athapasca:  See  Atbabascan.  ' 

Athapaaka:  See  Athabascan. 

Alhapnsken:  See  Athabascan. 

Atkan  general  remarks 3994 

numerals  982 

songs 3994 

vocabulary 981-982 

Atklan:  See  Atkan. 

Atna  general  remarks 1512,3006 

uttmerals 1101 

vocabulary 28,  205, 

217,2170-2176,  527-530,539-540,551,  1391, 
1393,  1861,  2205,  2216,  2384-2391,  3006,  3006* 

w  ords 3502 

See  Tacully. 

Atnacr:  See  Atna. 

Atnah :  See  Atna. 

Atsina  numerals    3048-3050 

Attacapa  vocabulary 212, 1116, 1116o, 

1321, 1391, 1393, 1978a, 2204,  2216 

Attekapa:  See  Attacapa. 

Aubsaroke:  See  Crow. 

Aztec  calendar 2680 

dictionary '. 386 

examples 1494a 

general  remarks 217, 217O-2176,  385, 1872, 3403 

grammar 217,  217O-2176 

gramma!  ic  comments 535-536, 1494o,  3595 

hieroglyphics 2927 

localnames 525-5:6 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 1101, 3595 

nainesofgods 3717 

numerals 1101,1720,1870 

sermons 2757 

songs 1062 

specimens 217,  217a-2176 

terms 502,  527-528, 1871,  2861, 3965-3966 

text 2300,2756,3012 

vocabulary 217,  217o-2176, 

7556, 1333. 1870, 2716,  3760o 

words 537-538,5796,1720,2860,3950 

See  Mexican. 

Aztec-Souora  grammatie  comments 583 

See  Senora. 

Aztcca :  See  Aztec. 

Aztt-k:  See  Aztec. 

Aztekische:  See  Aztec. 

Aztequc :  See  Aztec. 

Baie  d'Hudson :  See  Hudson's  Bay. 


No. 
liallo  Kai-Pomo :  See  Porno. 

Bunnuck  general  remarks 217, 217o-2176 

I'.iirliara:  See  Indian. 
Batcmdakaice:  See  Batemdakaii. 

Batemdakaii  vocabulary 1501,1508 

I5:iy;nio  numerals 2678 

vocabulary 2216,3549 

See  Darit-u. 
Bay  of  Kenay :  See  Kinai. 

Beaver  catechism 405 

hymns 326,405 

manual  of  devotion 405 

prayers 326,405 

vocabulary 326,  539-540, 1861 ,  2080,  2207, 

2215,  2393,  2645 
Belantsea :  See  Crow. 
Belhoola:  See  Billechoola. 
Belhtcoola :  See  Billechoola. 
Bellechoolo :  See  Billechoola. 
Beothnc :  See  Bethuck. 

Bethuck  vocabulary 1677o-16776, 2212, 2216, 

2242, 2298-2299,  3341 
Bi-thuk:  Se«  Bethuck. 
Biber:  See  Beaver. 
Bilechoola :  See  Billechoola. 
Bilhoola :  See  Billechoola. 

Billechoola  vocabulary.   ..217,  217a-2176,  537-538, 
1393, 1501,  1509, 2205,  2207,  3534,  3S72, 3876o 
Billcchonla:  See  Billechoola. 
Billechula :  See  Billechoola. 

BLickfoot  grammar 2198 

grammatic  comments 28,  527-528, 1685 

Lord's  Prayer 2473o,3577- 

3579,  3624-3C25,  3914-3915 

numerals 2204, 2521,  3048-3050, 3776 

proper  names 202-204,  698- 

699,  7020,  2646,  3944 

specimen 2521 

Ten  Commandments 3776 

terms 523-524,761,1328 

vocabulary 28,  527-528, 

682-683,  685,  687a,  689,  876-877,  1024, 
1061,1326-1329,  1391,  1393,  1635,1685, 
1860,  21596,  2198, 2204,  2215-2216,  2620, 
2645,  3624-3625,  3776,  3951-3952,  4173 

words 2205,3940 

See  Piegan. 

Blanco  numerals 3617 

Blood  Blackfoot:  See  Blackfoot. 

Bmlega  vocabulary 2204 

warsong   205 

Boreale  (region) :  See  Northern  Indians. 

Bin  ibi  vocabulary 3974a 

Boruca  vocabulary 3974 

Bristol  Bay  vocabulary 1231 

Brotherton  songs 211a 

Drule  names  of  chiefs 3944 

sentences 1835 

See  Dakota. 

Brunswick  vocabulary •.        1860 

Cabecar  vocabulary 1351-1352 

Cacchequel :  See  Cakchlquel. 

Cacchi  catechism  3981o 

confession 135,853 

confessional 3981a 


1094 


INDEX. 


No. 

Cacchi  conversational  phrases 834o 

doctrina  Christiana 2876o,  3981o,  4032c 

general  remarks 748 

grammar 1676-167c,  596 

grammatic  material 3981O 

Lord's  Prayer 2473o 

numerals 853 

orthography 917o-9176 

phrases 917c 

sermons 834o,  3016O-30166,  3018a,  3981o 

text 590,  834a,  10506, 4020O-40206 

vocabulary 135,736 

Cacchiquel :  See  Cakehiqnel. 

Cach*:  See  Cacchi. 

Cachi :  See  Cacchi. 

Cachiquel :  See  Cakchiquel. 

Cachiqvel :  See  Cakchiqnel. 

Caddo  numerals  2470 

propernames  1955c 

sign  language 2373 

vocabulary 527-528,  1391,  1398,  2204,2214. 

2216,  2374,  2470-2472,  3600,  4103 
words 3502 

Caddoe:  See  Caddo. 

Cahita  catechism 679 

grammar 166,217,2170- 

2176,  545-546,  547o,  548<l 

grammatic  comments 527-528,  2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176, 2841 

manual 551o-551p,  1563 

numerals 547 

polysynthetic  words 527-528 

remarks  527-528 

terms 523-524 

vocabulary 284,527-528,3824 

Cahokia  proper  names 1940 

Cahroc:  See  Karok. 

Cahuillo  grammatic  comments 217, 217o-2176 

numerals 547,2678 

vocabulary 217, 217o-2176, 248, 527-528 

1061,  2215-2216,  33"3,  4103 

Caiganee :  See  Kaigani. 

Cakchi :  See  Cacchi. 

Cakchiguel :  See  Cakchiquel. 

Cakchikel :  See  Cakchiquel. 

Cakchiquel  Bible 3207p 

calendar 5656 

catechism  4266 

confessional 4264-4266 

dictionary 66,1034,3980,4082 

discourse 4i26 

doctrina  Christiana 1046, 1236, 2112,  3960 

general  remarks 1754 

grammar  118,167(1.445, 

495d,  1014,  1314,  1622,  'J412,  3354, 

3881,  4032,  40320-40326,  4050,  4265 

grammatic  comments..  .217, 217o-2176, 2998-2999 

sketch  3760o 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 2I7O-2I76 

names  of  auimals 4032o 

months 2588o 

numerals 363/,  1390 

Pentateuch 2941 

prayers 3207 

sermons  49, 1015,  2414,  3207, 3459,  3495 


No. 

Cakchiqnel  text 145,  442, 1949, 

2413,  2564,  2923,  3460,  4022,  4032 

vocabulary 119, 4:.7, 907, 1622, 2622o,  2774, 

2911.3354,  3484,  3726-3728,  4032a- 

40326, 4050,40500,  4051a,  4052,  4263 

words 3957 

Cakchiqvel :  See  Cakchiqnel. 

Cakgi :  See  Cacchi. 

Calapooa :  See  Kalapuya. 

Calapooiah :  See  Kalapuya. 

Calapuya :  See  Kalapuya. 

Calavcras  County  vocabulary 7556, 2348 

Caledonia  Bay  vocabulary 2349 

California  general  remarks 913, 1282a, 

1500, 2348, 3103a,  3S08 

grammatic  comments 736 

Lord's  Prayer 836 

numerals 784 

observations 1534 

prayers 2124o 

specimens  1099, 1099o,  1 940a,  2682 

vocabulary 783, 1456-1457,  21046,  2215 

words  1732,3577-3579 

Camanche:  See  Comanche. 

Ca-nian-chee :  See  Comanche. 

Canada  doctrina  Christiana  .  .463-469,  719-720,  720O 

Lord's  Prayer 397d,  2452, 3449o 

numerals 616-630, 1 1 19-1120, 

1959-1962,  2161-2163,  2268-2274,  3409 

origin  of  the  word 996 

remarks 91 3 

vocabulary 298,  616-630,913 

Canadois:  See  Canada. 

Canal  de  Santa  Barbara  vocabulary 165 

Canestoga  general  remarks 3082 

vocabulary 296 

Caniba:  See  Cauniba. 

Canirnga:  See  Mohawk. 

(Jannibabook  of  prayers  415 

Lord's  Prayer .  3914-3915 

Canton  of  Choco:  See  Chocha. 

Cape  Flattery  numerals 1629 

Capote  Uta:  See  Uto. 

Capoteca :  See  Zapoteca. 

Capotfeque :  See  Zapoteca. 

Caraib :  See  Carib. 

Caraibe :  See  Carib. 

Caraibean :  See  Carib. 

Caraibee :  See  Carib. 

Caraiben :  See  Carib. 

Carib  Apostles'  Creed 3151 

catechism 471, 475 

dictionary  .  . .  359, 472-473, 1729, 17296, 1740, 2204 

general  remarks  25o,  913, 1168, 

2377-2379,  2549-2550.  2678.  3498 

gospel  St.  Matthew 209  (p. ),  1725 

grammar  359, 1729, 1729o 

grammatic  comments 23-24,28,3311-3312 

specimens 3586 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o,  397d,  1331, 3452. 

24730,  3022,  3151,  3362,  3449a,  3482 

numerals 2212,  2845.  2916,  3046,  3979 

place  names J17a 

prayers jr.'l 

song r-607 


INDKX 


1095 


.No. 

Carib  Ten  Commandments 3l',l 

terms 985,1127-1131 

vocabuh-ry 23-2:>,  28.  212o,  217,  217a- 

2176,  363?,  398,  421,  913,  1127o,  1129a- 
11296,  1331, 1389,  1729c,  2071-2072,  2281O, 
2432,  2787,  2845,  3123,  32ll-32l2,  3343- 
3345,  3347,  3349,  3478,  3726,  3728,  3760O 

words 2070-2073,2276, 

2377-2379, 2475,  31J4-3125,  3302, 362S 

Caribbee :  See  L'arib. 

Caribe:  SeeCaiib. 

Caribc-Tamanaque  specimens 1978o 

Car, I iii .  :  Sec  Carib. 

Carniel  Mission  numerals 527-528, 1101,  2212 

vocabulary 2348 

Carolina  vocabulary  2224-2227 

Carrier :  See  Tacully. 

Can  izo  vocabulary 3948 

Cascade  Lord's  Prayer 4270 

Calawba  grammatic  comments 2287-2288 

phrases 2589 

terms 523-524 

text 1470 

vocabulary 28,  212,  297-298 

1391, 1393,  2204,  2216, 2287 
words  1470 

Catblascon  vocabulary 3534,  3872 

words.... 537-538,2205 

Caughnawaga  catechism 2453 

Lord's  Prayer 3577-3579 

numerals  3585 

prayer-book 2458-2460 

vocabulary  28,297-298 

Cayenne:  Sec  Galibi. 

Cayiuker :  See  Cayuga. 

Cayubaba  numerals 2078 

word  for  head 2276 

Cayuga  general  remarks  2029 

geographic  names  2643 

numerals 2316,  3185Z,  3979,  4098 

phrases 3653 

relationships 2643 

sentences 3653 

terms 523-524 

verbal  forms 1G36O-16366 

vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298  1061, 1393, 

1946a,  20  9, 2216,  2640,  3511-3512 
words 2853,2979,3653,3949 

Cayus:  See  Cayuse. 

Cayuse  numerals 2214 

vocabulary  .  830c,  1393,  2041,  2207,  2215-2216,  4047 

Cazcane  general  remarks 217, 217o,  2176 

Cechi:  SeeCacchi. 

Cegiha  dictionary 1074 

grammar 1073 

letters 1072 

myths,  stories,  and  letters 1071 

Ccldala:  See  Tzendal. 

Celdnle:  See  Tzendal. 

Central  Aniciica  general  remarks..  363A-363i,  438. 

4580,  901, 2044-2045,  2209, 3373,  3497,  3732, 3957 

t.Tins 3729 

Ceri:  SeeSeii. 

Cerochese :  See  Cherokee. 

Chacta:  SeeChoctaw. 


No. 

Chactaw:  SeeChoctaw. 

Chactawice:  See  Choctaw. 

Chactawisi'h :  SeeChoctaw. 
I  Chahta:  See  Choctaw. 
j  Chabta-Muskokee:  SeeChoctaw. 

Chainslek  vocabulary 1508 

Chaktaw :  See  Choctaw. 

Chafiabal  confessional     585,2924 

doctriua  Christiana  2924 

grammat  ic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176, 836 

numerals 2924 

vocabulary 3636,3470a 

Chaneabal:  See  Cha&abal.       /* 

Chapanec :  See  Chiapanec. 

Charaibe:  See  Carib. 

Charibbcan:  See  Carib. 

Charibbee :  See  Carib. 

Chata:  SeeChoctaw. 

Chawano:  See  Shawnee. 

Chayeuue:  Sec  Cheyenne. 

Chccalish :  See  Tsihalish. 

Cheenook:  See  Chinook. 

Cheerak :  See  Cherokee. 

Cbcerake:  See  Cherokee. 

Chehalis :  See  Tsihalish. 

Chekeeli:  See  Tsihalish. 

Chel-a-kc:  See  Cherokee. 

Cbcleki:  See  Cherokee. 

CheU-o-kee:  See  Cherokee;  see  Hitchitee. 

Cbemaknm  general  discussion 1144 

songs 1142 

vocabulary  1518 

words,  phrases,  and  sentences 1145 

Chemegno :  See  Chemehnevi. 

Chemehuevi  general  remarks 2859 

grammatic  comments. .  .217, 217o-2176, 1425-1426 

nnmerala 2678 

vocabulary 217, 217o-217i>,  267, 267o, 

527-528,  852,  2215-2216,  2307,  3080,  4103 

Chemmesyan :  See  Tsimsian. 

Chenook :  See  Chinook. 

Chepewyan  Bible  lessons 402 

Book  of  Common  Prayer 2108-2109 

general  remarks 1107a,  2384-2391 

gospels 2107 

grammatic  comments 217, 217o-217&, 1406 

hymns 402,2108-2109 

numerals 529-530, 1969-1962, 3046 

primer 402 

proper  names 704 

vocabulary 28, 107, 212, 529-530, 539-540, 

551:  1391,  1393,  1861,  2077,  2204,  2207,  2216. 

2240, 2276,  2387O,  2393,  2395,  2645, 3393, 4103 

words 3503 

Cbeppewyan :  See  Chepewyan. 

Cherakee :  See  Cherokee. 

Chcrehuen  numerals   547 

Cherokee  Acts  of  Apostles 4229-4232 

almanac ,..    768-773 

alphabet  ...  131.774-778, 

1391. 1940, 3117, 3519,  351»o,  4082 

arithmetic 2017o 

catechism ."  671 

confession  of  faith 4206 


1096 


INDEX. 


No. 

Cherokee  conjugation — 2985 

constitution  and  laws 860-861 

doctrines  and  discipline  1057 

epistle  to  Ephesians 20H 

Romans 1215o 

epistles 1212-1215, 1217-1221, 1293, 1489-1491 

epistles  of  John 1219o-1220o 

examples 317c,  1494o 

Exodns 4207 

general  remarks  301-309, 1270a,  1690, 

2377-2379,  2678,  3321,  3511-3512,  4209,  4211 

Genesis 4208 

gospels 84, 1577, 1579-1 581,  37116, 4221-4228 

grammar 1360,2013,2980 

grammatic  comments 317e,  1391,  3586, 4210 

hymns  ...  425,4187,4212-4220 

inflections 2645 

Isaiah 4234 

laws  3398 

litany 799 

Lord's  Prayer 1271,1629, 

1946,  2711,  2713,  3765,  3961 

newspapers 424,2013,3398 

New  Testament 4986, 2012, 2742-2743 

numerals 558,1629,1959-1962,1972 

phrases 670, 702-704, 1459, 1770o 

primer   779-780,  780a 

pronominal  forms 1636O-16366 

proper  names 670, 678-679, 

699,  702-704,  702a,  1940,  2646 

Psalms '   4233 

relationships 2011,2645,3882 

sentences 1459-1460, 1770a 

sermons 3558 

songs 211a,  781, 1740a,  2.W,  3021 

spelling-book 554,4187 

stories 2728, 3519, 35:,8 

terms 18-19,  523-524,  2308,  2792,  2988 

towns 1003 

tracts 397,422-423,979, 

1248-1249, 1826,  2597,  3789,  3813 

treatise  on  marriage 3888 

verbs 1136 

vocabulary 28,  212,  297-298,  480o, 

584,  661-662,  782, 1061, 1393, 1636O-16366, 
1682,  1690,  1770(1,  2018,  2216,  2645,  3493 

words 577,582,1460,17700, 

2215,  2377-2379,  3502,  3625,  3982 
Cheroki :  See  Cherokee. 
Cherokie:  See  Cherokee. 
Chetemacha :  See  Chetimacba. 

Chetimacha  dictionary 1481 

texts .". 1480 

vocabulary 212, 1117,1117fl, 

1391, 1393, 14550-14556, 1978o 

words 2205 

Cheyenne  grammatic  commentH 527  -528, 

1685,  2006-2007 

names  of  persons 3628« 

notes 1300 

numerals 2-3,  3048-3050 

place  names 1060 

proper  names 392,698-699, 

702-704,  7020, 1940, 1955c 
relationships 2645  j 


No. 

Cheyenne  sign  language 1060 

songs 211o,  1060 

terms 761 

vocabulary 2-3, 338o,  527-528, 1061, 

1373, 1391,  2214,  2216,  2645,  3665 

words 2521 

Chiagmiut  vocabulary 3530, 4277 

Chiananteco:  See  Chiuantec. 

C hiapa  grammar 566o,  705 

text 3986 

vocabulary 566a,  2525 

Chiapanec  calendar,  &c 220,  363c 

comparisons 495c 

doctrina  Christiana 50,  278, 10466 

general  remarks 1754 

grammar 50,  278,  363c 

grammatic  comments 2978-2979 

Lord's  Prayer 217,  217o-2176, 836 

relationships 363c 

sermons 2783-2784 

text 22846,28710,29186 

vocabulary 748, 7976, 10676-1067C,  3595, 4045a 

Chiapaneca :  See  Chiapanec. 

Chiapaneco :  See  Chiapanec. 

Chiapaneque:  See  Chiapanec. 

Chibcha  relationship 2645 

Chicasa :  See  Chickasaw. 

Chichhncc  catechism  2888 

dictionary 2888 

general  remarks 217,  217O-2176, 1954 

grammar 2888 

graiumatic  comments 738 

Cbichimeca:  See  Chicbimec. 

Chichimeki :  See  Chichitnec. 

Chichimoque:  See  Chichimec. 

Chickasa:  See  Chickasaw. 

Chickasah:  See  Chickasaw. 

Chickasaw  constitution  and  laws  4250 

general  remarks  2377-2379 

grammatic  comments 28 

numerals 1959-1962,1972 

proper  names 2646 

relationships 880 

terms 18-19,2988 

vocabulary  -.28,  212,  297-298, 1519, 16ft',  2204,  3331 
words 2377-2379, 3625,  3982 

Chickesaw:  See  Chickasaw. 

Chihuabcfio  Lord's  Prayer 836 

Chikasah :  See  Chickasaw. 

Chikasli.i:  See  Chickasaw. 

Chikeelis:  See  Tslhalish. 

Chikkasah:  See  Chickasaw. 

Chimalapa  vocabulary 1343, 3711 

Sec  Zoque. 

Chimariko  vocabulary 3098 

Chimehuevi :  See  Chemebuevi. 

Olmm'syan :  See  Tamilian. 

Chimsyan :  See  Tsimsiau. 

Chin  Indians:  See  Tacully. 

Cuinautec  dictionary 3351 

doctrina  Christiana,  &c 4. . .  277 

general  remarks 217, 217o-2176, 1754 

grammar 70J,  3351 

numerals 3351 

vocabulary 4045o 


INDEX. 


1097 


No. 

Chinanteca:  See  Chinantec. 

Chinarra  general  remarks 217, 217o-2176 

Chi  an  words 3702 

Chinook  dictionary 1018,10311) 

example* 1535 

general  remarks 1107o,  1635, 2678, 3164, 3716 

glossary 2768 

grammatic  comments  .  ..  217, 217o-2176, 527-528 

hymns 1018 

Lord's  Prayer 399,527-528,1101 

numerals 1101, 1629,2886, 3169,  3252-3253. 

3781-3782 

phrases 4047 

prayers 1018 

propernames 702, 702o,  703, 1495 

songs 1141,11410 

specimens 1108, 1108o 

terms 3368 

test 10170 

vocabulary 527-528, 1061, 1141, 1323, 1391, 

1303,1635,16940,  2J15-2216,  2904-2905. 

2907-2909,  3169,  3252-3253,  3381,  3518, 

3534,  3598,  3781-3782,  3876a,  4047,  4066 

words 399,537-538,2205 

Chinook  Jargon  conversations 830-851, 10326 

dialogues 3769 

dictionary 850-851,1032-1033, 

10320-10326,  1497-1498, 1619, 3769 

general  remarks 217, 217o-2176 

glossary 2768 

grammatic  comments 1143, 2368 

hymns 1140, 1247d,  2393O-23936 

Lord's  Prayer.217,  217o-2176,399,10326,1247(Z,1498 

numerals  762 

sentences 2372o 

vocabulary 10  3o,  1606, 336, 762, 794, 

1635, 1695,  2207,  2292,  3381, 4047,  4059 
words 2886 

Chinnc:  See  Chinook. 

Chinnk:  See  Chinook. 

Chipewyan :  See  Chepewyan. 

Chipouais:  SeeChippewa. 

Chippawa:  SeeChippewa. 

Chippewa  Acts  of  Apostles 1643, 3475a 

address 3504 

administration  of  sacraments  2832-2833 

analysis 1867, 1867a 

Apostles'  Creed 2318 

Bible  extracts 257 

stories 2110 

Book  of  Common  Prayer 1856,2833 

meditation 259 

catechism  255, 265, 1079, 1085,  2801, 3475o 

dialogue  4176 

dictionary 247-248, 250-251, 2646, 1281o,  4176 

essay 1967 

etymology 3517 

examples 652 

general  remarks 181, 885-886, llO'o,  2029, 

2377-2379, 3504,  3517 

Genesis,  portions  of 1245o,  1959-1962, 

2025-2026, 3717 

geography  6 

gospel  St.  John. . .  .84  (p.),  208  (p.),  208o  (p.),  209 
<p),479-498, 2016-2017, 2827,  37116-3711C (p.) 


No. 

Chippewa  gospel  St.  Luke 1042 

gospel  St  Matthew 1583,1857, 

2023  (p.),  2572, 2593,  3475O 

gospels 5690,2829 

grammar 22,  248,  248-249,  26 !<•,  1171, 19KI,  4176 

grammatic  comments 21-24, 28, 1112, 1391, 

1925,  2010, 3230, 3505, 3527,  3777 

hymnal 1855 

hymns 881,883,8840, 

887, 1245,  1641,  1934,  2024,  2027-2028, 
2030-2037,  20340,  2036O,  2195-2196, 
2681,  34750,  3508-3.<09,  3767,  3940, 
4076, 2836,  2868,  569o,  2318, 2832-2833 

legend 29736 

lessons 1084,1086 

lifeof  Christ 256 

Lord's  Prayer  .185o,  1828o-18286, 1959-1962, 2029, 
2318,  3577-3378, 3914-3915, 4276 

months 339-340 

names 3176o 

names  of  seasons 3508-3509 

New  Testament 391-396, 1965, 2830-2831 

newspaper 1927,4177 

numerals  .634-647, 1265, 1629, 1939-1962, 2311-2312, 
3517, 3785,  4085 

Pentateuch 2835 

phrases 2311-2312,  23rl,  3505,  3621 

place  names 1319,1945.4184 

prayer-book  . . .260,  265, 334, 2832, 2837, 3475o, 4001 

prayers .t...  255, 2868 

primer : 1080-1081 

propernames  .  .  670, 678-679, 690, 690O-6906, 699, 
702-704,  702o,  1940, 19356-1 955c,  2029,  2646,  3522 

psalms 2832-2834 

reading-book 1398, 2806, 3711d 

relationships    1083 

remarks. 913, 1978o 

sermon-book 261 

songs 2110,  255,  338,  881-882,  885,  8860, 1270O, 

1305, 1570, 1828-1831, 2383,  3021, 3504, 
3506,  3508-3509.  35196,  3521,  3768 

specimens.     3204, 3304o,  3901 

spelling-book 195o,  384, 1021, 1243-1244,  2022, 

2797-2800,  2806,  2882,  3711d 

story 1942,1954 

Ten  Commandments    2318 

terms 523-524, 15706,  2137-2138,  2428 

text .  .263-264, 1828a-18286, 18530, 1951,  2867, 3475o 

tract 178,845-846,3238 

verbal  forms  2029 

verses  3517 

vocabulary 23-24,28,212, 

2640,297-298,  319,  634-647.795, 885-886, 
8S6o,1027c,1061, 1082, 1133-1139, 1134a, 
11330,1391,1393,  1629, 1646, 1712, 1946a, 
1959-1962,  1964,  2003,  2005,  2010,  2029, 

2204,  2216,  2311-2312,  2314-2315,  2383, 
2390,  2406,  2630,  2645,  2768,  2S79,  3414, 
34536.  3473,  3505,  3527,  3777. 4174-4175 

words 409a,  1989-1990, 

2205,  2377-2379,  2521,  3474-3475,  3502- 
3503,  3513-3518,  3621,  3625,  3949,  3982 

Chippoway:  See  Chippewa. 
Chippewyan:  See  Chepewyan ;  see  Tinne. 
Chipwyan:  See  Chepewyan. 


1098 


INDEX. 


No. 

Chiquimula  general  remarks 2877 

Chocha  doctriua  Christiana 3363 

drama  11 

grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176 

orations  2842 

primer 3363 

text 798o,2296o 

vocabulary 841,944,2350 

Chocho:  See  Chocha. 

Chocktaw :  See  Choctaw. 

Choco  :See  Chocha. 

Chocona :  See  Chocha. 

Choconate :  See  Chocba. 

Chocou\em:  See  Chocuyem. 

Choctaw  Acts  of  Apostles i6 

almanac 707-708, 1842-1844 

arithmetic 710 

Bible  stories 380-381 

catechism 714, 3596-3597, 4045 

charter 3024-3025 

child's  book 786-788 

definer 550 

discourse  4142 

"Friend"  (tracts) 715 

general  remarks  2678, 3499 

Genesis,  portions  of . .  3540 

gospel  St.  John    .     84  (p.),  208  (p.),  208o  (p.),  209, 

1573  (p.),  1841,  3540,  37116  (p.),  3712  (p.) 

St.  Luke  556  (p.),  1584-1585, 1841,  3540  (p  ) 

StMark 1582 

St.  Matthew 556  (p.),  1584-1585, 

1841,  3540  (p.) 

gospel  questions  (Luke) 4538 

(Mark) 4239 

history  of  Abraham 3537 

Joseph 1102,3538 

Moses 3539 

hymns 1569o,  3717, 3890,  4243-4246 

instructions 4297-4298 

Joshua,  Judges,  Ruth 418-419 

Kings  (1st) 1291-1292 

lexicon  4249 

Lord's  Prayer  1271, 3519o,  3577-3578, 3712, 4276 

New  Testament 2744 

numerals 10c9o,  1091,  1091o,  1096, 1629, 1846, 

1959-1963, 1972 

parable 3712 

Pentateuch 417 

proper  names..  400,670,  698-699,  702-704, 702o,264C 

Psalms 3540  (p),  4243-4244  (p.) 

relationships  880, 1132,2645 

rules  M.  E.  Church 1492 

Ruth 418-419 

Samuel  (1st  and  2d)  r_91-1292 

Scripture  biography 3536-3539 

passages 3596-3597, 3793 

Scriptures  714  (p.) 

second  book 714 

sentences  1458 

specimens 1846,3901 

Ten  Commaudments  3540,  3712,  4241-4242 

terms 145-148,488,492-493,2988,4065 

text 29,  862,879,  1675,2713,2803 


No. 

Choctaw  tracts. 45,  571,796-797, 1626,1936,  2083,  2741, 
2761,  3034,  3215-3216,  316:1,  3883,  4142o 

treaties 3889,  3954 

vocabulary 23-24,28, 

212,  297-298,  491,  557,  661-662, 1061,  1331, 

1391, 1393, 16360-16366,  1682,  1846,  2204, 

2216,  2645,  SOloo,  3876«,  40596,  4103,  4251 

words 441, 577,  582,  718,  2205,  3303,  3704,  3982 

Chocuyem  grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer  .  .217.,  217o-2176,  527-528, 1101, 2212 
vocabulary 1435-1436, 1501-1508,  2214, 2216 

Choktah :  See  Choctaw. 

Choktaw.  See  Choctaw. 

Choi  grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217,  217O-2176,  836 

vocabulary 2209,  3760a 

Cholo  vocabulary 3549 

Sec  Darien. 

Cholti  confessional 2629 

grammar 2629 

vocabulary 262B,  3753,  3760o 

Cboudal:  SeeChontal. 

( 'In  mi  ill  doctrina  Christiana 611 

general  remarks 217, 217a-217&,  1754 

relationships 2645 

sermons 611 

vocabulary 363j,  611o,  3718-3720 

See  Popoluca. 

Chopuuish  general  remarks 3164 

vocabulary 3169 

Chora :  See  Cora. 

Choroteca:  See  Chorotega. 

Chorotega  general  remarks 56a,  495c 

vocabnlaiy 217, 217O-2176,  363e,  7976, 2214, 

3718-3720,  3731 
words 495c,  3718-3720,  3731 

Chorteca:  See  Chorotega. 

Chorti:  See  Cholti. 

Chota:  See  Cora. 

Choweshak  vocabulary 1501 

Chuchon :  See  Chocha. 

Chuchona:  See  Chocha. 

Chncon :  See  Chocha. 

Chugatrhigmut :  See  Chukchi. 

Chukch:  See  Chukchi. 

Chukche:  See  Chukchi. 

Chukchee:  See  Chukchi. 

Chukchi  botanical  names 2110o 

general  remarks 3160 

grammar 27666 

grammatic  comments 58 

numerals 28, 577, 982, 3046,  33(>6 

phrases 1848 

song 1848 

text SOOCd 

vocabulary 28, 205, 212,  527-528, 981-982, 1393. 

1551,  21450,  2277,  2766O-C7666, 
3006d,  3320, 3366,  3488,  3760,  4277 

words 2276,3503,4087 

zoologic  names 2766c 

Chukltiknmt  numerals 982 

vocabulary 981-982 

Chumteya  vocabulary 1440 

Chntsinni  vocabulary 1507 


INDEX. 


1099 


No. 

< '  h »  arli.mia.j ii  general  remarks 3358 

terms 523-5S4 

vocabulary 205, 527-528, 2214, 2216, 3358 

Chwachamajul :  See  Chwachamaju. 

Cilkat  vocabulary 3008)1 

Cinacanteca :  See  Chinantec. 

Cinaloa :  See  Sinaloa. 

Clackama  sentences 1461 

vocabulary 1461 

Olallam  general  discussion 1144 

gnuumatic  forms 1143 

Lord's  Prayer 4276 

numerals 1599 

phrases 1146 

propernames 1496 

sentences 1146 

songs 1142 

vocabulary 1496, 1520 

words 1146,3360 

Chit  sup :  See  K  I. it  sup. 

Clear  Lake  vocabulary 367 

Coahuilteco :  See  Tejano. 

Coassatte :  See  Koosatis. 

Coast  vocabulary 2585 

Cochetime :  See  Cochimi. 

Cochetimi :  See  Cochimi. 

Cochimi  catechism 527-528 

Christian  doctrine 527-528 

comments 825 

general  remarks.  .217, 217o-2176, 1/54,  2774a,  2859 

grammatic  comments 28,  527-528,  2998-2998 

Lord's  Prayer  .  ..28, 185o,  217, 217O-2176, 527-328, 
825-826,  2214,  2216,  2473a 

numerals . 3046 

prayers 28 

proper  names 704 

terms 523-524 

text 1045a 

vocabulary 28,212,283,  286,  527-528,  537-538, 

1354-1355, 1430,  2215-2216,  4103 
words 3982 

Cochimtee:  Cochimi. 

Cochitemi:  See  Cochimi. 

Cochiti  general  remarks 2552 

vocabulary 999,  2552,  3608-3609 

Cochnewago :  See  Caughnawaga. 

Cochnowago:  See  Caughnawaga. 

Cocomaricopa  numerals 527-528 

vocabulary 2S7,  527-528, 1208, 1393,  2207, 

2214-2216,  4103 
See  Maricopn. 

Coconoon  grammatic  comments 1991 

vocabulary 1991,2214,2216 

Cocopa  vocabulary  1430, 1717-1718 

Colorado  River  observations 1534 

Colouse  vocabulary 499 

Columbia  vocabulary 2215 

words 1498 

Comanch :  See  Coroanche. 

Comanche  general  remarks. .  .217, 217O-217&,  1107a 

grammatic  comments 527-528,2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 512,  2433, 4276 

numerals    400,  547, 1629,  1632a.  2729,  3617 

proper  names 400, 698-699, 

702-704,  702a,  1336, 1935C 


No. 

Comanche  sign  language 2373 

songs 2110,1287-1288 

vocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 267, 267o,  527- 

528,  537-538,  552,  852,  929o,  1061,  2212, 

2216, 2375, 2471-2472,  2730,  3210,  4103 

words 2276,301)0-30116,3949 

Concha' :  See  Concho. 

Concho  general  remarks ...217, 217o-2176 

vocabulary 298 

Conestogne :  See  Cane.-toga. 

Connecticut  local  names 3895,  3931,  4203-41:04 

Lord's  Prajer 3914-3915 

Cook's  River  numerals 537-538, 1043 

Cookra  general  remarks .217,2170-2176 

Coos:  SeeKusa. 

Coos  Bay :  See  Anasitch. 

Coosauda :  See  Koosatis. 

Cootouais:  See  Kutenay. 

Copeh :  See  Kope. 

Copper  Indiana  proper  names 703 

Copper  Mine  Apache :  See  Apache. 

Coque :  See  Zoque. 

Coquille  vocabulary 1 

Cora  confessional 2863 

doctrina  Christiana  2863 

general  remarks 1754, 1888 

grammar 217,  217o-2176, 

545-546,  5470,  548o,  1880,  2863 

grammatic  comments 28,  527-528,  2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 28, l«o,  2214,  2473o,  2713 

numerals 547 

orations 2863 

place  names 813 

polysynthetic  words 527-528 

specimens  2216 

vocabulary  ...  28,  204, 212, 527-5  J8, 2863-2865,  3123 
words 813,2276,3503,3982-3983 

Coraice :  See  Cora. 

Corbeaux :  See  Crow. 

Costanos  vocabulary 52, 2214, 2216 

words 3949 

Co.tta  Rica  general  remarks  1352o,  3501 

vocabulary 363m,  812o,  4058o 

Counarrha:  See  Skalzi. 

Coutanie :  See  Kutenay. 

Cowlitch:  SeeCowlitz. 

Cowlitz  Lord's  Prayer 4276 

vocabulary    1501, 1509. 1521, 1635, 4066 

Coyotero  Apache:  See  Apache. 

Coyukon  vocabulary 4119-4121 

Crce  Book  of  Common  Prayer  . . .  1910-1911,  Hilda 

calendar 925o 

catechism 1916,2489,2965,3843-3844 

creed 2489 

dictionary 2154-2156,4092 

epistle  John  (1st) 1913-1915 

general  remarks 408o-i08c,  1107o,  1260a, 

12700,  2029,  2776, 3791-3792 

gospel  St.  John.. 84  (p.),  209 (p.),  497-198  (p.)  1575, 
1904-1905,  2490, 3711&  (p.)-3711c(p.) 

StMark 1902-1903 

St.  Matthew 208-209  (p.), 

2080  (p.),  1 '.86, 1900-1901 

gospels    15880 

grammar.22, 1853, 1867,  l*67o,  1953, 2154-2156, 3217 


1100 


INDEX. 


No. 

Cree  grammatic  comments 21-24, 1912 

hymns 39o,  403, 1854,  2107o,  2492 

letter 2890o 

Lord's  Prayer 2489, 3624-3625,  3914-391 5 

New  Testament 1851, 21536, 2491-2494 

numerals 1959-1962,  3048-3050,  3624 

Old  Testament 2493 

lessons 1852 

Pilgrim's  Progress 3475a,  4041o 

prayer  book 76  7 

prayers 403, 2107<j,  3844 

primer 403 

proper  names 698-699, 702-704,  702o,  32306 

songs 2965,3844 

specimens 1664 

syllabic  characters 604, 2380 

Ten  Commandments  ... 2489 

terms 2282-2283 

text 14070-14076, 1906, 1907a,  1 943,  2473o 

vocabulary 726,  7556, 1328-1329, 1664,  2029, 

2393,  2645,  3624-3625,  3944,  4042-4043 

words 2521,3625,3791-3792 

See  Knistenanx :  See  Montagnais. 
Creek:  See  Muskoki. 
Cri:  See  Cree. 
Crianae :  See  Cree. 
Crick :  See  Muskoki. 
Crickico:  See  Muskoki. 
Crie:  See  Cree. 
Cris:  See  Cree. 
Crise :  See  Cree. 

Crow  dictionary 337 

grammatic  comments 1685 

numerals 3048-3050 

phrases 1685 

proper  names 411,698-699, 

7020, 1336, 1940, 19556-1955c,  2646 

relationships 2645 

sentences  1685 

terms 411,496,761 

tribal  names 2521 

vocabulary 432,12470,1391, 

1393, 1488, 1685,  2204,  2215-2216,  2645,  3493 

words 2205,2521,2645 

Cuba  general  remarks 2016 

geographic  names 2016 

vocabulary ISlSa 

Cuchau  vocabulary  .  .217,  217O-2176,  2214-2216, 4103 

See  Tuma. 

Cuextecas:  See  Hnasteca. 
Cniateca :  See  Cuicatec. 

Cuioatec  Lord's  Prayer 217, 217O-2176, 836 

grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

general  remarks 1754 

Cuitlateco:  See  Cuicatec. 

Cumberland  Strait  numerals 941 

Cuna  vocabulary 1028, 2210,  3144 

Cunacuna'  See  Cuna. 

Cuscatlan  general  remarks 2877 

Cushna  nu  merals 527-528,  2678 

terms 751 

vocabulary 1992,2214 

words 3949 

Cuttonasha :  See  Kutenay. 
Cypawais :  See  Chippewa. 


No. 

Dacota :  See  Dakota. 
Dacotah :  See  Dakota. 
Dahcota :  See  Dakota. 
Dahcotah :  See  Dakota. 
Dahkotah:  See  Dakota. 

Dakota  ABC  book 3275-3277 

Acts  of  Apostles 3225  (p.),  3268 

address 3263a 

alphabet 2732-2734 

Apostle's  Creed 3944 

Bible 2494,4168-4169,4!69a 

Bible  stories 3031 

bibliography 3293 

calendar 2423 

catechism 8696, 1803,  3228,  3032,  3280,  4123 

characteristic  forms 580-581 

constitution  of  Minnesota    3269 

Daniel 3224(p.),3274 

Deuteronomy 4164 

dictionary 337, 1732a,  3293-3294, 4154o 

Ecclesiastes 3273 

epistle  John  (1st) 3225(p.) 

epistles  of  Paul 3268 

examples 317,; 

Exodus 4160,4162 

Ezekiel 3274 

fable 1078 

first  reader 3283,3297 

general  remarks 181,521-522,  762o-762d, 

2438o,  1797-1800, 11070,  2678,  3286a, 
3287,    3290,    3356-3357,    4149-4152 

Genesis 3224  (p.),  4122, 4158-4159, 4162 

geography 3299,  3300 

glossary 2768 

gospel  St.  John 208,  208o,  209, 

3030,  3225(p.),  3227,  37116(p.) 

St.  Luke .3225(p.),  3026,  3030 

St.  Mark 3226 

St.Matthew 3225(p.) 

grammar isio,  1359, 3293-3294 

grammatic  comments  . .  22o,  23-24, 180, 182, 317<j, 
5206, 1832, 1977-1978,  3264,  3285,  3941 

forms 3029 

notices 1391 

specimens 3380 

history  of  Joseph 3033 

hymns 1812-1813,2732-2734, 

3229,  3265-3266,  3281,  3285,  3296,  3301-3302,  4155 

Isaiah 3373 

Jeremiah 3374 

Joshua 4iG5 

Judges 4165 

lessons 3029,  3278-3279 

letter  book 4153 

Leviticus 4161-41C2 

Lord's  Prayer 1001,  3519,  3519o,  3944,  4186 

Minor  Prophets 3274 

names '. 31750 

names  of  animals 1833 

bands 2731 

gods  1122,3285-3286 

months  339-340, 1001,  2732-2734 

nations 3580 

persons 32680 

places 32856 


INDEX 


1101 


No. 

Dakota  New  Testament  3226(p.),  3271 

newspapers 3029,4156 

Numbers  4102 

numerals      .     762, 1959-1962,  304^-3050, 4149-4150 

numeration  '. 3112 

Pentateuch. 4163 

Pilgrim's  Progress 3284 

primer 1997-1998,  3261-3262,  3267,  3270 

prayer 1814 

prayer  book 1805, 1817 

primer 41546 

proper  names 392,  670,  698-«99, 

702-704,  702o,  1122,  1272,  1336,  1940, 
19556-1955C,  2521,  2733a,  3263,  3612o, 

Proverbs 3224(p.),  3273,  4159 

Psalms 3224(p.),  3272-3273,  3298. 4122 

reading  book 3031 

relationships 3 17d,  2645,  2840,  3288 

Rev<  lation  of  John  3268 

Kuth 4165 

sentences    3438-3440 

service-book 1815-1816 

Sissetou  and  Wahpeton  treaty 3613 

Song  of  Solomon 3273 

songs 2110,338,15706,1818-1819, 

2733-2734, 3027-3028 

specimens 2521,3901 

spelling-book 3754 

studies 20 

superstitions 3028 

Ten  Commandments 4186 

terms 115,490,523-524,1336,1570, 

15706,2361,3289,41650 

text 1723,3200,3263 

text-book 1869 

tract     1172,3223 

tribal  names 940,4083 

vocabulary  . . .  .23-24, 180, 181a,  212,  382,  574o,  575, 
577,579-580,5790, 582,682-6f3,685,687o, 
689,  8690,  891,  980,  980o,  1061,  10676- 
1067C,  1136,  1247,  1247«,  1247J,  1391, 
1393, 1405, 16360-16366, 1685, 1797-1800, 
1899,  1929,  2204,  2216,  2641,  3029,  3291, 
32920,  3295,  3493,  3625,  3944,  4154,  4166 

words  3438,3502,3961 

Dakota-Osajje  numerals 3046 

remarks  1978o 

Darien  general  remarks 1754, 2377-2379 

numerals 360,3046,4067-4072 

sentences 944  ! 

text 6746.  2248-'J249 

vocabulary 28,297-298,360,942,944,2216,  j 

2297,2409-2411,4067-4072 

words 3170,2377-2379,3625 

Delaware  conjugation 4285 

dialogues    1701-1702 

dictionary 60,4300 

epixtles  of  John 1020 

examples 317c,  652 

first  book 393o 

first  lessons 2534 

general  remarks 1697- 1700, 2029, 2377- 

2379,  3165,  3499 

gospel  St.  John .84  (p.),  208-209  (p.),  208o 

(p.l,  37116  (p.)   | 


No. 

Delaware  glossary 300 

grammar 4291-4293 

grammatic  comments 28,  317c,  1112, 1391, 

4284-4285,  4294 

examples 1966,1972 

specimens 3586 

history  of  Christ 393,  4289-4290 

hymns 16066, 2347, 4286-4287, 4300 

litany,  &c 4284,4300 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o,  1857o,  2321, 2713, 3914- 

3915, 4284, 4295o 

multiplication  table 4285 

numerals 431, 1499,  1629, 1959-1962, 1972, 2008- 

2009,  2916,  3979, 4098, 4284 

Phrases 1701-1702,4300 

primer 2289-2290 

proper  names 400, 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 

897o,  1703-1707, 1940,  2646 

relationships 27,  2645 

scriptural  narrative 2346 

sermons .4288,4300 

specimen 3413 

spelling-book 2535,4284-4285 

Ten  Commandments 4284 

text i606o 

vocabulary.... 28,212,297-298 

800,  945,  1026,  1026o,  1061,  1113,  1136, 
1240,  1299, 1391, 1393, 1711-1714, 1946O, 
19780,  2029,  2204,  2400,  3118, 3123,  3414, 
4042-4043,  4103,  4170-4172,  4295,  4300 

words 1701-1702,  1972, 1989-1990,  2276, 

2321,  2377-2379,  2844-2845,  2855,  2917,  2979, 
3474-3475,  3502,  3625,  3949-3950,  3961,  3982 
Delewes :  See  Delaware. 

Dene  Dindjie  comparisons  2972 

dictionary 2968-2969 

grammar 2968 

terms 2972 

vocabulary 7556,2969 

Diegano :  See  Diegnefio. 
Diegefio :  See  Dieguefio. 

Diegueno  graramatic  comments 1425-1426 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176 

numerals 4103 

vocabulary  217, 217o-2176, 

283,  289-290, 527-528, 1430, 1688o,  2214- 
2216,  2304,  2307,  2348,  2673,  4102-4103 
Dieguina :  See  Diegnefio. 
Dieguino :  See  Diegueno. 
Dieguuo :  See  Diegueno. 

Digger  general  remarks 217, 217o-2176, 1422 

grammatic  comments 1422 

vocabulary 499 

Dindjie:  See  Den6  Dindjie. 
Diria:  See  Chorotega. 

Dog  Rib  hj-mns 404 

numerals 3876o 

prayers 404 

primer 404 

proper  names 704 

vocabulary 529-530,539-540,551,2216, 

2240,  2645,  2788,  3789, 4103 

words 2C86 

Dohema:  SeeEndeve. 

Dorasque  vocabulary 1325 


1102 


INDEX. 


No. 

Eastern  Indians  Lord's  Prayer 2610 

Ecclemach  general  remarks 2199a 

numerals 131,  527-528, 1337,  2202 

terms 527-528 

vocabulary 28, 1337, 2190, 2199o,  2202o 

Echeloot :  See  Nihaloitih. 

Echemin:  See  Etchemin. 

Eclcmanch :  See  Ecclemach. 

Eel  River  vocabulary 217, 2170-2176 

Ehnek  numerals 2678 

vocabulary 217,  217O-2176,  755, 1501, 1508, 

2214,  2216 

Ekogmnt  numerals 982 

vocabulary 981-982 

Erigas  vocabulary  298 

Escelen:  See  Eskelen. 

Eskclen  numerals 1873-1877, 

18740, 18760,  2212,  3046 

vocabulary 28,51,165, 

212, 427,  527-528,  2216,  2348 

words 3503 

See  Soledad  Mission. 

Eakimau :  See  Eskimo. 

Eski  maux:  See  Eskimo. 

Eskimo  A  B  0  book la 

abstract  of  Christ's  doctrines 1983-1984 

Acts  of  Apostles  17 

Bible  quotations 1621 

stories  3742,3747,3953 

Books  of  Moses 2668 

calendar 565 

catechism 46-48, 2054-2055 

census 3010 

conjugations  110-114 

dictionary 110-114,1224,2970 

elementary  book 1970-1971 

ethics : 3743 

examples 2914-2915 

explanation  of  gospels 2141 

first  reading  book la 

forms  of  speech 110-114 

general  remarks 913, 1107o,  1150, 1512, 1549, 

1754, 19780,  2207,  2776,  3398O 

Genesis 2667 

geography 2782 

gospel  lessons 2137 

gospels 84,497-498, 

1588,  2144,  37116  (p.)-3711c  (p.) 

grammar 2120, 2970, 4087 

grammatic  comments 28, 212o,  217, 217o-2176, 

408, 983, 1151-1157, 1391,  1977-1978,  2914-2915 

grammatic  specimens 3586 

history 1969,2121 

hymns 408,2111 

Lord's  Prayer  ...  117a-1176,  1639, 1858 

manual 1625,  2267 

myths 2973 

names  of  birds 2747 

months  and  seasons 3612 

stone  implements 2973« 

New  Testament 1235-1256 

numerals 28, 131,  As,  1629, 2215, 3046, 3778 

Old  Testament,  parts  of 2133-2138 

Pentateuch 2640 

prayers 110-114,1151-1157,2137 


No. 

Eskimo  primer 40K 

propernames 704,1689 

Psalms 990,2042,2112-2114,2147 

relationships 809, 2045 

remarks  on  use  of  Band  ( 1392a 

Revelation  of  John 410 

scriptures,  portions  of 2926 

sermons 1952, 2142 

songs 1151-1157,2115 

specimen 1673a 

Ten  Commandments 110-114 

terms 523-524,2971,3005 

text 133-134,398,2116-2117,2134, 

2143,  2635,  3410,  3703 

tracts 2135,3741 

traditions 2971 

treatise  on  astronomy 2139 

vocabulary 28,  217,  217O-2I76,  298,  327-329, 

507,  527-528,  533-534.  408,  726. 1045, 1151- 
1157,  1326,  1329,  1523,  1549,  1849,  1941, 
20500-2050(7,2150,  2204,  2311-2312,  2381, 
2645,  2772,  2914-2915,  2970,  2973,  3124- 
3125,  3185CC,  3488,  3503,  3533,  3876o,  4087 

words 205, 4990,  537-538,  33980 

See  Innuit. 

Eskimo  of  Greenland  affixes 3310a 

arithmetic  4077 

Bible 1263  (p.) 

Bible  lessons  .  1260,  1262, 1981,  2805,  3354,  3799,  3825 

catechism 47,  1161,3857 

conversations 2636 

creed 920-925 

description  of  the  countries  of  the  globe       1493 

dialogues 2140,3391 

dictionary 1160,1258,2122 

elements  Christian  faith 1158 

engravings,  with  titles 2048-2U50 

epistles 1589 

etymology 3310o 

examples 317c 

general  remarks. 3976,  913, 1754-1755,  21706-2170C, 
2661-2662,  2851-2832,  3309-3310,  3531,  3548 

Genesis 1261 

geography 4077o,  4078 

geographic  names 2475 

gospels 81,  2080,  208-209,  497-498,  1 159,  1589, 

37116  (p  )-3711c  (p.) 

grammar 1161,1253-1254,1734,3857 

gramraatic  comments  28, 317c,  920-925 

history 2702 

hymns 3388-339>',  3859,  3934 

imitation  of  Christ 1165-11B6 

instractions     2152 

Isaiah 4192 

Job — Solomon 3827 

letters,  accents,  &c  3310a 

letters  written  by  natives 920-925 

litany  catechism 3487 

liturgic  manual    3938 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o,  397cf,  1271, 2452, 

24730,  2713,  34490,  3765 

New  Testament        1163, 1255-1256, 3826, 

38260,  3830-3831 

newspaper 179 

numerals 28,131,982,1337 


INDEX. 


1103 


No. 

Ksk  inio  of  Greenland  pastoral  letter 1270 

prayers 3110,3859 

Primer 1605,2056 

Proverbs 4193 

Psalms 1257,4191,3937 

relationships 2123 

ritnal 1164,1259 

sentences 4082 

sermons 2  H5, 2804 

scriptures 3828 

songs 280,  503,  920-925, 1225,  3308-3309,  3936 

terms 523-524,1591 

text 1968,2707-2710,3023 

tract 2135,2705-2706 

vocabulary 28,  212, 298,  507,  7556,  913,  981- 

982, 1337, 1391,  1393,  1550,  2474-2475,  2809-2815, 
3123,    3310,  3385-3387,   3391,  3498,   4088,  4121 

words 4990,  1232,  1592,  2276, 

2851,  3309-3310,  3950,  3982 

Eskimo  of  Labrador  Bible  lessons..   ..  1982,2060- 
2061,  2807,  2997,  3555,  3796-3797,  3943,  3958 

catecbism 3798 

Daniel 3461 

dialogues 4087 

Ezekiel 3461 

general  remarks 925,  3256-3257 

gospels 208-209,  208<i 

grammatic  comments 28 

hymns   1937-1938,2296,3935 

Jeremiah 3461 

Joshna— Esther 3829 

life  of  Christ 2703 

Lord's  Prayer 1271,3765 

New  Testament 2704,3831o 

numerals 941,1337 

Prophets  (the  12  Minor) ...        3461 

Proverbs  of  Solomon 3461 

sentences 4082 

tract 379, 1224, 1980,  2711, 

2720-2721,  2778-2780,  3009 

vocabulary 1337,2216,2218,3532 

words 2276,3502 

Eslen :  See  Eskelen. 
Eslene :  See  Eskelen. 

Esopns  (Algonkin)  general  remarks 2021 

Esquimaude:  See  Eskimo. 
Esquimaux:  Sec  Eskimo. 
Esquimaw:  Sec  Eskimo. 
Esselen :  Seo  Eskelen. 
Esseleneijan :  See  Eskelen. 

Etchemin  conversations 273o 

dictionary 10196,4019 

grammar 273a,274a 

names  of  seasons,  time,  <tc 273a 

numerals   .  ..273a,  1119-1120,  2162-2163,  2268, 2274 

relationships 273a,  2645,  3185 

vocabulary.  212,  273-275,  273o,  274o,  1391, 1393, 2216 

words    2205 

Etchiini:  See  Etchemin. 
Etechemin:  See  Etchemin. 
Etechemine:  See  Etchemin. 
Euehee:  See  Yuchi. 

Eudeve  general  remarks 1754 

grammatic  comments 28, 217, 217o-2176, 

527.528,  55K,  2998-2999 


No. 

Eudeve  Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o,  217- 

217a,  2176,  527-528 

numerals 547 

vocabulary 1552,3639 

See  Heve. 
Euroe :  See  Turok. 

Fall  Indian  grammatic  comments 28 

vocabulary 28, 1391, 2204, 3951-3952, 4173 

words  2521 

Faraon  general  remarks 2859 

Fitzhugh  Sound  numerals 537-538,2205 

Five  Nations :  See  Iroquois. 

Flatbow  Lord's  Prayer 3577-3578,3624-3625 

vocabulary 1393 

Flathead  catechism 3631 

Lord's  Prayer 3577-3579,  3624-3625, 3631 , 4216 

names  of  mouths 4124-4127 

numerals ^ 2567  a 

pamphlet 4074a 

prayers 3627-3628 

proper  names 698-699, 702-704, 702a 

vocabulary 1393, 1861, 2989, 36i4-3625 

words 2521,3359 

Florida  general  remarks 1697-1 700, 1978a 

names  of  villages 2666 

text 2672 

See  Timncna. 
Forest  Cri :  See  Cree. 

Fort  Ross,  Cal.,  vocabulary 3006i 

Fox  proper  names 670,  698-699, 702-704, 702o, 

1940, 1955c,  2521, 2646 

relationships 2645 

vocabulary 2204 

Fox  Channel  geographic  names 1640 

Fox  Island  vocabulary 3320,  3488 

Friendly  Village  vocabulary  .  .2205,  2207,  2384-2391 

Fuca  vocabulary 537-538, 2205 

Fuca  Straits :  See  Fuca. 

Gaitchini  grammatic  comments 1425-1426 

vocabulary 2307 

words 2305 

Gaitchini:  See  Gaitchini. 
Gaitchini:  See  Gaitchini. 

Galibi  dictionary 383, 429, 1036, 

2484-2485,  3491-3492,  3492a 

essay  on  language 1115 

general  remarks 2016, 383, 913,  2933, 3498 

grammatic  comments 3491-3492 

numerals 3979 

vocabulary 913,2845,2933,3140 

words 2845 

Gallinomero  grammatic  comments.. 217, 2170-2176 

numerals  2678 

vocabulary 3098 

Gnspesien  grammatic  comments 2235-2236 

vocabulary 212 

See  Micmac. 
Goshute :  See  Gosiute. 

Gosiute  general  remarks 217, 217O-2176 

vocabulary 3067 

words 3218-3219 

GosniUte:  See  Gosiute. 
Grand  Pawnee :  See  Pawnee. 

Grand  Traverse  Bay  words 3949 

Grape  Island,  Bay  of  Qninte,  hymns 3020 


1104 


INDEX. 


No. 

Great  Antilles  ancient  vocabulary 4846 

Greenland:  See  Eskimo  of  Greenland. 

Greenland :  See  Eskimo  of  Greenland. 

Groenlandais:  See  Eskimo  of  Greenland. 

Groenlandice :  See  Eskimo  of  Greenland. 

Gronliiud :  See  Eskimo  of  Greenland. 

Grof>-Ventre  proper  names 698-699, 702-704 

relationships 2645 

vocabulary  876, 1023, 2645, 3493 

word*,  pbrases,  and  sentences 1295 

See  Minitari. 

Guaicura:  See  Waicnri. 

Guaicnri :  See  Waicuri. 

Guaima:  See  Guaymi. 

Gnajiqniro:  See  "Waicuri. 

Guaricuri :  See  Waicuri. 

Guasave  grammar 4033 

Guastrco:  See  Huasteca. 

Guatemala  catechism 2476 

doctrina 370,2476-2477,2848 

grammar 369-370,  897,  2228,  2476-2478, 

3496,  3705 

numerals 3124-3125 

pbrases,  &c 908 

sermons 2228,2850,3705 

text 3815-3816 

tract 2849 

vocabulary 317a,  369-370, 877, 2228, 3124- 

3125,  3705,  3823,  4051 

Guatemolteca:  See  Guatemala. 

Guatimaltec :  See  Guatemala. 

Guaymi  general  remarks 217,  217O-2176, 1754 

vocabulary 1325 

Guazacapan  general  remarks 2877 

Guicliioviau  vocabulary    1343 

Guiluco  grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 1101 

Gulf  nations  relationships 2840 

llaceltzuk :  See  Hailtsak. 

Haceltznk:  See  Hailtsnk. 

Haida  dictionary 1031!) 

grammatic  comments 217, 217rc-217fe 

numerals 1101 

proper  names 703 

terms 1000,3784 

vocabulary 537-538, 547a,  575, 1000, 2969, 

3534,  3786r3872,  3876o 
words 2205 

Haidah :  See  Haida, 

Haidatsa:  See  Hidatsa. 

Hailtsa:  See  Hailtsnk. 

Hailtsuk  numerals 537-538 

vocabulary 16, 105,  221,  537-538,  547d,  575, 

1393, 1507, 1035,  3534,  3872 
words ...  537-538 

HailtzuV:  See  Hailtsuk. 

Hailtzukh:  See  Hailtsuk. 

Hailtzukk:  See  Hailtsuk. 

Haitiua  vocabulary 2682o 

Hancock  Harbor  vocabulary 4091 

Ilare  relationships 2645 

vocabulary 2078 

Haynarger  vocabulary , 107 

Hecbeta:  See  Hitchitee. 

Heiaug-hyoug:  See  Otomi. 


No. 

Heve  general  remarks  3641 

grammar 3641 

specimen 2210 

vocabulary 364 1 

See  Eudeve. 

Hewnt  vocabulary 2586 

H'hana  vocabulary 282 

Hia  hiu :  See  Otomi. 

Hiaki :  See  Taqui. 

Hiaque :  See  Taqui. 

Hicbitathli :  See  Hitchitee. 

Hidatsa  dictionary 2509-2511 

grammar 2509-2511 

grammatic  comments 23-24 

numerals  4149-4150 

philology 2511 

vocabulary 755i* 

See  Minitari. 

Hitchita:  See  Hitchitee. 

Hitchiteco :  See  Hitchitee. 

Hitchitee  grammatic  comments 2991 

numerals 649 

vocabulary 1299c,  1391, 1524,  2992,  3640 

Hluimen-Mutsun  vocabulary 105 

Hochelaga  numerals 6aa,  68-69, 618-630, 2161, 

2163,  3585 

vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 616-630, 1391, 

2164-2166,  6297-6298 
words 2276 

Hochelagenae :  See  Hochelaga. 

Hodenosannee :  See  Seneca. 

Hol61upai  vocabulary 3098 

Hong  Kutchin  vocabulary 3865 

Hoopa :  See  Hoopah. 

Houpah  grammatic  comments 217, 217a-2176, 

527-528 

numerals.. 3876a 

vocabulary 107, 201 , 217, 217o-2176,  539-542, 

932, 1501, 1525,  2215-2216,  3104,  4103 
•words 2212,3099 

Hopah :  See  Hoopah. 

Hopitu :  See  Moqui. 

Houast6que :  See  Huasteca. 

H'taain  vocabulary 1354. 1358, 1430 

Hualapai  grammatic  comments 1425-14*26 

vocabulary  1430, 1540,  2304,  2307,  3222, 3575 

Huastec:  See  Huasteca. 

Huasteca  catechism 934, 2825,  3804 

confession 2825-2826 

dictionary 3804 

doctrina  Christiana 1050, 1615,  2826 

examples 317c 

general  remarks 1754,2859,3801 

grammar 217, 217a-2176, 1887, 2819, 

2825-2826,3157 
grammatic  comments  28,  317, 1392,1879, 2998-2999 

lexicon 2819 

local  names 56,813,3157 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185a,  217,  217O-217S,  836 

manual 3804 

numerals 363/,  730o,  3124-3125 

sermons 2825-2828 

vocabulary 28,  56, 212, 491, 730a,  1392, 

2216,  2276. 2825-2826,  3123, 
3124-3125,  3283,  3982-3983 


INDEX. 


1105 


No. 

Huasteca  words 813, 3503,  3950 

Hnaatecae :  See  Huasteca. 
Huastfk :  See  Huasteca. 
Huasteka :  See  Huasteca. 
Huasteqne :  See  Vluasteca. 

Hnastuso  vocabulary 363n,  437o,  1313o 

Huave  general  remarks 456 

numerals 217,217o-2176 

vocabulary 4045o 

Huaxteca:  See  Huastoca, 
Huasteco:  See  Huasteca. 
Huaxtequo:  See  Huasteca. 

Haclinom  songs 3098 

vocabulary 3098 

words 3098 

Hudson's  Bay  catechism 1407, 3208 

dictionary 428 

geographic  names  1 828 

hymns 1407 

prayers 1407,3208 

songs 3208 

terms 335 

vocabulary 17,  28,  03o,  1391, 1393, 4 103,  4173 

words 2276,3951 

Hudson  River  local  names 3414 

Hueco  numerals 1629,  2678 

proper  names   698-699,  T02-704, 70i'o 

vocabulary 527-528, 1061 , 

2215-2216,  2645,  2678,  4103 

Huelel  words 1636 

See  Suledad  Mission. 
IIuelel-Mutsun :  See  Eskelen. 

Humboldt  Bay  general  remarks 217,  217o-2176 

vocabulary 1516 

Hummock'havi:  See  Mohave. 
Hunkpapa:  Sou  Uncpapa. 
HupA:  See  Hoopah. 

Huron  catechism 765 

conjugation 762o-762d 

dictionary 765,  2232,  3431-3434,  3436-3437 

examples 317c 

general  remarks 116. 408<i,  469, 756-760, 763, 

1353,  1754,  2168-2170,  3206 

geographic  names 3043 

grammar 470, 764o,  765, 1408, 2189, 3043 

grammatic  comments    28, 317, 1391, 

1977-1978,  24U2 

hymns 63o,797rt,  1078a,  1639,2094-2096, 

21706-2170C,  2279a-2279«,  3169-3193,  3680 

letter .-. 2250,4041 

Lord's  Prayer 3577-3579, 4270 

numerals  68-69, 69o,  3585 

prayers 28, 468, 46So,  469, 2188,  2370 

questions  for  learners 598, 3043-3044 

relationships 3043 

songs 3433-3436 

text 1928 

village  census 3043 

vocabulary 28, 212,  297-298, 1391, 1558o, 

17360,  1860,  2168-2167, 2362, 3211-3212 

VOMI  a  la  Sainte  Vicrge,  &c 764 

words . . . . : 2171-2187,  2276,  3950,  3982 

Hurone:  See  Huron. 
Hyda:  Sue  Uaidn. 
Hydah :  See  Haida. 

70  Bib 


No. 

lakon  (Lower  Killamnks) :  See  Takon. 

lat  numerals 3610-3611 

See  Mohave. 

He  &  la  Crosse  Cri :  See  Cree. 
Illinose:  See  Illinois. 
Illinice:  See  Illinois. 

Illinois  general  remarks 3208 

hymns  ..     63a,  797a,  1639,  2094-2096,  21706,  2!70c, 

2279a-2279e,  3189-3194,  3577-3579,  3680 

Lord's  Prayer.  .397d,  2452, 2473o,  34t9o,  3914-39:5 

vocabulary 28,298,1391,1393,2204 

2216,  3123,  3502,  3982 
Illinoise:  See  Illinois. 
Indian  (language  undetermined)  affinities, 

&c 978 

almanac 4015-4018 

catechism   30 

comparisons 2015  21946,2306 

dictionary  15706,3956 

etymology .-.  55o,  299-300, 15706,  3019.  3520 

general  remarks 97, 180-182, 181o, 

2090,  216o-216e,  317o,  372-378,  435-437,  482- 
483,  510-511,  762o-762d,  823-824,  919o,  984o- 
984ft,  1061-1063,1067,  1103,1110-1111,  1168, 
1266,  1284,  1320,  1324,  1131,  1432o,  1494O, 
1503,  1510,  1631-1632,  1679,  1715-1716, 
1736<j,  18610-1S616,  1874a,  1876O,  1946o, 
1958a,  1978a,  1994,  2000,  2029,  2064,  2208- 
2210,  2285,  2306,  2370,  2434-2437,  2320- 
8521,  25970,  2619,  2637,  2665,  2745,  2767, 
2828,  2810,  -.'979,  2981-2987,  2989,3101,3126, 
3167, 35196,  3604,  3?61-3803, 3911-3912,  3921, 
3925-3926,  3947, 4042-4043,  4118O-41 186,4235 

geographic  names 14546, 1626<r,  18675 

terminology 3508-3509, 3513-3516 

gesture  signs 242 1-2422 

gospel  of  John 2218o  (p.),  2527 

grammar  34.273-275,1608 

grammatic  comments 954, 1113, 1134O, 

1135o,  1455, 1504, 1895-1897, 1926, 
2065,  2424,  3065-3066,  3513-3510 

hieroglyphics 1061a-10615 

lack  of  numerals 2919-2922 

languages,  diversity  of. 1060 

lexicon 3507 

list  of  tribes 319 

local  names  (etymology  of) 724 

Lord's  Prayer 2272o-22726, 23B7o 

names      .     . .  267i-267t,  7046,  2019-2020,  3737-3738 

applied  to  physicians 3877 

numerals 320,  579,  579o,  1202, 1202o,  1226o, 

1754, 1820,  3916-3918, 3945-3946 

place  names. . .  351-354. 519o,  724, 1010, 1027, 1097. 

1268, 1274, 12826-2282C,  1601o,  2038, 2181,  25:18 

pronominal  forms 3519o 

proper  names 276, 566, 690O-6906. 725o,  859o 

8970, 10860, 1571, 1802, 1858o,  1946O, 
2019-2020,  21970,   2523,    3350,  3679 

relationships 3004 

sentences 2597o,  2726-2727 

sermons 35 

sign  language.. 1107, 1247/i,2421o,  2426-2431, 2431o 

signals 2421-2*22 

specimens   209o,  317o-3176, 1866, 2546-2647 

of  onomatopoeia 3906 


1106 


1XDEX. 


No. 

Indian  terms 3346, 372-378, 504, 1619o,  1829, 

1847a,  2093,  3096,4012 

text.... , 595 

tribal  names 106o,  276, 1206a 

verbal  forms 3519a 

Indian  (language  undetermined)  vocabu 
lary  28,34,63, 

147,  214,  320-321,  323,  478,  579,  579a,  833d, 
919a,  1012,  1062,  1126a,1202a,  1282,  1282a, 
1795,  1820,  1840,  1866,  1871,  1975,  1978a, 
22S4«,  2486-2487,  2487a,  2595,  2716a,  3131 

words la,  280a,  338, 917d,  917«,  930, 1011- 

1012, 1600a,  1754,  2148,  22026,  25C7a,  2595 
2726-2727,  2762,  3163,  3655-3656,  3919, 
3920,3924,  4145a,  4178,  4180-4181,  4204<z 

Indios  del  Norte :  See  Northern  Indians. 

Inilik:  Seeliikilik. 

Inkalik:  Seelnkilik. 

Inkalit:  Seelnkilik. 

Inkalit-jug-eljnut :  See  Inkalit- Yugelmut 

Inkalit-Kinai  vocabulary 539-540 

Inkalit-  Yugelmut  vocabulary  . .  .527-528,  3530,  4277 

Inkilek :  See  Inkilik. 

Inkilik  terms 523-524 

vocab  -lary 527-530,  539-540,  551,  3530, 4277 

See  Kaiynhkhat&na ;  see  Ulukuk. 

Inkulnklates  vocabulary 205,4237 

I  n  in  i  k  grammar 1733a,  1734 

See  Eskimo. 

Innuit  general  remarks 2678 

picture  writing 1835o-18356 

relationsbips 984 

vocabulary 527-528 

See  Eskimo. 

Intibucat  vocabulary 2214, 2216 

Iowa  catechism 1658 

elementary  book 1652 

general  remarks 1075, 1648, 1958 

gospel  of  M  atthew 1657 

grammar 1654 

hymns 1653 

numerals 4149-4150 

prayers 1659 

primer 1655-1656 

proper  names. 670,  690,  690O-6906,  698,698-699,702- 
704,  702o,704a,  1321,1940,19556-1955c,  2081,  2521 

relationsbips 2645 

songs 211a 

terms 761 

vocabulary 1391, 1650, 1685, 2204 

loway :  See  Iowa. 

Irivoknise :  See  Iroquois. 

Irokesc :  See  Iroquois. 

Iroquois  adjectives 36476 

alphabet 2643 

calendar 565c 

catechism 506<z,  673, 962, 2454a,  2456-2457, 

2737,  3015 

census 3510-3512 

characteristic  forms 580-581 

comparisons 583a 

dictionary 956, 1037, 1973d,  2463,  3138 

duct rina  Christiana 2466 

ethnology 3510-3512 

examples 1637a 


No. 

Iriquois  general  remarks.. 583<z,  1107o,  1637<i,  1697- 
1700, 1754, 1978a,  2001,  2643,  2678, 2748,  3714,  3832 

grammar 1595O-15956, 2464, 3138 

grammatic  comments 23-24, 952-954,  956, 

2643,  3647(1 

material 364  7c 

grammatic  specimens 3586 

gospels 2838 

history 3510-3512 

hymns  ...  103,  837,  948,  951,  955,  977, 1993,  2028,  2839 
instructions  . . .  520/-520sr,  16096,  2508,  2508a,  3820 

lifeofOhrist 2467 

Lord's  Prayer 954, 1089-1093, 1089o,  1091a, 

1133-1139,1134(1,  1135(1,1993,2010, 
2019,  2643,   2748,  3400,  3413,  3714 

names  of  animals 2650-2651 

places 952a 

numerals 1629, 1972,  231 1-2312 

prayer  book 998, 998a,  9986, 3400 

prayers 5066, 520d,  520jr,  946, 948, 955, 2456, 

246L  2468,  4135 

primer 946 

pronominal  forms 1636a-10366 

proper  names . .  .  698-699, 702-704,  702a,  2646-2647 

reading  lessons 955 

relationships 2648 

K.  C.  church  service 2453 

sachemships 2643,30% 

sermons 16096, 2508, 2508a,  3820 

songs 211« 

specimens 2221 

spelling  book  4131-4132 

terms 16370, 19945,  2792,  3647,  3647a 

text 126,  506c,  520c-520fc,  951, 1609, 1609a,  4030 

tract 4130 

verb  to  be 36476 

vocabulary 23-24,  28,  574o,  575,  577,  579, 

5790,   582,  831-834,  952,  1636O-16366, 

1676(1,  1820,  1860,  1946a,   1993,   2650, 

2748,  3121,  3147,  3511-3512,  4042-4043 

words 1972,  2215,  2321-2322,  2362, 3145,  3832 

In  itila  general  remarks 217, 217O-2176 

Isanti :  See  Santee. 

Isauntie:  See  Santee. 

Isayyati:  See  Santee. 

Isleta  general  remarks 2552 

numerals  2678 

vocabulary 999, 1526, 2062, 2303, 2307, 2552, 

3608-3609 

Ixil  doctrina  and  confesionario  10566 

instructor 10566 

ritual  of  matrimony 10566 

Izalco  general  remarks 2877 

Jaakema :  See  Yakama. 

Jacon :  See  Yakon. 

Jakon :  See  Yakon. 

Jakutat:  See  Yukutat. 

Jemez  general  remarks  2552 

numerals  2678 

vocabulary 217, 217O-2176,  999,  2303,  2307, 

2552,  3608-3609 

Jicarilla  Apache:  See  Apache. 

Jicorilla  Apache :  See  Apache. 

Joba  gram  matic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 836 


INDEX. 


1107 


No. 

Jonaz  vocabulary 3702 

Joukiousmo  grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 1101 

See  San  Raphael  Mission. 

Julime  general  remarks  217,  217o-217f> 

Kabinapek  vocabulary 3098 

Kachice :  Cncchi. 
Kachiquel:  See  Cakchiquel. 
Kadiac :  See  Kacliak. 
Kadiack :  See  Kadiak. 

K:uliak  grammar 3995 

numerals 28, 205, 1226o,  3046 

terms 523-524 

vocabulary 28,  217,  217O-2176,  527-528. 

991,  993-994,   1231, 1391,   1393,  2084, 
2205,  2216,  2293-2294,  3490,  3551,  4277 

words 205,577,2276,4087 

Kadiak -Kenai  vocabulary 2293-2294 

Kadjack :  See  Kadiak. 
Kadjak:  See  Kadiak. 
Kadjaker:  See  Kadiak. 

KajieagSmHt  vocabulary 1299a 

Kahchi:  See  Cacchi. 
Kabcliiquel:  See  Cakchiquel. 
Kahsowah :  See  Kasua. 
Kahweyah:  See  Cahuillo. 
Kalian  :  See  Kaigaul 

Kaijraui  grammatic  comments 3162 

numerals  982 

vocabulary    ....  527-528,  981-982, 1507,  3006o,  3162 

worda 3402 

Kaivavwit  words 3091 

Kaiyuhkhatana  numerals 982 

vocabulary 981-982 

See  Inkilik ;  see  Clukuk. 
Kakchiquel :  See  Cakchiquel. 
Kalapooiah :  See  Kalapnya. 

Kiilapaya  examples 1635 

general  remarks 1635 

grammatic  comments 527-528, 1464-1465 

linguistic  material    1464 

numerals 2678 

sentences 1466 

texts 1464 

vocabulary 270-S71,  527-528, 1466-1468, 

1537, 1635, 2707-2709,  2904-2905,  3514,  3872 

words 2205 

Kalikclat:  See  Kliketat 

Kalispel  catechism  1558,3631 

dictionary 1554-1556 

grammatic  comments 1555 

narratives 1557 

vocabulary 1501.1509,1635,3873 

words 3359 

Kalispelm:  See  Kalispel. 
Kalisteno:  See  Kniatenaux. 
Kalouche :  See  Kolosch. 
Kaltachanen :  See  Koltgchane. 
Kamchatka :  See  Kamtschatka. 
Kamskadale :  See  Kamtschatka. 
Kamtschadali-:  See  Kamtschatka. 

Kamtschatka  general  remarks .        2278 

numerals 1959-1962,2215 

proper  names 698-899, 70X-704, 702o,  2640 

relationship 2645 


No. 

Kamtschatka  vocabulary  ..  .1088-1093,2217,2247, 
2645,  3489-3490, 3493,  3770 

terms    ... 523-524 

words 2521 

Kamtshatka:  See  Kamtschatka. 
Kaniagmiout :  See  Koniagmut. 
Kaniagmut :  See  Koniagmut. 

Kangiulit  numerals 1226a 

vocabulary 3551 

Kansa :  See  Kansas. 

Kansas  dictionary 4266 

numerals 1629 

proper  names 670,702-704,1940 

vocabulary 212,298,1469,3770 

words  and  phrases 1017 

Kanzas :  See  Kansas. 
Kanzes :  See  Kansas. 
Karaib:  See  Carib. 

Karalit  general  remarks 1697-1700 

Karib:  See  Carib. 
Karif:  See  Carib. 

Karkin-Mutsnn  vocabulary 165 

Karok  numerals 3098 

song 3098 

vocabulary 1457,3098 

words 3099 

Karyak :  See  Kadiak. 

Kaskaskia  proper  names 698-699, 702-704, 

7020,  8970, 1940 

relationship 2645 

Kasua  grammatic  comments 1425-1426 

numerals —       2678 

vocabulary 2307,3303 

words 2305 

Kataba :  See  Catawba. 
Katahba:  See  Catawba. 

Katmay  (Alaska)  vocabulary 3006* 

Kau :  See  Kansas : 

Kauvuya  grammatic  comments 1425-1426 

vocabulary 2307 

words 2305 

See  Cahuillo. 

Kaviagmut  numerals  982 

vocabulary 981-982 

Kaw :  See  Kansas. 

Kawelitsk:  See  Cowlitz. 

Kawitchen  vocabulary. . .  .537-538, 3272, 3534, 3876« 

words 2205 

Kawitshin:  See  Kawitchen. 
Kayouse:  SeeCaynse. 
Kayowe :  See  Kiowa. 
Kay  ii  \  :  See  Cayuse. 
Kechi :  See  Kiche. 
Kekchi :  See  Cacchi. 
Kenai:  SeeKinai. 
Kenaier:  SeeKinai. 

Kenaitena  numerals **2 

vocabulary 981-982 

Kenaili :  See  Kinai. 
Kenay :  See  Kinai. 

Kern  Lake  numerals 3098 

Kein  Eiver  numerals 3<)98 

Kertchan :  See  Yuma. 
Khwakhlamayu:  See  Chwachamajee. 
Kiaway :  See  Kiowa. 


1108 


INDEX. 


No. 

Kichai :  Sec  Kiche. 

Kicbe  calendar 565a 

catechism  2351,2476,4266 

confessional 4264,4266 

days  of  month 220, 220o 

discourse 4026 

doctrina  Christiana  .  ...  .  ..190, 1016, 1047o,  3035 

drama 4277o 

general  remarks 2016, 1754,  2859,  3501, 3881 

grammar  121, 121a,  167a,  169,  217, 

317, 445, 1014, ,  1016,  4025,  4205,  4304 

grammatic  comments 22c,  23-24, 2998-2999 

history 4267 

Lord's  Prayer 160o,  217, 217o-2176, 

1392,  3749-3750 

names  of  months 2588o 

numerals, 317o,  547, 

7300,  3046,  33770,  3617,  3749-3750 

polysyntheses 26 

prayers 489-490 

proper  names 489-490 

sentences 3760a 

sermons 989, 1 015, 1017,  2473,  3459,  3565,  4305 

studies 20 

terms 738o,  739,  4268 

text 1670,  444-445,  28420,  3151(1, 

3460,  3870,  4021,  4025, 4267,  4308, 

treatise 4307 

vocabulary 23,24,135,217, 

2170-2176,  281,  316-317,  365,  445,  457,  527- 

528, 7300, 1749,  2215-2216,  2645,  2911,  3152- 

3153,  4045a,  4050O,  4050d,  4052,  4103,  4263 

words 3957 

Kickapoo :  See  Kikapu. 

Kikapoo :  See  Kikapu. 

Kikapu  general  remarks  2377-2379 

glossary 2768 

proper  numes 400,698-099, 

702-704,  702o,  897o,  1940 

relationships 1296,2645 

vocabulary 28,297-298,1393 

Kikkapoe:  See  Kikapu. 

Kikkapoo:  Sue  Kikapu. 

Kiliwee:  See  Kihv,  i. 

Klliwl  vocabulary 1354-1355, 1430 

Killamuk :  See  Yakon. 

Killcmook :  See  Takon. 

Killisteno :  See  Knistcnaux. 

Kiuai  dictionary 3161 

general  remarks 1512, 3158 

gramntatic  comments 28,  3161 

numerals 1226a,  3161 

songs 3161 

terms 523-524 

vocabulary 28, 205, 212, 217, 

2170-2176,  551,  527-530,  991-994, 1393,  2149, 

2204,  2216,2275,  2293-2294,  3124-3125,4236 

words    1950,3502-3503 

Kinai'tze:  See  Kinai. 

King  George's  Island  numerals 1101 

King  George's  Sound  numerals 28, 537-538, 

1042-1044, 1319,  3038 
vocabulary  104,1203-1205,1319 

King  lliver  grammatic  comments 1991 

vocabulary 1991 


No. 

King  William's  Land  geographic  names. .        1640 

Kiuomi  vocabulary 537-538 

Kiowa  nnmerals 2678,  3617 

proper  names 698-fl99, 702-704 , 70  2o 

sentences 1463 

songs 211o 

vocabulary  292, 1061, 2215-2216, 4103 

Kitka :  See  Pawnee. 

Kittistzu  vocabulary  3873 

Kitunaha  examples 1635 

general  remarks 1635 

numerals 2678 

vocabulary 1635 

Kivalhioqua  vocabulary 539-540 

Kiwai  vocabulary 529-530 

Kiwomi  vocabulary 2215-2216,  4103 

Kiz:  SeeKizh. 

Kizh  grammatic  comments 217, 217o- 

2176,1425-1426 

Lord's  Prayer 217,  217o-2176 

numerals 547 

vocabulary 217, 217O-2176, 531-532, 2216, 4103 

See  Netela. 

Klahoquaht :  See  Tlaoquatch. 

Klamath  dictionary 1423 

general  remarks  1434 

grammar 1423 

grammatic  comments 1448-1449, 1453 

myth  and  stories 1078 

texts 1423,1447 

vocabulary  ..  .200-201,  217, 217O-2176,  7556, 1247/, 
1356, 1457, 1514, 1516,  2341,  2348,  3794, 4157 
See  Modoc. 

Klatskanai:  See  Tlatskanai. 

Klatsop  proper  names 703 

vocabulary 1206,1635,3553 

words 2238 

Kleketat:  See  Kliketat. 

Klicatat:  See  Kliketat. 

Kfikatat:  See  Kliketat. 

Kliketat  dictionary 1035 

terms 523-524 

vocabulary 1527, 1635, 2215-2216, 2904-2905, 

2907-2909,  3534-3535,  3872 

Knistenaux  general  remarks 2384-2391 

inflections 2645 

vocabulary 28,  212,  699, 

1136, 1246, 1297-1299, 1391, 1393,  2204,  2216, 
23870,  2282-2283,  2390,  3494,  3951-3952,  3982 
See  Cree ;  see  Montagnais. 

Knisteueaux :  See  Knistenaux. 

Knistoneux:  See  Knistenaux. 

Koetenaice :  See  Kutenay . 

Koetenay:  See  Kulenay. 

Koikhpagmiut  list  of  birds 4277 

Koljusch :  See  Kolosch. 

Koljuschen :  See  Kolosch. 

Koljusck:  See  Kolosch. 

Kolosch  general  remarks 2339-2340,  2678,  3528 

Lord's  Prayer 2713 

numerals 1226o,3046 

vocabulary 205, 212, 527-530, 533-534, 

991-992, 1391,  1393,  2149,  2216,  2276 

Ko!osche :  See  Kolosch. 

Koltschauen :  See  Koltschane. 


INDEX. 


1109 


No. 

Koltschane  specimens 217, 217o-2176 

vocabulary 205, 527-5  0, 539-540, 551,  2216 

Koltschaui :  See  Koltschane. 
Kolush  :  See  Koloscb. 
Kolusic:  See  Kolosch. 
Komanchc :  See  Comanche. 
Komautsche:  See  Comanche. 

Komookha  vocabulary 1509 

Koniegen :  See  Chukchi. 
Konega :  See  Chukchi. 

Koniagmut  dictionary 3006/ 

grammatic  notes 3006/ 

nnmerals 982 

songs 3006/ 

vocabulary     981-982,1507 

Konkau  numerals 2678,3098 

songs 3098 

vocabulary 3098 

KoDsa :  See  Kansas. 
Konza :  Sec  Kansas. 

Koosatis  terms  488 

vocabulary 2992 

Koutenai :  See  Kutenay. 
Kootenay :  See  Kutenay. 
Kootennha :  See  Kutenay. 

Kope  vocabulary 1501, 1508,  2214, 2216 

Koiiak  general  remarks 3160 

vocabulary 5740,2277 

Koi  toque :  See  Koriak. 
Korjat :  See  Koriak. 
Kotcb-a-Kutchcn:  See  Kntchakutchin. 

Kotow  vocabulary    3123 

Ko  zi-bue  Souiul  vocabulary 1391, 1393 

Koulist  lieu  :  Sec  Kolosch. 
Kimskovimtsi :  See  Kuskokiviui. 
Kowelitsk :  See  Cowlitz. 
Ko\\elitz:  See  Cowlitz. 

Kowilth  vocabulary  1393,  2216,  4140 

Kri:  See  Cl-eo. 
Krih :  See  Cree. 

Kulanapo  vocabulary 217, 217O-2176, 

1501, 1508,  2214,  2216 
Kulleespeini :  See  Kalispel. 
Kullespelra:  See  KalispeL 

Kusa  vocabulary 388, 1454 

Kuscatchewan :  See  Kuskatchewak, 
Kusiut.i:  See  Gosinte. 

Kuskatchowak  words 

vocabulary 2216 

Kuskivigmut  vocabulary 4277 

Kuskokwim  vocabulary 205,1231,4237 

Kuskowigmjute :  See  Knskwogmut. 
Kuskutshewac :  See  Kuskatchewak. 

Kuskwogmut  vocabulary 981-982,  3530 

Kutiinii :  See  Kutenay. 
Kutanai :  See  Kutenay. 

Kutchakutchin  numerals 981-982 

vocabulary 2074.3396,4119-4121 

Kntchan :  See  Kutchin. 

Kutchin  numerals 529-530 

relationships -•  1738,2645 

tribal  names 

vocabulary 529-530,539-540,551, 

1354, 1430,  2216,  2394,  2645 
words 2686 


No. 

Kutenay  Lord's  Prayer 217,  217O-2176,  2473o, 

3577-3578, 3624-36J5 

relationships 1505,2045 

vocabulary 217, 217O-2176,  1861. 2215, 2367, 

3054,  3874-3875,  38760, 4046-4047 

words 2521 

Kutneha :  See  Kutenay . 
Kuwalitsk:  See  Cowlitz. 
Kwaiantl :  See  Kwakiool. 

Kwakiool  vocabulary 1507, 1635, 3876a 

Kwakiutl:  See  Kwakiool. 
Kwalhioqna:  See  Kwaliokwa. 

Kwaliokwa  vocabulary 1635, 2216 

Kwautlen  vocabulary 1528 

words 3360 

Kwenaiwitl:  See  Kwinaiutl. 

Kwigpak  vocabulary 3530 

Kwinaiutl  vocabulary 1635,2764 

Kwoneatshatka  vocabulary 1635 

Kygani:  See  Kaigani. 

Labrador:  See  Eskimo  of  Labrador. 

Lacandon  general  remarks 1754 

numerals 3617 

Lacotah :  See  Dakota. 

Laguna  catechism 2555, 2557d 

dictionary 25576 

epistle  John  (1st) 2557c 

first  reader 2556 

general  remarks 2552 

gospel  St.  Matthew 2557«  (p.) 

Lord'sPrayer 2557 

New  Testament 2557/-2557p  (p.) 

Old  Testament 2.T57/-25570  (p.) 

Psalms 2557a(p) 

relationships 1572,2645 

sentence 2557 

vocabulary 999,2307,2552 

See  Silla-Laguna. 
Laimon :  See  Laymon. 

La  Pnrisima  numerals 1636 

words 1636 

La  Soledad:  See  Soledad  Mission. 

Las  Vegas,  Nev.,  vocabulary 3069 

Lathruunnn- Yokuta  vocabulary 165 

Laymon  grammatic  comments 28, 2998-2999 

sentences 527,528 

vocabulary 

Laymon-Cochimi :  See  Laymon. 
Laymonen :  See  Laymon. 
Lenape :  See  Delaware. 
Lenapcc:  See  Delaware. 
Lenapi :  See  Delaware. 

Lenca  vocabulary 363?,  3725-3728,  373CO 

Lenuape:  See  Delaware. 
I  ..•MM;:  pi"  • :  See  Delaware. 
Lenui :  See  Delaware. 
Lenni-Lenape :  See  Delaware. 

Lilowat  vocabulary 1509 

Linapi :  See  Delaware. 

Lipan  general  remarks 2859 

grammatic  comments 2998, 2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217O-2176, 836 

words *<*> 

Lipano :  See  Lipan. 

Llanero  general  remarks 2859 


1110 


INDEX. 


No. 

Loloteu :  See  Tootooten. 

Long  Island  geographic  terms 3334 

local  names 3853,3927 

vocabulary 1391,1393,3414 

1. 1 ii I uc:  See  Zoqne. 

Loretano  general  remarks 1754 

Loretto  vocabulary    2214,2210 

Lototen :  See  Tootooten. 

Loucheux  dictionary 2968 

grammar —  2988 

vocabulary  . . .  .498, 539-540, 1950,  2207, 2215, 2969 

Louisiana  tribal  names 3478 

Lower  Rogue  River  vocabulary 270, 272 

Lucayan  words  2979o 

Lukamiute :  See  Kalapnya. 

Linn tni  Lord's  Prayer 4276 

pfoper  names 1496 

vocabulary  1496 

words 3360 

Lutuarai  numerals 2678 

vocabulary 1393,  1508, 1635,  2216 

words 2214 

Macabv-a :  See  Mazahua. 

Macaw :  See  Makah. 

McOlond  River  words 3761-3762 

Macicauni:  See  Mohegan. 

Mac-Kaw :  See  Makah. 

Macqnaic :  See  Mohawk. 

Msechachtini:  See  Seneca. 

Ma^  Readings  vocabulary 2214,2216 

Maba :  See  Omaha. 

Mahakuassica:  See  Mohawk. 

Mabaqu:  See  Mohawk. 

Mahaw :  See  Omaha. 

Mahican:  See  Mohegan. 

M ;i hit-aim  :  See  Mohegan. 

Mabikan :  See  Mobegan. 

Mahlemut  numerals  982 

vocabulary 221, 981-982, 3006e,  3645, 4119-4121 

Mahni'sheet :  Maliaeet. 

Maidu  phrases  and  sentences 1471 

text  1471 

vocabulary 1013, 1013a,  3098, 3779 

Maine  local  names 215«,  1662, 3891, 4084 

Makah  local  names 3783 

numerals  1599 

vocabulary  1529-1530, 

371H,  3783, 3787-3788,  4059a 

Makegong :  Sue  Maskegon. 

Malechite :  See  Maliseet. 

Malehmiout:  See  Mahlemut. 

Molcmute:  See  Mahlemut. 

Malbommes  grammatic  comments 1977-1978 

Malimoot:  See  Mahlemut. 

Maliseet  book  of  prayers 415 

catechism 3748 

dictionary 4019 

general  remarks 2377-2379,  3185o 

gospel  St.  John 84  (p.),  497-498  (p.),  31814, 

3185n  (p.),  3711!)  (p.)-3711c  (p.) 

StLuke 3185r(p.) 

grammatic  forma 3185» 

material 3185( 

hymns 3185/,  3185  j-3185(,  4005-4008 

instructor 3185r 


No. 

Maliseet  Lord's  prayer 57, 14946, 2473u,  3181/, 

3183,  3748,  3814,  3914-39154226,  4276 

numerals 1 570u,  1D59-1962, 3184,  3585 

primer 3348 

Psalms 3185)1  (p.),  3185*  (p.) 

relationships 3185,  3185t 

song 1362a 

Ten  Commandments 3181/.38I4 

tracts 3185n,  3185S-3185 

vocabulary 297-298,717, 

lOOOo-lOOOi),  1802,  3185p,  3185* 
words 2377-2379,3625 

Malisete :  See  Maliseet 

Malisit:  See  Maliseet, 

Maltlatzinga :  See  Matlazinga. 

Mam :  See  Mame. 

Mam-Huasteque  grammatic  comments. . .  738,  740 

Mame  confession 3242 

doctrina  Christiana 3242 

general  remarks 739a,  755c,  1754 

grammar 217,  217O-2176,  2203,  3242 

grammatic  comments 2998,  2999 

proper  names 215 

text 1341 

vocabulary 863a,  2348a,  3242, 3636 

Mandan  general  remarks 1107a,  2521 

grammatic  comments.  1684-1685,  lG84o,  2521-2522 

numerals 3048-3050, 31B6, 3631 

proper  names 696, 698-699,  702-704, 

702a,  1940, 1955c,  2646 

relationship 2646 

terms 1336 

vocabulary 327«,  682-683, 685,  687u,  689, 

692-693,  1061,  1067fe-1067c,  1391, 1685, 

1837,  2097,  2204,  2216,  3164,  3166,  3625 

words 682-683,  685,  692-693,  1633.  1989-1990 

Mangue  conversational  phrases 3342a 

vocabulary 334?<z 

Maqua:  See  Onondaga. 

Mareschet :  See  Maliseet. 

Mareschit :  See  Maliseet. 

Mare*>chite :  See  Maliseet. 

Mavicopa  vocabulary 217, 217o-2176,  283, 1430 

words 1394 

See  Cocomaricopa. 

Maryland  catechism 4105 

dictionary 4105 

grammar 4105 

Mary  March  :  See  Bethuck. 

Maskegou  phrases 2220 

words 3791-3792 

Maskoke :  See  Mnskoki. 

Maskoki :  Sec  Mnskoki. 

Massachusetts,  Baxter's  Call 1186-1187 

Bible 1175-1 177, 1179,  2494 

catechism 1184-1185,  3933 

Christian  covenanting  confession 1197 

confession  of  faith 3202-3203 

dialogue 909-910 

discourse 2505 

epistle  to  Christian  Indians 2502-2503 

Genesis 1002  (p.),  1180 

gospel  of  John  .208-209  (p.),  208n  (p.),  2218o  (p.) 

grammar 1114,1190-1192,1891 

grammatic  comments 28, 317c,  1391 


INDEX. 


1111 


No. 

Massachusetts  Isaiah 3119-3116  (p.) 

letter  908-910 

local  names 3258,3893-3894 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185a,  202, 

2676-2B7d,  383ra,  392a,  909,  1004-1007, 
17360,  2473a,  2026,  3850-3851,  3914-3915 

New  Testament 1174-1179 

numerals 1959-1962 

practice  of  piety 1188-1189 

primer 1193-1196, 1199a,  1200 

Psalms  .  .1115-1116, 1181-1183, 1198,1570, 18476  (p.) 
3508-3509,  3664 

psalter 1182 

Samuel  (2(1) 3205  (p.) 

sentences 909-910,2625 

sermons 987-988 

text.... 383o,  11900, 1200a-1200t,  1957,2847l7,2929o 

tracts 1199,1676,2504,2506 

tribal  names 3478 

vocabulary 23, 212,  298,  317c,  908o,  909-910, 

9870, 1000, 1004-1007,  1126,  1391, 1593, 1712, 
2204,  2216,  2362,  3414,  3502,  3961,  4195-4196 
Matlacinga:  See  Matlazinga. 
Matlalsinken :  See  Matlazinga. 
Matlaltzinca:  See  Matlazinga. 
Matlalzinca :  See  Matlazinga, 
Matlalzinga :  See  Matlazinga. 
Matlanzinga :  See  Matlazinga. 
Matlatzinca :  See  Matlaziuga. 
Matlaziuca :  See  Matlazinga. 

Matlazinga  catechism 315,  665o,  666 

confession     1616 

dictionary 665 

doctriua  Christiana. 1617 

general  remarks 1754,  2678,  2859 

grammatic  comments    2998-2999 

grammar 217, 217O-2176,  312,  665, 1616-1617 

Lord's  Prayer 213,836 

sermons 225,314,666-667 

text 1616 

vocabulary 312 

See  Pirinda. 
Matzahua:  See  Mazalma. 

Maya  alphabet    10676-1067C,  3760o 

antiquity  of  the  Mayas  3696 

appeal  to  Indians  in  revolt 3987 

caiculiform  writing 1098 

catechism 341,  895,  935, 1308, 1727,  3 427 

chrestomathy 450, 745 

cbdice 829-830 

confessions 

devotions 1307 

dictionary 341,450,517,806 

1030, 10300-1030*,  2090,  2949,  29496-2949c,  3692 

discourses  and  spiritual  treatises 631o,  894 

doctrina  Christiana  892 

general  remarks 217,  217O-2176,  246,  358 

453,  485,  4M,  494o,  495,  495o 
742o,  745o,  755C.  1486O,  1754 
2207,  2215,  2678,  2859,  300C 

gospel  ofJohn 84  (p.), 497-498  (p.) 

1309,  3711&-3711C  (p 

Luke 208-209  (p.), 

2080  (p.),  3426,  (p.), 34260  (p.) 


No. 

Maya  grammar 217, 217O-2176,  3-11-343, 446,  449- 

450,  516,  893,  936, 1884, 2193,  2714, 3595 

grammatic  comments 22e,  23-24, 28, 

363!,  449,  4956,  741-743,  755c,  1392, 
1720,  2665,  2767,  3376-3377,  3586 

hieratic  texts    3379 

letter 615d 

historical  studies 3697 

linguistic  material 363/-363<7 

Lord's  Prayer  . .  28, 185<l,  217,  217O-2176, 357,  836, 
24730, 2713, 2767,  3595 

names  of  days 3845-3846, 3595, 3969,  3969o 

months 220,  220o,  317o,  3595,  3845- 

3846, 3969,  3969O 

notes  on  the  Scriptures  3695 

numerals 363/  4956,  730o,  754-755,  '55o-755c, 

1390, 1720,  33770, 3046  3378, 361.7, 4074 

orations 344o 

pastoral  letter 1613,3976 

phrases 4074 

place  names 813 

plant  names 27476 

polysynthesea '-6 

prayers 116o,  1307, 1390, 1728 

primer 356,1726,3418 

proper  names 363fc,  703 

records 494 

sermons 341,  805, 3561O,  3693,  3698-3699,  3880 

story 4946 

studies 20 

terms  ....  401,  454o,  4946,  523-524,  738o,  739,  2266, 

3097 

text  . . .  .344,  442, 4956,  785O-7856, 1169,  2392o,  2399, 
25996,  2952,  2953a,  3376-3377,  3969,  3969O 

vocabulary 23-24,28, 207, 212, 362-363, 363/, 

446,  449,  491,  4956,  576, 7556,  756d,  730o, 
1343, 1388, 1392,  2216,  2264,  2767,  3376- 
3377,  3700,  3726-3728,  3760O,  3978,  4074 

words 599,  813,  3000,  3198,  3728,  3950,  3957 

See  Tucatec. 
Mayo :  See  Maya. 
Mayn :  See  Maya. 

Mazahua  catechism 3568 

doctrina  Christiana 2692 

general  remarks 1754 

grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 836,2841 

manual  2693 

sermon  3568 

vocabulary 3568 

Mazahuatl:  See  Mazahna. 

Mazatec  Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176, 836 

general  remarks  .   1754 

granimatic  comments 2998-2999 

Mazateca :  See  Mazatec. 
Mazateco :  See  Mazatec. 
Mechoacan :  See  Michoacan. 
Mecbuaca:  Sec  Michoacan. 
Meco:  See  Serrano. 

Mednovskie  vocabulary 4237 

Meeleeceet :  See  Maliseet. 
Megicana :  See  Mexican. 
Megicano :  See  Mexican. 
Melicete:  See  Maliseet. 


1112 


INDEX. 


No. 

Melicite:  See  Maliseet. 

M  <  in u m in n i r :  See  Menomoni. 

Menomanie :  See  Menomoni. 

Menomene:  See  Menomoni. 

Menomenee:  See  Menomoni. 

Menoiieni:  See  Menomoni. 

Menomino:  See  Menomoni. 

Menominee :  See  Menomoui. 

Menomonee :  See  Menomoni. 

Menomoui  catechism 43036— J303c 

hymns 409 

Lord's  Prayer 3577-3578, 3914-3915, 4276 

prayers 409, 4303o,  4303c 

phrases 3361 

primer  lessons 409 

proper  names 670,  698-699,  702-704,  702o,  1940 

relationship 2645 

remarks 210 

sentences 3361 

vocabulary 501,1061,1391, 

1393, 19460,  1959,  2204,  2216,  3361 
words 2979,3361,3949 

Merrimack  Valley  geographic  terms .  ...  3051 
names  of  Indian  tribes : 3051 

Mescalero  Apache :  See  Apache. 

Mcssicaua :  See  Mexican. 

Messicanice :  See  Mexican. 

Mossisanga:  See  Missisauga. 

Mesaisauger :  See  Miaaiaauga. 

Messisaugi :  See  Missisauga. 

Mewoc :  See  Miwok. 

Mexicaine:  See  Mexican. 

Mexican  aboriginal  writing 3198 

act  of  contrition 674 

alphabet 2956 

angelical  salutation 371  la 

annals  98,1387 

antiquities 2826 

arithmetic 2558 

astronomy 30 13 

calendar 1877<j,  2257-2259,  3595,  3605, 4020 

catechism 124,  224,  238,  630,  657-658,  674- 

675,  6740,  6770,  678,  808,  1283,  1415-1421, 
14180-14200,  1597,  2439,  2610-2613,  2883, 
2891.  2894,  2957, 3444,  3959,  3963,  4002,  4262 

chronica 4280 

classification  of  languages 1223a 

codex 460,2927 

colloquies 844,1338,1400 

comedies 72 

commentary 1228 

confessional 70,  226-227, 570, 594, 

849,  900,  1414,  2604-2607,  2826,  2875,  3428,  3990 

conversation,  guide  to 160 

conversations 864, 1338o,1400o 

daily  exercises 3447 

daya  of  month 220,  220o 

devotional  exercise 1167 

devocionario 64, 1029, 1385 

dialogues  .223,1322,1338,3246,  3248,  3318,3457,3479 

dictionary 197,199,241, 

245, 1031, 1751,  2819,  3443,  3458,  3602,  3955 

discourses 71,1041,3017-3018 

dissertations 1383,  2627 

divisions  of  the  year 000-603 


No. 

Mexican  doctrina  Christiana 75, 122. 

132,  192,  477,  672,  830ffl,  1052-1056,  1283, 
1398-1399,  2563,  2608-2613,  2669,2826,  2891, 
2894,  3245,  3315,  3355,  3446,  3476,  3981,  3991 

epistles 1222-1223 

examples 4020 

exhortations 2254-2256 

explanations 1251, 2578 

extracts 2259 

fable 3453o 

general  remarks 182o-182d,  2016, 268<t,  3976, 

447,  451-455,  755c,  817-824,  901,  913,  1270o, 
1404, 1553, 1560, 1754, 1875o.  1978re,  2678,  2687, 
2699,  2859,  2677,  3014,  3368e-3368/,  3375,  3497- 
3498,  3501,  3680,  3701,  3746,  3841,  3962,  3965 

gospel  of  John 498  (p.),  3711c  (p.) 

Luke. .  208-209  (p.),  208o  (p.),  1242, 2052 

gospels 2618,2874 

and  epistles 311 

grammar 54, 167, 170,  191, 193, 197,  199, 

245,  551o,  561a,  562,  605-606,  612,  849o,  900, 
995,  1315,  1379,  1409-1413,  1594,  1597,  1611- 
1612,  1772,  2569,  2614-2615,  2628,  2682o,  2817- 
2819,  2826.  2869,  2893,  2954,  2961,  3186,  3221o, 
3305-3306,  3367, 3368/,  3370, 3443,  3450,  3453o, 
3458,  3476-3477,  3800,  3871,  3939,  4002,  4262 

grammatic  analysis 3368o-3368d 

commeuto .226,  23-24, 

28,  397o,  563,  1386,  1392,  1559,  1564,  1593, 
1879,  2560,  2373,  2998-2999,  3211-3212,  3586 

hieroglyphs 1234,  2756,  3380,  3736 

historical  notea 195 

history  of  cities 2301-2302 

Mexico 789-793, 2578o,  3453 

the  Conquest 994o 

the  Passion 1824 

homilies  2398 

hymn 564,592 

indulgencias 240 

instructions  3430,  3451 

for    administering    sacra 
ments  1611 

new  ministers 896 

instructor 1382, 2573 

legal  document 2693o 

letter 615d 

life  of  S.  Bernardino  de  Sena 3452 

S.  Antonio 234 

lives  of  saints 2616,  3485 

local  names 613-615,  813 

Lord's  Prayer 28,  397d, 

718,  836,  1271,  1331, 1337,  1736(1,  2146,  2452, 
24730,  2560,2670,  2670O,  2676,  2713,  2S62,3449a 

manual 2439-2440,  2892,  30C8 

for  administration  of  sacraments..  .863, 
2319,  2881,  2955,  3430 

memorial 2043,  4270 

moral  laws  for  Indian  children 229 

names  of  days 220, 220o,  317a,  3013 

deities 2524,  3532o 

months     317a,  435-437,  1359,  3013 

numerals 63«,  363/,  549, 

551(,  600-603,  6000-6006,  1499,  1558c-i558d, 
15580,  1558t,  15J8)«,  1558u,  1559,  1878-1877, 
1874o,1876o,2259,  2675,  3046,  3124-3125,  3377o 


INDEX. 


1113 


No. 

Mexican  ordinances 2846-2847 

paleography 1025 

parable  of  Prodigal  Son 1937o 

phonetic  elements 3014 

piadoso  devocionario 1307 

plant  names 2918d 

platicas 191,193,228,230,2565 

poetry  2008o 

polysyntheses v 26 

prayers 239,2599,3681 

primer 630,2960,3310-3317 

proclamation  of  emperor 2533a 

proper  names 1558c-1558d,  15580, 1558», 

1558m,  1558i> 

register  of  baptisms 3209 

relationships 220, 220o 

religious  instructions 1944 

treatises 2821-2823 

rites ! 3013 

scripture  passages 838 

sermons 72o,  123, 125, 235-236,  310,  57«,  610, 804, 

1227,  1338,  1014, 1750.  2253.  2452o,  2599c, 
2826,  2858,  3187,  3221O,  3246,  3315,  3355, 
3365,  3412,  3441,  3445,  3480,  3485,  3559- 
3501,  3563-3534, 3569-3570,  3772,  3892,  4004 

silabario 1380-1381 

songs 591, 30156, 3453a 

specimens  2390 

spiritual  directory 2582o 

lessons 2233 

studies 20,184-185 

terms  .  .218-219, 218o,  219a,  441a,  442, 448, 000-603, 
766,7660,1118, 1403,1061a,  2088-2089,2562(1, 
2627,3380,  3729,  3834-3836,  3967-3968.  4175  i 

text 280,222,231-233,237,  242-245,  495c, 

663,  10450,  12506,  2252,  2320,  2449-2451,   : 
2530,  2533,  2557A,  2573, 2576-2382,  2578o, 
2580d,  '.'617,  26180,  "622-2023,20090,  2876, 
2958,  2962,  3175a,  3314,  3411,  S442,  3449, 
3453a,  3464,  3975,  3975a,  3985,  4003,  4038 

tract 125,  3214, 3249,  3355,  3365,  3309,  4.81  1 

translations 355  : 

treatise 198-199 

verses 3680 

vocabulary 23-24, 28,  OSo,  149- 

159,  212,  297-298,  322d,  303,  420(t,  495c,  ' 
533-534,  5516-551«,  600O-6006,  607,  900, 
11180,  1322,  1331,  1339,  1392,  1595,  1611, 
17370, 1741-1748,  1948,  1978o,  2162-2167, 
2216,  2525,  2558,  2561,  2600-2603,  2628, 
2682a,  2093a,  2820,  2826,  2869,  2879,  3123, 
3211-3212,  3241,  3443,  3448,  3702,  3709, 
3724,  3720-3728,  3823,  4054-4055,  4202 

words 208o,  4000-4006, 4116, 420a, 

718,  813,  1269,  1404,  1598,2259,  2276, 
2559,  3409,  3718-3720, 3731, 3968a,  3982 
See  Aztec. 

Mexicans:  See  Mexican. 
Mexicnne:  See  Mexican. 

Miami  general  remarks 2377-2379,  3499 

gramrnatic  comments 28 

numerals 1959-1963 

proper  names 1940, 2646 

relationship 2645 


No. 

Miami  vocabulary 28,  297-298, 1061, 1391, 

1393,   1661,  1712,  2204,  2216,  2377-2379, 
3120,  3625,  3860,  3949,   3982,    4061-1064 

Miami-Illinois  dictionary 2230o 

vocabulary 212 

Michelmack  words 3949 

Michigan  geographic  features 2187 

proper  names 1940 

Michoacan  confessional 245a 

dialogue 1546 

grammar 245o,  1542 

text 146,2450,2532 

thesoro  spiritual 1543-1544 

vocabulary 1545,2525,4048 

Michopdo :  See  Maidu. 
Michuacan :  See  Michoacan. 
Mickmak :  See  M icmar. 

Micmac  Acts  of  Apostles 31810, 3809 

Bible  stories 4010 

catechism 2057-2059, 2580c,  3l85c,  4005-4007 

conjugation 31650 

decalogue 3185d 

dictionary 3185o,4019 

epistle  to  Galatians' i)185n 

Romans 3185n 

Exodus 414, 3181A, 3185*  (p.) 

Genesis 518,3181d,  3185«(p.) 

general  remarks 1270o,  3185o 

gospel  of  St.  John 209  (p.),  498  (p.) 

3179«-3179/,  3181*.  3711C  (p.),  4205 

St.  Luke  31816-3181C 

StMark 318H 

St.  Matthew 3179c-3179d 

grammar 274o,  101 9o,  1597o,  1949o-19496, 

20590,  2407,  25806-2580C.  4197o 

grammatic  comments 1391, 31 79 

forms 3179 

material 3I85« 

hieroglyphs 3583-3584 

hymns,  prayers,  &c 31795, 3181r,  318U 

3185f-3185m,  318S(,  4005-4008 

instructor  31856 

lesson  card 318lo 

local  names 3181 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 59, 185o,  1270o,  14946, 2237, 

24730, 2713, 3583-3584,  3914-3915,  4011,  4-J76 

mass  and  vesper  book 2495 

New  Testament 3181m  (p.) 

numerals 3181,3585 

prayers   25806-2580c,  31850, 3185*,  4005-4008 

primer 67 

proper  names 703 

Psalms 519, 3!81e,  3181»  (p.),  3185ni  (p.) 

notes  on  translation  of 3185A 

reading  book 3180-3181 

relationship 2645,3185 

religious  offices 2580o 

rudiments 3409o 

sentences 3lS5f 

sermons 2057-2059 

specimens 4013 

stories 3185« 

terms 8, 1063 

text 3178 


1114 


INDEX. 


Micmac  tracts. 


No. 

31790-31796, 

3181»-3181g,  3185i,  3884-3887 

vocabulary 28,212, 

274o,  1 OOOa-10006, 1362,1391, 1393, 1802, 
2204,  2216,  2291,  2580C,  3182,  4170-4171 

words 273-275, 2205, 3181, 3185/ 

See  Gaspesien. 

Micmacensi:  See  Micmac. 

Mije:  SeeMixe. 

Mikasuko  Lord's  Prayer 3640 

terms 488 

vocabulary 3640 

Mikasuki :  See  Mikasnke. 

Mikemak:  See  Micmac. 

Mikmak :  See  Micmac. 

Mikmaqne:  See  Micmac. 

Milicete:  See  Maliseet. 

Milicite:  See  MalUeet. 

Millbank  words 1108,  U08o 

Millerton  numerals 3098 

Millicete :  See  Maliseet. 

Minatarree :  See  Minitari. 

Minckus :  See  Minqaa. 

Minetare:  See  Minitari. 

Minetari:  See  Minitari. 

Minitarec :  See  Minitari. 

Minitari  numerals 1959-1962 

propernames 1940,2646 

relationships 2645 

specimens 2521 

terms 523-524,2521 

vocabulary 212,1391,1393, 

1685,  2204,  2216,  2645,  3493 

words 3502 

See  Hidatsa ;  see  Gros-Ventre. 

Minrataree:  See  Minitari. 

Miuneconjou  names  of  chiefs 3944 

Minnetahse :  See  Minitari. 

Minnetare:  See  Minitari. 

.Minnetaree:  See  Minitari. 

Minnitareo :  See  Minitari. 

Minqna  general  remarks 3582 

numerals — 68-69 

vocabulary 572-574 

See  Susquebanna. 

Minque :  See  Minqna. 

Minsi  catechism 3557 

general  remarks 2029 

hymns 1637-1638 

names 1714 

numerals 1186,1959-1962 

relationship 2645 

vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 1136, 1172, 

1391, 1393, 19460,  2529,  2779,  3414 
words 2021,2276,3503,3982 

Miqnernaque :  See  Micmac. 

Mission  Indians:  See  names  of  the  various  mis 
sions 

Missisauga  vocabulary 28, 297-298, 

1136,1391,4174-4175 
words 3503 

Mississage :  See  Missisangn. 

Missouri  general  remarks 1938 

grammatic  comments 1654 

linguistic  material 1075 


No. 

Missouri  proper  names 698-«99, 

702-704,  702o,  1955c,  2646 

relationships 2840 

Missouri-Colombienne  region  vocabulary        1978o 

Missouri  Valley  philology 1686 

Misaouria :  See  Missouri. 
Missourie :  See  Missouri. 
Missquito :  See  Mosquito. 
Mistee :  See  Mixteca. 
Misteca :  See  Mixteca. 
Misteco :  See  Mixteca. 
Mistekic:  See  Mixteca. 
Misteque :  See  Mixteca. 

Miwok  numerals 3098 

vocabulary 3i)98 

words 3100 

Tosemite  names 3098 

Mixe  comparisons 363o 

confessional ' 3155 

dovocionario  349 

dictionary 3156 

doctrina  Christiana 3155 

general  remarks 1754 

grammar 217,  217O-2176,  349,  3155-3156 

grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176, 836 

numerals 2678 

prayers 4060 

sermons 331 

vocabulary 332, 1343o,  3760o,  4045o,  4060 

See  Guichiovian. 

Mixteca  catechism 676-677, 1561-1562,  2866 

dictionary 3311 

doctrina  Christiana  . .  .1050o,  1278-1280, 1562,  3481 

epistles 1590 

general  remarks  1754, 2078, 2859 

gospel 836,1590,3482 

grammar 217,  217O-2176, 1885,  286U, 

3239-3240,  3483,  4039 

grammatic  comments 28, 1879, 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o,  217, 217o-2176, 830, 

2214,2216,24730,2713 

manual 4039 

numerals 748 

place  names 813 

prayer 3964 

sacraments 10 

sermons 9,19,3312,3829 

tracts 3312,3964 

vocabulary 28,73,713,3168,3824,4039 

words 813,3982-3983 

Mixteca-Zapoteca  text  8306 

Mixtecice :  See  Mixteca. 
Mistcco :  See  Mixteca. 

Mixteco-Montafiez  cat«chism 077 

Mixtek :  See  Misteca. 
Mixteka:  See  Mixteca. 
Mixtekt-u :  See  Mixteca. 
Mixteque :  See  Mixteca. 
Miztec :  See  Mixteca. 
Mizteca:  See  Mixteca. 

M;mat  vocabulary 1721, 1721a 

Mnetiioucs  :  See  Menomoni. 

MobiiiiMi  voc;ibiilary 298 

2514 


INDEX. 


1115 


No. 

Modoc  numerals 3098 

vocabulary 811,16236,2514,3102 

See  Klamatb, 
Modok:  See  Modoc. 
Mi]]i;m\  :  See  Mohawk. 

Mohnvn  grammatic  comments 1425-1426 

proper  names 703 

vocabulary 217, 217O-2176, 291, 527-528, 

1061, 1430, 1506, 1534-1535, 1719, 
2215,  2304,  2307,  3068,  3254,  4103 

words 2305 

Mohawk  Acts  of  Apostles 1791, 1791o 

adverbs 3185z 

alphabet 2279 

Apostles'  Creed 2723 

Biblestories 3130 

Book  of  Common  Prayer    ....  117, 413, 816, 2664, 
2735,  4136-4137 

catechism.. 807,2664,2725,3130 

epistle  of  James 1786 

John  (1) 1788 

John  (2) 1787 

John  (3) 1788 

Jade 1789 

Peter(l) 1786 

Peter(2) 1786 

epistle  toColossians 1765 

Corinthians 1763,1784 

Ephesians 1794 

Galatians 1762,1793 

Hebrews 1770 

Philemon 1769 

Philippians 1764 

Romans 1792 

Thessalonians 1766 

Timothy 1767 

Titus 1768 

examples 325 

general  remarks 1859, 2029, 2858 

geographic  names 2643 

glossary 1637a 

gospel  of  St.  John 84, 

208-209  (p.),  2800,  497-498  (p.),  1785, 
2769-2771,  31056,  37116  <p.)-3711c  (p.) 

St.  Luke 1780-1781, 3185z  (p. ) 

St.  Mark 413, 

438-440,  3185*  (p.)-3185y  (p.) 

St.  Matthew 1782-1783 

grammar 3146-3147 

grammatic  comments 28,413,2855 

history  translation  of  Book  Common 

Prayer.. If25 

hymns..  74,268,  4138-4139, 

1774-1779, 17740,  1779o,  2053,  2279,  3020,  3399 

Isaiah 2722 

letter 440o 

litany 2664 

local  names 3606 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o, 

1337, 1825, 1859,  £723,  3185l,  3577-3579,  3964O 

mass  and  vespers 2454 

names  of  mouths. .. 1660 

numerals 68-69, 69a,212o, 

975-976,  975o,  1133-1139, 11340, 1135a  1660, 
1683, 1859,  2855,  2916,  3185z,  3979, 4089,  4098 


No. 

Mohawk  phrases 2542-2545,3650 

prayer-book 807,2279 

pras-ers 1796,2507,2723,3130 

primer 3136-3137 

psalms  and  hymns 4138-4139 

religious  instruction 10276 

Revelation 1790 

sacred  history 3817 

Scriptures 607  (p. ) 

sentences 3185z,  31852, 3650 

sermons 10270, 16186-1618e,  2231O,  3307,  3819 

specimens 1088-1 093 

Ten  Commandments 2723 

terms 1999 

text 16370,3818 

verbal  forms 1636O-16366 

verses 2383 

vocabulary 28,212,297-298,571, 

1061, 10890, 1091, 10910,  1201,1391,  1393, 
1474, 1860,  2029,  2204,  2216,  2646,  3185u, 
3185w-3185x,  318566,  3414,  3511-3512 

words 505-506, 

2279, 2855, 3185z-3185ao,  3650, 3710,  3949 

Moheagau :  See  Mohcgan. 

Moheakanneew :  See  Mohegan. 

Mobcakannuk :  See  Mohegan. 

Mohegan  catechism 174-175,3108 

examples 317c 

general  remarks 1134O, 

11350,  2377-2379,  2793-2T94 

grammar 1898 

grammatic  comments 28,  317c,  1112, 2010 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o,  1004-1007, 

1088-1093,  10890,  1091O, 
1133-1139,  :462,  3914-3915 

memoir 1847,1979 

nnmerals. .  1133-1139, 1 134o,  1135o,  1846, 1959-1962 

prayers 3108-3109 

proper  names 702-704, 702o,  2646 

Psalms 1136  (p.),  1827  (p.),  2666  (p.),  3556  (p.) 

relationships 2645 

specimens 1846 

vocabulary 28, 63, 212,  2*7-298, 421, 

1004-1007, 1133-1139, 11340, 1135o, 

1240,  1391,  1393,  1708,  1712,  1846, 

19400,  2010,  2204,  2216,  2311-2312, 

2362,   3123,  3414,   3478,  4170-4171 

words. .  .2276, 2377-2379,  2745, 2979,  3503,  3625,  39S2 

See  Stockbridge. 

Mohican:  See  Mohegail. 

Mohikan:  See  Mohegan. 

Mohogice  Lord's  Prayer 397d,  718, 

1331,  2452, 24730,  3449O 

vocabulary 1331 

words 718 

Mnjave :  See  Mohave. 

Molale  grammatic  comments 627-528 

numerals 2678 

sentences 1*72 

text 1473 

vocabulary 527-528, 1 393, 1472, 1531, 1635 

Molele :  See  Molale. 

Monnitarri;  See  Minitari. 

Mono  general  remarks    217, 217O-2176 

Monaee :  See  Minai. 


1116 


INDEX. 


No. 

Montagnais  catechism 40, 40a,  116d,  2963-2964 

chants,  &c 406 

dictionary 2968,4010 

gene-al  remarks 1266a,  2245-2240,  .'I7K! 

grammar 2968 

grammatic  comments 23-24 

hymns,  prayers,  &c 4005-4007 

Lord's  Prayer  . .  720o.  2473O,  2497-2501,  3914-3915 

prayer-book ...  2153,2153o 

prayers 38, 40o,  2244-2246,  2963-2964 

songs 2963-2964 

specimens 2219,3735 

teit 116d 

vocabulary ...23-24,28,298,7556,2969 

words 1801 

See  Cree ;  see  Kniatennux. 
Montagnaise:  See  Montagnais. 
Montagnar:  See  Montagnais. 
Montagnard :  See  Montagnais. 
Montagnie:  See  Montagnais. 
Montaug:  See  Montauk. 

Montauk  vocabulory 32Ia,  2192, 

2204,2362,4194-4197 

Mooksabk  vocabulary 1518 

Moose  Bible  history 1853o 

Book  of  Common  Prayer 1850 

catechism 1853a 

church  rites 1850 

Moqui  general  remarks 217,  217o-217i),  1424 

numerals 2678 

phrases 3774 

sentences 3774 

songs 3774-3775 

vocabulary 217,  217O-2176, 

2670,  999,  2303,  2307,  3608-3609 

words 267,  2305,  3774 

Moscan :  See  Mosquito. 
Moskito :  See  Mosquito. 

Mosqnito  Bible  stories 378o 

dictionary 1033o 

general  remai  ks  366, 2678 

grammar 217,  217a-217!>,  904-905, 1040, 1724 

introduction  to  Ten  Commandments  . . .  904-905 

Lord's  Prayer 208-209, 208a,  904-905 

numerals 760a,  3617 

prayers 12266 

primer 12266 

songs 217,2170-2176,4275 

vocabulary 363g,  366,  7556,  760o,  842,  904-905, 

1731,  3718-3720,  3722-3723,  3731, 4275 

words 1730,  3718-3720,  3731 

See  Waikna, 

Mt.  St.  Elias  vocabulary 1231 

Mountain  Cherokee:  See  Cherokee. 
Mountain  Crow;  See  Crow. 
Mountaiuee:  See  Montagnais. 
Mubekaueew:  See  Mohegan. 
Muhheconnuk:  See  Mohegan. 
Mnhhekaneew:  See  Mohegan. 
Muhhckancnk:  See  Mohegan. 
Muhkekaneew:  See  Mohegan. 
Mukkogi'e:  See  Muskoki. 
Mnncey:  See  Minsi. 
Munsee:  See  Miiisi. 
Muscogee:  See  Muskoki. 


No. 

MiiRcoghe:  See  Muskoki. 
Muscogulge:  See  Mnskoki. 
Muscoki :  See  Muskoki. 
Mitskhogee:  See  Muskoki. 
Muskogee:  See  Muskoki. 
Muskogh :  See  Muskoki. 
Muskoghe:  See  Muskoki. 
Miiwkogulge:  See  Muskoki. 
Mnskohg:  See  Muskoki, 
Maskohge:  See  Muskoki. 
Muskohgee:  See  Muskoki. 
Muskoke:  See  Muskoki. 
Mnskokee:  See  Muskoki. 

Muskoki  Acts  of  Apostles 3323 

alphabet 2329 

assistant 1301 

catechism  2324,2333-2334 

child's  book 1303 

commandments 1669 

constitution  and  laws 2966 

dictionary 2329 

double  consonants 3330 

early  history 3333 

epistle  Corinthians 3328 

Ephesians 3322 

James  3322 

John 3339 

Romans   3327 

Titus  3322 

fable 3331o 

first  reader 3335-3336 

general  remarks 301-308, 

762o-762d,  11070,  2377-2379 

gospel  St.  John 84  (p.),  514,  997,  2335-2336, 

37116  (p.) 

St.  I. nl, i- 3325 

St.  Mark 3;s24 

St.  Matthew 2325-2327,  3329t  (p. ) 

grammar 486-487,513,2330 

grammatic  comments 2328o,  2990--J991 

material 28, 1391 

specimens 3586 

history 3332o 

hymns 172. 32L'o. 

515,  702o,  7050-7056, 1669,  2337-2308, 
2689,  3329c-3329d,  3329./-3329A,  3:129*- 

legend I600c 

letter 3036n 

Lord's  Prayer 1669, 23:!3 

names  of  towns 1003 

newspaper 3332 

numerals 1629, 1059-1962, 1972 

phrases 1462 

proper  names 400,  670,  698-699,  702-704,  702o, 

8970, 1680-1681, 1940, 19556-1955(1,  2646,  3780 

relationships 2328 

second  reader 3337 

sentences 1462 

sermon 1302 

songs 2110,3326 

spelling-book  1670 

teacher 1304 

temperance  pledge 2331 

Ten  Commandments 1669,  2323 

te;-ms 18-1D,  300, 29S8 


INDEX. 


1117 


No. 

Muskoki  text 16006,  'J192a-21926,  2886a,  2965a- 

296W,  33290-33296,  3329«-3329/,  3776a 

tract 2967,3338,41770 

vocabulary 28, 212,  297-298, 421,  650,  798, 

1209C,  1331, 1391,  1393,  1322,  1682, 
2204,  2216,  2690,  3C90o,  2992,  3478 

words    718,  2377-2379,  2521,  2745,  3502-3503, 

3625,3961,3982 

Muskotawenewuk:  See  Cree*. 

Mutsuii  formulae  for  confession,  &c 163a 

general  remarks  2678 

grammar 162,  217,  217O-2J76 

gra  oiniat  ic  comments 2998-2999 

phrase-book 163 

prayers  163a 

vocabulary 163a,  164,  7556,1435-1436 

Myuckussar  vocabulary 28 

Mynque8H  words 3983 

Naas :  See  Nass. 

Naba  jo :  See  Navajo. 

Nadowess :  See  Naudowessie. 

Xadowessier:  See  Naudowessie. 

Xagailer :  See  Tacully. 

Nagaller :  See  Tacully. 

Nagramla :  See  Nagrandan. 

Nagrandan  grammatic  comments  -.3718-3720,  3731 

nnmerals 3718-3720,3731 

vocabulary 753d,  2214,  3718-3720,  3731 

words 3718-3720,3731 

See  Orotifia. 

Naguatl :  See  Mexican. 

Naguiler:  See  Tacully. 

Nahawny  vocabulary 2079,  3395 

Nah6a :  See  Mexican. 

X;ibn;t:  Sec  Mexican. 

Nahual :  See  Mexican. 

Nahnalt :  See  Mexican. 

Nahuatl:  See  Mexican. 

Naktuii  vocabulary 3098 

Nambe  general  remarks 2552 

vocabulary 999,2552,3608-3609 

Namoller:  See  Namolli. 

Namolli  numerals 1226a 

vocabulary 3530, 4277 

Natuollo :  See  Namolli. 

Nanaimo  Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o~217(>, 603a 

Ten  Commandments 217  (p.),  217o, 

2176  (p.),  603« 
words 3360 

Nanaimook:  Nanaimo. 

Nanticok:  See  Nanticoke. 

Nanticoke  vocabulary 1136, 1393, 1710, 1712, 

2204, 2216 
words 2502 

Naoliugo:  See  Totonaca. 

Naondoouessis :  See  Naudowessie. 

Napa  Valley  general  remarks 217, 2178-2176 

Naraganset :  See  Narragansett. 

Narraganset :  See  Narragansett. 

Narragansett  general  i  emarks 2377-2376 

grammatic  comments 28 

key 4143-4146,4148 

proper  names    ; 2918 

vocabulary 28,  212, 297-298, 1004-1007, 1136, 

1391, 1393,  2204,  2216,  2362,  4147,  4195-4196 


No. 

Narragansett  words 848, 2377-2379, 3625, 3982 

Nass  grammatic  comments 217, 217»-2176 

sentences  217, 217O-2176 

vocabulary 1507 

Natches :  See  Natchez. 

Natchez  general  remarks.  762o-762d,  2260-2262, 32(16 

grammatic  comments 28, 488 

numerals  488 

vocabulary 297-298,  488,  491, 1391, 1393,  2204, 

2207,2216,2992,3329 

words 2785 

Natick :  See  Massachusetts. 
Natik :  See  Massachusetts. 
Natimolo:  See  Totonaca. 

Natsit  Kutchin  vocabulary 3394 

Naudoway:  See  Nmudowessie. 

Naudowessie  general  remarks 913, 2377-2370 

grammatic  comments 28 

nnmerals 634-647,1959-1962 

song 28 

vocabulary 28,297-298,319,634-647,2313 

words 2377-2379,3625,3982 

See  Dakota. 

Naugatuck  vocabulary 1004-1007 

N'aiiui:  SeeComanche. 
Navaho :  See  Navajo. 

Navajo  comparisons 2972 

dictionary 2513 

grammar 2513 

numerals 322o 

phrases 30116 

propernames 703 

relationships 2872 

vocabulary 161, 217, 217a-2176, 322o, 

527-530,  539-542,  999, 1061, 1123, 
2214-2216,  2307,  2758, 2969,  3070, 
3608-3609,  3849,  3852,  4103, 4129 

words 2212,30110-30116 

Navajoe:  See  Navajo. 
Neeshenam :  See  Nishinam. 
Neetlakapamucb :  See  Neklakapamuk. 
Nehaunay :  See  Nahawny. 

Nehethawa  graramatic  comments 28 

names  of  the  moons 3951 

vocabulary 28,3951-3952,4173 

Neklakapamuk  grammar 1569 

grammatic  comments 217,  217O-2176 

hymns 1565,1567 

io rd's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176, 4276 

prayer-book 1565 

sacraments 1566-1568 

vocabulary,    1569 

Nestucca  vocabulary 1475 

Netela  grammatic  comments 217, 217o-2176 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217O-2176 

numerals 547 

verse 217, 217»-2176 

vocabulary 217,2170-2176, 527-528, 53 1-532, 

1393,  2216,  4103 

words 2212 

See  Ki/b. 

Nevome  confession 3643 

doctrina  Christiana 3643 

grammar 3642 

grammatic  comments 3637 


1118 


INDEX. 


No. 

Nevome  Lord's  Prayer 3637 

vocabulary 3637 

See  Pirna. 

New  England  general  remarks 2377-2379 

graramatic  comments 28 

Lord's  Prayer 1337, 4128 

names  of  fishes 3906a 

remarks 3524a 

specimens 4178a 

vocabulary    ....   28,297-208,1391,3123,4198-4202 

words 2377-2379,3710,3982 

Newfoundland  specimen 625 

See  Bethnck. 

New  Galicia  general  remarks 1538 

Newittee  vocabulary 1393 

New  Jersey  dialogues 3848 

names  of  animals 3667 

phrases 2808 

tribul  namt  s 3478 

vocabnUry 267i-267*.  2808, 3199 

New  Mexico  vocabulary 3608-3609 

words 3757 

New  Nethevland  names 352 

New  Stockbridge  numerals 1959-1962 

New  Sweden  gramruatic  comments 28 

phrases 572-574 

vocabulary 28, 572-574, 1391 

words 2205,3503,3983 

New  York  local  names 3525-3526,  3344-3540, 

3806,  3790 

numerals 63o 

vocabulary  63o 

Nez  Perce :  See  Nez  Percys. 

Nez  Fen  es  catechism 41 

epistle  of  John  (1)     43 

flrstbook    ...  2755 

gospel  of  John  42,  84  (p.),  3711!)  (p.) 

Matthew 3707-3708 

grammar     2363 

grammatic  comments 44, 217, 217o-217!)  ! 

hymns 44,3706o 

Indian  names 702o 

Lord's  Prayer 41 

numeration 2886 

primer 278 1 

school-book 2755a 

terms 523-524 

text 2755a 

vocabulary 1061, 1247a,  1310, 1393,  2363,  2904- 

2905,  2907-2909,  3382, 4047,  4118 

words 2205, 2886 

Nicaragua  general  remarks 361 

vocabulary 2525 

words  2870 

Nihnloitih  (Kcheloots)  vocabulary 1635 


Xikimoani  hymns. 

Nikutemulih  vocabulary  

Xipcgon:  Sen  \Vinnebago. 
Xipissing  cantiques  

catechism . 

history  of  the  Old  Testament. 

hymns 

life  of  Jesus 

prayers  

syllabaire 


2359 
1509 

950 
950 

947 
2231  | 

949 
2231 

950   j 


No. 

Nipi.ssing  tract    3?50 

vocabulary  i860 

Niquiran  words 3718-3720,37:!! 

Nishinam  names  of  plants    3098 

numerals 2678,  3(198 

vocabulary 1995,  :!098 

words 3100 

Niskwalli  dictionary 1  Ml,  1~>09 

numerals 1499 

vocabulary  .  .574a,  575, 1303, 16:15,  2210,  3876<i,  4047 

Nislswally:  See  Niskwalli. 

Nisqually:  See  Niskwalli. 

Nitinaht  Sound:  See  Makah. 

Nitlakapamuk:  Neklakapamuk. 

Nitteenat:  See  Makah. 

Noje :  See  Noze. 

Nome  Lackee  vocabulary 1038 

Nonstoki :  See  Nestucca. 

Nooksahk  words 3390 

Noona-targh-nieutes  vocabulary 2808o 

Noosdalum  vocabulary  .  ...537-538,  2205,  3534,  3872 

Noosoluph  vocabulary 2764 

Nootka  glossary 2768 

grammatic  comments 217,  217o-2176 

numerals 28, 104, 1101, 1311-1312, 1870, 1873- 

1877,  18740,  1876a 

remarks .  21706-2170C 

vocabulary .  28,  51, 104, 1606, 212, 427,  537-538,  574o, 
575, 1985-1988, 1987a,  2126,  2170!)- 
2170c,  2206,  2215-2210,  3154,  3535 

war  song 1985-1988, 1987a 

words 104,1498,3716,3781-3782 

Nootka  Sound  numerals 1312o-13126 

vocabulary 537-538,1337,1393 

words    3950,3982 

Nootknh :  See  Nootka. 

Noowook-mcutes  vocabulary 280Pa 

Nopthrinthres  vocabulary 165 

Norfolk  Baie:  Sec  Tchinki  ane. 

Norfolk  Sound  numerals  .   ...     537-538,1042-1044, 

1319,  3038 

song      1042-1043,1319 

vocabulary 1319 

Xorridge.wock  grammatic  structure 2'.'91 

Lord's  Prayer 1100 

numerals  3195 

vocabulary 2293,2983 

Norridgwog:  See  Non  idgewock. 

Nortefm  vocabulary 1325 

Noith  Carolina  general  remarks 2377-2379 

tribal  names 3478 

words 2377-2379 

Northern  ludians  general  remarks 2000 

text   1C10 

vocabulary 539-540,  1978i 

Northwest  Indians  comparisons 1511 

general  remarks 108,1511,3534 

grammatic  comments 28 

proper  names 106 

sentences 3203a 

tribal  names    221 1 

vocabulary 1318 

words 397c,320.'lo 

Norton  Suund  grammatic  comments  28 

vocabulary 28,507,1337 


INDEX. 


1119 


No. 

Xornmbega  phrases 3842 

specimens  3899 

words 3842 

Nottoway  vocabulary 1391, 1393, 2204,  2216 

words 3502 

Nonsaghauset  numerals 1959-1962 

Noustoki  vocabulary 1475 

Noutka:  SeeNootka. 

Noze  numerals 3098,  3100 

vocabulary  3071 

Nozi :  See  Noze. 

Nsietshaw  vocabulary 1393, 1635,  2216 

Nsietshaw  us  :  See  Nsietshaw. 

Nueva  EspaDa  words 2870 

Nueva  Segovia  dictionary 2401 

doctrina  Christiana  2-103 

grammar 2401,3429,4282 

sermons 3429 

text 2402,2404 

tratados 4283 

Nuhuatl :  See  Mexican. 

Xulato  numerals 982 

vocabulary 981-982 

Xumangkako :  See  Mandan. 

Xuiu])Otit6k6ii  vocabulary 1247  o 

Numsn  vocabulary 3098 

Nuniwok  vocabulary 527-528 

Ntishergagmut  numerals 982 

vocabulary. 981-982 

Nutka:  SeeNootka. 

Xutka  Sound:  See  Nootka  Sound. 

Oaxaca  general  remarks 3164 

Ochepwa :  Sec  Chippewa, 

Ocbippeway :  See  Chippewa. 

Ocuiltec  general  remarks 217,  217O-2176 

Odahwah:  See  Ottawa. 

Odjibwa:  See  Chippewa. 

Odjibway:  See  Chippewa. 

Oiljibwe:  See  Chippewa. 

Odschibwa:  See  Chippewa. 

Ogallah :  See  Ogallala, 

Ogallala  proper  names 1940, 3944 

Ojeboa:  See  Chippewa. 

Ojebwa :  See  Chippewa. 

Ojibbewa:  See  Chippewa. 

Ojibbeway :  See  Chippewa. 

Ojibbwa:  See  Chippewa. 

Ojibua:  ScoCbippewa. 

Ojibue:  See  Chippewa. 

Ojibwa:  See  Chippewa. 

Ojibwauk :  See  Chippewa. 

Ojibway :  See  Chippewa, 

Ojipne:  See  Chippewa. 

Okanagan  relationship 2645 

vocabulary 1501, 1509, 1861,  2205, 3534,  3872 

words 3359 

Okinakan :  See  Okanagan. 

Okinaken :  See  Okauagan. 

Olamentke  general  remarks 3358 

terms 523-524 

vocabulary 205,  527-528,  8358 

OldAlgonkin:  See  Algonkin. 

OldPecos:  SeePecos. 

Olmeca  terms 3972-3973 

Omaha  account  of  creation  and  fall 2382 


No. 

Omaha  fable 1069 

grammatic  comments. 1687 

hymns _. 1647,2382 

Lord's  Prayer "  1647, 2382 

myth 1078 

numerals 1959-1962,  3046,  3631,  4149-4150 

phrases , 1077,1687 

portions  of  Scripture 1647 

primer 2382 

proper  names 698-699, 702-704, 702a,  897a, 

1940, 19556-1955C,  2521,  2646 

relationships .^ 2645,3771 

sentences 1647 

terms 523-524 

vocabulary 212, 1391, 1393, 1650-1651, 1685, 

1687, 2204,  2216,  3291,  3493,  4166 
words 1077,2521,3502 

Omahaw :  See  Omaha. 

Omawhaw :  See  Omaha. 

Omohaw:  See  Omaha. 

Onalashka :  See  TJnalaska. 

Onandaga:  SeeOnondaga. 

Oneida,  address 4133-4134 

conjugation 3647(2 

general  remarks 2029 

geographic  names 2643 

hymns 3601 

Lord's  Prayer 3647d 

numerals 2916, 3185Z,  3979, 4098 

phrases 3647d,  3054 

proper  names 698-699. 702-704, 702a 

relationships 2645 

sentences : ; i ;  1 7 < 7,  3654 

verbal  forms 1636O-16366 

vacabnlary 28,  212,  297-298,  1061.  1391, 

1393,  1946o,  2029,  2204,  2216, 

2646,  3511-3512,  3619,  3647d 

words 2855,2977,3654,3949 

Oneidah :  See  Oneida. 

Oneider:  See  Oneida. 

Oneydoe:  See  Oneida. 

Ongalantsi :  See  Ugalenze. 

Onnoiout:  See  Oneida. 

Onolaska:  See  TJnalaska. 

Onondaga  dictionary 4296 

general  remarks 2029, 2377-2379 

geographic  names 2643 

grammar 1890,4298-4300 

grammatic  forms 1972 

material 1391 

numerals 68-«9,  69o,  2910,  3585,  3979,  4098 

phrases 3651 

relationship 2645 

sentences 3651 

teit 16370 

verbal  forms 1636O-1636& 

vocabulary.. .28, 212, 297-298. 755i>,  1061, 1113, 1240 
1391, 1393,  2029,  2166,  2204, 2216, 
2239,  2646,  3511-3512,  4297,  4300 

words 2205,  2276,  2377-2379,  2855, 3145, 

3502,  3625,  3644,  3651,  3949,  3882 

Onondago :  See  Onondaga. 

Onondago  County,  New  York,  local  names .         810 

Onontager:  See  Onondaga. 

Opata  Christian  doctrine   37,1051 


1120 


INDEX. 


No. 

Opata  general  remarks 1754, 3859 

grammatic  comments 28, 217, 217O-2176, 

527-528,  2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer  . .  .28, 185o,  217, 217o-2176,  527-528, 
836, 2214,  2473a,  2841 

specimen 2216 

vocabulary 284, 7556, 2214, 2216, 

2998-2999,  3001,  3638 
See  Teguima. 

Opataice :  See  Opata. 

Openaugo  (Passamaquoddy)  vocabulary..        2087 

Opubnarke :  See  Delaware. 

Oregon  general  remarks 3164 

local  names 1515 

Lord's  Prayer 2473o 

sentences 62,62a 

tribalnames 1439 

vocabulary 2205 

Oregonice :  See  Oregon. 

Orot  ilia  grammar 217,  217O-2176 

vocabulary 21T,  217O-2176 

See  Nagranrtau. 

Osage  Bible  stories,  &c 4086 

general  remarks ISO 

Lord's  Prayer 3577-3579,  3628O-36286,  4276 

material 3047 

medical  names  1917-1921 

numerals 1629 

poetiy 3033o 

prayers 3628O-36286, 3B29 

proper  names .  670,698-699,702-704, 702o,  1 940, 1955c 

relationship 1170,2845 

specimens 2521 

vocabulary 28,  212,  433-434, 

1061, 1391, 1393,  2204,  2216,  2685,  2993 
words 815,  2684,  D502 

Osagen:  See  Osage. 

Otehilpwe:  See  Chippewa. 

Otetoes:  SeeOtomi. 

Othomi:  SeeOtomi. 

Othomiz:  See  Otomi. 

Othomy:  SeeOtomi. 

Oto:  SecOtoe. 

Otoe  brief  references  1958 

fable  1070 

grammatic  comments 1654 

linguistic  material 1075 

New  Testament 2571 

names  of  persons 3628a 

numerals 1959-1962,3631 

proper  names 670, 698-699, 

8970, 1940, 19556-1955C,  2521,  2646 

relationship 1620, 2645 

terms 523-524 

vocabulary 212, 1391, 1393,  2645,  3493 

words 3502 

Otomi  catechism 171,  659-660,  2316, 

2594,  2878,  2881o, 3188,  3473 

colloquies 1401 

oompari-ons 731o 

coiifi  ssional 2881O 

confessions 659,856,3472 

dictionary . .  194,  1392,  WA 6,  2738-2739,  3955 

discourse 836,  1250,  2t;94-2698,  2959 

docti  ina  Christiana 16?,  659-660, 1049, 2316, 

2942,  3172-3175,  3221o,  3472.  3981 


No. 

Otomi  etymology 2859 

general  remarks 97o-976, 2016, 217,  217o-2176, 

755c,  1754,  2207, 2215,  2678,  2859,  3002-3003,  3403 

grammar 171,217, 

2170,2176,  593,  608,  683o,  668,729o,  730, 1229, 

1250,  1392,  1624,  1881-1883,  2738-2710,  2857, 

2878,  3142,   3188,   3221o,  3352,   3472,   3955 

grammatic  comments  .   ...28,738,2316,2998-2999 

specimens 3586 

instructions 2944,  3472 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o,  208-209,  208a, 

217,  2170-2176,  397d,  836,  2452, 
2473<l,  2696,  2713,  3449o,  4082 

letters 1230 

manual 2913 

numerals 363/,  1598, 2316,  2696,  2959,  3046 

ode 1598 

place  names 813 

primer 2959 

proper  names 702-704,  702o 

researches 732 

studies 183 

telt 25780,2880 

vocabulary 28, 168, 171, 212, 480a,  609,  663a, 

664,  669,  7556, 10676-1067C,  2216,  2879, 
3168,  3247,  3472",  3595,  3702,  4056-4057 

words 970-976,813,2276, 

2959,  3403,  3950,  3982-3983,  4082 
Otomita:  SeeOtomi. 
Otomitice :  See  Otomi. 
Otta:  See  Otoe. 

Ottawa  Book  of  Common  Prayer 2002  (p.) 

catechism 116«,  1008,  3601o 

dictionary 116c,1031o 

elementary  books 2536-2539, 3979a 

first  lessons 4-5 

general  remarks 2029,3206 

gospel  St.  John  2541 

St.  Luke 2539  (p.) 

hymns 2002,  2  >83,  2537-2538,  2079<j 

laws 2539 

letter 202o 

lifeof  Christ 256 

Lord's  Prayer 3577-3579,3914-3915,4276 

numerals 1959-1962 

New  Testament 2540 

prayers  252-254,  258,  258o,  265,  4097 

phrases 1009 

preaching  book    202 

proper  names 670, 698-699, 702a, 

702-704,  897a,  1940,  1955i)-1955c 

Ten  Commandments 2002 

vocabulary 1027c,  1391, 1393, 1946o,  1959-1962, 

2029,  2204,  2216,  347:1, 4174-4175 

words 1009,2205,2979,3502 

Ottawwaw :  See  Ottawa. 

Otto :  See  Otoe. 

Ottoe :  See  Otoe. 

Ottowa :  See  Ottawa. 

Ougaljakhmoutzi :  See  Ugalakmut. 

Ounalachka:  See  Unalaska. 

Outaouak :  See  Ottawa. 

Paegau  i  See  Piegan. 

Pahni :  See  Pawnee. 

Pah-Utah :  See  Pai-nte. 

Pah-Ute :  See  Pai-ute. 


INDEX. 


1121 


No. 

Pah-Yutah :  See  Pai-nte. 
Paiulee :  See  Paiuli. 

Paiuli  general  remarks 217,  2170-2176 

words 3218-3219 

Pai-ute  gener.il  remarks .  .217, 217O-2176, 3072,  3088 

grammatic  comments 1425-1426 

numerals 537-538,  547,  632-633,  2215 

phrases 537-538,1737 

sentences 632-633 

songs    3055 

vocabulary 499, 840, 1737, 1834, 

2124,  2216,  2307,  2515-2516,  2551,  3259,  3611 

words 2305,3218-3219 

SeeUte. 

Paiyute :  See  Pai-ute. 
Palaihuih :  See  Palaik. 

Palaik  numerals 2878 

vocabulary  . .   217,  217O-2176, 1393, 1035,  2216 

words   2214 

Pains  grammar 2887 

vocabulary 1635 

Fame  general  remarks  1754 

grammar 3702 

grammatic  comments  2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176,  836 

vocabulary 3702 

Pamlico:  See  Pamptlcough. 

Pampticough  vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 479- 

480, 1391,  2222-2223 
Pamticoe:  See  Pampticough. 
Painticough :  See  Pampticough. 

Pamunkey  vocabulary 985c 

Pani :  See  Pawnee. 
Pany :  See  Pawnee. 

Papago  exercises 1241 

grammatic  comments 1606,  2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176,  836 

vocabulary 4103 

words 1606 

Papagol :  See  Papago. 
Pasamaquoddiee :  See  Passamaquoddy. 

Passamaquoddy  dictionary 4019 

hymns,  prayers,  &c  4005-4007 

Lord's  Prayer 2473o,  39H-39is,  4276 

numerals 1629 

prayer  hook 1939 

vocabulary 1391,2068,2204 

Patawat:  See  Potawotami. 
Pattawatime :  See  Potawotami. 

Patwin  numerals 3098 

vocabulary '. .        3098 

Pa-Uta:  Seo  Pai-ute. 

Pavant  vocabulary 3073, 4272 

Paviotso  vocabulary 3074-3076 

Pawne :  See  Pawnee. 

Pawnee  catechism 1105a 

dictionary   1106 

glossary 2768 

gospelofMark 1105o 

grammatic  comments 1687 

sketch 1106 

Loid's  Prayer 1687 

Dnmerals  ...  1959-1962,  2678,  3046,  3048-3050, 3631 

phrases  1687 

primer 1104 

71  Bib 


No. 

Pawnee  proper  names  ...  400, 670,  698-699, 702-704, 
7020,  8970,  1105,  1940, 195 3c 

relationships 1105,2352,2645 

sentences  1835 

songs 211a 

Ten  Commandments 1105o 

terms 523-524,761 

text H05a 

vocabulary 636,  212, 11056,1106, 

1391,  1393,  16*9,  1685,  1687,  1978O, 
2204,  2216,  2645,  2889-2890,  3493, 4103 

words 2521 

Pawnee  Picts :  See  Pawnee. 
Pawni :  See  Pawnee. 

Paya  confessional 2296a 

Payusitas:  See  Pai-nte. 
Payutes:  See  Pai-ute. 

Peau  de  Lievre  dictionary 2968 

grammar 2968 

vocabulary  7556,2969 

Pecos  general  remarks 2552 

vocabulary 999,2552 

Pedum-Nigrorum :  See  Blackfoot. 

Pehtsek  vocabulary 3384 

numerals 2678 

Pehtsik:  See  Pehtsek. 
Peloose :  See  Pains. 
Pelus :  See  Palus. 

Ponds  d'Oreille  catechism 3631 

Lord's  Prayer  3577-3579,  3624-3625 

prayers 3627-3628 

Pennsylvania  general  remarks 2377-2379 

local  names 3590 

place  names 4094-4095 

remarks 913, 1967O-19676,  3498 

sachem's  address 891a-8916 

specimens 3413, 3847 

vocabulary 28, 298, 815o-815d, 

8910-8916, 19670-19676,  2934-2937 

words 2377-2379,  2844-2845,  W25,  3982 

Penobscot  Bible  stories 4010 

catechism  4005-4007 

dictionary 4019 

general  remarks 2377-2379 

hymns,  prayers,  &c    2393o-23936, 3185»,  4005-4008 

Lord's  Prayer 1100, 2473o,  3914-3915, 4276 

numerals 15700, 1629,  1939, 1959-1962,  3I85« 

prayer-book 1939,  Slav 

Ten  Commandments 4260 

text 23930-23936 

vocabulary 28,  297-298, 1136, 1391,  2983,  3123 

words 2205,  2276, 2377-2379,  31851, 3625,  3982 

Penobscotice :  See  Penobscot. 

Pensilvanie :  See  Pennsylvania. 

Pensylvan :  See  Pennsylvania. 

Pensylvania:  See  Pennsylvania. 

Pensylvanie :  See  Pennsylvania. 

Pensylvanien :  See  Pennsylvania. 

Peoria  proper  names  . .  .698-699, 702-704, 702o,  897o 

relationships 2645 

text 2974 

Pequot  Lord's  Prayer 2528,3462 

vocabulary 1004-1007 

Pericd  general  remarks  . .  217, 217o-2176, 825, 1754, 
Perindice:  See  Pirinda. 


1122 


INDEX. 


No. 

Puten  doetrina  Christiana 363/ 

vocabulary 363/,  3726-3728 

Piankashaw  general  remarks 2377-2379 

proper  names 698-699, 702-704,  702a,  1940 

relationship 2645 

vocabulary 28,297-298 

words 2377-2379,3625 

Piankeshaw :  See  Piankashaw. 

Picoris :  See  Picnris. 

Picts:  See  Pawnee. 

Picnris  general  remarks 2552 

vocabulary  ...  .217,  217O-2176,  999,  2552,  3608-3609 

Piede :  See  Pai-ute. 

Pieds-noirs :  See  Blackfoot ;  see  Piegan. 

Piegan  grammatic  comments 28 

numerals - 3046 

proper  names 2646 

relationships 2645 

vocabulary 212 

See  Blackfoot. 

Pillager  numerals 4085 

Pima  general  remarks 1754,2859 

grammar 217, 217o-217i>,  2816,  3642 

gramroatic  comments  ... .28, 1606, 2975, 2998-2999 

specimens 3586 

lord's  Prayer  ...  28, 185o,  217, 217O-2176, 836, 865 

numerals  547,1101,2975 

parts  of  the  Bible 865 

prayer 28, 217, 217o-217i> 

sentences 1835 

sermons 3564a 

Ten  Commandments 865 

vocabulary 533-534,  537-538,  911, 

1061, 1393,  2214-2216,  2251, 2912- 
2913,  3039,  34120,  3534,  3547,  4103 

words 1606,2205,3502,3982 

See  Nevome. 

Pima-Cepata  local  names 527-528 

Pime :  See  Pima. 

Pimeria :  See  Pima. 

Pimo:  See  Pima. 

Pina:  See  Pima. 

Pinalefio  vocabulary 539-542 

2215-2216,2*85,4103 

Pinalero :  See  Pinalefio. 

Pipil  vocabulary 3760o 

Pirinda  comparisons 731a 

general  remarks 1754 

grammar 12,1618 

grammatic  comments 28 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185a,  2214, 2473a 

Psalms  14 

sermons 13 

specimen 2216 

text  -2531 

vocabulary 1618 

See  Matlazinga;  see  Tarasca. 

Pirinda-Othonii  general  remarks 755c 

grammatic  comments 738 

researches 732 

Piro  grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-217f>, 836 

vocabulary 293 

Piscataway:  See  Maryland. 

Piskaus :  See  Piskwaus. 


No. 

Piskaws :  See  Piskwans. 

Piskwaus  names  of  seasons 2207 

vocabulary 1509. 1635, 2207, 2216 

words 1393,  3359 

Piskwaw :  See  Piskwaus. 

Pitt  River  vocabulary 217, 217O-2176 

Pitt  River  Valley  vocabulary 1456 

Piute:  SeePai-nte. 

PiUte:  See  Pai-ute. 

Pocomam:  See  Pocoman. 

Pocoman  confessions 3243 

dictionary 2633 

grammatic  comments 3211-3212 

homilies 2634 

Lord's  Prayer 2473o 

vocabulary 489a,  2632-2633, 

3211-3212,  37800,  3963a 
See  Poconchi. 

Pocomanice:  See  Pocoman. 

Pocomchi :  See  Poconchi. 

Poconcham :  See  Poconchi. 

Poconchi  catechism 3981o 

confessional 853a,  3981a 

discourse 3016 

doetrina  Christiana 1047c,  3981o,  4032e 

general  remarks 2377-2379, 3501 

grammar 217, 217O-2176,  1363-1374, 2631 

grammatic  comments 28 

material 1392, 3981a 

Lord's  Prayer 185o,  217, 217o-2176, 397<Z, 

718,  1271,  1331,  1337,  1374O,  1392, 
17360,  2146,  2452,  2473o,  3449o,  4128 

numerals 730« 

place  names 813 

sermons 35o-35d,  3981a 

vocabulary 28,298,  730a, 

1331, 13640,  1366,  3963o 

words 718,  813, 2377-2379,  3474-3475,  3625,  3982 

See  Pocoman. 

Poconchice :  See  Poconchi. 

Poconchine :  See  Poconchi. 

Poconcbini :  See  Poconchi. 

Podawabdmih:  See  Potawotami. 

Poetuce :  See  Assiniboin. 

Pojnaque  general  remarks 2552 

vocabulary 999,2552,3608-3609 

Pojnate :  See  Pojuaque. 

Pokomam :  See  Pocoman. 

Pokoman :  See  Pocoman. 

Pokomane :  See  Pocoman. 

Pokonchi:  See  Poconchi. 

Porno  numerals 2678,3098 

songs 3098 

vocabulary 217, 217o-2176, 3098 

words 3099 

Poncaprimer 1068 

proper  names 698-699,702- 

704,  702o,  19556-1955C,  2646 

relationships 2645 

sentence 1835 

vocabulary 1315o,  1623o.  3291, 4166 

words 2521 

Poncara  proper  names 1940 

Pondera :  See  Pend  d'Oreille. 

Ponka:  SeePonca. 


INDEX. 


1123 


No. 

Poodawahduhme :  See  Potawotami. 

Pootatuck  proper  names 906 

Pooyalawpoo  specimens 4047 

Popoluca  general  remarks  . .  .  217, 2l7o-217i>, 1754 

vocabulary 363o,  2762o,  3760a 

See  Chontal. 

Port  iles  Fran9ais  genera]  remarks 2190,  2199o 

numerals 28,  527-528, 1337, 2190,  21 99o,  2202a 

Portlock  Harbor  vocabulary 527-528, 3037-3038 

Potawatomie :  See  Potawotami. 

Potawatomy :  See  Potawotami. 

Potawattamie :  See  Potawotami. 

Potawotami  Acts  of  the  Apostles 2357 

catechism 3040,3045 

dictionary 426a,  1376o 

elementary  book  2974 

examples  2365 

general  remarks 2029, 2365, 2377-2379, 4188 

gospel  of  Matthew  .  3603  (p.),  2357  (p.) 

grammar  1376a 

hymns 3045 

Lord's  Prayer 2026, 426o,  2473o,  25»7o, 

3577-3578,  3624-3625,  3914-3915 

numerals 426o,  1629, 1959-1962,  3098 

phrases 3632 

prayer-book 1375-1376, 3041-3042 

proper  names 698-699, 702- 

704,  702o,  897a,  1940,  2646 

relationships 2645 

spelling-book 4185 

terms 523-524 

vocabulary 28, 297-298, 1210,  1391, 1393, 1946o, 

20180,  2029,  2216, 2645,  3119,  3603 

words 2205,2377-2379,2844-2845, 

2979,  3504,  3625,  3632,  3982 

Potawotamice:  See  Potawotami. 

Potawotamie :  See  Potawotami. 

Pntewateme:  See  Potawotami. 

Potewatemi:  See  Potawotami. 

Potewatimi :  See  Potawotami. 

Potewattomie :  See  Potawotami. 

Potewotomi:  See  Potawotami. 

Potiwattomie :  See  Potawotami. 

Potowatome :  See  Potawotami. 

Polowatomie :  See  Potawotami. 

Potowotami :  See  Potawotami. 

Potowotomie :  See  Potawotami. 

Potrwatame:  See  Potawotami. 

Potrwatome:  See  Potawotami. 

Pottawatameh :  See  Potawotami. 

Pottawatomi :  See  Potawotami. 

Pottawatomie :  See  Potawotami. 

Pottawotomie :  See  Potawotami. 

Potter  Valley  geueral  remarks 217, 217o-2176 

Pottowotami :  See  Potawotami. 

Pottowotamie :  See  Potawotami. 

Poutouatomi :  See  Potawotami. 

Powhatan  numerals 431 

vocabulary 1391,2362 

Powhattan :  See  Powbatan. 

Poya  general  remarks 217, 217O-2176 

Prairio  Nations  relationships 2840 

Prince  Edward's  Island  names  of  places . .      3IS5p 

Prince  William's  Sound  numerals  537-538, 

1042-1044,  1318, 1337,  3038 


No. 

Prince  William's  Sonnd  vocabulary 104,  527- 

528, 1318, 1337,  3037-3038 

P'shwan-wapam  grammar 2887 

Psteni  vocabulary •  1282a 

Pliant  vocabulary 2313 

See  Winnebago. 

Pueblo  general  remarks  .  .217, 217O-2176, 1422, 1424 

grammatic  comments 1422 

proper  names 1955c 

vocabulary  537-538 

Pueblo  de  Cache :  See  Talamanca. 

Pujuni  vocabulary 986, 1635, 2212, 2216 

Punca :  See  Ponca, 

Puncah :  See  Ponca. 

Punctunc :  See  Putunc. 

Punka :  See  Ponca. 

Pupulaca :  See  Popoluca. 

Pupuluka-Katchikel  general  remarks 3501 

Putawatomie :  See  Potawotami. 

Putunc  vocabulary  1388 

words 363/ 

Qiche :  See  Kiche. 

Quaddie :  See  Passamaquoddy. 

Qtiapaw  numerals 1959-1962 

proper  names 698-699, 1940 

terms 523-524 

vocabulary 1391, 1393, 1623o,  2204 

words 3502 

Quappa :  See  Quapaw. 

Quawpaw :  See  Quapaw, 

Quecchi :  See  Cacchi. 

Queche :  See  Kiche. 

Queen  Charlotte's  Islands  general  remarks  1601 

numerals 723, 1312-1313, 1312o-13126 

sentences 1601 

vocabulary 212,537-538, 1312-1313, 1312o- 

1312!>,  1391,  Hll  1«.  2205 

Quekchi :  See  Cacchi. 

Qnelene  grammar 748 

Qnengnes:  See  I  ayuga. 

Queres  numerals 2678 

vocabulary 217, 217o-217i>,  1061,  2303,  2678 

Quiche:  See  Kiche. 

Qniripi  catechism  2928-2930 

Lord's  Prayer 3914-3915 

Quixe :  See  Kicbe. 

Quoddy :  See  Passamaqnoddy. 

Qvicbe:  See  Kiche. 

Qwiiswaipum :  See  Yakama. 

Rama  general  remarks 217, 217o-217l> 

Ked  Indians :  See  Bethuck. 

Red  Knife  relationships 2645 

Republican  Pawnee :  See  Pawnee. 

Rhode  Island  local  names 3913 

Ricara:  See  Arikare. 

Riccara:  See  Arikare. 

Riccaree :  See  Arikare. 

Riccari :  See  Arikate. 

Rickarie :  See  Arikare. 

Rikara:  See  Arikare. 

Ris:  See  Arikare. 

Rocky  Mountains  Stoney  numerals 3776 

vocabulary 3776 

Roilroilpam  grammar 2887 

Roundhead  grammatic  comments 1977-1978 


1124 


1XDEX. 


Rumsen  numerals 527-528,1873- 

1877, 1874o,1876a,  2212-3046 

specimen 1282 

vocabulary 28, 51, 212, 217, 217o- 

2176,427,  527-528,  2216,  2348 

Rumsien :  See  Rnmsen. 

Runsien :  See  Rurasen. 

Runsiene:  See  Rum  sen. 

Ruslcn :  See  Rumsen. 

Russian  America  general  remarks 2206,  3997 

terms 1845 

vocabulary 2206 

Russian  River  vocabulary 217, 217o-2176 

Sabanero  vocabulary 1325 

Sac  proper  names 670,  698-699,  702-704, 

702o,  1336, 1940, 1955c,  2521,  2646 

relationships 2645 

text 391,3910-3916 

vocabulary 212,798,1391, 

1393,19460,2204,2216 
words 2521,2666,2979,3502 

Sack:  See  Sac. 

Saclan  vocabulary 165 

Sacramento  River  vocabulary 2214 

Sacramento  Valley  general  remarks. 217, 217O-2176 
Lord's  Prayer   217, 217o-2176 

Saganaw  words 3949 

Sahaptin  examples 1635 

general  remarks 217,  217O-2176, 1635, 2678 

numerals 2214 

vocabulary :  1484,  1635,  2215-2216, 

3534-3535,  3872,  3876o 
words 2205 

Sahkey:  See  Sac. 

St.  Francis  vocabulary 12996-1299c 

See  Abnaki. 

St.  Jean :  See  Maliseet. 

St.  John :  See  Maliseet. 

St.  Louia  Mission  grammatic  comments.  .2998-2999 
vocabulary 1264 

St.  Uegis  names  of  places 1859 

St.  Xavier :  See  San  Francisco  Xavier  Mission. 

Sakewi :  See  Sac. 

Sakis:  See  Sac. 

Saliah :  See  Selish. 

Salmon  river  vocabulary 1391 

Sampitcbe  general  remarks 217, 217o-2176 

San  Antonio  de  Padua    Mission  Lord's 

Prayer     217,  217O-2176 

San  Antonio  Mission  confessional 3616 

dictionary  3614-3615 

grammatic  notes 3614 

intei  rogatories 3614 

Lord's  Prayer 527-528,3614 

numerals  1636, 2212 

vocabulary  .  .165,  527-528, 902, 911, 1393, 2216, 3534 
words 1636 

San  lilas  vocabulary 1644,  2349 

San  Korgia  vocabulary 2214,2216 

San  Carlos  vocabulary 2348,  3942 

Saudia  general  remarks   2552 

vocabulary 999, 2552,  3608-3609 

San  Diego  grammatic  comments 527-528 

Lord's  Prayer 527-528 

vocabulary 527-528,911,1393,2207,3534 


No. 

San  Diego  Mission  grammatic  comments. 2998-2999 
Lord's  Prayer 1101,  3577-3578 

San  Felipe  general  remarks   255B 

vocabulary 999,2552,3608-3609 

San  Fernando  Mission  grammatic  com 
ments  2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 527-528, 1101, 2212 

words 2212 

San  Francesco  Borgia  Mission :  See  San 
Francisco  de  Borgia  Mission. 

San  Francesco  Saverio  Mission :  See  San 
Francisco  Xavier  Mission. 

San  Francisco  Bav  vocabulary 2348 

San  Francisco  de  Borgia  Mission  Lord's 

Prayer 825-826,1101,2348 

San  Francisco  Mission  Lord's  Prayer 2212 

numerals 1636 

vocabulary 1393 

words 1636 

San    Francisco    Xavier    Miasion   Lord's 

Prayer 825-826,2348 

vocabulary 2214,  2216 

San  Gabriel  Mission  catechism 4278 

grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 1101, 2212 

numerals  2212 

vocabulary 7556,  911, 1635,  2204,  2348,  3534 

words 2207, 2212 

SeeKizh:  See  Netela. 

San  Giuseppe  di  Comondu  Miasion :  See 
San  Jose  de  Comondre  Mission. 

San   Ignacio   de    Kadakamang    Mission 

Lord's  Prayer 2348 

San  Ignacio  Mission  Lord's  Prayer  ..825-826, 1101 

San  ndefonso  general  remarks 2552 

vocabulary    999,2552,3608-3609 

San  Joaquin  Valley  general  remarks 217, 

2170-2176 
Lord's  Prayer 217, 217a-2176 

San   Jose  de  Comondre    Mission  Lord's 

Prayer 825-826,2348 

San  Juan  general  remarks 2552 

vocabularies 999, 2552,  3608-3609 

San  Juan  Bautista  catechism  163c 

grammar 163c 

vocabulary 163e,  3042 

San  Juan  Capistrano  Mission  grammatic 

comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 1101,2212 

numerals 2212 

vocabulary 911,1635,2204,3534 

words 2207,2212 

See  Netela. 

Saukhicau :  See  Sankikani. 

Sankihani :  See  Sankikani. 

Sackikani  numerals 1959-1962,  2165 

vocabulary 28,  212,  297-298, 1391, 2162-2166 

words 2276,3124-3125 

Sankitani :  See  Sankikani. 

San  Luis  Mission:  See  Saint  Louis  Mis 
sion. 

San  Luis  Obispo  Miasion  catechism 163c 

grammar I63c 

Lord's  Prayer 527-528 

numerals 1636, 2212 


INDEX. 


1125 


No. 

San  Luis  Obispo  Mission  vocabulary 163c,  165, 

527-528,  911, 1393,  3210,  3534 

words 1636,  2212 

San  Luis  Key  numerals 1636 

vocabulary 165,2348 

words 1636 

San  Luis  Key  Mission  Lord's  Prayer.  527-528, 1101 

numerals 527-528 

vocabulary 527-528 

San  Luiz  Key  de  Francia  Mission  Lord's 

Prayer 2212 

San  Miguel  Cbicab  confessional 855 

San  Miguel  Mission  catechism I63c 

grammar ig3c 

numerals 1636,  2212 

vocabulary 163«,  165, 

217,  2170-2176, 1635, 2216,  2348 

words 1636,2212  j 

San   Rafael    Mission:    See   San  Raphael 

Mission. 
San  Raphael  Mission  Lord's  Prayer.  .527-528, 2212  j 

vocabulary 7556, 1635, 2212,  2216,  2348 

See  Joukiousme. 

Sansareh  Sioux  names  of  chiefs 3944 

Santa  Ana :  See  Santa  Anna. 

Santa  Anna  general  remarks 2552 

vocabulary  999,2552,3608-3609  ! 

Santa  Barbara  doctrina  Christiana 3805 

grammatic  comments 2998*2999  i 

prayers 3805  ! 

vocabulary 28,  212,  527-528,  7556, 

902, 1393,  2216,  2348 

words 2212 

Santa  Clara  Mission  general  remarks 2552  i 

grammatic  comments 2998-2999  ! 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176,  527-528,  2212 

vocabulary 999, 2348, 2552, 2567, 3608-3609 

Santa  Clara  Pueblo  vocabulary 1378 

Santa  Cruz  County  vocabulary 2348  j 

Santa  Cruz  Island  general  remarks . .  217, 217o-2176 

vocabulary 2  i48, 3864 

Santa  Cruz  Mission  general  remarks. 217, 217O-2176  ! 

numerals 2678  i 

vocabulary 847  ' 

Santa  Gertrude  Mission  Lord's  Prayer..  217, 217o-  I 
2176,  825-826, 1101,  2348 

Santa  Ines  Mission  catechism 567 

grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 527-528,1101,2212 

numerals 1636 

text 12500  ! 

words 1636 

Santa  Inez :  See  Santa  Ines  Mission. 

Santa  Maria  Mission  Lord's  Prayer  ..825-826, 2348 

Santa  Tomas  Mission  vocabulary 269 

Santa  Yuez :  See  Santa  Ines  Mission. 

Santce  Bible  history 3200o 

catechism 866,  1804,  3200o 

Christian  doctrine 3200a 

dictionary  3292 

epistle  to  Timothy 867 

Titus 867 

exercises 1807 

hymns 1806, 1808-1809,  3200o 

mission  service 1810 


No. 

Santee  names  of  chiefs 3944 

prayers 3200a 

prayer  book 1811 

psalms 1808-1809 

relationships 2645 

vocabulary 2645,4167 

Santo  Domingo  general  remarks 2552 

vocabulary 999, 2552, 3608-3609 

San  Xavier:   See  San  Francisco  Xavier 
Mission. 

Saskatchewan  calendar 2158 

Saste:  See  Shasta. 
Sasti:  See  Shasta. 
Sastica :  See  Blackfoot. 
Satsika:  See  Blackfoot, 
Satsikaa:  See  Blackfoot 
Sank:  See  Sac. 
Sank! :  See  Sac. 
Saukie :  See  Sac. 
Saultenx :  See  Santenx. 
Santeu :  See  Sauteux. 

Santeux  catechism 2158 

dictionary 334a 

grammatic  comments 1977-1978 

general  remarks 408a-408c 

prayer  book  2157 

principles  of  language 333 

words  3791-3792 

vocabulary 2393 

See  Chippewa. 
Savana :  See  Savanna 
Savanahice  Lord's  Prayer.397d,  718, 1331,2452, 3473s 

words 718,1331 

Savaneric  vocabulary 2216,3549 

See  Darien. 

Savanna  Lord's  Prayer 1337 

vocabulary 1538 

Sawauo :  See  Shawnee. 
Sawiinou :  See  Shawnee. 
Sawanwan :  See  Savanna. 
Sawk :  See  Sac. 
Sawkee :  See  Sac. 

Sayuskln  vocabulary 1454 

Schawanese:  See  Shawnee. 
Scherokesisch :  See  Cherokee. 
Scheyenne :  See  Cheyenne. 

Schitsui  vocabulary  1393,2568 

words 3359 

Schoschnne :  See  Shoshone. 
Schoshone:  See  Shoshone. 
Schwarefiissige :  See  Blackfoot. 
Scioux:  See  Dakota. 

Smlti.-  vocabulary 28, 1362, 1391, 1393,  2216 

Seco  general  remarks 217, 217O-2176 

Secumne :  See  Sekumno. 

Sekumne  vocabulary 986, 1635,  2212, 2214,  2216 

Selish  elementary  book 1240o 

general  remarks  1513 

grammar 25G6 

grammatic  comments 217, 217o-2176 

specimens 3586 

names  of  seasons 2207 

numerals 1499 

proper  names 704 

relationships 2840 


1126 


INDEX. 


No. 

Selish  vocabulary 1391, 1475. 2205, 2215i 

2568, 3359-3360,  3876O 

Seminole  numerals 2681a 

proper  names, ...  670, 698-699,  702-704, 702o,  3053 

terms 488 

vocabulary 267«,  660a,  2229o,  2681a, 

2773,3620,3640,4141 
words 267 

Seminolee :  See  Seminole. 

Sendal:  See  I'zendal. 

Seneca  alphabet  1931 

analysis 100 

conjugation 2643 

general  remarks 2029,  3465,  3511-3512 

geographic  names 2643 

gospel  John 84  (p.),  1931,37111)  (p.) 

Lnke 1665,2762c 

Mark 2762c 

Matthew 1666,2762c 

gospels,  the  four 1838-1839 

grammatic  comments 2650-2651,  3465 

hymns 55, 1347-1350, 1348o,  1667, 1931- 

1932,  2748,  2763,  2925a,  3185f,  3466- 
3468,  3468a,  3840,  4255-4256,  4274 

inflections 2645 

local  names 2479 

Lord's  Prayer 1931, 3465, 3577-3579 

"Mental  Elevator" 4254 

numerals 1959-1962, 2916, 3185z,  3979, 4098 

phrases -. 3543,3652 

proper  names 698-699,  702-704,  702a,  1940, 

1955C,  2478a  2480 

psalms 3466-3467 

reading  book 4252 

relationships 1660, 2643-2645, 2659-2660 

remarks  95 

sentences 3652 

Sermon  on  the  Mount 1668, 1933 

song  3812 

spelling  book 4253 

terms 523-524,3543 

tract 1377,  4255-4256 

verbal  forms 1636O-16366 

vocabularies 28,  55,  95,  212,  297-298, 1391,  1393, 

19460,  19550,  2029,  22C4,  2216,  2643, 

2646,  2652-2656, 2903,  3511-3512,  3594 

words 2979, 3185oo,  3541-3542, 3652,  3982,  4116 

Senecka :  See  Seneca. 

Sepohskanumakahkee:  See  Mandan. 

Serf  general  remarks 217, 217O-2176,  2859 

vocabulary .  .217,  217O-2176,  283o,  285,  3004O,  3006a 

Serrano  grammatic  comments  2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217,  217O-2176,  836 

Severnow  vocabulary 2204 

Shahaptan :  See  Sahaptin. 

Shasta  dictionary 1476-1477 

numerals 2678,  3098 

remarks  527-528 

vocabulary 931, 1393, 1635, 1692- 

1694,  2216,  3095,  3098,  3384 
words 2214 

Shaste:  See  Shasta. 

Sbasti :  See  Shasta. 

Shastie :  See  Shasta. 

Shastika:  See  Shasta. 


No. 

Shavannice :  See  Savanahice. 

Shawaii :  See  Shawnee. 

Shawauee :  See  Sbawneo. 

Shawanese:  See  Shawnee. 

Shawannee:  See  Shawnee. 

Shawanno:  See  Shawnee. 

Shawano :  See  Shawnee. 

Shawanoe :  See  Shawnee. 

Shawanoese:  See  Shawnee. 

Sbawneegeneralremarks  2008-2009, 2377-2379,  3499 

gospel  St.  Matthew .". 2360 

grammatic  comments 28, 1478,  2010 

hymns 2853-2854 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 87, 185o,  1089-1 093, 

1089<z,  10910,  2317,  2642,  3914-3915 

names  of  rivers 1864,2004 

newspaper 2358 

numerals..  1629,1959-1962, 

2008-2009,  2916,  3979,  4098 

proper  names  400, 670, 698-699, 

702-704,  702a,  897o,  1940, 19556,  2646 

reader 2355-2356 

relationships . , 1673,  2645 

specimens 1059 

speller 2355-2356 

terms 523-524,2008-2009 

text 1478 

vocabulary 28, 173,  212,  297- 

298,  945, 1026a,1061, 1133-1139,  1134o, 
1135o,  1391,  1393,  1479,  1623c,  1709, 
1712, 1860, 1863-1805,  2004,  2010,  2204, 
2216,  2311-2312,  2645,  2992,  3414,  4103 

words 2068,2377-2379, 

2917,  3121,  3503,  3625,  3949,  3982 

Shawnese :  See  Shawnee. 

Shawn! :  See  Shawnee. 

ShawDoe:  See  Shawnee. 

Sheetkah :  See  Sitka, 

Sheshapotosh :  See  Sheshatapoosh. 

Sheshatapoosh  vocabulary 1362, 1391, 

1393,  2204,  2216 

Sheshatapooshshoish :  See  Sheshatapoosh. 

Shetimasha :  See  Chetimacha. 

Sheyenne :  See  Cheyenne. 

Shienne:  See  Cheyenne. 

Shihwapmukh  vocabulary 1501,  1509 

Shingwauk  hymn-book 3593 

Shinnmo  notes    3089 

Shiyan:  See  Cheyenne. 

Shooswaap  vocabulary 1635,3873 

Shoshone  general  remarks 217,  2170-2176 

glossary 2768 

grammatic  comments  527-528,  852 

names  of  birds 3259 

numerals 547,852 

phrases 216 

proper  names 698-699, 703,  3230a 

sentences 216,852 

vocabulary 217,  217O-217&,  364,  527-528,  840, 

852,  1391,  1393,  1635,  1924,  2039-2040, 
2205,  2215-2216,  2517,  3077-3078,  3091, 
3255,  3493,  3610-3611,  4103,  4259,  4272 

words 216,  1923,  2214,  3143,  3218-3219 

See  Snake. 

Shoshonee:  See  Shoshone. 


INDKX. 


1127 


No. 

Shoshoni :  See  Shoshone. 

Shosl  11  in ii • :  See  Shoshoue. 

Shushwapnmsh:  See  Shooswaap. 

Shwoyelpi:  See  Skoyelpi. 

Sbyenne :  See  Cheyenne. 

Sicani :  Sec  Sicanni. 

Sicanni  vocabulary  . .  .539-540, 1861, 2080,  3036, 3397 

Siccany :  See  Sicanni. 

Sierra  Blanco  Apaches  vocabulary 725, 3592 

Sikani:  See  Sicanni. 

Sikanni:  See  Sicanni. 

Siksika :  See  Blackfoot. 

Siksikhoa:  See  Blackfoot. 

Silla  general  remarks 2552 

vocabulary 999,2307,2552 

Silla-  Laguna  vocabulary 3608-3609 

Sinaloa  grammar 410, 3988,  3989 

Sinicker:  See  Seneca. 

Sioune :  See  Dakota. 

Sioux :  See  Dakota. 

Sisseton  Dakota :  See  Dakota. 

Sitka  grammatic  comments 1345 

numerals 1101 

vocabulary 993-994,1345, 

1393,2205,2293-2294,2574   i 
words 3402  ' 

Sitka-Kwan:  See  Sitkawan. 

Sitkawan  numerals 982  j 

vocabulary 981-982, 1507, 2574 

Sitsika :  See  Blackfoot. 

Six  Nations :  See  Iroquois. 

Skaget  vocabulary 918 

Skalza:  See  Skalzi. 

Skalzi  vocabulary 3631, 4048 

See  Kutenay. 

Skai K \\  .in  :  See  Sitkawan. 

Skay-wa-misb  specimens 4047 

Skiltageet :  See  Skitaget. 

Skitaget  vocabulary 537-538, 1393, 1507, 2216 

Skitsnish :  See  Schitsni. 

Skittagete :  See  Skitaget. 

Skittegat:  See  Skitaget. 

Sklallam :  See  Clallam. 

Skoffl :  See  Scoffie. 

Skollir :  See  Scoffle. 

Skokoraish  :  See  Twana. 

Skoyelpi  vocabulary 1501, 1509-2568 

words 3359 

Skwaksin  grammatic  forms 1143 

words,  phrases,  and  sentences 1147 

Skwale :  See  Niskwalli. 

Skwali :  See  Niskwalli. 

Slave  hymns 2099 

manual  of  devotion 2099-2103 

prayers 2099 

vocabulary 2216 

Slave  Jargon  general  remarks 217, 217o-2176 

Slave  Lake  relationships .2076,  2645 

vocabulary 2645 

Snake  dictionary 337,3769 

general  remarks 1107a 

graramatic  comments 28 

terms 496 

vocabulary 527-528,1487,3382 

words 2521 


No. 

Snake :  See  Sboshone. 

Sneomus :  See  Snohomish. 

Sncounis :  See  Snobomiah. 

Snohomish  catechism 426 

Lord's  Prayer 4276 

prayer  book 426 

sentence 4276 

vocabulary nis 

words 399 

Soaiatlpi  vocabulary 1635 

Solano  Mission  Lord's  Prayer 527-528 

Soledad  Mission  Lord's  Prayer 1101 

general  remarks 217, 217o-2176 

numerals 2212 

vocabulary  1636, 1635, 2216, 2348, 3942 

Songish  Tribe  proper  names 2368 

Sonoma  Valley  general  remarks 217, 217O-2176 

Sonora  dictionary 551r 

general  remarks 2678 

grammar 545-546,548 

grammatic  comments 535-536, 551«,  2975 

numerals 2975 

place  names  2975-2976 

words 537-538 

See  Aztec-Sonora. 

Sonorischen :  See  Sonora. 

So-qua-mish  specimens 4047 

Sourikwos :  See  Souriquois. 

Souriquois  numerals. . . .1119-1120, 1959-1962, 2161, 

2268-2274 

vocabulary 28,1391,2161-2167 

words 2205,2276 

Spokan  grammatic  forms 1143 

proper  names 704 

relationships 1505, 2645 

vocabulary 1501,1509 

words 3359 

Spokane :  See  Spokan. 

Spucbselotz  vocabulary 993 

Squallyamish  :  See  Squally omish. 

Sqnallyomish  vocabulary 537-538, 3534, 3872 

Stakbin-kwan :  See  Stakhiukwan. 

Stakhin:  See  Stakhinkwan. 

Stakhinkwan  numerals 982 

vocabulary 981-982, 1058,  3006J 

Steilacoom  relationships 1505 

Stockbridge  Lord's  Prayer 2010 

See  Mohegan. 

Stone  proper  names 703 

vocabulary 387, 1860, 3951-3952 

Stone  boiler :  See  Assiniboin 698-699 

Si  fait  s  of  Fuca  vocabulary 1391 

Stuart  Island  vocabulary  527-528 

Subtiabo  vocabulary 2316 

Suisun  Wintun  vocabuhwy 165 

Snma  general  remarks 217, 217o-2176 

Surcee :  See  Sussee. 

Snsquehanna  general  remarks 16190.3582 

numerals 68-«9,69o 

See  Minqna. 

Snsquebannock  :  See  Susqnehanna. 

Suseee  grammatic  comments 28 

numerals 3776 

vocabulary   ...  28,212,529-530,539-540,551,1391, 
3951-3952,  377« 


1128 


INDEX. 


No. 

Tabuat  Ute :  See  Ute. 

Tacollie :  See  Tacully. 

Tacouilie :  See  Tacnlly. 

Taculli :  See  Tacully. 

Tacnllie :  Sec  Tacnlly. 

Tacully  grammatic  comments 217,  217O-2L76 

numerals 1664, 3046,  3876o 

phrases 4047 

specimen 1664 

tribal  divisions 2216 

vocabulary 28, 105, 107,  212,  529-530, 

539-540,  551, 1391, 1393,  1635,1645, 
2204,  2216,  2384-2391,  4047,  4103 

word 2276 

See  Atna. 

Tacully-Umkwa  examples 1635 

general  remarks 1635 

Tadusaak  Lord's  Prayer 4276 

Taensa  grammar 1678,2902 

prayers 1678,2902 

songs 2902 

texts    1678,2902 

vocabulary —        1678 

Tahculi :  See  Tacnlly. 

Tahcully :  See  Tacnlly. 

Tahkabt  dictionary 3700o 

grammar 2125, 3700o 

vocabulary 2125 

Tahkali :  See  Tacully. 

Tahkoli:  See  Tacully. 

Tahko-Tinne  vocabulary 3876 

Tahlewah  vocabulary 933, 1501,  2214-2216,  3103 

Tahluwab :  See  Tablewah. 

Tairtla  grammar 2887 

Tait  vocabulary 1501, 1509 

words 3360 

Takhtam  grammatic  comments 1425-1426 

vocabulary 2307 

words   2305 

Takilma  vocabulary 1454, 1693-1694 

Takukwan  vocabulary 3873 

Takulli :  See  Tacnlly. 

Tala-  See  Taraaca. 

Talamanca  numerals 3617 

vocabulary 73o,  217,  21 7o- 

2176, 2214,  2216, 4050«,  4073 

Talameuca :  See  Talamanca. 

Talatni  vocabulary 986, 1635, 2212, 2214, 2216 

Talemenca :  See  Talamanca. 

Talutui:  See  Talatui. 

Tamunaca  grammatic  comments 1879 

Tamarois  proper  names 1940 

Tanana  vocabulary : 981-982 

numerals 982 

Tantawaits :  See  Chemehuevi. 

Taos  general  remarks 2552 

numerals  2678 

vocabulary 999, 2552,  3608-3609,  4271-4272 

Taowa :  See  Tewa. 

Tapachulanc-Huastcque  grammatic  com 
ments  735 

Tapaliza  confessional 2296o 

Tapijualapaue-Mixe  general  remarks 731,  755c 

Tarabutmn  :  Sew  Tarahumara. 

Tarahnmara  catechism 1286 


No. 

Tarahumara  confessions 1286 

dictionary 551?,  3744-3745 

doctrina  Christiana 3810-381 1 

general  remarks .     527-528, 1754,  28?9 

grammar 217, 217o-2176,  545-54C,  547o,  548o, 

1285,  1607, 1880,  3319,  3810-3811,  4028 

grammatic  comments 28,  527-528, 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185a,217, 

2170-2176,  836,  2214,  2473o 

material 3047 

numerals 547,  3745 

place  names 527-528, 813 

sermons 3810-3811 

specimen 2216 

terms 523-524 

vocabulary 28,212,284, 

1285, 19780,  2215,  3123,  3824 
words 813,3124-3125,3982 

Tarasca  catechism 3573 

confessions 854,  3574 

dictionary 61,196,3574 

doctriua  Christiana 1541,2995 

general  remarks 1754, 2678,  3657 

grammar  61, 196, 217, 217o- 

2176,  313,  313d,  706,  2700-2701,  3353,  3574 

grammatic  comments 28, 2998-2999 

material 1392 

specimens 3586 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o,217. 

2170-2176,  836,  2214,  2216,  2473o,  3832 

manual 3-571-3572 

numerals 28 

sermon 706,2531,3176,3566 

text 1547-1548,2531 

vocabulary 854, 21266, 3164,  3171, 3176 

See  Pirinda. 

Tarasco :  See  Tarasca. 

Tarasken :  See  Tarasca. 

Tarauhmarice :  See  Tarabumara. 

Taraumara :  See  Tarahumara. 

Tarrahumara :  See  Tarahumara. 

Tarratine  Lord's  Prayer 4170-4171 

numerals 4170-4171 

specimens 1088-1093, 1089a,  I091a 

vocabulary 4170-4171 

Tatche  grammatic  comments 217, 217o- 

2176,  2998-2999 
Lord's  Prayer 1101,3577-3578 

Tchalagi:  See  Cherokee. 

Tchiglit  vocabulary 755^ 

Tcbinkitane  general  remarks 723, 1312o-13126 

numerals 28,723, 1312-1313, 1312o-13126 

vocabulary 28,  212, 723, 

1312-1313,  13120-13126,  3342 

Tchinoque:  See  Chinook. 

Tchinouc :  See  Chinook. 

Tchiuouk:  See  Chinook. 

Tehokoyem :  See  Chocuyeni. 

Tchougatche :  See  Chukchi. 

Tchouktche :  See  Chukchi. 

Tchouktchi :  Sec  Chukchi. 

Tchuktchi:  See  Chukchi. 

Teacuaeitzica  Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176 

Teeton :  See  Teton. 

Tegua :  See  Tewa. 


INDEX 


1129 


No. 

Teguima  Lord's  Prayer 2841 

vocabulary 2310 

See  Opata. 

Tehama  vocabulary 499, 2348 

Tehema :  See  Tehama. 
Tehua :  See  Tewa. 

Tehuantepec  grammar 2675o 

Tejano  grammar 217,  217O-2176 

grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

specimens 217, 217O-2176 

Tejou  Pass  numerals 3098 

Telamanca:  See  Talamanca. 
Tclanie:  See  Tatch*. 
Telami :  See  Tatche. 
Telma:  See  Tewa. 

TenSnkutcKin  numerals 982 

vocabulary 981-982 

Tepegua :  See  Tepehua. 
Tepeguana :  See  Tepehna. 

Tepehua  catechism 1286,3304 

confessions 1286,3304 

doctriua  Christiana 2826 

general  remarks 1754 

grammar 217, 217o-2176,  545-546,  547o, 

5480,  1281, 1285, 1316,  3304 

grammatic  comments 527-528,  551!,  2998-2999 

localnames 627-528 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217O-217!.,  836 

numerals 547 

terms 523-524 

vocabulary 527-528,  551m-551n,  1281, 

1285.1316.2826,3304 
Tepehuan  :    See  Tepehua. 
Tepehuana :  See  Tepehua. 
Tepehuauo :  See  Tepehua, 

Tepoca  general  remarks 217,  217o-2176 

Tepuzculula  doctrina 1056a 

prayers 1056O 

Terraba  vocabulary 1351-1352 

Tesuque  general  remarks 2352 

relationships 2645,3740 

vocabulary 537-538,  999,  2214,  2216,  2552, 

3608-3609,4117 
Tete  plate :  See  Flathead. 

Teton  baptismal  card 38316 

primer 3282 

proper  names 1940 

words 2521 

Tewa  numerals 2678 

vocabulary 217, 217o-2176.  294, 2303, 

2307,  2884, 3775o,  4272 

Texas  manual    for   administering  sacra 
ments  1402 

tribal  names 2910 

Tezuzue :  See  Tesnque. 
Thekenneh :  See  Sicanni. 
Thlingit:  See  Thlinkit, 

Thlinkit  dictionary 2392 

general  remarks 217,  217O-2176 

erammatic  comments 217, 217O-217&,  2392  j 

Lord's  Prayer 217,  217O-2176,  2392 

nnmrrals 2392 

sentences 3994 

songs  30060 

texts,  phrases,  and  sentences 30060, 31626 


No. 

Thlinkit  vocabulary 217, 2I7o- 

2176,  30060,  31620,  3876O 
Tiche :  See  Kiche. 
Ticorilla:  See  Apache. 
Tigua :  See  Tewa. 
Timuacuana:  See  Timucna. 

Timucna  catechism 2671, 2895-2898, 4044 

confession 2899-2900 

dictionary 4044 

doctrina  Christiana 2896-2897 

examples 4gi 

general  remarks. . .  481, 1429, 1432-1433, 1441, 1443 

grammar 2901,4044 

grammatic  comments 1443,1445 

numerals 2214, 3046 

sentences 1444 

text 1443-1445,3633 

vocabulary 28,212,1445,3634 

words 1443-1444 

Timuqnan:  See  Timucna. 
Timuquana :  Pee  Timucua. 

Tinlinneh  numerals 2678 

vocabulary 3098 

Tinne  general  remarks 1270o 

gospel  St.  John 84  (p.),  497-498  (p.),  2104, 

37116  (p.)-3711c  (p.) 

St.  Mark 2105-2106 

numerals 582 

primer 406 

vocabulary 217,  217O-2176,  574o,  575,  582, 

2075,  3392,  3865,  3876o 
Tinneh :  See  Tinne. 

Tiribi  vocabulary 1351-1352 

Tlakatat:  See  Kliketat. 

TIaoquatch  proper  names 703 

vocabulary 537-538, 2205, 2215, 

3534-3535,  3872 

words 1498 

Tlaoquatsh :  See  TIaoquatch. 
Tlascalteca :  See  Tlaxcalla. 
Tlaskalteke:  See  Tlaxcalla. 
Tlatsap:  SceKlatsop. 
Tlatscalca:  See  Tlaxcalla. 

Tlatskanai  vocabulary. . .  .107, 109, 529-530,  539-540, 
551, 1393, 1635, 2307,  221d 
Tlatskani :  See  Tlatskanai. 

Tlaxcalla  numerals 3617 

proper  names 569 

root  words 3500 

terms     569 

vocabulary   1502 

Tlinkit:  See  Thlinkit. 

Toanhootch  vocabulary 1532 

Tobikhar  vocabulary 2307 

words 2305 

Toboso  general  remarks 217, 217O-2176 

Tochana  proper  names 19556 

Tolowa:  See  Tahlewah. 

Toltec  calendar 1559 

geqeral  remarks 217, 217o-2176, 1754 

terms 3972-3973 

Tolteki:  SeeTolt«c. 

Tonaca :  See  Totonaca. 

Toncawe:  See  Tonkawa. 

Tongas  vocabulary 1S07  2999 


1130 


INDEX 


No. 

Tonguas :  See  Tongas. 

Tcmkawii  general  remarks 1428, 1442 

numerals 2678 

vocabulary 2994 

Tonto  general  remarks 1422,3622 

grammatic  comments 1422 

sentences 4115 

vocabulary 1430, 23C4, 2307, 4106-4107, 4114 

Tonto- Apache :  See  Apache. 

Toole :  Sen  Darien. 

Too-noo-nee-noo-shuk  geographic  names.        1640 

Tootooten  vocabulary 107, 1247c,  1868, 2063, 2348 

Too-wanne-noo  specimens 4047 

Tosauwihi  (Shoshoni  of  Eastern  Nevada) 
vocabulary 3081 

Totolaca :  See  Totonaca. 

Totonac :  See  Totonaca. 

Totonaca  catechism 1063,3486 

confessions 3486 

doctrina  Christiana 1047, 1048, 2826 

general  remarks 1754  2678, 4058 

grammar. 101, 217, 217o-2176, 1886, 2483, 2819, 2824, 
2826,  3368,  3378,  4279 

grammatic  comments 28, 2998-2999 

lexicon 2819 

Totonaca  manual  of  sacraments 4279 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o,  217, 217d-2176.  836, 

2214,  2473d,  2713 

sermons  3567 

vocabulary 28, 102, 212, 2824, 2826, 3824, 3878, 

3982-3983,  4049,  4053, 4058,  4279 

Totonacca :  See  Totonaca. 

Totonak:  See  Totonaca. 

Totonaka:  See  Totonaca. 

Totonaken :  See  Totonaca. 

Totonaquie :  See  Totonaca. 

Totonaque :  See  Totonaca. 

Totonicapan :  See  Totonaca. 

Totonoco :  See  Totonaca. 

Tough-no- waw-mish  specimens  4047 

Touacarora:  See  Tuscarora. 

Tow-e-ahge :  See  Pawnee. 

Towka  general  remarks 217, 217d-2176 

Trinity  River  vocabulary 1353 

Tsakaitsitlin  vocabulary 1 635 

Tsatnak  vocabulary 986, 1635,2212,2216 

Tscherokeischen :  See  Cherokee. 

Tscherokese :  See  Cherokee. 

Tschinkitani :  See  Tchinkitane. 

Tschuagmjuten :  See  Chiagmint. 

Tschuakak  Island  vocabulary 527-528 

Tschudi  examples :...        317c 

grammatic  comments 371c 

Tschugatschen :  See  Chukchi. 

Tschugazi :  See  Chukchi. 

Tschugazzi :  See  Chukchi. 

Tschukehi :  See  Chukchi. 

Tschnktsch :  See  Chukchi. 

Tschuktschen:  See  Chukchi. 

Tschnktschi :  See  Chukchi. 

Tsclallum:  SeeClallam. 

Tseloge :  See  Cherokee. 

Tsheheilis  :  See  Tsihalish. 

Tshimshean :  See  Tsimsian. 

Tshimsian  :  See  Tsimsian. 


No. 

Tshinook :  See  Chinook. 
Tshinuk :  See  Chinook. 
Tshokoyem :  See  Chocuyem, 
Tshuktehi:  See  Chukchi. 

Tsihaili-Selish  general  remarks 1635, 2678 

examples 1635 

Tsihailish :  See  Tsihalish. 

Tsihalish  specimens 1148a,  2238 

numerals 3781-3782 

vocabulary 878,1393,1635 

2207,  3555, 3781-3782,  3876d 

Tsimsian  dictionary 10316 

numerals 1507 

vocabulary 217, 217a-2176,  537-538, 

574d,  575, 1393,  2069,  2216,  3534,  3872,  3876a 

Tsnhtynh :  See  Beaver. 

Ttynai  numerals 1226a 

vocabulary 3551 

Tualati:  See  Kalapuya. 

Tubar  general  remarks 1754 

grammatic  comments 28,  2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o,  217, 217d-21 76 

specimen 2216 

text 2473a 

Tubarice :  See  Tubar. 

Tubas  grammatic  comments 527-528 

Lord'sPrayer 527-528 

Tuhwalati :  See  Kalapuya. 

Tuichun-Mnteun  (?)  vocabulary 165 

Tnkudh  gospel  St.  John . .  498  (p. ), 

2370,  2786,  3711c  (p.) 

Mark 2370 

Matthew 2370 

gospels,  the  four 2786 

hymns 2369 

primer 407 

relationships  2871,2645 

Tukuthe :  See  Tukudh. 

Tnlare  Lord's  Prayer 1282, 1282a 

vocabulary 2214,2216 

Tulare  Lake  grammatic  comments 1991 

vocabulary 1991 

Tnlare  Valley  Lord's  Prayer 2212 

Tulareno  grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Tulatamy :  See  Tootooten. 

Tnle :  See  Darien. 

Tulkepa  vocabulary 888 

Tulteca:  See  Toltec. 

Tulteco :  See  Toltec. 

Tunghaase  vocabulary 527-528,  574a,  3534, 3872 

words 527-528,2205 

Tungus :  See  Tunghaase. 

Tuolumne  grammatic  comments 1991 

vocabulary 1991,2214 

Tuscarora  dictionary 3648 

general  remarks  2029, 2377-2379 

geographic  names 2643 

Lord's  Prayer 919 

numerals  975a,  975-976,  3185z 

phrases 3511-3512,3619 

proper  names 702-704,  702d 

relationship 2645 

sentences 3649 

spelling  book 919 

terms 1336 


INPKX. 


1131 


No. 

Tuscarora  verbal  forms 1636O-16366 

vocabulary 28, 212,  297-298,  479,  682-683, 685, 

687o,  689,  785,  919, 1061,  1391,  1393,  2029, 
2204,  2216,  2222-2223,  3123,  3511-3512,  3625 

words 2276,  2377-2379,  2855,  3185aa,  3502, 

3625,  3649,  3950,  3982 

Tnskara :  See  Tuscarora. 

Tuskarora :  See  Tuscarora.     . 

Tuskeruro :  See  Tuscarora. 

Tuski:  See  Chukchi. 

Tusuque :  Seo  Tesuque. 

Tutatamys :  Sec  Tootooten. 

Tutelo  comparison  with  Dakota 115 

general  remarks 1636, 1636c 

terms    115 

vocabulary    1636, 1636o-16366 

Tutuhil :  See  Tzotzil. 

Tututcn:  See  Tootooten. 

Tututene:  See  Tootooten. 

Twana  general  discussions 1144 

grammatic  forms 1143 

names  of  days  and  months,  &c 1141,  lUlo 

numerals 1141, 1141a 

songs 211o 

vocabulary 1141o 

words,  phrases,  and  sentences 1148 

Twightwee  vocabulary  1713 

Two-Kettle  Baud  names  of  chiefs 3944 

Tzapoteco :  See  Zapoteca. 

Tzeldaica :  Sec  Tzendal. 

Tzeldal :  See  TzendaL 

Tzendal  confessions 3149 

doctrina  Christiana 65, 138, 2250a 

days  of  months 220, 220a 

general  remarks 1754 

grammar 136o,  144, 705 

grammatic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176, 836 

numerals 748 

sermons 1309 

text 139-143,25990,3986 

vocabulary 136-137, 144o,  3760o 

Tzendale :  See  Tzendal. 

Tzental:  See  Tzendal. 

Tzinacauteca:  See  Chinantec. 

Tzoque :  See  Zoque. 

Tzotobil:  See  Tzotzil. 

Tzotzil  catechism 4266 

Christian  documents 3460 

confessional 1771,3471,4264-4260 

doctrine 1771,3471  | 

general  remarks 2552,3881  | 

grammar 167«,  445,  3471,  4265  j 

grammatic  comments 2998-2999,  34096 

life  of  Christ 4023 

Lord's  Prayer.  217, 217o-2176, 836 

phrases    662o 

proclamation  to  Indians 30o 

sermons 3459,3562,4024 

vocabulary 457, 1771,  2911,  3470a,  3760O 

Tzotzlem  dictionary 3351 

doctrina  Christiana 1046o 

grammar 3351 

numerals 3351 

Tzutohile:  See  Tzotzil. 


No. 

Tzutuchil :  See  Tzotzil. 

Tzutnhil:  See  Tzotzil. 

Tzutuhile :  See  Tzotzil. 

Uahtaktato:  See  Otoe. 

Uche:  SeeYuchi. 

Uchee:  See  Yuchi. 

Uchi:  SeeYuchi 

Uchitie  general  remarks 1754 

Ugalachmjut:  See  Ugalakmut. 

tJgalachmnt:  See  Ugalakmut 

Ugalakmut  general  remarks 3159 

grammatic  comments 28 

numerals 982 

terms 527-528 

vocabulary 28,212,539-540, 

981-982, 12990, 3123-3125,  3950 

Ugalent :  See  Ugalenze. 

Ugalentsi:  See  Ugalenze. 

Ugalenze  general  remarks  217, 217o-2176 

grammatic  comments 217, 217o-2176 

numerals 982 

terms 527-528 

vocabulary 205, 217,217o- 

2176,  527-529,  551,  981-982,  2216, 4237 

Ugalenzen :  See  Ugalenze. 

Ugaliachmutzi :  See  Ugalakmut. 

Ugaljachmutzi :  See  Ugalakmut 

Ugashachmut:  See  Ugalakmut. 

Uinta-nte :  See  Ute. 

Ulba:  SeeWoolwa. 

Ulna:  See  Woolwa. 

Ulnkuk  numerals 982 

vocabulary 981-982 

See  Inkilik ;  see  Kaiyuhkbatana. 

Umkwa:  See  Umpqna. 

Umpqna  numerals 1101 ,  3876a 

sentences 1483 

vocabulary 107,  270,  389-390,  539-540, 551, 1393, 

1483, 1694,  2207,  2216, 2587,  3534,  3872, 4103 
words 529-530 

Umpqwa:  See  Umpqua. 

Unachog:  See  tfnquachog. 

Unakhataua  numerals 982 

vocabulary 981-982 

Unalaschka :  See  Unalaska. 

Unalaschker:  S  e  Unalaska. 

Unalashka :  See  Unalaska. 

Unalaska  general  remarks 3994 

numerals 205,982 

vocabulary  28, 507. 527-528, 981-982, 

993-994, 1337, 1393,  2216,  2293-2294,  2353-2354 
words , 205,577,3982 

Unaligiuut  numerals  982 

vocabulary 981-982 

Unami  names  1714 

numerals 1136 

.  Uncpapa  Sioux  names  of  chiefs 1940, 3944 

Ungiegkie  vocabulary  3413O 

Unkwa:  See  Umpqua. 

Unqnachog  vocabulary 1959,1976 

Upauguaima  general  remarks 2859 

Upper  Missouri  relationships 2840 

sign  language 2425 

Upper  Sacramento  grammatic  comments.  1991 
vocabulary 988, 1635, 1991, 2212, 2216 


1132 


INDEX. 


No. 

Upper  TTmpqua:  See  TJmpqua. 
Upsaroka :  See  Crow. 
Upsaropa:  See  Crow. 

TJspanteca  sentences 3760o 

Uta:  SeeTTte. 

Utah:  SeeTTte. 

Utchee:  See  Tuchi. 

Ute  general  remarks  .217, 217O-2176, 266, 266o,  2859 

notes 3088 

numerals 84 

proper  names 703, 19556-1955C 

relationships 2645 

sentences    840 

verbs 3087 

vocabulary 217,  217O-2176,  267, 

2670,  508-509,  527-528,  840, 1391, 1924,  2212, 
2216,  3079,  3084-3085,  3575,  3608-3610,  4272 

words   1923 

See  Pai-ute. 
TTtlateca:  See  Kiche. 
TJtlatecat:  See  Kiche. 
Utlateco:  See  Kiche. 
Vaicura:  See  Waicuri. 

Valiente  general  remarks  217, 217o-2176 

numerals 3617 

Venambakaiia  vocabulary 1346 

Veragua  general  remarks 1754 

Vera  Paz  grammar 4021 

sermons 4021 

text 4306 

vocabulary  4021 

Viard  numerals 3098 

See  Wiyot. 

Ticeita  vocabulary 736, 3974(1 

Virginia  dictionary 3754 

general  remarks 572-574, 913, 3498 

Genesis 3211-3212  (p.) 

gospel  St.  John 208,209  (p.),  208o  (p.) 

grammatic  comments 431, 321 1-3212 

local  names 3898 

Lord's  Pr-iyer . .  .397d,  718, 1331, 1337, 1857o,  2146, 
"  2452,  2670,  3449a 

numerals 4170-4171 

specimens 2676 

tribal  names 3473 

vocabulary 28,  298, 1331,  3211-3212,  3658-3663, 

4170-4171 

words 718,3372 

Virginiane :  See  Virginia. 
Virginice :  See  Virginia. 
Virginien :  See  Virginia. 
Vizeita:  See  Viceita. 
Wabi :  See  Huave. 
Waccanessisi :  See  Wakanakessi. 
Waccoon :  See  Woccon. 
Waco :  See  Hueco. 
Wahtaiii :  See  Mandau. 
Wah-tok-ta-ta :  See  Otoe. 
.  Waicura:  See  Waicuri. 

Waicuri  conjugation 203,206,1674 

creed  203,205,1674 

general  remarks 1754,2859 

grammatic  comments 28, 203a,  217, 

2170-2176, 2210,  2998-299, 
grammatic  sketch 527-528 


No. 

Waicnri  Lord's  Prayer 28, 185o,  2C3, 204, 203<z, 

217,  2170-2176,  527-528, 1674,  2214, 2216 

text io45o 

twelve  articles  of  faith 557-528 

vocabulary 28,204,2214,2216 

Waiilatpu  examples 1635 

general  remarks 1635 

grammatic  comments 527-528 

numerals 2678 

vocabulary 527-528,1635 

Waikna  vocabulary 2214, 2216 

words 3718-3720,3731 

See  Mosquito. 
Waikur :  See  Waicuri. 
Waikura:  See  Waicnri. 
Waiknri:  See  Waicuri. 

Wailakki  vocabulary 3104 

Wakaikam  vocabulary 1635 

Wakanakessi  Lord's  Prayer 185(« 

vocabulary 1435 

Wakash  vocabulary 212, 1391 , 2205, 2207 

See  Nootka. 

Wakynakaine  vocabulary 3873 

Walapai :  See  Hualapai. 

Wallawalla  dictionary 1035 

grammar 2887 

proper  names 703 

songs 211a 

vocabulary 1393,  2215-2216,  3535,  4047 

Walwa:  See  Woolwa. 

Wampanoag  Lord's  Prayer  .1088-1093, 1089a,  1091<t 

Wanat :  See  Wyandot. 

Wandot :  See  Wyandot. 

Wapatu :  See  Atfalati ;  see  Kalapuya. 

Wappo  words 3098 

Wapumni  numerals 3098 

Warm  Spring  pi  oper  names 1955c 

vocabulary 755;, 

Wa-sa-see :  See  Osage. 
Wasawsee:  See  Osage. 

Wasco  vocabulary '     1435 

Washington  Territory  local  names 1515 

Washo:  SeeWashoo. 

Washoe  general  remarks 217, 217o-2176 

namesofbirds 3259 

vocabulary 840,3105,3200,3611 

words 3218-3219 

Watlala  grammatic  comments 527-528 

vocabulary 527-528,1393,1035,2216 

Wawenoc  mode  of  counting 3907 

numerals  3570 

Wea  primer 4096 

proper  names 698-699,  702-704,  702a,  897o,  19JO 

relationships 2645 

Weah:  See  Wea. 
Weaw :  See  Wea. 
Wee-ah:  See  Wea. 
Wee-co :  See  Hueco. 
Weeyot :  See  Wiyot. 
Weiondot :  See  Wynndot. 

Weitspeh  vocabulary 217,  217o-2176, 

1501,2214,2216 
Weiyot:  See  Wiyot. 

Weminuche  sentences 267,  £67  a 

vocabulary 207,267o 


INDEX. 


1133 


No. 

West  Coast  vocabulary 1978o 

Western  Esquimaux:  See  Esquimaux. 

We-tein  I'nyiite:  See  Pai-ute. 

M'icliikik  vocabulary 3098 

Wichila  mum  rals 2470 

sentences 1335 

sign  language 2373 

vocabulary 527-528,2214, 

2216,  2470-2472, 2645, 4103 

Wihinasht  general  remarks 217, 217o-2l76 

numerals 547 

vocabulary 217,  217O-2176, 

527-528, 1393, 1635,  2216 

\Villamet  vocabulary 1393,  2207, 2215-2216 

Willopah  vocabulary 107, 1533 

Wiiicbago:  See  Winnebago. 

Winnebago  general  remarks 181, 210, 551« 

grammatic  comments ; 1687 

linguistic  material 1076 

list  of  names 1306 

names 31760 

numerals 1959-1962,2342 

phrases 1687 

prayer-book 2792o 

proper  names 670,698-699, 

702-704,  702o,  1321, 1940,  2646 

relationships 2645 

specimens 1136 

terms 2090O,  2091-2092 

vocabulary 212, 1321, 1391, 

1393, 1687, 19460, 2313,  2645,  3291,  4166 
words 2979 

Winnebagoe :  See  .Winnebago. 

Winnebagog :  See  Winnebago. 

Wintoon :  See  Wintnn. 

Wintun  numerals 3098 

vocabulary. . .  .217, 2170-2176, 1955,  2307,  3090,  3098 
words 3100 

Wischosk:  See  Wishosk. 

Wisconsin  geographic  names 1677 

tribal  names    22026,3581 

Wishosk  numerals 2678 

vocabulary  . .  .217, 217O-2176, 1501, 1508,  2215-2216 
words 2212 

Witshita:  See  Wichita, 

Wiyot  numerals 2678 

vocabulary 217, 217o-2176, 

1501, 1508,  2215-2216 
words 2212 

Wlastukweek    (St.  John's)    remarks  on 

words 1634 

Woccon  numerals 3046 

vocabulary 28,212,297- 

298,  479-480, 1391,  2222-2223 
words 2276,3124-3125,3982 

Woolua:  See  Woolwa. 

Woolwa  numerals 760o.  3617 

vocabulary 217, 217a- 

2176,  8687,  7600, 842, 1332-1335, 

2214,  2216,  26726,3726-3728,  3731 

words    3731 

Wulwa :  See  Woolwa. 

Wundat:  See  Wyandot 

Wyamlot  examples  652 

general  remarks 2377-2379 


No. 

Wyandot  grammar • 4258 

graramatic  comments 3759 

hymns 1289-1290,2098,4257 

Lord's  Prayer 1629 

numerals 1629-1630. 2916, 3979, 4008, 4075 

phonology 1630 

ph  rases 3621 

proper  names 1940,2646,3058-3063 

relationships 2645 

sentences 4258 

specimens 1059, 2004 

terms 523-524 

verbal  forms 1636o-16366 

vocabulary 28, 173, 212, 297-298, 547o, 

575,  577,  582,  1391,  1393,  1863-1864,  1996, 
2204, 2216,  2645,  2996,  3511-3512, 3759,  4258 

words 2377-2379,2917,3502,3621 

Wyandote:  See  Wyandot. 
Wyandott:  See  Wyandot 
Wyandotte:  See  Wyandot 
Wyot:  SeeWiyot 

Xicaque  vocabulary 363g,  3733 

Xicarilla :  See  Apache. 

Xinca  vocabulary 14866 

Takama  catechism 3456 

dictionary 2887 

grammar 2887 

hymns 3456 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-2176, 2f87 

prayers 3456 

relationships 1505,2645 

sentence.       4276 

song 28S7 

vocabulary 12476, 1635 

Yakima:  See  Yakama. 
Yakoma:  See  Yakama. 

Yakon  general  remarks 2215 

numerals 2678 

specimen 2238 

vocabulary  217, 217O-2176, 

1393, 1454, 1635,  2216, 2588 

words 2214 

Yakona :  See  Yakon. 

Yakntat  Lord's  Prayer 28,185o 

numerals 982 

terms 527-528 

vocabulary 981-982, 1345, 3006m 

Vamhill :  See  Kalapnya. 

Yamkallie  grammatic  comments 927-528 

vocabulary 527-528,3534,3872 

Yampa  general  remarks 217, 217o-2176 

numerals  267,  267o 

vocabulary 267, 267o 

Yampais:  See  Yampa, 
Yancton :  See  Yankton. 
Yanctonai :  See  Yankton. 

Yankton  analysis  of  the  Bible 868 

Book  of  Common  Prayer 1722  (p.) 

names  of  chiefs 3944 

newspaper  ("Daybreak") 870 

numerals 1959-1962 

prayers 869 

propernames 1940 

relationships 2845 

terms 523-524 


1134 


INDEX. 


No. 

Tankton  vocabulary 1391, 1393, 2204, 2216 

words 3502 

See  Dakota. 

Yanktong:  See  Tankton. 

Yaqui  letters  and  documents 4272a 

Lord'8  Prayer 217, 217O-2176,  836 

vocabulary  217,  217O-217&,  295 

Yavapai  general  remarks 217, 217o-2176 

vocabulary  888,8880 

Yavape :  See  Yavapai. 

Yaviword :..        2276 

Yavipai :  See  Yavapai. 

Ylincaa:  See  Illinois. 

Yocut:  SeeYokut. 

Yokaia  numerals 2678 

vocabulary 3098 

Yokut  names  of  plants 3098 

numerals 2678, 3098 

vocabulary 3098 

words 3100 

Yoochee:  See  Yuchi. 

Yosemite  Valley  local  names 1930, 2765-2766 

Ysletta  Pneblo :  See  Isleta. 

Yubannmeials 3098 

vocabulary 2348,3383-3384 

Yucatan:  See  Yucatec. 

Yucatanice :  See  Yucatec. 

Yucatano :  See  Yucatec. 

Yucatec  ancient  phonetic  alphabet 484 

calendar 6156-615C 

catechism 3415, 3421 

Christian  doctrine 36, 345-348, 3421, 4034 

dictionary 186-188,3694 

discourses  3977 

general  remarks 615o-615<:,  1270<j,  3425 

grammar 9, 189, 3417, 3423, 4029, 4035 

grammatic  comment* 2998-2999 

instructions 3419,3422,3424 

Lord's  Prayer 2473a 

manual  of  sacraments 3419 

names  of  days,  months,  and  years 2950 

numerals 3124-3125 

orations 15 

plant  names 1067o 

sermons 2554,3420,3880 

text 1064,  2554, 3380d,  3416,  3416o 

vocabulary  .  . .  130,  2525,  3124-3125,  3823, 4029,  4035 

of  hieratic  writing 3380c 

words  363/,  4006,  615a,  3502, 3982 

See  Maya. 

Yucateca :  See  Yucatec. 

Yncateco:  See  Yncatec. 

Yucateque :  See  Yucatec. 

Yucatese :  See  Yncatec. 

Yucayo  general  remarks   2621 

Yuchi  general  remarks  2215 

hymns ;  2332 

proper  names 698-699,  702-704, 702o 

vocabulary 1299c,  1393, 1623d, 

2204,  2207,  2216,  2992,  3082 

Yukai:  See  Yuki. 

Yuke:  See  Yuki. 

Yukch:  See  Ynki. 

Yuki  dictionary 368 


No. 

Yuki  vocabularj 282, 1501, 1508, 3098, 3383-3384 

words 3098 

Yukultas  vocabulary 2969 

Yule  vocabulary 943 

Yuma  general  remarks 217, 217o-217f> 

numerals 1629, 2678 

proper  names 703 

vocabulary 296,  350, 365, 527-528, 1061, 1357- 

1358, 1534,  1761,  2215,  2348,  3849,  4102 

Yuniaya  proper  names 703 

Yurok  numerals 2678,  3098 

vocabulary  3098 

words 3099 

Yuta:  SeeTJte. 

Yutah :  See  Ute. 

Zaapoteca:  See  Zapoteca. 

Zacapula  doctrina  Christiana 597 

libro  de  los  Idolos 801-803 

sermons 4027 

treatises 120 

Zacatec  general  remarks 217, 217O-2176 

grammar 1233 

vocabulary 1233 

Zacateca:  See  Zacatec. 

Zacatula :  See  Zacapula. 

Zaklapahkap:  See  Manic. 

Zaklohpakap:  SeeMame. 

Zaklopahkap :  See  Manic. 

Zamuco  numerals 2678 

Zapalntatcxt 2250o 

Zapotec :  See  Zapoteca. 

Zapoteca  catechism 1596 

comparisons 363a 

confessional . .  171o,  1277, 3148, 3149a,  3209a 

dictionary  32,889 

doctrina  Christiana 50o,  52o,  349o, 

371, 1275,  2281,  2871 

dramas : 4036 

general  remarks 1754,  2678,  2859,  3164 

gospels,  the  four 33 

grammar 1 71(l,  217,  217O-2176,  890,  938, 1596, 

24820-24826, 2638,  3107,  3148,  3149a,  3209a 

gnunmatic  comments 2640,  2998-2999 

local  names 613-615 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217O-2176, 836 

miscelaneo  espiritval 31 

notes 3470c 

numerals 171a,  3148 

parables,  &c 937 

poetry 1596 

prayers 3209a 

relationships  937 

sermons 1596,1603,2639,4000 

texts 1604.4031,4037 

treatise 568 

verses 4031o 

vocabulary 171o,  1278, 1343a,  3148, 

31490,  3168,  32090,  3711,  3824, 4045a,  4050/ 
words  613-615 

Zapoteco :  See  Zapoteca. 

Zapoteken :  See  Zapoteca. 

Zapoteque :  See  Zapoteca. 

Zendal :  See  Tzendal. 

Zia:  See  Silla. 


INDEX. 


1135 


No. 

Zoko:  See  Zoque. 

Zoqne  catechism 165a 

comparisons 363a 

confessional 2250o,  3106 

doctrina  Christiana 165o,  10471).  3106 

exhortation 3470'; 

general  remarks 363d,  1754, 2859 

grammar 165o,  169a, 

705, 1564a,  3470 

grammntic  comments 2998-2999 

Lord's  Prayer 217, 217o-217(i, 836, 901 

text 1056c,  29180, 2918c 

vocabulary 363p,  901, I343a,  1564O, 

3106,  3470a,  3711, 4045a,  4050C 
See  Chimalnpa. 

Zoque-Mixe  grammatic  comments 738 

Zotzil:  See  Tzotzil. 

Zotzlem:  See  Tzotzlem. 

Zrnii  etymology 967 


No. 

ZuBi  folk-lore  972 

grammatic  comments 967-968, 1486 

idioms 974 

poetry 965 

prayers 982o,  970-971 

proper  names 964 

proverbs 974 

rituals 970-971 

songs 965,971 

speeches 966 

studies 967-968,970-972,974 

terms 962a,  962c 

teit 962c 

vocabulary 217,217o- 

2176,  537-538, 969-973, 999, 1061, 1123, 
1486,  2214,  2552, 3608-3609,  3758,  4103 

weather  proverbs 9626, 1692<z 

words 963 

Zutnhil:  See  Tzotzil. 


